UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 jumaiM wuLmm I INDEX-CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY (ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY) AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS J FOURTH SERIES VOL. IX K—LYXOSE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1945 [<■ by the Superintendent of Documents. V. S. Government Printing Offi. Washington 25, D. C. v ArcL z 13? ser. 1 v. 9 C. 2_ LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL War Department, Army Medical Library, 81 August, 1944. Major General NORMAN T. KIRK, The Surgeon General, United States Army. General: I have the honor to report the completion of the Ninth Volume, Fourth Series, of the Index-Catalogue of the Surgeon General's Office, the fifty-sixth volume of the entire catalog. The volume contains references to medical subjects under headings from K to LYXOSE, and the books of authors whose names begin with K or L. The volume also contains a few pages in continuation of the List of Abbreviations used in the references. Other supplements are not included for reasons stated in the Letter of Transmittal of the previous volume of the catalog. The present volume includes 6,032 subjects and their subdivisions. It consists of 1,415 pages. The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Cata- logue, so far published. Author titles Subject titles Books and pamphlets Journal articles First series (v. 1-16, 1880-95, ed. by Dr Robert Fletcher)________________________ Second series (v.1-17, 1896-1912, ed. by Dr Robert Fletcher; v.18-21, 1913-16, ed. by Dr Fielding H. Garrison)_______________________________________________ Third series (v.1-2, 1918-20, ed. by Dr Fielding H. Garrison; v.2-10, p.1-784, 1922-32, ed. by Dr Albert Allemann; v.10, from p.785 on ed. by Dr Claudius F. Mayer)---- Fourth series (v.l, 1936 on, ed. by Dr Claudius F. Mayer): Volume One (A) 1936_________________________________________________ Volume Two (B) 1937_________________________________________________ Volume Three (C) 1938___________________________......_______________ Volume Four (D) 1939________________________________________________ Volume Five (E, F) 1940______________________________________________ Volume Six (G) 1941__________________________________________________ Volume Seven (H) 1942_______________________________________________ Volume Eight (I, J) 1943______________________________________________ Volume Nine (K, L) 1944______________________________________________ Total to date_______________________________________________________ 176,364 169, 812 88,876 2,779 8,892 4,281 3,798 5,499 5,836 6,443 2,928 10, 462 485,970 136, 405 57,034 4,454 3,631 4,302 4,375 5,630 3,125 6,542 3,616 3,967 401,618 511,112 645,557 603, 600 71,168 79,874 77,479 55,950 88, 048 58,871 60, 502 51,319 91, 337 2,394,817 At a casual glance, the chronological relationship of the four series of the Index- Catalogue would seem to be very simple: it could be assumed from the statistical table that each series lists only references published within a limited period of time; that the first series is devoted to the literature before 1880, and any subsequent series includes only the more recent journal articles and books. Though such a chronological arrangement could be considered an ideal one for a bibliographical list, the cumulative method would not have been very practical for the Index-Catalogue, which is, after all, the catalog and the index of but one library. As such, its contents depend upon the current acquisitions of the Army Medical Library. A newly acquired book or journal may be centuries old, yet, being another available resource for medical or medico-humanistic investigations, it will be recorded under appropriate subjects of the present or the future series of the Index-Catalogue. in IV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL For this reason it is correct to say that there is no sharp boundary line between the successive sets of the catalog, and, in order to obtain the most comprehensive list of references on his subject, one has to consult and use all four series together as a unit. To work with all four sets of the Index-Catalogue as a single bibliographical tool is, however, difficult, especially for the layman, since medical knowledge has changed considerably, with a flow of new scientific terms and new groupings of diseases. These changes and the shifting emphasis on medical research problems necessitate the con- stant re-shaping of the bibliographical classes of the catalog so that even the homony- mous terms of the four series are not always equivalent, and for completely recent terms there seems to be nothing analogous in the older sets of the catalog. To lessen this difficulty, and to facilitate medical research, a special concordance dictionary of subjects and an index to book entries contained in all four series will be published as a supplement to the last volume of the current Fourth Series. The style of cataloging and indexing remains the same as in previous volumes, except for minor innovations such as the abolition of brackets in the names of authors, the addition of graduation date in lieu of the dates of birth and death when proper biographical information could not be obtained, etc. Free distribution of the Index-Catalogue in foreign countries is still meeting with difficulties, and the policy to store the copies of the catalog for foreign institutions until the end of the war has to be continued. Many such institutions requested temporary microfilm copies of the catalog, which they received gratis from the Photo- duplication Section of the Library. Very respectfully, HAROLD W. JONES, Colonel, Medical Corps, United States Army, The Director, Army Medical Library. SEVENTH ADDITION TO THE LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SERIAL PUBLICATIONS Published in the Second Volume, Fourth Series, of the Index-Catalogue For explanations, see List of Abbreviations, 4. ser., v.2 Abstr. Cancer Res., Phila. Abstr. Theses Grad. Sch. Univ. Mary- land Acta amer., Wash. Acta Med. fac. Vytauti Magni univ. Caunae Acta med. orient., Jerusalem Acta phys. chim. U. R. S. S. Afrique fr. chir. Air Surgeon Bull. Alabama Social Welf. All Hands, Brooklyn Alpha Omegan, Phila. Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb. America indigena, Mex. Am. Health J., S. Franc. Am. J. Bot. Am. Rev. Soviet M. Am. Scientist A. M. S. S. Rev., Adelaide An. Cated. radiol. fisioter. bucodent., B. Air. An. Clin. C. Jimenez Diaz, Madr. An. Clin. med. C, Montev. An. Esc. farm. Univ. San M arcos An. espait. odontoestomat. An. Fac. cienc. jur. soc. Univ. Chile An. Fac. cienc. med., Asuncion An. Fac. fr. med. pharm. Beyrouth 1. Abstracts from cancer research; published by the Inter- national Cancer Research Foundation. Phila., v.l, 1941- 2. Abstracts of theses for the degree of Doctor of Philos- ophy; Maryland; University; Graduate School. College Park (1938/39 & 1939/40) 1940- 3. Acta Americana; revista de la Sociedad interamericana de antropologia y geografia. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 4. Acta Medicinae facultatis Vytauti Magni universitatis Caunae. Kaunas, v.2, fasc. 1, 1934- 5. Acta medica orientalia; the Palestine and Near East medical journal. Jerusalem, v.2, No. 1, 1943- 6. Acta physicochimica, U. R. S. S. Moskva, v.5, No. 3, 1936- 7. L'Afrique francaise chirurgicale. Alger, v.l, No. 5, 1943- 8. Air (The) surgeon's bulletin; journal for the Army Air Forces Medical Services. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 9. Alabama social welfare; published by Alabama State Department of Public Welfare. Montgomery, v.2, No. 1, 1937- 10. All hands; published by the United States Naval Hospital, Brooklyn, N. Y. Brooklyn, v.l, No. 4, 1944- 11. Alpha (The) omegan; pub. quarterly by the Alpha Omega Fraternity. Phila., v.37, No. 3, 1943- 12. Amatus Lusitanus; revista de medicina e cirurgia. Lisb., v.3, No. 1-2, 1944- 13. America indigena; 6rgano trimestral del Instituto indigenista interamericano. Mex., v.3, No. 4, 1943- 14. Dr King's American health journal; pub. by Allan P. King. S. Franc, v.4, No. 11, 1940- 15. American journal of botany; official publication of the Botanical Society of America. Lane, v.18, No. 6, 1931- 16. American review of soviet medicine; pub. by the American-Soviet Medical Society. N. Y., v.l, 1943- 17. American Scientist; a quarterly publication of the Society of the Sigma Xi. N. Haven, Conn., v.30, No. 3, 1942- 18. A[delaide] M[edical] Sftudents'] S[ociety] the review. Adelaide, v.27, No. 34, 1934- 19. Anales de la Catedra de radiologia y fisioterapia buco- dental; Buenos Aires; Universidad Nacional; Facultad de Ciencias Medicas; Escuela de Odontologfa. B. Air., 1940. 20. Anales de la Clinica del profesor C. Jimenez Diaz; Madrid; Facultad de medicina; Catedra de patologfa medica. Madr., v.l (1928) 1929- 21. Anales de la Clinica medica C. Montev., v.l, 1938- 22. Anales de la Escuela de farmacia de la Facultad de ciencias medicas; Universidad ,de San Marcos. Lima, v.l, No. 1, 1939- 23. Anales espafioles de odontoestomatologfa. Madr., v.2, No. 10, 1943- 24. Anales de la Facultad de ciencias jurfdicas y sociales. Santiago, v.6, No. 21/24, 1940- 25. Anales de la Facultad de ciencias medicas. Asunci6n, v.l, No. 5/6, 1928- 26. Annales de la Faculte francaise de medecine et de pharmacie de Beyrouth. Beirut, v.l, No. 2, 1932-- [1] [-'] Vn. Hosp. S. Teresa, Comayagua Vn. Insl. med. exp., Caracas Ann. Arcad. Italia Ann. Allergy Ann. Biblioth., Para Ann. Biochem. Exp. M., Calc. Ann. Clin, Par. Ann. ferment., Par. Ann. Lab. A. Lumiere physiol. Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine, Mon- treal Ann. my col., Berl. Ann. Sc, Lond. Annual Rep. Bd Health, Hartford Annual Rep. Elizabeth Gamble Deac. Home Ass., Cincin. Annual Rep. Henry E. Huntington Libr. Annual Rep. Massachusetts Dep. Pub. Health Annual Rep. Pub. Health Comm. India Annual Rep. Safety in Mines Res. Bd Gr. Britain Annual Vol. Letters (Urol. Letter Club) Minneap. An. Serv. traumat. Hosp. provinc, Valencia Aorta, Long Beach Ap. resp. & tuberc, Santiago Arch. As. evit. ceguera Mexico Arch, cuban. cancer. Arch. Hosp. Rosales, Salvador Arch. Inst. med. pract., Barcel. Arch. med. leg., B. Air. Arch. med. mex. Arch. mex. vener. Arch. peru. hig. ment. Arch. Soc. internat. gastroenter. de Comayagua, v.2, medicina experiment:! I. Italia. Roma, accademia 27. Anales del Hospital Santa Teresa No. 2, 1943- 2S. Anales del Institute Caracas, v.l, 19 12 29. Annuario della Reale No. 3 (1930/31) 1932- 30. Annals of allergy; pub. by the American College of Allergists. S. Louis, v.l, No. 2, 1943 31. Annaes da Bibliotheca e Archivo publico do Pard. Para, v.7, 1910- 32. Annals of biochemistry and experimental medicine; published under the auspices of the Indian Institute for Medical Research, Calcutta. Calc, v.l, No. 1, 1941- 33 \nnales Clin; actualit6s m^dicales et the>apeutiques. Par., v.31, No. 1, 1939- 34. Annales des fermentations; publiees par le Service des fermentations de l'lnstitut Pasteur de Paris ... Par., v.7, 1942- 35. Annales (Les) des Laboratoires A. Lumiere de physio- logie experimentale et de pharmacodynamic Lyon, 1935- 36. Annales (Les) medico-ehirurgicales de l'Hopital Sainte-Justine. Montreal, v.2, No. 4, 1937- 37. Annales mycologici; editi in notitiam scientiae myco- logicae universalis. Berl., v.41, No. 1/3, 1943- 3S. Annals of science; a quarterly review of the history of science since the Renaissance. Lond., v.l, No. 1, 1936- 39. Annual report; Hartford, Connecticut; Board of Health. Hartford, No. 1 (1885/86) 1886- 40. Annual report; Elizabeth Gamble Deaconess Home Association and The Christ Hospital. Cincin., 1938- 41. Annual report; Huntington (Henrv E.) Library and Art Gallery. S. Marino (1927/28) 1929- 42. Annual report of the Massachusetts Department of Public Health. Best. (1940) 1942- 43. Annual report of the Public Health Commissioner. Delhi, 1934- 44. Annual report, including a report of matters dealt with by the Health Advisory Committee; Great Britain; Mines department; Safety in mines research board. Lond., 8. (1929) 1930- 45. Annual volume of letters by contributing members of the Urologists' Letter Club, United States. Minneap., No. 1, 1938- 46. Anales del Servicio de traumatologia y cirugia del Hospital provincial. Valencia, 1929- 47. Aorta (The) published by the U. S. Naval Hospital, Long Beach, Calif. Long Beach, v.2, No. 1, 1943- 48. Aparato respiratorio y tuberculosis; revista auspiciada por la Clinica oficial de tisiologia de la Facultad de medicina de la Universidad de Chile. Santiago, v.8, No. 3, 1943- 49. Archivos de la Asociaci6n para evitar la ceguera en Mexico. Mex., v.2, 1944- 50. Archivos cubanos de cancerologfa; 6rgano oficial del Instituto del radium, Hospital Ntra Sra de las Mercedes, La Habana. La Habana, v.2, No. 1-3, 1943- 51. Archivos del Hospital Rosales; 6rga.no del .Instituto de su nombre. San Salvador, v.31, No. 57, 1939- 52. Archivos del Instituto de medicina practica. Barcel v.3, No. 3, 1926- 53. "Archivos de medicina legal; <5rgano oficial de la Sociedad de medicina legal y toxicologia. B. Air v 13 No. 3, 1943- 54. Archivos medicos mexicanos; editada por Sindicato de medicos cirujanos y profesionistas conexos del estado de Nuevo Le6n, Mexico. Monterrey, ano 2, No 5 1944- ' ' 55. Archivos mexicanos de venereo-sffilis y dermatologia; 6rgano oficial de la Asociaci6n nacional de venereoloefa' Mex., D. F., T. 2, No. 4, 1943- ' 56. Archivos peruanos de higiene mental. Lima, t 1 No. 1, 1937- 56a. Archives de la Societe internationale de gastro- enterologie. Brux., No. 1, 1936- [3] Arch, tisiol., B. Air. Arh. vet., Bucur. Arizona M. Army Nurse Arq. neuropsiquiat., S. Paulo Asistencia, Mex. Avance med., Habana Avenir med., Barcelona Baxter Bugle, Spokane Better Health, Lincoln Better Health, Lond. Billings Billboard Bioklim. Beibl. Biol. Rev. City Coll., N. Y. Blue Cross Bull. Bol. Acad, estomat. Peru Bol. Ass. brasil. farm. Bol. Ateneo, La Plata Bol. bibliogr., S. Paulo Bol. Com. argent, profil. ceguera Bol. Dep. salub. pub., Mex. Bol. Dir. gen. salub., Lima Bol. Inst, assist, hosp., Recife Bol. Inst, hig., Mex. Bol. Inst, matern., B. Air. Bol. Liga urug. tuberc. Bol. med. Hosp. inf., Mex. Bol. san., Managua Bol. san., Tegucigalpa Bol. Soc. med. cir. Paraguay Bot. J., Lond. Brenthurst Papers, Johannesb. Brit. Guiana M. Ann. Brit. M. Bull. Bull. Alabama Dent. Ass. Bull. Am. Ass. Hosp. Social Work. 57. Archivos de tisiologia. B. Air., v.ll, No. 4, 1935- 58. Arhiva veterinara; publicatiunea corpului didactic al Facultatii de medicina veterinara. Bucur., v.29, No. 4, 1937- "59. Arizona medicine; journal of Arizona State Medical Association. Phoenix, v.l, No. 1, 1944- 60. Army (The) nurse; published by Nursing Division, Office of the Surgeon General, War Department, U. S. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 61. Arquivos de neuro-psiquiatria. S. Paulo, v.l, No. 2, 1943- 62. Asistencia; organo de la Secretaria de asistencia publica. Mex., No. 1, 1941- 63. Avance medical. La Habana, v.4, No. 11, 1943- 64. Avenir (L') medical; revista mensual cientifica y de interes profesional. Barcelona, v.30, No. 7/8, 1936- 65. Baxter bugle; published by Baxter General Hospital, Spokane, Wash. Spokane, v.l, No. 43, 1943- 66. Better health; official bulletin of the Nebraska State Department of Health. Lincoln, v.2, No. 2, 1943- 67. Better health; official journal of the Central Council for Health Education. Lond., v.17, No. 4, 1944- 68. Billings billboard; Billings General Hospital. Fort Benjamin Harrison, Ind., v.l, No. 13, 1943- 69. Bioklimatische Beiblatter. Brnschw., v.9, 1942- 70. Biological review of the City College [N. Y.] v.6, No. 1, 1944- 71. Blue cross bulletin; pub. of the Hospital Service Plan Commission, American Hospital Association. Chic, v.7, No. 2, 1943- 72. Boletin; Peru; Academia de estomatologia. Lima, ano 1, No. 3, 1941. 73. Boletim da Associagao brasileira de farmaceuticos. Rio, v.7, No. (1-3) 1926- 74. Boletin del Ateneo; pub. by Instituto de semiologia y clinica propedeutica medica y quinirgica de la Uni- versidad de La Plata. La Plata, No. 1, 1936- 75. Boletim bibliografico; publicacao da Biblioteca publica municipal de Sao Paulo. S. Paulo, v.l, 1943- 76. Boletin del Comite argentino de profilaxis de la ceguera y lucha contra el tracoma. B. Air., T. 6, Nov.-Dec, 1942- 77. Boletin del Departamento de salubridad publica. Mex., v.5, No. 1, 1942- 78. Boletin de la Direccion general de salubridad. Lima, 1917- 79. Boletim do Instituto de assistencia hospitalar. Recife, v.3, No. 1, 1942- 80. Boletin del Instituto de higiene del Departamento de salubridad publica. Mexico, 2. epoca, No. 1, 1932- 81. Boletin del Instituto de maternidad. B. Air., v.6, No. 2, 1937- 82. Boletin; Liga uruguaya contra la tuberculosis. Mon- tev., No. 1, 1937- 83. Boletin medico del Hospital Infantil. Mex., D. F., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 84. Boletin sanitario; 6rgano de la Direcci6n general de sanidad. Managua, v.3, No. 25, 1943- 85. Boletin sanitario; 6rgano de la Direccion general de sanidad. Tegucigalpa, v.7, No. 25/6, 1938- 86. Boletin de la Sociedad de medicina y cirugia del Paraguay. Asuncion, v.2, No. 2, 1936- 87. Botanical (The) journal; the official organ of the Royal Botanic Society of London. Lond., v.5, No. 1, 1916- 88. Brenthurst papers; pub. by Brenthurst Red Cross Military Hospital for Plastic Surgery. Johannesb., No. 1, 1943- 89. British (The) Guiana medical annual. Georgetown, No. 26, 1943- 90. British medical bulletin; published by the British Council, Medical Department. Lond., v.l, No. 10, 1943- 91. Bulletin of the Alabama Dental Association. Birm., v.28, No. 1, 1944- 91a Bulletin of the American Association of Hospital Social Workers. Chic, v.l, No. 3,1919-V.7, No. 3,1934. [4] Bull. Am. Ass. M. Social Work. Bull. Army M. Dep., Lond. Bull. Army M. Dir., Lond. Bull. California Diet. Ass. Bull. California Nurses Ass. Bull. Cleveland Dent. Soc. Bull. Connecticut Dent. Ass. Bull. Dep. Public Health Massachu- setts Bull. Des Moines Acad. M. Bull. Forest Sanit., Des Plaines Bull. Hudson Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Inst, internat. statist. Bull. Kings Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Longview Hosp., Cincin. Bull. McGuire Clin., Richmond Bull. Mahoning Co. M. Soc. Bull. Massachusetts Dent. Soc. Bull. Min. san. pub., Beograd Bull. Nat. Ass. Nurse Anesth. Bull. New Hampshire Pharm. Ass. Bull. Ninth Distr. Dent. Soc. New York Bull. Ordre pharm., Brux. Bull. Orleans Parish M. Soc. Bull. Pacific Coast Soc. Orthodont. Bull. Philadelphia Co. Dent. Soc. Bull. Pierce Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Francis Sanat., Roslyn Bull. S. Louis Co. M. Soc. Bull. S. Louis Dent. Soc. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago Bull. Station Hosp. Camp Blanding Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond Bull. Union internat. tuberc. Bull. Univ. Kansas School M. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep. 92. Bulletin of the American Association of Medical Social Workers. Chic, v. 12, No. S, 1939- 93. Bulletin; Army Medical Department. Lend., No. 14, 1942- 94. Bulletin; Armv Medical Directorate. Lond., No. 1, 1941- With No. 14, 1942, changes title to Bull. Army M. Dep., Lond. 95. Bulletin of the California Dietetic Association. Les Ang., v.5, No. 1, 1937- 96. Bulletin of the California State Nurses' Association. S. Franc, v.40, No. 1, 1944- 97. Bulletin of the Cleveland Dental Society. Clevel., Oct., 1943- 98. Bulletin of the Connecticut State Dental Association. Hartford, v.22, No. 2, 1943- 99. Bulletin of the Department of Public Health. [Bost.] v.4, No. 2, 1944- 100. Bulletin of the Des Moines Academy of Medicine, & Polk County Medical Society. Des Moines, v.3, No. 7, 1932- 101. Bulletin of the Forest Sanitarium. Des Plaines, v.l, No. 1, 1942- 102. Bulletin of the Hudson County Dental Society. Jersey City, v.13, No. 2, 1943- 103. Bulletin de l'lnstitut international de statistique. Roma, v.13, No. 3, 1903- 104. Bulletin of the Kings County Dental Society, affil- iated with The Allied Dental Council. Brooklyn, v.15, No. 1, 1943- 105. Bulletin, Longview State Hospital. Cincinnati, v.8, No. 12, 1937- 106. Bulletin, McGuire Clinic and St Luke's Hospital. Richmond, v.l, No. 1, 1929- 107. Bulletin of the Mahoning County Medical Society. Youngstewn, v. 10, No. 12, 1940- 108. Bulletin of the Massachusetts State Dental Society. Bost., v.2, No. 4, 1926- 109. Bulletin mensuel du Ministere de la sant6 publique. Beograd, v.l, 1922- 110. Bulletin of the National Association of Nurse Anes- thetists [v. p., U. S.] v.3, No. 1, 1935- 111. Bulletin of the New Hampshire pharmaceutical association. Peterborough, No. 16, 1943-44 ser., 1944- 112. Bulletin of the Ninth district dental society. White Plains, N. Y., February, 1944- 113. Bulletin de l'Ordre des pharmaciens. Brux v 2. 1943. ' ' 114. Bulletin of the Orleans Parish Medical Societv N. Orl., v.10, No. 4, 1940- 115. Bulletin of the Pacific Coast Society of Orthodon- tists. S. Francisco, v. 19, No. 3, 1943- 116. Bulletin of the Philadelphia County Dental Societv Phila., v.8, No. 1, 1943- y' 117. Bulletin of the Pierce County Medical Societv Tacoma, v.13, No. 7, 1943- *' 118. Bulletin of the S. Francis Sanatorium of Cardiac Children. Roslyn, v.l, No. 1, 1944- 119. Bulletin of the S. Louis County Medical Societv S. Louis, v.10, No. 23, 1943- y' 120. Bulletin of the S. Louis Dental Society. S Louis v.14, No. 12, 1943- y S' 121. Bulletin of the Society of Medical History of Chicago Chic, v.2, 1917-22. * ^I1U^S°- 122. Bulletin (The) by and for you; published by the Station Hospital Camp Blanding, Fla. Camp Blanding, v.3, No. 46, 1943- 6' 123 Bulletin of the Stuart Circle Hospital. Richmond v.l, 1931- ' 124. Bulletin de l'Union internationale contre la tubercu- lose. Paris, v.9, No. 4, 1932- 125 Bulletin of the University of Kansas School of Medicine. Lawrence, v.2, No 1 1931- 12Carlil:tNo°f69%{iS' A'Medical Department. [5] Bull. Zool. Nomenclat., Lond. Burned News Letter, Wash. Bur, Chic. Caduceus, Ft Wayne Caduceus, New River Caja del seguro, Quito Cal, Chic. California's Health Cambridge Univ. M. Soc. Mag. Camsi, Montreal Canad. Doctor Canad. Hosp. Caracas med. Chemist Analyst Chem. wbl., Amst. Child Health, Clevel. Chironian, N. Y. Cleanliness & Health, N. Y. Clin, europ., Par. Compend. med., Phila. Coop. Health, N. Y. Courier, Portsmouth C. rend. Soc. phys. biol. France Criminalia, Mex. Cruz roja cubana Cult, med., Rio Curity Res. Notes, Chic. Current M. Digest Defensa odont., Montev. Dent. Assist. Dent. Gaz., Lond. Dent. Lab. Rev. Dent. Mag., Lond. 127. Bulletin (The) of zoological nomenclature; the official organ of The International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Lond., v.l, pt 1, 1943- 128. Burned news letter; a digest of timely information; published by U. S. Navy Department, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Wash., v.3, No. 3, 1944- 129. Bur (The) pub. by the Alumni Association of the Chicago College of Dental Surgery, Dental School of Loyola University. Chic, v.43, No. 3, 1943- 130. Caduceus (The) official monthly bulletin of The Fort Wayne Medical Society, The Fort Wayne Acad- emy of Medicine and Surgery, The Isaac Knapp District Dental Society. Fort Wayne, v.9, No. 2, 1943- 131. Caduceus (The) published by the U. S. Naval Hos- pital, New River, N. C. New River, v.l, No. 9, 1944- 132. Caja del Seguro de empleados privados y obreros; boletin del Departamento medico-social. Quito, v.2, No. 5/6, 1938- 133. Cal, Certified Akers Laboratories; pub. by Coe Laboratories. Chic, v.6, No. 3, 1943- 134. California's health; organ of the State Department of Public Health. Sacramento, v.l, No. 1, 1943- 135. Cambridge University Medical Society magazine. Cambr., Engl., v.20, No. 1, 1942- 136. Camsi; journal of Canadian Association of Medical Students and Internes. Montreal, v.l, No. 1, 1942- 137. Canadian (The) doctor; a business journal of the medical profession. Gardenvale, Que., v.9, No. 12, 1943- 138. Canadian (The) hospital; official journal of the Canadian Hospital Council. Toronto, v.20, No. 7, 1943- 139. Caracas medico; revista de medicina y cirugfa; 6rgano de la Clinica Acosta Ortiz. Caracas, v.l, No. 3, 1934- 140. Chemist (The) analyst; pub. by J. T. Baker chemical co. Phillipsb., v.19, No. 1, 1930- 141. Chemisch weekblad; organ van de Nederlandsch chemische vereeniging. Amst., v.40, 1943- 142. Child health; published by Child Health Association, Cleveland, O. Clevel., v.7, No. 2, 1939- 143. Chironian (The) a quarterly bulletin pub. by the Alumni Association of the New York Medical Col- lege. N. Y., v.3, No. 2, 1941- 144. Cleanliness and health. N. Y., No. 1, 1944- 145. Clinique europeenne; journal international de mede- cine. Par., v.l, No. 29, 1859. 146. Compendio medico; pub. de Sharp & Dohme. Phila., No. 22, Ano 1940. 147. Cooperative health. N. Y., v.l, No. 1, 1938- 148. Courier (The) published by Norfolk Naval Hospital, Portsmouth, Va. Portsmouth, v.l, No. 1, 1943- 149. Comptes rendus des stances de la Societe de physique biologique de France. Clermont-Ferrand, 1942- 150. Criminalia; revista de ciencias penales; 6rgano de la Academia de ciencias penales. Mex., v.9, No. 11, 1943- 151. Cruz roja cubana; revista mensual; 6rgano de la Sociedad nacional cubana de la Cruz roja. La Habana, v.l, No. 9/10, 1937- 152. Cultura medica; revista sintese do pensamento medico contemporaneo. Rio, ano 1, No. 5, 1939- 153. Curity research notes; pub. by Bauer & Black, divi- sion of the Kendall co. Chic,1 v.2, No. 3, 1943- 154. Current medical digest; a monthly digest of medical literature from American and foreign sources. Bait., v.l, No. 2, 1934- 155. Defensa odontol6gica; 6rgano oficial del Sindicato odontol6gico del Uruguay. Montev., v.2, No. 7, 1938- 156. Dental (The) assistant; journal of the American Dental Assistants Association, [n. p.] v.9, No. 5/6, 1940- 157. Dental (The) gazette; official organ of the Public Dental Service Association. Lond., v.9, No. 5, 1943- 158. Dental laboratory review; a Dental Survey publica- tion. Minneap., v.19, No. 4, 1944- 159. Dental (The) magazine and oral topics; a journal of dental science and progress. Lond., v.60, No. 1, 1943- [6] Dent. Rays. Pittsb. Dent. Student Desinfektion Deut. Aerztebl. Deut. Recht Deut. Verwalt. Dir. lavoro Doklady Vsesoiuz. akad. nauk Lenin. Educ. Focus, Rochester Educ. san., Lima Engin. News Rec. Estud. psiquic, Lisb. Europ. Rev., Stuttg. Everybody's Health, S. Paul Fed. Veterinarian Feldsher & akush. Fol. endocr. jap. Fortsch. Chemie Fotowoche Gac. med. centroamer., Guatemala Gac. med. occidente, S. Ana Gasschutz Gen. Pract. Australia Gen. Pract. Clin., Wash. Geogr. Zschr. Geol. Rdsch. Glasnik, Beogr. Gospit. delo, Hammond Rx Harrogate Spa M. J. Harvard Dent. Alumni Bull. Harvard Libr. Notes Hay System News Health Educ. J., Lond. 160. Dental rays; pub. by the students and alumni oi the School of Dentistry, University of Pittsburgh. Pittsb., v.l, No. 2, 1926- 161. Dental (The-) student; the international journal for students of dentistry. Chic, v.l, No. 1, 1923 - 162. Desinfektion und Srhadlingsbekampfung. Dresd., v.35, 1943- 163. Deutsches Aerzteblatt; Amtsblatt der Reicharz- tekammer, und des Kassenarztlichen Vereinigung Deutschlands. Berl., v.72, 1942- 164. Deutsches Recht; Zentralorgan des Xationalsozialisti- schen Rechtswahrerbundes. Berl., v.13, No. 10, 1943- 165. Deutsche Verwaltung; Organ des Verwaltungsrechts- wahrer des Xationalsozialistischen Rechtswahrerbundes. Berl., v.20, No. 2, 1943- 166. Diritto (II) del lavoro; rivista mensile. Roma, v.16, 1942- 167. Doklady; Vsesoiuznaya akademia S. Kh. Nauk irri. V. I. Lenina. Moskva, No. 14, 1939- 168. Educational (The) focus; published by the Bausch & Lomb Optical Company. Rochester, v.14, No. 2, 1943- 169. Education sanitaria; Direcci6n general de salubridad, Ministerio de salud publica, trabajo y prevision social. Lima, v.2, No. 13, 1942- 170. Engineering news-record. Alb. [v. 127] Oct. 2, 1941. 171. Estudos psiquicos; revista de estudos psiquicos e neo- espiritualismo experimental. Lisb., ano 4, No. 23, 1943- 172. Europiiische Revue. Stuttg., v.19, 1943- 173. Everybody's health magazine; pub. by Minnesota Public Health Association. South S. Paul, v.27, No. 1, 1942. 174. Federal Veterinarian; published bi-monthly by the National Association of Federal Veterinarians. Kan- sas Citv, v.l, No. 1, 1943- 175. Feldsher i akusherka. Moskva, No. 7, 1943- 176. Folia endocrinologica japonica. Kyoto, Bd 1, H. (1 6) (1925-26) - 177. Fortschritte der Chemie, Physik und Technik der makromolekularen Stoffe. Miinch., v.2, 1942- 178. Fotowoche; Zeitschrift fur Industrie und Handel fotografischer und verwandter Branchen. Berl., v.33, 1943- 179. Gaceta medica centroamericana. Guatemala, T. 1, No. 3, 1943- 180. Gaceta medica de occidente; revista bimensual, 6rgano de publicaci6n del Hospital San Juan de Dios. Santa Ana, v. 6, No. 33, 1943- 181. Gasschutz und Luftschutz; Zeitschrift fur den Gasschutz und Luftschutz der Zivilbevolkerung und fur die militarische Gasabwehr. Berl., v.12, 1942- 182. General (The) practitioner of Australia and New Zealand. Melbourne, v.13, No. 9, 1943- 183. General practice clinics; pub. by Washington Insti- tute of Medicine. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 184. Geographische Zeitschrift. Lpz., v.49, 1943- 185. Geologische Rundschau; Zeitschrift fur allgemeine Geologie. Stuttg., v.33, 1942- 186. Glasnik; Ministarstva narodnog zdravlja. Beogr No. 3, 1919- 187. Gospital'noe delo. Moskva, Nos 1/2, 1944- 188. Hammond (The) Rx, bian foru. Pub. by the Ham- mond General Hospital. Modesto, Calif., v 1, No 43, 1943- 189. Harrogate (The) Spa medical journal, devoted to spa research and treatment; pub. under the auspices of the Harrogate Medical Society. [Harrogate] v.l, No 1, 1938- 190. Harvard dental alumni bulletin. Cambr., Mass v.3, No. 1, 1942- 191. Harvard Library notes. Cambr., Mass., No 29 1939- 192. Hay (The) system news; official monthly magazine New York, v.l, No. 1, 1934- 193. Health (The) education journal; pub. of Central Council for Health Education. Lond., v.l, No. 1 1943- [7] Health & Hyg., N. Y. Healthkeeping, N. Y. Health Rays, Kentville H«al Thyself, Lond. Hearing News, Wash. Heraldo odont. Orocast, Mex. Hig. & san., Panama Horiz. med., Mex. Horizon, Toronto Hosp. Clipper, Memphis Hosp. Gauz., Norman Hospital, Lond. Hypo, Great Lakes Illinois Psychiat. J. Index Otolar., Chic. Ind. J. Ophth. Indust. Nurs. Indust. Supervisor Infantry J. Inform, enferm. vener., Wash. Inform, med., Habana Interamer. Econ. News Interamer. Orthodont. Congr. Issues, Phila. Izdanje J. Am. Dent. Hyg. Ass. J. Animal Sc. J. Arkansas Dent. Ass. J. Canad. M. Serv. J. Chart. Soc. Massage, Lond. J. Dairy Sc. J. Dent. Child. 194. Health and hygiene; magazine of the People's Health Education League. N. Y., v.6, No. 4, 1937. 195. Healthkeeping, the self-betterment magazine. N. Y., v.l, No. 1, 1940- 196. Health rays; a magazine of health and good cheer. Kentville, v.10, No. 2, 1936- 197. Heal thyself (The homoeopathic world) a popular journal of medical, dietetic, social and sanitary science. London, v.71, No. 845, 1936. 198. Hearing news; organ of the American Society for the Hard of Hearing. Wash., 1943- 199. Heraldo odontologico Orocast; publicado por la Casa dental Jalisco. Mex., v.l, No. 5, 1943- 200. Higiene y sanidad; publicado por el Departamento de sanidad y beneficencia. Panama, v.2, No. 24, 1937- 201. Horizontes medicos. Mex., T. 1, No. 1, 1943- 202. Horizon (The) official publication of Ontario Society for Crippled Children. Toronto, v.2, No. 4, 1937- 203. Hospital (The) clipper; published by the U. S. Naval Hospital, Memphis, Tenn. Memphis, v.l, No. 12, 1943- 204. Hospital gauzette; published by the U. S. Naval Hospital, Norman, Okla. Norman, v.l, No. 6, 1944- 205. Hospital (The) official organ of the British Hospitals Association and of the Incorporated Association of Hospital Administrators. Lond., v.39, No. 12, 1943- 206. Hypo (The) published by Hospital Corps School, U. S. Naval Hospital, Great Lakes, Illinois. Great Lakes, v.l, No. 1, 1942- 207. Illinois (The) psychiatric journal; pub. quarterly by the Division of Mental Hospitals, Department of Pub- lic Welfare, Springfield, 111. Springf., v.l, No. 1, 1941- 208. Index (The) of oto-laryngology. Chic, v.4, No. 1, 1914- 209. Indian journal of ophthalmology. Poona City, India, v.3, No. 4, 1942- 210. Industrial nursing; the journal of the nurse in in- dustry; pub. by Industrial Medical Publishing Co. Chic, v.2, No. 3, 1943- 211. Industrial supervisor; published by National Safety Council. Chic, v.12, No. 1, 1944- 212. Infantry journal; the Infantry Association's maga- zine for fighting men. Wash., v.53, No. 6, 1943- 213. Informaci6n sobre enfermedades venereas; publica- ci6n de la Oficina «anitaria panamericana. Wash., 1943- 214. Informaciones medicas; revista de los Laboratorios Vieta-Plasencia. La Habana, v.2, No. 1, 1937- 215. Inter-American economic news; organ of the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs; Press Division. Wash., Sept., 1943- 216. The Inter-American Orthodontic Congress and ann- ual meeting of the American Association of Orthodon- tists. S. Louis, 1943- 217. Issues; Philadelphia Housing Association. Phila., v.l, No. 3, 1943- 218. Yugoslavia. Ministarstva narodnog zdravlja. Iz- danje. Beogr., 1921- 219. Journal (The) of the American Dental Hygienists' Association. Milford, Conn., v.17, No. 4, 1943- 220. Journal of animal science. Menasha, Wise, v.2, 1943- 221. Journal (The) of the Arkansas State Dental Asso- ciation. Little Rock, v.14, No. 3, 1943- 222. Journal (The) of the Canadian Medical Services; pub. by the Medical Services of the Royal Canadian Navy, the Canadian Army, the Royal Canadian Air Force; and the Department of Pensions and National Health. Hamilton, v.l, No. 1, 1943- 223. Journal of the Chartered Society of Massage and Medical Gymnastics. Lond., v.16, No. 10, 1931- 224. Journal of dairy science; pub. by American Dairy Science Association. Lane, v.26, No. 11, 1943- 225. Journal of dentistry for children; published by the American Society of Dentistry for Children. Detr., v.ll, 1944- [«] J. Dent. Educ. J. District of Columbia Dent. Soc. J. fiz. khim. J. Florida Dent. Soc. J. Georgia Dent. Ass. J. Houston Dent. Soc. J. Kansas Dent. Ass. J. Living, N. Y. J. Michigan Dent. Soc. J. Missouri Dent. Ass. J. Nat. Proct. Ass., Los Ang. J. Nebraska Dent. Ass. J. Neurosurg. J. New Jersey Dent. Soc. J. New Orleans Coll. Pharm. Johnston-Willis Hosp. Bull., Richmond J. Oregon Dent. Ass. Jornadas agronom. vet., B. Air. J. Second Distr. Dent. Soc. N. York J. South. California Dent. Ass. Jubil. sess. Akad. nauk SSSR Key to Health, East Aurora King's Coll. Hosp. Gaz., Lond, Laboratory, Pittsb. Laborat. Digest, S. Louis Laborat. med. dr., Barcel. Laborat. Techn., N. Y. LaGarde Sentinel Lake Co. M. News Lawson News Leech, Johannesb. Lens, Bost. Loblolly, Norfolk London Hosp. Gaz. 226. Journal (The) of dental education; pub. by the American Association of Dental Schools. Indianap., v.l. No. 1, 1936- 227. Journal of the District of Columbia Dental Society. Wash., v.ll, No. 2, 1937- 22*. Jurnal fizicheskoi khimii; pub. by Akademia nauk soiuza SSR. Moskva, T. 14, No. 4, 1940- 229. Journal of 11 it- Florida State Dental Society. S. Petersb., v.14, No. 11, 1943- 230 Journal of the Georgia Dental Association. Macon, v.17, No. 3, 1944- . 231 Journal of the Houston District Dental Society. Houston, v.14, No. 2, 1943- 232 Journal of the Kansas State Dental Association. Kansas City, v.17, No. 9, 1933- 233. Journal of living. N. York, v.7, No. 1, 1941- 234. Journal (The) of the Michigan State Dental Society. Lansing, v.26, No. 1, 1944- 235. Journal (The) of the Missouri State Dental Associa- tion. Fulton, Mo., v.22, No. 10, 1942- 236. Journal of the National Proctologic Association. Los Ang., v.13, No. 12, 1941- 237. Journal (The) of the Nebraska State Dental Asso- ciation. Lincoln, v.20, No. 2, 1943- 238. Journal of neurosurgery. Springf., 111., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 239. Journal of the New Jersey State Dental Society. Bayonne, v.15, No. 2, 1944- 240. Journal of the New Orleans College of Pharmacy. N. Orl., v.l, No. 1, 1936- 241. Johnston-Willis hospital bulletin. Richmond, v.2, No. 6, 1929- 242. Journal of the Oregon State Dental Association. Portland, v. 12, No. 3, 1943- 243. Jornadas agron6micas y veterinarias. B. Air., 3. Congr. (1941) 1942- 244. Journal of the Second District Dental Society, State of New York. Brooklyn, v.25, No. 1, 1939- 245. Journal (The) of the Southern California State Den- tal Association. Los Ang., v.10, No. 11, 1943- 246. [Jubileinaia sessia Akademii nauk SSSR] Moskva, 1943. 247. Key (The) to health magazine; published monthly by Sun-Diet Health Foundation, Inc., East Aurora, N. Y. East Aurora, v.6, No. 6, 1939- 248. King's college hospital gazette. Lond., v.22, No. 4, 1943- 249. Laboratory (The) for those interested in keeping informed on the latest developments of laboratory apparatus and technique; pub. by Fisher scientific co. Pittsb., v.5, No. 2, 1934?- 250. Laboratory digest; a monthly review of clinical literature. S. Louis, v.6, No. 11, 1943- 251. Laboratorio medicina-cirugfa. Barcel., v.17, No. 200, 1933- 252. Laboratory (The) technician; official organ of the Associated Dental Laboratories. N. Y., v.8, No. 10, 1935- 253. LaGarde sentinel; pub. by the LaGarde General Hospital, New Orleans, La. N. Orl., v.2, No. 36, 1943- 254. Lake (The) County medical news; official organ of the Lake County Medical Society. Gary, Ind., v.5, No. 8, 1943- 255. Lawson news; pub. by Lawson General Hospital, Atlanta, Ga. Atlanta, v.4, No. 1, 1943- 256. Leech (The) the official journal of the Students' Medical Council, University of the Witwatersrand Medical School, Johannesburg, South Africa. Johan- nesb., v.14, No. 2, 1943- 257. Lens (The) pub. by the Massachusetts Civic League. Bost., v.21, No. 7, 1943- 258. Loblolly; published by the U. Naval operating base, Norfolk, No. 3, 1942- 259. London hospital gazette. Lond. S. Naval Hospital, Va. Norfolk, v.l, ., v.47, No. 1, 1943- [9] Louisiana Pharm. McGill M. J. McGill M. Undergrad. J. Madison Co. M. Soc. Bull. Med. Briefs, Detr. Med. Bull. North Afr. Theater of Oper. U. S. Med. Bull. U. S. Chief Surg. Europ. Theatre Med. cir. occid., Guadalajara Med. espari. Med. homeop. mex. Med. Observ., Lond. Med. School Digest, Minneap. Mehl und Brot Mensaje Bibl. nac, Quito Mexico farm. Microfilm Abstr. Doct. Diss. Middlesex Vet. Milchwirtsch. Zbl, Milit. tekn. tskr. Mitt. Deut. pharm. Ges. Mitt. Landwirt. Month. Bull. Ramsey Co. M. Soc. Moore News, Swannanoa Mouth Mirror, Lond. Mus. News, Clevel. N. A. R. D., Chic. Nat. Birth Contr. News Nat. Capital Pharm. 260. Louisiana (The) pharmacist; official journal of the Louisiana State Pharmaceutical Association. N. Or- leans v.2, No. 2, 1943- 261. McGill medical journal; the official pub. of the McGill Medical Society. Montreal, v.9, No. 1, 1939- 262. McGill medical undergraduate journal; the official pub. of the McGill Medical Undergraduate Society. Montreal, v.6, No. 1, 1936- 263. Madison County Medical Society bulletin and asbestos archives. Anderson, Ind., Oct. 1943- 264. Medical briefs; pub. by F. Stearns & co. Detr., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 265. Medical bulletin of the North African theater of operations [n. p.] v.l, No. 1, 1944- 266. Medical bulletin; Office of the Chief Surgeon, European theatre of operations. [Wash.?] No. 11, 1943- 267. Medicina y cirugia de occidente, revista mensual de ciencias medicas; organo oficial de la Facultad de medicina de la Universidad de Guadalajara ... [Guadala- jara] T. 2, No. 10, 1934- 268. Medicina espafiola; revista nacional de medicina, cirugia y especialidades. Valencia, ano 3, T. 3, No. 17, 1940- 269. Medicina homeopatica mexicana; 6rgano oficial de la Escuela nacional de medicina homeopdtica. Mex., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 270. Medical (The) observer and medical digest; a com- prehensive monthly review and digest of the world's leading medical journals. London, Oct., 1938- 271- Medical school digest; organ of the University of Minnesota Medical School. Minneap., v.2, No. 1, 1938- 272. Mehl und Brot; Wochenzeitschrift fur Wissenschaft, Technik, und Wirtschaft der Backerei. Berl., v.43, 1943- 273. Mensaje de la Biblioteca nacional, Quito, Ecuador. Quito, v.3, No. 10/11, 1940- 274. Mexico farmaceutico. Mex., v.9, No. 106, 1943- 275. Microfilm abstracts; a collection of abstracts of doctoral dissertations which are available in complete form on microfilm. Ann. Arb., v.5, No. 1, 1943- 276. Middlesex (The) veterinarian; published by the School of Veterinary Medicine, Middlesex University, Waltham, Mass. Waltham, v.4, No. 1, 1944- 277. Milchwirtschaftliches Zentralblatt; Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche und praktische Milchkunde. Han- nover, v.71, 1942- 278. Militar-teknisk tidskrift; organ for Militartekniska foreningen. Stockh., v.11, 1942- 279. Mitteilungen der Deutschen pharmazeutischen Ge- sellschaft. Berl., v.20, H. 1, 1943- 280. Mitteilungen fur die Landwirtschaft. Berl., v.58, 1943- 281. Monthly bulletinj'Ramsey County Medical Society. S. Paul, v.38, No. 1, 1944- 282. Moore news; published by the Moore General Hos- pital, Swannanoa, N. C. Swannanoa, v.l, No. 24, 1943- 283. Mouth (The) Mirror; the journal of the Incorporated Dental Society. Lond., v.20, No. 157, 1943- 284. Museum news; Cleveland Health Museum. Clevel., v.4, No. 3, 1943- 285. N. A. R. D. journal; the journal of the National Association'offRetail Druggists. Chic, v. 16, No. 9,1913- Formerly N. A. R. D. notes; through v.lG, No. 4,"1913. 286. N. A. R. D. notes; the journal of the National Asso- ciation of Retail Druggists. Chic, v.13, No. 4, 1911- With v.16. No. 5, 1913, changes title to N. A. R. D. journal. 287. National birth control news; pub. by the National Committee on Federal Legislation for Birth Control. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1936. 288. National Capital pharmacist; organ of the District of Columbia Pharmaceutical Association. Wash., v.4, No. 9, 1943- [10] Nat. Hosp. Forum News Lett. Massachusetts Dep. Pub. Health News Nat. Inst. Indust. Psychol., Lond. New York Physician New York State Nurse Nola Lake Front Breeze, N. Orl. Norden News, Lincoln Norfolk M. News Norske nasjon. foren. tuberk. Norsk landbruk North. N. York M. Annual Northwest Dent. Notic. med., Madr. Novaya russ. kniga Nu, Stockh. Nuova vet., Bologna Nutrit. News, Chic. Oak Log, Oceanside Occup. Ther. Yearb. Odont. Bull., Pittsb. Odont. prev., B. Air. Off. Bull. Dent. Soc. N. York Oil Paint & Drug Rep. Ontario M. Ass. Bull. Ontario M. Rev. Optik, Weimar Osteopath. Prof., N. Y. Oxygen Ther. News, N. Y. Pam. Towarz. lek. Warszaw. Papeis avuls. Dep. zool., S. Paulo Papers Am. Gastroenter. Ass., 289. National hospital forum; a round-table for the dis- cussion of vital problems affecting hospitals; sponsored by Hospital Equipment Corporation. N. Y., v.l, VJ43- 290. News letter of the Massachusetts Department of Public Health [Host] v.8, No. 4, 1943- 291. News; pub. monthly by the National Institute of Industrial Psychology. Lond., 1943. 292. New (The) York physician; official organ of the Association of Private Hospitals. N. Y., v.3, No. 3, 1934- 293. New York State nurse; official organ of the New \ ork State Nurses Association. Alb., v. 12, No. 3, 1940- 294. Nola (The) lake front breeze; news of the Naval Hospital; pub. by United States Naval Hospital, New Orleans, La. N. Orl., v.l, No. 17, 1944- 295. Norden (The) news; a veterinary digest; published by the Norden Laboratories. Lincoln, Nebr., v. 18, No. 1, 1944- 296. Norfolk medical news; published by the Norfolk District of the Massachusetts Medical Society. Nor- folk, v.4, No. 6, 1944- 297. Norske nasjonalforening mot tuberkulosen. Oslo, v.32, No. 6, 1942- 298. Norsk landbruk; ukeskrift for landbruk og pelsdyravl. Oslo, v.9, 1943. 299. Northern New York medical annual; pub. by Jeffer- son County Medical Society. Watertown, v.l, No. 1, 1944- 300. North-west dentistry; pub. by the Minnesota Den- tal Association. S. Paul, v.22, No. 1, 1943- 301. Noticiario medico. Madr., No. 1, 1943- 302. Novaya russkaia kniga. [v. p.] No. 1, 1922- 303. Nu; varldspandelserna infor varldsopinionen. Stockh., No. 8, 1943- 304. Nuova (La) veterinaria. Bologna, v.20, 1941/42. 305. Nutrition news; with supplementary reference list; pub. by National Dairy Council. Chic, v.2, No. 2,1938- 306. Oak (The) log; pub. by the United States Naval Hospital, Santa Margarita Ranch, Oceanside, Cali- fornia. Oceanside, v.2, No. 10, 1944— 307. Occupational therapy yearbook. N. Y., 1943- 308. Odontological bulletin; the official bulletin of the Odontological Society of Western Pennsylvania. Pittsb., v.23, No. 3, 1943- 309. Odontologia preventiva; 6rgano oficial de la Sociedad odontol6gica argentina de higiene y educacion social. B. Air., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 310. Official bulletin of the Dental Society of the State of New York [Buffalo] v.6, No. 5, 1939- 311. Oil, paint and drug reporter. N. Y., v.144, No. 22, 1943- 312. Bulletin of the Ontario Medical Association. To- ronto, v.9, No. 1, 1942- v.10, No. 2, 1943. Becomes Ontario (The) medical review. 313. Ontario (The) medical review; bi-monthly publica- tion of the Ontario Medical Association. , Toronto, v.10, No. 3, 1943- Former title: Ontario medical association bulletin. 314. Optik (Die) Gemeinschaftsausgabe der Zeitschriften Optische Rundschau und Photo-Optiker, Weimar, Deutsche Optiker-Zeitung und Deutsche Photo-Zeitung, Berlin SW 68, Deutsche optische Wochenschrift und Centralzeitung firr Opitk und Mechanik, Weimar. Weimar, No. 4, 1943- 315. Osteopathic profession. N. Y., v.7, No. 4, 1940- 316. Oxygen therapy news; pub. bv the Linde Air Prod- ucts co. N. Y., v.l, No. 4, 19431 317. Pamietnik Towarzystwa lekarskiego Warszawskiego. Warszawa, v. 100, 1904- 318. Papeis avulsos do Departamento de zoologia, Secre- taria da agricultura, inddstria e comercio. S. Paulo, v.l, 1941- 319. Papers; American Gastro-enterological Association. Atlantic City, 1939- [Ill Pediat. Americas, Mex. Penicillin News Penn Dent. J. Pennsylvania Dent. J. Permanente Found. M. Bull., Oakland Pit Morian, Indianap. Popul. Lit., Wash. Popul. Med., N. Y. Pract. Digest, S. Franc. Pract. Druggist, N. Y. Prensa med., La Paz Presse med. beige Prison. War Bull. Private Hosp., N. Y. Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools Proc. Am. Ass. Rheumat. Dis. Proc. Am. Inst. Dent. Teachers Proc. Am. Soc. Hard of Hearing Proc. Annual Meet. Pennsylvania Dent. Soc. Proc. Ass. Colleg. Sch. Nursing Proc. Bd Trustees Am. Dent. Ass. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res. Proc. Congr. Dent. Educ. Proc. Inst. Dent. Pedag. Proc. Internat. Coll. Surg. Proc. Minnesota Acad. Sc. Proc. Nat. Ass. Dent. Exam. Proc. Nat. Ass. Dent. Fac. Proc. Nat. Sch. Dent. Techn. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc. Proc. Optic. Soc. America Proc. Pacific Coast Dent. Conf. Proc. Rudolf Virchow M. Soc. New York 320. Pediatria de las Americas; colecci6n enciclopedica de estudios acerca de las enfermedades de los nifios; comp. by Alfonso G. Alarc6n. Mex., Tomo 1, No. 1, 1943. 321. Penicillin news; pub. monthly by E. R. Squibb & sons. N. V., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 322. Penn (The) dental journal; pub. by the undergradu- ates of the Thomas W. Evans Museum and Dental In- stitute, School of Dentistry, University of Pennsyl- vania. Phila., v.13, 1910- 323. Pennsylvania (The) state dental journal; the official publication of the Pennsylvania State Dental Society. Reading, v.2, No. 4, 1944- 324. Permanente Foundation medical bulletin; pub. quarterly by the staff of the Permanente Foundation Hospital, Oakland, Calif. Oakland, v.l, No. 2, 1943- 325. Pit-Mor-ian (The) Indianap., v.2, No. 5, 1937- 326. Population literature; pub. quarterly by Population Association of America. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1935- 327. Popular medicine: sex health, body care. N. Y., v.l, No. 2, 1934. Title changed to: Your body, with v.2, No. 10. 328. Practitioners' (The) digest; a quarterly review of the medical sciences, and California register of the physicians and surgeons combined. San Franc, v.l, No. 2, 1910- 329. Practical (The) druggist and pharmaceutical review of reviews. N. Y., v.16, No. 2, 1904- 330. Prensa medica; peri6dico cientifico e informative La Paz, Bolivia, v.3, No. 2/3, 1943- 331. Presse (La) medicale beige. Brux., v.64, 1912- 332. Prisoners of war bulletin; pub. by American National Red Cross for the relatives of American Prisoners of War and Civilian Internees. Wash., v.l, No. 1, 1943. 333. Private hospitals; official organ of the Association of Private Hospitals. N. Y., v.l, 1933. 334. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the American Association of Dental Schools, [v. p.] No. 1, 1924— 335. Proceedings of the American Association for the Study and Control of Rheumatic Diseases, [n. p.] 2., 1935- 336. Proceedings of the annual meeting; American Insti- tute of Dental Teachers [v. p.] 21. (1914) 1915- Formerly Proc. ann. meet, of Inst, of Dent. Pedagogics, 7.-20., 1899-1913. 337. Proceedings of the ... annual meeting of the American Society for the Hard of Hearing. Wash., v. 16, 1935- 338. Proceedings; annual meeting; Pennsylvania State Dental Society [v. p.] No. 32 (1900) 1901- 339. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Nursing., Chic, No. 5, 1938- 340. Proceedings of the Board of trustees and reports of officers and committees; American Dental Association. Chic, 1933- 341. Proceedings of the Central Society for Clinical Research. Chic, v.16, 1943- 342. Proceedings; Congress on dental education and licensure. Chic, 1942- 343. Proceedings of the annual meeting; Institute of Dental Pedagogics, [v. p.] No. 7 (1899) 1900- 344. Proceedings of ... the International College of Sur- geons. Chic. (1941) 1943- 345. Proceedings of the Minnesota Academy of Science. Minneap., v.9, 1941- 346. Proceedings of the annual meeting; National Asso- ciation of Dental Examiners. Detr., 45. [1927- ] 347. Proceedings of the National Association of Dental Faculties, [v. p.] v.4, 1887- 348. Proceedings of the National School of Dental Tech- nics. Ann Arb., v.l (1893-96) 1897- 349. Proceedings and transactions; Liverpool Biological Society. Liverpool, v.l, 1887- 350. Proceedings of the Optical' Society of America. [n. p.] 1928- 351. Proceedings of the. Pacific Coast Dental Conference. San Franc, 1929- 352. Proceedings of the Rudolf Virchow Medical Society in the City of New York. N. Y., v.l, 1942- [12] Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass. Pro leproos, Bandoeng Pub. Fund. Biogen, Caracas Pub. Inst. Pasteur La Guyane Pub. med., B. Air. Pulse, Newport Q. Alumni Ass. New York M. Coll. Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv., Lex. Q. Bull. Kentucky Com. Mothers Q. J. Curr. Acq. Libr. Congr. Q. Rev., Wash. Raboty Leningr. vrach. za god otechest. voiny Rec. Admin. Circ. U. S. Nat. Arch. Recreat. Sc, Lond. Rendic. 1st. san. pubb., Roma Rep. Florida Antimosquito Ass. Rev. As. argent, diet. Rev. As. Esc. quim. farm., Quito Rev. As. med. panamer. Rev. brasil odont. Rev. Chicago Dent. Soc. Rev. cient., Caracas Rev. clin., Rio Rev. colomb. lepr. Rev. cruz roja argent. Rev. Cruz roja guatem. Rev. cubana cardiol. Rev. Esc. med. mil., Mex. Rev. Fac. cien. jur. Guatemala Rev. hyg. saude pub., Rio Rev. med. brasil. Rev. med. cir., Monterrey Rev. med. cirug. pract., Madr. Rev. med. ejerc. nac, Mex. 3o3 Proceedings of the Transvaal Mine Medial Ofli<;]"* Association. Johannesb., s. Afr , v 23. No. 252, 1! 43r t h^TT' I5eriodiek der Vereeniging tor vorbetering QrJ' fc L°r der leProzen- Bandoeng, v 6, No. 11, 1?38. 355. Pubhcaciones; Fundaci6n Bioeen- (Vntro tie las investigaciones cientfficas. Caracas No 1, 1943- 356. Publications; Institut Pasteur'de la Guvane et du Territoire de l'Inini. Cayenne, No. 4, 1941- 357. Pubhcaciones medicas; revista mensual de ciencias medicas. B. Air., v.9, No. 8, 1943- 358. Pulse (The) published by'the U. S. Naval Hospital, Newport, R. I. Newport, v.2, No. 1, 1944- 359. Quarterly of the Alumni Association of the New York Medical College. N. Y., v.l, No. 1, 1939- 360. Quarterly (The) bulletin of the Frontier Nursing Service. Lexington, Ky., v.4, No. 1, 1928- 361. Quarterly bulletin of the Kentucky Committee for Mothers and Babies. Lexington, v.[l]-[3] 1925-28. With v.4. No. 1, 1928, changes title to Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv., Lexington. 362. Quarterly journal of current acquisitions, Library of Congress. Wash., 1943- 363. Quarterly review; official organ of the Graduate Nurses Association of the District of Columbia. [Wash- ington] v.4, No. 4, 1936- 364. Raboty; Leningradskye vrachi za god otechest- vennoi voiny. No. 3, Leningr. [Medgiz] 1943. 365. Records administration circular; United States National Archives. Wash., No. 1, 1942- 366. Recreative science: a record and remembrancer of intellectual observation, v.1-3, Lond., 1840-42. 367. Rendiconti; Istituto di sanita pubblica. Roma, v 1, Pt 2, 1938- 368. Report; Florida Anti-mosquito Association. Tampa, 1942- v ' 369. Revista de la Asociaci6n argentina de dietoloeia B. Air., v.l, No. 1, 1943- 370. Revista de la Asociaci6n de la Escuela de quimica y f armaria. Quito, v.l, No. 2, 1943- 371. Revista de la Asociaci6n medica panamericana; Organo oficial de la Asociaci6n medica panamericana. La Habana v.l, No. 5, 1933- 372. Revista brasileira de odontologia: Rio, No 1 1943- 373 Fortnightly review of the Chicago Dental Societv Chic, v.6, No. 7, 1943- 374. Revista cientffica; 6rgano de divulgaci6n, ciencias o^ ioq!' ciencias m(5dicas. Caracas, ano 2, No. (21- 37£t Ro^no* clfnica> medicina e therapeutica. Rio, v 2, JNo. Z ly2o— 376. Revista colombiana de leprologia; 6rgano oficial de No 11939?- COl°mbiana de lePr(>logia. Wash., v.l, 37NoR187/8! ld9e39-CrUZ r°ja argentina- B- Air-» Aiio 17, 37?;i?eSStidfnh CrUZ roja guatemalteca. Guatemala, v. 11, No. 6, 1944— ' 379. Revista cubana de cardiologfa; 6rgano oficial de la NoC14 1943- na cardiologfa. La Habana, v.4, 3^^ftNo.8/9>1lwf!CUela ^dico-militar- Mexico, 381. Revista de la Facultad de ciencias jurfdicas y sociales oQ2e Guatemala Guatemala, T. 1, No. 1, 1938- 1928- * hygiene e satide Publica. Rio, v.2, No. 1, neoleone, de medicos cn^^M^Seyf^Tt 38T. 64e,VlM4.de meCli0i'la y drug'a Prfrti«s. Madr., 38NM!-2,t!9M^iCa de' ei&Ci'° nacional- M^-, v.l, [13] Rev. med. exp., Lima Rev. med. leg., Colombia Rev. med. Paraguay Rev. med., Valparaiso Rev. med. xalap. Rev. mex. tuberc. Rev. mod. med. cir., Par. Rev. otorinolar., Cordoba Rev. parasit., Habana Rev. pediol., B. Air. Rev. peru. pediat. Rev. quim. farm., Rio Rev. sc. med. fr. Moyen Orient, Bey- routh Rev. Soc. puericult. B. Aires Rev. univ., Guadalajara Riogrande odont. Roy. Dent. Hosp. Mag., Lond. Safety Educ. S. Afr. Dent. J. Sanitarian, Los Ang. Sc. Commun. Balneol. Inst. Bad Nau- heim Science & vie Seara med., S. Paulo Selecc. med. Serv. nac. inform, cient., ■ Caracas Sem. med. espan. S. George Hosp. Gaz., Lond. Sintesis med., N. Y. Skylines, Phila. South. Hosp. Stethoscoop, Brooklyn Student Branch J. Am. Pharm. Ass. 387. Revista de medicina experimental; Instituto de higiene y salud publica. Lima, v.2, No. 1, 1943- 388. Revista de medicina legal de Colombia; 6rgano de la Oficina central de medicina legal de Bogota. Bogota^ v.l, No. 4, 1937- 389. Revista medica del Paraguay; 6rgano de la Sociedad de medicina y cirugia del Paraguay y de su filial la Sociedad paraguaya de tisiologia. Asunci6n, v.3, No. 1, 1937- 390. Revista de medicina. Valparaiso, v.17, No. 2, 1943- 391. Revista medica xalapefia; 6rgano del Sindicato de medicos y profesantes similares de Xalapa. Xalapa, Veracruz, T. 9, No. 97, 1944- 392. Revista mexicana de tuberculosis y enfermedades del aparato respiratorio; 6rgano de la Sociedad mexicana de estudios sobre la tuberculosis. Mex., v.l, No. 2, 1939- 393. Revista moderna de medicina y de cirugia. Par., v.37, No. 2, 1939- 395. -Revista de oto-rino-laringologia y de bronco-eso- fagologia; 6rgano oficial del Centro de 0. R. L. de la Casa Cuna. C6rdoba, Arg., ano 2, No. 2/3, 1943- 396. Revista de parasitologia, clinica y laboratorio. La Habana, v.l, No. 1, 1935- 397. Revista de pediologia; Asociaci6n por los derechos del nifio. B. Air., T. 2, No. 1/2, 1940- 398. Revista peruana de pediatria; drgano oficial de la Sociedad peruana de pediatria. Lima, ano 1, v.l, No. 1, 1942- 399. Revista de qufmica e farmaria; publicacao mensal de quimica pura e aplicada k farimicia e k biologia. Rio, v.8, No. 1, 1943- 400. Revue de la science. medicale frangaise du Moyen Orient; pub. par le Groupement des medecins de culture francaise du Moyen-Orient. Beyrouth, v.2, No. 9, 1943- 401. Revista de la Sociedad de puericultura de Buenos Aires. B. Air., v.9, No. 2, 1943- 402. Revista universitaria de la Asociacion de post- graduados y ex-alumnos de la Universidad autrtnoma de Guadalajara. Guadalajara, T. 1, No. 1, 1943- 403. Riogrande odontologico; publicacao bimestral da Associacao dos antigos alunos de odontologia da Facul- dade de medicina de Porto Alegre. Porto Alegre, v.l, No. 6, 1943- 404. Royal (The) Dental Hospital magazine. Lond., v.13, No. 1, 1944- 405. Safetv education; published by the National Safety Council." Chic, v.22, No. 1, 1942- 406. South (The) African dental journal. Port Elizabeth, v.18, No. 2, 1944- 407. Sanitarian (The) official publication of the National Association of Sanitarians. Los Ang., v.'6, No. 4, 1944- 408. Scientific communications from the Balneological Institute of the University of Giessen at Bad Nauheim. Bad Nauheim, No. 1, 1935- 409. Science et vie. Toulouse, v.63, 1943- 410. Seara medica; revista de ciencias medicas e huma- nismo. S. Paulo, v.2, No. 5/6, 1942- 411. Selecciones medicas; pub. por el Servicio nacional de informari6n cientffica. Caracas, ano 1, No. 2, 1944- 412. Semana medica espafiola; revista tecnica y profesional de ciencias medicas. Madr., v.6, No. 199, 1943- 413. St (The) George's Hospital gazette. Lond., v.33, No. 1, 1943- 414. Sintesis me'dica; revista mensual; contiene los mejo- res articulos de la prensa medica mundial. N. Y., v.2, No. 5, 1941- 415. Sky-lines; published by the Philadelphia Naval Hospital. Phila., v.4, No. 3, 1944- 416. Southern hospitals. Charlotte, N. C, v.10, No. 10, 1942- 417. Stethoscoop; published by the U. S. Naval Hos- pital, Brooklyn, N. Y. Brooklyn, v.l, No. 1, 1944- 418. Student branch journal, American Pharmaceutical Association; pub. by the Ohio State Student Branch of the American Pharmaceutical Association. Co- lumbus, No. 5, 1943- [14] Stud, med., Kbh. Stud. Tokugawa Inst. Summaries Current Lit. Water Poll. Res., Lond. Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wiscon- sin Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. Summary Techn. Develop. U. S. Bur. Labor Statist. Sunflower, Topeka Sun Valley Sage Surg. Digest, Chic. Surg. Supervisor, Erie Syllabus, Detr. Temple Dent. Rev. Texas Dent. J. Texas Health Roundup Texas J. Pub. Health Texas Rep. Biol. M. Tilden's Health Rev. & Critique, Den- ver Tr. Centr. gosud. travmat. inst., Leningr. Tr. Fiziol. nauch. issled. inst. Leningr. gosud. univ. Tribuna med. argent. Tr. Lab. Inst. Rocha Cabral, Lisb. Tr. Leningr. inst. epidem. bakt. im. Pastera Tr. Leningrad, oftalm. nauch. inst. Tr. Nauch. issled. inst. antrop., Moskva Tr. Nauch. issled. inst. endokr. rasstr., Moskva Trop. M. News, N. Orl. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto Ophth. Soc. Tr. Psikhiatr. klin. Pavlova Tr. Voen. morsk. med. akad. Tr. Vsesoiuz. konf. mikrobiologov Tr. West. Ophth. Soc. Tokyo, v.2, 419. Stud, med.; organ for det Medieinskc ^udentenraad og Medicinsk forening med meddelelser fra dot l-«acgevi denskabelige Fakultet. Kbh., v.l, No. 3, 1943. 420. Studies from the Tokugawa Institute. No. 3, 1932- 421. Summary of current literature; Water pollution re- search. Abstract No. 1123- Lond., v.13, No. 10, 1940- 422. Summaries of doctoral dissertations ... submitted ... in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy. Madison, v.l, 1937- 423. Summaries of theses accepted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy, Harvard University, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Cambr., Mass. (1936) 1938- 424. Summary of technological developments affecting war production, United States Bureau of Labor Statis- tics. Wash., July, 1943- 425. Sunflower (The) pub. by the Winter General Hos- pital, Topeka, Kansas. Topeka, v.l, No. 1, 1943. 426. Sun (The) valley sage, pub. by United States Naval Convalescent Hospital, Sun Valley, Idaho. Sun Val- ley, v.l, No. 2, 1944- 427. Surgical digest and forum. Chic, v.l, No. 1, 1937- 42S. Surgical (The) supervisor; pub. by American Steri- lizer co. Erie, May, 1941- 429. Syllabus (The) pub. by Frederick Stearns & co. Detr., v.l, 1943- 430. Temple (The) dental review; official publication of Temple University School of Dentistry. Phila., v.14, No. 1, 1943- 431. Texas (The) dental journal; pub. by the Texas State Dental Society. Dallas, v.7, 1889- 432. Texas health round-up; pub. by Texas State Depart- ment of Health. Austin, v.l, No. 2, 1943- 433. Texas journal of public health; an official publication of the Texas Public Health Association. Austin, v.11, No. 5, 1943- 434. Texas reports on biology and medicine; being reports from the John Sealy Hospital, and the University of Texas School of Medicine, Galveston. Galveston, v.l, 1943- 435. Tilden's (Dr) health review and critique. Denver, v.l, No. 1, 1926- 436. Trudy; Centralnyi gosudarstvennyi travmatologi- cheskii institut im. R. R. Vredena. Leningr., 1936- 437. Trudy; Leningradskii gosudarstvennyi universitet; Fiziologicheskii nauchno-issledovatelyskii institut. Leningr., 1937- 438. Tribuna medica argentina. B. Air., v.9, No. 98, 1923- 439. Travaux de Laboratoire, Institut Rocha Cabral, Lisboa. Lisb., v.l, 1927- 440. Trudy; Leningradsky institut epidemiologii i bak- teriologii im. Pastera. Leningr., 1937- 441. Trudy Leningradskogo oftalmologicheskogo nauchno- prakticheskogo instituta. Leningr., T. 1, 1936- 442. Trudy; Gosudarstvenny universitet; Nauchno-issle- dovatelysky institut antropologii. Moskva, 1938- 443. Trudy; Nauchno-Issledovatelsky institut obmena veshchestv i endokrinnykh rasstroistv NKZ RSFSR. Moskva, v.l, 1934- 444. Tropical medicine news; pub. by the American Society of Tropical Medicine. N. Orl., v.l, No. 1, 1944- 445. Transactions; Pacific Coast Oto-ophthalmological Society, v. p., v.9, 1921- 446. Trudy; Vsesoiuznyi institut eksperimentalnoi medi- cmy im. M. Gorkogo; Psikhiatricheskaya klinika akademika I. P. Pavlova. Leningr., 1940- 447. Trudy; Voenno-morskaya medicinskaya akademia Leningr., T. 1, 1941- 448. Trudy; Vsesoiuznaya konferencia mikrobiologov epidemiologov i infekcionistov. Moskva, 1940- 449. Transactions of the annual meeting of the Western Ophthalmological Society, [n. p.] v.2, 1935- [15] Tskr. Norges laegeforb. Tuberculology, Denver Tufts Dent. Outlook Univ. Durham M. Gaz. Univ. Manitoba M. J. Varldspressen, Stockh. Vener. Dis. Bull., Randolph Field Venoz. davlen. Vest, rentg. Vida, Mex. Vitamin News, Milwaukee Vom Wasser, Berl. Vopr. ekol. biocenol. Voz farm., Montev. War Dep. Techn. Bull. Washington Dent. J. Washington Univ. Dent- J. West Virginia Dent. J. We the Blind, Phila. Wien. Chemiker Ztg Wirtsch. & Sozialber. Yale Univ. Libr. Gaz. Yearb. Acad. Appl. Osteopathy Your Body, N. Y. Zeiss Nachr. Zschr. angew. Meteor. Zschr. Schiess Sprengstoffwes. 450. Tidskrift for Norges laegeforbund. Oslo, v.62, 1942- 451. Tuberculology; official journal of the American Academy of Tuberculosis Physicians. Denver, v.6, No. 3, 1943- 452. Tufts dental outlook; pub. by Tufts College Dental School. Bost., v.17, No. 3, 1943- 453. University of Durham medical gazette. Newcastle on Tyne, v.l, No. 1, 1943- 454. University (The) of Manitoba medical journal. Winnipeg, v.9, No. 3, 1938- 455. Varldspressen. Stockh., v.4, 1943- 456. Venereal disease bulletin; organ of the Gulf Coast Army Air Forces Training Center. Randolph Field, No. 1, 1942- 457. Venoznoe davlenie. Leningr., No. 1, 1937- 458. Vestnik rentgenologii i radiologii. Leningr., T. 14, 1935- 459. Vida; revista mensual. Mex., v.2, No. 21, 1943- 460. Vitamin news; pub. by Vitamin Products co. Mil- waukee, v.2, 1943- 461. Vom Wasser; ein Jahrbuch fur Wasserchemie und Wasserreinigungstechnik. Berl., v.15, 1941/42- 462. Voprosv ekologii i biocenologii; sbornik statei. Moskva, No. 4, 1939- 463. Voz (La) de la farmacia; 6rgano oficial del Centro piopietarios de farmacias del Uruguay. Montev., v.6, No. 72, 1943- 464. War Department technical bulletin. Wash., No. 1, 1943- 465. Washington state dental journal; official publication of the Washington State Dental Association. Seattle, v.10, No. 3, 1943- 466. Washington (The) University dental journal; pub. by the Alumni Association of Washington University School of Dentistry. S. Louis, v.7, No. 1, 1940- 467. West Virginia dental journal; official pub. of the West Virginia State Dental Society. Clarksburg, v. 18, No. 3, 1944- 468. We the blind; pub. by the Pennsylvania Federation of the Blind. Phila., v.7, No. 3, 1943- 469. Wiener Chemiker-Zeitung. Wien, v.46, No. 11/12, 1943- 470. Wirtschafts- und Sozialberichte; herausg. v. Arbeits- wissenschaftliches Institut der Deutschen Arbeitsfront. Berl., July 1942- 471. Yale (The) university library gazette. N. Haven, v.14, No. 3, 1940- 472. Year book; Academy of Applied Osteopathy. Ann Arb., 1944- 473. Your body; combined with Popular medicine. N. Y., v.l, No. 2, 1934- Former title: Popular medicine, sex-health, body care. 474. Zeiss Nachrichten. Jena, 4. Folge, 1943- 475. Zeitschrift fur angewandte Meteorologie. Lpz., v.59, 1942- 476. Zeitschrift fur das gesamte Schiess- und Spreng- stoffwesen mit der Sonderabteilung Gasschutz. Miinch., v.37, 1942- SEVENTH ADDITION TO THE INDEX TO ABBREVIATIONS OF PLBLICATIONS OF CORPORATE BODIES Adelaide medical students' society. 18. Alabama, U. S. A. State department of public welfare. 9. Alabama dental association. 91. - Alpha Omega fraternity. 11. [America] Association of collegiate schools of nursing. 339. [America] Botanical society of America. 15. [America] Optical society of America. 350. [America] Society of the Sigma Xi. 17. American academy of tuberculosis physicians. 451. American association of dental schools. 226, 334. American association of hospital social workers. 91. American association of medical social workers. 92. American association for the study and^control of rheumatic diseases. 335. American college of allergists. 30. American dairy science association. 224. American dental assistants association. 156. American dental association. 340, 342. American dental hygienists' association. 219. American gastroenterological association. 319. American hospital association; Hospital service plan commission. 71. American institute of dental teachers. 336. American occupational therapy association. 307. American society of dentistry for children. 225. American society for the hard of hearing. 198. 337. American society (The) of tropical medicine. 444. American-Soviet medical society. 16. Argentina. Asociaci6n argentina de dietologia. 369. [Argentina] Asociaci6n por los derechos del nifio. 397. [Argentina] Comite argentino de profilaxis de la ceguera y lucha contra el tracoma. 76. [Argentina] Cruz roja argentina. 377. [Argentina] Sociedad odontol6gica argentina de higiene y educaci6n social. 309. Arizona state medical association. 59. Arkansas state dental association. 221. Asunci6n. Facultad de ciencias medicas. 25. Bad Nauheim. Balneological institute of the University of Giessen at Bad Nauheim. 408. Bandoeng. Vereeniging ter verbetering v. h. lot der leprozen. 354. Barcelona, Spain. Instituto de medicina prdctica 52. Beirut, Syria. Faculty francaise de mSdecine et de pharmacie de Beyrouth. 26. [Belgium] Ordre des pharmaciens. 113. Billings General Hospital. 68. Bogota, Colombia. Oficina central de medicina legal de Bogota, 388. Brazil. Associacao brasileira de pharmaceutics. 73. British council; Medical department. 90. British hospitals association. 205. Brooklyn, N. Y. United States naval hospital. 10, 417. Bucuresti, Rumania. FacultateS, de medicina veterinary. 58. Buenos Aires, Arg. Instituto de maternidad. 81. Buenos Aires, Arg. Sociedad de medicina legal y toxicologia. 53. Buenos Aires, Arg. Sociedad de puericultura. 401. Buenos Aires, Arg. Universidad nacional; Facultad de ciencias medicas; Escuela de odontologfa; Catedra de radiologia y fisiotera- pia buco-dental. 19. California, U. S. A. State department of public health. 134. California dietetic association. 95. California state nurses association. 96. Cambridge university; Medical society. 135. Camp Blanding, Fla. Station hospital. 122. Canada. Department of pensions and national health. 222. Canada. Royal Canadian navy; Medical serv- ices. 222. Canadian association of medical students and internes. 136. Canadian hospital council. 138. Caracas, Venez. Clinica Acosta Ortiz. 139. Caracas, Venez. Fundaci6n Biogen. 355. Caracas, Venez. Instituto de medicina experi- mental. 28. Central society for clinical research. 341. Chicago, 111. Academy of applied osteopathy. Chicago, 111. Certified Akers laboratories. 133 Chicago. 111. Coe laboratories. 133. Chicago, 111. Society of medical history of Chicago. 121. J Chicago dental society. 373. Chile. Universidad; Facultad de ciencias jurf- dicas y sociales. 24. ChA1,e/ • Uniyersidad; Facultad de medicina; Clinica oficial de tisiologia. 48 Cincinnati, Ohio. Elizabeth Gamble deaconess home association and The Christ hospital. 40 C eve and Ohio. Child health association 142* Cleveland dental society. 97. Cleveland health museum. 284 Colombia. Sociedad colombiana de leprologfa. Comayagua, Honduras. Santa Teresa Hospital. Connecticut state dental association 98 Cuba. Sociedad cubana de cardiologfa. ' 379 151. S°Cledad nacional cubana de la cruz roja. Des Moines academy of medicine. 100 Des Plaines 111. Forest sanitarium 101 IJeutsche pharmazeutische Gesellschaft o-7n District of Columbia dentalI soc tv 227 9' District of Columbia GrnH,,^ y' 27' tion. 363. UmDia« ^aduate nurses associa- [16] [17] District of Columbia pharmaceutical association. 288. Durham. University. 453. Florida anti-mosquito association. 368. Florida state dental society. 229. Fort Wayne academy of medicine and surgery. 130. Fort Wayne medical society. 130. France. Society de physique biologique de France. 149. French Guiana. Institut Pasteur de la Guyane et du Territoire de l'lnini. 356. Frontier nursing service. 360. Galveston, Texas. John Sealy Hospital. 434. Georgia dental association. 230. Germany. Kassenarztliche Vereinigung Deutsch- lands. 163. Germany. Nationalsozialistischer Rechtswahrer- bund. 164. Germany. Nationalsozialistischer Rechtswahrer- bund; Verwaltungsrechtswahrer. 165. Germany. Reichsaerztekammer. 163. [Great Britain] Central council for health education. 67, 193. [Great . Britain] Incorporated association of hospital administrators. 205. Great Britain. Mines Department; Safety in mines research board. 44. [Great Britain] National institute of industrial psychology. 291. Great Britain. Scientific and industrial research department; Water pollution research. 421. Great Britain. War office; Army medical de- partment. 93. Great Britain. War Office; Army medical di- rectorate. 94. Great Lakes, 111. United States naval hospital. 206. Guadalajara. Universidad; Facultad de medi- cina. 267. Guadalajara. Universidad aut6noma; Asocia- ci6n de post-graduados y ex-alumnos. 402. Guatemala. Cruz roja guatemalteca. 378. Guatemala. Facultad de ciencias juridicas y sociales de Guatemala. 381. Hammond general hospital. 188. Harrogate medical society. 189. Hartford, Conn. Board of health. 39. Harvard dental alumni association. 190. Harvard university; Graduate school of arts and sciences. 423. Harvard university; Library. 191. Honduras. Direcci6n general de sanidad. 85. Houston district dental society. 231. Hudson county dental society. 102. Illinois, U. S. A. Department of public welfare; Division of mental hospitals. 207. India. Public health commissioner. 43. Indian institute for medical research. 32. Institute of dental pedagogics. 343. [Interamerican] Instituto indigenista inter- americano. 13. [Interamerican] Sociedad interamericana de antropologia y geografia. 3. International cancer research foundation. 1. International college of surgeons. 344. International commission on zoological nomen- clature. 127. [International] Institut international de statis- tique. 103. [International] Society internationale de gastro- enterologie. 56. [International] Union internationale contre la tuberculose. 124. Isaac Knapp district dental society. 130. | [Italy] Reale accademia d'ltalia. 29. Jefferson county medical society. 299. Johannesburg, S. Africa. Brenthurst red cross military hospital for plastic surgery. 88. Johannesburg, South Africa. University of the Witwatersrand medical school; Students' medi- cal council. 256. Kansas, U. S. A. University; School of medicine 125. Kansas state dental association. 232. Kaunas. Vytauto Didziojo universitatas; Medi- cinos fakultatas. 4. Kentucky committee for mothers and babies 360, 361. Kings county dental society. 104. K0benhavn, Denmark. Laegevidenskabelige fakultet; Medicinske studentenraad. 419. La Habana, Cuba. Hospital Ntra Sra de las Mercedes; Instituto del radium. 50. La Habana, Cuba. Laboratorios Vieta-Plasencia 214. Lake County medical society. 254. La Plata. Universidad; Instituto de semiologia y clinica propedeiitica medica y quirurgica 74. Lawson general hospital. 255. Leningrad, U. S. S. R. Centralynyi gosudarst- vennyi travmatologicheskii institut im. R R Vredena. 436. Leningrad, U. S. S. R. Psikhiatricheskaya klinika akademika I. P. Pavlova. 446. Leningrad, U. S. S. R. Voenno-morskaya medicinskaya akademia. 447. Leningradsky gosudarstvenny pediatrichesky medicinsky institut. 457. Leningradsky gosudarstvenny universitet; Fizio- logichesky nauchno-issledo-vatelysky institut 437. Leningradsky institut epidemiologii i bakterio- logii im. Pastera. 440. Leningradsky oftalmologichesky nauchno-prakti- chesky institut. 441. Lima, Peru. Universidad mayor de San Marcos; Escuela de farmacia; Facultad de ciencias medicas. 22. Lisboa, Portugal. Institut Rocha Cabral. 439. Liverpool biological society. 349. London, Engl. Chartered society of massage and medical gymnastics. 223. London, Engl. King's college hospital. 248. London, Engl. Royal botanic society of London. 87. Long Beach, Calif. United States naval hospital. 47. Longview state hospital. 105. Louisiana state pharmaceutical association. 260. Loyola University; Chicago college of dental surgery; Alumni association. 129. Lyon, France. Laboratoires A. Lumiere physio- logie experimentale et de pharmacodynamic. 35. McGill medical society. 261. McGill medical undergraduate society. 262. Madison county medical society. 263. Madrid. Clinica del profesor C. Jimenez Diaz. 20. Mahoning county medical society. 107. Manitoba medical students' association. 454. Maryland, U. S. A. University; Graduate School. 2. Massachusetts, U. S. A. Department of public health. 42, 99, 290. Massachusetts civic league. 257. Massachusetts medical society; Norfolk district. 296. [18J Massachusetts state dental society. 108. Memphis, Tenn. United States naval hospital. 203. Mexico. Academia mexicana de ciencias penales. 150. Mexico. Asociaci6n para evitar la ceguera en Mexico. 49. Mexico. Asociaci6n nacional de venereologfa. 55. Mexico. Departamento de salubridad publica. 77. Mexico. Departamento de salubridad publica; Instituto de higiene. 80. Mexico. Ejercito nacional. 386. Mexico. Secretarfa de asistencia publica. 62. Mexico. Sociedad mexicana de estudios sobre la tuberculosis. 392. Mexico, D. F. Escuela medico militar. 380. Mexico, D. F. Hospital infantil. 83. Mexico, D. F. Instituto indigenista inter- americano. 13. Michigan state dental society. 234. Middlesex university; school of veterinary medi- cine. 276. Minnesota, U. S. A. University; Medical school. 271. Minnesota academy of science. 345. Minnesota dental association. 300. Minnesota public health association. 173. Missouri state dental association. 235. Montevideo. Clinica medica C. 21. Montreal, Que. Hopital Sainte-Justine. 36. Moore general hospital. 282. Moskva, U. S. S. R. Gosudarstvenny universi- tet; Nauchno-issledovatelsky institut antro- pologii. 442. Moskva, U. S. S. R. Nauchno-issledovatelsky institut obmena veshchestv i endokrinnykh rasstroistv NKZ RSFSR. 443. Moskva, U. S. S. R. Vsesoiuznaya akademia S. Kh. Nauk im. V. I. Lenina. 167. Nebraska state dental association. 237. Nebraska state department of health. 66. Nederlandsch chemische vereeniging. 141. New Hampshire pharmaceutical association. 111. New Jersey state dental society. 239. New Orleans, La. LaGarde general hospital. 253. New Orleans college of pharmacy. 240. Newport, R. I. United States naval hospital. 358. New River, N. C. United States naval hospital. 131. New York, U. S. A. Dental society of the state of New York. 310. New York, U. S. A. Dental society of the State of New York; Ninth district. 112. New York, U. S. A. Second district dental Society of the State of New York. 244. New Y'ork, N. Y. College of the citv of New York. 70. New York, N. Y. Rudolf Virchow medical society in the city of New York. 352. New York medical college; Alumni association. 143, 359. Nicaragua. Direcci6n general de sanidad. 84. Norfolk, Va. U. S. naval hospital; Naval operating base. 258. Norfolk naval hospital. 148. Norges laegeforbund. 450. Norman, Okla. United States naval hospital. 204. Nuevo Le6n, Mex. Sindicato de medicos ciru- janos y profesionistas conexos. 54. Oceanside, Calif. United States naval hospital; Santa Margarita ranch. 306. Ohio state university; College of pharmacy. 418. Ontario medical association. 312, 313. Ontario society for crippled children. 202 Oregon state dental association. 242. Orleans parish medical society. 114. Pacific Coast dental conference. 351. Pacific Coast oto-ophthalmological society. 445. Pacific Coast society of orthodontists. 115. Panama, Departamento de sanidad y bene- ficencia. 200. [Panamerican] Asociaci6n medica panamericana. 371. [Panamerican] Oficina sanitaria panamericana. 213. Para, Archivo publico; Bibliotheca. 31. Paraguay. Sociedad de medicina y cirugia. 86, 389. Paris. Institut Pasteur; Service des fermenta- tions. 34. Pennsylvania, U. S. A. University; School of dentistry; Thomas W. Evans museum and dental institute. 322. Pennsylvania state dental society. 323, 338. Permanente Foundation Hospital. 324. Peru. Academia de estomatologia. 72. Peru. Instituto de higiene y salud publica. 387. Peril. Ministerio de salud publica, trabajo y previsi6n social; Direcci6n general de salu- bridad. 78, 169. Peru. Sociedad peruana de pediatria. 398. Philadelphia, Pa. International cancer research foundation. 1. Philadelphia, Pa. United States naval hospital. 415. Philadelphia county dental society. 116. Pierce county medical society. 117. Pittsburgh, Pa. University; School of dentistry; Students and alumni. 160. Polk county medical society. 100. Porto Alegre. Faculdade de medicina; Asso- ciacao dos antigos alunos de odontologia. 403. Quito, Ecuador. Asociaci6n de la Escuela de qufmica y farmacia. 370. Quito, Ecuador. Biblioteca nacional. 273. Ramsey county medical society. 281. Recife. Instituto de assistencia hospitalar. 79. Richmond, Va. Johnston-Willis hospital. 241. ' Richmond, Va. McGuire clinic and St Luke's hospital. 106. Richmond, Va. Stuart Circle hospital. 123. Roma, Italy. Istituto di sanita pubblica. 367 Roma, Italy. Reale accademia d'ltalia. 29. Roslyn, L. I. St Francis sanatorium for cardiac children. 118. [Russia] Akademia nauk SSSR. 246. St Louis County medical society. 119. Saint Louis dental society. 120. San Marino, California. Huntington (Henrv E ) library and art gallery. 41. San Salvador. Hospital Rosales. 51 Santa Ana. Hospital San Juan de Dios 180 Sao Paulo, Brasil. Secretaria da agricultura industria e comericio; Departamento de zoologia. 318. Sao_Paulo, S. P. Biblioteca publica municipal. Sigma Xi, Society of the. 17 Southern California state dental association. Spokane Wash Baxter General Hospital. 65 Sun Valley, Idaho United States naval con- valescent hospital. 426. [19] Sweden. Militartekniska forening. 278. Temple university; School of dentistry. 430. Texas, U. S. A. University; School of medicine. 434. Texas public health association. 433. Texas state dental society.. 431. Texas state department of health. 432. Tokugawa Institute for Biological Research. 420. Transvaal mine medical officer's association. 353. Tufts college dental school. 452. United States. Army; Gulf Coast Army Air Forces Training Center. 456. United States. Army; North African theater of operations. 265. United States. Army air forces medical services. 8. United States. Army medical department. 126. United States. Bureau of labor statistics. 424. United States. Chief surgeon's office; European theatre of operations. 266. United States. Library of congress. 362. United States. National archives. 365. [United States] National association of dental examiners. 346. [United States] National association of dental faculties. 347. ' [United States] National association of federal veterinarians. 174. [United States] National association of nurse anesthetists. 110. [United States] National association of retail druggists. 285, 286. [United States] National association of sani- tarians. 407. [United States] National committee on federal legislation for birth control. 287. [United States] National proctologic association. 236. [United States] National safety council. 211, 405. [United States] National school of dental technics. 348. United States. Navy department; Bureau of medicine and surgery. 128. United States. War department; Surgeon General's office; Nursing division. 60. Urologists' Letter Club. 45. Uruguay. Centro propietarios de farmacias del Uruguay. 463. Uruguay. Liga uruguaya contra la tuberculosis. 82. Uruguay. Sindicato odonto!6gico del Uruguay. 155. Valencia. Hospital provincial. 46. [Venezuela] Servicio nacional de informaci6n cientffica. 411. Vsesoiuznaya konferencia mikrobiologov. 448. Warszawa, Poland. Towarzystwo lekarski Warszawski. 317. Washington state dental association. 465. Washington university; School of dentistry; Alumni association. 466. Western ophthalmological society. • 449. West Virginia state dental society. 467. Winter general hospital. 425. Wisconsin. University; Graduate school. 422. Xalapa, Vera Cruz. Sindicato de medicos y profesantes similares de Xalapa. 391. Yugoslavia. Ministarstva narodnog zdravlja. 109, 186, 218. Yugoslavia. Ministere de la sant6 publique. 109, 186. CATALOGUE K KABEL K For appropriate subjects see also under letter C in 3. vol. of the current series of the Index- Catalogue. KA, Joseph, 1909- *Les ruptures de cicatrice dans la cesarienne basse [Lyon] 46p. 8? Bourg, Berthod, 1935. KAALUND-J0RGENSEN, Otto. Experi- mental studies on a transmissible myelomatosis (reticulosis) in mice. 142p. pi. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1936. KAARSBERG, Johannes, 1856-1917. Female hygiene; main points of dietetics for women. 81p. 8? Clevel., A. V. E. Poulsen, 1900. KAARSTAD, Johan, 1892- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 180. KAARTINEN, Toivo [M. D., 1926, Helsinki] *Zur Klinik der Prapubertatsstruma nebst mikroskopischen Kapillaruntersuchungen bei der- selben. 127p. 8? Helsin. [A. Saxen] 1926. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 7: No. 2. KAATZ, Moritz. See Waller, J. R., & Kaatz, M. English-German and German-English medical dictionary. 1. pt, English-German. 4. ed. 201p. 16! Lpz., 1934. ----& BRAITENBERG, Franz von. Deutsch- Englisches medizinisches Worterbuch. 6. Aufl. 238p. 16? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1932. KABACK, Harry, 1909- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der therapeutischen Erfolge bei der habituellen Schulterluxation. 24p. 23cm. Ziir., Fluntern, 1936. KABAKER, Iosif, 1908- Contribution a l'etude experimental des pleuresies a eosino- philes au cours du pneumothorax artificiel. 61 p. pi. 8? Strasb., Ed. univ. Strasbourg, 1935. KABAKERIS, Leonas [M. D., 1930, Lausanne] Contribution k l'etude des necroses de la rate au cours de l'uremie (rate tachetee) 24p. 8? Lausanne, Impr. Commerciale, 1930. KABALKIN, Tamara [M. D., 1935, Geneve] *Meningite purulente a pneumobacille de Fried- lander chez les enfants. 31p. 8? Geneve, J. Guerry, 1935. KABBALA. See Cabbala. KABBARA, Djemil [M. D., 1929, Lausanne] *La structure des paupieres chez le foetus humain [Lausanne] 41p. 8? Par., Pr. univ. France, 1929 KABEL, Helmut, 1911- *Therapeutische Erfolge bei Kehlkopftuberkulose an Hand von 157 Fallen, die in den ersten beiden Jahren des Bestehens der Heilstatte Seltersberg (1930-31) aufgenommen waren [Giessen] 27p. 8? Geln- hausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1936. KABEL, Henny, 1907- *Ueber die Wirkung injizierbarer Leberextrakte auf den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel und ihre Beziehungen 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----1 zur Nebenniere. 23p. 8? Giessen, Nitsch- kowski, 1933. KABELIK-GELLNER test. See also Syphilis, Serodiagnosis. Gellner, G. [Serological and bacteriological examination of recruits] Voj. zdrav. listy, 1926, 2: 64-9. ------ Examina- tion of the serum of the recruit bv Kabelik-Gellner method. Arch. m<5d. beiges, 1928, 81: 484-502. KABELITZ, Gerhard, 1908- *Unter- suchungen fiber den Purinstoffwechsel bei Hypo- thyreosen. 15p. 21cm. Berl., Neuland, 1937. KABERRY, Phyllis Mary. Aboriginal woman, sacred and profane, xxxi, 294p. map. pi. 22cm. Phila., Blakiston co. [1939] KABISCH, Gotthelf Franz Alfred, 1902- *Ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der kon- genitalen Dunndarmatresie. 31p. 8? Berl., J. Herper, 1927. KABNICK, Stuart, 1897- A new and scientific approach to the treatment of several of the diseases of the oral tissues. 16p. illust. diagr. 8? [Phila., S. Bricklin] 1933. KABO, D. HAeojToriraecKaH o6pa6oTKa mo- jiOAejKH h coji^aT b THTjiepoBCKOH repMaHim. 39p. 21>2cm. Ashhabad, Voen.-Iurid. Akad. R. K. K. A., 1942. KABOTH, Berta. Lehrbuch der Instrumenten- kunde fur die Operationspraxis. viii, 141p. illust. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1938. KABRHEL, Gustav, 1857-1939. Cancik, J. [Sixtv-second anniversary of Gustav Kabrhel] Cas. 16k. desk., 1927, 66: 1765-7, pi. For portrait see Cas. lek. cesk., 1939, 78: No. 16, opp. 385. KABURE. See Cercaria, Dermatitis; Schistosoma, japo- nicum. KABUS, Walter [Otto Kurt] 1896- *Un- tersuchungen an den Neuimmatrikulierten der Technischen Hochschule Dresden vom Winter- Semester 1925-26 und Sommer-Semester 1926. 30p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1927. KABYLE. See also Algeria; Hamite; Tunisia. Neveu, R. La medecine indigene en Kabylie. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1910, 9: 310-20.—Wattemath, K. Sind die Kabylen Nachkommen der germanischen Vandalen? Um- schau, 1925, 29: 849-50. KACHELMACHER, Christian Lorentz, 1871- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 619. KACHELRIES, Friedrich, 1909- *Die Norm des Blutdruckes bei Menschen im Alter von 50-70 Jahren [Halle] p.65-74. 8? [Dresd., T. Steinkopff] 1934. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 25: KACKMANN, Klaus, 1911- *Hat die Methode der einfachen quantitativen Harn- zuckerbestimmung fur den praktischen Arzt nach Dr Steinmaurer auch Bedeutung fur die Veterinarmedizin? 55p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. 1 KACZALUBA 2 KADRNKA KACZALUBA, Michel [M. D., 1937, Geneve] *La valeur pratique de la reaction biologique de la grossesse. 4Sp. 22}^cm. Geneve, Impr. du ConuiiPi re, 1937. KACZANDER, Paul, 1902- *Ueber den heutigen Stand der Atheroskleroseforschung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Choleste- rinstoffwechsels [Berlin] 14p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 192S. KAC'ZOROWSKI. Teofil, 1830- Lakner, L. "I <•:.*iI Kuczorowski and the theory of focal infection] Nowiny lek., 1937, 49: 597; 626. KADACH, Kurt, 1907- *Barium [Berlin] 24]>. 22cm. Dietenheim, F. Ranz, 1937. KADANOFF, Dimitri, 1900- *Unter- suchungen iiber die Regeneration der sensiblen Nervenendigungen nach Vertauschung verschie- den innervierter Hautstiicke. p.249-78. 8? Wiirzb., F. Staudenraus, 1926. Also Arch. Entwmech., 1926, 106: ■----Grundriss der gesamten Anatomie des Menschen. xii, 256p. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1934. KADAVY, Godfrey Joseph, 1889- For biograi>hv see in Hi-t ,M.«1. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 252, portr. KADE, Giinther, 1902- *Zur Frage der Beeinflussung des Tuberkuloseablaufes durch den Menstruationszyklus [Breslau] 19p. 22}£cm. Liebau i. Riesengeb., H. Hiltmann, 1935. KADE, Helmut, 1912- *K6rperzustand und Altersveranlagung bei Chorea minor unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Krankheits- falle der Universitats-Kinder-Klinik in den letzten 31 Jahren [Erlangen] 27p. 22cm. Hamb., A. Preilipper, l'.l.jS. KADELBACH, Martin Gotz, 1913- *Zwei Falle von angeborenen Missbildungen der Fiisse, kombiniert mit sogenanntem Kugeltalus. 28p. 8° Bresl., K. Klossok, 1938. KADEN [Friedrich] Eduard, 1908- *Mo- tilitat und Sekretion des Magens bei akuter Gastritis [Leipzig] p.336-43. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1933. Also Arch. Verdauungskr., 1933, 54: KADEN, Heinrich Alfred Eberhard, 1912- *Die histochemische Lokalisation des normalen Bleis in Zahnen und Kieferknochen bei Hasen und Kaninchen. lop. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. KADEN, Johannes, 1910- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Erkrankungen des Kniegelenks beim Pferd. 75p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KADEN, Reinhard, 1912- *Paradentose und ihre Beziehung zu inneren Krankheiten; eine Studie iiber die Fortschritte in der Aetiolo- gie und Therapie. 27p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1936. KADESCH, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1909- *Karies und andere pathologische Veranderungen am Gebiss wildlebender Anthropoiden [Miin- chen] 32p. 8? Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1934. KADISCH test. See Syphilis, Serodiagnosis. KADLICKY, Roman, 1879- |70th anniversary of Prof. Roman Kadlicky] Cas. 16k. 6e-k. 1939. 78: 1325, portr. KADOW, Archie Max, 1903- *A study of stillbirths in 1081 deliveries [Ravenswood Hospital] 20 1. 4? Chic, 1929. Type written. KADREFF, Dobri, 1910- *Le signe d'Argvll Robertson en dehors de la syphilis. 56p. "8? Lyon, M. Martins, 1934. KADRNKA, Silvije [M. D., 1028, Geneve] *Deux cas d'ictere hemolvtique au cours de la fievre typhoide. 20p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1928. KADURA, Erhard, 1906- *Zur Frage der Geburtseinleitung bei Uebertragung. 34p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1938. KADYKOV, Josif Iljic. 06man xnpyprun; xnpyprHHecKaa naTOJiormi h Tepannn. 268p. illust. 23cm. Moskva, Gosud. izdat., 1929. KAEBERICH, Hans, 1906- *Ueber zwei Falle von Parastruma maligna nebst Bemerkun- gen iiber ihre Beziehungen zum Kropfvorkommen im allgemeinen [Marburg] 36p. 8? Hersfeld, L. Funk, 1931. KAEBISCH, Walter, 1909- *Ueber das Hinsitzen, Sitzen und Aufstehen. 23p. 8? Bresl., E. Jakubik, 1938. KAECH, Rene [M. D., 1939, Lausanne] *La therapeutique des maladies mentales par I'insuline a Cery de 1929 k 1938 [Lausanne] 18p. 24cm. Ziir., O. Fussli, 1939. KAEFER, Hans, editor. Feldchirurgie; Leit- faden fiir den Sanitatsoffizier der Wehrmacht. 5. & 6. Aufl. xiii, 404p. illust. 20cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1943. Also 7. & 8. Aufl. xii, 407p. 1943. KAEFER, Kurt, 1914- *Ueber ortlich begrenzte Paradentose und akute Paradentitis in einem kariesfreien Gebisse. 32p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. KAEFER, Nikolai, 1864- Hohmann, G. [Biography] Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933-34, 60: 385. KAEFERLEIN, Wilhelm, 1899- *Die Appendicitis in der Schwangerschaft [Erlangen] 60p. 8° [Augsb., H. Miihlberger] 1927. KAEHLER, Joachim, 1906- *Zur Sympto- matik entzundlicher und geschwiiriger Magen- Darmerkrankungen (Erhebungen iiber Blutbild, Blutungs- und Gerinnungszeit, Blutkorperchen- senkung, Blutdruck, Saurewerte und Urinbefunde an 296 Fallen) 61 p. 8? Liebau i. Riesengeb., H. Hiltmann, 1935. KAEHLER, Karl Heinz, 1910- *Beitrage zur Kenntnis pathogener Colibakterien; Versuche mit Acidophilusmilch bei drei darmkranken Sauglingen [Kiel] 47p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935. KAEHLER, Wilhelm, 1901- *Zur Frage des Panzerherzens. 22p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau KAEHNE, Rudolf, 1912- *Aetiologie und Verlauf der Mundbodenphlegmone. 24d 22^cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1938 KAELBERER, Heinrich [Christoph August] i r j- ^lrkung der Heidelberger Radium- sole auf die experimentelle Bronchitis der weissen H)38e' 15P' 22Kcm- Heidelb-» Brausdruck, KAELIN Hans Theophil [M. D, 1920, Zurich] *Die kunsthche Fruhgeburt in der Ztircher So11 enSmk.aus den Jahren 1899 bis 1919. 102p. S? Zur., Neue Zur. Ztg, 1920 FiSh\EL!5; J* A* xDie Pf^gen Extremitaten der Fische (Pterygia) p.1-70. 26Kcm. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1938 "cw., In Handb. vergl. Anat. Wirbeltiere (L. Bolk, et al.) 5: KAELIN, Meinrad [M D 1Q4n t „i, t *Les conditions d'appirition'deTaWiThX dans le sang [Lausanne] 15p 23cm Fin siedeln. Verl. Waldstatt, 1940 Em" • KA|ELI1?/ W™ner' Die prophylaktische Thera- Sfcke [n dtefc^11 /-Perimentelle E n- blicke in die Entstehung des Krebses, experi- KAELIN 3 KAERBER mentelle Ausblicke auf eine rationelle thera- peutische Prophylaxe. 66p. pi. 8? Stuttg,. Orient-Occident-Verl., 1930. Also 2. Aufl. 80p. 1930. KAELIN-SULZER, Marguerite [M. D., 1928, Zurich] *Ueber Scalpierungen. 46p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Fretz, 1928. KAELLER, Franz, 1906- *Zur Klinik und Pathogenese der Pseudobulbarparalyse mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Aetiologie [Miin- ster] 39p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1933. KAELLMARK, Hjalmar, 1883-1938. Eine statistische Untersuchung iiber Syphilis, viii, 229p. 8? Upps., Appelberg, 1931. Jacobowsky, B. [Obituary] Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1937-38, i-vi, portr. KAEMMERER, Hugo, 1878- Allergische Diathese und allergische Erkrankungen (Idio- synkrasien, Asthma, Heufieber, Nesselsucht) viii, 210p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1926. Also 2. Aufl. ix, 359p. diagr. 1934. KAEMMERER, Paul, 1867 [or 1868]- Die Sehkraft, ihre Bedeutung, Heilung und Steigerung ohne Glaser. 60p. 8? Geiselgasteig bei Miinch. [Selbstverl. Verfass.] 1928. ---- Karte 1 fur Seh-Uebungen. ch. fol. Miinch., P. Kaemmerer, 1928. ---- Auge und Sehkraft; ihre geistige, kos- mische und physiologische Bedeutung. 185p. 4? pi. Geiselgasteig bei Miinch. [Selbstverl. Verfass.] 1929. KAEMMLER, Hugo, 1889- ^ *Ueber das Resultat von 62 wahrend der Kriegszeit von August 1914-Juli 1917, behandelten Kniegelenk- schiissen. 21p. 8? Frankfurt a. M., Werner & Winter, 1918. KAEMPER, Heinrich, 1907- *Die Osteo- myelitis des Unterkiefers [Kiel] 48p. 8! Dusseld., O. Fritz, 1932. KAEMPFER, Engelbert, 1651-1716. Halbertsma, K. T. A. Engelbert Kaempfer, 1651-1716. Janus, Jjeiden, 1941, 45: 40-55, 2 pi. KAEMPFFERT, Waldemar Bernhard, 1877- The airplane and tomorrow's world. 31p. illust. 21J4cm. [N. Y., Public Affairs Comm., 1943] Forms No. 78, Public Affairs Pamphlet. KAEPPEL, Elise [Maria] 1911- *Ueber die Erblichkeit der Lippen- und Gaumenspalten unter Beriicksichtigung des Materials der Jahr- gange 1924-34 aus der chirurgischen Universitats- klinik zu Greifswald. 34p. 23cm. Greifswald, H Adler 1935 KAEPPELI, August [M„ D., 1933, Basel] *Ueber einen Fall von Aneurysma der Pul- monalarterie [Basel] p.603-19. 8? Wiirzb., H. Sturtz, 1933. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 123: KAEPPELI, Walter [M. D., 1939, Bern] *Der Einfluss des Vitamins C auf die Wehentatigkeit [Bern] 30p. 24cm. Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1939. Also Helvet. med. acta, 1940, 7: KAEPPLER [Emma Marianne] Ruth, 1910- *Die Wohnungsfrage in Beziehung zur Tuber- kulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung Leip- ziger Verhaltnisse (Erhebungen fiber 200 Woh- nungen Offentuberkuloser im Jahre 1935) [Leip- zig] 55p. 23%cm. [Zeulenroda, A. Oberreuter, 1936] KAEPPNER, Elisabeth, 1903- *Vierhun- dert fiinfzig Falle von Extrauterinschwanger- schaft [Miinchen] 69p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KAERBER, Gerhard, 1901- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der chronischen Phosphorvergiftung [Leipzig] 24p. tab. 8? Leisnig, H. Ulrich, 1927. KAERSNA, A. Ueber das System der ein- modigen Haufigkeitskurven im Falle Lexisscher Reihen mit Anwendungsbeispielen auf die Kli- matologie. 7p. 8? Tartu, Triik. Varrak, 1936. KAESEBERG, Gisela [Anna Magdalena] 1912- *Histologische Studie fiber das Vor- handensein strukturierter Gebilde in der Dentin- Zement-Grenze. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1936. KAESEMANN, Richard, 1909- *Ueber einen Fall von Lymphogranulomatose der Wir- belsaule bei gleichzeitig bestehendem Prostata- karzinom [Bonn] 31p. 21cm. Giitersloh i. Westf., Thiele, 1936. KAESER, Albert, 1904- *Coxa vara [Heidelberg] 41p. 8? Nfirnb., B. Hilz, 1930. KAESER, Otto, 1913- *Nystagmus als rezessiv-geschlechtsgebundenes Merkmal in vier Generationen; mit einem Stammbaum [Zurich] 17p. 23cm. Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1941. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: KAESER, Rudolf [M. D., 1931, Basel] *Die topographische Verbreitung der Tuberkulose in der Stadt Basel wahrend der Jahre 1901-25. 30p. map. 8? Basel, Werner-Riehm, 1931. KAESERMANN, Hans. *Beitrage zur Kennt- nis des Rohfilicins [Bern; Pharm.] 61p. tab. 22Hem. Zur., Gebr. Leeman & co., 1942. KAESLIN, Wilhelm [M. D., 1935, Basel] *Postencephalitische und sonstige Parkinsonis- men nach Trauma (anhand der in den Jahren 1930-34 bei der SUVA angemeldeten Falle) 29p. 8? Basel, Philograph. Verl., 1935. KAESSBACHER, Max. Die genealogischen Methoden als Grundlage der menschlichen Erb-, Rasse- und Konstitutionsforschung. 51p. pi. tab. 8? Miinch., O. Gmelin, 1934. KAESSINGER, Heinrich, 1900- *Ueber einen Fall von Lues II mit Meningismus im Verlauf einer Wismutsalvarsankur. 24p. 8? Marb. [n. p.] 1926. KAESTEL, Viktor, 1907- *Brucken- kolobom der Iris. 14p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KAESTNER, Elisabeth Greber, 1897- *Methodisches zur Bestimmung des Reizortes der Temperaturnerven [Berlin] p. 110-31. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1931. Also Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt., 1931, 62: KAETHER, Hans, 1897- *Ueber pather- gische Reaktionen im Verlauf von Leukamien. 25p. 23}4cm. Berl., Roth & co., 1937. KAEUFER, Hans, 1903- *Beitrag zur Frage der sensorischen Amusie [Bonn] p.617- 39. 8? [Berl., J. Springer, 1932] Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932, 141: KAEUFER, Meta, 1909- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den Fett- und Lipoidge- halt im arteriellen und venosen Pferdeserum. 18p. 20y2cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1938. KAEWEL, Ernst Viktor Heinrich, 1897- *Endocardtaschen auf dem Septum ventricu- lorum [Breslau] p.431-65. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1928. Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1928, 79: KAEYSER, Johannes David, 1862-1940. Mulder, D. G. [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2582-4, portr. KAFARNIK, Use, 1907- *Ueber die Ra- dikaloperation des Mittelohres vom Gehorgang aus. 32p. pi. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1933. KAFFA 4 KAtiAN KAFFA. Sec also Ethiopia. Bieber, F. J. KafTa; ein altkuschitisehes Volkstum in Innerafni a IRev.] Anthropoe, Mddliitt. 1924. 20:: 1141-9.— Gruehl. M. KafTa und seine Menschen. Ertlball, 192o-^7, l. 150-3. KAFFARNIK, Friedrich. Die Behandlung der Trunkenheit im deutschen und osterreichi- schen Strafrecht. vii, 96p. 22cm. Lpz., R. Noske, 1938. Forms Bd 20, Untersuch. z. deutsch-osterr. Rechtsanglei- chung. KAFFIR. See also Africa; Bantu; South Africa; Zulu. Burton, A. W. Common disorders among adult male Xosas and i ingoes in the border district*. S. Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 327.—Kunike, H. Sikulume; ein Miirchen der Amaxosa. Erdball, 1928, 2: 101-6. ------ Die wunderbare Feder; ein Marchen der Amaxosa. Ibid., 1929, 3: 104-6.—Lebzelter, V. Zur Geschichte der Bergdama. Anthropos, Modling, 1928, 23: 818-20. ------ Zur Heilkunde der Bergdama. Zschr. Ethnol., 1928, 60: 296-305. KAFFIRPOX. See Alastrim. KAFINDO. See Hemorrhagic diathesis, Onyalai. KAFIR. Lenta, W. Ueber einige Fragen der materiellen Kultur von Nun-tan. Zschr. Ethnol., 1938, 69: 277-306.—Morgenstierne, J. The kafirs of Hindu Rush. Man, Lond., 1932, 32: No. 202. KAFIR [bot.] See Sorghum. KAFKA, Bernard I., 1898- *Zur Frage der angeborenen Zystennieren der Neugeborenen. 39p. pi. 8° Berl., O. Goldbrenner, 1931. KAFKA, Maximilian Martyn, 1900- Fly- ing health, xii, 248p. illust. 20cm. Harris- burir. Mil. Serv. pub. co. [1942] KAFKA, Victor, 1881- Serologische Me- thoden, Ergebnisse und Probleme in der Psy- chiatrie. 204p. s° Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1924. Forms 1. Abt., 2 Teil of Handb. Psychiat. (G. Aschaffen- burg) ■—— Sexualpathologie fiir Mediziner, Juristen, und Psychologen. vi, 170p. illust. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1932. See also Georgi, F.. Kafka, V. [et al.] Korperliche Storun- gen. 333p. 8? Berl., 1928. ---- & SCHUMM, Otto. Methoden zur Untersuchung des Liquor cerebrospinalis. p.5- 72. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1938. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938, Abt. 5, Teil 5, B: KAFKA paraffin reaction. See Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal reactions: Paraffin. KAFKA protein relation. See Cerebrospinal fluid, Protein retation. KAFTAN, Helmut, 1903- *Zum Kapitel Zahnveranderungen bei kongenitaler Lues [Munchen] 20p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. KAFTAN, Werner, 1905- *Die Tumoren der Nierenhullen [Berlin] 29p. 8? Kassel, Thiele & Schwarz, 1934. KAGAN, Aron, 1902- *La torsion et le retrecissement du cordon ombilical comme cause de mort du foetus pendant la gestation. 62p. 8° Par., M. Vigne, 1932. KAGAN, Jankel, 1S97- *BcitraR . zur Frage dos atypischen Verlaufs des maniscn- depressiven Irreseins. 3 ."in S° Jena ln- P-J 1928. KAGAN, Jonas R., 1888- „. Kagan, S. R. Jonas R. Kagan. In his Am. Jewish 1 nysi- cians, Bost., 1942, 135. KAGAN, Joseph, 1886- *Uobor einen zystischen Tumor der Hypophysengegend; Bei- trag zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der Geschwulste des Hirnanhanges [Breslau] 22p. 8? Riga, Riti, 1914. KAGAN, Nadezhda Veniaminovna, 1900-38. Fedorov, L. N., Smorodintsev, A. A. [et al.] [Obituary] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 23, 21, portr. KAGAN, S. S. Recueil de statistique sani- taire. 327p. tab. 26>^cm. Kiev, Acad. sc. RSS d'Ukraine, 1938. KAGAN, Scheina [M. D., 1930, Geneve] *Cirrhose de Laennec; statistique de 346 cas traites k la clinique medicale de Geneve pendant 30 ans. 54p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1930. KAGAN, Solomon Robert, 1881- In- structions for expectant mothers and the care of infants. 32p. 13}£cm. Roxbury, Mass., the Author [1924] ---- Hygiene and health. 105p. 8? Spo- kane, M. N. Janton, 1931. ---- Contributions of early Jews to American medicine, xv, 63p. illust. 8? Bost., Boston Med. Pub. co. [1934] ---- Jewish contributions to medicine in America (1656-1934) xxxi, 549p. illust. 8? Bost., Boston Med. Pub. co., 1934. Also 2. ed. xxxi, 792p. illust. 1939. ■---- Life and letters of Fielding H. Garrison. xvi, 287p. 8? Bost., Med. Hist, pr., 1938. ---- Dr Elie de Cyon. [8]p. 28cm. [Bost., the Author, 1941] ---- Leaders of medicine; biographical sketches of outstanding American and European physicians. 176p. illust. 23)^cm. Bost., Med. Hist, pr., 1941. ---- American Jewish physicians of note; biographical sketches. 304p. portr. 23%cm. Bost., Boston Med. Pub. co., 1942. For portrait see Collection in Library. KAGER, Hans, 1910- *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der paranoid-halluzinatorischen Zu- standsbilder bei der progressiven Paralyse im Gefolge der Malariabehandlung. 28p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KAHAN, David [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Ueber spontane Subarachnoidealblutungen [Basel. 23p. 22}>m. Warszawa, Lniia & Litera, 1938] KAHAN, Edmund [M. D., 1939, Basel. *Liquorbefunde bei Arteriosclerosis cerebri. 16p] 23cm. Dornach-Basel, O. F. Knobel, 1939. KAHAN, Esther [M. D., 1904, Bern] *Ueber die Morbiditat nach Eihaut- und Placentar- losungen bei Sublimatantisepsis des Genital- kanals [Bern] 17p. tab. 8? Charlottenb., J. Zalachowski, 1904. KAHANE, Ernest, 1903- , & LEVY, Jeanne. Biochimie de la choline et de ses derives; dosages biologiques. 32p. diagr. 25cm. Par., Hermann & cie, 1938. KAHANE, Harry, 1908- *A propos des injections intracardiaques; l'injection intracardi- aque d'ouabaine. 48p. 8? Par., Impr. Studio, 1936. KAHANE, Max. Grundziige der Elektro- diagnostik und Elektrotherapie fiir praktische KAHANE 5 KAHLIA Aerzte. viii, 236p. 12? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1922. KAHANPAA, Veikko [M. D., 1938, Hel- sinki] *Ueber Frfih- und spiitpuerperale Mor- biditat, insbesondere nach Retention von Ei- hauten und Placenta oder Resten derselben. 175p. 8? Helsin., Finn. Liter. Ges., 1938. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1938, 25: ser. B. KAHL, Bruno Reinhard, 1904- *Ueber carcinomatose Entartung eines Mundbodenepi- dermoids. 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KAHL, Erich, 1907- *Ueber die Sy.nthese einiger Phenyl-alkoxo- und Phenyl-alkoxy-amine. 36p. 8? Kiel, A. Riepen, 1935. KAHLAU, Gerhard, 1908- *Versuche zur Beeinflussung der gelben Zellen des Darmes durch Hormone. p.190-205. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931-32, 80: KAHLBAUM, Karl Ludwig, 1828-99. Campbell, C. M. Karl Ludwig Kahlbaum. Collect. Lect. Metiop. State Hosp., Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 2, 20. KAHLE, Helmut, 1911- *Die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Entwicklung von Gliomen. 23p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KAHLE, Karl, 1901- *Die Psychologie und Psychopathologie der Haft. 31p. 8? Gott. [n. p.] 1926. KAHLE, Margarete. Beziehungen weiblicher Fursorgezoglinge zur Familie. 188p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1931. Forms Beih. 60, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KAHLE, Otto, 1893- *Beitrag zur Thera- pie der Lippen-Gaumenspalten. 16p. 2 pi. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KAHLE, Paul Wilhelm, 1910- *Die Lage der Okklusionsebene des bezahnten Gebisses in Beziehung zur Frankfurter Horizontalen beim Erwachsenen. 19p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1935. KAHLE, Werner, 1908- *Extremitaten- gangran und Trauma. 29p. 8? Berl., H. Winter [1935] KAHLEN, Carl, 1909- *Beitrag zur akuten gelben Leberatrophie in der Schwanger- schaft. 36p. 8? Berl., H. Michel, 1936. KAHLENBERG, Gerhard, 1910- *Die Geburtsdauer bei Mehrgebarenden mit vorzeiti- gem Blasensprung [Berlin] 39p. 23cm. Char- lottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. KAHLENBERG, Louis, 1870- Outlines of chemistry; a text-book for college students. xix, 578p. illust. diagr. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1918. KAHLER, Hermann, 1891- Die Nieren- erkrankungen. iv, 98p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. KAHLER, Otto, 1878- See Denker, A., & Kahler, O. Handbuch der Hals-Nasen- Ohren-Heilkunde. 9v. 8! Berl., 1925-28. KAHLER, Waldemar. Das Apothekenwesen. iv, 160p. 8? Berl., C. Heymann, 1937. Also Nachtrag. 15p. Forms Bd 5. Handb. offentl. Gesundheitsdienst (A. Giitt & E. Moebius) KAHLER-BOZZOLO's disease. See Albumosuria; Bone marrow, Myeloma, multiple. KAHLERT, Josef, 1910- *Ueber die Tuberkulose der Knochen und Gelenke [Bres- lau] 62p. ch. 21cm. Beuthen Oberschl., Kriippenneim [1936] KAHLFELD, F., & WAHLICH, A. Bak- teriologische Nahrboden-Technik. 3. Aufl. xvi, 168p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. KAHLIA. See under Ciliata. KAHLMEYER, Otto Erich, 1912- *Un- tersuchungen der Magno-Verbund-Filtermasse auf Entkeimung, Entfiirbung und Entchlorung des Wassers [Minister] 22p. 8? Quaken- brfick, R. Kleinert, 1935. KAHLO, Use, 1908- *Die Wirkung des Wasserdrucks auf den menschlichen Korper und seine Anwendung als Druckwechselbad zur Behandlung von Kreislaufstorungen. 23p. 21cm Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1937. KAHLSON, Georg [M. D. 1934, Lund] *Der biologische Nachweis der Cholinkorper; ihre physiologische und pharmakologische Stellung [Lund] 62p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. Also Arch. exp. Path., 1934, 175: ---- Elektrokardiographie mit Rohrenvolt- meter. p.615-84. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwar- zenberg, 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1935, Abt. V. Teil 8. KAHLSTORF, Adolf [M. D., 1932, Wiirzburg] *Ueber eine orthodiagraphische Herzvolumen- bestimmung [Wiirzburg] p. 123-46. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme [1932] Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1932, 45: KAHMANN, Theodor, 1907- *Der Coli- Aerogenes-Titer in beanstandeter Milch [Miin- ster] 16p. 8? Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1935. KAHN, Arthur, 1911- ^Contribution a l'etude de la prophylaxie des accidents infectieux post-operatoires [Strasbourg] 52p. 25cm. Col- mar, Impr. Alsatia, 1937. KAHN, Edgar Adolph, 1900- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 17. KAHN, Elisabeth Meitin, 1898- *Ueber einen Fall von kongenitalem Defekt der Fibula mit sekundarem Plattfuss. 20p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. KAHN, Eugen, 1887- Erbbiologische Einleitung. 73p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1925. Forms 1. Abt., 3. Teil of Handb. d. Psychiat. (G. Aschaffen- burg) ---- Psychopathic personalities. Transl. from the German by H. F. Dunbar, xii, 52lp. 8? N. Haven, Yale univ. pr., 1931. ---- & COHEN, Louis H. Schizophrenia. p. 1145-92. 8? N. Y., Appleton, 1936. In Pract. Libr. of Med. & Surg. (Appleton) N. Y. 1936, 9: KAHN, Fritz, 1888- Our sex life; a guide and counsellor for everyone. Transl. from the German by George Rosen, xxxviii, 459p. pi. 24^cm. N. Y., A. A. Knopf, 1939. Also 2. ed. 1942. ---- First aid, popular; a basic first aid course, a picture supplement to all first aid text- books. 56p. illust. 27Y2 x 21>^cm. N. Y., F. Krause [1942] ---- Man in structure and function. Transl. from the German and ed. by George Rosen. 2v. illust. diagr. 24cm. N. Y., A. A. Knopf, 1943. KAHN, Hans Peter [M. D., 1941, Bern] *Die Myositis ossificans circumscripta trau- matica. 24p. 23cm. Bern, W. Friedli, 1941. KAHN, Julius, 1908- *Ueber Verande- rungen im Hundeschadel bei Belastungen im Zahnsystem. 12p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Roll, 1932. KAHN, Maurice Guthman, 1873- Kagan, S. R. Maurice Guthman Kahn. In his Am. Jewish Physicians, Bost., 1942, 51. KAHN, Max, 1887-1926. For biography see Hebrew M. J., N. Y., 1940, 2: 167, portr. KAHN 6 KAHN REACTION KAHN, Morton Charles, 1S94- Public health and preventive medicine. 2v. 534p. 22cm. Lond., Oxford univ. pr. [1942] Also editor of Finlay, C. E. Carlos Finlay and yellow fever. 249p. 24cm. N. Y., 19-10. For portrait see Collection in Library. KAHN, Myron Ellis. 1892-1939. For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1939, 418. KAHN, Paul, 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der ursachlichen Zusammenhange zwi- schen Trauma und Knochen- und Gelenklues. 3dp. 8? Freib. i. B., R. Goldschagg, 1929. KAHN, Pierre, 1881- *La cyclothymic; de la constitution cyclothymique et de ses manifestations (depression et excitation inter- mittentes) 252p. 8? Par., G. Steinheil, 1909. KAHN, Reuben Leon, 1887- The Kahn test; a practical guide. xii, 201p. pi. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1928. ----Tissue immunitv. xix, 707p. tab. ch. 8? Sprinef., C. C Thomas [1936] ---- Serology in syphilis control; principles of sensitivity and specificity, with an appendix for health officers and industrial phj^sicians. x, 206p. tab. diagr. 23^cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1942. Pee also Dr Kahn to attend conference on syphilis [K0ben- havn, Sept. 25-Oct. 7, 1939] Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1939, 5: 69, portr. For portrait see Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1941, 7: 75. KAHN, Samuel, 1891- See Brandy, L., 4. Vetantourt Ravard, R. *La reacci6n de Kahn. 27p. 8? Caracas, 1928. Also Gac. m4d. Caracas, 192*, 35: 232-8. Alvarez y Sainz de Aja, E., s.. 1920, 22: 183-5.—Kahn, R. L. Dem- onstration of the Kahn te-t. N. York State J. M. 1926, 26: 557.------La reazione di Kahn. Diagn. teen, lab.. Nap., 1931, 2: ."f.G-So.—Sabaturci, M. La re:i7iologie. Ann. hyg., Par., 1931, n. ser., 9: 189-200.—Levine, B. S. Comparat ve evalua- tion of the results of the standard Kahn precipitation procedure with those yielded by the last 2 tubes; a statistical study. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16: 1017-9.—Manace, G. Evaluation of the Kahn reaction in children. Tr. Univ. Michigan Pediat. Infect. Dis. Soc, 1929, 82-90. Also Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 40: 63-9.—Mazzanti, C. Sul valore clinico della reazione di Kshn. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938,1: 658-61.—Mu, J. W., & Keim, H. L. Clinical studies on the Kahn reaction; specificity of reaction in febrile diseases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 17: 387-90.—Palmerlee, C. A. Some observations on the Kahn precipitation test. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79: 113.—Redfern, W. W., & Werner, M. The Kahn test as a hospital laboratory procedure. Arch. Path., Chic, 1928, 6: 436-9.—Rothbart, H. B. The variability of the Kahn reaction in children. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1937, 11: 484-9.—Streng, O., Sievers, O., & Vuori, A. K. Einige Erfahrungen mit der Schnell-Reaktion von Kahn. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1931-34, 16: ser. A, fasc. 1, No. 4, 1-20.—Svartz, N. Observa- tions on Kahn's reaction. Sven. lak. tidn., 1930, 27: 847-52.— Tadich, R. [Experiences with Ksbn's reaction] Glasnik, Beogr., 1931, 11: 111-3.—Walker, J. E. The significance of the Kahn test. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1469-72. ---- Mechanism. Boas, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Flockungsreaktion von Kahn. Forh. Nord. derm, foren., 1925, 6: 209-22. ------ Researches on Kahn's new reaction (rapid method) Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 213-5.—Bryant, K. K., & Mahoney, J. F. The Kahn reaction in the blood serum of normal and syphilitic guinea pigs. Vener. Dis. Inform., 1931, 7: 287-90.—Galeno, R. Acerca da rea^ao de Kahn. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 342, 30-3.—Kahn, R. L., Marcus, S. [et al.] A serologic (non- syphilitic) reaction approaching universal sensitivity. J. Invest. Derm., 1942, 5: 459-62.—Lazo Garcia, S. Estudios sobre la reaction de Kahn. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1939-40, 31: 549-66. ------ Nuevos estudios acerca de la reacci6n de Kahn. Ibid., 1940-41, 32: 427-43.—Lehmann-Facius, H. Die serologische Bedeutung der Globulinveranderung, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kahnschen Reaktion und der Luesreaktionen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 46: 137-56.— Wilson, D., Kurtz, M. B., & Larkum, N. W. The zone of precipitation in the Kahn test. Am. J. Syph., 1934, 18: 355-9. ---- quantitative. Ch'in, T. L. Studies on a simplified quantitative Kahn test. Chin. M. J., Suppl., 1940, 3: 501-5.—Hopkins, J. C, & Rock- straw, E. W. Quantitative determination of the Kahn reac- tion. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 146-63.—Kahn, R. L. Facts regarding the quantitative Kahn reaction. Vener. Dis. Inform., 1939, 20: 255-7.—Munch-Petersen, C. J. Kahn's reaction as a quantitative method. Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 217-9.—Nagle, N. The Kahn quantitative procedure. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1929, 26: 15-8.—Sawyer, H. P. The quanti- tative Kahn test. Army M. Bull., 1939, 47: 31.—Sendis, C. I. La reacci6n de Kahn cuantitativa. Med. cir. occid., Guadala- jara, 1934, 2: 108. ---- presumptive. Boas, H., & 0igaard, E. [Kahn's presumptive test] Hos- pitalstidende, 1932, 75: 1460-2. Also Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1932-33, 13: 449-52.—Cajigas, T. The clinical value of the presumptive Kahn test. Ann. Int. M., 1933, 7: 114-9.— Fitzgerald, E. J. The presumptive Kahn test. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1934, 46: 277-9.—Maccarini, H. Algunas considera* ciones sobre la reacci6n de Kahn presuntiva. Sem. meet, B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 321-9. ---- Technic. Abans Valenzuela, Y. Reacci6n de Kahn; consideraciones tecnicas y cllnicas. Rev. Inst. bact. Chile, 1933, 4: No. 1-2, 21-41.— Brown, E. C, & Nagle, N. The time interval in reading the Kahn test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 1301-3 — Demanche, R. Technique de la reaction de Kahn. Presse m<§d., 1929, 37: 356-8. Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1931, 8 ser., 14: 246-59.—Hinton, W. A., & Berk, A. A glycerol modifica- tion of the Kahn test. N. England J. M., 1929, 201: 667-70.— Kahn, R. L. Micro-Kahn reactions. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 2092. ------ La reazione di Kahn (descrizione della tecnica) Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 649-61. ------ Technique of the standard Kahn test and of special Kahn procedures. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1943-44, 7: 1-12.— Kurtz, M. B. The heating of serum in the Kahn reaction. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 678-81.-Lawler, H. J. A modification of the Kahn test for use with hemolyzed blood. Ibid., 1942-43, 28: 193-8.—Lemmel, L. Contribution a l'e'tude de la technique de la reaction de Kahn. Ann. mal. vener., 1940, 35: 118-20—Nagle, N., & Lazarov, J. Incubation of the completed Kahn test. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1930, 20: 1216-8.—Nagle, N., & Monell, M. Heating of sera in the Kahn test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 62-5.—Osmond, T. E. The Kahn test; a simplified technique. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 252.—Spanswick, M. P., & Synder, R. G. Some practical aspects of the routine performance of the Kahn test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23: 181-7— Willett, J. C. Improved method of reporting the standard Kahn and quantitative tests. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 26. ---- Variation. Adler, J. Effect of increased salt concentration on Kahn reaction with unheated sera. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1943, 9: 41.—Etcheverry, M. A., & Lorenzo, S. de. Efectos de la diluci6n de los sueros sobre los resultados de la reacci6n de Kahn Standard. Rev. mdd. quir. pat. fem., B. Air., 1939 13: 173-81.—Green, M. N., & Shaughnessy, H. J. Effect of electrolytes upon Kahn precipitates from human and animal sera. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 51: 287-9.—Hardesty, W. L., & Jurischk, A. The influence of temperature on the time required for inactivation in the Kahn reaction. Am. J. Syph., 1932, 16: 110-2.—Kahn, R. L., McDermott, E. B., & Adler, J. Effect of different salt concentrations on the Kahn reaction with animal sera. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 73 (Abstr.)—Kahn, R. L., McDennott, E. B., & Marcus, S. Effect of temperature on Kahn reaction. Am. J. Syph., 1941, 25: 151-78.—Muckenfuss, R. S., & Ebel, E. The influence of temperature on the Kahn test. Ibid., 1931, 15: 391-5.— Sierakowski, S., & Zablocki, B. Le pii et la reaction de Kahn. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 130. ---- Verification test. Beveridge, W. J. M. The Kahn verification test, a pre- liminary note. Edinburgh M. J., 1943, 50: 344-54.—Briceno Rossi, A. L. El valor del verification test en la serologia del carate o mal del pinto y buba (pian o yaw) Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 153-65.—Kahn, R. L., Marcus, S., & McDermott, E. B. The verification test with unheated serum. J. Bact., Bait., 1941,41: 65. ---- in cerebrospinal fluid. Germant, R. S., & Serafimov, B. N. Kahns Reaktion mit Lumbalflussigkeit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 129: 793-5.—Kahn, R. L., McDennott, E., & Lubin, G. Studies on the Kahn reaction with spinal fluids. J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 50.—Lederer, A. A quantitative Kahn test procedure for spinal fluids. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1927, 3: 52-8.— Rappaport, F., & Rappaport, D. An improvement of the serologic Kahn reaction in the spinal fluid. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942^3, 28: 1355. KAHNT, Karl, 1859- Die rheumatischen Erkrankungen und ihre Behandlung nach den Grundsatzen des Naturheilverfahrens mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Pflanzenheilver- fahrens (Phytotherapie) Heft II: Der chronische Gelenkrheumatismus; der akute und chronische Muskelrheumatismus. 2. Aufl. 41p. 8? Berl., O. Nahmmacher [n. d.] KAHR, Heinrich. ^Conservative Therapie der Frauenkrankheiten; Anzeigen, Grenzen und Methoden einschliesslich der Rezeptur. viii, 297p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1934. ---- Konservative Therapie in Schwanger- schaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. viii, 435p. 23^cm. Wien, J. Springer, 1939. KAHRE, Kurt, 1909- *Ueber den Zu- stand des Milchgebisses bei vorschulpflichtigen Kindern in Spandau. 32p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KAHRMANN, Hans, 1912- *Ueber para- sitare Doppelmissbildungen am Rticken; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Notomelie und Noto- cephalie [Berlin] p.742-65. 23^cm. Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1938. Also Virchows Arch., 1938, 302: KAHRS, Christian Anton, 1833-93. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 619. KAHRS, Christian Olaus Heegaard, 1835-82. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 620. KAHRS, Christopher Collett, 1823-83. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 620. KAHRS, Johannes Theodor, 1875- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 620; KAHRS, Nicolay, 1868- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 621j KAHRWEG, Otto, 1907- *Nicht-opera- tive Behandlung der gewohnheitsmassigen Un- terkieferverrenkung [Miinchen] 14p. 8? Dus- seld., G. H. Nolte, 1932. KAIFEL 8 KAIROPHOBIA KAIFEL, Anton, 1905- *Der moderne Stand der Luesserologie. 36p. 23cm. Miinch., I.. Mossl, 193S. KAIFKL, Josef, 1912- *Galen's Schrift iiber die Kriifte der Nahrungsmittel, Buch II, Cap. 39-56. 24p. 23cm. Miinch., L. Mossl, 1938. KAIFEXG, China. See under Hospital report. KAIM, Samuel Cedric, 1911- *Klinische und katamnestische Studien iiber die Polyarthri- tis rheumatica acuta (Rheumatismus verus) 36p. 8? Zur., Fluntern, 1936. KAIMAKTSC HIEFF, Wassil Georgieff, 1897- *Ueber die Erdrosselung der Kinder durch die Nabelschnur. 16p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1926. KAINDL, Fritz, 1913- *Die Rontgen- therapie der akuten Entzundungen in der Zahnheilkunde [Miinchen] 27p. 8? Neuotting, Xiedcrmaver & Miesgang, 1937. KAINDL, Simon, 1910- *Allgemeine statistische Untersuchungen an dem Karzinom- krankengut des Strahleninstituts der Universi- tats-Frauenklinik Miinchen (Krankengut der Jahre 1912-36) 20p. 23cm. Miinch., L. Mossl, 1938. KAINE, Henry, 1910- *Chirurgische Eingriffe wahrend der Schwangerschaft. 15p. 22' 'cm. Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1936. KAINER, Hans, 1911- *Sind Geburts- gewicht und Geburtslange der Kinder nach dem Kriege grosser geuorden? [Erlangen] 19p. 8! Forchheim, Forchheimer Ztg, 1935. KAINER, Herbert, 1906- *Der Einfluss lipoidhaltiger Nahrmittel auf Saurebasengleich- gewicht und Mineralhaushalt. p. 137-46. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 117: KAINER, Yaaqov [M. D., 1940, Lausanne] *Sur un cas d'hepatomegalie polycorique. 21p. 23cm. Lausanne, C. Risold, 1940. KAINZ, Ludwig, 1895- *Ueber die Erfahrungen mit Kautschuk und Kautschuker- satzstoffen bei Verwendung fur Ersatzstiick- Basisplatten und die Priifung eines neuen Ersatz- stiickwerkstoffes Coralix. 60p. tab. 8? Heidelb., C. Pfeffer, 1935. KAIRIES, Albrecht, 1902- *Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf die Zuckermobili- sation im Muskel [Berlin] 7p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1S28. See also Schmidt, P., & Kairies, A. TJeber die Entstehung von Erkaltungskatarrhen und eine Methode zur Bestimmung der Schleimhaut- Temperatur. 70p. 8? Jena, 1932. ------ Neue Studien zum Problem der Influenza bei Mensch und Tier. 71p. 25Hcm. Stuttg., 1936. KAIRINE. See under Quinoline. KAIRO. See Cairo. KAIROPHOBIA. See also Anxiety neurosis; Neurosis; Occupa- tion; Phobia; Psychoneurosis; also in 3. ser. Stage-fright. Frostig, J. [Analysis of stage-fright in concerts] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 303; 325.—Horvat, A. Ueber das Lampen- fieber. Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., 1932, 10: 29-34.— Klein, M. [Treatment of stage fright] Gy6gyaszat, 1937, 77: 62.—Lomas. C. W. The psychology of stage fright. Q J Speech, 1937, 23: 35-44.—Millson, W. A. D. A review of research in audience reaction; misconceptions of the function of the Woodward ballot and of the formulae. Ibid., 1938, 24: 655-72.—Netkachev, G. D. K psikhopatologii teatralnol igrt; o stsenirhrskom strakhle. Psikhoterapia, Moskva, 1910, - 55-69,- Sainton. P. Un cas curieux de phobi.- i''-of°c88ll°1n9rf— chez un pidre i la peur de l'autel) Gaz. h6p., l'":f. 8b: „t-,U„ Snowden, K. N. Self-consciousness and public speaking. Lancet, Lond.. I!i39. 1: 124-6.—Ullman, M. K. AI,noti(^ overcoming sta^cfiij^lit among musicians. J. Aim>L J jJCl 7 1940, 24: 82-4.—Yolgyesi, F. About stage-fright und about neuroses in professions in general. Med. Times, ''orV?;v »«5' 66: 112; 150. Also Psvchiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 355; 368. Also Gy6gynszat, 1939, 79: 50; 70. KAIRIUKSTIS, Povila, 1868-1932. Staugaitis, J. [Obituary] Medicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 778-81. KAIRUZ, Eduardo. *Contribuci6n al estudio del pian [Colombia] 103p. pi. tab. 24cm. Bogota, El Graflco, 1938. KAISER, Albert David, 1887- Children's tonsils in or out; a critical study of the end results of tonsillectomy, xvii, 307p. illust. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1932] KAISER, Albrecht, 1907- *Ueber die Entstehung von Melanosarkomen. 23p. 8! Kiel, H. Schmidt, 1932. KAISER, Alfons, 1910- *Ueber sub- arachnoidal Blutungen. 17p. 22>^cm. Heidelb., Brausdruck, 1937. KAISER, Alfons [Hermann] 1911- *Ueber das Lymphogranuloma ano-rectale. 32p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1935. KAISER, Alfred, 1910- *Methoden des Einzelkronenersatzes und ihre Indikation. 20p. 22cm. Heidelb., H. Meister, 1936. KAISER, Elli, 1904- *Vergiftungen durch tierische Nahrungsmittel in der Nachkriegszeit. 40p. 8? Wiirzb., Werkbund-dr. Wiirzburg, 1931. KAISER, Ernst [M. D., 1928, Zurich] *Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Wirkungen von Massage. 41p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1928. KAISER, Felix, 1913- *Die Schul- zahnpflege in England; eine Darstellung ihres Entwicklungsganges und gegenwartigen Standes. 30p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KAISER, Friedrich, 1909- *Ueber einen in Form eines systematisierten Naevus auftreten- den Fall von multiplen Dermatomyomen der rechten Gesichtshalfte. 32p. 8? Erlangen, Reinhold & Limmert, 1935. KAISER, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1906- *Die verschiedenen Ansichten iiber die pathologisch- anatomischen Veranderungen der sogenannten Prostata-Hypertrophic 39p. 8? Halle, O. Jung, 1934. KAISER, Fritz, 1910- *Ueber die Pig- mentierung der Mundschleimhaut unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles von Schleimhautpigmentation bei Morbus Addisonii. 23p. 8? Freib. i. B., Weis, Muhlhans & Rapple. 1935. KAISER, Gertrud, 1908- *Zur Frage der heilpadagogischen Erfolge an Schwachsin- nigen [Berlin] 31p. 23Kcm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. KAISER, Hans Georg, 1906- *Sport- schaden und Traubenzucker-Novocain-Quellun- gen [Berlin] 23p. 23cm. Lpz., Jordan & Gramberg, 1938. KAISER, Hans Karl Thomas Meinrad, 1890- See Fischer, P., Kaiser, H., & Zimmermann, W. Der Apothekerpraktikant. 7.52p. 8? Stuttg., 1936. Also Rapp, R., & Kaiser, H. Praxis der chemischen und mikroskopischen Harnanalyse. 69p. 8! Lpz., 1933. KAISER, Heinz, 1910- *TJeber den Mineralstoffwechsel des Menschen; Wirkung von Brotgaben auf den Saurebasenhaushalt 18p 8° Jena, Buckdr. Werkstatte, 1937. KAISER 9 KAISER KAISER, Heinz, 1911- *Die Sarkome im Bereich der Mundhohle [Rostock] 19p. 8? Schwerin-M., Bertram, 1935. KAISER, Henry J., 1882- Fishbein's Kaiser. Time, 1942, 40: No. 21, 69. KAISER, Herbert, 1908- *Lues spinalis unter dem Bilde der amyotrophischen Lateral- sklerose [Breslau] p.798-820. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 136: KAISER, Johan [Caesarius] 1460-1551. Editor of Plinius, C. S. Naturalis historiae opus. 162 1. . 16cm. Koln, 1524. KAISER, John Boynton, 1887- For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: 36-8, portr. KAISER, Josef, 1906- *Das Krank- heitsbild der gutartigen disseminierten Lungen- tuberkulose und seine Abgrenzung von der akuten allgemeinen Miliartuberkulose. 55p. 8? Bonn, Ver. Studentenwohl, 1933. KAISER, Louise, 1891r *De segmentale innervatie van de huid bij de duif (Columba livia var. domestica) [Amsterdam] 104p. pi. 8? Rotterdam, D. van Sijn & zonen, 1924. KAISER, Marius, & ZAPPERT, Julius. Die postvaccinale Encephalitis nach amtlichen oster- reichischen Daten. 97p. 22cm. Wien, J. Springer, 1938. KAISER, Matthias, 1892- *Das Ver- halten der Kapillaren in den Striae [Bonn] 8p. 8? [Bernkastel, H. Oberhoffer] 1922. KAISER, Otto, 1905- *Ueber den Ein- fluss temporarer Einschrankung des blutberei- tenden Gewebes durch Gefassabklemmung [Frei- burg i. B.] p.211-27. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: KAISER, Paul, 1902- *Endausgange der Speiserohrenzerreissung. 22p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1927. ----Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde. 219p. illust. 19Kcm. Munch., J. F. Lehmann [1939] Forms Bd 4, Taschenb. Truppenarztes. ---- The same. Manual de otorrinolaringo- logia; transl. by Andres S&nchez Rodriguez. 223p. illust. tab. pi. 24cm. Madr., Morata, 1943. KAISER, Paul, 1909- *Ueber den Ein- fluss der Wasserstoffionenconzentration auf die Verzuckerung der Starke durch diastatische Fermente [Minister] 19p. 21cm. Werne- Lippe, F. Grube, 1936. KAISER, Paul [M. D., 1939, Bern] *TJeber die Beteiligung des Histamins an der Entstehung von Trans- und Exsudaten [Bern] 42p. 24%cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1939. Also Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path. Bakt., 1939, 2: KAISER, Rudolf, 1908- *Ueber das Zusammenwirken von Coffein und Veronal auf die Dehydrierungsvorgange im Gewebe [Minis- ter] 19p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1934. KAISER, Ruprecht, 1906- *Follikel- cystenbildung im Neugeborenen Ovarium. 28p. pi. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1931. KAISER, Theo, 1906- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen an Schulkindern aus landwirt- schaftlichen und industriellen Betrieben [Freib. i. B.] 22p. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1930. KAISER, Thomas E., editor, 1863- A history of the medical profession of the County of Ontario. 128p. portr. 24cm. [Oshawa, On- tario, Ontario Co. Med. Ass.] 1934. For biography see Canada Lancet & Pract., 1934, 82: 169. Also in Hist. Med. Profes. Co. Ontario (Kaiser, T. E.) Oshawa, 1934, 85, portr. KAISER, Willi Walter Theo Ernst, 1908- *Ueber die Kerngrossen des Deckepithels der ausseren Haut und einiger Hautgeschwulste. 15p. tab. 8? Rostock, G. Neumann, 1936. KAISER Camilla, Hilda. *La novocaina- suprarrenina al 4% y sus aplicaciones en odonto- logfa [Dent.; Chile] 32p. 27cm. Santiago, La Union, 1939. KAISERLICH Leopoldinisch-Carolinisch deut- sche Akademie der Naturforscher. Abhandlun- gen. See Nova acta Leopoldina. KAISERLING, Carl, 1869-1942. Krauspe, C. [Nekrolog] Zbl. allg. Path., 1942-43, 80: 49-52. KAISERLING, Helmut, 1906- *Ueber multiple Gehirnmetastasen eines hypernephroiden Tumors der linken Niere bei gleichzeitiger schizo- phrener Psychose. 31p. pi. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1933. KAISIG, Elisabeth, 1905- *Chirurgische Komplikationen bei Scharlach. p.373-93. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1931. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 49: KAISINGER, Otto, 1907- *Ueber soge- nannte sekundare Frakturen und Pseudarthrosen des Os naviculare. 26p. 8? Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KAJANA, Nasi Demetre, 1910- trans- formation spontanee des cavernes pulmonaires tuberculeuses. 44p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1937. KAJAVA, Yrjo Henrik, 1884- , & PAL- MEN, A. J. Laaketieteellinen sanasto. I. Saksalaisja Latinalais- Suomalainen osa. 3. ed. 2p., 21 lp. 16? Helsin., Werner Soderstrom Osakeyhtio [1933] KAJZER, Izaak, 1910- *Morbidite et mortality maternelles de la Maternity de l'Hopital Boucicaut au cours des annees 1933, 1934, 1935. 34p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1936. KAKERGASIA. See Neurosis; Personality, Disorder; Psycho- neurosis. KAKIDROSIS. See under Perspiration. KAKKE. See Beriberi. KAKROW, Friedrich, 1897- *Pes ad- ductus (Auszug) 6p. 8? [Lpz., n. p.] 1923. KALA-AZAR. See Leishmaniasis. KALAMBOKAS, Athanasios, 1908- *Ueber das Verhalten autoplastisch trans- plantierter Spongiosa im Tierversuch. 67p. 24cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KALAPTSCHIEFF, Boris, 1896- *Kli- nische Beitrage zur Devitalisation der Pulpa mit Paraformaldehyd. 35p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1929. KALASHNIKOV, Nikolai Ivanovich, -1934. Senderikhin, M. A. [Obituary] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 78. KALASS, Wilhelm. Luftschutz—ABC; eine kurze Darstellung der Aufgaben und der Or- ganisation des zivilen Luftschutzes. 48p. illust. 16? Lpz., Hachmeister & Thai [1935] KALB, Albert, 1878- *Die orthodontische Behandlung von ihren Anfangen bis zu der Zeit von Flagg (1860) 33p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuec- dorff, 1928. KALB 10 KALEFF KALB, Clifford Hadleigh, 1913- *A clinical study on intravenous infusion [Mar- quette Univ.] 31p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1938. Typewritten. KALB, Hans, 1899- *Talgdriisen Naevus. 15p. 22cm. Erlangen, M. Dores, 1935. KALB, Konrad, 1907- *Ueber die Dentes emboliformes und die Histologie ihrer Hart- substanzen [Wiirzburg] 23p. 8? [Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1931] KALB, Nathan, 1911- *La dermatite chronique atrophiante en France. 38p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. KALBANOWSKY-KOROTKINA, Jocha [M. D., 1912, Bern] *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der con- genitalen Defekte am Schadel. 16p. 8? Bern, H. Spahr, 1912. KALBERER, Hannsjacob [M. D., 1926, Zurich] *Kasuistische Beitrage zum Studium histologischer Kriterien der Strahlensensibilitat von Portiocarcinomen, unter ausschliesslicher Beriicksichtigung der lokalen Eosinophilie, der leueocytaren Infiltration und der Mitosen des Carcinomgewebes. 29p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Lee- mann & co., 1926. KALBERMATTEN, Max. *Fortgesetzte Un- tersuchungen iiber die Rontgenhamolyse, insbe- sondere ihre Beeinflussung durch Salze [Dent.] 15p. diagr. 24cm. [Bern] Buchdr. Schiipf- heim, 1942. KALBFLEISCH, Elsbeth Will, 1911- *Die Bedeutung der latenten (anikterischen) diffusen Hepatopathie im Kindesalter. 19p. 22^cm. Giessen, A. Klein, 1938. KALBFLEISCH, Hildegard, 1909- *Bei- triige zur Serumbehandlung des Scharlach. 13p. 8? Giessen, E. Seibert, 1934. KALBFLEISCH, Karl R., 1868- , & SCHOENE, H. Griechische Papyri medizini- schen und naturwissenschaftlichen Inhalts. 40p. 9 pi. 8? Berl., Weidmann, 1905. Forms Heft III of Berliner Klassikertexte. KALBFLEISCH, Lotte, 1905- *Schnel- lender Finger durch partielle Ruptur der Sub- limissehne des Mittelfingers. 14p. 8? Miinst. [n. p.] 1931. KALBHEN, Hermann, 1908- *Ueber den Einfluss von Monobromacetat auf das Wachstum und den Stoffwechsel von Bakterium Coli unter aeroben und anaeroben Bedingungen [Munster] 23p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KALBITZER, Georg Erich, 1904- *Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Koch- salzersatzpraparat Hosal. 16p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1931. KALDENBERG, Fritz, 1910- *Die Wir- kung der Histaminelektrophorese an der Haut Schwangerer [Bonn] 31p. 8? Beuel, W. Knauth [1936] KALDENHOFF, Willy, 1902- *Ueber kongenitale Dilatation der ableitenden Harnwege [Bonn] 55p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. KALE. See under Brassica. KALEEL, Mohamed Casim Mohamed [M. B., 1926, Edinburgh] For portrait see J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1942, 39: opp. p. 50. KALEFF, Albert, 1912- *Wie resorbiert der Dunndarm Losungen von Bromnatrium allein und in Kombination mit Chlornatrium? 27p. 23^cm. [Lpz., A. Richtcr, 1936] KALEFF, Joseph, 1901- *Ueber die Resorption von Zuckorlosungen im Dickdarm des Hundes [Leipzig] 26p. 8? Sofia, I. K. Boschinoff, 1931. KALENDAR der Reichsdeutschen Universi- taten und Hochschulen. Lpz., 112. Ausgabe, 1932- KALENDOROV, G. S., editor. 9jieKTpuuec- khh Hapno3. 171p. tab. diagr. 25 ^cm. Moskva, Vsesoiuznyi Inst. Ek.sp. Med., 1937. KALENDSCHIEWA, Wera, 1902- *Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber haematogen gesetzte Meerschweinchen-Tuberkulose mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Abwehrfunktion des Gefasswandapparates [Leipzig] 41 p. 8? [Kirchhain N.-L., Zahn & Baendel] 1926. KALENOVA, S. D. KocTHOM03roBoe KpoBe- TBopeHne npu HeKOToptix dpopMax Ty6epKyjie3a y AeTeft. 80p. tab. diagr. 22cm. Tashkent, Izdat. Komnt. Nauk USSR, 1938. KALENSCHER, Harry, 1903- *Klinik und Histologie der Basedowstruma. 68p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1931. KALESCHKE, Martin, 1908- *Ist es moglich, Bakterien aus filtrierten Bakterio- phagenkulturen zu ziichten? 17p. 8? Konigsb., O. Kiimmel, 1934. KALESSE, Hans, 1903- *Ueber Bauch- fell- und Mesenterialdriisentuberkulose [Greifs- wald] 52p. 8? Langensalza, J. Beltz, 1931. KALETCHEFF, Athanase, 1901- *Preuves statistiques de l'efncacite" de la vaccina- tion preventive de la tuberculose par le B. C. G. 115p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1929. KALETKA Alfred, 1899- *Ueber Vulva- karzinome. 24p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. KALETZKI, Charles Hirsh. Official history, U. S. A. Base Hospital No. 31 of Youngstown, Ohio, and Hospital Unit G of Syracuse Uni- versity. 258p. 8? Syracuse, N. Y., C. H. Kaletzki, 1919. KALEVE, Werner, 1912- Untersuchun- gen iiber die Aetiologie der Paradentose bei eineiigen Zwillingen [Miinchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KALEWA, Rosetta, 1907- *Blutungs- gefahr in der Zahnheilkunde. 23p. 8? [Lpz., A. Paul] 1931. KALFUS, Samuel [M. D., 1936, Basel] *Ueber das Vorkommen von Lahmungen und Anaes- thesien bei Herpes zoster [Basel] 16p. 8? Krakau, Monopol., 1936. KALHAMMER, Fritz, 1902- *Ueber Lues cerebri Psychosen [Miinchen] 99p. 8? Dietenheim, F. Ranz, 1928. KALHOEFER, Albert, 1910- *Zur Phar- makologie des Harnstoflfs; die Beeinflussung der isoelektrischen Punkte verschiedener Eiweiss- korper durch Harnstoff. 19p. 22cm. Marb., J. Hamel, 1934. KALIES, Walter, 1905- *Patella bipar- tita. 18p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1930. KALIKACHARYA. See Brown, W. N. The story of Kalaka. 149p. 36cm. Wash., 1933. KALIL Yazbek, Alexandre [M. D., 1920, S. Paulo] *Dos mycetomas subsidios para o seu estudo. 164p. pi. ch. 8? S. Paulo [n. p.] 1920. F KALININ, Mikhail Ivanovich, 1875- Portrait with Voroshilov and Stalin. In SanHa nf Timfl (Purves-Stewart, J.) Lond., 1940, opp. p. 318. KALININ 11 KALLER KALININ test. See under Syphilis, Serodiagnosis. KALINKE, Martin, 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur Reversibilitat der Dehydrierung von Sulf- hydrylkorpern [Berlin] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KALINOWSKI, Paul, 1899- *Ein Bei- trag zur Kasuistik der isolierten Querfortsatz- briicke der Lendenwirbelsaule mit Beriicksichti- gung der rontgenologischen Differentialdiagnose. 24p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1929. KALINOWSKY, L. Hallervordensche Krank- heit. p.874-81. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 16: KALINSKE, Anton A. Cross-connections in plumbing and water-supply systems. 2. ed. 76p. 8? Madison, Univ. Wisconsin, 1936. KALISZ, Israel Mejer, 1897- *Ueber den Randschluss von Fiillungen. 38p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1928. KALISZ, Poland. Meczkowski, W. Historya szpitali Sw. Ducha i Sw. Tr6jcy w Kaliszu. Pam. Towarz. lek. Warszawa, 1904, 100: 677- 738. KALITZKI, Martin, 1909- *Erworbener Astigmatismus und Glaukom. 24p. 8? Berl., H. Michel [1935] KALIUM. See Potassium. KALK, Heinz, 1895- Das Geschwur des Magens und Zwolffingerdarmes und das Ge- schwiir des operierten Magens. vii, 214p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. ---- Die Therapie an den Berliner Universi- tats-Kliniken. 11. Aufl. viii, 661p. 12? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. Also 12. Aufl. viii, 694p. tab. 19cm. 1940. KALKBRENNER, Gerhard, 1911- *Ke- ratomalazie einst und jetzt. 28p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1937. KALKOFF, Karl Wilhelm, 1909- *Zur Therapie der Sclerodermia diffusa. 20p. 8? Gott., R. Erbs & Meisel, 1935. KALKSTEIN, Bernhard, 1903- *Wir- kungen der Leberdiat bei sekundaren Anamien. 36p. 8? Lpz. [Frees] 1931. KALKSTEIN, Franz von, 1904- *Beitrage iiber die Aetiologie und die Folgen der Progenie und die chirurgische Behandlung derselben. 31p. 8? Bonn, J. Duckwitz, 1934. KALL, Norbert von der, 1910- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber den Einfluss des romisch-irischen Schwitzbades auf die Magensekretion und auf das vegetative Nervensystem [Miinster] 20p. 21cm. Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1937. KALLABIS, Bernhard, 1899- *Die Ront- genbehandlung der Peritonitis tuberculosa. 43p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KALLENBACH, Hermann Franz Walter, 1912- *Zur Frage der totalen Colonresek- tion [Berlin] 35p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., 0. Schulz, 1938. KALLENBERGER, Georg, 1902- *Indi- kationen zur vaginalen Uterusexstirpation. 20p. 8? Freib. i. B., W. Goggel, 1929. KALLENBERGER, Karl. *Neue Untersu- chungen iiber Goldfiillungen; Filoro-Gold- und Blattgoldfullung nach Loustalot [Basel] 31p. pi. 22^cm. Zur., Soc. Svizz. Odont., 1937. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1937, 47: KALLER, Marshall Bernard, 1912- *Can man conquer pneumonia? [Marquette Univ.] 22p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1937. Typewritten. KALLET, Arthur, 1902- Counterfeit, not your money but what it buys. 95p. illust. 8? N. Y., Vanguard pr. [1935] ---- & SCHLINK, Frederick John. 100,000,- 000 guinea pigs; dangers in everyday foods, drugs, and cosmetics, xi, 312p. 8? N. Y., Vanguard pr., 1932. KALLEWEGGE, Johanna, 1910- *Die Behandlung der nicht klimakterischen Follikel- persistenz und ihre Ergebnisse. 32p. 20%cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1937. KALLFELZ, Theo, 1909- *Vergleichende Resultate der verschiedenen Arten der Messung der Conjugata vera und des Querdurchmessers des kindlichen Kopfes. 36p. 8? Bonn, Stu- dentenwerk Bonn, 1934. KALLHARDT, Herma, 1903- *Ein Fall von Haemangioma retrobulbare [Miinchen] 14p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. KALLHARDT, Rudolf, 1900- *Immediat- prothesen im Unterkiefer. 21p. 8? [Miinch., J. G. Weiss, 1926] KALLIKREIN. See Blood circulation, Disorders, pe- ripheral; Blood pressure, Regulation (chemical; hormonal) Blood pressure, High, Treatment: Hormones; Cardiovascular system, Diseases: Treatment: Organotherapy; Heart hormone; Hormone, Types: Circulatory hormone; Pan- creas (Extract; Hormones) KALLINOWSKY, Ursula, 1905- *Ueber Wachstumshemmungen nach Rontgenbestrah- lung. 20p. pi. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1929. KALLIO, K. E. Die Knotenbildungen des Darmes. 276p. 8? Helsin., Mercator, 1932. Forms Suppl. 21, Acta chir. scand. KALLISKE, Werner, 1901- *Ueber die chirurgische Behandlung der rhinogenen Menin- gitis [Berlin] 28p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele [1935] KALLIUS, Erich, 1867-1935. Hoepke, H. Nekrolog. Anat. Anz., 1935, 80: 310-8, portr.—Nekrolog. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1935, 104: H. 2, front. KALLMANN, Franz Josef, 1897- The genetics of schizophrenia; a study of heredity and reproduction in the families of 1,087 schizo- phrenics, xvi, 291p. illust. 8? N. Y., J. J. Augustin [1938] KALLMANN, Peter, 1907- *Ueber die Kindersterblichkeit vor, wahrend und nach der Geburt. 25p. 8? Halle a. S., E. Renner, 1935. KALLMEIER, Herta Johanna Julie Sopfie, 1912- *Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen Zahnveranderungen und Dermatosen. 62p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KALLMEYER, Franz August Wilhelm Karl, 1905- *Ueber die in den letzten fiinf Jahren in der Marburger Chirurgischen Klinik behandelten Kieferfrakturen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des funktionellen Ergebnisses [Marburg] 35p. 8? Kirchhain, J. Schroder, 1930. KALLMORGEN, Wilhelm. Siebenhundert Jahre Heilkunde in Frankfurt am Main, xvi, 485p. portr. 8? Frankf., M. Diesterweg, 1936. KALLNER, Gertrud Berta Graf, 1900- *Ueber vitalgranulierte Erythrozyten, mit be- KALLNER 12 KALT sonderer Beriicksichtigung dor Friihgeburton- Anaemie [Berlin] 18p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. KALLNER, Sixten [M. D., 1942, Stockholm] *The cyanosis developing during treatment with sulfanilamide preparations. llOp. tab. 23cm. [Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1942] KALLOS, Andras, 1908- ♦L'examen medi- cal systematique des 6tudiants en Hongrie. lip. "24cm. Par., L. Rodstein, 1938. KALLOS, P., editor. Fortschritte der Al- lergielehre (Forschung und Klinik) 400p. 4 pi. 24V,cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1939. KALLUSKY, Eberhard, 1891- ♦Zur Sta- tistik der Magensaftsekretionswerte auf Grund von Feststellungen an 2125 Fallen. 27p. ch. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1919. KALLWASS, Georg, 1905- *Die Lympho- granulomatose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Therapie [Leipzig] 64p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KALM, Peter, 1716-79. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 560. KALMAN, Andras, 1915- *Das Rontgen- bild des Ilerzinfarktes [Ziirich] 16p. pi. 23%cm. Budap., Fov&rosi nyomda, 1940. KALMAN, Anna, 1912- ' ♦Cholesterol et l'hypoesth^sie dans les ulcerations corneennes recidivates. 32p. 8? Par., Ed. Jel, 1936. KALMANOVITCH, Maurice, 1903- *Re- sultats obtenus dans 155 cas de bronchopneu- monies infantiles, en milieu hospitalier traites par injections d'or colloidal. 77p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. KALMI, Jack, 1888- *Beitrag zur Reiz- therapie in der Zahnheilkunde. 31p. 8? Ro- stock, C. Hinstorff, 1928. KALMIA. See also Ericaceae. Kalmia latifolia. Bandera homeop. Habana, 1856, 1: 271. KALMOPYRIN. See under Acetylsalicylic acid. KALMUK. See also Cranium, Deformities, artificial; Mongolia. Bulaev, I. M. [On the physical development of the Kal- muks] Gig. san., Moskva, 1939, 4: No. 8, 5-9.—Jochelson, W. [Kalmuck] In his Peoples of Asiat. Russia, N. Y., 1928, 33: 106; 157; 239.—Levin, M. G., & Trofimova, T. A. [Kalmuks; craniological description] Antrop. J., Moskva, 1937, 73-81. KALO, Jachiel Naftalieff de, 1902- *Die Einwirkung der Atomiseurflussigkeit auf die harten Zahnsubstanzen. 16p. 8? Kiel [n d 1 1926. F KALOMIRIS, Demetrius, 1900- ♦L'ac- tion sur l'intestin isol6 du senim normal ou pathologique dans ses rapports avec l'equilibre neuro-vegetatif. 58p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. KALOROSE. See Invertose. KALOTERMITIDAE. See under Isoptera. KALPEN, Erich, 1905- *Klinische Unter- suchungen iiber die sogenannten Herzhormone [Brrl}^L 22p- 8? KalImiinz, M. Lassleben, 1932 KALSEM, Millie E. The use of rice on the hospital menu. 20p. 8? X. Orleans, Southern Rice Indust., 1935. KALT, Alfred, 1848-1927. „ _1Q F., K. Nekrolog. Schweiz. med. Wsc-lir., 1927, 57: 719. KALT, Engelbert, 1899- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber das Gillbrett-Godefroy'sche Experi- ment zur objektiven Darstellung von Bewegungen [Zurich] 21p. 8? Lpz., A. Pries, 1930. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 106: 61-81. KALT, Marcel, 1896- *Contribution a l'etude de la pression arterielle rdtinienne dans ['hypertension intracranienne. 126p. 8? Par., Expans. sc. fr., 1927. ---- Tumeurs des paupieres. p.965-1056. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. In Traite opht., T. 3. KALTENBACH, Albert, 1905- ♦Derma- titis toxica ex usu arseni mit Anfiihrung von 11 in der Universitats-Hautklinik beobachteten F'allen [Freiburg] iii, 19p. 21cm. Schramberg, Gatzer & Hahn, 1936. KALTENBACH, Alice Winifred. Joint editor of Mitchell, A. G. Mitchell's Pediatrics and pediatric nursing. 2. ed., reset. 504p. 20Jicm. Phila., 1944. KALTENBACH, Herbert. See Bieling, R., & Kaltenbach, H. El tratamiento y cura- ci6n de las enfermedades del est6mago y de los nervios. 159p. 20^cm. B. Air., 1940. KALTENBACH, Marta, 1909- ♦Die Wirkung von Leberpraparaten auf die osmotische und Saponinresistenz der Erythrocyten [Mini- ster] 15p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1933. KALTENHAEUSER, Hedwig Oda Kate Duncker, 1899- ♦Die Haufigkeit von Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten in Tabiker- Familien; ein Beitrag zur Bedeutung der neuro- pathischen Konstitution fiir die Pathogenese exogener organischer Nervenkrankheiten [Ber- lin] 33p. 20cm. Hamb., H. Schimkus, 1938. KALTENKIRCHEN, Germany. Ruppel. Das neue Krankenhaus in Kaltenkirchen (Hol- stein) Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1926, 22: 390-4. KALTENPOTH, Erich, 1907- ♦Erfahrun- gen einer Diabetiker-Fursorge-Stelle [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. KALTER, Hirsch Heinrich, 1907- ♦Bei- trag zur klinischen Wirkung einer gefasserweitern- den korpereigenen Substanz [Miinchen] 16p. 8? Numb., Sebaldus, 1935. KALTER, Juda Edward, 1913- ♦Wund- scharlach [Berlin] 27p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KALTEYER, Frederick J., 1873-1938. Rosenberger, R. C. Memoir. Tr. Coll. Physicians Phila- delphia, 1940-41, 8: 135. For portrait see Collection in Library. KALTHOFF, Heinz, 1908- ♦Ueber einen Fall von Extrauteringraviditat bei lebendem, nahezu (mens. VIII-IX) ausgetragenem Kinde. 27p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. KALTHOFF, Josef, 1897- ♦Die theo- retischen und praktischen Grundlagen der operativen Geburtshilfe der Hippokratiker mit emer Uebersicht iiber das geburtshilfliche Instru- mentarium. 31p. 8? Miinch., F. X. Seitz, 1933. KALTHOFF, Kurt, 1894- *Quantita- tiver Verbrauch von Kaliumpermanganat bei der Einwirkung auf organische Substanzen. 8p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1922. KALTHOFF, Paul. Das Gesundheitswesen bei Anstoteles ('AP12T0TEAT02 IIEPI TfiN TH2' TriEIAS AOH2N) xvi, 372p 8° Berl F. Diimmler, 1934. KALTWASSER, Josef, 1905- ♦Ueber vorzeitige Placentalosung bei normalem Sitz der Placenta; Bericht iiber die an der Munchener KALT WAS SER 13 KAMENETZ Universitats-Frauenklinik in der Zeit von 1930- 34 beobachteten Falle [Miinchen] 20p. 21cm. Giinzb.-Donau, K. Mayer, 1936. KALUDOWA, Jiwa, 1908- +Zur opera- tiven Therapie der durch Radiumschadigungen entstandenen Rektovaginalfisteln [Miinchen] 16p. 8? Ochsenfurt-M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KALUS, Felix Richard, 1908- ♦Ein Fall von Halluzinationen im hemianopischen Ge- sichtsfeld [Berlin] 31p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KALUS, Gunther, 1909- *Statistische und klinische Feststellungen iiber Lymph- driisentuberkulose in Vorpommern. lip. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1935. KALYTTA, Max Franz, 1899- *Perni- ziose Anamie; deren Behandlung nach neueren Methoden auf Grund neuer Beobachtungen. 40p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1934. KAM, Adrianus Cornells, 1862-1929. Walsem, G. C. van [Obituary] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1929, 33: 437. KAM, Litming, 1907- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Entgiftung von Strep- tokokkentoxinen. 32p. 8° Jena, G. Neuen- hahn, 1935. KAMALA. See also Anthelminthics; Euphorbiaceae; Mal- lotus. London, McK. Allergic asthma and rhinitis due to kamala powder. J. Allergy, 1941-42, 13: 92.—Nagamati, A. Ueber die pharmakologische Wirkung des Bottlerins, des Haupt- bestandteils der Kamala. Acta Scholse med. Univ. Kioto, 1921-22,4:307-17. KAMASUTRA. See Vatsyayana. KAMBER, Karl [M. D., 1931, Basel] ♦Ge- schichte des Impfwesens der Stadt Basel [Basel] 24p. 8? Zur., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1931. KAMBERG, Hans, 1911- ♦Das Kiefer- gelenksknacken; seine Erkennung, seine Ursa- chen, und seine Behandlung [Heidelberg] 20p. S? Bruchsal-Baden, J. Kruse & Sonne, 1935. KAMBERG, Jan Adrianus Martinus, 1904- *Ueber Herzmuskelveranderungen bei Koronarinsuffizienz; eine anatomisch-klinisch- elektrokardiographische Studie. 103p. tab. 24cm. Berl., L. Schumacher, 1938. KAMBLE, Sheddi Thimmappa, 1906- ♦Teratoma, dermoidi ovari; struma th. 6v., kystoma ov. [Berlin] 77p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1933. KAMCHATKA. See also Russia; Siberia. Bergman, S. Vulkane, Baren und Nomade; Reisen und Erlebnisse im wilden Kamtschatka, Book rev. Zschr. Ethnol., 1926, 12: 337-41.—Frazer, J. G. Kamchatka. In his Native Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 143.—Jochelson, W. Kamchadal. In his Peoples of Asiat. Russia, N. Y., 1928, 49-53.—Teska, C. Die Kleidung der Kamtschadalen. Erdball, 1929, 3: 418. KAMECKE, Hans [Eugen Franz] 1911- *Zur Pharmakologie der Arnica montana. 20p. 8? Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1936. KAMEL, Hussein, 1909- ♦Contribution a. l'etude du radiodiagnostic differentiel entre l'osteomyelite chronique d'emblee et 1'osteo- sarcome periostique. 64p. 8 pi. 25}£cm. Montpel., Mari-Lavit, 1934. KAMEL Salib, Louis [M. D., 1930, Geneve] ♦Les indications et la valeur therapeutique de l'evidement petro-mastoi'dien. 16p. 8? Geneve, E. Meyer, 1930. KAMENETZ, Lasar, 1897- ♦Zur Pro- phylaxe und Therapie des Puerperalfiebers an Hand der in den letzten 7 Jahren (1919-26) an der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Giessen vorge- kommenen Falle. 18p. 8? Giessen [n. p.] 1926. F KAMENEVA, E. N. HepBHoe sjiopoBBe HHBajiiiAOB boShm. 35p. 17cm. Moskva, Izdat. Narkomzdrava RSFSR, 1928. KAMENOFF, Ralph J., 1902- *The de- velopment of the flexed tail in the mouse [Co- lumbia Univ.] 33p. 8? N. Y. [Columbia Univ pr.] 1934. KAMER, Albert. ♦Anaerobe Mikroorganis- men in der gangranosen Zahnpulpa. 24p. 8? Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1929. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929, 29: 211-33. KAMERLING, Hilde, 1908- *Ueber die Gaumenspalte. 27p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1936. KAMERUN. See Cameroons. KAMIAT, Arnold Herman. Social forces in personality stunting. 256p. 21cm. Cambr., Mass., Sci-art pub. [1939] KAMIEL, Minna, 1909- ♦Primare und sekundare Nervennahte; Technik und Indika- tion. 24p. 23cm. Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1937. KAMIENIECKI, Pinkus [M. D., 1932, Ge- neve] ♦La poliomyelite anterieure aigue; re- cherches sur l'epidemie observee a Geneve en 1931. 40p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1932. KAMIL, Soly Joseph Julien, 1910- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude sur l'importance de la pro- phylaxie des affections oto-rhino-laryngologiques chez l'enfant, a l'age scolaire. 40p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1936. KAMINER, Gisa. See Freund, E., & Kaminer, G. Biochemische Grundlagen der Disposition fiir Karzinom. 85p. 8? Wien, 1925. KAMINER, Siegfried, 1861-1930. See Dietrich, E., & Kaminer, S. Handbuch der Balneologie. 5v. 8? Lpz., 1916-26. See also Senator, H., & Kaminer, S. Marriage and disease. 2v. 8°. Lond., 1924. KAMINETZKY, Samuel, 1912- *Ueber die Epilepsie bei Hirntumoren. 23p. 23cm. Berl., P. Brandel, 1938. KAMINSKI, Arthur, 1896- ♦Ueber Schadigungen der Zahne und des Mundes in der Glasindustrie mit Beriicksichtigung der iibrigen gewerblichen Schadigungen. 27p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. KAMINSKI, Gerhard, 1910- ♦Kommt die Parulis auf der Basis der primaren acuten apikalen Parodontitis vor? 23p. 20%cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. KAMINSKI, H. E. El nazismo como pro- blema sexual; ensayo de psicopatologia. Trad. del aleman de Gustavo Erlich. 167p. 20cm. B. Air., Ed. Iman [1940] KAMINSKI, Joachim [Gustav Georg] 1907- ♦Zur Frage der Entstehung der Simmonds- schen Krankheit. p.290-308. 8? Berl., 1933. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: KAMINSKI, Ruth, 1909- ♦Missbildung und Geschwulst der Pinealis. 13p. 23}£cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KAMM, Bernhard, 1899- ♦Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Therapie der Bleivergiftung. 16p. 8? Frankf. a. M., Werner & Winter, 1927. KAMM, Hans. Die Bekampfung der Lungen- tuberkulose durch Kalkstaub. 40p. 8? Lpz., A. Stumpf [1925] KAMM 14 KAMP KAMM, Use. 1903- *Zur Frage der Kinwirkung des Thvreoidins auf das rote und veisse Blutbild [Rostock] 30p. S? Hinden- ;u:^. Heinrich & co., 1927. KAMM, Otto, 190S- *Die Bedeutung des Nadelabbruchs bei der Mandibular-Anas- the^ie [Berlin] 26p. >>: Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1933. KAMM, Ruth, 1909- *Die gewerblichen Erkrunkungen in der Mundhohle und Unter- suchungen iiber Gingivitis, Stomatitis, Alveo- larpyorrhoe und Beruf [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KAM MERER, Erich, 1907- ♦Die Strik- turen der mannlichen Harnrohre und die Ergeb- nis>e der konservativen Behandlung in der Munchener Klinik von 1919 bis 1930 [Miinchen] 16p. 8? Osnabruck, Meinders 56-1928. For obituary see Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1928, 46: 48s-''1 portr. KAMMERER, Heinrich [M. D., 1930, Miin- chen] *Ueber einen Fall von Polycythamie und Leber' irrhose mit Ausgang in myeloische Leu- kan.ir-. :-^ip. N'r Miinch., 1930. KAMMERER, Paul, 1880-1920. Das Gesetz der Serie; ein Lehrbuch von den Wiederholungen im Lebens- und im Weltgeschehen. 486p. pi. 8? Stuttg., Deut. Verb, 1919. ---- Allgemeine Biologie. 2. Aufl. xiv, 358p. pi. 8? Stuttg., Deut. Verb, 1920. ---- Ges'hlecht^bestimmung und Ge- schlef htsverwandlung. 2. Aufl. 164p. illu-t. 8? Wien, M. Perlcs, 1921. ■----Ueber Verjiingung und Verlangerung des personlichen Lebens; die Versuche an Pflanze, Tier und Mensch gemeinverstandlich darge^tellt. 59p. illust. 23^cm. Stuttg., Deut. Verl". Anst., 1921. For obituary see Stocker, H. Neue Generation, 1926. 22: 263-5. KAMMERMAVER, Hans, 1904- *Bei- trage zum Do-ieruiiL'sproblem der Strahlenbe- handlung der Collum-Carcinome; ein Vergleich des Krankengutes des Jahres 1913 mit dem des Jahres 1930 an der I. Munchener Universitats- Frauenklinik. 24p. 23cm. Miinch., L. Mossl, 1938. KAMMERMAYER, Udo, 1907- ♦Her- kunft der Azetonstoffe. 24p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Dr. [1932] KAMMERMEIER, Herbert, 1909- ♦Die Spontanruptur des Uterus in Schwangerschaft und Geburt [Erlangen] 30p. 4 pi. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1935. KAMMRADT, Annelise, 1907- *An Hand des Materials der chirurgischen Klinik zu Greifswald aus den letzten 20 Jahren soil fe>tge- stellt werden, ob bei chirurgischen Nierener- krankungen die rechte oder die linke Seite vorzugsweise befallen wird und ob sich daraus Ruckschlus?e auf die Entstehung der Natur der Krankheiten Ziehen lassen. 31p. 221k-m Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. KAMMRATH, Fritz, 1906- ♦Vergiftun- gen durch Arsen und seine Verbindungen als Berufskrankheiten irn Sinne der Verordnung vom 11. Februar 1929 und die Erscheinungen dersel- ben speziell in der Mundhohle! 21d 8° Kiel R. Eggert, 1934. P ' ' KAMON, Keitaro, 18,63-1935. iBiographia] Axq. anat., Lisb., 1937, 18: Santos. V 494-6. portr KAMOUN, Leon, 1911- ik'nak-- et duodenum mobile Alger, Impr. du Lycee, 1936. ♦Ptoses duo- 153p. pi. 24cm. KAMP, Anton Johann, 1908- *Lassen sich sichere L'nterschiede der Zalinkarics unter den Bewohnern der niederrheini-chen Land- und Industrieorte feststellen? 32p. tab. b: Bonn. A. Brand, 1937. KAMP, Hans, 1908- *Beitrag zur Toxi- kologie des Phthal-auro-Diaethylesters. 17p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1934. KAMP, Joseph, 1909- *Cheilognatho- palatoschisis; Entstehung, Folgen und Therapie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indica- tion fiir Obturatoren beim heutigen Stande der chirurgischen und zahnarztlichen Behandlungs- mogUchkeiten. 46p. 8? Freiburg i. B., K. Henn, 1934. KAMP, Joseph Carl, 1879-1939. Baker, G. E. Obituarj". Ann. Int. M., 1939-40. 13: 223. KAMP, Walter te, 1901- *Ueber die Indikation der Osteosynthese der hohen Ober- armfrakturen [Giessen] 22p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1926. KAMPE, Robert. Hydrologie, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Mineralquellen. p.424-86. 25^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1940. In Handb. Lebensmittelchemie (A. Bomer, et al.) Bd 8, T. 2, I. KAMPELMANN, Friedrich, 1907- ♦Ueber Fettembolie nach Knochenbrtk-hen [Berlin] 36p. 8° Quakenbruck. C. Trute, 1931. KAMPELMANN, Maria, 1908- ♦Leber die Sterblichkeit der Neugeborenen kurz vor, unter und kurz nach der Geburt an der L"ni- versitats-Frauenklinik Munster (Westf.) [Mini- ster] 25p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1936. KAM PER, Werner, 1899- *Ein Beitrag zur Svrnptomatologie der arteriosklerotischen Demenz [Kiel] 14p. 8? Wilhelmshaven, T. Su«. 1926. KAMPER, Wilhelm, 1909- *Zur Frage der Schwangerschaftsdauer [Kiel] 21p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KAMPF, Erich, 1910- ♦Die Beurteilung des Collumcarcinoms nach seiner pathologisch- anatomischen Ausbreitung im Verhaltnis zur klinischen Gruppierung [Berlin] 20p. 8? Frankfurt a. M., H. Munch, 1936. KAMPF, Hans, 1909- ♦Der Glykogenge- halt des Meerschweinchenherzens nach Ein- wirkung von Diphtherietoxin [Halle] p.471-83. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: KAMPF, Samuel [M. D., 1940, Lausanne] *Tumeur du rein simulant un kyste de l'ovaire. 22p. 23cm. Lausanne, C. Risold, 1940. KAMPF, Wilhelm, 1877- ^Die me- chanischen Druckumsatze im Wurzelgebiet der menschlichen Zahne zur Ueberwindun*' des Kaudruckes [Berlin] 36p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KAMPHENKEL, Otto, 1905- ♦Die anta- gonistische Wirkung des Strychnins bei der Chloralhydratvergiftung. 23p. 8? Lpz., Ballin & Topfer, 1931. KAMPHLES, Ferdinand, 1913- ♦Kiefer- 1936°me' 19P" 8? Mtmst-' H- Buschmann, KAMPIK, Franz, 1908- ♦Ergebnisse der vaginalen Plastikoperationen beim genitalen Descensus und Prolaps an der Berliner Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik aus den Jahren 1926-30. S-"*w«werL' L B- Zimmermann, 1935. KAMPMANN, Benno, 1911- ♦Ueber das dentale KiefcrLohlenempyem [Koln] 23p 21^-Mo%ev'x-h 't.W,' Le?^er Handlesdr., 1936! KAMPMANN, Detlev, 1911- *Die h^u- figkeit von Mortalitat und Morbiditat bei KAMPMANN 15 KANAVEL manueller Placentalosung im Vergleich zur Spontanentbindung [Miinchen] 21p. 22cm. Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1937. KAMPMANN, Werner, 1904- +Zur Diagnose des Herzwandinfarktes [Miinchen] 24p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1931. KAMPMEIER, Otto Frederic, 1888- A manual of instruction of human morphology. 2 pts. v, 194p.; vi, 141p. 27}£cm. Ann Arb., Edwards bros, 1934-35. ■--- Origin and development of mediastinal and aortic thyroids and the periaortic fat bodies; a comparison of dog, fox, pig, opossum, and man. 82p. illust. 3 col. pi. 28cm. Urbana, Univ. of Illinois, 1937. Forms No. 1, v.2, Illinois Med. & Dent. Monogr. ---- A laboratory textbook of human anato- my for the beginner in medicine. Rev. ed. 4 pts. 479p. [paged consecutively] 27cm. Ann Arb., Edwards bros, 1939-40. Pts 1 & 2 form No. 7, v.22 of Stud. Dep. Anat. Univ. Illinois; pts 3 & 4, form No. 4, v.23. KAMPMEIER, Rudolph Herman, 1898- Essentials of syphilology. xvi, 518p. illust. tab. 201>em. Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1943] KAMPRAD, Walter, 1901- *Die Zwerch- fellatmung als therapeutischer Faktor in der inneren Medizin. 61p. 8? Berl., Triltsch & Huther, 1936. KAMPRATH, Ernst Giinther, 1889- *Unterscheidung von saprophytischen und patho- genen saurefesten Bazillen durch die Farbung. 14p. 8? Lpz., Ackermann & Glaser, 1923. KAMPRATH, Hermann, 1904- ♦Ueber eine jahrelang dauernde Thrombopathie bei einem jungen Menschen; Beitrage zu den Unter- suchungen A. Dietrichs iiber die Thrombopathie [Miinchen] 26p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1933. KAMPSCHULTE, Karl, 1906- ♦Die Wasserversorgung im Regierungsbezirk Miinster in Westfalen [Miinster] 40p. map. 20%cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. KAMPTODAKTYLIA. See Finger, Contracture. KAMRAT, Moszek, 1909- ♦Contribution a l'etude d'un derive soluble de la sulfamide, la paraaminophenyl-sulfamide methylene sulfonate de soude en stomatologie. 73p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. KAMSTRUP, Erik Theodor Schj0th, 1832- 1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 622. KAMSTRUP, Fredrik Stabell, 1867- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 623. KAN, Pieter Thomas Leonard, 1872-1940. For obituary see Gilse, P. H. G. van. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2015, portr. Also Kuilman, J. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 1822. KANAVEL, Allen Buckner, 1874-1938. In- fections of the hand; a guide to the surgical treatment of acute and chronic suppurative processes in the fingers, hand and forearm. 6. ed. 552p. pi. illust. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1933. Also 7. ed. 503p. 1939. See also Biographical outline; bibliography. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: 171-3.—Crile, G. Dr Kanavel and the American College of Surgeons. Ibid., 168. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 10.—Elliott, C. A. The personality of Allen B. Kanavel. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: 163-5. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 5-7.—Finney, J. M. T. Allen B. Kanavel and his military service. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: 170. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 12.—Koch, S. L. Surgeon, preceptor, friend. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: 159-62, portr. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 1-4; bibliogr., 14.—Squier, J. B. Allen B. Kanavel and Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: 166. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 8. For obituary see Bello, E. Rev. m<§d. peru., 1938, 10: 272.— Chipman, W. Our college mandate, a tribute to Allen B. Kanavel. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 424-8.—Davis, L. [Obituary] Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1938, 12: 186, portr. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1938, 56: 462-4, portr. Also Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1938) 1939, 48: 534-6, portr. Also Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 788-90, portr.—Phemister, D. B. [Obituary] Ibid., 161, portr.—Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 1940 For portrait see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1938, 12: 187. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1938, 56: 462. Also Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 788. Also Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 23: No. 3, front. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: front. KANAWHA County [West Virginia] Health Unit. Annual report. Charleston, 5., 1931- KANDEL, Aaron, 1909- ♦Les incidents pleuraux tres tardifs du pneumothorax artificiel abandonne. 55p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. KANDEL, Alfred, 1901- ♦Stoffwechsel- untersuchungen bei Ichthyosis. 20p. 8? Miinch., F. P. Erlacher, 1926. KANDEL, Isaac Leon, 1881- Professional aptitude tests in medicine, law, and engineering. x, 78p. 22^cm. N. Y., Teachers Coll. Columbia Univ., 1940. KANDEL, Phoebe Miller. Hospital eco- nomics for nurses, xviii, 279p. pi. 8? N. Y., Harper bros, 1930. KANDELMAN, Mendel, 1908- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la migration et de l'ex- pulsion spontanees des corps etrangers intra- oculaires. 71p. 24%cm. Par., J. Peyronnet, 1939. KANDY, Ceylon. See also Ceylon. Senn, N. Kandy General Civil Hospital. In his Around the World, Chic., 1905, 194. KANE, Elisha Kent, 1820-57. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Ciba Symposia, 1942-43, 4: 1423. KANE, George Cornelius, 1893-1928. Murphy, J. E. Obituary. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1929, 87: 228. KANE, H. H. Sick-room; a practical manual on nursing with a chapter on the dietary of the sick, viii, 88p. 8? N. Y., Nat. print, co., 1879. KANE, Howard Francis, 1887- For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 224. Also Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 466, portr. KANE, Paul, 1810-83. Bushnell, David I. Sketches by Paul Kane in the Indian Country, 1845-48. 25p. 8? Wash., 1940. Forms v.99, No. 1, Smithson. Misc. Collect. KANE, Robert John, 1809-90. Elements of chemistry, including the most recent discoveries and applications of the science of medicine and pharmacy, and to the arts. Amer. ed. by John William Draper. 704p. illust. 8? N. Y., Harper bros, 1842. KANE, Pa. West, R. M. Kane Summit Hospital, Kane. In her Hist. Nurs. Pennsylvania, 1939, 432-5. KANE-KAHAN, Lewi, 1904- ♦Considera- tions medicales sur la cure chirurgicale du goitre exophtalmique. 80p. 8? Par., C. Serre, 1932. KANEL, Raymonde Anna, 1900- ♦La pouponniere moderne; but, organisation, resultats [Paris] 47p. pi. 8? Rambouillet [n. p.] 1926, KANELLIS, Elie Johann, 1897- ♦Ueber das Vorkommen der Poikilocytose bei ver- schiedenen Krankheiten [Berlin] 22p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. KANELLOPOULOS, Alkibiades, 1904- *Lymphogranulomatose mit klinischem Verlauf und Symptomatologie [Leipzig] 34p. ch. 8? Halle a. S., H. John, 1928. KANERT l(i KANNER KANERT, Walther, 190S- *Ueber Ver- andeiungen des Glutathionpehaltes im Blute bei normaler Schwangerschaft und Geburt unter Beriicksichtigung des Blutverlustes [Bonn] 19p. s? Koln, F. Paffenholz, 1932. KANGA, Burjorji Sorabji. 1892- Hand- book on tuberculosis. viii, 150p. pi. 12? Lond., J. Beale, sons & Danielsson, 1930. KANGAROO. Sf-e also Marsupialia. Monnig. H. O. Filarinema flaerrifer n. gen., n. sp., a tricho- stioup-.-',1,1 parasite of the kang.v o. Annual Rep. Dir. Vet. Serv. i'iLt, 1 <_' 1. KANGAROO rat. See Dipodomys. KANGIESER, Franz, 1895- *Ueber ma- Iigne melanotische Tumoren des Auges mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Metastasen- bildung in der Leber. 35p. S° Marb., J. Hamel. 1920. KANI, M. Alace Mantz, 1S79- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 201. KAMA, Thaddaus, 1906- ♦Ueber die Kraftigung der lateralen Sohlenmuskeln und ihr Einfluss auf den Fuss. 23p. 8? Bresl., E. Jakubik. 193S. KAMEWSKI, Jacques, 1910- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude de l'appendicite chez les tuberculeux pulmonaires. 54p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie. 1935. KAN1SCH, Irene, 1901- ♦Ueber Dauer- resultate bei Urcterimplantationen. 28p. tab. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1930. KANKAKEE, 111. Canning program school conducted at Kankakee State Hospital in May; 45 representatives from welfare institutions r.,ke ii.-iruction. Welf. Bull.. S; ringf., 1942, 33: No. 7. 19.— Kankakee .State Hospital dedicates service flags with 2 gold stars; band and wing chorus from Chanute Field added feature of Victory Week celebration. Ibid., 11.—Uran, B. F. The names and a brief historv of the earlv phvsicians of Kankakee County. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1917-20, 2: 183-90. KANKELEIT, Emil, 1901- *Die Nin- hydrinreaktion bei bakterieller Verunreinigung und Autih-e des Serums. 31p. 8? Lpz., E. M. Lorfier. 1927. KANKELEIT, Otto, 1SS7- Die Un- fruchtbarmachung aus rassenhygienischen und sozialen Griinden. 112p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehnvinn. 1929. KANNABICH, Iurii Vladimirovich, 1872-1939. Edelstein, A. O. [Obituary] Sovet. med., 1939, No. 7, 47, portr.—Goldovskaia, T. I. [Creative work of Iurii Vladi- mirovich Kannabich in r --. i.iatry] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1940 9: No. 9, 83.—Iudin, T. [Obituary] Sovet. psikhonevr., 1939, 15: 106, portr. KANNE, Walter, 1912- *Ein Beitrag zum Karzinom der Lippe [Miinster] 41p. 8? Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1934. KANNEGIESSER, Joachim, 1911- *R6ntgenos£raphische Untersuchungen von Para- formaMehvlen und Paraformaldehvdpasten [Leipzigl 32p. 23^cm. Plauen, A. Orbel, 1936. KANNENGIESSER, Heribert, 1910- ♦Die Verstarkung der Scillarenwirkung durch coronar-erwciternde Mittel [Minister] 15p. 8? Werne-Lirne, F. Grube, 1935. KANNER, Leo, 1894- Child psvchiatry. xvm, 527p. 8? Spnngf., C. C Thomas' [1935] ---- Psychopathological problems of child- hood. p.613-7s. 22cm. Phila., The Blakiston co., 1940. In Pract. Clin. Psychiat. (E. A. Streoker & F. G. Ebaugh) ---- In defense of mothers; how to I.ring up children in spite of the more zealous psychoio- KNts. 1(17P. illust. 22),cm. N. Y •. Dodd, Mead & co., 1941. . , ^ See also Kaean. S. R. [Biography] In his Am. Jewish Phy- sicians, Bost., l'Jl'2. 171, portr. KANNER, Morris, 1911- *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie der Dystrophia musculorum pro- gressiva. 28p. 8? Miinch., P. Waizmann, 1936. KANNER, Walter Ferry, 1904- ^La virulence du treponeme de la paralvsie g6nerale. 63p. pi. 8? Par., Vmot fr., 1931." KANNER-KAPELLER, Anna [M. D., 1939, Lausanne] *Ein Fall von Nierencarcinom mit Metastasen im Gehirn [Lausanne] 23p. 23cm. Cernauti. Guttmann & Zuckermann, 1939. KANNGIESSER, Albert Hans, 1911- :Die in Deutschland gebrauchlichen Methoden der knn-ti \ i( r4cm. [Topeka, the Board, 1940] ---- News letter [Topeka] 1940- ---- Kansas food and drugs, laws, rules, regulations and standards. 8. ed. 66 [21o 23cm Topeka, the Board, 1942. KANSAS, U. S. A. 17 KANSAS CITY, KAN. ---- Laws, rules and regulations pertaining to public health; rev. compilation, June, 1942. xxiii, 147p. 22cm. [Topeka, 1942] ---- Health education services. 23p. 23cm. [Topeka] the Board [1943] ---- Roster, Kansas physicians. 85p. 23cm. x 10cm. [Topeka] the Board [1943] ---- Safe milk is good business, lip. illust. 23cm. [Topeka] the Board [1943] ---- Laws, rules and regulations relating to communicable and other reportable diseases. Revised and adopted September 23, 1943, effec- tive March 1, 1944, in cooperation with the Kansas Medical Society, the American Public Health Association and the United States Public Health Service. 135p. 22}£cm. Topeka, the Board, 1944. KANSAS, U. S. A. State Board of Health; Division of Sanitation. Kansas water supply and sewerage systems 1943. 15p. tab. 23cm. Lawrence, the Board [1943] KANSAS, U. S. A. State Hospital for Epi- leptics. See Parsons, Kansas. State Hospital for Epileptics. KANSAS, U. S. A. Supreme Court. The state of Kansas, ex rel. Clarence V. Beck, Attorney General, plaintiff, vs B. L. Gleason, defendant; original action in quo warranto; brief amicus curiae. 146p. 23cm. Topeka, Kansas Law pub. co. [after 1937] Also Answer by amicus curiae to defendant's reply brief. 35p. 23cm. Topeka, Kansas Law pub. co. [after 1937] KANSAS, U. S. A. University. Extension Division. Porter Lectures, Series 12. See McQuarrie, I. The experiments of nature, and other essays. 115p. 22J^cm. Lawrence, Kansas, 1944. KANSAS, U. S. A. University. School of Medicine. Bulletin of the University of Kansas School of Medicine. Lawrence, Kansas, v.2, No. 1, 1931- KANSAS, U. S. A. Work Projects Administra- tion. Writers' Program. Lamps on the prairie; a history of nursing in Kansas. 292p. illust. 23cm. [Emporia, Kans.] Emporia Gaz. press, 1942. KANSAS, U. S. A. See also Health organization. Howe, H. The trend of real estate taxation in Kansas, 1910 to 1935. 22p. 8? Topeka, 1938. ----& Miller, L. F. Assessment and collec- tion of farm real estate taxes in Kansas. 93p. 8? Topeka, 1939. Miller, L. F. Kansas oil property taxation in relation to farm taxes. 27p. 8? Topeka, 1938. Ware, E. R., & Smith, L. F. Woodlands of Kansas. 42p. 8? Topeka, 1939. Wedel, W. R. Archeological remains in central Kansas and their possible bearing on the location of Quivira. 24p. 24%cm. Wash., 1942. Benner, P. V. Medical insurance plans for Federal assistance cases in Kansas. Med. Care, 1943, 3: 145-50.—Frazier, J. C. The Kansas Academy of Science. Science, 1943, 97: 558.— Hetrick, F. O. Kansas State Dental Association. In Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 1055-9.—Kansas, hospital and other institutional facilities and services, 1939. Vital Statist. Spec. Rep. U. S. Bur. Census, 1941, 13: 151-60 — Kansas; summary of vital statistics, 1940; 1941. Ibid., 14: 463-86; 1943, 18: 218-30.—Oxandale, R. M. Public health and the war emergency in Kansas. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1942, 43:289-91.—Robb, A. D. Kansas; climatic summary. Yearb. Agr., Wash., 1941, 873-83.—Vital (The) Statistics Division, Kansas State Board of Health. News Lett. Kansas Bd Health, 1941, 8: No. 9, 1.—Wedel, W. R. Inaugurating an arche- ological survey in Kansas. Pub. Smithson. Inst., 1938, No. 3480, 103-6. ------ Archeological explorations in western Kansas. Explor. Smithson. Inst., 1939, 83-6. KANSAS City, Kan. See Hospital report. KANSAS City, Mo. Chamber of Commerce. Public Health and Welfare Committee. Health and hospital survey, Kansas City, Missouri, made for the Chamber of Commerce of Kansas City &c. 329p. 8? [Kansas City, Mo., Lecht- man Print, co.] 1931. KANSAS City, Mo. Kansas City General Hospital. Routine procedures and formulary. 141p. 8? [Kansas City, Mo., Print, serv. co., 1929] KANSAS City, Mo. University Medical College. The scalpel; a year book of the Uni- versity Medical College, published by the class of '09. [206]p. illust. portr. 8? [Kansas City, Mo., Punton-Clark co.] 1908. KANSAS City, Mo. Visiting Nurse Associa- tion. Annual report. Kansas City, 1919- KANSAS City, Mo. See also Hospital report. Lockwood, I. A surgical care plan for greater Kansas City. J. M. Soc. Co. New York, 1943, 2: No. 34, 5-7. KANSAS City Academy of Medicine. Trans- actions. Kansas City, Mo., 1933- Burnett, S. G. The Kansas City Academy of Medicine in reminiscence. Med. Herald, 1926, 45: 66-72.—Clendening. L. Fifty years of the Kansas City Academy of Medicine, 1890- 1940. Tr. Kansas City Acad. M. (1939-41) 1942, 13-20. KANSAS City College of Osteopathy and Surgery. Annual report. Kansas City, Mo., 25., 1941/42- KANSAS (The) City Medical Journal. Kansas City, Mo., v.13, 1937- Continuation of Monthly Bulletin of the Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society. KANSAS City Southwest Clinical Society. Medico-military symposium, 1934. 108p. 8? Kansas City, Mo., Brown-White co., 1934. See also Kansas, U, S. A. State Board of Health. Laws, rules and regulations relating to communicable and other reportable diseases. 135p. 22^cm. Topeka, 1944. Annual (17.) Fall clinical conference of the Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society, 1939. Kansas City M. J., 1939, 15: No. 9, 2-24.—Annual (18.) fall clinical conference of the Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 16: No. 6, 16.—Milne, L. S. Address of welcome. Ibid., 1941, 17: No. 11, 11-3.—Roster of associate members, Kansas City Southwest Clinical Society, 1941. Ibid., 20-5. KANSAS City Star. Route lists of drug stores in greater Kansas City. 32p. map. 8? Kansas City, Mo., Kansas City Star, 1936. KANSAS Medical Society. Committee on Control of Cancer. A collection of articles on the subject of cancer, by Kansas physicians. v, 43p. illust. tab. 26^cm. [Topeka] Kansas State Board of Health, 1940. Annual (80.) session of the Kansas Medical Society; Topeka, May 1-4, 1939. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1939, 40: 134-57 — Annual (81.) session The Kansas Medical Society; Wichita, May 13-16, 1940. Ibid., 1940, 41: 140-61.—Blake, C. D. President's address. Ibid., 1942, 43: 193-6.—Pyle, L. R. The Kansas Medical Society. Ibid., 1941, 42: 133.—Tihen, H. N. The president's address. Ibid., 1943, 44: 145-8. KANSAS Mental Hygiene Society. Bulletin. Lawrence, n. ser., v.10, 1935- KANSAS State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Manhattan, Kansas. See Kansas, U. S. A. Agricultural Experiment Station. KANSAS State College of Agriculture and Applied Science. Dep. of Veterinary Medicine. Studies in anaplasmosis. 32p. 12? Manhattan, 1938. KANSAS State Dental Association. Journal of the Kansas State Dental Association. Kansas City, v.17, No. 9, 1933- 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----2 KANSTEIN 18 KANTOROWITSCH KANSTEIN, Emil K., 190S- * Ueber Gewohnheitsverbrecher. 89p. 8? Miinst., W. Feldrrann, 1935. KANT, Immanuel, 1724-1804. Kvpffer, C, & Hagex, F. B. LTeber den Schadel Kants. 30p. 12? Konigsb., 1924. See also Fischer. M. Die Vorfahren Immanuel Kants. Allg. Zschr. Psychiai.. VXV.i, 113: 63-5.—Jancke, R. Die Handschrift Immanuel Kants. Zschr. Menschenk., 1933, 9: 35-46.— Neumann. Kant und die Medizin. Zschr. iirztl. Fortbild., 1924. 21: 250.— Robles, O. Kant y la metafisies. Rev. univ.. Guadalajara, 1943, 1: No. 2, 55-9.—Salomon, M. Kant und die Stnifrechtslehre; < ii^ Skizze; zum 200. Ge- biirfuacf Kants. Mschr. Krim. P-ychol., 1924. 15: 171-81.— Walsh. W. H. Kant's cii i j tion of scientific knowledge. Mind, Lond., 1940, 49: 44". j'i — Wundt. M. Kant und der deutsche Gf ist. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1936. 97: 106-16. For portrait see in Cognit. Psvchol. (Moore, T. V.) Chic, 1939, 170. KANTARDSCHIEFF, Panajot, 1902- *Ueber die jahreszeitliche Verteilung der Infek- tionskrankheiten des Kindesalters (Masern, Keuchhu>ten, Scharlach, Diphtherie) 24p. 8? Miinch. |n. p.] 1928. RANTER, Abraham Herbert, 1904- , & KOHN, Abe Samuel. And the stutterer talked. 236d. 20cm. Bost., B. Humphries [1938] KANTHACK, Alfredo Antunes, 1863-98. For portrait bee Collection in library. KANTHOPLASTICS. Sec Evelid, Canthus: Surgery. KANTNER, Eduard, 1910- *Was soil und was muss der Zahnarzt von den strahlen- refraktaren Geschwiilsten der Mundhohle wissen? [Miinchen] 17p. 8? Giinzb., K. Maver, 1937. KANTNER, Kurt, 1898- *Chlorathvl und Bromjithyl als Narkosemittel. 26p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1933. KANTOR, Heinrich. is:)f»-1926. Nou>tatUT. O. N( '. n»i<.u. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 7s7. KANTOR, Jacob Robert, 1888- Toward a scientific analysis of motivation, p.225-75. diagr. 23cm. Bloomington, Ind., Principia press [19421 Forms No. * v.5, Psychol. Rec. KANTOR, John Leonard, 1890- The treatment of the common disorders of digestion; a handbook for physicians and students. 2. ed. 297p. 8° S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1929. ---- Svnopsis of digestive diseases. 302p. illust. 8: S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1937. For biography ser Kagan, S. R. In his Am. Jewish Physi- cians, Bost., 1942, 137, portr. KANTOR, Michel, 1907- -"Contribution a l'etude clinique des lymphomatoses aleuce- miques ct subleucemiques. 134p. 8? Par L. Rodstein, 1935. KANTOR, Stephan, 1913- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude experimentale de la teratogenese des cyclocephale- et des arhinencephales. 165p. illust. 24I,2cm. Strasb., Impr. Alsacienne, 1937. KANTOR, William Lawrence, 1866- Complete monthly and obstetric calendar 2 1. 8° N. Y. [Author] 1903. KANTOROWICZ, Alfred, 1880- Kli- nische Zahnheilkunde; ein Lehrbuch. xv 847p 8° Berl., H. Meusser, 1924. Also 3. Aufl 2v xv, 701; xv, 809p. illust. [1929-32] ---- Handworterbueh der gesamten Zahn- heilkunde. 4v. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929-31. .»>< also Bruhn. ("., Kantorowiez. A., ie Aus- heilung der Wundhohlen nach Radikalopera- tionen des Ohres [Frankfurt] 24p. 8? Lenge- rich-W., Longer, llandelsdr. [1936] KANTZOW, Helmut, 1910- *Sch:idi- gung des Korpers durch langdauernde Ein- wirkung geringer Kohlenoxydmengen [Brcslau] 30p. 8? Liebau i. Riesengeb., H. Hiltmann, 1933. KANY, Morteza, 1909- *Etude bio- microseopique du pannus truchomateux. 59p. 8? Lyon, Bosc. fr., 1935. KANZ, Ernst Gunter, 1913 *Messungen dor Hauttemperatur nach Kurzwellendurch- flutung. 31p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1939. KANZER, Mark, 1908- *Ein Fall von chronischem Adalinmissbrauch. 24p. 8? Berl., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KANZLER, Hans Walter, 1906- *Zur Kasuistik und rontgenologischen Diagnostik der anjreborenen Herzfehler. 41 p. pi. 8? Ziir., A. Ehinger, 1932. KANZLSPERGER, Max, 1911- *Enter- suchungen iiber die Anfalligkeit der Menschen an Karies im Pramolaren- und Molaren-Gebiet [Miinrhen] 20p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1935. KANZOW, Richard [Rudolf] 19011- *Un- tersuchung von Militartuchrdcken mit und ohne Zelhvollbeimengung auf ihr Warmehaltungs- vermogen im Tragversuch [Kiel] 32p. 23cm. Eisfeld i. T., C. Beck, 1937. KAOLIN. See Aluminum; Bole; Ceramics; Kaolinosis. KAOLINOSIS. See also Bole; Ceramics; Silicosis. Garin, C. Pneumoconiosis. Lyon m6d., 1935, 155: 193-5.— Kettle, E. H. Experimental pneumonoconiosis: infective silicatosis [kaolin incl.] J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1934, 38: 201-8. ------ Detection of dangerous dusts. Lancet, 1934 1: 889-90. KAPANDJI, Mehmed, 1903- *Le traite- ment des fistules a l'anus par l'excision suivie de suture complete immediate. lOOp. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. KAPEL, Otto Christian, 1895- *Nogle unders0gelser over vaeksten af epithel in vitro. 115p. illust. 2±y,cm. Kbh., P. Haase & sons, 1929. KAPELLER-ADLER test. See Histidine, Excretion; also Pregnancy, Diagnosis, early. KAPELUSZNIK, Chaim [M. D., 1935, Geneve] *L'influence therapeutique de l'ambiance la- custre. 16p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1935. KAPFHAMMER, Hans Josef, 1908- •^Ovanaltumoren in der Schwangerschuft und bei der Geburt. 23p. 8? Miincli., Oberbaver. Rdsch., 1934. KAPHAN, Curt, 1908- "-Considerations sur les blepharospasmes toniques d'elevation associes a un syndrome de Parinaud. HOp. 24cm. Marseille, Impr. Bertrand BEC, 1936. KAPITZKY, Bruno, 1902- *Die Be- deutung der Acetonurie bei chirurgischen Er- 1929 en' 24P" 8? Greifswald' H- Adler- KAPLAN, A. Abbott. I ^ B~wne"- C: L' Williams, J. p.. & Conrad. K. M. LetaLJ Adventures in growing up. 488p. 21cm. X. Y.. 1941. KAPLAN 19 KAPLAN KAPLAN, A. L. y*ie6HHK aicyinepcTBa a jKeHCKux 6ojie3Hen\ 2 lip. illust. 2034cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 1940. KAPLAN, Abraham David Hannath, 1893- , WILLIAMS, Faith M., & McCAMMAN, Doro- thy. Family income in 5 New England cities, 1935-36. viii, map. 351p. 8? Wash., 1939. Forms v.l. Bull. No. 645, TJ. S. Dep. Labor Stand., Stud. Consumer Purchases, Urban Ser. KAPLAN, Aron Arnold. See Kaplun, Aron Arnold. KAPLAN, Borys, 1908- *Action du pneumothorax artifieiel sur la courbe ponderale. 63p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. KAPLAN, Chaje Gitel, 1899- *Con- tribution a l'etude des algies postzosteriennes. 92p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1927. KAPLAN, David [M. D., 1935, Basel] *Die Theorien zur Deutung des Brown-Sequard'schen Symptomenkomplexes [Basel] 16p. 8? Stet- ten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1935. KAPLAN, Emanuel B., 1894- For biography see Kagan, S. R. In his Am. Jewish Phvsi- cians, Bost,, 1942, 169. KAPLAN, Flora. Nobel prize winners; charts, indexes, sketches. 60p. illust. (portr.) tab. 28cm. [Chic] Nobelle pub. co., 1939. Also [2. rev. ed.] xvi, 144p. 26cm. [1941] KAPLAN, Harold M. Laboratory manual of medical physiology. Rev. ed. 138p. illust. tab. 23cm. [Cambr., Mass., Middlesex Univ., 1943] KAPLAN, Ira I., 1887- Practical radia- tion therapy, with a special chapter on applied X-ray phvsics, by Carl B. Braestrup. 354p. 8? Phila., W". B. Saunders co., 1931. --- Radiation therapy; its use in the treat- ment of benign and malignant conditions. xxviii, 558p. illust. 8? N. Y., Oxford Univ. pr. [1937] See also Waters, C. A., Firor, W. B., & Kaplan, 1.1., eds. The 1943 year book of radiology. 456p. 23)4cro. Chic, 1943. Editor of Yearbook (The) of radiology. Chic. 1932- For biography see Kagan, S. R. In his Am. Jewish Physi- cians, Bost., 1942, 118, portr. --- & RUBENFELD, Sidney, 1907- A topographic atlas for X-ray therapy. 5 p. 1., 55 pi. 28 x 21}^cm. Chic, Year Book pub., [19391 KAPLAN, Juda [M. D., 1938, B. Aires] *Contribucion al estudio de las soluciones de efedrina en aceites vegetales y de parafina. 52p. 26cm. B. Air. [F. Vinales & cia, 1938] KAPLAN, Lawrence G., 1910- tech- nique et valeur de la reimplantation urete>ale dans la vessie. 124p. pi. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. KAPLAN, Louis, 1904- See Ferguson, L. K. Surgery of the ambulatory patient; with a section on fractures by Louis Kaplan. 923p. 23J4cm. Phila. [1942] KAPLAN, Marcus A., 1910- *Ueber die Wirkung von adstringierenden Susswasserbadern. auf den Stoffwechsel. 18p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1935. KAPLAN, Maurice, 1900- *Recherches sur les variations nume>iques des plaquettes sanguines; les plaquettoses par spleno-contraction (etude chez l'animal et chez l'homme) 115p. 8? Par.r Impr. Lahure, 1929. KAPLAN, Moise, 1907- *Les modifica- tions radiologiques au cours du traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par la chrysotherapie. 66p. pi. 8? Par., X. L. Danzig, 1931. KAPLAN, Paul, 1909- *Die Mund- und Zahnpflege bei Naturvolkern und in der euro- paischen Volksmedizin im Lichte der wissen- schaftlichen Zahnheilkunde. 32p. 8? Berl., Buchholz & Weisswange [1935] KAPLAN, S. Selich, 1910- *Etude de trente thoracoplasties. 79p. 8? Lvon, Bosc fr . 1937. KAPLAN, Sacha, 1908- *L'emphvseme par obstruction bronchique chez l'enfant. 160p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. KAPLAN, Samuel [M. D., 1932, Basel] *Zur Kenntnis der primaren Geschwulste des Herzens und seiner grossen Gefasse [Basel] 8p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1932. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1932, 24: Hft 18. KAPLAN, Siegmund, 1904- *Neben- nierenrinden-Hormone und Genitalsystem [Ber- lin] 44]>. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1932. KAPLAN C, Ernesto [M. D., 1928, Chile] *Diabetes insipida; patogenia de los sindromas hipofisiarios [Chile] 83p. 8? Santiago, Bal- cells & co., 1928. KAPLANSKY, S. J. MnHepajibHbiit oSivieH. 312p. tab. 21 ^cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 1938. KAPLER, Victor, 1910- *Grossesse-tuber- culose; sels d'or. 63p. 8? Paris, Vigot fr., 1937. KAPLINSKI, Izaak, 1909- *Traitement de Pelephantiasis par le drainage hypodermique (operation de Walther) 37p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. KAPLUN, Aron Arnold, 1897- *Statistisch- kritische Uebersicht iiber die Falle von Menin- gitis tuberculosa in den letzten 10 Jahren (1914- 24) an der Medizinischen Universitats-Klinik zu Giessen [Giessen] 22p. 8? [Marb., Bauer] 1925. KAPLUN, S. I. 06maH rnrueHa Tpy^a. 451p. illust. portr. plan, diagr. pi. 26cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 1940. KAPOK. See also Allergy, respiratory; Asthma, allergic: Allergens. Wagner, H. C, & Rackemann. F. M. Kapok, its impor- tance in clinical allergy. J. Allergy, 1935-36, 7: 224-33. ------ Kapok and molds; an important combination. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1937, 52: 326-9. Also Ann. Int. M., 1937-38, 11: 505-13. KAPOSI, Moritz, 1837-1902. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4:246. KAPOSI'S disease. See under Folliculitis; Lichenoid; Pityriasis, rubra pilaris [Devergie]; Porokeratosis, verrucosa striata [Nekdm]; Sarcomatoid; Scleroma; Vac- cinia; Xeroderma, pigmentosum. KAPP, Mme Charles. L'infirmiere de la famille. 181p. 8? Par., Larousse [1931] KAPP, Denyse, 1907- *L'oxygenothera- pie par voie respiratoire dans les broncho- pneumonies infantiles. 89p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1933. KAPP, Eleanor Muriel, 1905- *Studies on the metabolism of sodium salicylate [Colum- bia; Ph. D.] 18p. tab. diagr. 23cm. N. Y. [Columbia Univ. pr.] 1942. KAPP, Hermann [M. D., 1928, Basel] *Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen im Tiefland und Hochgebirge iiber das Verhalten von Grundum- satz und Senkungsreaktion bei Tuberkulosen [Basel] p.378-93. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1928, 68: KAPPACISM. See also Speech, Disorder. Stein, L. Kappacism and gammacism. In his Speech & Voice, Lond., 1942, 157. KAPPA PSI 20 kapsambklis KAPPA Psi Pharmaceutical Fraternity. The Mask. Menasha, Wis., v.18, 1921- KAPPE. Julius, 1905- *Ergebnisse der operativen und konservativen Behandlung des Oberkiefer-Karzinoms [Tubingen] 23p. 8. Zeuleiiro.la. B. Sporn, 1934. ,....1.1 KAPPELER, Ernst [M. D., 1927, Zurich] *Ueber die Vermeidung von Glaskorper- und Irisvorfall nach der Erfahrung der Zurcher Klinik an 385 Lappenextraktionen des Altersstars, mit Bemerkungen zur Technik der Extraktion 23p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., [Zurich] 1927 Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 945-68. KAPPELER, Johann Rudolf. *Ueber Me- ningocele spuria traumatica. 96p. pi. 8? Ziir., Ziireher & Furrer, 1883. KAPPELER, Otto, 1841- For portrait see Collection in Library. KAPPEN, Karl, 1904- *Ueber die per- kutane Wirkung des gelben Phosphors. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1930. ^_ KAPPENBERG, Walter, 1911- *Die Leistungen der hauslichen Geburtshilfe. 31p. 22cm. Rostock, G. Neumann, 1936. KAPPER, Heinrich, 1906- *Zahnstel- lungsanomalien bei Hvpertrophie der Rachen- mnndel. 37]). 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. KAPPEKS, Cornelius L'bbo Ariens. Sec Ariens Kappers, Cornelius Ubbo. KAPPERT, Arnold, 1915- *Zur Kasuistik des Chorionepithelioms [Zurich] p. 145-70; 275-89. 24 ^cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1941. Also Mschr. Geburteh. Gyn., 1941, 112: H. 3-4 & 5. KAPPES, Herbert, 1903- *Ueber Knochen- veranderungen in der distalen Akromion- epiphyse mit zwei Beobachtungen aus der Chirurgischen Iniversitatsklinik Miinchen. 34p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1929. KAPPES, Paul, 1911- *Ueber Wurzel- spitzenresektionen unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung dieses Eingriffes bei Jugendlichen. 32p. 8? Freib. i. B., Weis, Muhlhans & Rapple, 1935. KAPPEY, Wilhelm, 1897- *Versuche iiber Vitalfiirbung am Granulationsgewebe [Got- tingen] 12p. 8? Braunschw., R. Sievers, 1926. KAPPIS, Hans Ulrich, 1912- throm- bose und Embolie nach gynakologischen Opera- tionen. 35p. 20%cm. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1937. KAPPIS, Max, 1881- Vorbeugung und Bekampfung der Operationsgefahren. 382p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1933. ---- Allgemeine und spezielle chirurgische Diagnostik; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. xx, 736p. illust. pi. tab. 8? Bed., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. KAPPL, Rudolf, 1907- *Ueber den Versuch einer allgemeinen Krankheitslehre von Dr Ernest Grossi (1782-1829) [Miinchen] 22p. 8? Giinzb., K. Maver, 1937. KAPP-THISSEN, Maria, 1907- *Wochen- bettsverlauf nach zerstuckelnden Operationen an der Universitats-Frauenklinik Bonn. 47p. S? Bonn, A. Brand. 1935. KAPS, Joachim [Georg Michael] 1909- *Vergleich der aktiven und abwartenden Thera- pie bei fieberhaftem Abort [Berlin] 25p. 22^cm. Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1936. KAPS, Marianne, 1911- *Ueber aty- pische Ikterusfalle. 28p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Mernminger. 1935. KAPSAMBELIS, Helene, 1906- *L'al- coolisation des nerfs intercostaux dans la tuber- culose pulmonaire. 29p. 8? Par., A. B i KAPl R, Malak Basheshar Lai, 1902~ ..,, •Ein Fall von ungewtihnlich grossen Mirnhohlen [Berlin] 47p. pi. tab. 8? Charlottenb., e.ebr. Hoffmann. 1929 KAPl'STE, Heinz, 1905- *lJntersuehung iiber die Erfolge der Herdbehandlung bei fokaler Infektion an 200 nachgepniften Fallen [Breslau] 71p. 8? Ratibor OS, Riedlinger, 1938. KAPZAN, Elieser. Symptomenkomplex der inneren Krankheiten mit Beriicksichtigung der Kinderkrankheiten. 2. Aufl. 246p. 12? Miinch R. Miiller & Steinicke. 1923. Also 4. Aufl. 275p. 8? 1933. KARABARBOUNIS, Lucas A., 1910- *L'arthrodese pour coxalgie en evolution chez l'enfant. 79p. pi. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. KARACHI, Russia. Skalsky. A. [Health-resort Karachi and treatment of nervous diseases] Omsky med. J., 1926, 1: 6, 46-69. KARACHI, Sind. See also Sind. Karachi Medical Association. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1942-43, 12: Suppl., xxxiii-xxxvi. KARACSONY, Mihaly, 1880-1937. For obituary see Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 420. KARADJOFF, Ianko, 1902- *Etude statistique et critique de l'operation de Bouilly dans le traitement du prolapsus genital. 88p. illust. 25cm. Nancy, Impr. Grandville, 1935. KARAGITLIEFF, Wassil G., 1901- *Zur Therapie der chronischen Arthritiden mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Reizkorperthera- pie. 23p. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winterberg, 1927. KARAITIDIS, Leonidas, 1906- *Le can- cer du larynx; etude anatomopathologique. 68p. 24>^cm. Strasb., Impr. Hauss, 1937. KARA-KALPAK. See also Kirghiz. Jochelson, W. The kara-kalpak. In his Peoples of Asiat. Russia, N. Y., 1928, 96; 122. KARAKOLEFF, Lalii Petkoff, 1900- *Zur Therapie der luetischen Lebercirrhose. 14p. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winterberg, 1925. KARALIUS, Antanas J. [1886-1932] Staugaitis, J. [Obituary] Medicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 709. KARALLI, Antoun Fouad, 1913- *La resection transuretrale dans le traitement des dysectasies du col vesical. 150p. 25cm. Lyon, C. Berlioz, 1938. KARAMA dance. Stoll, O. Der Karamatanz in Nordindien. In his Geschl. Leb. Volkerpsych., Lpz., 1908, 613-5. KARAMANA, Stanko, 1889- Anofeli Makedonije i njihovo suzbijanje. 47p. illust. map. diagr. 23cm. Beograd, Drag. Gregorica, 1924. KARAMAN test. See Pregnancy, Diagnosis, early. KARAMOJO. See also Africa; Kenya; Negro. Wayland, E. J. Preliminary studio? of the tribes of Kara- mojo. J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1931, 61: 187-230, illust. KARANOVICH, G. See Cherniak, S., & Karanovich, G. [Collection of active laws on public health] 664p. 23cm. Moskva, 1929. KARAPETOFF 21 KARELL KARAPETOFF, Vladimir, 1876- Translator of Gemant, A. Liquid dielectrics. 185p. 8? N. Y., 1933. KARARGI, M. el [M. D., 1925, Berlin] *Der paralytische Hohlfuss. 16p. 8? Berl., W. Richter, 1925. KARATCHENTZEFF, Nicolas, 1899- *Erytheme du neuvieme jour avec accidents cerebromeninges au cours de l'arsenotherapie. 79p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1936. KARAUS, Use, 1906- *Konnen rheuma- tische Erkrankungen zu Veranderungen in der Mundhohle fiihren? 24p. 8? Berl., Elka-Dr., 1932. KARAYA gum. Figley, K. D. Karaya gum (Indian gum) hypersensitivity. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 747.—Hoelzel, F., Da Costa, E., & Carlson, A. J. Production of intestinal lesions by feeding karaya gum and other materials to rats. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1941, 8: 266-70. KARBACHER, Paul, 1908- *Ueber den Zusammenhang gewisser retinaler und spontaner leptomeningealer Blutungen [Zurich] 18p. 22y2cm. Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1936. KARBE, Norbert, 1903- *Ueber die Beweglichkeit des kindlichen Kopfes bei Erstge- barenden. 40p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1930. KARCH, Franz, 1908- *Fehler und Gefahren bei der Behandlung accidenteller Wunden [Wiirzburg] 19p. 22^cm. Kaisers- lautern, Pfalz. Volksbote, 1936. KARCH, Hilde, 1911- *Beitriige zur Aktinomykose des Gesichtes und des Halses. 23p. 21cm. Heidelb., H. Fahrer, 1936. KARCHER, Alfred, 1911- *Ueber den Liquordruck im Wachzustand und in der Evipan- Na-Narkose, sowie seine Beeinflussung durch hypertonische Traubenzuckerlosung wahrend des Evipanschlafes. 19p. 8? Wiirzb., P. Scheiner, 1937. KARCHER, Rene Henri, 1899- *Con- tribution a l'etude du diagnostic et du traite- ment du cancer recto-sigmoidien [Strasbourg] 136p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1930. KARCKOWIZER, Ernst, 1821-75. Notes on Ernst Karckowizer, surgeon to the Brooklyn City Hospital. Med. Times, N. Y., 1935, 63: 153-5. KARCZAG, Carol, 1908- *Cancers primi- tifs pleuro-pulmonaires observes k la Clinique Medicale A de Strasbourg entre 1926 et 1936. 207p. tab. pi. 24}£cm. Strasb., Impr. Hauss, 1938. KARDINER, Abram, 1891- The indi- vidual and his society; the psychodynamics of primitive social organization, xxvi, 503p. tab. 23^cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1939. ---- The traumatic neuroses of war. x, 258p. 26cm. Wash., Nat. Res. Counc, 1941. KARDOS, Biri, 1906- *Ueber bosartige Nierengeschwiilste im Kindesalter [Berlin] 16p. 8? Konigszelt i. S., O. Musil, 1936. KARDOS, Laszlo, 1909- *Bericht iiber 193 doppelseitige Nieren- und Uretersteinfallen, die von 1926-33 an der urologischen Abteilung des St Hedwig Krankenhauses behandelt wurden. 51p. 23^cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KARDOS, Ludwig. Ding und Schatten; eine experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Grund- lagen des Farbensehens. 184p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1934. Forms Ergzbd 23, Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt. KARDUCK, Wilhelm, 1909- *Beitrage zur Ostitis fibrosa [Bonn] 32p. 8? Paderborn, Bonifacius, 1933. KARELL, Philip J., 1806-86. Buck, R. W. Karell diet. California West. M., 1942, 56: 109. KAREN, Robert, 1914- *A study of pregnancy in primiparae with bicornuate uteri [Marquette Univ.] 20 1. 28cm. Milwaukee, 1941. Typewritten. KARFIOL, Georg, 1901- *Studien zur Genese der eosinophilen Zellen (Betrachtungen iiber mesenchymale Vorgjinge nach Splenektomie und Anaphylaxie unter besonderer Beriicksich- tigung des Eosinophilieproblems) [Miinchen] 47p. pi. 8? IgbS, I. Stein, 1927. KARFUNKEL, Viktor, 1906- *Der Arzt als Gutachter fiir die Glaubwiirdigkeit von Kindern und jugendlichen Zeugen in Sittlich- keitsprozessen (auf Grund des Gutachtenma- terials und der Priifungsmethoden von Prof. Dr Kronfeld) 66p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1932. KARG, Heinrich, 1905- *Sarkom nach Trauma [Miinster] 23p. 8? Gutersloh i. W., Thiele [1934] KARGE, Joachim, 1902- *Die Behand- lung der Eklampsie und des Eklampsismus in der Brandenburgischen Landesfrauenklinik Berlin- Neukolln von 1917 bis 1931 [Berlin] 28p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. KARGER, Siegbert, 1862-1935. Behr, C, Bonhoeffer, K. [et al.] Nekrolog. Arch. Ver dauungskr., 1935, 58: Hft 1-2, portr. Also Derm. Zschr., 1935, 71: Hft 6, portr. Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1935, 3. F., 95: Hft 1, portr. Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935, 99: Hft 6, portr. Also Mschr. Psychiat., Berl., 1935, 91: Hft 1, portr. Also Radiol. Rdsch., 1935, 4: Hft 4, portr. Also Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 86: Hft 5-6, portr. KARINTHY, Frigyes, 1888- A journey round my skull. Transl. from the Hungarian by Vernon Duckworth Barker. 288p. 20^cm. N. Y., Harper & bros, 1939. See also Puder, S. [Biographyl Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 29. KARITZKY, Bruno [M. D., 1931, Greifswald] Akute Gliedmassendystrophie in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Behandlungsmassnahmen in der Un- fallchirurgie. 52p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1938. Forms H. 22, Hefte Unfallh. KARITZKY, Eveline, 1909- *Zur Frage der Beeinflussung psychischer Reaktionen durch die Menstruation. 12p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. KARKOWSKI, Adam, 1873-1933. Leszczynski [Obituary] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 769. KARL VII, of Austria, 1697-1743. Ebstein. E. Krankheit und Tod Kaiser Karl VII; mit einigen Bemerkungen iiber Gicht und Nierensteine. Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: 50-4. KARL, Helmut, 1912- *Globulinver- mehrung bei Senkungserhohung im Zusammen- hang mit Mundkrankheiten [Jena] 17p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KARL, Josef, 1902- *Zahnarztliche Beur- teilung der neueren zur Schmerzbekampfung dienenden Mittel. 40p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1931. KARL, Rudolf, 1903- *Zur Entstehung der Trunksucht bei Frauen; ein Beitrag [Er- langenl 39p. 20^cm. Regensburg [n. p.] 1938. KARLAN, Henry M., 1911- *Ueber den Geburtsverlauf bei Querlage. 28p. 8? Ziir., Sihl, 1936. KARLEWSKY, Walter, 1901- *Die For- derung der physiologischen Tatigkeit des Mundes durch Mundkosmetika [Kiel] 27p. 8? [Kel- linghusen, H. J. J. Hay] 1926. KARLI 22 KARLSTROM KARLI, M. Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme general dans les paradentoses; le dosage du phosphore dans le sang [Geneve] 46p. 22'o WaFzkiewicz, A. [Obituary] Gin. polska, 1936, 15: 1085-8, portr. KARNOSH, Louis Joseph, 1892- A psychiatrist's anthology. 36p. pi. 33^cm. Clevel., Occup. Ther. pr., 1931. For portrait see Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc, 1941-42, 10: No. 4, 11. ----& GAGE, Edith B. Psychiatry for nurses. 327p. illust. diagr. 22^cm. S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1940. Also 2. ed. [In collabora- tion with Dorothy Mereness] 339p. 1944. KARNOWSKY, Herbert, 1911- *Die gewerblichen Schadigungen der Mundhohle un- ter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schadi- gungen im Backerei- und Eleischereigewerbe. 38p. 8? Greifswald [n. p.] 1935. KARNUTH, Johannes, 1906- *Zur Klinik und Therapie der otogenen Meningitis. 25p. 8? Konigsb., J. Raabe, 1934. KARNY, Heinrich Hugo, 1886- Die Methoden der phylogenetischen (stammesge- schichtlichen) Forschung. p.211-500. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 9. T. 3. 1. Halfte. KARO, Abram [M. D., 1937, Basel] *Ischias varicosa [Basel] 24p. 23cm. Lodz, M. Bardnski 1937 KARO', Wilhelm [M. D., 1896, Wiirzburg] Urinary and prostatic troubles (enlargement, of the prostate) 40p. 21cm. Lond., Homoeo- path, pub. co. [1940] ---- Diseases of the skin. 64p. 21cm. Lond., Homoeopath, pub. co. [1941] ---- Selected help in children's diseases. 40p. 21cm. Lond., Homoeopath, pub. co. [1941] ---- Diseases of the male genital organs. 56p. 21%cm. Lond., Homoeopath, pub. co. [1942] ---- Homoeopathy in women's diseases. 64p. 21^cm. Lond., Homoeopath, pub. co. [1942] KAROLINSKA Mediko-Kirurgiska Institutet. See under Stockholm. KARP, Joseph, 1908- *Kupfer und B-Vitamin. p.765-70. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 89: KARPE, Gerhard, 1909- *Zur Therapie der alimentaren Intoxikation mit Insulin und Traubenzucker [Tubingen] 20p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KARPEL, Franz Henrich, 1899- *Ueber den Zusammenhang von Krebs der Gebarmutter und des Eierstocks. 19p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] KARPEL 23 KARRETH KARPEL, Marcel, 1914- *Le chancre syphilitique du front. 46p. 24cm. Par., L. Cario, 1939. KARPELES, Kate Breckenridge Bogle, 1888- 1941. For biography see Med. Woman J., 1939, 46: 91, portr. For obituary see ibid., 1941, 48: 287, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1032. KARPELIS, Egon. See Eitner, E., & Karpelis, E. Kosmetische Therapie. 150p. 8? Berl., 1932. KARPINOS, Bernard D. The socio-economic and employment status of urban youth in the United States, 1935-36. vii, 58p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1941. Forms No. 273 of Pub. Health Bull., Wash. KARPINSKI, Alexander Petrovic, 1847-1936. Poletika, W. P. von. Nekrolog. Naturwissenschaften, 1936, 24: 790-4. KARPINSKI, Louis Charles, 1878- The first printed arithmetic of Spain; Francesch Sanct Climent, Suma de la art de arismetica Barcelona, 1482. p.411-20. facsim. 8? Bruges, S. Catherine pr., 1936. In Osiris, Bruges, 1936, 1: See also Spaulding. T. M., & Karpinski. L. C. Early military books in the University of Michigan libraries. 45p. 29cm. Ann Arb., 1941. KARPLUS, Johann Paul, 1866-1936. Die Physiologie der vegetativen Zentren (auf Grund experimenteller Erfahrungen) p. 402-75. 8? Berl., 1937. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1937, 2: For obituary see Durig, A. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936. 86: 254.—Marburg, O. Johann Paul Karplus. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., Wien, 1936, 53: 1-9.—[Obituary] J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1936. 83: 638. KARPMAN, Benjamin, 1887- Case stud- ies in the psychopathology of crime, x, 1042p. map. 8? [Wash., D. C, Mimeoform pr., 1933] ---The individual criminal; studies in the psychogenetics of crime, x, 317p. tab. 8? Wash., D. C, Nerv. & Ment. Dis. pub. co., 1935. KARR, John Kenneth, 1910- *Essential thrombocytopenic purpura [Marquette Univ.] 30p. 28 cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1936. Typewritten. KARR, Walter Gerald, 1892- See Goostray, S., & Karr, W. G. Applied chemistry for nurses. 2. ed. 270p. 8? N. Y., 1927. For portrait see Collection in Library. KARRENBERG, Helmut, 1911- *Die Wirkung der Adrenalin-EIektrophorese auf die Haut Schwangerer [Bonn] 31p. 8? Beuel, W. Knauth [1936] KARRENBERG, Ludwig, 1911- *Ueber Erkennung und Behandlung der schwieligen Perikarditis. 26p. 21 ^cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KARRER, August [M. D., 1928, Basel] *Kritische Darstellung der Operationsmethoden des muskularen Schiefhalses. 24p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1928. KARRER, Enoch, 1887- Preliminary observations on growth and phototropic response of oat seedlings. 4p. diagr. 8? Wash., 1936. Forms No. 9, v.95, Smithson. Misc. Coll. KARRER, Karlheinz, 1910- *Die Nach- tastung bei Retention von Placentaresten. 34p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KARRER, Paul, 1889- Kohlenhydrate. p.373-465. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. In Handb. Lebensmitt. chem. (Bomer, A.) 1933, 1: ---- Organic chemistry; transl. from latest German ed., by Arthur James Mee. xxi, 902p. illust. tab. pi. 26cm. N. Y., Nordeman pub. co. [1938] For biography see Vanzetti, B. L. Biochim. ter. sper., 1938, 25: 52-4, portr. KARRETH, Rudolf [M. D., 1936, Miinchen] *Reticulocyten-Bestimmungen bei intravenoser Zufuhr von Terpentin und bei Terpentinabsces- sen [Miinchen] 14p. 23cm. Lpz., Spanner, 1936. Also Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: KARRIK, Dzhordzh. See Carrick, G. A. KARRILON, Adam, 1853- Nassauer, M. [Biography] Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 849.—Wald, R. Deutsche Aerzte wie sie denken und dichten; auch eine Literaturgeschichte; Adam Karrilon Zschr. iirztl. Fortbild., 1939, 36: 24-8. KARSCH, Johannes, 1906- *Zertriim- merung des Balkens im Gehirn ohne Schadel- basisfraktur; ein Beitrag zur Entstehungsursache der Gehirnzerreissung. p.375-83. 8? Lpz J. F. Bergmann, 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 42: KARSEN-SANDEN, Hedwig, 1909- *Die Mykosen im Material der Universitats-Haut- klinik und Poliklinik im Jahre 1936-37. 31p. 23cm. Berl., Hand. & Industr.-Dr., 1938. KARSENTI, Paul, 1911- Contribution a l'etude de la prognathic alveolaire superieure. 68p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1937. KARSLAKE, Frank. Rabies and hydro- phobia; their cause and their prevention, vii, 69p. pi. 12? Lond., W. & G. Foyle, 1919. KARSNER, Howard Thomas, 1879- Hu- man pathology; a textbook, with introd. by Simon Flexner. x, 980p. pi. Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1926] Also 2. ed. 980p. [1929] Also 3. ed. xii, 1012p. [1931] Also 4. ed. xii, 1013p. [1935] Also 5. ed. xii, 1013p. [1938] Also 6. ed. xxiii, 817p. [1942] Editor of American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Pro- ceedings of tumor seminar, 1941. Subject: Tumors of the endocrine glands. 77 1. 27cm. [Clevel., 1941] For biography see Chn. Bull. Cleveland, 1939, 3: 16, portr. ----& HOOKER, Sanford B., eds. The 1940 year book of pathology and immunology. 688p. illust. 18>^cm. Chic, Year Book pub., 1940. ---- The 1941 year book of pathology and immunology. 623p. illust. 18j^cm. Chic, Year Book pub. [1941] KARSON, Irwin Harley, 1910- *Post- traumatische und postoperative Heterochromie. 14p. pi. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Fretz, 1935. KARST, Gertrud, 1905- *Ueber die Synthese von Ketonen und Alkylderivaten des 8-Oxychinolins. 35p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1933. KARST, Karl Heinz, 1910- *Stirn- hirnverletzungen und psychische Ausfallser- scheinungen. 106p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1936. KARST, Leopold, 1911- *Ueber den Zellgehalt des Zahnfleisches in verschiedenen Lebensaltern und dessen Verhaltnis zum Zustand des Gesamtgebisses [Tubingen] 15p. 8? Lengerich-W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1937. KARST, Maria, 1909- *Kann die ange- blich etwas schwachere therapeutische Wirksam- keit des gereinigten Diphtherieserums durch die Schadigung des Antitoxins bei dem Reini- gungsprozess erklart werden? [Wiirzburg] 16p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1936. KARSTEN, George, 1863- , & WEBER, Ulrich. Lehrbuch der Pharmakognosie fiir Hochschulen. 5. Aufl. viii, 420p. illust. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1937. KARSTEN, Hermann Carl Gustav Wilhelm, 1817- Stellfeld, C. Karsten. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 25-7. KARSTEN 24 KARYO KARSTEN, Rafael, 1^70 The civiliza- tion of the South American Indians, will special reference to magic and religion; p:' : by Edward We-tr d . K Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1926. KARSTENS, Anna, 1903- *I>ber die Bedeufurm des S< lens als De':!vd:ie:>;ng:smitTeJ bei k< rrjiiizierten organischen Svstemen. 23p. *>": Kid. Schmidt & Klaunie. 1930. KARSTENS, Karltheo, 1909- *Ueber die Entwifkluig und den heutigen Stand der Schilddriisentransplantatioa "Kiel] 33p. 21cm. Wiirzb.. K. Triltsch, 1937. KARSTROEM, Henning. *Ueber die Enzym- bildung in Bakterien und iiber eirige physiolo- gische Eigenschaften der untersuchten Bak- terienarten. 149p. 8? Helsin., Buchdr. Ak- ti. u\i>-ell. Sana. 1930. KARSTROEM, Walter, 1891-1932. Lowerhjelm. C. "Impressions of mv cc-v rk with Walter Karstromj Hvgiea, Stockh., 1933, 95: 972.—Rosen. A. V. [Nekrolog] Sven. 15k. tidn., 1932, 29: 1297-300, portr. KARSZ, Maks, 1905- *Diagnostic bio- logique de la grossesse. 55p. 8: Par., Impr. Caloust. 1931. KARTAGENER, Manes. *Ueber einen Fall von Kankroid der Schilddruse mit peritheliom- artigen Bildern [Zurich] p.843-52. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1928. Also Beitr. path. Anat. 1927-28, 79: KARTASHEV, Z. I. B. ccTaHOEnTeabHaa xnpypruH jrarja. 236p. illust. 25}icm. Ros- tov n. D., Asov-Chernomrosk. Kraev. Knig., 1935. KARTH, Siegfried, 1908- *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber Reizdentinbddung bei Kauflachenkaries im Molarenbereich. 2-Lp. pi. 221 cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KARTOON. Louis Bernard, 1902- rantus. I; & Kartoon, L. B. General therapeutics, 448p. 12! Chit. [1933] KARTUN, Paul, 1914- *Quelques con- sider i<.ns a propos d'un cas de maladie de Hodgkin; a forme d'anemie grave prolongee. 30p. 25-km. Par., Busson, 1939. KARL", Elmar. *Ueber die Grundlagen der Anwendung von Widmark's Mikromethode zur Bestimmung von Alkohol in Eesti und iiber die Moglichkeit chronischen Alkoholismus unter Zuhilfenahme dieser Methode zu diagnostizieren; experimentelle Untersuchung. 8p. 22 Hem Tartus [n. p.] 1939. KARLD, Even Olsen, 1867- Portrait. In Norges laeger Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915. 1: 623. KARUZIN. Petro Ivanovich, 1864-1939. Spircv. M. _<.■• - _rj] Radianska med.. 1039 4: No. 8-9 84, po.-ir.—TernoTskii, V. [Obituary] Arch. russ. anat 1940, 24: 117, portr. ' KARYOL MS, Christo, 1904- *Zur Frage der Konstitution bei der Encephalitis epidemica und iiber plazentare Uebertragung derselben [Halle-Wittenbeig] 55p. 8? Halle a. S \n d1 1926. " l • P-J KARWOSKI, Theodore Francis, 1896- j-e-r Butler. J R., . Columbus, O., Psychol. Rev. co. pl 60p. 1938. Forms No. 2, v.50, Psychol. Monogr. KARWOWSKI, Adam, 1*73-1933 Pantrier. L. M. [Necrologje] B >oc fr derm — r'- 1933^40: 1504.— Walter, F. [Obituaryj Cesk. derm.. 1933/l4'! KARYO ... For terms related t.. the cell nucleus ^cm. Berkeley, L'niv. Cali- fornia pr.. 1944. See a' = o Hanfrrann, E., AKasanin.J. Conceptual thinking in •v.'poiMt ot tin surgeon. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1936, 21: :;B- Pearson W. W. Medical records fmm the viewpoint <•!_ the ophtnal mologist and oto-laryngolonist. Ibid., 39.- IVirco, K. E The why and how of analvzing records. Pub. I If.lib Nurs.. 1941, 33: 234-9.—Ratner. E. A. [On case histoiy "t (lie disease and qualification of phyfienns] Sovet. vrach. J., 1938, 42 939-42.—Scientific (The) \alue of records and the proper classification of disease-. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1937, 22: 84.—Servatia, M. Group studies essential to scientific efficiencv. Ibid., 1936, 21: 42.—Skipp, W. M. An analysis of the record. Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 662-5.—Slye. M. The value of complete accurate records in the study of human cancer. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1<)29, 13: 51-4.—Steindler, A. The clinical record; a criteiiou of the surgeon's efficiency. Ibid., 1936, 21: 110-12.—Stumpf, 1'. W. Case histories of interest to the general practitioner. Dent. Items, 1939, 61: 621-40.—Turley, L. A. The value and character of reports and records of tissue examinations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 827-31.—Waters, R. M. The teaching value of records. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1936, 29: 109-12.—White, S. M. Medical records from the viewpoint of the physician. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1936, 21: 37. KATANGA. See also Congo. Gcebel, O. Trois annees de pratique medicale dans le Haut-Katanga. Bull. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1911, 4. ser., 25: 1037-82, map. Also Presse med. beige, 1912, 64: 73.—Van Hoorde, A. Etude de la ration du travailleur noir au Katanga. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1927, 7: 37-93.—Van Nitsen, R. Notes sur la pathologie du noir dans les camps industriels de I'Union Minieve du Haut Katanga en 1930. Bruxelles m§d., 1931-32, \'A: 31; 67.—Wellman, F. C. Notes on some of the more obvious disease conditions seen on the line of the projected Lobito-Katanga, Railway. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1906, 9: 328, pl. KATAROPULOS, Alexander D., 1906- *Ueber einen Fall von Chorionepitheliom in der Tube. 24p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1930. KATASE, Awasi, 1884- Der Einfluss der Ernahrung auf die Konstitution des Organismus; Ergebnisse experimentell-biologischer Forschun- gen. vi, 162p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. KATATHERMOMETER. See Heat, Measurement: Instruments: Ane- mometer, etc. KATAYAMA. See under Schistosoma, japonicum. KATCHATOUROFF, Calypso [M. D., 1912, Lausanne] *Recherches sur Taction antitoxique du serum anti-cobraique chez les lapins sero- anaphylactises. 15p. 8? Lausanne, C. Pache, 1912. KATCHOURA [Caciura] Vladimir, 1899- *Etude clmique et experimental du traitement de la maladie de Vaquez par la phenylhydrazine (chlorhydrate et acetylphenylhydrazine) 109p. 8? Par., L'Entente Linotypiste, 1935. KATEL, I. La lutte contre les bruits k travers Thistoire. 4p. 8? Par., C. Beranger, 1932. KATENKAMP, Ernst [Georg Johann] 1911- *Klinische und experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Ausscheidung von Oxy- phenylderivaten. 29p. 23^cm. Lpz. [J. Maser] 1936. KATER, Erna, 1910- *Die Condylus- fraktur in diagnostischer, therapeutischer und prognostischer Hinsicht. 39p. 22cm Bonn A. Brand, 1936. KATER, Magda, 1909- *Die Gesichts- lagen in der geburtshilflichen Klinik zu Heidel- berg in den Jahren 1913-33 [Heidelberel 30d 8? Edenkoben, K. Kater, 1935. eioergJ 6Vp' KATERBAU 27 KATSCHROWSKI KATERBAU, Gerhard, 1904- *Knochen- schadigungen durch Vigantol? [Berlin] 20p. 8? Liebau, H. Hiltmann, 1932. KATHAN, Joseph, 1900- *Zur Diagnose der Hirntumoren. 47p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1926. KATHETER. See Catheter. KATHIRGAMATAMBY, Vairamuttu, -1940. For obituary see J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1940, 37: 124, portr. KATHKE, Clemens [August Josef] 1894- *Ueber Darmperforationen im Verlaufe des Typhus Abdominalis. 52p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KATHMANN, Hans, 1911- *Der Ein- fluss von Tumoren der Mundhohle auf Zahnbett und Zahn. 21p. 8? Miinch., Buchdr. Hoben- haus, 1935. KATHOEFER, Josef, 1907- *Experi- menteller Beitrag zur Frage der perkutanen Insulinwirkung [Miinchen] 24p. 21cm. Speyer a. Rh., Pilger, 1938. KATHOLISCHE missionsarztliche Fiirsorge. Jahrbuch 1932, 9. Jahrg; hrsg. von C. Becker. 175p. illust. 8? [Wiirzb.] Missionsarztlich.es Institut, 1932. KATHOLYSIS. See Electrolysis; Electrotherapy; also under names of diseases as Retinal detachment. KATINE. See Catha; also Ephedrine, pseudo-ephedrine. KATLAN, Edward [M. D., 1938, Lausanne] *Ein Beitrag zur Roentgen- und Radiumbe- strahlung des Cervixcarzinoms. 28p. 8? Lau- sanne, Du Mont-Blanc [1938] KATLANOVO, Yugosl. Vajich, B. [Katlanovo mineral waters] Glasnik, Beogr., 1932, 14:46-56. KATO, Geniti, 1890- The micro- physiology of nerve. New ed. ii, 139p. illust. diagr. 8? Tokyo, Maruzen co., 1934. KATON-KARAGAY, Russia. Zarnitzin, P. [Katon-Karagay as health-resort of Altai] Omsky med. J.r 1926, 1: 87-92. KATOPTROPHOBIA. See Mirror, Phobia. KATO's tumor. See Sarcoma, Rabbit sarcoma. KAT river disease. For its virus see Lethaceae. KATSAINOS, George Michel, 1876- The physiology of love. 326p. 8? Bost., Priv. print. [1929] ---- Syphilis and its accomplices in mischief: society, the state and the physician. 676p.; [24]p. 22cm. Athens, Greece, Priv. print. [1939] KATSCH, Gerhardt, 1887- Die Krank- heiten des Magens. p. 177-509. 25cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1938. In Handb. inn. Med. (G. v. Bergmann, et al.) T. 1, Bd 3. ---- & BRINCK, J. Die Krankheiten der Bauchspeicheldriise. p. 1019-102. 25cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1938. In Handb. inn. Med. (G. v. Bergmann, et al.) T. 2, Bd 3. KATSCHROWSKI, Franz, 1900- *Der Heilungsverlauf der Falle von Kaiserschnitt- Operationen an der Univ.-Frauenklinik Breslau. 12p. 8? Bresl. [L. Freund] 1926. KATSOULIS, Pierre, 1902- *Un em- pirique au XVIIe siecle Jacques Geaulieu, dit Frere Jacques (1651-1714) 42p. 8? Par . M. Vigne, 1929. KATSUNUMA. See Katunuma. KATTIOFSKY, Werner, 1908- *Ueber Halsrippen [Kiel] 41p. pl. 8? Kassel, Gebr. Mtiller, 1931. KATTMANN, Emil, 1912- *Ueber den Einfluss von Kupfer- und Mangansalzen auf die Sauerstoffzehrung iiberlebender Gewebe [Miin- ster] 16p. 22cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1935. KATUNUMA, Seizo, 1886- Intrazellu- lare Oxydation und Indophenolblausynthese; histochemische Studie iiber die Oxydasereaktion, im tierischen Gewebe. viii, 232p. pl. tab. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1924. KATZ, A. J. See Astakhov, N. A., Hofung, E. M., & Katz, A. J. [Orto- pedicheskaia stomatologia] 379p. 23cm. Moskva, 1940. KATZ, Albert B. [M. D., 1935, Lausanne] ^Contribution k l'etude de l'asthme anaphy- lactique. 24p. 8? Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1935. KATZ, Barney. See Tiegs, E. W., & Katz, B. Mental hygiene in education. 418p. 21cm. N. Y., 1941. KATZ, Bernhard. Electric excitation of nerve; a review, ix, 151p. diagr. 22%cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1939. KATZ, Carl Heinz [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Beobachtungen iiber klinische A-Avitaminosen Basel] 22p. 22cm. Hamb., A. Preilipper, 1938. KATZ, Daniel, 1903- , & SCHANCK, Richard Louis. Social psychology, xiv, 700p. illust. diagr. 22j/2cm. N.Y.,J.Wiley & sons, 1938. KATZ, David, 1884- War Greco astig- matisch? eine psychologische Studie zur Kunst- wissenschaft. 48p. 8? Lpz., Veit & co., 1914. ---- Hunger und Appetit; Untersuchungen zur medizinischen Psychologie. 70p. illust. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. ---- Methoden der Untersuchung des Vibra- tionssinnes. p.879-918. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1937, Abt. 5., T. 7., 2. Halfte. ---- Animals and men; studies in compara- tive psychology, xi, 263p. illust. 8? Lond!, Longmans, Green & co. [1937] KATZ, David, 1903- *Etude clinique et therapeutique des ruptures traumatiques de la rate saine. 47p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. KATZ, David H., 1911- *Ueber den Kalk- und Phosphatstoffwechsel bei Ostitis fibrosa Recklinghausen. 36p. pl. 22^cm. Zur., Fluntern, 1936. KATZ, Elisabeth [Anna] 1904- *Ueber den interscapularen Fettkorper bei der Maus. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1929. KATZ, Erna, 1909- *Die Nierenbeteili- gung bei der essentiellen vasogenen Purpura [Breslau] 51p. 8? Ratibor O/S, Oberschles. Gesellschaftsdr., 1935. KATZ, Fritz, 1910- *De l'extirpation totale et isolee de la premiere c6te dans le traite- ment chirurgical de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 56p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1935. KATZ, Georg. Die soziale und klinische Be- rechtigung zum kUnstlichen Pneumothorax im KATZ 28 KATZENELBOG Kampf gegen die Tuberkulose. 60p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929. Forms H. 34, Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz. KATZ, George [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Die Beziehungen des sogenannten Status dysraphicus zu den chronischen Riickenmarkskrankheiten. 20p. 22^cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1938. KATZ, Gerhard, 1907- *Ueber den Adrenalingehalt des peripheren menschlichen Blutes bei Muskelarbeit. p. 154-8. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1933. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1934, 123: KATZ, Heinrich. See Perham, H. von, & Katz, H. Die instrumentelle Per- foration des graviden Uterus und ihre Verhutung. 204p. 8? Wien, 1926. KATZ, Helene [M. D., 1941, Basel] Unter- suchungen an insulinbehandelten Schizophrenen mit dem Rorschachschen Formdeutversuch. p. 15-33. tab. 25cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1941. Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1941, 104: KATZ, Johan Rudolf. Die Rontgenspektro- graphie als Untersuchungsmethode bei hoch- molekularen Substanzen, bei Kolloiden und bei tierischen und pflanzlichen Geweben. p.3401- 716. 25cm. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Abt. 2, T. 3. 2. Halfte. KATZ, Julius [M. D., 1936, Basel] *Die posthemiplegische Kontraktur und ihre Er- klarung [Basel] 20p. 8? Butzbach (Ober- hessen) K. Schneider, 1936. KATZ, Lazare, 1910- *Objectifs et organisation de la surveillance meclicale des etudiants dans differents pays. 79p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. KATZ, Louis Nelson, 1897- Electro- cardiography, including an atlas of electro- cardiograms. 580p. illust. diagr. 26}^cm. Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1941. ---- Exercises in electrocardiographic in- terpretation. 222p. illust. diagr. 26^cm. Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1941. ---- & JOHNSON, Victor Einar. Elements of electrocardiographic interpretation, viii, 38p. diagr. 8? Chic, Univ. of Chicago pr. [1932] Also 2. ed. viii, 38p. [1936] KATZ, Maria Elisabeth [M. D., 1935, Basel] *Experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Wirkung des Alt-Tuberkulins auf die Kohlensaure-Aus- scheidung von Ratten und Meerschweinchen. 12p. 8? Basel, Philograph. Verb, 1935. • KATZ, Nathan. *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Hirngeschwulsten und T; numa iBasel] 27p. 8? St-Louis, Ed. Alsatia 1932. KATZ, Rudolf, 1910- IMe moderne Saugbehandlung im Lichte neuzeitl "her Indika- tionsstellung [Miinster] 47p. 21cm. Dort- mund-Mengede, E. Arnold, 1937. KATZ, Sidney Hershberg, 1884- See Fieldner, A. C, & Katz, S. H. [et al.] Permeation oi oxygen breathing apparatus by gases and vapors. 24p. 8°. Wash., 1921. KATZ, Soly, 1901- *Vadon et le probleme de la transmission du cancer. 107p. portr. pl. 8? Par., Presses Univ. de France, 1930. KATZ, Tobias, 1652-1729. Ruhrah, J. Biography. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934. 47: 399-401. KATZAROFF, Denii Genoff, 1908- *Ueber die pathologischen Zahnveranderungen bei Funktionsanomalien der Epithelkorperchen. 20p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1932. KATZENBACH, William Henry, 1847-1926. For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Nartshorn) 1942, 140-2. KATZENELBO^cm. [New Haven, Yale Univ. pr.] 1943. KAUFMANN, Alexander, 1889- *Jod- ausscheidung nach einmaliger Jodkaliumgabe. 8p. 8? Giessen, R. Lange, 1925. KAUFMANN, Alfred, 1896- *Ein Fall von Distentionsluxation des Hiiftgelenkes. 30p. 8? Bonn, T. Wurm, 1924. KAUFMANN, Benjamin Herman [M. D., 1935, Geneve] *Le diabete chez les enfants au- dessous de 2 ans [Geneve] 24p. 8? Anne- masse, J. Rosnoblet, 1935. KAUFMANN, Berwind Petersen, 1897- See Demerec, M., & Kaufmann, B. P. An opportunity for students of heredity. 2 1. 25}4cm. [n. p.] 1940.------ Drosophila. 2. ed. 35p. 25cm. Wash., 1941. KAUFMANN, Constantin, 1853-1934. Hand- buch der Unfallmedizin; mit Beriicksichtigung der deutschen, osterreichischen und schweizeri- schen offentlichen und der privaten Unfall- versicherung. 5. Aufl. 862p. 25cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1932. For obituary see Haemig, G. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 582. KAUFMANN, David [M. D., 1937, Basel] *Die Prognose der Nephritis im Kindesalter. 31p. 23cm. Basel, S. Brin, 1937. KAUFMANN, Dora, 1909- *Die Be- deutung manueller Dilatationsmethoden fiir die Behandlung funktioneller Weichteilschwierig- keiten unter der Geburt. 51p. 23cm. Ziir., Fluntern, 1939. KAUFMANN, Eduard, 1860-1931. Lehrbuch der speziellen pathologischen Anatomie fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 9. & 10. Aufl. 2v. 1716p. [paged consecutively] pl. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1931-40. Also Literatur- angaben zu Bd 1. 206p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruy- ter, 1932. ---- The same. Pathology for students and pracitioners. Authorized transl. by S. P. Rie- mann. 3v. 4? Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co. [1929] ---- Die pathologischen Pigmentierungen der Haut in innerer Medizin, Neurologie und Psychiatrie. p.1011-221. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. In Handb. Haut & Geschlechtskrankh. (Alexander, A. & Jadassohn, J.) 1933, 4. Bd, 2. T. For Festschrift see Beitr. path. Anat., 1930, 84: Hft 2, portr. For obituary see Enderlen. Schweiz. med. Wrschr., 1933, 63: 20.—Gruber, G. B. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 309-14 — Hiickel. R. Zbl. allg. Path., 1932, 54: 193-5. KAUFMANN, Emil, 1901- *Kritische Betrachtungen zur Formentwicklung des mensch- lichen Unterkiefers. 20p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1928. KAUFMANN, Ernst, 1902- [of Berlin] *Ueber Lichen ruber und Lichen ruber-artige Exantheme nach Behandlung mit Arsen- und Goldpraparaten. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KAUFMANN KAUFMANN KAUFMANN, Ernst, .15)02- [of Endweiler] *Die Bedeutung der Atmung fiir die Suffizienz des Herzens und eine klinische Methode zu ihrcr Beurteilung. 31p. 21)km. Bonn, L. Neuen- dorf., 1926. KAUFMANN, Erwin [Wilhelm August] 1897- *Ueber Myositis ossificans. 25p. 8? Berl. fn. p.] 1929. KAUFMANN, Esther, 1909- *Ueber gutartige Falle von Milzbrand an Hand eines Falles der Freiburger Universitats-Hautklinik [Freiburg] 19p. 8? Winsen-Luhe, Gebr. Ravens 1930. KAUFMANN, Franklin J., 1864-1936. In, obiiuury see Mil. Surgeon, 1936, 78: 326. KAUFMANN, Friedrich, 1905- *Die Einwirkung der Rohkost auf Schweissekretion und phvsikalische Warmeregulation. 38p. 8? Marb., Bauer, 1932. KAUFMANN, Fritz, 1905- *Die ab- normen Beziehungen zwischen der Kieferhohle und dem Zahnsystem; eine Zusammenfassung der neueren Literatur. 86p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1935. KAUFMANN, Georg. Vom Helfen und Hei- len; Gedanken und Ratschlage eines Arztes. 248p. 8? Berl., Ullstein [1936] KAUFMANN, George. Translator of Steiner, R., - ♦Kli- nische Betrachtungen zur Laminariadilatation. 14p. 8? Munch., Muller & Steinicke, 1912. KAWENOKI, Estera, 1910- Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement du diabete iiiHpule, en particulier par les agents physiques. 79]). 251 cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1935*. KAWENOKI, Rebeka, 1912- *Der Neu- rologische Befund bei der posttraumatischen Kncephalo.se mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der sogenannten Mikrosymptome. 55p. 22cm. Ziir., Stampfenbach, 1937. KAWENOKY, M., 1881- *Die Mehrlings- geburten in der Kgl. Universitats-Frauenklinik Miinchen von 1885-1907 inkl. 46p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1909, KAY, Herbert Davenport, 1893- , ASCH- AFFENBURG, R., & NEAVE, F. K. The phos- phatase test for control of efficiency of pasteur- ization. 53p. tab. diagr. 24,V£cm. Shinfield, Reading, Eng., Imperial Bur. Dairy Sc, 1939. Forms Techn. Commun. No. 1, Imperial Bur. Dairy Sc. KAY, J. Taylor. The Owens College Library; a note for the Conference of Librarians in Man- chester, September 23-25, 1879. lOp. 12? Manchester, J. E. Cornish, 1879. KAY, Lillian A. The microscopical study of drugs, viii, 22Sp. illust. tab. diagr. 22)km. Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1938. KAY, Lillian Wald, 1918- The relation of personal frames of reference to social judg- ments. 53p. tab. 25Vkm. N. Y. [Columbia Univ.] 1943. Forms No. 283, Arch. Psvchol. KAY, Sydney Alexander, 1874-1933. >i ■ dimming, A. C, & Kay, S. A. Quantitative chemical analysis. 8. ed. 503p. 23cm. Lond., 1942. KAY, Thomas, -1938. Patrick, J., Kerr, J. M. M.. & Brown, J. P. Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1938, 129: 234-7, portr. KAYAL, Rafet [M. D., 1939, Lausanne] *La necrose du corps jaune. 16p. 23cm. Lausanne, Impr. Mont-Blanc, 1939. KAYALOF, Eugenie [M. D., 1906, Geneve] *Etude des toxines des p6dicellaires chez les oursins [Geneve] 59p. pl. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1906. KAYATZ, Carl Ludwig, 1906- *Ueber Kompressibilitatsuntersuchungen der Gaumen- schleimhaut. 15p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Dr. KAYE, George William Clarkson, 1880-1941. X rays; an introduction to the study of Rontgen rays, xix, 252p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & co., 1914. ~-- Roentgenology; its early history, some basic physical principles and the protective mqoIVfeS' riv' 157p- 8? N' Y-' R B* Hoeber [19.28] For obituary see Andrews, C. Radiography, Lond., 1941 7: 82-o, portr.—Barclay, A. E. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 46: op3-o, portr.—[Obituary] Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 655. Also Radiography, Load., 1941, 7: 77.—P., C. E. S rObituarvl Brit, J. Radiol., 1941, 14: 242, portr. lUbituarjj ,----_& LABY, Thomas Howell. Tables of physical and chemical constants and some mathematical functions. 9. ed. 181p. 25cm. Lond., Longmanns, Green & co. [1914] KAYE, James Robert, 1856-1941. ** For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 177—Potts, T. N. V. Med. Off., Lond., 1941, 65: 48. KAYE, Milton, 1909- *Ueber Spannungs- pneumothorax [Zurich] 22p. 8? Basel. Phi- logr. Verb, 1935. KAYE, Simon, 1899- *Ueber Diffe- rentialdiagnose zwischen Schizophrenic und Psy- chopathic 30p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KAYEM, Henri, 1912- *Conti ibution a l'etude de 1'hypertrophic on thymus, mort subite et apoplexie thymique. 64p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. KAYMER, Friedrich Karl, 1911- * Ueber den Einfluss einiger Lokalanaesthetika auf die Dehydrierungsvorgange im Gewebe [Miinster] ISp. 8? Solingen-Weyer, Baron & Ullrich, 1933. KAYNE, George Gregory, 1901- The control of tuberculosis in England, past and present, xiv, 18Sp. tab. diagr. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1937. --- PAGEL, Walter, & O'SHAUGHNESSY, Laurence. Pulmonary tuberculosis; pathology, diagnosis, management and prevention. xvi, 565p. illust. tab. diagr. 25cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1939. KAY-SCOTT, Cyril, pseud. See under Wei I man, Frederick Creighton. KAYSER, Bernhard, 1869- For portrait see Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1939, 103: Aug., front KAYSER, Charles. See Burckard, E., & Kayser, C. Regulation neurohormonale du m^tabolisme des glucides, lipides et protides. 103p. 25Ucm Par., 1938. KAYSER, Curt, 1885- *Beitrag zum Studium des primaren Schleimhautlupus und seiner Behandlung. 24p. 8? Berl., A. Scholem, 1910. KAYSER, Erich, 1905- *Ueber sekundare und tertiare Abkommlinge des o-Phenyl-butyl- amins und 7-Phenyl-propylamins. 35p. 21cm Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1934. KAYSER, Fernand David, 1905- *De la creatine et de la creatinine envisagees aux points de vue chimique, physiobiologique et patho- logique. 168p. 8? Par., Hermann & cie, 1934. KAYSER, Gerhardt, 1912- *Instrumen- ten-Sterilisations-Versuche unter Feldverhaltnis- sen. p.351-9. 26/2cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. Also Chirurg, 1938, 10: KAYSER, Hans, 1904- *Der Spontan- pneumothorax unter dem Bilde des perforierten Magengeschwurs. 15p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. KAYSER, Hans Joachim Karl Harry, 1911- *Veranderungen der Blutmilchsaure nach pero- raler Lavulosegabe bei Lebercirrhosen. 32p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KAYSER, Hans Wolfgang, 1911- ♦Stru- ma congenita beim Neugeborenen [Freiburg] 29£.\*?icm- Schramberg, Gatzer & Hahn, 1936. KAYSER, Heinrich, 1853-1940. Frerichs, R. Heinrich Kayser zum Gedachtnis. Natur- wissenschaften, 1941, 29: 153-5, portr. KAYSER, Hermann, 1895- *Indirekte Labynnthschadigung infolge Kopfschussverlet- zung. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KAYSER, Kurt. See Adam, C, & Kayser, K. Hygienische Tatsachen die man sonst nur muhsam findet. 119p. 8! Jena, 1931 KAYSER, Paul, 1878- Chirurgische Bla- sen-Harnleiter- und Nierenkrankheiten. vi, 56p. pl. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1928. In Prakt. Differentialdiag. (Honigmann) Dresd., 1928, 4: KAYSER, Richard. Anleitung zur Diagnose find Therapie der Kehlkopf-, Nasen- und Ohren- krankheiten. 2. Aufl. 178p. illust. 24cm. Sfni-' S,» Karger» 1903. Also 3. Aufl. 186p. A90i- o^LSO 4" Aufl- !97p- 1907. Also 6. Aufl. 204p. 1909. Also 7. Aufl. 212p. 1912 , ~7~ Geschichte des seit 25 Jahren beste- henden Vereins der Breslauer Aerztc 14d 8° Bresl., Preuss & Jiinger, 1909 KAYSER, Rudolf, 1883- *Die Bedeutung 8?r ^SFFEaExStf"*" Skl—• 2»P KAYSER 33 KAZARNOWSKII KAYSER, Werner, 1911- *Ueber die in den Jahren 1925-33 in der Wiirzburger Uni- versitats-Augenklinik behandelten Falle von Lahmungen der ausseren Bulbusmuskulatur. 22p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KAYSER-FLEISCHER ring. See under Cornea, Pigmentation. KAYSERLING, Arthur, 1874-1926. *Be- kampfung der Lungenschwindsucht in Italien wahrend des 18. Jahrhunderts [Jena] 48p. 4? Berl. [n. p.] 1910. For obituary see M oilers, B. Zschr. Tuberk., 1926, 46: 495. KAYSER-PETERSEN, Julius Emil, 1886- *Ueber den sogenannten Fettinfarkt der Niere (Atherosklerose des Bindegewebes) ein Beitrag zu den Altersveranderungen der Niere [Frei- burg i. B.] 17p. 8? Liibbecke, F. Werneburg, 1912. ---- & GRENZER, K. H. Fiirsorgerische Beobachtungen iiber die Anfange der Lungen- tuberkulose des Erwachsenen. 90p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. Forms No. 70, Tuberk. Bibl. KAYSSER, Otto. Nervenschwache (Neura- sthenie) und ihre Bekampfung; ein Ratgeber fiir Nervenleidende, ein Warner fiir solche, welches es nicht werden wollen, ein Gehilfe dem Arzt. 88p. 8? Munch., O. Gmelin, 1911. KAZ, Irene, 1904- Contribution a l'etude de la keratite disciforme. 104p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. KAZAK. See also Kirghiz. HunsoN, A. E. Kazak social structure. 109 p 25cm. N. Haven, 1938. KAZAKIEWICZ, Anna, 1911- *A propos d'epidemies de diphterie chez les nouveau-n£s a la Maternity de Lariboisiere. 58p. 8? Par., Picart, 1936. KAZAKOV, I. N., editor. Teopna u npaKTHKa jiHaaTOTepanuH no MeTony H. H. Ka3anoBa. 715p. illust. tab. diagr. 27y2cm. Moskva, Gosud. Med. Izdat., 1934. Forms No. 1, Tr. Nauch. issled. inst. endokr. rasstr., Moskva. ---[The same] Lisadoterapia teoria e pratica. Transl. by J. Jesuino Maciel. 591p. illust. diagr. pl. tab. 23}£cm. S. Paulo, M. M. Ponzini & cia, 1942. KAZAN, U. S. S. R. rocyAapcTBeHHMH Me- HjmuHCKuft HHCTHTyT. Typflbi. Kazan, v.9, No. 1-3, 1939. KAZANSKY, Nikolai Piotrovich, 1856- MaTepiajibi K"fe 3KcnepnMeHTajiHoii naTOJiorin h eKcnepuMeHTajiLHofi TepaniH JKejiyaouHMx-fe Hce- jiea-fe co6aKH. 96p. 21. tab. 8° S. Peterburg, F. Waisberg & P. Gershunin, 1901. KAZANSKY, S. KaK TpaHcnopTHHKy y6e- peqbca ot 3apa3Hbix 6ojie3Heii. 64p. 17^cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. KAZAR, Jay Justin, 1892- For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 459, portr. KAZARINOV, A. N. OntiT-b o npupofl'E ue- jiOB-feuecKaro Mbimjiemji. 36p. 8° S. Peter- burg, Y. N. Erlich, 1902. KAZARINOV, A. V. Ochobli ncHxojioruuec- koh rurieHbi bi cbhuh ct, ncuxojiorHuecKofi Teopieii ncnxoHeBpoaoBt u jiymeBHtix'b 3a6o- Ji-BBaHiui,. 69p. 8° Moskva, V. T. Richter, 1906. KAZARNOWSKII, A. G. MeTo«bi fliar-HOCT- hkh h TepaniH nyjibUHTOB'b co BKJUoueHieMt Teopin n npaKTHKH m-ecthoh aHecTe3in. ii, 155p. pl. 8° S. Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1908. KAZAROFF, Georg, 1905- *Ueber syphi- litischen Primaraffekt in der Glutaealgegend. 31p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1931. KAZAROWA, Milana Kotowa, 1897- *Ueber syphilitischen Primaraffekt an Vagina und Vaginal-portion, insbesondere bei Prolapsus uteri. 21p. 8? Lpz. [Grimme & Tromel] 1928. KAZAS, Ilya Isaakovich, 1874- Ks, naTojio- rin MeTuji-ajiKorojibHaro aMaBpo3a; oKcnepu- MeHTajibHoe H3CjrfeAOBaHie. 197p. pl. 8° S. Peterb., I. V. Leontyev, 1912. KAZIN, Julian [M. D., 1940, Basel] *Zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen extramedullaren und intramedullaren Tumoren des Ruckenmarks. 14p. 23^cm. Basel, M. Klumela DaugavpiU, 1940. KAZIS, Harry. Planning and treatment for bite raising, xx, 538p. illust. 25cm. Brooklyn, Dent. Items of Interest Pub. co., 1943. KAZMIERCZAK, Alojzy, 1902- Con- tribution a, l'etude de 1'angiomatose hemorragique familiale; maladie de Rendu-Osler a propos de 2 cas particuliers. 77p. 24cm. Par., M. Vign6, 1938. KAZNELSON, Helene, 1882- *Schein- ftitterungsversuche am erwachsenen Menschen [Giessen] 26p. 8? Altenburg, S. Geibel & co., 1907. KAZNELSON, Mark [M. D., 1908, Basel] *Ueber die Therapie der ektopischen Schwanger- schaft am Frauenspital Basel-Stadt (an Hand von 102 Fallen) 32p. 8? Basel, F. Reinhardt, 1908. KEALING, Hightower T., 1859- How to live longer: the gospel of good health, for the school, the home and the general reader. 2. ed. 63p. 16? Nashville [author] 1908. KEAN, Jefferson Randolph, 1860- Auto- biographical sketch of Jefferson Randolph Kean. 272 1. 4? [Wash., n. p., 1933] Typewritten. Translator of His, W. A German doctor at the front. 230p. 8? Wash., D. C. [1933] For biography see Med. Rec, N. Y., 1935, 141: 115. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEANE, Augustus Henry, 1833-1912. Translator of Frobenius, L. The childhood of man. 504p. 23cm. Lond., 1909. KEARNEY, Elizabeth Frances, 1858-1923. Mosher, E. M. The history of American medical women; Di Elizabeth Frances Kearney. Med. Woman J., 1923, 30:188. KEARSLEY, John, 1684-1772. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEATING, Francis Raymond, jr, 1911- See Kepler, E. J., & Keating, F. R., jr. Diseases of the endocrine glands, p.488-567. 25cm. N. Y., 1944. In Fundament. Int. Med. (Yater, W. M.) 2. ed. KEATING, John M., 1852-93. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEATS, John, 1795-1821. John Keats'a Anatomical and physiological note book; printed from the holograph in the Keats Museum, Hampstead. Ed. by Maurice Buxton Forman. xi, 68p. facsim. 8? [Oxford] H. Milford, 1934. See also: Hale-White, W. Keats as doctor and pa- tient. 96p. 8? Lond., 1938. See also Armstrong-Jones, R. Some remarks on Keats and his friends. Ann. M. Hist., 1938, n. ser., 10: 433-44.—[Bi- ography] Guy's Hosp. Gaz., 1934, 48: 518-23, portr.— Kirpatrick. T. P. C. The apothecary and poet. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 348.—Moorman, L. J. John Keats. In his Tuberc. & Genius, Chic, 1940, 235-58, portr.—Parry, T. W. John Keats: medical student, qualified surgeon and poet. Med. Press & Circ, Dub., 1933, 13G: 238-41.—Pitfleld, R. L. John Keats; the reactions of a genius to tuberculosis and other adversities. Ann. M. Hist., 1930, n. ser., 2: 530-46. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----3 KEAY 34 KEDZIE KEAY, James William, -1941. For onituarv sec Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2: 174. Also Med. Off.. Lond., 1941, 6«: 44. KEAY, John, 1860-1943. For obituary sec Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 237. Also Lancet, Lond.. 1943. 1: 322. KEAY, Thomas, 1892- For portrait see Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1938, No. 48, front. KECH, Augustus Sheridan, 1882- For biography see Pennsylvania M. J., 1942-43, 46: 1300, portr. KECH, Hermann, 1908- *Ueber den Verlauf der Diensynthese des Chinaldins mit Acetylen-dicarbonsaure-dimethylester [Kiel] 27p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KECK, Alfred, 1911- *Abrasio und ihre Bedeutung bei iibergang des Milchgebisses in das bleibende Gebiss [Heidelberg] 16p. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, M. Krahl, 1935. KECK, Elmar, 1910- *Die Oberkiefer- karzinome der Wurzburger Chirurgischen Uni- versitatsklinik in den letzten 10 Jahren [Wiirz- burg] 13p. 8? Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1933. KECK, Ernst August Johannes, 1900- ♦Paratyphus B-Bazillen in einem Pyovarial- abszess [Kiel] 13p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1926. AIsoZl 1. Cyn., 1926, 1: 2747-57. KECK, Hans, 1905- *Syphilis congenita tarda in Mund und Rachen. 25p. 8? Freib. i. B., Gebr. Giinther, 1932. KECK, Hans Erhard Adolf, 1909- *Aeti- ologie und Therapie der Sterilitat im Wandel der Zeiten [Erlangen] 59p. 8? Coburg, Tagebl. Haus Coburg, 1937. KECK, Julius, 1901- *Ueber perniciose Alveolarblutungen und den heutigen Stand ihrer therapeutischen Beeinflussung [Leipzig] 43p. 8? [Schirgiswalde i. S., G. Kleissle] 1929. KECK, Robert Eduard, 1900- *Ueber einen Fall von Holoacardius abrachius monopus. 15p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Dr., 1930. KECKELER, Temperance H. [M. D., 1866, Physico-Medical Coll.] Thaleia: woman; her physiology and pathology, in connection with maternity, xvii, 357p. 8? Cincin., A. T. & T. H. Keckeler, 1869. KEDAH. Medical and Health Department. Report. Alor Star, 1925- KEDAH. See also Health organization; India; Malaya. Vickers, W. J., & Strahan, J. H. A health survey of the State of Kedah; with special refer- ence to rice field malaria, nutrition and water supply, 1935-36. 96p. fol. Kuala Lumpur [1937] Health (A) survey of the state of Kedah, 1935-36. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 41: Suppl., 81-4.—Kedah [medical and sanitary reports, 1931-38] Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1933, 30: Suppl., 164-6; 1934, 31: Suppl., 144; 1935, 32: Suppl. 175-8; 1936, 33: Suppl., 179-82; 1937, 34: Suppl., 183-8- 1938, 35: Suppl., 188-93; 1939, 36: Suppl., 186-91; 1940, 37: Suppl., 126-8. KEDANI fever. See Rickettsiasis. KEDANI mite. See Trombidiidae. KEDDIE, William. Editor of Cyclopaedia of literary and scientific anecdote ... 439p. 21 Hem. Columbus, O., 1859. KEDROVSKY, Vasily Ivanovich, 1865-1937. For obituary see J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 20: No. 2, 3. Also Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938, 7: 150, portr. KEDZIE, Robert Clark, 1823-1902 lor biography see Michigan Pub. Health, 1943, 31. im. KEE, Goh Kok [M. D., 1933, Lausanne] *La pratique du pneumothorax artificial en phtisiotherapie a la clinique mddicale de Lausanne 1919-29. 48p. 8? Lausanne, Impr. Com- merciale, 1933. KEEBLE, Frederick William, 1870- Life of plants, xii, 256p. 12? Oxf., Clarenden pr., 1926. KEEFE, John W., 1863-1935. Jones, A. T., «!fe Munro, W. L. Obituary. Rhode Island M. J., 1935, 18: 174, portr. KEEFER, Chester Scott, 1897- Peni- cillin; indications, contraindications; mode of administration and dosage. 4p. 26J4 x 21cm. [Phila., Wyeth, 1944] Multiprint. For biography see Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 264, portr. KEEFER, Clarence Edward, 1891- Sew- age-treatment works; administration and opera- tion, ix, 673p. illust. tab. diagr. 23)4cm. N. Y., McGraw-Hill co., 1940. KEEFER, Frank Royer, 1865- For portrait, see Collection in Library. KEEGAN, J. Jay, 1889- For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 259, portr. KEEGAN, Louise M. Food values for cal- culating diabetic and nephritic diets, xl, 106p. 12? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1926. KEEL, Carl, 1906- *Zur Kenntnis der Beckenbrtiche und Beckenluxationen. 79p. 8? Zur., J. H. Meier, 1933. KEEL, Dennis Fleet, 1890-1941. Phillips, W. G., Leonard, N. J., & Thomas, P. J. [Obituary] Am. J. Orthodont., 1941, 27: 729. KEEL. See Salmonellasis. KEELE, Kenneth David [M. D., 1934, London] [Caricature] Kenneth the pain-killer S. Barth. Hosp. J. War Ed., Lond., 1941-42, 3: 8. KEELER, Clyde Edgar, 1900- The laboratory mouse; its origin, heredity, and cul- ture, viii, 81p. 8? Cambr., Harvard Univ. pr., 1931. ---- Blood group tests as evidence of non- paternity in illegitimacy cases. [24]p. portr. tab. ch. 8? [Bost.] R. C. True [1939] Also Rev. ed. [35]p. [1939] See also Davenport, C. B., Keeler, C. E. [et al.] Medical genetics and eugenics. 141p. 23Hcm. Phila., 1940. KEELER, Joseph Clarence, 1871-1935. Mod- ern otology, xx, 858p. pl. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1930. For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: f>58. Also Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36, 39: 186. For portrait see Clinic Jefferson M. Coll., 1924, 35: KEELER, Leonarde, 1903- See Larson, J. A., Haney, G. W., & Keeler, L. Lying and its detection. 453p. S? Chic. [1932] KEELEY, Leslie E., 1832(?)-1900. The mor- phine user; or, From bondage to freedom. 159p. 16? Dwight, 111., Author, 1883. ---- [The same; enlarged] Opium: its use, abuse and cure; or, From bondage to freedom. 176p. 12? Dwight, 111., Author, 1892. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEELY, Isaac I. Keely's facts and scientific miracles; a collection of reports of cures of re- markable cases of various and obstinate forms of disease through the instrumentality of mental electricity. 144p. portr. 19cm. Cincin., the Author, 1856. ' KEEN 35 KEENS KEEN, Frank Noel, 1869- Urban police and sanitary legislation, 1904; being a collection of provisions contained in the Local Improve- ment Acts obtained by English Urban District Council in the year 1904, after consideration by the police and sanitary committee of the House of Commons. 240p. 8? Westminster, P. S. King & son, 1905. KEEN, John Asaria [M. B., 1917, London] Short manual of regional anatomy; written for the medical student as an aid to a rapid revision of the whole subject, vii, 167p. illust. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & co. [1937] KEEN, William W., jr. See Mitchell, S. W., Morehouse, G. R., & Keen, W. W., jr. Reflex paralysis. 23p. 21cm. N. Haven, 1941. KEEN, William Williams, 1837-1932. Mod- ern antiseptic surgery and the role of experiment in its discovery and development. 20p. 8? Chic, Am. M. Ass., 1910. ---- Surgical operations on President Cleve- land in 1893, together with six additional papers of reminiscences. 251p. 12? Phila., J. B. Lippincott co., 1928. See also Celebration of the ninetieth birthday of William Williams Keen, M. D., January 19, 1927, Ivan Murray Rose, Minister, presiding; a service of congratulation under thc- auspices of the First Baptist Church of Philadelphia. 36p 8? [Phila., n. p., 1927] For biography see Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1932, 50: 542-5. Also Clinic Jefferson M. Coll., 1924, 16, portr. Also in Am Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 564.—Freeman, N. E Proc. Am. Acad. Art. Sc, 1933, 68: 639-42. See also Hartmtn, H. Notice necrologique sur William Williams Keen. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3. ser., 107: 884.—Mitchell, J.F., Neill, T.E..& Kerr, H.H. [In Memoriam] Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1932, 1: 332.—[Necrology] P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1936, 10. Congr., 1:142-4. — Taylor, W. J. Memoir of William Williams Keen, M. D. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1933, 1: p. lxii-lxvii. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Founders and Presidents of the Am. Med. Ass. (Arlington Chem. co.) Yonkers, N. Y., 1910, pl. 5. KEENAN, George L., 1886- See Thom, C, & Church, B. The Aspergilli. Photo- micrographs by G. L. Keenan. 272p. 8? Bait., 1926. KEENAN, Robert G. See Fairhall, L. T., & Keenan, R. G. A rapid method for the microanalysis of lead. p.3076-9. 27cm. Wash., 1941. KEENE, Benjamin Franklin, 1809-56. Hays, L. F. Benjamin Franklin Keene, founder of the California Medical Association. California West. M., 1942, 56: 297-300, portr.—Jones, G. P. Biography. Ibid., 1940, 52: 27. KEENE, Charles Herbert, 1875- See Rathbone, J. L., Bacon, F. L., & Keene, C. H. Founda- tions of health. 410p. 8? Bost. [1936] KEENE, Floyd Elwood, 1881-1938, editor. Album of the fellows of the American Gyne- cological Society, 1876-1930. 640p. 8? Phila., W. J. Dornan, 1930. For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 9, 29, portr. See also Anspach, B. M. Obituary. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc. (1939) 1940, 64: 285-8, portr.—MuIIer, G. P. Memoir of Floyd Elwood Keene, M. D. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1940-41, 8: 137-9.—Obituary. Am. J. Obst., 1939, 37: 1, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 74. Also Pennsylvania M. J., 1938-39, 42: 650. KEENE, Thomas B. Victor, 1881- For portrait see Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1942, 45: 192. KEENE, N. H. See under Hospital report. KEENEY, George Harvey, 1880- For biography see J. Iowa M. Soc, 1941, 31: 559, portr. KEENEY, William R., 1858- For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 395, portr. KEENS, Harold W. Cancer; its prevention. 46p. 12? Lond., C. W. Daniel Co. [1934] .---- Death in the pot; some biological and biochemical aspects of the aetiology of cancer. 46p. illust. ch. 8? Lond., C. W. Daniel co., 1937. KEEP, Nathan Cooley, 1800-75. Thorpe, B. L. Nathan Cooley Keep, pioneer porcelain expert, founder and first dean of the Harvard Dental School and Harvard Dental Museum, organizer and first president of the Al assachusetts Dental Society. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am Dentists, Chic, 1909, 113-9, portr. For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1:462. ' KEESEE, George Fiske, 1842-1924. Thorpe, B. L. George Fiske Keesee, a pioneer of Virginia, In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 639-41, portr. KEESER, Eduard, 1892- , & PRECHT, E. Klinische Pharmakologie fur Zahnarzte. 122p. 8? Lpz., H. Meusser, 1936. Forms H. 27, Abh. klin. Zahnh. KEESLING, Francis Valentine, 1877- For portrait see Proc. Ass. Life Insur. Pres., 1941, 35: opp. p. 6. KEETTEL, William Charles, 1875- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1942, 41: 327: 1943 42: 1047. KEFER, Nikolai Ivanovich, 1864- For biography see [Fifty years of medical, pedagogic and social activity] Ortop. travmat., 1941, 15: No. 3, 3, portr. KEFER, Wilhelm, 1911- *Ueber In- sulinbehandlung der Schizophrenien. 19p. 8? Erlangen, Reinhold & Limmert, 1937. KEFIR. See also Kumys; Lactase; Lactobacteriaceae; Milk, Fermentation. Schuurmans Stekhoven, J. H. *Saccharo- myces kefyr. 51p. 22>km. Utrecht, 1891. Bytch, L. Le kefir dans la therapie des troubles digestifs et des etats hypothrepsiques des nourrissons. Rev. fr. pediat., 1928, 4:476-82.—Chiray, M. Le kefir. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1848-50.—Christiansen, W. Yoghurt und Kefir. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1473.—Klebs, E. Joghurt und Kefir. Ibid., 1860.—Klivansky-Krol, E. [R61e of kefir in dietotherapy of children] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 1820-3.—Rosell, J. M, Yoghourt and kefir in their relation to health and thera- peutics. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 341-5.—Samcevich, S. A. TStudy of the peptonizing bacteria of kefir] Mikro- biologia, Moskva, 1934, 3: 103-9.—Schulz, M. Beeinflussung des Milchsaurebakterien-Waehstums durch Kefirpulver und Kefermon. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938-39, 99: 375-80.—Stary- gina, L., & Khaldina, M. [Kefir microflora and preparing it on pure cultures] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1934, 3: 88-102.— Svehla, K. [Kefir and kefir soups as infant food for healthy or sick children] Cas. lek. desk., 1927, 66: 1241-4. ------ Leber Kefir. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1928, 3. F., 69: 263-79. ------ Ernahrung des gesunden und kranken Kindes mit Kefir und Kefirsuppen. Ibid., 280-90.—Voitkevich, A. F., Khaldina. M. F., & Sadokova, I. P. [Production of kefir on pure cultures] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1936, 5: 116-31.—Wirth & Kleeberg. Yoghurt- und Kefirbereitung im Stadtischen Krankenhause Sachsenhausen. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1927, 23: 405-7. KEGEL, Alfred, 1908- *Zur Therapie der Lepra unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Catesans. 31p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Dr., 1932. KEGEL, August H. Lehrbuch der Homoo- pathic 1. Aufl. 940p. 8? Chic, M. Stern & co., 1894. KEHAIOFF, Petre G., 1906- Contribu- tion k l'etude du traitement des varices par le biodure de mercure. 47p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. KEHL, Heinz Hans Heinrich, 1910- *Ueber die Erblichkeit der Myopie mit besonderer beriicksichtigung der Blutsverwandtschaft der Eltern [Berlin] 32p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann [1938] KEHL, Otto, 1908- *Wie andern sich Widerstand und Kapazitat der Lungenkapillaren unter dem Einfluss der Atmung [Marburg] 23p. 21cm. Homb., Olten & Wiegand, 1936. KEHL, Raymond, 1908- *Contribution k I'endocrinologie ovarienne de la grossesse; la KEHL 3G KEHRER phase lutelnique de gestation chez la lapine. llSp. pl. 24!Sem. Alger, Minerva, 1934. See also Courrier, R. & Kehl, R. Physiologie du sexe. 85p. 25Hcm- Par., 19HS. KEHL, Renato, 1889- Livro do chefe de familia. 80p. illust. tab. form. 33cm. Rio, Canton & Beyer, 1930. ---- Como escolher um bom marido; regras practicas [2. ed.] 99p. 17cm. Rio, Ariel [1935] ---- Licoes de eugenfa. 2. ed. 318p. tab. diagr. 19cm. [Rio, F. Alves] 1935. ---- A educacao dos pais (a acao educadora dos medicos) 23p. 8? [Rio, F. Alves] 1938. ---- Por que sou eugenista; 20 anos de campanha eug^nica, 1917-37. 113p. pl. portr. 16cm. Rio, F. Alves [1938] ---- Bio-perspectivas; dicionario filos6fico. 187p. 18!(>cm. Rio, F. Alves, 1938. KEHLING, Gertrud, 1896- *Ueber die Desmoide der Bauchdecken [Leipzig] 22p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1929. KEHM, Ernst, 1904- *Ueber die Ur- sachen clcr Friihgeburt und die Lebensaussichten frtihgeborener Kinder [Tubingen] 57p. 8? Geislingen-Stg., C. Maurer, 1927. KEHM, Ruth, 1909- *Ueber den Zusam- menhang zwischen Trauma und Tumor [Berlin] 19p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KEHOE, Robert Arthur, 1893- For biography see Indust. M., 1943, 12: 572, portr. KEHR, Hans, 1862-1916. Beitrage zur Bauchchirurgic Neue Folge. xiii, 246p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1902. KEHR, Magdalene, 1900- *Die Be- deutung der exsudativ-lymphatischen Konsti- tution fiir Scharlachempfanglichkeit und Schar- lachverlauf. 42p. tab. 21>2cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KEHR, Robert W., PURDY, W. C. [et al] A study of the pollution and natural purification of the Scioto River, xii, 153p. tab. diagr. pl. map. 23cm. Wash., Gov. Print. Off., 1941. Forms No. 276 of Pub. Health Bull. KEHREIN, Erich [Ferdinand] 1909- *Die Erfolge bei rein konservativer Behandlung der Adnexentziindungen ohne balneologische Mass- nahmen. 28p. 8? Frankf. a. M. [n. p.] 1936. KEHRER, Erwin, 1874- *Die Arm- lahmungen bei Neugeborenen. lOOp. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1934. Forms Beih. 107, Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. ---- Endokrinologie fiir den Frauenarzt in ihrer Beziehung zur Ovarialfunktion und insbe- sondere zur Amenorrhoc xvi, 564p. illust. 8° Stuttg., F. Enke, 1937. ---- Die intrakraniellen Blutungen bei Neugeborenen. 79p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1939. Forms Beih. 118, Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. See also Naujoks. H. [Biography] Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn. 1934, 108: 1, portr. ---- & JASCHKE, Rudolf Theodor v. Die Vulva und ihre Erkrankungen Lage- und Bewe- gungsanomalien des weiblichen Genitalapparates. xii, 1041p. illust. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1929. Forms 5. Bd, 1. Halfte, Handb. Gyn. (J. Veit & W. Stockel) 3. Aufl. KEHRER, Ferdinand Adalbert, 1883- Erblichkeit und Nervenleiden; Ursachen und Erblichkeitskreis von Chorea, Myoklonie und Athetose. 136p. ch. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Forms H. 50, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl. ---- Die Allgemeinerscheinungen der Hirnge- schwulste. 116p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1931. ---- Wach- und Wahrtriiumen bei Gesunden und Krankon. 72p. 8° Lpz., G. Thieme, 1935. Forms Bd 9, Samml. psychiat. u. neur. Einzeldarstel. (A. Bostroem & J. Lange) ---- Erbliche organische Nervenkrankheiten; allgemeine Einleitung. p.222-72. 8? Berl, 1936. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 16: ---- Die Kuppelungen von Pupillenstorungen mit Aufhebung der Sehnenreflexe; Adie-Syndrom, Pupillotonie, Pseudotabes, konstitutionelle Are- flexie. 59p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. ---- Die Verbindung von Chorea- und tic- formigen Bewegungen mit Zwangsvorstellungen und ihre Beziehungen zu den Zwangsvorgangen bei Zwangsneurose und Encephalitis epidemica; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Psychopathologie der Ausdrucksbewegungen. 88p. 8? Basel, S. Karger, 1938. Forms H. 85, Abh. Neur. Psychiat. See also Large, J., & Kehrer, F. Spezieller Teil. [of Bumke'a Handb. Geisteskr. Bd 6, T. 2] 376p. 8? Berl., 1928. KEHRER, Ferdinand Adolf, 1837-1914. Seitz. Zum lOOjahrigen Geburtstage von Ferdinand Adolf Kehrer. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936-37, 104: 257.—V. Zur 100. Wiederkehr des Geburtstages von Ferdinand Adolf Kehrer. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 314. KEHRES, Bruno, 1905- *Tierexperi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Sensibilisierung gegen Mehl (Schultz-Dale'sche Versuche mit Mehlextrakten) 29p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1935. KEIBEL, Franz, 1861-1929. Nauck, E. T. Franz Keibel; zugleich eine Untersuchung iiber das Problem des wissen- schaftlichen Nachwuchses. 112p. 8? Jena, 1937. See also Peter, K. Nekrolog. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 201-20. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEIBEL, Gerhard Karl Gustav 1911- * Untersuchungen zur Steigerung der Milch- leistungen bei Kiihen mit Afarom. 31p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1938. KEIDEL, Albert, 1877-1942. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 97. KEIENBURG, Hans Ferdinand, 1905- *Die Behandlung der Geburt bei engem Becken; Erfahrungen und Ergebnisse an der Bonner Klinik aus den Jahren 1919-29. 59p. ch. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1930. KEIFFENHETM, Clemens, 1909- *Der Sauerstoffverbrauch kernhaltiger roter Blut- korperchen unter dem Einfluss von Laktat- Ionen [Frankfurt] 16p. 8? Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1934. KEIGHLEY, Engl. See under Health organization. KEIGHTLEY, Archibald, & KEIGHTLEY, J. W. L. Recovery of health, with a chapter on the Salisbury treatment. 2. ed. xviii, 243p. 8? Bost., Lee & Shepard Pub., 1900. KEIJO, Corea. See under Corea. KEIJZER, Willem Hendrik Cornelius Gijs- bertus, 1860- I Fiftieth anniversary as physician] Ned. tschr. geneesk. 1939, 83: 2503, portr. KEIL, Artur Alwin Werner, 1902- *Ueber die 0-Oxydation der 5-Aminovaleri- ansaure [Wurzburg] p.310-3. 8° FBerl W de Gruyter & co.] 1928. L '' ' Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 172: KEIL 37 KEISER KEIL, Curt Horst Werner, 1912- *Zur Leberdiagnostik mit dem Weltmannschen Koa- gulationsband [Leipzig] 18p. 23Kcm. Zeulen- roda, A. Oberreuter, 1937. KEIL, Ernst, 1896- *Die fixen Arz- neiexantheme; ein Beitrag zur Frage der lokalen Idiosynkrasie [Heidelberg] 47p. 8? Konigsb., J. Raabe, 1928. KEIL, Margret, 1913- *Untersuchungen iiber die Stoffwechselwirkung schilddriisenswirk- samer Blutpraparate (Tyronorman) 16p. 21>^cm. Freib. i. B. [n. p.] 1936. KEILES, Elsa Orent, 1906- See McColIum, E. V., Keiles. E. O., & Day, H. G. The newer knowledge of nutrition. 5. ed. 701p. 22cm. N. Y., 1939. KEILHACK, Heinz, 1907- *Ueber Be- ziehungen der Wasser-, Anionen- und Kationen ausscheidung zur Glykosurie beim Diabetes mellitus [Leipzig] p. 159-72. 8? [Berl., J. Springer] 1933. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 89: KEILHAU, Balthazar Mathias, 1797-1858. Portrait. In Festskr. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristiania, 1911, 2: 524. KEILL, James K., 1673-1719. Anatomy of the human body abridged; or, A short and full view of all the parts of the body; together with their several uses, drawn from their compositions and structures. 15. ed. 306p. 16? Lond., J. & F. Rivington, 1771. KEILLER, William, 1861- Nerve tracts of the brain and cord; anatomy, physiology, applied neurology, xiii, 456p. pl. 4? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1927. For portrait see Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1943, 1: 2. KEILTY, Robert Andrew, 1885- See Foulke, A. T. Typhoid on tap ... reaction to the manu- script of Dr. Robert A. Keilty. 8p. 23}^cm. Danville, Pa., 1943. KEIM, Rudolf, 1900- *Ueber die Ein- wirkung der Elektrolyse von Salzlosungen auf Bakterien. 16p. 20^cm. Frankf. a. M., A. Beck, 1938. KEIMER, Karl, 1901- *Ueber Liquor- befunde bei Paralyse nach Malaria- und Re- kurrenzbehandlung. 31p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuen- dorf, 1928. KEINATH, Hans Helmuth, 1910- *Fremdkorper als seltene Ursache kindlicher Vulvovaginitis [Heidelberg] 15p. 22}£cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KEINE, Heinrich Wilhelm, 1911- Un- tersuchungen zur Meteoropathologie der Angina [Breslau] p.53-60. 23cm. Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1939. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1937-38, 43: KEINING, Egon, 1892- Mesenchymal Reiztherapie bei Infektionskrankheiten. iv, 50p. 8? Munch., O. Gmelin, 1924. KEIPER, George Frederick, 1836-1909. For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. FJ Omaha, 1928, 122. KEIS, Georg, 1898- *Ein Fall von Mikrostomie infolge Verletzung durch eine Leuchtraketc 22p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1925. KEIS, Josef, 1897- *Ueber die medi- kamentose Geburtseinleitung. 36p. 8? Miinch., A. Huber, 1932. KEISER, Alexandre, 1912- *Sur un nouveau cas de fievre boutonneuse m6diter- raneenne observe1 a Paris. 63p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. KEISER, Sylvan, 1907- fSee Bender, L., Keiser, S., & Schilder, P. Studies in aggressiveness p.357-564. 23V£cm. Worcester, 1936. KEISER, Wolf Dietrich von, 1909- *Ueber einen Fall von Myelom (Erythroblastom) 24p. Berl., ohne Bence-Jones-Albuminurie. R. Pfau, 1936. KEITEL, Artur, 1904- *In oder gleich nach der Geburt; eine gerichts-medizinische Erorterung iiber die Abgrenzung der Kindesto- tung gegenuber dem Mord beziehungsweise Totschlag einerseits und der Abtreibung anderer- seits [Rostock] 15p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Roll, 1935. KEITEL, Fritz Giinther, 1902- *Hitze- resistente Milch-Milchsaure-Streptokokken un- ter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Verhaltens in der Zuckerreihe und bei der Lackmusmilch- probe [Kiel] 59p. 8? Weimar, Weimar. Verl., 1931. KEITEL, Heribert, 1906- *Die operative Behandlung der Labyrinthentziindung mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indikation zur Labyrinthektomie [Konigsberg] 58 1. 8? Gumbinnen, G. Willudt Sohn, 1931. KEITER, Friedrich. Rasse und Kultur; eine Kulturbilanz der Menschenrassen als Weg zur Rassenseelenkunde. 1. Bd: Allgemeine Kultur- biologie. xi, 298p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1938- KEITER, William Eugene, 1903- Our new baby. 81p. 19/2cm. Kinston, N. C, 1939. KEITH, Sir Arthur, 1866- Ethnos; or, The problem of race considered from a new point of view. 92p. 16? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1931. ---- New discoveries relating to the antiquity of man. 512p. 8? Lond., Williams & Norgate, 1931. ---- Human embryology and morphology. 5. ed. viii, 558p. illust. 8? Lond., E. Arnold & co., 1933. See also Smith, G. E., Keith, A. [et al.] Early man; his origin, development and culture. 176p. 8! Lond.. 1931. For biography see in Cardiac Classics (Willius, F. A.) S. Louis, 1941, 742-4, portr. -Keith, a beloved master of British anatomy. J. Anat., Lond., 1934, 69: 1, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1936, No. 15, front. KEITH, Caroline, -1925. Scharlieb. M. Obituary. Mag. London School M. Women, 1925-26, 21: 57-60. KEITH, Charles Worthington, 1879- Portrait. In Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 601. KEITH, David Yandell, 1881-1943. For obituary see Kentuckv M. J., 1943, 41: 257. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 582. KEITH, John Robert [M. D., 1895, Aberdeen] See Brand, A. T., & Keith, J. R. Clinical memoranda for general practitioners. 2. ed. 375p. 12? Lond., 1923. KEITH, Mary Helen. A bibliography of re- searches bearing on the composition and nutri- tive value of corn .and corn products. 151p. 8? Urbana, 1925. Forms Bull. 257 of Univ. Illinois Agr. Exp. Sta. KEITH, Melville Cox, 1835-1903. Seven studies for young men. 158p. 16? Blooming- ton, Pantagraph Print. Establ., 1882. ---- Why women die in childbirth; a treatise upon the proper care of the mother after child- birth, and of the new born child. 176p. 16? Bost., W. J. Robinson & co., 1884. ---- Domestic practice and botanic hand book; a practical treatise on the conditions of the human body called disease and the proper observance of the laws to prevent those condi- tions. 886p. 4? Bellville, Author, 1901. KEITH, Norman MacDonnell, 1885- For portrait see Collection in Library. KEITH-FLACK node. See Heart conduction, Sino-auricular node. KEITH-THOMPSON, Mary. A practical guide to the Edinburgh F. R. C. S.; for doctors KEITH-THOMPSON 38 KELENE from abroad, iv, 29p. 18^cm. Calc, Thacker, Spink & co., 1931. KhIZER, Dirk Paul Roclof [M. D., 1928, Amsterdam] *De couveuse-behandeling van praemature kinderen in de Amsterdamsche vrouwenkliniek over de jaren 1921-26. 165p. pl. portr. tab. 8? Amst., P. H. Vermeulen, 1928. KEKCHEEV, K. K. ncHxo$H3iiojiornn MacKupoBKH h pa3BejiKH. 108p. tab. diagr. 21cm. Moskva, Gosud. Izdat. Sovet. Nauka, 1942. KEKULE, Friedrich August, 1829-96. See De Plants. A., & Kekule, [F.] A. Analyse chimique des eaux de Saint-Moritz (Canton des Orisons) 31p. 20hcm. Coire, 1855. See also: AnschGtz, R. August Kekute. 2v. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Goodman, H. Friedrich August Kekule, architect of atoms. Bull. N. Vork Acad. M., 1942, 18: 150-6. For portrait see Hist. Chem. (Moore, F. J.) 3. ed., N. Y., 1939. 236. KELANTAN. See also Malaya. Kelantan [medical and sanitary reports, 1931-38] Trop. Dis. BuU., Lond., 1933, 30: Suppl., 166-9; 1934, 31: Suppl., 146-9; 1935, 32: Suppl., 179-82; 1936, 33: Suppl., 184-8; 1937, 34: Suppl., 190-5; 1938, 35: Suppl., 196-200; 1939, 36: Suppl., 194-9; 1940. 37: Suppl., 128-30. KELBER, David [M. D., 1936, Lausanne] Tumeur a cellules geantes du bassin. 24p. 8? Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1936. KELBER, Edith, 1904- *Ueber Pseudo- syphilis des weiblichen Genitale auf diphterischer Grundlage [Erlangen] 14p. 8? Bochum- Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1934. KELBER, Haime [M. D., 1937, Lausanne] ♦Contribution a l'gtude de quelques nerfs rachidiens chez le nouveau-n6; texture micro- scopique. 23p. 2 pl. 24^cm. Lausanne, R. Aeberli, 1937. KELBER, Isaac [M. D., 1937, Lausanne] *La metaplasie de la chorde dorsale chez les amphibiens; Triton alpestris. 24p. 2 pl. 22^cm. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1937. KELBLING, Sibylle, 1910- *Ueber Aneu- rysmenbildung des Ductus thoracicus mit Athero- sklerose. p.34-41. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1936. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1936, 50: KELBLING, Wolfgang, 1912- *Experi- mentelle Rontgenstudien am Kaninchenhoden zur Klarung des Einflusses der Protrahierung bei der fraktionierten Bestrahlung. 32p. 23cm. Kiel, H. Liidtke, 1937. KELCHNER, Mathilde. Schuld und Siihne im Urteil jugendlicher Arbeiter und Arbeiterin- nen. 147p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. Forms Beih. 63, Zschr. angew. Psychol. ---- Die Frau und der weibliche Arzt. 46p. 8? Lpz., A. Klein, 1934. ----& LAU, Ernst. Die Berliner Jugend und die Kriminalliteratur; eine Untersuchung auf Grund von Aufsatzen Jugendlicher. HOp. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. Forms Beih. 42, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KELEMEN, Josef, 1910- *Die unblutige Behandlung des Schiefhalses im Sauglingsalter. p.7-22. 8? Lpz.. F. C. W. Vogel, 1933. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 57: KELEMEN, Miklos, 1909- *Zusammen- hang zwischen Blut- und Harnzucker. 23p. 8? Lpz., Stein & co., 1934. KELEN, Bela, 1870- Rhorer, L. von [Biography] Strahlentherapie, 1935, 54: 597-9, portr. KELENE. See Ethyl derivatives, Halids: Chloride. KELKEL, Franz, 1895- *Menstruations- oder Schwangerschaftsblutung? 16p. 8. Miinch., R. Miiller & Steinicke, 1927. KELL, J. R. See Faber. O., & Kell, J. R. Heating and air-conditioning of buildings. 434p. 8? Lond., 1936. KELLAWAY, Charles Halliley, 1889- See Dale, H. H., £cm. Zur., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1939. KELLER, Hans Theodor, 1913- *Die Erfahrungen mit der Serumkoagulation nach Weltmann an der Zurcher medizinischen TJni- versitatsklinik [Zurich] p. 430-61. 23cm. Lpz., Akad. Verb Ges., 1939. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1939, 62: KELLER, Hans W., 1911- *Die Ruhe- und Schonungstherapie der Hypertonic 40p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1935. KELLER, Hans Werner, 1901- *Ein Fall von sekundarer Aspergillusmykose der Lunge. 31 p. Halle a. S., O. Jung, 1928. KELLER, Heinrich, 1890- *Das Korper- Wachstum unter den Lebensbcdingungen in einem Landerziehungsheim. 69p. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1921. KELLER, Heinrich, 1897- *Grippe und Schwangerschaft. 16p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1935. KELLER, Heinz, 1912- *Die Beein- flussung der Lungenresorption durch Tabak- rauchen. 16p. ch. 20^cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. KELLER, Helen Adams, 1880- For biography see in Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 441-4, portr.—Love, J. K. The childhood of Helen Keller. Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 114-6. See also Helen Keller Tribute Concert. Outlook for Blind, 1937, 31: 165. KELLER, Henri, 1898- *Beitrag zur Frage des familiaren Vorkommens von Ulcus ventriculi [Zurich] 30p. 8? Wadenswil, J. Villiger & cie, 1932. KELLER, Henry, 1877- Modern Hebrew orthopedic terminology and Jewish medical essays, xvii, 192p. 8? Bost., Stratford co. [1931] For portrait see Collection in Library. KELLER, Hermann, 1858-1930. *Ein Fall von Lahmung des Musculus serratus anticus major (Lahmung des Nervus thoracicus longus) 67p. 8? Zur., Zurcher & Furrer, 1884. KELLER, Hermann, 1901- *Zur Kennt- nis der Feerschen Krankheit mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der auslandischen Literatur [Heidelberg] 40p. 8? Bielefeld, G. Peiniger, 1927. KELLER, Hermann, 1903- *Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener volkstiimlicher Zahn- putzmittel (Schlemmkreide, Bolus, Zigarrenasche KELLER 40 KELLER und Bimsstein) auf den Srhmelz unserer Zahne [Wurzburg] 16p. 8? Coburg, Tagebl. Haus Coburg, 1935. KELLER, Hermann, 1905- *Ueber nicht odontogene Kieferzysten. 28p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1931. KELLER, Hildegard, 1907- *Neuere Anschauungen iiber die physiologische Wirkung der Massage [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., R. Hoffmann, 1936. KELLER, Hugo, 1910- *Ueber Sehnen- nahte. 23p. 21cm. Zur., A. G. Baden, 1940. KELLER, Irene, 1908- *Ueber einen Fall von juvenilen rezidivierenden Glaskorper- blutungen. 15p. 8? Tub., Buchdr. Tub. Studentenwerk, 1935. KELLER, Isidore A., 1903- *L'autohe- motherapie dans la lepre. 48p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1930. KELLER, Johan, 1830-84. PryU, A. [Obituary] Nyt tskr. abnormvaes., Kbh., 1899. 1: 249-55, portr. KELLER, Johann, 1910- *Zur Kenntnis des Mongolismus unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Aetiologie. 24p. tab. 22^cm. Ziir., H. Borsig, 1938. KELLER, Joseph, 1901- *Untersuchun- gen iiber das Verhalten der Gallenblase bei Typhusbazillenausscheidern [Miinster] 30p. 8? Emsdetten, H. & J. Lechte, 1931. KELLER, Jules [M. D., 1939, Geneve] *Kyste sacro-coccygien chez le nourrisson; oper6 et gueri. 16p. 22}£cm. Geneve, Impr. Genevoise, 1939 KELLER, Karl, 1904- *Ein Fall von Ependymcyste in der dritten Hirnkammer. 30p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1934. KELLER, Karl, 1912- *Die internationale Literatur iiber die Radium-Behandlung der Kieferkarzinome [Miinchen] 23p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1937. KELLER, Karl Erwin, 1912- *Foetor ex ore; Ursachen und Bekampfung. 25p. 8? Bonn [n. p., 1935] KELLER, Kent Ellsworth. The American school army; remarks of Hon. Kent E. Keller of Illinois in the House of Representatives, Friday, November 3, 1939. 24p. 17cm. Wash., Govt, print, off., 1940. KELLER, Konrad. *Die akute und chronische Periodontitis und ihre Behandlung mit Septojod [Basel] 64p. pl. 8? Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1928. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1928, 38: 281-343. KELLER, Ludwig, 1910- *Die fragliche Wirkung hochgradiger Inzucht unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines bestimmten Genes. 14p. 8? Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1936. KELLER, Manelva Wylie. See Colp, R., & Keller, M. W. Textbook of surgical nursing. 2. ed. 514p. 8? N. Y., 1929. See also MacFee, W. F., & Keller, M. W. Textbook of surgical nursing. 4. ed. 559p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. KELLER, Max, 1905- *Die Urogenital- tuberkulose (Ergebnis der Erfahrungen von 1919-29) [Zurich] 29p. 8? Wald, W. Hess, 1931. KELLER, Max Michael, 1906- *Einige Falle von Zuckergussdarm. 20p. 8? Miinch , Bayer. Dr., 1933. KELLER, Oskar. *Untersuchungen zur Ana- tomie der Wurzelkanale des menschlichen Ge- bisses nach dem Aufhellungsverfahren. 24p. pl. 8? Zur., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1928. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1928, 38: 635-57. KELLi:R, Otto, 1890- *Om Haemolym- feglandlor; en anatomisk Studie. ^US, xxi p. illust. tab. 25cm. Kbh., E. II. 1 etersen, 1922 KELLER, Otto, 1911- *Die Geburt beim engen Beckcn an der Zurcher Universitats- Frauenklinik in den Jahren l(.)29-33 [Zurich] 34p. 8? Kaltbrunn, A. Kuhne, 1937. KELLER, Paul, 1903- *Die Vulkanisie- rung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Leip- ziger Verhaltnisse. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., Radelli & Hide, 1936. KELLER, Paul Kenneth, 1912- *In- traspinal protrusion of the intervertebral disc [Marquette Univ.] 24p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1940. Typewritten. KELLER, Raymond, 1883- For portrait see Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1939. 34: No. 3, front. KELLER, Rene, 1907- *Contribution a l'etude des ulceres digestifs experimentaux; quelques precisions sur les facteurs conditionnant I'apparition de ces ulceres. 58p. illust. 24cm. Strasb., Impr. St-Thomas, 1938. KELLER, Robert. Ueberblick iiber das Luft- und Gasschutzwesen; Richtlinien fiir Lehr, Uebungs- und Organisationsbetrieb. 94p. illust. 8? Wien. Deut. Verb Jug. Volk [1934] KELLER, Robert, 1902- *Ueber Geistes- storungen bei Eisenbahnbetriebsbeamten. 45p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KELLER, Rolf, 1908- *Kongenitaler Fibuladefekt [Bonn] 59p. 8? Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1934. KELLER, Rudolf, 1875- Der elektrische Faktor der Ernahrung. 46p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1936. ---- New aspects of • cheap food. 52p. 18cm. Lond., Research Bks, 1943. ----& GICKLHORN, Joseph. Methoden der Bioelektrostatik. p. 1189-280. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932 In Abt. 5, Teil 2, pt 2, Handb. d. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden, E.) KELLER, Rudolf [M. D., 1937, Geneve] *La carie dentaire et l'alimentation. 16p. 22^cm. Geneve, Impr. du Progr?>s, 1937. KELLER, Walter, 1904- *Uterusperfora- tionen mit Verletzungen des Dickdarmes [Miin- chen] 63p. 8? Ausburg [n. p.] 1929. KELLER, Walter, 1909- *Ueber Ver- brennungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Behandlungsweise nach Tschmarke. 52p. 8? Zur., Fluntern, 1935. KELLER, Walter, 1914- *Beitrag zur kausalen Genese von Kopfmissbildungen bei Saugetier und Mensch, unter Beriicksichtigung der neuen entwicklungsmechanischen Experi- mente [Dent.] p.315-72. illust. 24#cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1941. KELLER, Walter [M. D., 1942, Bern] *Die Empfindlichkeit der menschlichen Haut ge- geniiber Kampfstoffen der Gelbkreuzgruppe [Bern] 26p. illust. tab. diagr. 24)4cm Basel, S. Karger, 1942. Also Dermatologica, 1942, 85: No. 1. KELLER, Walther [M. D., 1935, Miinchen] *Ein biologisches Mittel gegen die Hyperaesthesie freiliegender Zahnhalse. 20p. 8? Miinch., Meindldr. Verb, 1935. KELLER, Wilhelm F., 1900- *Lasst die Betrachtung der Geburtsgewichte einen Einfluss der Kriegs- und Inflationsnote auf die Volksge- sundheit Deutschlands erkennen. 26p 8? Miinch., R. Miiller & Steinicke, 1928 KELLER 41 KELLERWESSEL KELLER, Wilhelm Walter, 1893- *Ueber Psychosen und Neurosen im Kindesalter. 14p. 8° Bonn, E. Eisele, 1921. KELLER, William Lordan, 1874- Col- lected papers, v. p. 8? [n. p.] 1903-33. Photostatic copies. KELLER-HOERSCHELMANN, Arnold, 1879- Warum Nasen-, Hals- und Stimmkrank? ein Wegweiser fur Gesunde und Kranke. 72p. illust diagr. 22^cm. Cademario, Cademario- Nachrichten [1937] ---- Heilkraftige Strahlen. 88p. illust. diagr. 22Kcm. Cademario, Cademario-Nach- richten [1938] ---- Heilung aus eigener Kraft; Anleitungen zur Suggestions-Technik. 4. Aufl. 126p. illust. pl portr. 21cm. Gettenbach b. Gelnhausen, Pfister & Schwab [1939] ---- Leber- und Gallenleiden; Ursachen, Verhiitung und Naturheilung der Leber- und Gallenleiden. 58p. illust. pl. 23cm. Getten- bach b. Gelnhausen, Pfister & Schwab [1939] KELLERMANN, Albert, 1893- *Neuere Auffassungen iiber das Wesen des Typhus. 8p. 8? Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, 1921. KELLERMANN, Alfred, 1910- *Ueber das Ergebnis serologischer Untersuchungen auf Syphilis beim Lupus erythematosus. 13p. 22Kcm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KELLERMANN, Bernhard, 1913- *Ueber die Retention der Milchzahne mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der sogenannten se- kundaren Retention [Erlangen] 27p. 8? Lengerich-W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1937. KELLERMANN, Berthold, 1909- *Von der Grosse und Ausdehnung der anasthetischen Zone nach der Injektion am Tuber maxillare (insbesondere am harten Gaumen) 27p. 8? Marb., F. Fischer, 1934. KELLERMANN, Erwin, 1893- *Beitrag zur Psychologie der Brandstiftung. 36p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1933. KELLERMANN, Ianco, 1910- *Pro- prietSs the>apeutiques du kawa; application en gynecologie et urologie. 48p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. KELLERMANN, Kurt, 1912- *Ernahrung und orthodontische Anomalien. 20p. 21cm. Heidelb., J. Horning, 1937. KELLERMANN, Richard, 1908- *Klini- sche Beobachtungen iiber die Komplikationen des schweren Keuchhustens [Diisseldorf] 53p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1933. KELLERMANN, Robert, 1905- *Die Agranulocytose [Miinchen] 95p. 8? Ebers- berg, K. Schmidle, 1932. KELLERMANN, Valentin, 1907- *Das Verhalten des kolloidosmotischen (onkotischen) Druckes im Verlaufe von Lebererkrankungen [Berlin] p.337-49. 23cm. Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1937. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936-37, 100: KELLERSMANN, Alfred, 1899- ♦Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Meckelschen Divertikels unter Beriicksichtigung eines Falles, in dem es den Inhalt einer Schenkelhernie bildete. 23p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1926. KELLERSMANN, Eduard, 1905- *Ueber die vertikal-elliptische Cornea und ihre Ent- stehungsursachen. 19p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1934. KELLERSMANN, Franz, 1909- *Die Fiebertherapie der Gonorrhoe. 27p. 21cm. Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1937. KELLERWESSEL, Margareta, 1910- *Die Geschichte der Glandula thyreoidea bis Virchow [Miinchen] 32p. 22cm. Dtisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1938. KELLEY, Douglas McGlashan, 1912- See Klopfer. B., & Kelley, D. McG. The Rorschach tech- nique. 436p. 20Hem. Vonkers-on-Hudson, N. Y. [1942] KELLEY, E. G. A popular treatise on the human teeth and dental surgery; being a practi- cal guide for the early management of the health and teeth of children; the preservation of the adult teeth; causes of their diseases; and means of cure; with brief observations on artificial teeth. 2. ed. iv, 196p. 19cm. Bost., J. Mun- roe & co., 1846. KELLEY, Ernest, 1883- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 601. KELLEY, Eunice Schofield. Baby's health through natural laws, xiii, 216p. pl. 21cm. S. Antonio, Tex., Naylor co., 1938. KELLEY, Florence, 1859-1932. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 565. KELLEY, Grace Osgood, 1881- The classification of books; an inquiry into its use- fulness to the reader. 200p. tab. 23^cm. N. Y., H. W. Wilson co., 1938. KELLEY, Irene Virginia, 1887- Ques- tions and answers for nurses; new objective type and essay type. 354p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1929. ---- Text-book of nursing technique. 2. ed. 385p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1930. Also 4. ed. xiii, 424p. illust. diagr. 1940. KELLEY, James Herbert, 1875- The alumni record of the University of Illinois. 921p. pl. portr. 8? [Chic, Lakeside pr.] 1913. KELLEY, Louise, 1894- See Hill, G. A., & Kelley, L. Organic chemistry. 919p. 23Hcm. Phila., 1943. KELLEY, Mary Gervase, 1888- *On the cardioids fulfilling certain assigned conditions [Catholic Univ.] 48p. 8? Wash., D. C. [n. p.] 1917. KELLEY, Ray Stanley, 1895- Youngken, H. W. Our new Grand Secretary-Treasurer, Ray Stanley Kelley. Mask, Menasha, 1941, 38: 114, portr. KELLEY, Samuel Walter, 1855- The witchery o' the moon and other poems. 97p. 15}km. [Clevel., Author, 1919] ---- Trois frangais celebres dont l'un 6tait portugais. 24p. 8? Clevel. [Author] 1925. ---- Surgical diseases of children; a modern treatise on pediatric surgery. 3. ed. 2v. 1734p. [paged consecutively] 4? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1929. KELLEY, Truman Lee, 1884- Essential traits of mental life; the purposes and principles underlying the selection and measurement of independent mental factors, together with com- putational tables. 145p. pl. diagr. 8? Cambr., Harvard Univ. pr., 1935. KELLNER, Andreas, 1901- *Zwei Falle von Pseudohermaphroditismus. 28p. 8? Lucka i. T., R. Berger, 1926. KELLNER, Carl Eberhart, 1877- See Morton, D. J., Truex, R. C, & Kellner, C. E. Manual of human cross section anatomy. 249p. 39 x 32cm. Bait., 1941. KELLNER, Georg Ernst Hermann, 1910-- *Ueber spezifische Farbung beim forensischen Spermanachweis [Halle-Wittenberg] 17p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KELLNER, Karl, 1908- *Etude sur l'elimination de la sulfamidochrysoidine. 38p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. KELLNER 42 KELLOGG KELLNER, Susanne, 1908- *Ueber den Einfluss von Traubenzucker auf die Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration im Blute bei Operierten [Jena] 15p. S° Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1935. KELLOG, Henry Benjamin, 1904- Re- cent advances in volumetric chemical analysis. vi, 208p. illust. 18 x 10cm. Phila., Lefax [1938] KELLOGG, Anna B. See Sadler, W . S., Sadler. L. K., & Kellogg, A. B. Psychi- atric nursing. 433p. 8? S. Louis, 1937. KELLOGG, Arthur Remington, 1892- Annotated list of West Virginia mammals. p.443-79. 8? Wash., D. C, 1937. Forms No. 3022, v.84, Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus. ---- Annotated list of Tennessee mammals. p.245-303. 8? Wash., 1939. Forms No. 3051, v.86, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. KELLOGG, Edward Leland, 1872- The duodenum; its structure and function, its diseases and their medical and surgical treatment. xxvii, 855p. illust. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1933. For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 51-3; 196, portr. KELLOGG, Foster Standish, 1883- For portrait see Med. Rec, Houston, 1941, 35: No. 10, insert. KELLOGG, George Albert. A history of Whidbey's Island (Whidby Island) State of Washington. 108p. portr. 8? [Oak Harbor, Wash., G. B. Astcl] 1934. KELLOGG, George Ozra Asahel, 1897- For portrait see Northwest M., 1942, 41: 405. KELLOGG, Irwin. Why breathe? a handbook of illustrated exercises for correct breathing. 62p. illust. 19cm. N. Y., G. Schirmer [1939] KELLOGG, James W. Food standards and definitions. 80p. 8? Harrisburg, Pa., 1929. Forms No. 485 of Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr. KELLOGG, John Harvey, 1852-1943. Uses of water in health and disease; a practical treatise on the bath, its history and uses, viii, 154p. 8? Battle Creek, Health Reformer, 1876. -—— Household manual of hygiene, food and diet, common diseases, accidents and emergen- cies, and useful hints and recipes, vi, 172p. 12? Battle Creek, Health Reformer, 1877. ---- Plain facts about sexual life, viii, 356p. 8? Battle Creek, Health Reformer, 1877. ---- Diphtheria: its causes, prevention, and proper treatment, iv, 64p. 12? Battle Creek, Good Health pub. co., 1879. ---- Ladies' guide in health and disease; girlhood, maidenhood, wifehood, motherhood. xx, 638p. 8? Des Moines, W. D. Condit & co., 1883. ---- Plain facts for old and young; embracing the natural history and hygiene of reproduction. xx, 644p. 8? Burlington, la, I. F. Segner, 1886. ---- Ten lectures on nasal catarrh, its nature, causes, prevention, and cure. 120p. 8? Battle Creek, Good Health pub. co., 1889. ---- The value of strength tests in the pre- scription of exercise. 25p. 22cm. Battle Creek, Mod. Med. pub. co., 1896. ---- Rational hydrotherapy; a manual of the physiological and therapeutic effects of hydriatic procedures, and the technique of their application in the treatment of disease. 2. ed. xxxi, 1193p. pl. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1903. ---- Home book of modern medicine; a family guide in health and disease, xiii, 1676p. 8? Battle Creek, Mod. Med. pub. co., 1906. Also another ed. xliii, 1676p. 4? 1907. pl. S 1917. 300p. The new method in diabetes. 177p. Battle Creek, Good Health pub. Co., Also 4. ed. [with] Diabetic diet table. Mod. Med. pub. co. [1933] The crippled colon; causes, conse- quences, remedies, x, 385p. pb 8. Battle Creek, Mod. Med. pub. co., 1931. For biography see Baker, A. L. Dr Kellogg now 90. Good Health, 1942, 7*7: 68-73, portr.—Magan. P. T. Apostle of health. Health, Mount. View, 1942, 9: No. 7, 12.—Saidman, J. IBiographie] Ann. Inst, actin.. Par., 1938-39, 13: 109. For portrait see Collection in Library. KELLOGG, James Lawrence, 1866-1938. Conklin, E. G. Obituary. Science. 1938, 88: 272. For portrait see Collection in Library. KELLOGG, Llewellyn C, 1875- A laboratory manual in gross anatomy and dis- section with notes for study. 182 1. 8? Ann Arb., Edward bros, 1931. ---- The anatomy of surgical approaches. x, 134p. illust. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1934. KELLOGG, Luella Agger. See Kellogg, W. N., & Kellogg, L. A. The ape and the child. 314p. 8? N. Y., 1933. KELLOGG, M. G. Treatment of disease by hygienic agencies; a guide for treating the sick without medicine. viii, 160p. 16? Battle Creek, Health Reformer, 1874. KELLOGG, Minerva, 1893- *A study of vitamin Bi requirement [Columbia Univ.] 29p. 23cm. Watertown, S. Dak., Grow & Hinds, 1938. KELLOGG, Paul Underwood, 1879- Editor of Calling America. 122p. 30Mcm. N. Y., 1939. For portrait see Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1939, 66: front. KELLOGG, Vernon Lyman, 1867-1937. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 567. KELLOGG, Wilfred Harvey, 1898- For biography see JVeek. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1941-42, 20: 143. For portrait see Collection in Library. KELLOGG, Winthrop Niles, 1898- *An experimental comparison of psychophysical meth- ods [Columbia Univ.] 86p. 8? N. Y., 1929. Also Arch. Psychol., 1929, No. 106. ---- & KELLOGG, Luella Agger. The ape and the child; a study of environmental influence upon early behavior, xiv, 314p. illust. diagr. pl. 8? N. Y., McGraw-Hill Bk co., 1933. KELLS, Charles Edmund, 1856- Dr Kells honored. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79: 679. KELLS, Robert, 1819-88. Underwood, Fl J., & Whitfield, R. N. [Biography] In their Pub. Health Mississippi, Jackson, 1938, 116, portr, KELLY, Adam Brown, 1865-1941. Blacklock, J. W. S., & Brand, G. B. Obituary. Glasgow M. J.. 1941, 136: 41-3—E., G. H., Colledge, L., & M., T. K. Obituary. Ibid., 16-20, portr.—G., D. Obituary. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1941, 56: 273-5, portr.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 33, portr. KELLY, Albert Charles, 1911- ♦Intra- venous anesthesia with pentothal sodium [Mar- quette Univ.] 16p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p., 1940] Typewritten. KELLY, Aloysius Oliver Joseph, 1870-1911. The practice of medicine; a guide to the nature, discrimination and management of disease. xix, 945p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1910. KELLY, Edward Joseph, 1895- For portrait see Bull. Chicago Tuberc. Sanit., 1938-40, 18:-20: front. KELLY, Emerson Crosby, 1899- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu BulL, 1940-41, 30: 141. KELLY 43 KELLY KELLY, Evander Francis, 1879- Editor of Caspari, C. A treatise on pharmacy. 8. ed. 553p. 24 Hem. Phila., 1939. For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942 227. For portrait see Abstr. Proc. U. S. Pharm. Conv. (1940) 1941, opp. p. 1. KELLY, Ferdinand, 1875-1940. *Das Civil- veterinarwesen der Schweiz [Bern] 290p. 8? St Gallen, V. Schmid & co., 1910. See also Bachler. Bezirkstierarzt Dr Ferdinand Kelly. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 1940, 82: 274-8, portr. KELLY, Frank Lewis, 1884- For portrait see Collection in Library. KELLY, Frederick Cantwell, 1903- *The treatment of post-operative complications in abdominal surgery [Marquette Univ.] 19p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. KELLY, Frederick James, 1880- The influence of standardizing agencies in education. 23p. 8? Minneap., Univ. of Minnesota [1927] KELLY, George Alexander, 1905- For biography see J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1942-43, 14: 63, portr. For portrait see Vet. Rec, Lond., 1943, 55: 309. KELLY, George Lombard, 1890- Sexual feeling in woman, xviii, 270p. pl. 8? Augusta, Ga, Elkay co., 1930. KELLY, Gregory C. Classifications and acci- dent reports as a means to reasonable compensa- tion insurance rates. 3 1. 23^cm. Wash., Govt print, off., 1930. KELLY, Harry Eugene, 1870-1936. Bierring, W. L. An appreciation. Fed. Bull., Chic, 1936, 22: No. 2, 33. KELLY, Helen Garside. See Berne. E. Van C, & Kelly. H. G. The adequacy of samples of behavior obtained during short observation periods. p.113-25. 23^cm. Iowa City, 1934. KELLY, Henry Thomas, 1875-1941. For obituary see Westchester M. Bull., 1941, 9: No. 10,15. KELLY, Herbert Thomas, 1899- Pee Beardwood, J. T., & Kelly, H. T. Simplified diabetic management. 3. ed., rev. 221p. 19^cm. Phila., 1939. For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 227, portr. KELLY, Howard Atwood, 1858-1943. In- juries and lacerations of the perineum and pelvic floor, p.719-78. 8? Phila., Lea bros & co., 1888. In Syst. Gyn. (Mann, M. D.) Phila., 1888, 2: ---- Operative gynecology. 2. ed. 2v. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1906. ---- Injuries to the rectum caused by gynecologic examinations. 7p. 8? [Bait., n. p., 1909?] ---- The influence of segregation upon prosti- tution and upon the public. 15p. 8? Phila. [n. p.] 1912. ---- To convert sentiment into action in fighting vice. 41. 8? [Bait., n. p., 1912] ---- Gynecology, xxxvi, 1043p. illust. 4? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1928. ---- Some American medical botanists com- memorated in our botanical nomenclature. 215p. pl. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1929. See also Corner, G. W. Howard Atwood Kellv as a medical historian. Bull. Hist. M., 1943, 14: 191-200, portr.—Cullen, T. S. [Dr Howard Atwood Kelly; the last of the Johns Hopkins Hospital Big Four] Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1942-43, 31: 65; 106. portr,—Fricke, R. E. A tribute. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1940, 15: 525-7.—Helfenstein, E. F. Testimonial dinner to Howard Atwood Kelly on his 75. birthdav, Feb. 20, 1933. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1933, 53: 65-109. portr.— Lawler, E. M. Doctor Howard A. Kelly, 75 years young. Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag., 1933, 32: 60.—Sherwood. H. S. Dr Howard A. Kelly, Scribner's Mag., 1928, 84: 278-90. See also Barker, L. F. [Obituary] Science, 1943, 97: 176.— Burnam, C. F. [Obituary] Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1943, 73:1-22, portr.—Cullen, M.B.D. [Obituary] Johns Hopkins Nurs. Alumnae Mag., 1943, 42:70.—Kanouse, B. B. [Obituary] Mycologia, Lancaster, 1943, 35: 383, portr.—Matas, R. [Obituary] Surgery, 1943, 14: 8-12, portr.—Necrologia. An. brasil. gin., 1943, 15: 226, portr.—Obituary. Newcastle M. J., 1942-43, 22: 2. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 277 portr. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 6: 431.—Turner, G. [Obituary] Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 236. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Book of Portraits (TJlmann, D.) Bait., 1922. Also Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1940, 29: 42; 1942-43, 31: 67. ---- & HURDON, E. Vermiform appendix and its diseases, viii [v. p.] 4? Phila., W. B. Saunders & co., 1905. KELLY, Howard Atwood, & WARD, Grant Eben. Electrosurgery. xxii, 305p. illust. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1932. KELLY, James, 1829-1907, compiler. The American catalogue of books (original and re- prints) 2v. 25Mfcm. N. Y., P. Smith, 1938. KELLY, James Francis, 1891- , & DOW- ELL, Dawson Arnold. Roentgen treatment of infections. 432p. illust. tab. diagr. 23}£cm. Chic, Year Book Pub. [1942] KELLY, James W. Methods of collecting and preserving pollen for use in the treatment of hay fever. 9p. illust. 23^cm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1928. Forms No. 46, Circ. TJ. S. Dep. Agr. KELLY, John D. The road to better health. 21p. illust. 8? Binghamton, N. Y., Author, 1936. KELLY, John Palmer, 1901- *The post- operative treatment after abdominal operations [Marquette Univ.] 12p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. KELLY, Margaret Reuther. See Kelly, W. A., & Kelly, M. R. Introductory child psychology. 413p. 8? Milwaukee [1938] KELLY, Meriba Ada Babcock. Health chats with young readers. 203p. 12? Bost., Educ. pub. co., 1898. KELLY, Oather Allen, 1895-1942. Voyles, J. S. [Obituary] J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 2273, portr. Also J. Missouri Dent. Ass., 1942, 22: 189, portr. KELLY, Wendell Culmer, 1906- Mono- graph on ephedrine; the history, chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology and pathology, and present clinical status. 75 1. 28cm. [Indianap., Lilly res. lab., 1940] KELLY, William, 1811(?)-88. For biography see Laboratory, Pittsb., 1940, 11: 26-9, portr. KELLY, William Anthony, 1900- , & KELLY, Margaret Reuther. Introductory child psychology. xviii, 413p. illust. diagr. 8? Milwaukee, Bruce pub. co. [1938] KELM, George James, 1910- *Undulant fever [Marquette Univ.] 20p. 28cm. Mil- waukee [n. p.] 1936. Typewritten. KELOID. See also Acne, keloid; Cicatrix, Pathology; Fibrosis; Skin, Tumor. Avram, B. *Essai de synthese etiopatho- g6nique et therapeutique des chedoides. 24p. 24cm. Par., 1939. LtiTJENS, E. *Der heutige Stand der For- schung uber die Aetiologie und Therapie der Keloide. 20p. 8? [Berl., 1938] Antonioli, G. M. Contributo clinico sulle cicatrici pato- logiche e sui cheloidi. Arch. ital. derm., 1937, 13: 247-62.— Bur&teinas, J. [On keloids] Medicina, Kaunas, 1940, 21: 8-18.—Carvalho Franco, D. de. Quel6ides. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1933, 26: 375-84.—Hunt, H. L. Cheloids (keloids) Am. Med., 1928, 23: 337-41.—Konroy, J. A. Keloids. Med. World, 1938, 56: 641.—Lewis, J. H. Keloid. In his Biol. Negro, Chic, 1942, 332-5.—Ludy, J. B. Keloid. In Cyclop. KELOID 44 KELOID Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1940. 13: 919-22.—Moncorps. C. Keloid. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 940.—Putte, P. J. van [Keloids] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: pt 2, 646.—Thomson, M S. Keloid. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 366-70. ---- Cases. Abramowitz, E. W. A case for diagnosis; keloid? Kaposi's sarcoma? Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic, 1940, 42: 976—Bancroft, J. R. Keloid. Ibid., 1943, 48: 470.— Burman, C. E. L. Two cases of keloid formation, with comments. Brit. J. Surg., 1934 21: 527-9.—Costa, O. G. A case of keloids of unusual size.' Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic, 1943, 47: 411.—Garb, J., & Stone. M. J. Keloids; review of the literature and a report of 80 c?ses. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 58: 315-35.—Gate, J., & Michel. P. J. Cheloides presternyk*. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph.. 1934, 41: 148.—Gimeno Rodrfguez-Jaen, V. Iconografia rlinica de enfermedades de la pie], sffilis y venereo; los queloides. Progr. clin., Madr., 1920, 15: 227-32, pl.—Goldsmith, W. N.. & Freudenthal. W. ?Angio-fibrosarcoma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1548.—Kato, K. Ein Fall von grossem rctroaurikularem Narbenkeloid. Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1936, 9: 1007.—Kaufman. S. M. A case for diagnosis (keloid?) Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic, 1936, 33: 581.—Keloid, ear. In Atlas Dent. Path. (Bernier, J. L., et al.) 2. ed., Chic, 1942, 160 pl —Medeiros, O. I'm caso interessante de cheloides primitivos. Brasil med., 1940, 54: 56-8. Also An. Soc. med. cir. Rio Grande do Norte, 1941, 3: No. 4, 9-11, pl.—Toupin, R. Un cas de cheloide. Union med. Canada, 1938, 67: 312. ---- Complication. Burman, C. E. L. Observations and reflections on cancer in general practice. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 311; 354 — Grand, J. L. Hidradenitis suppurativa with keloids. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 178.—Kenig, M. L. Malignant keloid following vein puncture. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 810.—Kindersley, C. Ulcer in connexion with keloidal condi- tion on left leg. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 631; 1935- 36, 29: 1219.—MacCormac, H. Ulcerating keloid in an infant. Ibid., 721. ---- Etiology. See also such headings as Cicatrix; Furuncle; Tattoo. Abascal, H. El queloide en la raza negra. Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1933, 59: 145-55, 7 pl.—Balbi, E. Presenza di cheloidi nei membri di una famiglia per tre generazioni. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 845-7.—Bloom, D. Keloids and radiodermatitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 864.—Boh rod, M. G. Keloids and sexual selection; a study in the racial distribution of disease. Ibid., 1937, 36: 19-25.— Ciaccio, I. Studio istologico-clinico ed interpretazione pato- genetica di cheloidi insorti in un leproso. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif., 1938, 1: 1177. Also Oior. ital. derm, sif., 1939, 80: 877-90, pl.—Freund, E. Cheloidi da sifiloderma pustoloso. Ibid., 1935, 76: 29, pl.—Gate, J., & Peissel, J. Cheloides vaccinales. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 560.—Gross, V. Aetiolo- gische Untersuchungen iiber Keloide; Statistik, Tierversuche, biologische Experimente. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern (1931-33) 1934, No. 3, 1-4.—Heraheiroer, C. Quelques remarques sur l'etiologie des cheloides. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 940.—Lacassagne, J., & Rousset, J. Tatouages et cheloides. Ibid., 919.—Lortat-Jacob, Fernet & Solente. Etude sur les causes des cheloides et leur mode d'action. Ibid., 943-7.—Maggiulli, G. Sul rapporto tra cheloidi secondari e sifiUde. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 73: 492-8, pl.—Marras, A. Metabolismo calcico e cheloide; contributo clinico e sperimentale alio studio etiologico del cheloide. Ibid., 1933, 74: 715-26.—Naegeli, R. S. Recherches statistiques, experimentales et biologiques sur les cheloides. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 905-12.—Pautrier, L. M. Comment se pose la probleme des cheloides. Ibid., 895-903. ------Woringer, F., & Esquier. Tatouage en relief chez un noir; examen histologique; analogie avec le tissu cheloldien. Ibid.. 39: 310-16.—Romero, O., & Grau, J. Tuberculides papulo-necr6ticas generalizadas con reaccion queloidea con- secutiva. Actas derm, sif., Granada, 1939-40, 31: 125-32.— Saalfeld, U. Storungen der innercn Sekretion bei Keloiden. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1509.—Schmidt, O. E. L. Spontaneous keloids. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 1080.—Solente, G. Cheloides et cicatrices cheloldiennes; leur signification. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1932, 8: 267-81.—Strong, R. P., & Shattuck, G. C. Onchocerciasis and keloid formation [Africa] In Afr. Rep. Liberia (Strong, R. P.) Cambr., 1930, 1: 253-7.— Truffi, M. Cheloidi da trauma professionale. Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1935, 76: No. 3, Suppl., 233.—Van den Brandon, F., & Appelmans, M. Les cheloides chez les indigenes du Congo Beige. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1940, 33: 339-46.—Wolf, M. Ueber familiare Keloidbildung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 722.—Wood, J. C. Keloids following laparotomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 65: 376-8. ---- large, or multiple. Alvarez, G. Queloides espontaneos multiples. Rev. As. meU. argent., 1940, 54: 806-8.—Barbaglia, V. Su un caso di cheloidi multipli: contributo all'etiologia ed alia patogenesi del cheloide. Gior ital. derm, sif 1028, fi^g^J^ (asabianca & Gascard. K. Un cas ao u» cheloides multiplex. Marseille mod., 193?. 76.. Pt 1. /05. Ci.rrocchi, I.. Su un caso raro di chelo.de . > It nJo. Mt, Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 804-11 .—Fox, H- M' '"PLe *°™°» treated by excision and roentgen therapy. -M ' "■ ' JeTnf.-°Y.-,' Chic, 1935, 31: 431-3.—Gottron & UcbrrHchar. Multiple miliare und kleinstreifen- und netzformige Keloidbildung. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 345—Gromier, E. Cas de tumeurs fibreuses cheloldiennes reiierahsees. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 553-6.- Henkels, P. Die fraktionierte Kauterisation grosser Narbenkeloide. Deut, tieriirztl. Wschr., 1930, 38: 501-4.—Hidaka, S., & Chen, H. Ueber einen Fall von spontanen, multiplen und symmetrischen Keloiden. Polyclin. Dairo.n, 1924-26, 2: No. 54, 679.— Lobmaycr, G. Kleine Ursachen, grosse Keloide. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 253.—Moniatte, M. Cheloides multiples consecu- tives'a des vaccinations. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 671-4.—Narducci, F. Sopra un caso di cheloidi multipli giganteschi. Dermosifilografo, 1930. 5: 145-56.—Patterson, W. Large keloid scar in sternal and deltoid regions. Newcastle M. J., 1920-21, 1: 57, pl.—Puente, J. J. Queloides; un caso de'queloides multiples y gigantes. Rev. derm, argent., 1925- 26, 11: 289-313.—Sezary, A., & Levy, G. Cicatrices hyper- trophiques multiples, consecutives a une eruption de syphilides lichenoides. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 1673-5.— Silva, F. Cheloides espontaneos multiplos. Brasil med., 1927, 41: 1389-92.—Soderlund, G. [Case of cicatricial keloid with unusual spread and tumor-like growth] Hygiea, Stockh., 1930, 92: 730-5.—Tzanck, A., Sidi. E., & Arnous, J. Cheloide geante. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 1815-8.—Wise, F. Extensive postacne keloids. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 431. ---- Pathology. Del Genio, F. Ricerche istologiche sul cheloide. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1937, 47: 37-42.—Mayer. E. Pathologic des Keloids. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1510.—Pautrier, L. M., & Woringer, F. L'anatomie pathologique des cheloides. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2: 1145-79. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 932-9.—Paz, J. C. Queloides; contribuci6n a su estudio. Rev. mecl. quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1942, 20: 458-82.—Schridde, H. Die Keloidose des Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 582-4.—Vonno, N. C. [Calcium con- tents of keloid tissue in comparison with healthy tissue] Ge- neesk. gids, 1939, 17: 383-5.—Walther, E. Wesen und Be- deutung des Keloid. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1006-8. ---- Surgery. Alhaique, A. Chirurgia estetica; cura del cheloide. Rinasc. med., 1932, 9: 25-7.—Fevre, Thibonneau & Cayla. Cheloide du lobule de l'oreille 3 fois r<:cidivee, guerie par l'association de la radiotherapie precoce avec l'acte chirurgical. Bull. Soc. peMiat. Paris, 1938, 36: 404-6.—Gohrbandt. E. Plastische Oporntionon bei Keloiden. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1510 — Matyas, M. Ueber die Behandlung der nach Operationen entstandenen Keloide. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 3039.—Morse, J. L. Moles, warts and keloids. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 36: 137-44.—Passot, R. Traitement esthetique des cheloides; ablation chirurgicale suivie d'irradiation immediate. Presse med., 1933, 41: 544-6.—Peeples, D. L. Removal of keloid by electro-coagulation. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1927-28, 4: 160 — Seltzer, A. P. Removal of large keloid without skin graft. Med. World, 1940, 58: 306.—Sheeman, J. E. Capillary drain- age in the treatment of keloidal scars. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 548. ---- Treatment [and prevention] Ashbury, H. H. The treatment of keloids. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 441-4.—Belot, J. Le traitement des cheloides. J. med. chir., Par., 1932, 103: 77-87.—Bohmer, L. Keloide und ihre Behandlung. Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 1472-4.—Carlu, L. Nouvelle therapeutique des cheloides et des cicatrices che- loidiennes par l'ionisation au chlorure de magnesium. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1934, 7. ser., 5: 162-9.—Coicou, F. Les cheloides; leur traitement. Ann. med. halti., 1938, 15: 101-8.— Costello, M. J. Keloids and their treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 154: 205-7.—Degrais, P., & Bellot, A. Traite- ment des cheloides. Presse med., 1925, 33: 1581.—Deplaen, P. Le traitement preventif et curatif des cheloides. Rev. chir. struct., Brux., 1937, 7: 99-102.—Eiger, J. Zur Behandlung des Keloids nach Furunkel mit Jodiontophorese. Munch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1297.—Fernandez Blanco. Cicatrices queloideas tratadas por la ionizaci6n con ioduro de potasio. Prensa med. argent., 1925-26, 12: 754.—Filips, L. Practical observations on the treatment of keloids and potential keloids. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1939, 150: 379; 418.—Grunwald, B. [Keloid and its treatment] Gy6gyaszat, 1936, 76: 279.—Marinho, J. Tratamento cirurgico e fisioterdpico dos quel6ides. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: 473, pl.—Moscoso, A. de. 0 queloide e seu tratamento. Rev. brasil. med., 1930, 6: 209-18.—Nason, L. H. Keloids and their treatment. N. England J. M., 1942, 226: 883-6.—Rabut, R. Comment traiter les cheloides. Hopital, 1933, 21: 763-5.—Reisner, A. Die Behandlung der Blutschwamme urd Keloide Med Klin Berl., 1938, 34: 1233-5.—Rosner, S. Sobre eftratamiento de los queloides; resultados obtenidos en el Instituto de Medicina KELOID 45 KELSEY Experimental para el estudio y tratamiento del cancer. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1930, 7: 1375-81.—Sallfeld, U. Keloide und ihre Behandlung. Ther. Gegenwart, 1931, 72: 410-2.—Stein, A. A. [Treatment of keloid] Vest, khir., 1941 62: 24-6.—Stein, R. O. Ueber die Behandlung von Narb'en und Keloiden. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 996. Also Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933, 7: 12-4.—Torres Marty, L. Tratamiento de las cicatrices queloideas en la primera infancia; a proposito de un caso. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 117.— Weill, R. Traitement des cheloides par la chirurgie et la radium. Rev. odont., Par., 1935, 56: 215-8.—Wirz, F. Zur Behandlung des Keloids nach Furunkel mit Jodiontophorese. Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1515. ---- Treatment: Physiotherapy. Fevrier. P. Contribution a l'etude et au traitement des cheloides par le radium. 73p. 8° Tours, 1935. Schonfeld [B. H.] H. J. *Ergebnisse der Rontgen- und Radiumbehandlung der Keloide. 20p. 23Kcm. Lpz., 1937. Bab, M. Zur Verhiitung der Keloidbildung durch prophy- laktische Nachbestrahlung der frischen Operationswunde. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 319.—Baensch, W. Ueber die Strahlenbehandlupg der Keloide. Strahlentherapie, 1937, 60: 204-9. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 384.—Belot. Physiotherapie des cheloides. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 965-76.—Davis, A. H., & Brown, W. L. Radium treatment of keloids. Radiol. Rev., 1938, 60: 67-9.—Del Giudice, V. Tratamiento radioterapico de los queloides. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1938, 15: 877-87, 3 pl. Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1939, 13: No. 127, 1-9.—Fevrier, P. Le traitement des cheloides par le radium. J. med. chir., Par., 1936, 107: 115.—Freedman, E., & Stanton, E. Radiation therapy of keloids. Chn. Bull. School M. Wrestern Reserve Univ., 1941, 5: 46-8.—Fuhs, H. Zur Radiumbehandlung der Keloide (hypertrophischen Narben) Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 160.—Grain, R. Traitement des cheloides cervicales par l'ionisation iodee. Bull. Soc med. Paris, 1938, 345-6.— Grier, G. W. The roentgen-ray treatment of keloid. Am. J. Roentg., 1926, 16: 22-6.—Guilera, L. G. Queloide cicatricial profundo curado por radiumterapia. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel., 1928, 2: 234.—Hintze, A. Die Keloidgeschwulst und ihre Heilung durch Bestrahlung. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 224-40.—Hodges, F. M. Radiation therapy of keloid and keloidal scars. Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 31: 238-43.—Hoffman, W. J. Treatment of keloids. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1937, 18: 135-8.—Hunter, A. F. Roentgen therapy of hypertrophic scars and keloids. Radiology, 1942, 39: 400-9. ----- El tratamiento roentgenoterapeutico de las cicatrices hiper- tr6ficas y de los queloides. Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1943, 10: 101-9.-—Jimenez-Rivero, M. Los queloides y su trata- miento por la crioterapia. Gaz. med. Caracas, 1934, 41: 177-80. Also in his Dermosifilogr. venezol., Caracas, 1936, 121-8.—Kalz, F. Die Grenzstrahlbehandlung des Keloides. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 103: 1223-6.— Kilbane, C. V. Filtered roentgen rays in the treatment of keloid. N. England J. M., 1930, 203: 1238-41.—Lepennetier, F. Cheloides; radiotherapie et eiectrotherapie. Rev. actin., Par., 1929, 5: 69.—Leucutia, T. The value of radiation in war keloids. Am. J. Roentg., 1942 48: 100-2.—Levitt, W. M., & Gillies, H. Radiotherapy in th« prophylaxis and treatment of keloid. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 440-2.—Moscariello. T. Del cheloide e della sua terapia cor il radium. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1937, 13: 317-37.—Ramirez, V. Tratamiento de los queloides por la nieve carb6nica. Gac. med. Mexico, 1926, 57: 318-20.—Redard, P., & Barret, G. Du traitement des cheloides par 1'efBuve de haute frequence. Ann. eiectrob., Lille, 1906, 9: 490-2.—Rieti, E. Sulla curie- terapia del cheloidi. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1928, 4: 941-55.— Simons, A. Zur Therapie der Keloide und Narbenhypertro- phien; die Einfuhrung radioaktiver Substanzen in« Gewebe als neue Moglichkeit zur Behandlung gewisser, speziell fiir die bisherigen Methoden der Strahlentherapie nicht oder wenig geeigneter Falle. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 37: 89-123. KELP. See Algae; Iodine, Manufacture. KELSCHENBACH, Theodor, 1904- *Glykogengehalt der fetalen Leber und ihre Bedeutung im Kohlehydratstoffwechsel des Foeten wahrend der Schwangerschaft. 22p. 8? Frankf. a. M., A. Nix, 1933. KELSER, Raymond Alexander, 1892- Manual of veterinary bacteriologjr. xi, 525p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1927. Also 2. ed. ix, 552p. 1933. Also 3. ed. xiii, 640p. 1938. Also 4. ed. [with Schoening, H. W.] xi, 719p. 1943. See also Veterinary Corps' first Brigadier General. Vet. Med., Chic, 1942, 37: 153, portr. For portrait see J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1942, 101: 320; 1943, 103: 225. Also Vet. Med., Chic, 1941, 36: 586; 1942, 37: 62, 392; 1943, 38: 365. KELSEY, Harlan P. Editor of American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature. Editorial Committee. Standardized plant names. 2. ed. 675p. 23}.£ x 20cm. Harrisb.. Pa., 1942. KELSEY, Harry Estes, 1872- Presentation of the Albert H. Ketcham memorial award, 1942, by Charles R. Baker. Interamer. Orthodont. Congr. (1942) 1943, 1. Congr., 270-7, portr. Also Am. J. Orthodont., 1942, 28: 465-72, portr. For portrait see Angle Orthodont., 1942, 12: opp. p. 61. KELSO, William W. Sanitation in Paisley; a record of progress, 1488-1920. 467p. 8? Paisley, A. Gardner, 1922. KELSON, William Henry, 1862-1940. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 244. KELTERBORN, Walther [M. D., 1926, Basel] *Ueber paroxysmale Hyperkinesien (lokale Spas- men, Tics) im Gefolge von Encephalitis epi- demica [Basel] 88p. 8? Solothurn, Zepfel, 1926. KELTING, Hans, 1910- *TJeber das Verhalten des Blutkorperchenvolumens bei der experimentellen Ziegenmilchanamie der wachsen- den Ratte [Kiel] 27p. 23#cm. Kellinghusen, H. J. J. Hay [1935] KELTON, Walter Elmo, 1877-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 328. KELTSCH, Adam, 1912- *Pneumonie und Intoxikation bei Ascaris lumbricoides mit 2 Eigenbeobachtungen an Kindern [Erlangen] 43p. 20}£cm. Forchheim Oberft., O. Mauser, 1938. KELVIN, Sir William Thomson. See Thomson, Sir William, 1824-1907, first Lord Kelvin. KELVIN effect. See Thomson effect. KELYNACK, Violet, -1940. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 984, portr. Also Med. Woman J., 1940, 47: 341, portr. KELZENBERG, Hans, 1910- Operative oder konservative Behandlung der entziind- lichen Adnexerkrankungen? (Material der Wtirz- burger Universitatsfrauenklinik aus den Jahren 1923 bis 1933) [Wurzburg] 46p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KEMBLE, Edwin Crawford, 1889- Mo- lecular models, gyroscopic motion, the Zeeman effect and related topics, p.293-358. 25cm. Wash.. Nat. Res. Counc, 1930. In Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, v.ll, pt 3, No. 57. KEMBLE, James, 1900- Idols and in- valids, ix, 21 lp. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1935] ---- Hero-dust, xvi [193]p. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1936] KEMEN, Albert, 1904- *Beitrag zur Klinik der Meningitis im Kindesalter [Diissel- dorf] 46p. 8? Aachen, Aachener Verb [1931] KEMENY, Joseph, 1912- *Elargissement d^finitif du bassin apres symphysiotomie par greffes osteope>iostiques. 38p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. KEMMERICH, Max Philipp Albert, 1876- Moderne Kultur-Kuriosa. viii, 299p. 12? Miinch., A. Langen, 1926. KEMMERN, Latvia. See under Balneography. KEMNA, Curt, 1910- *Placenta praevia und Blutungen wahrend der Geburt aus anderen Ursachen in der Hebammenpraxis. 23p. 8°. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. KEMNER, Heinz, 1910- *Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber ein neues Desinfek- tionsmittel A [Miinster] 15p. 21cm. Lenge- rich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. KEMMTZ 46 KEMPER KEMMTZ, Emil Kurt, 1900- *Statistik uber operable und inoperable Magenkrebse [Leipzig] 23p. 8? Oschatz, C. Morgner, 1926. KEMMTZER, Karl, 1910- *Untersu- chungen iiber die Atherosklerose der Aorta, Kranzarterie und der Milzarterie. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1937. KEMP, Hardy Alfred, 1902- The sero- logical diagnosis of typhoid fever in the vac- cinated individual; a comparison between O and H agglutination and the comparative Widal test (Dreyer) by Two Silver Bars, pseud. 28 1. 28cm. [Wash., the Author, 1932] Typewritten. For biography see Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 249, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEMP, Henry William, 1885- How to practice medicine, ix, 156p. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1935. KEMP, Jarold Elting, 1898-1941. Brunei, W.M. [Obituary] Proc Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 161, portr.—[Obituary] Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1942, 8: 95. KEMP, Phyllis. Healing ritual; studies in the technique and tradition of the southern Slavs. xvi, 335p. pl. portr. 8? Lond., Faber & Fabcr [1935] KEMP, Tage, 1896- Studier over K0ns- karakterer hos Fostre. H7p. illust. tab. 26cm. Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1927. -—— Prostitution; an investigation of its causes, especially with regard to hereditary factors. 253p. 8°. Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1936. ---- & OKKELS, Harald. Lehrbuch der Endokrinologie. 224p. illust. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1936. KEMP, William Norman, 1895- For biography see Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140: 523. KEMPA. Hedwig Hildegard Alwine, 1909- *Ueber den Nachweis von echter Kernsubstanz in den Thrombocyten. 12p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss.-Buchdr., 1935. KEMPE, Gustav, 1900- *Ueber Psitta- kose; Beobachtung einer Familienepidemie. 19p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1935. KEMPE, Hans, 1907- *Nachkrank- heiten nach Tonsillektomie. 24p. 21cm. Ros- tock, C. Hinstorff, 1937. KEMPE, Otto Ernst, 1910- *Frakturen der Trochlea humeri; Behandlung und Ergeb- nisse [Leipzig] 27p. 23}£cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. KEMPELEN, Farkas, baro, 1734-1804. Le mecanisme de la parole, suivi de la dscription d'une machine parlante. xii, 464p. pl. portr. 19cm. Wien, J. V. Degen, 1791. KEMPEN, Sandrinus van, 1871- [Fortieth anniversary of medical work] Geneesk. gids, 1941 19: 405, portr. KEMPER, Bernhard Heinrich, 1910- *Das Haemangioma-Cavernosum der Mundhohle [Miinster] 45p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. KEMPER, General William Harrison, 1839- 1927. A medical history of the state of Indiana. xxv, 393p. portr. 8? Chic, Am. M. Ass., 1911. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1533. KEMPER, Heinrich. Die Wanzenplage und ihre Bekampfung. 24p. 18? Dresd., E. Deleiter [1928] KEMPER, Heinz, 1905- *Ueber die geburtstraumatischen Veranderungen am Zen- tralnervensystem Neugeborener mit einem be- merkenswerten Fall; Mikrogyrie der hnken Gr'osshirnhemisphare [Heidelberg] 32p. 8. Karlsruhe i. B., W. Burger, 1931. KEMPER, John [M. D., 1867, Long Island Coll. Hosp.] Treatise on the diseases of women, their symptoms and treatment; or, Physiology of the female organs of generation and reproduction, both animal and vegetable, written with especial reference to the menses and the morbid conditions following them. 212p. 12? Galesburg, 111., Colville & bros, 1875. KEMPER, John Willard, 1891- Ex- traction of teeth and other surgical procedures. p.773-857. 24cm. Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1940. In Am. Textb. Oper. Dent. (Ward, M. L.) 7. ed. For portrait see Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1941, 7: 75. KEMPER, Ralph K., 1877-1942. For obituary see J. Ohio Dent. Soc, 1942, 16: 179, portr. KEMPER, Rudolf, 1908- *Die Bang- Tnfektion des Menschen als Unfallfolge [Kiel] 32p. 22cm. Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KEMPERDICK, Alfred, 1909- *Ueber Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett von jugendlichen Erstgebiirenden [Miinster] 24p. 8? Ochsenfurt-M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KEMPERDICK, Oskar, 1913- *Die Behandlung der Placenta praevia an der Charite- Frauenklinik [Berlin] 19p. 21cm. Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1938. KEMPF, Alice Cornelia Hayes. See Nungester, W. J., & Kempf, A. H. Medical bacteriology for nurses, v. p. 27H x 21cm. [Ann Arb.] 1944. KEMPF, Florence C. See Averill, L. A., & Kempf, F. C. Psychology applied to nursing. 471p. 8? Phila., 1938. KEMPF, Grover Andrew, 1888- See Hamilton, S. W., Kempf. G. A. [et al.] A study of the public mental hospitals of the United States, 1937-39. 126p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. KEMPF, Joseph, 1909- *Ein Fall einer Mischform von Austrocknungskeratitis und Xer- ophthalmie. lOp. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935. KEMPF, Theo Valentin, 1910- *Ein Versuch, die Widerstandsfahigkeit der weissen Blutkorperchen experimentell zu bestimmen. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., G. Grasser, 1934. KEMPIN, Lothar, 1910- "Implantation von Zahnen. 31p. 8? Freiburg i. B.t W. Wiemken, 1934. KEMPKES, Heinz, 1914- *Die ge- schichtliche Entwicklung der Behandlung der Kieferfrakturen. 46p. 22cm. Marb., R. Fried- rich, 1936. KEMPNER, Robert Maximilian Wasilii, 1899- For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: 38. KEMPSTER, Christopher Richard. Dental radiology, xvi, 184p. 12? Lond., Sc. pr., 1922. KEMPTER, Carl Henry, 1904- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber die Abort-Hygiene im Nordosten der Vereinigten Staaten. 14p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1934. KEMPTER, Erika [M. D., 1936, Miinchen] *Die Magen- und Darmfunktion im Zusam- menhang mit Gebisschaden [Miinchen] 18p. 8? Giinzb. a. D., K. Mayer, 1936. KEMPTER, Ludovico Enrique [M. D., 1940, B. Aires] *Diastema de los incisivos centrales superiores. 21p. illust. 26#cm. B. Air., A. Guidi Buffarini, 1940. KEN, Thomas, 1637-1710? Prayers for the use of all persons who come to the baths for cure: To which are added, Three hymns, for morning, noon, and midnight. 5. ed. 45p. portr 20cm. Lo^T?rif1«e1dTf10rr 4J^ake> at Bath [after 1724] KEN*tA?AJALuAHTf Lempi Rauha, 1895- *Studien uber Myxodem bei Kindem mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Vorkommens in KENA-APAJALAHTI 47 KENDREW Finnland und der histologischen Hautverande- rungen vor und nach der Thyreoidinbehandlung. 199p. 8? Helsin., Finn. Lit. Ges., 1933. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1933, 19: ser. B. KENASTON, James A., 1826-1911 For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. it.) Omaha, 1928, 403, portr. KENDALL, Arthur Isaac, 1877- Bac- teriology general, pathological and intestinal. 3 ed rev. xvi, 733p. pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1928. . ____ Mediums for the isolation and cultiva- tion of bacteria in the filterable state; studies in bacterial metabolism. 9p. 8? Chic., 1931. Forms v.32, No. 8, Northwest. Univ. M. School Bull. ---- Observations upon the filterability of bacteria, including a filterable organism obtained from cases of influenza. 14p. 8 fig. 8? Chic, 1931. Forms v.32, No. 5, Northwest. Univ. M. School Bull. See also Farnsworth, E. B. Retirement of Dr Kendall. Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1942, 16: 232-7, portr. ' For portrait see Collection in Library. KENDALL, Edward Calvin, 1886- Thy- roxine. 265p. 8? N. Y., Chem. Cat. co., 1929. KENDALL, Florence P. See Kendall, H. O., & Kendall, F. P. Study and treatment of muscle imbalance in cases of low back and sciatic pain. 21p. 23cm. Bait., 1936. ------ Care during the recovery period in paralytic poliomyelitis. 92p. 8°. Wash., 1938. KENDALL, Harry Chauncey, 1898- For portrait see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1942, 39: 87. KENDALL, Henry O., & KENDALL, Florence P. Study and treatment of muscle imbalance in cases of low back and sciatic pain. 21p. pl. 23cm. Bait. [n. p.] 1936. ---- Care during the recovery period in paralytic poliomyelitis, ix, 92p. 8? Wash., 1938. Forms No. 242, Pub. Health Bull. KENDALL, J. L. Practical guide in materia medica and toxicology. 26p.; 6p. 10cm. x 20cm. [oblong] Omaha, Neb. [H. Gibson] 1903. KENDALL, James, 1889- Breathe freely! the truth about poison gas. xi, 179p. 12. Lond., G. Bell & sons, 1938. KENDALL, James Irving, 1906- See Scott, G. G., & Kendall, J. I. The microscopic anatomy of vertebrates. 306p. 8? Phila. [1935] KENDALL, John Chester, 1877- Annual report of director of cooperative work in agri- culture and home economics, University of New Hampshire. 1939. 28p. 8? Durham, 1940. Forms 58, N. Hampshire Extens. Bull. KENDALL, Staunton, 1808-97. For biography see Minnesota, M., 1941, 24: 869. KENDALL, Willmoore, 1909- John Locke and the doctrine of majority rule. 141p. 26^cm. Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1941. Forms No. 2, v.26, of Illinois Stud. Social Sc. KENDEIGH, Samuel Charles, 1904- Territorial and mating behavior of the house wren. 120p. 26}£cm. Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1941. Forms No. 3, v.18, Illinois Biol. Monogr. KENDELBACHER, Ernst Egon Erich, 1911- *Vergleichend-anatomische und -histolo- gische Untersuchungen am Vorder- und Hinter- fuss von Rind und Elch [Giessen] 32p. pl. 8? Butzbach, K. Schneider, 1935. KENDELL, Herbert Worley, 1907- See Simpson, W. M., Kendell, H. W., & Rose, D. L. The treatment of syphilis. 51p. 23^cm. Wash., 1942. KENDIG, Isabelle, & RICHMOND, Winifred Vanderbilt. Psychological studies in dementia praecox. x, 211p. tab. diagr. 27cm. x 21%cm. Ann Arb., Edwards bros, 1940. KENDREW, Wilfred George. The climates of the continents. 2. ed. xvi, 400p. 8? Oxf., Clarendon pr., 1927. ---- Climate; a treatise on the principles of weather and climate, ix, 329p. pl. 8? Oxf., Clarendon pr., 1830. Also 2. ed. ix. 327p. 1938. KENDRICK, Douglas Blair, jr, 1907- See Newhouser, L. R., & Kendrick, D. B. Human plasma. 311. 26cm. Wash.. 1941. ----& NEWHOUSER, L. R. Human plasma and serum. 8 1. 27cm. [n. p., 1941] Mimeographed. ---- The problems confronting the armed services concerning the use of blood substitutes. 9 1. 27cm. [n. p., 1941?] Mimeographed. KENDRICK, John Fox, 1890- Public health in the state and counties of Virginia. 105p. tab. diagr. 8? Richmond, Virginia Dep. Health, 1939. See Mcintosh, W. A., & Kendrick, J. F. Public health administration in North Carolina. 190p. 2354cm. Raleigh, 1940. KENDZIA, Bernhard, 1912- *Ueber den Einfluss von Natrium-, Kalium-, Magnesium- und Calcium-Salzen auf die Oxydationsvorgange im Muskelgewebe [Miinster] 27p. 21cm. Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube. 1936. KENDZIORRA, Erich, 1911- *Ueber die Kerngrossen einiger Tonsillengeschwulste. lip. 8? Rostock, G. Neumann, 1935. KENEL, Karl, 1894- *Die Braunvieh- zucht des Kantons Aargau. 102p. 8? Ziir., H. Roth [1934] KENESI, Andre Jules, 1905- *La mala- die de Lobstein; contribution a l'etude de l'osteo- psathyrose. 35p. 8? Par., Impr. de la Renais- sance, 1930. KENEZY, Gyula, 1860-1931. Neuber, E. [Obituary] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1159.— [Obituary] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1931, 29: 1248. KENGRAGSAT, Sanit, 1895- *Recher- ches experimentales sur les variations de la bacteridie charbonneuse et sur immunisation contre le charbon [Alfort; Vet.] 69p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1926. KENIGSBERG, Arja, 1907- *Eingehende morphologische Blutuntersuchungen bei Sepsis lenta. 47p. 8? Ziir., H. Hasch, 1931. KENK, Roman. The fresh-water triclads of Michigan. 44p. illust. pl. 25>2cm. Ann Arb., Univ. Michigan pr., 1944. Forms No. 60, Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan. KENNAN, George M., 1845-1924. Story of the war; the Santiago campaign; the wrecking of the Army by sickness, p.471-6. 8? N. Y., Outlook, 1898. KENNAN, RichardTHenry, 1868-1927. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1927, 2: 40. KENNARD, Margaret Alice, 1899- The cortical influence on the autonomic nervous system, p.476-91. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1937. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1937, 2: KENNEDY, Alastair Baird, 1906-42. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 30, portr. KENNEDY, Alexander Mills, 1878- Par- asitology for medical students, x, 142p. 8? Lond., H. Milford [1925] ---- Medical case-taking; a guide for clinical clerks 145p. 12? Lond., E. Arnold & co., 1926. KENNEDY, Clifford Donald [M. B., 1923, Edinburgh] , „ . . , i. See Haultain, W. F. T., & Kennedy, C. A practical hand- book of midwifery and gynaecology for students and practi- tioners. 2. ed. 356p. 8". Edinb., 1935. KENNEDY 48 KENNEDY KENNEDY, Edward, 1883- Partial den- ture construction; a text book describing the technics of impression taking and the construc- tion of that typo of removable partial dentures which are supported and retained by external attachments, x, 472p. 8? Brooklyn, Dent. Items pub. co., 1928. Also 2. ed., rev. & enl. xv, 581p. illust. 25cm. 1942. ----[German transl.] Partielle Zahnpro- thesen und ihre Herstellung; ein Lehrbuch mit Darstellung der Abdrucktechnik zum Aufbau solcher abnehmbarer Ersatzstiicke, die ausser- halb der Ziihne angreifende Anker verwenden. viii, 448p. illust. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, 1932. KENNEDY, Edwin Russell, 1871- For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 434, portr. KENNEDY, Foster, 1884- See Cecil, R. I.., & Kennedy, F. ed., A text-book of medi- cine, by American authors. 3. ed. 1664p. 8°. Phila., 1933 [Also other editions] For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 172. KENNEDY, Gail, 1900- The psy- chological empiricism of John Stuart Mill [Columbia Univ.] 80p. 8? Amherst, Mass., Metcalf print. & pub. co., 1928. -—- Francis Bacon; Thomas Hobbes; John Locke. Edited by Gail Kennedy, xliii, 393p. 12? Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, Doran & co. [1937] KENNEDY, James, 1850-1922. Conversa- tions on religion, with Lord Byron and others, held in Cephalonia, a short time previous to his Lordship's death, xi, 258p. 21}£cm. Phila., Carey & Lea, 1833. See also Halkett, R., & Laing, J. Dictionary of anonvmous and pseudonymous English literature. New ed. by James Kennedy. 6v. 8? Edinb., 1926-32. KENNEDY, J. A. See Trail, R. R., & Trenchard, H. J., & Kennedy, J. A. Mass miniature radiography. 96p. 19cm. Lond., 1943. KENNEDY, James Arthur, 1894- Sero- logical methods. 5. ed., rev. 22p. tab. 23cm. [Geneva, N. Y.] Com. Serol. Methods, 1940. ---- Laboratory manual of medical bac- teriology, mycology, and immunology. 245 1. illust. tab. diagr. 27%cm. [Louisville] Univ. Louisville, 1941. KENNEDY, James Madison, 1865- U. S. Army Medical Center. The presenta- tion of the portraits of Major General William Crawford Gorgas, Brigadier General James Madison Kennedy, Colonel John Van Rensselaer Hoff to the Army Medical Center, Memorial Day, 1933. 8 1. 8? Wash., 1933. For portrait see Collection in Library. KENNEDY, James William, 1869- Prac- tical surgery of the Joseph Price Hospital, xx, 861p. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1926. ---- [The same] Practical surgery of the abdominal and pelvic regions. 2. ed. xx, 861p. illust. portr. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis co' 1934 Also 3. ed. xiv, 861p. 1937. ---- & CAMPBELL, Archibald Donald. Vaginal hysterectomy. xviii, 495p. illust diagr. 25^cm. Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1942. Also 2. ed. xviii, 505p. 1944. KENNEDY, Lou. See West. R. W., Kennedy, L., & Carr, A. The rehabilita- tion of speech. 475p. 8! N. Y., 1937. KENNEDY, Maxwell Raymond. Galesburg's bad boy |The only dentist in Nome, Alaskal Time, 1942. 40: No. 26, 34, portr. ^asitai KENNEDY, Raymond, 1906- Islands and peoples of the Indies, iv, 66p. 21 pl. map 23^cm. Wash., Smithson. Inst., 1943. Forms No. 14, War Background Stud., Smithson. Inst. U. S. KENNEDY, Robert Bryson, 1895- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 28. KENNEDY, Robert Hayward, 1887 Sur- gery of the mouth, p.307-67. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co.. 1941. In Oper. Surg. (Bancroft, F. W.) KENNEDY, Roderick Duncan, 1879-1941. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 2710. KENNEDY, William C. New illustrated household book of medicine; being a treatise in plain language on the prevention and cure of diseases by regimen and simple medicines, with full directions in regard to air, exercise, bathing, clothine, sleep, diet, xvii, 495p., xlviii. 8? N. Y.. Franklin pub. co., 1891. KENNEDY-FRASER, David, 1888- Ed- ucation of the backward child. 245p. pl. 8? Lond., London Univ. pr., 1932. KENNEL, Hans, 1901- *Untersuchungen an bestrahlten Collumcarcinomen der Gruppen III und IV (unter alleiniger Beriicksichtigung der Versager) 18p. 8? Miinch., P. Waizmann, 1930. KENNELLY, Arthur Edwin, 1861- Ves- tiges of pre-metric weights and measures per- sisting in metric-system Europe, 1926-27. xi, 189p. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co.. 1928. KENNELLY, Thomas William, 1910- The role of similarity in retroactive inhibition. 56p. tab. diagr. 25%cm. N. Y. [Columbia Univ.] 1941. Forms No. 260 of Arch. Psychol., N. Y. KENNER, Albert Walton, 1889- Citation (The) accompanying General Kenner's award. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 43. KENNERLY, Caleb Burwell Rowan, 1829-66. [Photostatic copy of a fragment of his manuscript diary for the period from June 18, 1853 to April 11, 1854] 85 exposures, fol. [written in the United States] Original MS. in Library of Congress. For portrait see Collection in Library. KENNERLY, John Hanger [M. D., 1876, Iowa Med.) Coll.] For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 456. KENNETH, John H. Osmics, the science of smell. 2 pts. 79p. [paged consecutively] 8? Edinb., Oliver & Boyd, 1922-24. KENNETH, John Henry. Editor of Henderson, I. F., & Henderson, W. D. A dic- tionary of scientific terms. 3. ed., rev. 383p. 22&cm. N. Y., 1939. KENNEWEG, Egon Gerhard Hermann, 1907- *Stenosierung der Luftwege und Arbeits- fahigkeit [Konigsberg] lOp. 8? Miinch., F. X. Seitz, 1935. KENNEWEG, Herbert, 1909- *Kritische Untersuchungen einer neuen Wurzelbehandlungs- methode nach der Veroffentlichung von Dr Frischauer, Wien. lip. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1934. J KENNEY, Frank Woodbury, 1860-1941. „„Tor ohituai"y see Tr. Ass. Life Insur. M. Dir. America (1942) 1943, 29: 318-20. KENNEY, Howard Joseph, 1904- *The post-operative treatment in gangrenous and ruptured appendicitis cases [Marquette Univ.] 11 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. KENNEY, John Andrew, 1874- 4 DrioToeliJ°o?,.A' Kenney testimonial dinner. J. Nat. M. ASS., L\)o\ff 31 I 2t%}*±, ,„.£0^ii>iograpny see i11 Bios1-- Encycl. World. 2. ed N. Y., 1942, 229. KENNEY, John Meredith, 1909- For portrait see Connecticut M. J., 1942 g: 771 KENNICOTT 49 KENRICK KENN1COTT, John Albert, 1802-63. For biography see in Begin. M. Educ. Chicago (Weaver, G. H.) Chic, 1925, 68. Earle, C. A. Dr John A. Kenm'cott. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1937, 5: 44-51. KENNICOTT, William H., 1806-63. Koch. C. R. E. William H. Kennicott. In his Hist. Dent. Surg., Chic, 1909, 1: 110, portr. KENNON, Beverley Randolph, 1871-1938. McDannald, C. E. Obituary. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1939, 21- 528.-Obituary. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1939, 45: 477. Also Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1939, 29: 403. KENNON, William Gilliam, 1883- For portrait see in Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) N. Orleans, 1938, 38. KENNY, Elizabeth, 1884- ' Infantile pa- ralysis and cerebral diplegia; methods used for the restoration of function, xxxviii, 125p. pl. 22cm. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1937. ---- The treatment of infantile paralysis in the acute stage, xix, 285p. illust. 23^cm. Minneap., Bruce Pub. co., 1941. See also Pohl, J. F., & Kenny, E. The Kenny concept of infantile paralysis and its treatment. 366p. 23Hcm. Minne- ap., 1943. For biography see in Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 444-6, portr. Kenny, E. Letter. N. York State J. M., 1942, 42: 1626 — Lady (The) from Australia. Trained Nurse, 1942, 109: 36.— Murphy, A. L. A new lamp; Nurse Elizabeth Kenny. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 47: 466.—Sister Kenny awarded gold key. J. Am. M. A-s., 1942. 120: 384.—Sister Kenny takes over America. Courage, N. Y., 1943, 4: 16. For portrait see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 781. Also Mod. Hosp., 1942, 59: No. 3, 56. Also West Virginia M. J., 1943, 39: 166. ---- & OSTENSO, Martha. And they shall walk; the life story of Sister Elizabeth Kenny. x, 281p. pl. portr. 21cm. N. Y., Dodd, Mead r. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 583, portr. Also Prensa mc§d. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 2450. --- & SEGURA, Gerardo. Fibrosarcoma de recto. 19p. illust. pl. 25cm. B. Aires, A. Flaiban, 1918. KENNY, William Robert. . See La Motte, F. L., Kenny, W. R., & Reed, A. B. Ph and its practical application. 262p. 8? Bait., 1932. KENNY method. See under Poliomyelitis, Treatment. KENOSHA, Wis. Robinson Bunion Clinic. The why of bunions. lOp. illust. 2iy2cm. Kenosha, the Clinic [1941?] KENOTOXIN. See Fatigue, Mechanism. KENOYER, Leslie Alva, 1883- See Goddard, H. N., Kenoyer, L. A., & Hinds, F. J., eds. General biology series. 4 illust. 1. fol. Chic, 1943. --- & GODDARD, Henry Newell. General biology, xxiii, 630p. illust. diagr. 8? N. Y., Harper & bros, 1937. KENRICK, Gleason Willis, 1901- An electronic integrator for counting circuit contacts. 4p. 31cm. [N. Y., Electronics, 1941] [KENRICK, William] -1779. The whole duty of a woman [with receipts in physick, chirurgy, cookery] 8. ed. 167p. 16? Lond., A. Bettesworth, 1735. KENSALI, Russia. Kensali, Ozonlyar. In Health Resorts USSR (Pertsov, I. A.) Moskva, 1940, 149. KENT, Edwin Newell. The business side of dentistry. 180p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1929. KENT, Hugh Braund, 1883-1926. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 972. KENT, James Tyler, 1849-1916. Repertory of the homoeopathic materia medica. 6 pts. 4? Lancaster, Pa., Examiner print, house, 1897-99. Also 4. ed. xiv, 1423p. portr. 8? Chic, Ehrhart & Karl, 1935. ---- New remedies, clinical cases, lesser writings, aphorisms and precepts. 698p. 8? Chic, Ehrhart & Karl, 1926. See also Tyler, M. A studv of Kent's Repertory. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., 1938, 49: 200-12.—Weir, J. Homoeopathy before and after Kent. Brit. Homoeop. J., 1943, 33: 31-53. KENT County, England. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. Maidstone, 3., 1910- KENTENICH, Albert, 1902- *Ueber Meningitis serosa. 20p. 8? Wiirzb., G. Grasser, 1930. KENTMAN, Johann, 1518-68. Regiment der Pestilenz. 44 1. illust. 8? Niirnb., J. Pe- treius, 1553. KENT-PALADINO bundle. See under Heart conduction. KENTROCHROSIA. Merrill. E. D., & Perry, L. M. A summary of Kentrochrosia Lauterbach and Schumann. Philippine J. Sc, 1941, 76: 19-21. KENTRUP, Heinrich, 1900- *Beitrage zur Tuberkulose-Diagnostik vermittelst der Kora- plementablenkung [Giessen] 29p. 8? [Darm- stadt, n. p.] 1927. KENT test. See under Intelligence test. KENTUCKY Committee for Mothers and Babies. Quarterly bulletin of the Kentucky Committee for Mothers and Babies. Lexington, v.[l]-[3] 1925-28. [Incomplete] With v.4, No. 1, 1928, changes title to Q. Bull. Frontier Nurs. Serv., Lexington. KENTUCKY, U. S. A. Medical Historical Research Project. Medicine and its develop- ment in Kentucky, xvi, 373p. pl. 23^cm. Louisville, Standard print, co., 1940. KENTUCKY, U. S. A. State Department of Health. Publisher of Service sifter; county health department gleanings. Frankfort, 1941- KENTUCKY. Workmen's Compensation Board. Annual report. Frankfort, 15.-18. 1930/31-1933/34. ---- Kentucky workmen's compensation law; Acts 1916, with amendments of general assemblies 1918-20-22-24-26-34. 8? [Frank- fort, 1934] KENTUCKY, U. S. A. See also under Health organization. Hume, E. E. Kentucky through 15 decades of statehood, 1792-1942. 31p. 25#cm. [n. p.] 1942. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----4 KENTUCKY, U. S. A. 50 KENTUCKY STATE MED. ASS. Kentucky Historical Society. Register. Frankf.. v.31 1933. Kendall. J. I.. Kentucky; climatic summary. Yearb. Agr., Wash., 1941, SM 93.—Perrygo. W. M. A search for I ird' and mammals in Kentucky. Fxi I r. Smithson. Inst. ' 193\, 1939. 47-50.— Settlement (The) and earlv social condi- tion of Ken'uek . (1775-92j J. Am. Folklore, 1894, 7: 150-2.— Wilson, I.. S. The geography of fi part of the Northwest Cumberland i'lateau of K<-i.o eky; physical geography. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1;«:J7. 23: 391-402, 3 pl. ---- Hygiene, medical service, and statistics. Chambers, J. S.. & Lynx, H. R. Medical service in Kentucky. 69p. 8? Lexington, 1931. Blaekerby, J. F. Kentucky s health continues good. Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1943-44, 16: 114.—Chambers, J. S. Medical ,-ervice in Kentucky. Proc. Congr. M. Educ, 1931, 107-1")—Council on medical education and hospitals; graduate medical education; Kentucky. J Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 218B.—Development (The) of public health in Kentucky- Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1938-39. 11: 27-36.—Dunn, J. F. Future of medicine in Carlisle County. Kentucky M. J., 1927, 35: 359-67.—Harris, R. R. Community sanitation in Kentucky Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1938-39, 11: 63-7; 1940-41. 13: 285.—Horine, F. F. Medical topography of Shepherdsville and it- vicinitv bv William Jewel!. Kentuckv M. J.. 1937. 35: 222 —Kentucky's health in 193S. Lull. I).-],. Health Ken- tucky. 1938-39. 11: 43.-Kentucky. ho-pital ;in summary, 1939; 1940, 1941. Ibid.. 1940, 10: 903-34: 1911, 14: 509-32; 1943, 18: 232-44- List by counties of local registrars and their districts IKentucky] Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1942-43, 15: No. 2. 1'.'--05 —New State Board of Health law. Kentucky M. J., 1920, 18: 14.5-7.—Stacy. C. B. Medical problems in Kentucky. Ibid., 1943, 41: .398-72.— Vital (The) Statistics Law; enacted by the Kentucky (jeneral Assembly of 1910 and amended in 1922, with rule; and regula- tions adopted by tin State Board of Health. Bull. Dep. Health Kentucky, 1942-43, 15: No. 2, 3-10. ---- Medical history. Abell, I. A retrospect of surgery in Kentucky [and] the heritage of Kentucky medicine. 64p. 8? [Louisville, Kyi 1936. Kentucky, U. S. A. Medical Historical Research Project. Medicine and its develop- ment in Kentucky. 373p. .23';>cm. Louisville, 1940. M< Cormac-k. J. X. Some of the medical pioneers of Kentuckv. 173p. 4? Bowlin« Green, Ky [1917] Abell. I. The heiitage of Kentuckv medicine. Kentucky M. J.. 1926, 24: 471-80._------Our pioneers. Ibid., 1934, 32: 505.------Medical pioneer- in Kentucky. J. Ass Am. M. Coll.. 194.3, 18: 221-6.-Barbour, P. F. The pioneer doctor- of Kentuckv. Kentuek3 M. J.. 1934, 32: 567-9.— Development of mIioo'.- to I860. In Med. & its Dtvelop. in Kentucky ■K.ntnck;. M. Hist. Res. Project.) Louisville, 1940, h.r 99. 2 pl.— Expansion of hospitals and institutions. Ibid., 318-3H—Henry. M. J. Kentucky's earl- liihotomi-t-. South >urce,,I1. 1942. 11: 7"- 89- Howard. C. C. Kentucky (Fre«i- 'I'M's address) Kentucky M. J., 1935, 33: H8-] l -Hume. E. E. Earlv Kentucky medical literature. Ann. M. Hist 1930. 8: 324-47. A !-■. Kentucky M. J.. 19:-!u 34: 349_66_ Kelly, J. W. Kentucky's contributions to medicine. Bull Dep. Health Kentucky. 1042-43. 15: 553-9— McCormack. A. T. The pioneer physicians of Kentuckv and the West Kentucky M. J.. 1934. 32: 562-88 — McMnrtrie, C. C. Early Kentucky medical imprints, with a bibliography to 1830 Reg. Kentucky Hist. Soc, 1933. 31: 256-70.—Pusey. W. A. Giants of medicine in pioneer Kentucky; a study of influence^ for greatness. Med. Life, 1938, 45: 35-64.—Randall, W. M. Kentucky State Dental Association. In Hist. Dent Surg (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 1000-4.—Rawlings, K. W. Historical research. Kentucky M. J., 1940, 38: 242-51.— Richardson, B. Heroic women of the wilderness. Ibid., 1935 33: No. 9, Suppl., 23-7.—Testimonial dinner in honor of LouL« Frank, M. D., and J. Garland Sherrill, M. D. Ibid., 1939, 37: 227-32, 2 portr.—Where Kentucky physicians will meet Ibid., 1937, 35: 395-431.—Wier, H-, & Hendon, G. A., jr. Pioneer Kentucky, a pageant. Kentucky M. J., Woman's Auxiliary Sect., 1941, 10: 11-7. KENTUCKY blue grass. See Poa. [KENTUCKY] Physicians of Kentucky. Jour- nal of the proceedings of a convention of the physicians of Kentucky, held in Frankfort on the eleventh day of January, 1841. 20p. 23cm Frankfort, A. G. Hodges, 1841. KENTUCKY State Medical Association. Re- port of Committee on Medical Economics. 206p. 23cm. Louisville, 1939. Forms v.12. No. 1, Bull. Dep. lb Ith Kentucky. See also Carpenter. J. <;. ,<\ nopsis and short biographies of members of the Central Kentucky Medical Society and report of its last tneetinc Noyemb. r 1, 1909. Kentucky M. J., 1911, 9: 236—11.—Constitution and by law- of the Kentucky State Medical Association adopted at l'aducah in l!KI2 as amended. Ibid., 19 19. 3«: 383; 1.-;,reh. In Med. Pes. in Colonies (Gr. Brit. Colon. M. I{«-, Corn.; 1929. 19-27.—Kenya Colony and Protectoiate [medical and sanitary reports] 1929-38. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1931, 28: Suppl., lo-S; I'm, 31: Suppl., 31-42; 1<.35, 32: Suppl., 31-9; 1936, 33: Suj.pl., 35-43; 1937, 34: Suppl., 39-44; 1938, 35: Suppl.. 50-5; 1939, 36: Suppl., 44-ol; 1940. 37: Suppl., 22-5— hiambu fin) native hospital, Kenya Colony. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1910. 36: 398—Mackin- non, M. Medical aspects of white settlement in. Kenya. East Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 11: 376-94.—Vaids and hakims. Ibid., 1941-12, 18:257. KENYERES, Balazs, 1863-1940. Jankovich, L. [Obituary] Orv. hetil., 1940, 84: 77. KENYON, Eileen. o, oSee B,^,r]tley' A- °- & Kei,yon, E. Aids to dispensing. 3. ed. 213p. 16Hcm. Lond., 1942. KENYON, John Samuel, 1874- , & KNOTT, Thomas Albert, editors. A pronouncing dictionary of American English Hi 484p Pife Springf-' Mass-' G- & C. Merriam co. [1944] KENYON 51 KER KENYON, Josephine Hemenway, 1880- Healthy babies are happy babies; a complete handbook for modern mothers. 3. ed., rev. xvii, 343p. tab. 20cm. Bost., Little, Brown «fe co., 1943. KENYON, Steve Paschal, 1890- For portrait see J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 121. KENZINGER, Jean, 1896- *Sur certains aspects du syndrome pseudo-bulbaire (forme striee, forme protuberantielle) 59p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1926. KEOGH, Charles Alfred [M. B., 1925, Belfast] First aid for fighting men. [8]p. illust. 17cm. [Lond.] Sifton, Praed & co. [1942?] KEOGH, Esmond Venner [M. B., 1927, Mel- bourne] See Burnet, F. M., Keogh, E. V., & Lush, D. The im- munological reactions of the filterable viruses, p.227-368. 24cm. Adelaide, 1937. KEOGH, Sir Henry Alfred, 1857-1936, MELVILLE, C. H. [et al.] A manual of venereal diseases, by officers of the Royal Army Medical Corps, x, 282p. tab. diagr. pl. 18^cm. Lond., H. Frowde, 1907. See also Fremantle, F. The late Sir Alfred Keogh. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 464.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 317, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 977. Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 349, portr. Also Nature, Lond., 1936, 138: 392. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1937, 55: 487-92, portr — Russell, M. Obituary. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936, 67: 145-9, portr. KEOKUK, Iowa. Leighton House Hospital. Diagrams of plan, and photo- graph of building.—Medical College Hospital. Diagram of plan, and photograph of building.—Simpson House Hospital. Diagrams of plan, and photograph of building. KEOWEN, Samuel Stewart, 1860- Ross, P. V. [Biography] In his Hist. Long Island, N. Y„ 1902, 2: 238, portr. KEPHIR. See Kefir. KEPLER, Edwin John, 1894- , & ROLAND, Edward W. Diseases of the endocrine glands. p.451-512. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co., 1940. In Fundament. Int. Med. (W. M. Yater) 1. ed., rev. KEPLER, Edwin John, 1894- , & KEAT- ING, Francis Raymond, jr. Diseases of the endocrine glands, p.488-567. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co. [1944] In Fundament. Int. Med. (Yater, W. M.) 2. ed. KEPLER, Johannes, 1571-1620. Caspar, M., & Dyck, W. von. Prognostikum auf das Jahr 1620. 58p. 4? Munch., 1933. Dyck, W. von. Die Keplerbriefe auf der Braunschweigischen Landesbibliothek in Wolfen- biittel. 58p. 4? Miinch., 1933. See also Dannemann, F. Keplers Verdienste um die Astro- nomic. In his Werden d. naturwiss. Probl., Lpz., 1928, 108- 14. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEPNER, Richard Eugene de Monbrur, 1903- See Porteus, S. D., & Kepner, R. D. Mental changes after bilateral prefrontal lobotomy. p.3-115. 24Hcm. Worcester, Mass., 1944. Forms pt 1, v.29, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. KEPPLER, Fred A. *Oxygen therapy in pneumonia [Marquette Univ.] 13 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. KEPPLER, Grete, 1903- *Ueber be- wegliche und unbewegliche Iriszysten [Wiirz- burg] 21p. 8? Volklingen-Saar, M. Nahlen, 1928. KEPPY, Frederick Beardsley, 1864- Ross, P. V. [Biography] In his Hist. Long Island, N. Y., 1902, 2: 240, portr. KER, Alice Jane Shannan, -1943. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 479. KER, Claude Buchanan, 1867-1925. Ker's infectious diseases; a practical textbook. Rev. by Claude Rundle. 3. ed. xii, 614p. pl. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1929. ----Ker's Manual of fevers. Rev. by Frank L. Ker. 4. ed. xv, 354p. tab. ch. pl. 19cm. Lond., H. Milford, 1939. KER, Frank Leighton [M. B., 1931, Edin- burgh] Editor of IKer, C. B.] Ker's Manual of fevers. 4. ed. 354p. 19cm. Lond., 1939. KERAMBRUN, Guy, 1909- *Sur le diagnostic bacteriologique de la tuberculose chez l'enfant par la methode du lavage de l'estomac. 84p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1936. KERANDEL, Jean Francois, 1873-1934. For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 703-5. KERASIN. See Cerebroside, Cerasin. KERATECTASIA. See Cornea, Ectasia. KERATIN [incl. Keratein] See also Antlers; Bird, Feathers; Epidermis; Hair; Hoof; Horn; Nail; Wool, etc. Barritt, J., King, A. T., & Pickard, J. N. The effects of cystine diet on keratin composition in rabbit wool. Biochem. J., Lond., 1930, 24: 1061-5.—Baudouy, C. T. Les proprietes elastiques de l'ovokeratine. J. chim. phys., Par., 1939, 36: 41-53.—Faure-Fremiet, E., & Baudouy, C. Sur l'ovokeratine des selaciens. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20: 14-23. ------ Les proprietes optiques de l'ovokeaatine. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1939, 35: 77-90, pl.—Faure-Fremiet, E., & Gar- rault, H. Separation d'une prokeratine secrehe par hi glande nidamentairedeRaja batis L. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20: 24-30.—Papp, G. [Development of keiaim sheath and its heredity] Allatorv. lap., 1938, 61: 168-70.—Piilemer, L., Ecker, E. E., & Wells, J. R. The specificity of keratins. J. Exp. M., 1939, 69: 191-7.—Speakman, J. B. Treatment of keratins. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,261,094. ---- Chemistry. See also Albuminoids; Protid. Block, R. J. The basic amino acids of keratins; the basic amino acid content of human finger nails and cattle horn. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 104: 339-41.------Chemical studies on the neuroproteins; on the nature of the proteins of the ectoderm: eukeratins and pseudokeratins. Ibid., 1937, 121: 761-70. ------ The composition of keratins; the amino acid composition of hair, wool, horn, and other eukeratins. Ibid., 1939, 128: 181-6.------& Boiling, D. The amino acid composition of keratins; the composition of gorgonin, spongin, turtle scutes, and other keratins. Ibid., 1929, i27: 685-93.— Block, R. J., & Horwitt, M. K. The basic amino acids of kera- tins; a note on the basic amino acid content of porcupine quills and echidna spines. Ibid., 1937, 121: 99.—Block, R. J., & Vickery, H. B. The basic amino acids of proteins; a chemical relationship between various keratins. Ibid., 1931, 93: 113-7.— Calvery, H.O. Some analyses of egg-shell keratin. Ibid., 1933, 1C0: 183-6.—Castellino, P. G. L'azione degli estratti enzi- matici sulle cheratine solubilizzate. Arch. 1st. biochim. ital., 1935, 7: 417-24—Chiego, B., & Silver, H. The effect of alkalis on the stability of keratins. J. Invest. Derm., 1942, 5: 95- 103.—Goddard, D. R., & Michaelis, L. A studv on keratin. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 106: 605-14.------Derivatives of keratin. Ibid., 1935-36,112: 361-71.—Jones, C.B., & Mecham, D. K. The dispersion of keratins; studies on the dispersion and degradation of certain keratins by sodium sulfide. Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1943, 2: 209-23.—Karshan, M. The chem- istry and staining reactions of keratin. J. Dent. Res., 1930, 10: 181-6.—Lichtenstein, N. Cleavability of keratins treated with hot /9-naphthol by proteinases. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 249.—Linderstr^m-Lang, K., & Duspiva, F. Beitrage zur enzymatischen Histochemie; die Verdauung von Keratin durch die Larven der Kleidermotte (Tineola biselliella Humm) Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 237: 131-58, pl. — Lissizin, T. Ueber die durch Oxvdation mit Permanganat erhaltenen Oxydationsprodukte des Keratins. Ibid., 1928, 173: 309-11.— Lucas, C. C., & Beveridge, J. M. R. The analysis of hair keratin; a method for the quantitative removal of cystine from keratin hydrolysates. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 1356-66.— Piilemer, L., & Ecker, E. E. Specificity of kerateine deriva- tives. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 380-2. ------ & Martiensen, E. W. The specificity of kerateine derivatives. J. Exp. M., 1939, 70: 387-97.—Schenck, E. G. KERATIN 52 KERATOCOXJUNC TIVITIS Uelxr das Keratin der Federn. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 211: 160.- Sch«>berl. A.. & Rambacher. P. Ueber die Reak- tionsfahigki ir des Keratins der Schafwolle. Biochem. Zschr., 1940, 306: 269-95- Stankovi6. R., Arnovljevic, V., & Matavulj, P. Enzymatische Hydrolyse des Kenuins mit dem Kropfsafte deti Astur palumbarius (Habicht) und Vultur monachus iKuttengeicrl Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1929, 181: 291-9.— Stary. '/.. Atifschliessung des Keratins fur die Trypsinverdau- ung. Ibid., 1928, 175: 178-230. ---- Fiber structure. Astbury. W. T., & Woods, H. 3. X-ray studies of the struc- ture of hair, wool, and related fibres; the molecular structure and elastic properties of hair keratin. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1934, ser. B, 114: 314-6.—Bear, R. S. Long x-rny diffraction spacings of the keratins. J. Am. (hem. Soc, 1948, 65: 1784.— Giroud, A., & Champetier. G. Recherches sur les roentgeno- grammes des keratines. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1936, 18: 6.16--64.—MacArthur. I. Structure of a-keratin. Nature, l.on.l., 1943, 152: 38-41.—Stoves, J. L. Structure of keratin fibres. Ibid., 151: 304.—Zahn. H. Strukturuntersuchungen an l'a-erkeratinen; iiber die Einlaperung von Schwermetall- verbitidungeii insbe>onderc der Phn.sphor-12-Wolframsaure Wolle. Naturwissenschaften. 1941. 29: 591. Leber thermisch verkurzte Keratinfasern. Ibid., 1943, 31: 137-9. ---- Neurokeratin. See also Myelin sheath. Bailey, G. H., A- Gardner, R. E. Anaph\ lactogenic proper- ties of normal and virus-infected brains, with special reference to neurokeratin. Am. J. Hyg.. 1942, 36: 205-15.—Block, R. J. Is neurokeratin a true keratin? J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 94: 647-51- Gerard, R. W., & Tupikow, N. Creatine in medul- lated nerve. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.. N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 360-2.— Muller, H. Neue Methoden zur Darstellung der Markscheide (des Neurokeratin) die Bleiimpragnation. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1920, 37: 12.5-9. ---- Therapeutic use. Goldfelder, A. Zur Frage des Verhaltens und der Wirkung unverdaulicher StoITe (Keratin, Kaolin) im Organismus der Saugetiere. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 209: 154-71.— Griiner, S. A. [Therapeutic value of the deer antlers and the future of deer breeding in Siberia] Tr. Sibirsk. vet. inst., Omsk, 1927, No. 8, 65-71, pl. —Wagner, J. R., & Elvehjem, C. A. Nutritive value of keratins; powdered swine hoofs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 51: 394-6. KERATIMZATION. Sec Epidermis; Epithelium, Keratinization. KERATITIS. Sec Cornea, Inflammation; also Ophthalmia. KERATOANGIOMA. Sec Angiokeratoma. KERATOCONJUNCTIVITIS. See also Conjunctivitis; Cornea, Inflammation. Bamatter. F. Kerato-conjonctivite a inclusions chez le nouveau-ne, suivie d'eneephalite. Rev. med. Suisse rom 1940, 60: 429-39, pl—Dejean, C. „\ ph., Chic, 1941, 44: 721.—Jessen Pedcrsep. H. (Palmar and plantar keratosis! Lgeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 695.—Kauppinen, J. A. A case of palmar and plantar keratoderma. Gillette Clin. Q., Toledo. 1943, 1: No. 3, 11. —Lacassagne, J., I.iegeois & Friess. Traite- ment par des composes magnesicis dun cas de keratose pal- maire et plantaire; disparition rapide des 16sions. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932, 39: 8-10.—Lieberthal, D. Disseminated palmar and plantar keratoderma; report of a ease. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic., 1926, n. ser., 14: 655-61.-—Meineri, P. A. Tre easi di cheiatosi palmare e plantare. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif., 1938, 1: 801.— Midana. A. Cheratodermia palmo-plantare simmetrica non credit aria. 1 Vrmosifilografo, 1936, 11: 329- 43.—Nadel, A. Keratoma palmare et plantare atypicum. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936, 174: 404-12.—Nicolas, J., Rousset, J., & Colas, J. Hyperkeratose nodulaire, palmaire et plantaire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 921.—Palm, G. Keratoma palmao e plantare in Verbindung mit anderen degenerative,, /.,-,■ I:,-,,. Arch. Kinderh., 1931, 93: 307-9.— Pillsbury, D. M.. t'c I entz, J. W. Keratosis plantaris. sym- metric. Arch. Derm. >vph.. Chic, 1942, 46: 560.—Sayer, A. Keratosis palmaris et plantaris. Ibid., 298.— Sezary. A., & Horowitz, A. Keratodermie palmo-plantaire a elements cujciliformes. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1224-7 — Sonck. Keratodermia planiari.-. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1937. 18: 211.—Wise, F. Keratoderma palmare et plantare (i.onconne liereditairc. ct familiale (maladie de Meleda) Ibid., 1934. 41: 945.—Boflnja- kovic, S. \»rerluagsverhaltni.sse bei der sogenannten Krank- heit yon Mliet (mal de Meleda) Acta .him. vener., Stockh., 1938, 19: 88-122. —Coulon & Payennevillc. Un cas de maladifc de Meleda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 19.33. 40: 1158-66.— De Amicis, A. Keratoma palmare e plantare (mal di Meleda) osservato in vari individui d'uno stesso paese. Arch. ital. derm., 1937. 1.1: 523-6. Dcbro, R., & Desbuquois. G. Kera- todermie chil'i'ilitale {reneralisee .ivec onychose, trichose ct keratose. Hull. Soc. pediat. Paris. 1934, 32: 335-43.—Gate. J., & Moreau. P. In cas de maladie de Meleda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 1376-8.—Hudelo & Rabut. Kerato- dermie palmo-plantidre avec aplasie ungudale, pilaire et den- taire. Ibid., 1928, 25: 204.—Kogoj, F. Die Krankheit von Mljet (mal de .Meleda) Acta derm vener., Stockh., 1934, 15: 264-99.—Lcvv-Franckol, A., & Juster. Keratodermie pal- maire congenit.de avec keratomes juxta-articulaires; insuflisiince thvroidienne et testiculaire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1924, 31: 375-9.—Nicolas, J., & Rousset, J. Maladie de Meleda chez 2 soeurs heredosyphilitiques. Ibid., 1936, 43: 8.— Niles, H. D.. & Klumpp. M. M. Mal de Meleda; review of the literature and report of 4 eases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 409-21.—Olmsted, H. C. Keratodermia palmaris et plantaris congenitalis; report of a case showing associated le>ions of unusual location. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 33: 757-04. —Photinos, P., & Souvatzides, A. Trois cas de maladie de Meleda, premiers cas observes en Grece. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 177-80.—Rebaudi, U. Sopra un caso di lpotrico-onichia totale congenita associata ad ipercheratosi simmetrica palmare e plantare. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 719-21.—Rousset, J. Un cas de maladie de Meleda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 933.—Tappeiner. Keratosis plantaris hereditaria mit Nagelveranderungen. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1937, 56: 441.—Trepat, L., Schteingart, E., & Dfaz Bobillo, M. U. Enfermedad de Meleda. Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 848; 1239.—Weissenbach, R. J., Fernet, P., 4 Brocard, H. Un cas de maladie de Meleda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1751-3. ---- palmoplantar essential progressive. See Keratoderma, essential. ---- palmoplantar mutilans [Vohrwinkel] See also Ainhum; Scleroderma. Gutina, I. L. [Keratodermia hereditaria et ainhum] Vest. vener., 1937, 748-50.—Sutton, R. L., jr. A case of inherited ainhum-like hyperkeratosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 38: 26-31.—Wigley, J. E. M. Case of hyperkeratosis palmaris et plantaris associated with ring-like constriction of the fingers, Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sec. Derm.. 75. ----- A case of hyperkeratosis palmaris et plantaris associated with ainhum-like constriction of the fingers. Brit. J. Derm., 1929, 11: 188-91, 2 pl. ---- palmoplantar punctate. See Keratosis, punctate. palmoplantar striate [Siemens] Siemens, H. W. Keratosis palmo-plantaris striata. Arch Derm. Syph., Berl., 1929, 157: 392-408. ---- palmoplantar transgrediens. Hundrisser, H. *Beitrag zur Frage der Keratosis multilocularis beziehungsweise der Atypien der Keratosis palmoplantaris trans- grediens. 43p. S? Miinch., 1936. Melczer, M. [Keratosis plamo-plantaris transgrediens] Budapest! on/, ujs., 1938, 36: 757-62. Also Derm. Wschr., 1939, 108: 65-71.—Moncorps. Keratosis palmo-plantaria transgrediens excessiva bei einem 23jahrigen Madchen. Derm. Zschr., 1936, 74: 228. ---- symmetric hereditary. See Keratoderma, palmoplantar essential he- reditary. symptomatic. See under Keratosis, symptomatic. KERATOGLOBUS. See Cornea, Abnormities; Eyeball, Abnormi- ties; Glaucoma, congenital. KERATOHYALIN 55 KERATOSIS KERATOHYALIN. See under Eleidin; also Parakeratosis. KERATOLYSIS. See also Epidermolysis. Acton, H. W., & McGuire, C. Keratolysis plantare sulcatum, a lesion due to an actinomycotic fungus. Ind. M. Caz., 1930, 65- 61-5, 3 pl.—Andrews, G. C. Keratolysis exfoliativa. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 45: 1180—Perry, R. S. J. Keratolysis; the bleaching and peeling of the skin. Clin. M. & S., 1932, 39: 277-82.-—Pulewka, P. Weitere Untersuchungen uber Ke'ratolyse. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 128: Suppl., 124; 1929, 140: 181-93.—Weiss, R. Bemerkung zur Abhand- lung- Die hornldsende Wirkung der Schwefelalkalien von Paul Pulewka. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 153: 166. KERATOMA. See also Angiokeratoma; Keratoderma; Kera- tosis. Maderna, C. Cheratoma di Besnier e rontgenterapia simpatica. Rinasc. med., 1938, 15: 687. ---- caudal. See under Keratosis—in animals. ---- malignum. Syn.: Ichthyosis foetalis; Keratosis diffusa congenita; Keratoma diffusum congenitum. For its milder forms see Erythroderma, ichthyosi- form. Jacobson, H. P., & Anderson, N. P. Callosities, multiple, congenital. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 47: 288. ---- palmoplantar. See Keratoderma, palmoplantar. ---- senile. See also Dermatosis, precancerous; Keratosis, senile; Verruca, senilis. Freudenthal, Wr. Verruca senilis und Keratoma senile. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 152: 505-28.—Henschen, C. Ueber das Keratoderma senile volae manuum et plantae pedum und seine Heilung durch Perandren. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 690; 1941, 71: 97.—Montgomery, H. Verruca senilis and keratoma senile. Minnesota M., 1935, 18: 735-8. ----- & Dorffel, J. Verruca senilis und Keratoma senile. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932, 166: 286. ---- symptomatic. See Keratosis, symptomatic. KERATOMALACIA. See Cornea, Malacia; Xerophthalmia. KERATOMETRY. See Astigmatism; Cornea, Examination. KERATOMYCOSIS. See Cornea, Mycosis; Dermatomycosis; also under names of fungi. ---- nigricans. See also Cladosporium; Hormodendron; Tri- chophytosis. Da Fonseca, O., & Da Rosa, A. F. On a case of kerato- mycosis nigricans palmaris. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1930, 38: 341-4.—Rietmann. Note preliminaire sur une epidermomycose palmaire noire observee dans l'etat de Bahia au Bresil. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 202-7.—Silva. F. Proposito da tinea nigra (kerato-mycosis nigricans palmaris) Brasil med., 1930, 44: 1201-4. KERATOPLASTY. See Cornea, Surgery, plastic. KERATOSCOPE. See Cornea, Examination. KERATOSIS. See also Keratoderma; Keratoma; also under types of keratosis as Corn; Dermatitis, lichenoid; Face, Disease; Ichthyosis; Nail, Pachyonychia; Parapsoriasis, etc. Barthelemy, R. Keratoses. In Trait§ derm. (Schulmann) 1933, 2: 233-78.—Benassi, E. Sulla fisioterapia della cheratosi. Dermosifilografo, 1936, 11: 198-200—Carrera. J. L.. & Seoane, M. Caso pro diagnosi. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1938, 22: 194-9.—Corson, E. F. Keratosis. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila., 1940, 13: 922-4.—Hudson, E. H. Hyperkera- toses and depigmentations in bejel. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., •Liverp., 1936, 30: 3-6, 2 pl— Kawabe, M. [Studien uber die Verhornung der menschlichen Haut; iiber den Einfluss der allgemeinen Erschopfung des Organismus auf die Verhornung, mit Beihilfe der Gramfarbung dargestellt] Jap.' J. Derm. Urol., 1934, 36: 556-80.—Levin, O. L. Pigmentation and hyper- keratosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1920, n. ser., 1: 720.— Moncorps, C. Keratosen. In Handb. Kinderh. (Pfaundler, M. & Schlossmann, A.) 4. Aufl., Berl., 1935, 10: 624-62.— Pulay, E. [Pathology of keratoses] Cesk. derm., 1931, 12: 328-30—Roffo, A. H., & Roffo, A. E., jr. Metodo fotografico directo de la fluorescencia de las lesiones hiperqueratosicas. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1942, 19: 350 (Abstr.)— Rothman, S. A case for diagnosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943. 48: 236.—Stryker, G. V. Keratoses of the face and hands; a differential diagnosis between precancerous and benign keratoses. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 15-7.—Urbach, E. Leber Stauungs- und Stoffwcchselkeratosen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936, 174: 400-3. ---- Akrokeratosis [Hopf] See under Keratosis, punctate. ---- centrifuga atrophicans. See Keratosis, punctate. ---- circumpilaris [Audry] See under Hair follicle, Keratosis pilaris. ---- circumscript. See also Corn; Cornu cutaneum;] Keratoderma. palmoplantar. Bechet, P. E. Keratosis plantaris. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 762.—Filer, J. J. Plantar warts, callosities and corns. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 444-6— Fuhs, H. Zur Radiumbehandlung zirkumskripter Keratosen. Strahlen- therapie, 1933, 48: 194-8.—Hunt, E. Hyperkeratosis of the soles. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 835.—Jausion & Levy-Coblentz. Keratose polymorphe et zoniforme du membre supfirieur avec parakfiratose d'un fuseau digitopalmaire. Presse med., 1940, 48: 540.—Kren, O. Zur Behandlung zirkumskripter Hyperkeratosen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 658.—Moncorps. Keratosis supracapitularis s. pulvinata. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1936, 54: 291.—Poth, D. O. Tumor-like keratoses; report of a case. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 228-38.—Scheer, M. Keratosis plantaris. Ibid., 1942, 46: 910.—Stein, R. O. Die umschriebenen Hyperkeratosen der Fusssohle (Callus, Clavus, Verruca) Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1936, 10: 157. ---- circumscript disseminate [Jadassohn-Le- wandowski] Touraine, A. Pachyonychie congehitale avec keratodermie et keratoses disseminees de la peau et des muqueuses (syndrome de Jadassohn et Lewandowski) Presse med., 1937, 45: 1569-72. ---- climacteric [Haxthausen] Bishop, P. M. F., & Barber, H. W. Keratoderma climacteri- cum (Haxthausen) treated with oestrone. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 738-40.—Botto-Micca, A. Su di un caso di cheratodermia simmetrica palmare e plantare in donna amenorroica guarita con preparati opoterapici. Riv. ostet. gin., 1930, 12: 17-24.—Goldberg, L. C. Keratoderma climac- tericum (Haxthausen's disease) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 40: 67-9.—Haxthausen, H. Keratoderma climactericum. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1934, 46: 161-7. Also Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Dansk derm, selsk. forh.] 40.—Lynch, F. W. Kera- toderma climactericum (Haxthausen) hypoestrogenic kera- todermatitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 270-81 — Twining, H. E. A case for diagnosis, keratosis palmaris et plantaris, acquired type, or Haxthausen's disease? Ibid., 1940, 42: 232.—Wolf, J. Keratoderma climactericum, Haxt- hausen. Ibid., 1941, 43: 731. ---- congenital. See under Keratosis, hereditary. ---- Darier type. See Dyskeratosis. KERATOSIS 56 KERATOSIS — diffusa congenita. See Keratoma, malignum. essential. See also Keratoderma, essential. Gougerot & Burnier. Keratose passagere, en bandes, du dos des mains et du centre de la face. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1934, 41: 1658-60.—Hopf, G. Morphologische und pathogenetisehe Untersuchungen iiber primare Keratosen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932-33, 167: 344-76. ---- excentric [Respighi] See Porokeratosis Mibelli. ---- facial symmetric [Groenendal] See Dog, Disease. ---- follicular. See Hair follicle (Keratosis follicularis; Kera- tosis pilaris) ---- generalized. See also Erythroderma; Ichthyosis. Friedlander. M. Ueber das gleichzeitige Vorkommen allge- meiner und lokab'sierter primarer Verhornunasanomalien an der Haut. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 93: 1333-40.—Milian, G. Hyperkeratose generalisee avec cornes multiples et volumi- neuses; transformations n6oplasiques. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926,2:471-9. ---- hereditary. See also Keratoderma, hereditary. Kittler, W. *Ueber die Hyperkeratose der Familie Lambert. 16p. 8? Miinch., 1930. Cherniavsky, I. M. [Histopathologv of congenital hyper- keratosis] Vest, vener., 1937, 586-9. -Goldsmith, W. N. Congenital keratosis with bulk*. Brit. J. Derm., 1928, 40: 59-77. ---- Hypokeratosis. See also Atrophoderma. Terebinski, V. I. O novol nepravilnol orogieveniya: hi- pokeratozie. Russk. vrach., 1910, 9: 116. ---- ichthyosiform. See Erythroderma, ichthyosiform; Erythro- keratoderma; Ichthyosis. For its circumscript forms see Keratoderma, palmoplantar. ---- mucosal. Sec also under names of parts affected as Anus; Conjunctiva; Esophagus; Gingiva; Phar- ynx; Vulva, etc. also Leukoplakia. Fetisov, A. I. [Hyperkeratosis of the mueons membrane of the pharynx and larynx; lacunar hyperkeratosis and chole- steatoma of the middle ear] Tr. Tomsk, gosud. med. inst., IMS 6: 263-71, 4 pl.— Nicolas. J., Massia, G., Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1941, 7: 80. KERLIN, Isaac Newton, 1834-93. Barr, M. W. iBiographyl Med. Pec, N. Y., 1936, 143: 492.—Keller, C. iBiography] Nyt tskr. abiormvaes., Kbh., 1905, 7: 61-3, portr. KERLING, Hans, 1911- *Die Erfolge der Rontgenstrahlentherapie beim Asthma bron- chiale. 24p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1934. KERMABON, Yann Yves Andre de, 1914- *Anevrvsmes arteriels traumatiques de la main. 60p. 24cm. Par., V. Hello, 1939. KERMACK, William Ogilvy, 1898- , & EGGLETON, P. The stuff we're made of. viii, 342p. illust. pl. 19cm. Lond., E. Arnold & co. [1938] KERMARREC, R. See Izard, L., Des Cilleuls, J., r den Einfluss der Brennpetroleumzufuhr auf die Ausscheidung von Stickstoffen und anorganischen Substanzen im Ham von Kaninchen. Ibid.-, 1879.—Morillo Kios, N. Intoxicaci6n por kerosene en un nifio. Gac. med. Caracas, 1936, 43: 281.—Muller. R. Kogasina ou o problema do abastecimento dos combustiveis li<|iiidoh na Alemanha. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 332, 1.50-5.—Pannewitz, E. Ueber die Auswahl und Behandlung dor Petroleumbasis bei Insektenvertilgungsmitteln. Zschr. Dfsinfekt., 1931, 23: 465-76.—[Petroleum as medicinal remedy] Pharm. tid., Kbh., 1864-65, 4: 49-52.—Petrolio. Gior. farm. chim., Tor., 1864, 13: 81-6.—Possible kidney damage and late hypertension from kerosene. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1280.—Price, J. P. Kerosene poisoning in children. Ibid.. 1932, 99: 214.—Pritchard, E. Petroleum :;s an habitual laxative. Brit. M. J., 1915, 1: 489 — Purdy, J. S. Petroleum as a prophylactic against plague rmd other ir.seot-r ome diseases. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1908.1 1909, 2: 155-61. Petroleum in the destruction of insect carriers of disease. Pub. Health, Lond., 1929-30, 43: 388-92.—Ronning, P. [Paraffin oil and petroleum] Pharm. tid., Kbh., 1862-63, 2: 36 — Rosenbaum, M. G. Petroleum dermatitis; report of 2 cases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 193-6.—Shapiro, D. D. [Dermatosis from the effect of kerosene] Vrach. delo, 1929, 12: 1232-5.—Sutton. L. E., & Haddock, E. E. Ingestion of kerosene oil in children. Bull. M. Coll. Virginia, 1910. 37: No. 3, 10-2.—Thirumalachar, B., & Madhuranath, M. K. Petroleum as a solvent for mounting media. Current Sc., Bangalore, 1943, 12: 82.—Toussaint, H. Phlegmon du membre sup£ricur, suite d'injection hvpodermiqut de p6trole. Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr., 1912, G: 529.—Veyrieres. Huile de p6trole. Bev. fr. dorm. ven6r., 1925. 1: 411 4—Weintraub, L. C, & Wartikowski, A. Eruption dy.ddrosif'">rmo apparue a la suite de l'application d'un pansement au petrole. Ibid., 1937, 13: 339-42. KEROSIS [Darier] See also Acne; Hair follicle, Keratosis pilaris; Pityriasis; Seborrhea; Vernix caseosa. Ingram, J. T. The seborrhoeic diathesis. Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 5-8, pl.—Kibed, A. V. Neuere Beitrage zur Behand- lung der von gastrointestinalen Storungen (Vitaminmangel) ausgehenden seborrhoischen Krankheitsbilder. Ther. Ge- genwart, 1939, 80: 491; 531.—Marchionini. A., Manz, E.. & Hugs, F. Der Cholesteringehalt der Hautoberschitht bei der Seborrhoe und bei der Psoriasis; Beitrage zur Kenntnis der pathochemischen Hautkonstitution des Status seborrhoicus Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1937-38, 176: 613-45.—Quero, R. La dermatitis seborrhea y la diatesis seborreica en la infancia. Bol. Soc. cubana pediat., 1942, 14: 169-80.—Reiss, H. [In reference to P. T. article: Studies on the constitutional state of seborrheal skin] Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1938, 33: 110-3.— Sabouraud, R. De la seLorrhee, des etats pre-seborrheiques et post-seborrheiques. In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sa- bouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, 7: 1-9.—Walter, F., & Obtulowicz, M. [Constitutional state of the skin in seborrhoea] Przegl derm., Warsz., 1937, 32: 384-404. KERPAUSKAITE, Ona, 1892-1941. For obituary see Medicina, Kaunas, 1940, 21: 1068, portr. KERR, Douglas James Acworth. Forensic medicine; a text-book for students and a guide for the practitioner, x, 31 lp. illust. pl. 8? Lond., A. & C. Black, 1935. Also 3. ed. xii, 331p. 1939. KERR, Harold Dabney, 1892- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 224' 1942, 31: 251. KERR, Homer Lanson, 1876- Homer L. Kerr, M. D., President-elect, Missouri State Medical Association, 1941-42. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1941, 38: 207, portr. KERR, James, 1862-1941. The care of the school child; a course of lectures delivered under the auspices of the National League for Physical Education and Improvement, May to July 1916. viii, 230p. 8? Lond., Xat. League for Phys. Educ, 1916. , , , , , ---- The fundamentals of school health. xvi, 859p. pl. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1926] See also Harman, N. B. (Obiturnvl Brit. J. Ophth., 1941, 25: 592.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., 1911, 2: 563, portr. AUo Lancet. Lond., 1941, 2: 472. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1941, 66: 124. Also Pub. Health, Lond., 1941-42, 55: 43. KERR, James Rutherford, 1878-1942. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1942, 138: 146. KERR, John Francis, jr., 1907-43. For obituary see J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942, 35: 540, portr. KERR, John G., 1824-1901. Selden, C. C. [Biography] Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 366-76, portr. KERR, John Martin Munro, 1868- Ma- ternal mortality and morbidity; a study of their problems, xviii, 382p. illust. diagr. map. 8? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1933. — FERGUSON, James Haig [et al.] Com- bined text-book of obstetrics and gynaecology for students and medical practitioners. 2. ed. xii, HOOp. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1933. Also 3. ed. xii, 1192p. 1939. KERR, John Martin Munro, 1868- JOHNSTONE, Robert William [et al.] Com- bined textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology for students and medical practitioners. 4. ed. xii, 1208p. illust. tab. diagr. ch. 25}^cm. Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1944. KERR, John Martin Munro, MACINTYRE, D., & ANDERSON, D. F. Operative obstetrics; a guide to the difficulties and complications of obstetric practice. 4. ed. xii, 847p. illust. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1937. KERR, K. B. Trichinosis problem in Cali- fornia; report of a survey 1940-41. 37p. map. tab. 23cm. Sacramento, Calif., California Dep. Pub. Health, 1942. KERR, Le Grand, 1870- The baby, its care and development for the use of mothers. vii, 150p. 8? Brooklyn, A. T. Huntington, 1908. KERR, Norman, 1868-1926. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 968. KERR, Robert Sinclair, 1901-40. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1940, 133: 211. KERR, Thomas, 1905- *The injection of certain salts into the protoplasm and vacuoles of the root hairs of Limnobium spongia [Penn- sylvania; Ph. D.] 440p. 8? Phila., Univ. of Pennsylvania, 1933. KERR, William John, 1889- For biography see Clin. M. & S., 1937, 44: 333, portr. For portrait see in Am. Coll. Physicians (Morgan, W. G.) Phila., 1940, 31. KERR, William Smith, 1869-1928. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 1319. KERR, William Watt, 1857-1917. Moffit, H. C. [Biography] California West. M., 1938, 48: 27-32. KERRIDGE, Phyllis Margaret Tookey, 1902- 40. Principles of physical chemistry for medical students, xii, 134p. 8? Lond., H. Milford [1927] ---- Hearing and speech in deaf children. 137p. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1937. Forms No. 221 of Spec. Rep. Med. Research Counc. Gr. Britain. See also Fry, D. B., & Kerridge. P. M. T. Tests for the hearing of speech by deaf people. 6 ch. 32cm. Lond., 1939. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 32. Also Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 24, portr. KERRISON, Philip D., 1861- Diseases of the ear. 4. ed. xvi, 627p. 8? pl. Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1930] KERSANDT 61 KERVRAN KERSANDT, Heinrich, 1910- Unter- suchungen iiber die Bildung eines anticortico- tropen Stoffes im Blutserum von Kaninchen. 15p 8? Rostock, G. Neumann, 1937. KERSCHENSTEINER, Hermann, 1873-1937. Miiller, M. Nekrolog. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 1041, portr. KERSCHENSTEINER, Josef von, 1831-96. For biography see Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 889. KERSCHER, Josef Theodor, 1906- *Zur oralen Behandlung der Cystitis. 24p. 8° Miinch., J. B. Grassl, 1934. KERSHAW, William, 1912- *Die Nar- kose im Kindesalter [Berlin] 95p. 22}4cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KERSHNER, Calvin Myles, 1906- Blood supply of the visual pathway; a monograph. 160p. illust. portr. 20cm. Bost., Meador pub. co. [1943] KERSLEY, George Durant. The rheumatic diseases; a concise manual for the practitioner. xvi, 88p. pl. 8? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1934. KERSTEN, Gerhard, 1908- *Ueber das Vorkommen von latentem Diabetes in Dia- betikerfamilien, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Erblichkeit des Diabetes [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935. KERSTEN, Karl Friedrich Werner, 1898- *Ein Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose der Riicken- markstumoren. 52p. 8? [Bonn, n. p.] 1926. KERSTENS, Johann Christian, 1713-1801. For portrait see Collection in Library. KERSTING, Jiirgen, 1898- *Ueber den Singultus [Wurzburg] 24p. 8? Hohenmolsen, 0. Johnson, 1926. KERSTING, Theodor, 1903- *Die Schnittf iihrungen bei Binnenverletzungen [Miin- chen] 28p. 8? Bochum, Braun, 1935. KERTESZ, Erno, 1909- *Ueber die Ergebnisse der Strahlentherapie bosartiger Ge- schwiilste der Zunge und des Kiefers im Vergleich zur operativen Behandlung. 23p. 8? Lpz., Stein & co., 1934. KERTESZIA. See under Culicidae. KERTOPATI, Raden Sartono, 1902- *Beitrag zur experimentellen Framboesiefor- schung; eine vergleichende Studie. 37p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1932. KERTZENMACHER, Peter, fl. 16. century. Alchimia, das ist alle Farben, Wasser, Olea, Salia und Alumina, damit man alle Corporea Spiritus und Calces praeparirt, sublimirt, und fixirt, zu bereiten, und wie man diese Dinge nutze, auf dass Sol und Luna werden moge, auch von Solviren und Scheidung [&c] [9 1.] 109p. [3]p. illust. 17cm. [n. p.] 1720. KERUZORE, Frantz, 1915- *A propos d'un cas de maladie de Chauffard-Still. 32p. 23^cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1939. KERVELLA, Emile Jean, 1883- *La vie et l'ceuvre de Bichat (1771-1802) 85p. portr. pl. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1931. KERVERN, Auguste Mathieu Emile Marie, 1913- Contribution expenmentale et criti- que a l'etude de la ranimation par la respiration artificielle. 64p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. KERVRAN, Pierre, 1911- *Les opera- tions de derivation par implantation des ureteres dans I'intestin dans le traitement des fistules v6sico-vaginales et ur£tero-vaginales. 50p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. KERVRAN, Roger, 1911- *Tuberculose et mariage. lllp. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1937. KERWIEN, Helmut Erwin Gustav, 1907- *Ueber die Gefahr peripherer Nervenschadi- gungen bei subcutanen, intramuskularen und intravenosen Einspritzungen und ihre Vermeid- barkeit [Konigsberg Pr.] 33p. 8? Stalluponen, H. Klutke, 1934. KERWIN, William H., 1885-1934. Coughlin, W. T. [Obituary] Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1934, 29: 71.—Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 373. KESEL, Luzer, 1911- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Strahlenempfindlichkeit des Falten- Typus der Pflasterepithelkrebse. p.619-32. 23/2cm. Zur., J. Riemer, 1939. Also Strahlentherapie, 1939, 64: KESELING, Julius Ludwig Bernhard, 1901- *Die entwicklungshemmende Wirkung des Chlorsilberkieselsauregels auf Darmbakterien. lip. 8? Gott., Gebr. Wurm, 1927. KESELING, Leopold, 1897- *Ueber Unterschiede in der anaesthesierenden Wirkung verschiedener Salze des Novocains [Gottingen] 35p. 8? Heiligenstadt, Briinn, 1933. KESLER, Branko, 1907- *Ueber das Vorkommen unbestimmter Zahnschmerzen bei Morbus Basedow. 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KESLER, Karl Gottlob, 1715-53. De motu materiae electricae ut causa efficiente motuum et sensuum in corpore animato exercitatio physica. [29]p. 18j^cm. Bresl., J. J. Korne, 1747. KESSARIS, Charalampos, 1906- *Con- tribution au diagnostic des pneumothorax spon- tanea a, debut insidieux. 57p. 8? Par., Impr. A C P 1934 KESSEL, Annemarie, 1912- *Zum Krankheitsbild der Milzvenenstenose im Kindes- alter [Miinchen] 39p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1937. KESSEL, Franz, 1904- *Beitrage zur Frage der Dienstfahigkeit nach dem Beamten- recht. 47p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KESSEL, Johan Friedrich. See Gruner, C. A. G., & Kessel, J. F. Dissertatio medico- literaria ... viii p. 19cm. Altdorf [1745] KESSEL, Julie Luise, 1911- *Bericht iiber 20 Falle aus der chirurgischen Abteilung des zahnarztlichen Instituts Tubingen. 23p. 8? Tub., Buchdr. Tub. Studentenwerk, 1935. KESSEL, Rachel, 1903- *Osteo-arthrite coxo-femorale d'origine typhique et paraty- phique. 68p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1929. KESSELER, Hubert, 1893- *Differen- tialdiagnose der Geschwiire in der Mundhohle: Lues, Tuberkulose, Dekubitalgeschwiire, Aktino- mykose und Karzinom. 33p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. KESSELL, Edward Luther, 1904- The embryology of fleas. 78p. pl. 8? Wash., 1939. Forms No. 3, v.98, Smithson. Misc. Collect. KESSING, Hedwig, 1910- *Ueber den Albinismus und seine Erblichkeit [Bonn] 31p. 8? Koln, J. Borowsky, 1937. KESSIS, Eugene, 1904- Contribution a l'etude des mastoidites tuberculeuses. 62p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1929. KESSIS, Robert Edmond Joseph, 1906- *Pentonites par perforation de pyonephroses non tuberculeuses. 52p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. KESSLER 62 KESSLER KESSLER. Albrecht, 1911- *Die exo- genen und endogenon Ursachen der Biermer'schen Anamie [Rostock] 36p. 8! Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. ^ , KESSLER, Alexander, 1SS7- *Pyeloto- mie bei Nierenechinokokkus; Beitrag zur Kennt- nis des Nierenechinokokkus und seiner diagno- stischen Schwierigkeiten. 20p. S° Rostock, Adlors Erben, 1919. KESSLER, Alfred, 1900- *Ein Fall von Ureteritis cystica. 15p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1926. KESSLER, Edward Henry, 1864-1933. For obituary see Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 27: o44. KESSLER, Emile, 1901- *Bilharziose du canard par Bilharziella polonica [Alfort; Vet.] 46p. 8? Par., Impr. Paris Etiquettes, 1932. innrr KESSLER, Emma Johanna Margarele, 1907- *Ueber die Abhangigkeit der_ Kapillar- funktion vom Lebensalter. p.777-84. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 25: KESSLER, Emma Louise, 1909- *Das M:iiccnsarkom; Betrachtungen zur Rontgen- diagnose [Zurich] 21p. 4? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934. Also Fortsch. Boentgenstrahl., 1934, 50: KESSLER, Erika, 1912- *Dus primare Tubencarcinom [Heidelberg] 19p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R Mavr, 1938. KESSLER, Hans, 1909- *Sehmerzlinde- rung in der Geburtshilfe durch Rectidon. p.9t>5- 8. 8? Bresl., O. Gutsmann, 1937. Also Zbl. Oyn., 1936, 60: KESSLER, Henry Howard, 1896- Acci- dental injuries, the medico-legal aspects of work- men's compensation and public liability, xx, 71Sp. S: Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1931. Also 2. ed. S03p. illust. tab. diagr. 1941. ----'The crippled and the disabled; re- habilitation of the physically handicapped in the United States [Columbia Univ.] 337p. 8! N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1935. See also Dr Kessler leaves State clinic post. Health Bull., Newark. 1941. 24: No. 4, 7, portr. KESSLER, Hermann, 1906- *Ueber den Wert der systematischen Serumuntersuchung auf Lues [Zurich] 12p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1933. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: KESSLER, Hermann [M. D., 1937, Geneve] *Ueber die congenitale, diffuse, progressive Arteriophlebectasie der oberen Extremitat [Ge- neve] 16p. pl. 8? Luzern, C. J. Bucher, 1937. KESSLER, Hilmar Wilhelm, 1900- *Oxy- dationspotentiale von Chinonen und ihre Tem- peraturkoeffizienten [Wurzburg] 39p. 21cm. Ochsenftirt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KESSLER, Hymen. *Beitrag zur Klinik der entziindlichen Ellenbogengelenkserkrankungen. 62p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KESSLER, John Blair, 1851-1942. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 749. KESSLER, Josef. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Variationen und Anomalien der Form der menschlichen Zahne [Basel] 26p. pl. 8? Wolhusen, O. Steffen's Erben, 1928. KESSLER, Karl Gottlob. See Kesler, Karl Gottlob. KESSLER, Kurt Eduard Bernhard, 1908- *Einiges iiber Erkennung und Wesen des Kardio- spasmus resp. der idiopathischen Oesophagus- dilatation [Miinchen] 22p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KESSLER, Luitpold, 1907 %, 11)'°nQ^aut" gansrr-in. 44p. 8° Mimch., E- M'ss 1.M4. KESSLER, Rolf, 1907- *Die I'sittakosis in Leipzig [Leipzig] 44p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1933. KESSLER, Rudolf, 1908- *Die Durstel- lung der Infektionskrankheiten bei Johann Peter Frank 16p. 8° Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1936. KESSLER, Wilhelm, & SCHMITZ, Wilhelm. Kinder-Zahnheilkunde. 2. Aufl. 292p. illust. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1937. KESTENBERG, Abraham, 1907- *R6- flexions cliniques et therapeutiques k propos des nephrites hypertensives compliquees d'enormes hydrothorax. 40p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1931. KESTER, B. P. HeueHue Ha MatiecTe, 2. ed. 112p. illust. 14}4cm. Rostov o. Don, Asov- Chernomorsk kraev. knig., 1935. KESTERMANN, Gertrud Ohlenschlaeger, lg94_ *Beitrag zur akkommodativen Pu- pillenstarre ohne Lichtstarre [Leipzig] p. 141-7. 8? Stuttg., F. Krais, 1923. Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1923, 70: RESTING, Elisabeth, 1912- *Ueber die Vererbung der spastischen Spinalparalyse im Anschluss an die Untersuchung einer Familie mit hereditarer Spinalparalyse. 16p. tab. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KESTNER, Otto, 1873- For portrait see Collection in Library. KESTNER, Paul, 1864-1936. Gerard, J. [Biography] J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 15, portr. KESTNER, Theodor Friedrich Arnold, 1779- 1847. Kallmorgen. Der Frankfurter Stadtarzt Theodor Kestner, ein Sohn von Goethes Lotte. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 23-5. [KESZLER, Agnes] Der alte Heim; ein Familienbuch nach Briefen, Tagebuchaufzeich- nungen, miindlicher und schriftlieher Ueber- lieferung. 201p. pl. 8? Berl., M. Warneck [1932] KETAL. See also Ketone; also proper names of ketals as Sulfonal, etc. Barnes, R. P., & Tulane, V. J. The acetylation of alpha- bromo ketones and their derivatives. J Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 894-6.—Beyerstedt, F., & McElvain, S. M. The preparation and properties of ketene diethylacetal. Ibid., 1936, 58: 529-31.—Johnson, P. R., Barnes, H. M., & McElvain, S. M. Ketene acetals; polvmers of ketene diethylacetal. Ibid., 1940, 62: 964-72.—Killian, D. B., Hennion, G. F., & Nieuwland, J. A. The preparation of some ketals of alkyl- aeetylenes with the higher alcohols. Ibid., 1936, 58: 80.— Kundiger, D. G. A study of tht chemical properties of ketene acetals. Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1942, 7: 212-4.—McElvain, S. M., Anthes, H. I., & Shapiro, S. H. The pyrolysis of ketene acetals and orthoasters. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 2525-31.—Magnani, A., & McElvain, S. M. The bromination of bromoketene diethylacetal; other halogenated ketene acetals. Ibid., 1938, 60: 2210-3.—Walters, P. M., & McElvain, S. M. The preparation of ketene acetals from a-bromo-orthoesters. Ibid., 1940, 62: 1482-4. KETCHAM, Dorothy. One hundred thousand days of illness, xx, 477p. illust. diagr. 21cm. Ann Arbor, Mich., Edwards bros, 1939. ---- Michigan hospital handbook, xxxiii, 412p. diagr. 21cm. Ann Arbor, Edwards bros, 1940. KETENE [and homologues] See also Ketal; Ketone. Cahill, W. M. Racemization of amino acids and dipoptides op acetylation with ketene. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1939, 9: xii. ----— & Burton, I. F. Racemization of amino acids and dipeptides on acetylation with ketene J Biol Chem., 1940, 132: 161-9.—Claborn, H. V., & Smith," L. t! KETENE 63 KETO ACIDS The acetylation of lactic esters by ketene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 2727.—Gwynn, B. H., & Degering, E. F. Condensa- tion products of ketene with ketones. Ibid., 1942, 64: 2216-8.— Herriott, R. M. A convenient ketene generator. J. Gen. Physiol., 1934, 18: 69.—Hurd, C. D., & Abernethy, J. L. Tht chlorination and the structure of acetylketene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 1147.—Hurd, C. D., Cantor, S. M., & Roe, A. S. Acetylation of carbohydrates by ketene. Ibid., 1939, 61: 426-8— Hurd, C. D., Cashion, F. W., & Perletz, P. Con- sideration of general methods for the formation of ketenes. J. Org. Chem., 1943, 8: 367-72.—Hurd, C. D., & Roe, A. S. Ketene and its dimer. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3355-9.— Hurd, C. D., & Williams, J. W. Ketene and acetylketene. Ibid., 1936, 58: 962-8.—Li, C. H., Simpson, M. E.. & Evans, H M. Action of ketene on gonadotropic hormones. J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 131: 259-66.—Perletz, P. Studies directed towards the synthesis of methylketene. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwest. Univ., 1940, 8: 204-7.—Rice, F. O., & Roberts, R. The structure of diketene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943 65: 1677-81.—Roe, A. S. Studies in the ketene series. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwest. Univ., 1938, 6: 94-100.— Rosenblum, C. The photolysis of ketene in the presence of hydrogen and methane. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 3322-9.— Sandor, G., & Tabone, J. Acetylation des proteides seriques par le cetene; technique de dosage des rariicaux acetyles fixes; quelques objections au sujet des acides volatils instables du serum. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939, 21: 1254-63 — Smith, L. I., Agre, C. L. [et al.] The reaction between diphenyl- ketene and certain dienes. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 7-11.— Smith, L. I., & Hoehn, H. H. The reaction between diphenyl- ketene and phenylacetylene. Ibid., 2619-24.—Williams, J. W., & Hurd, C. D. An improved apparatus for the labora- tory preparation of ketene and butadiene. J. Org. Chem., 1940, 5: 122-5.—Williams, J. W., & Osborn, J. M. Ketene in the Friedel-Crafts reaction; direct acetylation of aromatic hydrocarbons with ketene. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3438. KETHAM, Johannes de, fl. 15. century. The Fasciculus medicinae of Johannes de Ketham; facsimile of the first (Venetian) edition of 1491, with introduction by Karl Sudhoff; transl. and adapted by Charles Singer. 55p. pl. fol. Milan, R. Lier & co., 1924. Forms Vol. 1 of Monumenta Medica, ed. Henry E. Sigerist. KETIN. See Pyrazine. KETLY, Laszlo, 1873-1936. For Festschrift see Orvoskepz6s, 1935, 25: oct. kiilonf., portr. See also Schaffler [Obituary] Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: 863. KETO acids. See also Aromatic acids; also names of ketonic acids and derivatives as Acetoacetic acid; Isatin, etc. Allen, C. F. H., Ncrmington, J. B., & Wilson, C. V. Certain reactions of gamma ketonic acids. Canad. J. Res., 1934, 11: 382-94.—Bser, E. Oxidative cleavage of a-keto acids and a-keto alcohols by means of lead tetraacetate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 1597-606.—Clttt, F. P., & Cook, R. P. The 2:4-dinitrophenylhvdrazones of some ketonic acids of biological importance. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 1800-3.—De Benneviile, P. L. Ihe synthesis of keto acids and ketones by the reaction of acid anhydrides with cadmium alkyls. J. Org. Chem., 1941, 6: 462-6.—Herbst, R. M. The condensation of a-keto acids and amides; pvruvic acid and acetamide. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 483-6.—Kohler, E. P., & Jansen, J. E. The reactions of certain gamma ketonic acids; ketonic beta lactones and the Walden inversion. Ibid., 1938, 60: 2142T8— Lutz, R. E., & Taylor, R. J. Studies on unsaturated 1,4-dicarbonyl compounds; aryl unsaturated 1,4-diketones and ketonic acids derived from citraconic and mesaconic acids, with particular reference to the /3-[p-bromobenzovl]- methylacrylic acids. Ibid., 1933, 55: 1168-78.—Marker, R. E., & Rohrmann, E. Sterols; oxidation products of sarsa- eapogenin; structure of C22 keto acid. Ibid., 1939, 61: 1285-7 — Neuberg, C, & Schwenk, E. Kofermentartige Wirkung von salzender a-Ketosauren. Biochem. Zschr., 1915, 71: 135-43.— Reimer, M., & Chase, E. Addition reactions of unsaturated alpha-ketonic acids. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 2469-71.— Reimer, M., & Morrison, A. L. Addition reactions of alpha- ketonic acids. Ibid., 1941, 63: 236-40.—Reimer, M., & Tobin, E. Addition reactions of unsaturated alpha-ketonic acids. Ibid., 1940, 62: 2515-20.—Roger, R., & Ritchie, P. D. Studien iiber stereochemische Struktur; die Menthyl- und Bornyl- ester von a-Ketosauren. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 253: 239-65.— Sen, H. K. Ueber die Garung der a-Keto-n-capronsaure. Ibid., 1923, 140: 447-52.—Shemin, D., & Herbst, R. M. The condensation of a-keto acids and acetamide. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 1954-7.—Toropova, G. P. [Oxidation reduction between a-oxy- and a-keto-acids] Biokhimia, Moskva, 1941, 6: 122-7. ---- Biological aspect. Kobayasi, S. Studies on metabolism of a-ketonic acids. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1941, 33: 301 -17— Krebs, H. A., & Johnson, W. A. Metabolism of ketonic acids in animal tissues. Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 645-00.—Krusius, F. E., & Vesa, A. Ueber das Vorkommen von a-Ketosiiuren und einigen anderen intermediaren Stoffwechselprodukten im Blut und Ham bei Diabetes sowie Leber- und Nierenkrankheiten. Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1939, 21: Ser. A, fasc. 2, No. 9, 1-23.—Long, C. A general method for the estimation of a-keto-acids, and its application to a-keto-acid metabolism in pigeon brain. Biochem. J., Lond., 1942, 36: 807-14.— Neber, M. Ueber die Aminosiiuresynthese aus Ketosaure und die Harnstoffsynthese in der Leber. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 234: 83-96— Sealock, R. R., & Scherp, H. W. The determination of keto acids and d-amino acids in biological materials. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 140: Proc, 114.—Short, J. J., Bruger, M., & Jaffe, L. Production of intimal changes in the arteries, attempted in the rat by prolonged feeding of aceto-acetic acid. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 22: 543-7.— Waelsch, H. The excretion of keto acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 140: 313. -----■ & Miller, H. K. The relation of keto acid excretion to amino acid metabolism. Ibid., 1942, 145: 1-9.—Westerkamp, H. Ueber Ketosauren im Blutserum. Biochem. Zschr., 193.3, 263: 239-44.—Wilder, R. M. Intra- venous injections of a-hvdroxy-butyric and aceto-acetic acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 31: 59-65. KETOGENESIS. See Fat, Metabolism; Ketosis. KETOGENIC diet. See Ketosis subheadings (Ketogenic substances; therapeutic) KETOGENIC hormon. See Metabolic hormon. KETOHEXOSE. See Carbohydrates, Types. KETOL. See also Alcohols. Birnbaum, L. S., & Powell, G. The reduction of a-ketol esters. J. Org. Chem., 1939, 4: 139-41—Henze. M. Be- merkungen zur Kenntnis des Ketols: CH3.CO.CHOH.CH2. CO.CH3. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 232: 123.—Miller, C. E. Ketone alcohols; derivative of 2-methyl-pentanol- 2-one-4. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1942, 31: 516-8.—Odney, K. C, & Miller, C. E. Ketone alcohols; derivatives of the polymerization of pentanone-3. Ibid., 518. KETONALDEHYDMUTASE. See also Zymase. Gorr, G., & Perlmann, G. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Bildung von Milchsaure aus Methylglyoxal durch Ketonal- dehydmutase tierischer und pflanzlicher Herkunft. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 174: 433-9.—Neuberg, C, & Simon, E. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die stereochemische Spezifitat der Ketonaldehydmutase. Ibid., 1928, 200: 468-72. ------ Ketonaldehydmutase. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1936, 4: pt 2, 2225-48—Pi-Suner Bayo, C. Studien iiber die Dismutation von Methylglyoxal und Phenyl- glyoxal durch das Enzym griiner Blatter; Versuche mit Linden- bliittern. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 213: 495-500. KETONE [R-CO-R] See also Ketene; also names of ketones as Acetone; also names of parent acids as Valeric acid for Valerone, etc. Keeser, E. Aldehyde und Ketone. In Fortsch. Heil- stoffchem. (Houben) Berl., 2. Abt., 2: 250-78.—Miiller, A. The dielectric polarization of n-long chain ketones near their melting points. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1937, 158: ser. A, 403-14. ------ The dielectric polarization of a long chain ketone at constant volume and variable temperature. Ibid., 1938, 166: ser. A, 316-24. ---- Amino ketones. Allewelt, A. L., & Day, A. R. Preparation of some amino ketones and amino ketones and amino alcohols containing the ac-tetrahydro-/S-naphthylamine, tetrahydroisoquinoline, or 0-phenylethylamine nucleus. J. Org. Chem., 1941, 6: 384- 400.—Blatt, A. H. The addition of methoxyamine to a,/3- unsaturated ketones and the rearrangement of 0-methoxy- aminoketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3494-9 — Cromwell, N. H. a,/9-Unsaturated aminoketones; mechanism studies of the reaction of a-bromo-a,^-unsaturated ketones KETONE [R-CO-R] 64 KETONE [R-CO-R] with secondary amines. Ibid., 1941, 63: 837-9. ----;— Reaction of pyrrolidine and tetrahydroquinohne with bromine derivatives of benzalacetophenone. Ibid., 2984-6. ------ & Cram. I). J. The mechanisms of the reactions of secondary amines with a-bromo-a,/?-unsaturated ketones. Ibid., 1943, 65: 301-8.- Cromwell. N. H., & Johnson, R. S. a,0-un- snturated aminokotones; color and constitution. Ibid., 316-9.— Cromwell, N. H.. Wiles, Q. T., & Schroeder, O. C. Amino ketones. Ibid., 1942, 64: 2132; passim. ---- Chemistry. Bachmann, W. E. The cleavage of unsymmetrical ketones by potassium hydroxide. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 737.— Baker, R. H., & Adkins, H. Oxidation potentials of ketones and an aldehyde. Ibid., 1940, 62: 3305-14.—Baroni. E., & Seifert, H. Experimenteller Nachweis der cis-trans-Isomerie bei Penzalaceton und Aethylstyrylketon. Naturwissenschaften, 1911, 29: 560.—Christ, R. E.. & Fuson. R. C. The application of tht principle of vinylogy to unsaturated ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 893-7.—Colonge. J. Action des composes organomagnesiens mixtes sur les cetones ahphatiques a- Gthyleniques. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 413-8.— Cornubert, R., & Sarkis, G. Contribution a l'etude de l'ex- tinction de la fonction cetone et des theories emises pour interpreter ce phfinomtae. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 252.— Cox, F. W.. & Adkins, H. Relative oxidation potentials of ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3364-70.—Favorsky, A. Sur les transpositions molficulaires des cetones en cetones sous Taction du chlorure de zinc a temperatures eh vers. Bull. Soc chim. France, 1936. 5. sir., 3: 239-48— Fieser. L. F., Holmes, H. L., & Newman, M. S. The oxidation of methyl a- and 0-naphthyl ketones. 1. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 1055.—Foresti, B-, & Chiummo, C. Sulla velocita d'idro- genaziono di alcuni chetoni ed aldeidi in presenza di platino palutinato. in relazione al pH del mezzo. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1930, 34: 09 72- Hoffman, E. J., Ralston, A. W., & Ziegler, (;. K. Hvdrophil balance studies on high molecular weight ketones. J. Phys. Chem., 1939, 43: 301-7.—Hurd, C. 1)., & Thomas, C. L. The action of bleaching powder on ketones and on ethyl acetoacetate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1646-9.— Jenkins, S. S. The auto-oxidation of ketones. Ibid., 1935, 57: 2733.—Julian, P. I.., Cole, W., & Wood, T. F. Additions to conjugated systems in the anthracene series; factors in- fluencing the mode and extent of reaction of the Grignard reagent with ketones. Ibid., 2508-13.— Owen, K., Quayle, O. R., & Clegg, W. J. A study of organic parachors; constitu- tive variations of the parachors of a series of normal ketones. Ibid., 1942, 64: 1294-6.—Raiford, L. C, & Gundy, G. V. a,0-unsaturated ketones obtained from acetophenone, and their reaction with phenylhydrazine. J. Org. Chem., 1938-39, 3: 265-72.—Raiford, L. C, & Tanzer, L. K. Preparation of 0, a-unsaturated ketones and their reaction with phenylhydrazine. Ibid., 1941, 6: 722-31.—Rehberg, C. E., & Henze, H. R. R' Kcto-carbinamines, RCOCH2—C—NH2. J. Am. Chem. Soc, R" 1941, 63: 2785-9.—Reichert, B., & Posemann, H. Ueber die Umwandlung von 1,3-Amino-ketonen in 1,4-Nitroketone. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1937, 275: 67-83.—Robinson, R. A., & Mosettig, E. Amino ketones derived from tetrahydrobenzo- [b]-naphtho-[2,3-d] furan. In Rep. Com. Drug Addict. (U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.) 1941, 450-3.—Rossow, A. G. Oxida- tion potentials of ketones. Summaries Doct. Diss. Univ. Wisconsin, 1942, 7: 218.—Sabetay, S. Sur quelques cetones et acides a fonction 6theroxyde. Bull. Soc. chim. France 1929, 4. ser., 45:-46: 534-40.—Suter, C. M., & Lutz, G. A. Some reactions of indene chloride and the cis- and trans- chlorohydrins; mechanism of ketone formation. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 1360-5.—Thaler, H., & Eisenlohr, W. Zur Chemie der Ketonranzigkeit; iiber die Bildung von Methyl- ketonen aus a, 00-ungesattigten Fettsauren durch Penicillium glaucum. Biochem. Zschr., 1941, 308: 88-102.—Thaler, H., & Geist, G. Zur Chemie der Ketonranzigkeit; Uber den Abbau gesiittigter Fettsauren durch Penicillium glaucum. Ibid., 1939, 302: 211-36. ------ Zur Chemie der Ketonranzigkeit; iiber die Bildung von Methylketonen aus 0-Oxyfettsauren durch Penicillium glaucum. Ibid., 369-83/—Weizmann, C, Bergmann, E., & Hirshberg, Y. Photochemical interaction between ketones and alcohols. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 1530-3. ------ Photochemical interaction between ketones and secondary alcohols. Nature, Lond., 1938, 141: 1012.— Whitmore, F. C, & Lester, C. T. Abnormal Grignard reac- tions; sterically hindered aliphatic carbonyl compounds; ketones containing the dineopentylcarbinyl group. J. Am Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1247-51.—Whitmore, F. C, & Randall, D. I. Sterically hindered aliphatic carbonyl compounds, ketones containing the methyl-t-butylneopentylcarbinyl group and their bromomagnesium enolates. Ibid., 1242-6. ---- Condensation and polymers. Alder, K., & Offermanns, H., & Riiden, E. Zur Kenntnis der Polymerisationsvorgange; uber das dimere Methyl-Vinyl- Keton. Kolloid Zschr., 1943, 103: 81 (Abstr.)—Andrews, D. B., & Connor, R. The Michael condensation; the addition of simple ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 895-8.— Blatt, A. H. Hydroxy polyketones; the alkylation of benzoyl- formoin. Ibid., 1103-6.—Clapp, D. B., & Morton, A. A. The condensation of certain aromatic methyl ketones. Ibid., 1936, 58: 2172- Fuson. R. C. Christ, R. Iv. & Whitman, G. M. The condensation of propem 1 ketones with ethyl oxalate. Ibid., 2450 2.—IpatitfT. V. N., & llaensel, V. Condensation of ketones with alcohols in thu presence of mixed eatab.xts. .1. Org. Chem., 19 12, 7: 189-98.- Kohler, E. P., & Mydans, W. E. The reaction between alpha, bcta-unsaturated ketones and organic magnesium compounds; the structure of the addi- tion products. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 4667-78.— McGreal. M. E.. Niederl. V., & Niederl, J. B. Condensations of ketones with phenols. Ibid., 1939, 61: 345-8.—Marvel, C. S., & Leves-quc, C. L. Some reactions of the polymer of methyl vin\l ketone. Ibid., 3234.—Rozanov, N. A. [Con- densation of /S-diketones with diamines] J. Russ. fiz. khim, obshch., khim. ch., 1915, 47: 611-3.—Simons, J. H., & Ramler, K. O. Hydrogen fluoride as a condensing agent; aralkyl ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1943, 65: 1390-2. cyclic. Lohmann, H. *TJeber aromatisehe und hydro- aromatische Polyketone und Ketonsauren. 52p. 8? Kiel, 1935. Bachmann, \V. E., & Wilds, A. L. -y-Phenoxypropyl p. anisyl ketone. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 186.—Bavley, A. Reactivities of cyclic ketones. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1940) 1942, 91.—Benson, S. W., & Kistiakowsky, G. B. The photochemical decomposition of cyclic ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 80-6—Biichner, E. H., Katz, J. R., & Samwel, P. J. P. Monomolekulare Schichten von cvclischen Ketonen. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1929, 5: 327-32 — Cramer, R. D. The tautomerism of several triphenylfuryl ketones. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1940) 1942, 105.— Dufraisse, C, & Netter, R. Recherches sur les cetones ethylfiniques; a-bromo (3-aminobenzalaeetophenones. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 960-2.—Dziewonski, K., Bernakiewicz, K., & Gizler, L. Reaktionen von Aryl-alkylketonen mit Thioharnstoff. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1935, ser. A, 564-71.—Dziewonski, K., Gizler, L., & Moszew, J. Reak- tionen der Ketone von Acetophenontypus mit gemischten Diarylthioharnstoffen. Ibid., 448-56.—Dziewonski, K., & Schoen, J. Reaktionen von Diarylithioharnstoffen mit ali- cyclischen Ketonen. Ibid., 1934, ser. A, 448-54.—Eaton, J. T., Black, D. B., & Fuson, R. C. The reversible addition of aromatic compounds to benzalacetophenones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1934, 56: 687.—Fieser, L. F., & Martin, E. L. The conversion of tolyl naphthyl ketones into methvlbenzanthrones. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1443-5.—Fieser, L. F., & Seligman, A. M. The pyrolysis of tetralyl naphthyl ketones. Ibid., 478-80.— Fuson, R. C, & McKeever, C. H. Chloromethylation of aryl ketones. Ibid., 1940, 62: 784.—Grammatical, P. Con- tribution a l'etude spectrale des derives azotes de quelques aldehydes et cetones aromatiques. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1940, 5. ser., 7: 527-44; 1941, 5. ser., 8: 38-51; 427-44.— Henze, H. R., Duff, V. B. [et al.] Keto ethers; propoxymethyl alkyl, or phenyl, ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1222.—Hurd, C. D., & Thomas, C. L. Preparation of dibenzyl ketone and phenylacetone. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1240.—IpatierT, V. N., & Haensel, V. Hydrogenation of alkyl phenyl ketones in the presence of copper alumina catalysts. Ibid., 1942, 64: 520.—Koelsch, C. F., & Wawzonek, S. The reactions and enolization of cyclic diketones; 2, 4, 5-triphenylcyclopentene- 4-dione-l,3 and 2,4,5-triphenylcyclopentanedione-l,3. J. Org. Chem., 1941, 6: 684-9.—Kohler, E. P., Tishler, M. [et al.] The preparation of cyclic ketones by ring enlargement. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 1057-61.—Niederl, J. B., Niederl. V., & Grumer, J. Steric hindrance in ketone-phenol condensations; the condensation of guaiacol with cyclic ketones. Ibid., 1940, 62: 320-2.—Palfray, L. Hydrogenation catalytique aveo enregistrement de temperature et pression; application aux cetones intracycliques. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1940, 5. ser., 7: 430-3.—Reichert, B., & Posemann, H. Ueber eine Dar- stellungsmethode von Aryl-athylketonen durch hydrierende thermische Zersetzung von 1,3-Ketobasen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1943, 281: 189-91.—Sampey, J. R., & Hicks, E. M. Photochemical bromination of aryl methyl ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 1098-101.—Schroeder, R. E. The reaction of large-ring ketones with diazomethane; attempted synthesis of allenic compounds suitable for resolution. Sum- maries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1939) 1942, 57-62.—Wash, G., Shive, B., & Lochte, H. L. Normal and abnormal alkylation of 2-methylcyclopentyl methyl ketone. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 2975-9.—Yarnall, W. A., & Wallis, E. S. The synthesis of certain substituted alicyclic methyl ketones. J. Org. Chem., 1939, 4: 270-88. ---- Decomposition. Davis, W., jr, & Noyes, W. A., jr. The photochemical decomposition of n-butyl methyl ketone. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 2676-8.—Ells, V. R., & Noyes, W. A., jr. The photochemical decomposition of ethyl methyl ketone by wave lengths from 1850-2000 A. Ibid., 1938, 60: 2031-6. ----- The decomposition of diethyl ketone at short wave lengths; a comparison of acetone, ethyl methvl ketone and diethyl ketone near 3000 A. Ibid., 1939, 61: 2492-6. ---- Derivatives. Allen B. B.. & Henze, H. R. Keto ethers; a-l,3-dichloroiso- propoxyethyl alkyl ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1937, 59: KETONE [R-CO-R] 65 KETONE [R-CO-R] 540-2.—Bartlett, P. D., & Vincent. J. R. The rate of the alkaline chlorination of ketones. Ibid., 1935, 57: 1596-600.— Brant, J. H. Physical constants of methyl isopropenyl ketone. Ibid., 1942, 64: 2224.—Colonge, J. Chloromethylation des cetones et preparation des cetones a-alcoylvinylique*. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 1216-21.—Drake, h. R., & Marvel C. S. Phosphonic acids and their alkyl esters from a /3-unsaturated ketones. J. Org. Chem., 1937-38, 2: 387-99 — Fisher, C. H., Snyder, H. R., & Fuson, R. C. The haloform reaction- alpha-halogen derivatives of hindered ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 3665.—Isbell. R. N., Wojcik, B., & Adkins, H. The cleavage of alpha-diacyl and of alpha-monoacyl beta-keto derivatives of diethyl succinate, glutaratc and adi- pate. Ibid., 3078—Kohler, E. P., & Brown. F. W. The reactions of halonenated ketones; the action of potassium cyanide on desvl chloride. Ibid., 1933, 55: 4299-304 — Kohler, E. P., it Peterson, W. D. The reaction between unsaturated ketones and organic magnesium compounds; the secondary products. Ibid., 1073-6.—Kohler, E. P., Tishler, M., & Potter, H. The structure of the metallic derivatives which are formed bv adding Grignard reagents to unsaturated ketones. Ibid., 1935, 57: 2517-21.—Omer. R. E., & Hamilton, C. S. Arsonated derivatives of mixed ketones. Ibid.. 1937, 59: 642-4.—Ramart-Lucas, P., & Montagne, M. Absorption des aniles des cetones grasses. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 916-8.—Rhinesmith, H. S. Semicarbazones of certain ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 596.—Richard, G. Contribution a l'etude des cetones a-chlorees. C. rend. Acad sc, 1935, 200: 753-5. ------ Etude des cetones a-ehlorees. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 193S, 5. ser., 5: 286-94.— Romet, M. Synthase des bases quinoleiques a partif des derives oxymethvleniques dss cetones. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1676-8.—Smith, L. I., & Pings, W. B. The action of diazomethane upon ot,0-unsaturated ketones; benzalaceto- phenone. J. Org. Chem., 1937-38, 2: 23-8.—Spurlock, J. J., & Henze, H. R. Keto ethers; 0-chloroisopropoxymethyl ketones derived from propylene chlorohydrin. Ibid., 1939, 4: 234-41.— Starkle, M. Die Methylketone im oxydativen Abbau einiger Triglyceride (beziehungsweise Fettsauren) durch Sehimmel- pilze unter Beriicksichtigung der besonderen Ranziditat des Kokosfettes; die Bedeutung der Methylketone im Biochemis- mus der Butterranziditat; iiber die Entstehung und Bedeutung der Methvlketone als Aromastoffe im Roquefortkase. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1924, 151: 371^15.—Wallace, W. P., & Henze, H. R. Keto ethers; 1-methoxyethyl alkyl ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 2882. --- Determination. Bennett, C. T., & Cocking, T. T. The hydroxylamine method for the determination of ketones; carvone in caraway and dill oils. Analyst, Lond.. 1931, 56: 79 82— Dillon. R. T., & Ray- mond, A. L. The determination of ketone groups in keto- cholanic acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 133: Proc, 25.—Griebel, C, & Weiss, F. Ueber den mikrochemischen Nachweis einiger Stoffe, die bei der Einwii! uug bestimmter Reagenzien fliichtige Aldehyde oder Ketone h.fern (Chloralhydrat, Glyce- rin, Milchsaure, Aepfelsaure, Citronensaure) Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1928, 56: 158-67.—Krainick, H. G. Bestimmung der Ketonkorper in kleinen Blutmengen. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 450.—Lecoq, R. Le dosage des corps cetoniques dans le muscle. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1940, 47: 87-94.—Rietti, C. T. Dosage des corps cetonhiues du sans. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 617-9.—Silva Lacaz, P. da. Dosagem das subs- tancias cetonicas no sangue segundo uma adaptagao do metodo de Huppert-Messinger por Engfeldt-Pincussen. Cult, med., Rio, 1940-41, 2: 28S-90.—Taulel, K., & Thaler, H. Ueber eine Farbreaktion auf Ketone. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 212: 256-62. ------ & Bauer, O. Leber din Mechanismus der Salicylaldehyd-Reaktionen zum Nachweis von Fuselolen und von Ketonen. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1935, 69: 401-5—Taufel, K., Thaler, H., & Hohner, H. Ueber den qualitativen und quantitativen Nachweis von Methylketonen. Ibid., 1937, 74: 119-33.—Weichselbaum, T. E., & Somogyi, M. A method for the determination of small amounts of ketone bodies. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 140: 5-20. --- Diketones. Barnes, R. P., & Payton, N. F. Preparation and properties of o-bromophenvl-benzvlglvoxal-methylation of alpha dike- tones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 1300-2.—Connor, R., & Adkins, H. Alcoholysis and hydrolysis of 1,3-diketones and beta-keto esters. Ibid., 1932, 54: 3420-7.—Couper, M., & Lutz, R. E. The action of hydrogen bromide in acetic acid on unsaturated 1,4-diketones. J. Org. Chem., 1942, 7: 79-87.— Hurd, C. D., & Kelso. C. D. 0-diketones; synthesis, structure and bactericidal properties. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 2184-7.—Kohler, E. P., & Potter, H. A. The acylation and alkylation of beta diketones and beta sulfonyl ketones. Ibid., 1936, 58: 2166-70.—Lutz, R. E., & Kibler. C. J. The 1, 4-diphenyl-2-mesitvl 1,4-diketones. Ibid., 1939, 61: 3007-10. ----- The l,4-dimesitvl-2-phenyl 1,4-diketones. Ibid., 3010-2.—Lutz. R. E.. & Palmer. F. S. The catalytic hydro- genation of unsaturated 1,4-diketones. Ibid., 1935, 57: 1957-61. ------& Love, L., jr. The reductions of unsaturated 1,4-diketones with zinc combinations; the formation of the cyclic dimolecular products. Ibid., 1953-7.—Lutz, R. E., & Reveley, W. G. The mechanism of reduction of conjugated systems with terminal carbonyl groups; dienols obtained from 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----5 unsaturated 1,4-diketones. Ibid., 1939, 61: 1854-9.—Stuts- man, P. S.. & Adkins, H. Hydrogenation of 1,3-diketones to ketols. Ibid., 3303-6.—Thompson, R. B. The reduction of a-diketones. Ibid., 1281-3.—Thompson, W. D. Open- chained and cyclic alpha-diketones. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1936) 1938, 113.—Whitmore, F. C, & George, R. S. Abnormal Grignard reactions; enolizing and reducing action of Grignard reagents upon diisopropyl ketone. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1239-42. ---- Enolization and isomerism. See also Enol. Favorsky, A., & Bozhovsky, V. [Isomeric transformations of cyclic a-monochlorketones] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1914, 46: 1097-102; 1918, 50: 582-8.—Iredale, T. Photo-enolization of ketones. Nature, Lond., 1942, 150: 579.—Koelsch, C. F., & Geissman, T. A. The reactions and enolization of cyclic diketones; l,2-diketo-3,4,5-triphenyl- cyclopentene. J. Org. Chem., 1938-39, 3: 480-8.—Kohler, E. P., & Sonnichsen, H. M. The influence of a-halogen substitution on the enolization of ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 2650-2.—Michael, A., & Weiner, N. The partition principle as applied to the structures of enolic sodium derivatives of /S-diketones and 0-keto esters. J. Org. Chem., 1938-39, 3: 372-84.—Petrenko-Kritchenko, P. [Tautomerism of ketones] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1916, 48: 993.—Stauffer, C. H. A kinetic study of the enolization of some unsymmetrical ketones. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1937) 1938, 94. ---- Metabolism. See under Ketosis. ---- Optical properties. Anderson, L. C, & Gooding, C. M. The halochromism of ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 999-1007.—Biquard, D. Contribution a l'etude spectrale de quelques c6tones (effet Raman et spectres d absorption ultraviolets) influence de la cvclisation; influence des radicaux C6H5 et CjH). Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1940, 5. ser., 7: 894-904; 1941, 5. ser., 8: 55-68 — Borcherdt, G. T., Meloche, V. W., & Adkins, H. The use of polarographs in determining ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 2171-6.—Duncan, A. B. F., Ells, V. R., & Noyes, W A., jr. The absorption spectrum of ethyl methyl ketone. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1454-6.—Kohlrausch, K. W. F., & KoppI, F. Studien zum Raman-Effekt; die Raman-Spektren von ali- phatischen Ketonen und Aldehyden. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1934, 24: 370-88.—Lowry, T. M., Simpson, D. M., & Allsopp, C. B. Optical activity in ketones; the rotatory dis- persion and circular diohroism of m-methyl cyclohexanone and of pulegone in their ketonic absorption bands. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1937, ser. A, 163: 483-98— Tomonari, T. U/eber die optische Eigenschaft der Fliissigkeitsgemische von Keton und Alkohol. Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1936, 32: 202-21.— Woodward, R. B. Structure and the absorption spectra of a,j8-unsaturated ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 1123-6. ------ Further observations on alpha, beta-un- saturated ketones. Ibid., 1942, 64: 76. ---- Oximes. Bachmann, W. E., & Barton, M. X. The relative propor- tions of stereoisomeric oximes formed in the oximation of unsymmetrical ketones. J. Org. Chem., 1938-39, 3: 300-11.— Campbell, K. N., & McKenna, J. F. The action of Grignard reagents on oximes; the action of phenylmagnesium bromide on mixed ketoximes. Ibid., 1939, 4: 198-205.—Grammaticakis. P Contribution h. l'etude spectrale des derives azotes de quelques aldehydes et cetones aromatiques; N-alcoyl- et N-acidyl-arylaldoximes. Bull. Soc chim. France, 1941, 5. ser., g. 101-15—Vavon, G., & Anziani, P. Sur l'oximation des aldehydes et des cetones. Ibid., 1937, 5. ser., 4: 2026-37. ---- Pharmacology. Specht, H.., Miller, J. W. [et al.] Acute response of guinea pigs to the inhalation of ketone vapors. 66p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. Cahen, R. Relation entre la constitution chimique et l'action h'ypnothiue de quelques cetones aromatiques. Rev. canad. biol., 1912, 1: 752-6.—Kelso, C. D. Preparation and properties of higher beta-diketones and their effectiveness as antiseptics. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwest. Univ., 1939, 7 • 120-2 —Kudriashev, B. A. The toxic action of high molecu- lar ketones on the developing rat embryo. Bull. biol. med. exp URSS, 1938, 6: 146-8.—Levvy, G. A., & Nisbet. H. B. The local anaesthetic properties of certain heterocyclic com- pounds. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1939, 65: 129-35.—Specht. H. Acute response of guinea pigs to inhalation of methyl isobutyl ketone Pub. Health Rep., Wash. 1938, 53: 292-300 pl- Study of effects of ketone vapor inhalation. Ibid., 1941. 56: 353__yant. W. P., Patty, F. A.. & Schrenk, H. H. Acute response of guinea pigs to vapors of some new commercial oro-anic compounds; pentanone (methyl propyl ketone) Ibid., 1936, 51: 392-9. KETONE [R-CO-R] 66 KETOSIS ---- Solubility. Garland. F. M., Hoerr, C. W. [et al.] Solubilities of high molecular weight symmetrical normal aliphatic ketones. J. Org. Chem., 1943, 8: 344-57.—Gross, P., Rintelen, J. C, & Saylor, J. H. Energy and volume relations in the solubilities of some ketones in water. J. Phvs. Chem., 1939, 43: 197-205 — Saylor. J. H., Bait, V. J., & Gross, P. M. Solubility studies; the solubilities of some isomeric ketones in water. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 2742-4. ---- Synthesis. Darzens, G. Condensation du chlorure de l'acide dimethyl- acrylique avec les derives aromatiques; synthese de dimethyl- viiivkm ketones. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1940, 211: 435.—Dermer, O. C, Wilson, D. M. [et al.] Comparison of metallic chlorides as catalysts for the Friedel-Crafts ketone synthesis. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 2881-3; 1942, 64: 464.—Hudson, B. E., jr, & Hauser, C. R. The synthesis of ketones of the type RCOOHR2 from a,a-disubstituted 0-keto esters; an extension of the acetoacetic ester type of ketone synthesis. Ibid., 1941, 63: 3163.—Jenkins, S. S. The Grignard reaction in the syn- thesis of ketones; a new method of preparing desoxybenzoins. Ibid., 1933, 55: 703-6. ------ & Richardson, E. M. The Preparation of a series of mono- and di-chlorodesoxybenzoins. bid., 1618-21.—Kroeger, J. W., & Nieuwland, J. A. The synthesis of acetvlenic ketones from acetylenic Grignard reagents. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1861-3.—Mannich, C, & Schiitz, M. Leber die Svnthese von ungesattigten 1,3-Ketobasen und ihre Rednktionsprodukte. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1927, 265: 684- 95.—Rosenmund, K. W., & Schulz, H. Zur Kenntnis der Phenolketone und der Behnschen Ketonsynthese. Ibid., 308--19.—Whitmore, F. C, Noll, C. I., & Meunier. V. C. Synthesis of aliphatic t-butyl ketones. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 683. KETONEMIA. See Ketosis. KETONURIA. See under Ketosu. KETOSE. See under Carbohydrates, Types. KETOSIS. See also Acetonemia; Diabetic coma; Fat, Metabolism; Fasting; Infant nutrition, Disorder; Starvation; Vomiting, etc. Alston, J. T. Acetonemia, or ketosis in cows. Vet. Med., Chic, 1934, 29: 379-83.—Bannd, S. I corpi chetonici; rassegna sintetica. Med. sper., Tor., 1940, 6: 653-66.—Barach, J. H. Ketosis in health and disease. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1943, 10: 134-8.—Beazell, J. M. Ketosis in normal and Eck fistula dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 113: 10.—Boattini, G., & Salaris, C. Contributo alio studio della chetonemia in condizioni normali e patologiche. Clin. med. ital., 1931, 62: 1138-64.— Boddie, G. F. Some aspects of ketosis in dairy cows. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1935, 15: 1539-46.—Corkill, A. B., Marks, J. P., & Johnson, K. Certain aspects of ketosis and acidosis. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1: 923-7.—Crandall, L. A., jr. A comparison of ketosis in man and dog. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 138: 123-8.— Cristol, P. Interpr6tation des valeurs de la reserve alcaline du plasma sanguin au cours des ceto-acidoses. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1929, 188: 1451.—Darrow, D. C, & Cary, M. K. A clinical and chemical study of nondiabetic ketosis with acidosis. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 6: 676-94.—Duarte Salcedo. El nifio cetofilico. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1932, 16: 451-9.— Fazekas, E. von. Ueber die Ketonkorper des Blutes. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 170: 224-9.—Forbes, R. M. Ketosis in ruminants. Cornell Vet., 1943, 33: 27-47.—Goldfarb, W. A study of ketosis in primates. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 61. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 116: 787-91.—0llgaard, E. [Investiga- tions on ketonemia in normal people] Bibl. laeger, 1939, 113: 435-56.—Payne, W. W. Acetonuria; acetonemia; acidosis; ketosis. In Dis. Child. (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond., 1934, 577-83.—Robertson, J. D. Ketosis. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 372-9.—Ryzhov, P. V. [On the question of ketosis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 1541-6. Also Acta med. scand., 1941, 108: 106-16.—Sampson, J., Gonzaga, A. C, & Hayden, C. E. The ketones of the blood and urine of the cow and ewe in health and disease. Cornell Vet., 1933, 23: 184-207.—Schloss, O. M. Non-diabetic ketosis in children. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1934, 2. ser., 10: 483-95. ---- Diagnosis. Crandall, L. A., jr. The clinical significance of ketosis. Memphis M. J., 1941, 16: 170-2.—Fismer, G. F. The surgical importance of ketosis and cyclic vomiting. S. Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 524—9.—Gomez Gonzalez. Interpretaci6n en la clinica de la acetona, acido diacetico y oxibutfrico. Rev. med. cir. Habana. 1935, 40: 385-400.—MacKay, E. M. The significance of ketosis. J. Clin. Endocr., 1943, 3= 101-10.-Sippe. <. Hypoglycaemia and ketosis; their relationship to chronic antral disease and bronchiectasis. Mod- J- Australia, 1934, 1: 675-8. ---- Etiology. Degen, G. *Ueber prii- und postoperative Ketokorperbildung beim Menschen. 23p. 8? Bonn, 1933. Barbaro-Forleo, G. Sulle chetosi non diabetiche degli adulti. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1938-39, 18: 37 titi. -Botella Llusia, J., Amilibia, E. de, & Mendizabal, M. M. Hormonas ovaricas y cetonemia. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 769-72. Also Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 2, 785; 1936, 30: pt 1, 513.— Davanzo, I. Studi sulla chetonemia e chetonuria in rapporto cogli interventi operativi. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 34: 57-80.— Dick, G. F., Goldner, M. G., & Singer, T. P. Observations on starvation diets and hunger ketosis. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1943, 10: 124-9.—Drouet, P. L., Collesson, L., & llarmand, J. Coma avec acido-cetose chez un 6thylique, cirrhotique. Rev. med. Nancy, 1937, 65: 529-36.—Franke, M., & Malczynski, S. Corps cetoniques et hepatectomie chez le chien. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 118: 1604-6.—Friedemann, T. The fasting ketosis of monkeys. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: 335-41.—Goldfarb, W., Barker, S. B., & Himwich, H. E. A study of ketosis in fasted and fat-fed rats. Ibid., 287-90.—Krainick, H. G.. & Mtiller, F. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie des intermediaren Fettstoffwechsels; exogene Ketosis. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1040-2.—Leites, S. M., & Karliner, S. J. [Pathogenesis of hyperketonemia in experimental anemia] Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva, 1940, 6: No. 6, 21-5.—MacKay, E. M., Wick, A. N., & Visscher, F. E. Dehydration and ketosis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 47: 351.—Midana, A., & Del Grande, L. Ueber den Einfluss der pathologischen Vorgange der Haut auf die experimentelle Hj'perketoniimie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934-35, 171: 208-22.—Monticone, C. La chetonemia nelle lesioni sperimentali del rene; azione della nefrectomia e resezione del rene superstite nel coniglio. Arch. ital. med. sper., 1939, 4: 45-8.—Oastler, E. G., & Anderson, A. B. Ke- tosis in the hypophysectomized rat. Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 1094-8.—Odinov, A. I., & Flanchik, S. I. [Ketonemia in infectious fever] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 109-14.—Roguski, J. [Investigations on carbohydrate metabolism; ketone bodies in the blood in various pathological states; results of investiga- tions] Polskie arch. med. wewn., 1934, 12: 668-84. ----- La cetonemie dans les differents 6tats morbides. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1935, 27. ser., 349. Also Bull, internat. Acad. polon. sc, cl. med., 1935, 253-63.—Ryzhov, P. V. [Ketosis in surgical pains] Nov. khir. arkh., 1938, 41: 311-9. ----- [Investigations on ketosis in certain surgical diseases] Vest. khir., 1939, 57: 250-3.—Schwenkenbecher, W. Untersuchun- gen der Ketonamie (Methode Lauersen) bei Diabetes melli- tus und anderen Krankheiten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1938, 134: 325-37.—Wick, A. N., Sherrill, J. W., & MacKay, F. M. Degree of ketosis during fasting. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45:437-9. ---- Ketogenic substances. Heinsen, H. A. Ketonkorperbildung aun Aminosauren [Giessen] p.672-701. 24cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Also Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1938, 54: Strauss, F. *Ueber die Ketonamie bei Hunden nach Belastung mit gesattigten und ungesattigten Fettsauren [Berlin] 19p. 8? Lpz., 1937. Bandeen, S. G. Ketogenic diet. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1934, 33: 547.—Bethea, O. W. The ketogenic diet. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1934-35, 87: 691.—Brooks, C. M. The ketogenic diet in general practice. Newcastle M. J., 1935, 15: 41-6.—Caccuri, S. Modificazioni della chetonemia nell'in- tossicazione sperimentale da acetone. Biochim. ter. sper., 1937, 24: 169-80.—Carere Comes, O. Azione delle diete acide e alcaline nei ratti albini. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 985-7.—Cook, E. N. Beta-hydroxybutyric acid as an adjunct to the ketogenic diet. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 310-2.— Dormody, H. F. The ketogenic diet. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., 1934, 30: 471-500.—Edson, N. L. Ketogenesis-antiketogenesis; ketogenesis from amino-acids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 2498-505.—Ellis, R. W. B. Some effects of a ketogenic diet. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1931, 6: 285-92.—Fuller, A. T. The nature of the bactericidal substance in the urine of patients receiving a ketogenic diet. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 976-82. ------ The ketogenic diet; nature of the bactericidal agent. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 855.—Galewski, A. [Ketogenic diet; its theoretical and practical significance] Warsz. czas. lek., 1937, 14: 316.—Gorrieri, I. Dicta alcalosica e acidosica e reazioni immunitarie nel coniglio. Poll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1934, 13: 101-8.—Hawes, R. B. The ketogenic diet. Malay. M. J., 1934, 9: No. 2, 19-21.— Hawley. E. E., & Mast, E. E. M. Ketogenic diet. In their Fundam. Nutr., Spring!., 1940, 441.— Heinsen, H. A. Ketonkorperbildung aus Aminosauren. Erg. inn. Med Kinderh., 1938, 54: 672-701.—Julesz, M., & Winkler, E. IMechanism of ketogenic diet] Orv hetil 1936 80- 460-4. ------ Angaben uber den Wirkungsmechanismu's der KETOSIS 67 KETOSIS ketogenen Diat. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 807-10 — Keeney, E., Sherril, J. W., & MacKay, E. M. Ketosis as measured by the ketonemia following fat ingestion by obese and non-obese patients. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1936-37, 3: 231-5.—Kemeny, E. El regimen quetogeno, su ejecuci6n practica. Rev. med. Chile. 1941, 69: 656-8.—Ketogenic (The) diet. Physician's Bull., 1939, 4: 115-8.—Leites, S. M. The role of concentration of ketone bodies in the processes of keto- genesis and antiketogenesis; a contribution to the action of ketogenic substances. Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1939, 7: 327-9.—MacKay, E. M., Came, H. O., & Wick, A. N. Origin of fasting ketosis in the rat following a diet low in choline and protein. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 40.—MacKay, E. M., Wick, A. N., & Barnum, C. P. Ketogenic action of short chain, even numbered carbon fatty acids in carbohydrate- fed animals. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 135: 183-7.—Markees, S. Alimentare Ketonkorperbildung aus Nahrungsfetten beim Menschen. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 841-3. ------ Ueber die Rolle der ungesattigten Fettsauren und der flussigen Fette im Ketonkorper-Stoffwechsel. Zschr. klin. Med., 1938-39, 135: 516-27.—Murlin, J. R., Nasset, E. S. [et al.] The rate of ketogeriesis in human subjects on high fat diets, as influenced by different sugars. J. Nutrit., 1936, 12: 645-70.—Narat, J. K. A new substitute for ketogenic diet. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 39: 75.—Pefta, L. C, & Glatzel, H. Ueber ketogene Kost. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935, 128: 684-91.—Peterman, M. G. The ketogenic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1427-9 — Pulford, D. S. The present status of the ketogenic diet. Ann. Int. M., 1932, 6: 795-801.—Rennie, J. B. The ketogenic diet. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1936, 192: 323-6.—Rosen- berg, L. C. Ketogenic diet in pediatrics. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1934, 51: 273-80.—Rourke, G. C. A low calorie keto- genic diet. J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1935-36, 11: 228-34.—Soeters, J. M. [Ketogenic diet] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1934, 3: 161-75.—Wick, A. N. Ketogenic action of branched chain fatty acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 141: 897-903.—Zagami, V. De la cetogenese en fonction de la nature de l'alimentation chez le pore. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1930-31, 33: 159-72. ---- Ketonuria. Altmann, F. *Gleichzeitiges Auftreten von Zucker und Aceton im Harn bei nichtdiabetischen Kindern (Glykoketonurie) p.639-68. 8? Bresl., 1935. Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1935, 55: Daum, A. *Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Ketonurie [Heidelberg] 19p. 21cm. Lengerich, 1938. Begtrup, E., & Rosling, E. Ueber Ketonurie bei diabetischen und nicht diabetischen Individuen. Acta med. scand., 1924, 60: 511-23.—Conte-Marotta, R. Chetonuria da florizina comparativamente nei ratti maschi e femmine. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1938, 24: 70-2. Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 218.—Deuel, H. J., jr. The relation of the anterior pituitary gland to ketonuria. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: Proc p. xix. ■------ Hallman, L. F. Studies on ketosis; further studies on endogenous ketonuria in the rat. Ibid., 1941,140:545-54. ------& Murray, S. W. The relation of ketonuria to liver fat. Ibid., 1937, 119: Proc. p. xxii.------ Studies on ketosis; the relation of fatty livers to fasting ke- tonuria in the rat. Ibid., 257-68.—Gherardini, G., & Brasi, M. Studi sulla chetonuria. Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: pt 1, 95-8.—Marotta, R. A., & Maroni, J. J. Quetonuria en cirugfa. Actas Congr. nac cir., B. Air., 1930, 2. congr., pt 2,1163-9 — Rohleder, T. Zur Frage der Hungerketonurie im Sauglings- alter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1938, 72: 197-207.—Terrell, A. W. Succinic acid and glucose in pituitary ketonuria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 300.—Terroine, E. F., & Trimbach, H. L'excretion urinaire des corps cetoniques dans I'inanition chez les diverses espdees animales. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1931, 193: 1345-7.—Toscano, C. Sulla chetonuria nei normali e negli iperchetonemici. Riforma med., 1932, 48: 1781-4. ---- Manifestations. See also Appendicitis; Coma; Migraine; Vomiting, etc. Drey, N. W. The pseudo-acute abdomen in cases of ketosis. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939-40, 34: 409-12.—Green, A. E. Pellagra-like skin lesions due to the ketogenic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930-31, 95: 863.—Probstein, J. G., & Drey, N. W. Ketosis simulating acute conditions of the abdomen. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 475-7.—Rombouts, J. M. [Relation between mental diseases and ketosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 2319-26. ---- Metabolism. See also Carbohydrates, Metabolism; Fat, Metabolism; also Acetonemia; Diabetes mellitus, etc. Valdiguie, P. *Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme des corps cetoniques. 319p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1934. Barnes, R. H., & Drury, D. R. Utilization of ketone bodies by the tissues in ketosis. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38 36: 350-2—Barnes, R. H., Drury, D. R. [et al.] Utilization of the ketone bodies in normal animals and in those with ketosis. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 130: 144-50.—Blixenkrone- M01ler, N. Ueber den Abbau von Ketonkorpern. Zschr physiol. Chem., 1938, 253: 261-75.—Brentano, C. Beziehun- gen zwischen Muskelstoffwechsel und Ketonkorperbildung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 448-51. ------ Beitrag zur Physiologie und Pathologie des Ketonkorperstoffwechsels. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 124: 237-92.—Butts, J. S., Blunden, H. [et al.] Studies on ketosis; glycogen synthesis after ethyl esters of various fatty acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 117: 131-3.—Butts, J. S., Cutler, C. H. fetal.] Quantitative studies on 0-oxidation. Ibid., 1935, 109: 597-613.—Butts, J. S., Deuel, H. J., jr, & Hallman. L. Sexual variation in carbo- hydrate metabolism; effect of alkalosis on fasting ketonuria in the rat. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 898.— Calabresi, M., & Salads, C. Sul comportamento della cheto- nemia e del quoziente respiratorio in carenza di carboidrati. Chn. med. ital., 1936, 67: 255-65.—Cecchieri, E. Curva chetonemica dopo carico alimentare idrocarbonato. Arch. pat., Bologna, 1934-35, 14: 125-55.—Chamberlin, P. E., Furgason, W. H., & Hall, V. E. Ketone body excretion in the cat; sex difference, and influence of diet, fasting, castration, and male hormone administration. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 121: 599-606.—Cohen, P. P. Studies in ketogenesis. Ibid., 119: 333-46. ------& Stark, I. E. Hepatic ketogenesis and keto- [ysis in different species. Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1938, 8: No. 7, 23. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 126: 97-107 — Deuel, H. J., jr, Butts, J. S. Studies on ketosis; quantitative studies of /8-oxidation; glycogen formation from various fatty acids. Ibid., 1935-36, 112: 15-23. ------ Glycogen forma- tion from various purified and natural fats. Ibid., 1937, 117: 119-29. ------ Diurnal changes in liver glycogen. Ibid., 1938, 123: 257-65. ------ & Hallman, L. F. Effect of diet on ketonuria in the rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 897.—Deuel, H. J., jr. Hallman, L. F. [et al.] Quantitative studies on the oxidation of the ethyl esters of the fatty acids. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 116: 621-39. ------ The comparative metabolism of d-mannose and d-glucose. Ibid., 1938, 125: 79-84. ■------ The rate of disappearance of |8-bydroxybutyric acid in fasted and fed rats. Ibid., 1940, 133: 173-82.—Drury, D. R., Barnes, R. [et al.] The utilization of ketone bodies by the tissues of animals in ketosis. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 348.—Edson, N. L. Ketogenesis-antiketogenesis; metabolism of aldehydes and dicarboxylic acids. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1855-61. •------ Substrate competition in liver. Ibid., 1862-9. ------& Leloir, L. F. Metabolism of ketone bodies. Ibid., 2319-32.—Fleuret, P. H. De la cetog6nese physiologique chez les herbivores. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1929, 31: 363-412.—Friedemann, T. E. Ketosis in primates; the ratio of /3-hydroxybutyric acid to acetoacetic acid in the blood and urine. J. BioJ. Chem., 1942, 142: 635-48.—Gambigliani Zoccoli, A., & Fedi, M. Sul ricambio dei corpi chetonici e degli aminoacidi. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1939, 102: pt 2, 146-52.—Harrison, H. C, & Long, C. N. H. The distribution of ketone bodies in tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 133: 209-18.— Hayden, C. E. The physiology of ketone-body formation. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1940, 97: 534—H6j6, Y. Der Keton- korper in der peripheren Gefasslymphe des Kaninchens. Acta scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1936-37, 19: 150-3.—Johnston, C, & Deuel, H. J., jr. Studies on ketosis; the comparative metabolism of the hexitols. J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 149: 117- 24.—Koehler, A. E., & Windsor, E. Ketone metabolism in the mouse. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 120 (Abstr.)—Leites, S. M. [Importance of concentration of ketone bodies in pro- cesses of ketogenesis and antiketogenesis] Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 343-5. ■------ & Odinov, A. I. Ueber Keto- genese im Lebergewebe und deren Autoregulation. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 282: 345-61.—Macallum, A. B. The significance of ketogenesis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 3-11.—McClellan, W. S., Spencer, H. J. [et al.] A comparison of the thresholds of ketosis in diabetes, epilepsy, and obesity. J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 80: 639-52.—MacKay, E. M., Wick, A. N. [et al.] The influence of alkalosis and acidosis upon fasting ketosis. Ibid., 1941, 138: 63-8.—Markees, S. Alimentare Ketonkorperbil- dung und Leberglykogen. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 1123-6. ------ Ueber die Bedingungen der Ketonkorperbildung und -Verwertung (Zusammenfassung experimenteller Ergebnisse) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 405-7.—Morehouse, M. G. Studies on ketosis; the metabolism of a, j3- and (3, 7-deutero- butyric acids in the fasting rat. J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 129: 769-79.—Mulder, A. G., & Crandall, L. A., jr. The metab- olism of the brain in the ketotic state. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 392.—Odinov, A. I. Lungen und Ketonkorperstoffwechsel. Biochem. Zschr., 1936, 286: 101-9. Also Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1936, 2: 53.—Reuter, A. Probleme des ketonkorper- stoffwechsels. Klin. Wschr., 1941, 20: 777-81; 801-7 — Sampson, J., & Hayden, C. E. Physiological aspects of ketosis in cows and ewes with special reference to carbohydrate metabolism. Cornell Vet., 1936, 26: 183-99.—Schiaparelli, P., & Dordi, A. Sul comportamento del glicogeno epatico nella chetosi sperimentale. Riv. chn. pediat., 1939, 37: 961-7.— Schur, I. B. [Role of the lungs in the metabolism of ketone bodies in normal and pathological conditions] Praci Ukrain. KETOSIS OS KETOSIS inst. klin. med., 1940, 1: 254-97.- Shaw, J. C. A comparison of the acetone body metabolism of the lactating mammary 5land of the normal cow with that of the cow with ketosis. . Biol. Chem.. 1942. 142: 53-60. Simici. D., Dimitriu, C. C. & Cimino-Beranger. E. Recheiclies sur lelimination des corps acetoni<|ues par l'estomac. chez l'homme normal, l-o dia- b(''ti et chez le chien. Hull. Acad. med. Rounianie. 1937, 2: pt 2. 514-20.—Somoeyi. M. Changes in ketonen,ia, and ketonuria during hvpoghcemia. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.. N. Y., 1940, 45: 644-7.------& Weichselbaum, T. E. Sub-trate competition in the utilization of ketone bodies. Fed. Proc. Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 135 (Abstr.)—Soskin, S., & Levine, R. Origin of ketone bodies from fats and their regulation. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 68: 674-86. Also in Biol. Synipos.. Lancaster, 1941, 5: 64-81.- Tecoz, R. M. Conception nouvelle de la cetogenese chez l'homme normal et chez le diabetique. Praxis, Bern. 1942, 31: 230. ---- Pharmacology. Behre. J. A. Studies in ketone body excretion; daily varia- tions in the ki tone bodies of normal urine and the ketonuria of short fa-ts, with a note on diabetic ketonuria during insulin treatment. J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92: 079-97.—Butts. J. S. The comparative ketohtie effect of galactose, glucose, and lactose in iats. Ibid.. 1934. 105:87-90.— Cannavo. L. Azione oppo-ta di estratti epifi.-ari sulla chetont niia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.. 1930. 11 : 273—Clark, D. E.. A- Murlin. J. R. The effect!- of glucose, fructose and galactose on ketosis, produced by anterior pituitary extract and bv nancreatectomv. J. Nutrit., 1936, 12: 469-90— Colombo, C. & Zanetti, L. Azione della vitamina B sull'iperchetonemia post opera toria. Arch. ital. chir., 1933. 35: -105-22—Contc-MuroUa. R. Influenza della colina snlla chetonuria. ,\ich. sc. biol., Bologna, 1938, 24: 390-8- Deuel, H. J., jr, Hallman. L. F., A: Murray, S. Kitobsis verso-. antiketogenesis as an explanation for the action of carbol,\ .hat ■ on keTonuria. Pi or. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1938, 8: No. 7. 29. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 124: 385-93.—Deuel, H. J., jr Murray. S. [et al.] Studies on ketosis; the effect of choline on the ketonuria of fasting rats following a high fat diet. Ibid., 1937, 120: 277-88- Cottschalk. A. Dor Angriffspunkt der Kohlenhydrate bei ihrer antik< togenen Wirkung. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 100.:—Heymann. W., & Maier, E. Bestimmung des ketogen- antiketogenen (jumientcn der Nahrung bei Simglingen und Kh-inkimhhi. sowie ruterMichungen uber den I-.influss nl- kalisrhei ,-':.l/i und cmiger Hormone auf den Ketonkorperstoff- wechsel im bindesa It er. Zschr. Kinderh., 1933, 55: 502-11 — Hougardy. A. Action des generateurs d'acides sur 1'exereHion des compos-'-ti cetoniques. Liege med., 1934, 27: 1349-60.— Low. A., iV- Krcma, A. Leber Adrenalinwirkung auf den K< tonkoiperstoflwechsel. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1935, 27: 263-70— MacKay, E. M., & Barnes, R. H. Influence of a pancreas extract and other proteins on liver fat and ketosis Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 410 4— Maignon, F., & Krithakis, E. Influence de la di&te hydrique sur l'excr£tion urnaire .1. ~ corps cetoniques chez le chien. C. rend. Acad sc. 1928 ISO: 463-5. —---- Influence de I'adn.i; ist t i, i, de bKailoiatc de sodium siir le metabolisme eetoni.pa ,-!,,/ le .In n . n .'tat d'acidose plivsiologique. Bull. Soc. <-liirn biol Par., 1929. 11: 11,87 2n3—Murlin, W. R.. & Manlv. R. S Comparative effects of glucose, sucrose and fructose on ketone substance production in phlorhbinized dr.gs. J. Nutrit., 1936, 12: 491-508.—Negri, C. Vitamina C e chetonemia nell'uomo: azione della vitamina C 'acido 1-ascorhiro) sui corpi chetonici (acetone, acido aoetacetiro, acido ossibotirrico) del -ann-iie tdor. chn. iced.. 1937. 18: 485-503.—Neufeld, A. H., & CoTlip! J. B. The ef-e.t of pituitary extracts on ketonuria, fat content and fat distill ution in the liver and tL-sues of mice. Endo- crinology, 1939. 25: 708-74—Oliva, G., & Cattaneo, R. Insu- lina e ricanl 10 dei chetocorpi. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1940, 69: 37-52.—Rietti. C. T. Action de l'extrait ante-hvpophvsaire sur la cetonurie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 57-9.—Seki, K. On the antiketogenic ;><-non of such substances as glucose! insulin, hepatic preparation, bile acid preparation, and vitamin B. "nont. .1. I is. Inf. Kyoto. 1936. 19: 7—Shapiro, I. The comparative glycogenic and ketolytic action of glucose and some carl oh\.hate intermediates. J. Biol Chem 1935 108: 373-87.- Shaw, J. C„ Powell, R. C, jr, & White, G. C. Studies on k. tosis ln dairy cattle; the effect of glucose therapy and pasture feeding in cases of clinical ketosis. J Am Vet M. Ass., 1942, 100: 473-8.—Shipley, R. A., & Fry, E. G. The effect of adrenal cortical compounds on ketosis Am J Physiol., 1941-42, 135: 460-3.—Somopyi, M. Effects' of insulin upon the production of ketone bodies J Biol Chem 1941, 141: 219-27— Trimbach, H. Pe l'infiuence des substi- tutions alin-entaires sur la grand, ur de la cetogenese Arch internat. physiol., Liege, 1934. 39: 434-6L ------ Influence des ingestions alcalines ,-r.r la cetoi-urif- de l'inanition. Ibid o02-lo.—Wells. B B.. t* Kendall, E. C. The influence of the hormones of the adrenal cortex on ketonuria in rats treated with phlorhizin. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1941, 16: 113-6.—Wick, A N MacKay, E. M. [et al.] The relative antiketogenic activity of glucose, glycine, and alanine. J. Biol. Chem., 1940 136- 237-42. ---- Physiopathologv. Laxgsdorf, L. *Ueber die Einwirkung der Ketonkorper auf die Magenlipase. 16p 8° Marb. (Lahn) 1934. AnloKnoiti. L. Fisiopatologia, spcrimfntalc e clinica dei corpi ch.io,.,,, Minerva med., Tor., 1941. 32: I 1, 261-0. .V Nov.-lli. K. Iperchetonemia spenmcntiiE; applica- zioni alia eliin.a e alia fisiopatologia. Arch, st'd. nsiopat. ih-ainbi... loio, 8: 133-50.—Carrasco Formiguora. R. Sobre 1 i ai . 1 do 1 . gia~i en la diabetes y los factores que influyen -ob,, la c. ■tosis. <„„,. m(,d^ B Air_ i934i 4i: pt 2, 200-5.— Deuel. H. J., ii. Ketosis — relation of the pituitary to sex diherinc.s theiein. California West, M , 1934, 41: 388-90. ------ & Gulick. M. The sexual variation in starvation ketosis. J. Biol, (hem., 1932, 96: 25 3 1- Drury, D. R., & Wick, A. N. Effects of increased metabolism on ketosis. Proc Soc. F.xp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 703 5. ------• The effect of cxeicise on ketone bodv metabolism. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 265.------A- MacKay. E. M. The action of exercise on ketosis. Ibid., 134: 701 8. Dye, J. A., & Chhlsey, J. L. Ketone body total carbohydrate utilization ratios and their relation to the problem of ketosis. Ibid., 19.39, 127: 745-50.—Fiandaca, S. Contributo alio studio delle con- nessioni funzionali tra epifisi e lobo ipofisario anteriore; azione sulla chetonemia. Biochim. ter. sper., 1935, 22: 9-17.— Fleuret, P. H. La cetogenese phvsiologique. Ann. physiol., Par., 1934, 10: 900-2.—Fry. E. G. The effect of adrenalectomy and thyroidectomy on ketonuria and liver fat content of the albino rat following injections of anterior pituitary extract. Endocrinology, 1937, 21: 283-91 .—Goldfarb, W.. Barker, S. B., & Himwich, H. E. A studv of ketosis in the phlor- hizinized rat. J. Biol. Chem., 1934. 105: 283-6.—Krainirk, H. G., & Mflller, F. Zur Physiologic und Pathologie des intermediiiren Fettstoffwechsels; Ketosis und Ketolysis. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1275-8— MacKay, E. M.. & Iiarnes, R. H. Fasting ketosis in the pregnant rat as influenced bv adrenalectomy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., X. V., 1030, :t4: 082. Influence of adrenaleetoim on the ketosis of fasting and on the action of the anterior pituitary ketogenic principle Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 118: 184-9. ------ Influence of adrenalectomy upon the sex difference in ketosis. Endo- crinology, 1938, 22: 351-3.—MacKay, K. M., Carne, H. O. fetal.] The relation of fasting ketosis in tic rat to the preceding diet and the liver fat. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 141: 889 96 — MacKay, E. M., Visscher, F. E., & Wick, A. N. Relation of fasting ketosis to nature of protein and fat content of precedim* diet. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 514 0—Magrini" A.. & Giovannuzzi, V. Comportamento della foimula eritro- citometrica nelle condizioni di iperchetonemia. Med. sper., Tor., 1940, 7: 771-90.—Mirsky, I. A. Influence of adrenalecto- my on anterior pituitary ketogenesis in rats. Science, 1938, 88: 332.—Oliva, G., & Barenghi, G. Contributo alia fisio- patologia dei corpi chetonici. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1935, 60: 93-120.—Peola, F. Comportamento dei corpi chetonici nelle urine, nel sangue, nel liquor nelle malattie dei bambini. Riv. clin. pediat., 1929, 27: 422-34— Richardson, H. B., & Levine, S. 7. Infection and the ketogenic balance. J. Biol. Chem. 1925, 63: 465-73.—Shipley, R. A. The effect of adrenalectomy on the ketosis produced in rats bv anterior pituitary extract. Endocrinology, 1940, 26: 900-5—Shur, I. B. [Effect"of ketone bodies on the constitution] J. med., Kiev, 1937, 7: 1421-30, 5pl.—Wick, A. N., & MacKay, E. M. Influence of age on ketosis. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 130: 332-4. ------& Carne, H. O. Effect of age on ketosis. Ibid., 129: 495. ---- therapeutic. See also such headings as Bacteriuria, Treat- ment; Diet, starvation; Epilepsy, Treatment; Fasting, therapeutic; Urinary tract, Infection: Treatment, etc. Babies, A.. & Varsanyi, F. [Treatment of urinary infection with ketogenic drugs] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 1131-4.—Bacteri- cidal (The) action of ketonic urine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1231.—Barborka, C. J. The present, status of the ketogenic diet and its use. Texas J. M., 1932, 27: 637-41. Also J. Am. Diet Ass. 1933, 8: 471-81—Buchtel, H. A. Results in the use of the ketogenic diet for urinary infections. Proc Mavo Chn., 1935, 10: 804-7. ■------ & Cook, E. N. End-results of treatment of urinary infections bv the ketogenic diet Minne- sota M., 1930, 19: 603-8.—Chatain, J. Le regime' c'to-ene dans le traitement des infections urinaires chez l'enfant Pi-ot med Par., J.936, 269.—Clark, A. L., Everett, M. R. let al j Ihe ketogenic treatment of bacilluria. J. Oklahoma M \ss 1937, 30: l-6.-Clark, A. L., Moor, H. D.. & Harrel, D. G. Ihe effect of the ketogenic diet on infections of the urinarv tract South. M- J- 1935> 28: 453-6.—Cutchin, J. H. The simplified ketogenic diet in the treatment of bacilli infection ?l$„ unrarV tract in general practice. J. S. Carolina M \ss 1936, 32: 218-21.—Dixon. R. K. The clinical application of the ketogenic diet. Colorado M., 1934. 31: 61-6.—Donovan. H. Infections of the urinary tract and the ketogenic diet. Clin J., Lond., 1934 63: 471-3.—Gainsborough, H. The thera- P£otlc-u5o of the ketogenic diet. Practitioner, Lond., 1934, t A ' • •—G*lhl-en. E. W. [Inanition therapy in infections ot the urinary tract] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 337-61 — Goodman, W. D. Urinary infections treated bv the ketogenic diet with case reports. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc 1934 34- 60-3__ Greenebaum, J. V. Ketosis as a tlir,ap7i,t;c measure I Med., Cincin., 1928-29, 9: 64-70.—Hclrnholz hT The use' J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 130^ '-^ ^^J Jfi KETOSIS 69 KETTNER with the ketogenic diet in urinary infections. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Pediat., 1935, 61-74. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 778-82.—Julesz, M., & Winkler, E. [Experimental therapy with ketogenic diet] Orv. hetih, 1936, 80: 369-71 — McQuarrie, I. The ketogenic diet in the treatment of epilepsy, urinary infections, and other conditions. In Fundam. Nutr. (Hawley & Mast) Springf., 1940, 172-6.—Nesbit, R. M., & McDonnell, C. H. Low caloric, low fat, ketogenic diet for treatment of infections of urinary tract. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1183. ------ & Rourke, G. C. A low calorie ketogenic diet for the treatment of chronic urinary tract infections. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34: 347-9. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 695-8.—Osterberg, A. E., & Helmholz, H. F. Determination whether ketonurine has bactericidal action; a simple technic for clinical use. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1831.—Pagniez, P., & Plichet, A. Le traitement des infections urinaires par le regime cetogene. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1935, 39: 524-30.—Sherrill, J. W. Fasting and epilepsy. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 6: 231-3 — Underwood. W. E. Some aspects of ketogenic diet in relation to urinary infection. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1933, 40: 71-3. --- Treatment. Busacchi, P. Cura e profilassi delle chetonemie. Riv. clin. pediat., 1936, 34: 420-8.—Fincher, M. G., & Hayden, C. E. The anterior pituitary lobe hormones in the treatment of ketosis in the dairy cow. Cornell Vet., 1940, 30: 197-217.— Frada, G., & Masnata, G. Applicazioni temporo-parietali di onde corte e loro influenza sulla chetonemia. Gior. clin. med.. 1939, 20: 25-40.—King, R. Mechanism and treatment of non-diabetic ketosis. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1935, 24: 391-4.— Sampson, J., & Boley, L. E. The physiologic basis of therapy for ketosis in the ruminant. Am. J. Vet. Res., 1941, 2: 327-32. --- in pregnancy. Antognetti, L„ & Scopinaro, D. Chetogenesi e gravidanza Arch. stud, nsiopat. ricambio, 1939, 7: 161-87.—Roderick L. M„ Harshfield, G. S., & Hawn, M. C. The pathogenesis o ketosis: pregnancy disease of sheep. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass. 1937, 90:41-50. KETO steroid. See under Steroid. KETOXIME. See Ketone, Oximes. KETTEL, Karsten [M. D., 1930, K0benhavn] *Unders0gelser over kuldehaemagglutininer i menneskeserum. 222p. tab. diagr. 25%cm. Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1930. KETTELHAKE Cramer, Federico E. *Altera- ciones oculares en la hipertensi6n arterial nefr<5- gena experimental. 53p. 27cm. B. Air., A. L6pez, 1940. KETTERING, Charles Franklin, 1876- For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 231. KETTING, Gerard Nicolaas Adriaan. Bij- drage tot de geschiedenis van de lepra Nederland. 298p. 8? 's Gravenhage, Mouton & co., 1922. KETTLE, Edgar Hartley, 1882-1936. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 1236, portr. Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 1427-9, portr. Also St Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1936, 42: 187. Also S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1936-37,44: 61, portr. Also J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1937, 44: 493-504, portr. Also S. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1937, 70: l-8,portr— Memorial to the late Prof. E. H. Kettle, F.R.S. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 1307. KETTLE, Marguerite H., 1887-1939. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1939, 1: 1008. Also Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1128-31. Also St Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1939, 45: 107. KETTLER, Louis Heinz, 1910- *Ein besonders gearteter Fall von Transposition der grossen Gefasse [Halle-Wittenberg] p. 11-28. 8? Berl., J. Springer [1934] Also Virchows Arch., 1932-33, 287: KETTLING, Werner, 1902- *Tumor mandibulae unter Beriicksichtigung der in den Jahren 1908 bis 1919 im Anschar-Krankenhaus zu Kiel behandelten Falle. 23p. 8? Kiel, C. Donath, 1933. KETTNAKER, Hans, 1912- *Zwei Falle einer seltenen Zahnmissbildung; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Dens in dente [Tubingen] 20p. pl. 8? Buchau-W., A. Sandmaier & Sohn [1936] KETTNER, Bernhard, 1910- *Ence- phalitis und Amaurose im Kindesalter [Heidel- berg] 22p. 22Kcm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KETTNER, Hans Ulrich, 1913- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen uber den Nachweis spezifischer Blutcytotoxine [Heidelberg] p. 126- 38. 24^cm. Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1937. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1938, 50: KETTRIDGE, Julius Oman. Dictionary of the French and English languages with phonetic transcription of every French vocabulary word; spelling based on the Dictionnaire de l'Academie francaise (1932-1935) and on the Oxford English dictionaries. 2. impress, xiv, 526p. 16cm. Lond., G. Routledge & sons, 1936. ----French and English military dictionary, including Air service, iv, 140p. 14cm. Lond., G. Routledge & sons, 1940. KETURONIC acid. Crews, L. T., Hart, J. P., & Everett, M. R. The isolation of keturonic acids. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1940, 62: 491-3.—Hart, J. P., & Everett, M. R. The isolation of keturonic acids as crystalline alkaloidal salts. Ibid., 1939, 61: 1822-4. KETYL. See also Ketone, Derivatives. Bachmann, W. E. The reaction of aromatic ketones with sodium; the structure of the so-called metal ketyls. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55: 1179-88.—Wooster, C. B. The structure of metal ketyls; the conductance function. Ibid., 1937, 59: 377_g3 KEUCHEL, Albert, 1902- *Zur Klinik der malignen Nasennebenhohlentumoren. 47p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1930. KEUCK, Erna, 1909- *Zur klinischen Diagnose des Ulcus pepticum jejuni postopera- tivum [Rostock] 15p. 8? Gutersloh i. W., Thiele 1935 KEUCK, ' Josef, 1904- *Dauer und Resultat der Behandlung des mannlichen Harnrohrentrippers mit einigen der gebrauch- lichsten Antigonorrhoica [Diisseldorf] 56p. 8? Straelen, P. Keuck [1929] KEUDEL, Grete, 1912- *Ueber Eckzahn- Unterzahl. 19p. 22cm. Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KEUENHOF, Wilhelm, 1903- *Ueber angeborenen Milzmangel. 20p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1933. KEUL, Helmut, 1914- *Beziehungen zwischen Salyrgan und Kohlehydratstoffwechsel [Miinchen] 23p. 22cm. Sighiscara-Schassburg, F. J. Horeth, 1938. KEULEMANS, Matheus Christiaan. *Die Produkte der Kohlensaureassimilation bei Tro- paeolum majus; eine quantitative Untersuchung mit biochemischen Methoden. xiii, p.329-89. ch. 8? Amst., J. H. de Bussy, 1928. Also Rec trav. bot. neerl., 1928, 25: KEULMANN, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1904- *Beitrage zur Genese, Diagnose, Therapie und Histologie der Zahnzysten [Tubingen] 38p. pl. 8? Bad Hersfeld, F. Mohr, 1931. KEUR, John Yak, 1904- *Studies of the occurence and transmission of virus diseases in the genus Abutilon [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] p.53-70. pl. N. Y., Torrey Bot. Club, 1934. Also Bull. Torrey Bot. Club., 1934, 61: KEUSCH, Jacques. *Monographie gSnerale et etude critique comparative des procedes de dosage gravimetrique et titrim^trique de la noix vomique, figurant dans le Codex medicament. Gall. (1908) et dans la Pharm. Helv. V (1933) [Pharm.] 223p. tab. 24^cm. Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1936. KEUSCH 70 KEYES KEUSCH, Jakob, 1907- *Ueber einige Fehlerquellen beim Ophthalmometrieren [Zu- rich] 1~>p. 8? Affoltern-Albis, J. Weiss, 1935. KEISLNHOFF, Wilhelm, 1902- *Ein Fall von Hydrops universalis congenitus foetus et placentae unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Pathogenese. 24p. 8? [Berl., R. Rohde] 1927. KEUSSEN, Guido, 1899- *Der Einfluss 6c< Krieges und der Resatzung auf die hygieni- schen Verhaltnisse der Stadt Krefeld [Freiburg] 89p. 8? Krefeld, J. vanAcken, 1925. KEUTEN, Franz, 1911- *Ueber Ver- kalkungen und Konkremente im Rontgenbild [Greifswald] 31p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KEVENTER, Hans Christofer, 1775-1839. Stenstrom. F. [Extracts from the diary of Hans Christofer Keventer] T.-kr. ndl. halsov., 1937, 62: 121-205. KEVESH, E. L. ToMorpaipHH jierKux. 92p. illust. diagr. pl. 22^cm. Leningr. [Centr. rentg. inst.] 1941. KEVORKIAN, Kevork, 1908- *Die totale gaumenfreie Prothese. 31p. pl. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1931. KEWENTER, Ingve. Die Sesambeine des I. Metatarsophalangealgelenks des Menschen; eine rontgenologische, klinische und pathologisch- histologische Studie. 113p. ch. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1936. Forms Suppl. 2, Acta orthop. scand. KEY, Axel. See Key, Ernst Axel Henrik. KEY, Ben Witt, 1883-1940. Burke, J. W. [Obituarv] Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1941, 39: 20, portr.—Oast, S. P. Obituary. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 151. For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No, 9, 8. KEY, Einar Samuel Henrik, 1872- For Festskrift see Acta chir. Scand., 1932, 71: portr. KEY, Ernst Axel Henrik, 1832-1901. For 1 iographv see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh.. 1910. 58, portr. Santesson, C. G. [Obituary] Hygiea, Stockh., 1932, 94: 833-52, portr. KEY, Cora Beale, 1888- , WHITE, Mar- garet R. [et al.] The process of learning to dress among nursery-school children, p.67-163. tab. 23^cm. Worcester, Mass., Clark Univ. pr., 1936. Forms No. 2, v.18. Genet. Psychol. Monogr. KEY, Henry, 1896- *Studien iiber die Permeabilitat der Retina [Upsala] 82p. 8° Stockh., I. Marcus, 1932. KEY, John Albert, 1890- Diseases of the bones and joints, p.889-980. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1933. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) 1933, 4: For biography see Phi Chi Quart., Menasha, 1934, 31: 588-90. Also Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 423; 467; portr. ---- & CONWELL, H. Earle. The manage- ment of fractures, dislocations, and sprains. 1164p. illust. 8° S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1934. Also 2. ed. 1246p. 1937. Also 3. ed. 1303p. 1942. KEY-ABERG, Hans. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Musculus retractor bulbi beim Kaninchen [Lund] 32p.; 27p. 8? Stockh., I. Marcus, 1934. KEYES, Edward Lawrence, 1843-1924. [Biography] In Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Harsthorn) 1942, 142.—Master surgeons of America: Edward Lawrence Keyes. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 728-30, portr.—Quinby, W. C. [Biography] Tr. Congr. Am. Physicians, 1933, 86-9. For portrait see Collection in Library. KEYES, Edward Loughborough, 1873- Urology. xix, 763p. pl. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1928. Also 6. ed. [with Ferguson, R. S.] xxii, 1707p. illust, pl. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton- Century [1936] ----A sea change and other things. 143p. 8? N. Y., Privately printed, 1938. For portrait see J. Ass. M. Students, N. Y., 1937-38, 2: 8. ---- & FERGUSON, Russell S. Tumors of the bladder, p. 180-242. illust. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1936. In Modern Urol. 3. ed. (Cabot, H.) 2: KEYES, Edward Loughborough, & KEYES, Edward Loughborough, jr. Surgical diseases of the genito-urinary organs; a revision of Van Buren and Keyes's text-book, xvi, 827p. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1903. Another ed. 1904. KEYES, Frederick George, 1885- For portrait see Chem. Warf. Bull., 1938, 24: No. 2, front. KEYFITZ, Nathan. Canadian life tables, 1931. 72p. 25cm. Ottawa, J. O. Patenaude, 1937. Forms No. 13, Census Monogr. KEYHANI, Nematollah, 1908- *AnaIyse des proprietes defensives de l'organisme vis-a-vis des agents infectieux. llOp. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. KEYL, Rudolf, 190L- *Ueber die Be- ziehungen des Santorinischen Ganges zum Zwolfnngerdarm und zum Wirsungschen Gang. p.345-81. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. Also Morph. Jahrb., 1925-26, 55: KEYNES, Geoffrey Langdon, 1887- A bibliography of Sir Thomas Browne, Kt, M. D. xii, 255p. portr. facs. 26cm. x 21cm. Cambr., Univ. pr., 1924. ---- The early diagnosis of malignant disease. 70p. illust. 16? Lond., J. Bale, sons & Danielsson, 1935. KEYPORT, Claude Roy, 1885- For portrait see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1942, 41: 953. KEY (The) reporter. Concord, N. H., v.l, 1936- KEYS, Noel, 1893- *The improvement of measurement through cumulative testing; an empirical study of 200 elementary school children over a period of 4 years [Columbia Univ.] 81p. 8? N. Y., Teachers Coll., 1928. KEYS, Thomas Edward, 1908- The development of anesthesia. 78p. illust. portr. facs. 25 ^cm. [n. p., 1943] See also Willius, F. A., & Keys, T. E., editors. Cardiac classics. 858p. 25J4cm. St Louis, 1941. KEYSER, Erwin, 1909- *Ueber Osteo- chondritis dissecans (Konig) am Htiftgelenk [Wurzburg] 19p. 8? Ochsenfurt-M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KEYSER, Jacob Johan, 1828- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 627. KEYSER, Jakob Rudolf, 1803-64. For biography see in Festskr. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristi- ania, 1911, 2: 224-34, portr. KEYSER, Jakob Wilhelm August Neddegodell, 1858— ™~Portrait- In N^ges laeger (Kobro, I.) Kriat., 1915, 1: 627. KEYSER, Todrow Sylvester, 1886-1929. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1402. KEYSERLINGK, Hugo Graf von, 1909- *Zusammenstellung der von 1920 bis 1935 an der Psychiatrischen und Nervenklinik zu Jena be- handelten juvenilen Paralysen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ergebnisse der Fieberbe- handlung 16p. 21cm. Jena, Buchdr.-Werk- st&ttc, It7p7« KEYSSELITZ 71 KHARKOV KEYSSELITZ, Anneliese, 1911- *Tento- riumzerreissung und Gehirnblutung als Ursache fiir den Tod des Kindes bei Geburt in Beckenend- lage [Leipzig] 19p. 23cm. Gera, Verein. Kunstdr., 1936. KEYSSER, Ernst Wilhelm, 1907- *Ueber Hiebverletzungen der langen Rohrenknochen. 13p. 22Hcm. Heidelb., Brausdruck, 1936. KEYSSER, Franz, 1885-1942. Die Vakzine- behandlung der bosartigen Geschwiilste. 34p. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1923. ---- Die Elektrochirurgie. x, 238p. pl. illust. fol. Lpz., G. Fischer, 1931. ---- [The same] Manual de electrocirugfa. 197p. illust. 26cm. [B. Air.] Univ. B. Aires, 1941. See also Prudente, A. Franz Keysser e a plastica no cancer. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1942, 18: 224-6. For obituary see Arce, J. Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1942, 18: 131, portr; 133-5. Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1942, 16: No. 3, 35. KEY (The) to health magazine; published monthly by Sun-Diet Health Foundation, East Aurora, N. Y. East Aurora, v.6, No. 6, 1939- KEZMARSZKY, Tivadar, 1842-1902. Toth, I. [Biography] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 982. For portrait see Collection in Library. KGATLA. See also South Africa. Schapera, I. The transformation of Kgatla life. In his Married Life Afr. Tribe, Lond., 1940, 20-6. ------ The evolution of the Kgatla family. Ibid., 333—42, pl. Ukrainsky Institut runepepruqecKHe H KJIHHHKe] 240p. [Kharkov] Gosud. The family and other social groups [Kgatla] Ibid., 342-6. KHAFAGI, Anwar. Der Venturikanal; The- orie und Anwendung. 112p. illust. tab. diagr. 22}£cm. Ziir., A. G. G. Leeman & co. [1942] Forims No. 1, Mitt. Versuchsanst. Wasserbau, Eidg. Techn. Hochsch., Zurich. KHALED, Bekri. *Etude du triangle de Scarpa sur coupes microscopiques chez les jumeaux. 19p. pl. 22^cm. Lausanne, C. Risold, 1939. KHALIFA, Abd el Hamid Ahmed. *La medecine dans l'ancienne Egypte. 46p. 8? Par., Busson, 1934. KHALIFA, I. Abu Bakr. Pasteurella in animals and their inter-classification. 36p. 8? Cairo, 1934. Forms No. 147, Techn. Sc. Serv. Min. Agr. Egypt. KHALIL, Mohamed Bey. See Mohamed Bey Khalil. KHAMINSKY, A., 1904- *Les anesthe- sies r^gionales et les paralysies temporaires en ophtalmologie. 41p. 25)|cm. Montpel., C. Dehan, 1934. KHAMRA el Saghir, Osman. *Ulceres vari- Sueux et syphilis. 15p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du ommerce, 1924. KHANE Kharab, Kyoumars. *Dimorphisme sexuel des capsules surrenales chez les mammi- feres. 19p. pl. 23cm. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1941. KHARASCH, Norman, & MACKENZIE, Helen S. Essentials of college chemistry. 513p. illust. 24cm. N. Y., D. Van Nostrand co., 1942. KHARKOV, U. S. S. R. Centralnyi Psikhone- vrologichesky Institut. n_po6jieMM motophkh b HeBpojioniu h ncnxnaTpuH. 212p. illust. tab. diagr. 26cm. [Kharkov] Gosud. med. izdat. USSR, 1937. KHARKOV, U. S. S. R. Institut Mechnikov. Bulletin de l'lnstitut Metchnikoff. Kharkov, No. 1, 1936- KHARKOV, U. S. S. R. Ukrainsky Gosu- darstvennyi Tuberkuleznyi Institut Narkom- zdrava USSR. Otdelenie Socialnoi Patologii i Profilaktiki. Ty6epKyjie3 b ropoae h Ha cejie. Btin. 2: CounajifcHorHrueHHuecKHe ycjioBun h Ty6epKyjie3 b YKpanHCKOM cejie. ix, 386p tab. diagr. pl. map. 27cm. Kharkov, Izdat. Nauch. mysl, 1928. KHARKOV, U. S. S. R. Eksperimentalnoi Mediciny. peaKunn [b oKcnepuMeiiTe illust. tab. diagr. 22^cm. med. izdat. USSR, 1938. KHARKOV, U. S. S. R. Kobrin, R. Survey of housing and sanitary living in Khar- kov. Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: No. 7, 91-102.—Lovlia, D. S. [One hundred twenty-fifth anniversary of the Kharkov Medical Institute] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 964-8, pl. KHARSHAK, Mikhail Jakovlevich, 1871-1940. For obituary see J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 460-2, portr. Also Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 11, 3-5, portr. KHARTOUM. Gordon Memorial College. Prospectus, third report; Wellcome Research Laboratories at the Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum. 40p. illust. col. pl. 26%cm. Lond., Bailliere. Tindall & Cox [1909?] KHARTOUM, Egypt. See also Health organization. Beam, W. Khartoum water-supplv. Rep. Wellcome Trop Res. Lab. Khartoum, 1911, 4: B, 26-32.—McLean, W. H., & Hunt, G. E. The town [Khartoum] building regulations, 1909. Ibid., 303-12. ------ Some municipal engineering problems in the tropics; with special reference to Khartoum citv. Ibid 279-312. KHASA. See also Kashmir. Joshi, L. D. The Khasa family law in the Himalayan districts of the United Provinces. J. R. Asiat. Soc. Gr. Britain, 1931, 433 (Abstr.)—Majumdar, D. N. Some aspects of the cultural life of the Khasas of the cis-Himalayan region. Man Lond., 1943, 43: 23 (Abstr.) KHASI. See also Assam. Mitra, S. C. On a recent instance of the Khasi custom of offering human sacrifices to the snake-deitv. J. Anthrop. Soc Bombay, 1924, 13: 192-8.—Stegmiller, F. Opfer und Opferbrauche der Khasi. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1924, 54: 211-31, illust. ------ Pfeilschiessen und Jagdbrauche der Khasi. Anthropos, Modling, 1925, 20: 607-23. KHAYAT, David, 1912- *Les cancers du testicule apres orchidopexie. 34p. 24cm. Mar- seille, Impr. Canebiere [1939] KHAYAT, Sabry, 1911- *Les plaies de la veine cave inferieure au cours de la nephrecto- mie. 63p. 8? Lyon, Impr. Beaux-Arts, 1937. KHAYAT, Zoheir, 1911- *Les ulceres multiples de l'estomac et du duodenum. 56p. 8? Lyon, Impr. Beaux-Arts, 1937. KHELLININ. See Ammi visnaga. KHERSON, Russia. See under Health organization. KHIARI, Mohamed Taoufik, 1912- *Le laboratoire et la fievre de Malte; valeur comparee des moyens de diagnostic. 56p. 24cm. Par., J. Haumont, 1939. [KHIRURGIA] Xapyprun; opraH Bcecoio3HOH accouuauuH xupyproB. Moskva, v.l, 1937- KHO, Ho Leng, 1900- *Nachpriifungen iiber das Verhalten der regionaren Lymphknoten bei Lungentuberkulose. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. KHOLTSOV, Boris Nikolaevich, 1861-1940. For obituary see Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 3, 3, portr. KIDD KHORASSANI KHORASSAM, Nouh, 1907- *Les trou- bles du systcme pileux et les glandes endocrines. 103p. 24 ' ..cm. Par., M. Vigne\ 1938. KHOLBESSERIAN. Hagop, 1S9S- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude du prurit perineal et de ses rapports avec la syphilis. 43p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1926. KHOl'RI, J. Zeitoun. M. [Eulogy] Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1929, 9: 452, portr. KHOURY, Magid Alexandre. *L'action du nitrite d'amyle sur la tension arterielle chez l'homme. 24p. 8° Geneve, H. Studer, 1925. KHRENNIKOV, Vladimir Vasilievich, 1885- 1937. Kokhlov, D. [Obituary] Ortop. travmat., 1938, 12: 97, portr. KHUNRATH, Conrad, -1614. Editor of Paracelsus. Chirurgia vulnerum. 92p. 8? Schleswig, 1595. KIA, Amir, 1911- *Contribution a l'etude des fractures du calcaneum; des differents modes de traitement et, plus specialement, de la mcthode ambulatoire. 151p. 25cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1938. KIAER, Frantz Casper, 1835-93. For portrait see in F'-stskr. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristiania, 1911 2: 204. Also in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 637. KIAER, R. Editor of Denmark. Den Almindelige Danske Laege- forening. Laegeforeningens aarbog 1941. 20. aarg., afd. 2. 1129p. 18cm. Kbh., 1941. KIAKIDIS, Dimitrios, 1898- *L'avorte- ment chez les fibromateuses; sa gravite et ses dangers. 59p. pl. s? Par., Ass.' Doctorat, 1930. KIANG, Schithing, 1901- *Ueber einen Fall von (Graviditas extrauterina tubaria inter- stitialis. 33p. 8° [Heidelb., n. p.] 1930. KIANG. Von-Si. For photograph of Von-Si Kiang, Director of Army Medical Department, Ministry of Army, China, see portrait collection in Library. KIBBEY, C. H. The principles of sanitation; a practical handbook for public health workers. 354p. pl. 8° Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1927. KIBLER, H. H. See Brody, S., Kibler, H. H., & Ragsdale, A. C. Growth and development, with special reference to domestic animals. Pt 53: Besting energy metabolism ... in growing Jersey cattle. 20p. 23cm. Columbia, Mo., 1941. ------ Growth and development, with special reference to domestic animals. Pt 55: Resting energy metabolism ... in growing Holstein cattle. 14p. 23cm. Columbia, Mo., 1942. See also Brody, S., Kibler, H. H., & Trowbridge, E. A. Growth and development with special reference to domestic animals. Pt 58: Resting energy metabolism ... in growing horses. 14p. 23i-m. Columbia, Mo., 1943. ---- & BRODY, Samuel. Growth and de- velopment with special reference to domestic animals. Pt 57: An index of muscular-work capacity. 20p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Columbia, Mo. [Univ. Missouri, 1943] Forms No. 367, Res. Bull. Agr. Exp. Sta. Coll. Agr. Univ. Missouri. KIBLER, Ola A., 1881-1940. For obituary see Q. Chicago M. School, 1940-41, 1: No. 2, portr. KIBRE, Pearl, 1903- See Thorndike, L., & Kibre, P. A catalogue of incipits of mediaeval scientific writings in Latin. 463p. 28Hcm. Cambr., Mass.. 1937. KICK, Friedrich, 1902- *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Zahne von Cervus capreolus. 16p. pl. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1926. KIDD, Beatrice Ethel, 1867- , & RICH- ARDS, M. Edith. Hadwon of Gloucester; man, medico, martyr, x, 344p. portr. 8? Lond., J. Murray [1933] KIDD, Francis Seymour, 1S7S-19.U, & SIMP- SON, A. Malcolm. Common infections ot the female urethra and cervix; with additional chapters by George T. Western and M. S. Mayou. xii, 197p. *pl. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1929. For obituary see Brit, J. Urol., 1934, 6: 101-3. Also Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 967. Also Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 1091; 1143. KIDD, Leonard, 1862-1942. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 531. Abo Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 499. portr. KIDD, Percy Marmaduke, 1851-1942. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 166, portr. Also Brompton Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1942, 11: p. iv. Also Lancet, Lond., 1942. 1: 184, portr. KIDD, Walter Aubrey, 1853-1929. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 481. KIDDER, Frank E. The architects' and builders' pocket-book. 16. ed. xxiii, 1816p. illust. 12? N. Y., J. Wiley & sons, 1916. KIDDER, Jerome Henry, 1842-89. For portrait see Collection in Library. KIDERLEN, Otto, 1901- *Zur Frage der Ultrafiltrierbarkeit und der Reaktions- kinetik des Thrombins. 15p. 21cm. Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1937. KIDNAPING. Failure of Bruno Hauptmann's appeal. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1023.—Rock, P. M. J. Abduction. Cath. Encyl., N. Y., 1913, 1: 32-5.—Smith, B. Kidnapping. Britan. Bk, 1942, 378 KIDNEY. See also Genito-urinary system; Kidney pelvis; Retroperitoneum; Ureter; Urinary organs; Uri- nary tract; Viscera. Berglxjnd, H., Medes, G., & Htjber, G. C. [et ah] The kidney in health and disease in contributions by eminent authorities. 754p. 8? Phila., 1935. Argil, G. Estado actual de la nefrologfa; adquisiciones y problciuas recientes en relation con la medicina interna; ponencia al 1. Congreso mexicano de medicina interna. Medi- cina, Mex., 1942, 22: 222-34.—Beaumont, G. E., & Dodds, E. C. The kidneys. In their Recent Adv. Med., 9. ed., Phila., 1939, 24-66.—Coutiere, H. Rein. Biol, med., Par., 1928, 18: 341-70. ---- Abnormity. See also subheadings (Aplasia; Blood vessels, Abnormity; double; Ectopy; Fusion, etc.) also Kidney pelvis, Abnormity. Bltjmel, G. *Ueber morphologische Nieren- veranderungen [Gottingen] 16p. 8? Liibeck, 1936. Pires de Lima, J. A. Contribuigao Portuguesa para o estudo das anomalias renais e ureterais. 28p. 4? P6rto, 1917. Amormino, G. Malformazioni renali ed ureterali. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1931, 10: 740; 767, 2 pl.—Andrea, V. Le anomalie renali. Policlinico, 1930, 37: sez. chir., 243; 276.— Anson, B. J., Pick, J. W., & Cauldwell, E. W. The anatomy of commoner renal anomalies; ectopic and horseshoe kidneys. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 112-32.—Antonucci, C. & Cassuto, A. De quelques cas d'anomalies reno-ureterales. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 110-29.—Bardram, E. Congenital kidney malformations and oligohydramnios. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1930, 10: 134-58.—Best, F. Ein Beitrag zur kongenitalen Nierenanomalie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1767.— Boudet, C. Anomalia renal. Arch. Soc. clin. Habana, 1939, 33: 381-4.—Bourgeois, P. A contribution to the study of renal anomalies. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 630-4. Also Union med. Canada, 1935, 64: 630-43.—Burghele, T. Con- tribution a l'etude des anomalies reno-ureterales. Lyon chir., 1933, 30: 385-443.—Clute. H. M. Congenital defects of the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1920, 6: 783-93.—Fernandez, M. Le malformazioni d"1 une; considerazioni sulla patologia e clinica delle stess<\ Arch. ital. urol., 1939, 16: 287-361.— Furey, W. W. Renal and ureteral anomalies. Illinois M. J., 1936, 70: 281-6.—Ginestie. J. Quelques points d'embryologie a propos d'un cas d'anomalie congenitale du rein. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 210-3.—Gottlieb, J. Angeborene Nieren- und Harnleiteranomalien Zschr urol. Chir 1929, 26: 84; 265 —Gruber, G. B. Ueber MissbUdungen der Nieren und Harnleiter. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929 KIDNEY 73 KIDNEY 8 Kongr., 173-9. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 1-17.— Gutierrez, A. Sobre una anomalia renal. Progr. chn Madr., 1Q15 5-54-60 pl.—Herman, J. Ueber Nieren- und Ureter- mUsbild'ungen. Sschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 505-61 -High- smith G F. Anomalies of the kidneys and ureters. J. .Honda M Ass 1934 20: 575-8.—Hughes-Jones, E. The abnormal kidnev'and ureter. J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1931, 3: 367-72 —Jeffrey, F. P., Beaudette, F. R., & Hudson, C. B. An inherited kidney abnormality in the domestic fowl. J. Hpred 1937 28: 335-8.—Mayock, P. P. Renal and ureteral anomalies. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 796-9 —Minuzzi, P G & Torresi, S. Anomalias reno-ureterales. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 1785-98.—Murray, H. E. & Ahmed. H. Developmental anomalies of kidney and ureter. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941 76-718-20.—Niseggi, C. H. Anomalfas renales. Radio- lo^cm. Berl., 1937. Astraldi, A., & Monserrat, J. L. Anomalfas .renales con- genitas de forma y configuraci6n; formas ancestrales: rifton unilobular y unipapilar. Rev. argent, urol., 1942, 11: 397- 404.—Klika, M. [Hydronephrosis congenita renis elongati cum uretere fisso] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1934, 14: 421-8 Also Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 418-25.—Siemens, W. Nierenmiss- bildung in Form der zweigeteilten Langniere, Ren elongatus bipartitus. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1940-41, 254: 213-26. ---- Abscess. See also subheadings (Carbuncle; Infection; Perinephritis; Pyonephrosis) Serre, L. G. E. *Sur un cas d'abces pneumo- cocciques bilate>aux du rein avec anurie mortelle. 39p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Wilcke, U. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis metasta- tischer renaler und pcrirenalcr Abszcsse [Rostock] 39p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1907. Barge & Larraud. Abces du rein; intervention; guenson; images pyelography nies avant et apres intervention. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, i:.2-60. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 48: 66-73.—Bekermann, A. G. [Recognition of renal gravitation abscess] Sovet. khir., 1932, 3: 181-3.-Butel & Bourses. Fistule inguinale provoqnee par un abces du rein droit. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1899, 53: 89-91- Cavina, C. Sull'asccsso prerenale. Arch. ital. urol., 1937, 14: 490-506.— Flandrin, P. Un cas de volumineux abces du rein a staphy- locoques guSri par incision et drainage. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 175-84. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 579-88 — Itikawa, T. Ein Fall von Nieronahszess mit interessantem Pyelogramm. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 135.—Leruitle, A. L'abces central du rein a forme hematuriciuc. Bruxelles mod., 1936-37, 17: 689-707.—Madrid, A. Los abscesos del rifi6n. Rev. mex. cir., 1937, 5: 579-85.—Mathe, C. P. A new sign for the diagnosis of perinephritic abscess, perinephritis, renal carbuncle and cortical abscess of the kidney. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3: 125-8. Also Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 1283-9.—Metcalf. W. F. Secondary interstitial nephritis and glomerulitis, advanced perinephritis, and para- nephritic abscess, following neglected perforating appendicitis: relief of abscess: subsequent closure of intestinal fistule: improvement: ultimate death from intercurrent endocarditis and catarrhal pneumonia, complicating the effects of prolonged sepsis. Detroit M. J., 1905-06, 5: 230-3.—Michon, E. Abces du rein. J. m6d. chir., Par., 1937, 108: 477-84.—Michon, L. A propos des abces du rein. Ibid., 1934, 105: 630-4.—Mock, J. Abces du rein, suite de panaris de la gaine des flechisseurs. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 295.—Nesbit. R. M., & Dick, V. S. Pulmonary complications of acute renal and perirenal suppuration. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 161-9.—Rothbart, L. Nierenabszess im Rontgenbilde. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1926, 34: 350.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Abscess of the kidney after an operation for acute appendicitis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 4113-6, pl.—Spitzenberger, O. Epinephritischer Abszess im Rontgenbilde. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 391-6.— Way, J. K. G. Renal abscess following gonorrhoea. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1:716. ---- Abscess, cortical. See also Kidney, Abscess, miliary. Finikoff, A. Contribution k l'etude clinique et chirurgicale des abces corticaux du rein. 40p. 8? Par., 1931. Levaxelaire, R. P. *Etat actuel de la question des abces corticaux du rein. 103p. 8? Par., 1930. Carrier, C. Abces cortical du rein. Liege med., 1936, 29: 126.—Chevassu, M. Abces corticanx du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 105-8.--Fey, B. Traitement des abces corti- caux du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 174-9.—Godard, H. Abces eortico-miliaires du rein et malformation ur6tera!e; valeur diagnostique de l'uret6rn-py61ographie. J. urol. med., Par., 1939. 47: 233-43.—Hunt, V. C. Cortical abscess of the kidney. Southwest. M., 1929, 13: 166-9.—Judd, E. S., & Brown, C. B. Cortical abscess of the kidnev. Sur". Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 801-8.—L., P. B. Abscesos corticales del nfi6n. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 795.—Lepoutre, C. Les abces de la corticalite du rein. Quest. m6d. actual., Par., 1931, 1: No. 5, 5-32. ------ Six observations d'abcis corti- caux du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 217-24. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 97-105.—Liscoet. A propos d'un cas d'abces corticaux du rein. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1936, 30: 103-5.—Maisonnet & Delaye. A propos de la pathogenie des infections renales: abces corticaux du rein ou verts dans le bassi- net. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 413-8.—Maisonnet & Godard, H. Abces de la corticalite du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 137-44. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 21: 447-54.—Math6, C. P. Cortical abscess of the kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1862-8.—Michon, I,. Abces corticaux du rein. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1933, 36: 95.—Ramond, L. Ascessi corticali del rene. Gazz. osp., 1931, 52: 396-8. Also Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 521.—Talbot, A. Les abces de la corticalite du rein. Arch. mal. reins, 1932-33, 7: 11-38. ---- Abscess, miliary (and multiple) Berne-Lagarde, de. Abces miliaires corticaux du rein droit; nephrectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 161-3. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 443-5.—Gaume. Nephrecto- mie pour abces multiples a colibacilles. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 151-4.—Godard, H. Abce. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1330-4.—Nicholson, G. W. Embryonic tumour of the kidney in a foetus. J. Path. Bact., Lond", 1931, 34: 711-30, 2 pl — Pincoffs, M. C, & Bradley, J. E. The association of adeno- sarcoma of the kidnev (Wilms' tumor) with arterial hyper- tension. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1937, 52: 320-5.—Priestley, J. T., & Broders, A. C. Wilms' tumor; a clinical and pathologic study. Tr. North Centr. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934. 24-31. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 544-51.—Rinaldi, R. Disembrioma renale ed eredolue. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 582-601, pl.— Sabatini, L. Contributo alio studio del mixo-sarcoma renale nel bambino. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 188-93 — Sanchez Covisa, I., & Perez Lista, M. Contribucion al estudio de los tumores mixtos del rifion; a proposito de un caso de adeno-rabdomioblastoma. Urol. clin. Hosp. provinc Madrid, 1933, 3: 103-18.—Scalfi, A., & Bollettino, A. Sul cosiddetto adeno-sarcoma del rene dell'infanzia; contributo anatomo- clinico. Boll. Soc med. chir., Pavia, 1940, 54: 353-78 — Schneider, K. Beitrag zu den embrvonalen Driisensarkomen der Niere. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1907, 66: 431-48.—Stern, R. O., & Newns, G. H. Wilms' embryoma; a clinico'-pathological study. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1938, 13: 193-210.—Sternberg, C. Zur Frage der embrvonalen Nierentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 185-92— Strecht Ribeiro. C. Disembrioma maligno do rim. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr., 1942, J7: No. 2, 1-20, 4 pl.—Trappe, M. Zur Kenntnis der renalen Adeno- Sarkome (Nephroma embrvonale malignum) Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1907, 1: 130-49, 2 pl". --- Adenosarcoma: Treatment. Bastianelli, P. Mixosarcoma del rene destro in giovanetto di quattordici anni asportato colla nefrectomia ideale transperi- toneale; guarigione; non recidiva dopo 4 anni. Clin, chir., Milano, 1905, 13: 1321-41, pl.—Bothe, A. E. Treatment of Wilms' tumor of kidney. In Treat. Cancer f Pack & Livingston) N. Y., 1940, 3: 1885-94— Chevassu, M. Cancer du rein, nephro-blastome, op6r6 chez un enfant de 7 ans et gu§ri depuis 11H ans. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 758.—Coley, W. B. Wilms' tumor. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 463.—Cuno, F., & Trappe. Exstirpation einer bosartigen Nierengeschwulst (embryonales Adenosarkom) Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 105-7.—Dean, A. L. The treatment of Wilms' tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1941. 34: 75-9 [Discussion] 88-91. ------ & Pack, G. T. Embryonal adenosaicoma of the kidney. J. Am. I\I. Ass., 1931, 98: 10-8.—Forni, G. Sull'adenosarcoma o nefroma maligno embrionale dell infanzia Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 23: 411-28.—Franck, A. Adeno-,,arcome du rein chez un petit enfant, revele par la pyelographie; riP. phrectomie. Strasbourg med., 1934, 94: 193.—Gaudier & Gelle. Adeno-sarcome du rein gauche chez un enfant, de 3 ans; ne- phreetomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. med. nord (1908) 1909, 510-2.—Hauser, H. Embrvonale Mischgeschwulst der Niere Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928, 211: 212-5.—Kaplan, I. I., & Camp- bell. M. F. Treatment of Wilms'tumor; report of case. Arch Pediat., N. Y., 1939, 56: 766-70.—Ladd, W. E. Embrvoma of the kidney, Wilms' tumor. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1938, 56: 390-407. Also Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 885-902.—McNeill, W. H., jr, & Chilko, A. J. Status of surgical and irradiation treatment of Wilms' tumor and report of 2 cases. J. Urol Bait., 1938, 39: 287-302—Ockerblad, N. F., & Carlson, H. e! Wilms tumor; with report of an 8 vear cure. Ibid.. 1943 SO: 265-7.—Priestley, J. T.. & Schulte. T. L. The treatment of Wilms'tumor. Ibid., 1942, 47: 7-10.—Shishov, 1. F [Mixed cumors of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 3-4, 9-12.—Van Gelder, Barnes [et al.] Postoperative dyspnea and cyanosis. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1942 1: No. 5, 12. ---- Ameba infection. See also Kidney, Parasites; also Amebiasis, Complications and pathology. Arlo. Amibiase renale, etude bactenologique. Marseille med., 1924, 61: 1302-4.—Cheyssial. Les urines dans 1'amibiase renale (analyse chimique) ibid., 1202-5.—Kirsh, D., & Diaz- Rivera, R. S. Perinephric abscess; a previously unreported complication of amebiasis. Am. J. M. Sc, 1943, 206: 372-8.— Petzetakis. L'amibiase renale: un cas de nephrite amibienne; action curative et diuretique dc 1 emetine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3. ser., 47: 1233-5.—Peyrot, J. Trois cas d'amibiase renale (pure, primitive, autochtone) Marseille med., 1924, 61: 1192-201.—Policard, A. Sur une figuration des noyaux des cellules epithediales du tube contourne du rein rapportee a un parasite (Karvamceba renis Giglio-To,-) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 62: 1111-3.—Segurola, M. Un caso de amebiasis renal. Vida nueva, Habana, 1927, 20: 24-8. ---- Amyloidosis. See also Amyloidosis; Nephrosis. Hansen [P.] F. *Klinische Beobachtungen an Amyloidnieren. 22p. 8! Kiel, 1933-34. Marchand, J. *Sur quelques formes par- ticulieres de l'amj^ose renale. 64p. 8? Par., 1936. Waldorf, C. P. El rifion amiloideo. 96p. 26}2em. B. Air., 1932. Abrami, P., Bertrand-Fontaine [et al.] Etudes sur l'amvlose renale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 1338-56 — Altnow, H. O., Van Winkle, C. C. [et al.] Renal amyloidosis; clinical course and pathologic lesions in 16 cases. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 56: 944-75.—Alzona, F. L'amiloidosi renale come entita clinica. Arch. pat. Bologna, 1927, 6: 149-80.—Coullaut Mendigutia, R., & Fernandez Noguera, J. Sobre un caso de nefrosis amiloidea. Medicina, Madr., 1942, 10: pt 2, 472-84.— Dalous & Fabre, J. Un cas d'amylose renale a forme olisrurique. J. med. fr., 1930, 19: 323-6.—Hoesch, K. Ueber eine besondere Form der Amyloidnephrose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1758.—Houcke & Warembourg. Sur un cas d'association de nephrite, nephrose lipoidique et amylose. Rev. med., Par., 1931, 48: 775-81.—Kennedy, W. R. Renal amyloidosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 33: 385-8.—Leon-Kindberg, M. Le rein dans la d6g6ne>escence amylo'ide. Medecine, Par., 1925-26, 7: 459-64.—Linder, G. C, Maxwell, J., & Green, F. H. K. A clinical, pathological and biochemical study of amyloid nephrosis. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1927, 2: 220-30, 2 pl.—Llambias, J., & Tobias, J. W. Amilosis renal solitaria a evolution lenta (amilosis glomerular difusa) Dia m6d., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 39-43.—Opsahl, R. [Observations on cases of amyloid kidney] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: 1028-38 — Rivasi, P. Forma azotemica pura di amiloidosi renale. Mi- nerva med., Tor., 1938, 48: pt 1, 36-40.—Rosenberg, M. Zur Klinik der Amyloidniere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 99-101.—Rosenblatt, M. B. Amyloidosis and amyloid ne- phrosis. Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 186: 558-67.—Seeman, G. rCombined form of lipoid-amyloid nephrosis] Klin. med.. Moskva, 1933, 11: 329-37.—Vancura, A. [Clinical aspect and course of renal amyloidosis] Cas. lek. cesk., 1939, 78: 657. ----Amyloidosis: Complication. Ruger, K. E. *Ueber die autochthone Nierenvenenthrombose, insbesondere bei Amy- loidnephrose [Tubingen] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1936. KIDNEY 78 KIDNEY Beitzke, H. Zerreissung einer amyloiden Niere mit tod- lichem Ausgang. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1935, 41: 311-3.— Ivanova. A. F., & lviinov, A. A. [Amyloido-lipoid nephrosis with rheumatism] Sovet. med., 1941, 5: No. 15, 31-3.— bitten, M. Ueber einen Fall von primarer Nierengicht mit schwerer Amyloiddegeneration. Fortsch. Med., 1904, 22: 381-93.—Lukes, J. [Thrombosis of the renal veins in amy- loidosis of the kidneys] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936, 16: 542-7.— Oppenheimer, B. S., & Silver, S. Recession of renal amyloidosis due to multiple skin gangrene associated with arteritis of the skin. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 851-60 — Pecco, R. Infezione acuta in un vecchio rene mastice. Minerva med., Tor., 1928, 8: 1068-73. ---- Amyloidosis: Diagnosis and manifesta- tions. See also Albuminuria; Cast [urinary] Uremia, etc. Kruse, O. *Untersuchungen iiber die Glo- merulonephritis des Rindes; ein Beitrag zur Frage: Nephritis oder Amyloidnephrose? 76p. 21cm. Lpz., 1937. Abrami, P., Bertrand-Fontaine [et al.] Forme azotemique pure d'une amylose renale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 753-60.—Berg, S. Urinary protein partitions in amyloid nephrosis. Arch. Int. M., 1941, 67: 1050-60 — Bewley, G. A case of amyloid nephrosis, with some observa- tions on oedema. Irish J. M. Sc, 1934, ser. 6, 299-301 — Bufano, M. La diagnosi clinica di amiloidosi renale. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, 89-93.—Cestan, R., Sendrail, M., & Labro, L. Le diagnostic de 1'amylose renale par l'fipreuve de rouge Congo. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 809-14.—Christian, H. A. The nephrosis syndrome associated with idiopathic amyloidosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1932, 15: 805-11.- Chwalla, R. Zur Diagnostik der Nephrose, der Nieren£im\ loidose und der Amvloidschrumpfniere. Zschr. Urol., 1030, 24: 721-33.—Enesco, I., & Isac, C. Le kongorot dans le diagnostic du rein amvloide. Bull. Acad. med. Rou- manie, 1936, 1: 218-21.—Hoffmann, H. \V. Tiber Phlor- rhizinuntersuchungen bei Nierenkranken (Ann loidnephrosen) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 78: 202-6. James-OIsen, S. [Amyloid degeneration; diagnosis by intravenous injection of a Congo red solution; remarks on prognosis of amyloidosis] Med. rev., Bergen, 1929, 46: 159-75.—Jaso, L. Sobre un caso de amiloidosis renal con uremia. Arch, med., Madr., 1930, 32: 113-7.—Kiss, P., A Kerpel-Fronius. E. Ueber einen Fall von hvpochloramische Azot inne nachahmender Nierenamvloidose subakuten Verlaufs. Arch. Kinderh., 1934-35, 104: 158-67 — Kiss, P., & Oedon, K. F. [Subacute renal amyloidosis simulat- ing hypochloremic azotemia] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 695-8.— Kotler, R. I. [Diagnosis of amyloid] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 1010-4.—Liedholm, K. Hypotone U ramie bei Amyloid- glomerulonephrose mit Nebennierenschadigung. Acta med. scand., 1940, 103: 137-43.—Lupu, N. G., Dimitriu, C. C, & Petrescu, M. Considerations sur un cas d ur£mie, consecutive a l'amyloidose rSnale. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Bucarest, 1929, 11: 61-70.—Mahoudeau-Campoyer, D. Comment se pose aujourd'hui le diagnostic de l'amylose rdnale? Gaz. m6d. France, 1934, 137—41.—Marchal, G., & Mahoudeau-Campoyer. Sur les formes azotemiques de l'amylose renale. Monde med., 1933, 43: 65-73.—Marcolongo, F., & Rotta, C. Sull'amiloidosi renale; le sindromi cliniche e i fenomeni caratteristici del quadro morboso. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1934, 59: 103-68.— Reale, E. Importanza della paraglobulina nell'urina per la diagnosi della degenerazione amiloidea dei reni. Nuova riv. clin. ter., 1903, 6: 344-6.—Schupfer, T. Sopra un caso di degenerazione amiloide dei reni e degli altri organi con ittero e senza albuminuria. Gazz. osp., 1905, 26: 614-6.—Sega, A. Su un caso non comune di amiloidosi renale ad eziologia oscura e con esito di guaragione. Arch. ital. chir., 1936, 44: 732.— Sunderman, F. W., & Farley, D. L. Proteosuria in amyloid nephrosis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 19: 177-84.— Wilier, H. Amyloidnephrose, Amvloidschrumpfnieren und Blutdruck. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1941, 187: 539-55.— Zadek, E. Ueber Uramie bei Amyloidniere. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10:827. ----Amyloidosis: Pathogenesis and pathology. See also Kidney, Nephrosclerosis; also names of primary diseases as Bronchiectasis; Tuberculosis, etc. Krafft, H. *Ueber einen Fall von sekundarer Schrumpfniere mit Amyloid [Tubingen] 29p. 8? Ludwigsburg, 1933. Altnow. H. O., Van Winkle, C. C, & Cohen, S. S. Renal amyloidosis, a further study of the clinical course and pathologic lesions in 57 cases. Arch. Int. M., 1939, 63: 249-75.—Alzona, F. La amiloidosi renale e i suoi rapporti con la amiloidosi generale. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1927, 10. ser., 5: 191-6.—Baehr, G. Amyloid contracted kidneys. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1938-39, 5: 156-8.—Bell, E. T. Amyloid disease of the kidneys. Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: 185-203, pl.—Berblinger, W. Amy- loidschrumpfnieren, Blutdrucksteigerung und Herzhvpertrophie. ZbL allg. Path., 1933, 58: Sonderbd, 22-31.—Brule. Les recherches reccntea sur Pamyloso renale. MSdec.ne Par., 1932, 13: 202-6. ------• I.audat. M. let nil Etude chimique du sang dans un cas d'amylose renale. Mull. Soc. med. hdp Paris, 1930, 3. ser., 46: 1393-9.- Butt, E. M. Experimental subacute amyloid nophrosis in rabbits. Arch. Path., Chic. 1930, 10: 859-68.— Corhgan, M. C, & Brams, W. Amyloid contracted kidney. Illinois M. J., 1943, 84: 334-7.—Davolio- Marani, B. L'insufficenza renale nella amiloidosi del rene. Gior. clin. med., 1937, 18: 337-72.- Dixon, H. M. Renal amyloidosis in relation to renal insufficiency. Am. J. M. Sc, 1934, 187: 401-11.—Drury, D. R., & Butt. E. M. Deposition of amyloid in kidneys with restricted circulation. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 37: 453.—Eklund, C. M., 5-62.—Monserrat, J. L. Vasos capilares sinusoides o linfatieos del rin6n? Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 261-72.— Morison, D. M. A study of the renal circulation, with special re fennee to its finer distribution. Am. J. Anat., 1926-27, 37: 53 71. 11 |>1- Ronstrom, G. N. Vascular supply of the human kidney based upon dissection and study of corrosion prepara- tions." Anat. Rec. 1038. 71: 201-9.—Smith, C. S. Demonstra- tion of the nature of the arterio-venous meshwork in the frog's kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 82: 717-26.—Springorum, P. W. Zur Frage der funktionellen Bedeutung der arterio- venosen Anastomosen fur die Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 811 - Weinstein, B. B., Countiss, E. H., & Derbes, V. J. The renal vessels in 203 cadavers. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 137-9. ---- Blood vessels: Abnormity. Brauer, A. *Untersuchungen iiber aber- ricrende \ierengefasse. 18p. 8? [Freib. i. B.] 1930. Iglksias, A. *Lcs anomalies des arteres du roin; etude anatomique, pathologique et chirur- gicale. 351p. 8? Par., 1909. Alcala Santaella, R. Algunas consideraciones sobre las anomalia* de las arterias renales y su iniportaneia en cirugia. Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 27: 66-9. Andler, R. Neuere Erlahrung iiber die pathologisehe Bedeutung akzessorischer Nieiengelasse. Zschr. urol. Chir.. 1926, 19: 305-41.—Anson, 1$. J., Richardson, G. A., & Minear, W. L. Variations in the number and anangement of the renal vessels. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 211-9.—Burruano, ('. Kara anomalia dei vasi renali. Ricere. morf., 1934, 14: 385-1'-'1 .— ('arson, W. J. Anomalous renal vessels and their surgical significance. West. J. Surg., 1932, 40: 597-601.—Compafi Arnau. V. Contribution al estudio del diagnostico y tratamiento de las anomalias arteriales de rinon. Med. ibeia. 1935, 29: pt 2, 19. Also Rev. cir. Barcelona. 1935, 10: 358.—Dege, H. A. Zur Bedeutung der unteren Nierenpolgefi sse. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 385-91 — Dienstbicr. J., & Cech, A. [Pare case of renal pains in ab- noimities of the renal vessels! Cas. 16k. cesk., 1935, 74: 45.— Eisendrath, D. N. Surgical importance of supernumerary arteries to the kidney. Ann. Suig., 1918. 68: 53, pl.—Escanilla de Simon, J. Contribuci6n al estudio de las variedades de la arteria renal; tres casos de arteria lenal doble. Arq. anat., 1929-30, 13: 173-89—Fister, G. M., & Smith, E. H. Aberrant renal vessels in children. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 175-88.— Florence, J., & Gleizc-Rairbal, L. Contribution a l'etude des anomalies des artcies renales chez l'homme. Marseille med., 1923, 60: 643-8.--Flynn, R. A case of an aberrant renal vessel. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 205, pl.—Gill, F. L. Aberrant renal vessels. Ibid., 1936, 1: 803-7, 17 pl.—Grin, F. Su un caso di arteria lenale soprannumeraria. Gior. med. mil., 1925 73: 474-80.—Hellstrom, J. Ueber die Varianten der Nierengefiisse. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 253-72.—Higgins, C. C. & Tormey, T. W., jr. Aberrant renal vessels; a report of 52 cases. Internal. Clin., 1937, 47. ser., 4: 149-62, 9 pl.— Jager, A. Eine Anomalie in der Gefassversorgung der Frosch- niere. Morph. Jahrb., 1939, 83: 83.—Jeanneney, G. Ano- malies des arteres du rein (arteres polaires) J. med. Bordeaux, 1914, 44: 506. ■------. Distribution des arteres du rein dans les variations anatomiques. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 41: 160. ------ & Masse, L. Anomalies des arteres du rein. J. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 50: 117-9.—Kubo. Ueber Anomalien der Nieren-Arterien. Mitt, Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1907, 21: 613- 33; 922.—Lane, T. J. D. A note on the abnormal renal arterv. Irish J. M. Sc, 1937, ser. 6, 638-40.—Larget-Piet. Anomalies des arteres re-iles. Arch. med. Angers, 1921, 25: 38-40.— LiefTring & Cover. Un variation de la circulation renale. Arch. med. chir! province, 1928, 18: 79-81.—Mileikovsky, A. [Two rare cases of deviation of the renal artery] Dnipropetr. med. J., 1930, 9: 218-22.—Panagia, A. Sopra due casi di vasi renali anomali. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 1693-8.— Pinner, M. An unusual malformation of the right renal artery. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 2: 844.—Roberts, A. Ab- normal renal artery. Brit. J. Urol., 1943, 15: 60. •---— A second case of abnormal renal artery. Ibid., 61.—Rountree, J. T. Aberrant renal arterv; a review and report of a case. Hosp. News, Wash., 1938, 5: No. 12, 12-21, 3 fig.—Sanford, H. L. Anomalous renal vessels; supplementary report ol'4 eases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons 19-/. *»■ ^''s^» Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1928, 19: 421-9.- .Schneider. H. Leber die klinische Bedeutung abort icrendei Nierongefus.se. /schr. Lrol., 1934, 28: 217 25— Sebba. A. Au abenant let ro-pelvic artery. Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 42-4- Sloppoloni. G Arterie renali soprannumerarie aberranti n«l rene destro del cavallo. Boll. Soc. eustach., 193'.), 37: 99 H»> 2 pl. Strandgaard, H. [Case of aberrant blood-vessels of kidney] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 44-5.3. White. R. R.. & Wyatt, G. M. Surgical importance of the abenant renal vessel in infants and children. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 58: 48-57.—Winfield, G. A. Aberrant renal vessels; report of 2 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40: 66 ■'.).- Young, H. M. That aberrant artery. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 66. ---- Blood vessels: Abnormity: Complication. See also subheadings (horseshoe; Hydro- nephrosis) Pyonephrosis; also Ureter, Obstruction. Bergendal, S. Zur Frage der Hydronephrose bei Nierengefassvarianten unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung ihrer Behandlung durch Ge- fassresektion. 249p. 8? Lund, 1936. Fischer, G. E. *Die an der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Tubingen in den Jahren 1924 bis 1937 beobachteten Hydronephrosen, bedingt durch akzessorische Nierengefasse. 59p. 8? Tub., 1938. Kunitz, K. *Hydronephrose und acces- sorisches Nierengefass. 31 p. 8? Konigsb., 1927. Abramian, A. I. [Significance of auxiliary vessel in the etiology of hydronephrosis] Lrologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 1, 37-42, pl.—Alessandri, R. Uronefrosis por vasos an6malos. Dia med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 939-41.—Amorosi, O. Idronefrosi da vaso venoso anomalo, con obliterazione completa dell'aiteria renale e dell'uretere. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 402-15.—Annibaldi, L. Idronefrosi e vaso anomalo; contributo clinico. Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 2, 205- 20.—Astraldi, A., & Repetto, R. L. Hydronephrose double par vaisseaux polaires inferieurs avec calculose bilaterale. Arch. mal. reins, 1936, 10: 255-67.—Astraldi, A., & Torroba, J. P. Hidronefrosis por arteria polar. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 119-24.—Babbini, R., & Tettamanti, J. C. Hidronefrosis intermitente por vasos renales accesorio*. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1940, 19: 220.—Bastos, J. M. Hidronefrose por vaso an6malo; uretero-pieloplastia. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935, 53: 94-5.— Bauer, R. Zur Entstehung der Hydronephrose durch ein Vas aberrans. Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9: 160-3.—Berg, A. [Hydro- nephrosis and aberrant renal vessels] Nord. med., 1939, 3: 2270-2.—Berri, H. D. Uronefrosis congenita por vaso anormal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 1, 1513-5.—Biancardi, S. Sulle idronefrosi con vaso anomalo. Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 2, 183-92.—Billi, A. Contributo alio studio della patogenesi delle idronefrosi da vasi anomali. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1762-4.------ Idronefrosi bilaterale da vasi anomali. Clin, chir., Milano, 1934, 37: 525-49.—Blanc, H. Sur 3 cas d'hydronephrose par vaisseaux anormaux du rein. Bordeaux chir., 1935, 6: 50-7. ------ & Bourland, A. Con- siderations sur la pathogenie des hydronephroses par vaisseaux anormaux du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 23-37.— Buzzi, O. T., & Eli/alde, A. Consideraciones sobre dos casos de hidronefrosis sobre vaso anormal. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 1, 807-12.—Calef, C. Idronefrosi da vasi anomali. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. chir., 575-86.—Caporale, L. Con- tributo alio studio dell'idronefrosi con vasi anomali. Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 24: 503-25.—Cecil, A. B. Aberrant renal vessels a cause of kidney disease. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 983-93.—Ciceri, C. Contributo alio studio della idronefrosi da vaso anomalo. Arch. ital. urol., 1938, 15: 1- 14.—Costa, L. Idronefrosi da anomalia vasale. Riforma med., 1940, 56: 213-5.—Darget, R. Hydronephrose par coudure ureterale sur vaisseau anormal. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 70. ------ Pyonephrose par vaisseau anormal. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 342-9.—Dorigo, L. Contributo alio studio ed alia patogenesi della idronefrosi da vaso anomalo. Boll. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni, 1937, 11: 116-32.—Dorman, H. N. Hydronephrosis with aberrant polar vessels; report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 121-30.—Dossot, R. Tres grosse hydronephrose par artere anormale; resection de l'artere, liberation de l'urete.re, nephrostomie; importante recuperation morphologhjui; et fonctionnelle. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1938, 124-0.—Eisendrath, D. N. Hydronephrosis due to obstruction of the renal pelvis bv one of 2 main renr 1 arteries. J. Urol. Halt., 1930, 24: 173-85.—Fenkner. Hydronephrose, durch Abkniekung des Ureters uber einem akzessorischen Nierenge- fass. Arch. klin. Chir., 19.33, 174: 577.—Fey, B. Role pre- ponderant des arteres anormales dans la pathogenie des hydro- nephroses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 383-90.— Fitzgerald, H. W. Case of hydronephrosis and ureteric calculi i eMilting fi om an accessory renal artery kinking and obstructing the meter. N. Zealand M. J., 193], 30:382-4.—Fitzgerald, W. llyclionephio.M> resulting from accessory renal vessels. Brit' J. Lrol., 1933, 5: 151-5.—Flandrin, P. Retention pyelique KIDNEY 85 KIDNEY par veine anormale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 166-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 463-6.—Formigal Luzes, A. Hidronefrose com veia polar inferior. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935, 53: 139-40.—Gamble, P. G. Hydronephrosis caused by anomalous vessels of the lower pole. Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13: No. 8, 34-8.—Gardiner, S. S. Hydronephrosis due to an abnormal vein. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 783-5.— Girotto, R., & Nacif, V. Uropionefrosis por vasos anomalos. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 50: 21-5.—Giuliani. Hydro- nephrose par vaisseau anormal; resection du basinnet. Lyon med., 1934, 154: 187-90.—Gorodner, J., & Dante, J. Pequefia hidronefrosis muy dolorosa por vaso anormal; diagnostico clinico radiografico; confirmaci6n operatoria. Rev. argent. urol., 1939, 8: 611-7.—Guyot & Villar, J. Sur un cas d'hydro- nephrose congenitale par vaisseau anormal. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 436-8.—Hand, J. R. Hydronephrosis associated with anomalous blood vessels. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1934, 3- 46-53. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 1347-51. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 561-9.—Harris, A. The coexistence of hydronephrosis caused by aberrant renal vessels, with tuberculosis in the same kidney. Internat. J. M. & S., 1932, 45: 557.—Hellstrom, J. A contribution to the knowledge of the relation of abnormally running renal vessels to hydro- nephrosis and an investigation of the arterial conditions in 50 kidnevs. Acta chir. scand., 1926-27, 61: 289-330, 2 pl.------ Beitrag zur Behandlung der infolge von Lreterkompression durch Nierengefiisse entstandenen Hydronephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 160-4.—Itikawa, T. Ureterverengerung durch uberzahlige Arterie. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 134 — Jepkens & Loeweneck. Das Rbntgenbild der Hydronephrose bei aberrierendem Gefass. Rbntgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 421-4.— Jewett, H. J. Accessory renal vessels; their influence in certain cases of hydronephrosis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 666-76.— Johannessen, C. Accessory renal vessels as the cause of intermittent hydronephrosis with sharp attacks of pain. Acta chir. scand., 1935, 76: 345-51.—Klemke, W. Ein Hydro- nephros durch Gefassanomalie. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 205: 416-8.—Kovafovic, K. [Importance of the abnormal position of the renal vessels in the development and treatment of hydronephrosis] Cas. lek. cesk., 1937, 76: 1159-65, pl — Lahayville, C. Hydronephrose par vaisseau anormal et brides pyelo-ureterales. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-35, 8: 359-65.— Lamson, O. F. Hydronephrosis due to an anomalous renal blood vessel. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1928, 8: 1439-42 — Landfried, R. Beitrag zur Riickstauungsniere durch akzes- sorische Nierengefasse. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 26-35.— Lazarus, J. A. The relationship between hydronephrosis and aberrant renal vessels; report of an unusual case of bilateral hydronephrosis associated with aberrant vessels. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n. ser., 16: 515-21.—Lenzner, S. G. Hydrone- phrosis due to an anomalous blood vessel; report of a case. Rhode Island M. J., 1929, 12: 94-7.—Lindblom, A. F. Hydro- nephrose causee par une bride contenant un vaisseau renal aberrant; diagnostic radiographique; verification operatoire. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1928, 9: 611-7, pl.—Lozzi, V. L'im- portanza dei vasi renali aberranti nella produzione dell'uro- pio-nefrosi. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1929, 35: 844-6. ------ L'importanza dei vasi renali aberranti delia patogenesi dell'uro- pionefrosi. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 515-40. ------ Uro- pionefrosis por vasos aberrantes. Dfa med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 850-7. Also Gazz. osp., 1931, 52: 1192-204.—McNeill, W. H. Renal pelvis obstruction due to aberrant vessels. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 80-2.—Marion. A propos du mecanisme de l'hydronephrose par vaisseau anormal. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 187-93.—Mathe, C. P. The role of aberrant vessels in the production of hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 211-40..—Nazario, M. Idro-pio-nefrosi da vasi anomali. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 569-95.—Pagliere, L. E.. & Schiappapietra, T. Evoluci6n alejada de una uronefrosis por arteria polar inferior. Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 371-6.— Paliard, Cibert & Roland, H. Hydronephrose avec vaisseaux anormaux. Lyon chir., 1933, 30: 741-5.—Patch, F. S. Con- servative plastic surgery in the treatment of hydronephrosis associated with aberrant vessels. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 181-8. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1929, 1: 373-9. ----- Transplantation of the ureter in hydronephrosis due to pressure of aberrant blood vessels of the kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 686-8. ------ & Codnere, J. T. The treatment of hydronephrosis secondary to aberrant renal vessels. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1941, 45: 495-9.—Pereira, A. Hydrone- phrose e vaso aberrante. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1933, 25: 107-16, 2 pl.—Petren, G. Eine wie grosse Rolle spielen abnowne Nierengefasse als Ursache von Hydronephrose resp. Pyor.ephrose? Acta path, microb. scand., 1933, Suppl. 16, 322-45. Also Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 145-68. ----— [On the pathogenesis of hydronephrosis, based on material from the Lund Hospital with reference to abnormal renal vessels] Sven. lak. tidn., 1934, 31: 792-6.—Pettavel, C. A. Hydro- nephrose intermittente, nephropexie, recidive; section d'une artere accessoire; gu£rison. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1262-4.—Pettinari, V. Idro-pionefrosi gigante da vaso ano- malo. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1935, 23: 225-9. —Prakke, J. M. [Hydronephrosis and excision of abnormal blood vessels] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 4366-72, pl— Pugh, W. S. Aberrant renal vessels; their role in hydronephrosis. Internat. J. M. & S., 1934, 47: 232-9. —— Unusual renal vessels; their role in hydronephrosis. Med. World, 1935, 53: 33-7.— Redi, R. La resezione del rene e del bacinetto renale nelle grosse idronefrosi da vaso anomalo. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 619-28.—Riches, E. W. Pyelograms of hydro- nephrosis before and after division of obstructing artery. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928--29, 22: Sect. Urol., 52.—Row- lands, R. P. Obstruction of the ureter by an abnormal renal vessel. Brit. M. J., 1917, 1: 755.—Ruckbildung einer Hydro- nephrose nach Durchtrennung eines akzessorischen Nierenge- fasses. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 634.—Sacco, E. Sul problema diagnostico delle idronefrosi da vasi anomali. Ann. ital. chir., 1939, 18: 351-96.—Sanford, H. L. Anomalous renal vessels associated with ureteral obstruction and hydronephrosis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1926, 19: 105-28.— Schmidt, A. Die Rolle der akzessorischen Gefasse bei der Entstehung der Hydronephrose. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 414-29.—Schneider, H. Nierenbeckensteine bei abnormen Nierengefassen. Ibid., 1935, 29: 837-44.—Severance, R., & Sbaw, .1. A. Renal blood vessels as a cause of upper ureteral obstruction; report of a series of 27 operated cases. Urol. Cut. ReV., 1939, 43: 453-60.—Shupe, T. Division of aberrant blood vessel to the kidney without the production of an infarct; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1942) 1943,35:15-9 [Discussion] 59-66.—Sorrentino, M. Hidro- nefrose bilateral volumosissima a esquerda; importancia dos vasos anomalos. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 369-72.—Spurr, R. Nefrectomfa por uronefrosis con anomalia arterial. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 958-63.—Strassmann, P. Unterbindung der aberrierenden Nierengefasse bei schmerz- hafter Harnleiterbehinderung. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 137: 920 [Discussion] 929-36. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 2514-20.— Tanino, H. Ueber einen Fall von Hydronephrose infolge abnormer Venen, der durch mein Vasographieverfahren (V. spermatica interna-Darstellung) rontgenologisch gezeigt wurde. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1937, 42: 243 (Abstr.)—Tejerina Fotheringham, W., & Gurruchaga, V. Hidronefrosis inter- mitente por vasos renales accesorios. Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 164.-—Trudeau, L. Les hydronephroses par anomalies vasculaires. J. Hotel-Dieu Montrdal, 1936, 5: 295-300.— Uglev, R. K. [Anomalous renal vessels as an etiological factor of hydronephrosis] Urologia, Moskva, 1939, 16: 96-8.—- Vulliet, M. Hydronephrose douloureuse avec artere polaire chez.un garcon de 10 ans; section du vaisseau anormal; guerison clinique verifiee par la pyelographie intraveineuse. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1194-6, pl—Waters, C. A. Obstruction at the ureteropelvic junction due to aberrant blood vessels. Am. J. Roentg., 1937, 37: 756-9— Winsbury-White, H. P. Observations on hydronephrosis with special reference to aberrant vessels. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1936, 29: 381-401.—Wolfromm, G. Du probleme clinique, pathogenique et therapeutique pose par les hydronephroses avec vaisseaux anormaux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1616-24 — Young, H. H. Obstructions to the ureter produced by aberrant blood vessels; a plastic repair without ligation of vessels or transplantation of ureters. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 54: 26-38. ---- Blood vessels: Artery. Hou-Jensen, H. M. Die Verastelung der Arteria renalis in der Niere des Menschen. 129p. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1929-30, 91: Kollbrunner, V. *Die mechanischen Eigen- schaften der Nierenarterien und ihr Verhalten gegenuber Adrenalin, p. 126-36. 8? Zur., 1933. Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: Barker, N. W. Celluloid corrosion technic for study of normal and pathologic variations of the arteries of the kidney. J. Lab. Chn. M., 1928-29, 14: 257-60. Also J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1929, No. 12, 65-8.—Becher, H. Ueber Wirkung und Bedeutung besonderer regulatorischer Einrichtungen an der Arteriola afferens der menschlichen Niere. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 134-8.—Corrigan, F. P., & Pines, I. Circula- tion renal despues de la compresi6n de la arteria renal segtin el metodo de Goldblatt; el factor hipotensor. An. Inst. med. exp., Caracas, 1942, 1: 33-62.—Elaut, L. L'artere helicoide du sinus renal de l'homme; son trajet et sa structure. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1940, 133: 462-4.—Henline, R. B., & Moore, S. W. Renal arteriography; preliminary report of experimental study. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 32: 222-9.—Huard, P., & Montagne, M. Sur la terminalite des arteres du rein. C. rend. Soc biol., 1924, 90: 203-5.—Itikawa, T. Schatten der Nieren- arterie, meine Methode zur rontgenologischen Darstellung der Nierenarterie. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 563.—Legueu. Con- sequences chirurgicales de la terminalite des arteres du rein. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1923, 37: 244-6.—Lockett, M. F., O'Con- nor, W. J., & Verney, E. B. Renal artery loop in the dog. Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1941-42, 31: 333-6, pl.—Mac- Callum, D. B. The arterial blood supply of the mammalian kidnev. Am. J. Anat., 1926-27, 38: 153-75.—Miyasita, K. Ueber die Nierenarterie bei Chinesen. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1935, 23: 21.-—Priwes, M. G. Innere Topographie des ar- teriellen Systems der Niere und des Nierenbeckens des Men- schen und der Haustiere (rontgenanatomische Untersuchung) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 40: 1-24.—Santos, E. dos. Contribu- tion a l'etude de I'anatomie medico-chirurgicale des arteres renales. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr., 1929, 4: No. 9, 1-15, in pi------Sur la multiplicity des arteres renales. Ibid., 1930, 5: No. 11, 1-14. 8 pl.—Seres, M. Nos conceptes sobre les ramifications intraparenquimatoses de I'arteria renal i sa distribuci6 topografica. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1915, 3: 277-85, KIDNEY 86 KIDNEY 6 d1- Vitnrelli. V. Sulle anastomosi dei rami dollarteria renalV. Mom., zool. iUl.. 1934. 45: Suppl., 327-32.-Wal.gren. A Nierenarterien und Blutdruck. Acta med. scand., 192J, Suppl 152^.—Weinstein. A.S. [On the great number of renal arteries] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18: 35-7.—Weiss,, A. Verglciehende Untersuchungen uber den Fullungszustand arterieller Nierengefiisse. Virchows Arch.. 1935, 295: 294- 300.— Williams. R. H., & Harrison. T. R. A study of the renal arteries in relation to age and to hypertension. Am. Heart J., 1937, 14: 645-58. ---- Blood vessels: Artery: Aneurysm. Simpfendorfer, J. *Verblutung aus einem Rupturancurysma einer interrenalen Nieren- arterie. 16p. 8? Miinch., 1934. Adler. K. J. Aneurysma der linken Arteria renalis. Ront- genpraxi'- 1940, 12: 236.—Brinkman, J. E. Renal aneurysm. J. Iowa M. Soc. 1934, 24: 84-6.—Callahan, W. P., & Schiltz, F. H. Aneuri-m of the renal artery. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 724-8 —Carson, W. J. Bilateral aneurysm of the renal arterv. Am. .1. Surg.. 1929, n. ser., 6: 103-5.—Child, C. G., III. AneurvMn of the renal artery; a case report. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 142-6.—Chisholm, A. E. Rupture of aneurysm on branch of left renal artery, complicating pregnancy. Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 419.—Conroy, M. J. Aneurism of the renal artery, an analysis of all cases in the literature with a report of a case and a dissertation on the etiology, pathology, symp- toms, diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of this condition. Ann. Surg., 1923, 78: 628-4H—Porendorf, H. Ein bemerkens- werter Fall von Aneurysma dissecans. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 161.—Douglas, D. M. Renal aneurysm. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 503—Fircks. E. von. Fall eines Aneurysma arteriae renalis sin. verum. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 1765-7.—Gerard, M. Les anevrvsmes des arteres renales. J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 34: 353 90; 449- 81. Also Echo med. nord, 1933, 37: 291; 313; 325- Gruber. G. B., & Frank. P. Ueber ein sogenanntes intrarenales Aneurysma der Nieren- arterie und iiber intrarenale Varixbildung der Nierenvenen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923. 13: 107-15.—Howard. T. L., Forbes, R. P., & Lipscomb, W. R. Aneurysm of the left renal artery in a child 5 vears old with persistent hypertension. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass.. 1940, 9: 56-63 [Discussion] 149-52. Also J. Urol., Bait.. 1940 44: 808-15.—Howard, H. H., Suby, H. I., & Harberson. J. Aneurysm of the renal artery. Ibid., 1941, 45: 41-54.—Janssen, P. Zur Klinik der intrarenalen Aneurysmen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1922, 10: 130-6.—Kapel, O. Aneurysma calcificata der A. renalis. Chirurg, 1937, 9: 854-6.—Kastner, J. Nierenaneurysma. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 442-4.—Key, E., & Akerlund, A. Fall von verkalktem Aneurysma in der Arteria renalis. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1918, 25: 551-6, pl.—Kment, H. Aneurysma der Arteria renalis. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 147: 144-50.—Lobo Onell, C, & Lira Valencia, A. Aneurisma de la arteria renal; nefro- patfa gravfdica de repetici6n; hipertensi6n. Rev. med. Chile, 1939, 67: 180-7.—Loughane, F. M. Aneurysm of the renal artery. Brit. J. Urol., 193P, 8: 146-8.—Lowsley, O. S., & Cannon, E. M. Aneurysm of the renal artery; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1137-43.—Lozzi, V. Aneurisma artero-venoso sperimentale dei vasi renali. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. chir., 357-73.—McClelland, J. C. Aneurysm of the renal artery. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1939, 32: 169-75.—McKay, R. W. True aneurysm of the renal artery. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 37: 783-9. Also South. M. & S., 1937, 99: 199-201.—Mathe, C. P. Aneurism of the renal artery. Bull. South. Pacific Gen. Hosp., 1932, 1: 147-53. Also J. Urol., Balt„ 1932, 27: 607-36.—Meyer, K. A., & Singer, H. A. Spon- taneous perirenal haematoma and aneurism of the renal artery. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 300-6—Oekrbs, S. [Corrosion celluloid casts of aneurysm of renal artery] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 673—Ottaway, C. W., & Bingham, M. L. Parasitic aneurysm of the renal arteries of the horse. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1942, 54: 216.—Renck, G. Ueber das Renalisaneurysma, besonders vom rontgenologischen Gesichtspunkt. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1926, 7: 309-21, 4 pl.—Richardson, G. B. Aneurysm of a branch of the renal artery. Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 70.— Rieder, W. Sonderstellung arterio-venoser Aneurysmen der Nierengefasse im Rahmen operativer Behandlung schwerer Herz-Kreislaufschaden beim arterio-venosen Aneurysma. Chirurg, 1942, 14: 609-18.—Rowlands, R. P. Aneurysm of a branch of the renal artery; rupture; nephrectomy; recovery. Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 939.—Singer, H. A. Aneurysm of the renal artery. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1923-27, 12: 333-5. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1928, 5: 223-31.—Smith, E. A case of aneurism of the renal artery. Brit. J. Urol., 1941, 13: 11-3.—Smith, H. C. & Walkling, A. A. Aneurysm of the superior polar accessory renal artery. Bull. Aver Clin. Lab., 1938, 3: 203-8, 2 pl.—Soderlund, G. A case of calcified aneurism of the left renal artery. Acta chir. scand., 1925, 58: 649-65, 5 pl.—Solis-Cohen, L., & Steinbach, M. A case of true aneurysm of the right renal artery. Radiology, 1938, 31: 173-6.—Temkin, I. S. [Case of traumatic aneurysm of an accessory renal vessel] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 102-4.— Varela, M. E. Aneurisma arteriovenoso de los vasos renales y asistolia consecutiva. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 14: 3244-66, 2 pl.- —Vogeler, K. Das Nierenaneui vsma. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1922, 176: 297-324.—Waegner. A. Massen- blutung ins Nierenlacer durch geplatztes Nierenarterien- aneurysma. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 59.—Weiss, A. Aneurysm of the renal arterv. Ann. Int. M., 1927, 1 : 247-50 — Wesson, M. B., & Fulmei. ( . r. Aneurysm of the renal artery; case report. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 176-8. ---- Blood vessels: Disease and injury. See also Kidney, Arteriosclerosis; Kidney, Injury. Hertneck, H. *Ueber den feinoren Ge- fassaufbau normaler Nieren und iiber Verando- rungen dieser Gefasse bei einigen renalen und extrarenalen Erkrankungen [Tubingen] 58p. 8? Bottrop, 1934. Schmehle, E. *Ueber den Gefassaufbau gesunder und kranker menschlicher Nieren [Tubingen] 50p. pl. 8? Geislingen-Steige, 1931. Allen F. M. Renal vascular disease; nature and treatment. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, 1920, 23: 543-7. —---- Experimental production of various renal-vascular disorders. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 512-23.—Atkinson, E. M. Rupture of the renal'artery and vein by slight injury; operation; recovery. Brit. M. J., 1923, 1: 324.—Barker, L. F. Chronic vascular form of renal disease (arteriolar nephropathy) with fluid containing numerous small mononuclear cells and of high specific gravity in the serous cavities, and with secondary anemia and terminal infection (question of polyserositis) Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 14: 237-45.—Barker, N. W. Arterial changes in the kidney. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 116.—Bell, E. T. Disuse atrophy of renal arteries. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 614.—Brown, F. F. Haemorrhage from bullet wound of renal vessels. Am. Surg., 1903, 37: 948.—Cook. Rupture of the renal artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1921, 184: 13 —Davydovsky, J. B., & Migunov, B. J. [Arterio-necrosia of the kidnevs] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 12-4.—Doenecke, F., & Rothschild, P. Ueber das Verhalten der postmortalen Durch- stromungskapazitat des Blutgefassystems der Niere bei Erkrankungen mit und ohne Blutdrucksteigerung. Zbl. inn. Med., 1927, 48: 866-77.—Edgerton, F. C. Report of a case of obliterating arteritis of the branch of the left renal artery supplying the lower pole of the kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surgeons, 1922, 15: 455-66.—Fish, G. W., & Hallock, L. A. Calcification of intrarenal arteries giving roentgen ap- pearance of calculi. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1935.—Giinsslen, M. Ueber den Gefassaufbau gesunder und kranker Nieren, Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr., 560-9. —;--- Der feinere Gefassaufbau gesunder und kranker menschlicher Nieren. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1934, 47: 275-420 — Goldbloom, A. A., & Lieberson, A. Renal arteriolonecrosis without papilledema. Am. J. M. Sc, 1939, 198: 52-7, pl — Graef, I. Medial hypertrophy of the renal arterioles in preg- nancy. Am. J. Path., 1943, 19: 121-33, inch pl.—Herxheimer, G. Ueber Arteriolonekrose der Nieren. Virchows Arch., 1924, 251: 709-17.—Hollingsworth, E. W. Arteriovenous fistula of the renal vessels. Am. J. M. Sc, 1934, 188:399-403 — Huber. Seltener Fall einer Blutgefassruptur. Mitt. Verein. badisch. Tierarzte, 1927, 27: 70.—Jacobs, P. A., & Rosenberg, W. Telangiectasis of the kidney simulating renal tumor. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 337-55.—Muller, E. F., & Petersen, W. F. Ueber den Anteil des vegetativen Nervensystems an den Infektionsschfiden der Nierengefasse. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. KongT., 419-22.—Pol gar, F. [Calcified arteria renalis] Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 47.—Stern, M. Ueber einen besonders akut verlaufenen Fall von Arteriolonekrose der Nieren mit dem makroskopischen Bilde der grossen bunten Niere. Virchows Arch., 1924, 251: 718-31.—Teimer, T. The therapeutic problems of renal vascular disease and their rational solution. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1926, 23: 553-5 — Thevenot. Plaie de l'artere et de la veine renale par balle de revolver. Lyon med., 1907, 108: 123. ---- Blood vessels: Embolism and thrombosis. See also subheadings (Amyloidosis; Infarction; Necrosis) Mattig, L. *TJeber einen Fall von venoser Embolie von Nierenvenenasten mit Infarktbildung und sekundarer Thrombose der Nierenvene [Erlangen] 23p. 8? Eisenach, 1927. Schatjwecker, K. *TJeber Nierenvenen- thrombose; ein Fall mit Gasbildung in der Niere bei Pyelonephritis und Diabetes; ein Fall bei Amyloid [Miinchen] p. 197-214. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Virchows Arch., 1929, 274: Adler-Racz, A. Ein Fall von Embolie der Nierenarterie. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 40-4.—Aschner, P. W. Thrombosis and thrombophlebitis of the renal vein. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 309-27.—Behr, E. Les alterations morphologiques du rein dans la thrombose de la veine renale; recherches anatomo- pathologiques et expenmentales. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1938 13: 273-334—Biernath, P. Nierenvenenthrom- bose unter dem Bdde ernes Nierentumors. Arch klin Chir., KIDNEY 87 KIDNEY 1926, 143: 802-6.—Blum, V. Die kavernose Thrombose der Nierenvene. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930 9. Kongr., 146-8. Also Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 405-11.—Bull, P. Dia- gnostizierte Embolie der hnken Arteria renalis, Nephrektomie, Mors subitanea 16 Tage nach der Operation. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923-24, 14: 201-14. Also Norsk mag. laegevid., 1924, 85: 212-25.—Campbell, M. F., & Matthews, W. F. Renal thrombosis in infancy; report of 2 cases in male infants uro- logically examined and cured by nephrectomy at 13 and 33 days of age. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 20: 604-15.—Cebrelli, G. Trombosi della vena renale. Boll. Soc med. chir., Pavia, 1932, 46: 929-60, pl—Dalrymple, S. C. Thrombosis of the interlobular arteries of the kidneys in pregnancy. N. England J. M., 1930, 203: 160-2.—Duvergey & Dax. Necrose du rein droit par embolie arterielle, nephrectomie, guerison. Bull. Soc, fr. urol., 1926, 5: 196.—Ehrstrom, R. Die Klinik der Niereninfarkte und der Nierenvenenthrombose. Acta med. scand., 1934, 83: 458-84.—Faerber, E., & Bussel, R. Nieren- venenthrombose im Kindesalter. Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 48: 304-10.—Finkel, Z. N. [Rare case of thrombosis of the left renal vein in a one-year-old child] Nov. khir. arkh., 1940-41, 48: 346-8.—Friedberg, I. Studies in renal vein occlusion. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 282.—Halperin, G. Thrombosis of renal artery simulating coronary thrombosis. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1942, 119: 519.—Heilmeyer, L., & Lippross, O. Ueber doppelseitige Nierenvenenthrombose bei Erwachsenen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1936, 179: 80-5.—Helper, A. B. Thrombosis of the renal veins. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 527-46.—Helwig, F. C. Retrograde thrombosis of the renal vein with total anemic infarction of the left kidney. Bull. Univ. Kansas School M., 1933, 4: 6-10.—Hoesch, K. Ueber eine besondere Form von sekundarer embolischer Schrumpfniere und iiber akute Para- typhusnephrose. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 1559-65.—Hyman, A. Acute suppurative thrombophlebitis of the renal vein. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 196-210. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 1157-60.—Jungano, M. Necrosi bilaterale del rene per embolia deH'arteria renale. Rinasc. med., 1927, 4: 372-5, pl.—Katz, L. N., Landowne, M., & Friedberg, L. Arterial pressure changes following release of bilateral complete occlu- sion of the renal artery and vein. Cardiologia, Basel, 1941, 5: 25-30.—Leiter, L. Unusual hypertensive renal disease; occlusion of renal arteries, Goldblatt hypertension; anomalies of urinary tract. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 507-10.—McDon- ald, J. R-, & Priestley, J. T. Malignant tumors of the kidney; surgical and prognostic significance of tumor thrombosis of the renal vein. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1943, 77:295-306.—McKenna, C. M. Thrombosis of the renal artery with total occlusion. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1927, 20: 203-12. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928. 19: 411-20—Nobecourt, P. [Phlebitis and thrombosis of the renal veins] Ucheb. detsk. bolez., 1928, 3: 482-91.—Nordwall, U. Un cas de thrombose bilaterale de la veine renale chez un nouveau-ne. Acta paediat., Upps., 1932-33, 14: 186-91.—Perry, C. B., & Taylor, A. L. Hyper- tension following thrombosis of the renal veins. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 369-74, pl.—Pontieri, F. Sepsi iperacuta con trombosi autoctona ostruente della vena renale destra in un lattante. Med. ital., 1938, 19: 579-84.—Schroder, K. Ueber die Thrombose der Nierenvenen. Virchows Arch., 1926, 267: 634-45.—Siegmund, H. Ueber die doppelseitige Spontan- thrombose der Nierenvene bei Nephrosen. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1935, 28: 282-8. ------ Doppelseitige Nierenvenen- thrombose bei Nephrosen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1937, 58: 349.— Sigon, M. Due casi di trombosi dell'arteria renale con sclerosi ed atrofia del rene. Boll. Accad. med. Genova, 1938,"53: 135- 44.—Spaeth, H. Nierenvenenthrombose nach Enteritis bei ei- nem 26jahrigen Mamie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1064.— Swaab, L. I. [Anuria following labor in bilateral thrombosis of the renal veins] Ned. tschr. verlosk., 1939, 42: 103-10 — Wand, H. Thrombose der Nierenvene. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 2037. ------ Ueber Nierenvenenthrombose. Zschr. urol. Chir.. 1939, 45: 153-8.—Westerborn, A. [Operative treatment of embolism of the renal artery] Sven. lak. tidn., 1934, 31: 823; 912. ------ Embolie in der Arteria renalis mit Bericht iiber einen operierten Fall sowie iiber experimentelle Unter- suchungen daruber, wie lange die Blutzufuhr nach der Niere abgesperrt sein kann, ohne dass ihre Funktionsfahigkeit aufgehoben wird. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 687-708.—Wolffe, J. B. Clinical recognition and management of thrombosis of the renal arterv and its branches (atherothrombosis of the renal artery) Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 276-81. ------ & Donnelly, D. J. Thrombosis of renal artery simulating coronary thrombosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 27.—Wosnessensky, W. P. Doppelseitige Embolie der Arteriae renalis, kombiniert mit spastischem Ileus. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 651-6.—Zaborov- sky, A. I. [Case of obliterating phlebitis of the renal veins] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 1308-11. ---- Blood vessels: Ligation. See also subheadings (Blood flow: Disorder, etc.) Greiner, E. *Nierenveranderungen nach Unterbindung der Arteria renalis beim Hunde. 16p. 21cm. Weende-Gott., 1935. Mohr, M. *Der Einfluss der Nierenarterien- Unterbindung auf die Durchblutung der Niere [Gottingen] 22p. 21cm. Wurzb., 1937. Beckwith, J. R. The effect of the time factor on the amount of pressor material present in kidney after unilateral ligation of renal pedicle and after unilateral ligation of ureter. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 132: 1-4.—Belt, A. E., & Joelson, J. J. The effect of ligation of branches of the renal artery. Arch. Surg 1925, 10: 117^9.—Bender, J. A., & Hayman, J. M., jr. Experi- ments on ligation of renal vein. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N Y 1934-35, 32: 1018-20.—Brandt, M., & Hilse, A. Beitrag zur Unterbindung der Nierenvene. Virchows Arch., 1930 276: 363-79—Dill, L. V., & Erkkson, C. C. Eclampsia-like syn- drome occurring in pregnant dogs and rabbits following renal artery constriction. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y. 1938-39, 39: 362-5. ■---—■ Effect of constriction of the renal arteries in pregnancy and in certain endocrine states of rabbits. Arch. Path., Chic, 1941, 31: 68-81.—Donati, A. Proliferazione atipica di epiteli in reni con vasi legati. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1904, 4. ser., 10: 677-9.—Dor, M. Recuperation fonctionnelle et m6tabolique des reins au cou apres pincement de 1'artere. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 812. ------ & Brull, L. Metabolisme gazeux et secretion urinaire du rein apr^s interruption plus ou moins prolonged de la circulation arterielle. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1940, 50: 257-67.— Elizarovsky, S. I., & Orlov, G. A. [Viability of the kidney in states of collateral blood circulation following ligation of the vascular pedicle] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: 9-14.—Gerard, P., & Cordier, R. Sur l'histophysiologique du rein de crapaud a arteres renales ligaturees. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 57-9.—Guerrisi, A. Le modificazioni funzionali del rene dopo legatura completa o parziale dei vasi. Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 891-932.—Hiibner, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss kurzdauernder Gefasstielabklemmung auf die Niere. Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 141: 51-108. ------ Der Einfluss temporarer Gefasstielabklemmung auf die Ar- beitsleistung der Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 736.—Jordan, H. E., Kindred, J. E., & Paine, W. H. Cytologic effects of the ligation of the major blood vessels of the kidnev of the albino rat. Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 1-17.—Jungano, M. De la ligature de 1'artere renale. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1906, 24: 112; 961.—Maatz, R. Experimentelle tubulare Schrumpfniere durch voriibergehende Gefassabklemmung. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933-34, 46: 438-45.—Mark, R. E. Ergebnisse partieller Nierenarterienunterbindung am Hunde. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1927, 39. Kongr., 177-81. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 59: 601-32.—Marshall, E. K., & Crane, M. M. The influence of temporary closure of the renal artery on the amount and composition of urine. Am. J. Physiol., 1923, 64: 387-403.—Mihune, K. Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung der Hamazakischen saurefesten Granula, sowie Beitrage zur Karyopathologie; Ligatur der Nierenarterie. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1939, 29: 128.—Pickford, M., & Verney, E. B. The response of the isolated kidney to ligation of a primary arterial branch. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 202.—Verney, E. B., & Vogt, M. The appearance of fat in the urine after short occlusion of the renal artery of the dog. J. Physiol., Lond., 1938, 93: Suppl., 51.—Winternitz, M. C, & Waters, L. L. Lesions of the larger vessels following renal artery constriction. Yale J. Biol., 1939-40, 12: 451-8, 5 pl.—Wolf, H. J., Mohr, M., & Kroger, E. Die Restdurchblutung der Niere nach Unterbindung des Arterienhauptstammes. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936-37, 100: 485-91.—Young, H. H. Safe ligature of the renal pedicle with clamps of new design. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1800. ---- Blood vessels: Pedicle. See Kidney, Pedicle. ---- Blood vessels: Spasm. See also subheadings (Blood flow: Disorder— Ischemia; Necrosis) also Kidney hormone. Filderman, L. N£phrangiospasme, hypertension, et arterite. Gaz. hop., 1937, 110: 1629-31— Frey, E. Analogien zur Wasserdiurese; weitere Anhaltspunkte fiir eine gefassveren- gernde Wirkung des Wassers auf die Niere. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1907, 120: 137-53—Malm ejac, J., & Donnet, V. Vaso- constriction renale reflexe et elimination urinaire des chlorures. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 1129-31.—Marenholtz, von. Ueber angiospastische, nichtembolische Entstehung von totaler Nierennekrose. Deut. Zschr. Med., 1928, 12: 589-91.— Traina, S. Sulla vasocostrizione renale riflessa per irritazione delle vie aeree superiori. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1930-31, 29: 278- 87.—Villaret, M., Bariely, M., & Justin-Besancon, L. Les spasmes vasculaires renaux. Presse therm, clim., 1936, 77: 301-6. ---- Blood vessels: Surgery. See also Kidney, Nerves: Surgery. Davis, H. A., & Tullis, I. F., jr. Effect of the experimental production of an accessory blood supply upon normal kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 161-4.—Gioja, E. Sulla possibility di inversione del circolo sanguigno con parti- colare riguardo al rene. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 345-87.—Jentzer, A. Essai experimental de revascularisation du rein. Helvet. med. acta, 1942, 9: 10-4. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 23.—Lauwers, E. Experiences d'in- version circulatoire dans le rein. Rev. beige sc. med., 1940, 12: 1-11.—Lezius. Die kunstliche Blutversorgung der Niere. KIDNEY 88 KIDNEY Zbl. Chir 1938, 65: 2348-52.—MacNider, W. dell.. & Don- nelly, G. L. Value of omentopexy in establishing an adventi- tious circulation in the normal kidney. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 271 --Martini. E. Sulla possibilita di creare un nuovo circolo collaterale al rene. < iior. Accad. med. Torino, 1905, 4. ser., 11: 318 50.—Parlavecrhio, G. Sui fondamenti anatomo- e fisiopatologici dclle nuove operazioni intese a curare le alterazioni circolatorie dei reni e le loro consequenze trofiche. Arch. anat. pat., Palermo, 1905, 1: 239-350.—Paunz. I,. Die Inversion des NierenkreLslaufus. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 548. - - Die Erzcugunu eines doppelten Blut- kreLslaufes in der Niere. Ibid., l'.»2S, 59: 280-2. Die Ersetzung der Arteria renalis durch kiinstlich hervorgeru- fene Netzanastomosen. Ibid., 1929, 65: 285. ------ Dauer- versuch iiber die Ersetzung der Arteria renalis durch kiinstlich hervorgerufene Netzanastomosen. Ibid., 1930, 71: 321.— Pupini, G. Sull'inversione del circolo sanguigno nel rene. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 35: 325-49. ---- Blood vessels: Vasculography. See also Kidney, Radiography. lirisebois, M. Emploi de 1 arteriographie renale comme moyen de diaano.-tic differentiel. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 258 03. -Chcvassu, M. Arteriographie de la circulation renale. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1929, 8: 1.34-6.—Doss, A. K., Thomas. H. ('.. A: Bond. T. B. Renal arteriographv; its clinical value. Texas J. Al., 1942-43, 38: 277-80.—Dos Santos, R. Die Arteriographie der Niere (am Lebenden) Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 386-91—Graham, R. S. A study of the circulation in the normal and pathologic kidney with roentjrenographic visualization of the artciial tree, in- cluding ihe glomeruli. Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 17-31, 8 pl — Jones, K. VV. The renal circulation; a mdiographie study. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1933. 41: 107-12, |1. -Milles. G., Miiller, E. F., & Petersen, W. F. New technic for roentgeno- graphic study of renal vessels. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 351-4.—Nagaoka, H. Radiographical studies of the blood-vessels of the kidney. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1928, 9: 03. Also Polyclin. Dairen, 1928-30, 4: No. 27, 63 — Paladini, A. Contributo sperimentale alio studio dell'arterio- grainma del tenc Arch. ital. urol., 1932-33, 9: 479-94 — Kabinowitz, M. A. Intermittent spasm of the renal artery, with report of 2 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1921, 99: 978. Also N. York State J. M., 1922, 22: 181-4. ---- Blood vessels: Vein. Leins, M. *Die feineren Venen der normalen Niere. 39p. 8? Tub., 1935. Anson, B. J., C'auldwell, E. W., & Pick, J. W. The deep communication of the renal veins. Proc Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 273.—Cabot, H. Varicose veins of a papilla of the kidney; a cause of persistent hematuria. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1908, 3: 164-73, pl.—De Muylder, C. Corpuscules sensitifs dans les veines du rein de la souris. Arch, biol., Par., 1941, 52: 509-21, pl.—D'Evant, T. Con- tributo alia conoscenza della morfologia e della genesi della vena renale sinistra. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1904 n. ser., 58: 294-316, pl.—Huber, G. C. On the veins of the kidneys of certain mammals. Anat. Rec, 1906-07, 1: 75 [Abstr.]—Loyer. Rupture traumatique pure de la veine renale droite. Arch. med. pharm. nav., Par., 1933, 123: 547-50.— Paunz, L. Die Ersetzung der Vena renalis durch kiinstlich hervorgerufene Netzanastomosen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 59: 391.-—Quinan, C. On measurements of the renal veins; a contribution to the literature of postural albuminuria Ann. Int. M., 1928-29, 2: 1047-53.—Salmon, M., & Dor, J. Considerations embryologiques sur la veine renale r6tro- aortique. Arch, anat., Strasb., 1933-34, 19.5-214.—Weinstein, B. B., Countiss, E. H., & Derbes, V. J. Retro-aortic renal vein. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942. 46: 17-9.—Whitney, W. F. Varicose veins of the papilla of the kidney; a cause for persistent hema- turia. Pub. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp., 1908, 2: 196-9.— Yelin, G. Retro-aortic renal vein. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 44: 406-10.—Zeckwer, I. T. The persistence of the glomerular circulation following occlusion of the renal vein of one kidney in the cat. Am. J. Path., 1926, 2: 57-68, 2 pl. Calcinosis. See also subheadings (Carcinoma, Complica- tion; Ossification, etc.) also Nephrolithiasis; Nephrosis: Parathyroid, Insufficiency; Tetany, etc. Bider, G. *Rindenverkalkung der Niere im Klemkindesalter, klinisch unter dem Bilde der Nephrose verlaufend (ein Beitrag zur Frage der Kalknephrose) 31p. 8? Zur., 1930. Agati, D. Sulle calcificazioni renali; contributo radiologico Q. radiol., Belluno, 1937, 8: pt 2, 247-71 —Anderson, W. A. D. Renal calcification in infancy and childhood. J. Pediat S Louis, 1939, 14: 375-81. ------ Renal calcification in adults. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 44: 29-34- Bauer. H. Beitrag zu den Nierenverkalkungen. Deut. Zs^hr. f'bir.. ]!)40-41, 254: 1-10.—Beer, E. Lime deposit" p-spuciall.v the so-called Kalkmetastasen in the kidneys. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1903-04, 9: 225 -36, pl - HUchncr, F. Experimente uber Kalk- nephrose bei llypochloriimie; nach Lntersuchungen von Herrn Hatano. Verh. Deut. path. Ges. (1938) 1939, 31:348-50.— Canigiani. T. Seltene Kalkschatten in den Nieren- und Uret< mifehh ,m. Hontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 561.—Chauvin, E. Calcification renale de nature douteuse, paraissant corres- poinlic a de vieilles lesions tuberculeuses exclues. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 94-108. Also J. urol. med.. Par., 1935, 39: 349-63.—Crabtree, E. G. Calcification within the tubules of the kidney in association with urinary tract lithiasis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1930, 23: 17-21 [Discussion] 22-6.-—Delherm & Beau. Calcification renale. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1927, 15: 59.— Donohue, W., Spingam, C, & Pappenheimer, A. M. The calcium content of the kidney as related to parathyroid function. .1. Exp. M., 1937, 66: 697-704.—Ewell, G. H. Calcification of the kidnev and ureter Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 150-2.—Gomori. P., & Sarmai. E. Zur Frage der hypochloramischen Kalknephrose. Klin. Wschr. 1939, 18: 1405. Goldstein, A. E., & Abeshouse, B. S. Calci- fication and ossification of the kidney. Radiology, 1938, 38: 544-78; 667-85.—Graesli, P. J. [Case of nephrocalcinosis Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3330-2.—Grossman, S. L., & Allyn, R. E. Renal calcification; report of 2 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 157-9.—Kerpel-Fronius, E., & Martyn, R. Zur Patho- genese der Kalknekrose der Nieren im Salzmangelzustande Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19: 440-4.—Khater, M. Gros rein cal- culeux. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1936, 16: 189-91.— Knutsson, F. Drei Falle von Kalkinfarkt in den Nieren mit Niereninsuffizienz. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 72: 36.-46.— McCune, D. J., & Pray, L. G. Nephrocalcinosis with chronic tetany. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1940, 60: 993.—Martz, H. Renal calcification accompanying pyloric and high intestinal obstruc- tion. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 65: 375-89.—Michelazzi, L. Sulla presenza di depositi calcarei nel rene in stato di ipertrofia compensatoria. Pathologica, Ge nova, 1929, 21: 355-7. ----- Ancora sulle deposizioni di calcio nei reni. Ibid., 564-6.— Pallaske, G. Verkalkungen in den Nieren des Hundes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kalkinfarktes. Arch, wiss prakt. Tierh., 1933-34, 67: 503-12.—Patrassi, G. Calcifica- zioni renali e morbo di Bright. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1930-31 10: 104-26, ch, pl.—Pugh, W. S. Calcification of the kidney. Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 288-91. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 208-11.—Remesow, I. Chemische Untersuchungen iiber den Prozess der dvstrophischen Nierenverkalkung beim Kaninchen. Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 168: 239-50. ----- Ueber den Einfluss erhohter Calciumzufuhr auf die dystro- phische Nierenverkalkung beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 1927) 187: 51-6.—Schubert, E. von. Kalknephrose beim Kinde einer Eklamptischen als Zeichen einer Hypochloramie. Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 531-9.—Vermooten, V. The incidence and signif- icance of the deposition of calcium plaques in the renal papilla as observed in the Caucasian and Negro, Bantu, population in South Africa. J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 46: 193-200.—Wohl, H. Nephrocalcinosis; a case report. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1942, 3: 105-8. Also J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 21: 382-5. ---- Calculus. See Nephrolithiasis; Urinary calculus. ---- Cancer. See also other subheadings (Adenocarcinoma; Adenosarcoma; Cystadenoma, etc.) Alessandri, R. Tumori maligni del rene. In: Tumori maligni (Vernoni, G.) Milano, 1933, 159-65.—Beer, E. Some aspects of malignant tumors of the kidnev. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 65: 433-46.—Biancheri, T. Note sulla diagnosi e sulla cura dei tumori maligni del rene. Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 18: 433-46.—Canaguier. Tumeur maligne du rein droit. J. med. Bordeaux, 1908, 38: 122.—Chutro, P. Ensefianzas que deja un caso de cancer del rifion derecho. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1928, 7: 33-5.—Darget & Grailly, de. Au sujet d'un cas de tumeur rare du rein; remarques sur 15 observations de cancer du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 48: 130-5.—Dunn, R. C. Malignant renal and adrenal tumors; with a report of 10 cases. Hosp. News, Wash., 1939, 6: No. 23, 18-27.—Gibbons, L. P. Malig- nant tumors of the kidney. Pennsylvania, M. J., 1934-35, 38: 471-3.—Gouverneur. El cancer del rifi6n. Dia med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 696.—Gray, A. D. Malignant kidney tumors. In Cancer (Kansas M. Soc.) 1940, 20.—Gunn, L. G. Malignant disease of the kidney. Irish J. M. Sc, 1927, 6. ser., 281 — Haines, C, & Killingsworth, W. P. Malignant tumors of the kidney. Bull. Guthrie Clin., 1936, 6: 110-4.—Hunt, V. C, & Hager, B. H. A review of 271 cases of malignant renal neo- plasms. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 149-59.—Hyman, A. Malignant tumors of the kidney. Internat. J. M. & S., 1934, 47: 205. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 658-62.—Iacapraro, G. Cancer del rin6n. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 633-6 — Kinloch, R. E., & Drexler, L. S. Malignant renal neoplasms. Lrol. Cut. H< v., 1928, 32: 14-9.—Kohlmayer, H. Maligne N lerentumoren. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934 47: 1258-60 — Larget, M. Cancer du rein. Bull, med., Par., 1939, 53: Suppl., 1-4.—Legueu. Les cancers du rein. Progr med., Par 1926, 4!: 290-4 -McBee. T. J., & Fenton, C. C. Maligl nant tumor of the kidney; report of a case. West Virginia I-J-isa*0, ^ £-~™c?oytn' ° s- Malignant tumors of the kidney Memphis M J., l935 10. N Q f3._Marainii B., & Astrald.. A. A proposito de 4 observaciones de cancer KIDNEY 89 KIDNEY del rin6n. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1928, 4: 110-24, 4 pl. Also Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 118-34.—Marsan. F. Presentation d'un cancer du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 387-90.—Morton, L. M. Malignant tumour of kidnev. Nova Scotia M. Bull., 1940, 19: 641.—Pitrollfy-Szabo, B. [Malignant renal tumors] Gy6gyaszat, 1938, 78: 728. Also Mag\ . urol., 1939, 2: 17-30. Also Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 601-16- Quinby, W. C, & Colby, F. H. Cancer of the kidney. Commonhealth, Bost., 1934, 21: 269-71.—Schapiro, S. [Kidney cancer] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1119.—Swan, R. H. J. Malignant tu- mours of the kidneys. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1941, 17: 131-6.—Turner, B. W. Cancer of the kidney, with report of cases. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 63-5.—Virgillo, S. I tumori maligni del rene. Gior. med. mil.. 1940, 88; 194-9. --- Cancer: Complication. Magnier, P. *Les hematomes pe>inephri- tiques dus a, Involution d'un cancer du rein. 82p. 8? Par., 1935. Castano, E., Surra Canard, R. de, & Ortiz, A. A. Cancer de rifi6n y litiasis urinaria asociada. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 625-30.—Dozsa, J. [Voluminous calculus in cancerous kidney] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 341.—Duvergey, H., & Muret. Cancer du rein avec volumineux bourgeon neoplasique dans les veines renales. J. med. Bordeaux, 1939, 116: pt 2, 387-90 — Fioravanti, L., & Pellegrini, A. Studio clinico ed anatomo- patologico sulla trombosi neoplastica della vena cava ascen- dente nei tumori maligni del rene. Morgagni, 1906, 48: 1-26, 3 pl.—Fort, A. Doble tumor renal maligno en un rifion con anomalia ureteral. Rev. argent, urol., 1942, 11: 336^45.— Giordano, D. Osservazione di cancro sviluppato attorno a calcoli renali. Rinasc. med., 1927, 4: 371.—Griner, S. A. [Case of gigantic renal calculus and cancer of the same kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 2, 92-4.—Langre, de. Tu- berculose et cancer d'un mfime rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 43: 85-91.—McDonald, J. R. The prognostic significance of thrombosis of the renal vein secondary to malignant neoplasms of the kidney; preliminary report. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1943, 18: 289-97.—Monteiro, R. Cancer do rim e pyonephrose. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 759-61.—Schiappapietra, T. Con- tribuci6n al tema de litiasis y tumor de rificn. Rev. argent. urol., 1941, 10: 631-6.—Segurola, M. Litiasis y cancer del rin6n. Rev. med. cubana, 1937, 48: 552-4.—Sommer, G. Ueber maligne Nierentumoren mit Steinbildung derselben Niere. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 165: 327-34.—Stoeckel. Maligner Nierentumor und Graviditat. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 385.—Walters, W., & Priestley, J. B. Malignant renal neoplasms; renal developmental abnormalities; cystic renal tumors; bilateral ureterolithiasis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 921-38.—Zwillinger. Cancer et lithiase renale. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 47: 246-50. --- Cancer: Diagnosis. Bollmann, H. [F. H.] *Zur Diagnostik und Klinik der malignen Nierentumoren [Kiel] 34p. 8? Wurzb., 1933. Legtjetj, F., & Trtjchot, P. La pyelographie et le cancer du rein. 23p. 8? Par., 1931. Moessner, H. *La pyelographie dans le cancer du rein. 62p. 8? Strasb., 1933. Blanc, H. Les donnees inexactes ou les erreurs d'inter- pr^tation de la pyelographie dans le cancer du rein. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: 192. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1938, 115: pt 2, 207. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 347.—Dax, L. Trois cas de cancers du rein diagnostiques precocement par la pyelo- graphie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 416-9.—Dozsa, E. Zur Friihdiagnose bosartiger Nierengeschwulste. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1937, 43: 376-87.—Dozsa, J. [Early diagnosis of malig- nant renal tumors in cases of small tumors resembling focal nephritis] Gy6gyaszat, 1938, 78: 261; 279.—Ehrlich, S. L., & Frischmann, M. M. Zur klinisch-mikroskopischen Diagnostik bosartiger Neubildungen der Nieren. Virchows Arch., 1926, 259: 565-76.—Frontstein, R. M. [Early diagnosis of malig- nant tumors of the kidneys] Sovet. khir., 1933, 4: 363-7 — Gauthier, C. Cancer du rein et uroselectan intra-veineux. Lyon med., 1933, 151: 715-8.—Gayet, G. Cancer du rein; importance de la radiographic pour le diagnostic Lyon chir., 1935, 32: 447. ------& Pujol. Cancer du rein diagnostiquS precocement par la pyelographie. Lyon med., 1940, l64: 230.—Gayet, R. Interet de l'uret6ro-pyelographie retrograde dans le cancer du rein au point de vue du diagnostic et de l'op6rabilit6; a propos de 13 cas. Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 385- 416.—Gillies, C. L. Malignant tumors of the kidney in adults. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 43: 629-35.—Gutig, C, & Herzog, A. Zur Rontgendiagnostik der malignen Nierengeschwulste. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 146-52.—Lavergne, N. Diagnostic precoce du cancer du rein par la pyelographie ascendante. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1933, 17-9.—Le Gac, P. Les possibility de la pyelographie dans le diagnostic du cancer du rein. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1937, 694-8.—Legueu, F. Pyelo- graphie d'un cancer limite du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 274. ------& Truchot, P. Le diagnostic du cancer du rein par la pyelographie. Medecine, Par., 1931, 12: 430-4.— Mercier, O. A propos du diagnostic du cancer du rein. Union med. Canada, 1926, 55: 775-92. ------ Le diagnostic du cancer du rein. J. H6tel-Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 355-66.— Mikkelsen [Case of renal cancer with an unusual pyelograml Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk. Kir. Selsk. Forh.) 70-4.— Montenegro, A. Diagn6stico de los tumores malignos del nfi6n en el adulto. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B Air 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 758-64. Also An. Fac. cienc. med. La Plata! 1938, 4: 69-78. Also Acci6n med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 600-3.— Motz. Le diagnostic du cancer du rein et la pyelographie. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 86-91.—Nonnenbruch. Friihdiagnose der malignen Tumoren der Nieren. Deut med Wschr., 1934, 60: 1240. Also in Samml. wicht. Fruhdiagn Lpz., 1936, 289-93.—Perrin, E. A propos du diagnostic de cancer du rein. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Congr., 497-503.—Solovov, P. D. [Early diagnosis of malignant tumors of the kidneys] Vest, khir., 1933, 30: 45-50.—Truchot, P. Cancers du rein deceles par la pyelographie. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1929, 17: 75-7.—Weissflugel, M. M. [Roentgen diagnosis of malignant tumors of the kidneys] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 37-44.—Wolframm, G. Diagnostic precoce des cancers du rein. J. med. fr., 1927, 16: 318-23. Cancer: Manifestation. Beis, J. *Sur la concentration et le d6bit de 1'uree dans le cancer du rein. 37p. 8? Par , 1932. Cathelin, F. La pauvrete clinique du cancer du rein. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 691.—Creevy, C. D. Confusing clinical manifestations of malignant renal neoplasms. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 895-916.—Dumont, J. Nevralgie phrenique, symptome d'alarme au cours du cancer du rein. Paris med., 1927, 65: 120.—Gauthier. Cancer du rein droit, sans hema- turie. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 662-4.—Grimaldi, F. E., & GaldosSosa, J. La hematuria en el cancer del rifion. Dfamed., B. Air., 1940, Ed. espec, 44-6. Also Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 89-118.—Hyman, A. A clinical study of malignant tumors of the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 347-64.— Mayanc, A. I. [Atypical clinical aspect of malignant tumors of the kidneys] Sovet. khir., 1934, 7: 111-7.—Perard, J., Leger, L., & Faulong, L. Les cancers febriles du rein. J. urol. mid., Par., 1937, 43: 489-500.—Petrignani. Cancer du rein avec lipurie. Ibid., 44: 416-23. Also Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1937, 213-20.—Regan, J. S. A study of the occurrence of fever in malignant tumors of the kidney; with report of a case. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1926, 4: 6-19.—Weber, F. P. Large concentrically laminated fibrinous balls, unattached, in the urinary bladder. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 351-5. Cancer: Metastasis. Boulle, M. *Les metastases orbitaires des tumeurs malignes de la region reno-surrenale chez l'enfant (syndrome d'Hutchinson) 67p. 8? Par., 1933. Busser, F., Hugueny, M., & Cadier, M. R. Tumeurs m£tastatiques de l'omoplate et du frontal revelatrices d'un cancer latent du rein. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1938, 15: 1C44- 6.-—Clinical pathological conference. Tufts M. J., 1941-42, 8: No. 2, 12-6.—Cochez, H., & Busser, F. Cancer latent du rein revele par des metastases cutanees. Arch. mal. reins, 1932-33, 7: 721-7.—Derman, G. L. Ein primarer gelatinos-scirrhoser Nierenkrebs mit Metastasen in die Epididymis. Virchows Arch., 1927, 265: 304-9.—Dormer, B. A., Friedlander, J., & Wiles, F. J. An unusual case of cancer. S. Afr. M. J., 1941, 15: 487.—Dube, J. E., Riopelle, J. L., & Legault, J. P. Cancer surprise du rein; metastase rachidienne; compression nerveuse; monoplegie du bras droit et de la jambe gauche. Union med. Canada, 1935, 54: 755-60.—Dumas, R., Busser, F., & Cadier, M. R. Cancer du rein avec metastase vertebrale solitaire, apparue apres la n6phrectomie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1939, 16: 199-202.—Grewal, J. S. A case of renal blastoma with cranial metastasis. Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 681-3.— Harvier, P., & Lemaire, A. Metastases cerebrales et cardiaques d'un cancer du rein. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 1169-72.—Kuklfnski, I. [Cancer of the kidney, revealed by bony metastasis] Polski przegl. radjol., 1937, 12: 107-12, pl.—Laure, L., & Puy, G. Cancer secondaire des poumons evoluant 7 ans apres un cancer du rein. Marseille m6d., 1932, 69: 769-73.—Nordman, C, & Rousson, C. Cancer du rein k evolution atypique; metastase cerebrale volumineuse n'ayant donne lieu a aucune manifestation clinique. Loire med., 1930, 44: 421-31.—Recchioni, M. Neoplasia renale con metastasi epatica. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1935, 94: 153-7/—Swyngedauw, P., & Quenee, A. Tumeur paranephretique latente avec metastases osseuses multiples. Echo m6d. nord, 1934, 3. ser., 2: 289-93.—Zaaijer. En merkwardige metastase bij een geval van niertumor. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1908, 2. R., 44: 1. Afd., 732-6. ---- Cancer, metastatic. See also under location of primary cancer. Abeshouse, B. S., & Goldstein, A. E. Metastatic malignant tumors of the kidney; a review of the literature and report of 23 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 163-86.—Barney, J. D., & Mintz, E. R. The occurrence of metastatic malignant disease of the kidnev. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1933, 26: 233-40. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 45-51.—Boeckel, A., & KIDNEY 90 KIDNEY Franck, A. Chorio-epithelioma meLastatique du rein. Bull. See fi. urol.. 1929, 8: 39-43. Also Strasbourg med., 1929, 89: o7»i Key. B., & Truffert. P. Tumeur du rein; metastase th\ roidienne renale seize ans apn'B l'enucleation d'un goitre. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 193S. 64: 448-53.—Perrin. E., Clavel, C. & Holland, F. Metastase renale d'un neoplasme du sein. Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 580 2. ---- Cancer: Pathology. Bosredon, J. L. M. *Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs solides malignes primitives de la region paranephretique. 66p. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Busser, F., & Drouhard, J. Les cancers du rein a forme kystique. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1933, 10: 571-97.—Dalla Palma. M. Su di un caso di cancro e sarcoma presenti nelio stesso rene. Pathologica, Genova, 1926, 18: 487-500.— Frishman, R. L. [On primary cancer of the kidneys] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 59-02—Caspar, I. A. Malignant kidney tumors; a studv of cases at the Rochester General Hospital during a 12 year period. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1209- 17.—Heiberg, B., & Hamburger, C. Et tilfaelde til belysning af hormonanalysernes betydning ved tumor i nyrcregioiu n; chorionepitheliom. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 141.—Inada. T. Two cases of primary kidney cancer examined postmortallv. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., "Tokyo, 1936, 25: No. 5, 5—Macquet. Cancer du rein a type polaire inferieur. Presse med., 1943, 51: 68 (Abstr.)—Madrid, A. Algunas consideraciones sobre la rancerosis renal. Rev. mex. cir., 1935, 3: 453-60.—Martin, R. H. Sur une forme un peu speciale de cancer du rein au debut. Presse med., 1943, 51: 233 (Abstr )—Mulazzi, G., & Lasio. E. Sul comportamento del parenchima residuo nei reni portatori di neoplasie maligne; studio anatomo-istologico quantitative. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1939, 10: 447- S2.—Muto. M. Leber das Vorkommen von primarem malignem Chorionepitheliom in der Niere; ein Beitrag zur Anatomie und Klinik der bosartigen Nierengeschwulste. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1927, 4: 144- 08, 3 pl.—Oberzimmer, J. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie driisiger und hypernephroider Nierengeschwulste bosartigen Charakters. Virchows Arch., 1926, 260: 170-214—Pallassc & Josserand. P. Deux observations de cancer du rein a cellules claires: evolution prolongee. Lyon med.. 1032. 149: 3S1-6.— Pugliatti, V. Istogenesi e classificazione dei tumori maligni del rene. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1934, 5: 751-834.—Russum, C, & Neisius, F. A. Certain clinical and pathological aspects of renal malignancy, with 6 autopsied cases. Nebraska M. J., 1928, 13: 382-8.—Smith y Leal, R., & Gomez Camejo, M. Cancer del polo inferior del rin6n. Bol. Liga c: iicer, Habana, 1937, 12: 36-43.—Zarattini, A. Tumori maligni del rene; considerazioni anatomo-patologiche, radiologiche e cliniche. Gior. venet. sc. med., 1939, 13: 1-40. ---- Cancer: Prognosis. Cathelin, F. Les survies prolongees apres n6phrectomie pour cancer du rein. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39:731-5.— Gail lard, L. Mort par hemorragies tardives deux mois et demi apres une nephrectomie pour cancer. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 398.—Luquet, G. Resultats a distance d'une nephrectomie faite pour cancer du rein par Victor Pauchet. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 171.—Muir. E. G., & Goldsmith, A. J. B. The prognosis of malignant renal tumours. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 905-9.—Nesler, A. B. Cancer of the kidney; 6 year cure. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1937, 27: 584-6.— Priestley, J. T. Survival following removal of malignant renal neoplasms. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 902-6.—Schmidt, H. Die Prognose bosartiger Nierengeschwulste. Zschr. urol Chir., 1927, 22: 306-56.—Walters. W. Malignant tumors of the kidney and pelvis of the kidney; 5 year cures following nephrectomy with partial or complete ureterectomy. Surg Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 445-7. ---- Cancer: Treatment. Bourel, M. *Les resultats de la nephrectomie dans le cancer du rein chez l'adulte. 81p. 2512cm. Par., 1938. Koukoravas, C. *Resultats eloignes de la nephrectomie dans le cancer du rein; 27 observa- tions. 88p. 25,1km. Lyon, 1939. Blanc, H. Les disaccords fonctionnels et les limites de la nephrectomie dans le cancer du rein. Bordeaux chir., 1938 9: 191. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 347.—Cibert, J., Ponthns, P., & Roux, M. La radiotherapie dans les tumeurs du rein. Lyon med., 1938, 162: 169.—D'Haenens, A. L'in- tervention operatoire dans les tumeurs malignes du rein. Progr. med. beige, 1904, 6: 12.5-7.—Forgue, E., & Aimes, A. Douze regies essentielles concernant les cancers du rein. In their Les pieges chir., Par., 1939, 414-6.—Gayet. Cancer du rein de petit volume; nephrectomie. Lyon med., 1928, 142: 484-6.------Cancer du rein; mauvaise elimination globule; nephrectomie; guerison. Ibid., 1929, 143: 654-7.—Gilbert, J. B. Diagnosis and treatment of malignant renal tumors; historical data. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 39: 223-37.—Gouverneur, R. Diagnostic et traitement du cancer du rein. J. med. chir., Par., 1929, 100: 733-44. ------& Bourel. M. Les resultats de la nephrectomie dnns le cancer du rein chez 1 adulte. Rev. med. fr.. 1938, 19: 591-6.—Haeblcr. H. Zur Operation bosar- tiger Nict^cschwulste. Zschr. urol.. 1936, 30: 104-11.— Wagner. F. R., & Coleman. S. K. Nephrectomy for malignant disease of the kidney; suppression of urine and death following massive doses of X-ray. Tr. Am. A-s. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1933, 26: 173-S3. Also J. Urol., Bait.. 1934, 32: 27-30.— Hunt, V. C. Factors of importance in the surgical treatment of malignant renal tumors. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 291-6.— Jeanbrau, E. Cancer du rein; nephrectomie apres epreuve negative du bleu et de la glycosurie phloridzinique; suite* opiratoires normales; mort d'embolie le 24m" jour. Mont- pellier med., 1908, 26: 25-31.—Joseph, E. Zur Technik der Exstirpation grosser maligner Nierentumoren. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 306-13.—Kablukov. A. F. Iz oblasti pochechnol khirurgi: izslecheniye pravol pervichnio-rakovol pochki, odnovremenno sochetannoye s pupochnim i pakhovtm Koren- nim grizheslochenn em. Khirurgia. Moskva, 1903, 14: 580- io - Kerr, H. D., & Stephens, R. L. Roentgen rays in the treatment of malignant tumors of the kidney in adults. Am. J. Roentg., 1943, 50: 204-6.—Lavenant, A. Cancer du rein; nephrectomie; vaisseau anormal infiltr6; suture de l'aorte. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 385.—Martin-Laval. Cancer du rein a forme hyperthermique simulant une pyonrphrose ferm6e; nephrectomie; guerison. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1H26, 29: 69-72.— Mathe, C. P. Cancer of the kidney; present-day status of its treatment, and end-results. California West. M., 1937, 46: 385-91. ------ & Gonzalez Ballesca, A. Estado actual del tratamiento del cancer renal y sus resultados finales. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1937, 8: 157-74.—Meads, A. M. The treatment of malignant tumors of the kidnev. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 5: 245-9— Mintz, E. R. Renal cancer; end results in 105 consecutive cases. N. England J. M., 10.3S, 218: 329-37.—Munger, A. D. Irradiation of malignant renal neoplasms with especial reference to the effecta of irradiation on the acquired single kidnev. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 37: 080-94.—O'Conor, V. J. The treatment of malignant tumors of the adult kidney. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 27-31.— Portmann, L. V. The indications for irradiation for the various malignant neoplasms of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 721 30—Priestley, J. T. Treatment of malignant renal tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 1173-80.— Taylor, R. V., jr. Transperitoneal removal of an unusual malignant tumor of the right kidnev. J. M. Ass. Alabama 1934-35, 4: 300. Walters, W., & Braasch, W. F. Nephrec- tomy and n« phroureterectomv for malignant tumors of the kidnev. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 28: 23-31. Also in Treat. Cancer i Pack & Livingston) N. Y., 1940, 3: 1870-84.—Wharton, L. R. Transperitoneal nephrectomy for malignant tumors of the kidney. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 689-94. Cancer—in animals. Drieux, H., & Gerard, R. Metastase intra-glomgrulaire dans un rein de cheval cancereux. Rec. med. vet., 1939, 115: 595-8.—Hoogland, H. J. M. [A special form of renal cancer in dog] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5632.—Lucke, B. A neoplastic disease of the kidney of the frog, Rana pipiens; on the occurrence of metastasis. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 22: 326-34.—Troude & Prevost. Cancer du rein chez un coq. Bull. Soc centr. med. vet., Par., 1923, 76: 156-8.—Valade, P. Cancer primitif du rein du chien avec metastase vertebrate. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1934, 7: 288-95. Cancer—in children. Delon, J. *Les tumeurs malignes du rein chez l'enfant, 71p. 8? Par., 1935. Also Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9: 385; 655. Hauser-Holken, M. *Erfolge der chirur- gischen Behandlung und der Rontgentherapie der bosartigen Nierengeschwulste im Kindesalter. 22p. 8? Berl., 1928 Israelovici, S. Contribution au traitement des tumeurs malignes du rein chez les enfants (traitement radio-chirurgical) 47p. 8? Par., 1933. Kardos, B. *Ueber bosartige Nierenge- schwulste im Kindesalter [Berlin] 16p. 8? Konigszelt, 1936. Wild, G. *Die malignen Tumo'ren der Niere im Kindesalter. 24p. 8? [Miinch., 1926] Aurosseau, L. Les tumeurs malignes du rein chez lea enfants. Gaz. med. France, 1932, 334.—Battistini, G. Con- tributo casistico alia diagnosi e al trattamento operativo dei tumori maligni primitivi del rene nell'infanzia. Clinica, Bologna, 1936, 2: 91-100.—Delon, J. Deux types histologiques du tumeur mahgne du rein chez l'enfant. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 12: 215-7. ------ Histologie et pathogenie des tumeurs mahenes du rem chez l'enfant. Ibid 836-42 ______ & Gandy, M Tumeur maligne du rein chez'un nourrisson de 50 jours; nephrectomie; guerison depuis un an 10 mois. Mem. Acad, cbir Par., 1939, 65: 716-21.—De Simone, G. Tumori mahgni del rene nell mfanzia. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1929, KIDNEY 88: 211; 227.—Duvergey. Tumeur maligne du rein et trau- matisme chez un enfant de 5 ans. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: 195 —Fischer, A. [Malignant kidney tumors in childhood] Gy6gyaszat, 1927, 67: 1039; 1086. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 475-501—Higgins, C. C. & Shively. F. L.. jr. Malig- nant renal neoplasms in children; review of 26 cases. Arch. Surg., 1941, 42: 386-94.—Jemma, G., & Laurinsich, A. I tumori misti maligni del rene nell'infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933 41: 1113-63.—Jemma, R. Clinique de cancer du rein chez' l'enfant. Internat. med. W. Schweiz (1937) 1938, 3. Congr 488-94. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 1089- 91. Also Med. inf., Roma, 1938, 9: 33-7.—Kerr, H. D. Treat- ment of malignant tumors of the kidney in children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 408-11.—Kimura, G. A case of the malig- nant renal tumour in children. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1935 17: 31.—Kretschmer, H. L. Malignant tumors of the kidney in children. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 39: 250-75—Le- poutre, C. Volumineux cancer du rein chez un enfant de 4 ans. J. sc. med. Lille, 1929, 47: pt 2, 181-4.—Martin, A., & Delon, J. Tumeur maligne du rein chez une enfant agee de 66 jours; nephrectomie; tedecurietherapie. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 1130-2.—Mixter, C. G. Malignant tumors of the kidnev in infancy and childhood. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1932, 44: 100-13, 3 pl. Also Ann. Surg., 1932, 96: 1017-27.— Nystrom, G. Malign tumors of the kidney in children. Acta chir. scand., 1940, 84: 247.—Nystrom, T. G. Ueber bosartige Nierentumoren bei Kindern. Ibid., 1940-41, 84: 527-38, 3 pl.—Pohle, E. A., & Ritchie, G. Malignant tumors of the kidney in children. Radiology, 1935, 24: 193-205.—Scandurra. S. Contributo clinico e anatomo-patologico alio studio dei tumori renali maligni dell'infanzia. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. chir., 50-64.—Stux, H. Zur Frage iiber die malignen Nierentumoren im fruhen Kindesalter. Arch. Kinderh., 1930, 92: 128-35.-—Taylor, W. A. Malignant tumor and solitary cyst of the kidney in chddren. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1491-9.—Truchot, P. Pyelographie d'un cancer du rein chez un enfant de 2H ans. Bull. Soc radiol. m6d. France, 1937, 25: 421.—Velazco, D., & Anido, A. Tumor maligno del rifl6n en una nifia de 20 meses. Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 229-39.—Violate, A. I tumori maligni del rene nei bambini. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. chir., 428-44. --- Capsule [and renal fascia] Bordas, P. *Etude des capsules du rein et des tissus pe>irenaux. 88p. 8? Par., 1927. Aiku. [Nephrocapsectomy] Juntendo iji keniku koin zassi, 1905, 196-207.—Bordas, P. Etude sur les capsules du rein et les tissus pSrirenaux. Arch. mal. reins, 1925-27, 2: 670-726.—Congdon. E. D., & Edson, J. N. The cone of renal fascia in the adult white male. Anat. Rec, 1941, 80: 289-313, 4 pl.—Emerson, H. Studies upon the capsule of the kidney. Am. J. M. Sc, 1904, 128: 692-710.—Fredet, P. Documents sur la formation des capsules du rein, chez l'embryon humain. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1904, 79: 285-8. ------ Note sur la formation des capsules du rein chez l'homme. J. anat. physiol., Par., 1940, 40: 599-609, 2 pl.—Johansson, S. Question of the collateral circulation in the renal capsule. Acta chir. scand., 1926, 61: 181-7.—Lisovskaia, S. N. [Variants of formation of the capsule of kidney's fascia and their significance in surgery] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: No. 21, 3-9.—Niessing, K. Nierenkapsel und Gitterfasersysteme in ihren funktionellen Beziehungen zur Form und Architektur der Niere. Morph. Jahrb., 1935, 75: 331-73.—Orth, O. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Kapselverhaltnisse der Niere und ihre praktische Bedeutung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 171: 45-56.—Rolnick. H. C. Some observations on the renal capsule. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 421-6. --- Capsule: Disease. See also subheadings (Abscess; Hematoma; Paranephritis; Perinephritis, etc.) Ferrarini, G. Sopra l'importanza della capsula fibrosa del rene negli stati infiammatori dell'organo: osservazioni e ricerche. 34p. 8? Milano, 1903. Also Clin, chir., Milano, 1903, 11: 811-20; 841, pl. Hagemann, F. W. *Ueber Sackniere; peri- nephritische und intranephritische, subkapsulare Zysten bei den Haustieren [Bern] 25p. 8? Berl., 1910. Also Virchows Arch., 1910, 202: McGrath, W. M., & Apfelbach, C. W. Spontaneous bilateral decapsulation of the kidnevs; report of a case. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1931, 13: 392-8. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 914-9.—Mahadevan, V., & Menon, T. B. Congenital hydro- nephrosis due to an abnormal attachment of the renal fascia (of Gerota) Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 321-4.— Mingazzini. E. Chirurgia delle capsule renali. In Manuale chir. (Alessandri, R.) Roma, 1933, 3: 635-40. ---- Capsule: Surgery. See Kidney, Nerves: Surgery: Decapsulation. KIDNEY ---- Capsule: Tumor. See also subheadings (Cyst, perirenal; Tumor, perirenal) , Kaftan, W. *Die Tumoren der Nierenhullen [Berlin] 29p. 8? Kassel, 1934. Pohl, W. *Ueber die seltenen Sarkome der Nierenkapsel mit Beschreibung eines neuen Falles [Breslau] 25p. 8? Mittelwalde, 1936. Ahem, M. J. Tumeur de la capsule du rein. Bull. med. Quebec, 1905-06, 7: 1-6.—Aid, C. Tumorartige Wucherung der Nierenfettkapsel bei chronischer Pneumokokkeninfektion. Beitr. path. Anat., 1937, 100: 184-90.—Alexandre, G. Sar- come fuso-cellulaire de la capsule du rein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1901, 76: 293.—Amblard, A. Fibrome de la capsule du rein. Ibid., 1906, 81: 232.—Colvin, S. H., jr. Certain capsular and subcapsular mixed tumors of the kidney herein called eapsuloma. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 585-600.—Delbet, P. Tumeur de la capsule fibreuse du rein. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1904, n. ser., 30: 638-42.—Didier, R., & Leibovici, R. Deux volumineux fibro-lipomes paranephretiques. Bull. Soc. nat chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1068.—Dumbadze. D. N. Zur Kasuistik der Neubildungen der Nierenkapsel. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 698-703.—Duschl, J. Riesentumor der Nierenfettkapsel. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: 343.—Fausel, M. Ein Fall von Sarkom der Nierenkapsel. Arb. Path. anat. Inst. Tubingen, 1894-96, 2: 234-44, pl.—Ghizzetti, C. Contributo alia cono- scenza dei tumori delle capsule renali. Pathologica, Genova, 1939, 31: 185-90.—Gross, F. Drei Geschwiilste der fibrosen Nierenkapsel; ihre Diagnose und Therapie. Arch. kiln. Chir., 1932, 171: 811-20.—Haslinger, K. Zur Kasuistik der Nieren- kapseltumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 89-95.—Hess, K. Multiple Fibromyome der Nierenkapsel. Beitr. path. Anat., 1905, 7: Suppl., 164-73, pl.—Hobart, N. H. [Fibromatous tumour of the capsule of the kidney] Lancet, Lond., 1906, 1: 1179. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. ser., 81: 446.— Johansson, S. Two cases of tumour of the renal capsule. Acta chir. scand., 1926, 61: 197-204, pl.—Kohler, H. Ein Lipo- Sarkom der Nierenfettkapsel. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 95-8.— Marcozzi, V. Intorno alia patogenesi dei tumori renali di origine capsulare. Tommasi, Nap., 1908, 3: 470-8.— Nakazawa, T. Ueber einen Fall vom gemischtzelhgen Sarkom aus der Nierenkapsel. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1935, 25: 768-70, pl.—Neumann, A. Retroperitoneales Lipom der Nieren- fettkapsel im Kindesalter. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1905, 34: 2. Teil, 232-40.—Pagliere, L. E., Schiappapietra, T., & Latienda, R. I. Sarcoma fibroblfistico de la cdpsula renal. Rev. argent. urol., 1942, 11: 87-92.—Prives, M. G. Ueber Nierenkapsel- geschwulste. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 191-213.—Ruzicska, G. [Sarcoma of the renal capsule] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 997-1000.-—Skutsch. Grosses Lipom von der Nierenkapsel ausgehend, durch Laparatomie entfernt, gleichzeitig mit Amputatio uteri myomatosi. Korbl. allg. axztl. Verein Thiirin- gen, 1898, 27: 403-5.—Thornton, J. K. Alveolar sarcoma of the capsule of the right kidney. Tr. Path. Soc. London, 1883, 34: 141-3.—Viscontini, C. Contributo alio studio dei tumori connettivi della capsula fibrosa del rene. Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, 12: 602; 649.—Wachs, E. Beitrag zu den Nierenkapsel- geschwulsten. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 166: 1-11.—Wright, H. W. S. Subcapsular fibroma of the kidney. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1940-4:1, 34: 386.—Zuckermann, C. Fibroblastoma perirenal derecho. Rev. med., Puebla, 1942, 15: No. 149, 16-22. ---- Carbuncle. See also subheadings (Abscess; Infection) Hugtjier, J. *L'anthrax du rein. 161p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Klajman, C. *L'anthrax du rein [Lyon] 190p. 8? Trevoux, 1937. Raison, R. *Contribution k l'etude de l'anthrax du rein. 52p. 8? Par., 1934. Voss, R. *Ueber Nierenkarbunkel [Berlin] 19p. 8? Charlottenb., 1926. Also Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 101-12. Arnesen, A. J. A. [Renal carbuncle] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1935, 96: [Forh. Kir. foren. Oslo] 92.—Ball, W. G. Renal carbuncle. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1926-27, 2: Sect. Urol., 16. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1934, 6: 248-53.—Bartstra, D. S. IRenal carbuncles] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 5612-6, pl.— Bernardi, R. Antrax del rifion. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 372-84.—Berry, N. E., & Nichol, J. E. Carbuncle of the kidney. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 28: 141-5.—Brady, L. Staphylococcal infections of the kidney with special reference to kidney carbuncle. Virginia M. Month., 1932, 59: 594-604.— Brunn [Fall von sogenanntem Nierenfurunkel] Korbl. Allg. mecklenb. Aerztever., 1906, No. 259, 183.—Eucalossi, P. Considerazioni e contributo casistico sul cosi detto antrace del rene. Clin, chir., Milano, 1936, n. ser., 11: 5-22.—Bull, P. [Kidney carbuncle] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1937, 98: 578-91.— Campbell, M. F. Renal carbuncle in infancy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1729-33.—Cibert, J.. & Klajman, H. L'anthrax du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 44: 273; 354.—Cowan. KIDNEY 92 KIDNEY Carbunculosis of the kidneys. Med. Sc. Arch. Adelaide Hosp., 1932 11: 6.—Dankmever, W. Ueber Nierenkarbunkel. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934. 81: 592 —Diaz Colodrero. A. A. Antrax de rifi6n. Re^fc As. med. argent., 1941, 55: 441-3.— Eerland. I.. D. [Renal carbuncle] Ned. tschr geneesk., 1940, 84: 1386-93, pl- Kuan, R. L.. A Thomas, J. M. Carbuncle of the kidnev; repoit of a case. Nebraska M. J., 1942, 27: 321.— Emmett, J. L., & Priestley, J. T. Solitary renal abscess (car- buncle) report of case. Proc Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 704-7 — Brcole, R., & Fort, A. Antrax del rifi6n. Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1941 20:1 17.—Fstes, W. L., jr. Carbuncle or solitary abscess of the kidnev. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 1566-70 — Fernandez Bravo, A., Blanco Armendariz, F. Fortinculo renal Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 48: 301-9. Also Rev. san. mil Habana, 1942, 6: 159-66.—Filippi, A. Sul foruncolo del rene'. Mmerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2, 177-81.—Gaeta, G. Nefrite suppurativa (antrace del rene) Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1931, 37: 885-7.—Gilorteanu, I., & Atanasiu, I. Considerations Riir un cas de furoncle renal. Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 194-201, pl.—Graves, R. C, & Parkins, L. E. Carbuncle of the kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1935, 28: 41 82. ALo J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 1-14.—Guszich, A. [Renal carl.uncle] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 38-^0.—Halperin, N. S. [Caibimcle of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 3-4 10-S.—Hepp, M. Anthrax du rein. J. prat., Par., 1938, 52: 003.- Hogarth, W. P. Carbuncle of the kidney. Canad. M. Ass .1., 10 11, 44: 55.—Houtappel, H. C. E. M. [Carbuncle of the kidney] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 179g_s03.—Howard, R. N. Carbuncle of the kidney; a report of 3 cases and a review of the literature. Austral. N. Zealand J Surg., 1912 43. 12: 3-21.—Ingrish, G. A. Carbuncle of the kidney; report of 10 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 42: 326^0.— James, T. G. I. A case of carbuncle of the kidney. Brit. J. Urol., 1934. 6: 150-9.—Jcck, H. S. Large solitary abscess of the kidnev. Tr. \m. Ass. (ienitourin. Surgeons, 1938, 31: 21-8 [Discussion] 37-9. Also .7. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 43: 28-34.— kahlc. P. J., & Beacham, H. T. Carbuncle of the kidnev. Hoi. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1933, 25: 509-19.—Kanbe, N., Sakaino. 1L, & Okada, S. Kasuistische Beitrage zum Nieren- ki.tbunk. 1. .lap. J. M. Sc, Surg., 1934-36, 4: 311.—La Pena, A. dc. (V- La Peiia, E. de. Antrax de rin6n. Actual, med., Cranadn, 1943, 19: 234 (Abstr.)—Lazarus, J. A. Carbuncle of the kidney; report of 2 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 353-62 Lindner. H. J., & Fatter. M. E. Large solitary absee-s of ihe kidney. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1941-42, 94: 192-4.—MacMvn, I). J. Caibuncle of the kidnev. Brit. J. Urol., 1932, 4: 11-9.—McNulty, P. H. Carbuncle of the kidney: review of the literature, discussion of unilateral local- ized lesions of the kidney and report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 35: 15-20.—Mark, E. G. Carbuncle of the kidnev. Lrol. Cut. Hev.. 1932, 36: 93.—Maxwell. J. A. Renal car- bunch. J. H. Nav. M. Serv., 1937, 23: 148-51.—Mezo, B. |('arbuncles of the kidneys] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 398-400.— Minder. G. [Penal carbuncle] Ibid., 1937, 81: melh, 101 — Moore, T. D. Carbuncle of the kidney. South. M. J., 1929, 22: 338-45. ------ Penal carbuncle. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 86: 754-9.—Ockerblad, N. F. Carbuncle of the kidney; with report of a case. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1930, 31: 406-9.— O'Conor, V. J. Carbuncle of the kidnev. Tr. Am. Ass. Cenitourin. Surgeons, 1932, 25: 17-28. Also J. Urol., 1933, 30: 1-13.------Carbuncle of the left kidnev. Surg. Clin. X. America, 1932, 12: 1259-64.—Ozlin, R. L. Carbuncle of the kidney. Virginia M. Month.. 1938, 65: 614-7.—Patch, F. S.. & Reid. R. G. Carbuncle of the kidney with report of 2 cases of bilateral involvement. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1932, 25: 1-15. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1933, 5: 34-^8.— Pedroso. G., & Machin, R. Fortinculo renal. Vida nueva, Habana, 1937, 39: 235-43— Roualle, H. L. M. Carbuncle of the kidnev. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1937-38, 45: 220-3. Also Clin. J. Lond., 1938, 67: 422-7.—Shapatin, A. V. [Case of renal carbuncle] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 3, 85.— Shapiro, J. [Renal carbuncle] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 268-70.— Smirnow, A. W. Ueber Nierenkarbunkel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 243-56.—Spence, H. M., & Johnson, L. W. Renal carbuncle; case report and comparative review. Ann. Surg., 1939, 109: 99-108.—Stedman, H. E. Carbuncle of the kidney; report of 2 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 410-4.—Swartz, E. O. Carbuncle of the kidnev; a report of 2 cases. J. Med., Cincin., 1934, 15: 194-202.—Tenenbaum, J. Carbuncle of the kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 547-50.—Thomas, G. J., & Exley, E. W. Carbuncle of the kidney. Minnesota M., 1930, 13: 484-8.—Thompson, T. Carbuncle of the kidney, with report of a case. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 695-7.—Wada, M. A case of carbuncle of the kidnev. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1937, 49: 2088-90.—Woodruff, S. R., & Crossman, S. L. Renal carbuncle, with report of one case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 240-4. ---- Carbuncle: Complication. See also Kidney, Perinephritis. Altstein, D. O. [Carbuncle of the kidney affected with carcinoma and tuberculosis] Vest, khir., 1936, 47: 235-8, pl.— Peterson, L. [Case of renal carbuncle with infarction] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 777-9. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1503-5.—Ronnen, J. R. von [Renal carbuncle and para- nephritis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 215.5-64, pl.— Staemmler, M. Nierenkarbunkel; Paranephritis. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1458— Woliromm. G. Phlegmon p6riiif|>hr«- tique et furoncles du rein. Bull. > <3. fr. urol., I«d4, 10^-4. Also J. urol., Par., 1934, 37: 471-4. ---- Carbuncle: Diagnosis. Gerhard, H. *Zur Klinik der Nierenkar- bunkels. 30p. 22cm. Bonn, 1935. Boeminghaus, H. Zur Diagnose und Therapie des Niere n- karbunkels. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 659-69.—Cibert. .1. A propos de l'anthrax du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1937. 43: 272-80.—Di Giacomo. A. Contributo alia diagnosi e cura dell'ascesso solitnrio del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1939, 16: 207-37. Droschl, H. Klinischer Beitrag zur Diagnose des Nierenkarbunkels. Zbl. Chir., 1937. 64: 1209 12. Gaillard, L. Sur un cas de lipurie massive dans un cas d'anthrax du rein. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 398-400.— Guszich. A. Zur Fra. Jacobsen E. Ueber Phosphathemmung der \ ,n enphosphatase. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 249: 21-38.—Kay. H. ■>• Kidney phosphatase. Biochem. J., Lond., 1926, 20: 791 811 —Kisch, B. Bioche- mische Unterschiede zwischen Nieionrmdo und Nierenmark. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 277: 21U-22. -Lehmann. H. Effect of an enzyme from kidnev on the solubility of calcium phosphate. Nature, Lond., 1942, 150: 603.—Leovey, F. Ueber elie Loka- lisation der Nierendesamidase. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 276: 205-7—Pyle, J. J., Fisher, J. H., & Clark, R. H. The effect of certain physiologically important materials upon kidney phosphatase. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 119: 283-8.—Tatibana, T. Lipase in kidnev of human fetus and newborn child. Jap, J. Obst., 1929, 12: 33-9.—Waldschmidt-Leitz, E., & Kohler, F. Zur Spezificitiit der Nierenphosphatase. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 360-4.—Zipf, K., & Gebauer, A. Enthalt die Kanin- chenniere eine Histidin-Dccarboxylase? Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 754. ---- Cirrhosis. See Kidney, Nephrosclerosis; also names of primary diseases as Nephritis, etc. ---- Colic. See Kidney, Pain; also names of primary diseases as Nephrolithiasis. ---- congested. See Kidney, Blood flow: Disorder—Congestion and stasis. ---- contracted. See Kidney, Nephrosclerosis. — Contusion. See Kidney, Injury. — Correlations. See also Enterorenal syndrome; Hepatorenal syndrome; Kidney, Nerves: Reflexes; also under names of various organs. Banchi, A. Sui rapporti del rene collo scheletro assile e col bacino nel feto e nel neonato, e di alcune correlazioni nello acerescimento di diversi organi nelle prime eta. Arch. ital. anat., 1907, 6: 442-68.—Bebeshina, Z. V., & Konradi, G. P. [Reflexes from the urinary bladder on the activity of the kidneys] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1934, 34: 579-86.—Colombi, C. & Rocchini. G. Rifiesso entero-renale da stimolazione termica. Arch. fisiol., Fir., 1937, 37: 45-55.—Dienst. C. Ueber Wechsel- wirkungen zwischen Magen und Nieren; ein Beitrag zur Ganz- heitsbetrachtung in der Medizin. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 541-4. —Hah, W. Y. Die regulatorischen Reflexe; fiber die reflektorische Hemmung der Nierensekretion bei Fullung der Harnblase. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1937, 27: 28.—Hall, A. A. Renal and gastro-intestinal relationships. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 85-7.—Holten, C. The dependence of the normal kidney function on the size of the body. Acta padiat., Upps., 1931-32, 12: 251-67. Also Ugeskr. keger, 1932, 94: 288-92.— Kristanof, S. A. La reactivity de la peau et la fonction des reins. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1936, 7. ser., 7: 685-701.—Mizuta, N., Arai, S. [et al.] Studies on the relationship between the renal and the hepatic functions (subsequent report) Jap. J. M. Sc, Int. Med., 1936-38, 4: 375-7.—Rimbaud, L., & Rimbaud, P. Les reins et la peau. Rapp. CongT. insuff. ren., 1938, 2. Congr., 193-217. Also Presse therm, dim., 1938, 79: 563.—Rizzi, B. Alterazioni istologiche dei varii organi susseguenti ad altera- zioni della funzione renale (ricerche sperimentali) Pensiero med., 1928, 17: 651-3.—Salotti, A. Le sindromi associate nefrodigerenti nella semeiotica roentgen. Athena, Roma, 1938, 7: 107-9.—Smith, E., & Orkin, L. The renal digestive reflex. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 1-19.—Stolte, K. Beziehungen zwi- schen Niere und Gesamtorganismus. Arch. Kinderh., 1929, 87: 259-77. ---- Correlations, cardiovascular. See also subheadings (Disease; Exclusion; Nephrectomy) also Blood pressure, Regulation, renal; Kidney hormone, etc. Agadjaniantz, N. *Contribution k l'etude des lesions renales par hypertension experi- mentale consecutive a l'ablation des nerfs de- presseurs. 69p. 8? Par., 1934. KIDNEY 95 KIDNEY Hohagen, K. *Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Niere und Blutdruck. 43p. 8? Bonn, 1930. Becher, E. Niere und Kreislauf. In Herzneurosen [&c] (Bad-Nauheim Ver. Aerzte) Dresd., 1932, 150-9.—Bingel, A. Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Niere und Kreislauf. A erh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch., 1909, 2. Teil, 2. H., 70-3.—Blalock, A & Levy, S. E. Studies on the etiology of renal hypertension. \iin Surg 1937, 106: 826-47.—Braun, L. Blutdruck und Niere. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 593; 630.----— Essentielle Hypertonic und Niere. Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1936, 10: 125-7.------ & Saroet, B. Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber Blutdruck und Niere. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47- 65- 134.—Chwalla, R. Blutdruck und Nierenkrankheiten. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 649; 753.—Friedmann, L., & Wachs- muth, W. Experimentelle Studien zur Frage der renalen Hypertonic Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 150: 173-81 — Hantschmann, L. Blutdrucksteigerung durch Kochsalzgaben beim Hunde nach experimenteller Ausschaltung von Nierenge- webe. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: 1-17.—Hayman, J. M., jr. The cardiovascular system with relation to the kidneys. In Diagn. Treat. Cardiovasc. Dis. (Stroud, W. D.) 2. ed., Phila., 1943, 1: 234-56.--Langeron, L., & Dehouck, R. Reins et hypertension arterielle. Presse mGl., 1938, 46: 1481.—Laporte, A. [ed.] Appareil circulatoire et reins. In Ther. med. actual., Par. (1937) 1938, 4: 157-92.—Laubry. C, & Walser, G. Hypertension arterielle permanente et troubles de la fonction renale. Gaz. hop., 1933, 106: 1507. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1933, 47: Suppl., 2262.—Leiter, L. The relation between the heart and the kidneys. Bull. Chicago Heart Ass., 1941, 19: No. 1-6, 1-5.—Rausch. Z. Ueber die Beein- flussung der renalen Hypertonien durch Diathermie beziehungs- weise Kurzwejlendiathermie. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1933, 45: 209-14.—Rodbard, S.. & Katz, L. N. The role of renal metabolism in hypertension and uremia. J. Exp. M., 1941, 73: 357-64. ---- Correlations, reno-renal. See also Kidney, Hypertrophy, compensatory; Urine, Suppression, etc. Anzilotti, G. Ricerche sulle modificazioni indotte nel rene opposto dalla legatura unilaterale dell uretere o dell'arteria renale e dalla nefrectomia. Chn. mod., Pisa, 1903, 9: 62.-— Blttt, P. Leber renorenale Reflexe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 153: 67-78.—Cortesini, M. Contributo clinico alio studio del riflesso reno-renale. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1935, 6: 287-300.—Fedelli, F., & Sacco, E. Correlazioni fisiologiche e sintonie patologiche reno-renali. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 34: 515-69.—Hinman, F. Renal counterbalance. Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1925-26, 2: No. 2, 27-31. Also Arch. Surg., 1926, 12: 1105-223. Also California West. M., 1926, 24: 333-5. Also in Med. Surg. Tributes to H. Brunn, Berkeley, 1942, 221-30.—Hooker, D. R. Eine Beobachtung iiber ge- genseitige Abhangigkeit beider Nieren. Zbl. Physiol., 1906, 20: 119-22.—Joeleon, J. J., Beck, C. S., & Moritz, A. R. Renal counterbalance. Arch. Surg., 1929, 19: 673-711.—Lepoutre, C. De l'influence dun rein malade sur le rein du cote oppose. Rapp. Congr. insuff. ren., 1938, 297-329. Also Presse therm. clim., 1938, 79: 565.—Orr, L. M., jr. Renal counterbalance in relation to conservative renal surgery. Surgery, 1942, 11: 497. ------& Kundert, P. R. Renal counterbalance in rela- tion to conservative renal surgery. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 723-9.—Orth, O. Gibt es einen reno-renalen Reflex? Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 227: 535-9.—Papin, E. Actions reflexes reno-renales. Arch. mal. reins, 1927, 2: 518-37.—Sandstrbm, O. [On reno-renal reflexes] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3273-8 — Scandurra, S. Prove cliniche dell'influenza del rene malato su quello sano. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 1432.-— Szenkier, D. Ueber den reno-renalen Reflex. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 162-7.—Walthard, H. Klinisches und Experi- mentelles iiber den Einfluss der einen kranken Niere auf die andere gesunde Niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 539-45. ---- Cortex. See also subheadings (Abscess, cortical; Car- buncle; Necrosis, etc.) Calzolari, T. Comportamento dei capillari della zona corti- cale del rene dopo enervazione, simpatectomia e decapsulazione. Atti Accad. fisiocr., Siena, 1934, 11. ser., 2: Suppl., 98-100. ----- Studi sui capillari de la corticale del rene. Arch, ital, urol., 1935, 12: 425-62.—Crabtree, C. E. Influence of preg- nancy on the renal cortex of mice as indicated by the structure of Bowman's capsule. Endocrinology, 1941, 29: 204—9.— Fabre, J., & Dtmbrin, L. Un mode d'exploration directe des capillaires de la corticalite renale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 946.—Faust, E. Ueber umschriebene Elastosen und ahnliche Gebilde der Nierenrinde. Virchows Arch., 1938, 302: 371-82.—Irving, J. T. A note on the lactic acid and glycogen content of kidney cortex. Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 1508-13.—Keller, R. Die Nierenrinde als Speicher. Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 238: 336-8.—Mathis, J. Die Regulierung des arteriellen Blutslromes in der Nierenrinde. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1444-9.—Monserrat, J. L. Les capillaires de la zone corticale du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 402. —;---- Circulaci6n capilar de la zona cortical del rin6n; contribuci6n a su estudio. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1932, 8: 325. ------ Vasos capilares de la zona cortical del rifi6n; su estudio en rinones humanos. Ibid., 582-6.—Paunz, L. Die extraglo- merulare Vascularisation der Nierenrinde durch kunstliche Netzanastomosen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 93: 366-9. ---- Counterbalance. See subheadings (Atrophy; Correlations, reno- renal; Hypertrophy; Regeneration, etc.) ---- Cyst. See also subheadings (Dermoid; Echinococcus; Lymphangioma; polycystic, etc.) Steglich [F.] W. *Cystennieren und Solitar- cysten der Niere (nach dem Material der Chir- urgischen Universitatsklinik Leipzig aus den Jahren 1922-32) [Leipzig] 45p. 8? Zeulen- roda, 1935. Berger, J. In cas de grands kystes du rein. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 1029-34.—Bockus, H. L., Krohn, S. E., & Mullen, E. A. Solitary cyst of the kidney; report of a case. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 448-50.—Boldt, F. J. Large cyst connected with the lower pole of the right kidney. Tr. N, York Obst. Soc, 1906-07, 175-7. Also Am. J. Obst., 1906, 54: 864-6.—Boliarsky, N. N. [Solitary cyst of the left kidney] Nov. khir. arkh., 1938, 41: 267-9.—Bourgeois, P., & Autotte, E. Kyste du rein. Union med. Canada, 1943, 72: 726-8.— Boylan, C. E. Solitary cyst of the kidnev; discussion and case report. Illinois M. J., 1937, 71: 490-3.—Branch, C. F. Some observations on solitary cysts of the kidnev. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 451-3.—Burns, C. W. A solitary cyst of the kidney. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 380.—Carraro, N-, & Wugmeister, I. Cisti solitarie del rene. Rass. clin. sc, 1937, 15: 59-66.— t'halkley, T. S., & Sutton, L. E.. jr. Infected solitary cyst of the kidney in a child, with a review of the literature. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 50: 414-9.—Coady, C. C, & Walker, J. M. Cysts of the kidney. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1937, 27: 68-71.—Cooper, S. Solitary cyst of the kidney. Texas J. M., 1937-38, 33: 697-9 — Corsy. Kyste du rein. Marseille med., 1908, 45: 481.— Crosbie, A. H. Solitary cyst of the kidney. N. England J. M., 1928, 199: 277-80.—Dayot, H. Note sur un grand kyste du. rein gauche. Rennes m6d., 1905-06, 1: 3-11.—Dodson, A. I. Cysts of the kidney. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 223-31.—Ellinger, J. W. A case of a solitary cyst of the left kidney. Mag. London School M. Women, 1934, 29: 71.—Fang, H. C. Solitary cyst of the kidney. Chin. M. J., 1938, 53: 221-6.—Fischer, K. Ueber drei Falle von Nierensolitarcysten. Arch. klin. Chir., 1936, 185: 356-8.—Geisinger, J. F. Solitary cyst of the kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 778-81. Also Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond, 1937, 8: 23-7.—Gimpelson, E. I. [Solitary renal cysts] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 52-61 — Giordano, G. Un caso di cisti solitaria del rene. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 300-4.—Glakin, V. S. [Embryonal renal cyst] Tr. Novosibir. gosud. inst. usoversh. vrach., 1936, 6: 57-9, 2 pl.—Goelet, A. H. Cysts of the kidney. Ann. Gyn. Pediat., Bost., 1903. 16: 501-7.—Hartmann, H. Kystes du rein. Rev. prat. mal. org. genitourin., 1905, 2: 381-9.-—Heiziss, H. M. [Cases of solitary renal cyst] Vest, khir., 1941, 62: 84-6.—Hepler, A. B. Solitary cysts of the kidney; a report of 7 cases and observations on the pathogenesis of these cysts. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 668-87.—Herbst, R. H., & Polkey, H. J. Solitary renal cysts. Tr. North Centr. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 26-39. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 37: 490-503.—Higgins, C. C. Solitary cysts of the kidney. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1932, 1: 83-97.—Hyman, A.. & Leiter, H. E. Solitary cyst of the kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1942-43, 9: 571-7 — Hymans, F. [Kidney cysts] Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 169; 193, 8 pl.—Joseph, M. A case of large solitary cyst of kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 245-7.—Kisman [Renal cysts] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2317.—Kneucker, A. W. Zwei Falle von Solitarcysten der Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 563.—Kretschmer, H. L. Solitary cyst of the kidney; report of 5 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 179-82 — Lameon, O. F. Solitary cyst of the kidney. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1929) 1930, 39: 357-63. Also Northwest M., 1930, 29: 206-8.—Lazarus, J. A. Solitary cvst of the kidney: report of 2 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 698-703.—LeComte, R. M. Symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of renal cysts. South. M. J., 1938, 31: 632-6.—Lefevre. Kyste volumineux d'un rein droit. J. med. Bordeaux 1905, 35: 47.—Leopold, M. [Renal cysts] Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 45.—Lindenfeld, L. Kvstes solitaires du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 18; 119.—Lisovski, L. Sluchal solitarnikh kist llevof pochki. Russ. khir. arch., 1908, 24: 633-40.—Livermore, G. R. Solitary cvst of the kidney; report of a case. Memphis M. J., 1935, 10: No 11,13.—McCrea, L. E. Solitary cyst of the kidney; report of 2 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1943, 60: 328-34—McKay. R. W. Solitary cysts of the kidney. South. M. J., 1932, 25: 234-9 — Magoun, J. A. H. Four unusual types of renal cyst. J. Urol., Bait 1939, 41: 831-49.—Matheson, N. M. Solitareyste der Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 473.—Morgan, J. L. Solitary cyst of kidney; case report. Memphis M. J., 1938, 13: 141. Moss, T. C. Cvsts of the kidneys. Urol. Cut. Rev. 1943, 47: 142-7 —Nash, F. W. G. A case of solitary cyst of the kidney. Brit. J. Urol., 1934, 6: 253-7, pl.—Pautienis. K. [Case of KIDNEV 90 KIDNEY extremely large renal cyst] Medicina, Kaunas, 1038. 19: 917-20.—Pedroso, G., A- Pedroso, R. Quiste unico d< 1 rin6n Vida nuevM. Habana, 1939, 44: 181-205.—Peirson, F. L.. & Dixey, G. M. Simple cysts of the kidney. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: .'in''-14.—Pettinari, V. Contributo alia couoseenza delle cisti solitarie del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1920. 5: 305-18.- Pfaehlcr. P. Beitrac zur Frage der doppelseitigen Siditar- cvstenbildung der Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 221-36.—Pollock, R. Bilateral cysts of the kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 28: 101-4. Also Collect Papers N. York Homeop. M Coll., 1935, 1: 314-21.—Ravich, A., & Turkeltaub, S. M. Solitary cvsts of the kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 260-4 Reichl.E. Zur IGinik solitarer Nierenzysten. Aerztl. Prax Wien. 1041, 15: 70-2.—Robinson, L. J.. eux du rein. 53p. 25cm. Bord., 1937. Bernardes de Oliveira, A., & Pernambuco, M. A. Cysto solitario seroso do polo inferior do rim direito ptosado. Brasil med., 1933, 47: 509-22.—Botto-Micca, A. Sopra alcuni casi di cisti sierose del rene. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 287- 99.—Castano, E., & Astraldi, A. Consideraciones sobre un caso del quiste seroso del rifion. Rev. espsc, B. Air.. 1927. 2: 81-8.—Cinelli, A. P. Quistes serosos del rifi6n; su diagn6stico. Dia med., B. Air., 1942, 14: 816-8.—Damm, E. Entstehung einer perirenalen Urincyste. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 399-401 — Donovan, R. E. Consideraciones sobre tres nuevas observa- ciones de quiste seroso de rifion. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1939, 23: 1181-7. ------ & Malfatti, M. Quiste saroso de rifi6n; 2 observaciones. Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 1092-6.— Dozsa, J. [Clinical data on large serous cysts of the kidneys] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 195-8. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 70-80.—Dujovich, A. Quistes serosos del rifi6n. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1934, 18: 131-41.—Ewert, E. E. Serous cysts of the kidney; operative experience with 22 cases. Lahey Clin. Bull., 1938-40, 1: No. 4, 27-31.—Fish, G. W. Large solitary serous cysts of the kidney: report of 32 cases, including 2 cases cured by aspiration and instillation of 50 per cent dextrose solution. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 514-8.—Fister, G. M. Simple serous cysts of the kidney. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass., 1942, 11: 68-74. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 408-14.— Gennari, G. II liquido nelle cisti renali sierose. Rendic 1st. san. pubb., Roma, 1939, 2: 207-12.—Grimaldi, F. E. Quistea serosos del rifi6n. Prensa med. argent., 1934-35, 21: pt 1, 1181-5. ------ & Rubi, R. A. Quiste seroso y ptosis de rifi6n. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 140-4. —;---- Quiste seroso de riri6n; glomerulonefritis y litiasis asociadas. Ibid., 1942 11: 241-9.—Grove, J. S. Solitary serous cysts of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 661-8.—Gutierrez, A. Gran quiste seroso de rin6n derecho; nefrectomfa transperi- toneal. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1937, 21: 431-9. Also Rev. cir., B. Air., 1938, 17: 229-41.------Consideraciones sobre tres' nuevas observaciones de quiste seroso de rifi6n. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1939, 23: 1136-51.—Koike, M. Zur Kenntnis der solitaren seros'en Zysten der Niere. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai 1926, 2: 557-72.—Latteri, S. Le cisti solitarie sierose del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 113-57, ch.—Lewis, B., & Carroll, G. A case of solitary serous cyst of the kidney. Urol. Cut Rev. 1929,33:145.—Lino, G. Delle cisti sierose del rene. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 865-77.—Masciottra, R. L„ & Diaz Colodrero, A. Quistes serosos simples del rifi6n. Rev. m>d. KIDNEY 98 KIDNEY quir. pat. fern., B. Air., 1939, 13: 550-67.- Mazzini O. F Quiste seroso del rifi6n. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1938 *2. 916-21 - Y.iehon. P, Reflexions sur les grands kystes sereux du rein. Livre jubil. J. \ erhoogen, Brux.. 1929, £07-14.— Molla, R. Contrituci(n al estuoio dc los quistes sc rosus ii< 1 rifi6n Progr. clfn., Madr., 1918, 12: 85-9-Notrder.lxis. \N . |A unilateral large serous renal cj.-t] Ned. tschr. gene.sk 1931, ',5: pt 1, 812-8, 2 pl— Orfila, 1. T. Quistes serosos del rifion. Eol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 14: 1806-20 — Pallotti, A. Sulla cosidetta cisti solitana sierosa del rene. Clinica, Bologna, 1935, 1: 625-52— Pa\.in, M. Nephrectomie partielle pour grand kyste sereux; resultats eloigned. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 169-72—Pavloviky, A. J. A prop6sito tie un quiste seroso del rif,6n. Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2619-25.------Quiste seroso de rifi6n; extirpaciGn. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1938, 22: 813-20.—Perard. Eyste Bereux du p61e inferieur du rein gauche; troubles digestifs dus au refoukment du duodenum constate radiologiquement. RuU. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 215-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38: 61-.".—Rebiui. R. Cisti sierosa del rene. Gazz. osp., I'i^'i 50-471-6— Fcsito.E. Q uiste seroso derin6n; a prop6sito de un caso. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1942, 18: 389-93 — hallerts, J. Quistes serosos corticales del rin6n izquierdo; eih'r- nefrfticos a repetition; enucleaci6n y decapsulaci6n renal; curacien. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 793-9— Salva- tori, G. B. Cisti sierosa del polo superiore del rene sinistro. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1934, 10: pt 1, 425-9.—Tculfcn, W. H., & Vaprer, J. A. Congenital encapsulated multilocular serous cyst of the kidney associated with hypertension; occurrence in a 19 nonths old infant; report of a case. Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1941-42, 26: 177-84.—Vezina, C. Ln cas de kyste Bereux du rein droit. Bull. med. Quebec, 1929, 30: 489. ■--- Cyst: Treatment. Allen, C. D., & Rapedale, J. W. Solitary cyst cf the kidnej J Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 311.—Carson. W. J. Solitary cysts of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1928, 87: 250-6—Dean, A. I. Tieatn cnt of solitary cyst of the kidney by aspiration. Tr. An>. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1939, 32: 91-5.—Ebhardt, K. Lebergrosse Kierenzvste heim 4 Wochcn alten Saugling; Nephrektomie; Heilung. Leut. Zse.hr. Chir., 1931, 232: 426-30.—lories, R. D. Solitai\ cyst of kidney. Surg. Clin. K. America, 1933, 13: 1357-9- Fe.x, J. F. Simple cyst of the kidney, diagnosis and treatment, with report of 2 cases. Am. M. Compend, 1903, 19: 234-7.—Gutierrez, R. Large solitary c\sts of the kidnev; types, differential diagnosis and surgical treatment. Arch." Surg., 1942, 44: 279-318. —----pis- tint ivos tipos dc los grandes quistes solitarios del rifi6n; diag- nostico diferencial v tratamiento quirurgico. America clin., 1913, 5: No. 2, 11-20—Higgir.s. C. C. Solitary cysts- of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 868-79.—O'Conor, V. J. Re- section of large solitary renal cysts; description of a sntis- factory technic. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1V35, 28: 83-91.—Orrrond, J. K. Solitary cyst of the kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 241-3.—Russell, J. I. Solitary cysts of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1935. 101: 1279-83.—Saint-Jacques, E. Kystes du rein; nephrectomies; guGisons. L'nion me>d. Canada, 19C3, 32: 571-6.—Stevens. A. R. Solitary cyst ol the kidnev; escision of cvst vith suture of kidney. Am. J Surg., 1933, 19: 140-2.—Wallers. W., & Watson, J. R. A conservative procedure for treatment of solitary renal cysts. Burg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 651-5. ---- Cyst—in animals. Bakos, K. [Cystic liver and kidney in the lion] Allatorv. lap., 1939, 62: 253-5.—Esrronet. Maladie kystique du rein chez le lapin. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80: 337.—Erruse. C, & Feiling, O. Nierencysten und ihre Korrplikationen beim Reh. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1937, 72: 116-30.—Lcch- boehler, G. J. A specimen of cystic kidney in a hog. Tr. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1899) 1900, 4: 62—O'Conor. V. J. Resection of large solitary renal cvsts; description of a satisfactory technic. J. Lrol., Ealt., 1936, 35: 561-8.— Petit, G. Gros kystes du rein chez le bceuf. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78:418. ---- Cystadenoma. See also subheadings (Adenocarcinoma; Ade- noma; polycystic) Beresin, I. V. [Case of perirenal adenocystoma] Urologia, Moskva, 1932, 9: 43.—Bras, G. [Papuliferous adenomas (cystoma) of the kidney] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2856-8, pl.—Cahill, G. F., & Gile, H. H. Pi,\ illary car- cinoma of the kidney with cystic formation, containing over 8 liters of fluid. J. Lrol., Bait., 1928, 20: 203-10.—Colston, 3. A. C. Solitary cyst and papillary cysts den ore a occurring simultaneously in one kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1927, 20: 115-20. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 285-90 — Cunningham, J. H., & Swan, C. S. Papillary cystadenoma of the kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 25-34.-—Frwcett, A. W. Case of congenital cvstadenoma of the kidney. Brit. J. Surg., 1933, 20: 687.—Fculde, G. S. An unusual kidney tumor; malignant papillary cystadenoma and papillary carcinoma with clear cells. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1941, 34: 9-13. Also J. Lrol., Ealt., 1942, 48: 131-5.—Frontz, W. A. Lnusual case of tumor implantation following nephrectomy for papillary cyst-adenoma. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1926, 19: 351-5. Also J. Urol., Bait.. 1927, 17: 1215.—Hayward. W. G. Mabgnant papillary cystadenoma of the kidney; case report. lt>iri 1940, 44: 259-63 —Heckel, N. J., & Gould. 11. V. A report of a papillary rxstadenona of the kidney. Ibid., 200-5.- Heifetz. A. B & Diek'-te'n E. A. |( Astoadenoma of the kidney] Nov. khir. •u kh 1940, 46: 266-9.—Jaegpy. E. Kystombildung im Bereiehe eines Renculus. Virchows Arch., 1906, 185: 268-78, ol- heller. H. Ein Fall von Eystadenom der Niere des Schweincs: Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1932-33, 43: 348-50.— Kcsler E F. Papillary cystadenoma of the kidney; a case report ' Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass., 1941, 10: 75-9. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 46: 505-9.- hrocius A. Om de med niurbiickenet kommunicerande pararenals cystoma. Fin. la'k sail, hand., 1903, 45: pt 2, 78-106.— McFarland, J. Papuli- ferous cysts of the kidnev. J. Med. lies., 1008, 19: 115-9, pl.— MacKenzie, D. W.. & Wai'gb, T. R. Cystadenoma pseudo- papilliferum malignum of the kidney with metastases in the tongue Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1927, 20: 121-35. Also J Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 331-45.—Marion. Un cas rare dVpithVliorna kvstique du rein. Bull. Foe fr. urol., 1931, 159-67.—Ockerblsd, N. F., & Carlson, H. E. Malignant papillary cvstadenoma in a double kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1938 40: 572-6.—Pilcher, I . S. Cystoma of kidney; nefrec- tomv. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, 16: 469—Salleras. J. Adenoma qufstico de papila renal izquierda; hematurias muy prolongadas; nefrectorcfa: curaci6n. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 719-26.— Satta P. Contributo alia conoscenza dei cistoadenomi me- sonefrici. Rass. ostet. gin., 1905, 14: 496; 545.—Scalfl, A. Su un raro caso di adenoma cistico del rene a struttura com- plessa. Ann. ital. chir., 1939, 18: 559-97.—Schmidt, A., A Frrus, K. Ueber ein Cystadonom der Niere mit Schleim- bildung und ein papillaris Adenom. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 3256-9.—Scudder, C. L. Nephrectomy for cystic adenoma in a pregnant woman; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, 1895, 110: 646-51.—Shure, T. P. Retroperitoneal papuliferous cystadeno carcinorra. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1937, 30: 393-400.—Spencer, W. G. A boy 3 years after the removal of a large rvstie adenoma of the left kidney. Tr. Clin. Soc. London, 1904-05, 38: 222—Stirlirir, W. C. Primary malignant papillary cyst-adrnoma of the kidnev with fungating growth in pelvis. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 105-78.—Volland. W. Eeitrag zur Kenntnis der retroperitonealen pararenalen Kystome. Beitr. path. Anat.. 1938, 101: 410-6.—Wong, W. Y. Papillary cvstic adenocarcinoma of kidney; abstract of record. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 244-6, 2 pl. ---- Cytology. See also subheadings (Histology; Histophysi- ology) Arceseapu. S„ & Feyal, P. Etude cytologique du tube de Malpiphi du dytique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1151-4.— Avel, M. Le me'canisme de la coloration des mitochondriea par le bleu de methylene dans le rein des amphibiens. Ibid., 1925, 92: 870.—Blurrerfeld, C. M. Periodic and rhythmic mitotic activity in the kidnev of the albino rat. Anat. Rec, 1938, 72: 435-43.—Brodersen, J. Eiriges iiber die Zellen der Patiptstiicke in der MPuseniere. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch. 1931, 25: 362-75, pl—Caroli, A. Su un reperto di element germinali nel parenchirra renale di Bufo viridis Laur. Att. Accad. fsiocr. Siena (1926) 1927, 10. ser., 1: 509-14.—Chavez, T. T. Contribucii n al estudio nucleolar del rifi6n normal y patoligico. Pev. mex. bicl., 1935, 16: 41-57, 5 pl.—Cherno- zrukova, T. M. [Problem of the somatic cariotype of adult man; chromosome pattern of cells of the renal epithelium of man] Piull. eksp. biol. med., 1940, 10: 119.—Fastlick, H. L. The effect of fat extraction on Golgi bodies of kidnev cells of the fro?. J. Morph. Physiol., 1936, 59: 441-5L—Feyel. P. Contribution a l'etude des constituants de la cellule rCnale chez quelques verteLres (amphibiers et poissons lophobranches) Arch. arat. rricr.. Par., 1928, 24: 359-414, 3 pl. ----- L'appareil de Golgi dans les cellules renales des batraciensj Wsultats des techniques convergentes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 362-5.------Action des colorants vitaux basiques et aeides. Ibid., 416-8.------Sur l'existence et le rrle de cellules speciales dans le segment intermediaire et le tube de Bellini du rein chez la souris. Ibid., 1934, 115: 1148- 51.—Hurst, F. W.. Cooke, B. T. [et al.] Nuclear inclusions developing in the kidneys of Australian opossums maintained under laboratory conditions. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1943, 21: 149-52, pl.—McMaster, P. D., & Flman, R. The relative reaction within living mammalian tissues; the intracellular reaction of the kidnev epithelium and its relation to the reac- tion of the urine. J. Exp. M., 1928, 47: 797-820.—Randerath, F. Zur normalen und pathologischen Anatomie der Deck- ^cllen des Nierenkorperchens. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1932, 15: 182-7.—Renyi, G. S. A terminal framework in kidnev cella of the garter snake. Anat. Rec, 1936, 66: 75-80.—Sekl, K. Studien iiber die Silbergranula in dem Nierenepithel. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 19-21.—Suriyama, S., &Tatibana.K. Phagocytic properties of the epithelium-cells of the kidney. Tr. Soc path, iap., 1933, 23: 373-6, 2 pl.—Trossel, I. von. Leber den Leukozytengebalt der Niere des Neugeborenen und des Stuplings. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1926 3 F 63* 127-54.— Uwatolkc, V. Zur Kaliumgranula in Nierenepithelien. Nagoya J. M Sc, 1927, 2: 11-4.—Verli*c, H., & Godin. B. Recherches y'tr,0flo\,e8,"ir La,£ell"!e.rfna'e des seiaciens. C. rend. 8oc. biol 1931. K6: 278.—7oia. I Sui recenti studi di citologia renale. Lav. Congr. med. int. (1905) Roma, 1906 15- 196. KIDNEY 99 KIDNEY ---- Decapsulation. See Kidney, Nerves: Surgery. ---- Degeneration. See also subheadings (Amyloidosis; polycystic) also Nephrosis. Groll, H. Lmersuchungen zur Frage der triiben Schwellung. Krankheitsforschung, 1927, 5: 126-49, tab. Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1927, 22: 154-7.—Johnson, F., & Smetana, H. Experimental colloid droplets in renal epithelium. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 635.—Mcchulsky, S. A. [Roentgen diagnosis of complete caseous degeneration of the kidnevs] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 105-12.—Reichel. Entartung der linken Niere. Prov. San. Ber. Med. Coll. Konigsberg (1842) 1844, 33-6.—Wirsbury-White, H. P. Single caseous nodule in kidney. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1932, 55: 114. ---- Denervation. See Kidney, Nerves: Surgery. ---- Dermoid. See also subheadings (Cyst; Teratoma) Boni, E. Scpra un raro caso di ciste deimoide del rene. Osp. msggiore, Milano, 1906, 1: 386-400; 434.—Fahri, A. Dermoiocyste der Mere. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 628.—Jeaibiau, E., & True, E. Fyste dermoide du rein. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1923, 14: 439-43.— Rider, A. G. A case of dermoid cyst of the kidney: malignant degeneration. Lancet, Lcr.d., ]£06, 2; 1589.—Fcss J. C. Der- moid and allhd cjsts ef ihe kidney. Piit. J. Surg., 19o7-?8, 25: 293-8.—Stevens, A. R. Dermoid cyst of kidney. Am. J Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 93-7. --- Development [and growth] See also subheadings (Abnormity; Function: Development, etc.) Delafontaine, P. *Etudes sur le rein des vieillards. 202p. 8? Par., 1929. Unterslchungen lber Batj und Entwick- lung der Niere. Jena, Heft. 2, 1927. Waldeyer, A. Die Entwicklung der Vogel- niere mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Gefassystems; Untersuchungen am Ruhnchen [Freiburgl p.723-65. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1931, 96: Azema, M. Sur la formation des vesicules renales et le developpement du rein chez Ascidia mentula (Mull) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 1S3: 1129-31—Bsirsti. A., & Migliarci. L. Trasformazioni dello stroma del rene dei rramrciferi durante 1'ontogenesi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 53. Ricerche Bull istogenesi e sull accrescimento del rene. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1939, 29: 44-59.—Bcrcea, I. Sur quelques faits relatifs au developpement du rein des elasmobranches. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1905, 140: 672-4.—Broekmann, A. W. Form- und Lageentwicklung der Nieie. Morph. Jahrb., 1936, 77: 605- 65.— Dinjf.o, J. Vergleichende Studien uber die Entwicklung der Nachnieren-, und Lrnierenanlage bei Vogeln (Lntersuchung bei den Embiyonen yon Lroloncha domestica Flower) Oka- yama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 537.—De Walscl e, L. Etude sur le developpement du pronephros et du mesone'phros chez les cheloniens. Arch, biol., Par., 1929, S9: 1-59, 3 pl.—Emery, C. Studi intorno alio sviluppo ed alia morfologia del rene dei teleostei. Atti Accad. Lincei, 1881-82, 3. ser., 13: 43-50, pl — Gersh, I. The correlation of structure and function in the de- veloping mesonephros and metanephros. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1937. 26:35-58.—Giatcir ir.i, E. Sulla anatomia microscopica e sullo sviluppo dei corpuscoli di Stannius dei ganoidi. Rendic Accad. sc. Bologna, 1931, 35: S9-103 — Gray, P. The development of the amphibian kidney; the development of the kidney of Triton vulgaris and a comparison of this form with Rana temporaria. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1932, 75: 425-65, 5 pl.----— The post-metamorphic de- velopment of the kidney, and the (development of the vasa efferentia and seminal vesicles in Rana temporaria. Ibid., 193.5-36, 78: 445-73, 4 pl.—Gruenwald, P. The mechanism of kidney development in human embryos as revealed by an early stage in the agenesis of the ureteric buds. Anat. Rec, 1939, 75:237-47, incl. pl. ------ Distribution and activation of the nephrogenic potency in the chick embryo. Ibid., 1942, 82: 417 (Abstr.) ------ The normal changes in the position of the embryonic kidney. Ibid., 1943, 85: 163-76. Stimulation' of nephrogenic tissue bv normal and abnormal inductors. Ibid., 86: 321-39, incl. 2 pl.—Haller, B. Zur Phylogenese des Nierenorgans (Holonephros) der Knochen- fische. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1908, n. F.. 36: 729-801, 11 pl.—Haringa, R., & Dobrovolny, C. G. Studies on the development of the kidney of the eel. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 463 (Abstr.)—Hill, E. C. On the first appearance of the renal artery, and the relative development of the kidneys and Wolffian bodies in pig embryos. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1905, 16: 60-4, 2 pl.—Hoadley, L. The nephros, with special iol£f?«)S the pro- and mesonephric portions. J. Exp. Zool., 1925-26, 43: 197-223.—Kromhout, G. A. A comparison of the protonephnciia of fresh-water, brackish-water and marine specimens of Gyratrix hermaphroditis. J. Morph 1943 72- u- ?*' T1, £ Pl-—Kurati, M. Leber die Entwicklungsge- schichte der Reptihenniere; Lntersuchung an Schildkroten ocieQmJ£ys JaP?nica) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: ^0(8-80.—Lelievre, A. Recherches experimentales sur revolu- tion et le fonctionnement de la cellule renale. J. anat phvsiol Par., 1907, 43: 502^4, 3 pl.; 593.—Mazzarelli. G. I reni pnmitivi dei molluschi. Monit. zool. ital., 1903, 14: 354-7 — Migliardi, L. Caratteri delle membranelle basali dei canalic'oli durante listogenesi del rene. Ibid., 1937, 48: 167-74__ Milman, M. S., & Levin, I. E. [Problem of the changes in the kidney cells during their growth] J. teor. prakt. med., 1924, 1: 49-56.—Mori, R. Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Nieren- anlage; die Mammalien, besonders die Mauseembryonen Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 209-12; 1555. ______ Leber die skeletotopischen Vernaltnisse der Nieren- und Nebennierenanlage (bei Rattenembryonen) Ibid., 1937, 49: 1260.—Narr.bu, T. Studien uber die Entwicklung der Nieren- anlage (Lntersuchung am Meleagris gallopavo Linne) Ibid., 1936, 48: 2260.—O'Connor, R. J. 1 he evolutionary significance of the embryology of the amphibian nephric system. J. Anat Lond., 1940-41, 75: 95-100.—Ohuji, T. Studien uber die Entwicklung der Nierenanlage, besonders iiber die morpholo- gischen Verhaltnisse bei Laninchenembryonen. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1935, 47: 916.—Pasteur Vallery-Radot & Delaftntaire, P. Le rein des vieillards. Presse med., 1930, 38: 265-8.—Peter, K. Zur Entwicklung der Niere. \erh. Anat. Ges., 1927, 36: 12-7.------Die Entwicklung der menschlichen Niere nach Isolationspraparaten. Untersuch. Bau & Entw. Niere, Jena, 1927, 517-64. ------ Der Ausbau der N ierensubstanz. Ibid., 565-648, pl.—Sandstrom, C. J. Additional observations on heteroplastic chorio-allantoic grafts of embryonic duck kidney tissue. Physiol. Zool., 1934, 7: 279-303, 2 pl. ------ Reciprocal chorio-allantoic transplants of embiyonic duck and chick kidney tissue. Biol. Bull. 1936, 70: 36-49.—Sn ith, H. W. The evolution of the kid- ney. In his Stud. Physiol. Kidney, Lawrence, 1939, 35-69.— Stcerk, O. Zur Entwicklung der menschlichen Niere. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1903, 16: 715.— Takti, T. Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Nierenanlage, besonders iiber die der Mam- malien, insbesondere bei Schweinembryonen. Okavama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 2C95-8. ------ Studien iibeV die Entwicklung der Nierenanlage, besonders iiber die des Harn- kanalchensystems bei Raninchtnembryonen. Ibid., 3165.— Torrey, T. W. The development of the urogenital system of the aibino rat; the kidney and its ducts. Am. J. Anat., 1943, (2: 113-47, incl. 3 pl.—'luda, S. Listologic investigation of the foetal kidney. Jap. J. Obst., 1934, 17: 337-41. ------ Experimental study of the renal disturbance in foetal period. Ibid., 1935, 18: 233-6.—Waterrran. A. J. Growth and differ- entiation of kidney tissue of the rabbit embryo in omental grafts. J. Morph., 1940, 67: 369-85, incl. 2 pl.—Wishard, W. N., jr. Embryology, congenital anomalies, anatomy and histology of the kidneys. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1932, 25: 168- 71.—i a re ane v, V. N., & Markelova, I. V. [Form-eleveloping correlation of body parts in Hydra; correlation of the kidney with the adjacent fragment of the zone of budding] Biult eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 38-40. ---- Development: Meso- and metanephros. See also Wolffian body. Albrard, M. Die Anlage der Zwischenniere bei den Uro- delen. Arch. mikr. Anat., 1908, 72: 353-85, 3 pl.—Altschule, M. D. The changes in the mesonephric tubules of human embryos 10 to 12 weeks old. Anat. Rec, 1930-31, 46: 81-91 — Brockmann, A. W. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit Starkenstein: Leber die Anlage und Wanderung der Nachniere beim Men- schen. Morph. Jahrb., 1938, 81: 21-3.—Brown. A. L. An analysis of the developing metanephros in mouse embryos with abnormal kidneys. Am. J. Anat., 1931, 47: 117-71.— Burlend, T. H. The origin of the archinephric duct of verte- brates. Ibid., 48: 261-98.—Burns, R. K., jr. Development of the mesonephros in Amblvstoma after early extirpation of the duct. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 111-3 — Chafe, S. W. The mesonephros and urogenital ducts of Necturus maculosus Rafinesque. J. Morph., 1922-23, 37: 457-518, 6 pl.—Curry, L. F. A cytological study of the proxi- mal and distal tubules of the mesonephros of Necturus macu- losus (under normal and experimental conditions) Ibid., 1929, 48: 173-25.—Cymbal, V. E. [Experimental histological in- vestigation of the epithelium in the metanephros of mammals] Tr. Gistol. konf., Moskva (1934) 1935, 1. Conf., 138-41.— Danjho, J. Studien iiber die Entwicklung des Vornieren- und Lrnierenganges bei Vogeln (besonders bei den Embryonen von Columba domestica) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1935, 47: 1614. Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Urnierenkanalchen; iiber die Entwicklung bei Vogeln, besonders bei den Embryonen von Columba domestica. Ibid., 1919. ----- Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Urnierenkanalchen bei Vogeln; besonders iiber die Morpholcgie des einzelnen Urnierenkaniilchens bei den Embryonen von Meleagris gallopavo. Ibid., 1936, 48: 1933. ---■—- Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Vorniere und des Urnierenkorpers auf den friihen Entwicklungsstufen (Beobachtung bei den Kaninchenembryonen) Ibid., 2074.— Deen, K. J. van, & Haan, J. de. The effect of acid dyes on the explanted mesonephros of chick embryos. Acta neerl. morph,, KIDNEY 100 KIDNEY 1940, 3: 282-300- Du Rois, A. M. Demonstration experi- mental!' de 1 activity du nu'sonephros dans l'embrvon de poulct. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1021.—Engels, H. G. Leber Lmbildungsvorgangc im Kardinalvenensystcm bei Bildung der Lmiere (nuch Lntersuchungen am Froschj Morph. Jahrb., 1935, 76: 345-74, 3 pl— Flexner, L. P., A Ger.sh, I. The corre- lation of oxypen consumption, function and structure in the developing n:. lanephros of the pig. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1'.•:■;7. 26: 123-7.—Grale, E. Beitrage zur Entwicklung der Lrnure und ihrer Gefasse beim Hiihnchen. Arch. mikr. Anat., lOO.'i, 67: 143-230, 5 pl.—Gray. P. The development of the amphibian kidney; the development of the mesonephros of Rana temporaria. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1929-30, 73: 507—46, 5 pl.—Ito, I. Studien iiber die morphologische Ent- wicklung der Urnierenkanalchen. Okavama igakkai zassi, l'JMii, 48: 2099; 2413; 1937, 49: 132; 303; 560; 601.—Janosik. J. Leber die Entwicklung der Nachniere (Metanephros) bei den Anmioten. Arch. Anat. Entw., 1907, 23: 82, 4 pl.—Kampmeier, O. F. Leber das Scfiicksal der erstgeformten Harnkanalchen der hlciK.nden Niere beim Menschen. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., 1919, Anat. Abt., 204-20, 2 pl.------The metanephros or so-called permanent kidnev in part provisional and vestigial. Anat. Rec, 1926, 33: 115-20— hozlik, F., & Erben, B. Die Form und die histoloirische Dil'b renzicrung menschlicher Lrnierenkani.lchen. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1935, 38: 483-502.—Kurati, M. Systematische Untersuchung iiber die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Nachniere bei Wachtelembryonen (Coturnix coturnix japonica) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 2509.—Machemer, H. Differenzierungsfahigkeit der Urnierenanlage von Triton alpesuis. Arch. Entwmech., 1929, 118: 200-5L—Maschkowzeff, A. Die morphologischen und phylogeneti.-chen Beziehungen des Mesonephros zum Pronephros. >:orph. Jahrb., 1935, 75: 568-95.—Milford, J. J., jr. Studies on homoplastic and heteroplastic' trans- plantation of mi tanephric primordia to the coelom of the chick embiyo. Physwl. Zool., 1941, 14: 344-54, 2 pl.—Miillendorf, von. lunktii'iielle Entwicklung der Urniere von Rana fusca. Deut. med Wschr., 1'Hv, 45: 368. Alsc Med. Klin., Berk, 1919, 15: 250.—Mori, R. Leber die Morphogenese der Nach- nierenanlage und die Rotation des Nierenbeckens bei Vogeln; Untersuchung am Sperling (Passer monlanus saturatus) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 2877-9.—O'Connor, R. J. Experiments on the development of the amphibian mesone- phros. J. Anat., Lond., 1939-40, 74: 34-14, 3 pl.—Poll. H. Die Aidage der Z-wischenniere bei den Haifiscben. Arch, mikr Anat., 1903. 62: 138-74, pl. ------ Die Anlage der Zuischen- niere bei der europ: ischen Sumpfschildkrote (Emys europaca) nebst allgemeinen Bemerkungen iiber die Stammos- und Entwiekelungsgeschichte des Interrenalvstems der Wirbeltiere. Internat. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1904, 21: 195-291.—Runner, M. N. Persistence of mesonephric tubules of the rat embryo in intraocular grafts. Anat. Rec, 1941, 81: Suppl., 40 (Abstr.)— Shikinami, J. Detailed form of the Wolffian body in human embryos of the first 8 weeks. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst 1920. 18: No. 93, 49-61, 7 pl.—Simasaki.' Y. Entwicklungs- meehanische lntersuchung uber die Urniere des Bufo. Jap J. M. Sc, 1920-30. 2: 291-319, 2 pl—Starkenstein, W. I ein r die Anlage und die Wanderung der Nachniere beim Menschen. Morph. Jahrb., 1938, 81: 8-20.—Tiiro, E. Leber Lrnieronregression. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1935, 37: 101-27.— Wzlkrt, J. Contribution a la question de la fonction du me'sonephms chez les mammiferes. Bull, histol appl Lyon 1932. 9: 169-73.—Weinberg, E. A note on the origin and histogenesis of the mesonephric duct in mammals. Anat Rec. 1929, 41: 373-86.—Zymbal, W. E. Experimentell- histologiscne LTntersuehungen iiber das Epithelgewebe des Metanephros. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1935-36, 18: 146-209, pl. ---- Development: Pronephros. Armstrong, P. B. The embryonic origin of function in the pronephros through differentiation and parenchyma-vascular association. Am. J. Anat., 1932, 51: 157-88.—Bates, G. A. The prone 1 Lie duct in elasmobranchs. J. Morph., 1914, 25: 345-73.—Core ier, R. Sur le pouvoir resorbant du pronephros de la truite. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 112-4.—Danjo J Beobachtungen uber die Entstehung des Vornierenganges' fiber die \ogel, besonders bei den Embryonen von Uroloncha domestica Flower. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 2263 — Fagiclo, E. Espianto dell'abbozzo del pronefro in anfibi anuri e urodeh. Momt. zool. ital., 1934, 45: Suppl., 254-7.—Fales, D. E. Experiments on the determination and development of the pronephros of Amblystoma punctatum. Proc Soc Exd Biol. N. Y 1931 26: 182-4. ------ Experiments on the development of the pronephros of Amblvstoma punctatum J. Exp Zool., 1935, 72: 147-73.—Fraser, E. A. Observations on the development of the pronephros of the sturgeon, Acipenser rubicundus. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1927, 71: 75-112 21 pl — Guitel, F. Sur la persistance du pronephros chez les teleosteens C. rend Acad, sc, 1908, 147: 392-4.-Ito, I. Studien iiber die Entstehung des \ ornierensystems; iiber die Anuren, besonders bei den Embryonen von Bufo vulgaris japonicus. Okavama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 1272.—Mibayasi. R. Leber die'Ent- wicklung des \ ornierensystems bum Piesensalamander. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928, 88: S8-111; 1929, 90: 614-58 — O Connor, R. J. Experiments on the development of the prone- phnc duct. .1. Anat., Lond., 1938-39, 73: 14.5-54 pl — Peters, H. Leber Heterotopien des Colomepithels an der Lnuerenleiste menschlicher Embrvonen; ein Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Mullerschen Ganges seiner akzessorischen Ostien, der Nebcntuben und spttteren cystischen Anhiingen an Tube und Ligamentum hit in". Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.. 1928, 86: 348-92.—RUckert, J. I ebnr die Glomeruli der Vorniere von Torpedo und elercn arterielle Gefasse. Arch. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1917, 90: 1. Abt., 387 494, 4 pl. - Simasaki, V. Leber den Einfluss der bilaterulen Elimination der Vorniere auf den Gcsamtorganismus eler Rana-nigromaculata-L.irvc Jap. J. M. Sc, 1929-30. 2: 257-68, 2 pl. — Transplanta- tion der Vorniere von Larven der Anuren-Amphibicn. Ibid., 269-70. ----— Ueber die Resektion des Nephrostomal- karmkhens der Vorniere bei Bufolarven. Ibid., 277-89, 2 pl.— Stroer, VV. F. H. The development of the pronephros in the common perch (Perca fluvistilis L.) Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1932, 75: 557-69, pl.—Tourneux, F.. & Sou lie, A. Sur l'exis- tence d'un pronephros rudimentaire chez l'embryon de taupe et sur ses relations avec 1 hydatide pediculee. C. rend. Ass, anat., Nancy, 1903, 5: 55-8.—Waddington, C. H. The morpho- genetic function of a vestigial organ in the chick. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1938, 15: 371-6, pl. ---- Disease. See also subheadings; also Glomerulonephritis; Nephritis; Nephrosis; Pyelonephritis; Urinary tract, Disease, etc. Ball, W. G., & Evans, G. Diseases of the kidney. 424p. 8? Lond., 1932. Floyd, R. Kidney disease from the physician's viewpoint. 181p. 8? N. Y. [1926] Gutierrez, R. Anomalies of the kidney; hydronephrosis; movable kidnev; iniuries of the kidney, p.374-509. 8? Phila."-, 1936. In Modern Urol. (Cabot, H.) 3. ed., 2: Jimenez DfAZ, C., & Del Canizo, A. En- fermedades del rin6n (nefritis) 259p. 8? Madr., 1934. Kahler, H. Die Nierenerkrankungen. 98p. 8? Wien, 1929. Lichtwitz, L. Die Praxis der Nierenkrank- heiten. 3. Aufl. 359p. 8? Berl., 1934. Rathery, F. Nephropathies et nephrites. 207p. 8? Par., 1934. ---- & Fromentt. Precis de pathologie in- terne; maladies des reins. 806p. 8? Par., 1935. Ribierre, P. Manuel de pathologie renale. 708p. 8? Par., 1931. Schlayer. K. R. Die Nierenkrankheiten in der Praxis. 101 p. 8? Munch., 1926. Also 2. Aufl.,135p. 1939. Also Russian transl. SOp. 8? Leningr. [1927] Strauss, H. Die Nephritiden und nichtent- zundlichen Nierenerkrankungen; ihre Diagnostik und Therapie. 4. Aufl. 400p. 8? Berl., 1926. Tareev, E. M. [Diseases of the kidneys] 692p. 22J£em. Moskva, 1936. Varela, M. E. Nefropatias. 7. ed. corr. & aum. 366p. 23cm. B. Air., 1937. Also 8. ed., 422p. 1941. Beaumont, G. E., & Dodds, E. C. The kidneys. In their Recent Advanc Med., 10. ed., Lond., 1941, 35-71 .—Bell, E. T. Nephritis and nephrosis. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: Tnoo Bennetl* T- L Renal disease. Practitioner, Lond., 1936, 137: 576-80. ------ Nephritis and nephrosis. In Bnt. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 9: 134- /S~, ra~s: y* A> Nephritis and nephrosis. In Rev. Med. (Boshes, B.) Chic, 4. ed., 1940, 120-3; 5. ed., 1942, 123-5.— ?urrje,,;,kv,S- T- NePhritis and pyelitis. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 67-9.—Cipriani, C. Malattie del rene. In Med. int. (Ceconi) Tor., 1932, 1: 612- ,no^"oirw,^n• 5: Phases of the kidney. J. Florida M. Ass., 1927-28, 14: 74-8.—Evans. H. Enfermedades renales. Dfa med., B Air., 1943, 15: 663-6.—Fontenelle, O. Affeccoes renaes. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 1- 5.—Guerard, J. Maladies des reins. Bull. med. Quebec, 1926, 27: 110-9.—Heni, F. Nephrose und Nephritis. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 660.— Hoesslip. H. von. Vorlesungen uber Erkrankungen der Niere. Med. Klin Berl., 1937, 33: 625; passim.—Jeter, H. Nephro- id" '"'s. TJ- Oklahoma M. Ass.. 1931, 24: 109-12.—Lacerda, !>'• ,nm , Tfi'' *• de- Acerca das nefropatias. Impr. med., Lo, 1)41 17: No 326, 84-92.—Lebermann. F. UeberNieren- krankh.-iten. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 32-5.—Licht- witz, L. Nierenerkrankungen; Anatomie, Ursachen und Harnveranderungen (auch Uramie) einschliesslich Funktions- prufungen der Niere. Handb. norm. path. Physiol. (Bethe, A., Hermann, G von, et al ) Berl. 1929, 4: 510-80.-Mif8ke. B Nierenerkrankungen. Med. hhn., Berl 1941 *7- di ne reactions of the kidnev to disease. Chn. J., Lond., 1938, 67: 386— Rusznyak, I. "[Extrarenal factors m kidney diseases] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 645-56.— Sochanski, H. [Pathogenesis of kidneys and the sympathetic nervous system] Polska gaz lek., 1926, 5: 5-9.—Volhard, F. Sobre el estado actual de a doctrina de las enfermedadea renales. Dfa med., B. Air., 1939, n: 368-71 uc^auc KIDNEY 107 KIDNEY ---- Disease: Pathology. Babes, V. Les substances colorables par le Gram- Weigert dans le rein malade. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 321-3. ------Leber durch die Weigertsche Fibrinfarbungsmethode blau farbbare Anteile der kranken Niere. Virchows Arch., 1909, 197: 536-48, 2 pl.—Battaglia, F., & Aragona, P. Sulla diagnosi istologica di processi patologici in reni putrefatti. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1936, 7: scritti, 395-400.—Bonney, C. W. Some aspects of the clinical anatomy of the kidney. Urol. Cut Rev., 1938, 42:362-5.—Breton & Butruille, P. Cholestea- tome du rein. Echo med. nord, 1904, 8: 32.—Burns, L. The osteopathic pathology of the kidneys. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1934, 33: 196-9.—Casper, L. Nierentod, Niereninsuffizienz und funktionelle Nierenuntersuchung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 442-5.—Cowdry, E. V., & Scott, G. H. Nuclear inclusions in the kidneys of Macacus rhesus monkeys. Am. J. Path., 1935, 11: 659-68, 2 pl.—Davis, J. E. Functional and structural changes in the kidneys. Internat. J. S., 1926, 39: 299-305. ------& Shute, E. V. A study of 250 consecutive pairs of kidneys with a correlation of the gross, microscopic, and clinical observations. J. Detroit Coll. M. & S., 1929, 1: 3-19.—Dietrich, A. Leber den Fettgehalt pathologisch ver- iinderter Meren. Verh. Deut. path. Ges. (1907) 1908, 11: 10-7.—Di Prisco, J. Estudio comparativo entre clinica y anatomfa patologica de las nefropatias del Hospital Vargas. Rev. Policlin. Caracas, 1943, 12: 157-83.—Feuillie, E. Etude anatomo-clinique des stades de debut des maladies des reins et du foie. J. med. fr., 1927, 16: 313-7.—Frey, W. Probleme der Nephritis und Nephrose. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1361 (Abstr.)—Gekhtman, A. N. K patologii pochek. Russ. vrach, 1905, 4: 228.—Giles, B. F. On the increased mortality in England and Wales from kidney diseases, with special refer- ence to boron preservatives as a factor therein. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 1346.—Gottlieb, J., 7 -91.—Levitanus, M. B. [Case of fixation of a misplaced kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1935, 12: 70.— Musrhat, M., & Keieiken, L. Renal displacement. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 146-50— Pilshchik, M. G. [Reposition of displaced kidnev by V. A. Gorash's method] Urologia, Moskva, 1934, 11: 16-9. Diuresis. See Diuresis; also Kidney, Function. ---- Diverticulum. Bernardi, R. Resultado operatorio de un gran diverticulo renal. Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 395-416.—Hawlisch. F., & Heilig, W. Leber einen Fall von abnormer Hohlenbildung am oberen Pol der linken Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 97-100. ---- double. See also subheadings (Fusion; supernumerary) also Kidney pelvis, Abnormity. Mettler, E. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Xierenmissbildungen: Doppelnieren mit abnorm mundendem Harnleiter. 59p. 22^cm. Ziir., 1939. Rotjffilaxge, F. *L'heminephrectomie dans le traitement des affections chirurgicales du rein double. 91 p. 25!2cra. Lyon, 1938. Schafft, E. *Zur Anatomie und Klinik der Doppelniere. 31p. 8? Halle, 1928. Scharf, A. *Ueber Doppelnieren [Halle] 31p. 22cm. Brnschw., 1935. Thom, B. *Harnleiter- und Nierenverdoppe- lung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der extra- vesikalen Harnleitermundungen [Berlin] 64p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Allemann, R. Zur Chirurgie der Doppelniere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1193. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir 1932-33. 238: 225-38.—Arsh, I. E. [Double kidneys and ureters; incontinence of urine due to ectopic sphincter of the auxiliary ureter] Vest, khir., 1932, 27: 69-75—Bach, E. [Roentgenology of double kidneys] Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 192.—Bager. B, Un cas d'h6mi-nephrectomie pour rein double avec hydro- nephrose de la moiti£ infeneure. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 71: 75-81. ------ Ein Fall von Doppelniere mit diagnostischem Interesse. Ibid., 1938, 81: 36-42, 3 pl.—Baines, G. H. Super- numerary and ectopic ureters; carcinoma of a double kidney, with ectopia of one ureter. Brit. J. Surg., 1940-41, 28: 314-9.— Beer. E., & Mencher. W. H. Heminephrectomy in disease of the double kidney; report of 14 cases. Tr. Am. Surg Ass 1938, 56: 241-65. Also Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 705-29.— Bryan, R. C. Massive stone in the pelvis of a double kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1935, 28: 117-37.— Burstein. H. 3. Double kidney with Y-shaped ureter and ureteral calculus in an infant. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: ^75-7.—Caffee, W. M. Double right kidnev, with complete duplication of pelvis and ureter; calculus in pelvis of the left kidney. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1940-41 17- 66-8 — Char, G. Y., Shih, H. E.. & Wen, I. C. Duplication of the kidney and ureter. J. Lrol., 1936, 36: 305-26.—Davies, J. L. A double pyelogram showing a double kidney. Brit. J Urol 1929, 1: 189-91.— Day, R. V. Double kidney. Urol. Cut' Rev., 1933 37: 73-80—Di Natale, L. Su le anomalie congenite dei rem e degh ureteri (rene doppio a sinistra di cui uno pio- nefrotico, con uretere a sbocco vulvare) Arch. ital. chir 1934 37: 104-27.—Durand & Pelloux. Pyonephrose gauche totale'- duphcite de 1 uretere et du rein droit; l'un de ces reins est en pyonephrose, l'autre est sain. Lyon med., 1914, 122: 599__ Egger, K. Papillares Ca. im obern Nierenbecken einer Doppel- niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1624.—Gejrot W Em Fall von Heminephrektomie bei Hydronephrose in einer Doppelniere. Zschr urol Chir 1927, 23: 57-61.—Girotto, R., & Nacif, V. RinOn desdoblado con ureter dobls unilateral Rey As med. argent., 1936, 50: 795-9. ------& Unchalo, F' KinOn desdoblado con bifurcaci6n ureteral. Ibid 1935 49- 821-5.—Goldstein, A. E., & Shaw, C. C. Bilateral supernu- merary fused kidneys with bilateral reduplication of ureters- a clinical and pathological study with report of 6 cases Urol' Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 459-65.—Grant, W. S. Congenital anom- maly of urinary tract; case report, double kidney and ureter in small girl J. Nat. M. Asa., N. Y. 1942, 34: 11.—Heckenbach, W Die Heminephrektomie bei Erkrankungen der Doppelniere £bl ™, 1Fdb 19??',f5: 289579°0. Also Zschr. urol. Chin, 1928 Tuj G}^~THeJlBtr"m' J- Zur Kenntnis der Doppelnieren Ibid., 1927 23: 31-56.-Herbst. R. H. A case of double right: kidney, double ureter, one ending blindly; calculus pyonephrosis of upper pelvis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 611-4 — Howard, L. L. Double kidney and double ureters with ectopic ending of one ureter. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass 1942 11 96-9. Also J. UroL, Bait., 1943, 49: 436-9.—Ionel, T. A Sur I'anatomie et le diagnostic du rein double. J. urol. med., Par.. 193.-), 39: 408; 531; 40: 38.- -Jumes. W. L. A case of tumor in the upper pole of a double left, kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1010, 44: 700. Jonsson, E. Un cas de rein et d'uretere doubles s'accompagnant d'alterations patholoiriques rares. Acta chir. scand., 1933, 73: 262-8.—Karetta. K. Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Doppelniere beim Schwein. Winn, tieriirztl. Mschr., 1928, 15: 403-5.—Kneucker, A. W. 1 hippnlhydrone- phrose in einer Doppelniere. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 1012.—Lange, G., & Meyerstein. A. Uebor vereiterte Doppel- nieren im Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh., 1927, 44: 218-24.— Lintz, R. M. Bilateral double kidnev with duplication of ureters. Ann. Int. M„ 1932, 5: 924-31.—McBee. T. J. Bi- lateral double kidney with duplication of ureters. West Vir- ginia M. J.. 1933, 29: 257-62.—Marsella, A. Contributo alio studio del rene doppio. Arch. ital. urol., 1932-33, 9: 107. — Monserrat, J. L. Malformaci6n renal bilateral; hipoplasie y esbozo de duplicaci6n renal; pelvis dobles; hipoplasi.i y ,'ino- malias en el ntimero de las arterias renales; glomerulonefritis cr6nica. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1931, 10: 252-67.—Ockerblad, N. F., & Carlson, H. E. Hypernephroma in a double kidney Brit. J. Urol., 1938, 10: 259-65.—Priestley, J. T., km. [B. Air., 1937] Aba!, J., & Dominguez, C. M. Etude clinique et anatomo pathologique dun cas de kyste hydatique calcine du rein Arch internac. hidatid., Montev., 1936-37, 2: 187-94.-Babini, K. Contributo alio studio della cisti da echinococco del rene.. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 581-8.—Barrett, W. A. Primary echi- nococcosis of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 44: 389-96.— Becke, A. von der, Di Cio, A. V., & Rey, S. Quiste hidatfdico de nfi6n Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 1029-39. Also Rev. Soc. med int B. Air., 1927, 3: 458-65. Also Sem. med., * a'-i1-9!27, 34Vpt 2, 1186-9.—Begg. R. C. Hydatid disease ot the kidney; the echinococcus in general and its mode of access to the kidney. Brit. J. Surg., 1936, 24: 18-40 ----- Renal echinococcosis in Australia and New Zealand. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1936-37, 6: 108-33.—Bernard, Goinard, P., & Le Genissel. Kyste hydatique calcine du p61e inferieur dU, rein-„ BuU- Soc- radiol. med. France, 1937, 25: 145-7 — Bilser, F., & Branzeu, P. Le kyste hydatique du rein. J. urol. med., Par 1937, 44: 457-66.—Blum, V. Ueber Nieren- echinococcus. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 46-52—Bressot. E. laSo^eo«y4tlgUeIer.m6.et calcifi6 du rein droi*- Lyon chir., lifT\-a l3"TT•~",By!,n8„k/• G- h [Case of echinococcus of the k?ft kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 1, 106—Castex M. R., Maggi, A., & Orosco, G. Hidatidosis renal y pararenal. mZft^d- f rgfe?K" 1-94A V\ pt *• 283-94.-Cervenansk?. J. L,Jd7atlcrC~ ?- rf^t kldn?y] Cas. lek. desk., 1932, 71: &-^S3r-«£L SiTnTctrpzir,,r &gT&£a M^&co^^^A^^" 'j£^° S A. | 29.—Elhort, J. M. rCalee'nf AonK- 'taL chir- "27. 6: ^ i^ase of echinococcus of the kidney.] KIDNEY 113 KIDNEY Sovet. med., 1940, No. 12, 25.—Ferrandiz Senante, V. Los quistos hidatfdicos de rifion. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1931, 1: 388-404.—Ferrari, R. C. Lquinococosis renal. Dfa m6d., B Air., 1938, 10: 511-3.—Fillenz, K. Echinokokkus der Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 96-100.—Fisher, E. M. Hydatid cyst of the kidney. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 1: 627.—Geyman, M. J., & Clark, D. M. Echinococcus cyst attached to kidney; case report. Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 31: 541.—Giraud. P., Salmon & Jouve. Kvste hydatique du rein chez un enfant de 10 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 718-24.—Goinard, P. Les kystes hydatiques du rein. Bull, med., Par., 1930, 44: 275-7.—Goldberg, A. Z., & Fomenko, M. M. [Case of renal echinococcus] Vrach. delo, 1941, 23: 455.—Grindlay, J. H., & Walters, W. Echinococcus disease of the kidnev; report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1940, 15: 341-5.—Grove, H. Quiste hidatfdieo multilocular del rifion derecho. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1927, 5: 144.—Huffman, L. F. Echinococcus cvst of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 197-203.—Hurley. V. A case of hvdatid of the kidney. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1933, 2: 326-30.—Insausti, J. L., & Oliva, E. Ouiste hida- tidico del rin6n. Actual, med., Granada, 1941, 17: 329-33.— Jeanneney, G. L'echinococcose renale. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 36-44.—Kairis, Z. Zur pathologischen Anatomie des Echinokokkus der Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 677-SO.- Lee-Brown, R. K. Renal hydatid disease. J. Urol., Halt. 1930, 23: 611-26.—Legueu, F. A propos des kystes hydaliqiir.- du rein. J. urol. m§d., Par., 1934, 37: 445.—Livermore, (i. R. Echinococcus disease of the kidnev. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 19-24.—Lopez, L. E. Hidatidosis renal. Bol. hosp., Caracas, 1943, 42: 110-5.—Lucena, J. M. Equino- coccosis renal bilateral. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1935, 9: 174. Also Rev. san. nav., Valparaiso, 1935, 5: 50-3.—Makevnin, N. E. [Echinococcus cyst in kidney] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: No. 4, 260-2.—Manuilov, A. I. [Problem of echinococcus of the kidney] Omskv med. J., 1928, 3: 25-9.—Maraini, B., & Molina, L. R. Estadfstica y comentarios sobre hidatidosis renal en el servicio de la catedra de clinica genito-urinaria de Buenos Aires. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 1: 250-2.—Masse, Blanchot & Poulin. LJn cas de kyste hydatique du rein. Bordeaux chir., 1939, 10: 178-80.— Meltzer, M. Echinococcus cvsts of the kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1925-7.—Michon, L. A propos d'un kyste hydatique du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 302-6. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 363-6— Millul, G. Contributo alio studio delle cisti da echinococco del rene. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 154-62.—Mirizzi, P. L., & Ricci, A. A. Hiddtides retroperitoneales, renal y pararrenal. Rev. cir,, B. Air., 1942, 21: 118.—Noordenbos, W. [Echinococcus of the kidneys] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 1362-7.—Pagliere, L. E.. & Schiappapietra, T. Recopilaci6n de varios casos de hidatidosis renal. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 1: 257-63.—Pereda, J. J., & Dietsch, J. R. Contribucion al estudio de los quistes hidaticos pararrenales; presentacion de dos casos. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 245- 55.—Perez Andres, F. Consideraciones acerca de dos casos de quistes hidatidicos renales. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1932, 20: 226.—Poddighe, A. Contributo alio studio dell'echinococco renale. Riforma med., 1929, 45: 634-9.—Racic, J. Zur Kenntnis des Nierenechinokokkus in Dalmatien. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 292-300.—Reay, E. R. Hydatid disease of the kidney. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1941-42, 11: 9-23.—Rivoir, J. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Nierenechinokokkus und ein Fall von doppelseitigem Nierenechinokokkus. Beitr. klin, Chir., 1937, 166: 96-100.—Rowlands, R. P. Hydatid cyst of the kidney. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1929, 79: 117-22 — Schapira, A. Quiste hidatico de rifi6n. fern. m£d., B. Air. 1936, 43: pt 1, 633-6.—Schepel, J. A. C. [Renal echinococcus in a 2-3 ear old child] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2. 5705-7, 2 pl.—Schmidt, A. Ueber Niereneehinokokkcn. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 444-57.—Sighinolfi, P. Sull'echinococco del rene. Riv. radiol., 1930, 2: Suppl. No. 1, 129-34.—Smirnov, V. A. [Four cases of renal echinococcus] Tr. Novosibir. gosud. inst. usoversh. vrach., 1936, 6: 74-8.—Sorrentino, M. Su di caso di echinococco renale. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 783-5. ■----- Echinococco del rene in soggetto gia operato di echinococco pulmonare. Ibid., 1935, 51: 716-20.—Stern- bach, K. Nierenechinococcus. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 204.—Surraco, L. A. Consideraciones sobre la topografia del quiste hidatico del rifi6n. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1932, 17: 818-58.------El quiste hidatico del rifion; su topografia, diagn6stico pielogrdfico, su terapeutica. Ibid., 1938, 23: 1-134, 32 pl. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 326-30. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1938, 52: 129-35. ------ Renal hydatidosis. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 581-6. ------& Larghero Ibarz, P. El quiste hidatico del rifion; su topografia, su diag- n6stico pielogrdfico, su terap6utica. Actas Congr. amer. urol, (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 1: 37-162.—Tarnowsky, G. de. Primary echinococcus cyst of the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 783-93.—Tenenbaum, J. Echinococcus cyst of kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1704.— Toinoff, W. Echinococcus renis dextri. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 303.— Uffreduzzi. L'echinococcose de la logo renale. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 347-51.—Valdoni, P. La cisti da echino- cocco del rene. Clin, chir., Milano, 1928, 31: 981-1007.— Vasiliev, A. I. [Case report of echinococcus of the kidnev] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 1, 104.—Vila, E. L. Con- sideraciones sobre ocho observaciones de quistes hiddticos del riti6n. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 785-800. Also Rev. cir., B. Air., 1929, 8: 158-68. ---- Echinococcus: Complication. _ Sultan, G. *Sur un cas de rupture trauma- tique de kyste hydatique du rein. 102p. 24^cm. Alger [1937] F 7 Cowan, A. F. A hydatid cyst of the kidnev, complicating the puerpenum. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1929, 36: 592-4, pl.—Davson. J. Malignant hypertension associated witli hydatid disease of the kidney. J. Path. Bact.. Lond., 1941, 53: n-h, P1-—Echinococcus cyst and double kidney. Radiogr. Chn Photogr., 1932, 8: No. 4, 14.—Erdelyi, J. Gemeinsames Vorkommen von Mischgeschwulst und Echinokokkus der Niere. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1928, 38: 858-60.—Larghero Ybarz, P. Peritonitis purulenta e hidatica por quiste hidatidico del nn6n. Arch. urug. med., 1940, 17: 595-617.—Stassi, M. Rarissimo caso di associazione in un rene di tbc. renale e cisti da echinococco. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1938, 17: 107-10. ---- Echinococcus: Diagnosis. Esclangon, L. A. *Le diagnostic radiologique des kystes hydatiques du rein. 52p. 25cm. Marseille, 1936. Arrues, L. D. Quiste hidatico de polo superior de rifi6n; tmagen atipica. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 441-3.— Becker, H. Diagnosestellung und Therapie beim Nierenechino- coccus an Hand eines operierten Falles. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1943, 258: 23-8.—Begg, R. C. Pyelography in renal hydatids. Brit. J. Surg., 1936-37, 24: 691-702.—Borrell, J. H., & Barnes, J. M. Renal manifestations of hydatid disease; report of a case. N. York State J. M., 1933, 33: 1390-3.—Chauvin, E. Kyste hydatique suppurfi du rein ouvert dans le bassinet. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 95-9.— Cocco, G. Aspetti radiologici delle cisti da echinococco del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1939, 16: 238-67.—Gheorghiu, E. [Difficulty in diagnosis of renal hydatid] Spitalul, 1929, 49: 99.— Imbert, M. La pyelographie dans les kystes hydatiques du rein. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 153-65.—Jeanbrau, E., True, E., & Heran, J. Kystes hydatiques du rein ouverts dans le bassinet; presentation de pyelographies. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, l6: 346-50.—Kairis, Z. Zur Frage des Hydatidenschwirrens. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 714.—Lacerda, F. de. Quisto hidatico pararrenal, diagnosticado pela aortografia. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 249-52.—Pels-Leusden, F. Zur Diagnose und Behandlung^ des Nierenechinococcus. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 63: 2981-8.—Revesz, V. Fiir Echinococcus gehaltene Nieren- steine. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1921, 28: 440-2, pl.—Rucken- steiner, E. Die Rontgenzeichen des Nierenechinococcus. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 372-4.—Stark, W. Ueber die Schwierigkeit dsr Nierenechinococcusdiagnose und den zweck- miissigsten Operationseingriff. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 2888-93.— Wedenski. D. Zur Diagnose des Echinokokkus der Niere und des retroperitonealen Zellgewebes. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 694-710. ---- Echinococcus: Treatment. Kessler, A. *Pyelotomie bei Nierenechino- kokkus; Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Nierenechino- kokkus und seiner diagnostischen Schwierig- keiten. 20p. 8? Rostock, 1919. Allende, J. M. Quistes hidaticos del rinon; cirugia con- servadora. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1940, 24: 258-69. Also Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1941, 20: 276.—Bengolea, A. J. Nefrectomia parcial por quiste hidatico del rifion abierto en la pelvis. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1926, 10: 445-51. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 619.—Caeiro, J. A. Quiste hidatico calcificado del rinon abierto en pelvis renal. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1937, 21: 617-27.—Castafio, E., & Astraldi, A. Sobre un caso intere- sante de nefrectomia por lesiones asociadas, litidsica y quiste hidatidico. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 696-701.—Chauvin, E. Kyste hydatique suppure du rein ouvert dans le bassinet; intervention; guerison. J. urol. meii., Par., 1934, 37: 347-50.— Compan, V. Contribution a l'etude de la chirurgie du kyste hydatique du rein. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 509-16, 2 pl. Also in Livre jubil. J. Verhoogen, Brux., 1929, 153-63.— Del Valle, H. (h.) & Saravia, C. Quiste hidatico de rin6n; cirugia conservadora. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1940, 24: 282-4.— Del Valle, H. (h.) & Garre, E. S. Quiste hidatico de rifion; cirugia conservadora. Ibid., 168-82. Also Rev. cir., B. Air., 1941, 20: 270.—Ferruccio, B. Sindrome addisoniana in un caso di echinococco renale destro; nefrectomia transperitoneale ed estrazione della cisti; guargione. Gazz. osp., 1933, 54: 1307-11.—Gutierrez, A. Quiste hidatidico del rin6n derecho; extirpacion del quiste con reseccion en cuna del parenquima renal. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1926, 10: 442-5. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 32: pt 2, 617-9. ------ Quiste hiddtico de rinon izquierdo; nefrectomia. In Libro de oro M. R. Castex, B. Air., 1940, 1: 529-33.------Allende, C. I., & Saravia, C. Quiste hiddtico de rinon; cirugia conservadora. Bol. Acad. argent, cir., 1940, 24: 190-3—Gutierrez, A., & Garre, E. S. A proposito de quiste hidatidico elel rin6n; cirugia conservadora. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1941, 20: 318.—Jaanidi, S. S. [A case of echinococcus of the kidney removed by abdominal nephrecto- my] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 1113-5.—Kairis, Z. Zur chi- rurgischen Behandlung des Nierenechinococcus. Zschr. urol. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- KIDNEY 111 KIDNEY Chir 1934, 39: 22-7.—Krestovskv. V. [Surgical treatment of renal'cchinococcus] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 169-79.—Martin, L. Recidive dun kyste hydaticnic du rem, ouvert dans le bassinet; rein A double uretere; nephrectomie; guerison. Lyon chir., 1936, 33: 447-9 —Nicuise, V. Du traitement du kyste hyda- tique du rein, notamment par nephrectomie pariielle. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1925, 34: 502-8.—Oulic. Ltude des indications operaK-ires duns le.- kystes hydatiques du rein; a propos de 4 r-a> traites par la reduction sans drainage apres formolage. Bull. S.c. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 718-22 — Serapin, K. P. Lkhinokokk pochki i yevo khirurgicheskoye liechenie. Lai tup. russ. chir.. 1898, 3: 133-56.—Spurr. R. Quiste hidatico del rifi6n derecho; enucleaci6n sin nefrectomia. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 402-6.—Stark, V. A. [On the difficulty in diagnosing echinococcus of the kidney and what the surgical intcifi r<-un- should be] Vest, khir., 1928, 14: 92-5.—Surra Canard. R. de. Evoluci6n tardia de un quiste hidatidico de rinon mai.-upializado. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air.. 1 '.<:•£*'. 2. Congr., 1: 264-76.—Woodman, G. S. Two cases of hydatid cvst of the kidney; excision; recovery. Brit. J. Lrol., 1931, 3: 299-305. ---- Ectopy. See also subheadings (Abnormity; Displace- ment; Fusion) Bundorf, M. *De l'ectopie renale unilaterale. 58p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Fuchs, A. R. *Ueber das haufigere Vorkom- men der kongenitalen Nierendystopie auf der linken Spite [Frankfurt] 15p. 8? Lpz. [1928] Also Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 367-76. Loh, R. *Die kongenitale Nierendystopie. 27p. 8? Giessen, 1935. Oloff, H. *Ein Beitrag zur kongenitalen Nierendystopie. 31p. 22^cm. Marb., 1936. Zambrano M., M. A. *Ueber die Missbildun- gen der Niere mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der kongenitalen Lageanomalien der Niere [Berlin] 28p. 23^cm. Charlottenb., 1936. Anson, B. J., & Riba, L. W. The anatomical and surgical features of ectopic kidney. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 37- 44.— Raumm. H. Beitrag zur kongenitalen Nierendystopie. Mschr. Ceburt.-h. Gyn., 1926. 73: 213-6.—Bobbio, A. Con- tributo alia casistiea delle ectopic renali. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34. 10: 443-62.—Caglar, K. [Two rases of renal ectopy] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1938, 67: No. 24, 44-54.—Campbell, M. F. Penal ectopy. J. Lrol., Bait., 1930, 24: 187-98 — Clark, A. M. Ectopic kidney. Glasgow M. J., 1937, 128: 45-7.—Cor tini. V. < ontiibuto alio studio delle ectopie renali. Arch.-ital. chir., 1939, 55: 430-59.—Costa, G. Contributi clinici alia nozione delle distopie renali. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 475-513—Crosbie. A. H. Ectopic kidney with the report of 3 ca=es. Poston M. & S. J., 1927, 196: 1045 — Davidson, B. Renal ectopia, with abdominal and pelvic symptomatology. Urol. Cut. Bev., 19.c.8, 42: 334-6.—Duncan. I. G. A'alp isitions of the kidnevs and ureters. Menn, hi- M. J., 1942, 17: 78 M.- Fra.er. E. B. Congenital renal d\ste>pia. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1935,39: 381-5.—Gamble, P. G. Report of 4 eases of unilateral ectopic kidney. South. Surgeon, 1942, 11: 731-6.—Goldberper, M. A. Ectopic kidney; report of 2 cases. Moint Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 24-7— Hirsfeld, R. [Dystopia renis] Cas. lek. cesk., 1926, 65: 437 — H la vac, J. Dystopia renis congenita. Wien. med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 186 (Abstr.)—Lagleize, G. Ectopias renales bajas. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1939, 38: 111-4.—Laughlin, V. C. Renal dystopia, ectopia; a report of an interesting case and brief review of the literature. J. Lrol., Bait., 1942, 47: 632- 41.—Macera, J. M., & Gaig. R. Ectopia renal. Arch, argent. pediat., 1936, 7: 108-11.—Mackenzie, D. W., & Hawthorne, A. B. The ectopic kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1937, 30: 121-43. ------ The ectopic kidney; report of 13 cases exclusive of horse-shoe kidneys. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1937, 6: 13-20. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 39: 479-86.—Marianchik, L. P. Ein Fall von Nierendystopie. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 4-8. Also Vest, khir., 1932, 27: 182-4 — Marinescu, G. [Considerations sur 2 cas de rein ectopique] Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 259, pl.—Marion. Les ectopies renales. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 721-4.—Mehta, S. B. A case of ectopic left kidney. Intl. M. Gaz., 1937, 72: 613 — Moffa, L. Les ectopics renales. J. urol. meci., Par., 1930, 41: 409-23.—Morris, H. L., Sherman, W. L., & Bninton, J. F. Renal dystopia; a review of 343 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1932, 17: 395.—Moura, P., & Pontes, L. T. Ectopia renal. Rev. brasil. med. farm., 1931, 7: 91-101.—Oneto, G. Contributo alio studio delle ectopie renali. Arch. ital. urol., 1937, 14: 259-82.— Priman, J. II significato atavico della ectopia congenita del rene. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1926, 46: 395—413.—Puget, E., Toyos, V., & Huergo Pino, M. Un caso de ectopia renal derecha. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1934, 39: 729-32.—Ratner, G. A. Cas de double adherence des reins loges du memo cote. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 505-8.—Rusche. C. F., & Bray, J. L. Renal ectopia; report of 2 cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1943. 50: 123-30.—Settergren, F. Ectopia renis congenita. Acta chir. ecand., 1932-33, 70: 563-90, 11 pl.—Sexton, W. G. Renal ectopia. Tr. North Centr. Am I'riL Ass 1.1.11, 1-5. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1935, 33: 521-5.- Shchakhl.aslan. E. [Congenital dystopia of the kidney*! Sov t. kh"-. ' '31. 16: 190-201.—Stephan, S. Leber k<> 'te'ntde Nierendystopie. Zbl. Gyn.; 1941, 65: 1151-64, 2 pl. Talmaim, I. M. Dysteipia renis congenita. Zschr. urol. Chir.. 1028, 25: 386—408.— Teliants, N. P. [Congenital malposition of the kidneys] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med.. Tashkent, 1934. 4: 60-6.— Thompson, G. J., & Pace, J. M. Ecte)pic ki«lne\ ; a review of 97 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 64: 935-13. -Weber. W. Ein Fall von Nierendystopie. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 996.— Wolff, K. von. Versuch einer einheitlichen Erkhuung des iitiologischen Faktors bei der Entstehung der Nierendystopien und iiber die Aetiologie der sogenannten embryonalen Adeno- myosarkome. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 1-16. ---- Ectopy: Associated abnormities. See also subheadings (Aplasia; supernumerary, etc.) Klein, E. *Ueber Nierenmissbildung; ein Fall von dystoper, hypoplastischer Niere mit extrarenalem Nierenbecken und extrarenalen Kelchen [Koln] 20p. 22cm. Dusseld., 1936. Brown, E. L., & Gertler, M. Some anatomical anomalies; ectopic kidneys with abnormal renal vessels. McGill M J 1940-41, 10: No. 3, 48-54— Chenault, H. C. Unilateral fused kidney and ectopic right kidney. Mil. Surgeon, 1935 77: 89-91.—De, M. N., & Sinha, S. C. A case of displaced and malformed kidney. J. Anat., Lond., 1934, 68: 357-60.— Dziembowski, S. de. Rein kystique ectopique siippm/-; incision suivie d'une fistule urinaire persistants; n^phreetomic guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 428-32- Manilla, a] Due casi di rene unico congenito ectopico idronefrotico. Arch ital. urol., 1930, 6: 495-514.—Necker, F. Vereiterte Riesen- cyste einer dystopen Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 114.—Patuschinskaia-Hefter, F. [Dystopia of right kidney with absence of right ureter] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1277-80.— Richter, H. Verlagerung und Verwachsung der Nieren beim Pferd (Heterotopia symphysis renum equi) Deut. tierarztl Wschr., 1928, 36: 556-8.—Schmuckler, B. A. Zur Frage der Nierenanomalien; ein Fall einer einzigen dystopierten Niere Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 252-7.—Vautrin. Ectopie d'un rein polykystique; ablation. Rev. m6d. est, 1907, 39: 153-5. ---- Ectopy, bilateral. See also subheadings (Ectopy, lumbal; Ectopy, pelvic) Calzetta, R. V. Ectopia renal bilateral. Bol. Ateneo, La Plata, 1937, No. 3, 4-8.—Fernandez, C, & Alba, F. Resefia clinica de un caso de ectopia renal bilateral. Med. ibera 1934, 28: pt 1, 340-2.—Fowler, H. A. Bilateral renal ectopia; a report of 4 additional cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 45: 795- 812.—McCown. P. E. Bilateral renal ectopia. Ibid , 1929, 22: 653-65.—Morgan, E. K., & Stone, C. M. Bilateral renal ectopia. Ibid., 1937, 38: 427-9.— Quinn, W. P. A case of bilateral renal ectopy. Ibid., 1940, 44: 10-2.—Radici, G, La dhtopia renale bilaterale. Minerva med., Tor., 1939, 30: pt 2, 181 O.— Schillinps. Ectopic renale bilatdrale. Arch. mal. reins, 1928 29,3:517-51. Stern,LA. [Case of congenital displacement of both kidneys in a new born] J. rann. detfk. vozr., 1932, 12: 142. ---- Ectopy: Complication. Dagnan, Y. *De l'ectopie congenitale du rein dans ses rapports avec la grossesse et l'ac- couchement. 78p. 8? Par., 1937. Bock, H. Akute Tuberkulose einer dvstopischen Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 101-5—Chiaudano, C. Calcolosi primaria in rene ectopico. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. chir., 366-72. ------ Un caso di calcolosi primaria in rene con- genitamente ectopico. Med. prat., Nap., 1924, 9: 183-5.— Chutro, P. De tumor sangrante ele rifion derecho ect6pico; nefrectomia sin drenaje. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 3: 251-71.—Eiken, T. [Case of pyonephrosis of an ectopic kidney] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: Jyd.sk Med. SeLsk. Forh.. 19-21.—Esau. Der Abszess an der dystopischen Niere. Zschr. Lrol., 1933, 27: 73-9.—Fraticelli, A. Un caso di rene ectopico caleoloso. Radiol, med., Milano, 1930, 17: 325.—Fruchaud, H. Hydronephrose d'aspect anormal eleveloppee sur un rein ecto- pique et operfe pour un kyste de 1'ovaire. J. mol. m6d., Par., 1933, 35: 33-6.—Gayet, G., & Douillet, M. Sur un cas d'in- farctus dans un rein ectopique. Lyon med., 1932, 149: 693- 700.—Hunt, V. C. Ectopic pyonephrosis with stones. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1457-00.- Jones, R. T. Calculus in an ectopic kidney. Brit. J. huts., 1934-35, 22: 886.— Lafzczower, M. Leber Steinbildung in kongenilal dystopen Nieren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 35: 136-48.—Legueu & Fey, Cak-nls dans un rein malforme et en ectopie; difficultes du diagnostic. Bull Soc. fr. urol., 1924, 3: 33-9— Martin Santos, !'AooColcui^re,noal e^ ,rlfi6£ ect°P>co. Rey. san. mil., Madr., 1933, 23: 409^12.—Oden, O. [Case report of renal ectopv with &qo° «P ESi* Ti c*ntcer degeneration] Sven. lak.'tidn., 1938, 35: 762. Also Acta chir. scand., 1938-39, 81: 425-38, KIDNEY 11 3 p]__pagliani, P. Pionefrosi calcolosa in rene ectopico con ectopia e calcolosi dell'adelfo. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35, 11: 303-10—Peycelon. Volumineuse pyonephrose dun rem ectopique; nephrectomie transperitoneale. Lyon med., 1926, 137- 93-5—Reid, H. An obscure case due to calculus in the pelvis of an ectopic kidney. Brit. J. Surg., 1924-25, 12: 198.— Scontrino, A. Distopia renale congenita e gravidanza. Arch. ostet gin 1928, 35: 145-69.—Twinem, F. P. Calculi in ectopic kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 11: 106—Zinsstag, J. Ein Fall von schwerer Beckenlaesion und Nierenlager- quetschung (der normalen Nierengegend) bei Dystopie der Niere dieser Seite. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 422. ---- Ectopy, crossed. Gtjnther, H. *Ueber Nierenmissbildungen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der gekreuz- ten Nierendystopie (drei neue Beobachtungen) 27p. 8? Marburg-Lahn, 1931. Sahm, A. *Ein Beitrag zur gekreuzten Nieren- dystopie mit Missbildung des Skeletts und Uro- genitalsystems. 27p. 21cm. Konigsb., 1938. Aizenstein, M. S. [Case of congenital crossed dystopy of the kidneys] Klin, med., Moskva, 1937, 15: 1485-7.— Alcock, N. G. A case of calculus pyonephrosis in a crossed ectopic nonfused kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1920, 19- 299-315.—Babaiantz, L. Une variety rare d'ectopie renale croisee. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22: 216-8. ----- Contribution a 1'eLude de l'ectopie renal croisee. J. radiol. electr., 1934, 18: 561-7.—Barry. T. R., & Garvey, F. K. Crossed renal ectopia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1232 — Bazemore, W. L., & Golsan, W. R. Crossed ectopia of the kidney; report of case. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1939, 28: 235.— Beebee, M. L. Crossed ectopic kidney. Colorado M., 1927. 24: 255.—Begg, R. C. Hetero-lateral ectopia of the right kidney. Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 1049, pl.—Bernasconi. Un cas de tumeur renale dans un rein en ectopie croisee acquise. Bull. Soc. radiol. m£d. France, 1937, 25: 1.35.—Boeminghaus, H. Missbildungen der Harnorgane unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der gekreuzten Nierendystopie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 170: 754-71.—Borchardt, M. Geschwulstbildung bei gekreuzter Nierendystopie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 439-41.—Bruni, P. Sinfisi renale unilaterale ed ectopia renale crociata. Arch. ital. chir., 1939, 55: 562-99.—Bueno, M. M. Situacao unilateral de ambos os rims; apresentagao dum caso. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 749-51.—Canigizni, T. Ein Fall von gekreuzter Dystopie der Niere. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 103-5.—Carleton, A. Crossed ectopia of the kidney and its possible cause. J. Anat., Lond., 1937, 71: 292-8.—Cazzamali, P. La distopia crociata dei reni. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 49: 201-24.—Chevassu, M. Ectopie renale croisee. Mem. Acad. chir., Par., 1940, 66: 169r73. —:---- & Bayle, H. Ectopie renale croisee d'un rein unique. Ibid., 173—5.—Cifuentes, P., & Ontanon, G. Un cas de dystopie renale croisee peu commune. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 343-6.—Cole, M. S. Crossed dystopia of the left kidney. Canada Lancet Pract., 1934, 82: 110-3.—Darget, R. Faux aspect d'ectopie renale croisee avec hydronephrose partielle chez une scoliotique; nephrectomie transperitoneale. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 439-42 — Dragonas, E., & Cambassis. G. Un cas d'ectopie renale croisee avec lithiase. Ibid., 1939, 47: 144-7.—Draper, J. W. Crossed renal ectopia, case report. Memphis M. J., 1943, 18: 117.— Elfving, A. R. Ueber gekreuzte Dystopie der Nieren. Acta chir. scand., 1925, 58: 305-10.—Esmenard. Un cas de rein ectopique croise. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 248-51.— Faziani, G. M. Su di un caso di distopia renale crociata. Arch. ital. chir., 1926, 16: 329-52.—Gottlieb, J. G. Dystopie renale croisee. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 139-49.—Gottstein, G. Rechtsseitiger perinephritischer Abscess bei gekreuzter links- seitiger Nierendystopie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 170: 198- 206.—Gouverneur. R., & Dufour, A. Trois cas d'ectopie renale croisee. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 708-12, pl — Guimpelson, E. I., & Fatianova, L. N. Quatre cas de dystopie renale croisee. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 333-46.—Harris, A. Renal ectopia; special reference to crossed ectopia without fusion. J. Urol., Bait,., 1939, 42: 1051-68.—Herbst, R. H. A case of crossed dystopia of the right kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 579-81.—Hess, E. Pyelocystostomy (pyelocvstostomosis) in crossed renal dystopia. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 667-97.—Howard, T. L. Crossed ectopic right kidney without fusiem and a large hydronephrosis of the nor- mally placed left kidney; case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 145-9.—Jacobs, A. A case of crossed renal dystopia. Glasgow M. J., 1933. 120: 41-3, 2 pl.—Landois, F. Ueber gekreuzte Nierendystopie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930, 149: 501-7.—Langworthy, H. T;. & Drexler, L. S. Carcinoma in crossed renal ectopia. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 776-83.— Lavergne, N. Un cas d'ectopie rejnale croisee. Bull. Soc. meii; hop. Quebec, 1935, 359.—McCrea, L. E. Crossed renal ectopia. case report. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 52: 516.—Masci, B. Idro- pionefrosi in rene ectopico crociato. Umbria med., 1925-28. 5:-8: 1424-7.—Mayers, M. M. Crossed renal ectopia. J, Urol., Bait.. 1936, 36: 111-22.—Moure, P., & Marcy, J. Ectopie croisee du rein gauche provoquee par un volumineux kyste parancphretique. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 705-9.—Mucci, D. Ectopia renale crociata. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 625-39.—Nikisin, K. E. [So-called rare diseases KIDNEY in the Red Army; crossed renal dystopia] J. profil. subtrop klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: No. 6, 42-8.—Orlov, G. a! [Morphogenesis of crossed dystopy of the kidneys] Urologia Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 2, 23-6.—Paschkis, R. Ueber einen Fall von gekreuzter Dystopie der Niere. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1165.—Puigvert Gorro, A. A case of crossed pelvis ectopic kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 282-5.—Punin, B. V. [Crossed ectopy of the kidney] Sovet. khir., 1933, 4: 417-21.—Rumpel, O. Nierenresektion bei einseitiger Langniere (gekreuzte Dystopie) Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 1290-5.—Schillings, M., Brenez, J., & Lepiece, A. A propos de l'ectopie renale croisee. Rev. beige sc. med., 1936, 8: 358-68.—Shevliakov, A. F. [Case of crossed renal dystopia] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 3, 82.—Sigal, J. B. Crossed renal dystopia without fusion; case report. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 236-41.— Sklianin, V. S. [Crossed dystopia of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 84-7, pl.—Stites, J. R., & Bowen, J. A. Crossed ectopia of the kidney; case report. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 42: 9-13.— Surraco, L. A. Considerations sur le rein ectopique croise. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 411-3.— Takahasi, A., & Iwasita, K. Gekreuzte Ektopie der Niere, Jap*. J. Med. Sc, Derm. Urol., 1940-41, 2: 93-111. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 1026.—Trincas, M. La distopia renale crociata. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 447-56.— Weidner. Gekreuzte Dystopie der Nieren mit Ausgussteinen; multiple Blasensteine. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 408 (Abstr.)— Wyr.ekoop, C. I., & Gernon, J. T. Crossed renal dystopia without fusion; case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 307-9.— Zeiss. Fiinf Falle von gekreuzter Nierendystopie. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 348.—Zide, H. A., & Maher, E. J. Crossed renal ectopia; report of 2 additional cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 50: 560-3. ---- Ectopy, crossed—with fusion. See also Kidney, Fusion; not identical with double kidney. Adler-Racz, A. Zwei wegen Tuberkulose operierte Falle von verschmolzener gekreuzter Nierendystopie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 253-7.—Reer, E., & Ferber, W. L. F. Crossed renal ectopia (unilateral, fused or elongated kidney) with report of 14 cases clinically diagnosed and 2 cases encountered at autopsy during the past 18 years. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 541-61.—Bethea, J. A., & Peterson, W. L. Unilateral fused kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: 368-72.—Bordas. P. La symphyse renal unilaterale. Arch. mal. reins, 1927, 2: 558- 99.—Carraro, N. Sinfisi renale unilaterale. Arch. ital. urol., 1928-29, 5: 148-55.—Castex, M. R., Astraldi, A., & Dicio, A. V. Sur un cas d'ectopie renale unilaterale crois6e (avec symphyse?) Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 91-101.—Cieza Rodriguez, L. F., Albertali, L., & Barros, A. Sobre un caso de sinfisis renal derecha. Bol. Ateneo, La Plata, 1937, No. 3, 19-22.—Dembo, L. H. Renal ectopia with fusion. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 754-6.—Dennis, W. A. Solitary or fused kidney; with report of a case. Tr. Minnesota M. Ass., 1903. 35: 118-24.—Donohue, P. F. Unilateral fused kidney; report of a case. Minnesota M., 1926, 9: 448-50.—Dourmashkin, R. L. Scrotal hernia of ureter, associated with a unilateral fused kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 455-67.—Ellis, O. J. A case of unilateral fused kidney, crossed ectopia. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 562, pl.—Farkas, I. [Case of both kidneys on one side and adherent to one another] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 275-8. ■------ & Revesz, V. Dystopische einseitig zusam- mengewachsene Nieren. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 759-63.— Foley, F. E. B. Operative division of unilateral fused kidney, with case report. Minnesota AL, 1938, 21: 443-5.------& Wilmer, H. A. Surgery of the unilateral fused kidney with particular reference to symphysiotomy and nephropexy for the relief of pain; recorded operations upon the unilateral fused kidney; collective review. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 70: 155- 70.—Frumkin, J. Unilateral fused kidney; report of 2 cases. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 16-8.—Glesne, O. N. Unilateral fused kidney. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1934, 24: 291.—Gouvea, G. de. A prop6sito de dois casos de ectopia cruzada com sinfise renal unilateral. Hospital, Rio, 1939, 16: 97-102.—Guillemin, A. Rein ectopique croise^ concrescent. J. urol. meii., Par., 1937, 43: 81-5.—Harris, A. Crossed renal ectopia without fusion; report of a 4th case; transperitoneal pyelotomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 252-5.—Hess, E. Unilateral fused kidney with uterovesical fistula. Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 780-2. ------ Unilateral fused kidney with non-obliteration of the hypogastrics. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 695-705.—Idel, A. Hydronephrose einer dystopen Verschmelzungsniere als Geburtshindernis. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 2913-21.— Iscenko, J. La symphyse renale unilaterale. Lyon chir., 1933, 30: 257- 63.—Kalberg, W. Eine einseitige rechte verwachsene Niere. Anat. Anz., 1932, 74: 117-23.—Lavrov, N. V. [A case of dys- topia of a fused kidney] Vest, khir., 1928, 7: 35; 192.— Lazarus, J. A. Unilateral fused kidney, with report of a case in which heminephrectomy for calculus pyonephrosis was performed. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 269-84.—Lindner, H. J. Unilateral fused kidney with calculus; case report. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 972-4.—Looney, W. W., & Dodd, D. L. An ectopic (pelvic) completely fused (cake) kidney associated with various anomalies of the abdominal viscera. Ann. Surg., 1926, 84: 522-4.—Meads, A. M. Unilateral fused kidney (crossed renal ectopia) Tr. West. Soc Am. Urol. Ass., 1938, 7: 118- 23.-—Pierson, L. E. Unilateral fused kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 217-31. ------ & Honke, E. M. Unilateral fused kidney with bilateral ureteral bifurcation. Ibid., 1941, 45: KIDNEY 116 KIDNEY 682- 4 — Rathbun. N. P. Unilateral fused kidney complicated bv calculus. Surg. Clin. X. America, 1927, 7: 1019-55.— Snikin. A. Lnilateroprevertebral fused kidney: with report ol a case. Med. J. & Rec, 1926. 124 : 490—Scalfi. A.. A Silnni, C. Sulla sinfisi unilaterale dei reni ed altre anomalie renali. Boll. Soc med. chir., Pavia, 1940, 54: 459-503- Shore. 1.. R- A report of a specimen of fused pelvic kidney found in a Bantu native of SimI, Africa. J. Anat., Lond., 1930, 64: 344-o2.— Stoecklc, I.. F. Rifi6n ect6pico en herradurn cruzado. ^le(*- n.eid., Valpandso, 1942-43; 1G: 511- Thompson. G. J... & Allen, R. B. Lnilateral fused kidney. Sing. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 729-42.—Thompson. (;. J., & Priestley. J- 1. l'nl" lateral fused kidnev complicated by stone in the left ureter. J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 30: 491 -.V-Townscnd. T. AL. & Frumkin, J. Unilateral fused kidney: repent ol a case. Lrol. C ut. Kev., 1937, 41: 321-30.—Willis. R. A. Lnihileral fusion of the kitl- ■— - J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1931. 3: 402-6.—Wilmer, Lnilateral fused kidnev: a report of 5 eases and a review literature. J. Lrol., Bait,, 1938, 40: 551-71. 1934, 32 nephrose "«i 6d. biol. Monti* 2:il-5.--X'oulawu.Jtonnel^vO..^-'»«^i;i!J Pyo- un rem en ectypi ellier, lOL'o -'( _55-63.—Couvelaire. R. ein en ectopie pelvienne. Hull T ___1 mArl Pnr t *L Soc. fr. urol.. l'.>'v,.'°; • jvlvic ,,, ectopic kielncy. Surg. 169-75.-l>arn«ll. W. I-. ^ 9_ ,)c.wis, j. \\. Congenital r-iin >J Vmenca, 19J0, "• ■.' ' •'■. Lvienne du rem gauche ^^J Boston M. & topic congenitale le pvonophrosc. Bull. urol. med., l'ar., 1934, 37: H. A. of tin ---- Ectopy: Diagnosis. Bazterrica, E., & Monzo. O. R. La ectopia renal como causa de errores de diagn6stico ginecoloffico. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1942, 56: 599-603.—Bernstein, P. The ectopic kidney, a gvnecological diagnostic problem; with case report, Am. J. Surg., 1940, 50: 344-7.— D'Frchia, F. Rene gigantesco ecto- pico simulante un tumore degli annessi uterini. Atti Soe. ital. ostet., 1907, 13: 400-9.—Finochietto, R.. it Mortola, G. A. iRifio'n ectopico o tumor mesentcrico? Rev. cir., B. Air.. 1930, 9: 558-68.—Jiirgens, O. Ectopia renal simulando un em- barazo extrauterine Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1928, 7: 379- 84 —McCay, R. W. Ectopic kidney simulating appendi- citis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 362-5.—Ratner, S. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der dystopischen Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 531. ---- Ectopy, lumbal. ,„,„,-. simulant tine tumeur an IS- iill-7 Kineman. A. H. ' ',im,v. Mod. .1. _ it of 5 cases of unilateral ectopic kidney Mississippi Doctor. 1941-12, 19: 22-5 — Daseler, E. H., et Anson, B. J. Anatomical relations of ectopic iliolumbar kidnevs; bilateral in adult, unilateral in fetus. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 789-802.—Macquet. P. Torsion d'un rein en ectopie lombo-iliaque. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 67-73. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 47: 439-45 — Sixl. A. [Disorders in the rotation of the kidney in lumbar dystopv] Cas. lek. eesk., 1933, 72: 1582-84, 3 pl- Weber. Ein Fall von lumbaler Nierendystopie. Zschr. I rol., 1930, 24: 301.—Zeiss. Kongenitale lumbale Niereiuh stopie. Ibid 1936 30: 198.-----— Kongenitale lumbale Dystopie beide'r Nieren. Ibid., 1937, 31: 301. ---- Ectopy, pelvic. A note on a r: 36: 149-54. David-Bourgade, M. T. *A propos de 3 cas de dystooie par ectopie pelvienne du rein. 62p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1937. Marschak, A. *Irrtumer bei der Erkennung der Beckenniere. 17p. 8? Berl., 1929. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 444-61. Naendrup, H. H. *Ueber Beckenniercn [Miinster] 28p. 8? Quakenbruck, 1932. Vincent, P. Contribution a l'etude et au traitement du rein ectopique pelvien congenital. 122p. pl. 8? Par., 1938. Wegert, H. *Die angeborene Beckenniere [Munchenl 28p. 8? Bottrop, 1936. Alglave, P. Ectopie pelvienne congenitale du rein droit avec inversion des organes du bassinet. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80: 654-6.—Andre. A propos des reins pelviens. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 131-5. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 441-5.—Arenuf, N., & Bpyona, E. Rifi6n ect6pico pelviano. simulando un tumor anexial. Prensa meii. argent., 1937, 24: 2479-84.—Bonacce:rsi. A. Idronefrosi e litiasi in rene ectopico pelvico, con malfoi mazione pieloureterica. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. chir., 24 5-59.—Boylston, G. A., & Anson, B. J. Peh ic kidnev and icnal voxels in a newborn child. J. Urol., Bait., 1938.-40: 502-5- Br; in, R. H. F. Hydronephrosis of a pelvic ectopic kidney. Brit. J. Surg., 1942-43, 30: 191-3.—Bullard, E. A., & DuBois, F. E. Single congenital dystopie pelvic kidnev with rudimentary ureter; successful intercurrent labor Hep. Surg. Staff Womans Hosp. State N. York, 1925-28, 6: 251-5. Also Am. J. Obst. Gyn., 1928, 15: 240- 4.—Caponnetto, A. Rene di sinistra a grappolo per incompleto sviluppo dei tessuto metanefrogeno; rene destro in ectopia pelviea. Monit. zool. ital., 1933, 44: Suppl., 257-61.—Oastano, E. Hidro- pionefrosis en un rifi6n en ectopia pelviana; nefrectomfa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934. 41: pt 2, 537.—Cattaneo, L. Rene cistico in ectopia pelviea congenita simulante un tumore degli annessi (rilievi clinici e anatomo-patologici) Fol. gvn., Pavia, 1927, 24: 455-00.—Chwalla, R. Zur Operation der Becken- niere. Zschr. Lrol., 1930, 33: 381-5.—Cieza Rodriguez, L. F., Albertali, L., & Barros, A. Rifi6n unico con ectopia congenita (rifi6n pelviano) Bol. Ateneo, La Plata, 1937, No. 3, 57-9.— Coppridge, W. M. Bilateral pelvic kidneys. J. Lrol., Bait., pelvienne «u Vr".'',^y;i"9~ \|M1 ,| Soc. fr. wo1- o'"' ' Beitra" zur kenntnis der Ih^ckcnniere. 270-5.-L>reyfuss \>Be,;^,77 _96._ Dufour. F. Ectopie Zschr. ul'°'- V'1'u^,1''i»f<'Mieure d'un rein gauche, hyper- pelvienne deext.to . ^ a|m(,xmlle ni„ique troph.6 etunip, . Simula A_ „ ( .„M„,.,li(!1„y mis. Seed 5Svio) kid..,'' M-d. L & Rec 1020, ,24: 604.- Gamble, P. G. Repor r^^F^'isri'idatidl^l^Vene in ectopia pelviea conerenit; S e n'hi,' Arezzo 1933 35, 4: 272-87.—C.ilman. M. B. Prat, ch..., ^c**n0^enj,.ll,M.|;icki(ine.v. Anat. Pee., 1927 28. Goldberg. H.. & Fowler. H. A. Pelvic m.iHc kidney; report of an additional case J. I ml Bait. 1912 47: 44t>-3 -Houtappel. H. V. K. M. A case of pelvic single k.dncy Brit I Urol., 1937, 9: 372-0. Jean. «.. Uropyonephrose et litniase d'un rein en ectopie ilco-polviemie. J. urol. med., Par 1Q'>5 19- 136-9—Karschulin. O. Heitratr zur Kenntnis Lr Beckenniere... Zschr. uroh Chir., 1932, 34: 157-64.- Kierulf E Beckenniere mit Konkrement. Rontgenpraxis, 1Qqq ,',. 430 — LafUte. H.. & Smith, P. Le rein pelvien chez la femme. J. urol. med., Par, 1930 . 30: 448-61.- Lahayville hrectoniie. Arch. mal. rein, 1933-34, 8: 244-8.—Vermelin, H., & Chalnot. Rein ectopique pelvien cause de dystocie. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn., Par., 1933, 22: 226.—Vincenzo, G. Ectopia renale pelviea. Pammatone, Genova, 1905, 9: No. 4, 3-8.—Watson, J. L, Pelvic kidney. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1938-39, 12: 93-5 — Weingarten, H. Zur Kasuistik der Beckenniere. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 1332-4.—Wohlauer, E. Steine in Beckennieren. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 606.—Wulff. Carcinomatos entartete linkseitige Beckenniere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 1882.— Zeiss. Angeborene Beckenniere links, kombiniert mit Harn- leiterstrangulation durch akzessorisches Nierengefass rechts. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 833.—Zinner, A. Die Operation der infizierten Beckenniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 98-104. KIDNEY 117 KIDNEY ---- Ectopy: Treatment. Andre Deux operations par voie abdominale pour rein ectopique; une nephrectomie; une nephrolithotomy J urol m*d Par 1927 23: 407-10.—Bitschai, J. Zur Klinik und Chirurgie der Beckenniere. Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 1035-41- Chavannaz, G. Nephrectomie transpenton6ale pour ectopie renale congenitale. Gaz. sc. m6d. Bordeaux, 1904, 25: 431 — Teposu E Sur 2 cas d'ectopie renale traitee par la voie chirurgicale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1932, 137-43. --- Ectopy, unusual. Railev R H. Nodular kidney in the left iliac fossa. Proc. R Soc M , Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1334.—Bezi. J., & Pazsit, P. Halsniere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 1194— Cassanello, R. FetoDia renale congenita iliaca, comphcata da enorme idrone- frosi Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 329-37.-Coutinho da Cilveira S Ectopia renal rara. Arq. Inst. Benjamin Bapt.sta, Bio 1941, 7: 25-8, pl.—Martone. R. Illustrazione di un caso di rene dis'coide in ectopia iliaca, complieato da ascesso corticale. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. prat., 1011-8. --- Embryoma malignum. See Kidney, Adenosarcoma [Wilms tumor] --- Endocrine aspect. Garnier, E. J. A. Contribution a l'etude de la physiopathologie renale sous l'influence de Thormone parathyroidienne. 46p. 8? Par., 1 QQO Aib'ara G. Studies on the pathologic histology of para- thvroid gland; the parathyroid gland in the kidney diseases. Okavama igakkai zassi. 1934, 46: 249— Baduel, A. Rem e capsule surrenali; ricerche sperimentali intorno ai rapporti fisio-patologici fra i due organi. Ann. Fac. med., Perugia ?1907)1909, 3. ser., 7: 129-36.—Barnett, H. L., Perley, A. M., & Hoinherker. P. Influence of eosinophile cells of hypophysis on kidney function. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., NY., 1943 52: 114_6__Berblinger, W. Die Mengs der basophilen Epithehen in der Adenohvpophyse des Menschen bei chronischer Glo- merulonephritis, entzundlicher Schrumpfniere, bei den Nephro- sklerosen und bei Lramie. Virchows Arch., 1930, 275: 230- 49 —Billi A Effetti della paratiroidectom.a sulla funzione dei reni Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 50-2.—Blount. R. F. Quantitative pituitary alteration and the afferent glomerular arterioles. Anat. Rec, 1941, 79: Suppl., No. 2 68—Borkon, E L The influence of the thyro-parathyroid glands on a remaining kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 219 —Corey E L Silvette, H., & Britton, S. W. Hypophyseal and adrenal influence on renal function in the rat. Ibid., 1939, 125: 644- 51 — Crabtree, C. E. The structure of Bowman s capsule in castrate and testosterone treated male mice as an index of hormonal effects on the renal cortex. Endocrinology 1941 29: 197-203—Cruz-Coke, E. Hormones y nefropatias. Kev. med. aliment., Santiago, 1933-35, 1: 9-14.-Curschmar,n H Prahvpophvse und Nierenfunktion. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18. 1464. Also Rev. neur., Par., 1939-40, 72: 366.-De Favento P. Glandole endocrine e funzione renale. Med. nu,ova, 193L II: 363- 388- 414; 437; 466; 486; 510.—Dodds, E. C., Noble, R. L., & Williams, P. C. The pituitary gland and the control of urinary secretion. J. Physiol., Lond., 1937-38 91: 202-11.- Fowweather, F. S., & Pyrah, L. N. Renal calculi, renal disease, and hyperparathyroidism. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31- 593-604.—Giordano, A. II comportamento del sistema endocrino nelle malattie renali. Rass. clin. sc., 1939, 17: 111-6—Heinbecker, P., Rolf, D., & White, H. L. Effects of extracts of the hypophysis, the thyroid and the adrenal cortex on some renal functions. Am. J. Physiol., 1943 139: 543-9 — Herbert, F. K., Miller, H. G., & Richardson G. O. Chronic renal disease, secondary parathyroid hyperplasia, decalcifica- tion of bone and metastatic calcification. J. Path. Bact. Lond., 1941 53: 161-82, 3 pl.—Hoskins, R. G. Relation of androgens to kidney function. J. Clin. Endocr., 1943, 3: 111. - Endocrine factors in renal function. Ibid., 5b0.—Jores, A. Hypophyse und Krankheiten der Niere. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1391-3.—Kucherenko, B. P. [Pathohistological changes of the pituitary body in renal affections] Vrach delo, 1940, 22: 31_6 —Lebermann, F. Nierenerkrankung oder Hypothyreose.' Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 775-7.—Ludden, J. B., Krueger, E.. & Wright, I. S. Effect of testosterone propionate, estradiol benzoate and desoxycorticosterone acetate on the kidneys of adult rats. Endocrinology, 1941, 28: 619-23— MacKay, E M , & Sherrill, J. W. Influence of thyroid activity upon renal function. J. Clin. Endocr., 1943, 3: 462-5.—Marcolongo, F., & Maestri, O. L'influenza dell'ormone retroipofisano sulla funzione renale nelle nefropatie sotto l'aspetto clinico e pro- gnostico. Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2,. 106-12 —Marx, H. Die Bedeutung der Hypophyse fiir die Erkrankung der Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 367-72—Otani, K. Patho- logisch-anatomische Veranderungen der Epithelkorperchen bei Nierenerkrankungen. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 219- 21.—Pappenheimer, A. M., & Wilens, S. L. Enlargement of the parathyroid glands in renal disease. Am. J. Path., 1935, 11: 73-91 — Radnai, P. Untersuchung der Nebensclnlddrusen bei Nierenkranken. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: 97-101.— Rybakov, I. M. [Nephropathy and the endocrine organs] Klin. J. Saratov., 1928, 6: 139-48.—Selye, H. Effect of hypo- physectomy on morphological appearance of kidney and on renotropic action of steroid hormones. J. Urol., Bait., 1941. 46: 110-31.—Shannon, J. A. The control of the renal excretion of water; the rate of liberation of the posterior pituitary anti- diuretic hormone in the dog. J. Exp. M., 1942, 76: 387-99.— Silvette, H. The influence of post-pituitary extract on the excretion of water and chlorides by the renal tubules. Am. J. Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 747-53. ------ & Britton, S. W Renal function in normal and adrenalectomized opossums and effects of post-pituitary and corticoadrenal extracts. Ibid., 1938, 121: 528-33. ------ Renal function in the opossum and the mechanism of cortico-adrenal and post-pituitary action. Ibid., 123: 630-9. ------ A theory of cortico-adrenal and post-pituitarv influence on the kidnev. Science, 1938, 88: 150.—Weinstein, B. B., & Byrne, W. H. [et al.] Effect of testosterone propionate and of diethyl stilbestrol on the kidney after ligation of the ureter. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 281-3 — White, H. L., Heinbrecker, P., & Rolf, D. Hypophysis and renal function. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 489. ---- Endothelioma. See also Kidney, Cancer. Lanford, L. C. Endothelioma of kidney; nephrectomy. Yale M. J., 1902-03, 9: 274-6.—Perera. Enorme endotelioma de rifi6n. Progr. clin., Madr., 1915, 5: 125.—Prince, C. L. Primary angio-endothelioma of the kidnev; report of a case and brief review. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 787-92. ---- Enzyme. See under Kidney, Chemistry. ---- Epithelioma. See Kidney, Carcinoma. ---- Examination. See also subheadings (Functional test; Radi- ography) also Kidney pelvis, Exploration; Pyel- ography; Urine, Analysis; Urography, etc. Albarran, J., & Papin, F. Anatomie du bassinet et explora- tion sanglante du rein. Rev. gyn. chir. abd., Par., 1907, 11: 833; 1908, 12: 215.—Baboni, B. Esteriorizzazione lombare permanente dei reni nel coniglio a scopo sperimentale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 936-8.—Brings, L., & Molitor, H. Nierenvorziehung und Nierenverlagerung, zwei neue Verfahren zur Untersuchung der Nierentiitigkeit an unbetaubten Tieren; Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931, 159: 698-709.—Bruit, L. Nou- velle methode pour l'etude des fonctions du rein: l'anastomose simultanee de la circulation renale avec la circulation carotido- jugulaire de 2 donneurs. C. rend. Soc. biol.., 1981, 107: 248. Reins non anesthfsies transporters au cou. Ibid., 1939, 130: 813.—Canny, A. J., Verney, E. B., & Winton, F. R. The double heart-lung-kidnev preparation. J. Physiol., Lond., 1929-30, 68: 333-47.—Cifuentes, P. La exploraci6n renal cruenta en los casos de cistoscopia imposible. Progr. clin., Madr., 1926, 34: 257-75.—Dunjrern, M. von. Ueber das spontane Elektronephrogramm. Biol, gen., Wien, 1936-37, 12: 478-88.—Grafflin, A. L., & Eisenberg, M. J. A microfluoro- scopic study of teleostean kidneys. Anat. Rec, 1934, 59: 449-59 —Gross, W. Untersuchungsmethoden der Niere, In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) 1935, No. 8. 1: 941-60 —Guardabassi, M. La ascoltazione sulle regioni lom- bari. Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1926, 22-4.—Jager, A. Eine neue Methode zur Untersuchung der lebenden Froschniere. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232: 24-7.—Kamniker, H. Fort- laufende Nierenuntersuchungen vor und nach der Geburt. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1493-503.—Lepoutre, C. Du palper des reins dans la station debout. Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 174_a ------ De l'interet de l'examen des reins dans la station debout. Bruxelles med., 1937-38, 18: 1417?26.------ De l'examen des reins dans la station debout. Ibid., 1938-39, 19- no spec, 63.—Lins, E. A palpacao renal. Actas Congr. amer. 'urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 538-43 — Nemeth, L. [Experimental investigations of renal function with vital staining] Orvoskepzes, 1935, 25: jun. kiilonf., 9-11.—Orechkin, S. B. [Diagnostic value of percussion of the kidneys in standing posture] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 383-5.— Picek S [Special examination of kidneys to diagnose ab- dominal tumors] Cas. lek. eesk., 1926, 65: 595-9.—Picker, R. Eine neue Methode zur aseptischen Gewinnung und Aufarbei- tunf der Nierensekrete mit Demonstration des Instrumentari- ums° Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929, 8. Kongr., 471.— Putter, A. Der Nierenindex; ein Beitrag zur Kritik der Methoden physiologisch-anatomischer Forschung. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 83: 228-40.—Ratschow M £Tt™°- Lumino-Graphie am Nierenpraparat. Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 117: 351-69.—Raymond-Hamet. Applications pharmacolo- giqties de la technique du rein transports! au cou. C. rend. Acad sc, 1929, 188: 1310-2.—Reynaldo Marcondes, J., Kneese de Mello, H. [et al.] Palpacao dos rims em individuos normals. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1939, 37: 627-33—Richards, A N & Walker, A. M. Methods of collecting fluid from known regions of the renal tubules of amphibia and of perfusing the lumen of a single tubule. Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 118: 111-20.— Rochet. Moyens chirurgicaux de se renseigner sur 1 etat des KIDNEY 118 KIDNEY reins, quand catheterisme ureteral et separation echouant. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1911, 29: 577-87.—Sewast- janow, E. P. Intravenose Niereninjektion, ausgefiibrt an toten und lebenden Tieren. Zschr. Biol., 1907, 49: 503-10.— Singer. F. Observations on the frog's kidney with the fluores- nnee rricroscopc. Am. J. Anat., 1933, 43: 469-95.—Tamura, K.. Miyarrura. K. [et al.] Studies in the excretion of urine: a new method for the separate investigation of the functions of glomeruli and tubules. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1926-27, 1: 261-73, 4 pl.—Vonwiller, P., & Sulzer, R. Observation microscopique du rein vivant de la grenouille. Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1927, 4: 153-60.—Walker. A. M., Oliver, J., & Bott. P. A. The collection and analysis of fluid from single glomeruli and tubules of the mammalian kidney. Am. J. M. Sc, 1941, 201: 625.— Zitowitsch. J. Leber die Nierentatigkeit; Methodik der Herstellung und Beobachtung chronischer Fisteltiere. Arcb. ges. Physiol., 1930, 224: 554-61. ---- Excision. See Kidney, Nephrectomy. ---- Exclusion [incl. sequestration] See also subheadings (Necrosis; Pyonephrosis, etc.) also Nephrolithiasis, Complication; Ureter, Surgery. De Victoriis-Medori, F. II processo di riparazione delle fratture in eeguito all'esclusione funzionale di un rene; il comportamento della calcemia in rapporto ad entrambe tali condizioni patologiche. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. chir., 297- 319.—Goedecke. R. Beitrag zur Ausschaltung der Nieren- funktion durch Rontgenstrahlen. Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 2287- 94.—Guerreiro de Faria & Fia'ho, A. Autonefrectomfa ou exclusao renal por calculose pionefrotica. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) 1939, B. Air., 2. Congr., 2: 112-9.—Haines, W. H. Autonephrectomy with subsequent extrusion of the kidney through an emergency nephrotomy wound. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 464-70—Halbfat-Ney, P. Zur Frage der Nieren- ausschaltnng durch Rontgenbestrahlung. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 734—6.—Keller, F. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der Nierenausschaltung mittels Rontgenstrahlen. Arch. Gvn., Berl., 1930-31, 144: 571 [Discussion] 573. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 3554-03.—Klein, P. Zur Frage der Nieren- verod.mg durch Rontgenstrahlen. Ibid., 1932, 56: 2650-61.— Levy-Dreyfus, R. Deux cas d'exclusion renale. Strasbourg meel., 1933, 93: 721.—Marion. Des exclusions du rein. Rev. pen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 129-32. ■------ De 1'exelusion renale. Ibid., 1936, 50: 17-20.— Miyakawa, T. Experimentelle Studien fiber die Funltionsausschaltung der Niere durch Rontgenbe- strahlung. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1941, 40: 169-88.—Ogasawara, Y., & Takano, H. Beitrag zur Nierenausschaltung durch Rontgenbestrahlung bei Lreterfistel, insbesonelere zur Aus- schaltungsdosis. Jap. J. M. Sc, Gyn., 1936, 1: 1-10.—Petrcn. G. Ein Fall mit Totalseauestrierung der Niere. Acta chir. scand., 1935-36, 77: 326-37, pl.—Player, L. P., & Redewill, F. H. Autonephrectomy; animal experimentation, with report of an unusual case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 17-23.—Pogo- zheva, L. N. [Sequestration of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 32-4. ---- Excretion. See under Kidney, Function; also Diuresis. ---- Explantation. See also Kidney, isolated. Markees, S. *Versuche der Ziichtung von Nierengewebe in vitro [Berlin] p.595-610. 8? Jena, 1933. Also Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1933, 14: Allen, F. M., & Cope, O. M. Indirect blood pressure de- terminations in experiments with explanted kidneys. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 193.—Allen, F. M., & Youland. W. E, Explantation as an aid to the study of kidney pathology. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 437. ------ Experiments with circulatory alterations in explanted kidneys. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942 1 • pt 2, 173 (Abstr.)—Bock, H. E., & Bornstein, A. Die humoral intakte, iiberlebende Niere. Arch. ges. Phvsiol., 1932, 229: 187-97.—Breuhaus, H. C, & McJunkin, F. A. Effect of macerated kidney on the mitotic rate of kidney epithelium Pre>c. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29: 894 —Euyse, A. Differ- entiation of gonad primordia in kidney of adult rat. Ibid 1933, 30: 1148-50.—Cymbal, V. E. [Growth and transforma- tion in vitro of renal epithelium of mammals] Arkh. biol nauk, 1935, 37: 647-77.—Holmes, B. E. Metabolism of tissues growing in culture; effect of radium on the metabolism of cultures of embryonic kidney tissue. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 391-6— Kisch, B.. & Leibowitz, J. Die Beeinflussung der Atmung isolierten Nierengewebes durch Aluminiumsalze. Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 235: 45-50.—Kusano, Y. Influence of cell constituents of kidney and other organs on the growth of kidney tissue in vitro. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1937, 15: 209-34, pl — Merraco, A. Estudio morfol6gico del tejido renal cultivado in vitro. Lrol. clin. Hosp. provinc. Madrid, 1930-32, 3: 201-10.—Nifibe, M. On the cultivation of kidney tissue from the adult toad. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1928, 8: 87- 97, 3 pl.- Nordmann. M. The behaviour of adult mam- malian kidnoy in tissue cultures. IbieL, 1.J2.I-JU, J: ol- 63.—Page, I. H.. & Corcoran. A. C. Renal venipuncture; a method of explantation of the kidney for venipuncture in dogs. Surgery, 1940, 7: 389-91.—Rhoads, C. P. A method for explantation of the kidnev. Am. J. Physiol.. 1934, 109: 324-8.—Reibinow, C. Leber das Verhalten der Alarksubstanz der Niere erwachscner Kaninchen und Ratten in der Gewebe- kultur. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1934-35, 22: 467-83.—Sandstrom, C. J. The growth and differentiation of duck kidney tissue on the chorio-allantoic membrane of the chick and eluck. Physiol. Zool., 1932, 5: 354-74, 2 pl. ------ The storage of trypan blue in heteroplastic chorio-allantoic grafts of embryonic duck kidney tissue. Anat. Rec, 1935-36, 62: 7-23. ------& Kauer, J. T. The growth and differentiation of macerated embryonic duck kidney tissue on the chorio-allantoic membrane of the chick. Ibid., 1933, 57: 105-17.—Suntzowa, W. Analyse der Gewebe beim Wachstum der Froschniere in vitro. Arch, exp, Zellforsch., 1930, 10: 178-204. ---- Extract. See Kidney extract. — Fibroma. Brites, G. Les fibromes medullaires du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 352-4.—Colombino, S. Fibromi multipli, invadenti del rene. Cancro, Tor., 1932, 3: 63-9.—Kretschmer, H. L. Fibroblastoma (fibroma) of the kidney; a report of a case with a review of the literature. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 63-73. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 54: 524-8.—Kukudshanov, N. I. Ueber ein ungewohnlich grosses Fibrom der Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 843-7.—Lazarus, J. A. Perirenal tumors causing renal distortion; report of a case of perirenal fibroma. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 40: 630-5.— Mouat, T. B. Large pedunculated fibroma of kidnev. Brit. J. Urol., 1938, 10: 158-61.—Nightingale, H. J., & Lyt'le, S. N. Fibroma of the kidney with cvst. Brit. J. Surg., 1937, 25: 57-60.—Rush, L. V., & Rush, H. L. Fibroma of the kidnev; report of a case. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 531-3.—White, H. P. W. Kidnev showing a simple fibroma and a cyst. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929, 22: pt 2, Sect. Urol., 50.—Zange. meister, W. Untersuchungen iiber Altersverteilung, Haufig- keit und Morphologie der Nierenfibrome unter Mitberiick- sichtigung der iibrigen ausgereiften Tumoren. Beitr. path. Anat., 1936, 97: 142-83.—Zuckermann, C. Fibroblastoma perirenal derecho. Rev. mex. cir., 1942, 10: 107-13. Fibrosarcoma. See also Kidney, Sarcoma. Arenas, N. Fibrosarcoma de la regi6n pararrenal. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1933, 10: 782-9.—Centeno, A. M., & Arenas, N. Tumores paranefrfticos; sobre un caso de fibrosarcoma. Prensa med. argent., 1934, 21: 2442-52.— Eisenstaedt, J. S. Fibro-mvxo-neurosarcoma of the kidney in an adult. J. Urol., Bait,, 1935, 34: 193-201.—Howard, H.H., & Suby, H. I. Perirenal fibrosarcoma. Ibid., 1938, 40: 491- 501.-—Lasio, G. Sopra un caso di fibrosarcoma del rene destro. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1903, 72: 211; 223.—Le Gac. P. Volu- mineuse tumeur pararenale (3 kg 500) sarcome fibroblastique; ablation; pyelographie pre- et post-operatoire. Bull. Soc. chir; Paris, 1935, 27: 352-6.—McNamara, W. L., Smith, H. D., & Gore, W. A. Symptomless renal fibrosarcoma with spinal metastases. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1940, 10: 345-8.—Priestley, J. T., & Hardwick, R. S. Fibrosarcoma of the kidney: report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 708.—Shih, H. E. Fi- brosarcoma of kidney; abstract of record and discussion. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 253-5, 3 pl. Fibrosis. See Kidney, Nephrosclerosis. ---- Fistula. See also Urinary tract, Fistula; for surgical method of fistulization see also Kidney, Ne- phrostomy. Cappellen, D. van [Renal-colonic fistula] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 5419-21.—Chevassu, M. Fistule reno- colique; decouverte d'uretero-pye>lographie. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 749-51.—Deuticke, P. Ueber spontane Nieren- fisteln. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 69-94.—Friedrich, H. Nieren-Bronchus-Dunndarmfistel. Chirurg, 1935, 7: 745-7.— Hennig, O. Die Befestigung des Katheters bei Nierenfisteln; eine praktische Nierenfistelbandage. Zschr. Urol., 1940, 34: 36-8. ------ Ein praktischer Behalter zum Auffangen des Unns bei kiinstlichen Nierenfisteln. Ibid., 39.—Her me to Junior, S. Fistula renal cirtirgica em portador de uropfonefrose calculosa. Rev. As. paul. med., 1934 A: 174-83 2 pl— Heusch, K Zweck Anlage und Pflege der Ni'erenfisteL Zschr. Urol. 1935, 29: 340-52.-Higgins, C. C. & Hicken, im?' 97P°2it!H2US «-na'uani ureteral fistulas. Arch. Surg., fi e,i"« T $5?*7n,TfSh E- W- & Bass- H- Renocohc fistula. J.Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 371-4—Lee H P Nenhro- bronchial fistula; with reports of 2 case's Tr' wJI' <£ a™ Urol. Ass., 1938, 7: 15-23. Also f UroF R^?Sq£ A^. 117-21__hdirnhprlipr A tt«m J-.ur°h. Halt., 1939, 41: 117 Jo. Lenrnbecner, A. Hedung einer seit uber 7 Jahren KIDNEY 119 KIDNEY bestehenden Nierenfistel durch elastischen Gegendruck. Chirurg, 1936, 8: 777-80.—Mertz, H. O. Spontaneous reno- visceral fistula? with report of 2 cases of reno-colonic fistula?. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 115-35.— Perard, J. Les fistules lombaires apre?s les interventions sur le rein et le bassinet: leur traitement. Paris meil., 1927, 65: 115-8—Rati iff, R. K., & Barnes, A. C. Acquired renocolic fistula; report of 2 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 42: 311-6.— Ravich, A., & Katzen, P. Spontaneous reno-inguinal fistula, J Am M. Ass., 1934, 102: 832-4.—Riaboff, P. J. Acquired renocolic fistula. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 1291-3.—Sears, N. P. Treatment of unilateral urinary fistulas by X-ray destruction of the kidney; a clinical and experimental study. Am. J. Obst 1934, 28: 402-9.—Vermooten, V., & McKeown, R. M. Renocolic fistulae. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 21: 242-6.—Virgilio, F. Fistola urinosa lombare guarita con la vaccinoterapia. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 501-4.—Wesson, M. B. Renocolic fistulae; reports of 3 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1937, 30: 159-67. ---- floating. See under Kidney, Ptosis. ---- Foreign body. See also Kidney, Injury. Blaine, E. S. An unusual foreign object in the kidnev. Radiology, 1929, 12: 207-13.—Brattstrom, E. An unusual case of foreign body in the kidney. Acta chir. scand., 1927, 62: 56-60.—Capon, N. B., & Wells, C. A foreign body in the kid- ney. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1938, 13: 85-7.—Divaev, V. M. [Rare case of a foreign body in the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 81, pl.—Frankenthal, L. Inkrustiertes Gummiclrain im Nierenparenchvm. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 147-49.—MacKenzie. D. W., & Hawthorne, A. B. Some studies in the distribution of blood-borne foreign particles, including bacteria, in the kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1928, 21: 41-69.—Middeldorpf, K. Einwanderung einer Nadel in die rechte Niere vom Darm aus. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 353-7.—Sheehan, H. L. The deposition of dyes in the mammalian kidney. J. Physiol., Lond., 1931, 72: 201-46.— Wilhelmi, O. J. Foreign body in the kidney. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939-40, 34: 314-7. Also J. Urol.. Bait., 1940, 43: 182-9. ---- Forensic aspects. See also other subheadings. Amado Ferreira, A. Rim movel e acidente do trabalho. An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45:308 (Abstr.)—Asch, P. Gutachten fiber einen Fall von Nierenverletzung. Strassb. med. Ztg, 1908, 5: 85-7.—Brack, E. Nierenerkrankungen als Ursache plotzlichen unerwarteten Todes. Deut. Zschr. geriehtl. Med., 1929, 13: 323-31.—Burger, L. Wanderniere und Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1908, 14: 461-7.—Cavallazzi, D. Ne- fropatie ed assicurazione invalidity. Arch, antrop. crim., Milano, 1939, 59: 431-9.—Domenici, F. Osservazioni sopra tre casi d'infortunistica renale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1937, 47: 620-6.—Fewson, von. Nierenverletzungen in ge- richtsarztlicher Beziehung. Deut. Med. Ztg, 1904, 25: 133; 141; 153.—Giordano, D. Discussione circa la dipendenza di uroematonefrosi da vecchio trauma, e sulla valutazione della perdita di un rene per infortunio. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1931, 39: 169-73.—Harris, M. L. The influence of trauma in the production of movable kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 42: 411-6.—Holthausen, P. Verletzungen der Nieren vom Stand- punkt des Gerichtsarztes. Deut. Med. Ztg, 1906, 27: 313; 325; 327.—Jeanbrau, E. Les traumatiques des reins devant la loi sur les accidents du travail. M6d. accid. travail, 1908, 6: 289-98.—Koch, F. Die doppelseitigen hamatogenen Nieren- erkrankungen. In Aerztl. Gutacht. (A. W. Fischer s cortical du rein; probllme de responsabilitS dans un accident du travail. Con- cours med., 1940, 62: 963.—Macaggi, D. Sul trattamento dei nefropatiei nell'applicazione della Legge di assicurazione contro le malattie professional!. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1934, 54: Suppl., 317-28.—Potter, E. L., & Thierstein, S. T. Glomerular development in the kidney as an index of fetal maturity. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943, 22: 695-706.—Ragone, S. Una in- version renale in infortunistica. Policlinico, 1932, 39: 434.— Schnizer, K. von. Angeblicher Zusammenhang zwischen Amyloidniere und Dienstbeschadigung abgewiesen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 776. ------ Dienstbeschadigung fur ein Nierenleiden angenommen. Ibid., 1928, 24: 940. ------ Two cases of kidney disease denied compensation. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 301-3.—Woodruff, S. R. The traumatized kidney; measuring the percentage of disability. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 9: 499-501. ---- Fragility. See under Kidney, Regeneration. ----■ Function. See also other subheadings (Correlations; Ex- amination; Endocrine aspect; Glomerulus; Histo- physiology; Metabolism; Physiology) also Kid- ney, Functional test. Besancon, J. L. E. *Fonctions internes du rein. 361p. 8? Par., 1929. Ekehorn, G. On the principles of renal func- tion. 717p. 8? Stockh., 1931. Meissner, H. *AeItere und neuere An- schauungen uber das Wesen der Nierentatig- keit [Miinchen] 39p. 8? Saarbrucken, 1935. Albarran, J. Sur la physiologie comparee des 2 reins C rend. Acad, sc, 1903, 136: 1207-10. ------ Physiologie comparee des 2 reins chez l'homme. P. verb. Ass. fr urol (1903) 1904, 7: 642-65.------Recherches sur le fonction- nement normal compare des 2 reins. Ann. mal. org. genito- urin., Par., 1904, 22: 81-125.—Albuquerque, P. F. de. Nocoes fundamentals sobre as teorias de funcao renal. Rev. med mun., Rio, 1941, 2: 403-11.—Aschoff, L. Ueber die Blut- bildung in der Niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 193.— Barker, M. H. Renal function. Am. J. Chn. Path., 1940 10: 21-9.—Best, C. H., <& Taylor, N. B. Urine formation: the structure of the kidney; theories of renal function; volume and composition of the urine. In their Physiol. Basis Med. Pract., 3. ed., Bait., 1943, 625-63.—Bingold, K. Die Niere als blut- zerstorendes Organ (zur Physiologie des Blutstoffwechsels) Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1201-6. ------ Blutzerstorende Vorgange in der Niere. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 981 .—Bonis, V. de. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Nierenfunktionen. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1906, 271-96.—Bottazzi, F., & Pierallini, G. Contributi alia conoscenza della funzione dei reni. Atti Accad. med. fis. fiorent. (1901) 1902, 98-100.—Breuer, M. J. Internist to urologist on kidney function. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 703-5.—Bua, F., & Casassa, P. M. Ricerche sulla funzione renale secondo la dottrina di Cushny-Rehberg. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1937, 64: 281-96.—Chevallier, P. Sur le fonctionnement du rein. Paris m6d., 1928, 67: 338—42.— Clerici, A. Gli apparecchi di sicurezza per la funzione renale. Gazz. osp., 1927, 48: 1177.—Czubalski, F. [Survey of syn- chronous functions of the kidneys] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 657-60.—Dillon, T. W. T., & Conway, E. J. A contribution to the study of renal function. Irish J. M. Sc, 1932, ser. 6, 119-25, pl.—Duerfeldt, T. H. Kidney function; a brief review. Northwest M., 1932, 31: 108-12.—Edwards, J. G. The forma- tion of urine. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 65: 800-24.—EMinger, P. Ueber neuere Arbeiten zur Funktion der Niere. Acta brevia neerl., 1934-35, 4: 30-5. ------ The formation of urine in the amphibian and mammalian kidney. J. Physiol., Lond., 1939- 40, 97:433-52, 2 pl.—Ellis, H. A. Kidney function. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 459; 502.—Erfassung (Die) der komplexen Funktion der Niere, gezeigt an nierengesunden Tuberkulosen. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 4-6.—Flexner, M. Some problems of renal function. Kentucky M. J., 1931, 29: 93-8.—Galamini, A. Ricerche sulla secrezione renale dell'uomo; vari tipi indi- vidual!. In Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 14. Congr., 89- 90.—Galeotti, G. Ueber die Frage der osmotischen Arbeit der Niere. Zbl. Physiol., 1907, 21: 265-8.—Gamble, J. L., Mc- Khann, C. F., <& Butler, A. M. Economy of water in renal func- tion referable to urea. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1933, 45: 37.— Glaser, F. Renale und extrarenale Faktoren tier Nierenfunktion unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Nierennervensystems, der Kalkariurie und der Phosphaturie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926,73:1973-5. ------ Die Sicherungen der Nierenfunktion, Zschr. iirztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 445-7.—Glimstedt, G. Sam- band mellan struktur och funktion hos njurarna. Nord. med., 1941, 12: 2924-9.—Habler, C. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die physikalisch-chemischen Veranderungen des Blutes durch die Nierenpassage. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislauf forsch., 1934, 7: 303-7. ------ Aus dem Gebiet der Nierentatigkeit. In Phys. chem. Med. (Habler, C.) Dresd., 1939, 200-12.— Holten. Eine klinische Durchprufung der modernen Nieren- funktionstheorie. Zbl. inn. Med., 1930, 51: 807.—Keeney. B. G. The determinants of kidney function. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1934, 27: 110-3.—Kirk, W. W. Observation of studies of kidney function. J. Florida M. Ass., 1937-38, 24: 485-9.— Leiter, L. Renal function. Internat. Clin., 1935, 45. ser., 3: 24-51.—Lichtenstern, R. Experimentelle Studien iiber Nieren- funktion. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1909) 1910, 16. Congr., sect. 14, 364. ------ & Katz, A. Experimentelle Studien zur Nierenfunktion. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1909, 22: 1554-6.—Loewi, O. Untersuchungen zur Physiologie und Pharmakologie der Nierenfunktion. Arch. exp. Path., Lpx., 1903, 50: 326-31— Lublin, A. Ueber den Einfluss der Nieren- arbeit auf den Gaswechsel des Menschen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1928, 109: 371-88.—Macallum, A. B., & Benson, C. C. On the composition of dilute renal secretions. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem. (1908) 1909, 6: p. xxxix — Magnus, R. Die Tatigkeit der Niere. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 1351; 1418.—Mainzer, F. Ueber den Zusammenhang von Teil- funktionen der Niere. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1931, 43, Kongr., 175-9.—Mark, R. E. Untersuchungen uber die Nierenfunktion; zur Kenntnis der Zusammenhange zwischen Harnstoffwirkung, Diurese und Mineralstoffwechsel. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 143-67.—Mircoli, S. Forma di lavoro renale, sua grafica e significato. Gazz. osp., 1903, 24: 394. ------ Sul lavoro renale. Lav. Congr. med. int. (1903) 1904, 13: 417.—Nolf, P. La fonction renale. Liege med., 1935, 28: 177-88.—Pereshivkin, N. S. K funktsii normalnlkh pochek. Sezd. ross. khir. (1906) 1907, 6: 217.—Rado. B., & KIDNEY 120 KIDNEY Deutsrh, 1. [Study on function of the kidneys] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 704-8.—Rajzman, A. Action dynamique specifique et activitc renale. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1936, 43: 4>3-48—Rehberg, P. H. Studies on kidney function. Bio- chem. J.. Lond., 1926. 20: 447; 461. Richards, A. N. Recent developments in the studv of normal renal function. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1934, 2: 203-9. Recent ob- — Function: Disorder. See Kidney, Insufficiency. — Function: Excretion. servations on the function of the kidney. Proc. Inst. M. Chica- go 19'0 6-10-26. ------ Prenc-M-of urine formation. Proc. K 'Soc 'Lond., LJ3S, ser. B, 126: 398 432.------ The func- tion of ihe kidnev. Colorado M., 1020, 23: 11-4.—Schafer, H A: Wiillenweber. G. Experimentelle I ntersuchungen iiber \ieren- und llainleiterfunktion. Lent. Arch. klin. Aled., 1931 170:258-73. Schapira, S. W. Studies on the functional activities o the kidnevs. Tr. Am. Lre.l. Ass. (1909) 1910, 3: 454-02 —Sixto Mosemeira, M. Funcn'm renal. Dfa med., B \ir 1938 10: 270 Snapper. I. Non-excretory functions of' the'kidnev. Proc. Mavo Clin., 1027, 2: 300-3.—Spurrell, W. R. The function of the kidney. Nurs, Times, Lond., 1941. 37- .">.")• 81 —.Strauss, N. Zur blutreinigenden Function der Nieren.' Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1902) 1903, 33: pt 2, 117-25 — Walter, K. H., & Stafford-Clark, D. Renal function. Guy s Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1938, 52: 351; 372. ---- Function: Ammoniogenesis. Seo also Ammonia, Metabolism. Artom, C. Contribution a l'etude de la fonction du rein dans la gencse de Puree et de l'ammoniaque; sur les variations comparees de l'uree et de l'ammoniaque au cours de l'autolyse du rein. Arch, internat. phvsiol., Liege, 1020, 26: 389-427. Also B.-11. Soc. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 120-3; 117 20.- Best. C. H., & Taylor, N. B. Ihe production of ammonia by the kidney; hippuric acid formation. In their Physiol. Basis Mod. Pract., 3. ed.. Halt.. 1013. 040-52.—Bornstein, A.. & Budelmann, G. Leber Amnioniakbildunp in der Niere. Biochem. Zxiir., 1930, 218: 61 72.- Prion, A. L;i fonction ammonio-productrieedu rein et ses troubles dans les nephrites chroniques du chien. Roe. med. vet., 1930. 106: .ill-50.- ( avett, J. W., & Foster, W. ('. Studies on the formation of ■nuir.onia hv the kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1938, 124: 00-71.— Gedtlieb. K. Ueber die Ammoniakbildung in den Nieren. I-Sioehoni. Z-ehr., 1928, 194: 163-76- Holmes, B. K., ed accumulation in the chick kidnev. J. Celled. Physiol., 1935, 6: 425-39—Chambers, R., & Kempton, R. T. Indications of function of the chick mesonephros in tissue cul- ture with phenol red. Ibid., 1933, 3: 131-67.—Dawson, A. B. The sitp of absorption and mode of storage of trypan blue in the mesonephros of Necturus. J. Exp. Zool., 1927, 48: 359-70, pl.—Dorello, P. L'autoregolazione del nefrone nel mesonefro della Seps. Riv. biol., 1939, 27: 169-201.—Ernst, M. Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Urnierensekretion. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1920. 79: 781-96.—Guthmann, H., & May. Weitere Lntersuchung zur Frage der intrauterinen Nieren- funktion. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 91: 306-12 — Holmes. B. E., & Watchorn, E. Cyanic acid as a possible pre- cursor of the ammonia and urea formed by embrvo kidnev tissue. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 199-205—Ribadeau- Dumas, L., Seguier & Mignon. Les regimes alimentaires et la fonction renale chez le nourrisson. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118: 248-52.—Rceder, H. Ein Kritischer Beitrag zur Hainsecretion mit Beriicksichtigung der osmotischen Leistung dei Sauglingsniere. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1902; 1903, 199-208.—Schneider, B. Die Fruhfunktion der embrv- onalen Niere. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1939, 47: 155-66.—Tapfer, S. Lntersuchungen iiber die Nierentiitigkeit des Ungeborenen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935-36. 160: 131-40— Vermootcn. V. The secretory activity of the mesonephros of the 96-hour chick embrvo as illustrated by the Golgi apparatus. S. Afr. J. M. Sc, 1937, 2: 1-6. See also Diuresis; Kidney, Functional test; also under names of substances metabolized as Nitrogen, Metabolism, etc. Meier, F. *Dic Vetieilung anorganischer Stoffe in Nierenkanalclien verschiedenen Funk- tionszustandes. 40p. 23cm. Bern, 1941. Bavliss, L. E., Kerridge, P. M. T., & Russell, !). S. The excretion of protein bv the mammalian kidney. .1. Physiol., Lond., 1933, 77:386-98, pl. Camus, J., & Pagniez, T. Passage de la methemoglobine rouseul.iire a travels le rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 26. Cope, C. L. Inorganic sulphate ex- cretion bv the human kidney. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 76: 329-38.—Eaton, A. G.. (ordill. S. ('.. A Gouaux, J. L. Is the work of the kidney, due to the excretion of urea, a factor in specific dynamic nel ion? J. Nutrit., 1935, 111: 429-36 — Gamble, j. L., McKhann. C. F. [et al.] An economy of water in renal function referable to urea. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 10!): 139-51.— Gigon, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Wasscrstoff- uecl.seis und der Nierenfunktionen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1920, 5H: 34-6— Goldring, W., Chasis, H. [et al.) Relations of effective renal blood flow and glomerular filtration to tubular excretory mass in normal man. J. Clin. Invest., 1940, 19: 739-50.—Hecht, G. Unterschiede in den Atisscheidungs- leistungen von Leber und Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1596.—Klingmiiller, K. Morphologische Untersuchungen uber Eiweiss- und Hiimoglobinausscheidung in der Niere. Zschr. ges. exp. .Med., 1938, 103: 100-16.—Rehberg. P. B. Stuelies on kielney function; the excretion of urea and chlorine analvsed pccnreling to a modified filtration-reabsorption theory. Biochem. ,L, Lond., 1926, 20: 461-82.- Schmid, J. Ueber den Ausscheidungsort von Eiweiss in dei Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1905, 53: 419-28.—Schmidt, J. E. Lntersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Niere bei Hamogleibinau.sseheidung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1907, 51: 225-39. Tanabe, S. On the glo- merular function of the toads kidney in protein excretion. Mitt. Med. Cos. Tokyo, 1937, 51: 927.—Wheeler. On the passage of substances into the urine. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 71. ---- Function: Secretion, and threshold values. See also subheadings (Glomerulus; Metab- olism; Permeability) also names of substances with threshold values as Chlorine; Glucose; Uric acid, etc.; also such headings as Blood sugar, Regulation: Kidney; Glycosuria, etc. Brull, L. Secretion renale (mars 1937-mars 1938) 51p. 25^cm. Par., 1938. Allard, E. Vergleichende Lntersuchungen iiber die sekre- torischen Leistungen beider Nieren. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1908, 18: 762-75.—Asher, L. Die Lchre von der Harn- absonderung. Biophys. Zbl., 1900-07, 2: 1; 33; 65; 165 — Brunner, C. Untersuchungen fiber elen Mechanismus der Harnabsonderung am Menschen. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern (1931-33) 1934, No. 32, L— Evans, C. A. L. The secretion of urine. In his Recent Advances Phvsiol., 6. ed., Phila., 1939, 256-309.—Firkct, J. Etude hwtophysio- logiriue sur le mecanisme de la secretiem urinaire. Arch. internat. physiol., Liege, 1921, 18: 332-42. Hetenyi, G. Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pathologie der sogenannten Nierenschwelle (Zuckerschwelle; des Menschen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931-32, 80: 523-30.— Hbber, R. Correlation between the secretory power of the frog kidney and the molecu- lar configuration of organic compounds. Am. J. Phvsiol., 1941, 133: 329. ------ & Woolcy, P. M. B. Correlation between secretion of.dyestuffs bv the kidney and molecular structure of these dyes. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 624-6. Conditions determining the selective secretion of dyestuffs by the isolated frog kidney. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1940, 15: 35-46. ------ Further studies on conditions determin- ing the selective renal secretion of dyestuffs. Ibid., 16: 63-70. ------ [et al.] Further studies on the correlation between the secretory power of the frog kidney and the mo- lecular configuration of organic compounds. Ibid., 1942, 19: 183-91.—Jung, C. La secretion de l'urine envisag^e au point de vue de la permeabilite eles membranes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 282.—Kalbfleisch, H. H. Austritt von Fliissigkeit an der Nierenoberflache. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930". 73: 738-42 —Kaufman, L. R. Variable renal threshold. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 193", 39: 850-3.-- Kempton, R. T. The problem of renal secretion. Tr. N. Yoik Acud. Se., 1940- 41, ser. 2, 3: 191-7.—M., 11. Considerations sur l'etude tie la secretion urinaire; sa vuk-ur au point de vue clinique et thera- peutique. Biol, meed., Par., 1906, 4: 232-57. ■------Lea travaux recents sur la secretion urinaire et les conceptions nouvelles auxquelles lis conduisent. Ibid., 397-411 — Macallum, A. B.. & Campbell, W. R. The secretion of acid by the kidney. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929 13 Congr 171.— Malamani, V , renale au glucose. Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3: 258—64.— Montanari, A. La glicosuria alimentare m lie malattie renali. Riv. clin. med., 1926, 27: 677-84.—Rathery. F.. Traverse, P. M. de, & Patin, J. Metabolisme glueidique et indiee ohre- mique r£siduel chez le nephreLique. ('. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 1441.—Vignolo Palombella, A. Sul comportamento dello Biicchero combinato nel decorso delle nefropatie. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 29-32. ---- Functional test: Clearance tests and hema- torenal indices. See also other subheadings; also Diuresis, Measurement: Blood plasma clearance tests. Arkin, A., <& Popper, H. Lrea reabsorption and relation between creatinine and urea clearance in renal disease. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 65: 627-37.—Bing. J., & Bjering, T. Individual variations in the relation between urea clearance and creatinin .lenance. Acta med. scand.. 1937, 93: 318-29; 1938, 96: Suppl., 89; 04. Also Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 873-81 — Clarke, R. W. What is renal clearance? Connecticut M. J., 1940 1: 250.—Cope, C. L. The reliability of clearance tests for renal efficiency. Clin. Sc, Lond., 1935-36, 2: 27-41.— Finkelstein, N.. AJiminosa. L. M., & Smith, H. W. The renal clearances of hippuric acid and pyridone derivatives. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 276.—Gavazzeni, M. Raffronto fra urea clearance e valori del filtrato glomerulare (metodo Rehberg) nelle nefropatie. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1934, 48: 85- 95.—Greisheimer, E. M., Hafkesbring, R., & Magalhaes, H. Clearance tests in relation to renal pathology. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940^1, 26: 796-801.—Hall, E. R. Renal function by Thomas' index of elimination. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 36: 408.—Hayman. J. M., jr, Halsted, J. A., & Seyler, L. E. A comparison of the creatinine and urea clearance tests of kidney function. J. Clin. Invest., 19.33, 12: 861-75.—Hayman, J. M., jr, & Johnston, S. M. Experiments on the relation of creatinine and urea clearance tests of kidney function anrl the number of glomeruli in the human kidney obtained at autopsy. Ibid., 877-84.—Hubbard, R. S. Urea and creatinine concentrations in the blood. Clifton M. Bull., 1929, 15: 13-23.— Landis, E. M., Elsom, K. A. [et al.] Simultaneous plasma clearances of creatinine and certain organic compounds of iodine in relation to human kidney function. J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 397- 409.—Maurer, L. L. Observations on Thomas' index of elim- ination as a test of renal function. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 155-71.—Monakow, P. von. Ueber das Verhaltnis von Blut zu Urin und seine Bedeutung fiir die Beurteilung der Nieren- funktion. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 283-5.—Moreira, O., & Pinto Viegas, A. Urea e creatinina no sangue; analyse de 1300 casos. Brasil med., 1938, 52: 137-50.— Padilla. T., & Goldberg. I. Las constantes de Ambard y de Van Slyke en la exploraeion de la ftincion renal. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr.. 2: 63-86. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46-: pt 1, 1165-76.—Romeo, F. Nuova formula per lo studio della funzionalita renale; applicazione alle varie nefropatie. Gior. clin. med., 1939, 20: 1149-78. Also Minerva med., Tor., 1939, 30: pt 2, 399-411.—Smith, H. W. Note on the interpretation of clearance methods in the eliseased kidney. J. Clin. Invest., 1941, 20: 631-5.—Thomas, W. C. Clearance tests of renal function. South. M. & S., 1940, 102: 636 — Turner, D. F. D. The haemo-renal salt index as a test of the functional efficiency of the kidney. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, 134: 93. ------ The ha-morenal index. Brit. M. J., 1908, 2: 719. Also Lancet, Lond., 1908, 2: 733.—Van Slyke, D. D., Hiller, A., & Miller, B. F. The distribution of ferro- cyanide, inulin, creatinine and urea in the blood and its effect Invest., 19.57, 16: 859-67. ■--------illD """■"""•'•<—'■ "' *'"- merular filtration; the creatinine, sucrose and urea clearances in subjects with renal disease. Ibid., 869-77. ---- Functional test: Cottet's index. Meyrat, G. *Le rapport ureique h6mato- urinaire de Cottet. 63p. 23cm. Geneve, 1940. Brahic, J. A propos du rapport ureique hemato-urinairc. Marseille m6d., 1933, 70: 474-7.—Cottet. J. Contribution a l'etude clinique du rapport ureique heinato-urinaire. Presse med 1934 42: 762-5. ■------ Le rapport ureique hemato- urinaire. Hopital, 1939, 27: 189-91.—Junel. R.. <& Meyrat. G. Lne methode simple et pratique d'exploration de la fonction ureo-secretoire du rein; le rapport ureique hrniato-urinaire de Cottet. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 690-5.—Khouri, J., A Khouri, A. Quelques considerations pratiques relatives au rapport ureique hemato-urinaire du Dr Cottet. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1940, 3. ser., 123: 315-7. ---- Functional test: Creatinine clearance [Brandt-Rehbergl See also Creatine subheadings (Clearance and tolerance; Excretion) Arkin, A., Popper, H., & Goldberg, F. A. Plasma creatinine determination as a test of low grade kidney elniiingc Ann. Int. M., 1941-42, 15: 700-7.—Beard, H. H., & Jacob, E. J. Physiologic significance of the creatinine eocflieient and the creatine tolerance test; a critical review. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1939, 42: 67-82.—Beretervide, J. J., i 11 o n. T. G. K.-timation of kidnev function; indications and importance.. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1930, 31: 435-7.—Dillon, T. W. T. The use of renal fTmction tests in the differential diagnosis of essential vascular hvpertension. Irish J. M. Sc, 1933. ser. 6. No. 95, 620 -S.—Eckel, G. J., Mowat, K. G., & Krombein, W. H. Evaluation of renal function tests. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 79; 121.—Eftimescu, G. [Study of the functions of the kidneys and urological surgery] Rev. mtd., Bucur., 1926, 15: 1007-12.—Exley, E. W. The clinical applica- tion of renal functional tests. J. Lancet, 1934, 54: 327-32.— Fikri. The valuation of kielney efficiency. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1931, 14: 144; 234.—Fiorentino, M., Macchia, E., & Sanguigno. N. Le prove della funzione renale; studi critici sui moderni metodi d'indagine. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1930, 1: 333-44.— Fishberg, A. M. The rationale of tests of renal function. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 2018-21.—Fishberg, M. Interpretation of renal function tests in surgery. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 231-6.—Foshay, L. Some simple renal function tests in relation to the diagnosis and prognosis of the major nephritides. Ohio M. J., 1929, 25: 28-31.—Gagman, A. N. Znacheniye kate- terizatsii mochetochnikov i funktsionalnol probl pochek po moim nablvudonivam v 75 sluchavakh. Sezd. ross. khir. (1907) 1908, 7: 27-45.—Gerbi, C. Criteri di scelta delle piii comuni prove di funzionalita renale. Gior. med. prat., 1936 18: 233-9.—Hayman, J. M., jr, & Martin, J. W. An anatom- ical and physiological basis for the interpretation of kieiney function tests. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1937, 52: 182-8.— Heller. F. M. The value of laboratory tests in the diagnosis of kidney efficiency. Colorado M., 1926, 23: 14-21.—Holmes, A. The clinical aspect of tests of renal efficiency. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1930, 2: 429-31.—Hunter, A. Kidney function tests and their interpretation. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1941, 14: 149-55. ------ Renal function tests and their interpretation. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1942-43, 20: 140-9.—Jasienski, J. [Clinical value of the methods in the determination of the functions of the kidneys] Warsz. czas. lek., 1936, 13: 469; 493.—Jessup, E. C. The practical application of modern kidney function tests. Long Island M. J., 1927, 21: 463-6.— Junet, R. Valeur de quelques epreuves fonctionnelles renales. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1941, 61: 798-800.—Karo, W. Kritische Bemerkungen zur funktionellen Nierendiagnostik. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 123.—Keydel, K. Der gegenwartige Stand der funetionellen Nierendiagnostik. Prakt. Arzt, 1903, 43: 1; 28; 50.—Kirkland, H. B. Certain practical aspects of renal function determination. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1935, 141: 154; 184; 231; 278.—Knorr. Ueber den gynakologischen Werth der funktionellen Nierendiagnostik. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn 1903, 49: [Discussion] 534-9.—Kohler, H. Zur Bewertung der Nierenfunktionsprufungen. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 2386-8.— Landau. A., Fejgin, M., & Liljenfeld-Krzewski, S. Apercus sur quelques epreuves d'examen fonctionnel du rein. In Prace klin. Oddz. chor. wewn. Szpit. Wolski, Warsz., 1932, 1054-63.— Langeron, L. L'exploration des fonctions renales dans la pratique medicale. Clinique, Par., 1928, 23: 247-9.—Lax, H. Praktische Bedeutung der Nierenfunktionsprufungen. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1773-7.—Lebermann, F. Ueber Nierenfunk- tionsprufungen. Erg. inn. Med., 1929, 35: 465-518. ------ Nierenfunktionsprufung, n in der Praxis. Deut. med. Wschr. 1933, 59: 136-39.- Levy, M. La recherche de la valeur fonc- tionnelle eles reins et son importance dans la pratique. Rev. fr. pediat., 1927, 3: 772 SS. Mr<;«c L. ('., ;. li-rtynliagao clinica da permeabiliehide renal. Brasil 1.....1.. U-.». 4J. _.«. - Pisani. I Stu.lio sperimentale sulla t„n/,onahta renale pertenzialc e metodo pcrsonale per la sua valutazione ai hni prognostiei urologici. Arch. ital. urol.. l.'3i , 1-1: 4UJ 8.). Reaves, J. V. A practical renal function test. Urol, t ut. Rey., 1930 34: 830-2.—Reiselman. S. I). [Simple variant of the method of functional examination of the kidneys] \ rach. delo, 1940. 22: 17-22.— Rovsing, T. Metoderne til at be- stemme- Nvrcines fvsiologiske Funkt ions, Vm- forud foi Nvre-- op.-iatioiier. Hospitalstidende, 1904, 4. 1L, 12: 701; 793.- ^chenrk. B. R. The ne^cr methods of detecting renal in- MtHiciency; crvoscopv and the- phlorielzin test. J. Michigan M S(c.,'l904] 3: 137-42. -Smith. H. W. Newer methods of tudy of renal function in man. In his Mud. Physiol. Kidney, Lawrence, 1939, 1-34.------Goldring. W. [et al.) The application of saturation methods to the study of glomerular and tubular function in the human kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943-44, 10: 59-10S.- - Npagnolio. M. Sulla prova della. santonina nelle lesioni ienali. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1938, 19: 08-70.—Stanojevic, L.. & Arandelovic, R. H. [Renal functional tests for the use of the pi:u-titioner| Voj, san glasnik, 1040, 11: 657-80.— Stepus, P. O. [Funclional renal test bv Piof. Zimmtskv's method] Sovet. vrach. .1,, 1936, 1: 2S2--7.— Stewart. ('. P. Tests of renal function. Brit'J Lrol 1038, 10: 131 43.—Streit. Beitrag zur funk- tionellen Nierendiagnostik. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 1183-03.-- Test (A) of renal function. Lancet. Lond.. 1034, 2: 81.'..— Tourreilles. J. F. Nefropatias; pruebas funcionales de rinon. -em. med.. B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2, 1535-53.—Walker, R. W. T. The act hit v of the renal function; a demonstration of the methods employed in its estimation. Hospital, Lond., 1906-07, 11 : 245.—Wright. A. F.. & Kilner, .1. N. On a new method of testing the blood and the uiim-. with special reference to the determination of the excretory eflieiency of the kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 1: 921-4.— Wv.srhcgoreielzewa, V. D. Zur Be- stimnning der Nierenfunktion auf Grand d< r niodenu-u Filtra- tions-Reabsorptionstheorie der Hat uabsondenmg. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 75: 72-82--Yumaguti, T. Studien uber Fliissigkeitsaustausch; eine neue Methode zur Priifung der Nierenepithelfunktion. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1931-32, 13: 392-4. ---- Functional test: Minerals [incl. electro- lytes] See also Mineral, Metabolism; also names of electrolytes and minerals; also Acid-base equi- librium. Fitzke, A. *Ueber den Gehalt an Calcium und anorganischem Phosphor im Serum Nieren- kranker. 14p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Novachek, S. I. O mak.simalnoi rabotospo- sobnosti pochek po otnosheniyu k vidieleniyu povarennol soli. 210p. 8? [Kiev, 1907] Wortmann, K. H. *Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung zweier gleichzeitig injizierter Salze durch die Froschniere. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. Achard, C. Sur la recherche de la retention des chlorures. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1903, 3. ser., 20: 1001-11.—Aitken, R. S. On the renal threshold for chloride in man. J. Physiol., Lond., 1929, 67: 199-210.—Bazilevich, I. V., & Turovich, I. M. [Changes in the constitution of patients with kidney affections during fatigue; changes in the acid-base equilibrium and min- eral metabolism] J. med., Kiev. 1936, 6: 1003-78. Becher, E., & Hamann, K. Studien iiber das Verhalten des Magnesiums im Organismus, insbesondere im Blut; ein B-itiag iiber den Magnesiumgehalt des Blutes bei Nierenkrankheiten. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932, 173: 500.—Bjering, T., & 0lliraard, K. [Investigation on sulfate clearance] Hospitalstidende, 1038, 81: 1049-67. Also Acta med. scand., 1030, 102: 55-78.— Bonorino Udaondo, C, Schteingart, M., & Zanalda, D. Le tiemia en las nefropatias v azohemias. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 1341-5.—Brock, A., A Cohen, H. Nati onbcla-tung als Funktionspriifung der Nieren. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 393.—Cipriani, C, A Molfese. R. Contenuto in calcio, potassio e sodio del siero di sangue nelle varie nefropatie. Arch, med., Tor., 1927, 49: 561-90— De Michelis, U. II solfo inorganico del sangue nelle nefropatie. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt 1, 318-24.—Fee, A. R. The renal excretion of chlorides and water. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34: 305-16.—Giza, T. Ueber die Bedeutung des Phosphors und des Kalziums in Nierenkrankheiten unel fiir die Entstehung von Rachitis und Tetanie auf Grund eigener Untersuchungen iiber den phosphor-kalkstofTwech.selkranke-r Kinder. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, el. med.. 1038, 265-91, tab.— Glatzel, H. Untersuchungen iiber den Minei alstofTwochsel des Nieren- kranken; die Aiisse-lieidung>f:diigkeit von Natrium und Kalium. Zschr. ges. exp. Med.. 11132, 84: 635-58.------Kalium und Natrium in der renalen Minerabegulation des Nietenkraiiken. Klin. Wschr 1033. 12: S53-5. ------& Mecke, W. Lnter- suchungen fiber den M me: al-toffwechsel des Ni-, c,kranken; die Mineralausscheidung ded Gesunden bei liinger dauernder Zufuhr aquivalenter Mengen von KC1 und NaCl. Zschr. ges. KIDNEY 129 KIDNEY exp. Med., 1933, 91: 504-22.------Untersuchungen uber den Mineralstoffwechsel des Nierenkranken; die Mineralaus- scheidung des Nierenkranken bei liinger dauernder Zufuhr iiquivalenter Mengen von KC1 und NaCl. Ibid., 523-38.— Guarino, A. Sulla oscillazioni della cloremia in rapporto alle variazioni dell'equilibrio acido-basico del sangue nelle nefriti acute sperimentali e nella legatura degli ureteri. Gior. clin. med., 1933, 14: 368-74.—Higley, H. A. The reduction of the blood plasma chloride concentration. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 563-5.—Houghton, H. A. The behavior of the renal sodium chloride threshold under treatment. Ibid., 399-401.— Iwata, Y. Ueber das Verhalten des Ca, K und Na im Blut- serum bei verschiedenen Nierenkrankheiten. Acta med. nagasaki., 1939, 1: Suppl., 55.—Jokojama, M., & Ono, K. Eksperimenta studo pri la eligo de kalko kaj fero tra la reno de kuniklo. Tr. Japan. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 130-3.—Junck, A. Ueber den Einfluss kochsalzarmer Ernahrung auf die Koe-,h- salzbelastungsprobe. Mschr. Kinderh., 1935-36, 64: 357.— Kalapos, I. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Hypochloramie bei Nierenkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 751-53.—Kukue- yitzky, B. D. [Value of Thodadse's permanganate test as method of determination of functional activity of kidneys] Vest, khir., 1931, 24: 135-9.—Larizza, P. Le modificazioni dello zolfo sanguigno nelle nefropatie. Gior. clin. med., 1935. 16: 1599-613.—Lebermann, F. Nierenerkrankungen und Serumkalziumspiegel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 695-8.— Leiter, L. Influence of previous salt regime on excretions of chlorine, sodium, and potassium during the chloride concentra- tion test of de Wesselow. J. Clin. Invest., 1926-27, 3: 253- 65.—Lifchitz, L. S.. & Kosevich, E. V. [Alimentary chloridemia in renal diseases] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 185-90.—Macy, J. W. Significance of the inorganic sulphate clearance in renal disease. Arch. Int. M., 1934, 54: 389-404.—Michelazzi, L. La calcemia in rapporto ad alcune modificazioni della funzione renale. Pathologies, Genova, 1933, 25: 201-6.—Molfese, R. Equi- librio minerale del sangue e nefropatie. Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: pt 2, 506-12.—Nelken, L., & Steinitz, H. Ueber den Gehalt des Blutseruros an Calcium und Kalium bei Nieren- krankheiten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 317-41.—Nisida, M. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Wasserhaushalt bei Nierenschadigungen; iiber den Einfluss der Diuretica auf den Gehalt des Serums sowie des Organgewebes an Chlor und Calcium. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1937, 21: 434.—Oliveira, D. Do equilibrio phospho-calcico nos estados renaes. Brasil med., Rio, 1931, 45: 247-9.—Ollgaard, E. [Observations on sulphatemia in renal diseases] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: 292-9.—Pegoraro, C. Sul comportamento dello zolfo e del glutatione ematico nelle nefropatie. Riv. clin. med., 1936, 37: 363-75— Petow, H., & Siebert, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Hydramie auf die Kohlensaurekapazitat des Blutes bei Nierenerkrankungen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 361-72.— Piersol, G. M. The value of electrolyte, water and acid base balance stuelies in renal disease. Minnesota M., 1937, 20: 71-8.------Salt and water balance and acid-base equilibri- um in renal disease. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 1 111— 5.—Salvesen, H. A. Die Ursa ehe des herabgesetzten Blut- calciumspiegels bei Nierenkrankheiten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105: 245-8.—Scimone. I. Eliminazione renale del cloruro di sodio dopo iniezione endovenosa del farmaco. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper. ,1929, 4: 593-5.—Siedek. H-, & Herbst, R. Ueber die Kalium- und Natriumausscheidung der erkrankten Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 029-31.—Sieito, S. Ueber das Verhalten der Mineralstoffe im Blut bei einigen chirurgischen Erkrankungen, besonders bei Nierenleiden. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1940, 38: 16-32.—Thodadse, E. [Potassium permanganate as test in functional diagnosis of the kidneys] Vest, khir., 1929, 16: 110-7. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 445-53 — Van Caulaert, C, & Pejtre-quin, P. S. Etude physio-patholo- gique, pathog£nique et therapeutique de l'hvpochloruration. Strasbourg med., 1931, 91: 243-9.—Yamaguti, T. Studien iiber Flussigkeitsaustausch; hormonale Beeinflussung des intermediiiren Fliissigkeitsaustausches im gesunden und soge- nannten nierenkranken Zustande des Hundes. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1927,9:551-616. ---- Functional test: Nitrogen. See also Blood chemistry; Nitrogen, Metabo- lism; also names of nitrogenous substances. Berkmann, R., & Wolpianskaja, T. Zur Charakteristik der Stickstoffwechseldvnamik bei Nierenerkrankungen. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1936, 29: 95-106.—Brugsch, T. Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Retentionsstickstuffes und den Nach- weis von Albumosen im Blute Nierenkranker. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, 2: 294-6.—Czezowska, Z., & Jaworska, J. [Resid- ual nitrogen of the blood and urine in renal diseases under the effect of injections of muscular extract] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 235-7.-—Eustis, A. C. A preliminary report upon a new method as an aid to the diagnosis of renal impairment based upon the nitrogen content of the blood. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, 1904,159-80. Also N. Orleans M.efe S. J., 1904-05,58: 324-45.—Larizza, P. Studien uber den PolypeptidstickstofT des Blutes; die Verteiltmg des Polypeptidstickstoffs auf Blut- korperchen und Blutflussigkeit bei Nierenkranken. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1937,186: 262-8.—Lebermann, F. Ueber eine einfache Nierenfunktionsprufung. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n. F., 52: 130-8.—Lirschitz, L. S., & Vol- pianskaia, T. I. [Comparative clinical evaluation of the changes of certain nitrogen ingredients of the blood in affections of the kidneys] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 27-32.—Rabinowitcn, I. M., & Breitman, R. The estimation of renal efficiency of children; studies on the excretion of nitrogen. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34: 1000-6.—Sas, L. Untersuchungen iiber elie Stickstoff- komponenten und den azotamischen Koeffizienten des Blutes bei experimenteller Nierenlasion. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 249-64.—Semilia, S. L'iperazotemia provocata come metodo di esplorazione della funzione renale. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1929, 19: 367-90.—Straube, G., & Leitritz, E. Ueber das Verhaltnis des Reststickstoffs im Blut und Liquor cerebro- spinalis bei Gesunden und Nierenkranken. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1779-82.—Strauss, H. Dreissig Jahre Reststickstoff in Diagnostik und Prognostik der Nierenkrankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 808-12. Also Zschr. Parapsychol., 1933, 8: 558-61. ---- Functional test: Phenol red. See also Kidney, Functional test: Dye elimina- tion. Bieter, R. N. Excretion of phenol red by the aglomerular kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 981-4 — Elsom, K. A., Bott, P. A., & Walker, A. M. The simultaneous measurement of renal blood flow and the excretion of hippuran and phenol red by the kidney. Am. J Physiol., 1937, 118: 739—42.—Forster, R. P. A renal clearance analysis of phenol red elimination in the frog. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1940, 16: 113-22.—Goldring, W., Clarke, R. W., & Smith, H. W. The phenol red clearance in normal man. J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 221-8.—Goldring, W., Clarke, R. W., & Welsh, C. Phenol red clearances in man. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 979-81.—MacKay, E. M. Use of phenol red in the Addis test of renal function. Ibid., 1929-30, 27: 1039-41.—Marshall, E. K., jr. The secretion of phenol red by the mammalian kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 99: 77-86.—Sheehan, H. L. The renal elimination of phenol red in the dog. J. Physiol., Lond., 1936, 87: 237-53. ---- Functional test: Phenolsulfonephthaleine [Rowntree-Geraghty, 1910] Duval Cerda, E. *La prueba de Rowntree y Geraghty en el estudio de la suficiencia renal [Chile] 163p. 26cm. Santiago, 1939. Gregoire, R. J. *L'epreuve de la phenol- sulfone-phtaleine chez le chien [Alfort] 57p. 8? Par., 1928. Alvarez, C. Investigaciones recientes sobre la prueba de la fenosulfoneftaleina. Rev. mecl. Rosario, 1929, 19: 333—11.— Angulo, L. Graficas de eliminachSn fenolftaleinicas. Urol. clin. Hosp. provinc Madrid, 1928-31, 2: 289-309.—Armando, B. Ricerche sperimentali e considerazioni critiche sulla prova della sulfofenoiftaleina per lo studio della funzione renale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 19.35, 45: 428-32.—Barney, J. D. A safe reagent for use in the phenolsulphonphthalein test. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 800.—Bedfna, J. [Phenolsulpho- phthaleine test in urology] Cas. lek. eesk., 1926, 65: 138-41.— Bernal Flandes, F. Algunas observaciones acerca de la prueba de la fenolsulfoneftaleina. Rev. meed, veracruz., 1930, 10: 144-7.—Bernheim, E. Histo-hamorenale Verteilungsstudien; tierexperimentelle Studien am Hunde (Phenolsulfonphtalein) Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105: 781-8.—Bieter, R. N., & Hirsch- felder, A. D. Further observations on relation of glomerular function to phenol-sulphonephthalein excretion in frog's kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 798-801. ------ The role of the glomeruli as the preferential route for excretion of phenolsulphonephthalein in the frog's kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 91: 178-200.—Blanc, H. Les lois de l'elimination de la phenol-sulfonephtalelne: leur valeur en chirurgie urinaire. Paris mdd., 1928, 69: 331-5. ------ Reflexions sur la valeur reelle des facteurs extrar^naux dans l'elimination de la P. S. P. J. urol. me5d., Par., 1930, 29: 571- 81.—Blasucci, P. A new method to eliminate the physiological error in the phthalein test. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 564-76 — Bloom, W., & Rosenau, W. H. A simple method for the de- termination of phenoltetrachlorphthalein in blood serum. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82: 547.—Bonadies, A. Sul valore della prova della fenolsulfonftaleina. Policlinico, 1926, 38: sez. chir., 333-56.—Bosquet. C. Quelques faits d'observation concernant l'esprcuve d'e5hmination par le rein de la phenol- sulfonephtaleine. Bruxelles med., 1930-31, 11: 1149-52 — Bum pus, H. G, jr. Tests of function of each kidney separately; a comparison of the value of specific gravity of urine with excretion of phenosulphonephthalein. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 387-94.—Buzeu, P. L'exploration fonctionnelle renale; recherches sur le cycle d'eSlimination de la phenolsufonephtaleme (P. S. P.) et considerations sur le role du foie dans le cycle de cette elimination. J. urol. med., Par.,. 1928, 25: 458-63. ------ Considerations sur certains facteurs susceptibles d'influencer l'elimination rdnale de la P. S. P. et surtout la fievre. Ibid., 1934, 37: 403-11— Chabanier, H., & Gaume, P. Considerations sur l'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephtaleine. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1927, 6: 69-81. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 242-63.—Chapman, E. M. Further experience with the fractional 'phthalein test. N. England J. M., 1936, 214: 16-8. ------& Halsted, J. A. The fractional phenolsulphone- phthalein test in Bright's disease. Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 186: 463569—vol. 9, 4th series——9 KIDNEY 130 KIDNEY 223-32. A'hcvassu, M. L'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephta- ieine et eniclques-unrs de ses causes d'erreur. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1027, 6: 121-8.- Chisholm, C. A. Some observations on the curve of elimination of phenolsulphonphthalein by the normal and diseased kidney. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 788-92.—Collins, D. A. The phenolsulphonephthalein renal function t.-.-t in dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 27-30.— Cordero, N., & Friedman, M. H. The influence of posture on the elimination of phenolsulphonephthalein. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 43. —----Influence of posture on phenol- sulphonphthalein test for kidney function. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 279-91.—Crockett, F. S. Influence of magnesium sulphate and Pluto water on phthalein elimination in kidney function tests. Cincinnati J. M., 1926-27, 7: 69-75. Further observations on the effect of magnesium sulphate on phenolsulphonephthalein elimination. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 139-45.—Delort, M., & Morisse, P. Diagnostic et appreci- ation de l'etat du tissu cellulaire par l'etude comparee de l'elimination de la phenol-sulfone-phtaieine par voie intra- musculaire et sous-cutanee. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1931, 564- 70.—Djordjevitch, B. De l'epreuve de la phenol-sulfone- phlah-ine et de ses applications en urologie chirurgicale. Strasbourg med., 1929, 89: 337-54—Fantus, B., & Dyniewicz, J. M. Phenolphthalein studies; a thousand doses of phenol- phthalein: urinalyses. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 439-43 — Ferrannini, A. La prova della fenolsulfoneftaleina per via endovenosa ed intramuscolare, in soggetti normali e malati di rene o di fegato. Baglivi, 1936, 2: 45-71.—Germer, W. D. Die Phenolsulfophthaleinprobe bei Hypertonien und doppel- seitigen Nierenerkrankungen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1939, 60: 321-32.—Giordanengo, G., & Colombet, G. Contribution a l'etude du fonctionnement renal; la phenolsulfonephtaieine et ses rapports avec la cholesterine et l'acide urique du sang. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 31: 357-65.—Hanner, J. P., & Whip- ple, G. H. The elimination of phenolsuphonphthalein by the kidney; the influence of pathologic changes in the liver. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 48: 598-610.—Helouin. L'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephtaieine intraveineuse dans l'exploration fonc- tionnelle renale. Presse med., 1926, 34: 755.—Hi rose, H. Phenolsulfophthaleinprobe bei chirurgischen Nierenkrankungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Anwendung bei Urete- renkatheterismus. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930, 15: 369-97.— Izzo, R. A. La fenolsulfoneftaleina en la exploraci6n funcional del rifi6n. Cr6n. med. mex., 1925, 24: 193-7.—Kin, R., & Tei, K. Ueber den Einfluss einiger innersekretorischer Organe auf die histohamorenale Verteilung des Phenolsulphonphtaleins. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1938, 28: 77.—Kuwahara, K., & Iwai, T. Histohamorenale Verteilungsstuehen iiber Phenolsulphon- phtalein im Organismus; iiber den Einfluss der verschiedenen Diuretica auf die Farbstoffverteilung. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1930, 42: 71.—Langeron & Germenot. L'epreuve de permeabilite renale a la phenolsulfonephtaieine (P. S. P.) existence de facteurs extra-renaux. Lyon med., 1927, 139: 541—4. ------ Recherches cliniques sur l'epreuve a la phenol- sulfonephtaieine (P. S. P.): role de certains facteurs extra- renaux, valeur semeiologique. Progr. med., Par., 1927, 42: 202-12.—Le Blaye, R. Technique rapide de l'epreuve de permeabilite renale par P. S. P. intraveineuse. Bull, med., Par., 1927, 41: 1111-3.—Levy-Dreyfus, R. Ueber Nieren- funktionsprufung mittels der P. S. P. (Phenol-Sulfo-Phtalein)- Frobe. Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 525-36.—Lilpop, W., & Czubai- ski, S. [Results obtained in the trial of phenol-sulpho-phtalein on the functions of the kidneys and on the stabilization of the operation prognosis] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 721-4.— Lorenzetti, C. Sulla prova della funzionalita renale con la tenolsulfonftaleina in medicina. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 58.—MacKay, E. M., & Rytand, D. A. Significance of the phenolsulphonphthalein test of renal function. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 131-40.—Magoun, J. A. H. The absorption of phenolsulphonphthalein from the human renal pelvis. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 22: 127-31.—Marion. L'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephtaieine. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 107-16.— Mauriac, P., Piechaud, F., & Princeteau, R. Mesure de la valeur du facteur interstitiel par le temps d'apparition de la phenol-sulfonephtaieine dans le sang apres injection sous- cutanee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 87: 1285-7.—Minder, J. Ueber den funktionellen Wert des Phenolsulfonephthaleins auf Gmnd von 204 Bestimmungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928 24: 288-300.—Negley, J. C. A new use of the phenolsul- phonephthalein test. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 17: 367-9.— Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Delafontaine, P. [et al.] L'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephtaieine en un quart d'heure. Presse med., 1936, 44: 2009.—Phenolsulphonephthalein test (P. S. P.) Seminar, Phila., 1941, 3:10, illust.—Plotz, M., & Rothenberger, M. The short phenolsulphonephthalein test of renal function. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 587-90.—Renaud, M., Muller, J., & Miget, A. L'elimination de la phenol-sulpho-phtaieine apres l'ingestion de lacto-serum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1127.—Robin, V., & Gregoire, R. L'exploration fonctionnelle du rein par l'epreuve de la phenol-sulfone-phtaieine chez le chien. Rec. med. vet., 1928, 104: 321-8.—Rowntree, L. G., & Geraghty, T. J. An experimental and clinical study of the functional activity of the kidneys by means of phenolsul- phonephthalein. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1909-10, 1: 579-661.— Shaw, E. C, & McKenzie, J. A. The curve of phenolsulphon- phthalein elimination in unilateral kidney disease. South M.'J., 1937, 30: 61-9.—Siguret. L'epreuve de la phenolsul- fonephtaieine. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 356.—Sugimura, S., & Aomura, T. Zur Ausscheidung des Phenolsulfophthaleins aus gesunden Nieren; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Technik der Phenol- sulfophthaleinprobe. Tohoku J. Exp. M.. 1926, 7: 125-43.— Testolin, M. Su alcune possibili cause d errore nella prova funzionale dei reni con la fenolsulfonftaleina. Gazz. osp., 1931, 52: 839-46.—Thevenot. L. Valeur de 1 epreuve de la phenol-sulfone-phtaieine dans les nephrites chroniques. Lyon med., 1927, 139: 706-8.—Vancura, A., & Joachim, J. [Brom- sulphthalein and its functional effect on the kidneys] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1931, 70: 599-601.—Young, H. H. Functional kidney tests; a new phthaleinometer and chart for recording teste. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1930, 23: 307-27, ch. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 25-48. ------& Elvers, C. F. An improved phthaleinometer for rapid estimation of the phenolsulphonphthalein test. Ibid., 1930, 23: 281-6. Functional test: Phlorhizin [Casper & Richter] See also Glycosuria, phlorhizin. Hoffmann, H. W. *Ueber die Phlorrhizingly- kosurie und klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchun- gen mit Phlorrhizin bei Nierenkranken (Nephro- sen) [Leipzig] 27p. 8? [Zeulenroda, 1930] Watson, F. S. Some observations upon the value of the phloridzin test for estimating the functional capacity of the kidneys; renal suffi- ciency. 14p. 12? Bost., 1902. Beer, E. rl he phloridzin test; with special reference to the influence exerted by a diseased kidney on the excretory work of the second organ. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 1972-5. Also Fol. urol., Lpz., 1909, 3: 175-83.—Blum, V., & Prigl, H. Was leistet die Phloridzinmethode fiir die funktionelle Nieren- diagnostik. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1908, 21: 1445-7.—Dalla Vedova, R. II valore della funzionalita renale e misurato dalla glicosuria florizinica. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1903, 29: 290- 303.—Detre, L. A phloridzinos vesepr6ba ertekerol. Urologia, Budap., 1906, 81-4.—Ellinger, P., & Lambrechts, A. La localisation de l'effet de la phlorhizine dans le rein vivant. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 261-3.—Hartwich, A. Einfluss pharmakologisch wirksamer Substanzen auf die isolierte Froschniere; die Wirkung des Phlorrhizins. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 115: 328-33.—Israel, J. Ueber die Leistungsfahig- keit der Phloridzinmethode. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1903, 11: 217-36— Kapsamer, G. Ueber die Bedeutung der Phloridzinmethode. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1906, 35. Kongr., 310. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1906, 79: 776-85.—Krotoszyner, M. Phloridzin-glycosuria as a test for kidney-function. Am. J. Derm., 1907, 11: 394-6.—Levene, P. A., & Stookey, L. B. On the phloridzin test in Bright's disease. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1903-04, 1: 41. Also Science, 1904, n. ser., 19: 80.—Lichtenstern, R., & Katz, A. Ueber funktionelle Nieren- diagnostik und Phloridzindiabetes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1906, 56: 857-926.—Salomon, A. Ueber den zeitlichen Ablauf der Phloridzinglykosurie in der funktionellen Nierendiagnostik. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1909, 46: 2299-303. ---- Functional test: Phosphorus [Brain & Kay, etc.] See also Blood chemistry, Phosphorus; Phos- phorus, Metabolism. Weidenreich, R. *Die Nierenfunktions- prufung mit Phosphorbelastung (Brain und Kay) verglichen mit anderen Nierenfunktionsprufun- gen [Frankfurt a. M.] 14p. 8? Lpz.. 1931. Also Zbl. inn. Med., 1931, 52: 401-12. Brain, R. T., & Kay, H. D. A. new test of renal function. Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1928-29, 22: 203-16.—Egorov, M. N., & Manusova, N. B. [Fractions of acid soluble phosphorus in the venous blood in various diseases of the kidneys] Arkh. biol. naule. 1935, 40: 104-12— Grassheim. K., & Lucas, E. Ueber den Phosphorgehalt des Serums bei Nierenkrankheiten. Zschr. klin. Med., 1928, 107: 172-80.—Hayasi, M. Studien Uber den Phosphorsaurestoffwechsel bei Funktionsstorung der Niere; Uber das Verhalten zwischen der Phosphorsaure im Blut sowie im Harn und einigen Blutbestandteilen, der Azidose sowie der Azotamie bei den Nierenkranken und bei den Kaninchen mit experimenteller Nephritis. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1937, 21: 1707.—Hoesch, K. Die Phosphorfraktionen des Blutea bei Nierenerkrankungen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 121: 305-60. ---- Functional test: Potassium. See also subheading Functional test: Minerals; also Potassium, Metabolism. Griffon, H. Sur le seuil renal du potassium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 47-9.—Keith, N. M., & Osterberg, A. E. ,oi5r,ex,CoStI0o" °f Potassium by the kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 395------ & King, H. E. The excretion of potassium by the normal and diseased kidney. Tr. Ass. Am. Hn^n^' * .4°i 55: 219"i2- ------ The ^m concentra- n Pncv C rw?"? of Potassium in severe renal insuffi- ciency. Proc. Centr. Soc. Chn. Res., 1941, 14: 31 (Abstr.) :------ Serum concentration and rena clearance of notaasium fJ^TO? reCLin8MffiC.1n?y in man' Arch Int M ,T94l! 7° 675-701.-Norn, M. Untersuchungen Uber das Verhalten des KIDNEY 131 KIDNEY Kaliums im Organismus; Uber Schwankungen der Kalium-, Natrium- und Chloridausscheidung durch die Niere im Laufe des Tages. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1929, 55: 184-210. ------ Untersuchungen Uber das Verhalten des Kaliums im Organismus; Uber Schwankungen der Kaliumkonzentration des Plasmas nach Eingabe von Kaliumsalzen und bei verschiedenen Diureseformen und ihre Beziehung zur Kaliumausscheidung im Harn. Ibid., 211-29.—Winkler, A. W., & Smith, P. K. Renal excretion of potassium salts. Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 138: 94-103. ---- Functional test: Protids [and derivatives See also Albuminuria; Blood protein; Protein- uria; Urine, Analysis. Benedetti, G. La polipeptidemia in vari stati morbosi; la polipeptidemia nelle nefropatie. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 1016-22.—Calvo, A. Ueber die Eiweisskorper des Urins bei Nierenkranken und Gesunden mit besonderer BerUcksichti- gung des durch Essigsaure ausfallbaren Eiweisskorpers. Zschr. klin. med., 1903-04, 51: 502-20.—Cipriani, C, & Cionini, A. Micrometodi per la determinazione delle frazioni proteiche del siero e del plasma nelle nefropatie. Diagn. teen, lab.. Nap., 1930, 1: 905-48. Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1930, 93: 240-52. ------ Le variazioni del contenuto proteico del sangue in rapporto alia sintomatologia emato-chimica e clinica dei vari tipi di nefropatie. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1932, 56: 581-640.—D'Ajello, G. L'analisi frazionata delle siero- albumine nelle urine dei nefropazienti. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 1065.—Fahr, G., & Swanson, W. W. The quantities of serum albumin, globulin and fibrinogen in the blood plasma in acute and chronic nephropathies. Arch. Int. M., 1926, 38: 510-26.— Fernandez Ithurrat, E. M. La albuminemia en las diferentes formas de nefropatias. Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 359 — Geill, T. Klinische Untersuchungen iiber Albumin und Globu- lin im Blut und im Harn bei Nierenkranken. Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 110: 334-81.—Gukelberger, M., & Abplanalp, A. Der Nachweis geringer Eiweiss- und Polypeptidmengen im Lrin und seine Bedeutung fur die Beurteilung der Durch- lassigkeit der Nierencapillaren. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1941, 187: 392-9.—Kollert, V., & Hartl, K. Beobachtungen Uber das Verteilungsverhaltnis der Eiweisskorpergruppen bei Nierenkranken. Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 106: 110-6.— Kumpf, A. E. The blood proteins, with special reference to the changes occurring in renal diseases. Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 335-79.—Lashmet, F. H., & Newburgh, L. H. An improved concentration test of renal function; a simple method for measuring proteinuria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1328.— Lebermann, F. Ueber eine einfache Nierenfunktionsprufung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 676-8. ------ Weitere Erfahrun- gen mit der Peptonbelastung als Nierenfunktionsprufung. Ibid., 164fr-8.—Lucchi, G. La prova di carico con peptone come saggio della funzionalita renale; ricerche personali. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt 1, 897-904.—Marcolongo, F. Ricerche sul comportamento delle globuline urinarie nelle diverse forme di nefropatie. Ibid., 1932, 23: pt 2, 409.— Moschcowitz, E. Hypoproteinemia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1086-92.—Peters, J. P., & Bruckman, F. S. [et al.] The plasma proteins in relation to blood hydration; serum proteins in the terminal stages of renal disease. J. Chn. Invest., 1932, 11: 113-22.—Roselli del Turco, L. L'analisi frazionata delle siero-albumine nelle urine dei nefropazienti. Riv. clin. med., 1934, 35: 240-66.—Sas, L. Ueber den Einfluss der Eiweissbe- lastung auf die Stickstoffkomponenten des Blutes beim Hunde nach experimenteller Nierenlasion. Biochem. Zschr., 1937, 290: 304-12.—Schenck, E. G., & Schliiter, H. Untersu- chungen Uber die Eiweisstoffe im Blut und Gewebe sowie im Harn bei Nierenerkrankungen. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932- 33, 169: 343-64. ---- Functional test: Salicylate. Chabanier, H., Lebert, M., & Lobo-Onell, C. De l'adsorp- tion de l'ion salicylique par le serum sanguin in vivo; du mode de secretion de l'ion salicylique par le rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 608-10.—Froumkine, A. P. [Functional test with sodium salicylate in surgical diseases of the kidneys] Vest. khir., 1928, 12: No. 35, 163-5. Also Zschr. Urol., 1928, 22: 492-6.—Joubert, G. Etude par la spectrophotometrie ultra- violette de l'elimination urinaire des acides salicylique et benzoique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 1412-6. ---- Functional test: Thiosulfate [Nyiri, 1923] Elatjt, L. *Proefondervindelijke onderzoe- kingen omtrent de uitscheiding van natriumthio- sulfaat door de nieren, in betrekking tot de functioneele nierproef van Nyiri. 66p. 8? Gent, 1931. Sievers, H. *Ueber Erfahrungen mit der Nyiri'schen Thiosulfatprobe [Giessen] 31p. 8? Lpz., 1924. Centeno, A. M. Determinacion de la permeabilidad renal por la prueba del hiposulfito de sodio. Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16: 1525-30.—Di Natale, L. La prova di Nyiri. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt 2, 268-71.—Fiorentino, M., Macchia, E., & Sanguigno, N. Le prove della funzione renale; studi critici sui moderni metodi d'indagine. Diagn. teen. lab. Nap 1931, 2: 261-74.—Humbert, G., & Finck, F. L'epreuve °f 1 byposulfite de soude pour la determination de la perme- abilite renale. Presse med., 1928, 36: 417.—Myers, C. N., Marples, E. [et al.] The use of sodium thiosulphate in diag- nostic procedure. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1925-26, 11: 836-41.— Nyin, W. Die Thiosulfatprobe im Dienste des Praktikers. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 146-9.—Pepi, O. Contributo alio studioi della funzionalita renale con prova di Nyiri. Gior. med Alto Adige, 1932, 4: 282-8.—Salto, G. La prova dell'iposol- hto di soda nello studio della funzionalita separata dei reni. Ann. ital. chir., 1933, 12: 77-92.—Sanguigno, L. La prova di Nyin per lo studio della funzione renale. Diagn. teen, lab . Nap., 1938, 9: 795-800.—Silberstein. 3. El hiposulfito de sodio en la determinaci6n de la insuflBciencia renal. Rev. med Rosario, 1929, 19: 265-8.—Sostegni, A. Studio comparativo della reazione di Nyiri nella funzionalita renale. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 283-6.—Tabanelli, M. L'esame della funzi- onalita renale con la prova dell'iposolfito di soda (prova di Nyiri) Clin, chir., Milano, 1932, 35: 280-95. ---- Functional test: Threshold and tolerance tests. See also other subheadings; also under names of substances. Nonnenbrtjch, W., & Klein, O. Funktions- priifung der Niere mittels Belastungsproben. p.447-672. 25cm. Berl., 1938. In Handb. biol. Arbmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 5, T. 9. Oestberg, O. *Studien iiber die Zitronensaure- ausscheidung der Menschenniere in normalen und pathologischen Zustanden [Lund] 142p. 8° Berl., 1931. Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1931, 62: Schwarzbart, I. * Nierenfunktionsprufung durch Uranin [Miinchen] 26p. 8? Kallmunz, 1932. Alving, A. S., & Miller, B. F. A practical method for the measurement of glomerular filtration rate, inulin clearance; with an evaluation of the clinical significance of this determina- tion. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 66: 306-18.—Bolliger, A. Renal function tests with sodium thiosulphate and sodium iodine; an experimental comparison with the phenolsulphonphthalein test. Ibid., 1928, 41: 642-54.—Bunim, J. J., Smith, W. W., & Smith, H. W. The diffusion coefficient of inulin and other substances of interest in renal physiology. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 118: 667-77—Ehrich, W. E. Simultaneous renal and hepatic excretion of water and various dves in rabbits. Am. J. M. Sc, 1940, 199: 597. ------ Simultaneous renal and hepatic excretion of water, cyanol, and azofuchsin I in rabbits. J. Exp. M., 1942, 76: 349-55.—Forster, R. P. The use of inulin and creatinine as glomerular filtrate measuring substances in the frog. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1938, 12: 213-22.— Friedman, S. M., & Livingstone, C. A. The estimation of renal function in the rat by the use of diodrast and inulin. Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 137: 564-9.—Gaujoux, E. Quelques recherches nouvelles sur l'elimination renale provoquee chez l'enfant. Ann. med. chir. inf., Par., 1908, 12: 721-35.— Giordanengo, G. Contribution a l'etude du fonctionnement renal; epreuve de Nyiri et l'epreuve de la phenolsulfonephta- ieine. J. urol. med., Par., 1931, 32: 423-37.—Hepler, O. E., Gurley, H. [et al.] Correlation between inulin and diodrast clearances and the microscopic pathology of the kidneys in experimental nephropathies. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1942—43, 14: 497.—Holb011, S. A. [Researches on excretion of phenol- sulphonphthaleine and sodium thiosulphate in persons with sound kidneys] Hospitalstidende, 1926, 69: 1093-108. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 111: 117-27.—Kapsammer. 1st die Zeit der Ausscheidung von dem Organismus einverleibten Substanzen zur Funktionsprufung der Nieren zu verwerten? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1908, 21: 1377-83.—Kato, K. Sodium sulfathiazole clearance as a measure of renal function in children. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 20: 576-84.—Khali), M„ Hassan, A., & Salah, M. The use of pyrocatechin disulphonate of sodium as a kidney function test. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 690^1.—Krech, W. Niere und Aminosaurenaus- scheidung. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 144: 243-64.—Kundratitz, K. Eine Belastungs- und Resistenzprobe der Niere. Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47: 261-4.— Mazzolli, H. J. Empieo de la glicocola en la prueba de Quick deficitaria para descartar la insuficiencia renal. Dia med., B. Air., 1943, 15: 141-5.— Meier, R., & Weitzmann, G. Eine gleichzeitige Wasser-, Kochsalz-, Stickstoff-(kombinierte) Belastung zur Priifung von Ausscheidungsstorung der Niere. MUnch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1795-7.—Munk, P. Exame da funcAo dos rims, pelo processo da sobrecarga. Brasil cir., 1940, 2:985; 1175; passim.— Petrzela, O. [Excretion of certain substances in the urine and their qualitative estimation] Zver. obzor, 1940, 33: Zver. rozpr., 150-7.—Smirk, F. H. Chloride and urea excretion as a measure of the functional activity of healthy and diseased kidneys. Clin. Sc, Lond., 1933-34, 1: 131-58.—Smith, W. W., Finkelstein, N., & Smith, H. W. Renal excretion of hexitols, sorbitol, manitol, and dulcitol, and their derivatives, sorbitan, isomannide, and sorbide, and of endogenous creatinine-like chromogen in dog and man. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 135: 231- 50.—SpUhler, O. Die Glomerulusfiltration der Nieren; die KIDNEY 132 KIDNEY lnulin-clear-j.r. -Methodik. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1942-43, 190: 20-30.- Suzuki, I. Die Hippursaureausscheidung im Harn nach eh-r Betizrx>saurebelastung bei chirurgischen Nieren- erkrankunpvn. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939-40, 37: 346-59.— Weitzmann, G.' Die kombinierte Belastung (Wasser-, Koch- Balz-, Harnstoff-Belastung) als Funktionsprufung nephritischer Krankheitsbilder. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1937, 61: 1-20, 2 tab.—Yago, K. Belastungsprobe mit Harnstoff beziehungs- weise Kreatlnin bei chirurgischen Nierenerkrankungen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1932-33, 20: 14-33. ---- Functional test: Urea [incl. clearance and threshold tests] Berr, A. *Vergleich der Ausseheidungs- vorhaltnisse zwischen Harnstoff und Kreatinin, insbesondere der von Slyke'schen clearance. 30p. 8? Frankf. a. M., 1933. Than, A. M. *Harnstoffbelastung als Nieren- funktionsprufung bei chirurgischen Nierener- krankungen. 99p. 8? Bonn. 1934 Astini, J. B. Prueba del aclaramiento de la urea de la sangre ypi'in V an Slvke. Dia med., B. Air., 1943, 15: 525-9 — Banfi, R. F. la importancia del urea clearance como prueba de fiincionainieiito renal. An. Ateneo pat. clin. med. Hosp. Alvear, H. Mi.. r.i.'!5. 1: 228-32.—Bell, L. G., Gilmour, C. R., & Cameron, A. T. Clinical studies with the urea-clearance test. Canad. M. As>. J., l'.<:-54, 30: 246-52.—Berutti, E. L:i prova delln nn-a clearance ru-llo stato gravidico e puerperale. Gine- colcgia. Tor.. 1936, 2: 803-45.—Bhatia, S. L., Dundas, J. D., & <'ooper. S. M. Some observations on the urea concentration test of Maclean and de Wesselow. Ind. J. M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 77-89.—Bjering, T. [Secretion of urea and kidney func- tion] Bihl. laeger, 1933, 125: 223-36. Also Acta med. scand., 1934, 82: 213-27.------ Der Einfluss des Hypophysen- Hintcrlappenhnrmons anf die Harnstoffclearance. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1034, 176: 255-61. Also Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 808-16- Uruger, M., ct Monsenthal, H. O. Lrea clear- ance te-st as an inch \ of renal function; studies of normal subjects. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 50: 351. ------ Urea clear- ance test as an index of renal function; studies of patients with Bright's diseasei. Ibid., 544. ------ The urea clearance test in relation to other tests and measures of renal function. Ibid., 556.------Lrea clearance test as an index of renal function; the effect of ingestion of carbohydrate (dextrose) Ibid., 358.—Cameron, J. D. S. Renal efficiency testing: the urea concentration range in diagnosis and prognosis of kidney inefficiency. Edinburgh M. J., 1934, n. ser., 41: Suppl*., Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, Edinburgh, 73-92.—Cantarow, A., & Ricchiuti, G. Lrea clearance test in pregnancy. Arch. Int. M., 1933, 52: 637-46.—Casaubon, A., & Cossoy, S. Valor del indice de depuracion ureica en nifios sin lesi6n renal. Pern. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 1, 582-6.—Chesley, L. C. The validity of the calculation of standard urea clearances from low urine volumes. J. Clin. Invest., 1937, 16: 653-6 Urea excretion at low urine volumes; the calculation of minimal urea clearances. Ibid., 17: 119-23.—Colarusso, A. De- terminazione colorimetrica semplificata dell'indice di epura- zione ureica secondo Van Slvke (blood urea clearance) Diagn. teen. lab., Nap., 1934, 5: 390-4.—Cope, C. L. Studies of urea excretion; the effects on the urea clearance of changes in protein and salt contents of the diet. J. Clin. Invest., Bait., 1933, 12: 567-72.—Cracovaner, D. J. The blood urea clearance as a test of renal function. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1932, 30: 490.— Davis, M. C. The investigation of renal function with a new nomographic method for the determination of urea clearanee Med. J. Australia. 1943, 1: 267-79.—De Sanctis Monaldi, T. L'esplorazione della funzione renale con la prova di Moeller., Mcintosh e Van Slyke (urea, clearance) Riforma med., 1933, 49: 1063.—Deutsch, L, & Berger, G. Ueber Prufungsmethoden der Nierenfunktion bei Kindern, in besonderer Hinsicht auf die Carbamidbelastungsprobe. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 67-76.—Domenighini, R. L^i eliminazione ureica massima ed attuale (urea clearance) prova della funzionalita del rene. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 641-9.—Dominguez, R., & Pomerene, E. Urea clearance and diuresis in man. J. Chn In- vest., 1943, 22: 1-10.—Duca, A., & Olivo, R. Contributo alio studio dell'indice deU'eUminazione dell'urea, urea clearance, nelle nefropatie gravidiche e nell'eclampsia. Fol. demogr. gyn ' Genova, 1939, 36: 103-15, tab.—Effect (The) of diet and meals on the maximum urea clearance. Gradwohl Lab. Digest 1941-42, 5: No. 10, 5.—Elden, C. A., merular intermittence in normal dogs and rabbits. Am. J Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 159-68.- Winton, F. R. The control of the glomerular pressure by vascular changes within the isolated mammalian kidney, demonstrated by the actions of adrenaline. J. Physiol., Lond., 1931, 73: 151-62. ---- Glomerulus: Sclerosis, intercapillary [Kimmelstiel & Wilson] See also subheadings (Arteriosclerosis; Ne- phrosclerosis) Clarke, B. E. Intercapillary glomerular sclerosis; diabetes- nephrosis syndrome. Rhode Island M. J., 1941, 24: 190-2.— Fahr, T. Ueber Glomerulosklerose. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22- 128 (Abstr.)—Friedman, H. H., Grayzel, D. M., 4 Lederer, m! Kidney lesions in stillborn and newborn infants; congenital glomerulosclerosis. Am. J. Path., 1942, 18: 699-713, incl. 4 pl.—Goodof, I. I. Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis. Week' Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 226 (Abstr.)—Harrison! T. R., & Morehead, R. P. Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis! Kimmelstiel-Wilson disease; cardiac hypertrophy and dilata- tion; fibrinous pericarditis. North Carolina M. J., 1943, 4; 181-4.—Herbut, P. A. Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis' Arch. Path., Chic, 1941, 31: 501-7.—Horn, R. C, jr, & Sme- tana, H. Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis. Am. J. Path 1942, 18: 93-9, incl. pl.—Hiickel. Eigenartige Glomerulus- veriinderungen bei benigner Nephrosklerose. Verh. Deut path. Ges. (1938) 1939, 31: 392-7.—J., F. M. Glomerulosclero- sis of Kimmelstiel and Wilson. Westchester M. Bull., 1943 H • No. 6, 13.—Mauser, C. L., Rowe, A. H., 4 Michael, P. P. e! Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis. Ann. Int. M., 1942, 17- 101-5.—Morales, F. H., & Rivera, R. S. D. Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis in Puerto Rico; a report of 6 cases, one with autopsy findings. Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1941-42 17- 356-73, incl. 2 pl.—Newburger, R. A., & Peters, J. P. Inter- capillary glomerulosclerosis; a syndrome of diabetes, hyper- tension and albuminuria. Arch. Int. M., 1939, 64: 1252-61.— Rummel, F. J., Appelbaum, E. [et al.] Intercapillary glomeru- losclerosis; arteriolonephrosclerosis; diagnosis of a case N York State J. M., 1943, 43: 342-6.—SpUhler, O., & Zollinger! H. U. Die diabetische Glomerulosklerose. Deut. Arch klin Med., 1942-43, 190: 321-79.—Urmy, T. V., Brailey, A. g! [et al.] Intercapillary glomerulosclerosis, chronic, advanced; diabetes mellitus; uremia; presentation of case. N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 418-22. ---- Granuloma. Fillis, B. E. Inflammatory tumor of the lower pole of the right kidney; report of a case. Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc, 1931, 1: 131-4.—Muto, M. Ueber die funktionelle Schadigung der Nieren bei experimenteller Kieselgurgranulombildung des Organs. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1928, 10: 515-27.—WolflT, K. Ueber verstreute periarterielle Granulombildungen in der Niere. Zbl. allg. Path., 1930-31, 49: 65-9. Ooldnng, W. The measurement of the tubular excretory mass, effective blood flow and filtration rate in the normal human kidney. Ibid. 1938, 17: 263-78.—SpUhler, O. Die Glomerulusfiltration der Nieren. Deut. Arch klin Med 1942-43, 190: 20; passim.—Stub, O. Determination of the quantity of renal filtrate as function test; a preliminary report Acta med. scand., 1932, 79: Suppl. 50, 417-20.—Vargas, F. L Modificaciones fisiol6gicas de la actividad glomerular Rev' med. aliment., Santiago, 1935-37, 2: 423-6.—Walker,'A. M ' Bott, P. A. [et al.] The collection and analysis of fluid from single nephrons of the mammalian kidney. Am J Phvsiol 1941 133: 480; 134: 580-95.-Walker, A. M.. & Oliver, 3. Methods for the collection of fluid from single glomeruli and tubules of the mammalian kidney. Ibid., 134: 562-79.— White, H. L. Observations on the nature of glomerular ac- Uvity. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr. 285 ---- Hemangioma. See also Kidney, Angioma. ,™BaiIey* H- Haemangioma of the kidney. Brit. J. Urol, 1930, 2: 375-80—Cid, J. M., 4 Ercole, R. Angiomas corticales del rifion y hematoma perirrenal espontaneo. Rev. argent. urol., 1939, 8: 5-18.—Dalakopoulos, N. Nierenhamangiome. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 458-64.—Dean. A. L.. 4 McCarthy, W. I). Hemangioma of the kidney associated with multiple hemangiomas. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1940) 1941 33: 1-9 [Discussion] 57-60.—Farkas, K. Zur Kasuistik derselteneren Nierentumoren; diffuses, kavernoses Hamangiom und malignes Nephrom. Virchows Arch., 1939, 304: 473-80.— !fe KtS" Hu Haemangioma of kidney. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 555. Horner, 3. B. Cavernous hemangioma of the kidney. TJroL Cut. Rev.. 1936, 40: 181-3.—Jenkins, J. A.. 4 Drennen, A. M. Cavernous haemangioma of the kidney; report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 97-102.—Mackenzie, D. W., 4 Hawthorne, A. B. Hemangioma of the kidney; a report of 2 cases and a brief resume of the hterature. Tr. Am. Ass. irfo",1*0."/111- Surgeon8. 1931, 24: 53-62. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 205-14.—Mackey, W. A. Haemangioma of the kid- n?y:L Bnt™JV Su/„g- 1930' 18: 308-20—McLean, E. H., 4 f**™6?'- T J Hemangioma of the kidney. West. J. Surg., 1942, 50: 47-50.—Pitrolffy-Szabo, B. [Renal hemangioma] B«U o?^1^'^- 1939' 37: 921~4- Also Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 272. Also Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 138. ---- Hematoma. See also subheadings (Cyst, hemorrhagic; Hemorrhage; Perinephritis) Coppridge, W. M. Spontaneous subcapsular renal hema- toma J. Urol., 1938, 39: 733-44.—Fritzsche, K. Hiimatome Tierh Vq^c"?!6^6111^ S^weines. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1933, 66: 435-8.—Haebler, H. Zur Kenntnis der VI ,nP7SfiularAei- Nierenhamatome. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1078 Also Zschr Lrol 1928, 22: 386-9.—Nakaii T., 4 £?Ha£8'iKr ^T"?1 ?f ^ge traumatic hematoma of the kidneys] Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1903. 936-48, 3 ch. KIDNEY 139 KIDNEY ---- Hematoma, peri- and pararenal. See also Kidney, Hydronephrosis: Complica- tion. Galuschki, A. E. P. *Zur Kenntnis der Entstehung perirenaler Hamatome. 24p. 8? Berl., 1928. • # Roemer, L. *Klinischer Beitrag zur Nieren- lagerblutung [Miinster] 27p. 22cm. Dusseld., 1935. Seitz, J. T. *Ueber Massenblutungen in das Nierenlager und ihre Aetiologie. 26p. 8? Munch., 1926. Barthels, C. Ueber das zirkumrenale Hamatom. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930, 150: 331-8.—Bonthius. A. Apoplexy of kidney bed. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 523-5.—Caderas, J., 4 Bert, J. M. Hematome perirenal spontane bilateral avec maladie polykystique des reins chez un nouveau-ne mort en hyperthermie au cinquidme jour. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1939, 20: 34.—Carver, J. Circumrenal haema- toma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Urol., 547-9.—Chauvenet, A. A propos d'une observation d'hema- tome peri-renal apparemment spontane. J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 228-30.—D'Allaines, F. L'hematome peri-n6phre- tique spontane. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1931, 1: 911-7.— Daro, A. F., 4 Todd, M. C. Spontaneous perirenal hematoma as a post-partum complication. Am. J. Obst., 1941, 42: 140.— Doll. K. Das circumrenale Hamatom (Massenblutung in das Nierenlager) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 147: 503-58.—Elmer, R. F., 4 Wyngarden, C. B. Spontaneous perirenal hematoma (subcapsular) case report. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 764-8.— Flandrin, P., 4 Luquet, G. Un cas d'hematome perirenal spontane. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 229-37. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38: 133-50.—Frumkin, A. P. Zur Frage uber Blutergusse in das Paranephrium. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 32-6.—Gouget, Forgeot 4 Leblanc, P. Hemorragie peri- renal double chez un pore. Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1901, 4: 273.—Gutierrez, A. Consideraciones sobre un caso de hema- toma perirrenal espontaneo. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1928, 7: 36- 4L-»Heilmann, P. Beitrag zur Frage der pararenalen oder perirenalen Blutungen. Virchows Arch., 1930, 277: 256^62.— Heritage, K. Spontaneous circumrenal haematoma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1105-12.—Hildebrand, O. Ueber perirenale Cysten hamorrhagischen Ursprungs. Arch. klin. Chir., 1924, 130: 337-47.—Hubner, A. Das perirenale Hama- tom; experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Genese. Ibid., 1927, 145: 338-46.—Kaijser, R. Ueber das sog. spontane perirenale Hamatom. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1938-39, 44: 283-302.—Keefer, C. S. Spontaneous perirenal hematoma. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1941-42, 8: 682-91.— Kolben- heyer, Z. [Perirenal hematoma] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 740-2. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 90-4.—Loeweneck, M. Zur Diagnose der Massenblutung ins Nierenlager. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934-35, 244: 207-11.—MacKenzie, D. W. Primary perirenal hematoma with polycythemia. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 1-9. Als» J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 535—43.—Parisio, B. L'ematoma perirenale non traumatico. Gazz. osp., 1940, 61: 283-90.—Petrov, B. A. [Pararenal hema- toma] Nov. khir. arkh., 1936, 37: 101-3.—Polkey, H. J.. 4 Vynalek, W. J. Spontaneous nontraumatic perirenal and renal hematomas; an experimental and clinical study. Arch. Surg., 1933, 26:196—218.—Sannazzari, P. Un caso di ematoma cistico spontaneo perirenale inveterato. Arch. ital. urol., 1925, 2: 162-72. ------ Tentativi di riproduzione sperimentale dell'ematoma perirenale. Ibid., 1928, 4:481-502.—Schloss, W. Ueber einen Fall von Massenblutung ins Nierenlager. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1306.—Simon, O. Das Hamatom des Nierenlagers im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1939, 59: 178-81.—Sokolov, N. V. [Perirenal hemorrhages] Khi- rurgia, Moskva, 1938, No. 4,131-3.—Stroikova, K. V. [Massive bilateral perirenal hemorrhage] Vest, khir., 1933, 30: 191-6.— Taddei, P. Ematoma pararenale spontaneo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1935,16:766-71.—Tschmarke. Beitrag zur Kasuistik und Therapie der Massenblutungen in das Nierenlager. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 221: 163-70.—Turco, A. Sull'ematoma perirenale di origine ignota. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 535-40.—Turco, N. B., 4 Uriburu, J. V. (h.) Hematoma peri- renal espontaneo, en una anomalia renal; nefrectomia. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 1, 695-9.—Ugelli, L. Sopra un caso di ematoma cistico perirenale spontaneo. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 162-72.—Vallee, A., 4 Roy, F. Un cas d'hema- tome peri-renal gauche d'origine neoplasique avec metastases pulmonaires. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Quebec, 1933, 105-10.— Winsbury-White, H. P. Transposition of right kidney as a result of a perinephric haematoma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 579.—Zwerg, H. G. KUnischer Beitrag zur Massenblutung ins Nierenlager. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1119-21. ---- Hematonephrosis. Albaladejo, M. Un caso de hematonefrosis gigante. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1932-33, 4: 104-12, pl.—Ducaris. Hematonephfose traumatique calculeuse avec hematurie intermittente. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927, 6: 55-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 23: 160-3.—Marcucci, G. Ematonefrosi successiva a trauma in grosso rene uronefrotico. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1935, 43: 302-9.—Perrin. Hydronephrose trans- formee en hematonephrose par un traumatisme. Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 348-50.—Viannay, C. Un cas d'hematon6phrose coincidant avec une malformation congenitale des calices, trait6 par la nephrectomie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5:175-7.— Wieland, F. Un caso de hematonefrosis. Cr6n. med.. Lima. 1934,51:111-7. ---- Hemorrhage. See also subheadings (Blood vessels: Artery: Aneurysm; Hematoma; Hematonephrosis; In- farction; Injury, etc.) also Hematuria, renal; also under names of primary diseases as Kidney, Tumor; Nephrolithiasis, etc. Del Rio, M. L'emostasi renale per innesto: studio critico e ricerche sperimentali. Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 23: 91-130.— Eshner, A. A. Unilateral renal hematuria. Am. J. M. Sc, 1903, n. ser., 125: 636-58.—Hayat Sener. Iki tarafli hematojen bobrek hastaliklari; klinik bir arastirma. Anadolu klin., Istanbul, 1941, 9: 108-20.—Heckenbach, W. Nierenapoplexie. Zschr. Urol., 1932, 26: 395.^MaunselI, E. C. C. A case of retro-peritoneal haemorrhage. Ind. M. Gaz., 1922, 57: 340.— Miyao, M., 4 Kawabe, K. Traumatische Nierenblutung mit Hamoptoe ursachlicher Rippenfraktur. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 44 (Abstr.)—Patterson, J. M., 4 McHenry, E. W. Choline and the prevention of hemorrhagic kidneys in the rat. J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 145: 207-11.—Piccagli, G. Sull'emostasi renale con catgut imbevuto di liquidi emostatici. Clin, chir., Milano, 1939, 42: 963-74.—Pousson, A. Sur un cas de nephrorragie; cancer ou nephrite? Bull, med., Par., 1904, 18: 563-6.—Prochnow, F. Zur Diagnostik und Therapie der perirenalen Apoplexie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933-34, 178: 138-47.—Taddei, D. Sur une affection r6nale, hematurique rare. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1907, 1: 55-75.— Zaidman, M. V. [Method in checking renal hemorrhages] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1939, No. 7, 74. ---- Hernia. See under Kidney, Ptosis. ---- Hilus. See also Kidney pelvis. Cordier, P., Devos, L. [et al.] A propos d'un rein droit presentant 2 hiles. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1938, 15: 534.— Kirshbaum, J. D., 4 Culver, H. Sarcoma of the renal hilus. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 64: 944-8.—McKenzie, J., Browning, C. H., 4 Dunn, J. S. The occurrence of bone marrow in the hilum of the kidney in children. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1909, 14: 139.—Priman, J. Betrachtungen iiber normale und ab- norme Lage des Nierenhilus. Anat. Anz., 1928, 66: 308-14. Also Anat. Rec, 1929, 42: 355-63.—Salomon, A. Ueber Tumoren des Nierenhilus. Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1906, 4; 648-62. ---- Histology. See also subheadings (Anatomy; Cytology; Development; Glomerulus; Tubule) Bargmann, W. Untersuchungen iiber Histologie und Histophysiologie der Fischniere; Selachier. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1937, 26: 765-88.—Bertrand, I., 4 Guillain, J. Sur l'existence d'eiements satellites endomembraneux dans le segment renal intermediaire. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 344-6—Chevro- ton [et al.] Images par contraste et photographies de prepara- tions microscopiques fralches; application a l'etude du tissu renal. Ibid., 1908, 64: 182.—Dawson, A. B. The absorption of India ink by the mesonephric epithelium of Necturus macu- losus. Anat. Rec, 1933, 57: 279-87.—Dobkevitch, S., 4 Gauthier-Villars, P. Note sur l'histologie du rein senile. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1932, 9: 750-6.—Dreyfuss, A. Techniques a utiliser pour l'etude cytologique du corps muqueux de Mal- pighi. C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 122: 629-31.—Edwards, J. G. A microscopic study of the living kidney after the injection of dyes. Am. J. Physiol., 1925-26, 85: 330-8.—Fazzari, I. Modi- ficazioni del connettivo renale nei vari periodi della vita. Ricer. morf., 1926, 6: 79-97, pl.—Fuchs, F. Bau und Bedeu- tung des Nierenbindegewebes und seiner Spaltraume. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 550-2. ------4 Popper, H. Ueber die Gewebsspalten der Niere. Virchows Arch., 1937, 299: 203- 18.—Grafflin, A. L., 4 Foote, J. J. The Bodian technic as applied to the complicated cell boundaries of the renal epi- thelium in mammals. Anat. Rec, 1938, 72: 115-8.—Kirkman, H. The number and distribution of macrophages and fibro- blasts in kidneys of albino rats with emphasis on 25 day males. Am. J. Anat., 1943, 73: 451-82.—Kraft, J. Vitalfarbungs- versuche an tier Karauschenniere. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1931, 14: 559-65.—Kriiger, O. Versuche zur Fixierung des Funktions- zustandes der Hauptstiicke der menschlichen Niere und zur Bedeutung der Kuppenblaschen der Epithelien. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1937, 41: 453-68.—Langham, R. F., Ingle, R. T„ 4 Hallman, E. T. Further studies on the histology of the bovine kidney. Am. J. Vet. Res., 1942, 3: 260-7.—Lee-Brown, R. K., 4 Laidley, J. W. S. Some observations on the microscopical anatomy of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 259-74.— Mercier, L. Quelques reactions microchimiques des corps KIDNEY 140 KIDNEY figures du rein de grenouille. C. rend. Soc biol., 1904, 56: 824.— Pasteur Vallery-Radot, Seringe. P., 4 Gauthier-Villars, I*. Etude histologique des reins de larins injectes avec des sels 1 argent. Ibid., 1936, 121: 635-8.—Peter, K. Zum feineren Bau der menschlichen Niere. Lntersuch. Entwickl. Niere, Jena, 1927, 449-68.—Schwab. H. Lie Entwicklung und das Verhalten der arpvrophilen 1'ascrn in der Niere des Menschen. Morph. Jahrb.. 1939, 83: 517-37- Seki, K. Leber die Be- deutung der S'ilU-rgranula in der Niere. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 228.------Studien der Niere mit Hilfe der Silber- reaktion. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1926-31, 1: 191-290, 7 pl.—Stefko, W. Leber einige Besonderheiten der histologischen Struktur der Kirgisenniere vom Gesiehtspunkt der Entwicklungsmechanik. Arch. Entwmech., 1920. 108: 572-8.—Tuda, S. A study of the vital staining of fetal kidnev. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1936, 19: 470-2, pl.—Vonwillcr, P., & Sulzer, R. Ueber mikroskopische Beobachtungen an der lebenden Froschniere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 070.—Waldeyer, A. Beitrag zur Vital- fiirbung der Niere (eine Analyse eler Anikinschen lokalen Vitalfarbung eler Nierenkanalchen) Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928, 7: 734-55. ---- Histophysiology. See also subheadings (Cytology; Function; Glomerulus; Physiology; Tubule) also Diuresis, Physiology. Terbruggen, A. *Cytologische Untersu- chungen zur Frage der Nierenfunktion unter normalen und abgcanderten Verhaltnissen. p.573-647.' 8? Berl., 1933. Also Virchows Arch., 1933, 290: Astraldi, A., 4 Monserrat, J. L. El renfeulo: unidad excreto secretora renal; su concepto biol6gico a traves de la filogenia, la ontogenia y la patologfa. Rev. argent, urol., 1942, 11: 281 -330.-—Parcmann, W. Untersuchungen uber Histologie und Histemln.-iologie der Fischniere; Dipnoer: Lepidosiren paradoxa. Zschr. Zellforschun?, 1934, 21: 388-411. ------ Ueber sezernierende Zellelemente im Nephron von Xenopus laevis. Ibid., 1936-37, 25: 764-8.------Dos Problem der Nierenleistun-j: im Lichte der morphologisehen Forschung. Zbl. inn. Med.. 1939, 60: 881-8.—Bertelli, R. Ricerche isto- logiche sulla strnttura e sulla funzione degli epiteli del rene. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 989-95.—Bertrand, L, 4 Guillain, J. Valeur morphologique et fonctionnelle des ele- ments satelbtes endo-membraneux du segment renal inter- mediate. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 179-82.—Borcea, I. Des differences de structure histologique et de secretion entre le rein anterieur et le rein postdrieur chez les elasmobranches males. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1904, 38: 1342.—Brandt Rehberg, P. [Extent of glomerular surface and its role in renal physiology] Hospitalstidende, 1928, 71: 1113-9.—Bruntz, L. Sur la con- tingence de la bordure en brasse et la signification probable des batonnets de la cellule renale. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1908, 147: 83-5. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 254-6.—Cordier, R. Quelques recherches sur l'histophysiologie renale des amphi- biens. Ann. Soc. sc med. natur. Bruxelles, 1932, 103-12. ------ Etudes histophysiologiques sur la nephridie du lombric. Arch, biol., Par., 1934, 45: 431-71, 2 pl. ------4 Gerard, P. Athrophagocvtosis in the open nephrons of Xenopus laevis. J. Physiol., Lond., 1937, 90: 77—Ellinger, P. The site of acidification of urine in the frog's a nel rat's kidney. Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1940, 30: 205-18, pl. ------4 Hirt, A. Mikroskopische Untersuchungen an lebenden Organen; zur Funktion der Froschniere. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931, 159: 111-27.—Ferrata, A. Contributo alio studio della fisioloeia del rene; ricerche microscopiche. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, 19: 872-5. ------ Sui fenomeni di secrezione della cellula renale. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1904-05, 2: 581-8, 2pl. ------ Sui processi di secrezione della cellula renale. Rendic Ass. med. chir. Parma, 1905, 6: 44-6.—Feyel, P., 4 Vieillefosse, R. Sur les relations entre les teneurs en chlore et en uree sanguine et les images histologiques de fonctionnement r6nal chez le rat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 1072-5. —7- Les secretions renales de l'uree et des chlorures; etude cytophysiologique. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1939, 35: 5-53.—Fischer, H. Das Verhalten des Golgi-Apparates in den Hauptsttickzellen bei der Nierensekretion. Verh. Anat. Ges. (1938) 1939, 46: 401-9 — Foote, J. J., 4 Grafflin, A. L. Cell contours in the 2 segments of the proximal tubule in the cat and dog nephron. Am. J. Anat., 1942, 70: 1-20.—Fuchs, F. Betrachtungen uber Bau und funktionelle Bedeutung des Nierenstromas und der fibrosen Kapsel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 452-61.—Galvano, G. Ricerche sul significato dei corpi intranucleari acidofili dell'epi- telio renale. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 13: 1061-6.—Gerard, P. Comparative histophvsiology of the vertebrate nephron. J. Anat., Lond.. 1935-36, 70: 354-79.------ Contributions apportees par l'histophysiologie comparee a la connaissance de la fonction renale chez les vertebres. Ann. physiol., Par., 1936, 12: 587-634. ------ 4 Cordier, R. Etudes histophysiolo- giques sur le rein des anoures. Arch, biol., Liege, 1932, 43: 367-413, 2 pl. ------ Esquisse d'une histophysiologie com- paree du rein des vertebres. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1934, 9: 110-31. ------ Sur le rapport existant entre maximum d'athrocytose et dimensions des particules resorbees dans les nephrons cuverts. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 199-202.------■ Recherches d'histophysiologie comparee sur le pro- et le mesonephros larvaires des anoures. Zschr. I Zellforsch., 1934, 21: 1-23.------Sur l'existence de cellules glandulaires dans le nephron des ailcsses. Bull. Acad. med. Bcbrique, 1937, 5. ser., 23: 834r-9- Grafllin, A. L. Ihe normal, the acromegalic and the hyperplastie nephritic human nephron; a further consideration of the plastic reconstruciinn.s of Louis A. Tin lev. Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 601 710, pl._ Hintz-che, E. ilistochemisehe Beobnehtungen Uber die Harnbildung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 502. ---- Funktionelle bedingte Verandcriingen an NieienUaniilchen und ihre Deutung. Ibid., 1019.— Hober, R., A <)r?echowski, G. Beobnchtunge-u an den Cilien im ■ Halsabsehnitt der Harn- kaiuilehen. Aich. ges. Physiol., 1930, 226: 104-70. .labonero Sanchez, V. Histofisiologfa del rifi6n. Rev. espafi. med. cir. sruerra, 19-13, No. 53, 23-61.—Koi->igi. T. Beitrage zur Mor- phologie der Niere ni'mikf ion; das (iranuloid. Beitr. path. Anat.. 1027. 77: 1-1S, pl.—Lambert, P. P. Contribution a l'hvstophvsiolopie renale chez les urodeles. Arch, biol., Liege, 1936, 47:'l25-79, 2 pl. Lainy, H., 4 Mayer. A. Une nouvelle hvpothese sur ranatomo-phy.-sio'.ogiti du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 60: 932-4.—Lascano-Gonzalez, J. M. Zur Mor- phologie der Nierensekretion an den Hauptzellen. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1932, 28: 349-62—Lison, L. Etudes histophysiologiques sur le tube de Malpighi des insectes; elimination des colorants acides par le tube de Malpighi chez les orthopteres. Arch, biol., Liege, 1937, 48: 321-60. ----- Etudes histophysiologiques sur le tube de Malpighi des insectes; phenomenes d'athrocytose dans le tube de Malpighi chez les orthopteres. Ibid., 489-512, pl.------ Athrophagocytosis in the closed nephrons of Bufo vulgaris followingintraglomeru- lar injection. J. Physiol., Lond., 1937, 90: 79. ------ Etudo comparee de la permeabilite resorptive du nephron du crapaud Bufo -vulgaris pour les colorants acides et basiques. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1938, 5. ser., 24: 36-50. ------ Sur la position des maxima d'athrocytose dans le tube de Malphighi, chez Dermestes peruvianus L. (coieopte>re) comparaison avec le nephron des vertebres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 801-3. ----— Sur la structure et l'histophysiologie des tubes de Malpighi chez le doryphore, Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say, Ibid., 129: 873-5. ------ Etudes histophysiologiques sur les tubes de Malpighi des insectes; l'elimination des colorants basiques chez les orthopteres. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1938, 28: 179-209.------ Etudes histophysiologiques sur le rein des amphibiens; le mecanisme de l'athrocytose renale et ses rap- ports avec ies phenomenes secretoires, chez Bufo vulp,arfs L. Arch, biol., Par., 1940, 51: 49-102.—Lucas, A. M., 4 White, H. L. Contractility of the ciliated neck in the necturus kidney. Anat. Rec, 1933, 57: 7-11.—Mathe, C. P. Function and structure of the kidnevs. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 369-83.—Mayer, A., 4 Rathery, F. Histo- physiologie du rein de Tupinambis teguixin (Linne) J. anat. physiol., Par., 1909, 45: 321-38, pl.—Migliardi, L. Lo stroma di sostegno del rene, con particolare riguardo alia membrana basale del nefrone. Arch. ital. anat., 1933-34, 31: 87-104.— Mitacek, S. Contribution a l'histophysiologie du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 777—M Ollendorff, W. von. Zur Histophysiologie der Nieren von Hippocampus guttulatus und Lepadogaster eondollii. Zschr. Zellforsch,, 1936, 24: 204-26.—Nattan-Larrier, L., 4 Ribadeau-Dumas. Activite nucieaire des cellules renales, a l'etat normal et pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905, 59: 709.—Nephron (The) unit. Seminar, Phila., 1941, 3: 9, Illust.—Pai, H. C. Dissections of nephrons from the human kidney. J. Anat., Lond., 1934-35, 69: 344-9, 2 pl.—Patay, R. Sur la structure et l'histophysiologie des tubes de Malpighi chez le doryphore. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 1098— Pizzini, B. Ueber die Sekretionserschei- nungen in der Nierenzelle bei der Diurese. Internat. Mschr. Anat. Physiol., 1908, 25: 108-48. pl.—Puche Alvarez, J., 4 Bofill Deulofeu, J. Contribuci6n al estudio de la histofisiologfa del rifi6n. Tr. Inst, fisiol. Barcelona, 1929-30. 3: 169-93, 10 pl. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1930, 13: 206-32.—Regaud, C. Sur les mitochondries des cellules ciliees du tube urinaire; ont-elles une relation avec la fonction motrice de ces cellules? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 206-8. ------ 4 Policard, A. Sur l'existence de diverticules du tube urinipare sans relations avec les corpuscules de Malpighi, chez les serpents, et sur I'independance relative des fonctions glomerulaire et glandulaire du rein, en general. Ibid., 1903, 55: 1028.—Remotti, E. Istofisiologia comnarata del nefrone. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 528-607.—Ri, G. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Nierenfunktion. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1938, 28: 15 — Schwarz, E. Consideraciones bio!6gicas sobre la estructura y la funcion del rifi6n. Siglo med., 1932, 90: 480; 569.—Singer, E. Histological aspects of the function of the Malpighian body in the living frog's kidney, based on studies with the fluorescence microscope. Anat. Rec, 1936, 66: 343-68.—Steen, W. B. Special secretory cells in the transverse ducts of the frog's kidney. Ibid., 1934-35, 61: 45-51.—Stefani, F. Sul contegno dell'epiteUo secernente del rene la coloraziore intravitale, in rapporto alia fase funzionale. Sperimentale, 1933, 87: 201-9, 2 pl.—True, E. Des variations morphologiqutis de l'appareil de Golgi au cours de la secretion renale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 357-9.—Vitali, T. Sul significato anatomico e fun- zionale dei granuli argentofili rilevabili nel rene col metodo di Kon. Pathologica, Genova, 1933, 25: 238-44, pl. ---- History of research. Arden, F The history of renal physiology. Med. J. Australia 1938 2: 335-41—Findley, T. Renal physiology since William Bowman, 1842-1942. Bull. Tulane M Fac KIDNEY 141 KIDNEY 1942-43, 2: 13-8.—Haberling, W. Geschichtliches iiber Erkrankungen und Verletzungen der Niere. Med. Welt, 1935, 9- 1449-51.—Riddell, W. R. The functions of the kidneys in mediaeval physiology. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 154: 79. ---- Hormone. See Kidney hormone. ---- horseshoe. See also subheadings (Abnormity; Fusion) Hohenberger, E. *Ueber angeborene Miss- bildungen der Niere, speziell die Hufeisenniere. 23p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Scharfe [M. B. M.] A. S. *Ueber Nieren- missbildungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hufeisenniere [Halle-Wittenberg] 27p. 8? Halle a. S., 1927. Stormer, H. *Ueber die Hufeisenniere [Konigsberg] 31p. 8? Wiirzb., 1937. Gayet. Anomalie renale; rein de fer a cheval. Rev. path. comp., Par., 1924, 24: 376.—Gimpelson, E. I. [Horseshoe kidney] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, 122-32.—Gonzalez, R. Rifi6n en herradura. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1942, 41: 659- 62.—Jenkinson, E. L., 4 Roberts, E. W. Horseshoe kidnev. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 370-3—Kadar, L. [Horseshoe kidneyl Orvostud. kozl., 1940, 1: 168-72.—Katz-Galati, T. [Horse-shoe kidneys] Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 18-30.— Lynch, K. D., 4 Thompson, R. F. Horse-shoe kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev.. 1934, 38: 239-42.—Peterman, M. G., 4 De la Pena, A. Horseshoe kidney. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 799-803.— Robinson, R. H. O. B. Horse-shoe kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 809-16.—Rusche, C. F., 4 Bacon, S. K. Congenital renal anomalies; with special reference to horse- shoe kidney. California West. M., 1939, 50: 344-8.—Sugg, A. R. Horseshoe kidney. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1940, 33: No. 12, 18-21.—Thompson, A. R. Congenital deformities of the upper urinary tract; being a continuation of previous papers on horse-shoe kidney and solitary kidnev. Guys Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1929, 79: 351-64.—Yamamoto, H. LTeber ehe Hufeisenniere. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 2453.— Zondek, T. Notes on the topography of the horseshoe kidney. Brit. J. Urol., 1942, 14: 79-85. --- horseshoe: Associated conditions. Boyden, E. A. Description of a horseshoe kidney associated with left inferior vena cava and disc-shaped suprarenal glands, together with a note on the occurrence of horse-shoe kidneys in human embryos. Anat. Rec, 1931, 51: 187-211.—Cahuzac, M., 4 Lazorthes, G. Deux cas de rein en fer a, cheval associes a d'autres malformations. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1938, 15: 803-5.—Hanley, H. G. A horseshoe and a supernumerary kidney; a triple kidney with a horseshoe component. Brit. J. Surg., 1942-43, 30: 165-8.—Kuwabara, T., 4 Kojima, R. Fall von Hufeisenniere mit linksseitigen Doppelnierenbecken und unvollstandigen Doppelureter. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1934, 36: Suppl., 30 (Abstr.)—Ludowigs, C. H. Hufeisenniere mit grosser seroser Cyste und iiberzahligem Nierenbecken. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 13-20.—Ognew, B. W. Die Hufeisenniere des Menschen im Zusammenhang mit Varianten im Bau anderer Organe. Anat. Anz., 1930, 69: 330—41.— Parzy, P., & Colson. Rein en fer a cheval; anomalie de l'azygos. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: 169-79.—Serbeny, A. Ein Fall von Hufeisenniere mit drei getrennt in die Blase miindenden Ureteren. Anat. Anz., 1927, 63: 131-8.—Story, H. E. A case of horseshoe kidney and associated vascular anomalies in the domestic cat. Anat. Rec, 1943, 86: 307-19.—Zeiss, L., 4 Boeminghaus, H. Zur Klinik der Verschmelzungsnieren; Bericht iiber 30 Falle von Hufeisennieren und 6 Falle von gekreuzter Nierendystopie. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 577-612. ---- horseshoe: Cases. Cone, R. E. Horseshoe kidney; case reports. Soutth. Surgeon, 1933, 2: 287-92.—Dolgo-Saburov. Zur Kasuistik der Nierenanomalien. Anat. Anz., 1929, 67: 191-203.—Eisen- drath, D. N., 4 Guy, C. C. Final report of case 2 of previously published horseshoe kidney cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 109-14.—Eisendraht, D. N., Phifer, F. M., 4 Culver, H. Drei Falle von Hufeisenniere erkannt vor der Operation. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 27-35.—Emenhiser, L. K., 4 King, J. C. Report of a case of horseshoe kidney. Radiology, 1936, 26: 495.—Higgins, C. G. Horseshoe kidney with a report of 18 cases. Internat. Clin., 1928, 38. ser., 4: 198-200, 10 pl.—Jacobs, A. Horseshoe kidnev; a report on 2 cases. Brit. M. J., 193 0, 2: 8, pl. —---- Horseshoe kidney; an account of 5 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 290-3.—Jasienski, G. Un cas de rein en fer k cheval. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 353-7. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 289-92—Laude, P., Dervillee P., 4 More au. Sur un cas de symphyse renale (rein en fer a cheval) J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 353.— Lazarus, J. A. Horseshoe kidney; a report of 5 cases. J.Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 471-87.—Lecomte, R. M. Horseshoe kidney; report of case. Am. J. Roentg., 1927, n. ser., 17: 456-8, pl.— Leqnerica, P. G. Rifi6n en herradura. An. cirug., Habana, 1931, 3: 5-20.—MacCharles, M. R., 4 Swartz, D. A case of horseshoe kidney. Brit. J. Urol., 1940, 12: 249-51.—Meek, J. R., 4 Wadsworth, G. H. A case of horseshoe kidney lying between the great vessels. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 448-51.—- Puigvert Gorro, A. P. Considerations on a case of horseshoe kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 802-6.—Ravasini, C. Three cases of horse-shoe kidney. Ibid., 851-3.—Salmon, M., 4 Dor, J. A propos d'un rein en fer a cheval. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1933, 10: 497-502.—Schmutte, H. Ueber 2 Falle von Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 133-6.—Scholl, A. J. Horseshoe kidney; report of case. California West. M., 1930, 33: 745.—Ssokolov, B. M. Ueber die hufeisenformige Niere. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 449-95.—Swan, R. H. J. Remarks on 4 cases of horse-shoe kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M.. Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Urol., 29-33. ---- horseshoe: Clinical aspect. Gutierrez, R. The clinical management of horseshoe kidney; a study of horseshoe kidney disease, its etiology, pathology, symptomatology, diagnosis and treatment. 143p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Boeminghaus, H. Beitrag zur Klinik der Hufeisennieren. Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 139: 589-96.—Kliuss, I. A. [Problem of horseshoe kidney] Vest, khir., 1929, 18: 147-59.—Kroiss. Hufeisenniere mit Beschwerdcn durch Druck der Verbindungs- brucke. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 651.—Villanueva, A. Algunas consideraciones sobre el rifion en herradura. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 236-47. ---- horseshoe: Complication. Gaillard, V. *La lithiase du rein en fer a cheval. 45p. 24cm. Marseille [1935] Lux, W. *Ueber einen Fall von ausgedehnter Steinbildung in einer Hufeisenniere [Berlin] 19p. 23cm. Charlottenb., 1938. Aspinall, A. Neoplasm of horseshoe kidney. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1938-39, 8: 408-12.—Barbosa de Barros, J. Caso raro de rim em ferradura poliqufstico. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1939, 37: 553-6.—Bernasconi. Un cas de rein en fer a cheval; heminephrectomie gauche pour pyonephrose, le malade ayant subi 5 ans auparavant une nephrolithotomie droite; guerison. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1926, 29: 64-8.—Bonnamour 4 Giraud. Rein en fer a cheval; nephrite chronique. Lvon med., 1928, 142: 396-9.—Bonnet. Calcul dans un rein'en fer a cheval. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 434-8.—Browne, H. S. Perinephritic abscess in a case of horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., i927, 18: 85-9.— Cassuto, A. Ematurie e piurie silenziose di origine alta (contemporaneamente: contributo alia cono- scenza del rene a ferro di cavallo calcoloso) Gior. med. mil., 1927, 75: 82-6.—Chesterman, J. T. Hydronephrosis of a horseshoe kidney presenting as acute intestinal obstruction. Brit. J. Urol., 1941, 13: 163-5.—Cibert, J., Peycelon, R., 4 Roux, M. Hydronephrose sur rein en fer a cheval. Lyon med., 1938, 162: 171.—De Vries, J. K. Hypernephroma, papilloma and stone occurring in horse-shoe kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 10: 487-92.—Elansky, N. N. [Subcutane- ous rupture of the horseshoe kidney] Vest, khir., 1939, 57: 323-8.—Fitzgerald, J. S. A case of papillary carcinoma in a horseshoe kidney. N. York State J. M., 1941, 41: 1081-4 — Fitzgerald, L. P. Horseshoe kidney with report of a case causing dvstocia and requiring caesarean section. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1939^0, 34: 323-8. Also J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 351-3.—Flynn, R. Horseshoe kidney and hydronephrosis. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1943-44, 13: 138.—Freshman, E. Infected hydronephrosis in a horse- shoe kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1134-6.— Fuchs. F. Pyonephrose im rechten Teil einer Hufeisenniere operativ entfernt. Wien. med. WTschr., 1936, 86: 215.— Giesselmann, W. Hufeisenniere mit Steinbildung und Nieren- beckencrweiterung. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 81L—Gisbertz, H. Hufeisenniere und bosartige Entartung. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1938, 167: 307-10.—Grochmal, S. [Significance of the horse- shoe kidney in digestive affections in a tuberculous patient] Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17: 43-6.—Hazim Bumin. Rein en-fer a cheval, pveionephrite calculeuse et nephrectomie. Arch, balkan. med. chir., Par., 1939, 1: 26.—Hess, E. Adeno- carcinoma horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 47-58.— Hue. Hydronephrose par vaisseau anormal sur un rein en fer a cheval. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 174-6.—Ibrahim Pacha, A. Horse-shoe kidney; calculus in left pelvis. J. Egypt M. Ass., 1934, 17: 487-9.—Jean, G. Rein en fer a cheval lithiasique. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1928, 7: 255-61.— Jeanbrau. Rein en fer a cheval, reveie par une hematurie provoquee par ure chute survenue en service commande. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 233.—Kenial Caglar [Case of calculus in a horse-shoe kidnev] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1940, 69: No. 31, 83-8—Kimbrough, J. C. Case report; carcinoma of a horseshoe kidney. Mil. Surgeon, 1929, 64: 91-4.—Mackintosh, M. Litiasis en un rifion en herradura. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 329.—Marcucci, G. Idrone- frosi calcolosa in rene a ferro di cavallo. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 1363-73.—Melen, D. R., 4 Gaspar, I. Calcu- lous pyonephrosis in a carcinomatous horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 43-52.—Milliken, L. F. Stone formation in a horseshoe kidney with theoretical considerations. Urol. KIDNEY 142 KIDNEY Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 539-42- Mingazzini, E. Calcolosi in rene a ferro di cavallo. Policlinic", 1928. 35: se-z. prat., 459- 63.— Mirizzi, P. L. Hufeisenniere mit Pyonephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 35: 189.—Nicolich, G. Hypernephrom der rechten Halfte einer Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 696-9.—Olivier. Calcul grant dans un rein en fer a cheval; extraction par pyeiotomie; guerison. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 37.5-0.—Petit-Dutaillis, D. Hydronephrose intermittente dans un rein en fer a cheval; hemi-nephrectomie; guerison. In Trav. Clin. chir. Salpetriere, Par., 1926, 167-73.—Placitelli, G. Sul rene a ferro di cavallo complicato da tumore, 2 casi, e da calcolosi. Arch. ital. chir., 1940, 58: 79-94.—Priestley, J. T., 4 Cook, E. N. Multiple calculi in a horseshoe kidney: a case with many interesting features. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 341-6.—Prini, I., 4 Perez Zabala, M. Pionefrosis calculosa derecha en rifion en herradura. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 1, 1292-7. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1934-35, 10: 5-10.—Ravich, A. Hypernephroma in pancake type of kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8: 113-6.—Ray, P. N. Nephro- lithiasis of the horse-shoe kidney. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 9-13.—Reynard. Calcul dans un rein en fer a cheval. Lyon med., 1923, 132: 151.—Reynolds, L. R., 4 Howard, N. J. Pelvic leukoplakia in a horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 643-64.—Robinson, M. H. B., 4 Bratton, A. B. A case of carcinoma in a horseshoe kidney; with a report on the necropsy. Brit. J. Urol., 1936, 8: 353-6.—Rubi, R. A. Rifi6n en herradura y litiasis. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 282-8.—Scheer, R. Steinpyonephrose der Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 203-7, —Schmidt, A. [Renal carbuncle in horseshoe kidney] Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 178-82.—Sinkoe, S. J., 4 Upchurch, W. E. Hemi-nephrectomy for pyonephrosis involving the left half of a horseshoe kidney. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 176-8.—Solis-Cohen, L., 4 Brack, S. Horseshoe kidney, congenital bilateral hydronephrosis, and hydro-ureter; roent- genologic aspects. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 819-24.— Stimpfl, A. Doppelseitige hochgradige Steinbildung in einer pyonephrotischen Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 595-8.—Torre, D. Nefrite apostematosa litiasica su rene a ferro di cavallo. Arch. ital. urol., 1938, 15: 15-32.—Verriere, P. Tuberculose sur un rein en fer a cheval; nephrectomie gauche. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 46: 275-9.—Viethen, H. Ein Fall von Solitarcyste bei Hufeisenniere. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 2655-7.—Viollet. Tuberculose d'un rein en fer a cheval. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 266-9.—Vorobtsev, V. I. [Bi- lateral nephrolithiasis in the L-shaped horseshoe kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 12: 35-41.—Wechsler, H. F. Hyper- nephroma in a horseshoe kidney. Endocrinology, 1926, 10: 493-8.—Willan, R. J. Giant renal calculus with epithelioma in a horseshoe kidney. Brit. J. Surg., 1928-29, 16: 317-21.— Woodruff, S. R. Multiple calculi in left pelvis of horseshoe kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 90.—Zeiss. Zwei Falle von Hufeisenniere mit sekundiirer Nierensteinbildung. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 300.—Zondek, M. Hufeisenniere mit Stein; ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik und Operation. Deut. med. Wschr., 1921. 47: 1226-8. ---- horseshoe: Diagnosis. Tzannetis, A. *Les images py61ographiques qui simulent le rein en fer k cheval. 77p. 23cm. Par., 1938. Astraldi, A. A., 4 Lanari, A. La palpaci6n del rifi6n en herradura. Dia med., B. Airi, 1935, 7: 1198.—Boeckel, A., 4 Djordj£vitch. Pyelographie d'un rein en fer a cheval. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 97.—Boss, W. Zur Diagnose der Hufei- senniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 15-27. ------ Die Hufeisenniere im Rontgenbilde. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 139: 80-7.—Brdiczka, G. Eigenartige Ringschattenbildung bei Hufeisenniere. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 307-10.—Canigiani, T. Zur Diagnose der Hufeisenniere. Ibid., 34.—Chauvin, E. A propos de 2 images pyeiitiques anormales simulant le rein en fer a cheval. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 391-97 — Colston, J. A. C, 4 Scott, W. W. Horseshoe kidney, with especial reference to the importance of pre-operative diagnosis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1926, 19: 283-98. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1926, 16: 319-34.—Eisendrath, D. N., Rudnick, D. F., 4 Baker, W. Three additional cases of horseshoe kidney diagnosed before operation. Ibid., 1927, 18: 187-94.—Francke, O., 4 Chipail, G. Considerations sur le rein en fer a cheval; examen comparatif entre la pyelographie desceneiante et instrumentale. J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 38: 102-9.—Giuber- toni, E. Contributo clinico-radiologico alia casistica del rene a ferro di cavallo. Minerva med., Tor., 1926, 6: 50-4.—Kairis, Z. Zur pyelographischen Diagnose der Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1927, 21: 632.—Knipfer, A. La sindrome radiologica del rene a ferro di cavallo. Radiol, med., Milano, 1928, 15: 684-91.—Kretschmer, H. L. Preoperative diagnosis of horse- shoe kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88:77-81.—La Pefta.E. de. Sobre el diagnostico radiografico del rifi6n en herradura; dos casos diagnosticados por urografia descendente (uroskiograffa) Arch, med., Madr., 1931, 34: 753-5.—Ludowigs, C. H. Zur Diagnostik der Hufeisenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 600-3.— McMillen, A. S. Horseshoe kieiney. Radiogr. Clin. Photogr 1942, 18: 20.—Pollak, W. Beitrag zur Diagnose der Hufeisen- nieren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1002.—Possati, A. II rene fuso nel quadro radiologico: due nuovi casi di rene a ferro di cavallo diagnosticati radiologicamente. Raeliol. med Milano, 1926, 13: 726-32.—Salleras, J., 4 Von der Becke, A. Rifi6n en herradura diagnostico pielografico antes de la inter- venci6n. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1929, 4: 182-91.--Sangree, H., Morgan, D. let al.] Horseshoe kidney and the relation of nephritis anel calculous formation to anomalous circulation; a report of 25 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 648-59.- Schillings, M., 4 Helleputte, J. Le diagnostic radiologique du rein en fer a cheval. Rev. beige sc. med., 1935, 7: 257780.— Sinkoe, S. J. Pyelographie evidence of horseshoe kidney; report of a case in a girl 13 years of age. Am. J. Surg., 1932, n. ser., 15: 51-5.—Surraco, L. A. Sur le diagnostic pyeio- graphique du rein en fer a cheval. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 130-8.—Vorobtsov, V. I. [Clinical classification and sympto- matology of the horseshese kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 129-33, pl.—Zondek, M. Diagnose und operative Be- handlung der Hufeisenniere. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929. 8. Kongr., 262-82. ---- horseshoe: Pathology. Belou, P., 4 Manzella, M. Disposici6n arterial en un nuevo rifi6n en herradura, encontrado en la catedra. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 1745-8.—Colo, F. Sul rene a ferro di cavallo (contributo anatomo-istopatologico) Clin, pediat., Mod., 1929, 11: 159-88, 2 pl.—Dutt, B. S. A case of horse- shoe kidney diagnosed post-mortem. Antiseptic, Madras, 1938, 35: 782.—Goldstein, A. E. Pathologic conditions en- countered in horseshoe kidneys. Bull. School M. Univ. Mary- land, 1942-43, 27: 183-96.—Iglitein, N. M. [Pathology of the horseshoe kidney] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1938, No. 2, 105-16.— Irazti, J., 4 Pujol, A. Consideraciones sobre rifi6n en herra- dura. Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 49.—Labbok, A. Anato- mische Untersuchung der Nerven der Hufeisenniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 385-93.—Liakhovitsky, M. M., 4 Sukhanov, M. E. [Pathology of the horseshoe kidney] Vrach. delo, 1936, 19: 161-6.—Lisovskaia, S. N., 4 Petrova, V. A. [Correlation and topography of the abdominal viscera in horseshoe kidney] Vest, khir., 1941, 61: 356-9.—Pisani, L. Contributo alia patologia, diagnosi e terapia del rene a ferro di cavallo. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 356-97—Wisch- newsky, A. A. Plexus renalis der normalen und hufeisenfor- migen Niere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1928, 87: 798-809. ---- horseshoe: Surgery. Baker, W. W., 4 Colston, J. A. C. Surgical treatment of horseshoe kidney with special reference to division of the isthmus. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 264-85.—Barth. Ueber Operationen an Hufeisennieren. Arch. klin. Chir., 1904, 74: 368-72.—Brecher, E. Die Beschwerden bei gesunder Hufeisen- niere und deren Behandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 75-7.—Chwalla, R. 1st die Durchtrennung der Verbindungs- brticke einer gesunden Hufeisenniere ein gerechtfertigter Eingriff? Arch. klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 690-8.—Cordonnier, J. An operative case of horse-shoe kidney with good functional results. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1941-42, 5: 111-3 — Donohue, P. F. Division of horseshoe kidney for relief of uretero-pelvic junction obstruction. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 59-72.—Dunaevsky, L. I. [Operative treatment of horseshoe kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 141-4.—Fischer, A. Ueber die Hufeisenniere und uber Operationen an der Hufeisen- niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 257-68.—Foley, F. E. B. Operative division of the horseshoe kidney. Minnesota M., 1934, 17: 276; 1935, 18: 176-82. ------ Surgical correction of horseshoe kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 1945-51.— Goldstein, A. E., 4 Abeshouse, B. S. Surgical treatment of disease of horseshoe kidneys. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 42-54 — Gouvea, G. de. Rim em ferradura simetrico; a prop6sito de tres casos cirurgicos. Hospital, Rio, 1939, 16: 945-52 — Grimaldi, F. E. Cirugfa conservadora en rifion en herradura. Prensa med. argent., 1938, 25: pt 2, 1537-9.—Gutierrez, B. The clinical management of horseshoe kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 14: 657; 1932, n. ser., 15: 136; 345. ----- Operative technic for division of renal isthmus in horseshoe kidney. Ibid., 1942, 55: 28-36.—Hazim Bumin [Horseshoe kidney; pyelonephritis and nephrectomy] Bull. Soc. turque med., 1939, 5: 48-60.—Jarman, W. D. Surgery of the horse- shoe kieiney with a postaortic isthmus; report of 2 cases of horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 1-9.—Jeck, H. S. Horseshoe kidney with especial reference to surgical technic; report of cases'. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 603-9.—Landivar, A. F., 4 Irazu, J. Rifi6n en herradura; istmectomia por sinfisis polar inferior. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1939, 23: 1151-66 — Landivar, Pagliere 4 Ivanissevich. Rifi6n en herradura; istmectomfa por sinfisis polar inferior. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: 115.—Landivar, Tachot, A. M. [et al.] Rifi6n en herradura; istmectomia por sinfisis polar inferior. Bol. Acad. argent, cir., 1939, 23: 1177-80.—Mercier, O. Reins en fer a cheval; nouvelle technique chirurgicale. Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 642.—Muller, J. Eingriffe an Hufeisennieren. Arch. klin. Chir., 1934, 180: 509-13 [Discussion] 161.— Pisani, L. Nuovo contributo alia chirurgia del rene a ferro di cavallo, con speciali considerazioni sulla diagnosi pre-operatoria. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 97-112.—Rivero y Borrell, L. Nefrectomia en un caso de rifi6n en herradura. Gac. med. Mexico, 1935-36, 66: 463-8.—Smith, G. C. Surgery in the or8„°° "dney. Tr- Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1939, 32: 73-90.—Sorrentino. M. Contributo alia chirurgia del rene a ferro di cavallo. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35, 11: 262-80 — SKfE' a, Rlfl6n engalleta. Rev. espec, B. Air.. 1927, 2: 903-9.—Stevens, A. R. Horseshoe kidney, case with 4 pelves and ureters; excision of half of kidney. Am. J. Surg 1933 19: KIDNEY 143 KIDNEY 335-7 —Strode, J. E. The surgical treatment of the horseshoe kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 41: 285-93.—Waugh, R. L. Horseshoe kidney and the general surgeon. Hosp. News, Wash., 1935, 2: No. 14, 1-9. Also Northwest M., 1935, 34: 251-4.—Weber, W. Pyelotomie bei Hufeisennieren. Zschr. Lrol., 1931, 25: 928.—Zondek, M. Diagnose und operative Behandlung der Hufeisenniere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1075-8. ------ Die Hufeisenniere; ihre Diagnose und opera- tive Behandlung. Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1552. ---- horseshoe: Treatment. Atherton, L. Horseshoe kidney and its clinical management. South. Surgeon, 1942, 11: 173-80.—Ludowigs, C. H. Horse- shoe kidney; its diagnosis and conservative treatment. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 132-5.—Marsili, E. Sulla diagnosi e cura del rene a ferro di cavallo. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1926, 31: 423-8.—Nikotin, M. P. [Operative treatment of unchanged horseshoe kidney] Vest, khir., 1936, 48: 45-50.— Papin, E. Deux observations de chirurgie renale: 1° rein en fer a cheval; 2° calculs amasses dans un petit calice. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 142. ---- horseshoe: Varieties. De Bemardis, M. Contributo alio studio del rene unico a ferro di cavallo. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 256-68.—Geinitz. Kuehenniere. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 849.—Gellmann, J. Sigmaniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 477-80.—Gordon- Taylor, G. On horseshoes and on horseshoe k'dney concave downwards. Brit. J. Urol., 1936, 8: 112-8—Gollieb, J. G. [Five case9 of L-shaped kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 2,30-3, pl.—Jacobs, A. A rare variety of horseshoe kidnev. Brit. J. Urol., 1943, 15: 55-9.—Kovaleveky, P. M. [Clinical aspect and diagnosis of the so-called disk kidney] Vest, khir., 1933, 29: 114-25.—Krause, W. Hufeisenniere und Duodenal- varietat. Anat. Anz., 1937-38, 85: 420-9.—Labbok, A. I. Zur Morphologie der Hufeisenniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 237-46.—Rubasheva, A. Zur Morphologie der Hufeisen- niere. Ibid., 1930, 30: 246-55.—Stricker-Baroli.fi. Ein Fall von Becken-Kuchenniere. Ibid., 1935-36, 41: 542. ---- Hyalin degeneration. See also Nephrosis. Havemann, R. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Speicherung kolloider Substanzen in den Harnkanalchen- Epithelien bei Salamandra maculosa. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1940-41, 108: 635-45.—Hein, A. Ueber die Entstehung und Bedeutung der hyalinen Tropfen in den Hauptstucken der Niere auf Grand von Experimenten an Salamandra maculosa Virchows Arch., 1938, 301: 339-56.—Kleier, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Abbau der hyalinen Tropfen nach Eiweisspeicherung in der Niere von Salamandra maculosa. Beitr. path. Anat., 1939, 103: 559-67.—Laas, E. Die hyalinen Tropfen in der Niere. Virchows Arch., 1932, 286: 426 — Lambert, P. P. Hyalintropfige Entartung und Speicherung in den Tubuliepithelien der Niere. Beitr. path. Anat., 1936, 98: 103-14.—Miwa, Y. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der hyalin- tropfigen Degeneration der Niere. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1927, 6: 261-6.—Schulz, K. Ueber hyaline Glomeruli bei Neugeborenen und Sauglingen. Beitr. path. Anat., 1930, 85: 33-46.—Terbriiggen, A. Leber das Vorkommen hyaliner Tropfen in der Niere in Abhangigkeit vom Auftreten korper- fremden Eiweisses; ein Beitrag zur Frage der sogennanten hyalin-tropfigen Degeneration. Ibid., 1931, 86: 235-72. ---- Hydronephrosis. See also subheadings (Pyonephrosis; Rupture) also Kidney pelvis, and its subheadings; also Nephrolithiasis, Complication; Urinary tract. Obstruction, etc. Anderson, C. F. Hydronephrosis. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1927-28, 20: 122-5.—Andler, R. Die Hydronephrose. Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1928, 21: 192-270.—Atherton, L. Hydrone- phrosis. Kentucky M. J., 1939, 37: 412-7.—Attwater, H. L. Hydronephrosis end pyonephrosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1935, 64: 249-54.-—Birdsall, J. C. The etiology, diagnosis, and treat- ment of hydronephrosis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36, 39: 497-502.—Buchem, F. S. P. van [Hydronephrosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 4, 4936-47, 3 pl.—Burghele. Hydronephrose. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 587.^—Cardenal, L. Tumores renales por retenci6n; hidronefrosis asepticas e infectadas. Rev. cienc. med., Barcelona, 1905, 31: 305-18.— Corlett, D. D. Hydronephrosis. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 5: 194-7.—Cowen, L. B. Hydronephrosis. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 509-12.—Davis, D. M. Hydrone- phrosis. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 616-62.—Decker. Les hydronephroses. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1942, 62: 221.—Hanes, F. M., Kempner, 4 Sprunt, D. H. Hydronephrosis. North Carolina M. J., 1943, 4: 226-9 — Kaufman, L. R. A general consideration of hydronephrosis. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1932, 25: 529-40.—Kretschmer, H. L. Hydronephrosis. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1938, 17-23.—Latrhem, R. L. The hydronephrotic kidney. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1926, 16: 60-2.—Legueu. Hydronephrose. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1931, 45: 275.------4 Fey, B. Hydronephrosis. Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 131-3.—Lichtenberg, von. Hydronephrosis. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 747-56.— M., O. Las hidronefrosis. Rev. med. hondur., 1934-35, 5: 674-6.—Mangesh Rao, N. Hydronephrosis. Madras M. J., 1938, 18: 18-27, 17 pl.—Nuboer, J. F. [Causes, symptoms and treatment of hydronephrosis] Geneesk. bl., 1930, 28:153-97.— Paschkis, R. Hydronephrose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 1166-8. Also Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1937, 11: 77-9.—Quinby, W.C. Hydronephrosis. In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 1940, 3: 782(36)-782(57)—Salleras, J. Hidronefrosis grandes y pequefias. In his Temas urol., B. Air., 1937, 107- 17.—Smith, G. G. Hydronephrosis; causation, symptoma- tology and treatment. Med. Rec, Houston, 1942, 36: 280-4.— Sweetser, T. H. The recognition and conservative treatment of hydronephrosis. Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 223-7.—Todd, I. P. Hydronephrosis. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1942-43, 20: 308-10.—Varner, J. W. Hydronephrosis. Rec. Columbia M. Soc. Richland Co., 1943, 7: No. 6, 14.—Villanueva, A. Hidronefrosis. Hosp. gen., Mex., 1926, 1: 477-540, 5 ch., 11 Pb—Weijtlandt, J. A. [Hydronephrosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2888-94.—Wildbolz, H. Hydronephrose. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 623.—Woodside, C. J. A. Hydrone- phrosis. Ulster M. J., 1937, 6: 203-10. ---- Hydronephrosis, bilateral. Androp, S. Bilateral hydronephrosis with complete cystic degeneration of kidneys. 6p. 22^cm. Gallipolis [1934] Gastatjd, G. *Contribution k l'etude du traitement chirurgical des hydronephroses bi- laterales. 125p. 8? Par., 1936. Julia, C. M. *Traitement des hydronephroses bilaterales. 92p. 8? Par., 1935. Alcock, N. G. The frequency of bilateral involvement in congenital hydronephrosis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1930, 23: 165-8 [Discussion] 169-71.—Andre. Les hydrone- phroses bilaterales. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 298-304. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 450-5.—Beauchef, J. Hydrone- phrose bilaterale, rupture, anurie. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1940, 137-44.—Berry, N. E. Bilateral hydronephrosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 27: 287.—Blanc, H., 4 Guerin, P. Con- siderations sur un cas d'hydronephrose bilaterale chez une femme enceinte operee de nephrectomie gauche et de nephro- pexie droite. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 39: 208-18.—Brumwell, J. Case of bilateral hydronephrosis complicated by multiple renal calculi. Newcastle M. J., 1933, 13: 122-6.—Cade, Levrat 4 Bouysset. Hydronephrose bilaterale d'origine lithiasique a forme uremique. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 519-22.— Cioffi, A. Idronefrosi bilaterale e malformazione renale congenita. Riv. chir., Nap., 1936, 2: 348-59.—Drummond, H. Congenital bilateral hydronephrosis. In Durham Mus. Cat., 1928, 387.—Frischer, J., 4 Diemer, F. E. Bilateral hydrone- phrosis; case reports. Med. Herald, 1927, 46: 195.—Galy, P. Hydronephrose bilaterale sans obstacle mecanique appreciable sur les voies excretrices; atropine secondaire du parenchyme renal avec syndrome clinique de nephrite chronique azotemique. Lyon med., 1940, 164: 65-71.—Gerard, L., 4 Samson, J. W. Double hydronephrose congenitale meconnue chez un enfant. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 47: 25-30.—Krogius, A. IBilateral hydronephrosis caused by congenital constriction of upper end of ureters] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 240-52. Also Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 333-42.—Lambert, L., 4 Stainier, H. Hydro- nephrose bilaterale congenitale (maladie de Bazy) Ann. Soc. med. chir., Liege, 1934, 67: 114-20.—Leni, E. Idronefrosi bilaterale; anuria datante de 6 giorni; nefrotomia con drenaggio del rene ultimo leso. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 1491-4.—Lepiakhov, P. V. [Bilateral congenital hydronephrosis, complicated by gastroduodenal ulcer in a boy, 9 years of age] Vest, khir., 1939, 58: 51-3.—Lioy, D. ldro-nefrosi calcolosa bilaterale; pielo- litomia e nefrolitotomia. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat., 1721-6.—Loeweneck, M. Ueber organerhaltende Operationen bei doppelseitiger Hydronephrose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1943, 257:100-14.—Maltese Le Roy, C. A. Hydronephrose bilaterale par vaisseau anormal; reposition des reins; section de 1'artere polaire inferieure d'un seul cote, guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 225-9. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 48: 239-12 — Michon, L. A propos des hydronephroses bilaterales. J. med. chir., Par., 1937, 108: 234-40.—Minder, J. Klinische Beitrage zur hydronephrotischen Erweiterung bei Doppelnieren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 212-38—Nedelec, M. Hydronephrose congenitale bilaterale meconnue; pyonephrose gauche necessi- tant une nephrectomie. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 569- 75.—Patelli, N. Idronefrosi aperta bilaterale congenita in seguito ad infortunio sul lavoro trasformatasi in pionefrosi; osservazioni personali. Arch, antrop. crim., Milano, 1940, 60: 910-7.—Pilcher, F., jr. The treatment of bilateral congenital hydronephrosis. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 279-83 — Roques. Hydronephrose congenitale bilaterale dont une tres volumineuse. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1937, 25: 99.— Schmidt, A. IBilateral hydronephrosis] Orvoskepzes, 1935, 25: dec. kiilonf. (T. Verebeiy Festschr.) 58-61.—Scholl, A. J. Conservative surgery of bilateral hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 251-61.—Smagghe, H. Les hydronephroses bilaterales. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 43: 5-33.—Stepita, C. T. Bilateral hydronephrosis with hydroureter caused by phimosis. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 53.—Strick. Abdominal mass; bilateral hydronephrosis. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. KIDNEY 144 KIDNEY Chicago, 1943, 2: No. 12, 8.—Verboom, C. H. [Bilaternl hydronephrosis in a young child] Ned. t>i-hr. geneesk., 1936, 80- 45S4-6- Viollet A propos du traitement chirurgical des hydronephroses bilaterale*. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 126-38. \No J. urol. med.. Par., 1936, 41 : 471--S3. ------ Sur un cas d'hydronephrose bilaterale. P. vcib. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 3S."Congr., 447-51.—Wallers. W. lb-Milts 3 years after re- section of the renal pelves for extensive bilateral hydronephro- sis as revealed by urography and cystoscopy: report of a case. Proc Mavo Clin., 1933, 8: 691-4. ------ 4 Brown, A. E. A clinical and urologie study 7 years following bilateral resec- tion of the renal pelvi* for bilateral hydronephrosis. Ibid., 1936, 11: 437-40.—Wolf, B. S. Congenital bilateral hydrone- phrosis simulating polycystic kidneys. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1940-41, 7: 199-204.—Zerbini, C. V., 4 Ghibaudi, A. J. Hidronefrosis bilateral latente en un hipertenso. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt 1, 951-8. ---- Hydronephrosis: Cases. See also Kidney, solitary: Disease. Krause, H. H. *Ein Beitrag zur Hydrone- phrose [Freiburgl 16p. 8? Naumburg [1933] Cas'.afio, C. A. Hidronefrosis gigante. Rev. As. med. argent.. 1938, 52: 1224.—Cereseto, P. L.. 4 Lozano, D. Urone- frosis gieante. Ibid., 1941, 55: 395.—Chiofalo, I. Su tre casi di idronefrosi unilaterale. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1932-33, 3: 718-24.—Collet [Cases of hydronephrosis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 636.—Culver. H., & Baker. W. J. Lni- lateral Indro-ureteronephrosis without evidence of obstruction. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 17: 1553-61.—Davis. E. C. An unusual history in a case of hydronephrosis. J. R. Nav. M. Stv., 1943, 28: 288-90.—Delannoy, E., Patoir, G., 4 Bedrines. Une histoire interessante d'hydronephrose. Echo ine'-il. nord, 1935, 3. ser.. 4: 1-6— Fagge, C. H. A ease of hydronephrosis. Brit. .). Sure.. 1933, 21: 151-4.—Ferrari. Hidronefrosis gigante. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1938, 22: 330-5.—Haines, J. B. Acute hydronephrosis; report, of ease. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 458-00.—Howze. C. P. Giant hydro- nephrosis: report of a case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1935, 28: 1-7.—Huggins. C. B. Hydronephrosis; 4 cases. Sur<'. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10: 383-98.—Janota 4 Recek |I.ame l.ydronephic^es] Cas. lek. eesk., 1938, 77: 113-5.— Jasiefbki. .1. [Case of giant hydronephrosis] Polska gaz. lek., 1935. 14 : 275.—Jourdan, True, E., 4 Sauvy, A. A propos d'un cas d hydronephrosis. Arch. Soc. sc med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, i:>: 488-90.—Lieberthal. F. Giant hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Ball... 1942, 48: 23-6.—Margesh Rao, N. A nsc of a large hydronephrosis of left kidney. Madras M. J., 1937. 17: 123-5, pl.—Marion. Les grandes hydronephroses. Rey. gen. clin. ther., 1930. 50: 641-4.—Merrill, E. S. Hydronephrosis; report of a case. N. England J. M., 1935, 213: 49.—Milligan, E. T. C. Specimen of large hydronephrosis. Proc. 11. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. Lrol., 10—M0ller. H. [Three cases of hydronephrosis) Bibl. la-iter, 1927, 119: 225-30 — O'Conor, V. J. Massive unilateral hydronephrosis. Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc, 1931, 1: 141-5.—Paez, J. Un caso de hidronefrosis. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1933-34, 5: 155, 2 pl.—Sacco, V. Ritenzione urinaria o idronefrosi con illustra- zione di raro caso clinico. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 831-42.— Sauer, H. R. Massive hydronephrosis; report of one case. J. Lrol., Bait., 1942, 47: 416-20— Schultz, M. [Two cases of gigantic hydronephrosis] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 202-4.— Soderlund, G. Sieben Falle von Hydronephrose; Beitrag zur Aetiologie, Friihdiagnose und Behandlung der Hydronephrose. Acta chir. scand., 1925-26. 59: 100-38.— Stewart, W. C, Perry, G.. 4 Schlapik. A. Hydronephrosis; case report. Wis- consin M. J., 1926, 25: 502.—Topchan, A. B. [Gigantic hydronephrosis] Urologia, Moskva, 1932, 10: 13-7.—Truchot 4 Stefani. Volumineuse hydronephrose. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1940. 65-8.—Tyler, G. T., .jr. A hydronephrotic kidney con- taining 4 liters of urine. South. Surgeon, 1937, 6: 144—5.— Wilder, W. O., 4 Doolittle, L. H. Gigantic hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait, 1935. 34: 356-8.—Winsbury-White, H. P. Large hydronephrosis removed from a man aged 41. West London M. L, 1935, 40: 6.—Woliromm, G. Reflux et hydro- nephrose; troubles de la motricite ureterale dans 2 cas d'hy- dronephrose operes et gueris; l'un, lie a une tuberculose rdnale; l'autre, complique d'anurie. lie a l'existence d'un vaisseau anormal. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1931, 274-81.—Wybert, A. Sobre un caso de hidronefrosis gigante. Prensa med. argent., 1926. 13: 706-8. ---- Hydronephrosis: Clinical aspect. Donati. M. Consideraciones sobre la uronefrosis. Dia meel., B. Air.. 1931-32. 4: 171.—Guisy, B. Sur une forme psr- ticuWre d'hydronephrose. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1931, 129-32.— Hess, E. Some personal observations in the hydronephrotic patient. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 273-8. Also Vida nueva, Habana, 1941, 47: 218-28.—Hofmann, W. Zur Klinik der Hydronephrose. Zschr. Lrol., 1929. 23: 352-9.—Maisonnet. L'hydronephrose dans l'armee: ses formes cliniques: ses svrnp- tomes. Arch. mal. reins, 192.5-27, 2: 657-69.—Minder, J. Ueber die Hydronephrose auf Grand klinischer und experi- menteller Erfahrungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31. 31: 173—92.—Quinby, W. C. Clinical picture of hydronephrosis in children and young adults. South. M. J., 1930. 23: 328-37.— Sirasberg, A. Hydronephrosis: static vs. dynamic. Urol. L'-.t. Rev., 1937, 41: 337 —Suren, E. Klinischer Beitrag zur Hvdronephrosenfragc. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936,1-: lll-.il- Vischia, Q. Lo piccole e> le graneli idronofros:. Rum,, internal. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 578-89.—Wu, Y. K. Hydronephrosis; abstract of record and clinical discussion. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 233-8. 2 pl. ---- Hydronephrosis: Complication. See also subheadings (Hematonephrosis; Ossi- fication) also Ileus; Nephritis; Nephrolithiasis; Nephrosis, etc. Barlos, K. Komprcssionsilcus durch linkseitige Hydrone- phrose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1759-62.—Bergenfeldt, E. Ein Fall von Ectopia vesicae urinariae mit Hydronephrose und Hydroureter an der einen Seile, operiert nach der Coffev- Mayoschen Methode. Zschr. urol. Clur., 1935-36, 41: 515- 21.--fiisquerl, L. Ruptura por cemtusiAn de un rifl6n hidro- nefiotico. Bol. Soe. cir. Chile'. 1928, 6: 2 -4— Boeminghaus. Hvdroneiphrose mil Urcterve'relriingung auf die kontralaterale Se'ite 12 Falh) Zschr. Lrol.. 1935. 29: 582.—Castaflo, E. Ruptura ^spontanea extraperitoneal de un rifl6n con urone- frosis. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 431-6.—Frola, E. Sulla nefrite tos.-iea sperimentale nella idronefrosi. Pathologica, Genova, 1929, 21: 109 15.—Ilosaka, T. Ueber einen Fall von Arteriolosklerose bei e-iiu-ni Knaben mit hochgradiger Hydro- nephrose. Tr. Soc. path. jap.. 1938, 28: 293-6.—Hume, J. H. Hydronephrosis with absence of ureter. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Lrol., 1.—La Pena, A. de, 4 La Pe-na, E. de. Hydronephrose gauche due a un cancer de la vessie chez un malade porteur d'une hvpoplasie congenitale du i-in droit. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 44: 335-9—Secre'tan, M. Une complication exceptionnelle de l'hydronephrose: l'hema- tome peri-renal. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 247-9.— Sigon, M. Sul comportamento dell'infarto anemico nel rene idronefrotico. Boll. Accad. med., Genova, 1938, 53: 171-88.— Stirling, W. C. Massive hydronephrosis complicated bv hvdro- ureter; report of 3 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 42: 520-33 — Virgillo, F. Sindrome di occlusione intestinale nel corso d'idronefrosi; rivelatasi in seauito a trauma. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1927, 1: 76-86.—Weichel, M. N. [Subcutaneous traumatic ruptures of hydronephrotic kidney] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, No. 12, 136-8.—White, W. A hydronephrosis combined with a cvst of the suprarenal gland. West London M. J., 1929, 34: 92, pl. ---- Hydronephrosis, congenital. Baron, A. *Sur un cas d'uretero-hydrone- phrose congenitale k manifestations peritoneales aigues. 64p. 8? Par., 1927. Dubarry-Bonjean, E. *Contribution a l'etude des uretero-hydronephroses congenitales du nourrisson. 67p. 25cm. Par., 1938. Acufia, M., 4 Gambirassi, A. C. Hidronefrosis congenita. Arch, argent, pediat., 1937, 8: 25-32.—Allemann, It. Weitere Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Klinik dtr sogerannten congeni- talen (hvpertonisch-spastischen) Hydronephrose. Schweizi med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1025-30; 1268. ------ Das gastro- intestinale Syndrom der kongenitalen Hydronephrose. Zschr, Urol.. 1934, 28: 226-35.—Arenas, N., 4 Stern, B. Hidrone- frosis intermitente congenita. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2, 2224-30. Also Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 453-61 — Asteriades, T. Enorme hydronephrose droite congenitale operee d'urgence apres grave trauniatisme de l'abdomen. Lyon chir., 1938, 35: 595-7.—Astraldi, A., 4 Beretervide, E. A. Hydronephrose chez un enfant de 18 mois; pyelographie clescendante. J. urol. med., Par.. 1933, 36: 180-3.—Baccarini, L. Contributo alio studio dell'ielronefrosi congenita. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 33: 488-506.—Blanc 4 Lavenant. Hydro- nephrose congenitale; poussee aigue; premiere intervention: marsupialisation de la poche; fistule pyeio-cutanee; deuxieme intervention: nephrectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 671-7.—Biinau, H. von. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Genese angeborener Hydronephroses Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1926, 34: 98-116.—Buonsanti, P. Consielerazioni cliniche a proposito di un caso el'idronefrosi congenita. Arch. ital. chir., 1929, 24: 527-52.—Cengiarotti, G. B. Sull'idronefrosi con- genita. Ann. ital. chir., 1928, 7: 65-74, pl.—De Ritis, C. Un caso di idronefrosi congenita. Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42: 413-6.—Escat, J. Petit hydronephrose congenitale et calcul du bassinet. Marseille med., 1922, 59: 1021-8.—Feyder, S., 4 Deming, C. L. Congenital hydronephrosis in the lowe>r half of a double kidney; report of a case. N. England J. M., 1942, 226: 220-3.—Gayet. Hydronephrose congenitale; son diagnostic par la pyelographie. Lyon med., 1928, 141: 53-6, 2 pl — Oiardano, A. Sull'idronefrosi e sull'idrouretere congeniti. Arch. it,.!, urol.. 1934-35, 11: 158-74— Gronberger. G. A case of congenital hydronephrosis (megalo-ureterT) Acta paediat., Upps., 1933-34, 15: 146-8.—Hutter, K. Zur Frage der kongenitalen Hydronephrose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1529-31.—Juaristi, V. Casos de hidronefreisis congenita. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1932, 16: 193-200.—Kafka, V. [Con- genital hydronephrosis in a 4 month old infant] Cas. lekl eesk., 1936, 75: 1371-5.—Kovacs, J. Sopra un caso di idrone- frosi congenita. Rina^c. med., 1930, 7: 37.—Lamson, O. F. Congenital hydronephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, S: 1435-8.—Landivar, A. F., 4 Irazu, J. Sobre un caso de hidro- KIDNEY 145 KIDNEY nefrosis congenita gigante. Bol. Soc cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 422-31. ------ Una segunda observacion de hidronefrosis congenita gigante; operaci6n; curaci6n. Ibid., 1938, 22: 298-305.—La Pena, A. de. Contribucion al estudio de las hidronefrosis eongenitas en los nifios. Arch, med., Madr., 1930, 32: 297-301.—Lavergne, N. Contribution a 1'etiologie de l'hydronephrose congenitale, bride intra-sinusale. Laval med., 1937, 2: 243-6.-—Lazzeroni, A- Idronefrosi congenita. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 935-44.—Mallard, R. S. Bilateral plastic operations for congenital hydronephrosis; case report. Texas J. M., 1943-44, 39: 435-8.—Martin, A. Hydronephrose congenitale du rein gauche; nephrectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1927, 25: 67-70. Hydronephrose congenitale chez un enfant de 7 mois; nephrec- tomie; guerison. Ibid., 1928, 26: 386. Also Rev. fr. pediat., 1928, 4: 790-800—Masmonteil, F., 4 Schreiber. Hydro- nephrose congenitale double. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 135-42.—Papliere, L. E. Hidronefrosis congenita en dos hermanos. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 938-42.—Ravenel, J. J. Congenita] hydronephrosis; report of 2 casos. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934. 23: 178-81.—Rosedale, R. S Congenital unilateral hydronephrosis. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 1570-7.—Schne:der, H. Operative Entfernung einer Sack- niere bei einem Singling; ein Beitrag zur Frage der kongenitalen Hydronephrose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237: 115—Slobo- ziano, H., Herscovici, P., 4 Raileano, D. Trois cas d'hydrone- phrose perirenale sous-capsulaire, d'aplasie renale et d'hydrone- phrose congenitale chez les nouveau-n«5s. Nourrisson, 1929, 17: 350-8.—Strasberg, A. Congenital hydronephrosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 43: 332.—Thiemann, A. Beitrag zur Lehre von der angeborenen Hydronephrose und der polycvstischen Missbildung der Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 433-44.—Torchiana, L. Contributo alio studio dell'idronefrosi congenita. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 401-15.—Vallery- Radot, P., 4 Lagarenne. Double malformation congenitale meconnue chez un enfant de 7 ans: hydronephrose et hemi- vertebre supplementaire. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1925, 23: 577-80.—Vidari, E. Contributo alia conoscenza dell'idrone- frosi congenita. Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 770-6, pl.— Vozza, F. Contributo alia conoscenza della idronefrosi con- genita prenatale d'importanza ostetrica. Ann. ostet. gin., 1927, 49: 87-101, 3 pl.—Wolf, J., 4 Onyszkiewicz, T. [Con- genital hydronephrosis as cause of erroneous diagnosis] Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17: 817. ---- Hydronephrosis: Diagnosis. Abramian, A. I. [Diagnosis of hydronephrosis] Urologia, Moskva, 4940, 17: 45.—Bibus, B. Fehldiagnose bei Scheuer- mannscher Erkrankung und Hydronephrose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 259-66.—Coats, E. C. Error and delay in the diagnosis of hydronephrosis. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1941- 42, 11: 230-4.—Gagman, A. N. [Diagnosis and treatment of hydronephrosis] Lrologia, Moskva, 1935, 12: 6-12.—Gilor- teanu, L, 4 Petrulian, G. Volumineuse hydronephrose simu- lant une tumeur abdominale; operation; guerison. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937, 40: 315-9.—Kaufman, L. R. The diagnosis of early hydronephrosis and its management. Hahneman. Month., 1930, 65: 339-47.—Knabe, K. Verwechsiung von Hydronephrose mit Milzschwellung bei Kriegsmalaria-Be- gutachtung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 584.—Loeweneck, M. Ueber die Diagnostik und Therapie der auf anatomischen Veranderungen am Harnleiterabgang beruhenden Hydrone- phroses Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934-35, 244: 212-7.—Marion. On enleve beaucoup trop d'hydronephroses. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936, 47-55. ------ Diagnostic et traitement des hydronephroses. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1936, 50: 337-9.— Page, F. Enormous hydronephrosis mistaken for an ovarian cyst. In Durham Mus. Cat., 1928, 383.—Schockaert, R. Enorme hydronephrose simulant un kyste de l'ovaire droit. Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15: 356-9. Also Rev. med., Louvain, 1935, 3-10. ---- Hydronephrosis: Diagnosis, roentgen. Adib, M. H. *Les hydronephroses par lesions de l'uretere superieur et leur etude au moyen de l'ureteropyelographie retrograde. HOp. 8? Par., 19.30. Astraldi, A., 4 Beretervide, E. A. Hyrlronephro.se chez un enfant de 18 mois; pyelographie descendante. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 261-3.—Bianchi. M., 4 Geisendorf, W. Diagnostic radiologique d'une hydronephrose reservant quelques surprises. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1941, 61: 93-9.—Bilger, F., 4 Julien, J. Les modifications de l'image radiog,raphique pyeio-ttreterale dans l'hydronephrose. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 41: 513-26.— Bruni, C. Idropionefrosi gigante; incidenti della pielografia retrograda. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 566.—Buchert, W. I. Hydronephrosis secondary to noncalculous ureteropelvic obstruction. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 625-30 — Buisson, P. L'uretero-pielografia retrograda nell 'idronefrosi. Radiol, med., Milano, 1932, 19: 369-90.—Canigiani, T. Hydro- nephrose und Hydroureter. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 56: 199.—Chevassu, M. Les hydronephroses et leur etude au moyen de l'ureterographie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 900-6.------L'etude pathogenique des hydronephroses au moyen de I'uretero-pyeiographie retrograde ou ascendante. Ibid., 1930, 56: 923-40.—Festen, H. [Hydronephrosis: study with 500 contrast plates of the pelvis and ureters] Geneesk. bl., 1936, 34: 137-72.—Fey 4 Truchot. Urographie intra- veineuse en verticale d'une grosse poche d'hydronephrose. ?nUoJ-' ^c'ofr- uroL' 1936' 228-30. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 43: 84-6.—Flaherty, H. J. Hydronephrosis. Radiogr. Chn Photpgr., 1937, 13: No. 3, 8.—Hayward. Rontgenseminar- Hydronephrose. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 597 — Henhne, R. B., 4 Bray, J. L. The value of serial pvelograms in hydronephrosis and nephroptosis. J. Lrol., Bait.,'1937, 38: 620-33.—Lucena. Megalo-bolsa hidronefrosica. Medicina Mex., 1933, 13: 139-41.—McKinney, G. C. Hydronephrosis. Radiogr. Chn. Photogr., 1941, 17: 63.—Michalowski, E [Intravenous urography in experimental hydronephrosis] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 262.—Nahrath, H. Fehlbewertung rler Nierenfunktionsprufung mit Lroselektan, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hydronephrose. Arch, klin Chir 1934, 179: 222-8.—Nauta. J. H. Fliissigkeitsspiegel, hervor- gerufen durch Hydronephrose. Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9: 784.—Simon, E. Vergleichende intravenose und retrograde Pyelographie mit Abrodil bei Hydronephrosen. Chirurg, 1931 3: 1041-9.—Spanjaard, E. A. [Experiences with pyelo- graphy in hydronephrosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 3634-8.—Viollet. Pyelographie pour hydronephrose chez un enfant de 4 ans. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1932, 304-6. ---- Hydronephrosis: Etiology. See also names of primary conditions and diseases as Bladder, Tumor; Kidney, Blood vessels: Abnormity: Complication; Prostate, Hypertrophy; Ureter, Obstruction, etc. Fichter-Groening, G. *Hydronephrose un- bekannter Aetiologie [Berlin] 23p. 22%cm Charlottenb., 1937. Lammers, E. *Hydronephrose infolge Ureter- Kompression bei Myom [Miincheo] 16p. 8° Speyer, 1937. Matt, W. *Hydronephrose bei Genitalpro*- laps. 36p. 8? Wurzb., 1933. Walter, M. [O.] *Ucber die Entstehung von Hydronephrose infolge Divertikelbildung am unteren Ende des Ureters. 40p. 8? Lpz., 1902. Aboulker, P. L'hydronephrose et la dilatation de l'uretere au cours des prolapsus ge^nitaux totaux, leur mecanisme. J. chir., Par., 1938, 52: 306-10.—Albano, G. Idronefrosi da invasione cancerigna dell'uretere pelvico; studio anatomo- patologico e clinico. Riv. ital. gin., 1926-27, 5: 641-57.—■ Aliemann, R. Aetiologische und klinische Beitrage zur Hydro- nephrosenfrage. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 144: 385-415.— Almeida Prado, A. de. Hydronephrose hematurica simulando ascite; tumor liquido do hvpocondrio esquerdo. In his Lie. conf. clin. med., S. Paulo, 1934, 99-119.— Aragona, G. Con- tributo alio studio della itlronefrosi secondaria a valvole urete- riche congenite. Pathologica, Genova, 1936, 28: 504-7.— Arru6s, L. D. Uronefrosis por anomalia vascular. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 804-13.— Beach, W. Atony of the ureter in the production of hydrone- phrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 367-86.—Blaine, B. C. The etiology of hydronephrosis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1938-39, 42: 1498-501.—Bobbitt, R. M. Extrinsic causes of hydrone- phrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 562-73.—Cabot, H. Primary hydronephrosis. Proc. Interst. Postgrael. M. Ass. N. America, 1929, 5: 226-9.—Campbell, M. F. Hydronephrosis due to ball-valve obstruction bv papilloma at ureteropelvic junction. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 33: 291-3.—Carli, C, 4 Forconi, P. Contributo alio sturlio della tubercolosi renale con speciale riguardo alia idronefrosi tubercolare. Prat, chir., Arezzo, 1933-36, 4: 373-99.—Chiaudano, C. La idronefrosi tuberco- lare. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 51: 348-52.—Christoflfersen, J. C. [Etiology of hydronephrosis] Nord. med., 1939, 1: 93-101.— Chynoweth, W. R. Etiolojnc factors of hydronephrosis. Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 625-33.—Cilento, M. Su di un caso di idronefrosi e tubercolosi renale da stenosi ureterale per an- nessite e Iatero-versione dell'utero. Ann. ital. chir., 1931, 10: 204-10.—Davies, D. S. Hydronephrosis of left kidney due to stricture of periureteral junction. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. Urol., 22.—Derbes, V. J., 4 LaNasa, M. J. Postcaval ureter and hydronephrosis; case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 172-5.—Ferrari, C. Idronefrosi da vaso anomalo e da malformazione renale. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1939, 27: 388-97.—Ferre, G. Hydronephrosis; its relation to abnormal ren.il circulation. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 678- 81.—Fey, B. Deux cas d'anomalie renale avec hydronephrose. Bull. See. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 376-81.—Floris, M. Sull'oblitera- zione dell'uretere in rapporto alia pratica ginecologiea e sull'idro- nefrosi consecutiva. Riv. ital. gin., 1925-26, 4: 35-70.— Gottche, O. Durch eine abnorm verlaufende Schlagader bedingte Hydronephrose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 288.—Guillemin, A. Hydronephrose consecutive a une hyste- rectomie practiquee il y a 8 ans. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 7.53-5.—Harris, A. Chronic hydronephrosis following old operative injury of the ureter; case report. Long Island M. J., 1929, 23: 223-5.—Haselhorst, G. Hydronephrose nach Ureterkompression durch eine Endometriose des Para- metriums. Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 337-42.—Hellstrom, J. Contribution to the knowledge of the etiology of hydrone- 463569—vol. 9, 4th sekies- -10 KIDNEY 14G KIDNEY phrosis. Acta chir. scand., 1027. 62: 167-83, pl.—Hunt, V. V. Hydronephrosis; tumor of the bladder; prostatectomy. Proc. Interst. Pe-stgrnd. M. Ass. N. Aniciicn (192S) 1929, 257-64 — Hyde, ('. ('.. A Thonpson. J. M. Calculus in left kidnev with hydronephrosis. S, Joseph Valley M. News, 1940, 1: 115 — KaI6, A. [Causes of hydronephrosis) Orvoskepze.s, 1933, 23: jun. keildnf., Dolgozatok, 205-11.—Katzenstcin. W. F. Zur Ae't.ioloirie dor Hydronephrosen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1027 22: 357 71. Kle-nipner, E. Lreterohydronephrosis resulting from pelvic inflammatory disease. Am. J. Obst., 1937, 34: 125-9.— Korkhov, V. I. [Congenital atonia of the ureter with hydronephrosis in a boy 8 years of age] Vest, khir., 1939, 57: 642- 5.- Laqueur, B. Zur Aetiologie der sckundaren Hydro- oder Pyonephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 21: 17-26.— Lasio, G. B. Premiere question: etiologie et traitement des hydronephroses; troisieme rapport. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 30: 29-57.— Lcizueu. F.. 4 Fey, B. Premiere question: etiologie et traitement des hydronephroses; premiere rapport. Ibid., 6-25.—Mathe, ('. P. Intrinsic causes of hydronephrosis. J. Urol.. Bait., 1937. 38: 574-92.—Murakami, S. A healed case of hydronephrosis caused bv a retroperitoneal cystoma. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1940, 29: No. 7, 1— Osselton, K. W., 4 Brumwell, J. A case of hydronephrosis due to mul- tiple cystine calculi. Newcastle M. J., 1921-22, 2: 28-30, pl — Peaceick, A. II. Hydreme; hrcsis: etiology and management. .1. lrol., ball.. 1937, 37: 63-74— -Pierson, I.. E., 4 Honke, E. M. Hvdroni'i hiosis resulting fr-m ureteropelvic obstruc- tion. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1939, 29: 491 5— Rindone, D. Kli- ni-e-hes und experimentelleszur Frage- der erworbenen Hydrone- phrose. Zbl. (;.\n.. 1943, 67: 1469 (Ah.-tr.)—Rohrer", P. A. Etiology ami diagnosis of hydronephrosis. Tr. West. Sec. Am. Lte.l. Ass., 1936, 5: 198-200. Rowlands, R. P. Hydro- nephrosis due to kinkine of the upper end of the ureter. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 081-3.—Sadykov. U. N. |F,tiology of hydro- nephrosis in early childhood] Pediatria, Moskva, 1929, 13: 356-61.— Salleras, J. Uronefrosis de esfuerzo o funcional. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935. 42: pt 2, 836-8.- Sanchez Covisa. I. Etiologta v tratamiento de la hidronefrosis. Lrol. clin., .Madr., 1928-30, 2: 81-128. Also Brit. J. Urol., 1930, 2: 133-S. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 30: 25-9. Also Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 259-79. Also Urol. clin. Hosp. provinc. Madrid, 1931. 2: M-12S.—Schmidt, A. [Cause of hydro- nephrosis] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 212-5.—Spitzer, W. M. Pyelectnsis (hydronephrosis) and ureterectasia: causes and treatment. Southwest. M., 1931, 15: 191-4.—Stephens, A. R. Hydronephrosis due to obstruction at the urete-ropelvic junc- tion. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 157-79.— Stevens, A. K. Hydronephrosis due to obstruction at the uretero-pelvic junction. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 23: 493-514.— Thevenot. H\ dronephrose tuberculeuse. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 507. -Ttimoff, W. Beitrag zur Aetiologie der idio- pathisehen Hj dronephrosen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1937, 101: 701-28.- Tosima, E. Hydronephrose als Folge einer umschriebenen Entzundung der Ureterwand. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1941, SO: Abstr., 12.—Uebelhor, R. Hydronephrose bei Abnormitat der unteren Hohlvene. Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 769-72—Winebury-White, H. P. The influence of infec- tion of the lower urinary tract and reproductive organs on the kidneys; with special reference to lithiasis and hydronephrosis J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 469-511.—Zagari, G. Idronefrosi da inginocchiamento deH'iuetere sinistro presso la pelvi. Rass. clin. sc. 1936. 14: 163-5.—Zeiss. Kongenitaler Megaloureter mit Hydronephrose!. Zschr. Lrol., 1937, 31: 419; 830". ---- Hydronephrosis, experimental. Hirschmaxx, K. *Studien uber experimentelle Hydronephrosen. 14p. 8? Munch., 1933. Achard, C. Le liquide des kystes du rein et de l'hydro- nephrose experimentale. In Livre jubil. J. Verhoogen, Brux 1929, 176.—Andrea, V. Contributo alio studio delle vie di riassorbimento nel rene idronefrotico sperimentale Poli- clinico, 1930, 37: sez. chir., 84-92.—Blalt, P. Erzeugung von dynamisch-funktionell bedingten Hydronephrosen durch Sympathektomie am Ureter. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928 25- 148-64.—Craciun, E. C, 4 Zanne, D. Contributions experi- mentales a l'etude des hydronephroses; stase du bassinet et voies de resorption. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 42: 643-79__ D®,Victoriis-Medori, F. Le alterazioni anatomiVhe del fegato nell idronefrosi sperimentale asettica. Gazz. internaz med chir., 1937, 47: 302-9. ------ Le alterazioni anatomiche dei rene controlaterale nelle idronefrosi asettica sperimentale Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 333-46.—Eiohefberger, h. Ihe exchange of salt and water between muscle and blood ")v£x; tnll!'",tal chronic hydronephrosis. J. Biol. Chem 1937, 119: p. xxx. ------ Experimental hydronephrosis in dogs; the e-e mposition of blood serum. J. Lrol., Bait 1938 40: 30t>- 77---— & Roma, M. Blood pressures in experi- mental hydronephrosis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 42:249-52.------The distribution of body water and elec- trolytes in skeletal muscle of dogs with ex; erimental hydro- nephrosis following injections of poia-sium salts. J 'Biol Chem., 1941, 140: 467-81,-Ghiron, V.. & Giacobbe, C. Idro- ?£„„ sPerimentale e reflusso pielo-venoso. Arch ital urol 1931-32 8: 91-104.--Gilibcrti, P. Comportamento di'alcuni enzimi del parenchima i.-iude nella idronefrosi sperimentale Ibid 1938 15: 217-34.—Haseyama, S. Correlative stu.lv on the histological and biochemical change--: in the experimental hydronephrosis with reference to the pelvic fluid, urine and blood in their relation to the renal parene-hvm. Tohoku Univ Sc. Rep., 1931, 6: 609-720. 3 pl.— Hinman, F., 4 He-plcr, A. B. Experimental hydronephrosis; the effect o| hgatuie of one branch of the renal artery on its rate of development; siniullane- ous ligation of the posterior branch of the renal artery and the ireler on the -ame side. Arch. Surg., 1926, 12: 830-53.— Hinman, F., 4 Morison, D. M. 1 ixpei imcntnl hydronephrosis; arteiial changes in the progressive hydronephrosis of rabbits with complete ureteral obstruction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 209-17.—Kairis. Z. Experimental hydronephrosis; a new approach. Urol. Cut, Rev., 1928. 32: 80-3—Maatz, R., 4 Kriiger, E. Das Verhalten der Ni(;rendurchblutung in der experimeniiilhm Hydronephrose. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 756-70. Mi-gihon. R. S., A Katz, L. N. The effect of experi- mental hvdionephroMs on the arterial blood pressure. Am. J, Physiol., ni-ll. 133: 3S0.—Morinon, I). M. The progressive arterial changes in hydronephrosis; an experimental study, obtained on the rabbit, and illustrating these changes in the simple unilobed type of kidney. Edinburgh M. J., 1926, n. ser., 33: Trans. Med.-chir. Soc, 14—2-1------Routes of absorption in hydronephrosis; experimentation with dyes in the totally obstructed ureter. Brit. J. Urol., 1929, 1: 30-15. ------Reabsorption in hydronephrosis; an experimental studv of the process as shown by elves in total ureteral obstruc- tion. Med. Press 4 Circ, Lond., 1929, n. ser., 127: 94-6.— Nigrisoli. P. Rievrche sperimentali sul circolo arterioso e venoso elel rene nella idronefrosi temporanea. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927. 51: 183 210. Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 192S, 90: 4-1-1-8.—Pavone, M. II riassorbimento del liquido del bacinelto nelle idi onefi osi sperimentali. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1930, 15: 07 72.—Pie'rare-ini, P., A Lucarelli, G. Con- tributo sperimentale alia conoscenza della idronefrosi. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 135-81.—Salamcro Castillon, F. Hidro- nefrosis experimental. Tr. Inst, fisiol. Barcelona, 1929-30, 3: 194-211, 6 pl. Also Ars medica, Barcel., 1930, 6: 89-99 — Stassi, M. Vie di riassorbimento di sostanze coloranti intro- dotte nella pelvi renale dei eonigli e idronefrosi sperimentali. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1938, 17: 71-0.—Strong, K. C. Plastic studies in abnormal renal architecture; the parenchymal altera- tions in experimental h\ dronephrosis. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 29: 77-119— Trivellini, A. Picerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni del tessuto reticolare nella idro-nefrosi dinamica. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1935, 6: 603-18.—Yagisita, H. Experi- mentelle Untersuchung uber die Entstehung der Hydrone- phrose. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1930, 30: 79. — Hydronephrosis, infected. See under Kidney, Pyonephrosis. — Hydronephrosis, intermittent. See also Kidney, Hydronephrosis, congenital. Aievoli, E. La clinica e la patologia dell'uronefrosi inter- mittente. Morgagni, 1931. 73: 655-9.—A'tschul, A. Azotemia in intermittent hydronephrosis secondary to benign pelvic and in other systemic conditions. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 364-9.—Bazy, P. Hydronephrose intermittent^. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55: 788-90.—Clauser, F. Sull'importanza dello stato puerperale come fattore patogenetico deH'idronefrosi intermittente. Clin, ostet., 1928, 30: 173-87.—Dozsa, J. [Intermittent hydronephrosis] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 129.—Herskovits, E. Interessante linksscitige intermit- tierende Hyelronephrose, die durch eine im kleinen Becken gelcgene Dcrmoidzyste verursacht wurde. Rontgenpraxis, 1936. 8: 684-6.—Ingham, R. O., 4 Martin, W. F." Unusual symptoms due to kink and stricture of the ureter complicated by intermittent hydronephrosis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 7-9.—Kulenkampff, D. Ueber die intermittie-rende Hydrone- phrose und die intermittierende Stauungsnie-re;. Med Welt 1933, 7: 1459-61.- Lamm, H. Volhardscher Wasser- versuch und einseitige, kurzfristig intormittiereude Hydrone- phrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 281 -93.— Mumoli, S. Su di un caso di idronefrosi intermittente da ptosi <■ tor-ione renale. Med. prat,, Nap., 1927, 12: 201-16.—Oraison, J. bur un cas el hydronephrose intermittente par vaisseau anormal. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 72.—Pelliccia, G. Due easi di idrone- frosi intermittente. Arch. ital. urol., 1934-35, II: 246-61 — Pliveric, V. Seltener rontgenologischer Bofund einer akuten mtermittierenden Hydronephrose, eine Nephrolithiasis vor- tauschend Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 30: 2-10-5—Reich, H. Hydronephrose auf eler Grundlage einer dvitten Nierenanlage? zugleich ein Beitrag zur intermittierenden Hydronephrose. Zbl. Chir., 1941 68: 644-50.—Stefani, F. Sulla riproduzione sperimentale dell uronefrosi intermittente. Atti Soc med. chir. Padova, 1933, ser. 2, 11: 413-6. ---- Hydronephrosis: Manifestation. Alcala Santaella, R. Hematuria continua y grave, produ- cida por una hidronefrosis (consecutiva a una obstruerion ureteral a nivel del infundibulum) Sem. med. espan. 1943, 6: 2ol-3.—Allemann.R. Zur Klinik und Aetiologie der bhitendcn Hydronephrose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932 15h- ''21 —__- Die; kleine schmerzhafte Hydronephrose; eine kiinis.he Studie. Helvet. med. acta 1943, 10: 547-84.-Astraldi, A., 4 Iacapraro, B' lw* ?w£ v snna7UnoS enJns "Mronefroaia. Rev. espec, a. Air., 1928, 3: 800-7.—Beacham, H. T., 4 Beacham, A. V. Hydronephrosis, an obscure cause of undiagnosed intra- abdominal pain Mississippi Doctor, 1938-39 16: No 2, 4-8.-Berkman, J. M. Further observations on the posit on KIDNEY 147 KIDNEY relief syndrome in hydronephrosis. Proc. Mayo Chn., 1936, 11: 331-4. ------ 4 Priestley, J. T. Hydronephrosis with atypical clinical manifestations. Ibid., 1935, lit: 49-56. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 1143-..3. ------ The position-relief syndrome of hydronephrosis. Minnesota M 1939, 22: 217-22.—Boeckel, A. De l'hydronephrose a forme hematurique. Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: pt 1, 207-70 — Chauvenet. Ln cas d'hematurie grave reveiatnce d'une hydronephrose. Bordeaux chir., 1931, 2: 273-6.—Cusani, M. Le piccole idronefrosi dolorose. Gazz. internaz. mod. chir., 1933, 41: 475-80, pl.—Duval, P., 4 Raymond, G. 11 faut entendre par hydro ou uronephroses les tumeurs renales formees par la retention chronique progressive et aseptique avec dis- tension eles cavites pveio-renales: elles sont creees par un obstacle a l'excretion de Purine. Med. mod., Par., 1906, 17: 317 — Flandin, C, Escalier, A. [et al.] Deux cas d'hydronephrose a symptomatologie abdominale anterieure. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1932, 3. ser., 48: 1239.—Gauthier, C, 4 Clavel, C. L'hydronephrose a forme gastro-intostinale. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 30: 371-84.—Giordano, M. A proposito d'un caso di grossa idronefrosi clinicamente muta, svelata dalla pielografia endovenosa. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1932, S: pt 1, 532-6.—Gotlieb, J. [Hematuria in hydronephrosis] Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 229-32. Also Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 81-7 — Hamilton, I. Hydronephrosis simulating gall-stones. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 2: 477.—Hepler, A. B. Silent hydronephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933. 13: 1383-0.—Israel, W. Zur Hiimaturie bei Hydronephrose. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 121-3.—Jeanbrau, Bonnet, A., 4 Lafourcade, E. Hydrone- phrose a forme hematurique. Arch. med. chir. province, 1929, 19: 48-51.—King, G. S. Hydronephrosis as a cause of hyper- tension. Med. World, 1941, 59: 511.—Kiihner, L. Hydrone- phrose unter dem Bilde des Diabetes insipidus. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1939, 10: 486-8.—Lamm, H. Ein einfaches Z.-iehen der einseitigen Wassersackniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 280-3.—La Pefia, L. de. Hidronefrosis y hematuria. Siglo med., 1933, 91: 145-7.—Loeschke, A. Ueber Hiima- turien bei Hydronephrosen. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1937, 8: 145-52.—Merklen, P., 4 Bilger, F. Des hydronephroses meconnues. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1436-42.—Pascual, S. Concepto actual de la hidronefrosis (sindromedoloroso renal) An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 23-32, 3 pl.—Pieraccini, P. L'ematuria nell'idronefrosi. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 222-37.—Re, C. Le piccole idronefrosi dolorose. Riforma med., 1937, 53: 854-8.—Roche, A. E. Hydronephrosis causing oedema of the legs. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1941-42, 35: 22.—Samuels, A., 4 Kern, H. Hydro- nephrosis with gastroenterological symptoms. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 644-9.—Slotkin, G. E. Symptomless hydro- nephrosis revealed bv trauma; a report of 3 cases. N. York State J. M., 1932, 32: 1051.—Smith. E. Gastro-intestinal symptoms in hydronephrosis and renal calculi. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 28: 281-3.—Streusand, S., 4 Cauvy, J. Les hematuries abonelantes au cours des hydronephroses. Gaz. med. France, 1939, 46: 291.—Vallone, D. False sindromi addominali da piccole idronefrosi dolorose. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1930, 2: 850-4—Vezina, C, 4 Bedard, A. Hydrone- phroses a symptomatologie fruste. Laval med., 1941, 6: 451-6.—Vir.tici, V., 4 Theodorescu, I. Les hydronephroses latentes. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 143-57—Zabal Lopez- Ballesteros, J. Sindrome doloroso renal en la hidronefrosis. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1935, 27: 292. ----Hydronephrosis, partial. Caulk, J. R. Resection of stricture of the superior renal pelvis for relief of partial hydronephrosis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1926, 19: 99-103. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 279-81.—Falci, E. Su d'un raro caso d'idrone- frcsi parziale e calcolosi del bacinetto operato e guarito. Rtudium, Nap., 1927, 17: 255-8.—Lucri, T. A propos de 3 cas d'hydronephrose partielle calculeuse. J. urol. med., Par., 1921, 18: 373-87.—Scott, R. B. An atypical case of partial hydronephrosis, containing calculi. Brit. J. Urol., 1938, 10: 244-91 ---- Hydronephrosis: Pathogenesis. Moreatj, J. *Le role de l'uretere lombaire dans la statique du rein droit et particulierement des rapports de l'appendicite et de l'hydrone- phrose. 69p. 8? Par., 1937. Oestling, K. The genesis of hydronephrosis, particularly with regard to the changes at the ureteropelvic junction. 122p. 23cm. Stockh., 1942. Papin, E. Les hydronephroses; anatomie et pathogenie. 159p. 4? Par., 1930. Albarran. Pathogenie des uronephroses. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1907, 1: 801-14; 881-95.—Araki, S. A supplemental study of the generation of acute hydronephrosis; on the excretion of indigo-carmine of acute hyelronephrosis. Arch. jap. Chir., 1937, 14: 839.—Blanc, H. Contribution a la physio-pathologie de l'uretere et la pathogenie de certaines hydronephroses. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 289-98 — Boeminghaus, H. Zur Pathogenese der Hydronephrosen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 158: 445-55.—Braibanti, T. Ricerche radiografiche sulla morfologia delle vie urinarie del feto umano; nota preliminare: contributo alia patogenesi dell'idronefrosi. Ann. radiol. diagn., Bologna, 1939, 13: 193-8.—D'Agata, A. Sopra un caso di idronefrosi con idrouretere bilaterale di nature dinamica. Pathologica, Genova, 1940, 32: 45-9.— Ley, B. A propos de la pathogenie de l'hydronephrose. Paris med., 1928, 49: 323-7—Fuchs, F. Pyeloveneiser Reflux und Hydronephrose; eine Untersuchung iiber die Pathogenese der Sacknicien. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 224: 353-82.—Grauhan. Ueber Wachstum und Form der Hydronephrosen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1934, 180: 517-39 [Discussion] 160.— Hinman, F. An experimental study of the pathogenesis of hydronephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 359-69. ------ The patho- genesis of hydronephrosis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 350- 76.—Johnson, C. M. The pathogenesis of hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1932, 27: 279-93.—Lasio, G. B. Etiologia, patogenia y tratamiento de la hidronefrosis. Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 258.—Legueu, F., 4 Fey, B. La nouvelle conception de l'hydronephrose. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 217-9. ------ La hidronefrosis. Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 257.—Luzuy, M. L'etat actuel de la question des hydro- nephroses. Bull, med., Par., 1931, 45: 267-71.—Pepere, M. Contributo sperimentale alia conoscenza della patogenesi dell'idronefrosi dinamica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1934, 37: 247-95.—Ragnotti, E. Considerazioni e ricerche sul significato patologico e sulla produzione sperimentale della idronefrosi dinamica. Arch. ital. chir., 1934, 38: 367-432.—Shishov, I. F. [Pathogenesis of hydronephrosis in children] Pediatria, Moskva, 1939, No. 1, 111-7.—Sipovsky, P. V. [On Shishov's article: Pathogenesis of hydronephrosis in children] Ibid., 1940, No. 7, 84.—Spitzer, W. M. The mechanism of the forma- tion of hydronephrosis and hvdro-ureter. Colorado M., 1928, 25: 8-18.—Vonwiller, P., 4 Allemann, R. Vitalanato- mische Beobachtungen an der lebenden Kaninchenniere; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Erzeugung der experimen- tellen Hydronephrose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930, 149: 226-47. ---- Hydronephrosis: Pathology. Ballenger, E. G., 4 McDonald, H. P. Conservation of the hydronephrotic kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 203-8 — Binet, L., 4 Seringe, P. L'uretere isole provenant de chiens atteints de nephrite ou d'hydronephrose experi men tales. Presse med., 1936, 44: 2086.—Bouchard. Rein gauche detruit par une volumineuse hydronephrose; eliminations ureiques paradoxales; superiorite de la P. S. P. pour l'etude de la valeur renale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 367-70.—Califano, L., 4 De Filippo, E. II contenuto in idrosenioni del liquido idrone- frotico. Riv. pat. sper., 1930, 5: 323-6.—Carleton, S. The studv of a case of hydronephrosis; the use of illustrations in teaching. Bull. N. York M. Coll., 1038, 1: 177-81.—Hepler, A. B. Intrarenal chanees in hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 593-604.—Hiibner, A. Ueber Teilhydronephrose. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 1117-21.—Kretschmer, H. L., 4 Hibbs, W. G. A study of the vesical end of the ureter in hydrone- phrosis; a report of 15 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Sur- geons, 1932. 25: 341-76. Also Sure. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 57: 170-86.—Latteri, S., 4 Augi, G. Ricerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni del tessuto reticolare del rene nell'idronefrosi. Ann. clin. med., Pal., 1929, 19: [spec, no.] 481-506.—Maatz, R. Das guterhaltene Nierengewebe in Hyelronephrosen. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 108-18.—Marcolongo, F. Ricerche sui feno- meni ossidativi e sul contenuto in acqua del rene idronefrotic.o. Riv. pat. sper., 1929, 4: 251-5.—Martin, J. Hydronephrose intrarenale (et ectasie des calices sans distension du bassinet) J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 33: 127-41.—Mazzarelli, M. Ricerche sull'idronefrosi; comportamento del sistema reticolo-istiocitario. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 256-76, 4 pl.—Pancotto, E. Contributo anatomico alia conoscenza delle idronefrosi cole- steriniche. Pathologica, Genova, 1933, 25: 504-14.—Stepita, C. T. Fibrosis of the renal pelvis with hydronephrosis. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 54.—Underwood, W. E. Recent observations on the pathology of hydronephrosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 817-26. ---- Hydronephrosis: Physiopathology. Schneider, H. *Untersuchungen iiber Funk- tionsstorungen menschlicher Nieren bei Hydro- nephrosen und bei Verlegungen des Harnleiters. p.385-503. 25cm. [Freib. i. B.] 1937. Also Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: Ascoli, M. Sulla secrezione renale nell'idropionefrosi speri- mentale. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 3-21.—Bouchard, R. Rein gauche detruit par une volumineuse hydronephrose; eliminations ureiques paradoxales; superiorite de la phenol- sulfone-phtaieine pour l'etude de la valeur renale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 351-6.—Calilano, L. Ricerche suH'equilibrio tra il sangue e il liquido della sacca idronefrotica. Riv. pat. sper., 1928, 3: 307-13.—Chabanier 4 Lobo-Onell. Rsin gauche detruit par une volumineuse hydronephrose; elimina- tions ureiques paradoxales; superiorite de la P. S. P. pour l'etude de la valeur renale. J. urol. med.. Par., 1934, 37: 141-4.—Egger, K. Ueber die Veriinderungen des Arterien- systems in der Hydronephrose und ihre Beziehungen zur Nierenfunktion. Helvet. med. acta, 1938, 5: 893-8. -—--- Die Veriinderungen des Nierenarteriensystems in der Hydro- nephrose und ihre Beziehunsen zur Nierenfunktion. Zschr. urol Chir., 1938, 44: 138-52—Eichelberger, L., 4 Bibler, KIDNEY 148 KIDNEY W G. Water and electrolyte content of normal and hydrone- phrotic kidnevs. J. Biol. Chem.. 1940. 132: 645-56—Fre.la, E. Sulla re^istenza dell'animale idronefrotico ai tossici renali. Paiholorica, Genova, 1928, 20: 279-S.6.—Henninger. H., 4 Sitka. B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Toxicitiit des normalen und Hydronephrosenharnes bei Kaninchen und Mitteilung von Befunden einer merkwtirdigen Verklebungs- tendenz innerhalh des Kaninrhe nharntraktes. Zschr. urol. Clir., 1936, 42: 101-14- Hosford, J. P. Some factors in the . nation of hvdronephr. m- Lancet, Lond.. 1932, 1:435-41.— Maatz, R. Leber die Muskulatur yon N'iereil ecken und Harnleiter bei TT\ dronephrose. Zbl. Oyn.. 1943. 67: 1468 I Abstr.)—Megibow. R. S.. Katz, L. N.. & Rodbard. S. The mechanism of arterial hypertension in e'\p<_riincntal hydrone- phrosis. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 204: 340-50.—Morison, I). M. Routes of absorption in hydronephrosis; experimentation with dves in the totally obstructed ureter. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Liol.. 23-30.—Pilcher, F., jr, Bollman, J L., 4 Mann, V. C. The effect of increased intra-ureteral piosure on renal function. J. Urol.. Bait., 1937,38:202-11 — Peizzan, A. II processo istofunzionale di riparazione del rene i-ell'iirone-fro.-i temporanea. Aroh. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 175- 520 —Stefani, F. Sulla pressione del liquido pelvico nell'urone- frosi. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1936, 7: seritti, 573-87.—Wilmer, H. A. The disappearance of phosphatase from the hydrone- phrotic kidney. J. Exp. M., 1943, 78: 225-30, pl. ---- Hydronephrosis, pseudo. See Kidney, Perinephritis. ---- Hydronephrosis: Rupture. Haitk, F. *Traumatische und spontane Ruptur von Hvdronephrose [Heidelberg] 27p. 8° Landau Pfalz, 1938. Mischkixsky, I. *Ueber traumatische Hydro- nephrosenruptur [Basel] 25p. 8? Strasb., 1926. Rouxel, J. ^Contribution a l'etude des ruptures traumatiques des hydronephroses [Paris] 56p. 24cm. Rennos, 1938. Beatty, R. P. Hydronephrosis; spontaneous rupture. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 800.—Broglio, R. Su di un caso di peritonite acuta sreondaria a rottura spontanea di idronefrosi. Minerva me-el., Tor., 1926. 6: 330-2.—Cassitto, F. Sulla rottura traumatica di una ieh eiin-frosi. Gior. med. mil., 1934, 82: 81.5-25- (ouns-eller, V. S.. A- Emmett, J. L. Hydro- nephrosis with spontaneous rupture- and perinephritic hematoma simulating perilaphritic abscess: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 44.—Davies, P. A case of ruptured hydrone- phrosis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1938, 52: 130.—Dussaut, A., & Novarini. E. F. L. Estallido de- r;56n hidronefrotico. Actas Coiicr. amer. urol. (1937) 1939, B. Air., 2. Congr., 2: 423-34. Also Dia med., B. Air., 1939, 11: 748-52.—Ewell, G. H. Traumatic rupture of a hydronephrotic kidnev. J. Lrol.. Pali. 1933, 29: 685-93.—Gemrd, E. A. Rupture of a huge hydroi ei hrotic kidney. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1942, 28: 293.— Huutfseth, K. Traumatic rupture of hydronephrosis. Acta e hi -. :,rd., 1935, 76: 451-0.—Jackson, R. L., 4 Welcome H. C. Traumatic rupture of right hydronephrotic kidnev. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1910, 32: 149-54.—Jewett, H. J. Spontaneous rupture of a hydronephrotic kidney associated with primary carcinoma of the ureter. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 43: 664-8.-—Kawanisi, H. Leber einen Fall vom paranephritisehen Abscess infolpe von Ruptur der Hydronephrose-. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1933, 45: 3J05.—Kniashev, A. P. [Subcutaneous rupture of a hydronephrotic kidney] Urologia, Mrskva, 1941, 18: 66.—Larks, G. Spontaneous rupture of a hvelrone-phrosia. Brit. J. Surg., 1941—12, 29: 354-6.—Lawson, R.' S. Hyelrone- phrosis; spontaneous rupture with spontaneous pneumothorax as a post-operative complication. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1939, 10: 141-3, pl.—Lazarus, J. A. Traumatic rupture of congenital hydrone; hiotie kidney. Ann. Surg., 1932, 95: 117-26.—LeCcmte, R. M. Spontaneous rupture of hydrone- phrosis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1920, 15: 517-22.—Lepoutre, C. Des traumatismes d'hydrone'-rhrrse. Arch. mal. reins, 1927-28, 3: 203-23.—Lusfana, S. Sinelrcme eli .jcelusione intestinale in ascesso Icmbo-iliaco sinistro da rottura di idropionefrosi calcolosa. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 517-25.—Miller, C. R. Report of a case of hydronephrosis with rupture into the peri- toneal cavity. L. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1926, 2: 500-2 — Niederle, B. [Peritonitis of renal origin and spontaneous rupture in hydronephrosis] Cas. lek. fesk., 1933, 72: 1497- 501, pl.—Peters. K. O. Zur Frage der Therapie bei Rupturen von Hydronephrosen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 28-33.— Robertson, J. P., 4 Lee, A. B. Rupture of an infected hydro- nephrotic kidney. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 243-6.—Rodri- guez Molina, L. F., A Lazo Campuzano, M. Ruptura trau- matica de una hidronefrosis. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1941, 46: 393-8.—Saubidet, J. A. Paiptura de rifi6n hidronefr6tico. Rev. argent, urol., 1942, 11: 349-54— Skarby, H. G. Leber Ruptur von Hydronephrose. Acta e-hir. scand., 1933, 73; 361-98.—Tolson, H. L. Massive congenital hydro-nephrosis: ruptured hydronephrosis. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 768-74.— Walker, R. M. Spontaneous rupture of a hydronephrosis into the peritoneal cavity. Brit. J. Urol., 1933, 5: 159-64. ---- Hydronephrosis: Surgery. Cabot, A. T. Nephrotomy for hydronephro- sis; recovery. 8p. 12? [n. p.]lSS3. Claus, H. R. W. *Zur Pathologic und opera- tive Behandlung grosser Hydronephrosen. 15p. 8? Berl., 1920. Tiessen, G. *Die chirurgische Therapie dor Hydronephrose; sechzehn Falle. 31p. 8? Kiel, 1932. Allemann, R. Zur Klinik und chirurgischen Therapie kltiner schmcrzhafter Hydronephrose-n (die extramukose Durchtrennung des p\ eilemreteralen Schliessmuskels) Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 414-22. Also Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 178-81 —Bailey, H. Plastic operation for hydronephrosis: repoit of 2 cases. Proc. R. Soc. M.. Lon-1., 1935-36, 29: 371. Also Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 669, pl.- Bartels, E. C, 4 Leadbetter, \V. F. Hypertension associated with unilateral noninfected hydronephrosis treated by nephrectomy. Lalu-v Clin. Bull., 1940, 1: No. 6, 17-20.—Boeminghaus, H. Zur Technik plasti- scher Eingriffe am Nierenbecken und Ureter bei Hydronephro- sen. Chirurg, 1941, 13: 244-58. -Bouchard, R. Ce qu'on peut attendre de la chirurgie conservatrice dans le traitement des crandes hydronephroses. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Congr., 456-66, 5 pl.—Caporale, L. The dynamic hydrone- phroses and sympathectomy of the ureter. J. Urol., Bait., 1935 33: 83-96.— Lasella, D. Vie d'accesso operatorie e cura chiru'raica delle idronefrosi. Gior. med. mil., 1928, 76: 248- CO—Cecoarelli, G. Sulle modificazioni delle sacche idrone- frotichc elopo lejratura did peeluncolo vasale. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 614-21. ANo Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1931, 37: 070-7.—Coplan, M. M-, 4 Woods, F. M. Surgical hydrone- phrosis in children and young adults. Bull. Jack-on Mem. Hosp., Miami, 1942, 4: 12-9.—Cusani, M. Sulle alterazioni a tipo idronefrotiche nel rene consecutive alia -iuipatie-e-ctomia periureterale. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 1032.- -Darget, R. Resultat, apres un an, d'une resection du ba sinet par hydrone- phrose. Bordeaux chir., 1939, 10: 123-5. ------4 Lange, J. Hydronephrose volumineuse traitee par ureteropyeiostomie. Ibid., 1938, 9: 196. ------ Traitement conservateur, uretero- pyeiostomie, resection du bassinet, dans 2 cas d'hydronephrose volumineuse. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1938, 97-106. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 543-52.—Duvergey, H. Hydronephrose par rein ptose; fixation haute du rein avec drainage transanal; retour de la motricite et de la tonicite pyeio-ureterale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 247-51.—Fenger, C. Conservative opera- tive treatment of sacculated kidney; cystonephrosis. Ann) Surg., 1896, 23: 637-75.------Eversiem or turning inside out of the sac of a cystonephrosis as an aid in operating upon the renal end of the ureter and upon the partition walls between dilated calices. Am. J. M. Sc, 1899, 118: 48-50.—File, E. H. Conservative surgery in management of hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 177-81.—Flynn, R. Operative ex- periences in hydronephrosis. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 649-61, 2 pl.—Gibf-on, T. E. Hydronephrosis; standardization of surgical tn-atnie-iit. N. England J. M., 1940, 222: 910-8.— Halit Ziya Konur: Ip. [Results of nephrectomy in a case of hydronephrosis Bull. Soc. turque med., 1941, 7: 123-9 — Harris, R. G. S. Conservative methods in the treatment of hydronephrosis. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1940-41, 10: 273-7.—Heckenbacb, W. Ein Beitrag zur palliativ-chirurgi- schen Therapie der Hydronephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 336-89.—Hinman, F. The significance of renal counter- balance in renal surgery; with reference particularly to the treatment of unilateral and bilateral hydro-angular ureters and hydronephrosis, with a description of an operation for this condition. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 51: 237-44.—Hryn- tschak. T. Ueber Nierenbeckenplastiken bei Hydronephrosen; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 620. ------Ortraiicrhaltende Operationen bei Hydronephrosen (Nierenbeckenplastiken) Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 598-633 — Hunt, V. C. Hydronephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6:11 53-65.—Kimbrough, J. C. Surgical treatment of hydrone- phrosis. J. Lrol., P.alt., 1935, 33: 97-109.—Kummer, R. H. Controle eioigne d'un cas d'hydronephrose traite par operation conservatrice. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1028, 7: 244-8 —Lavenant, A. Hydronephrose drainee par ni'phrostninio; he'-murragie impcrtante au huitieme jour. Ibi.l., 1937, 133— Lubash, S. Uretero-pye.loneostomy for hydrone-pbn >i>: a new operative technique; a preliminary report. J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 222-9. ------ 4 Madrid, A. Uretero-pyeloneostomy for hydronephrosis. Ibid., 1937, 38: 634-42.—Maltese Le Roy, C. Uro-pio-nefrosi da sezione dell'uretere; nefrectomia; guarigione; considerazioni sulle ferite dell'uretere. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1932, ser. 2, 10: 366-8.—Marion. De 1'intervention a appliquer a certaines varietes d'hydronephroses; technique de la reposition du rein couramment appeiee nephropexie. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 29: 583-94. ------ On enleve beaucoup trop d'hydronephroses. Ibid., 1936, 41: 270-8.— Marion, G. The conservative treatment of large hydrone- phroses; plastic procedure and fixation of the kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 554-62.—Martin- Laval, A. Petite hydronephrose douloureuse; enervation du rein et n.'phropexie; resultats eloigns. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1927. 6: 196-9. AIfo J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 77-81.— Mathe, C. P.. 4 La I'efia, E. de Surgical repair of hydrone- phrosi- wi'h reference to technical points favoring relief. J. Lrol., Bait., 1934, 31: 1-21.—Maximovitsch, A. S. Ueber KIDNEY 149 KIDNEY plastische Operetionen bei der Hydronephrosis. Zschr. urol. Chir 1927, 23: 383-9.—Mezo, B. [Conservative and modern methods in operative treatment for hydronephrosis] Orv. hetil 1928, 72: 909. ------ Transversopexia renis; eine neue Methode zur Behandlung der Hydronephrose; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 488-93.—Michon, E. Sur les hydronephroses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 965-7.—Moore, T. D. Conservation of renal tissue, with special reference to plastic operations for hydronephrosis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 393-8. ------ Late results of plastic surgery in hydronephrosis. South. M. J., 1942, 35: 425-33. Also Surgery, 1942, 11: 497.—O'Conor, V. J. Con- servative surgery of hydronephrosis; an analysis of results obtained by various procedures. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 46: 1051-60 [Discussion] 1070-8.—Ormond, J. K. The conserva- tive operative treatment of hydronephrosis. J. Michigan M. Soc 1932, 31: 18-23. ------ Unsuccessful plastic operations for hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 512-31.------ End-results of plastic operations on the kidney pelvis for hydronephrosis. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 38: 70-9.—Papin, E. De quelques operations conservatrices dans les hydronephroses. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 500-4.—Pavone, M. La nefrostomia e sempre utile nePe idronefrosi cosi dette inopera- bilein primo tempo? Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1937, 16: 253-6.— Petren, G. A casuistic contribution to the problem of con- servative operative treatment of hydronephrosis. Acta chir. scand., 1939, 82: 243-61, 4 pl.—Pitrolffy-Szabo, B. Ueber Hydronephrose. Arch. klin. Chir., 1939, 195: 183-92.— Pozza, P. La nefro-cisti-anastomosi come cura dell'idro- nefrosi asettica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1902, 10: 1052-9 — Priestley, J. T. The conservative surgical treatment of non- calculous hydronephrosis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 832- 41.—Quinby, W. C. Factors influencing the operative pro- cedure in hydro-nephrosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1709. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 673-9.—Roch, K. Ueber die Hydronephrose und ihre Behandlung mit Nierenbeckenplastik. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 1621-5.—Salleras, J. Las pequefias uronefrosis dolorosas; su tratamiento por la enervacion del pediculo renal y nefropexia. Congr. argent, cir., 1930, 2. Congr., 1121-34. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 2, 1334-41.—Sargent, J. C. Pyelo-ureteroplastic correction of enormous hydronephrosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 613-24. ----- Hydronephrosis: a clinical study of the structural involution that follows surgical release of obstruction. Ibid., 1937, 37: 631-8. ----—- Conservative surgery in hydrone- phrosis. Ibid., 38: 680-7. ------ Basic principles governing conservative surgery in hydronephrosis. Ibid., 1942, 47: 323-43.—Schaffhauser, F. Plastische Operationen bei Hydro- nephrosen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1936, 163: 1-18. Also Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3: 113.—Schwyzer, A. A new pyelo-ureteral plastic for hydronephrosis. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1922, 32: 207-15.—Smith, P. G., 4 McKim, G. F. The resection of localized areas of pyo- or hydronephrosis in the congenitally normal kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 203-12.—Stutzin, J. J. Indikationsstellung zur plastischen Operation bei Hydro- nephrosen. Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 808-12.—Vose, S. N. Hydronephrosis due to subepithelial fibrosis: treatment by an adaptation of Rammstedt's technique. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 786-8.—Walters, W. Evaluation of results of conserva- tive surgical treatment of hydronephrosis. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1931, 6: 712-4. ------ Resection of the renal pelvis for hydronephrosis; its complications and results. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 51: 711-6. ------ Resections of the renal pelvis and other plastic operations for hydronephrosis; end-results in 13 cases. Ibid., 1932, 55: 508.------ The conservative treatment of hydronephrosis by resections of the renal pelvis and other plastic operations. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 29: 121-34. ----- 4 Braasch, W. F. Urinary obstruction and hydro- nephrosis; resection of the renal pelvis, the kidney and ureter; report of 9 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1710-6. —---- La resection du bassinet et des autres operations plastiques pour l'hydronephrose non-calculeuse; resultats dans 71 cas operes a la clinique Mavo. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Congr., 467-81, 5 pl. Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1938, 30: 226.—Walters, W., Cabot, H., 4 Priestley, J. T. Operative results in non-calculus hydronephrosis; results in 71 plastic operations. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 688-701 — Wershub, L. P. Conservative operations in the treatment of hydronephrosis. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1932, 25: 541-3.— Wildbolz, H. La curacion de las hidronefrosis mediante opera- ciones plasticas. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1926, 2. ser., 5: 366-78, pl. ----- Dauererfolge organerhaltender, plastischer Opera- tionen bei Hydronephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 63-88. ------ Enderfolge organerhaltender Operationen bei Hydronephrose. Ibid., 1939, 45: 31-9.—Wilhelm, S. F., 4 Blinick, G. Pelvic plication in treatment of hydronephrosis. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 35: 90-8.—Winsbury-White, H. P. After- effects of plastic operations in 2 cases of hydronephrosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1941-12, 35: 22.—Young, H. H. Hydrone- phrosis and pyonephrosis: conservative treatment. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 1219-30. --- Hydronephrosis, traumatic. Nathrath, J. *Ueber traumatische Hydro- Nephrose. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1897. Adler-Racz, A. Ein Fall von ungemein grosser traumati- Bchen Hydronephrose. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 578-80.— Babini, G. Un caso di idronefrosi traumatica. Prat, chir., Citta di Castello, 1927-29, 2: 206-12.—Bianchetti, C. F. Contributo clinico alia patogenesi della pseudoidronefrosi traumatica. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 362-71.—Blumen- saat, C. Zur traumatischen Entstehung der Hydronephrose. Mschr. Unfallh., 1936, 43: 273-87.—Calef, C. 'idronefrosi e pseudoidronefrosi traumatica. Riforma med., 1937, 53: 957-62.—Ceccarelli, G. Sulla idronefrosi traumatica. Scritti in onore di E. Burci, Nap., 1930, 743-74.—Cornioley, C. L'uronephrose traumatique. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 82-101.—Harbitz, F. H. [Traumatic (?) calculous hydrone- phrosis] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: [Forh. kir. foren. Oslo] 77-81.—Jasienski, G. Un cas d'hydronephrose geante d'origine traumatique. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 44: 48-54.— Jaubert. Perihydronephrose traumatique, laparotomie; gueri- son. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1910, 4: 389-95.—Jumpertz, F. Beitrag zur traumatischen Hydronephrose. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 204-7.—Kuznecky, D. P. [Traumatic hydronephrosis] Vest, khir., 1926, 6: 23-5.—Nisio, G. La pseudo-idronefrosi traumatica. Arch. ital. urol., 1927, 4:49-73.—Nove-Josserand. Pseudo-hydronephrose traumatique. Bull. Soc. chir. Lyon, 1899-1900, 3: 119-21.—Pascual, S., 4 Vilches, G. Hidrone- frosis traumatica? An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1932-33, 4: 228-32.—Ponzi, E. Idropionefrosi traumatica. Gazz. osp.. 1929, 50: 675-9.—Rebeck, P. Sull'idronefrosi postraumatica tardiva. Clin, chir., Milano, 1938, 41: 865-73.—Ritter, A. Sekundare traumatische Hydronephrose, die Folge einer Fussballsportverletzung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 1232-5.—Ryabov, I. I. K Kazuistikle khirurgicheskikh zabollevaniv pochek; traumaticheskiy hidronefroz. Russ. vrach., 1903, 2: 1071—WolSThiigeL Ein seltener Fall doppel- seitiger Saokniere nach Trauma. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 2021; 2081.—Zaicev, G. P. [Traumatic hydronephrosis Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1163-6. ---- Hydronephrosis: Treatment. Haguier, P. *Du traitement actuel des grosses hydronephroses. 91p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Krug, G. E. Contribution a l'etude des resultats eloignes dans le traitement conserva- teur des hydronephroses. 119p. 2534cm. Par., 1939. Schmidt [F.] A. *Ueber Hydronephrose und Pyonephrose (Bericht iiber die in den letzten 11 Jahren in der Voelcker'schen Klinik behandelten Falle) [Halle-Wittenberg] 20p. 8? Hettstedt [1931] Damsky, A. I. [Clinical aspect and therapy of slight hydro- nephrosis] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 1, 34-6.—Flynn, R. Case of conservative cure of hydronephros. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 2: 92, pl.—Gaume. Reduction spontanee d'une petite hydronephrose. J. urol. med., Par., 1939-40, 48: 336-9.—Hentz, L. [Conservative treatment of hydronephrosis] Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 566-70.—Hinnian, F. The treatment of hydronephrosis. Southwest M., 1942, 26: 357-68.—Holman, C. C. The treatment of hydronephrosis. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 543.—L., G. Le traitement conservateur des grosses hydrone- phroses. J. prat., Par., 1938, 52: 726-8.—Landivar, R. Con- tribuci6n al estudio de las pequefias hidronefrosis; su trata- miento. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 1, 1018-23.—Langen- bahn, C. Conduite a tenir dans le traitement des petites hydronephroses unilaterales. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1937, 6: 78-88.—Marion, G. Traitement conservateur des grandes hydronephroses. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 48: 5-19.—Peacock, A. H. Hydronephrosis: etiology and management. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 5: 9-20.—Riches, E. W., Dix, V. [et al.] Discussion on late results of conservative treatment of hydronephrosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Urol., 1657-96.—Sargent, J. C. The conservative manage- ment of hydronephrosis. Wisconsin M. J., 1936, 35: 953-9.— Scheffelaer Klots, T. [Treatment of hydronephrosis] Geneesk, gids, 1930, 8: 473-80.—Walther, H. W. E. Conservative management of hydronephrosis. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1928-29, 24: 53-5. Also N. Orleans M. 4 S. J., 1930-31, 83: 18-20 — Wildholz. Erfolge konservativer Therapie bei Hydronephrose. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1193. ---- Hydronephrosis—in animals. Hofmann, C. E. Hydro-ureter and hydronephrosis in a hog. Vet. Med., Chic, 1942, 37: 183.—Pujatti, P. Idronefrosi bilaterale di un suino. Profilassi, 1937, 10: 22.—Serafettin Oezker [Case of hydronephrosis in a horse] Askeri tibbi baytarl mecmuasi, 1936, 13: 283-90, pl.—Vloten, J. M. van [Hydronephrosis in a cow] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1928, 55: 1083. ---- Hydronephrosis—in children. See also Kidney, Hydronephrosis, congenital. Heinlein, M. *Die Hydronephrose im Kindesalter. 31p. 8? Berl., 1937. Muller, C. *Ueber Hydronephrosen im Sauglings- und Kindesalter. p.589-616. 8? Berl., 1928. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 150: KIDNEY 150 KIDNEY Abrahamsen, H. [Case of pyonephrosis treated by con- servative e>i e-ratie n ; case- of h.\ elronephrosis magna in an infant] Lpeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: ST'i-80.— Borjas, A. Hidrene frosi- i-n una nifia de 5 : in -. Arch, venezol. puericult., 193" if). 2: 226 (Abstr.)- lirav, J. L. Hydronephrosis in i-hil-ln-u; re; < it of 2 e-:i.-os. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 147-52- I)ro>fus, J. R. Die llvdro- und Pvnnephrosen im Kindesalter. Z-'-hr. Kinderh.. 1936, 58: 165-V 7- Ducrey, E. Ln cas d'hydroie- phrose monstre (10 litres) chez une jeune fille de 16 ans. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 445— Elliott, Barber [et al.] Left-sided abd< minal pain, h\elrone-i hrosis. Case Rep. Child Mini. Hosp. Chicapo. 1942, I: No. 12 12-4—Hagenbach, E Sie-t e-n Falle von kindlichen Hvelro: < t uro-e-'i. Schweiz. med. W'M-hr., 1940, 70: 226-9.—Hinman. F. instructive hyelro- ureteral angularity with hydro-nephrosis in chilelren; sureical treatment. Arch. Surg., 11)29, 18: 21-62.—Kufka, V., jr. Ein Fall von Hydronephrose bei einem 4 Monate alten S;iucling bei cle-ichze itipem Pestehe-n eii <-r Li'ift;-eli-nksluxauon. Zschr. Lrol., 15-37, 31: C02-6.—hrtMsclrre-r. H. L. Clinical data on hyelrr nej hrcsis in infancy and e-hi'.eil-.e < el; a report of 101 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Cei itcurin. -uro. u -. ]' : i . 29: 355-79. —---- Hvdrtnei hrosis in infancy ai •' e-1 ileil-e.cel. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1937, 64: 634-45.—McC rea, K. I. W. I ..ree hvdronephrcsis in an infant. Erit. J. Lrr.l., 1930, 2: 154-6.—Perman, E. [Cases of hydronephrosis in children] Sven. liik. tidn., 1934, 31: 638.----— On hydronephrosis in children (Discussioi ; Acta paediat., Lpps., 1935, 17: Suppl. 1, 246 —Pieperborn, J. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Hydronephrose bei Neugeborenen; Hvdrone-i f.rosc als Gebui tshindernis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1'.'29, 26: 384-£5.— Stuer. H. ion. Demonstration von drei ILelre i e-i-1 re . i; im h iude-salter. Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 130 — St-ence, II. M., Eaird, S. S., & I.uecke, P. E. Hydrone- I hre '■is e-f infancv a nel e-hihlhood; report of case followed for 12 years. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 577-80. ■--- Hydronephrosis—in pregnancy. Andcrodias, Euvcrgey & P«5ry, G. Arcouchement a terme chez une rr.alade ayai.t --ubi une neThieetomie a 2}£ mois de grossesse pcur hydronephrose congenitale gauche- et une ne>- phropexie droite a ?,}i nieis de- ;ti>m-^c. Pull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 720-8.—Crtbtreep. E. G. Hydronephrosis of rrepp.'incy. J. Lre»L. Pah.. P. 37, 38: 605--19.—Dodds, R. L., & Maizel.", G. Ma.--.-iye In elrone-phre sis and pie-gnancy. Brit. M. J.. I'.-.-'S. 2: 17.—Fournie-r. R. Ilydre nephre >-e avec ht'maturh- i e nel: i t la. gre sse-sso. Pull. Sex. obst. gyn. Paris 1(36, 25: 113. AUu Uynfcolci ie, 1536, 35: 425.—Gibson, A.J. Twin pieciaiie y complicated by bilateral hydronephrosis and hae-matutis. Med. J. Australia, 1937. 1: 472.—Hcchberg, G. G. I'lreainiei't of infected hydrone [ brosis during preg- nancy] Ln lofia, Moskva, 1540,17:44.— Kiit tne-r, H. Schnelle Entwicklung einer Riesenhydronephn se im 5. Me-nat der Schwangerschaft mit Ileus. Mschr. Gel urtsh.'Cyn., 1031, 89: 179-84.—Strasberg. A. Hydronephrosis of pregnancy. Canad M. Ass. J., 1941, 44: 24-3. ---- Hygiene. Haworth, A. J. How do you manage vour kidnevs? Health, Mount. View, 1942, 9: No. 7, 7 - Lippman, I. W. The role of the kidneys in health. Me-d. Be e., N. Y., 1930, 143: 513.— Lomry, P., Gillet. L., & Bible, L. Sur 1 'hygiene des reins. Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 1443-51. ---- Hygroma. See also subheading Cyst, perirenal. Wallatj, F. *Zur Frage des perirenalen Hygroms. 19p. 8? Gott., 1934. Fahr, T. Kurze Bemerkungen zur Frage des perirenalen Hytn-cms. Zbl. allg. Path., 1926, 37:433-5.—Koku. [Hygroma of the kidney from external injure) Juntendo iji kenkin kwai zas=i, 1507, 119-34.—Loffler, H. Zur Pathogenese mit Aetiolopie des Hygroma perirenalis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927 23: 62-71, Hypernephroma. See also Hypernephroma; Suprarenal gland, Tumor. Charpentier, A. L. *Sur quelques cas d'hy- pernephromes. 51 p. 8? Par., 1930. Enright, J. A. ^Hypernephroma of the kidney [Marquette Univ.] 25p. 8? Milwau- kee, 1932. Latjsch, F. *Ueber einen hypernephroiden Tumor der Niere [Wurzburg] 19p. 8? Wert- heim, 1936. Salzmaxx. O. *Ueber maligne Hyperne- phrome der Niere; unter besonderer Beriicksich- tigung von 21 Fallen der Chirurgischen Klinik zu Jena [Jena] 41p. 8? Borna-Lpz., 1931. Abrzirian, A. L, & Fbaeanov, I. O. [Clinical course of hypernephroma] Sevet. khir.. 1931, 1: 271-5.—Albrecht, P. [Fall von Hyremephrcm] Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1S04, 18: 946-8.—Bell, J. Hypernephroma of the- kidney. Canada Lancet. 1904-05, 3,S: .S90-90 I.------ Is!"'' '"■" " of hyperne- phroma] Montreal M. .!., 1905, 34: 231-7. Kerry. J. M. Hyi ei nephre ma of the- kidne\ ; with repent ..1 a oa.-e. Albany M. Ann., 1900. 27: 773-80, 2 pl.—Bovce, J. W. Report of 2 eases of hypernephroma renir. Tr. Am. Cyn. Sue-.. 1900, 31: L'77-95. Also Surg. Gyn. Ol-t.. 1906, 3: 96-102. Hypernephroma renis. Am. .!. i>l >t., 1900, 54: 99. Promt, F. T. Aberrant adrenal growth-i. Am. Surg.. 19(il, 3!): L"'9 :Joi, pl—Bushnell.F. G. Hypernephroma. Canad. I'nut., 1900, 31: 185-9, pl.—Castaflo, E., & Astndeli, A. \ prop.'-no de la frecuencia ele- los hipernefromas. Rev. espee-., B. Air., 1927, 2: 1020-8.— Chiavarelli, (;. Sopra un caso di ipernefroina. Gazz. med. ital., 1908, 59: 201-4.—Christiansen. J. Hyperne- phroma. Me.l. Bull, \cterans Admin., 1935-36, 12: 315-8.— Chwalla, R. Mannskeipfgn sscr respiratorisch unverschieb- licher Hypernei luoiel eler rechten Nitre. Wien. meel. Wschr., 1940, 90: 985.- Conte, G. Ipernefroma del rene elestro. Piv. med., Milano, 1934, 42: 81-3—Dobrovolskaia. N. A. K vopre-su o hi| ernefre niakh. Arch. lied, nauk, 1905-06, 12: 359-75. pl.— Dolcov, A. M. Dva sluchal hi| erne-froiui. Pnt. anat. kazuist. h harlrov. 1 niv. (1902-03) 1904, 81—Donini, G. It e-rncfn ma del rene- eli ele-stra. Gior. clin. med., 19_'7, 8: 103-71.—Duncan, I. G. Hypernephroma: ease- report. Mem- phis M. J., 1920, 3: 283-5. ------ Hypernephroma and solitary cyst in the same kidney; case report. Ibid., 1937, 12: 73.-—Edelman, L. Benign hypernephroma of the kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1931-35, 1: 251-3- Flans, M. [Case report of Crawitz tumor] Ne-d. tse-hr. gene-e-sk.. 1937. 81: 1779-81.—Etude clinique ele-s h\ f-e-rile'-pln emie-.s. Ti it une me?d., Par., 1S08, n. ser., 40: 742-0.—F iiykiss, F. Hyperne- phroma. Budap. K. Mary, 'luel. Egye-t. 2. sz. Se-b. Klin. betegferg. (1903-04) 1905, 07.—Ferrannini, L. Ln casod'iperne- frcma del rene sinistro. Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: pt 1, 617-20.— Ferri, G., & Clerici-Bagozzi, U. Due casi di tumore- ipernefieiide- del rene. Boll. spec. med. chir., 1930, 4: 407--3, pl.—Gaspari8n, G. I. Die Grawitzschen Gcschwiilste eler Nieren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 84-142.—Gel If, K. Quatre cas de tumeur renale d'origine surrenalie-nne. Echo med. nord, 1908, 12: 369-78, pl.—Ghon. [Hype-rnephrom der linken Niere] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1904, 17: 1391.—Girotto, R., & Nacif, V. Hipernefroma. Rev. As. me5d. argent., 1935, 49: 1169-74.—Grace, J. J. Hypernephroma.; ease report. Bull. Moses Taylor He se., 1933, 2: 65-7.—Grosheintz, P. Hie- H\ i e ria i hie u.e eler Niero. Zschr. Lrol., 1907, 1: 545-92, 4 pl.-Hall. F. J. Ilypon.e, hrcma. Arch. Int. M., 1908, 2: 355 91 .— Harden, R. W. Hypernephroma of kidney, witli report of a ease-. Illiuei. M. J., 1903-04, n. ser., 5: 908-13.— Herb, I. C. Il\■periiephn ma: report of 3 cases. Am. J. M. So., 1905, n. ser., 129: J009-15— Herbst, R. H. Tumor of kieiney; hypernephroma. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 603-5.—Herczel, M. Hypernephroma esete. Orv. hetil., 1905, 49: 441.—Herrenschmidt. Hypernephrome du rein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1907, 81: 688-97. ------ Tumeur de Grawitz et carcinome hypernephroide du rein. Rev. med., Par., 1908, 28: Suppl., Bull. Ass. fr. <5tude cancer, 79-90 — Huszcza, A. [Rare case of hypernephroma] Opusc. clin. int. praefect. Scholae san. tuendae Warszawa, 1927, 73-9.— Illyes, G. Hypernephroma renis. Budap. Orvosepy. evk., 1606, 148. Also Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1907, 43: 63. Also Lngar. med. Presse, 1907, 12: No. 1, 4. ------ A hyperne- phrcmakr61. Orv. hetil., 1S08, 52: 424-8. ------ [Case of rare position of a hypernephroma] Ibid., 1929, 73: 1 — Jackson, J. A. Report of a case of hypernephroma. N. York M. J., 1910, 92: 1123.—Jellinek, E. O. Grawitz tumor of kidney. California J. M., 1904, 2: 54-6.—Keen, W. W., Pfahler, G. E., & Ellis, A. G. On hypernephroma. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1904, 26: 250-86, tab. Also Am. Med., 1904, 8: 1039-50.—Kuzmik, P. A hypernephroma renis. Magy. orv. arch., 1904, ti. L, 5: 569-98, 3 pl. Also Beitr. klin. Chir.. 1905, 45: 185 207, 3 pl.—Levy, W. V. S. Report of a case of hypernephroma. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, 1908, 4: 383-7.—Lilienthal. H. Hypernerhiema. An.. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1904, 8: 159-61.—MacCarty, W. C. Ein Fall von malignem Hypernephrom lei einem Kinele. Berl, klin. WTschr., 1905. 42: Test.-Num.. 115.—McCown. O. S. Hypernephroma. Memphis M. J., 1929. 6: 25-9.— Maskar, T. V. A case of hypernephroma. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1939-40, 9: 544.-—Moffitt, H. C. Kidney tumors of adrenal origin. Pacific M. J., 1903, 46: 747. ------ Tumors of adrenal origin, with particular reference to hypernephroma of the kidney. Tr. Oregon M. Soc, 1908, 34: 221-40. Also Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 159: 457-65.—Of Imacher, A. P. Some remarks on hypernephroma or adrenal tumor of the kidney. Cleveland M. J., 1903, 2: 117-21.—Peuckert, F. Renal neoplasms originating from aberrant suprarenal tissue germs. Am. J. Urol., 1905. 2: 55; 112.—Perry, E. B., & Freeman, C. R. Crse study of left retrope-ritoneal kidney mass. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1940, 32: 143-9 —Peterson. C. Ett fall af hyper- ne-r hrcma re-njs. Hyi/i-a, Stockh., 1906, 2. L, 6: 32-6.— Pirore, R. G. K veijrosu ob opukholyakh nadpochechnavo proiskhf zl.elemya Oii| orneficmt) Arch. biol. nauk, 1903, 10: G4-<(>, 2 i>1. Repiltdo. R. Hipernefroma maligno del rifioD i7fjuierelo o turner ,|,. Grawitz. Bol. liga cancer, Habana, t, n". V'^'in-086-!, Jahb,r- (,s- Na*ur- Heilk. Dresden (1 J0_-0oj U04, 10,.—Rusescu. A. D. [Renal hypernephroma] KIDNEY 151 KIDNEY Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1930, 19: 813-32.—Shattuck, F. C, & Harrington, F. B. A case of hypernephroma. Boston M. & S J 1906, 154: 270.—Shepherd, F. J., & Gillies, B. D. Hyper- nephroma of kidney. Montreal M. J., 1905, 34: 546.—Shih, H E Hypernephroma of kidney; abstract of record and dis- cussion. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 250-2, 2 pl.—Smallwood, W. M. Adrenal tumors in the kidney of the frog. Anat. Anz., 1905, 26: 652-8.—Smith, L. W., & Ferris, H. W. Tumors of the kidney with especial reference to the hypernephromata. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 13: 552-64.—Steinhaus, J. Les tumeurs hyperneephroidts. J. meki. Bruxelles, 1907, 12: 681-6.—Stordeur & Steinhaus. Cas complexe; hypern£- phrome du rein droit, lipomes multiples, sclerodermic, hyper- plasie nodulaire du foie, tuberculose pulmonaire chronique. Ibid., 271.—Targett, J. H. Adrenal tumors of the kidney. Tr. Path. Soc. London, 1896, 47: 122-8, pl.—Taylor, W. J. Report of a case of hypernephroma. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1905, 3. ser., 27: 153-63. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1906, n. ser., 131: 210-7.—Tedenat. Hyperne5phromes du rein. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., 1907, 2: 1841-54.—Thorndike, P. Hypernephroma. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, 149: 611-6. ------ &Cunningham, J. H. Hypernephroma. Ibid., 611-6, 6 pl. Also Med. & Surg. Rep. Boston City Hosp., 1903, 123-36 — Trofimov, M. M. K ucheniyu o pervichnikh novoobrazo- vaniyakh pochki nadpochechnavo tipa. Shorn. V. P. Krilova, Kharkov, 1907, 30-42, pl.—Trubshaw, K. V. The history of a hypernephroma. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 216.—Tuohy, E. L. Hypernephroma, -with report of 4 cases. J. Minnesota M. Ass., 1908, 28: 326-9.—Vautrin. Tumeur du rein du type decrit sous le nom d'hypernephrome. Rev. m£d. est, 1908, 40: 574.—Vivian, C. S. Hypernephroma. Southwest. M., 1926, 10: 7-11.—Whitmore, E. R. Hypernephroid tumors of the kidney. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 1051-62.—Wolfe, L. A. Hypernephroma of the kidney. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 261.—Wyder. Grosser Nebennieren-(Grawitz'scher) Tumor bei einer 70jahrigen Frau; Exstirpation; Heilung. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1905, 35: 425.—Zabolotnov, P. Zlokachestvennaya opukhol pochki nadpochechnikova tipa (hypernephroma renis) Russ. chir. arch., 1906, 22: 431-44. --- Hypernephroma: Diagnosis. Gruber, K. *Ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der malignen Hypernephrome (Grawitz'schen Tu- moren) 54p. 8? Miinch., 1928. Mey, K. G. *Ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der Hypernephrome mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Pyelogramms [Jena] 26p. 8? Dlisseld., 1933. Nacken, H. *Klinische Symptome der Hypernephrome. 40p. 8? Bonn, 1925. Bierring, W. L., & Albert, H. Secondary manifestations of hyper-nephromata. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43: 234-9.— Costantini & Bernasconi. Hypernephrome diagnostique' et localise dans le rein droit par la pyelographie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 151-8. Also J. urol. me$d., Par., 1926, 21: 461-8.—Liek, E. Fehldiagnose auf Cholecystitis bei Hyperne- phrcm. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 834.—Ljunggren, E. [Early diagnosis of Grawitz tumors] Sven. liik. tidn., 1930, 27: 1501-15.—McCague, E. J. Fever as initial symptom of hypernephroid tumor of the kidney. Arch. Surg., 1940, 41: 385-92.—Michel, E. Zur Symptomatologie des Grawitz- Tumors. Med. Klin., Berl.,-1938, 34: 1004-7.—Neuhauser, H. Ueber eine hypernephromahnliche entziindliche Veranderung der Niere. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 16: 254-6.—Nisio, G. Sull'ipernefroma silenzioso e sue possibility diagnostiche. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. chir., 182-99.—Nuboer, J. F. [Hirsu- tism, caused by renal tumor] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 411.—Rehn, E. L. Studien iiber Klinik und Prognose der Grawitzschen Nierentumoren, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage nach der Genese der Hamaturie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 147.—Tsen, H. W. Hypernephrom der Niere, unter dem klinischen Bilde eines septischen Krankheitszustandes und schliesslich einer Meningitis. Zbl. inn. Med., 1935, 56: 1073-6. --- Hypernephroma: Histology. Pieck, E. *TJeber das Vorkommen eines Grawitztumors neben zystischen Nierenver- anderungen. 23p. 21cm. Miinster, 1935. Blackburn, I. W. Hypernephroma; a histological study of 3 cases of hypernephroma of the kidney and one of papuliferous adenoma. N. York M. J., 1907, 86: 285-93.—Brandt, M. Ein sarkomatoser tubular-hypernephroider Nierenkrebs. Vir- chows Arch., 1927, 264: 677-85.—Ciceri, C. Considerazioni sulla istogenesi dei tumori ipernefroidi. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1932, 40: 613-21. ------ Considerazioni sulla istogenesi e sulla struttura dei tumori ipernefroidi del rene. Rinasc. med., 1934, 11: 72-4, pl.—Cid, J. M. Hipernefroma y epitelioma renal de celulas claras, problemas histogen6ticos y nomencla- tura. Rev. m£d. Rosario, 1939, 29: 96-102.—Dagg, T. L. Hypernephroma: a histological study. Med. & Surg. Rep. St Lukes Hosp., Chic, 1904-C5, 60-7.—Erdman, A. A. K voprosu o strayenii hipernefrom. Izvest. Imp. Voen. med. Akad., S. Peterb., 1907, 15: 255-68.—Hubbard, J. C. A tumor of the kidney shown by microscopic examination to be hypernephroma. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, 154: 339 —Men- nenga, M. Hypernephroide Nierengeschwulste mit sarkoma- tosen Anteilen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1936, 185: 537.45—Neu- hauser [Leber einige unbekannte Typen der Nierenhyper- nephrome] Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 1659.—Pick, L Lasst sich der Nebennierenursprung der hypernephroiden Merengeschwulste beweisen? zugleich uber eine hypernephroide ganghocytomatose Kombinationsgeschwulst der Mere Med KHn., Berl., 1927, 23: 3-6, pl.—Bagins, A. B., & Popper, H. Pne demonstration of vitamin A in hypernephroid carcinoma of the kidney. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 634.—Resch, G. Die Reaktion der Grenzzone in der Niere auf das Hyperne- phrom. Beitr. path. Anat., 1939, 102: 76-86.—Schiffmann, J. Hypernephroides Sarkom im Beckenbindegewebe, hyperne- phroides Sarkom der Niere. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930 141: 685-702.—Stoerk, O. Zur Histogenese der Grawitzschen Nierengeschwulste. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1908, 12: 123-30 Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1908, 43: 393; 437, 5 pl.------ Ueber die Vielgestaltigkeit Grawitzscher Geschwulste im mikroskopischen Bilde. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (1907) 1908, 74-6.—Tedeschi, C. Sui tumori misti ipernefroidi del rene! Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 100-34.—Wepler, W. Ueber Grawitz-Geschwulste und verwandte Tumorformen der Niere- eine histologische Studie. Zbl. allg. Path., 1942-43, 80: 229 (Abstr.) ---- Hypernephroma: Metastasis. Kaiserling, H. *Ueber multiple Gehirn- metastasen eines hypernephroiden Tumors der linken Niere bei gleichzeitiger schizophrener Psychose. 31p. 8? Konigsb., 1933. Kleinberg, F. [E.] *Ueber Metastasen der Grawitz'schen Tumoren [Miinchen] 34p. 8? [Riga, 1929] Kleyenstetjber, W. *Ueber einen Fall von Grawitzschem Tumor mit Durchbruch ins Colon descendens [Miinchen] 16p. 8? Borna- Lpz., 1932. Wustmann, J. *Hypernephrom-Metastase im Femur bei symptomlosem Primartumor der rechten Niere [Berlin] 24p. 23%cm. Charlot- tenb., 1936. Aguirre, R. S., & Nino, S. Hipernefroma con metastasis ganglionar; consideraciones anat6micas y clinicas sobre los tumores de Grawitz. Sem. m£d., B. Air., 1936, 43 pt 2, 1472-8.—Albrecht, P. Hypernephrom und Hypernephrom- metastasen. Jahrber. Arb. Chir. Klin. Wien (1904-05) 1906, 308-12.—Baehr, G. Grawitz tumor with clinical, laboratory and X-ray findings simulating a colonic neoplasm. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1940-41, 7: 46-51.—Barney, J. D., Mallory, T. B. [et al.] Renal-cell carcinoma, hypernephroma type, of right kidney, with extension along renal vein into vena cava and with metastases to splenic vein. N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 521-4.—Brill, N. E-, & Libman, E. A case of hyper- nephroma involving the inferior vena cava. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1906-07, n. ser., 6: 18.—Bumpus, H. C, jr. The apparent disappearance of pulmonary metastasis in a case of hypernephroma following nephrectomy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surgeons, 1928, 21: 19-25. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 185-91.—Carusi, R. Su due casi di ipernefroma con metastasi. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 113-9.—Caylor, H. D., & Caylor, T. E. Bizarre metastasis from a hypernephroma (report of a case) Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 576.—Channing, W., & Knowlton, W. M. A case of metastatic adrenal tumors in the left midfrontal and ascending frontal convolutions. Am. J. Insan., 1903, 59: 515-25, 3 pl.—Cibert, J., & Perrin, J. Greffe ur£tero-vesicale d'un hypernephrome. Lyon m6d., 1938, 162: 198-200.—Clairmont. Hypernephrom; Impf- recidive in den Bronchiallymphdriisen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1903, 32: pt 1, 196-8.—Doran, A. Adrenal tumor of vagina secondary to malignant hypernephroma of the kidney. Med. Brief, 1907, 35: 913-7— Edelman, L. Hypernephroma of the kidney, with solitary metastasis to the cerebellum. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1940-41, 7: 343-8.—Eshner, A. E. Hypernephroma of the kidney, with metastasis to the manubrium sterni, simulating aneurysm of the aorta. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1908, 23: 42-7. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 1787-9.—Gripekoven. Hypernephromes et metas- tases osseuses. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1932, 33: 26-36.— Halstead, A. E. Hypernephroma with bone metastasis as a first symptom; large fascial sarcoma of the left thigh; Charcot's joint; arthritis deformans; Hodgkin's disease. Internat. J. S., 1907, 20: 265-9.—Harburger, A. Metastase cranio-m<5ningee d'un hypernephrome latent. Vie m£d., 1926, 7: 2137-41.— Hoffmann, E. Ueber Hypernephrom-Metastasen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 303.—Hunt, V. C. Hypernephroma progressing along the ureter. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1460-2.—Illyes, G. Seltene Lage eines Hypemephroms. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 39-42.—Ivanchenko, A. I. [Metas- tases in hypernephroma of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 163-5.—Krumbhaar, E. B. Hypernephroma of right kidney with metastases to the lungs. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 290-3.—Le Count, E. R. Hypernephroma of the kidney with a metastatic growth in the superior maxilla. KIDNEY 1,)2 KIDNEY Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-06, 6: 373-5.- Mnllory, T. B. Hype-iiH'phronia of right kidm-y. with metastases to right ilium, fifth lumbar vertebra, -ncnim am! left ilium. N. Eng- land J. M"., 1941, 225: 789-91.- Muschat. M.. & t'harny. ('. V> Peritone-al investment of a kidm-\ with a h\ pe-rnephroma. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 444.- Nora, M. Pourgeonnement intraperitoneal d'un volumineux hypomi'-phreinie. J. urol. med.. Par.. 1933, 36: 186-91- Ne»ikov, V. [Case of hyperne- phroma ret,is sinisui with metastasis] Omsky med. J., 1927, 2: 46-51.—Ohe rnde.rfer. Demonstratiem oines Grawitz'schen Tunnis der hnken Niere1 mit Einbruch in die Vena renalis und keiiitinuie-rlie-her Wuclierung des Geschwulstthrombus bis in .lie- Arteria pulm,,n.alis. Vtrh. Deut. path. Ges. (1907) 1908, 11 : 203.- Pardilla. ('. Rare metastasi di tumore ipernefroide. Ann. ostet. prii... 1930, 58: 1273-(.K'>.—Santi, E. Ipernefroma ele-1 re-ne e el,-H',,v;,ii-. Atti Son. ital. ostet., 1006, 12: 478-91, 2 pl.—Schafiner. Hypernephrom eier re-chtcn Niere mit 1 uiuienmetastasen. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1907, 37: 415.— Schinz, 11. R., A I'ehlinger, E. Das Hype-i nephrom und seine Knoe-hennietastasieniiiji;. Acta radiol.. Stockh., 1933, 14: 56-73, 3 pl.—Scudder, C. L. The bone metastases of hyper- nephroma: a report from the Massachusetts General Hospital clinic. Ann. Surg., 1900, 44: 851-65, 9 pl. Also Pub. Massa- chusetts Gen. Hesp., 1907, Nee. 3, 1: 82-104.—Somlo, E. Pernizinse Anamie vol tause-henele-s, miliar-mttastasierondes Hypernephrom. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1931, 44: 513-8 — Torpy, C. I). A case of hypernephroma of the kidney with seceenelarie-s in ihe os cale-is anil the brain. Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 414-0.—Valdes, A. Ein Fall von hypernephroidem fiewi'ichs mit riose-nze-Higon Mctastase-n im Gehirn. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1929, 37: 475-80.—Wells, H. G. Malignant renal hypernephroma, with vertebral involvement. Tr. Chicago Path. Sejc, 1903-06, 6: 375-9.- Woodruff, L. W., & Levine, V. Hypernephroid carcinoma of the kidney with a tumor-thrombus filling the inferior vena cava and right heart cavities; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1544-6.— Wiilfinghoff, W. Spatmetastasen nach Nephrektomie wegen Hypernephrom. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 1121. ---- Hypernephroma: Pathology. Ljukggren, E. Studien iiber Klinik und Prognose der Grawitzschen Nierentumoren; zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur Frage nach der Genese der Hamaturie. 363p. 8? Stockh., 1930. Schaffhauser, F. *Beitrag zur Pathologie atypischer Grawitzgeschwiilste [Zurich] p. 131- 53. 8? Berl., 1928. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1928-29, 28: Adler-Racz, A. [Case of subcapsular hypernephroma of the kidney associated with pubertas ■ raecox] Orvoske5pze%, 1934, 24: nov. ktilonf. (Verebely Festschr.) 123-31.—Albrecht, P. Beitrage zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der malignen Hypernephrome. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1905, 34. Congr., 2. T., 620-717, pl. Also Jahrber. Arb. Chir. Klin. Wien (1904-05) 1906, 191-250. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1905, 77: 1073-170, pl.— Amyloidosis secondary to malignant Grawitz tumor (hyperne- phroma) of the kidney; death from uremia due to amyloid disease of the kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943-44, 10: 323-5.—Arkin, A. Calcified hypernephroma of the kidney; report of a case diagnosed by X-ray examination; with a dis- cussion of the differential diagnosis of renal shadows. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 155-68.—Bachrach. Hypernephroider Tumor mit Nephritis apostematosa. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935- 36, 41: 555.—Baiocchi, P. II quadro lipielico del tumore di Grawitz e suo significato nell'interpretazione nosologica degli ipernefromi. Riv. chir., Nap., 1939, 5: 347-68, pl.—Bastenie, P. Contribution a 1'eHude anatomo-clinique des tumeurs malignes du rein chez l'adulte, en particulier des tumeurs hypernephroides. Bruxelles mod., 1931-32, 12: 1441-6.— Beilby, G. E. A clinical study of hypernephroma, with patho- logical reports. Stud. Bender Hyg. Lab., Alb., 1908, 5: 13-29, pl. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1908, 7: 279-88.—Belmonte, L. Un caso di ipe-ruefroma simulante un tumore solido dell'ovaio. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 1044, 2 pl.—Berkeley, W. N. Malposi- tions of adrenal tissue in and on the kidney. M. & S. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1904, 6: 170-3.—Bogolynbov, V. L. K parole,nicheslrol anatomii i klinikle hipernefrom. Russ. khir. aikh.. HOC. 22: 445-74.—Bothe, A. E. Hyperne- phromata; an ixrenrneutal and clinical research. Ann. Surg., 1926, 84: 57-S8.—Hracken, M. M. Hypernephroma and spindle-cell sarcoma <>f the kidney. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 28: 13-9.—Chandler, (;. Hypernephroma as a result of trauma- tism; nephrectomy; recovery. X. York M. J., 1904, 80: 451.__ Chwalla, R. Hypernephroid und Sarkom in einer Niere Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 633-40.—Cicala, G. Contributo alia conoscenza dei tumori ipernefroidi del rene. Policlinico, 1930 37: sez. chir.. 331 47, pl.—Delamare, G., & Lecene, P. Sur la presence- de le'-eithines dans les hypernepluome- C " rend Soc. biol.. 1907, 62: 442. Also Presse med., 1907, 15: 209 — Dix, V. W. (.iav.iu tumour of unusually low malignancy Proc. R. Soc. M., Le nd., 1936-37, 30: 459-03.—Duvergey, H Hypenie'-j hrome et lithiase concomitaite elu meme rein- assc«-union rare. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: 193. Also J mcSd' Borele-aux, 1938. 115: pt 2, 209.—Fedorov, S. P. Ueber Befund von Adrenalin in einem Nieren tumor (Hypernephrom) Fol. urol., Lpz., 1908, 2: 551-3.—Frattini, P. G. Ipernefromi e tumori del rene a cellule chiare. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936 61: V70 S"—Gordon-Taylor, G. G. Association of ronal calculi and h\pernophre>ms. Brit. .1. Lrol., 1935, 7: 41-4- GoHes- man J Perla, P.. A Elson, J. Pathogenesis of hypernephroma. Arch. Surg., 1932, 24: 722-51.—Grant, II. M. Calcified hypernephroma of right kidney of 8 years known duration Proc. R. Soc. M., Pond., 1941-42, 35: 23-6. Gro/.clik, S. Przypaelek naelne-rozaka i kamicnui w ncrce mieeliucze'j powik- lany niezwvkla postacia dystopii sledziony. Mceiycyna, Warsz., 1906, 34: 369; 391.— Giilye-mann. Uratsteine bei Hvpernephromen eler Niere. KoiiH't-nprnxis, 1940, 12: 408 (Abstr.)—Harris, G. W., & Plewes, I). F. Hypernephroma with virilism in a child of 3 yc-ars. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 244-6.—Herrenschmidt, A. Tumeur eh- Grawitz et car- cinome hvpernephroieh- nowotworach nerkowych, poohoelzti- cych z zablsikanych zawiazk6w nadnercza (nadnerczak; struma suprarenalis aberrata renis, s. hypernephroma renis) Medycyna, Warsz., 1903, 21: 215; 240.—Mastrosimone, F. ■ Sulla genesi ed etiologia dei tumori ronali maligni di origine capsulosurrenale od ipernefromi. Policlinico, 1907, 14: sez. chir., 306-15.-—Milone, S. Su di un interessante caso di nodulo renale a struttura eli ipernefroma. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1930, 1: 037-46.—Milovidov, V. E. [Pathological anatomy of hypernephroma of the kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 3, 7-12.—Morelli, M. Contributo alio studio dei tumori renali denominati ipernefroidi. Arch. ital. urol., 1930-31, 7: 303-10.—Moro, N. Ein seltener Fall von verknochertem Grawitztumor. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 240: 642-6.— Niceda. L. Osservazioni anatomo-patologiche e cliniche sugli ipernefromi. Are-h. Soc ital. chir. (1907) 1908, 21: 399-438. Also Ann. 1st. clin. chir. Roma, 1908, 1: 337-6.7—Nicolas. Meit.hi'irnoglejbinurie beim Grawitztumor. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 20: 212-4.—Pancotto, E. Un caso di tumore ipernefroide del rene con alto grado di eosinofilia ematica. Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 411-3.—Pendl, F. Hypernephroid der linken Niere von vermutlich traumatischor Genese. Be;itr. klin. Chir., 1931, 154: 142-52.—Pietra, P. Ematuria da tumore renale (ipernefroma maligno) Minerva med., Tor., 1926, 6: 57-65 — Pirone, R. Nouvelle contribution a l'etude des tumeurs des reins d'origine surrenale (hyperne>phromes) Arch. meSd. exp., Par., 1903, 15: 219-27.—Polayes, S. H., & Taft, H. A case of hypernephroma with tumor thrombosis of vena cava and heart. Am. J. Path., 1931, 7: 63-9, pl.—Pollak, W. Zur Pathogenese der Grawitztumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 280-9 — Ponyatovski, A. O roli heterotopii tkani nadpochechnol zhelyozi v obrazovanii pervichnlkh opukholel pochek. Ale-el. pribav. morsk. sborn., S. Petersb., 1905, 229-47, pl.—Puhr, L. [Grawitz tumor of the kidnev] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 501-8. Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 285: 291-317.—Rathbun, N. P. Hypernephromatosis secondary to advanced pyonephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1027- 32. Kemete.T. Nieren- stein in Gemeinschaft mit Hypernephrom. Zschr. Urol., 1937, 31: 616-9.—Roskin, G. Hypernephromkultun-n eles Meer- schwemchen in vitro. Zschr. Krebsfor.se-h., 1931-32 35: 143-9.— Rozanov, V N. K patologicheslrol anatomii i klinikle zloka- r-hestvennlkh opukholel pochek (v e-l,as1nosti lupernefrom) Med. obozr., Moskva, 1907, 67: 371-80.—Sabolotnow, P. Zur Lehre von den Nierengeschwulsten suprarenalen Ur- sprungs. Beitr. path. Anat., 1907, 41: 1-51, pl.—Saccone, R., & Kepetto, H. Contnbuci6n al estudio elel hipernefroma. Dia med., B. Air 1933-34, 6: 491.—Schmieden, V. Erfolgreiche, experimentelle Verlagerung von Nebennierengewebe, ein Beitrag zur Lehre v.m den Strumae sup.arenaks. Deut. Zschr Chir. 1903, 70: 153-504, pl.—Schonheimer, R. Beitrag J^Cneni.e des Hyp,;,-n<;phroni.s. Zschr. phy.siol. Cla-m., 1927, 168: 146-51.—Sippy. U. W. Tumors arising from misplaced unrarenal tissim. Cluea-ro M. Rec, 1897, 13: 307-15.— rarozzi G., & lorti, K. Sui tumori ipernefroidi del rene e sul cost let o tumore ,1, G,;;WllJ propagazione del tumore fino al rei.ue -l.-slro Arch ital. urol., 1025-20, 2: 517-81.-Trinkle, A. J. 1 he origin and development of renal adenomas and their KIDNEY 153 KIDNEY relation to carcinoma of the renal cortex (hypernephroma) Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 27: 676-89.—Ujhelyi, J. [Rare case of hypernephroma and sarcoma in one kidney] Gy6gyaszat, 1927, 67: 36-9. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 23: 85-91.—Weil, P. Hypernephrom und Nephritis. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1927. 33: 303-5.—Weil, R. Concerning a distinct type of hyper- nephroma of the kidney, which simulates various cystic condi- tions of that organ. Ann. Surg., 1907, 46: 418-29.—Wells, H. G. The fats and lipoids of malignant renal hypernephromas. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1908, 4: p. xxii. Also J. Med. Res., 1907-08, 17: 461-9. --- Hypernephroma: Treatment. Albeco, R. F. L. *La nephrectomie pour hypernephrome chez l'adulte; ses resultats eloigned. 88p. 24>/2cm. Lille, 1936. Dierichs, R. *Zur Klinik des Hypernephroma und der Einfluss der Nephrektomie [Berlin] 53p. 8? [Bochum, 1926] Bankow, G. Diagnose und Behandlungsmoglichkeiten des Hypernephroms. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1746.— Baradulin, G. I. K khirurgii opukholel pochek (hipernefrom) Russ. khir. arkh., 1908, 24: 609-32.—Bean, J. W. Hyperne- phroma, nephrectomy. Northwest M., 1903, 1: 11-4, pl.— Bielinski, K. D. Pervichniya opukholi pochek nadpochechnavo tipa (hipernefromi) Khirurgia, Moskva, 1908, 24: 458-79.— Colle, J., & Gelleg. Tumeur renale d'origine surrenalienne; nephrectomie. Bull. Soc. mekl. nord (1908) 1909, 522-7 — Conant, W. M. Three cases of nephrotomy and a case of hypernephroma. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 158: 224-6.— Cristol, V. Hypernephroma me5connu, nephrectomie. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 195-200—Droschl, H. Ergebnisse der Behandlung von hypernephroiden Tumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936, 42: 206-21.—Hellstrom, P. Ein mit gutem Resultat operierter Fall von Hypernephrom bei einem lj.e>- jiihrigen Kinde. Acta paediat., Lpps., 1939, 26: 217-20.— Kessler. Nephrectomie pour hypernephrome du rein gauche, diagnostique? par la pyelographie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 111-6.—Ljunggren. E. Leber die Resultate der operativen Behandlung der Grawitztumoren. Zschr. Lrol., 1930, 24: 883-94.—Lundh, G. Case of hypernephroma malignum with virilismus in a girl of 2>Yi years. Acta pffidiat., Lpps., 1929", 9: 118-28.—Peck, C. H. Nephrectomy for hypernephroma. Ann. Surg., 1907, 45: 616-9, pl.—Stone, I. G. Case of hyper- nephroma of kidney, nephrectomy. Washington AI. Ann., 1906-07, 5: 394—Tanago, M. G. Sobre cirugia renal, a pro- posito de un caso de hipernefroma del rifion izquierdo; nefrecto- mia, curacion desde hace cuatro afios. Siglo me?d., 1908, 55: 514; 530.—Watson, F. G. Hypernephroma of kidney; ne phrectomy; recovery. Ann. Surg., 1904, 40: 1005-8, 5 pl. --- Hyperplasia. Greco, Z. Contribuzione alia conoscenza delle malforma- zioni compltsse dei reni, del loro sistema vasale e dell'iperplasia vera monolaterale del rene. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1935, 6: 397-411.—Hutter, K. Retroperistaltik der Harnwege bei hyperplastischen Nieren. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 511-5.— Nakata, I. Leber einen Sektionsfall von kongenitaler Riesen- niere. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1939, 29: 422. --- Hypertrophy. Haranghy, L. [Overfunctioning of the kidneys in a fetus] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 732-4.—Le Play & Corpechot. Hyper- trophic renale experimentale d'origine nephrotoxique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1904, 79: 64.—Mackay, L. L., Mackay, E. M., & Addis, T. Influence of age on degree of renal hypertrophy produced by high protein diets. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 335.------ Do high protein diets increase weight of kidney because they increase nitrogen excretion? Ibid., 336.—Mercier, O. Etude sem£iologique des pros reins. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1933, 2: 373-81.—Moore, R. A. Total glomerular counts in hemihypertrophy. Anat. Rec, 1930-31, 46: 377-80.—Wilson, H. E. C. An investigation of the cause of renal hypertrophy in rats fed on a high protein diet. Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1348-56. --- Hypertrophy, compensatory. See also subheadings (Atrophy; Calcification; Hydronephrosis; Nephrectomy; Nerves: Surgery) Bayle, H. *Recherches experimentales sur l'hypertrophie compensatrice du rein apres nephrectomie unilaterale. lOOp. 8? Par., 1926. Moberg, E. Ueber die sogenannte kom- pensatorische Nierenhypertrophie nebst Studien zur Bestimmung der Leistungsfahigkeit der Niere; experimentelle Untersuchungen an der Ratte. 161p. 8? Kbh., 1936. Peters, E. *Ueber die Veranderung in den Massen der Nierenkanalchen bei der kompensa- torischen Hypertrophic p.63-79. 8? Kiel, 1930. Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928-29, 8: Roeder, P. *Ueber das kompensatorische Wachstum der Niere. 40p. 8? Lpz., 1902. Allen, R. B. Compensatory renal hypertrophy. J. Lrol Bait., 1935, 34: 553-64. ------& Mann, F. C. Experiments on compensatory renal hypertrophy. Collect. Papers Mavo Clin., 1934, 26: 313. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 341- 63.—Allen, R. B., Pratt, C. B., & Sheard, C. High frequency electric fields and Roentgen rays; effects on compensatory hypertrophy of the kidney. Ibid., 502-4.—Ambard, L. Hyper- trophic ponderale et hyperactivity fonctionnelle du rein aprels nephrectomie. Bull, med., Par., 1926, 40: 986-9.------Hy- pertrophic compensatrice et hyperfonctionnement renal. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 240-2. Also J. urol. mejd., Par., 1926, 22: 491-3. Also Presse med., 1926, 34: 1569-71. ------ Aug- mentation pond6rale et hyperactivity fonctionnelle du rein apres ablation de son congeeniere. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1375-7. ------ Ipertrofia compensatrice e iperfunziona- mento compensatore dei reni. Biol, med., Milano, 1934, 10: 319-32.—Arataki, M. Experimental researches on the com- pensatory enlargement of the surviving kidney after unilateral nephrectomy (albino rat) Am. J. Anat., 1926, 36: 437-50. ------• Experimental researches on the compensatory en- largement of the surviving kidney after hydronephrosis (albino rat) Ibid., 1926-27, 38: 71-88.—Bayle, H. L'hypertrophie compensatrice du rein. Paris mekl., 1926, 61: 121-4.—Bollman, J. L., & Mann, F. C. Compensatory hypertrophy of the re- maining kidney after nephrectomy following transplantation of its ureter into the duoelenum. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 28-33.—Calzolari, T. Comportamento dei capillari della zona corticale nei processi ipertrofia del rene. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, 11. ser., 2: 129-32.—Cameron, G. R., & Kellaway, C. H. Compensatory renal hypertrophy. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1927, 4: 155-68.—Cirillo, N. Sull'affluenza ed elimina- zione dei germi attraverso dei reni in ipertrofia compensatoria da mononefrectomia o da legatura di tutto il peduncolo di un rene. Gior. batt. immun., 1964, 12: 1263-89.—Drummond, H. Hypertrophy of the kidney (Munich-beer-drinker's kidnev) In Durham Mus. Cat., 1928, 381.—Dustin, A. P. Investigation of compensatory hypertrophy by means of the colchicine stathmokinetic reaction. Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 197. ------ & Zylberszac, S. Etude de l'hypertrophie compensatrice du rein par la reaction stathmo- cineLique. Bull. Acad. meld. Belgique, 1939, 6. ser., 4: 315-21, 4 pl.—Golimari, E. Nuovi orientamenti nella genesi dell'iper- trofia renale compensatoria. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 540.—Gonzalez, R. Action de l'hypophyse sur l'hyper- trophie reSnale compensatrice chez les batraciens. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 1270-2. ------ Hipertrofia renal compensa- dora en batracios. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1938, 14: 165-72, pl. ------ Infiuencia de la hipofisis sobre la hipertrofia renal compensadora. Ibid., 173-83. Also Hospital, Rio, 1939, 15: 1049-58.—Greenwood, W. F., Nassim, R., & Taylor, N. B. The production of hypertension by the prevention of kidney hypertrophy; preliminary report. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 41: 443-5.—Jackson, C. M., & Levine, N. M. Rate and character of the compensatory renal hypertrophy after unilateral ne- phrectomy in young albino rats. Anat. Rec, 1929, 41: 323- 33.—Jackson, C. M., & Shiels, M. Compensatory hypertrophy of the kidney during various periods after unilateral nephrecto- my in young albino rats. Ibid., 1927-28, 36: 221-37 — Jaksy, J. [Compensatory hypertrophy of the kidney] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1937, 17: 516-48.—MacKay, E. M., & Addis, T. The degree of compensatory renal hypertrophy following unilateral nephrectomy; the influence of age. J. Exp. M., 1932, 56: 255-65. ------ & MacKay, L. L. The degree of compensatory renal hypertrophy following unilateral nephrec- tomy; the influence of the protein intake. Ibid., 1938, 67: 515-9.—Mallone, T. Sulla funzione vicariante del rene su- perstate, dopo nefrectomia, nell'iposurrenalismo sperimentale. Arch. ital. urol., 1939, 16: 177-87.—Merz, H. La mesure de l'hypertrophie compensatrice du rein restant apres nephrecto- mie par la radiographie. Arch. mal. reins, 1927, 3: 126-61.— Moise, T. S., <& Smith, A. H. Diet and tissue growth; the rate of compensatory renal enlargement after unilateral nephrec- tomy in the rat. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 561.—Peczenik, O., & Beer, E. Leber die Wirkung parenteral zugefiihrter Reizkorper auf die kompensatorische Nieren- hypertrophie bei einseitig nephrektomierten Ratten. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1928-29, 221: 215-29.—Riester, R. Leber einen Fall von echter kompensatorischer Nierenhypertrophie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 153-8.—Saphir, O. The state of the glomerulus in experimental hypertrophy of the kidneys of rabbits. Am. J. Path., 1927, 3: 329-42, pl—Sessa, T. Varia- zione della capacita deidrogenativa nel rene vicariante. Riv. pat. sper., 1932, 8: 405-8.—Smith, A. H., & Mpise, T. S. Diet and tissue growth; the rate of compensatory renal en- largement after unilateral nephrectomy in the white rat. J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 263-76.—Spadafina, L. Ricerche speri- mentali sulla ipertrofia del rene in seguito a nefrectomia uni- laterale ed incapsulamento artificiale del rene residuo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 369- 71.------ & Triggiani, A. Sugli effetti ehe ha l'estirpazione del plesso celiaco nella iper- trofia renale da nefrectomia. Ibid., 371-4.—Speciale, F. La misurazione dei glomeruli e dei vasi glomerulari nell'iper- trofia compensatoria del rene (ricerche sperimentali) Poli- clinico, 1927, 34: sez. chir., 234-44.—Stahr, H. Von der Krankheitsbereitschaft der kompensatorisch bypertrophischen Niere. Zbl. allg. Path., 1933, 57: 1-11.—Suchting, O. Beitrag zur Histologie der ausgleichenden Nierenvergrosserung. Vir- KIDNEY 154 KIDNEY chows Arch., 1929-30, 274: 633-41.— Tarantino, C. Llteriori rie-erche sul metabolismo del rene in corso di ipertrofia vi- cnriante. Sperimentale, 1939, 93: 106-14.—Turviani, <; Ricerche sullipcrtrofia compensatoria dol rene nel corso e lei la. nccrosi ischemica renale unilaterale. Arch. 1st. biochini. ital., 1937. 9: 307-24.—Wintrrnitz, M. C, & Waters, L. L. The effect of hypophyseetomv on compensatory renal h\ pert rophv in dog*. Yale J. Biol., 1939-40, 12: 705-9- Wittels. J. Der pyelovenose Reflux an der kompensatorisch-hvpertrophix-hen Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931. 32: 80-5. ---- Hypoplasia. See also subheadings (Abnormity; Aplasia; Atrophy) Astraldi. A. Las hipoplasias renales unilaterales congdnitas. Prensa med. argent., 1930-31, 17: 866-82.—Beer, F. Stone in hypoplastic malplaced kieiney. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser., 4: 446.—Berri. H. D., & Behr, O. J. Hipophisia renal y litiasis secundaria. Sem. nn'el., H. Air., 1940, 47: pt 1, 711-5.— (tarnciro de Moura, A. Seibre um caso de atrofia congenita do rim. Me-.l. e-nntomp.. l.i-h., 1934, 52: 101 -3.—Carver. J. lr.vpf.phi-i:. of left kieln.-y. Pi oc. R. Soc M., I.onel., 1935-36, 29- 30.|.--Eisendr»th, II. N. f Tinica.1 importance of congenital renal hvpopkisia. .1. Lrol., Bait., 1935, 33: 331-55.—Faberi. M. SuM'ipoj.h.sia <-ungenit.-i elei rem. Clin, ostet., 1932, 34: 571.— Fleischman, A. <;.. & Anderson, B. Infantile kidnev. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 12-5.—Gamble. P. G. Hypoplastic kidney; report of case having stone in opposite kidnev. Souih. M. j., 1935, 28: 887-01. Gimpelsor, E. 1. [Hypoplasia ot the kid- neys) Lreii-eiria, Moskva, 1940, 17: 0-S. —Gie>rdano, A. Ifisto- logischo P.ilel. i und patheigenetische Deutung ele r konere-nitalen Nicrcnhypopl.-i.-ie-. Verb. Deut. path. Ges. (1938) 1939, 31: 300-29.—He-rbst, R. IL, & Apfelbach, C. Renal In poplasia. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 37: 589-94. Also Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1935, 61: 390 -IL—Hesse, M. Hochgradige Arterien- verkalkuug l»ei ;/!< ichzeitiger Nierenhypogenesie. Virchows Arch., 1934-3", 294: 1-7.—Hyman. A. Renal hypoplasia and aplastic kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937 38. 4: 253-63.—Johnson, C. M., & Wayman, B. T. Congenital hypoplasia and secondary atrophy of the kidnev. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 841-6.- Kimbrough. J. t\ Renal hypoplasia: report of a case. Ibid., 1937. 41: 702. Krause, C. Pe-itrag zur angeborenen Verkle im rung elur Nie-re-n beim l-'ohleu. Berl. nerarztl. Wschr., 1931, 47: 5S1-4.- MacKenzie, D. W. Renal h\ poplasia with pve-litis e-ystie-a and urete-riii.s cystica; ro]iort of a case and review of the lite rature. Tr. Am. Ass. CJcnite.uiin. Surgeons, 1939, 32: 321-35.- Mallard, R. S. Conge-nital renal hypoplasia; report of cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941. 46: 210-34.—Melly, B. [Case of hypoplasia of the right kieiney with rare gonorrheal complication] Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 412.—Morvan, F., & Moreau, F. Sur un cas d'hypoplasie renale avec uro-hydro-n£phrose congdnitale. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1939, 16: 926-8.— Mukai, T. Hypoplasia renis. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1930, 16: 502.—Murray, J. E., & Sandison, R. A. A case of congenital bilateral renal hypoplasia, with a short review of the literature. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 471-3.— Muxo Gonzalez, A. Atrofia congenita el<] rifie'm; rifi6n hipo- pla.-iie-o eie los ante res alemanes. Rev. san. mil., Habana, 1938, 2: 251-01.—Ne'-delec. Atropine congenitale du rein avec urcteie elouble; ne'i hro-uiY-ierectomie totale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939. 55-66.—Perricone, G. Su di un caso di ipoplasia renale mono'atcrale e me-.-enterium commune nello ste-so soggetto. Gior. med. mil., 1933, 81: 280-4.—Pilcher, F., jr. Hypoplastic kidney: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 52-6.—Rosenthal, S. R. Primary contraction superim- posed upon hypoplasia of the- kidneys. In Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, L'SO.-Schmutte. H. Zur Hypoplasie der Niere; zwei Zvi'rgnie-ren mit doppeltem beziehungsweise dreifachem Haink-itcr. Z.-e-hr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 284-93. ------Zur Hypoplasie der Niere. Zschr. L"rol., 1930, 24: 291.—Schulze, W. Zur DifTerentialdiagnose der kongenitalen Nierenhypoplasie. Ibid., 1937, 31: 532-43.—Stastny, J. Diagnosis of renal hypoplasia] Cas. Ie5k. eesk., 1937, 76: 1275-7.—Steniut, P. I. Leber eine unter dem Bilde einer Schrumpfniere verlaufende schwere Hypoplasie der Nieren- rinde beim Schwein. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 45: 289- 92.—Sussi, L. Contributo alio studio della ipoplasia renale Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1931, 39: 347-55.—Surer, F. Drei kranke hypoplastische Nieren; Stein, Tuberkulose, Gonorrhoe Arch. klm. Chir., 1927, 147: 124-36—Teposu, E., Bruda, P., & Bratu. I. Sur un cas de rein hypoplasique droit d'origine congenitale oper£. J. urol. mekl., Par., 1939, 47: 214-8__ Lebelheir, R. Beitrag zur Klinik der Hypoplasia renis Z^chr Lrol 1933, 27: 79-86.—Valdoni, P. II rene ipoplasico! Policlinic!), 1935. 42: sez. chir., 717-32.—Vasilescu, C, & I eodorescu. E. Hypoplasie resale congenitale gauche chez un i nfam ele IS mois; hypertrophie renale droite par hyperplasie. Bull. Sec. me^d. hop. Bucarest, 1939, 21: 552-60—Verliac Papin, E., A- Astraldi. Hypoplasie renale. Bull. Soc. fr. urol ' l.t.30 ,,o-o3—Winter, R. Kurze Mitteilung uber einen Fali von Hypoplasie der hnken Niere. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933 29- 913.—W vler J. Zystische Dilatation des Ostium bei blindem proximalen Lreterende und bei schwerer Hypoplasie der gleichseitigen Niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940 70- 809- !oi7Z?lf8-Q^nKcTgenitrile Xi"pnhypoplasie. Zschr. Lrol., ----- Nierenhypoplasie. Ibid., 1939 ---- Immunity and resistance. See also subheadings (Infection; Kegeneintion) Huhn, F. Vergleieheneie Lntersuchungen iiber dio Antigen- funktion der Niere. Zschr. Immunfoi'M'h., 1935, 86: 31 -48.— Izumi. F. Experime-ntellc Studien Uber Gleiine-iulonephritis; Resorntionsve-isue-h am ininmn..phi oloxischen Kntensorum. Fol. eaideici. jap., 1940-41, 111: 5lo[;i'- des Infarcts; Anunoniitk und Milchsaure bei Ne-kiose und Auto- lyse. Z.-r-hr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 237: 1 13 2(1— Cedermark, J., Lindblom, K., & Hemchen, F. Om iliagneiM.-n av njurin- farkt, ^aiskiH med hj-dp av aortografi. Nejrel. med., 1941, 10: 1793-5.—Lohn, T. Zur Klinik des Niereninfarkts; ein Infarkt der Art. retropyelica. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 294-306.— Danhiez, P. I es granels infarctus remaux. J. urol. mekl., Par., 1927, 23: 481-95.—Desjacques, R., & Boijeau. A. Les gros infarctus dn rein. Gaz. hop., 1930, 109: 933-7. Also Lyon chir., 1936, 33: 645-74. ------ Infarctus massif du rein droit avec syndrome douleureux abdominal dramatique. Lyon med., 1936, 157: 365-72.—Eisendrath, D. Gros infarctus du rein, presentant les signes cliniques d'un ne^oplasme de cet organe. Bull. Sec. fr. urol., 1933, 280-3. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 36: 200-4. ------ Ln grand infarctus ein rein presentant les signes cliniques d'un n£oplasme du rein. Ibid., 1934, 37: 47-62, pl.—Enimett, J. M., & Dreyfuss. M. L. Sub- total infarction of kidney; nephrectomy; cure. West Virginia M. J., 1941, 37: 155-7.—Folsom, A. I., & Alexander, J. C. Total infarction of right kidney; fibrotic atrophy of left kidney; ease presentation. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 197.—Gunther, G. Vv. Experimentally produced renal infarct as a method for Miieh ing the relationship between circulatory disturbances and connective tissue changes in the kidnev. Ibid., 1941, 45: 530 (Abstr.)— Hirshberg, H. A., & Soil, S. N. Renal infarction of traumatic origin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 1088 — Hosel, M. Die massive Embolie der Nierenarterie (Totalin- farkt) ein charakteristi-ches Krankheitsbild. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1392-5— Hoxie. H. J., & Coggin, C. B. Renal infarction; statistical study of 205 cases and detailed report of an unusual case. Arch. Int. M., 1940, 65: 587-94.—Hurter. Multiple > ltreninfarkte mit le hem Blutdruck. Fortsch. Med., 1908, 26: 289-93.—Huggins. C. B. Surgical management of bilateral septic infarction of the kidneys. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1257-60.—Klumov, E. V. [Infarct of kidney and parane- phritis] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: No. 19, 198-204.—Krasner, G. Penal infarction and the Goldblatt kidney. Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 352.—Lemierre, A. Sur un cas d'infarctus renal. Prat. KIDNEY 155 KIDNEY m£d. fr., 1932, 13: 711-24. ------Laudat, M., & Laporte, A. Etude de l'azotemie, de la chloremie et de la sdcreHion urinaire dans un cas d'infarctus relnal; remarques sur les indicatie ns e;t les e ffets de la cure de rechloruration. Bull. Sec me?d. he i Paris, 1132, 3. fer., 48: 1224.—Locmis. D., & Jackton, C. L. Circulatory e-haneje--- in the infarcted kidney. Med. Times, N. Y., 1941, 69: 393. ------ Plastic studies in abnormal renal architecture; an investigation of the circulation in infarcts of thelidney. Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 33: 735-69.—Marshall, S, & V*hapham, E. Case of bilateral renal infarction in a newly born infant. lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 428.—Metzler, F. Zur Dinsrncstik und Therapie der aseptischen Niereninfarkte. Zschr. Lrol., 1928, 22: 106-11.—Miller, E. M., & Apfelbach, C. W. Experimental infarction of the glomeruli in dogs; chronic renal insufficiency. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 4: 193- 206.—Neubiirger. K. Leber angiospastische nichtembolische Entstehung von Niereninfarkten und von Extremitatengan- griin. Virchows Arch., 1927, 265: 789-804.—Nicholls, M. F. Ruptured infarct at lower po'e of kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 423.—Cppei htirrer, G. D. Aseptic infarction ef the kidney. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1941-42, 8: 1220-4.—Psgildre, L. E. Apoplejfa renal; infarto total del rifi6n. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 951-7.— Pisani, L. Infarto totale del rene per trcmbosi traumatica del peduncolo vascolare. Arch. ital. urol., 1925-26, 2: 403-11.— Pontieri, F. Su di un rare caso d'infarto scttico del rene sinistro in un neonate Pediatria (Riv.) 1S36, 44: 159-05.—Prinz- metal, M., Hiatt, N., & Tragerman, L. J. Hypertension in a patient with bilateral renal infarction; clinical confirmation of experiments in animals. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 44-6.— Eichard. M. Der Niereninfarkt als postoperative Kcmplika- tion. Helvet. med. acta, 1642, 9: 195-2C0. Also Schweiz. med. Mschr., 1942, 72: 79.—Saelhof, C. C. Renal infarcts. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 227.—Sanies. R. dos. Les infarctus du rein. J. urol. me?d., Par., 1937, 44: 511. Also Med. contemp., Lisb., 1937, 55: 455.—Schildt, E. Leber den aseptischen, embolischen Niereninfarkt. Acta chir. scand., 1632-33, 70: 299-352. Also Sven. lak. tidn., 1633, 30: 769-71—Schnapauff, U. Der Kiereninfarkt als Reimplantat. Beitr. path. Anat., 1927-28, 79: 781-818, 3 pl.—Schiiimann, P. Leber die Ent- stehung der Infarktnekrose. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 29: 234-44.— Schwartz, J. Renal infarcts; a surgical aspect of bacterial endocarditis. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 39: 70-6.—Shep- pard, F. A. B. Total renal infarction. Brit. J. Surg., 1939-40, 27: 603.—Skinner. Spontaneous renal infarction in infants. N. England J. M., 1942, 226: 901.—Sole, R. Apoplejfa renal; infarto total del rifion. Rev. As. m£d. argent., 1943, 57: 755.— Vogelsang. A. D Renal infarct; report of a case. Ohio M. J., 1940, 36: 269-71.—Vose, S. N. The clinical aspects of renal infarction. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 618-20.—Wattenberg, C. A. Persistent lumbar pain associated with a healed infarct of the kidney. Washington Lniv. M. Alumni Q., 1941-42, 5: 180.—White, P. D., & Porter, R. R. A note on pain and its reference in cases of renal infarction. N. England J. M., 1941, 224: 728. ---- Infarction, hemorrhagic. Llanos, M. A. Infarto hemorragico extenso del rifi6n. Rev. argent, urol., 1942, 11: 477-83—Pagliere, L. E. Apo- plejfa renal; infarto total del rifion. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 879-82.—Sole, R. Apoplejfa renal; infarto total del rifi6n. Ibid., 855-68; 914-6.—Ungari, C. Su di un caso di infarto emorragico bilaterale dei reni in un lattante. Lattante, 1940, 11: 33-44. ---- Infarction, uric acid. Ehrlich, S. *Ueber den Harnsaureinfarkt der Neugeborenen; mikrochemische Untersu- chungen [Miinchen] p.194-212. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 283: Nachtwein, K. *Zur Kenntnis des Harn- saureinfarktes an Nieren Neugeborener [Got- tingen] 20p. 8? Weende, 1935. Keinrichs, H. Das Vorkommen der Harnsaureinfarkte in der Niere des Neugeborenen. Beitr. path. Anat., 1932, 89: 229-32.—Illyes, G. Deposition of uric-acid crystals in the perirenal capsule and kidney tissues. Brit. J. Lrol., 1938, 10: 144-9.—Litten. Leber primare Nierengicht. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1904) 1905, 35: 127-37. ---- Infection. See also subheadings (Abscess; Carbuncle; Disease: Etiology; Perinephritis; Pyonephrosis) also Bacteriuria; Enterorenal syndrome; Glo- merulonephritis; Infection, focal; Pyelonephritis; Sepsis; also under names of bacteria, and in- fectious diseases as Gonococcus; Streptococcus; Syphilis; Tuberculosis, etc. Cabot, H. Infections of the kidney, p.510- 69. 8? Phila., 1936. In Modern Lrol. 3. ed. (Cabot, H.) 1936, 2: Campbell, M. F. Infections of the kidney. 343p. 12? N. Y., 1931. Adams, P. S. Infections of the kidney. Nebraska M. J., 1936, 21: 413-8.—Beer, E. Renal infections. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 144-50.— Briggs, W. T. Etiology and therapy of non-tuberculous kidney infections: a review. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 149-55.—Cabot, H. Non-tuberculous infections of the kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 53-6.—Callaway, R. R. Infections of the kidnev. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1939^0, 9: 343-7.—Cathcart, E. Chronic kidney infections. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 819-22.— Deming, C. L. The infected kidney; its physiology, pathology and treatment. Rhode Island M. J., 1926, 9: 65-71.—Fowler, H. A. Some clinical observations on renal infections. Memphis M. J., 1932, 9: 193-202.—Grant, O. Medical and surgical views of renal infections. Med. Bee, Houston, 1937, 31: 175-8.-—Happ, W. M. Chronic kidney infections in infants and children; report of cases. California West. M., 1932, 36: 326-32.-—Harkness, G. F. Kidney infections in childhood from the eye, ear, nose and throat viewpoint. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 444-51.—Henline, R. B. Renal infections. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 308-11.—Herman, L., & Muckle, C. W. Renal infections of pregnancy and the puerperium. Pennsyl- vania M. J., 1938-39, 42: 899-903. Also Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 344-7.—Hicks, J. B. Kidney infections without localizing symptoms. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 737-44.— Hinman, F. The clinical consideration of nonspecific infections of the kidney. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 139: 339; 450; 524; 575.—Huber, J. B. The kidney in acute infections. N.York M. J., 1608, 87: 1030-2.—Jay, L. D. Kidney infections in childhood from the genito-urinary viewpoint. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1929, 19: 440-4.—Jeans, P. C. Kidney infections in childhood from the pediatric viewpoint. Ibid., 437-40.—Jenkins, J. A. Infections of the kidney. N. Zealand M. J., 1931, 30: 259-67 — Kolmer, J. A. El papel de la infeccion en las afeciones del rifi6n. Dia m£d., B. Air., 1940, 12: 996.—Ludowigs, C. H. Nichtspezifische Niereninfektionen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1029; 1073.—Machin, R. Infecciones renales no tubercu- losas. Rev. med. cubana, 1940, 51: 767-78.—Plaggemeyer, H. W. Renal and perirenal infections. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Fhila., 1939, 8: 663-79.—Randall, A. Chronic non-tuberculous renal infections. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1934, 31: 139-42.—Beay, E. R. Renal infections of pregnancy. N. Zealand M. J., 1933, 32: 27-33.—Roberts, J. R. Two forms of infection of the kidney. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 75.— Smith, G. G. Fifty cases of renal infection. N. England J. M., 1929, 200: 867-76. •------ Renal infections. Ibid., 1935, 212: 751-9.—Toulson, W. H. Acute renal infections. South. M. J., 1937, 30: 901-3.—Vecki, M. Renal infection in children. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1934, 3: 129-32. Also Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 642-6. ---- Infection, ascending. See also Kidney pelvis, Disease; Pyelone- phritis; Ureter, Obstruction, and other primary diseases. Carson, W. J. Ascending infection to the kidney; an experi- mental study. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1932, 42: 99-116. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 26: 697-704. Also West. J. Surg., 1933, 41: 132-9.—Gruber, C. M., & Rabinovitch, J. Ascending infection of the kidney and kidney pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1930, 24: 233-49.—Helroholz, H. F. Infection of the renal paren- chyma ascending from the renal pelvis. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1934, 9: 265. ------ Infection of the rensl parenchyma from the pelvis of the kidney. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1937, 49: 1-14.—Kellaway, C. H., Brown, C. J. O., & Williams, F. E. Ascending renal infection. Moel. J. Australia, 1927, 2: Suppl., 192.—Keyes, E. L., jr. Two cases of acute renal infection from urethral retention. Tr. Am. Lrol. Ass. (1908) 1909, 2: 174-8 — Musumeci Grasso, F. Inexistence de l'infection renale as- cendante. J. urol. med., Par., 1929, 27: 200-13. Also Arch. farm, sper., 1929-30, 48: pt 1, 405-20.—Sakata, K. Experi- mentelle Beitrage zur hamatogenen Niereriinfection von den Harnwegen, insbesondere von der Harnblase aus. Mber. Lrol., 1903, 8: 321-33. ---- Infection: Bacteriology. See also Bacteriuria; Urinary tract, Infection; Urine, Bacteriology; also under names of bac- teria. Forssner, G. *Renale Lokalisation nach intravenosen Infektionen mit einer dem Nieren- gewebe experimentell angepassten Streptokokken- kultur. ^ 56p. 8? Stockh., 1903. Totjze, J. *La nephrite post-septicemique a bacille perfringens. 74p. 8? Par., 1934. Aschner, P. W. Staphylococcus infections of the kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1926, 40: 99. ------ Staphylococcus infection of the renal parenchyma. Am. J. M. Sc, 1926, 172: 63-71 — Aeher, L. M., & Sokol, J. K. Bacterial localization in the kidneys. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 273-82, pl.—Bachrach, R. Leber Staphylomykose der Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 38: 296-302.—Ball, G. Staphylococcal infections of the kidney. Brit. J. Urol., 1938, 10: 323-36, 3 pl.—Bassi, P. L'influenza KIDNEY 15G KIDNEY ite della interruzioni- temporanea e discontinua della circolazione arteriosa c venosa snll'al ti echimento eleei mi mi piea-eni nel rene. Ann. ital. chir., 1938. 17: 557-70.—Ueacham. H. T. Speci- ficity of pathogenic infections of the kielne-v. Pie e-. Sejc. Exp. Biol".. N. Y., 1931, 29: 273. Also J. I'rol.. Bah., J923, 29: 197-215.— Beer. E. Coccal infections of the renal cortex. Tr. North Centr. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1935. 1-3. Also J. Am. M. As-.. 1930, 10(1: 1003-70.—Bilateral kidnev infection with urea splitting opjai.isins. Ibid., 1943, 122: 70.—Birkhaug, K. E.. A Parlow. A. L. Gonococcal infection in the kidney; bacterio- logical and histo-pathological report of a case e>f gonoetoccal hydro-pyonephrosis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1928, 20: 83-95 — Bonino, M. Ricerche clinicc-sperimentali sulla localizzazione elettiva dei germi isolati da focolai morbosi renali ek-H'uomo. Arch. ital. urol., 1936, 13: 28-64.—Book, M. H. The perme- ability of the kidney to bacteria. Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: 569- S0, 3 pl.—liroclio, R. Sull'eliminazione dei batteri atn, v.-rso il r-n.-. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 938-42—Cabe.t. IL. & Ncsbit. K. M. Coccus infections of the kidney. Tr. A Ass., 1930, 48: 328-35. Also Ann. Surg., 1930, 92: 7 Caroli, J., Levy-Bruhl, M., & Raynaud, P. Icten suraigue a pneumobacilles de Frieeilander, abces nnibiple- .!u foie et cancer eie l'ampoule de Vater. Bull. Soe . nail. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser , 55: 875-8—Cartoutza, G. Role de l'im- munit£ elan- I'^iiniinat ion ie5iiali' des microbes. Ann. m&L, Par., 1933. 33: 77 -PH.- Caughlan, G. V. Acute staph\ lococi-ic kidney. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935. 25: 0'il-S. — Chihnave-rov, L. Leber elie Pas=ir-rhaikt'it eler Nie-ivn fur Ha.kte-i ie-n. Zsi-lir. Hyg., 1932-33, 114: 010--22.—Cilonto, M. PioeaeCe sulle- localizzazioni b.-itteriehe renali; coltiva/ione- eli germi patogeni su tessuto ronale. Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 9: 631-40.— Cirillo, N. Sulla localizzazione dei germi nei reni a pedicolo legato nel corso di batteriemie s|iei-imentali. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. med., 370-80.- Darget, P., it Bahuet. A propos d'un ens ele- bacillose I a 11 ■ 111 < • du rein. Boi'ieanx cbii.. 1934, 5: 1 10 -iv- Lstable-, C, it Kstable, J. F. Mecamsino iutiinei del fill re> renal niie-ne'oiano v funeie'm bae-t. i lologie-a eh-l rifion. Arch. Soc. kiol. Meinte-vieleo, 1930, 2: 12(1 30.—Forsyth, W. L., A Samaan, K. The- kidney as a bacterial filte-r ('tin- significane-e of tube-rculoii.s bae-illmia) Brit. .1. I'rol.. 1930, 8: III.- Cordon, W. G. The acute stapli\ leicoe cal infectious of the ki.lnev. J. Kansas M. See:., 1941, 42: 478.—Grossman, S. L. local staphylococcal ik pl.iitis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 495-500.—Helmholtz, H. F., & Bowers, M. R. The kidney; a filter for bacteria; the passage of Bacillus coli through the kidney with acute staphylococcic lesions. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1920. 31: 850-62.—Hirose, H. ExperinionPslle Studien uber hiimatogene Staphvlokokkeninfekiion f e-arlmue-le- and 0 additional i-ase-s of abscess. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 43: 774-92.—King. E. S. Hae-te-noleigy of kiehuvy diseases. South. M. & S., 1935, 97: 070-2. —Kirkpatrick. H. J. R. An investigation into the permeability eef the kidney to bacteria in the circulating blood. Brit. .1. lrol., 1934, 6: 1-10.—Ligas, A. Ricerche sperimentali sull'eliminazione renale di germi iniettati nel circolo sanguigno. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1937, 47: 643-55.—Marcel, M. P. La nephrite aigue a streptocoque hgmolytique; ndphrite a cylindros leucocytaires. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1032-8.—Marie, K. Note: sur la presence de levures patho- genies elans le-s reins humains. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: S05-7.—Milles, G.. & Nedzel, A. J. Permeability of normal anil ele-iH-rvateel kidney to bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exd. Biol., N. V.. 1932. 29: 970-9.—Nesbit, R. M. Acute staphylococcal infee-nons of the kidney; their clinical aspects and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 709-14.-------& Dick, V. S. Acute &taph\ lococcal infections of the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 43: 023-36.—Nisikawa, N. A study on the history of li.-icteria artificially introduced into the body and the factors of infec- tion; ability of various bacteria to pass through the kidneys of healthy rabbits. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1934, 21: 5.—Pezcoller, A. L'influenza dell'enervazione suH'attecchimento elei germi nel parenchima renale. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 435-60.— Pollard, C. Report of case of infection with Friedlander's pneumo-bacillus resulting in necrosis of the kidnev. Birming- ham M. Rev., 1904, 55: 247-53.— Ravogli, A. Report of 2 cases of gonorrhoeal invasion of the kidney and renal pelvis. Am. J. Lrol. Sex., 1905-06, 2: 551-8, pl.—Rieder, W. Die Bakterienausscheidung der Niere infolge Gefasschadigung und ihre Beziehung zum vegetativen Nervensvstem. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 162: 695-700 [Discussion] 245-51— Sasaki, H. Betrachtungen uber die Geschwindigkeit und Menge der durch die Nieren passierenden Bakterien. Verh. Jap. Chir. Ges 1929, 30: 27. Also Acta derm., Kyoto, 1929, 14: 516; 556; 583.—Shultz, W. G. Bacillus subtilis infection of the kidney' Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 493-8.—Thomson, W. H. Acute invasion of the kidneys by the Bacillus coli. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, 73: 409.—Troisier, J. Les virus ndphrotropes. Paris med., 1932, 83: 502-4.—Tutui, S. Die tierexperimentellen Lntersuchungen uber die Nierenfunktion gegeniiber verschied- enen Bakterienarten. Hukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1927, 20: 15-8.—Wolgensinger. Bacillose renale masquee et fausse bacillose rrf-iale. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 289-325. infection. Internat. J. M. A- S., 1933, 46: 211-3.—Cabot, H., & Montgomery, T. It. The diagnosis anil management of sub- acute blotjd stre-am infections of the kidney. Colle-i-t. Papers ?> ; w> Clin., 1938, 30: 219-25.- (rahtre-o. E. G. Hypertension in destructive infected unilateral le-mns of the kieiney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 193S. 31: 299-319 [Discus- sion] 333-8.—Haslinger, K. Der W, it ele-r Alpha-Naphthyl- aminpreibe zur Erkennung von Infe-Ulionen tier Niere. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21: 647-53.—Heacock, C. H. linen igi-nolojrio findings in metastatic staphylococcal infections of the- kieiney anil perinephrium. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 1051-4. Kinne-y, \V. H. Modern methods of diagnosis in kidney infections. Pennsylvania M. J., 1932, 35: 223-7- Lazarus. J. A. Tim e liagnosis a nel treatment of fulminating infections of the- kidneys with particular reference to the nonbacillaiv unilateral infec- tions. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 239-43— Penaiid. G.. & Duvergey, H. Dilatation uret^rale dynamique au cours d'une bacillose renale observe'e dds son ddbut. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: 112-5.—Shiflett, E. L. Roentgen diagnosis of renal infec- tion. Am. J. Roentg., 1939, 42: OS9 92. -Toulson, W. H., Svmptomatologv and diagnosis of renal infoe-tioiis. South M. J., 1933, 26: 593-0—Wesson, M. B. Kidney infections; urographie diagrams. Med. Rec, N. V,, 1939, 149: 120-9. ---- Infection, hematogenous. Brewer, G. E. Acute: hematogenous infection of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1904, 40: 1010-2. ------- Acute unilateral hema- togenous infections of the kidney. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1908, 26: 341-59. Also Ann. Surg., 1908, 47: 1054-9. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1908, 6: 699-705.—Cabot, H. Blooel stream infec- tions of the kidney. Brit. J. Lrol., 1036, 8: 233-56. -------& Montgomery, T. R. The diagnosis and management of sub- acute blooel stream iiifi-i-tions of the kidney. N. York State J. M., 1939. 39: sis -28. -Cobb, F. Acute hematogenous infection of one kidnev in persons apparently well: report of a case and a stu.lv of the- subject. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, 156: 97-101. Also Ann. Surg., 1908, 48: 680-702, 4 pl. ------- Four cases of acute hematogenous infection of the kidney. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 158: 220.-------Acute hajmato- !$eue>u3 iufoction of one kidney in persons apparently well; a rep,„i e,f s cases. Bub. Massachusetts Gen. Hosp., 1909, 2: 4S."> -509.— Gibson, L. E. Blood stream infection of the cortex of the ki.lnev. N. York State J. M., 1942, 42: 1350-5.— fiance, B. M. Acute lie-niatogenous infection of the kidney. Boniis.vh-ania M. J., 1930-31, 34: 322-4— Jungano. Sur un cas el'miee-iiem re'-nale-, d'origine sanguine, due a certains mi- crobes, dont un anaf-robie strict (nouvelle espe'-ce) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 302.—binder, W. Acute hematogenous infection of kieiney. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 175-9.— Llanos, M. A. Infe-e-ciejn rnctasl.'i.sica del rifi6n. Rev. argent. urol., 1941, 10: 60-7 I.—Moore, T. Metastatic renal infection. Brit. M. J., 1939, 1: 819-21, pl.—Richardson, T. B. Acute hematogenous infection of onekitlnev in poisons apparently well. Dominion M. Month., 1908, 31: 477-82. ---- Infection: Pathogenesis and pathology. Terver, P. G. F. A. Des affections chi- rurgicales chroniques du rein demeur6es latentes jusqu'a l'infection aigue de la lesion. 62p. 8? Par., 1932. Beer, E. Coccal infections of the renal cortex. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 491-3.—Bidgood, C. Y. Pvetgenic and non- pyogenic kidney infection from a pathological standpoint. Am. J. Surg., 19.30, n. ser., 8: 953-7. Birdsall, J. C. The obstructive factors in renal infections. J. Lrol., Bait., 1943, 49: 55-68.—Bowie, C. F. Kidney infections as a result of obstruc- tion. J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27: 144-6.—Cabot, H. Observations on the natural history of renal infections. Arch. Surg., 1927, 14: 1259-66.—Carson, W. J. Etiology and path- ology of renal infection (so-called surgical kidney) Wisconsin M. J., 1933, 32: 591-5.—Cifuentes, P. Consitleraciones sobre la patogenia de la infeccion renal. Arch, med., Madr., 1925, 21: 241-02.—Cusani, M. Le infezioni sperimentali non tubercolari del rene. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1932, 40: ■520.—Dake, T. Beitrage zur Kenntnis eler akuten Nephro- pathien durch Bakterientoxine; Diphtherienephropathie. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1926, 2: 435-70, 7 pl. ------- Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der akuten Nephropathien durch Bakterien- toxine; Nephropathie durch Typhus- und Paratyphus-B-Toxin, Anhang: der absolute Hungerversueh. Ibid., 471-94, pl, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der akuten Nephropathien ---- Infection: Diagnosis. Armstrong, G. E. The diagnosis and prognosis of tubercu- lous and septic conditio]- oi the kidnev. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1908, 26: 324-40—Brooksher, W. R. "The diagnosis of renal durch Bakterientoxine; akuto Ntphropathien durch Kok- kenarten. Ibid., 495-518, 3 pl.—Donath, J. Ueber postin- fektiose Schadigungen eler Nierenfunktion. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 591.—Eisendrath, D. N., Jampolis, M., & Davis,'E. Ureteral neuromuscular elvstrophv in its relation to infections of the kidneys of children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 1006-12.—Furniss, H. I). Systomie- effects of renal infections. Phys. Ther., 1928, 46: 387.—Helmholz. H. F., & Field, R. S. The kidney; a filter for bacte ria; the effe ct of ure teral obstruc- tion on the excietion of baete-iia. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1926, 31: 693-703.—Hughes, E. E. 'J he etiolegv of renal infections. Chn. J., Lond., 1932. (il: 421.—Kellaway, C. H., Brown, C. J. O. & Williams, F. E. Path e,f ,e,,al infection. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1920-27, 7: 337 10. Kolmer, J. A. The role of mt.-'-tion m knlm-v elisease. Pennsylvania M. J., 1940-41, 44: Etiology and pathogenesis of renal 26-30.—LeComte. R. M. KIDNEY 157 KIDNEY infections. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 589-93.—Mackenzie, D. W. Mechanical factors in renal infections. J. Ineliana M. Ass., 1935, 28: 1-8. ------ & Hawthorne, A. B. Some studies in the distribution of blood-borne foreign particles, including bacteria in the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1929, 22: 133-62.— MacKenzie, D. W., & Wallace, A. B. The lymphatics of the lower urinary and genital tracts; an experimental study, with special reference to renal infections. Ibid., 1935, 34: 516-35.-— Muller, E. F., & Petersen, W\ F. Die Bedeutung des vegeta- tiven Systems fiir die Entstehung der primaren Nierenschiicii- gungen im Anschluss an Erkaltungen und Infektionen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Meal., 1930, 42. Kongr., 580-3.—Munger, A. D. General aspects of acute surgical infections of the kidnev. South. M. J., 1944, 37: 20-3— Outi, O., & Yotuyanagi, S. Nierenveranderungen durch Injektionen vom Kulturfiltrat der Kolibazillen (Shwartzman) einmalige Injektion. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 401-12.—Ramlau-Hansen, O. On certain changes in the kidneys of mice in acute experimental infec- tions. Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, Suppl. 3, 323-33.— Rotenburg, S. S. [Peculiar case of infectious nephritis] Ter. arkh., 1940, 18: 156-69.—Yotuyanagi, S., & Outi, O. Nieren- veranderungen durch Injektionen vom Kulturfiltrat der Kolibazillen (Shwartzman) wiederholte Injektionen. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 412-22. ---- Infection, pyogenic. See also subheadings (Abscess; Pyonephrosis) also Pyuria. Uhl, H. *Die pyogenen Erkrankungen der Nieren und Nierenhullen. 38p. 8? Bresl., 1926. Baumeister, C, & McCutchan, G. R. Acute staphylococcic infections of the renal cortex. West. J. Surg., 1940, 48: 408- 14.—Broglio, R. Sulle infezioni suppurative del rene. Poli- clinico, 1926, 32: sez. prat., 50-3.—Browne, H. S. A point in the diagnosis of focal suppurative nephritis. South. M. J., 1931, 24: 398-402.—Cabot, H., Illjes, G., & Necker, F. Sup- purations du parenchyme renal. J. urol. me$d.. Par., 1937, 43: 555-62.—Cohn, T. Leber Xierer.eiterung. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 677; 758.—Costantini, P. Nefrite apostematosa mono- laterale grave acuta, guarita con nefrectomia. Clin, chir., Milano, 1930, 33: 296-310.—Gonzalez Tanago, M. Tras- tornos dispepsicos en las inflamaciones supurativas del rifion (pielitis, pielonefritis, etc.) Siglo med., 1905, 52: 207-27.— Goltman, M. Acute suppurative interstitial nephritis. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1905, 9: 135-8.—Illyes, G. [Sup- puration of the renal substance] Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 1103; 1127. Also Brit. J. Lrol.. 1937, 9: 101-13. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1937, 43: 141-74.—Kairis, Z., £»■ pt 2 415 —Poucel, J. Tiaunuitisnie-s rlu r< in choz le-ntnnt. Marseille med., 1927, 64: -15--55. Prathe-r. G. C. Traumatic conditions of the kidney; elmiciil ol>M-rvations. J. Am. M. \ss, 1940, 114: 207-10.—Priestley, J. T. Renal trauma. Surg. Clin. N. America. 1939, 19: 1033-40.—Rabinovich, I.G. [Traumatic injuries of the- kidneys] Lroloria Moskva, 1934, H . 21-7 — Kohertson. J. P. Injuries of the kidney. South. M J., 1942, 35: 181-6. ------ Renal injury. Surgery, 1942, j]. 499—Kojas, A. Traumatismo renal cerrado; reporte de :n caso. Villaclara med., S. Clara, 1939, 7: 277-S3—Sabadim. L Deux cas de lesions traumatiques du rein associees a des I.-ions intra-abdominales. J. urol. meU, Par., 1938, 46: 164-7 —Secretan. M. Traumatisme des reins a I avant. Vjschr. schweiz. SanitStsoff., 1941, 18: 35.—Seven, G. Sulle lesioni traumatiche del rene. Prat, chir., Arezzo, 1933-34, 4: C>7—«i3 —Shumaker, D. W. Traumatic kidney lesions. Clin. Me-el 1940, 47: 312-4— Simpson, C. M. Renal trauma. South M J 19.33. 26: 353-9.—Swan, R. H. J. Injuries of the kielnev Brit. J. Lrol., 1940, 12: 161-76; 221-33, pl.—Trible, J M." Pe-nal trauma. Med. Bee, Houston, 1939, 33: 964-6.— Zoltan. T. [Bare kidney injury] Gyogyaszat, 1938, 78: 695. ---- Injury: Diagnosis. Francoz, M. *Sur l'interet de l'urographie intraveineuse dans les traumatismes fermes du rein. 47p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Allende, J. M., & Minuzzi, P. G. La pielografia endovenosa en los tranmatismos did rifi6n. Bol. Soc. cir., B. Air., 1934, 18: PJKV'-S - llocchi. E. Rilievi urografici in un trauma renale. -\nn radiol.. Bologna, 1936, 10: 117-26. ------ L'urografia nei traurni del rene. Ibid., 1937, 11: 521^16— Millet, M. C. Locating surgical kielnev lesions. Northwest. Lancet, 1904, 24: 257--9.--Piz7agalli, L., A Dall'Acqua, V. La pielografia discendente nei trauma!i-mi del iene. Boll. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni, 1933, 7: 353-64- Rintele-n, G. Ein Be-itrag zur Pyelo skome bei traumatischen Xie ren^eh-ieligungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir 1933, 240: 782-8.—Rolnick, II. C. Pyelograiihy in injuries to the kidney. Am. .1. Surg.. 1033, 20: 40^1.— Sargent. J.'C. Injuries of the kidney; with special reference to early and accurate diagnosis through pyelography J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 822-6.—Vernon?. P. Ln cas de traumatisme grave du rein etudi6 et surveille' par pyelographies succe-ssives. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1936. 220-7. Also J. urol. me5d., Par., 1936, 42: 76-83.— Wood, A. H. Diagnosis and treatment of trauma to the kidney. .1. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 37: 437-65. ---- Injury: Forensic aspect. See Kidney, Forensic aspect. ---- Injury: Pathology. Menendez Feros, J. *Les hematuries secon- dares des contusions renales. 102p. 8? Par., 1934. Casta no, E., & Trabucco, A. Estudio anatomopatol6gico de los rifiones sometidos a traumatismos por armas cortantes. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 723-58.—Cirenei, G. Lesioni anatomo-patologiche renali da compressione poco comuni in animali da macello. Clin, vet., Milano, 1938, 61: 494-6, 2 pl — Colston, J. A. C, & Baker, W. W. Late effects of various types of trauma to the kidnev. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1935. 28: 171-92. Arso Arch. Surg., 1937, 34: 99-119.— Domrich, H. Versuche tiber die Funktion verzerter Nieren. Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 78-90.—Donati, G. S. Studio sulla funzionalita renale nei traurni chiusi del rene. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1939, 53: 417-81.—Einsendrath, D. N. Lreteral stricture and hydronephrosis as late sequel of kidney injury. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1898.—Greenwood, A. H. Severe renal trauma with rupture of renal aite-ry; absence of hacma- turia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 1500.—flutter, K. Sport und Nierenverletzung. Med. Klin.. Perl.. 1940, 36: 367. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 578.—Knepper, R. Trauma als Krankheitsursache bei bereits organi.-.,-h verander- ter Niere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 300-2.—O'Conor, V. J. Injuries of the kidney; with remarks on the effects of trauma in general on urinary infection and stone formation. Indust. M., 1936, 5: 268-70.—Olivieri, G. Su di un caso di atrofia renale sinistra post-traumatica. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 1324-7.—Powers, J. H. Renal function following trauma of the kidney; a clinical and experimental studv. N. York State J. M., 1936, 36: 1411-7. Also Surgery, 1938, 3: 397- 406.—Ringel [Vorstellung eines Jungen, dem ein schwerer Wagen iiber den Leib gefahren] Jahrb. Hamburg. Staats- krankenanst. (1903-04) 1905, 9.144.— Rolnick, H. C, Necheles, H.. & Singer, P. Observations on experimental trauma to kidney and ureteral obstruction. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1040 41,13:89.—Romani, A. Contributo anatomo-patologico e clinie-ii alio studio delle lesioni traumatiche del rene. Arch. ital. chir., 1929-30, 25: 505-19.—Sabrazes, J., & Bonnes, J. Lesions du rein par ecra-mont, chez le lapm; >•*«}££ dive C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1928. 99: s73.-Stirl.ng, W C. 1 r. un in of the kieiney; report of 27 .-ases; an experimental and, clinical study. Brit. J. Lrol.. 1030. 8: 1-21. -—T & Lan^S' *. ,y An experimental study of injuries of the kidney. I r. Norll, Cent.. Am. Lrol. Ass.. 1936, 2-15. Also J. L rob, Bait.. 1937, 37:466-79.------Etuelo experimentale des facteurs secon- dairts aux traumatismes des reins. J. urol. med., 1 ar., 1J37, 43: :-(ll_12.------Blood findings and renal function test in kielnev trauma: an experimental study. South. M. J. 1937. 30- 22.5-9.—Swan. R. H. J. Luce ration of the kidney; infee-te-d perinephric effusion drained by the ureter. Brit. J. Lrol., 1941, 13: 88-92.—Trabucco, A. Some- radioleiric findings ana anatomo-pathological results of e\pe-riiin-nlnl renal trauma. J. Lrol., Bait., 1943, 49: 601-17.—Woodruff, S. R. Ihe traumatized kidney; a study of the after-elle-cU. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1930, 27: 207-11. ---- Injury, subparietal. See also other subheadings (Hematoma; In- fection; Perinephritis; Pyonephrosis; Rupture) Brandt, G. * Ueber subkutanc Nierenverlet- zungen [Heidelberg] 32p. 8? Wurzb., 1934. Matter, W. *Ueber subcutane Nierenverlet- zungen und ihre Spatfolgen; Studie auf Grunddo* Materials der Suva vom Jahre 1918-31, mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Nephrektomie- falle. 72p. 22>/2cm. Zur., 1940. Silveka, S. *Ueber subkutane Nierenverlet- zungen. p.282-315. 8? Berl., 1928. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1928, 153: Valenztjela Pena, A. *Contribuci6n al estudio de las contusiones renales y su tratamiento mediante la cirugia conservadora [Chile] 62p. 26cm. [n. p.] 1941. Winter, E. K. * Nierenverletzungen durch stumpfe Gewalt [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Wemding, 1925. Alapy, H. Subcutan vesese>iiles; nephree-tonim. Orv. hetil., 1906, 50: 704. Also Orv. heti szemle, 1906, 40: 724 — Balazs, D. Vescresectio utan gy6gyult .sube-utan veee-eontusio esete. Orv. hetil., 1904, 48: 493. Also Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1905, 41: 90.—Bartkowiak, Z. Beitrag zur Frage der subkuta- nen Nierenverletzungen; Sportverlctzungen. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 298-302.—Bayle, H. Contusions renales et pye>lo graphies. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1940, 85-9.—Bechtold, C. Bei- trag zur Kasuistik eler subkutanen Nierenquetschungen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1903, 50: 1385.—Boettiger, K. Die stumpfen Nierenverletzungen; ihre Therapie und Prognose. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 8: 33-49.—Boss, W. Sub- kutane- Nierenverletzungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 1013-5.—Bousquct, H. Deux faits pour se-rvir k l'histoire de la contusion du rein. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1900) 1907, 10: 447-53.—Praasch, W. F., & Strom, G. W. Penal trauma and its relation to hypertension. J. Creel., Bait., 1913, 50: 543-9.— Breitmann, M. Contribution a la question elu traitement eles lesions renales sous-cutanees. J. urol. mi'-el., Par., 1932, 34: 129.—Cerf, L. Commotion du rein. Anjou m6d., 1903, 10: 114-9.—Chiariello, A. G. La clinica delle contusioni renali. Fol. med., Nap., 1934,20:650:689.—Cohn, S. Subcutaneous injury of the kidnev; report of 2 cases in chilelren. Internat. J. S., 1927, 40: 318-20.—Cottalorda, J. Contusion renale. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 94-8.—Courtney, W. Sub- parietal injuries of the kidneys; report of 4 cases. S. Paul M. J., 1904, 6: 672-86.—Creyssel, Armanet & Verritre. Contusions du rein; hematuries necidivantes. Lyon chir., 1934, 31: 736-8.—Deuticke, P. Stumpfe Nierenverletzungen und deren Spatfolgen. Wien. meel. Wschr., 1936, 86: 302. ---;— & Scholl, R. Leber subkutane Nierenverletzungen. Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1935-36, 44: 276-89.—Diaz Muiioz. I. Contusi6n renal. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1933, 11: 128-30; 417- 20.—Di Giuseppe, T. Contusione renale td ematonefrosi traumatica. Gazz. osp., 1906, 27: 1360.—Di Maio, G. La pielografia discendente nelle contusioni renali. Arch. ital. urol., 1937, 14: 97-119.—Domrich, H. Die stumpfen Nieren- verletzungen und ihre Folgezustande. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 337; 435; 521.—Donati, G. S. Contributo alia diagnosi il;-i traumi chiusi del rene con particolare riguardo alia i i--le■•.•rafia discendente. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 175-231.— Dozsa, E. Leber die subcutanen Nierenve-rletzuii'/en und deren Spatfolgen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 165: 127-90. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936, 42: 222-30- Droschl. II., A Fink, H. Ergebnisse der Behandlung von subcutanen Nieren- verletzungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1937, 249: 199-207.— Ducastaing, R. Contusion reAale grave avec hdmaturie et intervalle libre; les indications ope?ratoires. Me'-m. Acael. chir., Par., 1939, 65: 445-51.—Epstein, J. Ein Fall von subkutaner Nierenverletzung mit totnlem Abreissen der Niere von den Gefiissen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 312-I. -Ferrer, J. C. Renal compression. J. Lrol., Bait., 1929, 22: 4 53-64.— Fossati, A. Contusi6n renal; urogramas. Bol. Soc. cir. Monte- video, 1938, 9: 275-8.—Fournier. Contusion elu rein; nophrei- tomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1904, n. ser., 30: 591.— KIDNEY 159 KIDNEY Frank A. Zur Frage der Behandlung subcutaner Nieren- verletzungen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1907, 88: 546-64.—Frattini, P. G. La pielografia discendente nelle contusioni del rene; lavoro sperimentale e clinico. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 49: 557-92.—Fuller, W. Subparietal injuries of the kidneys with exhibition of a case. Internat. J. S., 1905, 18: 275-80. Also Plexus, Chic, 1906, 12: 329-41.—Funck-Brentano, P. Con- tusion renale grave avec bematurie en deux temps; intervalle libre d'un mois. Hull. Soc. nat, chir., Par., 1933, 59: 327-33 — Garber, I. A. [Subcutaneous injuries of the kidneys] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 43-8.— Gerard, M. Contusions renales et leurs suites eloigners. Le-ho nie'el. nord, 1930, 34: 557; 566.— Goldin, G. I. [Six case-s of subcutaneous injuries of the kidneys] Lrologia, Moskva, 1935, 12: 72-4.—Hammel, H. Subcutane Nierenverletzung und Ausscheidungsurographie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 502-7.—Klenka, Z. [Three cases of blunt renal injury] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1926-27, 6: 315-7.- Lagleyze, G., & Matera, R. F. Contusiones de rinon; 5 casos y algunas consideraciones. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 426-37.— Laqueur, B. Eine Klassifikation eler subkutane n Nieren- verletzungen. Zschr. Lrol., 1930, 24: 181-3.—Larpet, M. Traumatismes forme's du rein. Bull, me'd., Par., 1934, 48: Suppl. No. 54.—Lavenant, A. Contusion renale; pyonephrose gonococcique un an apres; nephrectomie; guenson. Bull. Soc. ch r. Paris, 1930, 22: 406-13.—Lepoutre, C. Observation clinique' et autopsie d'une contusion du rein avec eclatement, J. sc. med. Lille, 1905, 1: 371-4. Also Nord med., 1905, 11: 23.—Ljunggren, E. Die Bedeutung der Pyelographie bei subkutanen Nierenverletzungen. Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 650-62.—Lobo Onell, C. Pionefrosis y degeneracion maligna en un antiguo hematoma perirenal consecutivas a una con- tusi6n renal. Med. mod., Valparaiso, 1938-39. 12: 422-5 — Macquet. A propos de 2 cas de contusion du rein. Echo me'd. nord, 1939, 3. ser., 10: 88.—Marcille. M. Methode conserva- trice dans les contusions reAales. Tribune meld., Par., 1907, n. ser., 39: 405-7. Also Rev. prat. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1907-8, 4: 339-49.—Meixner, K. Einige Falle von stumpfer Verletzung des Nierenstieles und des Nierenbettes. Beitr. gerichtl. Med., Wien, 1929, 9: 40-6.—Melina, F. Contusione renale da causa muscolare; considerazioni sulla patogenesi e terapia delle lesioni traumatiche chiuse del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 521-31.—Mergold, 1). P. [Blunt injuries of the kidneys] Urole.gia, Me-skva. 1040. 17: No. 3, 19-21 — Muller, E. Die Behandlung der subkutanen Nioronverlet- zungen. Zschr. L>oI., 1939. 33: 200-8.— Neumann. Spat- folgen von subcutanen Nireninsuffij:ionz. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 562-70. ------& Litzner, S. Lobesr das Auftre-le-n von freieun Phenol im Blut bei Niereninsuffizienz. Klin. Wschr., 1920, 5: 147.— Bennet, I. Le manifestazioni cliniche eleH'ipocalee-niia noll'in- sufficenza renale. Gazz. osp., 193-1, 55: 557-00.—Bennett, T. I. The clinical manifestations of hypocalcaemia in renal failure. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 694-8.------Modifications du calcium sanguin dans l'insuffisance rtfnale. I'rosso therm. clim., 1933, 74: 824.—Bodon, G. [Variation in surfae-o tension of blood serum in renal insufficiency] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 340-2.—Bolliecr, A., & Carrodus, A. L. Creatine retention in expeiimental renal insufficiency. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1937, 15: 201-4.—Brookfield, R. W. The magnesium content of serum in renal insufficiency. Q. J. Med., Lond., 1937, 6: 87-92.—Castleman, B., & Mallory, T. B. Parathyroid! hyper- plasia in chronic renal insufficiency. Am. j. Path., 1937, 13: 553-74, 4 pl.—Chsbinier, H., & Lcbcri, M. De la reserve alcaline du plasma chez les sujets pie's-nt.int une insuffisanee secrdtoire des reins. Rapp. Consir. IV. me5d. (1925) 1926, 18. sess., 2: 122-6.—Chabanier, H., Lobo-Onell, C. [et al.| Sur le soufre mineral du sfrum sanguin chez le3 insuffisants renaux. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 237-46.—Cipriani, C, & Robecchi A. L'ip cloremia n°U'insufficenza ren lie. Minerva med., Tor., 1. 32, 23: pt 2, 1-16.—Florence. G., Rathery, F. et al.] Contribution a l'etude des re5tent;ons dans les in- suffisances renales; examen spectrophotomdtrique de l'ultra- filtrat sanguin. Presse m6d., 1939, 47: 721-5.—Franke, M. [Retention of residual nitrogen and aromatic bodies of blood and its anatomic localization in experimental renal insufheienev] Med. d6sw., 1928, 9: 219-24.—Freeman, S., & Freeman, W. M. C. Reduction of the inorganic phosphorus retention in the b'ord of children with chronic renal insufficiency. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1940-41, 13: 446.------Phosphorus retention in children with chronic renal insufficiency; the effect of diet and of the ingest-on of aluminum hydroxide. Am. J. Dis, Chi'd., 1941, 61: 931-1002.—Genaud, P. Etude de l'excretion de quelques constituants urinair^s chez le chien normal et le chien nt$phre$tioue en foicLon de divars regimes alimentaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 193 ), 101: 548.—Gualtli, A. Ammoniemia eins!iffie:en7arena'e. Merg ig-ii, 1931, 73: 2281-95.— Hubbard, R. S., Mt-zen, J. F., & Keeiny, F. E. The xanthoproteic index, urea and creatinine in ths plasma of patients with renal in- sufficiency. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: 5 0-4.— McCullagh, P. P., & Byan, E. J. Renal insufficiency with tetany in an adult; report of a case. Ann. I-it. M„ 1939-40, 13: 351-7.— Merklen, P., Blanquet let al.] Remarques sir la conductivit6 des seSrums chez l'homma normal et au cours de l'insuffisance renale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 136-9.— Messina, R. Rappo-to fra tasso ureico salivare ed azotemia nello studio dell'insufficienza renale. Riv. clin. med., 1927, 2i: 267-79.------Ricerche sul ricambio intermedio nell'in- sufficienza renale e tiroidea. Fol. med., Nap., 1931, 17: 1225-34.----— Ricerche sul ricambio intermedio nella insufficienza renale e tiroides; modificazioni della calcemia e potassiemia. Ibid., 1932, 18: 108-14.------ Modificazioni del fo.sforo, del solio e della R. A. nel sangue di animali con insufficienza renale e tiroidea. Arch. farm, sper., 1934, 58: 187-99.—Migliardi, L. Solfo minerale e riserva alcalina del sangue nell'insufficienza renale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933,8:312-4.------L'indossile del sangue nell'insufficienza renale. Ibid., 1934, 9: 636-9.------Le creatinina del sangue nell'insufficienza renale. Ibid., 640-4.—Murphy, F. D., & Bock, J. C. The contrast between clinical and chemical data in some cases of renal insufficiency. Mod. J. & Rec, 1928, 123: 173-8.—Nelson, A. A. Hyperplasia of the parathyroid glands secondary to renal insufficiency; report of a case. Arch. Path., Chic, 1937, 24: 30-5.—Neuschlosz, S. M. Plstudios sobre les trastornos elel equilibrio acido-basici en eAad s de insuficiencia renal. Rev. merl. Rosario, 1931, 21: 70J-2L— Ohntrup, H. Lntersuchungen uber Epithelkorperchen e iin- derungen bei chronischer Ni ;re:iinsuffizienz. Be.tr. path. Anat., 1940-41, 105: 489-508.— Pta zek, L. [Alkaline reserve and the aromatic compounds in experimental kidney insufficieney] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 989.------Reserve alcaline et corps aromatiques du sang dans rinsuffisance renale experi- mentale chez le chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 150-2.— Raevskaia, G. A. [Significance of phosphatemia in renal in- sufficiency] Khn. med., Moskva, PJ37, 15: 618-21 —Reiche F. Blut- und Liquorveranderungen bei Niereninsuffizienz. Zschr. KIDNEY 161 KIDNEY klin. Med., 1933, 124: 352-69.—Renaud, M. Chlorures et insuffisance renale. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1930, 1: 413-27 — Ricci, A. La lactacidemia nell'insufficienza renale. Arch. farm, sper., 1930-31, 51: 141-4.—Rimbaud, L. Les retentions azotees muettes et tolere^es. Bull. Acad, niesd., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 112: 867-72.—Scholtz, H. G. Leber den Calcium- und Kaliunigehalt im Blutserum und die Lltrafiltriertarkeit dieser Minerale bei Niereninsuffizienz. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931- 32, 172: 472-82.—Smith, L. B. Alkalosis with kidney in- sufficiency; presentation of a case. Bull. Lniv. Eansas School M 1934" 5: No. 2, 6-8. ------& Orr, T. G. Alkalosis with kidney insufficiency. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1936, 37: 18-22.— Soave, G. L'aminoaeidemia e la creatininemia totale nell'in- sufficienza renale. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1936-37, 16: 481-91.— Storti, E. Leber die Frage der Hypocalcamie bei Nierenin- suffizienz; Beziehungen zwischen Hypocalcamie und Oxalsaure- retention. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 97: 35-43.—Thiers, H. P. Les causes d'erreur dans l'appre;ciation des retentions chlorees rekiales par la mesure du chlore globulaire et plas- matique; influence perturbatrice de la diurese. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1051.— Townsend, S. R. Hype-i indicanemia in renal insufficiency and the significance of the diazo reaction. J. Lab. Clin. *M., 1937-38, 23: 809-18.—Wakefield, E. G. Inorganic serum sulphates in renal insufficiency. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 173.------Power. M. H., & Keith, N. M. Inorganic sulphates in the serum in early renal insufficiency; significance of determinations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 913-7. ---- Insufficiency: Diagnosis, and prognosis. Castaigne, J. Essai de demembrement de l'insuffisance renale et des differents tests preccnises pour son e5tude clinique. Rapp. Congr. insuff. ren., K38, 2. Congr., 507-612—Chabanier, H., & Lobo-Oneil, C. Pronostic ope>atoire, insuffisance renale et medication chlorurante. Arch. mal. rein, 1933-34, 8: 65-70. Also Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 130-45. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 446-55.—Gardstam, K. Earlv renal insufficiency. Acta med. scand., 1941, Suppl. Ne>. 123 [Discussion] 228.— Randall, G. M. Renal insufficiency; the importance of its earlv recognition. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 159: 267-71 .—Rehn, E. Leber funktionelle Nierenstorungen, ihre Erkennung und Trennung von organischen Nierenleiden. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 1237-40.—Tavares, C. Deux cas de fausse insuffi- sance renale et un autre cas meconnu d'insuffisance vraie. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906, 15: sect. 5, 558-61. ---- Insufficiency: Etiology. Etheridge, J. H. Deficient secretions from kidneys not organically diseased and some of the diseases peculiar to women. 12p. 8? Chic, 1896. Babies, A. [Renal insufficiency in urinary diseases] Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 188.—Bannick, E. C, & Keith, N. M. Acute renal insufficiency following surgical operation for carcinoma of the sigmoid and rectum. Med. Chn. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1571-81.—Becher, E. Zirkulatorische Insuffizienz und Kanalcheninsuffizienz der Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2350.—Beretervide, J. J. Insuficiencia renal post-traumatica; estudio clinico y medico-legal. Prensa m£d. argent., 1928-29, 15: 1438-45.—Bounhiol, J. J. Insuffisance renale posttrau- matique. J. physiol. path, gen., 1936, 34: 104-19.—Butler, G. F. Renal insufficiency from autotoxic strain as related to nephritis, and its treatment. J. Minnesota M. Ass., 1906, 26: 67-9.—Campbell, D. C, & Stickney, J. M. Acute renal failure after gastric hemorrhage and blood transfusion. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1942, 17: 145-50.—Cottet, J. L'insuffisance renale par oligurie habituelle absolue ou relative. Presse m£d., 1938, 46: 1235-7.—Epstein, A. A. Renal function and renal disease. Ohio M. J., 1927, 23: 731-4.—Heimann, F. Postoperative reflektorische Funktionsstorung der Nieren. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1937, 105: 283-6.—Jimenez-Diaz, C. L'insuffisance renale fonctionnelle. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 1437-50 — Lian, C, & Siguret, G. Insuffisance cardiaque et insuffisance renale. In Annee meSd. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 418-20— Mayrs. E. B. Observations on renal function in unilateral disorders of the kidney. Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 1028—Roueche, H., & Sabourin, J. Insuffisance renale et maladie du col vesical chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 026-33. ----- Insuffisance renale et maladie du col vesical chez un adolescent. Med. inf., Par., 1939, 46: 15-23.—Tourreilles, J. F. La funcion renal en diversas nefropatias. Actas Congr. nac. med., Rosario (1931) 1932, 4. Congr., pt 2, 525-39.— Tutiya, F. Fall von Niereninsuffizienz, die Blasendivertikel begleitet. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 67 [Dis- cussion] (Abstr.) ---- Insufficiency: Manifestation. See also Acidosis; Albuminuria; Edema; Uremia, etc. Ambard, L. Insuffisance re'nale latente. Rapp. Congr. insuff. ren., 1938, 2. Congr., 49-56.—Aulde, J. Renal insuffi- ciency and hvpt rtension; a study of the rational etiology. Sc. Ther., Lewist., 1926-27, 4: 3-6.—Becher, E. Lntersu- chungen iiber das Zustandekommen der gelblichen Hautfarbe und der blassen Harnfarbe bei schwerer Niereninsuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1928, 40. Kongr., 637-9. ------ Lntersuchungen iiber das Zustandekommen der gelblichen Hautfarbung bei Niereninsuffizienz. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1922.—Bernard, L. Essai sur les syndromes fonc- tionnels de la pathologie renale et l'insuffisance re5nale. Arch. gen. meld., Par., 1903, 1: 970-81.—Best, C. H., & Taylor, N. B. Polyuria and oliguria. In their Physiol. Basis Med. Pract., 3. ed., Bait.. 1943, 681-4.—Bieter, R. N. Albuminuria in glomerular and aglomerular fish. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 43: 407-12.—Elliott & Aldrich. Edema, hematuria, renal insufficiency. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hr-sp. Chicago, 1942, 1: No. 9, 14.—Jensen, C. R., & Apfelbach, C. W. Experimental infarction of the glomeruli in dogs; blood pressure in chronic renal insufficiency. Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 255-65.— Levy, M. M. Les rapports de la valeur fonctionnelle des reins et des signes urinaires. Bull. Sec pediat. Paris, 1927, 25: 220-3.-—Lian, C, & Siguret, G. Insuffisance renale et maladies nerveuses. In Annee me?d. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 420-2.— Lobova, L. P. [Peculiarities of psychotic manifestations in renrl insufficiency] Sovet. nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 4, 139-44.— Rathery, F., Rangier, M., & Traverse. P. M. de. Sur la pig- mentation des urines au cours de l'insuffisance reAale chronique. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 120: 751-4. Also Presse med., 1939, 47: 47.—Riebeling, C. Leber Psychosen bei Niereninsuffizienz mit Bemerkungen iiber das Verhalten des Liquors bei diesen Zustanden. Mschr. Psychiat., 1932, 83: 39-56.—Lnger, H. Beitrag zur Hautfarbung bei Nierenin- suffizienz. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 707.—Vigouroux & Juejuelier. Trois cas de ddlire par insuffisance de la fonction renale, ayant simule? le desire alcoolique. Ann. raid, psychol., Par., 1903, 8. ser., 17: 274-9.—Widrich, E. Experimentelle Lntersuchungen iiber die Harnkonzentration bei Nierenin- suffizienz. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 835; 870. ---- Insufficiency: Pathogenesis, and pathol- ogy. Becher, E. Ueber die Anfange der Niereninsuffizienz. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1821-4. ------ El comienzo de la insuficiencia renal. Dia me'd., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 617.— Busch, M. Die morphologischen Grundlagen der Nieren- insuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lr, 1. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 44-74.—Campbell. E. W. Renal function and compensation. Hahneman. Month., 1934, 69: 517-22—Chanutin, A., & Barksdale, E. E. Experimental renal msi fficieney produced by partial nephrectomy; relationship of left ventricular hyper- troj hy, the width of the cardiac muse'e hber and hypertension in the rat. Arch. Int. M., 1633, i.2: 739-51.—Chanutin, A., & Ludewig, S. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; thj relation betwe-n kidney function, kidney weight and su face area in intact and unilaterally nephrectrmized rats fed whole dried meat diets. Ibid., 1936, 58: 81-8.—Daniel, L. Insuffisance reenale et glandes endo- crines. Rapp. Congr. insuff. ren., 1S38, 2. Congr., 331-64 — Drury, D. R. Production of renal insufficiency by surgical procedure. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29: 856. ------ The production by a new method of renal insufficiency and hypertension in the rabbit. J. Exp. M., 1938, 68: 693-701 — Fishberg, A. M. The unitary nature of impairment of renal function. Arch. Int. M., 1926, 38: 259-75.—Ginzler, A. M., & Jaffe, H. L. Osseous findinsrs in chronic renal insufficiency in adults. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 293-302, 2 pl.—Govaerts, P. Le me>canisme de l'insuffisance renale dans les diverses vari6t£s de nephropathies. Rapp. Congr. insuff. ren., 1938, 2. Congr., 57-88. Also Paris med., 1938, 110: 200. Also Presse therm. clim., 1938, 79: 554-6.-—Gwyn, N. B. Ileus associated with transient renal insufficiency. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 34: 412.—Hayman, J. M., jr, & Shumway, N. P. Experimental hyposthenuria. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1936, 51: 453-9.— Holten, C, & Rehberg, P. B. [Studies on pathologic kidney function in renal patients, especially in Bright's disease] Bibl. lasger, 1929, 121: 375-462.—Hortolomei, N., Streja, M., & Burphele, T. Leber die Pathogenese der Niereninsuffizienz im Verlaufe von Blasenentleerungsstorungen. Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 226-33.—Ingelfinger, J. Beitrage zur Pathologie der Niereninsufficienz. Ann. Stadt. allg. Krankenh. Miinchen, 1907, 12: 174-200.—Kelemen, J. [Extrarenal components and renal insufficiency] Cas. leek, eesk., 1931, 70: 271-4.— Klima, R., & Rosegger, H. Eigenartige Krankheitsbilder zufolge von Lungenodem bei Niereninsuffizienz. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 85-7.—McCance, R. A., & Widdowson, E. M. Functional disorganization of the kidney in disease. J. Physiol., Lond., 1939, 95: 36-44.—Mastrosimone, C. Carenza renale eel alterazioni istologiche del fegato. Rinasc. med., Nap., 1935, 12: 123-5.-—Opsahl, R. [Renal insufficiency with arteritis] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1938, 99: 1045.—Rehn, E. Weiterer Beitrag zur reinen funktionellen Niereninsuffizienz. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 931-4.—Smith, C. K. Preoperative study in cases of renal insufficiency. Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc, 192.5-26, 2: No. 11, 29-32.—Solovei, M. G. [Pathologic anatomical changes of the stomach in renal insufficiency] Klin, med., Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 4, 73-7—Stefani, F. Dis- funzione renale monolaterale e decadimento organico. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1932, ser. 2, 10: 471-84. ---- Insufficiency: Physiopathology. Gardstam, R. *Ueber Harnsaureausscheidung bei Kreatininbelastung; Untersuchungen am 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----11 KIDNEY 1()2 KIDNEY Menschen unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen, mit bcseindcror Periicksiehtigung der Niereninsuffizienz. 296p. S? Stockli., 1935. Becher, E. Veriinderungen im Elektrokardiopramm bei Niereninsuffizienz und iiber Lrfimie lei Herzinsuffizienz. Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 554.—Bottazzi. F.. & Onorato, R. Sulla funzione dei reni sperimentalmente alte-rati. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1903-04, 1: 273-98.—Carrpbell, E. B. Excretory function of the small intestine in renal insufficiency. J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27: 565.—Chanutin. A., & Ludewig, S. The effect of renal insufficiency on the response of scrum calcium after administration of parathyroid hormone in the rat. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 242-4.—Clinical pathology of urine; kidney function. Seminar, Phila., 1941, 3: 5-15.-—Colella, G. Contributo alio studio della funzione renale nelle nefropatie. Clin. med. ital., 1930, 61: 113-83.—Dunn, J. S. Renal func- tional disturbance. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 649-51.—Eichel- berger, L. The distribution of body water and electrolytes in skeletal muscle in dogs with impaired renal function following injection of potassium salts. Proc. Am. Soc. Piol. Chem., 1941, 35. Meet., 35.—Feil. H., & Steuer, L. Digitalis tolerance of patients suffering frcm renal insufficiency. Am. Heart J., 1928-29, 4: 661-3— Freeman, S., & Freeman, W. M. The interference in the absorption of inorganic phosphorus by aluminum hydroxide; its use in children with chronic renal insufficiency. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 281.—Function (The) of the diseased kidney. Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 635.—Functional disorganisation of the kidney, lancet. Lond., 1941, 1: 573.— Harrison, T. R., Mas-on. M. F. lot al.] Changes in blood-pressure in relation to expeiirncntal renal insullieioncy. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, I9.30, 51: 280-0.—Holten, C. [Recent views on normal and pntholo'jienl u-nal function] Pibl. lseger, 1927, 119: 802-15.------|C "1 i11i»-ii 1 ie scare-he's on renal functional power with special regard to acute nephritis] Ibid., 1931, 123: 203-^42— Huguenin, R., Sannie, C, & Truhaut, R. Influence de l'elevation provoqu£e de la reserve alcaline sur les troubles humoraux et cliniques des insuffisances resales. Presse m£d., 1937, 45: 169-72.—Klein, O. Zur Storung physikalisch- ehemischer Regulationen bei der Niereninsuffizienz und deren Behandlung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1927, 14: 475-90 — Kiivesi, G., & Roth-Schulz, V. Die Patho-Physiologie der Nieren-Insufficienz. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1903, 39: 679.— langeron, L., Paget, M.. & Ledieu, J. Extraits endocriniens, composition du sang, diurese et insuffisance renale. Presse me5d., 1934, 42: 17-9.—Mohr, L. Leber das Ausscheidungsver- mogen der kranken Niere. Zschr. klin. Med., 1903, 51: 331- 48.—Murata, S. On the quantitative changes in the enzymes in the liver and in various tissues in the case of the impaired renal functions. Jap. J. Gastroenter., 1935, 7: 69-87.— Nakamura, T. Leber den Wasserhaushalt nach Verkleinerung der Nierensekretionsfliiche bei Kaninchen. Zschr. ges. exp. M., 1930, 74: 32-68.—Paillard, H. La souplesse et la rigidite? fonctionnelles du rein. Bull. Acad, mdd., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 121: 78-82.—Pellegrini, G. Pressione colloido-osmotica e funzionalita renale nel decorso di alcune nefropatie. Poli- clinico, 1933, 40: sez. med., 418-57—RyfTel, J. H. The excretory functions of pathological kidnevs. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1927, 77: 436-9.—Schlayer & takayasu. Lnter- suchungen iiber die Funktion kranker Nieren. Miinch. meel. Wschr., 1909, 56: 2201-3—Snelling, C. E. Disturbed kidney function in the newborn infant associated with decreased calcium/phosphorus ratio. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1943, 22: 559-64.—Sotgiu, G., Corazza, G., & Rizzetto. E. Sul ricambio minerale nell'insufficienza renale. Cieir. clin. med., 1939, 20: 422-48.—Springorum, W. Die Hemmung der Diurese. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 681.—Steinitz, II. Der Magen als vikariierendes Exkretionsorgan bei Niereninsuffizienz Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 949-52.—Talma, S. Over de secretie der zieke nier. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1905, 2. r., 41: ei. 2, 1229-43.—Tudoranu, G. [Data en physiopathology and ther- apy of the kidneys] Romania med., 1938, 16: 45-7.—Turley, L. A. The present trend of thought in regard to kidney func- tions and diseases. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1928, 21: 273-6 — Tweedy, W. R., Templeton, R. D., & McJunkin, F. A. The effect of complete renal insufficiency on the action of para- thyroid hormone in the dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 514-9.—Usseglio, G., & Morselli, L. Su una presunta azione vicaria dello stomaco nella insufficienza renale. Minerva med Tor., 1930, 21: 1011-6.—Volhard, F. Pathologie fonctionnelle des maladies renales. Bruxelles me^d., 1934-35, 15: 557.— Weber, S. Experimentelle Untersue-hungcn zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Nierenfunktione re. Arch exp Path I pz 1905-06, 54: 1-53.—Winkler, A. W., HofT, H. E., & Smith, P. K. The toxicity of orally administered potassium salts in renal insufficiency. J. Clin. Invest., 1941, 20: 119-26.—Yasuda, C. Studien iiber den Farbstoffwechsel bei Funktionsstorung'de-r Niere. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1938, 24: 887; 1171. ---- Insufficiency, total. See Urine, Suppression. ---- Insufficiency: Treatment. Addis, T. The treatment of chronic renal insufficiency Tr. We>t. Sec. Am. Lrol. Ass , 1938, 7: 24-34. Also J. Lrol. Bait., 1939. 41: 126-36.—Becher, E. Die entgiftende Wirkung des A(l<-ihi--es bei Niereninsuffizienz. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 488.—Berguignan, P. Traitement hydro-mineral des petites insuffisances renales. Marseille rn.',l ,1932, 69: fi30_40. ------- Traitement hydro-mineral de- insuffisance renale; la cure d'Evian. Rev. prat mal. pays ''bauds, 1939, 19: 644-55.-Chabanier, H., Loho-OneII, C.. & Leln, E. Etude d'un produit a base de saU-<;p:in-iHe dans le- traitement de insuffisances renales. J. urol. rued, I ar.. 1.M4, 38: o2-7.— Chanutin, A. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; die-ts containing whole dried liver, liver residue and liver extract. Arch. Int. M 1934, 54: 720-45. ------- & Ferris, E. B., jr. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; control diet. Ibid., 1932, 49: 767-87.—Chanutin, A., & Ludewig, S. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; diets containing whole dried meat. Ibid., 1936, 58: 60-80. ------- Experi- mental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; diets containing dried extracted liver. Ibid., 1939, 64: 513-25, -------Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; diets containing dried extracted meat. Ibid., 526-41. ------- Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; a summary of the effect of whole liver, whole meat, extracted liver and extracted meat diets on renal hypertrophy, renal function, blood pressure and cardiac hyper- trophy. Ibid., 717-55.------- Experimental renal insuffi- ciency produced by partial nephrectomy; diets containing whole dried yeast. Ibid., 756-66.—Clendening, L., & Hashinger, E. J. The treatment of renal failure. In their Methods.of Treat., 8. ed., S. Louis, 1943, 841-54—Erodi, F., Greiner, A., & Kring, J. Zur Frage eler Eiweisszufuhr bei chronischer Niereninsuffizienz. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 125-7.—Farkas, G. Neuere Gesichtspunkte in der Pathologie und Therapie der Niereninsuffizienz. Ibid., 1931, 10: 1958-61.—Fishberg, A. M. The use of sulfonamides in renal insufficiency. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1941-42, 8: 509-13.—Iknayan, N. C. Renal insufficiency and its treatment. Illinois M. J., 1927, 51: 47-51.—Janssen, P. Chirurgische Therapie der Nierenin- suffizienz. Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 385-91.—Jeanbrau, E., & Bonnet, A. Formule simplifiee du lavement des peintres de Lancereaux. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 248-50.—Lichtenberg, A. von. Chirurgische Behandlung der Niereninsuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 99-108 — Ludewig, S., & Chanutin, A. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; blood plasma protein values for control and partially nephrectomized rats fed ehets con- taining dried extracted beef muscle. Arch. Int. M., 1938, 61: 847-53. ------- Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy; blood plasma cholesterol and phos- pholipid phosphorus values for control and partially nephrecto- mized rats fed diets containing dried extracted liver. Ibid., 854-9.—Mandel, J. V. Bericht uber Operationen bei Nieren- insuffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 123-5.—Miiller, A. H. Zur Schilddrusen- und Rontgenthera- pie eler insuffizienten Niere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 230.— Mussgnug, H. Die Bluttransfusion als Behandlung von Nierenfunktionsstorungen chirurgisch Kranker. Chirurg, 1936, 8: 924-8.—Neb ahat Yalgin. Bobrek kifayetsizligi halinin kimyevi isaretle-ri, pratik icin basit usuller. Anadolu klin., Istanbul, 1941, 9: 103-8.—Nelson, G. Management of the essential features of impaired kidney function. Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 597-600.—Rhoads, J. E. Peritoneal lavage in tbe treatment of renal insufficiency. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 196: 642-7.—Rubritius, H. Die chirurgische Behandlung der Niereninsuffizienz. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 676-9 — Schneider, C. Diagnose und Balneotherapie der Nierenin- suffizienz. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 126-35.—Tracy, S. E. A study of the urinary analysis of operative cases and the treatment of complications arising from kidney insufficiency. N. York M. J., 1907, 85: 112-4.— Wakefield, E. G., & Keith, N. M. Severe renal insufficiency; untoward effects of intravenous administration of solution of sodium chloride. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 165-70. ---- Ischemia. See under Kidney, Blood flow: Disorder. ---- isolated. See also other subheadings (Explantation; Perfusion) Bayliss, L. E., & Lundsgaard, E. The action of cyanide on the isolated mammalian kidnev. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932, 74: 279-93—Bickfcrd, R. G., & Winton, F. R. The influence of temperature on the isolated kieiney of the dog. Ibid., 1937, 89: 198-219.—Conway, E. J., & Kane, F. Diffusion equilibria for the isolated frog's kidney; urea. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1446-58.—Eggleton, M. G., Psppenheimer, J. R., * Winton, F. R. The mechanisms of dilution diuresis in the isolated kidney and the anaesthetized dog. J. Physiol., Lond., 1940, 98: 336-60.—Entz, F. H., & Huggins, C. B. Production of an extracutaneous kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 559.—Gremels, H., & Poulseon, L. T. Zur Physiologic elor isoherten Niere. Arch. exp. Path., 1931, 162: 86-123— Isenberger, R. M., Tyler, M. W. [et al.] The action of potassium salts on the isolateel kidney of the dog. J. Pharm. Exp Ther 1939 65: 461-74.—Izumida, M. Einfluss des Durchflussdrue-ks der Spiilflussigkeit auf die Harnabsonderung \naiie\a iV^'-i u,wer!efcenden Niere. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 36: 115-33.—Leibowitz, J. Der Einfluss von K-, Ca-, Br-, Ba- und Mg-Salzen auf die Atmung isoherten Nierenge- KIDNEY 163 KIDNEY webes. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 226: 338-54— Onisi, Y. Unter- suchungen iiber die Funktion der exstirpierten Niere, besonders die Stickstoff-, Harnsaure- und Wasserausscheidung bei Kaninchen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1940, 29: 310.—Pfaff, F., & Vejux-Tyrode. M. LJeber Durchblutung isolierter Nieren und deri Einfluss elefibrinirten Blutes auf die Secretion der Nieren. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1903, 49: 324-41.—Verney, E B & Winton, F. R. The action of caffeine on the isolated kidney of the dog. J. Physiol., Lond., 1930, 69: 153-70.— Winton, F. R. The influence of venous pressure on the isolated mammalian kidney. Ibid., 1931, 72: 49-61. —----The glomerular pressure in the isolated mammalian kidney. Ibid., 361-75. --- Juxtaglomerular apparatus [Goormagh- tigh] See also Kidney hormone. Alipio Lobo, B. Uma gldndula endocrina na parede das arteriolas renais; nota previa sobre as celulas de Goormaghtigh no mucuan, Cynosternon Sp. Brasil med., 1942, 56: 389.— Appelt, H. Lntersuchungen iiber die Arteriolae afferentes und iiber die Gefasskorperehen (Goormaghtigh-Bechersche Zell- gruppen) in der Niere des Menschen und der Maus. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1939, 45: 179-99.—Becher, H. Leber besondere Zellengruppen und das Polkissen am Vas afferens in der Niere des Menschen. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1936, 53: 205-14.—Dunihue, F. W. Granular cells of the human juxta- glomerular apparatus. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 497.—Goormagh- tigh, N. Lne glande endocrine dans la paroi des arterioles resales. Bruxelles med., 1638-39, 19: 1541-9.------La presence de cellules endocrines dans la paroi des arterioles du rein et leur comportement dans l'isch^mie reAale. C. rend. Soc biol., 1939, 132: 465-7. Also Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 42: 688.------Les segments neuro-myo-arteriels juxta-glomerulaires du rein. Arch, biol., Liege, 1932, 43: 575-91, pl.------L'appareil neuro-myo-art^riel juxta- glomerular du rein; ses reactions en pathologie et ses rapports avec le tube urinifere. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 293-6. ----- Histological changes in the ischemic kidney; with special reference to the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Am. J. Path., 1940, 16: 409-16, 3 pl. ------ Le cycle glandulaire de la cellule endocrine de 1'arteriole renale du lapin. Arch, biol., Par., 1940, 51: 293-311, pl.------|The source of the hypertensive substance in the ischaemic kidney] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2589-91. ------ Documents sur la cyto- logic et pathologie arteriolaires; les cellules afibrillaires arterio- Iaires dans l'ischemie renale chez le chien. Rev. beige sc. med., 1940, 12: 85-107.—Kaufmann, W. Occurrence of special cell groups at vascular pole of glomerulus in mammalian kid- neys. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 227-30. ------ The morphological aspect of the Goormaghtigh cells, juxta- glomerular apparatus, in the normal and diseased human kid- ney. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 620-2. ------ The Goor- maghtigh cells in the normal and diseased human kidney; their possible relationship to renal hypertension. Ibid., 1942, 18: 783-97, incl. 3 pl.—McManus, J. F. A. The juxtaglo- merular complex. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 394-6.—Popper, H., & Loeffler, E. Pathological changes in the juxtaglomerular apparatus. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 471. --- Lipoid degeneration. For lipoid nephrosis see Nephrosis, lipoid. Witt, M. *Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkom- men von Fett in der Niere des Hundes unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen (Auszug) 8p. 8? Lpz., 1923. Cioni, C, & Franceschi-Bicchierai, L. Contributo alia conoscenza del significato delle sostanze grasse nel rene, in condizioni patologiche. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1933, 57: 705- 24.—Dible, J. H., & Hay, J. D. The nature of fatty change in the kidnevs. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 1-7, 2 pl.— Dible, J. H., & Popjak, G. The distribution of fatty change in the kidneys and some factors influencing its production. Ibid., 1941, 53: 133-46.—Fuller. R. H. Lipoids in the kidney. Arch. Path., Chic, 1941, 32: 556-68.—Katumasa, A. For- sching iiber Fett- und Lipoidsubstanzen bei experimenteller durch I rannitrat hervorgerufener Me.renerkrankung. Tokyo igakkwai zassi, 1940, 54: 34. — Kiriushchenkov, P. I. [Fatty degeneration of the kidneys] Sovet. klin., 1933, 19: 559-62 — Martyniuk, A. G. [Fatty degeneration of the kidneys] Uro- logia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 3-4, 13-5.—Rathery, F., Doubrow, S., & Derot, M. La lipopexie renale pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 654.—Rosenfeld, G. Ueber experimen- telle Nierenverfettung. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1932, 166: 214-21.—Wolff. K. Ueber eine in beiden Nieren gleichmassig verteilte herdformige Xanthelasmatose bei gleichzeitigen multiplen Aneurysmen der Lungenschlagader. Zbl. allg. Path., 1935-36, 64: 70-4. ■--- Lipoma. Pankow, M. *Nephrektomie links und Ex- stirpation der linken Nebenniere bei perirenalem Lipom. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1934. Hurt. V. C, & Simon, H. E. Perirenal and intrarenal lipoma. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser., 4: 390-5.—Johnson, P. P. Retro- peritoneal perirenal lipoma; report of case. Boston M. & S. J., 1923, 189: 907-11.—Keenan, C. B., & Archibald, E. W. Fatty tumor of kidnay suggesting a metamorphosis of adrenal cells into true fat. J. Med. Res., 1907-08, 16: 121-42, 2 pl.—Lower, W. E., & Belcher, G. W. Massive lipoma of the kidney; with report of a case. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 1-6, pl.— Melen, D. R., & Gaspar, I. Intrarenal cystic myxolipoma. J. Lrol., Bait., 1934, 31: 69-77.—Neumann, A. Retroperito- neales Lipom der Nierenfettkapsel im Kindesalter. Arch. klin. Chir., 1905, 87: 411-9.—Nicholson, M. A., & Gillespie, M. G. Lipoma of the kidnev; report of a case. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 25: 395-403.—Ockuly, E. A., & Douglass, F. M. Retro- peritoneal perirenal lipomata. Ibid., 1937, 37: 619-30.— Pemberton, J. de J., & McCaughan, J. M. Intrarenal and perirenal lipomata. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 110-5.— Potter, A. H. Massive renal lipoma. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 717-24.—Robertson, T. D., & Hand, J. R. Primary intrarenal lipoma of surgical significance. Tr-. West. Sect. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1941, 10: 28-44.—Tolson, H. L. Perirenal lipoma. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 858-61.—Vohnout, C, & Zimak, J. [Lipoma of the renal capsule in a 14 month old child] Cas. lek. eesk., 1933, 72: 1656-60.—Wechsler, L. Retro- peritoneal perirenal lipoma. N. England J. M., 1932, 206: 1259-61. ---- Lipomatosis. Astraldi, A., & Monserrat, J. L. Atrofias renales; lipo- matosis secundarias. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 583-99.— Bacon, L. H., & LeCount, E. R. Fat replacement of the kidney in chronic suppurative pyelitis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1928, 13: 23.—Buzzi, O. T., & Bisquertt Torres, J. Consideraciones sobre un caso de sustituci6n grasosa del par^nquima renal. Med. mod., Valparaiso, 1938-39, 12: 534-7.—Cella, C. Sulla lipomatosi renale. Arch. ital. urol., 1939, 16: 87-126.— Culver, H. Replacement lipomatosis of the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 813-9.—Dukes, C. E. The path- ology of renal lipomatosis. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1361—4.—Elansky, N. N. Lipomatosis perirenalis cum atrophia et substitutione adiposa renis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 431-46.—Exley, E. W., & Devereaux, T. J. Re- placement lipomatosis of the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1935, 34: 296-301.—Gimpelson, E. Zur Frage der Fettsubstitution der Nieren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 651-8— Gridnev, A. Ein Fall von sogenannter Fettumwandlung der Niere. Ibid., 1932, 35: 180.—Hamm, F. C, & DeVeer, J. A. Fatty replace- ment following renal atrophy or destruction; so called lipo- matosis of the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1939, 41: 850766.— Kutzmann, A. A. Replacement lipomatosis of the kidney, Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 690-701.—Lieberthal, F. Peri- renal and peripelvic fibrolipomatosis; their relation to replace- ment lipomatosis of the kidney. Ibid., 1935, 61: 794-801.— Lisi, F. Substitutio adiposa renis. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1931, 19: 165-9.—Nolan, L. E., & Engelfried, C. H. Fatty substitution of the kidney or lipomatosis renalis. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 624-6.—Nowlin, P. Substitution lipomatosis of kidney; report of case. North Carolina M. J., 1940, 1: 267.—Peacock, A. H., & Balle, A. Renal lipomatosis. Ann. Surg., 1936, 103: 395-401.—Priestley, J. B. Renal lipomatosis or fattv replacement of destroyed renal cortex. J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 40: 269-75.—Roth, L. J., & Davidson, H. B. Fibrous and fatty replacement of renal parenchyma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 233-9.—Scandurra, S. Ln caso di sclerosi lipo- matosa del rene. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. chir., 765-75, pl.—■ Ssinelscikowa, H. J. Zur Frage der Gewebereaktion bei der Nierenlipomatose. Zbl. allg. Path., 1935, 63: 49-56.—White, E. W., & Cambridge, H. S. Lipomatosis of the kidney, with report of a case. J. Lrol., Bait., 1934, 31: 699-710.—Young, H. H. Lipomatosis or destructive fat replacement of the renal cortex; report of 11 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1932, 25: 105-18, pl. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 29: 631-59. ---- Liposarcoma. Becker, J. Lipo-Sarkom der rechten Nierenkapsel. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 449.—Froug, C. Liposarcoma of the kidney; review of the literature and case report. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 45: 290-5.—Hartwig, C. Lipoma and lipo-sarcoma of the kidney. Am. J. Lrol., 1907. 3: 45-59.—McCartney, J. S., & Wynne, H. M. N. Liposarcoma of the kidney. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 151-4.—Pearse, R. Lipo-fibro-sarcoma of the kidney. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 46: 127-9.—Steinhaus. Lipo-sarcome du rein. J. me$d. Bruxelles, 1907, 12: 428. ---- Lymphangioma. See also Kidney, Angioma. Kretschmer, H. L., & Hibbs, W. G. Retroperitoneal perirenal lymphangioma. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1933, 26: 351-65. Also Arch. Surg., Chic, 1934, 29: 113-25 — Lepoutre, C Delattre & Paget. Volumineux kyste peri- ne5pbr£tique chez un enfant de 18 mois (lymphangiome kystique) Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 42-8. Also J. urol. med., Par., 1934, 37: 238-44.—Ortolani, M. Linfangioma del rene. Chn. pediat., Mod., 1937. 19: 597-609.—Perlmann, S. Ueber einen Fall von Lymphangioma cysticum der Niere. Virchows Arch., 1928, 268: 524-35.—Valyashko, G. O limfangiomle pochki. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1903, 59: 785-8. KIDNEY 164 KIDNEY ---- Lymphatics, and lymphoid tissue. Abeshouse, B. S. Pyelographie injection of the perirenal lymphatics; report of 2 cases and review el the liie-niture. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 25: 427-50. I'.aum, H. Das Verhaltnis der Lymphgefasse der Nierenkapse In zue-inander und zu dene-n der Nierensubstanz. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1930, 46: 073-S. pl.—Blacklock, J. W. S. Kidney with lym- phoid tissue in its substance. J. Path. Bact.. Cambr., 1933, 37: 504, pl.—Chiara, G., Caponnetto, A., & Nicotra, A. Studio dei linfatici della capsula adiposa del rene con proparati col- loidali di torio. Radiol, med., Milano, 1936, 23: 26-9.— Downey, H. The lymphatic tissue of the kidney of Polyodon spathula. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1909, 8: 415-503, pl — Drzewina, A. Sur le tissu lymphoide du rein du Proteus anguineus Laur. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1903. 54: 1091.—Etche- verri, A. J. Die tiefen Lymphgefasse der Niere-. Anat. Anz., 1935-36, 81: 201-6.—Exley, E. W. Roentgenograph^ demon- stration of the perirenal lymphatics. J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 29: 717-9.—Fresen, O. Die Bedeutung des Lymphgefiissystems der menschlichen Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 004-6.— Jarre, H. A. A demonstration of renal lymphatic vessels. Am. J. Koe nig., 1934,32:358.—Jasienski, J. Les lymphatiques du rein sain. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 97-123. ----- Les lyni; iiatiepu-s du parenchyme des reins Usis. Ibid., 391- 407.-----Le- rejle et la signification des lymphatiques du parenchyme renal dans la physiologie et la pathologie du rein. Ibid., 512-34.------ [Lymphatic system of the kidneys] Warsz. czas. lek., 1935, 12: 791; 809—Kaise-rling, H. Lymph- gefasse und Lymphangitis der Niere; experimentelle und meerphologischi- Lntersuchungen. Virchows Arch., 1940, 306: 322-59.------& Soostmoyer, T. Die Bedeutung des Nieren- Ivmphge'fn.-.-y.-ti-ins fiir die Nierenfunktion. Wien. klin. W.-e-hr.. 1939, 52: 1113-6.—Kutuna, M., Kiyozumi, M., & Yamasita, S. l-'einere Verteilung ele-r Lymphgefasse im Inuern der Niere. Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1939, 38: 390, pl.—Policard, A., A Marra.', J. Le tissu lvmphoiele- du rein eli's te'le'eiste'-e-ns. C. rend. Ass. anat., Par., 1907, 9: 25-9—Ssysganov, A. N. Leber elas Lvmphsystem der Nieren und Nie-re-nhullen beim Menschen. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1929-30, 91: 771-831. ---- Lymphosarcoma. See under Kidney, Sarcoma. ---- Metabolism. See also other subheadings (Chemistry; Func- tion) also Kidney extract; Kidney hormone. Stern, A. *Ueber die Milchsaurc-Bildung aus Glyccrinsaure und phosphorylierten Glycerin- saure-Produkten in der Muskulatur und Niere [Frankfurt] lop. 8° Gelnhausen, 1936. Abbott, W. N., & Fowler, E. F. The- electrical factor in renal metabolism. N. Zealand M. J., 1941, 40: 190-7.— Achard, C, Bariety, M. [et al.] Etude comparative des lipides dans le sang de PartSre et de la veine renales chez le chien. C. re-nel. Soc. biol., 1932. 110: SSS— Addis, T.. Mackay, E. M., & MacKay, L. L. The effect <>n the kidney i,i the long continueel aelininistnumn of diets containing an excess of certain food elements; e-xee-ss of protein and cystine. J. Biol. Chem., 1926- 27, 71: 139-50.—Adolph, E. F. Asphyxia of the frog's kidneys. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 108: 177-91.—Artom, C. II rene come organo del ricambio intermedio (riviste sintetiche) Morgagni, 1927, 69: 1173-92.—Azema, M. Accumulation de reserves graissouses par le rein d'Ascidia mentula Mull. C. rend. Acad. sc. Par., 1927, 184: 476-8.—Bainbridge, F. A., efe Beddard, A. P. The relation of the kidnevs to metabolism. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1907, ser. B., 79: 75-83. Also Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, 61: 149-59.—Baker, Z., Fazekas, J., & Himwich, H. E. Effect of adrenal vein ligation and pancreatectomy on metabolism of renal tissue. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 499.—Barcroft, J., & Brodic, T. G. The gaseous metab- olism of the kidney. J. Physiol.. Le.nel., 190 1. 32: IS; 1905,33: 52.—Chuda, K. Leber den Ga^-toffweolise-l eler Orgune; iiber elen (lasstoffwe c-h.-el eler normale-n Niere. Mitt. Mi el. Akad. Kioto. 1937, 21: 1299.—Detering, F. Leber die Harn- bildung in eler Frosr-hniere; iiber elen Clue-oseverbrauch del iiber lebenden Frc.-elmiere-. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 214: 757-66.—Dickens, F., & Weil-Malherbe, H. Metabolism of normal and tumour tissue; a note on the metabolism of medulla of kidney. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 059.—Dock, W. The rate of oxygen utilization by rat kidneys at different rates of urea excretion. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 106: 745-9.—Dognon, A., Levin, B. S., & Nachmansohn, D. L'action des rayons X sur la respiration des cellules renales du cobaye irraeiie>es in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 656-9.—Fee, A. R., & Heming- way, A. The oxygen usage of the kidnev. J. Physiol., I.emd., 1928, 65: 100-8.—Fuchs, F., & Popper, H. Die Wasserver- schiebung im Nierenmark. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1708-11.— Gierke, E. von. Das Nierenglykogen. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1935, 48: 533-50.—Glaser, H., Laszlo, D., & Schiirmeyer, A. Ueber den Energieumsatz der Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 168: 139-61. ------ Leber Durchblutung und Ener- gieumsatz der Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 138-41.— Gyorgy, P., & Keller, W. Weitere Leitrage zum Nierenstoff- wechsel (Ammoniak-, Phosphatstoffwechsel, Zuckerverbrauch) Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 210: 434-42. ------ Weitere Beitriige zur Topographic .le-. Nie,,n-tofTwcchsels. Ibiel 1931, 235: 8C_9(}----_ & itr.-hm,- T. Nien-nstoffweehsel und Nhcren- entwicklung. Ibi.l.. 1!'2S, 200: 350 CO.- Hayman. J. M jr, & Schmidt. C. K. Ihe -im oils metabolism eil Ihe elogs kidney. Am. J. I'hy-i,>l., 1927-28, 83: 502-12.—Heinsen. II. A. Ke-ton- koi perbililung aus Aminosauren; iiber <1hh Whalten der sogenannten ketogencn Aminosauren in der Niere. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1939, 106: 733-47.—Hemingway, A.. & Phelps, H.J. The carbohydrate metabolism of the kidney. J. I 1i\mm|., Lond., 1934, 80: 369-76- Irving, J. T. The gluce-.se metab- olism of kidney tissue in vitro. Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 880-6; 1928, 22: 964-7— kalckar, H. The signifre-ane-e, of phosphorylation in kidney tissue. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berk, 1937, 77: 40.—Krichevskaia, E. I. Influence des meta- bolites du rein sur le svstemo vasculaire. Bull. biol. mftl. exp. LRSS, 1936, 1: 170.—Lang, K. Leber don Glykogenge- halt der menschlichen Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 164: 449-50.—Lawson, M. J. The carbohydrate' metabolism of the kidney. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 1996-2003.— Lelievre, A. Modifications de la cellule renale au courB elu regime carne5. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 62: 119-21.—Lewis, A. E., & Field, J., 2. Respiration of kidney cortex in high potassium-low soelium Pinge-r's solution. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 123.—Loeper. Les sources de l'acide- oxalique et la precipitation renale. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1311.—Mason, M. F., Blalock. A., & Harrison, T. R. The direct de te-rtnination of the- renal blood flow and renal oxygen consuniptii'ii eel the- unaiie-sihetized dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 118: 0O7--70.- Mihazaki, H. Bioloe3-> -5 - Zeiss Stchengt-Mi' I" nor Nu renbeckenrest Ik- Jahre leach Nephrektomie links, /.se-hr. Lrol.. 1935,29:511.----- (;r,KVr Al szoss im linken N ie-i .-nlaire-r nach Nephrektomie mit zeitueilige r Entherung elun-h den Hatnleiterstumpf. lliiel.. 1930, 30: 345. Waliiii.-spro.sse Abszcsshohle im linken Nierenlager 2 Jahre nach Nephn-letomio. Ibid., 346. ---- Nephrectomy, experimental. Canter, D. Nefrectomia total unilateral en el perro. Iie-v Fac. agron. vet., B. Air., 1942, 10: 42-105.—Chanutin, A., & Ludewig, S. Experimental renal insuffieieney prodne-.-el Im- partial nephrectomy. Arch. Int. M., 1930, 57: SS7 -92; 58: 95-101.—Durlacher, S., Darrow, D., A Winternitz, M. ('. The role of potassium in the survival time afte-r I ilateral nephrectomy. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 614.—Gouaux, J. L., Cordill, S. C., & Eaton, A. G. The metabolism of bilaterally nephrectomized dogs. Am. J. I'hysiol., 1936, 116: 62.— Lyon, E. E., Shafton, A. L., & Ivy, A. C. Prolongation of the life of nephrectomized dogs with the- produe-tion of edema Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 421-37.-Page, E. W., & Ogden, E. Survival time of pregnant and nonpregnant rats after bilateral nephrectomy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Hied., N. V., 1912, 49: 511-3 — Pieraccini, P. Studio sperimentale sulle modificazioni indotte dalla presenza di un corpo estraneo nel moneone ureterale dopo nefrectomia. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 445-80.- Simomura, S. Beitrage zur funktionellen und histologischen Lntersiielmng iiber experimentelle Nierenoperationen und iiber ele-n tliera- peutischen Wert der intravenosen Injektion von physiologiscner Kochsalzlosung nach den Operationen; Nephrektomie- fe-in- seitige Nephrektomie) Acta derm., Kyoto, 1927, 10: 44; 132.—Swingle, W. W., Wenner, W. F., & Stanley, P. Effect of bilateral nephrectomy upon the acid-base equilibrium of dogs. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 472.—Taka- sima, M. Die Veriinderungen der Gallenwirkung auf die Blutgerinnung durch die Nierenexstirpation. Acta Scholae med. Lniv. Kioto, 1933-34, 16: 262-6. ---- Nephrectomy: Indications. See also other subheadings (Cyst; Echinococ- cus; Hydronephrosis; Injury; polycystic; Rupture, etc.) also Nephrolithiasis; Tuberculosis; Ureter, Injury, etc. Crosbie, A. H. Secondary nephrectomv. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 181-97— Estes, W. L., jr. Conditions that require nephrectomy. Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 37: 237-42 — Friberg, S. Heminephrektomie bei einer Niere mit zwei Ureteren mit Hydronephrose unel Stein im e-inem Nieii-iih-.-cki-n Acta chir. scand., 1931-32, 69: 393-400.—Gridnev, A. Leber die Indikationen zur transperitoneal Nephreektomio. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 1-7.—Haslinger. K. Die Indikationen zur transperitonealen Nephrektomie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 970-2.—Hogge & Laurent, G. Nephrectomie sur lea indications de 1'urographie endoveineuse. Liege med., 1933, 26: 533-51.—Hughes, T. J. Nephrectomy; with comments on diagnostic procedures in obscure conditions. Virginia M. Monih., 1942, 69: 14.—Jungano. Deux nephrectomies pour tuberculose sur la constante: localisation du rein malade par la pyelographie endoveineuse. J. urol. med., Par., 1930, 29: 378-82.—Kidd, F. The stump of the ureter after nephrectomy; the indications for primary nephro-ureterectomy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect, Urol., 55-9. Also Brit. J. Surg... 1928-29, 16: 22-38.—Kopp, J. G. [Primary nephro- ureterectomy and its indications] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1. 1028-30; 1576-92.—Nikitin, B. A. [Problem of sub- capsular nephrectomv in calculous pyonephrosis] Vest, khir., 1929, 18: 141-6.—O'Connor, V. J. The indications and preig- nosis in unilateral nephrectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 579-82.—Rovsing, F. Indikationer og kontraindikationer for nefrektomi, s.-crligt. ved nyretuberkulnse. Allm. sven. lak. tidn., 1905, 2: 149; 465. ---- Nephrectomy: Methods. Abud, E. Heminefrectomia; nefrectomia secundaria. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1935, 13: 59-61.—Amberger, J. TY-m-peri- tone ale Nephrektomie. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2053-5. Bachrach, R. Subcapsular nephrectomv. J. Mount J-inii Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 501-5.—Barnes, R. W., A Bergman, It. T. Transperitoneal nephrectomy. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1941, 10: 115-8 [Discussion] 164. Also J. Lrol.. Bait., 1941, 46: 545-8.—Bazy, L. Nephrectomie par voie anterieure. In Prat. chir. illust. H'auchet, V.) 3. ed., Par., 1939, fasc. 9, 231-54.—Beer, E. Further experience with aseptic nephroureteree-tomy. J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 29: 135- 55.—Bernardes de Oliveira, A. A nephrectomia pela via anterior paraperitoneal (\'< an-Hazy) Brasil meel.. 1933, 47: 617-31.—Campbell, M. F. Uretero-lie-inine-phre-oiejmv in infancy. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 26: -133-45.—Caspari. ' Ne- phrectomie avec pince a demeure; hemorragie: a 1'enlevement KIDNEY 167 KIDNEY de la pince apres 5 jours. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Corgr., 504-10.—Curbelo, P. G. La incisi6n antero-lateral en la nefrectomia; tecnica de Bazy. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico 1942 34:432.—Dick, V. S. The technic of nephrectomy. Surg! Clin. N. America, 1942, 22: 839-44.—Edebohls, G. M. Exploration and decapsulation of the other kieiney before completing a nephrectomy. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1907, 32: 283-90 [Ditcu son] 335-46.—Garcia, A. E., & Galvez, I. La nefrectomia parcial. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 209-34.— Giordano, D. Osservazioni di nefrectomia e nefropessia simultanee, perche il rene sano era mobile. Mem. chir. onore Bottini, Pal., 1903, 1: 248-64.— Grauhan, M., & Rehren, von. Die Nephrektomien der Kieler chirurgischen Klinik vor und nach Einfuhrung des Ureterenkatheterismus; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Nierenchirurgie. Zschr. Urol,, 1929, 23: 572-82.—Gutierrez, R. Indications and technic of combined ureteronephrectomy. Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 511—43. ------ Nephrostomy as a preliminary drainage in preparation for secondary nephrectomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 305-62.— Hagman, A. M. [Preliminary roentgenization of the kidney, for the purpose of decreasing bleeding during nephrectomy] Klin, med., Moskva, 1932, 10: 960-2.—Hara, T., & Isobe, T. Ueber die Nephrektomie unter vertebraler Anasthesie mit Nuperkain. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 102.— Heitz-Boyer. Chirurgie renale a ciel ouvert par la voie posterieure: decouverte, degagement et extirpation du rein par une incision lombothora- cique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 433-9.—Heresco. Sur le traitement des blessures de la veine cave inferieure au cours des nephrectomies. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1904) 1905, 8: 777-80.—Jeck, H. S. Nephrectomy under spinal anesthesia with particular reference to nephrectomy in renal tuberculosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 61-75.—Keyes, E. L. Simultaneous intra-peritoneal and extraperitoneal nephro-ureterectomy; ureterovaginostomy for pyo-ureter. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 195-200.—Klika, M. [Newuse of coagula- tion: closure of ureteral incision in nephrectomy] Bratisl.. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 294-9.—Lazarus, J. A. A simple maneu-' ver designed to prevent injury to the diaphragm in cases of difficult nephrectomies. J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 47: 109-11.— Lipshutz, B., & Hoffman, C. Renal arterial variations and extraperitoneal abdominal nephrectomy. Ann. Surg., 1926, 84: 525-32.—Marcucci, G. Trattamento del moncone ureterale dopo nefrectomia. Clin, chir., Milano, 1935, 38: 422-33.— Marion. Des erreurs auxquelles peut entrainer le principe de la nephrectomie sur la constante. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 235-8.—Marion, G. A prcpos de la nerhro-ureLerectomie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 002-5.— Maine, C. P. Two-stage nephrectomy. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1937, 6: 3-12. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 39: 469-78.------ Clampless nephrectomy. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1939, 8: 1-10. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1939, 42: 1135-44. Also Pacific Coast M., 1940, 7: No. 2, 18-23.—Morson, A. C. Nephrectomy in infancy. Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 371.—Miiller-Osten, W. Transextraperitoneale Nephrektomie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 299-304.—Orth, O. Zur transperitonealen Nephrektomie. Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 107.—Papin, E. Indications et tech- nique de la nephroureterectomie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932,58:580-7.------& de Berne-Lagarde, R. Indications et technique de la nephro-ureterectomie totale et subtotale. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 1-62.—Perrin, E. Considerations sur la nephrectomie transperitoneale. P. verb. Cong. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 876- 9.—Ponomarev, M. D. [Parietal resection of the lower vena cava in nephrectomy] Tr. Novosibir. gosud. inst. usoversh. vrach., 1936, 6: 273-5.—Priestley, J. T., & Walters, W. Opening of the vena cava associated with nephrectomy: report of 4 successful cases.' Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 302.— Pugh, W. S. Nephrectomy (consideration of the pedicle) Am. Med., 1927, n. ser., 22: 697-9.—Rathbun, N. P. Trans- abdominal extraperitoneal nephrectomy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1935, 28: 139-48.— Rathcke, P. Die transperitoneale Nephrektomie. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 80.— Sherrill, J. G. Nephro-ureterectomy. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1905-06, 12: 113-25.—Sours, M. V. Maintaining nephrectomy position. Mod. Hosp., 1938, 51: 50.—Stevens, A. R. Advantages of uretero-intestinal anastomosis following nephrectomy for tuberculosis in certain cases. Tr. Am, Asf. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 153-64.—Uteau. Des ligatures insuffisantes du pedicule rerial dans les nephrectomies. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Congr., 539-54.—Vickery, E. B. Heminephrectomy. J. Lrol., Bait., 1943, 49: 137-47. ---- Nephrectomy, partial. See Kidney, Surgery: Resection. ---- Nephrectomy: Physiopathology. Beckmann, K., Bass, E. [et al.] Stoffwechsel- und Blut- veranderungen nach Nierenexstirpation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 51: 333; 342.------Stoffwechsel- und Blutverande- rungen nach Nierenexstirpation; Eiweissverschiebungen und Aenderungen des chemisch-physikalischen Verhaltens des Plasmaeiweisses. Ibid., 53: 420-30.—Buzeu, P., & Constanti- nesco, N. L'etude de la compensation fonctionnelle immediate du rein restant aprfe la nephrectomie par l'epreuve de la P. S. P. J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 33: 19-35.—Calef, C. Ri- cerche sperimentali sul comportamento deU'equUibrio acido- basico nella nefrectomia unilaterale. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1934, 438-43.—Califano, L., & Maggiore, L. Ricerche sulla funzione renale nella nefrectomia unilaterale; il consumo I di ossigeno ed i fenomeni di riduzione del tessuto renale. Riv. pat. sner., 1930-31, 6: 45-52.—Chanutin, A. The distribution of body water in the partially nephrectomized rat. Proc Am Soc. Biol. Chem., 1938, 8: No. 7, 20.------& Ludewig, S. Renal function studies in partially nephrectomized rats. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1935, 109: p. xviii.—Chanutin, A., & Silvette, H. A study of creatine metabolism during partial and complete nephrectomy in the white rat. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 48. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1929-30, 85: 179-93.—Diaz, J. T. Effect of subtotal nephrec- tomy upon estrous cycle of the albino rat. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 226-9.—Durlacher, S. H., & Darrow, D. C. The effect of depletion of body potassium on the time of survival after nephrectomy and ureteral ligation. Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 136: 577-83.—Eaton, A. G., Cordill, S. C, & Gouaux, J. L. The metabolism of nephrectomized dogs. Am. J. M. Sc, 1937, 194: 214-9.—Friedman, B., Jarman, J., & Klemperer, P. Sustained hypertension following experimental unilateral renal injuries; effects of nephrectomy. Ibid., 1941, 202: 20-9.—Genaud, P. Etude des variations quantitatives de quelques constituants chimiques du sang chez le chien normal et le chien nephretique en fonction de divers regimes alimentaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 550.—Giliberti, P. Comportamento di alcuni minerali della cute e dei muscoli in seguito a nefrectomia bilaterale. Riv. pat. sper., 1937, 18: 283-94.------Azione delle soluzioni iso- ed iper-toniche di NaCl suH'equilibrio ionico del sangue degli animali nefrecto- mizzati. Ibid., 19: 442-9.—Govaerts, P., & Miiller, P. Origine de l'hypertension produite en intercalant un rein normal dans la circulation du chien nephreetomise. Acta brevia neerl., 1939, 9: 222-5.—Griffith, J. Q., jr, & Ingle, D. J. Blood volume in experimental hypertension following subtotal nephrectomy; effect of posterior pituitary lobectomy. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 538-40.— Hanley, H. G. Renal function after nephrectomy. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 271.—Haurowitz, F., & Nonnenbruch, W. Fermente und Autolyse der Leber von normalen und entnierten Meerschweinchen. Zschr. g^s. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 752-7.—Hessel, G., Pekelis, E., & Meltzsr, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung harnfahiger Stoffe in den Magendarmkanal bei nephrektemierten Hunden; ein Beitrag zur Frage der sogenannten vikariierenden Sekretion; die Ableitung des Magen- und Duodenahaftes aus Fisteln des Jejunums. Ibid., 1933, 91: 325-30.—Karczag, L., & Sellei, C. [Tissue metabolism of kidney during functional accommodation after nephrectomy] Orvo?kepzes, 1935, 25: jun. kiilonf., 31-3.— Karsner, H. f., Hanzal, R. F., & Moore, R. A. Urea clearance after unilateral nephrectomy in dogs. Arch. Path., Chic, 1934, 17: 46-9.—Karsner, H. T., Straus, R. [et al.] Urea tolerance after unilateral nephrectomy in rabbits. J. Exp. M., 1932, 55: 27-30.—Kavetsky, R. E. [Sig- nificance of functional disorders of the kidneys in the genesis of fatigue; changes in alkaline reserve, sugar curve and gluta- thion of the blood in tired, nephrectomized dogs] J. med., Kiev. 1936, 6: 1041-7.—Kawai, K. Biochemical study on renal activity; phenolsulfonephthalein excretion of unilaterally nephrectomised rabbit. SeiikaiM.J., 1927, 46: No. 7, 17.— Kodera, K. Studien uber den Einfluss der Einatmung von Sauerstoff sowie von kohlensaurereicher beziehungsweise sauerstoffarmer Luft auf den Energie- und intermediaren Kohlehydratumsatz; Beeinflussung der Milchsaureresynthese bei nierenexstirpierten Tieren. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 24: 21-36.—Kuizenga, M. H. Effect of cortin on high blood non- protein nitrogen of partially nephrectomized rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937, 36: 665-7.— Legeu, F., Fey & Palazzoli. La motricite des voies excretrices du rein fraiohe- ment nephreetomise. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1367.— Levy, S. E., & Blalock, A. The effects of unilateral nephrec- tomy on the renal blood flow and oxvgen consumption of un- anesthetized dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1938, 122: 609-13.— Lipschutz, A., Fuente-Alba, A., & Vivaldi, T. Disparition du prolan du sang de la lapine nephrectomisee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 323-6.—Ludewig. S., Williams, E. T. R., & Chanu- tin, A. Experimental renal insufficiency produced by partial nephrectomy. Arch. Int. M., 1936, 58: 89-94.—Mark, R. E., & Reinwein, H. Gaswechseluntersuchungen am Halbnieren- hunde. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 142: 78-85.—Mayer. Physiological and pathological results of extirpation of the kidneys. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 228.—Meltzer, S. C, & Salant, W. The influence of nephrectomy upon absorption; an experimental study from the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. J. Med. Res., 1903, n. ser.. 4: 33-57.—Moise, T. S., & Smith, A. H. Diet and tissue growth; the effect of dietary protein on the remaining kidney of adult white rats following a unilateral nephrectomy. J. Exp. M., 1927, 46: 27-41, 2 pl.—Montanari, A. Ricerche sperimentali cliniche sull'urea e reazione xantoproteica nel siero di sangue in rapporto alia nefrectomia unilaterale. Riv. clin. med., 1931, 32: 949-66.—Monticone, C. La curva lipemica alimentare del coniglio dopo la nefrectomia e resezione del rene superstate. Arch. ital. med. sner., 1939, 4: 125-32.—Narahara, K.. & Itino, K. Leber die Nierenfunktion vor und nach der Nephrektomie der erkrankten Seite. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1938, 44: 167 (Abstr.)—Nonnenbruch, W., Stary. Z. [et al.] Studien iiber den Muskelstoffwechsel bei nephrektomierten Kaninchen, Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 573-7.—O'Connor, W. J. The salt and water metabolism of nephrectomized rabbits, the effect of the injection of water or glucose solutions. Austral, J. Exo. Biol., 1937, 15: 97-107. ——— The salt and water metabolism of nephrectomized rabbits; the effect of injection of sodium chloride and bicarbonate. Ibid., 205-10.------ KIDNEY KieS KIDNEY The salt and water metabolism of nephrectomized rabbits; intestinal exchanges following the injection of water or sodium salts. Ibid., 193S. 16: 85-93. ------ The effect of the injec- tion of water or sexlium salts into nephrectomized rats. Ibid., 95-102.—Olivieri, (;., & Paladini. A. II comportamento dell'azoto totale incoagulabile e dell'azoto ureico nel sangue, nel rene superstite e nei muscoli dopo la nefrectomia. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1932, 4: 463. —Ptaszek, L. Sur la reserve alcaline et les corps aromatiques du sang et elu liquide cephalorachidien chez les chiens nephrectomises. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 507-9. ------ [Alkali reserve and aromatic bodies in the blood and cerebro-spinal fluid after nephrectomy] Polska gaz. lek., PJ27, 6: 224.—Rathery, F., Gibert, S., & Laurent, Y. Le glycogene du foie et du muscle chez le chien ne'-phrectomise. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 193: 326.—Rhoads, C. P., Alving, A. S. [etal.l The functional effect of explanting one kidney and removing the other. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 109: 329-35 — Rieder, W., A Schmutzler, E. Bakteriamie und Ausscheidung harnfahiger Substanzen durch die urberlebi-nde- Niere. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 630—Rodbard, S. The bleiod pressure response to renin and angiotonin in normal and nophivcteiniizoel dogs. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 429.------Tie- effect of nephrectomv on the blood pressure response to renin anil angiotonin. Ibid., 1941-42, 135: 124-32.--Saitta, S. La concentrazione osmotica del sangue e degli organi di animali ehe hanno subito nefrectomia unibu-iale in seguito ad iniezioni eneloye-nose di soluzioni ipertoniche. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1934, 40: pt 2, 635-49.—Smith, A. H.. & Jones. M. H. 1 he effect of unilateral ne-phreetein-e e>n the- urovth •->f the- white iat. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 80: 594-600.—Strauss, L. Der L.influs.- der einseitigen Nie-re-iientfernurig auf elein Zue-ke-rhaushalt. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 1-5— Strieck, F. Lntersu- chungen iiber den Gesamtstoffwechsel und die spczifisoh-elynn- mische Eiweisswirkuner. bei nephrektomierten Hunden. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.. 1928, 136: 349-59.—Sueda, M. Lpon the effects of continuous vibration on the life period of rabbits deprived of both kidneys. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1938, 23: 1088.—Takada, I. Experimentelle studien iiber die vikaricr- ende Funktion der < leschwisterniere; Nierenfunktion nach einseitiger Ektomie- eler intakten Xiere. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1936, 40: 1-3.----■— Nierenfunktion nach einseitiger Ektomie der geschiidigten Niere-. Ibid., 5-8.—Tweedy, W. R., McNamara, E. W. [et al.l The effect of calciferol on the serum calcium level in the nephrectomized and in the thyroparathy- roidectomized-nephreotomized rat. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 119: p. xcix.—Tweedy, W. R., templeton, R. D., & McJunkin, F. A. Further stuelie-s on the action of parathyroid extract in the dog following total and purtinl ablation of the kidneys. Endo- crinology, 1937, 21: 55-9.—Zylberszac, S. A propos du me- canisme du choc caryoela.-iepie; cennportement des organee lymphopoietiques et du tin mus ele la souris et du rat blanc apres nephrectomie double. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 411-3. ---- Nephrectomy: Sequelae, and prognosis. See also subheadings (Hypertrophy, compensa- tes y; solitary) Doerr, H. *Schwangerschaft nach Ne- phrektomie [Heidelberg] 8p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Grimm, H. *Beitrag zum Kapitel: Graviditas bei Nephrektomierten [Kiel] 20p. 23%cm. Osnabriick, 1933. Malik, A. A. *Die Prognose der Nephrekto- mie. 51p. 8? Berl., 1937. Martin, R. H. De revolution des calculs abandonnes dans l'uretere apres nephrectomie. lllp. 8? Par., 1935. Alexandrov, A. V. [A case of pregnancy and successful delivery after an excision of the right kidney] Mosk. me-el. J., 1928, 8: 48-51.—Batzdorff, E. Die Begutachtung Nephrekto- mierter. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 155: 257-64.—Beni, V. La funzionalita renale, durante la gravidanza, in donne nefreetomizzate. Ann. ostet. gin., 1935, 57: 119-40.— Benoil, J. L'ablation d'un rein entraine-t-elle, dans l'organe symetrique des modifications bistologiques en rapport avec l'hyperactivite fonctionnelle observee? C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 94: 1378-80— Calef, C. Modifionzioni istologiche e funzionali del rene superstite dopo no-free-tomia unilaterale. Arch. ital. urol., 1932, 9: ."S75-030.—Crablree, E. G., & Chaset, N. Vascular nephritis ami hypei'tension ; a combined clinical and clinicopathologic stuelv of 150 nephrectomized patients. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 1842-8.—De Negris Marala, F. Criteri di valutazione del nefrectomizzato. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1422-34.—Dor. Reflux tardif bilateral apres nephrectomie pour tuberculose. In Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32. Congr., 593-600.—Fischer, K. Rasche Steinbildung in der Restniere nach Nephrektomie (Klinik und Aetiologie; Erfahrungen mit Normolactolspulungen) Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 604-10.—Gasparian, A. M. [Pregnancy and labour follow- ing nephrectomy] Lrologia, Moskva, 1936, 13: 119-24.— Giordano, D. Di una donna, ehe soffriva dolori nel fianco destro alcuni anni dopo ehe le era stato asportato il rene sinistro. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 3-6—Hanley, H. G. After-results of nephrectomy. Brit. M. L. 1935, 1: 222. — ; — 1 he post- operative result, of n. i Irectomy. Brit. J. Surg., 1939-40, 27: 553-66. Il<-rl/e-nl»e-re. <;. I. |Iinmeebate and remote results of ne|.l,i,.-i,eim| Vest, khir., 1930, 48: 33 I I.- King, E. I,., ,V Herring. J. S. Pregnancy following nephrecti>m\ Lrol. Cut. bey., 1939, 43: 005.—Kohda, T., «V- Ohkuho, k. The effect of unilateral nephrectomy on the total number and the size of ^leemeruli of the surviving kidney in rnnn-n-pig. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-35, 5: Sect. Anat., 229-35. Kretschmer, H. L. Life after nephrectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., loi.'t, 121: 473-8.—Lindeboom, G. A. [Pregnancy following nuphiectomv] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 4042-9--Maltese Le Roy, ('. Modificazioni istologiche e funzionali del rene superstite enervato dopo nefrectomia unilaterale. Policlinico, 1931, 41: sez. chir., 538-53.—Michelson, L. Lreteral pain aftesr ne- phrectomy; treatment by ureterectomy ; n-port of case-s, California West. M., 1930, 33: 738- Moore, R. A. Number of glomeruli in kidney of adult white rat u in laterally nephrecto- mized in early life. J. Exp. M., 1929, 50: 709-12.-----& LukianofT, G. F. The effect of unilateral ne pl irectomy on tin- total number of open glomeruli in the rabbit. Ibid., 227-32, 2 pl.—Moeire-, R. A., & Summerville, W. W. The immediate- effects of unilate-ral nephrectomy on open glonn-iuli and urines output. Ibiel., 1931, 54: 767-73 —Pope-sou, »., .V ( onslanti- nescu, N. [Compensatory function of the- kif a fascial hammock. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1107-9.—Heresco. Diabete insipide; nephroptose et nephropexie. Bulk Soc. chir. Bucare*st, 1903, 6: 66.—Hidalgo y Fernandez-Cano, A. Ileo-paralitico consecutivo a una nefropexia. Lrol. clin., Madr., 1928-30, 2: 59-65.—Irigoyen, J. M. Consideraciones clinica.-- con motivo de un caso de rifion flotante; tercer grado; ncfrr>pessia. Rev. med. cir. pract,, Madr., 1905, 68: 457-04.—Jonnesco, T. Nephropexie avec fils temporaires pour recidive ele- re-in mobile. Bull. Soc. chir. Bucarest, 1905-06, 8: 93-6—Kleiber, N. Les resultats eioignes de la nephropexie par arrisation du fascia renal. J. chir., Par., 1934, 43: 521-7.—Klika, M. [Nephropexy and its results (method Kostlivv)] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28. 7: 299-306.—Kostlivy, S. Vysledkv ne-fror-exe die methody Kukulovej. Cas. lek. fe.sk., 1908, 47: 1057-03.—Lambert, M. Traitement du rein mobile; nouveau procede de nephropexie. Rev.prat.mal. org. genitourin., 1906-07, 3: 20-5.—Lanphear, E. The best method of fixation of wandering kidney. Am. J. Clin. M., 1906, 13: 769-72.—Laroque, G. P. A simple easy and efficient method of anchoring a movable kidney. Old Dominion J. M. & S., 1906-07, 5: 121-4.—Lay, E. Nuovo processo di nefropessia. Boll. Soc cult. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1926, 27: 201-22.—Lecewicz, B. [Method of a durable fixation of a floating kidney] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 43-4.— Le Gac, P. Lne technique de la reposition du rein, nephropexie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1938, 30: 278-80.—Lewis, B. Nephro- pexy; neglected step-child of surgery. Southwest Med., 1937. 21: 114-8.—Lewis, C. F., & Singer, P. L. The results of nephropexy. Illinois M. J., 1939, 76: 175-8.—Lich, R., jr. Nephropexy. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 58: 298.—Lichtenauer, F. 1st die Nephropexie eine ubtrholte Operation? Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 264-70.—Lindner, H. J., & Glassberg, I. J. A reconsideration of the value of nephropexy. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1941-42, 94: 78-82.—Longyear, H. W. A study of the etiology of floating kidney, with suggestions changing the operative technique of nephropexy. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. (1905) 1906, 18: 1-12, pl. ■------ Kidney and colon suspension by the use of the nephrocolic ligament and Gerota's nephrocolo- pexy capsule. Am. J. Obst., 1900, 54: 586-92, 2 pl.—Losh, C. W. Nephropexy; indications, operative procedure and results. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 540-7.—Lowsley, O. S. Advances in renal surgery with particular reference to nephro- pexy. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1935, 32: 313-6.—Lucas-Champion- nie're. Rein mobile et nephrorrhaphie; resultats eioignes et rcmbre ux de la fixation du rein. J. med. chir., Par., 1903, 74: 807-10.—IV cClelland, J. C. Nephropexy with living suture and renal symypathectomy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1936, 29: 301-4.—McKenna, C. M. A simple method for doing nephropexy. J. Lrol., Bait,, 1936, 36: 609-17.—McKim, G. F. Nephropexy. West Virginia M. J., 1939, 35: 153-8.— MacLaurin, C. The shelf operation for movable kidnev. Austrnlas. M. Gaz., 1908, 27: 461—Mathe, C. P. Ne-phropoxy ; present day status and description of a new teehniejue. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 57: 538-45. ------ The present-day status of nephropexy and end results in 384 operative cases. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 772-9. ------ Estado actual de nefro- pexia y resultados finales de los casos operados segrin la tecnica del autor. Dia med., B. Air., 1938, 10: 573-8.—Mercier, O. De la necessite de l'exploration du pedicule renal au cours de la nephropexie. J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1936, 5: 250-2.— Micheli, E. Per l'argomento della fissazione e decapsulazione, del rene. Clin, chir., Milano, 1905, 13: 647-51.—Mongour. Nephropexie dans un cas de ptose renale chez une enteropto- sique. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 25: 596-8.—Moore, W. J. Transpleural nephropexy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 58-67.— Newman, D. Lnique case of floating kidney, in which nephror- rhaphy was successfully performed: the kidney was within the peritoneal cavity and had mesonephron. Tr. M. Chir. Soc Glasgow (1903-04) 1906, 5: 12-6.—Papin, E. Indications et technique de la nephropexie. Paris chir., 1928, 20: 1-20.— Pawlonsky, J. M. Versuch einer Nephropexie mittels eines gestielten Kutis-Subkutislappens nach N. N. Sokolow. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 1300-12.—Penaud, G., & Monet, H. La reposition du rein mobile par le procede operatoire de L. A. Surraco. Bordeaux chir., 1939, 10: 97-110.—Perrin, E. Reflexions sur la nephropexie; ses indications et sa technique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1938, 47. Congr., 886-9.—Pisano, G. Su di un metodo di nefropessi. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 213-20.—Platareanu, V. M., Constaninescu, & O., Georgescu, G. [Advantages of anterior nephropexy] Spitalul, 1941, 61: 130.—Reed, C. A. L. A new technique for the fixation of floating kidnev, with special reference to the utilization of Longyear's ligament. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. (1906) 1907, 19: 19-24.—Riley, A. Nephropexy for ureteral kinks. N. England J. M., 1929, 201: 929-40.—Rivero Borrell, L. Las nefroptosis pequefias y la nefropexia. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1939, 7: 285-99. ------ Critica de la nefropexia. Rev. med. cir., Monterrey, 1939, 1: 229-35.—Rossi, B. Rene mobile e nefropessia. Clin. chir., Milano, 1906, 14: 905-95—Ruggi, G. Sulla razionale fissazione del rene migrante in posizione relativamente normale. Policlinico, 1902-03, 9: sez. prat.,769-75. ------ Rationelle Methode zur Fixierung der Wanderniere in einer relativ nor- malen Position. Zbl. Chir., 1903, 30: 457-62.—Ruiz, V. Nefrocolopexia transperitoneal (tecnica de Alberto Gutierrez) Rev. cir., B. Air., 1932, 11: 5; 57; 121; 185.—Salleras, J. Indications and results of nephropexv, with capsular reins. Lrol. Cut, Rev., 1934, 38: 84-8— Shoemaker, G. E. A modification of the technic of fixation of the movable kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 47: 1917.—Smith, P. G., McKim, G. F., & Rush, T. W. Nephropexy for disabilities due to abnormal renal mobility. Tr. South. Surg., Ass., 1935, 48: 312-22 — Stanischeff, A. Lnsere Methode der Nephropexie bei Ren mobilis. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 2431-3.—Strode, J. E. Kidney suspension by use of fascia lata. J. Lrol., Bait., 1934, 32: 171-5.—Taylor, F. E. The persistence of symptoms after nephropexy for movable kidney. Clin. J., Lond., 1904, 24: 127.—Thomson, A. Nephropexy for floating kidney. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh, 1904-05, n. ser., 24: 5-7. ----— The making of a shelf below the unduly mobile kidney. Ibid., 1906-07, n. ser., 26: 243-9.—Tomasi, L. Sindromi nefralgico- ematuriche da pregressa nefropessia. Rass. int. clin. ter., 1930, 9: 679.—Trabucco, A. Nefropexia por metodos combinados. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 2260-4 — Vozenilek, B. [Experiences in fixation of floating kidney by Kostlivy's method] Cas. lek. eesk., 1929, 68: 424. Also Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 14-6.—Voznesensky, V. P. [Methods of nephropexy] Vest, khir., 1926, 8: No. 23, 22-31.—Young, H. H. Nephropexy: a technique employing decapsulation and suture of rolled up capsule to muscles of back. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940,43:20-7.—Zieman, S. A. Nephropexy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938. 42: 564-6. KIDNEY 1 ---- Nephrosclerosis. See also subheadings (Arteriosclerosis; Glo- merulus: Sclerosis) also under names of diM-asos as Blood pressure, High; Glomerulonephritis; Nephritis; Nephrosis; Pyelonephritis, etc. Klein, M. *Schrumpfnicren im Kindesalter. p.317-31. 8? Jena, 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 41: Linder, K. F. *Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der pyelonephritischen Schrumpfniere unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Arterien- veranderungen [Breslau] p. 150-70. 24cm. [Miinch.] 1937. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1937-38, 51: Rosenberg, M. S. *Die Nephrosklerose und esscntielle Hypertonic als Blutdruckkrankheit im Sinne von v. Bergmann. 15p. 8? Bresl., 1929. Aiello. G. Ulteriori dati clinici ed istologici nelle nefropatie saturnine e nelle sclerosi renali non saturnine. Med. lavoro, 1931, 22: 145-57.—Akerren, Y. Die Funktionsweise der Schrumpfniere im Lichte der Cushnyschen Harnbildungs- theorie. Acta med. scand., 1927, 66: 524-35—Barath, J. Nephrosklerosis. Qrvoskepze.s, 1937, 27: 310-7.—Becher. E. Wie konnen wir das Schicksal einer Nierensklerose friihzeitig aus dem chemischen Blutbefund erkennen? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 477-9.—Bierring, W. L. The contracted kieiney and its clinical significance. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, 1903, 21: 110-25.—Bramwell, B. Cirrhosis of the kidney. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1904-05, 3: 148-57. ------ Two large cerebral hemorrhages with cirrhosis of the kidnev and albuminuric retinitis. Ibid., 1906-07, n. ser., 5: 36-40.— Careddu. G. Sulla sclerosi renale nel bambino; contributo clinico ed anatomo- istologico. Riv. elin. pediat., 1939. 37: 385-97.—Casaubon. A., Cucullu, L. M.. & Toce, A. Esclerosis renal con retardo del crecimiento. Arch, argent, pediat., 1943, 19: 265-72.— Chapman, C. W. A case of granular kidnev in a girl, aged 15 \ ears. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-08, 8: 264-6 — ChasnoflT, J., S-eJ9, ^4: 717_->4 —R , E. Le nevrosi renali. Nuova riv. clin. ter., 1904~ 7: 627-45.—Spinelli, A. Lesioni elel rene consecutive ad ir'ritazione dei nervi del peduncolo. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 585-601. ---- Nerves: Reflexes. Sco also Kidney, Correlation, reno-renal. Alexander. W. F., & Kotkis, A. J. Responses of the kidney to r.-fli'x and direct stimulation of the splanchnic nerve. Proc Soc. Kxp. Biol., N. Y., 1937. 36: 619-21— Alexeieff, N., & Babsky, E. Recherches sur 1'influence humorale de 1 excitation des nerfs sensitifs sur la fonction renale. Arch, internat. phvsiol., Liege, 1936, 43: 121-30.—Balakshina. V. L. [Mecha- nism of conditioned reflex ae-tivity of the kidneys] Tr. I hysiol. Inst. Leningrad Univ., 1930, No. 17, 61-108.—Blum V. Die Bedeutung des renore-nalen Re-flexes fiir die Pathologie und Diagnostik dor Niere-nkrankheite-n. Wien. klin. V\ schr , 1907 20: 1208-13. Hocminehaus. H. Ueber funktionelle Zusammenhange zwi-e-he-n Harnblase und Niere (vesico- renaler Reflex) zu<;i'-n-li ein Beitr:.«; zur Mechanik und Physi- nlogie der vesicale-n I larnhitei mundung. Arch, klin Chir., 1020 154: 114-28. —Cokkalis, P. Eiweiss- und Zuckeraus- se-l„-idunr bei Erregungszustan.le-n und ihre Beziehungen zur Inn.-rvaiion der Niere. Deut Z-e hi. Chir., 1930,229:129-39 — Farre-ll J I. A stuily of vesicorenal reflexes and of the possi- l.ilitv <.f a renorenal reflex. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 25: 487-96.— Malme'-jac, J., & Donnet, V. Effet de la section des nerfs depresseurs sur l'elimination renale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 158-60.—Sacco, E. Sul riflesso vescico-renale. Arch. ital. urol., 1931-32, 8: 357-85.—Samaan, A. Observations on the inhibition of urinary secretion in dogs by a needle-prick in the lower lumbar region. J. Physiol., Lond., 1935, 84: Suppl., 62.—Tournade, A. Sur les reactions vaso-motrices du rein pendant l'excitation centripeHi' du nerf de Cyon-Ludwig ou du nerf vaeiue-. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 879-81. ------- dc Malme'-jac, J. La reaction vaso-motrie-e: elu rein pendant l'exe-itntiein centrifuge du splanchnique oppose. Ibid., 1933, 112: 13 15. ---- Nerves: Surgery. Alcala Sandaella, R. Los nervios del rifi6n y su importancia en cirugia renal. Meel. ibera, 1928, 22: pt 1, 87-90.—Calzolari, T. Studi sui capillari della corticale del rene; comportamento dei capillari della zona corticale del rene dopo enervazione, sirnpatectomia e deeapsulazione. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 160-90. -Carvalho, R., & Rodrigues, L. Etude radiologique ele l'ae-tiem vaso-motrice des interventions sur le plexus renal. Me-el. conte-mp., Lisb., 1939, 57: 333-5— Dogliotti, A. M., & Mairano, M. Tnnervazione renale ed interventi funzionali sul rene; on<-rvazie>n>-. decorticazione periarteriosa, deeapsulazione. Arch. ital. eliir.. 1930-31, 27: 109-218- Leeueu, F. La chirurgia eh-i nervi'ele-1 rene-. Kinase-, meel., 1027, 4: 368.— Lichtenberg, A. von. Sobre las base-s fisioh'juieas y hi impor- tancia terapeutica de la enrrvnoie'm elel rifion. Me-die-ina, Me'-x., 1938, 18: 585; passim.—Pavone, M. LVne-ivazione e-himiea del peduncolo renale e le iniezioni neurolitiche paravertebral! nella cura de-lle- ipertensioni. Cult, med. mod., Pal., 1939, 18: 37-41.- —Rieder, W. Erfahrungen mit Resektion der zur Niere ziehenden Nerven bei Erkrankungen der Niere. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1030, 32: 093. 720. Also Zbl. inn. Mod., 1936, 57: 552-5.—Sen, S. K. Be-irmg zur Frage der Dekapsulation und Entnervungeler Niere;. Wie-n. med. Wschr., 1030, 86: 1035-8.— Sutton, M. G. Renal pain and nephropexy with or without resection of the renal nerves. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 135-44.—Tria, E. Modificazioni urinarie in seguito a sezione dei nervi renali. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1935, 6: 765-88. ---- Nerves: Surgery: Decapsulation [incl. enervation] Martins Costa, J. *Enervacao renal. 189p. 4? S. Paulo, 1938. Millas, W. de. *Zur Nierendekapsulation; Gcschichte, Methoden und Theorien derselben mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der chronischen Nephritis. 24p. 8? Heidelb., 1926. Baccarini, L., & Morozzi, A. Contributo sperimentale alia decapsulazitme renale. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 1105-31.— Blake, J. B. Nephrocapsulectomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, 150: 539.—Brito, J. de. Enervaciio renal. Rev. med. cir.- Brasil, 1935, 43: 259-75— Ce-ccherelli. A. Dee-apsulation et fixation des reins. P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1904, 17: 19-24,— Chiariello, A. G. L'enervazione renale. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 281-305.—Dambrin, L. L'enervation totale du rein ou sympathectomie chimique du pedicule renal et de la corticalite du rein apres enervation rap.de du pMicule au bistouri «-t encapsulation. J. urol. med., I ar., 1J30 41. 105-11.- De «;ir.,ncoli. K. Ueber Totalenm.TVung . or Nicrc. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1020. 27: 266 7 I. ■- l>«; \ee ogna, 1005 8. ser., 5: 427-30- Fischer. K. Anatomie unel I hysi ol<>gi<- d.-r Nervi propni der Nie-ri-iikripsel und ihre Be-eli-utiu.ej fur elie Nierenchirurgie, insbcseenelere- fur die \\ lrkungsweisr der Nie-ri-ni-ntkapseluug. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1030, 222: >>S-7,j —Frazier, C. H. Renal decapsulation. > "iv. IVnns.\ |. viinia M. Hull., 1003-04, 16: 120. Comes, A. Kiii-rv:ivae> eh, pedie-ulo renal (cirugia e-x|iei imental) Li>boa meel., 1928, 5: 093-715.—Griffin, J. F. Kieiney decapsulation. Meel. limes, N Y., 1941, 69: 342-4.—Lehmann. E. Leber die Innervation der Niere mit besonderer Be-riie-ksichtigung >ler Kapselnerven und ihrer Bedeutung fiir die- De-kapsulatioii. Zse-hr. Lrol., 1926 20: 167-76.—I.e-peiutre. ('. I >e 1'ene-i vatieen du rein. J. sc' med. Lille, 1924. 42: pt 1, 369-77. Lirhtenberg. A. von. Sobre las bases fisioloedca.- y la importancia terapeutica de la enervacion del rifi6n. Me-elie-ina, Mex., 1938, 18: 585; passim.— Marsella. A. La legatura eh-lla ve-na emulgeiite in reni de- capsulati e posti sotto la pe-lle. Policlinico, 1030, 43: sez. chir., 251-84 ------- La legal urn ele-Harte-na m rem docapsulati c posti sotto la pelle. Ibid., 351-68.- Mille-s, G.. Muller. K. F.. & Petersen, W. F. Renal dene-rvation; the elfee-t of snake venom and chilling on the renal vascularization. Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 233-51.—Nisio, G. LVne-rvazione remale fosserva- ziemi' cliniche e anatonio-pntolugioho) Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 17: 577-9,'!.—Rieder, W. Hi falirunere-n mit Niere-neentnervung bei Erkrankungen der Niere. Are-h. klin. Chir., 1935, 183: 564 8 Schranz, H. Ein Beitrag zur doppelseitige-n Nierende- kapsulation. Zse-hr. Urol, 1935, 29: 375. -Sen, S. K. Some observations on decapsulation and denervation of the kidney. Brit. J. Lrol., 1930, 8: 319-28.—Tietze, A. Krfahi ungejn mit der Nierendekapsulation. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 139: 88-95.—Valdoni. P. Sul rne-ce-anismo d'azione della deeapsula- zione renale. Policlinico, 1028. 35: sez. chir., 373-96.— Volkmann, K. Leber Nierendekapsulation. Fortsch. Ther., 1930, 12: 641-6.—Wildbolz, E. Leber elie Enervation der Niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 825-9. ---- Nerves: Surgery: Decapsulation—Indica- tions. See also other subheadings (Disease: Treat- ment; Pain) also such headings as Eclampsia; Nephritis; Uremia; Urine, Suppression, etc. Bauer, G. Treat .ment of hydronephrosis and renal pain by denervation of ihe- kieln-y. Acta chir. scand., 1939, 83: 160- 84.—Chabanier, H., Le-Roy. F., & Moncharmont, J. Ln cas d'anurie avec ninnnWlntiems cliniques graves; decapsulation; guerison. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 453 00.—Chabanier, H., Lobo-Onell, C. [et al.] Presentation d'un su.jet alle-int ele nephrite chronique et anterieurement decapsule. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 251-3.—Chaikov, I. [Treatment e>f renal elysfripy by elemudation of the kidney] Vest, khir., 1929, 16: 100-8.—Ciminata, A. Deeapsulazione del rene nelle nefriti e nefral-ue. Are-h. ital. chir., 1937, 45: 550-8.—Crile, G. Decapsulation of the kidnev in the course of celiac ganglionec- lomy for e-ss-ential hyperte'ision. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1939, 6: 260.—Flo. S. C, & Cummings, H. W. Lnilateral decapsulation of kidne-y for transfusion oliguria. Surgery, 1943, 14: 216-22.— Hall, E. R. Renal de-capsulation in anuria. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1940, 9: 138.—Haslinger, K. Der Effekt eler l)e-kap- ulation bei oligurisehen unel anurischen Zustiinden bei eler p-e-!e,nephritische-n Schriunpfnie-re-. Ve-rh, Deut. Ges. Lie,]. '1029) 1930, 9. Kongr., 118-22.-Kraas. Anzeigcstellung zur Nierendekapsulation. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1098.— Nichol, J. E. Indications for decapsulation of the kidney. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 43: 577-80 —Spyropoulos. C. Ent- kapselung der Niere wegen Anurie bei Schwarzwasserfieber. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 95.—Tondo, F. La deeapsulazione in urologia, in medicina e in chirurgia generale; un caso di gravissima eclampsia in gravidanza tratto colla deeapsulazione bilaterale; guarigione. Policlinico, 1929, 36: soz. prat,, 810-3.— Viollet. Decapsulation renale droite pour anurie suivie de nephrectomie gauche pour cancer; guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1938, 329-32. Nerves: Surgery: Decapsulation—Physio- pathology. Adrianopoulos, A., Feyel, P., A- Jomain, J. Le fonctionne- ment elu re-in chez le eleii-n apres decapsulation unilaterale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 1207-9.—Bariety, M., & Kohler, D. Excitations urete'-n.-pve'li'iue-s et changements elu volume du rein innerve ou em-i v»'-. Ibid., 1938, 128: 375-8. -----— L'enervation renale experimentale-; considerations physio- pathologiques et pharmacodynamiques. Presse m6d., 1938, 46:1609-11.-------Sur l'enervation renale et la transmission ele-s excitations ure'te'ro-pyeiiques. Paris med., 1939, 111: 400-11.—Bellieio, J. M. Sobre la reacci6n actual de los rifiones privados de su inei vae ie'm. Tr. Inst, fisiol., Barcel., 1929-30, 3: 167.—Bianchi. G. C. Comportamento degli ormoni clorurici nel rene sc-i.psnlate> ed enervato. Arch. ital. urol., 1936, 13: 561-77.—Bloch, Ci. Osservazioni su due casi di tlenervazione renale. Arch. Soc ital. chir. (1926) 1927, 33: 427-34.— Borsotti, P. C. Ricerche sperimentali sulle modificazioni del tessuto reticolare nel rene scapsulato. Arch. sc. med., Tor. KIDNEY 173 KIDNEY 1936, 62: 179-88.—Bracci, U. Influenza della deeapsulazione su i 'processi ossidativi e deidrogenativi del rene. Riv. biol., 1938, 26: 94-109.—Broglio, R. Enervazione renale e pielo- grafia in serie in un controllo sperimentale. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1926, 2: 934-43.—Bykov, K. M., & Alexeev-Berkmann, I. A.' Die Ausbildung bedingter Refiexe auf die Harnaus- s'cheidung; bedingte Refiexe bei denervierler Niere. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 227: 301-8.—Caldwell, J. M., jr, Marx, H., & Rowntree, L. G. Renal function after bilau-ral denerva- tion of the kidney in normal dogs. J. Lrol, Ball., 1931, 25: 351-66.—Caputi, E. Gli effetti dell'enervazione renale sulla pressione arteriosa. Arch. farm, sper., 1928-29, 46: 210-21.— Cilento, M. Sulla funzione di eliminazione e di concentrazione massima nei reni normali prima e dopo lo scapsulamento (ricerche sperimentali) Ann. ital. chir., 1929, 8: 1473-93.— Collins, D. A. Hypertension from constriction of the arteries of denervated kidneys. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 616-21 — Cordero, A. Contributo sperimentale e clinico alio studio della funzione renale dopo la deeapsulazione. Rendic Ass. med. chir. Parma, 1904, 5: 78-81.—Dessy. G. II fenomeno di Sanarelli-Shwartzmann nel rene decapsulato: ricerche speri- mentali in riferimento alia nefrite ematurica essenziale. Dia- gnosi, 1936, 16: 249-56.—De Vecchi, B. Sulle modificazioni del parenchima renale seguenti al taglio dei nervi. Arch. farm. sper., 1906, 5: 433-78.—Djuricic, L, <& Zivanovic, D. Influence de la decapsulation renale sur le taux de l'ammoniaque sanguin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 493-5.—Dogliotti, A. M. A proposito di enervazione renale. Arch. ital. chir., 1928, 20: 422—1. ■-----AMairano, M. Llteriori osservazioni sull'azio- ne della enervazione, della decorticazione periarteriosa e della deeapsulazione sulla funzione escretoria del rene. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1929, 92: 71-83— Dor. M. Consomma- tion d'oxygdne et debit d'acide e arbonique du rein normal enerve sous narcose. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 810.— Elant, L. Influence de l'enervation renale sur l'hypertension experimentale chronique chez le chien. Ibid., 1935, 119: 318-20.—Fabre, J., & Dambrin, L. Enervation sympathique du rein; la diurese et ses modifications precoces; etude his- tologique du rein enerve. Ibid., 1933, 112: 1138-40.—Fuchs, F. Leber den Dekapsulationseffekt. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 1144-7.—Gargano, C. Rapporti fra scapsulamento e circolazione renale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1938, 19: 601.— Gayet, G., A Bassan. Recherches experimentales sur la circula- tion dans les reins decapsuie.s. Lyon med., 1903, 100: 655-9.— Godard, H. Quelques resultats de la decapsulation renale. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 289-305.—Grabfield, G. P., & Swanson, D. Studies on the denervated kidney; the effects of unilateral denervation in acute experiments on sodium chloride excretion. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1939, 61: 92-8. ----- Studies on the denervated kidney; the effects of uni- lateral denervation in acute experiments on the uricosuric effect of cinchophen. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1939, 66: 60-5.— Grosubinsky, I. AL, & Zverev, V. M. [Experimental data on the effect of denervation of the kidnev on its functionl Lro- logia, Moskva, 1934, 11: 19-21.—Hecht, R. Studies in renal denervation; bacterial embolism in the normal and denervated kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29: 212.—Hiilse, W., & Litzner, S. Experimentelle Lntersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Nierendekapsulation. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 84-102.—Hutter, K. Ergebnisse der Merenent- hiilsung bei einseitiger Nierenblutung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 160: 521-6.—Johnson, H. A. Results of decapsulation of the kidney; a study of changes noted in the renal and peri- renal tissues of dogs after decapsulation. Ann. Surg., 1903. 37: 592-601.—Joseph, S., & Rabua, E. Neue Beobachtungen iiber die- Wirkung der Dekapsulation bei experimenteller Nierenschadigung am Kaninchen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 138: 98-119. Also Med. rev., Bergen, 1927, 44: 92.—Kaiser- ling, H.. & Mathies, W. Die allergisch-hyperergische Ge- websreaktion der entnervten Niere. Virchows Arch., 1935, 295:458-79.—Koiwa, M. Einfluss der Kurzwellendurchflutung auf die glomerulare Filtration und tubulare Riickresorption in der normalen sowie der entnervten Niere. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939-40, 37: 202-15.—Kuwahara, K. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Funktion der total entnervten Niere. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1928, 40: 2407, pl.; 1930, 42: 2983.—Lichtenberg, A. von. Leber die anatomischen Grundlagen und die thera- peutische Bedeutung der Enervation der Niere. In Bain. & Balneother. (Karlsbad, arztl. Vortr., 1935) 1936, 15: 509-28 — Lovaglio, R. Contributo sperimentale alio studio degli effetti prodotti dallo scapsulamento del rene sulla ipertrofia ciell'or- gano; ricerche istologiche. Gior. med. mil., 1930, 78: 58-61.— Lozzi, V. Risultati lontani della deeapsulazione ed enervazione renale. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. chir., 84-104.—Milles, G., & Hardgrove, M. Renal denervation: effect of daily injections of colon bacilli and pitressin on the denervated kidney of the dog. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934-35, 14: 270. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 548-60.—Milles, G., Muller, E. F., & Petersen, W. F. Studies in renal denervation; roentgenograph^ demonstration of vascular alteration. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 354-7. ------ Vascular changes induced in the intact and denervated kidney by rattle snake venom. Ibid., 561.—Milone, S. Sul processo d'ipertrofia compensatoria nel rene scapsulato. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1930, 54: 639-51.— Muller, E. F., Petersen, W. F., & Rieder. W. Functional pathology of the denervated kidney. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 739-41.—Muschat, M-, Meranze, D., & Abrams, H. The chemistry of the urine after renal decapsula- tion for anuria. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 374-9 — Neuwirt, K. [Functional capacity of a denervated single remaining kidney] Sborn. 16k., 1930, 32: 101-32.—Porsio, A. Studio sul contenuto grassoso del rene di cane- e sulle sue variazioni nel rene decapsulato. Ricer. morf., 1931, 11: 69-82.—Pupini, G. Considerazioni sullo scapsulamento del rene (ricerche sperimentali) Ann. ital. chir., 1929, 8: 365-90.— Putzi, F. L'influenza della deeapsulazione renale sulla R. A. del sangue. Arch. ital. urol., 1933-34, 10: 40-51.—Rhoads, C. P., Van Slyke, D. D. [et al] The effects of novocainization and teital section of the nerves of the renal pedicle on renal blood flow and function. Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 392-8.— Rieder, W. Leber die Einwirkung der Entnervung auf experi- mentelle Nierenschadiguns. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 173: 712-9.—Sacco, E., & Anselmi, C. Valore di soglia ed enerva- zione renale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12: 130-4.— Scheben. Beit lag zur Wirkungsweise eler Edebohlsschen Operation. Miinch. med. Wse-hr., 1905, 52: 906-9.—Schneider, M., & Wildbolz, E. Dekapsulation und Enervation der Niere und Nierendurchblutung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1937, 43: 1-12.— Siciliani, G. Modifiche anatomo-funzionali seguite a la nefrocapsectomia in reni resi sperimentalmente nefritici. Rass. ter. pat. chn., 1930, 2: 491-505.—Toth, L. A. Lrine excretion during anoxia from normal and denervated kidneys in dogs with and without adrenal glands. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 482.—Tria, E., & Capaldi. B. Modificazioni della reazione urinaria in seguito a denervazione renale. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 502-4.—Valdoni, P. Ricerche anato- mo-sperimentali sul meccanismo di azione della deeapsulazione renale. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1927, 53: 11-6. ---- Nerves: Surgery: Sympathectomy. Bonamy, M. A. *La chirurgie du ganglion sympathique aortico-renal. 172p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Amorosi, O. L'asportazione del ganglio aortico-renale nella chirurgia urinaria. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 568-82.— Caldwell, J. M., jr. Renal sympathectomy in experimental renal disease. J. Lrol., Bait., 1932, 28: 323.—Ciddio, D. Stato anatomico e funzionale del rene dopo l'asportazione del ganglio aortico-renale. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 246- 54.—Demant, P. La fonction du rein enerve apiAs la resection du nerf splanchnique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 1096.— Filippi, A. II comportamento della funzione dei reni dopo asportazione bilaterale del ganglio aortico-renale. Ann. ital. chir., 1935, 14: 405-22.—Fontaine, R., & Pilger, F. La fonction du rein apres l'ablation du ganglion aortico-renal chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 794-6.—Fontaine, R., Kunlin, J., & Bauer, R. Etude experimentale de l'influence du ganglion aortico-renal sur la fonction du rein chez le chien. Ibid., 791- 3.—Harris, A. Bemarks concerning renal sympatheticotonia toerether with a report of 2 cases of renal sympathectomy. Meel. Times, N. Y., 1933, 61: 33-9.—Harris, S. H., & Harris, R. G. S. Renal svmpathetico-tonus, renal pain and renal sympathectomy. Brit. J. Lrol., 1930, 2: 307-74.—Hess, E. Renal sympathectomy; report of 2 cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1926, 16: 191-6. '------ Renal sympathectomy. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 999-1007. Also Internat. Clin., 1931, 4: 28-40. Also transl. Rev. med. cubana, 1931, 42: 1136-44. ------ Renal sympathectomy; its indications and limitations. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 395-9.—Milliken, L. F. Theoretical indications for renal sympathectomy. Pennsyl- vania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 738-41.—Pagliani, F. Le modi- ficazioni funzionali del rene in rapporto alle alterazioni istolo- giche indotte dall'asportazione del ganglio aortico-renale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1936, 42: 734-8.—Pavone, M., jr. La simpaticotomia chimica del peduncolo renale. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1926, 5: 669.—Redewill, F. H. Renal sympathectomy. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1933, 2: 127-34. Also Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 750-7. ---- Neuroma. Bothe, A. E. Neurocytoma of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 418-21.—Conti, G. Neurocitomi a sede pararenale. Clinica, Bologna, 1937, 3: 791-801.—Fan, Y. C. Neurocytoma of kidney. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 212-22, 2 pl.—Jorge, J. M. Simpatoma perirrenal. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 346. ------ Brachetto-Brian, I).. & Nudelman, S. Simpati- coma embrionario, perirenal, ul flemmone inter-reno-colico. Policlinico. 1929, 36: sez. prat., 918-20.— Rieger. H. Paranephritischer AU/.ess im SauglinRpaltcr. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1937, 3. F., 99: 178-82.—Rolando, £. hull asces- so pararenale primitivo; contributo clinico. Boll. Accad. med. Genova, 1915, 30: 131-40- Snlgannik. G. [Origin of paranephritis] Vest, khir., 1927, 10: 202-10.--Scherk. G. Diagnostische Schwierigkeiten bei Lrkrankiingen ele-r Kauch- organe; paranephritischer Abszess. Me-el. Klin., lierl.. 1930, 26: 1825-7.—Schonbaue-r. Fall von paraniphiitisiheni Abszess. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1920. 33: 871. Stamm, ('. Paranephritischer Abszess im Kindesalter. Forlseh. Me-el., 1923, 41: 179.—Steinert, R. [Me-tastatie- pararenal abscesscs| Norsk mag. laegevid., 1935, 96: 1185-99.-- Strauss, L. Der paranephritische Abszess und seine Komplikationen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1934, 159: 648-62. ------ Die peritonealen Komplikationen des paranephritischen Abscesses. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 174-85.—Vietti, M. La sindrume radi- ologica della loggia renale nelle flogosi pararenali ae-ute e croniche. Radiol, med., Milano, 1929, 16: 611-29.—Walthard, H. Seltene Aetiologie des paranephritischen Abscesses. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 276-80.—Watkins, K. B. Gas-containing abscess below the kidney. Brit. J. Lrol., 1936, 8: 356-61.—Weiss, F. H. Beitrag zur Reintgendiagnostik paranephritischer Abszesse. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 429-33.— Wessel, C. Le diagnostic ele l'abees pararenal meJtastique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1921, 33: 813-6.—Wildenskov, H. O. [Abscessus paranephriticus] Lgeskr. linger, 1920, 82: 57.— Wilenko, M. [Paranephric abscess] Polska gaz. lek., 1924, 3: 431. ---- Parasites. See also Ameba; Ancylostoma; Dioctophymi- dae, etc. Achrem-Achremovich, R. M. [Cases of anemia and ne- phrosis due to Cysticercus cellulosus] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 1105-8.—Cassoute & Vague. Nephrite aigue avec syndrome hemorragiciue d'origine ascaridienne probable. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 66-8.—Fogliani, U. Ascesso para- renale da ascaridi. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 1092-7.—Giordano, G. Di un ascesso pararenale da ascaride. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 52: 404-8.—Schwartz, B., & Price, E. W. Infection of pigs and other animals with kidney worms, Stephanurus dentatus, following ingestion of larvae. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1932, 81: 325.—Stefanski, W., & Strankowski, M. Sur un cas de penetration du strongle geant dans le rein droit du chien. Ann. parasit., Par., 1936, 14: 55-60, pl.—Zainal [Renal ankylostomiasis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 406. ---- Parenchyma. Caroli, A. Keimelemente im Nierenparenchvm von Bufo viridis Laur. Anat. Anz., 1927, 63: 219-23—Fuchs, F., & Popper, H. Blut- und Saftstromung in der Niere; zur klinischen Bedeutung des Niereninterstitiums. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1938, 54: 1-75.—Parade, G. W. Das Massenverhaltnis von Mark zu Rinde in der Niere des Kindes. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 165-71.—Retterer, E. Du stroma renal dans quelques etats fonctionnels du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 60: 560-3. ---- Pedicle. Annicchiarico-Petruzzelli, G. Irritazione cronica del peduncolo renale e funzione renale. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 1-18.—Bachy, G. Rupture complete du p6elieule vasculaire et pyelique du rein droit. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1937, 124-7.—Bethea, J. A., & Peterson, W. L. Traumatic rupture of renal pedicle with manv complications; report of case with recovery. Mil. Surgeon, 1935, 77: 253-5.—Gaillard. Pheno- lisation du pedicule renal. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, 9: 445.— Hendrickson, F. C. Ligation of renal pedicle. J. Lrol., Bait., 1939, 41: 294.—Liotier, R., & Bonnefoi, P. Le blocage anes- thesique du pedicule renal; sa valeur diagnostique et thera- peutique. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 47: 193-204.—Nisio, G. La 16gatura terapeutica dell'ilo vascolare del rene. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 548-69.—Ockerblad, N. F. A new kidney pedicle clamp. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 2019.—Pick, J. W., & Anson, B. J. The renal vascular pedicle; an anatomical study of 430 body-halves. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 44: 411-34 — Thevenot, L. Plaies et ruptures du pedicule vasculaire du rein. Gaz. hop., 1907, 80: 75-7.—Timberlake, G. Simple tourniquet for the kidney pedicle. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 360. ---- Pedicle: Torsion. See also Kidney, Rotation. Schwedt, J. *Anatomischer Beitrag zur Frage der Stieltorsion bei Wandernieren. p.411-22. 8? Konigsb., 1933. Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933, 101: Agrifoglio, M. Ricerche sulla torsione permanente de peduncolo renale. Arch. ital. chir., 1937-38, 47: 189-210.— Astraldi, A., Brea, L. M., & Avogadro, A. C. Rotaciones renales unilaterales congenitas. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 112-8.— Bedarida, N. V. Sulla torsione renale (contributo clinico) Arch. ital. urol., 1927, 4: 74-88.—Belcher. G. W. KIDNEY 177 KIDNEY Par., Con- 1941, Tres Renal distortion: its relation to nephralgia. J. A. M. Ass., 1927 89-2166-70—Hjort, E. [Case of renal torsion] Norsk mag'lsegevid., 1930, 91: 996-9, pl.—La Pefia, A. de. Un caso de torsion renal. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 817.------& Raguz R. Torsion renale congenitale. J. urol. med. 1934 38: 13-8.—Oppenheimer, G. D., & Wolf, B. S. genital anomaly; rotation of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait. 46- 17-27.—Rodriguez Molina, L. F., & Ajamil, L. F. casos de torsi6n del rin6n. An. cirug., Habana, 1930, 2: 130- g__Westerborn, A. Ueber Nierentorsion und abnorm verlau- fende Nierengefasse. Acta chir. scand., 1931, 68: 25-36, 2 pl.— Weyrauch, H. M., jr. The significance of renal torsion in the diagnosis of retroperitoneal tumors; use of the lateral pyelo- gram. J. Urol., Bait, 1939, 41: 877-92— Zakharov, E. I. [Diagnosis of the degree of the torsion of the kidney] Khi- rurgia, Moskva, 1938, No. 12, 102-5. --- Perfusion. See also Kidney subheadings (Explantation; isolated) Lewy, M. *Nierendurchstromung mit Chole- sterinlosungen. 16p. 8? Berl., 1933. Benard.H., & Justin-Besancon, L. Recherches sur la forma- tion de l'ammoniaque dans le rein perfus6. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 638-40. -----• Recherches sur la formation de l'ammoniaque par le rein perfus6; facteurs intervenant dans la formation de l'ammoniaque par le rein isole. Ibid., 713-5.— Conway, E. J., & Kane, F. Diffusion equilibria for the isolated frog's kidney. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1760-8.—Dar- lington, J. M. The use of trypan blue in detecting cell death in the perfusion of the mammalian kidney, and the evaluation of some modified Ringer-Locke fluids by this method. Anat. Rec, 1936-37, 67: 253-64, 3 pl.—Dicker, E. Contribution a l'etude de la circulation collaterale du rein chez-le chien; la perfusion d'un rein par la veine est-elle possible? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 505.—Elaut. L. Excretion of sodium thio- sulphate by the perfused kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 241-6.-—Fuchs, F. Beobachtungen ■ iiber die Benetzung der Nierenoberflache bei kiinstlicher Durchstromung des Organs. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 678-80.—Hemingway, A. Some observations on the perfusion of the isolated kidney by a pump. J. Physiol., Lond., 1931, 71: 201-13. ------ Clear- ance ratios of sodium ferrocyanide, creatinine, inulin and xylose in the perfused kidney. Ibid., 1939, 95: Suppl., 3.— Lammcrhirt, F. G. Leber Gefassreaktion in der uberlebenden Niere bei verschiedenen Erkrankungen; Durchstromungs- versuche mit Ringer-Losung und verschiedenen Pharmaca (Adrenalin, Physostigmin unel Atropin) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 88: 289;'310.—Page, I. H. A method for perfusion of rabbits' ears, and its application to study of the renin-angiotonin vasopressor system, with a note on angiotonin tachyphydaxis. Am. Heart J., 1942, 23: 336-48.—Paunz, L., Zilahy, N., & Brenndorfer, J. Versuche am Nierenpraparate mit doppeltem Kreislauf; die Analyse der Calciumwirkung an der durch- stromten Niere. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 283.—Ro, T. Pharmakologische Studien iiber das Perfusat der Schifdkroten- nieren, bei denen entweder durch die wiederholten Injektionen der Nierenemulsion, oder durch die Sublimatdarreichung die nephritischen Veranderungen hervorgerufen wurden. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940, 13: Proc. Pharm., 109-13.—Rothmann. H., & Sylla, A. Vitale Niereninjektions- und Durchstromungs- versuche; von der Nierenarterie aus unter verschiedener Druckhohe unternommene Trvpanblaudurchstromungen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: 282-302.— Sollmann. T., & Hatcher, R. A. Perfusion experiments on excised kidneys. Am. J. Physiol., 1905, 13: 241; 253; 278; 291; 1907, 19: 233- 57.—Wilber, D. L. Perfusion of postmortem kidneys. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 335-8. --- Perinephritis. See also other subheadings (Abscess; Car- buncle; Paranephritis) also Abdomen, Abscess, subdiaphragmatic; Retroperitoneum, Disease. Feld, D. *Perinephritic abscess [Marquette Univ.] 24p. 8? Milwaukee, 1932. Henggeler, E. *Ueber perinephritische Abs- zesse. 24p. 8? Zur., 1937. Mittag, W. *Die perinephritische Ent- ziindung [Wurzburg] 23p. 8? Koln, 1934. Adler-Racz, A. [Perirenal suppurations] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1936, 34: 609-14.—Birdsall, J. C. Perinephritic abscess. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 405-12.— Bonney, C. W. Perirenal suppuration. Pennsylvania M. J., 1928-29, 32: 615-8.— Brooksher, W. R., jr. Perinephritic abscess. Med. J., N. Y., 1933, 137: 365.—Campbell, M. F. Perinephritic abscess. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 51: 674-82.—Carraro, N. A perine- frite. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 445-50 — Chandler, F. G. Perinephric abscess. Clin. J., Lond., 1941, 70: 85-90.—Curschmann, H. [Perinephric abscess] Med. wbl., Amst., 1921-22, 28: 432-7.—Drucker, H. [Perirenal abscesses] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 702-6.—Estes, J. L. Perinephritic and paranephritic abscess. J. Florida M. Ass., 1929-30, 16: 253-6.—Falci, E. Sull'ascesso perirenale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 512-9.—Fowler, H. A., & Dorman, H. N. Perinephritic abscess. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 705- 25.—Fukuda, T. Perirenaler Abscess. Jap. J. Derm. Urol 1938, 44: 145 (Abstr.)—Gawronski, W. [Pathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy of perinephritic abscesses] Polska gaz lek., 1930, 9: 186-8.—Gayet. Phlegmons perinephretiques. Lyon chir., 1920, 17: 652-5.—Goldman, E. J. Perinephritic abscess. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1939, 149: 129-32.—Gray, C. P. Perinephritic abscess. Tristate M. J., 1934, 6: 1233-6.— Habein, H. C. Perinephritic abscess. Proc Mayo Clin., 1928, 3: 31-3.—Herbst, W. P. Perinephritic abscess. Tr. Ass' Physicians Mayo Clin. (1927) 1928, 8: 104-7.—Hooks, C. A. Suppurative perinephritis. Bull. John Sealy Hosp., Galvest 1939, 1: 19-26.—Hunt, V. C. Perinephritic abscess. J.Am M. Ass., 1924, 83: 2070-4.—Jamieson, W. R. Perinophritic abscess. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 493-5.—Klose, H. Die perinephritischen Abszesse; Aetiologie, Symptomatologie und Therapie. Fortsch. Med., 1921, 38: 665-9.—Lamare. J. P. Le phlegmon perinephreStique. Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: No. 22, Suppl.—Lott, R. H. Perinephritic abscess. J. Iowa State M. Soc,-1926, 16: 62-5.—Malard. Phlegmon perine- phretique. Strasbourg med., 1930, 90: 027-9.—Martinez Gomez, S. El absceso perinefritico como problema clinico que debe interesar a la conciencia de todo medico general. Med. espafi., 1941, 6: 74-83.—Mathe, C. P. Perinephritis; suppura- tive and nonsuppurative. California West. M., 1933, 38: 149-55.—Miller, R. H. Perinephric abscess. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1937, 55: 275-9. Also Ann. Surg., 1937, 106: 756-60.— Molina, L. R. Perinefritis supurada. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 612-6.—Morhardt, P. E. La perinephrite. Vie med., 1926, 7: 695-7.—Mraz, J. Z. Perinephritic abscess. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1925, 18: 256-61.—Navarro, J. C. Abscesos peri-renales. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1928, 12: 511-9.— O'Leary, C. M., & Bolend, R. Perinephritic abscess. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1939, 32: 214-9.—Peacock, A. H. Perine- phritic abscess. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 757-65.—Powers, J. H. Perirenal and subphrenic infections. N. York State J. M., 1941, 41: 841-8.—Robertson, J. P. Perinephritic abscess. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 89-93.—Ryle, J. A. Perine- phritis. Brit. J. Urol., 1938, 10: 337-47.—Scheele, K. Perine- phritische Eiterungen. Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 841-3.— Semple, J. E. Perinephric abscess. Brit. J. Urol., 1939, 11: 1-30.—Simeone, F. A. Perinephric abscess. Arch. Surg., 1942, 45: 424-42.—Smith. W. M., & Keith, N. M. Perine- phritic abscess. Med. Clin. N. America, 1930, 14: 723-7.— Spence, H. M. Perinephric abscess. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 382-4.—Stevens, A. R., & McLellan, A. M. Perirenal inflammation. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 307-21.— Strode, J. E. Perinephritic abscess. Northwest M., 1929, 28: 313-7.—Swan, C. S. Perinephric abscess. N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 180-4.—Toulson, W. H. Perinephritis and perinephritic abscesses. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1941, 34: 41-4 [Discussion] 60-4.—Trincas, M. Perirenale Entzundungen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931, 153: 469-82.— Willan, R. J. An address on perinephric abscess. Newcastle M. J., 1923-24, 4: 99-110—Winsbury-White, H. P. Peri- nephric inflammation. Proc. R. Soc. M., 1932, 25: 1685.— Wittpoth. Ueber perinephritische Abszesse. Ther. Gegen- wart, 1924, 65: 542-5. ---- Perinephritis, adhesive. Grossmann, W. Zur Anatomie der chronisch-entziindlichen Erkrankungen der Nierenhullen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 167-9. —---- Histologisohe Befunde bei den chroniseh-entzundlichen Erkrankungen der Nieren- hullen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 79-88—Racz, B. [Three grave cases of adhesion of the kidnevs cured by operation] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1929, 27: 887-90.—Schwarz, O. A. Kli- nische Erfahrungen iiber die chronisch-entziindlichen Erkran- kungen der Nierenhullen. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929, 8. Kongr., 578-81. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 38-51. ------ Beitrage zur Klinik der chronisch-entziindlichen Nierenhullenerkrankungen (Perinephritis) Ibid., 1932, 35: 114-35. ---- Perinephritis, bilateral. Champagne, M. *Les phlegmons perine- phretiques bdate>aux. 67p. 8? Par., 1927. Szegal, G. *Les phlegmons perinephretiques bilateraux [Paris] 72p. 8? Arad (-Oradea) 1936. Gonzalez Pastor, E. Abscesos peri-nefrfticos bilaterales. Rev. med. Chile, 1943, 71: 259-61.—Jorge, J. M. Absceso peri-renal bi-lateral en un lactante. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 549-57.—Pastor, E. G. Bilateral peri-nephritic abscess. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 20.—Rodriguez Molina. L. F. Los flegmones peri-nefriticos bi-laterales. Rev. med. cubana, 1939, 50: 661-7. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 44: 8. ---- Perinephritis: Cases. Melou, R. *Du phlegmon perinephretique chez l'enfant [Lyon] 58p. 8? Valence, 1913. Antell, L. Perinephritic abscess in children; report of 3 cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1932, 49: 743-55.—Atcheion, D. W. Perinephric abscess with a review of 117 cases. J. Urol., Bait., 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- -12 KIDNEY 178 KIDNEY I'll, 46: 201- S. -Bonara. J., Rodriguez Castro, A.. A Saldun, M. L. Dos casos de perinefritis en nifios. Are-h. pediat. Uruguay, 1934, 5: 70-4.- Oantlie. N. Two cases eif perinephric abscess. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1935, 64: 334-6.—Carr, G. D. Perinephric abscess. Ibid., 65: 332.—Cotton, W. J. A case of perinephric a I miss with a 2 years' history. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 197-9.—Curbelo, P. G. Perinephric abscess; case reports. Bui. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1941, 33: 309-14.— Dickinson, A. M. Perinephritic abscess; report of cases. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 26: 262-8 — Douglas, R. J. Ahse-e-ss of the perinephrium. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 098-700.— Dunn, L. Perinephritic abscess; report of a case. J. Lancet, 1928, 48: 219-21.—Duran, G. Aportaci6n clinica a la casufstica de perinefritis supuradas. Meel. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 2, 749-5.— Flmer, W. G. Perirenal abscess in children. J. Bone Surg., 1924, 6: 564-7.—Gianelli, C. Perinefritis en los lactantes. Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1934, 5: 108-13.—Graves, R. C, & Solomon. P. J. Perinephritic abscess in infants. N. England J. M., 1932, 217: 819-20.—Greenwald, H. M., & Kresky, P. J. Perine-ph.il- absce-ss in children. Ure.l. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 289-94. — Grove, L.. ev Read. J. C. Perinephritic abscess: report of 5 eases. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 870-3.—Leenhardt, Balme'-s, J. [et al.] Phle-gnion peSrin6phr£tique chez un enfant de 2 ans. Arch. Soc. sc. meel. biol. Montpellier, 1938, 19: 203-6.—Lemierre, A., & Kourilsky. Trois cas de phlegmon p/'-iinephietiqun. Prat. med. fr., 1926, 5: (A) 479-87.— Lemierre, A., & Rudolf, M. LTn cas de phlegmon sus-renal. Ibid., 1929, 8: 451-03.—Maass, H. Zur Kasuistik der genu- inen Liti-inngi-n ele-r Nierenfettkapsel. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1923, 12: 90-5.—-Messina, B. R. Absceso perinefrftico en un lactante. Arch, argent, p.-ehat., 1931, 2: 69-72— Mihalovici, J. [Unusual case of perim-phretic phlegmon] Rev. roman. urol., 1S37, 4: 202-6.— Oliveira, E. de. Dois casos de flemao perinefrico. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1935, 43: 186-90.—Pasman. R. E. Abscesos perinefrfticos a estafilococos. Bol. Soc. cir. P. Aires, 1928, 12: 29-34.—Paul, T. M. A ease of perinephritic abscess with spontaneous re-e-ove-ry. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1917, 14: 21-3.— Pe'-rez Miro. A. Mis elfas mMicos; absceso peri-renal; inaguas ;unias. Cre'in. mfel. quir. Habana, 1918, 44: 138-41.— Pugh, W. S. Perinephritic abscess in children. Urol. Cut. P. v., 1925, 29: 387-9.—Rippy, F. L. Perinephritic abscess with review eif local cases. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1937, 30: 393-401.—Rolnick, H. C, & Burstein, H. J. Perinephritic absce-ss; review of a series of cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 25: 507-12.—Scholl, A. J. Perinephritic abscess: 3 clinical cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1457-64.—Sonnleithner, J. N. von. Sobre um caso de abeesso paranephretico anterior. Bol. Sanat. S. Lucas, S. Paulo, 1940-41, 2: 87-9.—Stern, M. A interesting case of perinephritic abscess. Med. Times, N. Y., 1919, 47: 302-4.—Swan, H. Perinephric abscess in infants and children; a studv of 26 patients surgically treated. Am. J. Surg., 1943, 61: 3-10.—Taylor, J. A. Two unusual cases of perinephritic abscess. Ibid., 1931, n. ser., 13: 11-4.— Taylor, J. H. Perirenal abscess with case reports. J. South Carolina M. Ass., 1922, 18: 128-34.—Wilberforce, O. Two cases of perinephric abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1921, 1: 691. ---- Perinephritis: Complications. Abeshouse, B. S., & Bogorad, D. E. Perinephritic abscess and diseases of the vertebrae and spinal cord; review of the literature and report of a case of perinephritic abscess associated with abscess of the cord. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 295-301 — Bonneau, R. Phlegmon ligneux p6rin6phreLique, avec nephrite chronique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1924, 3: 227-32.—Bordas, P. Observation d'un malade atteint d'un neoplasme du bassinet revel6 3 mois apres un abces perinephreLique opere du meme cot£. Ibid., 1935, 197-9.—Caizolari, T. Ascesso perirenale e pionefriti. Gazz. osp., 1934, 55: 292-7.—Cutler, C. W., jr. Anterior perinephritic abscess; abdominal and thoracic com- plications. Ann. Surg., 1935, 102: 478-80.—Duncan, H. A. Perinephritic abscess causing pelvic abscess. Pennsylvania M. J., 1928-29, 32: 501.—Gruenfeld, G. E., & Sieoloff, F. Perinephric abscess and fistula in connection with the gall- bladder; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 2056-8.— Loumeau, E. P^ritonite mortelle apparue 4 mois apres une lombotomie iterative pour abcds pe5rinephr£tioue compliquant une pvllonephrite calculeuse. Gaz. so. med. Bordeaux, 1919, 40: 91-3.—Lynch. K. D., & Thompson, R. F. Peri-nephritic abscess with ureteral obstruction. Southwest. M., 1939, 23: 38.—Mock, J. Fistule pyo-stercorale suite de phlegmon p£rineYluetique guerie par les applications locales de serum polyvalent. J. med. Paris, 1922, 41: 413-5.—Nesbit. R. M., & Keene, C. H. Perinephric abscess with bronchial fistula. J. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 37: 695-705.—Rosenstein, P. Bohnen- grosses Hypernephrom bei perinephritischem Abszess. durch Operation gewonnen. Zschr. LTrol., 1932, 26: 185.— Rusche. C. F., & Bacon, S. K. Unusual conditions simulating peri- nephric abscess with report of 10 cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1935. 34: 504-15.—Sanford, J. H., & Rusk, H. A. Perinephritic abscess; spontaneous rupture into the lung. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1928, 25: 374— Schiarpapietra, T., Felman, L., & Ghibsudi, A. Absceso peri-nefritico con fistulas bronquial y lumbar (secuelas fistulosas por abscesos reno-fiuentes) Rev. argent, urol., 1942, II: 434—43.—Schindler, J. A. Perinephric abscess with reno- inguinal fistula; report of case. Wisconsin M. J., 1934, 33: 895-8.—Schwarz, O. A. Diagnostisch und symptomatologisch ungewohnlicher perinephritischer Abscess, mit pvelonephriti- -elipr Schrumpfniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 53-9 — Trautner Petersen,. K. [Perinephritic abscess with rupture into the bronchus] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 937.—Wildbolz, H. Perforation of a perinephritic abscess into the stomach. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 579-82. ---- Perinephritis: Diagnosis. Allen, R. B.. & Cabot, H. Differential diagnosis of chronic perinephritic abscess: report of cases. Broc. Mayo Clin., 19,')3, 8: 549-52.- -Bacon, R. I). Roentere-noleigic diagnosis of various juxtadiaphragmatic lesions, particularly perinephric abscess Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 992 -1000.- Karetz. L. H. The lale-ral p\e-Nigram in perinephric abscess. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 13: 399 403.—Barrett, W. A. The early diagnosis of periiii'phritic inh-e-tions. Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 573--8. Beer, F. Roentgenographic evidence of perinephritic abscess. Am. .1. Surg.. 1928, n. ser., 4: 116. Also transl. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 106-9.—Bernard, L. M. J. Les phlegmons perinephretiques observes dans la pratique ceniranti-: diagnostic et traitement. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1926, 85: 28-43.—Castex. M. R.. Astraldi, A., & Repetto, R. L. Importancia ele la radiograff.i en el eliagnostico ele los procesos supurados peri-renales. Dia me'd., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 1045.—Feci, L. Contributo raelioleigie-o alia diagnosi degli ascessi perirenali. Arch. ital. urol., 1928, 4: 503-16.—Ferran- nini, A. Le difhcolta della diagnosi nell'ascesso circumrenale Riforma med., 1923, 39: 828-30.—Foulds, G. S. Diagnosis of perinephric abscess. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 42: 1-8.—Friedman, L. J. Roentgen signs of perinephritic abscess. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 648-51.—Froes, H. P. Problema diagnexstico dos abe-e-ssejs perinefrieeis; algumas considerac5es a proposito de uma observacao recente. Brasil med., 1942, 56: 135-42.— Fryszman, A. Contribution au diagnostic du phlegmon peringphretique. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 46: 541-50 — Fussell, M. H. A roentgen ray sign of perinephritic abscess. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1919, 34: 298-300. ------ & Pan- coast, H. K. A roentgen ray sign of perinephritic abscess. Am. J. M. Sc, 1920, 159: 67-9.—Goldstein, A. E., & Ostro, M. Roentgenological diagnosis of perinephritic abscess and perine- phriiis. Am. J. Roentg., 1938, 40: 371-6.—Groover, T. A., Christie, A. ('., & Merritt, E. A. An unusual finding in a patient with pe-iine-phritic abscess, without the use of gas. Ibid., 1922, n. .sir., 9: 730.—Hederra Donoso, R. Importancia de la ineivilielad renal en el diagn6stico radiol6gico ele la perinefritis. Rev. med. Chile, 1941, 69: 347-50.—Irazu, J. Urpgrafia de excreci6n en las perinefritis supuradas; su valor diagn6stico. Actas Congr. amer. urol., B. Air. (1937) 1939, 2. Congr., 1: 719-23—Kessler, E. E., Bennetts, F. A., & Bacon, S. K. Perinephritic abscess; confused with adjacent osseous lesions. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 223-6.—Lane, S. A. A note on the early diagnosis of primary perinephric suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 1011.—Larru, E. Roentgendiagnostico ele la perinefritis. Med. ibera, 1927, 21: pt 1, 205-12.—Lipsett, P. J. Roentgen-ray observations in acute perinephritic abscess. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1374.—Mathe, C. P. Ln nouveau signe pour le diagnostic du phlegmon perinephritique, de la perin£phrite, du furoncle renale et de l'abce-s cortical du rein. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 579-86. Also Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 639-42. ------ Diagnosis and treatment of perinephritic abscess; renal fixation, a new roentgenographic diagnostic sign. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 38: 35-49.—Menville, J. G. The lateral pyelogram as a diagnostic aid in perinephric abscess. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 231-3.—Nuzum, F. R. The inten- tional simulation of perinephritic abscess and acute appendi- citis. California West. M., 1934, 40: 252.—Ockerblad, N. F. Perinephritic abscess as a urologie problem. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 2074-80.—Pace, J. M. The early diagnosis of peri- nephritic abscess. Texas J. M., 1937-38, 33: 693-7.—Pierson, L. E., & Honke, E. M. Respiration pyelography in the diagnosis of perinephric abscess. J. Lrol., Bait., 1942, 47: 580.—Porcher, P. Radiologie des phlegmons peLinephreLiques. Arch. mal. reins, 193fV37, 10: 321-36.—Revesz, V. Die direkte Reint- gendiagnostik der peri- und paranephritischen Eiterungen und die Rontgenuntersuchung der chronischen Perinephritis. Fortschr. Rontgenstrahl., 1926, 34: 48-61, pl. •----- Zur direkten Rontgendiagnostik der perinephritischen Abszesse. Ibid., 1928, 38: 526-30.—Rigler, L. G., & Manson, M. H. Perinephritic abscess; a roentgenological and clinical study. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 13: 459-67.—Rinaldi, R. L'inda- gine radiologica nelie suppurazioni perirenali. Arch. ital. urol., 1930, 6: 335-50.—Rioseco, E. Pyelography in perinephritic abscess. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 629.—Salleras, J. Con- sideraciones sobre un caso de absceso perinefrftico derecho de sintomatologfa rara. Rev. Soc. argent, urol., 1925, 3: 101-9.— Scheele, K. Ueber Harnbefund und Diagnose der perine- phritischen Abszesse. Zschr. Urol., 1924, 18: 369-75 — Schwarz, O. A. Beitrage zur Rontgendiagnose der nicht eitrigen Perinephritis. Ibid., 1929, 23: 1007-12.—Shane. J. H., & Harris, M. Roentgenologic diagnosis of perinephritic abscess. J. Lrol., Bait., 1934, 31: 19-26.—Stefanini. Phleg- mon perin£phreLique nruiconnu a evolution ayant dure 3 ans. J. urol. med.. Par., 1934, 38: 266.—Vidor. J. [Direct X-ray diagneesis of perinephritic abscess] Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 390-2.—Von Deesten, H. T. Recumbent posture cough with purulent expectoration; an indicative symptom in a case of perinephritic abscess which had ruptured into a bronchus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 98.— Wolfromm, G., & Busy, J. Appoint apport^ par la nephro-pyelographie intraveineuse au diagnostic du phlegmon perinephretique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol.. KIDNEY 179 KIDNEY ---- Perinephritis: Etiology. See also under names of primary diseases as Appendicitis; Dermatitis; Kidney, Hematoma, perirenal; Measles; Pyoderma, etc. Maroger, G. *Phlegmon perinephretique a bacilles de Gartner; considerations cliniques, epidemiologiques, bacteriologiques. 58p. 8? Par., 1932. Antongiovanni, G. B. Contributo alio studio delle suppura- zioni perirenali secondarie a suppurazioni cutanee. Gazz. osp., 1922, 48: 1089.—Barber, H. A case of staphylococcal peri- nephric abscess. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 80: 194-6.— Bergeret, A. Le phlegmon perinephreLique primitif. Presse med., 1919, 27: 563.—Bird, D. P. Perinephritic abscess, general peritonitis and intestinal obstruction, resulting from a retrocaecal appendix. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 318.— Brunn, H., & Rhodes, G. K. Acute hematogenous (metastatic) perinephric abscesses. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 618-22.— Chevallier, P. Ln cas de periphrenite tuberculeuse de Loeper. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53: 530-3.—Cirillo, G Recherches bacteriologiques sur quelques cas de suppuration perirenale. J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 20: 462-6.—Cope, Z. Subacute perinephric abscess of non-renal origin. Brit. M. J., 1920, 2: 509-11.—Cunning, J. Epidemic perinephric suppura- tion. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 1001; 1134.—Demarez, R., & Devos, L. Phlegmon perinephretique d'origine gehitale. Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1939, 28: 28-30.—Elliott, T. T., & Abrahams, A. Epidemic perinephric suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 35.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Epidemic perinephric suppuration. Ibid., 129.—Fernandez Galiego, L. Las peri- nefritis traumaticas. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 4: 353-64.—Garcia del Diestro, J. Abscesos peri-renales en la infancia. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1928, 12: 784-803.—Gonzalez Mac-Oliver, R. Infecciones peri-renales. Accion med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 550-3.—Haines, C. N. Perirenal and peri- nephritic infections. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 1561- 5.-—Horder, T. Epidemic perinephric suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 1044.—Hormuth, V. Aetiologie und Diagnose des perinephritischen Abszesses. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1937, 55: 277-85.—Jorge, J. M., & Sas, B. E. Los abscesos perinefrfticos en el nifio. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, i229—40.—Kindall, L. Perirenal abscess with gas formation and metastatic pulmonary abscesses due to Friedlaender's bacillus; a case report. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1941, 10: 125-31 [Discussion] 166. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 46: 555-61.—Lavenant, A. Phlegmon de la loge renale conse>,utif a un lavage vesical, 2 mois apres la nephrectomie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 95-7.—Le Fort. Phlegmons perine- phretiques amicrobiens. Presse med., 1916, 24: 524.—Lepoutre, C, & Lefebvre, P. Le phlegmon perinephretique chez l'enfant. J. sc. med. Lille, 1920, 38: pt 1, 261-6.—McVay, J. R. Me- tastatic perinephritic abscess. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1933, 43: 398-410. Also West. J. Surg., 1934, 42: 220-6.—Madison, B. B. Perinephric abscess; review of 21 cases, with special reference to an anaerobic infection. Wisconsin M. J., 1940, 39: 932-4.—Martin, A. Phlegmon pfirinephreLique chez l'enfant. Medecine, Par., 1927-28, 9: 975-83.—Palazzo, R., & Piri, R. Flem6n perinefrftico por bacilo de Eberth. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1926, 9: 1077-88.—Pasteur, W. Epidemic perinephric suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 1092.—Peterson, A. Perinephritic abscess following peri- pheral infections. J. Lrol., Bait., 1927, 17: 249-53.—Rigney, P. Traumatic perinephritis and perinephric abscess. South- west. M., 1918-19, 2: 7-11.—Salleras, J. Abceso perinefrftico, consecutivo a un flem6n de mano. Rev. As. med. argent., 1923, 36: Sect. Soc. urol., 47-52.—Theodorescu, D., & Vintici, V. [Cases of perinephritic phlegmon of renal origin] Spitalul, 1929, 49: 101; 128.— Thornburn, W. Epidemic perinephric suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 2: 83. ---- Perinephritis: Manifestation. Borsato, E. Sulla perinefrite cronica dolorosa primitiva. Gior. venet. sc. med., 1939, 13: 769-83.—Chevassu. M. Phleg- mon perinephreHique; immobilite renale demontrtje par I'ure- tero-pyeiographie retrograde. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 574.—Deherripon, H., & Lamoril. J. L'attitude coxalgique signe precoce du phlegmon perinephretique chez l'enfant. J. sc. med. Lille, 1929, 47: pt 2, 202-5.—Labardini y Nava, R. El signo de Charles Pierre Mathe en los abscesos peri-renales. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1938, 6: 25-34.—Rabier, J. Le phlegmon perinephreLique; sa forme commune subaigue: la plus habitu- elle et la plus meconnue. Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: 327-31.— Schwarz, O. A. Kontralateraler Nierenschmerz bei Perine- phritis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 33: 348-52.—Sussini, M., & Garrahan, J. P. Absceso perinefrftico simulando coxalgia; tres observaciones en nifios. Sem. med., B. Air., 1920, 27: 824-8. ---- Perinephritis: Pathology. Chenet, P. *Contribution k 1'etAide du phlegmon pe>in6phretique anterieur. 83p. 24cm. Lyon, 1939. Lenck, P. *Le phlegmon perinephretique anterieur. 106p. 24cm. Alger, 1936. Rabier, J. F. Contribution a l'etude des phlegmons perinephretiques. 92p. 25cm. Par., 1938. Aiken, C. E. Perinephritische Eiterungen mit seltenem Verlauf. Zschr. Lrol., 1937, 31: 773-9.—Barcaroli. I. Le perinefnti croniche dolorose primitive. Arch. ital. chir., 1931-32, 29: 37-58.—Baudet. Lne forme chronique de phlegmon perinephretique. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1939," 33: 298-300.— Bordet, F. La forme medicale du phlegmon peri- nephretique. J. med. chir. prat., Par., 1927, 98: 277-97.— Bottari, T. Contributo alio studio degli ascessi perinefritici e paranefritici. Policlinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 417-28 — Braasch, W. F., & Wood. W. W., jr. Clinical perinephritis and its effect on blood pressure. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1942) 1943, 35: 87-95. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1942, 48: 343-9.—D'Andrea, A. II processo suppurativo della loggia renale destra. Gazz. csp., 1932, 53: 1508-14.—Duvergey, J. Le phlegmon perinephretique a forme multiloculaire. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 879-84.—Fiessinger, C. Les peri- nephrites douloureuses et suppurees. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1918, 32: 588-90.—Floyd, E., & Pittman, J. L. Concerning various types of perinephritic abscess. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 439.—Gresset, P. Phlegmon perinephretique anterieur. Bull. Soc anat. Paris, 1921, 91: 99-101.—Heilmann, P. Zur Frage der Perinephritis capsularis haemorrhagica. Zbl. allg. Path., 1927, 40: 185-8.—Martin Santos, L. Historia clinica con necropsia interesante. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1921, 3. ser., 11: 697-702.—Newman, D. Acute non-suppurative perinephritis. Tr. Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc, 1901-02, 9: 72-6.— Savesco, V., & Steopoe, V. Abces perirenal anterieur. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937, 40: 37-41.—Vermooten, V. The mecha- nism of perinephric and perinephritic abscesses; a clinical and pathological study. J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 30: 181-93. ---- Perinephritis, serous. See also subheadings (Cyst; Hydronephrosis) Bauer, A. *Ein Fall von Perinephritis serosa. 32p. 8? Bonn, 1930. Campbell, M. F. Perirenal hydronephrosis; case report in an infant of 7 months. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 523-7.— Cottalorda, J. Hydronephrose et perinephrite. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 357-9.—Crabtree, E. G. Pararenal ps^udo- hydronephrosis with report of 3 cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Geni- tourin. Surgeons, 1935, 28: 9-40.—Delbet, P. Kystes para- nephriques et uronephroses traumatiques. Rev. chir., Par., 1903, 28: 62-76; 209; 380; 531; 868.—Ercole, R. Pseudohi- dronefrosis traumatica a proposito de 3 observaciones de la infancia. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 671-9. ------ & Fort, A. Seudohidronefrosis espontanea. Dia med., B. Air., ed. espec, 1939, 31.—Hoch, G. F. A case of pseudohydrone- phrosis with unusual complications. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1942) 1943, 35: 127-30 [Discussion] 183-90.— Johnson, C. M., <& Smith, D. R. Calcified perirenal pseudo- hydronephrosis; hydronephrosis with communicating perirenal cyst with calcification. J. Urol., Bait., 1941, 45: 152-64.— Lipshutz, B. Perirenal hydronephrosis; with comments on the technic of abdominal extraperitoneal nephrectomy. Ann. Surg., 1925, 81: 502-10.—Muller, E. Zur perirenalen Hydro- nephrose (Perinephritis serosa cystica) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926-27, 138: 733-41.—Rocher, H. L. Pseudo-hydronephrose traumatique chez un garcon de 13 ans. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1923) 1924, 306-9.—Woodruff, S. R., & Rupert, H. S. Hydrocele renis. J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 41: 919-27. ---- Perinephritis: Treatment. Borle, J. Artificial pyogenesis in a case of perinephritic abscess. Med. J. S. Africa, 1917-18, 13: 162-4.—Bugbee, H. G. Perinephritis and perinephritic abscess. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 26: 255-61.-—Diaz Mufioz, I., & Vargas Molinare, A. Valor de la sulfamidoterapia en las perinefritis. Rev. med. Chile, 1943, 71: 529-35.—Duff, J. Perinephritic abscess: diagnosis anel treatment. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 86-8.— Gorasch, W. A. Perinephritis dolorosa und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 589-94.—Gret, L. G. Casos de absceso peri-renal supurado, curados por el procedimiento de la cavidad cerrada de M6ndez. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 297- 305.—Guerra, J. J. Perinephritic abscess; its diagnosis and treatment. J. Florida M. Ass., 1939-40, 26: 233-6.—Hamer, H. G. Perirenal abscess. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 70: 595-7.— Heider, C. F. Nephrostomy and drainage of perinephritic abscess under paravertebral anaesthesia. Nebraska M. J., 1924, 9: 484.—Higgins, C. C, & Hicken, N. F. Perinephritic abscess. Ann. Surg., 1932, 96: 998-1013.—Huguier, A., & Lanos, J. Phlegmon perinephretique susrenal primitif; incision par voie transpleuro-diaphragmatique. Paris chir., 1919,11:337-42.—Lieberthal, F. Perinephric abscess. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1942, 22: 149-59.—Macourt, H. R. Medical cure of perinephric abscess. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 206.— McVay, J. R. Diagnosis and treatment of perinephritic abscess. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1935, 32: 10-3.—Marion, G. On connait mal le phlegmon perinephretique; comment le reconnaitre et comment le traiter. J. urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 140-8.—Mathe, C. P. Diagnosis and treatment of peri- renal infections; renal fixation; a new roentgenological sign for the diagnosis of perinephritic abscess. Union med. Canada, 1939, 68: 1216-24.—Versepuy, A. A propos de quelques indications KIDNEY 180 KIDNEY secondaires (perinephritis) de Saint-Nectaire. In Et. hydr. dm. ma', r, ins (Porge, D., Roux, K., et al.) Par., 1935, 153-8.— Weil. 1'. E., & Pol let. Un cas d'abces perinephretique a 6taph\ lucoques gu6ri par la vaccinotherapie. Bull. Soc m6d. hop. l'aris, 1023, 3. ser., 47: 706-8. ---- Permeability. See also Kidney, Function; Kidney, Functional tost. Glasson, H. *Contribution experimentale a l'etude de la permeabilite renale (Recherches avec l'atropine) 29p. 8? Lausanne, 1927. Plugge, H. *Ueber die Polarisationskapazitiit (Permeabilitat) der Froschniere. p.434-46. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932, 230: Adati, K., & Kasugai, F. Studien uber Fliissigkeitsaustausch |_ Durchliissigkeit der Nierenepithelien fur Harnstoff. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1932-33, 20: 350-64.—Bianchi, C. Studi sulla permeabilita dei reni al glicosio, nell'uomo; influenza della somministrazione di tiroxina, estratto ipofisario anteriore, i-Mruttej ipofisario posteriore. Arch. stud, fisiopat. ricambio, 1038, 6: 215; 279. ------• Studi sulla permeabilita dei reni al glie-eirio, nell'uomo; influenza della somministrazione di estratto paratiroideo, di estrat to test icolare e di insulina. Rass. fisiopat., 1938, 10: 517-71.--Hrull. L. Excretion d'albumines etrangerejs et permeabilite elu rein aux albumines propres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 629 -31.—Chambers, R. Some features of cell permeability in relation to kidney function. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 341.—Lambery, P. Sur ['existence d'un gradient de permeabilite dans les nephrons ouverts des urodeMes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 1370-2.— Lepine, R. Sur la permeabilite renale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon, 1902, 1: 211.—Martin Arquellada, A. Algunas con- sideraciones sobre la permeabilidad renal. Rey. med. cir. pr.ict., Madr., 1906, 70: 329-37.—Montefusco, A. La perme- abilita renale nelle malattie infetlive. Gior. internaz. sc. med., 1905, n. ser., 27: I; 49.—Paunz, L., Zilahy. N., & Brenndorfer, J. Yersuche am Nierenpraparat mit eloppe-lte-in Kreislauf; elie Farbstoffpermeabihtat der 1 larnkanale-he-n. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 278-82.—Schmengler, F. E., & Hober, R. Ueber die Durchliissigkeit der Harnkaniilchen in der Froschniere fiir organise-he Nichtleiter. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: 199-221.—So. F. Lntersuchungen iiber die Perme- abilitat der Harnblase unel ele-r Xiere. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1027. 1: Tr. Derm. Lrol., 19-42.—Syoji, T. Studien uber Flus.-igke-its- austausch; Durchlas>igkeit eler Nierenepithelien fiir Eiweiss bei den gesunden und den pathologischen Krotennieren. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936, 29: 1-7. ---- Pharmacology. See also Diuresis; Diuretic. Schloss, A. *Salyrgan-Diurese und Nieren- durchblutung [Freiburg] 7p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1930, 152: Barath, E., & Gyurkovich. T. Experimentelle und klinische Lntersuchungen iiber die Beeinflussung der Nierentatigkeit durch Kalziumsalze. Med. Klin., Berl., 1920, 22: 900 — Barnes, R. W. The effect of hvoscine and morphine on renal function. Am. Med., 1929, 24:'97-9— Belanger, L. F. Com- paraisons entre les effets du testosterone, de la thyroxine et de l'acetoxypregnenolon sur le rein de la souris. Rev. canad. biol., 1942, 1: 106-8.—Benedicenti, A. Farmacologia elel rene. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 630-56.—Bieter. R. N., & Hirschfelder, A. D. The effect of sodium benzoate and sodium hippurate, and other drugs upon the glomerular circulation in the frog. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1921-22, 19: 352.— Bjering, T. [Effect of histamin on the function of the kidnevs] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 821-30. Also English transl. Acta med. scand., 1937, 91: 267-78.—Chrometzka, F., & Unger, K. Lntersuchungen iiber die Grosse des Glomerulus- filtrats unter dem Einfluss von Diureticis und Hormonen. Zschr. ges. exp. Med.. 1931-32, 80: 261-77.—Corcoran, A. C, & Page, I. H. The --ffee-ts of renin, pitressin, and pitressin and atropine on renal bleeoel flow and clearance. Am. J. Physiol., 1939, 126: 354-67. -Corley, R. C, & Rose, W. C. The neph- ropathie action of the dicarboxylic acids and their deriva- tives; alkyl-, hydroxy-, and keto-acids. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 27: 165-80.—Covello, M. Influenza del fumo e del caffe sulla eliminazione con I'urina di prodotti ehe danno la reazione dell'acido nicotinico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 224-6.—Curtis, A. C, & Newburgh, L. H. The toxic action of cystine on the kidney. Arch. Int. M., 1927, 39: 817-27.—Dosne, C. Accion de algunas hormonas esteroides sobre el rifi6n. Medicina, B. Air., 1942-43, 3: 509-11.— Eichelberger, L. The distribution of body water and electro- lytes in skeletal muscle in dogs with impaired renal function following injection of potassium salts. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 140: Proc, 35.—Endo, C. Leber den Einfluss der verschiedenen Me-elikamente auf die Sauerstoff-Verbrauchsmenge der Niere des Kaninchens. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-35, 8: No. 3, Pharm., 71-0.—Fee, A. R. A note on the effect of sodium sulphate on the oxygen usage of the kidney. J. Physiol., Lond., 1929, 67: 14-6.—Ferrannini, A. Gibt es eine gegenseitige Beeinflussung der Phlorrhizin- und Pituitrin-Wirkung auf dnn tubularen Nierenapparat? Arch. exp. Path., Berl., '■'•••'. ■ • ■ 1« I: • >«0-0.— Filippova. K. A. [Effect of sergosin ein the Ulin\v.s| rolejgia, Moskva, 1011, 18: No. 2, 69-73.--Forster. It. P. 1he effect of epinephrine upon frog renal he-ni<>dynamic* in the- intact animal. Am. J. Phvsiol., 1943, 140: 221 -5-I-rey. E. Schalt- stelle des Blutstromes in der Niere uml Hypophysenhinterlap- penhormon. Arch. exp. Path., Be-il , 1030, 182: 633-41.—Fuchs, F. Wirkungsweise der Harnelesinfektions- und Kontrastmittel im Lic-nte der neueren Nierenphysiologie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 262-5.—Gipperich, L., & Consign, G. Azione del piramidone sulla diuresi e sulla funzionalita renale. Minerva me-el., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 1, 506-11- Gorski. P. J. Zur Frage der Wirkung des Chlorcalciums auf die (le-fassee eler isolierten Niere. Zschr. g.-s. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 355 8—Grabfield, G. P.. Prescott, 15.. & Swan, W. K. Stinli's on the denervated kidnev; the effect of ergotamine and atropine on the uricosuric effect of cinchophen. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937, 61: 293-9.— Heig, C., & Lisbonne, M. Action vaso-motrice comparee tie- divers aldehydes sur le rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 558.—Heller, H. The action of the antidiuretic principle i>f posterior pituitary extracts on the urine excretion of anaes- thetized animals. J. Physiol., Lond., 1940, 98: 405-18.— Hendrix, G. L'influence ele la peptone dans les fonctions du rein. Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur. Bruxellos, 1907, 16: 33-61. Also Arch, internat. physiol., Li6ge, 1907, 5: 1IX 58.— Her- mann, H., & Malmejac, J. Sur les e-ITe-ls constrictcurs et dilatateurs r6naux ele l'adonidine et leurs meVaniNincs. ('. rend. Seic. biol., 1929, 101: 101-3.—Hcrrick, J. F., Mann, F. C, & Sheehan. H. L. The influence of phenol red anel creatinine on the- re-nal blood (low. J. Pharm. Exp. Then, 1939, 66: 73-8.— Hiiber. R. Elicit of some sulfonamieles on renal secretion. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 87-90.—Horiuchi, K. Leber den Einfluss des Harnstoffs auf die Nierengefasse, Arch. ge-s. Ph\siol., 1024, 205: 275-83.—Izumida, M. Leber den Einfluss von spezifischen Diureticis auf die Kochsalzaus- scheidung durch die gesunde sowie pathologische Niere. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 36: 63-81. ------ Einfluss von Rhodcin auf die Harnabsonderung in der gesunden sowie gescharligten Krotenniere. Ibid., 299-301.—Janssen & Rein, H. Leber die Zirkulation und Warmebildung der Niere unter Einfluss von Giften. Arch. exp. Path., 1928, 128: Suppl., 107.— Jonata, R. L'azione delle vitamine B sulla funzionalita renale e sulla diastasi (ematica ed urinaria) Gior. clin. med., 1932, 13: 1069.—Kirsner, J. B. The effect of aluminum hydroxide on the aciel-base balance and on renal function. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1941, 8: 100-3.—Koiwa, M. Beeinflussung glomerularer Filtration und tubuliirer Riickresorption durch Infusion von Gummildsung und Bluttransfusion bei gesunden sowie Kan- tharidinkaninchen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939-40, 37: 139-62. ------Beeinflussung der glomeruliiren Filtration und tubu- liiren Riickresorption durch Injektion von Schlafmitteln und einigen zentral wirkenden Mitteln (Naphthyiamin, Pikrotoxin) Ibid., 163-78.—Lamport, H. The effects on renal resistance to blood flow of renin, angiotonin, pitressin and atropine, hvpertension, and toxe-niia of pregnancy. J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21 : 685-95—Liehtenbcrg. W. Leber elie Nierenschadi- gung durch Wismut. Derm. Wschr., 1920, 82: 746-9.—Lomi- kowsky, M. M. Der Einfluss der Einfiihrung von Wasser und Salzlosungen auf die Nierenarbeit. Arch. exp. Perth., Lpz., 1928, 137: 348-61.—McCorel. W. M. The effect of 2-t-dini- trophenol on the oxygen uptake of kidnev and liver tissue of the rat. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 109: 232-5.—MncNider, W. deB. The functional and pathological response? of the kielm-v in dogs subjected to a seconel subcutaneous injection of uranium nitrate. J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 411-33, 4 pl.— Mainzer, F. Die Konzentrationsbeziehungen zwischen Harnstoff und Chloriden im Harn des gesunden und nierenkranken Menschen bei Kochsalz- und Glutaminsaurebelastung. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1936, 29: 315-20.—Muether, R. O., Flynn, G. T., & Mezera, R. A. The effect of mineral water on kidnev function tests. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1942, 39: 45-8.—Niewiesch, H. Oertlicher Stoffwechsel unel CJewe-bsreaktion; der Einfluss von Salzlosungen auf das Niereiigewebe-. Beitr. path. Anat., 1932, 89: 76-92.—Ogasawara. N. Niorenschadigung durch Nu- kleinsiiure und Casein. Fol. pharm. jap., 1925- 1: [Brev.] 5.— Ozaki, M. Pharmakologie der Nierengefasse. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 123: 305-30.—Podhradszky, L. [Effect of isotonic solutions on renal function] Orvoskepzes, 1939, 29: Dec. kiilonf., 63-6.— Ratner, L. M. [Effect of anesthesia on the kidneys] Kazan, med. J., 1926, 22: 392-9.—Richards, A. N. Direct observations of change- in function of the renal tubule caused bv certain poisons. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1929, 44: 04-7 [Discussion] 118-20. ------Barnwell, J. B.. & Bradley, R. C. The effect of small amounts of adrenalin upon the glomerular blood vessels of the frog's kidnev perfused at constant rate. Am. J. Physiol., 1926-27, 79: 410-8.—Ros- siysky, D. M. Ueber die Wirkung einiger atherischer Oele auf die Nieren (expsriment'-lle Untersuchung) Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105: 766-72.—Rupert. G. M. Kidney secretion during spinal anesthesia. Ab.-,tr. Theses Lniv. Pittsburgh, 1931, 7: 247.—Sato, Y. Influence of various kinds of anestheticum upon the kidney function. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 177.—Schmitter, F. C.vtological e-hanges in the kidney due to distilled water anel varying strengths of salt solution. Anat. Anz., 1905, 26: 347-51.—Schneider, f)., & Springorum, P. W. Die Wirkung blutdrucksteigeimler Mittel auf die Nierenfunk- tion. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1460-5.—Schroeder, H. O. On the action of various uric acid eliminants upon experi- mental uric acid storage in the kidney. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., KIDNEY 181 KIDNEY 1932 46- 461-9—Selye, H. Leber den Einfluss der Alarm- reaktion und der Histaminbehandlung auf den Wasserstoff- wechsel bei Nierenschiidigung. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 666.— qhanherg A. H., Henner, R., & Katz, L. N. Action of digitalis on tne kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol N. Y., 1933, 31: 39-43- «inerer E Photodynamic effects of fluorescent substances in the living kidney. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936 22: 813-6.- Snrincorum P. W. Gesteigerte Wasserausscheidung durch Kreislaufmittel. Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19: 33-6-Stehle, R I & Bourne, W. The effects of morphine and ether on the 'function of the kidneys. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 24g_55 —Tatuo, T. Ueber die Wirkung des Giftes gegen die vegetativen Nerven auf das zentrale Nervensystem; Versuch uber die Dickdarmbewegung des Kaninchens und die Aus- scheidung des renalen Wassers. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: No 2, Int. Med. Proc, 79.—Vechiu, O. Reactions vaso- motric'es du rein consecutives atix injections d'aldehyde for- mique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 593.—Verney, E. B. The action of drugs on the kidney. Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1928, 1: 546- 57— Wakim, K. G., Root, G. T., & Essex, H. E. Effect of angiotonin and renin on glomerular circulation in frog kidney. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 47: 72-5.—Walton, R. P. Effect on kidney function of ether, ethylene, ethylene arid sodium isoamyl-ethyl barbiturate (amytal) and ethylene and tribromethyl alcohol (avertin) J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1933, 47: 141-9.—White, H. L. The effects of phlorhizin on renal plasma flow, on glomerular filtration and on the tubular excretion of diodrast in the dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 130: 582-7.—Yamaguti, C. Ueber die durch verschiedene Arz- neimittel bedingten Veranderungen der Niere beim Kaninchen; die durch Ammonium chloratum oder Natrium bicarbonicum bedingten Veranderungen der Niere beim Kaninchen. Oka- yama igakkai zassi, 1937, 49: 91; 155, 3 p!.—Zbigniew, B. S. L'influence de l'ammoniaque sur la fonction renale. C. rend. Congr. internat. path, comp., 1936, 3. Congr., 239. --- Physiology. See also other subheadings (Development; Function; Histophysiology) also Diuresis; and under names of metabolites. Bieter, R. N. *Contributions to the physi- ology and pharmacology of the kidney [Univ. Minnesota] 587p. 8? N. Y., 1929. Smith, H. W. The physiology of the kidney. 310p. 8? N. Y. [1937] --- Studies in the physiology of the kidney. 106p 22J-£cm. Lawrence, 1939. Ambard, L. Physiologie renale. Strasbourg med., 1932, 92: 403—Bottazzi, F., & Onorato, R. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Niere. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1906, 205-49.—Drury, D. R. The phvsiology of the kidney from a clinical standpoint. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1938, 7: 9-14. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1939, 41: 111-6.—Ekehorn, G. A review of the last decades of renal physiology. Acta med. scand., 1931, 75: 91-106. ——— Die bisherige und die kunftige Bedeutung der speziellen Nierenphysiologie. Virchows Arch., 1932, 283: 434-47. Also transl. Hygiea, Stockh., 1933, 95: 209-34.— Farkas, G. [et al.] Nierenstudien. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 70: 696-724.—Friedrich, H. Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pharmakologie der Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1909, 60: 360-83.—Fuchs, F. Die Hydromechanik der Niere; anatomische und experimentelle Grundlagen, biologische und klinische Bedeutung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 33: 1-144.— Gayda, T. Fisiologia dei reni. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 475-527.—Hayman, J. M., jr. Current conceptions of the physiology of the kidney. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1940, 10:12-20 — Leiter, L. Kidnev. Annual Rev. Physiol., 1941, 3: 509-42.— Liesegang, R. E. Niere. In Med. Kolloidlehr. (Lichtwitz) Dresd., 1935, 543-69.—Loeb, A. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1906, 54: 314-55— Lueken. B. Physiologie der Niere. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1394-6 — Retterer, E. Contribution experimentale a l'etude du rein. C. rend. Ass. anat. Paris, 1906, 8: 6-13.—Richards, A. N. Physiology of the kidney. Pennsylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 527-33. Also Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1938, 14: 5-20 — Santarelli, M. TI coefhciente biologico o peso attivo. Med. nuova, 1935, 26: 247-52.—Shannon, J. A. Kidney. Annual Rev. Physiol., 1942, 4: 297-328.—Sida, K. Studien uber die Veranderungen der Eiweisskorper und des kolloid- osmotischen Drucks des zu- und abstromenden Blutes der Niere; Versuch mit Aderlass und Bluttransfusion. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 35: 394-410.—Smith, H. W. Kidney. Annual Rev. Physiol., 1939, 1: 503-28. ------ New aspects of renal physiology, J. Urcl., Bait., 1939, 41: 867-76. ------ Renal physiology between 2 wars. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1943-44, 10: 41-58.—Taylor, N. B. The applied physiology of the kidnev. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1941, 14: 133-9.—White, H. L. Some measurements of ciliary activity. Am. J. Physiol., 1929. 88: 282-5. --- Physiology, comparative. Condorelli, L., & Edwards. Ricerche sulla fisiologia dei reni di alcuni pesci. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 126- 34.—Grafflin, A. L., & Eisenberg, M. J. Autofluorescence of teleostean kidneys. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1938, 28: 697-708 — Oliver, J., <& Shevky, E. The mechanism of conservation in the kidneys of winter frog. J. Exp. M., 1929, 50: 601-15.— Schneider, G. Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Niere niederer Wirbeltiere. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Lpz., 1903, 14: 383-9. ---- Pigmentation. Beadle, G. W. The inheritance of the color of Malpighian tubes in Drosophila melanogaster. Am. Natur, 1937, 71: 277-9.—Brock, N. Leber das Vorkommen des Abnutzungs- pigmentes in der Niere unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Glomerulus. Virchows Arch., 1935, 295: 578-89— Hetnmert- Halswick, A. Zur sogenannten Melanosis der Rindernieren. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1929, 60: 553-61.—Livermore, G. R. Pigment in the glomeruli and uriniferous tubules; case report. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1932, 25: 35-49.—Poeplau, G. Zur Frage der Nierenpigmentierung. Zbl. allg. Path., 1942-43, 80: 219 (Abstr.)—Sturm, F. Zu Fragen der Nieren- phvsiologie besonders der Cladoceren nach elektiver Vital- farbung. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1936, 23: 420-8.—Weicksel, J. Pigmentzellen in der Niere und im Urin. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1919, 130: 260-9. ---- Pneumonephrosis. Mathe, C. P., & La Pena, E. de. Pneumonephrosis: report of case. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1933, 2: 104-9.— Rejsek, J., & Sigmund, A. Das Rontgenbild der Pneumone- phrose. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1934, 49: 267-70.—Sigmund, A. Dae Rontgenbild der Pneumonephrose. Ibid., 291-3. ---- polycystic. See also subheadings (Cyst; Cystadenoma) Hillinger, J. *De la degenerescence poly- kystique congenitale des reins. 55p. 25}^cm. Nancy, 1935. Matte, E. *Cystennieren [Kiel] 24p. 23 Hem. Gutersloh, 1936. Murschal, J. *Zur Klinik, Diagnostik und zum familiaren Auftreten von Cystennieren. 38p. 8? [Berl.] 1931. Nevjinsky, M. *La maladie polykystique des reins. 72p. 8? Par., 1935. Pirschel, E. *Cystennieren und Nieren- cysten [Kiel] 31p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1937. Schwartz, B. *Ueber Cystennieren. 23p. 23cm. Berl., 1936. Albersheim. Doppelseitige congenitale Cystennieren. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1898, 45: 803.—Berard & Duchamp, P. Reins polvkvstiques. Loire med., 1931, 45: 26-9.—Billon. Rein polykvstique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1904, 79: 104-6.— Bradham, A. C. Polycystic kidney. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1940-41, 17: 427-9— Braimbridge, C. V. Cystic kidney. East Afr. M. J., 1941-42, 18: 120-2.—Busse, O. Leber kongenitale Zystennieren. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 130-2.—Cossanello, R. Contributo alia genesi, alia diagnosi eel alia terapia chirurgica della degenerazione poli- cistica dei reni. Arch. Soc ital. chir. (1907) 1908, 21: 377-98 — Castellino, P. F. Degenerazione cistica del rene. Tommasi, 1907, 2: 142-4.—Christeller, E. Leber Cystennieren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1447.—Cole, R. J. Cystic kidney. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1905, 16: 411.—Cooke, W. E. Poly- cystic disease of the kidneys. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 312-4.— Craig, R. G., & Lee-Brown, R. K. Polycystic kidney. J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1929, 2: 32-7.—Cumming, R. E. Poly- cystic kidney disease. J. Lrol., Bait., 1928, 19: 149-79 — Dargein. Le rein polykystique de l'adulte. Arch. med. nav., Par., 1908, 90: 427-41.—Frischer, J. Polycystic kidney. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1926, 19: 150-3.—Geisinger, J. F. The cystic kidnev. Bull. Stuart Circle Hosp., Richmond, 1935, 5: 108-19. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1935, 34: 202-15.—Haines, C. Polycystic kidneyr disease. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 582-4------& Cornwall, R. A. Polycystic kidney disease. Guthrie Clin. Bull., 1939-40, 9: 131-40.—Halbron, P. Maladie kystique (iu rein. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 596-8.— Irger, U. M., & Vassilevsky, M. E. [Cystic degeneration of the kidneys] Lrologia, Meiskva, 1934, 11: 27-31.—Josserand. Reins polykysti.pn-s. Lyon m6d., 1903, 100: 949-52.— Kasakov, P. T. [On cystic degeneration of the kidneys] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 15-22— Levine, V. Bilateral poly- cystic kidneys. In Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, 808-10.—Lugones, C. C. Rifi6n poliquistico. Arch, argent. pediat., 1940, 14: 352-63.—Lynch, K. D., & Thompson, R. F. Polycystic kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 426-30 — Marion. Le rein polykystique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 497-500.—Olivieri, G. Rene policistico. Riforma med.. 1932, 48: 1213.—Piersol, G. M. Polycystic disease of the kidneys. Ann. Int. M., 1927-28, 1: 812-8.—Pytel, A. [Polycystic degeneration of the kidneys] Medicina, Kaunas, 1941, 22: 328-57.—Randall, O. S. Congenital polycystic kidney disease. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1931, 32: 118-21.— Rathbun, N. P. Random thoughts on polycystic disease of the Kidnevs. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons (1942) 1943, 35: 131-45 [Discussion] 183-90.—Romano, N. Rin6n poliquistico. In his Lecc clin. med., B. Air., 1940, 4: 179-91.—Shapiro, KIDNEY 182 KIDNEY P F Polycystic kidn.-\. In Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940 113-5 —Fie-ber. I'. Leber Cvstennieren bei Erwachsenen. Deut. Zschr. Chn., 1905, 79: 406-507.—Spencer, H. R. Con- genital polycystic disease of the kidneys. South. .M. J., 19^7, 30- 524-7 —Spillroarn, I ., & Parisot, J. Reins polykystiques. Rev. med. est, 19ns, 40: 91-3—Staflieri. Landivar [etal.] Biiien poliquistico. Rev. med. Rosario, 1926, 16: 11 .W8.— Steven, J. L. A clinical lecture on the general cystic degenera- tion or transformation of the kidneys in the adult. Med. Fress & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. ser., 81: 492-4.-Thevenot. Reins polvkvstiques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon, 1904 3: 326 — Urrutia, D., & Martini H., J. Enfermedad pohqufstica. Rev. med. Chile, 1941, 69: 337— Vallery-Radot, P., Maunc, G. let al.] Considerations cliniques et biologiques sur les reins polykystiques. Presse med., 1943, 51: 17— Voytashevsky, J B [Cvstic degeneration of kidneys] Klin, med., Moskva, 1927 5: 437-41—Wallace, W. J.. & Hayes, B. A. Polycystic kidney. South. M. J., 1926, 19: 310-3— Weidner. O. polycystische Degeneration der Nieren, iln ptome und ihre Bedeutung als Erbknmkl 1938, 32: 339-44. Die klii.isehen Sym- Zschr. Lrol., polycystic: Cases. Hofer, M. *Ueber Cystennieren und Cyston- leber bei Neugeborenen mit Bekanntgabe eigenor Falle [Bonn] 31p. 8? [Libau] 1931. Koch, F. *Ein merkwiirdiger Fall yon hoch- gradig verkleinerter, vorwiegend kleincystisch umgewandelter Niere; Ursache wahrscheinlich Steinbildung. 32p. 8? Gott., 1925. Moses, K. *Neun Falle von Cystennieren aus der Medizinischen Klinik in Leipzig [Leip- zig] lip. 8? [Roding] 1923. Roberwald, G. E. *Zwei Falle von Cysten- niere. 17p. 8° Berl., 1928. Vierstein, M. *Einseitige Cystenniere und Megaloureteren beim Neugeborenen. 39p. 23cm. Miinch., 1938. Achard, C. Rein polykystique. J. med. chir., Par., 1928, 99: 277-89.—Acqua, M. Sopra un caso di rene policistico; studio clinico ed anatomo-patologico. Med. inf., Roma, 1933, 4: 264-76.—Afanasiev, A. N. [Case of polycystic de- generation of the kidneys] Urologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 87-9.—Alacevith, J. Un caso di reni policistici. Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: pt 1, 132-4.—Asanbaev, D. M. [Case of polycystic kidneys] Kazan, med. J., 1940, 36: No. 6, 51-3.— Bartrina, J. M., & Pascual, J. Un cas de maladie polykystique des reins. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., 1907, 2: 1041-57.— Behr. Ein Fall von kongenitaler, fibros-cystischer Entartung beider Nieren. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1904, 60: 413-6.—Bellard, E. P. de. Degeneraci6n pohqufstica de los rifiones. Gac. med. Caracas, 1928, 35: 273-6—Bernardi, R. Sobre dos observaciones de rifi6n poliquistico bilateral. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 1030-3.—Bertier, L. Double rein polykystique. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 847.—Bouton, E. Ln cas de rein polykystique. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 165.—Bujnewitsch, K. Ein Fall der cystischen Nieren. Zschr. Lrol., 1933, 27: 310-2.—Cajigas, M., & Funk- honser, S. P. Polycystic kidney, adult type, with few sugges- tive symptoms. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1942-43, 19: 212.—Calcagni, A. Un caso di rene policistico. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. chir., 620-33, pl.—Carajannopoulos, G. A propos d'un cas de rein polykystique chez une femme. J. urol. med., Par., 1926, 22: 484^-90.—Cirio, C. R., <& Lagleyze, G. Un caso mds de rifiones potiqufsticos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 185-7.—Davis, R. G. Congenital polycystic kidneys: report of 2 cases. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1932, 31: 33-7.—Denton, J. Congenital polycystic kidney; report of case. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 338-41.—Dettmer, H. Ueber einen Fall von congenitaler kleincvstischer Nierendegeneration. Path. anat. Arb. Joh. Orth, Berl., 1903, 554-69.—Di Cio, A. V. Rin6n poliquistico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 2, 163- 71.—Dooley, H. J. Polycystic kidney; case report. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1938-39, 12: 447. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 590.—Ercole, R., & Fort, A. A prop6sito de una observaci6n de rifi6n polieiuistico familiar. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 186-94.—Eseverri Gainza, J., & Silva Carcano, J. RifI6n poliquistico en un lactante de ocho meses; algunas consideraciones al respecto. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 738- 42.—Ferrannini, L. Un caso di rene policistico. Studium, Nap., 1928, 18: 523-8.—Fey, B., & Ferrier, L. Rein polvkystique partiel. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 1294-8— Garvey, F. K., & Barry, T. R. Congenital polycystic kidney, with a report of 2 cases. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1930, 23: 115-20.—GotzI.A. Zwei Fiille von polycvstischer Nieren- degeneration. Zse-hr. urol. Chir., 1933, 38: 172-4.—Gonzalez Warcalde, J., & Valenzuela, J. R. Rifion qufstico congenito. Prensa med. aigent., 1943, 30: 528-34.—Gripekoven. Les reins polykystiques. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1930, 30: 21-33.—Haibertsma, T. [Clinical case of hereditary cystic kidnev in a 10-vear old child] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1931, 1: 22-32, 2 pl. Also transl. Zschr. Kinderh., 1931-32, 52: 145- 55.—Harris, R. L. A case of bilateral polycystitic disease of .v i i tt c v lo-or,., Pur M. Bull., 1926, 2: 695-9, n^K TU" U..^e=^il^on atig^or^r grosse, Cvst. nniere. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1935, 25. 705- /, pl— Klika, M. (Degeneratio renum poly\ sticai J ■>*■ ieK. eesk^, 1933, 72: 1429-35, 4 pl.—Lambert, P. P.. A ( ambicr. P. Die Speicherungse-rsche-inimm-n in eler menschhe-hen Niere (iiber einen Fall von pe.lvcystise-1,,-r Niere) Beitr path Anat., 1938, 101: 470-82.—Legranel, G. A propos de 2 cas de reins polykystiques '-ongenitaux. Bnixelli-s med., 1936-37, 17: 1305-10. Also Gynecologic, 1937, 36: 218.—Leibovici A Busser Rein polykvsticiue partiel. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1939 16- 642.—Le Moniet. Gros rein polykystique. Bull. Soc 'sc med. ouest, 1906, 15: 223-30.—Lund, F. B. Congenital cystic kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 47: 479-85.—McGregor, F B Congenital polycystic kidney; with report of case, V. S.' Nav. M. Bull., 1926, 24: 571-4.—Minuzzi, P. G. Un caso interesante de enfermedad quistica del riflAn. Rev. argent. urol., 1940, 9: 231-40.—Monod, E., & Loumeau, E. Gros reins' polykystiques. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., 1906, 24: 1281-316. Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1906) 1907, 72-84- 381-97.—Monserrat, J. L. Rififin micropoliqufstico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 1, 793-9—Memteiro. E. Rim poliquistico. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1931, 29: l.>0-5.— Motta, L. Sur un cas ele rein polykystique. J. ured. meel., Par 1935, 40: 350-7.—Nemilov, A. A. [Two eases of cystic degeneration of kidnevs] Vest, khir., 1927, 9: No. 26-27, 58-63.—Nicholson, C. M. Cystic degeneration of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1908, 48: 241-6, 5 pl.—Nihill, J. E. Case of large polycystic kidney. Intercolon. M. J. Australasia, 1905, 10: 553-7 [Discussion] 573-6.—Pecco, R. Contributo alio studio del rene policistico. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 283- 90.—Pennington, J. W., & Davis, D. M. Polycystic kidney (report of 5 cases) Southwest. M., 1935, IS: 194-7 — Price L T. Report of a case of bi-lateral cystic kidney, Virginia M. Month., 1928-29, 55: 600-5.—Ramos, J. Bim polycystico; observacao pessoal (diagnostico clinico sem quadro radioiogico caracteristico) Ann. paul. med. cir., 1932, 23: 295-302, 2 pl.—Reitter, K. [Demonstration eines Falles von beiderseitiger Cystenniere] Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1905, 4- 7-9.—Rissel, E. Ueber einen Fall von doppelseitiger Zystenniere. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 401-3.—Rivoir, J. Ein Beitrag zur polycystischen Nierendegeneration. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 266-78.—Roi, G. Su un caso di rene policistico congenito. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1937, 19: 197- 211 —Roos, A. Polycystic kidnev; report of a case studied by reconstruction. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1941, 61: 116-27 — Salles. Gros rein polykystique; maladie kystique des reins. Rev. med. Normandie, 1903, 152-7.—Salmon, G. W., & Cooke, W. R. An unusual congenital cystic kidney; case report. Bull. John Sealv Hosp., Galvest., 1940, 2: 23.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Multiple cysts of kidney; 2 cases] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5649-55—Schwartz, J. Polycystic disease of the kidney; report of 6 cases. N. York State J. M., 1926 26: 231-7.—Selter [Zwei fibros-cystisch entartete Nieren] Jahrb. Kinderh., 1904, 59: 254.—Shapiro, I. J. Congenital polycystic kidneys. J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 308-39.—Sheldon, W. Specimen: polycystic kidneys from a case of renal rickets. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1074.—Simonyi, A. [Interesting case and operation eef poly- cystic kidney] Magy. urol., 1939. 2: 97.—Simpson-Smith, A. Multiple cysts of kidney, simulating mesenteric cysts. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 917.—Somers, G. H. Report of a case of cystic degeneration of the kidneys. Illinois M. Bull., 1906-07, 7: 61-4.—Sorrel, E., & Sorrel-Dejerine. Rein polykystique chez un nourrisson de 2 mois. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 195.— Sou to, G. M. Rifi6n polikistico. Sem. med., B. Air., 1903, 10: 1105-13.—Stammler, M. Zysten- nieren. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1498.—Steinberg, G. Ein Fall von angeborener Cystenniere beim Neugeborenen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931-32, 168: 658-64.—Steven, J. L., & Scott, J. Case of cystic degeneration of the kidneys. Glasgow M. J., 1907, 67: 46-51.—Sussmann, M. L. Congenital polycystic kidneys. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1936-37, 3: 210-2.—Tenenbaum, J. L. Polycystic kidney, with report of a case. N. York State J. M., 1927, 27: 641-4.—Tjomkin, J. S. Cvstische Nierende- generation. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 809.—True, E., & Sauvy. A propos d'un cas de rein polykystique. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 490-5— Valdes, U., & Ulrich, E. Un caso de rifi6n cfstico bilateral y congenito. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 876-86.—Washburn, F. H. Bilateral congenital polycystic kidney duplex; autopsy. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 199-204.—Wells, C. Polycystic and unilateral polycystic kidney; a review of the literature and 2 cases, one with intra-cystic papilloma. Brit. J. Urol., 1936, 8: 22-35, pl.—Willan, R. J. Congenital cystic (or polycystic) kidneys; an analysis of 22 cases. Newcastle M. J., 1927-28, 8: 117-24.—Yamamura, H., <& Ito, K. A fetus of congenital cystic kidney. Jap. J. Obst. Gyn., 1936, 19: 485-8—Yardu- mian, K. Y., & Ackerman, M. A. Congenital polycystic kid- neys. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1943, 47: 147-50.—Yu, T. F. Con- genital cystic kidney; abstract of record. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 205-11, 2 pl.—Zeiss, L. Weit vorgeschrittene beiderseitige Cystenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 472. polycystic: Complication. See also Kidney, horseshoe: Complication. Bishai, K. *Le rein polykystique et tuborcu- leux [Lyon] 62p. 8? JTrevoux, 1935. KIDNEY 183 KIDNEY Peteff, W. I. *Ueber Komplikationen bei Zystenniere nebst Mitteilung eines Falles von Vereiterung doppelseitiger Zystennieren durch Paratyphus B. 37p. 8? Munch., 1929. Alvares Penna, O. Rim polycystico e pyelonephrite. Brasil med., 1926, 40: pt 1, 125.—Andrei, O. Sulla presenza di osso in un rene policistico. Arch. ital. urol., 1926-27, 3: 345-50 —Aubertin, C. Reins polykystiques, atherome et hypertension Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. ser., 37: 535 — Bass, M. H., & Pakter, J. Congenital polycystic kidneys with secondary bone changes (renal hyperparathyroidism; renal rickets) J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 882-94.— Bettor i, I. Osservazioni su tre casi di reni ialini policistici. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1929, 17: 399-407, pl.—Blackburn, C. B. Cystic disease of the liver and kidney, Tr. Path. Soc. London, 1903-04, 55: 203-54.—Boeckel, J. A propos d'un cas de maladie kystique du rein, compliqu6 d'occlusion intestinale. Gaz. med. Strasbourg, 1906, 65: 41-3.—Bonnamcur, Doubrow & Naussac. Syphilis et rein polvkystique (nouvelle observation) Lyon med., 1927, 140: 368-72—Bunting, C. H. Congenital cystic kidney and liver with family tendency. J. Exp. M., 1906, 8: 271-88.—Caldwell, C. E. Penetrating wounds of the abdomen, with report of cases; including a case of traumatic rupture of congenital cystic kidney. 1r. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass. (1905) 1906, 18: 398-410, pl.—Canter, M. O., & Cowen, R. Cystitis and pyelitis cystica associated with multiple cvsts of the kidney; a case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 842-4 — Colborne, W. J., & Ommsnrey-D. vis, C. A case of polycystic kidney with calculi. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22: 64-7.— Coll de Carrera & Battle. Reins polykystiques et transposition des organes chz un nouveau ne. Bull. Soc. cbst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 513-5.—Ciuvelsire, R., & Treven^rd, P. Trois reins polykystiques chez le meme sujet. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1940, 106-8.—Creyx & Bergcuignan. Rein polykystique infecte; azotemie; pericardite suppuree. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 715.—Ergels, C. F. Tuberculosis in a polycystic kidney; a case report. Tr. West. Sect. Am. Urol. Ass., 1940, 9: 121-3 [Discussion] H6. Also J. Urc.1., Bait., 1940, 44: 873-5.— Gasparian, A. M. [Cystic degeneration and renal tuberculosis as a simultaneous affection] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 62-4.—Geisirger, J. F. Suppurating polycs'stic kidney; report of a case with assoc ated acute bilateral bacillary pye- litis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1934, 27: 133-7. Also Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: 531-3.—Goldstein, A. E., & Klotz, B. Pyonephrosis in congenilal polycystic kidneys. Surgery, 1939, 6: 730-45.—Groves, E. W. H. A case of exten- sive polycystic disease of the kidneys associated with cystic liver, illustrating certain points in the causation and treatment of this condition. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 2: 966.—Hall, E. R. Case of polycystic kidneys with complications. Bull. Van- couver M. Ass., 1939-40, 16: 201-3.—Hare, D. C. Bilateral polycystic kidneys and diabetes. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1187.—Henline. R. B. Fibrosarcoma of a polycystic kidney with extension into the vena cava; report of case with successful suigical removal. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 51: 408-13.— Holt. L. E. Multiple abdominal tumors, due to cystic kidneys, with double hydronephrosis and great dilatation of the ureters, hypertrcphy of the bladder, etc., in a child dying at 14 months. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1906, 23: 321-8.—Jaruslawsky, W. Komplikationen bei Cystenniere. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 220-4—Jernings, F. L., Altrow. H. O., & Higgins, G. K. Renal amyloidosis with clinical findings suggestive of poly- cystic kidney. Ann. Int. M., 1936-37, 10: 1398-405, 4 fig.— Jones, E. W., & Collins, D. H. Colloid cyst of the third ventri- cle associated with congenital cystic kidneys. J. Neur. Psycho- path., Brist., 1934, 15: 53-9.—Krecke. A. Zystenniere mit Ikterus. In his Beitr. prakt. Chir., Munch., 1934, 530.— Lazarns, J. A. The polycystic kidney with special reference to complications and treatment. N. York State J. M., 1937, 37: 1565^-9.—Leenhardt, Boucomont & Balme-s, J. Encephalo- pathie et reins pol.\ kvstiques. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1937, 18: 322-4.—Lemaire. Degenerescence kystique des reins et du foie. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1904, 79: 174-6.— Lucien & Parisot, J. Reins polykystiques et microkystes du foie. Mem. Soc. med. Nancy, 1907-08.204-7.—Melicow, M. M., & Gile, H. H. An hypernephroma in a polycystic kidney; review of literature and report of a case. J. Urol., Bait., 1940, 43: 767-73—Menetrier, P., & Bloch, L. Rein polykystique, hypertrophic cardiaque, hypertension vasculaire et byper- plasie surrenale. Bull. Soc'med. hop. Paris, 1905, 3. ser., 22: 508-T9.—Morse, E. E. Dystocia caused by double congenital cystic kidneys in the new-born: a contribution to the study of congenital cystic kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 41: 1537-9.— Mouisset & Rome. Reins polykystiques; atherome des arteres vertebrates et du tronc basi'aire; faux pouls lent arvthmique. Lyon med., 1905, 105: 225-7.—O'Crowley, C. R., & Martland, H. S. The association of polycystic disease of the kidneys with congenital aneurysms of the cerebral arteries. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1938, 31: 59-68 [Discussion] 69. Also Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 3-9—Pallasse & Rollet. Reins, foie, ovaires polykystiques. Lyon med., 1923, 132: 449.— Parin, B. Zur Frage der Komplikationen cystisch entarteter Nieren; ein seltener Fall eines p ofusen Blutergusses in eine der Cysten einer cystisch entarte.en Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 9-15.—Peacock, A. H., & Corbett, D. G. Polycystic kidneys with bilateral nephrolithiasis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1261.—Peremy, G. Chronische Nephritis unel poly- cystische Nierendegeneration mit sehr niedrigem Blutdruck bei fast vollstandigem Fehlen der basophilen Zellen im Hypo- physenvorderlappen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1936-37, 179: 6}7u21i'~JPupko' I- G- tCase of bua-teral cystic degeneration of the kidneys with hydronephrosis and pyelitis complications] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 112-7—Reque, H. A. Con- genital cystic kidney and liver. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-05, 6: 273-81.—Salvini, A. Su due casi di rene policistico ptosico sinulante un tumore degli annessi. Clin, ostet., 1935, 38: 67-74.—Schacht, F. W. Hypertension in cases of congenital polycystic kidney. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 500-9.—Schreiber, K. Nierenruptur bei polycystischer Nierendegeneration. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2652-5—Snapper, I., & Formijne, P. Aneurysm of the cerebral arteries and polycystic kidney Acta med. scand., 1939, 101: 105-15.—Sorrentino, M. Rene policistico e mostruosita fetali. Arch. ital. urol., 1938, 15: 533-64.—Thomas, B. A. Enormous branched renal calculus, associated with multiple cysts of the kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 451-5.—Turk, W. Angeborene Cystenleber und beiderseitige Cystenniere. Wien klin. Rdsch., 1903, 17: 283.—Twinem. F. P. Polycystic kidneys with bilateral peri- nephric abscesses: bilateral operation: report of case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 206.—Umebayasi, S., & Horio, H. Ueber embryonale Cystennieren mit verschiedenen Missbildungen. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1938, 44: 133-40 (Abstr.)—Vuurst de Vries, J. H. J. van der. Un cas de tumeur dans un gros rein polykystique. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 46: 130-8.—Whitmore, W. H., & Mathis, M. S. Polycystic kidney with hydronephro- sis; a report of 2 cases. Bull. U. S. Nav. M., 1934, 32: 199.— Zeiss. Beiderseitige Cystenniere mit grossen Uratsteinen in beiden Nierenbecken. Zschr. Urol., 1935, 29: 282. ---- polycystic: Diagnosis. Cantus, H. *Ueber Cystenniere und ihre Diagnose. 80p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Alvarez Colodrero, J. W. Diagn6stico pielogrdfico del rifi6n poliquistico; nuevas observaciones. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1929, 4: 801-3— Astraldi, A., Monserrat, J. L., e& Torroba, J. P. Rifiones quisticos; algunas consideraciones sobre su naturaleza y diagnostico. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 498- 515.—Canigiani, T. Beiderseitige Zystenniere. Rontgen- praxis, 1935, 7: 357.—Chauvin, E. Degen6rescence poly- kystique bilaterale du rein diagnostiquee cliniquement. Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 215-9.—Cumston, C. G. The diagnosis of polycystic kidney in adults. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1908, 1: 45-59. —Dreyfus, M. R. La pyelographie dans les reins poly- kystiques. J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 201-14.— Duvergey, H., & Muret. Les donnees de la pyelographie dans les reins polykystiques. Arch, eiectr. med., 1939, 47: 9-lo.—Gimpelson, E. I. [Diagnosis of polycystic kidneys] Urologia, Moskva, 1939, 16: No. 3, 3-9.—Gottlieb, J. Zur Diagnostik der cysti- schen Entartung der Niere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1926, 19: 95-9.—Grauhan. Gehort die Cystenniere zu den mit Sicher- heit diagnostizierbaren Erkrankungen? Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 142: 270-7. ------ Die Diagnose der Zystenniere. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 197: 205-31.—Hantschmann, L. Beitrage zur Diagnostik der Zvstenniere. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1497-501.—Hennig, O. Ueber den Wert der ront- genologischen Darstellung von Cystennieren Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 106- 18.—Hortolomei. Fausse image calculeuse apparue sur un cliche de pyelographie intraveineuse dans un cas de rein polykystique. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933, 197-201.— Jeanbrau, E., True, E., & Barnay, J. L'utilite de la pyelo- graphie dans le diagnostic des contusions lombaires au cours des accidents du travail; rein polykystique ayant l'apparence d'un hematome para-renal. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1933, 14: 454-8.—Klason, T. Ueber Zystenniere. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1926, 7: 65-8, 2 pl.—Ludowigs, C. H. Zur Diagnostik der polycystischen Nieren. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 730-7.—Meiller, W. Seltener Rontgenbefund bei einer Zystenniere. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1930, 9: 387-98.— Pavone, M., jr. Caratteristiche diagnostiche e funzionali di un rene policistico. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 37.—Pazzi, E. Ulteriore contributo alio studio radiologico del rene policistico. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1926, 2: 944-50.—Pesqueira, M. E. Rifi6n poliquistico, diagn6stico y tratamiento. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1938, 6: 161-73.—Porro, N. L indagine radiologica nel rene policistico. Radiol, med., Milano, 1927, 14: 674-83.—Porta, R. Contributo alio studio radiologico del rene policistico e delle cisti solitarie del rene. Riv. radiol., 1931, 3: 139-55.—Ratner, J. A., ti<|iie-s. Paris m6d., 1932, 85: 133.—Barr, K. M. A case of ur.-inia (with pn-senta- tion of specimens; polycystic kidneys) Rhode Islam! M. •!., 1936, 19: 23-6.- Cb.isse, P.. & Rendu, H. Rein polykystique; uremie lente a forme somnolentc Bull. Sue-, meel. hop. Paris, 1906, 3. ser., 23: 198-201.—Condamin. Ke-ins polvkystieiues et hematuries. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 34-0. — Dell'Acqua, G. Osservazioni cliniche e di laboratorio in malati eli rene poli- cistico. Bull.sc. med., Bologna, 1935, 107: 185-211.—Formijne, P., & French, E. B. Two cases of pigmentation of the skin in polycystic degeneration of the kidney. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1938, 88: 129-35.—Gatsafados, G. Un cas de rein polykystique avec hematurie menii<,-ante; nephrectomie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 199-205.—Hantschmann, L. Zur Klinik der Cystenniere. Zbl. inn. Med., 1038, 54: 226-36.—Hennin- ger, H., cm. B. Air., 1938. Chatjx Ferrer, E. *Ptosis renal. 124p. 8°. Santiago, 1928. Meloy, G. E. *Movable kidney. 36p. 4? Wauwatosa, 1933. Abbott, A W Some observations on movable kidneys. Northwest. Lancet, 1904, 24: 417-20.—Adam, G. R. Movable kidney. Intercolon. M. J. Australasia, 1903, 8: 493-9.— Albarran. Le rein mobile. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1908, 22: 531.—Astraldi, A. Ptosis renal. Bibl. ter., Ter. clfn., 1941, 2: pt 1, 399-402.—Attridge, J. A. Movable kidnev. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1903, 2: 493-500.—Beckett, W. W. Movable kidney. South California Pract., 1904, 19: 7-14..—Bell, E. L. Movable kidney. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1908, 126-47.—Birdsall, J. C. Symptomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of nephro- ptosis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 37: 223-7.—Boucher, J. B. Abnormal mobility of the kidney. Yale M. J., 1903-4, 10: 403-10.—Bramwell, B. Clinical lecture on displaced and floating kidney. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-08, 6: 1-8.—Brown, S. T. Nephroptosis. .1. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 172-5.— Cathelin. F. Le rein mobile. Nutrition, Par., 1933, 3: 475- 84.—Elmgren, R. Liikkuvan munuaisen synnysta, symtoo- meista ja hoidosta. Duodecim, Helsin., 1903, 19: 219-33.— Fyodorov, S. P. O podvizhnol pochkle. Sezd. ross. khir. (1906) 1907, 6: 219-21.—Grant. O. Movable kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 415-8.— Gulik, J. van [The movable kidney] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 1774-80, pl — Hooper, J. W. D. Movable kidney. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australasia (1S92) 1893, 3: 202-9.—Horie, K. On floating kid- ney. J. Orie-nt. M., Dairen, 1927, 6: 51.—Howell, C. M. H., & Wilson, H. W. Movable kidney. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, 79: 469, pl.; 623, 2 pl.; 750, 2 pl.—Isnardi, U. Nefroptosis. Actas Congr. amer. urol. (1937) B. Air., 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 469-76.—Jurasz, A. Movable kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Urol., 13-22.—Kidd, F. Acquired renal dystopia or movable kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 193i, 26: 327-78.—Kime, R. R. Nephroptosis. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1907, 58: 415-26.—Kiister. Ueber Wanderniere. N. Yorker med. Mschr., 1907, 19: 131-6.—Lanphear, E. Wandering kidney. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, 1901, 257-300.—Larget, M, Rein mobile. Bull, med., Par., 1939, 53: Suppl., No. 13, 1-4.— Lewis. B. The loose kidney problem and the general profession. J. MLse)uri M. Ass., 1936, 33: 342-6. ------ & Carroll, G. Movable kidney; its reality; its menace to health; its curability. Tristate M. J., 1928-29, 1: 120-2. ------ Clinical evidence on the question of movable kidney. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 479- 85.—Mackenzie, H. On mobility of the kidneys. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 2: 1140-4.—Marion, P. Le rein mobile. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1938, 52: 513-6.—Martins, A. Rim flutuante. Hora med., Rio, 1941, No. 44, 25-30.—Morton, H. H. Movable kidnev. Med. Times, N. Y., 1934, 62: 135-7.— Motto, L. Nephroptose. J. chn., Rio, 1934, 15: 152-4.—Motter, T. I. Movable kidney. Clinique, Chic, 1905, 26: 301-7.—Mundell, D. E. Movable kidney. Queens M. Q., Kingston, 1905-06, 10: 139-42.—Newman, D. Movable displacements of the kidney. Glasgow M. J., 1904, 61: 262-75.—Orr, L. A clinica] consideration of movable kidney. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 182-6.—Pennell, V. Movable kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 261.—Pesqueira, M. E. Nefroptosis. Medicina, Mex., 1941, 21: 315-26.—Reaves, J. U. Movable kidney. Lrol. Cut, Rev., 1934, 38: 709-13.—Riedel. Ueber Wander- niere. Korbl. allg. arztl. Ver. Thuringen, 1905, 34: 331.— Robertson, J. P., & Singer, P. L. Nephroptosis. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 379-86.— Roelofs, R. J. Wandelnier. Med. wbl. Nederland, 1906-07, 13: 145-8; 157.—Salleras, J. Ptosis renal. In his Temas urol., B. Air., 1937, 95-105.—Schiassi, B. La critica clinica del rene mobile. Riv. crit clin. med., 1905, 6: 719; 729.—Skillern, P. G. Movable kidney. Am. Med., 1906, n. ser.. 1: 407-15.—Slotkin, G. E. Nephroptosis: a resurrected elisf-a-e-. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 348-51 — Smith, P. G., & McKim, G. F. Nephroptosis. Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 223-5.------& Rush, T. W. Nephroptosis. Ibid., 1931, 27: 27-30.—Sprigg. W. M. Movable kidnev. Am. J. Obst., 1904, 50: 767-77 [Discussion] 860.—Squillario, G. Sulle ptosi renali. Arch. ital. urol., 1938, 15: 429-72; 1939, 16: 127-51, 2 tab.—Swain, J. Nephroptosis. West- minster Hosp. Rep., Lond. (1902) 1903, 13: 101-21.—Ullman, J. Nephroptosis. N. York M. J., 1907, 86: 546-50.—Vargas Otero. R. Acerca de las ptosis elel nn6n. Rev- cir. Hosp. luieie-z, Mexico, LJ33, 4: 103-10.- -Vassor. L. Rein mobile. <'.-'/. h6p., 1938, 111: 169-77.— Woodruff, S. K., >V- Sche-rer, I. G. Henal ptosis. J. Urol., Bait,, I'.-30, 35: 125 31.- Yanovski. V. L. O podvizhnol i bluzhdayushtshei pechkle. Buss, vrach, 1903, 2: 897; 930. ---- Ptosis: Cases. Kozina, V. *Nephroptosis; a review of 20 cases [Marquette Univ.] 22 1. 28cm. Mil- waukee, 1941. Atherton, L. Nephroptosis with case summaries. Kentuckv M. J., 1937, 35: 332-4—Barragan y Bonef, M. Rifi6n m6vii; breves consideraciones sobre su patogenia y tratamiento eleducidas de 31 observaciones. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1906, 73: 201-15.—Belliboni, E. Rene mobile; alcune con- siderazioni di clinica e di statistie-a. Riv. veneta sc. med., 1905, 42: 163-72.—Burger, M. Wanderniere. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 554.—Chadwick, H. D. Peport of a series of cases of movable kidney. Boston AI. 441-5.—Brown, S. T. Movable right kidney as a cause of pancreatic diabetes, with report of cases cured by nephropexy. Denver M. Times, 1902-03, 22: 529-41.—Calabrese. U. D. Esiste un reale rapporto fra rene mobile destro ed appendicite? In Scritti med. in onore di A. Poggi, Bologna, 1915, 703-34.— Debove. Rein flottant; hydronephrose intermittente et crises d'enterite muco-membraneuse. Presse med., 1904, 1: 289. Also transl. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1904, 12: 905-9.—Delaney, M. D. Floating kidnev causing hepatogenous jaundice. Virginia M. Month., 1905-06, 10: 390.—Delivet. Cancer d'un rein ptose en situation lomboiliaque. Bull. Soc. chir. Pails, 1937, 29: 167-71.—Ducuing, J., & Giscard. J. B. Un cas d'iieus par rein mobile. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1933, 35: 193-202.-- Duvergey, J., Duvergey, H., & Duchet-Suchaux, L. Des dilatations pveio-ureterales dans la ptose r6n8le. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1939, 116: pt 1, 545-52.—Edebohls, G. M. Chroiao appendicitis the chief symptom and most important complica- tion of movable right kidney. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1899, 14: 85-102.^—Foa, A. Co»tributo alio studio dei rapporti tra rene mobile ed idronefrosi. Riv. radiol., 1931, 5: pt 1, 305-20.— Fothergill, W. E., & Prebble, P. Calculous pyonephrosis in a movable kidney. Med. Chronicle, Manchester, 1903-04, 4. ser., 6: 164-9 —Gallant, A. E. Movable kidney in the genesifl of bile duct disease. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass. (1907) 1908, 1: 152- 66.—Garcia de Arras. Influencia de la nefroptosis derechp en KIDNEY 187 KIDNEY las alteraciones del tubo digestive Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med., 1908, 19: 1-10.—Giordano, D. Rene mobile destro; appendicite, colibacilluria. Rifcrma med., 1933, 49: 275-7.— Goelet, A. H. The influence of prolapse of the kidney on the production of disease of the female pelvic organs. J. Am. Ai. Ass., 1902, 39: 417-22. ----■— Neuroses dependent upon prolapse of the kidney. Am. Gyn. Paediat., 1903, 16: 337-40.—Goyena, J. R. Tratamiento de los des6rdenes gastricos consecutivos a la nefroptosis. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 1381-3.—Gu6rard, H. A. von. Leber Ein- klem'mung der prolabierten Niere. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1903, 17: 1160-70.—Hall, R. B. Movable kidney with second- ary cyst formation, resembling ovarian cyst. Am. J. Obst., 1904, 49: 48-55 [Discussion] 1903, 48: 726.—Hidalgo, A., & Fernandez-Cano. Nefroptosis y megacol6n adquirido. Lrol. clin. Hosp. provinc Madrid, 1933, 3: 95-101.—Inge, J. M. Reflex conditions complicating movable kidney, with report of unusual case. Tr. Texas M. Ass., 1904,. 36: 378-87.— Le Fur. Nephrectomie dans le cas de lesions renales com- pliquees de rein mobile. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1902) 1903, 6: 173-7.—Leventhal, M. L., & Solomon, E. M. Postoperative ureteral obstruction due to ptosis of the kidney. Am. J. Obst., 1939, 38: 1061-3.—Lucas-Championniere, J. Rein mobile; tiraillement des capsules surrenales; accidents nerveux et folie gueris par la fixation du rein. Bull. Acad, med.. Par., 1907, 3. ser., 57: 742-51.—Manton, W. P. Movable right kidney and chronic appendicitis. Tr. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass. (1902) 1903, 15: 83-91.—Michon, E. Le rein mobile et ses consequences. J. med. chir., Par., 1935, 106: 311-20 — Moscato, P. Su due casi di idronefrosi consecutiva al rene mobile. Rass. internaz. med. mod., 1905, 6: 89-94.—Moullin, CM. Some unusual effects of movable kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 2: 1633-5.—Noble, C. P. Some of the more unusual results of movable kidney. N. York. M. J., 1904, 79: 340-3.— Robinson, B. The influence of nephroptosis on the ductus choledochus communis. Med. Critic, 1903, 3: 1031-4.— Ruggi. Delle nefroptosi consociate ad altre lesioni e sposta- menti viscerali. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1904, 18: 48,—Scholl, A. J. Jaundice due to movable kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- urin. Surgeons, 1927, 20: 223-31.—Schwedt, J. Anatomischer Beitrag zur Frage der Stieltorsion bei Wandernieren. Zschr. ges. Anat,, 1. Abt., 1933, 101: 411-22.—Tinker, M. B. Gall duct obstruction caused by movable kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907. 49: 124-6 [Discussion] 172. --- Ptosis: Diagnosis. Berthelot, J. H. *Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic de la ptose renale. 52p. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Del Rio, A. *Sur la necessity de la pyelo- graphie en position verticale dans la ptose renale. 64p. 8? Par., 1936. Lemaigre, C. L. H. *Diagnostic et traite- ment des reins mobiles. 60p. 25cm. Bord., 1937. Trtjjillo y Fernandez, F. *Diagnostic pre-operatoire et traitement operatoire du rein mobile. 94p. 8? Par., 1935. Barling, G. A clinical lecture on the diagnosis and treat- ment of renal mobility. Brit. M. J., 1908, 1: 972-5.—Bengolea. La pielografia en las ptosis renales. Bol. Soc cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 785-7.—Boidi-Trotti, G. Rene mobile; ectopie renali. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1924, 5: 79.—Caracciolo, R. La enteroenfisi nella diagnosi di rene mobile. Lav. Congr. med. int., Roma, 1907, 17: 340-2.—Crane, J. J. Nephroptosis; its diagnosis and treatment. California West. AL, 1931, 35: 201-4.—Del Rio, A. Tres casos de ptosis renal demostradas por la urografia de pie. Rev. med., Puebla, 1941, 14: No. 128, 8-22.—Epstein, I. M., & Milovidov, V. E. [Clinical aspect of a floating kidney] Urologia, Moskva, 1934, 11: 10-21.—Goelet, A. H. Diagnostic palpation of prolapse of the kidney and method of fixation. Buffalo M. J., 1903-04, n. ser., 43:233-44 — Haines, W. H. Clinical interpretation of renal mobility. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 689-92—Hawes, G. A. Serial pyelograms in nephroptosis. North Carolina M. J., 1941, 2: 228-30.—Highsmkh, J. D., & Albright, C. J. The diagnosis and treatment of nephroptosis. South. M. <& S., 1936, 98: 192-8.—Hutter, K. Die ptotische Niere im Rontgenbild. Zschr. Urol., 1939, 33: 83-92.—Kovafovic, K. [Investigation on mobile kidneys] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1938, 77: 677-81 — Ladwig, A. Mesenterialcyste und Wanderniere. Zbl. Chir., 1929. 56: 877-9.—Langenhagen, de. Le faux rein flottant. C. rend. Soc. med. Nancy, 1903-04, 37.—Herbst, W. P. Diag- nosis and treatment of movable kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 38: 66-9.—Mathe. C. P. Ptosis of the kidney, with particular reference to its diagnosis and treatment in the obese patient. Clin. M. & S., 1938, 45: 306-8.—Mathiesen, H. [Nephroptosis; diagnosis anel treatment] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 1097- 111.—Morris, H. L. The demonstration and significance of nephroptosis and urinary stasis. Radiology, 1932, 18: 56-73.-— Reed, W. C. Movable kidney: a resume of methods of detection and methods of treatment. Month. Homoeop. Rev., Lond., 1905, 49: 454-66.—Rettig, W. Die Verwendung des Fullungs- spannungsgefuhls im Nierenbecken zur Identifizierung der auf die bewegliche Niere bezogenen Schmerzen. Zbl. Chir., 1935, ' 62: 2355-7.—Salleras, J. Pielografia en las ptosis renales. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 811. ------ & Arrues, L. Importancia de la pielografia en la posici6n de pi6, para el diagn6stico de ciertas ptosis renales. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1929, 4: 585-91.—Thomas, B. A. Observations on the diagnosis and treatment of movable kidney. J. Lrol., Bait,, 1929, 22: 603-51.—Torres Blanco, S. Diagn6stico radiol6gico de las ptosis adquiridas y congenitas por medio del examen de las pielografias. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 1635-8.— Turano, L. Di un segno pielografico tivelatore del rene mobile. Badiol. med., Milano, 1935, 22: 52.------Su alcuni aspetti pielografici del rene mobile. Ibid., 661-72. ---- Ptosis: Etiology, and pathogenesis. Ewen, K. *Senkniere und verlangerte Lenden- wirbelsaule [Tubingen] 23p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., 1938. Alekseev, S. M. [Pathogenesis of a floating kidney] Uro- logia, Moskva, 1934, 11: 5-9.—Asahara. Ueber die Wander- niere in Japan. Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1907, 21: 345; 397; 469.—Bryan, R. C. Etiology and pathology of movable kidney. Old Dominion J. M. & S., 1906-07, 5:173-9.—Cervera & Ruiz, E. Un caso de rin6n movible e hidronefrosis derecha por accriamiento del ureter. Rev. iber. amer. cienc. med., 1906, 16: 1-8.—Chandler, L. Floating kidney due to colon dis- placement, N. York M. J., 1905, 82: 576.—Denis, J. Rein mobile gauche chez un her6do-syphilitique. Policlinico, 1906, 15: 235.—Eduque, J., Zavalia, A. T., & Difio, B. R. Ne- phroptosis among Filipinos. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1936, 16: 221.—Garry, G., & Druckmann, A. Beitrag zur Frage der Nephroptose. Zschr. Urol., 1930, 24: 241-6.—Gimpelson, E. I. [Pathological motility of abnormal kidneys] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 3, 13-8.—Grasso Biondi. I. In tema di nefroptosi traumatica. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1934, 5: 472-86.— Hilisman, B. L. A new theory for movable kidney. Richmond J. Pract., 1905, 19: 27-9.—Pasteau, O. La pathogenie de l'hydronephrose et le rein mobile. Nord med., 1907, 13: 121; 140.—Reynier, P. Pathogenie du rein mobile et des ptoses en general. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1907, 58: 131-7.— Salmoni, G. Intorno alia patogenesi del rene mobile. Gazz. osp., 1907, 28: 964.—Sereggee, H. Rein mobile et enteroptose. J. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 34: 370; 391.—Sheldon, J. G. Is nephroptosis hereditary? Philadelphia M. J., 1903, 11: 394.—Varanini, M. Intorno alia patogenesi del rene mobile. Autoriassunti riv. lav. ital. med. int., 1908, 6: 657-68.— Villela Itibare, D. Nephroptose; alguns aspectos da sua etio logia, da sua physio-pathologia e do seu tratamento. Rev. As. paul. med., 1935, 7: 257-66, 7 pl. ---- Ptosis: Forensic aspect. See under Kidney, Forensic aspect. ---- Ptosis: Manifestation. Gerin-Jean, C. H. *Les crises de retention aigue dans les reins mobiles. 62p. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Atlee, L. W. Dietl's crisis and some cases of movable kidney. N. York M. J., 1905, 81: 731-4.—Brena, J. On a symptom which occasionally may throw light on the diagnosis of movable kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 1: 47.—Casteliino, P. F. Ptosi renale; sindromi da riflessi renali. Tommasi, 1907, 2: 309.— Cilento, M. Dolore controlaterale riflesso in ptosi renale; nefropessia; guargione. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 544-9.— Dandois. De la douleur dans le rein mobile. Rev. med., Louvain, 1906, 312-7.—Diaz Muiioz, Lira Valencia, A., & Lira Valencia, A. Ptosis renal y apendicitis. Cr6n. med. mex., 1931, 30: 223-36.—Fairbairn, J. A case of Dietl's crisis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1907, 9: 608-10.—Gangitano, F. Cistal- gia da renemob ile. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1908, 6: No. 3, 11-22.— Gonzalez Campo, J. La nefroptosis como causa de gastro- patias. Siglo m6d., 1906, 53: 722-5.—Hanley, L. G. Reflex symptoms consequent upon ptosis of kidney; operation. Buffalo M. J., 1904-05, n. ser., 44: 389.—Kemp, R. C. Neph- roptosis from the gastroenterological view point. Am. J. urol., 1905-06, 2: 162-70.—Mosny, E. Albuminurie orthosta- tique et mobilite renale. Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. ser., 36: 309-11.-—Santini, C. Sopra un caso di rene mobile con sindrome dolorosa rara. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1908, 8. ser., 8: 54-62.— Segre, M. Pressione arteriosa e nefroptosi. Clin, mod.. Fir., 1906. 12: 497-501.—Simpson, G. Dietl's crises. Med. Press e& Circ, Lond., 1937, 195: 203-6.—Sinkler, W. The nervous phenomena associated with movable kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 42: 417-20.—Sutherland. G. A. Orthostatic albuminuria and movable kidney. Am. J. M. Sc, 1903, n. ser., 126: 289-99. ---- Ptosis: Pathology. Penicaud, S. *L'uretere des reins mobiles etudie' par I'uretero-pyeiographie retrograde. 71p. 8? Par., 1933. Balderi, G. Valore della meatoscopia per lo studio dell'al- terazione della funzione escretiva nel rene mobile. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 50: 188-98.—DeLaney, C. O. Nephroptosis with especial reference to the pathology and treatment. South. M. & S., 1929, 91: 852-6.—Deming, C. L. Nephroptosis, its KIDNEY 1 autor. Arch. Inst, Benjamin Baptista, Rio, 1939, 5: 303-SO. Also transl. Dia rued., B. Air., 1911, 13: 198-200. Balch, F. G., & Torbert, J. R. The actual results at the M-essae-huse-i t,s Gen- eral Hospital, following operative treatment of movable kid- ney. Bos te.n M. A S. .1., 1905, 152: 243.—Balduzzi & Pisano, A. Contributo alia chiiurgia eh-1 rene mobile. Boll, clin., Milano, 1906, 23: 450-8—Birdsall. J. C. The- symptomatology, renal pathology, ami tieatnicnt of nephroptosis. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 135-59.—Bishop, E. S. Mobile kidney with a description of a new operation for its treatment. Brit. M. J., 10(17, 2: '.Ml 1-3.—Catterina. Nuovo metodo di cura per il rene mobile-. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1899) 1900, 14: p. lxxiii-lxxviii.— Church, C. K. Nephroptosis: a review of the literature and an anahsi> of palliative- or operative treatment in 266 cases of priniim nephroptosis. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 34: 41-6.—Collins, VV. The operative tre-atun-nt of movable- kieiney. N. Zealand M. J., 1903, 3: 131-8.—Da Costa, J. C. A modified ope-ration for movable kidney. N. York M. J., 1906, 84: 209-12 — Demel, R. 1st die Nephroptose ein chirurgisches Lcieh-n? Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 139: 96-107.—Deming, C. L. Neph- roptosis; causes, relation to other viscera, and correction by a new operation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 251-7.—Ferrari, C. La cura chirurgica della ptosi renale. Arch. ital. chir., 1940, 59: 101-32.—Fish, G. W., & Hazzard, C. T. Nephroptosis. J. Urol., Bait,, 1939, 41: 336-48.—Friedrich, P. L. Operative Behandlung eler Wanelerniere. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1904, 72: 308-72.—Fyodorov, S. P. O podvizhnol pcchkle. Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 1-4.—Gelder, E. E. Movable kidney, with a report of 5 successful nephrorrhaphies. Interstate M. J., 1905, 12: 402-73.—Goelet, A. H. The causes of failure follow- ing operation for nephroptosis. N. York State J. M., 1903, 3: 497-9.—Gottlieb, J. G. Die Diagnostik der Nephroptose und die Indikationen zu ihrer operativen Behandlung. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 363-76.— Gouverneur, R. Les indications operatoires dans les ptoses renales. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 849-51. •—---- ex Cachin, C. Le traitement chi- rurgical des ptoses renales. .1. <-hir., Par., 1936, 47: 754—70.— Hahn, E. Leber Wanderniere und chirurgische Behandlung derselben. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1902, 67: 354-74.—Harlan, E. Nephroptosis: new operative treatment. Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. ser., 55: 87-94 [Discussion] 106-9.—Heitz- Boyer. Les indications operatoires dans les ptoses renales. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 644-53, 8 pl.—Isnardi, U. El tratamiento quiriirgico de la ptosis renal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt 1, 1290-303.—Kelzerov, N. Y. K voprosu o prishivanii podvizhnol pochki. Sibirsk. vrach. vledom., 1905, 3: 142-5/—Kravchenko, I. I. Shichal prishivaniya podvizhnoi pochki. Khirurgia, Moskva, 1906, 19: 145-8.—Krymov, A. P. [Clinical aspect and therapy cf nephroptosis] Vest, khir., 1931, 24: 3-9.—Krjnski, L. W sprawie powstawania i leczenia opadniecia nerki (nephroptosis, ren mobilis, ren mi- grans) Gaz. lek., 1904, 2. ser., 24: 1; 29.—Lepoutre, C. Les indications operatoires dans les ptoses renales. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 770-2.—Longyear, H. W. A study of the etiology of floating kidney with suggestions changing the operative technique of nephrectomy. Detroit M. J., 1906, 6: 1-10.—Lucas-Championniere. Le rein mobile et la nephror- raphie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1904, 18: 21.—Machin, R. La ptosis renal debe ser operada por via transperitoneal. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 907-10.—Mackenzie, J. F. C. A case of movable kidnev treated bv nephrorrhaphy. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1908, 10: 422-4— McRae, F. W. The surgical treatment of floating kidnev; description of operation; report of cases. Tr. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass. (1905) 1906, 13: 305-27, 3 pl.—Michon, L. Les indications operatoires dans les ptoses renales. Bull. Soc. nat, chir., Par., 1935, 51 : 768-70.—Minder, J. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Wanderniere. Zschr. Lro!., 1933, 27: 376-84.—Newman, D. Lnique case of floating kidney, in which nephrorrhaphy was successfully performed: the kidney was within the peritoneal cavity and had a meso- nephron. Brit, M. J., 1901, 1: 1415.-O < onor. V J \ alue of nephrolysis. ureterolysis and nephropexy in se-l.-cted patients. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 1114-7. —---■ Nephrolysis uiete-i-olysis and nephropexy; analysis of 76 patient* operated upon bv a similni technic. Lrol- Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 552-5.— Papin, E.. & Fey. B. Des imlie-ations op6ratoires clans le rein mobile. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Far., 1935, 61: 741-5.--Peirson. E. L., A Barney. J. D. The end results of operations for neph- roptose and aberrant renal vessels. N. F.iighmel J. M., 1929, 201: 508-74.—Pennington. J. C. Painful nephroptosis anil its treatment. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1939-40, 36: 43 5. Fieri. G. Processo operatorio per la e-uni elel rene mobile. Arch, ital, urol., 1925-26. 2: 398 102. Pousson. A. Traitement chii hi- gical'ele la nephroptose. (!az. sc. ine'-el. Ponh-aux, 1903, 21: 279-82. •------ & Oraison. Tr.-eite-nicnt. elu rein mobile. Ibid., 1904, 25: 16-8; 26; 10; 52 [Discussion] -12-4.—Ruiz, V. Sobre la nefroptosis v su tratamiento q'unirsirn. Rev. mfd. lat. amer., B. Air., 1927, 12: 315-43.- Sahadini. L. Les ptoses renales; indications du traile-nu-nl. e-lururgie-al; resultats. Algerie med., 1941, 4. ser., 45: 103 I 1- Sinke>e-, S. J., Fowler. M. F., & Niceley, E. P. Nephroptosis; pyelographies study, clinical features and surgical n.-atmenl. .1. M. Ass. Georgia, 1942, 31: 43-54 [Discussion] 00 3. Stincer, E. La hernia del rifi6n v su tratamiento quiruisie-e-. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936 41:'77-83.—Tettamanti, J. C. Tratamiento quiriirgicn de la ptosis renal. Rev. cir. P. Aires, 1940, 19: 105 20.-- Thomson, A. The making of a shelf bellow the unthily mobile kidnev. Edinburgh M. J., 1907, n. ser., 22: 289-93. The>rn- dike. P., & Crandon, L. R. G. Results of surgical treatment of movable kidney at the Boston City Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, 152: 214-6.—Trabucco, A. Fi.jaci6n del rifi6n m6vil; su punto ideal. Rev. argent, urol., 1941, 10: 142-51.— Travaerlini, V. Funzionalita epato-renale e risultato ortopedico nel trattamento chirurgico conservatore del rene mobile. Arch. ital urol.. 1933-34, 10: 320-50, 4 ch.—Wolfromm, G. A propos des indications operatoires dans la ptose r6nale. Bull, Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 699-704. ---- Ptosis: Treatment. Aaron, C. D. Treatment in 442 cases of movable kidney without surgical intervention. Am. Med., 1903, 6: 893-5.— Afanasiev, M. I. Leber Wanderniere unel deren Behandlung. Deut. Med. Ztg, 1905, 26: 157; 169; 181.—Arnold, C. H., & Gibson, L. V. Treatment of nephroptosis. Southwest. M., 1939, 23: 35-8.—Backer-Grbndahl, N. Kidney supporter. Acta chir. scand., 1940, 84: 269.—Barling, G. Some observa- tions on undue renal mobility and its treatment. Birmingham M. Rev., 1905, 57: 127-43.—Braasch, W. F. Conservation in the treatment of movable kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 613-8.—Deming, C. L. Nephroptosis and its correction. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1929, 22: 131-47.—Edebohls, G. M. On bandages for nephroptosis. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1901, 59: 690-2.—Gallant, A. E. Measuring, fitting, and putting on the corset for movable kidney or Glenard's disease. Internat. J. S., 1903, 16: 33-7.—Gutierrez, A. Consideraciones sobre la ptosis renal y su tratamiento. Rev. med. Rosario, 1933, 23: 376-81.—Hammond, T. E. Treatment of movable kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1920, 1: 358.—Hess, E. The manage- ment of the nephroptotic patient. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 703-6.—Laquerriere & Delherm. De l'eiectrisation dans le rein mobile douloureux. Bull. Soc. fr. electrother., 1904, 11: 238-45.—Le Masson, C. Le massage dans le nephroptose. Bull, med., Par., 1908, 22: 1039-43.—Mays. II. B. Conserva- tive treatment of nephroptosis; a new tcchni<|iii-. Bull. School M. Lniv. Maryland, 1940-41, 25: 213-20. Metrovitch, S. The treatment of movable kidney. Am. J. Urol., 1908, 4: 179-85.—Michon, E. Le rein mobile et ses consequences. In Quest, clin. actual. (Paris Hop. Charite) 1937, 6. ser., 145- 54.—Rose, A. Plaster strapping of the abdomen in case of gastroptosis and floatinj-': kidin-y. Med. Brief, 1903, 31: 1170-3.—Schmidt, A. [Treatment, of migrating kidney] Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 271.—Schmitz, B. Beitrag zur Be- handlung der mobilen Niere, mit Demonstration einer neuen Behandlungsmethode. Verh. Ges. Deut. Naturforsch. (1903) 1904, 2: 2. H., 62-5.—Smithwick, M. P. Importance of con- sidering ptosis of other organs in the treatment of the kidney. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, 152: 240 [Discussion] 249-54.— Truss (A) belt for mobile or floating kidney. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 1: 239. ---- Ptosis—in children and women. Abt, I. A. Floating kidneys in children. J. Am. M. Ass.j 1901, 36: 1166.—Brudzinski, J. Slow kilka o nerce wedrujacej u dzieci z powodu przypadku wrzekomej nerki wedrujacej u chlopca. Gaz. lek., 1904, 2. ser., 24: 43-9.—Gallant, A. E. The long-waisted woman and her movable kidney. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, 72: 141-4.—Goelet, A. H. The gynecological importance of prolapsed kidnev. Ibid., 1904, 66: 641-3. Also Am. J. Lrol., 1905-06, 2: 579-82— Hamilton, J. A. G. Movable kidney in woman. Intercolon. M. J. Australasia, 1903, 8: 507 15—Larrabee, R. C. A clinical study of 112 cases eif movable- kidney. Med. Surg. Rep. Boston City Hosp., 1903, 11-21.—Lebar, L. Rein mobile et affections genitales. Gyneeologm. 1903, 8: 316-27.— Leiner, K. Ueber palpable uml be-wcudichc Nii-re-n im Sauglingsalter. Zschr. klin. Med., 1907, 62: 339-1C.- Pima. G. Un caso di idronefrosi inter- mitientc- da rene rnobih- m gravidanza. Arte ostet., 1904, 18: 209-15.—Reboul, J. lb in mobile probablement unique; KIDNEY 189 KIDNEY troubles fonctionnels urinaires; nephropexie; evolution r6gu- liere dune grossesse normale. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1905) 1906, 521-6. .---- Pyonephrosis. See also subheadings (Abscess; Carbuncle; Hydronephrosis: Complication; Infection) also Nephrolithiasis. Knelse, G. *Zur Frage der Pyonephrose [Halle-Wittenberg] 43p. 21cm. Bleicherode, 1938. Motz, C. *Les pyonephntes. 213p. 8. Par., 1932. Siegel, U. * Ueber Pyonephrose auf Grund von 18 Fallen des Anschar-Krankenhauses in Kiel [Kiel] 12p. 8? Giitersloh, 1934, Abud, P. E. Ties casos de pioncfrosis. Med. mod., Val- paraiso, 1937-38, 11: 659-62.—Azevedo Sodre, J. P. de. Pyelitis e pyo-nephroses. Brasil med., 1940, 54: 118-21.— Bull, P. To tilfselder av pyonephrose. Kristiania kir. foren. forh., 1913, 60-3.—Culver, H.. Baker, W. J., & Barnes, M. Chronic gonorrheal pyonephrosis and ureteritis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1930, 23: 35-45 [Discussion] 36-48.— Darcy Monteiro. Dm caso de pyonephrose. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 788-91.—Ferstel, von. Lngewohnlich rasche Entwicklung einer Pyorephrose. Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 507-9.—ley, B., & Quenu, J. Pyonephrose partielle. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 548-52.—Gasbarrini, A., & Bassi, G. Pionefrosi sinistra. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 935-40.—Goeller, C. J. Lnusual case of pyonephrosis. Internat. J. Surg., 1921, 34: 136.—Goggans, J. A. Report of a case of pyonephrosis. Tr. South. £urg. Gyn. Ass. (1907) 1908, 10: 471-4.—Greaves, F L. A. A case of pyonephrosis containing tvphoid bacilli in pure culture. Brit. M. J., 1907, 2: 75.—Greig, E. D. W. A case of pyonephrosis infected with Bacillus pyocyaneus. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1940, 43: 269-71—Ha rkr.e s, A. H-, & Worcester B. G. Gonococcal pyonephrosis. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 375-7.—Hutter, K. Fall von beidseitiger Pyo- Bvdronephrose unel Lrete-r. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 391-5 — Kummer, R. H., . W. Bacillus proteus pyonephrosis with blood infection; review of the literature and report of a case with operation and re- covery. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1933, 26: 333-9.— Maiantz, A. I. [On pyonephrosis] Urologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 3-4, 19-21.—Marinescu, G. [Three cases of non-tubercular closed pyonephrosis] Spitalul, 1928, 48: 303-5. ------ Pyonephrose a gonocoques. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1932, 32: 564-7.—Marion. Les pyonephroses. Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 657-60.—Meyer, E. Zur Kasuistik der geschlossenen Pyonephrosen. Zschr. Urol., 1911, 5: 21-9.—Mixter, C. G. A case of pyonephrosis in infancy. N. England J. M., 1928, 199: 275.—Muhl, G. Case of pyonephrosis. Acta paediat., Upps., 1935,17: 299-301.—Nash, I. E. Calculous pyonephrosis; a clinical study with especial reference to etiology and treat- ment; review of the hterature, report of 6 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 24: 110-8.—O'Conor, V. J. Hydronephrosis, infected hydronephrosis, and pyonephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 977-91.—Peeters [Case of pyonephrosis in a girl 3 years of age] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2608.—Rihmer, B. [Pyonephrosis] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 917-23. Also transl. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 656-8.—Scholl, A. J., & Judd, E. S. A review of cases of hydronephrosis and pyonephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1924, 4: 425-49.— Shapiro, I. J., & Abt, A. F. Unilateral pyonephrosis in early infancy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 615-27.—Surra Canard, R. de, & VUillac, V. Hidronefrosis infectada en una nifia de once afios. Rev. argent, urol., 1939, 8: 273-7.^— Surraco, L. A. Pioneumo-hidatosis renal y pioneumo-ririon Dia med., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 242.—Uteau. Pyeionephntes et pyonephroses. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1933, 47: 857-9.— Varner, J. An unusual case of pyonephrosis. Rec. Columbia M. Soc. Richland Co., 1943, 7: No. 11, 11.—Vignard. Un cas de pyonephrose. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1906, 2. ser., 24: 648-50.— Viilcker. Ueber Pyonephrose. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1909, 56: 43. ---- Pyonephrosis: Complication. See also Bronchus, Fistula; Kidney (Fistula; Rupture) Peritonitis, Etiology; Sepsis; Urine, Suppression, etc. Anspach, B. M. Calculous pyonephrosis following preg- nancy with symptoms of post-pneumonic pyelitis preceding pregnancy. Internat. Chn., 1927, 1: 37. ser., 187-9, 2 pl — Bastos, J. M. Ventre agudo por perfuraeao de pionefrose. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935, 53: 113-4.—Boeckel, A. Petite hydronephrose droite infectee et calcul biliaire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1928, 7: 99.—Butler, P. Pyonephrit med sten, parane- phrit och subphrenisk abscess med perforation in i lungan. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1407-9.—Cabot, R. C. An unusual complication of pyonephrosis. N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 1119-21.—Chistiakov, N. L. [Calculous pyonephrosis and lipomatous paranephritis and total obliteration of the renal peduncle] Sovet. khir., 1932, 3: 183-0.—Couvelaire, R., & Cattan, R. Anurie par pyonephrite colibacillaire droite; nephrectomie droite, persistance de l'anurie, decapsulation du rein gauche, guerison. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 553-7.— Crenshaw, J. L. Pyonephrosis with nephrobronchial fistula. J. Lrol., Bait., 1932, 28: 427.—Duvergey & Ramarony. Pyone- phrose avec concretions multiples pseudocalculeuses. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1927, 6: 92-4.—Feldstein, G. J. B. coli septi- cemia complicating pyonephrosis due to bilateral congenital ureteral strictures. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1935, 52: 111-20.— Gayet eft Guillemin. Coexistence d'une volumineuse pyone- phrose aigue et d'un ancien foyer de tuberculose exclu elans le meme rein. Lyon med., 1928, 141: 643.—Gonzalez, R. Ob- servaci6n sobre un caso de pionefrosis derecha; ptosis renal izquierda, complicada de uro-pionefrosis. Prensa med. argent., 1934-35, 21: 784-7.—Gragert, O. Leber Pyonephrose und Steinniere im Spatwochenbett. Zbl. Gyn., 1940, 64: 181-6 — Hammel, H. Freie Perforation einer Pyonephrose in die Bauchhohle. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 236: 155-9.—Herbst, R. H. Bilateral pyonephrosis; obstruction at ureteropelvic junction. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 599-602.—Houllier & Lequerre. Pyonephrose avec uretere geant. Bull. Soc. eleetroradiol. med. France, 1938, 26: 574-7.—Ijiri, T., & Matuo, K. Eine Riesen-Pyonephrose mit Nierenstein. jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1941. 50: Abstr., 10.—James, T. G. I. Intra- peritoneal rupture of a calculous pyonephrosis. Brit. J. Urol., 1933, 5: 386.—Johnson, G. L. Pyonephrosis with an enormous enlargement of right kidney. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1929, 5: 995, 2 pl.—Mackay, N. E. Pyo-nephrosis of left kieiney, nephrotomy; renal calculus of right kidney, nephro- lithotomy. Montreal M. J., 1903, 32: 641-8.—MacKenzie, D. W., & Hawthorne, A. B. Bacillus proteus pyonephrosis with blood infection; review of the literature and report of a case with operation and recovery. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 277-83.—Repetto, R. L. Hidronefrosis infectada y litiasis. Dia med., B. Air., 1936, 8: 207-13.—Rost, F. Eiterniere mit Durchbruch in die Bauchhohle. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 439.— Ruhkevicius, J. [Case of pyonephrosis of the kidney with pus spreading into the sigmoid colon] Medicina, Kaunas, 1933, 14: 656-8.—Schmidt, A. Spontanruptur einer infizierten Sackniere. Zschr. Urol., 1931, 25: 93-7.—Shucksmith, H. S. Spontaneous reno-inguinal fistula in calculous tuberculous pyonephrosis. Brit. J. Surg., 1941-42, 2i: 256-9.—Sippel, A. Pyonephrose, Pyelitis und harnleiterkompression wahrend der Schwangerschaft. Zbl. Gyn., 1905, 29: 1121-7. ---- Pyonephrosis: Diagnosis, and manifesta- tion. Bartrina, J. M. Notas clinicas para la divulgaci6n del conocimiento y diagnostico de las pionefrosis. Arch, med., Madr., 1936, 39: 565-76.—Belannoy, E., & Driessens. Volu- mineuse pyonephrose simulant un kyste de l'ovaire. Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 37.—Finton, W. L. Large infected hydro- nephrosis with acute abdominal symptoms. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 620.—Gayet. Hematuries tres graves au cours d'une hydronephrose infectee par le colibacille. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 170-5.—Minuzzi, P. G., & Torresi, S. Pionefrosis banal fistulizada con cuadro de psoitis. Rev. argent, urol., 1940, 9: 433-6.—Nogier, T., & Reynard, J. Un cas difficile de pyone- phrose calculeuse; pyelographie. Arch. 61ectr. med., 1926, 36: 43-6.—Oraison. Lro-pvonephrose sans symptomatologie. J. med. Bordeaux, 1921, 51: 598.—Shakhbasian, E. S. [Diag- nosis of pyonephrosis] Vest, khir., 1931, 23: 124-7—Strater, M. Latente pyonephrosen. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1917, 2: 748-50, pl. ---- Pyonephrosis: Pathology. Bonnet, Coulazou <& Simonnet. Lro-pyo-nephrose par malformation congenitale. Montpellier med. 1924, 46: 499.— Chabanier, H., Laquiere, M., & Chevalier, L. Pyonephrose post-gravieiique a colibacilles avec lesions pseudo-tuberculeuses. Bull. Soc. fr..uroh, 1929, 8: 167-9.—Christian, E., & Vintici, V. Ln cas d'uro-pyonephrose volumineuse. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 509-13.—Claassen, P. Eine Pyonephrose beim Schwein, ihre Diagnose und Operation. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 42: 86.—Colombino, C. Pionefrosi a loggie multiple e nefrocirrosi apostematosa, esiti lontani di pielonefrite gravidica. Ann. ostet. gin., 1914, 2: 47-58, pl.—Duchet- Suchaux. Ln cas d'uropyonephrose geante. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1929, 8: 343-6.—Franco, E. E. Note di clinica e di anatomia patologica intorno ad un caso di pionefrosi gono- coccica. Riv. veneta sc. med., 1911, 56: 385-401.—Guibal, P. Lro-nephrose intermittente et pyonephrose. Bull. Soc. anatg Paris, 1908, 88: 273-81.—Immink, E. A. [Chronic pyonephrosi. with formation of cholesteatoma] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 3012-6, 2 pl.—Jaksy, J. [Experimental study of pyonephrosis] Bratisl. 16k. listy, 1927-28, 7: 415-29, 7 pl.— Krotosyner, M. A case of double pyonephrosis, with autopsy report. Am. J. M. Sc, 1906, n. ser., 131: 217-23—Marion, G. Pyon6phrose partielle. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, n. ser., 34: 1908, 905-8.—Sabroe, A. [Case of pyonephrosis with false tubercle bacilli] Hospitalstidende, 1921, 64: Dansk. kir. selsk. forh., 74_9.—Taddei, D. Sulla febbri urinarie a proposito di un caso di idropionefrosi. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 12-22. KIDNEY 190 KIDNEY ---- Pyonephrosis: Treatment. Hyrondelle, Y. *Los pyon6phritcs; la chirurgie conservatrice dans los pyonephrites dc l'essorage. 117p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Mass, Z. *De la nephrectomie primitive dans la cure chirurgicale des grosses pyonephroses. 184p. 8? Par., 1934. Astraldi, A., & Martinez, F. Hidronefrosis gigante, infec- tada, a desarrollo t6raco-abd6mino- pelviano; nefrectomia; curaci6n. Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2, 1094-7.— Bereckel, A. Lropyon6phrose partielle par cloisojinement cicatriciel du bassinet; nephrectomie. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1926, 21: 444-7.—Campbell, M. F. Hemipyonephrosis in infants and children; treatment bv heminephrectomy. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 21: 85-96.—Conger, K. B. Pyonephrosis; a study of comparative operative mortality. Lniv. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1940, 6: 46.-—Coulazou, Bonnet & Simonnet. Volumineuse pyonephrose gauche a developpement anterieur, enlev6e par l'incision thoraco-abdominale de Fey. Bull. Soc sc. m6d. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7: 428-30.—Dobbertin. Beitrag zur intermittirenden Pyonephrose. Charit6 Ann., Berl., 1903, 27: 306-11.—Fayot, R. De la conduite operatoire dans les grosses pyonr'-pluoses. Bull. m6d., Par., 1933, 47: 133-5.-— Gaillard & Ck-rgue. Deux observations de d6chirure de la veine cave au cours de nephrectomies pour pyonephrose. Arch. mal. reins, 1936-37, 10: 89-94.—Gaume, P. Pyoh6mie a localisations urinaires multiples chez le meme malade; guerison par transfusion sanguine. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1935, 228.—Gomes, A. Apdrto cong6nito do uretero e pequeno calculo do bacinete; uropionefrose; nefrectomia. Contemp. med., Lisb., 1934, 52: 443-7.—Hagenbuch, M. Zur operativen Behandlung der Sauglingsp\ onepliros--. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 140:558-62— Hutter, K. Lei >ei eine Frau von 79 Jahren, bei der wegen Pyonephrose eine Nephrostomies angelegt wurde. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 1251.—Jeanbrau, E. A propos du traitement des pyonephroses chez les malades peu r6sistants: la n6phrostomie et 2 temps de Nora. Arch. mal. reins, 1936, 10: 285-7.—Kaufman, L. R. Nephrectomy for infected hydro- nephrosis with bacteriemia, multiple lung complications and fecal fistula; report e>f a case with recovery. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 321-8—Klingenstein, P. Lreteronephrectomy for pyoureteronephrosis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 439-42.—Levy-Dreyfus, R. Ln nouveau cas d'uro-pyon6- phrose g6ante; accidents ctmsecutifs a la pyelographie; opera- tion en 2 temps; guerison. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 229-37.— I.uk-its, A. [Bilateral pyonephrosis treated conservatively] Magy. urol., 1940, 3: 185-8.—Manalan, S. A. Infected right hydronephrosis; pregnancy 3 months; post-operative left nephrectomy. Q. Bull. Indiana Lniv. M. Center, 1941, 3: 64-7.—Merritt, E. L. A case of pyonephrosis treated without operation. X. England J. M., 1930, 203: 1011.—Merz & Colas. Application de la.therapeutique sulfamid6e a un cas d'uronephrose e-ale-uletiM- compliqu6e d'une infection gono- coccique a.-ce-nilaiiti-. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 740.-—Nedelec. Hydronephrose infectee; operation plastique conservatrice; r6sultats 61oign6. J. urol. m6d., Par., i934, 37: 86-90.—Schaffhauser, F. Organerhaltende plastische Opera- tion bei vorgeschrittener infizierter Hydronephrose. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934-35, 244: 367-72.—Simon, H. Zur operativen Behandlung der Hydro- und Pyonephrose. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 104-6.—Smith, E. Nephrectomy for pyonephrosis in a child of 11 months. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 580-2.— Stefanescu-Galati. [On the treatment of pyonephrosis] Romania med., 1928, 6: 1.—Stites, J. R. Resection of the kidney for localized pyonephrosis. Kentucky M. J., 1936, 34: 28.—Tolson, H. L. Infected hydronephrosis of double kidney treated by heminephrectomy. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 26.—Viannay. Un cas de nephrectomie pour pyonephrose. Loire m6d., 1927, 41: 421-4.—Watson, E. M. Spontaneous healing in destructive pyonephrosis; report of 2 cases. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1923, 1: 18-2L—Widenhorn, H. Ueber Nephrektomie bei Pyonephrose im Sauglingsalter. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8:457-9. ---- Pyramid. See also Kidney, Angioma. Deroudille, J. *Le nodule blanc des pyra- mides du rein. 67p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Favre, M., & Levrat, M. Le nodule blanc des pyramides du rein; fibrose lenticulaire des pyramides. J. med. Lyon, 1936 17: 801-14. ---- Radiography. See also subheadings (Disease: Diagnosis; Examination; Functional test: Urography) also Kidney pelvis; Pyelography; Urography. Akerlund, A. Ueber die Technik bei Rontgenuntersuchung der freigelegten Niere. Acta chir. scand., 1936-37, 79: 553- 65.—Ask-Upmark. E. Ueber Rontgenuntersuchung der Nieren bei gewissen diagnostisch schwer zu deutenden Krank- heitsfallen in der inneren Medizin. Acta meed, scand., 1938, 96: 390^402.—Belot, J. Sur Interpretation des ombres anor- males du territoire r6nal droit. J. urol. m6d., Par., 1925, 19: 164-7. ------- Comment interpreter une radiographie dea reins? Monde med., 1930, 40: 916-22, 6 pl. ■ & Pasteau, O. De l'etat actuel des explorations radiologiques pour diagnostic des affections r6nah-s. J- radiol. eiectr., 1929, 13: 129-98.—Bowman, W. B.. & Goin. L. S. Roentgen findings in some obscure- kieiney lesions. Radiology, 1929, 12: 188-92.— Braasch, W. F. Roentgenographic data in asseee-iation with renal disease. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 588-95.—Biittner, H. E., & CellariuB, T. Nierenkapseldarstel- lune; nach retrograder Pyelographie bei einem Kranken mit chronisehir l'yeelitis und Perinephritis. Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9: 400-2.—Canigiani, T. Einige interessante Fiille aus der Nierendiagnostik. Ibid., 1931, 3: 642-8.—Cobet, R., * Kuhlmann. F. Die Beih utung von Rontgenleeraiifnahmen der Nieren fiir die Beurteilung der doppelseitigen hamatogenen Nierenerkrankungen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1943, 142: 208-20.— Cole. L. G. Radiographic diagnosis of renal lesions. Tr. Am, Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1907, 2: 111-26. Also Tr. Am. (lyn Soc, 1907, 32: 226-43 [Discussion] 335-46. Also N. York M. J., 1908, 87: 774-80, 2 pl.—Cornell, E. L., & Warfleld, C. H. The value of kidney visualization in pregnancy; a preliminary report. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 23: 755-9.—Frumkin, A. P. [Roentgenography of an exposed kidney] Nov. khir.' arkh., 1936, 37: 446-56.—Gagmann, A. N. [X-ray diagnosis in diseases of the kidneys] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 74—84.—Goldstein, A. E., f the kidney. Brit. J. Radiol., 1938, 11: 736-8.—Kunze, H. Nii-renrupturen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 165: 105-33.—Le Comte, R. M. Sub- cutaneous kidney ruptures: report of 2 cases; spontaneous rupture of hemorrhagic cyst; traumatic rupture of lone kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 13- 0. Limito. C. Sopra un caso di rottura sottocutanea del rene. Gazz. osp., 1932, 53: 151-6.— Livermore, G. R. Rupture of the kidney; report of a case of complete rupture. Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1932, 44: 434, pl.— Malatray & Bastien. Rupture latente du rein; hemorragie tardive au 3P je>ur. Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: 257.—Mauro, M. Su di un nuovo meccanismo di rottura elel rene; contributo alio stueiio della sindrome acuta emoiiagie-a rotroperitoneale. Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 819-56. Miller, M. H. Rupture of the kidney. Tr. Philadelphia Ac-ail. Surg, (1907) 1908, 9: 185-8. Also Ann. Surg., 1907, 45: 306-10.—Moriconi, L. Rottura del rene; due casi da trauma dirctto ambedue, ma con notevole differenza fra loro nell' entitA elel trauma determi- nante. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1938) 1939, 45: 811-7.—Norrig, H. D. Traumatic rupture of the kidney; report of late results. Northwest M., 1942, 41: 317-9.—Norton. W. A. Traumatic rupture of the kidney; case report. Am. .1. Surg., 1942, 58: 290.—Parker, G. Rupture of unsuspected dilated kidnevs. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 807-9.—Peacock. A. H. Rupture of the kieiney. West. J. Surg., 1940, 48: 129-34.—Petta. G. Due casi di rottura del rene destro per trauma addominale anteriore. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat., 814.—Pica, G. Frattura del rene da mecanismo non comune. Riv. chir., Nap., 1938, 4: 228-33— Pratt, J. G. Traumatic rupture of the kid- nev. South. M. J., 1934, 27: 809-12.—Pugh, W. S. Ruptures of the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 487-93. Traumatic rupture; e>f the kidney. Internat. J. M. S., 1934, 47: 27-34. -Riccio, G. Un caso di rottura del rene per trauma indiretto. Pass, internaz. clin. ter., 1934, 15: 1207-13.—Rice, G. E. Rupture of kidney. Tr. Ass. Physicians Mayo Clin. (1926) 1927, 7: 253-5.—Salleras, J. Rupturas del rinon. In his Tennis urol., B. Air., 1937, 119-30.—Sancholuz, P. S. Rupturas eh-l rifion. Sem. med., B. Air., 1906, 13: 1381-93.—Santoro, E. Ulteriore contributo sperimentale a complemento dedla teoria personale sul meccanismo di pro- duzione delle rotture sottocutanee del rene per causa indiretta. Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 287-390. —— Caso di rottura renale per traumatismo indiretto (considerazioni sul mec- canismo) Ibid., 1929, 23: 724-30.—Sarens, A. Ueber die Funktion einer rupturierten Niere; ein kasuistischer Beitrag zur traumatise-he-n Nierenruptur. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 000.—Sauvage A: Re'-gnier. Rupture traumatique du rein, acciele-nts a retarih-me-nt. Mem. Ae-ael. chir., Par., 1938, 64: 487-91.—Schenck, G. F. Traumatic rupture of the kidney. California West. M., 1934, 40: 341-6.—Schonwerth, A, Traumatischer Infarkt bei subkutaner Nierenruptur. Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 603.—Shapiro, E. Z. Ruptured kiei- ney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1930, 23: 343-57.—Stellwacen, T. ('. Rupture of the kidney. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 174—8.—Suarez, L. Rupture sous-cutanee du rein: son mi- canisme. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1906, 24: 1361-75.— Takkenberg, H. W. Over nierruptuur door trauma. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 2: 68-80.—Tesaf, J. [Ruptures of the kidneys] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1938, 77: 512-7.—Tondeur. Le ventre de bois; des hematomes retroperitoneaux; a propos dune rupture du rein gauche. J. med., Par., 1935, 55: 300-4.— Treplin [Fall von schwerer Nierenruptur] Jahrb. Hamburg Staatskrankenanst. (1905) 1906, 10: 86-8.—Viannay. Rupture du rein au cours d'une contusion thoracoabdominale grave; hematuries persistantes; nephrectomie au vingtieme jour; guerison. Loire med., 1927, 41: 131-5.—Wendel [Zertriim- merung der linken Niere] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1907, 54: 100.-—West, L. A. Traumatic rupture of the kidney. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 90-2.—Williams, E. R. Subcapsular rupture of the kidney; case report. Brit. J. Radiol., 1941, 14: 248.—Wyman, H. E. Rupture of the kidney. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1941, 37: 1-4.—Zelenkovsky, S. I. [Multiple injury of the intestine complicated by rupture of the left kidney) Vest, khir., 1939, 57: 571. ---- Rupture, spontaneous. Mathe, C. P. Sobre la ruptura espontanea del rifion. 28p. 8? Madr., 1933. Also transl. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 605. Amberger. Spontane Ruptur der rechten Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1926, 20: 561-3.—Irwin, F. G. Spontaneous rupture of the kidney; a case report. L. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943, 41: 818-20.—Lazarus, J. A. Subcutaneous rupture of the kidney with spe-i-ial re-fe-rence to spontaneous rupture. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 77-84.—Mass, B. B. [Spontaneous rupture of the kidney, afb-e-te-el by a tumor] Urologia, Moskva, 1941, 18:65 — Nicoara, E. [Case of spontai-e-e,,^ re-nal rupture, caused by injury] Chn. med., 1928, 9: 338 10.—Nit>schke. P. H. Spon- taneous rupture of the kidney. Lrol. Cut Rev 1938 42: KIDNEY 193 KIDNEY 475-9.—Schiirmann, J. Ruptur einer gesunden Niere ohne bestimmt definierbares Trauma. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 355. --- Rupture: Treatment. Adler-Racz, A. Zwei operierte Fiille von subeutaner Nieren- ruptur. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930-31, 31: 247-52.—Angus, H. B. Subcortical rupture of kidney: no operation: recovery [2 cases] Lniv. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., 1905-06, 6: 110.—Babler, E. A. The 11catnient,of traumatic rupture of the kidney, with report of 2 cases obseived within 18 hours. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 49: 826-8— Barkley. A. H. Rupture of kidney without external wounel anil its surgical treatment. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907, 13: 253-8.-—Benoi, A. Traitement chirurgical des ruptures du rein. Rev. ther. med. chir., Par., 1908, 75: 37- 46.—Boddaert, E. Rupture totale du rein gauche; nephrec- tomie par la voie lombaire; guerison. J. chir., Brux., 1907, 12: 379-81.— Bottone, J. J. The conservative manage- ment of traumatic rupture of the kidney. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 19-25.—Brun. H. Beitrag zur chirurgie der sub- kutanen Nierenzerreissungen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1906, 49: 266-79.—Cannaday. J. E. Repair versus removal of ruptured kidney. Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 104-6.—Chipail, G., & Chirmiciev, A. Rupture traumatique du rein; operation; guerison. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 378-83.—Dodd, H. Abdominal nephrectomy for ruptured kidnev with notes of 3 tases. Brit. M. J., 1932, 2: 54.—Edington. G. H. Ruptured kidney, removed by operation. Tr. Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc, 1904-05, 10: 110.—Figueroa Alcorta, L., & Molina, L. R. Rup- tura del rinon por traumatismo leve; nefrectomia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 1, 1899.—Findlay, F. M. The treatment of ruptured kidney with case report. West. J. Surg., 1936, 44: 117-21.—Franklin, A. L. Rupture of both kidneys with intra- peritoneal hemorrhage; removal of all of left kidney and part of right kidney; recovery. Am. J. Surg., 1906, 20: 309.— Friedrich, R. Zur Klinik und Therapie der Nierenrupturen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 964; 995.—Grimault, L. Rupture traumatique du rein droit; nephrectomie. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1926, 3: 655.—Harris, A. The management of traumatic rupture of the kidney, with after-care. Long Island M. J., 1928, 22: 519-25.—Herman, F. Rupture complete d'un rein; nephrectomie; guerison. J. chir., Brux., 1907, 7: 89-92.— Jones, R. F. Surgical treatment of transcapsular rupture of kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 34: 76-82.—Lowsley, O. S., & Menning, J. H. Treatment of rupture of the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 45: 253-71 [Discuss'on] 282-9—Mau- claire. Rupture traumatique du rein; nephrectomie par la voie antero-laterale; guerison. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 606-8; 1904, 79: 332-6—Morestin, H. Rupture traumatique du rein traitee par la suture. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. ser., 40: 791.—Neilson, T. R. Four cases of rupture of the kidney, with remarks upon conservative operative treatment. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1907, 25: 371-85. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1908, n. ser., 135: 54-64.—Ninni, G. Rottura traumatica del rene destro per calcio di cavallo all'addome; nefrectomia transperi- toneale; guarigione. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1905, n. ser., 59: 69-82, pl.—Routier. Rupture traumatique du rein; nephrectomie. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1906, n. ser., 32: 193-5.—Wesson, M. B. The treatment of traumatic rupture of the kidney. Ann. Surg., 1926, 83: 246-59.—2 iver Mestci [Case of renal rupture] Bull. Soc. turque med., 1941, 7: 85-7.— Zoltan, T. [Surgery in a case of rare renal injury (transverse rupture)) Magy. urol, 1939, 2: 100-4. --- Sarcoma. See also subheadings (Adenosarcoma; Cancer, etc.) Brook, A. I. [Case of sarcoma of the kidney] Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 147.—Cade, A., & Andre. Sarcome du rein simulant une spienomegalie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon, 1903, 2: 408-16.—Canino. R. Su di un caso di sarcoma dell'ilo renale. Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 651-9.—Cautley, E. A case of sarcoma of the kidney. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-C7, 7: 148-50—Chevrel-Bcd in, L., & Maruelle, R. Tu- meur type blasteme renal combinee avec sarcome myoblastique et hypernephrome. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1938, 15: 1075-82.— Davidson, B. Sarcoma of the kidneys in an adult. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1942, 46: 689-91.—Deming, C. L. Sarcoma of kidney; cured. N. England J. M., 1928, 199: 273-5.—Dun, R. C. [Sarcoma of the kidney] Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1903, 23: 402.—Duvergey efe Dax. Un cas de sarcome pur du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 195.—Fort, A. Sarcoma pararrenal. Lia me'd., B. Air., 1941, 13: 315-8.—Galais. Sarcome volu- mineux elu rein droit. Bull. med. Algerie, 1905, 16: 120 — Grauhan, M., & Hellriegel. Spontane Massenblutung in das Nierenlager als Symptom des Nierensarkoms. Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 25 35— Herman, L., & Greene, L. B. Sarcoma of the adult kidney. J. Lrol., Bait,, 1932, 27: 317-28.—Hultquist, G. T. Tumeur du rein; hypern6phrome combine avec le sarcome myoblastique. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1938, 15: 279-95.—Jaffrey, F. Sarcoma of the kidney. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-04, 4: 308-10.—James, T. G. I. Cystic sarcoma of the kidney simulating a solitary cyst. Brit. J. Lrol., 1935, 7:49-51 .—Judd, E. S., & Donald, J. M. Sarcoma of the kidney of the adult; a review of 20 cases with a report of a case. Ann. Surg., 1932, 96: 1028-31.—Kenny, R. W. A case of primary sarcoma of the kieiney. West. Canada M. J., 1907, 1: 494-9, ch.—Lamb, E. B. Sarcoma of kidney. Med. Arts. 1932 35: 700—La Pierre, L. F. A case of sarcoma of the kidney. N. York M. J., 1908, 87: 106-8.—Lynch, K. D., & lbompson, R. F. Sarcoma of the kidney. Lrol. Cut. Rev 1933, 37: 324-9.—Macquet, P., & Decoulx, P. Sarcome vrai du rein chez 1 adulte. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 45: 529-31.— Marion, G. Un cas de sarcome vrai du rein. Ibid., 1932, 33: 470-3— Mintz, E. R. Sareoma of the kidney in adults. Ann. Surg., 1937, 105: 521-38.-Motta, L. Sarcoma do rim. J. clin., Rio, 1934, 15: 105-7.—Penna de Azevedo, A. Tumor misto do rim com estrutura de miosarcoma, hipernefroma e blastoma renal em individuo adulto. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1942, 37: 317-26, 2 pl. —— & Monteiro de Carvalho, J. Tumor mixto do rim com estrutura de hipernefroma, miosarcoma e blastema renal. Arq. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, Rio, 1941, 7: 11-21.—Rollin, M. Sarcome du rein droit. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80: 98-100.—Rush, C. C. Sar- coma of the kidney. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, 25: 857-9.— Sabrazes, J., & Husnot, P. Sarcome des 2 reins et des 2 surrenales. Arch. med. exp., Par., 1907, IS: 767-76.—Stein- haus, N. A. Sluchai sarkomi pochki. Sibirsk. vrach. vredoni., 1902-03, 1: 144.—Thomas, W. H. Sarcoma of the kidney; report of case. J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 20: 460-2.—Weisel, W., Dockerty, M. B., & Priestley, J. T. Sarcoma of the kidney. Ibid., 1943, 50: 564-73. ---- Sarcoma: Pathology. Athias, M., & Furtados-Dias, M. T. Sarcome transplantable du rein provoque par le methylcholanthrene chez le rat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 237.—Belgrano, V. Contributo alio studio del sarcoma renale vero. Pathologica, Genova, 1939, 31: 346-52.—Bisbini, B. Sul cosidetto sarcoma bilaterale del rene. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt 1, 123-8.—Caulfield, A. H. W. Pathological report on a case of sarcoma of the kidney. Dominion M. Month., 1906, 27: 53-62.—Cerza, L. Sarcoma renale con metastasi multiple. Pediatria (Riv.) 1939, 47: 246-57.—Collina, M. Sarcoma del rene contenente fibre muscolari liscie. Nuova raccogl. med., 1904, 3: 253-6.— De Vecchi, B. Sarcoma bilaterale del rene, con nidi cellulari di tessuto cromaffine (paraganglio) Ibid., 1905, 4: 185-200. Also transl. Virchows Arch., 1905, 182: 282-96, pl.—Di Fulvio, A. Sarcoma unico del rene sinistra del polio. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1935, 33: 121-32, pl.—Eerland [Renal sarcoma with pyonephrosis] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1930, 79: 1162.—Elmer, R. F., & Boyian, C. E. Reticular cell sarcoma of kidney with case report. Illinois M. J., 1934, 66: 83-7.—Flbrcken, H. Aussergewohnliehe Metastasenbildung bei einem kindlichen Nierensarkom. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1907, 52: 732-7.—liirsten- berg, S., & Biichmann, E. Ueber sarkomatose Entartung der Nieren; eine neue Form der Nierengeschwulste. Beitr. path. Anat., 1907, 42: 447-63.—Haining, R. B., & Poole, F. E. Osteoblastoma of the kidney, histologically identical with osteogenic sarcoma. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 21: 44-54.— Hirose, H. Ueber die anatomischen Veranderungen der Nieren und ihre Beziehungen zur Funktionsstorung bei experimen- tellem ubertiagbarem Sarkom des Organs. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1928-29, 5: 217-36, 2 pl.—Iwamoto, M. Beitrage zur Funktionsprufung der Nieren bei experimentell erzeugtem tragbarem Sarkom des Organs. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1928, 10: 370-87.—Jardini, A. Emoendoangiosarcoma cistico del rene. Sperimentale, 1905, 59: 173-86, pl.—Kretschmer, H. L. Sarcoma of the kidney and stone. J. Urol., Bait,, 1936, 36: 99-104. ■------ & Randolph, H. S. Spindle-cell sarcoma of the kidney in adults. Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 1033-8.—Lacz- kovich, E. [Perirenal hemorrhage in cases of renal sarcoma] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 273. Also transl. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1938, 168: 241-5.—Lafargue. Sur un cas de rhabdomyosarcom. pararenal droit. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: 115-7.—La Pefia, A, de. Sarcoma puro de rin6n. Med. ibera, 1928, 22: pt 1, 495-8.-—MacLeod, D. Retroperitoneal sarcoma (with special plate) Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 783—Mariconda, P. S. Metastasi neoplasiche nei glomeruli renali in un caso di melanosarcoma diffuso. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 194—9.—Messinger, W. J., & Jarman, W. D. Rhabdomyosarcoma of the kidney: case report with autopsy findings. Surgery, 1937, 2: 26-32.— Michael, P. Lymphosarcoma of the kidnev. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1940, 44: 751-3.—Miller, D. J. M. Sarcoma of the kidney and pseudo-hermaphrodism. Ann. Gyn. Pediat., 1903, 16: 696-8.—Neyraud, C, & Isidor, P. A propos des sarcomes musculaires du rein. Ann. anat, path., Par., 1939 16: 888-94.—Page, F. Notes of a pathological specimen; large myosarcoma of the kidney. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1897, 5: 158.—Paviot, J., Levrat. M., & Guichard, A. L'eosinophilie sanguine des tumeurs malignes (a propos d'un cas de reticulosarcome perirenal avec eosinophilic sanguine et tumorale) Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 12: 113-30.—Pepe, A., & Mauro, E. Un cas de sarcome vrai du rein associi a tuberculose. J. urol. med., Par., 1938, 46: 556-61.—Puente Duany, N. Linfosarcoma y linfosarcomatosis de los rifiones. Rerv. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1940, 6: 117; 213; 303.— Rathcke, L. Vollige Sarkomatose einer ganzen Niere. Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 462-5.—Rozanov, M. P. Generalizirovannaya melano-sarkoma pochki. Vet. obozr., 1905, 7: 466.—Ruzicska, J. Ueber ein Ovarialtumor vortauschendes Nierenkapselsar- kom. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1934, 158: 14-21.—Suzuki, S., Nonaka, Y. [et al.] Gleichzeitiges Vorkommen von Sarkom und Tuber- kulose in ein und derselben Niere. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940-41, 2: Derm. & Urol., 183-93.—Tuffier. Hematome sous-peritoneal diffus par rupture spontanee d'un sarcome du rein droit. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1906, n. ser., 32: 692-5.—Uluhosian, L. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- -13 KIDNEY 194 KIDNEY Sopra un caso di sarcoma alveolare o cosidetto sarcoma earcino- niatode del rene. Tumori, Milano, 1930, 16: 203-8.— Yercesi, C. Sarcoma de-1 rene fetale: contributo alio studio dei tumori nella vita endouterina e delle distocie fetali. Fol. gyn., Pavia, 1926, 22: 101-15, 3 pl.—Watson, E. A.. & Russum, B. C. Small spindle cell sarce ma of the kidney in the adult. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1700-2. ---- Sarcoma: Treatment. Autefage & Danel. Sarcome fascicule tres vasculaire developpe aux depens du pole inferieur d'un rein mobile; nephrectomie lombaire; guerison. Bull. Soc med. Nord, 1905, 1: 164-71.—Deletrez. Sarcome du rein, nephrectomie transperitoneale; avantages de la position de Trendelburg elans le diagnostic de certaines tumeurs abdominales. Ann. Soc beige chir., 1897-98, 5: 226-S— Dowd, C. N. Nephre-ctomy for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., 1904, 40: 595-7.—Eisendrath, 11. N. Sarcoma of the kidney; report of case 8 years after nephrec- tomy. J. Urol., Bait., 1937, 38: 357-9.—Girard. Nephrecto- mie pour sarcome du rein. Dauphine med., 1903, 27: 110- 3.^ Pru-eost. Nephrectomie pour sarcome. Gaz. med. Picardie, 1903, 21: 139.—Richmond, C. H. A supposed sarcoma of the kidney cured by x-ray treatment. N. \ork M. J., 1903, 77: 976.—Stiles, H. J. [Excision of a large sarcoma of the kidney] Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh, 1903-04, n. ser., 23: 206 — Treplin. Operativ entferntes Nierensarkom. Deut. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 132.—Winternitz, A. Transperitonealis uton kiirtott vesesarkomak. Orv. hetil., 1907, 51: 501. Also transl., Ungar. med. Presse, 1907, 12: No. 20, 5. ---- Sarcoma—in children. See also Kidney, Adenosarcoma. Bean, J. W. Congenital sarcoma; nephrectomy; operative recovery. Northwest M., 1903, 1: 14-6, pl.—Bertrand. Sarcome du rein chez un enfant de 2 ans. J. sc. med. Lille, 1904 2:298.—Bogart, A. H. Clinical reports of sarcoma of the kidney in children. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, 20: 92-5 [Dis- cussion] 110.—Cheney, W. F. Sarcoma of the kidney in infancy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, 25: 273-6.—Clayton, C. F., jr. Sarcoma of the- kidney in children. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1933, 26: 475-89.—Cuppari, A. Sarcoma del rene in una bain! ma di ire anni. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1934, 42: 5R6—'.' - Dequidt, A. Sarcome volumineux du rein chez une enfant. J. .-e. med. Lille-, 1906, 1: 78-81.—Deschamps, M. Le sarcome du rein chez i'enfant. Lev. hyg. med. inf., Par., 1907, 6: 1-12.-—Disler, S. Congenital renal sarcoma of infants. S. Afr. M. J.. 1933, 7: 301.- Escherich [Sarkom der Niere bei einem elfmonatlichen Kinde■] Mitt, Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1905, 4: 179.—Everidge, J. Sarcoma of kidney; removed 3J4 years ago from a child aged 14 months. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1934, 57: 122-5.—Jemma, R. II sarcoma renale nell'infanzia. Rinasc. med., 1925, 2: 209. Also in Lez. med. biol. (Martelli) Nap., 1930, 211-6.—Jordan, W. [Sarcoma of kidney removed post mortem from an infant aged 4 months] Brit. M. J., 1904, 2: 1318.—Kerr, J. Case of round-celled sarcoma of kieiney in a child; enucleation. Washington M.Ann., 1904-05, 3: 447.—Manson. Sarcome du rein chez une enfant de 3 ans. Gaz. mal. infant., Par., 1905, 7: 33.—Miller, D. J. M. Case of abdominal tumor (sarcoma of the kidney?) and pseudo- hermaphrodism in a child of 2 years. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903, 15: 747.—Monsarrat, K. W. Two cases of renal sarcoma in children: with some rema'ks on the pathology and the recent results of surgical treatment. Edinburgh M. J., 1907, n. ser., 22: 57-66.—Oelnitz, d\ & Bouchard. Sarcome renal bilateral chez un enfant, Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 404 — Rocher, H. L., Lasserre, C, & Rioux. Sarcome du rein chez un enfant de 3 mois. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 158.—Schmid, R. Zur Kenntis der Nierensarkome im Kindesalter. Deut. Praxis, 1906, 15: 519.—Shannon, W. Sarcoma of the kidney in children with report of a case. Arch. Pediat., 1907, 24: 922-6.—Woolsey, G. Cystic sarcoma of the kidney in an infant. Ann. Surg., 1907, 46: 161. ---- Secretion. — solitary, congenital- See Kidney, Aplasia; Kidney, Fusion. --- solitary: Disease. See other subheadings (Function; Glomerulus; Histophysiology; Tubule) also Diuresis. ---- solitary. See also other subheadings (Aplasia; Ectopy; Nephrectomy; polycystic) Andrew, L. B., & Howze, H. H. Solitary kidney; 2 eases. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1940-41, 17: 71-4.—Braasch W. F., & Merricks, J. W. Clinical and radiologic data associ- ated with congenital and acquired single kidney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1937, 30: 103-12. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 281 -ti.—Conptantinefcu, M. N., & Aurian, C. [Two cases of solitary kidney] Spitalul, 1029, 49: 394-6 — Ellis, L. B., & Weiss, S. The renal function in persons with one kidney. Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 186: 242-8.—Gripekoven. Rein unique. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1929, 30: 21-4.— Manaugh, H. C. Solitary kidney. Med. Bull. Veterans Aelmin.. 1937-38, 14: 382—Thompson, A. R. Solitary kidney. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lon.l., 1929, 79: 207-19.—Ward, B. J. Seditarv kidney, with tin notes of a rare case. Brit. M. J., 1908, 1: 078. Casau, J. L. *Hydron<5phroses monstrueuses sur rein unique; leur dangers. 59p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Laarmann, A. *Vollst:'indige Harnsperrc bei Einzelniere. 31p. 8? Miinch. [1935] Aleman, O. [Solitary kidney with hydronephrosis] llygiea, Stockh., 1933, 95: 389-93.—Alvres-Pinto, A. I. Consi.h-rne.-eM-N em torno de urn caso de ferimento do rim unico. Are-h. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, Rio, 1938, 4: 159-77.—Aschner, I». W. Lremia following nephrectomy; congenital hypoplasia of remaining kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 126 — Bastos, H. Sobre a patologia do rim unico. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935, 53: 10-2.—Bibus, B. Zur Klinik eler Einzelniere. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 1054-8.—Borchard, F. Ein Fall von multiplen Abszessen in einer Solitarniere. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 2368.—Brown, R. O.. Judd, J. R. [et ah] A solitary polycystic kidney. Proc. Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass., 1939, 520-2.—Burci, E. Calcolosi del rene sinistro unico per precedente nefrectomia destra eseguita per pielo-nefrite calcolosa; pielotomia; rapida guarigione. Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 596-8.—Castano, E. Anuria calculosa en un riflem unico. Rev. As. med. argent., 1917, 27: 423-9. —----& Astraldi, A. Decapsulaci6n, nefrotomia parcial y drenaje renal permanente por anuria en una nefrectomizada por litiasis reno-peivica. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 689-95.—Ceccarelli, G. Anurie dans un rein unique. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 26: 331—41.— Chase, H. M. Pyonephrosis: congenital cyst; .single kidney. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, 163: 948-50.—Cifuentes, P. Anuria cale-uleisa opeiada con exito en un antiguo nefrectomizado (eejiisieleiae-iieiies sobre algunos casos de apancion lie la litiasis en e-i nne'.n no ope-raelo de-spues de la nefrectomia elel otro riflen) Siglo me-el., 1924, 73: 613-5.—Danziger, F. Aplasie der Llasi-, Lre-teriniinelung in eler Vagina bei einer Einnierigen. Zschr. urol. ( lnr., 1027, 22: 2-18-50.—Darget, R. Rein unique a.tteint de nephrite bacillaire. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1934, 332- 40.—De la Marnierre. Rein unique avec anuries periodiques; decapsulation suivie de plusieurs liberations. Ibid., 1938, 254-8.—Del Genovese, P. Ferita d'arma da fuoco di un rene unico. Policlinico, 1904, 11: sez. prat., 84-6.—De Victoriis- Medori, F. II comportamento simultaneo della pressione osmotica e della concentrazione proteica del sangue nelle gravi lesioni di un solo rene. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1935, 6: 1063-80.— Dillon, J. R., & Jones, J. G. Stones in single kidneys; their management; report of cases. California West. M., 1931, 35: 30-9.—Egorov, M. A. [Case of calculous anuria in a woman with one kidney] Vest, khir., 1929, 16: 213-5.—Everidge, J. Stag-horn calculus removed from a single kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1127.—Fe-y. Presentation d'un rein pyonephrotieiue provonant de lauteung, H. H. Hee-e-nt progress in renal surgery. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. AI. A>>. N. America, 1932, 314-8. ---- Surgery: Accidents and complications. Jentzer, G. *Mcin. H. Air., 1939. Also Rev. argent, anest., 1939, 1: 111-79. Bertola, V. J. Anestesia para el liiVm y su pediculo. Prensa nicd. argent., P.UO, 27: pt 2, 1841- 7.--( aporale, L. Peridural segmentary anesthesia in renal surgery. .). Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 403-8.— Colter, F. A., Moyer, C. A. [et al.] The parenteral administration of iluiels during the operation and the immediate postoperative period in the light of additional knowledge of the effects of surgical anesthesia (ether, cyclopropane, anel avertin) upon renal function in man. Surgery, 1943, 14: 477 (Abstr.)— Darget, R. Quelques cas d'anesthesie regionale en chirurgie renale. Bordeaux chir., 1930, 1: 135.—Diaz Muiioz, I., & Lira Valencia, A. Anestesia local y esplacnica en cirugia renal. Rev. aigent. anest . 1011, 3: 59-66.—I ninstcin Z. \. |Local :me-sthe.-ia in operan,.,i- on the kidney I Lrologia. Ab.-leva, 1030. 1.1: 11.", <.• Huns. T/nnesthesii- e-u chirurgie n-n:ile-. .1. me-,!., 1'ai 11,36, :>(>: 047. Kahle-, P. J., & Itt-arham. II. I'. Kulney -uh-.-m unel.-i spinal analgesia. '1 i. Panainer. M. C„],rr. e 1031 i l'.i:;:-'.. 3. Congr., 1008-20.- Kalbak, k. |Iilood sugar cui\e--> in lumbar am-sihesia, and flucttiations of blood sucar as cut. nuin l,u :ee-non on the suprarenal glanei in opera- tions on the kieln.-ysi Ilospitalstnlendo, l'.;3S, 81: 380-7.- Lavaux, M. Leber elie- Anasthe-sie-rung der Nieren und oberen Harnwese. Mschr. Ilarnkr. sex. llv"., 1905. 2: 181; 227.- Mendoiieru. J. de, A' Pinto, O. Analgesia local na eirtigia do rim. Actas Congr. amer. urol. M937) 1039, B. Air., 2. Congr.. 2: S70 So.— Ne-di'le-c, M. Avantages de la rachi-pereaini- dans la chirurgie elu n>in. Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9: 719-U.— Noszkay, A. Leber ein Aniisthesicrungsverfahren, mil dem bei Nieren- und Lreteroperationen vollstiindige Empfinehings- losigkeit zu erreichen ist. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, .'10: 130-6, Die vollkommene Anasthesierung eles Operati biets der Nieren und Harnleiter. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 689-93.—Oiler Sobregrau, L., & Compaii, V. lnve-stignrion de la azotemia postoperatoria en cirugia renal utilizaneh) elile-- rentes tipos de anestesia: general (eter) y extiaelural ele Pngft- Dogliotti; con una nota acerca de ia anestesia epidural. Me-el. espafi., 1941, 5: 300-8.—Turco, N. IL, & Nunziata, A. Anestesia local en cirugia renal; los metodos de Braun v Wiedenhorn-von Noszkay. Rev. meel., B. Air., 1030, 1 : No. 8, 34 8— Vishnevs- ky, A. A. Meine Methode der Inhltiation.san-i.st.hesic bei Nierenoperationen. Zbl. Chir., 1028, 55: 52-1-8. ---- & Rupassov, N. F. [Local slow filtratiein anesthe-sia in eiperatiems on the kidneys] Vest, khir., 1932, 27: 51-4.---Widenhorn. H. Eine vereinfachte Methode der Paravcrte-bral-Aiiiisthesie fur die Nierenchirurgie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 26: 494-504. ---- Surgery: Apparatus, and instruments. Backer-Gr0ndahl, N. [A new pelvis suppeirt for operation* on the kieineys] Nord. med., 1940, 5: 3 10. Cunningham, J. H. A table for operations upon the kielnev tluougli the lumbar incision. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, 149: 507 9.- Fillis, B. E. An ne Unstable renal forceps. J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 32: 53.—Friedrich. Die Hangematle nae-h Pfiaumer zur Nierenope-iatiein. Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 270 2.—Lepoutre, C. Le-arte-ui auteeMatiepie- pour interventions sur le rein. J. urol. me'd., Par., 1033, 3b: 137.—Lower, W. E. Two practical instruments for use in kidney surgery. J. Am. Al. Ass., 1008, 51: 1327.—Ockerblad, N. F. New kidney clamp. J. Lrol., Bait., 1932, 27: 125.—Rejsek, J. [Apparatus for lifting and supporting the patient in operations of the kidneys] Cas. lek, fesk., 1934, 73: 328.—Stirling, W. C. Flexible kidney elevator; a device for securing adequate traction of the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1940, 43: 917-9. ---- Surgery: Cases. Bitschai. Demonstrationen zum Kapitel der Nierenchir- urgie. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21: 891-3.—Blake, J. A. Some problems in the major surgery of the kieineys; with a report of e-ase-s. Meel. News, N. Y., 1903, 82: 673-9.—Brewer, G. K. An analysis of 140 operations on the kidneys anel ureters. Am. .1. AI. Se-., 1008, 135: n. ser., 625-46.—Bruni, C. Su qualche caso eli chirurgia renale. Gior. internaz. sc. med., 1906, n. ser., 28: 721-39. Also transl. Zschr. Lrol., 1907, 1: 388-411 — Cabot, F. Notes on some kieiney operations. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1905, 20: 1272-7.—Catheiin, F. Statistique personnel^ de 37 operations renales. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. 1000, 15: sect. 10, 300-5. ------ Statistique de 30 operations re'nalees (tuberculose exceptee) Fol. urol., Lpz., 1908, 2: 65- 95.-■■Chctv»ood, C. H. Surgical conditions of the kidneys; with ie pent of personal cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. SurR., 1907, 2: 126-41, 3 pl. Also Am. J. Obst., 1907, 56: 44-59, 2 pl. [Discussion] 99.—Clairmont, P. Beitriige zur Nieren- e-hiiui-gie. Arch. klin. Chir., loOO, 79: 667-775, 3 pl.-Dan- fejrth, I. N. A case of surgical kidney without lesions. M. & >■ Rep. S. Lukes Hosp., Chic, 1903, 00-70.— Davison, C. Some inti-re-Ming kidne-y cases. Plexus, Chic, 1902-03, 8: 471-5.— Leaver, J. B. Operation upon the kidney at the German Hospital in Philadelphia. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1903, 5: 58-67.—Decoud, D. Nefrotomias, nefrectomias y nefro- pexias; sobre una serie de doce observaciones. .Sem. med., B. Air., 1902, 9: 865-70; 913- Doe-ring, H. Beitrage zur Nierenchirurgie. Deut. Zschr. Chn.. 1900, 84: 288-310; 1907, 88: _ 32-6.—Dzirne, J. Leber die Behanellung der Nephro- lithiasis, der Hyelro- und Pyonephrose (17 Fiille von Operationen an den Nieren) Mber. Lrol., 1904, 9: 136-70—I'arman, F., et Gummess, K. C. Surgery of the kidney (luring pregnancy; report of case. California West. M., 1032, 37: 95.—Fedoroff, S. P. I'ehler und Raritaten in elei Nierenchirurgie. Zsehr. Lrol., 1930, 24: 571-82.—Fischer, h. Kin Beitrag zui Nie-ien- chirurgie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1007, 55: 736 18. Krisch, von [Praparate von Operationen an den Nieren] Wien. klin Wschr., 1904, 17: 089-91.—Grosglik, S. Beitrage zur Nierenchirurgie. Mber. Lrol., 1906, 11: 457-82.—Guernica, A. Cuatro casos ele cirugia del rifion. Rev. med. cubana, 1907, II: 215-7.— Herhold. Beitrage zur Nierenchirurgie. Deut. milit. aretl. Zschr., 1905, 34: 421-4.—Holmes, J. B. S. Report of a few surgical cases, with remarks on surgei y of the kidney. Internat. J. S., 1905, 18: 99-104.—-Hryntschak, T. Two rare cases of renal operations on infants. Bol. Ar. med. Puerto Rico, 1933, 25: 45-.j2.—Illyes, G. Ese.-tck a vesesebeszet korebol. Lrolo- KIDNEY 197 KIDNEY eia Budap 1907, 11-4.—Kielleuthner. Nierenchirurgie im KiAdesalter. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 104-19—Kotay, P. [Right nephrectomy in pyonephrosis; left nephrotomy for calculus] Magy. urol., 1939, 2: 41.—Kiittner, H. Demonstra- tion von Praparaten aus dem Gebiete der Nierenchirurgie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928-29, 145: 724.—Le Gac, P. Cinq observations de chirurgie renale. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1936, 303-10.—Lequeux. Quelques cas de chirurgie renale. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1901, 40: 291-306.—Lisovs-kaia, S. N. [Renal operations in kyphosis and kyphoscoliosis] Lrologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 2, 15-23—Lydston, G. F. A series of interesting cases of surgical conditions of the kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 47: 1911-6.—Malherbe, A. Presentation de 3 reins. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1904, 2. ser., 22: 432-6.—Margulies, M. von. Leber die Beziehungen der Syphilis zur Nieren- chirurgie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 825-7.—Martens, M. Beitrage zur Nierenchirurgie. Gedankschr. verstorb. General- stabsarzt Armee ... Leuthold, Berl., 1906, 2: 371-97, 2 pl.— Maxwell, J. A. Some cases of renal surgery at R. N. hospital, Chatham. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22: 237-42.—Orth, O. Weitere klinisch-chirurgische Erfahrungen bei Tuberkulose der einen und toxischer Nephritis der anderen Niere. Chirurg, 1928-29, 1: 788-90.—Pedersen, J. A case of surgical kidney with specimen. Postgraduate, N. Y., 1907, 22: 1179-82 — Pels-Leusden. Pathologisch-anatomische und klinische Bei- trage zur Nierenchirurgie. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1902, 31: pt 1, 137-42.—Rinaldo, C. Di un non comune caso di chi- rurgia conservativa renale. Gazz. osp., 1908, 29: 1503-7.— Robinson, B. A ureterorenal decalogue; 10 consecutive uretero- renal surgical cases, with resume. N. York M. J., 1909, 39: 530-5.—Rumpel, O. Beitrage zur Nierenchirurgie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1906, 81: 2. T., 433-80, 2 pl.—Takahasi, A. Ex- periences sur la chirurgie du rein. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 200-23. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 22: 230-47 — Vander Veer, A. End results in surgery of the kidney, based on a study of 90 cases, with 123 operations. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1905, 23: 19-49. Also Albany M. Ann., 1905, 26: 590-8; 725.—Walters, W., & Braasch, W. F. Bilateral resection of hydronephrotic renal pelvis; ligation of anomalous renal artery with polycystic kidney; heminephrectomy; ureteropyeloneos- tomy. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 161.—Watson, F. S. A series of cases of renal surgery. M. & S. Rep. Boston City Hosp., 1905, 106-21.—Zondek. Zur Nieren-Pathologie und Chirurgie Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1904, 33: 170-3. ---- Surgery: Diagnosis. See also Kidney, Functional test. Astraldi, A. A., & Lriburu, J. V. Radiologia del rin6n durante el acto operatorio. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1936,21:891-907. ------ & Perez Zabala, M. Radiografia renal en el acto operatorio. Dia med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 433.—Casper, L. Riickblick auf die Nierenchirurgie seit Einfuhrung des Lreterenkatheterismus. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1905, 34: 2. T., 72-98 [DiscussionJ 1. T., 64-86. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1905, 77: 72-98.—Chetwood, C. H. Recent experiences in kidney surgery and the utility of diagnostic aids. Physician & Surgeon, 1905, 27: 289-306.—Hellstrom, N. Nagra ord om ureterkatetrisationen och dess praktiska bety- delse for diagnosen af kirurgiska njursjukdomar. Hvgiea, Stockh., 1903, 2. L, 3: pt 2, 227-45.—Heusser, H. Die Ront- genuntersuchung der operativ freigelegten Niere. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 630-2.—Hirsch, I. S. A new type of fluoroscopic screen for use in kidney operations. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 51-3.—Hugel, K. Moderne Nieren- diagnostik und Nierenchirurgie. Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1908, 24: 35; 57, pl.—Kaarsberg, H. Nyreoperationer efter svigtende forsfeig med uretercystoskopet. Hospitalstidende, 1908, 5. R., 1: 785; 829.—Kretschmer, H. L., & Squires, F. H. Pyelography of the surgically exposed kidney. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 205.—Leusman, F. A. A few notes on renal func- tional tests, renal diagnostic methods of nephrectomy, ne- phrotomy, nephropexy and ureteral surgery. Illinois M. J., 1907, 11: 128-44.—Santos, R. dos. Nouvelles applications cliniques de l'aortographie a quelques problemes de chirurgie renale. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 359-63—Schlagint- weit, F. Der Lreterenkatheter in der Nierenchirurgie. Sitzber. Srztl. Ver. Miinchen (1904) 1905, 2-5. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 369.—Sutherland, C. G. Roentgenoscopy and roentgenography of the kidney at the operating table. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1939, 19: 1041-6. ---- Surgery: Effect. Adler-Racz, A. Leber Magendarmstorungen nach Nieren- operationen. Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 713-7.—Allen, F. M. Acute hypertension with clamping or ligation of explanted kidneys. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 46: 834-52—Dessy, G. II comportamento della curva azotemica da carico di urea in seguito a interventi vari sul rene (nefrectomia unilaterale, deeapsulazione, enervazione) Diagnosi, 1936, 16: 143-62.— Ekehorn, G. Die Function der Niere nach durchgemachten Sectionsschnitt. Arch. klin. Chir., 1905, 78: 171-80.—Faltin, R. Leber die Einwirkung einiger Nahtmaterialien auf das Nierengewebe. Fol. urol., Lpz., 1908, 3: 353-95.—Michelazzi, L. Sulle modificazioni della funzione renale indotte della mononefrectomia, dalla legatura di un uretere o di tutto il peduncolo di un rene e dallo capsulamento mono e bilaterale. Pathologica, Genova, 1931, 23: 332-41.—Nicolich, G., & Raffo, V. I risultati lontani ortopedici e funzionali della chirurgia renale e ureterale conservativa. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 33: 919-30.—Smirnov, N. A. Der Einfluss der operativen Eingriffe auf die Nierenfunktion bei Nephrolithiasis und Nephroptosis. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 143-55. ---- Surgery, experimental. Bertocchi, A. Ricerche sperimentali sulle variazioni di temperatura del rene nella deeapsulazione, negli interventi sui nervi vasomotori e nella nefrectomia controlaterale. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1926) 1927, 33: 443-55.—Ciddio, D. Trapianti nel rene di frammenti prelevati dalle vie escretrici urinarie. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 325-33.—Davis, H. A. In- fluence of living omental and muscle grafts on the kidney. Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 28: 767.—Girgolaff, S. S. Experi- mentelles zur Anastomosenerzeugung fur die Niere. Zbl. Chir., 1907, 34: 1444-6.—Jaboulay, M. Greffe de reins au pli du coude par soudures arterielles et veineuses. Lyon med., 1906, 107: 575-7.—Lowsley, O. S. Experimental surgery of the kidney. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1935, 36: 397-401.—Ockerblad, N. F. Some departures from the beaten path in kidney surgery; experimental studies. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 906-11.— Sakurane, Y. Implantationsversuch von Hautstiicken in die Niere beim Kaninchen. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 28.— Sampson, J. A., & Pearce, R. M. A study of experimental reduction of kidney tissue with special reference to the changes in that remaining. J. Exp. M., 1908, 10: 745-58. ---- Surgery: Incision and approach. Aman-Jean, F. *La region thoraco-lombaire; anatomie pour les voies d'abord du rein (etudiec plan par plan) 158p. 8* Par., 1928. Magloire, C. *L'abord du rein par voie thoraco-abdominale. 45p. 8? Par., 1926. Boeminghaus, H. Die Zugangsoperation sur Niere. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 945- 59.—Cames, O., & Ercole, R. La incisi6n de Ekehorn en cirugia renal. Rev. med. Rosario, 1931, 21: 358-62.—Couvelaire, R. Laparotomies inutiles et laparatomies dangereuses en matiere d'affections uretero-pyllo-renales. Gaz. med. France, 1937, 44: 771-80.—Digby, K. H. The 12th rib incision as an approach to the kidney. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 73: 84.—Fey, B. L'abord du rein par voie thoraco- abdominale. Arch. urol. Necker, 1925-26, 5: 169-78.— Foley, F. E. B. Improved methods for nephropexy and for exposure of the kidney. Arch. Surg., 1929, 18: 1413-25.— Fuhrmann, P. Dorsale Schnittfiihrung bei Nierenoperationen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 140-50.—Gibson, T. E. Adequate exposure in renal surgery. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1933, 2: 116-9. Also Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 747-50.— Glenn, F., & Child, C. G. Lumbar approach to renal artery for application of the Goldblatt clamp. Arch. Surg., 1938, 36: 373- 5.—Goldhahn, R. Eine neue Lagsrungsvorrichtung fur Nierenoperationen. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1086-9.—Halbfas- Ney, P. Die Resektion der letzten Rippe im Dienste der Nierenfreilegung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 275-9 — Hess, E. Resection of the rib in renal operations. .1. Lrol., Bait., 1939, 42: 943-56.—Kniazkov, E. D. [Excision of the 12th rib in renal operations] Tr. Acad. mil. med. Kiroff, 1934, 1: 195-9.—Melly, B. [Paracostal incision for exposure of kidney] Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 411-5.—Mouat, T. B. The operative approach to the kidney of Bernard Few Brit. J. Lrol., 1939, 11: 126-32.—Pasteau, O. De la position a donner a, 1'opere dans le cas d'operation renale. Nord. med., 1906, 12: 277-9.—Patel, Creyssel & Vachey. De l'incision paraperito- neal laterale en chirurgie renale. Presse med., 1927, 35: 130-3.—Pflaumer, E. Wann und wie soil bei der Nieren- operation eine Rippe reseziert werden? Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 371-4.------Verbesserte Technik der primaren Rippen- resektion bei der Nierenoperation. Ibid., 1934, 61: 2860.— Robinson, B. The elective line of renal incision; the natural division of the kidneys; Hyrtl's exsanguinated renal zone (zonaexsanguinataHyrtlii) N. YorkM. J., 1904,80: 1113-5.— Rosenstein, P. Ergebnisse des funktionellen Bauchdecken- schnittes bei Nierenoperationen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1149-51.—Thompson, M. The McWhorter incision for exposing the kidney. Kentucky M. J., 1933, 31: 195-6.— Wright, H. W. S. An abdomino-thoracic incision for the exposure of the kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 482.- -Young, H. M. The best surgical approach to the kidney. J. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 37: 42-8— Zavadzki, A. Les affections renales opei-ees par l'incision de Louis Bazy. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 866-8. ---- Surgery: Indication. Aschner, P. W. Indications for and principles of surgical therapy in disorders of the kidney and ureter. N. England J. M., 1934, 211: 1196-9.—Bagozzi, G. Contributo di chirurgia renale con speciale riguardo alio studio delle indicazioni e eontroindicazioni operatorie. Clin, chir., Milano, 1908, 16: 1729-812.—Floyd, E., & Pittman, J. L. Kidney salvage. South. M. J., 1940, 33: 731-6.—Gray, J. Some observations on experimental renal section. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 359- 62.—Inge, H. T. Kidney surgery in its relation to the cure of diseases. Mobile M. & S. J., 1905, 7: 125-33.—Randell, A., & Campbell, E. Value of nephrolysis, ureterolysis and neph- ropexy in selected cases. Ann. Surg., 1934, 99: 760-8.— Stutzin, J. J. Leber explorative Freilegung der Niere. Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 806-8. KIDNEY 198 KIDNEY ---- Surgery: Method. Brehmer, H. *Beitrag zur Nephrotomie und Nephrektomie beim Hunde. 77p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Janvier, R. E. *Le drainage dn rein; son interet dans la chirurgie conservatrice. 184p. 8? Par., 1937. Baggio, G. La nefropessia a complemento della pielo e delle nefro-tomie. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1929, 31: 143-8.—Bailey, H. Nephro-ureteral anastomosis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1928, 20: 103-7.—Baker, W. W., & Andrus. K. C. Pre- operative and postoperative care of patients undergoing renal surgery. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 1171-203 — Breitkopf. Zur Technik der Pvelotomie und Nephrektomie. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 899-903.—Ciddio, D. Sulla nefrotomia e Bulla resezione renale. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. elur., 510-20.— Dix, V. W. Some observations on temporary drainage of the kidney. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 107l'-0.— Foster, G. S. Nephrectomy and nephrotomy. Med. Worhl, 1932, 50: 239-42.—Grekov, I. I. [Transperitoneal nephrectomy and nephropexy ] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: No. 21, 10 .:..—He-itz-Boyer. Drainage chirurgical du rein, le drainage transanal loneituehnal inferieur ou polaire inferieur. Mem. Ae-ad. chir., Par., 1937, 63: 1102-21.—Lauwers, E. Nephropexii- et decapsulation du rein. Rev. med., Louvain, 1926, 7-9.—Livermore. G. R. The end results of fat and muscle transplants in the- kieiney. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons. 1939. 32: 1-S—Loux, H. R. Permanent drainage of both kidnevs through lumbar opening. Ann. Surg., 1908, 47: 148, pl—Mclvcr. R. B. Plastic proce- dures for the correction of defective renal drainage. Surgery, 1942, 11: 496.—O'Coneir, V. J. Nephrolysis, ureterolysis and nephropexy; an analy.-is of 30 consecutive operations with description of'technic. Arch. Surg., 1929, 18: 1203-72.— Odd, H. M. Reducing the surgical risk in patients with renal disease. Nebraska M. J., 1941, 26: 343-7—Palma, R. Lesioni renali consecutive a cauterizzazioni. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1151-3. ------ Alterazioni renali consecutive a cauterizzazioni. Arch. ital. chir., 1930-31, 27: 509-35 — Pflaumer. Lrage-n vor der Nierenoperation und Grundsatz- liehes zur Nie-n-noperationstechnik. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1040-4.—Porcile, V. Anastomosi rx-no-renale. Clin, chir., Milano, 1908, 16: 100-16. 5 pl—Priestley, J. T., & Schulte, T. L. Preoperative and postoperative care for patients who have operations on the kidney. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 1049-59.—Rovsing. T. [Mv teschnic in renal surgeryj Bibl. la-eer, 1927, 119: 660-72. Also transl. Practitioner, Lonel.. 1927. 118: 104-70 — Schapiro, I. N. Rontgenbe- strahlung in der Nierenchirurgie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 40: 37-58.—Schulhof, M. G. The effect of surgical drainage on kidneys eleelareel fune-tionlcss by present tests of renal function. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 65: 188-94.—Scott, W. W. The use of the electrosurgical scalpel in renal surgery. N. York State J. M., 1931, 31: 394-401—Strasemann, P. Erhaltende Nierenoperationen. Zschr. Lrol., 1933, 27: 217-34.—Surraco, L. le probieme d'abord de la loge renale. Paris m&L, 1938, 109: 288-94.—Warner, H. Leber Klinik und Technik or- ganerhaltender Nierenchirurgie. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 901-6.— Wyman, H. E. Plastic surgery on the kidney. Rec Columbia M. Soc, 1943, 7: No. 12, 13-5. ---- Surgery :*Method, conservative. Freitas, R. de. A cirurgia conservadora nas nefropatias cirurgicas e medicas. p.113-362. 27cm. S. Paulo, 1940. Forms v.l, Arq. cir. clin. exp., S. Paulo. Grimaldi, F. E. Cirugia renal conservadora. 249p. 24cm. B. Air., 1939. Abrahamsen, H. [Conservative surgery of kidney and pelvis, also cases of heminephrectomy] Lgeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 261-8.—Adams, P. S. Conservative treatment of surgical kidney disease. Nebraska M. J., 1937, 22: 292-4.—Adler- Racz, A. [Conservative surgery in diseases of the kidneys] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 4—6.—Albarran, J. Resultats thera- peutiques des operations conservatrices dans les retentions renales. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1904) 1905, 8: 765-74 — Barney, J. D. Conservatism in renal surgery. N. England J. M.. 1928, 198: 661-70.—Dock, W., & Rytand, D. A. Renal blood flow after subtotal nephrectomy. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., 1937-38, 36: 196-8.—Grimaldi, F. E., & Mathis, R. I. Contribution to the study of conservative renal surgery. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 390-4.—Haines, C. N. Conservative renal surgery, with case reports. Bull. Guthrie Clin., 1935-36, 5: 67-71.—Heckenbach, W. Zur konservativen Nieren- chirurgie. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 625-50.—Herman, L. A clinical argument for conservative renal surgery. J. Lrol., Bait., 1929, 22: 41-5.—Hinder, H. V. C. Conservatism in renal surgery. Australas. M. Gaz.. 1904, 23: 2V5-9.—Hjort, E. [Retention of urine and consci \ ative -urgery of the kidneys] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1932, 93: 1137 S2, 4 pl—Holmes, R.J., & Coplan, M. M. Conservative renal surgery. J. Florida M. Ass., 1931-32, 18: 163-7.—Eindall, L. E. Conservative renal Burgery with particular reference to kidney trauma. California West. M., 1938, 49: 115-20.—Lichtenberg, A. von. Leber konservative Nierenchirurgie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 29: 161-74. ------ Las bases para el desarollo de la cirugia renal conservadora. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 19.11, 18: 1051- 65—Lower. \V. K., & Belcher G. W. Conservative kidney Bui'iicrv; with particular reference to resection. Am. J. Sing., PCS, ii. ser., 5: 191-208.—McKenna, C. I\L. A Kie-fe-r. J. II. Conservative renal surgery. J. Urol., Bait., 104 1. 45: 272 89.— Mathe, C. P. Conservative- surgery of the knliioy. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 400-75. Millul, G. Contributo alia chirurgia conservativa renale-. Prat, chir., Citta di Castello, 1927-28, 2: 79-97.—Minuzzi, P. G. La cirugia renal conserva- dora; rectificaciones y aportacione-s a un liLro. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1, 1393-5.—Moore, T. D. Conservatism versus nephrectomy in renal surgery. Memphis M. J., 1942, 17: 175-9.—Munger, A. D. Conservative renal surgery. Nebraska M. J., 1933. 18: 100-2.—Papin, E. Les operations conservatrices en chirurgie renale. Arch. mal. reins, 1931-32, 6: 241-52.—Pennington, J. C, A- Lowry, E. C. Conservative management of damaged renal tis>ue. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 758-63.—Quevedo, A. Importancia de la arteria polar del rifi6n para la cirugia conservadora de este organo. Medicina, Mex., 1935, 15: 1-8. Also transl. Arch. mal. reins, 1936, 10: 269-78.—Quinby, W. C. Conservatism in surgery of the uri- nary tract (end-results in cases of renal calculus and of hydrone- phrosis) Internat. J. S., 1926, 39: 91-6.—Riley, A. Con- servative kidney surgery. N. England J. M., 1932, 207: 877- 80.—Scherer, R. G. Conservative renal surgery. Minnesota M., 1938, 21: 91-6.—Schwyze-r, A. Zum Konservatismus in der Nieren-Chirurgie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1185-93.—Stastny, J. [Conservative operation on the kieineys] Cas. lek. eesk., 1937, 76: 929-31.—Stellwagen, T. C, & Mueller- schoen, G. J. Conservatism in surgery of the kidneys. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 15: 1355-74.—Strassmann, P. Kon- servative Nierenoperation bei Doppelureter. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 87: 31-42.—Walters, W. Indications for and results of conservative operations on the kidneys. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1335-8. ---- Surgery: Principles. Bandler, C. G-, f the rate of urea excretion on carmine deposition in the cells of the renal tubules. J. Exp. M., 1930, 51: 609-15.—Marshall, W. S. Amitosis in the Malpighian tubules of the walking-stick (Diapheromeia femorata) Biol. Bull., 1907-08, 14: 89-94, pl — Modell, W. Observations on the lipoids in the renal tubule of the cat. Anat. Rec, 1933, 57: 13-27.—Muluf, N. S. R. Role of the renal innervation in renal tubular function. Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 139: 103-8.—Nicholes, H. J., & Herrin, R. C. The tubular reabsorption of urea, thiourea and derivatives of thiourea in the dog kidney. Ibid., 1941, 133: 398.—Pas- qualini, R. Q., & Etala, E. Determinaci6n de la capacidael de reabsorcion del tubulo renal por medio de extractos de 16bulo posterior de hipofisis; reabsorcion tubular forzada. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1940, 16: 161-73.—Peter. Leber die Nieren- kaniilchen des Menschen und einiger Siiugetiere. Anat. Anz., 1907, 30: Erganzh., 114-24.—Peter, K. Der Weg injizierten Farbstoffs in den Hauptstiickszellen der Salamanderniere. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928-29, 8: 125-34.—Pitts, R. F. A renal reabsorptive mechanism in the dog common to glvcin and creatine. Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 140: 156-07.— Poiicard, A. Les divers segments du tube urinaire du rein des mammiferes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 62: 369-71.—Rowinski, P. Sul meccanismo di riassorbimento del glucosio nel rene; rapporti tra il metabolismo del fosforo e del glucosio. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1939, 25: 510-43, tab.—Shannon, J. A. Renal tubular excretion. Physiol. Rev., 1939, 19: 63-93 On the mechanism of the renal tubular excretion of creatinine in the dogfish, Squalus acanthias. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1940, 16: 285-91. ------& Ranges, H. A. On the renal tubular excre- tion of creatinine in normal man. Am. J. Physiol., 1939, 126: 626. Also J. Clin. Invest., 1941, 20: 169-76.—Siewert, F. Die Nierenkanalchen des Meerschweinchens und des Pferdes. Lntersuch. Bau Entw. Niere, 1927. 469-516.—Smetana, H., & Johnson, F. R. The origin of colloid and lipoid droplets in the epithelial cells of the renal tubules. Am. J. Path., 1942, 18: 1029-49, incl. 3 pl.- Terao. H. Morphologische Lntersu- chungen uber die Harnkuniik-he-ii von Meerschweinchen. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1929, 29: 35-40.- \«rrii-r<- P. C ontnbution a l'etude ele l'absorption inti nr.'nnle. A und- 'ncd., I ar., 1933, 36: 27^13- Walker, A. M., Hudson, C. L. |et al.] I he total molecular concentration anel the- chloride concentration of fluid from different seamenta of the renal tubule of amphibia. the site of chloride absorption. Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 118: 121-9. ------ The reabsorption of glucose from the renal tubule in amphibia and the action of phlorhizin upon it. Ibid., 130-43.—Warner, F. J. Vestigial and provisional uriniferous tubules absent in the me-tanephros of birds. Anat. Rec, 1927-28, 36: 271-7. Wige-rt, V., & Ekberg, H. Studien uber das Epithel ge-uisser Teile dor Nierenl anale von Rana esculenta. Arch. mikr. Anat. Entwmech., 19i:3, 62: 740-4, pl.—Wilbrandt, W. Lle-i-trie-al potential dille-re-ne t-s across the- wall of kidney tubules of Necturus. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1938. 11 : 425-31.—Wood, E. H. Glucose reabsorption in the amphibian kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 497.—Yama- L-uli, T.. Takahasi, H. [et al.] Durchlassigkeit der Kanal- chenepithelien gegen Kongoiot bei gesunder und nekrone- phrotischer Krotenniere; eine experimentelle Bestatigung der Yamaguchischen neuen Auffassung iiber die Funktion eler Nierenkanalchenepithelien. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1932-33, 20: 331-49. ---- Tubule: Disease. See also subheadings (Infection; Necrosis) also Glomerulonephritis; Nephrosis. Anderson, W. A. D. Sucrose nephrosis and other types of renal tubular injuries. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 257-63.— Butler, A. M., Wilson, J. L., <& Farber, S. Dehydration and acidosis with calcification at renal tubules. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 489-99.—Edwards, J. G. Functional sites in normal and segmentally necrotic renal tubules. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30: 390-3.—Hoesslin, H. von. Leber Beziehungen der Leber zum Wasserstoffwechsel; Campolonwirkung bei tubularer Nephrose mit innersekretorischen Storungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 1265-8.—Loeper, M., Soulie, P., & Merklen, F. P. Hypercrinemie et retention renale. Presse med., 1933, 41: 153-5.—McManus, J. F. A. Apparent reversal of position of the Golgi element in the renal tubule. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 417.—Rathery, F. La cytolyse protoplasmique elu tube contoume et ses rapports avec lea cylindres urinaires. Lav. chim. micr. clin., Salsomaggiore, 1908-09, 1: 137-57.—Romeo, F. Iperazotemia con squilibrio colloidoncotico in rapporto a fenomeni degenerativi dei tuboli renali. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1935-36, 15: 239-72. ---- Tumor. See also other subheadings (Adenoma; Adeno- carcinoma; Adenosarcoma; Angioma, etc.) Feilchenfeld, H. *Beitrag zur Pathologie, Klinik und chirurgischen Therapie der Nieren- tumoren. 54p. 8? [Berl.] 1928. Floyd, E., & Pittman, J. L. Tumors of the adult kidney. 23p. 20^cm. Atlanta, 1936. Also J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1937, 26: 45-53. Leuchtexberg, A. *Ueber Nierentumoren. 36p. 8? Marb., 1934. MacKenzie, D. W. Tumors of the kidney. p.682-753. 8? Phila., 1936. In Modern Lrol. (Cabot, H.) 3. ed., 1936, 2: Oberreit, E. *Ueber Nierentumoren. 66p. 8? Heidelb., 1931. Pignalosa, M., & Fernandez, M. Tumori del rene. 193p. 25cm. Bologna [1938] Sass, H. *Xic-rentumoren [Kiel] 80p. 231/2cm. Quakenbruck, 1937. Barrington, F. J. F. Growths of the kidney. Clin. J., Lond., 1939, 68: 6-12.—Baumgartner, E. A. Tumors of the kidney. Clifton M. Bull., 1929-30, 15: 202-9.—Cid, J. M. Tumores del rin6n. An. cirug., Rosario, 1940, 6: 23-33.— Delzell,W.R. Kidney neoplasms. Prev. Meel., N. Y., 1937, 7: 187-94.—Demel, R. Nierentumoren. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 158: 527-57.—Deuticke, P. Nierentumoren. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 231: 707-97.—Duncan, I. G. Tumors of the kidney. Lrol. Cut. Hew, 1938, 42: 881-3—Feriz, H. [Renal tumors] Neil, tseln. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 358-60 — Fischer, K. Leber Neubildungen eler Niere und des Nieren- beckens. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 37: 16-26.—Grimaldi, F. E. Tumor del rifi6n. Dia med., B. Air., ed. espec, 1940, 167- 71.—Guyon. Les ne'oplasmes du rein. Rev. g£n. clin. ther., 1903, 17: 342.—Haggard. W. D. Tumors of the kieiney. Proc. Interst. Postgrael. AI. Ass. N. America (1929) 1930, 5: 239-43, 4 pl.—Hu, C. H. Symposium on tumors of renal region; introductory note. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 194.----- Fan, Y. C. [et al.] Symposium on tumors of renal region. Ibid., 194-262.—Jewe<-bury, R. C. Renal tumour. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-30, 29: 127.—Kaufman, I. Kieiney tumors. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 114-6-Kretschmer, H. L. Tumors of the kidney. Proc. Interst. I'oMgiael. M- Ass. N. America, 1937, 341-5.—Kronlein. Uebe-i Nieienge- KIDNEY 201 KIDNEY ^hwiilste Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1905, 35: 409-19 — LiveZore G R Tumors of the kidney. Tr. South. Surg. Ass ?935 48: 323-30. Also Ann. Surg., 1936, 103: 846- 53.- Llan'os, m'. A. Tumores de rin6n. Rev cir. B. Aires 1941, 20: r,fil ejnq__l.vnch K. D. Tumor of the kidney. Southwest. M 1926 10: 331-3.-McClelland. J. C, & Milks J. R. F. Renal tumors. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 631-4.-Maiborodin. Nicrentumor. Zschr. Lrol., 1937, 31: 780.-Malherbe A. Tumeur du rein. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1906 2. ser 24: 56; 1908 2 ser 26: 133.—Monckeberg. Nierengeschwulste. Deut med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 909. Also Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Natur Heilk., 1908, 3: med. Abt., 19.—Neligan, G. E. Renal tumours Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1935, 11: 426-30-Oyhen- art S P Tumoraciones del rinon. Bol. boc med. quir. cen'tr ' Montev., 1939, 6: No. 26-27, 60-5, pl.—Puget Ro- manach, E. Tumores del rifion. Rev. med. cubana, 1942, 53: g7_H9__Puglisi, A. Tumor renal. Prensa med. argent., 1939 26- pt 1, 1202-4.—Quinby, W. C. Renal tumors. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1930) 1931, 6: 169-71, 2 Di__Ravasini, C. Leber Nierentumoren. Verh. Demt. Ges. Lrol' (1907) 1908, 196-232.—Ravich, A., & Turkeltaub, S. M. Renal neoplasms. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 17275.—Richards, O Growths of the kidney and adrenals. Guy s Hosp. Rep., Lond 1905, 59: 217-332, 5 pl.—Rolando, S. Tumori elel rene. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. prat., 1429-35.—Saphir, O. Kidney tumors. Tr. Chicago Lrol. Soc, 1931, 1: 123-9.—Simon, H F Benign tumors of the kidney. South. M. & S., 1933, 2: 67_73—Smith, L. W. Renal neoplasms. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1939 43-720-9.—Soroko, N. K. Mischgeschwrilste der Nieren bei Erwachsenen. Zschr. Lrol., 1931, 25: 731-42.—Stellwagen, T C Symposium on tumors of kidney; tumor of the kidney. Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 36: 839-42—Velasco Ruiz, V. Tumor renal. Villaclara med., S. Clara, 1943, 11: 202-27.— Wade, H. Renal tumours. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1Q35 5: 3-33, 2 pl.—Wilson, R. T. Renal tumors. Texas j'M'., 1932, 28: 617-22. --- Tumor: Cases. Berressem, W. *Zusammens1ellung der in der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Bonn in den letzten 20 Jahren beobachteten Nieren- tumoren [Bonn] 41p. 8? Bielefeld, 1933. Hennkke, A. A. *Die in den letzten 10 Jahren in der Voelckerschen Klinik behandelten Fiille von Nierentumor. 37p. 8? Halle, 1931. Acconci, G. Su di una forma non comune di tumore primi- tivo del rene. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1905, 458-62. Also Ginecologia, Fir., 1905, 2: 737-61, pl.—Alapin, G. I., & Weindruck, A. A. [Tumors of the kidneys; material for 10 years from the urological clinic ILV] Lrologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: 101.—Albertin. Tumeur renale extremement vasculaire, Bolide et fluctuante; ablation par la voie abdominale; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Lyon, 1905, 8: 178.—Allwood, J. A. Tumour of left kidney weighing 9 pounds 10 ounces; removal; recovery. Brit. M. J., 1903, 1: 1492.—Amadeu Fialho. Contribuigao ao estudo dos blastomas renaes. Sciencia med., Rio. 1928, 6: 54-63, 5 pl.—Ambrose, T. Two cases of renal neoplasm; Grawitz tumour and Wilms's tumour. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1939-40, 9: 312.—Bailey, O. T., & Harrison, J. H. Large benign renal neoplasms: their pathology and clinical behavior, with report of 5 cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 38: 509-29.—Ball, C. A. An unusual tumour of the kidney. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland, 1906, 24: 366-71, pl. Also Practi- tioner, Lond., 1906, 76: 391-5, pl—Bergendal, S. To the clinical study and prognosis of tumours of the kidney; a study of 94 nephrectomized cases. Acta chir. scand., 1935-36, 77: 563-625.—Bretschneider, R. Leber zwei Fiille von Nieren- tumoren, nebst einigen kritischen Bemerkungen iiber Diagnose, Prognose und Therapie derselben. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 3134-8.—Bull, P. [An extremely large tumor of the kidney (weighing 10.7 kgr.) nephrectomy; cure] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1923 84:223-8.—Carver, J. Neoplasm of right kidney. 1 roc R. Soc M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 365.—Clark, F. P A tumor of the kidnev. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1901, 222-33, pl.— Curbelo, P. G. Rare renal tumours with presentation ot one case. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1942, 34: 183-6.—Frattini, P. G. Sessanta casi di tumori del rene. Arch. ital. chir., 1930, 44: 321-56.—Garceau, E. Cases of renal tumor. 1 r. Am. Lrol. Ass. (1907) 1908, 1: 174-83, pl.—Gordon-Taylor, G. Gigantic benign tumour of kidney weighing 22 pounds; ne- phrectomy; cure. Brit. J. Surg., 1929-30, 17: 551-4.—Hale, N. G., & Burkland. C. E. Lnrecognized renal tumors; a stuely of 54 cases in 6,577 autopsies, and personal cases. J. Urol., Bait., 1943, 49: 426-31.—Hyman, A. Observations on a series of 99 renal neoplasms. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser. 5: 120-7.— Iga, Y., & Nisimura, M. Leber einen Fall von Nierentumor (Gumma?) mit Entleerung eigentumlicher Gewebstetzen. Lues, Kyoto, 1935-36, 13: 7.—Jacobs. L. C., & Hoffman, L. H. Rare renal tumors. J. Lrol., Bait., 1932 27: 33-46.- Jaroslavsky, L., Jaroslavsky, M., & Alecha, J. M. Un caso de neoplasma de rinon. Arch. Hosp. israel., B. Air., 19e5/, 1. 73-5.—JedliJka, R. Pffpad komplikovaneho nadoni ledvmy, zhojenv nefrektomii s resekci ceieho vystupujiciho traeniku. Cas. lek. eesk., 1903, 42: 869; 883.—Kirk, E. J., & To'lm,an- J. P. Renal tumors. Nebraska M. J., 1942 27: 170-3.— Klein, H. O. Fall von grossem Nierentumor. N. Yorker med. Mschr., 1904, 16: 389-92.—Lambert. Volumineuse tumeur de la corne superieure du rein droit adherente au diaphragme; nephrectomie lombaire; guerison. P. verb. Ass. fr. urol. (1906) 1907, 515-8.—MacKenzie. D. W., & Parkins, G. A. Renal tumours; a brief review of a series of cases. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 20: 616-21.—Naumann. Tva fall af njur- tumeir. Goteborgs lak. sail., 1904, 76-8.—Neff, J. H. Kidney tumors; report of cases. Virginia M. Month., 1926-27, 53: 701-4.—Nitch, C. A. R. Tumour of kidney. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Lrol., 3.—Patch, F. S. Three unusual primary kidney tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1037, 30: 35-50. Also Brit. J. Lrol., 1937, 9: 339- 58.—Pauchet, V., Le Gac [et al.] A propos de 4 tumeurs renale-:-; volumineuses. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 78-80 — Porter. C. A. Tumor of the right loin. Boston M. & S. J., 1927, 197: 276-80.—Po^ha^inski, I. F. Dva sluchaya per- vichnol opukholi pochek. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1904, 61: 433-5.—Rao, N. M. Neoplasms of the kidnev. Madras M. J., 1938, 18: 254-63, 2 pl.—Reynolds, H. B. Tumors of the kidney, with reporteel eases. California J. M., 1905, 3: 76-8 — Rodriguez Molina, L. F. Ln caso de tumor renal a tipo febril simulando una pionefrosis. Rev. med. cubana, 1938, 49: 349-55.—Rolnick, H. C. Tumor of the kidney: a review of a series of cases. Illinois M. J., 1933, 63: 375-7.—Sato, Y. Zwei Falle von Nierentumor. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 46 (Abstr.)—Smith, E., & Young, A. Kidney tumours; an analysis of a series of 118 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1941, 44: 149-52.—Smith, G. G. Neoplasms of the kidney and ureter; a report of 40 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 30: 130-40.—Soder- lund,- G., & Wahlgren, F. Beitrag zur Kasuistik der benignen Nierentumoren. Acta chir. scand., 1932, 72: 455-78, pl. Soloway, H. M. Renal tumors; a review of 130 cases. J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 40: 477-90.—Souligoux. Tumeur de la loge du rein gauche. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1903, n. ser., 29: 783-6.— Swan, R. H. J. New growths of the kidney with analysis of 65 cases. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 606-10.—Troell, A. [Case of renal tumor] Sven. lak. tidn., 1936, 33: 1222-30.—Wallace, D. Notes upon 5 cases of renal neoplasm. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 90-2.—Walters, W.. & Thiessen, N. W. Lnusually large renal tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America. 1935, 15: 1155-71.— Winsbury-White, H. P. Two specimens of renal growth. Proc R. Soc. AL, Lond., 1936-37, 30: 448. ---- Tumor: Clinical aspect. Ercole, R. Tumores del rin6n; estudio clinico. An. cirug., Rosario, 1940, 6: 35-78.—Fowler, H. A. Renal neoplasm, a clinical study. J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 40: 581-93.—Fuchs, P., & Panek, O. Leber den Krankheitsverlauf von 18 an der Klinik Hoehenegg beobachteten inoperablen Nierentumoren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1083.—Tmbert, L. Les tumeurs du rein chez i'adulte et chez l'enfant; etude clinique. Gaz. h6p., 1903, 76- 631-7.—Kneise, O. Schwangerschaft und Nierentumor. Zbl Gyn 1930, 54: 292-6.—Kulitzy, G. Schwangerschaft und Nierengeschwulst. Ibid., 1939, 63: 539-44.—Le Comte. R M. The clinical approach to cortical renal neoplasms. J.'Lrol., Bait., 1943, 49: 224-7.—Maiantz, A. I. [Immediate and remote sequels and prognosis in tumors of the kidneys] Lrologia, Moskva, 1910, 32-8.—Ouwerkerk, L. W. van [Clini- cal aspect of renal tumors] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 3120-44, 3 pl.—Sato, Y. Klinische Beobachtungen der Nieremreschwulste. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1937, 41: 97-103 — Shuman, J. W. Kidney tumor; another geriatric problem. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 190.—Walker, K. Prognosis of renal growths. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 565. ---- Tumor: Complication. Aldrich, H. C. Calcification of renal tumours. Ind. M. Gaz. 1939, 74: 727.—Ask-Upmark, E. On amyloidosis induced by tumours of the kidney. Acta med. scand., 1940, 104: 512-25 —Austen, G., jr. Calcification of renal tumors. Am. J. Roentg., 1943, 49: 580-6.—Butler, W. L., & Craig, P. E A case of primary renal neoplasm, running a febrile course and terminating in a fatal hemorrhage following erosion of the coronary vein of the stomach. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1936, 37: 488-91.—Cahill, G. F., & Melicow, M. M. Calcification of renal tumors and its relation to prognosis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 39- 276-86.—Cigada, G. Su di un raro caso di tumore del rene degenerate in cisti. Boll. O. P. Poliamb. Giuseppe Ronzoni, 1935, 9: 301-32.—Crane, W. Renal tumor; unusual complica- tion leading to earlv diagnosis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1929, 22: 535- 9—Hyman, A.. & Leiter, H. E. Involvement of the inferior vena cava in renal neoplasms. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 826-39.—Jacoby, M. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der cystischen Nierentumoren. Zschr. LTrol., 1929, 23: 1-5.— Kaufmann, M. Leber polvcystische Nierentumoren. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932. 34: 259-61.— Linneweh, W., & Du Mesnil de Rochemont, R. Nierentumor; Nierentuberkulose; Beitrag zur Symptomatologie an Hand einiger Krankheitsfalle. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 797-802.—Meredith, J. M. Benign and malignant tumors of the kidney associated with renal tuberculosis. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 329-34.—Moore, H. Tuberculosis of the kidnev associated with neoplasm in the renal cortex. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1934, 5: 48-50, pl.— Penaud & Duvergey. Neoplasme du rein gauche coexistant avec un kvste sereux du rein droit. Bordeaux chir., 1938, 9: iq4 —pflaumer, E. Abszessbildung in Nierengeschwulst. Zschr. Lrol., 1935, 29: 121.—Polkey, H. J. Neoplasm an.l calculi associated in the upper urinary tract. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 867-73.—Riches, E. W. Three cases of calcified 02 KIDNEY KIDNEY renal tumour. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1938, 61: 122.—White, W. Kidney with symptomless growth and stone. West London M. J.," 1927, 32: J-.G.—Zilberberg, R. J. [Case of spontaneous rupture of a kidney affected by tumor] Lrologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: 86. ---- Tumor: Diagnosis. Hager, I. *Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Nieren- tumoren [Freiburg] 36p. 8? Berl., 1931. Also H. 423, Bd 38, Berl. Klin. Kampf, S. *Tumeur du rein simulant un kyste de l'ovaire. 22p. 23cm. Lausanne, 1940. Motz, G. *La pyelographie et la pyeloscopie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs du rein et du bassinet. 144p. 8? Par., 1927. Abud, P. E. Diagn6stico de los tumores del rifi6n. Med. mod., Valparaiso, 1938-39, 12: 477-89.—Ajamil, L. F. Dia- gnostico y tratamiento de los tumores del rifi6n. Bol. Liga cancer, ed. cien., Habana, 1938, 13: 389-432.—Alessandri, R. Accorgimenti clinici e operativi per la diagnosi e la cura dei tumori del rene. Ann. ital. chir., 1931, 10: 41-65.—Ardorino. Lne fausse tumeur renale. Arch. mal. reins, 1935-36, it: 630-2.—Astraldi, A. A prop6sito de un error de ehagn6stico clinico y quirtirgico. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 108-17.— Babies. Fruherkennung von Nierengeschwulsten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 1110.—Blum, V. Differentialdiagnose der Tumoren der Nierengegend; klinischer Vortrag. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 693-6.—Braasch, W. F. Differential diag- nosis of renal tumors. South. M. J., 1928, 21: 425-34 — Bugbee, H. G. Exploration of certain renal tumors. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 46: 1-16.—Cartelli, N. Tumores extrarrenales; diagnostico pielognifico. Actas Congr. amer. urol., B. Air. (1937) 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 274-82.—Comolli, A. Dimcolta. diagnostiche fra tumor renis a sintomatologia oscura e tumore pararenale. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1930, 9: 775.—De Bernardi, L. Tumore del rene precocemente diagnosticato. Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 1286.—Demel, R. Diagnose und Differentialdiagnose der Nierentumoren. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 87-9.- Deming, C. L. Problems and errors in the diagnosis and treatment of renal tumors. Connecticut M. J., 1940, 4: 458-01. - Donoso Castro, L. La pieloscopia como medio de diagnostie-o difen-ncial entre las tuuioi-aciones del nanco derecho y las tumoraciones renales. Actas Congr. amer. urol., B. Air. (1937) 1939, 2. Congr., 2: 2-18-53. Also Arch, med., Santiago, 1938, 5: No. 6, 11-8.—Dju :herty, J. A. Renal tumors: differential diagnosis and relationship of duration of symptoms to prognosis and mortality. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1936, 5: 240-4.—Drucker, H. [On the diagnosis of renal tumors] Polska gaz. lek., 1939, 18: 327-9.—Dun", J. Renal neoplasms; diagnosis and treatment. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 327-33.—EiseUberg, von. Diagnose und Therapie der Nierentumoren. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (19J7) 1908, 176-95. Also Zschr. Lrol., 1908, 2: 15-29.—Eisendrath, D. N. La pyelographie dans les tumeurs du rein. Arch. mal. reins, 1931-32, 6: 595-9, 12 pl.—Francois, J. Le diagnostic precoce des tumeurs du rein. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 616-33.—Gottlieb, J. Sur le diagnostic precoce des tumeurs renales. J. urol. med., Par., 1927, 24: 224-48. Also Vest, khir 1927, 11: No. 31, 155-65.—GUtig, C, & Herzog, A. Zur Diagnostik der renalen und pararenalen Geschwulste. Zschr. Lrol., Pj37, 31: 619-22.—Hennessey, R. A. Diagnosis and treatment of renal tumors. Internat. J. M. & S., 1934, 47: 201-3.—Hyman, A., & Wilhelm, S. F. The differential diag- nosis of renal and suprarenal tumors. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 737-51.—Iltyes, G. Fruhzeitig konstatierter kleiner Nieren- tumor. Verh. ungar. iirztl. Ges., 1932, 4: 50-2. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932, 34: 186-9.—Krecke, A. Verdacht auf Nieren- geschwulst. In his Beitr. prakt. Chir., Miinch., 1934, 549-51.— Kiister. Diagnostik und Therapie der Nierentumoren. Verh. Deut. Ges. Lrol. (1907) 1908, 162-75. Also Zschr. Lrol., 1908, 2: 1-14.—Magoun, J. A. H. Gumma or neoplasm of the kidney? a diagnostic problem. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 177-80.—Marion. El diagn6stico de los tumores del rifi6n. Dia med., B. Air., 1938, 10: 1115-7. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1938, 52: 97-102.—Millin, T. Practical points in the diagnosis and treatment of renal tumours. Practitioner, Lond., 1940, 145: 25-32.—Muller, A. Nierentumor durch retroperitoneales Fibrom. Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3: 126.—Nichols, B. H. The present status of the diagnosis of renal tumors. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1935, 2: No. 4, 3-21.—Noszkay, A. [Differential diagnosis of renal tumors] Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: mell., 1.— Pugh, W. S. Tumors of the kidney; their earlv diagnosis and treatment. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 128: 169-72.—Puigvert Gorro, A. Diagn6stico precoz de un tumor de rifion. Arch. med., Madr., 1934, 37: 384.—Rubin, I. C. Renal tumor and ectopic kidney associating or simulating uterine and adnexal tumor; report of 9 cases encountered on a gynecological service. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 626-33.—Salleras, J. El diagn6stico pielografico de los tumores del rifion; nueva observaci6n. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 409-17.—Santoe, R. dos, & Carneiro de Moura, A. Neoplasias renais; diagnostico precoce e diferencial. Lisboa med., 1935, 12: 463-75.—Schneider, H. Die Bedeutung der Nierenfunktionsprufungen und der retro- graden Pyelographie fiir die Diagnostik von Nierentumoren (Hypernephrom, Karzinom, Sarkom, Nierenbeckenpapillom, Nierenbeckenhamangiom) Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 1-18.— Sinohara, N. Ueber die Ausscheidung der Tumorzellen aua den Nieren. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934, 21: ol7-21, pl.— Sweetser, T. H. Pitfalls in the diagnosis* ot renal tumors, Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 235-9.- 1 invrnermann, A. Die Friihdiagnose der Nierentumoren. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1939, 36: 686-8.— \ iannay. Ln cas de tumeur du rein diag nostiquee par le cathete-risme des ureteres; nephrectomie; guerison. Loire med., 1027, 41: 129-31.—Wade, H. The differential diagnosis of renal tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Geni- tourin. Surgeons, 1932, 25: 385-403.—Wishard, W. N., jr. Tumors of the kidney. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 56: 239-48.— Zoja, K. Per la diagnosi differenziale fra tumori del rcno sinistro e della milza. Gazz. osp., 1919. 40: 421.—Zondek. M. Zur Diagnostik der Nieren- und Baue-11tumoren. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921, 58: 951-4. ------ Zur Diagnostik von Nieren- tumoren. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21: 896-8. ---- Tumor: Diagnosis, radiographic. Burgener, A. *Das Pyelogramm bei Nieren- tumoren; Betrachtungcn zur Rontgendiagnose [Zurich] 14p. 4? Lpz., 1936. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9: 98-110. Abeshouse, B. S. The differential diagnosis of renal neo- plasms and hydronephrosis or pyonephrosis from a pyelographie standpoint. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 45: 214-20.—Arrues, L. D., & Bianchi, A. Tumor de rin6n; imagen atipica pielografica; ureter doble. Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 1, 1304-7.— Astraldi, A., & Torroba, J. P. (h.J La pielografia al servicio de los tumores del rifion. In Libro de oro M. R. Castex, B. Air., 1940, 1: 82-92.—Balli, C. Aspetti pielografici nei tumori renali. Q. radiol., Belluno, 1937, n. ser., 1: 110-2.— Biancardi, S. Gli aspetti raeiiografici dei tumori del rene. Ibid., 8: pt 2, 233-46.—Bibus. Diagnose von Nierentumoren durch Pneumoradiographie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1937, 43: 258-60.— Boshamer, K. Das Pyelogramm bei Nierentumoren. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 175: 238-49.—Cabot, H. Tumors of the kidney. Radiol. Rev., 1936, 58: 118 2.;.—Campbell, M. F. Pyelographie diagnosis of renal tumor. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 481-5.—Canigiani, T. Zur Rontgendiagnose der Nierentumoren. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1934, 49: 128-35.—Caulk, J. R. X-ray in the diagnosis of renal tumors and polycystic kidneys. Radiology, S. Paul, 1933, 20: 209- 12.—Chappelain. Volumineux n6oplasme du rein dia- gnostieui6 a la pyelographie. Arch. mal. reins, 1934, 8: 444- 6.—cirillo.N. Le diagnosi dei tumori renali attraverso la pielografia; possibili cause di errore. Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. chir., 465-73.—Craig, R. G.. & Lee-Brown, R. K. The pyelographie diagnosis of renal tumour. Brit. J. Lrol., 1929, 1: 46-53.—Eisendrath, D. N., & Koll, I. S. The pyelo- graphie diagnosis of renal and pararenal ne-opla.->in>. J. Am. M. Ass., 192b, 87: 1640-4.—Farinas, P. I. Aspc-e-tos radio- graficos de las neoplasias renale3. Arch. Soc. eitud. clin. Habana, 1939, 33: 279-83.— Finkelstein, S. I. [Roentgeno- logical ehfferentiation of tumors of the kidneys from extra- renal tumors] Lrologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: No. 2, 37.— Foy, H. Radiology of renal tumours. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 376.—Garcia Capurro, F., & Predari, E. N. Diagn6stico radiologico topografico de un tumor renal izquierdo; la impor- tancia de metodizar el estudio radiol6gico. Arch. urug. med., 1941, 18: 545-59.—Grauhan. Leber die Technik und den Wert der korperlichen Darstellung pyelographischer Befunde; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tumordiagnose. Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 157: 379-89 [Discussion] 98-108.—Guarda- bassi, L. Contributo della indagine pie.ografica alia diagnosi di tumori addominali extrarenali. Radiol, med., Milano, 1940, 27: 224-37.—Heifer, P. I., & Schor, M. I. Die Bedeutung der Pyelographie fiir die Differentialdiagnose der Bauchge schwulste. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 322-33.—Hermann, J. von. Nierentumoren im Rontgenbilde. Verb.. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930, 9. Kongr., 164-6.—Hjort, E. [A renal tumor with pyelogram] Norsk mag. laegevid.. 1927, 88: 607-11.—Jacobs, A. The diagnosis of renal neoplasm by pyelography. Glasgow M. J., 1927, 108: 88-90, pl.—Jasienuki, J. [Radioscopy of the urinary tract in a case of renal tumor] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 219-21. Also transl. J. urol. med., Par., 1936, 42: 543-8.—Legueu. Le diagnostic des tumeurs du rein par la pyelographie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 203-5.—Lucri, T. The pyelographie diagnosis of renal tumors by retrograde pyelography. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1931, 35: 308- 12.—Maiants, A. I. [Roentgen diagnosis of tumors of the kidneys] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1939, 141-9.—Marion. La pyelographie dans le diagnostic des tumeurs du rein. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1926, 5: 217-20. Also Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 161-4.—Mintz, E. R. Roentgen diagnosis in 94 cases of renal tumor. J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 39: 244-9.—Minuzzi, P. G., <& Torresi, S. Tumores renales neoplasicca; estudio clmico-radiologico.- Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 531-71.— Namiki, J., & Hanaoka, T. On the lateral pyelography; especially on the 3 cases of renal and renal-capsular tumours in lateral pyelogram. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1936, 39: 18.— Neuwirt, K. [Diagnostic value of urography in tumors of the kidneys] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 390-4.—Nichols, B. H. The present status of the diagnosis of renal tumors. Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 32: 769-81. ------ Roentgenologic diagnosis of renal tumors with an evaluation of excretory urography, Meel. Clin. N. America, 1940, 24: 411-28. ------.-hr. Lrol., 1939. 33: 590-600.--Bogliolo. L-, & Ponzeveroni, N. Ricerche spe-i inientali sulle alterazioni el< 1 rene e dei tessuti perirenali in seguito all'azione eliietia del e-atrame. Riv. pat. sjier., 1934-35, 12: 275-82.—Bothe. A. E. Pathology anil treatment of renal tumors. L. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1942, 40: 892-902.—Caroupino, F. Determmazioni cariometriche su rene di topo portatore di tumore a vario stadio di sviluppo. Tumori, 1935, 21: 561-8.— Chauvin, E., A Ciaudo. Histoire clinique curieuse d'un myxome du rein. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1930, 9: 25-9.—Ciaudo, P. Considerations sur les tumeurs renales mesenchymateuses et les tumeurs mixtes du rein. Marseille med., 1929, 66: 2. ser., 472-5.—Ciminata, A. Le modificazione del parenchima renale nei tumori del rene. Minerva med., Tor., 1933. 24: pt 1, 879-87.—De la Ranada, P. Masses enormes developpi's dans le tissu eles reins. (laz. iin''d. Montpellier. 1852-53, 13: 183.—Derevenko, V. N., & Fyodorov, S. P. K voprosu o novoobrazovaniyakh pochek. Tr. Imp. voen. med. akad. Hosp. khir. klin. Fyodorova, 1908, 2: pt 2, 105-263.—Garcia, A. E., & Monserrat, J. L. Valor funcional del rifion tumoral. Rev. As. meel. argent., 1932, 46: 11.— Garofalo, F. Stueiio sui lipoidi elel rene di animali portatori di tumori sperimentali. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1932, 104: 373-9.—Geschickter, C. F., & Widenhorn. IL Nephrogenic tumors. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 22: 020-58—Graham, A. I'fitlioleeirv of renal tumors. Radiology, 1930, 15: 531-41.— Hane-n-Torn, J. Zur Frage der Nierentumoren unel retro- pe-iit.i.-u-ah-n Geschwulste. Arch. klin. Chir., 1908, 85: 1043- 8. Hale, N. G., & Burkland, C. E. Lnrecognized renal tumors; a stu-Iv of 51 cases, in 0,577 autopsies, and personal cases. Tr. West. "Sect. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1942, 11: 86-91 [Discussion] 148.—He drcn. G. Zur Kenntnis der Pathologie der Mischge- scliwulsti-der Nieren. Beitr. path. Anat., 1900, 40: 1-108, pl.— Hortolonie-i, N., Burghele, T., & Strcja, M. Les tumeurs r.-nale-s bilate'-i-ale-s. Presse nie'-il., 1937, 45: 332-4.—Isizu, S., & Sato, Y. Lelier elii- Nie-n-iigese-hw iilste. .lap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1933, 34: 100. Kiikudshanov, N. J. Die Veranderungen der Nieie in eh-i we-iti-ien Lni. l.wulste-n der Niere-. Beitr. klin. Chir.. 1908, 58: 423-549.— I.e-t'omle-, R. M. The management of renal tumens. including cysts. .1. Am. M. Ass., 1935. 105: 1903-5.- Marinesro, G. Les resultats eioigne's de la ne'-phivcteemie pour le- neoplasme renal. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937, 40: 103 5. Miants. A. I. [Indication-- and counter-indications for m-phie-ctomv in renal tumors] I rologia. Meiskva, 1941, 18: No. 2, 65-8.—Mintz, E. R., & Gaul. K. A. Kieiney tumors; .some- causes of poor enel reisults. N. Vork State J. AL, 1939, 39: 1-105-11. - Parmenter, P. J. Observations in the treatment of n-nal tumors. Frul Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 431-6.—Possollo, A. Tumor do rim esquerdo; nephrectomia; cura. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1907, 15: 107-17, 2 pl.—Smith, G. G. Surgery of renal tumors. J. Lrol., Bait.. 1938, 39: 308-18. Tapie-. Deux observations de nephre-i-toiuie- pour neoplasmes. .1. iiu'-el. fr., 1908, 2: -193-7, 2 pl.—Winte-rnitz, A. Nagy ve-se- higanntok transpe-iitoiie-.Uis kiirtasaiAI. Lrol. szemle, 1908, 1: 01; 1 17. - Zeiss, L. De- monstration von Rontgenbild urnl Pr.-ipni-nt eines operierten Nierentumors. Zschr. Lrol., 1929, 23: 1023-6. ---- Tumor: Treatment: Radiotherapy. Barringer, B. S. Radio-sensitive kieiney tumors. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1936, 29: 415-33. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 38: 1-14.- Bothe, A. E. The effect of roentgen therapy upon tumois of Ihe- kielm-v. Am. J. Koentg., 1935, 33: 529-36.—Bufalini, M. Ke".nl.g<-nle-rapia preoperatoria nei tumori renali. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 193';, 42: 653.— Dean, A. L., jr. Radiation treatment of the more common kidney tumor. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 38: 80-4.—Iacapraro, G. La radioferapia en los tumores del rifion. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 19-12-43, 28: 1 79-90.—Mertz, H. O.. Howell, R. D., & Hendricks, J. W. The limitations of irradiation of solid renal tumors in children. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 46: 1103-28 — Prather, G. C, & Friedman, H. F. The immediate effect of preoperative radiation in cortical tumors of the kidney. N. England J. M., 1936, 215: 655-63.—Randall, A. Advantages of pre-operative x-ray in kidney tumor in children. Ann. Surg., 1934, 100: 462-75; 548.—Waters, C. A. Preoperative irradiation of cortical renal tumors. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 149-04, 3 pl. -----Lewis, L. G., & Frontz, W. A. Radiation therapy of renal cortical neoplasms with special reference to preoperative irradiation. South. M. J., 1934, 27: 290-9.— Wharton, L. R. Preoperative irraeliation of massive tumors of the kieiney; a clinical and pathologic study. Arch. Surg., 1935, 30: 35-51. ---- Tumor—in animals. Ciaccio, G. Osset va/.ione- su una neoformazione riscontrata nel rene di una anguilla. Boll. Hoc ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 685.—Dunn, W. H. Renal ne-oplasma of dog. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1934, 84: 119.—Hoche, L. Tumeur du rein chez le pore (a, type de blasteme- renal) Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932, 21: 454.—Latteri, S. Tumori sperimentali del rene. Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 203.—Lubarsch. O. Leber einen grossen Nierentumor beim Kaninchen. Zbl. allg. Path., 1905, 16: 342-5.—Lucke, B. A neoplastic disease of the kidney of the frog, Rana pipiens. Am. J. Cancer, 1934, 20: 352-79, pl.— Miyadi, T. Leber einen Fall von grosser Nierengeschwulst beim Kaninchen. Gann, Tokyo, 1940, 34: 374, pl.—Morais, E., & Salvador, A., jr. Sur une tumeur a type blasteme renal chez un chien. Fol. anat. Lniv. Conimbr., 1933, 8: No. 4, 1-12, 2 pl.—Nyka, W. Sur une tumeur renale du cheval issue du blasteme metanephrique. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1928, 17: 241-7.—O'Daly, J. A. Tumor renal espontaneo en una rata blanca adulta. Rev. Policlin. Caracas, 1942, 11: 318-22. Tumor—in children. Zitzelsberger, J. *Ueber die Operationser- folge bei Nierentumoren im Kindesalter. 24p. 8? Munch., 1935. Adams, A. W. Three renal tumours successfully removed from female children aged 3 months, 4 Pi years and 14 years respectively. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-37, 30: 449-51.— Albarran & Imbert. Tumeurs du rein chez l'enfant. Arch. med. enf., 1903, 6: 487-90.—Andre, P., Colson, P. [et ah] Etude anatomo-clinique d'une tumeur du blasteme renal chez un enfant. Rev. med. Nancy, 1937. 65: 938-44.—Armand- Delille, P., Bouchard-Potocki, R. [<-t al.] Tumeur du rein chez un enfant de 3 ans diagnostiepie'e- par la pyelographie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1937, 35: 571 -8.-Bourgeois, P. A propos des tumeurs du rein chez l'eiifant. Ann. meel. e-hir. Hop. S. Justine Montn'al, 1939, 3: No. 2, 53-64. Cardia, A., & Careddu, G. Contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologieo alia cemoseeiiza eh-i tumori renali nel bambino. Riv. clin. pediat., 1930, 28: 619 62.—Delattrc, A. Tumeur congenitale elu rein, J. sc. med. Lille. 1925, 43: pt 2, 92-5.—Dudas, P. [Kidney tumoi-3-in infancy] Orvostud. kozl., 1940, 1: 209-12.—Grauhan, ?.V Zur Mini!: eler kinilhchen Nie-rentumoren. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 214: 201-34.- Holt, L. E. Multiple abnormal tumors, due to cystic kidney.-,, with elouble hv.ln.ne-phmsis anel great dilatation of the bladeler etc., in a e-hilel dying at 14 months. Fr. Am. Pediat. Soc. (1905) 1906 17- 183-90 — KIDNEY 205 KIDNEY ENZYME Israel W. Nierengeschwulst beim Saugling von ungewohn- liehem Bau. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21: 50.—Kerr, H. D. Trata- miento de tumores de los rifiones en los nifios. Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1941, 8: 53-7.—Kretschmer, H. L. Tumors of the kidney in children. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1940) 1941, 135-8.—Lake, W. F., & Ayers, A. J. Renal and perirenal tumors in chilelren; report of 2 eases. South. M. J., 1938, 31: 992-5.—McCurdy, G. A. Renal neoplasms in childhood. J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1934, 39: 623-33, 2 pl.—Malcolm, J. D. A child a-t. 11 years 10K- months, from whom an oval tumour of the right kidney was removed 10 years ago, on November 15, 1892; the growth with the kidney measured 6 inches in length and was described as a malignant adenoma. Tr. Clin. Soc. London, 1902-03, 36: 233.—Mouchet, A. Les tumeurs du rein chez l'enfant. Ann. mal. oreille, 1907 33: 342-76.—Mozumdar, S. Two cases of renal tumour in young children. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 272.—Prather, G. C, & Crabtree, E. G. Kidney tumors in children. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 25: 589-612.—Rawls, J. L. Report of 4 eases of tumor of the kidnev in children under 5 years of age. Virginia M. Month., 1930-31, 57: 720-4.—Roedelius, E. Zur Klinik der Nierentumoren im Kindesalter. Zschr. Lrol., 1936, 30: 685-91.—Rosenbach, F. Zur Frage der kongenitalen Nieren- tumoren. Arb. Path. Inst. Berlin Festschr. Johannes Orth, 1906, 216-28, pl.—Strong, L. W. Congenital tumors of the kidney; with a report of 2 cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, 20: 321-34.—Stuks, G. G. [Tumors of the kidneys in early childhood] J. rann. detsk. vozr., 1932, 12: 124.—Valentini, P. Contributo alia diagnosi dei tumori rena i nella infanzia. Clin. pediat., Mod., 1933, 15: 23-37.—Warner, H. Zur Frage eles Operationsergebnisses bei Nierentumoren im Kindesalter. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 145: 347-63.— Winternitz, A. M. Tizenegy honapos gyermeken vesetumor miatt vegzett vese- kiirtas esete. Budapesti orv. evk., 1905, 51.—Wollstein, M. Renal neoplasms in young children. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 3: 1-13. ---- Uronephrosis. See Kidney, Hydronephrosis. ---- Volume [incl. size and weight] Alvarez de Toledo y Valero, R. El peso normal de los rifiones. Actual med., Granada, 1943, 19: 206-8—Bariety, M., & Kohler, D. Action de divers agents pharmacodynamiques sur les changements du volume du rein apres excitations uretero- py-eiiques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1938, 129: 185-8—Corbeille, C. Changes in volume of the kidney in response to acoustic stimu- lation. Am. J. Phys'ol., 1930, 91: 507-12.—Duncan, J. T. The weight of the kidneys in the horse. J. Comp. Path., Lond., 1903, 16: 255T7— Durlacher, S. H., Darrow, D. C, & Winter- nitz, M. C. The effect of low potassium diet and of desoxycor- ticosterone acetate upon renal size. Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 136: 346-9.—Emery, F. E. A simple kidney plethysinograph. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 208-10.—Hall, V. E., & Mac- Gregor, W. W. Relation of kidney weight to body weight in the cat. Anat. Rec, 1937, 69: 319-31.—MacKay, E. M. Kidney weight, body size and renal function. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 50: 590. ------ Factors which determine renal weight; the relation between the vitamin B (old terminology) and protein intakes. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 106: 571-3.------ Factors which determine renal weight; the relative influence of amino, urea and protein nitrogen in the diet. J. Nutrit., 1933, 6: 157-61. —---- & Cockrill, J- R. Factors which determine renal weight; endogenous protein metabolism. Ibid., 1931, 4: 25-32.—MacKay, E.. M., & MacKay, L. L. Factors which determine renal weight; methods; age, sex. Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 83: 179-201. ------ Factors which determine renal weight; protein intake and age; protein intake and sex. J. Nutrit., 1930-31, 3: 375-94. ------ The effect of feeding desiccated thyroid. Ibid., 1931, 4: 33-7. ------ Factors which determine renal weight; influence of age. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 816. ------ & Addis, T. Factors which determine renal weight; the protein intake. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 459-65. ------ Influence of age on the relation of renal weight to the protein intake and the degree of renal hypertrophy produced by high protein diets. Ibid., 466-70. ------ Factors which determine renal weight; the nitrogen intake as varied by the addition of urea to the diet. J. Nutrit., 1931, 4: 379-83.—MacKay, E. M., & Raulston, B. O. Factors which determine renal weight; renal function. J. Exp. M., 1931, 53: 109-13.—MacKay, L. L. Factors which de- termine renal weight; pregnancy and lactation. Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 86: 215-24.—Mason, J. B., & Mann, F. C. The effect of hemoglobin on volume of the kidney. Ibid., 1931, 98: 181-5.—Milani, E. Valore clinico delle variazioni del volume* renale secondo Hirtz. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1924, 5: 92—Murphy, R. The influence of dinitrophenol and vitamin B on the weight, of the kidnev of the albino rat. Am. J. Physiol., 1P38, 121: 107-1 l.—Stier, P. L., & Hayman, J. M., jr. The effect of intraperitoneal injections of Ringer's solution on kidney weight in rats. Ibid., 189-92. ---- in pregnancy. See Pregnancy, Toxemia. KIDNEY bean. See Phaseolus. KIDNEY enzyme. See Kidney extract. KIDNEY extract. See also Kidney, Chemistry; Kidney hormone. Arullani, P. F. Azione e valore terapeutico della niacera- zione renale. Riforma med., 1905, 21: 852-6.—Beck, L. V. Action of phlorizin on acid phosphatase activity and on glucose phosphorylation of kidney cortex extracts. Proc Soc Exp. Bio!., N. Y., 1942, 49: 435-9—Cadden, J. F., & Dill. L. V. Some properties of a polyphenoloxidase present in cell-free kidney extracts. J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 143: 105-8.—Colowick, S. P., Welch, M. S., & Cori, C. F. Phosphorylation of glucose in kidney extract. Ibid., 1940, 133: Proc, 22.—Drill, V. A. Identification of amines in anaerobic kidnev extracts. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 557-9.—Kalckar, H. Forma- tion of a new phosphate ester in kidney extracts. Nature, Lond., 1938, 142: 871. ------ Phosphorylation in kidney extracts. Enzymologia, Gravenh., 1938-39, 5: 365-71. ------ Coupling between phosphorylations and oxidations in kidney extracts. Ibid., 1939, 6: 209-12. ------ The nature of phos- phoric esters formed in kidney extracts. Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 631-41.—Lee, Y. S. The experimental study of buffer potence of toad's kidney. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-35, 8: H. 3, Pharm., 77.—Thurston, E. R., Smadel, J. E., & Loeb, L. On the inhibiting action of cattle and sheep serum on kidney extracts of cattle and sheep. Am. J. Physiol., 1935-36, 114: 19-24.—Waelsch, H., & Busztin. A. Leber die fermentative Bildung von Benzamid und Hippursaure. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1937, 249: 135-56.—Zichis, J„ Wald, M. [et al.] ther- mal effect of renal extracts on guinea pigs. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 118: 1244. ---- Pharmacology. Bing, R. J., Zucker, M. B., & Perkins, W. Comparison between destruction of angiotonin, hydroxy.tyramine and tyramine bv renal extracts. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 48: 372-5.—Casalis, A., & Dejust-Defiol, S. Sur I'origine protidique probable de la nocivite des extraits renaux aqueux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 473.—Czezowska, Z. [Effect of renal extract in bilateral affections of the kidneys] Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 829.—Dadlez, J., & Koskowski", W. L'ac- tion diuretique eles extraits renaux chez les animaux et chez l'homme. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 965-7.—Honorato, B. Action diure'tique des extraits renaux. Ibid., 1931, 108: 113.— Kobayafi, K. Studies on the extract of kidney; on the diuretic action of extract of kidney. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1928, 9:43.— Lindberg, A. A. [Effect of renal extracts on diuresis] Vrach. delo, Acta medica, 1929, Suppl., 12: 54-64. Also transl. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931, 149: 285-99.—McJunkin, F. A., & Hartman, C. D. Growth inhibitor in kidnev desiccates. Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: Suppl. 54, 739-50.—Niccolini, P. M. Di una curiosa propriety dei prodotti opoterapici a base di corticale renale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 582-4.—Serio, F., & Sofia, F. Sull'azione biolosrica eli alcuni estratti renali. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936, 62: 553-65. ---- Pressor substances. See also Blood pressure, high; Pressor sub- stances. Battro, A., Braun Menendez, E. [et al.] Accion presora en el hombre de la renina y de la hipertensina. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1940, 16: 376-80.—Beckwith, J. R., & Chanutin, A. The pressor effect of kieiney extracts of intact and partially nephrectomized rats. Am. J. Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 562-4.— Euler, L. S. von, & Sjostrand, T. Vasokonstriktorisehe Wir- kungen von Nierenextrakten und ihre Beziehungen zu Renin und Vasotonin. Acta physiol. scand., 1941, 2: 274-83.— Harrison, T. R., Blalock, A., & Mason, M. F. Effects on blood pressure of injection of kidney extracts of dogs with renal hypertension. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 35: 38-40.— Harrison, T. R., Williams, J. R., jr, & Grollman, A. Pressor properties of extracts from normal and abnormal kidnevs. Tr. Ass.- Am. Physicians, 1940, 55: 289— Herrick, J. P., Corcoran, A. C, & Essex. H. E. The effects of renin anel of angiotonin on the renal blooel flow pressure of the dog. Am. .1. Physiol., 1941-42, 135: 88-92.—Hill, W. H. P., & Andrus, E. C. Effects of renin and of angiotonin upon isolated perfuseel heart. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 213.----— The cardiac factor in the pressor effects of renin and angiotonin. J. Exp. M., 1941, 74: 91-103.—Jonnard. R., & Thompson, M. R. Electropheiretic separation of the blood pressure princi- ples of hog kidney extracts. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1942, 31: 19-24.— Krichevskaia, E. I. Influence des metabolites des reins sur la fonction du coeur. Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1936, 1: 172.—Landis, E. M. Kidnev extracts and hyper- tension. Clin. Bull., Clevel., 1940, 4: 71-3.------Jeffers, W. A.. & Shicis, E. H. The pressor effects of homologotis anel heterologous injections of heated kidney extracts. Am. J. Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 672-82.—Landis, E. M.. Montgomery, H., & Sparkman, D. The effects of pressor drugs and of saline kieiney extracts on blood pressure anel skin temperature. J. Clin. Invest., 1938, 17: 189-206.—Page, I. H. The pressor response of normal and hypertensive elogs to renin and angio- tonin. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 134: 789-97. ------& Helmer, KIDNEY EXTRACT 20(> KIDNEY EXTRACT O. M. Angiotonin-activator, renin- and angiotonin-inhibitor, anel ihe mechanism of angiotonin tachyphylaxis in^ normal, hypertensive, and nephrecb-inized animals. J. Exp. M., 1940, 71: 495-519.—Pearce, K. M. An experimental study of the influence of kidney extracts and of the serum of animals with renal lesions upon the blood pressure. Ibid., 1909, 11: 430-43.—Plentl, A. A.. & Page, I. H. A kinetic analysis of the renin-angiotonin pressor system and the stantlardization of the cnzvnu-s renin and angiotonase. Ibid., 1943, 78: 367-86.— Taylor, R. I)., & Page, I. H. Effect on cardiac output of renal extracts. .1. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1244.—Thauer, R. Die Wirkung von Nierenpressaften und -extraktcn auf den Blut- druck von Versuchstieren. Zbl. inn. Med., 1933, 54: 2-15.— Volhard, F. Bedeutung der Nieren fiir den Blutdruck, im besonderen Stoffe hieraus; Wert der Praparate aus korpereige- nem Material fiir die Klinik. Acta brevia neerh, 1934-35, 4: 167-70.—Williams, J. R., jr, Harrison, T. R., & Grollman, A. Further studies on hypertension and the anti-pressor effects of renal extracts. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 498.—Williams, J. R., jr, Harrison, T. R., & Mason, M. F. Observations on 2 different pressor substances obtaineel from extracts of renal tissue. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 195: 339-50, pl. Pressor substances: Angiotonin. See also Hypertensin. Abell, R. G., A Page, I. H. Behavior of the arterioles in hypertensive rabbits, and in normal rabbits following injections of angiotonin. Biol. Bull., 1941, 81: 293.—Andrus, E. C, & Hill, W. H. P. Some effects of renal pressor substances. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1940, 67: 70- Bradley, S. E., & Parker, B. A. Krfe-ct of angiotonin on circulatory dynamie-s. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 221. ------ The hemolynamie- effects of angiotonin in normal man. J. Clin. Invest., 1941, 20: 715-9.— Braun-Menend€^z, E., Fasciolo, J. C. [et al] I annacologia de la hipertensina. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1940, 16: 398- 410.—Corcoran, A. C, & Page, I. H. The effects of angiotonin on renal blood flow and on the excretion of phenol red and inulin in the dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 338. ------ The effects of angiotonin on renal blood flow and glomerular filtration. Ibid., 130: 335-9. ------ & Kohlstaedt, K. G. Changes of arterial blood pressure and renal hemodynamics by iniect;on of angiotonin in human beings. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 244-8.— Croxalto, R., Croxatto, H., & Marty. L. Hyperte-usiii, hydroxytyramine and action of renal hypertensor extiacts. Ibid., 1943, 52: 64-7.—Edman, P., Euler, II. S. von jet al.] Preparation and some properties of hypertensin. angiotonin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1942, 101: 284-8.—Eichler, F. I eber die adrenalintihnliche Wirkung des Serums NopliieUtomierter und Nierenkranker. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1907, 44: 1-172-4.—Euler, U. S. von, & Sjbstrand, T. Bildu ij; von Picssorsubstanzen in der Niere. Naturwissen- schatten, 1943, iil: 145.—Friedman, B., Abramson, D. I., & Marx, W. Pressor substance in the cortex of the kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1938, 124: 285-94.—Grossman, E. B. Preparation of extracts of the renal pressor substance. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938 39, 39: 40-4. ------& Williams, J. R., jr. Relation of age t'i renal pressor substance. Arch. Int. M., 1938, 62: 799-804. -Harrison, S. P., & Ivy, A. C. Effect of angiotonin on the gall tlalilei and the duoelenum. Proc. Soc. Ex >. Biol., N. Y.. 1941, 46: 112-4.—Helmer, O. M., & Page, I. H. Some properties of ansjotonin. J. Biol. Chem., 1910, 133: Proc, 42. ------ 1 ■ rnation of angiotonin-like pressor substance from action of crystalline pepsin on renin-activator. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 389-91.—Kobayasi, K. Leber ehe blutdrucksteigernde Substanz des Nierenextraktes. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1928, 8: 115.—Lorber, V., & Visscher, M. B. The action of angiotonin on the completely isolated mammalian heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 305.—Menen- dez, E. B., Fasciolo, J. C. [et al.] Angiotonin or hypertensin. Science, 1943, 98: 495.—Merrill, A.. Williams, J. R., jr, & Harrison, T. R. The site of action of the renal pressor sub- stance. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 196: 18-23.—Merrill, A., Williams, R. H., & Harrison, T. R. The effects of a pressor substance obtained from the kidnevs on the renal circulation of rats and dogs. Ibid., 240-6.— Page, L H., & Helmer, O. M. A crystal- line pressor substance, angiotonin, resulting from the reaction between renin and renin-activator. J. Exp. M., 1940, 71: 29-42, pl.—Plentl, A. A., & Page, I. H. The enzymatic nature of angiotonin formation from renin and renin activator. J. Biol. Chem.. 1943, 147: 135-41.------ The action of crystal- line proteolyt'c enzymes on angiotonin. J. Exp. M., 1944, 79: 205-14.— Prinzmetal, M., & Friedman, B. Pressor effects of kidnev extracts from patients ami dogs with hypertension. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 35: 122-4.—Rachman, V. I., & Bannikov, D. A. [Clinical investigation on the effects of angiotrophin] Sovet. med., 1938, No. 2, 28-33.—Taquini, A. C. Produccion de suhstant-ia vasoconstrictora renal en diversas circunstaneias. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1938, 14: 456-61.— Victor, J., Steiner. A., & Weeks, D. M. A pressor substance produce I bv anaerobic autolysis of renal cortex. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 42: 767-9.—Williams, J. R., jr, Diaz, J. T. [et al.] The relation of the adrenal glands to the action of the renal pressor substance. Am. .1. M. Sc, 1939, 198: 212-9.— Williams, J. It., jr, & Grossman, E. B. The recovery of an adrenalin-like substance from the kielnev. Am. J. Physiol., 1938. 123: 364-8.—Williams, J. R., jr, Wegria, R., & Harrison, T. R. Relation of renal pressor su1 stance to hypertension of hydronephrotic rats. Arch. Int. M. 1938, 62: 805-12.— Yonkman, F. F., Jeremias. R., & gtllwell.■ J»- _.A,«j?tonin myotropism. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. \ ., 1943, 54: 204-6. ---- Pressor substances: Renin. See also Kidney, Autolysis; Kidney, Blood flow: Disorder—Ischemia. Schlapp, W. *Untersuchungen iiber den Ursprung und die Xatur der vasoaktiven Stoffe bei Nierenkranken [Frankfurt] 24p. 8? Ccln- hausen, 1936. Bean, J. W. On the specificity of renin and some related phenomena. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 6 (Abstr.)— Collings, W. I)., Remington. J. W. [et al.] A moehfied method for the preparation of renin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 87-9.—Corcoran, A. C, & Page, I. H. The effects of renin on renal blood flow and glomerular filtration. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 698-702. ------& Helmer, O. M. The renal pressor system as an index of species relationship. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 17 (Abstr.)—Croxatto, R., & Crox- atto, H. Incapacidad de la renina para generar una substancia de accion vasoconstrictora a partir de la dopa. Rev. med. aliment., Santiago, 1941-42, 5: 66-8. ------ & Marty, L. Acci6n hipertensinnsica de extractos reninico.s, preparados por el metodo de Grossman. Ibid., 75.—Dell'Oro, R., & Braun Menendez, E. Dosaje de renina en la sangre de perros hiper- tensos por esquemia renal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 29: 100 1.—Dexter, L., & Braun Menendez, E. La eliminacion de renina en la orina. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1941, 17: 394-8.— Liche-lbe-rgcr, L., Leiter, I... & Geiling, E. M. K. Water and cloe-tioiyte content of dolphin kidney and extraction of pressor substance, renin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 356-9.—rEuler, L. S. von, & Sjostrand, T. Factors influencing renin pressor action. Acta physiol. scand., 1941, 2: 264-73.— Freedman, A. Response to renin of unanesthetized normal and nephrectomized rats. Am. Heart J., 1940, 20: 304-7.— Friedman, B., Somkin, E., & Oppenheimer, E. T. The relation of renin to the adrenal gland. Am. J. Physiol., 1939-40, 128: 481-7.—Friedman, M., & Kaplan, A. Studies concerning the site of renin formation in the kidney; the absence of renin in the aglomerular kidney of the midshipman fish. J. Exp. M., 1942, 75: 127-34, pl. ------ The renin content of the mam- malian kidney following specific necrosis of proximal convo- luteel tubular epithelium. Ibid., 1943, 77: 65-70, 2 pl. ----- & Williams, E. Absence of renin in glomerular kidney of marine fish. Proc. Soc FJxp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 50: 199-202.— Friedman, M., Kruger, H. E., & Kaplan, A. Inability of puri- fied renin to reduce the blood pressure of hypertensive dogs. Ibid., 56-8.—Goldblatt, H., Katz, Y. J. [et al.] Studies on experimental hypertension; the bioassay of renin. J. Exp. M., 1943, 77: 309-13.—Harrison, T. R., Grollamn, A., & Williams, J. R., jr. Separation of various blood pressure producing fractions of renal extract. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1942, 57: 187-95.—Helmer, O. M., & Page, I. H. Purification and some properties of renin. J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 127: 757-63.—Hessel, G. Leber das Renin; ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Pathogenese des renalen Hochdrucks. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1938, 190: 180-4. ------ & Maier-Hiiser, H. Leber das Renin, einen korpereigenen kreislaufwirksamen Stoff. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med.. 1934, 46. Kongr., 347-51 — Hill, J. R., & Pickering, G. W. Hypertension produced in the rabbit by prolonged renin infusion. Clin. Sc, Lond., 1939-40, 4: 207-16.—Houssay, B. A., & Braun-Menendez, E. The role of renin in experimental hypertension. Brit. M. J., 1942, 2: 179-81. ------& Dexter, L. The destruction and elimination of renin in the dog. Ann. Int. M., 1942, 17: 461-73.—Huido- bro, F., & Braun-Menendez, E. The secretion of renin by the intact kidney. Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 137: 47-55.—Jonnard, R., & Thompson, M. R. The nature of the pressor and de- pressor factors derived from the kidney. J. Am. Pbarm. Ass., 1943, 32: 260-78.—Kaplan, A., & Friedman, M. Studies concerning the site of renin formation in the kidney; the ap- parent site of renin formation in the tubules of the mesonephros and metanephros of the- lie.g fetus. J. Exp. M., 1942, 76: 307-16, 2 pl.—Katz, L. N., A Friedberg, L. The hemodynamic effect of the dioxane- mith, fc. L. [et al.] Antirenin. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1943, 2: 24 (Abstr.)—Johnson, C. A., & Wakerlin, G. E. Antiserum for renin. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 44: 277-81. ------ Antiserum for dog renin. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 129: 390. ------ Production of anti-renin by heterologous renins Proc. Centr. Soc Clin. Res., 1941, 14: 33 (Abstr.) ------& Smith, E. L. Preparation and some properties of antirenin. Ibid., 1942, 15: 71.—Johnson, C. A., Wakerlin, G. E.. & Goldberg, M. L. Production of antirenin by heterologous renins. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 341.—Mylon, E., Katzen- stein, R., & Winternitz, M. C. Anti-renin and other evidences of tolerance to the various substances contained in extracts of kidney. Am. J. Path., 1941, 17: 622.—Page, I. H. Hypo- tension and loss of pressor response to angiotonin as the result of trauma to the central nervous system and severe hemorrhage. J. Exp. M., 1943, 78: 41-58.—Williams, J. R., jr, Grollman, A., & Harrison, T. R. The reduction of the blood pressure of hypertensive dogs by the administration of renal extract. Am. J. Physiol., 1940, 130: 496-502.—Zithis, J., Wald, M. [et al.] The thermal effect of antihypertensive renal extracts on young guinea pigs. Proc Centr. Soc. Clin. Res., 1941, 14: 15 (Abstr.) ---- Therapeutic use. Anencov, I. Contribution a l'etude de l'auxotherapie renale. 60p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Botkine, C, & Dejust, S. Opotherapie renale: etude sur la valeur de l'auxotherapie. Rev. med., Par., 1937, 54: 462-8, 4 graph.—Dejust-Defiol, S., & Romme, M. Les possibilites de l'opotherapie renale. Presse med., 1932, 40: 238-40.— Des Loges. Connaissances actuelles en opotherapie renale. Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15: 790-2.—Loeper, M. L'opo- therapie renale. Progr. med., Par., 1932, 2145-50. Also in Ther. med. (Loeper, M.) Par., 1934, 7: 217-27.—Luna, de. Lne opotherapie renale renforcee. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 1007-9. Toxin. Kasogladov, V. M. * Material! k eksperi- mentalnomu patologo-histologicheskomu izslledo- vaniyu voprosa ob avtonefrotoksinle. 116p. 8? S. Peterb., 1911. Aisawa, M., & Izumi, F. Leber den Einfluss von immunne- phrotoxischem Serum auf die Gewebsatmung der Kaninchen- organe. Fol. endocr. jap., 1939-40, 15: 47; 50 (Abstr.)— Bermbach, P. Versuche iiber Harn- und Blutgifte. Mbl. Lrol., 1905, 10: 490-3.—Bierry, H., Pettit, A., & Schaeffer, G. Nephro- et hepatotoxines; sur les conditions de preparation des serums nephro- et hepatotoxiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 496-8.—Di Bella, L. Ricerche sulla sostanza tossica pecifica rena.le. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 726-8.—■ Ghiron, V., & Scandurra, S. Studio sull'azione delle tossine nefrogene. Arch. ital. chir., 1931-32, 30: 645-54.—Izumi, F. Experimentelle Studien iiber Glomerulonephritis; iiber die Hautreaktion durch immunnephrotoxische Immunsera. Fol. endocr. jap., 1940-41, 16: 73-80 (Abstr.)—Kasiwabara, M. Experimentelle Lntersuchungen iiber Nephrotoxin. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1933-35, 8: 371-416, 3 pl.—Masugi, M. Leber das Wesen der spezifischen Veranderungen der Niere und der Leber durch das Nephrotoxin beziehungsweise das Hepatotoxin; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Glo- merulonephritis und der eklamptischen Lebererkrankung. Beitr. path. Anat., 1933, 91: 82- 112.—Parks, A. E., Ethridge, C. B., & Taussig, B. L. An attempt to induce nephrotoxins and experimental glomerulonephritis by injections of homo- logous renal tissue. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936-37, 35: 418-22.—Rathery, F. Les nephrotoxines en pathologie renale. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 559-61. KIDNEY hormone. See also Kidney extract. Castaigne, J., & Dastugue. Les hormones renales et les fonctions internes des reins. In Regul. hormon., Par., 1937. 558-73.—Choh, H. Studies on the permeability of the lym- KIDNEY HORMONE 2( )S KIDNEY PELVIS phatic vessels of the skin; concerning the action of nephro- hnrmon on their permeability. J. Chose-n M. Ass., 1940, 30: 184-93.—Feyrter, F. Le-le-r die Endokrinie der menschlichen Niere. Virchows Arch., 1940, 30fi: 135-74 — Gorier. E. Klieren met in interne secretie en nier. ln his Inelrukken med. Amerika, Leiden. 1934, 18- 26— Isida, K., & Miyaji, i. [The action of the nephrohormone in regulating the water content of the blood] J. ("ho.-en M. Ass.. 1935, 25: 471-88.—Masuda, R. Leber das Nephrohormon im Nieiengewebe und dessen Ver- iinderungen. Ibid., 1939, 29: 1406-90. ------- (Leber die Ausscheielung des Ne-phrohormones in den Harn] Ibid., 1686-708.—Miyrji, T. [Controlling action of nephrohormone on the turgidin of tissue] Ibid., 1035, 25: 730-53.—Miyazaki, H., A Sato, Y. Study on the relation of nephrohormone to blood-calcium. Ibid., 1934, 24: 70-2.—Osorio de Almeida, A. Existe uma secre-ciio interna antitoxiea do rim? Brasil med., 1928, 42: 510-5.—Stern, L. Experiences sur la pretendue secretion interne des reins. Tr. Lab. physiol. Lniv. Geneve (1901-02) 1903. 3: 74-91.—Tokumitu, Y. Studies on the ne- phrohormone. Fol. endocr. jap., 1933-34, 9: 47-95.—Lllmann, E. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage iiber elie innere Sekretion eler Niere. Wien. med. Wschr., 1920, 76: 787.—Zen, S. Studien iiber den Einfluss des sogenannten Nephrohormons im Nierenrindenextrakt sowie in Nierenvenenblut auf die mono- nuklaren Leukocyten. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1940, 30: 363-90. KIDNEY pelvis. See also Kidney; Ureter; Urinary tract. Konttinen, Y. W. * Beitrag zur Entwicklung dps Nierenbeckens. 43p. 8? Giessen, 1928. Caponnetto, A. Sulla morfologia della pelvi e dei calici renali. Arch. ital. anat., 1935-36, 34: 293-339.—Du Bois- Ke-ymond. Nierenbecken und Lreter. Zbl. Gyn., 1024, 48: 2580. -Krdmann, W. Studien iiber die Fassungskraft des noimalen NieieiibecUens. Zschr. Lrol., 1926, 20: 505-8.— Fernandez, M. Sulla m-oformazione eli follieoli linfoidi nella pe-lvi n-nale. Ai.-li. ital. chir., 1936, 44: 122-43.—Festen, H. [ Form e>f normal renal pe-lvis in roentgen picture] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 1343-55.—Fey, B. Variations de forme et ele volume eles cavites renales. J. urol. med., Par., 1939, 48: 200—11.—Jona, J. L. The kidney pelvis; a further contribu- tion to its physiology and pathology. Surg. Oyn. Obst., 1934 59: 713-25.—Lauber, H. J. De 1 mm de-s nonunion Nioren- beckens. Deut. Zse-hr. Cine., i 929, 220: -MS -24.- Mas-art, C. Contributo a'lo stueiio e!e-!la iiMii-o>n ele-1 I •;ic-iri<-t t»> renale- e dell'uretere dell'uomo e di ale-uni ninmruife-ri. Ye-vh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 87. Also Arch. nal. anat,, 1937-38, 38: 325- 55.—Namiki, J., Yamanouti, II.. A Hanaoka, T. The bio- metric treatment of the urographie- daia; report: on the capacity of kidney-pelvis and its area in radiogram. Jap. J. Derm. Lrol., 1935, 38: 16-9—Palladino, G. Di alcune glandole non ancora de-soritte nella mucosa del bacinetto renale. Bull. Ass. natur. med., Nap., 1870, 1: 72-5, pl.—Petersen, G. [Investiga- tions of the form of the renal pelvis in unipapillary kidney of domestic animals] Aarsskr. Vet. Landhoh0jsk., Kbh., 1919, 220-37, 2 pl.—Polkey, H. J. The normal kidnev pelvis. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1027, 31: 339-53.—Rose, D. K., Hamm, W. G. [et al.] Kidney pelves; normal variations in their shape and flow with possible pathological significance. Surg. Gyn. Obst,, 1933, 57: 1-14.—Rossi, F. Valore dei caratteri morfologici costituzionali in rapporto alia forma della pelvi renale umana. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 996-9. ------ Ricerche morfologiche sulla pelvi renale e sui calici dell'uomo in rapporto alia i!aasifie:izioiie- clinie:i dei tipi morfologici, eseguite con nicteielei d'iinlagine rae'.ioirrafica. Ricer. morf., 1930, 9: 203-32 1.—Rune-berg, P. Leber Lymphfollikel in der Se-hleimhaut eles Nie-ienl e-e-ke-ns. Acta chir. scand., 1925, 58: S1--90. ---- Abnormity. Algermissen, A. *Ueber Verdoppelung der Nierenbecken und Ureteren und Beobachtung diesor Anomalien am Lebenden [Jena] 30p. 8° Grossenhain, 1928. Rabitsch, W. *Beitrag zur Klinik und Chirurgie des doppelten Nierenbeek<-ns [Miin- chen] 20p. 21cm. Wiirzb., 1938. Alessandri, R. f'asi rari e istruttivi; rene con bacinetto e uretere doppio. Prat, chir., Citta di Castello, 1926-27, 1: 101.—Anderson, C. F. Complete bilateral duplication of ureters and renal pelvis. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1926-27, 19: 281-3.—Bacharach, J. Eine gelungene Heminephrektomie bei verdoppeltem Ureter unel Nierenbecken. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1927, 23: 105-75.—Bacigalupi, M. Considerazioni sulla pielografia disce-nelente nelle anomalie di numero eh iuri-te-ral; lil iasis del segmento inferior, heminefrectomia. Dia me'el., H. Air., 1912, 14: 1312-4.—Harpin, R. A. Double kidney pelvis, anil non- fusion of the laminae of the 1st and 5th lumbar verle■ I.i:m■ in each of twins. N. England J. M., 1937, 216: 658.- Harris. A. An interesting anomaly of complete duplication of the ureters and renal pelves, with a review of the literature. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1929, 33: 300-2.—Hayasi, K., & Sue take, 1. Kin fall von einseitiger Verdoppelung des Nierenbeckens uml vollstiindi- gen Doppeluretern. Taiwan igakkai zassi. 1930, No. 300, 13.— Heinicke, E. Ein Fall von nhsre-sprengtem Nierenbeckendi- vertikel. Deut. Zse-hr. Chir., 192-1, 221 : 138-41. Hedtz-Boyer. Ln nouveau cas eh- rneliographie- faite e-n double position, horizontalc et verticale, n'-ve'-laiit une eh'-formntion pyeio- ureterale; utilile'- ele- la table- radiot-hirurgicah-. J. urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 170-3. He-ndrick, J. A., jr. Duplication of pelvis, calices and ureter of tin- li-dit kidney with extravesical insertion of ectopic ureter; heminephrectomy; re-pent of case. Proc Mayo Clin., 1938, 13: 584.—Hyman, A. Hilal.-ral double pelves and double ureters, right nephre-e-tomy ami le-fi hemi- nephrectomy. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser., 4: 437.— Irwin, W. K. An anteriorly placed renal pelvis. Brit. J. Surg., 103 1 35, 22: 884.—Kairis, Z. Leber Doppelbildungen de-s Nierenheckens und des Lreters. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21: 631.—Kohl, H. Leber Doppelbildungen der Harnleiter und Nierenbecken. Ibid., 1930, 24: 561-4.—Le Fur, R. Sur un cas de bifielite du bassinet et de l'uretere. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 72-6.—Levi- than, W. M. Ein Fall beiderseitige-r Ve-nleeppeelung der Nieren- hecken und Harnleiter elurch ve-sicui e-nale-n Reflux festgestellt. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1930, 30: 280-90.—-Lippincott, A. H. Bi- lateral incomplete reeluplication of the renal pelves; calculi in the lower right pelvis. J. Free]., Halt., 1927, 17: 101-4.— Lubash, S. Partial resection for unilateral reduplication of pelvis and ureter. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., i3: 91-5.-- McKinney, J. T., & Cary, S. B. Complete bilateral duplicatiem of ureters and renal pelvis. Am. J. Roentg., 1926, n. ser., 15: 149.—Macquet, P., & Lemaitre, L. Deux cas ele bifidite pye'le>- ureterale, l'un bilateral, l'autre unilateral. Echo med. mini, 1939, 3. ser., 10: 274-7—Mihalovici, J. [Hydronephrosis with abnormal pelvis] Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 364-6, pl.— Miller, I. D. Double renal pelves with single hydronephrosis treated by ureter ligation. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 435 — Morson, C. Pyelograms of a elouble- urete:r and elouble pelvis. Proc. It. Soc M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Seel. Liol., 11.—Ormond, J. K. An unusual instance of reduplie-atiem of ureter and pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1926, 15: 397-401.—Papin, E. Sur un cas ele bassinet bifurque avec stenose du grand calice inferieur; anastomose des 2 grands calices. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 686-8.—Potter, R. P., & Sexton, W. G. Anomalies of the ureters and the kidney pelves. Raeliology, 1929, 12: 199-206.—Rebeck, P. Idronefrosi in rene con bacinetto duplice ed uretere bifido. Clin, chir., Milano, 1938, 41: 901-10 — Ritter, A. Vererbung von Lreter- und Nierenbeckcnanomalien und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 169-73.—Roberts, A. L. Double ureter and pelvis of both kidneys. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1940-41, 17: 69.— Ruiz, J. B. Ln caso de duplicielad total del ureter derecho y doble pelvis. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1926, 31: 483-8, pl — Sarkissian, M. E. [Case of unilateral double renal pelvis] Vest, rentg., 1929, 7: 163.—Schmidt, A., & Schmidt, H. R. Der Nierenbecken- und Harnleitertonus in Schwangerschaft und Wochenbett. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 489-505 — Schmitz, R. Ein Fall von doppeltem Nierenbecken. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 2985— Schumacher, F. L. Observations on reduplication of l.ielne:-, pelves and ureters, with a case report. Radiology, 1926, 7: 475-9.—Sestini, F. Studio sulla circola- zione vascolare del n-nc- e-on eloppia pelvi. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1936, 11. ser., 4: sez. E, 190-8, 3 pl. Summer. Der Wert der Ausscheidungspyelographie- b<-i eloppeltcm Nieren- becken. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 301. Sorre-ntino, M. An interesting anomaly of the pelvis and ureters: extra-renal pelvis, enormously dilated: stenosis of the ureteral collarette and torsion of the ureter. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 318-20. Tasiro, B. Ein Fall von beiderseitigen Verdoppelung der Nie-ie-nliecken und Lreteren. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1928,11: 212. Tourtou. Rein gauche ave-c bassinets et ureteres doubles; lie'-nmie'-phrecto- mie du rein supe'-i ieur pour hydronephrose et lithia.se,-. Marseille med., 1939, 76: pt 2, 507.—Troell, A. Verdoppelung eles Nierenbeckens und des Harnleiters, diagnostiziert elurch Lroselectanpyelographie; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Incontinentia urinae und deren Lrsachen. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 1051-4.—Vilar, G. Lreter y pelvis renal doble, lado derecho, con uropionefrosis de la inferior. Rev. espec, B. Air., KIDNEY PELVIS 209 KIDNEY PELVIS 1929 4: 425-8.—Woodruff, S. R. Complete unilateral tripli- cation of the ureter and renal pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941 46: 376-9 [Discussion] 413-8.—Zakharov, E. I. [Pyelography in diagnosis of extra- and intrarenal pelvis] Lrologia, Moskva, 1937, 14: 3-7-—Zappala, G. Sulla duplicita completa bilaterale pielo'-ureterale. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat., 316-8.— Zondek M. Stein in einer Niere mit doppeltem Nierenbecken. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 717. --- Calculus. See Nephrolithiasis. --- Calices. Albuquerque, P. F. de. Nocoes fundamentais sobre o funcionamento dos calices, bacinete e ureter. Rev. med. mun., Rio, 1941, 2: 697-702.—Fester., H. Die Pedeutung der Fornix caly'cis der Niere fiir die Rontgendiagnostik. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2360-2.—Fuchs-, F. Die Entwicklung der Fornices calicis der menschlichen Niere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1932, 97: 472-86. -----& Fuch«, G. Leber Form und Festigkeit der Fornices calicis im Hinblick auf das physikalische Verhalten bei Steigerung des Druckes im Nierenbecken. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1932, 81: 784-91.—Hennig, O. Leber die Funktion der Nierenkelchmuskulatur. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 629.—Herman, J. [Pyelography of the calices of the pelvis] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 596-9.—Hutter, K. Lebergiinge von der hyperplastischen Niere zu abweiehender Gestaltung des oberen Sammelkelehes im Rontgenbild. Zschr. Lrol., 1938, 32: 305-15.—Narath, P. A. Ihe hydromechanics of the calyx renalis. J. Lrol., Fait., 1940, 43: 145-76.—Westenhofer, M. Sobre los fundamentos anat6micos de mi teoria; sobre la funci6n ordefiadora de los crilices renales. Rev. meel. peru., 1939, 11: 57-64.—Woodside, C. J. A. Musculature of renal calices. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 733. --- Calices: Disease and abnormity. Greeven, R. *Haemorrhagische Calyxpye- litis; ein Beitrag zur essentiellen Hamaturie. 28p. 20^cm. Bonn, 1937. Contini, V. Contributo alio studio dei papillomi del baci- netto (a proposito di un caso di papilloma di un calice renale) Arch. ital. urol., 1935-36, 12: 127-42.—Cookson, H. A. Small angioma of renal calix. Brit. J. Surg., 1936, 24: 405.—Halbfas- Ney, P. Leber Missbildung des Nierenbeckens mit extra- renaler Kelchentwicklung. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 74-9.—Harris, A. Kidney resection for sacculated calyx. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8: 105-10.—Hart, L. B., Dobos, E. I., & Forbes, R. P. Congenital cystic dilatation of a single kidney calix. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1940, 16: 206-9.—Mencher, W. H. LTrographic studies of caliceal lesions. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 1069-77.—Miller, J., & Ycung, D. H. Essential haematuria in relation to pyelitis of the calyx-papilla angle. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 24: 354-9 — Prather, G. C. Calyceal diverticulum. J. Lrol., Bait., 1941, 45: 55-69.—Scheele, K. Leber Nierenbeckenmissbildung mit extrarenalen Kelchen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1153-9.— Schiffer, E. Fullungsdefekt bei retrograder Pyelographie, vorgetauscht durch einen Nierenkelchkrampf. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1936, 17: 93-8.—Smith, G. G. Renal infection due to dilatation of a single calix. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1933, 26: 307-11.—Veseen, L. L. Extrarenal calices. J. Lrol., Bait., 1933, 30: 487-90. --- Calices: Hydrocalyx. See also Kidney, Hydronephrosis. Beneventi, F. A. Hydrocalyx; its relief by retrograde dilatation. Am. J. Surg., 1943, 61: 244-8.—Biancardi, S. Contributo clinico alia patogenesi dell'idronefrosi dei calici. Arch. ital. urol., 1936, 13: 311-45.—Chauvin, E. A propos d'un cas de nephrectomie partielle pour hydronephrose lithia- sique du calice superieur. P. verb. Congr. fr. urol., 1938, 38. Congr., 535-8.—Lepoutre, C. Volumineuse poche infectee au centre du parenchyme renal, devolution apyretique et decouverte k la pyelographie (hydrocalice infecte?) Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1938, 64-73.—Oestling, K. Rontgenologische und pathologisch-anatomische Veranderungen bei Erweite- rungen einzelner Nierenkelche. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1934, 15: 28-40, 2 pl.—Redi, R. Calicectasie renali. Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 33: 1-36.—Winsbury-White, H. P. A case of hydro- calycosis. Brit. J. Lrol., 1939, 11: 245-7. --- Cancer. Duvergey, H. Au sujet d'un rein exclu par cancer du bassi- net. Bordeaux chir., 1939, 10: 151.—Epstein, G. S. [Case of primary cancer of the pelvis] Lrologia, Moskva, 1938, 15: No. 2, 90-2.—Gaume, P. Presentation d'une radiographie d'un cancer du bassinet. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 85.— Hiickel, R. Sarkom des Nierenbeckens mit Pyonephrose. Beitr. path. Anat., 1937, 99: 280-2.—Moessner, H. La pyelographie dans le cancer du rein. Strasbourg med., 1933, 93: 439-55.—Simpson, C. M. Malignant tumors of the renal pelvis. Texas State J. M., 1930-31, 26: 787-91. ■--- Carcinoma. Andresen, E. *Ueber das maligne Papillom des Nierenbeckens und seine Friihdiagnose. 23p. 8? Konigsb., 1935. Fink, F. *Ueber das primare Nierenbecken- carcinom nebst kasuistischem Beitrag. 17p. 8° Munch., 1936. Hwang, T. D. *Ueber ein primares Platten- epithelcarcinom des Nierenbeckens (mit Stein- bildung) mit Eindringen von Carcinomzellen in Harnkanalehen und Bowmansche Kapseln. 24p. 8? Gott., 1929. Adler-Racz, A. Nierenstein und Plattenepithelkrebs des Nierenbeckens. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 176-9.—Beer, E. Papillary carcinoma of the kidney pelvis. Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 930-3.—Bibus, B. Verhornendes Plattenepithelcarcinom des Nierenbeckens. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 1-6.— Bothe, A. E. Carcinoma of the renal pelvis and ureter. J. Lrol., Bait., 1943, 49: 69-76.—Bromberg, P. Papillary epi- thelioma of the kidney pelvis; case report. South. M. J., 1926, IS): 550-4.—Brunton, J. F. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 33: 515-7.—Bryan, R. C. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis with metastases in the ureter and bladder; x-ray results and autopsy. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Sursreons, 1934, 2/: 177-93.—Cabot, H., & Allen, R. B. Epithelioma primary in the renal pelvis; report of 45 cases. Lancet, I ond., 1933, 2: 1301-6.—Charriberlin, H. A., & MacMahon, H. E. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis; report of a case. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 299-303.— Cross, W. W. Extensive papillocarcinoma of the kidney pelvis and ureter. lrol. Cut. Rev., 1939, 43: 321-3.—Davidson, O. W. Squamous-cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis. J. Lrol., Palt., 1942, 47: 348-52.—De Graeuwe & Wauthy. Epi- thelioma papillnire du bassinet. J. chir., Prux., 1906, 6: 198-205, pi.—Dist^fano, G. Carcinoma papillare della pelvi renale con distruzione emorragica totale del rene. Tumori, Milano, 1937, 23: 376-93, 3 pl.—Duvergey, H. Autonephrekto- mie durch Nierenbeckenkrebs. Zschr. Lrol., 1939, 33: 400.— Ehn, R. [Cases of solid, cancroid tumors of the renal pelvis] Gyogyaszat, 1929, 6j: 703-8.—Epstein, G. S. Ein Fall von primarem Nierenbeckenkrebs. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39: 354-61.—Esau. Cancroid des Nierenbeckens bei Eiter- Steinniere. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 147: 195-7.—Franceschi, E. Contributo alia patologia ed alia clinica del cancro a cellule piatte primitivo della pelvi rena'e. Arch. ital. urol., 1935-36, 12: 30-84.—Fritz, L. H. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1937, 27: 163-5.—Gilbert, J. B., & Macmillan, S. F. Cancer of the kidney; squamous-cell car- cinoma of the renal pelvis with special reference to etiology. Ann. Surg., 1934, 100: 429-44.—Higgins, C. C. Squamous cell carcinoma of the kidney pelvis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1937, 30: 13-33. ------ Squamous cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis. Arch. Surg., 1939, 38: 224-44.—Highman, B. Calculus associated with epithelioma of renal pelvis, with report of a case. Hosp. News, Wash., 1933, 5: 6-10.—Hunt, V. C. Papillary epithelioma of the renal pelvis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. turgeons, 1927, 20: 137-58. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1927, 18: 225-46. ------ Method of metastasis of papillary epithelioma of the renal pelvis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9:853-61. ------& Bennett, L. C. Multiple primary malig- nancy; primary papillary carcinoma of the kidney pelvis associated with primary lymphosarcoma of the stomach. West, J. Surg., 1935, 43: 265-75.—Josselin de Jong, R. de. Ein Fall von Carcinoma papillare des Nierenbeckens. Beitr. path. Anat., 1904, 35: 205-12, pl.—Kirwin, T. J. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis; diagnosis and treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 73: 759-65, pl.—Kouwenaar [Two cases of primary carcinoma of the renal pelvis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2272.—Kutzmann, A. A. Squamous cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis, with special consideration as to etiology. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1937, 6: 21-39. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1938, 39: 487-505.—Lazarus, J. A. Squa- mous-cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis; a case with invasion of the duodenum. Ibid., 34-44.—Livermore, G. R. Papillary adeno-carcinoma of the renal pelvis. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1928, 21: 9-17. Also J. Urol., Bait., 1929, 21: 601-9. ------ Papillary adeno-carcinoma of the renal pelvis; report of a case, report of progress in case reported before this association in 1928. Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surgeons, 1931, 24: 75-8—McElhinney, P. P. B. Squamous cell epi- thelioma of the left renal pelvis due to prolonged irritation of calculi. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1936, 5: 250.—Meltzer, M. Papillary carcinoma of the renal pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1926, 16: 335-49.—Mioni, G. Epitelioma papillifero della pelvi renale. Atti Soc. ital. pat., 1906, 4: 49-51.—Montenegro, A., Quintana, A., & Lagleyze, G. Epitelioma papilar mucoso de pelvis renal. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 1049-55.— Muto, M. Zur pathologischen Anatomie und Klinik des primaren, bosartigen Papilloms des Nierenbeckens. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1926, 2: 599-615, 2 pl.—Nicholson, W. F. Squamous-cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis in a horseshoe kidney. Brit, J. Surg., 1936, 24: 397-9.—Noble, J. F. Papillary carcinoma of the kidney pelvis; a case report. J. Lancet, 1934, 54: 308.—Pfeiffer, E. Adenocarcinoma papillare des Nieren- beckens. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 25: 25-8—Plaut, A. Nema- tode and carcinoma in human kidney pelvis. Am. J. Cancer, 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----14 KIDNEY PELVIS 210 KIDNEY PELVIS 1934, 20: 610-2.—Potts, W. J. Squamous cell carcinoma of the renal pelvis associated with si one and leukoplakia. Arch. Surg., 1932, 25: 45S. -Priestley, J. B. Non-papillary squamous cell epithelioma of the renal pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1937, 37: 674-9.—Riches, E. W. Two cases of carcinoma of renal pelvis; papillary carcinoma; spheroidal-cell carcinoma. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 387.—Roche, A. E. Hnematonephrosis and carcinoma of the renal pelvis. Ibid., 1035-36, 29: 369.— Saltzstein, H. C, & Beaver, D. C. Papillary carcinoma of the pelvis of the kidney. Arch. Surg., 1940, 40: 949-58— Schulte, H. J. Vereiterte Steinniere und I'lattenepithelkrehs des Nierenbeckens. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 162: 419-25.— Senger, F. L., & Bottone, J. J. Primary epithelial tumors of renal pelvis. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 37: 57-67.—Serantes, A., Monserrat, J. L., & Garcia, A. E. Epitelioma de pelvis renai con voluminosa hematonefrosis. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 59-79.—Silverstone, M. Squamous-cell carcinoma of the: renal pelvis: report of a case. Brit. J. Surg., 1935-30. 23: 332-6.—Strasberg, A. Papillary squamous-cell epithelioma of the renal pelvis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1938, 39: 58-00.— Taylor, W. N. Papillary epithelioma of the renal pelvis; report of 3 cases. Tr. North Centr. Am. Lrol. Ass., 1934, 11-23. Also J. Lrol., Bait., 1935, 33: 531-43.—Thomson- Walker, J. Squamous carcinoma of the renal pelvis associateel with renal calculus. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. Lrol., 20.—Waterwoith, S. J. Giant renal calculus; carcinoma of the kidney pelvis; report of case. J. Lrol., Bait., 1932, 28: 77-83.—White, E. W., & Ritch, C. O. Primary papillary epithelioma of the renal pelvis, with report of a case. Ibid., 1926, 15: 143-53.—Wong, W. Y. Papillary carcinoma of renal pelvis with hydronephrosis; abstract of record. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 247-9, 2 pl. ---- Cyst. Galkin, W. S. Ueber die Cysten des Nierenbeckens (pelvi- kale Cysten) Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 225-52.—Halbron, P. Kystes miliaires du bassinet. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 313-6.—Rieder, W., & Staehler, W. Cystische Degenera- tion des Nierenbeckens. Chirurg, 1939, 11: 302-6. ---- Disease. Loffler, L. *Muskelveranderungen am Nie- renbecken und Ureter bei Stauung in den harn- ableitenden Wegen [Wurzburg] p. 384-403. 8? Berl., 1933. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1933, 36: Pollmann, S. _*Ein Fall von ausgedehnter Papillarnekrose bei hydronephrotischem doppel- ten Nierenbecken [Jena] 18p. 8? Berl., 1934. Schmidt, H. *Ueber den Begriff des Nieren- beckencxtravasats und seine Beziehung zur Pathogenese der Niere [Berlin] 36p. 23cm. Charlottenb., 1937. Stieglitz, F. J. C. von. *Untersuchungen iiber die Ruckbildungsfahigkeit von Stauungs- zustanden im Nierenbecken und Harnleiter 27p. 8? Marb., 1935. Akimoto, K. Ueber amyloidartige Eiweissniederschlage im Nierenbecken. Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 78: 239-42 pl — Butler, P. F., & Blackett, C. W. Dilatations of the renal pelvis. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 37-41.—Castilla, C. M., & Philip- peaux, A. E. Dilatacion primitiva y congenita de los ureteres y de las pelvis renales. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1, 1025-9.-—Ciceri, C. Sulle alterazioni del tessuto elastico in alcune affezioni della pelvi e dell'uretra. Pathologica, Genova 1930, 22: 303-7.—Cruz, M. Welchen Einfluss hat die Be- schaffenheit der Fiillungsfliissigkeit auf die Verteilungsweise von Nierenbeckenextravasaten? Zschr. urol. Chir., 1936, 42: 164-8.—Cusani, M. Le contusioni sul bacinetto renale Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1931, 37: 913-24.—Di Maio, G. II drenaggio uretero-pielico endoscopico di alcune affezioni chirurgiche settiche uretero-pielo-renali. Arch. ital. urol 1936, 13: 391-424.—Earlam, M. S. S. Pyelitis and pyelone- phritis from the surgical point of view. Med. J. Australia 1939, 2: 931-4.—Eichler, P. Die Ursache der Nierenbecken- extravasate und ihre Verhiitung. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 803-6.—Engel, W. J. Diagnosis and treatment of chronic pyelitis and pyelonephritis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 16: 1121-8—Fey, B. Les retentions pyeiiques fonctionnelles. Arch. urol. Necker, 1925-26, 5: 93-149, 2 pl. ------& Truchot, P. I ne- observation de dilatation temporaire du bassinet et de l'uretere apres colique nephretique. Mem. Acad, chir Par 1939, 65: 641-4.—Fialho, A. Sobre urn novo aspecto pathologico da mucosa do bacinete humano. Brasil med., 1931 45: 494.—Fuchs, F. Zur Frage der pyelographisch sichtbareri Nierenbeckenextravasate. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 257-65.—^Gohrbandt, P. Histologische Lntersuchungen iiber die Beteiligung des Nierenbeckens bei Erkrankungen der Niere Virchows Aich., 1920, 259: 269-90.—Gutig, K. Ueber Gas- bildung im Nierenbecken. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 137: 796-8.—Hofmann, W. Leber die Riickhilelung pathologischer Veranderungen an Nierenbecken und Harnleiter bei konserva- tiver Therapie. Zschr. Lrol., 1930, 24: 894-900.—Hohlfeld. Fall von Soor des Nicn-nbeckcns] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 2467.- Hrvnlsrhak. T. The-nipie- der I yehtis und Pyelonephritis. Wi.'-n. me-el. W.-chr., 1930, 80: 1201-5.- Hyndman, (). R., A. Wolkin, J. Anterior chorelotomy; pain in the renal pe-lvis. An-li. \e-ui. Psychiat., Chic, 1943, 50: 137.—Kairis, Z., & Perlmann, S. Klinische und experimentelle Studien iiber die Hiiiluim eler Nierenbecken unel Harnleiter- wunden. Zschr. Lrol., 1927, 21 : 659-69.- Kat/.e-nsle-in, R., 4 Winternitz, M. C. Necrosis of the renal pelvis associated with obstruction of the ureters. ^ ale .1. Biol., 1941-42, 14: 257-67, 3 pl.—Konig, F. Leber intermittierende Harnslanung im Nierenbecken. Deut. Zschr. Chir.. 1930, 227: :',2il-36.— Kovafovic, K. [Pathological pye-litie- extravasation! Cas lek. eesk., 1936, 75: 1457-60.—Kretschmer. H. I... He-aney] N. S., & Ockuly, E. A. Dilatation of the- kidney pelvis and ureter during pregnancy and the puerperium; a pyclni'i-apliic study in normal women. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 2025 'I. - Lepoulre, C. Traitement des pyeiites et p\ e'loni'phritca Arch. mal. reins, 1929-30, 4: 624-71.—Levitas, M. S. Temlcr points in diseases of the renal pelvis and of the ureter; periph- eral distribution of unilateral and bilateral hyperalgesia and anatomic relations of the spinal nerves and muscles involved Arch. Surg., 1939, 39: 457-77.—Lucena, J. M. Megalone- fropielectasia. Ars medica, Barcel., 1933, 9: 160-5, 4 pl.— Ormond, J. K. Lnusual effect of silver nitrate on the renal pelvis. J. Lrol., Bait., 1927, 18: 91-4, pl.—Pasqua, A. Ossi- ficazione metaplastica del bacinetto renale in una vacca, Clin, vet., Milano, 1938, 61: 532-8, pl.—Richter, P. F. Die Pyelitis und Pyelonephritis. Deut. Klin., 1904, 4: 3. Abt., 217-36.—Rubritius, H. Pyelitis und Pyelonephritis. Wien, med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 1411-3.—Sacco, E. Valore della meatoscopia nella diagnosi delle affezioni pielo-ureterali. Arch. ital. urol., 1935, 12: 277-424.—Sciesinski, K. Histolo- gische Lntersuchungen iiber das Verhaltnis von Erkrankungen der Niere und des Nierenbeckens. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1931, 133-61, 2 pl.—Stewart, C. C. Pyuria and pyelitis; the influence of exsiccosis on their experimental production. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 632-44.—Wells, C. A. Diverticu- lum of renal pelvis. Brit. J. Lrol., 1933, 5: 208-71.—Wight- man, W. W. Lrinary stasis as related to the kieiney pelviB and ureter. Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 803-11.—Zeiss. Beiderseitige Nierenbecken-Kelch-Harnleiter-Atonie bedingt durch Spina bifida. Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 275. ---- Exploration. See also Kidney, Radiography; Pyelography; Urography. Ferrier, L. *La pyeloscopie; travail de la Clinique Urologique (Hopital Necker) 74p. 8? Par., 1926. Legueu, F., Fey, B. [et al.] La pyeloscopie, 114p. 8? Par., 1927. Anderson, C. C. The X-ray examination of the kidney pel- vis. N. Zealand M. J., 1929-30, 28: 149-56.—Beaufond, F. H. de. Pyelographie et pyeloscopie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 141.—Broglio, R. La pielografia in serie e la pielo- scopia nelle diverse affezioni renali. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. chir., 349-67.—Chevassu, M. De l'exploration chi- rurgicale du bassinet. In Oeuvre (Delbet, P.) Par., 1932, 307-14.—Cohn, T. Die Aufblasung des Nierenbeckens fiir das Rontgenbild. ZbL Chir., 1927, 54: 1988-95.—Delbet, P., & Mocquot. De l'exploration chirurgicale elu bassinet. Rev. gyn. chir. abd., Par., 1907, 11: 635-69, 2 pl.—Fraenkel, W. K. Leber Pyeloskopie und Pyelographie. Mschr. Harnkr. sex. Hyg., 1928-29, 2: 1-6.—Giongo, F. L'indagine radiologic* delle vie urinarie superiori mediante pieloscopia. Radiol. med., Milano, 1928, 15: 17-46.—Gonzalez Martinez, I. Pyelo-roentgenoscopy as the indispensable complement of pyelography. Lrol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 286-92.—Graf, P. Ein einfacher Weg der Nierenbeckenaufnahme im Stehen bei Gesunden und Kranken (Senkniere) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1936, 163: 19-33.—Herbst, W. P. Pyeloscopy; a diagnostic pro- cedure which promises to inaugurate a new era in the recogni- tion and satisfactory treatment of painful abnormal motility syndromes of the upper urinary tract. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 26: 233-9. ------ The practical application and value of pyeloscopy. Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1932, 1: 29-35. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1932, 36: 508.—Herman, J. [Roentgen picture of the mucosa of pyelum] Magy. rontg. kozl., 1932, 6: 132-4.—Hryntschak, T. Combined pyeloscopy; its clinical value and its technique. J. Urol., Bait., 1930, 24: 549-66 — Jona, J. L. Pyeloscopy; a further contribution to the experi- mental study of the contractions of the kidney pelvis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 644-56. ------ & Flecker, H. Pyelos- copy; radioscopy of the kidney pelvis; a clinical and experi- mental study. Ibid., 1930, 51: 50-5.—Kamniker, H. Zum Wert der Pyeloskopie; ein Beitrag zur Peristaltik unel Entlee- rung des Nierenbeckens und Ureters wahrend der Gestation. Zbl Gyn., 1928, 52: 3058-63.—Key ser, S. [Pyeloscopy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 3971-3, pl.—Kummer, A. Deformierungen des Ureteropyelogrammes elurch ausserhalb der Niere hegende Tumoren. Chirurg, 1939, 11: 155-8.— Leb, A. Das Rontgendurchleuchtungsveifahren in der Nieren- diagnostik (Rontgen-Pyeloskopie) Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42:549-52. ------ Die Rontgenpyeloske.pie-. Fortsch. Rontr genstrahl., 1930, 42: 291-311.—Legueu, F., Fey, B., & Truchot, P. Pyelographie et pyeloscopie. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1929, 8; KIDNEY PELVIS 211 KIDNEY PELVIS 164-6.—Lepoutre, C. De l'exploration du bassinet. J. sc. med. Lille, 1921, 39: pt 1, 393-8, pl.—Luys, G. De la mesure de la capacite du bassinet. Ann. mal. org. genitourin., Par., 1906 24: 519-30.—Marion. Pyelographie et pyeloscopie. Bull.' Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 96-9.—Moro, N. Technik und praktische Bedeutung der Rontgenpyeloskopie. Deut. Zschr. Chir 1927, 201: 208-27.—Papin, E. Pyelographie et pyelo- scopie. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 140.—Reimann, F. Die Pituitrinwirkung auf das mit Uroselektan dargestellte Nieren- becken. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 960.—Salleras, J., Astraldi, A., & von der Beck, A. La pielografia y pieloscopia, en el diagn6stico de las affecciones renales y pararrenales. Rev. As. med. argent., 1928, 41: 1095-194.—Schmidt, A. Die Pyeloskopie; ihre physiologischen Ergebnisse und ihre Bedeutung fur die Pathologie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 139: 352-73. ------ Das Pyelogramm bei destruktiven Nieren- prozessen. Ibid., 484-503.—Schneider, K. Die Darstellung des Nierenbeckens durch Luftfiillung. Radiol. Rdsch., 1937, 6- 190-7.—Truchot, P. La pyeloscopie. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 80-5. ---- Fistula. Dambrin, L. Une observation de fistule pyeio-bronchique controlee par lipiodol intrabronchique et uretero-pyeiographie ascendante. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 43: 79.—Lazarus, J. A. Spontaneous perforation of a renal calyx resulting in a urinary fistula, following stricture of the ureter; case report. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 316-8.—Strauss, L. Zur Technik der Kontrastfiillung von Nierenbeckenfisteln. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: 321-9.—Terebinski, N. N. [Case of pyeloduodenal fistula due to suppurative calculous pyelonephrosis] Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 856-9. ---- Foreign body. Caldarera, E. Corpo estraneo e leucoplasia del bacinetto renale. Arch. ital. chir., 1937, 45: 1-14.—Chwalla, R. Fremd korper im Nierenbecken. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1210.—Cusani, M. Alterazioni consecutive alia introduzione eh corpi estranei nel bacinetto renale. Riforma med., 1931, 47: 365-7.—Magoun, J. A. H. Hydronephrosis due to ball-valve obstruction from bullet lying free in renal pelvis. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 36: 717-9.—Milko, V. [Removal of bullet resting for 22 years in the renal pelvis] Gyogyriszat, 1939, 79: 224.— Senger, F. L. Case report of a wooden toothpick found in the renal pelvis at operation. J. Urol., Bait., 1933, 30: 75-81.— Szabo, I. Infanteriegeschoss im rechten Nierenbecken. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1928, 24: 596-600.—Waring, T. P., & Drane, R. An ascending foreign body in the kidney pelvis. Am. J. Roentg., 1932, 28: 34-6. ---- Infection. See also Kidney, Infection; Urinary tract, Infection. Bremerman, L. W. Diagnosis and treatment of infections of the renal pelvis. Illinois, M. J., 1911, 20: 535-7.—Le Fur, R. Du mode d'lvacuation des doubles bassinets; infection localisee au bassinet inferieur. Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1929, 8: 73-7.— Minder, G. [Relation of shape of renal cavitv, renal pain and renal infection] Orvoskepzes, 1937, 27: 196-203.—Vorobtzov, V. I. [Flora of pyelitis, pyelonephritis and pyonephrosis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8: 476-84. ---- Inflammation. See Pyelitis; Pyelonephritis. ---- Irrigation, and injection. Gile, H. H. Observations on injections of the renal pelvis; with special reference to the question of pyelovenous back- flow. J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 621-35— Hunner, G. L Dem- onstration of lavage of the kidney pelvis. Tr. South. Surg. & Gyn. Ass. (1906) 1907, 19: 460-3.—Johnson, F. M. Renal lavage in pyelitis and certain forms of nephritis. Am. J. Urol., 1905-06, 2: 566-78. —---- Results in lavage of the renal pelvis. Internat. Ther., 1906, 2: 85-8.—Linegar, C. R., Koppanyi, T., & Green, M. W. The intraureteral injection of drugs into the renal pelvis of the dog. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 158 (Abstr.)—Wilhelm, S. F. Reflux pelvic lavage. J. Lrol., Bait., 1931, 26: 247-51.—Wose, A. M. Lavage of the pelvis of the kidney. Internat. J. Surg., 1906, 19: 229-31. ---- Leukoplakia. Arlotta, M. Un caso di leucoplachia del bacinetto renale. Arch. ital. chir., 1932, 32: 525-44.—Arnholdt, F. Zur Diagnose der Leukoplakie des Nierenbeckens. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1938, 44: 292-9.—Bencini, B. La leucoplachia della pelvi renale; i fenomeni metaplastic! nella istogenesi della leucoplachia. Arch. ital. urol., 1936, 13: 447-80.—Francke. H. Die Leuko- plakie des Nierenbeckens (ein Beitrag zur Epithelmetaplasie) Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 78: 315-31.—Iwamoto, M. Partielle Pyonephrosis mit Steinen bei Verdoppelung des Nierenbeckens und Harnleiters, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Leuko- plakie in der Schleimhaut des Beckens und Ureters. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1927-28, 4: 283-96, 2 pi.—Kutzmann, A. A. Leukoplakia of the renal pelvis. Arch. Surg., 1929, 19: 871- 97.—Pedroso, G., & Lequerica, P. G. Leucoplasia de la pelvis renal: dos nuevos casos de esta afecci6n. Arch. Soc. clfn. Habana, 1927, 27: 50-68.—Taylor, W. N. Leukoplakia of kidney pelvis and ureter. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 32: 335-42. ---- Motor function and musculature. Rongere, M. Contribution a l'etude des troubles fonctionnels par hyperkinesie du bas- sinet. 43p. 8? Par., 1933. Dardinski, V. J. Observations on the contraction of the human kidney pelvis and adjacent portion of the ureter. J. Urol., Bait., 1931, 26: 137-40.—Fey, B., & Truchot, P. La motricite pyehque etudiee par urographie intraveineuse. Bull. Soc fr. urol., 1934, 288-91.—Franche, O., Falcoiano, N., & Chipail, G. Le probltaie experimental du dynamisme uretero- pyehque. J. urol. med., Par., 1937, 43: 430; 501; 44: 30; 127; 218.—Gzirishvili, A. Z. [Motor dynamics of the renal pelvis Urologia, Moskva, 1939, 16: No. 3, 29-31.—Haebler, H. Ueber das Problem der Horbarmachung peristaltischer Be- wegungen des Nierenbeckens. Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1928) 1929, 8. Kongr., 498. Also Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 276-9.— Herbst, R. Studium zur Nierenbeckendynamik. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.. 1937, 56:98-100.------&Merio,P. Studien iiber Nierenbeckendynamik. Ibid., 418-28.—Hortolomei, N., Streja, M., & Burghele, T. Ueber Hamaturien bei Nieren- beckenentleerungsstorungen. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1935-36, 41: 234-51.—Jarre, H. A., ^cm. Zur., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1938. KIELING, Wilhelm, 1901- *R6ntgeno- logische Studien iiber den Knochenabbau bei Frakturheilung [Wurzburg] p.345-70. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1927. Also Arch, orthop. Lnfallchir., 1927, 25: KIELLAND, Christian Caspar Gabriel, 1871- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 628. KIELLAND, Hjalmar H0egh, 1898- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 183. KIELLAND, Kristian Semb, 1941- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 628. KIELMEYER, Carl Friedrich, 1765-1844. Rauther, M. Carl Friedrich Kielmeyer zu Ehren. Sudhoffs Arch., 1938, 31: 345-50. KIELOW, Hertha, 1910- *Untersuchun- gen iiber das Dentin von Milchzahnanlagen und fertigen Milchzahnen bei Knochenbruchig- keit [Halle-Wittenberg] 24p. 8? Bernburg, G. Kunze, 1935. KIELY, Charles Edward, 1887- For portrait see J. Med., Cincin., 1940-41, 21: 330. KIENAPPEL, Herbert, 1906- *Von der Mundhohle ausgehende phlegmonose Prozesse bedingt durch gasbildende Bakterien. 25p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KIENAST, Heinz, 1905- *Ueber das Auftreten von Stomatitiden im Beruf unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kohlenberg- werksarbeiter. 36p. 8? Miinst. i. W. [n. p.] 1931. KIENBICHL, Ernst Erich, 1905- *Das spontane Pneumoperitoneum subphrenicum; seine KIENBICHL 215 KIESECKER Erkennung und Bedeutung bei den Magen- und Zwolffingerdarmgeschwuren [Giessen] 20p. 8? Frankf., C. Ritter, 1932. KIENBOECK, Robert, 1871- Diagno- stische Skizzen von Rontgenbildern des Brust- korbes; die haufigsten Irrtiimer in der Deutung der Rontgenbefunde. Bd 1. 76 1. 12? Lpz., Keim & Nemnich, 1923. ---& ROESLER, Hugo. Neurofibromatose. 52p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1932. Forms Erganzbd 42, Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. KIENBOECK's disease. See Carpus, Osteomalacia. KIENECKER, Fritz [M. D., 1922, Gottingen] *Ueber die am Ligamentum rotundum angreifen- den lageverbessernden Operationen der Retro- flexio uteri (Auszug) 8p. 8? [Gottingen, n. p.] 1922. KIENLE, Else. Frauen; aus dem Tagebuch einer Aerztin. 314p. 12? Berl., G. Kiepen- heuer, 1932. KIENLE, Franz. Diatbehandlung bei Herz- kranken und das Kymogramm; gleichzeitig Grundsatzliches zur diagnostischen Leistungs- fahigkeit des Flachenkymogramms. viii, 200p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Dresd., T. Stein- kopff, 1943. Forms Bd 4, Schriftenr. Akad. arztl. Fortbild., Dresd. KIENLE, Ludwig, 1906- *Ueber akute aleukamische Myelose bei Kieferhohlenempyem [Jena] 24p. 8? Eisfeld-Thur., C. Beck, 1936. KIENTOPF, Jean. Organisation und Arbeits- methoden der kommunalen Schulzahnpflege. viii, 148p. diagr. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1933. Forms Bd 7 Kommunalarztl. Abh. (Harms, B., & Wenden- burg, F.) KIENZLE, Else, 1903- *Ueber einen Fall von Eisensplitter in der Papille nebst einer Zusammenstellung der von 1927-28 in der Tiibin- ger Augenklinik beobachteten Falle von intra- okularen eisernen Fremdkorpern und ihren Be- sonderheiten [Tubingen] 36p. 8? [Ulm a. d. D., Ulmer Ztg, 1929] KIENZLE, Luitpold, 1905- *Ueber das Wachstum der transplantierten Sehne. 19p. 8? Wiirzb., G. Grasser, 1930. KIENZLE, Thomas Craven, 1899- For biography see Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1941^2, 5: 86. portr. KIENZLER, Friedrich Martin Lothar, 1909- *Konstitutionelle Varianten im Erbkreis cerebralneurologischer Defektzustande. 47p. pl. 23Kcm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1936. KIERKEGAARD, Soren Aabye, 1813-55. Der Begriff der Angst; transl. by Christoph Schrempf. 174p. 8? Jena, E. Diederich [19371 See also Kronfeld, A. Die Bedeutung Kierkegaards fiir die Psychologie. Acta psychol., Hague, 1935, 1: 135-56. KIERST, W., editor. A dictionary: English- Polish and Polish-English, xiv, 673p.; 449p. 8? Warsz., Traska, Evert & Michalski [1927?] --- & CALLIER, O. McLaughlin's Polish- English dictionary; in 2 parts: Polish-English, English-Polish. 398p.; 427p. 18Hcm. Phila., D. McKay co. [1941] KIERSTED, Henry T., 1793-1882. Portrait. In Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.) N. Y., 1929, 125. KIERULF, Christian, 1852-1907. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 629. KIERULF, Christian Thorvald, 1823-74. For portrait see in Festskr. K. Frederiks Lniv., Kristiania, 1911, 2: 170. Also in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 630. KIERULF, Hjalmar, 1856- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 630. KIESECKER, Friedel, 1911- Chro- nische Tonsillitis und Fokalinfektion [Heidelberg] 16p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Dr. & Verl., 1934. KIESEL, Alexander. See Kisel, Aleksandr Robertovich, 1882- KIESEL, Magda, 1905- *Die Wirkung des Rontgenlichtes auf den Cholesterinstoff- wechsel und ihr Ausgleich durch perorale Lipoid- zufuhr [Breslau] 34p. 8? Berl., L. Schu- macher, 1933. Also Strahlentherapie, 1933, 46: KIESELGUHR. See also Algae, Diatomeae; Silicon. Froes Abreu, S. Occorrencias de kieselguhr no Brasil. Ann. Acad, brasil. sc, 1936, 8: 35-9, 3 pl. ------ Sobre a idade do kieselguhr de campos. Ibid., 143. KIESELSTEIN, Lorant, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude des ulceres des faces de l'esto- mac. 55p. 25^cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. KIESER, Henry Samuel, 1903-41. Bortz, E. L. [Obituary] Ann. Int. M., 1941-42, 15: 344. KIESER, Willi, 1903- *Operative Ge- samtletalitat an der Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1928 mit 1931. 40p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1934. KIESEWETTER. Das russische Militar- Veterinarwesen unter Friedens- und Feldver- haltnissen. 52p. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1932. Forms Erganzbd H. 6, Zschr. Veterinark. KIESEWETTER, Karl. Der Occultismus des Altertums. 2v. 906p. [paged consecutively] 8? Lpz., W. Friedrich [1895] KIESGEN, Alfons, 1909- *Untersu- chungen iiber das viskosimetrische Verhalten des Fibrinogens. p.200-6. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1936. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1936, 285: KIESLER, Michalina. Badania nad czyn- noSciowa; adiaforia, sk6ry osi^gnieta. przez wieol- krotne wywolywanie b^bli nieswoistymi bodz- cami w jednym i tym samym miejscu sk6ry, oraz jej wplywem na odczyny zapalne. 15p. tab. 23Mem. Lw6w [Ekonomia] 1938. KIESLER, Willi, 1909- *Die automobile Schulzahnpflege mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse im Ennepe-Ruhr-Kreis [Miin- ster] 31p. tab. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Post- berg, 1934. KIESLICH, Georg, 1907- *Cataractope- rationen unter erschwerten Umstanden. 32p. 8? Heidelb., Klambtdr. Neurode, 1931. KIESOW, Friedrich, 1858-1941. For Festschrift see Arch. ges. Psychol., 1928, 65: See also Wirth, W. [Biography] Arch. ges. Psychol., 1928, 65: 1-6. For obituary see Ponzo, M. Psychol. Rev., 1941, 48: 268. KIESS, Fritz, 1909- *Ist die Wiederkehr der Narkose im Dienste des Zahnarztes ein Bediirfnis? eine historische und kritische Studie. 27p. 8° Tub. [n. p., 1932] KIESSEL, Ernst Heinrich Fritz, 1895- *Unfall und Selbstmord (Auszug) lip. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1925. KIESSELBACH's area. See Nasal septum; Nose; also Epistaxis. KIESSLING, Karl, 1907- *Die Ab- hangigkeit der Ansiedlung der Phagen in der Mundhohle von basischer Kost. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KIESSLING, Klaus, 1911- *Klinische Beobachtungen und Therapie bei progressiver Muskeldystrophie [Miinchen] 24p. 22%cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1937. KIESS WETTER 216 KILAND KIESSWETTER, Rudolf, 1901- *Wir- bolluxationen. 23p. S? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KIESWIMMER, Anton, 1889- *Das Melanosarkom der Gvnakologie. 24p. 8? Miinch., F. P. Erlacher,'1925. KIETZELL, Ernst von, 1910- *Beitrage zur Lehre von der Retinitis albuminurica be- sonders betreffend die Lebensdauer [Kiel] 13p. 23MJcm. Bochum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1936. KIEV. Institut klinicheskoi fiziologii. Insuf- fisance de la circulation; travaux de la ConftS- rence de l'insuffisance de la circulation tenue k Kiev le 21-23 Decembre 1936. 349p. 26cm. Kiev, Izdat. Akad. nauk USSR, 1938. Russian text. ---- CTapocTb (Tpyp;i.T KoHiJepeHuHH no npoSjieMe reHe3a CTapocTH h npoipHjiaKTHKH npesKAespeMeHHoro CTapeHHH opraHH3Ma) 491p. tab. diagr. pl. 26cm. Kiev, Izdat. Akad. nauk USSR, 1939. KIEV. Institut mikrobiologii i epidemiologii. MiHjiuBicTb MiKpo6iB i 6aKTepiozcz, T.", & Janicki, J. The presence of a kinase of amylase in trypsin preparations. Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28: 1949-54.—Iri, S. On the mechanism of the action of hexo- kinase. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1939, 30: 217-24.—Iyengar, N. K. Studies on trypsin-kinase from blood and entero-kinase. Ind. J. M. Res., 1942, 30: 467-71. KINBERG, Olof, 1873- Basic problems of criminology. 436p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1935. KINBERG, Saie Smil, 1909- *Puberte- menopause et diabete sucr6. 25p. 8? Par., Ed. Jel, 1935. KINBERGER, Frank James, 1887-1940. I<.r obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 885. KINCARDINE County, Scotland. Annual reports upon the health and sanitary condition of the County and police burghs. Stonehaven, 2.-13. (1892-1903) 1893-1904. KINCK, Elias Birger, 1878- Portrait. In Noises laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 632, KINCK, Julie Bang-Hansen, 1876- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 632. KINCK, Karl Richard, 1867- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 633. KINCK, Otto Theodor, 1832-1903. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 634. KIND, Max Arno, 1897- *Der Milch- saureruhewert bei Lungentuberkulose [Leipzig] 24p. 8° Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KIND, Robert Werner, 1911- *Lebens- dauer und Todesursache bei angeborenem Herz- fehler [Heidelberg] 56p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1935. KINDALL, Lloyd Elmer, 1890- For portrait see California West. M., 1943, 59: 100. KINDBERG, Michel Leon, 1883- La collapsotherapie de la tuberculose pulmonaire; pneumothorax artificiel, interventions chirurgi- cales. 160p. 8? Par., Masson &c, 1927. Also 2. ed. 181p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. ---- Les dilatations des bronches; clinique, pathogenie, diagnostic et traitement. 126p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. ---- & MONOD, Robert. Les abces du poumon. 322p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. KINDER, Elaine Flitner. See Abel, T. M., & Kinder, E. F. The subnormal adolescent girl. 215p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. KINDER AERZTLICHE Praxis; eine Zeit- schrift fiir den praktischen Arzt, den Facharzt und den Sozialarzt. Lpz., v.l, 1930- KINDERGARTEN [incl. nursery school] See also Education, elementary; Nursery. Davis, M. D., & Hansen, R. C. Nursery schools; their development and current practices in the United States. 92p. 8? Wash., 1933. Forms Bull. No. 9, U. S. Off. Educ. Galdikaite, M. *Die innere und aussere Entwicklung des Kindergartens in Deutschland [Miinchen] lOOp. 4? Kaunas, 1928. McMillan, M., Newman, E. S. [et al.] Nursery schools; a practical handbook. 106p. 8? Lond., 1920. Abelson, B. R. In defence of nursery schools. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 527.—Bonne, M. Les jardins d'enfants, ecole active [Kindergarten] Bull. Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1926, 26: 108-20, pl.—Eckhard, M. L. The nursery school; safeguarding the child and the community. Mat. Child Welf., Lond., 1917, 1: 528-31.—Fowler, M. B., & Reeves, K. M. The nursery school of the College of Home Economics, Cornell Lniversity. Child Health Bull., 1929, 5: 44-9.—Frankowsky, P. Les jardins d'enfants de la ville de Vienne. C. rend. Congr. internat. enf. (1931) 1933, 433-6—Furniss, A. The present position of nurserv schools. Med. Off., Lond., 1938, 59: a.) 9— Guij6n de Perez, L. Escuelas maternales; jardines infantiles popu- lares. Bol. Inst, protco. inf., Montev., 1939-40, 13: 859- 73.- Harley, ('. W. What the nursery school contributes to the day nursery. Child Health Bull., 1929, 5: 77-80.— Johan. B. [Foreign kindergarten] Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. koal., 1927-28, 1: No. 1, 1-7.—Newman, E. S. The nursery school; a pioneer undertaking. Mat. Child Welf., Lond., 1917, 1: 475-7.—Ogden, F. A. War-time nur.si-iy schools. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 100-2.—Priestley, J. IL The nursery school in war-time. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1913, 39: 302; passim. - Roueche, H. Le jardins d'enfants. .). me'd. Paris, 1924, 43: 374-6.—Schmidt, F. A. Der Schulkindcrgarten. Zschr. Schulgesundh., 1918, 31: 265-81.—Stoeckel, G. Les jardins d'enfants de l'enseignement secondaire feminin. C. rend. Congr. internat. enf. (1931) 1933, 185.—Stone, E. The kinder- garten project at the Peoria State Hospital. Illinois Psychiat, J.. 1942, 2: 32.—Vidal Freyre, A. La asistencia prescolar en la ciudad de Buenos Aires. Arch, argent, pediat., 1942, 17: 86.—Wheelock, L. The Froebel centennial. Commonhealth, Bost., 1936, 23: 254-7. ---- Education, and procedure. Babbitt, A. E. Castle Nursery School outline for parents meetings. 8p.; 12p. 8? [Honolulu] 1931. Foster, J. C, & Mattson, M. L. Nursery school procedure. 220p. 8? N. Y. [1929] White House Conference on Child Health and Protection. Sect. Ill: Education and training. Committee on the infant and preschool child. Nursery education; a survey of day nurseries, nursery schools, private kinder- gartens in the United States. 187p. 8? N. Y. [1931] Anderson, H. H. The relationship of nursery schools to public education. Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1934, 18: 442-51 — Davis, M. D. Programas de las actividades en el kindergarten y los primeros grados de la escuela primaria. Bol. Inst, protec. inf., Montev., 1927-28, 1: 479-85.—Fischer, A Hauptpro- bleme der Kindergartenreform. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1913, 14: 11-7.—McMillan, M. The nursery school; the ideals of the school. Mat. Child Welf., Lond., 1917, 1: 379-84.— Morrison, A. Nursery school entrants at elementary schools compared with ordinary entrants. Med. Off., Lond., 1933, 49: 55.—Owen, G The nursery school; some practical suggestions. Mat. Child Welf., Lond., 1917, 1: 477-83.—Wooley, H. T. Education of the pre-school child (nursery school) Proc. Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg., 1932, 2. Congr., 697-751. ---- Hygiene, and medical aspect. Clark, O. O mais novo capitulo da medicina preventiva; jardins de infancia. Fol. med., Rio, 1943, 24: 71-80.—Craig, M. L. The relationship of the nursery school to the school health program. Med. Woman J., 1941, 48: 174-8.—Grinberg, M. M. [The construction of kindergartens from the hygienic view-point] Gig. & zdorov., 1941, 6: No. 5, 23-9.—Gutkin, A. J. [Norms for projects and equipment of day nurseries and kindergartens] Gig. san., Moskva, 1939, 4: No. 10, 14-20 — Hogarth, M. The doctor in the nursery school. Mat. Child Welf., Lond., 1931, 15: 6.—Jacoby, J. The nursery school as an experience in therapy. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1943, 13: 162-6.—Molchanov, F. V. [Sanitary-hygienic discrepancies in day nurseries and kindergartens of Ashkhabad] Gig. san., Moskva, 1940, 5: No. 6, 53-7.—Rood, E. An interpretation of kindergarten activities in terms of health. Tr. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., N. Y., 1930, 26: 316-9.—Wilson, C. A. The contribution of the nursery school to the health needs of the preschool child. Med. Woman J., 1934, 41: 55-9.—Wilson, L. E. Nursery schools. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1942, 5: 114-21.—Wright, M. D. Nutritional problems of the nursery school; the back- ground of the child, a factor to be considered. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1942, 38: 144. ---- Life, and psychological aspect. See also Behavior; Child study; Child wel- fare; Play, etc. Betts, A. F. The nursery child in the church school. 194p. 8? N. Y. ,1930. Goldschmied. The approach to the nursery school child. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1942, 38: 276.—Hetzer, H., & Noelle, G. Lebensordnung und Lebensrhythmus im Kindergarten. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1938-39, 47: 271-93.—Huth, A. Formauffas- sung und Schreibversuch im Kindergartenalter. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1914, 15: 566-91.—McMichael, J. K. Aggregation of toddlers. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 283.—Page, J. D. The effect of nursery school attendance upon subsequent IQ. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1940, 10: 221-30.—Reeves, K. Who goes to nursery school? Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1941, 25: 458-61.— Reynolds, M. M. The sleep of young children in a 24-hour nursery school, Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1935, 19: 602-9.— KINDERGARTEN 219 KINDT Rhinehart, J. B. Some effects of a nursery-school-parent- education program on a group of 3-year-olds. J. Genet. Psvchol , 1942, 61: 153-61.—Teagarden, F. M. Kindergarten and nursery school. In her Child Psychol., N. Y., 1940, 157- g2 —Lsnadze, D. Gruppenbildungsversuche bei vorschul- pfhchtigen Kindern. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1929, 73: 217-48 — Weiss-Frankl, A. B. Play interviews with nursery school children. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1941, 11: 33-9.—Wilson, C. Some psychological points bearing on the training of the pre- school child; with special reference to the possibility of providing nursery schools under five. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1926-27, 34: 152-4. --- Teacher. Deutsches Reich; Runderlass des Reichsministers fiir Wissenschaft, Erziehung und Volksbildung, betr. Ausbildung von Kindergiirtnerinnen. Reichsgesundhbl., 1942, 17: 800-^5.— Monod, J. La preparation au certificat d'aptitude a l'enseigne- ment dans les jardins d'enfants des lycees et colleges de jeunes filles. C. rend. Congr. internat. enf. (1931) 1933, 427-32 — Nesbitt, M. Student and child relationships in the nursery school. Child Develop., 1943, 14: 143-66. KINDINGER, Heinrich, 1909- tuber- kulose beim Wild in freier Wildbahn [Giessen] 50p. 8? Birkenau, L. Bitsch, 1933. KINDLE, Edward Martin, 1869-1940. Wilson, A. E. [Obituary] Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1941, 35: 127-30, portr. KINDLER, Eduard, 1909- *Kreatinurie bei kardialer Dekompensation [Berlin] 5p. 8? Lpz., Spamer, 1936. Also Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: KINDLER, Friedrich August, 1911- *Pathologie und Klinik der in den Liquor meta- stasierenden Gliome [Erlangen] 40p. 8? Numb., F. Osterchrift, 1936. KINDLER, Georg, 1910- *Dauerresul- tate bei den in den Jahren 1913-28 in der Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik zu Breslau behandelten Vulvakarzinomen. 19p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1936. KINDLER, Hans, 1892- *Ueber Gallen- stein-Ileus [Breslau] 32p. 8? Berl, E. Ebering, 1927. KINDLER, Hubert, 1909- *Versuche iiber die Komplementbindung nach Witebsky, Klingenstein und Kuhn bei tuberkulos infizierten Tieren [Breslau] 19p. 8? Ohlau i. Schl., H. Eschenhagen, 1934. KINDLER, Karl F., 1906- *Die Wirkung von Hypophysenvorderlappen-Praparaten auf das Wachstum. 29p. 8? Gott., Gott. Han- delsdr., 1932. KINDNESS. See also Animals, Protection; Charity; Humani- tarianism. Allen, M. Some aspects of the psychology of kindness. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1079-82. KINDRED, Homer Leander, 1866- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 603. KINDRED, James Ernest, 1893- The skull of Amiurus. 120p. pl. 26J^cm. Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1919. Forms No. 1, v.5, Illinois Biol. Monogr. See also Jordan, R. E., & Kindred, J. E. A textbook of embryology, xiv, 613p. 8°. N. Y., 1932. Also 3. ed. [1937] Also 4. ed. 1942. KINDRED, John Joseph, 1864-1937. Dold. W. E. Obituary. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1937, 86: 749. KINDT, Christian Sommer, 1816-1903. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 634. KINDT, Heinrich, 1907- *Rheumatische Infektion und Nervensystem [Jena] p.611-20. 8? Wurzb., H. Stiirtz., 1936. Also Arch. Psychiat., 1936, 104: KINDT, Johannes Fredrik, 1863-1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 635. KINDT, Kathe, 1911- *Untersuchungen iiber die bakterizide Wirkung von Mundwassern [Munchen] 25p. 8? Giinzburg-Donau, Mayer, 1937. KINDT, Kristian Sommer, 1882- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 635. KINDT, Olaf Berg, 1850- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 636. KINEMATICS. See Motion; Physics. KINEMATOGRAPH. See Motion picture. KINEPLASTY. See Amputation, kineplastic. KINESIMETRY. See also Kinetography; Kymography; Move- ment; Myography. Kalt, E. *Untersuchungen iiber das Gill- brett-Godefroy'sche Experiment zur objektiven Darstellung von Bewegungen [Zurich] p.61-81. 8? Lpz., 1930. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 106: Collier, R. M. A technique for the kymographic registration of certain associated voluntary movements. J. Exp. Psvchol., 1937, 21: 181-93.—Edwards, A. S. New apparatus for the measurement of bodily movement. Ibid., i939, 25: 125.— Godefroy, J. C. L. [A simple pneumatic method of registering movements with their speed and acceleration curves] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst, 1927, 31: 193-210.—Grinsted, A. D. A chair- stabilometer. Am. J. Psychol., 1941, 54: 564-8.—Pini, G. Contributo alia valutazione dei perimetri muscolari in allievi ed atleti. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1932, 3: 216-24. KINESIOLOGY. See also Exercise; Gait; Gymnastics; Loco- motion; Movement; Muscle; Physical education; Sport, etc. Berry, M. H. A definition of patho-kinesi- ology, the problems of locomotion and motion in a pathological condition. 23p. 8? Van Nuys, Calif. [1933] Bowen, W. P. Applied anatomy and kinesi- ology; the mechanism of muscular movement. 316p. 8? Phila., 1917. Also 4. ed. 356p. 1928. Also 5 ed. 361p. 1934. Frescoln, L. D. Applied kinesiology. 55p. 22cm. Phila., 1942. Jaller, L. *La doctrine du mouvement et son application rigoureuse dans la science medi- cale. 78p. 8? Par., 1934. Lipovetz, F. J. Applied kinesiology. Rev. ed. 86 1. 28cm. Minneap., 1941. Meier, F. X. *Ueber den Versuch Borellis, die Physiologie der Bewegung mit Hilfe der Mechanik zu beschreiben. 48p. 8? Miinch., 1937. Nagera, J. M. Kinesiologia y angiocardiologfa. 139p. 23cm. [B. Air.] 1942. Scott, M. G. Analysis of human motion. 388p. 23l^cm. N. Y., 1942. Bergeron, M. Note historique sur les physiologistes du mouvement. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1937, 31: 266-78.— Bernstein, N. Die kymocyclographische Methode der Bewe- gungsuntersuchung. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden) Berl., 1936, 5: pt 5A, 629-80.—Bohn, G. La finalite dans l'etude des mouvements. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 61: 570-2.—Fernandez, O. C. Conferencia inaugural de la catedra de kinesiologia. Rev. med., Rosario, 1938, 12: No. 118, 19- 22.—Happel, P. Die photomyographische Methode nach Bethe-Happel. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl., 1936, 5: pt 5A, 391-414.—Hirt, E. Graphische Methoden zur Darstellung normaler und pathologischer wilkurlicher Bewegungsablaufe. Ibid., 347-90.—Ramond, A. Motion study goes human; workers co-operate in achieving increased production efficiency through time and motion research. Sc. American, 1942, 167: 55-7.—Schwartz, L. P. The apphcation of motion and time studies. J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1942, 18: 587.— Terceras Jornadas de kinesiologia. Prensa med. argent., 1942, 29: pt 2, 1834. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 2, 1080; 1199.—Tercer congreso medico argentino de kinesiologia; B. Aires, 7-12 de noviembre, 1943. Prensa med. argent., 1942, 29: pt 2, 2111; 1943, 30: pt 2, 2090.—Truslow, W. The human KINESIOLOGY 220 KINETICS frame; anatomv and kinesiology. In his Body Poise, Bait., 1943, 8-12.—Waugh, F. Motion and time study. Canad. Nurse, 1942, 38: 321. KINESITHERAPY. See Exercise and its subheadings; Mechano- therapy; also Occupational therapy. KINESTHESIA. See also in 3. ser. Muscle-sense. Anton, G. Der Muskelsinn und seine Storungen. Ps5'chiat. neur. Wschr., 1931, 33: 605-8.—Bard, L. De la dualitd du sens musculaire: sensibilite tendineuse et sensibilite myofibril- laire. J. physiol. path, gen., 1926, 24: 483-91.— Borovikov, 1. V. Obzor novlelshikh rabototak naztvayemom mishechnom chuvstvie. Obozr. psichiat. ncurol., 1901, 6: 513-22.—Briicke, E. T. von. Leber Sinnestiiuschungen auf Grund eines Miss- verhaltnisses zwischen Kraftempfindungen und wahrgenom- mener Leistung. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt., 1936-37, 67: 145-8.—Claparede. Sur l'exploration clinique du sens musculaire et la correlation de ses diverses modalites. C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France (1904) 1905, 2: 277-81 — Du Mesnil de Rochemont, R. Leber eine dritte Komponente fiir die Wahrnehmung von Gliederbewegungen. Zschr. Biol., 1920, 84: 522-34.—Fraser-Harris, D. F. Subjective demon- stration of the existence of the muscular sense. Nature, Lond., 1921), 124: 791; 1030, 125: 204. ------ A simple method of appreciating the muscular sense. J. Physiol., Lond., 1932-33, 77: 11. Frey, M. von. Bewegungswahrnehmungen ohne ATitLilfe des Kraft- und Drucksinns. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1926, n. F., 51: 7-13. ------ Leber die sinnlichen Grundlagen fiir die Wahrnehmung der Gliederbewegungen. Zschr. Biol., 1926, 84: 535-40.—Goldscheider. Zur Lehre vom Muskelsinn. Zschr. klin. Med., 1908, 66: 365-77.—Jacobj, C. Die Beziehung der psychomotorischen Innervation zum Kraftsinn;derKraftsinnund seine Beeinflussung durch Alkohol; der Kraftsinn ein aktiver Sinn im Gegensatz zu den iibrigen passiven Sinnen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 118: 1-31. ------ Die Beziehung der psychomotorischen Innervation zum Kraftsinn; wie kommen die Leistungen des Kraftsinnes zustande? Ibid., 32-48. ------ Der Kraftsinn; seine Beein- flussung durch Alkohol und Beziehung zur psychomotorischen Innervation. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1500.—Keller, C. J., & Loeser, A. Leber die Bedeutung der Aluskelsinnes- organe fiir die Lokomotion und reflektorische Hemmung. Zschr. I i-d., 1929, 89: 335-41.—Kestner, O. Die psycholo- gische Bedeutung des Muskelsinnes. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psy- chiat., 1930, 126: 453-73.—Laidlaw, R. W., & Hamilton, M. A. The quantitative measurement of apperception of passive movement. Bull. Neur. Inst. N. York, 1937, 6: 145-53.— Lin bertini, G. Le espansioni nervose papillari e quelle del senso muscolare nei feti umani, nei nati e nei bambini. Monit. zool. ital., 1935, 46: 192-9.------ & Ruffini, G. Llteriori osservazioni sulla differenziazione delle espansioni del senso muscclare nei feti e nei nati di uomo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 19-23. ------ Osservazioni sullo sviluppo delle espansioni del senso muscolare nei feti e nei nati di uomo con ulteriore analisi delle fibre pecilomorfiche. Arch. ital. anat., 1936, 36: 466-89.—Lippay, F., & Patzl, H. Leber die Abhiingig- keit der Lnterschiedsempfindlichkeit des Kraftsinnes von der Grosse des tatigen Muskelquerschnittes; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Kraftempfindungen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932-33, 231: 588-98.— Lyn^-h, A. The muscular sense. Nature, 1930, 125: 52.—McDuugall, W. Muscular sense. In Rep. Cambridge Anthrop. Exped. Torres Straits, 1903, 2: pt 2, 196-200.— Metcalf, J. T. Cutaneous and kinaesthetic senses. Psychol. Bull., 1926, 23: 525-46.—Parodi, F. Mioestesiometro: appa- recchio per la misurazione del senso muscolare (nota tecnica) Arch, fisiol., Fir.. 1927, 25: 14-20.—Pauli, R. Die Erforschung der Haut- und Muskelempfindungen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1933, 84: 231-52.—Phillips, B. E. The relationship between certain phases of kinesthesis and performance during the early stages of acquiring two perceptuo-motor skills. Res. Q. Am. Ass. Health, 1941, 12: 571-86.—Ponzo, M., & Angyal A. Zur Systematik der Gewichtsempfindungen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1933, 88: 629-34.—Roche, C. Sens musculaire; une experience nouvelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 64: 1174-6.—Verger, H. Sur le sens musculaire; a propos de quelques travaux recents. Arch, neur., Par., 1899, 2. ser., 8: 461-8.—Weber, C. O. The properties of space and time in kinaesthetic fields of force. Am. J. Psychol., 1927, 38: 597-606.—2igler, M. J. Touch and kinesthesis. Psychol. Bull., 1930, 27: 298-317; 1932, 29: 260- 78. KINETICS. See also Chemistry, Kinetics; Dynamics; Electrokinetics; Mechanics; Physics; Relativity, etc. Osterhout, W. J. V. The kinetics of penetration; the kinetics of a model as related to the steady state. J. Gen. Physiol., 1932, 16: 529-57.—Schreber, K. Bewegungslehre oder Physik? eine Wanderung durch die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Physik seit Kepler. Sudhoffs Arch., 1939, 32: 176-214.—Schulze, F. A. Die Grundgedanken der neuen Wellenmechanik und Quanten- mechanik. Sitzber. Cos. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1930, 64: 111— 35.— Steindlcr, A. What has biokinctics to offer to the physical educator? J. Health Phys. Educ, 1942, 13: 507-9. KINETOCYTE [Edelmann, 1931] See also Blood cell; Blood picture. Edelmann, A. Leber ein bisher unhckannte.s Hlutelement. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 795. Goldstein. H. I. Kineto- cvtes; a new fourth blood element (a preliminary report) Med. Rev. of Rev., 1932, 38: 204 17. — ('hinetociti; un nuovo elemento del sangue. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. med., 49-56. ------Goldstein, L., & Goldstein, H. Z. Kinetocytes; a new (fourth) blood element; preliminary report. Delaware M. J., 1932, 4: 5-12.—Lenggenhager, K. Diirfen die Kine- tozyten als viertes Blutelement bezeichnet werden? Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 35.—Loew, W. Die Abgrenzung der Kinetozvten von den Thrombozvten und den Hamatokonien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1549.—Neumann, A. Beobach- tungen iiber Kinetozyten im Dunkelfeld. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 268.—Tridenti, E., jr. Sul quarto elemento mor- fologico del sangue (i chinetoci.ti di Edelmann) e su di alcuni reperti a carico dei globuli rossi. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 1680-707. KINETOGRAPHY [incl. kinetoscopy] See also Locomotion; Motion picture; Move- ment; Myography. Broca, A., & Comandon, J. Sur la representation picturale du mouvement. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1923, 176: 785-7.—Davies, E. R. The photographic analysis of motion. Proc. TL Inst. Gr. Britain, 1941-42, 32: 384-9, 3 pl. Also Nature, bond., 1943, 152: 261-4.—Dusser de Barenne, J. G., & Marschall, C. Eine einfache Methode zur genauen, fortlaufenden Zeitmarkie- rung in Kinoaufnahmen, besonders zur Analyse nonn.-iler und pathologischer Bewegungsformen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 228: 498-502.—Fontes, V. L'etude cinematographique du mouvement en medicopedagogie. Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1939-40, 6: 65-72.—Franklin, K. J. An optical appara- tus for recording vertical movements of 3p and upwards in the living animal or in surviving isolated organs. J. Sc. Instrum., 1930, 7: No. 9, 282-6.—Hart. P. C. Enregistrement de la reptation des vers. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1923, 8:202-14.—Knoll, W. Kinematographische Bewegungsstudien; Reiter und Pferd. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1934-35, 8: 375-406. ------& Biisen, K. Kinematographische Bewegungsstudien; Wasserspriinge. Ibid, 1932-33, 6: 46-72.—Pfahl, J. Die graphische Aufzeichnung der menschlichen Bewegungsvorgiinge. Erg. Physiol., 1931, 31: 356-87.—Wa2rd, D. J. de. Een methode om verticale bewegun- gen in de horizontale rich ting photographisch te registreeren. Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1917, 1: 782.—Weiser. Leber die Analyse der Bewegung mit der Zeitlupe (neuer Ernemann Hochfrequenz- kinematograph) Munch, med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 800. KINETOSIS [Rosenbach] See also Carsickness; Sea-sickness; Vestibular apparatus, Disorder, etc B., R. B. Present status of research on motion sickness. Burned News Litter, Wash., 1943, 2: No. 8, 4.—Butler, C. S. Car (train) sickness. In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 1940, 4: 664 (53)-664 (54)—Flack, M. Air-sickness and sea-sickness. Proc. R. Soc. AL, Lond., 1931, 24: 635-41. KING, A. A. See McKenzie, T. C, & King, A. A. Practical ultra-violet light therapy. 108p. pl. 8? Lond., E. Benn, 1926. KING, Albert Freeman Africanus, 1841-1914. For portrait see Collection in Library. KING, Albion Roy. The psychology of drunk- enness. 72p. illust. 23cm. Mt Vernon, Iowa, Cornell Coll. [1943] KING, Alexander. See Fromherz, IL, & King, A. Englische und deutsche chemische Fachausdrucke. 324p. 8? Lond., 1934. KING, Allan P. Publisher of Dr King's American health journal. S. Franc, 1940. KING, Barry Griffith, 1904- *The effect of electric shock on heart action with special reference to varying susceptibility in different parts of the cardiac cycle [Columbia Univ.] 20p. 8? N. Y. [Columbia Univ. pr.] 1934. See also Millard, N. D., & King, B. G. Human anatomy and physiology. 525p. 20I/£cm. Phila., 1941. ----& ROSER, Helen Maria. Anatomy and physiology laboratory manual and study guide. ix, 273p. illust. 29cm. Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1939. Also 2. ed., rev. xi, 253p. 1943. KING, Brien Thaxton, 1886- For portrait see Tr. Am. Ass. Goiter, 1941, front. KING 221 KING KING, Calvin, 1824- For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 993. KING, Charles Herbert [M. D., 1933, Lau- sanne] *Sur la valeur relative de la mesure de la vitesse de sedimentation des globules rouges et de i'hemogramme de Schilling dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 23p. 8? Lausanne, Bradbury, Wilkinson & co., 1933. KING, Clarence, 1877-1936. For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: 659. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 982. Also Vail, D. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1937, 37: 15-7, portr. KING, Cora Smith, 1867-1939. A course in physiotherapy. 2v. 8? [Hollywood, Calif., n. d.] 1933. Mimeographed. For obituary see Hibben, J. S. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., 1940, 51: 112. KING, Courtland, -1903(?) Portrait. In Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 993. KING, Dan, 1791-1864. Quackery unmasked; or, A consideration of the most prominent em- pirical schemes of the present time, with an enumeration of some of the causes which con- tribute to their support. New ed. 334p. 19}->cm. N. Y., S. S. & W. Wood [after 1858] KING, Daniel Jose. *Dysenteria. lip. 8? Bahia, Tourinho & co., 1867. KING, Dexter D., 1884-1943. For obituary see Nebraska M. J., 1944, 29: 31, portr. KING, Don, 1903- Orthopedic surgery, p.399-441. 26cm. N. Y., T. Nelson & sons. 1940. In Spec. M. Pract. (Allen, E. V. N.) 1: For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 384, portr. KING, Donald Storrs, 1889- Treatment of diseases of the lower respiratory tract, p.421- 519. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co.. 1941. In Ther. Int. Dis. (G. Blumer, et al.) 3: KING, Edgar, 1884- Distinguished Service Medal to Brigadier General King. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 328. KING, Edgar Samuel John, 1900- Lo- calized rarefying conditions of bone as exempli- fied by Legg-Perthes' disease, Osgood-Schlatter's disease, Kummell's disease and related condi- tions, x, 400p. illust. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1935. ---- Surgery of the heart, xii, 728p. illust. 24cm. Lond., E. Arnold & co. [1941] KING, Edmund Lemuel, 1881-1930. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 2083. KING, Edward David, 1893- For biography see Detroit M. News, 1942-43, 34: No. 39, 9, portr. KING, Edward Lacy, 1884- For biography see Rev. med. cubana, 1935, 46: 501-5, portr. Also Mississippi Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 9, 29, portr. KING, Edward Sandling, 1901- Bac- teriology laboratory methods. 180p. 23Kcm. Charlotte, N. C, Charlotte med. pr., 1941. KING, Edwin James, 1877- The Knights Hospitallers in the Holy Land, xv, 336p. pl. map. plan. 22^cm. Lond., Methuen & co. [1931] ---- The rule, statutes and customs of the Hospitallers, 1099-1310. xv, 224p. illust. pl. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1934] KING, Edwin Warren, 1831-1914. Hatch, F. W. [Obituary] Proc. Am. Med. Psychol. Ass., 1914, 70. meet., 591-3. KING, Eleanor Gertrude Dyer, 1908- Translator of Lehmann, K. B., & Flury, F. Toxicology and hygiene of industrial solvents. 378p. 23}4cm. Bait., 1943. KING, Elisha Alonzo. Helps to health and purity; a book for young men. 127p. 18? Des Moines, Personal Help pub. co., 1903. KING, Ernest Quong, 1905- ^Studies on the growth-promoting and gonad-stimulating factors of the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland [Univ. Chicago] 8p. 8? [Chic, n. p.] 1935. Mi meographed. KING, Sir Frederic Truby, 1858-1938. Feeding and care of baby. 162p. 8? Lond., Macmillan & co., 1918. Also another ed. xi, 238p. illust. Wellington, N. Z., Whitcombe & Tombs [1937] Another ed. xii, 257p. Christchurch, N. Z., Whitcombe & Tombs [1940] ---- The expectant mother and baby's first month, for parents and nurses. 123p. 8? Lond., Macmillan & co., 1924. ---- The story of teeth and how to save them. 47p. 12? Auckland, N. Z., Whitcombe & Tombs, 1935. For obituary see Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 55: 601. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 911. Also Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 465, portr. Also N. Zealand M. J., 1938, 37: 94-6, portr. KING, Sir George, 1840-1909. Stellfeld, C. [George King, describer of Hydnocarpus kurzii (King) Warburg, 1890] Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 27. KING, George Robert Seeber, 1878-1941. For obituary see J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27: 629. KING, Helen Dean, 1869- See Loeb, L., & King, H. D. The analysis of the organismal differentials of gray Norway rats. 18p. 25Hcm. [n. p.l 1935. KING, Henry Churchill, 1858- Rational living; some practical inferences from modern psychology, xvii, 271p. 12? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1917. KING, Herbert Hiram, 1883- Adsorption at liquid-vapor and liquid-liquid interfaces and some related phenomena. 41p. 8? Topeka, 1922. Forms No. 9, of Techn. Bull. Kansas Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. KING, Ivan [M. D., 1932, Geneve] *Les nerfs craniens dans le tabes dorsalis. 24p. 8? Ge- neve, Impr. Tribune de Geneve, 1932. KING, J. D. Dental disease in the Island of Lewis. 63p. 8? Lond., 1940. Forms No. 241, Spec Rep. M. Res. Counc. Gr. Britain. KING, James Jerome, 1902- *Post- operative thrombosis after celiotomies [Mar- quette Univ.] lip. 28cm. [Milwaukee, p. p.] 1928. Typewritten. KING, James Joseph, 1882-1935. For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: 659. KING, James Stratton, 1853- Ross, P. V. [Biography] In his Hist. Long Island, N. Y., 1902, 2: 559, portr. KING, John, 1813-93. Women; their diseases and their treatment, vi, 366p. 8? Cincin., Longley bros, 1858. For biography see Lloyd, J. U. Professor John King, M. D., the founder of American materia medica, the father of eclecti- cism. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1937-38, 29: 149-55, portr. KING, John C, 1853-1943. For obituary see California West. M., 1944, 60: 36, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 119. KING, John H. Medical prescriptions, care- fully compiled and formulated, containing the favorite formulas of the most eminent medical authorities, collected from their published writ- ings. 346p. 8? Atlanta, J. P. Harrison & co., 1890. KING 222 KING KING, John Theodore, 1889- Si-e Bramwell. C, & King, J. T. The principles and practice of cardiology. 509p. 2.">>jem. Lond., 1942. See also Winslow, B. Presentation of bronze plaque of Dr John Theodore King. Tr. Med. Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1925, 127: 137. KING, John Wilkins. Give your hair a chance; a practical handbook for its care and preserva- tion. 71p. 8? Cambr., Mass., Bradner pub. co., 1937. KING, John William, 1863- Portrait. In Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928. 603. KING, Joseph Eggleston Johnson, 1886- For biography -ee in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 190. KING, Joseph Martin, 1891- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1943, 42: 925. KING, Joseph Millen, 1872-1938. Pallette, E. M., & Howson, C. R. [Obituary] California West. M., 1938, 49: 404, portr. KING, Leon Earl, 1908-42. Melson, O. C. [Obituary] Ann. Int. M., 1942, 17: 1047. KING, Marian. The recovery of myself; a patient's experience in a hospital for mental illness. Pref. bv Adolf Meyer, xi, 148p. 8? N. Haven, Yale Univ. pr., 1931. KING, Marion Reginald, 1890- , HIM- MELBACH, C. K., & SANDERS, B. S. Dilaudid (dihydromorphinone); a review of the literature and a study of its addictive properties. 38p. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1935. Forms Suppl. 113, Pub. Health Rep. KING, Mary Law Burgess-Barrow, 1879-1940. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 778. KING, Mary Truby. Mothercraft. 8. ed., 3. print, xv, 244p. tab. pl. 19cm. Lond., Whitcombe & Tombs [1942] KING, Merrill Jenks, 1894- See Carpenter, C. M., King, M. J. [et al.] Lndulant fever. 40p. 8! N. Y. [1929] KING, Morris L., & BURR, Buchanan. Compendium of domestic medical practice; a household adviser in the preservation of health and treatment of disease. xvi, 1248p. 4? N. Y., T. Kelly, 1886. KING, Preston, -1943. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 236. KING, P. S., & Son [London, Engl.] Cata- logue of parliamentary papers 1911-20; being the second decennial supplement to the Cata- logue of parliamentary papers, 1801-1900. 58p 30cm. Lond. [1920] KING, Thomas Wilkinson, 1811-47. Hale-White, W. The father of endocrinology. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1936, 86: 4-10. KING, Victor H., 1910- Be physically fit. [79p.] illust. 23cm. [West Point, N. Y the Author, 1941] KING, Walter Gawen, 1851-1935. Vaccina- tion in the tropics, vi, 64p. pl. 8? Lond Trop. Dis. Bur., 1920. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 808. Also Nature Lond., 1935, 135:817. ' KING, Willard Van Orsdel, 1888- & BRADLEY, George Hirst, & McNEEL, T. E. The mosquitoes of the southeastern states. Rev ed. 96p. illust. pl. 23/2cm. [Wash., Gov print, off., 1942] Forms No. 336, Misc. Pub. U. S. Dep. Agr. KING, William Harvey, 1861- Electro- therapeutics or electricity in its relation to medi- cine and surgery, vii, 153p. 8? N. Y , A L Chatterton & co., 1889. KING, William Wilfrid, 1881-1934. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 144. Also Phillips. M. Obituary. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1934, 41: 774-6. KING, William Zadoe, 1818-1910. For obituary see Tr. California Dent. Ass. (1910) 1911, 37, Sess., 184. KING, Willis Percival. 1839- For portrait see Collection in Library. KINGERY, Hugh McMillan, 1887- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 301- 1942 31: 345. KINGERY, Lyle Boyle, 1892- For biography see Lniv. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1941, 7; 83 portr. For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 292- 1942 31: 335. Also Northwest M., 1942, 41: 327. KING Grassau, Norma [M. D., 1939, Chile] *Consideraciones generales sobre la anatomfa del timo en el nino [Chile] 31p. illust. tab 26,_>em. Santiago, LeBlanc, 1939. KINGISEPP, Georg, 1898- *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Nabelschnurbnichen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Genese [Hei- delberg] 36p. 8? Walldorf, F. Lamade, 1928 KINGMAN, Lucius Collinwood, 1878- For portrait see Rhode Island M. J., 1940, 23: 118. KINGREEN, Otto, 1895- Rontgendia- gnostik des Chirurgen. vii, 324p. illust. 25cm Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. KINGSBRIDGE, Engl. Kingsbridge and District Hospital. Annual reports of the execu- tive committee to the public. Kingsbridge, 1 -4 (1898/99-1901/02) 1899-1902. KINGSBURY, Allan Neave, 1888- The interpretation of Wassermann and Kahn results. 4p. 25cm. Kuala Lumpur, Fed. Malay States Gov. pr., 1936. Forms No. 2 of 1936, Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay. ---- & AMIES, C. Russell. The attempted control of malaria by plasmoquine prophylaxis 25p. ch. 25cm. Kuala Lumpur, Fed. Malay States Gov. Press, 1931. Forms No. 3 of 1931, Bull. Inst. M. Res. Malay. KINGSBURY, Benjamin Freeman, 1872- & JOHANNSEN, Oskar Augustus. Histological technique; a guide for use in a laboratory course in histology, vii, 142p. 8? N. Y., J. Wiley & sons, 1927. Also another ed. 1935. KINGSBURY, Charles Andrew, 1819-91. Thorpe, B. L. Charles Andrew Kingsbury, one of the first to apply electricity as an anaesthetic agent in dental surgery. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 331-8, portr — Ungar, B. S. [Biography] Temple Dent. Rev., 1943, 14: 7. KINGSBURY, Charles Howard, 1905- *The social and economic importance of heart disease [Marquette Univ.] 36p. 8? Mil- waukee [n. p.] 1932. Typewritten. KINGSBURY, Forrest Alva, 1883- A group intelligence scale for primary grades. 60p. illust. 23^cm. Princeton, Psychol. Rev. co., 1924. J Forms No. 6, v.33 of Psychol. Monogr., Princeton. KINGSBURY, Jerome, 1874- For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M, Hartshorn) 1942, 197, portr. KINGSBURY, John Adams, 1876- Health security for the nation. 40p. 23cm. N. Y., League Indust. Democracy [1938] ---- Health in handcuffs, ix, 210p. 19Mcm. N. Y., Modern Age Books [1939] See also Newsholme, A., & Kingsbury, J. A. Red medicine. 324p. 8? Garden City, N. Y., 1934. KINGS County, N. Y. Medical Society. Library. See Frankenberger, C, comp. A descriptive list of the medical incunabula in the hbrary of the Medical Society of the Comity of Kings... Brooklyn, N. Y., 1924. 8p. 23^cm. N. Y., «f/&frJj° f00'?!?- memblrs.hiP anniversary; Medical Society Stall" MTJ r ipS and Academy of Medicine of Brooklyn. BulL M. Soc. Co. lungs, 1934, 13: 53.-Growth of Medical KINGS COUNTY 223 KINKELIN Societv of the County of Kings. J. Am. M Ass., 1927 89: 45g_ROSs P V. The Medical Society of the County of Kings- Brooklyn's City Hospital and similar institutions; a long roll of honorable professional names. In his Hist. Long Wana N Y., 1902, 1: 594-606.-West, F. E. History of the building of the Medical Society of the County of Kings. Long Island M. J., 1924, 18:412-4. KINGS County Dental Society. Bulletin of the Kings County Dental Society, affiliated with The Allied Dental Council. Brooklyn, N. Y., v 15, No. 1, 1943- ' KINGSFORD, Anna, 1846-88. Lecture on some aspects of the vegetarian question. 15p. 8° Manchester, J. Heywood, 1874. ___. The perfect way in diet; a treatise advo- cating a return to the natural and ancient food of our race, xiii, 121p. tab. 17^cm. Lond., K. Paul, Trench, & co., 1881. KINGSLEY, Adriel S. Bold arraignment of the medical profession, for the practice of false theories, false pretenses, fraudulent claims for a false science, and for their determined purpose to oppose the cold bath in all fever, lii, 36lp. 12° Indianap., Indianapolis print, co. [1890?] KINGSLEY, Myra, 1897- For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: No. 4, 33-5, portr. KINGSLEY, Norman W„ 1829-1913. Thorpe, B. L. Norman W. Kingsley, the father of modern orthodontia, author, artist, sculptor and inventor. In his Biogr Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 542-59, portr. For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. B, E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 113. KINGSLEY, Sidney, 1906- Men in white; a play in three acts. 137p. pl. 8? N. Y., Covici Friede [1934] . KINGS Park, N. Y. Kings Park State Hospi- tal. Annual report of the Board of Visitors. Utica, v.l, 1896- KINGSTON, Charles. A gallery of rogues. 243p. 8? pl. Lond., S. Paul & co. [1924] KINGSTON, Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Social survey series, No. 2. See Carley, M. M. Medical services in Jamaica. 19p. 21cm. Kingston, 1943. KINGSTON, N. Y. Hospital. Annual re- port. Kingston, 1930- KINGSTON, Ont. Hendry-Connell Research Foundation. Bulletin. Kingston, No. 1, 1936- KINGSTON, Pa. West, R. M. Nesbitt Memorial Hospital, Kingston. In her Hist. Nurs. Pennsylvania, 1939, 535-9, illust. KINGZETT, Charles Thomas, 1852-1935- Kingzett's chemical encyclopaedia; a digest of chemistry and its industrial applications. Rev. & ed. by Ralph K. Strong. 6. ed. x, 1088p. tab. 23cm. N. Y., D. Van Nostrand co., 1940. For obituary see Analyst, Lond., 1935, 60: 649. KINKHEAD, Richard John, 1847-1928. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 576. Also Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1:678. KINKEL, Ludwig, 1906- *Die Erfolge der Lebertherapie bei pernizioser Anamie an der medizinischen Klinik der Universitat Wurzburg [Wurzburg] 26p. 8? Dillingen a. D., Schwab. Verl., 1931. KINKELDEY, Karl, 1901- *Ueber orale Syphilis-Therapie und -Prophylaxe. 45p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1926. KINKELIBA. Francois, M. T. Sur l'origine et l'identification du kinke- liba. C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm., 1935, 285-92.— Mercier, F. Note preliminaire sur les effets pharmacodyna- miques d'un pseudo-kinkeliba: le kinkeliba de Kita. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 97-9. KINKELIN, Wilhelm, 1909- *Die Er- fahrungen der Wiirzburger Universitats-Frauen- klinik bei der Behandlung der Placenta praevia mit der Kopfschwartenzange. 43p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p.] 1934. KINKULKIN, Arkadjusz, 1906- *L'epi- condylite. 44p. 8? Par., M. Lavergne, 1937. KINLAW, William Bernard, 1896-1941. Cocke, C. H. [Obituary] Ann. Int. M., 1941-42, 15: 780. KINLOCH, David, 1559-1617. Buist, R. C. David Kinloch (Kynalochus) Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 793; portr. KINLOCH, John Parlane, 1886-1932. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 311-3. Also Glasgow M. J., 1932, 117: 139-43. Also Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 319. KINNAIRD, Virgil G., 1890- For biography see Kentucky M. J., 1943, 41: 296, portr. KINNAMAN, Clarence Horace, 1869- For portrait see News Letter Kansas Bd Health, 1941, 8: No. 8, 2. KINNE, Erna, 1911- *Ueber karies- fordernde Faktoren und ihre Bewertung nach Erhebungen bei Schulkindern Ober-Badens. 28p. 21cm. [Freib. i. B., n. p.] 1936. KINNE, Sandford Halsey, 1884-1938. For obituary see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 425. KINNE, Theodor, 1907- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Adenomentstehung (unter Ver- wendung eines Falles von multipler Nieren- adenomatose und eines von Leberadenom bei Lebercirrhose) [Breslau] 19p. 8? Liebau i. R., H. Hiltmann, 1936. KINNE, William, 1865- Ross, P. V. [Biography] In his Hist. Long. Island, N Y., 1902, 2: 377. KINNEAR, John. Editor of Gardiner, F. Gardiner's Handbook of skin dis- eases. 4. ed. 239p. 19cm. Bait., 1939. KINNEY, John Fitch, 1816- For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 71. KINNEY, Lyell Cary, 1884- For portrait see in Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) N. Orleans, 1938, 39. KINNEY, Selwyne Perez, 1891- See Fieldner, A. C, Katz, S. H., & Kinney, S. P. Permea- tion of oxygen breathing apparatus by gases and vapors. 24p. 8! Wash., 1921. KINNEY, W. A. Hawaii's capacity for self- government all but destroyed. 206p. 8? Salt Lake City, F. L. Jensen [1927] KINNEY, Willard Heil, 1883- For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42, 47: 201, portr. Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L. D.) Menasha, 1942, 201, portr. KINNIER-WILSON, Samuel Alexander. See Wilson, Samuel Alexander Kinnier. KINO. See Pterocarpus. KINSBRUNNER, Agate, 1911- Con- tribution a l'etude des paralysies radiales du nouveau-ne. 56p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1936. KINSELL, D. N., fl. 1852-55. Fowler, S. W. [Biography] In his Hist. Med. Delaware County, Ohio, 1910, 47, portr. KINSELLA, Ralph Aloysius, 1886- The coccal diseases, p. 124-75. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1938. In Int. Med. (Musser, J. H.) 3. ed., Phila., 1938. For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1938-39, 16: No. 9, 58, portr. For portrait see Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc, 1941-42, 10: 15. KINSEY, Alfred Charles, 1894- Methods in biology, x, 279p. illust. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1937] ---- New introduction to biology, xv, 845p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Chic, J. B. Lippincott co. [1938] See also Fernald, M. L., & Kinsey, A. C. Edible wild plants of eastern North,America. 452p. 22}£cm. Cornwall-on- Hudson [19431 KINSHIP 224 KIPLING KINSHIP. See Relationship. KINSLEY, Albert T., 1S77-1941. 1 or obituary see J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1942, 100: 80. Also Vet Med., Chic, 1942, 37: 55, portr. KINTSCH, Josef, 1909- *Beobachtungen wahrend einer Rotelnepidemie. 31p. 8? Munst., W. Feldmann, 1934. KINTZINGER, Henry, 1909- ^ *Les toxi- infections alimentaires d'origine carnee. [Alfort; V.-t.] 43p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. KINYOUN, Floyd Homer, 1891- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, l'.US, 253. KINZA, Helmut, 1906- *Schicksal der Frauen bei denen wegen Tbc. pulm. Schwanger- schaftsunterbrechungen vorgenommen wurdeji [Miinchen] 30p. 8? Giinzburg a. D., K. Mayer, 1932 KINZEL, Barbara, 1909- *Das Ver- halten der Phosphorfraktionen in den Erythro- cvten bei Anamie [Marburg] p. 160-73. 23cm. Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1937. Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1937-38, 59: KINZEL, Hans, 1900- *Dupuytrensche Kontraktur an Hand und Fuss. 14p. 8? Bresl. [L. Freund] 1927. KINZEL, Hiltgart, 1911- *Zahnkeim und Syphilis [Heidelberg] 17p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KINZELMANN, Willi, 1911- *Seltenes Zahnleiden als Teilerscheinung einer System- erkrankung (Schuller-Christian'schen Erkran- kung) 16p. 8? Bresl., Graph. Buch & Offsetdr., 1934. KIONIG, Christian Jens, 1836-93. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro. I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 638. KIONKA, Heinrich, 1868- Effects of tobacco. 1 1. 28cm. [Lond., the Lancet] 1926. ---- Vom Trinken und Rauchen; eine kritische Betrachtung vom Standpunkt des Mediziners. 98p. 8? Berl., E. Reiss, 1931. ---- Der Nahrwert malzreicher Biere; neue Untersuchungsfolge. 15p. tab. diagr. 24%cm. Jena, G. Fischer, 1938. Forms Heft 9, Pharm. Beitr. Alkoholfrage. Also editor of Pharmakologische Beitrage zur Alkohol- frage. Jena. 1938- ----& AUE, Erich. Die praktische Bedeutung der Messung des Alkoholgehaltes des mensch- lichen Blutes von Prof. Dr H. Hionka; der Alkoholspiegel im Blut unter verschiedenen. Bedingungen von Dr Erich Aue. 24p. diagr. 24^cm. Jena, G. Fischer, 1938. Forms Heft 8, Pharm. Beitr. Alkoholfrage. KIONKA, Heinrich & HESS, Martin. Bier als Nahrstoffspender; der Nahrwert malzreicher Biere. 2p.; 32p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1935. Forms Heft 7, Pharm. Beitr. Alkoholfrage. KIONKA, Wolfgang, 1912- *Die ent- ziindliche Tuberkulose nach Eduard Schulz [Breslau] 25p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KIPARSKY, Rene Valentinovich, 1867-1938. Mandelstamm, A. E. [Obituary] Akush. gin., 1939, 5-9, portr. KIPFER, Marcel, 1908- *Les inegalites pupillaires d'origine sympathique dans les lesions du systeme nerveux central; contribution k l'etude des voies et des centres diencephaliques du sympathique oculaire; etude clinique et experimentale. 184p. 25}£cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1938. KIPHUTH, Robert John Herman. How to be fit. 2. print, xiii, 131p. illust. 23;km. N. Haven, Yale Univ. pr., 1942. See also Phelps, W. M., & Kiphuth, R. J. H. The diagnosis and treatment of postural defects. 180p. 8? Bait., 1932. KIPLING, Rudyard, 1865-1936. See Uland-Sutton, J. The story of a surgeon, with a pre- amble by Rudyard Kipling. 3. el. '-'04p. 8? Lond., 1930. See also Bonney, V. Kipling ami doctors. Middlesex Hosp, J., 1937, 37: 112-6.—Bragman, L. J- Laennec and Culpeper as depicted by Kipling. Ann. AL Hist., 1927, 9: 129-31.— Cleveland. I). E. H. Kipling and the doctors. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1937-38, 14: 115-23.—Coleman. K. Kipling the man, lover of Sussex earth. Australas. J. Phirm., 1940, 21: 428- 30.—Medical men and Rudyard Kipling. Lancet, Lond 1908, 2: 1267. KIPNIS, Walter Seth [M. D., 1938, Lausanne] *Beitrag zum Studium des Ayurveda, des Heil- systems der Inder. 44p. 8? Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1938. KIPP, Hildegard. Die Unehelichkeit; ihre psvchologische Situation und Problematik. vi, 180p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1933. Forms Beih. 66, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KIPP, Walter, 1907- *Die Behandlung retinierter Zahne unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung retinierter Eckzahne. 30p. 8? Miinst.. C. J. Fahle, 1932. KIPPENBERG, Lisbeth, 1909- *Falsche Strangulationsmarken [Miinster] 21p. 8? Bochum-Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1934. KIPPER, Hildegard, 1909- *Ueber Mikrophthalmus [Heidelberg] 26p. 8? Mann- heim, M. Raisberger, 1935. KIPPING, Louis Hermann Kurt, 1908- *Ueber die Magenphlegmone mit einem Beitrag von 6 Fallen aus der chirurgischen Universitiits- klinik zu Leipzig. 31p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. KIRALY, Jeno, 1902- Contribution k l'etude des indications operatoires dans le traitement des hemorragies gastro-duodenales aigues d'origine ulcereuse. 80p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1929. KIRBERG, Hanna, 1902- ♦Untersu- chungen von Postencephalitikern mit dem Rorschachschen Formdeutversuch. 36p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1931. KIRBERG R., Rafael. *Extracci6n y purifi- caci6n del fenol a partir del alquitrau T [Chile] 39p. 27cm. Santiago, Molina Lackington, 1939. KIRBY, Chester, TURNER, Ralph [et al] Studies in British history. 231p. 23%cm. Iowa City, Univ. of Iowa, 1941. Forms No. 2, v.ll, Lniv. Iowa Stud. Social Sc. KIRBY, Ellwood R., 1867-1935. For obituary see Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36, 39: 348. KIRBY, George Hughes, 1875-1935. Raynor, M. W. [Biography] Am. J. Psychiat., 1934, 91: 19. See also Casamajor, L. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1935, 61: 176; 1936, 62: 195-7. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat. Chic, 1935, 34: 1311-3, portr.—Cheney, C. O. [Obituary] Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1936, 20: 62-5.—Obituary. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935, 82: 720-3. For portrait see Collection in Library. KIRBY, Harold, jr, 1900- Devescovinid flagellates of termites; the genus Devescovina. 92p. pl. 26J^cm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1941. Forms No. 1, v.45, Univ. California Pub. Zool. ---- Devescovinid flagellates of termites; the genera Foaina and Parajoenia. p. 167-245. pl. 26}4cm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1942. Forms No. 3, v.45, Univ. California Pub. Zool. ---- Relationships between certain protozoa and other animals, p.890-1008. 23^cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1941. In Protozoa in Biol. Res. (Calkins, G. N., et al.) ---- Organisms living on and in protozoa. p. 1009-113. 23^cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1941. In Protozoa in Biol. Res. (Calkins, G. N., et al.) KIRBY 225 KIRCHENBERGER --- The structural characteristics and nuclear parasites of some species of Trichonympha in termites, p. 185-282. illust. pl. 26^cm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1944. Forms No. 8, v.49, Pub. Zool. Lniv. California. KIRBY, Harold James, 1895- For portrait see Health, Toronto, 1942-43, 10: 7. KIRBY, John, 1887- See M'Gonigle, G. C. M., & Kirby, J. Poverty and public health. 278p. 8? Lond., 1936. KIRBYELLA. See also Protozoa. Zeliff, C. C. Kirbyella zeteki, a new genus and species of protozoa from Kalotermes (Calcaritermes) brevicollis from the Canal Zone. Am. J. Hyg., 1930, 11: 740-2, pl. KIRBY-SMITH, Joseph Lee, 1882-1939. French, E. D. [Obituary] Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 41: 123, portr. KIRCH, A. Piccola guida dei bagni di Monte- catini e della Grotta di Monsummano. 48p 15cm. Firenze, Loescher, 1873. KIRCHBACH, Hans Henning von [M. D., 1936, Leipzig] *LTeber isolierte Erhohung von Darmgiften im Blutserum bei Kreislaufinsuffi- zienz. 28p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KIRCHBACH, Karl Heinz von, 1910- *Zur Frage der Lokalisation des normalen Bleis im Dentin menschlicher Zahne. 16p. pl. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KIRCHBAUER, Gertrud, 1910- *Der heutige Stand der Vitaminforschung im Hinblick auf die Entwicklung und Gesunderhaltung des menschlichen Gebisses. 26p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1934. KIRCHBERG, Albert, 1904- *Multiple Polyposis [Kiel] 27p. 8? Libau, D. Meyer, 1933. KIRCHBERG, Franz, 1875-1935. Sport- massage, xvi, 289p. pl. 8? Berl., Weidmann, 1924. Forms 5. Bd of Handb. d. Leibesiibungen. --- Handbuch der Massage und Heilgym- nastik. 2v. viii, 279p.; vii, 334p. pl. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1926. Also Beiheft. v, 99p. 8? Lzp., G. Thieme, 1926. --- Massage und Gymnastik in Schwanger- schaft und Wochenbett. 2. Aufl. iv, 94p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. For obituary see Mallwitz. Arzt & Sport, 1935, 1: 57. KIRCHBERG, Josef, 1909- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Geschwulste des Glomus neuromyoarterialis. 21p. 21>^cm. [Miinst., n. p.] 1935. KIRCHBERG, Klara, 1908- *Verande- rungen an der Mundschleimhaut durch Metallein- lagerungen. 24p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1932 KIRCHBERG, Kurt, 1911- *Ueber die Moglichkeiten der Feststellung der C-Stoff- Hypovitaminose. 23p. 21}£cm. Freib. i. B., R. Rebholz, 1936. KIRCHEM, Werner, 1901- *Ist ein Fortschreiten der Caries von dem unter einer Fiillung unbehandelt zuriickgelassenen cariosen Dentin aus moglich? [Frankfurt a. M.] 19p. 8? Bonn, A. Fieseler, 1935. KIRCHENBAUER, Herbert Karl, 1907- *Die Stellung des Bacterium influenzae suis im System der hamoglobinophilen Bakterien und sein Vorkommen bei Schwein, Schaf und Rind [Leipzig] 24p. 8? [Berl., R. Schoetz, 1933] Also Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1933, 45: KIRCHENBERGER, Otto, 1898- *Bei- trag zur Klinik der Psittakose. 31p. 8? Berl.- Steglitz, W. Paul, 1933. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----15 KIRCHENBERGER, Salomon, 1848- A S- ••• General Dr S. Kirchenberger, zu seinem 80. Geburts- tage. \\ien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 497. KIRCHER, Athanasius, 1602-80. Magnes; sive, De Arte magnetica lib. III. [24] 916p. [8] illust. sm. 4? Roma, Herm. Scheus, 1641. ---- De unguento armario [abstr. from De arte magnetica lib. Ill] p.567-73. Nurnberg, 1662. B' In Theatrum (Rattray) Numb., 1662. See also: Torrey, H. B. Athanasius Kircher and the progress of medicine. p.247-75. 8? Bruges, S. Catherine pr., 1938. In Osiris, 1938, v.5. For biography see Major, R. H. Ann. M. Hist., 1939, 3. ser., 1: 105-20, pl., portr. For portrait see Mod. Pharm., Detr., 1943, 27: 6. KIRCHER, Helene, 1914- *Zur phar- makologischen Grundwirkung der atherischen Oele. 45p. 20Kcm. Tub., Bolzle, 1938. KIRCHER, Herbert, 1909- *Ueber neue- re Instrumente zur Zahnentfernung, besonders der Weisheitszahne [Tubingen] 32p. 8? Mar- bach a. N., A. Remppis, 1936. KIRCHERT, Werner, 1906- *Zur Diffe- rentialdiagnose des Chloroms und des Sympa- thogonioms. 20p. 8? Halle a. S., Karras & Koennecke, 1934. KIRCHGAESSNER, Willy, 1910- *Zu- nahme von Thrombose und Embolie nach Coutard-Bestrahlung. 36p. 8? Wurzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1934. KIRCHGEORG, Clemens Guenther, 1906- *Sugar tolerance in diabetes and its complica- tions [Marquette Univ.] 28p. 28cm. [Mil- waukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. KIRCHGESNER, Emile, 1908- *Ulcere gastrique dans le tabes. 66p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. KIRCHHEIM, Georg, 1904- *Fern- metastasen beim Collum-Karzinom. 65p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KIRCHHOF, Hans, 1909- *Klinischer Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose paranoider Er- krankungen. 46p. 20^cm. Berl., W. Schulz, 1937. KIRCHHOF, Hermann, 1911- *Ist der Gelenkrheumatismus eine allergische Erkran- kung? [Munchen] 13p. 23Kcm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1938. Also Zschr. Rheumaforsch., 1938, 1: KIRCHHOFF, Arthur, 1855- herausg. Die akademische Frau; Gutachten hervorragen- der Universitatsprofessoren, Frauenlehrer und Schriftsteller iiber die Befahigung der Frau zum wissenschaftlichen Studium und Berufe. xvi, 376p. tab. 21^cm. Berl, H. Steinitz, 1897. KIRCHHOFF, Fritz Friedrich Karl, 1908- *Ueber die raumliche Verteilung der roten und weissen Blutkorperchen im stromenden Blut [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1932. KIRCHHOFF, Georg, 1908- *Beitrag zur Erkennung der Sohtiirzysten der Niere und ihrer klinischen Erscheinungen [Berlin] 31p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KIRCHHOFF, Julius, 1897- *Die asep- tische Wundheilung unter dem Schorf. 18p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1925. KIRCHHOFF, Karl, 1909- histolo- gische Studien iiber akuten Darier der Mund- schleimhaut. 18p. 22cm. Freib. i. B., H. Fiirderer, 1936 KIRCHMAN, Robert Charles, 1894- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 603. KIRCHMANN 22G KIRCHNER KIRCHMANN, Johann, 1575-1643. De fune- ribus Romanorum. 23 p. I. 694p. [index] pl. 14cm. Leiden, Hacke, 1672. ---- Oratio in funere Pauli Merulae. 64p. 14cm. Leiden, Hacke, 1672. Bound with his De funeribus Romanorum. Leiden, 1672. KIRCHMAYER, Fritz, 1905- *Ueber den •Pemphigus, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der modernen Therapie. 27p. 8? [Erlangen, n. p., 1931] KIRCH MEYER, Josef, 1901- *Ueber familiare Disposition zur Blinddarmentziindung [Heidelberg] 8p. 8? Rheine i. W., T. Rieping [1930] KIRCHNER, Adolf, 1909- ♦Hyperventi- lation und Krampfkrankheiten [Erlangen] 16p. 8? Dresd. Risse 1934 KIRCHNER, Christian [M. D., 1929, Breslau] *Ueber die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Entstehung der Paralysis agitans. 30p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1929. KIRCHNER, Elimar, 1911- *Unter- suchungen iiber das bei Antimonbehandlung entstehende Stoffwechselgift [Heidelberg] 19p. 21cm. Walldorf (Baden) F. Lamade, 1937. KIRCHNER, Franziska, 1908- *Ueber den Einfluss der digitalisartigen Glykoside Scillaren und Cymarin auf die Dehydrierungs- vorgange im Gewebe [Minister] 14p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1933. KIRCHNER, Friedrich, 1911- *Die har- ten Neubildungen der Wurzelhaut. 25p. pl. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KIRCHNER, Hans Friedrich, 1913- *Ueber Colitis ulcerosa; mit Bericht von 4 Fallen [Frankfurt a. M.] 65p. 22cm. Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1938. KIRCHNER, Hilde, 1911- *Zur Pharma- kologie einiger Triazoliumverbindungen, II. 24p. 23^cm. Halle a. S. [n. p.] 1936. KIRCHNER, Isabella Maria, 1904- *Veranderungen nach traumatischen Luxationen und sehweren Kontusionen [Wurzburg] p. 143- 55. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch, orthop. Lnfallchir., 1930-31, 29: KIRCHNER, Joachim, 1890- Deutsche Aerzte in franzosischer Gewalt; aus den Berichten von 50 deutschen Sanitatsoffizieren iiber Leiden und Grausamkeiten, die sie wahrend ihrer Zuruckhaltung in Frankreich erdulden mussten. 60p. illust. 8? Berl., W. Greve, 1918. KIRCHNER, Josef, 1906- *Ueber den Unterschied der Durchbruchszeiten der Milch- und bleibenden Zahne bei gesunden und rachi- tischen Kindern. 39p. 8? Wiirzb., Handelsdr. [1931] KIRCHNER, Karl Joachim, 1911- *Er- fahrungen mit der Avertinnarkose. 22p. 22}£cm Wurzb., G. Grasser, 1938. KIRCHNER, Martin, 1854-1925. Robert Koch. 84p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1924. ----& ADAM, Kurt. Der Wiederaufbau der Volkskraft nach dem Kriege. xliv, 525p. plan 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1928. KIRCHNER, Ottilie Crescentia, 1901- *Ueber Veranderungen der Wurzelhaut nach Exstirpation und Amputation der Pulpa und deren Behandlung. 23p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1926. KIRCHNER, Sebastian Joachim, 1898- *Zur Kasuistik der Bauchhohlenschwangerschaft. 29p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KIRCHNER, Theodor, 1909- *Ueber die Frage der rontgenologischen Nachweisbar- keit von Verkalkungen an den Lungengefassen. 13p. 23cm. Munch., L. Mossl, 193S. KIRCHNER, Ulrich, 1901- *Enrephaliti9 Economos und Dienstbeschadigung. 19p. 8? Konigsb. i. P. [n. p.] 1925. KIRCHNER, Walter, 1910- *Frakturen kindlicher Extremitaten bei der Entwicklung von Beckenendlagen. 31p. 22J^cm. Freib. i. B., Weis, Mvihlhans & Rapple, 1936. KIRCHNER, Walther, 1907- *Beitra»? zur Frage der Liquordruckstoigerung nach stumpfen Schadeltraumen (sogenannten Menin- gitis serosa traumatica) 40p. 8? Bonn, H Trapp, 1933. KIRCHNER, Wilhelm, 1849-1936. PyKOBoa- ctbo naTOJioriu h Tepaniu vuihhx'b 6ojrh3Hefi. 194p. illust. 24y2cm. S". Petersb., Tipogr Ettinger, 1885. For obituary see Eoebel, F. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936 70: 385-8. KIRCHRATH, Joseph, 1900- *Der Oleothorax in der Therapie der Lungen- und Pleuratuberkulose anhand der Literatur und der Falle aus der Zurcher Heilstatte Clavadel. 71p. 22^cm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1940. KIRCHWEY, George Washington, 1855-1942. For obituary see Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1942, 12: 363; 1943 13: 741. Also in Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 462. KIREEV, Mikhail Petrovich, 1X73- Bilibin, A. [Fortieth anniversary of medical, scientific, pedagogic and social activity] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, No. 6, 3-5, portr. KIRFEL, Willibald, 1885- Translator of Vagbhafa. Astahgahrdayasanhita. 8 Lfg. 512p. 25cm. Leiden, 1937-39. KIRGHIZ. See also Kazak; Turkestan. Ktjczynski, M. Steppe und Mensch; kir- gisische Reiseeindriicke und Betrachtungen iiber Leben, Kultur und Krankheit in ihren Zusam- menhangen. 188p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Jochelson, W. The Kirghiz. In his Peoples of Asiat. Russia, Wash., 1928, 77-85; 125-33. KIRICEPHALUS. See under Pentastomidae. KIRIHARA, Hoken. Functional periodicity; experimental and statistical studies on rhythm in working capacity of women. 53p. 26^cm. Kurasiki, 1932. Forms No. 14, Rep. Inst. Sc. Labour, Kurasiki. KIRILINE, Louise Flach de, 1894- The quintuplets' first year; the survival of the famous Dionne babies and its significance for all mothers. xiii, 221 p. pl. portr. 8? Toronto, Macmillan co., 1936. KIRK, Christen Pedersen, 1868-1938. Buchwald, E. [Obituary] Lgeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 47, portr. KIRK, Dudley. See Notestein, F. W., Taeuber, I. B. [et al.] The future population of Europe and the Soviet Lnion. 315p. 23^cm. Geneva, 1944. KIRK, Edward Bruce. Editor of Kirk, J. Papers on health. New rev. ed. 382p. 19cm. Lond., 1919. KIRK, Edward Cameron, 1856-1928. Nord, C. F. L. [Obituary] Tschr. tandheelk., 1928, 35: 713-5, portr.—Thorpe, B. L. Edward Cameron Kirk, author, investigator, editor, teacher. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Den- tists, Chic, 1909, 606-12, portr. For portrait see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 485. KIRK, Edwin, 1884- Dinotocrinus, a new fossil inadunate crinoid genus, d 513-7 pl. 24cm. Wash., 1941. Forms No. 3103, v.8», Proc. L. S. Nat. Mus. KIRK 227 KIRKBRIDE KIRK, Eleanor. The influence of the zodiac upon human life; with character readings of persons born upon the cusp. 191p. 12? N. Y., the Author, 1894. KIRK, Esben. Amino acid and ammonia metabolism in liver diseases. 147p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1936. Forms Suppl. 77, Acta med. scand. KIRK, Esley Joseph, 1898- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 229; 1942, 31:258. KIRK, F. J. See Farmer, E., Chambers, E. G., & Kirk, F. J. Tests for accident proneness. 44p. 8? Lond., 1933. KIRK, Hamilton. Index of diagnosis (clinical and radiological) for the canine and feline sur- geon, with treatment; with the collaboration of Gerry B. Schnelle. vii, 561p. illust. 24^cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1939. KIRK, James. Papers on health. New rev. ed. by Edward Bruce Kirk. 382p. illust. 19cm. Lond., Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent & co., 1919. KIRK, James Balfour, 1893- Hints on equipment and health for intending residents of the tropics, vii, 120p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, 1926. Also 2. ed. xii, 128p. 16? 1931. --- Public health practice in the tropics. xiv, 498p. ch. pl. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1931. --- A manual of practical tropical sanitation. ix, 300p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1937. KIRK, Norman Thomas, 1888- Amputa- tions. 229p. 4 p. illust. 24%cm. Hagerstown, Md., W. F. Prior co., 1943. --- Girls in the foxholes. [5]p. 27^2cm. [N. Y., T. Y. Crowell co., 1944] Cutting from American Magazine, May, 1944, p. 17, 94, 96, 97, 100. For biography see Army M. Bull., 1943, No. 68, 1-3, portr. Also Dis. Chest, 1943, 9: 371, portr. Also Current Biogr., N. Y., 1944, 5: No. 2, 31. Brigadier General Norman T. Kirk nominated for Surgeon General. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 122.—[Kirk becomes Surgeon General of the Armv] Med. Ann. District of Colum- bia, 1943, 12: 280, portr.—Kirk, N. T. As related by the Surgeon General [Am. M. Ass. meeting; North African ex- periences] Illinois M. J., 1943, 84: 1-3.—Rogers, E. N. Major General Norman T. Kirk. Congressional Record, 1943, 89: A3191 (clipping)—Surgeon General Kirk. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 97, portr.—Surgeon General of the Army. Army and Navy Register, 1943, 64: May 8 (Clipping)—Surgeon (The) General of the Army. j. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 445, portr.—Lniversity of Maryland graduate commissioned as Brigadier General. Bull. School M. Lniv. Maryland, 1942-43, 27: 227. For portrait see Pennsylvania M. J., 1942-43, 46: 1188. Also Connecticut M. J., 1943, 7: 814. Also Bull. School M. Lniv. Maryland, 1943-44, 28: 43. Also Philadelphia M., 1943-44, 39: 234. KIRK, Rudolf, 1898- Mr Pepys upon the state of Christ-Hospital, xi, 65p. 22 numb. 1. facsim. pl. portr. 8? Phila., Univ. of Pennsyl- vania pr., 1935. KIRK, Samuel A., 1904- Hemispheric cerebral dominance and hemispheric equipo- tentiality. 41p. illust. tab. 26cm. Bait., Johns Hopkins pr., 1935. Forms No. 55, v. 11, Comp. Psychol. Monogr., Bait. KIRK, Thomas Sinclair, 1869-1940. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 703, portr. KIRKBRIDE, Joseph. Engraving for illustra- tion; historical and practical notes, vii, 72p. 12° Lond., Scott, Greenwood & son, 1903. KIRKBRIDE, Thomas Story, 1809-83. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 579. KIRKBRIDE, Willis Joseph, 1910- *Es- sential hypertension; a review of a series of cases [Marquette Univ.] 35p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1938. Typewritten. KIRKEMO, Oskar, 1888- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 184. KIRKENDALL, Lester Allen, 1903- Sex adjustments of young men. xiii, 215p. 22cm. N. Y., Harper & bros [1940] KIRKES, William Senhouse, 1823-64. Manu- al of physiology. 2. ed. xx, 568p. 8? Phila., Blanchard & Lea, 1853. ---- The same. Handbook of physiology. Rev. by Frederick C. Busch. 5. Am. ed. xi, 862p. 8? N. Y., W. Wood & co., 1904. For biography see in Cardiac Classics (Willius, F. A.) S. Louis, 1941, 472, portr. KIRKESAETHER, Hermann Brunn, 1897- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 185. KIRKHOPE, David Connor, -1937. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 603, portr. KIRKLAND, Frederic R. Editor of Beebe, L. Journal of Lewis Beebe. 37p. 8°. Phila., 1935. KIRKLAND, Spencer Atkinson, 1889- For portrait see J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 122. KIRKLEY, Cyrus A., 1845-1934. For obituary see Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1936, 60: 347, portr. KIRKLIN, Byrl Raymond, 1888- For biography see J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1941, 2: 113, portr. For portrait see Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1938, 5: No% 2, front. Also Kansas City M. J., 1942, 18: No. 4, 11; No. 5, 5. KIRKPATRICK, Edwin Asbury, 1862- Mental hygiene for effective living, xiii, 387p. diagr. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co. [19341 KIRKPATRICK, Ellis Lore, 1884- The standard life in a typical section of diversified farming. 133p. 8? Ithaca, N. Y., 1923. Forms No. 423 of Bull. Cornell Lniv. Agr. Exp. Sta. KIRKPATRICK, Henry, 1871- Diseases of the eye; a manual for the practitioner. 2. ed. xiv, 164p. illust. pl. 8? Lond., Butterworth & co., 1936. KIRKPATRICK, Milton Elder, 1894- compiler. Directory of psychiatric clinics in the United States, 1940. 41p. 25cm. N. Y., Nat. Coram, for Ment. Hyg., 1940. KIRKPATRICK, Thomas Bruce, & HUETT- NER, Alfred Francis. Fundamentals of health; the human organism, its development and con- servation, ix, 576p. 8? Bost., Ginn & co. [1931] Also another ed. ix, 576p. illust. diagr. [1934] Also Rev. ed. ix, 595p. [1941] KIRKWOOD, Julia Allie, 1900- The learning process in young children; an experi- mental study in association. 107p. tab. diagr. pl. 23y2cm. Iowa City, Univ. Iowa [1926] Forms No. 6, v.3, Stud. Child Welf. Lniv. Iowa. ---- Parenthood, the biggest job on earth. lOp. 4? Kansas City, Mo., Am. Inst. Child Psychol,1932. Mimeographed. KIRLOSKAR, Wishnu, 1902- *Ueber die Thrombose und Thrombusgenese. 19p. 8? [Kiel, n. p.] 1934. KIRMISSON, Edouard, 1848-1927. Auvray [Necrologie] Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 98: 188-93.—Faure, J. L. [Necrologie] Presse meU, 1927, 35: 1309.—Mouchet, A. [Necrologie] Rev. orthop., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 14: 457-60.—Ombredanne, L. Kirmisson; sa vie, son ceuvre. Paris med., 1928, 67: 81-6. KIRMSE, Joachim, 1904- *Schwer still- bare Blutungen bei abdominalen und vaginalen gynakologischen Operationen und ihre Behand- lung [Leipzig] 22p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1930] KIRNER 228 KIRSCIIMANN KIRNER, Paul, 1901- *Ueber angeborene Gaumenspalten und ihre Behandlung [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Schramberg, Gatzer & Hahn, 1934. KIROFF, Luben, 1903- *Ueber Gaumen- spalten und Obturatoren. 38p. 8? Lpz., Helm & Torton. 1927. KIROWA, Wessela, 1903- *Einfluss der Graviditat auf die Organe der Mundhohle. 26p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1928. KIRSCH, Alexander M., 1855- Ele- mentary course in mammalian osteology, viii, llOp. 12? Notre Dame, Ind., Notre Dame Univ. pr., 1903. KIRSCH, Ernst Joachim, 1907- *Milch- und Dauergebiss bei Kindern mit rachitisfreier Entwicklung [Leipzig] 89p. pl. tab. 8? [Chemnitz, O. Tesch] 1931. KIRSCH, Ferdinand, 1907- *Balaniti* xerotica obliterans post operationem (Stiihmer) mit Ausgang in Carcinom. 14p. 22^cm. Freib. i. B., Weis. Miihlhans & Rapple [1934] KIRSCH, Fritz, 1906- *Ueber das Horvermogen nach sogenannter Radikalopera- tion des Ohres [Heidelberg] 16p. 21cm. Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1937. KIRSCH, Gerhard, & RIEDER, Fritz. Ueber die Neutronenemission des Berylliums, p.501-8. 8? Wien, Holder Pichler Tempsky, 1932. Forms H. 292, Mitt. Inst. Radiumforsch. KIRSCH, Gerhard, & TRATTNER, Robert. Atomzertrummerung unter Neutronenemission. p.71-4. 8? Wien, Holder Pichler Tempsky, 1933, Forms H. 304, Mitt. Inst. Badiumforsch. KIRSCH, Heinz, 1909- *Hat die Intra- dermoreaktion auf Gonorrhoe eine diagnostische Bedeutung? 19p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KIRSCH, Jankel Abel [M. D., 1934, Zurich] *Hyperplasia glandularis endometrii corporis uteri (Metropathia haemorrhagica) und ihre Diagnose [Zurich] 16p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1934. KIRSCH, Joachim, 1907- *Zungencar- cinom und Radiumbestrahlung [Leipzig] 30p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KIRSCH, Karl, 1904- *Beitrag zur Frage des congenitalen Tubenverschlusses im isthrni- schen Abschnitt. 24p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1930. KIRSCH, Oskar. Grundlagen der ortho- diagraphischen Herzgrossen- und Thoraxbreiten- beurteilung im Kindesalter. llOp. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1929. Forms H. 23, Abh. Kinderh. KIRSCH, Walter Helmut Erwin, 1911- *Ueber einen Fall von Nierenembolie mit Rie- senzellbefunden bei Endocarditis lenta. 24p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. KIRSCH, Willibald, 1909- *Die partielle Prothese bei fronto-unilateralem Zahnbestand [Berlin] 63p. pl. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KIRSCH. See under Alcoholic drinks. KIRSCHBAUM, Harry M., 1900- Having your baby. 48p. illust. diagr. 23cm. [Detr., the Author, 1942] KIRSCHHOCK, Ludwig Christian, 1909- *Therapeutische Anwendungsmoglichkeit des Bienengiftes (Forapin) bei Paradentose. lip. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1934. KIRSCHMANN, August, 1860-1933. Hennemann, G. [Obituary] Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1933, KIRSCHMANN, Kurt. Das Rontgenver- fahren; ein Lelirbuch fiir Arzt und die technisehe Assistentin; mit einem Geleitwort von Walter Lustig. xv, 34f>p. 8° Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. KIRSCHMEYER, Werner, 1906 *Ent- stehungswe^e des dentalen Kieferhohlenempvems 24p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KIRSHNER, A. See Southwell, T., & Kirshner, A. A guide to veterinary parasitology and entomology. 2. ed. 176p. 23cm. Lond!. 1938. KIRSCHNER, Karl Heinz. Ueber den Status varicosus und die Bedeutung der Konstitution fiir die Entstehung der Varizen, insbesondere im Pfortaderbereich; zugleich Bericht iiber eine eigenartige Form der Splenomegalie. 148p. 26cm. Jena, G. Fischer, 1939. Forms H. 41, Bd 10, Veroff. Konsl. Wclnpath. KIRSCHNER, Martin, 1879-1942. Allgemeine und spezielle chirurgische Operationslehre. 6v. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927-37. CONTENTS 1. Bd. Allgemeiner Teil. Kirschner, M., & Schubert, A. 1927. 2. Bd, 1. T. Die Eingriffe in der Bauchhohle. Kirschner, M. 1932. 3. Bd, 1. T. Gehirnschadel-Gehirn; Gesicht-Gesichtsscha- del. Guleke, N., & Kleinschmidt, O. 1935. 3. Bd. 2. T. Ohr, Nase, Rachen &c. Lautenschliiger, A., & Kleinschmidt, O. 1934. 5. Bd, 1. T. Bauchbriiche; weibliche Geschlechtsorgane. Kirschner, M., & Wagner, G. A. 1933. 5. Bd, 2. T. Eingriffe am Harnapparat. Kirschner, M. 1937. ---- [The same] Operative surgery; author. transl. by I. S. Ravdin. 3v. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott co., 1931-37. ---- Die Hochdrucklokalanasthesie. 62p. illust. diagr. 26cm. Berl., Springer, 1944. ---- & NORDMANN, Otto. Die Chirurgie; eine zusammenfassende Darstellung der allge- meinen und der speziellen Chirurgie. 6v. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1926-30. See also Flnrcken. Das Lebenswerk des Chirurgen Professor Kirschner. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 757. See also Hiibner, A. [Nekrolog] Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 916.—Kleinschmidt, O. Martin Kirschner zum Gedachtnis. Chirurg, 1942, 14: 577-82, portr.—Muller, W. H. [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1359.—[Nekrolog] Arcb. klin. Chir., 1942-43, 204: 1-3, portr. For portrait see Rev. argent, anest.. 1940, 2: 4. KIRSCHSTEIN, Lona Eleonore Jacobson, 1901- *Ueber Tetanus durch Mundin- fektion [Berlin] 20p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. KIRSCHT, Franz Julius, 1899- *Endo- metrium im Ovarium. 32p. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1925. KIRSEBOM, 0yvind Heidenreich, 1897- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 185. KIRSNER, Joseph B. *A study of alkalosis with special reference to the electrolyte composi- tion of the blood serum and the role of the kidney [Ph. D.] ix, 176p. 23cm. Chic, Univ. Chicago Libr., 1942. KIRSSANOFF, Anaida Saruchanoff, 1907- *Beitrag zur Erbpathologie der Pigmententartung der Netzhaut. 22p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KIRST, Gerhard, 1913- *Reaktionen zwischen Akridin und Parachlorphenol bei verschiedenen Wasserstofnonen-Konzentrationen [Jena] 21p. 21cm. Borna-Lpz., R. Xoske, 1938. KIRST, Hans, 1892- *Ein Fall von Bence-Jonesscher Albuminurie mit multiplen Myelomen [Halle-Wittenberg] 30p. 8? Bockenem, H. Rehmann, 1920. KIRSTE, Konrad, 1899- *Das Gebar- muttercarcinom in den Jahren 1900-1925/26. 20p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1928. KIRSTEIN 229 KIRWAN KIRSTEIN, Friedrich, 1880-1937. Esch, P. [Nekrolog] Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61: 2574-6, portr. KIRSTEIN, Fritz. Leitfaden der Desinfektion fiir Desinfektoren und Krankenpflegepersonen in Frage und Antwort. 16. Aufl. vi, 96p. tab. 8° Berl., J. Springer, 1937. Also 17. Aufl. vi, 113p. 1939. KIRSTEIN, Richard Albrecht Friedrich, 1909- *Betrachtungen zum Vorkommen von Amelie und Peromelie. 31p. 21cm. Gott., M. Sass, 1935. KIRSTEIN, Theodor, 1900- *Unter- kieferbruche im Bereich des Angulus und des Ramus ascendens [Miinster i. W.] 29p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1930. KIRSTEIN, Wolfgang, 1908- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber Munddesinfek- tion. 28p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1932. KIRSTEN, Eugene [M. D., 1942, Geneve] *Le traitement de l'endocardite lente. 67p. 22cm. Geneve, Saint-Jean, 1942. KIRSTEN, Hermann, 1902- Die Jacket- krone; ihre Preparation und Fertigstellung im Laboratorium, auch unter Beriicksichtigung der Verwendung der Hohfacette. 63p. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, 1929. --- Kronenersatz. 115p. illust. 8? Lpz., H. Meusser, 1936. --- *Untersuchungen iiber das reaktive Verhalten der Zahnpulpa nach ihrer Freilegung beziehungsweise Amputation und seine Abhangig- keit von der Art der Behandlungsmethoden und Medikamente [Berlin] p.399-425. 24>km. Lpz., H. Meusser, 1938. Also Deut. Zahn &c. Heilk., 1938, 5: KIRSTEN, Johan Jakob, 1710-65. De phy- siologiae ortu et progressu [6] 1. 19cm. Altdorf, J. W/Kohles [1737] Forms No. 10, in P. v. Altdorf theses pt 1. ■—— Oratio auspicalis de exiguo pretiosorum quorundam medicamentorum effectu ... atque ... de modo Mercurii sublimati puri a depravato discernendi [6] 1. 19cm. Altdorf, J. W. Kohles [1937] Forms No. 17, in P. v. Altdorf theses pt 1. ----& WIESNER, Franz Caspar (resp.) *De inflatione ventriculi. 40p. 19cm. Altdorf, Hessel [1749] Forms No. li, in P. v. Altdorf theses pt 1. KIRSTEN, L., & GROENEWOUD, P. J. D. Juta's physiology and hygiene. 2. ed. xi, 549p. illust. tab. 19cm. Cape Town, Juta & co. [1938] KIRSTEN, L., & MYBURGH, M. Juta se moderne biologie vir senior sertifikaat. 619p. illust. 19cm. Kaapstad, Juta & kie [1939] KIRSTEN, Petrus, 1577-1640. For biography see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 59, portr. KIRSZBLUM, Rudolf, 1899- *Chole- cystite a Lamblia (Giardia) 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. KIRTIKAR, Kanhoba Ranchoddas, 1849-1917, BASU, B. D. [et al.] Indian medicinal plants. 2. ed. 4v. 8? Allahabad, L. M. Basu, 1933. KIRTLAND, Jared Potter, 1793-1877. For biography see Ohio M. J., 1939, 35: 301. Also Curtis, G.M. Jared Potter Kirtland, M. D., pioneer naturalist of the Western Reserve, November 10, 1793-December 18, 1877. OHio M. J., 1941, 37: 971-7. ------ Kirtland, the naturalist. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1942, 27: No. 6, 9-11— Waite, F. C. Jared Potter Kirtland, physician, teacher, scientist. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1930, 14: 5-18. ------ Jared Potter Kirtland, the sage of Rockport. In Pioneer Med. in West. Re- serve (Dittrick, H.) Clevel., 1932, 55-63, portr. For portrait see Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1943, 28: No. 9, 8. KIRWAN, Richard, 1733-1812. Reilly, J., & O'Flynn, N. Richard Kirwan, an Irish chemist of the 18th century. Isis, Bruges, 1930, 13: 298-319, pl. KIRWIN, Thomas Joseph, 1889- Opera- tive and non-operative treatment of the kidney. p.1007-155. illust. 8? [n. p., n. d.] See also Lowsley, R. S., & Kirwin, T. J. Lrology for nurses. 493p. 8? Phila. [1936] Also 2. ed. 493p. 1943. ------ Clinical urology. 2v. 23^cm. Bait., 1940. Also 2. ed. 2v. 1944. KIRYCZANSKI, Mojzesz, 1909- Con- tribution a l'etude de meningites de 1'insolation. 67p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1935. KISANTU. Moeller, J. Rapport concernant son sejour a l'Hopital de Kisantu de septembre 1929 a mars 1930. Arm. Soc. beige med. trop., 1930, 10: 311-32. KISCH, Bruno, 1891- Der Herzal- ternans. xii, 214p. illust. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1932. ---- Vier Vorlesungen iiber Kreislauffragen, gehalten an der Spanischen Universidad Inter- national de Verano en Santander. 64p. illust. 8? Koln, P. Kuschbert, 1934. ■---- Strophanthin; clinical and experimental experiences of the past 25 years, xii, 158p. tab. diagr. portr. 23>2cm. N. Y., Brooklyn med. pr. [1944] ----[editor] Harry Koster, M. D., March 18, 1893-June 2, 1943; a volume dedicated in tribute to his memory by friends and colleagues. 103p. tab. diagr. 25^cm. N. Y., Brooklyn Med. pr., 1944. Loftier, W. Zum 50. Geburtstag von Bruno Kisch. Cardio- logia, Basel, 1941, 5: 1-3. KISCH, Enoch Heinrich, 1841- The sexual life of woman in its physiological, patho- logical and hygienic aspects; transl. by M. Eden Paul. xi, 686p. illust. 25cm. Lond., W. Heinemann, 1926. KISCH, Eugen, 1885- Diagnostik und Therapie der Knochen- und Gelenktuberkulose, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Theorie und Praxis der Sonnenbehandlung, mit einem Vor- wort von August Bier, xii, 284p. pl. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1921. Also 2. Aufl. 296p. 1925. ---- Medizin, Gymnastik und Padagogik im Kampfe gegen die Tuberkulose (harmonische Behandlung) mit einem Vorwort von A. Bier. 83p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. KISCH, Franz. See Eppinger, H., & Kisch, F. Die Nephritisfrage. 72p. 8? Wien [19 ?] KISCH, Guido, 1889- Die Prager Uni- versitat und die Juden, 1348-1848, mit Beitragen zur Geschichte des Medizinstudiums. x, 239p. pl. 8? Mabrisch-Ostrau, J. Kittls, 1935. KISCHNER, Mina, 1901- *Ueber Me- narche-Blutung; ihre Behandlung und Verlauf [Leipzig] 44p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1926. KISEL, Aleksandr Andreevich, 1859-1939. [Fifty years of scientific activity] Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 8-9, 3, portr. For obituary see Markuson, V.D. Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1939, 3-7. KISEL, Aleksandr Robertovich, 1882- Chemie des Protoplasmas. viii, 302p. 22^cm. Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1930. KISEL, Ivan Andreevich, 1857-1913. For biography see J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1915, 47: 1037-48, portr. KISELEV, B. nopa 3HaTB npaBfly o Myxax. 23p. illust. 17cm. [Moskva] Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. KISELEV 230 KISSE KISELEV, Nikolai Semenovich, 1877-1941. Pakhomova, A. I. [Obituary] Vest, oft., 1941, 18: 463. portr. KISELMAN, C. H., & GRUNDMANN, A. W. Equine encephalomyelitis virus isolated from naturally infected Triatoma sanguisuga LeConte. 15p. 8? Manhattan, 1940. Forms No. 50, Techn. Bull. Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta. KISELY, A. A., OSINOVSKY, N. I., & MARKUZON, V. D. KjinrmKa peBMaTH3Ma y neTeft. 247p. tab. diagr. 19%cm. Leningr., Biomedgiz, 1935. KISER, Clyde Vernon, 1904- Group differences in urban fertility; a study derived from the National Health Survey, xii, 284p. tab. diagr. 22cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1942. KISER, Edgar Fayette, 1880- Hoosier incunabula; the earliest medical publications of Indiana authors. 12p. 20cm. [Indianap.? n. p., 1936?1 KISER, Louise K. See Loritner, F., Winston, E. E. B., & Kiser, L. K. Founda- tions of American population policy. 178p. 22cm. N. Y., 1940. See also Notestein, F. W., Taeuber. I. B. [et al.] The fu- ture population of Europe and the Soviet Lnion. 315p. 23J^cm. Geneva, 1944. KISINOUYE, Kamakiti, 1867-1929. For biography see Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Japan, 1932, No. 8-9, 341. KISLOVODSK, Russia. See also under Balneography. Kislovodsk. Bolnitsa imeni P. D. Khltj- dovoi. Obzor dleyatelnosti ... s 1 sentyabrya 1906 po 1 sentyabrya 1907. 8? Mosk., 1908. Davydov, A. M. [Change of the duration of the circuit course of the blood in cardio-vascular diseases from the effect of the Kislovodsk mineral waters] Vopr. kurort., 1939, 36- 41.—Kislovodsk. In Health Resorts LSSR (Pertsov, I. A.) Moskva, 1940, 73-8. KISMAN, Mas [M. D., 1929, Amsterdam] *Manueele verwijdering der placenta. llOp. 8? Amst., P. H. Vermeulen, 1929. KISS, Ferenc, 1889- Topographisch- anatomische Sezieriibungen. vi, 83p. pl. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1922. Forms Bd 4 of Lehmanns Med. Lehrb. ---- Anatomisch-histologische Untersuchun- gen iiber das sympathische Nervensystem. 252p. illust. 8? Szeged, Egyetem Baratainak Egye- siilete, 1932. In Acta Litt. Sc. Reg. Univ. Hung. Francisco-Josephinae. Sect. Med., 6: KISS, Gyula. Technik und Theorie der Serumuntersuchung auf Syphilis. 88p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. KISS [and kissing] See also Eroticism, Manifestations; Erotogenic zones; Lip; Love; Touch; also Cunnilingus; also under names of diseases transmitted as Syphilis, etc. Beso e higiene, segiin la higiene moderna y el sentido comdn. Rev. med. contemp., Madr., 1908, 30: 5-7.—Ellis, H. The origins of kiss. In his Stud. Psychol. Sex. Select, in Man, Phila., 1905, Append., 215-22.—Kissing and other love-play. In Encycl. Sex. b-iuwledge (Costler, A., et al.) Lond., 1934, 181-91.—Lomer, (.. Gipfelpunkt und Krisis; der Kuss als Prolog: Modifikationen. In his Liebe & Psychose, Wiesbaden 1907, 38-44.—Ruland, L. The kiss. In his Pastoral Med S* Louis, 1936, 307.—Scheuer, O. F. Kuss. In Handworterk Sexwiss. (Marcuse, M.) Bonn, 1923, 295.— -SP.1I, O. Kuss. In his Geschlleben Volkerpsychol., Lpz., 1908, 886-91. KISSAM, Richard Sharpe, 1808-61. Daniel, A. S. [Biography] Med. Woman J., 1939, 46: 357. KISSE, Ernst, 1907- *Ueber den Einfluss des Vitamin C auf die Funktion der Magen- und Speicheldrusen des Gesunden [Halle-Witten- berg] 16p. 21cm. Bleichorode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KISSEL, Louis Albert, 1907- *Notea biographiques sur Emile Kuss [Strasbourg] 64p. 8? Largentiere, E. Mazel, 1932. KISSEL, Pierre, 1906- *Les variations de la cholesterol6mie au cours des infections aigues dues aux microbes hemolytiques. 142p. 25cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1934. KISSEL, Wilhelm, 1909- *Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber die K- und Ca- Ausscheidung im Urin bei gesunden Schwangeren sowie nephropathischen, praeeklamptischen und eklamptischen [Munchen] 15p. 21cm. Wiesb., L. Schellenberg, 1938. KISSELEVSKY, Eugenie, 1906- *Les achromies parasitaires. 98p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. KISSER, Josef, 1899- Methodik der Herstellung pflanzlicher Aschenbilder und Kiesel- skelette sowie von Anthrakogrammen. p. 193- 330. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939. Abt. 11, T. 4, 1. Hiilfte. Die botanisch-mikrotechnischen Schnei- demethoden. p.391-738. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939. Abt. 11, T. 4, 1. Halfte. KISSING bug. See Hemiptera; Reduviidae. KISSINGEN, Germany. See Balneography, Bad Kissingen. KISSINGER, John, 1877- For portrait see Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1941, 44: 89. Also J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942, 35: 533. KISSKALT, Karl, 1875- Praktikum der Bakteriologie; mit einem Anhang von Martin Mayer. 5. Aufl. viii, 149p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1923. Jotten, K. W., Lehmann, K. B.. & Uhlenhuth, P. [Biography and bibliography] Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1935-36, 115: 127- 34, portr. KISSLING, Ludwig, 1911- *Myoblasten- myome [Wurzburg] 16p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1937. KISSLING, Norvin [M. D., 1934, Geneve] *Le trichomonas vaginalis; son r61e en gyne- cologic [Geneve] 34p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. KISSMEYER, Arne Henri, 1889-1939. *Etudes sur les naevi pigmentaires de la peau humaine (me'lanoblastomes benins) 175p. illust. 24^cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1927. ---- La maladie de Boeck; sarcoides cutanees benignes multiples. 147p. illust. 24^cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1932. See also Haxthausen, H. [Nekrolog] Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1939, 20: 95, portr. Also Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1939, 51: 239.—Jarl0v, E. [Obituary] Nord. med., 1939, 1: 739, portr.—Jersild, O. [Necrologie] Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1939, 7. ser., 10: 219-22, portr. Also Lgeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 198-200, portr.—Lutz, W. Nekrolog. Dermatologica, Basel, 1939, 79: 199.—[Necrologfa] Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1939, 23: 353.—[Necrologie] Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 283.—Pautrier, L. M. [Necrologie] Ibid., 482. KISSNER, Hanns Karl, 1899- *Ueber die subcutane Symphyseotomie nach Frank. 34p. tab. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1931. KISS reaction. See under Syphilis, Diagnosis. KISTER, Julius, 1870-1942. For obituary see Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 1068. KISTHINIOS 231 KITCHEN KISTHINIOS, Nicolas, 1897- Also 2. ed. 1932 (Circ. 164) ____ & GRUNDMANN, Albert W. Equine encephalomyelitis virus isolated from naturally infected Triatoma sanguisuga LeConte. 15p. 8? Manhattan, 1940. Forms No. 50, Techn. Bull. Kansas Agr. Exp. bta. KITT, Theodor, 1858-1941. Lehrbuch der allgemeinen Pathologie, fur Tierarzte und Stu- dierende der Tiermedizin. 5, Aufl, xn, b21p. KITT 232 KITTOWER pl. S° Stuttg., F. Enke, 1921. Also 6. Aufl. xii, 570p. 1929. ---- Lehrbuch der pathologischen Anatomie der Haustiere, fiir Tieriirzte und Studierende der Tiermedizin. 5. Aufl. 1. Bd. x, 629p. S? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1921. ---- Grundriss der pathologischen Anatomie fiir Tierarzte und Studierende der Tiermedizin. vii, 349p. pl. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931. ---- Der tierarztliche Beruf und seine Ge- schichte. viii, 63p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1931. For obituary see Frei, W. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 19)2, 84: 125. KITTEL, Abraham Falck, 1801-79. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 636. KITTEL, Arthur. Siebenundreissig Jahre Landarzt in Preussisch-Litauen (1869-1906) 55p. 8? Memel, F. W. Siebert, 1926. KITTEL, Frederik Christian Drejer, 1832-99. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 636. KITTEL, Hertha, 1904- *Ueber Der- moide der Cornea und Spaltbildungen der Lider am Auge von Bernhardinerhunden [Frankfurt] 16p. 8? Hannover, F. Eberlein, 1931. KITTEL, Paul Bruno. Hsemodynamics; the mechanism of venous capillary and lymphatic flow, oedema, and injection treatment of varicose veins, xi, 195p. pl. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis, 1929. KITTEL, Rudolf, 1853- Die Universitat Leipzig und ihre Stellung im Kulturleben. 44p. pl. 8? Dresd., Heling. Verb, 1924. KITTEL, Theodor, 1901- *Beeinflussung der Hohensonnenerythem- und -pigmentbildung durch diatetische Massnahmen und durch Appli- kation verschiedenartiger Salben [Breslau] 15p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. Also Strahlentherapie, 1932, 48: KITTEL, Walther, 1887- , SCHREIBER, Walter, & ZIEGELMAYER, Wilhelm. Soldaten- ernahrung und Gemeinschaftsverpflegung. viii, 337p. illust. tab. pl. 23cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1939. CONTENTS T. 1. Die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen. W. Schreiber. T. 2. Aus der Praxis der Truppenverpflegung. W. Kittel. T. 3. Verpflegungs- und Kiichentechnik. W. Ziegelmayer. KITTEL, Waltraut Klara, 1911- *Die Aktinomvkose und ihre Begutachtung [Frank- furt a. M\] 39p. 8° Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KITTEMANN, Wilhelm, 1911- *Die biologisclien Grundlagen der Behandlung mit Radiumsalben. 34p. 21cm. Miinch., E. Muhl- thaler, 1938. KITTL, Gebhard, 1911- *Haufigkeit, Fruhsterblichkeit und Totgeburt von Frtih- geborenen. 23p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1938. KITTLER, William, 1902- *Ueber die Hyperkeratose der Familie Lambert. 16p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1930. See also Kress, H. v., & Kittler, W. Innere Medizin in der Chirurgie. 144p. 26Hcm. Stuttg., 1938. KITTNER, Ernst Karl, 1907- *Ueber die rontgenologisch wahrnehmbaren Veranderungen am Alveolarfortsatz nach Entfernung von Zahnen. 22p. 8° Bresl., Spamer. Buchdr., 1932. KITTNER, Hans, 1902- *Zur vaginalen Incision bei Beckeneiterungen. 67p. 8? Bresl., Hornik & Birnbaum, 1927. KITTNER, Hartwig Ludwig Wilhelm Carl Alfred, 1892- *Die partielle Rhinoplastik bei luetischer Sattelnase [Leipzig] 45p. 8? Roding, J. Wittmann, 1928. KITTOWER, Salomon [M. D., 1897, Zurich] *Ueber regressive Veranderungen an Epithel- zellen. 23p. 8? Zur. Obcistrass, Fischer & Diggelmann, 1^97. KITTREDGE, Elizabeth Amanda, 1SSI) For biography see Med. Woman J., 1913, 50: 267, portr. KITTREDGE, George Lyman, 1860-1941. Editor of Shakespeare, W. The complete works of Shake- speare. 1561 p. 22cm. Bost. [1936] KITTSCHER, Kurt, 1906- *Dauerresul- tate der Nabelbruchoperationen [Gottingen] 23p. 8? Berl., J. Rother, 1933. KITZIG, Viktor Giinther Waldemar, 1909- *Ein besonderer Fall von Lidrnilzbrand [Halle- Wittenberg] 12p. pl. 8? Bleicherode a. ti.. C. Nieft, 1935. KITZING, Wolfgang Eberhard, 1911- *Die Verpflegung in den Zeltlagern der Hitler- Jugend [Berlin] 83p. 21cm. Lpz., (J. Thieme, 1938. Also H. 1, Schriftenreihe, Wege zur Leistung (H. Hoske) Lpz., 1938. KIUTSI, M. Kiutsi's urindiagnosis by means of filtration process. 15p. 22cm. Sapporo, Bunyeido, 1914. ---- Milk-diagnosis of pregnance(!) and diseases. lOp. 22cm. Sapporo, Bunyeido, 1915. ---- Urin-diagnosis by passing process. 9p. 22'^cm. Sapporo, Bunyeido, 1915. KIVIKANERVO, K. Ueber die bei der extrapleuralen Pneumo- und Oleothoraxbehand- lung der Lugentuberkulose vorkommenden Kom- plikationen und ihre Beherrschung. lOOp. pl. Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 1942. Forms Suppl. No. 8, Acta tuberc. scand. KIVIMAEKI, Juuso Jalo Teofilus, 1893- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens von irregular gebautem Dentin in den Wurzeln der menschlichen Zahne. 92p. pl. 8? Helsin. [n. p.] 1930. KIWAN, Jean [M. D., 1926, Geneve] *Les dermatophobies. 16p. 8? Geneve, J. Guerry, 1926. KIWI, Hans, 1900- *Das Verhalten der Polarisationskapazitat bei verschiedenen Haut- krankheiten [Berlin] 15p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1930. KIWI, Max Ludwig, 1913- *Christoph Wilhelm Hufeland und die Hygiene. 22p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KIWMANN, Salomon, 1904- *Lupus erythematodes- im Kindesalter (Bericht eines akuten Falles nebst statistischen Mitteilungen) 28p. 8? Jena, Valters & Ropa, 1930. KIYONO, Kenji, SUGIYAMA, Sigeteru & AMANO, Sigeyasu. Lehre von der allgemeinen Vitalfarbung. 279p. 8? Kyoto, Imp. Univ. Kyoto, 1938. Forms v.21, Acta Scholae med. Lniv. Kyoto. ILLER, Carl August, 1843-1900. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 642. KJ.ERGAARD, Hans Peter Brasch, 1892- Spontaneous pneumothorax in the apparently healthy. 93p. pl. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munks- gaard, 1932. Forms Suppl. 43, Acta med. scand. KJ^RHOLM, Hans, 1905- *Das Wesen und die Entstehung des sogenannten hohen Gaumens. 59p. diagr. tab. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1928. KJ^STAD, Torbj0rn, 1896- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 186. KJELDAHL, Johan Gustav Christoffer Thorsa- ger, 1849-1900. Kjeldahl and his apparatus. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1940,11: 2-4, portr. KJELDAHLIZATION 233 KJELLAND FORCEPS KJELDAHLIZATION. See also Nitrogen, Determination. Alquier, J., & Shot, M. Dosage comparatif de I'azote par les methodes Dumas et Kjeldahl. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1937, 25: 48-69.—Anne, P. Comparaison de la methode de Kjeldahl a celle de Dumas pour quelques produits agricoles. Ann. falsif., Par., 1934, 27: 220-2.—Campbell, W. R., & Hanna, M. I. The determination of nitrogen by modified Kjeldahl methods. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 119: 1-7.—Cavett, J. W. An improved micro Kjeldahl method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 17: 79.—Drevon, B., & Roussin. Kjeldahlisation de quelques alcaloides en presence de catalyseurs complexes au mercure, cuivre et selenium. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1940, 9. ser., 1: 18-31.—Dumazert. C. Sub-microdosage de I'azote dans la matiere organique par la methode de Kjeldahl. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20: 1405-18.------& Marcelet, Y. Sur un nouveau catalyseur de mineralisation en vue du dosage de I'azote par la methode de Kjeldahl; application au dosage de I'azote dans les proteines, les poudres d'organes, les feces. Ibid., 201-11.—Friedrich. A. Leber die generelle Anwendung der Mikro-Kjeldahlbestimmung. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 216: 68-76.—Henwood, A., & Garey. R. M. A modified technique for the Kjeldahl procedure. J. Franklin Inst., 1936, 221: 531-8.—Kahane, E., & Carrero, J. G. Degra- dation des amines simples au cours de la kjeldahlisation. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 397-408.—Keys, A. A rapid micro-Kjeldahl method. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 132: 181-7.—Kitto, W. H. Rapid determination of nitrogen by a Kjeldahl-Nessler process. Analyst, Lond., 1934, 59: 733-5.— Kjeldahl, 3. [Method for determining nitrogen in organic substances] Ny pharm. tid., Kbh., 1883, 15: 322-6.—Lecoq, H. Dispositif nouveau pour le dosage de I'azote apres kjeldahlisa- tion. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939. 21: 1057.—Lemoigne, M., Desveaux, R., & Monguillon, P. Note sur la valeur de la methode de Kjeldahl. Ann. falsif., Par., 1934, 27: 216-9 — Myers, V. C. The use of hydrogen peroxide in the micro Kjeldahl nitrogen method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931. 17: 272 — Needham, J., & Boell, E. J. An ultramicro-Kjeldahl technique. Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 149-53.—Nicloux, M. Sur le titrage final de l'ammoniaque dans la micromethode de Kjel- dahl. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 1171-3. ------ Titrage final de l'ammoniaque dans le microdosage de I'azote par la methode de Kjeldahl. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1939, 21: 483-8.—Olsen, C. Leber die Anwendbarkeit des Kjeldahl- schen Stickstoffbestimmungsverfahrens bei biologischen Lnter- suchungen. Biochem. Zschr., 1937, 291: 178-87.—Pepkowitz, L. P., & Shive, J. W. Kjeldahl nitrogen determination; a rapid wet-digestion mieromethod. Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen, 1942-43, 12: 540.—Saccardi, P. Sull'impiego del perydrol nella determinazione dell'azoto secondo Kjeldahl. Biochim. ter. sper., 1927, 14: 252-5. ------ Sull'impiego del perydrol nella determinazione dell'azoto secondo Kjeldahl (nota preventiva) Riv. biol., 1927, 9: 576-80.—Schwoegler, E. J., Babler, B. J., & Hurd, L. C. Copper selenite as a catalyst in the Kjeldahl nitrogen determination. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 749-51.—Serio, F., & Fiandaca, S. Der nach der Methode von Kjeldahl nicht bestimmbare Stickstoff. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 250: 408. ------ L'azoto non titolabile col metodo di Kjeldahl. Biochim. ter. sper., 1933, 20: 201-15.—Sisley, P., & David, M. Le dosage de I'azote par le precede Kjeldahl applique a l'analyse des matieres colorantes et des produits intermediaires. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1929, 4. ser., 45:- 46: 312-24.—Stickstofifbestimmung nach Kjeldahl. In Lntersuch. Arzneispez. (Internat. Apoth. Bund) 2. Ausg., Amst., 1938, 29-33.—Tramontano-Guerritore, M. Appli- cazioni alia pratica bromatologica e agraria di recenti modi- ficazioni al metodo Kjeldahl per il dosaggio dell'azoto. Atti Accad. fisiocrit. Siena, 1926, 10. ser., 18: 127-31.—Van Slyke, D. D. Gasometric micro-Kjeldahl determination of nitrogen. J. Biol. Chem., 1926-27, 71: 23.5-48. Also in Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 4, T. 13, 81-6.—Weizmann, M., Yofe, J., & Kirzon, B. Eine Nitro- stickstoffbestimmungsmethode nach Kjeldahl in aromatischen Verbindungen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930, 192: 70-2.— Whitehead, E. I., & Olson, O. E. Effect of nitrates on de- termination of protein nitrogen by Kjeldahl method. Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen, 1942-43, 12: 345 (Abstr.)—Young, W. J. Note on a method for micro-Kjeldahl. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1929, 6: 315.—Zakrzewski, Z., & Fuchs, H. J. Beitrag zur Mikrostiokstoffbestimmung nach Kjeldahl. Biochem. Zschr., 1936, 285: 390-406. --- Apparatus. Burger, M. An improved semi-micro Kjeldahl apparatus. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 94.—Dewey, B. T., & Witt, N. F. A semi-micro Kjeldahl apparatus. J. Am. Pharm. Ass. 1943, 32: 55.—Goldberg, I., & Banfl, R. F. Aparato para microdosaje del nitrogeno amoniacal por destilaci6n y aereacion. An. Ateneo pat. clin. med. Hosp. Alvear, B. Air., 1935, 1: 152-7. Hastings, E. G., Fred, E. B., & Peterson, W. H. A simple and inexpensive Kjeldahl digestion apparatus. Indust. Engin. Chern., 1927, 19: 397.—Hoch, H. A micro-Kjeldahl apparatus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 1209.—Nedved, M. fNew modification of the apparatus Microkjeldahl] Cas. lek. eesk., 1939, 78: 711. KJELLAND forceps. See under Forceps, Type. KJELLAND-M0RDRE, S. Om Svanger- skapsnyren; kliniske unders0kelser med sserlig henblika pa nyrefunktionsforholdene samt nyre- lidelsens prognose og dens stilling til Volhard- Fahrs nefritsystematik. 460p. 8? Oslo [C. C. Werner & co.] 1929. KJELLBERG, Adolf, 1828-84. For biography see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 60, portr. KJELLBERG, Nils Gustaf, 1827-93. For biography see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 60. For portrait see Nord. med., -1941, 10: 1923. ---- & SELLDEN, H. Tobaksbrukets faror. 28p. portr. 8? Stockh., Halsovannens Fori., 1899. Forms No. 1, Halsovannens Flygskr. KJELLBERG, Sven Roland [M. D., 1942 Stockholm] Hystero - salpingo - pelvigraphie. 179p. illust. 24j^cm. Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1942. Forms Suppl. 43 of Acta radiol., Stockh. KJELSBERG, Harald, 1852-1911. Portrait. In Norges leager (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 638. KJERSCHOW, Einar, 1863- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 640. KJERULF, Theodor, 1825-88. For portrait see inFestskr. K. Frederiks Lniv., Krist., 1911, 2: 527. KJ0LHOLDT, Johan Martin Hansen, 1863- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 643. KJ0LSETH, Martha Marie, 1870- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 643. KJ0LSTAD, Gunder Nielsen, 1794-1860. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 644. KJ0LSTAD, Sverre, 1887- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 186. KJ0S, Dagfinn, 1896-1925. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I), Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 187. KJOS, Aksel, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 641. KJOS, Ole Torstensen, 1892- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 186. KLAAS, Hans, 1897- *Erkrankung der Zahne und Mundschleimhaut beim Diabetes mellitus [Bonn] 22p. 8? Heme i. W., C. T. Kartenberg, 1922. KLAAS, Rosalind Amelia, 1905- *The Cr-saccharinic acids; further attempts to prepare 2,2'-dihydroxyisobutyric acid; 2,3-dihydroxybu- tyric acid lactone from glycidol; the preparation of the 2-iodohydrins of glycerol [Univ. Chicago] 8p. 8? Chic. [n. p.] 1933. KLAAS, Walter, 1907- *Beitrag zur Behandlung des perforierten Magen- und Duo- denalgeschwiirs. 22p. 21>^cm. Marb., J. Hamel, 1936. KLAASS, Ulrich, 1912- *Die jahreszeit- lichen Schwankungen der Osteomyelitis; unter Zugrundelegung der in den Jahren 1925-34 in der Chirurgischen Klinik in Greifswald vorge- kommenen Falle. 16p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936. KLAASSEN, Johannes, 1909- *Ueber das Vorkommen von Schwarzwasserfieber bei fremden Rassen. 26p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1934. KLABOSCHKE, Axel, 1899- *Zur Frage der Pathogenese der Endocarditis. 18p. 8. Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1928. KLABUNDE 234 KLAPERSAK KLABUNDE, Earl Horace, 1909- ♦Post- operative pulmonary atelectasis; a report of four cases [Marquette univ.] 24p. 4? [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. KLABUNDE, Paul William, jr, 1914- *Spontaneous subarachnoid hemorrhage [Mar- quette Univ.] 23p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1940. Typewritten. KLAEDEN, Wilhelm von, 1908- *Dauer- resultate bei den in den Jahren 1913-28 in der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Breslau behandel- ten Ovarialkarzinomen. 19p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1936. KLAEHR, Charlotte [M. D., 1931, Erlangen] *Untersuchung iiber das Verhalten der Blut- gruppen bei Impfmalaria und Recurrens bei Paralyse [Erlangen] 32p. ch. diagr. tab. 8° Xiesky, P. Stephan, 1931. KLAESI, Jakob, 1883- Vom seelischen Kranksein; Vorbeugen und Heilen. 94p. 8? Bern, P. Haupt, 1937. See also J. Klaesi zum 60. Geburtstag. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1913, 73: No. 22, front., portr. KLAESI, Konrad, 1854-1935. Erni, H. [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1152. KLAGES, Friedrich [Ph. D., 1928, Munchen] *Versuche zur Darstellung rein aliphatischer ditertiarer Hydrazine und iiber die Einwirkung von Stickoxyd auf Alkoholate [Miinchen] 76p. 8? [Berl., P. Klose] 1928. KLAGES, Ludwig, 1872- Handschrift und Charakter; gemeinverstandlicher Abriss der graphologischen Technik. 14. & 15. Aufl. xii, 260p. pl. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. For Festschrift see Prinzhorn, IL, ed. Die Wissenschaft am Scheidewege; Festschrift Ludwig Klages zum 60. Geburtstag 10. Dezernber, 1932. 252p. 8? Lpz., 1932. See also Haeberlin, ('. Die Bedeutung von Ludwig Klages und Hans Prinzhorn fiir die deutsche Psychotherapie. In Deut. Seelenheilk. (Goriiia, M. H.) Lpz., 1934, 38-51. —---- Die Bedeutung des Werkes von Ludwig Klages fiir eine lebens- wissenschaftliche Hcilkunde. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1937, 8: 428-34. ------ Ludwig Klages: Grundlegung der Wissen- schaft vom Ausdruck. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1937, 39: 59- 61.—Kern, H. Das Werk von Ludwig Klages. Zschr. Men- schenk., 1937-38, 13: 169.—Oettli, T. Die Lebensphilosophie von Ludwig Klages. Nervenarzt, 1931, 4: 141-50.—Prinzhorn, H. Die Bedeutung der Charakterologie und Philosophie von Klages fiir die Medizin. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1810. ------ [Biography] Zschr. Menschenk., 1932-33, 8: 251-3.—Vigevano, B. La caraterologia de L. Klages. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1934 21:141-67. KLAIBER, Harald, 1906- *Myom und Schwangerschaft; an Hand von Beobachtungen aus der Heidelberger Universitats-Frauenklinik 1926-31 [Heidelberg] 31p. 8? Stuttg., J. Hornung, 1934. KLAJMAN, Chaskiel, 1911- *L'anthrax du rein [Lyon] 190p. 8? Trevoux, Impr. Trevoux, 1937. KLAJNBERG, Nusen Lajb, 1913- *Con- tribution a l'etude de la receptivity utero-tubaire aux extraits posthypophysaires en dehors de la gestation; etude critique du test de Knaus. 60p. Par., L. Rodstein, 1937. KLAMM, Heinz, 1912- *Weiterer Ver- lauf der von Ohr und Nase aus operierten Schadel- basisfrakturen [Frankfurt] 23p. 8? Geln- hausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1936. KLAMMT, Georg, 1907- *Zur Patho- genese der Haarzunge. 32p. 8? Bonn, Gebr Scheur, 1930. KLAN, Hermann, 1908- *Ueber die sogenannten Erythrokonten Schillings bei Anaemia perniciosa und einigen anderen ana- mischen Blut- und Krankheitsbildera. p. 145-58 8? Lpz., Becker & Erler, 1932, Also fol. haemat., Lpz., 1932, 47: KLAPERSAK, Jacob, 1903- o*Altes und Xeues iiber Haemophilie. 42p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1926. KLAPP, Bernhard, 1908- *Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der Varicocele. 32p. 8? Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KLAPP, Rudolf, 1873- Bier, A. Rudolf Klapp zum 70. Geburtstage. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 228-30, portr.—Prof. Dr Rudolf Klapp zum 70 Geburtstag. Med. Welt, 1943, 17: 133-5.— Schmieden, V. Rudolf Klapp zu seinem 70. Geburtstage. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 226, portr. ---- & BECK, Heinz. Das Panaritium. viii, 140p. pl. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1923. ---- [The same] IlaHapnniiit 150p. illust. 19];cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1930. Forms No. 9 (b) of Bibl. Med. Prakt. KLAPP, Rudolf, & BLOCK, Werner. Die Knochenbruchbehandlung mit Drahtzugen. x, 294p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. KLAPP, Rudolf, & RUECKERT, Wolfgang. Die Drahtextension; Anleitung zum praktischen Gebrauch. viii, 146p. illust. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1937. KLAPP, Rudolf Edwin, 1909- *Gegen- satze in der Behandlung pyogener Infektionen. 31p. 22Kcm. Marb., H. Bauer, 1937. KLAPP, Wolrad, 1905- *Die Kreuz- bandabrisse und ihr operativer Ersatz. 47p. 8? Marb., H. Bauer, 1931. KLAPPER, Katharina, 1906- ♦Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung einer kleinen Cystinzulage zur Nahrung bei qualitativer Eiweissunterernahrung auf den Stoff- wechsel. 16p. 23cm. Berl., H. Michel, 1937. KLAPPERBEIN, Kurt, 1910- *Die Fiille von Eklampsie an der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Rostock wahrend der Amtsperiode des ver- storbenen Herrn Geheimrat Professor Dr Sarwey 1908-33 [Rostock] 16p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KLAPPICH, Liselotte, 1908- *Ueber die Breitenverhaltnisse der einzelnen Zahne in den Milchzahnreihen bei Dortmunder Kindern [Wurzburg] lip. tab. ch. 8? Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1935. KLAPPROTH, Joachim Hans Hermann, 1906- *Unstillbares Erbrechen bei einem Saugling aus ungewohnlicher Ursache; Stenosierung des Dunndarms durch Strange von foetaler Peri- tonitis mit Chyluscysten. 17p. 8? Halle a. S., H. John, 1932. KLAPROTH, Martin Heinrich, 1743-1817. Birth bicentennial of famed pharmacist. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract, Pharm. Ed., 1943, 4: 358-61, portr. KLAR, Ernst, 1897- *Ueber einen Fall von Cysticercus cellulosae des Knochens. 18p. 8? Konigsb. i. P. [n. p.] 1925. KLAR, Ernst, 1909- *Untersuchungen iiber die Diffusion und Resorption der Pneumo- thoraxgase [Breslau] 47p. 8? Ohlau i. S., H. Eschenhagen, 1935. KLAR, Georg, 1914- *Ueber die Grosse der Muskelzelle des Uterus nach Autotrans- plantation der Ovarien bei der weissen Maus. 15p. 21cm. Bresl., E. Jakubik, 1938. KLAR, Hans, 1899- *Drei Falle nicht oder zu spat diagnostizierter Stirnhirntumoren [Wurzburg] 27p. 8? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1930. Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: KLAR, Ralf, 1908- *Versuche uber die Brauchbarkeit von Formaldehyd zur Trocken- sterilisation zahniirztlicher Instrumente [Bres- lau] 35p. 8? Bad Salzbrunn, Salzbrunner Ztg. 1933. KLAR 235 KLATT KLAR, Rudolf, 1908- *Wirbelsaule und Graviditat. 34p. pl. 23cm. Bonn, P. Kubens, 1936. KLARE, Dorothea, 1904- *Klinische Erfahrungen bei der operativen Behandlung des grauen Stares im Kindesalter [Jena] p. 165-230. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann [1929] Also Arch. Augenh., 1929-30, 102: KLARE, Kurt, 1885- Konstitution und Lungeninfiltrierungen. iii, 104p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. ---- Anleitung zur Konstitutionsdiagnostik bei kindlicher Tuberkulose (an Hand von prak- tischen Beispielen) 56p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. Forms H. 17., Prakt. Tuberk.-Bucherei (Klare, K.) Editor of Kleine Hippokrates-Biicherei. Bd 6-9. 8°. Stuttg., 1936-37. Also Editor of Moglichkeiten der Therapie. Bd 1-5. 8! Stuttg., Marquardt & cie, 1936-39. ---- & BOEHNING, Frieda. Die offene Lungentuberkulose bei Kindern und Jugend- lichen; ein Beitrag zur Frage Tuberkulose und Konstitution. 164p. illust. 26j^cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. KLARE, Kurt, & HAUFF, Hans. Die chi- rurgische Tuberkulose des Kindesalters in typi- schen Rontgenbildern. 8p. pl. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. In Rontgendiagnose (Klare & Kniisli) Lpz., 1929. KLARE, Kurt, & KNUESLI, Heinrich. Ront- gendiagnose der kindlichen Lungen- und Kno- chentuberkulose. 2 Aufl. 2 pt. viii, 115p.; 8p. pl. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. --- Rontgenatlas der Lungentuberkulose des Kindesalters. 2. Aufl. viii, 115p. 8? Lpz., 1929. In their Rontgendiagnoze, Lpz., 1929. ---- Die Tuberkulose-Therapie des prak- tischen Arztes mit diagnostischen Bemerkungen. 9. & 10. Aufl. vi, lllp. illust. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1936. KLARE, Kurt, & PFAFF, Wilhelm. Tuber- kulose und Senkungsreaktion unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kindesalters. 28p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. Forms H. 30, Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz. KLARE, Rudolf. Homosexualitat und Straf- recht. 172p. 8? Hamb., Hanseat. Verl. [1937] KLARFELD, Boguslaw. Die Anatomie der Psychosen. viii, 141p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1924. KLARMANN, Bernhard, 1904- *Ueber Mastdarm- und Afterfisteln [Kiel] 56p. 23>^cm. Gutersloh i. W., Thiele, 1934. KLARNET, Jules Isaac, 1905- *Les pleuro-pericardites k pneumocoques de la pre- miere enfance. 57p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1931. KLARWASSER, Paul, 1902- *Die Be- deutung der Bestimmung des Reststickstoffs und des Gefrierpunkts im Blute bei der Beurtei- lung der Operationsfahigkeit der Prostatiker. 20p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1935. KLASON, Jacob Wilhelm Torbern, 18897 *Om rontgenologisk undersokning av hjartat med sarskild hansyn tagen till dettas horisontala omfang [Stockholm] 65p. pl. tab. 8? Bergen, J. Grieg, 1924. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 187. KLASS, Therese, 1910- *Ueber die Behandlung der Trigeminus-Neuralgie [Miin- chen] 39p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., Postberg, 1937. KLAT, Negib [M. D., 1935, Geneve] *Deux cas de septicemic k staphylocoques chez l'enfant. 24p. 8? Geneve, Impr, du Commerce, 1935. KLATT, Berthold, 1849- Editor of Muret-Sanders. Encyclopaedic English-German and German-English dictionary. Abridged ed. 2v. 27Mcm Berl., Langenscheidt [1910-33] KLATT, Berthold, 1885- Studien zum Domestikationsproblem; Untersuchungen am Hirn. 180p. illust. diagr. 2&y2cm. Lpz., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1921. Forms Bd 2, Biblioth. Genet. (Baur, E.) ---- Entstehung der Haustiere. 107p. illust. 8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1927. Forms (K) of Bd 3, Handb. Vererbungswiss. (Baur, E., & Hartmann, M.) KLATT, Edmund, 1874- Editor of Muret-Sanders. Encyclopaedic English-German and German-English dictionary. Abridged ed. 2v. 27V£cm. Berl., Langscheidt [1910-33] KLATT, Kurt, 1907- *Die Pulsschreibung und der neue Rosinsche Radialissphygmograph. 51p. 8? Berl., E. Pape, 1931. KLAUBER, Laurence Monroe, 1883- A key to the rattlesnakes, with summary of char- acteristics, p. 185-276. illust. diagr. tab. 26cm. S. Diego, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 1936. Forms No. 20, v.8 of Tr. S. Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. KLAUDER, Joseph Victor, 1888- Cu- taneous neuroses, p.793-814. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1936. In Pract.- Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 10: ---- Dermatitis and eczema. p.305-451. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1936. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 10: KLAUDIUS, Alfred, 1912- *Sind die Tonsillen ein retikulo-endotheliales Organ? 16p. 21cm. Konigsb., Konigsb. Verl., 1937. KLAUNICK, Giinter Otto Karl, 1911- *Die Bedeutung der Akromegalie fiir den Unter- kiefer und ihre verschiedenen therapeutischen Moglichkeiten [Berlin] 23p. 8? Furstenwalde (Spree) O. Leich, 1936. KLAUS, Arthur, 1894- *Die Frage der Duldungspflicht korperlicher Untersuchungen [Munchen] 128p. 8? Rosenheim, R. Nieder- mayr, 1933. KLAUS, Emil Josef, 1908- lntersu- chungen uber die Fluoreszenz und Phosphoreszenz von Haematoporphyrin und Aetioporphyrin in festen Medien. 55p. pl. 8? Freib. i. B., Bar & Bartosch, 1934. KLAUS, Franz Bruno, 1908- *Ueble Folge- und Begleiterscheinungen der zahn- arztlichen Lokalanasthesie. 20p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1932. KLAUS, Hans [M. D., 1935, Lausanne] *Untersuchungen iiber das ortliche Blutbild bei allergischen Haut-Reaktionen [Lausanne] 29p. 8? Bern, Hallwag, 1935. KLAUS, Heinrich, 1902- *Ueber die Vitalfarbbarkeit der Harnsedimente mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Aziditat. 15p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p. 1926.] KLAUS, Julius, 1849-1920. Schlaginhaufen, O. Julius Klaus. Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1925, 1:3-7, portr. KLAUS, Sebastien, 1908- *Unfall, Schlot- terknie; aus dem Gebiet der Wiederherstellungs- chirurgie. 16p. 23J4cm. Miinch., V. Hofling, 1937. KLAUSCHENZ, Willi, 1909- . *Aushei- lungsmoglichkeiten und Heilungsvorgange bei der tuberkulosen Friihkaverne. 18p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KLAUSNER reaction. See under Syphilis, Diagnosis. KLAUSSEN, Karl Johan, 1856- Portrait. In Norges lae.eer (Kobro I.) Krist. 1915. 1: 644. KLAUTZSCH 236 KLEBS KLAITZSCH, Hans Hermann Wilhelm, 1910- *Die Behandlung der angeborenen und erworbenen Lues mit Spirocid [Jena] 23p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., B. Sporn, 1934. KLAVENESS, Eivind, 1870- The en- chanted islands; the Philippines and other countries of the Orient, xi, 143p. portr. pl. 22cin. X. Y., Pyramid pr. [1939] For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 645. KLAWIETER, Paul, 1909- *Das Si- mon'sche Orbital-Eckzahngesetz untersucht an Patienten verschiedenen Alters und Geschlechts. 15p. 8° Rostock, G. Neumann, 1934. KLAWITTER, Ernst, 1910- *Erfolge der medikamentosen Geburtseinleitung [Konigs- berg] 25p. 20,1->em. Saalfeld Ostpr., Gunther, 1937. KLEBANOFF, Harry Erwin, 1901- Kagan, S. R. [Biography] In his Am. Jewish Physicians, Bost., 1942, 226. KLEBE, Heinrich, 1877- Die wirt- schaftliche Bedeutung des Arbeitsschutzes insbe- sondere der Gewerbehygiene. 128p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Forms Beih. 23, Zbl. Gewerbehyg. KLEBE, Hermann Wilhelm Bernhardt Paul, 1899- *Das Verhalten der Syphilis in der deutschen Reichsmarine in den Jahren 1920 bis 1932 [Kiel] 39p. 8? [Berl., Mittler, 1934] KLEBE, Werner, 1909- *Persistierende Cloace; kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der Blasenmissbildungen. 32p. 8? Berl., Michel, 1934. KLEBER, Franz, 1909- *Ein Fall von Agenesie der rechten Lunge. 27p. 8? Miinch., Salesian. Off., 1935. KLEBER, Maria [M. D., 1929, Munchen] *Die Reformierung der Medizinischen Fakultat in Munchen unter Max II [Miinchen] 39p. 8? [Niirnb., E. Spandel] 1929. KLEBER, Pierre [M. D., 1934, Strasbourg] *Emploi de l'ombelliferone dans l'acidimetrie et l'alcalimetrie en milieux non aqueux, troubles ou non homogenes [Strasbourg] 68p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. KLEBER, Wilhelm. Kurpfuscher Schwindel- meier. 64p. illust. 8? Lpz., Verband. Aerzte Deutschlands [1933] KLEBS, Arnold Carl, 1870-1943. Die Vario- lation im achtzehnten Jahrhundert; ein histori- scher Beitrag zur Immunitatsforschung. 78p. 8? Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1914. In Hist. Biol. Krankheit. (Sudhoff & Sticker) H. 7. ---- Herbals of the 15th century; incunabula list I. 35p. 24}£cm. [Chic, Bibliogr. Soc. America] 1918. Also in Papers Bibliogr. Soc. America, 1918, 12: ---- Gleanings from incunabula of science and medicine, p.52-88. 8? Chic, Bibliogr. Soc. America, 1932. Also in Papers Bibliogr. Soc. America, 1932, 26: ---- Incunabula scientifica et medica; short title list. 359p. 8? Bruges, S. Catherine pr., 1938. Also Osiris, 1937, 4: For Festschrift see Bull. Hist. M., 1940, 8: No. 3. See also [Bibliography of Klebs' works] Bull. Hist. M., 1940, 8: 523-32.—Nuyens, B. W. T. Dr A. C. Klebs at 70. Ibid., 329-31, portr.—Sigerist, H. E. Congratulatory epistle to Arnold C. Klebs. Ibid., 318-27, 5 portr. See also Baumgartner, L. [Obituary] Bull. Hist. M., 1943, 14: 201-16, 2 portr. ------ Arnold Klebs as humanistic scholar. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1944, 32: 85-95.—F., J. F. [Obitu- ary] Yale J. Biol., 1942-43, 15: 645-50.—Malloch, A. Death of Dr Arnold C. Klebs; Academy Library consultant. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1943, 19: 670-4.—Nager, F. R. [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 707.—[Nekrolog] Praxis, Bern. 1943, 32: 292.—[Obituary] J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1301. Also Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 79. Also N. England J M., 1943, 22'J: 259-62.—Rolleston. J. •>• [Obituary] Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 269. For portrait see Collection in Library. KLEBS, Edwin, 1834-1913. Baumgartner, L. [Biography] N. England J. M. 1935 213: 60-3, portr.—[Biography] In Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. V., 1940, 580, . T ., For portrait see Collection in Library. KLEBSIELLA. Cado, Y. *Recherches microbiologiques et biochimiques sur des bacteries muqueuses (pneu- mobacille de Friedliinder et bacilles voisins) [Pharm.] 109p. 24^cm. Par., 1936. Cordes, W. *Zur Kenntnis des serologischen Verhaltens der Kapselbazillen. 25p. 8? Marb., 1913. Bradford, W. L. Mucosus organism from suppurative lesions of rat on diet deficient in vitamin A. J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 43: 407-14.—Elbert, B. J., & Guerkess, W. M. Sur le bacille du rhinosclerome et les diverses especes de bacilles muqueux. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1930, 44: 539-70 — Fragomele, A. Studio su alcuni bacilli del gruppo mm-oso- capsulati. Fol. med., Nap., 1921, 7: 431-8—Goslings, W. R. O. Lntersuchungen uber das Scleroma respiratorium; din \ aria- bilitat bei Kapselbakterien, besonders bei Sklerombakterien. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1935, 134: 195-209, 2 pl.—Kliewe, H., & Hsii, M. Studien iiber Friedbinderbazillen und andere Kapsel- bakterien. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 86: 481-500.—Kraus, F J Leber ein neues menschenpathogenes Kapselbakterium. Zbl." Bakt., 1. Abt., 1926, 99: 497-505.—Lacorte, J. G. 0 genero Klebsiella. Acta med., Rio, 1941, 8: 209-24.—Neuber, E. Leber spezifische Schutzstoffe des mit Kapselbakterien fSklerom-, Ozaena-, Friellander-Bacillen) infizierten Organis- mus. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934, 170: 154-61.—Pauls- meyer, H. Die Beziehungen des Diplobacterium capsulatum zu der Kapselbaktericngruppe. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 536. Pr^.sek, F., & Prica, M. Leber die kohlenhydrat- artige Substanz der Kapsel des B. rhinoscleromatis, B. ozaenae Abel und B. Friedlinder. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1933, 128: 381-8.—Prausritz, C. Der Bacillus mucosus anacrobius Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1922-23, 89: Orig., 126-32.—Small, J. C, & Julianelle, L. A. Biologic and serologic studies of bacillus mucosus group; comparison of strains from granuloma ingui- nale with strains from respiratory tract. J. Infect. Dis., 19-'L 32: 456-70.—Ten Have, B. [On the capsule type of Klebsiella] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 3403-5.—Winterscheid, M. Lntersuchungen iiber Kapselbakterien Stellung im System, Entschlcimung. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 19: 289-302.— Zaritsky, L. A. [Encapsulated bacteria of the upper respiratory tract in swine] In Recueil Strajesko (Bogomoletz, A.) Kiev, 1935, 833-5. ---- granulomatis. See Granuloma venereum, Bacteriology. ---- ozaenae [Perez] See also Ozena, Bacteriology. Blanc, G., & Pancalos, G. Les bacilles f6tides de l'ozene; etude bacteriologique et experimentale. Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 1923-26, 1: 311-27. Also Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 796-809.—Celarek, J., A: Epstein, T. Sur une modi- fication du Bacillus ozaena? (Abe!-La-wenberg) sous l'infhience du principe bacteriophagique de d'Herelle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 1148.—Freytag, F. Leber die Ib-sistenz grauer und weisser Mause gegen die Infektion mit Bacterium ozaenae. Zschr. Hyg., 1939, 122: 211-9.—Glarte, J. Klebsiella ozsenae aislada del cobayo. Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mdx., 1942, 3: 135-8.—Ivanova, E. V. [Microbiological characteris- tics of the bacteria of the capsulatus group in patients with ozena and in bacillus carriers) Tr. Nauch. issledov. inst. fiziol. Saratov, 1934, 1: 190-6.—Jc-Mn, W. Leber die Kapselbak- terien bei der Ozaena. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 1306-12.— Julianelle, L. A. A biological classification of Klebsiella ozenae. J. Bact., Bait., 1935, 30: 535-43.- Kosima, Y. Immunisa- torische Studien von Cocco!>acilh;s foetidus ozaenae von Perez; iiber agglutinatorische Einteilung von Coccoliacillus foetidus ozaenae von Perez. Zschr. Immunfoiscli., 1932, 75: 298-303. ------ Antitoxische Eint( ilung von Perez-Bazillen. Ibid., 304-9. ------ Antiinfektiose Einteilung von Coccobacillus foetidus ozaenae von Perez. Ibid., 310-7.------Leber den Einfluss der Hitze auf das Antigen der Perezbazillen. Ibid., 318-25.—Lieb, F. Leber die biochemischen Eigenschaften des Bacterium ozaenae. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 124: 546.— Michailoff, A. Bacillus ozaenae foetidae Perez, and Bacillus proteus in ozaena. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1926, 39: 158- 90.—Perez, F. Bacteriologie, etiologie et prophylaxie de l'ozene. Ann. mal. oreille, 1908, 34: 549-59.—Sonnenschein, C. Neue (iesichtspunkte der Bakteiiolo-de und Aetiologie der Rhinitis atrophicans chronica (foetidu) Zschr. Laryng., 1925- 26, 14: 450-63.—Takayanagi, G. Agglutinatorische Einteilung von Coccobacillus foetidus ozaenae von Perez, Zbl. Bakt., L Abt., 1928, 108:388-93. KLEBSIELLA 237 KLEBSIELLA ---- pneumoniae [Friedlander] Syn.: Bacillus mucosus capsulatus; Bacillus pneumoniae; Encapsulatus pneumoniae; Fried- lander's bacillus; Pneumobacillus. See also Pneumonia, Bacteriology; Sepsis, Bacteriology. Marbais, S. *Pneumobacilles k cultures de reaction reversibles. 24p. 8? Par., 1921. Morsdorf, P. *Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten des Schleimes der Friedlanderbazillen bei Fixierung und Farbung; ein Beitrag zum histologischen Bild der schleimigen Lungcnent- ziindung durch Friedlanderbazillen. 16p. 23cm. Berl., 1938. Bach, D., & Lambert, J. Les donateurs d'hydrogSne pour le pneumobacille de Friedlander. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 361-4.—Coulter, C. B. The biological identity of the Fried- lander bacillus. J. Exp. M., 1917, 26: 763-8.—Daumezon, G. La pomme de terre substratum et agent de dissemination de pneumobacille de Friedlander dans la nature et particuliere- ment dans les eaux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1915, 160: 285.— Friel, A. R. Notes on Friedlander's pneumo-bacterium. Lancet, Lond., 1916, 1: 187.—Graaff, W. C. de [B. pneumoniae and B. lactis aerogenes] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, 1936, 3: 18-27.—Hoogerheide, J. C. Studies on capsule formation; the influence of electrolvtes on capside formation by Klebsiella pneumoniae. J. Bact., Bait., 1940, 39: 649-58. ------ In- hibition of capsule formation of Klebsiella pneumoniae (Fried- lander's bacterium) by an agent produced by a soil bacillus. Ibid., 40: 415-22. ------& Harrison, M. H. The conditions under which Klebsiella pneumoniae (Fiedliinder's bacterium) forms capsules. Ibid., 1939, 38: 367-88, pl—Levy-Bruhl, M., & Cado, Y. Toxine soluble du pneumobacille active chez le lapin, le cobaye et la souris. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 954.—Levy-Bruhl, M., & Legrand, M. Culture du pneumo- bacille de Friedlander en milieux chimiques definis. Ibid., 1930 103: 1070-2.------Sur la toxine soluble du pneumo- bacille. Ibid., 105: 263.—Levy-Bruhl, M., & Noe, N. G. L'alcool ethylique, aliment carbone pour le bacille de Fried- lander. Ibid., 1939, 131: 1240-2.—Lieb, F., & Steinklauber, V. Leber experimentelle Entkapselung des Bacterium pneumoniae Friedlander. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 41-3 — Megrail, E. Toxicity of filtrates of B. Friedlander. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 655. ---- pneumoniae: Immunology. Gernez, C. Diagnostic des infections a pneumobacilles de Friedlander par la deviation du complement. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 66-8.—Julianelle, L. A. Immunological relationships of encapsulated and capsule-free strains of Encapsulatus pneumonias (Friedlander's bacillus) J. Exp. M. 1926 44: 683-96. ------ Immunological relationships of cell constituents of Encapsulatus pneumoniae (Friedlander's bacil- lus) Ibid., 735-51. ------ Antigenicity of the Friedlander group. J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 24.—Lim, C. E., & Kurotchkin, T. J. A study of the water-soluble substance of Friedlander's bacillus in relation to the identity of antibodies. Chin. J. Physiol., 1929, 3: 409-18.—Mueller, J. H., Smith, D. E., & Litarczek, S. Residue antigen from a strain of Friedlander bacillus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1924-25, 22: 373. ---- pneumoniae: Pathogenicity. See also under names of diseases as Bladder, Inflammation; Liver, Abscess; Pneumonia, Fried- lander type. Babonneix, L., & Riom, G. Ventriculitis due to Friedlander's pneumobacillus. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1943, 40: 13.—Baehr, G., Shwartzman, G., & Greenspan. E. B. The role of Bacillus Friedlander in infections. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians. 1933, 48: 353. ------ Bacillus Friedlander infections. Ann. Int. M., 1936-37, 10: 1788-801.— Bloomfield, A. L. The fate of bacteria introduced into the upper air passages; the Friedlander bacilli. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1920, 31: 203-6.—Canavero, G.' Le localizzazioni chirurgiche della Klebsiella pneumoniae (Bacterium pneumoniae Friedlander) Gior. batt. immun., 1938, 21: 87-159.— Debre, R., & Lamy. Deux cas d'hemor- ragies meningees liees a des septicemics dues au pneumo-bacille de Friedlander. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1926, 24: 68-71.— Etinger-Tulczynska, R. Superinfektionen mit Bac. Fried- lander. Zschr. Hyg., 1934 116:72-80.—Gray, D.F. Bacterium friedlanderi in canine cystitis. Austral. Vet. J., 1942, 18: 236- 40.—Hsia yii Djin. Sulphonamide derivatives in the treatment of experimental Friedlander's bacillus infections. Bull. War M., Lond., 1941-42, 2: 399 (Abstr.)-Jaffe, S. A. Extra- pulmonary Klebsiella pneumoniae infections; an analysis of the literature; report of 2 unusual cases with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 292-6.— Jampolis, M., Howell, K. M. [et al.] Bacillus mucosus infection of the new-born. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 70-88.—Kinney, T. D., & Ginsberg, H. S. Pyogenic liver abscesses due to Klebsiella pneumoniae, Friedlaender's bacillus. N. England J. M., 1943, 228: 145-51.—Kliewe, H. Epidemiologische und biologische Studien uber den B. pneu- moniae Friedlander und verwandte Arten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930, 116: 92-101.—Lacorte, J. G., & Santos, M. Infeccoes pelo bacilo de Friedlander. Brasil med., 1941, 55: 429.— Macaigne, M. Infections a diplobacilles de Friedlander. In Nouv. traite med. (Roger) Par., 1920, 1: 296-312.—Montanari, A. Contributo alio studio della cistite da bacillo di Fried- laender. Gior. clin. med., 1939, 20: 1082-9.—Osterman, E., & Rettger, L. F. A comparative study of organisms of the Friedlander and coli-aerogenes group; pathogenicity, biochemi- cal reactions, and serological relationships. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 42: 721-43.—Sanchez Brezmes. Ln caso de neumo- bacilosis producida por el Friedlander. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 130.—Schlossberger, H., & Menk, W. Ein zur Gruppe des B. pneumoniae Friedlander gehoriger Mikro- organismus als Ursache spontaner Pneumcnie bei einer Biber- ratte. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930-31, 119: 123-6. ---- pneumoniae: Pathogenicity—Sepsis. Bory & Jarry. Ln cas de septic6mie a pneumobacilles de Friedlander. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1928, 9: 17-25.—Brunetti, F. Setticopiemia da Klebsiella pneumoniae (Friedlander) Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 18: 91-101.—Case (A) of Friedlander's bacillus septicaemia of sudden onset and rapidly fatal termination. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1919, 33: 13.—Cosio, J. G. Ln caso de septicemia hemorragica por neumo-bacilo de Friedlander. Gac. med. Mexico, 1919-20, 4. ser., 1: 179-83.—Creyx. Sur un cas de pneumobaci)!6mie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 596.—Derot, M., & Dutrey, M. Septicdmie a pneumobacilles de Friedlander avec localisation pulmonaire guerie par la sulfanilamide. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1940, 56: 541-4.—Gualdi, A. Setticemia mortale da bacillo di Friedlander. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 2367-77 — Lacorte, J. G. Caso de septicemia pelo bacillo de Friedlander. Fcl. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 33376— Lereboullet, P., & Pierrot, M. Ln nouveau cas de septicemia a pneumobacilles de Friedlander terminee par la guerison. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1927. 3. ser., 51: 128-30.—McCall, J. W., & Freeman, M. S. Septi-* cemia due to Friedlander's bacillus; report of a case following chronic otitis media complicated by sinus thrombosis; recovery following therapy with sulfanilamide and its derivatives. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 772-6.—Mason, E. H., & Beattie, W. W. Septicemia due to a strain of the Bacillus mucosus-capsula- tus group in a case of diabetes mellitus. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 331-7.—Prelat. Ln cas de septicfimie a pneumobacille de Friedlander. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1911, 86: 266.—Roque & Cordier. SepticSmie a pneumobacille de Friedlander. Lyon med., 1911, 117: 916-23.—Roux, M. Lss septicemics a pneumo- bacilles de Friedlander. Gaz. med. France, 1939, 46: 651-6.— Savy, P., & Delachenal, J. Septicemic a bacille de Friedlander. Province med., 1911, 21: 192-4.—Sutherland, A. K. Isolation of Bacterium friedlanderi from a case of septicaemia in a suck- ing pig. Austral. Vet. J., 1942, 18: 241-3— Turnbull, G. C. Treatment of Friedlander's septicemia by sulfadiazine with recovery. Illinois M. J., 1942, 81: 412-4.—Valette & Ramond, L. Ln nouveau cas de septicemic a bacilles de Friedlander. Monde med., 1913, 23: 172-7. ---- pneumoniae: Types and variants. KoriNek, J. Sur la variability serologique du B. pneumoniae Friedlander. 16p. 23cm. Praha, 1935. Cislo 37 of Spisy vydavane Prirodovedeckou Fakultou Karlovy University. Goebel, W. F. The soluble specific substance of Friedlander's bacillus; on the nature of the hydrolytic products of the specific carbohydrate from type-A Friedlander bacillus. J. Biol. Chem., 1927,74:619-29.------& Avery, O. T. The soluble specific substance of Friedlander's bacillus; on the isolation and prop- erties of the specific carbohydrates from types A and C Fried- lander bacillus. J. Exp. M., 1927, 46: 601-7.—Julianelle, L. A. A biological classification of Encapsulatus pneumonia? (Fried- lander's bacillus) Ibid., 1926, 44: 113-28. ------ Bacterial variation in cultures of Friedlander's bacillus. Ibid., 1928, 47: 889-902, 2 pl. ------ The distribution of Friedlander's bacilli of different types. Ibid., 1930-31, 52: 539-45.—Liu, S. C, & Wu, H. Recovery of antibody from immune precipi- tate of type B Friedlander bacillus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942, 49: 381-3.—Randall, W. A. Colony and antigenic variation in Klebsiella pneumoniae types A, B and C. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 38: 461-77, incl. 3 pl.—Shinn, L. E. Dissociation of Friedlander's bacillus. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull., 1936, 33: 223-32, 3 figs. ------ An unusual variant of Friedlander's bacillus and its relation to the rugose variant of vibrios. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 125-9, pl.—Viktorov, L. K., & Khrolova, R. A. [Serological classification of bacilli of the mucous-capsular group; specificity of serological types of Fried- lander's bacilli] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 20: No. 5, 30-8. ---- pneumoniae: Vaccine. Gnutenko, M. P. [A-D vaccine from Friedlander's bacillus] Vest, mikrob., 1934, 13: 37-9.------[Gala-vaccine from Friedlander bacillus] Ibid., 1935, 14: 131-4. KLEBSIELLA ---- rhinoscleromatis [Frisch] See also Rhinoscleroma. Brault. J., & Masselot, L. Quelques remarques sur le bacille du rhinosclerome fbacille de Frisch) Arch. med. exp., Par., 1910, 22: 545-9.—Elbert, IL J. |Bactenology of rhino- scleroma] Bieloruss. med. misl, 1928, 4: 60-158. -——- Untersuchungen uber die Agglutinabilitat des Bacillus Frisch and die Agglutination bei Rhinosklerom. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929 110: 190-9, pl.------& Gerkess, W. M. Ueber die Wirkung der Galle auf Sklerombazillen. Ibid., 1928, 109: 310 20.— Gqsiorowski, N., & Meisel, H. Sur la biologie de bacilles muqueux encapsules. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 298-301. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 45-8.— Kurylowicz, W. Die Stellung des Sklemmbakteriums in der Gruppe der Kapsel- bakterien. Zschr. Inununforsch., 1938, 93: 457-80. ------& Mikulaszek, E. Der Antigenaufbau des Sklerombaktenums und seiner Dissoziationsformen. Ibid., 1937, 90: 513-32. ------ Das Verhalten des Sklerombakteriums und seiner Dissoziationsformen im Krankenserum. Ibid., 1932, 92: 304-17.—Lanzi, G. Capsulato e culture di capsulato avute dalla schneideriana di un individuo guarito da rinoscleroma. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1908, 34: 218-20—Littauerowna, H. Przyczynek do morfologii i biologii praLka twardzieli i innych pratk6w pokrewnych. Med. kron. lek., Warsz., 1913, 48: 204; 227.—Meisel. H. Influence del'acidite" sur l'agglutination et la vitality des bacilles muqueux encapsules. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 87-9. ------ & Mikulaszek, E. Sur les bacilles isoles dans le rhinosclerome. Ibid., 1927, 96: 563-5. ------ Agglutination des bacilles isoles dans le rhinosclerome. Ibid., 97: 1495-8. ------ [Bacillus of rhinoscleroma] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 41-3. ------ [Bacilli of rhinoscleroma] Ibid., 940-2. ------ Sur les substances r^ductrices dans les souches muqueuses et non muqueuses du bacille du rhino- sclerome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 85-7. ------ [Vari- ability of the rhinoscleroma bacilli] Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 703.—Mikulaszek, E. Recherches experimentales sur la sub- stance soluble speV-ifique des bacilles isoles dans le rhinosclerome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 301-4. Also Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 141.—Monti. N., & Bianchi, L. Sulle sostanze speci- ficamente precipitabili con sieri immuni estratte dalle culture di B. rhinoscleromatis. Biochim. ter. sper., 1937, 24: 437-57.— Morris, M. C, & Julianelle, L. A. A biologic classification of the bacillus of rhinoscleroma. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 55: 150-5.— Piatak, A. V. [Sensibilizing properties of the Frisch bacillus in scleroma; sensibilizing properties of the cultures of the Frisch bacillus] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, No. 8, 58^62. ------ [Sensibilizing properties of the Frisch bacillus in scleroma; sensibilizing properties of filtrates of sclerous tissue] Ibid., 63-6.—Segre. R. Localizaci6n de la bacteria de Frisch y diversa inmunidad de los tejidos. Siglo me'd., 1932, 90: 384, ------ Sul potere di localizzazione del batterio di Fritsch nelle mucose delle vie respiratorie. Gior. batt. immun., 1933, 10: 991-1001.—Sokolov, J. N. K voprosu o bacilyarnol skleromle Frisch'a. Russ. kozhn. vener. bolezn., 1904, 8: 266-9.—Udenich, V. A. [Biologic properties of Frisch bacillus of rhinoscleroma] Vest, mikrob., 1929, 8: 248-60.— Lnna, P. G. Ueber Hyalin und Bacillenhullen im Rhinosklerom- gewebe. Arb. Unna's Klin. Hautkr. Hamburg (1899-1902) Berl., 1903, 74-80.—Wong, S. C. & Kurotchkin. T. J. Anti- genic activitv of polysaccharides of B. rhinoscleromatis. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 161-3. ---- rhinoscleromatis: Bacteriophage. Gerkes, V. M. [Scleroma bacteriophage] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1940, No. 8, 56-8.—Mucha, V. [Bacteriophage and agglutination test in scleroma] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936, 16: 145-51, 2 pl.—Strich, A. Observations sur le bacteriophage du sclerome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1142-5. ------ [Bacteriophage of rhinoscleroma] Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 654. KLEBS-LOEFFLER bacillus. See Diphtheria bacillus. KLEE, Ernst, 1902- *Mediastinalver- lagerung und ihre Einwirkung auf Kreislauf und Atmung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lungentuberkulose [Giessen] 20p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1934. KLEE, Irene Erna, 1911- *Schadelosteo- myelitis [Heidelberg] 18p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KLEE, James Butt. The relation of frustra- tion and motivation to the production of ab- normal fixations in the rat. v, 45p. tab. 25^cm. Evanston, 111., Am. Psychol. Ass. [1944] Forms No. 4, v.56, Psychol. Monogr. KLEE, Werner, 1909- *Das Krankheits- bild der Mundbodenphlegmone. 32p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1932. KLEEBERG, Julius, 1894- , & BEH- RENDT, Hans. Die Nahrpraparate mit be- KLEEBERG sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Sauermdcharten. viii, 346p. pl. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. KLEEBERG, L. Toxicodermien II. p.253- 376. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. In Handb. Haut & Geschlechtskrankh. (Alexander, A., A Jadassohn, J.) 1933, 4. Bd, 2. T. KLEEBERG, Rudolf, 1892- Die bio- logischen Grundlagen des Metallkronenersatzes. 76p. pl. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934. Forms H. 90, Deut. Zahnh. KLEEBERG, Walter, 1907- *Ueber ju- venile Gangriin (Thrombangiitis obliterans) 43p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1932. KLEEBLATT, Heinz. Ueber die Augen- diagnose, in ihrer wissenschaftlichen Bedeutung und praktischen Anwendung durch den Arzt. 39p. 8? Munch., E. Reinhardt, 1926. KLEEBLATT, Herbert, 1910- *Blut- und Liquorbefunde bei Lues cerebri in Beziehung zum klinischen Zustandsbild und Verlauf unter Beriicksichtigung der Behandlung. 36p. 22^cm. Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1937. KLEEF, Lambertus Theodorus van, 1846- 1928. Indemans, J. W. M. Obituary. Ned. tschr. Geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 1034-8. KLEEGMAN, Sophia Josephine, 1901- Medical, social, economic and religious aspects of birth control. lOp. 23cm. Phila., Pennsyl- vania Birth Contr. Fed., 1936. KLEEMEIER, Robert Watson, 1915- Fixation and regression in the rat. 34p. tab. diagr. 25%cm. Evanston, Am. Psychol. Ass. [1942] Forms No. 4, v.54, Psychol. Monogr. KLEES, Ernst Wilhelm, 1908- *Leu- kaemie und Graviditat. 51p. tab. 23cm. Marb., H. Bauer, 1936. KLEES, Kurt. *Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Studien iiber die Bedeutung der vereinigten Schmelzepithelien und die Vorgange bei der Bildung des Zements. 19p. 8? Wiirzb., G. Grasser 1935 KLEESATTEL, Hans [M. D., 1924, Tubingen] & GLASER, W. Hundert siebenundzwanzig Friedmann-Falle. 54p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1937. Forms H. 61, Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz. KLEFF, Gustav, 1900- *Ulcussitz und Saurewerte. 26p. 8? Jena, H. Pohle, 1927. KLEHM, Amelia Louise, 1871-1941. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 1864. KLEHR, Bruno, 1908- *Zur Neuordnung der Geburtshilfe. 19p. map. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Buchdr., 1937. KLEHR, Elfriede, 1907- *Zur Frage der Drainage bei Operationen an den Adnexen [Munchen] 21p. 8? Koln-Ehrenfeld, Zaun & Boden, 1935. KLEHR, Franz Joseph Eugen, 1904- *Ein Solitarfall von Osler'scher Krankheit [Munchen] 44p. 8? Ohlau i. S., H. Eschen- hagen, 1935. KLEI, Justus Herman van der, 1906- *Die Einwirkungen der Diathermie auf das Paradentium. 52p. 8? Bonn, Studentenwohl, 1932. KLEIBER, Max, 1893- A respiration apparatus for serial work with small animals, particularly rats. p.207-20. 26cm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1940. Forms No. 15, v.8, Univ. California Pub. Physiol. KLEIBER, Nicolaus, 1892- *Erfahrungen uber die Lymphangitis mesenterialis [Berlin] 57p. 8? Charlottenb., Buchdr. Victoria, 1935. KLEIDO 239 KLEIN KLEIDO ... See Cleido ...; also Clavicle. KLEIHAUER, Karlheinz, 1903- *Stati- stik und Behandlung des Zungencarcinoms in der Chirurgischen Klinik zu Kiel in den Jahren 1919- 1931 [Kiel] 27p. 8? BadSegeberg, C. H. Waser, 1932. KLEIN, Adolf, 1895- *Untersuchungen iiber die Sterilisation von Trinkwasser nach dem Verfahren von Bunau-Varilla [Tubingen] 16p. 8? Esslingen a. N., O. Bechtle, 1929. KLEIN, Adolf, 1910- *Anomalien der Kiefer und Zahne nach operativer Behandlung angeborener Spaltbildungen im Bereiche der Mundhohle; ihre Ursache und zahnarztliche Therapie. 27p. 8? [Gott., n. p.] 1934. KLEIN, Adolf, 1911- *Die Prothesen- materialien Resovin und Coralix. 19p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Dr. [1934] KLEIN, Albert Eduard Johannes, 1902- *Zur Klinik des Tonsillensarkoms. 28p. 8? [Konigsb. i. P., n. p.] 1931. KLEIN, Alexander, 1865- *Ueber die Bedeutung der Agglutination fiir die Diagnose der saprophytischen und pathogenen Staphylo- coccen. 32p. 8? Bern [n. p., 1910] KLEIN, Alexander, 1907-32. Idzerda [Obituary] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1932-33, 7: 73, portr. KLEIN, Allen, & HERZ, Lucius F. How to suntan for health and fun. 135p. 8? Emaus, Pa., Rodale pr. [1938] KLEIN, Arthur, 1908- *Aendert sich der Verlauf der postoperativen Leukocytose durch die nach der Operation auftretende Menstrua- tion? 20p. 8? Engelsdorf-Lpz., C. & E. Vogel, 1933. KLEIN, August, 1909- *Die Ausnutzung der Hemizellulosen und verwandter Kohle- hydrate. 18p. 8? Frankf. a. M., R. Fiedler, 1935. KLEIN, Bela, 1902- *Ueber die Wirk- samkeit peroral verabreichten Thyroxins bei normalen und hypothyreotischen Individuen [Breslau] p.477-91. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1931, 119: KLEIN, Bernhard, 1899- *Ueber Leuk- onychia totalis. 43p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KLEIN, Bruno [M. D., 1941, Basel] *Die Benzidinprobe beim Ulcus ventriculi und duo- deni. lip. 23cm. Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1941. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., No. 71, 1941. KLEIN, Charles. *Les maladies cryptogami- ques et bacteriennes du chanvre et du lin [Pharm.] 77p. pl. 25cm. Strasb., A. Weibel, 1936. KLEIN, David, 1908- *Ueber die Be- deutung des Anamnesenbetrugs bei Begutach- tungen [Basel] 35p. 8? Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1934. KLEIN, David Ballin, 1897- *The experi- mental production of dreams during hypnosis [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] 72p. 8? Austin, [Univ. Texas pr.] 1930. Forms No. 3009, Univ. Texas Bull. ---- Mental hygiene; the psychology of personal adjustment, xiii, 498p. diagr. 21cm. N. Y., H. Holt & co. [1944] See also Pen-in, F. A. C, & Klein, D. B. Psychology. 387p. 8? N. Y. [1926] KLEIN, Dawid, 1910- Contribution k l'etude de la xanthochromic cutanee caro- tenemique. 39p. 25cm. Lyon, Janody, 1938. KLEIN, Denis, 1909- *La guerre micro- bienne [Lyon] 154p. 8? Bourg, Berthod, 1935 KLEIN, Eberhard, 1903- *Schwimm- badkonjunktivitis und Chlorierung des Bade- wassers, mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung des Tubinger Uhlandbades. 23p. 8? Tub E Gobel, 1928. ' KLEIN, Edmund, 1909- *Ueber Nieren- missbildung; ein Fall von dystoper, hypoplas- tischer Niere mit extrarenalem Nierenbecken und extrarenalen Kelchen [Koln] 20p. 22cm Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KLEIN, Eduard, 1908- *Wochenbett- verlauf nach manueller Plazentarlosung und Nachtastung an Hand der Bonner Ergebnisse seit 1912-1933. 30p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1935. KLEIN, Eduard, 1911- *Ueber die Vererbung der Skoliose [Munchen] 30p. . 21cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1936. KLEIN, Elfriede, 1907- *Das Schicksal der Kinder mit angeborenen Herzfehlern. 24p. 8? Bresl., W. G. Korn, 1935. KLEIN, Ernst, 1904- *Hauttransplan- tationen unter Druck. 20p. 8? Gott., A. Schonhiitte & Sohnen, 1931. KLEIN, Erwin, 1907- *Ueber Becken- frakturen; ihre Komplikationen mit Bezug auf das Unfallgesetz. 40p. 23}£cm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1934. KLEIN, Erwin, 1909- *Zur Frage der operativen Behandlung der tympanogenen Laby- rinthentzundungen [Rostock] 20p. 8? Bo- chum-Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1935. KLEIN, Eugene, 1893-1932. Berg, A. A. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Gastroenter. Ass., 1933, 36: 358. KLEIN, Eugene, 1898- ^Contribution au traitement de l'endocervicite chronique par la pate escharotique de Filhos. 80p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1929. KLEIN, Eugene, 1906- indications operatoires au cours de l'asystolie basedowienne. 67p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. KLEIN, Eva [M. D., 1926, Freiburg i. B.] *Ueber die Behandlung erregter Geisteskranker mit Hexophannatrium [Freiburg i. B.] p.319- 26. 8? [Berl., J. Springer, 1926] Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1926, 76: KLEIN, Ewald, 1902- *Beitrag zur klinischen Diagnose des Kehlkopfkrebses unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der atypischen Formen. 47p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., E. Stein- bacher, 1927. KLEIN, Ferdinand, 19.02- *Untersu- chungen iiber die Grossenwerte der Arteriendehn- barkeit. 23p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1928. KLEIN, Francois. Maladies mentales experi- mentales et traitement des maladies mentales. 234p. 25^cm. [Par., Ed. med., 1937] KLEIN, Franz, 1908- *Trauma und Pneumonic 36p. 22}£cm. Koln, G. Zimmer- mann, 1936. KLEIN, Fredegunde, 1913- *Die Be- deutung gefasswirksamer Stoffe fiir die Entste- hung des Hochdrucks [Munchen] 15p. 21cm. Giinzb., K. Mayer, 1938. KLEIN, Georg, 1902- *Die Bedeutung der Polarisationskapazitat der menschlichen Haut mit weiteren physikalischen Untersuchun- gen [Berlin] 27p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. KLEIN, George Stuart, 1917- The rela- tion between motion and form acuity in para- foveal and peripheral vision and related phenom- KLEIN 240 KLEIN r-na. 71p. illust. tab. diagr. 2,5cm. X. Y. [Arch. Psychol.] 1942. Forms No. 275, Arch. Psychol. KLEIN, Gerhard, 1910 [10 June]- *Ueber Erythrodermia dosquamativa und ihre Behand- lung [Breslau] 31p. 8? Ohlau i. S., H. Eschen- hagen, 1936. KLEIN, Gerhard, 1910 [6 Oct.]- *Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Gestaltung des Ueber- gangsstadiums im Betriebsstoffwechsel bei der Mischung von Hafermehl und Laktalbumin als Xahrungs-X-Trager. 15p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1939. KLEIN, Geza, 1898- *La photosensibilite\ 52p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1929. KLEIN, Giselle, 1905- Contribution a l'etude m6dico-lcgale de la d£mence precoce [Pans], lsOp. 8? Cahors, A. Coueslant, 1935. KLEIN, Gustav, 1892- Praktikum der Histochemie. v, 70p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. KLEIN, Hanns Peter, 1910- *Optikus- atrophie, Sehstorungen und Lebensdauer [Kiel] 27p. 22'Die KLEINERT, Robert, 1909- *Die quanti- tative Bestimmung des Folhkelhormons im Harn und Blut der Frau. 48p. 21cm. Ziir., E. Lang, 1940. KLEINFELD, Victor M. See Bender, J. F., & Kleinfeld, V. M. Speech correction manual, containing 317 practical drills for speech and voice improvement. 266p. 8? N. Y. [1936]------Principles and practices of speech correction. 298p. 8? N. Y. [1938] KLEINFELLER, Hans, 1897- Versuche mit Acetylen-magnesium-dibromid [Habilita- tionsschrift] 78p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1930. KLEINHANS, Henry Martin, 1913- fathiazole: its therapeutic possibilities quette univ.] 15p. 28cm. Milwaukee 1940. Typewritten. KLEINHANS, Joachim, 1911- Voraussetzungen der Entmannung [Freiburg i. B.] 67p. 21cm. Berl., A. Seydel & cie [1935] KLEINHAUS, Frieda, 1901- *Ein Bei- trag zur Frage der kriminellen Schwangerschafts- Unterbrechung. 39p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1926. KLEINHEISTERKAMP, Wilhelm, 1899- *Beitrag zur Zahnhistologie der Mus decumanus. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. KLEINHEMPEL, Karl, 1902- *Erfah- rungen mit der Meinickeschen Klarungsreaktion zur Serodiagnose der Lues. 22p. tab. 8? Minister i. W. [n. p., 1933] KLEINHEMPEL, Rudolf Heinrich, 1899- *Histologische Befunde an Zahnen ohne Antago- nisten. 23p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KLEINKNECHT, Fritz, 1889- Methoden zur Erforschung des Kochlearapparates. p. 1541- 660. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 5. T. 7, 2. Halfte. KLEINKURT, Hermann, 1883- *Ein Beitrag zur Inzuchtfrage; Untersuchungsergeb- nisse im Oberhessischen Simmentaler-Zuchtge- biet [Philos.] [2]p. 23cm. Giessen [n. p.] 1924. KLEINMAN, Egon, 1909- *Ueber endo- thorakale Lymphangiome. 23p. 8? Berl., Wulkan-Dr., 1936. KLEINMANN, Anna [M. D., 1873, Zurich] *Ueber die Ursachen der Kindersterblichkeit speziell im Kanton Zurich. 70p. 8? Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1873. KLEIN reaction. See Cancer, Diagnosis: Flocculation tests. KLEINSANG, Hans Oscar, 1903- *Die Einfiihrung der Kurierfreiheit im Jahre 1869 und ihr Einfluss auf die zahnarztliche Approba- tion. 28p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1931. KLEINSCHMIDT, Earl E. Opportunities for the preparation of teachers in health educa- tion; a survey of 20 teachers colleges, vii, 117p. tab. 23/2cm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1942. Forms No. 1, 1942, Bull. L. S. Off. Educ. KLEINSCHMIDT, Eduard, 1852- [Eduard Kleinschmidt, 90. birthday] Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21:640. KLEINSCHMIDT, Hans, 1905- *Das Mutterkorn und seine rektale Verordnung. 34p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933. KLEINSCHMIDT, Hans Adolf Heinrich, 1885- Therapeutisches Vademekum fiir die Kinderpraxis. iv, 196p. 16? Berl., S. Karger, 1919. Also 6. Aufl. iv, 256p. 12? 1929. ---- The same. Treatment of disease in infants and children; transl. of the 5. German ed., KLEINSCHMIDT 243 KLEIST with additions by Harry M. Greenwald. ix, 359p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co., 1928. ---- Die iibertragbare Kinderlahmung; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Erfahrungen aus der Kolner Epidemie 1938. vii, 339p. illust. tab. 22Hcm. Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1939. KLEINSCHMIDT, Harry Edwin, 1884- Tuberculosis. 77p. illust. pl. diagr. 16? N. Y., Funk & Wagnalls [1937] KLEINSCHMIDT, Joachim, 1902- *Fiihrt die von Gysi angegebene automatische Einschleifmethode zu der von ihm empfohlenen individuellen Gestaltung des Kauflachenreliefs der kiinstlichen Zahne? 28p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. KLEINSCHMIDT, Otto, 1870- Der Urmensch. 2. Aufl. 156p. illust. pl. 8? Lpz., Quelle & Meyer, 1931. KLEINSCHMIDT, Otto, 1880- Chirur- gische Operationslehre; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studie- rende und Aerzte. xv, 1269p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. See also Guleke, N., & Kleinschmidt, O. Die Eingriffe am Gehirnschadel—Gehirn, Gesicht—Gesichtsschadel, an der Wir- belsaule und am Riickenmark. 1058p. 8? Berl., 1935. Also Lautenschlager, A.. & Kleinschmidt, O. Die Eingriffe am Ohr und an der Nase im Rachen und Kehlkopf in der Luf trohre und in den Bronchien. 537p. 8? Berl., 1934. KLEINSCHMIDT, Rudolf, 1907- *Ueber das Verhalten der Blutzuckerkurve nach Trau- benzuckerbelastung bei Gesunden und Vegetativ- Stigmatisierten [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1935. KLEINSCHMIDT, Walter, 1908- *Ueber die Eiweissverdauung im Sauglingsmagen. 27p. 23cm. Kiel, H. Lodtke [1938] KLEINSORGE, Friedrich Wilhelm August, 1896- *Misserfolge bei Stickoxydul-Narkose [Kiel] 18p. 8? Flensburg, J. W. Rossi, 1929. KLEINSORGE, Werner, 1910- *Ueber den Einfluss des Tabaks, insbesondere des Kautabaks auf Zahne und Mundschleimhaut [Gottingen] 16p. 8? Weende-Gott., F. Pieper, 1936. KLEINSTOLL, Otto, 1904- *Die Ge- schichte der Tuberkulose [Miinster] 33p. 8? Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1932. KLEINTGES, Heinrich, 1907- *Zentrale Blindheit mit Orientierungsstorungen; kasuisti- scher Beitrag. 35p. 21cm. Miinst., H. Busch- mann, 1937. KLEINWAECHTER, Helene, 1900- *Syringomyelie und peripheres Trauma. 18p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KLEIPOOL, Coenradus Maria. *Een kri- tische beschouwing over beroepsziekte- en be- roepssterfte-statistiek. 121p. tab. 23cm. Amst., J. Clausen, 1912. KLEIS, William Jack, 1907- *Appendi- ceal peritonitis [Marquette Univ.] 26p. 8? Milwaukee [n. p.] 1932. Typewritten. KLEIST, Eva von, 1911- *Ein Beitrag zur Vitamin Bi Therapie. 16p. 21cm. [Berl.] T. Krell, 1938. KLEIST, Ewalde H. von. Diet, the science of life; the newer science of nutrition, by a Free Lance for the good of fellowship. 386p. 8? Los Ang., System Serv. co., 1926. ---- Simplified dietetics. 56; 36; 12p. 8. Los Ang., the Author, 1936. KLEIST, Hanns Ulrich, 1906- *Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Herkunft der Eltern und ihrer Kinderzahl und -sterblichkeit in Mecklen- burg-Schwerin [Rostock] 18p. 8? Lippstadt- Westf., Thiele, 1932. KLEIST, Hans Wolfgang, 1912- *Kata- mnestische Untersuchungen iiber Herzkranke. 25p. 22y2cm. Freib. i. B., W. Wiemken, 1936. KLEIST, Karl, 1879- Postoperative Psychosen. 30p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1916. Forms H. 11, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl. ---- Die Influenzapsychosen und die Anlage zu Infektionspsychosen. 54p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1920. Forms H. 21, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl. ---- Episodische Dammerzustande; ein Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der konstitutionellen Geistes- storungen. 80p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1926. See also Bonhoeffer, K. & Kleist, K. Geistes- und Nerven- krankheiten. Teil. 1-2. 1416p. 8? Lpz., 1922-34. For Festschrift see Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1939, 110: H. 1-3. See also Niessl von Mayendorf, E. Leber einen Fall von doppelseitiger Erkrankung des Rindenzentrums fiir das Eigenerleben nach Kleist. Mschr. Psychiat., 1934-35, 90: 241-53.—Riidin, E., & Roemer, H. Karl Kleist 60 Jahre alt. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1939, 110: [p. i] portr.—Strauss, H. Karl Kleist; his method of research and its results. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1928, 67: 1; 132; 248. KLEITMAN, Nathaniel, 1895- Sleep and wakefulness as alternating phases in the cycle of existence, xii, 638p. illust. diagr. 23>/2cm. Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1939] See also Carlson, A. J., Kleitman, N. [et al.] Studies on the possible intoxicating action of 3.2 percent beer. 85p. 23cm. Chic, 1934. ---- MULLIN, Francis Joseph [et al.] Sleep characteristics; how they vary and react to changing conditions in the group and the indi- vidual, vi, 86p. illust. tab. diagr. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1937] KLEM, Arne, 1895- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 188. KLEM, Constantin, 1903- *Oralsepsis [Berlin] 63p. 8? Magdeburg, R. Wapler, 1931. KLEM, Fingal, 1868- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 646. KLEM, Gustav, 1858-99. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 647. KLEM, Gustav, 1866-1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 648. KLEM, Herman August, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.. 189. KLEM, Johannes Wolff, 1870- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 648. KLEM, Margaret Coyne, 1896- Medical care and costs in California families in relation to economic status, vi, 115p. tab. ch. 23}km. S Franc, State Relief Admin. California, 1935. See also Falk, I. S., Klem, M. C., & Sinai, N. The incidence of illness. 18p. 8°. Wash., 1933. Also Hollingsworth, H., & Klem, M. C. Medical care and costs in relation to family income. 219p. 27cm. Wash., 1943. KLEM, Richard Hilarius, 1845- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 649. KLEMENS, Lili, 1906- *Das Vogelge- sicht infolge einer einseitigen Luxation nach hinten aussen. 29p. 8? Munch., Sales. Off., 1931. KLEMENTINOWSKY, Josef, 1912- *Ueber Verschluss-Steine im Hepaticus (kasuisti- scher Beitrag) [Berlin] 45p. 8? Berl.-Neu- kolln, Adler, 1937. KLEMENTZ, Hermann, 1911- *Ueber Tumoren des Riickenmarkskanals im Kindes- alter. 19p. 20y2cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KLEMENZ, Erich, 1909- *Die Anatomie und Lokalisation des Carcinoma corporis uteri in Riicksicht auf Radiumapplikation, deren Erfolge und Schaden [Kiel] 35p. 23Hem. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1937. KLEMM 244 KLEMPERER KLEMM, Adolf Ernst, 1913- *Ergebnisse einer Diabetikerfiirsorgestelle [Leipzig] 22p. 23Sem. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. KLEMM, Ekkehard, 1907- *Hygienische Untersuchungen iiber die Bechor zum Mund- spiillen in der zahnarztlichen Praxis [Munchen] 20p. 8? Ueberlingen a. B., W. Veit, 1932. KLEMM, Gerhard, 1902- *Ueber Be- funde an den Zahnen zweier Dermoid-Zysten des Ovariums [Freiburg i. B.] 36p. 8? Ueber- lingen, W. Veit, 1928. KLEMM, Hanns, 1911- *Beobachtungcn iiber Keratitis neuroparalytica. 25p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1937. KLEMM, Hellmuth, 1908- *Otto Christi- an Hattenbach; Amtmann in Sontra (1735- 1808) und seine Xachkommen [Wurzburg] 159p. portr. illust. 26cm. Heilbronn a. R., P. Kostenbader, 1938. KLEMM, Otto, 1884-1939. [Autobiography] p. 153-80. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ. pr., 1936. In Hist. Psvchol. in Autobiogr. (Murchison, C.) Worcester, 1936, 3: See also Krueger. F. E., & Klemm, O. Angewandte Psy- chologie. 470p. 8? Munch., 1931. Editor of Deutsche GeseMschaft fiir Psychologic Be- richt iiber den xiii. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Psychologie. Lpz., 1933. 216p. 8? Jena, 1934. See also Barth, J. A., Meiner, A. [et al.] [Nekrolog] Zschr. angew. Psvchol.. 1039, 56: H. 1-2, p. i, portr.- Jaensch, E. R. [Nckiologj Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1939, 145:253 (J. Krueger, F. ()ito Klemm und das Psychologist-he Institut dei Lnivc-isicit Lci]>zig. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1939, 56: 253-3 16.—Nekrolog. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1939, 40: 57 9. Wirth, W. Gedcnkworte an seiner Bah re bei der Trauerfeier am 9. Januar 1939. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1938-39, 102: p. vii-xii, portr. KLEMM, Rudolf, 1899- *Die Farbe der Zahne und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Struktur derselben. 38p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. KLEMME, Carl Joseph, 1898- See Washburn, H. C., & Klemme, C. J. Beginning phar- macy. 231p. 8? N. Y., 1932. KLEMME, Gustav Friedrich, 1802-67. Heydrich, M. Gustav Klemme und seine kulturhistorische Sammlung. In Kultur & Rasse (Hesch-Spannaus) Berl., 1939, 305-16. KLEM MING, Gustaf Edvard, 1823-93, & NORDIN, J. G. Svensk boktryckeri-historia, 1483-1SS3, med inledande allman ofversigt. iv, 654p. illust. pl. 26cm. Stockh., P. A. Xorstedt & Soner [1883] KLEMP, Ernst Claus, 1905- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber Prontosil. 17p. 8? Miinst., Hansa, 1935. KLEMP, Ferdinand, 1900- *Enterdigung und Sektionserfolg [Leipzig] p. 190-209. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Abo Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1930-31, 16: KLEMPERER, Felix, 1866-1932. Die Lun- gentuberkulose; ihre Pathogenese, Diagnostik und Behandlung. 3. Aufl. 239p. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1925. See also Klemperer, G., & Klemperer, F. Neue deutsche Klinik. 13v. 4? Berl., 1928-35. For obituary see Klemperer, G. Ther. Gegen wart, 1932 73: 239. KLEMPERER, Georg, 1865- Grundriss der klinischen Diagnostik. 22. Aufl. viii, 335p pl. 8? Berl., A. Hirschwald, 1919. Also 23. Aufl. viii, 313p. 1923. Also 24. Aufl viii, 334p. 1927. Also 25. Aufl. vii, 345p 1929. Also 26. Aufl. viii, 381p. 1931. ---- Funfzig Jahre Kongress fur innere Medizin 1882-1932. 164p. 8° Munch., J F Bergmann, 1932. ---- & KLEMPERER, Felix. Xeue deutsche Klinik; Handworterbuch der praktischen Medi- zin mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der innerer Medizin, der Kinderheilkunde und ihrer Grenz- irebiete. i3v 40 Berl., Urban & Schwarzen- berg, 1928-35. KLEMPERER, Georg, ROMBERG, Ernst [et al.] Deutsches Arzneiverordnungsbuch. 2. Aufl. iv, 192p. 16? Berl., Urban & Schwarzen- berg, 1926. KLEMPERER, Georg, & ROST, Eugen. Handbuch der allgemeinen und speziellen Arz- neiverordnungslehre fiir Aerzte mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der deutschen Arzneimittel- (Jesetzgebung. 15. Aufl. xii, 944p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. KLEMPERER, Hans Hermann, 1909- *Experimentelle Studien zur Physiologie der ersten Atemzuges. p.108-18. 8? Bresl., It. Nischkowskv, 1934. Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933, 154: KLEMPERER, Paul, 1887- The spleen. p. 1591-754. illust. 8? X. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1938. In Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.) N. Y., 1938, 3: KLEMPERER, Victor von, 1876- Friih- drucke aus der Bucherei. 463p. illust. face. 44cm. Dresd. [J. Hegner] 1927. KLEMS, Heinrich, 1901- *Ueber Hen Einfluss einer einmaligen exorbitanten Wasserau- fuhr auf den Stoffwechsel [Wurzburg] 17p. tab. 8? Dortmund, K. Strauch, 1924. KLEMT, Harry, 1910- *Ueber die vorderen Sohlensttitzpunkte mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der durch sie beim Stehen und Gehen ausgeiibten Kraft [Breslau] 21p. 8? Stuttg., Union Deut. Verb, 1935. Also Zschr. Orthop., 1935-36, 64: KLENCKE, Philipp Friedrich Hermann, 1813- 81. Hauslexikon der Gesundheitslehre fiir Leib und Seele; ein Familienbuch. T. 1. A-K, T. 2. L-Z, & Supplement und Sachregister zum Haus- lexikon ... 2v. iv, 560p.; 509p.; iv, lOOp. 22cm. Lpz., E. Kummer, 1865-68. KLENK, Hans, 1906- *Die chirurgische Behandlung der Makrogenie, der Progenie und des offenen Bisses [Tubingen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KLENKE, Joseph, 1906- *Pharmakolo- gisehe Untersuchungen iiber das Lokalanaestheti- kum Pantokain. 48p. 8? Marb., H. Kilber, 1931. KLENNER, Alfred, 1908- *Ein Fall von generalisierter Sarkomatose bei einer Dogge [Giessen] 27p. 8? Neusalz, M. Siltz, 1932. KLEPFISZ, J. Leibus. *Ueber Magencarci- nom im Anschluss an Veratzung mit Salmiakgeist und Lauge [Basel; Dent.] 16p. 8? Warszawa, Bluszcz, 1936. KLEPTOLAGNIA. See Kleptomania. KLEPTOMANIA. See also Compulsive states; Fetishism; Im- pulsive states; Obsession; Theft. Laib, G. *Ueber Kleptomanie. 88p. 8? Freib. i. B., 1927. Zamoroueff-Heide, S. *Contribution a l'6tude du vol morbide [Strasbourg] 93p. 25cm. Par., 1937. Barkley, K. L. A case illustrating probable sublimation through pathological stealing. J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1936-37, 31:208-15.—Benon. R. Kleptomanie et grossesse. Ann. med. leg., 1926, 6: 511-7.—Bonaparte. M. Eine Kh-ptomane Anwandlung. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1930, 16: 493-5, ------Ln petit acces de kleptomanie larvee. Rev. fr. psych- anal., 1930, 3: 478-81.—Boulenger, M. kleptomanie et fetichisme. J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1929, 29: 304-7.— Brandam, J. Caso de cleptomanfa. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933. 46: 2921-3.—Carrilho, H. Um caso de cleptomania. KLEPTOMANIA 245 KLEU Arq. med. leg. ident., Rio, 1933, No. 7, 226-36.—Deutsch, L. Zur Frage der Kleptomanie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935, 152: 208-34.—Di Tullio, B. Sul furto patologico. Zacchia, 1927, 6: 100-8. —Fliasberg, W. Ein Fall von Notdiebstahl; medi'zinische und medizinisch psychologische Darstellung. Mschr. Krim. Psychol., 1927, 18: 663-70.—Friedemann, M. Zur Psychanalyse und gerichtlichen Begutachtung der Kle- ptomanie. Fortsch. Sexwiss. Psychanal., 1928, 3: 96-115. Also transl. Psychoanal. Rev., 1930, 17: 452-70.—Gilbert- Robin. Le traitement du vol chez l'enfant. Hopital, 1937, 25: 672 —Grelinger, H. Ein Fall von Kleptomanie. Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1939, 43: 33-48. ------ Trois cas de kle- ptomanie. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1940, 40: 105-17. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2760-8.—Hahn, R. Ein merk- wiirdiger Fall von Diebstahl aus Gegenstands-Fetischismus. Arch. Krim. Anthrop., Lpz., 1914, 60: 5-48.—Heymann, K. Kleptomanie bei Kindern. Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1941-42, 8: 112-9.—Hirschberg, M. Ein Fall von Notdieb- stahl; juristische Darstellung. Mschr. Krim. Psychol., 1927, 18: 661-70.—Kielholz, A. Symbolische Diebstiihle. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 55: 304-9.—Laignel-Lavastine, M. Vols impulsifs a l'etalage chez une deprimee periodique. Ann. med. leg., 1927, 7: 436-40.—Landa, J., Serantes Lasserre, A. [et al.] La cleptomania en la ciudad de Buenos Aires. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1929, 16: 410-23.—Lawrence. B. G. Klep- tomania. Delaware M. J., 1942, 14: 83-6.—Lehrman, P. R. Neurotic stealing. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1937, 86: 326.— Leroy, A. Ln cas suspect de kleptomanie. J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1931, 31: 114-7.—Leroy, B. Kleptomanie chez une hysterique ayant prdsente a diffeLentes 6poques de son existence des impulsions systematiques de diverses natures. C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France (1907) 1908, 17. Congr., 114-24 — Levy, E. Psychoanalytic treatment of a child with a stealing compulsion. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1934, 4: 1-23.—Lorand, S. Compulsive stealing. J. Crim. Psychopath., 1939-40, 1: 247- 53.—Luque, A. J. ^Existira entre nosotros la cleptomania? Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1930, 21: 283-6.—Marcuse, M. Ein Fall von Kleptomanie. Mschr. Krim. Psychol., 1928, 19: 401-15.—Menaker, E. A contribution to the study of the neurotic stealing symptom. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1939, 9: 368-78.—Middleton, W. C. Is there a relation between kleptomania and female periodicity in neurotic individuals? Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1934, 22: 232-47.—Oberholzer, E. Eigentumsdelikte und Sexualitat. Arch. Krim., 1912, 50: 37-48.—Raviart, G., Vullien, R., & Nayrac, P. Le vol patho- logique. Ann. med. leg., 1927, 7: 309-27.—Rouquier, A. Le vol pathologique dans le milieu militaire. Ibid., 440-2.— Scherrer, P. Apparition tardive de troubles psycho-sensoriels et d'un syndrome parkinsonien chez une kleptomane 20 fois condamnee. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1938, 96: pt 2, 88-95.— Schmidt, G. Der Stehltrieb oder die Kleptomanie. Zbl. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1939, 92: 1-18.—Solano, S. Reiteration delictiva por cleptomania. Cron. med., Lima, 1938, 55: 146- 53.—Wachter, W. Leber Sammlerkleptomanie und anderes; Glossen zur Naturschutzbewegung. Apothekerzeitung, 1927, 42: 1245-8.—Wittels, F. Some remarks on kleptomania. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 69: 241-51. ------ Kleptomania and other psychopathic crimes. J. Crim. Psychopath., 1942-43, 4: 205-16. KLERSY, Hubert, 1907- *Zur Kasuistik des Lupus erythematodes ulcerosus der Mund- schleimhaut [Frankfurt a. M.] 14p. 8? Montabaur, G. Sauerborn, 1935. KLESTADT, Fritz, 1906- *Ueber die Aussichten fur Mutter und Kind beim vorzeitigen und friihzeitigen Blasensprung. 44p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1929. KLESTADT, Walter, 1883- Symptoma- tologie der Erkrankungen des N. VIII einschliess- lich Leitung im Hirnstamm. p. 359-662. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1935. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 4: KLETSCH, Helmut, 1907- *Ueber die Torsion von Hoden und Samenstrang. 21p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KLETTER, Pauline, 1912- *Les osteites mandibulaires chez l'enfant et leur traitement par la carboxy-sulfamido-chrysoidine. 63p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1938. KLETZHAENDLER, Moses, 1915- *Ueber Narbenendometriosen. 31p. 22/'2cm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1941. KLETZIEN, Seymour William, 1900- For portrait see Sympos. Resp. Enzymes, Madison, 1942, opp. p. 33. KLETZSCH, Paul Friedrich, 1910- *Zur Geschichte der Porzellan-Guss-Fullung [Leipzig] 43p. 8? Bischofswerda, F. May, 1934. KLEU, Willy, 1903- *Ueber den gegen- wartigen Stand der Lehre von den haemorrha- gischen Diathesen. 42p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. KLEUKER, Hans Eberhard, 1908- *Fal- lungsreaktion von Collidin mit verschiedenen Phenolen. 43p. ch. 20>^cm. Jena [n. p.] 1938. KLEUTERS, Maria, 1907- *Durch Spiel und Sport verursachte Zahnverletzungen bei Kindern und deren Behandlung [Miinster] 54p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1937. KLEV, Jens Andreas, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 189. KLEWANSKY, Ruth, 1907- *Wachs- tumssteigerung als Folge vegetativ-hormonalen Einflusses. [14]p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., K. Erben, 1934. KLEWER, Georg Heinz, 1912- *Die Herstellung naturgetreuer Modelle. 15p. pl. 20^cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. KLEWITZ, Ernst Julius Jobst, 1910- *Stirnlagen seit 1926. 18p. 8? Berl., Neuland- Dr., 1936. KLEWITZ, Felix, 1884- Lehrbuch der Ernahrungstherapie fiir innere Krankheiten. 137p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1925. ---- Das Bronchialasthma. vi, 81p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1928. KLEY, Heinz, 1903- *Die Resultate der Wendung fiir Mutter und Kind in der polikli- nischen Geburtshilfe. 28p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. KLEYBOECKER, Lieselotte, 1915- *Ueber die Behandlung der Pulpagangran unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Dentisil. 32p. 22>km. Griefswald, H. Adler, 1938. KLEYENSTEUBER, Wilhelm, 1902- *Ueber einen Fall von Grawitzschem Tumor mit Durchburch ins Colon descendens [Miin- chen] 16p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. KLEYLA, John Raymond, 1889- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 604. KLEYMANN, Aenne, 1911- *Ueber die Einwirkung von Neutralsalzen der Hofmeis- ter'schen Anionenreihe auf die Hefegarung [Miin- ster] 16p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KLEYMANN, Wilhelm Bernard Aloysius, 1911- *Warum verschwindet die Noma? (ein Beitrag zur Nomafrage) [Bonn] 25p. 8? Ltidinghausen, H. Rademann, 1935. KLEYMANN, Sarah. Die erfahrene Saug- lingsschwester; Leitfaden der praktischen Saug- lingspflege; ins Deutsche iibertragen von E. Wehrlin. 115p. 18cm. Lausanne, Ed. Spes S. A. [1938] KLIBANSKI, Aron [M. D., 1928, Basel] *Ueber die Anwendbarkeit der Tschlenow'schen Anschauungen iiber die Korrelation der tiefen Reflexe auf die diagnostische Wiirdigung der Varietaten des Babinski-Reflexes nach Bing [Basel] 13p. 8? S. Louis [n. p.] 1928. KLIE, Hans Emil, 1905- *Der Nachweis von Keimen der Art Bacterium coli und deren Formen in der Kieler Bucht; ein Beitrag zur Beweiskraft der mutmasslichen Teste fiir das Vorkommen von Keimen des Bacterium coli in Wassern; Systematik und Biologie des Bacterium coli und dessen Formen; Bedeutung des Nach- weises von Keimen des Bacterium coli und dessen Formen als Fakal-Abwasser Indikator [Kiel] 137p. 22cm. Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KLIE, Setta, 1909- *Krankheitsbild und Statistik der Eklampsie (Material aus den Jahren 1930-33; unter Beriicksichtigung der Disserta- tion Brockmeyer, Kiel 1930, fur die Jahre 1924- KLIE 24 29) [Kiel] 19p. tab. 22cm. Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. KLIEEISEN, Erhard, 1900- *Thermische Krisen bei Tabes dorsalis. 15p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. KLIEGER, Israel Stanley, 1908- *Bio- graphies de quelques medecins americains celebres. 28p. 22 &m. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1937. KLIEGER, Jack A., 1913- *Hydatidi- form mole; a 10 year statistical review including a summary of current literature [Marquette Univ.] 36 1. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1941. Typewritten. KLIEGER, Philip Alvin [M. D., 1939, Lau- sanne] *Le reaction de Kline et le diagnostic de la syphilis. 35p. 23cm. Lausanne, C. Risold, 1939. KLIEM, Gerhard, 1911- *Ueber trau- matische Epiphysenlosungen am oberen Fe- murende und deren Folgeerscheinungen. 17p. 231/2cm. Lpz., O. Wigand, 1936. KLIENEBERGER, Carl, 1876- Die Blut- morphologie der Laboratoriumstiere; neue mor- phologische und anatomische Untersuchungen und Anhangs-Untersuchungen normaler Physio- logie. 2. Aufl. vi, 136p. pl. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1927. KLIENEBERGER, Otto. Psyche und innere Sekretion. 76p. 8? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1927. Forms H. 5, Bd 10, Samml. Verdauungskr., 1927. KLIER, Erhard, 1910- *Prostata-Hyper- trophie und Carcinom. 23p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KLIER, Max, 1907- *Ueber postopera- tive Storungen bei Sauglingen [Wurzburg] 24p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1935. KLIEWE, Heinrich. Leitfaden der Ent- seuchung und Entwesung; ein Hilfsbuch fiir Desinfektoren, Aerzte und Fursorgestellen. vii, 97p. illust. 22Mcm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1937. Also 2. Aufl. viii, 114p. 1943. KLIEWER, Helmut, 1897- *Der Ein- fluss der Krankenkassen auf die Erhaltung des naturlichen Gebisses bei ihren Versicherten. 20p. tab. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1931. KLIFFER, Moses, 1910- *L'huile de foie de morue k hautes doses dans le traitement des tuberculoses ganglionnaires et cutanees et dans le traitement des tuberculoses pulmonaires attenuees. 62p. 24cm. Par., L. Cario, 1939. KLIGGE, Horst, 1910- *Die Berliner Studentenschaft zur Zeit der Einfuhrung der Pflichtleibesiibungen und des S. A.-Sportes an den deutschen Hochschulen im Jahre 1933 [Berlin] 23p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoff- mann, 1937. KLIGLER, Israel Jacob, 1889- The epi- demiology and control of malaria in Palestine. xv, 240p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1930] KLIMA, Hans, 1898- *Ueber die soge- nannte Liquorsanierung nach Malaria-Behand- lung. 24p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1927. KLIMA, R. See Jagifi, N., & Klima, R. Klinik und Therapie der Blut- krankheiten. 2. Aufl. 512p. 8? Berl., 1934. KLIMANEK, Georg, 1899- *Vergiftun- gen durch Adalin und ihre Beziehungen zur gerichtsarztlichen Medizin. 20p. 8° Bresl [n. p.] 1926. KLIMEK, Ernst, 1903- *Die*,Salzsaure- veratzung des Magens mit Beriicksichtigung der ubrigen Mineralsaureveratzungen * [Diisseldorf] 64p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1930. I KLIMEK KLIMEK, Johann, 1893- *Foetus papy- raceus. 32p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KLIMEK, Karl, 1905- *Funfundzwanzig Jahre Sellheimsche Uterus-Bauchdeckenfistcl- Operation [Leipzig] 27p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1933. KLIMERT, Elisabeth, 1905- *Zur Schwangerschaftsreaktion nach Regine Kapeller- Adler [Gottingen] 15p. 22^em. Hannover- Kleefeld, Buchdr. Stephansstifts, 1935. KL1MKE, Rudolf, 1905- *Die Per- thes'sche Erkrankung. 27p. 8? Greifswald, J. Abel, 1930. KLIMKE, Wilhelm, 1898- *Die Meralgia paraesthetica [Miinster i. W.] 21p. 8? Qua- kenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1930. KLIMMECK, Walter, 1906- *Ergebnisse experimenteller Untersuchungen iiber die Oedem- bereitschaft der Haut bei verschiedenen Haut- krankheiten mittels der Quaddelprobe nach McClure und Aldrich [Konigsberg i. P.] 24p. 8? Miinch., J. Jungling, 1932. KLIMMER, Andreas Georg Rudolf, 1.905- *Gerichtsarztliche Beurteilung der Sittlichkeits- verbrechen an Kindern [Leipzig] 75p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1930. KLIMMER, Martin, 1873- Futterungs- lehre der landwirtschaftlichen Nutztiere. 4. Aufl. x, 279p. 8? Berl., P. Parey, 1924. ---- Seuchenlehre der landwirtschaftlichen Nutztiere. 4. Aufl. x, 538p. pl. 8? Berl., P. Parey, 1925. ---- Tierarztliche Milchkontrolle; eine An- leitung zu ihrer praktischen Durchfuhrung. 125p. pl. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1929. ---- Milchkunde mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Milchhygiene und der hygienischen Milchkontrolle. 2. Aufl. x, 212p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1932. KLIMMER, Otto, 1911- *Beitrag zur toxikologischen Wirkung technischer Losungs- mittel: l:4-Dioxan. 26p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KLINE, Benjamin Schoenbrun, 1886- Microscopic slide precipitation tests for the diagnosis and exclusion of syphilis, xviii, 99p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1932. For biography see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.) Bost., 1942, 114, portr. KLINE, George Milton, 1879-1933. Adams, W. Doctor Kline as medical counsellor, Veterans' Administration. Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis., 1934, 18: 27-9.—Barrett, A. M. An appreciation of Dr George Milton Kline. Ibid., 20.—Bonner, C. A. Dr Kline at Danvers. Ibid., 24-6, portr.—Campbell, C. M. [Obituary] Ibid., 22 — May, J. V. George Milton Kline, A. M., M. D.; a biographical sketch. Ibid., 13-7.—Meyer, A. [Obituary] Ibid., 18.— [Obituary] Med. Bull. Veterans Adm., 1933, 9: 429. KLINE, Mahlon N., 1846-1909. For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 188, portr. Also Am. J. Pharm., 1941, 113:416. KLINEBERG, Otto, 1899- An experi- mental study of speed and other factors in racial differences, lllp. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1928. Forms No. 93, Arch. Psychol., N. Y., 1928. ---- Race differences. 3. ed. ix, 367p. 8? N. Y., Harper & bros [1935] ---- Social psychology, xii. 570p. 22cm. N. Y., H. Holt & co. [1940] ---- Mental testing of racial and national groups. p.253-94. 22cm. Wash., Catholic Univ. America pr., 1941. In Sc. Asp. Race Probl. (Jennings, H. S., et al.) ---- Characteristics of the American Negro. xii, 409p. tab. 24cm. N. Y., Harper bros [1944] KLINEBERG 247 KLING ---- Tests of negro intelligence, p.23-96. 24cm. N. Y., Harper bros, 1944. (In Charact. Am. Negro (Klineberg, O.) ___ ASCH, Solomon Elliott, & BLOCK, Helen. An experimental study of constitutional types, p. 145-221. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ. pr., 1934. Forms No. 3, v.16, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. KLINEFELTER, Lee Miller, 1892- Medi- cal occupations available to boys when they grow up. 286p. illust. pl. 8? N. Y., E. P. Dutton & co. [1938] --- Medical occupations for girls; women in white. 320p. illust. 19#cm. [N. Y.] E. P. Dutton & co., 1939. KLINEFELTER, Marion Luther, 1873-1942. Kieffer, R. S. [Obituary] Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1942-43, 37: 380, portr. KLINE test. See also under Syphilis, Diagnosis. Breazeale, E. L., & Greene, R. A. The stability of Kline antigen emulsions. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 181.— Browne, A. S., & Pentler, C. F. An improved ring maker and an emulsion pipette for the Kline test. Ibid., 1937-38, 23: 317.—Farago, B. A. Aspetos clinicos da reacao de Kline. Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1942, 73-8.—Faught, F. A. Preservation of the Kline antigen. Am. J. Clin. Path., Techn. Suppl., 1941, 5: 169.—Greene, R. A., & Harding, H. B. The absence of heterophile antibodies in cow sera and the occurrence of positive Kline reactions. Am. J. Syph., 1941, 25: 89-92.—Kline, B. S. The antigen for the microscopic slide precipitation tests for syphilis. In Pub. Am. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1938, No. 6, 140-5. ----- Further studies in antigen emulsion preparation for the ball test for syphilis. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1934, 4: 426-8. ----- Further purification of the antigen for the microscopic slide precipitation test for syphilis. Ibid., 1940, 10: 853-7. ----- New standard slide test antigen, water purified. Ibid., 1942, 12: 48-61.—Lobo, A. A. Reacci6n de Kline; preparaci6n del extracto o antigeno de Kline. Sem. meel., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1,1336.—Lvoff, R. F. The effect of ageing upon Kline antigen. Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 236-9.—Magath, T. B. Notes on appa ratus for performing the Kline test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18 • 83-7.—Miller, K. F. Kline flocculation test; its significance and application in the obstetric service of the Queens General Hospital. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 38: 918-24.— Mills, J. H. A multiple ring maker for the Kline test. J. Lab, Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 189-91.—Montesi, R. V. Micro- reacciones de Kline diagn6stico y exclusion. Prensa med. argent., 1942, 29: 542-50.—Portinho de Moraes, R. Reacao Kline. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 341, 28-31.—Powell, E. S. Antigen pipette for Kline syphilitic test. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 562.—Schmitz, J. Weitere Lntersuchungen mit dem Kline-Test. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 749-51.—Terry, M. C, & Rapp, J. F. Apparatus for the Kline test. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1938-39, 15: 422.—Tillgren, J. [Kline sero- diagnostic test, especially in blood transfusion] Nord. med., 1939, 2: 1462. KLING, Carl Albin, 1879- Pettersson, A. Leber die Forschung Karl A. Kling's. Acta med. scand., 1929, 70: 381-91, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Acta med. scand., 1929, 70: 381. KLING, David Hirsch, 1891- The synovial membrane and the synovial fluid; with special reference to arthritis and injuries of the joints. 299p. illust. diagr. 24cm. Los Ang., Medical pr. [1938] KLING, Fernand [M. D., 1934, Strasbourg] *L'alimentation en eau potable de la ville d'Epinal. 109p. map. 24cm. Strasb., L'Al- sacien, 1934. KLING, Hans. Mitteilungen aus der Papyrus- sammlung der Giessener Universitatsbibliothek; griechische Papyrusurkunden aus ptolemaischer und romischer Zeit. 38p. 8? Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1924. KLING, K. G. [M. D., 1936, Uppsala] *Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die trau- matische Parthenogenese bei Amphibieneiern. 144p. 8? Upps., Appelberg, 1936. KLING, Max, 1904- *Ueber die Lebens- aussichten friihgeborener Kinder. 46p. 8? Wurzb., K. Roll, 1931. KLING, Otto, 1912- *Ueber Symptom- freiheit nach protrahiert-fraktionierter Rontgen- bestrahlung des Zungenkarzinoms [Erlangen] 23p. 8? Coburg, Tageblatt Haus, 1936. KLING, Willi Otto [Ph. D., 1924, Giessen] *Versuche zur titrimetrischen Bestimmung von Quecksilber und Arsen in organischen Verbin- dungen und pharmazeutischen Praparaten [Philos.] [4]p. 20J4cm. Giessen [n. p.] 1924. KLINGE, Erich, & DAPPER, Sophie. Deut- sches Madchenturnen, 6.-10. Lebensjahr. 2. Aufl. 158p. illust. 8? Berl., W. Limpert [1937] KLINGE, Friedrich, 1892- Der Rheuma- tismus; pathologisch-anatomische und experi- mentell-pathologische Tatsachen und ihre Aus- wertung fiir arztliche Rheumaproblem. 336p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1933. Forms H. 27, Erg. allg. Path., 1933. KLINGE, Heinz [M. D., 1929, Freiburg i. B.] *Erfolge der Myombehandlung an der Freiburger Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1918-24 [Freiburg i. B.] 20p. 8? Hannover, G. Pinkvoss [1929] KLINGEBERG, Heinz, 1906- *Moderne Theorien des Gehirnschlages. 55p. 8? Bonn, Verein Studentenwohl, 1931. KLINGELHAGE, Hans, 1903- *Mit welcher Sicherheit wird ein den Tastwerkzeugen dargebotener Raumpunkt haptisch wieder auf- gezeigt? p. 192-228. 8? Jena, A. Barth, 1933. Also Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt., 1933, 64: KLINGELHOEFER, Erich, 1909- *Ueber die Entfernung von Tatowierungen unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung eines neuen Ver- fahrens. 17p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Dr., 1933. KLINGELHOEFER, Helmut, 1908- *Das Verhalten des Atem-Minutenvolumens wahrend des Auf- und Abstieges in der Unterdruck- Kammer. 15p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1938. KLINGELHOEFER, Otto, 1909- *Ueber das Verhalten des Reststickstoffs im Blut nach Arseninjektionen. 29p. 8? Giessen, R. Espen- hohn, 1933. KLINGELHOEFER, Walter, 1910- *Ueber grosse Unterkieferzysten und deren operative Behandlung. 21p. pl. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1937. KLINGELHOEFER, Wilhelm, 1908- *Zur Frage atypischer Miickenstich-Reaktionen. 28p. 22cm. Marb., H. Bauer, 1934. KLINGELHOEFFER, Wilhelm Karl August, 1871- See Collier, W. A., & Klingelhoffer, W. K. A. Spezielle Methoden. p.851-1769. 8! Berl., 1929. KLINGEN, Helmut, 1904- *Die Kurz- wellen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Medizin [Heidelberg] 36p. 22>^cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KLINGENBERG, Arnold [M. D., 1929, Zurich] *Die isolierte Schneckenfraktur bei Schadel- basisbruchen [Zurich] p.452-63. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1929. Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928-29, 22: KLINGENBERG, Asgerd Thorleifsdatter, 1898- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 190. KLINGENBERG, Helmut, 1908- *Blut- zuckeruntersuchungen bei gesunden und toxischen Sauglingen. 31p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. KLINGENBERG, Knud Thode, 1811-90. Portrait, ln Norges laeger (Kobro, I.; Krist., 1915, 1: 649. KLINGENFUSS, Arthur [M. D., 1926, Zurich] *Die Veranderungen des weissen Blutbildes des Kaninchens, bei Setzung von aseptischen Wun- KLINGENFUSS 24S KLINISCHE den, bei Wundinfektion und unter latren; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Mcthodik der Auswer- tung von Blutbildverschiebungen [Zurich] 86p. pl. 8? Diessenhofen, F. Forrer, 1926. KLINGENHAGEN, Heinz, 1909- *Selbst- mord durch Gewehrschuss. 28p. 22cm. Diis- seld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KLINGER, Eduard, 1901- *Zur Frage der Mastitis puerperalis [Wurzburg] 43p. 22cm. Forchheim Ofr., O. Mauser, 1937. KLINGER, Heinz Karl Ernst, 1907- *Grenzformen der Periarteriitis nodosa [Berlin] p.455-80. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1931. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 42: KLINGER, Marjorie Pauline. See Bivin, G. D., & Klinger, M. P. Pseudocyesis. 265p. 8? Bloomington, Ind., 1937. KLINGER, Martin Christophorus Adolph, 1902- *Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Adamantinome [Leipzig] 23p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1931. KLINGER, Otto, 1911- *Coxa valga nach Oberschenkelamputation. 13p. 22Ucm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KLINGER test. See under Syphilis, Diagnosis. KLINGLE, Fritz. Die rheumatischen Erkran- kungen der Knochen und Gelenke und der Rheumatismus. p.107-251. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Henke & Lubarsch) 1934, 9: pt2. KLINGMUELLER, Manfred, 1893- Ueber Prakapillarrhythmen [Halle; Habilita- tionsschrift] p.594-632. pl. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927, 56: KLINGMUELLER, Otto Fritz Helmuth, 1903- *Untersuchungen iiber Unterschiede des Streptococcus cremoris und Streptococcus masti- tidis [Kiel] p.431-55. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Milchwirtschaftl. Forsch., 1930, 10: KLINGMUELLER, Victor, 1870-1942. Die Lepra, xviii, 907p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. See also Bering, F. Zum 70. Geburtstag von Prof. Victor Klingmiiller in Kiel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 44, portr. For obituary see Deut. tropenmed. Zschr., 1942, 46: 270. Also Strahlentherapie, 1942, 71: 365-7, portr. KLINGMUELLER, Volker, 1909- *Ueber einfache Atrophie der Leber. 19p. 8? Kiel, Hansa-Dr., 1934. KLINGNER, Bernhard, 1904- *Ueber einen Fall von Epithelkorperchentumor bei Ostitis fibrosa generalisata (von Recklinghausen) 24p. 8? Gott., Dieterich, 1932. KLINGNER, Rudolf, 1897- *Biglandu- lare Blutdriisenerkrankung (Thyreosuprarenaler Typus nach M. B. Schmidt) unter dem Bilde eines acuten Morbus Addisoni [Kiel] 22p. 8? Kahla (Thiir.) J. Beck, 1932. KLINGSHIRN, Richard, 1910- *Abhan- gigkeit der Herzfrequenz vom Blutdruck [Miin- chen] lip. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KLINGSPOHR, Karl, 1905- *Beobach- tungen iiber das Vorkommen der Placenta accreta (increta) an der Universitats-Frauenklinik Berlin von dem Jahre 1928-34. 31p. 8? Berl.- Friedenau, F. Brockhaus, 1937. KjiHHHHecKuft >KypHaJi CapaTOBcKoro Yhh- BepcuTeTa. See under Saratov. Universitet. KLINISCHE Fortbildung. Berl., v.l, 1933- KLINISCHE Monatsblatter fur Augenheil- kunde. Erlangen [&c] v.l, 1*63 Complete; in 1944 vol. 105 (1940) is the latest, KLINISCHE Wochenschrift. Berl., v.l, 1922- Complete through v.19, 1940; in 1944 v.20-22, 1941-43 in- complete. KLINK, Franz, 1903- *Ueber den Wert der oralen und parenteralen Kalkdarreichung bei Lungenanschoppung. 26p. 8? Bresl., K. Yater, 1934. KLINK, Fritz, 1902- *Ueber die Me- treuryse; ihre Indikation und Ergebnisse [Gies- sen] 22p. 8? Gross-Gerau, P. L. Fink, 1925. KLINK, Hedwig, 1907- *Die metho- dischen Grundlagen zur Bestimmung von Haut- farben und vergleichende Untersuchungen mit einem neuen Verfahren iiber die normale Farbe der Haut [Tubingen] p.777-801. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 79: KLINK, Heinrich, 1899- *Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathogenese der perniciosen Anaemie. 54p. 8? Freib. i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1927. KLINKE, Joachim, 1904- *Ueber den Kupfergehalt menschlicher Organe. p.422-35. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Virchows Arch., 1930, 275: KLINKE, Karl, 1897- Der Mineral- stoffwechsel; Physiologie und Pathologie. ix, 298p. diagr. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1931. Mineralstoffwechsel. p.487-530. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1936. In Handb. Biochem. (Oppenheimer, C.) 2. Aufl., Jena, 1936, Erganz. 3: ---- Ernahrungsstorungen im Kindesalter. 28p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1934. Forms Beih. 1, Med. Klin. KLINKENBERG, Franz, 1897- *Zur Frage der Unfruchtbarmachung geistig Minder- wertiger insbesondere nach eugenischen Gesichts- punkten [Bonn] 33p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1927. Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1927, 87: KLINKENBERG, Hans, 1901- *Das Krankheitsbild der senilen Demenz. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1926. KLINKER, Willy, 1909- *Blasenschiisse. 47p. 8? Kiel [n. p., 1934] KLINKERT, Hendrik, 1847-1930. Sikkel [Biography] Geneesk. gids, 1927, 5: 809. For obituary see Tegen de tuberculose, 1930, 26: 197. KLINKMANN, Giinther, 1909- *Eine neue Methode der Desinfektionsmittelpriifung, ausgewertet an Chlorkresolpraparaten. 28p. tab. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KLINNER, Hans Erich, 1906- *Tuber- kuloseerkrankung durch den Typus bovinus (mit Unterstiitzung des Westdeutschen Tuber- kulose-Forschungsinstituts) 27p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. KLINOCEPHALUS. See under Cranium, Sutures: Closure, prema- ture. KLIPFEL, Gertrud, 1907- *Geburts- verlauf nach schweren Erstgeburten. 23p. X? Freib. i. B., W. Wiemken, 1934. KLIPPEL, Elisabeth, 1910- *Ueber das Zustandekommen der Azotamie bei den akuten Pankreaserkrankungen (ihre Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose und Prognose) 53p. 8? Giessen, Nitschkowski, 1935. KLIPPEL, Johannes, 1907- *Ueber das Phantomphaenomen nach Amputationen. 15p. 8? Bresl., E. Jakubik, 1937. KLIPPEL-FEIL 249 KLIPPEL-FEIL KLIPPEL-FEIL syndrome. Syn.: Dystrophia brevicollis congenita; Short neck; Synostosis vertebrarum cervicalium. See also Neck, Abnormity; Rib, cervical; Spina bifida, cervical; Spine, Abnormity; Thorax, Abnormity; Torticollis; Vertebra, Abnormity. Alonso Muiioyerro, J. A. Un caso interesante, en una nina, de enfermedad de Klippel-Feil. Actual. meel., Granada, 1942, 18: 338.—Bassoe, P. The Klippel-Feil syndrome. In Barker Festschr., 1932, 465-7.—Biancalana, L. Sulla sindrome di Khppel e Feil. Ann. ital. chir., 1931, 10: 129-44.—Billet, H. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil. J. sc. med. Lille, 1929, 47: pt 2, 441-3, pl.—Brindeau & Jacquet, E. Deux observations de cous courts. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1931, 29: 266-70.— C, J. Le syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Arch. m£d. enf., 1935, 38: 37-43.—Canigiani, T. Zur Diagnose und Differential- diagnose der Klippel-Feilschen Halswirbelsiiulenanomalie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 54: 296-301.—Chalnot, Briquel & Lecoanet. Sur une malade presentant un syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Rev. med. Nancy, 1938, 66: 712-0.—Clemmesen, V. Congenital cervical synostosis (Klippel-Feil syndrome) Acta radiol., Stockh., 1936, 17: 480-90.—Crouzon, O., & Lidge, R. Constitution anatomique de la colonne vertebrale dans le syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Bull. Soc. me'd. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 917-20.—Ducroquet, Mace & Groleau. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1933, 10: 1227.—Ebermaier, C. Zur Frage der sozialversieherungsrecht- lichen Bedeutung der Klippel-Feilschen Erkrankung. Ront- genpraxis, 1939, 11: 327-30.—Elowson, S. Ein Fall mit Klippel-Feils Syndrom. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 326-31.— Felier, A., & Sternberg, H. Zur Kenntnis der Fehlbildungen der Wirbelsiiule; die anatomischen Grundlagen des Kurzhalses (Klippel-Feilschen Syndroms) Virchows Arch., 1932, 285: 112-39.—Foggie, W. E. A case of congenital short neck show- ing the Klippel-Feil syndrome. Edinburgh M. J., 1935, 42: 421-8.—Gaulejac & Robert. Un cas de syndrome de Klippel- Feil. Union med. nordest, 1936, 59: 81-8.—Giraud, P., & Huguet. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1935, 33: 186-90.—Grunwald, K. Ueber 3 Falle von Klippel- Feilschem Syndrom. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936, 141: 113-22.—Guiroy, A. J., & Nolting, D. E. Una observation de sindrome de cuello corto. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1934, 13: 125-31.—Hadley, H. G. [Klippel-Feil syndrome] Acta med., Eio, 1940, 6: 330-2. Also transl. Virginia M. Month., 1940, 67: 421-4.—Haebel, E. Zur Kenntnis der Klippel Feilschen Krankheit. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr., 399 [Discussion] 405-8.—Heidecker, H. Klippel- Feilsches Krankheitsbild. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 144: 303-6.—Hess Thaysen, T. E. [Case of dystrophia brevicollis congenita] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 998-1003.—Ingelrans, P. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil, etc. Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 13: 333-5.—Kallius, H. U. Die Missbildungen der Halswirbelsnule, insbesondere iiber das sogenannte Klippel- Feilsche Syndrom. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1930-31, 29: 440-66.—Klippel-Feil (The) syndrome. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197: 345.—Kon, J. [Case of congenital short neck] Pedjat. polska, 1935, 15: 37.—Kroll, M. B. [Case of Klippel-Feil disease] Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 65-9.—Labun- skaia, O. V. [Cases of Klippel-Feil syndrome] Vest, khir., 1930, 20: 26.5-70.—Landivar, A. F., & Leoni Iparraguirre, C. A. Sindrome de Klippel-Feil. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 548-55.—Latto, D. A case of Klippel-Feil syndrome. Brit. M. J., 1942, 1: 669.— Lavelle, J. Congenital malformation of the cervical spine, the Klippel-Feil syndrome. Brit. J. Radiol., 1939, 12:96-8.—Leone, A. Su diun caso di malattiadi Klippel- Feil. Med. inf., Roma, 1936, 7: 137-46.—MacKenzie, S. Klippel-Feil syndrome. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1162-4. Also Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1943, 40: 10.—Merio, P., & Risak, E. Klippel-Feilsches Syndrom, basilare Impression und endokrine Erkrankungen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933-34, 126: 455-68.—Mitchell, H. S. The Klippel-Feil syndrome (con- genital webbed neck) Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1934, 9: 213-8. ------ & Cushing, H. B. Klippel-Feil svndrome or webbed neck. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 1094.—Nielsen, H. [Dystrophia brevicollis congenita] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 409-23.—Nilsonne, H. Klippel-Feils syndrom i belysning av tvenne fall. Hygiea, Stockh., 1926, 88: 849-60, pl — Noble & Traivley. Klippel-Feil syndrome. Ann. Surg., 1925, 82: 728-34.—Paolone, C. J. Klippel-Feil syndrome: 2 cases occurring in the same family. Med. Woman J., 1938, 45: 97-100.—Partsch, F. Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der kon- genitalen Halswirbelsynostose (Kurzhals) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1926, 24: 199-208.—Perez, M. L. Sindrome de cuello corto. Bob Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1934, 13: 180-93.— Perrier, H. Syndrome de Klippel-PVil. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 829—Petran, V. [Klippel-Feil syndrome] Cas. l£k. eesk., 1937, 76: 1597-602.—Platareanu, V. M., Dumitriu, C, & Vasilescu [Klippel-Feil syndrome] Spitalul, 1935, 55: 106-8.—Pritchard, E. Congenital malformation of the neck (Klippel-Feil's disease or web-neck) Proc. R. Soc. M„ Lond., 1934, 27: 1007.—Pytel, A., & Shaevich, S. S. Beitrag zur Frage der Klippel-Feilschen Krankheit. Ront- genpraxis, 1929, 1: 864-72. Also Vest, rentg., 1930, 8: 45-52.—Rocher, H. L., & Roudil, G. Sur un cas de syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 441-3.—Shenk, N. A. [Klippel-Feil syndrome] Ortop. travmat., 1930, 4: 100-7.—Siwon, P. Eine seltene Anomalie der Halswirbelsaule (Klippel-Feil) Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 3247-53.—Slemenson, R. Sindrome de Khppel Feil. Prensa med. argent., 1936 23- 26.-J8.—Sorrel, E., Le Grand-Lambling & Chauvire. Syndrome de Mippel-r-eil. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 177 — Stechele. U. Ueber das Klippel-Feil'sche Syndrom; kasuisti- scher Beit: ag Mschr. Kinderh., 1939, 79: 406-8.—Thomson, J. A. case of the Klippel-Feil syndrome. Arch. Dis. Childh Lond., 1937, 12: 127-31, 2 fig.—Thygesen, J. E. [Klippel- leil syndrome and its Roentgen picture] Hospitalstidende 1936, 79: 729-48, 8 pl.-Urechia, C. L, & BumbacesciT M. Un cas de syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Arch, internat. neur Par., 1933, 23. ser., pt 2, 334.—Weninger, A. Ueber eine seltene Entwicklungsanomalie des Halses (Klippel-Feil- Syndrom) Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935, 159: 725-38. Also Orv hetil., 1935, 79: 1164-9.—Willard, D. P., & Nicholson, J. T. The Klippel-Feil syndrome. Ann. Surg., 1934, 99: 561-7.__ With, T. K. [Case of dystrophia brevicollis congenital Hos- pitalstidende, 1935, 78: 556-60. ---- acquired. See also under names of primary diseases as Spine, Disease: Complication; Syphilis; Tubercu- losis; Vertebra, Disease, etc. Frugoni, C. Morbo di Pott sottoccipitale. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt 1, 222-35.—Ingelrans, P. Mal de Pott cervical ancien simulant un syndrome de Klippel-Feil chez un enfant. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1927, 30: 510-3.—Lenk, R. Zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen der angeborenen und der erworbenen Synostose der Halswirbel. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 250.—Noica & Bagdasar. Lesions tuberculeuses de la colonne cervicale simulant le syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: 529-33.—Paisseau, G., Sorrel, E., & Nguyen Khac Vien. Mal de Pott sous-occipital chez un nourisson vaccine' au BCG. Bull. Soc. mH. hop. Paris 1941 57: 328-33.—Sorrel, E., & Sorrel-Dejerine. Mal de Pott sous-occipital. In Traite chir. orthop. (Ombredanne) Par. 1937, 2: 1429-38. ---- Associated conditions. Jalladeau, J. ^Malformations congenitales associees au syndrome de Klippel-Feil. 70p. 8? Par., 1936. Mutschler, K. A. M. *Ueber einen Fall von Meningotyphus als Komplikation bei Klippel- Feilscher Erkrankung. 20p. 8? Bresl., 1931. Cardelle, G., Duran Castillo, B., & Pereiras, R. Sindrome He Klippel-Feil, con hipertrofia timica y cardiopatia congenita en un recien nacido. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 19.38, 7: 471- 87.—Embden, H. Ueber einen Fall von argeborenem Kurzhals mit Tumor der hinteren Schadelgrube. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1927, 96: 308.—Furst, W., & Ostium, H. W. Platybasia, Klippel-Feil syndrome and Sprengel's deformity. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 47: 588-90.—Ingelrans, P., & Piquet, J. Syn- drome de Klippel-Feil accompagne' de malformations multiples. Rev. orthop., Par., 1928, 3. ser. 15: 297-307.—Mouchet, A., & Roederer. Un cas de syndrome de Klippel-Feil avec grosses anomalies verteLirales. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1929, 27: 101-4. ---- Manifestation. Guerin, J. *Sur un cas de syndrome de Klippel-Feil avec maladie cutanee de Reckling- hausen et hemiplegie congenitale. 62p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Motjgin, C. *Les complications neurologiques du syndrome de Klippel-Feil. 92p. 8? Par., 1932. Avery, L. W., & Rentfro, C. C. The Klippel-Feil syndrome; a pathologic report. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 36: 1068-76.—Bocchi, L. Osservazioni anatomiche e cliniche sulla sindrome di Klippel-Feil. Chir. org. movim., 1936-37, 22: 495-527.—Challiol, V. Sintomatologia neurologica nella sindrome di Klippel-Feil. Baglivi, 1938, 4: 177-87 — Guillain, G., & Mollaret, P. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil avec quadri- plegies spasmodique; varieLe' eLiologique particuliere de l'nemi- plegie spinale ascendante chronique. Rev. neur., Par., 1931, 38: pt 1, 436-44.— Lemmerz, A. H. Beitrag zu Klinik und Rontgenbild des Klippel-Feilschen Syndroms. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 339-42.—Lereboullet, P., Bernard, J., & Villey, R. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil avec maladie cutanea de Reckling- hausen et hemiplegie congenitale; eLude tomographique de la colonne cervicale. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 370-7.— Roger, H., Arnaud, M., & Audier, M. Les manifestations nerveuses du syndrome de Klippel-Feil. Marseille me\i., 1934, 71: 233-4-1 .—Turner, E. L., Shoulders, H. S., & Scott, L. D. Klippel-Feil syndrome with unusual clinical manifesta- tions. Am. J. Roentg., 1938, 40: 43-6.—Westrienen, A. van [Patient with manifestations of Klippel-Feil syndrome] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1938-39, 7: 486-9, pl.—Winther, K., & Frem- ming, K. H. [Two cases of Klippel-Feil syndrome; one, verified bv autopsy, the other by neurological symptoms] Hospitals- tidende, 1938, 81: 693-704. KLIPPEL-FEIL 250 KLOEBLE ---- Type. Dreyfus, J. R. Die drei Formen des Klippel-Feilschen Syndroms; ihre Abgrenzung und nervosen Begleitsymptome. Zschr. Kinderh., 1936-37, 58: 739-50. ---- Type—I. ("homme sans cou") See also Spina bifida, cervical. Timmerkamp, H. *Die praemature Synostose der Halswirbelsaule (Klippel-Feil'sches Syndrom) und ihre Deutung [Miinster] 13p. 8? Bunde i. W. [1932] Bauman, G. I. Absence of the cervical spine; Klippel-Feil syndrome. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 129-32—Dellepiane, G. Neonati senza collo; la sindrome di Khppel e Feil considerata dal punto ch vista ostetrico. Clin, ostet., 1927, 29: 297-308.— Feil, A., Lebleu, A., & Fischer, H. Contribution a l'etude anatomique des hommes sans cou (syndrome de Klippel-Feil) Rev. orthop., 1932, 3. ser., 19: 531.—Feil, A., & Perret. Un nouveau cas d'anomalie cervicale: les hommes sans cou. Sem. hdp. Paris, 1926, 3: 408-12.—Greenberg, L. Absence of the cervical spine. J. Bone Surg., 1933, 15: 414-8.—Hudson, J. B. Anomaly of the cervical and upper dorsal vertebrae, Klippel- Feil syndrome; report of 2 cases. Am. J. Roentg., 1943, 50: 57-60.—Ingelrans, P. Syndrome de Klippel-Feil chez un enfant de 14 ans; un homme sans cou. Rev. orthop., Par., 1926. 3. ser., 13: 333-5.—Kopits, J. Klippel-Feil Deformitat; De- monstration eines halslosen Kindes. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1930, 2: 113.—Partsch. Kongenitale Halswirbelsynostose mit Spina bifida cervicalis. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 42.— Perrot, A., & Babaiantz, L. Quelques considerations sur le syndrome de Klippel-Feil (les hommes sans cou) J. radiol. electr., 1933, 17: 670-4.—Rechtman, A.M., & Horwitz, M. T. Congenital synostosis of the cervico-thoracic vertebrae, the Klippel-Feil syndrome. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 43: 66-73. ---- Type—II. Duclos, M. H. Soudure congenitale de deux vertebres cervicales. Bull. Soc. eiectroradiol. meel. France, 1938, 26: 165.—Ebermaier, C. Ueber ein seltenes klinisches Symptom bei Blockwirbelbildung in der Halswirbelsaule. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 667-9.—Giannelli, L. Sopra 5 casi di fusione della 2» e 3" vertebra cervicale senza contemporanea unione atlanto- occipitale. Monit. zool. ital., 1932, 43: 308-16.—Leao Velloso, A. Dorsalisacao da setima vertebra cervical. Arch, brasil. med., 1931, 21: 573-6, pl.—Paolone, C. J., & Constable, K. Presentation of an infant with the Klippel-Feil syndrome (anomaly of the cervical portion of the spine) Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937, 53: 254. ---- Type—III (telescopage) See also Spine, Abnormity. Costa, A. Sindroma de Klippel-Feil, tipo III. Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr., 1938, 13: No. 6, 1-23.—Perez, M. L., & Abdala, J. R. Telescopage vertebral. Arch, argent, pediat., 1934, 5: 736-49. KLITROPHOBIA. See Claustrophobia. KLITZSCH, Hellmut, 1905- *Ueber tierexperimentelle Gewebsveranderungen nach intramuskularer Injektion von Calciumchlorid und Calciumgluconat (Calcium-Sandoz) 21p. 8? Erlangen [n. p.] 1930. KLITZSCHMUELLER, Paul, 1910- *Zum zuchterischen Nachweis von Brucella abortus in der Milch. 43p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KLOCKMANN, Ulrich, 1913- *Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen der sozialen Lage und den Kiefer- und Zahnreihenanomalien bei den Schulkindern des Kreises Malchin. 24p. 22^cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1938. KLOCZNYK, Paul, 1898- *Etude mano- metrique vraie en hystero-salpingographie [Paris] 54p. 8? Villeneuve-Saint-Georges, Union Ty- pogr., 1937. KLODNITSKY, Nikolai Nikolaevich, 1868- 1939. Diakov, 1.1. [Obituary] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 11, 14, portr. KLODT, Wilhelm, 1906- *Nagelpsoriasis unter dem Bilde einer chronischen Nagelbetteite- rung [Miinster] 16p. 8? Wiedenbruck i. W., W. Hanhardt, 1931. KLOEBLE, Anton, 1907- * Ueber den polytropen Nahrbodcn nach L. Lange [Tubingen] 18p. 8? Schramberg, Gatzer & Halm, 1931. KLOECK, Rudolf, 1909- *Ueber opera- tive Frakturenbehandlung [Munchen] 26p. 8? Augsb., P. Haas & cie, 1936. KLOECKER, Tony, 1905- *Bietet die Cataracta brunescens fiir den Heilungsverlauf und das Sehvermogen nach Staroperationen ungi'in- stige Aussichten? 16p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1931. KLOECKNER, Ernst, 1912- *Ueber das Zusammenwirken von Tyramin und Strophantin auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch uberlebender Ge- webe [Miinster] 15p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1936. KLOECKNER, Gustav, 1909- *Atypische und typische Fiille von Peritonitis, festgestellt zuerst durch ihr Blutbild [Berlin] 19p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1934. KLOECKNER, Rudolf, 1895- *Unge- wohnliche Selbstmordhandlungen erlautert an einem Selbstmord durch Halsstich. 16p. 8? Minister i. W. [n. p., 1933] KLOEPFER, Hans, 1867- Winter, H. Hans Kloepfer zum 75. Geburtstag des steirischen Dichterarztes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1942, 55: 691. KLOEPPEL, Martin, 1909- *Die meteo- rologischen Bedingungen fiir starken Schneefall im Thiiringer Wald [Jena] 39p. tab. ch. 21cm. Lpz., K. Lange, 1938. KLOEPPER, Gerda, 1909- *Kritisches und Erbbiologisches zur Frage der Gesichts- spalten; insbesondere der Lippen-, Kiefer-, Gaumenspalten [Gottingen] 21p. 8? Borna- Lpz., R. Noske, 1935. KLOEPPER, Hans Wilhelm, 1902- *Ausbreitung eines autochthonen Ovarialcar- cinoms in den Uterus per contiguitatem. 32p. pl. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1927. KLOEPPER, Wilhelm, 1899- *Beitrag zur prothetischen Behandlung bosartiger Kiefer- tumoren. 26p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1928. KLOEPPNER, Karl, 1905- *Die opera- tive Schienung der Wirbelsaule bei Spondylitis tuberculosa und bei Spondylolisthesis [Miinster] 23p. 8? Gladbeck (Westf.) A. Theben, 1930. KLOEPZIG, Ernst Theodor Richard, 1888- *Keratitis parenchymatosa e lue acquisita [Leipzig] 65p. 8? Halle a. S., W. Kersten, 1927. KLOER, Hildegard, 1912- *Hufelands Ansichten uber die korperliche Erziehung des Kleinkindes, verglichen mit den Anschauungen der Jetztzeit [Munchen] 29p. 21>^cm. Kall- miinz, M. Lassleben, 1937. KLOES, Alfred, 1908- *Der Einfluss der Belastung auf paradentale Schwundprozesse. lip. 8? Frankf. a. M., M. Erhardt, 1934. KLOESTERS, Joseph, 1904- *Die kri- tische Ontologie Nicolai Hartmanns und ihre Bedeutung fiir das Erkenntnisproblem [Miin- chen] 95p. 8? Fulda [n. p.] 1928. KLOETER, Karl, 1891- *Ueber Ab- kommlinge des Diamino-triphenyl-methans. [4]p. 22^cm. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1925. KLOETZER, Walter, 1907- *Prophylak- tische Zahn- und Mundpflege [Heidelberg] 30p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1931. KLOEVSTAD, Andres, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 654. KLOEVSTAD, Herluf, 1868-1900. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 654. KLOEVSTAD, Johannes, 1874-1911. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, IJ Krist, 1915, 1: 655. KLOEVSTAD 251 KLOPSTOCK KLOEVSTAD, Olaf, 1894- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 191. KLOKE Oskar Ernst Gerhard, 1906- *Beitrag zur Aetiologie, Pathologie und Behand- lung des Kryptorchismus [Berlin] 48p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KLONAU, Margot, 1909- *Beitrag zur Serodiagnostik der Lungentuberkulose auf Grund der Kolloidphasenpufferung. 22p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1935. KLONDIKE. See under Yukon territory. KLOOS, Gerhard. Das Realitatsbewusstsein in der Wahrnehmung und Trugwahrnehmung. 66p. 26cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. Forms Bd 13, Samml. psychiat. neur. Einzeldarstellungen (Bostroem, A. & Lange, J.) KLOOS, Karlferdinand, 1911- *Ueber die operativen Heilungsaussichten der Eileiter- tuberkulose, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des histologischen Bildes (Bericht iiber 35 Falle aus den Jahren 1921 bis 1934) [Berlin] 39p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. KLOPF, Howard Milton, 1915- *The use of scarlet fever convalescent serum [Mar- quette Univ.] 18 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1939. Typewritten. KLOPFER, Bruno. Bibliographische Ein- fiihrung in die Heilpadagogik. iv, 230p. 8? Erfurt, K. Stenger, 1932. Also Editor of Rorschach research exchange. N. Y., v. 1, 1936- --- & KELLEY, Douglas McGlashan. The Rorschach technique; a manual for a projective method of personality diagnosis, x, 436p. tab. pl. 20%cm. Yonkers-on-Hudson, N. Y., World Bk co. [1942] KLOPFER, Fritz, 1907- *Die unblutige Umstellung in Narkose bei schweren Fallen von Arthrosis deformans der Hiifte [Munchen] 30p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1934. KLOPFER, William Peter, 1913- treat- ment of burns [Marquette Univ.] 32p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1937. Typewritten. KLOPP, Edward J., 1880-1936. Gibbon, J. H. Memoir of Doctor Edward J. Klopp. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1936-37, 4: p. xxix. Also Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1937, 55: 493, portr. Also Ann. Surg., 1937, 106: 147, portr. KLOPP, Otto, 1913- *Der Gebiss- zustand des Berliner Kleinkindes; Untersuchun- gen an 2-6jahrigen Kindern in Berliner Kinder- garten [Berlin] 31p. 23%cm Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1939. KLOPPENBORG, Johann Paul, 1908- *Die malignen Tumoren der inneren Nase resp. ihrer Nebenhohlen und des Nasenrachens [Ber- lin] 32p. 8? Gutersloh i. W., Thiele, 1935. KLOPPERT, Hans Ewald, 1910- *Die Bedeutung des weissen Blutbildes und der Blut- korperchensenkungsreaktion in der Differential- diagnose zwischen Arthrosis deformans und chronischer Polyarthritis. 35p. 8? Bonn, Kubens, 1937. KLOPSTOCK, Alfred, 1896- Die Metho- den zur Serodiagnostik der Syphilis, v, 237p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1933. Also in Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) T. 2, pt 2, 1243-476. KLOPSTOCK, Martin, & KOWARSKI, Al- bert. Praktikum der klinischen, chemischen, mikroskopischen und bakteriologischen Unter- suchungsmethoden. 9. Aufl. xi, 524p. pl. 12? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1929. Also 12. Aufl. viii, 568p. 1938. KLOPSTOCK, Robert, 1899- *Das Pneu- moperitoneum als Behandlungsmethode der Darmtuberkulose [Berlin] 9p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1933. KLOR, Gertrud, 1911- *Ueber den Douglas-Abszess [Heidelberg] 22p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KLOSE, Erich, 1882-1921, & HOHFELD, Martin. Kinderheilkunde. 15. Aufl. x, 262p. 8? Berl., Deut. Aerzteschaft, 1934. Also 18. Aufl. x, 255p. 1939. KLOSE, Gerhard, 1906- lntersuchun- gen iiber ein Histidin aufspaltendes Ferment in der menschlichen Plazenta [Gottingen] 16p. 8? Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1933. KLOSE, Heinrich, 1879- Die Chirurgie der Basedowschen Krankheit. xviii, 657p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Forms Bd 44 of Neue Deut. Chir. (Kuttner, H.) Stuttg., 1929. ---- Die Differentialdiagnose chirurgischer Erkrankungen des Gesichts. p.289-364. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter, 1935. In Differentialdiafenose (Haberland, H. F. O.) Berl., 1935. ---- Die Differentialdiagnose chirurgischer Erkrankungen der Brustorgane. p. 395-634. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter, 1935. In Differentialdiagnose (Haberland, H. F. O.) Berl., 1935. ---- Die Differentialdiagnose chirurgischer Erkrankungen des Halses. p.365-94. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter, 1935. In Differentialdiagnose (Haberland, H. F. O.) Berl., 1935. For biography see Herrn Professor H. Klose zum 60. Geburtstag gewidmet von Schiilem und Freunden. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1939, 170: 1-4, portr. ----& BUETTNER, Georg. Kachexia strumi- priva. p.591-683. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1928. In 3. Bd, 1. Halfte of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) KLOSE, Heinz, 1912- *Eisen im Zahn- stein; eine Nachpriifung der Eisenwerte in Vergne's Zahnsteinanalysen [Breslau] 23p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KLOSE, Max, 1887- *Ueber den Vol- vulus der Flexur [Breslau] 23p. 8? Lauban, A. Ludwig, 1926. KLOSE, Walter, 1911- *Beitrag zur Carcinombehandlung mit Fichera 365 unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Blutbildes. 56p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936. KLOSS, Ernst, herausg. Speculum humanae salvationis; ein niederlandisches Blockbuch. 44p. pl. 27cm. Munch., R. Piper & co., 1925. KLOSS, Harry, 1909- *Der Nachweis der Blutgruppenzugehorigkeit der weissen Blut- korperchen am Leichenblut. 17p. 23cm. Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1938. KLOSS, Jethro. Back to Eden; a book on herbal remedies for disease, and other natural methods of healing, vii, 667p.; [25]p. illust. portr. diagr. 21>^cm. [Madison College, Tenn., 1939] KLOSS, Karl. See Eppinger, H., & Kloss, K. Die Nephritisfrage. 72p. 8? Wien, 1921. KLOSS, Paul, 1910- *Absinken des Vitamin-C-Spiegels nach chirurgischen Ein- griffen. 31p. 21cm. Berl., F. Hoffman, 1938. KLOSSIA. See Klossiella. KLOSSIELLA 2:>2 KLOTZ KLOSSIELLA. See also Coccidiida; Coccidiomorpha; Cocci- diosis. Cannarella, O. L'azione patogena della Klossiella muris nel rene del topolino e trasmissione del coccidio dal t<>|)o :illa cavia. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan.. 1931. 10: 670-81, pl.— Elaut, L. Infection renale chez la souris bhinchc par Coccidium klossiella. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 1012. ------ Con- tribution a lVtude de l'infestation renale chez la souris par Coccidium klossiella muris. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1932-33, 8: 483 512.- N'abih, A. Studien iiber die Gattung Klossia und Beschreibung des Lelu nsz\ kins von Klossia loossi (nov. -|..1 Arch. Protistenk., 1038. 91: 474-515, pl.- -Stern- berg, ('. Klossiella muris. ein hi'mfigcr, anscheinend wenig bekanntor Parasit der weissen Minis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1029, 42: 419-21. KLOSSNER, A. R. *Studien iiber Zell- strukturen in den epithelialen Mammatumoren und in den Epithelien der Fibromatosis diffusa mammae (Dietrich) [Helsinki] 154p. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. Also Arb. Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1930, n. F., 6: KLOSTER, Johan. The distribution and frequency of rickets in one of the fishery districts of Finmark and relation of diet to the disorder. 82p. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1931. forms Suppl. 3, v.12, Acta psediat. KLOSTER, Robert Emil, 1873- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 650. KLOSTERMANN, Alfred, 1892- *Ueber einen Fall von Tumor im linken Temporal- und im linken Occipitallappen. 22p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1926. KLOSTERMANN, Hertha Cornelia, 1910- *Der Rontgenkater und seine Torantil-Behand- lung [Halle-Wittenberg] 20p. 21cm. Blei- cherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KLOTH, Fritz, 1900- *Ueber Car- cinombehandlung mit Ferrum candens. 16p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1929. KLOTH, Marie Anna, 1910- *Beitrag zur Klinik und Behandlung der Pseudarthrose. 32p. tab. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KLOTHMANN, Harold, 1910- *Dys- plasie der einen Niere bei Aplasie der andern [Gottingen] 15p. 22cm. Dusseld., G. H. Xolte, 1937. KLOTZ, Albert, 1911- *Der Radialispuls in seiner Beziehung zu Alter und Blutdruck [Munchen] 8p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1936. KLOTZ, Boris, 1906- *Les icteres par choledocite. 134p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. KLOTZ, Erich Karl, 1913- *Die blasto- philen Erkrankungen der Mundhohle. 23p. 23Kcm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1936. KLOTZ, Hanns, 1911- *Narkoseversuche an der Katze [Munchen] 79p. 21cm. Quaken- bruck, R. Kleinert, 1938. KLOTZ, H. Pierre. See Worms, G., & Klotz, H. P. Le thymus. 152p. 8! Par., 1935. KLOTZ, Herman Gustave, 1844-1928. Morton, H. H. Obituary. Bull. N. York Acad. Med., 1928, 2. ser., 4: 1164.—[Obituary] Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic, 1928 18: 904, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. KLOTZ, Lucien. See Le Gal, E., & Klotz, L. Nos grands savants. 281p. 12? Par.. 1926. KLOTZ, Oskar, 1878-1936. Concerning aneu- rysms; the third Gordon Bell memorial lecture delivered before the Winnipeg Medical Society, April 1, 1926. 74p. 8? Toronto, Univ. Toronto pr., 1926. Univ. Toronto Stud., Path. Ser., No. 7. Holman, W. I... & Oertel, H. [Obituarv] Canad. M. Ass. J.. 1936, 35: 97 o. portr.—[Obituary] Ann. Int. M., 1936-37, 10: 1075. Also Vrch. Path., Chic, 1936, 22: 840-5, portr. Also J. Path. Bact.. Loud., 1937, 44: 50 1-7, portr. Also Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1937. 3. ser.. 31 : p. xvi. portr. For portrait see .1. Techn. Met h., Toronto, 1937, 17: front. KLOTZ, Pierre, 1910- *La polynevrite alcoolique; etude pathoge'nique et therapeutique. 210p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. KLOTZ, Waller Carl, 1875-1941. Croup clinics; a study of organized medical practice. 32p. 8? N. Y., Comm. on Dispon. Devel. United Hosp. Fund of N. York, 1927. Cecil, R. L. [Obituarv] Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass. (1911) 1942, 57: p. liv. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 550. KLOTZ, Wilhelm, 1899- *Die Selmitt- fiihrung bei Gaumenspaltenoperationen im Lichtc der Gefassversorgung [Gottingen] 21 p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1928. KLOTZBUECHER, Eugen, 1913- *I te- rusruptur und Wehenmittel. 29p. 23cm. Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1937. KLOUMAN, Georg Juell, 1851-1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 651, KLOUMAN, Halfdan, 1886- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 190. KLOUMAN, Hans Henrik Gerhard, 1845-92. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 651. KLOUMAN, Peter, 1807-62. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 652. KLOUMAN, Peter Hans, 1881- Portrait. In Norges laeger ^Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 652. KLOUMANN, Frithjof Wilhelm, 1869- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 652. KLOZ, Joseph Marcel Valentin, 1898- *Les accidents cer£braux transitoires chez les cardiaques. 55p. 25cm. Bord., J. Pechade, 1938. KLUCK, Alfons, 1911- *Die Berufs- krankheiten der Glasblaserarbeiter unter Be- riicksichtigung der Zahne und des Mundes [Berlin] 24p. 23J4cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KLUCK, Ernst, 1910- *Mord durch Ertranken [Miinster] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KLUCKHOHN, Clyde Kay Maben, 1905- & WYMAN, Leland C. An introduction to Navaho chant practice. 240p. pl. 24j2em. Menasha, Am. Anthrop. Ass., 1940. Forms No. 53 of Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass. KLUENDER, Herbert, 1910- *Kraurosis vulvae et penis unter besonderer Beriiksichti- gung pathogenetischer Momente. 23p. 8°. Berl., Silesia, 1935. KLUENDER, Rudolf, 1910- *Haben Thyreoidea und Hypophyse einen Einfluss auf den Quellungsvorgang am uberlebenden querge- streiften Muskel? [Gottingen] 32p. 22#cm. Neustettin, Norddeut. Pr., 1935. KLUESENER, Erich, 1908- *Ueber Luxa- tionen im Lisfranc'schen Gelenk [Miinster] 23p. 20Kcm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1937. KLUEVER, Heinrich, 1897- An experi- mental study of the eidetic type. p.69-230. illust. tab. diagr. 22J4cm. Worcester, Mass., Clark Univ., 1926. Forms No. 2, v.l. Genet. Psychol. Monogr. ---- Mescal, the divine plant and its psy- chological effects, lllp. 16? Lond., K. Paul, Trench & Trubner, 1938. ---- [editor] Visual mechanisms, viii, 322p. illust. diagr. 25cm. Lancaster, Pa., J. Cattell pr., 1942. Forms v.7 of Biol. Sympos. See also Murphy, G. An historical introduction to modern psychology; with a supplement by H. Kliiver. 470p. 8° Lond., 1929. KLUEVER 253 KLUGMANN KLUEVER, Herman Christof, 1902- Bowen, W. W. [Biography] J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32. 242. KLUEVER, Oluf Christian, 1847- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 653. KLUG, Joseph, 1893- *Welche Be- deutung kommt den im Speichel enthaltenen Bakterienarten fiir das chirurgische Handeln zu? 18p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1928. KLUG, Karl E., 1904- *Das Band als Befestigungs- und Verankerungsmittel ortho- dontischer Apparate an den Zahnen. 27p. 8? Frankf. a. M., Fiedler, 1936. KLUG, Wilhelm, 1910- *Zur chemischen Reizung nicht sensibler Gebilde. 15p. pl. 8? Tub. Studentenwerk, 1936. KLUGE, Alfred, 1909- *Ueber die Anwendung des Straub'schen Mauseschwanz- phanomens zur Auswertung von Morphin- und Skopolaminpraparaten [Konigsberg i. P.] lOp. 8? Saalfeld, Gunther [1933] KLUGE, Bruno, 1908- *Ueber syphiliti- schen Primaraffekt beim Weibe und seine Haufigkeit in den verschiedenen Regionen insbesondere an der Vagina [Berlin] 18p. 8? Grossenhain i. S., H. Plasnick, 1935. KLUGE, Ernst, 1908- *Ein Fall von ausgetragener Nebenhornschwangerschaft. 23p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., R. Graetz, 1934. KLUGE, Friedrich Ernst, 1901- *Sind bei Frauen mit Descensus vaginae et uteri be- ziehungsweise bei Frauen, die dem Symptomen- komplex der Asthenie Stillers angehoren, In- suffizienzen des peripheren Bindegewebes mit dem Elastometer nachweisbar? _.9p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1926. KLUGE, Gerhard Hermann Wilhelm Ludwig Heinz, 1897- *Zur Chirurgie der Pankreas- driise. 32p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1933. KLUGE, Hans, 1909- *Die Behandlung der Angina mit Streptokokkenserum und Wismut- praparaten. 32p. 22^cm. Halle a. S., W. Hendrichs, 1937. KLUGE, Hans Alexander, 1897- *Das Auswanderungsproblem im neuen Deutschland [Giessen] [7]p. 23cm. [Berl., H. Baswitz] 1920. KLUGE, Karl, 1910- *Ueber die Ver- starkung von Kautschuk-Platten durch Wipla- drahtgewebe [Munchen] 29p. 8? Marb., R. Friedrich, 1935. KLUGE, Walther, 1909- *Beitrag zur Histologie der Schilddrusenstrumen an der Hand von 575 Fallen (Operationsmaterial) [Munchen] 16p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KLUGE, Wilderich Johannes Albert, 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese neuropathischer Arthrosen infolge peripherer Nervenlasion. 22p. pl. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1931. KLUGER, Gerhard, 1907- *Ueber Kiefer- metastasen maligner Gewachse [Breslau] 25p. 8? Ohlau i. S., H. Eschenhagen, 1934. KLUGHARDT, Adolf, 1886- Kritischer Beitrag zur Frage der Indikation und der Kon- struktion der neueren Systeme der Kronen- und Bruckenarbeiten. vii, 56p. 8? Berl., Berl., Verl., 1921. KLUGKIST, Heinrich, 1909- *Masern- otitis und Schleimhautanlage [Tubingen] 40p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1938. KLUGKIST, Herbert, 1903- *Ueber die Alkoholvergiftung des Gehororgans. 22p. 8? Gott., A. Riittgerodt, 1929. KLUGMANN, Willi, 1900- *Zur Be- handlung der habituellen Schulterluxation. 54p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., R. Leupold, 1927. KLUMKER, Christian Jasper, 1868- Deutsche Versorgungsanstalten und Heime fiir Alte, Sieche und Invalide; deutsche Armen- und Arbeitsanstalten. 264p. plan. 4? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1913. KLUMKER, Gerd, 1905- *Ueber Osteo- myelitis purulenta des Beckens. 34p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1929. KLUMP, Gerhard Ernst, 1910- *Ueber das haptische Erkennen der Zahigkeit von Fliissigkeiten [Jena] 33p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., B. Sporn, 1936. KLUMPEN, Gertrude, 1907- *Die Wur- zelperforation im Lichte der modernen Forschung [Heidelberg] 31p. 8? Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1932. KLUMPKE's palsy. See Brachial plexus, Paralysis; Forearm, Paralysis; Hand, Paralysis; Ulnar nerve, Paraly- KLUMPP, Theodore George, 1903- Theodore G. Klumpp appointed director Division of Foods, Drugs and Physical Therapy of American Medical Association. J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 2414. KLUNZINGER, Carl Benjamin, 1834-1914. Erinnerungen aus meinem Leben als Arzt und Naturforscher zu Koseir am Roten Meere. 89p. illust. portr. 8? Wiirzb., C. Kabitzsch, 1915. KLURFELD, Lazarus [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Harte Entziindungsprozesse der Prostata (Holz- phlegmonen) und ihre Differentialdiagnose gegen- iiber malignen Prostatatumoren [Basel] 16p. 21cm. Mulhausen [n. p.] 1938. KLUSER, Edwin, 1903- *Priifungsver- fahren der Verbandstoffsterilisation mittels Was serdampf [Zurich] 12p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1932. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: . KLUSMEIER, Wilhelm, 1912- *Zahn- und Munduntersuchungen bei den Hilfsschulern des Reg.-Bez. Minden unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung sozialer und erbbiologischer Gesichts- punkte [Miinster] 24p. 21cm. Bielefeld, Beyer & Hausknecht, 1936. KLUSSMANN, Erich, 1909- *Zur Frage der Vererbung bei der Ichthyosis vulgaris [Miinster] 21p. 21}km. Gutersloh i. W., L Flottmann, 1938. KLUSSMANN, Hans Ulrich, 1911- *Hausinfektionen der 2. Medizinischen Klinik [Miinchen] 19p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KLUSSMANN, Walther, 1889- * Ueber das Wesen der Prognathic; ihre Entstehung und Behandlung [Leipzig] 50p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1929. ---- Gebissverfall und Ernahrung. 55p. 8? Stuttg., Hippokr: Verb, 1936. Forms Bd 6. Kleine Hippokr. Biich. (Klare, K.) ---- & LIEKS, Erwin. Das Aerztebiichlein; eine Sammlung besinnlicher Worte fiir die Feierstunde des Arztes, zugleich ein Ratgeber fiir die tagliche Praxis, xii, 199p. 12? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. KLUT, Hartwig, 1875- Trink- und Brauchwasser. viii, 129p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1924. KLUT, Wilhelm, 1911- *Klinische Beob- achtungen an zwei Fallen von Haemochroma- tose [Berlin] 36p. 8? Berl.-Steglitz, W. Gotthof, 1937. KLUTE 254 KNAGGS KLl'TE, Hermann. *Zinkperhydrol, Zincum peroxygenatum und Magnesiumperhydrol; ver- gleichende Untersuchungen iiber ihre Verwend- barkeit in der Veterinarmedizin an Stelle des Pci-hvdrols [Bern; Vet.] 48p. 8? Berl.- Treptow, Lehnhardt & Winterfeld, 1910. KLUTH, Christoph Friedrich Carl, 1908- *Die Veranderung der Korpertemperatur bei Fettembolie. 39p. ch. 23^cm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1935. KNAACK, Fritz Hugo Walther, 1906- *Ueber Veranderungen an der unteren Lenden- wirbelsaule unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Sacralisation und Lumbalisation. 25p. pl. 8? Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1934. KNAACK, Hans Joachim, 1910- *Ueber die Schadigung des Mastdarms durch einge- fiihrte Fremdkorper mit einem eigenen Fall von Geschwiirsbildung nach Thermometerverletzung. 22p. 21cm. Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1938. KNAAP, Jordaan, 1860- Wilde, P. A. de [Biography] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5207, portr. KNAB, Karl Rudolf Albrecht, 1908- *Ueber die Wirkung narkotischer Stoffe auf die normalen Geschlechtsfunktionen weiblicher Nage- tiere. 15p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1935. KNAB, Werner, 1908- *Indikation, Tech- nik und Erfolge der Prolapsbehandlung durch ausschliesslich wiederherstellende, plastische Ope- rationen an der Scheide, sowie durch Kombina- tion der genannten Operationen mit einfachen Verfahren zur Fixation und Lagekorrektur des in seiner Lage veranderten Uterus. 35p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1938. KNABE, Heinrich, 1912- *Wann und in welchem Zustand kommen Collumcarzinome in die Klinik? 28p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936. KNABENHANS, Peter Jost, 1914- *Ueber psychische Symptome bei Vergiftungen mit modernen gewerblichen Losungsmitteln. 79p. 24^cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1941. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1941, 48: H. 2; 49: H. 1. KNAEBLE, Karl August, 1913- *Die Zahnarzte-Dentisten-Frage der Gegenwart im Vergleich zur Mediziner-Wundarzte-Frage im 19. Jahrhundert, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Kurierfreiheit. 55p. 20Kcm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1938. . KNAFELMAN, Chaim [M. D., 1934, Geneve] *La maladie de Crouzon. 19p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1934. KNAFFL-LENZ, Erich von Fohnsdorf, 1880- Die internationalen Methoden der bio- logisclien Wertbestimmung und ihre Standard- praparate. p. 1521-84. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1935. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl.. 1935. Abt. IV T. 7 B, pt 2. KNAGGS, Henry Valentine,. 1858- The spine in relation to health. 26p. 16? Lond . C. W. Daniel co. [19—?] ---- Small-pox; a healing crisis and the truth about vaccination. 48p. 16? Lond., C W Daniel co., 1924. ---- Consumption and to-morrow. 36p. 12? Lond., C. W. Daniel co., 1926. ---- Indigestion; its cause and cure. 5. ed. 178p. portr. 12? Lond., C. W. Daniel co. [1926] The misunderstood microbe. 38p. pl. Lond., C. W. Daniel co. [1930] ----How to prevent cancer; the story of the origin and growth of cancer. 56p. 8? Lond., C. W. Daniel co., 1932. KNAGGS, Robert Lawford ' [M.r D., 1888, Cambridge] The inflammatory and toxic dis- eases of bone, xii, 416p. 8? Bristol, J. Wright & sons, 1926. KNAHN, Alfons, 1908- *Ueber die sogenannte Zementikel. 26p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1932. KNAKE, Charlotte, 1899- *Die Histio- und Leukozytenentstehung bei Tuschewirkung auf das lockere Bindegewebe des Kaninchens [Kiel] p.208-29. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927, 5: KNAKE, Else, 1901- *Die Behandlung der Lebererkrankungen mit Insulin und Trau- benzucker unter Beriicksichtigung des Kindes- alters. p.502-16. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47: KNAP, Georgia, 1866- Taillefer, M. Une enigme vivante. 363p. 18cm. [Par., 1925] KNAP, Karl, 1900- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl.. 191. KNAPE, Ulrich, 1909- *Zur Klinik des engen Beckens [Kiel] 23p. 8? Schwerin, R. Hermes, 1935. KNAPP, Arnold Herman, 1869- See Smith, H., Lister, A. E. J. [et al.] The treatment of cataract. 2. ed. 287p. 8? Calc, 1928. See also Report of the Committee on the Knapp Testimonial Fund. Tr. Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 301-12. For portrait see Collection in Library. KNAPP, Eberhardt, 1907- *Zunge, Schlundkopf und Kehlkopf beim Kamel und Dromedar mit Beriicksichtigung der Gesamt- organisation dieser Tiere. 39p. 8? Miinst., H. Buschmann, 1934. KNAPP, Erich, 1902- *Statistik der geburtshilflichen Abteilung vom Jahre 1926. 26p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1927. KNAPP, Hans, 1913- *Ueber Rupturen und Dehiszenzen der Wunde nach Bauchopera- tionen [Tubingen] 20p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1938. KNAPP, Hubert Clement, 1872- See [in 3. ser.] Friedenwald, J., Beck, H. G., & Knapp, H. C. Guide to clinical laboratory diagnosis. 2. ed. 140p. 23Mcm. Bait., 1904. KNAPP, Karl, 1912- *Ueber die Pul- paamputation mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung neuerer Anschauungen und der biologischen Methode. 32p. 8? Tub., Tub. Studentenwerk, 1935. KNAPP, Karl Wilson, 1885- Manual of fixed bridgework. 167p. diagr. 8? N. Y., N. York Univ. pr. [1934] KNAPP, Ludwig, 1868- Ueber puerperale Infections-Erkrankungen und deren Behandlung. 67p.. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1901. Forms H. 61 of Med. Wander-Vortrage. KNAPP, Miland Elbert, 1905- See Cole, W. H., Pohl, J. F., & Knapp, M. E. The Kenny method of treatment for infantile paralysis. 47p. 21^cm. KNAPP, Moses L., 1799-1879. Researches on primary pathology, and the origin and laws of epidemics. 2. ed. 2v. in 1. 312p.; 368p. 8? Phila., the Author, 1860. For biography see in Begin. M. Educ. Chicago (Weaver, G. H.) Chie., 1925, 71, portr., 77 KNAPP, Victor, 1899- The principles and practice of medical nursing, xx, 366p. Ulust. diagr. 21cm. N. Y., G. P. Putnam's sons, 1938. KNAPP 255 KNEBEL KNAPP, Victor, 1905- *Infrarotphoto- graphie als Suchmethode fiir Blutspuren. 9p. pl. 21cm. Heidelb., Gutenberg, 1938. KNAPP, Wilhelm, 1912- *Statistisches und Empirisches iiber das Gesetz zur Verhiitung erbkranken Nachwuchses. 39p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1934. KNAPPER, Nicolaas, 1870- Wilde. P. A. de [Fortieth anniversary of Dr N. Knapper] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1030, portr. KNAPSTEIN, Paul, 1901- *Bericht iiber die zweite Halfte des 25. Tausend der Geburten an der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Wurzburg [Wurzburg] 62p. 8? Unna, W. & K. Sauerland, 1932. KNARR, Karl, 1911- *Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der krupposen Pneumonie mit Vitamin C [Munchen] 9p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KNASTER, Dawid, 1907- *Ueber doppel- seitige stenosierende Pyelitis; Beitrag zur Frage der lokalen Schadigungen durch Pyelographie [Zurich] 16p. 8? Affoltern-A., J. Weiss, 1933. KNAUER, Berthe, 1910- Contribution k l'etude du traitement de l'abces du poumon par la methode de Landau [Montpellier] 29p. pl. 24^cm. Nimes, La Laborieuse, 1936. KNAUER, Carl, 1909- *Zwei Falle von Coeliakie bei angeborener cystischer Pancreas- fibromatose und congenitalen Bronchiektasien. 50p. ch. pl. 8? Ziir., Fluntern, 1935. KNAUER, Emil, 1867-1935. For obituary see Knaus, H. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935, 159: 430, portr. Also Siegmund, H. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 1570-3, portr. Also Zacherl, H. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 783. KNAUER, Georg Andreas, 1900- *Ueber Anregung der Milchsekretion [Freiburg i. B.] 30p. 8? Hamb., F. Brunnler, 1925. KNAUER, Hans, 1895- Ergebnisse der Lipoidstoffwechselforschung mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse im Kindesalter. 164p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1928. Forms H. 22, Abh. Kinderh., 1928. ---- Die Bluttransfusion im Kindesalter. 33p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1936. Forms Beih. 7, Arch. Kinderh., 1936. KNAUERHASE, Edgar Gustav Eugen, 1911- *Die Zahne als Ursache von Mandelent- ziindungen. 16p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1935. KNAUERHASE, Gottfried, 1905- *Ueber die Brauchbarkeit der Kahn-Reaktion zur serologischen Luesdiagnostik. 32p. tab. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KNAUS, Hermann, 1892- Periodic fer- tility and sterility in woman, a natural method of birth control; Engl, transl. by D. H. Kitchin and Kathleen Kitchin. vi, 162p. illust. tab. diagr. 8? Wien, W. Maudrich, 1934. KNAUS-OGINO technic. See under Birth-control, Technique: Safe period. KNAUT, Eva, 1911- *Untersuchungen iiber gruppenspezifische Eigenschaften der Zahne [Halle-Wittenberg] 20p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1934. KNAUT, Harry, 1908- *Ueber Ileus. 56p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1936. KNAUTH, Friedrich Wilhelm Wolfgang, 1911- *Zur Friihdiagnose der Neben- hohlentumoren. 12p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1936. KNAUTH, Marjorie Strauss. See Thornton, J., & Knauth, M. S. The social component in medical care. 411p. 8°. N. Y., 1937. KNEBEL, Heinrich, 1900- *Die Ver- wendbarkeit der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit, der Resistenzbestimmung der Erythrocyten und des Blutbildes bei der Diagnose der Carcinome des Intestinaltractus [Berlin] 23p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. KNEBEL, Rudolf, 1910- *Ueber die arteriellen Blutdruckschwankungen bei der ober- flachlichen Atmung. 25p. 21cm. Munch., C. Gerber, 1936. ---- & WILLECKE, Willi. Arzneiverordnun- gen fiir den Truppenarzt. 5. Aufl. 55p. 17cm. Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1944. KNEBEL, Werner, 1909- *Studien zur Geschichte der Orthodontie und den kom- menden Aufgaben der Kinderzahnpflege. 23p. 8? Heidelb., Brausdr., 1937. KNECHT, Otto [M. D., 1941, Bern] *Experi- mentelle untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Eiweisskorper am Kaninchenherzmuskel nach Verabreichung von Vitamin D und Cholestrin. 27p. tab. diagr. 21cm. Bern [n. .p] 1941. KNEE [incl. popliteal fossa] See also Extremity, lower; Femur; Fibula; Knee joint; Leg; Patella; Thigh; Tibia. Massart, R., & Vidal-Naquet, G. Le genou. In their Prat. orthop., Par., 1938, 558-63.—Montgomery, D. W. The knee. Ann. M. Hist., 1939, 3. ser., 1: 388-95.—Schmidt, AI. Die Hautinnervation der Regio Genus anterior. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1935, 245: 411-9.—Straube. Das Problem des Knie- schutzes im Bergbau. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 363 (Abstr.)—Vashchinsky, N. A. [Muscles of the knee joint] Omsky med. J., 1928, 3: 36-42. ---- Actinomycosis. See Knee, Mycosis. ---- Adiposis. See under Knee, Lipoma. ---- Angioma. See also Knee joint, Capsule: Tumor. Gangolphe. Angiome profond juxta-articulaire du genou; Bull. Soc. chir. Lyon, 1907, 10: 22-4. ------& Gabourd, T. Les angiomes profonds juxta-articulaires du genou; de leur diagnostic. Gaz. hop., 1907, 80: 615-21.—Wallace, G. T., & Ghormley, R. K. Cavernous hemangioma of the knee. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1943, 18: 177-82. ---- Blood supply. See Knee, Popliteal artery, etc.; also Tibial artery. ---- Bursae. Dodieau. Note sur une bourse sereuse sous-peronniere a liquide gommeux. Lyon m£d., 1917, 126: 415.—Dupuy, P. Note sur les rapports de l'extre'mit^ infeYieure du femur avec le cul-de-sac synovial soustricipital de l'articulation du genou. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80: 542.—Hohlbaum, J. Die Bursa suprapatellaris und ihre Beziehungen zum Kniegelenke; ein Beitrag zur Entwicklung der angeborenen Schleimbeutel. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1923, 128: 481-98.—Suzkui, T. Pri la sinoviaj bursoj fiirkau la genuartiko ce plenkreskintoj kaj novnaskitoj. Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1938, 52: 810.—Vaughan, G. T. Case of posterior bursa of knee. Washington M. Am., 1907-08, 6: 138.—Yano, K. Ueber die Schleimbeutel und Nebenhohlen des Kniegelenkes bei den Japanern. Fol. anat. jap., 1928, 6: 191-240. ---- Bursae: B. anserina [praetibial] Cassou. Calcification de la bourse prd-tibiale. Bull. Soc. radiol. m6d. France, 1936, 24: 383-6.—Le Bourgo, M. Les lesions de la bourse 6ereuse de la patte d'oie. Rev. orthop., Par., 1930, 3. ser., 7: 326-33.—Toussaint, H. Exostoses mobiles et bursite traumatique de la patte d'oie. Arch. m£d. pharm. mil., 1904, 44: 400—4.—Zadek, I. Bursa anserina; report of a case. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1942, 3: 125-7. ---- Bursae: B. praepatellaris. Albert, A. *De l'hygroma professionnel du genou. 63p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Broca, A. Diagnostic et traitement de l'hygroma pr6- rotulien. Presse med., 1907, 15: 573.—Canavero, G. Borsite cronica traumatica prerotulea a sviluppo antero-laterale KNEE 2f)(i KNEE Minerva med., Tor., 1027. 7: 1301-4.—CardenaL L. Higroma cr6nico de la rodilla tbursitis cr6nicn pic irotuliana, bursitis proliferante, bursitis praepatellaris ci'nn;i permagna) Rev. clin. Madrid, 1909, 2: 55-7.—Carp, L. The conservative treatment of prepatellar bursitis; a study of 27 consecutive cases with follow-up results. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 87-91.—Diamond, J. C. Three cases of patellar bursitis treated bv injection of tincture metaphen with apparent cure. Canad. M. Ass. .1.. 1933, 28: 419.—Dunlop, F. C. The use of sclerosing fluid in a case of prepatellar bursitis. Hull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1930-31, 7: 181. Goldscheider, E. Ein Beitrag zu den Hy- L-romen des Knies. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1898, 22: 169-90, 2 pl.— Hellgren, E. G. Un cas d'hygroma calculeux prf-rotulien. Acta orthop. wand., 1931-32, 2: 289-97.—Jones, A. T. A f-a.-c of bilateral prepatellar bursae. Lancet, Lond., 1925, 2: 132.-- King, E. S. J. Fibrosarcoma, synovioma, of the pre- patellar bursa. Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1 <»:*«>. 10: 135.— Maingot, R. Notes on a case of giant pre-patellar bursa. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1926, 33: 190.—Milian, G. Hygroma pr^rotulien syphilitique. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 596.— Nabarro, D. N. A note on 3 cases of suppurating bursa patellae due to the pneumococcus. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 2: 311.—Paimans, W. J. Hygroom van het patellair^ewricht het gevolg van congenitale laterale luxatie der 'patella'' Tschr. veeartsenijk., 1903-04, 31: 209-13.— Perera. Hi-jro-iia de la rodilla [illustration] Progr. clin., Madr., 1913. 2: 375 — Reder, F. Inflammation of the prepatellar bursa. Sing. Clin. X. America, 1925, 5: 1289-93— Robillard, G. L. CN.-irica.tion of infrapatellar bursae and fat pad. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 51: 442-4.—Stephens, G. A. A case of housmaid's knee not due to kneeling work. Prescriber, Edinb., 1940, 34: 77.—Toussaint. Hygrioma du genou chez les £cuyers. Bull. Soc. m£d. mil. fr., 1909, 3: 230.—Verhaeghe, E. Tumeur dune bourse sereuse prerotulienne. Echo med. nord, 1907, 11: 323. ---- Bursae: Disease [and tumor] Burman, M. Semimembranosus bursitis; association with tear of the internal meniscus of the knee joint by common trauma. J. Am. M. Ass., 19 14, 124: 29.—Castay. Calcifica- tions de bourse sereuse periarticulaire du genou. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. Franco, 1937, 25: 293.—Harris, H. J. Swelling of popliteal bursae in brucellosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1043, 122: 1204.—Herson, R. N. Benign synovioma arising in a bursa. Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 52.—Plisson. Bursites rares de la region periarticulaire du genou. Bull. Soc. m., A Baumtfarten. K. ('. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease: a case report. Am. J. Surg., 193S, 40: 65S (il. Ciiracotla, V. <;. [I'ost-traumat.ic ossification of the internal paraci.ndvle of the femur (Pelh-gi ini-Kohler- Stieda diseased Spitalul. 1933, 53: 215-22.- ( limesco, V., Vasiliu, V., & Popp, I. Considerations sur un cas de maladie de Pellegrini-Stu-dn. Rev. chir., Hucur., 1940, 43: 203-9, pl. Coltart, W. D. Pellegrini-Stieda lesion. 1'roc. R. Soc. M Lond., 1937 -38. 31: 180, pl.—Dagneau. P. C, & Roger, J. |\ Ossification meta-traumatiques paraart ieulnires du genou et IVIh-grini-Stieda. Bull. Soc. med. hop. (Ju.'-Ik-c, 1931, 215-9.— Delacroix. Observation d'un cas de maladie de Pellegrini- Stieda. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1933, 292 I. Dt-sjacques He Coniamin. N. Ossification paraarticulaire interne du genou d'origine traumatique probable. Lyon chir., 1935, .'12: 33ii -8.— Esau. Verknocherung der Knieirelenkl.apsol nach sluinpfer Gewalteinwiikung. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933 3 1, 242: 182. - Finder, J. G. Calcification of the tibial collateral li"mncnt' a report of 12 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1373-5 — Finzi. O. Ossificazioni postraumatiche della regione laterale interna del ginocchio. In Scritti in onoie di E. Buioi Nap 1930, 9: 263-81.—Fram, N. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease; a case record, with commentary and review of the literature S. Afr. M. J., 1933, 7: 110-2 Francesco, ('. Contributo casistico al niorbo di Pellegrini-Stieda (ossificazioni paracondi- loidee del femore) Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1929, 37: 051- ll. -Fredct, P. Sur la maladie cie Stieda. Hull. Hoc ,,at ,.|,j,. Par., 1931, 57: 1043-51, 8 pl.-Gamm, K. E., & Kennedy, .1. W. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease. Hosp. News, Wash., 1930, z\ No. 4, 1-4.—Gautier, J. Osteomes et maladie de IVIh-g'iini- Stieda. Arch. med. Angers, 1933, 37: 49-51.- Gavrilescu, S. G. rParacondylar internal ossification of the femur; I'elie! mini-Stieda's disease] Cluj. med., 1931, 12: 534-7. (iuarini, C. Ossificazione paracondiloidea interna del femore; malattia di Pellegrini. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1937, 13: 430-40.--Guil- laume-Louis, P. Les osteomes traumatiques paracondvlienn internes du femur (maladie de Kohler-I'ellesrini-Stieda) Arch. m<5d. chir. province, 1931, 21: 201 7.—Guillcmin, A. Ossifications post-traumatiques para-artieulaires du tibia Rev. orthop., Par., 1937, 24: 520 -5. Hamsa, W. R. A sequel of knee ligament strain; Pellegrini-Stieda's disease, metacondylar traumatic osteoma. Nebraska M. .1 191'' 27- 62-4.— Hedrick, D. W., & Jone3, H. C. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease: clinical and roentgenologic consideration. Hadiolo-v 1934, 23: 180-8.—Henson, E. B. Treatment of Pellegrini- Stieda syndrome with report of 2 eases. West Virginia M J 1936, 32: 132-4.—Hinson, A.. & (A-rald, W. L. Pellegrini"! Stieda's disease, with report of a ease. South. M. & S., 1937, 99: 233-5.—Iparraguirre, C. L., Canessa, L., & Polak, m! Sindrome de Pellegrini-Stieda; anatomia patologica. y trata- miento quirurgico. Rev. cir., B. Air.. 193s, 17: 411-7.— Kopylov, F. A. [Stieda's shadows] Vest, khir., 1933, 29: 108-13.—Kremser, C. Ueber eine seltene Lokalisation der Kohlerschen Krankheit. Rontgenpraxis, 1032, 4: 394-402.— Kulowski, J. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease; a report of one case surgically treated. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1014-7. -----■ Post-traumatic paraarticular ossification of the knee joint, Pellegrini-Stieda's disease. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 47: 392- 404.—Le Gallou. Sur un cas de maladie de Pellegrini-Stieda bilaterale. J. radiol. edectr., 1935, 19: 665—Leriche, R. A propos des osteomes metatraumatiques paracondyliens internes du f£mur. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 737-9.— Maffei, G. B. Contributo casistico al morbo di Pellegrini- Stieda (ossificazione paracondiloidea del ginocchio) Radiol. med., Milano, 1929, 16: 086-92.—Meyer, M., & Heller. La maladie de Pellegrini-Stieda. Strasbourg med., 1934, 94: 172.— Milet-i, G. L'ossificazione paracondiloidea del femore Mor- gagni, 1931, 73: 1417-24.—Miller. L. F., & Miller, L. J. Pelle- grini-Stieda's disease. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 383-5.— Mouchet, A. La sindrome di Pellegrini-Stieda. Gazz. osp., 1933, 54: 399-401.—Odessky, I. M. Post-traumatic para- articular ossification of the knee joint (Kohler-Pellegrini- Stieda shadow) Radiology, 1934, 22: 701-6. ------ Le syndrome Kohler-I'ellegrini-Stieda. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 272-89.—Olivier, C. Maladie de Pellegrini. Gaz. hop., 1940, l!?: 20?' ~,----- Trois cas ll(' 1'iahidie de Pellegrini-Stieda. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1910, 6: 208-12.—Ossowski, M. [Metatraumatic paracondyloid ossification ot the knee fPelle- Bnni-Stiedii's disease)] I'olski przegl. radjol., 193!, 6: 43-50.— Ottonello. Considerazioni sopra un caso di morbo di Pellcgrini- stieda. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1937, 13: pt 1, 1 12.- Oxford. I. M. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: •>L3. Patel. Osteome paracondylien interne avec corps etranger du genou. Lyon chir., 1933, 30: 3.30— Pellegrini. A. Ossificazione traumatica del legamento collaterale tibiale dell articolazione del ginocchio sinistro. Clin, mod., Fir., 1905, 11: 433-9. ------ Le ossificazioni traumatiche del ginocchio. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1928, 48: 486-92. ------ Per la conoscenza delle ossificazione traumatiche epicondiloidee e paracondiloidee interne del femore. Chir. org. movim., 1928, 12: 83-104.------ Per la storia delle ossificazioni pot>t- traumatiche della regione laterale interna del ginocchio. Ibid., 1931-32, 16: 283-8.—Perelman, L. R. [Post-traumatic changes in the periarticular ti - -ne of the knee-joint] Ortop. travmat., 1937, 11: 70-85, 4 pl. Petrignani. It! La maladie de Pellegrmi-Stieda. Rev. oithop., Par., 1931, 18: 105-17. ~------^ propos du syndrome de Pellegrini-Stieda- considera- tions biologiques et thf-rapeutiques sur les traumatismes fennC-a KNEE 257 KNEE et peri-articulaires. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 442.—Ploye. Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Pellegrini-Stieda. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1933, 123: 169-81.—Rachlin, N. H. Pellegrini-Stieda disease; case report. J. Bone Surg., 1934, 16: 716.—Reingold, M., & Nellen, J. W. Pellegrini-Stieda disease. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943, 41: 800-11.—Ritvo, M., & Resnik, J. Pellegrini-Stieda's disease (post-traumatic calcifica- tion of the collateral tibial ligament of the knee) Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 32: 189-95.—Rocher, H. L. Osteome pararo- tulien post-traumatique. J. med. Bordeaux, 1938, 115: pt 2, 591-3.—Rouillard, J., & Bousser, J. Ossification du ligament lateral interne du genou; maladie de Pellegrini-Stieda? Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 1739-44.—Sabadini, L. La maladie de Pellegrini-Stieda. Presse med., 1937, 45: 797- 800.—-Sinakievich, N. A. [Injuries of the knee-joint; Kohler- Pellegrini-Stieda disease] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 266.— Stein, G. H., Gladstone, N. H., & Lowry, F. C. The Pellegrini- Stieda syndrome. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 167-72.—Tender, J. Beitrag zur Deutung und Entstehung des Stiedaschen Be- gleitschattens am distalen Femurende. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1931) 1932, 26. Kongr., 311-5—Villafafie, I. Z., & Lio, E. de. Sobre la fractura de Stieda y la osificaci6n paraarticular de Pellegrini. Rev. As. med. argent., 1940, 54: 172-6.— Wetzler, S. H., & Elconin, D. V. Calcification of the tibial collateral ligament (Pellegrini-Stieda's disease) Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: 245-7.—Wiebeck, B. H. Zur Deutung des Begleit- echattens iiber dem inneren Oberschenkelknorren (Erkrankung nach Kohler-Pellegrini-Stieda) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937. 38: 130-12. --- Disease. Atsatt, R. F. A swollen knee. Surg. Clin. N. America! 1933, 13: 1289.—Bar, G. F. J. M. [Case of cured osteomyelitis that originally resembled sarcoma] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1930-3.—Cravener, E. K. Some extra-articular disorders of the knee joint in adult life. Clifton M. Bull., 1930-31, 16: 96-104.—Du Bourguet. A propos d'un cas de filaire calcifiee. Bull. Soc. me'd. mil. fr., 1932, 26: 189.—Duval, P., & Moutier, F. Fibrose kystique presynoviale du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 1218.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Swollen knee; for diagnosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Clin., 11.—Favreau, J. C. Diagnostic de I'abces osseux central et du sarcome central de la region du genou. Union me'd. Canada, 1938, 67: 138-40.—Geckeler, E. O. Non-operative measures for disabilities of the knee. Hahneman. Month., 1926, 491-5.— Guillaume-Louis, P. Le diagnostic des gros genoux. Gaz. med. France, 1933, 677.—Hue, G., & Aime, P. Ueber die Rontgenbehandlung der extensiven Periarthritis des Kniege- lenks. Strahlentherapie, 1936, 57: 270-83. Also Medecine, Par., 1937, 18: 430-50—Larichelliere, R. Les affections du genou chez l'enfant. Ann. meel. chir. Hop. S. Justine Montreal, 1937, 2: No. 4, 34-7.—Ludloff, K. Diagn6stico de las afec- ciones de la rodilla. An. cienc. med., Madr., 1912, 3. ser., 9: 18-43.—Michael, P. R. [Swollen knees] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: pt 1, 854-61, 3 pl.—Morkeberg, A. W. Swelling of the knee in horses and cattle. North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: 29-31.—Persin. Abces du genou traits par aspiration suivie d'injection oxygehee; guerison. Bull. Soc. med. Vaucluse, 1906, 2: 439.—Pezza, F. Simmetrico e periodico ginocchio di Brodie in un bambino. Morgagni, 1904, 46: 430^40.—Philipo- wicz, I. Paragonitis phlegmonosa. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1228-31.—Pouyanne, L. Les panarthrites du genou; traite- ment orthopedjque et chirurgical. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 439.—Rosenthal, S. R. Osteomyelitis with pyemia. In Path. Conf. (Jaffe, R. H.) Chic, 1940, 475.—Silver, D. The etiological importance of abnormal foot posture in affec- tions of the knee. Am. J. M. Sc, 1908, n. ser.. 136: 726-34.— Weber, E. A propos de la decouverte de la vraie nature d'une lesion du genou (fissure osseuse) meconnue jusqu'a present. Rev. me'd. Suisse rom., 1903, 23: 733-5.—Winterstein, O. Untersuchung und Diagnostik von Knieaffektionen. Praxis, Bern, 1938, 27: 620-^1.—Zimmermann, H. Chronische Knielei- den. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 20. --- Echinococcosis. Bivona, S. Cisti idatidea del ginocchio. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 1121-3.—Ivanissevich, O. Equinococosis de la rodilla. Arch. urug. med., 1939, 15: 555-617.—Orlovski, A. K kazuistikie ekhinokokkov s riedkol lokalizatsiyeL Khi- rurgia, Moskva, 1903,13: 643-5.—Tassi, D. Ciste d'echinococco del muscolo vasto laterale del femore aperta nell'articolazione del ginocchio. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1933, 14: 641-9. --- Epiphysis. See also subheadings (Femoral epiphysis; paralytic; Tibial epiphysis) also Knee joint, Contracture. Derocque, P., & Petit, J. A propos d'un cas de decollement epiphysaire du genou. Normandie med., 1903, 18: 485-90.— Ehalt, W. Knochensplitter oder Epiphyse. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 484.—Jardin, R. Etude anatomique et radiologique des points d'ossification du genou chez le nouveau-ne\ Gyn. obst., Par., 1926, 14: 240-58.—Nove-Josserand. Deforma- tions 08teogeniques du genou a la suite des lesions limitees des cartilages de conjugaison. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 6-11.—Siegling, J. A. Lesions of the epiphyseal cartilages about the knee. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1937, 17: 373-9.— 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----17 Tsoutis, N. G. A propos du traitement des fractures epi- physaires du genou. Rev. chir., Par., 1937, 75: 706-26.— Wilhelm, R. Epiphysenveranderungen bei Lahmungskon- trakturen im Kniegelenk durch Muskelzug. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203:-204: 480-7. ---- Examination. See under Knee joint, Examination. ---- Fabella. See Knee, Sesamoid bones. ---- Femoral condyles. See also Femur. Cosnier, A. C. Une affection rare du genou: lesion du cartilage du condyle interne. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr'., 1937, 31: 612-4.—Costa, A. J. Lesi6n cavernosa de c6ndilo femoral interno, producida por espina de cactus. Prensa med., La Paz, 1943, 3: 44-7.—Haberer, H. Eine, als myelogenes Sarkom angesprochene Geschwulst des medialen Oberschen- kelkondyls entfernt. Mitt. Verein. Aerzte Steiermark, 1925, 62: 51.—Smith, A. DeF., & King, B. B. Injury to the femoral articular cartilage by the medial meniscus. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 71: 679-83.—Straus, F. H. Abscess of femoral condyle. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 649-54.—Thomsen, W. Die Bedeutung der starkeren Einziehung an der Gelenkflache des Condylus femoris lateralis. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 138. ---- Femoral condyles: Fracture [and avulsion] See also Knee joint, Cruciate ligaments: Injury. Bertocchi, A. Contributo alio studio delle fratture mono- condiloidee del femore. Chir. org. movim., 1925-26, 10: 429-62.—Clavelin, C. Fracture diacondylienne de l'extremite' inferieure du femur; ostedsynthese par voie transrotulienne transversale. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 840-4.— Cornioley. Sur un cas de fracture unicondylienne du femur traitee par osteosynthese. Ibid., 1928, 54: 140-3.—Cutler, C. W., jr. Fractures at the condyles of the femur. Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 551-62.—Felsenreich, F. Perkutane Nagelung condylarer Frakturen des Oberschenkels. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 149-52.—Guszich, A. Ueber die Frakturen der Eminentia intercondyloidea. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 161: 459-67.— Juvara, E. La voie transarticulaire, par dessous le tendon rotulien detache avec son tubercule d'insertion, pour decouvrir et traiter ostedsynth^tiquement certaines fractures de l'ex- tremite inferieure du femur. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 297-300.—Kosller, J. Bruchformen der Oberschenkelrolle. Chirurg, 1937, 9: 610-7.—Lipscomb, P. R., & Ghormley, R. K. Unusual fractures of the femoral condyles with involvement of the semilunar cartilages. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1942, 17: 198-201.—Martin. Deux cas de fracture inter-condylienne du femur; traitement sangeant. Maroc med., 1940, 20: 73.— Neller, C. Die isolierte Fraktur des Femurcondylus und ihre operative Behandlung. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 871-7.—Novachenko, N. P. [Fractures of the condyle of the knee] Ortop. travmat., 1935, 9: 54-63.—Penhallow, D. P. An unusual fracture of the femoral condyles. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 2018.—Robbe. Ein Seltener Femurkondylenbruch durch Sturz mit dem Motorrad. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3: 251-4.—Springer, C. Durch Raketenantrieb angeschleuderte Metallrohre schneidet Knorpel-Knochenlappen vom Condylus femoris ab. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1479-81.—Wagner, L. C. Fracture of lateral condyle of femur associated with tearing of anterior crucial igament. Am. J. Surg., 1920, n. ser., 8: 623-6. ---- Femoral condyles: Fracture—Stieda type. See also Knee, Calcification. Durand, A. M. Contribution a l'etude de la lesion traumatique du condyle femoral interne dite fracture de Stieda (k propos de 2 cas per- sonnels) 63p. 8? Par., 1926. Lutz, E. *Ueber die sogenannte Stieda- Fraktur [Tubingen] 17p. 21cm. Schramb., 1937. Sosskov, W. *Stiedasche Fraktur; Abrisse des Condylus medialis femoris. 15p. 8? Berl., 1933. Baastad, W. F. [Stieda's fracture] Norsk mag. Isegevid., 1930, 91: 1385-92, 3 pl.—Ferrarini, G. Contributo alia conoscenza delle ossificazioni traumatiche e delle fratture per distacco del condilo interno del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1925, 9: 562-8.—Glauberman, M. Ein Fall von Fraktur des Condylus medialis femoris, geheilt durch Operation. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 1947-9.—Grashey, R. Stiedasche Fraktur; kartilaginiire Exostose. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 847.— Mange, J. Fracture du condyle interne du femur; osteo- synthese; resultat apres 15 mois. J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 192-4.—Michelson, G. Zur Frage der sogenannten Stieda'schen Fraktur. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 896-8.— KNEE 258 KNEE Rinaldi, M. O. Sulle ossificazioni traumatiche della regione mediale del ginocchio e sulle fratture corticali, per distacco, del condilo femorale interno. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 49: 394- 412.—Schaanning, C. K. [Stieda's fracture of internal condyle; 2 cases] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1929, 90: 898-903. ---- Femoral epiphysis, lower. Bureau, R. *Contribution k l'etude des decollements epiphysaires de I'extr6mit6 in- ferieure du f^mur. 143p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1938. Bellin, H. Traumatic separation of epiphysis of lower end of femur. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 37: 306-11.—Bianchini, A. Sul distacco e dislocazione traumatica dell'epifisi inferiore del femore. Riv. radiol., 1931, 5: pt 1, 632-40.—Brown, R. Epiphyseal separation distal end of femur with avulsion of the internal condyle. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 1311—4.— Delannoy, E., Hioco, R., & Lemaitre. Decollement epiphysaire de l'extremite inferieure du femur chez un nouveau-n6. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 674-6.—Edmunds, L. H. Combined epiphyseal separation with fracture through the lower end of the femur; case report. Clin. Virginia Mason Hosp., Seattle, 1937-38, 16: 57-60.—Gold, E. Ueber trau- matische Epiphysenlosungen insbesondere iiber die Epiphysen- losung am unteren Femurende und deren Behandlung. Opera Internat. Congr. Indust. Accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 251. Also transl. Ann. Surg., 1929, 89: 577-9.—Griswold, A. S. Early motion in the treatment of separation of the lower fe- moral epiphysis. J. Bone Surg., 1928, 10: 75-7.—Heller, E. P. Fracture separation (slipping) of the lower femoral epiphysis; report of a new procedure for reduction. Ibid., 1933, 15: 474-6.—Hirsch, E. F., & Ryerson, E. W. Necrosis of the distal epiphysis of the right femur. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 679- 84.—Kaplan, J. A., Sprague, S. B., & Benjamin, H. C. Trau- matic bilateral separation of the lower femoral epiphyses. J. Bone Surg., 1942, 24: 200.—Kurlander, J. J. Slipping of the lower femoral epiphysis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: M3-7.— Levinthal, D. H. Old traumatic displacement of the distal femoral epiphysis. J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 199-204 — Patterson, W. J. Separation of the lower femoral epiphysis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 21: 301-3.—Pedemonte, P. V. De- colamientos traumaticos de la epifisis femoral inferior. Arch. urug. med., 1938, 12: 54-71, 6 pl.—Pincherle, B. Distacco epifisario inferiore bilaterale del femore da trauma ostetrico. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 816-20.—Riedel, G. Ueber Epi- physenlosung und vorzeitige Verknocherung der Wachstums- fuge am unteren Femurende. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr., 280-4 [Discussion] 299-301. ------ Epiphysenlosung am unteren Femurende. Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52: 978.—Sadek, E. Dislocation of the lower epiphysis of the femur. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1934, 17: 799-805.—Sideman, S. Fractures through the lower femoral epiphyseal plates. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 193. ------ Traumatic separation of the lower femoral epiphysis. J. Bone Surg., 1943, 25: 913-6.—Trillat, Guilleminet [et al.] Decollement ob- stetrical du noyau epiphysaire femoral inferieur droit. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 312-4. ---- Fibula. See also Knee joint, Tibio-fibular articulation. Germano, G. Un caso di tumore a mieloplassi della epifisi superiore del perone. Gior. med. mil., 1939, 87: 572—9.— Jones, R. W. Styloid process of the fibula in the knee-joint with peroneal palsy. J. Bone Surg., 1931, 13: 258-60. ---- Fracture. See also subheadings (Epiphysis; Femoral condyles: Fracture; Tibia, etc.) also Femur, Fracture, intracapsular. Bonier, L. Kniegelenksteckschuss mit Fraktur des Ober- schenkels in vier Wochen mit guter Funktion geheilt (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Spezialisierung der Frakturenbehandlung) Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, 14: 211.—Brown, R. B. Fractures about the knee. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 1763-80.— Canov, A. I. [Osteosynthesis in fractures of the knee] Ortop. travmat., 1930, 4: 58-64.—Carey, J. D. Cowl fractures. Colorado M., 1932, 29: 280.—Comte. A propos de l'osteo- synthese des fractures du genou. Maroc med., 1940, 20: 76.— Girdlestone, G. R. Treatment of fractures in the region of the knee, exclusive of patella. Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 1099-101 — Jones, R. W. Discussion on fractures involving the knee joint; fractures of the extensor apparatus of the knee. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 24: 803-8.—Key, J. A. Fractures in the region of the knee. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 6: 583-96.—King, J. M., & Brewer, B. J. Gangrene complicating fractures about the knee. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1944, 78: 29-35.— Kochanaev, D. S. [The treatment of the knee joint fracture by Delbet'e method] Odess. med. J., 1928, 3: 130-2.—Lamare, J. P. Fractures du feenou. Bull, med., Par., 1939, 63: No. 26, Suppl., 1-4.—Leach, B. F. Treatment of broken knees. Vet. Bull., Wash., 1937, 31: 281.—Thornton, L., & Sandison, C. Fractures of the knee. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 178-86.— Zanoli, R. Fratture del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1925-26, 10: 463-85; 1928 12: 482-500. ---- Fracture, intracapsular. Soc also subheadings (Tibial plateau, etc.) also Knee joint, Osteochondritis dissecans. Planz, K. E. *Die Behandlung und die Behandlungsergebnisse der intraartikularen Frak- turen des Kniegelenkes. 20p. 22cm. Giessen, 1938. Reich, H. *Ueber Kniegelcnksbruche (Tibia- und-Femurkondylenfrakturen) 27p. 8? [Miinch., 1935] Allaben, C. M. Symposium on fractures involving joints; fractures into and around the knee joint. N. York State J. M., 1940, 40: 1279-82.—Bok, E. A. [Intracapsular frac- tures of knee-joint and their mechanical origin] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: No. 20, 38-51.—Crillovich, R. Ueber geschlossene intraartikulare Frakturen und traumatische Luxationen dea Kniegelenkes. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1927, 25: 94-124.— Eliason, E. L., & Ebeling, W. W. Non-operative treatment of fractures of the tibia and femur involving the knee joint. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 57: 658-67.—Hand, F. M. Fractures into and near the knee joint. In Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb., 1943, 165-9.— Holmgren, B. S. Rontgenologisch beobachteto Niveaus zwischen Blut und Fett; Kniegelenk bei intraartikularer Fraktur. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1939, 45: 139-42—Kling, D. H. Erythroblasts and myelocytes in traumatic effusions of the knee joint; their significance for the diagnosis of intra- articular fractures. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 824-30.— Koch, F. Die intraartikularen Kniegelenkfrakturen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1938, 191: 12-28.—Krida, A. Osteochondral fracture of the knee-joint. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 9: 558-60.—Kromer, K. Kniegelenkverrenkungen mit Knochen- briichen. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 690-2.—Lediard, H. A. Fracture into the knee-joint. Clin. J., Lond., 1926, 55:115—7.— Maurer, G. Kniegelenksbruche. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 1463- 7.—Menegaux, G. Fractures et luxations du femur et du tibia (region du genou) Presse med., 1934, 42: 339.—Ollcren- shaw, R. Fractures of the articular surfaces of the knee-joint. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 466-8.—Riche, Mourgue-Molines [et al.] Luxation ouverte du genou avec fracture haute de la jambe; intervention en un seul temps par arthrotomie laterale elargie a la Gernez. Arch. Soc. sc. mid. biol. Montpellier, 1933, i4: 329-36.—Torrance, G. Perforating wound of the knee-joint; a case in which a piece of steel was driven through the knee- joint, fracturing the patella and cutting a chip of bone out of the external condyle; functional result perfect. Ann. Surg., 1909, 49: 402.—Trueta, J. Tratamiento de la heridas y fracturas de guerra, fracturas intraarticulares de la rodilla. Gac. peru. cir. med., 1942-43, 5: No. 57, 9.—Wideroe, S. Ueber Knorpelknochenbruch im Kniegelenk. Acta chir. scand., 1935, 76: 398-400.—Wolcott, W. E. Fractures into the knee joint. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1931, 21: 543-7. ---- Injury. See also Knee, Fracture; and other subhead- ings; also Knee joint, Injury. Cubbins, W. R., & Callahan, J. J. Injuries to the knee. Indust. M., 1936, 5: 166.—Delrez [Coup de hache sur le genou] Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1907, 46: 219-25.— De Monie. Les traumatismes du genou. Arch. med. beiges, 1933, 86: 269-88.—Eliot, E., jr. Buffer accident of knee. Ann. Surg., 1909, 49: 132.—Gangolphe. Plaie du genou; Buture de la rotule. Lyon med., 1908, 111: 436.—Guislet. Dechirure du sciatique poplite externe dans un trauma, tissue du genou sans lesions osseuses; intervention. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1909, 23: 567.—Inksater, H. R. The investigation and treatment of injuries about the knee joint. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1941, 45: 433-6.—Jacobson, N. On lesions in the structures surrounding the knee joint. Tr. M. Soc N. York, 1904, 98: 265-74.—Jirasek, A. [Injuries of the knee] Cas. lek. eesk., 1930, 69: 489; 1931, 70: 333; 380; 421; 1933, 72: 1416.— Le Boulillier, W. G. Excision of patella in extensive wound of knee. Ann. Surg., 1903, 37: 945.—Littlewood, S. Miner's beat knee. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1943, 6: 123.—Mandl, F. Das Knie; seine traumatische Anfalligkeit, die Erhaltung und Wiederherstellung seiner Funktion. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 41-3.—Mauclaire. A propos de la difficulte du diagnostic de certaines lesions du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54:416.—Moorhead, J. J. Traumatic surgery of the knee. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1935, 325-9.— O'Donnell, E. D. Postoperative treatment of knee injuries, Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass., 1935, 6: 98-103—Patry, R. Les lesions traumatiques du genou et leur traitement. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1932, 52: 641.—Petersen, O. H. Typische Verletzungen der Kraftradfahrer in der Kniegelenkgegend. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 228: 277-81.—Riedinger, J. Zur Diagnostik der Knieverletzungen. Sitzber. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1902, 35-7.—Rosenburg, G. Ueber subkutane Weichteilverletzungen im Bereiche des Kniegelenkes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 48.—Spaulding, H. V. The traumatic knee; statistical survey of 146 cases. Ann. Surg., 1935, 102: 115-28.—Speed, K. Everyday knee injuries, excluding frac- tures: diagnosis and treatment. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 1179-90.—Thorndike, A., jr. Knee injuries incident to sports and recreation. Am. J. Surg., 1940, 47: 542-51.— KNEE 259 KNEE Tokuda, T. A case of spring knee cured by treatment. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1936, 25: 5.—Toll, R. M. Office surgical treatment of injuries of the knee. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 36: 328-31.—Tucker. Athletic injuries to the knee. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 581.—Van den Goot. Over enkele traumata van de knie. Med. rev., Haarlem, 1905, 5: 83-91.—Vanverts, J. Inclusion datant de 28 ans, d'un corps etranger, verre, dans le parties molles du genou. Concours med., 1940, 62: 451.— Willard, De F. Knee injuries and how to manage them. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1905-06, 78-85. ---- Injury: Sequelae. See also subheadings (Disease; Tumor) also Knee joint subheadings (Gonitis; Hemarthrosis; Hydrarthrosis, etc.) Annovazzi, G. Atrofia ossea acuta maculosa del ginocchio; atrofia di Sudeck. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 57-68 — Basset, A. Sequelles d'un traumatisme du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55: 646.—Boshammer, K. Unfall und rheumatische Erkrankung; traumatische gelenkte allergische Reaktion. Zbl. Chir, i943, 70: 579 (Abstr.)— Breitlander, K. Knieatrophie im Rontgenbilde; Trauma oder Tuberkulose? Acta radiol., Stockh., 1929, 10: 182-5, pl.—Davidovich, S. [Rare case of hematic cyst caused by a war wound] Voj. san, glasnik, 1935, 6: 577T9.—Hopkins, F. S., & Huston, L. L. Knee injuries in athletics; a study of end results. N. England J. M., 1939, 221: 95-102.—Houot, A. A propos des infiltrations novocainiques dans les sequelles de traumatisme du genou. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32:129-31.—Ipsen, 3. The super- ficial temperature in chronic post-traumatic knee conditions. Acta chir. scand., 1936, 78: 211.—Jirasek, A. [Traumatism of the knee; post-traumatic dry knee] Cas. lek. desk., 1934, 73: 569; 602. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 792-806. [Traumatic sclerosis of the soft parts of the whole knee] Cas. lek. desk., 1941, 80: 1-3.—L'Heureux, M. A. De quelques affections traumatiques du genou. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1927, 87: 310-48.—Palma, E. C. Derrame sangufneo para- articular de la rodilla simulando una hemartrosis. Arch. urug. med., 1939, 14: 586-601.—Petrignani, R. Les suites eloignees des traumatismes du genou. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1936, 3: 927-41.—White, G. M. Reports of 3 cases of injury to the right knee. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 334. ---- Lipoma [and adiposis] See also Knee joint, Lipoma. Bonaccorsi, A. Fibro-lipoma subfasciale del ginocchio a sviluppo postrtraumatico. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1937) 1938, 44: 1009-12.—Colombo, C. Lipogranuloma sottocutaneo spontaneo della regione prerotulea. Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 1, 640-6.—Ghetti, L. Sopra un caso di mixolipoma del ginocchio. Tumori, Milano, 1939, 25: 85-105, 4 pl.—Mensa, A. Di un lipoma prepatellar gigante in un cavallo. Nuovo Ercolani, 1921, 26: 269-77.—Perriol. Angiolipome juxta- articulaire du genou. Dauphine med., 1907, 31: 121.—Portal, P. Enorme lipoma sul ginocchio sinistro guarito col taglio. Filiatre sebezio, Nap., 1836,11: 138.—Ryerson, E. W. Lipoma of the pretibiai triangle of the knee. J. Am. M. Ass., 1905, 45: 39. ---- Mycosis. Combier, V., & Murard, J. Un cas de mycose de la region du genou a debut rotulien; guerison par plusieurs interventions chirurgicales associees a un traitement iodure. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 180-4.—Gatti, C, Peiia, R. [et al.] Acti- nomicetoma de la rodilla. Bol. Soc. med. cir. Paraguay, 1936, 2: No. 2, 20-8, pl.—Moure, T. Arthrite sporotrichosique du genou. Bull. Soc med. h6p. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 28: 948-53.— Pastorino, V. M. Raro micetoma del ginocchio. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 363-5; 1938, 79: 967-92, 5 pl. ---- painful. Blencke, A. Knieschmerzen bei Hiift- und Fusserkrankun- gen. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1143.—Dollinger, G. [Anatomic basis and treatment of knee pains from over exertion] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 1-3. ------ Die anatomische Lokalisation des Belastungsknieschmerzes und seine Behandlung. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 644-8.—Dufour, H., & Brechot. Genou douloureux; forage de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 1122-4.—Fernandez-Ruiz, C. Rodilla dolorosa de la juventud, su tratamiento por el vendaje de cola de cine. Actas Congr. med. mil. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr., 106.— Fliegel, O. Ueber Knieschmerzen, ein Beitrag zum Kapitel: Gonalgie. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1927, 25: 396-400 — Magg. Knieschmerzen und krankhafte Kniebefunde in der Sprechstunde des Allgemeinpraktikers. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 965-9.—Muller, A. Der muskulare Knieschmerz. Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1887.—Reichart, A. Adipo- salgia genus medialis, eine Pseudogonitis und ihre Behandlung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 218.—Saxl, A. Adiposis partialis genu; Adiposalgiapartialis genus. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932-33, 32: 27-31.—Shield, A. M. Neuro-mimesis of knee simulating tuberculous disease. Chn. J., Lond., 1902-03, 31: 342. ---- Paralysis. See also under names of muscles as Quadriceps muscle, Paralysis. Climesco, V., & Georgesco, J. Traitement des paralysies du genou. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1940, 43: 743-6, 3 pl.—Ferraris, V. Su| trattamento del ginocchio paralitico. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1932, 48: 947-56.—Froelich. Le genou paralytique. Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 13: 269-301.—Guildal, P. [Treat- ment of paralytic knee-joint] Bibl. laeger, 1928, 120: 631-50. Also Acta chir. scand., 1929, 65: 121-74.—Manfredi, M. L applicazione e gli esiti dei trapianti muscolo-tendinei nel ginocchio paralitico. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1932, 48: 483- 528.—Nikiforova, E. K. [Paralysis of the muscles of the knee- joint and its treatment] Ortop. travmat., 1938, 12: No. 3, 24-9.—Nove-Josserand, G. Le genou paralytique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1300. Also Progr. clin., Madr., 1926, 34: 641- 92. Also Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 13: 3. ser., 511-80 — Perricone, F. Trapianti nel ginocchio paralitico. Chir. org. movim., 1938-39, 24: 157-75. ---- Periarthritis. See subheadings (Calcification; Disease) ---- Popliteal artery. See also subheadings (Popliteal fossa; Popliteal vessels) Boyd, A. M. Localised disease of the popliteal artery. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 1294-6.—Senior, H. D. Abnormal branching of the human popliteal artery. Am. J. Anat., 1929, 44: 111-20.—Trotter, M. The level of termination of the popliteal artery in the white and the Negro. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1940, 27: 109-18. ---- Popliteal artery: Aneurysm. Hoyt, A. W. The spontaneous cure of bilateral popliteal aneurisms. lOp. 12? Wash., 1926. Alberti, V. _ Voluminoso aneurisma del poplite originario dell'arteria articolare superiore laterale del ginocchio; aspor- tazione e guarigione. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1930, 36: 979.— Aneurysm of the popliteal artery from Shreveport Charity Hospital. Tristate M. J., 1934-35, 7: 1457.—Araos, L. Aneu- rismas popliteos. Bol. Soc cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 138-41.—Blake, J. B. Popliteal aneurism. Internat. Clin., 1918, 28. ser., 2: 94-6.—Blanc y Fortacin. Un caso de aneurisma de la poplitea. Med. iber, 1918, 3: 158-60.—Brachetto Brian. Aneurisma total, espontaneo y fusiforme de la arteria poplitea. Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt 2, 1080.—Bradburn, M. Right popliteal aneurysm. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1922, 2: 1355-61.—Brock, R. C. Aneurysm of the popliteal artery; investigation by arteriography; cure by Hunterian ligature. Proc R. Soc. M,, Lond., 1938-39, 32: Clin. Sect., 440-3.—Buizard, C. Deux cas d'anevrisme arterio-veineux poplites a l'origine des vaisseaux. Paris chir., 1918, 10: 473-5.—Castro Duque, J. Aneurisma popliteo; primera arteriograffa en Antioquia. C Y M, Medellin, 1942, 2: No. 17, 12-9.—Catterina, A. Contributo clinico sperimentale alio studio degli aneurismi traumatici del poplite. Boll. Accad. med. Genova, 1917-19, 32: 13-23.—Chavannaz & Peyre. Anevrismes multiples de 1'artere poplitee. J. med. Bordeaux, 1920, 50: 95. ------ Double anevrysme de 1'artere poplitee avec thrombose arterielle et veineuse suivie de gangrene. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1920) 1921, 55-8.— Chaves, J. A. Aneurisma da arteria poplitea. Rev. As. paul. med., S. Paulo, 1935, 6: 211-6, pl.—Clavelin, C. Anevrisme de 1'artere poplitee developpe au contact d'une exostose osteo- genique de l'extremite inferieure du femur. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1923, 49: 686-9.—Cosnier, A. C. Anevrysme exclu du creux poplite en voie de degenerescence. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937, 31: 608-12.—Courboules. Anevrysme de 1'artere poplitee avec paralysie du sciatique poplite externe. Bordeaux chir., 1931, 2: 66-9.—Cranwell, D. J. Aneurismas de la arteria poplitea. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1908, 249-60, 2 pl.— Creyssel, J., Berard, M., & Frieh. A propos du traitement des anevrysmes arteriels du creux poplite. Lyon chir., 1934, 31: 220-4.—Delorme. Arterite traumatique k distance; rupture secondaire de 1'artere poplitee; anevrisme diffus. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1921, 15: 269-72.—Deschamps L., A. Historia clinica de un aneurisma popliteo. Rev. med. Veracruz., 1943, 23:4127-30.—Diaz, F., & Rivero, L. Sobre un caso de aneurisma de la poplitea de naturaleza sifilitica. Mem. Congr. venezol. med. (1926) 1927, 5. Congr., 3: 91-5.—Dunbar, J. Aneurysm of the popliteal artery. Glasgow M. J., 1934, 122: 102-8, pl.— Ferry, G., & Simon, R. Anevrysme cirsoide du creux poplite. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1923, 93: 294-6.—Filadoro, P. Due casi di aneurisma della poplitea di natura sifilitica. Policlinico, 1919, 26: sez. chir., 32-7.—Fitzwilliams, D. C. L. Popliteal aneurysm. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 9.—Flem- ming, C. Aneurysm of both popliteal arteries. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 322.—Freeman, H. E. Aneurysm of the popliteal artery in a patient with tertiary syphilis, aortitis and aortic aneurysm. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 201.—Gerlach, G. Aneurysma verum der Arteria poplitea. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 268.—Gilmour, J. Popliteal aneurysm. Newcastle M. J., 1922-23, 3: 127.—Guinet. Anevrisme poplite visible a la radiographie. J. radiol. eiectr., 1927, 11: 417.—Guyot & KNEE 260 KNEE Athanl. Sur un cas d'anevrysme poplite. J. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 53: 836.—Hadven, S. Storia d'un aneurisma popliteo con osservazioni. Ann. chn. Osp. incurab.. Nap., 1840, 6: 215-8.—Heinzmann. Ein Fall von spontanem Aneurysma der Art. poplitea. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2533-5. Hildmann, K. F. Traumatisches Kniekehlenaneurysma durch Tibiaexostose bedingt. Ibid., 1934, 61: 2311-3.—Hufnagcl, C. J. Popliteal aneurysm; 2 cases. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1943-44, 20: 86-90.—Keynes, G. L., & Morel, M. P. Popliteal aneurysm; with report of a case. Brit. J. Surg., 1943-44, 31: 155-7 — Kimpton, A. R., & Sanderson, E. R. Papers from the Faulkner Hospital; popliteal aneurysm; report of 2 cases. N. England J. M., 1939, 220: 146-9.—Lop & Bourgeois-Gavardin. Anevrisme peripheriques non traumatiques, extirpation, guerison; leur frequence dans les races de couleur. Gaz. hop., 1922, 95: 1471.—Macewen, J. A. Two cases of traumatic aneurysm of the leg. Lancet, Lond., 1920, 2: 946.—McKenna, H. Aneurysm of the popliteal artery. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1922, 2: 863- 77.—Marques de Souza, P. Consideracoes sobre um caso de aneurysmal das popliteas. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 843-53.— Marta, A. Osservazioni sopra un caso di aneurisma popliteo. Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. chir., 515-24.—Martin, A. M., & Dmmmond, H. Double popliteal aneurism with gangrene of foot. Newcastle M. J., 1923-24, 4: 66.—Milch, H., & Kling, D. H. Visualization of ruptured aneurysm of popliteal artery. Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 137: 425.—Mills, J. N. Luetic popliteal aneurysm; with report of a case. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1921, 13: 238—40.—Mona, C. Aneurisma traumatico della poplitea. Policlinico, 1939, 46: sez. prat., 1264-70.—Mottura, G. Sulla patogenesi degli aneurismi spontanei dell'arteria poplitea; aneurisma voluminosissimo di origine aterosclerotica. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1934, 5: 229-42.—Opaza, F. Aneurismas de la poplitea e iliaca externa. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 151-3.— Panis, G. Anevrisme poplite traumatique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 454-6.—Peycelon & Frieh, P. Rupture d'un anevrysme arterie] du creux poplite. Lyon chir., 1935, 32: 377-9.— Rastouil & Dreyfus. Un gros anevrysme veineux du creux poplite. Progr. med., Par., 1918, 3. ser., 33: 304.— Riche, Ginestie, J., & Aussilloux. Anevrysme poplite suppure avec phiebite. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1937, 18: 311-4.—Rocher, H. L., & Villar, J. Anevrisme poplite superieur developpe au contact d'une exostose osteogenique. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 264.—Roth, F. Multiple Aneurysmen der Arteria poplitea durch rheumatische Gefass- wandschaden. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1936-37, 50: 331-41 — Rubio, L. Un error de diagn6stico. Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1921, 3. ser., 11: 420.—Simmonds, B. S. Popliteal aneurysm. West London M. J., 1927, 32: 141.—Simobayasi, Y. Ueber einen nicht-blutig behandelten, vitalangiographisch betrachte- ten Fall von Aneurysma in der rechten Kniekehle, bei welchem sich selfsame Thorotrast-Thrombose ereignete. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1938, 27: 55.—Solieri, S. Aneurisma falso (ematoma pulsante) bilaterale simmetrico dell'arteria poplitea in soggetto a WTassermann negativa. Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 137-46. ------ Ancora sul caso di aneurisma falso bilaterale simmetrico dell'arteria poplitea. Ibid., 1928, 7: 811-7.— Theis, F. V. Popliteal aneurysms as a cause of peripheral circulatory disease: with special study of oscillomographs as an aid to diagnosis. Surgery, 1937, 2: 327-42.—Vargas, A. Un caso de aneurisma popliteo; sintesis anatomica. Cir. & ciruj anos, Mex., 1936, 4: 231-6.—Wells, A. H., Cobnrn, C. E., & Walker, M. A. Popliteal aneurysm with report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1264-6.—Wildegans, H. Die Arteriographie bei traumatischen Aneurysmen. Chirurg, 1941, 13: 6-13.— Yater, W. M. Demonstration of a ruptured popliteal aneurysm by thorium dioxide arteriography. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 973-6. ------ Ruptured popliteal aneurysm; report of 4 cases. Am. Heart J., 1939, 18: 471-82. ---- Popliteal artery: Aneurysm, arteriovenous. Barbet, P. Anevrisme arterio-veineux poplite. Paris chir., 1920, 12: 94-100.—Berard & Dunet. Anevrysme arterioso- veineux poplite; quadruple ligature; extirpation du sac; gueri- son. Lyon med., 1919, 128: 154-6.—Duguet. Anevrisme arterio-veineux poplite bas traumatique, en voie de regression; conduite a tenir. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 287 — Dupont, R. Anevrisme arterio-veineux des vaisseaux poplites; extirpation; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1175.-— Ebrard, D. Anevrisme arterio-veineux traumatique du creux poplite; extirpation; guerison. Ibid., 1928, 20: 131-5.— Ferey, D. Anivrisme arterio-veineux poplite, meconnu pendant 11 ans; endoanevrismorraphie et ligature incomplete de 1'artere poplitee; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 1466-70.—Godlewski, E. Anevrisme arterio-venieux poplite. Marseille med., 1918, 55: 199-201.—Hermeto, S., jr, & de Oliveira, E. Sobre um caso de aneurysma arterio-venoso da arteria poplitea. Rev. med., S. Paulo, 1930-31, 15: 91-104, pl.—Holman, E. The physiology of an arteriovenous fistula. Arch. Surg., 1923, 7: 64-82.—Jones, J. Arteriovenous aneurism of left popliteal artery and vein following a gun-shot wound. China M. J., 1924, 38: 832, pl.—Lenormant, C. Anevrysme arterio-veineux des vaisseaux poplites avec sac arteriel. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 891-3.—Matera, G. Aneurisma artero-venoso del poplite; contributo chirurgico alia cura radicale (quadruplice ligatura, estirpazione, guarigione perfetta) Riforma med., 1918, 34: 631-4.—Neuhof, H. Aneurysmorrhaphy for arteriovenous aneurvsm of the popliteal vessels. Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 944-6.—Notli, P., & Cham- bouleyron, E. Aneurisma arteriovenoso popliteo izquierdo. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 248-51.-Picard Anevrisme arterio-veineux poplite traite par r6seotion dc la yeine et suture laterale de 1'artere. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927 53: 463- 8 _pieri> <;. Aneurisma arterovenoso vero e falso del a arteria e vena poplitea in seguito a ferita da fucile trasfossa del ginoc- chio sinistro. Rev. osp., 1917, 7: 447-9.—Pybus. I . C. Two cases of arteriovenous aneurysm of the popliteal vessels. Edinburgh M. J., 1919, n. ser., 22: 315-7.—Reinbold. Anevrisme anterio-veineux des vaisseaux poplites. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1917, 37: 298.—Rioux. A propos d'un anevrysme arterio-veineux poplite. J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 129- 33.—Serafini, G. Sul valore del trattamento conservatore nella cura degli aneurismi traumatici arterio-veno«i del poplite. Arch. ital. chir., 1919, 1: 204-14.—Stevenson, G. H. Arterio- venous aneurysm of the popliteal vessels. Glasgow M. J.. 1926, 106: 251-4.—Sussini, M. Aneurisma arteriovenoso de la poplitea. Prensa med. argent., 1917- 18, 4: 550. ---- Popliteal artery: Aneurysm: Treatment. Laurent, P. T. *Etude critique d'un cas d'anevrysme poplite non compliqug de gangrene trait6 d'embl6e par l'amputation de cuisse. 56p. 8? Par., 1925. Alvarado Wall, J. Aneurisma popliteo; endo-aneurismorrafia (operaci6n de Matas) Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1925-26, 3: 313-9.— Barker, N. W. Spontaneous false aneurysm of the popliteal artery: arteriography, treatment, pathologic studies, report of a case. Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 613-22.—Bird, C. E. Sympathetectomy as a preliminary to the obliteration of popliteal aneurisms; with a suggestion as to sympathetic block in cases of ligature, suture, or thrombosis of large arteries. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 926-9.—Blavet di Briga, C. Con- siderazioni su di un caso di cura conservativa di aneurisma traumatico. Minerva med., Tor., 1928, 8: 944-9.—Boppe. Anevrisme diffus de 1'artere poplitee par exostose osteogenique du femur; suture laterale de 1'artere. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 1097-101.—Brachetto-Brian. Aneurisma total, espontaneo y fusiforme de la arteria poplitea; reseccion com- pleta; curaci6n sin trastornos consecutivos del miemhro; resultado alejado. Bol. Soc. cir. B Aires, 1924, 8: 690-5 — Brugeas. A propos du traitement des anevrismes arteriels du creux poplite. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 594-602, —Cerulli. F. Allacciatura dell'arteria crurale sinistra per aneu- risma falso circoscritto dell'arteria poplitea. Arch. sc. med. fis. toscane (1837-38) 1840, 1: pt 2, 39-45.—De Amesti, F. Aneurisma de la arteria poplitea tratado por la endoaneuris- morraffa; curaci6n. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1925-26, 3: 343-9 — Ducourthial. Anevrisme de 1'artere poplite; extirpation de la poche; guerison sans troubles fonctionnels. Bull. Soc. med.mil. fr., 1922, 16: 241.—Fera, A. Vasto aneurisma al poplite guarito colla legatura permanente. Filiatre sebezio, Nap., 1842, 23: 148.—Fitzwilliams, D. C. L. Aneurysm of the popliteal artery, treated and investigated by a new method: further report on case previously shown. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 301-3.—Haeller, J. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Aneurysmen der Arteria poplitea. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1920, 152: 169-88.—Hunter, J. An account of Mr Hunter's method of performing the operation for the popliteal aneurism; com- municated in a letter to Dr Simmons by Mr Everard Home, surgeon (1786) Med. Classics, 1939-40, 4: 449-57—Iselin, A. Anevrisme poplite rompu; extirpation, guerison. Paris chir., 1919, 11: 409-12.—Jorge, M. J., & Brouca, R. Aneurisma espontaneo de la arteria poplitea extirpaci6n del saco y resecci6n de un segmento de la vena; curaci6n. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 1302-7—Larondelle. Anevrysme de 1'artere poplitee, gueri en 3 jours, par la flexion de la jambe sur la cuisse. Presse med. beige, 1870-71, 23: 349; 357.—Moncany & Legendre. Anevrisme diffus du creux poplite gueri par resection large arterio-veineuse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 792.—Petit-Dutallis, D., & Theodoresco.D. Les anevrismes poplites compliques de gangrene et leur traitement avec quel- ques remarques sur l'importance du microbisme latent dans la pathogenie des complications evolutives des anevrismes ar- teriels (a propos d'une observation personnelle) Presse med., 1928, 36: 497-500.—Petrocchi, J. A. Aneurisma de la arteria poplitea, curado radicalmente por el mercurio. Sem. med., B. Air., 1919, 26: 633.—Plisson, L. Traitement des anevrysmea arteriels spontanes (a propos d'un cas d'anevrysme poplite d'origine specifique.) Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 1321-35.— Portal, P. Aneurisma al poplite guarito colla legatura perma- nente. Filiatre sebezio, Nap., 1836, 11: 268-70.—Puzanoya, E. N. [Combined operation in a case of aneurysm of the inferior popliteal artery at the knee] Sovet. med., 1940, No. 4, 28.— Renaux, L. A reconstituicao plastica da arteria poplitea, num caso de aneurisma da mesma, operado pelo Dr Johnson (Blume- nau, Santa Catharina) Brasil med., 1920, 34: 509.—Richards, R. L., & Learmonth, J. R. Lumbar sympathectomy in treat- ment of popliteal aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 383.— Robb, D. Successful resection of a popliteal aneurysm of traumatic origin. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1939-40, 9: 314-6.—Rochet, P. Anevrysmorraphie pour anevrysme poplite. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 706-8.—Schneider, H., A Batzner, K. Die Behandlung der Aneurysmen der Arteria poplitea und ihrer Aeste. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 965-75.— Streit, G. Heilung eines Aneurysma der Arteria poplitea durcb Arteriennaht. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 422.—Sum- mers, J. E. Popliteal aneurism; restoration of the continuity of the artery. Nebraska M. J., 1927, 12: 252.—Tixier, Arnulf & KNEE 261 KNEE Pnraiod EndoanevTysmorraphie pour anevrysme arteriel du creux poplite. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 688-91.—Vanlande. Anevrisme diffus de la poplitee developpe au cours d'une grippe; erreur de diagnostic; incision; ligature de 1'artere; guerison avec ffanTene des orteils ayant necessite l'amputation de jambe au tiers inferieur. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1920, 14: 109-13.— Viannay. Volumineux anevrysme de la poplitee pns pour un osteosarcome; Disarticulation de la hanche; guerison. Loire med , 1924, 38: 75-7.—Waugh, W. G. Arteriovenous aneurysm of the popliteal vessels, arteriorrhaphy under heparin. Brit. J. Surg., 1943-44, 31: 192.—Wertheimer. Anevrysme arteriel du creux poplite; resection du sac; guerison. Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 102.—Willems, G. Erfolgreiche End-zu-Endnaht der Arteria poplitea nach Resektion eines 6 cm. langen Stuckes wegen dop- Delten Aneurysmas (Aneurvsma arteriale traumaticum spurium duplex) Munch, med. Wschr., 1916, 63: 993-5— Wrede. Aneurysma verum der Arteria poplitea geheilt durch Im- plantation einer Vene. Korbl. Allg. arztl. Ver. Thuringen, 1915, 44: 281. ---- Popliteal artery: Embolism and throm- bosis. Boerema, I. [Embolectomy of the popliteal artery] Ned. tschr.geneesk., 1933, 77: 1281-6, pl.—Boyd, A.M. Thrombosis of the popliteal and femoral arteries. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 382-4.—Branch, W. H. Sudden simultaneous bilateral embolism of the popliteal arteries. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1937, 29: 89-91.—Doane, J. C. Embolism and thrombosis of the popliteal artery, diagnosis and treatment. Ann. Int. M., 1943, 19: 634-41.—Dumas, A., Claval, C, & Francillon, J. Arte- riectomie pour embolie de 1'artere poplitee. Lyon med., 1938, 161: 377-81.—Hartmann. Embolie et gangrene du membre inferieur. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1925, 39: 567.—Langeron, L., Vincent, G. [et al.] Obliteration embolique de 1'artere poplitee; arteriectomie; amputation ulterieure necessaire; radiographics des vaisseaux apris injection et examen vasculaire de la piece d'amputation. Arch. mal. coeur, 1933, 26: 437-43.—Odelberg, A. A case of embolus in the popliteal artery. Acta chir. scand., 1925-26, 59: 540—4.—Pazzagli, R. SuH'embolectomia arteriosa (considerazioni sopra due casi operati di embolectomia della poplitea) Chn. chir., Milano, 1935, n. ser., 11: 49-71.— Stoccada, F. Trombosi post-traumatica della arteria poplitea sinistra. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1936, 42: 612-4. ---- Popliteal artery: Injury. Alonso, F. Ruptura subcutanea de la arteria poplitea; muerte por shock. Rev. med. Rosario, 1922, 12: 226-8.— Bartsch, G. H. Ueber subkutane, traumatische Zerreissungen der Kniekehlenschlagader. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 328-31.—Cagnetta, V. Emorragia grave della poplitea destra all'incisione di un vasto ematoma, dopo 47 giorni dal ferimento (ferita d'arma da fuoco a pallini) allacciatura dell'arteria e della vena; guarigione. Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1925) 1926, 32: 554-61.—Chutro, P. Plaie de 1'artere poplitee. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1206.—Favreul & Franck, G. A propos d'un cas de rupture traumatique de 1'artere poplitee. J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 508-10.—Harrigan, A. H. Arterial haematoma following traumatic rupture of the popliteal artery. Ann. Surg., 1921, 74: 625-8.—Langley, G. F. Repair of ruptured popliteal artery, with note on heparin therapy after arterial suture. Brit. J. Surg., 1943-44, 31: 161-5— Patel & Rochet, P. Rupture pathologique de 1'artere poplitee. Lyon chir., 1926, 23: 786-8.—Potherat, G. Section de 1'artere poplitee par balle de guerre; fracture sus-condylienne du femur; gangrene ga- zeuse; amputation de cuisse; mort. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 67-70.—Vanlande. Plaie de 1'artere poplitee; ligature; gangrene gazeuse; amputation de cuisse. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1922, 16: 271-3—Wakeley, C. P. G., & Reid, W. O. Subcutaneous rupture of the popliteal artery; a report of two cases. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 829. ---- Popliteal artery: Surgery. Alary. Un cas de suture laterale de 1'artere poplitee; guerison sans complications. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1171-5.—Alekseichik, E. A.. & Faibich, V. M. [Surgical anatomy of the popliteal artery] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, No. 10, 90-5.—Delia Torre, P. L. A proposito di un nuovo processo per l'allacciatura dell'arteria poplitea. Pensiero med., 1919, 9: 113-7.—Dobychin, B. D. [Rational access to the popliteal artery for cases of extensive exposure] Vest, khir., 1938, 56: 231-4.—Lisitzine, M. S. [Rational access to distal part of art. poplitea] Ibid., 1926, 7: No. 21, 80-2.—Osawa, V., & Usami, G. Verhiitung der nach Unterbindung der Arteria poplitea drohenden Gangran des Unterschenkels durch Resektion des lumbo-s'akralen Grenzstranges des Nervus sympathicus. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 326-8.—Stopford, J. S. B. A cause for the frequent occurrence of gangrene after ligature of the popliteal artery. Brit. J. Surg., 1924-25, 12: 92-4 — Vinon. Suture laterale de 1'artere poplitee, suivie pendant plus de 2 ans. Montpellier med., 1919-20, 41: 372-5. ■---- Popliteal fossa. See also subheadings (Popliteal artery; Popli- teal vein; Popliteal vessels) Allodi, F. Sull'aponevrosi del Dieulafe; contributo alia conoscenza della anatomia topografica della regione poplitea. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, 10. ser., 7: 743-51, 4 pl.— Cirillo, N. Determinazione anatomo-clinica dei rapporti fra pieghe cutanee articolari e scheletro sottostante con il metodo radiografico nella regione poplitea. Prat, chir., Arezzo, 1939, 5: 262-7.—Dotti, E. Linfoghiandola calcificata dolorosa della fossa poplitea destra. Chir. org. movim., 1932-33,17: 321-4.— Fernandez, L. L. Hueco popliteo; anestesia local. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 1, 701.—Lorenzo, B. Rapporto anomalo del fascio vascolonervoso del cavo popliteo. Monit. zool. ital., 1932, 43: 339-44.—Rivet. Gangrene du gros orteil consecutive a un traumatisme du creux poplite. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1908, 2. ser., 26: 148-51.—Shdanov, D. A. Zur Anatomie der Lymphoglandulae popliteae profundae des Menschen. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 497-501.—Weinberg, E. Recherches d'anatomie comparee sur l'appareil fibreux de la face posterieur du genou. Arch, anat., Strasb., 1928-29, 9: 253-304.—Zarenko, P. P. Die Anatomie des Canalis femoro- popliteus. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928, 87: 410-28. ---- Popliteal fossa: Cyst and ganglion. See also Knee joint, Herniation. Ehinger, M. *Les ganglions poplites chez le foetus humain (recherches anatomo-micro- scopiques) 27p. 8? Lausanne, 1927. Grams, H. A. W. *Ueber Kniekehlencysten. 35p. 2 tab. 8? Konigsb., 1934. Allen, P. D., & Manjos, P. Homologous popliteal cysts occurring in identical twins. N. York State J. M., 1938, 38: 1287.—Auvray, M. Deux cas de tumeurs liquides du creux poplite. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1928, 42: 337-9. Also Med. Press & Circ, 1929, n. ser., 177: 447-9.—Da Rin, O. M., & Ghibaudi, H. S. Quistes popliteos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 464-9.—Haggart, G. E. Synovial cysts of the pop- liteal space, clinical significance and treatment. Ann. Surg., 1943, 118: 438-44.—Hintze. Ueber Poplitealcysten und Ganglien der Kniegelenksgegend. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 2210 — Petit de la Villeon. Kyste poplite chez l'enfant. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1910) 1911, 415-7.—Scheffelaar Klots, T. [Cystic tumors of the popliteal fossa] Geneesk. gids, 1933, 2: 1199-204.—Solier, F„ & Dejou, L. Hypertrophies simples du semi-membraneux simulant le kyste du creux poplite. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1939, 33: 330. ---- Popliteal fossa: Tumor. Auvray, M. Volumineux fibrome du creux poplite. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 1236-9.—Cadenat, F. M. Fibrome du creux poplite. Ibid., 60: 1301.—Codet-Boisse. Pseudo- sarcome du creux poplite; extirpation; recidive; amelioration rapide par le traitement mixte. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1911, 32: 282.—Egiies, A., & Pifiero, T. A. Tumores del espacio popliteo. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1937-38, 14: 199-211 — Kyrle, P. Falsches Aneurysma und Xanthogranulom in der Kniekehle. Arch. klin. Chir., 1941, 201: 762-74— Lago- marsino, E. H., & Roca, C. A. Osteocondroma solitario gigante del hueco popliteo y trombosis mecanica de la arteria poplitea. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1937, 36: 948-60.—Smith, T. L. Et tilfaelde af sarkom i poples behandlet med Coley's fluid. Ugeskr. laeger., 1910, 72: 1076.—Worms, C. Tumeur du creux poplite. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1914, 8: 123. ---- Popliteal vein. Morton, J. J., & Pearse, H. E., jr. Temperature effect of popliteal vein ligation in thrombo-angiitis obliterans and arteriosclerosis. Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 233-41.—Takats, G. Ligation of popliteal vein for impending gangrene. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1264. ---- Popliteal vessels. Annequm. Hemorragie des vaisseaux poplites, survenue au cours d'un phlegmon; mort. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1897, 29: 206-10.—Graf, P. Einige Bemerkungen zur Zer- reissung der Kniekehlengefasse. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1907, 90: 241-6.—Huet, P. A. Tumeurs des gaines yasculaires en par- ticulier cedes des vaisseaux poplites. J. chir., Par., 1938, 51: 641-50.—Lombard, P., & Bure, R. Plaies de 1'artere et de la veine poplitees par balle; quadruple ligature; resultat apres 10 mois. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1923, 49: 1456-9.—Pontes, A. Ferimento dos vasos popliteos. Brasil med., 1941, 55: 356-8.— Sawada, T. Ueber die Veranderungen der Vasa poplitea im Greisenalter. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 94.—Steel, W. A. Rupture of the popliteal artery and vein. Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1165-7. ---- Retropatellar fat pad [Hoffa] Bircher, E. Torquiertes Corpus pendulum des Hoffa'schen Fettkorpers. Helvet. med. acta, 1934, 1: 232.—Borisov, J. N. [Case of Hoffa's disease] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1938, No. 2, 138.—Climescu, V., & Georgescu, I. [Inflammatory cystic tumor of the subpatellar fatty substance, due to an imbedded foreign body] Spitalul, 1936, 56: 292.—Del Valle, D., & Satanowsky, S. Enfermedad de Hoffa. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1932, 16: 576-89.—Drenkhahn, R. Die Rolle des Hoffaschen Fettkorpers bei Verletzungen und Erkrankungen des Kniege- lenkes. Deut. Militararzt, 1938, 3:493.—Friedrich, H. Ueber die Hoffasche Sklerose des vorderen Kniegelenkfettkorpers KNEE 262 KNEE und ihre Rout ^undiagnose. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1927, 36: 646-51.—Hipps, H. E. Hoffa's disease and external cartilage injury in same knee. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19: 645-8. Hoffa, A. Zur Bedeutung des Fettgewebes fiir die Pathologie des Kniegelenkes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 337; 388. Also transl. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43: 795.------ Die Bedeutung des im Kniegelenk gelegenen Fettgewebes fiir die Unfallheilkunde. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1905, 11: 11-7 — Holldack, F. Operationsbefunde und -ergebnisse bei Kniebin- nenverletzungen (uber die Hoffa'sche Erkrankung) Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 126-39.—Lohrer, H. Beitrag zur Pathologie der Fettgewebswucherungen im Kniegelenk. Deut. Zschr. Chir 1907, 90: 498-506.—Nunziata, A. Rodilla; sindrome de Hoffa. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 2140-2.—Sinding- Larsen. Et tilfaelde af Hoffa's sygdom (fibr0s betendelsesagtig hyperplasi af fedtvaevet under lig. patellare) Norsk mag. laegevid., 1905, 3: 248-52.—Sipli, K. Ueber die Rolle des Hoffaschen Fettkorpers bei chronischen unspezifischen Er- krankungen des Kniegelenks. Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 402-^1 —Zesas, D. G. Zur Pathologie des periartikularen Fettes am Knie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 680. ---- Sarcoma. See also Knee joint, Sarcoma. Bertrand & Malhieu. Osteosarcome du genou. Rev. med. Nancy, 1936, 64: 292.—Gourdet Sarcome du genou droit. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1907, 2. ser., 25: 494—Hammarstrom, S. Ein Fall von chondroblastischem Sarkom. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1934, 15: 668-76, pl.—Mallory, T. B., Anglem, T. J. [et al.] Osteogenic sarcoma, osteolytic type. N. England J M., 1941, 224: 523-5.—Mitchell, J. F. Case of sarcoma of the knee. Washington M. Ann., 1907-08, 6: 146.—Petacci, M. Interessante caso di sarcoma posttraumatico del ginocchio. Policlinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat., 537-17— Wyeth, J. A. Non- recurrence of Barcoma 10 years after amputation of the lower trochanter. Gaillards M. J., N. Y., 1903, 78: 123. ---- Sesamoid bones. Bobkov, I. P. [Popliteal sesamoid bone and its practical significance] Voen. med. J., 1932, 3: 322-8.—Cordona, L. Alcune ricerche sulle fabelle. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1935, 33: 93-104, 2 pl.—G. Gelenkmause, daneben Fabella. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 386.—Pokrovsky, S. [Case of presence of fabella in both knees of a blacksmith] Vest, rentg., 1927, 5: 323.—Schoen, H. Differentialdiagnose zwischen Fabella und Corpus liberum. Rontgenpraxis, 1936, 8: 631.—Simon, H. Die Fabella. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 650.—Wolff, H. _ Ueber die praktisch chirurgische Bedeutung des Sesambeines im Muscu- lus gastrocnemius. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1904, 1052—4. ---- Sporotrichosis. See Knee, Mycosis. ---- Surgery. See also Knee joint, Surgery. Colp, R. Pedicle graft of knee following sympathectomy. Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 310.—Malpractice; foot drop following operation on the knee; res ipsa loquitur [California] J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1419.—Myers, T. H. Cases of transplantation of the flexor muscles of the knee to increase the power of the extensor muscles, with remarks on the indications for this operation. S. Lukes Hosp. M. & S. Rep., N. Y., 1908-09, 1: 186-392.—Vinke, T. H. Myokinetic studies of transplanted muscles about the knee. Arch. Surg., 1934, 29: 345-64. ---- Tibia: Fracture—upper end. See also other subheadings (Tibial plateau, etc.) Barr, J. S. Fractures of upper end of the tibia. In Exp. Managem. Fract. (Wilson, P. D.) Phila., 1938, 697-713 — Basset, A. Sur la necessite de l'arthrotomie dans les operations pour fractures articulaires de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 427.—Batassi, D. N. Frat- ture tibiali superiori in rapporto aH'infortunistica (traumatismi del ginocchio) Med. nuovo, 1930, 21: 427-34.—Batisti, B. Su rari casi di frattura dell'estremo superiore della tibia. Gazz. osp., 1933, 54: 1340-4.—Borghi, M. II trattamento delle fratture articolari dell'estremo superiore della tibia, considerate in base alio studio anatomo-patologico ed alia constatazione dei loro esiti lontani e definitivi. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1927, 43: 407-535.—Buckner, H. T. Fractures of the upper end of the tibia with lateral displacements. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 51: 707-21.—Cadore, V. Le fratture dell'estremita superiore della tibia. Rass. previd. sociale, 1933, 20: No. 9, 25-59.—Camargo Barros, M. Fractura rara da extremidade superior da tibia. Gaz. chn., S. Paulo, 1925, 23: 240-2.—Clarke, H. O., Fripp, A. T. [et al.] Discussion on fracture of the tibia involving the knee-joint. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1035-50 — Collins, A. N. Tibial fractures into the knee joint. Minnesota, M., 1930, 13: 285-92.—Creyssel, J., Berard, M., & Dargent, M. Le boulonnage transcutane dans le traitement des fractures cuneiformes de l'extremite superieure du tibia. J. chir., Par., 1939, 53: 758-67.—Desgouttes, D., & Ricard, A. A propos du traitement des fractures de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Ibid., 1925, 26: 481-5.—Ehalt, W. Trummerbruche am oberen Schienbeinende mit gleichzeitiger Zcrreissung des Ligamentum patellae proprium als typische Motorradverletzung (lraversen- verletzung) Mschr. Unfallh., 1937, 44: 417-27^—1 ripp, AT. Fractures of the tibia involving the knc.-jcmt. Clin. J., Lond.. 1936, 65: 20-3.—Goodwyn, T. P. Fractun-B of the upper end of tibia, involving the articular surfaces. South. Surgeon, 1932, 1: 209-15.—Guermonprez, F. Fracture oblique de l'extremite superieure du tibia au-dessous du genou. J. sc. med. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 2, 221-32.—Kummer, A. Eine neue Behandlung des hohen, bis ins Kniegelenk durchlaufenden Tibiabrucb.es auf operativem Wege. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 503-13.—Landelius, E. Die operative Behandlung der Spalt- brfiche des proximalen Tibiaendes. Acta chir. scand., 1939, 82: 90-8.—Le Page. Trois observations de fractures de l'ex- tre'mite superieure du tibia traitees chirurgicalement; resultats eioignes. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 635-46.—Mikkelsen, M. [Intraarticular fracture of the upper part of the tibia] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: [Dansk Kir. Selsk. Forh.] 1-6. Also Acta chir. scand., 1933, 73: 1-42, 8 pl.—Steuer, H. S. Fractures of the tibia involving the knee. Ann. Surg., 1929, 89: 580-90.—Swett, P. P., McPherson, S. H., & Pike, M. M. Fracture of the tibia into the knee joint. Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, 1931, 13: 164-83. Also N. England J. M., 1931, 204: 749-56.—Trabucco, A. Contributo alio studio delle fratture deU'estremita superiore della tibia. Chir. org. movim., 1931- 32, 16: 306-23.—Vorobiev, N. A. [Multiple, comminuted intra- and paraarticular fractures of the proximal segment of the tibia] Ortop. travmat., 1937, 11: 51-7.—Webb, R. C. Fractures of the upper end of the tibia involving the knee joint. Proc. M. & S. Sect. Ass. Am. Railr., 1939, 19: 113-9.—Wheel- don, T. Sleeve wire fixation of fractures; a method of fixation of fractures in which the fragments are separated; report of 44 cases of fractures of the proximal end of the tibia. Virginia M. Month., 1939, 66: 223-6.—Withers, R. J. W. Recent fractures of the upper end of the tibia. Ulster M. J., 1939, 8: 101-6.—Zorraqufn, G. Desmoronamiento fractural par torsi6n de la extremidad superior de la tibia. Bol. Soo, cir. B. Aires. 1933. 17: 1014-21. ---- Tibial condyles: Fracture. Buttermann, F. A. *Geschichte und Klinik der Tibiakondylenbruche [Berlin] 47p. 8? Kiel, 1937. Denecke, K. *Die Kondylenfrakturen der Tibia und ihre Behandlung. 25p. 8? Freib. i. B., 1928. Panis, G. Traitement chirurgical des frac- tures condyliennes du tibia. 58p. 8? Par., 1925. Aalkjaer, V. [Fracture of the intercondyloid eminence of tibia and its relation to internal derangements of the knee- joint] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 1160; 1169.—Anzilotti, A. Su di un non frequente reperto radiografico; casi di frattura dell'eminenza intercondiloidea della Itibia. Chir. org. movim., 1929, 13: 413-24.—Barr, J. S. The treatment of fracture of the external tibial condyle, bumper fracture. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 1683-7.------ Indications and technique for operative treatment of fracture of the external tibial condyle; bumper fracture. Surgery, 1940, 8: 545.—Bick, E. M. Frac- tures of the tibial condyles. J. Bone Surg., 1941, 23: 102-8 — Bistolli, S. Contributo alio studio del meccanismo delle frat- ture monocondiloidee della tibia da cause indiretta. Chir. org. movim., 1931-32, 16: 451-98.—Bloch, J. C. Affaissement de la tuberosite tibiale externe aprSs fracture traitee par vissage; operation plastique secondaire; restitutio ad integrum. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 401-9.—Bosworth, D. M. Lesions of the tibial tubercle and their treatment. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 526-31.—Brocq, P., & Panis, G. Technique de l'inter- vention sanglante dans les fractures condyliennes du tibia. J. chir., Par., 1925, 25: 417-37.—Buckner, H. T. Bumper fractures of the tibia. Northwest M., 1938, 37: 102-5.— Buttermann, F. Klinik der Tibiakondylenbruche. Arch. klin. Chir., 1937, 190: 580-603.—Caldwell, E. H. Fractures of the condyles of the tibia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 518-22 — Campbell, O. J. Bumper fractures of the tibia. Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 593-603.—Cary, N. A. Fractures of the knee; bumper type. California West. M., 1932, 36: 226-30 — Cotton, F. J. Fender fractures. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 442. ------& Berg, R. Fender fracture of the tibia at the knee. N. England J. M., 1929, 201: 989-95.—Cubbins, W. R., Conley, A. H., & Seiffert, G. S. Fractures of the lateral tuber- osity of the tibia with displacements of the lateral meniscus between the fragments. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 106-8 — Cubbins, W. B., Conley, A. H. [et al.] Fractures of the lateral condyle of the tibia; classification, pathology, and treatment. Ibid., 1934, 59: 461-8.—Dickson, J. A. Fractures of the tibia involving the knee joint; bumper or fender fractures. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 38: 700-5. ------ & Graves, C. L. Bumper fracture of the knee. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1936, 3: 230-3.— Dobelle, M. A new method of closed reduction of fracture oi the lateral condyle of the tibia. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 53:460-2 — Dyas, F. G., & Goren, M. L. Bumper and fender fractures. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 65: 690-4.—Garrison, L. E., & Garrison, M. The use of periosteal sutures in open fixation of fractures of the tibial condyle. J. Bone Surg., 1938, 20: 498-500.— Goldman, B. Traumatic avulsion of the tibial tubercle; KNEE 263 KNEE report of a case showing healing by fibrous union. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 10: 577-80—Hulten, O. Ueber die operative Behandlung der schalenformigen Tibiakondylen- bruche. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 401-10.—Kapel, O. [Treatment of fracture of the condyle of the tibia] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 737-41.—Keyser, J. Die Tibiakondylenbruche. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 281-97.—Kiaer, S. [Dem- onstration of an armature for osteosynthesis of fractures of the condyle of tibia] Hospitalstidende, 1938, 81: [Dansk kir. Belsk. forh.] 25-8.—King, S. R. Avulsion of the tibial tubercle. Southwest. M., 1935, 19: 388-90—Lambranzi, M. Frattura dei tubercoli intercondiloidei mediale e laterale della tibia. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1923-24, 24:-25: 113-8 — Lehmann. Zentrale Depressionsbrtiche der Tibiacondylen. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2672^1—Lenormant, C. Fracture du condyle externe du tibia; reduction sanglante maintenue par greffon osseux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 1190.— Mason, R. L. Avulsion of tibial tubercle; repair by fascial transplant. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 1461-5.— Micotti, R. Frattura parcellare della eminenza intercondiloidea della tibia. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 156-60.—Milch, H. Cortical avulsion fracture of the lateral tibial condyle. J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 159-64.—Moreau, L. Fracture du plateau tibial (tuberosite externe) Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1937, 25: 372-4. ------ Un cas curieux de fracture de la tuberosite interne du tibia. Bull. Soc. eiectroradiol. med. France, 1939, 27: 99.—Nuboer, J. F. [Fracture of the tibial condyle] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 5768-75.—Oeser, H. Der mediale Tibiakondylensporn. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 416.—Otnes, W. [Treatment of condylar Y-fractures] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1936, 79: 169-72.—Paas, H. R. Zur operativen Behandlung von Ausrissfrakturen der Eminentia intercondy- loidea. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1938, 39: 51-3.—Palmer, I. Compression fractures of the lateral tibial condyle and their treatment. J. Bone Surg., 1939, 21: 674-80.—Raymond, S. W. Avulsion fracture of tibial tubercle. Illinois M. J., 1942, 81: 476.—Schmidt. Operativ behandelte Tibiakondylenfrakturen. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 611-5.—Stern, W. G., & Papurt, L. E. Healing of the newer bumper fractures of the tibia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 2147-50.—Talley, B. S. Incomplete fracture of condyle of tibia with thrombosis of the popliteal artery; case report. Memphis M. J., 1942, 17: 130.—Ulin, R. Unusual etiology of fender fracture. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 480.—Wise, R. A. Combined traction-compression method for the treatment of bicondylar fractures of the tibia. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 72: 778-80.—Zartman, L. V., & Rogers, A. S. Avulsion of the tibial tubercle. Ohio M. J., 1932, 28: 722.—Zeno, L. Fractura de los condilos tibiales. Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1937, 5: 224-31. ------ Fractura de los condilos tibiales; contribution a su tratamiento. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1937-38, 7: 32-41.—/.ielke, H. Zur Therapie der Tibiakondylenfrakturen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 531. --- Tibial epiphysis. Armani, L. La frattura parcellare de'1'epifisi superiore esterna deila tibia. Arch, ortop.. Milano, 1937, 53: 241-54— Ciszkiewicz, H. [Fractures of the upper epiphysis of the tibia] Lek. wojsk., 1930, 15: 28-38.—C^urty L. Au sujet d'un cas de fracture comminutive fermee, type 6c atement, de l'epi- physe tiWale superieure. .1. sc. med. Lille, 1921, 39: pt 2, 249-53, pl.—Masci, B. Contributo alia conoscenza delle varieta di frattura dell'epifisi prossimale della tibia. Poli- clinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 969-71.—Pachner, E. Esiti di fratture articolari dell'epifisi superiore della tibia. Arch. ortop., Milano, 1934, 50: 1115-34.—Piotet, G. Traitement des fractures de l'epiphyse superieure du tibia, avec dislocation des condyles tibiaux. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1934, 54: 455- 62.—Ticozzi, E. Contributo alio studio e al trattamento delle fratture dell'epifisi superiore della tibia. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22: 69-85. ---- Tibial epiphysis: Fracture. Bosworth, D. M. Autogenous bone pegging for epiphysitis of the tibial tubercle. J. Bone Surg., 1934, 16: 829-38 — Gelderen, D. N. van [Deviation of the upper epiphysial line of the tibia] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 1388-90, pl.— Paal, E. Ein Fall von traumatischer (subcutaner) Epiphysen- losung am oberen Tibiaende. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932, 31: 399-402.—Stubenrauch, L. v. Ueber die traumatische (subcutane) Epiphysenlosung am oberen Tibiaende. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 164: 621-41.—Treves, A. Polyarthrite generalisee; arret de developpement de l'epiphyse tibiale superieure droite. Arch. med. enf., 1923, 26: 365-9. ---- Tibial head. Arnold, H. *Die intraartikularen Briiche des Tibiakopfes [Zurich] 40p. 23cm. Siebnen, 1939. Flachsenberg, R. *Ueber Tibiakopffrak- turen [Miinster] 27p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, 1935. Fuhrmann, F. W. *Ist bei den Tibia-Kopffrak- turen durch fruheinsetzende Bewegungstherapie eine Besserung der Fragmentstellung zu errei- chen? 34p. 8? Lpz., 1935. Hulten, 0. *Ueber die indirekten Briiche des Tibiakopfes nebst Beitragen zur Rontgenologic des Kniegelenks [Uppsala] 167p. 8? Stockh., Forms Suppl. 15, 66: Acta chir. scand. Koeppel, W. *Ueber die Behandlung der Schienbemkopf briiche [Gottingen] 23p. 8° Dusseld., 1936. Weiler, G. *Ueber die Genese, Diagnose und Folgezustande der Tibiakopffrakturen [Heidel- berg] 15p. 22cm. Wurzb., 1938. Andreesen, R. Zur operativen Behandlung der Schienbein- kopfbruche. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 2759-61.—Becker, F. Tibiakopffrakturen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 189-208 — Eliashev, A. I. [Fractures of the head of the tibia] Ortoo travmat., 1938, 12: No. 4, 78-86.—Forrester, C. R. G. Frac- tures of the head of the tibia involving the knee joint. Am J Surg., 1933, 21: 230-4.—Holldack, F. Eine seltene Sport- verletzung am Tibiakopf. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937-38, 38: 379-81.—Johansson, S. Ein operierter Fall von Spaltbruch des Schienbeinkopfes. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 476-81.— Kappis, M. Ueber die Behandlung der Schienbeinkopfbruche. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 194-201.—Klapp, R. Ueber den Spaltbruch des Schienbeinkopfes und seine Behandlung. Chirurg, 1928- 29, 1: 289-91.—Kiinig, E. Zur Behandlung der Briiche im Schienbeinkopf. Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 578-81.—Konig, W. Erfahrungen iiber Tibiakopffrakturen der letzten 5 Jahre an der Leipziger chirurgischen Klinik. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 223: 420-8.—Miiller, W. Behandlungsergebnisse bei Schien- beinkopfbruchen. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 134.—Schneider, J. Unsere Technik bei der Einrichtung schwer zu stellender Tibiakopffrakturen. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1613-6.—Stumpf- egger, L. Meniscusvernarbung nach Schienbeinkopfbruchen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1937, 189: 226.—Wuthrich, A. Ueber die Behandlung der Tibiakopffrakturen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir . 1939-40, 40: 71-83. ---- Tibial plateau. Flament, V. *Le traitement des fractures du plateau tibial. lOOp. 24cm. Lille, 1938. Bibliogr.: p. 85-98. Humbert, R. *Contribution k l'6tude des fractures du plateau tibial par l'extension au fil de Kirschner. 36p. 2234cm. Lausanne, 1939. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1939, 59: 641-66. Michon, H. *Etude critique des indications therapeutiques dans les fractures du plateau tibial. 39p. 25^cm. Lyon, 1939. Politia, A. M. *Les fractures fermees et re'centes du plateau tibial proprement dit (epines exceptees) 124p. 8? Par., 1935. Valverde Vega, C. L. ^Contribution k l'etude du traitement des fractures des plateaux tibiaux. 52p." 8? Par., 1920. Arnaud, M. Deux cas de fracture du plateau tibial externe traites par reposition sanglante et greffe osseuse; resultats tardifs. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 1479-84.— Barbilian, N. Les fractures du plateau tibial. J. chir., Par., 1926, 28: 663-82.—Baumgartner, J. Fracture du plateau tibial externe. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 179-82.—Bloch, J. C. Huit observations de traitement sanglant de fractures du plateau tibial. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 691-3.—Contiades, X. J., & Politis, A. M. A propos de traitement chirurgical des fractures sous-articulaires ricentes d'un plateau tibial par enfoncement. Presse med., 1935, 43: 44—6.—Creyssel & Berard, M. Sur un cas de fracture simultanee du cotyle et du plateau tibial; des possibilites actuelles du traitement des polyfractures Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 600-2.—Gerard-Marchant, P. Fractures des plateaux tibiaux. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 499-546.—Hoffmann, R. Le traitement conser- vateur des fractures du plateau tibial. Ibid., 1929, 3. ser., 16: 313-32.—Hulten, O. Ueber die Behandlung der schalen- formigen Eindriickungen der Gelenkflachen des Tibiakopfes. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 344-9.—Leadbetter, G. W., & Hand, F. M. Fractures of the tibial plateau. J. Bone Surg., 1940, 22: 559-68.—Leriche, R. Resultat eioigne d'une reduction sang- lante suivie de greffes osteoperiostiques dans une fracture de la partie externe du plateau tibial avec destruction etendue du tissu spongieux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 2-4. ------ A propos de 8 observations de traitement sanglant de fractures du plateau tibial. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 639-44. ------& Jung, A. Indications et resultats de l'ost6o- synthese dans les fractures du plateau tibial. Rev. chir., Par., 1930, 68: 321-49.—Lichtenauer, F. Zur blutigen Behandlung der Schienbeinkopfbruche mit centraler (sogenannter schalen- formiger) Depression eines Gelenkanteiles. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 1-11.—Malatray & Bastien. Le traitement des fractures du plateau tibial; resultats eioignes; k propos de 24 observations personnelles. Rev. chir., Par., 1939, 77: 45-74.— Massart, R. Arrachement osseux intra-articulaire du genou. KNEE 26 4 KNEE Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22: 666-71.—Papin, E. PlAtre articuie pour fracture du plateau tibial. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 431.—Pollosson & Violet. A propos des fractures du plateau tibial. Lyon chir., 1936, 33: 71-5.—Quen6e, E., & Quenee, A. Fracture parcellaire et mediane du plateau tibial; blocage peimanrnt en demi-flexion. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3. ser., 3: 7.">tf-b2.—Roques, P. Fracture du plateau tibial externe (1a» J- Een behandelingsmethode voor het dubbelzijdig genu valgum adolescentium. Ned. tschr eeneeik 1903, 2 R., 39: d. 2, 195-9 -Godunov, S. F? [RemoteTequds of treatment of genu valgum in early childhood] Ortop travmat. 1940, 14: No. 3, 62 -Guradze, P. Behandlung des o e5u..n^m« Verh> Ges- Deut- Naturforsch. (1906) 1907. 2. Teil, 2. Halite, 108-11. Also Wien. med. Wschr 1906 55- 2489-98.—Lange, F. Die Behandlung des kindlichen Genu valgum. Zbl. chir. mech. Orthop., 1907,1:100; 377—Lasserre, G. Oenu valgum paralytique; operations correctrices; resultats. Bordeaux chir 1935, 6: 237.—Lehr, H. Ueber eine neue Me- thode zur unblutigen Beseitigung des Genu valgum im Kindes- alter. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1907, 18: 409-13.—Lima, C. de. Iratamento do joelho valgo. Porto med., 1905, 2: 115-20 — Milo, J. G. Eine Behandlungsmethode des doppelseitigen Genu valgum adolescentium. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1903, 12: 389- 92.—Moraes, F. de. Tratamento do genu valgum raquitico, pela tunelosteoclasia de Brandos. Brasil med., 1942, 56: 184-0.—Moulonguet, A. Genu valgum rachitique double et osteotomie. P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1904, 17: 763.—Muller, G. Die Behandlung des C.enu valgum. Ther. Gegenwart, 1909 1: 141-5. Also Med. wbl., Amst., 1908-09, 15:592-5.—Muskat! G. Ein Beitrag zur Beliandlung des Genu valgum. Deut' med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 1220. -Oliete, A. La epifisiolisis en ei tratamiento del genu-valgum un los adolescentea. Rev. med cir., Bare, 1908, 22: 179-82.—Ombredanne, L. Le genu valgum a evolution prolongee; 1'operation d'Ogston. Rev orthop., Par., 1903, 2. ser., 4: 97-116, pl.—Paetzold. Zur Frage der Osteotomie des Genu valgum adolescentium. Beitr klin. Chir., 1905, 47: 833-60, pl.—Poli, A. Contributo ai raddrizzamento progressivo del ginocchio valgo rachitico nell'infanzia. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1935, 51: 655-72.__ Port, K. Kann man die X-Beine mit Schienenbehandlung heilen? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 565.—Reiner, M. Epiphyseolyse mit subcutaner Periosteotomie zur Behandlung des Genu valgum infantum. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1903-04, 12: 291-6.—Salazar de Souza. Tratamento cirurgico de joelho valgo, pelo processo de MacEwen. Porto med., 1905, 2: 70-4.—Schleipen, C. Ueber die unblutige Behandlung' der X-Beine beim Kleinkinde. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1345.— Schultze, F. Die Behandlung des kindlichen Genu valgum Zbl. Chir. mech. Orthop., 1907, 1: 293-6.—Sourdat, P. Double genu valgum; condylotomie verticale a droite et osteotomie supra-condylienne k gauche. Rev. orthop., Par., 1906, 2. ser., 7: 457-9, pl.—Stumpt, F. L. Is genu valgum te verbeteren met heilgymnastische bewegingen? welke bewegingen zijn daarvoor aan te bevelen? Mschr. gew. heilgymn., Arnhem 1903, 13: 192-9.—Turner, H. Ueber einen Versuch zur Ver- einfachung der Etappenbehandlung des Genu valgum ado- lescentium. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1904, 13: 1-9. Also Russ vrach., 1906, 5: 1169-73.—Vails, J., & Ottolenghi, C. E. Genu valgum: breves consideraciones sobre un caso operado. Prensa med. argent., 1926-27, 13: 785-90. ---- Genu varum [Bowleg] See also Tibia, Deformity. Bardet, P. *Genu varum femoral osteo- genique apres rachitisme grave. 55p. 25cm. Lyon, 1939. Ausset, E. Genu varum double d'apparition recente chez une enfant de 14 ans; rachitisme tardif? tuberculose inflam- matoire? dysthyroldie secondaire? Bull. Soc. med. nord (1908) 1909, 298-312, incl. 5 pl.—Berlucchi, I. B. Le ginocchia vare degli adolescenti come deformity professionale. Arch. ortop., Milano, 1908, 25: 273-80.—Bilhaut, M. Redressement non sanglant extemporane ou progressif du genu varum. Ann. chir. orthop., Par., 1903, 16: 1-6.—Blount, W. P. Bow leg. Wisconsin M. J., 1941, 40: 484-7.—Bohm, M. Das kindliche Genu (Crus) varum. Chirurg, 1932, 4: 913-6.—De Gaetano, L. Su di un caso di genu varum recurvatum post-infettivo. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 875-9.—Dhalluin, M. Osteoarthrite du genou, d origine indeterminee, chez un homme de 31 ans; deformation> considerable du condyle interne du tibia; phe- nomenes d'arthrite subaigue; genu varum; destructions hgamenteuses et osseuses; resection; guerison. J. sc. med. Lille, 1903, 1: 105-12.—Freund, E. Genu varum arthriticum, eine typische Verlaufsform der Arthritis deformans. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1928, 38: 332-8. ------ Ueber das Genu varum arthriticum, eine besondere Verlaufsform der Arthritis deformans. Zschr. Orthop., 1937, 66: 167-80.—Gangolphe. Genu varum de l'adolescence; considerations sur la nature de certaines deviations. Bull. Soc chir. Lyon, 1905, 8: No. 10, 333^—Goyanes, J. Genu varo congenito. Rev. clin. Madrid, 1909, 2: 9.—Hackenbroch. Ueber einen eigenartigen Typ von Genu varum. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 22. Kongr., 391-9 [Discussion] 405-8. ------ Das atypische Genu varum. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 448-60.—Kosinski, M. [Case of true genu varum] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 2P-3L— ™g,?' F- Das O-Bein. Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 577-80.—Osten-Saken, E. J. [Pathogenesis of congenital genu varum] Vest, khir., 1926, No. 20, 172-6.—Ball, G. Genua vara wegen Deformierung der Tibiaepiphysen. Zschr. orthop. Chir. 1934, 61: 202-5—Rocher, H. L., & Roudil, G. Genu varum droit osteogenique par hemiatrophie congenitale deiepiphyse tibiale superieure. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 66: 275-92.—-Sole, R. Genu-varum consecutivo a osteomieUtia metaepifisiaria; curaci6n por osteotomia cuneiforme. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1928, 12: 475-9, 3 pl.—Sorge, F. Ein Beitrag zum Genu varum arthriticum Erwachsener. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86; 1134-6— Vtillers, J. Ueber einen tall von Genu varum paralyticum. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1904, 13: 17-22.—Zuelzer, R. Betrachtungen fiber die Be- handlung des Genu varum infantile, mit besonderer Berflck- sichtigung des O-Beinkorrektionsapparates. Ibid., 1908, *SM x 1 ou—7. ---- Gonitis. Allen, A. L. Penetrating wounds of the knee; the production of experimental arthritis. S. Afr. J. M. Sc, 1935, 1: 31-56.— ™,,rez,;SienT' , Una faIsa artritis de rodilla. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 1, 235.—Hellner, H. Die nichttuberkuldse KNEE JOINT 275 KNEE JOINT chronisch-unspezifische Kniegelenkentzundung und ihre Folgen, Arch. klin. Chir., 1937, 188: 251-71.—Ramond, L. Sur une arthrite du genou. Presse med., 1935, 43: 851—Simada, N. Comparative examination of pneumoarthrogramm with patho- logical anatomical findings of the tuberculous and syphilitic gonitis. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 326. ---- Gonitis, deformans. See also subheading Osteoarthritis. Bennett, G. A., Waine, H., & Bauer, W. Changes in the knee joint at various ages, with particular reference to the nature and develop- ment of degenerative joint disease. 97p. 26}4cm. N. Y., 1942. Berthoud, F. * Arteriographie et arthrose du genou. 30p. 23cm. Geneve, 1935. Schiffmann, L. *Ueber die Arthrosis de- formans genus und ihre Behandlung insbesondere durch Ruhigstellung (Kreuzsche Schiene) [Ber- lin] 27p. 8? Charlottenb. [1935] Axhausen. Arthritis deformans und neuropathische Ge- lenkerkrankung. Mschr. Unfallh., 1928, 35: 10-7.—Boppe. Arthroses deformantes du genou et pied plat valgus. Presse med., 1934, 42: 2077-9.—Brandis. Ursache der Arthritis deformans im Knie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1070.— Calve, J. Lesion dystrophique acquise du genou simulant la tuberculose. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1696.—Charbcnnel. Forage simple des extremites articulaires pour arthrite chronique deformante du genou, chez un malade atteint de rhumatisme chronique generalise. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1933-34, 34: 207.— Covaro, A. A. Artritis deformante de la rodilla. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 2203-14.—David, A. L'arthrite deformante; k propos d'un cas d'arthrite ancienne du genou avec deformation considerable. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 2, 117-22, pl.—Finochietto, R. Artritis deformante de rodilla; tecnica operatoria. Sem. med., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 1, 1316-8.—Haggart, G. E. The surgical treatment of degenerative arthritis of the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1940, 22: 717-29.—Harbitz, H. F. [Arthritis deformans of the knee joint] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1932, 93: [Forh. kir. foren. selsk.] 22-4, pl.—Hetzar, W. Arthrotomie des Kniegelenks und Arthritis deformans. Arch. klin. Chir., 1936, 185: 493-503 — Reefer, C. S., Parker, F., jr [et al.] The relationship between the anatomical changes in the knee-joint with advancing age and degenerative arthritis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1933, 48: 55-9. Also Arch. Int. M., 1934, 53: 325-44.—Kreuz. Zur Arthritis deformans des Kniegelenks. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1927) 1928, 22. Kongr., 89-100.—Lucas-Championniere. Pieces provenant d'une resection du genou pour arthrite deformante; proportions enormes de la rotule; corps etrangers fixes peripheriques; enorme developpement des cavites condy- liennes du tibia; lesions rendant la marche impossible. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1903, n. ser., 29: 685.—Parker, F„ jr, Keefer, C. S. [et al.] Histologic changes in the knee joint with advanc- ing age; relation to degenerative arthritis. Arch. Path., Chic, 1934, 17: 516-32.—Plate, E. Ueber das Zustandekommen schwerer Funktionsstorungen bei manchen Fallen von Arthro- pathia def. gen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1929, 27: 143-55.— Weil, S. Arthritis deformans im Kniegelenk auf Grund einer pramaturen Verknocherung der unteren Femurepiphyse. Mschr. Unfallh., 1931, 38: 442-4. --- Gonitis: Etiology. Barreau. Sur un cas d'arthrite traumatique du genou, chez un cheval. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1878, 32: 138- 46.—Gate, J., & Chanial, G. Parakeratose psoriasiforme avec arthrite du genou. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1310- 2.—Hoffa, W. Ueber die traumatische Entziindung des Kniegelenkes. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 1-3. Also transl. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. ser., 81: 575-7.—Landivar, A. F. Artritis cronica post-traumatica de la rodilla; sinovec- tomia; operacion de Hey-Groves. Bol. Soc cir. B. Aires, 1935, 19: 1201-9.—Lebedeva, M. P. [Data on the etiopathogenesis of non-specific arthritis of the knee-joint of traumatic origin] Nov. khir. arkh., 1940, 47: 10-7.—Mazeyrie. Contribution k l'etude des arthrites et periarthrites traumatiques du genou. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1933, 27: 184-9.—Paitre. A propos des arthrites traumatiques du genou. Ibid., 1931, 25: 84-93.— Passaggi, A. Gonadipartrite traumatica cronica e sua cura. PoUclinico, 1906, 13: sez. chir., 209-19.—Van Sundt [Gonitis incretae causae] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 4122-7.— Weissenbach, R. J., & Temine, P. Erytheme polymorphe de type febrile continu avec arthrosynovite puriforme du genou. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 348-52. ---- Gonitis, infectious. See also under names of infections as Gon- orrhea, etc. Guillot, J. L. *Des formes graves d'arthrites aigues post-traumatiques du genou; indications, traitement par la resection, resultats. 120p. 8? Par., 1932. A Hen, D. P. Infections of the knee-joint. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1908, 9: 48-55. ------& Alden, E. A study of infections of the knee-jomt and their treatment; a preliminary report. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1906, 3: 1-10.—Beretervide, J. J., Carrega Casaffousth, C. F., & Pereira, R. A. Sobre un caso de artritis purulenta subaguda de la rodilla a forma colibacilar. Prensa med. argent., 1934, 21: 1669-72.—Bettmann, E. Heilung einer Pneumokokken-Gonitis und Unfall. Mschr. Unfallh., 1929, 36: 317-9— B0e, J., & Hartmann, O. [Acute, metastatic inflammation of the knee-joint caused by B. alcali- genes] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1938, 99: 853-8.—De Marchi, E. Trattamento precoce mobilizzante nelle rigidita iniziali con- secutive ad artriti gonococciche del ginocchio. Arch, ortop. Milano, 1934, 50: 241-52.—Di Franco, V. Subluxaci6n de Volkmann y artritis bacilar de rodilla. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 109-14.—Dubin, L. Artritis blenorragicas de rodilla; su tratamiento kinesico. Ibid., 1937, 44: pt 1, 541-5.—Eikenbary, C. F. Fusion of the knee in the presence of infection. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 391-3.—Ferrero, V. La terapia delle infezioni acute dell'articulazione del ginocchio. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1932, 9: 60-7.—Flint, C. P. A study of infection of the knee-joint based upon an analysis of 310 cases. Am. Surg., 1905, 42: 570-82.—Fontaine, R., & Henriet, J. L'arthrostomie precoce du genou associee a l'emploi du mercurochrome in injections intrasynoyiales et injections intraarterielles dans le traitement des arthrites gonococciques avec epanchement. Gaz. h6p., 1932, 105: 1045-7.—Gautier, E. L. Arthrite gonococcique grave du genou gauche, a evolution tres lente, malgr6 l'emploi de la sero et vaccinotherapie locales et generales. J. urol. med., Par., 1928, 25: 70-3.—Gheorghiu, I. [Case of streptococcal arthritis of the knee-joint with endocarditis complications] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1927, 16: 829-31.—Ginsberg, S. Roent- genographic findings in acute gonococcal synovitis of the knee treated by pneumarthrosis; a report of 2 cases with a plea for early motion. J. Bone Surg., 1933, 15: 615-21.—Holm, H. [Treatment of infection in the knee-joint in the Odense Hospi- tal] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Jydsk med. selsk. forh.] 1-5.—Keefer, C. S., Parker, F., jr, & Myers, W. K. Histologic changes in the knee joint in various infections. Arch. Path., Chic, 1934, 18: 199-215.—Kirchner, W. C. G. Infections of the knee joint and treatment. S. Louis M. Rev., 1908, 57: 338-40.—Mandl, F. Prophylaxe und Therapie des postopera- tiven Kniegelenkinfektes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 577- 81.—Mouat, T. B. A note on the treatment of acute infective arthritis of the knee-joint. Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 980.—Ory & Stoufs. Le genou blennoragique. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1936, 3: 878-904.—Peck, C. H. Drainage of the knee in severe infections by the transverse incision. Ann. Surg., 1907, 45: 409-18, 3 pl.—Queyrat, L. Traitement de l'arthropathie blennorragique du genou; presentation de malade. Bull. Soc, med. h6p. Paris, 1907, 3. ser., 24: 905-7.—Raiga, A. Guerison d'une arthrite purulente de genou a streptocoque et tetragene par une inoculation intra-veineuse de bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. chir., Par., 1934. 26: 463-6.—Stearns, T. Septic infections of the knee joint. China M. J., 1930, 44: 244-8.—Trimble, I. R. Infections of the knee-joint. Am. Med., 1903, 6: 946-8. ---- Gonitis, rheumatoid. See also subheading Lipoarthritis. Boppe. Traitement orthopedique des rhumatismes du genou. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1936, 3: 918-26.—Massart, R. L'arthrodese du genou dans le traitement des arthrites rhuma- tismales inveterees. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1937, 29: 59-66.— Moullin, C. M. Transplantation of the insertion of the biceps tendon for persistent contraction of the knee-joint in a case of rheumatoid arthritis. Brit. M. J., 1903, 2: 1582.—Parker, F., jr, & Keefer, C. S. Gross and histologic changes in the knee joint in rheumatoid arthritis. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 507-22.—Vidal-Naquet, G. Synovectomie pour genou rhuma- tismal avec gros corps etrangers articulaires. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 28: 46-8. ---- Gonitis, suppurative. Barnard, H. L. Cases illustrating acute suppurative arthritis of the knee-joint. Tr. Clin. Soc London, 1902-03, 36:150-63.— Carajannopoulos, G. Deux cas d'arthrite purulente amicro- bienne du genou. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1262- 4.—Chaton, M. A propos des arthrites suppures du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 620-3.—Delageniere, Y. Des arthrites partielles et des fausses arthrites (periarthrites) suppurees du genou. Ibid., 615-9.—Die&sl, F. Ueber die akute, eitrige Kniegelenksentziindung im SauglingsalterJ Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 160: 716-24.—Dziembowski, S. de. Sur les arthrites suppurees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 542-7.—Edmunds, L. H., & Adams, J. E. Acute pyogenic infections of the knee joint; case report. Chn. Vir- ginia Mason Hosp., Seattle, 1937-38, 16: 13-6— Eggers, G. W. N. Suppurative arthritis of the knee joint. Texas J. M„ 1935-36, 31: 623-6—Forster, W. Ist metastatische Knie- eiterung Unfall- oder Furunkelfolge? Mschr. Unfallh., 1939, 46: 329-32.—Girdlestone, G. R. Discussion on acute suppura- tive arthritis of the knee-joint. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: Sect. Joint Dis., 1279-90.—Guillemin, A., & Ortscheit Arthrites suppurees du genou. Rev. med. est, 1934, 62: 533- 5.—Johnson, E. C. Acute suppurative arthritis of the knee joint; a review and presentation of cases. Hosp. News, Wash., 1937, 4: No. 13, 1-33, 8 fig.—Kiittner, H. Die isolierte hama: togene Staphylokokkenvereiterung des Kniegelenkes bei KNEE JOINT 27(» KNEE JOINT Erwachsenen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930-31, 151: 528-36,— Lasserre. C, & Cadenaule, P. A propos d un cas d arthrite suppureo du genou chez un hi nuiphile. J. med. Bordeaux, 19.J7, 114: 28.—Malinovski, K. N. K voprosu o gnolnom porazhenn koilennavo sustava. Khirurgia, Moskva, 1908, 23: 116-34.— Maurer, G. Die Kniegelenkeiterung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1939-40, 197: 639-47.—May, H. Ueber die akute, eitnge Kniegelenksentzundung im Sauglingsalter. Ibid., 1931, 165: 110-2.—Mitchiner, P. H. Acute suppurative arthritis of the knee-joint. Clin. J., Lond., 1934, 63: 14-6— Overton, L. M. Septic arthritis of the knee: report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 85; 187—Phelip, J. A. Arthrite suppuree traumati- que du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 851-3.— Pohl, J. F. Sepsis of the knee joint. Minnesota M., 1941, 24: 487. -Rocher, H. L., & Pouyanne, L. Vingt-trois cas d ar- thrites suppurees du genou chez l'enfant. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 573-87.—Sorrel, E., & Merigot, L. A propos des arthrites purulentes du genou. Ibid., 606-10.—Steele, P. B. Suppurative arthritis of the knee joint. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 805-7.—Sweetapple, H. A. Septic arthritis of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1939, 1: 542-5.—Zalewski, A. [Suppurative inflammation of the knee-joint] Chir. narz. ruchu, 1934, 7: 11-50. ---- Gonitis, suppurative: Treatment. Arnaud, J. *Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment des arthrites suppurees du genou par la ponction. 72p. 25^cm. Montpel., 1934. Ewe, H. *Behandlung und Spatresultate akuter Kniegelenkseiterungen [Konigsberg] 24p. 8? Freib. i. B., 1934. Frankfurt, L. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou par l'ouverture large et permanente en tabatiere [Nancy] 65p. 25cm. Deva, 1935. Lacroix, L. *Les arthrites aigues suppurees du genou chez l'enfant et leur traitement; traite- ment des formes graves par l'arthrotomie en tabatiere. 56p. 8? Par., 1934. Rubinsztejn, M. *De l'incision du cul-de- sac sous-quadricipital dans certaines variety d'arthrites suppurees du genou. 40p. 25}£cm. Lyon, 1939. Albert, F. Les possibihtes de la mobilisation active dans le traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 587-97.—Barnard, H. L. The drainage of the knee-joint in acute suppurative arthritis. Lancet, Lond., 1903, 1: 1157-61.—Billet, H. A propos du traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou chez l'enfant. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 610-4.—Boeminghaus, H., & Klapp, R. Fiir die konservative Behandlung des Kniegelenk- empyems. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1226. ------ Zur Be- handlung der eitrigen Kniegelenksinfektionen (Empyem) Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 1682-96.—Boliarsky, N. N. [Treatment of suppurative inflammation of the knee-joint of traumatic origin] Nov. khir. arkh., 1937, 38: 120-4.—Boppe. Traite- ment des arthrites suppurees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 598.—Bourde, Y., & Bouyala, J. Sur le traite- ment des arthrites suppurees du genou chez l'enfant. Ibid., 600-2.—Charbonnel & Masse. Arthrite suppuree grave du genou, d'origine traumatique, avec septicemic; interventions multiples; conservation; resultat. Bordeaux chir., 1934, 5: 93-6.—Chevallier, C. H. Traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou (en dehors des traumatismes de guerre) Clinique, Par., 1935, 30: 238-42.—Chiarolanza, R. Indications et resultats eioignes du traitement des arthrites purulentes du genou par la methode de Willems. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 533-8.—Delrez, L. Traitement de l'arthrite puru- lente du genou. Ibid., 548-61.—Despontin, A. E. Tratamiento de la artritis supurada de rodilla. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 781-90.—Dowd, C. N. Suppurative arthritis of the knee treated by the Mayo method. Ann. Surg., 1909, 50: 482.—Erb, K. H. Dauer- und Spatresultate der Lawenschen Femurkondylenabmeisselung bei Kniegelenkseiterung. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 320-2. ------ Die moderne Behandlung akuter Kniegelenkseiterungen; die Lawensche Operation als Methode der Wahl bei ihren schweren Formen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 155: 437-52. Spatresultate der Lawenschen Femurkondylenabmeisselung bei akuten Kniegelenkseiterungen. Ibid., 1933, 157: 351-8.— Fabris, U. Osservazioni sperimentali e cliniche sulle artriti purulente del ginocchio secondarie ad erisipela della faccia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1928, 33: 593-601.— Fourmestraux, J. de. Mobilisation active immediate et anesthesie locale dans le traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 757-61.—Froelich. Traitement de l'arthrite suppuree du genou par l'ouverture en tabatiere de cette articulation. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 564-6.— Gerster, A. P. The modern treatment of the acute suppurations of the knee-joint. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, 83: 536-41 — Gianturco, G. Sulla cura delle artriti purulente del gomito e del ginocchio con il metodo di Willems. Riforma med., 1929, 45: 801-8, pl.—Goloborodko, P. I. LArthrotomy of the knee- joint in suppurative inflammation] Ortop. travmat., 1936, 10: 41-54. Also Nov. khir. arkh., 1937, 38: !■«*-•«>■ ~---- [Treatment of acute-suppurative inflammation of the kneo- oint] Ibid., 37: 696-704—Gregoire, R. A propos dune arthrite suppuree du genou guerie sans arthrotomie a la suite d'injections de bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., I ar., 1931, 57: 477-80.—Guerin, R. Resultat 61oigne (18 ans) dune resection du genou pour arthrite suppuree; presentation; radic- graphies. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 127.—Hohlweg, E. Die Bewegungsbehandlung der Kniegelenkeiterung nach Willems und ihre Erfolge. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937, 38: 268-70.—Hortolomei. Sur le traitement des arthrites sup- purees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 539-41.— Huet, P., & Fourmestraux, de. Traitement des arthrites BUDDurees du genou (en dehors des traumatismes de guerre) Ibid., 409-531. Also transl. ZbL Chir., 1935, 62: 1657-9.- Ianas, A. [Treatment of suppurative arthritis of the knee by Willem's method] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 97-100.—Ingebrigtsen, R. Ueber die Behandlung des Pyarthros genus. Acta chir. scand., 1927, 62: 373-98.—Kaeppelin. Arthrite aigue puru- lente du genou consecutive a une carie avec perforation de la rotule chez une enfant de 11 ans; arthrotomie; resection intra- epiphysaire secondaire; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Lyon, 1905, 8: No. 8, 23-34.—Kappis, M. Erfahrungen mit der Bewegungs- behandlung der Kniegelenkseiterung nach Willems. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 579-81.—Khrennikov, V. V. [Treatment of fistulous gonitis by continuous plaster-of-paris bandage] Vest, khir., 1938, 55: 597-602.—Kirmisson. Osteomyehte aigue de l'extremite inferieure du femur avec arthrite purulente du genou, guerie par l'incision et le drainage, avec arthrotomie, sans trepanation osseuse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1909, n. ser., 35: 1241.—Klapp, R. Behandlung des Kniegelenksempyema nach Willems. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1681-3.—Lawen, A. Zur operativen Behandlung schwerer Kniegelenkseiterungen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 200: 516-23. ------ Primare Knochennaht bei der Operation schwerer Kniegelenkseiterun- gen durch horizontale Resektion der Femurcondylen. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 1858. ------ Resection horizontale de la partie posterieure des condyles femoraux dans les cas de sup- purations grave de l'articulation du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 532.—Lambotte. Le traitement de l'arthrite suppuree du genou. Ibid., 562.—Lindstrom, L. J. [Treatment of pyarthrosis of knee by Willems' method] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3193-7.—Maitland, H. L. Whitehead operation for suppuration in the knee-joint. Australas. M. Gaz.. 1905, 24: 367.—Makhmudbekov, B. M. [In defense of the conservative method of treatment of acute, suppurative gonitis] Nov. khir. arkh., 1937, 38: 124-8.—Marshall, C. J. Late results in a case of suppurative arthritis of the knee, treated by trans- verse subpatellar incision and secondary suture. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 20 — Martinez, J. D. A. Artritis supurada de rodilla tratada con prontosil intraarticular. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 2, 1014.—Masini, P. Traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 602-5.—Massabuau, Guibal & Soulas, M. Arthrite suppuree du genou sympto- matique d'une osteomyehte aigue de l'extremite inferieure du femur; guerison du foyer osseux apr6s trepanation; guerison de l'arthrite par ponction unique. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 235-40—Miihlbacher, W. Zur Be- handlung der schweren, akuten Kniegelenkseiterung (Empyem) Ther. Gegenwart, 1938, 79: 236.—Napalkov, P. N. [Treat- ment of suppurative gonitis] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, No. 4, 103-10.—Nazarov, V. M. [Treatment of purulent inflamma- tions of the knee-joint] Vest, khir., 1926, 7: No. 20, 81-6.— Papin, E. La desarticulation temporaire dans les arthrites suppurees graves du genou. Bordeaux chir., 1930, 1: 283-90.— Patel. Traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou, par l'arthrotomie et la suspension du membre inferieur. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 572.—Plaas, E. Zur Frage der Am- putation bei Kniegelenksvereiterung nach Kriegsschussverlet- zung mit gleichzeitig bestehender Fraktur und Phlegmonen- bildung. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 673-81.—Quick, B. The treat- ment of acute suppurative arthritis of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 391-8.—Riccio, G. La cura delle artriti purulente del ginocchio, secondo il metodo del Willems. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1929, 8: 201-4.—Rocher, H. L., & Pouyanne, L. A propos du traitement des arthrites suppurees du genou. Bordeaux chir., 1935, 6: 62.—Roueche, H., & Folliasfcon. Arthrite suppuree du genou au cours d'une varicelle; guerison operatoire. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1928, 26: 465.—Safta, E., & Nana, A. [Treatment of non-specific, suppurative affec- tions of the knee] Cluj. med., 1937, 18: 664-71.—Schae- pelynck, L. Pyarthrose du genou droit; ouverture du foyer, drainage; guerison. J. sc. med. Lille, 1903, 1: 441-6.—Shands, A. R., jr. Pyogenic arthritis in the knee joint of rabbits; treatment with gentian violet; experimental study. Arch. Surg., 1928, 16: 1039-74.—Stouffs, L. Arthrite suppuree du genou radicalement guerie par le gaz oxygene. Presse med. beige, 1904, 56: 496-9.—Thiriar. De la methode oxygene dans les infections chirurgicales et specialement dans les ar- thrites suppurees du genou. Ibid., 1903, 55: 617-29.—TUier, L. L'arthrostomie des arthrites suppurees du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 567-71.—Westhues, H., & Riid, H. Zur Indikationsstellung bei eitriger Kniegelenksentzundung im Kriege und zur Amputations-Indikation. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 637-41.—Wiart, P., & Mirallie, C. Arthrite suppuree du genou guerie sans arthrotomie et avec un resultat fonctionnel excellent k la suite d'injections de bacteriophage. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 234-40.—Wulff, H. Treatment of a KNEE JOINT 277 KNEE JOINT suppurating knee-joint by Willem's method. Acta chir. scand., 1936, 78: 206.—Zebold, A. N., & Beliavtseva, S. V. [Appliance for treatment of suppurative gonitis] Vest, khir., 1940, 59: 494-6.—Zimin, A. N. Ostroye nagnoyeniye poslle brisement forc6, potrebovausheye rezektsij sustava i v zaklyucheniye amputatsii bedra. Sibirsk. vrach vledom., 1902-03, 1: 177-81. ---- Gonitis: Treatment. Ruggi, G. Malattie infiammatorie dell'arti- colazione del ginocchio; studio chirurgico. 225p. 8? [Nap., 1881-82] In Clin, contemp. ital. Bologna Univ., ser. chir. T. 1-2. [1880-82] Ashley, D. D. Fusion of the arthritic knee by intraarticular bone graft. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 15-7.—Berkheiser, E. J. Excision of the patella in arthritis of the knee joint. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 2303-8.—Bordier, H. Ce que peut la physiotherapie dans le traitement des arthrites chroniques et en particulier de celles du genou. Bull. med. Algerie, 1909, 20: 345-9.—Duvoir, M., & Layani, F. Arthrotomie explora- trice pour arthrite gonococcique du genou; nettoyage articu- laire; guerison ad integrum. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1939, 6: 580.—Fuchs. Funktionelle Behandlung des arthritischen Kniegelenks. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1927) 1928, 22. Kongr., 346-54.—Gu6rin, R. Arthrites chroniques non tuberculeuses du genou; traitement orthopedique et chirurgical. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 387-438.—Jacobsohn. Kniegelenks- resektion bei Arthritis chronica, Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. (1907) 1908, 85: 20-2.—Joosten Hattink, J. P. [Chlum- sky's solution in treatment of inflammations of the knee-joint] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2724-8.—Jordan, H. Manage- ment of chronic arthritis of the knee by intermittent traction and a leather strip brace. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1937, 18: 348- 57.—Loewy, R. Le fauchage du genou. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 523-7.—Macdonald, W. G. Ambulatory treatment of the knee-joint in chronic arthritis. Practitioner, Lond., 1927, 118: 93-6.—Moorhead, J. J. Arthrotomy for knee-joint arthritis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 255-64.— Rabinovich, I. M. [Auto-urine therapy in gonarthritis] Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 677.—Reynes, H. De la synovectomie dans les arthrites gonococciques et aigues des genoux. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 661-8.—Shaffer, N. M. On the treatment of acute and subacute inflammations of the knee joint by ap- paratus permitting locomotion with protected antero-posterior motion at the joint. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 1904-05, 2: 98- 103.—Schuster, R. Eine einfach anzubringende kleine Schiene fiir chronisch entziindete Kniegelenke. Rapp. Congr. internat. rhumat. (1932) 1934, 3. Congr., 481-4.—Treves, A. Arthrite chronique du genou; infection; amputation de cuisse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 684-6. ---- Gonitis, villous. See also subheading Synovitis. Fujino, T. Ueber einen seltenen Fall von operativ geheilter Gonitis chronica villosa haemorrhagica. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 1111-7.—Irish, W. H., & Stump, J. P. Villous synovitis of the knees due to improper weight distribution. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1939, 20: 391-6.—Koch, H. Chronische hamorrhagische Arthritis des Kniegelenks. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 2892-L— Mandl, F. Chronische Arthritis villosa haemorrhagica des Kniegelenkes. Ibid., 1928, 55: 597-601.—Schajowicz, F. Ueber chronische Arthritis villosa hemorrhagica des Kniege- lenkes. Ibid., 1937, 64: 1649-52. ---- Gonitis—in animals. Handel, F. *Die Gonitis und Gonotroch- leitis chronica deformans des Hundes [Bern] 46p. 8? Pasing-Munch., 1910. Dupas, L. Arthrites des deux genoux; long sejour dans l'ap- pareil de soutien; consequences curieuses. Rec. med. vet., 1903, 8. ser., 10: 28-33.—Frohner. Zur Diagnose der chroni- schen Gonitis beim Pferde. Mhefte prakt. Tierh., 1903, 14: 454-61.—Hendrickx, F. Du traitement de l'arthrite femoro- tibio-rotulienne. Ann. med. vet., Brux., 1908, 57: 305-11 — Mathis. Vente d'une paire de chevaux dont l'un a subi l'opera- tion du genou couronne; dol; annulation de la vente. J. med. vet. Lyon, 1905, 5. ser., 9: 65-78.—Wooldridge, G. H. A case of double gonitis in a horse. Vet. J., Lond., 1907, n. ser., 14: 740-2. ---- Hemarthrosis. See also Knee, Injury; Knee joint, Injury. Antoine, G. Traitement des hydarthroses et hemarthroses du genou par Fair surchauffe. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1905, 45: 197-203.—Billet. Traitement des hemarthroses trauma- tiques du genou. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1909, 3: 480-94.— Gauthier, A. Traitement des hemo-hydarthroses traumatiques du genou. Ibid., 509-28.—Kukharchik, V. V. [Clinical aspect and treatment of hemarthrosis of the knee-joint] Vest, khir., 1937, 52: No. 8, 208-19.—Lucas-Championniere, J. A propos de la communication de M. Rochard sur le traitement de l'hemarthrose du genou par la mobilisation. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1908, n. ser., 34: 299-306.—Moraes, F. de. Sobre 11 casos de hemarthrose do joelho. Brasil med., 1938, 52: 151- 4.—Neer, C. S. A case of hemarthrosis of the right knee occurring in a hemophiliac Internat. J. Surg., 1907, 20: 211- 3— Owen, H. R. Hemarthrosis and hydrarthrosis of the knee joint. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1931, 11: 1405-10.—Pech. Trois cas d'hemarthrose du genou, traites par la ponction, la mobilisation immediate et la progression des resistances. Limousin med., 1908, 32: 19-24.—Peirce, C. B., & Eaglesham, D. C. Traumatic hpo-hemarthrosis of the knee. Radiology. 1942, 39: 655-62.—Rochard, E. Sur le traitement de l'hem- arthrose du genou par la ponction, la mobilisation et la methode de la progression des resistances. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris 1908 n. ser., 34: 3-8; 332-4. ------ Champtassin, de. Traite- ment des hemarthroses du genou par la ponction, la mobilisation immediate et l'application de la methode de la progression des resistance. Ibid., 1907, n. ser., 33: 1237-49.—Rugh, J. T. Report of a case of hemophilic knee joint: operation, recovery under the use of thyroid extract. Ann. Surg., 1907, 45: 666- 71 [Discussion] 787.—Willems, C. Traitement de l'hemar- throse et de l'hydarthrose aigue du genou par la ponction, suivie immediatement de la marche. Arch, internat. chir., Gand, 1908-09, 4: 423-35. ---- Hernia. See also Knee, Popliteal fossa: Cyst. Cravener, E. K. Hernia of the knee joint (Baker's cyst) J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 186.—Edmunds, L. H., & Hebble, J. G. Posterior herniation of the knee joint; report of 3 cases. Clin. Virginia Mason Hosp., Seattle, 1939, 18: 8-11.—Grospic, F. Ein Fall von Kniegelenkshernie. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1934-35, 62: 326-9.—Haggart, G. E. Posterior hernia of the knee joint; a cause of internal derangement of the knee. J. Bone Surg., 1938, 20: 363-73.—Meyerding, H. W., & Van Demark, R. E. Posterior hernia of the knee; Baker's cyst, popliteal cyst, semimembranosus bursitis, medial gastrocnemius bursitis and popliteal bursitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 858-61. ---- Hydrarthrosis. See also subheadings (Injury; Synovitis) also Extremity, lower, Edema; Knee, Injury; also under names of primary diseases as Tuberculosis, etc. Derieux, P. *De l'arthrotomie dans les hydarthroses du genou dites essentielles; sa va- leur diagnostique et therapeutique. 63p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Rosinberg, I. L. *Le traitement de l'hyd- arthrose du genou par les injections intra- articulars de quinine-ur6e et en particulier le chlorhydrolactate double de quinine et d'uree. 49p. 8? Par., 1937. Schmidt, W. *Ueber postoperative serose Ergusse des Kniegelenkes [Leipzig] 21p. 8? Wiirzb., 1935. Agrifoglio, M. Ricerche sul valore del pH del liquido sino- viale in rapporto agli idrarti cronici del ginocchio. Pathologica, Genova, 1939, 31: 207-13.—Alexander, H. Spontan ent- standener Kniegelenkserguss. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 890.—Alsen, P. [Simple and effective method in treatment of edema of the knee-joint] Sven. lak. tidn., 1938, 35: 1941-5.— Barthels, C, & Bernau, H. Ueber das Spatschicksal des nicht artgebundenen, langer anhaltenden Kniegelenkergusses. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 778-83.—Baumecker, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen an der Gelenkkapsel und ihre Bezie- hungen zu den Ergussen des Kniegelenks. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 170: 511-69.—Bennett, W. H. On recurrent effusion into the knee-joint after injury, based on a series of 750 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1: 1-5. ------ Painless effusion in the knee-joint. Hospital, Lond., 1907, 43: 161-4.—Bernard, R. Resultat eioigne d'une synovectomie du genou pour hydarthrose chronique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 236-41.— Boeminghaus, H. Zur Verhiitung des postoperativen Kniege- lenkergusses. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2432.—Bordier, H. Traite- ment de l'hydarthrose du genou par la diathermic Paris med., 1926, 61: 282-4.—Carillon. Hydarthrose du genou et reflexo- therapie paravertebrale. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1933, 27: 279-82.—Chutro, P. De hidrartrosis tuberculosa de la rodilla de una adolescente; horadacion con termocauterio. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 1: 205-16.—Cotte, G. Resultat eioigne d'une synovectomie pour hydarthrose chronique du genou. Lyon chir., 1932, 29: 349.—Demmler, A. Du traite- ment des epanchements du genou. Progr. med., Par., 1908, 3. ser., 24: 150-3.—Erkes, F. Verhiitung des postoperativen Kniegelenkergusses durch Bildung eines Kapselfensters. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2568.—Govorov, A. P. [Surgical treatment of chronic dropsy of knee-joint] Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 535.— Grinda, J., & Benavente, M. Hidrartrosis curada por desensi- bilizaci6n. Pediat. espafi., 1926, 15: 239-47.—Haldbo, H. [Hydrarthrosis of knee] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 1277-81 — Kapel, O. Hydarthros genus als Symptom bei Leiden des Zentralnervensystems (abgesehen von Tabes und Syringo- myelien) Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62:2203-6.—Klotz, P. Le diagnostic etiologique des hydarthroses du genou. Gaz. hop., 1935, 108: KNEE JOINT 278 KNEE JOINT 1121.—Lawen, A. Ueber die innere Arthrotomie und Fen- sterung des Kniegelenkes bei chronischen und rezidivierenden Gelenkergiissen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 155: 161-78 — Mandl, F. Verhiitung des postoperativen Kniegelenkergusses durch Bildung eines Kapselfensters. Zbl. Chir., 1933. 60: 1723- 6.—Miller, R. A. Bilateral hydrarthrosis of knees. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 774.—Moccia, G. La fenestra- zione della capsula nell'idrarto cronico del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1936-37, 22: 464-8.—Muchin, M. V. [Surgical treatment of hydrarthrosis of knee joint] Vest, khir., 1926, 5: pt 13, 17-21.—Nobecourt & Harvier. Hydarthroses subaigues des genoux chez un enfant tuberculeux (examen cytologique et inoculation du liquide articulaire) Gaz. mal. inf., Par., 1909, 11: 10.—Planet. L'epanchement synovial dans l'hydarthrose du genou; sa valeur semeiologique; traitement et guerison par l'eiectricite (faradisation) Ann. electrob., Lille, 1908, 11: 660- 3.—Riedel. Geistige Schwache und korperliches Leiden auf chirurgischem Gebiete (Hydrops genu permagnum) Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1905, 34: 2. Teil, 241-7.—Rocher, H. L., & Pouyanne, L. Hydarthrose chronique du genou traitee par ponction et brassage a l'ether. Bordeaux chir., 1935, 6: 238.— Rostock, P. Der Fliissigkeitsdruck in Kniegelenkergiissen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928-29, 213: 314-21- Schajowicz, F. Zur Frage der Verhiitung des postoperativen Kniegelenk- ergusses durch Bildung eines Kapselfensters. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 187-91.—Schmidt, H. Zur Behandlung des Kniegelenks- ergusses. Deut. milit. arztl. Zschr., 1903, 32: 437-42.—Scholz. Zur Behandlung des Kniegelenkergusses. Ibid., 704.—Tagami, M. Ueber Wasserstoffionenkonzentration des Kniegelenker- gusses. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1931-32, 18: 139-65.—Villette. Dropsy of the knee, cured by puncture. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1:255. ---- Hydrarthrosis, intermittent. Mendelsohn, S. *Ein casuistischer Beitrag zu dem sogenannten Hydrops genu intermittens. 15p. 8? Jena, 1926. Carnevali, S. L. Idrope intermittente dell ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 233-9.—Cook, C. K. Intermittent hydrarthrosis of the knee joint. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1937, 145: 300.—Kausch. Hydrops intermittens genu. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1328.—Krida, A. Intermittent hydrarthrosis of the knee joint; a report of 2 cases apparently cured by syno- vectomy, together with pathological findings. J. Bone Surg., 1933, 15: 449-62.—Lawen, A. Zur Behandlung chronischer und rezidivierender Kniegelenksergiisse. Arch. klin. Chir., Berl., 1932, 173: 852-6 [Discussion] 197.—Loven, K. A. Zwei Fiille von Hydrops intermittens genus. Acta chir. scand., 1933, 73: 181-202.—Mandl, F. Versuch einer operativen Beeinflussung des intermittierenden Hydrops genu. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 445-9.—May, E., Huet, J. A., & Barnaud, M. Hydarthrose periodique du genou guerie par la radiotherapie locale. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 106-9.—Mosenthal. Die Auswaschung des Kniegelenks bei chronisch rezidivie- renden Kniegelenksergiissen. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933, 59: 286-9.—Storck, H. Zur Frage der recidivierenden Kniege- lenkergiisse. Med. Welt, 1941, 15: 374.—Te Kamp. Ein Fall von doppelseitigem Hydrops genu intermittens. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 462. ---- Hydrarthrosis, traumatic. Caccia, F. II pneumo-artro terapeutico nell'emartrosi e nelle idro-emartrosi traumatiche del ginocchio. Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 18: 686-90.—Cambresier. Les epanchements traumatiques du genou. Arch. med. beiges, 1930, 83: 748- 53.—Ciszkiewicz, H. [Traumatic hydrarthrosis of the knee] Lek. wojsk., 1931, 17: 332-50.—Kling, D. H. Fat in the trau- matic effusions of the knee joint. Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6: 71-4.—Kreglinger, G. Zur Klinik des Kniegelenksergusses als Unfallfolge. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 409-11.—Le Roy, A. A propos du traitement des epanchements traumatiques recents du genou. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 648-52.— Pech, E. C. P. Du traitement des epanchements traumatiques du genou par la ponction, la mobilisation immediate et la progression des resistances. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1908, 52: 161-77.—Pitzen, P. Kniegelenkserguss und Knochenver- dickungen infolge von Ueberanstrengung beim Sport. Munch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 786-8.—Thooris, A. Considerations sur la nature, l'origine et le resorption de l'epanchement trau- matique du genou. Echo med. nord, 1907, 11: 349-54 — Willems, C. Epanchements traumatiques du genou; traite- ment de I'hemarthrose et de I'hydartrose aigue par la ponction et la mobilisation precoce. Med. accid. travail, i909, 7: 353-62. ---- Injury. See also other subheadings (Cartilages; Col- lateral ligaments; Crucial ligaments; Ligaments; Meniscus, etc.) also Knee, Injury. Abalo Cupello, F. *Consideraciones sobre las contusiones y esguinces de la rodilla [Chile] 57p. 26^cm. Santiago, 1939. Achille, F. Ferite inf ette del ginocchio. 20p, 8? Milano, 1917. Balcnsweig, I. Injuries of the knee joint. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1943, 23: 497-519.—Bcrard. Plaie contuse articu- laire p6netrante du genou guerie avec integrity complete de tous les mouvements. Lyon m6d., 1909, 113: 410-2.—Belts, L. O. Disabilities of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 1- 116-21.—Carruthers, F. W. Injuries to the knee joint. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1942, 22: 1153-67. Collom, S. A., jr. Injuries to the knee joint. Texas J. M., 1942-43, 38: 499-503.— Cunningham, S. P. Traumatic injuries of the knee joint. Ibid 1929-30, 25: 791-5.—Dickson, F. D. Injuries of the knee joint. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 122-7— Dodds, Donaldson [et al.] Knee joint injuries. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass., 1928-29, 8: No. 97, L-3.—Dunn, N. Ob- servations on some injuries of the knee-joint. Lancet, Lond., 1934 1: 1267-74/—Edmunds, L. H. Common injuries in- volving the knee joint. Northwest M., 1939, 38: 85-91.— Ferguson, E. L., & Dangerfield, L. F. Wounds penetrating the knee-joint. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 339— Frenette, U. Traumatismes recents du genou. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70- 715-9.—Gerber, W. J. [Injuries of the knee-joint] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 1838-46.— Kremslehner, S. Demonstration von zwei schweren offenen Knii-gclenkver- letzungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 36.— McGehee, J. W. Some injuries of the knee-joint as seen by the general practitioner. Tr. Ass. Surgeons South. Railw. Syst., 1942, 1: 30-3.—MacGuire, C. J., jr. Acute knee-joint injuries. Ann. Surg., 1926, 83: 651-62.—Mackenzie, J. A. Traumatic in- juries to the knee joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1935, 135: 673- 83.—MacMahon, J. S. Traumatic lesions of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 221-8, 4 pl.—McMurray, T. P. Certain injuries of the knee-joint. Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 709- 13 —Mandl, F. Ueber penetrierende und Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 149-52.— Marottoli, O. R. Lesiones traumaticas internas de la rodilla. An. cirug., Rosario, 1942, 8: 126-9.—Mauck, H. P. Severe acute injuries of the knee. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 56: 54-63.— Moiroud, P., & Vignes, H. Les plaies au genou. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1917, 17: 41; 65; 115; 173; 264; 301.—Moorhead, J. J. Knee joint trauma. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 215-8; 1933, 285.—Murray, D. W. G. Injuries to the knee joint. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1929-30, 7:222-7.—Ogilvie, W. H. Wounds of the knee-joint. Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 471-3.—Ollerenshaw, R. Injuries of the knee- joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1931, 127: 178-84— Owen, H. R. Injuries involving the structures of the knee joint. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934, 220-3.—Parmenov, V. I. [Injuries of the knee-joint] Sovet. med., 1940, No. 9, 36.—Peabody, C. W. Injuries of the knee joint. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1933, 32: 28-35.—Pride, C. B. Injuries of the knee joint. West Virginia M. J., 1938, 34: 533-40.—Roberts, J. R. Injuries of the knee-joint. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 15-7.— Rouvillois, H., & Maisonnet, J. Lesions traumatiques de l'articulation du genou. In Nouv. traite chir. (Le Dentu & Delbet) Par., 1936, 9 bis: 137-288.—Saunders, J. B. DeC. M. The knee joint; its functional anatomy and the mechanism of certain injuries. California West. M., 1933, 39: 83-5 — Sieber, P. R. Injuries to the knee joint. Indust. M., 1941, 10: 277-81.—Stamm, T. T. Injuries to the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1943, 26: 935.—Todd, A. H. Injuries of the knee- joint. Clin. J., Lond., 1929, 58: 313-21.—Tuck, V. L. In- juries of the knee joint. Texas J. M., 1938-39, 34: 607-10 — Vinke, T. H. Ligamentous and cartilagenous injuries of the knee joint. J. Med., Cincin., 1940-41, 21: 23-6.—Weil, A. A propos des plaies penetrantes du genou. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1916, 16: 151; 181.—Westermeyer, J. Lesiones trau- maticas de la rodilla. Rev. san. mil. (Chile) 1936, 4: 72-84 — Wittek, A. Ueber Verletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 245. ---- Injury: Diagnosis. Dunn, N. Diagnosis and treatment of common injuries of the knee joint. Brit. M. J., 1931, 2: 639-44.—Felsenreich, F. Darstellung des verletzten Meniscus medialis im Rontgenbild bei veralteter Kreuzband- und Seitenbandverletzung. Ront- genpraxis, 1935, 7: 331-3.—Fisher, A. G. T. Some common traumatic affections of the knee-joint; their diagnosis and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1927, 118: 97-106.—Gocht, H. Die iiussere Untersuchung von Verletzungsleiden des Knie- gelenks. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1580-3.—Hamilton, A. S. Air injection (pneumarthrography) as an aid in the diagnosis of industrial and athletic injuries of the knee joint. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 533-9.—Jakob, F. Differentialdiagnose der Kniegelenksverletzungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 1291.—Nelson, H. The diagnosis of knee joint injuries; inaugural thesis. Minnesota M., 1934, 17: 161-4.—Rojas Loa, R. Unas palabras sobre lesiones traumaticas de la rodilla; el signo de Finochietto. Gaz. med. M6xico, 1937, 67: 6-10. ---- Injury: Etiology. Austin, L. J., & Campbell, W. A. Football injuries in the knee joint. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 1324-6.—Bartsch. Eine seltene Verletzung des Kniegelenks. Mschr. Unfallh., 1908, 15: 264.—Bastos Ansart, M. Traumas deportivos de la rodilla. Progr. clin., Madr., 1926, 34: 536-61.—Birgfeld. E. Eine seltene Kniegelenksverletzung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 748.—Kromer, K. Schadigung des Kniegelenkes durch unzweckmassige Ruhigstellung im Gipsverband. Chi- rurg, 1937, 9: 377-80.—Laves, W. Hackverletzungen des Kniegelenkes und die klinische und sozialmedizinische Be- KNEE JOINT 279 KNEE JOINT deutung ihrer friihzeitigen Behandlung. Arch, orthop. Un- fallchir., 1926, 24: 397-413.—Mandl, F. Das Kniegelenk im Sportbetrieb. Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1005-9. ------ Der Skipunkt, sein anatomisches und pathologisches Substrat. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 80.—Pozzi, G. Le lesioni dell'ar- ticolazione del ginocchio da sci. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1931, 47: 603-37.—Quarelli, G. Su una nuova malattia da com- pressione rilevata negli agenti di servizio di frontiera. Med lavoro, 1937, 27: 353-6.—Speed, K. Some common everyday injuries of the knee joint. Wisconsin M. J., 1941, 40: 1051-4.— Tavernier, L. Le genou et le sport. C. rend. Congr. internat. m6d. educ. phys. (1934) 1936, 2. Congr., 237-9.—Tucker, W. E. Athletic injuries of the knee-joint, excluding cartilage injuries. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 525-7.—Villar, J. Plaie articulaire du genou par coup de serpe. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 399. ---- Injury, gunshot. See also subheading Foreign body. Martegiani, C. II trattamento delle ferite da arma da fuoco penetranti nell'articolazione del ginocchio. 62p. 8? Bologna [1919] Argiielles Lopez, R. Las heridas de la rodilla por arma de fuego; su tratamiento. Actas Congr. med. milit. (Spain) 1939, 1. Congr., p. lv-lx.—Braun, E. Der Kniegelenkschuss, mit Erorterung von Fallen. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 133-41.— Eliot, L. A case of gun shot wound of the knee joint. Tr. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1899) 1900, 4:155-62.—Guende, C. Plaie penetrante du genou par arme a feu. Rec. Com. med. Bouches du Rhone, 1887-88, 26: 58.—Hickson, S, Wounds of the knee joint. Rep. Surg. Cases S. Afr. War (Stevenson, W. F.) Lond., 1905, 203-7.—Kinloch, R. A. Case of gun-shot wound of the knee-joint; ball lodged in the head of the tibia; extracted through the joint 6 months after the acci- dent; recovery with a useful limb. Confed. States M. & S. J., 1864, 1: 102-4.—La Garde, L. A. Gunshot wounds of the knee-joint by the projectile of reduced calibre. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, 146: 536-8.—Morestin, H. Plaie articulaire du genou par balle de carabine. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1903, 78: 685.—Munnich, K. Ueber die Lagerung des schussverletzten und vereiterten Kniegelenks auf der Stufenschiene. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 1108.—Simons, M. Gunshot wounds of the knee joint. Tr. Tristate M. Ass., 1900, 2: 180-92.—Tricot, C. J. Note sur une plaie penetrante du genou par projectile de petit calibre (pistolet automatique Borchardt-Lueger, dit Parabellum) Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1907, 49: 291-3.— Wustmann, O. Die Behandlung des sturmisch vereiternden Kniegelenkschusses. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 1458-62. ---- Injury: Military aspect. Alexander, J. C. Knee injuries in the army. Glasgow M. J., 1943, 140: 12-5.—D'Arcy, T. N. A case of punctured wound; right knee. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1937, 23: 345.—Fisher, A. G. T- The treatment of war wounds of the knee-joints. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1941, 205: 454-7.—Garcia Portela, M. Heridas de guerra de la articulacion de la rodilla. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1941, 6: 35-50.—Markelov, N. S. [Injuries of the knee joint in the army; data from the orthopedic clinic for the last 10 years] Voen. med. J., Mcskva, 1932, 3: 217- 26.—Micka, V. [Injuries of the knee in military service] Cas. lek. eesk., 1937, 76: 1175-82.—Ollerenshaw, R. Wounds of the knee-joint. In Surg. Modern Warf. (Bailey, H.) Edinb., 1940-41, 467-73. Also in 2. ed., Bait., 1942, 2: 697-703 — Stanek, W. F. Operative findings and results of 75 injuries to the knee in the Army i raining program. In Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb., 1943, 170-6.—VogI, A. Zur Beurteilung von Kniegelenk- schaden bei der Truppe. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 1165-7. ---- Injury: Sequelae. See also other subheadings (Gonitis; Internal derangement; Osteochondritis; Synovitis, trau- matic, etc.) Lassmann, F. *Ueber die Enstehung von Arthritis deformans nach Frakturen des Kniege- lenks [Leipzig] 21p. 8? Eisleben, 1935. Nerz, O. *Unfallspatschaden des Kniege- lenks unter Belastung durch Arbeit und Sport. 122p. 25cm. Berl., 1936. Ahle, H. Die Arthrosis deformans des Kniegelenks durch Fremdkorperverletzung. Chirurg, 1938, 10: 505-8.—Bennett, W. A clinical lecture on modifications in the movements of the knee-joint directly consequent upon injury. Brit. M. J., 1908, 1: 1-4, pl.—Bonaccorsi, A. Le neoformazioni benigne del ginocchio in rapporto al trauma. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. chir., 105-14.—Brandis, W. Bosartige Geschwulst als Unfallsfolge. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1153.—Brooke, R. Traumatic decalcification of the knee-joint. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 99.—Chavigny. Examen medico-legal des traumatismes du genou et de leurs consequences au point de vue fonctionnel. Ann. hyg., Par., 1907, 4. ser., 8: 340-59.— Donaldson. Four cases of extreme sepsis of lower Umb following penetrating wounds of knee joint. Proc. Transvaal Mine M Off. Ass., 1930-31, 10: 41.—Filippi, G. Le lesioni interne post- traumatiche del ginocchio osservate all'istituto Rizzoli. Chir. org. movim., 1936-37, 22: 85-110.—Funsten, R. V. Acute and remote effects of injuries to the knee joint. West Virginia M. J., 1939, 35: 323-6.-Gossweiler, R. Unfall und Arthro- pathia deformans des Kniegelenkes. Ausz. Inaugur Diss Med. Fak. Univ. Bern (1935-37) 1938, No. 95, 1.—Krecke, A. Deformierende Kniegelenksentzundung nach Trauma. Zwei Jahre chir. Tatigk. Privat Klin. Munchen [1905] 201-3.— Morestin, H. Plaie articulaire du genou suivie de mort Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1908, 83: 63-5.—Parnall, E. Traumatic affections of the knee joint. J. Lancet, 1942, 62: 90-2.__ Samson, J. E. Sequelles traumatiques du genou; diagnostic et traitement. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70: 708-11.__ Tixier. Resection du genou pour arthrite suppuree consecutive a une fracture de la rotule et de l'extremite inferieure du femur; presentation du malade gu6ri de la piSce anatomo-pathologique' Lyon med., 1907, 109: 536.—Trenker, M. [An unusual case of osteochondritis genu traumatica] Chir. narz. ruchu 1935 8: 201-7, pl. ---- Injury: Treatment. Abadie. J. Plusieurs cas de plaie penetrante du genou; arthrotomie primitive retardee; suture totale; guerison fonc- tionnelle. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1919, 45: 110.—Adams, J. E. Some injuries to the knee-joint and their treatment. Clin J., Lond., 1926, 55:- 205-9.—Atkins, R. G. The importance of the co-ordination of muscular action around the knee-joint, in injuries of that structure. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1933, 60: 16-20.—Barret, M. Traumatismes du genou; operation de Hey-Groves. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 1217-20.— Bessmer, W. G. Injuries to the knee joint and their treatment. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 204-8.—Caldwell, G. A. The treatment of common injuries of the knee joint. South. M. J., 1930, 23: 1114-21. ------ Treatment of injuries of the knee. Texas J. M., 1933, 29: 25-8.—Ceponis, J. [Treatment of open lesions of the knee joint] Medicina, Kaunas, 1928, 9: 38-48.— Etienne, E., & Henriet, P. Plaie articulaire du genou, souiliee de terre; lavage de l'articulation a l'ether; fermeture complete; guerison. Arch. Soc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1928, 9: 191.— Farquharson, E. L. The knee joint; manipulative treatment. In his Illust. Surg. Treat., 2. ed., Edinb., 1942, 206-11.— Gross, C. L. Offene Kniegelenkverletzungen und ihre Behand- lungsergebnisse. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1939-40, 40: 221-6.—Hardouin. Du traitement immediat des plaies articu- laires du genou. Rennes med., 1905-06, 1: No. 11, 7-14. Hart, V. L. The Kenny principles and injuries of the knee joint. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 900-2. ------ Physical therapy and knee joint injuries. In Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb., 1943, 176-80.— Iusevich, J. S. [Alar ligaments and injuries of the knee-joint] Ortop. travmat., 1938, 12: No. 5, 14-27.—Kettel, K. [Case of open knee-joint lesion treated by free fascia transplantation; fracture of the tibia of same leg] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: [Med. Selsk. Fyens Stefts. Forh.] 19-22.—Lederer, H. Ueber den Wert der primaren Versorgung von Hackverletzungen des Kniegelenkes in klinischer und sozialmedizinischer Hinsicht. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 233: 387-98— Milch, H. Surgical pathologv of injuries to the knee joint and their surgical indica- tions. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 139: 656-60.—Nicholson, J. T. Knee injuries. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1938, 18: 1671-93.— O'Donnell, E. D. Treatment of injuries to the knee joint. Physiother. Rev., 1940, 20: 218.—Pfab, B. Zur Uebungsbe- handlung nach Gliedmassenverletzungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Binnenverletzungen des Knies. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1940) 1941, 34. Kongr., 49-54.—Porrozzi, U. Intervento chirurgico per ferita all'articolazione del ginoc- chio. Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 163-5.—Qu6nu. Chirurgie conservatrice pour plaies contuses et gangrenes de l'articu- lation du genou. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1904, n. ser., 30: 915.— Querneau, J. Deux cas de plaie penetrante du genou traites par la mise a plat sans suture et les pansements rares. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 1409-18.—Sorrel, E., & Bolot, F. Plaie souiliee du genou; epluchage; pas de suture; restitution fonctionnelle integrale en 6 semaines. Ibid., 1940, 66: 401.— Thooris. Traitement kinetique des epanchements du genou par contusion et par entorse. Arch. m6d. pharm. mil., 1906, 68: 373-88.—Tixier. Plaie contuse articulaire du genou; arthrite suppuree traumatique; arthrotomie simple; guerison; resultats fonctionnels eioignes excellents. Lyon chir., 1908-09,1:434—9.— Traube. Die chirurgische Behandlung der f rischen Kniegelenks- verletzungen. Khn. Wschr., 1943, 22: 131.—Tucker, W. E. Injuries to knee joints. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 131: 585- 92.—Uebermuth. Die Behandlung der offenen Knieverletzun- gen. Med. Khn., Berl., 1939, 35: 307-10.—Villar, J. Plaie articulaire du genou par coup de serpe; suture primitive; guerison. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1933-34, 34: 185.—Vogel, K. Zwei Falle von seltener Kniegelenksverletzung behandelt durch einen neuen orthopadischen Apparat. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1903, 12: 416-20.—Wittek, A. Ueber Verletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 295-7.— Wulff, H. [Treatment of injuries of the knee-joint] Ugeskr. larger, 1931, 93: 349-53. ---- Injury—in animals. Porcher, C, & Morey. Blessure articulaire par arme a feu chez le chien; examen radiographique. Bull. Soc. sc v6t. Lyon, 1899, 2: 186.—Schroeder, E. F., & Schnelle, G. B. Stifle injuries. North Am. Vet., 1936, 17: 43-53. KNEE JOINT 280 KNEE JOINT ---- Insufflation. See also other subheadings (Pneumarthrosis; Radiography) Bernstein, M. A., & Arens, R. A. Diagnostic inflation of the knee joint; a clinical radiological study. Radiology, 1926, 7: 500-6.—Henson, E. B. Early oxygen injection of joints to prevent adhesions. West Virginia M. J., 1936, 32: 83 —Jacobsohn. Todesfall bei Sauerstoffinsufflation eines Knie- gelenks. Verh. Deut. Rontg. Ges., 1907, 2: 60-4.—Porter. W. B., & Rucker, J. E. Air insufflation in treatment of acute gonococcal synovitis of knee joint; preliminary report. J.Am, M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1513.—Savage, O. A., & Taylor, H. J. Preliminary observations on the oxygen and carbon dioxide gas tensions in the knee-joint in normal and pathological conditions. Ann. Rheum. Dis., Lond., 1939, 1: 134:40.— Schmidt, A. Therapeutische Sauerstoffeinblasungen in die Kniegelenke. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, 3: 1097. Internal derangement. *Desarranjo interno 107p.. 8? S. Paulo, Lond., 1929, 2: 325-7.- Shcrrill. J. I>. I"*™1 ^T?7 To"'8 of the knee joint. J. M. ,W Alabama, 1943-44, 13: 167-70.- Silfverskibld, N. [Internal derangement of knee-joint] Sven lak. sail, forh., 1931, 12: 17.—Steindler. A. Mechanical derangement of knee. Mississippi \ alley M. J., 1939 61: 158-63.—Swart, H. A. Internal derangements of the knee. West Virginia M. J., 1937, 33: 304-9— Thomson, J. E. M. Internal derangement of the knee joint; with special referencu to the commoner disabilities of the knee. Nebraska M. J., 1928, 13: 378-82.—Voyer, E. O. Internal derangements of the knee-joint. Internat. J. M. & S., 1933, 46: 56-61.— Webb, G. Internal derangement of the knee. Long Island M J 1930 24: 127-34.—Wittek. Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenks.' Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 204-23. ---- Internal derangement: Diagnosis and See also other subheadings (Ankylosis; Loose body; Meniscus: Injury) ASTURIANO AMOR1N, A da articulagao do joelho. 1932. Fisher, A. G. T. Internal derangements of the knee-joint; their pathology and treatment by modern methods. 2. ed. 205p. 8? Lond., 1933. Meurer, J. W. *Untersuchungen iiber Inkongruenz des Kniegelenkes an Hand yon 267 Fallen der chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Tub- ingen. 15p. 8? Tub., 1935. Bernstein, M. A. Newer developments in internal derange- ments of the knee joints. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1936, 11: 193.—Bircher, E. Die Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1292; 1309. :-----: Ueber Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 177: 290-359 [Discussion] 153-67.—Birkenfeld, W. Binnen- verletzungen des Kniegelenks. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 905.—Bragard. Los desarreglos internos de la rodilla. Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1937, 5: 51-4. ------Vails [et al.] Les derangements internes du genou. Rev. orthop., Par., 1937, 24: 260-3.—Bristow, W. R. Internal derangement of the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 605-26. Also Am. J, Surg., 1939, 43: 458-65.—Burns, B. H., & Ellis, V. H. Internal derangement of the knee joint. In their Recent Advances Orthop., Lond., 1937, 142-50.—Caldwell, G. D. Internal derangement of the knee joint. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 648-53.—Callow, M. Internal derangements of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 228-30.—Campbell, W. C. Internal derangement of the knee. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 568-72— Chatterton, C. C. Certain derangements of the knee joint. Minnesota M., 1938, 21: 23-8.—Comroe, B. I. Internal derangement of the knee joint. In his Arthritis, Phila., 1940, 519-28.—Darrach, W. Internal derangements of the knee. Ann. Surg., 1935, 102: 129-37.—Donati, M. Sur les derange- ments internes du genou. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1356-9.—Faulkner, D. M. Internal derangement of the knee. Virginia M. Month., 1927-28, 54: 166-75— Francisco, C. B. Internal derangements of the knee joint. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1929, 30: 167-9.—Freeman, L. Internal derangements of the knee-joint, with report of cases. Tr. Colorado M. Soc (1906) 1907, 6: 133-40. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1907, 4: 735-40.— Giertsen, P. E. [Derangement interne du genou] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: 938-45.—Henderson, M. S. In- trinsic derangement of the knee joint. South. M. J., 1926, 19: 633-7. ------ Derangements of the knee-joint. Ann. Surg., 1928, 87: 911-6. Also South. Surgeon, 1934, 3: 123-39. ------ Mechanical derangements of the knee joint. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1937, 17: 1207-22.—Hinder, H. C. Internal derangement of the knee-joint. Australas. M. Gaz., 1905, 24: 247-51; 1906, 30: 229.—Jones, R. On certain derange- ments of the knee. Clin. J., Lond., 1906, 28: 51-6.—Knott, J. Hev's internal derangement of the knee-joint. S. Paul M. J., 1904, 6: 892-909.—Konig, F. Ueber Binnenverletzung des Kniegelenks. Med. Khn., Berl., 1907, 3: 7-9.—Laven. Bin- nenschaden des Kniegelenkes. Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19: 846.— Loeffler, F. Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenks. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44: 1; 17.—Love, R. J. M. Internal derangement of the knee joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1932, 128: 182-9.— McReynolds, I. S. Internal derangement of the knee. Med. Rec, Houston, 1939, 33: 162-6.—Meyer, A. H. Internal derangements of the knee joint. Memphis M. J., 1938, 13: 94-6.—Morris, M. Internal derangement of the knee-joint. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 313-7.—O Donoghue, D. H. Internal derangements of the knee. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1939, 32: 113-8.—Peckham, F. E. Internal derangement of the knee-joint. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., 1902, 15: 126-35.— Penn, J., & Penn, H. Internal derangements of the knee joint. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1938, 31:306-12.—Porritt, A. E. Interna] derangements of the knee. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1937, 195: No. 5137, Suppl., p. xv-xviii.—Prikkel, A. [Internal injuries of the knee-joint] Orvoskepzes, 1939, 29: 645-62.— Roth, P. B. Internal derangements of the knee-joint. Lancet, prognosis. Barker, A. E. Some points in the diagnosis and treatment of derangements in the knee joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, 82: 309-19.—Bishop, W. A., jr. Differential diagnosis of internal derangement of the knee. Texas J. M., 1941-42, 37: 348-53.—Dittrich. Ein neues Zeichen der Knieinnenverletzung. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1934) 1935, 29: 144-8.—Elmslie, R. C. Prognosis in internal derangement of the knee-joint, Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1251.—Krauss, F. Zur topischen Diagnostik der geschlossenen Knieverletzungen. Prakt. Arzt, 1935, n. F., 20: 557-62.—Kromer, W. Binnenverletzun- gen des Kniegelenkes; Diagnostik. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941 71: 595.—Lloyd, E. I. Clicking knee in childhood. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 525.—M'Murray, T. P. The diagnosis of internal derangements of the knee. In Robert Jones Birth- day Vol., Oxf., 1928, 301-6.—Pirker, H. Zur Diagnostik der Binnenschaden des Kniegelenkes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 1163.—Priimm, A. Schwere Binnenverletzung des Knies mit verhaltnismassig geringen klinischen Erscheinungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1792.—Schoen, H. Zur Ront- gendiagnostik der Binnenverletzung des Kniegelenkes. Ront- genpraxis, 1935, 7: 49.—Somerville, E. W. Air arthrography in the diagnosis of internal derangement of knee-joint. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1942-43, 36: 663.—Stor, O. Ueber die Rontgendiagnostik der Kniegelenkbinnenorgane. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1936, 163: 513-38.—Thomas, T. Internal derangement of the knee joint: the differential diagnosis and treatment. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1906, 31: 166-79. ---- Internal derangement: Etiology, and pa- thology. Keller, H. *Ueber die Art des Traumas bei Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes [Miinster] 19p. 8? Gelsenkirchen, 1936. Barker, A. E. On atypical internal derangements of the knee joint. Brit. M. J., 1905, 2: 1516.—Desplas & Sarradin. A propos d'un cas de blocage du genou d'origine extra-articu- laire. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 820-4.—Evans, E. T. Internal derangement of the knee in the athlete. Trends M. Pract. & Res., 1941-42, 3: 11.—Fairbank, H. A. T. Internal derangement of the knee in children and adolescents. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-39, 30: 427-32.—Ferguson, L. K., & Thompson, W. D. Internal derangements of the knee joint; an analysis of 100 cases with follow-up study. Ann. Surg., 1940, 112: 454-70.—Forrester, C. R. G. Unusual derange- ments of the knee. Illinois M. J., 1926, 49: 230-3—Gaugele. Die Binnenverletzungen des Knies vom Standpunkte der Unfallheilkunde. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 224-33.—Hambly, E. H. Internal derangement of the knee-joint; abnormal combination of lesions. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 125.-—Harbin, M. A consideration of certain derangements of the knee joint. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 155-67.—Knoll. Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenks beim Sport. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 233-46.—Linde, F. Beitrag zur Entstehungsart von Kniege- lenksbinnenverletzungen. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 989—Mcll- henny, P. A. Internal derangement of the knee joint, especially the semilunar. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1930-31, 83: 618-23 — MacKenzie, D. W., & MacFarlane, J. A. Internal derange- ments of the knee joint in the Canadian Army (overseas) Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 49: 472-8.—Mandl, F. Wesen und Behandlung der Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes in ihren Beziehungen zum Sportbetrieb. Ther. Gegenwart, 1927, 68: 312-4.—Maxwell, J. A. A few notes on lateral derangement of the knee. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1939, 25: 120-3.—Pfab, B. Experimentelle Studien zur Pathologie der Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Deut .Zschr. Chir., 1927, 205: 265-84. ------ Weitere experimentelle Studien zur Pathologie der Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Ibid., 1928, 211: 339-45.—Shands, A. R. Report of cases of unusual derange- ment of the knee joint. Virginia M. Month., 1907-08, 12: 365-70.—Shands, A. R., jr, Hutchison, J. L., & Ziv, L. De- rangements of the semilunar cartilages of the knee; a clinical and experimental study. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 1045-50.— Teal, F., & Orr, H. W. Internal derangement of the knee and slipping patella; simultaneous occurrence in the same knee. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 212.—Werthmann, H. Die Binnen- verletzungen des Kniegelenks unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Einflusses der Unfallversicherung auf das Heiler- gebnis. Mschr. Unfall., 1932, 39: 456. KNEE JOINT 281 KNEE JOINT --- Internal derangement: Treatment. Haneke, H. G. H. *Die Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenks mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wiederherstellung der Dienstfahigkeit. 26p. 23cm. Berl., 1938. Kersting, T. *Die Schnittfuhrungen bei Binnenverletzungen [Munchen] 28p. 8? Bo- chum, 1935. Adams, J. D. Diagnosis and treatment of internal derange- ments of knee joints. Bull. New England M. Center, 1940, 2: 45_7 —Bartsch, G. H. Die Therapie der Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 430-3. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 649.—Bennett. G. E. Internal derangement of the knee joint. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 670-8.— Bircher. Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenks. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 392.—Buzby, B. F. Internal derangements of the knee. Ann. Surg., 1931, 94: 397-409.—Delitala, F. Lesioni interne del ginocchio. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 41: 975.— Eisner, J. Warum aktives Vorgehen bei Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes? Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932, 57: 76-84 — Giertsen, P. E. Internal derangement of the knee. Acta orthop. scand., 1936, 7: 185-200.—Graham, R. V. Preliminary report on internal derangements of the knee joint treated at an Australian general hospital, Australian Imperial Force abroad, to May 31, 1941. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1941-42, 11: 185-96.—Henderson, M. S. Intrinsic derangements of the knee-joint (551 patients; 578 operations) Proc. Mayo Clin., 1934, 9: 65-8.—Hetzar, W. Betrachtungen iiber die operative Behandlung unspezifischer Kniegelenksbinnenschaden. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1935, 245: 231-44.—Jones, R. Notes on derange- ments of the knee; based upon a personal experience of over 500 operations. Ann. Surg., 1909, 50: 969-1001, 4 pl.— Levin thai, D. H. Surgery of derangements of the knee joint. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 181-203.—MacFarlane, J. A., & MacKenzie, D. W. Internal derangement of the knee joint; a survey of 303 cases coming to operation in the general hospitals of the Canadian Army (overseas) J. Canad. M. Serv., 1943-44, 1: 41-8.—Moorhead, J. J., & Lyall, D. The surgical treatment cf intrinsic knee joint lesions; further analysis of operative cases. Ann. Surg., 1943, 117: 140-51.—Morian, R. Ueber Binnenverletzungen des Kniegelenkes und deren opera- tive Dauerresultate. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928, 211: 318-38.— Page. Cases operated upon for internal derangement of the knee-joint. Northumberland M. J., 1896, 4: 118-20.— Potoschnig, G. Risultati lontani di interventi per lesioni interne del ginocchio. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 41: 987-92.— Sweet, P. P. Arthrotomy for internal derangement of the knee-. J. Bone Surg., 1937, 19: 157-62.—Tenney, B. The anatomy and surgery of the internal derangements of the knee- joint; based on a studv of 150 dissected joints and the literature. Ann. Surg., 1904, 40: 1-34, 18 pl.—Tripp, A. The radical cure of internal derangement, of the knee joint, based upon an experience of 50 operations. Polyclinic, Lond., 1904, 8:155-64. --- Laxity and instability. See also subheading (snapping) Ehls, C. *Ueber die verschiedenen Ursachen des traumatischen Wackelknies. 43p. 8? Berl., 1937. Heseler [P.] O. *Ueber die Pathogenese, Klinik und Therapie des Wackelknies in seiner Beziehung zum Ligamentum collaterale tibiale [Leipzig] p.145-72. 8? [Wiirzb.] 1927. Also Wurzburg. Abh. Med., 1928-29, 25: Alglave, P. Arthrotomie transrotulienne transversale pour impotence du genou par sequelles traumatiques. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55: 992-4.—Carrel 1, W. B. Use of fascia lata in knee-joint instability. J. Bone Surg., 1937, 19: 1018- 26.—Cleveland, M. Operative fusion of the unstable or flail knee due to anterior poliomyelitis; a study of the late results. Ibid., 1932, 14: 525-34.—Friedberg, A. H. The relaxed knee- joint and its treatment. Tr. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass., 1907-08, 20: 189-98. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1908, 135: 696-701.—Konig, W. Die Behandlung des Wackelknies nach Kniegelenksbinnen- verletzungen und Briichen des Schienbeinkopfes. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 1463-6.—Mauck, H. P. A new operative procedure for instability of the knee. J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 984-90 — Mollneus. Die Bedeutung des Wackelknies. Opera Internat. Congr. Indust. Accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 324.—Rocher, H. L. Laxite laterale et antero-posterieure du genou d'origine post traumatique; plastie ligamentaire en V par bandelette du fascia lata pour refection du ligament croise anterieur et du ligament lateral externe. Rev. orthop., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 25: 691-4.—Salvati, A. A. Movilidad de la rodilla. Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 176-9.—Zilveti Carranza, J. La inestabilidad de la rodilla. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1937-38, 7: 221-30. ■--- Ligaments. See also other subheadings (Capsule; Collateral ligaments; Cruciate ligaments; Meniscus; Patellar ligament) I Covaro, A. A. Meniscos y ligamentos de la rodilla. 402p. 23cm. B. Air., 1941. Bibliogr., 377-400. Andreassi, G. Contributo alia conoscenza del legamento adiposo del ginocchio. Ricer. morf., 1929, 9: 245-56.— Brantigan, O. C, & Voshell, A. F. The mechanics of the ligaments and menisci of the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1941, 23: 44-66.—Horwitz, M. T. An investigation of the surgical anatomy of the ligaments of the knee joint. Surg. Gyn. Obst 1938, 67: 287-92.—Lindblom, K. The arthrography appear- ance of the ligaments of the knee joint. Acta radiol.. Stockh. 1938, 19:582-600. ---- Ligaments: Disease, and injury. Deimel, P. *Begutachtung von Meniskus- und Kreuzbanderverletzungen [Miinster] 35p. 22^cm. Emsdetten, 1938. Gebhardt, K. Der Bandschaden des Kniege- lenks. 59p. 8? Lpz., 1933. Heim-Greif, I. *Die Verletzung des medialen Kniegelenkseitenbandes [Bern] 15p. 21cm. Pfarrkirchen, 1940. Palmar, I. On the injuries to the ligaments of the knee joint; a clinical study. 282p. 8? Stockh.[1938] Forms Suppl. 53, v.81, Acta chir. scand. Valls, J. Lesiones traumaticas de los menis- cos, ligamentos cruzados y ligamentos laterales de la rodilla. 153p. 24cm. B. Air. [1941] Also Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1941, 20: 521; 589. Bennett, G. E. Relaxed knees and torn ligaments and the disability following such an injury. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1930) 1931, 6: 351-5, pl.—Cozen, L. Ruptured infrapatellar ligament; report of 2 cases. California West. M., 1937, 47: 253.—Cubbins, W. R. Injuries to the ligaments of the knee joint. In Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb., 1943, 162-4.— Dehne, E. Beurteilung und Behandlung der Verletzungen des Bandapparates am Knie unter Zugrundelegung einer me* chanistischen oder einer physiologischen Betrachtungsweise. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1938, 39: 319-27.—Fessler, J. Ueber die Verletzungen der Haftbander (ausserlichen Seiten- und innerlichen Kreuzbander) des Kniegelenkes. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 230: 239-50.—Frejka, B. [Ruptured ligaments of knee-joint and their cure with simple supports] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1927-28, 7: 288-93, pl.—Girdlestone, G. R. Trau- matic synovitis and injuries to the ligaments of the knee-joint; excluding meniscus injuries. Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 1050-2.— Gonzalez Sanchez, C. Rotura de ligamentos de la articulaci6n de la rodilla. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1932-33, 4: 115-21.— Horwitz, M. T. Injuries of the ligaments of the knee joint; an experimental study. Arch. Surg., 1939, 38: 946-54. ------ & Davidson, A. J. Newer concepts in the treatment of injuries to the ligaments of the knee joint; an evaluation of the Mauck operation. Surgery, 1938, 3: 407-15.-—Jirasek, A. Kapitel iiber Knieverletzungen; Verletzungen der Seitenbander und der Gelenkkapsel. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933-34, 242: 415-39.— Lutterotti, O. Traumatische Nekrose eines abnormen Bandes im Kniegelenk. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1929, 42: 869-71.— Mandl, F. Eigenblut- und Novokainbehandlung bei Kreuz- und Seitenbandlasionen des Kniegelenkes. Ibid., 1937, 50: 625. ------ Zur Symptomatologie der Seiten- und Kreuz- bandveranderungen des Kniegelenkes und ihre Therapie mit Eigenblutinjektionen. J. internat. chir., Brux., 1940, 5: 129-46.—Murphy, F. G. Ligamentous injury about the knee joint with reports of cases. Illinois M. J., 1927, 52: 69-72.— Navarro, A. Les traumatismes des menisques et des ligaments croises. In Livre jub. (Hartmann, H.) Par., 1932, 507-14.— Rosen, S. von. Zur Diagnose und Behandlung der Bandver- letzungen des Kniegelenks. Acta orthop. scand., 1941, 12: 117-59.—Stockum, v. De verscheuring van sommige banden van het kniegenvricht. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1906, 2: 1586- 94.—Unger, K. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Bandverletzungen des Kniegelenkes. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 2885-7.—Valls, J. Lesiones traumaticas de los meniscos; ligamentos cruzados y ligamentos laterales de la rodilla; Ugamentos cruzados y later- ales. Dfa med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1100; 1134.—Wagner, L. C. Complete rupture of infra-patellar tendon and adjacent capsular ligaments. Ann. Surg., 1927, 86: 787-9.—Wagner, W. Ver- letzungen des medialen Kniegelenkbandes und ihre Behandlung. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938, 250: 514-28.—Zerreissung des Ligamentum accessorium medium genu. Jahrber. Chir. Abt. Spit. Basel, 1901, 94. ---- Ligaments: Surgery. Fontaine, H. *La refection des ligaments lateraux et croises du genou. 240p. 8? Par., 1937. Campbell, W. C. Repair of the lateral and crucial ligaments of the knee. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1935, 10: 324. ------ Reconstruction of the ligaments of the knee. Am. J. Surg., KNEE JOINT 282 KNEE JOINT 1939. 43: 473-80— Cotton, F. J., & Morrison, G. M. Artificial ligaments at the knee; a technique. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 1331.—Dickson, J. A.. & Lawrence, J. C. The use of fascia lata in the rf-iiair of liganu-nis of the knee. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1937, 17: 1481-5.—Dupuy de Frenelle. Refection des ligaments articulaires de l'articulation du genou; resultat eioigne. Paris chir., 1926, 18: 241-9.—Lance. M. Kunstliche Kniegelenksbander aus Seide [Discussion] Verh. Deut. ..rtl.■■]>. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 256-02— P£rez Zabala, M. P.f1., 1936, 34: 173-214.—Dominguez, F. Note sur l'etiologie des meniscites. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931, 3. ser., 106: 79-86. Also Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1931, 57: 479-83 — Estor, E. La meniscite chronique de Roux (de Lausanne) existe-t-elle? Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 553-9.— Ferrero, V. Rapporti fra lesioni meniscali del ginocchio; osteocondrite, corpi liberi ed artrite deformante. Osp. mag- giore Novara, 1936, 13: 30-42.—Finochietto, R., & Covaro, A. A. Meniscos de la rodilla; concomitancia de lesiones en el menisco interno y en el externo de la misma rodilla. Prensa med. argent., 1930-31, 17: 717-39.—Gallina, V. Contributo alio studio delle lesioni dei menischi del ginocchio. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1932, 9: 238-51.—Henderson, M. S. De- rangement of the semilunar cartilage of the knee joint. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1927) 1928, 37: 395-407.—Hoffmann, R. Menisques du genou et arthrite deformante. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1271-92.—K ostler, J. Experimentelle Versuche iiber Ernahrungsstorungen der Menisken. Arch. klin. Chir., 1940, 199: 49-61.—Kreuscher, P. H. Semilunar cartilage derangements. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1937, 17: 315-29.—Kummer, E. Pathologie des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 123-35.—Le Fort, R. Sur quelques cas de lesions rares des menisques du genou. Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 341-4.—Linde, F. Die Lehre von der Berufskrankheit des Meniskus im Widerspruch zu Naturge- setzen. Med. Khn., Berl., 1937, 33: 263-5.—MacAusland, W. R. Derangements of the semilunar cartilages, based on a study of 388 operative cases. Ann. Surg., 1931, 93: 649-82. ----- A study of derangement of semilunar cartilages based on 850 cases. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1943, 77:141-52.—Mathieu, P. Blocage du genou dans le sens de la flexion par lesion du menisque externe. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 43-7.— Mandl, F. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zwischenknorpel- erkrankungen des Kniegelenkes. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 146: 149-214.—Mol, W. [Bilateral closed meniscus externus of the knee] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1571.—Mouchet, A., & Tavernier, L. Pathologie des menisques du genou. Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 1499-503. Also P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 22-118.—Mumford, E. B. Derangement of the semilunar cartilage of the knee. Indust. M., 1934, 3: 78-82.— Paltrinieri, M. Analogie fra degenerazione del disco inter- vertebrale e meniscite del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1937- 38, 23: 161-7.-—Ragnotti, E. Le artrosinoviti iperplastiche croniche del ginocchio; contributo casistico e critico alia conoscenza delle affezioni croniche non specifiche della sinoviale ed ai loro rapporti con altre lesioni interne metatraumatiche del ginocchio, in particolare dei menischi, meniscite. Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 54: 44—117.—Raszeja, F. Die degenerativen Veranderungen der Kniegelenkmenisken und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1938, 167: 388-413. Also transl. Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 269-307.—Regensburger, K. Die Meniscusschaden im Kniegelenk, unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Meniscusschaden der Bergleute. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir., 1933-34, 34: 116-39.—Rezende, M., & Homem de Carvalho, A. Perturbations nerveuses reflexes consecutives a la lesion de menisque articulaire. Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1931, 2: 699-704.—Roux, C. Pathologie des m6nisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 171-8.—Schajowicz, F. Die Veranderungen der Synovial- membran bei Meniscusschaden. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1937-38, 249: 694-705.—Schlafli. Der gegenwartige Stand der Menis- kusfrage. Praxis, Bern, 1936, 25: 281-5.—Schwartz, E. Ein neuer Fall von primarer Meniskopathie. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 380.—Siegmund, H. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Meniscus- und Bandscheibenveriinderungen. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir., 1936-37, 37: 368-90.—Steimann, F. Pathologie des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 138-45.—Strauss, K. Monarthritis gonorrhoica als atiologisches Moment fiir Meniscusschaden. Arch. khn. Chir., 1940, 199: 142-4.—Tobler, T. Zur normalen und pathologi- schen Histologie des Kniegelenkmeniscus. Ibid., 1933, 177: 483-95.—Turco, A. Sulla patologia del menisco (ricerche sperimentali) Ann. ital. chir., 1931, 10: 667-81.—Wyer, M. Studie iiber die Entstehung der sogenannten nichttraumatischen Meniscusverletzungen. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1924-26, No. 90, 1-3. ■--- Meniscus: Disease: Treatment. Andreesen, R. Beitrag zur Schadigung der Knorpel- binnenscheiben der Kniegelenke. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237: 602-25.—Brandligt. Les meniscites du genou, qui guerissent sans traitement special. Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1930, 23: 273-5.—Ciaprini, G. Sulle lesioni dei menischi del ginocchio. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1929, 45: 120-40.—Courten, H. C, & Courten, F. C. Derangement of the semilunar carti- lage; with a report of 46 operative cases. Med. Times, N. Y., 1933, 61: 193.—Ehalt, W. Meniskuslasion und Verordnung yon Krucken. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 709.—Fioren- tini, A. Rilievi e considerazioni sulle lesioni di menischi arti- colari del ginocchio. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 41: 980-2.— Gioia, T. Lesiones de los meniscos articulares de la rodilla y su tratamiento. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt2, 1116-23.— Henderson, M. S. Derangement of the internal semilunar cartilage of the knee-joint. Surg. Clin. N. America ; 927, 7: 1425-31.—Judet, H. Traitement chirurgical et traitement conservateur dans les affections des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 166-9.—JUrgens, B. Zur Frage der operativen Behandlung der Meniskusschadigungen des Kniegelenks. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1928, 50: 337-68.— Lantzounis, L. A. Derangement of the menisci of the knee joint; a report of an end-result study of 142 cases treated bv operation. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 182-8.—Zimmermann, M. Erfahrungen mit der konservativen Meniskusbehandlung. Munch, med., Wschr., 1935, 82: 1945-7. ---- Meniscus: Dislocation. Neau, L. *Les luxations des menisques de l'articulation du genou; leur traitement chirur- gical. 61p. 25cm. Marseille, 1936. Brandt, G. Zur operativen Behandlung der hiiufig wieder- kehrenden Kniescheibenverrenkung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 171: 204-9.-—Capart & Duhail. Une cause rare de luxation meniscale. Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: 727.—Carcassonne. Luxation du menisque interne du genou. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 716.—Christide, E. Luxation du menisque interne de l'articulation du genou droit. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 535-7.—Conde, M. As luxacoes das cartilagens semi-lunares da articulacao do joelho. Lisboa med., 1934, 11: 331-51; 677.— Delrez, L. Luxation du cartilage semi-lunaire du genou. Liege med., 1932, 25: 1217.—Estor, E. Luxation des cartilages semi- lunaires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 179.—Fry, A. S. Bucket-handle fracture-dislocation of the medial meniscus of the knee-joint. J. R. Army Corps, 1929, 52: 125-30.—Giordano, D. Lussazione della cartilagine semilunare interna del ginoc- chio. Rinasc. med., 1932, 9: 79.—Gonzalez Cogolludo, M. Contribuci6n al estudio de las luxaciones de los cartllagos semilunares (artrofitosis) Inform, med., Valladolid, 1932, 9: 103-17.—Hartmann. Luxation d'un cartilage semi-lunaire du genou. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 192., 41: 6.—Krogdahl, T. Rontgenologische Diagnose der Meniskusluxation im Kniege- lenk ohne Verwendung von Kontrastmitteln. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1940, 21: 335-42.—Le Breton, P., & Cleary, R. M. The diagnosis and treatment of displacements of the semilunar cartilages. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 576-8.—Marin Moreno. Luxacion del menisco interno de la rodilla. Sem.' med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 2, 326.—Martina, A. Ueber die Dauererfolge der operativen Behandlung der Meniscusluxationen im Kniege- lenk. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1907, 88: 369-86.—Michon. Extir- pation du menisque externe du genou pour subluxation tecidi- vante de cet organe, avec douleurs et poussees d'hydarthrose. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1906, n. ser., 32: 1136-9.—M oiler, W. Luxation eines nach Exstirpation neugebildeten Kniegelenks- meniscus. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2790-2.—Mol, W. [Conserva- tive treatment for a wedged meniscus of the knee] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 3357-62.—Owen, E. A slipping cartilage in the knee-joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, 74: 149-61.— Poult, J. Zur Reposition des eingeklemmten Meniskus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1120.—Pozzi, E. Fractura y luxaci6n de los meniscos. Prensa med. argent., 1926-27, 13: 797-802.-—Rawling, L. B. On displacement of the internal semilunar cartilage of the knee-joint. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, 79: 356-63, 2 pl.—Royle, N. D. The surgical treatment of dislocated meniscus of the knee joint. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 589.—Sarmiento Laspiur. Un caso de luxacion de menisco de la articulaci6n de la rodilla por desinserci6n capsular. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 2, 43.—Schotte. Quelques mots au sujet de la luxation du semi-lunaire. Rev. beige sc. med., 1931, 3: 53-67.—Schultze, E. Ueber den Mechanismus der Meniscus-Luxationen nach Versuchen an der Leiche. Arch. klin. Chir., 1906, 81: 2. T., 307-19.—Seifert, E. Die unblutige Losung des eingeklemmten Kniegelenksmeniscus. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 449-51.—Tarkhanov, V. A. [Mechanism of displacement of the menisci and disci] Ortop. travmat., 1933, 7: 28-32, 3 pl.-—Tavernier, L. Traitement des luxations des menisques du genou. Lyon med., 1919, 128: 548-51. ------ Les luxations des menisques du genou. J. med., Par., 1924, 95: 470-5.—Welti, H., & Arviset, J. Luxation du menisque interne; blocage du genou irreductible. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 1216-9.—Wylie, W. Injuries to, and displace- ment of, the internal semilunar cartilage of the knee. West Virginia M. J., 1930, 26: 8-10. ---- Meniscus: Forensic aspect. Burckhardt, H. Der Meniscusschade; seine Aetiologie und seine Begutachtung im Rahmen der allgemeinen Unfallbegutachtung. 40p. 24cm. Berl., 1939. Forms H. 26, Hefte Unfallh. Henrich, K. *Wann kann eine Meniskus- schadigung als Unfallfolge aufgefasst werden? 36p. 8? Bonn, 1935. Hofmann, E. *Der heutige Stand der Beur- teilung der beruflichen Meniskus-Verletzungen [Heidelberg] 30p. 21cm. Saarbriicken, 1936. Rommeswinkel, F. W. *Die Bedeutung des feingeweblichen Befundes fiir die klarung der Frage des Unfallzusammenhanges bei Menis- kusschaden [Gottingen] 21p. 21cm. Bochum- Langendr., 1937. KNEE JOINT 28G KNEE JOINT Aievoli, E. I traumatismi dell'apparato meniscale del ginocchio in uipporb- all'infoitunistica. Morgagni, 1931, 73: 252-7.— Andreesen, R. Ueber Meniscusbeschiidigung und Unfall. Mschr. Infiillli., 1932, 39: 310-7. ----— Menis- cus.schadt-n, Unftillfolgc- oder Berufserkrankung? Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1235-9.—Anglesio, B. Lesioni dei menischi articolari del ginocchio ncgli infortuni sul lavoro. Rass. previd. sociale, 1930, 17: No. 9, 2-16. ------& Bruni, A. Influenza dell'assi- curazionc infortuni sul decorso delle lesioni dei menischi arti- colari del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1934-35, 19: 283-92 — Baetzner, W. Meniskus, Trauma und Schaden, audi in unfall- medizinischer Hinsicht. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 1145-8.— Fuss, H. Zur Begutachtung von Meniscusschiidcn. Mschr. Unfallh., 1936, 43: 161-75.—Gaugele, K. Der unfallbedingte Binnenschaden des Knies (Meniscus) Arch, orthop. Unfall- chir., 1935-30, 36: 504-9. ------ Ueber die Unfallbedingt- heit der M.-niseusschadigung. Ibid., 1937-38, 38: 599-605 — Kallius, II. L1. Meniskusverletzung und Unfall. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1936, 163: 271-82.—Linde, F. Kurswechsel in der gutachtlichen Beurteilung des Unfallzusammenhanges der Meniskusschiidigung. Med. Khn., Berl., 1937, 33: 1539-42.— Oberndorfer. Meniskusverletzung durch Sprung? Mschr. Unfallh., 1927, 34: 255-8.— Payr, E. Zur Meniscusfrage, Vor- und Nacherkrankung des Gelenkes, Sportunfall, Berufs- schaden-Folge. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 976-80.—Regensburger, K. Ein Beitrag zur Begutachtung der Meniscusschaden. Chirurg, 1934, 6: 581-7.—Rostock, P., & Runge, H. Zusam- menhang zwischen Meniscusschadigung und Beruf und Sport. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937-38, 38: 460-85.—Symanski. Meniscusdegeneration als entschadigungspflichtige Berufs- krankheit. Mschr. Unfallh., 1939, 46: 457-66. ---- Meniscus: Fracture and rupture. See also Meniscus: Detachment. Wallinheimo, L. O. *Ueber die embryonale Entwicklung, Histologie und Degenerationser- scheinungen der Menisken des Kniegelenks mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entstehung der sogenannten Meniskrupturen. 252p. 8? Helsin., 1938. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1938, 24: Ser. B. Alves de Lima, J., & Correa, N. A. Rotura dos meniscos interarticulares do joelho. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1930, 5: 377-82, pl.—Bernstein, M. Derangements of the knee joint with special reference to the role of the internal alar ligament in tears of internal semilunar cartilages. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 554-61.—Boerema, I. [Rupture of the anterior semilunar cartilage of the knee-joint with symptoms of incarce- ration] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 4625.—Braine, J. Deux cas de fissuration longitudinale du menisque interne du genou; intervention; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 286-90.—Burman, M. S. Pathologic fracture of the menisci of the knee joint. Internat. J. M. & S., 1934, 47: 32-4.— Cantargyris, A. Due casi di meniscectomia per rottura del menisco interno del ginocchio. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1936, 52: 121-4.—Cattaneo, F. Frattura del menisco articolare interno; meniscoraffia; recidiva con bloccaggio irreducibile; meniscectomia; guarigione. Boll. spec. med. chir., 1929, 3: 31-8.—Christen, T. Nebenbewegungen im Kniegelenk und Ruptur der Menisci articulares. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1904, 34: 758-61.—Chiurco, G. A. Sopra un caso di frattura di menisco. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, 11. ser., 2: 90-3.— De Amesti. F. Rotura del menisco interno de la rodilla derecha; operaci6n (meniscectomia) curacion. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1928, 6: 83-6.—De Francesco, F. Le fratture meniscali del ginocchio nella traumatologia clinica. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1932, 48: 777-816.—Delageniere, H. Contribution a l'etude de la fracture des menisques du genou d'aptes 4 blesses opetes etsuivis. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 156-63.—Dieterich, H. Die Ruptur des Meniscus auf Grund der Erfahrungen der Giessener Klinik. Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 155: 29-38.— Donovan, R. E. Rotura de los meniscos de la articulation de la rodilla; su tratamiento. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1933, 32: 46-98.—Fuss, H. Die Bedeutung des korpereigenen Traumas bei der Entstehung von Meniscusrissen. Mschr. Unfallh., 1937, 44: 542-54. —Galeazzi, R. Etude clinique et experi- mentale sur la rupture des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 135-8.—Garre. Demonstration eines operativ gewonnenen Praparates von Meniscuszerreissung des Kniegelenkes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1903, 29: 245.—Henderson, M. S. Bucket handle fractures of the semilunar cartilages. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 305. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1359-61. ------ Bucket handle or loop fracture of the internal semilunar cartilage of the knee joint. Surg. Chn N. America, 1931, 11: 731^1. ------ Fracture of both internal semilunar cartilages in their posterior thirds. Ibid., 1934, 14: 577-80.—Henschen, C. Die mechanischen Arbeits- Bchaden des Kniegelenkes und der Menisken in sportlicher, militarischer und beruflicher Betatigung durch Uebernutzung der statischen der dynamischen und der Schwingungselastizitat (Schwingungsrisse der Menisken) eine Einfuhrung in die Be- triebs- und Uebungsfestigkeit der lebenden Gewebe. Schweiz med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 1368-81. ------ Der spontane Riss der Kniegelenksmenisken als Berufskrankheit der Bodenleger (Meniskusruptur im Schlaf) Degeneration ubernutzter Gewebe als Folge quantenphysikalischer Kernalterationen. Ber Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938) 1939, 8. Congr., 2: 626- 44.—Horn. Meniskusverletzungen des Knicgolenks unter bi-sonden-r BcrUcksichtigung des Entsti-hungsmochanismiia der lateralen Ban.l>ch< ihenruptur. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1931, 55: 250-4.—Jaroslavsky, L.. & Alecha, J. M. Un caso de ruptura del menisco iuii-nio de la rodilla. Arch. Hosp. israel., B. Air., 1937, 1: 4S 50.-- Kostler, J. Die BlutgefiissvcrsorgunR der Menisken und ihre Bedeutung bei Colts- lorda, J. Quatrc cas de meniscectomies pour meniM-ite trau- matique. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1920, 29: 327-34.—Coutinho, A. Lesao traumatica dos meniscos do joelho; meniscectomia hi- lateral, Albee. Hospital, Rio, 1939, 16: 147-50.—Frising. G. Nachuntersuchung der an der orthnpiidischen Univcrsitiits- klinik in Lund der Totalexstirpation unteizogciien Fiille von Meniskusschaden im Kniegelenk. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 377-402.— Gandulfo Guerra. J. Afeccicmes traumaticas de los meniscos de la rodilla; artrotonnas. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1931, 9: 452-70.—Glorieux. Des entorses du genou avec lesions des menisques et de leur traitement. Arch. med. belg., 1934, 87: 537-49.—Grimault, L. Arrachement du menisque interne et de l'epine du tibia du genou droit; meniscectomie partielle, clouage de l'epine. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 196-200.—Hackenbroch, M. Zur Frage der operativen Be- handlung der Bandscheibenschaden des Kniegelenks im Kriege Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1940) 1941, 34. Kongr., 37-49.— Hahn, F. Ueber Meniskusverletzungen und ihre Behandlung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 518.—Heldt, H. Die Behand- lung der Meniskusverletzung. Ther. Gcgenwart, 1939, 80: 395-401.—Hobart, M. H. Injuries of the semilunar cartilages of the knee; with a preliminary report of 31 operated cases. Internat. J. M. & S., 1933, 46: 51-5.—Jehn, W. Die Menis- kusverletzung und ihre Behandlung. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 166: 278-85.—Jentzer, A. Operations de Tavernier dans lea traumatismes des menisques. Gaz. med. France, 1934, 823- 32.—Katzenstein, M. Beitrag zur Entstehung und Behand- lung der Meniscusverletzungen im Kniegelenk. Berl. klin, Wschr., 1908, 16: 228-35.—Kulka. W. Ein Hilfsmittel zur ersten Hilfeleistung bei Meniskusverletzungen. Winn. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 1256.—Marchand, L., & Guibert, H. L. A propos d'un cas de meniscite traumatique du genou; menis- cectomie; examen anatomo-pathologique. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1929, 10: 245-8.—Masini, P. Sept cas de lesions m6niscales chroniques traites par la meniscectomie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 203-15. ------ Meniscite traumatique et meniscectomie. Paris chir., 1930, 22: 106-10.— Murray, C. R. Complicating factors in the treatment of in- juries to the menisci of the knee joint. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 55: 262-73.—Patry, R. Contribution a l'etude des lesions trau- matique des menisques; la menisco-synovite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 149-56.—Piree, F. [Injuries and treatment of the menisci] Cluj. med., 1935, 16: 580-6.— Spira, E. Ueber die Diagnose und die Behandlungserfolge bei Verletzungen der Menisken. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 158: 157-70.—Strickler, F. P. Semilunar cartilages. Ann. Surg., 1940, 111: 892-5.—Vohnout, C. [Constant results in treat- ment of injuries of the meniscus] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1930, 69: 1237-9. Also Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2911-5.—Weisbach, K. Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese und Therapie der Meniskus- verletzung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1939, 89: 547; 567; 594; 615.— Wright, G. S. Injuries of the semilunar cartilage: effective treatment of recent injuries and of some recurrent types. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 28: 618-20. ---- Meniscus: Regeneration and repair. Aberle-Horstenegg. Meniskusregeneraten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88: 781.-—Bazzocchi, G. II potere rigenerativo dei menischi in rapporto alia terapia. Ann. ital. chir., 1935, 14: 1237-88.—Becker, F. Zerreissung eines echten Meniscus- regenerates. Chirurg, 1936, 8: 68T1-4. ------ Neulasion eines echten Meniskusregenerates. Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3:871.—Dieterich, H. Die Regeneration des Meniscus. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 230: 251-60.—Fisher, A. G. T. The prob- lem of repair and regeneration of the semilunar cartilages. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1351.—Friedrich, H. Ueber Meniscus- regeneration. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2534-8.—Gibson, A. Regeneration of the internal semilunar cartilage after operation. Brit. J. Surg., 1931, 19: 302-5.—King, D. Regeneration of the semilunar cartilage. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 167-70 — Leni, E. Contributo alio studio della rigenerazione dei menischi articolari del ginocchio con nuove esperienze. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1934, 50: 1083-108.—Mandl, F. Regeneration des menschlichen Kniegelenkzwischenknorpels. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56:3265-8. ------ Weitere Beobachtungen zur Regeneration des Meniscus. Ibid., 1935, 62: 694-8—Meng, H. T. Expen- mentelle Studien iiber die Verletzungen und Regenerationen des Kniegelenkmeniskus. Fukuoka acta med., 1934, 27: 64-6.—Stieve F. E. Ueber die Neubildung entfernter Meniscen des menschlichen Kniegelenkes. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1939, 46: 436-58. ---- Meniscus: Surgery. Eckardt, M. F. E. *Funktionelle Ergebnisse bei Meniscusexstirpationen [Miinster] 39p. 8° Quakenbruck, 1931. Eltester, U. P. A. *Dauerresultate nach operativer Entfernung eines oder beider Kniege- lenksmeniscen [Berlin] 35p. 21cm. Lengerich, 1938. Grange, J. P. H. *Considerations sur le traitement chirurgical des lesions des menisques du genou accompagneea de blocage articulaire. 30p. 25cm. Lyon, 1939. KNEE JOINT 289 KNEE JOINT Kohler, K. *Die Erfolge der operativen Meniskusbehandlung. 18p. 8? Erlangen, 1932. Meier, F. *Resultate nach Meniskektomien; Nachuntersuchungen der in der kant. Kranken- anstalt Aarau in den Jahren 1929-31 meniskekto- mierten Patienten. 34p. 8? Basel, 1933. Mirebeau, G. E. F. Considerations sur la pathologie du menisque externe articulaire du genou et sur les differentes techniques de menis- cectomie. 96p. 8? Par., 1931. Stahl, A. N. *Contributions a l'etude de la technique operatoire de la meniscectomie. 46p. 8? Par., 1935. Andersson, S. Nachuntersuchung von operierten Menis- kusschaden, besonders mit Riicksicht auf die Prognose. Acta chir. scand., 1934, 75: 534-46.—Andreesen. Erfahrungen bei WiedererofTnung der Kniegelenke nach Meniscusschaden. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1936-37, 37: 434-7.—Bohlrran, H. R. Improved technic for removal of semilunar cartilage and postoperative treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 2243-6.— Bonadeo Ayrolo, A. Estadfstica personal de los meniscos de la rodilla operados desde el ano 1933 hasta la fecha. Dia med., B. Air., 1940, 12: 866-8.—Boppe, M., Braine, J. [et al.] The operative treatment of fractured or displaced semilunar carti- lage; a comparison of opinions concerning the removal of the meniscus. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 229-41.—Boswortb, D. M. An operation for meniscectomy of the knee. Ibid., 1937, 19: 1113-6.—Bragard, K. Ueber die Schnittfuhrung bei Meniskus- operationen (mit Vorschlagen fiir besondere Falle) Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1934, 61: 371-82.—Brandiigt. Meniscectomies pour lesions meniscales anciennes avec complications d'arthrite deformante et fongueuse. Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1930, 23: 276-9.—Bruce, J., & Walmsley, R. Replacement of the semi- lunar cartilages of the knee after operative excision. Brit. J. Surg., 1937, 25: 17-28.—Brunati, J. Notes pour servir a la meniscectomie interne totale, systematique, avec conserva- tion du ligament lateral interne. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1937, 14: 886-9.—Biirkle de la Camp. H. Zur Technik der Menis- cusoperationen. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 1555-60.—Caeiro, J. A. Tecnica de la extirpacion doble de los meniscos por la via anterior. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 1240-5.—Copello, O. Meniscectomia con la incision transversal y seccion del ligamento lateral interno. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1930, 14: 8-13.—Coquelet. La meniscectomie et ses indications. Bru- xelles med., 1936-37, 17: 1038.—Corbet, G. G. The semilunar cartilages of the knee. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 635-7.— Cozen, L. Prone position for exposing the medial meniscus of the knee joint. Arch. Surg., 1943, 46: 616-8.—Curutchet, J. L., & Ferre, R. L. Meniscos de la rodilla; la incisi6n de eleccion para la exploraci6n articular y la exeresis del fibro- cartilago. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 1619-22 — Dengler, S. Ueber Ergebnisse nach Meniskusoperationen. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1938, 167: 449-72.—Dujarier, C, & Braine, J. Technique de l'exerese des menisques du genou. J. chir., Par., 1926, 28: 113-29.—Dunlap, K. A method for complete removal of the semilunar cartilage. J. Bone Surg., 1942, 24: 929-36.—Duthie, J. J. R., & Macleod. J. G. Rehabilitation after meniscectomy; experiences at an Army convalescent depot. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 197-9. ------ Meniscectomy in soldiers; review of cases discharged from an Army convales- cent depot. Ibid., 1944, 1: 182.—Erb, K. H. Spatresultate der Knorpelresektion bei fissuraler Degeneration des Knieschei- benknorpels. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933, 239: 332-51.—Felice, P. de, & Gagliardone, C. Meniscectomias. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1939-40, 25: 787-95. —Fernandez, L. L. Menis- co interno; extirpacion. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1477.—Ferrerro, V. A proposito della operazione di meniscec- tomia nelle lesioni dei menischi articolari del ginocchio. Poli- clinico, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 246-51.—Finochietto, R. Meniscos de la rodilla; anestesia local. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1931, 10: 184-8.------Meniscos de la rodilla: tecnica para la extir- pacion del menisco interno. Ibid., 1933, 12: 321-57.---^- & Marino, H. Meniscos de la rodilla; consideraciones clinicas y diagnosticas sobre 100 ultimos operados. Prensa med. argent., 1938, 25: pt 2, 1491-8. ------ Meniscos de la rodilla; resultados alejados de la meniscectomia. Ibid., 1940, 27: pt 2, 2264-8.—Fiorentiri, A. Rilievi e considerazioii sulle lesioni dei menischi articolari del ginocchio osservate nelle sezione meccanoterapica dell'Ospedals Maggiore di Milano, con controllo dei meniscectomizzati. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1935, 51: 629-53.—Fisher, A. G. T. New method of approach to the semilunar cartilages of the knes-joint. Lancet, Lond., 1931, 2: 1407; 1932, 1: 157.—Fordemann, A. 1st die operative Behandlung dis Kniemeniskus nov'g? Zschr. Orthop., 1943, 74: 140-2.—Forton, P. Deux cas de meniscectomie. Bordeaux chir., 1936, 7: 421.—Gandy, M. A propos de epan- chements articulaires aptes meniscectomie du genou. Paris med., 1936, 101: 39-421— Gilorteanu, L, Atanasiu, I., A Zam- firescu, Z. Deux cas di meniscectomie. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1940, 43: 782-8.—Gioia, T. Nuestro modus operandi en la meniscectomia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 157.— Goldenberg, R. R. Refracture of a regenerated internal semi- lunar cartilage. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 1054.—Groh, G. Zur Technik der Meniscusoperation. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 302-7.—Gunter, F. E. Knee support for use during operations for the removal of the cartilages of the knee-joint. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1909, 12: 558.—Haggart, G. E., & Tourney, J. W. Knee joint arthrotomy for removal of a semi-lunar cartilage; technic of the lateral and anterior incisions. Sur". Clin. N America, 1939, 19: 709-14.—Hamilton, A. S., & Finklestein, ?• Ff The result of meniscectomy (knee joint) in soldiers. South. M. J., 1943, 36: 406-11.—Heim. Vereinfachung der Meniscusoperation und Abkiirzung der Nachbehandlungszeit. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 763-70.—lacobovici, I. Meniscectomie pour lesions des menisques du genou. Rev chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 100-3.—Key, E., & Stromberg, N. Ueber Operationen wegen Meniskusschaden im Kniegelenk. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 502-22.—King, D. The healing of semilunar cartilages. J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 333-42.— Kopp, 3. G. Pathologie des menisques du genou et resultats de la meniscectomie. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 182-5.—Kromer, K. Meniscusoperation und Unfallversiche- rung. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1934-35, 35: 526-43.— Kiippermann, W. Einiges zur Meniscusoperation. Zbl. Chir.. 1942, 69: 1381-4.—Lamy, L. Meniscectomies et laxite hgamentaire. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 888-92.— Leggiadro, V. A new electric meniscotomy knife. J. Bone Surg., 1937, 19: 246.—Lowe, F. A., & Breck, L. W. A new knife for use in removing semilunar cartilages. Ibid., 1938, 20: 220.—McChesney, G. J. Semilunar cartilages; their removal from the knee joint. California West. M., 1932, 37: 98.— Mandl, F. Die WiedererofTnung des Kniegelenkes nach Opera- tionen wegen Meniskusschaden. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 226: 376-90. ------ Beobachtungen und Ergebnisse bei 400 Meniscusoperationen. Ibid., 1933, 239: 580-614. ------ Observations and problems on operation for lesions of the semilunar cartilage. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 63-8.—Masmonteil, F. De la meniscectomie totale ou sub- total. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 480-4.—Massart, R. Meniscectomie. Ibid., 1929, 21: 161.—Meier, F. Resultate nach Meniskektomien. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 1019; 1099.—Mercer, W. A new knife for the removal of the meniscus. J. Bone Surg., 1939, 21: 474.—Monod, R. Arrache- ment de la corne posterieure du menisque interne; extirpation de la totalite du menisque par l'incision laterale en L. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1594.—Nissen, K. I. The technique of excision of the internal semilunar cartilage. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1943, 19: 17-23.—Paitre. Cinq cas de meniscectomies: indications et technique operatoires. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1926, 20: 201-8.—Panthel, G. Zur Technik der Schnittfuhrung bei Meniscusoperationen. Arch. klin. Chir.; 1939-40, 197: 857-69.—Patel. Ablation unilaterale et bilaterale des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 186.—Peskova, H. [Results of meniscectomy; clinical data during 1927-36] Cas. 16k. desk., 1937, 76: 1205- 7.—Piatt, H. A new method of approach to the semilunar cartilages of the knee-joint. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 107.— Rostock, P. Schnittfuhrung und operative Technik bei der Meniscusexstirpation. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1936-37, 37: 587-91. ■------ Der Heilplan bei der Meniscusexstirpa- tion. Ibid., 1937-38, 38: 449-59.—Sands, O. F. Rehabilita- tion after meniscectomy. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 724.— Sif ton, H. A. Semilunar cartilages; their anatomv and surgery. Clin. Rev., Chic, 1903, 18: 431-8.—Stefanini, J. Traitement des lesions meniscales du genou; l'incision de Barker eiargie considetee comme la voie d'acces de choix aux fibro-cartilages intra-articulaires. Rev. chir., Par., 1933, 71: 349-70.— Strickler, F. P. Semilunar cartilages. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1939) 1940, 52: 228-31—Stumpfegger, L. WiedererofTnung von Kniegelenken nach Meniscusoperationen. Arch. klin. Chir., 1940, 199: 62-75.—Tavernier, L. Resultats eioignes d'une serie de 73 meniscectomies. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 1194-6. ------ & Chappoux. Enquete auprds des joueurs de football op6res pour une lesion d'un menisque du genou. Presse med., 1929, 37: 179.—Vandendorp, Bastien & Vandecasteele. Resultats eioignes des meniscectomies; a propos de 61 observations personnelles. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939-40, 3. ser., 26: 629-44.—Vogeler, K. Ueber die Naht des Meniscus. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1458-63.—Walmsley, R., & Bruce, 3. The early stages of replacement of the semilunar cartilages of the knee joint in rabbits after operative excision. J. Anat., Lond., 1937-38, 72: 260-3, 2 pl.—Wheat, H. R. Tonsil snare for excision of similunar cartilage; preliminary report. N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 296.—Willems, C. A propos du traitement operatoire des lesions des menisques du genou. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 35: 119-23.— Wittek, A. Ueber Schnittfuhrung bei Meniscusoperationen. Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1922.—Zeno, A. Cirugia d? los cartilagos semilunares de la rodilla. Sem. med., B. Air., 1919, 26: pt 2, 609-11. ---- Meniscus: Tumor. Rumpp-Reymond, A. *Une cas de lipome du menisque externe du genou chez une fillette de 14 ans. 16p. 23^cm. Lausanne, 1938. Also Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1939, 59: 92-101. Brunn, M. von. LTeber ein Fibrom des iiusseren Meniscus des Kniegelenks. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1907, 52: 610-5.—Covaro. A. A., & Tesone, J. O. Osteocondroma de menisco de rodilla. Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 352-8.—Guinard, U. Tumeur solide, ecchondrome du menisque externe du genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 943-5.—Kott, B. Eine seltene Ge- schwulst des Semilunarknorpels. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 202: 406-8.—Marzegalli, G. Fibroma del menisco interno del 463569—vol. 9, 4th seiues- -19 KNEE JOINT 290 KNEE JOINT ginocchio destro. Chir. org. movim., 1940-41, 26: 313-7.— Nigst P F Leber einen Tumor des Meniscus mediahs. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 880.—Pieri. G. Sarcome du menisque interne du genou. Presse med., Par., 1933, 41: 348.— Serafini, G. Fibroma policistico del menisco esterno dell arti- colazione del ginocchio. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 50:423-7.— Tobler, T. Zur Kenntnis der Meniscustumoren. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1927, 140: 545-57. ---- Mobilization. See also subheadings (Ankylosis: Treatment; Contracture: Treatment) Courvoisier, J. N. *Les interventions mo- bilisatrices dans les raideurs et ankyloses du genou. 180p. 8? Par., 1937. Baron. Beitrag zur gedeckten Mobilisierung des Kniege- lenkes. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1928) 1929, 23. Kongr., 337-9.—Bauer, K. H. Die Bildung einer geschlossenen Ge- lenkhohle bei der Kniemobilisation. Chirurg, 1928-29, 1: 691-4.—Bonola, A. La mobilizzazione cruenta delle rigidita post-traumatiche del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1938-39, 24: 59-77.—Ceballos, A. La movilizaci6n operatoria de la rodilla anquilosada en los adolescentes y en los nifios. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 86-91.—Hohmann. Unblutige Mobilisierung gonorrhoischer nicht knocherner Kniegelenks- versteifungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 924—Inge- brigtsen, R. La mobilisation de l'ankylose metatuberculeuse du genou. Acta chir. scand., 1926, 60: 269-80. Also Norsk mag. la-gevid., 1927, 88: 271-9.—Jahn, A. Zur Mobilisierung der Kniegelenksankylose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1927, 48: 141-5.—Klapp, R. Die operative Mobilisierung des Kniege- lenks. Zbl. Chir., 1909, 36: 1196.—Kopylov. F. A. [Remote results of mobilization of the knee-joint at the age of 6] Ortop. travmat., 1937, 11: 138.—Mandruzzato, F. La mobilizzazione forzata del ginocchio secondo Delitala per rigidita gonococcica. Riforma med., 1938, 54: 1419-22.—Mosenthal. Unblutige Mobilisierung gonorrhoischer Kniegelenksankylosen. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1933) 1934, 64: 119-22. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 763.—Miihsam, R. Ueber die operative Mobilisierung des versteiften Kniegelenks. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 3058-60.—Preston, R. L. Restoration of motion in fibrous ankylosis of the knee, with a description of a new apparatus. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 519-25.—Wulff, H. [Active mobiliza- tion of a knee-joint] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 37.—Zaremba, G. Sulla cura dell'instabilita articolare dopo mobilizzazione chirurgica del ginocchio. Chir. org. movim., 1932-33, 17: 201-4. ---- Nerves. Driiner, L. Ueber die Beteiligung des Nervus obturatorius an der Innervation des Kniegelenks. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 82: 388-90.—Gardner, E. D. Nerve terminals associated with the knee joint of the mouse. Anat. Rec, 1942, 83: 401-19, incl. 3 pL—Jeletzky, A. G. Ueber die Innervation der Kapsel und der Epiphysen des Kniegelenks. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 158: 237-75. Also Vest, khir., 1931, 22: 74-112, 14 pl.—Raszeja, F., & Billewicz-Stankiewicz, J. Sur l'inner- vation de la capsule articulaire du genou chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1267. Also Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1934, 38: 223-38.—Sunder-Plassmann, P., & Dauben- speck, K. Die vegetative Innervation der Synovialmembran des menschlichen Kniegelenkes. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938, 250: 158-66. ---- Orthopedics. See also Knee brace. Campbell, H. J. Knee exerciser. U. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,058,563.—Chair for patient with ankylosed knees. Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 127.—Charry, R. Orthopedie pratique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1933, 47: 330.—Closson, V. L. Knee appliance. U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,220,836.—Cole, J. P. A new type of knee hinge and case for the correction of knee- flexion deformities. J. Bone Surg., 1937, 19: 196-8.—Elkins, E. C. A simple device for forced flexion of the knee. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1940, 21: 468.—Eloesser, L. Ein Schienen- hulsenapparat zur Streckung von Kniegelenkskontrakturen. Zbl. Chir., 1909, 36: 1058-60.—Evler. Ein im Kniegelenk beweglicher Genu valgum-Apparat aus Chromlederstreifen und Schienen mit federnder Extension an der Aussenseite. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1907, 19: 283-5.—GochL Ein portativer Apparat zur Beseitigung von Kniegelenkskontrakturen. Ibid., 1905, 14: 639-43.—Groves, E. W. H. A note on the extension apparatus of the knee-joint. Brit. J. Surg., 1936-37, 24: 747.—Gunter, F. E. Knee support. Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1: 846.—Haslebacher, A. Ein Bewegungsapparat fiir das Kniegelenk. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1908, 38: 215-7.— Kirschner, F. Einfacher Gehapparat bei Kniegelenksbeuge- kontraktur. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1933-34, 34: 155-7 — Perricone, F. Perfezionamenti all'apparecchio di Bonnet per la mobilizzazione del ginocchio. Bibliogr. ortop., Bologna, 1938, 21: 435-8.—Romich, S. Eine Stutzschiene fiir das Kniegelenk. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932-33, 58: 499-503 — Sonnenschein, A. Heilung einer Contractura genu durch einen Streckapparat. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, 46: 1483.— Staub. Fixationsapparat fiir Wackelknie bei Arthritis de- rormana genu. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges" (1927) 1028,22. Kongr., 122.—Storey, 3. < .. & Thomas, A.J. A. J. I nomas a modification of the Thomas knee splint. Med. J. Australia, 1- 675-83 -Tyler. G. T., jr. Metal stirrup for knee support in applying a plaster cast. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 58: 459.— Winters, R. A. Nonoperative orthopedie technics: the knee. Clin. M. & S., 1940, 47: 104.—Zlochcvsky, S. I. [Apparatus for application of physiotherapy in ankylosis of the knee-joint] Fizioterapia, Moskva, 1940, 15: No. 2, 135.—Zuelzer, R. Ein einfacher X-Beinkoi rektionsapparat fiir Kinder. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1907, 19: 270-8. ---- Osteoarthritis. Jacobsen, H. [Treatment of osteoarthritis genus with Immetal injections] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 622. — Lefebvre & Thary. L'osteo-arthrite deformante du genou chez le cheval. Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1900, 3: 274 91.—Ottolenghi. C. E. La resecci6n econ6mica en la 6steoartritis bacilar de la rodilla, Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1932-33, 2: 119-72. ---- Osteochondritis. Berkheiser, P. J. Osteochondritis of the knee in aged patients. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 97-102.—Darrach, W. Chondritis of knee. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1939, 57: 497-9. Also Ann. Surg., 1939. 110: 948-50.—Evans, E. L. Osteo- chondritis of the lower end of the left femur in a child aged 5 years. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1605-8. ---- Osteochondritis dissecans [Konig] See also subheadings (Internal derangement; Loose body; Meniscus) Gerlinghoff, P. *Osteochondritis dissecans des Kniegelenks nach Funktion [Berlin] 22p. 8? Rost., 1932. Anderson, J. C. Two cases of osteochondritis dissecans. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1940, 75: 324-6.—Badelon, P., Morvan, F., & Dayde, G. Blocage permanent du genou au cours d'une osteochondrite dissequante. Rev. orthop., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 25: 339-42.-—Balensweig. I. Osteochondritis dissecans in- volving the entire articulating surface of the distal end of the femur. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 39: 648-51.—Barge, P., & Longet. Osteochondrite diss6quante du genou; blccage articulaire, hemarthrose; intervention; guerison; examen anatomo- pathologique du corps etranger; recherches humorales sanguines. Lyon chir., 1939, 36: 325-9.—Baudet. A propos d'un cas d'osteochondrite dissequante. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1927, 21: 1—4.------Osteochondrite diss6quante et traumatisme. Ibid., 1929, 23: 62.—Beclere, H. Osteochondrite dissequante et corps etrangers intra-articulaires du genou sur films cinttes; localisation et agrandissement des images. J. radiol. eiectr., 1936, 20: 225-8.—Bocchi, L. Osteocondrite dissecante del ginocchio. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 39: 882.—Carillon. Un caa atypique d'osteochondrite dissequante du genou. Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1932, 26: 183-9.—Conway, F. M. Osteochon- dritis dissecans; intra-articular osseocartilaginous loose bodies; a clinical study based upon 10 personally observed cases. Ann. Surg., 1934, 99: 410-31.—Decker, P. Guerison d'une osteo-chondrite dissequante bilaterale du genou. Schweia. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 221-3.—Delchef. Osteochondrite dissequante de genou productrice de corps etrangers. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1927, 30: 331-3, 2 pl.—Dragonetti, M. Osteo- condrite dissecante bilaterale del ginocchio; contributo clinico ed istologico. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1939, 55: 533-44.— Egiies, A. Osteocondritis disecante y cuerpos articulares de la rodilla. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1937-38, 13: 208-19.— Fouquet, G. Sur 3 cas d'osteochondrite dissequante du genou. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 193-5.—Gebele, H. Zur Frage; Unfall und Osteochondritis dissecans. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2293-9.—Heine, J. Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Osteochondritis dissecans. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 206: 119-31.—Ingelrans, P., & Laine, E. L'osteochondrite disse- quante. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939-40, 3. ser., 26: 645-55.— Kopp, J. Kombination der Osteochondritis dissecans mit Meniskusverletzung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 725-8.— Kroh, F. Klinische und histologische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Osteochondritis dissecans des Kniegelenkes. Arch. klin. Chir., 1927-28, 149: 421-75.—Lagomarsino. A prop6sito de la contribucion a la etiologia traumatica de la osteocondritis disecante; fractura parcelar del condilo externo del femur. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1936-37, 6: 207.—Lamas, A. Osteocondritis disecante de la rodilla. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1928, 13: 762-8, 3 pl—Lefevre & Laporte, A. Corps etrangers articulaires par osteochondrite dissequante de Koenig. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 688.—Liebman, C, & Iseman, R. M. Osteochondritis dissecans. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 43: 865-70.-- Ludloff, K. Zur Frage der Osteochondritis dissecans inn Knie Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1908, 37: 2. Teil, 515-33. Also Are!.. klin. Chir., 1908, 27: 552-70.—McCammon, J. W. Report of a case of osteochondritis dissecans. J. Med., Cincin., 1927-28, 8: 80.—Maikova-Stroganova, V. [Cases of Konig's osteo- chondritis dissecans of the knee-joint] Vest, rentg., 1936, 16: 71-3.—Marottoli, O. R. Sobre la naturaleza traumatica de la 6steocondritis disecante de la rodilla. Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1940, 19: 373.—Michans, J. R. La 6steocondritis disecante de la rodilla. Prensa med. argent., 1931-32, 18: 1401-14.—Monteith, KNEE JOINT 291 KNEE JOINT W. B. R. Loose bodies from a knee-joint; osteitis dissecans. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 951.—Mroz, R. J. Osteochondritis dissecans: report of unusual cases. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 41-3.—Niessen, H. Ueber symmetrische Osteochondritis dissecans der lateralen Femurcondylen. Beitr. klin. Chir.. 1928, 143: 159-70.—Paitre. A propos du blocage articulaire et de 1'osteochondrite dissequante du genou. Lyon chir., 1928, 25: 203-6. ------ A propos de 15 observations nouvelles d'osteochondrite dissequante de genou. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par. 1933, 59: 695-703.—Picot, M. Osteochondrite disse- quante. J. radiol. eiectr., 1934, 18: 170-4.— Pique, J. A. Osteocondritis disecante de Konig de rodilla. Dia med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 879.—Polacco, E. Su la cosidetta osteo- condrite dissecante di un condilo femorale. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1929, 92: 184-93.—Pozzi, E. Osteocondritis disecantes. Rev. cir., B. Air., 1928, 7: 234-8.—Rocher, H. L., & Pouyanne, L. Osteochondrite dissequante des deux genoux; intervention; resultat. Bordeaux chir., 1936, 7: 437.—Scougall, S. H. Osteochondritis dissecans. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 2: 439.— Shakov, I. I. [Konig's osteochondritis dissecans] Vest, rentg., 1932, 11: 209-14.—Wagoner, G-, & Cohn, B. N. E. Osteo- chondritis dissecans, a resume of the theories of etiology and the consideration of heredity as an etiologie factor. Arch. Surg., 1931, 23: 1-25.—Wiberg, G. Spontanheilung von Osteochondritis dissecans im Kniegelenk. Acta chir. scand., 1941, 85: 421-31, 6 pl.—Williams, R. Osteochondritis disse- cans; with report of 2 cases involving the knee-joint. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1940, 26: 364-8.—Zadek, I. Unusual migration of joint mouse in a case of osteochondritis dissecans of the knee. Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y., 1940, 1: 45-50. --- Osteochondromatosis. Drucker, A. *L'osteochondromatose du ge- nou. 57p. 8? Par., 1936. Charry. Chondromatose et osteochondrite dissequante du genou. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 411.—Colonna, P. C. Osteo- chondromatosis of the knee joint. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 53: 698-703.—Cuilleret, F. D. Chondromatose du genou. In Traite chir. orthop. (Ombredanne) Par., 1937, 4: 3635-40 — Curtis, G. M. Osteochondromatosis of the left knee-joint. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 424-30.—Ducrey, E. Ein Fall von Osteochondromatose des Kniegelenks. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1026.—Graber-Duvernay, J. Con- siderations cliniques et therapeutiques sur l'osteochondroma- tose du genou. Bull, med., Par., 1937, 51: 223-5.—Hofmann. Beitrag zur Gelenkchondromatose. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 842-5.—Ide, A. W. Osteochondromatosis of the knee joint. Minnesota M., 1937, 20: 472-4.—Ingelrans, P., & Laine, E. Osteochondromatose articulaire du genou. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 566-72.—Jones, H. T. The histogenesis of cartilage in chondromatosis of the knee joint. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 41.—Mallory, T. B. Chondromatous meta- plasia of the synovia of the knee joint. N. England J. M., 1942, 226: 500-3.—Ottolenghi, C. E., & Muscolo. D. T. Osteo- condromatosis de la rodilla. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1935-36, o: 70-5.—Radner, S. Ueber Chondromatose im Kniegelenk. Acta chir. scand., 1941, 85: 487-500, pl.— Schrank, H. Chondromatose des rechten Kniegelenks. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 593-7.—Tomoda, M., & Saito, T. Ueber einen operativ geheilten Fall von Osteochondromatosis des linksseitigen Kniegelenks. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg. &c, 327. Also Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62:374-8.— Zaremba, J. [Chondro- matosis of the knee-joint] Chir. narz. ruchu, 1935, 8: 53-69, 4 pl. --- Patellar ligament [incl. extension ap- paratus] See also Patella; Quadriceps muscle. Feistmann-Lutterbeck, E. Verknocherungen im Liga- mentum patellae. Rontgenpraxis, 1938, 10: 141—Gorter, A. J. [Ossification of the ligament of the patella] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2539-43, pl.—Gumpel, F. Zur Behandlung der posttraumatischen Verknocherung des Knie- scheibenbandes. Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 2451-3.—Konig. E. Der Ersatz des Kniescheibenbandes. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 232: 678-81.—Mathieu, P., & Padovani, P. L'eionga- tion du tendon rotulien. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 457- 60.—Podio, G. Ossificazione del legamento rotuleo. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1937, 25: 213-5.—Reisner, A. Verknoche- rungen im Ligamentum patellae; angeborene Anomalie? Ront- genpraxis, 1932, 4: 84-6.—Riid, H. Dauererfolg bei plasti- schem Ersatz des Ligamentum patellare. Arch. klin. Chir., 1940, 200: 484-6 [Discussion] 119.—Schmidt. G. Die anato- mische Gestaltung des Kniestreckapparates beim Menschen. Arch. Anat. Entw., 1903, 107-21, pl.—Snoke, P. O. The tendo patellae; a roentgen consideration of its length. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 830.—Turner, J. M. An unusual case of chondrification of the patellar ligament. Brit. M. J., 1938, 1:17, pl. ■--- Patellar ligament: Injury. Brun, R. Contribution k l'etude des rup- tures sus-rotuliennes du tendon ou quadriceps et a leur traitement chirurgical. 71p. 8? Par., 1932. Drachter, R. *Beitrag zu den subkutanen Verletzungen des Ligamentum patellare pro- prium. 42p. 8? Miinch., 1908. Dupont, G. *Rupture du ligament rotulien. 62p. 8? Par., 1908. Garnier, O. G. P. *Les lesions traumatiques du ligament rotulien; elongation et rupture. 52p. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Gierszewski, J. *TJeber die subkutane Zerreissung des Ligamentum patellae proprium und die offene Naht desselben. 72p. 8? Greifsw., 1910. Janaszek, J. *Risse der Quadricepssehne und des Ligamentum patellae proprium. 27p. 8? Bresl., 1912. Monteiro, F. A. *Breves consideracoes sobre as rupturas do ligamento rotuliano. 93p. 8? Lisb., 1884. Appel, K. Atypische Zerreissung des Kniestreckapparates. Arch. klin. Chir., 1909, 89: 423-33.—Blanc, H. Rupture du ligament rotulien traitee et guerie par la suture. Paris chir., 1909, 1: 314-22.— Borchard. Zur Behandlung der subkutanen Verletzungen des Kniestreckapparates (Ruptur des Quadriceps, Fraktur der Patella, Zerreissung des Lig. patellae prop.) Festschr. Aerztever. Birnbaum, Jauer, 1903, 19-44.—Bressan, P. G. Rutura subcutanea do tendao rotuliano, sutura com tendao de cangurti. Bol. Sanat. S. Lucas, S. Paulo, 1941-42, 3: 19-23.—Cochrane, W. A. Traumatic rupture of the infra- patellar tendon; results of repair by fascial suture. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 583.—Cravener, E. K., & Reid, R. D. Repair of a torn patellar ligament. J. Am. AL Ass., 1932, 98: 1156.— Erb. K. H. Bemerkenswerte Folgen einer 40 Jahre alten Unfallverletzung des Ligamentum patellae. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 236: 357-62— Frisch, O. v. Ueber atypische Zerreissung des Kniestreck-Apparates. Arch, orthop. Un- fallchir., 1909, 8: 121-5. ------ Zum Mechanismus der Ruptur des Ligamentum patellae. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 2034.— Giuliani, G. M. Antica e complete recisione del tendine sotto- rotuleo del quadricipite curata chirurgicamente. Chir. org, movim., 1937-38, 23: 567-74.—Hanke, H. Ueber doppel- seitigen, gleichzeitigen Riss des Ligamentum patellae. Zbl Chir., 1933, 60: 2786-90.—Hecker, H. Gleichzeitiger Abris. beider Kniescheibenbander. Deut. Zschr. Chir., i934, 243s 371.— Ilyin, A. I. Autoplasticheskoye vozstanovleniye sobst: vennoi svyazki nadkoliennika (lig. patellaris proprii) Russ- vrach, 1914, 13: 349.—Kapel, O. Ueber die gleichzeitige doppelseitige Ruptur des Ligamentum patellae und iiber Entstehen indirekter Rupturen des Kniestreckapparates im allgemeinen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 233: 756-65 — Koch, C. Ueber die Behandlung der subkutanen Zerreissung des sehnigen Teils des Streckapparates am Knie. Munch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 83.—Konjetzny, G. E. Gleichzeitig entstandene subcutane Zerreissung beider unteren Knie- scheibenbander. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932-33, 32: 581-4.—La Chapelle, E. H. [Rupture of the frontal ligamentum patellae] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935. 79: 1040-3.—Linde, F. Kann die alte Anschauung von der stets unfallsweisen Ent- stehung des Kniebandscheibenrisses gerettet werden? Med. Khn., Berl., 1934, 30: 1556-8.—Mol, W. [Tear of the liga- mentum patellae proprium] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1568.—Nitsche, F. Ruptur des Ligamentum proprium patel- lae. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 2716.—Oden, H. G. Abriss des gesamten Streckapparates vom Kniegelenk. Ibid., 1937, 64: 1286-8.—Ombredanne, L. Des ruptures du ligament rotulien (ruptures sous-rotuliennes du tendon du quadriceps) Rev. orthop., Par., 1906, 2. ser., 7: 107-19.—Payr, E. Ueber die operative Wiederherstellung des zerrissenen Kniestreck- apparates (Quadrizepssehne und Kniescheibenband) mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung veralteter Falle; Klinik, Dia- gnostik, unblutige Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1-6.—Rocher, H. L., & Pouyanne, L. Rupture iterative (52. jour) du ligament rotulien a la partie moyenne; developpe- ment de volumineux osteomes intraligamentaires; r6sultat fonctionnel parfait apres suture. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 187-92.—Ruotte. Contribution a la chirurgie du genou; fracture comminutive de la rotule; rupture du tendon rotulien. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1909, 54: 201-5.—Saxl, A. Zerrungsschaden der Kniescheibensehne. Zschr. Orthop., 1936, 65: 129-33.—Schnek, F. Zerreissung des Lig. proprium. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 1072-4.—Sorrel, E. Quelques cas de dechires traumatiques du tendon rotulien. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 55-8.—Thiesburger, B. Die gleichzeitig entstandenen subkutanen Zerreissungen beider unterer Knie- scheibenbander. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 157: 286-304.— Thomsen, W. LJeber eine kombinierte Verletzung der linken Kniescheibe und des Kniestreckapparates. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1935-36, 36: 179-83.—Volochaev, A. D. [Case report of rupture of the ligament of the patella] Ortop. trav- mat., 1938. 12: 88.—Wedensky, A. Ueber die Bedeutung des Hiilfsapparates bei Verletzungen des Streckapparates des Kniegelenks. Arch. klin. Chir., 1907, 82: 227-65.—Wulsten, J. Zum Mechanismus der Ruptur des Ligamentum patellae. KNEE JOINT 292 KNEE JOINT Zbl Chir., 1937, 64: 1344-7.—Zhukovski, A. M. K kazuistikle razrlvov ' sobstvennol svvazki nakollennika. Khirurgia, Moskva, 1913. 34: 687-93. ---- Patellar ligament: Tumor. Gonzalez Aguilar, J. Sarcoma de mioloplaxias del ligamento rotuliano. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 29: 438-43—LeJemtel. Sur les osteomes du ligament rotulien. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 284.—Leni, E. Su una neoformazione fibro- matosa del tendine rotuleo consecutiva a trauma. Tumori, 1935, 21: 569-78. ---- Patellofemoral cavity. See under Patella. — Pneumarthrosis. See also subheadings (Insufflation; Radiogra- phy) . Besta, O. Un caso di penetrazione traumatica nana nell'articolazione del ginocchio. Gazz. med. ital., 1003, 54: 161.—Rechtman, A. M. Pneumarthrosis of the knee. Surg. Gyn. Obst, 1929, 49: 683-7.—Walker, M. A., & Allen, L. G. Air in knee after trauma. Radiology, 1940, 34: 239. ---- Pseudarthrosis. See under Knee joint, Injury: Sequelae. — Radiography. See also subheading Examination. Bianchini, L. Lo studio radiografico della linea articolare del ginocchio normale. Ann. radiol., Bologna, 1935, 9: 524- 52.— Bonola, A. Sulla interpretazione radiografica delle ombre normali e patologiche delle parti molli del ginocchio senza mezzi di contrasto. Chir. org. movim., 1937-38, 23: 39-56.— Camp, J. D., & Coventry, M. B. The use of special views in roentgenography of the knee joint. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1944, 42: 56-8.—Danelius, G., & Miller, L. F. Roentgen examina- tion of the intercondyloid fossa of the knee joint. Radiology, 1935, 25: 605-8.—Didiee, J. J. A. Semiologie radiologique de l'articulation du genou. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1933, 99: 1-60.—Dittmar. Zur Rontgenologie des Kniegelenks [Dis- cussion] Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 255..—Evans, W. A., jr. The roentgenological demonstration of the true articular space; with particular reference to the knee joint and the internal semilunar cartilage. Am. J. Roentg.', 1940, 43: 860-4.—Holmblad, E. C. Postero-anterior X-ray view of km-.- in flexion. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1196. ------ In>i>roved X-ray techric in studying knee joints. South. M. .1.', 1939, 32: 240-3- Hrbek. B. [Skiagram of the knee] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1937, 17: -130-42.— Kaiser, R. Die rontgenologische Darstellung der Fo^a intercondyloidea und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Kniegelenksdiagnostik. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 161: 528-38.—Khasin, A. Die Analyse des Rontgenbildcs des Knochenapparates des Kniegelenks (experi- mentelle Arbeit an normalem Leichenmaterial) Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1929, 39: 433-43.—I.aarmann, A. Die Dar- stellung des Knieinnern im Rontgenbild. Arch. klin. Chir., 1936-37, 187: 234-51. ■—---- Der Meniscusschatten im Darstellungsrontgenbild. Ibid., 1938, 192: 697-701—Lach- mann, E. The roentgen anatomy of the knee joint: an experi- mental analysis. Radiology, 1937, 29: 455-71.—Lohr, R., & Hellpap, W. Der Kniegelenkspalt im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1938, 58: 45-56.—Manara, A. Sulle ombre paracondiloidee interne fcmorali. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1934, 10: pt 1, 240-9.—Muller, J. H. Ueber ,s< rienmassige Ront- genuntersuchungen der Kniegelenke. Praxis, Bern, 1940, 29: 623.-—Popovic, I.., & Doric. L. Beitrag zur Rontgenunter- suchung des Kniegelenkes. Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 905-10.— Simada, N. X-rav photograph of the soft tissue of knee joint. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-30, 4: Surg., 326.—Whitley, R. J. Pho- tography of meniscus cartilages after removal, meniscectomy. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1942-A3, 11: 13.—Zimmer, E. A. Das Rontgenbild des normalen beziehungsweise typisch veranderten Kniegelenkes. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 1545. ---- Radiography: Contrast arthrography. Boyd, D. Knee-joint visualization; a roentgenographic study with Iopax. J. Bone Surg., 1934, 16: 671-80.—Burman, M. S., Turick, I. S., & Pomeranz, M. The injection of lipiodol into the knee joint; a warning against its use. Am. J. Roentg., 1932, 28: 787-95— Canigiani, T. Rontgenologisches zur Kontrastarthrographie des Kniegelenkes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 1326. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1941, 91: 12.— Carr, R. W. Arthrography of the knee by intra-articular in- jection of liquid contrast media; experimental studies on selection of media; clinical studies on 11 patients. Hosp. News, Wash., 1940, 7: No. 5, 12-24, 3 fig.—Epstein, J. Kon- trastfiillung des Kniegelenkes. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 2507-10 — Guichard. R., & Roux, M. Proc6de d'exploration radiologique des sereuses articulaires par injection de thorotrast et d'air; presentation de cliches. Bordeaux chir., 1934, 5: 321.— Kromer, K. Die rontgenologische Darstellung des Kniegelenk- Innenraumes durch Kontrastfiillung und die Deutung der Befunde. Chirurg, 1937, 9: 449-63.—Michaelis. L. Kon- trastfiillung des Kniegelenks mit Uroselektan. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 320-5.—Nagy. J.. & Polg.ir F. Beitritge zur Ront- genanatomie des kontrristeefiillun kmegelenUes. lortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1932, 15: ON* 92.—Rollo. S L mum go dei mezzi di enntrasto nell'esanio nidiograhco dell ai ticolazione del ginocchio, con speciale riguardo alio studio delle lm-nnii dei menischi. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 463-72. Nrhiiller. J. Der Wrert der Rontgenkontrnstdarstellung des Km. gi-li-nkes, Rontgenpraxis, 1932, 4: 947-53.—Stark, W. Zur Wahl des Verfahrens bei der Knie<-vlenk>-Kontrastdarstelhing. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 445--S. --Tilk. I>i<- bontiastdarstelhing dea Kniegelenks. Klin. Wschr., 19-13, 22: 287. ---- Radiography: Pneumoradiography. See also subheading Insufflation. Holtzmann, P. *La pneumoradiographie du genou. 56p. 24^c-m. Strasb., 1936. Lagomabsino, E., & Dal Lago, H. Neumo- artrorradiografia en la rodilla normal y pato- 16gica. 126p. 25cm. B. Air., 1941. Wisniewski, E. D. J. L. K. *Die Pneumo- radiographie dos Kniegelenks an der Kieler Chirurgischen Klinik. 20p. 23^cm. Kiel, 1936. Hamilton, A. S. The value of air injection in the diagnosis of lesions of the knee joint Tristan- M. J., 1937 38, 10: 2080-2.—Hoffa, A. Ueber Rontgenbilder nach Sauerstoffein- blasung in das Kniegelenk. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 940-5.—Kalina, L. [Pneumoradiology of the knee joint] Lek. wojsk., 1935, 26: 467-80.—Lachowicz, A., & Goldman, M. M. [Radiological anatomy of the knee-joint in pneumoimli- ographic aspect] Polski przegl. radjol., 1935-36, 10: II: 19-33, pl.-—Leichs. Beitrag zur Pneumoradiographie der Kniegelenke. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1938) 1939, 33. Kongr., 359-62.—Oberholzer, J. Die Technik der Pneumo- radiographie des Kniegelenkes nach Bircher. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 1522-6. ------ Einige ausgewiihlte Pneumoradio- graphiebilder des Kniegelenkes. Rontgenpraxis, 1934, 6: 646-52. ------ Erganzung zur Technik der Pneumoradio- graphie der Gelenke und besonders des Kniegelenkes. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2117-9.—Quaintance, P. A. Pneumoroent- genography of the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1938, 20: 353- 62.—Scheibel, O. [Pneumoarthroradiography of the knee- joint and its technique] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 548-56, 2 pl.—Schum, H. Das Pneumoradiogramm des Kniegelenks. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932-33, 238: 1-56. ---:— Die Pneumo- radiographie des Kniegelenks und ihre praktischen Ergebnisse. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1659-62.—Simon, H. T., Hamil- ton, A. S., & Farrington, C. L. Pneumoradiography of the knee. Radiology, 1936, 27: 533-40—Tarafa, J. I. Artro- pneumorradiografia de la rodilla. Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1940, 8: 3-17.—Teschendorf, W. Zur Verwendung eines leicht resorbierbaren Gases (Stickoxydul) fiir die Dar- stellung der Gelenke und des Pneumoperitoneums. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 53: 476-9. ---- Sarcoma. Backer, H. *Primare Kniegelenksarkome. 33p. 22cm. Freib. i. B., 1935. Power, D. A complete case of ossifying sarcoma, p.9-12. pl. 20Kcm. [Lond., 1885] Abbott, E. G., & Burrage, T. J. Osteosarcoma of the knee- jcint. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 159: 139-42.—Bornemann, A. Tumor intraarticularis genus (sarcom) Hospitalstidende, 1903, 4. R., 11: 829-32.—Ghormley, R. K. Chondrosarcoma of the knee joint: report of a case. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 589-91.—Iovino, F. Contributo alia conoscenza dei tumori primitivi delle articolazioni; su di un mixoma sar- comatoso del ginocchio. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 98-104.-—Lichtenstein, V. Zur E iff erentialdiagnose yon Sarkom und Tuberkulose, Kniegelenk* arkom unter dem Bilde ein-ir tubeikulosen Beugekontraktur. Arch, orthop. Unfall- chir., 1020, 24: 237-43.—Moore, S. Irradiation in a case of osteogenic sarcoma; recovery. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 081-0.— I'lbrich, H. Osteosarkom am Kniegelenke. Korbl. Verein. Aerzte Reichenberg, 1908, 21: 6. snapping. See also subheadings (Hydrarthrosis; Laxity; Meniscus: Cyst) Klaus, S. *Unfall, Schlotterknie; aus dem Gebiet der Wiederherstellungschirurgie. 16p. 23K2cm. Munch., 1937. Stackelberg, J. von. *Ueber das ange- borene schnellende Knie; Aetiologie, Anutomie, Bewegungsmechanismus und Behandlung [Frei- burg i. B.] 32p. 8? Lpz., 1930. Deisler, H. Ueber Spatfolgen des Knieschlottergclenkes. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938) 1939, 8. Congr., 2: 644-6.—Dreyer [Federndes Knie] Jahib. S-liles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. (1908) 1909, 157-9.—Dupuy de Frenelle. Genoux flottants. Techn. chir., Par., 1938, 30: 81 8. ---- Opera- tion des genoux ballants. Ibid., 89-95.—Economou, E. D. KNEE JOINT 293 KNEE JOINT Schlotterkniegelenke und Erfahrungen der Knochenkeil- methode nach Lexer. Arch. klin. Chir., 1938, 132: 40-54.— Fischer, H. Das schnellende Knie. Ibid., 1928, 150: 532-6 — Fischer, R. Genou ballant. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1942, 62: 157—Froelich. Einige Fiille von auf ein Gelenk beschrankten rhvtmischen Bewegungen bei Kindern (lateralwarts schnellende Knie) Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1906, 16: 125-32. ------& Corret. Genou a ressort. Rev. med. est, 1933, 61: 185-7.—Groh. Passive und aktive Seidenziigelplastiken bei schweren Schlotter- gelenken des Knies. Arch. klin. Chir., 1938, 193: 598-601 — Hohmann, G. Zur Behandlung des traumatischen Schlotter- knies. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 145-50.—Jeschke, W. Zur Aetiologie des schnellenden Knies. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 498.—Kuttner, H., & Liebig, F. Das schnellende Knie. Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1926, 19: 439-74. -Lange, M. Die Be- handlung des Knieschlottergelenkes unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Verwendung.von seidenen Bandern. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 156: 523-40.—Margulies, H. Ueber das schnellende Knie. Ibid., 1929, 147: 217-20.—Marquardt, W. Das konstitutionelle Wackelkniegelenk. Zschr. Orthop., 1937-38, 67: 123-34.—Mouchet, A. II ginocchio a scatto. Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 1068-70. Also Presse med., 1937, 45: 739.—Midler, W. Eine merkwiirdige Binnenverletzung des Kniegelenks mit dem Bilde des schnellenden Knies. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2-4.—Ostrowski, S. Das schnellende Knie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 136: 591-609.—Riedel. M. Beitrag zur Kasuistik des schnellenden Knies. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 961.—Rocher, H. L., Pouyanne & Goumain. Un cas de genou a ressaut congenital. Bordeaux chir., 1934, 5: 319.—Schulz, A. Zum Krankheitsbild des schnellenden Knies. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1928, 26: 315-22.—Stackelberg, J. von. Ein Beitrag zum angeborenen schnellenden Knie. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203:-204: 470-9. ------ Ueber das angeborene schnellende Knie. Ibid., 1929, 221: 414-24. ---- Sprain, and torsion. See also subheading Ligaments: Injury. Bergeron, M. Contribution a l'etude clinique et therapeutique des complications les plus frequentes de l'entorse du genou chez les sportifs; essai clinique sur la meniscite trau- matique; la vascularisation des menisques. 125p. 8? Par., 1931. Ferey, J. Considerations sur quelques nouveaux cas de sequelles des entorses du genou. 59p. 8? Par., 1926. Perez Zabala, M. *Esguince de rodilla. 148p. 26}km. B. Air., 1938. D'Aubigne, M. Entorse externe du genou avec fracture de la tete du perone traitee par l'intervention immediate. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 107072.—Duran, G. Consideraciones sobre algunos casos de esguinces graves de rodilla. Arch, med., Madr., 1936, 39: 77-83.—Ferey, D. La larga artrotomia nei postumi delle distorsioni del ginocchio. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 389-91.—FoIIiasson. Entorse grave du genou; rupture des ligaments croises, du ligament lateral interne, du menisque interne. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 1218-21.—Gangolphe & Thevenet. Entorse du genou par abduction et rotation externe avec arrachement de 1 insertion superieure du ligament lateral interne. Lyon med., 1908, 111: 871-4.—Huet, P. Sur un cas d'entorse du genou. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 859.—Huguier & Champeau. A propos de l'entorse; 2 observations. Presse med., 1940, 48: 623.-—LSger & Delinotte. Entorse grave du genou; a propos de 4 observations personnelles. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 861-8.—Leriche, R. Les laxites ligamentaires post- traumatiques; a propos d'une entorse du genou suivie l'hypo- tonie ligamentaire. Rev. chir., Par., 1931, 69: 553-7. ------ A propos de l'entorse du genou. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 181-96. ------& de Girardier, J. Traitement chirurgical immediat des entorses du genou avec lesion osseuse radio- graphiquement visible ou cliniquement decelable. J. chir.. Par., 1929, 34: 1-14.—Mancini, G. Distorsione del ginocchio da sci. Chir. org. movim., 1936-37, 22: 487-90.—Martin, B. Die Distorsion des Kniegelenkes. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 6-10.—Matute V., A., & Salas, J. Neumofascia de la rodilla. Analecta med., Mex., 1940, 1: 9-24, incl. 8 pl — Menegaux, G. Lesions de l'appareil extenseur et entorses de l'articulation du genou. Presse med., 1934, 42: 259.—Mondor. Contribution a l'etude des entorses du genou. Gaz. hop., 1940, 113: 81.—Mondor, H. Sur l'entorse du genou. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 29-34.—Oudard, P. Traitement chirurgical immediat des entorses graves du genou. J. chir., Par., 1931, 38: 321-32.—Padovani, P. Les entorses du genou. Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 59; 101.— Rouvillois & Maisonnet. Comment concevoir l'entorse du genou. Rev. med. fr., 1927, 8: 233-8.—Roux, G., & Quet. Dix-huit cas d'entorse traites par la methode de Leriche. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont- pellier, 1937, 18: 291.—Staffel, F. Ueber Distorsio genu. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1908, 21: 47-53. ---- Stiffness. Fernandez, L. L. Rigidez de rodilla; interposici6n celulo- grasosa. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1794-6.— Kleinschrod. Heilung eines steifen Knies durch das Kneippsche I Heilverfahren. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1934, 5: 139.—Richter, H. Zur Verhiitung der Fixationsversteifung besonders des Kniegelenks. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 1938-40—Young, R. H. The prophylaxis and treatment of the stiff knee following fracture of the femur. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1941-42, ---- Surgery. Basset, A. Le genou; anatomie chirurgicale et radiographique, chirurgie operatoire. 187p. 8? Par., 1932. De Marsi, A. La chirurgia delParticolazione del ginocchio. 82p. 8? Parma, 1918. Asbury, E. Surgery of the knee joint. J. Med., Cincin., 1928-29, 9: 280-4.—Forgue, E., & Aimes, A. Genou. In their Les pieges chir., Par., 1939, 357-61.—Hoke, M., & Andrews, C. R. A report of 100 knee-joint operations. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1908, 59: 158-75.—Jirasek, A. L'avenir de la chirurgie du genou mou. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 97-112.-—Meisenbach, R. O. A few facts concern- ing knee joint surgery. Maine M. J., 1933, 24: 28-32.— Schmid, W. Das Knie. Chirurg, 1936, 8: 940-4.—Smith, S. A. Sidelights on knee-joint surgery. In Robert Jones Birthday Vol., Oxf., 1928, 279-99. ---- Surgery: Approach to joint. Alglave, P. Avantages de la voie transrotulienne trans- versale pour l'exploration du genou, l'ablation des lesions meniscales et, des sequelles traumatiques. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1028, 54: 366-70.—Cave, E. F. Combined anterior- posterior approach to the knee joint. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 427-30.—C'oonse, K., 4cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937. KNOTT, Frank Alexander, 1889- Clinical bacteriology, viii, 426p. illust. pl. 22cm. Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co., 1939. See also Punch, A. L., & Knott, F. A. Modern treatment of diseases of the respiratory system. 295p. 8? Phila., 1936. KNOTT, Friedrich, 1912- *Ueber das Verhalten des weissen Blutbildes bei der kiinst- lichen Fiebererzeugung mittels Ultrakurzwellen [Frankfurt a. M.] 39p. 20#cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937. KNOTT, Joseph, 1909- *Ueber den Einfluss der Monohalogenessigsiiure auf die Muskeltatigkeit [Munchen] 20p. 8? Kall- miinz, M. Lassleben, 1933. KNOTT, Virginia Bergstresser. Physical measurement of young children; a study of anthropometric reliabilities for children 3 to 6 years of age. 99p. illust. tab. 23}^cm. Iowa City, Univ. Iowa pr., 1941. Forms No. 3, v. 18 of Univ. Iowa Stud., Stud. Child Welf. KNOTT, Walter, 1905- *Die Behand- lung operativer Wunden in der Mundhohle mit der Heidelberger Radiumsole. 9p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1932. KNOTT, Willi, 1912- *Ursache und Behandlung des Fluors bei virginellen Personen. 47p. 8? Bonn, H. Schonershoven, 1935. KNOWER, Henry McElderry, 1868-1940. For obituary see Harrison, R. G. Science, 1940, 92: 419- 21. For portrait see Collection in Library. KNOWLEDGE. See also Apperception; Cognition; Education; Epistemology; Group, Education; Ideation; In- duction; Intelligence; Intuition; Irrationalism; Learning; Mental test; Perception; Science. Fisher, D. C. Why stop learning? 301p. 8? N. Y. [1927] Porterfield, A. L. Creative factors in scientific research; a social psychology of scien- tific knowledge. 282p. 23^cm. Durham, 1941. Bahm, A. J. What is knowledge? Sc. Month., 1943, 56: 266-73.—Baranyai, E. I. Relation of comprehension to technique in reading. J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 3-26.— Barroso, S. M. Empirismo scientifico. Rev. flora med., Rio, 1938-39, 5: 515-9.—Binswanger, L. Verstehen und Erklaren in der Psychologie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 107: 655-83.—Black, M. Certainty and empirical statements. Mind, Lond., 1942, 51: 361-7.—Botti, L. Osser- vazioni psicologiche sull ultimo. Arch. ital. psicol., 1920, 1: 94-101.—Chadwick, M. Notes upon the acquisition of knowl- edge. Psychoanal. Rev., 1926, 13: 257-80.—Chisholm, R. The problem of the speckled hen. Mind, Lond., 1942, 51: 368-73.—Dahlke, H. O. The sociology of knowledge. In Contemp. Soc. Theory (Barnes, H. E., et al.) N. Y., 1940, 64-89.—Deat, M. Le schematisme d'apres Kant et J. M. Baldwin. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1923, 20: 218-36 — Dingle, H. The foundations of empirical knowledge. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 286-90.—Erismann, T. Verstehen und Erklaren in der Psychologie. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1926, 55: 111-36.—Ewald, G. Verstehen und Erklaren. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1927, 103: 228-41—Ewing. A. C. Knowledge of physical objects. Mind, Lond., 1943, 52: 97-121.—Gregory, R. Scientific knowledge and action. Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 612-6.—Gross, M. W. The problem of the nature of knowledge, considered with special reference to the work of the Vienna circle and related thinkers. Sum- maries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1938) 1940, 369-72.—Hallett. H. F. Knowledge, realitv, and objectivity. Mind, Lond., 1940, 49: 303-32.—Hardick, L. Ueber den Umschlag von Einstellungen unter dem Einfluss kritischer Erfahrungen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1933, 87: 321-50.—Humberstone, T. L. Scientific discoveries by accident. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 215.—Ingham, S. D. The neural basis of knowledge and the synthesis of concepts. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1939, 4: 139-44.—Johnson, D. M. Confidence and achievement in eight branches of knowledge. J. Educ. Psychol., 1941, 32: 23-36.— Kestner, O. Die Abhangigkeit der wissenschaftlichen Erkennt- nis von Eigenart unserer Sinnesorgane. Verh. ber. Kongr. Ford. med. Synthese (1934) 1935, 3. Congr., 2: 62-74 — Koehler, O., Muller, O., & Wachholtz, R. Kann die Taube Anzahlen erfassen? Verh. Deut. Zool. Ges., 1935, 37: 39-54 — Krainski, N. V. Teoria poznaniya s tochki zrleniya energi- cheskol psikhologii. Nevr. vest., 1908, 15: 224-52.—Lewin, B. D. Some observations on knowledge, belief and the impulse to know. Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1939, 20: 426-31.— Lowi, M. Observations on comprehending. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 129-33.—Lossky, N. Esquisse dune theorie in- tuitiviste de la connaissance. Rev. philos. France, 1928, 105: 50-87.—Malcolm, N. Certainty and empirical statements. Mind, Lond., 1942, 51: 18-46.—Organization (The) of knowl- edge. Nature, Lond., 1938, 142: 99.—Piaget, J. Intellectual evolution. In Science & Man (Anshen, R. N.) N. Y., 1942, 409-22.—Rickert, H. Die begrifiliche Erkenntnis der Korper- welt. In his Grenz. naturwiss. Begriffsbild., 4. Aufl., Tub., 1921, 24-91.—Riische. F. Ueber die Einordnung neuer Eindriicke in eine vorher gegebene Gesamtvorstellung. Psy- chol. Stud., Lpz., 1916-17, 10: 265-338.—Strange, E. H. Mr Bradley's doctrine of knowledge. Mind, Lond., 1911, KNOWLEDGE 303 KNOW (Y..) n ser 20- 457-88.—Tarozzi, G. Uso ed abuso della gno- seologi'a. Riv. psicol., 1922, 18: 113-5.-Thorndike. E. L. The influence of use or frequency of occurrence upon the strength of mental connections. Proc. Nat. Acad Sc. U. S., 1933 19- 734-45.—Travers, R. M. W. A study of the abdity to ju'dge'group-knowledge. Am. J. Psychol 1943 56: 54-65. _____The general ability to mdge group-knowledge. Ibid., oc_9__Waters, R. H. The law of acquaintance. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 180-91.—Woodbridge, F. J. E. The missing link in epistemology. J. Philos., 1932, 29: 673-90. KNOWLES, Charles Matthew. The law relating to compensation for injuries to workmen: being an exposition of the workmen's compensa- tion acts, 1906 and 1923; together with other relevant statutory provisions and including the workmen's compensation rules and all other appropriate statutory rules and orders. 4. ed. lxxi, 502p. 8? Lond., Stevens & Sons, 1924. KNOWLES, Frances Ivens, -1944. Cae- sarean section; an analysis of 352 consecutive cases of the classical operation, with an account of the technique employed, vi, 82p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1931. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 308. KNOWLES, Francis Howe Seymour, 1886- Physical anthropology of the Roebuck Iroquois; with comparative data from other Indian tribes, viii, 75p. 8? Ottawa, 1937. Forms No. 22, Anthrop. Ser. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada. KNOWLES, Frank Crozer, 1881- Dis- eases of the skin. 3. ed. 640p. illust. pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1935. Also 4. ed. [with Corson, E. F., & Decker, H. B.] 621p. 1942. For biography see Clinic Jefferson M. Coll., 1924, 28, portr. KNOWLES, George Alexander, 1869-1934. For obituary see Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 670. Also Week. Roster, Phila., 1934, 29: 1009. KNOWLES, Gilbert, fl. 1723. Materia medica botanica. 6 1., 256p., 10 1. 4? Lond., G. Lewis, 1723. KNOWLES, Marian E. See Hyde, K. C, & Knowles, M. E. Textbook of general biology. 131p. 8? [n. p.] 1931. KNOWLES, Robert, 1883-1936. Introduc- tion to medical protozoology, with chapters on the spirochaetes and on laboratory methods. xii, 887p. 8? Calc, Thacker, Spink & co., 1928. Also 2. ed., rev. & abridged by B. M. Das Gupta, xviii, 323p. illust. tab. pl. portr. 25^cm. Calc, U. N. Dhur & sons, 1944. See also Acton, H. W., & Knowles, R. On the dysenteries of India. 178p. 4? Calc. 1928. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 468, portr. Also S. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1936, 42: 134. For portrait see Ind. M. Gaz., Calc, 1936, 71: 530. KNOWLES, Rollin Henry. Eye defects; how to detect and correct them. 88p. 8" N. Y., Spencer Optic, mfg co. [1898] KNOWLES, Samuel Edward, 1848-1911. For obituary see Tr. California Dent. Ass., 1911, 38. Sess., 202. KNOWLTON, Frank Hall, 1860-1926. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 582. KNOWLTON, Frank Pattengill, 1875- For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 124. KNOWLTON, George Clinton, 1906- See Francis, C. C, Knowlton, G. C, & Tuttle, W. W. Textbook of anatomy and physiology for nurses. 586p. 22cm. S. Louis, 1943. Also Tuttle, W. W., & Knowlton, G. C. An introduction to experimental human physiology. 138p. 26Hcm. St. Louis, 1939. For portrait see Med. Bull. Univ. Iowa, 1940, 21. KNOWLTON, Harry Edward, 1890- Studies in pollen, with special reference to lon- gevity. p.751-93. 8? Ithaca, N. Y., 1922. Forms No. 52 of Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. KNOWLTON, J. S., 1824-1910. For obituary see Tr. Cahfomia Dent. Ass. (1910) 1911, 37. Sess., 185. KNOW your body; manikin and description of the body showing position and natural color of organs and their functions; blood formation purification and circulation plate. 8p. 8? pl. Chic, West. pub. house [1929] KNOX, Arthur Wesley, 1884-1941. For obituary see J. Florida M. Ass., 1940-41, 27: 631. KNOX, Robert, 1868-1928. Radiography and radio-therapeutics. Pt 1: Radiography. 4. ed. xxv, 448p. 8? Lond., A. C. Black, 1923. ---- The same. Pt 2: Radio-therapeutics. 3. ed. x, p.385-606. 8? Lond., A. & C. Black, 1919. ---- Radiography in the examination of the liver, gall bladder, and bile ducts. 64p. 8: Lond., W. Heineman [1920] See also Currie, A. S. Robert Knox, anatomist, scientist, and martyr. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 39-46.— Forssell, G. [Nekrolog] Acta radiol., Stockh., 1928, 9: 313, portr.—Kaye, G. W. C. [Obituary] Am. J. Roentg., 1928 n. ser., 20: 556. Also Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 589. ---- & LEVITT, Walter M. A text-book of X-ray therapeutics, xii, 250p. pl. 8? Lond., A. & C. Black, 1932. KNOX, Thomas T. Report of an inspection of the several branches of the National Home for Disabled Volunteer Soldiers, made from July 15 to Oct. 22, 1902. 155p. tab. 23cm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1902. KNOX (Charles B.) Gelatine Company [Johnstown, N. Y.] Studies on edible gelatine in the dietary. 3 Nos. 23}£cm. [Johnstown, N.-Y., 1923-27?] CONTENTS No. 1. The value of gelatine in infant and child feeding. 17p. 1923. No. 2. The value of gelatine in digestion, stomach dis- orders, intestinal putrefaction. 28p. 1923. No. 3. Value of edible gelatine in infant and child feeding. 20p. [After 1927] —— Reducing, diets and recipes. 30p. 15^cm. Johnstown, N. Y., the Company [1942] KNOX'S Medical directory for Australia. See Medical directory for Australia. KNOX test. See under Intelligence test. KNOXVILLE, Tennessee. See also Health organization; Hospital report. Knoxville's new hospital, the Collins Memorial. Hosp. Topics, 1940, 18: 12.—Mountin, J. W. Public health progress in Knoxville, Tenn.; care of the sick. Pub. Health Rep., 1931, 46: pt 1, 1236-55. KNUCKLE pad. See under Finger; Hand. KNUDSEN, Knud Anton, 1864- A text-book of gymnastics (form-giving exercises) Transl. by F. Braae Hansen, xi, 364p. illust. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's son, 1937. KNUDSEN, Kristofer Langaard, 1869- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 656. KNUDSEN, Ole Kristian, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro I.J Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 191. KNUDTZON, Christian Frederik, 1807-59. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 657. KNUDTZON, Hakon, 1857- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 657. KNUDTZON, Theodor William, 1875- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 658. KNUEPFING, Nikolaus, 1909- Chi- rurgische Behandlung von Herzinsuffizienz. 31 p. 21cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KNUEPPER 304 KOA KNUEPPER, Heinz, 1904- *Funf Jahre Chirurgie des chronischen Geschwiirs and karzi- noms des Magens der chirurgischen Universitats- klinik zu Leipzig [Leipzig] 36p. 8? [Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1930] See also Bauer, E., & Kniipper, H. Wirkung grosser Mengen Traubenzucker bei intravenoser Dauerinfusion. p.339-50. S: Lpz., 1934. KNl'ESEL, Franz, 1914- *Beitrag zur Frage der Mitwirkung von Milieufaktoren bei Fruchtbarkeitsstorungen und Tuberkulose des weiblichen Hausrindes [Vet.] 42p. tab. diagr. 24Ki-m. [Ziir.] Schupfheim, 1942. KNUESLI, Heinrich. See Klare, K., & Kniisli, H. Rontgendiagnose der kind- lichen Lungen- und Knochentuberkulose. 225p. 8? Lpz., 1929. ------ Die Tuberkulose-Therapie des praktischen Arztes. 9. & 10. Aufl. lllp. 8? Lpz., 1936. KNULL, Walter Paul Gustav, 1908- *Behandlungsarten der Paradentose in der Geschichte der Zahnheilkunde (unter Ausschluss rein technischer Hilfsmittel) [Greifswald] 47p. 21cm. Baruth-Mark-Berl., J. Sarchen [1937] KNUS, Hans Paul, 1905- *Die Sohulter- verletzungen und ihre Folgezustande (speziell Contusionen, Distorsionen und Luxationen) [Zurich] 68p. 8? Winterthur, G. Binkert, 1932. KNUTH, Gerhard Ernst, 1911- *Das rote Blutbild im mensuellen Zyklus der Frau [Berlin] 19p. 22cm. Rostock, G. Neumann, 1937. KNUTH, Horst, 1904- *Die Veranderun- gen der quergestreiften Muskulatur bei der Haffkrankheit. 31p. 8? Konigsb., J. Raabe, 1933 KNUTSEN, Brostrup, 1888-1923. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 192. KNUTSEN, Carl August, 1826-98. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 658. KNUTSFORD, Sydney Holland, 1855-1931. In black and white, viii, 392p. portr. 8? Lond., E. Arnold & co., 1927. KNUTSON, John W., 1907- See Cady, F. C, & Knutson, J. W. Good teeth. 6p. 8! Wash., 1939. KNUTSS0N, Karl Joachim Anton Emil, 1853- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kdforo, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 659. KNUTSSON, Folke, 1901- Urethrog- raphy; rontgen examination of the male urethra and prostate after injection of contrast material into the urethra; experience gained from the examination of 154 patients in Maria Hospital, Stockholm. 150p. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1935. Forms Suppl. 28, Acta radiol., Stockh. KNYE, Walter, 1904- *Ueber Versuche mit Katadyn-Desinfektionsapparaten. 53p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1933. KNYE, Werner, 1910- *Die Behandlung der Placenta praevia an der Universitats- Frauenklinik in Jena, (vom 1. I. 1919-31. VII. 1935) [Jena] 39p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1936. KNY-SCHERER Corporation (N. Y.) Cata- logue of surgical instruments of superior quality. 24. ed. 4; p., 51 lp. illust. 8? N. Y., Kny-Scherer corp., 1935. KNYVETON, John, 1729-1809. The diary of a surgeon in the year 1751-52, by John Knyveton, licentiate of the Society of apothe- caries, doctor of medicine of the University of Aberdeen, teacher of midwifery to a man mid- wife in Infirmary Hall, surgeon's mate, H. M. S. Lancaster; ed. by Ernest Gray, xiv, 322p. pl. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co., 1937. KOA. See Acacia. KOALA. See under Marsupialia. KOANG, Ngan Koen, 1902- *Etudc sur l'epilepsie exp6rimentale d'apres la' m6thode de Brown-Sequard. 107p. 8? Par., Ed. Vega, 1933. KOB, Hans, 1910- *Die Einwirkung paravertebraler Segmentausschaltung auf die Bewegungsvorgange der Gallenblase [Konigs- berg i. P.] 24p. 8? Tilsit, Engel, 1934. KOB, Martin, 1908- *Warum konserva- tive Myomoperation? 37p. 22}£cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KOB, Ursula, 1911- *Die Entwicklung, die Diagnostik und der heutige Stand dor thera- peutischen Massnahmen bei Atresia ani con- genita [Miinchen] 15p. 8? Gunzburg-D., K. Mayer, 1937. KOBAYASI, W. Ueber Hoden, Nebenhoden und Samenstrang bei Leprosen. 92p. pl. 4? [Kyoto] 1928. Forms No. 2 Monogr., Acta, derm., ser. A., Inst. Derm, Univ. Imp. Kyoto. ---- Ueber die viscerale Lepra. 207p. 4? [Kyoto] 1929. Forms No. 4 of Monogr., Acta, derm., ser. A., Inst. Derm. Univ. Imp. Kyoto. KOBBE, Adolf Friedrich Wilhelm, 1911-' *Zur Klinik und Diagnostik der stielgedrehten Ovarialtumoren [Jena] 15p. 20^cm. Nauen, G. Vieregg, 1937. KOBBE, Hans, 1907- *Hat die Rektal- gonorrhoe bei Frauen seit dem Jahre 1919 zugenommen? [Miinchen] 24p. 8? Frankf. a..M., Voigt & Gleiber [1932] KOBEL, Walter, 1909- *Ueber In- fluenza unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Influenzabazillen-Meningitis und Sepsis. 26p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KOBELT, Werner, 1909- *Ueber die Hydranencephalie (Cruveilhier) mit einem eige- nen Fall [Heidelberg] 23p. pl. 22cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KOBER, Friedrich, 1847- For biography see in Gallerie Ther. Pharm. Gegenw., Geneve, 1897, 380, portr. KOBER, George Martin, 1850-1931. Chari- table and reformatory institutions in the District of Columbia; history and development of the public charitable and reformatory institutions and agencies in the District of Columbia, iv, 375p. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1927. ---- Reminiscences of George Martin Kober. xxv, 403p. 4? Wash., D. C, Kober Found, Georgetown Univ., 1930. See also Hamman, L. Presentation of the Kober medal for 1939 to Dr George H. Whipple. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1939, 54: 21-4.—Kober lecturer chosen. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1940, 9: 281.—Kober lecture, March 28, 1941. Ibid., 1941, 10: 71.—Kober (The) lecture. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 325. For obituary see Kean, J. R. Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 68: 834. Also Morgan, W. G. Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1931, 46: 188, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOBER, Karl, 1903- ^Untersuchungen iiber das Guttadiaphot nach Meyer, Bierast und Schilling [Kiel] 31p. 8? [Libau, G. D. Meyer] 1929. KOBER, Martin, 1911- *Beeinflussung der Wundheilung durch Gase (Kohlensaure und Ozon) im Schrifttum. 19p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1939. KOBER 305 KOBRO KOBER, S. Die Hormone, bzw. Hormon- verwandten mit Lipoidcharakter. p.937-1026. 8° Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1938. ' In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938,5: T. 3B. 2. Halfte. ROBERT, Eduard Rudolf, 1854-1918. Lehr- buch der Pharmakotherapie. 2. Aufl. xiv, 745p. 8° Stuttg., F. Enke, 1908. ' For biography see in Gallerie Ther. & Pharm. Gegenw., Geneve, 1897, 131; 362, portr KOBES, Gerda, 1904- *Die diagnostische epikutane Alttuberkulin-Reaktion nach Nathan und Muller. 26p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1932. KOBLANCK, Alfred, 1863-1928. Die Nase als Reflexorgan des autonomen Nervensystems; Hinterlassene Schriften; mit einem Vorwort von Friedrich Matthaei. x, 273p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1930. See also Henkel, M. [Nekrolog] Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 1370 —Stickel, M. [Nekrolog] Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1031. KOBLENCS, Zamuels, 1913- *Le teta- nos en Meurthe-et-Moselle; contribution k l'etude des regions tetanigenes et de la prophy- laxie du tetanos. 86p. 25cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1935. KOBLENZ, Hellmuth, 1912- *Ueber die Korrektion einer Schielstellung nach Orbita- verletzung. 19p. 22>km. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KOBLER, Earl Willis, 1883-1933. For obituary see Am. Med., 1933, 39: 335, portr. KOBLER, Geza, 1864-1935. For biography see Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 645. KOBLER, Richard. Der Weg des Menschen vom Links- zum Rechtshander; ein Beitrag zur Vor- und Kulturgeschichte des Menschen. ix, 142p. illust. 8? Wien, M. Perles, 1932. KOBLIGK, Franz, 1910- *Potential- differenzen, Korrosion und Verfarbung an Lot- stellen der Palladium-Silberlegierungen [Berlin 15p. 21cm. Potsdam-Nowawes, W. & E. Bronner, 1937. KOBLINSKY, Arne, 1911- *Fremd- korper in Urethra und Blase, lip." 8? Kiel, C. Coleman, 1933. KOBLITZ, Gunter, 1914- *Ueber die entzundliche Reaktionsform und die Gewebs- eosinophilie bei Lippenkarzinom [Greifswald] 23p. 8? Dusseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KOBLITZ, Joachim, 1900- *Ueber neuere Aktivmethoden zum serologischen Luesnachweis unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Bruck- schen Reaktion und der hamolytischen Schnell- reaktion nach Kadisch. 28p. tab. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KOBLMUELLER, Ludwig Otto, 1906-38. Coronini, C. [Nekrolog] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 645. KOBOLD, Alois, 1908- *Folien, Spitzen, Feilung und ihre Eignung zur Amalgamfiillung. 31p. 20^cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KOBRAK, Franz, 1879- Beitrage zur Lehre von den statischen Funktionen des mensch- lichen Korpers unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des statischen Labyrinths. 102p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1922. KOBRAK, Heinrich, 1905- lntersu- chungen zur Frage der reflektorischen Anurie [Munchen] 41p. 8? Berl., M. Rinck [1929] KOBRO, Isak, 1867- See Reichborn-Kjennerud, O., Gr0n, F., & Kobro. I. Medisinens historie i Norge. 328p. 8? Oslo, 1936. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1:659. KOBRO, Mikael Skjelderup, 1905- Nico- tinwirkung und Adrenalinsekretion; experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber die akuten Gift- wirkungen des Nicotins auf das vegetative System. 231p. tab. 8? Oslo, J. G. Tanum, 1936. Asthmatic bronchitis; a clinical, patho- —--------~-~ ~*—~~—, — —..——, j------- genetic and therapeutic study, with bacterio- logical investigations by Sverre Dick Henriksen. 105p. tab. 24}£cm. Oslo, Gr0ndahl & s0n, 1941. Forms Suppl. 125, Acta med. scand. KOBY, Frederic Ed. [M. D., 1917, Basel] Slit-lamp microscopy of the living eye; early diagnosis and symptomatology of affections of the anterior segment of the eye; transl. by Charles Goulden and Clara Lomas Harris. 2. ed. xvi, 360p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1930. ---- Biomicroscopie du corps vitre. 152p. illust. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. ---- Maladies du corps vitre. p. 1-66. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. In Traite opht., 1939, 6: See also Arzt und Palaontologe. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 255. KOBZIK, Leo, 1907- *Ueber das Schick- sal der Kranken mit Herzinsuffizienz. 17p. tab. 22cm. Wiirzb., M. Sturm, 1936. KOCH, Adolph Meyer, 1908- The limits of learning ability in cebus monkeys. p. 163-234. tab. 23}£cm. Worcester, Clark Univ. pr., 1935. Forms No. 3, v.17, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. KOCH, Alfred, 1901- *Ein Beitrag zum Verhalten der Wa.-R. in Serum und Liquor bej Tabes, Paralyse und Lues cerebri. 33p. 8° Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1926. KOCH, Alfred, 1907- *Ist die Schlat- ter'sche Krankheit eine Sportverletzung be- ziehungsweise eine Sportschadigung? ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Schlatter'schen Erkrankung [Miinster] 31p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1931. KOCH, Arno Arthur, 1887- *Das Aes- thetische in der Zahnheilkunde (Auszug) [Leip- zig] 8p. 8? Zittau, R. Monch, 1923. KOCH, Arnold, 1912- *Ueber den Angriffspunkt des Ausschuttungsreizes fiir das kontrainsulare Hypophysenvorderlappenhormon und die Fortleitung des Reizes zum Erfolgsorgan [Gottingen] 14p> 21cm. Weende-Gott., F. Pieper, 1937. KOCH, Auguste, 1903- *Ueber die Medicamenta heroica des Professors Anton von Stoerck (1731-1803) 30p. 8? Wurzb., P. Richter, 1931. KOCH, Bernhard, 1894- *Ueber Unter- bindung der Vena jugularis bei postangmoser Sepsis. 29p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KOCH, Bodo, 1912- *Versuche iiber Beeinflussung des Wachstums bosartiger Ge- schwulste durch experimentell erzeugte Oblitera- tion der Lymphbahnen des Geschwulstdettes. 19p. 21>km. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KOCH, Charles Rudolph Edward, editor. History of dental surgery. 2v. xxiv, 1186p. (paged consecutively) illust. portr. facs. tab. 28cm. Chic, Nat. Art pub. co., 1909 For portrait see in his Hist. Dent. Surg., Chic, 1909, 1. front. KOCH, Conrad. See Muller F & Koch, C. Das grosse lllustnerte Krauter- buch. 10. Aufl. 952p. 8? Ulm, 1937. KOCH, Dietrich Gualtherus Georg Hermann Richard Maria, 1905- *Ueber das Faciahs- phanomen bei Kindern [Rostock] 21p. 8. Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1929. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- -20 KOCH 306 KOCH KOCH, Eberhard Karl Josef, 1892- Die reflektorische Selbststeuerung des Kreislaufcs. x, 234p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1931. ----Allgemeine Elektrokardiographie. 7. Aufl. 56p. illust. diagr. 23cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1943. ---- & KOCH, Elsbeth. Allgemeine Elektro- kardiographie; mit einem Anhang: Wie analysiert und beschreibt man zweckmiissig ein Ekg? 3. Aufl. 42p. illust. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1937. KOCH, Edward William, 1882- I-'oi pom ait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 247. KOCH, Lleonore, 1908- *Uebcr Osteo- genesis imperfecta [Heidelberg] 46p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1933. KOCH, Elsbeth. See Koch, E., & Koch, E. Allgemeine Elektrokardiographie. 3. Aufl. 42p. 8! Dresd., 1937. KOCH, Emilie, 1899- *Ueber die Ver- krummung der Raphe palatina bei der Skoliose [Leipzig] 16p. pl. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1928. KOCH, Emma, 1904- *Fremdkorper in Oesophagus und Magen, Trachea und Bronchus [Kiel] p.146-90. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 159: KOCH, Erhard Karl Werner, 1912- Teber die spastische Spinalparalyse und 'ihre Beziehung zur Bleivergiftung [Heidelberg] 27p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KOCH, Erich Hermann, 1907- *Blut- zuckerspiegel wahrend korperlicher Arbeits- leistung. 13p. 8? Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1935. KOCH, Erik Wilhelm Oskar, 1907- *Zur Aetiologie der Deflexionslagen aus der Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik zu Berlin Jahrgang 1928- 1933. 22p. 8? Berl., G. Kales.se, 1934. KOCH, Eugen [M. D., 1924, Zurich] *Schick- sal nach Meningitis meningococcica im Kindes- alter (Auszug) [Zurich] 8p. 8? Ostermundi- gen-Pcrn, F. Diirig, 1924. KOCH, Eva, 1911- *Die Funktionsuber- nahme versteifter Gelenke durch benachbarte Gelenke bei Versteifungen der unteren Extremi- taten. 24p. 8? Freib. i. B., Weis, Miihlhans & Rapple [1935] # KOCH, Felix [M. D., 1925, Gottingen] *Ein merkwurdiger Fall von hochgradig verkleinerter, vorwiegend kleincystisch umgewandelter Niere; Ursache wahrscheinlich Steinbildung. 32p. pl. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1925. KOCH, Franz, 1905- *Ueber otogene Facialislahmung. 24p. 8? Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1931. KOCH, Franz, 1911- *Geburten und Sterblichkeit in einer deutschen Gemeinde des Rumanischen Banates in drei Jahrzehnten (fiir 1885-95, 1905-15, 1925-35) [Munchen] 19p. 8? Giinzb., K. Mayer, 1936. KOCH, Frederick Conrad, 1876- Prac- tical methods in biochemistry, vii, 282p. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1934. Also 2. ed. ix, 302p. illust, diagr. 1937. Also 3. ed. ix, 314p. Williams & Wilkins co., 1941. For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1934, 31: 410.— Squibb Award to Dr Koch. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 1209. ---- & SMITH, Philip E. Sox hormones. x, 146p. illust. tab. diagr. 25,1-'cm. Lane, J. Cattell pr., 1942. Forms v.9, Biological Symposia. KOCH, Friedrich Karl, 1907- *Die Erfassung der Tuberkulosen durch die Tuberku- losefiirsorgestellen in der Provinz Schleswig- llolstein unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Meldepflicht auf Grund des preussischen Tubor- kulosc-Gesetzes [Greifswald] ">lp. S? Kiel, A. C. Khlers, 1936. KOCH, Fritz, 1909- See Hanko, G., & Koch, F. "Ueber den Tonus der arteri- ellen Gefasse unter dem Einfluss von Adrenalin und Arbeit. 29p. 21cm. [Heidelb.] 1935. KOCH, Fritz Joachim, 1907- *XeUC Ergebnisse der Placentarforschung unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Stoffaustausch.es zwischen Mutter und Kind [Erlangen] 45p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. KOCH, Georg, 1872- Mensehenbildung; ausgewahlte Aufsiitze zur Bildungsfrage. llOp. 24cm. Kassel, Neuwerk-Verl., 1929. KOCH, Georg, 1909- *Ueber die Be- teiligung der Mundhohle bei der Schiiller- Christian'schen Erkrankung. 45p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1933. KOCH, Georg Friedrich Gerhard, 1906- *Hormontherapie in der Gynakologie unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung einiger Falle an der Mai burger Universitats-Frauenklinik [Marburg] 30o. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KOCH, Georg Hermann, 1903-. *Ein Fall von Atresie der Arteria pulmonalis bei einem Neugeborenen. 14p. 8? Dresd., Giintz, 1929 KOCH, Gerhard Otto Wilhelm, 1901- *Untersuchungen am Zahnsystem bei eineiigen Zwillingen. 26p. 8? Gott., Hubert & co., 1925. KOCH, Gottfried Liborius Max, 1911- *Wechselseitige Beziehungen zwischen entzund- lichen Prozessen der Appendix und der Adnexe [Rostock] 39p. 8? Berl., M. Philipsen, 1935. KOCH, Gustav Max, 1895- lntersu- chungen iiber die keimtotende Wirkung von Metakresol und Yatren im Vergleich mit der des Phenols [Leipzig] 30p. 8? [Eilenb., F. E. Koch & Sohn] 1921. KOCH, Hans, 1900- *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie der medialen Schenkelhalsfrakturen. 26p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. KOCH, Hans, 1903- *Einfluss konstitu- tioneller Faktoren auf den Verlauf und die Gestaltung der Lungentuberculose [Erlangen] 148p. 8? Oettingen-Bay, F. Kron, 1928. KOCH, Hans, 1906- *Kieferosteomye- litis mit sequestrierender Zahnkeimentziindung. 29p. 8? Marb. [n. p.] 1933. KOCH, Hans Arnold Theodor Ludwig Georg, 1898- *Die Entwicklung der Landwirt- schaft in Waldeck seit der Jahrhundertwende unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Einflussos der Preisgestaltung [Philos.] 8p. 23j4cm. Giessen, W. Bing, 1924. KOCH, Heinrich, 1904- *Ueber die Theorien der Kreislaufschwache. 45p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KOCH, Heinz, 1913- *Ueber Reihen- untersuchungen auf Lues congenita an Schul- kindern der Stadt Frankfurt am Main [Frank- furt a. M.] 27p. 21cm. Kallmunz, M. Lassle- ben, 1938. KOCH, Helen Lois, 1895- The influence of mechanical guidance upon maze learning. vi, 113p. tab. diagr. 23^cm. Princeton, Psychol. Rev. co., 1923. Forms No. 5, v.32 of Psychol. Monogr., Princeton. 1923. ---- A study of the nature, measurement, and determination of hand preference, p. 117- 221. 23^cm. Worcester, Clark Univ. pr., 1933. Forms No. 2, v.13. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1933. For portrait see Collection in Librarv. KOCH 307 KOCH KOCH, Helmut, 1909- *Ueher die Radiumtherapie bei Schleimhautlupus [Miinster] 23p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 19i4. KOCH, Henri Louis Gustave Isidore, 1911- *La medecine chez les Assyro-Babyloniens. 78p. 25cm. Bord., A. Destout Aine, 1937. KOCH, Ignaz, 1901- *Die konservativen Myomoperationen. 53p. tab. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp,1933. KOCH, Johann, 1912- *Xanthome bei essentieller Hyperchoicsterinamie. 23p. 20^cm. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1938. KOCH, Johann Anthon, 1864-1940. Wilkenf, J. A. [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 4077-80, portr. KOCH, Johannes, 1901- lntersuchun- gen iiber die Saureabsonderung des Magens unter dem Einfluss von Wasserstoffsuperoxyd (Perhvdrol Merck) [Halle-Wittenberg] 32p. 8? Darmstadt, G. Otto, 1925. KOCH, Josef [M. D., 1927, Zurich] *Ueber das Vorkommen des Bilirubins im Blutserum und des Urobilins in den Faezes von Rindern, Kalbern, Schafen und Schweinen [Zurich] 34p. 8? Villmergen, Gebr. Isenegger, 1927. KOCH, Josef, 1872- Ueber die Ursache und Entstehung des Krebses. xii, 302p. illust. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1936. KOCH, Josef, 1911- *Ueber Acrocyanose und Angiospasmus [Koln] 39p. 21cm. Lipp- stadt, C. J. Laumanns, 1935. KOCH, Karl, 1906- *Ueber die Ursachen der zu starken und zu haufigen Regelblutungen [Kiel] 26p. 8? Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1931. KOCH, Karl, 1908- *Untersuchungen iiber die Klebrigkeit der lebenden Leukozyten im menstruellen Zyklus [Frankfurt a. M.] 13p. tab. 8? Marxheim, J. Muller [1933] KOCH, Lilli, 1910- *Das Fieber bei malignen Geschwtilsten der inneren Organe [Wurzburg] 31p. 21cm. Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1936. KOCH, Lorenz, 1907- *Ueber Ge- websphosphatasen [Miinster] 23p. 8? Werne- Lippe, F. Grube, 1933. KOCH, Lotte, 1908- *Ueber perkostale Pleuradrainage [Konigsberg i. P.] 23p. 8? Tilsit, O. von Mauderode, 1936. KOCH, Ludwig, 1906- *Ueber die Entstehung und Bedeutung des Processus supra- condyloideus und Untersuchungen an Hand von Rontgenbildern iiber die Haufigkeit desselben beim Menschen. 15p. pl. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KOCH, Ludwiga, 1910- *Der Einfluss des vorzeitigen Blasensprungs bei der Geburt auf Mutter und Kind; aus den Geburtsberichten der Gottinger Frauenklinik vom 1. I. 1929- 31. XII. 1934 [Gottingen] 23p. 8? Quaken- bruck, C. Trute, 1936. KOCH, Maier Ioel, 1913- *Les douleurs fulgurantes du tabes; tabes monosymptomatique. 52p. 24cm. Par., L. Cario, 1939. KOCH, Martin Wilhelm, 1902- *Spek- tralanalytische Untersuchungen der Gewebsat- mung am Menschen [Gottingen] p.403-13. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. khn. Med., 1928-29, 109: KOCH, Max, 1870-1927. Mayer, E. [Nekrolog] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1927, 22: 312-5. KOCH, Max, 1912- *Quantitative Mu- cinbestimmungen im Magensaft. 33p. 21cm. [Wurzb., n. p.] 1937. KOCH, Otto, 1907- *Ueber den Ein- fluss von Calcium chloratum D6 auf die Blut- gerinnung; Untersuchungen an Hunden. 16p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. See also Ulrici, H., & Koch, O. Tuberkulose. 147p. 8! Berl., 1937. KOCH, Otto, 1910- *Ueber ein von fotalen Epithelresten ausgegangenes zentrales Karzinom des Unterkiefers und seine chirurgische Behandlung. 15p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KOCH, Otto, 1913- *Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Dichlordiathylsulfid auf das Bak- terium coli [Berlin] 31p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KOCH, Paul, 1899- *Ueber die Wirkung von Ei-Lezithinfutterungen auf die renale Aus- scheidung des Wassers und der Salze beim ge- sunden Menschen. 14p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. KOCH, Petrus Franciscus Christiaan, 1861- Wilde, P. A. de [Biographv] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1080, portr. KOCH, Richard, 1882- Der Zauber der Heilquellen; eine Studie iiber Goethe als Bade- gast. 74p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1933. KOCH, Richard, 1909- *Biologische Priifung des Handelspraparates Ovomaltine in bezug auf Gehalt an Vitamin A und D [Erlangen] 27p. 8? Bremen, Traktathaus-Dr., 1932. KOCH, Robert, 1843-1910 [Die Aetiologie der Tuberkulose] The aetiology of tuberculosis; a translation from the German of the original paper announcing the discovery of the tubercule bacillus, read before the Physiological Society in Berlin, March 24, 1882 ... specially prepared for the American Review of Tuberculosis, by Dr and Mrs M. Pinner; with an introduction by Dr A. K. Krause. 48p. portr. 8? N. Y., Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1932. ■--- Etiology of wound infections, p. 153- 233. 21cm. N. Y., Walden pub., 1939. In Founders Mod. Med. (I. I. Mechnikov) N. Y., 1939. For biography see: Heymann, B. Robert Koch. 353p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Kirchner, M. Robert Koch. 84p. 8° Wien, 1924. Lobel, J. Robert Koch; Geschichte eines Gliicklichen. 319p. 12? Ziir. [1935] Mechnikov, I. I. Trois fondateurs de la medecine moderne; Pasteur, Lister, Koch. 195p. 12? Par., 1933. ---- The founders of modern medicine. 387p. 21cm. N. Y., 1939. Miyajima, M. Teacher and pupil. 44p. portr, 8? Tokyo, 1935. Unger, H. Heifer der Menschheit; der Lebensroman Robert Kochs. 350p. 8? Lpz. [1929] For Festschrift see Zschr. Tuberk., 1932, 64: portr. See also Beilin, A. A singularly great doctor of medicine. Hygeia, Chic, 1935, 13: 507.—[biography] Reichsgesundhbl., 1932, 7: 181-4.—[Biography] Am. J. Surg., 1935, 27: 376, portr.—Brown, L. Robert Koch. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1932,8:558-84. ------ [Biography] Ann. M. Hist., 1935, 7: 99; 292; 384.—Farrerae, P. R. Koch. Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1932, 15: 119-22.—Gundel, M. [Biography] Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 822, portr.—Kolle, W. (Biography] Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932-33, 127: 3-10, pl.—Leber, A. [In memo- riam Robert Koch] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 1030-4.—Magiera, S. L. [Biography] Bull. Creighton Univ. School M., 1941-43, 2: No. 7, 1-4. Also Diplomate, 1944, 16: 7-12.—Martell, P. [Biographv] Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 189-91; 1935, 32: 332-5. Also Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 86: 241-3.—Miessner, H. [Biography] Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 43: 321-3.—Otto, R. [Biography] Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 669-71, portr.—Robert Koch. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 423.—Robert Koch. Med. Clas- sics, 1937-38, 2: 715-44.—Robert Koch zum 100. Geburtstag. KOCH 308 KOCH Deut. Tuberk. BI., 1943, 17: 149, portr.—Robinson, V. [Bi- ography] Med. Life, 1932, 39: 127-87, portr.—Sauerbruch, F. [Biography] Zschr. Tuberk., 1932, 69: 7-9.—Schmidt [Bi- ography] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 935, portr.—Walker, S. L. [Biographv] Health Rays, Kentville, 1936, 10: No. 2, 10-3.—Webb, G. B. [Biography] Am. M. Hist., 1932, 4: 509-23. See also Baum, F. In memoriam Robert Koch; 50th birthday of the tubercle bacillus. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1932, 29: 238-43.—Belfanti, S. Commemorazione. Italia san., 1910, 6: 256-60.—Ben, E. E., & Goldfarb. M. L. [Koch and his regulation of the tuberculosis problem] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 1248-52.—Bringmann, K. Robert Koch, Heifer der Menschheit; ein Gesprach mit seinem Biographen Hellmuth Unger. Aerztebl. Hessen, 1939, 7: 360.—Brown, L. What Koch meant to tuberculosis. Contr. Med. Sc, Libman Anni- vers. Vol., 1932, 1: 253-64.—Bruggemann, A. Die Kochsche Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus in ihrer Auswirkung auf die Hals-Nasen-Ohrenheilkunde. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 404.—Brugsch, T. Funfzig Jahre Entdeckung des Tuber- kelbazillus durch Robert Koch. Ibid., 395-8.—Buck, R. W. Koch's postulates. N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 594 — Calmette, A. Robert Koch; le 50eme anniversaire de la de- couverte du bacille tuberculeux. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3. ser., 107: 346-55. Also Zschr. Tuberk., 1932, 64: 239-45. ------ Eine Robert Koch-Gedachtnisausstellung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 366.—Dieudonne, A. Robert Koch und die Tuberkulose; zum 50. Jahrestag der Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus. Umschau, 1932, 36: 188-91.—Drigalski, von. Planmassige Seuchenbekampfung nach Robert Koch, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Typhusbekampfung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 503-5. ■------ Robert Koch und die Entwicklung der kommunalen Gesundheitspflege. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 348-50.—Erinnerung (Zur) an die Ent- deckung des Tuberkelbazillus. Zschr. lmmunforsch, 1932, 74: 1-6, portr.—Film (Um) da Tobis em homenagem ao grande scientista e pesquisador allemao Robert Koch. Med. germ., Rio, 1940, 9: 361.—Formacion (La) espiritual y cientffica de los grandes maestros, Roberto Koch. Dia mfid., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 587.—Friedemann, U. Die Bedeutung der Lehre Robert Kochs fiir die Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 495-7.—Geszti, J. [Robert Koch and the campaign against tuberculosis] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1932, 30: 553-8.—Glaser, E. Robert Koch als Hygieniker. Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 435-8.—Goldscheider, A. Der Einfluss der Lehre Robert Kochs auf den klinischen Unterricht. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 476-8.—Haendel, I. Robert Koch und das Reichsgesundheitsamt. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 351-3.—Hartel, F. F. Robert Koch und Japan. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937, 34: 359-62.—Hamel, C. Das Lebenswerk von Robert Koch in seinen Auswirkungen auf die offentliche Gesundheitspflege. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 487. Also Geneesk. gids, 1932, 10: 325-32— Henkel, M. Auswirkung der Kochschen Entdeckung in der Gyniikologie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 400.—Hutyra, F. [Two pioneers of antituberculosis campaign] Allatorv. lap., 1932, 55:326-30.— Jadassohn, J. Kochs Entdeckungen und die Dermatologie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 406.—Klebanov, M. A. [From Robert Koch to the present times] Borba s tuberk., 1932, 10: 527.—Kleine, F. K. Der Anted R. Kochs an der Erforschung tropischer Seuchen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 505-8. Also Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 181-3. ------ Mit Koch in Afrika. Fortsch. Med., 1932, 50: 959-66. [Discovery of the B. tuberculosis, March 24, 1882] Norsk. mag. laegevid., 1932, 93: 474.—Kleine, H. O. Robert Koch rettet das Watussiland (1907) Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 354.—Kleinschmidt, H. Auswirkungen der Kochschen Ent- deckung des Tuberkelbazillus in der Padiatrie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 398-400.—Kolle, W. Die Bedeutung von Robert Koch fiir die experimentelle Therapie und Prophylaxe der Infektionskrankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 493-5.-—Kudicke, R. Robert Kochs letzte Forschungsreisen. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 359-62.—Lange, B. Das Werk Robert Kochs und die neuere experimentelle Tuberkuloseforschung. Zschr. Tuberk., 1932, 64: 31-8.—Long, E. R. Koch's early work dramatic; an obscure country doctor in 1876, he compelled admiration of experts for his research in anthrax and became recognized man of science. Bull. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1942, 28: 37.—Lubarsch, O. Der Einfluss Robert Kochs auf die patho- logische Morphologie und allgemeine Pathologie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 478-81.—Lubarsky, V. A. [Robert Koch, his life and importance in microbiology and epidemiology] Borba s tuberk., 1932, 10: 537. Also J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, No. 5, 1-5, portr.—Maresch, R., Jagic, N., & Hamburger, F. Drei Vortrage, gehalten am 11. Marz 1932 in der Gesellschaft der Aerzte in Wien, zur Errinnerung an die Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus durch Robert Koch. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 417-22.—Miessner, H. Zum 50jahr. Gedenktage der Entdeckung des Tuberkelbakteriums. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 177-81.—Miyajima, M. Robert Koch in Japan. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 509.— Mollers, B. Die letzten Lebensjahre von Robert Koch. Reichsgesundhbl., 1935, 10: 474. ------ Recuerdos per- sonales de Roberto Koch. Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1935, 8: 161-4.—Nasvytis, M. [Robert Koch and the problem of tuberculosis] Medicina, Kaunas, 1933, 14: 4-12.—Nederveen, H. J. van [Memorial for Koch on Thursday, March 24, 1932] Ned. tschr. hyg., 1932-33, 7: 2-13.—Neslin, S. E. [Robert Koch's jubilee and our aims] Borba s tuberk., 1932, 10: 525.—Neufeld, F. Das Tuberkulosewerk Robert Kochs. Deut. mod. Wschr., 1932, 58: 497-9. Hahn, M., A Doerr, R. Zum 50. Gedenktage der Entdeckung dos TuberkcU bacillus. Zschr. Hyg., 1931-32, 113: H. 4.—Neumann. W. Robert Koch und die Tuberkulinthenipie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 407.—Nogue Roca, J. Mas subre Koch. Rev. homeop., Barcel., 1891, 2: 5-13- Okolic.sanyi-KuChv, D. [The discovery made by Robert K<>c-h] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1932, 30: 481-3.—Otto, R. Zum 5()j:ihrigen Gedenktage der Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus. Med. Welt, 1932,6:333.— Payr, E. Ueber den Einfluss der Tuberkuloselehre R. Kocha auf die Chirurgie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 481 7.— Petrie, G. F. Founder of modern bacteriology. Nature Lond., 1943, 152: 683.—Philip, R. Robert Koch's discovery of the tubercle bacillus. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1932, 26: 637-52 Also Brit. M. J., 1932, 2: 1-5.—Poppe, K. Robert Koch zum Gediichtnis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 405.—Pottenger, F. M. Koch, a quiet, earnest scientist, convinced scientista at Washington that human and bovine tubercle bacilli were different, urged medical men to study prevalence of disease, not number of deaths. Bull. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1942, 28: 35, portr.—Reiter, H. Begriissungsworte zur Robert Koch- Gedenkfeier am 26. Mai 1935 in der Aula der Friedrich- Wilhelm-Universitat. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 364-0.— [Robert Koch commemoration at Paris, March 8, 1932] Ge- neesk. gids, 1932, 10: 332-5.—Schopohl. Robert Koch und die preussische Medizinalverwaltung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 489.—Stahl, O. Die Auswirkung der Kochschen Entdeckung fur die Chirurgie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 402.—Stewart, D. A. The Robert Koch anniversary; the man and his work. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 475-8.—Stock, W. Tuberkulose des Auges. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 403 — Uhlenhuth, P. Die Auswirkung der Kochschen Entdeckung auf die Heilkunde; die Entdeckung des Tuberkelbazillus una ihre Auswirkung fiir die Bakteriologie und Hygiene. Ibid., 387-93.—Venzmer, G. Ein preussischer Landarzt auf dem Wege zum Rubin; Robert Koch klart Lebensgeschichte des Milzbrand-Bazillus auf. In Kampf. d. Bazill. (Venzmer, G.) Munch., 1936, 34-42.------ Wie Robert Koch den Tubarkel- bazillus entdeckte. Ibid., 47-54.—Walter, A. El cincuente- nario del primer trabajo de Roberto Koch. Rev. med., Ro- sario, 1927, 2: 41-4.—Weber, F. A. Robert Koch und die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose; zur Erinnerung an die Ent- deckung des Tuberkelbazillus vor 50 Jahren. Zschr. Tuberk., 1932, 64: 399-415.—White, W. C. Discovery led to other research; Koch's demonstration that colonies of tubercle bacilli could be grown on solid culture media stimulated re- search in all fields of medicine. Bull. Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1942, 28: 38. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: No. 13. Also Rev. Inst. bact. Chile, 1932, 3: No. 1, 2. Also Sao Paulo med., 1942, 15: pt 2, 1. Also in Hundred Years of Med. (Haagensen, C. D., & Lloyd, W. E. B.) N. Y., 1943, opp. p. 132. KOCH, Robert, 1909- *Verblutungstod bei Gebarenden; Tod bei relativ geringem Blut- verlust [Berlin] 23p. 21cm. Aschersleben, Gebr. Volkhardt, 1937. KOCH, Rudolf, 1909- *Meningeale Cys- ten; ihre Form und Entstehung. 35p. 22>^cm. Miinster i. W., H. Buschmann, 1936. KOCH, Rudolf Ferdinand, 1911- *Unter- suchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Sauregrad und Labhemmung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Labhemmprobe nach Schern. 29p. ch. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1938. KOCH, Rudolf Karl Theodor, 1904- *Ueber das morphologische Verhalten des Blutes bei Carcinom [Rostock] 22p. 8? Lippstadt- W., Thiele, 1931. KOCH, Sumner Leibnitz, 1888- For biography see Q. Rev. Passavant Mem. Hosp., Chic, 1942-43, 4: No. 4, 2 portr. For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 9. KOCH, Theodor, 1878- Chemische und mikroskopische Untersuchungen vom kranken Menschen; Harn, Blut, Sputum, Magen- und Darminhalt. 2. Aufl. 193p. 8? Stuttg., Wissensch. Verb, 1933. KOCH, Theodore Wesley, 1871- Les livres a la guerre; preL par M. le Marechal Foch, introd. par Burton E. Stevenson; trad, de l'an- glais par Abel Doysie. xx, 408d. 8? pl. Par., H. Champion, 1920. KOCH, Vinzenz, 1902- *Ueber plotz- liche Todesfalle aus natiirlicher Ursache bei fortgeschrittener, beziehungsweise am Ende der, Schwangerschaft [Munchen] 41p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. KOCH 309 KOCHANOWSKI KOCH, Waldemar, 1875-1912. The lecithans; their function in the life of the cell. 12p. 4? Chic, Univ. Chicago, 1902. Also v. 10, Univ. Chicago Decennial Pub. KOCH, Walter. Ueber Wachstums- und Altersveranderungen am Skelett des Wisents. p.553-678. pl. 8? Munch., C. H Beck, 1932. Forms Suppl. Bd 15, Abh. Bayer. Akad., math.-natur- wiss. Abt. KOCH, Walter, 1880- Bericht iiber das Ergebnis der Obduktion des Gorilla Bobby des Zoologischen Gartens zu Berlin; ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Konstitutionspathologie. 36p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1937. Forms H. 40, Bd 9, Veroff. Konst. Wehrpath. ---- & WIECK, Wilhelm. Anatomische Analyse des Rontgenbildschattens des Herzens und der Interlobarspalten der Lungen. 137p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. KOCH, Walter, 1904- *Untersuchungen iiber die Selbstverdauung des Magens. 19p. 8? Gott., Gott. Handelsdr., 1932. KOCH, Walter, 1909- *Entwurf eines ein- fachen, fiir praktischen Arzt und Patient iibersicht- lichen Zuckerpasses zur ambulanten Behandlung des Diabetes. 23p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1935. KOCH, Werner, 1902 [Oct. 22]- *Die pathologisch-anatomischen Unterlagen fiir die klinische und rontgenologische Diagnostik des Bronchialkrebses [Berlin] 28p. 8? Gutersloh i. W., Thiele, 1935. KOCH, Werner, 1902 [Nov. 23]- *Ueber die Synthese einiger Thymolhomologen und ihre bakterizide Wirkung. 21p. 8? Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1930. KOCH, Werner, 1906- *Ueber die durch Dien-Synthesen des a-Terpinens und des Cyclo- heptadiens gebildeten bicyclischen Ringsysteme. 29p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1932. KOCH, Werner, 1911- *Klinische Unter- suchungen iiber die Anasthesierung der harten Zahngewebe vermittels der Elektrophorese [Got- tingen] 17p. tab. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. KOCH, Wilhelm Daniel Joseph, 1771-1849. Stellfeld, C. Koch. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 28. KOCH, William Frederick, 1885- Cancer and its allied diseases; their common toxic cause, their cure by immunization. 229p. 8? Detr., the Author [1929] Also 2. ed. 308p. illust. diagr. [1933] --- Natural immunity; its curative chem- istry in neoplasia, allergy, infection. 2, 163p. illust. 8? [Detr.] the Author, 1936. Also 2. ed. 154p. 1936. Also 3. ed. 154p. [Detr., Amer. print, co.] 1936. Also 4. ed. 180p. 1936. --- The chemistry of natural immunity. 199p. illust. 2 diagr. 20>/2cm. Bost., Christo- pher pub. house [1938] See also Baldor, J. F. El ostracismo de un genio contem- poraneo y su procesamiento historico-judicial. Rev. med. cubana, 1943, 54: 844-81.—Koch's cancer treatment meets the law. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1373.—Koch trial ends in jury disagreement. Fed. Bull., Chic, 1943, 29: 189. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 389. KOCH, Willibald, 1906- *Die Erfolge der Injektionstherapie bei Varicen [Wurzburg] 31 p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1936. KOCH, Willy, 1908- *Zur Casuistik der Hauterscheinungen bei hypophysarer Kachexie (Simmond'sche Erkrankung) [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Miinst., W. Feldmann, 1935. KOCHANOWSKI, Herta Spiro, 1898- *Die diagnostische und prognostische Bedeutung des Blutbefundes im Urin. 19p. 8? Berl, E. Ebering, 1927. KOCHANSKA, Ita, 1907- Contribution It l'etude du chlorome; k propos de quelques cas chez le nourrisson; myelosarcome leucoblastique et erythroblastique. 70p. pl. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1933. KOCH bacillus. See Tuberculosis bacillus. KOCHEM, Hans, 1901- *Behandlungs- versuche bei Streptokokkenmastitis mit Selectan. 37p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1929. KOCHENOWA, Sterina, 1905- *Ueber Leontiasis ossea [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KOCHER, Jean [M. D., 1932, Geneve] *Ophtalmie sympathique; forme hemorragique. 36p. 8? Geneve, P. Richter, 1932. KOCHER, Theodor, 1841-1917. Grobly, W. [Biographie] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1028-31.—Pfaehler, P. Zum hundertsten Geburtstag von Theodor Kocher. Praxis, Bern, 1941, 30: 621.—Quervain, F. de. Erinnerungen aus der Kocherschen Klinik. Chirurg, 1930, 2: 1130-5. For portrait see J. internat. chir., Brux., 1939, 4: 121. KOCHERGIN, I. G. Joint editor of Dostizheniya sovetskoi mediciny v gody ote- chestvennoi voiny. Moskva, v.l, 1943- KOCH-GRUENBERG, Ernst Karl Ludwig, 1910- *Zur Kenntnis der Wirbelhamangi- ome [Giessen] 15p. 8? Burg b. M., A. Hopfer, 1936. KOCH-GRUENBERG, Theodor. Zwei Jahre bei den Indianern Nordwest-Brasiliens. xii, 416p. pl. map. 8°. Stuttg., Strecker & Schroder, 1921. KOCfflA. See also Allergy, respiratory; Chenopodiales. Durham, O. C. Kochia scoparia as a factor in inhalant allergy. J. Allergy, 1942-43, 14: 160-70. KOCHINKI, Karl Ludwig, 1900- *Ueber den onkotischen Druck in den verschiedenen Lebensaltern [Kiel] 15p. 8? Ostheim-R., R. Werner, 1925. KOCHMANN, Gotthard, 1903- *Nu- kleal- und Plasmalstudien am Blutbild. 22p. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss.-Buchdr., 1931. KOCHMANN, Julius, 1908- *Erfahrun- gen mit der Kiellandzange. 14p. 8? Berl., E. Kirch & Schwichtenberg, 1933. KOCHMANN, Martin, 1878- Methoden zur Untersuchung glattmuskeliger Organe. p.893-904. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl., 1936, 5: pt 5, A. ---- Narkotica der Fettreihe. 2, 283p. illust. tab. ch. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1936. Forms 2. Bd of Handb. exp. Pharm. Erganzw. (Heffter & Heubner) KOCHS, Enno, 1908- *Ueber Spondy- litis tuberculosa und ihre Endergebnisse bei konservativer Behandlung [Gottingen] 35p. 8° Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. KOCHS, Heinrich, 1909- *Die Harn- reaktion nach Milchkost. 22p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1935. KOCHS, Matthias, 1909- *Untersuchung iiber die Zahnverhaltnisse bei den Volksschul- kindern des Landkreises Aachen [Miinster] 18p. 21cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. KOCH-SCHWALBE, Adelheid, 1896- *Ueber die Sauglingssterblichkeit der Uneheli- KOCH-SCHWALBE chen in Berlin im Jahre 1922-23. 15p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1927. KOCH-WEEKS bacillus. Ser- Hemophilus, influenzae; also Conjuncti- vitis, acute catarrhal. KOCI, Bedrich. B. Kocis Vortrage iiber geistige Heilung. 2. Ausg. 223p. portr. 8? Praha, J. Kroftova-Kocovd [1937] KOCK, Adrianus Cornelis de, 1904- *Over alimentaire lipaemie bij kinderen [Leiden] lOlp. ch. 8? s'-Gravenhage, C. Blommendaal, 1924. KOCK, Gerhard, 1910- *Hydramnion bei Drillingen. 19p. 22'ocm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. KOCK, Johannes, 1894- *Zum Wirkungs- mechanismus der Lokalanaesthetika. 14p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1931. KOCKEL, Else, 1903- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Krankheitsbildern mit extremer Leukopenic 38p. 8? Ziir., H. Gafner, 1933. KOCKEL, Heinz Rudolf, 1906- *Histo- chemische Metallnachweise [Leipzig] p.856 74. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Virchovs Arch., 1930, 277: KOCKEL, Joachim, 1898- *Ueber die Bestimmung der Grenzkonzentrationen einiger Lokalanastln.-tika am motorisehen Froschnerven [Leipzig] 15p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1930] KOCKEL, Richard, 1865-1934. Die gericht- liche Sektion. p. 1-104. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1938. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938, 4: T. 12, 1. Hnlfte, Bd 1. For obituarv see Raestrup, G. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1934, 23: p. i-vi. KOCKEL, Wilhelm Paul Bernhard, 1909- *Ueber einige Mehrfachprozesse zwischen Elek- tronen, Positronen und Lichtquanten [Leipzig] p.153-76. 23cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1937. Also Zschr. I hysik, 1937, 107: KOCKELMANN, Paul, 1893- *Hyste- rische Schcin-Schwangerschaft und Trommel- bauch. 4-lp. 8? Miinster, C. J. Fahle, 1935. KOCKS, Maria, 1907- *Ueber den Einfluss des Coffeins auf die Metbylenblauent- farbung [Miinster] 9p. 8? [Buer i. W., Buersche Dr.. 1933] KOCOVSKY, Clarence Joseph, 1912- *The medicul treatment of hemorrhage from peptic ulcer [Marquette Univ.] 13p. 23cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1937. Typewritten. KOCOVSKY, Elmer Charles, 1906- *The diagnosis of acute and subacute rheumatic heart disease [Marquette Univ.] lip. 23cm. [Mil- waukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. KODESCH, Libe, 1900- *Ueber zwei Falle von generalisierter Lymphdnisentuberku- lose unter dem Bilde der Pseudoleukaemie. 23p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1929. KOEBBERLING, Jacob, 1911- *Psycho- tisc-he Entwicklung bei einem hirnatrophischen Prozess [Berlin] 23p. 21 '/km. Kassel, J. G. Oncken, 1937. KOEBEL, Fritz, 1858(?)-1937. Bauer. F. [N< krolog] Hals &c. Arzt, 1938, 29: 112. K0BENHAVN. Blegvads (N. R.) Klinik for Liggende Patienter. Aarsberetning. Kbh., 1931/32- kobenhavn K0BENHAVN. Diakonissehuset Skt. Lukas Sliflelso. Poretning om hospitalets virksomhed. Kbh., 1922: 1938- K0VF.NHAVN. Finsens Medicinske Lys- institut. Beretning. Kbh. (1919) 1920- K0BENHAVN. Kongelige Danske Videnska- bernes Selskab. Oversigt over det ... forhand- linger og dets medlemmers arbeider. Kbh., 1856-84. ---- Biologiske meddelelser. Library has v.14. No. 6: Buchthal, F., & I.indhard, J. The physiology of striated muscle fibre. 18."p. 24'Scm. Kbh., 1939. K0BENHAVN. Kongelige Veterinaer- og Landboh0.jskole. Fern og halvtreds de Peretning fra den Kgl. Veterinapr- og Landboh0jskoles laboratorium for land0konomiske fors0g. 13de og 14de aars fodringsfors0g med malkek0cr; fors0g over roet0rstoffets fodervaerdi for malkr- k0er. 86p. 8? Kbh., A. Barg, 1904. ---- Aarsskrift. Kbh., 1917-27. K0BENHAVN. Laegevidenskabelige Fakul- tet. Medicinske Studentenraad. Publisher of Stud. med. Kbh., 1: No. 3, 1943. K0BENHAVN. Society for the Study of the Social Consequences of the War. Bulletin (No. 3:) Fluctuation of the populations during the World War. No. 1: Germany and France. 141p. tab. 25#cm. Kbh. [B. Luno] 1917. K0BENHAVN. Stadslaege. Aarsberetning angaande sundhedstilstanden i K0benhavn. Kbh., 1884- ---- Ugentlig oversigt over f0dsler, sygdommc og dddsfold i K0benhavn. Kbh., 1922- K0BENHAVN. Statistiske Kontor. Statis- tisk aarbog for K0benhavn, P'rederiksberg og Gjentofte kommune. Kbh., 1919- K0BENHAVN. Universitet. Festskrift. 140p. 8? Kbh., J. H. Schultz, 1925. K0BENHAVN, Denmark. See also Denmark; Health organization; Hos- pital report. Clemrresens, C. Forholdene paa St Jcm-pIk Hospital i K0benhavn. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 1 !••",.- Heiberg, P. [Difference between mortality of men and women in Copen- hagen during the last 20 vears] Nord. hvg. tskr., 1925, 6: 257-60.—Hertz, P. IMorta'lity during 1925-30, among children in Kobenhavn] Ugc-:kr. laeger, 1932, 94: 175-7.—Kissmeyer, A. [Historv of the Hospital of the Holy Spirit in Copenhagen] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 477-88.—[K0benhavn, Denmark] Map fn. s".] 8.5 x 15cm. Berl. [19. cent.]—Lundseaard, E.. [Appointment of head-surgeons in Department C of the State Hospital] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 248.—Municipal Hospital Copenhagen, Denmark [illustration] Clipping.—Winterhalter, A. G. The University Observatorv, Copenhagen. In his Internat. Astrophotogr. Congr. (1887) 1889, 210-4. ----Medical history. Johxsson, J. W. S. K0benhavnske Medicinske Selskabcr; festskrift i anledning af Medicinsk Selskabs jubikeum, 1772-1922. 283p. 4? Kbh., 1922. lundseaard, K. K. K. [The proposed merger of the medical society with special societies] Hospitalstidende, 1917, 8. R., 10: 939-42.—Meisen, V. [Retrospective glance at the Medical Society on its 60. birthday] Ibid., 1932, 75: J 259-78. KOEBER, Heinz, 1908- *Zwei be- merkenswerte Falle von Sarkom des Mittelohres [Wurzburg] 16p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1934. KOEBERLE, Erwin, 1911- *Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der chronischen Pyodermie [Miinchen] 31p. 21cm. Spever a. R., Pilger, 1938. KOEBERLE, Eugene, 1828-1913. Musee de souvenirs se rapportant a Kceberle\ Villemin, l'Ecole imperiale du Service de Sant£ militaire et I'ancienne Faculte francaise de m6decine de Strasbourg. Strasbourg! med., 1929, 89: 43-8.—Weiss, G., Meyer, L. [et al.] Fetes du KOEBERLE 311 KOEHL centenaire d'Eugene Kceberle. Ibid., 33-42.—Weiss, G., Stolz [et al.] Ceremonie du centenaire du Professeur Kceberle; inauguration de la nouvelle clinique oto-rhino-laryngologique. Ibid., 1-15. KOEBERLE, Kitty. Diiit bei Magenerkran- kungen; Magensaft und Sauremangel. 50p. 22M;cm. Wien, W. Maudrich, 1939. Forms H. 5 of Samml. neuzeitl. Diatvorschr. KOEBERLE, Lothar, 1909- *Entstehung und klinische Bedeutung des Zustandsbildes des Hypochloramie [Munchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KOEBERNIK, Ruth, 1910- *Xeroderma pigmentosum; Bericht iiber zwei Kranke und deren Familien. 27p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p.] 1934. KOEBIG, Friedrich Karl Waldemar, 1893- *Harmonie und Aesthetik bei der modernen Zahnprothese [Halle-Wittenberg] 31p. 8? Borna-Lpz., A. Reiche, 1927. KOEBIG, Therese, 1893- *Ueber die Entstehung und Symptomatologie des Kreuz- bisses. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KOEBKE, Siegfried Gunther, 1911- *Jodschaden in der Zahnheilkunde mit einer eigenen Beobachtung. 15p. 22^cm. Rostock, G. Neumann, 1935. KOEBNER, Franz. Die Reform der Mor- biditatsstatistik der Krankenkassen. 134p. 8? Miinch., E. Reinhardt, 1932. KOEBNER, Hans, 1907- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber Speichellipase [Frankfurt a. M.] p.792-803. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: KOECH, Else, 1901- *Ueber Hypertonic 25p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1927. KOECHIG, Irene. Chemistry for nurses. xiv, 304p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1930. KOECHLER, Elisabeth, 1900- *Ueber die Wirkung des Thyroxins bei Menschen mit gesteigerter Schilddriisenfunktion. 39p. 8? Miinch., P. Waizmann, 1929. KOECHLIN, Kurt Georg Werner, 1896- *Die Formoltitration der Aminosauren im Harn; ein Beitrag zur Verwendbarkeit der Methode fiir eine Leberfunktionspriifung (Auszug) 12p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1923. KOECK, Gustav, 1879-1939. Steiner, H. Hofrat professor Dr Gustav Kock. Phyto- pathology, 1941, 31: 867-70, portr. KOEKENBERGER, Erna, 1911- *Bei- trage zur Frage der Thorotrastspeicherung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Spatschaden [Munchen] 37p. 22^cm. Erlangen, M. Krahl, 1936. KOECKER, Leonard, 1785-1850. Koch, C. R. E. Leonard Koecker. In his Hist. Dent. Surg., Chic, 1909, 1: 102.—Thorpe, B. L. Leonard hoecker, pioneer dentist and author. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 53-7, portr. KOEDEL, Emil, 1906- *Untersuchungen an Giftschlangenzahnen und -driisen [Wiirz- burg] 15p. 8? [Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1931] KOEFF, Assen Konstantin, 1901- *Plotz- licher Tod bei Asthma bronchiale nach einem Anfall. 35p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1930. KOEGEBEHN, Walter Jiirgen Hinrich, 1911- *Sarkome des Unterkiefers [Kiel] 21p. 23^cm. Berl., L. Begach, 1934. KOEGEL, Anton, 1889- Die wichtigsten durch Protozoen verursachten Nutztierkrank- heiten in Deutschland. 107p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1926. KOEHL, Franz Julius, 1909- *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen zur Bestimmung der Spannung galvanischer Elemente in der Mund- hohle und ihre klinische Bedeutung. 31 p. 8? [Munch., Bayer. Dr., 1933] KOEHL, Hans, 1901- *Ueber intra- okulare Eisensplitter. 26p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1926. KOEHL, Heinrich, 1899- *Beitrage zur Pharmakologie des Erbiums. 13p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1936. KOEHL, Helmut, 1910- *Die Behand- lungsweise der O-Beine und ihre Erfolge; eine Uebersicht iiber die Entwicklung der O-Bein- Therapie mit einer statistischen Betrachtung der in den letzten 10 Jahren an der Munchener orthopadischen Universitatspoliklinik zur Be- handlung gelangten O-Bein [Munchen] 27p. 8? Kaiserslautern, H. Kayser, 1935. KOEHL, Kurt, 1911- *Klinische und histologische Untersuchungen iiber, die Vital- amputation mit Vitapulp. 34p. pl. 8? Bresl., K. Klopsok, 1938. KOEHL, Ludwig Friedrich, 1900- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Duodenaldivertikel (fiinf Beobachtungen) 37p. pl. 8? Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1928. KOEHLE, Eugen, 1883- *Toxikologische Versuche mit Yatren [Leipzig] 34p. 8? Freudenstadt, O. Kaupert, 1925. KOEHLENBECK, Liselotte, 1909- *Die Probleme der Zahncaries und der heutige Stand ihrer Erfassung. 90p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. KOEHLER, Alban, 1874- Grenzen des normalen und Anfiinge des Pathologischen im Rontgenbilde. 5. Aufl. xi, 582p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1928. Also 6. Aufl. 672p. 1931. Also 7. Aufl. xiii, 833p. illust. 1939. ---- [The same] Rontgenologj^; the border- lands of the normal and early pathological in the skiagram; transl. from the 5. German ed. by Arthur Turnbull. xviii, 556p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1929. Another copy, 1930. Also 2. English ed. xvi, 681 p. illust. diagr. 1935. For biography see Freund, L. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 503.—Meyer, H. Professor Doctor Alban Kohler, Wies- baden, zu seinem 65. Geburtstag am 1. Miirz 1939. Strahlen- therapie, 1939, 64: 553-6, portr.—Professor Dr med. Alban Kohler, Wiesbaden, feierte am 1. Miirz seinen 65. Geburtstag. Umschau, 1939, 43: 236, portr. KOEHLER, Albert, 1850-1936. Sauerbruch [Nekrolog] Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1936-37, 248: No. 8-9. KOEHLER, Alfred, 1899- *Bestimmung der Eiweissfraktionen des Blutplasmas insbe- sondere des Fibrinogens mittels des Interfero- meters (Auszug) lip. 8? Lpz. [Gebr. Witten- becher] 1925. KOEHLER, Alfred Edward, 1896- See Sanfurn, W. D., Koehler, A. E., & Bowden, It. A manual for diabetic patients. 227p. 21cm. N. Y., 1939. KOEHLER, Bernhard, 1913- *Zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen dem Interrenalismus und dem basophilzelligen Hyperpituitarismus (Morbus Cushing); Untersuchungen an Hand eines akute verlaufenen Falles [Munchen] 32p. 21cm. Spever a: R., Pilger, 1937. KOEHLER, Cacilie, 1913- *Ueber Stoff- wechsel wirkungen von Hungerkuren und Roh- kost unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Einflusses auf die Stoffwechselschlacken. 56p. 21cm. Tub., Bolzle, 1938. KOEHLER, Egon von, 1886-1938. Ficurnoy, H. [Nekrolog] Praxis, Bern, 1938, 27: 259. KOEHLER, Erich, 1908- *Zur Kenntnis der intraocularen Kupfersplitterverletzungen [Jena] 20p. 8? Gera, H. Schmidt, 1935. KOEHLER, Erika, 1911- *Ueber Epi- theleinsprossung in die vordere Augenkammer mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Therapie, 16p. 8? Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1937, KOEHLER 31! KOEHLER, Ernst Walter, 1899- *Ueber Mehrlingsbildungen menschlicher Muskeln. 78p. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr., 1928. KOEHLER, Friedrich Wilhelm Heinrich, 1902- *Ueber Schleimkrebs der Nase. 28p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1930. KOEHLER, Fritz. Die psychologischen Grundlagen des arztlichen Berufes und der arztlichen Kunst. 54p. 8? Berl., H. Kornfeld, 1927. Forms H. 369-70, Berl. Klhi. KOEHLER, Georg, 1905- *Die chi- rurgische Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Plomben- behandlung. 56p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1934. KOEHLER, Gerhard, 1910- *Fractura olecrani. 24p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1933. KOEHLER, Hanna, 1896- *Ueber einen Fall von Plexusepithelpapillom des vierten Ventrikels unter den Symptomen des Kleinhirn- bruckenwinkeltumors [Leipzig] 31p. 8? [Zeu- lenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1926. KOEHLER, Hanns, 1896- *Sarcoma claviculae; erganzender Beitrag zur Casuistik. 38p. 8? Berl., M. Rinck, 1925. KOEHLER, Hans, 1908- ♦Untersu- chungen an der menschlichen Haut mit dem Leitz'schen Ultropak. 40p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1933. KOEHLER, Henrich, 1901- *Ueber ein Riesenmyom mit Pyosalpinx. 20p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1926. KOEHLER, Hermann Siegfried Eberhard, 1907- *Beitrage zur Frage der Anticipation der Katarakta senilis. 31p. 21^cm. Miinch., O. Boeck, 1937. KOEHLER, Johannes, 1912- *Zur Kenntnis arzneitoxischer Exantheme. 31p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KOEHLER, John Peter, 1880- Dundon, G. A. Fifteen years of public health. Milwaukee M. Times, 1940, 13: No. 10, 17-21. KOEHLER, Josef, 1911- *Mundboden- phlegmone. 31p. 22J^cm. Heidelb., J. Horning, 1936. KOEHLER, Karl. Enzymologie der Tumoren. p. 1160-214. 24om. Lpz., Becker & Erler, 1940. In Handb. Enzvm. (Nord, F. F., & Weidenhagen, R.) Bd2. KOEHLER, Kati, 1902- *Ueber hypo- physare Kachexie und ihre Behandlung durch Insulin-Mast gegeniiber der Magersucht infolge primarer Anorexie [Miinster] 38p. pl. 8°. Biickeburg, Grimmes, 1934. KOEHLER, Kurt, 1912- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Verschleppung der Kollum- karzinome [Heidelberg] 37p. 8? Erlangen, M. Krahl, 1937. KOEHLER, Ludwig, 1888- Beitrag zur Klinik der Plattenprothese [Zurich] 68p. 8? [Lpz., R. Hahn, 1925] ---- Das Aufstellen einer ganzen Prothese und ihre Fertigstellung (neue Regeln und Fehlerkontrollen) 2. Aufl. 129p. illust. pl. diagr. 235km. Berl., Berliner Verb, 1939. KOEHLER, Marialuis, 1901- *Versuche iiber die Wirksamkeit der Nebenschilddrusen- ausziige des Handels [Freiburg i. B.] p.27-30. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 175: KOEHLER, Martha Annemarie, 1917- *Ileus im Bruchsack [Jena] 16p. 8? [Zeu- lenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1931] KOEHLER, Mathias, 1904- *Ein Fall von jugendlichem Carcinom, zugleich ein Beitrag KOEHLER zur Frage der Krebsentwicklung aus Unfall- narben [Munchen] 34p. 22cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KOEHLER, Otto. Der Saugling; seine Ent- wicklung, Pflege und Ernahrung. 8. Aufl. viii, 104p. illust. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1935. KOEHLER, Otto, 1898- *Die Schmelz- zementgrenze und ihre Beziehungen zur Karies. 19p. 8? Wurzb. [n. p.] 1930. KOEHLER, Paul, 1864-1939. Uebungsthc- rapie bei rheumatischen Erkrankungen. viii, lOOp. illust. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1938. Forms Bd 1, Rheumatismus (R. Jiirgens) See also Clemens, P. [Nekrolog] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 1245-7, portr.—Schoen, K. Geheimrat Paul Kohler, 75 Jahre. Zschr. Rheumaforsch., 1940, 3: 1, portr— Wellz- mann, G. Paul Kohler zum 75. Geburtstag. Ibid., 2-6, portr, KOEHLER, Paul Friedrich. Medizin und Religion. 16p. 23}-|cm. Lpz., Repertorien- verl., 1921. Forms H. 22, Kleine khn. Bucherei, KOEHLER, Paul Horst, 1910- *Zur Kenntnis des sogenannten Praputialbeutelge- schwiires des Schweines. 24p. pl. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KOEHLER, R. Justin. Allgemeines Heil- quellen-Lexikon; oder, Alphabetisches Verzeich- niss der bekanntesten Heilquellen, Bade-, Molken- und Krauter-Kuranstalten der ganzen Erde. x, iv, 190p. tab. Wien, J. Wenedikt & Sohn, 1847. KOEHLER, Renate, 1911- *Die euge- nischen Sterilisationen vom 1. 4. 1935 bis 31. 3. 1936. 32p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1938. KOEHLER, Robert. Die Therapie des Wo- chenbettfiebers. 2. Aufl. vi, 176p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1924. KOEHLER, Ruth, 1903- *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der thyreosuprarenalen Erkrankung (M. B. Schmidt) [Wurzburg] p.466-82. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Abo Virchows Arch., 1931, 281: KOEHLER, Ruth Henriette Meta Klara, 1907- *Mengenbestimmungen des Folli- kelhormons und des mannlichen Sexualhormons in den Exkreten zweier gesunder Frauen [Kiel] 16p. 8? Bochum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1935. KOEHLER, Sigfrid, 1869- *Undersok- ningar over utspisningen vid ett storre sjukhus i Sverige [Uppsala] 82p. 8? Stockh., I. Marcus 1919. KOEHLER, Sophia, 1906- *Zur Frage der Beeinflussung von Impftumoren bei Ratten durch Serum rontgenbestrahlter Karzinomratten. 20p. 8? Freib. i. B., W. Wiemken, 1933. KOEHLER, Valentin, 1909- *Funk- tionelle Skoliose bei Erkrankungen im Hypo- chondrium. 15p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KOEHLER, Walter, 1908- *Die Frucht- barkeit der Nachkriegsehen im Kasseler Arbei- terstand. 17p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1934. KOEHLER, Walter Herbert, 1903- *Ueber die Perforation des Ureters durch Steine [Jena] 40p. 8? Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1929. KOEHLER, Walther, 1897- *Die Hyper- vitaminose und ihre Bekampfung mit einer kurzen Darstellung der Vitamine und Avita- minosen. 54p. ch. 8? Berl., C. Siebert, 1933. KOEHLER, Wolfgang, 1887- Intelli- genzpriifungen an Menschaffen. 194p. pl. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921. ---- The mentality of apes; transl. from the 2. rev. ed. by Ella Winter, viii, 342p. pl. 8! N. Y., Harcourt, Brace & co. [1926] KOEHLER 313 KOELLER ---- Gestalt psychology, x, 403p. 8? N. Y., H. Liveright, 1929. ---- Psychologische Probleme. vii, 252p. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. ---- Dynamics in psychology. 120p. diagr. 22^cm. Lond., Faber & Faber [1939] See also Lundholm, H. Phenomenon and observer in the natural philosophy of Wolfgang Kohler. Character & Per- sonality, 1941-42, 11: 128-44. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOEHLER & VOLCKMAR [Publication] 83p. illust. portr. 21% x 30cm. [Lpz., Haag- Drugulin, after 1930] KOEHLER disease. See Carpus, Osteomalacia: Naviculare (est. 1908) also Metatarsus. KOEHLER-WIEDER, Rudolf. See Juller, E., & Kohler-Wieder, R. Tabellen zur Bestim- mung der wichtigeren mitteleuropaischen Giftpflanzen im bliitenlosen Zustand. 105p. 23 Hem. Jena, 1938. KOEHLINGER, Albert, 1907- *Das Inlay als Briickenanker [Dent.] 65p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. ---- *Ueber die akuten Gefassverschliisse im Mesenterium. 34p. 8? Bonn, Kubens, 1934. KOEHN, Alfred, 1911- *Die Wirkung menschlichen Speichels auf Diphtherie-Bacillen verschiedener Typenzugehorigkeit [Berlin] 37p. 21cm. Beeskow, O. Handler, 1938. KOEHN, Egon, 1899- *Die Beziehungen des Ekzems zu Klima, Beruf und Lebensalter [Berlin] p. 125-54. 8? Wiirzb., H. Sturtz, 1935. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934-35, 171: KOEHN, Elisabet Friedrich, 1893- *Die Milchprobe der Plazenta. 18p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1931. KOEHN, Jochen, 1911- *Fehler in der Appendicitis-Diagnose und ihre Folgen. 40p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KOEHNE, Clare, 1896- *Ueber ein Schleimhautsarkom des Uterus [Munchen] 35p. 8? Miinst. i. W., F. Althoff, 1928. KOEHNE, Gisbert, 1910- *Die pharma- kologischen Wirkungen des 3-Phenyl-athylamins und seiner sekundaren alkylsubstituierten Deri- vate [Kiel] 15p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1935. KOEHNE, Herbert, 1910- *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Bangschen Krankheit mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Vaccinetherapie [Konigs- berg i. P.] 18p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KOEHNE, Otto, 1902- *Der dolor post extractionem dentis sapientiae und seine Be- handlung [Miinster] 16p. 8? Bochum, Braun, 1933 KOEHNLEIN, Helmut, 1907- *Knochen- bildung in Sehnen. p.147-72. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1930. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1930-31, 163: KOEK, Cornelius, 1892-1939. Beck, J. [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 3536, portr.—[Obituary] Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: 666, portr. KOELLE, Ejgil Lundberg, 1904- *Bei- trag zur Behandlung von Hautleiden bei Tieren mit Dijozol-Einreibung [Giessen] 36p. 8? Miihlhausen i. T., R. Sayle, 1934. KOELLE, Gebhard, 1912- *Zur Wir- kungsweise der Adstringentien. 23p. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1936. KOELLER, Edith, 1911- *Die zahn- arztliche Behandlung herzkranker Patienten. 40p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KOELLER, Gerhard, 1901- *Ueber die Ausscheidung von Jod nach Einspritzung von Yatren ins Blut [Giessen] lOp. 8? Miinch., O. Kindt, 1927. KOELLER, Herbert Wilhelm Ludwig Matthias, 1897- "'Ueber die Brauchbarkeit neuerer Methoden zum Nachweis von Wurmeiern und Kokzidien beim Schweine [Miinchen] 38n. 8° Rostock, E. W. Holz, 1929. KOELLER, Werner, 1900- *Der Wund- starrkrampf und seine heutigen Behandlungs- methoden. 42p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1930. KOELLIKER, Hans Theodor Alphons, 1852- 1937. For Festschrift see Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932, 56: 487-91, portr. See also Frommelt [Nekrolog] Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937, 34: 454.—Hohmann, G. Theodor Kolliker zum Ge- dachtnis. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937-38, 38: 331.— Rosenfeld, L. [Biography] Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932, 56: 481-87.—Schede, F. [Biography] Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932, 31: p. i-v. ------ [Nekrolog] Zschr. Orthop., 1937, 67: 1-9.-—Weissgerber. Kolliker und die orthopiidische Versorgung der Kriegsbeschadigten. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932,56:487-91. KOELLIKER, Hans Th. G., 1911- *Sel- tene Falle ektopischer Schwangerschaft; aus- getragene Extrauteringraviditat, interstitielle Graviditat [Zurich] 41p. illust. 23cm. Affol- tern a. Albis, J. Weiss, 1941. KOELLIKER, Rudolf Albert von, 1817-1905. Bast, T. H. [Biography] Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern., 1941, 37: 315-26. KOELLING, Manfred, 1905- *Ergeb- nisse der direkten Blutubertragung in der Ge- burtshilfe und Gynakologie. 16p. 8? Greifs- wald H. Adler, 1935. KOELLISCH, Peter [M. D., 1910, Bern] *Zur pathologischen Anatomie und Aetiologie der sogenannten Atherosklerose der Arterien bei den Haustieren [Bern] 44p. pl. 8? Niirnb., J. L. Stich, 1910. KOELLMANN, Hermann O., 1907- *Ein Fall von Doggennase [Munster] 20p. 8°. Duisburg-Meiderich, J. Graffmann, 1933. KOELLNER, Hans. See Cramer, E., Kollner, H. [et al.] Conjunctiva, Cornea, Sclera. 874p. 8? Berl., 1931. KOELN. Akademie fiir praktische Medizin. Festschrift, v, 780p. pl. 8? Bonn, A. Marcus & E. Weber, 1915. KOELN. Statistisches und Einwohneramt. Statistisches Jahrbuch der Stadt Koln. Koln, 1. (1911-) ---- Monatsbericht des Statistischen und Einwohneramts der Stadt Koln. Koln, 1920- KOELN, Germany. A. Kolner Universitat vor 550 Jahren gegriindet. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1938, 35: 268.—Hochhaus, H. Die ersten zehn Jahre der Kolner Akademie fiir praktische Medizin. In Festschr. Feier lOjahr. Besteh. Akad. prakt. Med. Coin, Bonn, 1915, 1-43.—[Koln, Germany] Map [n. sc.] 8.75cm x 14.25cm. Berl. [19. cent.] KOELREUTER, Joseph Gottlieb, 1733-1806. Garboe, A. Joseph Gottlieb Koelreuter, ein Vorlaufer Mendel's. Archeion, Roma, 1933, 15: 385-94. For portrait see Genetics, 1920, 5: No. 1. KOELSCH, August Otto Selmar, 1906- *Vergleichende Gegeniiberstellung einiger fiir die klinischen Untersuchungen von Kotproben bedeutsamer Anreicherungsmethoden; Prill ungen des Instruments von Koegel. 31p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1930. KOELSCH, Franz, 1876- Die melde- pflichtigen Berufskrankheiten. 164p. pl. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1926. KOELSCH 314 KOENIG ■--- Handbuch der Berufskrankheiten. 2v. 1175]). [pag. cont.] tab. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1935- 37. See also Lederer. E. Funfzwanzig Jahre Bayerischer I.andesRewerbearzt. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1934, 47: 82-5. KOELSCH, Otto, 1899- *Die unspezi- fische Therapie der progressiven Paralyse. 15p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1925. KOKLSCH, Robert, 1904- *Hygienische Untersuchungen iiber das Sulfobleiweiss; ein Beitrag zur Blciweiss-Frage. 19p. 8? Munch. [n. p.] 1929. KOELTZSCH, Wilhelm, 1900- *Zur Frage der Dvspepsiecoli (Auszug) 6p. 8? Lpz. |a. ]).] 1925. KOELZ, Use, 1906- *Ungewohnliche Coceenformen bei Actinomyces. 4Np. pl. 8? Kiel, F. von der Wehl, 1934. KOENCKE, Gerhard, 1903- *Ucber gleic-hzeitiges Vorkommen von Mamma- und Ovarialkarzinom [Miinchen] 32p. 8? [Kirch- hain N.-L., Zahn & Baendel] 1927. KOENDGEN, Alfred, 1904- *Beitrag zum Wirkungsmeehanismus derLokalanasthetika; der Einfluss von Substanzen der Carba- minsaurc-Esterreihe auf Wachstum, Lebensdauer und Farbe der Traub'schen Ferrocyankupferzelle. 19p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1931. KOENEKE, Irene Anita, 1898- See Hcrtzler, A. E., & Koeneke, I. A. Surgical pathology of the mammary gland. 283p. 8? Phila., 1933. KOENEMUND, Adolf Friedrich August, 1910- *Zahnsteinansatz und pn-Wert dos Spei- chels. 23p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936. KOENEN, Otlo, 1908- *Die gleichartige Vererbung der Epilepsie. 25p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1934. KOENI, Cemal. Translator of Stetter, R. Genel patoloji ve patolojik anatomi. 160p.; 144p. 8! Ankara, 1936. KOENIG, Albert Adolf, 1871- Physio- logische Optik. vii, 241p. 8? Lpz., Akad. Verb, 1929. Fcrn-s Bd 20, 1. pt of Handb. exp. Physik. (Wien & Harms) Lpz., 1929. KOENIG, Alfred, 1913- *Zur Frage der chemotherapeutischen Wirkung von Chinin- prapnraten bei infektiosen Darmerkrankungen [Frankfurt a. M.] 27p. 21cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1938. KOENIG, August, 1909- *Die Schwan- kungen der Eosinophilie bei Pemphigus vulgaris und Dermatitis herpetiformis [Berlin] 22p. S? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KOENIG, E. International bibliography on the problems of blood transfusion and the theory of blood groups 1900-33. v.l; ed. by Erich Hesse. 224p. 24Jicm. Leningr., Vest. Khir. im. Grekova&Res. Inst. Blood Transfusion, 1935. Text in Russian, German, English, French & Italian. KOENIG, Edward Charles, 1877- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 220. KOENIG, Elisabeth, 1894- *Ueber Aen- derungen der motorischen Funktion des Magen- Darmkanals unter der Einwirkung von Digipurat als Beitrag zu den extrakardialen Digitalis- wirkungen. 15p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1926. KOENIG, Elisabeth, 1904- *Lipom der Wange [Munchen] 18p. 8? Ueberlingen a. Bodeiisee, A. Feyel, 1929. KOF.NIG, Emil Eduard, 1913- *Die Beeinflussung der Schwangerschaftsaniimie durch LeberprMparate unter Beriicksichtigung der Hy- dra mie [Heidelberg] 28p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1938. KOENIG, Ernst, 1910- *Ueber die Einwirkung von Tyramin auf den Blutzucker- gohalt [Minister] 15p. 21cm. \\ crne-Lippe, F. Grubo, 1936. KOENIG, Ernst, 1912- *Aetiologie und Begutachtung der I.unatumuekrose. 40p. 23'-cm. Kiel, A. C. Ehlers, 1938. KOENIG, Ferdinand, 1909- H'eber das Aufstehen nach chirurgischen Operationen [Frankfurt a. M.j 15p. 8? Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937. KOENIG, Franz, 1832-1910. Lehrbuch der spcciellen Chirurgie fiir Aerzte und Studirende, Bd 3. 4. Aufl. xx, 729p. illust. 24cm. Berl., A. Hirschwald, 1SK0. For biographv sec Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932, 31: 215-7 —Muller, W. in ('birurg, 1930,2: 890-6. ------ Die Bedeutung Franz Konigs fiir die Entwicklung der neueren deutschen Chirurgie, zu seinem 100. Geburtstag. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 169: 225-35.—Pels Leusden, F. [Biography] Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 385-92. KOENIG, Franz Joseph, 1843-1930. Neues Verfahren zur chemischen Untersuchung der Futter und Nahrungsmittel. 65p. pl. 8? Berl., P. Parev, 1930. KOENIG, Friedrich [M. D., 1927, Geneve] *Contribution a l'etude des troubles provoques par la teinture d'iode [Geneve] 27p. 8? Lvss, Herrli & Hegi, 1927. KOENIG, Friedrich, 1904- *Beitrag zur kulturellen Diphtheriediagnose. 23p. 20^cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1938. KOENIG, Friedrich, 1908- *Die Blut- fleckenuntersuchung [Miinster] 27p. 8? Ober- hausen, Gebr. Storck, 1934. KOENIG, Friedrich Franz, 1903- Ope- rationsduldungspflicht; in welchem Umfange ist der ersatzberechtigte Kranke verpflichtet, die Vornahme iirztlicher Eingriffe an sich zu dulden? 56p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1937. ---- & KOESTLIN, Hans. Haftpflicht des Arztes. 4, 99p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1937. KOENIG, Fritz, 1849- Munk, F. Zum 90. Geburtstag von Fritz Konig. Med. Welt, 1939, 13: 1616, portr. KOENIG, Fritz, 1851-1927. G., F. [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 789. KOENIG, Fritz, 1866- Operative Chi- rurgie der Knochenbruche; Operationen am frischen und verschleppten Knochenbruch. 194p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. ---- Krebsproblem und praktische Chirurgie. 26p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1935. Form- 4. Heft, Vortriigo pnikt. Chir. (Lexer, E.) Sec also Magnus, G. Fritz Konig zum 75. Geburtstage am 30. Miii 1911. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 961-3, incl. portr — Sauerbruch, Fnd»-rlen &- Middledorpf. Fiitz Konig zum 70. Geburtstage. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1936, 247: p. i, portr — Seifert, K. Fritz Konig zum 75. Geburtstng. Munch, med. WTschr., 1941, 88: 579-81, portr. ---- & MAGNUS, George. Handbuch der gesamten Unfallheilkunde. 4v. illust. diagr. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1932-34. KOENIG, Fritz, & SEIFERT, Ernst. Wesen, Erkennung und Behandlung der Krebskrank- heit. viii, 300p. illust. 26>km. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1937. Forms Bd 57, Neue deut. Chir. KOENIG, Fritz, 1894- *Die Erregung des Atemzentrums bei Kohlenoxydgasvergiftung durch Lobelin Ingelheim. 24p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KOENIG, Fritz, 1906- *Zahnveranderun- gen bei Stoffwechselstorungen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles von Dermato- pathia photogenica [Freiburg i. B.] 27p. 8? Xeurode i. Eulengeb, Leuschner & Tesch, 1931. KOENIG 315 KOENIG KOENIG, Gerhard, 1909- *Die Ge- schichte der Nierenchirurgie. p.533-48. 8? Marb., K. Euker, 1934. Also Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: KOENIG, Guillaume, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de l'hypertension arterielle. 43p. 24cm. Par., Presses Modernes, 1939. KOENIG, Hans, 1901- *Die Bedeutung der Tuberkulinreaktionen fur die Diagnose der Genitaltuberkulose des Weibes (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Freundschen Reaktion) [Freiburg i. B.] 26p. 8? Diisseld., E. Lintz, 1931. KOENIG, Heiny Max, 1910- *Ueber das Meckel'sche Divertikel und seine klinische Bedeutung (nebst Mitteilung von 11 Fallen) [Konigsberg i. P.] 15p. 22,'fcjm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KOENIG, Heinz, 1908- *Die Ent- wicklung der Familienhilfe und ihre sozial- hygienische Bedeutung; ein Beitrag zur Ge- sundheitsfiihrung von Mutter und Kind [Berlin] 40p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1934. KOENIG, Heinz Bruno Theodor, 1901- *Erfahrungen mit dem Schroder'schen Wurzel- fullungsmaterial Radisan. 19p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1926. KOENIG, Herbert, 1908- *Die Paraffin- plombe in der chirurgischen Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose [Berlin] 44p. 21cm. Gott., E. Grosse, 1938. KOENIG, Herbert, 1912- *Ueber den Einfluss der Thyreoparathyreoidektomie auf den Calcium- und Zuckerstoffwechsel [Berlin] 19p. 21cm. Hamb., F. Priess, 1938. KOENIG, Joachim Wolfgang, 1906- *Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der hyper- trophischen Pylorusstenose nach Ramstedt [Ber- lin] 23p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1936. KOENIG, Josef, 1843-1930. Nahrwerttafel; Gehalt der Nahrungsmittel an ausnutzbaren Nahistoffen; ihr Kaloriemvert und Nahrgeldwert, sowie der Nahrstoffbedarf des Menschen. 15p. tab. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1917. For biography see: Grossfeld, J. Joseph Konig; sein Leben und seine Arbeit; zur Erinnerung an seinen 85. Geburtstag am 15. Nov. 1928. 292p. 8? Berl., 1928. See also Bomer, A., & Juckenack, A. [Nekrolog] Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1930, 59: 561-3, portr. KOENIG, Karl, 1909- *Elektrische Zu- standsanderungen der Atmosphare und biolo- gisches Geschehen [Munchen] 50p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KOENIG, Kunigunde, 1908- *Weitere Erhebungen iiber die Warme- und Kalteempfind- lichkeit menschlicher Zahne. 31p. 8? Wiirz., R. Mavr, 1935. KOENIG, Margarete, 1901- *Z\vei Falle von Pemphigus in ihrer Beziehung zum Kochsalz- umsatz. 31p. 8? Marb., H. Kilber, 1931. KOENIG, Martin, 1911- *Beitrag zur Entzundung des Wurmfortsatzes im Bruchsack [Halle a. Saale] 27p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1937. KOENIG, Max, 1879- *Ueber Echino- kokkus-Krankheit als Kriegsdienstbeschadigung. 20p. 8? Frankf. a. M., R. Schmitt, 1932. KOENIG, Max Heinz, 1912- *Hy- gienischer Querschnitt durch ein mittelsachsisches Dorf. 31p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KOENIG, Otto, 1901- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die ' Artikulation kiinst- licher Zahne, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Gysi'schen Verfahrens zu ihrer Herstellung. 33p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1934. KOENIG, Otto, 1908- *Beitrag zum Calziumgehalt in tierischen und menschlichen Zahnkronen; Vergleich zwischen Menschen- und Hundezahnen. 14p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KOENIG, Robert, 1910- *Ueber Uro- genitalfisteln; ein Bericht iiber das Krankengut der Munchener Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1920-34 [Munchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. See also Gerbis, H., & Koenig, R. Drucklufterkrankungen. 196p. 24cm. Lpz., 1939. KOENIG, Rudolf, 1908- *Entwicklung und heutiger Stand der Bluttransfusion (zugleich ein Bericht iiber 100 Blutiiberpflanzungen der Wiirzburger Universitats-Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1927-34) 63p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1934. KOENIG, Rudolf Josef Aloisius, 1897- *Ueber gewerbliche Schadigungen in der Glasin- dustrie unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Mundhohle und der Zahne. 24p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. KOENIG, Waldemar, 1904- *Haben unsere Bleichmethoden schadliche Folgen fiir die Hartsubstanzen der Zahne? [Wurzburg] 19p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. KOENIG, Walter, 1859- Die Lebensge- schichte des Aethers [Habilitationsschrift] 43p. 8? Giessen bi. p.] 1912. KOENIG, Walter Karl, 1899- *Stati- stische Arbeit fiber die Aetiologie und Patho- genese peripherischer Lahmungen einschliesslich der der Augennerven (Auszug) 6p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1923. KOENIG, Willi, 1910- *Beitrag zur Frage der Stirnhohleneiterungen und ihres Uebergreifens auf das Schadelinnere. 24p. 8°. Erlangen, M. Dores, 1936. KOENIG, Willy Friedrich, 1905- *Ueber Perikarditis und ihre Behandlung. 86p. 8° Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KOENIG, Wolfgang Theodor, 1913- ln- tersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von Magen- substanz auf die Magensekretion mittels der kinetischen Methode [Munchen] 42p. 21cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KOENIGER, Hermann, 1876- Kranken- behandlung durch Umstimmung (sogennante unspezifische Therapie) eine Einfiihrung fiir Aerzte. 230p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929. ■----Das Individualisieren und die Ueber- windung des Individuellen in der Krankenbe- handlung. 58p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1933. KOENIGER, Karl Otto, 1911- *Beob- achtungen bei unspezifischer Desensibihsierung asthmakranker Kinder [Miinster] 16p. 22cm. Bethel-Bielefeld, Buchdr. Anstalt Bethel, 1938. KOENIGHAUS, Walter, 1899- *Zur Lehre der Blasenscheidenfisteloperationen. 25p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KOENIGK, Johann Ernst Wilhelm, 1874- *Tonsillarkarzinome. 45p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1932. KOENIGS, Gustav, 1913- *Die relative Systolendauer bei Myodegeneratio cordis im Elektrokardiogramm. 16p. 21cm. Bonn, Gebr. Scheur, 1938. KOENIGSBECK, Wolfgang, 1903- *Ueber die Haufigkeit der Carcinome der weib- lichen Genitalien als Ursache der postklimak- KOENIGSBECK 316 KOEPPEN terischen Blutungen. 15p. 8? [Miinch., n. p.] 1928. KOENIGSBERG. Amt fiir Wirtschaft und Statistik. Statistisches Jahrbuch. Konigsb., 1908- KOENIGSDOERFFER, Hans, 1892- See Borst, M., & Konigsdorffer, H. Untersuchungen uber Porphyrie. 2Slp. 8? Lpz., 1929. KOENIGSDORF, Ernst Emil Oswald, 1887- *Einige vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Brauchbarkeit verschiedener Indices zur Beurteilung des Ernahrungs- und Gesund- heitszustandes von Schulkindern [Kiel] 15p. 8? [Itzehoe, F. Pramor] 1926. KOENIGSFEST, Kurt, 1903- *Das Krankheitsbild der Osteopsathyrose, kombiniert mit blauen skleren und Schwerhorigkeit. 30p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1930. Also Beitr. khn. Chir., 1930, 150: 135-60. KOENIGSHAUSEN, Peter, 1905- *Tod durch Blitzschlag [Miinster] 17p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. KOENIGSHOEFER, Leo [M. D., 1935, Breslau] *Adenofibrosis ovarii endometrioides; Pathologie und Klinik [Breslau] [17]p. 8? [Stuttg., F. Enke] 1934. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934, 108: KOENIGSLOEW, Erich von, 1912- *Ueber das Verhalten der relativen Systolendauer bei Extrasvstolen. 24p. 21cm. Bonn, Gebr. Seheur, 193S. KOEPCHEN, Alex, 1882- , & BAUER, Theodor. Die Schipperkrankheit in medizini- schen und arbeitstechnischen Untersuchungen nebst Vorschlagen zu ihrer Verhiitung. 93p. illust. pl. tab. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1937. Forms H. 6, Arbeitsmed. (Baader, E. W., et al.) KOEPEL, David. *Hirntumor und multiple Hirnerweichung bei Arteriosclerosis cerebri mit atypischem Verlauf [Basel] 18p. tab. 23^cm. Katowice, Kattowitzer Buchdr., 1938. KOEPF, Otto, 1908- *Das Ziel und die rationelle Handhabung der Schulzahnpflege mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Erstellung einer Schulzahnklinik in Tubingen. 32p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. KOEPKE, Fritz, 1896- *R6ntgenolo- gische Kontrolle der Pulpenamputation nach einer Reihe von Jahren [Miinster] 32p. 8°. Hagen, C. Hinnerwisch, 1931. KOEPP, Charles Erwin, 1914- *Treat- ment of gonorrhea by induced fever with the Kettering hypertherm [Marquette Univ.] 20 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1939. Typewritten. KOEPPE, Gerhard, 1908- *Die Bezie- hungen der Zahnwurzeln zur Oberkieferhohle im histologischen Bild und die dadurch ausgelosten Krankheitsprozesse. 62p. pl. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KOEPPE, Leonhard, 1884- Die Dia- thermie und Lichtbehandlung des Auges. ix, 208p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1919. -—— Die Mikroskopie des lebenden Auges; die Mikroskopie des lebenden vorderen Augen- abschnittes im natiulichen Lichte. ix, 310p. portr. diagr. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1920. ---- Die biophysikalischen Untersuchungs- methoden der normalen und pathologischen Histologie des lebenden Auges. p. 1-158. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 5. T. 6. 1. Halfte. KOEPPEL, Werner, 1910- *Ueber die Behandlung der Schienbeinkopfbruche [Gottin- gen] 23p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KOEPPEN, Hubert, 1911- *Die Ent- wicklung des Goldgussverfahrens in der Zahn- heilkunde. 33p. 8? Wurzb., Gebr. Mem- minger, 1H3"). KOEPPEN, Paul Wilhelm, 1909- ♦Ver- gleichende Untersuchung uber die regulatorische Wirkung von Casein und Weizenklebereiweiss auf den Glykogengehalt der Leber. 23p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KOEPPEN, Siegfried Max Wilhelm, 1905- *Unmittelbare und antagonistische Wirkungen von Mg, Ca, K und (C02)2 Na2 auf die Atmung. p. 128-42. 8? [Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930] Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 154: KOEPPEN, Wladimir Peter, 1846- Grundriss der Klimakunde. 2. Aufl. der Klimate der Erde. xii, 388p. illust. pl. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1931. KOEPPENS, Hermann, 1895- *Bourdets Kenntnisse und Anweisungen in der Zahnheil- kunde (1757) 26p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1925. KOEPPLIN, Fritz [M. D., 1932, Basel] *Ueber eine Zunahme der puerperalen Thrombosen und Embolien am Basler Frauenspital [Basel] 36p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1932. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 103: KOERBER, Georg, 1908- *Ueber Ver- kalkungsvorgange in Pleuraschwarten [Wiirz- burg] 31p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KOERBER, Rudolf, 1908- *Die Saug- lingssterblichkeit, die Sterblichkeit an Erkran- kungen der Kreislaufsorgane, der Atmungsorgane und an Krebs in der Stadt Miinster in den Jahren 1930-34 [Minister] 33p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KOERBER, Willi, 1905- *Pyogene und putride Entziindungen des Kieferknochens und deren Folgen. 22p. 8? Heidelb., Thiemesche Dr., 1932. KOERBITZ, Gunther, 1913- *Harmonie und Funktion im menschlichen Gebiss im Ver- gleich mit anderen Siiugetiergebissen. 52p. 23/2cm. Miinch. [n. p.] 1938. KOERBS, Alfred Rudolf, 1906- *Thera- pie der Luxationen des Unterkiefergelenkes [Leipzig] 35p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1931. KOERDT, Heinrich, 1911- *Untersu- chungen iiber Blutglykogen unter der Geburt und im Wochenbett [Kiel] 15p. 23}£cm. Quaken- bruck, R. Kleinert, 1938. KOERFER, Hermann, 1906- *Die Schul- zahnpflege im Regierungsbezirk Aachen [Miin- ster] 49p. 8? Aachen, A. Jacobi & cie, 1934. KOERKEL, Theodora, 1908- ♦Hypo- physe, Diabetes und Hypertonic [Munchen] 12p. 8? Giinzb., K. Mayer, 1937. KOERNER, Adolf, 1910- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Sauerstoff-Zehrung im mensch- lichen Blut [Munchen] 21p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. KOERNER, Franz, 1909- *Ueber die Anwendbarkeit der Miinch'schen Amputations- methode auf das Zahn mark (Ergebnisse kurz- fristiger Untersuchungen) 12p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. KOERNER, Fritz Karl Heinrich, 1905- *Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen iiber den Faserverlauf der Pars lumbalis des Zwerch- fells zur Begrenzung des Hiatus oesophageus bei Saugetieren [Gottingen] p.409-51. 8? Lpz., Akad. Verlag., 1929. Also Morph. Jahrb., 1928-29, 61: KOERNER 317 KOERNER KOERNER, Gertrud Johanna, 1910- *Ueber Serumfarbkurven bei Tuberkulose. 17p. 8? Tub., Tubing. Studentenwerk, 1935. KOERNER, Hans, 1896- *Die fruh- zeitige Dentition in physiologischer, patho- logischer und kulturhistorischer Beziehung. 27p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1927. KOERNER, Hans, 1908- ^ *Ueber die Moglichkeit der makroskopischen Erkennung von Diploeblutungen. 16p. 23cm. Halle A. Saale, E. Klinz, 1937. KOERNER, Hans, 1910- *Ueber Backer- und Konditorencaries. 31p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1935. KOERNER, Hans, 1912- *Ueber den Einfluss der beiden biogenen Amine Tyramin und Histamin auf die Sauerstoffzehrung iiberlebender Gewebe [Miinster] 15p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe. F. Grube, 1936. KOERNER, Hans Jakob, 1912- *Unter- suchungen iiber die Durchlassigkeit des Naturin- darmes fiir Bakterien aus der Paratyphus- Enteritisgruppe [Giessen] 28p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KOERNER, Hans Joachim, 1905- *Ueber Recidive bei Diphtherieerkrankungen. 23p. 8° Miinster [n. p., 1932] KOERNER, Heinz, 1910- *Ueber den neuesten Stand in der Erforschung der anti- bakteriellen Funktionen des Speichels [Miin- chen] 16p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handels- dr. [1936] KOERNER, Herbert, 1909- *Kritische Untersuchungen iiber die Mundbestandigkeit und Verarbeitung der Legierungen Palliag und Spargold. 29p. 8? Miinch. [n. p., 1933] KOERNER, Jecheskil, 1911- *Le peril barbiturique. 40p. 24cm. Strasb., Ed. Ar- gentoratum, 1935. KOERNER, Karl Ludwig Hermann, 1909- *Zur Geschichte des Krankenhauses St Jakob zu Leipzig [Leipzig] 28p. 23}£cm. [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1936. KOERNER, Margarete, 1912- *Die Peritonitis tuberculosa und ihre Behandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen [Heidelberg] 15p. 21cm. Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1938. KOERNER, Maria, 1907- *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Friedreichschen Krankheit. 39p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1935. KOERNER, Otto, 1858-1935. Erinnerungen eines deutschen Arztes und Hochschullehrers, 1858-1914. 139p. portr. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1920. ---- Der Eid des Hippokrates. 22p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1921. --- Die otitischen Erkrankungen des Hirns, der Hirnhaute und der Blutleiter. 5. Aufl. viii, 213p. pl. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1925. Forms Bd 3 of his Ohrenheilk. Gegenw. ---- Die arztlichen Kenntnisse in Ilias und Odyssee. viii, 89p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Berg- mann, 1929. ---- Lehrbuch der Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopf-Krankheiten; nach klinischen Vortragen fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 12. Aufl. xii, 333p. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1930. ---- Die Sinnesempfindungen in Ilias und Odyssee. v, 62p. 24y2cm. Jena, G. Fischer, 1932. Forms H. 15 of Jenaer med.-hist. Beitr. ---- Die Statistik als Hilfsmittel der klini- schen Nosographie. p. 1281-316. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) 1932 Abt. 5, Ted 2, pi 2. For Festschrift see Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21 • portr See also Brimn W. von. Zum 70. Geburtstag. Munch." med Wschr., 1928> 75: 827, portr.—Henrici, H. [Nekrolog] Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 1-5.—Kummel, W. [Bi- ography] Deut med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 795,-Marschik ^fekrolog] Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 222-5.—Steurer. O. [Nekrolog] Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 1-5 — Zange, J. [Nekrolog] Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1935-36 140- p. l-vi, portr. KOERNER, Rudolf, 1904- *Ueber Spat- folgen der abdominalen Schnittentbindung; eine klinische Studie auf Grund von 133 Kaiser- schnitten der Wurzburger Universitats-Frauen- klinik aus den Jahren 1907 bis 1923. 60p 8° Wiirzb., A. Boegler, 1929. KOERNER, Theodor Franz Paul Friedrich, 1903- *Ueber Xerostomie insbesondere zentralnervosen Ursprungs. 47p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1929. KOERNER, Victor, 1856- Albertz, A., & Monckeberg, C. Homenaje al Prof. Dr Victor Korner. Bol. Soc. chilena obst. gin., 1938-39, 4: 157-81. KOERTE, Werner, 1853-1937. Ueber die Versorgung unserer Verwundeten im Felde 43p. 8? Berl., A. Hirschwald, 1915. ---- Die Chirurgie des Peritoneums. xii, 244p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1927. Forms Bd 39 of Neue deut. Chir. ---- Die Erkrankungen der Gallenwege und ihre chirurgische Behandlung. xii, 183p. 8° Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1928. See also Eiselsberg, A. [Biography] Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 176: 401-6.—Krogius, A. [Obituary] Fin. lak. sail. hand., 1938, 81: 97-101, portr.—Nordmann, O. [Biography Chirurg, 1933, 5: 769-74— Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938 110: 454. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOERTER, Carl, 1902- *Die Wirkung des Durchtritts des kindlichen Schadels durch den Beckeneingang auf die kindlichen Herzstone [Bonn] 46p. 8? Rheinbach, J. Chauvistri, 1934. KOERTH, Wilhelmine, 1889- See Starch, D., Stanton. H. M., & Koerth, W. Controlling human behavior. 638p. 8? N. Y., 1936. KOERTING, Annemarie, 1907- *Zur Glyzerinausscheidung durch die Niere. 16p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1933. KOERTING, August, 1906- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lebensgewohnheiten und der phytopathogenen Bedeutung einiger an Getreide lebender Thysanopteren [Kiel] 65p. 8? [Lan- gensalza, H. Beyer & Sonne] 1929. KOERTING, Georg Friedrich, 1844-1919. Unterrichtsbuch fiir die weibliche freiwillige Krankenpflege. 8. Aufl. 294p. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1931. KOERVER, Engelbert, 1910- *Die ma- nuelle Plazentalosung. 55p. 20}^cm. Bonn, Kollen, 1938. KOERZEL, Hildegard, 1901- *Zur Kenntnis der haemorrhagischen Diathese. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. KOESER, Franz, 1910- *Mitbeteiligung der Nerven und Zahne bei Osteomyelitis des Unterkiefers [Munchen] 32p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KOESLING, Hasso, 1907r *Ueber Meni- scusveranderungen im jugendlichen Alter [Frankfurt a. M.] 47p. 8? Stalluponen, H. Klutke, 1937. KOESSENDRUP, Anton, 1907- *Welche Vorteile bietet nach destruktiver tuberkuloser Entziindung des Hiiftgelenks die Ankylose in Abduktion oder Mittelstellung gegenuber der Abduktions-Ankylose? [Miinster] 17p. 8! Lippstadt i. W., Thiele [1933] KOESSLER 31S KOESTERS KOESSLER, Jessie Margaret Horton, 1879 1927. hoessler (The) Fellowship. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 387. KOISSLER, Karl Konrad, 1880-1928. Lor obituary see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 81-4. KOEST, Helmut, 1911- *Die Konvul- sionstherapie der Schizophrenie (nach L. von Meduna) unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der interferometrischen Abbauwerte; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage Schizophrenie und endokrines System [Leipzig] 44p. 23cm. Zeulenroda i. T., Oberreuter, 1937. K0STE, Andreas Daniel, 1868- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 687. KOESTER, Armin, 1896- *Ueber Kon- densationen mit Forrnaldehvd (Auszug) [Giessen] 4 1. 23/1'2'cm. [Munch., Mandruck] 1925. KOESTER, Franz, 1904- *Beitrag zur Frage des Aneurysma dissecans [Gottingen] 16p. S? Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Zander, 1931. KOESTER, Friedrich, 1895-1940. Roent- gendiagnostik der Lungentuberkulose und ihre Bedeutung im Rahmen der Gesamtuntersuchung. 2. Aufl. 60p. illust, 25cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1939. For obituary see Deut. Tuberk. BI., 1941, 15: 1, portr. (Klare). KOESTER, Friedrich, 1910- *Die Zahn- verhaltnisse der Schuljugend des Amtsbezirkes Emmendingen [Freiburg i. B.] 29p. 21cm. Lengerich i. VV. Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. KOESTER, Fritz, 1902- "Ueber psy- chische Veranderungen nach Kohlenoxydgasver- giftungen. 22p. 8? Kiel, H. Liidtke, 1931. KOESTER, Georg, 1906- *Zur Statistik des Herpes simplex labialis [Munchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., R- Mayr, 1933. KOESTER, Hanna, 1901- *Die Milch- leistung der Amme fiir ihr Kind und fiir die Anstalt [Freiburg i. B.] 27p. 8? Erfurt, Ohlenroth [1928] KOESTER, Hans, 1899- *Zur Atiologie, Symptomatologie und Therapie der progressiven Paralyse [Kiel] 16p. 8? Miinst., Suhrbier & Brocker, 1925. KOESTER, Hans, 1907- *Die Trauben- zuckertherapie in der Kinderheilkunde bei Herz- und Kreislaufstorungen. 32p. 8? Bresl., K Vater, 1934. KOESTER, Henry, 1911- *Zur Frage der Zahn- und Haaranomalien bei syndaktyler Spalthand- und Spaltfussbildung. 16p. 8? Gott., Dieterich, 1936. KOESTER, Hermann, 1914- *Unter- suchungen uber die Erkrankung des Zahnsystems der Schuljugend der Stadt Lage in Lippe unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ernahrungs- frage [Minister] 26p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1938. K0STER, K. H. Traumatisk shock; patho- fysiologi, erkendelse, behandling. llOp. diagr. 21cm. Kbh., Statens civile Luftvaern, 1943. KOESTER, Theodor, 1908- lnter- suchungen des CNS-Gehaltes im Speichel bei Normalen. 16p. 8? Frankf. a. M., O. E Schroder, 1933. KOESTER, Wernher, 1901- *Die regel- widrige Grosse des Kindes in geburtshilflicher Beziehung. 36p. 8? Bonn, R. Stodieck, 1925. KOESTERS, August, 1907- *Die Frage des Ueberganges der Mastopathia cystica in Karzinom [Minister] 25p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. KOESTERS, Josef [M. D., 1931, Erlangen] *Die Haftung des Arztes [Erlangen] 46p. 8? Miinst., A. Five, 1931. KOESTLKli, Arthur, 1905- Scum of the earth. 2S7p. 22cm. N. Y., Macmillan Co., 1941. KOESTLER, Josef, 1908- *Beitrag zur Tuberkulose alterer Leute [Munchen] 9p. 8! Plattling, A. Bielmeier, 1934. KOESTLIN, Hans, 1892- See Konig, F. F., & Kbstlin, H. Haftpflicht des Arztos 99p. 8? Lpz., 1937. KOESTLIN, Rudolf, 1908- *Die plasti- schen Operationen zur Beseitigung der Hange- brust. 50p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1934. KOETSCHAU, Karl, 1892- Zum na- tionalsozialistischen Umbruch in der Medizin 96p. 8? Stuttg., Hippokrates-Verl., 1936. ---- & MEYER, Adolf. Theoretische Grund- lagen zum Aufbau einer biologisclien Medizin xvi, 217p. illust. pl. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1936. Forms Bd 40, Wiss. Forschber. naturwiss. Reihe (Liescgang, R. E.) KOETSCHAU, Karl, ROELOFFS, F. [et al] Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Be- einflussung der Haut durch die Faktoren des Nordseeklimas. 138p. 8? Berl., R. Schoetz, 1927. Forms n. F., H. 6, Veroff Balneol. KOETSCHET Josef, 1830- For portrait see in Bibl. Centr. hig. zavoda, 1934, No. 16, 54. KOETSCHKE, Hermann. Die Gefahren des Geburtenriickganges. 48p. 32? Berl., K. Siesjismund, 1917. KOETTENDROP, Josef, 1905- *Zur Diagnose des epileptischen und hysterischen Anfalles mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hyperventilationsmethode. 47p. 8? Bonn, L. Xcuendorff, 1929. KOETTER, Erwin Wilhelm, 1906- *Die Neuralgia pudendo-analis [Miinster] 29p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1931. KOETTER, Hans Otto, 1911- *Zusam- menfassung der bis jetzt bekannten extraoralen Injektionsmethoden im Bereiche des dritten Trigeminusastes. 21p. 23cm. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1937. KOETTER, Herbert, 1905- *Das klini- sche und anatomische Bild der genital bedingten Sepsis [Kiel] p.469-93. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 138: KOETTER, Werner, 1902- *Ein Beitrag zur Gefiiss- und Nervenversorgung der Kanin- chentube. 12p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1928. KOETTERITZSCH, Erich, 1902- *Die Ergebnisse der intravenosen Bluttransfusionen bei pernizioser Anaemie an der medizinischen Poliklinik zu Leipzig [Leipzig] 22p. 8". Leisnig, H. Ulrich, 1927. KOETTERITZSCH, Johannes Paul, 1892- *Zahnarztliches bei Aulus Cornelius Celsus [Leipzig] 44p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1926. KOETTGEN, Carl, 1871- , STREINE, O., & BONIN, W. von. Fliessarbeit. 39p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Forms Beih. 12, Zbl. Gewerbehyg. KOETTGEN, Hans Ulrich, 1906- *Die Bedeutung der hamatogenen Lungentuberkulose fiir die Entstehung bronchiektutischer Veriinde- rungen im Kindesalter, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen sekundarer Tuber- kulose und dem Krankheitsbild der Bronchiek- tasie [Jena] 21p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1931, 80: KOETZLE 319 KOGANEI KOETZLE, Hermann, 1873- Das Sani- tatswesen im Weltkrieg 1914-18. 138p. 8? Stuttg., Berger, 1924. Forms H. 18, Wurttembergs Heer im Weltkrieg. KOETZSCHE, Karl, 1899- *Die Stick- oxydul-Narkose in der Kinderpraxis. 16p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1928. KOFFAS, Demosthene, 1908- Con- tribution a l'etude anatomo-clinique des compli- cations nerveuses des endocardites malignes subaigues et lentes type Osier. 156p. 8? Paris, Degrange, 1937. KOFFKA, Kurt, 1886-1941. Die Grundlagen der psychischen Entwicklung; eine Einfiihrung in die Kinderpsychologie. 2. Aufl. viii, 299p. 8? Osterwieck a. H., A. W. Zickfeldt, 1926. --- [The same] The growth of the mind; an introduction to child-psychology; transl. bv R. M. Ogden. 2. ed. xix, 426p. 8? Lond!!, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1928. --- [The same] Bases de la evoluci6n psiquica; una introduci6n a la psicologia infantil; trad, del Aleman. 320p. 23cm. B. Air., Espasa- Calpe [1941] ---- Principles of gestalt psychology, xi, 720p. illust. diagr. 8? N. Y., Harcourt, Brace & co., 1935. For obituary see Eisen, W. Brit. J. Psychol., 1942-43, 33: 69-76—Harrower-Erickson, M. R. Am. J. Psychol., 1942, 55: 278-81, portr.—Kohler, W. Psychol. Rev., 1942, 49: 97-101, portr.—[Nekrolog] Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1942-43, 9: 64.—[Obituary] Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 469. Also J. Nerv. Ment, Dis., 1942, 95: 398. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOFFOLT, Joseph Howard, 1902- See Creaph, J. P., & Koffolt, J. H. Thermodynamic in- vestigation of the flash evaporation of concentrated potassium sulphate liquor from polyhalite. 36p. 8! Columbus [1937] KOFLER, Karl, & URBANEK, Josef. Ver- einfachung und Verbesserung der West-Polyak- 'schen endonasalen Triinensackoperation. 63p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1927. Forms H. 6, Abh. Augenh. KOFLER, Ludwig, 1891- See Dafert, O., Kofler, L. [et al.] Untersuchungs- und Forschungsmethoden der Pharmazie. 2 pt. 1690p. 8? Berl., 1929-30. ---& MAYRHOFER, Adolf. Hausapotheke und Rezeptur. 188p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929 KOFOID, Charles Atwood, 1865- For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1937, 3: opp. p.471. --- & CAMPBELL, Arthur Shackleton- Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific ... from October 1904 to March 1905; the Ciliata; the Tintinnoinea. 473p. pl. 24cm. Cambr., Harvard Univ. pr., 1939. Forms v.84, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. KOFOIDIA. See also Flagellata. Light, S. F. Kofoidia, a new fiagePatc, from a California termite. Univ. California Pub. Zool., 1927, 29: 467-92, 2 pl. KOGAN, Vitali, 1908- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die baktericide Wirkung von Targesin, Mercurochrom, Sublimat und Oxvcyanat. 16p. tab. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KOGAN-JASNYI, Viktor Moisevich, 1889- BiicnepajibHMM cHtJinjinc. vii, 553p. illust. tab. diagr. ch. 25}<>cm. Kiev, Gosud. med. izdat. Ukrainy, 1939. Also Editor of Lkrainskaya sezd terapeutov, 4. Congr. [Works] 41 Op. 25^cm. Kharkov, 1939. See also [Twenty fifth anniversary of scientific activity of Prof. Kogan-Jasny] Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 754. Also Vrach. delo, 1938, 20: 405, portr. KOGANEI, Yosikiyo, 1848- For Festschrift see Folia anat. jap., 1928, 6: H. 3, portr. KOGEL, Elisabeth, 1909- *Urognost in der Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie [Halle- Wittenberg] 22p. 21cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KOGEL, Marcus David, 1903- For portrait see Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 12, 91. KOGEL, Mathaus, 1911- *Klinische Untersuchungen iiber ein neues Wurzelfiill- material. 7p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KOGEN, Semen Markovich, 1892-1940. Beniumov, R. I. [Obituary] Radianska med., 1940, 5: No. 10, 87, portr. KOGERER, Heinrich, 1887- Psycho- therapie; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 167p. 8? Wien, W. Maudrich, 1934. KOHANE, Leonie Helene, 1911- *Elar- gissement de la responsabilite medicale depuis l'emploi des agents physiques dans l'art de guerir. 38p. 8? Par., Presse Modern., 1936. KOHALPT, Heinrich, 1911- *Ueber die Haufigkeit der perilabyrintharen Pneumatisation des Felsenbeins (auf Grund histologischer Unter- suchungen) [Wiirzburg] 18p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KOHBERG, Luise. *Behandlung des Dia- betes mellitus mit Mehlfriichtekur nach Falta und Insulin. 44p. 8? Zur., Buchdr. Stafa, 1927. KOH block design test. See under Intelligence test. KOHEN, Ignace, 1906- *La nephrite anaphylactique. 45p. 8? Par., E. Baltzer, 1931. KOHEN, Israel, 1910- *Ueber die ge- schwiirige Mundschleimhautentziindung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles einer recidivierenden gangranosen Stomatitis ulcerosa. 32p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1933. KOHEN, Joseph, 1909- Contribution a l'etude de la spondylose rhizomelique trau- matique. 82p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. KOHEN, Tobias, fl. 17. century. Higier, H. [Opinions of a Polish-Jew physician (Tobias Kohen) of the 17. century on medicine] Warsz. czas. lek., 1935, 12: 564-6. KOHEN-BARANOWA, Clara. *Ueber die Prothesenbehandlung nach Resektion und Ex- artikulation des Unterkiefers [Zurich] 25p. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr., 1908. KOHKE, August, 1897- *Die Beziehun- gen zwischen Zahnkaries und Lungentuberkulose verbunden mit Vergleichen und einer Statistik. 50p. 8? Minister, Schmidt & Andernach, 1931. KOHL, Adolf, 1899- *Mundstatus beim Ikterus sowie Betrachtungen iiber die diffe- rentialdiagnostische Verwertung des Verfahrens von Brugsch Zur Analyse des Ikterus. 23p. 8? Freib. i. B. [n. p., 1930] KOHL, Alex, 1901- . *Ultrakurzwellen in der Zahnheilkunde. 32p. 8? Frankf. a. M., O. E. Schroder, 1935. KOHL, Artur, 1904- *Nanosomia pitui- taria mit besonderen Merkmalen [Gottingen] 28p. 8? Weende-Gott., F. Pieper, 1936. KOHL, Carl Christian Lorents von, 1869- Om panik og skraek i krigen.et bidrag til krigens psykologi. 151p. 12? Kbh., Nord. forfatt. fori., 1917. KOHL, Hans. Zur Beeinflussung der Blut- gerinnungszeit durch Histidin, Ascorbinsaure, Calcium und ihre Kombinationen [Bonn; Habili- tationsschrift] 27p. 23cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1938. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1938, 134: KOHL 32 KOHL, Hans, 1902- *Was lehrt die Literatur iiber die Fiirsorge fiir Geisteskranke? 42p. 8° Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. KOHL, Hans, 1907- *Zur Frage des Transportes Kreissender. 57p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1934. KOHL, Leo, 1900- *Vergleichende Unter- suchungen iiber die sehmerzstillende Wirkung von Barbitursaurederivaten [Miinster] 36p. 8? Wesel, H. Schelte, 1935. KOHL, Robert, 1903- *Das weisse Blutbild bei akuten Infektionskrankheiten. 32p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorf!, 1928. KOHL, Rudolf, 1907- *Beitrage zur Erblichkeit geistiger Storungen aus der Heil- und Pflege-Anstalt Lohr a. Main [Wurzburg] 39p. ch. 8° Lohr-M., J. Grote, 1935. KOHL, Theodor, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zum Vorkommen von Trichomonaden im ge- sunden und kranken Geschlechtsapparat des Rindes [Giessen] 36p. 8? Birkenau, L. Bitsch, 1933. KOHL, Valentin, 1910- *Traumatische oder spontane Hirnblutung? [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. KOHL, Walter, 1902- *Die Holzbilanz des Regierungsbezirkes Magdeburg und des ehemaligen Herzogtums Anhalt in den Jahren 1909 bis 1919; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Holzproduktion, des Holzverkehrs und des Holzverbrauches der einzelnen deutschen Wirt- schaftsgebiete [Philos.] 8p. 24cm. Giessen, O. Meyer, 1924. KOHL, Walter Heinrich, 1905- See Burton, E. F., & Kohl, W. H. The electron microscope. 233p. 23Hcm. N. Y., 1942. KOHL, Willi, 1906- *Die Beziehungen der Basedow'schen Krankheit zu vorangegangener Jodtherapie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber den Mundstatus beim Morbus Basedowii. 21p. 8? Freib. i. B. [n. p., 1932] KOHLBACH, Wilhelm, 1909- *Beob- achtungen iiber Pemphigus (1905-34) [Kiel] 13p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau. 1935. KOHLBORN, Elisabeth, 1904- *Ge- staltsveranderung der glaucomatosen Excavation nach druckherabsetzenden Operationen [Wiirz- burg] 15p. 8? Dillingen a. Donau [n. p. ]1930. KOHLBRUGGE, Jacob Hermann Friedrich, 1865- Broek, J. P. van [Fiftieth anniversary as physician] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2502, portr. KOHLE, Hubert, 1903- *Zur Genese der Adolescentenkyphose [Miinster] 16p. 8? Bottrop, W. Postberg, 1931. KOHLER, Emmy Hohmann, 1893- *Pri- mares Leberzellen-Karzinom bie einem dreiein- halbjahrigen Kind; eine mittelbare Unfallfolge. 18p. 8? Munch., P. Waizmann, 1930. KOHLER, Franz, 1901- *Ueber Coro- narsklerose und Spontanruptur des Herzens. 29p. 8? Miinch., R. Etzold, 1927. KOHLER, Georg, 1906- *Die kleinen Lendenwirbelgelenke im Rontgenbild und ihre Beurteilung [Berlin] 15p. 8? Munch., E. Miihlthaler, 1937. KOHLER, Hans, 1893- *Die Erfolge der Radium- und Rontgen-Behandlung bei Opera- tionsrecidiven des Collum-Carcinoms. 32p 8° Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. KOHLER, Hansheinz, 1912- *Beobach- tungen iiber den Einfluss des Reiseiweisses auf den Stoffwechsel [Berlin] 23p. 22cm. Hamb., A. Preilipper, 1938. KOHLER KOHLER, Heinrich, 1901- *Indikation und Kontraindikation von Bruckenarbeiten. 28p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933. KOHLER, Karl, 189S- *Die Erfolge der operativen Meniskusbehandlung. 18p. 8? Er- langen, K. Dores, 1932. KOHLER, Kurt, 1913- Teber die Dentitio praecox und tarda des Milchgebissea [Munchen] 24p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1936. KOHLER, Otto. The republic and the science of health. 23p. pl. portr. 8? Hasbrouck Heights, N. J., Am. Psychol. Inst. [1934] KOHLER, Otto, 1911- *Ueber einen Fall von Lithopaedion-Bildung [Heidelberg] I9p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1936. KOHLER-LANDMANN, Rosel. Ratgeber fiir Miitter und Schwestern. 180p. 19cm. Siegen, H. Forschepiepe, 1939. KOHLFAERBER, Fritz, 1898- *Ueber die Widal'sche hamoklasische Krise und ihre Abhangigkeit von der Magenaciditat [Leipzig] 14p. 8? Osterwieck-Harz, C. Loeffel, 1923. ---- *Ueber angeborenen Zahnmangel im menschlichen Gebiss (Auszug) [Leipzig] 8p. 8? [Osterwieck, A. W. Zickfeldt] 1925. KOHLHAAS, Fritz, 1903- *Klinische Beitrage zur Thrombose und Embolie. 23p. 8? Marb. a. L., K. Euker, 1931. KOHLHAGEN, Erich, 1908- *Ein Bei- trag zur Frage der Indikation fiir Wurzelspitzen- resektionen an unteren Molaren [Miinchen] 31p. 8? Halle a. S., Schmidt & Erdel, 1932. KOHLHAGEN, Werner. Die pathologische Anatomie in Gottingen wahrend der ersten Halfte des 19. Jahrhunderts. 37p. 8? Gott., Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1935. KOHLHASE, Hans, 1898- *Ueber Pseud- arthrosen des Unterkiefers. 35p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1930. KOHLHEPP, Burkard Eduard, 1913- *Ueber sieben Falle von Turmschadel. 36p. 21cm. Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1938. KOHLHOFF, Heinz Hermann Christof Al- brecht, 1904- *Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber Coramin. p.331-48. 8? [Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1928] Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 136: KOHLMAIER, Kurt, 1908- *Radium- therapie in der Zahnheilkunde. 33p. 8? Wiirz. [n. p.] 1932. Typewritten. KOHLMANN, Gerd, editor. Kurzes Hand- buch der Gesamten Rontgen-Diagnostik und Therapie mit einem Anhang iiber die thera- peutische Verwendung radioaktiver Substanzen; in verbindung mit Ernst Andersen, Willy Baensch [et al.] xvi, 917p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1928. KOHLMANN, Hildegard, 1911- *Ueber die Bestimmung der Dunkeladaptation und ihr Verhalten bei der Stauungspapille. 32p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KOHLMANN, Ludolf, 1911- *Beitrap zur Frage des Encephalogramms der Schadel- traumatiker [Greifswald] 16p. 8? Peine, G. Uhlmann, 1936. KOHLMANN, Wilhelm Theodor, 1909- *Deutung und vergleichende Betrachtungen von 6 Lungenfalien aus Theophil Bonets; Sepulcretum seu anatomica practica ex cadaveribus morbo denatis (1679) [Miinchen] 19p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1938. KOHLMEIER 321 KOHN KOHLMEIER, Erich, 1912- *Ueber die Wirkung verschiedener Zusatze und der Beim- pfung mit Bacterium acetylcholini auf die wilde Garung verschiedener roher Pflanzensafte unter anaeroben Bedingungen. 19p. 8? Heidelb., Keller, 1937. KOHLRABI. See under Brassica. KOHLRAUSCH, Friedrich Theodor, 1912- *Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der Pankreolithiasis [Berlin] 21p. 21cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KOHLRAUSCH, Wolfgang, 1888- See Schmidt, F. A., & Kohlrausch, \V. Physiology of exercise. 216p. 8? Phila., 1931. ---& LEUBE, Hede. Gymnastische Frauen- behandlung; Menstruationsstorungen, Schwan- gerschaft, Wochenbett. viii, 54p. illust. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1936. KOHLS, Glen Milton, 1905- Siphon- aptera; a study of the species infesting wild hares and rabbits of North America, north of Mexico. iii, 34p. pl. 23cm. Wash., 1940. Forms No. 175, Bull. Nat. Inst. Health. See also Jellison, W. L., Kohls, G. M., & Mills, H. B. Siphonaptera. 22p. 22cm. Helena, 1943. KOHLSAAT, August, 1894- *Caput obstipum. 21p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1934. KOHLSCHUETTER, Dora Marthe, 1905- *Medionecrosis aortae idiopathica [Berlin] 23p. 8? Grimmen-Pommern, Grimmer Kreis-Ztg, 1934. KOHLSCHUETTER, Gunther, 1906- *Ekchymosenahnliche Granulome am Lungen- fell [Gottingen] p.85-93. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Virchows Arch., 1930-31, 279: KOHLSCHUETTER, Hans Eduard Max, 1913- *Zur Frage der Schussentfernungs- bestimmung fiir automatische Repetierpistolen bei Verwendung von Sinoxid- und Nicorro- munition [Gottingen] 23p. 21cm. Bleiche- rode a. H., C. Nieft, 1937. KOHLSCHUETTER, Volkmar, 1874- Feitknecht, W. Volkmar Kohlschiitter zum 60. Geburtstag. Kolloid Zschr., 1934, 68: 129-32, portr. KOHLWEILER, Karl, 1907- ♦Diffe- rentialdiagnose zwischen Ovarialtumor und ge- stieltem Carcinom des rechten Leberlappens (Beitrag zur differentialdiagnostischen Abgren- zung von Adnextumoren) 19p. 8? Heidelb., H. Meister, 1932. KOHLY y Ruiz, Carlos M. [M. D., 1920, Habana] For portrait (caricature) see Anuario m6d. social Cuba, 1938, 2: 239. KOHMAN, Edward Frederick, 1885- Vitamins in canned foods. 117p. 8? Wash., D. C, Nat. Canners Ass. Res. Lab., 1929. Forms Bull. No. 19-L of Nat. Canners Ass. Res. Lab. KOHMANN, Anna Maria, 1897- *Ueber den Einfluss der Rachitis-Prophylaxe auf die Zahne. 27p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1933. KOHMANN, Karl, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 661. KOHN, Abe Samuel, 1899- See Kanter, A. H., & Kohn, A. S. And the stutterer talked. 236p. 20cm. Bost. [1938] KOHN, Alexander, 1899- *Die moderne Therapie der Rachitis. 24p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KOHN, Alfred, 1866- Joseph, H. Alfred Kohn, Professor der Histologie an der Prager Universitat, zum 70. Geburtstag. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937,50:230. KOHN, Erich, 1909- *Der Kunstfehler in der zahnarztlichen Chirurgie. 37p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1932. KOHN, Gertrud, 1908- *Untersuchungen iiber die bakteriologischen Verhaltnisse der Mundhohle. p. 154-67. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1933. Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1933, 51: KOHN, Joseph, 1907- *Fruhsterblich- keit und Sauglingsmortalitat. 18p. 8? Berl., Ohlenroth Buchdr., 1932. KOHN, Karl Walter, 1903- *Die Be- deutung der Rontgenuntersuchung bei Schadel- verletzungen. 20p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1930. KOHN, Leopold, 1905- *Die Bedeutung meteorologischer Schwankungen, insbesondere Barometerschwankungen, auf die Entstehung von Hirnblutungen. 24p. 8? Lpz., E. Wohlle- ben, 1932. KOHN, Louis. *Chorionepithelioma in the female [Marquette Univ.] [35] 1. 28cm. Mil- waukee [n. p.] 1942. Typewritten. KOHN, Louis Winfield, 1888- Practical treatise on diseases of the digestive system. 2v. 1125p. [paged consecutively] pl. 8? Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1930. KOHN, Rudolf, 1898- *Kreatinin im Rahmen der iibrigen, den Blutzucker senkenden Stoffe und seine Beziehungen zum Kreatin [Berlin] 20p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. KOHN, Samuel Eleazar, 1902- *Statis- tical record of acute and chronic appendicitis and cholecystitis [Marquette Univ.] 24p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1926. Typewritten. KOHN-ABREST, Emile. Precis de toxi- cologic. 388p. illust. tab. diagr. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1934. KOHNEN, Heinz, 1913- *Einfluss der Schwerkraft (Beschleunigung) auf den Kreislauf [Munchen] 24p. 22>km. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KOHNSTAMM, Micha Lina, 1908- *Ueber den Zusammenhang des Collumcarcinoms mit durchgemachten Geburten und Fehlge- burten [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KOHNSTAMM, Otto, 1901- *Thy- reotoxikosen nach Jod- und Vollsalzgebrauch; dargestellt an den Krankenfallen der II. med. Klinik zu Munchen. 30p. 8? [Miinch., n. p.] 1926. KOHNSTAMM phenomenon. See under Muscle, Physiology. KOHS, Friedrich, 1905- *Die Ergebnisse der Milzbestrahlung bei gynakologischen Blu- tungen an der Universitatsfrauenklinik zu Berlin von 1926-34. 29p. 22^cm. Berl., A. Koch, 1937. KOHSTALL, Joseph, 1908- *Ueber die Aetiologie und die Therapie des Foetor ex ore [Munchen] 18p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KOHT, David Andreas, 1813-77. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 661. KOHTS, N. See under Ladygina-Kots, N. N. KO HUNG, ca 300-361 A. D Davis, T. L., & Ch'en, Kuo-fn. The inner chapters of Pao- p'u-tzvi. Proc. Am. Acad. Art. Sc, 1938-42, 74: 297-325. KOIFMAN, Moise, 1907- *Sur les types des cirrhosfes hepatiques rencontres k 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----21 KOIFMAN ;*• Strasbourg; contribution a la pathologie gco- graphique. 65p. 8? Strasb., Impr. Sostrar, 1933. KOILONYCHIA. See under Nail. KOILOSTERNIA. See under Sternum; also Thorax, Abnormity. KOINZER, Annemarie Margot, 1911- *Der Hund ohne Bauehspeichel-, Schild- und Nebenschilddruse [Berlin] 23p. 21cm. Hamb., F. Prie>>, 1938. KOIRANSKY, B. B. Pvkoboactbo no npo- (peccnoHajibHoft rnriieHe. 431p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Moskva, Gosud. izdat. biol. med. liter., 1935. KOJEFF, Nikola. *Ueber zwei Falle von haemorrhagischer Diathese mit Thrombopenie [Leipzig] 19p. 8? Sofia, Gebr. Miladinovi, 1926. KOJIC acid. See under Pyrone. KOJOl HAROFF, Vladimir, 1906- *Des accidents nerveux consecutifs a la reduction des luxations congenitales de la hanche. 67p. 25cm. Nancy, C. Andre, 1934. KOK, Derk Jan, 1890- *Die anato- mischen und physiologischen Veranderungen des Dunndarmes nach der Einpnanzung in die Kontinuitat des Mastdarmes; experimentelle Studien am Hunde [Giessen] 63p. ch. 8? [Borna-Lpz., R. Noske] 1929. KOKASCHWELY, Mathilde, 1900- *Un- tersuchungen iiber den Zusammenhang zwischen Totgeburt und Geburtstrauma. 20p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Munch, 1926. KOKATNLR, Vaman Ramachandra, 1886- For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed, N. Y., 1942, 235. KOKEN, Wilhelm, 1905- *Ueber den pH-Gehalt des menschlichen Schweisses [Miin- chen] 19p. 8? Verden a. Aller, Liihrs & Rover, 1930. KOKKINOPOULOS, Anastase, 1909- *Le traitement du psoriasis par le regime sans graisse. 29p. 8? Par., Impr. Admin. Centr., 1935. KOKONA, Selahudin, 1908- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude des kystes du maxillaire inferieur. 87p. pl. 25cm. Lvon, Bosc fr., 1937. KOKOSCHKA, Wilhslm, 1902- *Ueber das vermehrte Auftreten des Lungenkarzinoms und seine Ursachen mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung des Materials der Breslauer Medizinischen Klinik und Poliklinik in den Jahren 1910 bis 1. 6. 1928. 21p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1929. KOL, Erzsebet. The snow and ice algae of Alaska. 36p. map. 24}£crn. Wash., Smith- sonian Inst., 1942. Forms No. 16, v.101 of Smithsonian Misc. Collect. (Pub. No. 3683) KOLA, Charles, 1914- *Lesions chorio- retiniennes indirectes par blessures de guerre. 44p. 24cm. Par., Stud. Steno-Dactyl, 1939. KOLA. See also Drug addiction, Types; Sterculiaceae. Allers, R., & Freund, E. Zur Kenntnis der Wirkung von Kola-Praparaten. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1020. 49: 644-8.— Charbonniere, P. Etude physique au cours de la preparation de teintures par maceration. J. pharm. chim., Par. 1938 8. ser., 27: 479-87.—Dieterich, C. Ricerche del contenuto di princip! artivi nelle noci di cola recenti, aeciutte e tostate. 2 KOLA Gior. farm., Trieste, 1897, 2: 257-02. ------ Modo di Btabilire i! valore tenipeutico della noco di cola e dell'eRtratto di noce di cola. Ibid., 289 -95.—Francois, M. Dosage de la cafeine dans les preparations de coin et en pirticulier d.ins le sianuie de coin. Ann. falsif., Par., 1913, 6: :»9". 008.—Gehlen. W. Zur Chemie und Phmmakologie der Kolanuss. Arch exp. Path., Berl.. 1933-34, 174: 095 -714.—Gnehm. A. Pharma^ kologisihc Untersuchung cinigc-r Koli-Ausziige. Ausz. Inauirur Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Hern (1935-37) 1938. No. 58, l._ Graf, O. Zur Frpge der spczifischcu W'irkiing del Cola auf die korperliche Leistungsfahifikeit. Arbeitsphx Moloei,;, 1938-39 10: 376-95.- Knabenhoi, V. G., & Akulov. S. I. [Energy metabolism after specific amounts of physical work under thi influence of the preparation cola] Farm. & toks., Moskva, 1!»12, 5: No. 4, 3-7.-- Lerlerc. H. La noix de kola fraichn ol son mode d'cinploi. Pivsm- med., 1931, 39: 1680.—Magalhaeg E. de. Noz de kola. In his Hyg. aliiu., Kio, 1908. 1: *i4 (i - Os. D. van, & Wal, Y. van der [Notes on adultcraird k<>la| Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1928, 65: 1200-71, 2 pl.- Nchiilx-I. K. Neues zur Pharmakologie der Kolanuss. Deut. mid. Ws.hr. 1934, 60: 1511-3.—Schunck de (ioldliem, J. I^s Sterculiii kola et tragai-antha. Presse med., I'.i.'C), 43: 113-5.—Staro- binsky, A. Ln cas de kolainoinanii- herediiairc. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1921, 41: 248 50.- Subotnik. S. [Effect of koln on ski marching] Voen. san. delo, l«•:{(!, No. 10, 34-7. KOLACK, Solomon C. [M. D., 1927, Basel] *Ueber sympathische Algien; hauptsiichlich der Extremitaten und des Gosichts [Basel] 25p. 231/2cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1937. KOLAROWA, Nadejda, 1911- *EiKen- schaften und Konstitution des Follikelhormons. 22p. 8? Miinch., Baver. Dr. [1934] KOLB, Albert, 1891- Die Ausbreitung der Druckkunst im 16. Jahrhundert. 40p. facs. 21cm. Mainz, Verl. Gutenberg-Ges., 1931. KOLB, Charles E., 1906- ^ *Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung von Orasthin und Tonephin, beziehungsweise Pitressin auf das Kaninchenauge. 20p. 22cm. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1937. KOLB, Christian, 1900- *Statistik uber Pityriasis rosea aus den Jahren 1920 mit 1929 und Stellungnahme zur Aetiologie [Leipzig] 14p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KOLB, Gustav, 1870-1938. Sec Bumke, O., Kolb, G. [et al.] Handwdrterbuch der psyebischen Hygiene. 400p. 8! Berl., 1931. For biography see Sommer, R., Weygandt, W. [et al.] Zschr. psych. Hyg., 1930, 3: 101-3, portr. For obituary see Faltlhauser. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 175. KOLB, Hans, 1907- *Ueber einen sel- tenen Fall von Orbitalphlegmone. 23p. 8? Munch., J. B. Grassl, 1937. KOLB, Hermann, 1895- *Kapillarpho- tographie bei Paradentose. 23p. 8? Frankf. a. M., 1930. KOLB, Karl, 1906- *Ueber die durch das Lagern der Sera bedingten Reaktions- schwankungen bei der Citochol- und Lento- cholreaktion [Giessen] 24p. 8? Griinberg, H. Ritter, 1930. KOLB, Lawrence Coleman, 1911- See Langworthy, O. R., Kolb, L. ('., & Lewis, L. G. Physi- ology of micturition. 232p. 23Hem. Bait., 1940. ---- & HIMMELSBACH, C. K. Clinical studies of drug addiction; a critical review of the withdrawal treatments with method of evaluating abstinence syndromes. 33p. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1938. Forms Suppl. No. 128, Pub. Health Rep., Wash. KOLB, Martin, 1903- *Zur Frage der Epiphysitis der Wirbelkorper. 26p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p.] 1928. KOLB, Oskar, 1911- *Die Ergebnisse der Larostidinbehandlung bei Ulcus ventriculi und duodeni. 23p. 8? Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1937. KOLB, Walther Franz, 1900- *Die primare Xaht bei offener Patellarfraktur [Frei- burg i. B.] 38p. 8? Neuotting, Xiedermayer & Lutz, 1926. KOLB 323 KOLCOV KOLB, Wendelin, 1897- *Papillomatosis der Zunge auf leukoplakischer Grundlage. 32p. S° Erlangen, K. Dcires, 1930. KOLB, Wilhelm, 1909- *Nachschmerzen nach Eingriffen in der Mundhohle und ihre Behandlung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Titretta analgica [Heidelberg] 42p. 8? Weinheim a. B., C. Bock, 1931. KOLBE, Elly Lucie, 1912- *Berieht iiber 20 Wurzelspitzenresektionen und Cysten- operationen aus dem Patienten-Material des Zahnarztlichen Institute Tubingen. 32p. 8? Tub., Tubing. Studentenwerk, 1935. KOLBE, Erwin, 1905- *Blickkrampfe bei Encephalitis epidemica Economo. 27p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1931. KOLBE, Georg, 1874- *Zur Anwendung des Yatren-Vaccin E. 104 in der Praxis; ein Beitrag zur specifischen-unspeoinschen Reiz- therapie [Leipzig] 78p. 8? Gleiwitz, Neu- mann, 1925. KOLBE, Hans, 1910- *Die zeitliche Veranderung der Unterschiedsschwelle wahrend der Adaptation an einen konstanten Dauerdruck- reiz. 17p. 8? Marb. a. L., J. Hamel, 1935. KOLBE, Hans Heinrich, 1907- *Ureter- knotung und Nierenbestrahlung. 34p. 8? Bresl., KJambtdr. Neurode, 1931. KOLBE, Heinz Wilhelm Emil, 1906- *Ueber die Zusammenhange zwischen Liquorbe- fund und Serumbefund bei der Svphilisdiagnose. 24p. tab. 8? [Miinst., n. p., 1929] KOLBE, Hermann, 1818-84. See Stadeler. G., & Kclbe, H. Guida alia analisi chimica quahtativa dei corpi inorganic!. 40p. 23J4cm. Tor., 1874. KOLBE, Parke Rexford, 1881-1942. For obituary see in Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 469. KOLBECK, Erika, 1905- *Zur Aetiologie der Mastitis [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KOLBECK, Joseph, 1897- *Ueber tuber- kulose Erkrankungen der Nasenscheidewand, die in tumorartiger Form auftreten. 32p. 8? Miinch., F. Straub, 1932. KOLBECK, Max, 1907- *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber Ramifikationen an Mo- larenwurzeln. 28p. 21cm. Wiirzb., M. Sturm, 1937. KOLBENHEYER, Erwin Guido, 1878- Das Gestirn des Paracelsus. 483p. 8? Miinch., G. Muller, 1933. --- Das dritte Reich des Paracelsus; Roman. 400p. 8? Munch., A. Langen & G. Muller, 1935. --- Die Kindheit des Paracelsus. 377p. 21cm. Munch., A. Langen & G. Muller, 1939. KOLBENSCHLAG, Sixtus, fl. 1519. Eine trostliche fruchtbare Ordnung und Unterricht wider die schreckliche schnelle Kranckheit der vergiften [!] Luft und Pestilenz. [24] 1. 8? Numberg, Leonhard Milchtaler, 1540. KOLBERG, Bronislaw [M. D., 1928, Geneve] Contribution a. l'etude de la tuberculose buccale. 23p. 8? Geneve, J. Guerry, 1928. KOLBJ0RNSEN, Niels Aall, 1834-1912. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 662. KOLBOW, Heinrich, 1904- *Zur Aeti- ologie und Klinik der Hyperemesis gravidarum. 48p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1932. KOLCOV, A. V. Ka.neHAap oepeMeHnocra. 35H x 7cm. [Leningr., Nauch.-issled. akush. gin. inst., 1939] Slide rule. KOLCOV, Nikolai Konstantinovich, 1871- 1940. OpraHH3auHH KJieTKH. 652p. illust. I pl. tab. fold. diagr. 23cm. Moskva, State publ. biol. med. lit., 1936. See also Borodin, D. N. [Obituary] J. Hered. 1941, 32: 347-9.—Needham, J. [Obituary] Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 588.—Timofeev-Ressovsky, N. V. [Obituary] Naturwissen- schaften, 1941, 29: 121-4, portr. For portrait see in Rec. d. trav. Inst. Severcov morf. 6vol., Moskva, 1939-40, 1: opp. p. 16; opp.p. 18. KOLDE, Friedrich, 1910- *Besteht bei hypoplastischen Zahnen eine erhohte Kariesbe- reitschaft? 21p. 8? Bresl., Kastner & Callwey, 1936. *' KOLDERUP, Gudrin Hermana Amunda, 1871- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 662. KOLEFF, Dantscho, 1896- *Ergebnisse der Behandlung der Schenkelhalsfrakturen an der Rostocker Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik in den Jahren 1922-26. 47p. 8? . [Rostock, R. Rambert] 1927. KOLEFF, Nicolas D. G. [M. D., 1939, Geneve] Deux observations de la maladie de Heine- Medin a forme encephalitique [Geneve] 26p. 22>,cm. Sofia, S. M. Staikoff, 1939. KOLETZKO, Gregor, 1910- *Karzinom- metastasen in der Wirbelsaule [Miinster] 23p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1937. KOLETZKO, Julius, 1910- *Einfluss des Harnes auf die Blutgerinnung in Vitro. 16p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1938. KOLFHAUS, Giinther, 1909- *Ueber die Veranderung der Leukozytenzahl und Blut- korperchen-Senkungsgeschwindigkeit durch Moor- badekuren [Frankfurt a. M.] 16p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1934. KOLFLAATH, J^rgen Berntinus, 1890- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 193. KOLISCHER, Gustav, 1863-1942. For obituary see Arch. Phys. Ther., 1942, 23: 558, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 1521. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 430, portr. KOLISKO, Alexander, 1857-1918. See Breus, C., & Kolisko, A. Die pathologischen Becken- formen. p.369-707. 8? Lpz., 1904. See also Reuter, F. Alexander Kolisko. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 29: 386-90. KOLK, Frederik Jan Jozeph van der, 1887- 1941. For obituary see Geneesk. gids, 1941, 19: 255, portr. KOLKHOZ, Russia. Moskva. Centralynyi gosudarstvennyi institut kommunalynoi sanitarii i gigieny narkomzdrava [Hygienic organization of the Kolkhoz] 192p. 23cm. Moskva, 1936. KOLKMANN, Aloys, 1906- *Ueber den Einfluss des Insulins auf die Toxizitat des Scil- larens [Miinster] lip. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KOLL, Cacilie, 1903- *Zur Frage der Hyperventilation [Konigsberg i. P.] p.597-620. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928, 83: KOLL, Irvin Sunthimer, 1883- Medical urology. 431p. illust. pl. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1937. KOLL, Karl Hermann, 1909- *Unter- suchungen iiber das Dijodtyrosin [Freiburg i. B.] 29p. pl. 20>£cm. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1934. KOLLARITS, Jeno, 1870-1940. For obituary see Orv. hetil., 1940, 84: 584. KOLLATH, Werner, 1892- Grundlagen, Methoden und Ziele der Hygiene; eine Ein- fiihrung fiir Mediziner und Naturwissenschaftler, KOLLATH 3: Volkswirtschaftlor und Techniker. xvii, 508p. illust, ch. tab. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1937. KOLLBRLNNER, Felix, 1910- *Ein- seitige Lungenhypoplasie. 29p. pl. 22,jcm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1939. KOLLBRLNNER, Valerie, 1909- *Die mechanischen Eigenschaften der Nierenarterien und ihr Verhalten gegenuber Adrenalin [Zurich] p. 126-36. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: KOLLE, Kurt, 1898- Die primare Ver- riicktheit: psychopathologische, klinische und genealogische Untersuchungen. 267p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1931. Forms Bd 1, Samml. psychiat. Einzeldarstel. (Bostroem, A., & Lange, J.) ---- Ueber Querulanten; eine klinische Studie. 80p. 8? illust. Berl., J. Springer, 1931. ---- Psychiatrie; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studie- rende und Aerzte. xii, 415p. diagr. 22cm. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939. KOLLE, Wilhelm, 1869-1935. Probleme der Bakteriologie, Immunitatslehre und experimen- tellen Therapie; 19 Vortrage. x, 248p. illust. 8° Lpz., G. Thieme, 1935. Forms Bd 3, W'iss. Woche zu Frankfurt a. M., 1934. ---- Carcinom; 10 Vortrage. viii, 148p. illust. 8° Lpz., G. Thieme, 1935. For Festschrift see Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther., 1928, H. 21; also portr. See also Ascoli, A. INecrologio] Biochim. ter. sper., 1035, 22: 2.51.—Busson I Nekrolog] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 808.—Hewlett, R. T. |()bitu:iry] Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 946.—Laubenheimer, K. [Nekrolog] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 919, portr- |Nekrolog] Reichsgesundhbl., 1935, 10: 443. Also Zschr. lmnmnforsch., 1935, 85: p. i-iv — [Necrologio] Gior. batter, immun., 1935, 14: 1350.—[Obituary] Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1165. Also J. Chemother., 1935-36, 12: 225—Otto,-R. [Nekrolog] Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 767.—Sobernheim, G. [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 646. ---- & HETSCH, Heinrich. Die experi- mentelle Bakteriologie und die Infektions- krankheiten mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Immunitatslehre; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studie- rende, Aerzte und Medizinalbeamte. 7. Aufl. 2v. 1119p. [paged consecutively] illust. pl. 8? Bed., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1929. Also 8. Aufl. viii, 836p. 24^cm. 1938. ----[The same] Experimental bacteriology in its applications to the diagnosis, epidemiology, and immunology of infectious diseases; transl. from the 7. German ed. by Dagny Erikson; ed. by John Evre. 2v. 592p.; 613p. illust. pl. 8? Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1934] KOLLE, Wilhelm, KRAUS, Rudolf, & UHLEN- HLTH, Paul. Handbuch der pathogenen Mikro- organismen. 3. Aufl. lOv. in 19 [incl. index] 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 1928-31. KOLLE, Wilhelm, & LEUPOLD, F. Die staatliche Priifung der Salvarsanpraparate und ihre experimentellen Grundlagen. 57p. 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 1927. Forms H. 18, Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther. KOLLE, Wilhelm, & PRIGGE, Rudolf. Die symptom]ose Infektion. 48p. 8? Jena, G Fischer, 1933. Forms H. 28, Arb. Staatsinst. exp. Ther. KOLLER, Alfons [M. D., 1928, Zurich] *Die Epicondylitis humeri an Hand von 97 Fallen der Schweizerischen Unfallversicherungsanstalt Lu- zern [Zurich] 36p. Zug, J. Kiindig, 1928. KOLLER, Armin, 1898- *Ueber retro- peritoneale Lipome. 31p. 8? Marba. L. R Friedrich, 1926. KOLLER, Carl, 1857- Fabritius. A. [Biography] Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934 93: 203-6.—Silverman, M. M. Blessing from hell; Koller and 4 KOLLER cocaine. In his War against Dis., Lond., 1912, 95-121. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOLLER, Eugen [Ph. D., 1925, Munchon] *Die Kindcrpsycbologie und das Magazin zur Erfahrungsseelenkunde (Auszug) [Munchen] 8p, 8? [Regensburg, n. p.] 1925. KOLLER, Franz, 1901- Teber fami- liares Vorkommen von Ovarialtumoren (Dermoid- kvstom und endometrioides Ovarialhaematom) 15p. 8? [Munch., n. p.] 1928. KOLLER, Fritz [M. D., 1933, Geneve] *Ueber Folgeerscheinungen der Thrombophlebitis tics Sinus cavernosus [Geneve] p.64-83. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Arch. Ophth., 1933, 130: ---- Das Vitamin K und seine klinische Bedeutung [Habilitationsschrift; Zurich] 151p. tab. diagr. ch. 23cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1941, ----[The same] Vitamina K, su importancia clinica; transl. por Dr. Juan Guijosa. 175p. tab. diagr. 24cm. Madr., Ed. Morata, 1943. KOLLER, Gottfried, 1902- Weitere Un- tersuchungen iiber Farbwechsel und Farb- wechselhormone bei Crangon vulgaris [Kiel; Habilitationsschrift] p.632-67. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1930, 12: ---- Einfiihrung in die Physiologie der Tiere und des Menschen. 257p. illust. tab. diagr. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934. —— Hormone bei wirbellosen Tieren. viii, 143p. illust. tab. diagr. 22cm. Lpz., Akad. Verlag., 1938. Forms Bd 1, Probl. Biol. (Ries, E., & Wetzel, K.) KOLLER, Hans, 1903- *Die Bedeutung der Chloroformarkose fiir die Manualhilfe und die Extraktion bei Beckenendlagegeburten [Zu- rich] p.278-97. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Arch. Gyn., Berl. 1932, 149: KOLLER, Hans [M. D., 1933, Basel] *Ulcus ventriculi et duodeni als Todesursache im Kanton Baselstadt in den Jahren 1881-1930 [Basel] 17p. tab. 8? Wald, W. Hess. 1933. KOLLER, Hermann [M. D., 1926, Zurich] *Das Anatomische Institut der Universitat Zurich in seiner geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 107p. 8? Ziir., A. Peter, 1926. KOLLER, Karl Christian. Abnehmbare Briik- ken und gestlitzte Prothesen; ihr Entwurf und ihre Anfertigung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der neueren amerikanischen Methoden. xii, 472p. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, \929. KOLLER, Maximilian Joseph, 1908- *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hydroa vaccini- forme [!] 28p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1935. KOLLER, Raphael. Das Rattenbuch; ein Sammelbericht iiber die wirtschaftliche und hygienische Bedeutung der Rattenplage und iiber die Bekampfung der Ratten, xi, 160p. illust. 8? Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1932. KOLLER, Theo [M. D., 1925, Zurich] *Zur Bedeutung der rectalen Untersuchung sub partu fiir die Prophylaxe puerperaler Wundinfektionen [Zurich] 38p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. ---- Das Problem der Bakterienvirulenz auf gynaekologisch-geburtshilflichem Gebiet [Zurich; Habilitationsschrift] p.53-105. 23^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1936. Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 162: KOLLERT, Viktor. Grundlagen der atiolo- gischen Behandlung der Nierenentziindungen; mit Beitragen von E. Suchanek und S. Singer. vi, 161p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1929. ---- Komatose Zustande. 46p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. KOLLIGS 325 KOLMER KOLLIGS, Karl, 1906- *Der Kolligs- Diehlsche Registrierapparat zur Aufstellung eines Differentialblutbildes mit vergleichenden Untersuchungen iiber absolute und relative Zahlungen mit anderen Methoden [Berlin] 15n 8? Lpz. [Becker & Erler, 1930] Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1930, 40: 67-80. KOLLMANN, Lieselotte, 1907- *Die medizinisch indizierten Schwangerschafts-Unter- brechungen an der Munchener Frauenklinik in der Zeit vom Juni 1920 bis April 1934 [Mun- chen] 37p. 22#cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KOLLMANN, Richard, 1907- *Ergeb- nisse der Strahlenbehandlung bei Operations- rezidiven von Genitalcarcinomen, die wahrend der Jahre 1924 bis 1929 an der Munchner Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik zur Beobachtung kamen [Munchen] 22p. 8? Gunzb., K. Mayer, 1933. KOLLMANNSPERGER, Marianne, 1909- *Sterblichkeit der Neugeborenen innerhalb der ersten 10 Lebenstage und ihre Ursachen [Miin- ster] 30p. 22cm. Homburg-S., Kath. Knaben- Erziehungsheim [1934] KOLLMAR, Franz, 1910- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis sporenloser obligater Anaerobier in kariosen Zahnen. 21p. pl. 8? Berl., Berlin Verl., 1934. KOLLMAR, Kurt, 1903- *Die Ver- wendung von Weissgold in der Zahnheilkunde [Heidelberg] 23p. pl. 8? Mannheim, A. Hinze & Sohne, 1928. KOLLMEIER, Karl, 1909- Lungenkrebs [Bonn] 32p. Postberg, 1934. KOLLMER, Anton, 1912- wir uns das postnatale Vorriicken des Unter kiefers erklaren? Bisswechsel! [Munchen] 18p. 21cm. Gunzb., K. Mayer, 1937. KOLLMEYER, Eduard, 1899- papillare Blasentumoren. 23p. 8°. 1926. KOLLOCH, Gregor Joseph, 1905 sennekrose durch Pessardruck [Munchen] 20p. 8? Dillingen a. D., Schwab. Verb, 1931. KOLLROS, Vaclav, 1880- [Sixtieth anniversary] Zver. obzor, 1940, 33: 111. KOLMANOVICH, Aleksandr Nikolaevich, 1899-1927. Kiselev, R. V. [Obituary] Acta Univ. voroneg., 1927, 4: 769. KOLMER, John Albert, 1886- Serum diagnosis by complement-fixation, with special reference to syphilis; the principles, technique and clinical applications, xix, 583p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1928. --- Clinical diagnosis by laboratory exam- inations, xiii, 1239p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co. [1943] Also 1. ed., rev. xiii, 1239p. 25^cm. [1944] For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 7, 34: No. 9, 10. Also in Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) N. Orleans, 1938, 40. ---BOERNER, Frederick [et al.] Approved laboratory technic; clinical, pathological, bac- teriological, serological, biochemical, histological. 663p. pl. ch. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co. 1931. Also 2. ed. xxvii, 893p. [1938] Also 3. ed. xxvii, 921p. [1941] --- [The same] Mctodos de laboratorio clinico; patologia clinica, bacteriologia, mico- logfa, parasitologia, seriologia, bioqufmica e histologia; trad, de la 3. ed. inglesa por el Dr Manuel Manrique. xxviii, 981 p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 24>icm. N. Y., Univ. Soc, 1943. KOLMER, John Albert, & TUFT, Louis. Clinical immunology, biotherapy and chemo- *Silikose und Bottrop, W. *Wie konnen *Ueber Kiel [n. p.] *Bla- therapy in the diagnosis, prevention and treat- ment of disease, xiii, 941p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 24^cm. Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1941. KOLMER, Walter, 1879-1931. Alexander, G. [Nekrolog] Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 1-6.—Durig, A. [Nekrolog] Anat. Anz., 1931-32, 73: 278-87. ---- & LAUBER, Hans. Haut und Sinnes- organe. 2. T.: Auge. viii, 782p. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. Forms 3. Bd, 2. T.: Handb. mikr. Anat. Menschen (W. v. Mollendorff) KOLMER test. See also Syphilis, Diagnosis. Foxhall, E. P. Results of Kolmer complement fixation tests of spinal fluids with and without the addition of egg albumin to the complement. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 96 (Abstr.)— Harris, A. Concerning the choice of complement-antigen combination for use in the Kolmer complement fixation test; a pretesting method for complement selection. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 97-102.—Kilduffe, R. A. The stability of Kolmer's antigen for complement fixation tests in syphilis. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 2: 531. ------& Shifman, B. Sta- bility of desiccated beef heart muscle powder for preparation of antigens for complement-fixation tests in syphilis, with special reference to the Kolmer method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 1182.—Kolmer, J. A. The specificity, sensitive- ness and practical value of the Kolmer-Wassermann reaction. Am. J. Syph., 1929, 13: 248-67. ------ New antigens for the Kolmer modification of the Wassermann test. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1935, 5: 55-9.—Rathmell, T. K., Heacock, J., & Fry, M. 3. Superiority of the Kolmer antigen reinforced with acetone-insoluble lipoids. Ibid., 1940, 10: 275-81. KOLM-GROH, Paula, 1898- *Ueber kapillarmikroskopische Untersuchungen bei Zahn- kranken und bei Patienten mit gutem Gebiss. 24p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1928. KOLNAI, Aurel. Psychoanalysis and soci- ology; transl. by Eden & Cedar Paul. 185p. 19>^cm. Lond., G. Allen & Unwin [1921] KOLODNY, Anatole, 1892- Bone sar- coma; the primary malignant tumors of bone, and the giant cell tumor, ix, 214p. illust. 8? Chic, Surg. pub. co., 1927. KOLODNY, Fromm G., 1903- *Die praktische Anwendung des Hamogramms im klinischen Betriebe [Berlin] 24p. 8? Char- lottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. KOLODZIEJ, Irmgard, 1912- lnter- suchungen iiber die Zahngesundheit der Klein- kinder in der Kleinstadt und auf dem Lande. 16p. 22Y2cm. Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1936. KOLOSSOWSKY, Nikolai, 1886-1935. Notice sur la vie et les travaux de Nicolas de Kolossowsky. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 749-61, portr. KOLOTOV, Sergei Silvestrovich, 1858-1916. For obituary see J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1916, 48: 1032-4, portr. KOLOZSVAR, Hungary. Athanasiu, G. [Radioactivitatea apei potabile clin Cluj si valoarea ei medicala] Cluj. med., 1927, 8: No. 5, 133-42 — Grosz, E. [University of Kolozsvar] Orv. hetil., 1940, 84: 533_—Guiart, J. Histoire de la Faculte de medecine et de pharmacie de Cluj. Progr. med., Par., 1933, Suppl., 1-8.— Koleszar, L. [Opening of the University of Kolozsvar] Orv. hetil 1940, 84: 568.—University of Cluj. Isis, Menasha, 1942-43, 34: 215. KOLP ... For subjects thus beginning see under Cervix; Vagina. KOLPENITZKI, Roger Charles, 1908- *Le logement-sanitorium; son application dans le cadre des assurances sociales. 86p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. KOLPEURYNTER. See under Cervix, Dilatation, artificial. KOLSKI, Jozef, 1909- *Ueber Luftem- bolie. 31p. 8? Berl, Wulkan-Dr., 1936 KOLSTAD 326 KOMAROWER KOLSTAD, Carl Albert Marius, 1861- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 663. KOLSTAD, Fridtjof Hille, 1896- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 194. KOLSTAD, Harald, 1SS4- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 194 KOLSTAD, Johan Arnt, 1891- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 195. KOLSTAD, Sverre Hille, 1899- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 195. KOLTHOFF, Isaak Maurits, 1894- [Die Massanalyse] Volumetric analysis, with the collaboration of H. Mensel. Transl. bv N. Howell Furman. v.l. xvii, 289p. 8? N. Y., J. Wiley & sons, 1928. Also 2. ed. [with Stenger, V. A.] 309p. 24cm. N. Y., Interscience pub., 1942. ---- [S-iure-Basen-Indieatoren] Acid-base indicators; transl. bv Charles Rosenblum. ix, 414p. tab. 8? X. Y., Macmillan co.. 1937. KOLTYPIN, Aleksandr Alekseevich, 1883- 1942. 7eitlin, A. [Obituary] Pediatria, Moskva, 1942, No. 3, 75-7, portr. ---- LANGOVOI, N. I., & VLASOV, V. A. VneSHHK rieTCKHx 6ojie3Hett. 475p. illust. tab. diagr. ch. 23cm. Moskva, Narkomzdrav, 1937. Also another cd. 460p. 1939. Also 6. H3ii. 406 diagr. pl. Moskva, Medgiz, 1943. KOLTZE, Hans, 1911- *Zur Frage der Anpassung an den 02-Mangel im Unterdruck [Berlin] 15p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1939. KOMAI, Taku, 1886- Pedigrees of hereditary diseases and abnormalities found in the Japanese race, iv, 51p. pl. 8? Kyoto [Maruzen co.] 1934. Forms No. 1. Contr. Genet. Japanese Race. KOMANT, Walter, 1900- *Diazoreak- tion des Thyroxins und ihre Hemmung durch Blutbestandteile [Tubingen] p. 116-28. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 158: —— Ueber die chemische Reaktionsfahigkeit des Thyroxins, Dijodtyrosins und verwandter Korper im besonderen Hinbliok auf charak- teristische Farbreaktionen (Auszug) [Habilita- tionsschrift] 3p. 23cm. Giessen, W. Herr, 1936. KOMAROM, Hungary. See also Health organization, Hungary. Szel, T. Komarom kozcgeszsegiigye. Magy. statiszt szemle, 1940, 18:384-90. KOMAROMI-KAEZ, Endre, 1880- Adam & Eve [Illustration, dessin de M. Endre Komdromi- Kaez] Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 69. KOMAROV, Vladimir Leontievich, 1869- biohl^^i.f-Ssls.'por.1"111 ■nnivc™^ Us*- —■ For portrait see Jubil. sess. Akad. nauk SSSR, Moskva, KOMAROVSKY, Mirra, 1906- The unemployed man and his familv; the effect of unemployment upon the status"of the man in 59 families, xii, 163p. tab. 23^cm X Y Drvden pr. [1940] KOMAROVSKY, Olga, 1886- *Elie Metchnikoff et ses travaux sur la vieillesse 70n 8? Par., M Vigne, 1932. l KOMAROWER, Israel Chile, 1914- *De quelques resultats obtenus par 1'injcction intra- veineuse de cardiazol. 50p. 23cm. Par., A. I-apied, 1939. KOMAROWSKI, Mojsze Mordochaj, 1905- 51 Contribution k l'etude de la dcrmo- cpidermite pustuleuse miliaire. 32p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. KOMEE. See under Strophanthus. KOMBUSHA. See nnder Mushroom. KOMIYA, Y., & TAO, C. S. Some data of vital statistics in the district of Wusih and Wa- in in Kiangsu Province, Chian. 81p. pl. tab. 8? Shanghai, Shanghai Sc. Inst,, 1937. KOMMENTAR zum Deutschen Arzneibuch. See under Ansolmino, O., & Gilg, Ernst. KOMORNITZIK, Hans Otto, 1908- *Histologische Untersuchungen an im Kiefer zuriickgebliebenen Wurzelresten bleibender Zahne mit Beriicksichtigung des Rontgenbihles [Berlin] 28p. pl. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1936. KOMOSSA, Ernst, 1909-" *Ueber die Konzentrationsabhangigkeit von Giftwirkungen [Miinsterl 16p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1934. KOMOTO, Jujiro, 1859-1939. Miyasita, S. [Nekrolog] Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1939, 103: 238-40. KOMP, William H. Wood, 1893- An annotated list of the mosquitoes found in the vicinitv of an endemic focus of yellow fever in the Republic of Colombia. p.57-70. 8? [Wash., Entom. Soc. Washington] 1936. Also Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, 1936, 38: ---- The anopheline mosquitoes Caribbean region, ix, 195p. illust. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1942. Forms No. 179, Bull. Nat. Inst, Health. KOMPANEETS, Solomon Markovich, 1873- 1941. For obituary see J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, 18: 155-9, portr. KOMPLEX-BIOCHEMIE (Die) Berl., v.13, 1933 KON, Max [M. D., 1940, Basel] *Ueber den Monakow'schen Fussrandreflex [Basel] 24p. tab. 24cm. Mulhouse, J. Brinkmann, 1940. KON, Symcha, 1903- *Le cesarienne abdominale dans Peclampsie. 47p. 8? Par., Presses Modernes, 1932. KON, Yutaka. Ueber die Silberreaktion der Zellen. iv, 92p. illust. 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 1933. KONCHALOVSKY, Maxim Petrovich, 1875 K.TiHHHHecKHe JieKunu. 366p. 23cm. Moskva, State pub. biol. & med. lit., 1937. See also (Fortieth anniversary of medical, scientific work] Ter. arkh., 1939, 17: No. 6, 6-9, portr. KONDE, East Africa. Haefner, S. Die verschiedenen Krankbeilen der Konde- Ebene und ihre Heilung. Aerztl. Mission, 1900, 1: 39; 49. KONDERING, Hugo, 1901- *Ueber die Behandlung der Poliomyelitis anterior acuta mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lumbalpunk- tion [Miinster] 69p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1933. KONDO test. See under Syphilis, Diagnosis. KONDRATIEV, V. N. CneKTpocKonn>iecKoc H3y*ieHne xhmhuockhx ra30Bux peaKunft. 78p. ch. 22cm. Moskva, Izd. Akad. nauk S. S. S. R., 1944. of the 23Jicm. KONDRATOVICH 327 KONIOSIS KONDRATOVICH, Olimpy Vladislavovich, 1874-1923. Vyfhegorodcev, V. D. [Obituary] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 933-7. KONDRITZ, Helmut, 1911- *Ueber die Methoden der Blutstillung nach Zahnextrak- tionen. 17p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KONETZNY, Liselotte, 1909- *Der Wert der Vaccinebehandlung bei der Aktinomykose. ]6p. 21cm. Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1936. KONFERENZ zur Forderung medizinischer Synthese. 1. Konf. [Riga, 1931] Verhandlungen der ersten Konferenz zur Forderung medi- zinischer Synthese; hrsg. von M. Sihle. 296p. 8? Riga [A. G. Walters & Rapa] 1931. KONFERENZ fiir Rauschgiftbekampfung. 3. Konf. [1939] Vortrage. See Deutscher Bund zur Bekampfung der Alkoholgefahren. Volkppesundheit und Rauschgiftgefahren. 62p. 23cm. Berl., 1939. KON-FRAJND, Rosa. *Ueber Refiexe im Bereiche der Gehirnnerven [Basel] 27p. 8? Kolo, M. Frajnd [1931] KONG Han-Mei, 1904- *Diagnostic et traitement de l'appendicite aigue. 86p. 8? Par., Presses Modernes, 1931 KONGO. See Congo. KONGRESS zur Forderung medizinischer Synthese und arztlicher Weltanschauung. Dres- den. See under Germany; also Konferenz. KONGRESS fiir innere Medizin. 50. Kongr. [1932] Festschrift. See Spatz, H., ed. Fiinf Jahrzehnte Blutezeit deutscher Medizin. 161p. 25Hcm. Munch., 1938. KONGRESS fiir Psychotherapie. See Allgemeiner arztlicher Kongress fiir Psychotherapie. KONGSMARK, Knud Langebek, 1887- *Ein Fall von einem primaren Tumor in vertebra lumbalis IV. 44p. 8? Kiel, Siems, 1932. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 196. KONGSTED, August, 1870-1939. Miller, K. O. [Obituary] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 560-2, portr. KONIETZKO, Ernst, 1901- *Die Ent- wicklung der Anschauungen iiber die rheuma- tische Facialislahmung. 27p. 8? Gott., A. Riittgerodt [1928] KONIETZKO, Gerhard, 1901- *Ueber Orbitalphlegmone dentalen Ursprungs. 27p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1933. KONIETZKO, Walter, 1907- *Ueber Morbiditat und Mortalitat im Puerperium (Bericht uber 20 Jahre) 29p. 8? Berl., R. Graetz, 1935. KONIETZNY, Bernhard Gregor Eugen, 1910- *Zur Frage der akuten und subakuten gelben Leberatrophie im Sauglingsalter [Ro- stock] 19p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. KONIETZNY, Elisabeth, 1896- *Ueber Stichverletzungen des Gesichts- und Gehirn- schadels unter Mitteilung mehrerer Falle von Heugabelstichverletzungen. 19p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1930. KONIKOW, Antoinette F. Buchholz, 1869- Physicians' manual of birth control, xiii, 245p. illust. 8? N. Y., Buchholz pub. co. [1931] ---- Voluntary motherhood [5. ed., rev.] 40p. diagr. 22>km. [Bost., Buchholz pub. co., 1938] KONIMETER. See under Dust, Analysis. KONIOSIS. See Dust, industrial: Pathological aspect; Dust, Pathological aspect; also such terms as Asbestosis; Pneumonokoniosis, etc. KONISCHEWSKI, Josef, 1907- *Ueber die Aktivierung der Arginase. 15p. 22^cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. KONITZER, Albin, 1905- *Zwei seltene Falle von Gesichtsmissbildung. 39p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. KONITZER, Hubert, 1912- *Nutzen und Schadigungen der Trypaflavintherapie im Kindesalter [Breslau] 55p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. KONITZER, Leonhard Franz, 1909- *Zweiteilung des Riickenmarks. 35p. 8? Bresl., Bergland-Ges., 1933. KONIUS, Esfir Mironovna, 1896- Fjihctm y jieTeti. 32p. illust. 18cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. KONJETZNY, Georg Ernst, 1880- Der Magenkrebs. vii, 289p. illust. tab. 26%cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1938. KONNE, Michel [M. D., 1930, Geneve] *Con- tribution a l'etude des porteurs de germes diphteriques. 20p. 8? Geneve] Impr. du Commerce, 1930. KONNERTH, Alfred, 1905- *Beitrag zur Klinik und Behandlung der Halslymph- driisentuberkulose [Berlin] 49p. 8? Char- lottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KONOPKA, Karl. Die Rolle des Kerns bei Verdauung, Sekretion und Reizbewegung der Drosera rotundifolia. 112p. 8? Halle a. S., M. Niemeyer, 1930. Forms H. 2, Bd 7, Schrift. Konigsb. gelehrt. Ges., naturw. Kl. KONOPKA, Stanislaw, compiler. Lotnictwo i medycyna; bibljografja za rok [1934-35] 2v. 8? Warsz., Nakl. Kom. Propag. Med. Lot. Polsce, 1936-37. ---- Polska bibliografia lekarska, January- June, 1938. 2v. 26cm. Warsz. [Bibl. Centr. Wyszkol. San.] 1938. See also Fiumel, A., & Konopka, S. [Decade of health service in aviation] 1928-1938. 112p. 30cm. Warsz., 1938. KONOVALOFF, Anna, 1901- Con- tribution a l'etude de la grossesse chez la tubercu- leuse pulmonaire. 54p. 8? Par., Presses Modernes, 1931. KONOW, Paul, 1865- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 663. KONRAD, Edith, 1908- *Beitrag zum Vorkommen der Fibromyxome der Kiefer. 20p. 8? Miinch., J. Jiingling, 1931. KONRAD, Emil [M. D., 1924, Gottingen] *Die Beziehungen von Allgemeinerkrankungen zur Zahnpulpa [Gottingen] 16p. 8? Brnschw., E. Appelhans & co., 1924. KONRAD, Emil, 1905- *Der Gesichts- furunkel und seine Behandlung. 20p. 22%cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1937. KONRAD, Eugen, 1906- *Ueber die Erfolge der Strahlenbehandlung des Carcinoma colli uteri in den .lahren 1917-23 (nach dem Material der Universitatsfrauenklinik zu Wiirz- burg] 37p. 8? Wurzb., G. Grasser, 1931. KONRAD, Josef. See Fuhs, H., & Konrad, J. Dosierungsangaben fiir die Strahlen-Hauttherapie. 53p. 12! Berl., 1933. KONRAD, Wilhelm, 1911- *Die Ver- erbung der Krampfadern [Munchen] olp. 201A'.m. Gunzburg a. D., K. Mayer, 1937. KONRADT, Hermann, 1904- *Aufnahme und Form des Elektrokardiogramms von Huhn KONRADT 328 KOOP und Taub [Vet] 24p. pl. ch. 8? Giessen, Studentenhilfe, 1929. RON RICH, Friederich. Die bakterielle Kcim- totung durch Warme; Desinfektion und Sterilisa- tion durch Warme; zum Gebrauch in Kranken- hausern und bakteriologischen Laboratorien, fiir Aerzte, Apotheker und Gesundheitsingenieure. viii, 184p. illust. diagr. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1938. KONSCHEGG, T. Die Tuberkulose der Knochen. p.377-437. 4? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Lubarsch & Henke) 1934, 9: pt2. KONSPEKT po embriologii, primienitelno k trebovaniyam, predyavlyayemim k student.- medikam na vipnsknikh ekzamenakh. 44p. 8? Odessa, N. Galperin, 1909. KONSTANTIN von Sachsen Weimar, 1758- 93. Bergmann, A. Krankheit und Tod des Prinzen Constantin von Sachsen-Weimar. Sudhoffs Arch., 1935-36, 28: 113-20. KONSTANTINOVIC, Bogoljub. O npocrnTv- Uhjh. p.32-72. 23Hcm. Beogr., Gregoric [1921] In Veneridnim (O) bolestima, Vanredno izdanje (Glasnik; Ministarstva narodnog zdravlja) ---- nper.ney Aocajiaiter pajia Ha cy3oiua- h>io BeHepitHHiix 6ojiecTH. p.99-106. 23%cm. Beogr., Gregoric [1921] In Venerifnim (O) bolestima, Vanredno izdanje (Glasnik; Ministarstva narodnog zdravlja) ---- JaTaraH-Majia; cjiHKa CTaH6eHiix npn- jinKa y Eeorpajiy n npnjior 3a pemaBaite oBor npo6jieMa. 36p. illust. 23^cm. Beogr., Gregorid, 1925. Forms No. 30, Glasn. Min. narod. zdrav., Beograd. KONSTANTINU, Thrasiwulos, 1904- *Die Erkrankungsaussicht der Neffen und Nichten, Grossneffen und Grossnichten von Schizophrenen Thiirineens [Jena] p. 103-33. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 125: KONSTAS, Phidias, 1898- *Das Dengue- fieber mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der letzten Epidemie in Athen. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KONSULOV test. See under Pregnancy, Diagnosis. KONTNY, Henryk, 1902- *Ueber Schleimbeutelerkrankungen [Zurich] 24p. 8? Affoltern-Albis. J. Weiss, 1932. KONTTINEN, Yrjo Wilho, 1900- *Bei- trag zur Entwicklung des Nierenbeckens. 43p. pl. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1928. KONZELMANN, Frank Williamson, 1894- For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 464, portr. KONZELMANN, Hans, 1901- *Gene- ralisierte areaktive Tuberkelbazillensepsis (Ty- phobacillose Landouzy) 29p. 8? Tub A Becht, 1935. KONZELMANN, Otto, 1899- *M6glieh- keit und Grenzen aseptischen und antiseptischen Arbeitens in der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde. 20p. 8° Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. KOOB, Kurt, 1909- *Gibt es Beweise fur eine sympathische und parasympathische Innervation der Blutgefasse? [Munchen] 12p. 23cm. Augsb., J. Maver, 1938. KOOBS, Hermann J. G., 1868-1940. For obituary see J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1940-41, 37: 108. KOONES, Charles K., 1866- For portrait see Collection in Library. KOOP, Heinrich, 1908- *Die Behand- lung des intrathorakalen Kropfes und ihre Ge- fahren [Wurzburg] 23p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1932. KOOPMANN, Hans. Abriss der gericht- lichen unti sozialen Medizin fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 50p. 20cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1939. KOOPMANN, Hans Werner, 190S- *Munderscheinungen bei Maseru und Scharlach in der Kinderpraxis [Bonn] 26p. 8? Miinch., Bavcr. Druck, 1935. KOOPMANN, Hermann, 1908- *Mund- und Nasenpapillome [Wurzburg] 12p. 8? Kiel, K. J. Rossler, 1933. KOOPMANN, Lotte, 1901- *Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Toxizitat des Calciums von der Ernahrung. 28p. tab. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1927. KOORY, Shickrey B., 1884- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 004. KOOS, Erich, 1908- *Ueber die konsti- tutionelle Bedingtheit einiger Hauptformen der Maculaerkrankungen [Tubingen] 31p. 8? Marbach a. N., A. Remppis, 1934. KOOTZ, Gustav, 1910- *Paradcntosc und Diabetes [Heidelberg] lOp. tab. 23cm. Dudweiler-Saar, A. Unterkeller, 1938. KOPACZEWSKI, Wladislas, 1886- Phar- macodynamic des colloides. Tome 2: Proteino- therapie et transfusion du sang. xii, 33lp. portr. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1925. ---- La medecine en desarroi. 189p. 19cm, Par., J. Flory [1938] KOPATSCHEK, Federico. Manual del labora- torio qufmico. 669p. illust. pl. tab. diagr. 27cm. B. Air., A. L6pez, 1942. KOPCZYNSKI, Stanislaw, -1933. Koelichen, J. [Obituary] Neur. polska, 1935, 18: 111. KOPCZYNSKI, Witold Roman, 1903- *Zur Frage des tragfahigen Amputationsstumpfes. 28p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KOPEC, Stefan, 1888-1941. For obituary see Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 655. KOPEIKA, Wolf, 1898- *Sur le me- canisme hormonal de la seVn'-tion lactee; revue d'ensemble. 36p. 24cm. Par., L. Rodstein, 1939. KOPEL, Izrael Lejzor, 1910- *Thorax en carene. 51p. 25}->em. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1936. KOPEL, Israel Mayer, 1908- traite- ment des infections superficielles des membres par les bains de chlorhydrate de diamino- methylacridine. 40p. 8? Par., J. Haumont, 1937. KOPELIOVITSCH, Jankel [M. D., 1929, Basel] *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss verschiedener Stoffe auf den Blut- zucker [Basel] 20p. 8? St Louis [n. p.] 1929. KOPELIOWITSCH, Schlioma, 1898- *Statistik iiber Lues III an der Universitats- Hautklinik Jena 1910-26. 22p. 8? Jena [n. p.] 1927. KOPELOFF, Nicholas, 1890- Man vs microbes, xxiii, 31 lp., viii. pl. 8? N. Y., A. A. Knopf, 1930. ---- Bacteriology in neuropsychiatry; a survey of investigations concerned with the specific role of infectious and immune processes. ix, 316p. 2Sy2cm. Springf., C. C Thomas, 1941. KOPELOV, Izrail, 1905- *Sur quelques cas de schizophrenie traites par la methode convulsivante et le cardiazol. 60p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. KOPETZKY, Samuel Joseph, 1876- The surgery of the ear. 2. ed. xvii, 364p. illust. pl. ch. 8? N. Y., Rebman eo. [1908] KOPETZKY 329 KOPP ■--- Otologic surgery. 2. ed. xviii, 553p. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1929. ■--- Surgery of the ear. 456p. illust. pl. diagr. 25#cm. N. Y., T. Nelson & sons, 1938. For biography see N. York State J. M., 1941, 41: 937, portr. Also in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 198. For portrait see Kansas City M. J., 1941, 17: No. 10, 20. Also Med. Rec, Houston, 1941, 35: No. 10, insert. ---- & ALMOUR, Ralph. The suppuration of the petrous pyramid; pathology, sympto- matology and surgical treatment. 118p. illust. 8? S. Louis, Annals pub. co. [1931] KOPF, Edwin W. Essentials of family statis- tics. p.[64]-79. 23>^cm. [N. Y., Casualty Actuarial & Statist. Soc. America, 1918] Bepr. from Proc. Casualty Actuarial & Statist. Soc. America, 1918, 5: KOPF, Lothar Heinz, 1909- *Das Krank- heitsbild des Pankreaskarzinoms. 79p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KOPKA, Erika, 1911- *Das Schicksal der an Dermatitis herpetiformis Duhring Er- krankten [Munchen] 21p. 21cm. Diisseld., J. Dobler, 1936. KOPKE, Ayres [M. D., 1889, Lisboa] *A1- gumas palavras sobre o tratamento dos desvios uterinos. 45p. 8? Lisb., E. Roza, 1889. KOPKIN, Barnet A. [L. D. S., 1928, Royal College of Surgeons] Dental surgery for medical practitioners, x, 109p. illust. 8? Lond., H. Kimpton, 1937. KOPKOW, Herbert Arthur, 1900- *Ueber intraperitoneale Blutungen aus einem geplatzten Corpus luteum und ihre chirurgische Behandlung. 23p. 20%cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1937. KOPLIK, Henry, 1858-1927. Kagan, S. R. Biography. Hebrew M. J., N. Y., 1939, 2: 155, portr.—[Obituary] Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 33: 979. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1500. For portrait see Collection in Library. KOPLIK sign. See under Measles. KOPLIKU, Bahri, 1907- *Pour diminuer les risques operatoires chez les nourrissons. 96p. tab. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Mari-Lavit, 1937. KOPLOWITZ, Erich, 1900- *Kreatin und Kreatinin; ihr physiologisches und patho- logisches Vorkommen und ihre klinische Be- deutung [Berlin] 72p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1926. KOPMANN, Heinrich, 1902- *Von der Thymus und der Wirkung der Injektion des Thymocrescins auf das Wachstum bei Schweinen [Jena] 54p. 21cm. Coburg, A. Rossteutscher, 1936. KOPP, A. E. Speech correction from a dental viewpoint, p.55-69. 22^cm. Bost., Expression co. [1942] In Practice of Speech Correction in the Medical Clinic (Huber, M. W.) KOPP, Barbara [Mother Marianne] 1836-1918. Jacks, L. V. Mother Marianne of Molokai. 203p. 8? N. Y., 1935. See also Mouritz, A. A. [Biography] In his Brief World Hist. Lepr., Honolulu, 1943, 45, portr. KOPP, Gerald, 1911- *Ueber Verlet- zungen des Nervus opticus und ihren ront- genologischen Nachweis. 18p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., Steinbacher, 1936. KOPP, Hans, 1913- *Ueber Hydram- nion; Fiille von Hydramnion an der Heidelberger Universitatsfrauenklinik aus den Jahren 1916-35 [Heidelberg] 47p. 22%cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1938. KOPP, Hermann, 1817-92. Speter, M. Vater Kopp; Bio-, Biblio- und Psychographisches von und iiber Hermann Kopp (1817-92) p.392-460. portr. 8? Bruges, 1938. Also Osiris, 1938, 5: KOPP, Josef, 1864-1938. Heller [Nekrolog] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 385. KOPP, Karl Oskar, 1910- *Die Fest- stellung der Invasionstuchtigkeit von Cysti- cercus inermis [Giessen] 27p. 8? Werdohl Gebr. Stracke, 1936. KOPP, Konrad, 1903- *Wege der Milch- saurebildung im Muskel. 24p. 8? Munch C. Wolf & Sohn, 1935. KOPP, Leo, 1899- *Ueber die in den Jahren 1913 bis 1931 in der Gottinger chi- rurgischen Universitatsklinik operierten Oeso- phagusdivertikel. 27p. 8? Gott., F. Pieper, 1935. y ' KOPP, Marie Elizabeth, 1888- Birth control in practice; analysis of 10,000 case histories of the Birth Control Clinical Research Bureau, xxvi, 290p. tab. 8? N. Y., R. M McBride & co., 1934. KOPP, Otto, 1902- *Die prophylaktische Wendung an der Bonner Universitats-Frauen- klinik in den Jahren 1912 bis 1929. 29p. 8° Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KOPP, Walter. Gesetzliche Unfruchtbar- machung; die Sterilisationsgesetzgebung in den skandinavischen Landern und Schweiz und ihre praktischen Ergebnisse, unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des deutschen Gesetzes vom 14. Juli 1933. 4, 145p. illust. 8? Kiel, Lipsius & Tischer, 1934. KOPPANG. Nils Berg, 1876- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 664. KOPPANYI, Theodore, 1901- Editor of Underhill, F. P. Toxicology. 3. ed. 325d. 8° Phila. [1936] KOPPEL, Isidore, 1911- *Sur les troubles dyspeptiques consecutifs a la phrenicectomie. 88p. 241/>em. Par., Pascal, 1940. KOPPEL, Iwan, 1873- Joint editor of Biedermann, R., Roth, W. A., & Koppel, I. Chemiker-Taschenbuch. 58. Aufl. 616p. 16? Berl., 1937. KOPPEL, Max, 1890-1916. Spiro, K. [Nekrolog] Jahrber. Fortsch. Tierchem. (1915) 1916, 45: p. v-viii. KOPPEN, Fritz, 1906- *Ein seltener Fall von jugendlicher Paradentose. 28p. pl. 8? Tub., H. Laupp, jr, 1933. KOPPENBURG, August, 1909- *Bran- chiogene Zysten [Miinster] 23p. 21cm. Lenge- rich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KOPPENHOEFER, Georg Friedrich, 1904- 36. Sicgmund. Georg Friedrich Koppenhofer. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 29: 390. . KOPPERS, Wilhelm, 1886- Unter Feuer- land-Indianern; eine Forschungsreise zu den sudlichsten Bewohnern der Erde, mit M. Gu- sinde. viii, 243p. pl. map. 8? Stuttg., Strecker & Schroder, 1924. See also Schmidt, W., & Koppers, W. Handbuch der Methode der kulturhistorischen Ethnologie. 338p. 8°. Miinst.. 1937. KOPPETSCH, Martin Wilhelm, 1900- *Zur Pathologie und Therapie der otogenen Kleinhirn- und Schlafenlappenabscesse. 29p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1933. KOPPMANN, Jacques Maria. *Algunas formas de radioterapia del simpatico en prdritos y prurigos [Chile] lOlp. 26cm. Santiago, Dir. Gen. Prisiones, 1940. KOPRO 330 KORANYI KOPRO ... See Copro ... KOPROLAGNY. See Coprophagy. KOPROPORPHYRINE. See Porphyrine. KOPSCH, Erich, 1912- *Entstehung und Behandlung des angeborenen Schulter- blatthoeh^tandes (Sprengel'sche Deformitat) 25p. 23cm. Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1937. KOPSCH, Friedrich, 1868- Die Nomina anatomica des Jahres 1895 (B. N. A.) nach der Buchstabenreihe geordnet und gegeniibergestellt den Nomina anatomica des Jahres 1935 (I. N. A.) 2. Aufl. iv, 103p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. See also Rauber, A. A., & Kopsch, F. Kauber-Kopsch Lehrbuch und Atlas der Anatomie des Menschen. 14. Aufl 5v. 8? L1Z 1932-38. Also 15. Aufl. 3v. 1939-40. Also 16. Aufl. Bd 3. 1 'M3. Stieve, H. Friedrich Kopsch zum siebzigsten Geburtstage. Deut. mi .1 Wschr., 1938, 64: 421. KOPSCH, Friedrich August Emil, 1897- *Ueber das Vorkommen und die Bedeutung der eosinophilen Zellen bei der Gonorrhoea acuta anterior und Gonorrhoea acuta posterior. 40p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1927. KOPSCH, Richard Kurt Horst Werner, 1908- *Ueber die Haufigkeit und den Charakter der durch die physikalische Unter- suchung nicht erkannten Lungentuberkulosen; statistische Untersuchungen an Material der medizinisehen Poliklinik Leipzig aus den Jahren 1930-31 [Leipzig] 17p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1934. KOPSTEIN, Felix, 1895-1939. For obituarv see Me [Biocrnfia] Gior. rlin. med., jzaVh. <>• JZum 70- f;<-,bu-rt8tag] 1936. 17: 693-5, portr.—Orszagh. w. ,.-..--- - -■ ---•-., Zschr. Tuberk., 1936, 76: 1.—Rusznyiik. S ium 70. Ge- burtstag von Prof. Baron Dr Alexander von Koranyi. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 62: 985. For portrait .see Collection in Library. KORB, Eberhard, 1913- *Der Einfluss des Keimimportes ante oder intra partum auf die Prognose des Puerperalfiebers und der puerperalen Sepsis [Jena] 31 p. 20,'-cm. Wup- pertal-V., F. Schettler, 1938. KORBSCH, Heinrich, 1893- Spp Fuhrmann, M., & Korbsch, H. Lehrbuch der Psy- chiatric 3. Aufl. 236p. 8? Lpz., 1937. KORBSCH, Roger, 1886- Die Gastro- skopie und ihre neuren Ergebnisse; eine Anleitung zur Erlernung der Technik und Deutung der Befunde. v, 76p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1926. ----Lehrbuch und Atlas der Laparo- und Thorakoskopie. 73p. pl. 8? Munch., J. V. Lehmann, 1927. KORCZYNSKI, Ludomil, 1867-1936. Bross, K. [Obituarv] Med. prakt., Pozniin, 1936, 10: 353-6, portr.—Walter, F. [Obituary] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 449, portr. KORDATZKI, Willi. Taschenbuch der prak- tischen pH-Messung; fiir wissenschaftliche Labo- ratorien und technische Betriebe. 3. Aufl. viii, 233p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1938. KORDELLE, Kurt Herbert Giinther, 1901- *Ueber die Knochenmetastasen des Mam- macarcinoms [Breslau] 23p. 8?' Waldenburg i. S., O. Hilliger, 1926. KORDEN, Fritz. 1901- *Untersuchungen des Blutbildes bei Gingivitiden, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Gingivitis ulcerosa. 28p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1927. KORDES, Herbert, 1910- *Zur Frage des angeborenen Pectoralisdefektes mit Radialis- lahmung [Gottingen] 22p. 8? Erlangen, M. Krahl, 1936. KORDES, Oswald B., 1907- *Sym- phvsendehnung und Symphysenruptur sub partu [Wurzburg] 18p. 8? Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1935. KORDISH, Paul. How to cure dandruff; how to stop falling hair; how to re-grow lost hair. 6 1. 28cm. [n. p.] 1936. KORDOWICH, Konrad, 1911- *Der Zusammenhang des Gehirns mit dem Diabetes mellitus unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der dabei beobachteten Gehirnveranderungen. 30p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1936. KOREA. See Corea. KORELL, Paula, 1899- *Zur Sympto- matologie der Hebephrenic. 18p. 8? Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1925. KOREN, August, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 665. KOREN, August Laurentius, 1833-1929. Kobro, I. [Obituary] Norsk tskr. mil. med., 1929, 33: 117. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 605. KOREN, Claus Gustav Myrin, 1835-1901. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 666. KOREN, Hans Jacob Gr^gaard, 1842-99. Portrait. In Nnrjri-s laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 667. KOREN, Johan, 1809-85. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 667. KOREN, John, 1861-1923. Summaries of state laws relating to the insane, x, 272p. 8? N. Y., Nat. Coram. Ment. Hyg., 1917. KOREN, Vilhelm Frimann, 1865- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 068. KORENBERG 331 KORKU KORENBERG, Morton, 1914- See Wirtschafter, Z. T., & Korenberg, M. Diabetes mellitus. 186p. 22cm. Bait., 1942. KORENBLIT K., Jose [M. D., 1939, Chile] ♦Osteoradionecrosis de los maxilares [Chile] 29p. 26cm. Santiago, L6pez, 1939. KORES, Vernon, 1911- *The serum treatment of pneumonia [Marquette Univ.] 6p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1936. Typewritten. KORESSIOS, Nicolas Theadore, 1898- *Serotherapie hemolytique de la sclerose en plaques. 56p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1930. ---- Recherches psychotherapiques sur les delires; conditions de leur reduction spontanee et experimentale. 373p. 24^cm. Par., Libr. Maloine, 1943. See also Laignel-Lavastine & Koressios, N. T. S6rotherapie hemo/ytique de la sclerose en plaques. 254p. 8? Par., 1932. KORF, Karl, 1905- *Epithelzysten ent- standen nach Humanolinjektionen bei Dupuy- tren'scher Fingerkontraktur (ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Epithelzvsten) 26p. 8? Erlan- gen, K. Dores, 1930. KORFF, Adolf, 1910- *Die primare Zungentuberkulose. 31 p. 8? [Miinst., n. p., 1934] KORFF, Erich, 1905- *Ueber Leistungs- fahigkeit von Zahnbohrern. 30p. ch. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1930. KORFF, Robert, 1908- *Die Zwei- wurzeligkeit (Wurzeliiberzahl) an Schneide- und Eckzahnen des menschlichen Gebisses; eine Statistik nebst atiologischen Betrachtungen iiber diese Anomalie. 23p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1937. KORFF, Wilhelm, 1900- *Ueber Vaginal- cysten (unter Beriicksichtigung von 22 Fallen aus der Gottinger Frauenklinik vom Jahre 1900- 25) 36p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1926. KORFF-PETERSEN, Arthur, 1882-1927. Schulhygienisc-he Arbeitsmethoden. p. 1-86. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenburg, 1923. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., Abt. 4, T. 11. For obituary see Kisskalt. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1741.—Kuhn, P. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1399. KORHONEN, Arvo Aulis Kullervo, 1901- *Ueber die Harnsteine; Klinik, pbysikalische und chemische Eigenschaften sowie Bakterio- logie. 182p. pl. 8? Helsin., Finn. Lit. Ges., 1936. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1936, 22: ser. B. KORINEK, Jan. Sur la variabilite serologique du B. pneumoniae Friedlander. 16p. 23cm. Praha, Pfikopv, 1925. KORITZINSKY, Ephraim Wolf, 1883- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 196. KORK, Werner, 1906- lntersu- chungen iiber Silberchromat als Wurzelfiillung. 36p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1932. KORKHAUS, Gustav, 1895- Moderne orthodontische Therapie. 2. Aufl. vii, 457p. illust. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, 1932. ----Anatomische Vorbemerkungen. p.l- 139. 25' iem. Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1939. In Handb. Zahnheilk. (C. Bruhn) 1.-2. Aufl., 4: ■—— Biomechanische Gebiss- und Kiefei- orthopadie (Orthodontie) p. 140-742. 25y>vm. Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1939. In Handb. Zahnheilk. (C. Bruhn) 1.-2. Aufl., 4: KORKHOV, Andrii Petrovich, 1882-1937. Gubergritz, O. J. [Obituary] Radianska med., 1937, 2: No. 7, 3. KORKU. See India, Anthropology. KORMANN, Franz, 1889- *Das jugend- liche Gebiss in der konservierenden Zahnheil- kunde [Munchen] 36p. 8? Kallmunz b. Regensb., M. Lassleben, 1927. KORN, Albert, 1911- *Multiple cartila- ginare Exostosen. 34p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1936. KORN, Erna, 1913- *Der C-Vitamin- haushalt wahrend der Schwangerschaft und Stillperiode und seine Bedeutung fiir die Zahn- karies; nach eigenen Untersuchungen an ca 100 Personen. 26p. 20^cm. Bonn, J. Duckwitz, 1938. KORN, Gottfried, 1911- Contribution a l'etude des mecanismes pathogeniques des syndromes delirants post-encephalitiques. 45p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1936. KORN, Hans, 1904- *Menstruation und Blutgerinnung. 31p.' ch. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdr., 1930. KORN, Harold Irving [M. D., 1933, Geneve] *A propos de deux cas de surdosage de Sedormid [Geneve] 15p. 8? Annemasse, J. Rosnoblet, 1933 KORN, Hilde Grzimek, 1897- *Klini- seher Bericht iiber 44 Falle von spinaler Kinder- lahmung der Berliner Epidemie 1932. 32p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1934. KORN, Jakob, 1899- *Gefahrenbekam- pfung und Unfallminderung in der Geschiehte des Steinkohlenbergbaues unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Saarbergbaues [Heidelberg] 47p. 22cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KORN, Wilhelm, 1908- *Ueber die Behandlung von Kniescheibenbriichen. 21p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KORNACHER, Gerhard, 1909- *Dauer- erfolge der Kollapsbehandlung; Beobachtungen 1921-32 aus der Sophienheilstatte Bad Berka [Jena] 39p. 8° Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1936. KORNACKER, Ludolf, 1900- *Einfluss der Atmosphare auf staphylogene und strepto- gene Erkrankungen der Haut [Erlangen] 23p. ch. 8? Hochstadt-Aisch, O. Dennhardt, 1937. KORNASOFF, Iwan, 1899- *Ueber das Flockungsoptimum des Pekelharing'schen Serum- eiweisskorpers. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1928. KORNATH, Victor, 1909- *Der Wert der Probeexcision der Prostatahypertrophie. 24p. 8? Berl., H. Michel. 1936. KORNBLUM, Karl, 1893- For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 588, portr. KORNDOERFER, Hans, 1912- *Die Xanthoproteinreaktion im Blutserum bei Poly- arthritis rheumatica. 16p. 21cm. Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1938. KORNER, Salomon, 1909- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude des osteites tuberculeuses juxta- articulaires du coude chez l'adolescent et l'adulte. 45p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. KORNEV, Petr Georgevich, 1883- [Thirty years of medical, scientific research, pedagogic and social work] Vest, khir., 1940, 60: 413, portr. KORNFELD, Werner. See Nobel, E., Kornfeld, W., & Ronald, A. Schilddrusen- erkrankungen im Kindesalter. 129p. 8? Wien, 1935. Also Nobel, E., Kornfeld, W. [et al.] Innere Sekretion und Konsti- tution im Kindesalter. 352p. 24Hcm. Wien, 1937. KORNFELDT, Sigurd, 1892- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 197. KORNGOLD 33 KORNGOLD, S. See Lahy, J. M., & Korngold. S. Recherches exp6rimentales sur les causes psychologiques des accidents du travail. 73p. 8? Par., 1936. KORNIC, Leon, 1914- *L'epidemiologie du paludisme en Palestine. 42p. 25cm. Lyon, Paquet, 1938. KORNIG, T. G. Umgangshandbuch fur den Verkehr mit Nervosen. 113p. 2134cm. Berl., H. Steinitz [1893] KORNTLOVICH, Nikolai Pavlovich, 1865- Ochobbi HopMajibHoti MHKpocKoniiHecKoii aria- TOMiu. BtmycKi. 1 MnKpocKoni n ero ycrpoft- ctbo. 2v. 127p. illust. 24cm. S. Petersb., V. J. Milstein, 1906-07. KORNMANN, Frank, 1875- Das Klima Lugano's; seine arztlichen Indikationen und Kontraindikationen. v, 143p. 8? Bern, P. Haupt, 1924. KORNMANN, Louis F., 1861- For portrait see Collection in Library. KORNMESSER, Siegfried Joachim Wilhelm, 1901- *Kann die Zellzahlung als Liquor- Untersuchungsmethode durch die Triibungs- messung ersetzt werden? Untersuchungen mit dem Zeiss'sehen Stufenphotometer als Triibungs- messer. 20p. 8? Jena [n. p.] 1930. KORNMUELLER, Alois Eduard. Die bio- elektrischen Erscheinungen der Hirnrindenfelder. 118p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. KORNS, Horace Marshall, 1893- For portrait see Bull. Linn Co. M. Soc, 1940-41, 9: No. 5, 15. Also Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 224; 1912, 31: 251. KORNSTEIN, Adolf, 1908- *Experi- mentelle und klinische Untersuchungen iiber die Verhaltnisse der Eiweissfaulnis bei ver- schiedenen operativen, chemischen und diateti- sehen Eingriffen im Magen-Darmkanal. 31p. 8? Bresl., T. Schatzkv, 1934. KORNSTEIN-ROSENTHAL, Suse, 1909- *Nachuntersuchungen bei Spondylolisthesis. 31p. 8? Bresl., T. Schatzky, 1934. KORO. See also Neurosis; Penis, Disease. Wulfften Palthe, van. Koro; une maladie imaginaire et une phobie orients le. Presse med., 1936, 44: 331. ------ II significato forense del koro. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1937, 57: 173-82. KOROL, David, 1893- *Ueber allgemeine Pyodermien mit Beriicksichtigung der Follicu- litis suppurativa repens capillitii. 50p. 8? Gott., E. Grosse, 1927. KOROLEV, Sergei Aleksandrovich, 1874-1932. Voitkevich, A. [Obituary] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1932, 1: 475-7. KOROLIK-KREININ, Nichama [M. D., 1910, Bern] *Ueber vagotrope und sympaticotrope Falle von Basedow. 24p. 8? Bern, Verl. zum Zytglogge, 1910. KOROPHILIA. See Homosexuality, female. KORPASSY, Bela. See Bald, J., & Korpassy, B. Warzcn, Papillome und Krebs. 303p. 8? Budap., 1936. KORR, Adolf, 1912- Osteomyelitis und Unfall. 30p. 21cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. KORS, Martin Luther, 1875- Goiters; a new theory. [20] p. 16? Chic, Cass pub. co. [1935] KORSAKOV, Sergei Sergeevich, 1853-1900. Vorobiev, V. V. [Obituary] Russ. antrop. J., 1900, 1: No. 2, 94-6, portr. KORSAKOV PSYCHOSIS KORSAKOV psychosis. See also Neuritis, toxic; Polyneuritis; Psycho- sis, toxic; also names of poisons and primary conditions as Arsenic, Poisoning; Carbon mon- oxide, Poisoning; Diabetes mellitus, Complica- tion; Head injury; Neurosyphilis, etc. Block, H. *Beitrag zur Alkoholneuritis mit Korsakowschem Syinptomenkomplex. 26p. 8? Kiel, 1910. Ehmsen, H. *Ueber den Korsakowschcn Symptomenkomplex und Polyneuritis. 37p. 8? Kiel, 1911. Eisenhofer, M. *Casuistische Beitrage zur Korsakow'schen Psychose [Wurzburg] 36p. 8? Bamberg, 1906. Hafse, E. E. *Korsakov's psychosis [S. Franc. Co. Hosp.] 16p. 28cm. S. Franc, 1940. Landerer, H. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Korsakowschen Symptomenkomplexes. 35p. 8". Tub., 1905. Rother, A. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Korsakow'schen Psychose. 28p. 8? Lpz., 1905. Tidemann, E. *Ein Beitrag zur casuistik der Neuritis multiplex alcoholica mit Korsa- kow'scher Psychose. 38p. 8? Kiel. 1906. Bernardi, R. Un caso di malattia di Korsakow. Ann. freniat., Tor., 1911, 21: 52-5.—Bonfigli, R. Sulla psicosi di Korsakoff. Riv. sper. freniat., 1907, 33: 68-75, pl.— Bernstein, M. O tak zwanej psychozie Korsakowa. Gaz. lek., Warsz., 1907, 2. ser., 27: 781; 818.—Claude. La psychose de Korsa- koff. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 209-12.—Dewing, O. M. Korsakoff's psjchosis; with analysis of 17 cases. Long Island M. J., 1908, 2: 212-8.—Dupain, J. M., & Lerat, G. Un cas de psychose polynevritique. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1909, 9. ser., 9: 262-71.—Engalychev, S. [Case of polyneuritis with Korsakov symptom-complex] Tr. Obst. nevropat. psikhiat. Saratov. Univ., 1927, 1: 173-8.—Garcia del Real. Psicosis polineuritica (sindrome de Korsakow) Rev. espec. med., Madr., 1910, 13: 169-74.—Geier, T. A. O Korsakovskom psikhozle. Sovrem. psikhiat., 1911, 5: 16-51.—Henry, G. W. The toxic-infectious-exhaustive psychoses and the intermedi- ate conditions (epilepsy and Korsakow) Proc. Conf. Psychiat. Educ. (1936) 1938, 4. Conf., 80-5.—Hitzenberger, K. Fall von Korsakow'scher Psychose. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 264.—Hunt, L. L. Korsakoff's disease; a report of 4 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, 69: 387-9.—Hurd, A. W. Korsakoff'a psychosis; report of cases. Proc. Am. M. Psychol. Ass., 1905, 12: 195-208.—Khoroshko, V. K ucheniyu o polinevriti- cheskom psikhozle Korsakova. J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1907, 7: 422-38, diagr.—Lapinski, M. Zur Casuistik der poly- neuritischen Psychose. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1907, 43: 1137-74.—Levy-Valensi, J. Syndrome de Korsakoff. Sera. hop. Paris, 1926, 3: 397-403.—Ley, A. Sur la polynevrite alcoolique fabulante (maladie de Korsakow) Bruxelles med., 1931-32, 12: 103-6. Long-Landry. Maladie de Korsakoff (psychose polynevritique) Clinique, Par., 1909, 4: 81-5.— Marckus, H. La maladie de Korsakow. Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1925, 51: 159, 1926, 52: 28; 1927, 53: 169. ----— Morbus Korsakow. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 124: 165-70.— Pic & Bonnamour, S. Cirrhose avec psychose polynevritique. Lyon med., 1907,108:1199/—Roemheld, L. Der Korsakowsche Symptomencomplex. Heilkunde, Berl., 1906, 337-42.— Saucier, J. Psychopolynevrite de Korsakoff. Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 742-6.—Soares, E. Syndrome de Korsa- koff. Ann. Soc. med. cir. Itabuna, 1936-37, 109-17— Tsare- gradski, A. Psychosis Korsakowii. J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1905, 5: 1081-7.—Zak, M. [Cases of true Korsakov psychosis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 450-6. ---- Clinical aspect. Bechdoldt, G. *Ein Fall von jugendlichem Korsakow bei schwerer Psychopathic. 67p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Bergmann-Kasperowicz, M. *Contribution a l'etude de la psychose de Korsakow (apercu clinique et recherches sur la memoire) 48p. 8? Geneve, 1907. Donauer, H. *Verlauf und Prognose des nicht alkoholbedingten Korsakow-Syndroms [Munchen] 45p. 8? [Homburg-Saar] 1926. Rollmann, J. *Klinische Beobachtungen iiber den Korsakowschen Symptomenkomplex. 49p. 8? Bonn, 1911. KORSAKOV PSYCHOSIS 333 KORSAKOV PSYCHOSIS Abety, X., & Maillard, J. Deux cas de psychose polynevrite. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1938, 96: pt 2, 571-4— Ajellg, S. Sulla psicosi di Korsakoff; contributo clinico ed anatomo- patologico. Gazz. san., Catania, 1907, 7: 121; 133.—Caron & Nodet, C. H. Syndrome de Korsakoff, avec atteinte grave des 4 membres, a evolution partiellement regressive ou au moins fixee provisoirement. Ann. mid. psychol., Par., 1935, 93: pt 1, 442-7.—Choroschko, W. Zur Lehre von der Korsakoff'schen polyneuritischen Psychose. Neur. Zbl., 1909, 28: 341-52.— Clark, D. R. Some observations on Korsakoff's svndrome. Physician & Surg., 1911, 33: 49-52.—Courbon, P., & Mars. L. Demence alcoolique polynevritique et contracture des flechis- seurs de la main. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1935, 93: pt 1, 437—42.—Deroubaix, E. Un cas de polynevrite alcoolique avec cirrhose hepatique et psychose de Korsakoff; syndrome de Khppel. J. sc. med. Lille, 1925, 43: pt 1, 95-8.—Dupouy R., Courtois, A., & Pichard, H. Polynevrite a type monoplegique avec svndrome de Korsakov chez un alcoolique psoriasique. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1929, 17: 145-8.—Fiamberti, A. M. Psico-polineuritide a tipo pseudo-tabetico a terapia aurica. Cervello, 1935, 15: 359-80.—Gareiso, A., Viviani, J. E., & Cerdeiro, A. Psicosis de Korsakoff en la infancia. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1935, 20: 411-21.—Guiraud, P., Micucci, M., & Oudot, G. Syndrome polynevritique de Korsakoff avec mal perforant plantaire. Ann. m6d. psvchol., Par., 1939, 97: pt 2, 243-5.—Kamman, G. R. Alcoholic polyneuritis with cranial nerve involverrent: Korsakow syn- drome, report of case. Minnesota M., 1931, 14: 259.—Kalz- man, D. M. [Case of Korsakov psychosis with psychogenic reaction] J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1928, 21: 373-83.— Lasker, W. Ein Beitrag zu den paraartikularen Verkncche- rungen bei Erkrankungen des Nervensvstems. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1928, 37: 830-5.—Marchand, L. Psychose polynevrite; guenson rapide de la polyneviite; etat dementiel consecutif a forme de demence precoce. Ann. m6d. psychol., Par., 1931, 89: pt 1, 39-42. ------& Dupouy, R. Polynevrite alcoolique avec maux perforants; 6tat dementiel; ictus; syn- drome pseudo-bulbaire; hvperalbuminose rachidienne. Ibid., 1939, 97: pt 2, 47-51.—Merritt, H. H., & Rosenbaum, M. Korsakoff's syndrome; a clinical study of alcoholic form with especial regard to prognosis. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1938, 64: 184-7.—Obarrio, J. M. Polineuritis con delirio onfrico (psi- cosis de Korsakoff) y cirrosis hepatica de origen alcoh61ico en un nifio de 5 anos. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1922, 9: 542-54.— Paehayan, N. A. Two cases of Korsakow's svndrome without polyneuritis. Albany M. Ann., 1907, 28: 910-3.—Plehn. Ein Fall von epileptoidem Zustande und ein Fall von Korsa- koff scher Psychose. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1905) 1906, 36: 211-3.—Raynier, J. Alcoolisme chronique; acces aigu sous forme de syndrome de Korsakoff avec lymphocytose et albu- minose rachidienne transitoire. Encephale, 1920, 1: 144-9.— Rose, F., & Benon, R. Psychose polynevritique chronique ou presbyophrenic? Ibid., 1909, 2: 567-77.—Rosenbaum, M., & Merritt, H. H. Korsakoff's syndrome; clinical study of the alcoholic form, with special regard to prognosis. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1939, 41: 978-83.—Sholcmovich, A. S. K klinicheskol kartinle polinevriticheskavo psikhoza (cerebro- pathia toxaemica Korsakova) Nevr. vest., 1908, 15: 507-33.— Soukhanov, S. Contribution a l'etude de la psychose de Korsakoff a marehe continue. Ann. m£d. psychol., Par., 1907, 9. ser., 5: 49-57.— Stalter, G. R. Korsakoff's psychosis with unusual physical findings. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1936, 13: 267.-—Stevens, J. W. Korsakoff's psychosis super- imposed upon melancholia. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1907, 34: 447-58.—Suttel, G. LTn cas de psychopolvnevrite infectieuse tendant a la chronicite. Encephale, 1908, 2: 393-7.—Weber. RudimentSre Formen der Korsakowschen Psychose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 485.—Wilson, D. C. Korsakow's psychosis, with cirrhosis of the liver. Clifton M. Bull., 1926-27, 12:37. --- Etiology and pathogenesis. Feyen, J. *Korsakow'scher Symptomen- komplex nach schwerer Thrombose kompliziert durch Kokainwirkung. 25p. 8? Bonn, 1927. Richatjd, F. *Contribution k l'etude du syndrome de Korsakoff et particulierement du role du foie dans sa genese. lOlp. 8? Lyon, 1937. Ternowsky, N. *Traumatisme et psychose de Korsakow. 34p. 8? Geneve, 1912. Thielepape, J. *Zur Aetiologie und Sym- ptomatologie des Korsakowschen Symptomen- komplexes. 72p. 8? Jena, 1907. Ajuriaguerra, J., & Royer, J. Psycho-polynevrite aigue chez une alcoolique chronique. Ann. med. psvchol., Par., 1937, 95: pt 1, 134-40.—Alajouanine, T., Thurel, R., & Boudin, G. Polynevrite syphilitique avec troubles trophiques et osteo- porose diffuse; psychose de Korsakoff. Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt 2, 857-60.—Capgras, Joaki & Fail. Syndrome mental de Korsakoff et paralvsie generate. Bull. Soc. clin. m6d. ment., Par., 1930, 18: 119-23.—Cubitt, A. W. Spontaneous sub- arachnoid haemorrhage, with Korsakoff's psychosis. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 212.—Esteves Balado, L., & Castro Bibiloni, J. M. Psicosis pohneuritica; sindrome de Korsakoff; diabetes. Rev As. med argent., 1933, 47: 2178-85.—Goldberger, M. A Korsakow-ffle tunetcsoport szerepe a dementia paralyti- naban. Elme & idegk6rt., 1909, 6: 87-109.—Guiraud, E. H & Bonnafous-Serieux. Syndrome de Korsakoff alcoolique aigu Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1938, 96: pt 1, 74-7.—Kbrnyey S \\ ernicke-Korsakow-Prozess als Komplikation bosartiger extraneuraler (! eschwiilste. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh 1937 144: 241-60— Koster, H. Zur Aetiologie des Korsakowschen Symptomkomplexes. Acta med. scand., 1926-27, 65: 399- 406.—Laignel-Lavastine. Psycho-polynevrite chez une al- coolique tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1906, 81: 60-4.—Lwoff & Feret. Trois cas de psychose polynevritique d origine alcoolique. Rev. psychiat., Par., 1909, 13: 32-9.__ Marchand, L., & Ajuriaguerra, J. Syndrome polynevritique, ataxie et syndrome pyramidal au cours d'une confusion mentale alcoolique. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1940, 98: pt 1, 245-8.— Meyer, E. Korsakow'scher Symptomencomplex nach Ge- hirnerschutterung. Neur. Zbl., 1904, 23: 710-6.—Minski, L. Non-alcoholic polyneuritis associated with Korsakov syndrome J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1935-36, 16: 219-24.—Negre, a! La psychose polynevritique alcoolique de Korsakoff. Gaz* hop., 1932, 105: 455-9.—Piinchaud, C. A., & Caron, S. Psy- chose polynevritique avec dissociation albumino-cvtologique chez une alcoolique chronique. Laval med., 1938, 3: 90-7.— Parhon, C. L, Ballif, L., & Lunevsky, I. [Contribution to the study of Korsakov syndrome in head injury] Rev. neur psychiat., Praha, 1931, 28: 175-80.—Raecke. Ein Fall von Korsakowschem Symptomenkomplex nach Strangulation J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1904, 3: 165-9.—Ramirez Moreno, S. Sindrome de psicosis pohneuritica por administration de acetato de talio en dosis toxica. Medicina, Mex., 1935, 15: 124-6.—Roger, H., & Boudouresques, J. Syndrome psycho- polyndvritique de Korsakoff declanche au cours d'une suppura- tion pulmonaire par des injections intra-veineuses d'alcool. Ann. med. psycho!., Par., 1939, 97: pt 1, 293-8.—Schulz. Korsakoff'sches Syndrom bei CO-Vergiftungen. Berl klin W'schr., 1908, 45: 1621-3—Sollier, P., & Duhem, P. Psychose polynevritique par auto-intoxication gastrique. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1906, 9. ser., 3: 460-7.—Sukhanov, S. A case of Korsakoff's psychosis due to an unusual cause. J. Ment. Path., N. Y., 1907, 8: 126-8. ------ [Case of Korsakov psychosis with idiopathic etiologv] Psikhiat. gaz., Petrogr. 1916, 3: 36-8.—Tarachow, S. The Korsakoff psychosis in spontaneous subarachnoid hemorrhage: report of 3 cases. Am. J. Psychiat., 1938-39, 95: 887-99.—Ten Cate, B. F. Een geval van Korsakow'sche ziekte in het verloop van dia- betes mellitus. Med. wbl, Amst., 1906-07, 13: 85-91.— Torren, J. van der. Twee gevallen van Korsakow's sympto- mencomplex na hoofdverwonding. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1906, 2: 602-12.—Trend. Syndrome de Korsakoff fruste consecutif a une hemorragie grave par fibrome uterin chez une malade a reactions humorales positives. Bull. Soc. clin. m6d. ment., Par., 1928, 16: 29-32.—Vigouroux & Delmas. Psvchose polynevritique chez une alcooliaue tuberculeuse. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1906, 81: 508-11.—Wada, T. Zur Kenntnis der Korsakowschen Psychose in Japan nebst einem Beitrag zur vergleichenden Rassenpsychiatrie. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., Wien, 1913, 34: 74-92. ---- Pathological anatomy. Frank, K. *Ueber die Ausbreitung der Erkrankung des Zentralnervensystems bei der Korsakow'schen Psychose. 51p. 8? Strassb., 1907. Wehrtjng, G. O. L. *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Korsakoff'schen Psychose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der pathologischen Anatomie; ein weiterer Fall [Strassburg] 50p. 8? Berl., 1905. Benedek, L., & Juba, A. Korsakowsyndrom, Storungen der zentral-vegetativen Regulation und Hypothalamus. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1940, 111: 341-72. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1940, 41: 1-28. ■—-—-— [Pathology of the Korsakov syndrome] Orvostud. kozl., 1940, 1: 277-81. —— Weitere Beitrage zur Frage des anatomischen Substrates des Korsakowschen Symptomenkomplexes. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1940-41, 112: 505-16. ■——— Ueber das anatomische Substrat des Korsa- kow'schen Svndroms. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psvchiat., 1941, 46: 178-84.—Carmichael, E. A., & Stern, R. O. Korsakoff's syndrome: its histopathology. Brain, Lond., 1931, 54: 189- 213, 2 pl.—Khoroshko, V. K. K voprosu ob ostrom techenii i patologicheskol anatomii polinevriticheskavo psikhoza. Nevr. vest., Kazan, 1913, 20: 592-606.—Knrnyey, S., & Saetbre, H. Die hypothalamische Lokalisation der histo- logischen Befunde in Korsakowfallen. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1937, 12: 491-8.—Marcus, H. La maladie de Korsakow; alterations anatomo-pathologiques du svsteme nerveux. Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 53: 169-93.—Mills, C. K., & Allen, A. R. Two cases of the polyneuritic psychosis with necropsies and microscopical findings. Proc. Am. M. Psy- chol. Ass., 1907, 14: 147-60.—Morel, F., & Duman, R. Con- tribution a l'etude anatomo-clinique du syndrome de Korsakoff ethylique. Mschr. Psychiat., 1940, 103: 1-14. KORSAKOV PSYCHOSIS 334 KORSAKOV PSYCHOSIS ---- Psychopathology. Donliw A. *Gedachtnisst6rungen bei der Korsakoff'schen Psvchose [Freiburg i. B.] 62p. S° Berl., 1905. Morstatt. P. ^Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber Auffassung und Mcrkfahigkeit bei Kranken mit Korsakoffschen Svmptomenkomplex [Tubingen] 46p. 8° Stuttg., 1909. Abramovich, G. B. [Pathogenesis of confabulations and other false statements bv patients with Korsakov syndrome] Vest, khir., 1938, 7: No. 6. 62-74. ■------ [Psychopathology of Korsakov's svndromel Nevropat. psikhiat., 1939, 8: No. 2-3, 80-9.—Bender, I... Curran, F. J., & Schilder, P. Organization of memory traces in the Korsakoff syndrome. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 39: 482-7.—Benon, R. Confusion mentale et psychose de Korsakoff. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40: 215. Also Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: 58-60 — Brodmann. K. Experimenteller und klinischer Beitrag zur Psychopathologie der polyneuritischen Psychose. J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1902-03, 1: 225.—Epstein, A. L. Die vestibularen Storungen bei den akuten Alkoholpsychosen (zur pathologi- schen Physiologie der Wahnzustiinde) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932-33, 113: 759-79—Gantt, W. H., & Muncie, W. Analysis of the mental defect in chronic Korsakov's psychosis by means of the conditioned reflex method. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 70: 467-87.—Gilyarovski, V. A. O genezle razstrolstv pamvati pri Korsakovskom simptomo- kompleksle. Sovrem. psikhiat., 1909, 3: 433; 481.—Horst, L. ▼an der [Psvchologv of Korsakoff syndrome] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1928, 32: 217-35. —---- Ueber die Psy- chologic des Korsakowsyndroms. Mschr. Psychiat., 1932, 83: 65.—Krauss, S. lntersuchungen iiber Aufbau und Storung der menschlichen Handlung; die Korsakowsche Storung. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1930, 77: 649-92, 4 pl.—Pick, A. Beitrag zur Pathologie des Denkverlaufs beim Korsakow. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1915, 28: Orig., 344-84.—Rosenstein, L. Ueber die echte Korsakowsche Psychose (Cerebropathia psychica toxaemica, Psychosis polyneuritica und den am- nestischen Svmptomenkomplex) Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1925-26, 83: 250-78.—Stransky, E. Zur Lehre vom Korsa- koffschen Symptomenkomplex; zugleich ein Beitrag zum Kapitel: Tabes und Psychose. Jahrb. Psychiat., 1905, 26: 422-44.— Sukhanov, S. Note sur l'amnesie dans la psychose korsakovienne. Rev. psychiat., Par., 1908, 12: 194.—Zangwill, O. L. On a peculiarity of recognition in 3 cases of Korsakow's psychosis. Brit. J. Psychol., 1940-41, 31: 230-48. ---- Treatment. Moitel, P. *A propos d'un essai de traite- ment de la psychopolynevrite de Korsakoff par Purotropine. 72p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Tegtmeyer, H. F. W. *Korsakowsche Psy- chose mit weitgehender Besserung der schweren polyneuritischen Erscheinungen. [Gottingen] 24p. 8? Berl., 1905. Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1905, 62: 737-58. Bowman, K. M., Goodhart, R., & Jolliffe, N. Observations on the role of vitamin Bi, in the etiology and treatment of Korsakoff psychosis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1939, 90: 569-75 — Brunerie, A., & Moitel, P. Considerations sur l'emploi de l'urotropine comme therapeutique des psychoses de Korsakoff. J. med. Lyon, 1937, 18: 389-92. ------ Betrachtungen uber die Anwendung des LJrotropins als Heilmittel der Korsakow- schen Psychosen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 852.— Corwin, E. M. Korsakoff's psychosis treated with vitamin B. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1938-39, 15: 407-10—Levy- Valensi, J., & Marie, J. De la guerison du syndrome de Korsa- koff chez les alcooliques. Encephale, 1926, 21: 557-9.— Martimor, E., & Neveu, P. Injections intra-rachidiennes de vitamine Bi dans la psvcho-polynevrite de Korsakow. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1938, 96: pt 1, 242-7.—Panet-Raymond, J., & Gingras, G. E. Un cas de syndrome de Korsakoff gueri par la vitaminotherapie. Union m£d. Canada, 1944, 73: 37-9.—Talkington, P. C, & Cheavens, T. H. Insulin shock therapy in Korsakoff's psvehosis. J. Nerv. Ment. Lis., 1940, 91: 175-83.— Tinel, J. Psychose periodique et polynevrite; le traitement des polynevrites par les methodes anti-choc. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1933, 91: pt 2, 58-66. ---- in pregnancy. Baron, F. Syndrome de Korsakoff d'origine gravidique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 248-50.—Bay, E. Ueber einen Fall von aufsteigender Polyneuritis mit Korsakow nach Schwangerschaftstoxikose. Nervenarzt, 193'.). 12: 194-7.— Chavany, J. A., & Thiebaut, F. Un cas de >\ ndrome de Korsa- koff gravidique. Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 1, 705-10.— Esteves Balado, L., & Castro Bibiloni. J. M. IVicosis poh- neuritica en la puerperalMad. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 605-9.—Gobermann, A. L. Korsekov disease in preg- nancy] Mosk. med. J., 1927, 7: No. 2, 52-7.—Henderson, D. K. Korsakow's psychosis occurring during pregnancy. Proc. Am. M. Psychol. Ass., 1914, 70. meet., 425-47 — lioberman, A. L. [Korsakov psychosis in pregnancy] In his Nerv. zabol. beremen., Moskva, 1929, 18-22. - — [Korsakov psychosis following pregnancy] Ibid., 23-6. - Ledoux, K. Polynevrite gravidique avec syndrome de Korsa- kow. Presse med., 1929, 37: 516.—Lura. A. Delia poli- nevrite in puerperio la sindrome del Korsakow. Gazz. med ital., 1911, 62: 81-4- Mcrklen, P., & Jacob, A. Psycho*. polynevritique colibacillaire gu6rie par le serum de Vincent chez une femme enceinte; lesions bilaterales rctiniennes graves; discussion pathog£nique d'acces de dyspnee centrale et de crises d'epilepsie. Bull. Soc. m&i. hop. Paiis, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 1417-25.—Prior, A. Polyneuritic psvehosis in pregnancy Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 792.- Kigu's. C. E. The Korsakoff svndrome (toxaemic cerebropathy) in pregnancy. Proc. Am M. Psychol. Ass., 1916, 72. meet., 327-41.-- Roullier. Un cas de psvchose de Korsakoff au corns de la mos-.-sse. Bull Soc. obst. Paris, 1911, 14: 429-34.—Weill-Hallc-. H., & Uyani, F. Polynevrite et syndrome de Korsakoff au cours de la gestation. Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 145-8. KORSCH, Gerhard Bernhard Fritz, 1909- *Das Verhalten der Mundhohle und der hinteren Rachenwand bei faradischer Reizung und die Auslosung der Schlundreflexe [Leipzig] 27p. 8? Waren (Miiritz) P. Langmaa-k, 1933. KORSCH, H. J., 1912- *Fettstoff- wechselstorung mit Granulombildung im Me- senterium [Berlin] p.337-44. 25cm. Jena, G. Fischer, 1939. Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1938-39, 71: KORSCH, Karl Heinz, 1910- *Die Be- deutung des Emphysems fiir Diagnose und Ver- lauf der Lungentuberkulose. 21p. pl. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., O. Kummel, 1937. KORSCH, Siegfried, 1913- *Der Ein- fluss der Hypophysenexstirpation und anderer operativer Eingriffe am Zentralnervensystem auf die Osmoregulation des Kaltbliiters. 35p. 8? Frankf., A. Beck, 1937. KORSCHELT, Eugen, 1858- Lcbens- dauer, Altern und Tod. viii, 307p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1922. —— Regeneration und Transplantation. 2v. in 3 pts. 8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1927-31. ---- Ueber die Konstanz im Auftreten von Knochenverdickungen am Fischskelett. 16p. 24^cm. Berl., O. Eisner, 1938. Forms H. 2, v.73, Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg. For Festschrift see Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1928, 132: portr. See also Eugen Korschelt zum 80. Geburtstag. Zool. Anz., 1938, 124: 1, portr. KORSCHUN, Stephan, 1868- Zeiss, H. [Biography] Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 838. KORT, Walter, 1908- *Ueber die Farb- barkeit der elastischen Fasern in der Lunge des Neugeborenen. 8p. pl. 8? Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1935. KORTBEEK, Theodorus Lambertus [M. D., 1929, Utrecht] *Naar aanleiding van een zestig- tal directe bloedtransfusies [Utrecht] lllp. tab. 24cm. 's-Hertogenbosch, Zuid-Xeder- landsche Druck [1929] KORTE, Fritz, 1896- *Zwei differential- diagnostisch wichtige Unterkiefertumoren, Ada- mantinoma sarkomatodes und Wurzelzyste des Unterkiefers [Miinster] 27p. pl. 8° Quaken- briick, R. Kleinert, 1929. KORTE, Heinz, 1905- *Beitrag zur Morphin-Entziehungskur. 44p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1930. KORTE, Herbert, 1912- *Missbildungen der Kiefer und Zahne; ihr Vorkommen und ihre Haufigkeit beim Menschen [Miinster] 24p. 23cm. Emsdetten (Westf.) H. & J. Lechte, 1937. KORTE, Johanna, 1907- *Ueber die Beteiligung des Ohres bei der Caissonkrankheit [Wurzburg] p.349-58. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1933. Also Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: KORTE 335 KORTMANN KORTE, Joseph, 1905- *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der primaren Netzsarkome. 36p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KORTE, Karl Ernst, 1911- *Ueber Menstrualexanthem [Munchen] 31p. 21cm. CJorlitz, Hoffmann & Reiber, 1937. KORTE, Karl Herbert, 1900- *Die Polycythaemie und ihre Behandlung [Kiel] 19p. 8? Bielefeld, Buchdr. Bethel, 1929. KORTE, Ludwina Maria, 1902- *Das Hexenwesen in Deutschland zur Zeit Maria Theresias [Wurzburg] 71p. 8? Dillingen a. D., Schwab. Verlagsdr., 1931. KORTE, Walter, 1909- *Laboratoriums- versuche iiber die Abhangigkeit des Leistungs- grades einer Belebtschlammanlage von der Abwasserzusammensetzung [Miinster] 24p. 8? Lpz., H. Arnold, 1935. KORTEBOS, Herman Hendrik, -1927. Bremer, R., & Fleischer, F. C. [Obituarv] Groene & witte kruis, 1927, 23: 267. KORTENHAUS, Friedrich [M. D., 1926, Koln] Der Schiffs- und Hafenarzt; ein Leit- faden fiir Aerzte und Seeleute. 4p., 185p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1937. KORTEWEG, Johannes Adrianus, 1851-1930. *Arhythmie door atrium-fibrillatie. 127p. tab. diagr. 23Iocm. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1913. ---Algemeene heelkunde; voordrachten ter voorbereiding tot de Heelkundige Kliniek. 4. geheel omgewerkte druk. iv, 633p. illust. 7 pl. 25cm. Haarlem, F. Bohn, 1916. Also another ed. iv, 631pp. 1921. For obituary see Zaaijer, J. H. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 1566-72. KORTEWEG, Pieter Cornells, 1853-1936. Bonne, C. [Obituary] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 3002. For portrait see Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: No. 41. KORTGAARD, Lars Larsen, 1863- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 669. KORTH, Bruno, 1902- *Ueber die Lungen-Entziindung Ertrinkender. 28p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1928. KORTH, Carl, 1903- *Ueber die Plas- mamenge und ihre diatetische Beeinflussbarkeit [Bonn] 20p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1928. KORTH, Eduard August Hans, 1911- *Gibt es hormonale Storungen nach einfacher Exstirpation des Uterus? [Konigsberg i. P.] 13p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KORTH, Fritz, 1898- *Ueber Prostata- hypertrophic 15p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1928. KORTH, Josef, 1907- *Zur Methodik der Blutgasanalyse in Gegenwart von Narcylen. 19p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1934. KORTH, Walter Oswald Karl, 1901- *Anatomischer Beitrag zur Duplicitas anterior (Dicephalus diauchenos dibrachius bo vis) 16p. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winterberg, 1926. KORTHOF, Gerrit, 1891-1941. For obituary see Geneesk. gids, 1941, 19: 256, portr. KORTLEPEL, Friedrich, 1909- *Die Haufigkeit des Kindbettfiebers in der Hebammen- praxis in Ostpreussen. 27p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KORTMANN, Hans, 1909- *Zahnfrak- tur und Pulpa [Miinster] 24p. 8? Gronau, J. Schievink, 1932. KORTMANN, Karl, 1910- *Die Erho- lungs- und Heilfiirsorge fiir Kinder und Mutter in der Provinz Westfalen. 29p. 8? Miinst., J. Bredt [1934] KORTMANN, Theo, 1908- *Die Sehuss- verletzungen des Unterkiefers. 30p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. KORTUM, Carl Arnold, 1745-1824. Tegeler, E. Der Bochumer Arzt Dr Carl Arnold Kortum der Dichter der Jobsiade; sein Leben und sein Wirken. 68p. 8? Jena, 1931 KORTZEBORN, Alfons, 1890-1942. For obituary see Arch. klin. Chir., 1942, 203: 1. (Payr) KORVES, Hans, 1911- *Untersuchungen iiber die Behandlung von Staphylokokken- infektionen bei Mausen und Kaninchen mit AOl-Bertram [Miinster] 20p. 20/2cm. Lin- gen-Ems (Hannov.) R. van Acken, 1937. KORY, Roscoe Conklin, 1884- Kagan, S. R. [Biography] In his Am. Jewish Physicians, Bost., 1942, 99. KORZENIEWSKI, Josef, 1806-70. For portrait see Collection in Library. KORZYBSKI, Alfred, 1879- Science and sanity; an introduction to non-Aristotelian systems and general semantics. xx, 798p. illust. diagr. 8? Lancaster, Internat. Non- Aristotelian libr. pub. co. [1933] Also 2. ed., with supplementary introd. and bibliogr. lxxi, 806p. [1941] ---- General semantics, psychiatry, psycho- therapv, and prevention. 38 1. 27^cm. [Chic., Inst. Gen. Semantics, 1941?] Mimeographed. KOS, Egon Albert, 1909- *Akromegalie und Trauma [Miinster] 24p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KOS. See also Greece, Medicine; Hippokrates; Hippokratism. Cawadias, A. P. Cos and Hippocrates. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 588.—Fisch, M. H. Kos and Salerno. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1943, 28: No. 11, 10. KOSA, Martin, 1908- *Ueber die Ver- lagerung der Milz bei Erkrankungen im Leibes- raum. 18p. 21cm. Bresl., K. Vater, 1936. KOSAK, Georg, 1907- ^ *Ueber Netz- hautablosung auf Grund des Krankenmaterials der Universitats-Augenklinik Freiburg im Breis- gau in den Jahren 1920-30 [Freiburg i.B.] 21p. tab. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1932. KOSANKE, Heinz, 1903- *Die Krebs- sterblichkeit im Amtsbezirk Ueberlingen in der Zeit vom Juli 1919 bis Juni 1929; eine lokal- statistisehe Untersuchung. 77p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1932. KOSCHATE, Jorg, 1902- *Die Be- handlung der kindlichen Anamie durch Blut- transfusion im Vergleich zu friiheren Methoden. 40p. 8? Bresl., E. Wurst, 1927. KOSCHELLA, Harald, 1909- *Lumbago (Lendenschmerz) in der Unfallbegutachtung. 71p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KOSCHNICK, Gunter, 1906- *Beitrage zur modernen expektorierenden Methode. 48p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1933. KOSHUK, Ruth Pearson. Social influences affecting the behavior of young children, iii, 71 p. 23cm. Wash., Nat. Res. Counc, 1941. Forms No. 2, v.6, Monogr. Soc. Res. Child Develop. (U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.) KOSIN. See under Kousso. KOSINER, Robert, 1905- *Zur Frage der Frtihsterblichkeit der Neugeborenen. 20p. 8? Lpz., B. Tauchnitz, 1929. KOSINSKI 336 KOSS KOSINSKI, Karol. Nerwy sk6rne podudzia i stopv u czlowieka (okolica metazonalna) 45p. 8? Warsz., Druk. Znicz, 1925. KOSINSKI, Werner, 1911- *Die Re- sultate der operativen Behandlung des Uterus- carcinoms am kleinen Krankenhaus. 33p. 21cm. Halle a. S., O. Jung, 1937. KOSITZA, Lillian. Whooping cough im- munization. 11 1. 28cm. Los Ang., Board Health Com., 1940. Forms No. 68, Bull. Los Angeles Board Health Com. KOSJAKOV test. See under Pregnancy, Diagnosis. KOSKAS, Clement, 1912- *Etude et prophylaxie du trachome en Tunisie. 70p. 24cm. Par., L. Cario, 1938. KOSKINAS, Georg N. See Fconcmo, C. von, & Koskinas, G. N. Die Cytoarchitek- tonik der Hirnrinde des erwachsenen Menschen. 810p. Wien, 1925. KOSKINEN, Paavo Ilmari, 1904- Das Blutbild und die Senkungsreaktion bei otogenen Infektionen. 268p. 8? Stockh., Sabbatsbergs Sjukhus, 1938. Forms Suppl. 25, Acta otolar., Stockh. KOSLOWSKI, Joachim Hugo von, 1910- *Ueber die zellulare Struktur des Herzmuskels. 36p. 21cm. Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1936. KOSLOWSKI, Liselotte, 1909- *Das Verhaltnis von Puis und Korperwarme bei akuten rheumatischen Erkrankungen. 75p. 8? Tiib., A. Becht, 1936. KOSLOWSKY, Robert Martin, 1901- *Ueber Isomerieerscheinungen in der Dihydro- pyridin-Reihe [Kiel] 38p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1928. KOSMAHLY, Paul, 1905- *Befunde an Leichen mit todlichen Schussverletzungen unter Beriicksichtigung der Lebensdauer und Hand- lungsfahigkeit der Verletzten. 26p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1932. KOSMAK, George William, 1873- The toxemias of pregnancy, xiv, 226p. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton & co., 1931. Forms v.5 of Gyn. Obst. Monogr., 1931. For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 9, 27. KOSMALA, Martin, 1907- "'Untersu- chungen iiber die Frage: Welche Folgen hat die Unterbindung der mesenterialen Chylusgefasse fiir die Resorption des Nahrungsfettes? 23p. 8? Lpz., Hartmann & Wolf, 1931. KOSMUETZKY, Fritz, 1909- *Das Salyr- gan; ein Rtickblick und Ausblick. 20p. 22%cm. Heidelb., Brausdruck, 1936. KOSNY, Augustin, 1896- *Atypische progressive Paralyse; Luespsychose oder Schizo- phrenie [Berlin] 31p. 8? Derschau, A. Powletta, 1935. KOSNY, Maximilian [M. D., 1934, Leipzig] *Leben und Werk von Melchior Adam Weikard [Leipzig] 31p. 8? Oppeln, Nowiny, 1934. KOSO. See Kousso. KOSOK, Erich Gerhart Hans, 1908- *Sehlaganfalle des mittleren und jiingeren Lebens- aiters in Beziehung zu Unfallen [Wurzburg] 17]>. 21cm. Zeulenroda, i. T., B. Sporn, 1936. KOSOKABE, H. Ueber die Knorpelfugen in der Labyrinthkapsel beim Embryo, Kinde und Erwachsenen und iiber deren Zusammenhang mit der Entstehung des otoskleroti.schen (oto- spongiotischen) Herdes. 187p. 8? pl. Stuttg., A. Kernen, 1922. KOSS, Alois, 1893- *Die Beziehungen der exsudativen Diathese zu ihren Manifesta- tionen ausgedriickt durch den syntropischcn Index. 21p. ch. 8? Frankf. a. M., Ii. Munch, 1927. KOSS, Friedrich Hermann, 1897- *L'eber Spondylitis tuberculosa und erfolgreiche La- minektomien bei derselben. 16p. 8? Freib. i. B., Poppen & Ortmann, 1933. KOSS, Walter, 1904- * Ueber Pseudar- throsen; ihre Ursachen und ihre Behandlung mittels freier Knochentransplantation [ Freiburg i. B.] 25p. 8? Kaaden a. d. Eger, W. Honl, 1929 KOSSAK, Samuel [M. D., 1936, Lausanne] *Etude d'un cas d'invagination chronique chez l'adulte. 23p. 8? Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1936. KOSSE, James, 1912- *Ueber die Tetanie. 21p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KOSSEFF, Iwan, 1909- *Ueber Tuber- kulose der Zunge [Munchen] 22p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1933. KOSSEL, Albrecht Karl Ludwig Martin Leonhard, 1853-1927. The protamines and histones; transl. from the original German manu- script by William Veale Thorpe, xi, 107p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & co., 1928. For obituarv see Edlbacher, S. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928, 177: 1-14— Felix, K. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1878 — [Nekrolog] Zschr. phvsiol. Chem., 1927, 169: H. 1-3.— [Obituary] J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 524. Also Nature, Lond., 1927, 120: 233.—Riesser, O. [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1441. For portrait see Collection in Library. ---- & EDLBACHER, Siegfried. Beitrage zur chemischen Kenntnis der Echinodermen. 13p. 24J/2cm. Heidelb., C. Winter, 1915. Forms Abh. 3, Abt. B, Sitzber. Heidelberg. Akad. Wiss., math, naturwiss. Kl. KOSSMAN, Tabak R., 1905- Con- siderations sur le ghome bilateral et le gliome herexlitaire de la retine. 61p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. KOSSMANN, Erich, 1897- *Zur Klinik der Mischtumoren der Unterkieferspeicheldriise. 39p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1933. KOSSMANN, Hans Leo, 1899- ♦Poly- arthritis tuberculosa (Poncet) und eine eigene Beobachtung eines Poncet-Falles [Berlin] 28p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. KOSSORIS, Max Davis. Manual on indus- trial-injury statistics, x, 201p. 23cm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1940. Forms Bull. No. 667, U. S. Bur. Labor Statist. KOSSOVITCH, N. See Dujarric de la Riviere, R., & Kossovitch, N. Les groupes sanguins. 248p. 8? Par., 1936. ------ Antigenea h6tero-antigenes et haptenes. 107p. 8? Par., 1937. KOST, Emanuel, 1904- *Das Blutbild der Bleivergiftung. p.42-73. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Arch. Gewerbepath, 1932, 4: KOST, Nikolai Andreevich, 1883-1943. See Golubkov, A. P., & Kost, N. A. [In memory of Z. P Soloviev] 162p. 27V$cm. Moskva, 1929. For obituary see Gig. san., Moskva, 1943, 8: No. 7, 62. KOST, Richard Woldemar, 1901- *Der Einfluss der Massage auf den Sauerstoffver- brauch des ausgeruhten Organismus. lip. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1927, 23: KOST, Sigrid Kreutzer, 1905- *Ueber die hamorrhagische Aleukie (E. Frank) [Ro- stock] 21p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1933. KOSTAKOW 337 KOTEFF KOSTAKOW, Stephan Chr., 1903- *Die Wirkung von Bayer 205 auf den Wasser- und Kochsalzstoffwechsel. lip. 8? [Freib. i. B., n. p.] 1929. KOSTAL, Otto Alvin, 1898- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1982, 604. KOSTANDIEFF, Konstantin, 1902- *Erythema exsudativum multiforme bei oraler fokaler Infektion. 15p. 8? Miinch., P. Denk, 1931. KOSTER, Salomon [M. D., 1925, Amsterdam] *Twee gevallen van hypoplasia ponto-neocere- bellaris. xii, 96p. pl. 8?'Amst., H .J. Paris, 1925. KOSTERLITZ, Hanna, 1899- *Die ma- lignen Tumoren des Auges und seiner Umgebung. 30p. 8*? Berl., B. Deuss, 1927. KOSTERLITZ, Hans Walter, 1903- *Zur Frage der Charakterisierung aktiver Eisenverbin- dungen durch die Benzidinreaktion. p.807-24. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: ROSTERS, Jan Bernard [M. D., 1924, Leiden] ♦Experimented onderzoek naar de werking van ultravioletarm licht (lamp van Kisch) bij tuber- culose. 84p. pl. 8? Leiden, P. J. Jansen, 1924. KOSTIC, Aleksander. EKCnepnMeHTajiHa hct- TajKHBaHba ajiKoxojiHe 6jiacTo^cm. Ann Arb., J. W. Edwards, 1944. See also Laqueur, A., & Kowarschik, J. Die Praxis der physikalischen Therapie. 4. Aufl. 466p. 8? Wien, 1937. KOWARSKI, Albert. Klinische Mikroskopie; Atlas und Leitfaden. xvi, 172p. illust. pl. 4? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. See also Klopstock, M., & Kowarski, A. Praktikum der klinischen chemischen, mikroskopischen und bakteriologischen Untersuchungsmethoden. 12. Aufl. 568p. 19cm. Berl., 1938. KOWARSKI, M. O. Die Zahnheilkunde in Russland im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert. 41p. 8? Greifswald, L. Bamberg, 1933. Forms No. 9 of Arb. Deut.-nord. Ges. Gesch. Med. KOWATSCH, Rudolf, 1903- *Beitrag zur Genese hoch- und niedrigorganisierter Denti- kel. 32p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1933. KOWATSCHEFF, Liibomir AndreeflF, 1904- *Zur Frage der Mekoniumperitonitis mit kasuistischen Beitragen. 52p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1929. KOWATSCHEK, Heinrich, 1906- *Pul- penveranderungen bei parodontischen Zahnen. 13p. pl. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. KOWIENSKI, Hirsz Gregor [M. D., 1933, Basel] *Ueber einen Fall von transitorischer heilbarer Hypophyseninsufnzienz [Basel] 16p. 8? Mulhouse, A. Knecht, 1933. KOWITZ, Hans Ludwig, 1889- See Knipping, H. W., & Kowitz, H. L. Klinische Gasstoff- wechseltechnik. 193p. 8? Berl, 1928. KOWOHL, Franz, 1910- *Krankheits- verlauf und Diagnose angeborener Bronchiektasen an Hand eines rontgenologisch diagnostizierten Falles kongenitaler Bronchiektasen in Form einer ausgedehnten Wabenlunge. 39p. pl. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1936. KOY, Gerhard, 1909- *Zephirol, ein neues Desinfektionsmittel. 21p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. KOYANAGI, Yosizo. Veranderungen an der Netzhaut bei Hochdruck; pathologische Anato- mie. p. 143-283. tab. pl. 24cm. Le Caire, Impr. Nat. Boulac, 1938. In Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1937) 1938, 15. Congr., 1: KOYSARA 340 KRABBENHOEFT KOYSARA. See under Balneography in the 5. series. KOZAWA, Syuzo. For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 236, portr. KOZEL, Hans Georg Albert, 1912- *Die neuzeitliche Richtung in der Zahn- und Mund- pflege. 23p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. KOZES, Abram, 1888- *Ueber den Cholesteringehalt des Blutes bei verschiedenen Krankheiten, insbesondere bei Leberkrankheiten [Leipzig] 24p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1926. KOZHEVNIKOV epilepsy. See Epilepsy, Kozhevnikov's type. KOZINA, Victor Jacob, 1891- *Ne- phroptosis; a review of 20 cases [Marquette Univ.] 22 1. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1941. Typewritten. KOZLOV, Ivan Fedorovich, 1885- Sidorov, N. [Thirtieth anniversary of scientific medical and social work] Akush. gin., 1940, No. 11, 77, portr. KOZLOVSKY, Aleksandr Aleksandrovich, 1877- [Thirty-fifth anniversary of medical, scientific and pedagogi- cal activity] Ortop. travmat., 1941, 15: No. 2, 3, portr. KOZLOVSKY, Bronislav Stanislavovich, 1851- BTopoii xupyprHHecKiifi OTHeTt Co- (fcllOBCKOft OOJIbHHUM TpadiOBt EoCpHHCKIIXt (B-b m. CM-fcjrB KneBCKoft rvo. aa 1899-1902) 40p. 8° [n. pl., n. pub., 1903] For 1. report, 1892-98, see Khirurgia, 1899, 6: KOZLOWSKI, Bronislaw, 1869-1935. For obituary see Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 210. KOZMAN, Hilda Clute. See, in 5. series, Cassidy, R. F., & Kozman, H. C. Physical fitness for girls. 223p. 23^cm. N. Y., 1943. KRAAL, Willem Louis [M. D., 1918, Gronin- gen] *Neuritis gravidarum. 79p. 23}^cm. Groningen, M. De Waal, 1918. KRAAS, Ernst, 1900- Harn- und mann- liche Geschlechts-Organe. iv, 46p. 241/^cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. Forms T. 2, Path.-physiol. Grundl. Chir. KRAATZ, Bruno Max Hans Julius, 1906- *Die bisherigen kapillarmikroskopischen Unter- suchungen bei Erkrankungen der Mundhohle. lOp. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KRAATZ, Fritz [M. D., 1929, Basel] *Basels Massnahmen gegen die Pest in den verflossenen Jahrhunderten. 62p. 8? [Basel] Davos, 1929. KRAATZ, Helmut, 1902- *Ueber Nieren- steine [Heidelberg] 90p. 8? Walldorf, F. Lamade, 1928. KRAATZ, Werner, 1909- *Nephelo- metrische Untersuchungen im Blutserum. 23p. ch. 8? Lpz., R. Schirmer, 1935. KRAAZ, Hans, 1893- *Ueber Pankreas- steine. 46p. 8? [Berl., E. Nay] 1930. KRABBE, Hans Angell, 1803-70. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 669. KRABBE, Harald, 1831- Recherches helminthologiques en Danemark et en Islande. 68p. pl. 25cm. Kbh., G. E. C. Gad, 1866. KRABBE, Herman Andreas, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 669. KRABBE, Knud H., 1885- *Histologiske unders0gelser over corpus pineale. lllp. pl. 25^cm. Kbh., J. Gjellerup, 1915. For portrait see Hyg. ment., Par., 1935, 30: p. i. KRABBE disease. See Brain cortex, Calcification. KRABBENHOEFT, Friedrich, 1906- *Kritische Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeit einer Quecksilbersehadigung durch Amalgam- fiillungen [Kiel] 27p. 8? l'lensburg, J. W. Rossi, 1930. KRACHT, Use Barbara, 1911- ^Schwaneerschaftsunterbreclmng bei Lungen- tuberkulose. 24p. S° Berl., F. Linko [1938] KRACHT, Rudolf, 1900- *Die akm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1937. ---- *Osteome des Gaumens [Basel] 16p. pl. 22/2cm. Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1940. KRAEKER, Herbert, 1899- *Ueber drei Falle von Luxationsfracturen am Oberarmkopf. 16p. 8? Bresl., E. Wurst, 1925. KRAELING, Anton Johannes, 1913- * Ueber den Einfluss einiger Alkali- und Erdal- kalichloride und -sulfate sowie von Trauben- zucker und Harnstoff auf die Dehydrierung der Bernsteinsaure [Miinster] 15p. 20^cm. Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube, 1937. KRAELING, Carl Hermann, 1897- *An- thropos and son of man; a study in the religious syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] 198p. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1927. KRAELING, Emil Gottlieb Heinrich, 1S92- Aram and Israel; or, The Aramaeans in Syria and Mesopotamia. 155p. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1918. KRAEMER, Adolf, 1864-1911. Die tierischen Schmarotzer des Auges. 182p. illust. pl. 23cm. [Berl., J. Springer, 1899] Forms Kap. 18, Bd 10 of Handb. ges. Augenh. (Saemisch, T.) 2. Aufl. KRAEMER, Alexandre Theodore, 1911- *Le sarcome primitif du col de l'uterus; a propos KRAEMER 341 KRAEPELIN de trois observations. 79p. pl. 8? Strasb., Ed. Argentoratum, 1935. KRAEMER, Alois, 1910- *Jodbestim- mungen im Blut bei Kropfkranken. 12p. 21cm. Wiirzb., Baulinus-Druck, 1937. KRAEMER, Elisabeth [M. D., 1932, Berlin] *Gallenkotstein als Ileusursache [Berlin] 12p. 8° [Konigsbruck i. S., Pabst, 1932] KRAEMER, Elmer Otto, 1898-1943. For obituary see J. Franklin Inst., 1943, 236: 403-6, portr. Also Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1943-44, 3: 139. ___BARTELL, Floyd Earl, & KISTLER, Samuel Stephens, eds. Advances in colloid science, v.l. xii, 434p. illust. tab. diagr. 23^cm. N. Y., Interscience pub., 1942. KRAEMER. Frederick Oscar, 1855- Ross, P. V. [Biography] In his Hist. Long Island, N. Y., 1902, 2: 318, portr. KRAEMER, Hans, 1902- *Blasensteine mit Fremdkorperkernen [Freiburg i. B.] 32p. 8? [Chemnitz, Seidel & Naumann] 1930. KRAEMER, Heinz, 1912- *Die Re- generation des Knochen nach Wurzelspitzen- resektion. 22p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1935. KRAEMER, Hellmuth Otto Fritz, 1907- *Histochemische Befunde an Kieferknochen bei experimenteller Silbervergiftung. 15p. pl. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KRAEMER, Henry, 1868-1924. Kraemer's scientific and applied pharmacognosy. 3. ed., rev. by E. L. Newcomb, L. K. Darbaker [et al.] xxxvii, 893p. 8? N. Y., J. Wiley & sons, 1928. For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 415, portr. For obituary see in Decen. Suppl. First Century (Phila- delphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1934, 1. Suppl., 9, portr. KRAEMER, Horstmar, 1901- *Zur Dif- ferentialdiagnose der Pulmonalstenose. 15p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1927. KRAEMER, Karl, 1911- *Studien zur biologischen Bestandaufnahme der Bevolkerung vom zahnarztlichen Standpunkte (Karies, Ra- chitis, Bissanomalien) unter Beriicksichtigung der rassenhaften Merkmale. 48p. 21cm. [Munch., n. p., 1936] KRAEMER, Kurt, 1911- *Die Haufig- keit der Leberzirrhose an Hand des Sektions- materials des Heidelberger Pathologischen Insti- tuts aus den Jahren 1862-1934. 28p. tab. ch. 22cm. Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1936. KRAEMER, Otto, 1901- *Welche Falle von Frucht- und Keimschadigung nach Rontgen- und Radiumtherapie bei Frauen sind bis jetzt beobachtet? 72p. 8? Wiirzb., Verl. Anstalt. Oberhaus.-Rheinland, 1931. KRAEMER, Richard, 1878- Die Theorie der Zylinderskiaskopie und ihre praktische Verwertung. p.839-902. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg [1926] In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl. [1926] Abt. 5. T. 6. KRAEMER, Richard, 1908- *Der Wandel in den wissenschaftlichen Anschauungen iiber Hysterie unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der letzten Jahrzehnte. 24p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1932. KRAEMER, Rosa, 1910- *Der Zahn- wurm. 39p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1936. KRAENZLIN, Paul, 1911- *Beitrag zur Nahrbodenfrage bei der Ztichtung von patho- genen Hautpilzen [Freiburg i. B.] 19p. 8? Lemgo i. L., F. L. Wagener, 1935. KRAEPELIN, Emil, 1856-1926. Psychiatrie; ein Lehrbuch fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 8. Aufl. 4v. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1909-15. ---- Werden, Sein, Vergehen; Gedichte. 78p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmanns, 1928. For obituary see Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1926-27, 85: 443-58 (Weygandt) Also Arch. ges. Psychol., 1927, 58: p. i-xxxii, portr. (Wirth, W.) Also Arch. ital. psicol., 1926-27, 5: 65-70 (Corberi, G.) Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1927, 96: 1-7 (Tromner, E.) Ibid., 278 (Weygandt) Also Hygiea, Stockh., 1927, 89: 1-9 (Gadelius, B.) Also J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1927, 73: 509-15 (Mapother, E.) Also Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1926, 3. ser., 14: 377-80, portr. (Ruata, G.) Also Q. psichiat., Genova, 1926, 13: 181-3, portr. (Morselli, E.) Also Riv. psicol., 1926, 22: 173-82 (Vedrani, A.) Also Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: pt 2, 37-40 (Pfersdorff, C.) Also Ugeskr. lscger, 1927, 89: 626 (Schou, H. I.) See also Aschaffenburg, G. Der Einfluss Kraepelins auf die Kriminalpsychologie und Kriminalpolitik. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 87-95.—Brink, L., & Jelliffe, S. E. Emil Kraepelin, psychiatrist and poet [with reproduction of Pchwalbe's discussion] J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1933, 77: 134; 274.—Campbell, C. M. Emil Kraepelin. Collect. Lect. Me- trop. State Hosp., Waltham, 1942, 7: pt 2, 25-7.—Gross, A. Kraepelins Bedeutung fiir die Anstaltspsychiatrie. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 50-67.—Gruhle, H. W. Kraepelins Bedeutung fiir die Psychologie. Ibid., 43-9.—Halberstadt, G. L'ceuvre psychiatrique de Kraepelin. Ann. m6d. psychol., Par., 1927, 85: pt 1, 336-66.—Jelliffe, S. E. Emil Kraepelin, the man and his work. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1931, 57: 489-503. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 27: 761-75.—Plaut, F. Worte der Erinnerung an Emil Kraepelin. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 108: 1-9.—Ray, M. B. Emil Kraepelin, the father of psychiatrv. In her Doctors of the Mind, Bost., 1942, 118-23.—Raynor. M. W. Emil Kraepelin. Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1930, 14: No. 2, portr.—Rudin, E. Kraepelins sozial- psychiatrische Grundgedanken. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 75-86.—Spielmeyer, W. Kraepelin und die naturwissen- schaftlich-medizinische Forschung in der Psychiatrie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 108: 10-20.—Vedrani, A. Studi Kraepeliniani. Biv. psicol., 1926, 22: 173-82. ------ Docu- menti per la storia dell'opera di Kraepelin; 1'abolizione della misura di pena. Gior. psichiat., 1927, 55: 121-34. ------ Kraepelin commemorate Illust. med. ital., 1927, 9: 82; 132, 3 portr.—Weygandt, W. Kraepelins psvchologische Forscher- tatigkeit, Psychol. Arb., 1925-28, 9: 359-74. ■------ Krae- pelins Bedeutung hinsichtlich der psychischen Entwicklung und Piidagogik. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 68-74 — Zilboorg, G. Emil Kraepelin. In his Hist. Med. Psychol., N. Y., 1941, 450-9, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. KRAETSCHELL, Ursula, 1902- *Ueber das Verhalten des reticulo-endothelialen Systems bei malignen Tumoren an Hand der Kongorot- probe. 19p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KRAETZER, Arthur Furman, 1891- Pro- cedure in examination of the lungs, with especial reference to the diagnosis of tuberculosis, xiv, 125p. 8? N. Y., Oxford univ. pr. [1930] Also 2. ed. xii, 126p. illust. 8? [1935] ---- Your long-suffering stomach. 120p. illust. 8? N. Y., R. M. McBride & co., 1933. KRAETZIG, Werner, 1909- lnter- suchungen iiber das Geburtsfieber und seine Auswirkung fiir die miitterliche und kindliche Prognose [Breslau] 39p. 8? Steinau/Oder, Steinauer Kreis- & Stadtbl., 1935. KRAETZSCHMAR, Hermann, 1907- *Betrachtungen iiber die Uterusschleimhaut- hyperplasie (Hyperplasia mucosae uteri) unter Beriicksichtigung von 300 in der Universitats- Frauenklinik zu Gottingen zur Beobachtung gelangten Fallen. 23p. 23cm. Gott., E. Grosse, 1935. KRAEUTER, Richard, 1888- Die Nieren- funktion in der Schwangerschaft [Habilitations- schrift; Freiburg i. B.] 55p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. KRAEUTERMANN, Valentin [pseud.] See Hellwig, Christoph von. KRAEUTLER, Alfred, 1913- *Die lue- tischen Erkrankungen der Mund- und Rachen- hohle [Munchen] 71p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KRAFCZYK, Franz, 1900- *Hat Koch- salz Eigenschaften, die seine Verwendung in der Zahnheilkunde bei der Amputationsmethode geeignet erscheinen lassen? 39p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. KRAFFT, Carl Frederick, 1892- Can science explain life? 94p. 12? [Lancaster, Science pr., 1931] KRAFFT 34 KRAFFT, Ewald, 1909- *Ueber Kno- chencysten am Oberarm und ihre Behandlung. 23p. 22cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KRAFFT, Hans, 1907- *Uebcr einen Fall von sekundarer Schrumpfniere mit Amyloid [Tubingen] 29p. 8? Ludwigsburg, Schmoll & Haussermann, 1933. KRAFFT, Hellmuth, 1903- *Ueber Be- ziehungen zwischen dem anatomischen und histologischen Aufbau der Gelenke und der Bissart. 77p. 23V4cm. Berl., Berlin. Verb, 1937. KRAFFT, Herman Frederick, 1872- , com- piler. Catalogue of historic objects at the United States Naval Academy. 250p. pl. portr. 8". [Annapolis, Md., U. S. Naval Inst., 1925] KRAFFT, Hermann [M. D., 1923, Leipzig] *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Involu- tion des normalen Uterus des Rindes mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des elastischen Ge- webes (Auszug) [Leipzig] 7p. 8? [Lucka, R. Berger] 1923. KRAFFT, Otto, 1911- *Finden sich Gef iiss veranderungen auch in den Rachen- mandeln wie bei entziindeten Gaumenmandeln? 18p. 8? Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KRAFFT-EBING, Richard von, 1840-1902. Psychopathia sexualis; a medico-forensic study; only authorized English adaptation of the last German edition revised by Krafft-Ebing; rev. transl. by F. J. Rebman from the 12. German ed. xiii, 626p. portr. 24cm. N. Y., Pioneer pub., 1939. KRAFKA, Joseph, jr, 1890- A textbook of histology, vii, 246p. illust. pl. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1936. ---- Medicine in colonial Georgia, p.326-44. 8? Savannah, Georgia Hist. Soc, 1936. Also Georgia Hist. Quart., 1936, 20: ---- Human embryology, xv, 395p. illust. tab. 24^cm. N. Y., P. B. Hoeber [1942] KRAFT, Adolph, 1895- For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42, 47: 202, portr. Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L. D.) Menasha, 1942, 202, portr. KRAFT, David, 1910- Contribution k l'etude des manifestations oculaires du molluscum contagiosum. 61p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. KRAFT, Ernst, 1861- Analytisches Dia- gnostikum; die chemischen, mikroskopischen und bakteriologischen Untersuchungsmethoden von Harn, Auswurf, Magensaft, Blut, Kot, &c. 4. Aufl. xvi, 464p. pl. 8? Lpz., J. Barth, 1931. KRAFT, Eyvind, 1853-1900. Portrait In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 670. KRAFT, Friedrich. See Schiinfeld, A., & Kraft, F. Die Erkrankungen der Harnblase im Rontgenbilde. 139p. 8? Lpz., 1925. ------ Die Erkrankungen der Niere und des Ureters im Rontgenbilde. 164p. 8! Lpz., 1926. KRAFT, Georg, 1894- Erinnerungen an Johannes von Mikulicz und Karl Schonborn aus den Jugendtagen der modernen Chirurgie. 84p. pl. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1926. KRAFT, Gdtz, 1909- *Ueber die Ad- sorption von Harnsaure, Glukose und Oxy- hemoglobin an verschiedenen Adsorbern [Frei- burg i. B.] 20p. 8? Frankf. a. M., Blazek & Bergmann [1937] KRAFT, Herta Use Klara, 1910- *Aus- schnitt aus einem Stammbaum; ein Beitrag zur Inzuchtfrage [Heidelberg] 14p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KRAFT, Irma, 1911- *Ueber das ha- ptische absolute Erkennen von Streckenlangen KRAFT [Jena] 28p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., B. Sporn, 1935. KRAFT, Johan Andreas, 1808-96. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 671. KRAFT, Johan Thorvald, 1842-1907. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 671, KRAFT, Karl Theodor, 1904- *Der Einfluss von Adrenalin, Pilokarpin und Atropin auf das weisse Blutbild des Menschen. 20p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1930. KRAFT, Kurt, 1900- *Ueber das Vor- kommen der von Dold beschriebenen Granula in Diphtherie- und Pseudodiphtheriebazillen [Kiel] 12p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1933. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1933, 130: KRAFT, Kurt, 1908- *Unsere Erfahrun- gen mit der Abrasio-Atmokausis uteri, Oktober 1933 bis Marz 1937 [Breslau] 31p. 20Hcm. Danzig [n. p., 1937] KRAFT, Mary Jane, 1854- Suggestions to the expectant mother; with aftercare of mother and child; also the common ailments of childhood and their treatment. 93p. 12? Los Ang., Occident Printery, 1907. KRAFT, Robert Ludwig Ernst, 1900- *Die Mitwirkung des Schulunterrichts bei der Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. 28p. 8? [Jena, n. p.] 1927. KRAFT, Theobald, 1908- *Langfristige Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Perspiratio insensibilis und Gesamtkalorien- abgabe. 16p. 8? Wurzb., K. Roll, 1932. KRAGE, Philip Ludwig Friedrich Hans, 1891- *Statistisches zur multiplen Sklerose in Mecklenburg. 23p. 8? Rostock, C. Hin- storff, 1927. KRAGERUD, Einar, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 197. KRAGH, Jens Hansen, 1751-1823. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 672. KRAGH, Jens Rostrup, 1886- Tuber- kulosedivertikler i spiser0ret (saakaldte trak- tionsdivertikler) 189p. pl. 8? Kbh., Jensen & R0nagers, 1921. KRAG-TORP, Ludvig Larsen, 1862- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 672. KRAH, Carl Ernst, 1900- *Intrakutane Infektion und Reinfektion des Meerschweinchens mit lebenden Tuberkelbazillen [Giessen] 36p. 8? [Darmst., n. p.] 1928. KRAHE, Werner, 1906- *Die ront- genologische Messung des Diameter trans- versalis des Beckeneingangs durch Sitzaufnahme. 38p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1930. KRAHL, Hartwig, 1902- *Ueber Schwangerschaften nach einseitiger Eierstocks- entfernung, gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Hypo- these Schoner's iiber das Geschlechtsverhaltnis der Kinder [Berlin] 31p. 22%cm. Charlot- tenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KRAHL, Karl, 1907- *Kritische Ueber- sicht iiber die anatomischen Messungen bezie- hungsweise Messmethoden des menschlichen Gebisses. 30p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1934. KRAHN, George Washington, 1888- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1942, 41: 154; 704. KRAHN, Heinz, 1892- *Ein Fall von Verschluss des Zervikalkanals mit nachfolgender Hamatometra, Hematosalpinx und Hamovarium- bildung nach Radiumbehandlung [Bonn] 9p. 8? Bensberg, Daubenbiichel & Haake, 1920. KRAHNERT, Ernst Gottfried, 1911- *Die Wirkung des Adrenalins und der adrenalin- ahnlichen Mittel Sympatol, Ephedrin und KRAHNERT 343 KRAKOW Ephetonin auf den Gastoffwechsel [Berlin] 30p. 8? Kiel, A. C. Ehlers, 1936. KRAHULIK, Emil Joseph, 1896- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 133; 1942, 21: 123. KRAHWINKEL, Margarete, 1912- ♦Zahnzustand und Ernahrungsfragen an Hand von statistischen Untersuchungen an Schul- kindern in Rastatt. 47p. 22cm. Freib. i. B., T. Kehrer, 1936. KRAINES, Samuel Henry, 1906- The therapy of the neuroses and psychoses; a socio- psycho-biologic analysis and resynthesis. 512p. diagr. 24cm. Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1941. Also 2. ed. 567p. 1943. --- & THETFORD, Eloise Sutherland, 1900- Managing your mind; you can change human nature. viii, 374p. 22cm. N. Y., Macmillan co., 1943. KRAINZ, Wilfried, -1943. Wessely, E. [Nekrolog] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 360. KRAIS, Wolfgang Riidiger, 1912- *Das Verhalten des Blut- und Liquorzuckers im Adrenalinversuch bei Nerven- und Geisteskrank- heiten. 19p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1938. KRAISS, Hans, 1908- *Ueber die sensi- ble Polyneuritis und die sensiblen Mononeuri- tiden [Freiburg i. B.] 23p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1933. KRAIT. See Elapidae. KRAJEVITCH, Alexis, 1913- *Considera- tion sur Taction de la di-hydrofolliculine sur le colibacille. 32p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. KRAJEWSKI, Fritz, 1913- lntersu- chungen iiber die Zahnverhaltnisse der Jugend der hoheren Schulen und der Mittelschulen der Stadt Hamm i. Westf. [Miinster] 18p. 8? Bielefeld, Beyer & Hausknecht, 1937. KRAJEWSKI, Marga, 1911- *Die Be- deutung der Vitamin B-Gruppe fiir die Zahn- heilkunde [Breslau] 43p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. KRAJIAN, Aram A. Histological technic; a practical handbook for the workers in histology and histopathology laboratories. 219p. illust. pl. 8? Los Ang. [A. A. Krajian, 1936] --- Histological technic, including a dis- cussion of botanical microtechnic. 272p. illust. pl. 22cm. S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1940. KRAJNOVIC, Bosiljka Vukmirovic, 1900- *Ueber die moderne Indikation von Briicken- arbeiten und Plattenprothesen. 19p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1931. KRAKAUER, Hans, 1905- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schrotschussverletzungen des Auges [Heidelberg] 33p. 8? Landau-Pfalz, Vorder- pfalz. Genoss. Druck, 1931. KRAKAUER, Max, 1910- *Die diate- tische Einstellung des Diabetikers mit kohle- hydratreicher und fettarmer Kost auf Grund klinischer Erfahrungen [Breslau] 22p. 22%cm. Lpz., Spamer, 1935. Also Khn. Wschr., 1935, 14: KRAKOW, Horst Friedrich, 1912- *Die Erfolge der abdominalen Radikaloperation bei vorgeschrittenem Carcinom des Collum uteri [Berlin] 31 p. 22^cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KRAKOW, Otto Albertus, 1832- *Quae observavi in animalibus strychnino interemtis quatenus pertinent ad nervosum cordis appara- tum. 31p. 8? Konigsb. [n. p.] 1856. [KRAKOW, Poland] Academic polonaise des sciences et des lettres. Classe de medecine. Comptes rendus mensuels des seances. Krak6w, No. 7-8, 1938- ---- Classe des sciences mathematiques et naturelles. Comptes rendus mensuels des se- ances. Krak6w, 1929- KRAKOW, Poland. Biuro statystyczne. Spra- wozdanie statystyczne. Krak6w, 1924— KRAKOW, Poland. See also Poland. Bugiel, V. L'ecole de medecine de Cracovie pendant la Revolution. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1930, 24: 332-45.— Glinski, M. [Hospitals in the district of Krak6w] Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17: 592; 618.—Krokiewicz, A. [Annual report of sick patients in 1925 as treated by St Lazarus hospital of Krakow] Ibid., 1926, 5: 669-71.—Nowak, J. L'institut v6terinaire et de medecine experimentale de Cracovie. Ann, Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 1272-81, 4 pl.—Pilitz, J. Clinic for Nervous and Mental Diseases, Jagiello University, Cracow, Poland. In Meth. & Probl. M. Educ. (Rockefeller Found.) N. Y., 1932, 20. ser., 237-44. KRAKOWIAK, Hildegard, 1909- *Ueber den Einfluss des Tabaks auf die Zahne. 18p. 8? Berl., Adler, 1936. KRAKOWSKI, Alter, 1912- *Myome rouge et puerperalite\ 72p. 24%cm. Lyon, Paquet, 1938. KRAKOWSKI, leek, 1907- *Essai d'auxo- the>apie cardio-vasculaire. 68p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1933. KRAKOWSKY, Hans, 1898- *Zur Kennt- nis der Myasthenia gravis. 42p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1926. KRAKS blaa bog; fern tusinde nulevende Danske maend og kvinders levnedsl0b, indtil Aar, 1932. 1073p. 8? Kbh., Kraks Legat [1932] KRAL, Herbert, 1910- *Kritische Be- trachtungen zum Problem der Gangranbe- handlung [Leipzig] 31p. 23cm. Plauen, A. Orbel, 1936. KRALJEVIC B., Daniza [M. D., 1940, Chile] *Estudio histol6gico del diente temporal [Chile] 16p. pl. 26J/2cm. S. Diego, Gutenberg, 1940. KRALL, Inge, 1909- *Ueber Prognose, Verlauf und Behandlung der Aktinomykose des Halses und des Kopfes [Heidelberg] 21p. tab. 8? Wertheim a. M., W. Hinckel, 1937. KRALUND, Otto, 1867-1939. Klindt, A. [Obituary] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 1243. KRAMANN, Georg, 1910- *Ueber Plat- tenepithelbefunde in einer Struma colloides nodosa [Munchen] 23p. 8? Hamm (Westf.) Klambt, 1936. KRAMANN, Heinrich, 1906- *Ueber die Sterblichkeit an Lungen- und Kehlkopftuberku- lose in Miinster in den Jahren 1912-28 [Miinster] 22p. map. 8? [Hovel, J. Weitfeld, 1931] KRAMARENKO, Iury L., 1854-1927. For obituary see Vest, khir., 1927, 11: 32; 215-20. KRAMARZ, Jacob, 1906- Contribution a l'etude du traitement des accidents de la meno- pause et des troubles endocriniens chez la femme. 62p. 8? Par., P. Gourjon, 1931. KRAMBERG, Richard, 1911- *Das Krankheitsbild der neuralen Muskelatrophie in Anschauung unserer neugewonnenen arztlichen Erkenntnisse. 31p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. KRAMER, Albert Eduard, 1909- *Zur Frage der retinierten und ektopischen Zahne mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Nasen- und Nasennebenhohlen. 79p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1932. KRAMER 34 KRAMER, Alfred, 1904- *Ueber renale und extrarenale Wasserausscheidung bei Bett- missern [Kiel] 14p. 8? Bielefeld, M. Schwarze, 1932. KRAMER, Anton, 1901- *Ueber die Veranderung der Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen unter dem Einfluss von Badern und hvdrotherapeutischen Packungen. 30p. 8° Miinst., Regensberg, 1933. KRAMER, Anton, 1909- *Geburts- und Wochenbettsverlauf bei sogenannten Riesen- kindern [Freiburg i. B.] 29p. 8? Quaken- briick, C. Trute, 1934. KRAMER, Barbara, 1896- *Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Zusatze auf den Ablauf der Haemolyse [Breslau] 15p. 8? Liegnitz, J. H. Burmeister, 1926. KRAMER, David Warren, 1890- Man- ual of peripheral vascular disorders, xxvi, 448p. illust. diagr. 24cm. Phila., Blakiston co. [1940] See also Kagan, S. R. [Biography] In his Am. Jewish Physicians, Bost., 1942, 142. KRAMER, Derk [M. D., 1916, Groningen] *Bijdrage tot de kennis der bewustzijnsinzin- kingen bij epileptici. 99p. tab. diagr. 24cm. Groningen, J. Haan, 1916. KRAMER, Edith [M. D., 1925, Jena] *Gra- viditaten nach dem 40. Lebensjahre. 24p. 8? Jena, O. Rupp, 1925. KRAMER, Emil Otto, 1903- *Fieber- behandlung der Keratitis parenchymatosa (Pyri- fer) [Frankfurt a. M.] 30p. 8? Bonn, H. Schonershoven, 1934. KRAMER, Ernst Hugo Hermann, 1913- *Der Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Verande- rungen der Haut in isotonischer Koehsalzlosung. 15p. 23^cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KRAMER, Franz, 1878- Elektrische Sensibilitatsuntersuchungen mittels Kondensa- torentladungen. 40p. tab. diagr. 24)£cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1908. Forms H. 8, Zwanglose Abh. med. Elektr. ---- Neurologische Untersuchungs- Schema- ta, periphere und spinale Sensibilitatsbezirke, nebst Blattern zum Eintragen von Sensibili- tatsbefunden, Reizpunkte der Nerven und Mus- keln. 6p. pl. 4? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. ---- Allgemeine Symptomatologie der Riik- kenmarksnerven und der Plexus. p.640-700. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1937. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1937, 3: KRAMER, Friedrich, 1911- * Ueber die schmerzstillende Wirkung einiger Hypnotika [Miinster] 40p. 8? Werne-Lippe, P". Grube, 1934. KRAMER, Fritz, 1908- *Aetiologische Momente fiir die Entstehung der sogenannten essentiellen Hypertonic [Berlin] 30p. 8° Giitersloh i. Westf., Thiele, 1935. KRAMER, Goswin, 1908- *Geschwiilste der Pulpa. 21p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p.] 1932. Typewritten. KRAMER, Hans Wilhelm, 1908- *Rand- und Flachenschluss von Einlageftillungen aus Gold- und Silber-Palladium-Legierungen [Gott- ingen] lip. 21cm. Weende-Gott., F. Pieper, 1937. P ' KRAMER, James Gerard, 1890- For portrait see Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 1088. KRAMER, John Eichholtz, 1905- Editor of Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science. First decennial supplement to the First century of the Phila- delphia College of Pharmacy, 1921-31 [Phila.] 1934. Also Editor of Second decennial supplement to the First century' of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, 1931-41 [Phila.] 1942. KRAMER KRAMER, Karl Friedrich, 1906- *Ueber die Bedeutung der Senkungsreaktion und dos Leukozytenbildes bei Gelenkerkrankungen [Ro- stock] 21p. 8? Stornberg-Meckl., A. Rohloff. 1933. KRAMER, Karl Heinz, 1910- *Zahnano- malien bei Kieferspaltbildungen. 29p. 23'^cm Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1937. KRAMER, Karl Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Bei- trag zur Kasuistik des Rezidives der operativ behandelten Darminvagination. lOp. 8? Kiel, H. Moding, 1932. KRAMER, Karl Wilhelm Reinhard, 1905- *Ueber die Schadigung der Blase bei Pfahlungs- verletzungen vom Mastdarm aus [Giessen] 27p. 8? Gelnhausen, M. Linick, 1932. KRAMER, Kurt. 1904- *Pathologisch- anatomische und physiologische Untersuchungen mit der Quarzlampe [Gdttingen] p.215-22. 8". Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Virchows Arch., 1929, 274: KRAMER, Leon R., 1894- For portrait see J. Kansas Dent. Ass., 1942, 26: No. 2, 15. Also News Letter Kansas Bd Health, 1942, 10: No. 2, 3. KRAMER, Oskar, 1905- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wismutschaden nach intramusku- laren Injektionen (spezieller Fall; Anaphylaxie) 16p. 8? Munch., Deut. Druck, 1936. KRAMER, Rudolf, 1901- *Ueber die keimtotende Wirkung der Bohnermasse Bakteriol. 24p. 8? Tub., Tubing. Studentwerk, 1933. KRAMER, Sidney David, 1891- For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1936-37, 14: No. 9, 27, portr. KRAMER, Siegfried, 1914- *Ist der Callus zielstrebig oder nur mechanisch bedingt? 24p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KRAMER, Simon Pendelton, 1868-1940. McConnell, J. W., & Hadden, S. B. [Obituary] Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1940, 66: 223. KRAMER, Victor Horsley. *The National Institute of Health; a study of public administra- tion [Harvard Univ.; Ph. D.] 87p. 8? N. Haven [Quinnipiack pr.] 1937. KRAMER, Walther, 1900- *Ein Beitrag zur Ziichtung des Bacillus pyogenes auf Nahr- boden, die Milch oder Teile der Milch enthalten [Leipzig] 37p. 8? Magdeburg, G. Seske, 1925. KRAMER, Wilhelm, 1907- *Was leistet bei der Spondylitis tuberkulosa die konservative Heilmethode nach Finck? [Halle-Wittenberg] 18p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KRAMER, William P. Making the patient very truly yours. 39p. nar. fol. [Cleveland] W. P. Kramer, 1932. KRAMER, Willm, 1905- *Ueber die traumatische Luxation der Clavicula mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Luxation im Acromioclaviculargelenk und ihrer operativen Behandlung nach Biidinger [Berlin] 28p. 8° Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KRAMERIACEAE. Grolnick, M. Studies in contact dermatitis; active sensitiza- tion with Krameria in man. J. Invest. Derm., 1938, 1: 179- 89.—Lee, C. O. Fluidextract of Krameria, manufacture and assay. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. U. S., 1938-39, 7: 289. KRAMERS, Hendrik, 1861-1933. *Bijdrage tot de lumbaire nephrolithotomie [Leiden] 41 p. 23cm. Rotterdam, H. A. Kramers & zoon, 1888. KRAMERS' Dutch dictionary. 15. rev. ed. See Prick van Wely, F. P. H., ed. Kramers' Dutch dic- tionary; English-Dutch and Dutch-English. 15. rev. ed. 1236p. 19!4cm. Lond., 1944. KRAMM, Horst Egon, 1905- *Die Dauer der Einfachen- und der Zwillingsschwan- KRAMM 345 KRANTZ gerschaft mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Moglichkeit einer Uebertragung. 22p. 8: Halle a. S., E. Renner, 1933. KRAMORIS, Fred Harry, 1908- *Edema, with special reference to physiology and treat- ment of cardiac and nephritic types [Marquette Univ.] 41p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. KRAMPE, Gerhard, 1911- *Zur Regula- tion der Durchblutung des tatigen Muskels [Berlin] 16p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KRAMPERT, Frank Lawrence, 1893- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 604. KRANCIOCH, Johann Emanuel, 1881- *Meine Erfahrungen mit Tuberkulin Rosenbach bei chirurgischer Tuberkulose vom Jahre 1913 bis 1938. 31p. 8? Bresl., Rosinsky, 1938. KRANCKE, Werner Wilhelm Ludwig August, 1901- *Diffusionsversuche an Nabel- schnurgefassen und Amnion der menschlichen Nachgeburt. 22p. 8? Kiel [n. p., 1929] KRANE, Gustav, 1907- *Untersuchungen iiber das Herzminutenvolumen bei Schwangeren und seine Beeinflussung durch Prolan. 22p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1933. KRANE, Karl, 1908- *Bilirubinbela- stungen bei Graviden [Jena] 19p. 8? Borna- Lpz., R. Noske, 1936. KRANEBURG, Agnes, 1905- *Ueber den Neigungswinkel des Beckens beim Kinde. 32p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1929. KRANEIS, Heinrich, 1905- *Zur Kennt- nis der Rhabdomyome der Mundhohle. 31p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. KRANENBERG, Rudolf, 1901- *Ueber den Ausgang operierter grosser Kiefercysten. 43p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KRANER, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1898- *Be- funde von Spirochaeta pallida in der mannlichen Harnrohre [Leipzig] 12p. 8? [Roding, J. Wittmann] 1923. KRANERT, Heinz, 1912- *Ueber den Mineralstoffwechsel des Menschen; die Wirkung von Kalium-Bicarbonat und Kalium-Acetat auf den Saure-Basenhaushalt unter Beriicksichtigung der Vitamin-A- und D-Zufuhr. 19p. 8? Jena [n. p.] 1936. KRANKE, Heinz, 1911- *Ueber den Einfluss von Hypnotika auf Temperatur und Peristaltik [Leipzig] 23p. 23y2cm. [Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1936. KRANTZ, Berthe, 1903- Contribution a l'etude des troubles vaso-moteurs dans le syndrome de Brown-Sequard. 48p. 25cm. Montpel., Charite, 1935. KRANTZ, John Christian, jr, 1899- Treatise on pharmaceutical chemistry, embracing certain special topics of analytical, organic, and physical chemistry as they are related to phar- macy. 282p. pl. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1928. ---- Fighting disease with drugs; the story of pharmacy, a symposium; with an introd. by James H. Beal. xix, 230p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1931. ---- If sugar burns; a novel on man's fight against diabetes, xi, 316p. 22cm. Bait., J. D. Lucas co. [1942] Also editor of Baltimore, Md. Johns Hopkins Hospital. Formulary and handbook. 253p. 17^cm. Bait., 1942. KRANTZ, Walther, 1891- Einfiihrung in die Dermatologie; ein Buch fiir Studenten. viii, 351p. illust. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1933. ----Praktische Winke fiir die Behandlung einiger alltaglicher Hauterkrankungen. 32p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1935. Forms H. 1, Beih. Med. Klin. KRANTZ, Walther Albert Ludwig, 1899- *Zur Differentialdiagnose kiefernnaher Cysten und Fisteln. 30p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1933. KRANTZ, Werner, 1898- *Ueber Ob- turatoren und Sprechubungen bei angeborenen Gaumenspalten. 20p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1926. KRANZ, Albrecht Joachim, 1909- *Chro- naxiemetrische Untersuchungen bei Kreislauf- kranken [Leipzig] 21p. 23%cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1938. KRANZ, Annemarie, 1911- *Der Pem- phigus der Conjunctiva mit Bericht iiber zwei Falle. 19p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KRANZ, Berthold, 1899- *Ein Fall von doppelseitiger pyonephrotischer Steinniere mit multiplen, aussergewohnlich grossen Konkre- menten. 35p. pl. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winter- berg, 1928. KRANZ, Ernst Joachim, 1910- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Schenkelhalsosteomyelitis [Berlin] 23p. 8! Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoff- mann, 1936. KRANZ, Gustav Adolf, 1906- *Pul- monalstenose auf besonderer Grundlage [Halle- Wittenberg] 19p. 8? Berl., Triltsch & Huther, 1936. KRANZ. Heinrich Wilhelm. Lebensschicksale krimineller Zwillinge. vi, 251p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. KRANZ, Irmgard, 1909- *Fraktionierte Magenausheberung ohne Probetrunk [Berlin] 12p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. KRANZ, Leon George. See Foster, G. S., & Kranz, L. G. Health; a practical book on hygiene. 218p. 8°. Bost. [1932] KRANZ, Peter Paul, 1884- Klinische Zahnheilkunde und ihre Grenzgebiete. 349p. illust. pl. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1934. ---- Chirurgie des praktischen Zahnarztes. viii, 386p. illust. pl. diagr. 2434cm. Lpz., H. Meusser, 1938. ---- & FALCK, Karl. Alveolar-Pyorrhoe; ihre Aetiologie, Pathologie und Therapie, nebst einer Abhandlung iiber Befestigungsschienen. 172p. illust. pl. 8? Berl., H. Meusser, 1922. KRANZ, Sigrid, 1908- *Verlaufsformen und Behandlung der Nasennebenhohlenerkran- kungen im Kindesalter bei der jetzigen Schar- lachepidemie. 17p. 22>£cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KRANZ, Simon [M. D., 1933, Lausanne] Contribution k l'etude des resultats eloigned des fractures de la rotule. 47p. 8? Lausanne, A. Bovard-Giddy, 1933. KRANZFELD, A. M. napa3HTnuecKne qep- bh nejiOBeKa. 120p. illust, pl. 8° Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1931. Editor of Medicinskaya parazitologia i parazitarniye bolezni. Moskva, v.l, 1932- KRANZFELDER, Richard Heinrich, 1897- *Ueber die bisher gebrauchlichen allergischen Hautproben zum Tuberkulosenachweis und uber neue Versuche mit Eigen- und Fremdschweissin- jektionen bei Tuberkulosen. 63p. 8? Tub. [n. p.] 1928. KRANZ, Gertrude Sophie Wilhelmine, 1910- *Die klinische Diagnose und Differential- diagnose der Unterkiefergeschwiilste. 34p. 8° Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1935. KRANZBUEHLER KRANZBUEHLER, Maria, 1908- *Die manuelle Placentarlosung und ihre Folgen fur den Wochenbettverlauf. 27p. 22y2cm. Heidelb., A. Lippl, 1936. KRAPF, Eduard, 1901- Die Seelen- storungen der Blutdruckkranken. viii, 120p. diagr. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1936. KRAPF, Enrique Eduardo [M. D., 1937, B. Aires] *La influencia del ritmo estacional sobre la frecuencia de las enfermedades mentales; contribucidn a una meteoropatologia argentina. 85p. diagr. tab. 28cm. [B. Air.] A. L6pez [1937] KRAPF, Heinrich, 1910- *Die cervico- faciale Aktinomykose; ihre Behandlung und Prognose [Erlangen] 64p. 22cm. PJlsfeld i. T., C. Beck, 1938. KRAPF, Willy, 1913- *Ueber das Saure- basengleichgewicht bei Pferd und Rind. 51p. 22^cm. Ziir., Waldgarten, 1938. KRAPINA man. See under Neanderthal race. KRAPP, Heinrich. 1900- *Kindersterb- lichkeit bei operativer Entbindung an der Bayerischen Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Miin- chen (von 1918-27) 16p. 8? Miinch., F. Althoff, 1929. KRAPP, Hermann, 1908- *Entgasung des Magendarmkanals beim Saugling und Klein- kind zur Vorbereitung der Pyelographie. 31p. 8? Giessen [n. p.] 1933. KRASKE, Paul, 1851-1930. Farreras, R. [Biografia] Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1933, 55, portr.—Oehler, J. [Nekrolog] Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 1777. KRASNER, George D. [M. D., 1937, Basel] *Der intrauterine Fruchttod vor der Geburt bei lebensfahigen Friichten [Basel] 36p. 23cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1937. KRASNER, Leonard, 1908- *Die Ne- benniere unter Einwirkung von Diphtherietoxin und Ascorbinsaure. 22p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. KRASNITZ, Alexander [M. D., 1937, Lau- sanne] *De la chloruremie du nourrisson dans l'alimentation artificielle et mixte. 48p. 22^cm. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1937. KRASNOFF, Harry M., 1903- *La prohibition et la sante aux Etats-Unis. lllp. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. KRASNOGORSKI, Nicolas Ivanovich, 1882- A study of the physiological activity of the brain in children. 187p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Leningr., State pr., 1935. KRASNOW, David H. [M. D., 1939, Lausanne] *Sulfanilamid und seine Anwendung bei gonor- rhoischen Infektionen. 28p. 22cm. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1939. KRASSILCHIK, Anatole, 1902- Con- tribution a l'etude de la vaccinotherapie intra- veineuse dans l'epididymite et le rhumatisme blennorragique?. 56p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1931. KRASSILNIKIAN, Sarkis, 1893- *Die Freigabe der Abtreibung in der Sowjet-Union. 55p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KRASSMOELLER, Georg Martin Wilhelm, 1875- *Die Levinsohnsche Lehre von der Entstehung der Kurzsichtigkeit und ihre physi- kalische-mathematische Beweisfiihrung [Berlin] 28p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928. KRASSO, Hugo. Erkennung und Behandlung akuter lebensbedrohender innerer Erkrankungen 2. Aufl. xvi, 307p. 8? Wien, Weidmann & co., 1937. KRASSO KRASSO, Bona. Experimentelle Studien uber den Verlauf der Tuberkulose im Kaninchen- auge. 138p. pl. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1933. Forms H. 17, Abh. Augenh. KRASUSKY, V. S. Konstitutionstypen der Kinder. 62p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1930. Forms H. 24, Abh. Kinderh. KRATES, fl. 320 B. C. 'Ettio-toXi?. p.301a- 302b. 4° Venez., 1499. In Collect, epist. Graec, Venez., 1499. KRATEUAS, fl. 2. century, B. C. Wellmann, M. Krateuas. 32p. 4? Berl., 1897. KRATOM. See Mitragyna. KRATSCHMER, Florian K., 1843- For biography see Gallerie hervorrag. Ther. Pharm. Gegenw., Geneve, 1897, 396. KRATTER, Julius, 1848- Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Medizin. 2v. xvi, 628p.; xxvii, 598p. pl. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1912-19. Also 2. Aufl. xvi, 724p. 8? 1921. See also Reuter, F. Was hat Julius Kratter fiir die Lehr- kanzel und das Institut fiir gerichtliche Medizin in Graz geleistet? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 966-9. KRATTER, Otto, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 198. KRATZ, Eleonore, 1910- *Ueber die Endarteriitis obliterans der unteren Extremi- tatenarterien, besonders die der Jugendlichen, mit zwei eigenen Fallen [Heidelberg] 40p. 8. Giessen, W. Herr, 1933. KRATZ, Esther Clarice Cumberland, 1887- For biography see Med. Woman J., 1943, 50: 67. KRATZ, Gerda, 1906- *Ueber die Wir- kungsweise und die Dosierung des Sympatols abgeleitet aus den experimentellen Erfahrungen am gesunden Menschen. 34p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. KRATZ, Johanna, 1907- *Ueber hi- stologische Untersuchungen der Kniegelenks- kapsel in verschiedenen Altersstufen und bei chronischen Gelenkleiden [Frankfurt a. M.] 19p. 8? Offenbach a. M., W. Forger, 1932. KRATZ, Marianne, 1910- *Grundsatz- liches iiber die Behandlung des Lahmungs- spitzfusses bei Poliomyelitis [Munchen] 28p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1936. KRATZEISEN, Ernst, 1890-1928. Gruber, G. B. [Nekrolog] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1928, 23: 547. KRATZENSTEIN, Ernst, 1905- *Zur Lehre von den Gefassgeschwulsten des Gehirns. 29p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KRATZER, Max, 1909- *Ueber Hirn- veranderungen bei Sinusthrombose. p.195-211. 8? Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1936. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1936, 141: KRATZERT, Gunter, 1908- *Die Ur- sache und Behandlung der Schenkelkopfepi- physenlosung. 29p. 20#cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1937. KRATZIK, Herbert Rudolf, 1907- *Ueber die Bedeutung zahnarztlichen chirurgischen Arbeitens in der Zahnheilkunde. 39p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KRATZMANN, Ernst, 1889- See Gabriel, E., & Kratzmann, E. Die Sdchtigkeit; eine Seelenkunde. 283p. 8? Berl., 1936. KRAU, Kurt, 1912- *Ueber den Zucker- gehalt des menschlichen Speichels. 16p. 8? Frankf. a. M., O. E. Schroder, 1935. KRAUCH, Elsa. A mind restored; the story of Jim Curran. xii, 242p. 8? N. Y., G. P. Putnam's sons [1937] KRAUEL 347 KRAUS KRAUEL, Edith, 1912- *Ueber das Vorkommen von hochwirksamen, die Blut- gerinnung hemmenden Stoffen in Meeresalgen [Berlin] 24p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KRAUER, Jean, 1873- Chronische Augenveranderungen beim Rind [Zurich] p. 57- 85. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1931, 127: KRAUFF, Fritz, 1901- *Ueber die Isthmus- stenose der Aorta. 28p. 8? Heidelb., Brausdr., 1937. KRAUROSIS. See also Leukoplakia; Mucosa, Disease; Scleroderma; also under parts affected as Vulva, Kraurosis, etc. Bloch, B. Fall von White spots disease, kombiniert mit Kraurosis. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1916, 46: 276.—Bohac, C. Ueber Leukoplakie und Kraurosis der Schleimhaut und der Haut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Lpz., 1911, 105: 179-210, pl — Peyri, J. Las kraurosis pura, blanca y roja de la regi6n balano- prepucial. Rev. derm, argent., 1925-26, 11: 123-32. KRAUS, Adolf, 1905- *Die Bedeutung der Hamolyse bei der Auswahl von Blutspendern. 18p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1935. KRAUS, Amedeo. Contributo alio studio delle deformity congenite degli arti. vii, 232p. pl. 8? Siena, S. Bernardino, 1916. KRAUS, Anton, 1908- *Die Neben- nierenblutung [Berlin] p.372-408. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1932, 43: KRAUS, Anton F. Grundriss der patho- logischen Physiologie und experimentellen Patho- logie. viii, 287p. 8? Freib. i. Baden, Speyer & Kaerner, 1929. KRAUS, Carl Friedrich August, 1901- *Ein Fall von Hermaphroditismus bei einer Incestuosa [Kiel] p.226-45. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 8: KRAUS. E. J. [of Prag] Nebennieren, Schild- druse, Epithelkorperchen, Thymus, Zirbeldriise und Inselapparat in ihren Beziehungen zur Frauenheilkunde. p.580-964. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1936. In Handb. Gyn. (Veit, J., & Stockel, W.) 3. Aufl. Munch., 1936, 9: KRAUS, Eberhard. Krieg und Kultur in der Lebensgeschichte der Rasse. 19p. 8? Lpz. [Thiiring. Verb, 1907] Forms H. 3, Beitr. Rassenk. KRAUS, Emil, 1873-1927. Bienenfeld, B. [Nekrolog] Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1745. KRAUS, Erich, 1897- *Spontane Sym- physenrupturen [Miinster] 27p. 8? Quaken- bruck, R. Kleinert, 1932. KRAUS, Erich Wenzeslaus, 1909- *Ueber die Stellung des Rubidiums unter den Alkali- metallen. 26p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. KRAUS, Ernst. Ulvir-Mischstrahlen und ihre Indikation in der Zahn-, Mund- und Kiefer- Heilkunde. 35p. illust. 8? Berl., Buchholz & Weiss wange, 1937. KRAUS, Friedrich, 1858-1936, editor. Spar- same, sachgemasse Krankenbehandlung mit Leitsatzen des Reichsgesundheitsrats. 2. Aufl. vi, 262p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. --- Grundlinien einer Wissenschaft der Anamnese und Katamnase. 30p. 8? Lpz., H. Kornfeld, 1930. Forms H. 422, Bd 37, Berl. Klinik. For Festschrift see Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61: portr Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1928, 108: portr. See also Anton, G. [Biography] Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 297.—Barilari, M. J. Importancia de la obra de Friedrich Kraus en medicina interna. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 1323-6.—Bergmann, G. von. Friedrich Kraus zum 70. Geburtstag. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 859.—[Biog- raphyl Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 371.—Brandenburg, K. [Biography] Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 841.—Brugsch, T. [Biography] Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7:1063.—Held, I. W. Lessons to be learned from the work of Friedrich Kraus. Internat. Clin., 1928, 38. ser., 4: 243-52.—Hirsch, M. [Biographyl Arch. Frauenk., 1928, 14: 163, portr. See also Bergmann, G. von [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 482-4. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1936) 1937, 67: 160-4.—Brugsch, T. [Nekrolog] Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 339.—Jagic, N. [Nekrolog] Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 338.—[Obituary] Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1936, 14: 128, portr. Also Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 1327.—Schittenhelm, A. [Ne- krolog] Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 529, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. ---- & BRUGSCH, Theodor. Spezielle Pathologie und Therapie innerer Krankheiten. llv. in 19. 4? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1919-27. KRAUS, Fritz [of Prag] Die Ischias, nach modernen Gesichtspunkten. 63p. 8? Lpz., B. Konegen, 1921. KRAUS, Georg, 1905- *Klumpfiisse in Verbindung mit anderen Deformitaten an Han- den und Fiissen [Munchen] 24p. 8? Kallmiinz, M. Lassleben, 1934. KRAUS, Georg, 1911- *Die Entwicklung und der heutige Stand der kohasiven Goldstopf- methode mit experimenteller Untersuchung iiber die Giite derselben [Wurzburg] 36p. 8? Konz-Karthaus, M. Nau, 1934. KRAUS, Hans, 1903- *Die Erschei- nungsformen der Syphilis zur Zeit ihres pande- mischen Auftretens nach Entdeckung der neuen Welt [Erlangen] 20p. 8? Forchheim, F. A. Streit, 1929. KRAUS, Josef, 1900- *Methodik des quantitativen Bleinachweises in Blut und Aus- scheidungen nebst Bestimmungen des normalen Bleigehaltes der Ausscheidungen. 40p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KRAUS, Josef, 1909- *Ueber die feinere Diagnostik und die Endausgange unspezifischer Kniegelenkserkrankungen [Wurzburg] 89p. 21cm. Schwandorf i. Bay, P. Krempl, 1938. KRAUS, Julius, 1904- *Die Vererbung von Anomalien der Zahne unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles ererbter Unterzahl von Zahnen [Heidelberg] 18p. pl. 8? Bruch- sal, J. Kruse & Sonne, 1931. KRAUS, Marianne, 1911- *Ueber den Ductus omphalo-mesentericus persistens [Miin- chen] 43p. 21cm. Giinzburg a. D., K. Mayer, 1937. KRAUS, Otto, 1904- *Kritische Be- trachtungen iiber die Verwendung verschiedener Nahrmedien bei der Gewebeziichtung. 32p. 8? Giessen, A. Klein, 1929. KRAUS, Rudolf, 1868-1932. Zehn Jahre Siidamerika; Vortrage iiber Epidemiologie und Infektionskrankheiten der Menschen und Tiere. viii, 182p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1927. See also Kolle, W.. Kraus, R., & Uhlenhuth, P. Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganismen. lOv. in 19. 8? Jena, 1928-31. For obituary see Biochim. ter. sper., 1932, 19: 348-51. Also Fol. biol., B. Air., 1932, 73. Also Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 411. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1932, 8: 435. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 1016 (Loewenstein) Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 76: p. i-vi, portr. --- GERLACH, Franz, & SCHWEINBERG, Fritz. Lyssa bei Mensch und Tier, viii, 464p. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1926. KRAUS, Rudolf, MORAWETZ, Gustav [et al] Scharlach; Aetiologie, antitoxische Serumthera- pie und Schutzimpfung. vi, 365p. illust. pl. tab. 8? Berl.. Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. KRAUS 348 KRAUSE KRAI'S, Rudolf, & UHLENHUTH, Paul. Handbuch der mikrobiologischen Technik. 3v. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1923-24. KRAUS, Rudolf, & WERNER, Franz. Gift- schlangen und die Serumbehandlung der Schlan- genbisse. 220p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1931. KRAUS, Rudolf, 1906- *Zur Frage der Demarkation tuberkuloser Knochenherde. 23p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr [1930] KRAUS, Walter, 1907- *Zur Frage des Blutfarbstoffabbaues unter bakterieller Ein- wirkung. 24p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1934. KRAUS, Walther. Editor of Diels, H. Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker. 5. Aufl. 3v. 24cm. Berl., 1934-37. KRAUS, Willi, 1908- *Adsorptiv-Desin- fektion der Mund- und Rachenhohle mit Silargel [Erlangen] 30p. 8? Radebeul-Dresd., Kupky & Dietze, 1932. KRAUSCH, Philipp Bernhard Martin, 1897- *Die Aziditatskurve bei Ulkus-Beschwer- den. 27p. 8? Halle a. S., E. Wolff & Sonne, 1925. KRAUSE. Das franzosische Militar-Veteri- narwesen unter Friedens- und Feldverhaltnissen. 64p. 8? Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1931. Forms Erganzbd 5, Zschr. Veterinark. KRAUSE, Alfred, 1910- *Ueber den Einfluss der Wurmgifte Santonin, Arecolin und Pelletierin auf die Dehydrierungsvorgange im Gewebe [Miinster] 20p. 8! Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KRAUSE, Allen Kramer, 1881-1941. The evolution of tubercle. 95p. 12? N. Y., Outdoor Life [1927] See also Brown, L., Krause, A. K. [et al.] Edward Livings- ton Tiudcau. 112p. 8? [Livingston, N. Y., 1935] See also Austrian, C. [Obituarv] Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass. (1941) 1942, 57: p. 1.—Emerson, K. Allen Krause and the National Association. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1942, 45: 607.-— Long, E. R. [Obituarv] Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1942, 57: 22.—[Obituary] Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 476. Also J. Am. A.. Ass., 1941, 116: 2612. Also Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1941-42, 18: 117. Also Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 147 — Pinner, M. [Obituary] Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1941, 44: 248-53, portr.—Waring, J. J. [Obituary] Ann. Int. M., 1941-42, 15: 778.—Willis, H. S. [Obituary] Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1942, 45: 595-606, portr. ---- MILLER, William Snow, & WILLIS, Henry Stuart Kendall. Studies on tuberculous infection. xiii, 589p. 8? Bait., Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1928. KRAUSE, Annemarie, 1907- *Ueber die Arthrogryposis multiplex congenita. 28p. 8? Bresl., O. Borgmeyer, 1932. KRAUSE, Anton, 1902- *Zur Physio- logie der Schwangerenatmung. 31p. 8? Wiirzb. [n. p.] 1934. KRAUSE, Arlington Colton, 1896- The biochemistry of the eye. xv, 264p. diagr. 8? Bait., Johns Hopkins pr., 1934. Forms Monogr. No. 2 of Wilmer Ophth. Inst., Johns Hopkins Univ. KRAUSE, Arthur. Finsternisse. 79p. 8? Lpz., T. Thomas [1918] KRAUSE, Bernhard, 1909- *Operationen am Darm (mit Ausnahme des Blinddarms) bei urspriinglich gynakologischen Operationen und im Gefolge gynakologischer Erkrankungen. 43p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., O. Schulz, 1937. KRAUSE, Bruno, 1913- *Nebennieren- rinde und Ovarien [Berlin] 57p. 21cm. Len- gerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1939. KRAUSE, Carl, 1900- *Ueber trau- matische Zvsten der Conjunctiva [Konigsberg i. P.] 32p. 8? Bartenstein Ostpr., J. H. Neu- mann, 1927. KRAISE, Editha, 1906- *T eber Ga- stritis plil(Mrmonosa. 36P- 8° Miinch., R Muller & Steinicke, 11)32. KRAUSE, Ellon, 1909- *Casuist,ischer Beitrag zu den Neurinomen; ein Neurinom dos Ilalssvmpathicus und ein Neurinom der Axilla [Berlin] 23p. 22/2cm. Charlottenb., K. & It. Hoffmann, 1938. KRAUSE, Elsa, 1902- *Macht Pyrami- don eine Schadigung des Blutes im Sinne einer Agranulocytose? [Berlin] 31p. 22 ^cm. Char- lottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1935. KRAUSE, Erich, 1906- *Zur Frage des Gasoedems bei den Infektionskrankheiten mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung beim Typhus ab- dominalis [Berlin] 32p. 20V£cm. Charlottenb. [n. p.] 1938. KRAUSE, Ernst Heinrich, 1902- *Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Sympathikus auf den intraokularen Druck beim Gesunden und beim Glaukomkranken. 19p. 8° Berl., F. Linke, 1934. KRAUSE, Ernst Helmut, 1912- *Wirbel- deformitaten bei Osteopsathyrosis [Leipzig] 20p. 23^cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. KRAUSE, Fedor Victor, 1857-1937. *Pneuma- tometrische Untersuchungen nach einer neuon Methode. 32p. 8? Berl/, L. Schumacher, 1879. Sec also Coenen, H., Krause, F. [et al.[ Chirurgie des Kopfcs. 6. Aufl. 1394p. 8? Stuttg., 1926. See also Behrend, C. M. Fedor Krause und die Neuro- chiruraie. Zbl. Neurochir., 1938, 3: 122-7, portr.—Braun, W. Ni'.nhruf auf Fedor Krause. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 594.— Giittieh [Nekrolog] Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1938, 146: 1. Foi portrait see Collection in Library. ---- & SCHUM, Heinrich. Die spezielle Chirurgie der Gehirnkrankheiten. 3v. in 4. illust. pl. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930-41. KRAUSE, Franz. Anatomische und physio- logische Studien iiber vegetative Regulationen [Freiburg i. B.; Habilitationsschrift] p.563-627. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1932, 121: KRAUSE, Franz Paul, 1911- *Ueber die akute infektiose Osteomyelitis der Kiefer und ihre Folgen auf die Zahne. 21p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1935. KRAUSE, Fritz, 1903- *Verlauf und Blutbildveranderungen der Leukamien nach Rontgenbestrahlungen [Halle-Wittenberg] 20p. 8? Bleicherode-H., C. Nieft, 1936. KRAUSE, Fritz, 1905- *Beitrag zur Frage der Schwefelkohlenstoffvergiftung [Tubin- gen] p.139-54. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 134: KRAUSE, Fritz, 1911- *Carzinom der Mundschleimhaut und des Oberkiefers im Kin- desalter. 20p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KRAUSE, Fritz Hellmut, 1907- *Desin- fektion des Darmkanals mit oligodynamischen Silber [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Endorf, G. Renauer, 1934. KRAUSE, Gunter, 1910- *Beitrag zur Klinik des Angioma racemosum [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KRAUSE, Gunter Hans Wilhelm, 1910- *Der Einfluss der in der Klinik und ausserhalb der Klinik ausgefuhrten geburtshilflichen vagi- nalen Untersuchung auf das Wochenbett. 16p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936. KRAUSE, Gunther, 1895- *Das lympha- tische Gewebe und seine Kerngrossen. 15p. tab. 8? Rostock, G. Neumann, 1935. KRAUSE, Gustav, 1900- *Ueber da> Symptomenbild der Pseudodemenz. 31p. 8°. [Bonn, n. p.] 1926. KRAUSE 349 KRAUSE KRAUSE, Gustav, 1904- *Moderne Ab- wasserbeseitigung im Ruhrgebiet [Tiibingen] 27p 8? [Elberfeld, Berg. Druck, 1929] KRAUSE, Gustav Adolf, 1902- *Ueber die Beschwerden, den Befund und den Krank- heitsverlauf bei Ulkus-Kranken [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Oschatz, C. Morgner, 1927. KRAUSE, Hans Heinrich, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zur Hydronephrose [Freiburg i. B.] 16p 8? Naumburg a. S., H. Sieling [1933] KRAUSE, Helmut, 1907- *Die Erfah- rungen der Breslauer Medizinischen Klinik mit der Bluttransfusionsbehandlung in den Jahren 1926-31. 54p. 8? Bresl., H. S. Hermann, 1933. KRAUSE, Herbert, 1900- *Ueber die Veranderungen des leukozytaren Blutbildes bei den Berliner Grippeepidemien 1934-35 und 1936-37 [Berlin] 21p. 22cm. Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1938. KRAUSE, Herbert Ulrich, 1901- *Bei- trage zu der Lehre von der Hydroa aestivale(!) 38p. 8° Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1927. KRAUSE, Hermann Friedrich Berthold, 1905- *Der Einfluss der inneren Sekretion auf die Kieferbildung und das Zahnsystem mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zur Para- dentose. 48p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1929. KRAUSE, Johannes, 1888- *Ueber die Auswirkung der puerperalen Riickbildungs- vorgange im Bluteiweissbild. 42p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932. KRAUSE, Johannes, 1902- ♦Entwick- lung und Fortschritte der Kieselsaure-Therapic unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Be- deutung fiir Abheilung von Dermatosen [Miin- chen] 37p. 8? Jena, A. Gretscher, 1927. KRAUSE, Justus, 1908- *Die Injektions- therapie der Varizen [Berlin] 42p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1933. KRAUSE, Karl Albert [M. D., 1929, Heidel- berg] *Ist die Lachgasnarkose in der zahnarzt- lichen Praxis auf Grund der auslandischen Litera- tur unbedenklich als ungefahrlich zu bezeichnen? [Heidelberg] 31p. 8? Saarbriicken, Malstatt- Burbacher, 1929. KRAUSE, Kurt Karl August, 1900- *De- fekte des Schmelzes [Berlin] 41p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann. 1928. KRAUSE, Kurt Richard, 1897- *Naevus flammeus und Glaukom. p.244-60. 8? [Berl., S. Karger, 1929] Also Zschr. Augenh., 1929, 68: KRAUSE, Kurt Rudolf, 1910- *Das Blutbild des Rindes bei puerperalen Erkrankun- gen. 52p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1934. KRAUSE, Lawrence J., 1904- The correlation of adjustment and achievement in delinquent boys, xiv, 74p. tab. 23cm. Wash., Cath. Univ. America pr. [1941] Forms No. 2, v.5, Stud. Psychol. Psychiat., Cath. Univ. America. KRAUSE, Martha Irmgard, 1903- *Die Collargol-Saponinanamie der Ratte als quantita- tiver Test fiir injizierbare Leberpraparate. 27p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KRAUSE, Moise, 1907- *L'etat de mal asthmatique; etude, clinique, etiologie, patho- genie, traitement. 83p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. KRAUSE, Otto G., 1877-1940. For obituary see Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1940, 17: 94. KRAUSE, Paul, 1871-1934. Lehrbuch der klinischen Diagnostik inneren Krankheiten, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Untersuchungs- methoden. 3. Aufl. xxiv, 866p. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1924. ---- Handbuch der Rontgentherapie. 3v. 4? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1924-28. ---- Zur Geschichte der Rheinisch-west- falischen Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin (begriin- det am 11. Oktober 1903) 83p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1929. Forms H. 2 of Arb. Gesch. Med. Rheinland (Krause, P.) Jena, 1929. ---- Rontgen-Gedachtnis-Heft anlasslich der Enthullungsfeier des Rontgendenkmals in Lennep am 29. und 30. November 1930. ix, 169p. ch. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1931. Forms H. 8 of Arb. Gesch. Med. Rheinland (Krause, P.) Jena, 1931. Also editor of Arbeiten zur Kenntnis der Geschichte der Me- dizin im Rheinland und in Westfalen. 9v. 8? Jena, 1929-32. For Festschrift see Strahlentherapie, 1931, 42: portr. See also Kruchen, C. [Nekrolog] Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1934, 50: 182-6.—Wohlenberg [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 873. KRAUSE, Paul, 1908- *Heutige Methode zur Behandlung von Schliisselbeinbriichen. 24p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1938. KRAUSE, Paul Erich, 1901- *Ueber die rheumatische Sklerose der Herzkranzarterien und Herzklappen [Leipzig] 66p. 23cm. [Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1936] KRAUSE, Rudolf, 1865-1939. Abbescher Beleuchtungsapparat; feuchte Kammer. viii, 739p. pl. 4? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1926. Forms Bd 1 of Enzyklop. Mikr. Techn. (Ehrlich, Krause, et al.) Also editor of Enzvklopadie der mikroskopischen Technik. 3. Aufl. 3v. 8? Berl., 1927. KRAUSE, Rudolf, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage des dentalen Oberkieferhohlenempyems [Berlin] 39p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffman, 1930. KRAUSE, Theodora, 1910- *Die Osteo- thrombophlebitische Komplikation bei Stirn- hohleneiterungen. 23p. 20%cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. KRAUSE, Walter, 1900- *Ein Fall von Ventrikeltumor unter dem Bilde einer circum- scripten Meningitis [Jena] 28p. 8? Weida i. T., Thomas & Hubert, 1926. KRAUSE, Werner, 1907- *Ein eigen- artiger Fall von sogenannter atypischer verallge- meinerter Amyloidose mit hauptsachlichem Be- fallensein der kleineren Gefasse, des Fettgewebes, des thymischen Fettkorpers und der Lymphkno- ten. 19p. 21cm. Bresl., Breslauer NeuesteNachr., 1936. KRAUSE, Werner, 1908- *Kritische Untersuchungen iiber die Ausbreitung des Gebar- mutterkrebses und seine unmittelbaren Todes- ursachen. 76p. 8? Bresl., Schles. Druck, 1933. KRAUSE, Werner, 1909- *Zur Behand- lung der Spatmeningitis nach Schadelbasis- frakturen mit Ohrbeteiligung. 20p. 22cm. Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KRAUSE, Werner, 1910- *Ueber den Wechselstrom-Widerstand des Saugetierschadels. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KRAUSE, Werner Rudolf. See Krause, Rudolf, 1865-1939. KRAUSE, Wilhelm, 1911- *Schadigt die Avertinnarkose die Niere der Kinder? [Leipzig] 16p. 23cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1936. KRAUSE, Wilhelm, 1913- *Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Form der Karies des Zahnschmelzes besonders an approximalen Fla- chen von Priimolaren und Molaren [Berlin] KRAUSE 350 KRAUSS 39p. 21cm. Lengerichi. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KRAUSE end-bulb. See under parts innervated as Genitals, Inner- vation; also Nerve; Sensory nerve. KRAUSE gland. See under Conjunctiva. KRAUSENECK, Egon, 1905- *Ueber primare maligne Tumoren der Conjunctiva palpebralis und des Fornix, speziell Sarkome. 39p. pl. tab. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1930. KRAUSHAAR, Fritz, 1907- *Ueber Wir- kungen von Tannin auf normale und mit Adrena- lin oder Histamin vorbehandelte Blutgefasse [Gottingen] 20p. 8? Arolsen, W. Pfannstiel, 1934. KRAUSPE, Ruth, 1911- lntersuchun- gen iiber die anatomischen Grundlagen des Deckbisses [Bonn] 41p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1934. KRAUSS, Anne Dorothea, 1910- *Die Beeinflussung der Magensaftsekretion durch Hohensonnenbelichtungen. 24p. 22^cm. Tub., A. Becht, 1938. KRAUSS, Gertrud, 1910- *Zur Kenntnis vom Wandbau des Harnleiters [Freiburg i. B.] 15p. 8? Frankf. a. M., Bronner [1935! KRAUSS, Hans, 1904- *Totalanearysma der Aorta. 40p. pl. 8? Halle a. S., O. Jung, 1932. KRAUSS, Hans, 1905- *Der Ablauf der Nachgeburtsperiode nach spontanen, operativen Entbindungen nach Anwendung von Wehen- mitteln in der Nachgeburtsperiode und die Ge- fahrlichkeit von Eingriffen in der Nachgeburts- periode [Freiburg i. B.] 37p. 8? Villingen- Schwarzwald, A. Wessel, 1931. KRAUSS, Herbert, 1908- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der interstitiellen Tubenschwanger- schaft [Heidelberg] lOp. 23cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1938. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: KRAUSS, Herbert, 1909- *Erfahrungen mit dem Pallidaantigen nach Gaehtgens bei der Serodiagnose der Lues. 24p. 23cm. Halle a. S. [n. p.] 1935. KRAUSS, Johann, 1914- *Ueber das in die freie Bauchhohle perforierte Magen- und Duodenal-Ulcus; ein Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild und zur Behandlung. 32p. 2034cm. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1938. KRAUSS, Jorge Guillermo [M. D., 1938, B. Aires] *La autohemoterapia en el tratamiento de las grietas del pezon. 50p. 26^cm. B. Air., Acci6n med., 1938. KRAUSS, Josef, 1901- *Begleitende Missbildungen bei der Hasenscharte [Wiirzburg] 20p. 8? Berl., Berlin, Verl., 1928. Also Zahnarztl. Rdsch., 1928. KRAUSS, Karl, 1904- *Ueber schwere Entwicklungsstorungen im Bau der Wirbelsaule beim Kleinkind. 20p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1937. KRAUSS, Karl, 1909- *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Schadigung des im Kiefer liegenden Ersatzzahnes durch eine Milchzahnparodontitis. 13p. 8? Munch., J. Schon, 1934. KRAUSS, Leonhard, 1904- lntersu- chungen iiber Zahnverhaltnisse der Schuljugend von 40 Ortschaften im Amtsbezirk Lorrach. 53p. 22cm. Freib. i. B., T. Kehrer, 1936. KRAUSS, Paul, 1902- *Kapillarunter- suchungen an Paralytikern, Epileptikern, Im- bezillen und Kretins. 16p. 8? Rostock, R. Beckmann, 1927. KRAUSS, Reinhard. Ueber graphischen Aus- druck. 141p. pl. tab. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. Forms Beih. 48, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KRAUSS, Rudolf, 1910- *Zunahme dea Genital-Karzinoms bei jiingeren Frauen? [Berlinl 45p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1935. KRAUSS, Samuel, 1866- Geschichte der jtidischen Aerzte von frtihesten Mittelalter bis zur Gleichberechtigung; durchgesehen von Isidor Fischer, xvi, 180p. 8? Wien, A. S. Bettelheim. 1930. KRAUSS, Stephan [M. D., 1934, Basel] *Pers6nlichkeitsveranderungen nach Chorea minor [Basel] 51p. 8? Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1934. Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 34: KRAUSS, Theodor. Die Heilung der Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten, mit Hilfe der elektro- homoopathischen Heilmittel des Grafen Oesare Mattei. 2. Aufl... in Gemeinschaft mit Hermann Bickell. 128p. pl. 8? Lpz., A. Strauch, 1915. KRAUSS, Walter, 1904- *Die Krehs- sterblichkeit im Stadtbezirk Sonneberg in den letzten 50 Jahren; |eine lokalstatistische Unter- suchung als Beitrag zur Krebsfrage [Erlangen] 28p. 8? Sonneberg Thiir., P. Trautmann, 1932. KRAUSS, William, 1861-1935. Brown, P. William Krauss, 1861-1935. In his Am. Martyr. Roentg. Rays, Springf., 1936, 255-62. KRAUSS, William Ernest, 1899- Studies on the nutritive value of milk; the deficiencies of an exclusive milk diet and how to overcome them. 54p. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1931. Forms No. 477. of Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. --- ERB, J. H., & WASHBURN, R. G. Studies on the nutritive value of milk; the effect of pasteurization on some of the nutritive prop- erties of milk. 33p. 8? Wooster, Ohio, 1933. Forms No. 518 of Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. KRAUSSE, Hans, 1911- *Die Leber- cirrhose; ihre Aetiologie, Prognose und Therapie. 23p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KRAUSSE, Harald Lothar Joachim, 1912- *Ein Ueberblick iiber die in der amerikanischen Literatur veroffentlichten Darlegungen und An- schauungen zur Frage der fokalen Infektion. 60p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KRAUSSE, Helmut, 1910- *Die moderne Methodik der Schlaftiefenmessung; eine experi- mentelle Priifung [Erfangen] 27p. 22cm. Eichfeld-Rudolstadt, W. Kolditz, 1935. KRAUSSMUELLER, Karl Helmut, 1912- *Die Lebensaussichten der bei der Geburt hirn- geschadigten Kinder [Wiirzburg] 44p. 21cm. Eisfeld i. T., C. Beck, 1938. KRAUSZ, Charles, 1911- *Le systeme endocrino-sympathique dans le mecanisme de la fievre. 32p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. KRAUSZ, Charles Edward, editor. Chiropody index, 1907 to 1920. 96p. 21cm. [Phila., the Author] 1943. KRAUSZ, Laszlo, 1902- *Ueber As- soziationspriifungen bei Dementia praecox [Gies- sen] 30p. 8? [Sz6kesfehei*vai-, S. Debreczenyi] 1926. KRAUTER, Henri, 1906- *Les algies precordials et leur traitement par les injections topanalgesiantes. llOp. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. KRAUTTER, Albert Wolfgang, 1913- *Glomerulonephritis bei Hund und Katze [Munchen] p.205-17. 23%cm. Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1938. Also Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1938, 73: KRAUTTER 351 KREBS KRAUTTER, Otto, Beitrage zur Jugend- psychologie; die Entwicklung des plastischen Gestaltens beim vorschulpflichtigen Kinde. 99p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. Forms Beih. 50. Zschr. angew. Psychol. KRAUTWALD, Alfons. See Heubner, W., Krautwald. A. [et al.] Arzneiverordnun- gen. Ausg. 1938. 241p. 16H"n. Lpz. [1937] KRAUTWALD, Friedrich. *Die Haube der Hiihner und Enten; ihre Ursache, Entstehung und Vererbung [Bern; Vet.] 163p. 8? Hamb., Broschek & Co., 1910. KRAUTWIG, Karl, 1907- *Ueber Pyelitis gravidarum (Nachuntersuchungen der in den Jahren 1918-30 in der Hessischen Universitats- Frauenklinik zu Giessen behandelten Falle) 31p. 8? Giessen, W. Herr, 1933. KRAVEC, E. M. HeAOHOineHHbie aera. 52p. illust. ch. 20cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 1943. KRAVKOV, Nikolai Pavlovich, 1865-1924. Nikolaev, M. P. [The Academician N. P. Kravkov and his school] Farm. & toks., Moskva, 1939, 2: No. 5, 5-20, portr. KRAWIECKI, Mowsza, 1901- Con- siderations sur es pansements apres evidement petro-mastoidien. 102p. 8? Par., L. Cario, 1936. KRAWIETZ, Herta, 1913- *Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen sozialer Lage und den Kiefer- und Zahnstellungsanomalien bei Schul- kindern der Volks- und Mittelschulen des Stadt- und Landkreises Beuthen [Greifswald] 19p. 21cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KRAWIETZ, Robert, 1909- "-Ueber Zahn- retentionen. 25p. 22%em. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KRAWINKEL, Anna Helene Elise, 1907- *Ueber die Chorea minor. 35p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1935. KRAWINKEL, Heinrich, 1908- *ErfoIge unserer Empyembehandlung bei Empyema thoracis [Kiel] 20p. 8? Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1933 KRAWINKEL, Odo, 1904- *Ueber Ge- sichtslagen. 31p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. KRAYENBUEHL, Hugo, 1902- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ewingschen Knochensarkome (retikulares, myelogenes Sarkom der Siebbein- zellen) [Zurich] p.362-78. 8? Munch., J. F. Bergmann, 1929. Also Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1929, 38: --- Das Hirnaneurysma. 84p. illust. 24cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1941. KRAYENBUEHL, Pierre [M. D., 1929, Zurich] *Zur Halluzinose nach Malariabehandlung der Paralyse [Zurich] p.664-99. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 120: KRAYER, Otto, 1899- *Die pharmako- logischen Eigenschaften des reinen Apokodeins [Freiburg i. B.] 9p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1925. Also editor of Trendelenburg, P. Grundlagen der allgemei- nen und speziellen Arzneiverordnung. 4. Aufl. 322p. 23 J.£cm. Berl., 1938. KREATIN. See Creatine. KREBS, Adolf, 1904- *Altersklassen und Operationssterblichkeit. 13p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KREBS, Agnes, 1910- *Ein Beitrag zur Keratitis neuroparalytica. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KREBS, Alberto, 1897- *La naftalina nella chirurgia stomatologica e in odontoiatria [Zur.; Dent.] 23p. pl. 24#cm. Trieste, L. Smolars & Nipote, 1942. KREBS, Bertold, 1897- *Lymphatische Konstitution und der plotzliche Tod im Kindes- alter. 46p. 8? [Bresl., n. p.] 1925. KREBS, Carl Larsen, 1892- *The effect of Roentgen irradiation on the interrelation be- tween malignant tumors and their hosts [Stock- holm] 133p. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt, 1929. --- RASK-NIELSEN, H. C, & WAGNER, Aage. The origin of lymphosarcomatosis and its relation to other forms of leucosis in white mice; lymphomatosis infiltrans leucemica et aleucemica. 53p. pl. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1930. Forms Suppl. 10, Acta radiol. KREBS, Emmy Alice, 1906- *Warum kommt bei vielen angeborenen Deformitaten Steisslage vor? 31p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KREBS, Erwin Otto, 1909- *Exfoliierende Affektionen an Zunge und Lippe [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1934. KREBS, Felix, 1906- *Beitrag zur Anatomie des Canalis mandibularis unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner Beziehungen zu den Alveolen der Zahne [Wiirzburg] 14p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1932. KREBS, Friedrich, 1906- *Ueber den Einfluss der Erdalkalichloride auf die Eiweiss- verdauung [Miinster] 16p. 21cm. Werne/ Lippe, F. Grube, 1936. KREBS, Fritz, 1909- *Bestimmung der Serumeiweissverhaltnisse in der Schwangerschaft nach verschiedenen Methoden. 26p. 8? Jena, Schkolen, 1935. KREBS, Gert, 1911- *Die Symptomatik der Appendicitis in ihrer Abhangigkeit von der Lage des Wurmfortsatzes unter Beriicksichtigung der Sensibilitatsverhaltnisse in der Bauchhohle [Heidelberg] 19p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1937. KREBS, Gunter, 1900- *Die Entwick- lung der Zahnheilkunde in Baden unter Mit- beriicksichtigung ihrer Entwicklung im gesamten Deutschen Reich. 96p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1932. KREBS, Hans Adolf. Untersuchungen iiber den Stoffwechsel der Aminosauren im Tierkorper [Freiburg i. B.; Habilitationsschrift] p. 191-227. 8? Berl., W. deGruyter & co., 1933. Also Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 217: ---- Manometrische Messung der Eiweiss- spaltung. p.871-90. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1936, Bd 4, pt 2: KREBS, Lloyd Leroy, 1874-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 191. KREBS, Richard Julius Herman, 1904- Out of the night, by Jan Valtin [pseud.] vi, 749p. 24j^cm. N. Y., Alliance book corp. [1941] KREBS, Rudolf, 1904- *Untersuchungen iiber das Wesen und die Brauchbarkeit der Guttadiaphotmethode nach Meyer, Bierast und Schilling bei unseren Haustieren. 54p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1930. KREBS, Siegfried, 1907- *Der Virilismus und Feminismus suprarenalis; ein Beitrag zum Problem des Interrenalismus. 39p. 8? Berl., G. Reimarus, 1932. KREBS, Walter, 1869-1939. Die Hygiene des Badens. p.485-96. 26cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1918. In Handb. Hyg. (Weyl, Theodor) 2. Aufl., Bd 5, Abt. 3. See also Kohler, P. W. Krebs zum 70. Geburtstag. Zschr. Rheumaforsch., 1939, 2: 41-4, portr.—Schottmiiller, H. [Biography] Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1615.—Vontz, O. [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 1639. KREBS 352 KREHBIEL ----A- Wl'RM, Hans. Die Bechterewsehe Krankheit (entzundliche Wirbels;iul(m-Verstei- fung) mit einem Beitrag: Die pathologische Anatomie der Bechterewsehen Krankheit. viii, 95]). illust. 22cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1938. Forms Bd 3, Rheumatismus (R. Jurgens) 1938. KREBS, Walter. *Vergleichende pharmako- logische Untersuchungen zweier spasmolytischer Arzneien: Trasentin und Propivan; zugleich ein Beitrag zu der Beziehung zwischen der pharmako- logischen Wirkung und der chemischen Kon- stitution. 12p. diagr. 23cm. Bern, H. Moschler, 1941. KREBS, Willy, 1900- *Ueber ein Dioxy- triphenylen-dioxyd aus Benzochinon und 40- prozentiger Schwefelsaure [Jena] 37p. 8? Weida i. T., Thomas & Hubert, 1927. See also Zeiss, G, & Krebs, W. Klinische Kolorimetrie mit dem Pulfrich-Photometer 94p. 8? Lpz. [1935] KREBSBEKAEMPFUNG; Jahrbuch des Reichsausschusses fiir Krebsbekampfung. Lpz., v.1-2, 1930-32. KREBSBUECHLEIN fiir angehende prak- tische Aerzte; oder, Lehren eines alten Practici an seinen Sohn, der als Doctor von Universitaten zuriick gekommen ist. 69p. 12? Warsz., Surowier-ki [1920] KREBSER, Margot, 1908- *Ueber Dril- lingsscbwangerschaft und Geburt. 24p. 8? Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1933. KRECKE, Albert, 1863-1932. Beitrag zur praktischen ('hirurgie; Berichte iiber die Jahre [1923-1930] aus der Chirurgischen Privatklinik. 3v. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1929-34. ----Vom Arzt und seinen Kranken. 3. Aufl. 379p. portr. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann [1932] ---- The same. The doctor and his patients. vi, 301p. portr. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1934. See also Lange, F. [Nekrolog] Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1346, portr.—Mack, O., & Schmidt, G. [Biography] In their Beitr. prakt. Chir., Miinch., 1934, p. v, portr. KREDIET, Gerrit [M. D., 1910, Bern] *Ueber die sympathischen Xerven in der Bauch- und Beckenhohle des Pferdes, der Wiederkauer (ins- besondere der Ziege) und des Hundes. 61 p. pl. 8? [Bern, n. p.] 1910. KREER, Hermann, 1899- *Ueber In- sufflations-Narkose. 35p. 8? Gott. [n. p.] 1924. KREFT, Alfred, 1896- *Tiranal; sein klinisches und histologisches Verhalten zum Dentin und zur Zahnpulpa des Menschen. 40p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1935. KREFT, Walter, 1910- *Wandlung in der Behandlung von Zahnmarkerkrankungen gemessen an den in der Literatur angegebenen Behandlungsmitteln. 63p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. KREFTING, Jacob Hoyer, 1864- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 673. KREFTING, Rudolf Waldemar Rdmeling, 1860- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 673. KREGE, Karl Heinz Willi, 1910- *Die Geschichte der Reit- Exerzier- und Bajonettier- knochen. 23p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KREGLINGER, Gustav Albert, 1882- Haltung und Marschleistung; sportarztliche Winke zur Jugendertiichtigung fur Truppen- fiihrer und Truppenarzte. 47p. illust. 8° Miinch., J. F. Lehmann [1937] KREHBIEL, Robert Henry, 1908- *Cy- tological studies of the decidual reaction in the rat during early pregnancy and in the production of deciduomata [Chicago; Ph. D.] p.212-33. pl. 8? Chic. Univ. Chicago pr., 1937. Also Physiol. Zool., 1937, 10: KREHER, Berta, 1912- *Statistische Untersuchungen iiber das Auftreten von Caries bei Schulkindern in der Stadt und auf dem Lande, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Rachitis [Miinchen] 24p. 8? Pfaffenhofen Ilmgau, 1936. KREHER, Matthee, 1913- *Die un- spezifische Absorption durch die Zahnsubstanz [Halle-Wittenberg] 19p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1937. KREHL, Ludolf, 1861-1937. Entstehung, Erkennung und Behandlung innerer Krank- heiten. 3v. 8? Lpz., F. V. W. Vogel, 1930-33. ---- Pathologische Physiologie. 13. Aufl xi, 686p. 8° Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. Also 14. Aufl. xii, 716p. 1932. Forms Bd 1 of his Entstehung Erkenn. Behandl. inn. Krankh., Lpz. ---- Der Arzt. 2. Aufl. 47p. 8? Stuttg., Hippokrates-Verl., 1938. Also editor of Mering, J. von. Lehrbuch der inneren Medizin. 6. Aufl. 2v. 8? Jena, 1929. See also Morawitz [Biographv] Miinch. med. Wschr 1931, 78: 2199.—Siebeck, R. Pathologische Physiologie und Klinik; Ludolf Krehl zum 70. Geburtstnge am 26. XII. 1931 Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 2169-72.—Stein, J. Ludolf Krehl zu seinem 75. Geburtstage am 26. December 1936. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 1197.------Ludolf-Krehl- Klinik Heidelberg. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 454. See also Bohnenkamp [Nekrolog] Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1262.—Grafe [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 980, portr —[Nekrolog] Umschau, 1937, 41: 573.—Saltzman, F. [Obituary] Fin. liik. sail, hand., 1937, 80: 713-5, portr.— Schmincke [Nekrolog] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 30: 535-7.—Siebeck, R. [Nekrologl Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1937-38, 181: p. i-vi— Stein, J. [Nekrolog] Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1937, 8: 706, portr. KREHMCKE, Ehrhardt, 1909- ♦Erfah- rungen iiber Auftreten und Heilung der Haut- tuberkulose in Mecklenburg seit der Neuordnung des Gesundheitswesens und der neuen Gesetzes- regelung der Lupusbekampfung vom Jahre 1934. 47p. 21cm. Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1937. KREIBICH, Karl, 1869-1932. For obituary see Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 286. Also Cesk. derm., 1933, 14: 1-2 (Samberger) KREIDE, Eduard Theodor Carl, 1879- *Ueber kindliche Phimose und ihre Therapie [Berlin] 27p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff- mann, 1928. KREIDE, Ursula, 1909- *Ueber para- doxe Coronarembolie [Frankfurt a. M.] 15p. 20^cm. Wertheim a. M., W. Hinckel, 1938. KREIDER, Paul Gates, 1898- The bacteriology, pathology and etiology of measles pneumonia. 48p. pl. tab. diagr. 2572cm. Springf., 111., the Author, 1943. ---- Measles encephalomyelitis with venous thrombosis. 28p. illust. 25^cm. Springf., 111., the Author, 1943. Bound with his Bacteriology, pathology and etiology of measles pneumonia. KREIDL, Alois, 1863-1928. Alexander, G. [Nekrolog] Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 727-30. KREIDLER, Anton, 1905- *Ueber tu- berkulose Splenomegalie (Kritischer Beitrag zu dem Begriff isolierter Milztuberkulose) 23p. 8? Tub., C. Guide, 1933. KREIDLER, Felix, 1910- *Der Einfluss mangelhafter Bezahnung auf den Gesundheits- und Ernahrungszustand. 24p. 8? Tub., C. Guide, 1933. KREIDMAN, Bernard, 1910- *Con- tribution k l'etude de l'arthrodese de l'epaule dans le traitement de l'epaule ballante. 48p. 25cm. Nancy, Rapid-Impr., 1937. KREIDMANN 353 KREISSEL KREIDMANN, Aisik. Entstehung und Werde- gang des Menschen und der Lebenswesen aller Zeiten auf Grund des Verwachsungsprinzipes. xvi, 367p. illust. pl. 8? Lpz., P. Schimmer- witz, 1916. KREIENBERG, Walter, 1911- *Die Auswirkungen des Gesetzes zur Verhiitung erb- kranken Nachwuchses an dem Krankenbestand der Psychiatrischen und Nervenklinik Erlangen. 24p. 21cm. Erlangen, Hofer & Limmert, 1937. KREIKER, Aladar. See Blaskovics, L., & Kreiker, A. Eingriffe am Auge. 454p. 8! Stuttg., 1938. KREIL, Josef. Die rechtliche Stellung der Leiter der Krankenkassen. 230p. 8? Berl., Paetz & Rink [1936] --- Die Familienkrankenpflege in der deutschen Krankenversicherung. 70p. 8? Berl., Lange wort, 1937. Forms H. 27, Wege zur Kassenpraxis (B. Kiihne) KREINDLER, Arthur. See Marinesco, G., & Kreindler, A. Des reflexes condi- tionnels. 171p. 8? Par., 1935. KREINER, Adolf. Die Behandlung von Hauttuberkulosen an der Giessener Lupusheil- statte 1937-38. 61p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. Forms No. 73, Tuberk. Bibl. KREINER, Sylvia, 1906- *Ueber das Abbrechen der Kaniilen bei der Mandibular- Anaesthesie [Frankfurt a. M.] 16p. pl. 8? Berl., P. Funk, 1929. KREIS, Boris, 1907- *La maladie d'Armstrong, chorio-meningite lymphocytaire; une nouvelle eptite morbide? 157p. 8? Par., J. B. Balliere & fils, 1937. KREIS, Hans August, 1894- Freilebende marine Nematoden von der Nordwest-Kiiste Frankreichs (Trebeurden: Cotes du Nord) 98p. pl. 4? 's-Gravenhage, M. Nijhoff, 1929. Forms Afl. 7, deel 2, Capita zool. KREIS, Rudolf, 1896- *Ueber Gonorrhoe, deren Komplikationen und Therapie. 23p. 8? Marb. [n. p.] 1926. KREIS, Walter [M. D., 1936, Basel] *Zur Kenntnis der metastatischen Ophthalmic 34p. 8? Basel, Kreis & co., 1936. KREISBERGER, J. *A propos de quelques observations d'acrodynie infantile; contribution a l'etude de cette affection [Toulouse] 47p. 24%cm. Aurillac, Impr. Brousse, 1934. KREISEL, Erika, 1910- *Zur Indikation und Kavitatenpraparation selbstgebrannter Por- zellanfiillungen [Leipzig] 24p. pl. 8? Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. KREISLAUF-BUECHEREI; hrsg. in Ver- bindung mit der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Kreislaufforschung. Bd 1-3, 6, 8; 1937-44. 5v. 24cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1937-39. CONTENTS Bd 1. Der Myokardinfarkt. M. Hochrein. 1937. Bd 2. Regulationsprufung des Kreislaufs (Schellong, F.) 1938. Bd 3. Die Koronarinsufhzienz. F. Buchner. 1939. Bd 6. Ekg-Atlas fiir den praktischen Arzt. Dungern, M. F. v. 1942. Bd 8. Herzschallregistrierung. Weber, A. 1944. KREISLAUFERKRANKUNGEN (Ueber) und ihre Behandlung; VIII. Fortbildungs-Lehrgang in Bad Nauheim, 17.-19. September, 1931. 174p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1932. KREISS, Heinrich, 1909- *Untersu- chuneen zur Frage unvollstandiger Oxydationen bei Herzkranken [Wurzburg] 13p. tab. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1933. KREISSEL, Hans, 1910- *Zur Frage der akuten multiplen Sklerose [Breslau] p.83- 102. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1938. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 163: KREITZ, Walter, 1899- *Diabetes melli- tus als atiologisches Moment bei der Entstehung der Paradentose (eigene Untersuchungen an 54 Diabetikern) [Miinster] 25p. 8? Quaken- bruck, R. Kleinert, 1930. KREJCI, Dobroslav, 1869-1936. Auerhan, J. [Necrologie] Bull. Inst, internat. statist., Haye, 1938, 28: 1. livr., 247. KREK, Ivan, 1865- Les Slovenes; trad. par A. U. 87p. map. 18%cm. Par., F. Alcan, 1917. KREKE, Bernhard Heinrich, 1907- *Ueber vorzeitigen Blasensprung. 20p. 8" Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. KREKEL, Harry [M. D., 1935, Erlangen] *Ueber tierexperimentelle Inhalation von Thomasmehl und die dabei beobachteten patho- logisch-anatomischen Lungenveranderungen [Er- langen] 23p. 22cm. Schwandorf, P. Krempf, 1935. KREKELER, Anton, 1900- *Ueber ein Neurinom in der Wand des Mastdarms (Auszug) 12p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1928. KREKELER, Karl. Oel im Betrieb. 2. verbess. Aufl. 56p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Berl., Springer Verb, 1943. Forms H. 48, Werkstattbucher fiir Betriebsbeamte. KREKELER, Xaver Gustav, 1901- *Ueber den Einfluss von Eisen, Nickel, Kobalt, Mangan und Kupfer auf die Autolyse von Leber, Milz und Muskel [Minister] 31p. 20^cm. Werne- Lippe, F. Grube, 1937. KREKOH virus. See Rugaceae. KRELENSTEIN, Abraham, 1908- *Das Zusammentreffen der Uteruskarzinome mit Dia- betes. 36p. 8? Berl., P. Brandel, 1935. KRELL, Adolf, 1912- *Ueber die Alkali- resistenz der Haut bei Hautkranken und Haut- gesunden. 25p. tab. 8? Berl., R. Pfau [1938] KRELL, Oskar Edwin, 1895- *Beitrage zur Kasuistik und Diagnose der professionellen Muskelatrophien. 12p. 8? Lpz. [O. Brand- stetter] 1925. KRELLE, Hermann, 1908- *Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Meinicke-Tuberkulose- Kuppen-Reaktion bei Knochen- und Gelenk- Tuberkulose [Berlin] 21p. 21cm. Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1937. KREMBS, Emma, 1901- *Beitrage zur Chemie der Quecksilbersalbe des Deutschen Arzneibuches. 66p. 8? Munch., S. Zahn- brecher 1927. KREMENTCHOUSKY, Alexandre, 1905- *Contribution a l'etude des syphilides secondaires atrophiques. 71p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. KREMER, Aloisius. Ueber den Einfluss des Blindseins auf das So-Sein des blinden Menschen; Untersuchungen iiber das Problem des Ver- stehens Blinder als einer Grundlage der Blinden- padagogik. 119p. 8? Diiren, Ver. Fiirsorge Blind. Rheinprov., 1933. KREMER, Alphonse H., 1906- The nature of persistence, vii, 40p. tab. 23cm. Wash., Cath. Univ. of America press [1942] Forms No. 8, v.5, Stud. Psychol. & Psychiat., Cath. Univ. America. KREMER, August, 1904- *Ueber die Aetiologie und Haufigkeit der chronischen, schrumpfenden Parametritis posterior, insbe- 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----23 KREMER 35 sondere der Zusammenhang mit Darmerkran- kungen und ihre Behandlung. 35p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1930. KREMER, Cornelius, 1910- *Ueber die Wirkung von Evipan, Phanodorm, Pernocton und Noctal auf den Blutzucker [Miinster] I5p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KREMER, Dionys, & HOLSTEIN, Ernst. Hvgiene im Biiro und im kaufmannis< hen Be- triebe. 61p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Forms Beih. 20, Zbl. Gewerbehyg. KREMER, Franz Joseph, 1910- ♦Spat- folgen nach Luxationen an der oberen Extremi- tiit, bearbeitet auf Grund des Materials der chirurgischen Klinik in Bonn von 1928-1933 [Bonn] 22p. 8? Kempen-Niederrhein, Thomas, 1935. KREMER, Hans, 1909- ♦Untersu- chungen der Zahnverhaltnisse an Osnabriicker Schulkindern unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der sozialen Verhaltnisse [Miinster] 23p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1937. KREMER, Hans Otto August, 1912- *Die Liquorreaktionen bei Tabes dorsalis [Miin- chen] 24p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. Harz, C. Nieft, 1936. KREMER, Joseph, 1910- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber die Auswirkung der Vigantolpro- phylaxe auf Zahndurchbruch, Karies, Hypo- plasien und Gebissanomalien. 29p. 22M>cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1936. KREMER, Karl Egon, 1913- ♦Ueber Kariesresistenz und Schmelzstruktur. 32p. pl. 8? Miinch., Buchdr. Hobenhaus, 1935. KREMER, Manfred, 1913- *Les peri- tonites aigues generalisees k gonocoques chez la petite fille. 56p. 24}£cm. Marseille, Impr. Ant. GED, 1938. KREMER, Paul Herbert, 1910- ♦Der tiefe Biss im Milch- und bleibenden Gebiss. 59p. 201/20111. Bonn, A. Brand, 1938. KREMER, Ursula, 1910- ♦Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber die angebliche Selb- standigkeit der Leberlappen. 31p. 23cm. Kiel, A. C. Ehlers, 1937. KREMER, Wilhelm, 1886- Die Ent- wicklung der Lungentuberkulose des Erwachse- nen. 37p. illust. 24y2cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1936. Forms H. 15, Prakt. Tuberk. Biich. ---- Die Losung von Verwachsungen im kUnstlichen Pneumothorax, p.467-528. 27cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. In Kollapsther. Lungentuberk. (Schmidt, W.) ---- Die kiinstliche Zwerchfellahmung. p.529-98. 27cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1938. In Kollapsther. Lungentuberk. (Schmidt, W.) ---- & LUEDKE, Richard Oskar Werner. Rontgenstereoskopie bei Lungenkrankheiten. 35p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1931. Forms H. 40, Tuberk. Biblioth. KREMER, Wilhelm, & WIESE, Otto. Die Tuberkulose der Knochen und Gelenke; ihre Pathologie, Diagnostik, Therapie und soziale Bedeutung. 358p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Forms v.8, Tuberk. Grenzgeb. KREMERS, Edward, 1865-1941. Phyto- chemistry; introduction. 20p. 8? Madison, Univ. Wisconsin, 1931. ---- The old northwest territory and phar- maceutical education. 16p. 24cm. Lafayette, Ind., Purdue Univ. [1934] For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 220, portr.—Jannke, P. J. The educa- tion of an educator. Am. J. Pharm. Educ, 1942, 6: 219-26.— KREMERS Rogers, C. H. Edward Kromers, scholar, educator, teaclior, friend (testimonial dinner) Ibid., 1940, 4: 539-46. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1911, 117: 466.—Urdang, G. [Obituary] Science. 1941, 94: 293.—Valenzuela, F. RPmj. niscences of the eminent scholar, Dr. Edward Kremers. Rev. filip. med., 1941, 32: 336--49. ---- & URDANG, Georg. History of phar- macy; a guide and a survey, ix, 466p. illust. pl. portr. facs. 23}k'm. Phila., J. B. Lippin- cott co. [1940] KREMMER, Regina Karola, 1900- ♦Un- tersuchungen uber den Einfluss von Harnstoff- gaben auf die Menge der ubrigen Rest-Stickstoff- Komponenten im Blute [Halle-Wittenberg] 35p. 8? [Grafenhainichen, C. Schulze & co.] 1927. KREMNEV, N. N. noBepxHocTHaa uyBCTBH- TejiBHocTt HeSHLix MHHAajiHH uejioBeKa. 43p, illust. tab. 21 ^cm. Tashkent, Izdat. kom. nauk UzSSR, 1937. KREMOS, Olga, 1912- ♦Ueber Haemor- rhagien nach Zahnextraktion beim Schulkind mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Haemophilie [Dent.] 47p. tab. 21cm. Ziir., E. Lang, 1941. KREMP, Martin, 1909- ♦Beitrag zur operativen Therapie konservativ unheilbarer Bronchialfisteln. 32p. 21cm. Bresl., G. Klei- nert, 1936. KREMPELHUBER, Max von, 1913- *Die Hohlglasblaser im Bayerischen Wald (zahnarztliche Studien in den Glashiitten des Zwieseler Gebietes) [Miinchen] 23p. tab. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KREMSER, Georg, 1905- ♦Ueber einen seltenen Fall von traumatischer Aniridie mit kleiner Perforationsoffnung in der Sklera. 19p. pl. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1935. * KREMSER, Helmut, 1908- ♦Ueber die Bedeutung der Magen-Saurewerte und Blut- korperchensenkung beim Magencarcinom. 17p. 21cm. Bresl., K. Vater, 1938. KREN, Otto, 1876-1937. Kosmetische Winke. v, 133p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1930. ---- Sarcoma idiopathicum haemorrhagicum (Kaposi) p.891-1004. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. In Handb. Haut & Geschlkr., Berl., 1933, 12: pt 3. See also Kumer, L. [Nekrolog] Derm. Wschr., 1938, 106: 190. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 58.—[Obituary] Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1938, 4: 131, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110:673. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 66. KRENCHEL, Ernst Otto, 1845-1926. Norrie, G. lObituary] Militserlaegen, 1926, 32: 105-7.| KRENKE, Georg Joseph Heinrich, 1906- *Blutimmunitat und Blutbilder nach isolierter Milzbestrahlung. 27p. ch. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdr., 1935. KRENKE, Nikolai Petrovich, 1892-1939. For obituary see Bull. Acad. sc. URSS, ser. biol., 1940, 323-5, portr. KRENNER, Pierre, 1910- ♦Considera- tion sur la lutte antisyphilitique en France et dans les pays strangers. 40p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1938. KRENNER, Willi, 1909- *Galen; iiber die Krafte der Nahrungsmittel; Ktirbis, Melonen, Gurken und Baumfriichte. 24p. 21cm. Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1938. KRENZER, Charlotte, 1899- ♦Ein Fall von Lymphangiom des Uterus. 16p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1927. KRENZER, Lotte, 1907- ♦Die Indika- tionsstellung der Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung an der Frauenklinik der Medizinischen Akademie zu Diisseldorf; bearbeitet am Material von 1928- KRENZER 355 KRESTEFF 32 [Minister] 33p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935. KRENZER, Walter, 1905- ♦Ein Beitrag zum Pfliigerschen Zuckungsgesetz unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der depressiven Katho- denwirkung. 31p. 8? Miinch., W. Moller, 1931. KREOTOXISM. See Meat poisoning. KREPPING, Theodor, 1899- ♦Bedeutung der serologischen Untersuchungsmethoden fiir die Diagnose und Prognose der Lungentuberku- lose. 20p. tab. 8? Giessen, Nitschkowski, 1927. KREPUSKA, Geza, 1861- For biography see Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 1049. KRESIMENT, Max, 1902- ♦Die Dar- stellung der Haemoglobinkristalle und ihre ge- richts-medizinische Bedeutung. 32p. 8? Berl., Sachers & Kuschel, 1927. KRESL, Georg, 1900- ♦Die Entwicklung des Saazer Hopfenbaues von 1895-1920; eine Untersuchung pflanzenbaulicher, betriebs- und volkswirtschaftlicher Natur, mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung, des durch den Krieg verursachten Produktionsniederganges [Philos.] [4]p. 20}£cm. Giessen [n. p.] 1924. KRESS, Daniel Hartman, 1862- The cigarette; as a physician sees it. 96p. portr. 20cm. Omaha, Pacific pr. pub. ass. [1931] KRESS, Eberhard, 1906- ♦Der Leisten- bruch mannlicher Schweine und seine operative Behandlung. 16p. 8? Giessen [n. p., 1933] KRESS, George Henry, 1874- For portrait see Cahfomia West. M., 1943, 59: 100. KRESS, Hans Richard Friedrich, Freiherr Kress von Kressenstein 1902- Editor of Miiiler, F. von, & Seifert, O. Taschenbuch der medizinisch-klinischen Diagnostik. 63. Aufl. 548p. 20cm. Miinch., 1944. --- &KITTLER, William. Innere Medizin in der Chirurgie. viii, 144p. 26}£cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 19S8. Forms Bd 59, Neue deut. Chir. (Sauerbruch, F.) KRESS, Irmengard, 1905- ♦Vergiftungen im Haushalt. 42p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1934. KRESSE, Christine, 1908- ♦Nephelo- metrische Untersuchungen im Serum von Grippe- kranken unter Beriicksichtigung des weissen Blutbildes, des Guttadiaphots und der Blut- korperchensenkungszeit. 15p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KRESSE, Hanna, 1913- ♦Zahn- und Kieferbefunde bei Patienten mit angeborenen korperlichen Schadigungen [Breslau] 19p. 8: Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1937. KRESSE, Karl, 1905- Die Extrauterin- graviditat; ein Beitrag zur Statistik und Aetiologie [Leipzig] 21p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1931. KRESSE, Otto Arno, 1913- *Zur Patho- genese der diphtherischen Myocardveranderun- gen [Berlin] 49p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele [1938] KRESSNER, Alfred, 1911- ♦Forderein- richtungen des venosen Riickstromes in den proximalen Beinabschnitten [Miinchen] 18p. pl. 21cm. Giinzburg a. D., K. Mayer, 1937. KRESSNER, Elsbeth, 1905- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber Hauttuberkulose; klinische und statistische Erfahrungen [Wiirzburg] p.99-130. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1931. Also Wiirzb. Abh. Med., 1931, 27: KRESTEFF, Alexander, 1903- ♦Ueber den Mineral- speziell den Jodgehalt innerer Organe mit experimentellen Beitragen zur Frage der Jodspeicherung bei Kaninchen nach peroraler Eingabe von anorganisch gebundenem Jod. 20p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1927. KRESTEFF, Pierre [M. D., 1939, Geneve] *L'ambosexualite et la doctrine de Freud. 31p. 23cm. Geneve, Impr. & Ed. Union, 1939. KRESTOVSKY, V. V., CAPKIN, L. M. [et al.] 063op AeaTejitHocTH xupypruiecKoro, rnHeKo- jioruuecKoro n roia3Horo OTflejieHuft By3yjiycKoft ye3AHoft CoBeTCKOH Bojibhhum 3a oahh roji [1925-26] 65p. 4° Buzuluk, Tipogr. Gorso- veta, 1926. KRETCHMAR, Morris, 1904- ♦The dietary factor in the treatment of diabetes [Marquette Univ.] 12p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1930. Typewritten. KRETHLOW, Alfred. Physikalish-technisches Praktikum fiir Mediciner; eine Einfiihrung in die Anwendung von Messmethoden und Ap- paraturen. vi, 232p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. KRETSCH, Dorothea, 1906- ♦Die Stel- lung der Cholecystostomie in der Chirurgie der Gallenwege. 42p. 8? Frankf. a. M. [n. p.] 1935. KRETSCHMANN, Alexander Amandus Ger- hard, 1904- *Statistisches iiber postpartale und postoperative Thrombose und Embolie an der Greifswalder Universitats-Frauenklinik innerhalb der letzten 30 Jahre. 78p. 8? Greifs- wald, E. Hartmann, 1929, KRETSCHMANN, Alois, 1899- ♦Ein Fall von Melanosarkom des Rachens. 18p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1931. KRETSCHMANN, Friedrich, 1858-1934. Ahrendt [Obituary] Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 155-8.—Meier, E. [Nekrolog] Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1935, 139: p. i-v. KRETSCHMAR, Fritz [M. D., 1932, Leipzig] *Die medizinische und soziale Indikation fiir das Recht zur Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung [Leipzig] 79p. 8? Dresd., Risse-Verl., 1932. KRETSCHMAR, Gottfried, 1904- ♦Un- tersuchungen iiber das Wachstum des Kopfes mit einer Bemerkung iiber Rasseneigentiimlich- keit und besondere Begabung zu gymnastischen Uebungen [Leipzig] p.473-83. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1931, 16: KRETSCHMER, Alexander, 1905- ♦Die Nase als Eintrittspforte fiir Infektionserreger [Berlin] 24p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1935. KRETSCHMER, Ernst, 1888- Ueber Hysterie. iv, 115p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1923. Also 2. Aufl. v, 128p. 1927. ---- Korperbau und Charakter; Untersu- chungen zum Konstitutionsproblem und zur Lehre von den Temperamenten. 4. Aufl. v, 214p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. Also 9. & 10. Aufl. vii, 240p. illust. 1931. ---- Der sensitive Beziehungswahn; ein Beitrag zur Paranoiafrage und zur psychia- trischen Charakterlehre. 166p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1918. (Forms H. 16, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat.) Also 2. Aufl. 20lp. 1927. ---- Geniale Menschen. vii, 253p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. ---- Medizinische Psychologie. 4. Aufl. 266p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. ---- The psychology of men of genius; transl., with an introd. by R. B. Cattell. xx KRETSCHMER 35 256p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1931. ---- A text-book of medical psychology; transl. by E. B. Strauss, xiii, 274p. illust. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1934. ---- & CIMBAL, Walter. Bericht iiber den 5. Allgemeinen arztlichen Kongress fiir Psy- chotherapie in Baden-Baden 26. bis 29. April 1930; Allgemeine arztliche Gesellschaft fiir Psychotherapie. viii, 307p. 8? Lpz., S. Hirsel, 1930. KRETSCHMER, Ernst, & ENKE, Willi. Die Personlichkeit der Athletiker. 75p. pl. diagr. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1936. KRETSCHMER, Hans, 1907- ♦Die Gefahren der instrumentellen Diagnostik der Speiserohre und des Magens. 31p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1936. KRETSCHMER, Helmut, 1910- ♦Zur Diagnostik der zystischen Adamantinome im Unterkiefer [Berlin] 24p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1937. KRETSCHMER, Herman Louis, 1879- For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 237. Also Kentucky M. J., 1943, 41: 293, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 508, portr. Also Centaur, Menasha, 1943-44, 49: 31, portr. KRETSCHMER, Josef, 1909- ♦Ueber den Ballenfuss und die Fussballenwinkel. 24p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1938. KRETSCHMER, Reinhold. Geschichte des Blindwesens, vom Altertum bis zum Beginn der allgemeinen Blindenbildung. 204p. 8? Ratibor, Oberschl. Ges., 1925. KRETSCHMER types. See Body constitution. KRETZ, Johannes. Die hamorrhagischen Diathesen; mit einem Vorwort von M. B. Schmidt. 89p. pl. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1930. ---- Carcinom; Laboratoriumsdiagnostik, krebsfeindliche Diat, Prophylaxe. 48p. 8? Wien, Wiss. Verl. Med., 1938. ---- Die krebsfeindliche Diat; Kochanwei- sungen. 3. Aufl. 144p. 16%cm. Lpz., Wiss. Verl. Med. [1939] ---- & LAUSCH, Richard. Die krebsfeind- liche Diat nach Ernst Freund; Kochanweisungen. lOOp. 16? Linz, F. J. Ebenhoch, 1937. KRETZ, Richard, 1865-1920. Chiari, H. [Biography] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 30: 537-42. KRETZSCHMANN, Karl Helmut, 1910- ♦Schmelzhypoplasien bei aussereuropaischen und Naturvolkern [Leipzig] 39p. 8? Oelsnitz-V., M. Gotze, 1934. KRETZSCHMANN, Karl Wilhelm, 1911- ♦Ergebnisse der Behandlung grosser Gefass- verletzungen [Leipzig] 34p. 2334cm. Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1936. KRETZSCHMAR, F. Edmund, 1875- Die Krankheiten des Blei-Akkumulators; ihre Entstehung, Feststellung, Beseitigung, Verhii- tung, fiir die Praxis. 3. Aufl. vii, 181p. 8? Miinch., R. Oldenbourg, 1928. KRETZSCHMAR, Heinz, 1905- *Rezidiv lebensbedrohender Uterusblutungen bei essen- tieller Thrombopenie nach Milzexstirpation. p.297-306. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. khn. Med., 1931, 118: KREUDER, Andreas, 1904- ♦Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der Tuberkulose unter den Affen. 24p. 8? Giessen [n. p.] 1931. KREUGER, Hermann, 1885- Die Para- noia. 113p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1917. Forms H. 13, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat. KREUL KREUL, William Robert, 1910- *Dia. betes; a public health problem [Marquette Univ.] 18p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1911. Typewritten. KREUSCHER, Philip Heinrich, 1883-1943. For obituary see Illinois M. J., 1943, 84: 3. Also J Am M. Ass., 1943, 122: 460. KREUSER, F. Tuberkulosebekampfung; ein Leitfaden fiir Fiirsorgerinnen und Kranken- pflegepersonen. 81p. illust. diagr. pl. 21cm Stuttg., W. Kohlhammer [1939] KREUSSLER, Heinrich Ewald Martin, 1904- ♦Histochemischer Nachweis von Normal- blei im Knorpelgewebe des Menschen. 19p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KREUSSLER, Wolfgang, 1910- *Histo- chemischer Nachweis von Normalblei in Ge- fliigelknochen. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. KREUTER, Bernhard, 1912- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber die Behandlung des Asthma bronchiale. 16p. 23cm. Bonn, Gebr. Scheur 1938. KREUTER, Franz, 1842-1930. See Hoyer-Kreuter Technologisches Worterbuch. 6. Aufl, 2v. 8? Berl., 1932. KREUTZ, Christian Anker, 1836-68. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 675, KREUTZ, George Charles, 1896-1939. Freund, C. J. An engineer learns from a surgeon. Hygeia, Chic, 1943, 21: 28.—[Obituary] Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1939, 418. KREUTZBERG, Walther, 1896- ♦Ver- halten regelmassiger Schwingungen (Palmo- phorklange) iiber Cavernen. 20p. diagr. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdr., 1931. KREUTZER, Elisabeth, 1908- *Die Wirkung von Tiranal bei der Behandlung der Caries profunda [Heidelberg] 28p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1932. KREUTZER, Fritz, 1906- ♦Was lehrt uns die Paradentose im jugendlichen Alter? 27p. 8? [Tub., n.p.] 1931. KREUTZER, Fritz Georg Ludwig Hans, 1900- *Ueber angeborene Anomalien des vorderen Irisblattes. 28p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1927. KREUTZER, Martin, 1911- ♦Ueber Beziehungen zwischen der Magersucht und den Konstitutionstypen [Miinchen] 16p. 8? Amberg, H. Boes Sonne, 1936. KREUTZER, Rodolfo. See Arana, R., & Kreutzer, R. El electrocardiograma en la difteria. 69p. 27cm. B. Air., 1941. ------ Estudio radiologico del corazon reumatico en los nifios. 99p. 23)>$cm. B. Air., 1942. KREUTZER, Schola, 1897- ♦Die Indi- kationen zur kiin'stlichen Friihgeburt (Auszug) [Bonn] 6p. 8? Viersen, H. Jaspers, 1924. KREUTZFELD, Max, 1897- ♦Ueber ein hochgradiges Chondro-Osteosarkom der linken Brustseite [Kiel] 19p. 8? [Libau, G. D. Meyer] 1931. KREUTZMANN, Hellmuth, 1910- ♦Un- tersuchungen iiber die normale Altersabhangig- keit des Elektrokardiogrammtyps. 30p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KREUTZMANN, Richard Gerhard Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Ueber offene Harnrohrenverlet- zungen [Miinster] 35p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1936. KREUTZPOINTNER, Richard, 1910- *Gibt es empfangnisfreie Tage im Intervall? [Munchen] 22p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1935. KREUZ 357 KREYTS KREUZ, Frank Peter, jr, 1904- See Shaar, C. M., & Kreuz, F. P., jr. Manual of fractures. 300p. 23cm. Phila., 1943. KREUZEDER, Otto, 1899- ♦Ueber Falle von instrumenteller Uterusperforation der Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik Munchen in den Jahren 1914 bis 1928. 32p. 8? Munch., A. Waldbaur [1929] KREUZER, Heinrich, 1903- ♦Leukamie als Unfallfolge. 19p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1933. KREUZER, Joseph, 1898- ♦Die Vorbe- strahlung des Uteruskarzinoms. 30p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1932. KREUZER, Stephan, 1903- ♦Zur Kennt- nis der friihzeitig erworbenen Lungenatrophie. p.125-40. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 286: KREUZER, Titus Charles, 1902- ♦Para- thyroid tetany, with special emphasis upon the use of large doses of calcium in its control [Marquette Univ.] 14 1. tab. 28^cm. [Mil- waukee, n. p.] 1927. Typewritten. KREUZNACH, Germany. Perabo, H. F. W. ♦Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Einwirkung von Kreuznacher Trinkbrunnen und Mutterlauge auf intermediare Stoffwechselvorgange [Miinster] 51p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, 1936. KREWER, Andree Ilbert, 1909- ♦Con- tribution au traitement des polyarthrites tuber- culeuses par l'antigene methylique. 30p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. KREWER, Pauline, 1905- ♦Statistische Untersuchungen an Fallen von Lichen ruber. 28p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. KREX, Otto, 1900- ♦Ueber Myxofibrom der Kieferhohle [Berlin] 21p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. KREY, Fredrik, 1732-1821. For portrait see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg.N.) Stockh., 1910, 61. KREY, Johannes Siegfried Walter, 1904- *Ueber Fistelkarzinome an Hand eines Falles von Karzinom als Folge chronischer Fisteleiterung [Freiburg i. B.] 30p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1929. Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: KREYBERG, Hans Jakob Arnold Jensen, 1856- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 675. KREYBERG, Leiv, 1896- ♦Om pre- kankr0se areforandringer; de lokale vaskulaere tjaerereaksjoner og deres mulige rolle for frem- komst av epitelhyperplasi og kreft hos hvite mus [Oslo] p.419-99. pl. Bergen, J. W. Eides, 1928. Also Med. rev., Bergen, 1928, 45: For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 198. KREYBERG, Peter Christian, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 676. KREYENBERG, Gerhard. Der Mongolismus. p. 13-30. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 16: KREYENBUEHL, Walter. ♦Contribution k l'etude de la constitution protido-lipidique des bacteries acido-alcoolo-r^sistantes [Pharm.] 85p. 24cm. Strasb., C. Roch, 1937. KREYENMEIER, Walter, 1910- ♦Ueber die bakterizide Wirkung des Arseniks. 26p. 20^cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1938. KREYTS, Paul, 1904- ♦Etude clinique et etiologique de quelques formes de solarite; importance de la recherche des battements epi- gastriques. 59p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. KREZDORN, Bertold, 1909- ♦Ueber die gutartigen Stiitzsubstanz-Geschwulste des Darmes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fibromyome auf Grund der Untersuchung eines eigenen Falles. 23p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1935. KRIACHKO, I., & LANDA, A. CnopTHBHaa TpaBMaTOJiorna [ochobh] 219p. illust. tab. 22cm. Moskva, Fizkultura & Turizm, 1937. KRICHBAUM, Phillip E., 1870-1928. For portrait see Homoeop. Rec, Lond., 1942-43 58: front. KRICHESKY, Boris, 1903- See Bern, H. A., & Krichesky, B. Anatomic and histologic studies of the sex accessories of the male rabbit, p. 175-95. 26^cm. Berkeley, Calif., 1943. — & MANDEL, H. The Golgi apparatus in uterine gland cells during pregnancy in the rabbit. p. 169-74. illust. 26cm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1943. Forms No. 6, v.47, Pub. Zool. Univ. California. KRICHEVSKAIA, Elena K. Mojkho jih bo- cnnTaTb AeTeft 6e3 HaKa3aHHH [2. ed.] 31p. 19cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. ---- H36ajioBaHHBie, 3ajiacKaHHbie h 3a6po- meHHtie AeTu. 32p. lO^cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. --- POLEZHAEVA, L. V., & EHRENBURG, I. L. MaTt h pe6eHOK; npaKTu^ecKoe pyKOBOA- ctbo no opraHH3auun Mara3HHOB-yrojiKOB. 64p. illust. 20cm. [Moskva] Gosud. med. izdat. [1929] KRICHEVSKY, I. L. MiiKpo6iiojiorHH, HHpaHny3Koft apMHH BO BpeMH MupoBon- BOHHbl 1914-1918 rr. 240p. illust. plan. tab. diagr. map. 22%cm. Moskva, Gosud. voen. izd. nark. obor. soiuza SSR, 1939. KRICK, Gilbert Bernard, 1910- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de l'adenolipomatose symetri- que a predominance cervicale. 79p. 8? Par., M. Lavergne, 1938. KRICKBAUM, Charles I., -1912. For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 91. KRIDA, Arthur, 1888- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 136. KRIEBS, Robert. Der Nachweis von Alkohol im Blut nach Widmark, und seine Bedeutung fiir die gerichtliche Beurteilung von Verkehrsun- falien. 78p. 8? Berl., Verl. Auf der Wacht, 1934. KRIECH, Heinz, 1904- *Disponieren gewisse Blutgruppen zu gewissen Krankheiten? 19p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. KRIECK, Ernst, 1882- Volkisch-poli- tische Anthropologie. 3v. 2372cm. Lpz., Armanen-Verl., 1937-38. KRIEF, Isaac, 1897- ♦Les pericolites droites chroniques et les adherences post- operatoires p6ri-ileocoliques. 200p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1928. KRIEG, Erich, 1902- ♦Fieber im Wochen- bett; Statistik der Universitats-Frauenklinik Freiburg i. B., 1912-25. 94p. ch. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1928. KRIEG, Friedrich Karl Martin, 1909- ♦Blutungen nach Tonsillektomien [Freiburg i. B.] 21p. 21cm. Schramberg, Gatzer & Hahn, 1937. KRIEG, Heinz, 1907- ♦Die Beeintrachti- gung der Erwerbsfahigkeit nach Kieferbrticheii. 31p. 20&cm. Bonn, W. Muller, 1938. KRIEG KRIEG, Josef, 1907- ♦Ueber die Brauch- barkeit von Wurzelschrauben bei der Zahn- extraktion. 29p. 8? Tub., Tubing. Studentwerk, 1934. KRIEG, Marcel Auguste, 1913- ♦L'ex- strophie vesicale; contribution a l'etude du traitement operatoire par la methode de Maydl [Strasbourg] 56p. pl. 24cm. Selestat, Impr. Alsatia, 1938. KRIEG, Robert, 1848-1933. Albrecht, W. [Nekrolog] Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933, 136: 1-13.—Rau, F. [Nekrolog] Zschr. Hals. &c. Heilk., 1933, 33: 375-7. KRIEG, Walter Wolfgang, 1905- ♦Bei- trage zur Ankylose des Kiefergelenkes [Kiel] 12p. 8? [Neustettin, n. p.] 1930. KRIEG, Wendell Jordan S., 1906- Func- tional neuroanatomy, xx, 553p. illust. diagr. pl. 271km. Phila., Blakiston co. [1942] KR1EGEL, David, 1911- ♦Lesions croisees du cerveau k la suite de traumatismes craniens; lesions diagonales par contre-coup. 44p. 23]-2Cm. Strasb., Gutenberg, I. Bloch & fils, 1938. KRIEGEL, Paul Kurt, 1903- ♦Erfah- rungen iiber Verlauf und Therapie des Pleuraem- pyems im Sauglings- und Klemkindesalter [Freiburg i. B.] 48p. 8? Bonn, Ver. Studenten- wohl, 1928. KRIEGENHERDT, Fritz Felix Heinz, 1910- *Struma und Zahnkaries [Leipzig] 17p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. KRIEGER, Alfons G., 1909- ♦Ueber die Schadigungen des Kindes beim Passieren des kindlichen Kopfes durch den Beckeneingang, an Hand der Herztonekurven der Frauenklinik in Diisseldorf [Miinster] 23p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KRIEGER, Alfred, 1908- ♦Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Resorption der Salicylsaure von verschiedenen Resorptionsorten aus [Miinster] lip. 22cm. Dii^eld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. KRIEGER, Erwin Gustav, 1911- ♦Obli- gate Anaerobier (Bac. putrificus, Bac. multi- fermentans, Bac. sphenoides) in synthetischen Nahrlosungen. 19p. 8? Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KRIEGER, Ferdinand, 1908- ♦Ueber einen Fall von stielgedrehter Dermoidcyste des rechten Ovars mit Eindrehung des Wurmfort- satzes [Heidelberg] 22p. 8? Bayreuth, C. Giessel, 1933. KRIEGER, Hannsgeorg, 1913- ♦Ueber Gefasskanalzeichnungen im Rontgenbilde der Kiefer bei Parodontose. 33p. pl. 8? Berl., W. Muller, 1936. KRIEGER, Hans, 1907- ♦Ueber einen weiteren Fall von Endometriose in einer Lapara- tomienarbe nach Ventrifixatio uteri. 15p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1933. KRIEGER, Heinz, 1901- ♦Veranderun- gen des Kitzelgefiihls der Haut bei Organer- krankungen [Rostock] p.237-66. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. Also Wurzb. Abh. Med., 1929-30, 26: KRIEGER, Heinz Herbert, 1909- ♦ Maligne Oberkiefertumoren und ihre Behand- lungsarten. 27p. 22%cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. KRIEGER, Helmut, 1909- ♦Zur Haufig- keit der Tuberkulide anhand des Kranken- materials der Universitats-Hautklinik Berlin. 28p. 8? Berl., P. Pfau, 1936. KRIEGER, Herbert W., 1889- Arche- ological and historical investigations in Samana, Dominican Republic, iv, 91p. pl. map. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1929. Forms Bull. 147. V. S. Nat. Mus. KRIEGER ---- Peoples of the Philippines, iv, 86p. pl. map. 2:iHcm. Wash., Smithson. Inst 1942. Forms No. 4, War Background Stud., Smithson. Inst. ---- Island peoples of tbe Western Pacific: Micronesia and Melanesia, iv, 104p. map. pl 23cm. Wash., Smithson. Inst,, 1943. Forms No. 16, War Background Stud., Smithson. Inst, KRIEGER, Irmgard, 1901- ♦Die Athe- tosis duplex und ihre Behandlung [Heidelberg] 19p. 8? Mannheim, A. Partsch, 1928. KRIEGER, Joseph, 1901- ♦Ueber die subcutane Zerreissung der Sehne des langen Daumenstreckers. 37p. 24cm. Marb., J. A Koch, 1937. KRIEGER, Louis Charles Christopher, 1873- 1940. Field key to the genera of the gill mush- rooms, ch. 16? Bait., Norman, Remington co., 1920. For obituary see Stevenson, J. A. Mycologia, Lancaster 1941, 33: 241-7, portr. KRIEGER, Maria, 1902- ♦Mikrosko- pischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Abbindungs- vorganges der Zinkphosphat-Zemente. 27p 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KRIEGER, Otto, 1900- ♦Beitrag zur Carcinomstatistik (nach den Aufzeichnungen in den Kirchenbiichern von 4 Pfarreien der Stadt Regensburg) [Erlangen] 44, 22p. 8? Regensb., O. Kurz, 1930. KRIEGER, Wilhelm, 1912- *Zur Be- wertung der Wasserstoff-Jonen-Konzentration fiir die Untersuchung des Rindfleisches auf Grund elektrometrischer Messungen. 49p. 22cm. Gies- sen, E. Seibert, 1937. KRIEGER, William Andrew, 1883- For portrait see Tr. Am. Acad. Ouhth. Otolar.. 1942-43, 47: 178. KRIEGERIA. See under Fungi in 5. series. KRIEL, T. Maskew Miller's Afrikaans school pocket dictionary; Afrikaans-English, and Eng- lish-Afrikaans, in the latest authorised spelling. 4. ed. 456p. 32? Cape Town, M. Miller [19..] KRIENER, Hubert, 1909- ♦Die Be- riicksichtigung kriminalbiologischer Forderungen im geltenden und im kommenden Recht. 28p. 21cm. Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1936. KRIES, Heinrich, 1905- ♦Die Ursache der Fettleibigkeit und ihre Behandlung. 104p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. KRIES, Johannes von, 1853-1928. Ueber Merkmale des Lebens; Rede gehalten bei der Jahresfeier der Freiburger wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft am 26. Okt. 1918. 44p. 24cm. Freib., Freib. wiss. Ges., 1919. Forms H. 6, Freiburg, wiss. Ges. For Festschrift b<-<- Psychol. Forsch., 1922, 2: See also [Autobiography] Med. Gog.-nw. (Grote) Lpz., 1925, 4: 125-87, portr.—Engelking. K. [NVkrolog] Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 100-4.—Frey, M. von. Natur- wissenschaften, 1929, 17: 435-7.—Henschen, S. E. [Obituary! Hygiea, Stockh., 1929, 91: 173-5.—Skramlik, E. von. [Ne- krolog] Zschr. Psychol. Phvsiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt., 1929, 60: 249-55. KRIESE, Ernst, 1903- ♦Ueber Silikose bei niederschlesischen Sandsteinarbeitern. 19p. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdr., 1935. KRIMINALISTISCHE Abhandlungen. Hrsg. von Franz Exner. H. 30: Die Blutschande. A. Eber. 68p. 24&cm. Lpz., F. Wiegandt, 1937. KRIMPHOVE, Hedwig, 1908 ♦Be- ziehungen zwischen Lungentuberkulose und Ge- lenkrheumatismus [Miinster] 20p. 8? Cob., Tageblatt Haus, 1934. KRIMPSIEKTE 359 KRISTEN KRIMPSIEKTE. See also Cattle, Disease; Plant, poisonous. Henning, M. W. Krimpsiekte. Rep. Dir. Vet. Educ, Pretoria, 1926, 11:-12: pt 1, 331-64, 33 fig. KRINGS, Armand, 1897- ♦Die Gesellen- und Gewerkschaftsbewegung in der erzeugenden deutschen Lederindustrie [Philos.] 4p. 22cm. Giessen, Vogt & co., 1924. KRINGS, Hans, 1906- ♦Die refrakto- metrische Eiweissbestimmung im Blutserum bei Fallen mit Prostatahypertrophie (Vergleich der Serumeiweisskurve mit der Haemoglobinkurve) [Bonn] 28p. 8? Duisburg-Beeck, F. Korb- macher, 1930. KRINGS, Paula, 1908- *Es ist zu untersuchen, ob und inwiefern langerdauernde korperliche Erkrankungen im ersten und zweiten Lebensjahr die geistige Entwicklung des Saug- lings zu beeintrachtigen vermogen. 32p. 8? Bonn, Kollen, 1935. KRINKE, Use, 1904- ♦Melaena vera neonatorum geheilt durch indirekte Bluttrans- fusion. 22p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. KRISCH, Hans, 1888- Die hysterische Reaktionsweise; Prinzipien der Analyse, Be- handlung und Begutachtung. 97p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1928. --- Die organischen einschliesslich der exogenen Reaktionstypen (Entwurf einer psy- chiatrischen Syndromenlehre auf klinisch-bio- logischer Grundlage) 146p. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1930. Forms H. 60, Abh. Neur. Psychiat. KRISCHKE, Bertold. Geschichte des Deut- schen Apotheker-Vereins von 1820 bis 1932. vii, 315p. 8? Berl., Deut. Apoth. Ver., 1932. KRISCHKER, Gotthardt, 1913- ♦Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen pathologisch-anato- mischer und klinischer Diagnose bei Magen- karzinom [Breslau] 15p. 8? Steinau-Oder, F. Wolf [1936] KRISCHNER, Harald, 1899-1931. Beitzke, H. [Biography] Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934, 27: 314. KRISHABER disease [1880] See Neurosis, cerebrocardiac. KRISNAPOLLER, Nathan [M. D., 1939, Basel] *Veranderungen der mechanischen und elektrischen Muskelerregbarkeit bei Tabes dor- salis (Enthemmungsphanomen?) [Basel] 29p. 23cm. Stanislawow, Grafika, 1939. KRISS, Max, 1894-1941. Forbes, E. B. [Obituary] Science, 1941, 94: 601. KRISTAL, Hermann Hirsch, 1898- *Ueber Encephalitis epidemica (lethargica) 54p. 8° [Bonn, n. p.] 1926. KRISTELLER, Paul, 1863-1931. Die Strass- burger Biicher- Illustration im XV. und im An- fange des XVI. Jahrhunderts. 172p. illust. pl. 23Kcm. Lpz., E. A. Seemann, 1888. Forms No. 7, Beitr. zur Kunstgesch., n. ser. --- Die italienischen Buchdrucker- und Verlegerzeichen bis 1525. xv, 145p. illust. 36cm. Strassb., J. H. E. Heitz, 1893. --- Die lombardische Graphik der Renais- sance, viii, 171p. illust. pl. 30cm. Berl., B. Cassirer 1913 KRISTEN, Gunter, 1913- ♦Zahnheil- kunde und Chirurgie in ihren praktischen Be- ziehungen. 29p. 8? Berl., M. Schroder, 1937. KRISTEN, Josef, editor. Sbfrka zdravotnich zakonuv a nafizenf, jakoz i dulezitych dfednfch rozhodnuti. p.289-384. 22%cm. Praha, E. Gregr & svn, 1927-28. Forms Suppl. 66 & 67 to Cas. lek. 6esk. KRISTENSEN, Kristen Nikolai, 1871- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 678. KRISTENSEN, Kristian Johan, 1884- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 199. KRISTENSEN, Sverre, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 200. KRISTENSON, Anders Vilhelm, 1888- Zur Kenntnis der lokalisierten Thrombenbildun- gen in der Vena iliaca communis sinistra. 82p. 8? Upps., Appelberg, 1930. Forms Suppl. 33, Acta med. scand. ---- Proceedings of the 16th Scandinavian congress for internal medicine; held in Uppsala from the 6th to 8th June 1933. 647p. 8? Upps., Appelberg, 1934. Forms Suppl. 59, Acta med. scand. KRISTIANPOLLER, Siegfried, 1900- *Untersuchungen iiber Paratyphus B im Gebiet der Freien Stadt Danzig, beurteilt unter dem Gesichtspunkt der Typentrennung [Konigsberg i. P.] p.9-23. 8? [Jena, G. Fischer] 1927. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927, 102: KRISTIANSEN, Odd Einar, 1886-1922. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 200. KRISTIANSON, Halldor, 1888- *Eti- ologiske unders0gelser over den kirurgiske tuber- culose i barne-alderen [K0benhavn] 215p. 8? Kbh., C. A. Reitzel, 1930. KRISTJANSEN, Aage Ingvard, 1893- ♦Komplementbindingsreaktionen ved gonorrhoe; en klinisk studie. 247p. 25cm. Kbh., A. Busck, 1930. KRISTMAN, V. I. KpaTKnS yneSHHK bhvt- pemiHX 6ojie3Heft. 304p. illust. tab. ch. 22cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 1943. KRITCHEVSKY, Paula, 1906- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude comparative du pouvoir antiseptique du ricinoleate et du sulforicinate de sodium. 62p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1938. KRITCHWSKY, Vladimir, 1904- ♦Quel- ques precisions sur l'antagonisme de la carie et de l'alveolyse. 64p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1931. KRITTER, Frank Joseph, 1899- ♦Pneu- mococcus antibody solution in the treatment of lobar pneumonia [Marquette Univ.] 18 1. tab. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1927. Typewritten. KRITZER, J. Haskel. Health and freedom through self-knowledge, presenting a compre- hensive guide for the eradication and prevention of mental, emotional and physical disorders by personal effort, and for the promotion of self- reliance in thought and action, xviii, 337p. 8? Los Ang., Kritzer educ. found., 1927. KRITZINGER, Frederik Johannes, 1898- * Mammacarzinom mit Supraklavikulardriisen von 1900 bis 1925. 35p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1927. KRIUKOV, A. A. Kypc rjia3Htix 6ojie3Heil. 11 H3ji. 413p. 8° Moskva, Gosud. izdat., 1918. KRIUKOV, Mikhail Mikhailovich, -1927. Grekov, I. [Obituary] Vest, khir., 1927, 11: 32; 212-4, portr. KRIVINE, Henri, 1907- ♦Contribution a l'etude des accidents nerveux de la resorption des cedemes au cours de la cure de d6chloruration. 67p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. KRIVOSHEIN 36i KRIVOSHEIN, E. N. ^eTCKne CTpaxn h 6opb6a c hiimh. 32p. 18L-cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. Foims No. 3 of Pedag. ranneg. rletsk. vozrasta. KROCKOW, Use, 1907- ♦Sozialbiolo- gische Untersuchungen zur Frage der Entstehung von Biss- und Stellungsanomalien [Rostock] 20p. tab. 8? Lippstadt-Westf., Thiele, 1932. KROCKOW, Joachim, 1908- ♦Die La- tenzzeit des Chorionepithelioms [Rostock] 35p. 8? Ohlau-Schl., H. Eschenhagen, 1933. KROEBER, Alfred Louis, 1876- Hand- book of the Indians of California, xviii, 995p. pl. 8? Wash., Smithson. Inst., 1925. Forms Bull. 78, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. ---- Cultural and natural areas of native North America. xi, 242p. map. 26 /jcm. Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1939. See also Alsberg, C. L. Alfred L. Kroeber: personal remi- niscences. In Essavs Anthrop. A. L. Kroeber, Berkeley, 1936, p. xiii-xviii.—Bibliography of Alfred L. Kroeber. Ibid.,423- 32.—Lowie, R. H. Alfred L. Kroeber: professional apprecia- tion. Ibid., p. xix-xxiii. ---- BENEDICT, Ruth Fulton [et al.] Franz Boas, 1858-1942. 119p. pl. 24^cm. [Menasha] Am. Anthrop. Ass. [1943] Forms No. 61, Mem. ser.. Am. Anthrop. Ass.; forms also Pt 2, No. 3, v.45, n. ser.. Am. Anthrop. KROEBER, Elsbeth, WOLFF, Walter H., & BLEIFELD, Maurice. Workbook and laboratory manual to accompany Adventures with living things, viii, 191p. illust. 27cm. Bost., D. C. Heath & co. [1940] KROEBER, Ernst, 1910- ♦Ein seltener Fall von Talus-Abrissfraktur [Berlin] 24p. 21cm. Giitersloh i. Westf., Thiele, 1937. KROEBER, Herbert, 1909- ♦Morbiditat und Mortalitat der Extrauteringraviditaten. 41 p. 8° Lpz., G. Schuhknecht, 1935. KROEBER, Ludwig. Das neuzeitliche Krfiu- terbuch; die Arzneipflanzen Deutschlands in alter und neuer Betrachtung. Bd 1. 3. Aufl. 459p. illust. 8? Stuttg., Hippokrates Verb, 1934. See also Flamm, B., & Kroeber, L. Die Heilkraft der Pflanzen. 2. Aufl. 274p. 8? Stuttg., 1936. ------ Rezept- buch der Pflanzenheilkunde. 4. Aufl. 188p. 8? Stuttg., 1936. See also Schmaltz. Zum 50jahrigen Berufsjubilaum von Apothekendirektor Ludwig Kroeber. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1939, 10: 1207, portr. KROEBER, Otto T., 1882- Die ameri- kanischen Arten der Tabaniden-Subfamilie Dia- chlorinae End. 55p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1928. Forms Beih. 2, Bd 32, Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. KROEBER, Wolfram, 1909- ♦Zur Klinik des Oesophagusdivertikels [Kiel] 28p. 8? Rhevdt, O. Berger, 1936. KROEGER, Erich, 1910- ♦Der Einfluss des kontrainsularen Hypophysenvorderlappen- hormons auf Glykogenbestand der Leber und Milchsaurespiegel des Blutes [Gottingen] 15p. 8° Weende-Gott., F. Pieper, 1934. KROEGER, Rudolf, 1909- ♦Ueber das Kieferkarzinom und seine Endausgange. 20p. 8? Miinch., Baver. Druck [1934] KROEHNERT, Gert, 1907- ♦Erfahrun- gen mit Vitamin C in der Behandlung der crou- posen Pneumonic 23p. 20^cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1937. KROEHNERT, Helmut, 1906- indi- kationen und Verlauf der abdominellen Schnitt- entbindungen an der Konigsbergrer Universitats- frauenklinik in der Zeit vom 1. Oktober 1925 bis 31. Dezember 1935. 43p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KROEHNKE, Jiirgen, 1902- ♦Kritisehes und Neues iiber die rontgenbestrahlten Basal- KROEHNKE fibroide (typiscben Nasenrachenfibrome) [Ber- lin] 2Sp. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. KROEMEKE, Franz. Friedrich Wilh. Ser- t timer, der Entdecker des Morphiums; Lebens- bild und Neudruck der Original-.Morphium- arbeiten. x, 93p. portr. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1925. KROEMER, Georg, 1905- *Fettembolie als Todesursache vom gerichtlich-medizinischen Standpunkt nebst einem Fall von todlicher Fettembolie nach Kontrakturbehandlung. 39p. 8? Bresl., O. Gutsmann, 1934. KROEMER, Hans Werner Berthold, 1909- *Ueber Wirbelbriiche durch Muskelzug 36p. 8? Marb., H. Bauer, 1935. KR0MER, Heyman, 1910- ♦Geschicht- liche Entwicklung der Therapie lockerer Zahne bei Paradentose mit Ausschluss prothetischer Massnahmen [Leipzig] 36p. 8? Weida-Thiir., Thomas & Hubert, 1934. KROEMER, Karl, 1887- Der verletzte Meniscus. lOlp. illust. tab. 24em. Wien, W. Maudrieh, 1944. KROEMER, Otto, 1898 *Zur Frage: Paralvsetherapie und Liquordiagnostik. 24p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. KROEMMELBEIN, Heinz, 1914- ♦Dauer- sehaden am weiblichen Genitale nach Entziin- dungen im Beckenraum [Frankfurt a. M.] 20p. pl. 20^cm. Gelnhausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937. KROENER, Eugen Wilhelm, 1904- ♦Der Einfluss des menstruellen Zyklus auf den Glyko- genspiegel des Blutes [Frankfurt a. M.] 12p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1931. KROENER, Waldemar, & VOLKSEN, Wil- helm. Die Kartoffel; die wichtigsten Eigen- schaften der Knolle als Lebensmittel und Roh- stoff. 130p. 8? Lpz., A. Barth, 1942. Forms Beih., 9, Ernahrung. KROENER, Walther. Gustav Jaegers Sen- dung; Darstellung seines Lebenswerkes und Aufriss einer totalen Biologie. xxiv, 536p. 8° Stuttg., Hippokrates Verb, 1936. ---- Die Wiedergeburt des Magischen; das Magische als natiirliche Funktion des Unbe- wussten. 88p. 21cm. Lpz., R. Hummel [1938] —— & NOACK, Ernst Viktor. Anti-Calmette; die Liibecker Calmette-Katastrophe im Lichte der Wissenschaft. 160p. 8? Berl., Horodisch & Marx [1931] KROENIG, Bernhard, 1863-1917. Geburts- hilflicher Phantomkurs in Frage und Antwort. 3. Aufl. 94p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. KROENIG, Claus Ludwig Theodor Bernhard, 1863-1918. Friedrich, W. Die Beziehungen Bernhard Kronigs zur Biophysik; ein GedenkbL-m auf des grossen Forscbers Grab. Strahlentherapie, 1943, 73: 6 13.— Gauss, C. J. Bernhard Kronig zum Gedachtnis ai:l-isslich der 25. Wiederkehr seines Todestages. Ibid., 3-5, portr. KROENIG, George, 1856-1911. Buck, R. W. Kronig's isthmus. N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 707. KROENING, Elisabeth Erika, 1911 lymphogranuloma inguinale und Rectumstrik- tur [Berlin] 48p. 21cm. Giitersloh i. Westf., Thiele, 1938. KROENKE, Arnold, 1901- ♦Epidemio- logische Betraehtungen beziiglich der in den Jahren 1919 bis 1934 an der Universitats-Haut- klinik in Berlin beobachteten Pilzerkrankunpen der Haut, 37p. tab. 8° Perl., R. Pfau, 1935. KROENKE, Ernst, 1910- *Prolanaus- scheidung und Ausfallserscheinungen bei kastrier- KROENKE 361 KROGH-POULSEN ten Frauen [Breslau] 31p. 8? Brieg, B. Berger, 1936. KROENLEIN, Ulrich, 1847-1910. Monnier [Biography] Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 1103, portr. KR0PELIEN, Peter Hersleb Birkeland, 1875-1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 685. KROEPELIN, Ernst, 1902- ♦Zur Phar- makologie des Harnstoffs [Kiel] 15p. 8? Hamb. [Niemann & Moschinski] 1930. KROEPLIN, Frederick Carl, 1902- ♦The effect of liver diet and liver extract in the treat- ment of pernicious anemia [Marquette Univ.] 13p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1930. Typewritten. KROEPOEK virus. See Rugaceae. KROESBLAAR virus. See Rugaceae. KROESCHELL, Curt, 1906- ♦Ueber Tonsillartuberkulose beim Rinde [Leipzig] 36p. 8? Engelsdorf, C. & E. Vogel, 1933. KROESEN, Josef, 1906- ♦Ueber Ge- wichts- und Trinkverhaltnisse Friihgeborener wahrend der ersten 10 Lebenstage [Miinster] 30p. 8? Bottrop, W. Postberg, 1931. KROETENHEERDT, Max, 1911- ♦Zur Pathogenese und Therapie des Lupus erythema- todes (mit Beschreibung eines Falles an Lupus ervthematodes mit eigenartiger Veranderung des Haarkleides) [Erlangen] 22p. 8? Kulmbach, E. C. Baumann, 1935. KR0VEL, John Elias, 1897- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 203. KR0YER, Carl Wilhelm, 1801-55. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 685. KROGBEUMKER, Martha, 1906- *Thema: Hat die Menstruation einen Einfluss auf die Kriminalitat der Frau? [Miinster] 31p. 8? Diisseld., J. W. Schmitz [1933] KROGH, August, 1874- The anatomy and physiologv of capillaries, xiii, 422p. 8? N. Haven, Yale Univ. pr., 1929. --- A text-book of human physiology for college students; rev. & ed. by K. R. Drinker. v, 233p. illust. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1932. --- Osmotic regulation in aquatic animals. 242p. tab. diagr. 22cm. Cambr., Cambridge Univ. pr., 1939. --- The comparative physiology of respira- tory mechanisms, vii, 172p. illust. tab. diagr. 23$cm. Phila., Univ. Pennsylvania pr., 1941. For portrait see Collection in Library. KROGH, Eyvind Kristofer, 1872- Porirait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 678. KROGH, Georg Rasmus, 1870- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 679. KROGH, Hilmar Johannes Theodor, 1862- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 680. KROGH, Marie, 1874- ♦Luftdiffusionen nnem menneskets lunger. 123p. illust. tab. 24y2cm. Kbh., Jensen & Kjeldskov, 1914. KROGH, Mentz Lillo Rynning von, 1877- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 681. KROGH-LUND, Gunnar [M. D., 1940, K0- benhavn] For portrait see Nord. med., 1941, 9: 397. KROGH-POULSEN, Willy Gunner, 1910- *Nimmt durch Verkleinerung der Basisflache bei oberen Plattenprothesen die Belastungsmoglich- keit derselben ab? 54p. tab. 8? Wurzb., G. Grasser, 1934. KROGIUS, Frans AH Bruno, 1864-1939. For Festschrift see Acta chir. scand., 1925, 58: portr. See also Faltin, R. [Nekrolog] Acta chir. scand., 1939, 82: 455-60, portr. Also Nord. med., 1941, 9: 197-201, portr — Petren, G. [Obituary] Ibid., 1940, 5: 521-8, portr. KROGMAN, Wilton Marion, 1903- , & WILLIS, Jeannette. A bibliography of human morphology, 1914-39. xxxi, 385p. 28 x 21Kcm. Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1941] Univ. Chicago Pub. Anthrop., Phys. Anthrop. Ser. KROGSTAD, Peder Anders, 1889- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobio, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 201. KROH, Oswald, 1887- Experimentelle Beitrage zur Typenkunde. Bd 1. xiv, 300p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929. Forms Ergzbd 14, Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesbrg., 1. Abt. ---- Erbpsychologie der Berufsneigung und der Berufseignung sowie der Sonderbegabungen. p.592-668. 25cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. Erbbio!. Mensch. (Just, G.) Bd 5, T. 1. See also Berger, F. Oswald Kroh zum 50. Geburtstag. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1938, 39: 1-3, portr. KROHN, Adalbert, 1908- ♦Ueber die chemischen Vorgange im Karzinom. 32p. 8? Munch., P. Denk, 1931. KROHN, Giinther, 1895- ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lungensvphilis [Miinster] 98p. 8? Kirchhain, Zahn & Baendel, 1928. KROHN, Hans Peter, 1905- ♦Experi- mentelle und klinische Untersuchungen iiber die Durchlassigkeit der Placenta [Kiel] 19p. 8? Kellinghusen, Hay, 1930. KROHN, Henrik Michael, 1889- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 202. KROHN, Johan Jebsen, 1893- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 202. KROHN, Johannes Wilhelm Bernard, 1884- , MARTINECK, Otto [et al.] Die Aus- dehnung der Unfallversicherung auf gewerbliche Berufskrankheiten. 56p. 8? Berl., R. Hobbing, 1926. Forms H. 1, Arbeit & Gesundh. (Martineek, O.) KROHN, Johan Plathe Bruun, 1861- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 682. KROHN, Karl-Heinrich, 1905- ♦Ueber Paraffinome der Mamma [Kiel] p.2772-81. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. Also Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: Also editor of SpiMer, U. Praktikum der Rontgendiagnostik der Thoraxorgane. 242p. 26cm. Berl., 1938. KROHN, Max, 1906- *Hat sich das Krankheitsbild der Gonorrhoe in den letzten zwolf Jahren verandert? 19p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1932. KROHN, Michael, 1822-97. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 683. KROHN, Thomas Christian, 1886- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 203. KROHN, Viiino, 1891- Das Prinzip des absoluten Optimums in der vergleichenden Physiologie. p.Ill9-88. tab. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. In Abt. 5, Teil 2, pt 2, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abder- halden, E.) KROHN, William Otterbein, 1868-1927. For obituary see Illinois M. J., 1927, 52: 176. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:308. KROHN, Wollert Henrik, 1858- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 683. KROHNE, Otto, 1868-1928. Bundt [Nekrolog] Zschr. Medbeamte, 1929, 42: 1.— Dietrich, E. [Nekrolog] Gesundhfurs. Kindesalt., 1928, 3: 303-5. Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1929, 26: 64-6.—Gerbis [Nekrolog] Zbl. Gewerbehvg., 1929, n. F., 6: 33. KROKER 362 KROMBHOLZ KROKER, Otto, 1899- +Das harte traumatische Oedem. 34p. 8? Bresl., Schles. VolksztK, 1930. KROL, Mikhail Borisovich, 1S79-1939. Die neuropathologisehen Syndrome zugleich Diffe- rent ialdiagnostik der Nervenkrankheiten. xi, 554p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. See also [35. anniversary] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937, 6: 1, portr. For obituarv see Arkh. biol. nauk, 1939, 55: No. 2, 5-8, portr. Also Klin, med., Moskva, 1939, 17: No. 9-10, 123, portr. Also Vopr. neirokhir., 1939, 3: No. 4, 3-5, portr. KROL, N. M. BemeHCTBo h ero MecTo cpe^n npyrux HHtpeKunfi- HepBHoS chctcmh. 187p. pl. tab. 23cm. Moskva, State pub. biol. med. lit., 1936. KROLEWSKY, Emil, 1906- ♦Ueber lympho-epitheliale Tumoren der oberen Luftwege [Miinchen] 36p. 8? Wurzb., G. Grasser, 1932. KROLIKIEWICZ, Stanislaw. Obrona przeci- wlotnicza. 147p. illust. pl. 8? Warsz., Liga obr. pow., 1935. KROLL, Else, 1902- ♦Ueber eigenartige Infarkte und Nekrosen in der Milz. 16p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1930. KROLL, Friederich Wilhelm, 1907- *Schwellenuntersuchungen bei Lasionen der affe- renten Leitungsbahnen [Breslau] p.751-76. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 128: KROLL, Hans, 1909- ♦Ueber einige Wirkungsbedingungen des Avertins. 15p. 8? Konigsb. i. P. [n. p.] 1933. KROLL, Karl, 1908- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Agranulocytose. 44p. 8? Frankf. a. M., M. Jacobi, 1933. KROLL, Leo, 1897- *Ueber isolierte infraclavieulare Infiltrate [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Oschatz, C. Morgner, 1927. KROLL, Wilhelm, 1869-1939. Sec Wissowa, G., & Kroll, W., editors. Paulys Real- Enc> clopadie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft. Neue Bearb. 43v. 8? Stuttg., 1894-1941. KROLLS, Hans, 1906- ^Zur Pharmako- Iogie des Cocains. 28p. 22cm. Rostock, Winterberg, 1932. KROLOW, Joachim, 1907- ♦Beitrag zur Statistik der Hautkrebse. 19p. 8? Berl., O. Meusel, 1933. KROMAYER, Ernst Ludwig Franz, 1862-1933. Repetitorium der Haut- und Geschlechts-Krank- heiten fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 8. Aufl. xv, 236p. 12? Jena, G. Fischer, 1919. ---- Die Behandlung der kosmetischen Haut- leiden unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der physikalischen Heilmethoden und der narben- losen Operationsweisen. 123p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1923. Also 2. Aufl. 124p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929. ----[The same] The cosmetic treatment of skin complaints, with special reference to physical therapv and scarless methods of operation, vi, llOp. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1930. See also Bruhns. C. [Nekrolog) Zschr. Zellforsch., 1933. 18: 1139. KROMAYER lamp. See Quartz lamp. KROMBACH, Ernst, 1910- ♦Beitrag zum Ursachenproblem der Patellarluxation (unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Patella alta) S4p. 22kcm. Tub., A. Beeht, 1937. KROMBHOLZ, Julius Vinzenz von, 1782- 1843. Klein, W. Ein hundert Jahre; Dr J. V. von Krombholz'sche Stiftung zur unentgeltlichen Unterbringung kranker armer Studierender im Allgemeinen Krankenhause; 1. Miirz 1832 bis 1932, zum 150. Geburt stage des Stifters. 38p. 8? Praji. 1932. KROMER, Kurt [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Zur Prognathic einiger Alamannen von Herten [Basel] 32p. pl. 23cm. Winterthur, Schonen- berger & Gall, 1938. KROMIK, Fritz, 1905- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Vitalitat des Schmelzes besonders an der Schmelz-Dentin-Grenze an Hand von Schlif- fen menschlicher Zahne. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., E. Bechstein, 1930. KROMNEK virus. See Lethaceae; also Tomato, Disease. KROMPECHER, Istvan. Die Knochenbil- dung. xii, 150p. illust. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1937. KROMPECHER, Oedon, 1870-1926. Aschoff, L. [Nekrolog] Beitr. path. Anat., 1926-27, 76: H. 2. KROMPECHER cancer. See Carcinoma, Types, basal cell. KRON, Andreas, [1900- ♦Ueber syphili- tische Re- und Superinfectionen. 22p. 8? Berl., C. Siebert, 1931. KRON, Hermann. Die Gesichtslahmung in der Zahnheilkunde. 35p. pl. 8? Lpz., Dyk- sche Buchhandl., 1914. Forms H. 12, Samml. Vortr. Geb. Zahnh. KRON, Martin Joachim, 1905- *Ein Beitrag zu den klinisch feststellbaren Ursachen der Rindersterilitat. 40p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KRON, Robert, 1906- *Umbauvorgange im paradentalen Gewebe bei Zahnbewegungen [Frankfurt a. M.] 23p. 8? Neu-Isenburg, K. Schaar, 1932. KRON, Theodor, 1902- ♦Ein Beitrag zur erfolgreichen Behandlung des Symblepharon durch Stentsplastik. 23p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker 1926. KRON, Yves, 1909- ♦Contribution a l'etude des colorants azoiques dans les affections oto-rhino-laryngologiques. 30p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936. KRONACHER, Carl, 1871-1938. Genetik und Tierziichtung. vi, 280p. illust. 8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1934. Forms Lief. 20 (III, E.) Handb. Vererbungswiss. (Baur, E., & Hartmann, M.) ---- & LODEMANN, Georg. Technik der Haar- und Wolluntersuchung. p. 1-426. 25cm. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1938. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Abt. 7, T. 2. KRONBERG, Irene, 1899- ♦Ueber iso- lierte postskleritische Triibungen fern vom Hornhautrande. 30p. 8? Freib., Freiburg Studen- tendr., 1926. KRONE, Annemarie, 1903- ♦Orbita- und Kiefermessungen bei hochgradiger Myopie. 22p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1927. KRONE, Fritz, 1871-1938. Die Heilanzeigen der deutschen Biider und Kurorte. vi, 86p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1936. See also Vogt, H. |Nekrolog] Balneologe, 1938, 5: H. 11, front. KRONE, Fritz Friedrich Wilhelm, 1897- ♦Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Amide der m-Oxy- benzoesaure, der Acetyl- und der m-Oxybenzoyl- m-oxybenzoesaure [Bonn] 23p. 8? Troisdorf [n. p.] 1922. KRONE, Johannes, 1910- ♦Ueber verzo- gerte Knochenbruchheilung und ihre Behandlung KRONE 363 KRONFELD mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Beck'schen Bohrung. 24p. 22^cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KRONECKER, Hugo, 1839-1914. For obituary see Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1913-14, 14:481. . T., For portrait see Collection in Library. KRONENBERG, Maria Elizabeth, 1881- Nederlandsche bibliographie van 1500 tot 1540. 4 Suppl. 2 1., p.305-28. 8? 's-Gravenh., M. Nijhoff, 1934. See also Nijhcff, W., & Kronenberg, M. E. Nederlandsche bibliographie van 1500 tot 1540. 1. & 2. Afl. 128p. 8°. Gravenh., 1936. KRONENBERG, Milton Henry, 1900- , & MORSE, Kenneth. Health hazards of occupa- tional environments; a guide for industry, labor, the medical profession and public health person- nel. 46p. 23cm. Springf., 111., Dep. Pub. Health [1941?] Forms No. 154, Educ. Health Circ, Illinois Dep. Pub. Health. KRONER. Zur Geschichte der jiidischen Ritualbader in Wiirttemberg. 8p. 8? [Bopfin- gen, F. Kalmbach] 1914. KRONER, Robert, 1905- ♦Erfahrungen iiber die Methodik des Blutzucker-Tagesprofils beim Diabetiker. 47p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Munch, 1930. KRONFELD, Adolf, 1861- Die Ent- wicklung des Anatomiebildes seit 1632. 29p. illust. portr. 24%cm. Wien, M. Perles, 1912. Forms pt 2, Beitr. Gesch. Med. --- Aerztliches Taschenbuch der Wiener medizinischen Wochenschrift fiir 1936; 78. Aufl. des Medizinal-Kalenders. 232p. 16? Wien, M. Perles [1935] KRONFELD, Arthur, 1886- Ueber Gleich- geschlechtlichkeit (Erklarungswege und Wesens- schau) ein offentlicher Vortrag vor Akademikern, gehalten am 9. Marz 1922 auf Veranlassung der Ortsgruppe Frankfurt a. M. des Wissenschaft- lich-Humanitaren Komitees. 43p. 8? Stuttg., J. Puttmann, 1922. --- Sexualpsychopathologie. viii, 134p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1923. Forms Spez. Teil. 7, Abt., 3. Teil of Handb. Psychiat. (Aschaffenburg, G.) ----Die Psychologie in der Psychiatrie; eine Einfiihrung in die psychologischen Erkennt- nisweisen innerhalb der Psychiatrie und ihre Stellung zur klinisch-pathologischen Forschung. vii, 106p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. --- Perspectiven der Seelenheilkunde. xiv, 384p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. --- Lehrbuch der Charakterkunde. viii, 451p. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. KRONFELD, Ernst Moriz, 1865- Sagen- pflanzen und Pflanzensagen. 96p. pl. 8? Lpz., T. Thomas, 1919. KRONFELD, Peter Clemens, 1899- In- troduction to ophthalmology, ix, 331p. illust. pl. diagr. 23}^cm. Springf., C. C Thomas [1938] --- The human eye in anatomical trans- parencies; anatomical transparencies by Gladys McHugh; historical appendix: The history of our knowledge of the structure and functioning of the eye, by Stephen L. Polyak. xi, 99p. illust. diagr. pl. 29cm. Rochester, N. Y., Bausch & Lomb pr. [1943] KRONFELD, Robert. Die Zahne des Kindes, mit einem Geleitworte von Rudolf Weiser. 2. Aufl. vii, 376p. 8? Lpz., A. Felix, 1922. KRONFELD, Rudolf, 1901-40. Histopath- ology of the teeth and their surrounding struc- tures, xii, 479p. illust. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1933. Also 2. ed. 504p. 1939. ■----Dental histology and comparative dental anatomy. 195p. illust. pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1937. For obituary see J. Periodont., 1940, 11: 99-103. Also Proc. Am. Ass. Dent. Schools, 1940, 17: 95.—William, W. Angle Orthodont., 1940, 10: 45, portr. KRONGOLD, Elja, 1911- ♦Contribution a l'etude du retr^cissement de l'isthme aortique. 71p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1938. KRONING, Erwin Heinrich Reinhard, 1910- ♦Ueber die Einwirkung von Borfluorid- atheraten auf Aethylenoxyde und die Entdeckung der tertiaren Oxoniumsalze. 47p. 22%cm. Marb., F. Fischer, 1936. KRONISCH, Franz Josef, 1899- ♦Ver- suche mit Kalziumtherapie bei Adnexentziindun- gen. 38p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. KRONJAEGER, Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Disper- sion vom Luft, Krypton und Xenon im kurz- welligen Ultraviolett. 23p. pl. diagr. tab. 8? Brnschw., E. Appelhans & co., 1934. KRONSBEIN, Gunter, 1913- ♦Ueber den Kontaktpunkt [Gottingen] 35p. 8? Quaken- briick, C. Trute, 1936. KRONSOHN, Rachel, 1906- ♦Ueber die Wirkung parenteral zugefiihrter Milzextrakte auf die Magensekretion [Jena] p.38-50. Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 170: KRONSTEIN-SALAMANOVICZ, Sarah [M. D., 1934, Geneve] ♦Un cas de rachitisme tardif post-traumatique. lip. 8? Geneve, A. Kundig, 1934. KRONTOVSKI, Alexei Antoninovich, 1885- 1933. For obituary see Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1933, 14: p. i. KRONZER, Joseph John, jr, 1905- ♦The reaction of prophylactic injection of anti-menin- gococcic serum, and its relation to anaphylaxis [Marquette Univ.] lOp. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1931. Typewritten. KROP, Heinz, 1903- ♦Die sozialhygieni- schen Verhaltnisse in den Not- und Behelfs- wohnungen ostlich Zamdorf bei Munchen (unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Feuchtigkeit) [Munchen] 36p. 8? Pfaffenhofen, Ilmgau, 1936. KROP, Herbert, 1900- ♦Ueber die Malacie des Os lunatum. 35p. 8? Marb., F. Fischer 1929. KROPATSCHECK, Walter, 1905- ♦Die Verweildauer radioaktiver Substanzen in den Korperfliissigkeiten [Gottingen] p. 191-205. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 218: KROPFF, Georges Claude, 1913- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de la technique des ponctions raehidiennes. 37p. 24cm. Par., M. Vign£, 1939.- KROPFGANS, Alfred [M. D., 1934, Giessen] *Die Umsetzung kleinerer Dosen von Jodtropon, Dijodyl und Jodkalium im Tierkorper [Giessen] 30p. 8? Rastatt, K. & H. Greiser, 1934. KROPFKONFERENZ. See Internationale Kroufkonferenz. KROPOTKIN, Petr Alekseevich, 1842-1921. Fields, factories and workshops; or, Industry combined with agriculture and brain work_ with manual work, xii, 477p. 8? Lond., T. Nelson & sons [1913?] KROPP, Helene, 1906- ♦Die Stieldre- hung der Gallenblase [Bonn] 44p. 8? Hagen, Bald & Kriiger [1934] KROPP KROPP, Hildegard, 1907- *Behandlung und Erfolge beim Dickdarmeareinom [Bonn] 21 p. 8? Hagen, Bald & Kruger [1932] KROPSCH, Gerhard, 1907- ♦Die Bezie- hungen zwischen Blutbild und Verschluss der Vena cava inferior. 19p. 21cm. Bresl., K. Vater, 1935. KROPVELD, A. Homosexualiteit en horao- sexueelen. 34p. 16? Waelburgh, Uitgevers- Maatschappij [1921] KROPVELD, Aron Izak, 1881-1932. ♦Throm- bose en embolie van de buikaorta. 96p. pl. 8? [Amst., A. Adler, 1930] KROSBY, Kristofer Hagbarth, 1872- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 684. KROSCHINSKI, Carl Ernst, 1870- Die grossen Heilerfolge durch Eigenblutbehandlung; Tierblut, Eigenharn, Meerwasser. 46p. 8? Hannover, B. Wilkens [1937] KROSCHKE, Hans Joachim, 1910- *Versuche iiber die oligodynamische Wirkung von Silberstiften in den Wurzelkanalen extrahierter, putrider Zahne [Kiel] 12p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. KROSKE, Heinz Gunter Adolf, 1909- ♦Die Chordotomie [Berlin] 31p. 8? Giitersloh i. Westf., Thiele, 1936. KROTO, Gertha Schlomer, 1893- ♦Ueber die Einwirkung des Mundspeichels auf die Hista- minreaktion des Meerschweinchendarmes. 18p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1930. KROUCHAREVITCH, Kroum [M. D., 1931, Geneve] ♦Le sort des enfants nes de femmes atteintes de pveRte gravidique. 30p. 8? Geneve, E. Meyer, 1931. KROUT, Maurice Haim. Autistic gestures; an experimental study in symbolic movement. v, 126p. 8? Princeton, N. J., 1932. Forms No. 4, v.46, Psychol. Monogr., Princeton. ---- The psychology of children's lies, with a selected bibliography on general child psychology and the treatment of children's difficulties. 113p. 8? Bost,, R. G. Badger [1932] KRUCKENBERG, Edith. See Hamilton, G., & Kruckenberg, E. A medical social terminology. 36p. 8? N. Y., 1930. KRUECKELS, Franz, 1910- ♦Der Wechsel der Behandlung der congenitalen Lues im Laufe der letzten Zeit, 55p. 20^cm. Bonn. H. Trapp, 1938. KRUECKMANN, Emil, 1865- Meisner, S. [Biography] Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 768.------Emil Kriickmann zum 75. Geburtstag am 14. Mai 1940 mit den herzlichsten Gluckwiinschen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 104: May No., front, portr. For portrait see Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 94: May No., front. KRUEDENER, Heinrich, 1864-1932. Blessig, E. [Nekrolog] Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 89: 101. KRUEGER, Alexander, 1907- ♦Beitrag zur vergleichenden Histologie des Zahnschmelzes von Macropus browni [Wurzburg] 15p. 8? [Streigau i. Schles., n. p.] 1932. KRUEGER, Arthur, 1907- ♦Ueber Unter- schiede in der chemischen Zusammensetzung der einzelneu Muskeln in Anpassung an ihre ver- schiedene funktionelle Beanspruohung [Rostock] 23p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte," 1937. KREEGER, Curt von, 1890 ♦Ikterus bei Typhus abdominalis. 43p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1918. KRUEGER, Daniel Schumann, 1845- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 684. KRUEGER, Dietrich, 1910- ♦Das Hitz- schlagproblem; ein Beitrag an Hand von sechs Fallen bei einem 10,000 m Lauf an einem unge- KRUEGER wohnlich heissen Tag [Berlin] lOp. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. KRUEGER, Edgar, 1907- ♦Kliniseh- elektrokardiographische Nachuntersuchungen von 14 geheilten Herzinfarkten [Berlin] 31 p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KRUEGER, Edith, 1900- *Adrenalin- blutdruckkurven bei Kindern [Kiel] 17p. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1930. KRUEGER, Edwin, 1903- ♦Der Einfluss verschiedener Pharmaka auf Wachstum, Lebens- dauer und Farbe der Traubeschen Ferrocyan- kupfer-Zelle (ein Beitrag zum Wirkungsmecha- nismus der Lokalaniisthetika I) 32p. pl. 8? Kiel, Kieler Ztg, 1932. KRUEGER, Elisabeth, 1899- ♦Das Ver- halten der Mundhohle bei tuberkulosen Erkran- kungen. 12p. 8? Freib. i. B., W. Goggel, 1930. KRUEGER, Else, 1911- ♦Die Haufigkeit der tuberkulosen Infektion im Kindesalter in Thiiringen [Jena] 18p. 21%cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KRUEGER, Erich, 1908- ♦Ueber Magen- blutungen und Unfall. 27p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. KRUEGER, Ernest Theodor, 1883- , & RECKLESS, Walter C. Social psychology, vii, 578p. 8? N. Y., Longmans, Green & co.. 1931. KRUEGER, Ernst, 1907- ♦Ueber den Magnesiumgehalt des Blutserums. p.83-91. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1932. Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1932, 53: KRUEGER, Ernst Ludwig, 1912- *Er- folge der hauslichen Geburtshilfe; Bericht iiber 25,587 Hausgeburten aus Mecklenburg, Zusam- menaufzeichnungen aus den Jahren 1926 und 1927. 23p. 21cm. Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1936. KRUEGER, Erwin, 1909- ♦Die Vertei- lung der Malassez'schen epithelialen Zellnester im Kiefer. 23p. 8? Kiel, R. Eggert, 1934, KRUEGER, Felix Emil, 1874- Psycho- logische Optik. 513p. illust. tab. diagr. 8? Miinch., C. H. Beek, 1932. Also editor of Neue Psychologische Studien. Miinch., v.l, 1938- -—- & KLEMM, Otto. Angewandte Psy- chologie. 470p. illust. pl. 8? Miinch., C. H. Beck, 1931. KRUEGER, Friedrich, 1903- ♦Unter- suchung einer alten Kaiserschnittnarbe. 20p. 8? Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1931. KRUEGER, Friedrich Rudolf, 1902- ♦Die Behandlung des muscularen Schiefhalses [Berlin] 54p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. KRUEGER, Fritz. Kriiger's illustriertes Mas- sagebuch; ein Leitfaden zur Erlernung der Massage fiir Masseurlehrlinge, Heilgehilfen, Krankenpfleger und Laien; erweitert mit einem Atlas der Massagetechnik. 2. Aufl. 40p.; 54p. 8? Trostberg a. Alz, the Author, 1929. KRUEGER, Fritz, 1905- ♦Ueber die Haufigkeit und Dauer postoperativer Trigo- minusstorungen nach Radikaloperation der Kie- ferhohle. 28p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KRUEGER, Gertrud, 1906- ♦Ueber die Bedeutung der Askaridiasis fiir den mensch- lichen Korper mit einem eigenen Falle von hamorrhagischen Enteritis infolge von Askariden bei einem Kinde. 45p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1932. KRUEGER, Gertrud, 1907- ♦Das Gut- tadiaphot und seine Ergebnisse bei Kindern [Berlin] 47p. 8? Helmstedt i. B., Wild & Ktihne, 1933. KRUEGER 365 KRUEGER KRUEGER, Giinther Albert Bernhard, 1909- ♦Beitrage zur intraoralen Jodexmassage. lip. 8? Kiel, R. Eggert, 1934. KRUEGER, Gustav, 1862- Chronik der Hessischen Ludwigs-Universitat. 31p. 25cm. Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1925. Forms H. 3, Jahrg. 1925 of Schr. Hessisch. Hochschul. (Univ. Giessen) ---- Der Historismus und die Bibel; aka- demische Rede zur Jahresfeier der Hessischen Ludwigs-Universitat am 1. Juli 1925. 20p. 25cm. Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1925. Forms H. 2, Jahrg. 1925 of Schr. Hessisch. Hochschul. (Univ. Giessen) KRUEGER, Gustav, 1911- ♦Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie der Beckenfrak- turen [Frankfurt a. M.] 25p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1936. KRUEGER, Hans, 1870- ♦Ueber Ureter- steinerkrankung. 20p. 8? Giessen, Giessener Studentenhilfe, 1930. KRUEGER, Hans Hellmuth, 1898- ♦Die Behandlung der akuten diffusen Peritonitis und ihre Aussicht auf Erfolg. 31p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. KRUEGER, Hans Joachim, 1907- ♦Ueber respiratorischen Grundumsatz und spezifisch- dynamische Eiweisswirkung bei Greisen. 30p. 8? Rostock, Winterberg, 1932. KRUEGER, Heinz, 1904- ♦Ueber die Veranderungen des weiblichen Geschlechtsappa- rates nach der parenteraler Zufuhr von Hypophy- senvorderlappenpraparaten. 47p. 8? Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1935. KRUEGER, Heinz, 1908- ♦Ueber den Wert der Tuberkulinproben bei Spondylitis tuberculosa. 30p. 23}£cm. [Kiel, n. p., 1934] KRUEGER, Hellmut, 1906- ♦Operative Behandlung der Olecranonfraktur [Berlin] 23p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. KRUEGER, Herbert Christian, 1905- * Ueber einen Fall von Agranulocytose mit unge- wohnlichen Nekrosen in fast samtlichen Organen [Rostock] 36p. 8? Hamb., H. Christians, 1933. KRUEGER, Herbert Karl Joachim Erwin, 1905- ♦Ueber Spatanamien nach Magen- resektionen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der perniziosen Anamie. 32p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1933. KRUEGER, Hermann Willy Paul, 1909- *Ueber die gewebliche Reaktion bei Infektion mit dem Bacterium pvogenes beim Rind [Vet.] 20p. pl. 8? Lpz., K Zentgraf, 1933. KRUEGER, Hildburg, 1907- ♦Schwan- gerschaftsunterbrechungen in der Greifswalder Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1927 bis 1932. 20p. 8? Greifswald, E. Panzig & co., 1934. KRUEGER, Hubertus, 1908- ♦Die Mit- erkrankung der tieferen Atemwege beim Schar- lach mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von drei Fallen von Lungenabscess. 20p. 22%cm. Berl., H. Michel, 1939. KRUEGER, Hugo Martin, 1902- , EDDY, Nathan B., & SUM WALT, Margaret. The pharmacology of the opium alkaloids. 2v. 1448p. [paged continuously] diagr. pl. 23^cm. [Wash., Gov. print, off., 1941, 1943] Forms No. 165, Suppl., Pub. Health Rep., Wash. KRUEGER, Johanna Minna Elfriede, 1911- ♦Die Wurzelperforation und ihre forensi- sche Bedeutung. 28p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. KRUEGER, Karl Heinrich Rudolf, 1910- *Quantitative Untersuchungen iiber den Adapta- tionsvorgang im Bereich des Geschmackssinnes. 16p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KRUEGER, Karl Kurt, 1898- ♦Ist der Sinus caroticus bei der Entstehung der Blut- druckwellen hoherer Ordnung beteiligt? [Mar- burg] p. 135-49. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1933. Also Zschr. Biol., 1933, 94: KRUEGER, Kurt. Inside Hitler. 445p. 21cm. N. Y., Avalon pr. [1942] ---- [The same] I was Hitler's doctor. v, 322p. pl. 22cm. N. Y., Biltmore pub. co. [1943] KRUEGER, Kurt Walter, 1911- ♦Ueber- durchschnittliche fetale Entwicklung bei Fett- sucht der Mutter. 36p. tab. 23cm. Berl., C. Krause, 1939. KRUEGER, Liddy, 1907- ♦Untersuchun- gen am Collumkarzinom aus den Jahren 1921 bis 1929 [Munchen] 39p. 8? Dresd., B. Guthe, 1934. KRUEGER, Lore, 1908- ♦Die Ein- leitung der kiinstlichen Friihgeburt [Munchen] 24p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KRUEGER, Margarete Elisabeth, 1910- *Zwillingsbefunde im Gau Mecklenburg [Frank- furt a. M.] 47p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske. 1937. KRUEGER, Margot, 1909- ♦Die gleich- zeitige Einwirkung von Coffein und Scillaren auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch iiberlebenden Ge- webes [Miinster] 23p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. KRUEGER, Peter Walter, 1912- ♦Bei- trag zur Klinik des paranephritischen Abscesses. 24p. 23cm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1937. KRUEGER, Reinhold Hans Helmut, 1911- ♦Zur Frage der Indikation der Extraktion bei Parulis [Halle-Wittenberg] 26p. 8? Berl., P. Kriiger, 1935. KRUEGER, Richard, 1881- Amtliches Unterrichtsbuch iiber Erste Hilfe. 2. Aufl. 263p. diagr. 21cm. Berl., Deut. Rotes Kreuz, 1938. KRUEGER, Richard Rudolf, 1894- ♦Ueber die Bedeutung der Zahnkeime fiir die Entstehung von Osteomyelitiden des Ober- kiefers im Sauglingsalter [Konigsberg i. P.] 31p. 8? Gumbinnen [n. p.] 1922. KRUEGER, Rolf, 1907- ♦Ueber die Riesenkloake (Vesica gigantea) [Gottingen] p.330-56. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1931, 32: KRUEGER, Simon, 1876-1934. Strasser, A. [Nekrolog] Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 534. KRUEGER, Walter William, 1890- Ele- mentary materia medica; including drugs and solutions; a text-book for students of nursing. 278p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1929. Also 2. ed. 283p. illust. diagr. 1934. Also 3. ed. 327p. 1938. Also 4. ed. viii, 287p. 1942. ---- The fundamentals of personal hygiene, including their practical application to healthful living. 291p. illust. pl. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1932. Also 2. ed. 294p. Lond., 1936. Also 3. ed. xiv, 304p. Phila., 1940. Also 4. ed. xi. 315p. 1944. KRUEGER, Wilhelm Paul, 1902- ♦Zur Bewertung der Cutis capitis gyrata. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1927. KRUEMMEL, Heinrich, 1901- ♦Ueber einen Fall von Xerosis conjunctivae et corneae bei Myxodem und seine Heilung [Berlin] 20p. 8? Greifswald, E. Hartmann, 1935. KRIEMMEL 366 KRUGERSDORP KRUEMMEL, Kurt [M. D., 1926, Berlin] ♦Die Pneumonien des rechten Mittellappens in der IT. Medizinischen Klinik des Charitektanken- hauses zu Berlin in den Jahren 1903-25. 39p. S? Berl., E. Ebering, 1920. KRUEMPEL, Wilhelm, 1904- ♦Cerebrale Erscheinungen nach Carotisunterbindung [Miin- ster] 19p. 8? Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1933. KRUENITZ, Johann Georg, 1728-96. Kriinitz' Oekonomische technologische Encyclopadie. T. 20: Grind—Grindwurzel. p.49-100. 19J4cm. [Berl., 1780] KRUEPER, Martha, 1907- ♦Kritische Darstellung iiber den heutigen Stand und die Bedeutung der Pneumothoraxbehandlung. 48p. 8? Miinst,, C. J. Fahle [1934] KRUESSELMANN, Franz, 1907- ♦Bei- trag zur Histologie der.sogenannten Schmelz- sporne. 20p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1931. KRUETZBERG, Elisabeth, 1909- ♦Erfah- rungen im Auftreten und in der Behandlung von Hamangiomen [Freiburg i. B.] 30p. 8? Koln, J. Borowskv, 1935. KRUG, Eberhard, 1905- +Der Kalium und Kalziumgehalt des Blutserums in der Spatschwangerschaft [Giessen] p.357-70. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1933. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933, 105: KRUG, Elsie E. See McGuigan, H. A., & Krug, E. E. An introduction to materia medica and pharmacology. 3. ed. 779p. 22}4cm, S. Louis, 1942. KRUG, Gerard Emmanuel, 1909- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude des resultats eloigned dans le traitement conservateur des hydronephroses. 119p. 2554cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. KRUG, Joachim, 1905- ♦Pharmako- gnostische Untersuchungen iiber Gratiola offici- nalis L. 42p. tab. 8? Brnschw., Hunold, 1935. KRUG, Josef Amandus, 1904- ♦Ueber einen Fall von hemianopischer Farbenblindheit [Wurzburg] 24p. 8? Volkach a. M., K. Hart, 1931. KRUG, Nikolaus, 1908- *Die anato- mischen und physiologischen Grundlagen der Schmerzprojektion bei Zahnerkrankungen. 18p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933. KRUG, Otto, 1863-]927. Kling, M., & Fiesselmann, G. [Nekrolog] Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1928, 55: 201-3. KRUG, Paul, 1910- ♦Die Lungenas- bestose in Deutschland. 38p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KRUG, Rudolf, ROTHE, Franz Friedrich & WENZEL, Johannes. Das Tiefdruckverfahren unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Massnah- men zur Vermeidung von Schadigungen bei seiner Verwendung; im Auftrag des Technischen Aus- schusses der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Gewerbe- hygiene. iv, 35p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. KRUG, Rudolf, 1909 [4 July]- ♦Ueber Antimon als Expectorans. 16p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1936. KRUG, Rudolf, 1909 [25 September]- *Nabelmetastasen bei Blasenkrebs. 13p. 21cm. Miinster, H. Buschmann, 1938. KRUG, Walter, 1907- ♦Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung von CaCOs, Bolus alba Seife und Glycerin auf die Zahn- fleischentasche von Kaninchen [Gottingen] 21p. 8? Kassel, Gebr. Muller [1932] KRUG, Walter, 1909- ♦Alkohol und Schlangengift. 27p. 8? Marb., A. Zetl, 1935. KRUGERSDORP, Transvaal. See under Health organization. KRUKENBERG, Heinrich, 1900- *Ueber Tetanus, besonders iiber Erfahrungen in der Behandlung von Tetanus im YVeltkriege. 20p. S? [Bonn, n. p., 1928] KRUKENBERG, Hermann, 1S63- Wollenberg, G. A. [Biography] Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933, 60: 273-8. KRUKENBERG, Peter, 1788-1863. Frese, O. loOjahriger Geburtstag von Peter Krukcnbcrg. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1666-9.—Peter KrukenberR (1788-1863) Med. Khn., Berl., 1940, 36: 179. KRUKENBERG tumor. See under Ovary. KRUKOV, A. A. See Kriukov, A. A. KRUKOVER, I. M., & GOLDFARB, I. V. BepxHue AuxaTejii.Hi.ie nyrn h opraH cjiyxa npu npoKaae. 138p. tab. pl. 23cm. Moskva, Gosud. izdat. biol. med. liter., 1936. KRULL, Gerhard, 1910- ♦Ueber die Technik des Mineralstoffwechselversuchs bei der Ratte [Berlin] 16p. 8? Giitersloh-W., Thiele, 1935. KRULL, Karl Julius, 1905- ♦Die schmerz- stillende Wirkung verschiedener Hypnotika [Miinster] 25p. 8? Hamm (Westf.) Reimann & co., 1935. KRUM, Robert, 1911- *Statistiseh<- Untersuchungen iiber Kariesverhaltnisse und Kauwerte bei Jugendlichen im Alter von 11-14 Jahren an Hand von Serienuntersuchungen. 24p. 21cm. [Frankf. a. M., n. p.] 1938. KRUMBHAAR, Edward Bell, 1882- Pathology. xvii, 206p. illust. pl. 16? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1937. Forms v.19, Clio medica (Krumbhaar, E. B.) Editor of Ciio medica: a series of primers on the history of medicine. N. Y., v.l, 1930- Also editor of Pennsylvania. University. Dep. of Path- ology. Studies. Vol. IV. v. p. 8? Phila., 1932-33. Also translator of Castiglioni, A. Italian medicine, xi, 134p. 16? N. Y., 1932.------A history of medicine. 1013p. 24JScm. N. Y., 1941. Also I.ak'nel-Lavastine, M., & Molinery, R. French medicine. 187].. 16° N. Y. [19341 For portrait sec Collection in Library. Also in Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) N. Oi 1< ans, 1938, 41. Also Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 10: opp. p. 115. KRUMBHOLZ, Ewald, 1904- *Ueber Auerstabchen bei akuter Leukamie [Leipzig] 38p. pl. tab. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1930] KRUMBIEGEL, Ingo, 1903- *Ueber Kiemenspalten und Halsfisteln in Anlehnung an einen in der Leipziger chirurgischen Klinik operierten Fall von Fistula colli congenita [Leipzigl 24p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1926. ---- ^Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung der Fortpflanzung auf Altern und Lebensdauer der Insekten, ausgefiihrt an Carabus und Drosophila [Kiel; Ph. D.] p. 111-62. 8? [Jena, G. Fischer] 1929. Also Zool. Jahrb., 1929, 51: KRUMFUSS, Alfred, 1909- ♦Korper- eigene Wirkstoffe und Trypsinwirkung; Versuche mit Gelatine, Casein, Muskel- und Lebergewebe [Miinster] lip. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1936. KRUMHOLZ, Adele Spiegel, 1906- ♦Remarques sur le retrecissement cardio-oesopha- gien. 52p. 8° Par., L. Rodstein, 1937. KRUMHOLZ, Bernard, 1906- ♦Contri- bution k l'etude de la syphilis latente. 95p. 25Jfcm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1935. KRUMM 367 KRUSE KRUMM, Gustav, 1905- ♦Studien uber die Brauchbarkeit der Liquorreaktion von Takata und Ara [Tubingen] p.435-56. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: KRUMM, Heinz, 1912- +Der plotzliche Tod in der Sprechstunde [Heidelberg] 15p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1937. KRUMMACHER, Friedrich Adolf Gerhard, 1904- ♦Ein Beitrag zur Klinik der Lungen- krebse. 20p. 8? [Berl., n. p., 1931] KRUMME, Heinrich, 1914- ♦Dentogene Herdinfektion. 26p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KRUMME, Johannes, 1902- ♦Ueber die Strahlenbehandlung bei Erkrankungen der Hypo- physe [Leipzig] 48p. 8? Schotmar, O. Peter- sen, 1929. KRUMMEL, Philipp Wilhelm Karl Ernst, 1901- ♦Die Augendiagnose. 19p. 8? Marb., K. Euker, 1926. KRUMM-HELLER, Arnoldo. Vom Weih- rauch zur Osmotherapie; Geschichte und Bei- trage zu einer Riechstoff-Heilkunde. 128p. 23cm. Berl.-Steglitz, W. Becker [1934] ---- Del incienso a la osmoterapia. 188p. 19cm. Barcel., Libr. Sintes [1940] KRUMMNOW, Friedrich. Lehrbuch der Kronen-, Briicken- und keramischen Technik. 5. Aufl. xv, 382p. [16p.] illust. pl. 8? Berl., Dent. Verb, 1931. KRUMSIEK, Fritz, 1906- ♦Ueber das Schleifen und die Schleifsteine; Untersuchungen iiber die Brauchbarkeit verschiedenkorniger Schleifsteine. 31p. pl. 8? Bonn, L. Neuen- dorff, 1930. KRUMWIEDE, Charles, 1879-1930. See Park. W. H., Williams, A. W., l>ilu;ir\ ] Polska gaz. lek., 1931,10:885.— Pautrier, L. M. [Ni'-crologicl Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1932, 7. ser., 3: 50.—[Lnveiling of the bust of I'mf. Franciszek Krzysztalowicz, December 15, 1935] Przegl. derm., Warsz 1936, 31: 1-7, port:.—Walter, F. [Nekrolog] Derm. Wschr'' 1932, 94: 19. For portrait see Delibcr. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936 9. Congr., 4: 118. KRZYWANEK, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1896- See Scheunert, A., Trautmann, A., & Krzywanek, F. W. Lehrbuch dei VcU-rinar-Phvsiologie. 449p. 25cm. Berl 1939. KRZYZKOWSKI, Georg, 1895- *Die Einwirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf das Blut- bild von Rontgenarzten und Hilfspersonal. 40p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Munch, 1926. KSINSIK, Gerhard, 1906- ♦Volume- trische Messungen am Unterschenkel. 25p. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1936. KU, Chu-jen, 1897- ♦Ueber Komple- mentbindungsreaktionen bei Kaninchen-Trypano- somiasis [Freiburg i. B.] p. 17-39. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1926. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 47: KUALA LUMPUR. Institute for Medical Re- search. Annual report. Kuala Lumpur, 1907, 1912/14, 1920- See also Kingsbury, A. N. Annual report of the Institute for Medical Research, Federated Malay States, Kuala Lumpur, for the year 1939. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 700. KUBANSKII gosudarstvennyi medicinskii institut. TpyAti. Rostov na Donu, v.7, 1939- Ky6aHCKuu Hay^HO-MeouiiiiHCKHft bccthhk; nepnojiHHecKHft HayuHhiii HtypHaji. Krasnodar, 71: 1928- KUBAS, Max, 1907- ♦Die habituelle Schulterluxation und ihre operative Behandlung nach Loeffler. 52p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1935. KUBATERAPIA. No. 1: Problemas practicos de actualidad terapeutica. [4]p. 30cm. La Habana, Laborat. Kuba [after 1939] KUBATSCH, Johannes, 1908- *Wie verhalt sich seit Kriegsbeginn die Sauglings- und Kindersterblichkeit in Breslau? 32p. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1935. KUBATZKY, Franziska, 1906- *Die wechselnden Anschauungen iiber das Wesen der Epituberkulose [Wurzburg] 19p. 21cm. Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1938. KUBERT, Gerhard, 1901- *Ueber Schwierigkeiten in der Differentialdiagnose zwischen Graviditat und Myomen des Uterus. 21p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1927. KUBES, Vladimir. Campafia contra la derren- gadera y peste boba del ganado caballar en los llanos de Venezuela; tres primeros informes sobre sus causas, presentados en los aiios 1937-38. Reimpresi6n de 1944. 27p. illust. diagr. 21cm. Caracas, Inst, invest, vet., 1944. ----& GALLIA, Francisco. Estudios imu- no!6gicos sobre la pluralidad de los virus rabicos en Venezuela. 46p. tab. 23cm. Caracas, Inst. invest, vet. [1942] Forms No. 1, v.l, Bol. Inst, invest, vet., Caracas. ---- Fen6mena de para-inmunidad entre los virus de la encefalomielitis equina y de la rabia KUBES 369 KUCKULIES paralitica de Venezuela, p.81-101. tab. 23cm. Caracas, Inst, invest, vet. [1942] Forms No. 3, v.l, Bol. Inst, invest, vet.., Caracas. KUBIE, Lawrence Schlesinger, 1896- Practical aspects of psychoanalysis; a handbook for prospective patients and their advisors. xiv, 223p. 8? N. Y., W. W. Norton & co. [1936] KUBINYI, Pal, 1870-1928. Frigyesi, J. [Nekrolog] Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 194. KUBISAGARI. See under Vertigo. KUBITZ, Hermann Wolfgang, 1911- *Karzinoide des Wurmfortsatzes nebst Bemer- kungen iiber die Pathogenese nach dem Material der Leipziger chirurgischen Universitatsklinik und einigen Fallen des Katharinen-Hospitals in Stuttgart. 36p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KUBITZKI, Paul August, 1908- ♦Ueber Leukoplakia oris. 27p. pl. 20>2cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KUBO, Inokiti, 1874-1939. Bernfeld. Ino Kubo zum 60. Geburtstag. Fol. otolar. orient, 1934-35, 2: 1.—[Biografia] Boll, mal.' orecchio, 1935, 53: 387-91, portr.; 1940, 58: 38.—Daito, T. Biography. Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Japan (1939-40) 1941, 2: 809-14. Also Jap. J. M. Sc, Oto-Rhino-Lar., 1939-40, 3: H. 2, p. i-iv, portr.—[Necrologie] Rev. laryng., Bord., 1940, 61: 60, portr. KUBORN, Hyacinthe, 1828-1910. Vaucleroy, de [Necrologie] Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1910, 2G: 70. KUBORN, Maurice, 1902- ♦Quelques cas inedits de kystes de 1'ovaire ayant complique la gestation. 62p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1928. KUCERA, Vratislav, 1865- Cmunt [Seventieth anniversary] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1935, 74: 304, portr. KUCH, Willi, 1910- ♦Die Lokalisation der wichtigsten Knochenerkrankungen [Freiburg i. B.] 19p. pl. 22 ^cm. Karlsruhe, L. Wetzel, 1934. KUCHENDORF, Gerhard Maria Dominikus, 1898- ♦Ueber einseitige Storung des extra- pyramidalen Systems bei traumatischer Mittel- hirnlasion. 35p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1927. KUCHER, Use, 1903- ♦Die Lebenskurve der Schilddruse in Oberhessen. 34p. 8? Marb., J. Hamel, 1933. KUCHERENKO, B. P. npo oJKupiHHH i napa- AOKcajiBHo jioSpy BroAOBaHicxt npu 3Jio?iKicHHx- onyxax. 170p. illust. tab. 23cm. [Moskva] Derzhmedvidav, 1937. KUCHLER, Carl, 1910- ♦Zur Behand- lung frischer und veralteter Sprungbeinbriiche [Munchen] 16p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. KUCKENBURG, Alfred Rudolph, 1901- *Ueber das Wesen und die Ursachen der Trige- minusneuralgie [Leipzig] 58p. 8? Lucka i. T., R. Berger, 1927. KUCKENBURG, Friederike, 1900- *Phrenikotomie zur Behandlung der Lungen- tuberkulose [Halle-Wittenberg] 44p. 8? Halle a. S., H. John, 1927. KUCKUCK, Friedrich, 1909- ♦Zahn- arztliche Sachverstandigen-Tatigkeit [Miinster] 29p. 8? Solingen, F. Metzger, 1933. KUCKUCK, Walter, 1901- ♦Die Dis- position zum Gesichtserysipel. 18p. 8? Frankf. a. M. [G. Schoneweiss] 1927. KUCKUCK, Werner, 1905- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber Tumorbildung beim Xeroderma pigmentosum [Miinster] 18p. 8? Lippstadt- Westf., Thiele, 1933. KUCKULIES, Gunter, 1909- ♦Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die spezifische Quahtat des Bittergeschmackes. 19p. 23cm Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. KUCZORA, Werner, 1902- ♦Morbiditat und Mortalitat im Wochenbett. 17p. 8° Bresl [L. Freund] 1927. KUCZYNSKI, Max Hans, 1890- Steppe und Mensch; kirgisische Reiseeindrucke und Betrachtungen iiber Leben, Kultur und Krank- heit in ihren Zusammenhangen. 188p. 8° Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1925. ---- Die Erreger des Fleck- und Felsenfiebers; biologische und pathogenetische Studien. viii, 256p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. ---- Der Erreger des Gelbfiebers; Wesen und Wirkung. 191p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. ---- The alimentary factor in disease. 2. ed. of Studies on nutrition. 130p. 24cm. 's-Gravenh., G. Naeff, 1937. See also Levinthal, W., Kuczynski, M. H., & Wolff, E. Epidemiologie, Aetiologie. 319p. 8? Miinch., 1921. KUCZYNSKI, Robert Rene, 1876- The balance of births and deaths. Vol. 1: Western and northern Europe, xi, 140p. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1928. ---- Fertility and reproduction; methods of measuring the balance of births and deaths. 94p. diagr. 8? N. Y., Falcon pr., 1932. ---- The measurement of population growth; methods and results, vi, 255p. 8? Lond., Sidgwick & Jackson, 1935. ---- Population movements. 121p. 8? Oxf., Clarendon pr., 1936. ---- Living-space and population problems. 32p. 18^cm. N. Y., Farrar & Rinehart, 1939. ---- The new population statistics. 31p. 22cm. Cambr., Cambridge Univ. press, 1942. Forms No. 1, Occas. Papers Nat. Inst. Econom. & Soc. Res. KUCZYNSKI-GODARD, Maximo H. La vida en la Amazonia peruana; observaciones de un medico, xiii, 181p. tab. diagr. pl. 25cm. Lima, Libr. Internac. del Peru, 1944. See Paz Soldan, C. E., & Kuczyn?ki-Godard, M. La selva peruana. 70p. 35Hcm. Lima, 1939. KUDER, Emil. Medical prescription book for everybody with over 1,000 of the latest formulas and dietary notes for all diseases and ailments in adult and child with definitions, symptoms and index. 323p. 8? Coffeyville, Kans., Journal print, co., 1901. KUDICKE, Gunter, 1912- ♦Ueber einen Fall von angeborenem doppelseitigen Knieschei- benmangel mit Atrophie des Musculus quadri- ceps. 16p. 20^cm. [Frankf. a. M., n. p.] 1938. KUDIRKA, Juozas, 1871-1939. For obituary see Medicina, Kaunas, 1939, 20: 771-3, portr. KUDO, Richard Roksabro, 1886- Studies on Myxosporidia; a synopsis'of genera and species of Myxosporidia. 265p. tab. 25 pl. 26Kcm. Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1920. Forms No. 3-4, v.5, Illinois Biol. Monogr. ---- Handbook of protozoology. 451p. 8? Springf., C. C Thomas, 1931. ---- [The same] Protozoology. Enl. & re- written ed. of Handbook of protozoology, xi, 689p. illust. 23cm. Springf., C. C Thomas [1939] -—-— Studies on some protozoan parasites of fishes of Illinois. 44p. 8? Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1934. Forms No. 1, v.13, Illinois Biol. Monogr. ---- Manual of human protozoa; with special reference to their detection and identification. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series——24 KUDO 37 ix, 125p. illust. tab. 20cm. Springf., 111., C. C Thomas, 1944. ---- Morphology and development of Nosema notabilis Kudo, parasitic in Sphaerospora poly- morpha Davis, a parasite of Opsanus tau and 0. beta. 83p. illust. pl. 26#cm. Urbana, Univ. Illinois pr., 1944. Forms No. 1, v.20, Illinois Biol. Monogr. For portrait see Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1940, 6: opp. p. 64. KUEBERT, Walter, 1909- ♦Die Ex- trauteringraviditaten an der Universitats-Frau- enklinik zu Wurzburg in der Zeit vom 1. Juli 1927 bis 31. Dezember 1935. 77p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KUEBLE, Philipp. Gesundheit, Leistung und Erfolg; Grundsatze der Korperbildung; prak- tisches System fiir Manner nach William Lock- ington. 237p. illust. 20%cm. Innsbruck, Tyrolia-Verl. [1938] KUEBLER, Alfred, 1909- ♦Heilungs- vorgange nach Wurzelperforationen. 42p. pl. 8? Zur., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1934. Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1934, 44: KUEBLER, Ernst, 1905- ♦Erfahrungen mit der Kahn'schen Albumin-A-Reaktion. 19p. 8? Tub., A. Becht, 1934. KUEBLER, Hedwig, 1907- ♦Ueber die Verletzungen der Harnblase. 57p. 22^cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1940. KUEBLER, Hugo, 1889- ♦Ertrinken und Erstarren in See. 50p. 8? [Erlangen, n. p.] 1917. KUEBLER, Jorn, 1913- ♦Ueber Ver- anderungen an Nahschusspuren auf mensch- licher Haut unter der Einwirkung ausserer Ein- fliisse [Zurich] 37p. pl. 21cm. Wettingen, A. Hafliger, 1941. KUEBLER, Reinhard, 1909- ♦Die hy- gienische Beurteilung der Verwendung und Wirkung von Dinatriumphosphat bei der Ver- arbeitung von Fleisch zu Wurst- und Fleisch- waren [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. KUEBRICH, Franz Werner, 1911- Un- tersuchungen iiber den Vitamingehalt eines Wildkrauterpraparates. 43p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. KUECHEMANN, Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Steht die Haufigkeit der Skabies in Korrelation zu den venerischen Krankheiten? 22p. 8? Miinch., Salesian. Off., 1932. KUECHLE, Benno Ernst. Editor of Symposium on silicosis [1.-3., 1934—37] 3v. 8? Wausau, Wis., 1934-37. KUECHLER, Conrad, 1902- ♦Verglei- chende Untersuchungen iiber die Ergebnisse der Wassermann-Reaktion und der Meinicke-Trti- bungs-Reaktion [Jena] viii, 12p. 8? Borna- Lpz., R. Noske, 1929. KUECHLER, Heinz, 1913- ♦Beziehungen zwischen Augenkrankheiten und Zahnerkrankun- gen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fokalinfektion. 24p. 21cm. Frankf. a. M., 0. E. Schroder, 1937. KUECHLER, Johann Caspar, 1674-1746. Herbrand, E. ♦Johann Caspar Kuchler, Arzt und Mitglied der Leipziger medizinischen Fakul- tat [Leipzig] 22p. 8? Oschatz, 1928. KUECHLER, Marianne, 1911- ♦Nach- geburtsblutungen, Schicksal der Mutter und des Kindes bei Spontangeburten im Jahre 1936 in der Konigsberger LTniversitatsfrauenklinik. 21p. 20^cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1937. KUECHLER, Willy [M. D., 1938, Lausanne] ♦Pharmakologische Beeinflussung des Venen- KUECHLER druckes. 29p. 8? Lausanne, E. Ruck.stuhl- Bonanomi, 1938. KUECHLIN, Walter, 1910- ♦Beitrag zur dentalen fokalen Infektion und ein newer Weg zu ihrer Diagnosestellung [Breslau] 28p. pl ch. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1936. KUECK, Hans Gerhard, 1901- "Ueber die verschiedenen Entwicklungsmoglichkeiten phthisischer Fruhinfiltrate [Freiburg i. B.] 31p 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1928. KUECKELMANN, Heinrich Wilhelm Ludger, 1882- +Das primare Vulva-Carcinom. 32p. 8? Miinch., R. Muller & Steinicke, 1931. KUEGELGEN, Anna von Tscherimissinow, 1865- , editor. Werner Zoege von Man- teuffel, Professor der Chirurgie in Dorpat, 1857- 1.926; ein Lebensbild in Brief en, Erinnerungen und Worten seiner Freunde und Schiller. 188p pl. 8? Stuttg., Ausland & Heimat Verb, 1931 KUEGELGEN, Erich von, 1870- *Ueber Myositis ossificans. 36p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. KUEGLE, Max, 1894- ♦Medizinalstati- stische Betrachtungen iiber die Sterblichkeit der Kleinkinder, insbesondere der Kriegsjahrgange. lip. pl. Munch, [n. p.] 1928. KUEGLER, Herbert, 1889- ♦Die biolo- gische Wertbestimmung der Analgetika und ihrer Kombinationen. 16p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1931. KUEGLER, Hermann, 1907- ♦Ein Fall von Pericarditis haemorrhagica carcinomatosa. 16p. 8? Miinch., L. Mossl, 1935. KUEHFUSS, Wilhelm, 1892- ♦Die Abriss- fraktur der Tuberositas tibiae als Sportverletzung. 37p. 8? Berl., W. Pils, 1929. KUEHL, Heinrich, 1909- ♦Die Fort- bewegung der Schwimmkrabben mit Bezug auf die Plastizitat des Nervensystems [Kiel] p.489- 521. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1933, 19: KUEHL, Karsten. Der einfachste und natiir- lichste Weg zu Deutsehlands Nahrungsfreiheit. 30p. tab. 21%cm. Dresd., Verl. Volksheilk., 1939. KUEHL, Theodor, 1900- ♦Zur Lehre von der juvenilen Paralyse [Kiel] 17p. 8? [Esslin- gen, F. & W. Mayer] 1926. KUEHL, Walter, Handbuch der Narkose und der Vorbereitung von Operationen fiir Aerzte, Studierende und Operationsschwestern. xiv, 272p. 12? Hamb., W. Gente, 1921. KUEHLE, Clemens, 1903- ♦Die Schuller- Christian'sche Krankheit und ihre Differential- diagnose; Mitteilung eines eigenen, entsprechen- den Krankheitsbildes [Miinster] 27p. 8°. Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935. KUEHLEWINDT, Wilfried, 1912- *Zum Vorkommen tuberkuloser Veranderungen in der Darmschleimhaut des Rindes. 27p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KUEHLING, Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig, 1909- ♦Ueber die Beeinflussung des F'limmer- epithels durch atherische Oele, NH4 CI, NH^cm. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1937. KUEHN, Alfred, 1885- , STAEMMLER, Martin [et al.] Erbkunde, Rassenpflege, Bevolke- KUEHN 371 KUEHN rungspolitik; Schicksalsfragen des deutschen Volkes. 3. Aufl. xi, 330p. tab. diagr. 8? Lpz., Quelle & Meyer, 1936. KUEHN, Brigitte, 1909- ♦Untersuchun- gen iiber das menschliche Wadenbein [Breslau] p.289-317. 8? Weimar, R. Wagner Sohn, 1933. Also Anat. Anz., 1933, 76: KUEHN, Bruno Richard Bernhard, 1899- *Ueber Lupus der Mundschleimhaut [Dent.] 30p. 8? Berl., Rosenthal & co., 1926. --- ♦Ueber Erkrankungen des Antrum Highmori. 27p. 8? [Berl., R. Labisch & co.] 1929. KUEHN, Conrad [M. D., 1930, Berlin] ♦Die Symptomatologie des primaren Bronchialcar- cinoms. p.276-90. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1930, 31: KUEHN, Edeltraut, 1907- ♦Verwendung standardisierter Tuberkuline bei der Tuberkulose- Reaktion nach Klinke-Hansel [Breslau] 19p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1936. KUEHN, Erich, 1909- ♦Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen Hautgefasserweiterun- gen am Brustkorb und Lungen- und Rippen- fellerkrankungen. 20p. 22#cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1937. KUEHN, Ernst, 1900- ♦Welchen Wert haben Cholesterinbestimmungen im Blut bei der Bleivergiftung? 36p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. KUEHN, Fritz, 1900- ♦Die Hutten und Hammerordnung im Lande Siegen unter Preus- sischer Herrschaft (1815-73) [Philos.] [4]p. 21cm. [Giessen, n. p., 1922] KUEHN, Fritz, 1902- ♦Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeiten einer Intoxikation des paradentalen Gewebes durch Schwefelwasserstoff als einem Produkt der Eiweisszersetzung und einer durch ihn hervorgerufenen Eisenausfallung aus dem Haemoglobin der roten Blutkorperchen. 42p. 8? Wurzb., F. Staudenraus, 1928. KUEHN, Grete, 1902- ♦Ueber Ver- anderungen im Musculus rectus abdominis nach Nervendurchschneidung [Bonn] 18p. 8? Wei- denau-Sieg, M. Haupt, 1929. KUEHN, Hanna. Psychologische Untersu- chungen iiber das Stiefmutterproblem; die Konfhktmoglichkeiten in der Stiefmutterfamilie und ihre Bedeutung fur die Verwahrlosung des Stiefkindes. 162p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929. Forms Beih. 45, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KUEHN, Hans, 1907- ♦Untersuchungen am Herzminutenvolumen bei Schwangerschafts- toxikosen. 27p. 8? Bonn, Ver. Studentenwohl, 1933. KUEHN, Heinz, 1903- ♦Eigenunter- suchungen bei einer polyvalenten Allergie. 23p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1934. KUEHN, Hellmut, 1910- ♦Der Einfluss des Histamins auf dermographische Latenzzeit und Blutdruck beim Menschen. 35p. ch. 21}^cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KUEHN, Herbert, 1902- ♦Ueber Haufig- keit und Lokalisation der Cavernen bei der Lungentuberkulose der Erwachsenen [Halle- Wittenberg] 23p. 8? Halle a. S., Karras & Konnecke, 1928. KUEHN, Hermann, 1909- ♦Zur Hydra- miereaktion bei Sauglingen. 16p. 22cm. Marb., K. Euker, 1936. KUEHN, Horst Friedrich, 1900- ♦Glos- sitis als Friihsymptom bei pernizioser Anamie. 28p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1925. KUEHN, Julius, 1825-1910. Frolich, G. Julius Kiihn; Rede gelegentlich der Feier der 100. Wiederkehr des Geburtstages (23. Oktober 1925) gehalten am 30. Oktober 1925. 30p. 8? Halle a. S., 1926. KUEHN, Kurt Herbert, 1905- ♦Ueber Resorption und Herdbildung an vitalen Zahnen [Leipzig] 17p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1935. KUEHN, Walter, 1907- ♦Ueber den Ketonkorperstoffwechsel bei experimenteller und klinischer Nebenniereninsuffizienz. 16p. 8? Berl., Bornholmdr., 1938. KUEHN, Walter Ludwig, 1899- ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Paget'schen Krankheit. 23p. pl. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1930. KUEHN, Wilhelm. Neues medizinisches Fremdworterbuch fiir Schwestern, Samariter, Krankenpfleger, Krankenkassenbeamte, Heilge- hilfen und Laien. 6. Aufl. 146p. 12? Lpz., Kruger & co., 1925. KUEHN, Wolfgang, 1906- ♦Ueber 16 Falle von Karzinomerkrankung der mannlichen Brustdruse. 27p. 8? Berl., O. Strese, 1933. KUEHN, Wolfgang Wilhelm Karl Richard, 1912- ♦Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Sojabohneneiweisses auf den Betriebsstoff- wechsel im Vergleich zur Wirkung des Caseins [Berlin] 19p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., O. Schulz, 1939. KUEHNAU, Joachim, 1901- See Stepp, W., Kiihnau, J., & Schroeder, H. Die Vitamine und ihre klinische Anwendung. 2. Aufl. 189p. 8! Stuttg., 1937. Also English and Spanish translations. KUEHNAU, Wilhelm [M. D., 1934, Breslau] ♦Ueber den Glutathionegehalt normaler und pathologisch veranderter Haut. 15p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Verl. 1934. KUEHNBACH, Konstantin, 1910- ♦Die Entwicklung und der heutige Stand der Ront- genologie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Zahnheilkunde [Munchen] 31p. 21%cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. KUEHNE, Bruno, 1886- Krankenver- sicherung; ausfiihrliche Erlauterungen zum zwei- ten Buch der Reichsversicherungsordnung. 2. Aufl. 587p. 24^cm. Berl., Langewort, 1939. KUEHNE, Bruno, 1909- ♦Diabetes und chirurgische Komplikationen [Greifswald] 22p. 8? Berl., R. Pfau [1936] KUEHNE, Doreliese, 1909- ♦Die Aetio- logie der Kieferklemme. 31p. 22cm. Bonn, W. Kendler, 1936. KUEHNE, Eberhard, 1913- ♦Ueber einen Fall von traumatischer Herzruptur durch stumpfe Gewalt [Heidelberg] 22p. pl. 22^cm. Wiirzb. R. Mayr, 1938. KUEHNE, Franz, 1912- ♦Ueber das Giessen von Platiniridiumlegierungen [Frank- furt a. M.] 29p. pl. 21 ^cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KUEHNE, Friedrich Karl Burchard, 1906- ♦Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Sarcoma idio- pathicum multiplex haemorrhagicum Kaposi [Miinchen] 20p. 8? Marbach-Neckar, A. Remppis, 1932. KUEHNE, Fritz, 1907- ♦Chemische, botanische und pharmakologische Untersuchun- gen iiber Tanacetum vulgare [Braunschweig] 64p. 8? Ankum, H. Crone, 1933. KUEHNE, Gertrud, 1911- ♦Verglei- chende Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung ver- schiedener Salben auf die Haut [Frankfurt a. M.] 20p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1938. KUEHNE 372 KUEHNLE KUEHNE, Hans. See Martineck, O., & Kiihne, H. Einfiihrung in die deutsche Pozialversicherung und Kriegsbeschadigtenversorgung. ^87]>. K^ Berl., 1932. KUEHNE, Hans Joachim, 1906- ♦Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Milzexstirpation bei familiarem hamolytischen Ikterus, nach eigenen Beobachtungen bei einer Hamolytiker-Familie und zwei Splenektomien [Berlin] 23p. 8? Angermunde, Schimazek, 1935. KUEHNE, Hans Ulrich, 1907- ♦Ueber die Behandlung der Coloncarzinome in den Jahren 1910-30 [Rostock] 47p. 8? Schonberg- M., Lehmann & Bernhard, 1932. KUEHNE, Hildegard, 1901- ♦Beitrag zur Klinik der interlobaren und abgesackten Pleuraempyeme [Leipzig] 31p. 8? [Zeulen- roda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1929. KUEHNE, Jakob, 1905- ♦Die Bewer- tungskarte als Hilfsmittel der Exterieurbeur- teilung des Rindes in den europaischen Zucht- gebieten. 48p. ch. tab. 8? Ziir., 1932. KUEHNE, Margarete, 1913- ♦Die Akti- nomykose der Kiefer und ihre Behandlung. 24p. 22cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1936. KUEHNE, Paul Horst, 1912- ♦Stoff- wechseluntersuchungen iiber die Qualitat des Weisskohleiweisses an Ratten [Berlin] 23p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1939. KUEHNE, Walther, 1877-1939. For obituary see Msrhr. Unfallh., 1939, 46: 357. KUEHNEL, Friedrich Max Georg, 1906- ♦Ueber Pseudarthrosen und Knochentransplan- tation [Leipzig] 52p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1931. KUEHNEL, Fritz Max Heinrich, 1895- ♦Ueber die Beteiligung der Mundschleimhaut bei Arzneiexanthemen. 45p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1933 KUEHNEL, Gottfried, 1900- ♦Ueber die neurale progressive Muskelatrophie (Charcot- Marie-Tooth) p.95-127. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1928. Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1928, 70: KUEHNEL, Poul, 1892- ♦Haematolo- giske Studier i Svangerskabet; samt under og igennem et laengere Tidsrum efter F0dslen. 252p. tab. diagr. 24 ^cm. Kbh., Levin & Munksgaards, 1925. KUEHNER, August. Arterienverkalkung heil- bar? neue Mittel und Wege zur Erkenntnis, Verhiitung und Heilung. 4. Aufl. 62p. 8° Lpz., F. W. Gloeckner & co. [1922] KUEHNER, Heinz, 1909- ♦Ueber die Erfahrungen an der hiesigen Klinik mit der Rontgenlokalisation von Fremdkorpern im Auge nach der Methode von Comberg. 16p. 8° Tub., A. Becht, 1937. KUEHNER, Walter, 1913- ♦Einfluss der Mineralsalze auf den Wirkungstypus der Heidel- berger Radiumsole. 16p. 21cm. Heidelb Gutenberg, 1938. KUEHNERT, Bruno Heinz, 1909- ♦Krankheit oder Unfallfolge (Medizinisch-stati- stische Untersuchungen uber abgelehnte Betriebs- unfalle) [Leipzig] 44p. 2Sy2cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. KUEHNI, Hans [M. D., 1928, Geneve] ♦Ueber die Bedeutung des vor- und friihzeitigen Blasen- sprunges fiir Geburt und Wochenbett. 27p. 8° Geneve, A. Kundig, 1928. KUEHNLE, Johanna, 1910- ♦Ueber den Zusammenhang von Kiefer- und Zahnreihen- anomalien und der sozialen Lage der Schulkinder Ulms [Wiirzburg] S3p. ch. 8? Ulni-Soflingpn, Vorstadtdr., 1934. KUEHNLEIN, Helga, 1905- !Der Tod nach kriminellcr Fruchtabtreibung (Erfahrungen und Lehren aus den im Institut fur gerichtlichc Medizin in den Jahren von 1924 bis Juli 1929 obduzierten Fallen) [Berlin] 27p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. KUEHR, Josef, 1909- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der erblichen Be'astung spasmophiler Kinder. 24p. 22cm. Bonn, L. Leopold, 1937. KUELBS, Franz, 1870 Leitfaden der medizinisch-klinischen Propiideutik. 4. Aufl. viii, 175p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1920. KUELLMER, Karl, 1906- ♦Ueber die Wirkung einiger neuerer Desinfektionsmittel auf Bakterien der Mundhohle. 23p. 8? Rostock, G. Neumann, 1936. KUELPE, Oswald, 1862-1915. Outlines of psychology, based upon the results of experi- mental investigation; transl. by E. B. Titchener. xi, 462p. 8? Lond., Swan, Sonnenschein & co., 1895. For portrait see in Cognit. Psychol. (Moore, T. V.) Chic, 1939, 192. KUELZ, Ludwig, 1875- Diabetiker-Kate- chismus; die Hauptfragen iiber die Zuckerkrank- heit einschl. des Insulinproblemes. 51p. 8! Berl., Madaus & co. [1928] KUEMMEL, Hans, 1911- ♦Das Elektro- kardiogramm des kreislaufgesunden ruhenden Menschen bei Einatmung von reinem Sauerstoff unter normalen atmospbarischen Druck [Gies- sen] 24p. 21cm. Butzbach-H., C. Schneider, 1938. KUEMMELL, Hermann, 1852-1937. For Festschrift see Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: H. 21, portr. For biography see Chirurg, 1932, 4: 393-7 (Sudeck, P.) Also Med. Gegenwart (Grote) Lpz., 1923, 1: 25-58, portr. Also Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 1252 (Bier, A.) 1253-7 (Ringel, T.) Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 313. See also Brim [Nekrolog] Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 571. Also Zbl. Chir., 1937, G4: 906, portr.—Petren, G. [Obit- uary] Hvgiea, Stockh., 1937, 99: 262-7, portr.—Runeberg, B. [Obituary] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1937, 80: 481-5, portr — Sudeck. P. Hermann Kiimmell zum Gedachtnis. Miinch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 541-3, portr. KUEMMEL, Walter, 1913- ♦Ueber einen atypisch verlaufenen Fall von Meningococcen- sepsis [Munchen] 19p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KUEMMEL, Werner, 1866-1930. For obituary see Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1931, 128: p. i-vi (Wittmaack, K.) Also Beitr. Anat, Ohr., 1931, 29: 3-5 (Hegener, J.) Also Internat, Zbl. Ohrenh., 1930, 33: 217 (Marx, H.) Also Mschr. Ohrenh., Mien, 1930, 64: 1363-7 (Marschik, H.) Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 112 (Haymann) Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1930-31, 28: p. i (Korner, O.) KUEMMELL-VERNEUIL disease [1891- 92] See also Kyphosis; Spine, Injury; Vertebra, Injury. Alhaique, A. Su di un caso di malattia di Kuemmell- Verneuil. Rinasc. med., 1932, 9: .';03.--Basch, G., & Boyer, J. Lombarthrite post-traumatique ou syndrome de Kummcll- Verneuil. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1936,"3: 776.—Blaine, E. S. Post-traumatic spondylitis (Kiimmeli's disease) Internat. J. M. & S., 1929, 42: 651-7.—Blanc For'acin. Espondilitia traumatica. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, L'i',7.—Blauwkuip. H. J. J. [A peculiar disease of the vertebrae in a child probably of traumat ir origin] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 4806- 12, 3 pl.-^ Brousseau, A., & Desrochers, G. Un cas de spondy- lite traumatique (maladie de Kummell-Verneuil) Bull. Soc. med. hop. _Qu<'bec, 1933, 37-41—Bruine I'loss van Amstel, P. J. de. Wiibrlkompressionsfraktur und Kiimmellsche Krank- heit anlasslich eines Falles von glatt rcu< ilter Kompressions- fraktur. Mschr. Unfallh.. 1925, 32: 229; 241: 280: 1926, 33: 2.—Cardis>, J.. Walker, G. F.. & Olvcr. R. H. Kiimmills disease. Brit. J. Surg., 1927-28. !.-,: 616-25.—Cardoso. L. F. Sequelas de traumatismo rachidiano detei minando o syndrome de Kiimmell-Vernueil-Boeckel. Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1940, pt 2, 147.—Ciriminna, G. Contributo clinico alia malattia di KUEMMELL-VERNEUIL 373 KUEMMELL-VERNEUIL Kummell. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 467-9—Cuny, J. Maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55: 733-5.—Derganz, F. Zur Kasuistik der tuberkulosen Spondylitis in Kummel'scher Kyphose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930 43:1176-8.—Di Lorenzo, P. Spondilite post-traumatica. Riv.'me'd., 1931, 39: 97-100.—Drummond, R. A case of spondylitis traumatica, Kummell's disease. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1934, 84: 510-6.—Dupuy de Frenelle. Spondylite traumatique (maladie de Kiimmell-Verneuil) Paris chir., 1930, 22: 174-80.—Faleni, R. A. Enfermedad de Kiimmell-Verneuil, espondilosis o espondilitis traumatica. Prensa med. argent., 1935, 22: 236-44.—Ferrer Zanchi, A. G., & Bonduel, A. A. Espo'ndiloartrosis de origen traumatico. Rev. As. m£d. argent., 1943, 57: 180-3.—Fourmestraux, J. de. La spondylite trau- matique (syndrome de Kummell-Verneuil) Gaz. med. France, 1936 43: 747-9.—Francke. O. La maladie de Kiimmell- Verneuil. Lyon chir., 1930, 27: 431-44.—Froelich, R., & Mouchet, A. Spondylite traumatique (maladie de Kiimmell- Verneuil) P. verb. Congr. fr. chir.. 1930, 39: 27-78— Gambara, L. Le spondiliti post-traumatiche. Boll. Soc. med. Parma, 1919 2. ser., 12: 47.—Girardi, V. C. Enfermedades de Kiim- mell-Verneuil. Cron. med. mex., 1933, 32: 163-9.—Giraud, G., & Bert, J. M. De quelques aspects cliniques des arthroses vert£brales post-traumatiques. Marseille med., 1942, 79: No 7 p. xvii.-—Guillemin, A. Spondylite traumatique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55: 1316-9.—Hadley, H. G. Trau- matic spondylitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1940, 151: 158.—Hosford, J. P. KiimmeH's disease. Lancet. Lond., 1936, 1: 249-51, pl.—Imbert, L. Sur la spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr chir., 1930, 39: 106-12.—Juaristi. V. Espondilitis trauma- tica. Prcgr. clin., Madr., 1929, 37: 616-8.—Lamy & Lepenne- tier. Malformation vertebrale post-traumatique d'aspect osteomalacique; osteopcecilie vertebrale? Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1929, 17: 268.—Magendie, J. Arthrite chronique post-fracturaire du rachis a forme hyperostosante. J. m£d. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 347-53.—Masisni, P. La spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 115-8 — Menciere. Sur la maladie de Kiimmell-Verneuil. Ibid., 118.— Michel, G. Spondylite traumatique. Ibid., 89-92.—Mouchet, A. Maladie de Kiimmell-Verneuil ou maladie post-traumatique de la colonne vertebrale de Kummell. Presse med., 1929, 37: 195.—Nicolini, S., & Pittaluga, A. Un caso de fractura en la columna vertebral con sindrome de Kummel. Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 586-92.—O'Brien. F. W. Kummell's disease. N. England J. M., 1931, 204: 641-8.—Ody. Un cas de maladie de Kiimmell-Verneuil. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 1106-15.—Oiler, A., & Bravo, J. La enfermedad de Kummell como accidente del trabajo. Med. ibera, 1931, 15: pt 2, 117-23.—Oppenheimer, E. D. Traumatic spondylitis. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8: 605-10.—Peugniez. La spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 125-8.— Prini, I., & Moreno, B. A. Osteoartritis vertebral paratrau- matica del raquis, el sindrome de Kiimmell-Verneuil. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1937-38, 13: 554-66.—Rocher, H. L. La spondvlose traumatique ou maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 122-4.—Roederer, C. La spondvlite traumatique; syndrome de Kiimmell-Verneuil. J. med. Paris, 1933. 53: 146.—Schreiner, K. Spondylitis trau- matica (Kummell) Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 604.— Smith, S. W. Kiimmeli's disease. Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 109 — Solcard, M. Un cas de maladie de Kiimmell-Verneuil. Rev. orthop., Par., 1933, 20: 319-22.—Soria. Maladie de Kummell- Verneuil. Tunis med., 1929, 23: 238-41.—Spota, B. Secuela de traumatismo de columna lumbar; esp6ndilo-artrosis post- traumatica. Prensa med. argent., 1942, 29: pt 2, 1724-6 — Steiner, L. [Post-traumatic spinal diseases; Kiimmeli's dis- ease] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 644-7.—Stowe, W. R. Kummell's disease; posttraumatic spondylopathy. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: Suppl., 141-3.—Veraguth. Spatfolgen einer unbe- handelt gebliebenen alten Wirbelfraktur. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 425.—Wier, S. T. Kuemmell's disease or compression fracture of the vertebrae with delayed symptoms. Med. Rec, S. Ant., 1927, 21: 454-6—Wolffenbuttel, E. Es- pondylite traumatica. Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1935, 24: 145-9. --- Diagnosis. Potin, J. H. ♦Formes tardives de la maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. 54p. 8? Par., 1934. Basenghi, F. Un nouvo caso di spondilite traumatica di Kummell controllato radiograficamente. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat., 330-2.—Blaine, E. S. Spondylitis traumatica tarda (Kummell's disease) Radiology, 1930, 15: 551-63—Boidi- Trotti, G. Reperti radiologici nelle sindromi dolorose postrau- matiche della colonna lombare. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1934, 11: pt 2, 46.—Cherfils, J. Au sujet d'une lesion vertebrale constatee a la suite d'un traumatisme. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1928, 16: 78-81, pl.—Corret & Andre. Syndrome de Kummell-Verneuil et spina bifida occulta. Rev. m£d. est, 1933, 61: 520.—Engel, H. Angeblich schwere Wirbelsaulen- verletzung nach Unfall. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, 19: 467.— Ferrannini, L. Spondilite traumatica o reumatica? Studium, Nap., 1922, 12: 72-5.—Gambara, L. Spondiliti post-trauma- tiche (osservazioni radiologiche) Radiol, med., Milano, 1919, 6: 300.—Heiligtag, F. Verwechslung zwischen Spondylitis tuberculosa und Kummellscher Krankheit bei der Unfallbe- gutachtung. Mschr. Unfallh., 1927, 34: 162; 170.—Japiot. Spondylose d'origine traumatique (radiographie) Lyon me'd., 1919, 128: 351.—Limouzi, M. Spondylite traumatique ou maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. Gaz. med. France, 1937, 44: radiol., 1937, 195-200.—Magendie, J. Syndrome de Kummell- Verneuil et maladie de Kummell. Gaz. hop., 1930, 103: 195- 202.—Paltrinieri, S., & Paltrinieri, G. Spondilosi deformante traumatica del cane dimostrata radiologicamente. Riv. radiol . 1931, 3: 776-85.—Reisner. Unfallfolge oder Entwicklungs- storung der obersten Halswirbel? Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 157.—Rigler, L. G. Kummell's disease with report of a roentgenological^ proved case. Am. J. Roentg., 1931, 25: 749-53.—Roederer, C. Quelques cas probables de maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. Paris chir., 1923, 15: 430-3. ------ Quarante-quatre cas de traumatismes vertehiraux; combien de Kummell? P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 134^3.— Schnizer, von. Dienstbeschadigung fiir Spondylarthritis abgelehnt. Med. Klin., Berl., 193C, 26: 1864.—Sorrel, E. A propos d'un cas de lesion post-traumatique de la colonne vertebrale Cmal de Pott, fracture meconnue, ou maladie de Verneuil-Kummell) Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 942- 50.—Stefan, H. Kummellsche Wirbelerkrankung und Riicken- markssymptome. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1939, 113: 321-7.— Termier. Quelques modalites de la spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 131-3. ---- Pathogenesis. Batjmann, F. ♦Zur pathologischen Anatomie der posttraumatischen Wirbelerkrankung (Kiim- mell'sche Krankheit) 47p. 8? Erlangen, 1931. Jordan, A. ♦Zur Frage der Kiimmellschen Krankheit. 28p. 8? Erlangen, 1937. Schafer, P. ♦Ueber das Verhaltnis der Spondylosis zum Unfall [Wurzburg] 31p. 22%cm. Bonn, 1936. WiNDMtiLLER, C. ♦Zur Frage der Kiimmell- schen Krankheit (Spondylitis traumatica) [Miin- ster] 17p. 8? Hamm, 1930. Alajouanine, Moure, P., & Thurel, R. Sur un cas d'effondre- ment post-traumatique tardif de la colonne vertebrale. Presse med., 1935, 43: 631.—Andre-Thomas, Schaeffer, H., & Hue. Spondylite traumatique avec ostedporose etendue du rachis chez un tabetique. Ibid., 1933, 41: 985-7.—Apitz, K. Trau- matische aseptische Wirbelnekrose. Zbl. allg. Path., 1943, 81: 262.—Bellussi, A. Spondiloartrite vertebrale e trauma. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1296-304.—Brandis, W. Wirbelsiiulenerkrankung (Kummellsche Krankheit) als Un- fallfolge. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1228.—Biichert. Ar- thritis deformans der Wirbelsaule als Unfall- beziehungsweise D.B.-Folge. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1930, 43: 559-61.—Burck- haidt, H. Spondvlitis deformans und Unfall. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1933) 1934, 28. Kongr., 96-108.—Cimino, S. Sul morbo di Kummell. ' Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13: 149-61 — Ellmer, G. Zur Beurteilung von Wirbelsaulenverletzungen (iiber sekundare Spondylosis deformans) Chirurg, 1933, 5: 47-58.—Gaugele. Das klinische Bild der deformierenden Prozesse an der Wirbelsaule; Zusammenhange zwischen Ar- thritis deformans und Verletzung der Wirbelsaule. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges., (1927) 1928, 22. Kongr., 100-8. ------ Spondylitis deformans und Trauma. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1929,51:74-84. ------ Zur Frage der traumatischen Spondy- losis deformans. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1935-36, 36: 514— 23.—Gerin, C. Trauma ed artritismo apofisario del rachide; descrizione di un caso e considerazioni generali. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1456-66.—Gourdon, J. Les troubles anatomiques tardifs consficutifs aux traumatismes du rachis. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 100-5.—Heiligtag, F. 1st die Kummell'sche Krankheit als ein selbstandiges Krankheits- bild oder nur als ein Symptom zu bewerten? Opera Internat. Congr. indust. accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 259-67.— Julliard, C. Frequence de la maladie de Kummell-Verneuil. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 79-81.—Kummell, H. Der heutige Standpunkt der posttraumatisch -n Wirbelerkran- kung (Kummellsche Krankheit) Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1928, 26: 471-502. ------ Die posttraumatische Wirbeler- krankung, sogenannte Kummellsche Krankheit. Mschr. Unfallh., 1928, 35: 65-78.—Kux, E. Zur Histopathologie der posttraumatischen (Kummellschen) Wirbelerkrankung. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir., 1933-34, 34: 18-23.—Leriche, R. A propos de la maladie de Kummell. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 82-9. ------ Sur la nature de la maladie de Kiim- mell. Lyon chir., 1930, 27: 27-38.—Maranon, G. Osteitis vertebral con espondilitis secundaria. Siglo m6d., 1936, 97: 286-90.—Masciotra, A. A. Consecuencias alejadas de un traumatismo craneano; espondilitis traumatica o enfermedad de Kummell-Verneuil. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 2, 115-20.—Moschetta, G. Contributo alia conoscenza del morbo di Kummell. Gior. med. mil., 1932, 80: 526-37, 4 pl.— Mouchet, A. Considerations sur la spondylite traumatique. Sem. hop. Paris, 1931, 7: 161-71.—Oltramare, J. H. A propos de la spondylite traumatique (maladie de Kummell- Verneuil) P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 95-100.— Pels Leusden, F. Zur Frage der Spondylosis deformans traumatica. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 98-101.—Proust, R. A propos de la spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 93.—Quervain, de. A propos de la spondylite trau- matique. Ibid., 146-8.—Racugno, L. Contributo alio studio della spondilosi traumatica (morbo di Kummell-Verneuil) KUEMMELL-VERNEUIL 374 KUENKEL Riforma med., 1936, 52: 555-7.—Roederer, C. A propos de la pathogenie du svndrome de Kummell-Verneuil. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1930. 22: 527-46. ------ Quelques cas de traumatismes vertfibraux graves suivis de phenomenes d'ai- throse. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1936, 3: 795-7.—Steinmann, F. Unfall- und Berufsschadigungen der Wirbelsaule beim Lasten- tragen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 73-7.—Treves, A. A propos de la spondylite traumatique. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 144.—Weber, A. J. Arthritis of the spine with reference to industrial accidents. Wisconsin M. J., 1932, 31: 691-5. ---- Treatment. Bressot, E. Spondylite traumatique lombaire traitee par la greffe osseuse; resultat eloign^. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 2.—Iselin, H. Inwiefern darf nach Wirbelsaulen- Trauma die Kummell'sche Krankheit unsere Behandlung und unfallmedizinische Beurteilung bestimmen? zur Spondylitis traumatica. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 645-52.— McKissick, D. R. Kummell's disease under osteopathic management. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1935-36, 35: 363-5.— Masmonteil, F. A propos de la spondylite traumatique et de son traitement par l'osteosynth^se vertebrale. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 119-21.—Popp, L. [Effect of Roentgen ray treatment on Mikulicz-Kummell's disease] Cluj. med., 1928, 9: 457-60. KUEMMERLING, Karl, 1907- ♦Ueber das Verhalten des roten Blutbildes insbesondere der Reticulocyten nach Rontgenbestrahlungen bei gynakologischen Erkrankungen [Halle-Wit- tenberg] 23p. 8? Berl., P. Funk, 1933. KUEMMERLING, Walter Hans Otto Gunther, 1910- ♦Die Contralgin-Pasta als Ober- flachenanasthetikum in der zahnarztlichen Chi- rurgie [Leipzig] 28p. tab. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. KUEMPER, Friedrich Paul Erwin, 1903- *Der Wert der Zisternen-Punktion zur Erkennung der tertiiiren Lues bei negativen serologischen Reaktionen. 31p. ch. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1931. KUEN, Walter, 1911- ♦Ueber einen Fall von Mycosis fungoides [Munchen] 27p 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1938. KUENANZ, Max, 1914- ♦Methoden zur Messung des Aortenquerschnittes und ihre Ergebnisse [Munchen] 16p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. KUENEN, Willem Abraham, 1873- ♦Hae- molyse en haematogene pigmentvorming. 174p. 24>^cm. Leiden, G. L. van den Berg, 1901. ---- De leer der vitaminen. 27p. 24^cm. Leiden, G. L. van den Berg, 1924. For portrait see Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: No. 29, front. KUENG, Emil [M. D., 1926, Zurich] ♦Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Hoden und Nebenniere, Schilddruse, Milz. 30p. 8? Ziir., H. Roth, 1926. KUENG, Franz, 1901- ♦Ueber die Untauglichkeit der Schilling'schen Farbmethode zum Nachweis der basophil granulierten Ery- throcyten als Diagnosticum der Bleivergiftung [Zurich] 8p. 8? Sursee, J. Kiing, 1933. KUENG, Hans [M. D., 1940, Basel] ♦Ver- suche mit dem Zykloskop von Samuels [Basel] 22p. diagr. 23^cm. Immensee, Buchdr. Calendaria, 1940. KUENG, Otto [M. D., 1933, Basel] ♦Zum Synthalin-Mechanismus (vergleich zwischen Syn- thalin- und Chininwirkung) [Basel] p.42-64 8? Zur., A. Ehinger, 1933. Also Zschr. exp. Med., 1933, 88: KUENKEL, Fritz Wilhelm Otto, 1889- Die Arbeit am Charakter; die neuere Psycho- therapie in ihrer Anwendung auf Erziehung, Selbsterziehung und seelische Hilfeleistung. 13 Aufl. 167p. 8? Schwerin i. Mecklb., F. Bahn, 1932. ---- What it means to grow up; a guide in understanding the development of character; transl. by B. Keppel-Compton and H. Niebuhr. xi, 180p. 8? N. Y., C. Scribner's sons, 1936. ---- Grundziige der praktischen Seelenheil- kunde. 3. Aufl. 168p. 23,/,cm. Stuttg., Marquardt & cie, 1939. ---- Das Wir; die Grundbegriffe der Wir- Psvchologie. 3. Aufl. 139p. 19J-£cm. Schwerin, F.'Bahn. 1939. ---- & DICKERSON, Roy Ernest. How character develops; a psychological interpetra- tion. xiii, 274p. 21cm. N. Y., C. Scribner's sons, 1940. KUENNEMANN, Hans, 1898- ♦Ver- gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Mikroben- flora der Mundhohle und der Zahnkaries des Pferdes [Rostock] 49p. pl. 8? Springe, J. C. Erhardt, 1931. KUENSCH, Martha, 1909- ♦Ueber Zwil- lingstuberkulose-Untersuchungen an 46 Paaren [Zurich] p.275-352. 25cm. Lpz., Spamer, 1938. Also Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1938-39, 92: KUENSTER, Walther, 1906- ♦Knochen- wachstumsstorungen nach Rontgenbestrahlung? 27p. 22cm. Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931, KUENSTING, H., 1914- ♦Rasse und Gebiss [Miinster] 51p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KUENSTLER, Siegfried, 1911- ♦Klini- sche Untersuchungen iiber die Anwendung des eiweissarmen Diphtherieserums [Halle-Witten- bergl 23p. 8? Bleicherode-H., C. Nieft, 1936. KUENSTLICH, Joseph, 1910- ♦Valeur alimentaire et therapeutique de fruits. 64p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1935. KUENSTNER, Gerhard, 1902- ♦Unter- suchungen iiber Proteolyse; iiber Freilegung des Invertins; iiber fraktionierte Hydrolyse des Thymus-Histons. 138p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1929. KUENTZEL, Karlheinz, 1909- ♦Mor- biditat und Mortalitat im Wochenbett nach normaler Geburt (Beobachtungen an etwa 2,000 Entbindungen in der Universitats-Fauenklinik Kiel) 20p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. KUENZEL, Ernst, 1911- ♦Beitrage zur Frage der Misserfolge bei Wurzelbehandlungen. 27p. pl. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KUENZEL, Fritz, 1905- ♦Appendicitis in graviditate [Wurzburg] 32p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KUENZEL, Ottomar, 1907- ♦Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Kohlehydrat- stoffwechsel der Haut unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Oxydo-Reduktionssystems: Gluta- thiol- Glutathionid [Munchen] 57p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1931. KUENZER, Josef, 1906- ♦Welche Lehren lassen sich aus den ersten Befunden der letzten 500 in der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik in Breslau aufgenommenen Krebskranken beziiglich der Massnahmen zur Krebsheilung ziehen? 28p. 8? Berls., Schles. Volksztg, 1934. KUENZI, Fritz [M. D., 1929, Zurich] ♦Ueber das Wiederauftreten von Epilepsie unter den Nachkommen von Epileptikern; eine statistische Untersuchung auf Grund von 129 Fallen von genuiner Epilepsie und 15 Fallen von trauma- tischer Epilepsie [Zurich] p.245-63. 8? Berl., S. Karger, 1929. Also Mschr. Psychiat. Neur., 1929, 72: KUENZLE, Alfred, 1908- ♦Skorbutische Erscheinungen in der Mundhohle, unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Noma [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1935. KUENZLE 375 KUERER KUENZLE, Alphons, 1901- +Der Ein- fluss einiger ausseren Faktoren auf die Hohe des Liquorzuckerwertes [Zurich] 20p. 8? Chur, Biindner, 1931. KUENZLE, Helmut, 1907- ♦Ueber die Manie im Senium. 21p. 22cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. KUENZLER, Heinrich Walter, 1903- *Resultate der Trinkerheilstatte Ellikon an der Thur [Zurich] 24p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1930. Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1929-30, 92: 439-60. KUENZLER, Mathilde, 1911- ♦Ueber die Ruptur des Biceps brachii. 68p. 22%cm. Zur., Fluntern, 1938. KUEP, Karl, 1903- See Ulrich, C. F., & Kiip, K. Books and printing; a selected list of periodicals, 1800-1942. 244p. 25^cm. Woodstock, 1943. KUEPER, Heinz, 1909- ♦Formen und Typen des Bazillus fusiformis in der Mundhohle [Miinster] 19p. 22^cm. Essen-Borbeck, R. Siebeck, 1934. KUEPER, Hermann Wilhelm, 1895- *Untersuchungen iiber die Zahne aus dem jung- steinzeitlichen Sippengrab bei Hiddingsen Kreis Soest (Westfalen) zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kariesfrage [Miinster] 28p. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1938. KUEPER, Julius, 1909- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der iiberzahligen Zahne unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer histologischen Struktur. 18p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1933. KUEPFERLE, Leopold, 1877- See Graff, S., & Kiipferle, L. Die Lungenphthise. 236p. 28cm. Berl., 1923. KUEPPER, Alma, 1899- ♦Ueber Re- tentionen von Eckzahnen im Oberkiefer; Unter- suchungen liber Aetiologie, Pathologie und Therapie [Munchen] 31p. 8? Wanne-Eickel, P. Hornschuh, 1926. KUEPPER, Anton, 1904- ♦Biologie und Physiologie des Histamins [Bonn] p. 153-201. 8? [Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1930] Also Erg. Physiol., 1930, 30: KUEPPER, Otto, 1904- ♦Ueber den respiratorischen Gasstoff wechsel in der Schwanger- schaft. 29p. 8? Bonn, W. Kendler [1931] KUEPPER, Willy, 1911- ♦Ueber den Einfluss von Arsen auf die Eiweissverdauung [Miinster] 23p. 8? Neviges, L. Syring, 1935. KUEPPERMANN, Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Die unfallrechtliche Bedeutung der Milzexstirpation. 24p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1934. KUEPPERS, Carl, 1903- ♦Ueber Glosso- pathie und Hirnnervenbefund bei progressiver pernizioser Anamie. 31 p. 8? Rostock, Winter- berg, 1931. KUEPPERS, Hermann, 1909- ♦Ueber das Haften totaler oberer Prothesen, zugleich eine Untersuchung iiber ihre Beanspruchungs- grosse. 31p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1933. KUEPPERS, Josef, 1904- ♦Zur Kasui- stik der posttraumatischen Seelenstorungen. 48p. 22cm. Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. KUEPPERS, Karl Heinrich, 1899- ♦Der Einfluss der Ernahrungslage auf die Grosse des Grundumsatzes und der spezifisch-dynamischen Nahrungswirkung (Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Stoffwechsels im Laufe der Insulinmast) [Frei- burg i. B.] 35p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. KUEPPERS, Leonhard, 1903- ♦Psycho- logische Untersuchungen iiber die Luge [Miin- chen] 40p. 8? Bedburg-Erft [n. p.] 1928. KUEPPERS, Ulrich, 1904- ♦Beitrag zur Friihdiagnostik der Lungentuberkulose. 27p. 22cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1936. KUERER, Jakob, & BREITNER, Carl. Die Behandlung der Kinderzahne; unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kleinkindes. vii, 216p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1934 KUERLE, Hans, 1910- *Die Bronchiek- tasen und ihre Therapie [Koln] 23p. 22cm Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. KUERSCHNER, Fritz. Arzneimittelkunde; fur Krankenschwestern Pfleger und Pflegerinnen sowie fiir das Sanitatspersonal der Wehrmacht 2. Aufl. 93p. 12? Dresd., E. Pahl, 1937. KUERSCHNER, Gerhard Harro, 1905- *Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der multiplen Myelome (mit 3 eigenen Fallen) [Leipzig] 49p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1931. KUERSCHNER, Julius, 1906- ♦Ueber die Wirkung stumpfer Verletzungen des Auges auf Retina und Chorioidea. 23p. 8? Wiirzb K. Roll, 1932. KUERSCHNERS deutscher Gelehrten-Kalen- der 1935; hrsg. Gerhard Liidtke. 5. Aufl. xi p., 1924 numbered columns. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1935. KUERTEN, Hans Fred [M. D., 1936, Mun- chen] See Steigerwaldt. F., & Kiirten, H. F. "Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von intraportal injiziertem Insulin, p.38-47. 23cm. Munch. [1936] KUERTEN, Heinz Heinrich, 1891- Zur Diagnostik, Therapie und Prognostik der Lungen- tuberkulose im Altertum und Mittelalter. 20p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1936. Forms H. 14, Prakt. Tuberk. Bttch. (Klare, K.) KUERZ, Ernst Georg. Die Freiburger medizi- nische Fakultat und die Romantik. p.469-598. 8? Miinch., Verl. Munch. Druck, 1929. KUESELL, Karl Heinz, 1908- ♦Ein Fall von Rankenneurom am Gefass [Konigsberg i. P.] 17p. 8? Sallfeld, Giinther, 1933. KUESS, Emile, 1815-71. Kissel, L. A. ♦Notes biographiques sur Emil Kiiss [Strasbourg] 64p. 8? Largentiere, 1932. See also Herve, G. Une notice biographique peu connue sur Emile Kiiss par Beaunis, suivie de quelques souvenirs in6dits. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1932, 26: 107-30. KUESS, Georges, 1867-1936. For obituary see Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 184-6.—Pruvost, P. Arch. med. chir. app. resp., 1936, 11: p. i-iv. KUESSNER, B. Delia cirrosi epatica. p. 1537- 82. 22^cm. Nap., L. Vallardi, 1881. Forms No. 140, Race. conf. clin. KUESSNER, Friedrich Herrmann, 1906- ♦Ueber sarkomatose Entartung von Lipomen [Berlin] 12p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. KUESSNER, Kurt, 1908- ♦Ueber das Zusammenwirken von Tyramin und Scillaren auf die Sauerstoffzehrung an uberlebendem Gewebe [Minister] 8p. 8? Bayruth, J. Sarchen, 1935. KUESTENDILSKI, Daniel, 1911- ♦Er- gebnisse der Ober- und Unterkieferresektion im Dezennium 1922-32. 35p. 8? Lpz., A. & W. Neupert, 1934. KUESTER, Artur Paul Johannes, 1908- *Ueber Form und Verlauf der Suturen des Os zygomaticum an Rassenschadeln. 39p. 8? Lpz., Frommhold & Wendler, 1935. KUESTER, Elfriede Luise Auguste, 1909- ♦Ueber das spatere Schicksal durch Zange und Wendung entbundener Kinder. 31p. 8° Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. KUESTER, Ernst, 1874- Anleitung zur Kultur der Mikroorganismen, fiir den Gebrauch in zoologischen, botanischen, medizinischen und landwirtschaftlichen Laboratorien. 3. Aufl. 233p. 8° Lpz., G. B. Teubner, 1921. KUESTER 376 KUETTNER ---- Pathologie der Pflanzenzelle. 2v. xi, 152p.; vii, 200p. illust. 22J-icm. Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1929-37. Form Bd 3 & Bd 13, T. 2. of Protoplasma-Monogr. See also Aschoff, L., Kiister. E., & Schmidt, W. J. Hundert Jahre Zellforschung. 285p. 22^cm. Berl., 1938. For Festschrift see Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934, 51: 1, portr. KUESTER, Ernst Georg Ferdinand, 1839- 1930. Farreras, P. [Necrologfal Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1932, 15: 627-9.—Heidenhain, L. [Nekrolog! Chirurg, 1930, 2: 480- 2.—Kbrte, W. [Nekrologl Arch. klin. Chir , 1930, 159: 521-6. For portrait see Collection in Library. KUESTER, Fritz, 1909- ♦Therapeutisch nicht beeinflussbare Rachitis tarda [Konigsberg i. P.] lip. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. KUESTER, Georg, 1909- ♦Fall von Polydactylie in erbbiologischer Beleuchtung [Berlin] 20p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1935. KUESTER, Vera, 1911- ♦Die Dia- thermiebehandlung bei gonorrhoischen Arthriti- den unter Beriicksichtigung der Ergebnisse der hiesigen chirurgischen Klinik. 23p. 22y2cm. Freib. i. B., H. Furderer, 1937. KUESTERMANN, Hans Otto Wilhelm, 1903- ♦Systematische Untersuchungen iiber die Venen des Uterus [Halle-Wittenberg] p.417- 32. 8? Lpz. [Breitkopf & Hartel] 1930. Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1930, 20: KUESTERMANN, Heinz, 1909- ♦Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf das biologische Geschehen [Munchen] 35p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1938. KUESTERS, Agnes, 1909- ♦Ueber Empyemmortalitat im Kindesalter. 36p. 23cm. Marb., J. A. Koch, 1937. KUESTERS, Wilhelmine, 1905- ♦Zur Frage der Manifestation des manisch-depressiven Irreseins durch Lues. 32p. 20j4cm. Bonn, H. Schonershoven, 1933. KUESTNER, Friedrich Wilhelm [M. D., 1927, Freiburg i. B.] ♦Ein Granulom des Kehlkopfes und seine Behandlung [Freiburg i. B.] 30p. 8: Ueberlingen a. Bodensee [n. p.] 1927. KUESTNER, Heinz, 1897- Fortpflan- zungsschadigung der erwerbstatigen Frau und ihre Abhilfe. viii, 124p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. ---- Gynakologische und geburtshilfliche Diagnostik im Tabellenform. viii, 7p. illust. pl. tab. diagr. 8° Miinch., J. F. Lehman, 1932. KUESTNER, Otto, 1849-1931. For autobiography see Med. Gegenwart, 1929, 8: 61-123, portr. For obituary see Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 146: 367-71, portr. (Fraenkel, L.) Also Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 2082-93 (Ottow, B., Sellheim, H., & Stoeckel, W.) For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78: KUETER, Kurt Albert, 1902- *Ein Beitrag zur Siliciumtherapie [Jena] 22p. 8? Bochum, H. Poppinghaus, 1933. KUETTERER, Johannes Walther, 1894- *Die therapeutische Beeinflussung des Liquors und Serums bei Metalues des Zentralnerven- systems unter gleichzeitiger Beriicksichtigung der klinischen Symptome. 22p. 8? Lpz , L Sebastian, 1927. KUETTNER, Edmund Hermann Erich, 1875- ♦Ueber Sublimatvergiftung [Berlin] 64p 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. KUETTNER, Hermann, 1870-1932. Kriegs- chirurgische Erfahrungen aus dem Siidafrika- mschen Kriege 1899-1900. iv, 116p. illust. pl. 24J5cm. Tub., H. Laupp, 1900. For obituary see Beitr. khn. Chir., 1932, 156: 463c (Liiwen A.) Also Chirurg, 1932, 4: 971-3 (Kleinschmidt, O.) Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1932. 58: 1733 (Coenen, H.) Also Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1933. 26: p. v U'iivi, E.) Also Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1932 -33, 43: No. 2 lEiselberg A.) Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 193-', 79: 2087-9, portr. (Payr, K.) Also P. verb Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1936, 10. Congr., 1: 115. Also Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 2866-70, portr. (Payr, E.) For portrait see Collection in Library. ----& EICHHOFF, Erich. Die Chirurgie der quergestreiften Muskulatur. xii, 581p. 8° Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Forms Lief. 25b, 11. Teil, Deut. Chir., Stuttg., 1929. KUEVER, Rudolph Andrew, 1886- Lyman, R. A. [Biography] Am. J. Pharm. Educ, 1941, 5: 435-7, portr. KUFER, Rupert, 1911- ♦Die Diphtherie- erkrankungen an der Erlanger Kinderklinik in den Jahren 1925-34. 43p. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, R. Windsheimer, 1936. KUFFLER, Otto, 1876-1929. Axenfeld, T. [Nekrolog] Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 83: 819-21.—Kriicbmann, E. [Nekrolog] Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1929- 30, 22: H. 8, portr. KUFLIK, William Eggert, 1910- ♦Traite- ment de 1'oxyurase humaineparl'acideembelique. 24p. 24!£cm. Lausanne, Held, 1937. KUFNER, Georg, fl. 1544. De morbis puero- rum. p.56-156. Lyon, S. Barbier, 1561. In De aegritudinibus infantum (Vettori, L.) Lyon, 1561. KUGEL, Maurice Alexander, 1899- Kagan, S. R. [Biography] In his Am. Jewish Physicians, Bost., 1942, 213, portr. KUGELBERG,Ingemar [M. D., 1937, Uppsala] ♦Ophthalmoskopische Studien in monochroma- tischem, sukzessiv veranderlichem Licht; der normale Augenhintergrund. 183p. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1937. KUGELMASS, Isaac Newton, 1896- Clinical nutrition and feeding in infancy and childhood, xix, 345p. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippin- cott co., 1930. ---- The story of infancy; a modern hand- book of the baby's development, feeding, care, training, difficulties, and disease-prevention. xvii, 327p. pl. 8? N. Y., Century co. [1930] ---- Growing superior children, xvi, 568p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton- Century co., 1935. ----■ The newer nutrition in pediatric practice. xi, 1155p. illust. tab. diagr. 23}£cm. Phila., J. B. Lippincott co. [1940] ---- Blood disorders in children, xxi, 897p. illust. tab. diagr. 23#cm. N. Y., Oxford Univ. pr. [1941] ---- Superior children through modern nutrition; how to perfect the growth and develop- ment of your children from birth to maturity. xiv, 332p. tab. 22}*cm. N. Y., E. P. Dutton & co., 1942. ---- Clinical pediatrics. 393p. tab. 22cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr. [1943] KUGELMEIER, Leo Carl Maria, 1903- ♦Ueber Sadismus und Masochismus. 43p. 8? Bonn [n. p.] 1927. KUGLAND, Georg, 1904- ♦Zur Frage der Rontgentherapie bei der chronischen Leu- kamie an Hand der Kasuistik unserer Klinik von 1920-31 [Kiel] 19p. 8? Konigsb. i. P, J. Raabe, 1932. KUGLER, Emil. System der Neurose. 188p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1922. Also editor of Virchow, R. Die Vorlesungen uber allgemeine pathologischen Anatomie. 288p. 8? Jena, 1930. KUGLER, Hans, 1906- ♦Vergleichende Alkoholbestimmung im menschlichen Blut und Urin [Leipzig] 16p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. KUGLER, Wilhelm, 1909- ♦Rontgen- studien am kindlichen Gebiss; zugleich eine KUGLER 377 KUHLMANN kritische Betrachtung der Arbeiten von Bustin und Leist. 43p. 8? Bonn, J. Duckwitz, 1934. KUH, Sydney, 1866-1934. Patrick, H. T. Obituary. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1935, 61: 171. KUH, Wilhelm, 1911- ♦Die bakterio- logische Wirkung der gebrauchliehsten Zahn- pasten und Mundwasser [Giessen] 17p. 8° Limburg-L., Limburg. Vereinsdr., 1937. KUHIN-AL-ATTAR, fl. 1260. Nemoy, L. The Arabic pharmacopoeia of Abu al-Mina al-Kuhin al-Attar, 13th century. Hebrew M. J., N. Y., 1941, 2: 166; passim. KUHL, Anna Kefer, 1894- ♦Ueber die Demenzformen bei der progressiven Paralyse. 32p. 8? Miinch., M. Schick, 1927. KUHL, Hedwig, 1913- ♦Die Beziehungen der Zahne zur Oberkieferhohle [Bonn] 31p. 21cm. Waldbrol, C. Haupt, 1936. KUHL, Viktor Hans, 1908- ♦Ueber die Korpertemperatur bei Narkose und Operation. 23p. 8° Marb., J. Hamel, 1934. KUHLBERG, Helmut, 1897- ♦Die Aus- wirkung des Gesetzes zur Verhiitung erbkranken Nachwuchses in der Heil- und Pflegeanstalt Waldbrol. 37p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1934. KUHLEMEIER, Hermann, 1910- ♦Blut- drucksteigerung und Tyraminbildung bei Milz- arterienunterbindung [Gottingen] 28p. tab. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1937. KUHLENBECK, Hartwig, 1897- Vor- lesungen iiber das Zentralnervensystem der Wirbeltiere; eine Einfiihrung in die Gehirnana- tomie auf vergleichender Grundlage. viii, 354p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1927. KUHLGATZ, Walther, 1897- ♦Beitrag zur experimentellen Erzeugung der Keratomalacie bei Ratten [Rostock] 35p. tab. 8? Bergisch Gladbach, J. Heider, 1926. KUHLMAN, Augustus Frederick, 1889- Editor of American Library Association. Papers presented at the 1940 Conference. Chic, 1940. Also editor of American Library Association. Committee on Archives and Libraries. Archives and libraries. 136p. 21}4cm. Chic, 1940. KUHLMANN, August, 1876- Asthma and hay-fever. Rev. ed. [14]p. 21^>cm. Mel- rose, Minn., the Author, 1940. KUHLMANN, Bernhard, 1906- ♦Die Achselhohle des Schimpansen. 74p. pl. fol. Miinst., G. A. Hulswitt, 1935. KUHLMANN, Daniel, 1908- ♦Recherches sur la fonction ureosecretoire des reins dans l'insuffisance surrenalienne experimentale. 64p. tab. 24^cm. Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1938. KUHLMANN, Frederick, 1876-1941. Dayton, N. A. [Biography] Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1940-41, 45: 3-7, portr.—Maxfield, F. N. Kuhlmann as a psychologist. Ibid., 1941-42, 46: 17.—[Obituary] Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 477. KUHLMANN, Frederick Carl Emil, 1871-1943. For obituary see Mil. Surgeon, 1944, 94: 123. KUHLMANN, Fritz, 1902- ♦Die Ventri- fikation als Geburtsstorung. 40p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. ---- Die Durchleuchtungs- und Aufnahme- tecknik; eine Anleitung zur Rontgenuntersuchung der inneren Organe. 2. Aufl. vii, 127p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1937. See also Schulte, G., & Kuhlmann, F. Grundlagen der Rontgendiagnostik und Rontgentherapie. 140p. 25}icm. Lpz., 1939. KUHLMANN, Helene Amelie, 1908- *Le controle hematologique du Centre de trans- fusion sanguine d'urgence de l'Hopital Civil de Strasbourg. 75p. 24^cm. Strasb., Ed. Univ. Strasbourg [1937] KUHLMANN, Paul, 1899- ♦Die Gehirn- gefass-Sympathikushypertonie, darstellbar durch den Muck'schen Adrenalinsondenversuch und ihre Bedeutung fiir Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie [Frankfurt a. M.] 28p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1928. KUHLMANN, Werner, 1909- ♦Ueber die Verstarkung der hypnotischen Wirkung der Urethane [Minister] 22p. 8? Iserlohn i. W., Gebr. Platzmann, 1932. KUHLMANN test. See under Intelligence test. KUHLO, Traugott, 1906- ♦Blutsenkungs- geschwindigkeit und weisses Blutbild bei Lun- gentuberkulose [Marburg] 25p. 8? Bethel, Buchdr. Anst. Bethel, 1934. KUHLO, Ursula, 1909- ♦Ueber die Behandlung der Strecksehnenabrisse am Finger- endglied [Konigsberg i. P.] 26p. 8? [Lpz., Fischer & Wittig] 1936. KUHLOW, Dorothea, 1911- ♦Operative Behandlung der Nierenerkrankungen und ihr Erfolg (Ergebnisse an der Chirurgischen Uni- versitats-Klinik Greifswald von 1910-33) [Greifs- wald] 59p. 23>km. Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1935. KUHLS, Friedrick, 1908- ♦Klinische Beobachtungen iiber die unterstiitzende Wirkung von Cebion-Gaben bei der Therapie von Zahn- fleischentzundungen [Gottingen] 16p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1936. KUHM, Herbert William, 1898- See Fisher, A. K., Kuhm, H. W. [et al.] The dental pathology of the prehistoric Indians of Wisconsin, p.331-74. 8? Mil- waukee [1931] Forms No. 3, v. 10, Bull. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee. KUHN, Adam, 1741-1817. For biography see in Some Am. Med. Botanists (Kelley, H. A.) N. Y., 1929, 69-74, portr. Also Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 501. For portrait see Collection in Library. KUHN, Adolf, 1853-1927. Die Kieselsaure; ihre perorale, parenterale und perbronchiale Anwendung und Wirkung bei inneren Krank- heiten inbesondere bei Tuberkulose, Arterio- sklerose, rheumatischen Erkrankungen, Krebs &c. 135p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1926. For obituary see Keller, C. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 1133. KUHN, Alfred Kurt, 1895- See Ostwald, C. W. W., Wolski, P., & Kuhn, A. Practical colloid chemistry. 207p. 12? Lond., 1926. KUHN, Arnold, 1909- ♦Ueber das familiare und konstitutionelle Moment in der Aetiologie der Anaemia perniciosa [Munchen] 30p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KUHN, Benno, 1910- ♦Ueber den Ein- fluss des teilweisen N-aequimolecularen Ersatzes des Kartoffeleiweisses durch Casein-Hydrolysat auf den Betriebsstoffwechsel. 12p. 22J^cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1937. KUHN, Elisabet Schreiber, 1896- ♦Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der Hypotrichosis congenita bei Tieren [Gottingen] 18p. 8? Marb., A. Zetl, 1936. KUHN, Franz. Samaritare und chirurgische Geriite-Improvisation im Kriege. 34p. illust. 8? Miinch., O. Gmelin, 1915. KUHN, Franz, 1913- ♦Experimental- beitrag zur Methodik der Wachstumsmessung von Schimmelpilzkulturen und iiber ihre Be- einflussung durch verschiedene Gasspannungen [Berlin] p.430-44. pl. 23cm. Miinch., L. Mossl, 1938. Also Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1938, 98: KUHN, Fritz, 1906- ♦Ueber Wurzel- behandlung mittels chirurgischer Diathermie [Freiburg i. B.] 20p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1932. KUHN 378 KUIINE KUHN, Fritz [M. D., 1937, Munchen] ♦Die postoperative Mortilitrit an der chirurgischen Universitats-Poliklinik Miinchen in den Jahren 1929-34. 40p. 23cm. Munch., L. Mossl, 1937. KUHN, Gerhard, 1912- *Ueber den Einfluss der Bostung des Weizenklebereiweisses auf den Zwischenstoffwechsel [Berlin] 32p. 21cm. Strausb. b. Berl., A. Kobisch, 1938. KUHN, Hans, 1900- ♦Ueber die Be- einflussung von Streptokokken, Pneumokokken und Typhusbazillen durch Chemikalien in der Blutkultur nach Wright. 31p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. KUHN, Hedwig Stieglitz, 1895- In- dustrial ophthalmology. 294p. illust. diagr. form. pl. 25^cm. S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1944. KUHN, Herbert [M. D., 1933, Munster] *Soll bei der Operation der Kieferspalten der Btirzel entfernt werden? [Munster] 47p. 8? Bremen, H. Aschoff, 1933. KUHN, John Frederick, 1872-1942. Kelso, J. W. Obituary. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1942, 35: 134. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1385. KUHN, Leroy Philip, 1879- The insurance chief surgeon. Indust. M., 1935, 4: 197-9, portr. KUHN, Orta Edward, 1882- Hunt, A. D. A doctor who talks turkey; a close up of Dr Orta Kuhn. Med. Econom., 1942-43, 20: 42. KUHN, Paul, 1911- ♦Experimentelle Studien zur Frage der Ostitis fibrosa im Kieferge- biet [Tubingen] 24p. pl. 8? Schramb., Gatzer & Hahn, 1934. KUHN, Robert Alfred, 1891- ♦Unsere gegenwartigen Kenntnisse von der Erkrankung des Auges durch Raupenhaare unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles aus der Marburger Universitats-Augenklinik. 22p. tab. 22cm. Marb., A. Zetl, 1936. KUHN, Roland. Der Rorschachsche Form- deutversuch in der Psychiatrie. 72p. 24J^cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1940. Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1940, 103: No. H. KUHN, Rudolf, 1908- ♦Die Giftigkeit der in der Scheide gesunder Tiere vorkommenden Diphtheriebazillen [Munchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. KUHN, Walther, 1902- ♦Ueber intra- medullare Rtickenmarkstumoren. 26p. 8° Heidelb., P. Braus, 1928. KUHN, Werner, 1899- Optische Spezi- fitat von Enzymen. p. 187-219. 24cm. Lpz. Becker & Erler, 1940. In Handb. Enzymol. (Nord, F. F., & Weidenhagen, R.) KUHNE, Paul [M. D., 1927, Lausanne] ♦Contribution k l'etude de quelques nerfs craniens chez le foetus humain. 37p. 8? Lau- sanne, Impr. commerciale, 1927. KUHNE, Victor. Ceux dont on ignore le martyre (les Yougoslaves et la guerre) 299p 18^cm. Geneve, Libr. Kundig, 1917. KUHNE, Werner, 1910- lntersuchun- gen von Bullensperma auf Beschaffenheit und Eignung fiir die kiinstliche Besamung [Giessen] 79p. tab. 8? Butzbach, K. Schneider, 1936. KUHNEN, Richard, 1909- ♦Eklampsie ohne Krampfe [Bonn] 29p. 8? Obercassel, J. Diippen [1933] KUHNERT, Edeltraud, 1913- ^Die Epu- lis unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Alters und des Geschlechts. 29p. 8? [Miinch., n. p ] 1936. KUHNERT, Ulrich, 1904- ♦Plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter aus naturlicher Ur- sache. 38p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1932. KUHNHENN, Wilhelm, 1911- ♦Ueber die Darstellung der Diploevenen im Rontgen- bild [Kiel] 14p. 23>fcm. Wanne-Eickel, G. Vogel, 1936. KUHNO, Hans, 1912- ♦Ueber selten fehlende Keimanlagen im Bereich der Schneide- zahne des bleibenden Gebisses. 39p. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1936. KUHNS, Georg. Funfundzwanzig Jahre Ver- band der Aerzte Deutschlands (Hartmannbund) 425p. portr. 4? Lpz., Verl. Aerzte Deutschlands, 1925. KUHNS, John Grove, 1896- See Steinbrocker, O. Arthritis in modern practice; with chapters by J. G. Kuhns. 606p. 24cm. Phila., 1941. KUHNS, William Rodney, 1897- , editor. The return of opportunity; leaders in many fields discuss the outlook for work and careers, xxxi, 309p. pl. 20^cm. N. Y., Harper bros. [1944] KUHNT, Hermann. See Junius, P., & Kuhnt, H. Die seheibenformige Entartung der Netzhautmitte. 132p. 8! Berl., 1926. KUHR, Fritz, 1909- ♦Wegschmelzen der Hornhaut (Hornhautkachexie) bei Sarkom der Aderhaut. 15p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1934. KUHRT, Erika, 1909- ♦Beitrag zur Frage der Avertinschaden mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des Kohlehydratstoffwechsela [Berlin] 40p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff- mann, 1936. KUIPERS, Frederik Carel [M. D., 1932, Amsterdam] ♦Over haemochromatosis met he- pato-cerebrale degeneratie [Amsterdam] 137p. 8? Haarlem, J. Enschede & zonen, 1932. KUIPERS, Katharina D. Essentials of chi- ropody for students, ix, 147p. 19cm. Lond., Faber & Faber, 1938. KUITHAN, Paul, 1900- ♦Untersuchun- gen zur Einheilungsfahigkeit einiger Ma- terialien und das Verhalten des Gewebes zu diesen Implantaten. 16p. 8? Miinst., H. Buschmann, 1932. KUJACIC, Jovan S. Jlenpa y LLpHOJ TopH. 86p. tab. 23^cm. Beogr., Gregori6, 1925. Forms No. 29, Glasn. Min. narod. zdrav., Beograd. —;— Nudo, njegove geografske i geoloske osobine, zdravstveni, ekonomski i kulturno- drustveni zivot. 79p. illust. tab. 24^cn) Beograd, Centr. hig. zavod, 1937. Forms No. 24, Bibl. Centr. hig. zavod, Beograd. KUJATH, Brigitte, 1911- ♦Untersuchun- gen in den Familien jugendlicher Krebskran- ker [Berlin] 20p. 21cm. Hamb., H. Schim- kus, 1938. KUHN, Wolfgang, 1906- ♦Ueber 16 Falle von Karzinomerkrankung der mannlichen Brustdriise. 27p. 8? Berl., O. Strese, 1933. KUHNA, Elisabeth, 1913- ♦Versuche, mit dem Erythrocytometer nach Dr Bock fiir forensische Zwecke Tier- und Menschenblut voneinander zu unterscheiden [Breslau] 23p 8? Klausb.-Oberschl., J. Soika, 1938. KUHNE, Georg Walter, 1911- *Die Behandlung der angeborenen Syphilis im Saug- lingsalter mit Spirocid [Halle-Wittenberg] 25p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. KUHNE, Kurt, 1897- ♦Lisfranc'sche Exartikulation oder Sharp'sche Amputation 15p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1925. KUHNE, Louis. The science of facial ex- pression; the new system of diagnosis, based on original researches and discoveries. 88p. illust portr. 2i]km. Butler, N. J., B. Lust [1917] KUJATH 379 KULISCH KUJATH, Gerhard, 1908- ♦Die Pa- get'sche Knochenerkiankung (Ostitis deformans) und ihre Beziehungen zur Ostitis fibrosa Reck- linghausen. 39p. 8? Berl., G. Kalesse [1934] KUKE, Herbert Otto Gerhard, 1900- *Ein Fall von Pigmentcirrhose [Rostock] 22p. 8? Ciistrin, C. Wilke, 1926. KUKLIANSKIS, Izak Lazaris, 1902- *R6ntgendiagnostik und Rontgentherapie der solitaren gutartigen Riesenzelltumoren; Zurcher Erfahrungen [Zurich] p.305-58. 24cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1939. Also Radiol. Clin., Basel, 1939, 8: KUKLINSKI, Paul, 1908- ♦Ueber das Vorkommen der angeborenen Gehorgangsatresie bei Tier und Mensch [Gottingen] 19p. tab. 8? Weende-Gott., A. F. Pieper, 1934. KUKOLINE. See under Cocculus. KUKOS, Angelos J., 1903- ♦Ueber Bestrahlungstherapie bei Vaginalcarcinom. 31p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1929. KUKOWKA, Albert Wilhelm. Der Krebs; seine Entstehung und Erklarung. vii, 118p. 8? Wien, W. Maudrich, 1932. KUKOWKA, Georg, 1909- ♦Ein Beitrag zur Stillfrage unter spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Stillschwierigkeiten in der 2.13. und 6.17. Stillwoche und des Einflusses des Stillgeldes auf Stillhaufigkeit und Stilldauer. 16p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1938. KUKULA, Ottokar, 1867-1925. For portrait see Collection in Library. KULA, Edouard, 1911- ♦Hygiene du cuir chevelu. 47p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. KULA, Heinrich, 1907- ♦Les moustiques dans les grandes villes. 34p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. KULCZEWSKI, Gerard, 1912- ♦L'unite vitale myocardique; la contraction cardiaque a l'etat normal et pathologique. 72p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. KULCZYNSKI, Udo Johannes Martin, 1905- *Ueber todliche Vergiftung durch Sal- petersauredampfe. 23p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1932. KULEMEYER, Walter, Das schwerhorige Kind als medizinisches, psychologisch-padago- gisches und soziales Problem. 124p. diagr. 8? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1933. KULENKAMPFF, Dietrich, 1880- Allge- meine Chirurgie. 7. Aufl. x, 246p. illust. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1937. KULIGA, Werner, 1895- ♦Ueber Schwan- gerschaft nach Interpositio uteri vesico-vaginalis. 18p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1931. KULIK, Kathe, 1899- ♦Ergebnisse der Pneumothoraxbehandlung mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Dauererfolge. 27p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. KULIK, Robert Adolf, 1890- ♦Ueber Gesamterkrankung des Pankreas bei Diabetes mellitus und beim Hungerdiabetes als voruber- gehendem Symptom todlicher pluriglandularer Insuffizienz. 30p. 8? Gott., W. F. Kaestner, 1925. KULIKOV, Viacheslav Mikhailovich, 1889- 1934. Rasumoff, A. [Obituary] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1934, 3: 417-20, portr. KULIKOWSKA, Liba, 1908- ♦Consi- derations sur la grossesse compliquee de fibrome. 91p. 23^cm. Strasb., Ed. Argentoratum, 1935. I KULISCH, Walter, 1910- ♦Ueber die Ernahrung oberschlesischer Bergarbeiter. 46p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1938. KULISCHER, Eugene Mikhailovich, 1881- The displacement of population in Europe. iv, 171p. tab. map. tab. 24cm. Montreal, Internat. Labour Off., 1943. KULKA, Martin, 1912- ♦Kiefer- und Zahnreihenanomalien bei angeborenen Miss- bildungen [Breslau] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. KULL, Jenny [M. D., 1939, Basel] ♦Stro- phanthinwirkung und cholinergischer Mecha- nismus am Herz [Basel] p.447-56. 23cm. Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1939. Also Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1939, 192: KULLAK, Bernhard, 1912- ♦Ein Fall von Sprue und der heutige Stand zur Frage der Aetiologie [Munster] 39p. pl. 23^cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. KULLAK, Eva Anna Elisabeth, 1906- ♦Zur Frage der Histidinausscheidung in der Graviditat [Berlin] 19p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. KULLE, Harald, 1909- ♦Die trauma- tischen Hiiftgelenksluxationen und ihre Folgeer- scheinungen. 63p. tab. 8? Bonn, J. Duckwitz, 1935. KULLEN, Georg Hermann, 1911- ♦Sys- tematische Untersuchungen von Tonsillen des Rindes unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tuberkulose. 32p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1934. KULLMANN, Annemarie, 1908- ♦Ueber Lymphangiome der Nebennieren mit zwei eigenen Fallen. 14p. pl. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1934. KULLMANN, Birger, 1884- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 204. KULLMANN, Hanns, 1908- ♦Verhor- nungserscheinungen im Epithel der Speiserohren- schleimhaut einiger Nagetierarten [Halle-Wit- tenberg] p.493-517. 8? Lpz., Breitkopf & Hartel, 1931. Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1931, 25: KULLMANN, Konstantin, 1908- ♦Ueber geburtshilfliche Falle, bei welchen der Transport in die Klinik lebensrettend war [Munchen] 14p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1934. KULLMER, Charles Julius, 1879-1942. A remarkable reversal in the distribution of storm frequency in the United States in double Hale solar cycles, of interest in long-range forecasting. 20p. . ch. 24#cm. Wash., Smithson. Inst., 1943. Forms No. 10, v.103, Smithson. Misc. Coll. KULP, Daniel Harrison, 1888- Intro- ductory sociology for students of nursing, xv, 284p. diagr. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1936. KULT, Anthony Stephen, 1904- ♦Diag- nostic value of cholecystography [Marquette Univ.] 9p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1931. Type written. KULTERER, Stephen, 1904- ♦Das Ra- chitisbekampfungsproblem vom milchwirtschaft- lichen Standpunkt [Kiel] 70p. 8? [Hildes- heim, n. p.] 1929. KULZER, Kurt, 1910- ♦Studien iiber die Verhaltnisse an der Dentinzementgrenze des menschlichen Zahnes. 22p. 8? Wurzb., K. Roll, 1935. KUMAMOTO (The) medical journal. Kuma- moto, Japan, v. 1, 1938- KUMER, Leo, 1886- Mechanische, chemische, thermische, und aktinische Schadi- KUMER 380 KUMYS gungen der Haut. p.71-234. illust. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1934. In Haut & Geschlechtskr. (Arzt & Zicler) 1934, 2: ---- & LANG, Franz Josef. Die bosartigen Geschwulste der Haut. p.830-974. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1934. In Haut & Geschlechtskr. (Arzt & Zieler) Berl., 1934, 2: KUMER, Leo, & SALLMANN, Ludwig. Die Radiumbehandlung in der Augenheilkunde. vii, 198p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1929. KUMM, Henry William, 1901- The geographical distribution of the malaria carrying mosquitoes; a collection of recorded material in the literature, and in personal communications to the author, hi, 178p. 4? Bait., Am. J. Hyg., 1929. ---- The geographical distribution of the yellow fever vectors, iii, llOp. 8? Bait., Am. J. Hyg., 1931. For biography see Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 11: 671. KUMME, Horst, 1899- ♦Zwei seltene Falle von Oesophagusperforationen mit todlichem Au.sgaiiR.31p. 23cm. Berl., G. Wartenberg, 1937. KUMMER, Annemarie, 1911- ♦Ueber Diphtherie- und Scharlacherkrankungen in einer Grosstadt (Leipzig) [Leipzig] 26p. ch. 23'-cm. [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1936] KUMMER, Erhart, 1912- ♦Entstehung und Verhiitung der Milchzahnkaries unter Beriicksichtigung der intrauterinen Verhaltnisse. 23p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1936. KUMMER, Ernest, 1861-1933. Julliard [N6crologie] P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1936, 10. Congr., 1:212. KUMMER, Kurt. Anbau von Arzneipflanzen; Anweisungen fiir Landwirte und Gartner zum erfolgreichen Anbau der Drogenpflanzen. 184p. 8? Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1930. KUMMER, Ursula, 1912- ♦Desinfektions- methoden in der Zahnheilkunde [Leipzig] 20p. pl. 8? Osnabriick, Gutenberg, 1935. KUMMETH, Hans, 1910- ♦Neue Ver- suche iiber die Giftwirkung des Tetrachlorathans bei Katzen. 20p. 8? Wiirzb., Gutenberg, 1933. KUMPF, Karlheinz, 1911- ♦Bremsweg und Reaktionszeit [Heidelberg] 18p. 21cm. Schwetzingen, Stemmledruck, 1937. KUMPMANN, Hans, 1907- ♦Denti- tionsstorungen und ihre Beziehungen zur zahn- arztlichen Orthopadie [Munster] 27p. 8? Welper-Ruhr, Wiegold, 1932. KUMRI. See Horse, Disease. KUMYS. See also Kefir. Careick, G. A. [Kumys and its application in pulmonary phthisis] 212p. 22cm. S Peterb., 1903. Gtjsarov, N. I. [Establishment for kumys treatment] 2 1. 30cm. [Samara, 1903] Arkhipov, K. S. [Fluctuations of hydrogen ion concentra- tions in kumys, changes in specific gravity and quantity of fat and aminonitrogen in kumys] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 475-85.—Avtonomova. E. S., Mazhbich, I. B., & Sharonova, E. F. [Effect of kumys on the nitrogen level] Vopr. kurort 1939, 50-3.—Berlin, P. U., Zaprudskaia, Z. N. [et al.] [On individual dosage of kumys] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 46: No. 3, 86-91.—Kramov, N. A. [Kumys treatment and the secretory-motor function of the stomach] Borba s tuberk., 1933, 2: 80-8.—Krupnik, J. S. [Kumys treatment in winter] Ibid., 89-92.—[Kumys] Ny pharm. tid., 1873, 5: 25-8 — Kumys cure in the Soviet Union. In Health Resorts USSR (Pertsov, I. A.) Moskva, 1940, 215-24.—Kurmaeva, M. E. [Kumys treatment in cases of combined tuberculosis and malaria] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1940, No. 10, 117.—Mari- upolskaia, T. L. [Dosage of kumys for children and efficacy of kumys treatment at the children's sanatorium Borovoe] Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 9, 52-8.—Orlova, E. G. [Func- [Leipzig] 26p. 8! ♦Contribution a Madelung. 46p. 8! ♦Beitrage zur Ver- bei der 10p. 8? tional state of the cardic-vnscular system during kumys treatment] Vopr. kurort., 1939, 54-7.—[Preparation of arti- ficinl cows-milk kumys] Ny pharm. tid., IS75, 7: 42.— Rusakov, M. J. [Kumvs health resorts in tin- 1'ral] Probl in- berk., Moskva, 1938, No. 7-8; 133-8.- Kyzhova.A.P. [Effect of kumys therapy on the lipoid metabolism in tuberculous patients; changes in the level of the blood cholostorin during kunijb therapy] Ibid., No. 10, 112-7.—Saryyin. I. I. [Kumys thorn py of women's diseases] Akusb. gin., 193S, No. 6, 90-2.— Sigrist, A. V. [C-hypoviUiniinusi- in tuberculous patients and ihe i-ITi-ct of kumys therapy] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1938 No. 10, 130-41. ------ Orlova, M. K., & Semishina, V. s! [Dosage of kumys for childrenj Pediatria, Moskva, 1010 No. 9, 58-64.—Vishnevsky, A. S., & Jablokov, D. 1). Einfluss des Kumys auf die Bildung der Galle und deren Austritt ins Duodenum. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1936, 59: 348-56.— Voitkevich, A., & Runov, E. [Microbiology of kumvs produc- tion] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1934, 3: 398-408.—Zapadniuk, I. P. [Airian; sour milk preparation for feeding calves] Sovet' vet., 1939, 16: No. 6, 62. KUN, Bela, 1902- ♦Die Vorteile und Nachteile der Episiotomie; kritische Betrachtung iiber 137 Falle vom 1. Jan. 1922 bis 31. Dez. 1924 mit Nachuntersuchungen Lucka, R. Berger, 1927. KUN, Etienne, 1905- l'etude de la maladie de Par., Impr. Studio, 1933. KUN, Karl, 1907- wertung der Blutsenkungsreaktion Diagnosestellung maligner Tumoren. Wurzb., K. Roll, 1932. KUNATH, Ludwig Wolfgang, 1900- *Die Kieferentwicklung des Kindes unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schlaflagen. 16p. 8? Munch., M. Volk, 1934. KUNDER, Heinrich, 1900- *Ueber das Verhaltnis der Belastungsgrossen einzelner Zahne zu Zahngruppen. 47p. 8? Erlangen, Muller, 1926. KUNDERT, Fred William, 1899- ♦Stric- ture of the ureter [Marquette Univ.] 23p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. KUNDERT, Hans, 1911- ♦Die repara- tiven Fahigkeiten der Pulpa bei der Vital- amputation mit Calxyl. 46p. pl. 2272cm. Ziir., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1937. KUNDIGRABER, Erich Wolf, 1908- *Be- richt iiber einen Fall einer atypischen Netzhaut- triibung beobachtet an der Universitats-Augen- klinik Wurzburg [Wurzburg] lOp. 21cm. Bielefeld, Beyer & Hausknecht, 1936. KUNDRAT lymphosarcoma. See Lymphosarcoma. KUNEFF, Noel, 1898- ♦Ueber einen Fall von papulonekrotischem Tuberkulid. 13p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1928. KUNEGEL, Eugene, 1904- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement des pleurisies sero- fibrineuses par les pneumosereuses precoces et repetees. 56p. 8? Strasb., Impr. Libr. Union, 1933. KUNERT, Gerhard, 1908- ♦Auftreten und Haufigkeit neuer Graviditaten nach doppel- seitiger Ovarialresektion. 31p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. KUNERT, Heinz, 1909- ♦Bakterielle Nahrungsmittelvergiftungen durch Kartoffel- salat. 56p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935. KUNERT, Herbert, 1903- ♦Ueber Misch- formen von Erythrodermia desquamativa und Dermatitis exfoliativa [Freiburg i. B.] 31p. 8? Bonn [n. p.] 1928. KUNERT, Sophie. Straffalligkeit bei Frauen; ihre Entstehung und Beschaffenheit. 200p. 8. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1933. Forms Beih. 67, Zschr. angew. Psychol. KUNEWAELDER 381 KUNSTEIN KUNEWAELDER, Kurt [M. D., 1939, Lau- sanne] *Beitrag zur diabetischen Gangran auf Grundlage von Fallen der medizinischen Uni- versitatsklinik. 32p. 23cm. Lausanne, L. Grivaz & fils, 1939. KUNHAST, Roger Louis, 1908- ♦Faut-il onerer le cancer de la prostate? 85p. 24#cm. Nancv, C. Andre, 1934. KUNICK, Alfred Arthur Konrad, 1905- *Feber die Retention der Blasenmole [Halle- Wittenberg] 22p. 8? Ballenstedt-H. [Aerztl. Ber., 1933] KUNICK, Friedrich Karl, 1905- ♦Be- handlungsergebnisse bei alien Sarkomen und Carcinomen des Genitalkanals mit Ausnahme der Collum- und Corpuscarcinome [Heidelberg] 40p. 8? Ostern, Bergdr. Berlin, 1933. KUNICKE, Hans Jdrg, 1905- ♦Blasen- scheidenfisteloperation nach Fiith; 18 Falle der Universitatsfrauenklinik [Breslau] 47p. 8? [Konigszelt i. S., O. Musil] 1930. KUNISS, Hans Ernst August Paulus Johannes, 1904- ♦Ueber Leucoderma psoriaticum. 61p. 8? Lpz., E. Glausch, 1931. KUNITZ, Kate, 1901- ♦Hydronephrose und accessorisches Nierengefiiss. 31p. 8? Konigsberg i. P., P. Bork, 1927. KUNITZ, Stanley Jasspon, 1905- , & HAYCRAFT, Howard, editors. American au- thors, 1600-1900; a biographical dictionary of American literature, vi, 846p. portr. 26cm. N Y H. W. Wilson co., 1938. KUNKEL, George B., 1868-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 535. KUNKEL, Louis Otto, 1884- See Rivers, T. M., & Stanley, W. M. [et al.] Virus diseases. 170p. 24?jcm. Ithaca, N. Y., 1943. For portrait see Collection in Library. KUNKLE, Wesley Franklin, 1864-1941. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1907. KUNLIN, Jean, 1904- ♦Contribution a l'etude de l'ulcere peptique experimental. 93p. pl. 8? Strasb., Libr. Univ. d'Alsace, 1932. KUNO, Gottlieb Herbert, 1898- ♦Die Anwendung der Diathermie bei Pulpitis. 20p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1932. KUNO, Yas. The physiology of human perspiration, x, 268p, illust. pl. tab. diagr. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1934. KUNOW, Otto, 1852- Unsere Invaliden- versorgung. 24p. 12? Lpz., J. J. Arnd [1915] --- Die Heilkunde, Verdeutschung der entbehrlichen Fremdworter aus der Sprache der Aerzte und Apotheker. 8. Aufl. xvi, 94p. 12? Berl., Allg. deut. Sprachver., 1917. Forms Bd 8 of Verdeut. Allg. Deut. Sprachver. KUNOW, Walter, 1908- ♦Ueber den Einfluss von Eisen auf die Eiweissverdauung [Miinster] 12p. 21cm. Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1936. KUNOWSKI, Salo, 1883- ♦Der Nachweis von Barium in Menschenknochen [Leipzig] p.265-75. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 19: KUNSEMUELLER, Marie Luise, 1910- *Von den Anfangen der medizinischen Topo- graphie in Russland, nach der medizinischen Zeitung Russlands 1844 bis 1860 [Berlin] 40p. 21cm. Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1937. KUNSTEIN, Erich, 1905- ♦Ueber die Verbreitung der Spirochaten vom Weiltyp in Freiburg i. B. und Umgebung [Freiburg i. B.] p.173-90. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1932. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 75: KUNSTEIN, Hans, 1902- ♦Stomatitis mit grossen Blutungen im Kindesalter [Freiburg i. B.] 20p. 8? [Lorrach, Lindner & Wassmer, 1929] Also Arch. Kinderh., 1929, 88: 191-4. KUNSTMANN, Heinrich K., 1900- ♦Ein Verfahren zur intravenosen Dauerinfusion bei Maus, Ratte und Kaninchen [Wurzburg] p.77- 83. 8? [Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel] 1928. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 132: KUNSTMANN, Hellmut, 1908- *Ueber das Verhalten der grossen Mundspeicheldriisen und der Bauchspeicheldriise bei hamatogener Farbstoff- und Bakterienzufuhr im Tierversuch. 41p. tab. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933. KUNTH, Karl Sigismund, 1788-1850. Stellfeld, C. Kunth. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 28-30. KUNTZ, Albert, 1879- The autonomic nervous system, xii, 576p. pl. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1929. Also 2. ed. 697p. 1934. ----A text-book of neuro-anatomy. 359p. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1931. Also 2. ed. 519p. illust. diagr. 1936. Also 3. ed. 518p. 1942. For portrait see Collection in Library. KUNTZ, Hans, 1907- ♦Die Bedeutung der Kontrastmittel in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngolo- gie [Kiel] 20p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Roll, 1931. KUNTZ, Julius Alfred, 1906- For portrait see Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1940-41, 5: No. 10, 20. KUNTZ, Leo Frank, 1894- The elements of abnormal psychology, xii, 318p. 21cm. Ann Arb., Edwards bros, 1939. Lithoprinted. KUNTZ, Michel, 1912- ♦Etude radio- graphique des cavernes pulmonaires en position de profil. 48p. diagr. pl. 24>km. Lille, Impr. Centr. du Nord, 1937. KUNTZ, Wilhelm, 1906- ♦Zur Frage der Venvendbarkeit von Barbitursaure-Derivaten als Basisnarkotikum [Halle-Wittenberg] 16p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. KUNTZE, Felicitas, 1909- ♦Ueber Fibro- epitheliome des Corpus uteri; ihre Tendenz und Beurteilung. 36p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1935. KUNTZE, Hedwig, 1903- ♦Der Einfluss der Wasser- und Milchepidemien auf die Sterb- lichkeit bei Unterleibstyphus von 1919-28. 29p. 8? Bonn [n. p.] 1930. KUNTZE, Heinz Albert, 1906- ♦Die Bedeutung des Rassefaktors fiir die Entstehung, den Verlauf und die Behandlung chirurgischer Krankheiten. 24p. 8? Berl., H. Michel, 1935. KUNTZE, Karl Ernst Otto, 1843-1907. Stellfeld, C. Kuntze. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 30-2. KUNTZE, Max. Der klimatische Curort Arco in Siidtirol. 78p. pl. map. 20cm. Rei- chenberg, Bohmen, Gebr. Stiepel, 1887. KUNTZE, Max. Periodica medica; Ver- zeichnis und Titelabkiirzungen der wichtigsten Zeitschriften der Medizin und ihrer Grenzgebiete. 3. Aufl. 84p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. KUNTZ-EVERS, Emma, 1891- ♦Weib- licher Alkoholismus und Fiirsorge. 85p. 8? Ziir., K. Luscher, 1934. KUNTZMANN, Jean Louis, 1907- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de l'ulcere jejunal post-opera- toire. 50p. 8? Strasb., Ed. Univ. Strasbourg, 1935. KUNTZSCH, Burghild, 1911- ♦Beitrag zur Klinik der cilio-epithelialen Ovarialblastome. 24p. 8? Lpz., J. Moltzen, 1937. KUNTZSCH 382 KUNZE KUNTZSCH, Hellmut, 1908- ^Die Schlatter'sche Krankheit [Kiel] 27p. 23cm. [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934] KUNZ, Eduard [M. D., 1936, Basel] ♦Die Begutachtung Akzidentell-traumatischer Pan- kreatitis; zugleich ein Beitrag zur postoperativen (Struma) Genese. 29p. 8? Basel, Philogr. Verb, 1936. KUNZ, Gottfried Eberhard, 1903- ♦Der Volvulus des Coecums und Dickdarmanfangs. 27p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1927. KUNZ, Hans, 1907- ♦Gehororgan und Vererbung mit Beriicksichtigung des Gesetzes zur Verhiitung erbkranken Nachwuchses. 39p. 21cm. Berl., M. Fischer, 1937. KUNZ, Hans, 1909- ♦Erfolge der frak- tionierten Rontgentherapie beim Hautkarzinom mit 2mal-\\6chentlichen Bestrahlungen. 31p. pl. 22^cm. Zur., G. von Ostheim, 1938. KUNZ, Johann Wilhelm, 1885- ♦Ueber rasches Wachstum von Chorionepithelioma ma- lignum. 23p. 8? Lpz., E. M. Loffler, 1927. KUNZ, Kurt, 1907- ♦Ueber die sogenann- ten traumatische Neurose im Kindesalter. 27p. 8? Miinch., Buchdr. Hobenhaus, 1937. KUNZ, Maria [M. D., 1934, Basel] ♦Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannten Teercysten des Ovariums [Basel] 40p. 8? Wurzb., Rita-Verb, 1934. KUNZ, Paul, 1911- ♦Ueber die desinfizie- rende Wirkung von Aceton. 16p. 8? Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1936. KUNZ, Viktor Alfred [M. D., 1929, Zurich] ♦Ueber das Verhalten von kolloidalen Silber- losungen in der Hornhaut mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des Descemetipigmentringes bei der Pseudosklerose. 27p. pl. 8? Ziir., Gebr. Fretz, 1929. KUNZE, Alfred, 1905- ♦Blutkorper- chensenkungsgeschwindigkeit und Komplement- bindungsreaktion bei Gonorrhoe und den ver- schiedenen Komplikationen [Leipzig] 31p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. KUNZE, Carl Ferdinand, 1826-99. Sunto di medicina pratica; trad. ital. con G. Canettoli. xx, 442p. 8? Nap., S. Pietro, 1875. ---- Tratado de patologia interna; transl. from the 2. German ed. by D. Carlos Fernandez de Castroverde, rev. by D. Rafael Rodriguez Mendez. 2v. xviii, 848p.; 759p. 8? Barcel., E. Puig, 1877. KUNZE, Fritz Wilhelm, 1910- ♦Ueber Spaltbildungen der hinteren Wirbelbogen. 25p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1934. KUNZE, Georg, 1913- ♦Essentielle Thrombopenie und ihre Therapie [Berlin] 15p. 21cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KUNZE, Gustav. Parazelsus und die Reform der medizinischen Wissenschaft. 129p. 8° [Berl.] Selbstverl. [1929] KUNZE, Gustav Wilhelm Karl, 1901- *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der traumatischen Aetio- logie der Hirngliome [Leipzig] 29p. 8? [Zeu- lenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1928. KUNZE, Julius Paul, 1897- ♦Funkenlinie 4686 von He+ [Munchen] p.610-36. 8° [Lpz., J. A. Barth] 1925. Also Ann. Phys., Lpz., 1926, 79: KUNZE, Liselotte, 1909- ♦Beitrag zu Blitzfolgen und Starkstromverletzungen am Zen- tralnervensystem [Jena] 31p. 8? Ochsenfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1936. KUNZE, Rolf, 1907- *Ein Fall von Fistula cervico-vaginalis laqueatica spontan ent- i standen durch Abort im V. Monat. 26p. p] 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1931 KUNZE, Rudolf, 1906- +Zur Lumbal- punktion bei Augenkrankheiten [Miinster] 48n 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1933. KUNZE, Rudolf, & BUER, H. C. Lecithin. 166p. tab. 2434cm. Berl., Rosenmeier & Saenger, 1941. Forms Bd 1, Arzneimittelforsoh. KUNZE, Werner, 1909- ♦Ueber isolierte Zahn- und Kieferverletzungen in der Kieler Eisen- und Stahlindustrie. 29p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Kalaunig, 1933. KUNZER, Fritz Kurt, 1910- *Versuche fiber den Einfluss eines jodierten Futterkalk- Mineralsalzgemisches auf die Milchmengen mit- teldeutscher Hohenrinder. 91p. ch. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. KUNZMANN, Otto, 1911- ♦Das Penis- karzinom und sein Behandlungserfolg [Heidel- berg] 31p. 21cm. Manne-Eickel, M. C. Wolf, 1938 KUO, Nai-chuan [Thomas N. Call] 1901- For biography see in Who's Who in China, 1940, SuddI 5. ed., 26, portr. KUON Cabello, D. Biotipologfa humana segun la escuela italiana, biotipologfa somatica del asm&tico. 143p. tab. 2372cm. Lima [Impr. La Cotera] 1939. KUPALOV, P. S., FRENKEL, G. L., & FEDOROV, L. N., eds. BnojiornHecKoe aeficT- Bne yjibTpaBbicoKofi uacTOTu [yjibTpaitopoTKHx bojih] 471p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 23cm. Moskva, Izdat. Vsesoiuznogo Inst. Eksp. Med., 1937. KUPEC, Wladimir, 1910- *Die Ver- erbung des Karzinoms. 32p. 8? Erlangen. K. Dores, 1935. KUPERBERG, Raphael, 1910- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude de la splenectomie chez l'enfant. 48p. 24cm. Par., Moliere, 1938. KUPERCYN, Moise, 1904- *A propos de quelques cas de grossesses extra-uterines doubles. 72p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1932. KUPFAHL, Wilhelm, 1906- *Klinische und rontgenologische Erfahrungen nach Wurzel- behandlung mit Frankosan [Wurzburg] 32p. 21cm. Karlstadt a. M., J. Dietz, 1938. KUPFER, Karl, 1901- ♦Der Kaiser- schnitt an der Toten. 29p. 8? Lpz., E. M. Loffler, 1927. KUPFERMANN, Werner, 1907- *Ueber die ersten Anfange der histologischen Ver- anderungen bei Parotitis epidemica. 19p. 8? Berl., Gebr. Schiefer, 1932. KUPFERSCHMID, Josef, 1900- *Ueber die Kariesverbreitung bei Schulkindern; einiger Ortschaften des ostlichen Hochschwarzwaldes. 51p. 8? [Freiburg i. B., n. p.] 1929. KUPFFER, Arthur. Ueber die Verbreitungs- weise der Lepra. 46p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1932. Forms Beih. 3, Bd 36, Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. KUPFFER, Carl, & HAGEN, Fritz Bessel. Ueber den Schadel Kants; ein Beytrag zu Galls Hirn- und Schadellehre von Dr Wilhelrr n ittlieb Kelch ... Neudruck der Ausgabe t 1804. 30p. pl. 12? Konigsb., Grafe & Dust., 1924. KUPFFER, Victor, 1902- ♦Typhus-Mor- biditat, -Mortalitat und Letalitat in Bezug auf Alter und Geschlecht [Munchen] 35p. 8? Lauenburg-P., O. Amtmann [1928] KUPFFER cells. See Liver; also Reticuloendothelial system. KUPKA, Edward, 1903- Translator of Gervois, M. The bovine type bacillus in human tuberculosis. 296 1. 28cm. Olive View, 1939. KUPPENHEIM 383 KURE KUPPENHEIM, Hans. See Mttnzesheimer, F., & Kuppenheim, H. Leitfaden der systematischen Rontgenuntersuchung in der Zahnheilkunde. 147p. 8? Berl., 1931. ------ Die Wurzelbehandlung mit Hochfrequenzstrom. 112p. 8? Berl., 1931. KUPPER, Erich [M. D., 1937, Basel] ♦Ueber die Heilwirkung mittlerer Hohenlage (700-800 m ii. M.) bei kindlicher Bronchialdrfisen-Tuber- kulose [Basel] 33p. 24cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1937. KUPPER, William Howard, 1908- The malarial therapy of general paralysis and other conditions, x, 155p. illust. diagr. 2372cm. Ann Arb., Edwards bros, 1939. Lithoprinted. - --- Medical state and national board sum- mary, xiii, 369p. illust. diagr. 2372cm. Paterson, N. J., Colt pr., 1942. Also rev. 2. ed. xiii, 369p., 1944. KUPPLER, Werner, 1909- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber die Ursache der nachtlichen Diurese- hemmung. 20p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1934. KUPRICAS, Gilelis [M. D., 1937, Toulouse] ♦Contribution k l'etude du sang des canc^reux et des sujets soumis k la radiotherapie locale. 36p. 24cm. Toulouse, Impr. Sud-Ouest, 1937. KUPSZ, Erika von, 1905- ♦Multiple Sklerose, Spatfalle [Heidelberg] 17p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. KUPTZ, Georg, 1905- ♦Ein Fall von angeborener, doppelseitiger, permanenter Patel- larluxation nach aussen mit kleiner Kniescheiben links [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1935. KURA, Alfred, 1898- ♦Untersuchungen fiber die Wirkung kfinstlicher und natfirlicher Kohlensaurebader auf Blutdruck, Puis und Atemfrequenz unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Frage der C02-Inhalation. 55p. 8? Bresl., Graph. Grossbetrieb Buch & Offsetdr., 1934. KURASCH, H. Christoph, 1902- ♦Ueber Beeinflussung unkomplizierter Genitalgonorrhoe mit Milchinjektionen im Sinne der Reizkorper- therapie. 36p. 8? Gott., Gott. Handelsdruck, 1930. KURASIKI, Japan. Institute for Science of Labour. Report. Kurasiki, No. 11, 1932- Also publisher of La studo por la scienco de laboro. Kura- siki, 1924. KURAYTIM, Shafik [M. D., 1932, Geneve] *Un accident rare consecutif aux injections d'insuline chez les diab^tiques: l'hematurie. 24p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1932. KURC, Chaim Zelman [M. D., 1932, Geneve] *Les psychoses fraternelles a l'Asile Bel-Air depuis 1900; etude statistique. 38p. 8? Geneve, E. Meyer, 1932. KURCHI bark. See under Holarrhena. KURDISTAN [and Kurds] See also Iran; Iraq; Mesopotamia. Ariens Kappers, C. U. Contributions to the anthropology of the Near East; 5. Kurds, Circassians and Persians. Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1931, 34: 1085-98.—Field, H. Thresh- ing sledges in Kurdistan. Man, Lond., 1932, 32: 56, illust.— Kurden; bibliography. Ethnol. Anz., 1935, 4: 85.—Lamsa, G. M. Health under the ancient order. Good Health, 1943, 78: 119.—Neinhaus, W. Bei den Kurden in Kurdistan. Erdball, 1928, 2: 290-3. KURE, Ken, 1883- Ueber den Spinal- parasympathikus. 83p. illust. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1931. ---- Die vierfache Muskelinnervation ein- schliesslich der Pathogenese und Therapie der progressiven Muskeldystrophie. xii, 320p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. KURE, Shuzo, 1865-1932. Weygandt, W. [Nekrolog] Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1932, 34: 557-9. KURER, Vital, 1912- *Zur Aufbewahrung einiger Arzneistoffe unter Lichtschutz. 123p. tab. diagr. pl. 24^cm. Ziir., City-Druck A. G., 1940. KURESA, Ielu, 1901-36. For obituary see Native M. Pract., Suva, 1934-37 2: 408-10, portr. KURIG, Herbert, 1905- ♦Ueber den Ausgang der unreinen Kaiserschnittoperationen in der Bonner Klinik aus den Jahren 1912-28. 31p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorf!, 1930. KURITZKES, David, 1899- ♦Ueber einen Fall von systematisiertem Naevus [Leipzig] 29p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1926. KURKHAUS, Erich, 1911- *Das Elek- trokardiogramm bei echter Uraemie und blassem Hochdruck; zugleich ein Beitrag zu dem von Erwin Becher gepragten Begriff der Myode- generatio angiospastica. 43p. pl. 2372cm. Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1937. KURKIN, Petr Ivanovich, 1858- Bibliography. Gig. epidem., 1931, 10: No. 8-9, 2-4.— Prinzing, F. [Work of P. I. Kurkin in hygiene statistics] Ibid., 7-9.—Roesie, E. [Importance of P. I. Kurkin's works on statistics of diseases outside of Russia] Ibid., 9-10. KURLAND, Leib, 1913- ♦Les groupes sanguins parmi la population juive. 26p. 2572cm Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. KURLANDER, Jonas E. See Jaulusz, H. J., & Kurlander, J. E. Facial deformities catalog. 16 1. 30Hcm. Clevel. [n. d.] KURLOV body. See under Monocyte. KURNAKOV, Nikolai Semenovich, 1860-1941. For obituarv see Briscoe, H. V. A. Nature, Lond., 1941, 148. 310.—Volfkovich, S. I. Usp. khimii, 1941, 10: 757-62, portr. KURNATOWSKI, Gunter von, 1909- *Ein Beitrag zur systematisierten Geschwulst- bildung [Leipzig] 27p. 8? Engelsdorf-Lpz., C. & E. Vogel, 1934. KURODA, Ryo. Experimental researches upon the sense of hearing in lower vertebrates, including reptiles, amphibians, and fishes. 50p. illust. tab. diagr. 2672cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1936. Forms No. 16, v.3, Comp. Psychol. Monogr., Bait. KURRAJONG virus. See Chlorogenanceae in 5. series. KURSANOV, A. L. 06paTHMoe AeftcTBne cpep- MeHTOB B JKHBOH paCTHTejIbHOH KJieTKe. 234p. illust. tab. diagr. 2672cm. Moskva, Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1940. KURT, Werner, 1905- ♦Ueber das Schicksal von Ohrverletzten bei Schadelbasis- frakturen. 20p. 8? Ziir., n. p., 1932. KURTA, Lejzor, 1909- ♦Ueber die Ursache des sauren Geschmackes [Berlin] 18p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KURTAG, Paul, 1914- ♦Contribution k l'etude des accidents mortels de l'arsenotherapie anti-syphilitique. 63p. 25cm. Par., A. Maison- neuve, 1938. KURTEN, Russell Matthias, 1899- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1912, 41: 702; 1943, 42: 536; 827; 1025. KURTH, Wolfgang Horst, 1909- ♦Makro- skopische und mikroskopische Messungen der Tonsilla lingualis. 27p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. KURTHIA 3X4 KURZ KURTHIA. See also under Bacillus proteus, in 3. series. Kurthia. In Diet. bact. pathog. (Hauduroy, P.) Par., 1937, 208-70. Also in Man. Determ. Bact. (Bergey et al.) 5. ed., Bait., 1939, 485-6. KURTHS, Wilhelm Erich, 1901- ♦Kin bemerkenswerter Fall von primaren Carcinom des Ductus choledochus [Erlangen] 40p. 8? [Gera-Reuss, K. Lehmann & co.] 1926. KURTIN, Henry John. 1913- ♦Subacute bacterial endocarditis [Marquette Univ.] 27p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1938. Tvpi-wiitten. KURTTIO, Eljas [M. D., 1935, Helsinki] *Ueber Tetanus und sein Vorkommen in Finn- land. 144p. map, 24y2cm. Helsin., Finn. Lit. Ges., 1935. KURTZ, Chester Mott, 1899- Ortho- diascopy; an analysis of over 1,700 orthodiascopic examinations. xxii, 247p. illust. pl. tab. diagr. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1937. KURTZ, Dorothy L. Unit medical records in hospital and clinic. llOp. form. 22cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1943. KURTZ, Edith, comp. & transl. Heilzauber der Letten in Wort und Tat; allgemeines Siechtum magischen Ursprungs innerer Krankheiten. 185p. 8? Riga, E. Plates, 1937. Forms Bd 5. Ven'iff. Kiga. Herderinst. Volkskundl. Forsch. KURTZ, Ethna Louise. See Brady, L., & Kurtz, E. L. Essentials of gynecology. 257p. 22cm. N. Y., 1941. KURTZ, Heinrich, 1898- ♦Die Absorp- tion der Kohlenstoff-K-Strahlung in C, N und 0 [Kiel] p.529-51. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1927. Also Ann. Phys., Lpz., 1928, 85: KURTZ, Jack Isador, 1891-1939. The prin- ciples and practice of ocular physical therapy for optometrists. 242p. 8? Minneap., Am. J. Optometr. [1930] KURTZ, Joseph, 1842-1924. For portrait see Collection in Library. KURTZ, Leonard P., 1892- ♦The Dance of Death and the macabre spirit in European literature [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] 301p. 8? N. Y., Inst. French Stud., 1934. KURTZ, Russell Harold, 1890- Editor of Russell Sage Foundation. New York, N. Y. Social work vear book. New York, No. 4, 1937- KURTZAHN, Hans, 1890- Chirurgische Rontgenologie; ein Grundriss der Anwendung der Rontgenstrahlen in der Chirurgie, mit einem Anhang, Radiumtherapie; mit einem Geleitwort von M. Kirschner. 216p. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1927. ---- Kleine Chirurgie. 2. Aufl. viii, 463p. illust. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932. KURTZE, Carl Heinz, 1911- ♦Ueber das Vorkommen von Abortus-Bangbakterien in den Harnorganen, insbesondere in der weissen Fleck- niere des Kalbes. 32p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1937. KURTZE, Gerda, 1909- ♦Chronische Bleivergiftung mit Augenhintergrundsverande- rungen. 24p. 8? Berl., F. Linke, 1936. KURTZWIG, Gerhard, 1904- ♦Zahn- frakturen. 28p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.l 1933. KURY, Alfons, 1908- ♦Mikrostomie: Ursachen und Behandlung [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1932. KURZ, Ernst Josef, 1911- ♦Beitrage zur Frage der Strahlenempfindlichkeit der Karzinome 20p. 21cm. Miinch., G. Lindner, 1938. KURZ, Georg, 1914- ♦Ulcerose Prozesse der Mundschleimhaut [Miinchen] 58p. 2072cm. Krumbach, K. Ziegler, 1937. KURZ, Hans Alfred, 1909- *Ueber paranoid-halluzinntoriselie Bilder bei Paralyti- kern vor und nach der Malariabehandlung. 44p. 22cm. Gott. [n. p.l 1935. KURZ, Karl Heinz, 1911- ♦Untersu- chungen fiber den Einfluss aseptischer Operationon auf die erste Phase des Geiinnungsvorgangcs des Blutes im Rahmen der postoperativen Blut- veriinderungen. 16p. 8? Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdr., 1936. KURZ, Karl Hermann, 1896- ♦Leber die desinfizierende Wirkung der Wachholderbeeren- Tinktur und ihre Wirksamkeit als Wundheil- mittel [Giessen] 15p. 8? Alsfeld, C. Riihl, 1925. KURZ, Maria, 1904- ♦Ueber Haut- reaktionen bei Normal- und Uebergewichtigen. 17p. 8° Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. KURZ, Rudolf, 1899- ♦Untersuchungen iiber die Kolniseh-Wasser-Pigmentierung. 48p 8? Giessen, O. Kind, 1928. KURZ, Rudolph Friederich, 1818-71. Journal; transl. by M. .larrell, ed. by J. N. B. Hewitt. ix, 382p. pl. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1937. Forms No. 115, Bull. Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. KURZ, Sulviz, 1833-78. Stellfeld, C. Kurz. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 30. KURZE, Use, 1908- ♦Ueber Desinfektion mit Chlor und Jod und Handedesinfektion [Leipzig] 12p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1934. KURZE, Werner, 1907- ♦Ueber das Wesen der sogenannten Trigeminus-Neuralgie. 36p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1932. KURZES Handbuch der Ophthalmologic; hrsg. von F. Schieck, A. Bruckner [et al.] 7v. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930-32. KURZHALS, Hans, 1910- See Knor, L., & Kurzhals, H. "Korrelation der Kyphose, Skoliose und Lordosc zu den Konstitutionstypen mit Beriick- sichtigung der Rassen [Munchen] 15p. 2icm. Bleicherode a. H., 1937. KURZHALS, Rudolf Gerhard, 1905- *Zur Kenntnis der Chondrome des Kehlkopfes [Leipzig] 28p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1930] KURZROK, Raphael, 1895- ♦Biochemi- cal studies of human semen and its relation to mucus of the cervix uteri [Columbia Univ.] 19p. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1927. ---- The endocrines in obstetrics and gyne- cology, xvi, 488p. illust. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1937. KURZWEG, Paul Hans Ernst, 1901- ♦Die klinische Bedeutung der Lambliosis in- testinalis. 44p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1932. KURZWEG, Rudi Karl Gerhard, 1910- ♦Ueber die Haufigkeit der Entwicklung einer Retroflexio uteri post partum und ihre Bedeutung fiir spatere Fertilitat. 31 p. 8? Konigsb. i. P. [Masuhr] 1936. KUSAN, Vjekoslav. Zdravstvene prilike starog Sarajeva. 87p. illust. portr. facs. 231<4cm. Beograd, Stamparija Centr. hig. zavoda, 1934. Forms No. 16, Bibl. Centr. hig. zavoda. KUSBER, Wolfgang, 1906- ♦Die ge- schichtliche Entwicklung der deutschen Sozial- versicherung [Freiburg i. B.] 47p. 8? Lipp- stadt-Westf., C. J. Laumann, 1933. KUSCH, Ursula, 1914- ♦Ueber die Wirkung von Argidal auf Gonokokken und andere Keimarten, besonders in eiweisshaltigen Medien [Miinster] 16p. 8? Mannheim- Waldhof, C. F. Boehringer & Sonne, 1937. KUSCHE, Gerhard Ernst Gustav, 1901- ♦Normale und pathologische Rumpfbewegungen KUSCHE 385 KUSSMAUL-MAIER beim einbeinigen Stehen auf Grund anthro- pologischer Messungen. 40p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1934. KUSCHE, Hanns, 1906- ♦Ueber Epi- gnathie nebst Mitteilung eines einschlagigen Falles bei gleichzeitiger Mundhohlendoppelung [Breslau] 47p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. ■--- Aerztlicher Bericht der Krankenanstalt St Uli Murnau-Seehausen Obb. erstattet fiir die Zeit vom 1. Mai 1932 bis 31. Dezember 1938. vii, 65p. 2172cm. Berl., Verl. Lebenskunst- Heilkunst, 1939. Forms H. 1 of Jahrber. Krankenanstalt. Deut. Bund. naturgemasse Lebens- u. Heilweise (Priessnitz-Bund) KUSCHE, Johannes, 1900- ♦Verfall und Wiederaufbau des deutschen Badewesens [Ber- lin] 40p. 8? Jena [n. p.] 1929. KUSCHEL, Horst, 1911- ♦Zur opera- tiven Behandlung der Kreuzbandverletzungen. 35p. 201/cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1937. KUSCHFELDT, Ruth, 1912- *Die Re- generation des Scheidenepithels der Ratte bei Schwangerschaft. lip. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1937. KUSCHINSKY, Gustav, 1904- ♦Ueber das Verhalten von Kalium und Calcium im Blut des Hundes beim Histaminshock [Kiel] p.563-8. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64: KUSCHNER, Leib, 1903- ♦Erfahrungen mit der Grundumsatzbestimmung bei 49 Fallen von Schilddriisenerkrankungen. 20p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1929. KUSE, Karl Heinz, 1906- ♦Ein Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild des Pemphigus hereditarius [Kiel] p.513-22. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1929. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 42: KUSHNER, Alexander, 1901- See Albee, F. H., & Kushner, A. Bone graft surgery in disease, injury and deformity. 403p. 25cm. N. Y., 1940. KUSHNIR, M. G. See Malinovsky, M. S., & Kushnir, M. G. [Handbook on operative obstetrics] 494p. 22^>cm. Moskva, 1936. KUSHTALOV test. See under Pregnancy. KUSMANOWA, Nadejda, 1910- ♦Ueber Angina Plaut-Vincenti. 19p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Druck [1935] KUSS, Georges, 1867-1936. For obituary see Bezancon, F. Presse m6d., Par., 1936, 44: 419-21, portr.—Courcoux, A. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1936, 5. ser., 2: p. i-iv, portr.—Sergent, E. J. med. chir., Par., 1936, 107: 195. KUSSITASSEFF, Konstantin, 1900- *Untersuchungen fiber die Morphologie und Biologie der Recurrensspirochaten im Blute und im Gewebe (Auszug) 8p. 8? Lpz., E. Leh- mann, 1925. KUSSMAUL, Adolf, 1822-1902. Jugend- erinnerungen eines alten Arztes. 16.-18. Aufl. 518p. portr. 12? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann [1936] See also: Bast, T. H. The life and time of Adolf Kussmaul. xiii, 13lp. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1926. See also J. Organother., Newark, 1934, 18: 11-3. Also Physician's Bull., 1938, 3: No. 3, 2, portr.—Wald, R. Deutsche Nervenarzte als Dichter und Denker; Adolf Kussmaul. Psy- chiat. neur. Wschr., 1936, 38: 323-6. ■------ Deutsche Aerzte, wie sie denken und dichten; Adolf Kussmaul. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1938, 35: 537-40. For portrait see Collection in Library, KUSSMAUL, Wilhelm, 1910- ♦Einige einfache klinische Methoden zur gleichzeitigen Sauerstoff- und Kohlensaure-Bestimmung mit dem Kroghschen Spirometer. 27p. 8? Tfib., A. Becht, 1937. KUSSMAUL-MAIER disease. See Periarteritis nodosa. KUSSO. See Kousso. KUSTERMAN, Alois Fredric, 1901- ♦Cholecystography or visualization of the gall bladder [Marquette Univ.] 17 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1927. Typewritten. KUSTNER, Johan Reinhard, fl. 1716. ♦De lingua sana et aegra. 48p. 195mm. Altdorf, M. D. Meyer [1716] KUTCH, Melcherd Helmer, 1874- Onto- geny and such as isos. 119p. illust. portr. 20cm. Bost., Christopher pub. house [1941] KUTCHIN. See also Indian. Osgood, C. Contributions to the ethnography of the Kutchin. 189p. 25cm. New Haven, 1936. KUTHE, Heinz, 1914- ♦Weitere Bei- trage zur Frage Fremdkorper in den tieferen Luftwegen [Frankfurt a. M.] 40p. 8? Geln- hausen, F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937. KUTSCH, Heinrich, 1911- ♦Entwick- lung, Misserfolge und Anzeigenstellung der kfinstlichen Magen-Dunndarm-Verbindung, sowie Vor- und Nachteile der vorderen und hinteren Operationsmethode. 29p. 20}£cm. Berl., F. Dietzler, 1938. KUTSCH, Josef, 1903- ♦Umsetzung von Jodipin und Dijodyl im Tierkorper. 24p. 8? Giessen, A. Klein, 1928. KUTSCH, Therese (Thesa) 1909- ♦Ein Beitrag zur Lokalisation des Hemiballismus [Miinchen] p.404-16. 8? Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1939. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938-39, 164: KUTSCHE, Fritz, 1906- *Die forensische Bedeutung der Encephalitis epidemica bei Jugendlichen [Bonn] 51p. 8? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1930. Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: 431; 441. KUTSCHER, Friedrich, 1866-1942. For obituary see Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 680. KUTTENBERGER, Franz, 1912- ♦Ueber den Wert der Probeexzision bei der Diagnose maligner Tumoren [Erlangen] 16p. 8? Kall- mfinz, M. Lassleben, 1937. KUTTNER, Hans Peter, 1902- ♦Patho- logisch-anatomische Untersuchungen zur Ver- wandtschaft der menschlichen epidemischen mit der tierischen Herpes-, Kling- und Staupe- Encephalitis. p. 182-92. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 105: KUTTNER, Leipold, 1866-1931. ftnarHocTH- lecKne h TepaneBTu^ecKue oiuh6kh npu 3a6o- neBaHHHX nnuieBapuTejibHtix opraHOB h hx npeAynpesKfleHiie. 86p. 1972cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. For obituary see Boas. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1931, 49: 125-7. ---ISAAC-KRIEGER, Karl, & KWILECKI, Dietrich. Ernahrung, Diatkfichen, Kostformen. 143p. tab. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. KUTTNER, Marianne, 1905- ♦Ueber die medikamentose Therapie der Anaemien im frfihen Kindesalter. 32p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Miinch, 1933. KUTTNER, Otto, 1908- ♦Ueber die Beeinflussung der Osteodystrophia fibrosa genera- 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----25 KUTTNER 38' lisata (Recklinghausen) durch die Entfernung von Kpithel-Korperchen-Hyperplasien [Berlin] 29p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. KUTUKOVA, K. S. Sec Babakina, V. G., Kutukova, K. S., & Moshkovsky, S. D. [Microbiology of raw hides] 318p. 23cm. Moskva, 1936. KUTVIRT, Otakar, 1867-1929. For obituarv see Cas. lek. desk., 1929, G8: 1093-6. Also Seemann. M. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 823. KUTZ, Gerhard, 1904- ^Der Ablauf der Sonkung der Blutkorperchen innerhalb der Totenflecke. 41p. 23cm. Halle a. S., E. Klinz, 1937. KUTZER, Rolf, 1900- ♦Ueber sym- metrische Fibrome. 19p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1927. KUUSIK, Ulrich. ^On opium and opium preparations, especially on opium extract and opium concentration [Abstract] 7p. 22cm. Tartus, Varrak, 1939. KLWANA, Sinkai Inokiti, 1872-1933. For obituary see J. Econ. Entom., 1933, 26: 1185-8, portr. KUYPERS, Bernard, 1906- ♦Contribu- tion k l'etude clinique de la splenomegalie vac- cinale chez le nourrisson. 54p. 8? Par., Rev. path, comp., 1933. KUYPERS, Francoise, 1909- ♦Contri- bution a l'etude clinique de la forme cerebrale de l'endocardite maligne lente. 195p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. KUYPERS, Robert, 1908- ♦Ueber die Wirkung des Ovarialhormons auf den Kohle- hydratstoffwechsel [Munster] 13p. 8? Qua- kenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935. KUZMIK, Pal, 1864-1925. Amputation der Hand. 9p. 24cm. [Budap., n. p., 1899?] For portrait see Collection in Library. KUZNECOV, M. A., 1892-1934. Anufriev, A. [Obituary] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 78. KUZNETSKY, Dmitrii Petrovich, 1875-1939. Iakub, L. I. [Obituary] Urologia, Moskva, 1940, 17: 112. KUZZER, Hans Joachim, 1909- ♦Festig- keitsuntersuchungen an Lotverbanden bei Den- talgolden. 30p. 8? Lpz., W. Brummer, 1934. KVAKAN, Paul [Ph. D., 1924, Cornell Univ.] *The inheritance of brown aleurone in maize [Cornell; Ph. D.] 22p. 8? Ithaca, 1924. Forms No. 83 of Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. KVAM, Olaf Fredrik Horn, 1869- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 686. KVAMME, Arnbj^rn Ellingsen, 1873- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 1: 686. KVARBERG, Anders, 1891- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 204. KVAS. See also Beer; Beverage. Kudzin, K. I. [Acidophilic beverages] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1936, 5: 5476.—Zhilin, M. G., Davydova, V. L., & Desiatnikova, Z. S. [Acidophilous fermented beverage (kvas)] Kazan, med. J., 1939, 35: No. 5-6, 105-8. KVEIM, Morten Ansgar, 1892- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., KWANGO. See Congo. KWASNY, Karl Bernhard August, 1903- ♦Die Morbiditat und Mortalitat der manuellen Placentalosung im Privathause [Berlin] 43p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932. KWIAT, Max Majer, 1911- ♦Le fonc- tionnement de la maternite de 1'Hopital de Tarare au cours des annees 1934-35. 36p. 8? Lyon, G. Neveu & cie, 1936. KWIATKOWSKI KWIATKOWSKI, Francois, 1868-1931. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 258. KWIET, Bernhard, 1906- *Die Aende- rung der Schattentiefe des Lungen-Rontgenbildes bei der Atmung [Miinchen] 22p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme [1932] Also Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1932, 45: KWILECKI, Dietrich. See Kuttner, L., Isaac-Krieger, K., & Kwilecki, D. Ernfih- rung. 143p. 8? Berl., 1930. KYBURG, Helmuth, 1900- ♦Ist die Kranioklasie heute noch erforderlich? [Jena] 31p. 8? Weimar, Harger & Hoser, 1930. KYDD, David Mitchell, 1903- Bibli- ography of rural medicine. 38p. 8? Coopers- town, N. Y., Mary Imogene Bassett Hosp., 1938. ---- The treatment of edema, dehydration, acidosis and alkalosis, p.303-51. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co., 1941. In Ther. Int. Dis. (G. Blumer, et al.) v.3. KYESER, Georg Wilhelm Rudolf Neddegodell, 1884- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 182. KYKLOS; Jahrbuch des Instituts fiir Ge- schichte der Medizin an der Universitat Leipzig. Lpz., v.l, 1928- KYLE, David Braden, 1863-1916. Text-book of diseases of the nose and throat. 2. ed. 646p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders & co., 1900. For portrait see Collection in Library. KYLE, Harry Macdonald, 1872- The asymmetry, metamorphosis and origin of flat- fishes, p.75-129. pl. 29cm. Lond., Harrison & sons, 1923. In Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1923, ser. B, 211: KYLE, John Johnson, 1869- For portrait see Collection in Library. KYLIN, Eskil Wilhelm Viktor, 1889- Nagra kapillartrycksstudier med en for andamalet konstruerad apparat; studier hos friska och vid vissa former av morbus brighti. 130p. tab. diagr. pl. 23cm. Goteborg [Lund Univ.] 1920. —-— Der Gehalt des Blutes an Calzium und Kalium. 112p. 8? Stockh., 1927. Forms Suppl. 19, Acta med. scand. ---- Die Hypertoniekrankheiten. 2. Aufl. x, 270p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. ---- Der Blutdruck des Menschen. xv, 322p. tab. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1937. See also Bennhold, FL, Kylin, E., & Rusznyak, I. Die Eiweisskorper des Blutplasmas. 470p. 24cm. Dresd., 1938. KYM, Otto, 1906- ♦Die Beeinflussung des durch verschiedene fiebererzeugende Stoffe erregten Temperaturzentrums durch lokale Appli- kation von Ca, K und Na [Zfirich] p.408-24. 8? Brnschw., F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1934. Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1934, 176: KYMOGRAPH. See also Kymography. Satsch, P. *Da,s Ludwigsche Kymographion und seine ersten Anwendungen (dargestellt an Hand von im Leipziger physiologischen Institut vorhandenen Apparaten) 29p. 23cm. Lpz., 1936. Basler, A. Das Bildkymographion und mit ihm ausgefiihrte lntersuchungen. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1938-39, 10: 219-27.— Frank, O.. & Petter, I. Die Russ-schreibung. Zschr. Biol., 1926, 84: 207-38.—Gerbrands, R.. & Volkmann, J. A wax paper kymograph. Am. J. Psychol., 1936, 48: 498-501 — Gray, E. W. A simple photographic kymograph and time recording method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18: 74-C.—Hay- craft, J. B. The photographic kymograph. J. Physiol, Lond., 1923-24, 57: 175-80.—Heller, R. Ein Kymographion mit automatischer Zeilenverschiebung. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1930, 225: 298-302.—Hiestand, W. A. A commutator for the Harvard kymograph. Science, 1935, 81: 382.—Krzywanek, KYMOGRAPH 387 KYPHOSCOLIOSIS F W Projektionskymographion mit ebener Registrierflache. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233: 416-8.—McLaughlin, A. R. A weight-driven kymograph. Science, 1928, 68: 62-4.— Panconcelli-Calzia, G. Zur Geschichte des Kymographions. Zschr. Laryng., 193", 26: 196-207.—Patterson, T. L., Scantle- bury, R. E., & Gijsbers, J. A. New improvements on the ink recording system for kymographic registration. Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 113: 104.—Porter. W. T.. & Pratt. F. H. New and improved apparatus for teaching and research. Ibid., 107 —Poucher, G., jr, & Hickman, C. P. A kymograph time- interval recorder. Science, 1934, 80: 383.— Solberg, A. N. A further improvement in the Harvard kymograph. Science, 1942, 96: 590.—Tschermak-Seysenegg, A. Einfacher elek- trischer Kymographionantrieb mit Widerstandsregulierung der Geschwindigkeit. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232: 111-5 — Walton, R. P., Cook, F. M., & Cullen, A. B. Roller rim-drive kymographs. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1002-8.—Williams, G. W. Simplified equipment of smoking kymograph drums. Science, 1935, 81: 465.-—Yamasaki, H. On a new tambour. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1938, 11: Proc. Pharm., 1. KYMOGRAPHY. See also Graph; Kymograph; also under terms denoting application as Blood pressure, Meas- urement, etc. Bosch Sola, P. Quimograffa. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 179.—Herkmann, K. Zur Frage der Doppelgipfligkeit der Randzacken im Flachenkymogramm. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 644-6. —Kellogg, W. N. A device for measuring kymographic records. J. Exp. Psychol., 1936, 19: 383-5, pl.—Lubin, D. A simple method for the manifolding of kymograph tracings. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 20: 199-201.—Pa2zanese, D., & Cabelo Campos, J. M. Estudo comparativo dos diversos mStodos quimograficos. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1934, 4:203-9, 6 graphs.— Robinson, W. W. The value of kymography in clinical medi- cine. Memphis M. J., 1942, 17: 116-20. KYMOGRAPHY [rontg.] See Roentgen kymography. KYNURENIC acid. See Cynurenic acid. KYOTO, Japan. Imperial University. College of Medicine. Acta Scholae medicinalis. Kyoto, v.2, 1917- KYPHOSCOLIOSIS. See also Kyphosis; Spine, Deformity. Hagmaier, W. ♦Postoperative Komplika- tionen bei kyphoskoliotischen Patientinnen. 19p. 28tfcm. [Heidelb.] 1937. Lazitch, A. ♦Contribution a l'etude de la cypho-scoliose douloureuse des adolescents. 123p. 25cm. Nancy, 1934. Nusken, K. ♦Ueber Kyphoskoliose und Kyphoskolioseherz. 21p. 8? Bonn, 1931. Schiller, H. R. ♦Das Schicksal des Kypho- skoliotikers. 51p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. Topp, C. ♦Veranderungen der Organe des Brustkorbes bei schwerer Kyphoskoliose als Disposition zur Kontusionspneumonie. 19p. 21cm. Miinch., 1938. Wiese, O. ♦Die operative Entfernung eines Keilwirbels bei angeborener Kyphoskoliose [Munster] 32p. 20>£cm. Werne, 1937. Hermann, S. E. Embarazo y parto en una cifoescoliosis. Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2, 897.—Borchardt, M. Kypho- skoliose und Ruckenmark. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 613-7.—Cavallo, E. L'autoemulazione del paziente nella cura della cifosi e della scoliosi. Igiene & vita, 1926, 9: 52-4.— Chavany, J. A. Scoliose et paraplegie; a propos d'un cas de cypho-scoliose complique de paraplegie. Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt 2, 860-6.—Eckhardt, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Lage von Brust- und Baucheingeweiden bei hochgradiger Kypho- skoliose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1927, 48: 125-35.—Galant, J. S. Katatonische Kyphoskoliose. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: 336-8.—Glendy, R. E., & Mallory, T. B. Kyphoscoliosis, right dorsal, extreme; degeneration of anterior horn cells of spinal cord. N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 452-5.—Haguenau, J., & Gauthier. Syndrome de compression de la moelle au cours d'une cyphoscoliose avec atrophie d'une hemivertebra. Rev. neur., Par., 1937, 67: 623-7.—Hofbauer, L. Behandlung der Kreislaufschwache bei Kyphoskoliose. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 96.—Holmgren, B. Graviditat und Partus bei Kypho- skoliose. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1936, 16: 267-355.—Kienbock, R. Angeborene Kyphoskoliose durch Blockwirbel. Rontgen- praxis, 1940, 12: 184.—Klaften, E. Menstruations- und Gestations verhaltnisse bei Kyphoskoliotischen. Arch. Gyn Berl., 1926-27, 129: 550-91.—Lehmann, W. Diskordantes Auftreten einer schweren Kyphoskoliose bei einem eineiigsn Zwillingspaar. Zschr. menschl. Vererb., 1936, 20: 237-45.— Mau. Die Adoleszentenkyphoskoliose. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1926) 1927, 21. Kongr., 200-4.—Milian, G. La cypho- scoliose heredo-syphilitique des adolescents. Hopital, 1922, 10: 139.—Nedrigaitova, O. V. Kyphoskoliosometer; zur Frage einer objektiven Methode zur Untersuchung der WTirbelsaule. Anthrop. Anz., 1929-30, 6: 353-7.—Okonek, G. Spatschadi- gungen des Ruckenmarks bei angeborenen Kyphoskoliosen. Zbl. Neurochir., 1937, 2: 39-47.—Ponsold, A. Ruckenmarks- schiidigung infolge von Riickgratsverkrummung (unvollstandige Querschnittslasion durch rachitische Kyphoskoliose) Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1935, 103: 199-207.—Preisich, K. [Etiology of primary kyphoscoliosis] Gy6gyaszat, 1937, 77: 426-8.— Reimann, F. Anamie bei Kyphoskoliose; zur Genese erosiv- hamorrhagischer Gastritis. Gastroenterologia, Basel, 1941-42, 66: 197-212.—Roberts, H. M. Paroxysmal dyspnoea due to extreme kyphoscoliosis. Kansas City M. J., 1938, 14: No. 7, 16-8.—Schroeder, C. Morphiumuberempfindliehkeit bei Kyphoskoliose. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1621-6.—Sch ii Her, J. Beitrag zur Klinik der Ruckenmarksschadigungen bei Kvpho- skoliosen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1503-5.—Schu- macher, O. Zur Thoraxtopographie bei Kvphoskoliosen. Beitr. path. Anat., 1935, 95: 247-67.—Smitt, W. G. S. [Kypho- scoliosis with neurological symptoms] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 4428-34, pl.—Sorrel, E., Le Grand-Lambling & Merigot, L. Un cas d'aplasie costale avec cypho-scoliose symptomatique. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 170-3.— Valentin, B., & Putschar, W. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Kyphoskoliosen mit Riickenmarksschadigung. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932, 57: 245.—Viets, H. R., & Clifford, M. H. Para- plegia associated with non-tuberculous kyphoscoliosis; a case report and a survey of the literature. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75:406. Also New England J. M.,1932, 206: 55-61.— Vreden, R. R. [Kyphoscoliosis and complications of the nervous system] Sovet. khir., 1934, 6: 383-5. KYPHOSIS. See also Kummell-Verneuil disease; Kypho- scoliosis; also Epiphysis; also names of kyphotic bones as Rib, Deformity; Spine, Deformity; Vertebra, Deformity, etc. Passalacqua, A. ♦De gibba. 32p. 21cm. Venezia, 1839. Belval, J., Ducrocq, R. [et al.] Deformations mediastinals observers dans deux cas de cyphose. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1939- 40, 16: 1067-79.—De Francesco, D. Sulla meecanica del gibbo pottico. Rass. clin. sc, 1936, 14: 181-6.—Di Lulio, O., & Bruchmann, G. Distonia de torsi6n: variedad cif6tica. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 902-7.—Galland, M. Cyphoses a r6tropulsion nucleaires et paraplegie. Bull. Soc. m£d. Paris, 1930, 58-66—Hadley, H. G. Kyphosis. Dallas M. J., 1940, 26: 68.—Lambrinudi, C. Adolescent and senile kyphosis. Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 800-4.—Loeschcke. Thoraxformen bei Kyphose und Skoliose der Wirbelsaule. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 108-24.—McKee, G. K. Kypho- sis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1939, 201: 472-6.—Muller, W. Umbauzonen an den Dornfortsatzen kyphotischer Wirbel- saulen als Ursache von Schmerzzustanden. Fortschr. Rontgen- strahl., 1933, 48: 639-41.—Pyle, S. I. A study of the kyphotic spinal column. J. Bone Surg., 1929, 11: 588-92.—Roederer, C. De l'esprit chez les bossus et d'autres vertus accessoires. J. med. fr., 1932, 21: 219-22. ------ El hueso en el mal de Pott dorsal. Rev. hig. tuberc, Valencia, 1934, 27: 66-9.—Salvatori, G. B. Contributo alio studio dei rapporti tra morbo di Pott e malattia di Scheuermann. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1934, 11: pt 2, 39.—Schede, F. Kyphosen. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1931, 22: H. 12, 19-28.—Slocker. Mal de Pott. An. Acad. med., Madr., 1917, 37: 337-9 [Discussion] 254; 362.—Spiro, A. Kyphosis in children. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1943, 25: 108.— Torfs, A. Tets over klompschouders. Handel. Vlaamsch. natuur & geneesk. congr., 1907, 10. Congr., 2: 130-9.—Wiles, P. Postural deformities of the anteroposterior curves of the spine. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 911-9. ---- congenital, and hereditary. Kurissis, J. ♦Ein Fall fiber angeborene Kyphose und Rhachischisis. 13p. 8? Miinch., 1914. Voulich y Procin, B. ^Deux cas de cyphose congenitale dorsolombaire par atonie musculaire. 24p. 23^cm. Lausanne, 1942. Bauer, H. Ueber angeborene Wirbelsaulenmissbildungen, insbesondere angeborene Kyphosen. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932-33, 58: 354-81.—Davidoff, T. Angeborener Keilwirbel mit antero-posteriorer Keilbildung. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern (1935-37) 1938, No. 140, 1-3.—Drehmann, F. Die angeborene Kyphose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 165: 595- 606.—Ducroquet, R. Deux cas de gibbosite d'origine con- genitale simulant le mal de Pott. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1929, 27: 113-9.—Enderle, C. Sindrome midollare rara e cifosi congenita. Arch. gen. neur., Teramo, 1933, 14: 138-48, 3 pL— KYPHOSIS 388 KYPHOSIS Evans. E. L. Two cases of congenital kyphosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1265-8.—Frejka, B. Cyphose infantile. Rev. orthop., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 25: 110-24. —(Jaleazzi. R. Contributo alio studio delle cifosi congenito. Arch. ital. chir., 193S 52: 223-61.—Hadley, H. G. Heredotraumatic kyphosis of Bechterew. Delaware M. J., 1940, 12: 146.—Harrenstein, R. J. Angeborene Kvphose mit Gibbus infolge Wirbelmiss- bildung. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1929, 52: 332-9.—Junghanns, H. Dorsale Halbwirbel als LTrsache fur angeborene Kyphosen. Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 561-5.—Lagergren, S. [Case of marked kyphosis in father and son as manifestation of heredo-degenera- tion in the nervous svstem] Sven. liik. tidn., 1933, 30: 893; 920. Also Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1934, 9: 57-65.—Lance. Fausse gibbosite pottique d'origine congenitale. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris. 1929, 27: 112.—Lindemann, K. Zur Kasuistik der angeborenen Kyphosen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1931, 30: 27-33- Lombard, P., & Le Genissel. Cyphoses con- genitale*. Rev. orthop., Par., 1933, 3. ser., 25: 532-50 — Mosenthal. Angeborene Kyphose; die Bedeutung seitlicher Rontgenaufnahmen der Wrirbelsaule zur Erkennung von Veranderung an derselben. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1930, 53: 111-3.—Muller, W. Die angeborene Gibbusbildung mit Wirbelkorperspaltung an der unteren Brustwirbelsaule. Arch. orthop. Unfallchir., 1931, 30: 319-30.—Rocher, H. L., &. Pouyanne, L. Un cas de cyphose congenitale par malformation vertebrale. Chir. narz. ruchu, 1934, 7: 5-9.—Roederer, C. Les anomalies vertebrales qui donnent lieu a des symptomes pottiques. J. med. Paris, 1923, 42: 988-90. —---- Anomalies vertebrales avant donne lieu a des erreurs de diagnostic, en particulier a des confusions avec le mal de Pott. Paris chir., 1923, 15: 289-93.—Schapira, C. Su alcune forme rare di malformazioni congenite del racbide (sinostosi vertebrali; cifosi congenite) Chir. org. movim.. 1930-37, 22: 39-57.— Schrick, F. G. van. Die angeborene Kyphose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932, 56: 238-59.—Sternberg, H. Die angeborene Kyphose und der angeborene Gibbus; ihre anatomischen firundlagen und ihre formale Genese. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932, 31: 465-78.—Treves, A. Gibbosite pseudo-pottique d'origine congenitale. Bull. Soc. pediat, Paris, 1929, 27: 119.— Valentin, B. A cifoze congenita e o bl6co vertebral. Rev. brasil. cir., 1039, 8: 99-110. ------& Putschar, W. Dysonto- genetiselie I'.lockn ii bei- und Gibbusbildung (klinische und anatomisclie Untci.-iichungen) Zschr. Orthop., 1935-36, 64: 338-69.—Van Assen, J. Angeborene Kyphose. Acta chir. scand., 1930, 67: 14-33. —— Diagnosis, and symptoms. See also Kyrtometer. Calve, J., & Gallanri, M. Osteites vertebrales centro- somatiques et mal de Pott; les aspects en dent creuse. Presse med., 1927, 35: 1377.—Caussade, G., & Tardieu, A. Sur les troubles cardio-pulmonaires des gibbeux et leurs rapports avec l'etiologie tuberculeuse. J. med. fr., 1932, 21: 195-8 — Guilbert, C, & Tardieu, A. A propos des difficultes et de l'inter£t du diagnostic radiologique chez les gibbeux. Ibid., 216-8.— H:.skovee, L. Pseudogibbus po svalovem ztrzenf (pseudo- k\ pilosis traumatica?) poznamky k soucasn6 haematemesi. Rev. neuropsychopath., Praha, 1911, 8: 257; 339.—Junghanns, H. Anatomische Grundlagen und Rontgenbilder der Adoles- zenten-, Alters- und oste< i orotischen Kyphosen. Rontgen- praxis, 1932, 4: 97-105.— Lam v. L. Attitudes cyphotiques douloureuses. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 191-212.— Montagne, J. Un groupe interessant de faux maux de Pott: les spondylites infectieuses et les spondvlites de croissance. Bull. Soc. se. med. biol. Montpelh'er, 1925-26, 7: 527; 553 — Penkert, M. [Diagnosis of infantile kyphosis and of dorsal kyphosis in adults] Gy6gyaszat, 1938, 78: 101-3.—Stupka, W. Knickung und relative Stenosierung der Speiserohre bei traumatischer Kvphose der Brustwirbelsaule. Zschr. Laryng., 1930, 20: 35-48.—Vulovich, L. S. [Orthotic, lordotic albumi- nuria as a part manifestation of the lympho-asthenic state in school children; kyphotic albuminuria] Glasnik, Beogr., 1926, 1: 231-41. ---- Etiology. Alajouanine, T., & Mauric, G. Les cyphoses du vieillard. Presse med., 1933, 41: 269-73.— Beitzke, H. Lymphogranulo- matoser Gibbus. Virchows Arch., 1935-36, 296: 358-63.— Canigiani, T. Ein Fall von porotischer Kyphose mit Wirbel- veranderungen. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 392-5.—Caussade, G., & Tardieu, A. Un cas d'osteopathie par carence avec gibbosite. J. med. fr., 1932, 21: 199-204.—Dietsch, J. Le cifosis raquitica del nino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1932, 16: 1117-28.—Ebstein, E. Ueber das gehaufte Auftreten von Buekligert, bes. in Sachsen. Zschr. Kruppelfiirs., 1920, 13: 25-8.—Fitte, M. 3. Cifosis tetanica. Prensa med. argent., 1942, 29: 156.—Gilbert & Pollet, L. Cypho-spondylose traumatique; renianiement de la cage thoracique et de son controle; ectopie aortique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3. ser., 48: 656-60.—Hoop, E. van der [Case of syphilitic Pott's disease] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1921, 65: pt 2, 2221-5.—Jorge, J. M., & Dietsch, J. R. La cifosis raquitica del nino. Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2, 1477-86.—Judet, H. Cvphose traumatique progressive. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1930, 39: 113-5.—Junghanns, H. Altersveranderungen der menschlichen Wirbelsaule (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Rontgen- befunde) die Alterskyphose. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 166: 106- 19.—Mironescu, T., & Angenomen. D. [Two cases of kyphosis of tetanic origin] Spitalul, 1929, 49: 93- 8— Nitsche, F. Igt der Buckel bei der tuberkulosen Wn belsaulenentzilndung ein notwendiges Ueb.-l'.' Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 400.— Pach, H. Senile oder traumatische Kyphose? Aerztl. Sach- verst. Ztg, 1911, 17: 417.—Pytel. A. J. [Modifications of the vertebral column in tetanus; pathogenesis of the so-called tetanus-k\ phosis] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 5, 38-12.— Reuler, F. Ueber traumatische arciifire Kyphose. Opera Internat. Congr. Indust. Aceid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 352-9.— Rimbaud, L., & Lamarque, P. Mal de Pott melitococciquc Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935, 23: 500-6.—Roederer, c! Comment on devient. bossu. J. med. fr., 1932, 21: 205-10.— Schrick. Zusammenhang des Hahnschen Kanals mit der Kyphose. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ces. (1932) 1933, 27. Koncr., 188- ------ Der Einbruch des Hahnschen Kanals als Ureai'ln- des kyphotischen Wirbels. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1933, 17: 517-9.—Spieler, F. Chondrodystrophy und dorsolumbale arkuare Kyphose. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 941.— Tilanus, C. B. Cicatricieele kyphosis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1919, 2: 221.—Timmer, H. [Observations on tuberculous gibbus] Ibid., 1937, 81: 1271-3. ---- I Tuberculous gibbus as seen in a specimen] Ibid., 2408-10.— Vardc, M. B. Kyphosis after tetanus. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 582.—Vaz. F. Un caso de cyphose provocado por ferimento de bala na bocca. Tribuna med., Rio, 1914, 20: 193-5. ---- juvenile [Scheuermann's osteochondritis dorsi] Hetzar, W. *Adoleszentenkyphose; Bericht uber 38 Falle. 63p. 8? Konigsb., 1933. Scott, S. G. A monograph on adolescent spondylitis or ankylosing spondylitis; the early diagnosis and its treatment by wide-field X-ray irradiation. 132p. 22^cm. Lond., 1942. Adolescent kyphosis. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 348.—Allende, G. Osteocondritis vertebral infantil. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 832-9.—Amorim, A. Cyphose dorsal juvenil. Fol. med. Rio, 1932, 13: 253; passim.—Boerema, I. Ueber Kyphosis dorsalis adolescentium. Arch. klin. Chir., 1931, 166: 737-49.— Delahaye, A. L'epiphysite vertebrale de ladolescent. Bull. med., Par., 1936, 50: 73-7.—Dellepiane Rawson, J. La epifisitis vertebral. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1931-32, 1: 7-24.'—Duerio, F. P. El pioblema de la cifosis dorsal juvenil. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 265-71.—Edelstein, J. M. Adolescent kyphosis. Brit. J. Surg., 1934, 22: 119-33.— Frejka, B. Kyphosis adolescentium. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 545-54. ------ [Kyphosis in children] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1937, 17: 375-85.—Freudenthal, P. [Scheuermann's kyphosis] Nord. med., 1939, 3: 2075.—Gottlieb, A. Kyphosis dorsalis adolescentium; report of a case. California West. M., 1926, 25: 368.—Hadley, H. A. Scheuermann's disease. Med. Times, N. Y., 1940, 68: 458.—Hodgen, J. T., & Frantz, C. H. Juvenile kyphosis. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 72: 798-806.—H0lund, T. Kyphosis juvenilis Scheuermann saerlig med henblik paa lidelsens betydning som invaliditetsaarsag. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 389-93.—lacobovici, I., & Jianu, S. [Scheuermann's disease of vertebrae] Spitalul, 1931, 51: 197-201.—Kruimel, J. P. [Kyphosis in adolescence] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 4, 5434-45, pl.—Mathieu, P., Massart & Ducroquet, R. La cyphose douloureuse et l'epiphysite vertebrale de croissance. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1925, 51: 220-8.—Mocquot, P., A Saumann, J. Epiphysite vertebrale. Rev. orthop., Par., 1931, 3. ser., 18: 649-54.—Mollard, H. L'epiphysite vertebrale des adolescents. J. med. chir., Par., 1936, 107: 142-5.—Moreno, B. A. Epifisitis vertebral; cifosis dorsal juvenil de los adoles- centes. Bol. Centro antirreum. Fac. cienc. med. B. Aires, 1939, 3: 55-64.—Saegesser, M. Kyphosis und Coxa vara adole- scentium. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940,87: 1141.—Satanowsky, S. Cifosis esencial e de los adolescentes. Acci6n mdd., B. Air., 1940, 10: 424.—Simon, R. S. The diagnosis and treatment of kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis, Scheuermann's kyphosis, in the early stage. J. Bone Surg., 1942, 24: 681-3.—Watermann, Die Kyphosis adolescentium. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr., 208-11. Also Arch, orthop. Unfallchir. 1926, 24: 179-88.—Wblfer, H. Kyphosis dorsalis adolescentium (Osteochondritis deformans juvenilis) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931, 154: 233-6. ---- juvenile: Clinical aspect. Worne, W. *Die Scheuermann'sche Er- krankung; Blutbild, Blutsenkung, Blutkalk- spiegel. 19p. 21cm. Freib. i. B., 1930. Climescu, V. [Two cases of painful kyphosis in adolescents] Spitalul, 1933, 53: 60-5.—Eckhardt, F. Ueber das klinische Bild der Scheuermannschen Krankheit; osteochondritis de- formans juvenilis dorsi. Arch. Kinderh., 1932-33, 98: 81-6.— Hanson, R. Ueber tuberkulose Spondylitis bei Fallen von Kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis sive adolescentium. Acta chir. scand., 1936, 78: 297-321, 22 pl.—Heidsieck. Jugend kyphose mit Wirbelverschmelzung. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1938) 1939, 33. Kongr., 369-72.—Ihlenfeldt, G. Beitrag zur Scheuer- mannschen Erkrankung; ein Fall mit besonders schwerer rontgenologisch nachweisbarerSchiidigung der Brustwirbelsaule. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1940-41, 254: 48-52— Kleinberg, 9. Lumbar vertebral epiphysitis. Arch. Surg., 1935. 30: 991-6.— KYPHOSIS 389 KYPHOSIS Mouchet, A., & Roederer, C. Sur une forme particuliere d'osteochondrite vertebrale des adolescents. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 336-8.—Parisel-Leclercq, F., & Parisel- Lecierq, A. A propos d'un cas de cyphose vertebrale juvenile grave evoluant sans douleur. J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 661-5 —Rocher, H. L., & Guerin, R. Sur plusieurs cas d'epiphy- site vertebrale. Ibid., 1935, 112: 691.—Wretblad, G. Spat- schadigungen des Riickenmarks bei Wirbelsaulenverkriimmun- gen besonders solchen vom Typus der juvenilen Kyphose Scheuermann. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1939, 14: 617-47. ___juvenile: Pathology and pathogenesis. Kohle, H. *Zur Genese der Adolescentenky- phose [Munster] 16p. 8? Bottrop, 1931. Maul, K. H. *Die Veranderungen der nor- malen Wirbelsaule im Jugendalter mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Adolescentenkyphose [Jena] 28p. 8? Marbach, 1934. Samet, M. *Contribution a l'etude de la cyphose douloureuse des adolescents. 82p. 8! Par., 1933. Blum, W. Riickenmarkslasion bei Scheuermann'scher Krankheit (Kyphosis dorsalis adolescentium) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 283-5.—Boerma. I. [Analogy between coxa vara adolescentium and kyphosis adolescentium] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 871-9.—Hetzar, W. Untersuchungen uber Kyphosis adolescentium. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1934, 160: 13-29 — Lindemann. Bandscheibenverknocherung bei juvenilen Kypho- sen. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1935) 1936, 30. Kongr., 143- 50.—Lindemann, K. Ueber eine eigenartige Form der Wirbel- synostose bei Kyphose im Wachstumsalter. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 267-72.—Mau, C. Tierexperimentelle Studien zur Frage der pathologischen Anatomie der Adoleszentenkyphose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1929. 51: 106-25. ------ Nochmals zur Frage der Pathogenese beziehungsweise der pathologischen Anatomie der Adoleszentenkyphose. Ibid., 1931, 55: 62-75.— Meyer, M. La cyphose douloureuse des adolescents, son substratum anatomique. Rev. fr. pediat., 1932, 8: 285-311.— Nagura, S. Juvenile Kyphose Scheuermann im Lichte der Knorpelcallusbildung. Arch. klin. Chir., 1941, 201: 232-48.— Nao, Y. Untersuchungen iiber die Kyphosis adolescentium. Hukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1930, 23: 32-4.—Racugno, L. Contributo alio studio della cifosi giovanile. Minerva med., Tor., 1937, 28: pt 1, 195-202.—Rocher, H. L., & Guerin, R. Considerations sur un cas d'epiphysite vertebrale. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 253-6.—Rocher, H. L., & Roudil, G. Hernies nucleaires et 6piphysite vertebrale dans la cyphose des adolescents. Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 522.—Roederer, C. Les mefaits de l'epiphysite vertebrale. Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: 118.—Rokhlin, D. G., & Rubasheva, A. E. [The patho- genesis of kyphosis juvenilis; clinical, anatomical and roent- genological observations] Vest, rentg., 1936, 17: 165-77. ——■— & Maikowa-Stroganowa. La cyphose des adolescents; recherche paleopathologique. J. radiol. eiectr., 1936, 20: 246- 51.—Schildbach, J. Die Entwicklung der juvenilen Kvphose. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 2086-104.—Schmorl, G. Die Pathogenese der juvenilen Kyphose. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1930, 41: 359-83. ■—---- Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Mau zur Frage der Pathogenese beziehungsweise der pathologischen Anatomie der Adoleszentenkyphose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1931, 55: 274-7.—Wolf, J. Zur Aetiologie der Kyphosis adolescentium. Ibid., 1927, 48: 138-41.—Zatkin, S. Zur Frage iiber die Scheuermannsche Krankheit. Fortsch. Ront- genstrahl., 1929, 39: 657. --- juvenile: Rontgenography. Cassou, R. Epiphysite vertebrale. Bull Soc. med. mil. fr., 1935, 29: 109-14.—Cloward, R. B.. & Bucy, P. C. Spinal extradural cyst and kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis. Am. J. Roentg., 1937, 38: 681-706.—Delahaye, A. Signes radiologiques de l'epiphysite vertebrale douloureuse des adolescents. J. radiol. eiectr., 1931, 15: 665-70.—Fagundes, M. A proposito de um caso de epifisite vertebral de crescimento; sinais radiologicos. Pub. med., S. Paulo, 1942-43, 14: No. 8, 39-42.—Hetzar, W. Die yentrale Wirbelkantenfraktur (Randleistenabsprengung) und ihre Beziehungen zur Adoleszentenkyphose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 166: 345-59.—Lindgren, E. Myelographic changes in kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1941, 22: 461-70.—MacGowan, T. J. B. A. The radiological examination of the normal and adolescent kyphotic spines. Glasgow M. J., 1940, 133: 206-9, 4 pl—Polgar, F. Zur Rontgensymptomato- logie der juvenilen Osteochondritis dorsi. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl., 1930, 42: 613-7.—Schapira, C. Contributo alio studio del quadro radiografico della cifosi degli adolescenti. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 473-89.—Scheuermann, H. Zur Rontgen- symptomatologie der juvenilen Osteochondritis dorsi. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1931,44: 233. ----— Roentgenologic studies of the origin and development of juvenile kyphosis, together with some investigations concerning the vertebral epiphyses in man and in animals. Acta orthop. scand., 1934, 5: 161-220. Also Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: 85-127, 18 pl. ------ Kyphosis juvenilis (Scheuermanns Krankheit) Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 53: 1-16.—Timmer, H. [The Roentgen picture of vertebral epiphysitis in young people and dorsal kyphosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 124-31. ---- juvenile: Round back. See also Scapula, Abnormity. Dittmar, O. Die Rundriickenbildung der Jugendlichen (Kyphosis juvenilis) Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 1203-6.— Gerber, W. J. [The round back] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt L 174-82, 2 pl.—Lindemann, K. Rundrucken und Adoleszentenkyphose. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1931, 55: 76-89.— Roeren, L. Rundrucken. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1922, 21: 302-8.—Wagner, O. H. Zur Behandlung des hohlrunden Ruckens. Ibid., 1927, 25: 502-15.—Waller. J. B. [Two new forms of round back in adolescence] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 2943-7, 2 pl.—Weil, N. Ein einfacher Apparat zur aktiven Korrektur des runden Ruckens (Dorsum curvatum) Erkrank. Beweg. App., Wien, 1926, 1: 142.—Wilhelm. Ein billiger, elastischer Geradehalter fiir den schlaffen Rundrucken. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1934) 1935, 29. Congr., 386. ---- juvenile: Treatment. Albanese, A. Le cifosi dell'adolescenza. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1936, 52:189-268.—Clave, J. The treatment of adoles- cent kyphosis. Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 983-5.—Fitte, M. J. Nuevo dispositivo para el tratamiento de la cifosis del adole- scente. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1941, 25: 1249-57.—Lance. Les lordo-cyphoses souples de l'adolescence et leur traitement. Gaz. hop., 1929, 102: 418-21.—Mau. Kyphosis dorsalis juvenilis. Arch. klin. Chir., 1923, 126: 170. ------ Die Kyphose der Adoleszenten. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1924, 45: 325-7.—Rocher, H. L. Deux cas d'osteochondrite vertebrale infantile, dont un traite par greffe d'Albee. Rev. orthop., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 21: 663-9.—Satanowsky, S. Enderezamiento pasivo de la cifosis de los adolescentes por corse de yeso arti- culado. Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1936-37, 6: 224-9 — Torres Marty, L. Epiphysite vertebrale; guerison sans cvphose. J. med. Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 187.—Wunderlich, H. Zur Behandlung der kyphotischen Haltung und Kyphosen Jugend- licher. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1935, 63: 50-3. ---- Treatment. Hayes, R. *Enquete sur le traitement actuel de la gibbosite du mal de Pott. 82p. 8? Par., 1908. Albanese, A. Dispositivo per la correzione delle deviazioni antero-posteriori del rachide e per la confezione dei corsetti gessati. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1931, 47: 701-21.—Balacescu, T. Technica tratamentului conservator in tumorile albe, dupa. Calot. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1909, 13: 193-217.—Bettmann, E. Ueber ein neues Verfahren zur schonenden Redression des spondylitischen Gibbus. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 77-9.—Bujorica. Un nouveau proceed pour le redressement de gibbosite de Pott. Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1939, 28: 1088-132.—Costantini & Bernasconi. Sur un point de technique operatoire de la nephrec- tomie chez les pottiques a grosse gibbosite dorso-lombaire. Presse med., 1930, 38: 376-8.—Creyssel. Resultat d'une greffe d'Albee dans un mal de Pott dorso-lombaire grave avec gibbo- site et abces froid volumineux. Lyon med., 1928, 141: 144-7.— Dietsch, J. R. Tratamiento de las gibosidades potticas en el nino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 913-34.—Ducroquet, R. Traitement de la cyphose. Rev. actin., Par., 1930, 6: 7-20.— Gamboa, M., Rodriguez Egaria, A., & Fitte, M. A prop6sito del tratamiento da las gibosidades potticas en el nino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 1050-6.—Hilse, A. Zur permanenten Redression des spondylitischen Gibbus im Gipsbett. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 2514.—Hue, G. Deviations antero-posterieures du rachis. In TraitS chir. orthop. (Ombredanne) Par., 1937, 2: 1530-76.—Ianas, A. Procede de redressement de la gibbosity de Pott, appliqufi chez l'adulte. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1940, 43: 702-8, 4 pl.—Jacobovici, J. Appareil pour redresser la gibbosite pottique. Ibid., 1938, 41: 700-3.—Jorge. Tratamiento de las gibosidades potticas en el nino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1937, 21: 6—11.—Las Casas, H. de. Consideraciones sobre el ingerto vertebral en el mal de Pott. Gac. med. Caracas, 1932, 39: 81-6.—Mezzari, A. L'amputazione sottoperiostea delle apofisi spinose nei gibbi consolidati. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1926, 42: 73-9.—Persson, M. [Modified Abbot-treatment of kyphosis] Sven. lak. tidn., 1933, 30: 821.—Pinard, A. Cyphose dorso- lombaire; accidents dyspneiques (cardio-pulmonaires) pendant la grossesse evoluant jusqu'a. terme; laparotomie, hyste>otomie et hysterectomie pratiquie par le docteur Couvelaire pendan. la rachi-anesthesie obtenue a l'aide de la stovaine. C. rend. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1911, 13: 316-21.—Ruiz Moreno, M. Tratamiento de las gibosidades p6tticas en el nino. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 1086-90.—Treves, A., & Vidal-Naquet. G. Therapeutique orthepedique et chirurgicale des gibbosites, J. med. fr., 1932, 21:211-5. ---- Types. Becker, F. Die Spannungsverhaltnisse des Riickenmarks bei lordotischer und kyphotischer Einstellung der Wirbelsaule und ihre Bedeutung fur die Behandlung des akuten Stadiums der Poliomyelitis. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1547.— Christmann, F. E. Tecnica para el injerto 6seo en las grandes gibas dorsales. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1939, 23: 693T700 — De Nasca, G. Osservazioni patologico-terapeutiche intorno alia cifosi paralitica, desunte da un caso di essa con prosperevol successo curata. Ann. clin. Osp. incurab., Nap., 1836, 2: 188- 200.—Evans, P. R. Cretinism: with upper lumbar kyphosis KYPHOSIS 390 KYRIACO-ROQUES resembling that in Morquio's disease. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 500, 2 pl—Kienbock. R. Schmerzhafte Dorsal kyphose. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 45.—Kusslik. M. I. [New method of operative treatment of costal kyphosis in scoliosis] Ortop. travmat., Kharkov, 1935, 9: 48-52, pl.—Lindemann, K. Die lumbale Kyphose im Adoleszentenalter. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1932-33, 58: 54-65.—Mouriquand, Bertoye & Charleux. Pseudo-mal-de-Pott occipital d'origine rhumatismale. Lyon med., 1925, 135: 800.—Plagemann. Die Operation des schmerzhaften zervikothcrakalen Nackenbuckels und zerviko- dorsalen Wirbelhockers. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1926) 1927, 21. Kongr., 437-40.—Tavernier. Cyphose lombaire doulou- reuse guerie par greffe osseuse. Lyon chir., 1933, 30: 737.— Vidal-Naquet, G. Un cas de resection des apophyses £pineuses pour une cyphose dorsale douloureuse. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 571-5. ---- in animals. Gandolfi Hornyold, A. Un cas de cyphose chez une civelle lamproie. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1917, 17: 293; 307.—Mau. Weitere Ergebnisse bei experimentell erzeugten Schwanzkypho- sen junger Ratten. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1928) 1929, 23. Kongr., 330-4.—Virchow, H. Kvphotische Wirbelsaule eines Teckels. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1917, 54: 921-3. ------ Ueber eine nach Form aufgestellte kyphotische Teckelwirbelsaule. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1917, 64: 813. KYRANUS, pseud. [Liber Kyranidum] The magic of Kirani, King of Persia, and of Harpo- cration. 12 p. 1., 156p. [7 1.] 8? Lond., 1685. KYRIACO-ROQUES, Alice, 1902- *Etude sur les narcolepsies; considerations sur l'appareil regulateur du sommeil. 195p. 8? Par., X, Maloino, 1930. KYRIN. Grassmann, W., & Lang. O. Zur Kenntnis der Kvrine Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 269: 211-22. KYRLE, Georg, 1887-1937. Weninger, J. [Nekrolog] Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1938 68: 1-8, portr. KYRLE, Josef, 1880-1926. Ueber den der- zeitigen Stand der Lehre von der Pathologie und Therapie der Syphilis; sechs Vorlesungen fur praktische Aerzte. 108p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1922. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936 9. Congr., 4: 402. KYRTOMETER. See also Kyphosis, Diagnosis; Thorax, Exam- ination. Lavermicocca, A. Gibbometro. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1928 44: 227-36, 2 pl.—Ssiltschenko, T. N. Ein Apparat fur die Kyphosemessung; Buckelmesser. Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 330- 2.—Tessmann, O. Ein neuer Messapparat fiir die Krum- mungen der Wirbelsaule in der sagittalen Ebene. Zschr. Schulgesundh., 1926, 39: 217.—Thomsen, W. Ein verein- fachtes Kyrtometer. Arch..orthop. Unfallchir., 1933, 33: 168- 72. LMCHE L LABARRAQUE LAACHE, S0rer. Bloch, 1854-1941. Hanssen, O. [Obituary] Nord. med., 1941, 12: 2815-7, portr. Also Tskr. Norsk, laegeforen., 1941, 61: 597-601.— Scheel, O. [Necrology] Acta med. scand., 1941, 108: 511, portr. For portrait see Acta med. scand., 1941, 108: opp. p. 151. Also in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 1. LAAK, Carl van, 1910- *Veranderungen des weissen Blutbildes nach sportlichen Leistun- gen [Munster] 30p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1935. LAAN, Hendrik Arnoud, 1867-1927. Horst, C. E. van der [Obituary] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 2557. LAARMANN, Aloys [M. D., 1934, Munchen] ♦Vollstandige Harnsperre bei Einzelniere [Miin- chen] 31p. 8? [Bochum, Schiirmann & Klagges, 1934] LAARMANN, Elisabeth, 1900- *Eine infektiose Gartner-Endemie in der Heil- und Pflegeanstalt bei Konstanz. 12p. 8? [Freib. i. B., n. p., 1929] LA AS, Ernst, 1905- *Die Anfange der Vigantolschadigung beim Kaninchen [Tubingen] p.346-64. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1930. Also Virchows Arch., 1930, 278: LAAS, Maria Edit, 1909- *Ueber den Einfluss von Wurmextrakten (Ascaris lumbri- coides und Taenia saginata) auf Gewebekulturen. 29p. 21cm. Marb., K. Euker, 1936. LAASTAD, Ivar Amandus Theodor Nesheim, 1866- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 4. LAB. See Casein, Chymase. LABADILLE, Jean, 1895- *Sur un cas de syphilome laryng^ diffus sus-glottique; con- tribution therapeutique a l'etude de cette affec- tion. 46p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LABAIL, Georges Jean Emile Francois, 1913- *Contribution a l'etude de la radio-activity des tissus tumoraux. 73p. 25cm. Bord., Biere, 1938. LABAND, Annemarie, 1899- *Liquor- unterschiede bei meningealen Reizerscheinungen und Meningitiden. 15p. 8? Bresl., Quader, 1928. LABAND, Fritz, 1900- *Ueber die akut entzundlichen Prozesse des Mundbodens. 24p. pl. 8? Berl., Berlin. Verl., 1927. LABANDIBAR, Bernardo [M. D., 1937, B. Aires] *Ulcera peptica postoperatoria. 271p. illust. 27cm. B. Air., Impr. Amorrortu, 1937. LABARRAQUE, Leonce. Technique vocale et hygiene de la voix. 143p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1926. LABARRAQUE solution. See under Chlorine, Hypochlorous acid. LA BARRE, Jean. Diabete et insulinemie. vi, 284p. illust. diagr. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. ---- La secr£tine; son role physiologique, ses proprietes therapeutiques. 272p. illust. tab. ch. 12? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. ---- Les regulations hormonales du m6ta- bolisme glucidique. 92p. 25^cm. Par., Hermann & cie, 1937. Form No. 563, Actual, sc. industr. ---- LABBE, Marcel [et al.] Les 6tats hypo- glyc6miques. 208p. illust. 25}£cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1934. Forms pt 3, Rapp. Congr. fr. meel., 1934, 23. sess. LABARRE, Rene, 1906- *Contribution k l'etude de l'her6dite des mutilations. 76p. pl. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. LA BARRE, Weston. The peyote cult. 188p. pl. 25cm. N. Haven, Yale Univ. pr., 1938. Forms No. 19, Yale Univ. Pub. Anthrop. LABARRERE, Marcel, 1909- Con- siderations sur l'hormone male et sur le traite- ment des insuffisances genitales de l'homme. 72p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1937. LABAT, Auguste, 1824-1912. Etude sur la station et les eaux de Recoaro (Italie) 29p. 20i/2cm. Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1876. ---- La grotte de Monsummano (Toscane) 12p. 20'2cm. Par., Gauthier-Villars, 1876. LABAT, Gaston [M. D., 1920, Paris] Regional anesthesia; its technic and clinical application. With a foreword by William J. Mayo. 2. ed. xvii, 567p. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co., 1928. LABAT, Jean Leopold Alfred, 1851-1931. For obituary see Bull. Acad, meel., Par., 1932, 3. ser., 107: 161. LABAT, Louis Gaston, 1877-1934. Bishop, L. F. Obituary. Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1935, 35: 13. LABATUT, R., 1914- *Contribution k l'6tude des coliques de sable [Vet.] 103p. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1935. LABATUT, Robert, 1910- *L'infiltration hematique disciforme de la cornee. 183p. pl. 24cm. Alger, Impr. Nord-Africaine [1936] LABATUT Glena, Edmundo [M. D., 1930, Chile] *Diagn6stico radiol6gico de las pleuritis en la infancia [Chile] 91p. 8? Santiago, Impr. Chile, 1930. LA BAUCHE. See also Balneography. Barberis, O. Notizie intorno alle proprieta salutari dell'acqua minerale, ferruginosa ed al- calina di La Bauche coll'aggiunta di osserva- zioni pratiche. 37p. 23}km. Tor., 1869. LABBE, Donatien, 1852-1932. For obituary see Bull. Soc. med. Par., 1933, 17 (Becart) LABBE, Edmund John, 1873-1935. For obituary see West. J. Surg., 1935, 43: 172, portr. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, 1870-1939. Le traitement du diabete. 2. ed., rev. 158p. 8°. Par., Masson & cie, 1926. —— M^tabolisme de l'eau; oedemes, diurese, les therapeutiques hydriques. 256p. pl. 8°, Par., Masson & cie, 1927. LABBE 392 LABEAUME ----Maladies de l'estomac. p. 123-329. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. In Precis path. med. (Bezangon, F., et al.) Par., 1935, 3. ed., 6: ----Maladies de I'intestin. p.331-600. pl. 8° Par., Masson & cie, 1935. In Precis path. mid. (Bezancon, F., et al.) Par., 1935, 3. id., 6: ---- Maladies du foie. p.665-953. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. In Precis path. med. (Bezancon, F., et al.) Par., 3. 6d., 1935, 6: ---- Maladies de la nutrition, p.955-1082. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. In Precis path. med. (Bezancon, F., et al.) Par., 3. id., 1935, 6: Also editor of Precis de pathologie medicale. 6v. Par., 1931- 35. See also Loeper, M., Labbe, E. M. [et al.] Aliments medica- ments. 328p. 8? Par., 1930. For biography see Vie med., Par., 1927, 8: 107. portr. For obituary see Ann. med., Par., 1939, 46: 89-94, pl. (Bezancon, F.) Also Arch. mal. app. digest., Par., 1939, 29: 697-700, portr. (Duval, P.. & Roux, J. C.) Also Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 121: 728; 804-11 (Bezangon, F.) Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1939, 21: 173-6. Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 866 (Lereboullet, P.) 867-70 (Laignel-Lavastine) Also Gaz. med. France, 1939, 46: 733, portr. (Roux-Delimal, R.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 73. Also Presse med., 1939, 47: 1167-9, portr. (Bezangon, F.) Also Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt 1, 770 (Loeper, M.) Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1939, 53: 596-9 (Eyherabide, R. A.) Also Rev. rhumat., Par., 1939, 6: 815 (Forestier, H.) For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Ann. med., Par., 1939, 46: 91. Also Aich. mal. app. digest., Par., 1939, 29: opp. p. 699. ---- DREYFUS, Azerad [et al.] Les hyper- thyroidies. 178p. illust. tab. 25]-km. Par., Masson & cie, 1930. Forms pt 1, Rapp. 21. Sess. Congr. fr. med., Liege, 1930. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, & FABRYKANT, M. Le phosphore. 395p. tab. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, GOVAERTS, Paul [et al.] Les cedemes; 6tat actuel de la question. 99p. 8? Par., Rev. path, comp., 1931. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, LABBE, Henri, & NEPVEUX, Floride. Techiques de laboratoire appliquees aux maladies de la digestion et de la nutrition. vi, 886p. illust. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, & STEVENIN, Henri. Le metabolisme basal. 343p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1929. LABBE, Ernest Marcel, & VITRY, Georges. Maladies de l'appareil digestif et de la nutrition. 3. ed. viii, 1208p. illust. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. Forms v.6, Precis path. mid. (Bezangon, F., et al.) LABBE, Henri, 1874- See Labbe, M., Labbe, R., & Nepveux, F. Techniques de laboratoire. 886p. 8? Par., 1932. LABBE, Jacques, 1910- *Les pneumonies du cheval et leur traitement par le sulfate neutre potassique d'oxyquinoleine (quinisol) [Alfort; Vet,] 69p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. LABBE, Jean, 1908- *Le rachitisme chez le pore [Alfort; Vet.] 104p. 25ikm. Par., Vigot fr., 1935. L'ABBE, Jean Marie, 1808-71. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 5. LABBE, Leon, 1832-1916. Faure, J. L. [Euloge] Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3. ser., 108: 1527-51. Also Caz. hop., 1932, 105: 1861-9. Also Progr. med., Par., 1932, 2205-83. LABBE, Marcel. See Labbe, Ernest Marcel. LABDANUM. See under Gum. LABEAUME, Georgette Laure, 1891- Hvgiene sociale du premier age. 2. ed. xii, 216p. 8?" Par., Ma.sson & cie, 1926. ---- Cours de puoriculture. 2">.">p. illust. 19cm. Par., F. Nathan, 1933. LA BEAUME, Michael, fl. 1818 43. Observa- tions on the properties of the air-pump vapour- bath, pointing out their efficacy in the cure of gout, rheumatism, palsy. 84p. 8? [Lond.] Highlcy & son [1818] LABEL. See also Drug, Laws and regulations; Food supply, Laws and regulations. Arthur, W. R. Disclosure of ingredients. In his Law of Drugs, 2. ed., S. Paul, 1940, 177-81.—Dangerous to health, because of inadequate warnings on labels. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 168.—Fischelis, R. P. Adequate warnings on drug labels. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed., 1940, 1: 404- 7.—Ford, M. N. Storage and packaging requirements; label statement in N. F. monographs. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. U. S., 1940-41, 9: 46.—Hester, J. B. Paraffin treating labels. Chemist Analyst, 1937, 26: 47.—Hewer, C. L., & Garrod, L. P. Not so sterile labels. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 1: 275.—Informa- tion on labels. In Treat. Law of Food (Toulmin, H. A., jr) Cincin., 1942, 810-4.-—Kolb, O. Fiir eine einheitliche Arznei- signatur. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 73.—Labeling of drugs. In Treat. Law of Food (Toulmin, H. A., jr) Cincin., 1942, 791.—Mantey, A. Der Doktortitel in der Warenbezeich- nung fur Heilmittel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1941, 37: 313.— Marque de fabrique. Ann. pharm., Louvain, 1905, 11: 175— 7.—Misleading (A) label; influenza mixture. Pharm. J., Lond., 1943, 96: 224.—Observance of labelling provisions. Pharm. J., Lond., 1942, 94: 99.—Pierce, J. Attaching paper labels to metal containers. Chemist Analyst, 1941, 30: 72.—Schaefer, H. H. Label statements in N. F. monographs. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. U. S., 1939-40, 8: 370-2. ------ Required label statements should appear in the pharmacopoeia. Am. J. Pharm. Educ, 1940, 4: 590-2. LABELLE, Joseph, 1861-1943. For obituary see Canad. J. Comp. M., 1944, 7: 41. LABENNE, Leopold, 1912- *Etude ex- perimentale de l'intoxication par le chloro- methylate neutre de diamino-acridine [Lille] 77p. 24,(.cm. [Arras, I. N. S. A. P., 1937] LABERNADIE, Maxime, 1883-1937. For obituary sec Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 773-5. (Canuyt, G.) LABERROU, Louis, 1914- *L'irreducti- bilit6 d'emblee dans les luxations de l'epaule. 42p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LABESIUS, Otto Robert Giinther, 1908- *Ursache und Behandlungserfolge der Sterilitat [Greifswald] 23p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. LABESSE, Andre, 1902- *Contribution a l'etude de la retinite brightique. 130p. 8? Par., R. Bussiere, 1932. LABETT de Lambert, Genevieve Marguerite, 1897- *L'epulis congenital. 54p. pl. 8°. Par., L. Arnette, 1931. LABEY, Georges, & LEVEUF, Jacques. Chirurgie du membre inferieur. 6. ed. viii, 271p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. LAB ferment. See Casein, Chymase. LABHARDT, Alfred, 1874- Wesen und Aufgabe der medizinischen Fakultat. 44p. X? Basel, Helbing & Lichtenhahn, 1936. See also Meyer, A. Festschrift Herrn Professor Doctor Alfred Labhardt zu seinem 25-jahrigen Amtsjubilaum gewidmet, 16 Oktober 1941. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1230, portr.—Wenner, R., & Wattenwyl, H. von. Festschrift Herrn Professor Doctor Alfred Labhardt. Ibid., 1929, portr. LABHARDT, Ernst [M. D., 1928, Basel] *Ueber die Erfolge der operativen Sterilitats- behandlung beim Weibe. 51p. 8? Basel, 13. Schwabe & co., 1928. LABHART, Ernst. *Ueber Asepsis in der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde [Dent.] 27p. 8? [Basel, n. p., 1928] LABIA 393 LABIA LABIA. See also Genital [female]; Vulva. Carrard, H. *Beitrag zur Anatomie und Pathologie der kleinen Labien [Bern] 14p. 8: Stuttg. [18—?] ,.„,.,_ Schwerz, F. Die altesten anatomischen Beschreibungen der Hottentottenschurze. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 102-4.— Trancu-Rainer, M. Processus de regression des glandes sebacees dans les petites levres. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 74. --- Adhesion and atresia. See also Gynatresia. Formiggini, B. La coalescenza dei margini mediali delle piccole labbra nelle bambine. Gazz. med. lombard., 1929, 88: 65-71.—Jegel. Verwachsung der kleinen Schamlippen im Kindesalter. Munch, med. Wrschr., 1934, 81: 1776.—Lederer, B Ueber Verklebung der kleinen Labien bei Sauglingen und kleinen Madchen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 1362 — Nowlin, P., & Adams, J. R. Atresia of the vulva in children. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 200-4.—Ochsenius. K. Ueber Occlusio vulvae interlabialis im Kindesalter und ihre Behand- lung. Deut, med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 838.—Pistuddi, A. Su due casi di conglutinazione acquisita delle piccole labbra. Clin, ostet., 1928, 30: 897-9.—Salmond, A.. A case of atresia vulvae superficialis. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1930, 37: 824-6, 3 pl.—Scblack, H. Verwachsung der kleinen Scham- lippen im Kindesalter (gynatresia labialis infantum acquisita) Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1465.—Scontrino, A. Con- glutinatio labiorum minorum congenita. Clin, ostet., 1928, 30: 645-53.—Vakar, N. A. [Adhesions of the vulva in young children] Pediatria, Moskva, 1930, 14: 477-82. --- Cyst. Almeida, F. de. A proposito de um quisto do grande labio Arq. obst. gin., 1939-40, 4: 96-102.—Arenas, N. Quiste mucoso del labio menor. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1936, 15: 579-82.—Bassan, D. Quiste mucoso del labio menor. Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: 343-7.—Brea, C. A. Quiste mucoso del labio menor. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1936, 15: 572-8.—Celentaro, P. Su un caso di cisti sebacea del piccolo labbro. Arch, ostet. gin., 1926, 2. ser., 13: 176-88.—Delascio, D., & Campos, E. de. Cystos idiotopicos e heterotopicos do pequeno labio. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1939, 15: 321-32.— Fabiao, M. M., & Nair Lobo. Cysto do pequeno labio de origem embryonaria entodermica. Rev. gyn. obst., Rio, 1938, 32: pt 2, 154-62.—Figueroa Casas, P., & Belizan, L. A. Quiste del pequeno labio. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1939, 24: 363-70, pl.—Komccki, W. Ein Fall von beiderseitigen Hautschrumpf- cysten an den grossen Schamlippen. Virchows Arch., 1933, 288: 628-30.—Lunsford, C. J., & Schauffler, G. C. Lym- phangiectatic cyst of the left labium minus; report of a case. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 19: 945-53.—Martin, J. F., & Michon, L. A propos des kystes des petites levres: un cas de kyste a epithelium cilie. Gyn. obst., Par., 1932, 26: 427-31 — Milian, G. Abces a streptocoques de la petite levre. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1928, 4: 397.—Riche, V., & Guibal, A. Kyste muqueux de la petite levre. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 592-5.—Uluhogian, L. Contributo alia conoscenza della cisti delle piccole labbra. Riv. ital. gin., 1925-26, 4: 591-610 — Vayssiere & Picaud. Kyste epidermoide de la grande lfivre. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1935, 24: 594-6. --- Disease. See also Bartholin's gland; Genitals [female] Vulva. Beltramini, A. Su di un caso di elefantiasi nostrale delle grandi labbra. Boll. Sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm., 1936, 14: 110- 2, pl.—Bettley, F. R. Herpes labialis after T. A. B. and chemo- therapy. Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 562.—Decoulx & Bastien. Elephantiasis de la petite levre. Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1938, 27: 529.—Else, J. E. Pudendal hernia. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 29-31.—Flynn, C. W. Labial hernia; technique of repair. Med. Rec, Houston, 1928, 22: 180-4— Lewinska, H. Actinomycose de la grande lSvre sous l'aspect de bartholinite. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 519-21.— Trancu-Rainer, M. Recherches histopathologiques sur l'hyper- trophie des petites ldvres. Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1933, 5: 441-62. --- Injury. See also Birth-injury, maternal; Coitus, In- juries; Parturition, Complication; Vulva, Injury. Ziem, H. *Ueber typische Geburtsverlet- zungen der Labia minora (Auszug) p.377-87. 8? Bresl., 1926. Also Arch. Frauenk., 1926, 12: Liebisch, G. Abriss der kleinen Schamlippe bei spontaner Geburt. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 92: 190.—Romaniello, G. Raro caso di lesione traumatica bilaterale delle piccole I labbra con meccanismo di produzione insolito. Rass. ostet., 1939, 48: 13-22.—Stude, W. C. Perforations of the labia minora. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 233-5. ---- Tumor. Abdanski, A., & Landsberg, J. [Extraordinary case of myxoma of the labium majus] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 912.—Baraffa, V. Angioma del grande labbro; contributo casistico e considerazioni genetiche. Riv. ital. gin., 1930, 11: 367-76.—Benzadon, J. Fibroma de labio mavor. Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1941, 20: 593-7.—Catalano, F. E. Adenoma de labio mayor. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 100.— Daleas, P. Tumeur fibreuse de la grande levre. Bull. Soc. obst, gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 554-6.—Delannoy, E. Lipome de la grande levre. Ibid., 1935, 24: 452.—Fournier, N. Un cas de papillomes geants des grandes levres. Union med. Canada, 1926, 55: 422.—Gallucci, J. Lipoma do grande labio. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1941, 18: 7-9.—Garofalo, F. Su alcuni tumori delle grandi labbra. Monit. ostet. gin., 1932, 4: 290-300.— Harrow er, J. G. Elephantoid tumour of the labium minus. Malay. M. J., 1933, 8: 124.—Henry, J. S. An endometrial growth in the light labium majus; with a discussion of the origin of this type of tumor. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 44: 637-45.— Locher, R. W. Primary carcinoma of the labia minora. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 507.—Maczewski, S. Neurofibroma labii majoris dextri. Zbl. Gyn., 1925, 49: 1629-32.—Martella, N. A. Angioblastoma tipico del grande labbro. Riv. ital. gin., 1937, 20: 626-39.—Mondor, H., & Sicard, A. Les lipomes de la grande levre. Presse med., 1933, 41: 1497.—Neumann, H. O. Fibrolipom der rechten grossen Labie. Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2034-6.—Rao, V. R. A case of elephantoid tumour of the labium majus. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 528.—Reeb. Leio- myome de la grande levre ayant augmente de volume tres rapidement. Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1939, 28: 126.— Roger, H., Mosinger, M. [et al.] Metastase cer^brale unique d'un melanoblastome de la petite levre. Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 65: 1476-83.—Roth, V. Zystisches Adenofibrom auf der Basis einer persistierenden Brustdriisenanlage in der linken grossen Schamlippe. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 112: 245-55.— Tanasescu, I. [On solid tumors of the labia majora with reference to a case of molluscum pendulum] Spitalul, 1939, 59: 422-4.—Wight, O. B. Melanoma of the labia. West. J. Surg., 1931, 39: 98-101.—Woringer, F. Adenomes sudoripares en petites tumeurs de la grande levre. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: Suppl., 112-4. LABIALISM. See under Speech defect. LABIATAE. See Lamiaceae. LABICHE, Andre, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude de l'anorexie mentale. 43p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. LABIDURA. See Dermaptera. LABIGNETTE, Pierre, 1904- traite- ment des fractures de l'humerus par la methode de l'appareil ouate. 79p. pl. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1932. LABILITY [chem.] See Reactivity. LABILLARDIERE [Houton] Jacques Julien, 1755-1834. Stellfeld, C. Labillardiere. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 32. LABIOMANCY. See Lip reading. LABISSE, Daniel, 1908- *Les pneumo- thorax spontane au cours des pneumopathies aigues de l'adulte. 62p. pl. 24cm. Lille, G. Sautai, 1934. LABIUM. See Labia. LABONNELIE, Rene, 1914- *Les psy- choses hyperfolliculiniques. 55p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. LABOR; boletin mensual auspiciado por la Secretaria del trabajo, Costa Rica. S. Jose, 1: 1940- LABOR 394 LABORATORY LABOR. See Parturition; also Obstetrics. LABOR [and laboring classes] See Employment [and labor] also under related subjects as Child labor; Disability; Emigration; Employee; Factory; Group, Social security; Housing, etc.; also under names of occupations, diseases and similar headings as Accidents; Coal miner; Disability; Eczema, occupational; Fatigue, industrial; Group medicine, etc. LABORATORIO clinico. Rio, v.7, 1928- LABORATORIO medicina-cirugia. Barcel., v.17, No. 200, 1933- LABORATORY (The) for those interested in keeping informed on the latest developments of laboratory apparatus and technique. Pub. by Fisher Scientific co. Pittsb., v.5, No. 2, 1934?- LABORATORY. See also under names of special fields of research as Bacteriology, Institutes; Biochemistry, So- cieties, laboratories; Biology; Dentistry, Clinics; Health laboratory; Pathology; Psychology; Phys- ics; Physiology, etc. Aureille, P. Le laboratoire du clinicien; notes resumees pour la mise au point des rapports de la pratique medicale avec l'utilisation des sciences biologiques appliquees au diagnostic des maladies. Vie med., 1921, 2: 489; passim.—Cabot, R. C. On the relation between laboratory work and clinical work. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, 164: 880-4.—Gelpi, F. J. The labora- tory. Hosp. Progr., 1924, 5: 298.—Growth (The) of the labora- tory. Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 21.—Hallenbeck, O. J. County laboratories and their uses: 15 months experience. N. York State J. M., 1908, 8: 66-8— Hutchinson, J. The modern laboratory; its domination. Homeop. Roc, 1942-43, 58: 342-57.—Johnson, J. E. The internist and the clinical labora- tory. Texas J. M., 1932, 27: 641-5.—Kowals, F. V. The clinical laboratory in industrial medical practice. Indust. M., 1943, 12: 274. Laboratory (The) in wartime. N. England J. M., 1943, 228: 169.—Salter, M. C. Maryland physicians served by local laboratories. Nation's Health, Chic, 1926, 8: 11-5.—Wadsworth, A. B. Report of the laboratory section archivist. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 32: No. 3, Suppl., 148-50. ---- Animals. See also Animals; also names of animals as Cat; Chimpanzee; Dog; Drosophila; Guinea- pig; Horse; Rabbit, etc. Breeding and Laboratory Institute, New York. Rodentia; laboratory animals for ex- perimental, diagnostic, and clinical research; wholesale price list, 1935-36. 16p. 4? N. Y., 1935. Animali (Gli) al servizio della scienza. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: varia, pt 1, 174-6.—Ashcar, H. Consideracoes sobre os animais de laborat6rio. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1941, 1: 361-72.—Curasson, G. De quelques ani- maux d'experiences de remplacement dans les laboratoires coloniaux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 502-4 — Desfosses, P. Les animaux au service de la science. Presse med., 1940, 48: 661.—Harvey, W. F. On the use of birds as laboratory animals. Ind. J. M. Res., 1919-20, 7: 492-4 — Jackson Memorial Laboratory to breed rats, mice, rabbits and guinea pigs for research purposes. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 507.—Kelser, R. A. Biologv of the laboratory animal. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1938, 28: Suppl., 101.—Scarborough, R. A. The blood picture of normal laboratory animals. Yale J. Biol., 1931, 3: 431-40; 1932, 4: 323-44.—V. Frosche statt Mause. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 557.—Worthley, H. N. Large milkweed bug. Pub. Am. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1943, No. 20, 31-3. ---- Animals: Breeding, feeding, and mainte- nance. _ Ralston Plrina co., S. Louis, Mo. Nutri- tion of laboratory animals developed through research. 23p. 30cm. S. Louis, 1942. Griffin, C. A., & Dean, D. J. Animals; laboratory farm. Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health, 1942, 34-7.—Hagedoorn, A. C, & Hagedoorn, A. L. [Breeding of laboratory experimental animals] Mschr. kindergeneesk. 1938-39, 8: 501-7.—Hoos, W. Ueber Haltung und Pflege der Versuchstiere in den Tierstiillen der Kliniken und Institute eines Krankenhauses. Zschr. ges. Kranken hauswes., 1932, 456.—Kennaway. E. L. The supply of water to rabbits and guinea-pigs. Brit. M. J., 1943. 1: 87; 760.—Ota. R. K., ft Beckman. H. A large feeder for small cages in avian malaria studies. Science, 1943, 97: 124.—Poth, E. J. A simple me- chanical feeding device. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1941-42, 27: 931,— Reyniers, J. A. Housing laboratory animals. Mod. Hosp., 1942 58: No. 3, 64-7. ------ How to care for laboratory animals. Ibid., No. 4, 62. ------& Trexler, P. C. The germ- free technique and its application to rearing animals free from contamination. In Micrurg. & Germfree Techn. (Reyniers, J. A.) Springf.. 1943, 11 1-43.—Smith, F. G. W. An apparatus for rearing maiine organism* in the laboratory. Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 'il"). Thone. F. Germ free monkey. Science News Lett.. 1941, 40: 250.—Vinter, F. J. Welfare of laboratory animals. Brit. Dent. .1., 1943, 75: 20. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 891.—Walker, G. A satisfactory drinking fountain for cased animals. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1935-36, 21: 1087-88.— Witschi, E. Aufzucht und Haltung der gebrauchlichen Labora- toriumstiere (Amphibien und Reptilien) In Handb. biol, Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938, 9, T. 7, 3:611-51 — Zacher, F. Haltung und Ziichtung von Vorratschadlingen, Ibid., 389-592. ■--- Animals: Disease. See also Pathology, experimental; also under names of animals. Jaffe, R., Arndt, H. J. [et al.] Anatomie und Pathologie der Spontanerkrankungen der kleinen Laboratoriumsticre: Kaninchen, Meerschwein- chen, Ratte, Maus. 832p. 8? Berl., 1931. Burns, L. Accidental lesions in certain laboratory animals. J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 19-11-42, 41: 305-8.—Elrod, R. P., & Braun, A. C. A phytopatliogenic bacterium fatal to laboratory animals. Science, l'.Ml, 94: 520. I.owenthal, K. Die Spontan- pathologie der Laboratoriumstiere als (irundlage der experi- mentellen Pathologie. Arch, internat. mid. exp., Liege, 1936-37, 11: 903-39.—Sakharov, P. P. [Most important affections of laboratory animals (rabbits, guinea-pigs, mice and rats) and investigations of means of control] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 6, 52-9.—Zlatogorov, S. I., Palant, B. L., & Koshkin, M. L. [Laboratory animals as a reservoir for the streptococcus and B. tuberculosis] Vrach. delo, 1929, 12: 475-80. ---- Animals: Methods of handling, and instru- ments. Carmichael, E. B. A system for numbering laboratory animals. Science, 1938, 87: 557.—Chavarria y Lopez, F. Aparato para la contenci6n e inmovilizaci6n de cobayas y otros animales de experimentaei6n de laboratorio; modelo del Dr Chavarria. Bol. farm, mil., Madr., 1933, 11: 141-52 — Chen, K. K., & Rose, C. L. Small animal holders for intra- venous injection. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 750-2.— Clark, G. F. The construction of animal cages. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1919, 13: 783.—Cunningham. J. A simple method of handling squirrels and other small animals for bleeding and other purposes. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 81-3, pl.— Dohan, J. S. A numerical svstem using colors for marking albino rats and mice. J. Lab.Clin. M., 1939-40, 25: 872-1. - Dominguez, C. M. Locales para animales de experimenlacion. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1934, IS: 694-701.—Dunn, L. H. A simple method of immobilizing animals for laboratory pur- poses. Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 173-8, pl.—Foley, J. P., jr. An apparatus for restraining monkeys and other lesser primates. Amer. J. Psvchol., 1935, 47: 312-5.— Fuchs. H. J. Einfaches Tierbrett. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 65: 515-7.—Guilherme Lacorte, J. Inoculac5es experimentais, exames e necropsias dos animais utilizados. Acta med., Rio, 1939, 3: 181-90.— Gunthorp, H. To kill eats for laboratorv use. Pub. Health Nurse, 1920, 41: 87.—Hase, T. The new experimental animal fixation board. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1939, 25: 387-90 — Heicken, K. Zur Desinfektion von Metallkafigen und Stein- guttopfen. Zbl. Bakt., .1. Abt., 1936, 136: 244-9.—Ischlondski, N. Ein neuer Kafig fiir kleine Versuchstiere. Ibid., 1926, 100: 388-92.—Kaplan, H. M. An effective method for anesthetizing small animals. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1357.----- Yetwin, I. J., & Davis, E. H. An improved animal board. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1943, 7: Techn. Sect., 48.—Laug, E. P., A Calvery, H. O. An improved glass metabolism cage for small animals. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 521.—Lebailly. C. Appareils pour la manipulation des rats et des souris. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1918, 81: 262-5.—Lepak, J. New animal holders and mouth gags. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1922-23, 8: 542-5 — Lieb, C. C, & Mu linos, M. G. Some further observations on sodium iso-amvl-barbiturate as a laboratory anesthetic. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 709-11.—Mousel, L. H., A Seldon, T. H. A gas machine for the anesthetization of small laboratory animals. Ibid., 1939, 42: 248.—Nai, D. D. Un comodo travolino di contenzione per gli animali di laboratorio. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 277-83.—Packchanian, A. An animal board for rabbits, monkeys, and other laboratory animals. J. Bact., Bait., 1943, 45: 167-76.—Paraf, J., Zivy, P. G., & Desbordes, J. Appareil d'immobilisation pour ani- maux de laboratoire avec cadre mobile. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 548-50.—Reyniers, J. A. Introduction to the general problem of isolation and elimination of contamination. LABORATORY 395 LABORATORY In his Micrurg. & Germfree Techn., Springf., 1943, 95-113.— Schain, P. Animal and reptile holder. Am. J. Pharm., 1941, 113: 100-2.—Schlumberger, H. G. A method for the identi- fication of individual frogs. Science, 1942, 96: 453.—Shadle, A. R.. & Ploss, W. R. A metal restraining tube for animals. J. Mammal., 1942, 23: 441-3.—Shadle, A. R., & Skarupinski, I. A zipper tube for holding small live animals. Science, 1935, 82: 335.—Shishlin, I. [Simple method of manufacturing tags for experimental animals] Vest, mikrob., 1936, 15: 456.— Spiegel, E. A., & Miller, H. R. Stand for aseptic operations with Horsley-Clarke's stereotaxic instrument. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1657. ---- Construction, equipment, and planning. Bychkov, I. J., & Soloviev, V. S. [Reference manual on the organization of medical-sanitary laboratories] 239p. 17>km. Moskva, 1929. Munby, A. E. Laboratories: their planning and fittings. 224p. 8? Lond., 1931. Barker, L. F. The organization of the laboratories in the medical clinic of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1907, 18: 193-8.—Binkley, W. W., & Degering, E. F. A laboratory hood. Chemist Analyst, 1941, 30: 18.— Carlisle, M. T. A laboratory water line of multiple uses. Ibid., 1937, 26: 70.—Elcock, C. E. Some notes on laboratory construc- tion and fittings for general hospitals. N< sokomeion, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 162-4.—Elliott, B. The planning of a small hospital laboratory. Am. J. M. Techn., 1938, 4: 109-17, incl. pl — Glenn, B. A. The organization, management, and functioning of the clinical laboratory. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1934, 18: 6-10.—Gottstein, W. Richtlinien fiir die Einrichtung klinischer Laboratorien. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1926, 22: 461- 3.—Haley, L. T. Treatment for table tops in the laboratory. Chemist Ajialyst, 1940, 29: 66.—Hockett, A. J. Improvements for the laboratory. In Hosp. Yearb., 1941, 19: 971-3.—Hyler, J. E. Backstop for drying oven shelf. Chemist Analyst, 1938, 27: 41.—Kliueva, F. F., & Diachenko, A. J. [New type of camp laboratory] Vopr. pitan., 1939, 8: No. 5, 80-4.—Laboratory Furniture Company, Inc. In Chem. Engin. Cat., 1941-42, 26. ed., 642.—Muckenfuss, R. S., & Basil, J. B. A biological and pathological laboratory; plans and organization. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 8, 88-92.— Ockel, G. Ist ein Spezialhamogramm- laboratorium eine fiir den praktischen Arzt brauchbare und wertvolle Einrichtung? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 2141- 4.—Pond, W. F. A constant source of hot and cold water for washing. Chemist Analyst, 1931, 20: 23.—Research (A) laboratories building. Engin. News Rec, 1942, 128: 344—7.— Stevens, E. V. The fundamental principles of the planning, construction and fittings of central laboratories in larger hospitals. Nosokomeion, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 205-11.—Strumia, M. L'organizzazione, il funzionamento, e l'amministrazione del laboratorio clinico; l'organizzazione del laboratorio. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 177-85.— Summerford, W. T. A cover for laboratory containers. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 95.—Synthetic daylight for the laboratory. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1940, 11: 57. ---- Diagnostic service. See Diagnosis, laboratory; also Pathology, clinical. ---- Directories. United States Treasury Department. Procurement Division. Directory of inspec- tion services and testing laboratories of the Federal Government. 188p. 4° Wash., 1935. Brown, C. P. Pennsylvania approved laboratories. Penn- sylvania Health, 1942, 3: No. 4, 3-17.—Hirschberg, N. Ap- proved laboratories in North Carolina. North Carolina M. J., 1943, 4: 519.—Laboratories approved by the State Department of Health, as of June 30, 1940. Connecticut Health Bull., 1940, 54: 247-51.—List of laboratories approved by the New Jersey State Department of Health for certain tests. Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1940, 24: 120-3.—Plan for voluntary evalua- tion and approval of diagnostic laboratories in Ohio adopted by Public Health Council. Ohio M. J., 1940, 36: 1338-40. ---- hospital and clinical. Archambeault, R. C. Glimpses of the Department of Labo- ratories of the Southern Pacific General Hospital. Pacific Coast M., 1937, 4: No. 2, 26-36.—Barton, R. M. The labora- tory in a small hospital. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1943, 18: 213-8.—Davidsohn, I. Relationship of hospital management to the hospital laboratory. Hospitals, 1939, 13: No. 9, 44-8 — Dyke, C. S. Principles applying to laboratory service in gen- eral hospitals. Hosp. Management, 1926, 22: No. 6, 41.— Fishback, H. R. That laboratory budget. Mod. Hosp., 1937, 49: No. 2, 63.—For better laboratory service in our smaller institutions. Ibid., 1941, 57: No. 3, 80.—Giordano, A. S. A Bimple plan for the financing of the hospital laboratory. Hosp. Management, 1937, 43: Mo. 6, 26.—Haythorn, S. R. The hospital laboratory. 'Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27, 5: 427-38 — Herrick, V. The heritage of the clinical laboratory. Am. J. M. Techn., 1937, 3: 53-9—Hillkowitz, P. The integration of hospital laboratory work. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1926-27, 12: 666- 70-------Clinical laboratory. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1939, 24: 225. ------ Modernize the laboratory to render the efficient service of today. In Hosp. Admin. (Hosp. Manage- ment) Chic, 1942, 13-5.—Kellert, E. By intelligent use labora- tory burden can be cut in half. Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 10, 90-2-—-Kilduffe, R. A. Financing the hospital laboratory. Mod. Hosp., Chic, 1929, 32: No. 6, 75-7. ------ The economic aspects of the hospital laboratory. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1937, 7: 9-19.—Leonard, J. C. Laboratory and diag- nostic facilities in the small hospital. Hospitals, 1942, 16: No. 4, 20-2.—Loffler, W. Das Krankenhauslaboratorium und seine Bedeutung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 1119-23.— Macko, L. E. Laboratory work in a medical clinic. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1942-43, 4: 174-6.—O Brien, W. A. The hospital clinical laboratory. Proc. Annual Congr. M. Educ, 1929, 73-7.—Osborn, S. H. Retrenchment necessary in the Bureau of Laboratories. J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1937, 1: 386-9.— Rhamy, B. W. Adequate laboratory service to small hospitals. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1941, 34: 303-5.—Rios, J. A. El laboratorio en los hospitales del interior. Bol. Soc. med. quir. centr., Montev., 1939, 6: No. 28, 57-9.—Savage, P. G. An endowed hospital laborf-tory. Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 2, 78-80.— Scott, J. M. A sanatorium laboratory. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1940-41, 3: 199-203.—Terrell, T. C. The maintenance of an acceptable clinical laboratory. Hosp. Management, 1938, 46: 47.—Vaz, E. Laboratorio de analises. Rev. neur. psychiat. S. Paulo, 1940, 6: 49-54.—Williams, O. O. The hospital laboratory. Southwest. M., 1940, 24: 378-80. ---- Instruments. See also under names of instruments as Glassware; Pipet; Shaker; Water bath, etc. United States War Department. Surgeon General's Office. Laboratory apparatus and reagents. Proposed revision paragraph 846. 54p. 8? Wash., 1918. Abshagen, H. G. Schutzglocke zum Bunsenbrenner, ein Hilfsgerat fiir das bakteriologische Arbeiten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1935, 134: 489.—Allen, J. Protection against damage by hot plates. Chemist Analyst, 1942, 31: 72.—Alley, H. R., & Appel, J. E. Mechanical dipping device. Ibid., 1941, 30: 90.— Avelar de Loureiro, J. Tres novos aparelhos de laborat6rio. Arq. pat., 1934, 6: 622-6.—Barthel. G. Bee de chauffage a la benzine. Ann. pharm., Louvain, 1895, 1: 224.—Bertarelli, E. Dispositivo per il riempimento in asepsi delle fiale. Ann. igiene, 1935, 45: 188-90.—Coleman, O. K. Cleaning baths for semi- micro apparatus. Chemist Analyst, 1943, 32: 96.—Corper, H. J. An electrical furnace for sterilizing inoculating loops. J. Am. M. Ass., 1916, 66: 187.—Dunbar, R. E. Dripless, remote control washing bottle. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 69.— Eveleth, D. F., & Oettingen, W. F. von. Bubble recorder for Mai lot te bottles. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931, 28: 1008 — Fennel, E. A., Tanaka, M„ & Serizawa, S. Laboratory primer; gadgets and methods. Proc. Clin. Honolulu, 1940, 6: No. 6, pt 1, 1-9. ------ Convenient laboratory gadgets. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 5: Techn. Suppl., 37-52.—Frazer, J. N. An efficient sterilizer and other suggestions for laboratories. Am. J. M. Techn., 1942, 8: 54-7.—Gordon, R. M., & Davey, T. H. A convenient form of case for the transport of laboratory apparatus in the tropics. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1936, 30: 169-80, 3 pl.—Gouley, R. W. An automatic flow switch for water-cooled apparatus. Science, 1943, 98: 330.—Grafflin, A. L., & Eisenberg, M. J. Box for observation of living organs in situ and for abdominal surgery in the sculpin. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1936-37, 35: 580-2.—Habliitzel, M. C. Ein elektrischer Bunsenbrenner. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1940, 70: 656.—Hailer, E„ & Heicken, K. Die Priifung von Labora- toriumsgeraten fiir die Wasserdampf- und Heissluftsterilisation. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 114: 376-415.—Holmes, F. E. Self- sealing vessels for storage of solutions used in the Van Slyke gasometric methods. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 411-5.— Innes, A. D. A description of a simple laboratory apparatus for obtaining accurate tracings of objects. Anat. Rec, 1927-28, 36: 195-8.—Jones, C. L. Dispensing rack for 5-gallon stock bottles. Hosp. News, Wash., 1940, 7: No. 23, 23-5, fig — Kaiser, M. Ueber einige Laboratoriumsbehelfe. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1938, 142: 487-90. ------ Eine Abschmelzvorrich- tung fiir Glasphiolen, deren Inhalt unter Vakuum steht. Arch. ges. Virusforsch., 1943, 2: 517-21.—Kaiukov [Holder for experimental plates] Sovet. vet., 1939, 16: No. 6, 70.—Kunz- Krause. Un nuovo apparato da laboratorio chimico a varia destinazione. Gior. farm., Trieste, 1902, 7: 42-5.—Laboratory gadgets. Gradwohl Lab. Digest., 1941-42, 5: No. 6, 12 — Lockwood, H. C. An adjustable support for crucibles and dishes. Analyst, Lond., 1940, 65: 160.—McCartney, J. E., & Ayling, T. H. Further notes on the laboratory use of screw- capped bottles. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1388.—McCIellan, R. H. An economical cover for laboratory instruments. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1481.—Morton, H. E. A simplified Petri dish holder. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 6: Teen. Sect., 71 — Neumann, W., & Klimmer, O. Apparaturen zur Dosierung von Flussigkeiten und Gasen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1938-39, 191: 501-4.—New (A) closure for flasks. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1940-41, 4: No. 9, 8.—Osgood, E. E., Osgood, A. H., & West, E. S. An accurate pipette calibrator and microaspirator. LABORATORY Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939, 9: Suppl., 128-33—Reyniers. J. A. Apparatus for and method of maintaining and working with biological specimens in a germfree controlled environment. U. S. Patent Off., 1941. No. 2,244,082.—Ridley, F. An appara- tus for mixing cultures or other fluids. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1928, 9: 253-8.—Robinson, W. L. Mechanical aids in laboratory procedures. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 17: 251-8.—Rosenthal, S. R. Electrically operated burner and bacterial loop. .1. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1969.—Scoopula, a now laboratory tool. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1938-39, 2: No. 10, 10. —Stirling, A. C. Hematocrit tube cleaner. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 393.— Taylor, A. R., & Beard, J. W. An inexpensive apparatus for drying from the frozen state. Science, 1940, 92: 611.— Thompson. W. R. Precision calibration apparatus. Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health, 1940, 18— Willett, J. C. Improved laboratory apparatus. Am. J. Pub. Health. 1937, 27: 340-8. ---- Laws, licensure, and regulations. Lustig, W. Laboratorium und Rontgenin- stitut in Gesetz und Recht; einschliesslich dor amtlichen Priifungs- und Ausbildungsvorschriften fiir technische Assistentinnen in Preussen und den anderen Deutschen Landern. 145p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Clinical laboratory law is constitutional. Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1937-38, 16: 177-9.—[France] Decret du 19 novembre 1936 sur les commissions des labora- toires. Bull. Min. san. pub., Par., 1936, 115.—Information concerning new laboratory law. Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1937-38, 16: 173.— Jahresbeitrage der Kreise fiir die Ausfuhrung der Untersuchungen der Medizinalunter- suchungsanstalten. Reichsgesundhbl., 1938, 13: 175.— Kellogg, W. H. The supervision of diagnostic laboratories. California West. M., 1927. 27: 375-7. ------ The certifica- tion of laboratories in California. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931, 21: 977-83.—Knowlson, J. S. Regulations concerning labora- tory equipment. Science. 1942, 95: 652-4.—Levin, W. Ap- proval of laboratories. Northwest M., 1939, 38: 458-62.— McDaniels, H. E. Approval of diagnostic laboratories. Illinois Health Mess., 1939, 11: 64.—Perry, C. A. Control of labora- tory work. Puerto Rico Health Bull., 1941, 5: 266-73.— Present (The) status of laboratory apparatus and reagent regulations. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1943, 14: 12.—Regla- mentacion de los laboratorios de analisis clinicos. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1934, 19: 181-3—Silvestre, J., & De Souza Lobos, J. G. Comisi6n de espeeialidades. Bol. san., B. Air., 1941, 5: 119. --- Manuals and periodicals. See under Diagnosis, laboratory. --- medico-military. Craig, C. F. Laboratory methods of the United States Army. 696p. 18? Phila., 1929. Simmons, J. S., & Gentzkow, C. J. Labora- tory methods of the United States Armv. 4. ed. 1091 p. 8? Phila. [1935] United States. War Department. Army regulations. No. 40-305. Medical Depart- ment. Corps area and department laboratories. 4p. 8? Wash., 1925. Also suppl. lp. 8? Wash., 1928. United States. War Department. TM 8-227, Technical manual: Methods for labora- tory technicians. 447p. 23cm. [Wash., 1941] United States. War Department. Sur- geon-General's Office. Walter Reed Hos- pital. Regulations governing the procurement of laboratory work. lOp. 16? Wash. [1922] Allen, H. C. A year's laboratory experience at U. S. Naval Base Hospital; with a case report of a transfusion phenomenon. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1943, 41: 1638-45—Criado Cardona, R. Laboratorios de analisis y furgones de higiene autom6viles. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 5: 377-89.—Division of Laboratories and Infectious Diseases, Chief Surgeon's Office; the Central Medical Department laboratory. In Med. Dep! U. S. Army in the Wrorld War, Wash., 1927, 2: 157-65.— Division of Laboratories and Infectious Diseases, Chief Sur- geon's Office; the section of laboratories; technical work of laboratories. Ibid., 167-202.—Division of Laboratories and Infectious Diseases, Chief Surgeon's Office; section of water supplies; section of food and nutrition; museum and art section- laboratory of surgical research. Ibid., 213-28.—Dominguezl C. M. Organisation of the laboratory of pathological anatomy of the Uruguayan Mil. M. S. Bull, internat. Serv. sante Liege, 1938, 11: 314.—Drummond, D. H. Wartime concepts of the mobile field laboratory. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 668- 75.—Falisi, J. V. II laboratorio dell'Ospedale generate militare Walter Reed. Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1935,6:114.—Jumping LABORATORY (A) laboratory [Germany] Mil. Rev., Fort Lcavenw., 1942-43, 23: No. 8, 61.—Klininche Handlabor.-itorium. Deut. Mili- tararzt, 1912, 7: 539.—Krucger. A. P. Organization of a laboratory research unit U. S. N. H. Mil. Surgeon, 1937, 81: 255- S. Lewin, W. A mobile field laboratory; a description of 2 mobile laboratories organized for the South African Medical Corps. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 712-5- Mackenzie, K. F. W. The military food laboratory, Kasauli. .1. IL Armv M. Corps 1935, 65: 239-46— McNaught. P. R. A mobile hygiene labora- tory in Flanders, 1017. Ibid., 1910, 74: 10-8.— Ossipovich- Ganz, P. [Mobile bai-teriologie field laboratory] Voj. san. glasnik, 1931. 2: 00") 1 1. Pena Guerau, J. Laboratorio militar de cura aseptica v antiseptica de Badalona. Bol. farm. mil, Madr., 1927, 5: 2-10, portr.—Ros, B., & Gressa, S. La secci6n de Iabores del Laboratorio de Badalona. Ibid 12-27.—Sartorius, F., & Clauberg, K. W. Das kleine bak- teriologische Feldlaboratorium. Deut. Militararzt, 1941, 6: 35.—Saxton, R. S. A mobile laboratory in Spain. Lancet Lond., 1938, 1: 916.—Stengel, I>. S.. & Chubarov, U. h\ [Camp laboratories] Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 5, 39-43. ---- Methods and standards. See also such headings as Bacteria, Cultivation; Chemistry, Methods; Diagnosis; Experimenta- tion; Microscopy, etc. Aggeev, P. K. [New in laboratory practice] Feldsher, Moskva, 1939, 47-50.—Allison, F. G. Methods and interpre- tation of some simple clinical tests. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1941, 21: 21.—Appleby, A. A method of opening lyophile tubes. Science, 1944, 99: 64.—Barksdale. G. H. Standardiza- tion of laboratory technique. West Virginia M. J., 1938, 34: 346-8.—Child, H. T. A plea for simplified laboratory reports for hospitals; single sheets for all forms has advantage of safety from loss and less bulky character of case records Mod. Hosp., 1915, 5: 19.—Ching, R. E. Valuable laboratory tests too infrequently used. Memphis M. J., 1936, 11: No. 8, 16; 33.—Coffin, T. H. Practical hints on laboratory technic for the practitioner. Postgraduate, N. Y., 1911, 26: 274-90.— Engelfried, J. J., & Ezell, L. S. Laboratory procedures for emergency use. Hosp. Corps Q., 1943, 16: 36-44.—Engelfried, J. J., & Martin, C. E. Laboratory procedures for emergency use. Ibid., No. 2, 57-63.—Exton, W. G. The present status of clinical laboratory measurements with a note on the photo- electric effect. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1931, 1: 237-50.—Galloway, J. M. Standards for maintaining an efficient clinical laboratory. Hospitals, 1941, 15: No. 9, 73-5.—Garcia Carrillo. E. In- vestigaciones usuales de clinica y de laboratorio. Rev. med., S. Jose, 1940-41, 4: 449-54.—Gettler, A. O. Check list of laboratory tests. Mod. Hosp., 1941, 57: No. 5, 65.—Grangaard, N. [Preservation of distilled water and physiologic salt solu- tion] Ugeskr. laeger, 1933, 95: 432.—Jackson, H. L. Ap- paratus assembly. Chemist Analyst, 1943, 32: 93.—Jamieson, H. W. Clinical laboratory shortcuts and substitutes. .]. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1933, 8: 341-4.—Kaake, M. J. Two necessary procedures in routine hospital laboratory work. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1943, 5: 12— Kellert, E. Essentials for efficient laboratory service. Mod. Hosp., Chic, 1926, 26: 114-6.—Klein, S. R. Some new methods applied in research laboratories. Am. Med., 1910, n. ser., 5: 326-30.—Knoebel, A. B. A general method for prevention of flask bumping during boiling. Chemist Analyst, 1930, 19: 20.—Kortuem, C. M. Laboratory economy. Am. J. M. Techn., 1943, 9: 88-93.— Magalhaes, M. Standardizacao do trabalho dos laboratorios clinicos em saude publica. Ann. Congr. hyg., Rio, 1929, 5. Congr., 2: 149-60.—Martin, L. Methodes et techniques pastoriennes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1939, 62: 072-86.— Mason, E. M. The value of laboratory methods to the clinician, with report of illustrative cases. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 1908, 512-24.—Osgood, E. E. A simple set of laboratory forms. .1. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 1176-83.—Pasricha, C. L, Laboratory procedures, apparatus and improvizations. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 270-6.—Perrill, C. V. Recent labora- tory methods. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1942, 17: 6-10 — Pitts, H. H. A brief discussion of some newer laboratory procedures. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1939-40, 16: 159-61.— Proger, S. H. Simple laboratory tests for the practitioner. Maine M. J., 1932, 23: 207.—Raymond, R. Cleaning Engler flasks. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 22.—Ritchey, J. O., Giordano, A. S. [et al.] The clinical application of the newer laboratory procedures as pertains to the man in general prac- tice. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1942, 35: 17-20.—Ross, J. F. Com- mon laboratory aids to diagnosis and treatment. Med. Clin. N. America, 1942, 26: 1391-410.—Sabine, D. B. Removing glass tubing from rubber stoppers. Chemist Analyst, 1938, 27: 72.—Stillman, R. G. The significance of laboratory testa and methods. N. York State J. M., 1935, 35: 757-66.— Strott, G. G. Elementarv laboratory procedure. Hosp. Corps Q., 1930, 14: 4-20, pl.— Sweany. H. C, Bogen, E. [et al.] American Trudeau Society; report of the Committee on Standard Laboratory Procedure; minimum laboratory stand- ards. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1942, 45: 103-14.—Tadic, R. [Lab- oratory technique] Glasnik, Beogr., 1927, 3: 229-33.— Vaughan, S. L. Simplifying the laboratory report. Mod. Hosp., Chic, 1935, 44: 81.—Vogel, K. M. Clinical analytical methods. S. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. (1910) Poughkeepsie, 1911,2:211-28.—Weiner, S. Prevention of foaming. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 24.—Wheeler, M. W. Preparation of media and glassware. Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. LABORATORY Health 1941, 80.—Wilson, L. D. Loosening rubber to glass connections. Chemist Analyst, 1939, 28: 70.—Wright, A. E. On some new methods, devices, and apparatus for the routine and the research laboratory. Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 4-7.— Zaparanick, J. Preventing the freezing of stopcocks by alkaline solutions. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 71. --- private. Worster, W. W., & Salisbury, J. W. The office laboratory. 4. ed. 160p. 20cm. San Gabriel [1938] Davidson, H. A. Doctors' laboratories and hospital com- petition. J. M. Soc. Cape May Co. N. Jersey, 1942, 4: No. 2, 3—Kinsella, R. A. Extended routine laboratory service in private hospitals. Proc. Annual Congr. M. Educ, 1929, 77-80.-—Laboratory in a box. Med. Econom., 1941-42, 19: 46 —Lederer, M. Office laboratory for the surgical practi- tioner. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8: 285-9.—Miller, A. J. The physician's laboratory. In Textb. Clin. Path. (Kracke, R. R.) Bait., 1938, 1-23.—Private clinical laboratories. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 521.—Some suggestions as to the clinical laboratory of the practicing physician. South. M. & S., 1943, 105: 126.-—Wilbur, R. L. The requisite laboratory equipment for the general practitioner. California J. M., 1906, 4: 130. --- Reports and description. Davis & Geck, Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y. One year's research. 14p. 21cm. Brooklyn [1934] Haythorn, S. R. William H. Singer Memorial Research Laboratory: brief history and descrip- tion. 16p. 8? Pittsb., 1917. Iturbe, J., & Gonzalez, E. Contribucion del Laboratorio Iturbe en el 3er Congreso venezo- lano de medicina. 35p. 8? Caracas, 1921. Lilly Research Laboratories, Indianapo- lis, Ind. Dedication. 128p. illust. 4? In- dianap., 1934. Philadelphia, Pa. Jefferson Medical Col- lege Hospital Laboratories [Report of] 1904. 15p. 8? Phila., 1905. Saint-Germain-en-Laye. Hopital. Tra- vaux du laboratoire. v.3.-4. v. p. 23}^cm. Par., 1938. Seine (D^partement de la) Prefecture de police. Secretariat-general. Releve des operations du laboratoire municipal de chimie. [Monthly] June 1883; Oct., Dec, 1886; Mar., May, June, Sept., 1887; Nov. 1887 to Jan., 1888; Mar. to May; July to Nov., 1888; May, July, Aug., Oct., Dec, 1889; May, June, Oct., 1890; Feb., Aug., 1891; Feb., 1892. fol. [Par., 1883- 92] Sind. Chemical Analyser to Government. Annual report. 8? Karachi [1936-] 1937- 1921-27 formed part of Bombay and Sind. Chemical Analysers to Government. Reports. Toronto, Can. Connaught Laboratories. Studies. Toronto, 6: 1933/34- Yerkes, R. M. Regulations of Yale Labora- tories of Primate Biology, Inc. 41p. 8? New Haven, 1937. Ancizar-Sordo, J. National laboratories of Colombia; their work, equipment, and management. Proc Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 7: 91-3.—Boyd Medical Research Trust Laboratories, 1941-43. Brit. Homoeop. J., 1943, 33: 71-5.— Bradley, F. R. Barnes centralizes laboratory service. Mod. Hosp., 1942, 59: No. 4, 65.—Dedication (The) of a research laboratory. Physician & Surg., Detr., 1909, 31: 241-53 — Dedication (The) of the Lilly Research Laboratory. Sc. Am. Month., 1934, 39: 472-5.—Guedon, R. Bases da organizacao dos Laborat6rios Silva Araujo-Roussel S. A. Med. cir. pharm., Rio, 1941, 154-60.—Hageman, P. O. Laboratories of the Barnes Hospital. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1942-43, 6: 81-7.—Krantz, J. C, jr. The Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory of the School of Medicine, University of Maryland. Bull. Nurs. Alumnae Ass. Univ. Maryland, 1940, 25-7. Also Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1940-41, 25: 1, pl.—Llorens, I. de. Utilidad de conocer los laboratorios espafioles. Med. nifios, 1926, 27: 177-81—Magalhaes, M. Laboratorios Raul Leite S. A. Resenha med., Rio, 1942, 9: 77-90.—Myers, D. A. A new medical research laboratory. Army M. Bull., 1937, No. 40, 87-92.—National Research Laboratories [India] Current Sc, Bangalore, 1943, 12: 75.—New (The) research laboratories at the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 284.—Paes Brazil. Resenha de trabalhos de labora- torio clinico; hematologia, bacteriologia, sorologia, etc. Rev. LABORATORY gyn. obst,, Rio, 1940, 34: pt 2, 266-9.—Rainy, H. Second report on the work of the Clinical Medicine Research Labora- tory, Royal Infirmary, LMinburgh. Edinburgh M. J., 1915, 15: 126-30.—Reorganizacao e amplificacao do organismo tecmco-cientlfico dos laboratorios Raul Leite S. A. Resenha med., Rio, 1941, 8: 330-41.—Royal College of Phvsicians of Edinburgh; annual report by the curator of the laboratory for the year 1939. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 313.—Royal College of Surgeons: opening of Bernhard Baron laboratories. Brit. M J., 1937, 2: 1187.—Simpson, B. T. The Gratwick Laboratory. Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 312.—Wyckoff, J. Address delivered at the laying of the cornerstone of the Baruch Labora- tory at Saratoga Springs, on September 14, 1934. N. York State J. M., 1934, 34: 982-4. ■---- Research. See also Research. Chediak, A. Laboratorios y centros de investigaci6n de Europa. Rev. med. cubana, 1938, 49: 636-45.—Klotz, O. Research in the teaching laboratories. Bull. Am. M. Ass., 1920-21, 14: 38-45.—Nicolle, C. Rapports du clinicien et du medecin de laboratoire dans l'oeuvre de la recherche scientifique. Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1934, 10: Suppl., 394-403.—O'Farrell, W. R. Routine and clinical laboratory research. Irish J. M. Sc, 1935, 6. ser., 591-601.—Ramon, G. Rapport sur le fonction- nement et sur la role, dans le present et dans l'avenir, des laboratoires de recherches. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1941, 3. ser., 124: 499-502.—Stockard, C. R. The spirit of the laboratory. Albany M. Ann., 1937, 56: 75-81.—Westaway, F. W. The science worker in his laboratory. In his Science in the Dock, Lond., 1942, 42-5.—Wilder, R. M. Industrial laboratories and clinical research. Field & Work Squibb Inst., 1938, 1: 15-8. ---- Specimen collection. See under Specimen. ---- Staff. See also Technician Application of 40-hour week to medical laboratories [France] J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 2236.—Boynton, C. N. The time factor in the laboratory. Arizona Pub. Health News, 1936, No. 125, 1.—Chemist (The) vs the clinical pathologist. Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1942-43, 6: No. 12, 1-3.—Eisen, J. R. The case of the dental laboratory employee. Dent. Outlook, N. Y., 1943, 30: 456-62.—Fabris, A. Taylorismo di laboratorio. Diagn. tec. lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 186-94.—Federation corporative des m^decins de la region parisienne; contre l'application de la semaine de 40 heures dans les laboratoires d'anaiyses medicales. Presse med., 1937, 45: 502.—Fenger, M. [Physicians or chemists as chiefs of hospital laboratories] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1590.—Godfrey, E. S., jr. Proposed report on the educa- tional and experience qualifications of laboratory workers. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 882-7.—Gorfin, D. V. [For qualified microbiologists, epidemiologists and infectionists] Gig. san., Moskva, 1939, 4: No. 6, 14-8.—Interne (The) idea. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1941-42, 5: 1.—Korson, G. The women behind the test tubes. Hygeia, Chic, 1942, 20: 916-8 — Montgomery, L. G. How is technical personnel shortage to be alleviated? Hosp. Management, 1943, 56: 76-8.—Morse, W. The chemist in the medical laboratory. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1094.—Pathologists conducting approved clinical labora- tories. Ibid., 1930, 94: 990.—Sister Marguerite Alacoque. Laboratory and other technological personnel. Hosp. Progr., 1940, 21: 410-4; 1941, 22: 27-33.—Welsh, C. Laboratory service in hospitals. Hospitals, 1941, 15: No. 7, 98-101.— Whitby, L. E. H. The laboratory as a cweer. Middlesex Hosp. ,)., Lond., 1929-30, 30: 207-18. ---- Staff: Accidents and diseases. Doerr, R., Berger, E. [et al.] Eigenartige Laboratoriumser- krankungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 395-8.—Draese, K. D. Ueber Laboratoriumsinfektionen mit Typhusbazillen und anderen Bakterien. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1938, 121: 232-91.—What to do in case of accidents in the laboratory. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1939, 10: 101. ---- Staff: Instruction. Aiken, S. The student in the laboratory. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1942-43, 4: 179.—Cost, E. A. [Preparatory courses for laboratory work] Sovet. med., 1942, 6: 30.—Jardine, E. N. Laboratory training school personnel. Am. J. M. Techn., 1943, 9: 122-33.—Van Horn, H. H. Intern laboratory education in the general hospital. Pennsylvania M. J., 1941-42, 45: 136-8. ---- Supply. Bohm, E., & Dietrich, K. R. Reagenzien und Nahrbbden; eine Zusamenstellung der wichtigsten und zwechmassigsten Vorschriften fiir Labora- toriumspraxis. 375p. 8? Berl., 1927. B., G. H. War Production Board regulations relating to the purchase of scientific and laboratory equipment and supplies. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1942, 13: 325-32.—Bradley, F. R. Outline of program for conserving resources of the hospital laboratory. LABORATORY 398 LABORIT Hospitals, 1943, 17: No. 8, 87.—Deimler. L. L. Low-cost laboratory materials. Am. J. Nurs., 1941, 41: 1036-8 — linillier, L. L. Card-index system for laboratory supplies, Chemist Analyst, 1941, 30: 71.—New War Production Board regulations help procurement of laboratory supplies. Labora- tory, Pittsb., 1943, 14: 44-51.—Precision Scientific Company; designers and builders of modern laboratorv equipment. In Chem. Kngin. Cat., 1941-42, 26. ed., 785.—Priority rating given to research laboratories. Science, 1941, 94: 409.—Scientific equipment. Rev. Sc. Instrnm., 1942, 13: 308.—Whelan, J. J. War Production Board regulations simplified for laboratory supplies. Laboratory, Pittsb., 1943, 14: 70-6. LABORATORY digest; a monthly review of clinical pathological literature. S. Louis, v.6, No. 11, 1943- LABORATORY medicine. See also Diagnosis, laboratory; Laboratory; Pathology, clinical; Technology. Barnes, H. A. How the modern laboratory aids medical science in the treatmont of disease. Hospitals, 1940, 14: No. 5, 51-4.—Bertrand, A. Clinique et laboratoire. Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 514-6.—Bodansky, M. The use of laboratory data in clinical medicine. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1941, 38: 373- 8.—Combemale, P. Lecon inaugurate faite le 23 novembre 1938. Echo med. nord, 1939, 3. ser., 10: 201-9.—Curphey, T. J. The direct practical application of the fundamentals of laboratory medicine to general practice, with particular refer- ence to chemotherapy. Med. Times, N. Y., 1944, 72: 71; passim.—Fox, H. A call to broaden laboratorv medicine. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939, 9: 529.—Gutierrez Villegas, L. Clinica y laboratorio. Gac. med. Mexico, 1942, 72: 565-72. Also Guatemala med., 1943, 8: No. 2, 5-9.—Rabinowitch, L M. An address on the status of laboratory medicine in Canada. Bull. Vancouver M. Ass., 1930-31, 7: 229-36.—Salter, W. T. Clinical pathology (laboratory medicine) N. England J. M., 1939, 220: 436-41.—Sappington, S. W., Favorite, G. O. [et al.] The role of the laboratory in medicine. Hahneman. Month., 1942, 77: 1-6.—Wiczkowski, Selzer. M., & Gittelmacher- Wilenko. Pr6ba zastosowania reakcvi biochemicznych do klinirzm c:h badari. Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1906, 1: 307: 320. LABORATORY (The) technician; official organ of the Associated Dental Laboratories [N. Y.l v.8, No. 10, 1935- LABORDE, Andre, 1908- *Identification des douilles et des projectiles tires par les pisto- lets automatiques. 92p. pl. 24^cm. Alger. Typo-Litho, 1934. LABORDE, Jean Albert, 1899- *Les defenses sociales contre l'alcoolisme. 70p 8° Par., M. Vigne, 1928. LABORDE, Jean Baptiste Vincent, 1830-1903. Physiologie pathologique de l'ictere. 96p. 8? Par., A. Delahaye, 18G9. LABORDE, Jean Edouard, 1899- * Abces du lobe frontal consecutifs aux ostites et aux sinusites frontales. 122p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1928. LABORDE, Jean Marie Rene, 1902- ♦Contribution a l'etude du miel des abeilles dans ses applications dietetiques et medicales. 102p 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LABORDE, Maurice, 1909- *La du- plicite ureterale et ses complications [Lyon] 107p. 8? Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1934. LABORDE, Yves, 1910- Considerations sur un cas de myosite ossifiante progressive; maladie de Munchmeyer. 53p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LABORDERIE, Joseph. L'electricite medicale en dermatologie. 62p. 8? Nimes, La Labo- rieuse, 1914. LABORDERIE Boulou, Yves, 1913- *D'une forme anormale de tetanos et de sa guerison; prevention, therapeutique actuelle 24p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1939. LABORER. See Workman. LABORIE, J. B. P., 1797-1823. For obituary see Pierquin. Observ. sc. med., 1823, 6: LABORIT, Henri Marie Leon, 1914- *Etudo sur l'emploi du tannin pour retarder la regeneration periostee-costale dans les thora- coplasties au coins de la tuberculose pulmonaire, methode de Magendie; premiers resultats clini- ques. 114p. 25cm. Bord., A. D< stout aind, 1939. LABOR medica; revista mensual de medicina social. Mex., v.4, 1936- LABOUGLE, Gaston Jean Paul, 1904- *Ane\'rvsmes de 1'artere ischiatique. 40p 8° Par., N. Maloine, 1936. LABOULBENE, Joseph Alexandre, 1825-98. Genty, M. Joseph Alexandre Laboulbene. Biogr. med Par., 1935, 9: 161-76, pl., portr. LABOUR, Emile, 1910- Contribution a l'etude du traitement du cancer du col uterin chez la femme enceinte. 158p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. LA BOURBOULE, France. See Balneography. LABOURE, Marc, 1912- *TJne experience de medecine preventive; examen de depistage des 6tudiants de la Cite1 Universitaire. 126p. 8° Par., E. Le Francois, 1937. LABOUREAU, Rene, 1906- *Les cap- sules perirenales; leur developpement, leurs vaisseaux. 114p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1932 LABOUREAU, Simone Marie, 1907- ♦Lesions de 1'hypophyse secondaires a des tumeurs intra-craniennes. 51p. 8? Par, L Arnette, 1938. LABOURGADE, Alfred, 1908- ♦Con- tribution a 1'etiologie du prurigo diathdsique de Besnier. 76p. 24cm. Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1936. LABRADOR, Sanchez, 1714-98. Molinari, J. L. Sanchez Labrador y su contribuci6n a la materia medica Rioplatense. Rev. As. med. argent.. 1937 51: 182-4. LABRADOR. See also Eskimo. Banyard, H. Fifty years of pioneering; the Grenfell Mission celebrates its diamond jubilee. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1942, 38: 536-8.—Elton, C. Wild-life cycles in northern Labrador. In his Voles, Mice &c, Oxf., 1942, 234-338.— Fiftieth anni- versary of the Grenfell Mission. N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 116.—Forsyth, C. H. Life and work in Labrador. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 204: 398-402.— Frazer, J. G. Ungava District, Labrador. In his Native Races of America, Lond., 1939, 19-23.—Medical work amongst British settlers in Labrador and Northern Newfoundland. Brit. J. Nurs., 1941, 89: 196.—Nursing in Labrador. Ibid., 196.—Paddon, H. L. Labrador to-day; a lecture to the Medical and Physical Society. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1935, 35: 283-7.—Practice (The) of medicine in Labrador. Radiology, S. Paul, 1936, 26: 243-6.—Speck, F. G., & Eiseley, L. C. Montagnais-Naskapi bands and family hunting districts of the central and south- eastern Labrador Peninsula. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1941-42, 85:215-42.—Steele, J. D. Medicine in Labrador. Milwaukee M. Times, 1940, 13: No. 12, 15-8.—West, N. A summer in the northland, Harrington Hospital, Labrador. Canad. Nurse, 1918, 14: 1357-9. LABRADOR tea. See Gaultheria. LABRANT, Lou Le Vanche, 1893- A study of certain language developments of children in grades four to twelve, inclusive. p.387-491. 8? Worcester, Clark Univ., 1933. Forms No. 5, v.14, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. LABRAQUE - BORDENAVE, Marguerite, 1901- *L'h£moculture systematique en anaerobiose; resultats, interpretation. 108p. tab. diagr. 25cm. Montpel., L'Abeille, 1935. LABRECHE, John Joseph, 1905- ♦Trans- urethral prostatic resection [Marquette Univ.] 17p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1933. Typewritten. LABREGERE 399 LABYRINTH LABREGERE, Pierre Gabriel, 1913- ♦Contribution a l'etude de la reimplantation ureteiale a la vessie avec 6tude experimentale chez le chien. 70p. pl. 8? Bord., Delmas, 1937. LABROUSSE, Andre, 1911- *Des frac- tures du maxillaire inferieur chez le chien. 73p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LABROUSSE, Pedro. Translator of Jagot. P. C. Metodo cientffico moderno de magnetismo, hipnotismo, sugesti6n. 3v. 19cm. B. Aires, 1938. LABRUNE, Paul, 1913- *Le cancer de la vessie chez les animaux domestiques. 72p. 25 54cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LABS, Karl, 1908- *Zur Statistik der Scabies. 24p. 8? Munch., Salesian. Off., 1931. LABURNUM. See Cytisus. LABURNUM mosaic virus. See Marmoraceae. LABURT, Harry Anthony, 1898- For biography see Psychiat. Q., 1942, 16: 211, portr. LABUS, Carlo, 1844-1906. For obituary see Italia san., 1909, 5:179-81, portr. (Nicolai) LABUS, Johanna, 1904- *Geschicht- licher Beitrag zu dem Problem der Vererbung von Krankheiten. 21p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1929. LABUSSIERE, Pierre, 1905- *Un mede- cin journaliste et directeur de theatre; Luis Veron (1798-1867) 84p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1930. LABY, Thomas Howell, 1880- See Kaye, G. W. C, & Laby, T. H. Tables of phs'sical and chemical constants. 9. ed. 181p. 25cm. Lond., 1941. LABYRINTH. See also Cochlea; Ear; Petrous bone; Vestib- ular system; Vestibule. Fischer, J., & Wolfson, L. E. The inner ear. 421p. 23J*cm. N. Y., 1943. Burlett, H. M. de. Das Labyrinth. Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 143.—Cleminson, F. J. Some notes on the labyrinth for the student. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1926-27, 27: 85-96.—Dohlman, G. Some practical and theoretical points in labyrinthology. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 779-90, 3 pl.—McNally, W. J. Report on labyrinth work. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1934, 287- 91.—Tencer, J. [Recent researches in labvrinthology] Warsz. czas. lek., 1936, 13: 8-11.—Werner, C. F. The labyrinth; a discussion in a general way. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1930, 39: 104-8, 2 pl --- Abnormity. Altmann, F. Zur Kenntnis der sogenannten persistierenden Knorpelherde im Bereiche der knochernen Labyrinthkapsel. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1932, 132: 297.—Hirsch, C. Ueber einen Fall von angeborenem einseitigem Labyrinthdefekt beim Huhn. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1924, 6: 206-13.—Rainer, A. Eigenartige Ohrverletzung bei Labyrinthmissbildung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 135: 112-34.—Tanturri, V. La formazione atipica del labirinto (macula o crista neglecta) Morgagni, 1924, 66: 390-3.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Contribution a l'etude des mal- formations de l'appareil auditif; l'oreille interne et moyenne des Janus. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1932, 17: 73-88. ------ Noch eine Untersuchung des knochernen inneren Ohres der Anen- cephalen. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1932, 43: 517-44. ------ Eigentiimlichkeiten im anatomischen Bau des knochernen inneren Ohres des Schweines bei Encephalocele. Ibid., 44: 360-78. ------ Zur Teratologic des Gehororgans der Sauge- tiere; das knocherne Labyrinth der Janus (Cephalothoracopagus monosymmetros) beim Hausschwein. Ibid., 1933-34, 46: 416-3C. --- Acoustic nerve. See Acoustic nerve. ■--- Acustico-lateral sense organs. Pearson, A. A. The acustico-lateral nervous system in fishes. J. Comp. Neur., 1936, 64: 235-73.—Sand, A. The mechanism of acustico-lateral sense organs in fishes, with special reference to prollems in the physiology of semicircular canals. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33: sect, otol., 741-50. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1940, 55: 449-58, 2 pl [Discussion] 464- 70.—Schriever, H. Ueber die Funktion der Seitenorgane der Fische. Proc. Internat. Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., 451. ---- Anatomy. Girard, L. Atlas d'anatomie et de medecine operatoire du labyrinthe osseux. 3. ed. 167p 28cm. Par., 1939. Alexander, G. Die Mangel der derzeit gebrauchlichen anatomischen Nomenklatur des inneren Ohrs; Vorschlag zu ihrer Beseitigung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1923, 6: 177-82.— Best, C. H., & Taylor, N. B. Anatomy of the labyrinth. In their Physiol. Basis Med. Pract., 3. ed., Bait., 1943, 1410-4.— Carnevale-Ricci, F. Studi su preparati per corrosione del- l'orecchio interno dell'uomo e di altri mammiferi. Ann. laring Tor., 1928, 29: 131-65, 4 ch., 3 pl.—Chatellier, H. P. Topo- graphie de la capsule labyrinthique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 633; 788.—Cheatle, A. H., & Negus, V. E. Models of the labyrinth. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 712.—Meyer, M. Bau und Entwicklung der menschlichen knochernen Labyrinthkapsel. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1924, 23: 17.------ Die normale Anatomie der Labyrinthkapsel. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1933, 34: 3-72.—Miyazaki, H. Rassen- und Altersunterschied des Labyrinthpigmentes des Menschen. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1931-33, 3: Anat., 229-40, pl.—Orts Llorca, F. Cartilago supracoclear y hueseeillo suprapetroso. Arq. anat., Lisb., 1930-32, 14: 483-7.—Peet, E. W. Transparent casts of the labyrinth; an improved method of preparation. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1938, 53: 316-8, pl.—Peroni, A., & Bozzi, E. Le modificazioni post- mortal! dell'orecchio interno. Arch. ital. anat., 1932, 3: 319- 32.—Tremble, G. E. The bony labyrinth of the new-born infant and of the adult; a comparative study. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 175-80.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Zur Methodik der Anfertigung der das knocherne innere Ohr betreffenden Prapa- rate; die Korrosion mit Dammaraharz (Gummi dammara) Anat. Anz., 1931, 72: 42-5.------Oberflachliche Lage der knochernen Labyrinthe in den Schlafenbeinpyramiden ausge- wachsener Menschenschadel. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: 274-85.—Watt, H. J. Dimensions of the labyrinth correlated. 'Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1924-25, ser. B., 96: 334-8.— Werner, C. F. Bau und Entwicklung der Labyrinthkapsel beim Menschen und beim Huhn. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 134: 160-3. ------ Die postmortalen Veranderungen des Innenohres unter dem Einfluss der Temperatur. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 564-80.—Wolff, D. Melanin in the inner ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 14: 195-211—Yampolsky. L. N. [Morpho- logical relation between the subarachnoidal space and the labyrinth] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1933, 26: 22-30. ---- Anatomy, comparative. Burlet, H. M. de, & Versteegh, C. Ueber Bau und Funktion des Petromyzonlabyrinthes. 58p. 8? Helsin., 1930. Forms Suppl. 13, Acta otolar., Stockh. Gray, A. A. The labyrinth of animals, in- cluding mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians. 2v. 198p.; 252p. 8? Lond., 1907. Haag, E. *Ueber den Bau der Labyrinth- kapsel einiger Affenarten. p. 14-23. 8? Wiirzb., 1933 Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 136-. Jacob, W. *Ueber das Labyrinth der Pleuro- nectiden [Kiel] p.523-74. 8? [Jena] 1928. Also Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1927-28, 44: Begliktschieff, B. Contributo alio studio della diffusione dagli spazi subaracnoidei alle cavita labirintiche nel piccione. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 468-70—Boutteville, K. von. Untersuchungen (iber den Gehorsinn bei Characiniden und Gymnotiden und den Bau ihres Labyrinthes. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1935, 22: 162-91.—Burlet, H. M. de. Ueber die Papilla neglecta. Anat. Anz., 1928, 66: 199-209.------ Die innere Ohrsphare. In Handb. vergl. Anat. (Bolk, L., et al.) Berl., 1934, 2: 1293-380. ------ & de Haas. J. H. Die Stellung der Maculae acusticae im Macacus-Schadel. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1924, 71: 233-9.—Denker, A. Zur Morpho- logie und Histologie des Fischlabyrinths. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1935, 139:321-68. ------ Vorfuhrun^en zur Morpho- logie und Histologie des Ohrlabyrinths der Fische. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935, 38: 133-5 [Discussion] 135-7.—Farkas, B. Das Gehor der Fische und die Crista acusticffi. Acta otoiar., Stockh., 1936, 24: 53-82.—Gottbehut, V. Otolithen und Laybrinthe verschiedener Teleostier. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1935-36,70:159-96.—Gruneberg, H., Hallpike, C. S., & Ledoux, A. Observations on the structure development and electrical reactions of the internal ear of the shaker-1 mouse (Mus musculus) Proc. K. Soc, Lond., 1940-41, ser. B, 129: 154-73, 5 pl.—Guareschi, C. Saggio sulla morfologia causale dell'orec- chio interno degli anfibi. Riv. biol., 1937, 22: 230-44.—Hafner, K. Die knocherne Labyrinthkapsel der Nagetiere (Kaninchen, Meerschweinchen, Maus und Ratte) Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933, 137: 282-305.—Iwata, N. Ueber das Labyrinth der Fledermaus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des statischen Apparates. Aichi J. Exp. M., 1923-24, 1: H. 4, 41-173, 13 pl.— LABYRINTH 4( Jannuzzi, S. Su alcune particolarita anatomic-he poco note del labirinto degli uccelli e sul loro significato fi.-iologiro. Arch. ital. otol., 1926, 37: 696-707.—Kolmer, W., & Kisinjjer, K. Laby- rinth des Eishaies (Laemargus borealis) Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 59: 839-42.—Miyawaki, S. Ueber die Foramina acustica media an der Ohrkapsel von Reptilien. Fol. anat. jap., 1927, 5: 491- 513.—Pearson, H. S. On the skulls of early Tertiary Suidae, together with an account of the otic region in some other primitive artiodactyla. Philos. Tr. R. Soc London, 1927, ser. B, 215: 389-460.—Ranzi, S. Considerazioni morfologiche sul labirinto dei ciclostomi. Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 15: pt 2, 253-7.—Schiffers, E. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Weberschen Apparates bei Leuciscus rutilus L. Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1933-34, 68: 657-702.—Tanturri, V. Sulla conoscenza del labirinto osseo degli uccelli. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1932, 6: 97-100. ------ Sui fattori determinanti della forma del labirinto nei vertebrati. Ibid., 1933, 7: 59-62. ——— Zur Anatomie und Physiologie des Labyrinthes der Vogel. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 1-27. ------ Ueber die Morphologie des Labyrinthes einiger Teleostier. Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 314-21.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen iiber das knocherne Labyrinth der Saugetiere (Crus commune) Morph. Jahrb.. 1933, 72: 93-102. ------ Abhangigkeit des anatomischen Baues des knochernen Laby- rinths von der Form des Schadels und dessen Deformierung beim Haushuhn. Anat. Anz., 1933-34, 76: 15-27.------Ueber das Gehororgan der Vogel; das knocherne innere Ohr des Pelecanus onocrotalus roseus Gm. Ibid., 1935-36, 81: 7-16. ------ Das knocherne innere Ohr des Kamels (Camelus bacterianus) Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1936, 61: 107-20, pl. ------ Die Abhangigkeit der anatomischen Struktur des knochernen inneren Ohres von der Korperlage der Vogel (insbesondere bei den Repriisentanten der Ordnung Lamelh- rostres) Ibid., 121-38, pl. ------• [Peculiarities of the anatomical structure of the bony labyrinth; A pus apus pekinensis Swinh.] Arch. russ. anat., 1940, 24: 103-10.—Versteegh, C. [The labyrinth of petromyzonts] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73': pt 2, 5921-4. ------ The labyrinth of Petromyzon fluviatilis. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930. 14: 178-80.—Wagner, D. S. The structure of the inner ear in relation to the reduction of the middle ear in the Liopelmidae (Noble) Anat. Anz., 1934-35, 79: 20-30.—Watson, D. M. S. The internal ear of Osteolepsis. J. Anat., Lond., 1924-25, 59: 385.—Werner, C. F. Ueber das Labyrinth des Eishaies. Mschr. Ohrenh.. 1929, 63: 195-9. ------ Das Ohrlabvrinth der Elasmobranchier. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1930, 136: 485-579. ------ Das Ohr- labyrinth der Tiere; ein Versuch, seine Formverschiedenheit zu erklaren. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1932-33, 30: 390-408. ------ Ueber das Verhaltnis der Vorhofsackchen zueinander und zum Ductus endolymphaticus auf Grund einer Hemmungsmissbil- dung beim Meerschweinchen. Anat. Anz., 1938-39, 87: 248- 52.—Wilhelm, E. Ueber den feineren Bau der knochernen Labyrinthkapsel von Hund und Katze. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 136: 24-39.—Wohlfahrt, T. A. Anatomische Unter- suchungen iiber das Labyrinth der Elritze (Phoxinus laevis L.) Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1932, 17: 659-85, pl. ------ Das Ohrlabyrinth des Schlammspringers (Periophthalmus schlosseri Pall.) ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Anatomie des Gobiiden- labyrinthes. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933-34, 102: 298- 306.—Yasuhara, I. Ueber die Tanzmaus; vergleichend- anatomische Untersuchung des statischen Organs des Ohr- labyrinthes bei der Tanzmaus und bei der gewohnlichen Maus. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1935, 47: 2527. ------ Ueber die Tanzmaus; vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchung der Gehor- organe des Ohrlabyrinthes bei der Tanzmaus und bei der gewohnlichen Maus. Ibid., 2717. ---- Blood supply. See also Auditory artery. Bast, T. H. Blood supply of the otic capsule of a 150-mm human fetus; for the research council of the American Otological Society. Anat. Rec, 1931, 48: 141-51.—Belemer, J. J. The vessels of the stria vascularis with special reference to their function. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 23: 93-7— Bilancioni, G. Arteriografia della regione deH'orecchio interno. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 45: 17-23, 5 pl—Demetriades, T. D. Der laby- rinthare Gefiisstonus. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 621-8.—Ferrari Lelli, G. Comportamento dell'arteria uditiva interna e dei suoi rami labirintici nell'uomo. Zschr. Anat Entw., 1939-40, 110: 48-80.—Konaschko, P. I. Die Arteria auditiva interna des Menschen und ihre Labyrinthaste. Zschr ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 83: 241-68.—Malan, E. Dei vasi glomerulari del labirinto osseo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 832-4.—Montis, S. Della particolare struttura e del proba- bile significato funzionale di alcuni capillari deH'orecchio interno edeil'occhio. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14:423.— Nabeya, D. A study in the comparative anatomy of the blood- vascular system of the internal ear in mammalia and in homo (Japanese) Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1923, 6: 1-132, 20 pl.—Snapp, C. F. A comparative study of the blood supply of the labyrinth in birds. Anat. Rec, 1924, 27: 29-39. 3 pl. ---- Blood supply: Disorder. See also subheadings (Hydrops; Neurosis) also Meniere syndrome. Errecart, P. L. Breves consideracionei sobre las angio- patias laberinticas. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 113.— LABYRINTH Fabinyi, G. Regarding morphological and functional chnnipg of the internal ear in arteriosclerosis. Laryngoscope, 1931, 4\: 0U3-70. Kohno, T. Ueber das Verhalten des Ohrlabyrinthei bei Aussthaltung des Blutstroms von sriten der Arteria vcrte- hralis. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1930, 4: H. 1, No. 10, 16.- Lermoyez, M. L'an^mie chronique du labyrinthe et lY-preuve du nitrate d'amyle. Ann. mal. oreille, 48: 542-4.—Richardson, J. J. Arteriosclerosis of the ear und acoustic centers. Eve Ear &c Month., 1931, 10: 317-21.—Stein, C. Die Arterio- sklerose des Gehororganes. Handb. Neur. Ohres, Berl., 1928 2: 1. Teil, 641-722. ---- Cellulitis. See subheading Labyrinthitis, suppurative; also Petrous bone; Temporal bone. ---- Cochlea. See Cochlea; Cochlear nerve. ---- Concussion. Bedu, R. *Contribution k l'etude des com- motions labyrinthiques par 6clatement de pro- jectiles. 34p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Hiller, E. *Labyrintherschutterung durch indirekte Gewalteinwirkung. 24p. 8? Miinch. 1936. Barboza, R. Concussao coclear rara. Rev. paul. med., 1941, 19: 57 (Abstr.)—Barthe Pastrana, E. La conmoci6n laberintica por onda explosiva. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 4: 372-84.—Blegvad, N. R. Modern views on concussion of the labyrinth. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 321-30.— Brunner, H. Commotio auris internae (Innenohrerschutterung) In Handb. Neur. Ohres, Berl., 1928, 2: 1. Teil, 305-26.— Cheynel, J. A propos d'un cas de commotion labyrinthique pure par detonation de canon. Rev. laryng., Par., 1936, 57: 372-5.—Despons, J. Commotion labyrinthique. Medecine, Par., 1940, 21: No. 6, 3-47.—Ebermaier, C. Ist Labyrinther- schiitterung nach Schadelverletzungen haufig und wie kann sie medikamentos beeinflusst werden? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1939, 36: 465.—Horgan, J. B. Post-traumatic labyrinthine commotion; with a case record of the central or cerebral type. Irish J. M. Sc, 1942, 6. ser., No. 195, 98-102.—Nakamura, M. [Experimental investigation on the influence of vibration (rectilineal motion upon the internal ear)] Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1941, 30: 282-92, pl.— Takezawa, N. Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Erschiitterungsdegeneration des inneren Ohres. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 12: 1337-64, 4 pl.—Terracol, J., & Cheynel, J. A propos d'un cas de com- motion labyrinthique pure par detonation de canon. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1935-36, 17: 163-7.—Ueda, B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Labyrintherschutte- rung bei Kopfverletzungen. Keijo J. Med., 1930, 1: 495-636, 4 pl.—Voss, O. Gibt es eine Labyrintherschiitterung? Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1934, 138: 264-88. ---- Dehiscence. Eschweiler. Ueber Spaltbildungen in der Labyrinthkapsel. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933, 34: 152-65 [Discussion] 198- 201.—Kelemen, G. Ueber die Fissuren im knochernen Innen- ohr. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933-34, 137: 36-49.—Szanto, G. Zur Pathogenese der queren Subiculumspalte der Innen- ohrkapsel. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1934-35, 21: 228-35. ---- Development and growth. Arnaud, G. *Le labyrinthe membraneux posterieur du nouveau-ne; embryologie, anatomie, exploration fonctionelle. 150p. 25cm. Par., 1938. Anson, B. J., Karabin, J. E., & Martin, J. Stapes, fissula ante fenestram and associated structures in man; from the embryo of 7 weeks to that of 21 weeks. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 676-97.—Bast, T. H. The early development on the bony capsule of the human ear. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1927, 17: 633-6. ------ The ossification of the labyrinthine capsule. Ibid., 1928, 18: 78-88. Also Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 665-70. ------ Osteogenesis of the human periotic capsule. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. 1929, 19: 167-78, 3 pl. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 459-71. ------ Ossification of the otic capsule in human fetuses. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1930, 21: 53-82, 6 pl. ------■ Development of the otic cap- sule; resorption of the cartilage in the canal portion of the otic capsule in human fetuses and its relation to the growth of the semicircular canals. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 16: 19-38. ------ Development of the otic capsule; histological changes and variations in the growing bony capsule of the vestibule and cochlea. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942. 51: 343-57.—Bodechtel, G. Vergleichende entwicklungsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen am Labyrinthorgan der Wirbeltiere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., Berl., 1930, 92: 492-532, 4 pl.—Campbell, A. W. The evolution and functions of the labyrinth. Med. J. Australia, 1924, 1: Suppl., 428.—Eisinger, K., & Sternberg, H. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsmechanik des inneren Ohres. Arch. mikr. Anat. LABYRINTH 401 LABYRINTH Entwmech., 1923-24, 100: 542-59.-Goldby, F The develop- ment oi the columella auris in the Crocodiha. J. Anat., Lond., 1924-25 59: 301-25.—Guareschi, C. Ricerche sull auto- differenz'iamento della vescicola otica trapiantata e sul diffe: rpnziamento dipendente della capsula cartilaginea (espenmenti u embrloni di anfibi) Boll. Ist. zool. Univ Roma, 1928, 6: 20-53 pl ------ Sul comportamento e sul destino dell oto- cisti trapiantata xenoplasticamente dagli anuri negli urodeli. Boll Soc ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 230-3 ——- Studi sulla Hpterminazione deH'orecchio interno degli anifibi anuri. Arch. ital? S. embr., 1936-37, 35: 97-129, 2 pl-Kolmer, W. Neue Erfahrungen am menschlichen Labyrinth (Ductus reuniens mit Nervenrudimenten und quergestreiften Muskeln, Innervation Glykogen, Verschwinden des grossen Wulstes in der Embryogenese) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1925-26, 114: 225-32__Levi, G. Sviluppo ed accrescimento degli spazi nerioticolari deH'orecchio interno dei vertebrati. Arch. sc. med Tor., 1927, 50: 1-20.—Martin, J., & Anson, B. J. Otic capsule and membranous labyrinth of the 29 mm. (crown- rump) human embryo. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 27: 279- 303__Meyer, M. Ueber die Entstehung des Aufbaus der menschlichen Labyrinthkapsel unter besonderer Berucksichti- eune der Entstehung der verschiedenen Formen der Gefass- kanfle. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1923, 6: 274 [Discussion] 338-40------ Bau und Entwicklung der menschlichen Labvrinthkapsel (ihre Abweichung von Bau und Entwicklung anderer Korperknochen) Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1924, 21: 239-50.— Ozawa, M. Studien uber die morphologische Entwicklung des hiiutigen Labyrinths bei dem Mausembryo. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940, 8: Proc. Anat., 47. ------ Studien iiber die morpholo- eisch'e Entwicklung des hautigen Labyrinths bei Narke japonica. Ibid., 1941, 9: Proc Anat., 12.—Pogany, E. Some character- istics'of the labyrinth in advanced age. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 437.—Shcherbatov, 1.1. Transplantation of auditory vesicle of chick embryo into chorio-allantois. Bull. biol. meel. exp URSS, 1938-39, 6: 511-4. ------ [Study of the develop- ment of the labyrinth by the method of transplantation] Vest, otorinolar., 1939, No. 1, 5-16.—Spirito, A. Studi sul trapianto della vescicola ottica in Rana esculenta. Boll. Ist zool. Univ. Roma, 1928, 6: 54-89, pl.—Szepsenwol, J. Le centre organisateur des vesicules auditives chez le poulet. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 116-8.—Tanaka, H. An experi- mental investigation on glycogen in the internal ear of the guinea pig; on the changes of glycogen content in the internal ear during the postnatal development of the guinea pig. Sei i kai M. J., 1928, 47: No. 8, 4.—Turkewitsch, B. G. Alters- und Geschlechtseigenschaften des anatomischen Baues des mensch- lichen knochernen Labyrinthes. Anat. Anz., 1930, 70: 225- 34—Waterman, A. J. The development of the inner ear rudiment of the rabbit embryo in a foreign environment. Am. J. Anat., 1938, 63: 161-219, incl. 4 pl.—Werner, C. F. Wachs- tum und Formvariation des Labyrinths in ihrem Verhaltnis zu Gehirn und Schadel; bei Rochen (Raja batis und Raja clavata) Anat. Anz., 1927, 63: 225-37. ------ Die Differenzierung der Maculae im Labyrinth, insbesondere bei Saugetieren. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1932-33, 99: 696-709. ---- Disease. See also Deaf; Deafness; Ear, Disease; Meniere syndrome; Nystagmus; Otosclerosis; Tinnitus; Vertigo. Claoue, C. Oreille interne; etude anatomo- pathologique et clinique; technique histologique et experimentale. 2. ed. 227p. 8? Par., 1938. Alexander, G. Innenohrerkrankung und Allgememmedizin. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 87-9.—Babbitt, J. A. Progressive deafness, otosclerosis, and closely related subjects; an abstract of the available literature published during the year 1938-39. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 135-85; 1940, 50: 385-451. -—-—& Silcox, L. E. Progressive deafness, otosclerosis and closely related subjects; an abstract of the available literature published during the year 1940. Ibid., 1941, 51: 399; passim.—Bourgeois, H. Maladies de l'oreille interne. In Precis path, chir., 6 6d., Par., 1938, 2: 462-93.—Eisinger, K. Ueber nichtentzundhche Erkrankungen des Innenohres. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1930, 21: H. 11, 29-45.—Ellis, M. The labyrinth. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 371.—Fowler, E. P. The clinical picture of diseases of the labyrinth wall. Laryngoscope, 1937, 47: 157-60.—Knick, A. Innenohr und Hornerv. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1926, 26: 245; 325.—Shambaugh, G. E., jr. Chronic progressive deafness, including otosclerosis and diseases of the inner ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 780-816; 1939, 30:999-1036;1941,33:436. ------& Roberts, W. S. Chronic progressive deafness, including otosclerosis and diseases of the inner ear. Ibid., 1942, 35: 291-331.—Shambaugh, G. E., jr, & Wojniak, F. Chronic progressive deafness, including oto- sclerosis and diseases of the inner ear. Ibid., 1943, 37: 856-81. ---- Disease, degenerative. Brunner, H. Zur Frage der degenerativen Atropine des inneren Ohres bei ohrfernen Tumoren. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1931-32, 30: 443-52.—Goldstein, M. A. Exfoliation of the cochlea, vestibule and semicircular canals. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1941, 50: 574-6.—Hammerschlag, V. Die hereditar-degenera- tive Innenohrerkrankung (Heredopathia acustica) vom Stand- punkt der Erbpathologie; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre von 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----26 der Polyallelie beim Menschen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66: 1281; 1503. ------ Die hereditiire Innenohrerkrankung im Lichte der Vererbungslehre. Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 1903-0 — Mauthner, O. Zur Charakteristik der konstitutionellen (hereditardegenerativen) Innenohrerkrankung (klinische Stu- dien) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1928, 118: 81-98—Saxen, A. Pathologische Anatomie und Klinik der degenerativen Er- krankungen des Gehororgans nach den von H. von Fieandt und Arno Sax6n an Greisen ausgefuhrten Untersuchungen. Erg. allg. Path., 1939, 34: 1-180.—Voss, O. Histologischer Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung von Taubheit und Innenohr- degeneration nach Schiideltrauma. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 483-99. ---- Disease: Diagnosis. Bouman, H. D. Ueber den Weberschen Versuch zur Diffe- rentialdiagnose von Mittelohr- und Innenohrkrankheiten. Arch, ncerl. physiol., 1936, 21: 517-25.—Demetriades, T. D. Untersuchungen iiber die Schadelresonanz; das Verhalten der Schadelresonanz zum Labyrinthbefund. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1926, 60: 852-77, 2 pl.—Fabricant, N. D., & Sommer, I. A new test for the diagnosis of disease of the inner ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 16: 360—Galperin, J. A., Sheinman, N. S., & Vinnitzkaia, D. M. [Necessity of supplementing the diagnosis of labyrinthopathies by diagnosis of arachnitis of the auditory nerve] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, No. 3, 235-42.— Kobrak, F. Aus Theorie und Praxis otoneurologischer Dia- gnostik. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1930, 64: 947-69.—Mackenzie, G.W. Spontaneous nystagmus, vestibular and functional hearing test findings as aids in the differential diagnosis of inner ear and 8th nerve affections. Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 611-22. ------■ The author's technique in the examination of ear cases. Med. Searchlight, Harrisb., 1934, 10: No. 11, 8; No. 12, 5-7 — Uffenorde, W. Welche Bedeutung hat die Funktionsprufung der Ohren bei entzundlichen und nicht entzundlichen Labyrinth- erkrankungen und intrakraniellen Erkfankungen fur den praktischen Arzt? Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1933, 30: 153-7, ---- Disease: Etiology. See also Cranium, Injury; Head injury; Mastoiditis; Otitis media; Otosclerosis, etc. Bertoin, R. A propos des accidents labyrinthiques par decompression. J. m<§d. Lyon, 1938, 19: 457-60.—Bondy, G. Cholesteatomrezidive und Labyrintherkrankung nach Radikal- operation. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 710.—Cantele, P. G., & Pais, C. Effetti sperimentali sul labirinto della stasi passiva cefalioa. Arch. ital. otol., 1937, 49: 107-14.—Clarke, T. A. Case of sudden bilateral destruction of cochlear and vestibular senses of non-specific origin. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Laryng., 106.—Crowe, S. J. Anatomic changes in the labyrinth secondary to cerebellopontile and brain stem tumors. Arch. Surg., 1929, 18: 982-91.—Ebskov, C. [Case of entotic affection] Ugeskr. laeger, 1934, 96: 329.—Eisinger, K. Beitrag zur Erkrankung des Labyrinths bei ohrfernen malignen Tumo- ren. Wien. klin. Wschr., 192/, 40: 714.—Fischer, J. Changes in the internal ear due to increased endocranial pressure; the histologic basis of congestive inner ear. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 391-418.—Fraser, J. S. Affections of the labyrinth and 8th nerve in leukemia. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928, 37: 361-71.—Hennebert, C. Contribution clinique a 1'eLude du labrynthisme au cours des otites moyennes purulentes, aigues et chroniques. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 127- 40.—Killinger. Ueber einen Fall von vorubergehender, plotz- licher Ausschaltung des Innenohres. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1941, 75: 45—Mygind, S. H. Affections labyrinthipues d'origine endocranienne. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926-27, 10: 561-7.— Nager. Ueber Veranderungen der Labyrinthkapsel bei expen- mentellen Avitaminosen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941 71: 832.—Pogany, E. Labyrinthare Erkrankungen, wahrschein- lich Abortivfalle von Encephalitis epidemica oder auf Intoxi- kationsbasis entstanden. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1923, 6: 260-70 | Discussion] 274.—Rigaud, P. Les affections con- genitalesdu labyrinthe. Rev. laryng.. Par., 1931,52:311-36.— Schlitter, E. Histologische und klinische Untersuchungen zur Fraee der Labvrinth-Veranderungen bei ohrfernen malignen Tumoren. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 188-213.—Torrini, G. Avitaminosi ed orecchio interno. Arch. ital. otol., 1938, 50: 658-72. Disease: Manifestation. Behague P. Troubles de l'orientation et labyrinthe. Rev. neur Par., 1927, 34: pt 1, 1030.—Borries, G. V. T. Kon- verge'nzspasmus und Labyrinthleiden. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1926, 60- 736-55.—Di Giorgio, A. Sul determimsmo di alcuni fenomeni dinamici coiisecutivi a lesioni del labirinto e del cervelletto. Sperimentale, 1924, 78: 639-41.—Eisinger, K., & Schilder, P. Triiume bei Labynnthlasionen. Mschr. Fsycniat., 1929 73:314-29.—Gradenigo, G. Sobre un sintoma particular de las complicaciones endocraneales otiticas. Bol. lar. otol., Madr 1904 4: 423.—Kobrak, F. Ueber die Bedeutung nicht eitriger Inne'nohrerkrankungen fur die interne Diagnostik und Therapie (ein Beitrag zur Symptomentnas Schwindel, Ohren- sausen, Schwerhbrigkeit) Ther. Gegenwart, 193L 72: 49-53.— Kiimmel, W. Die Erkrankungen des inneren Ohres und die psychogenen Horstorungen. Diagn. ther. Irrtiim 1923, H. 2, 1_34 —Mauthner, O. Konvergenzspasmus und Labyrinth- leiden Mschr. Ohrenh., 1926, 60: 1091 [Bemerkungen von LABYRINTH 402 LABYRINTH G. V. Th. Borries] 1092.—Meller, H. Zellvermehrung im Liquor bei totem Innenohr ohne Temperaturerhohung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1939, 46: 238 (Discussion] 239-44—Precech- tel, A. Inner ear and cerebellar changes in pathologic fetal position; their significance for static disturbances in earliest periods of life and for some anomalies of speech. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 421-43.—Shambaugh, G. E. Vertigo as a symptom of primary disease of the labyrinth. J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 69: 805-7. ---- Disease, osseous. See also under names of diseases of the skeleton as Chondro-dystrophy; Dwarfism; Osteitis; Oste- omalacia, etc. Nager, F. R., & Meyer, M. Die Erkran- kungen des Knochensystems und ihre Erschei- nungen an der Innenohrkapsel des Menschen. 231p. 8? Berl., 1932. Brunner, H. Ueber Spaltbildung in der knochernen Innen- ohrkapsel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 173-6. ------ Die Beteiligung der knochernen Innenohrkapsel bei Erkrankungen des Skeletes und des Knochenmarkes. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1931, 29: 133-5 [Discussion] 158.—Gimplinger, E. Knochen- neubildung im Labyrinth [zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Periostitis interna ossificans (Manasse)] Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 411-47.—Hellmann, K. Zur Lehre von der Otitis interna ossificans (ihre Beziehungen zum Labyrinthtrauma und zur Mdniereschen Krankheit) Zschr. Hals imentales chez les poissons. Arch. ital. biol 1933,89: 151-8, 2 pl. Also Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 45:356-81.— McNally, W. J., & Tait, J. Disabilities consequent upon abla- tion of particular receptors in the labyrinth of frogs (with movie demonstration) Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1934, 24: 152-67.— Mygind, S. H. Experimentel-histologiske labyrinthunder- s0gelser. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 586-92.—Rizzo, C. Lesions labyrinthiques et troubles de locomotion chez les poissons. Proc. Internat. Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., 105.— Simonelli, G. De la destruction du labyrinthe au moyen du chloroforme. Arch. ital. biol., 1924-25, 74: 223-5.—Thauer, R., & Peters, G. Der Einfluss operativer und pharmakolo- gischer Eingriffe am Labyrinth auf Korperhaltung und Be- wegung. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1934-35,235:316-29.—Versteegh, C. [Results of labyrinth operations in rabbits] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 2405-9.—Werner, C. F. Ueber arti- fizielle Veranderungen des Innenohres und ihre Beziehungen zu den pathologischen Vorgangen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937. 71: 1017-44. ---- Fenestrae. See also Cochlea; Vestibule. Anson, B. J., & Wilson, J. G. The fissula ante fenestram in an adult human ear. Anat. Rec, 1933, 56: 383-93.— Bast, T. H. Development of the otic capsule; the origin, development and significance of the fissula ante fenestram and its relation to otosclerotic foci. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18: 1-20, pl. ------ Development of the otic capsule; the fissula post fenestram. Ibid., 1938, 27: 402-12.—Bonain, A. Etude sur les fenStres labyrinthiques et leur r61e fonctionnel. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1930, 36: 783-96. ---- Fistula and fistula symptom. See also subheading Surgery: Fenestration. Hillesheim, H. B. *Die Funktion des Innenohres mit Labyrinthfistel nach Radikal- operation [Giessen] 22p. 8? Griinberg, 1934. Limper, L. *Ueber Labyrinthfisteln. 46p. 8? Wiirzb., 1931. Aboulker, P., & Eyrifes, C. Amelioration de l'audition chez deux malades ayant subi un eVidement partiel pour otite chro- nique compliquee de fistule du labyrinthe. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 764-7.—Barth, H. Ueber akuten Labyrintheinbruch. Zschr. Laryng., 1933-34, 24: 373-6.—Blumenthal, A. Laby- rinth-kompressionsmanometer zur quantitativen Kompressions- priifung mit Luftverdichtung bei Labyrinthfisteln. Ibid., 1929- 30, 19: 64—7. ------ Ueber eine ungewohnliche Art der Aus- losung von labyrintharen Reizeffekten bei Labyrinthfistel. Ibid., 1931,21: 106-11.------Labyrinthares Fistelsymptom ohne Fistel. Ibid., 1933, 24: 279-84.—Barries, G. V. T. Wie entsteht das Labyrinthfistelsymptom? Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1924, 9: 250. ------ Die Auslosungsstelle des Labyrinth- fistelsymptomes. Ibid., 1925, 11: 206-8.—Charousek. Die vestibulare Erregbarkeit bei Labyrinthfisteln. Ibid., 1926, 14: 56-60.—Kompanejetz, S. Zur Technik der Untersuchung des Fistelsymptoms und des Spontannystagmus. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66: 566-8.—Labarre, E. Un cas de fistel-symptome. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 87-91.—Lund, R. [Mechanism of causation of symptom of labyrinthine fistula] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: [Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.] 26; 33. ------ [Statistics on fistulous labyrinthitis] Ibid., 1933, 76: [Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.] 136-41.—Meurman, Y. Observa- tions on some pressure phenomena accompanying artificial labyrinthine fistula. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1928-29, 13: 552- 71.—Mygind, S. H. How do the labyrinth fistula symptoms arise? J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1924, 39: 498-501. Also Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1924, 8: 540-3. ------ Wie entsteht das Labyrinthfistelsymptom? Antwort an Herrn Dr Borries. Ibid., 9: 401.—Nylen, C. O. Ist das Labyrinthfistelsymptom eine Otolithenreaktion oder nicht? Ibid., 398-400.—Paus, T. Zur Frage des Fistelsymptoms ohne Fistel. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1932, 132: 128.—Ramadier, J. La fistule du labyrinthe. Ann. mal. oreille, 46: 248-60.—Rooy, H. G. de [Symptom of labyrinthine fistula] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2564.— Rueda, F. Error posible en la interpretaci6n del signo llamado LABYRINTH 404 LABYRINTH de la ffstula. Libro de actas Congr. nac otorinolar., Madr., 1912 4 Congr., 65-8.— Rutenburu, M. Beitrag zur Klinik des Fistelsymptoms. Mschr. Ohu-nl... 1929. 63: 746-52.—Ruttin. E. Bemerkungen zur Arbeit .-. II. Mypnds: Wie entsteht das Labyrinthfistelsymptom".' Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1924-25, 9: 541-4.------ Bindegewebig geheilte Bogengangsfistel. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 350-4. ------ Zur Klinik des Fistelsymptoms. Ibid.. 401.------Chemisches Fistel- symptom. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1939, 2: 293-8.— Trubsbach, L. Zur Frage des Fistelsymptoms. Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 94-103.—Watson-Williams, E. Case of chronic circumscribed labyrinthitis, with healed fistula of the superior semicircular canal. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: Sect. Larvng., 48.—Wittmaack, K. Zur Theorie des Labynnth- fistelsymptoms. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1932, 132: 115. ---- Fracture [incl. rupture] See also Cranium, Base: Fracture; Cranium* Fracture; Petrous bone, Fracture; Tempora1 bone, Fracture. Chausse, P. E. Lc role de 1'analyse stereo- radiographique anti-diffusante dans le diagnostic des fractures du labyrinthe. 7 1. 27cm. Par., 1938. Frey, O. *Ueber die radiographische Spat- kontrolle von Labyrinthfrakturen. 24p. 8? Zur., 1933. Klinoenberg, A. *Die isolierte Schnecken- fraktur bei Schadelbasisbruchen [Zurich] p.452- 63. 8? Miinch., 1929. Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928-29, 22: Ulliac, J. *Contribution a l'etude des fractures du squclette auriculaire par choc traumatique. 41p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Bianculli, H. Lesi6n de ofdo interno por fractura de periasco. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2, 1409. Brock. Langsfraktur durch die Schlafenbeinpyramide mit Yerlelzung des inneren Ohres. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1033. 34: 349-59 [Discussion] 376. ------ Spatmeningitis nach Labyrinthfraktur. Ibid., 360-76 [Discussion] 376.—Chausse, C. Directives pour le radio-diagnostic des fractures du labyrinthe. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 467-73. ------ Les fractures du rocher; directives pour le radio-diagnostic des fractures labyrinthiques: importance medico-legale. J. med. Paris, 1939, 59: 187-90. Also Brit. J. Radiol., 1939, 12: 536-46. Also Union med. Canada. 1939, 68: 820-31. ------ L'utilite' du radio-diagnostic analytique dans la classification et le diagnostic des fractures du labyrinthe et du rocher. J. med. Paris. 1940, 60: 175-92.—Levit, H. Auro- labyrinthine fractures; medico-legal and clinical observations. S. Afr. M. J., 1941, 15: 183-5.—Nager, F. R. Ueber Spat- meningitis nach Lal'Yrinthfraktur. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1929, 122: 217-29, 2 pl. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 127-34.—Pietrantoni, L. Due casi di frattura della capsula labirintica. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 738-68, 5 pl.—Ramadier, J. A. Mlningite tardive par fracture du labvrinthe. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 273-80, 2 pl. Also Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1939, 23: 114. ------ Les fractures du labyrinthe. Ibid., 1940, 24: 121-41.—Richeri, S. Un casodi frattura della capsula labirintica. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 489-96.—Schlittler, E. Laby- rinthzersplitterung, isolierte Vestibularfraktur; Spatmeningitis nach 16 Jahren. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1936, 24: 213-21, pl.— Szanto, G. [Pathogenesis of transverse subicular rupture of internal ear] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 472.—Ulrich, K. Heilungs- vorgange bei alten Labyrinthbruchen in rontgenographischer Darstellung. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 263-71. ---- Function. See also subheadings (Functional test; Physi" ology; Reflexes) also Audition; Cochlea; Equilib- rium; Vestibular system. Arslan, K. Fenomeni di compenso labirintico. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 470-4.—Bard, L. De l'existence et du mecanisme d'une accommodation a. la distance dans les deux sens labyrinthi- ques de l'audition et de la giration. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1924, 30: 253-63.—Esser, C. L. On the functions of the different parts of the organ of hearing. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 2: 372-4.—Fischer, M. H. Die Regulationsfunktionen des menschlichen Labyrinthes und die Zusammenhange mit verwandten Funktionen. Erg. Physiol., 1928, 27: 209-379.— Guttich & Mohres. Ueber eine Wasserdruck messende Funk- tion des Ohrlabyrinths. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1939, 146: 16.—Huizinga, E. On the tonic and the dynamic function of the cristae. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1936, 24: 28-95.—Tzqnierdo, J. J. Primera memoria acerca de las funciones laberinticas: experiencias en el ajolote i Ami dystonia tigrinum, Cope) Rev. mex. biol., 1924, 4: 195-209.—Komendanlov, G. L. [Reciprocal effect of auditory and vestibular function of the labyrinth] In Jubil. otorinolar. sboinik Zimin, Novosibirsk, 1933, 61-4.— Leidler, R. Ueber ein neues, vielleicht vom Labyrinthe aus- gelostc-s Phanomen; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1039-43.—MacKenzie, J. G. Some functions of the non-acoustic labyrinth; an experimental study. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1943. 52: 400-8- Maxwell. S. S. The tonus effects of the cristae and of the iniciilae. I i. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1922. 2S: 3 14 50.- Mir.k, P. J. Das innere Ohr als Tastorgan. Mschr. Ohrenh.. 1937, 71: 694 717.—Mygind, S. H. Studies on the function of the labyrinth; conclusive survey. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1920, 9: 424-10. -- The theory of the function of the static part of the l.-il>\ iiuth. Ibid., 192;, 11: 137-47. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1927. 46: 153-68. ---- Fortgesetzte Betrachtungen iiber die slatische Funktion dea Labyrinths. Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk., 1929 311. 124: 237 47.— Spiegel, E., Oppenheimer, M., A Price, J. Higher integrative function of the labyrinth. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1937, 63: 117-9.—Sugar, M. Die Regulationsfunktionen des mensch- lichen Labyrinthes und die Zusammenhhnge mit verwandten Funktionen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 921-8. -TulIio. |>. Sulla funzione delle varie parti del labirinto acustico. Arch. ital. otol., 1924, 35: 230-67. ----— L'equilibrio, l'orientazione i- la percezione della direzione dei suoni con-wleiati emne funzioni del labirinto. Ibid., 1925, 36: 667; 753. Tumarkin. I. A. Some observations on the function of the la!>\ rinth. l'roc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 599-610. Also .1. I..-u. Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 438-51, 3 pl.—Werner, C. F. Ueber die Erregungsvorgange im Labyrinth. Zool. Anz., 1929, Suppl. Bd 4, 99-104.-—Wheatstone. Experiments on the functions of the ear. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 275. ---- Function: Variation. Andreev, A. M., Arapova, A. A., & Gersuni, G. V. [Elec" trical excitabilitv of the auditory apparatus in its various func- tional states] .J. Physiol. USSR, 1938, 25: 618-30—Arapova. A. A., Gersuni, G. V., & Volokhov, A. A. A further analysis of the action of alternating currents on the auditory apparatus. J. Physiol., L6nd., 1937, 89: 122-31.—Bilancioni, G. Influenza della vascolarizzazione sanguigna sulla reflettivita labirintica. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 87-98.—Calogero, G. Sulle modificazioni del potere ossidante deH'orecchio per azione del suono (ricerche sperimentali) Arch, ottalm., 1927, 34: 160-9—Dederding, D. Die Abhangigkeit des Gehors vom Wasserstoffwechsel durch Experimente beleuchtet. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1932, 31: 351-4 [Discussion] 354.—Di Giorgio, A. M. Corapoitamento di alcune reazioni labirintiche durante il sonno fisiologico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 951-3— Fischer, R. Leber die Beziehung der Vasomotilitat zu dem Zeigeversuch und di-tn Gehororgan uberhaupt. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1924, 8: 272-4.—Hubby, L. M. Labyrinthine tonus and variations in intracranial pressure. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1926, 32: 307-14. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 429-32— Ibusuki, Y. Experimentelle Studien iiber die Storungen des Gehororgans der Taube bei Anwendung verschiedener Arzneimittel. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1940, 28: 588.—Jarotsky, A. I. [Daily fluctuations of labyrinthine excitation] J. Physiol. USSR, 1939, 27: 351-2.—Leiri, F. [Effects of homorhythmic electric acoustic internal ear stimulation] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1932, 74: 594.—Ozorio de Almeida, M., Moussatoche, H., & Vianna Dias, M. Accao inhibidora de certas exeitacdes cutaneas sobre os reflexos labyrinthicos da ra. Brasil med., 1940, 54: 65-8.— Pallestrini, E. Sulle variazioni di eccitabilita del labirinto posteriore in conseguenza di reazioni vasomotorie provocate nell'orecchio esterno e medio. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1928, 91: 204-81.—Rezende Barbosa, J. E. de. O ouvido interno em suas relacoes com a gravidez e o parto. Rev. brasil. otorino- lar., 1942, 10: 375-90.—Tullio, P., & Canova, S. Ricerche comparative sopra la stimolazione calorica, elettrica, rotatoria, chimica e sonora del labrinto acustico; modificazione dei rifiessi sonori ottenuti mediante variazioni termiche. Otorinolar. ital., 1933, 3: 475-82. ---- Function: Variation, pathological. See also under names of diseases. Barre, J. A., & Duverger, C. Troubles labyrinthiques ct perte des mouvements horizontaux des yeux. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1924, 2: 446-51.—Barre, J. A., Job & Metzger. Troubles des mouvements de verticals des yeux, diplopie associee, troubles cochldo-vestibul aires (£tude critique des .svmptomes et du syndrome) Ibid., 1925, 3: 596-604.—Barre, J. A., & Reys, L. Troubles labyrinthiques systematises, vertices sagittaux et inexcitabilitd des canaux verticaux avec suidite chronique unilaterale. Ibid., 1924, 2: 287-91.—Brunner, H. Die Diag- nose der labyrintharen Uebererregbarkeit. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 1510-3.—Caliceti, P. Sul fenomeno di compenso e sulle reazioni dissociate del labirinto. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1930, 50: Suppl., 1242.—Dederding, D. The acoustic function by choked labyrinth. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1933, 8: 165-71.—Delia Cioppa, A. Come risponde il labirinto pos- teriore nelle varie malattie deH'orecchio. Arch. ital. otol., 1925, 36: 290-5.—Di Giorgio, A. M. Importanza della devi- azione dello sguardo sul fenomeno di Aubert. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 91. ------ Significato di eccitomcnti labirintici ed extralabirintici nel nuoto (cavia) Ibid., 1930, 11: 48-50.—Ferreri, G. Ricerche sul comportamento del labiniito posteriore _ nell'ipertensione del liquido cefalo-rachidiano ottenuta sperimentalmente. Riv. otoneuroft., 1925, 2: 83-7.— Gollas, E. Untersuchung der Raddrehung der Augen bei einseitigem Labyiinthausfall. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk.. 1935-36, 140: 340-54.— Jerlang, E., & Dederding, D. Akustische und vestibulare Funktionsstorungen nach temporaler retrogan- glionarer Trigeminotomie. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 625-31.—Kleyn, A. de. Partial failure of labyrinthine reflexes LABYRINTH 405 LABYRINTH Acta brevia neerl., 1939, 9: 101. -----: & Versteegh, C. Labyrinthine compensatory eye positions in patients. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: Sect. Laryng., 17-20.— Pallestrini, E. Arteriosclerosi e funzione labirintica. Rass. clin. sc, 1934, 12: 379-84.—Fieri, P. F. Un caso di sindrome labirintica da tampone di cerume. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1928, 46- 85-8.—Riser & Becq. Crises comitiales par excitation labyrinthique. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1938, 16: 39-41, 67 — Skvortzov, K. A. [Prolonged and minute hallucination of one's double in certain functional disorders of the labyrinth] Vrach. delo, 1931, 14: 1277-9.—Sommer, L, & Savitt, L. Rare Iabyrinthian disturbances. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 558- 61 —Tanturri, V. Hyperthyreoidismus, Ikterus und Labyrinth- beschwerden. Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 1161.—Vincent, C, & Winter, P. Troubles de la motility oculaire d'origine labyrinthique. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1925, 3: 767-9. ---- Functional test. See also subheadings (Disease: Diagnosis; Examination; Function; Reflexes) also Audition; Cochlea; Equilibrium; Vestibular system. Aubijst, A., & Maduro, R. Technique pratique des examens labyrinthiques; examen acoumetri- que, examen vestibulaire. 79p. 8? Par., 1932. Ratjch, M. Die Funktionsprufung des aku- stischen und statischen Labyrinths. 71p. 8? Berl., 1924. Andreev, A. M., Gersuni, G. V., & Volokhov, A. A. [On the electrical excitability of the human ear, on the effect of alter- nating currents on the affected auditory apparatus] J. Physiol. USSR, 1935, 18: 250-65.—Ferreri, G. Etudes et considerations sur l'examen fonctionnel de l'oreille interne (lesion labyrinthi- ques et extralabvrinthiques non suppuratives) Rev. otoneur., Par., 1927, 5: 829.—Groebbels, F., & Never, H. E. Die Methoden zur Untersuchung der Funktionen des Vogel- labvrinthes. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 5. T. 7., 2. Halfte: 1265-306.—Hulka, J. H. Recording of clinical labyrinth tests. Larvngoscope, 1935,45: 929-39. Also Arch. ital. otol., 1938, 50: 442-52.—Klestadt, W., & Wachholder, K. Aktionsstromuntersuchungen bei tonischen Hals- und Labyrinthreflexen und bei kalorischer Labyrinthreizung. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 935.—Kolmer, W. Zur Kritik der Untersuchungsmethoden des inneren Ohres. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1924, 58: 523-7.—Ozorio de Almeida, M. Moussatche, H., & Vianna Dias, M. Sobre o methodo de estudo dos reflexos labyrinthicos na ra. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 643-6.—Ramadier, J., & David-Galatz, R., fils. La reaction auditive au courant galvanique. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 167-89.—Shemeley, W. G., jr. The galvanic laby- rinthine and 8th nerve tests. Eye Ear &c Month., 1940-41, 19: 169-73.—Spiegel, E. A., & Scala, N. P. Galvanic and faradic stimulation of the labyrinth (site of action and mecha- nism) Fed. Proc, Bait., 1943, 2: 47 (Abstr.)—Tanturri, V. Riflessi oculari alia prova calorica, riflessi labirintici alia prova galvanica. Morgagni, 1926, 68: 609-16.—Tullio, P., & Canova, S. Ricerche comparative sopra la stimolazione calorica, elettrica, rotatoria, chimica e sonora del labirinto acustico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 6. Also Otorinolar. ital., 1937, 7: 13; 114; 193.—Tweedie, A. R. Some further remarks on labyrinth tests. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1381-4.—Vincent, C, & Winter. Sur les erreurs que peuvent entrainer certaines epreuves labyrinthiques. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926, 4: 488-92.—Volokhov, A. A., Gersuni, G. V., & Lebedinsky, A. B. [Ueber die elektrische Reizung des Gehor- organs] J. Physiol. USSR, 1934, 17: 168-75.—Werner, C. F. Die Erforschung der nichtakustischen Funktionen des Laby- rinthes bei Fischen und Zyklostomen. In Handb. biol. Arbeits- meth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 5, T. 7, 2. Halfte, 1039-78. ------ Die Erforschung der nichtakustischen Funktionen des Labyrinthes bei Amphibien und Reptilien. Ibid., 1079-104. ---- Functional test: Interpretation. See also Audition; Aviator, Ear; Brain tumor, Diagnosis; Cranium, Injury; Head injury; Nystagmus; Otology; Vertigo, etc. Cinelli, A. A. Labyrinth reactions and their clinical im- portance. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 815-39.—Demetriades, T. D. Die praktische Bedeutung der modernen Innenohrpriifung fur die anderen Facher der Medizin. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 663-7.—Dennis, F. L. The value of labyrinthine tests. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937, 43: 404-9.—Ferreri, G. Studi e considerazioni sull'esame funzionale deH'orecchio interno (lesione labirintiche ed extralabirintiche non suppurative) Riv. otoneur., 1926, 3: 563-622.—Kopetzky, S. J., & Almour, R. Personal observations and critique of the diagnostic significance of the labyrinthine reactions. Bull. Otolar. Clin. Beth Israel Hosp., 1924, No. 11, 51-69. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1924, 59: 231-50— Krasnopolsky, E. M., & Sossiura, L. J. [Tests in using the labyrinth method in examination of mental dis- orders] Odessk. med. J., 1929, 4: 108-12.—McNally, W. J. Labyrinthine reactions and their relation to the clinical tests. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 560-73.—Piquet, J., & Muller, M. L'examen de l'appareil labyrinthique dans les traumatismes craniens. Ann. med. leg., 1934, 14: 801-6.—Pogany, O. in?^yn central nervous system] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1936, 34: 921-7.—Reys, L. Etude des reactions labyrinthiques dans un cas de deviation conjuguee de la tete et des yeux; remarques sur le mdcanisme central du nvstagmus. Rev. otoneur. Par., 1925, 3: 789-92.—Ruttin, E. Wei ehe Bedeutung hat die Funktionsprufung der Ohren bei entzundlichen, nicht entzundlichen Labyrintherkrankungen und intrakraniellen Erkrankungen fur den praktischen Arzt? Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1931, 5: 265-7.—Tanturri, V. Sulla semiotica labirintica, dissociazione alle diverse prove, in rapporto alia patologia auncolare e costituzionale. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1938, 12: ---- Hemorrhage. See also Meniere syndrome; Vertigo. Rosenbluth, M. Bilateral labyrinthine hemorrhage in a case of aplastic anemia. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 821-5.— Varo, G. [Symptomless hemorrhage of internal ear resulting in total deafness] Gy6gyaszat, 1936, 76: 619. ---- Histology. Steinberg, L. *Ueber die Verteilung und Lage der knorpelhaltigen Interglobularraume in der menschlichen Labyrinthkapsel. p. 187-96. 8? Wiirzb., 1933. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933, 135: Wilhelm, E. *Ueber den feineren Bau der knochernen Labyrinthkapsel von Hund und Katze. p.24-39. 8? Wurzb., 1933. Also Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 136: Berggren, S. M. Ueber das Vorkommen von verschiedenen Epithelzonen um die Sinnesendstellen des Labyrinthes. Anat. Anz., 1936, 80: 321-30.—Bianchi, L. Alcune osservazioni sopra il sistema reticolo-istiocitario deH'orecchio interno. Arch. ital. anat., 1929, 26: 611-31.—Causse, R. Note sur la structure de la capsule labyrinthique, les espaces interglobulaires. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1939, 16: 745-50.—Fieandt, H. von, & Saxen, A. Struktur und Funktion der Plana semilunata und des sogenannten Randepithels im statischen Labyrinth des Men- schen und des Hundes; iiber den Golgi-Apparat in den Driisen- zeUen. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1936, 106: 407-23. ------ Beitrage zur Histologie der Stria vascularis und der Prominentia spiralis bei Saugern (Hund und Mensch) Ibid., 424-46.— Gastauer, K. Ueber die endostale Knochenschicht der mensch- lichen Labyrinthkapsel. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1934, 138: 204-10.—Grimes, C. Technique des coupes microscopiques seriees d'oreille interne d'homme adulte. Bull. Soc anat. Paris, 1924, 94: 75-8.—Iwasa, M. Zytologische Studien am Gewebe des membranosen Labyrinthes des Meerschweinchens. Fol. anat. jap., 1925, 3: 313-37, 2 pl.—Katajama. Studien zur vergleichenden mikroskopischen Anatomie des Labyrinthes der Nagetiere. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928, 85: 287-316.— Khilov, K. Ueber den feinsten Bau der Labyrinthbildungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 59: 299-308.—MacNaughton, I. P. J., & Peet, E. W. A differential stain for hair cells. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1940, 55: 113, pl.—Meyer, M. Histologische Studien iiber den Gefsisseinschluss, insbesondere iiber die Entstehung der sogenannten durchbohrenden Kanale und ahnlicher Gebilde in der knochernen Labyrinthkapsel von menschlichen Foten und Jungkindern. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1923, 69: 521-57. ------ Ueber ein besonderes Knoehengewebe in der menschlichen Labyrinthkapsel. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n. F., 52: 88. ------ Ueber den feineren Bau des Knochengewebes in der normalen menschlichen Laby- rinthkapsel. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 297 [Dis- cussion] 358-64.—Nager, F. R. Les particularit£s histologiques et biologiques de la capsule labyrinthique. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 832-41. ------& Meyer, M. Beitrage zur normalen und pathologischen Histologie der knochernen Labyrinthkapsel. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1930-31, 28: 357; 1931, 29: 157; 171; 201; 3 pl.—Proebsting, G. Zellenzahl und Zellgrosse im Labyrinthorgan der Tritonen, nebst anderen damit zusammenhangenden Fragen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1924, 41: 425-88.—Saxen, A. Zwei Silberimpragnations- methoden zur Darstellung der neurofibrillaren Strukturen, besonders der marklosen Achsenzylinder der Sinnesendstellen im Innenohr. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1937, 54: 167-80.—Sham- baugh, G. E. Researches in the minute anatomy of the internal ear. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1924, 46: 518-20 — Spector, B. Storage of trypan blue in the internal ear of the rat. Anat. Rec, 1944, 88: 83-9, incl. 2 pl.—Werner, C. F. Die histologische Fixation des Innenohres, die Fixations- losungen und ihre Eigenschaften. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935- 36, 39: 125-35. ------ Die histologische Fixation des Innenohres; das Gewebsbild unter dem Einfluss der H-Ionen- konzentration, Gesamtkonzentration, Fixationsdauer und anderer variabler Faktoren. Ibid., 1936, 41: 15-43.—Yasuhara I. Ueber die Tanzmaus; vergleichend-histologische Unter- suchung des Ohrlabyrinthes der Tanzmaus und des der gewohn- lichen Maus. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1935, 47: 2726. ---- Hydrops. See also Meniere syndrome. Lindsay, J. R. Labyrinthine dropsy and Meniere's disease. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 853-67.—Mygind, S. H., & LABYRINTH 406 LABYRINTH Dederding, D. [Effect of water injections on the ear and the following consequences] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: [K0ben- haven med. selsk. forh.] 25-32.—Runge. H. G. Der Labyrinth- hydrops. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 424-50. ---- Infection. See also subheading Labyrinthitis; also Mas- toiditis; Otitis media; Petrous bone, Petritis. Druss, J. G. Pathways of infection in labyrinthitis; report of 3 different types. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 392-403 — Honda, Y. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die durch verschiedenartige Bakterien verursachte meningeale Laby- rinthitis. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1927, 1: Otorhinolar., 73-93 — Poe, D. L. A study of the fossa subarcuata as a passageway for infection from the labvrinth to the cerebellum. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928, 37: 1167-72, 3 pl.—Shapiro, S. L. The management of labyrinthine infection. Ibid., 1936, 45: 1045- 9.—Smith, J. M. The management of internal ear infections; report of 6 cases. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 417-23. ---- Injury. See also subheading Fracture; also Deafness, traumatic; Noise. Kayser, H. *Indirekte Labyrinthschadigung infolge Kopfschussverletzung. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., 1932. L6, R. Contribution clinique et experi- mentale k l'6tude du labyrintho-traumatisme 6lectrique. 87p. 24^cm. Toulouse, 1935. Asratian, E. [New data on the plasticity of the nervous system; role of the cerebral cortex in compensation following injuries of the labyrinths] Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1940, 9: 290-2.—Banks-Davis, H. J. Loss of function in left internal ear and labyrinth, caused bv war injurv. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Otol., 42.—Bertoin, R. Pronostic eioigne' des accidents labyrinthiques par decompression. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 407-11.—Brunner, H. Pathologie und Klinik der Erkrankungen des Innenohres nach stumpfen Schadeltraumen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 69: 697; 763; 922, pi.—Calvet, J., & Ld, R. Deux cas de labyrintho-traumatisme electrique. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1940, 24: 5-12.— Frogfi & Lestienne, Y. Les accidents labyrinthiques chez les ouvriers des chantiers de travaux a l'air comprint; leur prophy- laxie; leur traitement. Fol. otolar. orient., 1932-33, 1: 122- 41.—Gatti-Manacir.i, C. Contributo alio studio delle lesioni labirintiche da correnti elettiiche ad uso industriale. Rass. med. indust., 1941, 12: 160 (Abstr.)—Goerke, M. Zur Patho- genese und Klinik der traumatischen Innenohrschadigungen. Zschr. Laryng., 1930-31, 20: 308-74.—Grazzi, V. Sopra alcuni casi di gravi traumi del labeiinto. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1928, 46: 121-6.—Hastings, S. Case of traumatic destruction of labyrinth on the left side with hysterical deafness and chronic suppurative otitis media on the right side. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28. 21: Sect. Otol., 54.— Hicguet, G. Labyrinthite traumatique; labyrinthotomie. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1910-11, 16: pt 2, 27.—Hofmann, L. Lesion labyrin- thique avec dissociation nystagmique consecutive a un trau- matisme cranien. Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 1254-9.— Koch, J. Studien iiber Veranderungen des Gehororgans, insbesondere Storungen der Innenohrfunktion nach Schkdel- unfalien mit und ohne Verletzung des Schliifenbeins; fortlau- fende Untersuchungen von 146 Schadelverletzten. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933-34, 137: 105-60— Mauthner, O. Explosions- trauma und inneres Ohr. In Handb. Neur. Ohres, Berl., 1928 2: 1. Teil, 40L28. ------ Die objektiven Kriterien der Verletzung des inneren Ohres und des N. octavus. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1928-29, 30: 1-22.—Perlman, H. B. Process of healing in injuries to capsule of labyrinth. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 287-305.—Perwitzschky, R. Ueber die Scha- digungen des Gehor- und Gleichgewichtsorganes durch den elektrischen Starkstrom. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 134: 345-54.—Pfander, F. Verhiitung von Gehorschaden durch das Panzerabwehr-Geschutz. Deut. Militararzt, 1936, 1: 388.— Porta, C. F. Sulle lesioni labirintiche da corrente elettrica. Otorinolar. ital., 1932, 2: 353. ------ Effetti lesivi non meccanici sull'orecchio interno; l'azione delle basse tempera- ture. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 44: 164-75.—Prins, P. C. [De- struction of the labyrinth by injury from a hair-pin] Ned tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 3331.—Rezende Barbosa, J. E. O ouvido interno e os traumatismos cranianos. Rev. brasil otorinolar., 1943, 11: 291-3.—Ries Centeno, R. Considera- ciones acerca de dos casos de laberintopatias traumdtico- quirurgicas. Rev. As. med. argent., 1940, 54: 808.—Ruf. Der traumatische retrolabyrinthare Svmptomenkomplex Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1939, 46: 291-7.—Schmiicker, K., & Pfander, F. Beobachtungen fiber Horschaden durch das Panzerabwehrgeschutz (Tak); vorlaufige Mitteilung. ■ Miinch med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 184-6.—Sobol, E. D. [Effect of injured labyrinth on orientation ability of carrier pigeons] Voen. med. J., 1930, 1: 75-84, ch.—Steurer. Experimentelle Labyrinthkapselarrcsion. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1923, 6: 245-8.—Szasz.T. [Traumatological aspects of labyrinthine disease] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: mell., 127.—Tanturri, V. Un caso di esiti di labirintite traumatica associata a paralisi del M, A II, XII e emiparalisi alterna degli arti. Med . prat., Nap.! 1926, 11: 209-14.—Usoltzev, B. N. [Case of an arsenic erosion of the labyrinth of the ear] Vest, otorinolar., 1937, 357-60.— Wilhelm, O. Les variations brusques de la pression atmoe- pherique comme danger et cause des accidents tympaniquea et labyrinthiques chez les artilleurs, scaphnndriers, militaires des sous-marins et aviateurs de l'armce national)-. Bull, internat Serv. sante, Liege, 1939, 12: 271 323.—Wittmaack, K. Ueber die traumatische Labyrinthdegeneration. Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk., 1932, 131: 59-124. ---- Internal auditory meatus. Hagens, E. W. Tumor of right internal auditory meatua with involvement of the Gasserian ganglion and pons. Arch Otolar., Chic, 1925, 2: 574-80.—Hodgkinson Lack, L. A. The endocranial equivalents of the Frankfurt plane and the exocranial position of the internal auditory meatus. J. Anat Lond., 1930-31, 65: 96-107.—Zangemeister, H. E. Ueber eine' bisher noch nicht beobachtete Tumorform im inneren Ge- horgang und Meningealraum. Hals &c. Arzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28- 154-62. ---- Labyrinthitis. See also Mastoiditis; Otitis media; Petrous bone, Petritis. Basavilbaso, J., & Sibbald, D. Laberintitis circunscripta. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1927, 1: 56-61.—Bolotte, M. Les otitea internes. Arch. mid. pharm. mil., 1931, 94: 71-115.—Bradbeer, W. H. A case of acute labyrinthitis. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1938, 53: 129.—Carrega, Appaix & Paillas. A propos d'un cas dc labyrinthite aigue. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1938, 16: 704.— Fernando, A. S., & Ocampo, G. de. Labyrinthitis: clinical analysis of 15 cases. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1937, 17: 271-86.—Fialovszky, B. [Labyrinthitis acuta] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 119.—Fraser, J. S. A case of simultaneous bilateral labyrinthitis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: I486.—Hofer, G., & Motloch, T. Zur Klinik der Labyrinthitis. Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 4-8.—Meltzer, P. E., Mysel, P., & Lynch, M. G. Labyrinthitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 770.—Ottoni de Rezende, M. Labyrinthit.es. Fol. med., Rio, 1925, 6: 161; 172.—Pollock, F. J. Two cases of labyrin- thitis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49: 831-5—Ruttin, E. Klinik der Labyrinthentzundungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 179.—Sanson, R. D. Labyrinthitis. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1929, 4: 204; 261.—Solal. Deux observations de lahy- rinthites infectieuses. Tunis. m<5d., 1929, 23: 252-7.—Tobold, A. von. Beitrag zur Labyrinthitis. Zschr. Laryng., 1930—31, 20: 377-80.—Wagner, K. [Clinical cases of otitis interna] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1930, 28: 316-9.—Wright, C. D*A. Laby- rinthitis. J. Lancet, 1930, 50: 522-7. ---- Labyrinthitis: Complication. Alexander. Otitis interna und Meningitis. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926,15:494.—Boenninghaus, G. Meningitis serosa ac. nach otitischer Labyrinthitis unter dem Bilde eines Klein- hirnabscesses verlaufend, Heilung durch Spaltung der Klein- hirndura; nachfolgende Entwicklung einer Meningocele in den Gehorgang, wahrscheinlich aus der abgeschlossenen seitlichen Ponszisterne heraus. Ibid., 1925, 13: 1-6.—Buzoianu, G., Teodorescu, A., & Bodea, E. [Labyrinthine, septic meningitis, labyrinthic trepanation, convalescence] Cluj. med., 1939, 20: 120.—Causse, M. R. Labyrinthite aigue et paralysie faciale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 853-7.—Gros, J. C. A proposito de un caso de meningitis laberint6gena. Vida nueva, Habana, 1939, 43: 145-7.—Grove, W. E., & Straus, G. D. A case of labyrinthitis and meningitis with recovery. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1941, 50: 288-90.—Hilding, A. Acute laby- rinthitis with complicating late facial paralysis, report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 93-5.—Langenbeck, B. Ein Fall von Labyrinthitis mit beiderseitiger Sinusthrombose und seltenen anatomischen Verhaltnissen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930, 26: 280-96.—Meller, H. Nichtotogene Zellvermehrung im Liquor bei fortschreitender Labyrinthitis mit Fazialisparese. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 687-9— Predescu-Rion. Laby- rinthite aigue bilaterale avec paralysie faciale unilaterale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1924, 30: 617.—Roch, E. A propos d'un cas de labyrinthite aigue compliqu^e de meningite. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 302.—Soubiron, N. von, & Gerchunoff, G. Laberintitis difusa con reacci6n meningea, laberintectomia. Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1938, 52: 198 — Vincent, C, & Winter. Labyrinthite et abces du cervelet. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926, 4: 302-5. ---- Labyrinthitis: Diagnosis. Borries, G. V. T. [Nystagmus and other eye movements during general anesthesia, contribution to the diagnosis of labyrinthitis] Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 570-5. ----- Le nystagmus et autres mouvements oculaires pendant la narcose, contribution au diagnostic de la labyrinthite post- opeVatoire. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1924-25, 7: 187-91.— Garcia Tapia, A. Diagn6stico de las laberintitis. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 27-64.— Kopetzky, S. J. Differential diagnosis in labyrinthitis secondary to otitic infections. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1934, 24: 187-96 — Niihsmann, T. Die Differentialdiagnose zwischen entzund- lichen Labyrinth- und otogenen Kleinhirnerkrankungen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1925, 113: 290-8.—Tobey, H. G., 4 McCall, R. E. A case for diagnosis? labyrinthitis? Meniere's LABYRINTH 407 LABYRINTH syndrome? subdural abscess? Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 347-9.—Vahdettin Ozan. [Diagnosis of chronic labyrinthitis and the labyrinth sequestrum symptom] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1941, 70: 38-41.—Wails, T. G. Clinical labyrin- thitis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1938, 31: 6-9. ---- Labyrinthitis: Etiology. Frankel, W. labyrinthitis sympathica [Leipzig] 27p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1934. Marc, R. *Contribution a l'etude des laby- rinthites aigues au cours des otites aigues; deux observations de labyrinthites a retardement. 75p. 8? Par., 1931. Arnold, H. L. Epidemic labyrinthitis. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1939, 5: No. 6, 1-4.—Barth, H. Rhinogene Hirn- hautentziindung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der meningogenen Labyrinthitis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1939, 45: 1-13.—Carnevale-Ricci, F. Labirintite eredo-luetica tardiva. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 44: 65-76.—Csillag, S. [Plaut- Vincent labyrinthitis] Orv. hetil., 1940, 84: 355.—Grabscheid, E. Erganzung zu meiner in den Folio oto-laryngologica 1931 erschienenen Arbeit: Ueber die Eigentumlichkeiten der Otitis bei der Grippeepidemie 1930-31 (Otitis interna gripposa) Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 39.— Kelemen, G. Plaut- Vincent-Labvrinthitis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926-27, 17: 543-6. Also Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 144-6.—Kindler, W. Akute Mittelohrentziindung mit Hirnhautentzundung und Neurolabyrinthitis der anderen Seite (sympathische Otitis) Zschr. Laryng., 1935, 26: 177-81.—Mayer, O. Labyrinthitis bei akuter Exazerbation eines Cholesteatomas, Radikal- und Labyrinthoperation, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 229.—Mysel, P. Diagnosis and treatment of labyrinthitis secondary to tympanic infection. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1942, 51: 761-73.—O'Connor. T. P. Toxic labyrinthitis of naso- pharyngeal origin. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 926-30.—Oser, H. Zwei Fallen von Labyrinthitis nach Grippe-Otitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 119.—Quirin. L'etat du labyrinthe oppose dans quelques cas de suppuration auriculaire. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1927, 5: 967.—Quix, F. H. [Case of labyrin- thitis as complication of chronic inflammation of the middle ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 467-9.—Rockemer, K. Die tympanogenen Labyrinthentzundungen der Heidelberger Klinik in den Jahren 1920-26. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1927, 19: 379-92.—Sanson, R. D. Labyrinthites; morbus Meniere; syndrome otolithico-labyrinthites que teem como ponto de partida inflamacoes do ouvido medio. Fol. med., Rio, 1929, 10: 109-16.—Smith, A. B. A case of meningitic labyrinthitis. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 271.—Turner, A. L., & Fraser, J. S. Labyrinthitis, a complication of middle ear suppuration: a clinical and pathological study. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1478.—Vasiliu. Labyrinthite toxique aigue. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 313-5.—Weill, E. Laby- rinthitis in conjunction with acute inflammation of the middle ear. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 188.—Zha. Trois cas de labyrinthites precoces au cours d'otites aigues. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 356. ---- Labyrinthitis: Manifestation. See also subheading Fistula. Borries, G. V. T. Bradykardie bei Labyrinthitis. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1927, 11: 108-10.—Rendu, M. R. Brady- cardie dans la labyrinthite aigue. Ann. otolar., Par., 1932, 798.—Schlander, E. Die symptomlose Labyrinthausschaltung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 59: 1289-311.—Wittmaack, K. Ueber die morphologischen Grundlagen der sogenannten Ausfalls- und Reizerscheinungen des Vorhofbogengangsapparates be entzundlichen Labyrintherkrankungen. Acta otolar., Stockh. 1937, 25: 10-29. ---- Labyrinthitis: Pathology. Zange, J. Pathologische Anatomie und Physiologie der mittelohrentspringenden Laby- rinthentzundungen als Grundlage der Klinik, zugleich eine kurze Klinik dieser Erkrankungen. 429p. 4? Wiesbaden, 1919. Forms v.10, of Ohrenh. d. Gegenwart (Korner, O.) Cinelli. A. A. Formas clfnicas de las laberintitis. Rev, mex. cir., 1941, 9: 393-404.—Dean, L. W., & Wolff. D. Sym- posium on labyrinthitis secondary to infections of the middle ear and mastoid; pathways of infection and pathologic process. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 749.—Kasai, T. Experimental studies on meningitic labyrinthitis. Japan M. World, 1926, 6: 144-6.—Loebell. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen zur meningogenen Labyrinthitis. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 216-20 [Discussion] 229-50.—Lozanov, N. N. [Otitis interna circulatoria as an independent form in the pathology of the ear] Tr. Nauch. issledov. inst. fiziol. Saratov, 1934, 1: 361-71.—McKenzie. D. Labyrinthitis; concealed cholestea- toma; carious patch on petrous bone revealed by x-rays. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 369.—Podesta, R. Laberintitis experimental. Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 2, 401-13 — Rubaltelli, E. Labirintiti croniche progressive da epitimpaniti. Otorinolar. ital., 1932, 2: 283.—Ruttin, E. Die Pathologie der entzundlichen Labyrintherkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1924, 37: 381-4.—Saxen, A. Ueber die Entstehung der mittelohrentspringenden Labyrinthentzundungen. Acta Soc med. Duodecim, 1928,9: fasc. 1-2, No. 2, 1-21.—Schlan- der, E. Klinik und Ausgange der Labyrinthitis circumscripta. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1924, 10: 117-27.—Schroder, K. Hamatogene, umschriebene Labyrinthentzundung. Ibid., 1930, 26: 8-14.—Steurer, O. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese der tympanogenen Labyrinthent- zundungen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der tierexperi- mentellen Erfahrungen und der Frage der Beziehungen der pathologischen Pneumatisation des Schlafenbeins zu den Entzundungen des Ohrlabyrinths. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1924-25, 112: 160-246.—Uematu, H. Experimentelle Studien uber meningeale Labyrinthitis. Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo, 1923-24, 29: H. 2, 34-64; H. 3, 1-23.—Unterberger. Beitrage zur Frage der tympanogenen Otitis interna. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 18: 223-50.—Vermes, E. Zur Pathologie der meningogenen Labyrinthitis. Ibid., 1932, 31: 432-45. ---- Labyrinthitis: Physiopathology. Barre, J. A., & Charbonnel, A. Etude des reactions vesti- bulaires cliniques et instrumentales dans un cas de labyrinthite aigue unilaterale apres otite aigue legere. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1936, 14: 246-51.—Cunning, D. S. Some clinical ob- servations in labyrinthitis. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 383-9.— Klestadt, W. Ueber Wechsel der Richtung des Spontanny- stagmus und Kombination des Spontannystagmus mit Lageny- stagmus bei entzundUcher Labyrintherkrankung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1930, 64: 1294-301.—Lund, R. Bemerkungen uber die akustische Funktion bei der fistulosen Labyrinthitis und anderen vom Mittelohr ausgehenden, entziindungsartigen Labyrinthleiden. Ibid., 716-29. ------ La fonction vesti- bulaire dans la labyrinthite fistuleuse. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 137-71; 285.—Unterberger, S. Ueber quantitative Bestimmung der Labyrinthfunktion mit dem Gesamtdrehnach- nystagmus und deren Bedeutung fiir die tymp. Otitis interna, insbesondere der Formen mit noch erhaltener Funktion. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933, 136: 248-66. ---- Labyrinthitis, serous. Bourgeois, H., & Fournie. Labyrinthite sereuse et menin- gite se>euse au cours d'une otite aigue. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 1179-85.—Gimplinger, E. Ueber einen Fall von diffuser exsudativer Labyrinthitis mit erhaltenem Horvermogen. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1924, 9: 211-21.—Ginsburg. A. Ein FaU von induzierter zirkumskripter seroser Labyrinthitis nach Furunkulose des ausseren Gehorganges. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 209-11.—Gros, J. C., & Moreno, R. Laberintitis serosa incompleta. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1933, 38: 38-41.— Halphen, E. Labyrinthite sereuse suraigue su cours d'une otite grippale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1927, 33: 626-9.— Kelemen, G. Otitis interna acuta sero-fibrinosa mit Zwangs- haltung bei einem Meerschweinchen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1930, 125: 275-82.—Nikolaev, N. Ein Fall von seroser Laby- rinthitis und beiderseitigem Fistel- und Gefassnystagmus. Otolar. slav., Praha, 1931, 3: 523-31.—Oliva, R. Sobre dois casos de labyrinthite serosa induzida. Rev. brasil. med., 1928, 4: 139-45. ------ Dois casos de labyrinthite serosa. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1928, 3: 359-65.—Piquet, J., & Delobel. P. Labyrinthites et accidents meninges post-operatoires. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 5-12.—Ruttin,. E. Fibrinose Otitis mit circumscripter Labyrinthitis im sagittalen Bogengang und folgender diffuser seroser secundarer Labyrinthitis. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1928-29, 13: 247-54.—Seydell, E. M. Tym- panogenous labyrinthitis resulting from an acute otitis media in its early stages, or in its serous stage; report of 2 cases. Ann. OtoL Rhinol., 1930, 39: 152-8.—Sputh, C. B. Physio- therapy in diffuse serous labyrinthitis. Med. Arts, 1931, 34: 499.-—Urbantschitsch, E. Postoperative Retrolabyrinthitis; zur Frage der Labyrinthitis serosa. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 960-2. ------ Retrolabyrinthitis acuta; zur Frage der post- operativen Labyrinthitis serosa. Ibid., 1273-86.—Von der Hiitten. Verhalten des" Nystagmus bei seroser Labyrinthitis. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1926, 115: 207-9. ---- Labyrinthitis, suppurative. Alexander, G. Zur Behandlung und operativen Indika- tionsstellung der eitrigentziindlichen Innenohrerkrankungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1927, 61: 898-902.—Atkins, B. T. Suppura- tive labyrinthitis; serous meningitis; recovery. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 366.—Basavilbaso, J. Cirugia del laberinto: laberin- titis difusa, manifiesta, supurada. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 742.—Beck, O. Akute eitrige Labyrinthitis, Laby- rinthoperation bis iiber den inneren Gehorgang, breite Inzision der Kleinhirndura, triibes Lumbalpunktat, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 59: 1322-5.—Bentley, N. Suppurative laby- rinthitis with case reports. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 69-72.—Castaneda, R. Consideraciones acerca de tres casos de piolaberintitis. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 87-91.—De Stella. Diagnostic et traitement des pyolabyrinthites. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1909- 10, 15: pt 2, 48-64.—Fleischmann, L. Suppurating laby- rinthitis and apical suppuration of the pyramid with extradural abscess in connection with acute otitis; operation; cure. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 169.—Guggenheim, L. K., & Wolff, D. Bilateral diffuse suppurative labyrinthitis, with diffuse suppura- tive leptomeningitis, comphcating an apparently unilateral otitis media. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 150-69.—Halloran, LABYRINTH 408 LABYRINTH G. Acute suppurative labvrinthitis and basal meningitis, Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 155 (Abstr.)—Hartung, F. Laby- rintites purulentos; labvrinthotomias; cura. Tribuna med., Rio, 1930, 34: 131; 143; 157.—Haymann, L. Zur Kenntnis der retrograden Labyrintheiterung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1928, 21: 236-43.—Jauerneck. Ueber einige bemerkenswerte Fiille von Labyrintheiterung. Hals &c Arzt, 2. Teil, 1939, 49: 153.—Kopetzky, S. J., & Almour, A. Contributions to the surgical indications in purulent labyrinthitis and otitic menin- gitis. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 228-45.—Lermoyez. La supuraci6n del lnbeiinto; su cirugia. Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1902, 2: 121-4.— Mackenzie, G. W. Is the exenteration of the labyrinth justifiable in the absence of labyrinthine suppura- tion? a case report. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 512-9. ------ Suppurative labvrinthitis with repoit of cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 277-323.- Manasse. Pathologische Anatomie der Labvrintheiterungen und der Labvrinthtuberku- lose. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1924, 23: 18.—Richter, H. Ueber Empvemeinbriiche ins Innenohr. Hals Ac. Arzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28: 143-9. ------ Die Behandlung der eitrigen Laby- rinthitis, die sohwierigste otochirurgische Entscheidung. Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen (1938) 1939, 70: 32-4.— Sprowl, F. G. Tympanogenous purulent labvrinthitis; report of cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1931, 37: 448-52. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1931, 40: 253-8.—Ziegelman, E. F. Suppurative labvrinthitis; case report; pathological findings. West. J. Surg., 1931, 39: 785-91.—Zubizarreta, H. Piolaberin- titis con gran reacci6n menfngea; laberintectomfa; curaci6n. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 541-3. ---- Labyrinthitis: Treatment. See also subheading Surgery. Keitel, H. *Die operative Behandlung der Labyrinthentzundung mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Indikation zur Labyrinthektomie [Konigsberg] 58p. 8? Gumbinnen, 1931. Klein, E. *Zur Frage der operativen Be- handlung der tympanogenen Labyrinthentzun- dungen [Rostock] 20p. 8? Bochum-Langen- dreer, 1935. Simha, J. *Contribution a, l'etude des laby- rinthites diffuses pr6coces consecutives aux otites aigues; indications operatoires et pronostic. 37p. 8? Par., 1935. Torne, F. W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Behandlung der tympanogenen Labyrinthiten. 56p. 8? Lund, 1929. Forms Suppl. 9. Acta otolar., Stockh. Bisi, R. H. Ueber einige Hinweise hinsichtlich der Haltung, die bei der therapeutischen und chirurgischen Behandlung dei tympanogenen Labyrinthitis zu beobachten ist. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1937-38, 43: 481-500. ------A Soubiron, N. von. Laberintitis difusa con reacci6n meningea; laberintectomfa. Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 196-8.—Blomroos, T. Con- tribution to the question of the treatment of acute infectious inflammation of the inner ear. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1933, 19: 23-54.—Braksiek, H. Zur Therapie und Prognose der un- komplizierten und komplizierten Labyrinthitiden mit Funk- tionsresten und ohne Funktionsreste; unter Beriicksichtigung der ursachlichen Mittelohreiterungen; im Anhang Behandlung und Prognose der Labyrinthusuren; auf Grund der Erfahrungen an der Erlanger Klinik, 1911-26. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1928 118: 184-205.—Dean, L. W., jr. Acute labyrinthitis. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 3: 3545 — Eschweiler, H. Zur Behandlung von Labyrinthentzundungen Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 458-69.—Frenckner, P. Indications for labyrinthectomy in cases of labyrinthitis Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 19-36; 1940, 28: [Discussion] 480.—Friesner, I., A Rosenwasser, H. Treatment of laby- rinthitis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1934, 24: 197-223. Also Arch Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 141-51.—Girard, L. Labyrinthite suppuree au cours d'une otorrhee chronique traitee par simple evidement petro-mastoidien; guerison apres elimination spontanee de 2 sequestres labyrinthiques. Otorhinolar. internat Lyon, 1929, 13: 473-6.—Gotlieb, J. L. [Indications for opera- tive treatment in inflammatory labyrinthitis] J. ushn. nosov gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 317-23.—Halliday, G. C. Laby- rinthitis; operations on the labyrinth. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 711-4.—Hennebert, C. Cas de labyrinthite traitee par la ponction lombaire. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1904, 9: 105-7.—Ibbotson, W. Case of chronic traumatic non-suppura- tive labyrinthitis, treated by labvrinthectomy. Proc R Soc M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: Sect. Laryng., 52.—Klotz, A. Laby- rinthite aigue guerie avec recuperation cochleo-vestibulaire complete. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 86.—Kiimmel. Ueber die operative Behandlung der Labyrinthitis und ihre Indikationen Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1924, 23: 24.— Labarre. Un cas de labyrinthite chronique diffuse; labyrinthectomie- guerison BuU. Soc. beige otol., 1912, 17: No. 4, 87-95.—Lund, R. [A case of acute destructive labyrinthitis with observations on the results of labyrinth operations in the Ear Clinic of the Municipal Hospital in the last 2 years] Hospitalstidende, 1924 67: [Dansk otolar. selsk. forh.] 77-82. ------ [Indications for laby- rinthectomy in acute labyrinthitis due to inflammation of the middle ear] Ugeskr. la-ger, 1926, 88: 654-62. Also Acta otolar Stockh., 1926-27, 10: 518-40. ------ [Indications for laby- rinthectomy with special reference to acute, diffuse destructive labyrinthitis] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Dansk otolar selsk. forh.] 46-55. Also transl. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1936, 51J 425-53.—Piquet. Labyrinthite post-operatoire et meningite a streptocoque traitee par les sulfamides et la trepanation du labyrinthe. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 71.-—Quix. F. H. Quel- ques points importants dans le pronostic et le traitement des labyrinthites. Ibid., 1935, 837- 12.- Ramadier, J. Indications therapeutiques dans les labyi inthites aigues au cours des otites aigues. Ann. mal. oreille. 1027. 46: 696-713. Also Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1927. 33: 721 00. ------ Indications therapeutiques dans les labyrinthites infectieuses otogrnes. Ann. otolar., Par., 1931, 42 54.- Ruttin. Die konseivative und chirurgische Behandlung der Labyrinthentzundungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indik.-itionsstcllunsr. Zschr Hals Ac. Heilk., 1927, 18: 104-S2.- Smith. A. B. Three cases' of labyrinthitis treated bv different, operative procedures J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1936, 51: 176-9.—Soubiron, N. von! Consideraciones sobre dos casos de laberintitis difusa curados por laberintectomfa. Rev. As. mid. argent., 1933, 47: 2.168- 71.—Uffenorde, W. Zur Anzeige und Eingriffsweise bei der Entziindung des inneren Ohres. Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1934, 38: 1-15.—Watson-Williams, E. Labyrinthitis; remarks, with special reference to treatment, on cases shown to the Bristol Medico-Chirurgical Society. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1923-24, 41: 135-41.—Zange. Die konservative und chirurgische Be^ handlung der entzundlichen Erkrankungen des Innenohres mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indikationsstellung. Zschr Hals Ac. Heilk., 1927, 18: 1-103. ---- Labyrinthitis—in animals. Huizinga, E. [Non-experimental labvrinthitis in animals] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5925-8.------Sur la labyrinthite non experimentale chez 1'animal. Acta otolar Stockh., 1930, 14: 259-75—King, H. D. Labyrinthitis in the rat and a method for its control. Anat. Rec, 1939, 74: 215- 22.—Undritz, W. Ueber induzierte Labyrinthitis beim Meer- schweinchen. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1928, 22: 242-60. ---- Necrosis and sequestration. Matties, L. *Ueber Labyrinthsequoster. 67p. 8? Bresl., 1927. Bondarienko, A. T. La sequestration du labyrinthe de l'oreille et de la portion tympanique du temporal; la conserva- tion de la perception des sensations acoustiques elementaires Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 294-302.—Heidt, K. Ueber einen Fall von Labyrinthnekrose. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66: 1390.— Hinsberg. Fistelsymptom bei Labvrinthsequester. Zschr. Laryng., 1926-27, 15: 137. ------ Zur Therapie der Laby- nnthsequester. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1927-28 18: 221-3 [Discussion] 229-50.—Kompanejetz, S. Ein Fall von totaler Sequestration des Ohrlabyrinthes. Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk 1930, 125: 288-99.—Lasarevich, L. P. [Problem of the se- questration of the labyrinth] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1933, 26: 127-31.—Manasse, P. Ueber eine eigentumliche Art der Knocheneinschmelzung in der menschlichen Labyrinthkapsel. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1925, 31: 161-72.—Nakamura, M. Ueber 2 Falle von Labyrinthnekrose. Bull. Nav. M Ass. Tokyo 1940, 29: 18.—Neil, H. Destruction of labyrinth. N. Zealand M. J., 1927-28, 26: 152-4.—Polednak, L. [Tumor of the ponto-cerebellar angle; partial necrosis of the labyrinth from radiological view point] Cas. lek. eesk., 1932, 71: 824 — Proctor, B., Lindsay, J. R., A Gonne, W. S. Sequestration of the osseous labyrinth. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 819-30 — Rakhlma, S. M. [Cases of complete sequestration of the laby- rinth] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, No. 2, 202.—Runge. H. G. Beitrage zur Labyrinthnekrose; experimentelle und klinische Untersuchungen. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1925, 113: 181 221.— Steurer, O. Ueber die Entstehung der nekrotisierenden laby- rinthitis. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1924, 10: 109 17 |l)iscus- S10nl 123-7.------Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese der Taubstummheit; doppelseitige vollstandige Zerstorung des hautigen und knochernen Labyrinths mit belbstheilung als Ursache von Taubstummheit. Ibid., 1925, 11: 339-49.—Thomasen. F. [Two cases of sequestration of the labyrinth] Hospitalstidende, 1033, 76: (Dansk otolar. selsk. &rh,) 1?9-32.—Ueda, H. Ueber die Labyrinthnekrose. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1928, 567.—WeusthofT, M. Riickstande nach Labynnthzerstorung. Zschr. Hals A-c. Heilk., 1928 22:210-22. Nerves. See also Acoustic nerve; Cochlear nerve; Vestibular nerve. Alexander, G. Bemerkung zu Wittmaacks Besprechung meiner Abhandlung: Makroskopische Anatomie der nervoscn Anteile des Gehororganes. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1924, 58: 563-5.— Burlet, H. M. de. Zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Laby- nnthinnervation. J. Comp. Neur., 1928-29, 47: 155-69. - [Innervation of labyrinth in vertebrates] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 409-11. ------ Ueber die Topo- graphs der Ganglienzellen der Labvrinth-Sinnesendstellen. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1934, 36: 559--66.—Cherniakhivski. O. [\\ andering nerve fibers (fibres egarees) in the internal ear LABYRINTH 409 LABYRINTH of the fetus] Ukrain. med. visti, 1929, 5: 60-3.—Ernyei, I. Die Elemente der Nerven und Ganglien des inneren Ohres. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1936, 141: 343-8.—Freedman, W. B., A Walker, R. Size, development and innervation of labyrinth sensory areas in Squalus. J. Comp. Neur., 1942, 77: 667-92.— Frohlich, F. W., A Monje, M. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Messung der Empfindungszeit des Ohres. Zschr. Biol., 1931-32, 92: 233-40.—Gersuni, G., Volokhov, A., A Andreev, A. Chronaxie de 1'appareil auditif. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 955-7.—Kleyn, A. de, A Versteegh, C. Naheres iiber die Auslosungsstelle der Labyrinthrenexe im peripheren Labyrinth. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935, 22: 327-37.—Kolmer, W. Ueber das Verhalten der Deckmembranen zum Sinnesepithel der Labyrinthendstellen. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1926-27, 116: 10-26 [Schlusswort von K. Wittmaack] 27-30. ------ Ueber die Innervation des Tegmentum vasculosum des Vogellabv- rinths. Anat. Anz., 1928, 66: 42-7.—Krestovnikov, A. N., Baychenko, I., A Losanov, N. N. Labyrinth function and vegetative nervous system. Proc. Internat. Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., 109.—Lams, H. Structure et innerva- tion de l'epithelium des taches et cretes acoustiques. Rev. beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 370-5.—Malan, E. Di alcune parti- colarita dei vasi e del tessuto osseo ehe circondano il nervo acustico nelle sue ramificazioni. Monit. zool. ital., 1931, 42: 162-6, 2 pl.—Okabayasi, G. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Verhaltnis zwischen dem Labyrinth, den innersekre- torischen Organen und dem vegetativen Nervensystem (insbe- sondere die Beeinflussung des Serum-Eiweisses durch Laby- rinthreize) Jap. J. M. Sc, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc. Otorhinolar., 10.—Porta, C. F. Sulla struttura delle vie nervose vegetative del labirinto. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1939, 11. ser., 7: Stud. Fac. med. senese, 258-66.—Portmann, G., A Maisonobe. Considerations a propos de Taction du sympathique sur l'oreille interne. Rev. laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 291-304—Rawdon- Smith, A. F., A Hawkins, J. E., jr. The electrical activity of a denervated ear. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32:'Sect. Otol., 496-511.—Spiegel, E. A. La influencia del sistema nervioso vegetativo (en especial de los vasomotores) en la funci6n del oido interno. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1929, 4: 19- 26. ----- Recent advances in neurology of the ear. Confinia neur., Basel, 1938, 1: 59-84.—Werner, C. F. Ueber den Bau der Sinnesendstellen im Labyrinth. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 396-400.—Weston, J. K. Notes on the comparative anato- my of the ganglion cells associated with the vertebrate inner ear sensory areas. J. Anat., Lond., 1938-39, 73: 263-88.— Wittmaack, K. Entgegnung zu vorstehenden Bemerkungen Alexanders iiber meine Besprechung der makroskopischen Anatomie der nervosen Anteile des Gehororgans im Handbuch der Neurologie. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1924, 9: 80-3. Ueber den Tonus der Sinnesendstellen des Innenohres; Tonus- zeichen im morphologischen Bilde. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1925-26, 114: 278; 1926, 115: 1. ------ Ueber den Tonus der Sinnesendstellen des Innenohres; das morphologische Bild im Wechsel des Tonus. Ibid., 1927-28, 117: 241-84. Ueber den Tonus der Sinnesendstellen des Innenohres; der Tonus als Grundlage pathologischer Prozesse des Innenohres. Ibid., 1929, 123: 69-130. ------ Ueber den Tonus der Sinnesendstellen des Innenohres; der Tonus als Grundlage des normalen Erregungsvorganges. Ibid., 1930, 126: 162-223. ----- Ueber den Tonus der Sinnesendstellen des Innenohres; der Tonus als Grundlage des normalen Erregungsvorganges. Ibid., 1931, 129: 118-27. ---- Nerves: Centers. Aronson, L. The conduction of labyrinthine impulses to the cortex. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1933, 78: 250-9.—Arslan, K. Studio istoanatomico del tronco cerebrale in un cane scere- bellato e slaberintato. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1258-63.—Davis, L., A Pollock, L. J. Studies in decerebration; the labyrinth. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 16: 555- 65.—Gerebcov, A. Des effets de la stimulation labyrinthique sur l'activite electrique de l'ecorce cerebrale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 807-13. ------ Recherches sur la projection corticale au labyrinthe. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1910, 98: pt 1, 364. -----• Recherches sur la projection corticale du labyrinthe; des effets de la stimulation labyrinthique sur l'activite electrique de l'ecorce cerebrale. Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1940, 50: 59-99.—Groebbels, F. Die Lage- und Bewegengsreflexe der Vogel; Degenerationsbefunde im Zentral- nervensystem der Taube nach Entfernung des Labyrinths und seiner Teile. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927, 218: 89-97. Zur feineren Analyse der Beziehungen zwischen Labyrinth und Kleinhirn. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1806. ------ Anatomisch- physiologische Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Labyrinth und Kleinhirn. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 107: 154-60. ------ Die Lage- und Bewegungsreflexe der Vogel; die Analyse der Beziehungen zwischen Labyrinth und Kleinhirn. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1928-29, 221: 41-9.—Hasama, B. Ueber die Projektion der labyrintharen Erregung in die Regio hypo- thalamica im Potentialbild. Zschr. sis. Neur. Psvchiat., 1940, 169: 607-16.—Mettler, F. A., A Mettler, C. C. Labyrinthine disregard after removal of the caudate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 473-5.—Spiegel, E. A. The cortical centers of the labyrinth. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75: 504-12.------ Labyrinth and cortex; the electroencephalogram of the cortex in stimulation of the labyrinth. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1933, 59: 169- ------ The cortical representation of the labyrinth. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1936-37, 4: 41. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31: 469-82. ---- Nerves: Disease. See also Deafness, labyrinthine. Barbey, E. Troubles de l'equilibre consecutifs a la neuro- labynnthite memngococcique bilaterale totale. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 1089-92.—Ferraris, G. Neurolabirintite bilaterale aeutissima febbrile. Ann. laring., Tor., 1933, 33: 17~25:—Gautier, C, A Rossert. Syndrome neuro-labyrinthique chronique bilateral avec etat meningee. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1935, 13: 291-3.—GUttich, A. Neurolabyrinthitis nach Zystizerkusmeningitis. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1925, 22: 276-9.— Ivins, W. C. Report of a case of neurolabyrinthitis with atypical functional hearing tests. J. Ophth. Otol., 1926, 30: 230-9.— Kummel, W. Labyrinthneurosen. Handb. norm. path. Physiol. Berl., 1926, 11: 739-43.—Mackenzie, G. W. Neuro- labyrinthitis of focal infection origin in a case with a four-plus VVassermann. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1926, 25: 619-23. ------ Neurolabyrinthitis of focal infection origin. Laryngoscope 1929,39:282-9. ------ Neurolabyrinthitis. Ohio M. J.' 1936, 32: 1214-8. Also Internat. Clin., 1938, n. ser., 2: 126- 34-—Rigaud, P. La neuro-labyrinthite meningococcique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 675-91.—Tempea, V. [Toxic cochleo-vestibular neuritis] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1933, 22: 1076-91.—Wittmaack, K. Ueber die intravitale Entstehung von Kollaps- und Degenerationsvorgangen an den Sinnes- endstellen des inneren Ohres. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk. 1924 112: 43-52. ---- Nerves: Disease, vasomotor. See also Meniere syndrome. Bonnet-Roy, F. Phenomenes vaso-moteurs en otologie. Bull, med., Par., 1929, 43: 249.—Brunner, H. Die Pathologie und Therapie der vasomotorischen Erkrankungen des Innen- ohres (Otitis interna vasomotoria) Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1235-7.—Biich, E. Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung gewisser Formen von Innenohrstorung. Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk 1928, 118: 155-9.—Fairen, V. Etude de la creatine et de la creatinine dans les spasmes vasculaires du labyrinthe. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1932, 17: 201-7.—Muck, O. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis angioneurotischer Labyrinthschadigungen. Beitr. Anat. Ohres, 1926, 23: 570-3.—Portmann, G. Vasomotor affections of the internal ear. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28 21: Sect. Laryng., 97-103. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1929, 38: 69-76. ------ L'angiospasme labvrinthique. Rev. laryng. Par., 1931, 52: 467-75.—Proby, H. Syndrome vaso-moteur du labyrinthe. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1933, 11: 182-4.—Siems. Du diagnostic et des effets therapeutiques de la chaleur dans le syndrome angiospastique du labyrinthe et ses sequelles; observations cliniques. Rev. laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 755-70. ---- Otolithic apparatus. See under Vestibular apparatus. ---- Otospongiosis. See Otosclerosis. ---- Para- and perilabyrinthitis. Bloch, A., A Aboulker. Un cas de penlabyrinthite fongueuse avec syndrome fistuleux violent et chronique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 357-9.—Brunner, H. Zur Klinik der Paraotitis interna circumscripta. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1930, 126: 79-86.—Uffenorde, W. Eine zu vielfachen Verwicklungen fiihrende, sehr ausgedehnte perilabyrinthare Eiterung im histologischen Bilde. Ibid., 1929, 122: 288-308. — Perilymphatic space. See Endolymphatic organ. — Pharmacology. See also under specific names of drugs. Covell, W. P. Effects of drugs on the stria vascularis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 27: 438-43.—Delmas-Marsalet, P. Effets de la bulbocapnine sur les phenomenes labyrinthiques du chien. C. rend. Sod. biol., 1934, 116: 228-30.—Egmond. A. A. J. van [Penetration of cocaine into labyrinth from middle ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 5752-5.—Falbe-Hansen, I. Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss von Salizyl und Chinin auf das Gehororgan. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 944; 1055 [Discussion] 952-6. Also Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1938, 12: 81-6.—Krainz, W. Veranderungen der Labyrinthkapsel des Meerschweinchens im Parathormon- versuch. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 1025-31.—Krassnig, M. Cocainwirkung auf das Mittel- und Innenohr. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1932, 31: 384-6 [Discussion] 389.—Miung, D. Ueber die Wirkungen des Fushis und des Aconitins auf das Gehororgan; histopathologische Untersuchung des Gehor- organs durch die Fushi- und Aconitinvergiftung. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22: 97.—Quix, F. H., A von Egmond, A. A. J. Ueber das Eindringen von Eisen-Cocainsalzlosungen aus dem A! ittelohr in das Labvrinth von Meerschweinchen. Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1932, 32: 26-53.—Rhese, H. Die Pharmakologie und Toxiko- logie des Ohres. Handb. norm. path. Physiol., Berl., 1926, 11: 731-8.—Rossi, G. Dell'azione della cocaina sul'orecchio interno nei conigli studiata mediante i riflessi sonori. Otorinolar. LABYRINTH 410 LABYRINTH ital., 1935,5:408-18. -Sinomiya. M., Nagami, H., A Tukamoto, H. Effect of alcohol on lalnrinth reflex. Polyclin. Dairen, 1930-33, 5: No. 25, 33. Su7uki, Y. Kxperimentelle Studien uber den Einfluss von Extractum lilicis und anderer Gifte auf das Gehbronjan. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1936, 17: 984-8 — Terracol. J. L'action labvrinthique des medicaments vaso- motors. Rev. laryng., Par., 1929, 50: 7-10.—Tobeck, A. Ueber Veranderungen im knochernen Labyrinth von Kaninchen durch Vigantoluberdosierung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1932-33, 32: 550-4.—Tullio. P. De Taction paralysante de la cocaine sur les diffe>entes parties du labyrinthe acoustlque. Arch. ital. biol., 1926, 77: 124-35, 3 pl.—Ventura-Gregorini, F. Sulla farmacologia del labirinto; la ricerca nella linfa di farmaci somministrati per diverse vie. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1935. 4: 20-24.------ Ancora sulla farmacologia del labirinto; ricerche sperimentali sulla permeabilita ad alcuni colloidi elettron--gativi oii;:inici e inorganici. Ibid., 1938, 7: 48-59, 2 pl.—Wasowski, T. Einfluss des Adrenahns und des Kphe tonins auf die Labyrinthreflexe. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931, 65: 967-77. ------ Einfluss des Pernoktons auf die Labyrinth- reflexe. Ibid., 1932, 66: 978.—Yamakawa, K. Der Einfluss der Morphium- und Kampferlosung auf die postmortalen Veranderungen des Labyrinthes. Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1928, 119:215-24. ------ Die Wirkung der arsenigen Saure auf das Ohrlabyrinth. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 416-8. ---- Physiology. Sep also subheadings (Function; Functional test; Reflexes) also Audition; Aviator, Ear and equilibrium; Cochlea, etc. Meyer, M. An introduction to the mechanics of the inner ear. 140p. 27}£cm. [Columbia] 1907. Bard, L. De la mise au point spatiale des images sensorielles labyrinthiques, auditives et gyratives. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35: 402-11.—Bouman, H. D. Ueber das Broca'sche Phanomen in Zusammenhang mit der Theorie des inneren Ohres. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1930, 15: 311-37. ------ [Physiology of the inner ear] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1855-7.—Dalche, P., A Labernadie, M. L'orecchio e le ghian- dole endocrine, l'ovario in particolare. Fol. med., Nap., 1924, 10: 269-76.—Haan, P. de [Labyrinthine reactions to progres- sive movements] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5947-9.— Hellin, D. Labyrinth und Psychologie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 636.—Kleijn, A. de, A Versteegh, C. Some remarks upon the present position of the physiology of the labyrinth. J. Lar. Otol.. Lond., 1927, 42: 649-55, 3 pl.—Lorente de No, R. Die Grundlagen der Labvrinthphysiologie. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1926, 49: 251-311. ------ Einiges zur Labyrinthpln siologie. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1927, 11: 301- 40, e, 1925, 35: 579-S5.—Fischer, J. Die Indikation zu chirur- gischen Eingriffen am Innenohr. Arch. klin. Chir., 1920, 140: 198-207.-—Giinther, C\ Die Resultate und die Indikation der Labyrinthoperation. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 217-41.— Holmgren, G. On the indications for labyrinth operation, according to experiences gained at the Sabbatsberg Clinic. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1924, 6: 237-59.—Hughson. W. Ration- ale, technique, case reports and observations with grafts in the round window. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1938, 28: 113--32. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 1030.—Jellinek. A. Leber den Verlauf von Horiibungen an einem Patienten, der auf der rechten Seite labyrinthektomiert und auf der hnken radikal- npnrierl worden war. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931, 65: 982-4.— Kalinkin. A. V. [Extensive antromastoidectomy with exposure of the labyrinthine capsule] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, No. 1, 48-51.—Krieizsmann. ExperimenteUe Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeit einer tvmpanogenen Labyrinthobliteration. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 489 [Discussion] 490-3. ------ Kxperimcntelle Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeit einer tympanogenen Labyrinthobliteration (als Vorbedingung fiir translabyrinthare Pyramidenspitzenoperation) Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1939, 46: 227-38 [Discussion] 239-44- Langen- beck, B. Lumbalpunktion und Indikation zur Opeiation. Ibid., 1930-31, 28: 112-39.—Leidler, R. The indications for opening the labyrinth. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1920, 41: 041-6. ------ Beitrag zur Indikationsstellung fttr die operative Eroffnung des Labyrinthes. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1926, 60: 393- 415.—Marbaix. Peut-on blesser le golfe de la jugulaire dans la labyrintectomie? Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 18-22.—Mayer, O. Die Indikationsstellung zur Laby- rinthoperation. Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1939, 45: 117-26.— Mill, W. A.. Mollison, W. M. [et al.] Discussion on modern surgery of the labyrinth. Proc R. Soc M.. Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Otol., Siji-ll. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1939, 354- 68.—Milligan, W. The present position of the surgery of the labyrinth. Practitioner, 1924, 112: 273-7.—Page, J. R. Indications and contraindications for operating upon the labyrinth. South. M. J., 1931, 24: 31-4.—Portmann, G. Ecoulement post-operatoire a repetition de liquide cfiphalo- rachidien chez un trepane du labyrinthe. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 52-4.—Rossi, G. Una nuova pinza per fissare il capo dei conigli nelle operazioni sul labirinto acustico. Otorinolar. ital., 1935, 5: 149-54.—Schwarzbart, A. Ueber die Rolle der unspezifischen Allgemeinreaktion des Organismus bei der Beurteilung der absoluten Indikation zur Labyrinthotomie im Verlauf des Cholesteatoma. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 470-9.—Secchi. La ventana redonda es la unica via para el sonido del aire al laberinto. Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1902, 2: 125.—Sourdille, M. Serre-noend diti'en-ntiel pour rdsection de la tete dn marteau dans la tvmpnno-kibvrinthopexie. Ann, otolar., Par., 1939, 402-4.- Stupka, W. Histologische Befunde nach vor langcrer Zeit ausgefiihi ter partieller Labyrinthopera- tion. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 1281-93.—Tanturri, D. Sulla labirintotomia e labirintectomia. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1928, 2: 193-200— Uffenorde, W. Bemerkungen zu: partielle Labyrinthiesektion. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1926, 14: 542-9.— Voss, O. Partielle Labyrinthresektionen. Ibid., 297-307.— Waltner, J. Le blocage du sac endolymphatique et l'operation de Portmann. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1940, 61: 1-32.—Zange. Anzeigen zur Labyrinthoperation bei sogenannten totwundem Labyrinth und bei langsam erloschenern Innenohr (Klinisches and Histologisches dazu) Hals Ac. Arzt, 2. T., 1939, 48: 117.— Zubizarreta, H. Cirugia del laberinto. Sem. med., B. Air. 1932, pt 1, 39: 1441-69. ---- Surgery: Fenestration. See also Labyrinth, Fistula; Otosclerosis, Surgery. Botey, R. Qui mStodos de trepanacion del laberinto debemos preferir? Libro de actas Congr. nac otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 69-76.—Campbell, E. H. Experiences with fistuliza- tion of the labyrinth in chronic progressive deafness; report of cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 689-710. ------ Re- sults in the labyrinth fistulization operation for chronic progres- sive deafness; report of cases. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar 1939, 265-303. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49: 447-65'. ----— Further experiences in fenestration of the labyrinth in chronic progressive deafness; report of cases and an analysis of results. Ibid., 1941, 50: 182-205. ------■ The evaluation of the labyrinth fenestration operation for chronic progressive deafness. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1941, 31: 63-118. ~-~—...»Uu. *.. ....... UBUl. k.ui,., 1311, il. UO-llO. --------- Evaluation of the labyrinth fenestration for chronic progres- sive deafness. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 149-54. fenestration of the labyrinth in chronic conductive deafness- an analysis of results obtained. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 13-7] —---- Fenestration of the labyrinth; a report and analysis of operated cases. Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 593-614. fenestration of the labyrinth; a report and an analysis of cases in which the operation was performed. Arch. Otolar. Chic 1943, 37: 293-7.—Canfield, N. Labyrinthine fistulas; report of experiments on the vital response to various methods of producing defects in bone. Ibid., 1939, 30: 50-62 The type of deafness which responds to fistulization of the otic capsule. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940 46- 450-63 Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49: 248-61.—Day. K. m! Preliminary report of the fenestration operation for deafness! Pittsburgh M. Bull., 1942, 31: 172--5.—Ersner. M. S., A Meyers, D. Surgical treatment of deafness; report of experiences with the endaural labyrinthine fenestration. Ann. Otol. Rhinol 1941, 50: 206-34.------Does heat created by the dull dental burr during labyrinthine fenestration inhibit oncogenesis'' Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 121-4.—Fowler. E. P.. jr. The closure of operative fenestra in the labyrinth. Tr. Vm Lar Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 127-41, pl. Also Ai.li. Otolar' Chic, 1941, 34: 209-24, pl.—Hughson, W. The ty,„, 0j deafness which responds to fistulization of the otic capsule Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1940, 49: 262-4.—Kopetzky, S. J. Studies in labyrinthine fenestration to improve hearing (a preliminary report) Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 1064-89. ---- Tumor. Albrecht, W. Ueber das Cholesteatom des inneren Ohres Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 199-203, pl.—Demetriades. T. I)! Neuritis und Labyrinthopathia carcinomatosa. Acta otolar Stockh., 1931, 16: 507 [Erwiderung von Schlittler) 1932, is! 190.—Ramadier, Lestienne A MaspStiol. Cylindrome de l'oreille avec accident labvrintho-meningfi. Ann. otolar., Par 1938, 539-41. ---- Utriculus. See under Endolymphatic organ. ---- Vestibule. See Vestibular apparatus; Vestibular system; Vestibule. LAC, Georges de, 1906- *Avantages et inconvenients de la c^sarienne supra-symphysaire iterative. 71p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. LACAILLE, Adrien, 1902- *Valeur de 1'ionisation au zinc dans le traitement des suppura- tions chroniques de l'oreille moyenne et des cavites d'evidements. 118p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. LACAILLE, Jean, 1911- Contribution a l'etude de la chimiotherapie des streptococcus. 87p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LACAISSE, Maurice, 1899- *Etudo dos pertes de .substance laterales du maxillaire inferieur; leur traitement par appareillage. 90p. 8? Par., Ed. Sem. Dent., 1927. ---- Les anomalies dentaires. p.238-71. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. In Path. dent. (Bercher, et al.) LACAN, Andre Marie Maurice, 1912- *Contribution a l'etude des faux cancers de l'estomac; tumeurs inflammatoires primitives de l'estomac. 43p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1937. LACAN, Jacques, 1901- *De la psychose paranoi'aque dans ses rapports avec la person- nalite. 381 p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1932. LACAN-CABANES, Blanche [M. D., 1937, Toulouse] *Les porteurs de germes meningo- cocciques. 92p. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Chauvin, 1937. LACAPE, R. S. See Bertrand, I. G., A Lacape, R. S. Theorie de l'electro- encephalogramme. 159p. 25i/icm. Par., 1943. LACAPERE, Georges, -1935. La syphilis Arabe (Maroc, Algerie, Tunisie) 495p. pl. tab. 8? Par., Doin, 1923. For obituary see Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1524-6. (Pinard, M.) LACAPERE, Jean, 1898- *Etudes sur le mode d'action des eaux minerales; les modifica- tions de la formule leucocytaire sous l'influencc de la cure hydro-minerale k Salies-de-Bearn ct a Uriage. 81p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1929. LACARNOL. See under Nucleoside. LA CARRERA, Fernando. Arte de la lengua yunga (1644) Reed. Con introd. y notas por Radames A. Altieri. xxvi, 117p. 28cm. Tucu- m&n, Inst. Antrop., 1939. Forms Pub. No. 256 of Univ. Nac. Turuman, Dep. Invest. Region., Inst. AntroD. LACASSAGNE 413 LACE LACASSAGNE, Antoine Marcelin, 1884- Certain biological problems relating to cancer, hormones, and radiation; five lectures. 78p. illust diagr. 22#cm. Phila., Internat. Cancer Res. Found. [1936] ___ Le traitement des cancers de la peau. p 893-952. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Dabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, ' See also Regaud, C, Ferroux, R. [et al.] Radiophysiologie et radiotherapie. viii, 132p. 8! [Par.] 1927. LACASSAGNE, Jean Alexandre Eugene, 1843- 1924- • 1 o r Pi£delievre, R. Inauguration du monument du Professeur T,qeassaane. Paris med., 1927, 66: annexe, 85.—Vervaeck [Necrologie] Bull. Soc. anthrop. Bruxelles, 1924, 39: 200-17. LACASSAGNE, Marie Jeanne Mathilde, 1904- *Les crises oculogyres en pathologie men- tale. 77p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. LACASSE, Joseph Henri Gustave, 1890- For portrait see Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 917. LACAUSSE, Jean Gabriel, 1910- Con- tribution a, l'etude des abces froids tubaires. 48p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LACAVE, Jean, 1909- *De quelques applications de la chrysotherapie; aurothio- propanol sulfonate de strontium en suspension huileuse. llOp. 8? Lyon, L. Sezanne, 1936. LACAVE-LAPLAGNE, Jean, 1857- *Des hemorragies uterines dans les maladies du coeur. 68p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1928. . LACAZ de Moraes, Joaquim. *Estudos de antropometria constitucional dos brancos nativos do Estado de Sao Paulo. 107p. pl. tab. 23^cm. S. Paulo, Tipogr. Rossolillo, 1939. LACAZE, Henri, 1885- See Paitre, F., Lacaze, H., A Dupret, S. Pratique anatomo- chirurgicale illustree. 2v. 8? Par., 1934-35. LACAZE, Louis, 1798-1869. G., M. Autour du Prix Lazace. Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt 1, Suppl., 7, portr.—Gaillot. E. Le docteur Louis Lacaze, peintre et collectionneur. Aesculape, Par., 1933, n. ser., 23: 202-9. LACAZE, Pierre, 1902- Contribution a l'etude du tetanos du nouveau-ne [Paris] 78p. 8? Levallois-Perret, Schneider fr., 1930. LACAZE, Pierre, 1909- *Le blocage de la rotule, pseudo-luxation rotulienne, chez nos equides domestiques; son mecanisme pathogeni- que [Vet.] 79p. illust. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1935. LACCASE. See also Phenolase. Fleury, P. Recherches sur la laccase. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1924, 6:436;449; 536; 1925,7:188; 797. ------ L'action toxique de l'acide cyanhydrique sur la laccase et sa relation avec la reaction du milieu. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 596-8. -----A Campora, C. Recherches sur la laccase; sa purifica- tion au moyen des sels (carbonate neutre de sooium, sulfate d'ammonium) Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1934, 16: 1589-602. ----- Recherches sur la laccase; sur la purification par dialyse et par adsorption et elution. Ibid., 1603-7.—Keilin, D., A Mann, T. Some properties of laccase from the latex of lacquer trees. Nature, Lond., 1940, 145: 304.—Suminokura, K. Ueber die Laccase des japanischen Lacks. Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 224: 292-321. LACCOL. See also Lacquer. Brooks, G. Recherche sur les relations entre la fluorescence et la constitution chimique du laccol, du moreacol et de leurs derives. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1940, 5. ser., 7: 638-43. -----Sur les modifications des spectres de fluorescence et de la structure moleculaire du laccol, du moreacol et de leurs derives irradies. Ibid., 643-6. LACE, Eugenio. Balnearia ossia brevi cenni dei principali stabilimenti del Piemonte. 69p. 20#cm. Tor., B. Canonica & figli, 1886. LACE, Mary Victoria. Massage and medical gymnastics, xii, 231p. illust. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1936. Also 2. ed. xi, 239p. 1941. See also Rendel, O., Shelley, U. [et al.] The use of exercise in the post-war rehabilitation of children in occupied countries. 51p. 21i$cm. Lond. [19441 LACE bug. See Tingitidae. LACERATED foramen. For the foramen lacerum anterius see Orbital fissure; for the foramen lacerum medium see Carotid; Cranium, Canals; Petrosal nerve; for the foramen lacerum posterius see Jugular foramen. LACERATION. See also Wound. Borland, V. G. Emergency treatment of lacerations. J. Lancet, 1943, 63: 8-10.—Comolli, A. La cura ideale delle ferite lacero-contuse e loro equivalenti di guerra. Gior. med. mil., 1934, 82: 655-62.—Donaldson, The treatment of muti- lated and devitalized flesh wounds. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass., 1931-32, 11: 39-42.—Jernigan, C. S. Minor cuts and lacerations: importance of thorough but gentle treatment. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 193.—Kimmell, J. A. Contused and lacerated wounds. Am. M. Compend, 1904, 20: 146-50.— McKee, G. K. The use of irrigation envelopes in the treatment of lacerated wounds and compound fractures. Brit. J. Surg., 1942-43, 30: 328-35.—Marshall, C. J. Lacerated wounds. Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1941, 205: 90-3.—Shapiro, D. Treatment of lacerated wounds. Opera Internat. Congr. Indust. Accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 369-71.—Smith, S. A. Lacerated wounds. In his Forens. Med., 8. ed., Lond., 1943, 111.—Tucker, R. B. The care of lacerated wounds. Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 1198-201.—Webb, R. C. Soap and water preparation of lacerated wounds. Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 1093-6. LACERDA, Alvaro de, 1858-1922. Bio-bibliografia. Die biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 295. LACERDA, Joao Baptista de, 1846- Les morsures des serpents venimeux du Bresil et le permanganate de potasse. 26p. 8? Rio, Lombaerts & co., 1882. LACERDA, Joao Cezario de [M. D., 1865, Lisboa] *Apontamentos para a descripcao pathologica do cancro do figado. 43p. 19cm. Lisb., J. G. de Sousa Neves, 1865. LACERDA, Manuel Augusto de [M. D., 1885, Lisboa] *Dacryocystite. 75p. 8? Lisb., E. Roza, 1885. LACERTIDAE. See also Lacertilia. Davis, D. D. The collared lizard; a laboratory guide. 57p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Icard. Le lezard gris, Lacerta muralis; reactif physiologique des poisons. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1922, 22: 333-40.— Matthey, R. La formule chromosomiale du Lacerta vivipaia Jacquin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 315.—Sukhov, G. F. Die postembrvonale Entwicklung der Kopfschilder bei Lacerta agilis Wolf. Zool. Anz., 1927, 71: 65-72. LACERTILIA. See also Amphisbaena; Heloderma; Lacertidae; Reptilia; also Dinosauria. Burt, C. E., & Myers, G. S. Neotropical lizards in the collection of the Natural History Museum of Stanford University. p.277-324. 25#cm. Stanford Univ., 1942. Forms No. 2, v.8, Biol. Sc, Univ. Ser., Stanford Univ. Pub. Gilmore, C. W. Descriptions of new and little-known fossil lizards from North America. p.l 1-26. 12? Wash., 1938. Forms No. 3042, v.86, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. ---- New fossil lizards from the upper cretaceous of Utah. 3p. 8? Wash., 1940. Forms No. 16, v.99. Smithson. Misc. Collect. Hellmich, W. Die Eidechson Chiles, insbe- sondere die Gattung Liolaemus; nach den Samm- LACERTILIA 4 14 LACERTILIA lungon Goetseh-Hcllmich. 140p. 4? Miinch., 1934. Forms II. 24, Neue Folge. Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., math. naturwiss. Abt. Parker, H. W. The lizards of British Somali- land; with an appendix on topographv and climate, bv Capt. R. H. R. Taylor. " lOlp. 24V£om. Cambr., 1942. South Kensington, Engl. Science Mu- seum. The anatomy, physiology, and habits of lizards (1906-32) 9 1. (mimeo) 4? S. Kensington, 1932. Forms No. 69, Science Libr. Bibliogr. Ser. Adams, W. E. The cervical region of the Lacertilia; a critical review of certain aspects of its anatomy. J. Anat., Lond., 1939- 40, 74: 57-71.— Amaral, A. do. Estudos sobre lacertilios neotropioos; novos generos e especies de lagartos do Brasil. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1932, 7: 51-74, 6 pl. ------ Lista remissiva dos lacertilios do Brasil. Ibid., 1937, 11: 167-204.— Atsatt, S. R. Color changes as controlled by temperature and light in the lizards of the desert regions of Southern California. Univ. California Pub. Biol. Sc, 1939, 1: 237-76, incl. 5 pl — Barden, A. A., jr. Activity of the lizard, Cnemidophorus sexlineatus. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwestern Univ., Chic, 1914, 9: 319-24.—Beebe, W. Evolution of a lizard into a bird. Proc Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 3: 296.—Burt, C. E. A new lizard from the Dutch Leeward Islands (Cnemi- dophorus murinus Ruthveni) Occas. Papers Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool., 1935, No. 324, 1-3.—Gilmore, C. W. Osteology of Polvglyphanodon, an upper cretaceous lizard from Utah. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1942, 92: 229-65, 2 pl.—Knowlton, G. F., Fronk, W. D., A Maddock, D. R. Seasonal insect food of the brown-shouldered Uta lizard. J. Econ. Entom., J1942, 35: 942.—Loveridge, A. Revision of the African lizards of the family Gerrhosauridae. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1942, 89: 485-543.—Martin del Campo, R. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los gerrhonoti mexicanos, con la presentacion de una nueva forma. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1939, 10: 353-61.— Smirnowsky, B. N. Zur Morphologie der respiratorischen Muskulatur der Lacertilien. Anat. Anz., 1930, 70: 58-77. ---- Chamaeleontidae. Peter, K. Die erste Entwicklung des Chamiileons (Chamae- leo vulgaris) verglichen mit der der Eidechse (Ei, Keimbildung, Furchung, Entodermbildung) Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1934, 103: 147-88.—Zoond, A., A Eyre, J. Studies in reptilian colour response; the bionomics and physiology of the pigmentary activity of the chameleon. Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1934, ser. B, 223: 27-55, 2 pl. ---- Geckonidae. Greenberg, B. Social behavior of the western banded gecko. Anat, Rec, 1942, 84: 507 (Abstr.)—Loveridge, A. Revision of the Afro-Oriental geckos of the genus Phelsuma. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1942, 89: 439-82.—Schmidt, W. J. Ueber den Bau der kalkigen Eischale von Lepidodactylus lugubris D. A B. (Geckonidae) Zool. Anz., 1943, 142: 58-61.— Tokura, Y. Histological studies on the dermal functions, with special reference to the changes of the colour of Gekko japonicus (Dumeril et Bibron) J. Sc Hiroshima Univ., 1933, Ser. B Div. 1, 2: 105-23. ---- Iguanidae. Carini, A. Sobre uma haemogregarina e um Plasmodium da Iguana iguana. Arq. biol., S. Paulo, 1942, 26: 242.—Green- berg, B., A Noble, G. K. Dominance, social order and territory in the lizard, Anolis carolinensis. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 508. ---- Scincidae. Willis, R. A. A bacillary disease of the blue-tongued lizard (Tiliqua scincoides) Med. J. Australia, 1932, 1: 149-57, 2 pl. ---- Tejidae. Leger, M. Hemogregarine et Plasmodium du Tupinambis nigropunctatus. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1919, 12: 217- 20.—Muller, L. Ueber einige Rassen der Ameiva ameiva aus Venezuela. Zool. Anz., 1929, 83: 193-211. ---- Therapeutic use. Flores, G. Del maraviglioso specifico delle lucertole, o ramarri per la radical cura del cancro, della lebbra, e lue venerea ultimamente scoperto dal signor D. Giuseppe Flores alle di cui sperienze, ed osservazioni si aggiungano le relazioni di varie cure fatte recentemente nel Piemonte, con una distinta ed esatta analisi della lucertola e del ramarro, volgarmente detto da Piemontesi l'ayeul; il tutto raccolto da Carlo Maria Tosca- nelli. 87p. 12? Tor., 1784. Le6x y Ga.ma, A. de. Instruccion sobre el remedio dc las Iagarlijas; nueva ment e doscu- bierto para la cur;iei6n del cancro, y otras enfer- medades, que para su seguro uso dedica a esta nobilisima, v excelentissima Ciudad de Mexico 5p. 8? Mex., 1782. Garcia, E. Y., A Villains, D. K. Medicinal lizards in the Philippines. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1939, 19: 217-23 3 pl. LACERTIS, Antonello de, ca. 1430-92. Tridente, M. Antonello de Lacertis, medico e umanista del '400. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1940, 49: No. 4, 25. LACERTUS fibrosus. See Biceps. LACH, Helmut Walter Fritz, 1910- *Gold, Palladium, Silber Legierungen als Werk- stoffe in der Prothetik. 21p. 20^cm. Konigsb i. P., J. Raabe, 1936. LACHAMPT, Madeleine, 1906- *Essais de decarboxylation de deux acides amines par le bacille typhique. 47p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1938. LACHAPELLE, Emmanuel Persillier, 184.) 1918. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Union med Canada, 1943, 72: 1013. LACHAPELLE, Paul. ■ Quinze lecons de psychiatrie pastorale. 2. 6d. 294p. 19^cm. [Montreal] Beauchemin, 1942. LACHAUD, Michel, 1904- *Contribution au traitement de la poliomyelite anterieure aigue (maladie de Heine-Medin) par la radiotherapie profonde. 102p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. LACH de Bere, Rudolph Arthur Frederik, 1882-1934. For obituary see Geneesk. gids, 1934, 12: 787. LACHELIER, Jules Esprit Nicolas, 1832-1918. Baruzi, J. Les oeuvres de Jules Lachelier. J. psychol.norm. path., Par., 1936, 33: 597-613. LACHELIN, Rene, 1896- *Contribution k l'etude experimentale de certains derives de la choline. 117p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. LACHENICHT, Philipp, 1909- *Der Ovulationstermin im verkurzten Zyklus; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der periodischen Sterilitat [Kiel] 37p. ch. 23^cm. Bochum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1936. LACHENMAYR, Stefan. *Ueber Futter- schadlichkeiten aus der Familie der Caryophyl- laceen (Auszug) [Leipzig; Vet.] lip. 8? Wittenberg, Gebr. Bischoff, 1921. LACHENY, Jacques Alexis, 1909- *Ictere grave congenital du nouveau-ne par infection colibacillaire transplacentaire. 65p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. LACHESIS. See also Crotalinae; Ophidia; Viperidae. Barbour, T. The bushmaster in the Canal Zone. Bull. Antivenin Inst. America, 1930-31, 4: IL—Bayley de Castro. A. A case of snake-bite due to Lachesis cantoris. Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 61: 123.—Haas, G. Versuch einer funktionellen Analyse des Giftbisses und des Schlingaktes von Lachesis gramineus. Anat. Anz., 1929-30, 68: 358-78.—Hennessy, P. H. A case of snake-bite (Lachesis borneensis) Ind. M. Gaz., 1916, 51: 219.—Kohlschiitter, E., A Minning, W. Ein Fall von Spattod nach Biss der sudamerikanischen Viper Lachesis alternatus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 2043-7.—Pampana, E. J. Avve- lenamento da Lachesis brachystoma; sieroterapia, guarigione. Arch. ital. sc. med. colon., 1930, 11: 528-32.—Procter, J. B. On the variations of the pit-viper, Lachesis atrox. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1918, pt 1 A 2, 163-82. ---- Venom (and antivenin) Catan, M. A. Adsorci6n de venenos de Lachesis por el carb6n; constituci6n compleja de la hemolisina. Rev. As. med. argent., 1920, 33: Sect. Soc. biol., 171-4.—Kopstein, F. Ob- servations on the effect of the venom of the Javanese green snake, Lachesis gramineus. Meded. dienst volksgezondh. Ned. Indie, 1928, 17: 573-82.—Vellard, J. Une Lachesis peu LACHESIS 415 LACHOWSKY connue du nord-est au Bresil, L. erythromelas; etude de son venin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 38. ------A Vianna, M. Sp6cificite de la reaction de fixation du complement avec des serums monovalents anti-Lachesis. Ibid., 1930, 105: 103-5. .----- Modificacoes sanguineas provocadas in vivo pelo veneno de Lachesis atrox (Linn.) Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1931, 39: 143-69. ------ Modifications sanguines provoquees in vivo chez le chien par le venin de Lachesis atrox. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1932, 49:445-72. ------ Accao hemolytica dos venenos das lachesis. Ann. Acad, brasil. sc, 1937, 9: 271-3. .--- Venom: Therapeutic use. Castro Escalada, P. Ofidioterapfa. Rev. Cfrc med. argent.i 1935 35: 1-10.-—Escobar, G. Terapeutica positiva del lachesis. Sem.'med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 1479-84.—Junkermann, C. F Homoeopathy versus allopathy; Lachesis (bushmaster or surukuku) Homoeop. Rec, 1939, 54: No. 4, 36-9. ■------ Lachesis. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1939, 32: 343.—Mezger, J. Lachesis. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1932, 4: 229-35— Pecciarini, E. Ricerche farmacologiche sul veleno di Bothrops jararacussu. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 427-9.—Pinart. La lachesis en el flemon difuso. Rev. homeop., Barcel., 1893, 4: 153-8.— Prosdocimi, G. Azione del veleno secco di Lachesis alternatus sul Trypanosoma gambiense ed equiperdum. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1938, 19: 229-53.—Pschorr, Thienel A Schommer. Erfahrungen mit Lachesis-Bengen (kurze vorlaufige Mitteilung) Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 88: 595.—Reinboth, W. Meine Erfahrungen mit Lachesis-Bengen in der Praxis. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1939, 55: 245-7.—Spalding, R. W. Lachesis; the discovery of a great remedy. Homoeop. Rec, 1942-43, 58: 373-5.—Thienel, M. Lachesis, eine wertvolle Bereicherung des tierarztlichen Arzneischatzes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1939, 55: 54. LACHEZE, Michel, 1907- Contribution a, l'etude du tympan artificial. 69p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1932. LACHI, Antonio [M. D., 1859, Padova] *La rivaccinazione. 23p. 21cm. Padova, Crescini, 1859. LACHI, Pilade, 1852- For biography see Illust. med. ital., 1928, 10: 177-80 (Mas- sazza, A.) LACHMANELLA. See under Ciliata, Holotrichida. LACHMANN, Aage. Hypoparathyroidism in Denmark; a clinical study. 269p. diagr. pl. 24cm. Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 1941. Forms Suppl. 121, Acta med. scand. For portrait see Nord. med., 1941, 12: 3376. LACHMANN, Ernst, 1901- See DeGaris, C. F., Lachmann, E., A Chase, R. E. Princi- ples of human anatomy. 239p. 20J4cm. Phila., 1939. LACHMANN, Heinz, 1902- *Die ront- genologische Darstellung der Gallenblase mit Kontrastmitteln (Cholecvstographie) 46p. 8? Lpz. [n. p.] 1928. LACHMANN, Karl, 1908- *Zur Kiefer behandlung. 23p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann- 1936. LACHMANN, Lotty, 1913- Cenital- tumoren und Schwangerschaft [Heidelberg] 28p. 21^cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. LACHMANN, Sally. Grundziige der Kurort- wissenschaft. 133p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1933. LACHMANN-MOSSE, Hilde [M. D., 1938, Basel] *Zur Entstehung des Lungenkollapses durch Blockierung der Luftwege. 18p. 22^cm. Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1938. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: LACHNER, Arnoldo, 1902- *Ueber Haematurie bei Appendicitis. 31p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1928. LACHOWIECKI, Izaak, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude clinique et therapeutique de la sclerose du col vesical. 51p. 23cm. Strasb., Impr. Hauss, 1937. LACHOWSKI, Robert Jacques, 1902- *Troubles algo-trophiques et radiotherapie. 61p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1929. LACHOWSKY, Alexandre, 1915- *De la sterilisation effective des sondes ureterales par la chaleur. 32p. 23>£cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. LACHRYM ... See Lacrim ... LACHS, Siegfried, 1902- *Studien uber die Wirkung des Sauerstoffs auf den Blutdruck des Menschen [Bonn] p.394-411. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 104: LACHTER-PACHTER, Moise, 1905- *Les corps etrangers libres dans la cavite des pneumothorax. 78p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LACHTIN, Michael, 1869-1930. Zeiss, H. Michael Lachtin dem russischen Medizinhistoriker zum Andenken. Janus, Leiden, 1931, 35: 281-90. LACK, Harry Lambert, 1868-1943. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 304. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1943, 58: 135. Also Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 289, portr. LACK, Victor. See Andrews, H. R., A Lack, V. Midwifery for nurses. 8. ed. 280p. 19cm. Lond., 1939. LACKAS, Mathilde, 1910- Die Wachs- tumsrichtung der Zahnsteinbildner [Wurzburg] 20p. 21cm. Zeulenroda i. T., B. Sporn, 1938. LACKMANN, Edouard, 1909- traite- ment des fractures dorso-lombaires du rachis. llOp. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LACKNER, Albert, 1889-1928. For obituary see Etschland. Aerztebl., 1928, 7: 42. LACKNER, Siegfried Georg, 1908- *Die Herztonfrequenz und der Herztonrhythmus als Ausdruck der Gefahrdung der Kinder intra partum. 27p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. LACKUM, Peter von, 1842-1909. Medical (The) von Lackums; three generations of practicing Iowa physicians. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 483-6. LACLAU-LACROUTS, Henri Jean Jacques Victor, 1913- Considerations sur les indications et la technique de la laryngectomie totale. lllp. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LACLOTTE, Lucien, 1912- Contribu- tion k l'etude du volvulus du coecum. 67p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. LACLYDE, Yves, 1914- *La typologie dans ses rapports avec la predisposition et la resistance k la tuberculose. 48p. 24cm. Par., L. Cario, 1939. LACMUS. See Litmus. LACOMBE, Jean, 1910- *Donnees re- centes du probleme pathogenique des intoxica- tions gravidiques. 55p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. LACOMBE, Jean, 1912- *Le purpura au cours de la tuberculose infantile. 45p. pl. 24^cm. Lille, Impr. Centr. Nord, 1938. LACOMBE, Leon de, 1874-1932. For obituary see Rev. med. fr., 1933, 14: 5 (Duclaux, H.) LACOMBE, Marie Albert Jean, 1909- Contribution k l'etude etiologique de l'hemi- plegie infantile. 89p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LACOMBE, Rene Pierre, 1900- *Le cas de Borodine, musicien du dimanche. lllp. portr. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1936. LACOMBE, Roger, 1911- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic du cancer primitif du poumon. 60p. 24cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1940. LACORDAIRE 416 LACQUER LACORDAIRE, Henri, 1802-61. Paulls, P. *Lacordaire; observation patho- loeique d'un grand homme. 66p. S° Pur., 1930. LACORTE, J. Guilherme. Bactoriologia e imunolbgia. 2. ed. 4(>lp. pl. tab. 23>2cm. Rio, Flores & Mano, 1936. ---- Tecnica bacteriologica. 135p. illust. 23cm. Rio, Livraria Odeon, 1939. LACOSTE, Guillaume Pierre Gerard, 1909- ; Contribution a l'etude du traitement curie- et roentgentherapique du cancer du col uterin; statistique du Centre anticancereux de Bordeaux et du Sud-Ouest. 98p. 25cm. Bord., Y. Cadoret, Delmas, 1934. LACOSTE, Jacques Joseph Marie, 1904- ♦Indications, technique et resultats de la chole- cystostomie. 113p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LACOSTE, Joseph Emmanuel, 1903- *Le gui dans l'histoire et la therapeutique. 99p. 25cm. Bord., Y. Cadoret, Delmas, 1933. LACOSTE, Pablo, 1888(?)-1943. For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: pt 2, 215. LACOSTE, Victor, 1909- *Neuf observa- tions d'hemorragies intracraniennes chez des nouveau-n6s presentant des lesions histologiques moyennes du foie, de la rate et du poumon. 45p. 8° Lvon, Bosc fr., 1936. LACOUR, Albert Maurice Edouard, 1915- *L'intoxication par l'eau; etude experimentale. 105p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1939. LACOUR, Armand, 1914- *Les indica- tions, la technique et los resultats de l'opotherapie dans le mongolisme. 56p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1939. LACOUR, Jean Rene, 1916- Contri- bution au traitement des contusions articulaires et de leurs sequelles par la methode des infil- trations k la novocaine [Paris] 47p. 24cm. Limoges, Rivet, 1939. LA COUR, L. F. See Darlington, C. D., A La Oour, L. F. The handling of chromosomes. 165p. 19cm. Lund., 1942. LACOUR, Wilhelm, 1907- *Endometriose; ihre Klinik, Therapie, Prognose [Freiburg i. B.] 23p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1932. LACOURIE, Jean Henri, 1909- *Troubles de la erase sanguine au cours de quelques affec- tions gynecologiques. 56p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1938. LACOUT, Georges [M. D., 1933, Toulouse] *La tuberculose aigue' du premature. 137p. 24cm. Toulouse, J. Castellvi, 1933. LACQUER [and lacquering] See also Cellulose, Derivatives; Dye; Gum; Japanning; Laccase; Laccol; Pyroxylin; also names of lacquer yielding plants as Rhus, etc.; also Cosmetic; Hair dye; Nail polish, etc. Zimmer, F. Handbuch fiir Oberfiachenschutz und -Voredelung durch Lacke und chemische Beizen. 375p. 8? Berl., 1942. Bertram. Schutz vor Erkrankungen in Spritzlackierereien. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 83-7.—Derdack. Explosions- und Feuersgefahren bei Lackierofen sowie Massnahmen zur Abwen- dung dieser Gefahren. Ibid., 1927, 3: 156-9.—Ellermann, M., & Jakobsen, J. [Clinical examinations on svmptoms of poison- ing with Duco-varnish] Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 1213-21 — Ellis, C, A Wells, A. A. Nitrocellulose lacquers. In their Chem. A^cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LACRIMA. See Lacrimation. LACRIMAL apparatus. See also Lacrimal bone; Lacrimal canaliculus; Lacrimal caruncle; Lacrimal fossa; Lacrimal gland; Lacrimal nerve; Lacrimal passages; Lacrimal punctum; Lacrimal sac; Lacrimation; Lacrimo-nasal duct. Schirmer, (). Mikroskopische Anatomic und Physiologie der Tranenorgane. 89p. 23cm. [Berl., 1904] Varenne, H. J. *Etude anatomo-clinique de l'appareil lacrymal chez le cheval et le chien [Alfort; Vet.] 74p. 8? Lyon, 1928. Fazakas, S. [General article on lacrymal apparatus] Orv. hetil., 1929, 73: 861-6.—Hagedoorn. A. Tranenorgane. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1938-39, 96: 355-71— Kidd, L. J. Lachrymal reflexes: pressure-sensibility of head and neck: and the squeezed tongue-sensation. Rev. Neur. Psvchiat., Edinb., 1909, 7: 107 .— Matsui. J. Uebeilebens- und Widerstandsfahigkeit des Tiaiiondru-eiigouebes. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1933, 8: 1-48, 2 pl.—Rosenbaum, J. Boeck's sarcoid of the lacrimal gland; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 477-82.—Sniderman, H. R. Boeck's sarcoid of the lacrimal gland, with bilateral iridocyclitis. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 675-80.—Stallard, H. B. Boeck's sarcoidosis of the lacrymal gland. Brit. J. Ophth., 1940, 24: 451-7 — Whittington, T. H. Symmetrical enlargements of the lachrymal glands. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 189. ---- Dislocation, and hernia. Avizonis, P. Ueber spontane Senkung der orbitalen Tranendruse. Zschr. Augenh., 1932, 77: 167-82.—Azer Wahba, E. The lacrimal gland and its displacement. Bull. Ophth. Soc Egypt, 1939, 32: 119-27, pl.—Bassili, T. Sub- luxated lacrimal gland. Ibid., 117.—Collomb, A., & Doret, F. La luxation traumatique de la glande lacrvmale orbitaire. Ann. ocul., Par., 1906, 136: 381-8.—Constentin. Hernie traumatique de la glande lacrimale. Arch, opht., Par., 1908, 28: 243-5.—Cronstedt, L. Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Luxation der Tra'nendiise. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1927, n. L, 32: 15-26.—Heuven, J. A. van. [Dislocation of lacrimal gland] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 3566-70, 3 pl.—Mazet. Sur un cas de deplacement spontane ou ptose de la glande lacrymale. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1904, 21: 222-5.—Purtscher. Traurr.atischer Vorfall der Thranendruse. Zbl. prakt. Augenh. 1903, 27: 353-7.—Roy, D. A case of spontaneous prolapse of both lacrymal glands, review of the literature. Am. J. M Sc 1904, n. ser., 127: 92-101.—Santucci, S. Contributo alia casuistica delle lussazioni traumatiche della glandula lagrimale. Ann. ottalm., 1903, 32: 827-37. Also Zbl. prakt. Augenh 1904, 28: 137-42.—Smith, J. W. Spontaneous dislocation of the lacrimal glands; review of the hterature, report of a ease, and technic of surgical correction. Tr. Am, M. Ass., Sect! Ophth . 1933,43-57. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101:905-10.— Valierc-Vialox. Hernie traumatique de la glande lacrvmale orbitaire. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1936, 810-2. ---- Endocrine aspect. Michail, 1)., & Vancea. P. [Is there an internal secretion of the lacrimal gland'.'] Cluj. med., 1931, 12: 619-34. Also Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1932. 128: 38 05.—Schachter. Vers la secretion interne possible des glandes lacrymales. Rev. fr. endocr. 1932, 10: 234. Also Monit. endocr., 1934, 2: 400. ---- Excretory ducts. Baratta, O. I fenomeni di secrezione nei eondotti esnetori delle glandule lacrimali. Riv. biol., 1937, 23: 229-44.—Ling, W. P. Anomalous duct of lacrimal gland associated with other congenital anomalies. Am. J. Ophth., 1936, 3. ser., 9: L— Natanson, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen der Tranendruse nach Exstirpation ihror Ausfiihrungsgange. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1904, 42: 541-53, pl.—Panico, E. Biomicroscopia degli orifizi dei dotti escretori della ghiandola lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 19115, 14: 768 73, pl.— Seydewitz, O. H. Experimentelle Unteisuchimgen iiber die Veranderungen der Tranendruse nach Durchschneidung der Ausfiihrungsgange. Arch. Ophth., Lpz.. 1005, 62: 73 84, pl,— Wiedersheim, O. Ueber das Schicksal der Tranendnisc nach Verlegung oder Entfernung ihrer Ausfiihrungsgange (Atropine und Zystenbildung) Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1928, 81: 753-63. ---- Extract. Michail, D., & Vancea, P. Action de l'extrait de glandes lacrymales sur la prcssion sanguine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1101-4. ------ Action de l'extrait lacrymal sur la cholesterinemie et la glycemie. Ibid., 1928, 98: 64. ----- Action de l'extrait lacrymal sur le cceur isole de la grenouille. Ibid., 630-4.------Action de l'extrait lacrymal sur la sang. Ibid., 1083.------Action de l'extrait lacrymal sur les mouvements respiratoires. Ibid., 1472—4.----— Action de l'extrait lacrymal sur la rate et le rein. Ibid., 99: 893.----- Action de l'extrait de glande lacrymale sur la resistance globu- laire. Ibid., 1810-2.------Action de l'extrait de glande lacrymale sur le calcium, le phosphore et le pH sanguin. Ibid., 1812. ----— Sur le renforcement du pouvoir hypoglycemias de I'insuline par l'extrait de glande lacrymale. Ibid., 1931, 108: 284.—Mossa, G. Ricerche sperimentali su l'influenza del- l'estratto di glandola lagrimale sulla tensione endoculare. Monit. endocr., 1934, 2: 401-4. ---- Fistula. Alvaro, M. E., & Sampaio Doria, A. Fistula congenita da glandula lacrymal. Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1938, 1. Congr., 2: 583-90.—Frey. G. Congenital fistula of the lacrimal gland. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 20: 685.—Rainy, A. Fistula lachrv- malis. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 425.—Sehornstein, T. Zur Frage der angeborenen Tranendrusenfistel. Arch. Augenh., 1935, 109: 86-102. ---- Function. See Lacrimation. — Histology. Beattie, J., & McDonald, P. R. Cytological changes in the lachrymal gland following the administration of certain drugs. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933, ser. B, 113: 217-26, 2 pl- Bock, J., & SchlagenhaufT, K. Ueber das Vorkommen von Onkozyten in der menschlichen Tranendruse. Zschr. Augenh., 1938, 94: 244—52.-—Bowen, R. H. Studies on the Golgi apparatus in gland-cells; lachrvmal glands and glands of the male reproduc- tive system. Q. j. Micr. Sc, Lona., 1926, 70: 395-418, 4 pl — Cavazzana, P. Osservazioni sui caratteri dello stroma della ghiandola lacrimale umana nelle varie eta. Anat. Anz., 1943, 94: 257-71.—Coutts, W. E.. & Brieva, I. Inclusions citoplas- micas y libres del tipo Mivagawa en el saco lacrimal. Rev. chilena hig., 1942-43, 5: 3—Fleischer, B. Beitrage zur Histologie der Tranendruse und zur Lehre von den Secret- granula. Anat. Hefte, 1904, 26: 101-66, 6 pl.—Hornickel. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den histologischen Bau der Tranendruse unserer Haic-saugetiere. Internat. Mschr. Anat., 1906, 23: 361-76, pl.—Uo, T., & Mizutani. Y. Zur Zytologie der Tranendruse des Menschen. Okajimas fol. anat., 1938, 16: 503-33.—Kopsch, F. Das Binnengerust, Lndopegma, in den Zellen der Tranendruse des Menschen und der Epidermis der Cyclostomen. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1925, 76: 142 58.— Schmidt, J. [On the origin of the lymphatic elements of the lacrimal gland] Magy. orv. arch., 1940, 41: 240-5.—Voronov, A. I. K mikrofiziologii slyoznol zhelvozi. Russ. vrach, 1903, 2: 675. ---- Hypofunction. Sec also Lacrimation, Disorder. DeRoetth, A. On the hypofunction of the lacrimal gland. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: [Discussion] 698.—Hauer, K. Kasui- stischer Beitrag zur Aetiologie dtr Tranendrusenhypofunktion- Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 77: 79-81.—Isikawa, F. Mangel- LACRIMAL GLAND 421 LACRIMAL GLAND hafte Tranensekretion als angeborene Anomalie. Ibid., 1928, 80- 792.—Rotth, A. de. On the hvpofunction of the lacrimal gland. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 20-5. --- Innervation. See Lacrimal nerve. --- Lymphoma, and lymphosarcoma. See also Mikulicz syndrome. Fehler, J. *Ueber eine von der Tranendruse ausgegangene Lymphosarkomatose [Tubingen] 22p. 8? Bottrop, 1937. Cookson, H. A., & MacRae, A. Lymphoid tumour of the lacrymal gland. Brit. .1. Ophth., 1938, 22: 385-91.—Gendron & Servel. ITn cas de lympho-sarcome primitif de la glande lacrymale orbitaire avec examen histologique. Arch, opht., Par., 1905, 25: 552-7.—Goku, H. [Lymphoepithelioma originating in the lachrymal gland] Iji sinbun, 1905, 979- 1001.—Lymphoma of the lachrymal gland. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1930, 4: 35, pl.; 1931, 6: 44.—Michail, D. Sur les lymphomes svmfitriques des glandes lacrymales. Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 565-81. Also Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1938, 3: 137-53.—Perera, C. A. Lymphosarcoma of the lacri- mal gland; report of a case with giant lymph follicle hyper- plasia. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 28: 522-9.—Rollet, E. Lymphome de l'episclere et lvmphome bilateral des glandes lacrymales. Congr. internat. opht. (1904) 1905, b60-b65 — Usiku, H. [Lymphendothehoma proceeding from the lachry- mal gland] Nippon gankwa gakukwai zassi, 1905, 9: 153-64, pl. --- Mixed tumor. Adrogue, E., & Lagleyze, P. Tumores mixtos de la glandula lagrimal. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 46: 3087-93.—Argaud, R„ & Calmettes, L. Remarques sur quelques caracteres ana- tomo-pathologiques sp6cifiques des tumeurs mixtes lacrymales. Arch, opht., Par., 1939, n. ser., 3: 395-7.—Benedict. W. L., & Broders, A. C. Adenocarcinoma of the lacrimal gland; so-called mixed tumor. Am. J. Ophth., 1930, 3. ser., 13: 585-95.— Burkhardt, W. Ueber Mischgeschwiilste der Tranendruse. Zbl. allg. Path., 1938-39, 71: 84-8— Chutro, P. De tumor mixto de glandula lagrimal. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 3: 277-92.—Ehlers, H., & Okkels, H. Tumeur mixte de la glande lacrymale. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1931, 9: 68-84.— Gipner, 3. F. Mixed tumor of the lacrimal gland. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1931, 29: 392-5, 2 pl— Hoche, Baudot [et al.] Tumeur mixte de la glande lacrvmale: etude clinique et histo- logique. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1935, 249-55.—lies, A. E. Mixed tumor of the lacrymal gland. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1939, 59: pt 1, 464.—Iribarren, F., & Monserrat, J. L. Tumor mixto de la glandula lagrimal; adenoma metaplasico. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 980-6.—Luppino, G. B. Contributo anatomoclinico ai tumori misti della glandola lacrimale. Ann. ottalm., 1928, 56: 830-5, pl.—Neely, J. M. Mixed tumor of the lacrimal gland. Am. J. Path., 1937, 13: 99-107, pl.— Sanders, T. E. Mixed tumor of the lacrimal gland. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1938, 214-37. Also Aicli. Ophth., Chic, 1939, 21: 239-60.—Ten Thije, P. A. [A mixed tumor of the lachrymal gland] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 4321; 4742.—Warthin. A. S. A case of endothelioma of the lachrymal gland (Myxo-chondro-endothelioma cylindromatodes) with an analysis of previously reported cases of lachrvmal gland tumors. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, 30: 601-20.—Wilson, R. P. Mixed tumour of lachrymal gland. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1938, 12: 61-6.—Zentmaver, W. A case of mixed tumor of the lacrimal gland. Tr. Ani. Ophth. Soc, 1928, 26: 82-7, pl — Ziporkes, J. A case of mixed tumor of the lacrimal gland; with retinal folds and choroidal detachment, which disappeared after removal of the growth. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18: 933-7. --- Secretion. See subheading Endocrine aspect; also Lacri- mation. --- Surgery. Noack, C. *Ueber Hornhaut- und Binde- hautveranderungen nach Exstirpation der palpe- bralen Tranendruse [Berlin] 47p. 8? Charlot- tenb., 1928. Avizonis, P. Ueber schadliche Folgen der Tranendrusen- entfernung. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1929, 47: 340-5 — Beauvieux. A propos de l'extirpation du sac lacrymal; techni- que personnelle. Arch opht., Par., 46: 205-9.—Campo, F. Sul comportamento dei tessuti delle fosse nasali in seguito all'asportazione delle glandole lacrimali e all'impedito deflusso del loro secreto. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 251-7.—Fromaget. Tar- sorraphie pour ectropion cicatriciel; extirpation de la glande lacrymale orbitaire. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1905, 26: 201.— Groenouw. Exstirpation der orbitalen Tranendruse nach vorausgegangener Entfernung des Tranensackes und der palpebralen Tranendruse. Zbl. prakt. Augenh., 1908, 32: 100.—Isaak, J. J. Ein Fall von Neuritis retrobulbaris und Sehnervenatrophie nach Exstirpation des Tranensackes. Zschr. Augenh., 1933, 80: 150.—Knapp, P. Beitrag zur Frage oner schadlichen Nachwirkung der Tranendrusenexstirpation. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 241-3.—Komoto, J. [Removal n ™% 1:'chrvmal gland] Nippon gankwa gakukwai zassi, 1905, ?,: 327-30.—Luftman, A. Eine Modifikation des Axenfeldschen Verfanrens bei Ausschneidung der unteren Tranendruse. Zschr. Augenh., Berl., 1929, 68: 39.— Rintelen, F. Indikationen und Ergebnisse der Dacryoadenotomie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., ---- Tumor. See also subheadings Cancer; Lymphoma; Mixed tumor. Brenner, I. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tumoren der Tranendruse [Basel] 24p. 8? Strasb., 1934. Heyde, R. *Tumoren der Tranendruse [Tubingen] 28p. 8? Schramberg, 1937. Reichel, G. *Die Stellung des Zylindroms der Tranendruse im onkologischen System und seine klinische Bedeutung mit Beschreibung zweier bisher noch nicht veroffentlichter Falle. 24p. 8? Lpz., 1936. Angius, T. Istiocitoma primitivo della porzione orbitaria della ghiandola lacrimale. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1938, 7: 191- 210.—Barlay, J. Haemangioma glandulae lacrymalis. Szeme- szet, 1908, 45: 211.—Busacca, A. Adenoma cistico delle ghiandule lacrimali. Pathologica, Genova, 1933, 25: 499-504, pl.—Colley, T. Tumours of the lacrymal gland. Brit. J. Ophth., 1931, 15: 305-14.—Crawley, F. C. Notes on 3 cases of lacrymal gland tumours. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1924, 44: 425-8.—Davies, W. S. Neoplasms of the lacrimal gland with a report of 2 cases. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 12: 33- 7.—Demaria, E. B. Cilindroma de la glandula lagrimal orbitaria. Rev. Soc. mid. argent., 1904, 12: 540-53. Also Germ, transl. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1905, 2: 513-23.—Evans, T. C. Enchondroma of lachrymal gland. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-05, 11: 277.—Jacob. Tumeur hypertrophique de la glande lacrymale; extirpation. Presse med. beige, 1866-67, 19: 341-3.—Klemptner, L. H. Fibroma of the right lacrimal gland. Northwest M., 1927, 26: 212.—Kreibig, W. Zwei Fiille von Tranendriisentumoren. Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 86: 241.—McArevey, J. B. Tumour of inferior lachrymal gland. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 58: 788.—Maxwell, E. A case of lacrymal gland tumour treated by radium. Ibid., 1927, 47: 441. ------ Case of lacrymal gland tumour treated by X-ray and radium. Ibid., 1929, 49: 507. ------ Notes on a case of lacrymal gland tumour. Ibid., 19.32, 52: 578-82. Also French transl. Ann. ocul., Par., 1934, 171: 458.—Miro, J. Neoplasia de la glandula lagrimal. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1908, 8: 531-5.—Moisonnier. Cylindrome de la glande lacrvmale; operation de Kronlein. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1903, 20: 137-51.— Parker, S. T. Plasmocytoma of the lacrimal gland. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 130-6.—Pfingst, A. O. Neoplasms of the lacrimal gland, with report of 3 cases. Arch. Ophth., N. V\, 1926, 55: 139-51, pl.—Pincus, L. Zylindrom der Tranendriise und Trauma. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 92: 660-2.—Rogman. Sur les tumeurs de la glande lacrymale. Ann. ocul., Par., 1900, 123: 81-94. Also transl., J. Ophth. Otol., 1900, 12: 95-107.—Series of lachrvmal gland tumours. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1933, 8: 62-7.—Skeen, L., jr. Fibro-adenoma of the lachrymal gland. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43: 1309.—Stieren, E. Cystadenoma of the lachrvmal gland. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1904, 10: 323-5, pl.—Szabo, G. Ein mit der Tranendruse zusammenhangendes Haemangioma cavernosum. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 88: 355-9.—Villard, H., & Dejean, C. L'adfeome lacrymal. Arch, opht., Par., 1933, 50: 348-52. ------& Temple, J. Adenome de la glande lacrymale. Arch. Soc. sc med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13: 328-30. LACRIMAL nerve. See also Facial nerve; Trigeminal nerve. Forster, A., & Lacroix, M. Remarques sur le dispositif du nerf lacrymal dans la serie des mammiferes superieurs. Rev. anthrop.,' Par., 1926, 36: 49-52.—Gellert, A. L'innervation de la glande lacrymale. Arch, anat., Strasb., 1936-37, 23: 109- 25.—Lutz, A. Ueber die nervosen Bahnen der Tranenabsonde- rung und deren Storungen. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1931, 126: 304-35.—Markbreiter. I. Adat a konymirigy elva!aszt6 idegenek kerdesehez. Szcmesz. lap., 1906, 15-7. LACRIMAL organs. See Lacrimal apparatus. LACRIMAL passages. See also Lacrimal canaliculus; Lacrimal sac; Lacrimo-nasal duct. LACRIMAL PASSAGES 422 LACRIMAL PASSAGES Rosengren, B. *Studien iiber die Tranon- ableitung beim Menschen und einigen Siiuge- tieren [Upsala] 77p. 8? Stockh., 1927. Also Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1928, 54: 41-117. Aubaret. Les replis valvulaires des canalicules et du conduit lacrymo-nasal, au point de vue anatomique et physiologique. Arch, opht., Par., 100S, 28: 211-36.—Cattaneo, D. Ricerche sulla muscolatura dei condotti lacrimali. Ann. ottalm., 1935, 63: 801-28, 4 pl.—Cirincione. Sulla struttura e patologia delle vie lacrimali dell'uomo. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1901, 633-48.— Dieulafe. L. Topographie des voies lacrj'males; applications chirurgicales. Bull, med., Par., 1905, 19: 179-81.—Dusseldorp, M., Courtis, B. [et al.] Vfas lagrimales. Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1937, 1. Congr., 1: 25-242.—Frieberg, T. Einige physio logische Probleme der menschlichen Tranenabflusswege. Zschr. Augenh., 1929, 67: 1-20.—Rochon-Duvigneaud. Re- marques sur I'anatomie et la pathologie des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1899, 17: 392-405.—Rosengren, B. Zur Frage der Mechanik der Tranenableitung. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1928, 6: 367-72. —---- & Kugelberg, I. Ueber die aktive Funktion der Tranenwege beim Lidschlag. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 95: 764-85.—Schwarz-Karsten, H. Ueber Entwicklung und Bau der Brille bei Ophidiern und Lacertiliern und die Anatomie ihrer Tranenwege. Morph. Jahrb., 1933, 72: 499- 540.-—Staudacher, E. V. Sull'innervazione delle vie lacrimali di deflusso nell'uomo. Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1939-40, 39: 153-63. ---- Abnormity. Agnello, F. Contributo alia conoscenza delle anomalie rare delle vie lacrimali; sopra un caso di permeabilita ricorrente. Boll, ocul., 1937, 16: 880-8.—Chararris, J. S. Sur deux cas d'anomalies congenitales des voies lachrymales. Arch, opht., Par., 1931, 48: 216-22 — Cosmettatos, G. F. Ueber einige angeborene Anomalien der Thranenwege. Arch. Augenh., 1906, 55: 362-71.—Debroeu, G., & Hermans, R. Blepharite par anomalie congenitale des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1937, No. 75, 109-11.— Fazakas, S. Triinenkanalano- malie mit Fossa duplex. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 105: 514. — Fischer, F. Die Fehlbildungen der ableitenden Tranenwege und ihre formale Genese. Zschr. Augenh., 1938, 94: 1; 152.— Fiszman, T. Das Pfeifen mit den Tranenwegen. Ibid., 1934- 35, 85: 27-31.—Keyser, G. W. Seltene Missbildung der oberen Tranenwege bei einem jungen Madchen. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1940, 18: 55-7.—Moretti, E. Su ai un eccezionale caso di permeabilita retrograda totale delle vie lacrimali. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1935, 4: 420-5.—Wibo & Janssens. Etude clinique et radiologique d'une malformation rare des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1936, No. 73, 128-32.—Wollenberg, A. Zur abnormen Luftdurchgangigkeit der Tranenwege. Khn. Mbl. Augenh.. 1928, 80: 220. ---- Argyria. See also Argyria. Aracri, A. Argirosi del sacco lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 1930, 9: 451-63.—Ciotola, G. Contributo alia conoscenza dell'argirosi delle vie lacrimali. Ibid., 1937, 16: 637-53. ---- Catheterization, dilatation, and irrigation. Corpas, S. G. Procedimiento del cateterismo permanente de la via lacrimal. C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, opht., 502.—Gerard, G. Des obstacles naturels capables de compliquer le cath£terisme des voies lacrymales. Ann. ocul., Par., 1907, 137: 193-218.—Menacho, M. Acci- dentes y complicaciones del cateterismo y las inyecciones lagrimales. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1907, 7: 438-50.—Neumann. Kleinpaul, K. Trana-Kaniile. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1928, 58: 517.—Neuschiiler [Ueber eine neue Thranensack-Spritze] Verh. Berl. ophth. Ges. (1893-1904) 1905, 54-6.—Romo, C. M. Breve estudio sobre el tratamiento de las estenosis de las vias lagrimales por medio del cateterismo. Cron. med. mex., 1926, 25: 215-22.—Rosenblatt, N. Ueber eine neue, vollig schmerz- lose und auch von Laien leicht ausfuhrbare Technik einer Durchspiilung der Tranenwege. Zschr. Augenh., 1931, 74: 386-90.—Strelkov, A. G. [Large lacrimal sonde] Vest, oft., 1937, 11: 391.—Suker, G. F. A criticism on the use and the abuse of the lacrimal probe. Am. J. Ophth., 1904, 21: 277-82 [Discussion] 331-6. ---- Concretion, and foreign body. Bock, E. Fremdkorper in den Tranenwegen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1904, 54: 487-94.—Terson, J. Corps etranger des voies lacrymales expulse par le curettage sans incision cutanee. Arch. med. Toulouse, 1905, 11: 333-6.—Turner, N. H. Daeryo- lithiasis with stricture of the lachrymal ducts; a case report. Virginia M. Month., 1942, 69: 151. ---- Development. Fischer, F. Die Entwicklung der ableitenden Tranenwege beim Menschen. 58p. 8? Berl., 1934. Forms H. 22, Abh. Augenh. Gallenga, R. Particolari anatomici sulle prime vie lacrimali e sul muscolo di Horner: considerazioni in rapporto alia funzione. Arch. ital. anat., 1926, 23: 435-43, pl.—Iwnla. N. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Formverhhltnissc der Tnmonuege dea Menschen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Kutuickc-luiig Fol. anat. jap., 1927, 5: 51-168, 17 pl. Kaut/ky. R.. & Pichler. H. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der ableitenden Triimmwc^' des Menschen. Morph. Jahrb., 1938, 81: 286-306.— Matys, V. Die Entwicklung der Triinenableitungswejie. Zschr. Augenh 1905, 14: 222-40, pl.; 1906, 16: 303-14, pl. Monesi, L. Sulla morfologia delle vie lacrimali dell'uomo nella vita fctale Mem. Congr. Ass. oft. ital. (1902) 1903, 16. Congr., 225-3o! ------ Alcune osservazioni sulla morfologia delle vie lagrimali dell'uomo nella vita fetale. Rendic Congr. Ass. oft. ital (1902) 1903, 16. Congr., 63. ------ Die Morphologie der fotalen Tranenwege beim Menschen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh 1903-04, 42: 1-37, 10 pl. Also Ann. ottalm., 1904, 33: 226-62] 10 pl. ------ Osservazioni di embriologia o di aicitomia comparata sulle vie lacrimali con speciale riguardo alle vie lacrimali del coniglio. Ibid., 1906, 35: 868-80, pl. Spcciale- Cirincione, F. Lo sviluppo delle vie lacrimali nell'uomo Ibid.. 1929, 57: 435-93, 9 pl. ---- Disease, and tumor. Basso, D. Le affezioni croniche delle vie lacrimali studiate mediante l'estirpazione del dotto lacrimale. Ann. ottalm 1905, 34: 202-49, 7 pl.—Cirincione, G. Patologie e sviluppo delle vie lacrimali. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1903, 1208-16. Also Rendic. Congr. Ass. oft. ital. (1902) 1903, 16: 49-58- Gueri. teau, G. Cancer inoperable de Tangle interne de l'ceil droit et des voies lacrymales, traite et gueri par les ravons X. (iaz med. Nantes, 1905, 2. ser., 23: 230-5.—Kofler, K. In welrhcr Beziehung stehen Erkrankungen der Nase zu den Triinenwegen? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1229.—Orlandini, O. Studi istologici sulle cisti delle vie lacrimali. Ann. ottalm., 1907, 36: 585-602, pl.-—Pelayo, M. La infecci6n de las vfas lagrimales como factor de ceguera. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 1, 321.— Santos Fernandez, J. De la disposici6n anat6mica del canal nasal en el negro que explica su menor predisposici6n a laa afecciones de las vias lagrimales. Ann. oft., Mex., 1902-03, 5: 387-99, 4 pl. Also French transl. Rec. opht., Par., 1903, 3. ser., 25: 501-15.—Wieczorek, A. La structure anatomique des voies lacrymales et son influence dans la pathogenese dea affections lacrymales. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, cl. med., 1938, 809-34. ---- Disease, and tumor: Treatment. Basso. Sulla terapia delle vie lacrimali. Boll. Osp. oft. Prov. Roma, 1907, 5: 37; 49.—Bastan, N. De l'emploi de l'ablation du sac, de la stricturotomie et de la dacryocysto- rhinostomie dans les affections des voies lacrymales. Ann. ocul., Par., 1934, 171: 846-63.—Benedetti, A. II fluoruro d'argento nelle affezioni delle vie lacrimali escretive ed ap- parecchio relativo. Mem. Congr. Ass. oft. ital. (1902) 1903, 16: 54-6.—Castresana y Goicoechea. Traitement des affections des voies lacrymales. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, opht., 6-40.—D'Angelo, G. Ancora una noti postumo-preventiva su la cura de le vie lagrimali. Atti Accad. med. chir. Napoli, 1908, n. ser., 62: 106-12.—Frieberg, T. Einige physiologische Gesichtspunkte zur Behandlung der Tranenwege. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1941, 19: 93- 108.—Gerard, G. Catheterisme permanent; instillations et massage du sac dans les affections chroniques des voies lacr\ males. Echo med. nord, 1908, 12: 444-51— Hosier, W., & Kan, P. T. L. Een nieuwe behandelings-wijze van eenige chronische ziek'ten der traanwegen. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 42: 2 pt, 649-78.— Lotin, A. V. Ueber die Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Thranenwege mittels Electrolyse. Allg. med. Centr. Ztg, 1904, 73: 851; 872. Also Tr. Obshch. Russ. vrach. Pirogova (1904) 1905, 3: 146-50.—Marquez. Valor del tratamiento conservador en las afecciones de las vfas lagrimales. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 455-9.—May Losada, N. Tratamiento de ias afecciones de las vfas lagrimales. C. rend. Con^i. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, opht., 441-3.—Moretti, K. La cura delle dacriocistocanaliti col termocauterio. Ann. ottalm., 1908, 37: 611-25.—Miigge, F. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Tranenwege. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 76: 420-6.—Nadalmay. Sobre el tratamiento de las afecciones de las vias lagrimales. Congr. hisp. portug. cirug., 1898, 1. Congr., 123.—Petelia, G. Terapia delle affezioni delle vie lagrimali. Boll, ocul., 1903, 22: 163-70.------Sull'oppor- tunita di una intesa comune circa il trattamento delle malattie delle vie lagrimali. Progr. oft., Palermo, 1905-06,1:203-16.— Ramsay, A. M. Diagnosis and treatment of diseases of tin) tear passages. Glasgow M. J., 1908, 69: 14-30.—Saltier, C. H. Die Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Tranenabflusswege. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 152.—Sergeev, I. V. [Rational therapy in catarrhal states of the tear-ducts and contraction of the lacrimal points] Sovet. vest. oft.. 1936, 9: 222-4.—SimB, W. S. The treatment of the excretorv portion of the lacrymal apparatus. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1931, 84: 472-5.—Tikhomi- rov, P. E. Achievements in treatment of diseases of the lacrimal ducts in the U. S. S. R. for the past 25 years. Vent. oft., 1942, 21: No. 6, 39-42.—Volmer, W. Die Krankheiten der tranenableitenden Organe und ihre Behandlung. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1930, 40: 187-9.—Wisselink, G. W. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Tranenwege. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 550.—Worms. G., & Filliozat. La diathermie des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1931, 129-31. LACRIMAL PASSAGES 423 LACRIMAL PASSAGES ---- Experimental research. Monesi, L. Ricerche sperimentali sulle vie lacrimali. Ann. ottalm., 1905, 34: 906-9; 1906, 35: 843-67, 2 pl. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1905-06, 9: 127-55.—Ploman, K. G. Continued investigations on the lacrymal passages. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1930, 8: 155-71, 3 pl. ------ Engel, A., & Knutsson, F. Experimental studies of the lacrymal passage- ways. Ibid., 1928, 6: 55-90, 6 pl. .--- Mycosis, and parasites. Dreyfus, M. Observation de myiase des voies lacrymales a sarcophaga. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1935, 27: 114.— Kolenko, A. B. [Mycosis of the tear ducts] Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9: 643-51.—Lagrange, F. Actinomycose des voies lacrymales. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 25: 536. Also Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1905, 5: 148-51.—Rutberg, M. N. Ein Fall von Affektion der Tranenwege durch Pilzkonkremente (Streptothrix) Zschr. Augenh., 1928, 65: 79-82.—Talice, R. V. A propos d'un cas de concretions mycosiques primitives des canaux lacrymaux. Ann. parasit., Par., 1936, 14: 164-70.— Weiss, A. S., & Starostina, O. I. [Streptotrichomycosis of the lacrymal sac and lacrymal duct] Vest, oft., 1937, 11: 887. ---- Obstruction, and stenosis. Abramowicz, I., & Wasowski, T. Die Wegsamkeit der Tranenabflusswege und die Veranderungen in der Nase. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 60-4.—Coppez, L. Obstruction basse des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc beige opht., 1933, 37.— Damianovich, J., Vidal Freyre, A., & Moret, R. L. Con- juntivitis del lactante por obstruccion lagrimal. Arch, argent. pediat., 1942, 17: 95.—Davis, E. D. D. Two cases of lachrymal obstruction following an antral operation (skiagrams shown) Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 241.—Dean, F. W. Stenosis of the lacrimal ducts. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1929, n. ser., 2: 164-8.—Doyne, P. G. Lachrymal obstruction. S. Thomas Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1938, 2. ser., 3: 208-10.—Goar, E. L. Infantile dacryostenosis. Med. Rec, Houston, 1943, 37: 611-3.—Goulden, C. Lachrymal obstruction: its results, dangers, and treatment. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1908, 26: 143- 52.^—Hardesty, J. F. Obstruction of the lacrimal passages in the newborn. Am. J. Ophth., 1938, 3. ser., 21: 551-3 — Lawrie, W. D. Lachrymal obstruction. Practitioner, Lond., 1927, 119: 119-21.—Moret, R. L. Conjuntivitis del lactante por obstruccion lagrimal. An. Soc. puericult.-B. Aires, 1939, 5: 288-90. ------Damianovich, J., & Vidal Freyre, A. Con- junctivitis del lactante por obstruccion lagrimal. Ibid., 1941, 7: 304-8.—Riser, R. O. Dacryostenosis in children. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 1116-22. ---- Obstruction, and stenosis: Treatment. See also subheadings (Catheterization; Surgery) Alkio, V. V. Ueber die Behandlung der Dakryostenose mittels permanenter Spiralkanule. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1936, 96: 319-24. ------ Das Einlegen eines Metallfadens in den Tranengang behufs Einfiihrung einer Spiralkanule in den Ductus nasolacrimalis. Ibid., 97: 381-5. ------ Process and apparatus for treatment of diseased obstruction of the lacrymal ducts. U. S. Patent Off., 19.39, No. 2,154,968.—Alonso, A. F. Comentario a prop6sito de un trabajo del Dr Antonio Torres Estrada: el tratamiento de las dacriocistitis y de las estrecheses lacrimales. Gac. med. Mexico, 1928, 59: 653-6.—Diggle, F. H. Lacrymal obstruction; its nasal origin and intranasal treatment. Brit. M. J., 1927, 2: 933-5.—Friede, R. Ein einfacher Hand- griff zur Ausfuhrung der Druckspiilung bei Verengerungen der Tranenwege. Zschr. Augenh., 1928, 65: 83-5.—Hansraj, J. The treatment of obstruction of lacrimal duct and chroriic dacryocystitis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 366-8.—lies, A. E. The treatment of lachrymal obstruction. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1926, 43: 191-8.—Jervey, J. W. The treatment of lacrymal stricture; new method; new results; presentation of new instru- ments. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, 64: 998. ------ Some remarks on lachrymal stricture, with exhibition of new instru- ment. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1905-06, 1:337-9.—Knape, E. V. Till dakryostenosens behandling. Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1911, 2: 157-65.—Kuhlefelt, E. [Conservative treatment of dacryo- cystitis and dacryostenosis] Ibid., 1930, 72: 425-39.—Roy, D. Lachrymal stenosis in infants and its treatment. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, 1905, 56: 367-77. Also Charlotte M. J., 1905, 27: 151-5. —Sander-Larsen, S. [Silk-thread treatment of stenosis of lacrimal passages] Hospitalstidende, 1931, 74: [Oft. Selsk. Forh.] 35-8.—Sawrey, E. R. Pathology and treatment of lachrymal obstruction. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1908) 1909, 3: 120-4.—Scarff, G. R. Treatment of lachrymal obstruction. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1935, 52: 159-64.—Stevenson, M. D. The treatment of lachrymal obstruction. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 49: 114-9 [Discussion] 164.—Testa, U. Sulla cura della stenosi delle vie lacrimali e delle dacriocistiti. Gior. med. mil.. 1933, 81: 290-4.—Thomas, C. H. Lachrymal obstruction and its treatment. Proc. Path. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, 14: 295- 300.—Weekers. Retablissement de la permeability des voies lacrymales. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1932, No. 65, 65-9 — Weve, H. J. M. [Clinical aspect and treatment.of dacryo- stenosis and dacryocystitis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 5631-8.'—WoIIenberg, A. Die Druckspulung in der Therapie der Dakryostenose. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 825-7. ---- Radiology. Brunner, H. Nuovo metodo di rappresentazione radiografica della regione lacrimale. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1937, 13: pt 1, 82-—Del Duca, M. La radiografia previa irrigazione con lipiodol come mezzo di indagine nella patologia delle vie lacrimali. Riv. otoneur., 1930, 7: 421-47.—Gasteiger, H., & Grauer, S. Zur Darstellung der Tranenwege im Rontgenbilde mit Hilfe eines neuen Kontrastmittels. Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 410-5. —Larsen, V., & Jiirgensen, V. X-ray examination of the lacrimal passages. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5: 213-25.— Lassalle, A. L'exploration radiographique dos voies lacrymales par le lipiodol. Union med. Canada, 1930, 59: 253-8.—Ortiz, J. M. El valor del examen radiografico en la patologia de las vfas lagrimales. Arch. oft., hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 57-71.— Stedefeld, H. Zur rontgenologischen Darstellung der Tranen- wege. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926-27, 17: 7-12.—Teulieres, M., & Parlange, J. A. Contribution a l'etude radiologique des voies lacrymales (normales et pathologiques) Arch, eiectr. med., 1928, 38: 321-31.—Tiscornia, B. J., & Mercandino, C. Exploraci6n radiologica de las vfas lagrimales. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 2, 1864-71.—Wegner, W. Zur Kontrastunter- suchung der Tranenwege mittels Thoriumdioxyd. Zschr. Augenh., 1932-33, 79: 532-8.—WoIIenberg, A. Jodipin als Kontrastmittel in der Radioskopie der Tranenwege. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 77: 188. ---- Surgery. Nosratollah, B. *Valeur et indications de la stricturotomie dans le traitement des affections des voies lacrymales. 115 p. 8? Par., 1934. Addario, C. Contributo alia chirurgia delle vie lagrimali. Ann. ottalm., 1907, 36: 367-77.—Catalao, P. V. B. A contri- buieao brasileira a cirurgia das vias lacrimais. Brasil med., 1943, 57: 213.—von Eicken. Operaciones en las vias lagrimales. An. cienc. med., Madr., 1911, 2. ser., 11: 37.—Favoloro, G. Sulla plastica per scorrimento della regione naso-lacrimale. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1932, 1: 197.—Gasteiger. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Tranenwege. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 837.—Gonzalez Velez, F. Modcrna cirugia oculfstica en las vias lagrimales de excreci6n. Inform, med., Valladolid, 1931, 8: 269-77.—Guy, L. P. Surgical construction of a lacrimal passage. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 29: 575-7.— Hoffmann, von. Keilformige Excision (eines Schleimbautstuck- chens) eine Verbesserung der Bowmanschen Schlitzung. Congr. internat. opht. (1904) 1905, b 41-6, pl. [Discussion] c 87.—Koster, W. Die permanente Drainage der Tranenab- flusswege. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1907, 67: 87- 118.—Lapersonne, de & Rochon-Duvigneaud. Traitement chirurgical des affections des voies lacrymales. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, opht., 41-76.—Lopez Ocafia. Vfas lagrimales. Congr. hisp. portug. cirug., 1898, 1. Congr., 124.—Marchant, E. L. The operative treatment of lachrymal obstruction. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: Suppl., 47-9.— Morax, V. Les nouvelles operations sur les voies lacrymales. Rev. med. fr., 1927, 8: 227-31.—Miigge. Zur Chirurgie der Tranenwege. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 93: 501-4.—Nizetic, Z. Ueber die Herstellung der Triinenableitungswege. Ibid., 1939, 102: 67-71. ------ Erwagungen zur Chirurgie der Triinenableitungswege. Ibid., 1940, 105: 217-31.—Pacalin, G. De la stricturotomie superieure dans le traitement des stenoses des voies lacrymales. Ann. ocul., Par., 1927, 164: 951-5.— Parazols, Stricturotomie et grosses sondes dans le traitement des affections des voies lacrymales. Arch, opht., Par., 1929, 46: 217-27.—Peyret, J. A. Nuestra experiencia actual en la estricturotomia combinada con inyecciones de aceite yodado. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 1860-6.—Poliak, G. D. [Surgical treatment of diseases of the tear ducts] Tr. Vserossyisk. Sezd. glas. vrach., 1929, 1. Congr., 206-11.—Saenz-AIonso, R. Estricturotomia y sondas gruesas en el tratamiento de las vfas lagrimales. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 449-55.—Terson, sr. Historique et technique du curettage des voies lacrymales sans incision cutanee. Arch. meel. Toulouse, 1905,11:337-44.— Warlomont. Du traitement des coarctations des voies lacrymo- nasales par la stricturotomie interne. Presse med. beige, 1867-68, 20: 365-8. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy. Aubaret. Les resultats des rhinostomies lacrymales. Medecine, Par., 1927, 8: 259-61.—Ayuyao, C. D., & Yambao, C. V. Dacryocystorhinostomy. J. Philippine M. Ass., 1941, 21: 391-3.—Basterra, J. Resultados lejanos de la dacrio- cistorrinostomia. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1929, 29: 485-90.— Campos. Contribuci6n rino!6gica al estudio de la dacrio- cistorrinostomfa. Rev. espafi. med., 1926, 9: 5.—Chandler, P. A. Dacryocystorhinostomy. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1936, 34- 240-63.—Cilleruelo. Dacriocistorrinostomia. Inform. med., Valladolid, 1930, 7: 179-89.—Ferreri, G. Dacrio- cisto- rinostomia esterna od interna? Atti Clin, otorinolar. Roma (1914)1916 12:347-70.—Flores, M. La dacriocistorrinostomia. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1936, 7: 949-66.—Forsmark. E. Om dacryocysto-rhinostomien. Hygiea, Stockh., 1911, 73: 1432-5.—Gomez-Marquez. Erfahrungen, gesammelt aus der Praxis bei 517 Operationen von Dakryocystorhinostomia. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 86: 620-9. ------ Quelques remarques sur mille operations de dacryocystorhinostomio. LACRIMAL PASSAGES 424 LACRIMAL PASSAGES Ann. ocul., Par., 1933, 170: 850-62— Gumperz, R., & Stern, H. J. Sur les operations anastomcsantes du sac lacrymal. Acta ophth. orient., Jerusah m, 1938-39, 1: 142-51.—Hallum, A. V. Dacryocystorhinostomy; the logical treatment of occlusion of the l'acri'ma) sac J. M. Ass. Georgia. 1943, 32: 186-9.— Hoover, W. B. Dacryocystorhinostomy. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 1695-9.—Hughes, W. K. Dacryocysto- rhinostomy. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 1510.—Kentgens, K. [Results of 200 dacryocystorhinostomies] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2986-8.—Lagrange & Aubaret. Contribution historique et clinique au traitement des dacryocystites par la creation dune voie nouvelle a l'unguis. Ann. ocul., Par., 1907, 70: 161-73.—Marin Amat, M. Una complicaci6n grave y tardfa de la dacriocistorrinostomia. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1931, 31: 629-36. Also Arch, opht., Par., 1931, 4h: 632-8 — Moreu, A. La dacriocistorrinostomia y sus resultados clinicos. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 127-39.—Morgan, O. G. Observations on the treatment of epiphora, with special reference to some cases treated by dacryocystorhinostomy. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 58: pt. 1, 163-72— Pereitm. R. F. Nuestra experiencia en la dacriocistorinostomia. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1940, 15: 603-13.—Urbanek. J. Die Indikationsstel- lung zur Dacryocystorhinostomie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1109.—Venco, L. Criteri di operabilita, indicazioni, complicanze ed esiti della dacriocistorinostomia. Riv. otoneur., 1938, 15: 510-31, pl.—Wright, R. E. Dacryocystorhinostomy. Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 250.—Yanes, T. Dacryocystorhinos- tomy. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941, 102: 51. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Instruments. Bangerter, A. Ein Instrument zur Erleichterung der Schleimhautnaht bfi Dacryocystorhinostomie. Ophthal- mologica, Basel, 1942, 104: 171-4.—Haas, E. Presentation dun b6dane pour la dacryo-rhinostomie. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1938, 468.—Meurman, Y. A new knife for dacryo- cystorhinostomy. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1934-35, 21: 34375.— Raverdino, E. Un turbinotomo per dacriocistorinostomia ab externo. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1938, 7: 499-503.—Stallard, H. B. A modified Briggs' retractor for dacryocystorhinostomy. Brit. J. Ophth., 1938, 22:361.—Terson, A. Les sutures muqueu- Bes dans la dacryostomie et deux instruments qui les facilitent. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1931, 306-12.—Tiscornia, A., & Mer- candino, C. P. La sonda de Poulard permanente en la dacrio- cistorrinostomia. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 50: 666-9. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods. Gallot, J. P. *La trepanation osseuse dans la dacryorhinostomie (proced^ du volet osseux) 47 p. 8? Par., 1933. Andina Vizcaino, M. Consideraciones quirtirgicas que nos sugiere nuestra practica sobre la dacriocistorinostomia. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 2: 567-9. Also Rev. cubana oft., 1929, 1: 424-6.—Balacco, F. Ljmpor- tanza della sutura sacco-mucosa nasale nella dacriocistorino- stomia. Boll, ocul., 1939, 18: 876-80.—Cilleruelo. Algunas observaciones y consideraciones personates acerca de dacrio- cistorrinostomia. Inform. med., ^ alladolid, 1933, 10: 157- 62.— Cornel, E. La dacrvocystorhinectomie; technique nouvelle. Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 842-5.—Cramer, F. E. K., & Baba, J. Presentation de nuevas fresas para la o]»-iaci6n de dacriocistorrinostomia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: 2'J\.— Dejean, C, & Portal, J. Insertion latfrale du canal, nasal sur le sac lacrymal. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1938, 195-7, pl.— Del Barrio, A. Dacriocistorrinostomia y sus diversas tecnicas. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1929, 29: 18-39.—Diaz-Caneja, E. La dacryocystorhinostomie externe d'apr£s la methode de Gutzeit. Ann. ocul., Par., 1933, 170: 384-414, 3 pl.—Gomez-Marquez. Algunas consideraciones sobre los diversos tiempos de la dacriocistorrinostomia. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1931, 31: 147-76.—Guy, L. Simple dacryocystorhinostomy. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 20: 954-7.—Harner, C. E. Naso-lacrimal drainage after combined external and intranasal tear-sac operation. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 907.—Hughes, W. L., Guy, L. P., & Bogsrt, D. W. Dacryocystorhinostomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 73: 375-80.—Kurlov, I. N., & Milo- vidova, A. N. [Application of a crochet hook for suturing the mucous membrane in rhinostomy] Vest, oft., 1939, 15: No. 2, 38.—Loscos Mulet, R. Dacriocistorrinostomia. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1928, 12: 20-9.—Mata, P. La nueva operaci6n de la dacrio segiin Gutzeit. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1934, 34: 141-7.—Mayer, F. J. Die Dacryocystorhinostomie von der Apertura piriformis aus. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 760-70.— Nizetic, Z. Die zweizcitige Dakryozystorhinostomie; (in Beitrag zur operativen Therapie der vereiterten Tranenablei- tungswege. Flin. Mbl. Augen., 1939, 102: 71-0.—Rochat, G. F. [Technique of dacryocystorrhinostomy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5511-6.—Rubbrecht, R. Technique et indications de la dacryocystorhinostomie. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1928, No. 57, 94-106.—Subileau, J. M. L'hemoaspira- tion et la trepanation a ! aid* de la fraise electrique dans la pratique de la dacrioc\ spm hinostomie. Ann. ocul., Par., 1930, 167: 301-6.—Valle, I). 1): ciiostomia e canaliculo-rinostomia. Arq. brasil. oft., 19-12, 5: 230 51.—Weekers, L. Un procede operatoire aise et sur de dacryocvstorhinoMoinie. Arch, opht., Par., 1935, 52: 341-6.—Weeks, W. W. The technic of dacryocystorhinostomy. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, n. ser., 7: 443-7.—Wove. H.. & Kentucns. S. K. Ueber die Technik und die Resultate der Dal-i \ <>/> -torhim-toiiiie. hlin. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, t«: 195-205. Yanes, T. R. Dacryocysto- rhinostomy; some interesting points on the operation. Arch Ophth.. Chic, 1941. 26: 12-20. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods Arruga. Arruga. Ueber eine Verbesserung der Tntischen Operation Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1928, 81: 280-5.- Moulie, H. It.. 4 Garcia Querol, A. Dacriostomfa posterior a extirpacidn de saco lagrimal; operacion de Arruga. Arch. oft. B. A res, Hi 12, 17: 693-6.—Nizetic, Z. Ueber die Dakryorhinostomie inch Arruga. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, 99: 314-7 ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods—Drain- age [Arganaraz; Sevillano] Arganaraz, R. Trepanacion y cateterismo lacrimonasal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 2, 249-56.-----The treatment of chronic dacryocystitis and lacrimonasal fistuliza- tion; author's procedure. Am. J. Ophth., 1932, 15:1117-20 hoster, W. Permanente drainage van den saccus en I 1 nh lacn malis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 2: 258-63.- Raverdino, E. Su di un nuovo metodo di dacriocisto-rinostomia con intubarione del sacco lagrimale. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 2: 570. ------ Eineoinfachc Methode der Dakrvorhinostomie durch Einfuhren eines Gummirohres in den Trariensack. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 84: 685-91.— Sevillano, F. Un caso interesante de dacrioselen6n. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 88-92. —■—— La dacrioselen6n. Ibid., 1934, 34: 206-12. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods—Dupuy- Dutemps and Bourguet. Potiquet, H. A. *Sur les resultats dc la dacryocystorhinostomie plastique (operation de Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet) 34p. 8? Par., 1929. Barberousse. A propos de la technique de la dacryostomie de Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1931, 226.—Bourguet. Le traitement de la dacr\ ocystite par la methode de Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet; resultats opera- toires d'apres 790 cas. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 43-52.— Coppez, L., & Meyers, A. La radiographie des voies lacrymales avant et apres la dacryocystorhinostomie de I)upu\ -Dutemps. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1931, No. 62, 68-71, 2 pl.—Corboy.P. M. Simplifying the Dupuys-Dutemps operations, dacryocystorhino- plasty/ Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 810.—Dupuy-Dutemps, L. Statistique de 290 cas dacryocystorhinostomies plastiques. Rev. g6n. opht., Par., 1924, 38: 194. —----Statistique de mille dacryostomies plastiques. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1932, 392. •—----Observations sur mille dacryostomies plastiques. Ann. ocul., Par., 1933, 170: 361-84.—Gonzalez Mujica. J. Opcraci6n de Dupuy-Dutemps en la cUra de la dacriocistitis cronica: dacriocistoi rim stomja pldstica. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 96- 8.- Husson, A., & Jeandelize, P. A propoa de l'operation lacrvmale de Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet. Rev. gen. opht., Par., 1924, 38: 401-8.—Lopes d'Andrade, A. Dacrio-cisto-rinostomia plastica (processo do Dupuy-Dutemps) Med. contemp., Lisb., 1927, 45: 137-9.—Nicolato, A. Di 175 casi di dacriocistite opera ti secondo il metodo di Dupuy- Dutemps. Boll, ocul., 1937, 16: 781-92, 3 pl.—Potiquet, B. Sur les resultats de la dacryocystorhinostomie plastique; proc6de de MM. Dupuv-Dutemps et Bourguet. Ann. ocul., Par., 1929, 166: 470-87. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods, external. Basterra, J. Consideraciones sobre la dacriocistorrinostomia extranasal. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1936, 36: 208-16- (Jurria Urgcll, D. Dacriocistorrinostomia externa; tecnica 'lorrea K.-trada. Gac. med. Mexico, 1939, 69: 336-40- Kaleff. Line vereinfachte Modifikation der Dacryocystorhinostomia externa. Zschr. Augenh., 1937, 91: 140-57.—Kettelhake Cramer, F. E. Dificultades tecnicas y complicaciones de la dacriocistorrinostomia por via externa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1943, 50: pt 2, 604-10.—Lopes de Andrade. Sobre a dacrio- cisto-rinostomia externa. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 49: 21-9.—Novikova, E. F. [The question of external dacrio- evstorhinostomy] Kazan, med. J., 1940, 36: No. 5, 65-70.— Polyack, G. D. Contribution a l'etude de la dacryocysto- rhinostomie externe. Ann. ocul., Par., 1927, 164: 942-51.— Preobrazhensky, V. V. [External dacryocystorhinostomy] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 388-90.—Torres Estrada, A. Contribuci6n al tratamiento de las dacriocistitis. Gac. med. Mexico, 1928, 59: 634-52, 3 pl. ------ Tecnica mejorada para la dacriocistorrinostomia externa. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr, 0931) 1933, 3. Congr., 1158-69. Also Gac. med. Mexico, 1931, 62: 339-60. —---Simplification a la tecnica clasica para la dacriocistorrinostomia externa. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1937, 5: 219-52.—Traquair, H. M. External dacryocystorhinostomy. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1932, 52: 149-62—Venco, L. Rihevi sulla tecnica della dacriocistorinostomia per via 'esterna. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1938, 7: 593-612. LACRIMAL PASSAGES 425 LACRIMAL PASSAGES ■--- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods, intra- nasal [West, Polyak, Halle, etc.] Rodriguez Dltra, M. *Operacion de West; consideraciones sobre 300 intervenciones. 114p. 8? Santiago, 1930. Segura, E. G. *Dacriocistorrinostomfa por via endonasal. 43p. 27cm. B. Air. [1938] Alcaino, A., & Rodriguez, D. M. Consideraciones sobre 300 operaciones de West. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1931, 31: 65-79.— Almeida, R. de, & Senna, S. Trente-deux cas de dacryocystite phlegmoneuse tous operas par voie endo-nasale. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1928, 6: 765-87.—Arganaraz, R., Sibbald, D., & Courtis, B. Dacriocistorinostomia por via nasal; operacion de West, sus resultados. Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1938, 1. Congr., 2: 491-6.—Blumenthal, A. Weitere anatomische und klinische Beitrage zur endonasalen Eroffnung des Tranensackes. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1927, 25: 301-8.—Bookwalter, C. F. The WTest operation for dacryocystitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 133.—Brunner, H. Zur rontgenologischen Darstellung der Tranensackgegend und zur Technik der endonasalen Tranen- sackoperation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 100: 729-45. ----- Luftdurchtritt durch die Tranenkanalchen nach endonasaler Tranensackoperation. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 551-5.-—Bryant, B. L. Endonasal tear sac operation. Cali- fornia West. M., 1939, 51: 376-8.—Calf, e'i, P. Sulla dacrio- cisto-rinostomia per via interna. Otorinolar. ital., 1932, 2: 329.—Chcrschak, M. Meine Eindriicke uber die Westsche Operation auf Grund von 68 Fallen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927, 19: 32-41.—Claus. H. Wie wird die endonasale Tranen- sackdrainage (Dakryocystorhinostomie) ein technisch leichter Eingriff? Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1927, 26: 121-4.—Diggle, F. H. Intranasal dacrvocystostomy for relief of lacrymal obstruction. Brit. M. J., 1931, 1: 391-3. ------ Intranasal drainage (West's operation) for the relief of lachrymal obstruction. Practitioner, Lond., 1939, 142: 773-6.—Frieberg, T. Erfolge und Misserfolge bei der endonasalen Tranensackoperation. Zschr. Augenh., 1921, 46: 63-84.—Giittich, A. Zur Tevlmik der endonasalen Tranensackoperation. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1937,143: 233-5.—Halle, M. Intranasale Tranensackoperation bei Sauglingen. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928) 1929, 59: 2. Teil, 238-42.—Harrison, W. T. Two cases of intra-nasal dacyro- cystotomy. Newcastle M. J., 1922-23, 3: 37.—Henry, L. M. J. Results of intranasal dacryocystorhinostomy. Brit. J. Ophth., 1933, 17: 550-2.—Killen, J. W. An operation for nasal drainage of the lacrymal sac Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1929, 49: 513.— Kofler, K. Perseptale Modifikation der West-Polyak'schen Tranensackoperation; sieben Falle. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 589. ------ & IJrbanek, J. Vercinfachung und Verbes- serung der West-Polvak'schen endonasalen Tranensackopera- tion. Abh. Augenh., 1927, H. 6, 1-63.—Koniukhov, N. K. [West's operation in treatment of dacryocystitis] Vest, otorino- lar., 1939, No. 2, 51-6.—Mayer, O. Eine Modifikation der Tranensackoperation nach West. Zschr. Augenh., 1920, 60: 8-11, pl.—Orembowsky, N. S. The method of intranasal access to the lacrymal sack and ethmoidal labyrinth. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1924-25, 7: 227-30.—Petterino Patriarca, A., & Due, C. Sulla dacriocistorinostomia per via nasale. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1936, 5: 205-24.—Poljak, G. D. Beitrage zur Behandlung unwegsamer tranenableitender Wege. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 83: 510-5.—Rudakov, V. O. [West's operation] Vest, khir., 1926, 5: pt 15, 58-62.—Sauer, W. E. Intranasal dacryocystotomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 973-85.— Stavraki, S. [Endonasal treatment of dacryostenosis and modification of operation by West's method] Vest, khir., 1027, 11: No. 33, 151-3.—Tiscornia, B. J., & Mercandino, C. P. Tratamiento quiriirgico de la dacriocistitis; aacriocistorrino- stomia interna; operacion de Halle. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 1-, 1958-67.—IJrbanek. Indikation und Kontraindika- tion der West-Polvak'schen Operation. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 683.—Walsh, T. E., & Bothman, L. Some results of intranasal dacryocystorhinostomy. Am. J. Ophth., 1937, 3. ser., 20: 939-41.—Wegner, T. Die Behandlung der Dakryo- stenosen auf endonasalem Wege mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Westschen Operationen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 828.—West, J. M. The intranasal lacrimal sac operation. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1926, 55: 351-61, 2 pl. ■------Advan- tages of the intranasal tear sac operation. Pennsylvania M. J., 1940-41, 44: 599-602.—Wood, V. V. Intranasal surgical treatment of chronic dacryocystitis. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 554-60. ■--- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods, plastic. Averbach, M., & Ivanova. Douze cents operations de dacryocystorhinostomie plasticine. Ann. ocul., Par., 1935, 172: 913-36.-—Cattaneo, D. Dacriocistorinostomia plastica a lembo posteriore. Riv. otoneur., 1928, 5: 418-33.—Dinulescu, V. [Treatment of chronic, purulent dacryocystitis by plastic da- cryocystorhinostomy] Rev. st. med.,Bucur., 1926,15: 583-606.— Hambresin. La dacryoevsto-rhinostomie plastique. Rev. med., Louvain, 1926, 299-304.—Hessberj;, R. Die Schleim- hautnadel bei der Totischen Operation. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1925. 74: 755.—Lathrop, F. D. Plastic dacryocystorhinostomy; technic. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1942, 22: 675-9.—Paulo Filho, A. Dacriocistorinostomia plastica. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 731-48, incl. 4 pl.—Vale. S. As suturas muco- mucosas na dacriostomia plastica, Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier, 1939, 5: 288-301.—Zarzycki, P. La lacodacryocystostomie. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1937, 9-12. ---- Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods—Toti. Hartmann, E. *Die Dacryocystorhinostomien nach Toti der Giessener Universitats-Augenklinik aus den Jahren 1930-35 [Giessen] 16p. 221/4cm. Wiirzb., 1935. Nagler, J. *Ueber die Tranensackoperation nach Toti. 20p. 8° Wiirzb., 1935. Arruga. Eine Veranderung in der Form des Trepans, um die Durchbohrung des Knochens bei der Totischen Operation zu erleichtern. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 239.—Boente, F. Eine neue, endonasale Beleuchtungsart fiir die Dakrvozysto- rhinostomie nach Toti. Ibid., 1928, 81: 286-9.—Davis, E. D. D. Four cases illustrating the modified Toti's operation for lacrymal obstruction. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1933, 26: 318-20.—De Lieto, Vollaro, A. Di un procedimento personale di dacriocistorinostomia semplificata, a modificazione del me- toelo fondnmentale del Toti. Boll, ocul., 1929, 8: 561-74.— Gutzeit, R. Ein neues Knocheninstrumentarium zur Toti- Operation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 84: 92.—Jacoby, J. Toti's operation and its advantages, from personal experiences. Acta ophth. orient,, 1940, 2: 51-5.—Jancke, G. Use of buccal mucous membrane in the Toti operation. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 19: 631.—Kunz, E. Zur klinischen Anwendung der Toti-Operation. Zschr. Augenh., 1933, 81: 232-8.—Larsson, S. Erfahrungen iiber Dakryozystorhinostomie (Operation nach Toti-Kuhnt) Acta ophth., Kbh., 1928, 6: 193-215, 5 pl.—Chin, J. Geschichtliche Bemerkung zur Verbesserung der Totischen Operation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 77: 825-32.— Orlandini, A., & Ciampolini, A. Resultati dei ptimi 25 casi di cura radicale delle suppurazioni croniche del sacco lacrimale operati col metodo Toti. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1905) 1906, 9: 103-11.—Rauh. Erfolge der Totischen Operation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 93: 820.—Riechert, T. Ueber einen Nadelhalter fur die Operation nach Toti. Ibid., 92: 233.— Rosengren, B. [Modification of Toti's operation] Hospitals- tidende, 1932, 75: [Oft. Selsk. Forh.] 24-7.—Rubbrecht, R. Quelques remarques a propos de l'operation de Toti. Ann. ocul., Par., 1933, 170: 958-61.—Salus. R. Ueber die Dacryo- cysto-rhinostomie nach Toti. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1909, 47: 279-94.—Schirmer, O. Ueber die Dacryocystorhinostomie nach Toti. Zschr. Augenh., 1908, 20: 541-5— Schumacher, C. L. Geriit zur Vereinfachung der Fadenfuhrung bei Tranensack- operationen; modifizierte Totische Operation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1939, 103: 629.—Stock, W. Ueber die Erfolge der Operation der Tranonsackciterung nach Einpflanzung des unteren Endes des Tranensacks in die Nase (modifizierte Operation nach Toti) Ibid., 1934, 92: 433-5.—Strazza, G. A proposito del nuovo metodo conservatore di cura radicale delle suppurazioni croniche del sacco lagrimale del Prof. A. Toti. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 49-53.— Toti, A. Nouvelle meHhode conservatrice de traitement radical des suppurations chroniques du sac lacrymal (dacryocysto- rhinostomie) Ann. laring., Geneve, 1904, 5: 146-52. ------ Nuovo metodo conservatore di cura radicale delle suppurazione croniche del sacco lacrimale (dacriocistorinostomia) Clin. mod., Pisa, 1904, 10: 385-7. ------ La dacriocistorinostomia come cura radicale delle suppurazioni e delle fistole lacrimali. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 207-12. ----— La dacriocistorinostomia come cura radicale conservatrice delle suppurazioni gravi e delle fistole del sacco lacrimale; resultati ottenuti nei primi sette casi operati. Policlinico, 1904, 11: sez. chir., 545-50. ------ Sette anni di esperienza colla rinostomia del sacco lacrimale (dacriocisto-rinostomia) nella cura delle dacriocistiti e delle fistole lacrimali. Bull, sc med. Bologna, 1911, 8. ser., 11: 692-4. —---- Extirpation du sac lacrymal et dacryocystorhinostomie. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 122-6. ------ Sulla storia e lo stato attuale dei metodi di rinostomia per la cura delle dacrio- cistiti. Riv. otoneur., 1927, 4: 401-18. Surgery: Dacryostomy: Methods—Toti- Mosher. Cook, F. S., & Spelbring, P. G. Modification of the Mosher- Toti operation. Wisconsin M. J., 1938, 37: 466-9.—Cooper, C. E. The Mosher-Toti operation for chronic dacryocystitis. Colorado M., 1926, 23: 207-11.—Martin, R. C. The Toti- Mosher operation and its end results. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto- Ophth. Soc, 1933, 21: 50-9. ■----— & Cordes, F. C. Toti- Mosher operation in obstruction of the naso-lachrymal duct. California West. M., 1929, 31: 268-70.—Poirier, G. H. Toti- Mosher operation. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 549 — Sibbald & O'Farrell. Operacion de Toti-Mosher: dacriocistori- nostomia (endonasal v externa combinadas) Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 568-73—Spaeth, E. B. The Mosher-Toti dacryocystorhinostomy. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 4:487-96. LACRIMAL punctum. See also Lacrimal canaliculus. Blanchet. Absence congenitale des points lacrymaux. Bull. Acad. m6d., Par., 1846-47, 12: 621.—Brooks, R. Con- LACRIMAL PUNCTUM 426 LACRIMAL SAC genital absence of left puncta. Am. J. Ophth., 1944, 27: 282.— Fazakas. S. Leber die Topographie des Punctum lacrymale, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Mechanismus der Anfangs- teile des tninenableitenden Apparates. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1929 83: 452-60.—Fox, L. W. Congenital absence of lachry- mal puncta. Carolina M. J., 1900, 46: 80 -8.—Haitz, E. Zur Behandlung der Triinenpunktstenose. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 85: 541.—Majewski, C. Eine seltene Anomalie der oberen Tranenwege (Punctum lacrymale quadruplex) Arch. Augenh., 1912, 70: 349-58.—Marx, E. Ueber vitale Farbungen des Aunes und der Augenlider; angeborene und erworbene Abweichungen in der Lage der Tranenpunkte. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1920, 117: 619-27.—Panico, E. Qualche anomalia dei punti lacrimali. Athena, Roma, 1935, 4: 333-5. Also Boll. ocul., 1935, 14: 1413-20.—Riedl, F. Dreifaches unteres Tranenpunktchen. Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 87: 209-13.— Streicher, C. J. Primary carcinoma of the lacrimal punctum. Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 240.—Tikhomirov, P. E. [Operation in eversion of the inferior lacrymal point] Vest, oft., 1937, 11: 216—Town, A. E. Congenital absence of lacrimal puncta in 3 members of a family. Areh. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 29: 767- 71.—Waardenburg, P. J. [Dystopy of puncta lacrimalia with other congenital malformations, and normal fetal develop- ment] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 1, 1539-43. LACRIMAL sac. See also Lacrimal passages; Lacrimo-nasal duct. Bressou, C. Le larmier du mouton. Rev. vet., Toulouse, 1920, 72: 24-30.—Fazakas, S. Beitrage zur Anatomie und zum Mechanismus eles Tranensackes. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 77: 73-9. Also Magv. orv. arch., 1931, 32: 196-201.—Tillaux. Le sac lacrymal. Rec. opht., Par., 1904, 3. ser., 26: 643-54. ---- Abscess, and suppuration. Berning, T. *Ueber die Behandlung der Tranensackphlegmonen mit Nekrolysinstabchen. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., 1936. Eisenlohr, E. *Ueber die Erfolge der Operation bei Tranensackeiterung nach Einpflan- zung des unteren Teiles des Tranensackes in die Nase [Tubingen] 32p. 8? Heilbronn [1935] Alissow, P. A., & Lipowitz, N. S. Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung von Antivirus bei eitrigen Triinensackerkrankungen. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 178-82.—Atkinson, D. T. Causes and treatment of lacrimal sac abscess. Eye Ear &c Month., 1929, 8: 493-5.—Castillo Ruiz, R. del. Peridacrio- cistitis gangrenosa (nota clinica) Med. ibera, 1928, 22: pt 1, 287.—De Jaeger, A. Quelques considerations au sujet d'un cas de dacryocystite phlegmoneuse. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1929, No. 59, 55-8.—Dinulescu, V. [Rivanol in the treatment of chronic, suppurative dacryocystitis] Romania med., 1937, 15: 34.—Dowiing, J. I. A routine treatment of phlegmonous dacryocystitis. J. Ophth. Otol., 1927, 31: 73-9.—Francis, L. M. The treatment of acute suppurative dacryocystitis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1906, 137-40. -Gatteschi, F. La cura chirurgica della dacriocistite purulenta cronica per la via endonasale. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 212- 5.-—Genet, L., & Rendu, A. Dacryocystite purulente du nouveau-ne avec fistulisation dans la bouche. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 768.—Goebel. Die temporiire Drainage des Tranen- kanals und ihre Erfolge bei eiterigem Tranensackleiden. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 83: 77-82.—Jost, A. Pericystite gangre- neuse bilaterale chez un enfant. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1926, 387-90.—Lauterstein, M. Einiges iiber die Behandlung der chronischen Tranensackeiterungen. Zschr. Augenh., 1932, 77: 353-5.—Lenart, Z. [Surgery of purulent dacryocystitis; indications, methods] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 571-5.—Lowen- stein, A. Jodipinbehandlung von '.Tranensackeiterungen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 85: 811-5.—MacMillan, J. A. Transplantation of the lacrimal sac in chronic suppurative dacryocystitis. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, 8: 831-6.—Monta- nelli, G. Tratamento della dacriocistite purulenta acuta. Lettura oft., 1936, 13: 243-80.—Osolin, J. Ein Fall von Tranensack-Eiterung geheilt durch interkurrentes Gesichts- erysipel. Zbl. prakt. Augenh., 1907, 31: 353-6.—Pellathy, B. [Indications and methods of operative treatment of purulent dacryocystitis] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22: 486-99.—Procksch, M. Ueber die Behandlung von Tranensackphlegmonen und akuten Schwellungen der Lider mit Kokain-Einlegen in elie Nase Zschr. Augenh., 1931-32, 76: 283-6.—Rabadan Fernandez, P. Contribuci6n al estudio del tratamiento quirurgico de la dacrio- cistitis cronica supurada. Sem. m£d., B. Air., 1935, 95: 338- 44. —Reznik, Z. I., & Kozhukhova, A. P. [Roentgentherapy of phlegmon of the lacrimal sac] Vest, rentg., 1939, 23: 352—5.— Rochat, G. F. [Indications for treatment of chronic suppura- tion of lacrimal sac] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 3, 4218- 25, 2 pl.—Rumbaur, W. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Tranen- sackeiterung. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1940-41, 142: 477-81.— Schneider, H. H. Zur Behandlung von Tranensackphlegmonen mit Glykylol-Medprodukt. Zschr. Augenh., 1932, 78: 138.— Spoto, G. Un caso inveterato di dacriocistite muco-purulenta con fistola fungosa, trattato con l'escisione totale del sacco e con plastica della regione infraorhitano. Progr. oft., Palermo, 1906-07, 2: 363-9.- Tooke, F. T. ( hronic suppurative dacryo- cystitis and its radical treatment. Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 1813-6, ---- Cancer. Rempel, A. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis maligner Tumoren in der Tranensackgegend [Jenal 24p. 8? Bottroo. 1P3R. Bietti, G. Emoangioendotelioma di insolito aspetto, ad accrescimento intravascolare, sviluppatosi sulla parete anteriore del sacco lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 1936, 15:1003-13, pl.—Guilherl & Gueriteau. Epithelioma du sac lacrymal; gn6rison par les ravons Rontgen. Clin, opht., Par., 1905, 11: (17. Also Ophth Klin., Stuttg., 1905, 9: 81-3.—Halbertsma. K. T. A. [Case of primary carcinoma of the lacrimal sac] Ne-d. tschr. genoe'sk 1933, 77: 5200-304, pl—Hilden, B. Malignes Triinensack- papillom, zugleich ein Beispiel von Zellenmetaplasie in den Tranenwegen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 661-5.—Landau, J. Zur Friihdiagnostik von malignen Neubildungen in der Tranensackgegend. Zschr. Augenh., 1933, 81: 168-71.— McCool, J. L. Mixed cell tumor of the lacrimal sac. Tr. \m Ophth. Soc, 1938, 36: 54-69. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser.', 22: 734-43.—Margotta, G. Melanosarcoma primitivo del sacco hicriinalo. Ann. ottalm., 1929, 57: 387-99, pl.—Rollet. Trois cas do cancer non ulcer6 du sac lacrymal; nouvelle indica- tion de 1'exlirpation du sac. Arch, opht., Par., 1906, 26: 337-49.—Sena, J. A. Tumores malignos del saco lagrimal Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2, 1042-9.— Spratt, C. N. Primary carcinoma of the lacrimal sac. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18: 267-73. ■------ Carcinoma of the lacrimal sac: report of a second case. Ibid., 1940, 24: 1237-43.—Stastnfk, E. [Primary epithelioma of lacrimal sac] Cas. lek. fesk., 1928, 67: 85.—Tennent, J. N. Carcinoma of the lacrymal sac: report of 2 cases. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1933, 53: 93-101 — Tessier, G. Distruzione totale neoplastica del sacco lacrimale e dei tessuti immediatamente adiacenti. Lettura oft., 1928, 5: 207-19, 2 pl.—Urrets Zavalia, A., & Obregon Oliva, R. Sobre un caso de carcinoma primitivo del saco lagrimal. Arch. oft, B. Aires, 1935, 10: 521-37.—Velhagen, K., jr. Sarkom des Tranensackes. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, 98: 38-42.—White, J. P., Michaelson, I. C, & Heggie, J. F. Tumour of lacrymal sac of cellular mixed parotid type associated later with tumour of parotid region of same histological character. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1938, 58: pt. 1, 159-03.—Wilson, R. P. Reticulum- cell sarcoma of lachrvmal sac region. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1938, 12: 66-70. ---- Dacryocystitis. Lacerda, M. A. de. *Dacryocystite. 75p. 8? Lisb., 1885. Castroviejo, R. Dacriocistitis o sinuitis? Arch. oft. hisp, amer., 1929, 29: 66-70.—Daily, L., & Daily, R. K. Diagnosis and treatment of dacryocystitis. Am. J. Ophth., 1929, 3. ser., 12: 1-10.—Greeff. Dacriocistitis. Progr. clin., Madr., 1914, 4: 245, 2 pl.-—Levrat, E. A propos d'un cas de dacrvoevstite. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. ser., 9: 267-71.—Majoros, J. [Interest- ing cases of dacryocystitis] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1934 32: 292-4. ------ [Acute dacryocystitis) Ibid., 721.—Tartuferl, F. Sulla bibliografia delle dacriocistiti catarrali e purulente croniche. Ann. ottalm., 1903, 32: 805-13. ---- Dacryocystitis, chronic. Natale, L. Cura radicale della dacriocistite cronica e del restringimento del canale naso- lagrimale. p. 5-10. 8? Senigallia, 1906. Augieras. Traitement par l'incision interne des pochea prelacrymales compliquant la dacryocystite chronique. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1904, 21: 193-6.—Baquis, M. Sulle alterazioni del sacco lacrimale nelle dacriocistiti croniche. Lettura oft., 1932, 9: 419-35, 6 pl.—Baudot, R. Traitement de la dacryo- cystite chronique de l'enfant par la sonele molle a demeure. Bull. Soc opht. Paris, 1926, 733-6.—Blaskovics, L. A dacryocystitis chronica gv6gyitasa. Szemeszet, 1907, 44: 66-75.—Bywater, H. H. A method of treatment for chronic dacryocystitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1924, 44: 397-9.— Campbell, G. Chronic dacryocystitis; treatment from the viewpoint of the ophthalmologist. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 405-14.—Casali, A. II metodo Guaita nella cura della dacriocistite cronica. Ann. ottalm., 1907, 36: 955-62, pl.—Finochietto, E. El tratamiento moderno de las dacriocistitis cronicas. Rev. Soc. mid. argent., 1905, 13: 315-23.—Garfin, S. W. The surgical treatment of chronic dacryocystitis; the trans-septal approach. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 46-54.—Keyton, J. A. Treatment of chronic dacryocystitis; a new technic. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1939-40, 9: 342.—Luppino, A. Sul trattamento elclle dacriocistiti croniche. Boll. Osp. oft. Prov. Roma, 1908, 6: 118-25 — Markbreiter, I. A konytomlo chronikus gyuladasarol es exstirpati6jar61. Szemesz. lap., 1906, 33-6.—Morgenstern, D. J. Intranasal drainage for cure of chronic tear sac infection; new technic aided by electrocoagulation so simplified as to be an office procedure. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 27: 733-45 — Pandolfi, E. II trattamento di elezione della dacriocistite cronica nei militari. Gior. med. mil., 1934, 82: 583-9.—PL LACRIMAL SAC 427 LACRIMAL SAC H. T. Xerosis bacillus in chronic dacryocystitis. China M. J. 1934, 48: 809^13.—Reeder, J. E., jr. The surgical treatment of chronic dacryocystitis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 15-9.— Rycroft, B. W. Chronic bilateral dacryocystitis; case report. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1100.—Saigo, T. Leber die Behandlung und Verlauf von der Dacryocystitis chronica nach der Kieferhohlen-Radikaloperation. Acta Soc ophth. jap., 1939, 43: 108.—Shambaugh, G. E., jr. Surgical treatment of chronic dacryocystitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20:118.— Singer, G. [Treatment of chronic dacryocystitis with Besredka's antivirus] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 723-6.----— A Spitzer, P. Die Behandlung der Dacryocystitis chronica mit dem Antivirus nach Besredka. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1576.—South- gate, P. A treatment for chronic dacryocystitis; report of 3 operations by a modified Neese method. Am. J. Ophth., 1938, 3. ser., 21: 1158-61.—Spratt, C. N. The use of Callahan tubes in the treatment of chronic dacryocystitis. Ibid., 1936, 19: 601-3. ------ The use of Callahan tubes in treatment of chronic dacryocystitis and lacrimal stenosis. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect, Ophth., 1936, 260.—Stamm, C. Chronic dacryo- cystitis. Eye Ear Ac. Month., 1938-39, 17: 333-7.—Stokes, W. H. Transplantation (implantation) of the lacrimal sac in chronic dacryocystitis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 342-62. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1939, 22: 193-210 — Trantas, A. Le jequiritol dans le traitement de la.dacryo- cystite chronique. Greece mid., 1904, 6: 51.—Traquair, H. M. Diseases of the lacrymal apparatus; contribution to the study of the causation and treatment of chronic dacryocystitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1940, 60: 127-t3. ------ Chronic dacryocystitis; its causation and treatment. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 26: 165-80.—Vittadini, A. Contributo alia conoscenza delle alterazioni istopatologiche del sacco lacrimale nelle dacriocistiti croniche. Arch, ottalm., 1933, 40: 150-79.— Yuge, T. [Ueber das Verhalten der elastischen Fasern der Tranensackwand bei Dacryocystitis chronica] Acta Soc. ophth. jap., 1940, 44: 1822-8. ---- Dacryocystitis: Etiology. Adinolfi, V. La causa anatomica delle dacriocistiti. Lettura oft., 1930, 7: 93.—Baratta, G. Dacriocistiti da malformazioni e da deformazioni ossee traumatiche; contributo alia etiopato- genesi delle dacriocistiti. Riv. otoneur., 1935, 12: 753-81.— Bossalino, G. Contributo alio studio delle alterazioni anatomo- patologiche dei sacchi lacrimali affetti da dacriocistite e ricerche sulla presenza di germi nelle tessiture dei sacchi cronicamente infiammati. Lettura oft., 1937, 14: 365-81, 2 pl.—Ciulliri, L. Un caso di dacriocistite da Diplobacillus liquefaciens del Petit. Boll, ocul., 1928, 7: 1061-8.—Cordero, C. Rapporti tra dacriocistiti ed affezioni sinusali. Riv. otoneur., 1934, 11: fO-80.—Foster, M. L. Dacryocystitis due to tvphobacilli. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, 37: 401.—Garfin, S. W. Etiology of dacryocystitis and epiphora. Arch. Opht., Chic, 1942, 21: 167-88.—Jocqs, R. Dacryocystite consecutive a l'operation de la sinusite maxillaire. Chn. opht., Par., 1905, 11: 263-5. Also Ophth. Khn., Stuttg., 1905, 9: 313.—Masenko, D. A. [Characteristics of pneumococci isolated from patients with dacryocystitis] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1942, 40-5.—Meesmann, A. Beziehungen der Tranensackleiden zur Nase und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1930, 27: 3-31— Muller, L. Ueber Aetiologie der Thranensackblennorrhoe. Zschr. Augenh., 1903, 10: 355.—Poliak, B. L., A Popov, F. A. [Problem of the pathogenesis of familial form of dacryocystitis] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2291-6.—Schaeffer, J. P Developmental and anatomical factors in dacryocystitis. Am. J. Ophth., 1937, 3. ser., 20: 1252-6.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Traumatic dacryo- cystitis. In Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash., 1924, 11: pt 2, 655-7.—Simpson, W. L. Chronic dacryocystitis caused by chronic ethmoid disease; report of cases. J. Ten- nessee M. Ass., 1928-29, 21: 133.—Villard, Dejean A Temple. Dacryocystite double de forme inflammatoire a plasmocytes chez un porteur de lupus nasofacial. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1933, 14: 172-6.—Wiener, M., A Sauer, W. E. Dacryocystitis caused by a membranous closure of the nasal duct. Ann. Ophth., S. Louis, 1914, 23: 487-91. ---- Dacryocystitis: Pathology. Aliquo-Mazzei, A. Lo stato del tessuto elastico nei sacchi lacrimali affetti da dacriocistite (nota prevent!va) Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1927, 10. ser., 2: 395-7. ------ Lo stato del tessuto elastico nei sacchi lacrimali affetti da dacriocistite. Ibid., 1929,10. ser., 4:418-41, 3 pl.—Aneili, D. La permeabilita delle vie lagrimali nelle dacriocistiti. Boll, ocul., 1934, 13: 1088-97.—Bcley. Ein Fall von Perforation der Karunkel bei Dakryocystoblennorrhoe. Wschr. Ther. Hyg. Auges, 1907, 10:233.—Di Marzio Q. Sulle dacrio-etmoiditi. Riv. otoneur., 1927, 4: 715-26.—Fahmy, A. Y. The pathology of dacryo- cystitis. Bull. Ophth. Soc Egypt, 1934, 27: Sess. 31, 45-51, 6 pl— Cuglianetti, L. Contributo all'istopatologia della dacriocistite catarrale cronica con particolare riguardo alle Plasmazellen. Boll, ocul., 1929, 8: 713-20, pl.—Kalt, E., A Knit, M. L'infection latente des voies lacrymales (dacryocystite folliculaire stenosante) Ann. ocul., Par., 1932, 69: 1-21.— Michailowski, S. Ueber rhinoskleromatose Triinensackent- zundung. Virchows Arch., 1932, 286: 443.—Poulard, A. Sur une forme particuliere de perievstite aigue a streptocoques. Arch, ophth., Par., 1903, 23: 625-33.—Roche, L. Les peri- cystites lacrymales. Gaz. hop., 1904, 77: 515-9.—Scott- Moncrieff, W. E. A case of dacryo-cystitis leading to orbital phlegmon, optic neuritis and atrophy. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 251.—Sercer, A. Ueber einen Fall von Sklerom des Saccus lacrimalis. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 73-8.—Siba, S. Ueber die Aetiologie der Tranensackentzundungen bei Tuber- kulose der Umgebung und uber Dakryocystitis tuberculosa, Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1905, 43: 63-80. ---- Dacryocystitis: Treatment. See also subheading Surgery. Ferron, H. A. *De quelques dacryocystites traitees par la methode de Bowman. 57p. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Addario, C. L'incisione esplorativa e la cura a cielo aperto in alcune dacriocistiti. Progr. oft., Palermo, 1906-07, 2: 193- 6.—Alvaro, M. E. Tratamento das dacryocistites pelo caldo de Besredka. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1937, 12: 306-12. ------ & Amendola, F. Tratamento das dacryocystites pelo caldo de Besredka. Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1938, 1. Congr., 2: 525- 30.—Aubaret. La cure radicale des dacryocystites d'origine nasale. Ann. ocul., Par., 1904, 132: 81-93.—Awguschewitsch & Nikolaewa. Behandlung der Dakryocystitis mit Bouillon- Vakzine nach Besredka. Zschr. Augenh., 1927, 63: 331-7.— [Axenfeld] Del moderno indirizzo nella cura della dacriocistite specialmente per la profilassi della cheratite settica. Boll ocul., 1903, 22: 245; 262; 273; 289.—Balacco, F. II blu di metilene nella cura della dacriocistite catarrale. Lettura oft., 1931, 8: 182-7.—Beibeze, R. Traitement de la dacryocystite aigue par la ponction aspiratrice et l'injection d'eau oxygenee. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1904, 1: 1246.—Bersrd. De Tabus du cathe-terisme dans les dacryocystites simples. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1904, 21: 219-21.—Blakesley, T. S. A new procedure in dacryocystitis. Month. Bull. Kansas Citj' Clin. Soc, 1933, 9: 3-5.—Boussi, P. Traitement des dacryocystites par la vaccino- therapie. Evolut. ther., 1927, 8: 476-8.—Castelli, A. La para-aminofenilsulfamide nelle dacriocistiti. Boll, ocul., 1939, 18: 523-30.—Curci, G. II campo della chirurgia conservatrice nella cura della dacriocistite, e nuovo metodo esplorativo e curativo della dacrio-cisti-blenorrea. Progr. oft., Palermo, 1906-07, 2: 217; 257.—Dagilaiski, V. A. K etiologii i terapii dakriocisto-blennorrei. Prakt. vrach, 1907, 6: 274; 296; 321.— Dailey, L. The intra-nasal surgerv for dacryocystitis. Texas J. M., 1927-28, 23: 30-3.—Darier, A. De rcmploi du serum anti-staphylococcique dans le traitement des dacryocystites. Clin, opht., Par., 1905, 11: 297-9.—Edwards, D. L." Remarks on treatment of dacryocystitis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1939, 32: 199-201.—Feilchenfeld, H. Heilung der Tranensackblen- norrhoe durch interkurrentes Erysipel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 889.—Hunter, J. Diathermy in the treatment of dacryocystitis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 381.—Jones, A. C. Treatment of dacryocystitis from the viewpoint of the rhinologist. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 415- 26. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1929, 38: 435-43.—Kliachko, M. L., A Bazilevskaia, L. S. [Experiment in treating dacryo- cystitis with bouillon-vaccine Bezredka] Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 418-22.—Kupriashina, Z. L, A Drobyshevskaya, A. I. [Prob- lem of the causes of dacryocystitis and treatment by Besredka's method] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 249-53.—Miller, H. A new surgical technique for dacryocystitis. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 1278-80.—Nathanson, D., A Kandiba, L. [Dacryo- cystitis treated with autofiltrate (Besredka's method)] Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 1057-9.—Olivella, A. Modelo de sonda-canula para el tratamiento de las dacriocistitis. Rev. meel. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 554.—Petelia, G. Sull'estensione e sul valore clinico del metodo conservativo nella cura delle dacriocistiti. Clin. ocul., Palermo, 1906, 7: 2605; 2038. Also Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1907, 1: 455-88.—Peyret, J. A. Estricturotomfa e inyecciones de aceite yodado en tl tratamiento de las dacrio- cistitis. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 3563-70.—Pretori, H. Zur Behandlung der Tranensaekentzundung. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1906) 1907, 2. Teil, 2. pt, 225-7.—Rombolotti. G. Sul moderno indirizzo nella cura della dacriocistite special- mente per la profilassi della cheratite settica. Specialista mod., Milano, 1903-04, l:-2: 17-25.—Santori, G. Della terapia chirurgica delle dacriocjstiti. Lettura oft., 1925, 2: 299-310.— Sellares, A., A Mendia, J. A. Nuevo tratamiento para las dacriocsititis agudas y cronicas. Dfa med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1238.—Tessier, G. Considerazioni sulla cura delle dacriocistiti. Lettura oft., 1926, 3: 460-77.—Valle, D. Dacryocystite e o seu tratamento. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 227-30.—Williams, J. D. Successful treatment of dacryocystitis with less radical surgery. Kentucky M. J., 1934, 32: 412-4. ---- Dacryocystitis—in children. Addario, C. La cura delle dacriocistiti congenite con nuovo contributo alia loro etiologia. Progr. oft., Pal., 1906-07, 2: 359-62.—Barraquer, J. Dacriocistitis del recien nacido. Med. nifios, 1907, 8: 67-70.—Botteri, A. Ueber die eitrige Entziin- dung des Tranensackes bei Neugeborenen. Ann. paediat., Basel, 1939-40, 154: 236.—Busacca, A. A simple method of treating dacryocystitis in the newborn. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1940, 24: 1250.—Campbell, R. A. Dacryocystitis in infants. Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 267-9.—Celso Ferreira. Dacriocistite congenita. Impr. med., Rio, 1939, 15: 1573-7.—Dolcet. Dacriocistitis congenita atenuada; causas, evolucion y trata- miento; observaciones personates. Med. nifios, 1907, 18: 62- 6.—Ferrer, H. Dacriocistitis neonatorum. Vida nueva, Habana, 1930, 25: 207-11—Granstrbm, K. O. La dacryo- LACRIMAL SAC 428 LACRIMAL SAC cvstite chez les enfants, en considerant specialcmcnt des cas negliges dc st^nosp congenitale du conduit, naso-lacrvmal. Ann. ocul., Par.. 1939. 176: 836.—Jaegers, K. Der Roizkatarrh unel die Dakr\ ozvstitis der Neugcboienen. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gvn., 1931, 100: 42-7.—Judge, H. V. Daci voc\ stitis of the newb..in. N. York State J. M., 1941, 41: 25-9.—MacGillivray, A. M. Infantile dacrvoc\ stitis treated by surgical diathermy. Biit. .1. Ophth., 1939. 23: 630.—Naugle, t. C. The treatment of d:ici-oc\ otitis in clnldien. Mississippi Doctor, 1942-43, 20: 411. Ollendorff. Die Tninensackeiterung eler Neugeborenen. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1906, 11: 47-54 —Pechin. Dacryo- cystite congenitale attenuee (pseudo-conjonctivite eles nouveau- n£s d'origine lacrymale) Arch, opht., Par., 1905, 25: 490-9.— Perez Bufill. Las dacriocistitis de los tecien nacidos. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 345-55.- Pesmc, P. La dacryo- cystite congenitale; aspect cliniques; diagnostic; traitement. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 956-61.—Rollet. La dacryo- cystite congenitale et son traitement. Lyon mM., 1927, 139: 23.—Shershevskaia, O. I. [Treatment of dacryocystitis of the new-born hy retrograde catheterization] Vest, oft., 1941, 18: 527-30.—Terson, A. Yarietes, pronostic et traitement des dacryocystites chez les enfants. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1904, 18: 418-21.—Terson, J. Du diagnostic diff£rentiel de la dacryo- c\.-tite cotmenitale et des tumeurs pr61acrvmales de nieme origine-. Arch. mod. Toulouse, 1904, 10: 306-10.—Woodruff, H. W. Congenital dacryocystitis. Illinois M. J., 1931, 60: 380-2.—Yagiies Garcia, J. Tia.tamiento de las dacriocistitis congfnitas. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1930, 30: 641-4.—Zazkin, A. B. Zur Kasuistik der angeborenen Dakryocystitis. Wschr. Ther. Hyg. Auges, 1904, 7: 361.—Zentmayer, W. Congenital dacryocystitis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1907-08, 11: 895-8. ---- Dilatation, and diverticulum. Aubaret, E., & Guillot, P. Ectasie anormale abeirante du sac laciMiial. Marseille med., 1031, 68: 383-7.—Michail, D. ICvstic lacrimal diverticulitis] Cluj. med., 1931, 12: 577-80. Also Arch, opht., Par., 1932, 49: 384-97.-- Prioux. Ectasie du sac lacrymal; ablation; guerison. Union med. nordest, 1905, 29: 90 2.—Rollet, E. L'ectasie geante du sac lacrymal. Ann. ocul., Par., 1904, 132: 279-83.—Spinelli, F. Contributo alia casistica dei diverticoli del sacco lacrimale con speciale riguardo aH'indagine radiologica. Arch, ottalm., 1937, 44: 89-100.— Valiere-Vialeix. Un cas d'e.ctasie geante du sac lacrymal. Bull. Soc opht. Paris, 1937, 696-9. ---- Disease. Franceschetti, A. Beitrag zur Kasuistik seltener Affektionen des Tranensackc-s (Divcrtikelbidung, Pneumatosakkus) Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 79: 482-6.—lies, A. E. Diseases of the lachrymal sac Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1935, 52: 151-8.— Kofler, K. Me'zie'hungen der Tranensackleiden zur Nase und ihre Behandlung. Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1930, 27: 31-167.— Kreibig, W. Zur Therapie der Bindehaut- und Tranensacker- krankungen. Aerztl. Prax.,Wien, 1935, 9: 289-91.—Margolina, E. J. [Sulfidin in treatment erf daeryocysts] Vest, oft., 1942, 21: No. 5, 49-52.—Meesmann, A. Zur Behandlung der Tranensackleiden. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1929, 26: 453-7.— Muirhead, W. M. Diseases of the lacrymal sac. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1933, 53: 591.—Sander-Larsen, S. Traitement des maladies du sac lacrymal avec un cordon de soie. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1938, 16: 655-7.—Soria, M. Cristales de colesterina en el saco lagrimal. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 435-8. ---- Fistula. Cappelletti, G. Sul cateterismo forzato del canale nasale con cenni generali sulla fistola nel sacco lacrimale. Gior. progr. pat.. Venez., 1844, ser. 2, 5: 485-504, pl.—Colrat, A. Fistules congenitules du sac lacrymal. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1933, pt 1, 60-2.--Cosmettalos, G. F. Sur la pathogenie des fistules congenitales elu sac lacrymal. Ann. ocul., Par., 1933, 170: 594-9.—Dalen, A. Ein Fall von doppelseitiger, kongenitaler Tranensackfistel. Mitt. Augenklin. Carolin. med. chir. Inst. Stockholm, 1904, H. 5, 1-7.—Elschnig, A. Angeborene Tranen- sackfistel. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1906, 44: 57-61.—Laval, J. Congenital fistula of the lacrimal sac. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 1022.—Loose, F. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung chronischer Tranensackfisteln. Zschr. Augenh., 1926, 59: 300-2.—Maxwell, E. Case of persistent fistula of lacrymal sac treated by ultra-violet rays. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1930, 50: 648.—Musitz, G. [Congenital fistulas of the lacrimal sac] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1933, 31: 28 30.—Peters (Vierundzwanzig Falle von Phlegmonen und litelbildung in eler Tranensack- gegend] Korbl. Allg. mecklenb Aeiztever., 1904, 1699-702.— Ploman, K. G. Contribution to the knowledge of fistula interna sacci lacrymalis. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5: 277-84.— Puech, A. Operation des fistules anciennes et de grande dimension du sac lacrymal. Bull. Sejc. fr. opht., 1897, 15: 275-7.—Tirelli, G. Sulle fistole congenite del sacco lacrimale Rass. ital. ottalm., 1932, 1: 66.—Tyson, H. H. A case of unilateral congenital fistida of the lacrymal sac, with a review of the literature. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, 37: 396-400.— Vegh, J. [Roentgenograms of congenital fistula of the lachry- mal sac] Magy. rontg. kdzl., 1932, 6: 53. ---- Foreign body. Neuschuler, I. Corpo estraneo metallico nel sacco lacrimale. Rase. ital. ottalm., 1934, 3: 91-6.—Rodin, F. H. Foreign body in lacrimal sac for 17 years. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1546.— Sanguinetti, U. Corpo estraneo nel sacco lacrimale. Raas ital. ottalm., 1933, 2: 462-71.—Torres Estrada. A. Dacru> cistitis producida por un cuerpo extrafio. An. Soc. mex. oft 1938, 13: 50-2. ---- Histology. Aliquo-Mazzei, A. Contributo istologico alia elimostrazione di formarioni ghianelohiri nella parete del sacco lacrimale Boll, ocul., 192S. 7: 898-909, 2 pl.—Baquis, M. Sulla presenza di ghiandole nella parete del sacco lacrimale. Lettura oft 1926, 3: 411-21, 2 pl.—Bomer, M. Ueber einen Fall von Auskleidung beider Tranensacke mit mehrschichtigem Platten- epithel. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 87: 198-200.—Serra, G. M. Gemmazioni epiteliali e loro importanza nella genesi delle svariate formazioni ghiandoliformi esistenti nelle pareti del sacco lacrimale. Boll, ocul, 1927, 6: 933-6. ------ Ghiandole del sacco lacrimale e loro alterazioni istologiche. Lettura oft., 1927, 4: 1-51, 4 pl.—Vernke. F. K. K anatomii slyoznavo mleshka i v chastnosti vovo zhelyazakh. Vest, oft., 1904, 21 • 633-44, pl. Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1905, 43: 191-205. ---- Injury. Doyne, R. W. Peculiar condition of the lacrymal sac follow- ing injury. Tr. Ophth, Soc. U. K., 1903-04, 24: 7. ---- Mycosis, and parasites. Courtis, B. Miasis de saco lagrimal. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 54-63.—Focosi, M. Su di un caso di concrezione micotica del sacco lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 1932, 11: 554-69.— Golovin. S. S. Sluchal aktinomikoza slyoznavo kanaltsa, Vest, oft., 1906, 23: 709-11. ---- Radiology. Castresana, A. La radiografia del saco lagrimal. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 2: 566, 7 pl. Also Arch, med., Madr., 1929, 31: 493-501. Also Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1930, 30: 417-30.—MacDonald, A. E. Stereo- scopic photograph of lacrimal sac after injection with thorium dioxid. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1934, 32: 398, pl. ---- Surgery. See also Lacrimal passages, Surgery: Dacryo- stomy. Cattaneo, D. Sugli interventi operativi nelle dacriocistiti. Ann. ottalm., 1930, 58: 158; 203.—Duverger, R. Technique pour eVviter l'h^morragie pendant l'operation du sac lacrymal. Arch, opht., Par., 1929, 46: 676-9.—Jost, A. Interventions sur le sac et isch6mie regionale. Ibid., 1927, 44: 500-10.—King, E. Rhinologic aspects of tear sac surgery. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1933, 42: 126-34.—Kirby, D. B. Blood suction cannula for use in lacrimal sac surgery. Am. J. Ophth., 1931, 3. ser., 14: 672.—Knapp, F. N. Conservation of the lacrymal sac. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1929, 34: 148-62. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1930, 3. ser., 13: 515-20.—Mendoza, R. La trasplantaci6n del saco lagrimal. .Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 1139-41.—Mosher, H. P. Reestablishing intranasal drainage of the lachrymal sac Tr. Pacific Coast Otol. Ophth. Soc, 1921, 9. meet., 47-67.—Rychener, R. O. The present status of surgery of the lacrimal sac. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 68: 414- 8.—Stokes, W. H. Refinements in tear sac surgery. Nebraska M. J., 1935, 20: 388-93.—Whitney, E. L. Surgery of the lacrimal sac Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 374.—Zimmer- mann, W. Ueber Tranensackprothese. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1907) 1908, 2. Teil, 2. pt, 310-2. Also Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1907, 11: 545-7. ------ Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die Einheilung einer Tranensackprothese. Ibid., 737-40. ---- Surgery: Ablation, excision, etc. Storch, B. *Ablation du sac lacrymal par le bistouri electrique. 39p. 24cm. Par., 1940. Addario, C. L'escisione del sacco lagrimale; tecnica opera- tiva dell'autore. Progr. oft., Palermo, 1900-07, 2: 273-80.— Akune, M. Ueber die rhinologische operative Behandlung der Epiphora nach Tranensackexstirpation. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 39.—Axenfeld, T. Profilassi delle infezioni dell'occhio, specialmente nei mestii'ri ehe lo predispongono alle ferite; contributo alia estirpazione del sacco lacrimale. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1903, 1197-208.— Badeaux, F., A Pellerin, R. La corhinostomie chez une malade ayant subi l'ablation du sac lacrymal fjuelques annees aupara- vant. Union med. Canada, 1941, 70: 1063.—Baeumler, E. Bericht iiber 350 Traneiisaekexstirpationen, nebst Bemerkungen uber Indikation und Technik. .Munch, med. Wschr., 1907, 54: 563.—Basso, D. L'estirpazione del sacco e del canale lagrimale. Ann. ottalm., 1904, 33: 505-32, pl. Also C. rend. Congr. in- ternat. opht. (1904) 1905, L286-9, 2 pl.—Basterra Santa Cruz. Tecnica detallada de la extirpaei6n del saco lagrimal, segun el meHodo vienes. Progr. clin., Madr., 1917, 10: 277-86, 15 pl — Borsch. Technique de l'extirpation du sac lacrymal. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1908, 25: 533-6.—Bourguet, J. L'ablation anatomi- que du sac lacrymal. Ann. ocul., Par., 1939, 176: 109-26. ------A Subileau, J. Ablation anatomique intra-capsulaire, extra-capsulaire et mixte du sac lacrymal; trfipanations jumeleea LACRIMAL SAC 429 LACRIMAL SAC a l'aide d'un tr6pan a couronne mobile dans la pratique de la dacryorhinostomie. Ibid., 1938, 175: 459.—Broeckaert, J. Extirpation du sac lacrymal, avec drainage nasal, sans cicatrice apparente. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 112-21.-—Coppez, H. Sur l'extirpation du sac lacrymal. J. med. Bruxelles, 1904, 9: 229-33.—Cueto Mancilla. H. Extir- paci6n del saco lacrimal. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1938, 13: 42-9.— Davidson, I. A. Ischarmia in excision of the lacrymal sac. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1929, 49: 516.—Deggeller, S. Be- merkung zur Arbeit von Heesch: Ueber eine beginnende Orbi- talphlegmone nach Tranensackexstirpation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 79: 88.—Dolcet, M. La extirpacion del saco lagrimal en las dacriocistitis. Rev. med. cir., Barcel., 1907, 21: 205; 272; 303.—Elliot, R. H. A preliminary paper on extirpa- tion of the lachrymal sac in India. Ind. M. Gaz., 1905, 40: 295-8. ------ Some notes and observations on 310 consecu- tive operations for extirpation of the lachrymal sac. Ibid., 1908, 43: 50; 94. Also Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1908, 27: 33-51 — Fergus, F., A McMillan, A. L. Cases of extirpation of the lachrvmal sac. Tr. Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc, 1906-07, 11: 124-9. Also Glasgow M. J., 1907, 47: 398-402.—Genet, L. Peridacryocystites a repdtition et fistules lacrymales; guerison par extirpation du sac. Lyon m6d., 1929, 143: 178-81.— Gissy, C. J. Local anesthesia for enucleation and removal of the tear sac. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 58.—Heesch, K. Ueber eine beginnende Orbitalphlegmone nach Tranensack-Exstir- pation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 403-5.—Hulka, J. H. An improved technic for dissection of the lacrimal sac. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 109-11.—Hymmen, H. von. Zur Frage der Tranensack-exstirpation. Med. Korbl. Wijrttemb. arztl. Ver., 1904, 74: 831-4.—Jocqs, R. Bemerkungen zur Exstirpation des Tranensacks. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1906, 10: 65-8. Also Rec. opht., Par., 1906, 3. ser., 28: 35-41.—Kayser, B. Ein seltenes Unheil bei einer Tranensackexstirpation. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 89: 657.—Krauss, W. Zur Technik der Exstirpation des Thranensackes. Arch. Augenh., 1908, 59: 351-7.—Landolt, H. Zur Exstirpation des Tranensackes. Strassbourg. med. Ztg, 1900, 3: 1-3.------Zur Behandlung der Tranensackleiden und der Exstirpation des Tranensackes. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1907, 11: 42-7.—Lavie. Dacryocystite et extirpation du sac lacrymal; re%ultat operatoire. J. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 34: 46. ——— Cure radicale des dacryo- cystites par l'extirpation du sac lacrymal. Ibid., 449; 486.— Lesshafft, A. Zur Exstirpation des Tranensackes. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1906, 44: 256-9.—Lukov, I. I. [Endonasal resection of the lacrimal sack as a method of treatment in diseases of the lacrimal ducts] J. teor. prakt. med., 1926, 2: 233-54.— MacMillan, A. L. Removal of the lachrymal sac Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow, 1905-07, 6:100. Also Glasgow M. J., 1906. 12: 436.—Neuschuler, I. Nouvel instrument destine afaciliter la dacryocystectomie (le decolle-sac) Arch, opht., Par., 1931, 48: 828-31.—Nuel, J. T. De l'extirpation du sac lacrymal notamment au point de vue des accidents du travail. Scalpel, Liege, 1908-09, 61:377.—Paparcone, E. Sulla cura chirurgica delle dacriocistiti: statistica di 302 asportazioni in toto del sacco lacrimale. Lettura oft., 1925, 2: 49-54.—Patel, V. P. Excision of lachrymal sac. Sind M. J., 1932, 5: 120-2 — Pellathy, B. [Dacryocystectomy combined with rhinostomy] Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, i931, 145-7. Also Orv. hetil., 1932, 76:233.—Relict, E. Technique operatoire de l'extirpation du sac lacrymal a la rugine. Rev. gen. opht., Par., 1907, 26: 385-7.—Santos Fernandez, J. Inelicaciones de la extirpacion del saco lagrimal y su tecnica. Mem. Reun. Soc. oft. mex., 1910, 4: 180-99.—Schou, S. Exstirpatio sacci lacrymalis som normalmetode ved behandling af blennorrhoea sacci lacrymalis Hospitalstidende, 1907, 4. R., 15: 1113-21.—Schultz. Procede simple pour remplacer l'extirpation du sac lacrymal. Clin. opht., Par., 1904, 10: 93.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Extirpation of the lachrymal sac, with cases; microscopic examination of the excised sacs. Philadelphia Hosp. Rep., 1905, 6: 55-65.— Scimeni, E. Processo per rendere facile e sicura l'asportazione del sacco lagrimale. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1908, 9: 3125-34.— Seaman, G. E. The surgical treatment of chronic lacrymal disease; report of extirpation of the lacrymal sac. Wisconsin M. J., 1908-09, 7: 636-42.—Solomon, V. K voprosu ob os- lozhneniyakh pri operatsiyakh vilushcheniya slyoznavo mleshka. Vrach. gaz., 1904," 11: 625-8.—Speciale-Cirincione. Sull'estirpazione del sacco lacrimale. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1904, 1748-52. ------ Ancora sulla soppressione totale del sacco e del canale lacrimale. Ibid., 1840.—Stegman, L. V. Some unpredicted features in extirpation of the tear sac. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser., 4: 602-4.—Strakhov, V. P. Po noyodu udaleniya slyoznavo mleshka. Vest, oft., 1904, 21: 227-31 [Discussion] 455-8. ------ [Technique in excision of the lacrimal sac] Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9: 507.—Sublieau, J. M. Les complications de l'ablation du sac lacrymal. J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 276.-—Thies, O. Tranensackexstirpation bei einem schweren Bluter unter Anwendung von Vivokoll. Klin. Mbl.. Augenh., 1926, 77: 687-90.—Todd, F. C. Extirpation of the lachrymal sac after injection of paraffin. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1904, 33: 373-6.—Tooke, F. T. Extirpation of chronically in- flamed tear sacs; a prophylactic measure against diseased con- ditions of the cornea. Montreal M. J., 1906, 35: 336-41 — Van Lint. De l'extirpation du sac lacrymal dans les dacryo- cystites chroniques. Presse med. beige, 1906, 58: 568 du sac lacrymal. Presse med. beige, 1908, 60: 581-5.— Wieden, J. Extirpacion del saco y conducto lacrimo-nasal. Arch oft hisp. amer 1908, 8: 336-8. ------ De la extirpaci6n dei sace> y conducto lacrimo-nasal. Ibid., 457-65.—Wyler, J. S Extirpation of the lacrimal sac, when and how? Ophthalmology' Milwaukee, 1908-09, 5: 40-4. A quel moment l'extirpation du sac lacrymal devient-elle urgente? Policlinique, Brux., 1908, 17: 359.—Vigodski. K voprosu o vilushchenii slyoznavo mleshka. Tr. Obshch. Russ. vrach. Pirogova (1904) 1905, 3: 138-46.—Wibo, M. De la necessity d'une intervention radicale dans l'extirpation Tumor. Bahr, G. von. A case of myoblastic myoma of the lacrimal sac. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1938, 16: 109-15.—Bock, J. Eine eigenartige Geschwulst des Tranensackes. Klin. Mbl. Augenh 1940,105:367—Cardello.G. Sul plasmoma del sacco lacrimale! Rass. ital. ottalm., 1936, 5: 238-57.—Cavaniglia, A. Lin- fangiomesot.elioma del sacco lacrimale. Rass. internaz. clin ter. 1929, 10: 390-405.—Eberle, H. Zwei Fiille von Tranen- sacktumoren. Zschr. Augenh., 1929, 69: 339-43.—Frieberg, T. Ein Fall einer Tranensackzyste. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1926-27, 4: 28-35.—Hird, R. B. Papilloma of the lacrymal sac. Brit' J. Ophth., 1932, 16: 416.—Maggi, F. Contributo alio studio dei tumori primitivi del sacco lacrimale. Ann. ottalm 1906 35: 789-98.—Michail, D. [Pedicled plasmocytoma of the lacrymal sac] Cluj. meel., 1932, 13: 477.—Orzalesi, F. Un caso di polipo del sacco lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 1937, 16: 1093- 100.—Pascheff. Symmetrische Tumoren und Adenoma Sacci lacrymalis. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1927, 46: 433-9.—Penman, G. G., A Wolff, E. Primary tumours of the lacrimal sac. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 1325-9.—Sala, G. Contributo alio studio dei tumori fibromatosi della regione lacrimale (un caso di fibroma molle paracistico) Boll, ocul., 1930, 9: 1302-11.— Scheerer, R. Granuloma teleangiektodes der Karunkelgegend und des Tranensackinnern. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 86: 445-9.—Sedan, J., Astier, A., A Caudiere, M. Lymphobla- stome du sac lacrymal generalise, apres eLape orbitaire, a la totalite de l'appareil lymphatique. Marseille med., 1932, 69: 31.—Stallard, H. B. A case of chronic granuloma of the lacryrral sac. Brit. J. Ophth., 1940, 24: 457-9.—Vos, T. A. Papillom des Tranensacks. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 92: 658-60.—Wagenmann, A. Ein grosser gestielter Polyp im Tranensack. Ber. Ophth. Ges. (1906) i907, 296-300, pl.— Weve, H. [Case of lymphatic tumor of lachrymal sac] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 696-8, pl. LACRIMATION. See also Epiphora; Lacrimal nerve. Aulamo, R. Ein neues Augeninstrument; Tranenmesser. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1940, 18: 89.—Ehlers, H. Secretion of tears on gustatory stimulation. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1932, 7: 79-86.—Grosz, I. Tranenmanometer. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 105: 511.—Larmes (Les) de la Vierge; peinture de Dirk Bouts. Aesculape, Par., 1937, 27: 97.—Lipschiitz, H. Ueber die Befeuchtung des Auges. Zschr. Augenh., 1933, 80: 63-5.— Maes, J. P. The effect of the removal of the superior cervical ganglion on lachrymal secretion. Am. J. Physiol., 1938, 123: 359-63.—Rosengren, B. [Mechanics of shedeling tears] Sven. liik. tidn., 1928, 25: 1089-93.—Sedan, J. En marge de la psychologie des larmes. Marseille med., 1923, 60: 335-42. ---- Disorder. Andrade, C. de. Lrigrimas de sangue. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1941-42. 113: No. 5, 36-44.—Arruga, H. De la falta de secrecion lagrimal asociada a la falta de otras secreciones. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 395.—Behague, P. Epilepsie et larmes de sang. Ann. meel. psychol., Par., 1935, 93: pt 2, 283.—Bogorad, F. A. [The symptom of crocodile tears] Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 1328-30.—Bolotte A Fribourg-Blanc. Un cas de larmes de sang par desequilibre neuro-v6getatif post-com- motionnel. Arch, opht., Par., 1931, 48: 697-707.—Dejean, C. Une observation de larmes de sang. Arch. Soc. sc mid. biol. Montpellier, 1934, 15: 468-74.—Ferreira, F. Das varizes conjuntivaes; lagrimus de sangue. Rev. med. Bahia, 1939, 7: 243-6.—Gottesfeld, B. H., A Leavitt, F. H. Crocodile tears treated by injection into the sphenopalatine ganglion. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1942, 47: 314.—Hollwich, F. Ueber fehlende Tranenabsonderung bei kleinen Kindern. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 101: 570.—Kaminsky, S. D. Ueber das Syn- drom der Krokodils-Tranen. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 110: 151-60.—Leavitt, F. H., A Gottesfeld, B. H. Effective therapy in the syndrome of crocodile tears. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1941, 46: 751.—McGovern, F. H. Paroxysmal lacrimation during eating following recovery from facial paralysis; syndrome of crocodile tears. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 23: 1388-90.—MacRae, A. Defective movements of eyes associated with almost complete absence of lacrymal secretion. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1941) 1942, 61: 239-45.—Manes, A. J. Lagrimas sansruinolentas. Dfa mid., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 679.— Riddell, W. J. B. Congenital absence of tears. Glasgow M. J., 1940, 133: 85-8.—Russin, L. A. Paroxysmal lacrimation dur- ing eating as a sequel of facial palsy; syndrome of crocodile tears. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 2310.—Satanowsky, P. Lagrimas de sangre. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 46: 3429.— Scott, Z. R. Sanguineous lacrimation; report of a case. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 33: 907-9.—Tashiro, S., Badger, E.. A Younker, W. Is chromodacryorrhea a diapedesis of the red corpuscles? Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 377-81.— Tumarkin, I. A. The syndrome of crocodile tears. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1:26. LACRIMATION 43 ---- Pharmacology. Michail. D. Recherches sur l'elimination lacrymale du chlorure de sodium. Ann. ocul., Par., 1936, 173: 715-34. Also Cluj. med., 1936, 17: 293-304. ------ Pacurariu A Zolog. N. Action dos solutions de NaCl en injections intra-orbitaires et sous-cutanees sur la teneur des larmes en chlorure du sodium. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1706-9.—Michail, D., A Rusu, L. Action du regime alimentaire dechlorure et hyperelorurfi sur la teneur des larmes en NaCl. Ibid., 116: 1091-3.—Michail, D., A Vancea, P. Action de la pilocarpine, de l'atropine, de l'extrait de glande lacrymale et de la compression des globes oculaires (ri-fiexe oculo-cardiaque) sur la teneur des larmes en chlorure de soelium. Ibid., 115: 1703-6. ------ Action de la fievre provoquee sur l'elimination lacrymale du chlorure de sodium. Ibid., 117: 1273. ------ Action de l'hormone ovarienne sur l'elimination lacrymale du NaCl. Ibid., 1935, 119: 447. ------ A Zolog, N. Recherches sur 1'elimination lacrymale du glucose. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1938, 3: 182-8.—Michail, D., A Zolog, N. Nouvelles recherches concernant Taction ele l'adrenaline sur Termination lacrymale du glucose. Ibid., 607-12. ---- Tear. See also in 3. ser. Tears. Esser, A. A. M. Tianen und Bernstein im antiken Mythus. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 101: 88-94.—Forti, C. Sul potere amilolitico delle lacrirne. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 145-7.—Hosford, G. N., & Hicks, A. M. Hydrogen ion con- centration of tears; its relation to certain ocular symptoms and to conjunctival and corneal lesions. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 14--25.- Lindahl, C. Ueber die Adsorption ultravioletten Lichtes durch die Tranenflussigkeit. Arch. Augenh., 1913, 75: 263-99, 3 pl. Also Hygiea, Stockh., 1913, 75: 660.—Michail, D., A Vancea, P. Sur la teneur en NaCl du liquide lacrymai provenant des yeux normaux et malades. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 894-6.—Ridley, F. An active histamine-like sub- stance in the tears. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 58: 590-5.— Zenker, C. IVber Kristallbildung in den Triinen und der intraokularen Fliissigkeit. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1932, 49: 392-4. ---- Tear: Bactericide effect. See also Lysozyme. Cardoso de Almeida, C. Lysozima; fermento de defesa conjunctival existente na lagrima, seu conceito actual. S. Paulo med., 1941, 14: 207-19.-—Disinfezione con le lacrirne. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 180.—James, W. M. The lysozyme content of tears. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 1109-13.—Juraszynska, J. Sur Taction bactericide des larmes. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, cl. med., 1938, 331-3.—Ridley, F. Lysozyme; an antibacterial body present in great concentra- tion in tears, and its relation to infection of the human eye. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Ophth., 55-66. —---- Lysozyme. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 2: 516-9.—Thompson, R. Lysozyme and the antibacterial properties of tears. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 25: 491-509. ------ Certain antibacterial properties of saliva and tears not due to lysozyme. J. Bact., Bait., 1941, 41: 77. ------ A Gallardo, E. The concentration of lysozyme in the tears in acute and chronic conjunctivitis; with a note on the source of the lysozyme of tears. Am. J. Ophth., 1936, 19: 684. ------ The antibacterial action of tears on staphyloccocci. Ibid., 1941, 24: 635-40.—Venco, L. Ricerch sul lysozvm nelle lacrirne. Rass. ital. ottalm.. 1933, 2: 519-52. LACRIMATOR. See Chemical warfare; also names of lacrimator gases. LACRIMO-NASAL duct. See also Lacrimal passages. Bolk [The nasal end of the lachrimal canal] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 3430.—Davis, J. E. Ductus-nasola- crimalis/sinus-maxillaris relations; an anatomical and clinical consideration. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 721-8.—Gallenga, R. Contributo alia conoscenza delle vene del canale naso-lacrimale. Boll, ocul., 1929, 8: 761-72, 7 pl.—Gerard, G. Particularity osteologiques de la gouttiere lacrymonasale de l'homme; notion d'un eperon lacrymal anterieur. C. rend. Ass. anat. Par., 1906, 8: 117-9.—Helff, O. M. Lacrimal duct determina- tion and development in transplanted R. catesbeiana integu- ment. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 511 (Abstr.)—Hourn, G. E. X-ray visualization of the naso-lacrimal duct. Tr. Am. Laryng Ass., 1937, 59: 214-22. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1937, 46: 962-75.—Icard, S. Le canal lacrymc-nasal au point de vue de la medicine legale. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 185-96.—Kopy- low, M. B. Fin neues Verfahren zur rontgenologischen Darstellung des Canalis nasolacrimalis. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 686-92.—Marsigli, C. Aspetti e direzione del canale naso- lacrimale e sviluppo delle cavita paranasali. Riv. otoneur 1934, 11: 299-319.—Patzelt, V. Vaskularisiertes Epithel ini Tranennasengang und in der Steno'schen Druse des Maulwurfes Anat. Anz., 192S, 66: 73-8.—Sercer, A. Endoscopy of naso- lacrimal ostium. Otolar. slav., Praha, 1930, 2: 188-201, 6 pl — LACRIMO-NASAL DUCT Spackman, E. W. X-rav studies of the nasolacrimal duct. Am. J. Ophth., 1938, 3. ser., 21: 518-24.- Te.beck. A. Zur Histologie der Mundung des Tranennascnganges. Beitr. Anat Ohr., 1931-32, 29: 371 -82.— Toth, Z. Lotre.chte Rontgenauf^ nahme des Tranennasenkanals. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1933 91: 390-4. Also Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 850.—Trautmann. A., A Schmitt, J. Zur Physiologie des Tranennasengnnges des Pferdes. Deut. tierarztl. wschr., 1932, 40: 841-4.- Watanabe, M. Ueber die Entwicklung des Tranennascnganges in Japan einheimischer Amphibien. Anat. Anz., 1936, 82: 203-30.— Zaritzky, L. A. Ueber die Struktur des unteren (Nasen-) Abschnittes des Ductus naseilacrimalis. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935 69: 166-70. ---- Abnormity. Bogner, H. *Die congenitale Atresie des Tranennasenganges. 20 p. 8? Tub., 1934. Fiechtner, H. *Lasst sich die angeborene Atresie des Ductus naso-lacrimalis endoskopisch nachweisen? 14 p. 8° Tub., 1937. Becker, F. Zum membranosen Verschluss des oberen und unteren Endes des Triinennasenganges. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 101: 569.—Bujadoux. Malformation congenitale elu canal lacrvmal; emploi en ophtalmologie du plombage euge nol- zinc. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1935, 439-43.—Falta, M. Eine wichtige Anomalie des Ductus naso-lacrvmalis. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1904, 38: 111-7. Also Orv. hetil., 1904, 48: 145-7 — Jackson, E. Delayed development of the lacrimal-nasal duct. Ophth. Rec, Chic. 1907, 16: 321-4— Larsson. S. On the treat- ment of congenital atresia of the nasolacrimal duct. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1938, 16: 271-8.—Lyle, D. J. Occlusion of the nasolacrymal duct in the newborn. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1928, 45: 313.—Majerus, C. J. Atresia of the naso-lachrymal duct (in a colt) Vet. Med., Chic, 1931, 26: 225.—Odeneal, T. H. Congenital absence of membranous lacrimal duct. Am. J. Ophth., 3932, 3. ser., 15: 237.—Schwarz, M. Der angeborene Verschluss des Tranennasenkanals. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1934, 50: 30-5. Also transl. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 301.—Weeks, J. E. Congenital occlusion-of the lachrymal canal and acute contagious inflammations of the conjunctiva in children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43: 1760-2.—Wokurek, W., & Kraupa, E. Der angeborene Tranennasengangverschluss. Zschr. Augenh., 1936, 90: 273-5.—Zentmayer, W. Imperfora- tion of the lachrymonasal duct in the new-born, and its clinical manifestations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 51: 188-91. ---- Dilation, and irrigation. Hirsch, H. *Ueber die Tranenkanalspiilung beim Hund. 28 p. 8? Lpz., 1935. Brown, A. L. A method of dilating the lacrymal duct by rapid dilatation with sea tangle probes; preliminary report. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1928, 57: 397-401— Buckwalter, J. C. Hsemorrhage from lacrimal duct following removal of style. Am. J. Ophth., 1904, 21: 316-4, [Discussion] 331-6.—Elschnig, H. H. Triinenkanalspritze zum Messen des zum Durchspiilen notwendigen Druckes. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 76:417-20 — Fejfir, J. Erweiterung des Ductus naso-lacrymalis. Verh. Budapest Ges. Aerzte (1908) 1909, 62.—Friedman, B. A combination dilator and irrigation needle for the lacrimal canal. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1941, 26: 1062.—Hipp, W. Probing of the lacrimal canal with negative pole. Ibid., 1940, 24: 611.— Martin, J. S. Fixation of a style in the nasal duct. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 2: 1346.—Peschel, M. Die galvanokaustische Sonde fiir den Tranenkanal. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 465.—Schmidt, P. Eine Sonde zur Erweiterung von Strik- turen im Ductus nasolacrimalis. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1928, 80:390. ---- Disease, foreign body, and parasites. Aubaret, E. De l'insuffisance valvulaire du canal naso- lacrymal. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1905, 26: 267-70. Also Arch, opht., Par., 1908, 28: 347-71.—Byers, W. G. M. Notes on the cure of chronic catarrhal inflammations of the lachrymal canal with preservation of the normal anatomical relations. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1904, 23: 33-8.—Castroviejo, R. Bala en el canal lagrimal. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1932, 32: 686-91 — Enslin, E. Tranenkanalleielen und ihre Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1908, 55: 1334-7.—Ferrer, H. Canula alojada en el canal lagrimonasal durante tres afios y medio. Rev. cubana oft., 1929, 1: 253-6.—Muncaster, S. B. Operation for removal of style in the nasal duct. Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1908, n. ser., 17: 411.—Sakari, I. [The extraction of a cylindrical worm from the lacrymal duct] Nippon gankwa gakukwai zassi, 1904, 8: 619-21, pl.—Snyder, W. H. My experience in treating diseases of the duct without operation. Ohio M. J., 1906-07, 2: 74-8.—Vogt, A. Ueber Triinenkanalleiden und ihre Behandlung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 1107-9. ---- Obstruction, and stenosis. Bickerton, T. H. The treatment of nasal duct obstruction by a simple and rational method; prefaced by a historical sketch of the affection formerly known as the aegieops or fistula lachrymalis. Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1908, 29: 194-208.— Buckwalter, J. C. Stenosis of the lacrvmonasal duct. S. Louis M. Rev., 1903, 48: 361-4 [Discussion] 366.—Caldwell, G. W. LACRIMO-NASAL DUCT 431 LACTACIDEMIA Two new operations for obstruction of the nasal duct, with preservation of the canaliculi, and an incidental description of a new lacrymal probe. N. York M. J., 1893, 57: SSL- Campbell, D. M.. & Carter, J. M. Stenosis of the nasolacrimal passageways; the resulting pathologic condition and its treat- ment. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 367-75.—Comas, L., & Cepero, G. La electrolisis en las estrecheces del conducto lacrimo-nasal. Prensa mid., Habana, 1933, 24: No. 8, 1—4.— Fiore, T. Alterazioni delle vie lacrimali della congiuntiva e della cornea in conigli operati di zaffamento completo di una fossa nasale. Arch. ital. otol., 1928, 39: 530^16 — French, R. F. Lacrimal duct stenosis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1934, 24: 555-9.—Granstrom, K. O. Die Dakryozystitis bei Kindern, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung vernachlassigter Falle von kongenitaler Stenose des Ductus nasolacrimalis. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1938, 16: 512-8.—Karbowski, M. Une nouvelle modification du traitement des obliterations du canal naso-lacrymal. Arch, opht., Par., 1932, 49: 523.—Schall, E. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Stenosen des Tranennasen- kanals. Zschr. Augenh., 1926, 60: 38-40.—Spinelli, F. Dia- thermische Rekanahsation des Tranennasenkanals. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1933, 91: 202-7.—Teale, T. P. Stricture of the lachrymal duct. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 260-2 — Theobald. S. Radical cure of stricture of nasal duct. Mary- land M. J., 1893, 19: 95-7.—Walker, J. D. Stenosis of the nasolacrimal duct. Texas J. M., 1941-42, 37: 544-9. ---- Surgery. See also Lacrimal passages, Surgery: Dacryo- stomy. Deggeler, Z. B. [Complications after excision of tear duct] Sovet. vest, oft., 1933, 2: 270-4.—Gerke, J. Die kunstliche Wiederherstellung des Ductus nasolacrimalis. Zschr. Augenh., 1937, 91: 50-2.-—Jacod, M. Le larmoiement sans stenose et Tobstruction metcanique de Torifice inferieur des voies lacry- males; son traitement par la resection partielle du cornet inferieur. Ann. otolar., Par., 1932, 562.-—Okunev, V. Resection du conduit lacrymc-nasal. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 25: 697-711. Also Yezhemles. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1908, 3: 1-13.—Silva Costa, A. da. Canal conjunctivo- pituitario em face da cirurgia lacrymal. Fol. med., Rio, 1938, 19: 259-67.—Wamsley, J. W. A new tube for and method of operation upon the lachrvmal duct to restore tear drainage. Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1904, 13: 362-8. ---- Tumor. Bakker, C, & Oudendal, A. J. F. [A case of a basal cellular carcinoma of the nasolacrimal duct in a native woman] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 1-6, 2 pl.—Haardt, W. Radikal operiertes Karzinom des Trannenasenganges. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1941, 75: 158-60.—Spratt, C. N. Carcinoma of lacrimal duct. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 23: 1393.—Tobeck, A. Zylinderzellen- krebs des Tranennasenkanals. Arch. Ohr. <-■ liti^tc Milchsaurebildung de\s lebensfrischen Krotenmuskidbn is. Mitt. Med. \kaef Kioto, 1932, 6: 2445-55.—Tankc, B. Einfluss der Wasser- stoffionenkonzcntratioii auf die Phosphorylierung und Milch- saurebildung der Muskulatur. Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 250: 7.—Teraoka, M. Ueber den Einfluss der Gallensiiure auf deii Milchsaurestoffwechsel. Ibid., 249: 95-117. ---- muscular. See also Muscle subheadings (Contraction- Metabolism; Physiology) Biirgi, F. Der Milchsauregehalt des Muskels bei lang- dauernder Tatigkeit unter physiologischen Bedingungen. Ausz. Inaugur. I iss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1924-26, No. 52 1-3.—Davenport, H. A., <& Davenport, H. K. The lactic acid content of resting mammalian muscle. Proc. Soc. Exp Biol N. Y., 1927-28, z5: 177. Also J. Biol. Chem., 1928, 76: 651- 8.—Devadatta, S. C. The diffusion of lactate into and from muscle. J. Physiol., Lond., 1933, 79: 194-8.—Eggleton, G. P Eggleton, P., & Hill, A. V. 'the coefficient of diffusion of lactic acid through muscle. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1928, ser li 103- 620-8.—Fletcher, W. M., & Hopkins, F. G. Lactic acid in amphibian muscle. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906-07, 35: 247-309.— Hegnauer, A. H. Lactic acid metabolism of muscles made non- irritable by sugar solutions. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 107: 667- 76.—Hines, H. M., Leese, C. E., ath. gen., 1921, 19: 466-79.—Soriano, S. ("onsiderae-ione-s sistematicas a prop6sito de la clasificaci6n de algunos fermentos lacticos. Fol. biol., B. Air., 1938, 381-8.—Tron, G. Fermenti lattici vivi, attivi e puri. Terapia, Milano, 1924, 14: 84. ---- Phage. Casagrandi, O. II fago alfa Mezz. Zymologica, Bologna, 1938, 15: 83-103.—Maze, P. Le bacteriophage des ferments lactiques normaux du lait. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 856- 8. ------ La specificite du bacteriophage des ferments lactiques normaux du lait; les foyers d'entretien et de diffusion des bacteriophages lactiques dans les fromageries. Ibid., 129: 139. ■—■---- Les bacteriophages des ferments lactiques; identification des formes virulentes et des formes peu actives et non specifiques. Ibid., 1942, 136: 416. ---- Pharmacology. Martinaggi, P. ^Contribution k l'etude des ferments lactiques tyndallises en therapeutique intestinale; suivie de quelques observations relatives a leur emploi dans le traitement des plaies. 40p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Berthelot, A., & Bertrard, D. M. La necessity d'un controle bacteriologique des ferments lactiques pharmaceutiques. Ann. falsif., Par., 1912,5:164-7L—Bolca to, V. L'attivita di un fermen- to lattico in soluzioni di colla di pesce variamente preparate. Gior. biol. appl., 1932, 2: 63-9.—Cannata, S., & Mitra, M. Influenza di alcuni fermenti del latte sulla vitalita e virulenza di diversi microrganismi patogeni; ricerche- si >erimentali. Biochim. ter. sper., 1910, 2: 367-76—De Graaff, W. C, & Schaap, A. Deeomposition des matures protfiiques du lait sous Taction des fei m.-nts lactiques. Ann. falsif., Par., 1913, 6:639-45.—Larcher, A. Snr la pratique de l'emploi des ferments lactiques purs et stlectieuines. J. diet., Par., 1912, 3: 247-9.—Laroche, A. Les bases explrimentales et le mode d'action des ferments lactiques selectionnes. Ibid., 1911, 2: 152-4. ------ Formes thera- peutiques et mode d'emploi des ferments lactiques. Ibid., 206. —----Formes therapeutiques et mode d'emploi des ferments lactiques; le bouillon lactique. Ibid., 235. ------ Formes therapeutiques et mode d'emploi des ferment? lactiques; les formes seches: comprimes. Ibid., 253-5. ------ Formes therapeutiques et mode d'emploi des ferments lactiques; la poudre de lactiques purs et s61ectionnes; poudre pour preparer le lait aigri; poudre fine pour emplois chirurgicaux. Ibid., 278- 81.—Monti, G. Contributo alio studio dei medicamenti con fermenti lattici. Policlinico, 1917. 24: sez. prat., 1240-3.— Nitardy, F. W., Enright, J. J., & V\ renn, V. S. Longevous culture's of acieluric bacteria. U. S. Patent Off., 1933, No. 1,918,053.—Pergher, G. Sul comportamento dei fermenti lattici nell'apparato digeuvnte. Ann. igiene, 1927, 37: 729- 69.—Puntoni. V. Moderne concezioni sul meccanismo d'azione dei fermenti lattici. Ibid., 1939, 49: 533-41.- Rogers, L. A. The preparation of dried cultures. J. Infect. Dis., 1914, i4: 100-23.—Rosenthal, G. Origines et fondement tit- la bacterio- therapie par les ferments lactiques. J. diet., Par., 1910, 1: 17-20.-—Sabrazes, J., & Turenne. Resultats obtenus avec lea ferments lactiques purs et s61ectionnes. Ibid., 1912. 3: 15.— Sagastume, (.'. A., & Rivera, V. La conservacion de los fer- mentos lacticos para uso terr.peutico. Rev. Fac. cienc. quim. La Plata, 1939, 14: 111--4.- -Soromcnho, L. Estudo bacterio- l6gico de alguns preparados de fermentos lacticos do nosso comercio. Arq. Inst, centr. hig., Lisb., 1913, 1: 120-30.— Tixier, G.. & Beck, J. Sur l'essai des preparations de ferments lactiques. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 252-67.— Toledo Mello, J. Da acgao antagonica dos fermentos lacticos sobre algumas bacterias do grupo intestinal e o B. subtilis. Fol. med., Rio, 1937, 18: 535-8.—Valenti, A. Fermenti lattici ed azione vitaminica; rivista sintetica sul meccanismo di azione. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1939, 8: 406-12. ---- Therapeutic use. See also Milk, Fermentation; also names of various sour milk preparations as Kefir; Kumys, etc. Pollalis, P. *Les ferments lactiques et leurs applications en medecine veterinaire [Alfort] 150p. 8? Par., 1926. Bach, D. Les ferments lactiques; leur emploi actuel en th6rapeutique. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1165-9—Carbone, 1). Ancora sui fermenti lattici. Terapia, Milano, 1939, 29: 284- 6.-—Caserio, E. Sul controllo delle attivita dei fermenti lattici destinati ad uso leiapeutico. Gior. batt. immun., 1937, 18: 216-22.—Faguet, M. Les ferments lactiques et le mefcanisme de leur action therapeutique. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 1413-7.—Goglia, S. Lactic ferments in therapeutics. S. Afr. M. J., 1938, 12: No. 19, advert., p. xvii.—Imbs, B. G., Kukhar- chuk, V. V., & Gonchar, V. A. [Acidophiliri in raising of lambs] Sovet. vet., 1939, 16: No. 7, 75.—Kadlets, N. A., & Tsetsiorko- Limonova, A. A. [Lactovaccine] Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 1823-25.—Littledale, H. E. A modern elixir of life [Fermen- lactyl] Brit. M. J., 1908, 2: 1216—Pelaez Brihuega, J. Los fermentos lacticos en urologia. Actual, meel., Granada, 1940, 16: 661.—Rebuffat, E. Les ferments lactiques en therapeutique interne. Bruxelles med., 1935-36, 16: 207-10.—Rosenthal, G. Les applications medicales de la bacteriotherapie par les fer- ments lactiques. J. diet., Par., 1910, 1: 39-42.—Soriano, S. Los fermentos lacticos en la terapeutica intestinal. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 19.30-31, 16: 364-82.— Torres Bandeira, J. A. Novo processo de administracao dos fermentos lacticos baseado em propriedades biologicas dos lactobacilos. Resenha med., Rio, 1940, 7: 74-6.—Wyss-Chodat, F. Les progres de la thera- peutique par les ferments lactiques. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 161; 189.—Zaprudeky, I. B. [Effect of biolactin on certain species of pathogenic bacteria in vitro] In Mubil. sborn. Omsk. med. inst., Omsk, 1935, 69-92. LACTICODEHYDROGENASE. See also Lactic acid, Decomposition. Metjmann, W. *Das Redoxpotential des Systems Milchsaure-Brenztraubensaure-Milch- sauredehydrogenase. 18p. 21cm. Miinch., 1936. Bach, S. J. Lactic dehydrogenase of yeast. Nature, Lond., 1942, 149: 48.—Katagiri, H., & Kitahara, K. The lactic dehydrogenase of lactic acid bacteria. Biochem. J., Lond., 1938, 32: 1654-7.—Oya, T. Ueber das pH-Optimum der Milchal- dehvdrase und die Beeinflussung dieses Fermentes durch Licht. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 215: 398-401.—Straub. Crystalline lactic dehydrogenase. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 483.— Wagner-Jauregg, T., & Moller, E. F. Ueber die Milchsaure- dehydrase. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 236: 216-21 — Yamarroto, I. Ueber das Milcbsauredehydrogenase-System. Fukuoka acta med., 1934, 27: 127-9. LACTIM. See under name of parent amino acid. LACTIN. See Lactose. LACTIS aerogenes. See Aerobacter. LACTOBACILLEAE 439 LACTOBACILLUS LACTOBACILLEAE. See also Lactobacteriaceae; also names of genera as Lactobacillus; Propionibacterium. Gillespie, R. W. H., <& Rettger, L. F. Oxidation-reduction potentials of certain anaerobic and facultative anaerobic bacteria: Eh:pH relationship and a possible explanation for the phenomenon of double reversion of potential during the apparent logarithmic phase; preliminary observations on the aifferentiation of lactobacilli of intestinal and buccal origin. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 14.—Hansen, P. A. Stimulation of the growth of lactobacilli by extracts of Streptococcus lactis and Streptococcus cremoris. Ibid., 1941, 41: 41.—Harrison, R. W. Studies on lactobacilli; relationship of immunological specificity and fermentative capacity. J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 70: 69-76.---—_ Studies on lactobacilli; changes in im- munological specificity associated with changes in fermentation reactions. Ibid., 77-87.—Snell, E. E., Strong, F. M., & Peterson, W. H. Growth factors for bacteria; pantothenic and nicotinic acids as essential growth factors for lactic and propionic acid bacteria. J. Bact., Bait., 1939, 38: 293-308.— Strandskov, F. B., efe Lewis, K. H. Factors affecting the action of sulfanilamide upon members of the tribe Lacto- bacilleae. Ibid., 1941, 42: 289.—Trescher, M. O. Growth of lactobacilli at surface tensions depressed by sodium ricino- leate. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1932, 8: 484.—Valley, G., & Herter, R. C. A modified medium for the study of intestinal lactobacilli. Science, 1935, 82: 14.—Winnegge, E., & Henneberg, W. Zur Kenntnis der stabchenformigen Milch- saurebakterienarten; Vorkommen im Menschen und Tier, Ansiedlungsversuche durch Genuss von Milch, Kase und Reinkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1934-35, 91: 102-35 — Wittern, A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mikrobakterien Orla- Jensen. Ibid., 1932-33, 87: 412-46.—Wood, H. G., Anderson, A. A., & Werkman, C. H. Growth-factors for propionic and lactic acid bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38 36: 217-9. ---- oral. See also Lactobacillus, Thermobacterium acid- ophilum; also Mouth, Bacteriology; Saliva, Bacteriology; Tooth, Caries: Etiology. Franco, E. E. Sopra i microorganismi cosidetti acidofili della cavita orale dell'uomo. Riv. venet. sc. med., 1905, 43: 365-9— Harrison, R. W., Zidek, Z. C, & Hemmens, E. S. Studies in lactobacilli; type-specific immunological reactions of oral strains. J. Infect. Dis., 1939, 65: 255-62.—Hill, T. J., & Eniesner, A. H. Growth of oral lactobacilli in saliva. J. Dent. Res., 1941, 20: 266. ------ Nutritional requirements of oral lactobacilli; pantothenic acid and dextrose, d-glucose. Ibid., 1942, 21: 467.—Howitt, B. Cultural and serologic reactions of lactobacilli from the mouth. J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 46: 351-67.—Koszeg, F. Recherches sur les lactobacilles. Atti Congr. internaz. stomat. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 2: 1009- 12.—Opal, Z. Z., & Harrison, R. W. Comparative studies on oral and intestinal lactobacilli. J. Dent. Res., 1943, 22: 205.— Sullivan, H. R. A comparison of the decalcifying ability of different types of oral lactobacilli. Ibid., 1939, 18: 525.— Whyte, R. A study of oral aciduric organisms. Brit. Dent. J., 1943, 74: 309-16.—Williams, N. B. Studies on production of hypersensitivity in rabbits by injection of oral lactobacilli. J. Dent. Res., 1942, 21: 316 (Abstr.) ------& Harrison, R. W. Sensitization of rabbits by intradermal injection of heat-killed lactobacilli of human oral origin. Ibid., 223-32. LACTOBACILLINE. See Lactic ferment; Lactobacillus, Use. LACTOBACILLUS. See also Lactobacilleae; also Mouth, Bac- teriology; Saliva, Bacteriology; Stomach, Bac- teriology; Vagina, Bacteriology. Albus, W. R. The effect of surface tension upon the growth of the lactobacilli. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 197-202.— Allen, L. A., & Harrison, J. A comparative study of lacto- bacilli from grass silage and other sources. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1936, 23: 546-57.—Bachrach, E., & Cardot, H. Modi- fications du bacille lactique sous l'influence du milieu. Arch. internat. physiol., Liege, 1926, 26: 155-68.—Cardot, H., & Laugier, H. Action des fortes concentrations salines sur le bacille lactique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 108-10 ?o]n3te,rafeoSrlentative specjes of Lactobacillus. J. Bact., Bait., t»™'™iV- ---'■--- ,TThe pH requirements of some hetero- termentative species of Lactobacillus. Ibid., 40: 649-55 — Guittonneau, G. Sur un bacille sporule thermophile fonction- nant comme ferment lactique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 187: °fT72~Horowitz-Wlassowa, L. M., & Nowotelnow, N W Ueber eine sporogene Milchsaurebakterienart, Lactobacillus' sporogenes n sp. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1932-33, 87: 331-3.— Hunt, G A , & Rettger, L. F. A comparative study of members ol the Lactobacillus genus, with special emphasis on lacto- bacilli of soil and grain. J. Bact., Bait., 1930, 20: 61-83 — Lipschutz, B Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bacillus crass'us. Med. Khn. Berl., 1921, 17: 261-3.—Lowi, E. Ueber die Benennung des Bacillus crassus Lipschutz, seine Stellung im System und Allgemeines uber Nomenklatur und Systematik. Zbl. Bakt. 1. Abt., 1922, Orig., 88: 1-5.—Pederson, C. S. i, ?tgaf££0(hcmg sPecies of the genus Lactobacillus. J. Bact., Bait,, 1937, 33: 90; 1938, 35: 95. ------ The characterization ol species of the genus Lactobacillus. Ibid., 1942 43- 56__ Reichel, J & Cheplin, H. A. Lactobacilli concentrate. U.' S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,957,555.—Rettger, L. F. A brief survey of the group of acid-producing and acid-tolerating bacteria known as the Lactobacillus genus. Yale J. Biol 1932 4: 485-98.—Rudakov, K. I. [Cycle of development of the lactic acid bacilli] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1933 2: 57-64, pl—Smith, F. L., 2nd, & Wallgren, A. B. A study of the lactobacilli with special reference to the Bacillus acido- philus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932, 18: 111-34.—Staiger & Glau- bitz, M. Vergleichende Siiuerungsversuche zwischen dem Bacillus delbrucki und den Kaltmilchsaurebakterien (Bac- tenurri lactis acidi und Bact. cucumeris fermentati Henneberg) Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 75: 25-8.—Stevenson, W. The distribution of the long lactic bacteria; lactobacilli. Ibid. 1911,30:345-8. ---- Beta bacterium. Frank, D. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der gas- bildenden stabchenformigen Milchsaurebakterien (Betabacterium Orla Jensen, heterofermentative Milchsaurebakterien Kluyver & Donker) fKiell 106p. 8? Wiirzb., 1936. ---- Beta bacterium breve. Syn.: acidophilus aerogenes; brassicae fermen- tatae; casei gamma; fructovorans; lycopersici; panis fermentati; pentoaceticus; soyae. Hunt, G. A. The gaseous metabohsm of L. pentoaceticus with reference to several representative members of the lacto- bacillus group. J. Bact., Bait., 1933, 26: 341-60.—Nelson, M. E.. & Werkman, C. H. Dissimilation of pyruvic acid by Lactobacillus lycopersici. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35 32: 1622.—Weinstein, L., ies paratyphiques. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1938, 10: 298-303.— Carbonieri, P. L. Intorno all'azione del Saccharomyces bulgaricus; sui microrganismi e sulle sostanze tossiche dello intestino (ricerche) Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1926, 5: 271- 6.—Carminati, V. Influenza di materiali bacillari omologhi sullo sviluppo del Thermobacterium bulgaricum. Ibid., 1933, 12: 434-43.—Diadchenko, B. A. [Introducing into therapy of diseases of the ear, throat, and nose, the milk culture of Bacil- lus bulgaricus] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 30: No. 3, 204-8.—Froma- Keot, C, & Roux, J. Die Bildung von WTasserstoffperoxyd durch B. bulgaricus. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 267: 202.—Graham, V. E. The maintenance of viability in Lactobacillus bulgaricus cultures by growth in association with certain yeasts. J. Bact, Bait., 1943, 45: 51 (Abstr.) —Kleeberg, J. Studien iiber Yog- hurt und Kefir; zur Biologie des Bacterium bulgaricum. Zbl. Bakt, 2. Abt., 1927, 72: 1-4.—Kopeloff, N., & Beerman, P. Studies with B. acidophilus and B. bulgaricus; preliminary attempts at implantation of B. bulgaricus. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1924-25, 10: 914-7.—Mazzeo, M. Azione del B. bulgaricum sulle forme vegetative e sporali di alcuni bacilli anaerobici. Riv. pat. sper., 1926, 1: 490-500. ------ Sull'antagonismo batterico tra il B. bulgaricum e alcuni germi intestinali. Rass. internaz. chn. ter., 1926, 7: 329-41.—Pick, I. [Mechnikov's bacillus in therapy of diseases of the ear] Gyogyaszat, 1931, 71: 136-8.—Puntoni, V. Dissociazioni del bacillo bulgaro. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1942^3, 50: 650 (Abstr.)—Shklovsky, D. E., & Liubimova, M. P. [Application of culture of Bulgarian bacillus in suppurative, surgical diseases] Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, No. 4, 62-9.—Sherman, J. M., & Hodge, H. M. The thermophilic and anaerobic nature of Lactobacillus bulgaricus. Science, 1936, 84: 208.—Voss, J. G., & Frazier, W. C. In- fluence of growth at low temperature on heat resistance of Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. Bact, Bait, 1942, 44: 255.— Wikullil, L. von. Zur Kenntnis der Kornchenbildung beim Bac. bulgaricus. Zbl. Bakt, 2. Abt., 1932-33, 87: 59-61 — ZaviSka, P., & Messinger, D. Der Bacillus bulgaricus in der Oto-Rhinologie. Mschri Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 268-72. ---- Thermobacterium caucasicum. Syn.: Dispora; freudenreichi; lehmani; neu- manni; Pacinia; Streptobacillus lebenis. Makrinov, I. A., & Strohbinder, X. Biochemische Be- sonderheiten der Milchsauremikroben; morphologische und biochemische Besonderheiten des Bact. caucasicum. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt, 1928, 75: 171-8. ---- Thermobacterium delbrueckii. Syn.: acidificans; cereale. Fred, E. B., Peterson, W. H., & Stiles, H. R. The bio- chemistry of the granulated lactic acid bacteria from cereals. J. Bact., Bait, 1925, 10: 63-78.—Neuberg, C, & Simon, E. Ueber die quantitative Dismutation des Methylglyoxals zu Milchsaure durch den Bacillus delbriicki sowie durch das Bacterium lactis aerogenes nebst Versuchen iiber das abwei- chende stereochemische Verhalten des Phenylglyoxals bei dieser Reaktion. Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 186: 331-6.—Snell, E. E., Tatum, E. L., & Peterson, W. H. Growth factors for bacteria; some nutritive requirements of Lactobacillus delbruckii. J. Bact, Bait, 1937, 33: 207-25.—Stiles, H. R., & Pruess, L. M. Nutrient requirements of L. delbruckii in the lactic acid fer- mentation of molasses. Ibid., 1938, 36: 149-53.—Tychowski, A., & Kobe), M. Ueber eine schnell verlaufende Umwandlung von Hexose-diphosphat in Lactat unter dem Einfluss des typischen Milchsaurebildners Bacillus delbriicki. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 209: 134-41. ---- Thermobacterium helveticum. Syn.: casei epsilon; epsilon. Adler, E., 0 <1,6> and d-galactosan <1,5> 0 <1,6> from the pyrolysis of lactose. Ibid., 1941, 63: 1484. -----& Haskins, W. T. The syntheses of lactose and its epimer. Ibid., 1942, 64: 1490. ------ Syntheses of epi-lactose and lactose. Ibid., 1852-6.—Michlin, D., & Fetissowa, T. Ueber die Wirkung der Elektrolyten auf die Synthese der Lactose. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 282: 26-31.—Werner, H. Nachweis und Bestimmung kleinster Mengen verunreinigender hoch- molekularer Stoffe, dargelegt am chemisch reinen Milchzucker. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt, 1934, 67: 298-301.—Whittier, fl. O. Lactose; a review. Chem. Rev., Bait., 1925-26, 2: 5-125. ------ Freezing points and osmotic pressures of lactose solutions. J. Phys. Chem., 1933, 37: 847-9. ---- Determination. See also Lactosuria. Adriano, F. T.. Oliveros, S. B., & Miranda, L. G. The Lane-Eynon volumetric method for the determination of lactose in milk. Philippine J. Sc, 1934, 54: 83-9.—Auerbach, F., & Borries, G. Der Einfluss des Rohrzuckers auf die Bestimmung des Milchzuckers durch Oxydation mit Jod. Arb. Reichs- gesundhamt, 1926, 57: 318-24.—Bartholomew. Contribution au dosage du lactose dans le lait de vache. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1927, 5. ser., 7: 440-7.—Bergmann, M., & Grafe, K. New reactions of lactobiose and cellobiose. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 110: 173-80—Bierry, M., ^cm. Tou- louse, Lion & fils, 1934. 463569—VOL. 9, 4th series----29 LADRET, Albert, 1907- *Le probleme de l'aphasie; revue critique des solutions pro- posees [Lyon] 240p. 25cm. Saint-Etienne, Impr. Nouvelle, 1939. LADREY, Suzanne, 1908- Contribution k l'etude des suppurations pulmonaires. 116p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LADUE, William Herman, 1884- A square deal for the narcotic addict, ix, 131p. 8? Plattsburgh, N. Y., the Author, 1935. LAD WIG, Gerhard, 1907-• *Ueber den Brodie'schen Knochenabszess [Jena] 30p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1936. LAD WIG, Werner, 1911- *Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber die Frage des Vor- kommens eines Schiirfungsringes an Hautaus- schiissen. 23p. 21cm. Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1938. LADYGINA-KOTS, N. N. fluTH niHMnaH3e h AHTH nejioBeica b hx HHCTHHKTax, bmouhhx, urpax, npHBBIHKax H Bbipa3HTeJIbHbIX JIBHJKeHHHX. 2v. xvi, 596p.; 120 1., pl. 26cm. Moskva, Izdan. Gosud. Darvin Muz., 1935. LAECHELE, Walter, 1909- *Beitrage zur antibakteriellen Funktion des Speichels. 27p. 8? Tub., Studentenwerk, 1935. LAEGEL, Carl Florenz, 1874- *Ueber Cholecystitis typhosa. 28p. 8? Lpz., B. Georgi, 1903 LAEHNDORFF, Hans, 1901- *Hemi- parese bei Lues cerebri; ein Beitrag zu ihrer Symptomatologie (unter Beriicksichtigung rao- derner Fragen) [Kiel] 22p. 8? Itzhoe, W. Jansen, 1925. LAEHR, Hans, 1856-1929. Die Anstalten fiir Psychisch- und Nervenkranke, Schwach- sinnige, Epileptische, Trunksuchtige usw. in Deutschland, Oesterreich, der Schweiz und den baltischen sowie anderen Grenzlandern. 8. Aufl. von Georg Ilberg. 158p. 8? Berl., W. de Gruyter & co., 1929. Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat, 1929, 91: For obituary see Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1929, 90: H. 1-2, portr. LAEHR, Max, 1865-1937. For obituary see Hallervorden, J. Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1936-37, 105: 239-44, portr. LAEHR, Werner, 1898- *Exogene Fak- toren bei Diabetes mellitus (Statistisches zum Diabetes) 84p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1932. LAELAPTIDAE. See also Acarina; Rat, Parasite. Fonseca, F. da. Generos e especies de acarianos parasitas de ratos (Acari, Laelaptidae) Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1936, 10: 17-23. ------ Generos e especies de acarianos parasitas de mammiferos (Acari; Laelaptidae) Ibid., 25-32. ----— Os Laelaptidae gigantes, parasitas de roedores sulamericanos; genero e especies novos, Acari. Ibid., 1938-39, 12: 7-53, 12 pl. [Engl, transl., 55-102] ------ Novos estudos sobre o genero Laelaps Koch, 1836, Acari, Laelaptidae. Ibid., 103-23, 5 pl. [Engl, transl., 125-45] ------ Notas de aca- reologia; Bolivilaelaps tricholabiatus, gen. n., sp. n., Acari, Laelaptidae. Ibid., 1940, 14: 59-64. LAEMMER, Marcel. La diathermie dans les affections du tube digestif. 97p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. LAEMMERHIRT, Fritz Gunter, 1904- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Bul- buspuls [Greifswald] 32p. 8? Berl., L. Schumacher, 1931. LAEMMERMANN, Hans. Das Mannheimer kombinierte Verfahren der Begabtenauslese; eine statistische Untersuchung iiber die Be- wahrung an hoheren Schulen. 197p. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1927. Forms H. 40, Beih. Zschr. angew. PsychoL LAEMMLE 450 LAENNEC LAEMMLE, Hermann, 1900- *Ueber (leruchsstorungen und ihre klinische Bedeutung [Frankfurt a. M.] p.22-42. Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1931, 130: LAEMMLER, Karl, 1902- *Der Zahn- stein [Heidelberg] 48p. 8? Walldorf-Heidelb., F. Lamade, 1931. LAKMMLI, Karl [M. D., 1936, Basel] *Ueber die Mcinicke-Tuberkulose-Reaktion und die Beziehungen zur Tuberkulinempfindlichkeit der Haut [Basel] p.291-302. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. Also Beitr. Khn. Tuberk., 1935-36, 87: LAENNEC, Rene Theophile Hyacinthe, 1781- 1826 [Traite de l'auscultation mediate, et des maladies des poumons et du coeur] A treatise on the diseases of the chest, and on mediate auscultation. For this English translation see Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 193; passim. ---- Laennec, 1781-1826, documents in^dits. 41p. portr. facs. 25^ x 20cm. [Par.] Masson & cie, 1926. ---- La guerre des Venetes; poeme 6pique, he>oi-comique; pub. par Paul Busquet. 73p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. Sec also: Chevalier, A. *L'esprit d'observations de Laennec dans son cours de 1824-25 au College de France [Paris] 156p. 8? Angers, 1933. Costa Santos, S. Laennec. 14p. 25}4cm. Lisb., 1927. Desmier, C. *Laennec, arthritique ct tubercu- leux. 150p. 8° Par., 1926. Duclos, H. Laennec. 282p. 12? [Par., 1932] Mumey, N. An iconographic sketch of the life of Ren6 Theophile Hvacinthe Laennec. 123p. 8? Denver, 1932. Rottxeau, A. Laennec apres 1806; 1806-26, d'apres des documents inedits. 438p. 8? Par., 1930. Webb, G. B. Rene Theophile Hyacinthe Laennec; a memoir, xix, 146p. 8? N. Y., 1928. See also Achard, C. [Biography] Progr. mid., Par., 1926, 41: Suppl. illust, 97-104. Also Paris med., 1926, 62: annexe, 515-20, portr. ----■— Le role de Laennec dans revolution de la medecine. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: 455-62. Also Presse med., 1926, 34: 1597-600.—Bar, P. Le centieme anniversaire de la mort de Laennec. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: 407-11, portr.—Barbillon. Brous- Bais et Laennec. Paris med., 1926, 62: annexe, 530-3. Also in Etude crit. hist. med. (Barbillon) Par., 1930, 220-7 — Bellencontre. Laennec praticien. Presse mid., 1926, 34: 1558.—Benda, C. Die Hundertjahrfeier des Todestages Laennecs in Paris. Med. Khn., Berl., 1927, 23: 114.—Benoit, E. P. Eloge de Laennec. Union mid. Canada, 1926, 55: 683-93.-—Bertein. Laennec otologiste. Bull. Soc. mid. mil. fr., 1927, 21: 11-4.—[Biography] In Cardiac Classics (Willius, F. A.) S. Louis, 1941, 322-6, 2 portr.—Boisserie-Lacroix. Laennec a Bordeaux. J. med. Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 277-82.— Bordet, F. L'opinion de Laennec sur quelques questions d'actualite medicale. Hopital, 1927, 15: 178-80.—Brodier, P. A propos du centenaire de Laennec. J. mid. Paris, 1927, 46: 51-3—C, R. B. Who were they? Middlesex Hosp. J., 1941, 41: 7C-9.-—Cabanes. Quelques glanes sur Laennec. Gaz. hop., 1926, 99: 1631.—Centenaire (Le) de Laennec. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1586-600.—Centenario (El) de Laennec. Cr6n. med. mex., 1926, 25: 297-301, portr.—Coffin, M. Les amis de Laennec; Laennec etudiant. Vie med., 1926, 7: 2657- 64.-—Courcoux, A. Laennec. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1553-7.— Cowlishaw, L. Precursors of Laennec in the diagnosis of diseases of the heart and lungs. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 799-801.—d'Arsonval. Laennec au college de France. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1587.—David, A. A propos du centenaire de Laennec. J. sc. mid. Lille, 1926, 44: pt 2, 115-7. portr.— Duparc. Les fetes du centenaire de Laennec; discours. Ibid., 206-15.—Evatt, C. W. Rene Theophile Hyacinthe Laennec. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1930, 26: 203-6.—Ferrand, J. Le centenaire de Laennec et la Socifite de Saint-Luc. Bull. Soc. med. S. Luc, Bourges, 1927, 33: 65-94.—Flick, L. F. The life of Laennec. Med. Life, 1926, 33: 543-57, pl., portr.—Fodere. Laennec po£te. Aesculape, Par., 1929, n. ser., 19: 210-3.— Formacifin (La) espiritual y cientifica de los grandes maestros- Laennec. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 767.—Gallois, P. Laennec, createur de la methode en medecine. Presse mod. 1926, 34: 1557.----— Services rendus par Laennec aux malades. Vie med., 1926, 7: 2007.—Gaussel. A propos du ccnti naire de Laennec. Bull. Soc. sc. mid. biol. Montpellier 1927, 8: 257-66.-- Gentv. M. Laennec, m6decin do Chateau- briand. Progr. mod.. Par.. 1937, No. 44, Suppl., 69-72, portr.— Griffiths, F. G. Commemoration of Laennec; his work on the heart and lungs; his invention of the stethoscope. i\led. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 796-9.—Guiart, J. Hommage a Laennec; sa vie et son oeuvre. Biol, med., Par.. 1927, 17: 1-32, portr.] illust.—Guisan, A. Rene-Theophile-Ih aeinthe Laennec' Praxis, Bern, 1927, 16: H. 12, 1; 3; 5; II. 13, I. Harley. II. I,' The centenarv of Laennec. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1927 24' 275-9.—Herricl, E. Laennec. Mull. Acad, med.," Par.. i'.L'ii' 3. ser., 96: 462-7— Holmes, A. W. Laennec. Med. J. Am- tralia, 1926, 2: 794-6.—Holmgren, I. [The celebration of the 100. anniversary of Laennecs death in Paris, l'.iL'td Ihgiea Stockh., 1927, 89: 201-11.—Hoyle, ('. The life and discoveries of Rene Laennec. Brit. J. Tuberc, 1944, 38: 21 35.- Lai«nel- I evartine. Sur le centenaire de la mort de Laennec. Hull Soc. fr. hist mid., 1927, 21: 97-108.—Langevin, <;. Sur la tombe de Laennec. Arch. med. chir. province, 1926, 16: 401-5.—lereboullet, P. Quelques pages de Laennec. Paris med., 1926, 61: 473-88. I eSage. Un monument a Lai miec. Place Saint-Cemain a Maris. Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 805.—Letulle, M. Laennec anatomo-pathologiste. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1594 0. - ---- Deux autographes inedita de Laennec. Ibid., 1559.—Libbrecht, A. Laennec. Rev. mid., Louvain, 1926, 225.—Lindhagen, E. [Biography] Hvgiea, Stockh., 1927, 89: 10-34.—Masi, E. R. T. G. Laennec e l'ascoltazione mediata. Riv. stor. se. med., 1927, 18: 49-62, portr.—Meretrier, P. Laennec et la dfcouvcrte de l'ausculta- tion. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1580.- Mettling, ('. R.-H.-Th. Laennec; critique litteraire et bihliogrnphe. Bull, med., Par., 1920, 40: 1423-9. —■---- Index bihliugraphiqiic par ordre chronique de l'oeuvre de Rene rI heophile Hyacinthe Laennec. Presse mid., 1926, 34: 1021 6.-Mevel, P. Laennec a Ker- louarnec. Paris med., 1926, 62: annexe, 521-7, portr.— Mirallie, C. Les origines medicals de Laennec. Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: 411-24. Also Presse med., 1926, 34: 1592-4.—Mollard, J. Laennec cardiologue. Lyon med., 1926, 138: 579-84.—Myers, J. A., & Cady, L. H. Rene Theo- phile Hvacinthe Laennec, inventor of the stethoscope. Minne- sota Med., 1927, 10: 370-6.—Neumann, A. G. Los estudios que realizara Laennec sobre semiologia y clfnicas. Rev. med., Rosario, 1926, 1: 30-5.—Omnes, C. J. Laennec. Ibid., 63-67. ------& Neumann, A. Laennec. Ibid., 16: 341-54, portr.---Orrego, A. La vida y la obra de Rene Laennec. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1933, 50: 268-76.—Pisek, W. [Laennec, inventor of stethoscope; contemporary medicine in France and Poland] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 959-63.—Placet (Ln) envers, du pore de Laennec. Chron. med., Par., 1927, 34: 13-7.—Retf- nault F. Lr role du stethoscope dans la dfecouvei te de Laennec. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1927, 21: 108-11.—Renault, L. Aux lieux saints de la medecine. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1044.— Rene-Theophile-Hyacinthe Laennec. Aesculape, Par., 1935, 25: 210, portr.—Robinson, V. Laennec and auscultation. In his Pathfinders in Med., N. Y., 1912, 217-34, portr.— Roger. Laennec a la Faculte* de Medecine, l'etudiant-le professeur. Presse mid., 1926, 34: 1588-Rosenblatt, M. B. The immortal French physician: Rene Theophile Laennec. Med. Times, N. Y., 1931, 59: 290-3.—Salen, Li. (Miogiaphie] Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1769-80.—Sergent, E. Laennec clinicien et meclecin. Bull. Acad, mid., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: 438-55. Also Presse med., 1926, 34: 1596. Also J. med. chir., Par., 1927, 98: 5-11. Also Rev. gen. sc. pur., 1931, 42: 169-77. Also Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 806-22.—Silva Carvalho. A obra de Laennec. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1926, 44: 402-6.— Sudhoff, K. Laennec; zur 100. Wiederkehr seines Todestages am 13. August 1826. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1445.— Szumowski, W. [Centenary commemoration of the death of Laennec] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 972.—Teissier, P. Laen- nec, 1781-1826. Rev. tuberc, Par., 1927, 3. ser., 8: p. iii-xv, portr.—Valdes Lambea. Siluetas de enfermos ilustres: Renato Teofilo Jacinto Laennec. Siglo med., Madr., 1935, 96: 220-2 — Webb, G. B. Rene Theophile Hyacinthe Laennec. Ann. M. Hist, 1927, 9: 27-59. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Collect. art. Fac. med. Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 62, 6.3, 81. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: No. 41. Also in Hundred Years of Med. (Haagensen, C. D., & Lloyd, W. E. B.) N. Y., 1943, opp. 180. LAENNEC, Theophile, 1901- *Cardio- pathies mitrales et gestation. 249p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1930. LAENNEC cirrhosis. See Liver cirrhosis. LAER, Arnold von, 1905- *Die Milch- versorgung der grossen deutschen Stadte. v, p.145-64. 24^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1933. Also Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1933, 30: LAER, Heinrich, 1907- *Ueber Katarakt bei myotonischer Dystrophic [Wiirzburg] 19p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1934. LAERUM 451 LAFARGUE LAERUM, Birger, 1872- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist.. 1915, 2: 79. LAERUM, Ole Diderik Zacharias Severin Ottesen, 1838-94. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 80. LAESSIG, Wolfgang, 1903- *Ueber die als Knochensarkome behandelten Falle der Leipziger Chirurgischen Klinik. 40p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1927. LAESSING, Edmund Fritz, 1906- *Ueber die Ursachen der angeborenen Dunndarmatresie an Hand einer eigenen Beobachtung [Tubingen] lip. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1932. Also Arch. Kinderh., 1932, 97: LAESSING, Heinz, 1912- *Ueber den Zusammenhang von Kiefer- und Zahnreihen- anomalien mit der sozialen Lage bei den Schul- kindern von Schwab; Hall und Umgebung [Wurzburg] 66p. ch. 8? Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1935. LAET, Maurice de. For portrait see Bruxelles med., 1938-39, 19: 233. LAETSCH, Fritz, 1905- *Ueber Angina. 30p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. LAETSCH, Willy, 1908- *Antigenana- lytische Untersuchungen an Trichophytin und Tuberkulin. 32p. pl. 8? Zur., Wetzikon & Riiti, 1935. LAEUBE, Heinrich, 1905- *Ein Beitrag zur Symptomatologie und Therapie des Ulcus ventriculi (insbesondere iiber die Reizkorper- und Rontgentherapie) auf Grund von 231 Beob- achtungen [Munster] 37p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1932. LAEUFER, Friedrich. Editor of Barmherzigen (Die) Briider. 264p. 8? Wien, 1931. LAEV ... See Lev ••• LAEWEN, Arthur, 1876- Zur Kriegs- chirurgie in den vorderen Sanitatseinheiten. v, 98p. illust. 23#cm. Berl., Springer, 1943. See also Braun, H., & Lawen, A. Die brtliche Betaubung. 571p. 8? Lpz., 1933. La FACE, Lidia. Fauna anofelinica delle colonie italiane. 120p. pl. 26cm. Roma, Stamp. Moderna, 1936. Forms No. 1, Suppl. Monogr., v.l, Riv. parassit. LAFAGE, Georges, 1887- *Essai d'inter- pretation des nephroses lipoidiques. 83p. 8° Par., E. Le Francois, 1930. LAFARGA, Ricardo F., -1941. For obituary see Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 289, portr. La FARGE, Georges de, 1900- ; *Les sequelles traumatiques cranio-faciales d'allure refiexe; 6tude clinique et physiopathologique; repercussivite et physiopathie. 204p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. LAFARGE, Jacques. Contribution a l'etude des maladies cryptogamiques et bacteriennes de la vigne [Strasbourg] 120p. 24^cm. Par., Presse modernes, 1939. LAFARGE, Marie Cappelle, 1816-52. Chapel d'Espinassoux, G. de. L'origine du confht d Orfala et de Raspail dans l'affaire Lafarge. Bull. Acad. sc. Mont- pellier, 1926, 113-25.—Contro verse (La) Orfila-Raspail dans le proces de Mme. Lafarge; quelques documents. Aesculape, Par., 1927, n. ser., 17: 30-2. La FARGE, Oliver, 1901- , editor. The changing Indian, x, 184p. pl. 24cm. Norman, Okla., Univ. Oklahoma pr., 1942. LAFARGE, Pierre, 1908- *La poho- myelite epidemique en France. 99p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LAFARGUE, Louis Antoine Jean, 1907- *Essai d'interpretation de la ligne capillaire en radiographie pulmonaire. 82p. 8? Par., Lip- schutz, 1934. LAFAY, Bernard. L'alcoolisme chez les an- ciens (son origine—son evolution sociale) 74p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1931. LAFAY, Georges, 1906- Contribution k l'etude des variations de la reaction des milieux de culture, sous l'influence des microorganismes [Lyon] 70p. 8? Trevaux, G. Patissier, 1934. LAFAY, Laurent, 1861-1926. For obituary see Clinique, Par., 1926, 21: annexe, p. cxc. LAFAY, Louise Henriette, 1909- *Pre- sence du bacille de Koch dans le liquide gastrique etudiee au cours de revolution de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez l'enfant [Marseille] 84p. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LAFAYE,. Paul Julien, 1880- *La tension arterielle en clinique veterinaire; instruments, technique [Alfort; Vet.] 35p. pl. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1932. LAFAYETTE, Marie Joseph Paul Roch Yves Gilbert Motier, Marquis de, 1757-1834. Cloquet, J. La maladie et la mort de Lafayette. Progr. med., Par., 1934, Suppl., 38-40.—Friedenwald, J., & Morrison, S. Some incidents of medical interest in the life of General Lafayette. Ann. M. Hist., 1932, 4: 550-9. La FERTE, Alfred Daniel, 1886- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 35. LAFEUILLE, Paul Louis. Exercices physiques; education physique. p.262-459. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere, 1929. In Traite d'hyg. (Martin, L., & Bouardel, G.) Par., 1929, 3: LAFFAGE, Henri [M. D., 1886, Lyon] Me- thode nouvelle de gymnastique hygienique et orthopedique k l'aide du baton. 2v. 64p.; 54p. 8? Par., A. Maloine & fils, 1918. LAFFAILLE, Albert, 1891- *La vaccina- tion antidiphterique par l'anatoxine de Ramon. 88p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LAFFAILLE, Andre Marie Alfred, 1901- *Traitement des fractures vertebrales dorso- lombaires recentes sans signes nerveux. lllp. pl. 8? Par., Presse Univ. France [1934] LAFFARGUE, Pierre, 1909- Classifica- tion histologique des ecto-cervicites. 121p. pl. 24>km. Alger, Impr. Minerva, 1936. LAFFAY, Jean, 1911- *Toxicit6 en injection premiere, chez le lapin, de la rate humaine et du serum splenique. 104p. 25>^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LAFFER, Baurice Barnett, 1911- For portrait see Bull. Onondaga Co. M. Soc, 1940-41, 5: No. 8, 15. LAFFITAU, Max, 1912- *La these a l'Ecole de sante navale [Bordeaux] 107p. 24^cm. Talence, Deniaud fr., 1937. LAFFITE, Simone. Contribution k l'etude toxicologique du cobalt [Pharm.] 162p. tab. pl. 241/4cm. Toulouse, Impr. Regionale, 1934. LAFFITTE, Baptiste Adrien, 1905- Con- tribution k l'etude de la grossesse dans les uterus doubles. 72p. 25cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. LAFFITTE, Georges. Le medecin; sa forma- tion; son role dans la societe moderne. xxiii, 901p. 25cm. [Bord.] Ed. Delmas, 1936. LAFFITTE, Rene, 1906- *Du colobome congenital des paupieres. 47p. 3 pl. 8? Lyon, Impr. I. I-., 1934. LAFFONT, Antonin, 1910- *L'elevage de la race brune des Alpes dans l'Ariege [Tou- louse; Vet.] 103p. illust. 24cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1936. LAFFONT LAFFONT, Edouard, 1904- *Des per- forations uteYines. 231p. illust tab. 24}{cm. [Alger] F. Michaud [1935] LAFFONT, Henry [M. D., 1938, Toulouse] Corps etrangers du sinus maxillaire. 50p. 24cm. [Toulouse] Impr. Toulous., 1938. LAFFORET, Juliette, 1904- *Les tumeurs primitives multiples de type distinct. 87p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LAFFOUX, Paulette, 1908- *Etude de quelques formes du pneumothorax therapeutique partiel. 87p. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. Manuf. Charite, 1935. La FIELD, William Arthur, 1881-1932. For obituarv see Howard, J. H. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1933, 141: 99-102.—Also Lyman, D. R. Ibid., 95-9. LAFITTE, Abel, 1903- *La fonction vasculo-sanguine du foie en pathologie digestive. 231p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. LAFITTE, Henri, 1897- ■ *La suture Bord a Bord dans l'ileo-colectomie en un temps (anastomose termino-terminale) 135p. pl. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1926. La FLESCHE, Francis, 1860(?)-1932. War ceremony and peace of the Osage Indians, vii, 280p. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1939. Forms Bull. 101, Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 588. LAFLEUR, Henri Amedee, 1863-1939. For obituary see Gordon, A. H. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1940, 55: 17. LAFLOTTE, Lucien, 1903- *Algies bra- chiales de la menopause. 56p. 8? Par., Impr. Labor, 1931. LAFON, Anselme, 1907- *Naevus de la face et tumeur cerebrale. 124p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LAFON, Jean Michel Louis, 1911- *Les polioencephalites subaigues primitives. 150p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LAFON, Robert, 1905- *Angiodynami- que des membres et lesions du systeme nerveux de la vie de relation; essai de classification clinique et de systematisation anatomique. 263p. pl. ch. 25cm. Montpel., Mari-Lavit, 1934. LAFON, Victor, 1905- *Les calcifications periscapulo-humerales et leurs traitements. 47p. 8? Par., Soc. Ed. pub. med., 1934. LAFOND, Paule, 1912- *Le pronostic des processus spleno-pneumoniques tuberculeux de la deuxieme enfance [Lyon] 117p. 8? Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1937. LAFOND, Pierre, 1898- *Les septicemies veineuses subaigues. 48p. 8? Par., M. Lac. 1930. LAFOND, Roger. 1907- *Les poivres rouges; leur expertise [Lyon] 233p. 8? Tre- voux, G. Patissier, 1935. LAFONT, Ernest, 1897- Csteites et osteomyelites pyohemiques a staphylocoques de l'adulte. 54p. pl. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1927. LAFONT, Louis, 1909- *L'intradermo- reaction de Frei chez l'enfant. 88p. 8? Par E. Le Francois, 1935. LAFONT, Rene. La publicite pharmaceu- tique. x, 426p. 24#cm. Par., Libr. etudes de vente [1938] LAFONT, Roger, 1911- *Statistique du service de clinique obstetricale. 126d 8° Lyon, A. Rey, 1936. LAFON TAINE, Jean Charles, 1908- *Les signes precoces du saturnisme. 69p 25cm Bord., Delmas, 1933. P LA FONTAINE La FONTAINE, Jean de, 1621-95. Barbillon. La Fontaine ct le quinquina. In his Etude crit hist, med., Par., 1930, 130-43.—Grammont, M. La psychologie de La Fontaine. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1935, 32: 91-8.— Morin. G. L'h6redit6 medicale de Lafontaine: les Pidoux. Paris med., 1928, 70: annexe, 48-53. For portrait see Aesculape, Par., 1938, 28: 105. LAFONTAINE, Renee Jeanne, 1908- *Yaccinotherapie par voie buccale de nourrissons ot de jeunes enfants atteints d'enterite grave r>Sp. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. La FOREST, Bernard de, fl. 16. cent. Vrv- nostication nouvelle. 4 1. 8? [Paris, 1504] LAFORLT, Carlos Colmeiro, 1906- For biography see Rev. med. cubana, 1935, 46: 613. LAFORET, Maurice, 1905- Contribu- tion a, l'etude de la spirochetose ictero-hemor- ragique. 71p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LAFORET, Pierre, 1908- *Application de la methode nitro-perhydrique au dosage du soufre. 134p. 8? Lvon, Bosc. fr., 1934. La FORGE, Louis de, fl. 1661-77. Metzger, C, & Chassagne, A. Louis de la Forge, m&lecin angevin et le Cartesianisme a Saumur au XVII. sidcle. Arch med. Angers, 1938, 42: 213-7. LAFORGUE, Rene. Le reve et la psycha- nalyse; avec la collaboration d'Allendy, E. Pichon & R. de Saussure. xliv, 248p. 4? Pur , N. Maloine, 1926. ---- Clinique psychanalytique; conferences faites k l'lnstitut de psychanalyse de Paris, 1934, 1935, 1936. Nouv. ed. 214p. 25cm. Par., Ed. Denoel [1936] ---- [The same] Clinical aspects of psycho- analysis; transl. by Joan Hall. 300p. 8? Lond., Hogarth pr., 1938. Forms No. 31, Internat. Psycho-Anal. Libr. (Jones, E.) ---- The relativity of reality; reflections on the limitations of thought and genesis of the need of causality; transl. by Anne Jouard. 92p. 23^cm. N. Y., Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 1940. Forms No. 66, Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Monogr. See also Hesnard, A., & Laforgue, R. L'lvolution psychia- trique. 303p. 22Hcm. Par., 1925. LAFOURCADE, Andre, 1913- ♦Traite- ment du lupus vorax par les scarifications et la radiotherapie combinees; methode de Brocq- Belot [Paris] 28p. 24cm. Bord., Biere, 1939. LAFOURCADE, Jean Louis, 1905- *Les tumeurs ano-rectales satellites des cancers coli- ques, tumeur signal. 50p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1938. LAFOURCADE-CORTINA, Louis, 1892- *Le diabete par syphilis acquise. 148p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1928. La FRANCA, Sebastiano. Patologia e clinica dell'apparato circolatorio; cardiopatie. Iv. in 2. 1043p. illust. 8? Milano, F. Vallardi, 1933. LAFRENZ, Walter Detlef Heinrich, 1908- *Die Geschichte des zahnarztlichen Unterrichts in Deutschland. 51p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1936. LAFUENTE, Marc, 1908- Contribution k l'etude des hemorragies intraperitoneales d'origine ovarienne, en dehors de la grossesse. 97p. 24^cm. Alger, Imbert, 1934. LAFUMA, Jean, 1910- *Le controle serologique du traitement antipalustre par la reaction de Henry. lOOp. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAGACHE, Daniel, 1903- *Les hallu- cinations verbales et la parole. 184p. 8? Par.. F. Alcan, 1934. LAGAILLARDE, Jean, 1910- *La tuber- culose chez l'homme apres 40 ans; 6tude statis- tique pour etablir sa frequence et son importance LAGAILLARDE 453 LAGENARIA doctrinale et pratique. 51p. 25#cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LAGALLY, Gertrud Haseneder, 1908- *Magen-Duodenalgeschwiir und Ruhr. 27p. 8° Munch., Hohenhaus, 1936. LAGALLY, Max, 1909- *Spontanheilung von Lungenabszessen [Munchen] 24p. 8? Regensb., H. Schiele, 1934. LAGALLY, Wolfgang, 1912- *Ueber die Nachbehandlung von Frakturen. 32p. 21cm. Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1938. LA GAONACH, Joseph, 1910- *Du traitement de certaines lesions cutanees par la diathermo-coagulation. 50p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAGARDE, Jean Felix Marc Edmond, 1910- *La dacryoadenite palpebrale aigue de l'enfant. 78p. 257£cm. Bord., Delmas, 1933. LAGARDE, Louis Anatole, 1849-1920. For biography see Phalen, J. M. Army M. Bull., 1939, in, OO QQ For portrait see in Quart. Cent. Progr. (U. S. Nat. Bd Med. Examiners) Phila., 1940, 10. LAGARDE, Marcel, 1906- Contribution a l'etude de la vaccinotherapie anti-melito- coccique par l'endoproteine d'abortus. 73p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1932. LAGARDE, Rene Charles Pierre, 1912- *Amelie-les-Bains dans le traitement des in- fections de l'appareil urinaire; son climat et sa source Albarran. 74p. 24cm. Par., N. Maloine, 1Q38 LAGARDE General Hospital [New Orleans, La.] See under New Orleans, La. LaGarde General Hospital. LAGARDERE, Jacques, 1889- *Etiologie, etude anatomo-clinique et therapeutique des infections aigues suppurees des synoviales digi- tales des flechisseurs. 109p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAGARDE sentinel; published by the La- Garde General Hospital. N. Orl., v.2, No. 36, 1943- LAGARRIGUE, Maurice Leopold, 1897- *Hernies spontanees de l'estomac a travers l'orifice cesophagien du diaphragme. 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. La GARZA, Jeannette Montes de, 1920- , compiler. Alphabetical list of medical and public health journals of Latin America. 60 1. 27cm. Wash. [Pan Am. San. Bur., 1942] Forms No. 185, Pub. Pan Am. San. Bur. ---- Classified list of medical and public health journals of Latin America. 68p. 27cm. x 21cm. Wash. [Pan Am. San. Bur., 1943] Forms No. 199, Pub. Pan Am. San. Bur. LAGASQUIE, Euphrasie, 1902- Con- tamination syphilitique pendant la periode d'incubation du chancre. 44p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LAGASQUIE, Pierre, 1903- *Etude sur les circulaires du cordon ombilical et leurs com- plications. 51p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LAGBERG, Johan Olof, 1789-1856. For biography see in Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (bjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 62, portr. LAGE, Theophilo da Costa. See under Costa Lage, Theophilo da. LAGEMANN, Johann, 1909- *Un*fr" suchungen iiber einen monatlichen^ Cyklus der Harnsaureausscheidung. 16p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1936. LAGENA. See Cochlea; Labyrinth. LAGENARIA. See Cucurbitaceae. LAGENIDIUM. See also Fungi, pathogenic. Couch, J. N. A new fungus on crab eggs. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1942, 58: 158-62, 2 pl.—Cutter, V. M., jr. An unde- scribed Lagenidium parasitic upon Potamogeton. Mycologia, Lancaster, 1943, 35: 2-12.—Sandoz, M. D., Rogers, R., & Newcombe, C. L. Fungus infection of eggs of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus Rathbun. Science, 1944, 99: 124. LAGERGREN, Sten Gustafsson, 1900- *Studien iiber den spinalen Block mittels opti- scher Registrierung und mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der respiratorischen Druck- schwankungen [Stockholm] 538p. 8? Helsin., Mercator, 1937. LAGERLOEF, Henrik Olof Henriksson, 1907- Pancreatic function and pancreatic dis- ease, studied by means of secretin; transl. by Helen D. Frey. xii, 289p. tab. diagr. 23cm. Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1942. LAGERLOEF, Nils, 1895- Morpholo- gische Untersuchungen iiber Veranderungen im Spermabild und in den Hoden bei Bullen mit verminderter oder aufgehobener Fertilitat. 254p. pl. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1934. Forms Suppl. 19, Acta path, microb. scand. LAGERLOEF, Selma Ottiliana Lovisa, 1858- 1940. For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 239.—Hitschmann, E. Selma Lagerlof, ihr Wesen und ihr Werk. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1939, 24: 304-32. LAGERSTROEMIA. See also Diabetes mellitus, Diet; Insulin, Substitutes. Garcia, F. On the hypoglycemic effect of decoction of the Lagerstroemia speciosa leaves, banaba, administered orally, J. Philippine M. Ass., 1940, 20: 395-402. ------ Distribution and deterioration of insulin-like principle in Lagerstroemia speciosa, banaba. Acta med. philip., 1941-42, 3: 99-104. LAGEY, Paul Edmond Jacques [M. D., 1936, Paris] *Etude des spasmes arteriels au cours des arterites des membres inferieurs. 54p. 8? Par., E. Muller, 1936. LAGHI, Tommaso, 1709-64. For biography see Busacchi, V. Rass. clin. ter., 1935, 34: Suppl., 11-8. LAGIER, Robert, 1911- *Sur une forme particuliere de tuberculose ileocaecale a debut appendiculaire; la forme avec intervalle libre et evolution en trois temps. 57p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. , , • ,j LAGLEYZE, Gabriel. *Abscesos de la celda prost&tica [39]p. 27cm. B. Air. [Univ. Nac. B. Aires] 1938. LAGLEYZE, Pedro, 1855-1916. For biography see in Nuestros grand, med. (Cranwell, D J ) B Air 1937, 141-57. Also in Paginas disp. (Cranwell, D! L) Bi Air., 1941, 285-7. LAGLEYZE, Pedro [M. D., 1936, B. Aires] *E1 tatuaje de la c6rnea por los cloruros de platino y de oro. 90p. 26#cm. B. Air., Frascoli & Bindi, 1936. LAGNESIS. See Erotomania. LAGOCHEILASCARIS. See also Nematoda. Pawan, J. L. A case of infection with Lagocheilascans minor (Leiper) Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27, on. 201 ------ Another case of infection with Lagocheilasca- ris'miiior (Leiper) Ibid., 1927-28, 21: 45, pl. LAGOCHEILIA 454 LAGREE LAGOCHEILIA. See Lip, Harelip. LAGODSKY, Henri. Contribution a l'etude des factions hemoleucocytaires de la souris et du cobaye, au cours de leur infection experi- mentale (non traitee ou traitee) par Trypanosoma annamense [Pharm.] xviii, 146p. tab. 24cm. Par., N. L. Danzig, 1937. LAGOIS, Clifford Horace Roy, 1907- ♦Ueber die Akromegalie in der Zahnheilkunde. 32p. 8° Berl. [n. p.] 1932. LAGOMARSINO, Enrique H., 1900- Anatomia medicoquirurgica de la cadera. 80p. 26'^cm. B. Air., S. de Amorrortu & hijos, 1941. ---- Tratamiento de las fracturas de la pierna. 164p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. [B. Air., A. L6pez, 1943] See also Profesor titular de cirugia ortopedica y traumato- logfa en la Lniversidad nacional de La Plata. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 758, portr. For portrait see Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1941, 9: front. ---- & Dal LAGO, Hector. Neumoartro- rradiografia en la rodilla normal y patol6gica. 126p. illust. 25cm. B. Air. [El Ateneo] 1941. LAGOPHTHALMUS. See Eyelid, Lagophthalmus. LAGOS Gallegos, Manuel [M. D., 1939, Chile] *La declivoterapia en los pneumot6rax ineficaces [Chile] 56p. pl. 26'icm. Santiago, Chile [Tall. graf. Gutenberg] 1939. LAGOS Garcia, Alberto [M. D., 1937, B. Aires] *Las fracturas del c6ndilo externo del humero en los nifios. 158p. illust. 23^cm. B. Air. [Tall. graf. Gadola] 1937. LAGOS Garcia, Carlos, 1880^1928. Equino- cocosis pulmonar en la infancia. 657p. pl. portr. ^Hcm. [B. Air., Com. pro-homenaje memor. C. Lagos Garcia, 1929] See also Viiias, M. [Biografia, bibliograffa] Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1938, 4: 137-9, portr. LAGOSTOMUS. Machado, J. A. Inspecci6n sanitaria de la vizcacha y su valor alimenticio. Jornadas agron6m. vet., B. Air. (1941) 1942. 3. Congr., 225-37. LAGOTHRIX. See under Ape [and monkey] LAGOUTTE, Adrien, 1900- *Le furet; son origine, ses moeurs, son elevage, son utilisa- tion, sa pathologie. 135p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAGRANGE, Anne Marie, 1909- Con- tribution a l'etude du signe d'Argyll-Robertson (l'abolition isolee du refiexe pupillaire d'adapta- tion a la lumiere) 159p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1935. LAGRANGE, Felix, 1857-1928. For obituary see Ann. ocul., Par., 1929, 166: 257-60 (Pesme, P.) Also Arch, opht,, Par., 1928, 45: 27.5-83 (Teulieres) Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 99: 460-4 (Lapersonne, F. de) Also Boll, ocul., 1928, 7: 909-1012, portr. For portrait see Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: front. LAGRANGE, Henri, 1890- La tubercu- lose de l'iris et du corps ciliaire (prognostic- diagnostic) ii, 367p. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1933. LAGRANGE, Leon, 1911- indications operatoires de l'amygdalectomie k chaud. 41p. 8? Bord., Delmas, 1937. LAGRANGE, Paul, 1905- Contribution a l'etude de la cvclodialyse. 60p. 8? Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1930. LAGREE,'Francois, 1901- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic radiographique des maladies de la hanche. 66p. pl. 8? Par., M Lac, 1929. LAGREZE, Alfred, 1910- *Die Polypen bzw. die Polyposis des Magens unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der perniziosen Anamie aus dem Material der letzten 15 Jahre der Rostocker chirurgischen Universitatsklinik [linstock] 31p. 8? Neubrandenb., G. Feller, 1936. LAGRIIDAE. Borchmann, F. Erster Nachtrag zur Lagriiden-fauna der Philippincn. Philippine J. Sc, 1932, 48: 383-8. LAGUARDIA, Fiorello H., 1882- & RICK, John L. An account of twelve months of health defense; containing the activities of the Health Department of the City of New York for 1940, with comparative vital statistics tables and a review of developments since 1934. 283p. illust. tab. 23'^cm. N. Y., Dep. Health, 1941. LAGUESSE, Gustav Edouard, 1861-1927. For obituary see Debeyre, A. Rev. fr. endocr., 1928, 6: 1-9. La GUILLERMIE & RAINAUD. Le medecin a la maison; ou, Conseils utiles pour secourir les blesses et guerir tous les accidens. Broadside. 50cm x 66cm. Par., Maison Basset, 18... Contains 24 miniature engravings illustrating the various forms of accidents, and their treatment. LAGUNA, Andres, 1499-1560. Conde Carvajal, F. Andres Laguna; su vida y su obra. Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr., 1935, 4: 157 66, portr. For portrait see in Spanish Inn. Progr. Med. Sc. (Wellcome Res. Inst.) Lond., 1935, 48. LAGUNA, C. Sindrome cardio-vascular de la bronquiectasia en la infancia. 102p. illust. pl. 8? Madr., Bailly-Bailliere, 1933. LAGUNCURIN. Nierenstein, M. A note on the identity of laguncurin, kino- yellow and maclurin. Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1943, 16: 11. LAGUZET, Jean, 1907- Contribution a P6tude du mongolisme et de son etiologie. lllp. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1932. LAHACHE, Jean Antoine Etienne, & NAVARRE, Pierre Just. Manuel des dames infirmieres chargees dans les hopitaux d'adminis- trer les medicaments. 122p. 8? Par., Plon- Nourrit & cie, 1916. LA HARPE, Roger de [M. D., 1901, Basel] *Beitrage zur Kasuistik und zur Technik der Bottinischen Operation [Basel] 38p. 8? Lpz., A. Georgi, 1901. LAHDENSUU, Sakari [M. D. 1931, Helsinki] *Ueber die Anwendung des Honigs anstatt des Zuckers in der Sauglingsernahrung. 91p. 8? Helsin., A. Saxen, 1931. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1931, 15: ser. B. LAHERRERE, Marcel, 1909- *Le forage des epiphyses; traitement des arthrites chroniques non tuberculeuses. 68p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LAHEY, Frank Howard, 1880- Operative and mortality statistics of the Lahey Clinic for 1932. 39p. 8? [Bost., the Author, 1933] See also: [Lahey birthday volume] Frank Howard Lahey; birthday volume, June 1, 1940. xiv, 466p. illust. pl. portr. diagr. 2Sy2cm. Springf., 111., C. C Thomas, 1940. For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 485, portr. Also in Biogr. Encvcl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 239. Also J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1912, 3: 102, portr. See also Alvarez. W. C. Congratulations to Dr I-rank Lahey. In Lahey Birthday Vol., 1940, 463.—Booth, A. W. An appraisal. Ibid., 465.—Frank H. Lahey, President of the A. M. A. Clin. Med., 1941, 48: 203, portr.—Gregory, R.T. The admirable ascetic, Dr Frank H. Lahey. Med. Econom., 1940-41, 18: No. 8, 48, portr.—President-elect. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2464, portr. LAHEY 455 LAHR For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 7, «• No 9 11' 61 Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2464. Also Bull- Sangamon Co. M Soc. 1942, 7: 46. Also J Kansas M. Soc 1942 43: 134. Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 736. Also J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1943, 36: 156. LAHEY, Sister Mary Florence Louise. *Re- troactive inhibition as a function of age, intelli- gence and the duration of the interpolated ac- tivity. 93p. 23cm. Wash., Cath. Univ. America, 1937. LAHEY Clinic. See Boston, Mass. Lahey Clinic. LAHM, Marieluise, 1910- *Ueber ein Querband in der Aorta abdominalis [Munchen] 16p 8° Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1937. LAHM, Wilhelm, 1889- Abrasio und Probeexzision in der Hand des praktischen Arztes. x, 180p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1229. „ ---- Physiologie der Brustdriise als mner- sekretorisches Organ. p.385-96. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. e , ,„. ^ In 1. Halfte, 2. Bd of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) ----Zur Physiologie des Uterus, der Scheide und der Klitoris als Organe der inneren Sekretion. p.397-406. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. In 1. Halfte, 2. Bd of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) ---- Physiologie der Plazenta als inner- sekretorisches Organ. p.407-22. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1929. ^ In 1. Halfte, 2. Bd of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) ---- Ovarium, Uterus, Scheide, Klitoris, Plazenta und Brustdriise als innersekretorische Driisen vom Standpunkte der Embryologie und Morphologie. p. 123-96. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1932. In 1. Bd of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch) LAHMANN, Friedrich [M. D., 1927, Munchen] *Die Lambliosis des Menschen, eine sekundare Erkrankung; Beobachtungen bei Zuchtungs- versuchen und Krankheitsf alien mit einem Beitrag zur Pathogenitat dieser Parasiten. 48p. 8: Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1927. LAHMANN, Friedrich Karl, 1906- *Ur- sachen der Bleivergiftung und deren Erschei- nungen in der Mundhohle [Berlin] 16p. 8. Giitersloh-Westf., Thiele, 1935. LAHMANN, Heinrich, 1860- Stormer, A. Der Arzt Heinrich Lahmann; em Ruckblick zum 50jahrigen Bestehen seiner Heilanstalt. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1938, 9: 322-5. ■------ Funfzig Jahre Dr Lahmanns Sanatorium. Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 537.—Stornng, W. Heinrich Lahmann als Psychotherapeut. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1938, 9: 325-9.—V. [Biography] Ibid., 321, portr. LAHMANN'S SANATORIUM. See under Dresden, Germany. LAHMEYER, Friedrich, 1888- , & DORNO, Carl Wilhelm Max. Assuan; eine meteorologisch-physikalisch-physiologische Stu- die. viii, 68p. illust. tab. diagr. 4? Brnschw., F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1932. LAHN, Gunter, 1913- *Ueber den Ein- fluss von Pufferlosungen, Natrium cholat, Pyn- din, Alkohol, Porphyrin und Hamin auf die Autoxydation der Leinolsaure. 24p. 23cm. Berl., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1939. LAHOGUE, Marcel Pierre. *Nouvelle me- thode de traitement de la hernie ombihcale des poulains par pince mStallique sur 1 animal debout; avantages et motifs du choix de ce procede [Alfort; Vet.] 36p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1929. , „ ... LAHORE, India. Punjab Mental Hospital. Report. Lahore, 1890- ---- Triennial report. Lahore, 1903- LAHR, Karl Josef, 1898- *Unsere Er- fahrungen uber die in der Zahnarztlichen i'oli- klinik zu Erlangen behandelten Kieferfrakturen. 51p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1929. LAHRTZ, Hansgunther, 1905- *Ueber die Behandlung der Wehenschwache mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung kleiner Chinindosen [Kiel] 12p. 8? Rustringen-Wilhelmshaven, G. Baron, 1933. LA HUERGA Martinez, Jesus de [M. D., 1940, Santo Domingo] *Tratamiento de la disgregaci6n psiquica por los comas insulfnicos [Santo Domingo] 90p. diagr. 24>4cm. Ciudad Trujillo, La Opinion, 1940. LAHURA, Marino. Derecho penitenciario y ejecuci6n penal en el Peru. 77p. 24^cm. Lima [Impr. La Cotera] 1942. LAHY, Jean Maurice, 1872- , & KORN- GOLD, S. Recherches experimentales sur les causes psychologiques des accidents du travail. viii, 73p.' tab. ch. 8? Par., Pub. Travail Humain, 1936. LAIB, Gregor [M. D., 1927, Freiburg i. B.] *Ueber Kleptomanie. 88p. 8? Freib. i. B., R. Oberkirch, 1927. LAIBLE, Bernhard, 1902- indikations- stellung zu den Anaesthesien in der Zahnheil- kunde. 19p. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1926. LAIDLAW, Sir Patrick Playfair, 1881-1940. Virus diseases and viruses. 51p. 12? Cambr., Cambridge univ. pr., 1938. For obituary see Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 781. Also Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 551, portr. (Dale, H.) Also J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 145-55, portr., bibliogr. (Andrewes, C. H.) Also Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 623, portr. LAIDLAW, William Charles, 1874-1926 For obituary see Orr, H. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 1285. LAIGNEL-LAVASTINE, Maxime, 1875- Glande pineal, p.357-402. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1928. In Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger, G. H. & Binet, L.) Par., 1928, 4: ---- The concentric method in the diagnosis of psychoneurotics, x, 217p. 8? Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & co., 1931. See also B., B. La medaille du Prof. Laignel-Lavastine; oeuvre de Francois de Herain. Aesculape, Par., 1939, 29: 56 illust.—Babonneix, L. Lecon inaugurate du professeur Laignel-Lavastine. Gaz. hop., 1939, 112: 1418.—[Biography] Hve ment., Par., 1934, 29: portr.—Laignel-Levastine elected to Academy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 2144.—Seze, S. de. Remise d'une medaille au professeur Laignel-Lavastine a l'occasion de son election a l'Academie de medecine et de sa promotion au grade d'Officier de la Legion d'honneur, 5 fevrier 1939. Rev. rhumat., Par., 1939, 6: 304-6, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. ---- & KORESSIOS, N. T. Serotherapie hemolytique de la sclerose en plaques. 254p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1932. LAIGNEL-LAVASTINE, Maxime, & MO- LINERY, Raymond. French medicine; transl. bv E. B. Krumbhaar. ix, 187p. pl. portr. 16? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber [1934] Forms v.15 of Clio medica (Krumbhaar, E. B.) LAIGNEL-LAVASTINE, Maxime, & VIN- CHON, Jean. Les malades de l'esprit et leurs medecins du XVIe au XIXe siecle; les stapes des connaissances psychiatriques de la Renaissance k Pinel. 377p. pl. 4? Par., N. Maloine [1930] LAIGNIER, Marcel, 1905- *Les sclero- tiques bleues dans la maladie de Van der Hceve. 43p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. LAIGRET, Louis, 1899- Contribution k l'etude du traitement et de la prophylaxie de la maladie du sommeil en Afrique Equatoriale Francaise. 63p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1928. LAIK, Henri, 1911- *Les cures pro- longed d'ouabaine et leur interet therapeutique. 48p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LAILLER 456 LAIRD LAILLER, Charles, 1822-95. 1 .r portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, '.(. Congr., 4: 320. LAINE, Jean, 1902- Contribution a l'etude des leucemies lymphatiques. 77p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1931. LAINE, Madeleine, 1913- *Recherches experimentales sur les spectres d'absorption des alcaloides dans l'ultra-violet [Pharm.] 146p. diagr. 25cm. Nancy, Soc. Impr. Typogr., 1937. LAINE, Prudent, 1912- *Etude sur les rapports de la peau avec les secretions internes. 38p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1937. LAINE, Rene, 1902- *Le centre regional de lutte contre le cancer de Nantes 1924-29. 92p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1929. LAINE, Veikko A. I. [M. D., 1936, Helsinki] *Ueber die ausseren Formverhaltnisse der Leber bei erwachsenen Finnen. 186p. ch. 8? Helsin., A. G. Sana, 1936. LAINEY, J., 1906- *La nicotine; son pouvoir acaricide, sa toxicite, son utilisation dans le traitement des psores animales [Alfort; Vet.] 52p. 8? Par., Presses modernes, 1930. LAING, Alexander Kinnan, 1903- , editor. The cadaver of Gideon Wyck; by a medical student. 2. ed. 318p. 19cm. Lond., T. Butter- worth [1935] LAING, Frederick, 1890- The cockroach: its life-history and how to deal with it. 3. ed. 24p. illust. 8? Lond., Brit. Mus., 1938. Forms No. 12, Econom. ser. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. LAING, James Hill Williamson, -1941. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2: 57. LAING, James Thomas Currie, 1871-1928. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 680. Also Lancet. Lond., 1928, 2: 786. LAINOVITCH, Bochko [M. D., 1932, Geneve] *Les relations de la gangrene pulmonaire avec la tuberculose et les dilatations bronchiques. 27p. 8? Geneve, Impr. du Commerce, 1932. LAIR, Charles, 1909- *Recherches sur le diagnostic de la pullorose [Alfort; Vet.] 59p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LAIR, Maurice, 1907- Contribution a l'etude des arterites des membres infe>ieurs chez les syphilitiques; etude clinique et arteriographi- que. 95p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. LAIR, Pierre Aime, 1769-1853. Lair, P. A. On the combustion of the human body, produced by the long and immoderate use of spirituous liquors 118001 Q. J. Alcohol, 1941-42, 2: 806-15. [LAIRD, Archibald] The importance of ade- quate records of the sick and wounded in the military services in time of war, and the best methods for obtaining them. 12 1. 34cm [n. p.] 1936. Typewritten. LAIRD, Charles William, 1879-1941. For obituary see Pub. Health, Lond., 1940-41 54- 169 Also Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 807. LAIRD, Claude Ross, 1881- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler A F) Omaha, 1928, 605. LAIRD, Donald Anderson, 1897- The psychology of selecting men. 2. ed. xiii, 345n 8? N. Y., McGraw-Hill Book co., 1927. ----How to sleep and rest better. 83p. r J?^i; diagr" 16? N- Y> Funk & Wagnalls [1937] ----& MULLER, Charles G. Sleep; why we need it and how to get it. x, 214p. 8° N Y John Day co. [1930] LAIRD, John, 1843-1929. Tuberculosis: its prevention and treatment (with notes on rheuma- tism and cancer) 2. ed. 130p. 8? Bristol J. Wright & sons, 1925. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 520. LAIRD, Sydney Mander [M. D., 1937, Glas- gow] Venereal disease in Britain. SOp. tab 18cm. N. Y., Penguin books [1943] LAIRD, Thomas Donald, 1871-1942. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1912, 137: 143. LAIRET, Felix, 1872- For biography see Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1942, 15- 1492, portr. See also Iturbe, P. Del homenage al doctor Felix Lairet Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1942, 15: 1495. LAIRET Hijo, Felix, 1900- For portrait see Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942, 21: front; 1220. LAIRY, Manson Michael, 1862-1942. For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1942, 17: 380. LAISECA, Raul D., & CAMPOS, Esteban J. V. Notas sobre neurologia. 60p. illust. 8? B. Air., Univ. Buenos Aires, 1932. LAITMATOPHOBIA. See under Phobia. LAIZET, Georges, 1909- "^'exportation en France du mouton algerien. 97p. 25}2cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LAJOINIE, Pierre, 1913- *Le traitement par le para-amino-benzene sulfamide, corps 1162 F, de la m^trite blennorragique de la femme marocaine. 62p. pl. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne 1939. LAJOURNADE, Jean Andre, 1906- *Traitement de la demence precoce par les in- jections d'huile soufree. 96p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1933. LAJUDIE, Pierre de, 1910- *Les lesions du col restant apres hysterectomie subtotale, cancer excepts. 44p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. See also Floch, H., & Lajudie, P. de. Sur le chancre mou. 6p. 22Hcm. Cayenne, 1942. LAKATOS, Laszlo, 1910- *L'ionisation dans le glaucome. 35p. 8? Par., Ed. Jel, 1396. LAKATOS, Viktor. Verjungung und Sexuali- tat; eine neue Methode der Regenerations- operation. 91p. 8? Wien, Sensen-Verl. [1937] LAKE, George Burt, 1880-1943. See Dutton, W. F., & Lake, G. B. Parenteral therapy. 386p. 8? Springf. [1936] For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1943, 19: 177 (Hutton, J. H.) Also Clin. Med., 1944, 51: 73, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 460. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 93: 224 (Phalen, J. M.) For portrait see Clin. Med., 1943, 50: 4. LAKE, Gleason Chandler, 1883- , & BRYANT, Kirby Knapp. Experimental syphilis; lymph gland transfer method of determining human infection with Treponema pallidum. 41p. 8? Wash., Gov. print, off., 1930. Forms No. 157 Bull. Nat. Inst. Health. LAKE, Norman Claudius, 1888- The foot. vii, 330p. illust. diagr. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1935. Also 2. ed. viii, 366p. Bait., William & Wilkins co., 1939. Also 3. ed. viii, 432p. Lond., Bailliere, Tin- dall & Cox, 1943. ----& MARSHALL, Charles Jennings. Surgi- cal anatomy and physiology, ix, 888p. illust. diagr. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & co., 1934. LAKE, Richard, 1861- , & PETERS, Edwin Arthur. Handbook of diseases of the ear. 5. ed. x, 310p. pl. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1927. LAKE, Thomas T. Endo-nasal, aural allied techniques; a manual of manipulative techniques for conditions of anoxia and anoxemia. 3. ed. 157p. illust. 23cm. [Phila., the Author, 1942] LAKE 457 LAKE LAKE, Wesley Wayne, 1904- For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41, 18: 703, portr. LAKE. See Dye; Pigment; Stain. LAKE [hydr.] See also Balneology; Hydrobiology; Limnology; Water; also names of lakes as Balaton Lake, in 5. ser. Zecchini, P. I laghi di Bagnarolo. 19p. 23cm. [Fir., 1872] Ancona, I., Batalla, M. A. [et al.] Analisis qufmico de agua del Lago de Patzcuaro. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1940, 11: 501. ----- Bibliografia analftica de los trabajos publicados acerca del Lago de Patzcuaro. Ibid., 503-13.—Beauchamp, R. S. A. Chemistry and hydrography of lakes Tanganyika and Nyasa. Nature, Lond., 1940, 146: 253-6.—Bradley, W. H. The biography of an ancient American lake. Sc. Month., 1936, 42: 421-30.— Druzhinin, I. G. On the salt reserves of Lake Ebeity. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1941, 31: 901 — For§, B. N. Die grundlegende Parameter des Salzabflusses fur ein offenes Flussbett. Ibid., 32: 278-81.—Hutchinson, G. E., Deevey, E. S., jr, & Wollack, A. The oxidation-reduc- tion potentials of lake waters and their ecological significance. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1939, 25: 87-90.—Hutchinson, G. E., Wollack, A., & Setlow, J. K. The chemistry of lake sediments from Indian Tibet. Am. J. Sc, 1943, 241: 533-42, pl.—Karnitsky, V., & Virabiants, R. [Bore-samples and muds of the Azov salt lake] Izv. Donsk. gosud. univ., Rostov, 1925, 5: 33-8.—Kusnecov, S. I. The influence of the reserves of readily hydrolyzable nitrogen of mud on the general charac- ter of the processes of reduction in various lakes. Mikro- biologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 465-7.—Largest man-made reservoir filled in period of 6 years to form Lake Mead; Boulder Dam backs water nearly 120 miles up the Colorado River canyon. Water Works Engin., N. Y., 1942, 95: 309.—Leim, A. H. Water temperatures in Grand Lake, Nova Scotia. Proc. Nova Scotia Inst. Sc, 1933-34, 18: 259-62.—MacClintock P., Barbour, E. H. [et al.] A Pleistocene lake in the White River Valley. Am. Natur., 1936, 70: 346-60.—Masiko, K. Limno- logical study of Lake Osoresan-Ko, a remarkable acidotrophic lake in Japan. Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 1940-41, 4. ser., 15: 331-56.—Morandini, G. I laghi deH'Africa Orientale Italiana. Scientia, Bologna, 1940, 67: 139-45.—Ohle, W. Chemisch- stratigraphische Untersuchungen der Sedimentmetamorphose eines Waldsees. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 420-8.—Orozco, F., & Madinaveitia, A. Estudio qufmico de los lagos alcalinos. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1941, 12: 429-38.—Rangel Huerta, M. El lago de Texcoco y su alcalinidad. Mem. Acad. nac. cienc. Antonio Alzate, 1940, 54: 497-504.—Suckling, E. V. Table showing the analyses of samples of water from lakes and im- pounding reservoirs. In his Exam. Waters, 5. ed., Lond., 1943, 557.—Tressler, W. L. Seasonal variation of some limnological factors in Irondequoit Bay, New York; specific conductivity of New York and M dryland lakes. Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1940) 1941, 260-3. --- Biology. See also Hydrobiology; Limnology; Plankton. Pavesi, P. La vita nei laghi. 31p. 24cm. Pavia, 1890. Ancona, I., Batalla, M. A. [et al.] Botanica del Lago de Patzcuaro y sus riberas. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1940, 11: 427-42.—Arnaudi, C. Sulla produzione microbica di idrogeno solforato nel lago di Caprolace (Agro Pontino) Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1936, 15: 467-75, 2 pl.—Baier, C. R. Unter- suchungen zur Hydrobakteriologie norddeutscher Seen mit verschiedenem Kalk- und Humusgehalt. Naturwissenschaften, 1936, 24: 469-73.—Beadle, L. C. The biology of some saline waters in the Northern Sahara. Advance. Sc, Lond., 1939-40, 1: 49 (Abstr.)—Chandler, D. C. Limnological studies of west- ern Lake Erie; phytoplankton and physical-chemical data from November, 1939, to November, 1940. Ohio J. Sc, 1942, 42: 24—44.—Cheatum, E. P., Longnecker, M., & Metier, A. Limno- logical observations on an east Texas lake. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1942, 61: 336-48.—D'Ancona, U. Le modificazioni idrobiologiche del Lago di Nemi durante il periodo 1928-33. Riv. biol., 1933, 15: 445-56.—Ermakov, M. V. [Physiology of organisms of salt-lakes] J. med., Kiev, 1937, 7: 565-72.— Grandori, L. Le cycle au saufre dans le lac de Caprolace. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1937, 9: 253-7.—Juday, C. The pyramid of life in some inland lakes of Wisconsin. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 507 (Abstr.)—Kojov, M. On the occur- rence of the Baical polychaeta Manayunkia baicalensis Nussb. in the lakes of the basin of the Vitim (effluent of the Lena) C. rend. Acad, sc URSS, 1942, 35: 55-7.—Krasina, N.N. [Physiology of bacteria that decompose formic acid by forming gas] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1936, 5: 669-78.—Kuznecov, S. I. [Achievements in lake microbiology for the last 20 years] Ibid., 1937, 6: 983-1007. ------ [Sulphur circulation in lakes] Ibid., 1942, 11: 218-41.—Leicht, H. Chinampas y ahnacigos flotantes. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1937, 8: 375-86.— McCoy, E., & Henrici, A. T. The distribution of heterotrophic bacteria in the bottom deposits of lakes. J. Bact., Bait., 1937 u j j ,artin del CaniP0. R- Nota acerca de algunos verte- brados de las lagunas de Cempoala y sus alrededores. An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1940, 11: 741-3.—Moffett, J. W., A limno- logical investigation of the dynamics of a sandy, wave-swept shoal in Douglas Lake, Michigan. Tr. Am. Micr Soc 1943 62: 1-23.—Norton, E. M., & Gersbacher, E. O. Stump vege- tation in Reelfoot Lake. J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1939 14- 181-5.—Novobrancev, P. V. [Development of bacteria in lakes, depending on the presence of easily assimilated organic matter] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 28-36.—Rigoni, G. Con- tribution a l'etude de la microflore des hauts lacs alpins. Boll. bez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1934, 6: 63-70.—Ruben- chik, L L, & Heucherman, D. G. [On the microbiology of mud lakes; investigation of the Molochnv estuary] Micro- biology, Moskva, 1941,10: 323-32.—Rubenchik, L. I., Roisin, M. B., & Bieljansky, F. M. Adsorption of bacteria in salt lakes. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32, 1: 11-31.—Schreiber, B. Lambiente chimico-fisico di una valle lagunare in relazione alia fauna e alia flora. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929 4: 63-6.—Shelford, V. E., & Boesel, M. W. Bottom animal communities of the island area of western Lake Erie in the summer of 1937. Ohio J. Sc, 1942, 42: 179-90.—Smith, W. W., & ZoBell, C. E. Direct microscopic evidence of an indigenous Dacterial flora in Great Salt Lake. J. Bact., Bait 1937, 33: 87.—Stark, W. H., & McCoy, E. Distribution of bacteria in certain lakes of Northern Wisconsin. Zbl. Bakt 2. Abt., 1938, 98: 201-9.—Twenhofel, W. H., McKelvey, V. E. [et al.] The sediments of four woodland lakes, Vilas County, Wisconsin. Am. J. Sc, 1944, 242: 85-104. ---- Public health aspect. See also Drinking water; Water supply. Kapeltjsznik, C. *L'influence therapeutique de l'ambiance lacustre. 16p. 8? Geneve, 1935. Adam, F., & Birrer, A. Eine Wasseruntersuchung im Vierwaldstiittersee. Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1937, 28: 61-72.—Chiarotti, C. Osservazioni e ricerche sulle condi- zioni di depurazione delle acque del Lago Maggiore con partico- lare riguardo al bacino prospiciente il centro abitato di Stresa Borromeo. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 23: 244-55.—Gonzen- bach, W. von. Trinkwasserversorgung aus Seen. In Sobern- heim Festschr. (Burgi, E., et al.) Basel, 1935, 51-4.—Kisskalt, K. Die Trinkwasserversorgung aus Seen. Arch. Hyg, Munch., 1940, 124: 328-63. LAKE County, Indiana. Talcott, H., jr. Why Lake County, Indiana, is sold on its physicians; local medical society has evolved a model public relations program. Med. Econom., 1943-44, 21: 70-3.— Waterson, R. W. Attractive exhibit shows activities of the Lake County Medical Society. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1941, 34: 624. LAKE (The) County medical news; official organ of The Lake County Medical Society. Gary, Indiana, v.5, No. 8, 1943- LAKE dweller. See also Housing; Man, early; Prehistory. Behn, F. Pfahlbauten. Umschau, 1929, 33: 954.—Much, R. Waren unsere Pfahlbauten Wassersiedlungen? Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927, 57: 38-^1. LAKEMANN, Kurt Erich, 1899- Stumpf- neurome, respektive Durchtrennungsneurome und ihre Behandlung [Leipzig] 40p. 8? Weida i. T., Thomas & Hubert, 1926. LAKHOVSKY, Georges, 1869-1942. L'os- cillation cellulaire; ensemble des recherches exp6- rimentales. 319p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. ---- Longevidad; el arte de llegar a viejo sin sufrir. Versi6n castellana. 189p. 18cm. B. Air., Libr. Hachette [1938] ---- [The same] The secret of life; cosmic rays and radiations of living beings; transl. from the French by Mark Clement, viii, 201p. illust. 22cm. Lond., W. Heinemann, 1939. ---- Radiations and waves, sources of our life. 142p. illust. 20/2cm. N. Y., E. L. Cabella [1941] For obituary see Rev. med., Rosario, 1942, 16: No. 159, 35. LAKIN, Charles Ernest, 1878- Arterial disease and degeneration, p.39-64. 8? Lond., Butterworth & co., 1936. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) 1936, 2: For portrait [caricature] see Middlesex Hosp. J., 1943, 43: 23. LAKISZUS 458 LALLEMENT LAKISZLS, Margarete Gertrud Elfriede, 190S- *Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die lokalanasthetische Wirkung der Kom- bination Larokain-Pniparat 2172 [Halle-Witten- berg] 18p. S? Heydekrug, O. Sekunna, 1932. LAKOAIY, Friedrich Johannes August, 1901- *Ueber die Gasbrandinfektion des puer- peralen Uterus. 16p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1927. LAKOND, Wladimir. Translator of Singer, K. Diseases of the musical profession. 253p. 8? N. Y., 1932. LALAGUE, Albert, 1912- *Delires de jalousie et alcoolisme. 109p. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. Fac, 1938. LALAI, Hadi, 1906- *L'anastaphylo- toxine et le traitement des staphylococcies. 79p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LALANDE, Marie Bernard Rene, 1907- *Le lever precoce en chirurgie abdomino-pel- vienne. 62p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1934. La LANDE de Valliere, Guy Rene de, 1909- *Contribution a l'etude de l'he're'do- syphilis nerveuse a type familial. 203p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. LALANGUE, Jean Baptiste, 1743-99. Thaller, L. Jean Baptiste Lalangue. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1585-8. LALANNE, Alexis, 1910- *La stomatite uleereuse du chien [Vet.] 61p. 24){>cm. Tou- louse, F. Boisseau, 1934. LALANNE, Jean Marie Marcel Roger, 1904- *Contribution a l'etude des hematomes musculaires spontanea. 57p. 25^cm. Bord., Delmas, 1934. LALANNE, P. *Quelques apercus sur notre colonie de la Guadeloupe et plus sp6cialement au point de vue pharmaceutique. 178p. 24cm. Toulouse, Perry & Taupiac, 1934. LALAUZE, Pierre Alfred Georges, 1901- *Contribution a l'etude de l'otite catarrhale externe du chien [Alfort; Vet.] 65p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1926. LALBIE, Lucien Edouard Roger, 1897- *Le diagnostic differentiel entre la tuberculose sclereuse et l'anevrysme de l'aorte. 49p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1929. LALESQUE, Fernand, 1853-1937. For obituarv see Ribadeau-Dumas. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 119: 171. LALLEMAND, Jules, 1887- *L'emotion musicale normale; introduction a l'etude de la musicalite morbide. 95p. 8? Par., M. Vign6, 1928. LALLEMAND, Ludger, 1820-62. Neveu, R. Le m6decin principal Ludger Lallemand, m£decin en chef du Corps expeditionnaire du Mexique. Bui], Soc. fr. hist, med., 1933, 27: 283-91. LALLEMAND, Suzanne. *Recherches sur la germination de graines soumises a Taction de l'alcool 6thylique [Strasbourg; Pharm.] 75p. tab. diagr. 24i£cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LALLEMAND, Victor, 1880- , MYERS, John Golding, & ESAKI, Teiso. Cercipidae, Cicadidae, and aquatic and semi-aquatic heter- optera. p.47-80. 8? Lond., Brit. Museum, 1928. Forms Part II of Insects of Samoa; Hemiptera. LALLEMANT, Maurice, 1894- *Les cicatrisations vicieuses des plaies operatoires mastoidiens et leur traitement. 119p. pl. 8° Par., A. Legrand, 1929. LALLEMANT, Yves Marie, 1915- *De la symphysiotomie k la Zarate, ligamentum arcuatum respecte, a la Maternite de Lariboisiere pendant les deux dernieres annees. 31p. 23V£cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1939. LALLEMENT, Henri Albert, 1909- *In. dications et nouvellcs techniques dans ('utilisation des boutons anastomotiques. (>7p. 2">rm. Nancv, Grandville, 1934. LALONDE, Guy Pierre, 1911- *Les signes d'auscultation chez les anciens porteur.s de pneumothorax. 53p. S? Par., J. Peyronnet & cie, 1937. LALOPATHY. See Speech, Disorder. LAMA [and lamaism] See Buddha [and buddhism] Tibet. LAMA [zool.] See Llama. LAMACHE, Alexandre, 1896- *Etude sur le tension du liquide cephalo-rachidien. 240p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1926. LAMACHE, Robert, 1915- *La fievre recurrente hispano-africaine k Spirochaeta his- panicum. 87p. 25j4cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LAM AIRE, Daniel Clement Pierre, 1913- *Les troubles mentaux transitoires de la guerre des nerfs. 34p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. LAMAR, Emil. The athletic plant; layout, equipment and care, x, 302p. illust. diagr. 8? N. Y., Whittlesey House [1938] LAMARCHE, Walter Joseph, 1859-1942. For obituary see N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 199. LAMARCK, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet, 1744-1829. Recherches sur les causes des principaux faits physiques. 2v. xvi, 375p.; 412p. pl. 20^cm. Par., Maradan, 1793. ---- Zoological philosophy; an exposition with regard to the natural history of animals; transl. by Hugh Elliot, xcii, 410p. 8? Lond., Macmillan & co., 1914. See also: Wheeler, W. M.,& Barbour, T. The Lamarck manuscripts at Harvard. 202p. 8? Cambr., Mass., 1933. See also Alverdes, F. Das Lebenswerk Lamarcks. Sitzber., Ges. Beford. Naturwiss., 1930, 64: 137-41.—Barbillon. La- marck et le transformisme. In his Etude crit. hist, med., Par., 1930, 191-200.—Conklin, E. G. Lamarck. Genetics, 1944, 29: p. i-iv, portr.—Gumpert, M. Jean de Lamarck: founder of the theory of the evolutionary origin of species. In his Trail- Blazers Sc, N. Y., 1936, 163-94.—Stellfeld, C. Lamarck. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 32.—Roule, L. Lamarck: sa vie et son ceuvre. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1929, 10: 46- 61.-—Tschulok, S. Lamarck als Theoretiker der Biologie. Biomorphosis, Basel, 1938, 1: 173-201. For portrait see Collection in Library. LAMARCKISM. See also Evolution; Heredity. Mercier, G. Le transformisme et les lois de la biologie. 88p. 25^cm. Par., 1936. Pernon, J. F. *Lamarck; influence de la cecite sur le genie. 56p. 8? Par., 1928. Agar, W. E., Drummond, F. H., & Tiegs, O. W. Second report on a test of McDougall's Lamarckian experiment on the training of rate. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1942, 19: 158-67.— Alix, E. Le transformisme; a propos de la reponse de M. Gudlemin aux critiques qu'a soulevees sa communication de novembre 1918. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1919, 19: 197-200 — Brunei, P. La notion devolution dans la science moderne avant Lamarck. Archeion, Roma, 1937, 19: 21-43.—Canella. M. F. Rudimentazione oculare e comportamento negli animali oscuricoli; nota preventiva. Riv. psicol., 1939, 35: 272-84. ------ Visual de un lamarckismo eclectico; el organismo como un todo. In his Orient, biol. mod., B. Air., 1940, 97-124 — Dufrenoy, J. Le transformisme integral. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1919, 19: 11-5.—Gallo, G. La teoria del trasformismo abbandonata dai suoi autori. Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1871, 20: 231-3.—Guillemin. Le transformisme; reponse aux objections faites a la suite de la communication de novembre 1918. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1919, 19: 122-31—Guy enot. E. La veritable pensee de I^amarck et le transformisme contem- porain. Riv. ostet. gin., 1939, 21:175-83.—Lobo. B. Evolucao LAMARCKISM 459 LAMB dos seres interpretada pelos neo-lamarckistas e neo-darwinistas. Rev flora med., Rio, 1942, 9: 91-3.—McDougall, W. Fourth report on a Lamarckian experiment. Brit. J. Psychol., 1937-38, 28- 365-95.—Munnynck, P. M. de. Pour et contre le trans- formisme; Darwin, Vialleton. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 326__Nabours, R. 1$. The masquerade of Lamarckism. Am. Natur , 1940, 74: 562-6.—Rabaud, E. Transformisme et morphologic (a propos d'un livre recent) Bull. biol. France, 1924 58: 321-9.—Rhine, J. B., & McDougall, W. Third report on a Lamarckian experiment. Brit. J. Psychol., 1933, 24: 213-35.—Waddington, C. H. Canalization of development and the inheritance of acquired characters. Nature, Lond., 1942 150: 563-5.—Ziindorf, W. Der Lamarckismus in der heutigen Biologie. Arch. Rassenb., 1939, 33: 281-303. LAMARE, Jean Paul. See Larget, P. M. M., & Lamare, J. P. La maladie des operes, maladie post-operatoire de Leriche. 119p. 20cm. Par., 1943. ---- & LARGET, Paul Marie Maurice. Biotherapie chirurgicale anti-infectieuse. 264p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. LAMARQUE, Pierre. Precis de radio-diagnos- tic. 746p. illust. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1932. LAMARRE, Leo Andre, 1910- *L'anemie infectieuse du cheval (recherches cliniques et experimentales) [Alfort; Vet.] 270p. pl. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. LAMARTINE, Alfonse de, 1790-1817. Babonneix, L. Lamartine et l'Angleterre. Gaz. hop., 1940, 113:29. LAMAR y G. Abreu, Diego, 1907- *A propos de quelques complications urinaires consecutives aux pelvitomies. 40p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LAMAS, A. C. See Dos Santos, R., Lamas, A. C, & Caldas, J. P. Arterio- graphie des membres et de l'aorte abdominale. 192p. 8! Par., 1931. LAMAS, Alfonso, 1867- For biography see Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1938, 4:225, portr [Bibhograffa] 229-31. Also Dfa med. urug., 1935, 2: 429, portr. LAMAS, Luis. See Piga, A., & Lamas, L. Infecciones de tipo gnpal. 267p. 8? Madr., 1919. LAMAS Grubessich, Roger [M. D., 1938, Chile] *Contribuci6n al estudio de la coagula- bilidad de la sangre de cadaver y su relaci6n con el factor fibrinogeno [Chile] 109p. 27cm. Santiago, Reguia, 1938. LAMASSON, Francois, 1907- indica- tions et resultats therapeutiques du vaccin antistaphylococcique II forte concentration pre- pare suivant la methode du Docteur Demonchy. 112p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LAMB, Arthur Becket, 1880- Professor Lamb awarded Nichols Medal. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 974.—Whitmore, F. C. Dr Arthur B. Lamb, re- cipient of the William H. Nichols medal. Sc. Month., 1943, 57: 85-7, portr. LAMB, Charles, 1775-1834. Pitfield, R. L. A pitiful, ricketty, gasping, staggering, stuttering tomfool; the mental afflictions of Charles and Mary Lamb. Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n. ser., 1: 383-93. LAMB, Ellis, 1878- j o , XT v For biography see in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed., N. Y., 1942, 239. LAMB, Francis William John Alexander, 1874- An introduction to human experi- mental physiology; with a foreword by A. A. Hill, xii, 335p. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & co., 1930. LAMB, Frank Wilson, 1872-1941. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 1718. Also J. Maine M. Ass., 1941, 32: 43, portr. (Gehring, E. W.) LAMB, Jessie, 1877-1931. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1107. LAMB, Mina Marie Wolf, 1910- *A comparison of the energy expenditure and me- chanical efficiency of boys and young men and some observations upon the influence of age and work done on the mechanical efficiency of boys [Columbia; Ph. D.] 40p. tab. 23cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1942. LAMB, Ruth de Forest. American chamber of horrors; the truth about food and drugs, xii, 418p. illust. 8? N. Y., Farrar & Rinehart [1936] LAMB, William. Practical guide to diseases of the throat, nose, and ear; for senior students and junior practitioners. 5. ed. Rev. by Frederick W. Sydenham, xv, 450p. 8? Lond., Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, 1927. LAMB. See Sheep. LAMBALLE, Jobert de, 1799-1867. Le Sage, R. *Un grand chirurgien breton, Jobert de Lamballe, 1799-1867. 46p. 8? Par., 1938. LAMBARENE, Fr. Eq. Africa. Anstein, H. Mein Besuch bei Dr Albert Schweitzer in Lambarene. In Ruf & Dienst d. arztl. Miss. (Verband Verein. arztl. Miss.) Tub., 1935, 87-97. LAMBDA. See Cranium, Planes and points; Occipital bone. LAMBDACISM. See Speech, Disorder. LAMB dysentery. See Clostridium, welchii; also Dysentery—in animals. LAMBE, William, 1765-1847. Wyndham, H. S. William Lambe, M. D., a pioneer of reformed diet. 35p. 22^cm. Lond., 1940. LAMBEK, Christian, 1870- Growth of the mind in relation to culture. 143p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1936. LAMBERG, Carl Mathias, 1845-1931. For obituary see Hockert, C. F. Tskr. mil. halsov., 1931, 56: 128-30. LAMBERG, Ignaz, 1860-1928. Leitfaden der ersten Hilfe: ein Samariterbuch. 2. Aufl. xi. 275p. pl. 12? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1914. For obituary see Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 371. LAMBERG, Isaac, 1903- *L'hygiene des cardiaques. 41p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1931. LAMBERJACK, Marie-Louise, 1899- *Traitement des menorrhagies et des m^tror- rhagies par les rayons ultra-violets associes a la medication calcique. 53p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. LAMBERT, Adrian Van Sinderen, 1872- For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 143. LAMBERT, Alexander, 1861-1939. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2079, portr. Also Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1940, 55: 19 (Palmer, W. W.) LAMBERT, Andre, 1890-1936. For obituary see Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine, 1936, 6: 441. LAMBERT, Andre, 1909- Contribution k l'etude des caries dentaires chez les femmes enceintes. 73p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LAMBERT, Andre Charles, 1901- *Le volvulus de l'S iliaque au cours de la grossesse. 56p. 8? Par., 1931. LAMBERT, Avery Eldorus, 1872- Guide to study of histology and microscopic anatomy, for the use of students in medical schools, and colleges, ix, 262p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co. [1930] LAMBERT 46 ---- [The same enlarged] Introduction and guide to the study of histology for students in medical schools and colleges, xi, 542p. illust. 24cm. Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co. [1938] ---- Outline for the study of the embryology and histology of the tooth, ii, 45 1. 8? Iowa City, Univ. Iowa Multigraph Dep., 1931. LAMBERT, Donald Page, 1902- The medico-legal post-mortem in India, vi, 113p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1937. Also 2. ed. vii, 113p. 1941. LAMBERT, Edward Howard, 1915- See Gellhorn, E., & Lambert, E. H. The vasomotor system in anoxia and asphyxia. 71p. 28cm. Urbana, 1939. LAMBERT, Fritz. Autosuggestive Krank- heitsbekampfung. 189p. portr. 16? Dresd., Lambert-Coue-Inst. [1932] LAMBERT, Gabriel, 1907- *Essai sur la croyance dans les 6tats delirants. 56p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAMBERT, Gordon Ormsby [M. D., 1906, Cambridge] Cardiovascular pain as a biochemi- cal problem, xi, 75p. illust. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & co., 1933. LAMBERT, Heinz, 1913- *Beitrag zur Frage der Epulis unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der postoperativen Befunde. 15p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Druck, 1935. LAMBERT, Henri, 1905- *De Invagina- tion intestinale aigue; ses formes cliniques chez l'adulte. lOOp. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. LAMBERT, Henri Max, 1910- *De la microbiologic du pain [Bordeaux] 78p. 25cm. Saint Andr6 de Cubzac, Boehlinger, 1937. LAMBERT, Jacques Albert Felix, 1914- *Au sujet de la therapeutique de la coqueluche chez les jeunes enfants et les nourrissons. 23p. 23'-.cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1939. LAMBERT, Johann Heinrich, 1728-77. Les proprietes remarquables de la route de la lumiere, par les airs et en general par plusieurs milieux refringens spheriques et concentriques. 116p. pl. tab. 8? La Haye, Nicolaas van Daalen, 1759. LAMBERT, Joseph Walter, 1897- For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1942, 41: 704. LAMBERT, P. P. Le rein polykystique; etude morphologique, clinique et physiopathologique. 140p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 24}4cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1943. LAMBERT, Pierre [M. D., 1937, Toulouse] ♦Contribution k l'etude des arterites diabetiques des membres inferieurs. 147p. 24cm. Toulouse, Impr. Berthoumieu, 1937. LAMBERT, Raymond, 1910- *Les ic- teres non calculeux au cours de la lithiase vesicu- laire. 68p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1938. LAMBERT, Richard, 1904- *Ptyalismus und Xerostomie. 24p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1933. LAMBERT, Richard Stanton, 1894- See Beales, H. L., & Lambert, R. S. Memoirs of the unem- ployed. 287p. 8! Lond., 1934. LAMBERT, Roland, 1915- *Les menin- gites a meningocoque; essai sur la sulfamido- therapie a propos d'une observation chez un nourrisson [Paris] 28p. 24cm. Poissy, Lei ay, 1939 LAMBERT, Samuel Waldron, 1859-1942. For obituary see America clin., 1942, 3: No. 5, 137, portr. (Van Ingen, P.) Also Ann. Int. M., 1942, 16: 593-5 (Tenney, C. F.) Also Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1942, 18: 293-6, portr. (Van Ingen, P.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 663. Also Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1942, 57: 24 (Miller, J. A.) ---- & GOODWIN, George M. Medical leaders from Hippocrates to Osier. 330p. pl. 8? Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill co. [1929] LAMBERT LAMBERT, Sylvester Maxwell, 1SS2 Hookworm disease in Papua; an investigation of rates of infection and the initiation of a method of partial control, May 14-December 15, 1920. 77p. pl. map. ch. 28cm. Brisbane, Austral., Hookworm Campaign, 1921. Forms No. 7, Survey Rep. Australian Hookworm Cam- paign. ---- Hookworm disease in the Territory of New Guinea; an investigation of rates of infection and the initiation of a method of partial control, March 18-October 26, 1921. 119p. pl. map. ch. 28cm. Brisbane, Austral., Hookworm Campaign, 1922. Forms No. 16, Survey Rep. Australian Hookworm Cam. paign. ---- A Yankee doctor in paradise, x, 393p, portr. 23':>cm. Bost., Little, Brown & co., 1941. For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 486, portr. Weaver, J. D. Sanitarian of the South Seas, Dr Sylvester M. Lambert. Med. Econom., 1941-42, 19: 64-7, portr. LAMBERT, Thomas Edwin Llewellyn, 1878- 1934. For obituary see Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1934, 5: 58, portr. LAMBERT, Thomas Scott, 1819-97. Human anatomy, physiology and hygiene. 456p. 8? Hartford, Brockett &c. co., 1854. ---- Systematic human physiology, anatomy, and hygiene: being an analysis and synthesis of the human system, with practical conclusions. 420p. pl. 8? N. Y., W. Wood & co., 1865. LAMBERT, Walter Eyre, 1859-1930. For obituary see Shannon, J. R. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1931, 29: 13-5. LAMBERT de Cremeur, Jacques Gabriel, 1909- *La lutte contre la syphilis en France et k l'etranger; resultats; conclusions prophylacti- ques. 56p. 24^cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LAMBERT de Cursay, Germaine, 1888- *Etude sur la lobite tuberculeuse chez l'adulte. 194d. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1926. LAMBERTI, Carlos E. [M. D., 1940, B. Aires] *Algunos problemas que plantea el diagn6stko del cancer primitivo broncopulmonar. 79p. pl. tab. 26^cm. B. Air., Ferrari hnos, 1940. LAMBERTINI, Gastone, 1902- I mu- scoli degli atleti; saggio di anatomia sul vivente. xi, 234p. illust. 8? Bologna, N. Zanichelli, 1936. LAMBERTS, Erich, 1909- *Die Behand- lung des Bohrschmerzes mit Hilfe des Diathermie- verfahrens [Frankfurt a. M.] 18p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1933. LAMBERTUS de Monte, fl. 15. cent. Copu- lata circa octo libros physicorum Aristotelis juxta doctrinam sancti Thomas de Aquino. 146 ff. 4? [Koln, Theodoricus, ca 1485] LAMBERTZ, Kurt, 1911- *Ueber Granu- losazelltumoren [Munchen] 16p. 8? Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1936. LAMBEY, Andre Jean, 1903- *Les injections intraveineuses de convallatoxine dans la therapeutique de l'insuffisance cardiaque. 189p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. LAMBIE, Thomas Alexander, 1885- A doctor without a country. 252p. pl. 21cm. N. Y., F. H. Revell co. [1939] -—— A doctor carries on. 173p. pl. 21^cm. N. Y., F. H. Revell co. [1942] ---- Boot and saddle in Africa. 158p. 21cm. Phila., Blakiston co. [1943] LAMBING sickness. See Milk fever. LAMBITUS 461 LAMBRET LAMBITUS. See Kiss. LAMBORN, J. See Bennett, J., & Lamborn, J. Steam doctors and pre- tended medical reforms unmasked, with a recantation. li9p. 18^cm. x 11cm. Cincin., 1844. LAMBL, Vilem, 1824-95. For biography see Dobell, C. Parasitology, Lond., 1940, 32: 122-5, portr. LAMBLIA. See Giardia. LAMBLIASIS. See Giardiasis. LAMBLING, Andre, 1899- *Les tumeurs villeuses du rectum. 117p. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1928. LAMBLING, Pierre, 1907- Contribu- tion a l'etude des effets de certaines substances therapeutiques sur la circulation de retour. 85p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1936. LAMBOTTE, Albin, 1866- See Dupuy de Frenelle, P. Osteosyntheses analyse critique par A. Lambotte. 334p. 8? Par., 1931. See also Despontin, A. E. Los grandes maestros; Albin Lambotte. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1938, 23: 1440-5, portr.—Lambotte, A. La manifestation Albin Lambotte. Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15: 895-7. For portrait see Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air., 1933-34, 3: 230. LAMBRECHT, Arnold Bernhard Heinrich, 1903- *Das Verhalten von Gewicht, Puls- frequenz, Atmenfrequenz, Blutdruck und Herz- grosse einer Gruppe langjahriger Rennruderer wahrend einer Trainingsperiode. p. 183-95. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1930-31, 40: LAMBRECHT, Gilbert, 1911- *Des paralysies temporaires diaphragmatiques provo- quees au cours des tuberculoses pulmonaires; essais de novocalnisation du phrenique. 61p. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1936. LAMBRECHT, Kalman, 1889- Ergeb- nisse der Forschungsreisen Prof. E. Stromers in den Wiisten Aegyptens; tertiare Wirbeltiere; Stromeria fajumensis n. g., n. sp., die kontinentale Stammform der Aepyornithidae, mit einer Uebersicht iiber die fossilen Vogel Madagaskars und Afrikas. 18p. pl. 4? Miinch., R. Olden- bourg, 1929. Forms n. F. 4, Abh. Bayer. Akad.lWiss., math, naturwiss. Abt. LAMBRECHT, Karl, 1910- *Erfahrun- gen iiber Krampfzustande des Magenausgangs- muskels im Sauglingsalter (sogenannten Pyloro- spasmus der Sauglinge) 43p. 8? Frankf. a. M., M. Jacobi, 1936. LAMBRECHT, Wilhelm, 1911- *Hohes Geburtsgewicht und mutterliche Kohlehydrat- stoffwechselstorung [Berlin] 32p. 8? Diissel- dorf, G. H. Nolte, 1937. LAMBRECHTS, Albert. *Nouvelles recher- ches sur la diabete phlorhizique, la phlorhizine et quelques substances apparentees. 163p. 24cm. Liege, H. Vaillant-Carmanne, 1937. Also Arch, internat. physiol., 1937, 44: Suppl. LAMBREFF, Stoyan, 1908- *La reaction de sero-floculation de Vernes a la resorcine dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose infantile. 80p. 8? Par., Impr. Lipschutz, 1935. LAMBREGTS, Bernardus Aloysius Maria, 1888- For biography see Rijnberk, G. van. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 2, portr. LAMBRET, Oscar, 1872- , MALATRAY, Henri Justin, & DRIESSENS, J. La chirurgie du cancer du poumon; bases anatomo-cliniques, expenmentales, et technique operatoire. 198p. tab. pl. 24>^cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1936. LAMBRINUDI, Constantine, 1890-1943. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 617. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 1199. Also J. Bone Surg., 1943, 25: 932. LAMB scours. See Dysentery—in animals. LAMBY, Heinrich, 1904- *Ueber die Beteiligung der oberen Luft- und Speisewege bei der Dystrophia myotonica [Wurzburg] 17p. 8? Berl., W. Schulz, 1931. LAMDAN, Samuel. *Derivados mercuriales orto del fenoxibencene [bioquimica y farmacia] 48p. 26^cm. [B. Air.] Univ. nac. B. Aires, 1941. LAMELAS Gonzalez, Jose A. Trastornos vasculares perifericos; gangrena senil y diabetica, Raynaud, enfermedad de Buerger, arteritis, etc. 126p. illust. tab. diagr. ch.' 23}£cm. Barcel., Salvat, 1941. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. See also Mollusca; also names of families and genera; also such terms as Clam; Oyster, etc. Rolleston, G., & Robertson, C. On the aquiferous and oviducal system in the lamelli- branchiate mollusks. p.29-39. 29%cm. [Lond., 1862] Also Philos. Tr. R. Soc, Lond., 1862. Brooks, G., & Paulais, R. Recherches sur la repartition et la localisation des carotfinoides, des flavines et de l'acide-1- ascorbique chez les mollusques lamellibranches; cas des huitres et des gryph^es vertes et blanches. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1940, 64: 349-56.—Foster, T. D. Observations on the life history of a fingernail shell of the genus Sphaerium. J. Morph. Physiol., 1932, 53: 473-97.—Jatzenko, A. T. Die Bedeutung der Mantelhohlenfliissigkeit in der Biologie der Susswasser- lamellibranchier. Biol. Zbl., 1928, 48: 1; 257.—Lange de Morretes, F. Rochanaia gutmansi. nov. gen., n. sp., novo lamelibranquio do Brasil. Arq. Inst, biol., S. Paulo, 1941, 12: 75-80, 2 pl.—Maclennan, R. M., & Trueman, A. E. Variation in Gryphaea incurva, Sow., from the Lower Lias of Loch Aline, Argyll. Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1941-42, 61: 211-32 — Matthews, S. A. The palps of lamellibranchs as autonomous organs. J. Exp. Zool., 1928, 51: 209-58, 2 pl.—Pieron, H. Les lois de l'excitabilite lumineuse des lamellibranches; recherches sur la loi de variation des energies liminaires chez Mya arenaria. Bull. Sta. biol. Arcachon, 1926, 23: 25-56.—Prytherch, H. F. The cultivation of lamellibranch larvae. In Cult. Meth. Invertebr. (Galtsoff, P. S., et al.) Ithaca, 1937, 539-43.— Thompson, D. W. Bivalve shells. In his Growth & Form, N. Y., 1942, 825-32. LAMELLICORNIA. See also Coleoptera; also names of families as Scarabeidae. Stellwaag, F. *Der Flugapparat der Lamelli- cornier [Erlangen] 68p. 8? Lpz., 1913. Also Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1914, 108: 359-429, 4 pl. Bertin, L. Remarques sur les pieces buccales et l'alimenta- tion des coleopteres lamellicornes. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1920, 170: 1131-3.—Ohaus, F. Nachtrag zur Kenntnis der Philip- pinischen Ruteliden (Coleoptera, Lamellicornia) Philippine J. Sc, 1923, 22: 581-90, pl. —---- Eine neue philippinische Euchlora-Art (Coleoptera, Rutelidse) Ibid., 1924, 24: 103 — Saylor, L. W. Seis nuevos cole6pteros lamelicornios de Mexico. Rev. Soc. mex. hist, natur., 1943, 4: 25-31. LAMENDIN, Gustave Albert, 1909- ■*L'utilit6 de la reaction de Vernes dans la pratique medicale courante. 103p. diagr. 24cm. Lille, G. Sautai, 1935. LAMENDOUR, Jean Vincent, 1911- *Pathogenie et traitement des fistules hypo- gastriques cons^cutives k la prostatectomie sus- pubienne. 61p. 25cm. Bord., Biere, 1938. LAMENESS. See also Crippling; Dysbasia; Locomotion, Disorder; also under names of primary diseases as Hip, Disease; Knee, Disease; Sciatica, etc. Diirer, A. St Peter curing the lame (engraving) In Civiliz. & Disease (Sigerist, H.E.) Ithaca, 1943, opp. p. 133.—Hallows, LAMENESS 462 LA METTRIE B. R. Limps in children. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 1: 418.— Harrenstein, R. J. [On lame children] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 3303-9.—Kopylov, F. A. [Orthopedic supports for the lame, especially adults) Vest, khir., 1941. 62: 74-80.— Ojemana, J. G. Die Chinureuminfiltrationstlierapie der lahmheiten. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 194A, 51: 11-3.— Rembrandt. Petrus und Johannes heilen den Lahmen. In Wunderheilungen (Rosenthal, O.) Lpz., 1925, pl. 45, 46.— Taylor, A. O. Making the lame walk. Internat. J. Surg., 1928, 41: 80-2. ---- in animals. Cad£ac A: Peuch. Sur la nevrotomie plantaire dans le traitement formes. Bull. Soc. sc. v6t. Lyon, 1900, 3: 263-73.— Cagny, P. La maladie des chiens, boiterie speciale des chevaux dc courses. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1900, 54: 67-77. ----■— Les boiteries d'origine osseuse sur les chevaux de courses. Ibid., 132^12. ------ Boiterie du coude sur les chevaux de courses. Ibid., 789-93.—Chenot, P. Etude clinique des boiteries. Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1902, 5: 80-96.—Craige, A. H., jr, & Beck, J. D. Lameness associated with kidney disease in 2 cattle. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1941, 99: 297-9.—Dassonville. *Les injections de cocaine sur le trajet des nerfs sensitifs et le diagnostic du siege des boiteries, chez le cheval. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1904, 58: 80-2.— Deysine & Vidron. Des injections de cocaine dans le diagnostic des boiteries cachees du pied. Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1899, 2: 285-97.—Drouin. Exploration du membre boiteux. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet., Par., 1904, 58: 495-8.—Fowler, W. J. R. Diagnosis and treatment of lameness. Canad. J. Comp. M., 1939, 3: 91-5; 1940, 4: 249.—Hancock, R. C. G. This firing question. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1941, 53: 261-7.— Hodgkins, J. R. Shoulder lameness. Ibid., 1939, 51: 145.—Jacoulet. Boiteries d'origine osteitique ou osteo-arthritique chez les chevaux de toute espSce et de tout service. Bull. Soc. centr. m6d. v6t., Par., 1900, 54: 316-29.—Lecoq, F., Rodet [et al.] Rapport arbitral sur un cas de boiterie intermittente. J. mid. vet., Lyon, 1855, 11: 543-7.—Liermann. Die Behandlung chroni- scher Lahmheiten mit parenteraler Reiztherapie unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Yatren-Vaccine E. 104. Zschr. Veterinark., 1939, 51: 226.—Miller, R. C, Keith, T. B. [et al.] Manganese as a possible factor influencing the occurrence of lameness in pigs. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 50.— Morey, A. Sur une des causes des boiteries consecutives a la nevrotomie. Bull. Soc. sc. vet. Lyon, 1899, 2: 88-91.— Necib Zobu [Simulation of lameness in horses, resembling thrombus of the pelvic artery] Askeri vet. mecmuasi, 1938, 15: 355-8.—Peters, J. E. Lameness incident to training and racing of the thoroughbred. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1940, 96: 200-9.-—Rey. Boiterie intermittente a chaud due a des oblitera- tions arterielles. J. med. v6t., Lyon, 1866, 22: 1-7.—Schmotzer, B. [Lameness in the fore-legs of the horse] Allatorv. lap., 1937, 60: 408.— Townsend, C. H. S., & Ridge, J. E. M. Shoul- der lameness in horses and mules. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1942-43, 14: 90-4.—Ueberreiter, O. Durch Thrombosierung der Extremitatenarterien verursachte Lahmheiten, sogenanntes intermittierendes Hinken, des Pferdes. Wien. tieriirztl. Mschr., 1938, 25: 489-94.—Walpole, R. O. W. Some preliminary observations and remarks on limb lameness in the racing track greyhound. Vet. J., Lond., 1944, 100: 11-6. LAMER, Jules de, 1892- *La syphilis par transfusion sanguine. 94p. 8? Par., A Legrand, 1930. La MER, Victor Kuhn, 1895- The im- portance of calcium and phosphorus in nutrition. 12p. 8? N. Y. [the Author] 1932. LAMERDIN, Ruth, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zum Hydrops foetus universalis [Freiburg i. B.] 31p. 21cm. Grotzingen i. B., M. Hafner, 1937. LAMERIS, Friedes, 1869-1937. For obituary see Tschr. diergeneesk., 1937, 64: 1269-71 portr. LAMERIS, H. J. For portrait see Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: No. 14, front. LAMERS, A. J. M., compiler. Lijst van gynaecologische en verloskundige tijdschriften, aanwezig in Xederlandsche boekerijen; bijge- houden tot Mei 1916. 15p. 24^cm. Amst [F. van Rossen] 1916. LAMERS, Heinz [M. D., 1932, Wurzburg] ♦Die Todesfalle der Jahre 1928-30 an der Uni- versitats-Ohrenklinik Wurzburg [Wurzburel 25p. 8? Osnabruck, W. Nolte, 1932. La MESTA, Henri, 1911- *Ramazzini, prgcurseur de la medecine du travail. 36p 8° Par., L. Rodstein, 1936. La METTRIE, Julien Offray de, 1709-51. L'homme-plante; repub. with introd. and notes by Francis L. Rougier. 153p. 21cm. X. y Inst. French Stud. Columbia Univ. [1936] Sec also: Maitre, J. M. L. C. J. *Un medecin philo- sopher de La Mottrie (1709-1751) 62p. S° Par 1919. Tulotjp, G. F. Tn preenrseur meconnu Offray de La Mettrie m6decin-philosophe, 1709- 51 [Paris] 87p. 23^cm. Dinard, 1938. See also Cornilleau, R. La Mettrie, precurseur de la mede- cine experimentale. Chron. m6d., 1929, 36: 259-64.— La Mettrie. La politique du medecin de Machiavel. Progr med., Par., 1932, Suppl., 22-4.—Leibbrand, W. Maschineni mensch. In his Gottl. Stab d. Aeskulap, Salzb., 1939, 311 — Lemee, P. Un medecin philosophe: Offray de la Mettrie Paris med., 1926, 60: annexe, 486-91.—Millar, W. M La Mettrie. Surgery, 1937, 1: 623-32. For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1942, 9: 345. Also Ciba Symposia, 1944-45, 6: 1765. LAMHOFER, Augustin, 1852- *Der Venenpuls der Retina. 30p. 8? Lpz H Huthel. 1883. LAMI, Abdul Nan, 1901- *Les applica- tions de la T. S. F. en hygiene maritime (assis- tance m6dicale en mer et defense sanitaire aux frontieres maritimes) 68p. 8? Par., M Lac 1928. LAMI, Georges, 1912- *Des injections directes de medicaments dans les arteres. 41p 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1937. LAMI, Guido. La regolazione del ricambio energetico. xv, 349p. 8? Roma, Fisiol. & Med., 1934. LAMIACEAE. See also names of genera as Mentha, etc. Chabrol, E., Charonnat, R. [et al.] L'action choleretique des labiees. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 275.—Epling, C. The distribution of American Labiatae. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1940, 6. Congr., 4: 571-5— Narasimha Murthy, S. Development of glandular hairs in Orthosiphon stamineus Benth. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 534.—Ullrich, G. Palisade ratios for the official drugs of the Labiatae family. Am. J. Pharm., 1943, 115: 196-206.—Zornig, H., & Buch, O. Beitrage zur Anatomie des Blattes pharmazeutisch gebriiuch- licher Labiaten-Drogen. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1926, 264: 301-21. LAMIAUD, Henri, 1903- *Le lipidol en urologie. 70p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1931. LAMICQ, Eduardo [M. D., 1883, Mexico] Tratado de enfermeria; guia de la enfermera. 7. ed. xvi, 490p. illust. facs. ch. pl. 23^cm. Mex., Porriia hnos & cia, 1941. LAMINA. See under name of anatomical structure as Vertebra for the lamina of the vertebral arch; Ethmoid for the lamina cribrosa (cribriform plate) etc. LAMINAGRAPHY. See under Roentgenography. LAMINARIACEAE. See under Algae; also Cervix, Dilatation, artificial. LAMINECTOMY. See Spine, Surgery. LAMINITIS [vet.] See also Hoof, Disease. Henkels. Chirurgisch-kritische Betrachtungen fiber einige experimentellen Untersuchungen am Gefiisspraparat unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der sogenannten Rehe. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1943, 13: 135 (Abstr.)—Joly, M. G. Laminitie; summary of report. Rep. Internat. Vet. Congr. (1914) 1915, 10. Congr., 3: 675.—Lienaux. Laminitis; summary of report. LAMINITIS 463 LA MOTTE Ibid., 666.—Montabaur, H. Der Wert des Rontgenbildes fiir die Prognose der chronischen Rehe des Pferdes. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1943, 13: 293 (Abstr.)—Ridge, 3. E. M. A case of laminitis with a curious sequel. J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1943- 44, 15: 11. LAMIRAUD, Jean Marie Louis Alexandre, 1914- *Les deformations vertebrales post- thoracoplastiques. 48p. 25cm. Bord., Biere, 1938. LAMKIN, Burt B., 1876-1934. For obituarv see Johnston, W., Kiehle, F. A., & Irvine, A. R. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1935, 23: 159. LAMLA, Ernst, 1888- Grundriss der Physik fiir Naturwissenschaftler, Mediziner und Pharmazeuten. 5. Aufl. d. Schule d. Pharmazie, Physikalischer Teil. vi, 318p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. LAMM, Heinrich, 1908- *Unblutige Entfernung von Magenfremdkorpern iiber den Weg der Speiserohre [Berlin] 14p. 8? Miinch., B. Heller, 1933. LAMM, Joseph, 1910- *Die Behandlung des Gelben Galtes der Milchkiihe mit Argento- Weidnerit. 52p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. LAMMERS, Erna, 1904- *Hydrone- phrose infolge Ureter-Kompression bei Myom [Munchen] 16p. 8? Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1937. See also Briegel, J., & Lammers, E. Der Arzt als Heifer. 608p. 16J4cm. Miinch., 1938. LAMMERS, Marianne, 1911- *Beitrag zur Frage nach den Ursachen der cyklischen Schwankungen im roten Blutbilde des Weibes. 16p. 8! Berl., R. Pfau [1938] LAMMERT, Clemens, 1910- *Das Val- salva-Elektrokardiogramm (Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen der Herzstromkurve unter der Einwirkung des Pressdruckversuches nach Burger) 43p. tab. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. LAMMERT, Fritz, 1894- *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der landwirtschaftlichen Betriebs- verhaltnisse im markischen Sauerlande [Giessen; Philos.] 7p. 22cm. Hildesheim, A. Lax, 1925. LAMMERT, Hedwig, 1895- . *Das per- forierte Magen-Duodenalulcus [Munster i. W.] 31p. 8? Essen-Margaretenhohe, J. Kauermann, 1930. LAMMERT, Rudolf, 1899- *Ueber Bauchschmerzen beim Kinde. 28p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. LAMMERTS van Bueren, Bernard [M. D., 1939, Batavia] *Bacillaire dysenterie bij kinde- ren te Batavia. iv, 204p. tab. pl. diagr. 24cm. Batavia, Olt & co. [1939] La MONT, Stewart M. Theory and practice of accident and health insurance, xv, 235p. 19#cm. Phila., Spectator [1941] LAMOREAUX, R. Ross. See Mowrer, O. H., & Lamoreaux, R. R. Avoidance condi- tioning and signal duration, a study of secondary motivation and reward. 34p. 26cm. Evanston, 111., 1942. LAMOTHE, Brigitte, 1908- *Les crises convulsives, premiere manifestation des nephrites aigues chez l'enfant. 71p. 24^cm. Par., E. Durand, 1939. LAMOTTE, Etienne, 1913- *Essai de chimiotherapie prophylactique des infections puerperales. 47p. 24}£cm. Lyon, Impr. Salut Pub., 1939. LAMOTTE, Frank Linton, KENNY, William Robert, & REED, Allen Baldwin. pH and its practical application, vii, 262p. illust. diagr. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1932. La MOTTE Chemical Products Company [Baltimore, Md.] LaMotte blood chemistry handbook, containing up-to-date information on simplified methods and apparatus for blood chemistry as required in the routine practice of medicine. 77p. 8? Bait., LaMotte Chem. Prod. co. [1929] Another ed. 82p. 1932. An- other ed. 84p. Bait., Waverly pr., 1934. ---- The A B C of pH (hydrogen ion) control. 9. ed. 62p. illust. diagr. 8? Bait., La Motte Chem. Prod. co. [1933] ---- Colorimetric determination of pH (hydrogen ion concentration) and for water analysis. 10. ed. 64p. illust. 8? Bait., LaMotte Chem. Prod, co., 1934. LAMOUR, Robert, 1900- *Die konserva- tive Behandlung der Adnexerkrankungen; eine Statistik. [Freiburg i. B.] 15p. 8? Saar- briicken [n. p.] 1927. LAMOURE, Charles ten Eyck, 1872- For portrait see Connecticut M. J., 1942, 6: 477. LAMOUROUX, Jean Charles Francois, 1911- *Le setter anglais [Alfort; Vet.] 46p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LAMOUROUX, Jean Florent, 1867- *Asca- ridiose du chien et du chat [Alfort, Vet.] 43p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1928. LAMOUROUX, Jean Vincent Felix, 1779- 1825. Stellfeld, C. Lamouroux. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10:34. LAMP. See also Electric arc; Electrophototherapy; Electrotechnics; Endoscopy; Gas, illuminating: Apparatus; Gas lighting; Glass, Transmission of radiation; Heat, Therapeutic use: Instru- ments; Illuminant; Illumination; Infrared ray, Therapeutic use; Light; Phototherapy, Instru- ments; Ultraviolet ray; also such headings as Eye, Biomicroscopy: Instruments; Surgery, In- struments, etc. Ariess. Die neuartige elektrische Tischlampe Rondella D. R. G. M. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 79: 299 — Beggs, E. W. Planning for maintenance. Ilium. Engin., Bait., 1941, 36: 1354-68.—Chapman, V. A. Extemporaneous laboratory aid. Wisconsin M. J., 1933, 32: 594.—Davenport, H. A. A lamp for the colorimeter or microscope. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 80.—Denier. A. La lampe au cadmium. Rev. physiother., Par., 1938, 14: 38-40.—Ferree, C. E., & Rand, G. Lamp for determination and measurement of the preferred intensity of light for reading and for other work. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 12: 45-59. ------ A bed lamp designed to give glareless illumination. Mod. Hosp., Chic, 1934, 43: 78-82.—Forsythe, W. E., & Watson, E. M. Temperature of incandescent lamps. In Temperature (Am. Inst. Physics) N. Y„ 1941, 1188-90.—H., L. Eclairage a l'acetyhine; lampe a gaz portative (G. Trouv£) Ann. pharm., Louvain, 1896, 2: 30-5.—Hallsworth, F. P. A map reading light, J. R. Army M. Corps, 1944, 82: 85.—Hansen, H. M. Kohle- und Metallsalzlichtbogen. Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Lichtforsch., 1936, 3. Congr., 59-64.—Hogarth, J. A. An improved directing lamp. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 78: 243-5.—[Inexpensive and effective analysis lamp] Sven. farm, tskr., 1939, 43: 135-7.—Kantorowicz, E. Eine neue Universalbeleuchtung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 350.— Kohler, W. Welche Gliihlampen soil man verwenden? Um- schau, 1926, 30: 883-5.—Leroux, P. Remarques sur le fonc- tionnement de la lampe Nf rnst. J. phys. radium, Par., 1935, 7. ser., 6: 65-8.—Model C thermospectral lamp acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 425.—Nagelschmidt, F. Une nouvelle lampe a neon a basse tension. Commun. Congr. internat. physiother. (1930) 1931, 5. Congr., Sect. 5, No. 16, 89-92.—Neugass, E. A. Illuminator. U. S. Patent Off., 1940, No. 2,186,143.—Schliephake, E. Ein praktischer Beleuch- tungsapparat zur optischen Registrierung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1846.—Seeler, E. V., jr. Drawing lamp for camera lucida. Science, 1942, 96: 94.—Weite, C. E. Photoflash lamps. Ilium. Engin., Bait,, 1942, 37: 681.—Wellisch, E. Die Hochfrequenz-Cadmiumlampe. Balneologe, 1937, 4: 465-7. ---- bactericidal. See also Ultraviolet ray. Buttolph, L. J. Characteristics of some low voltage type germicidal lamps. Pub. Am. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1942, No. 17, 171-80.—Danilov, V. P., & Joffe, Z. A. Boric uviol glass for bactericidal lamps. C. rend. Acad, sc URSS, 1943, 39: 215- 7 —Fisher, A. An evaluation of the thin-window bactericidal lamp. Pennsylvania M. J., 1938-39, 42: 910-2.------A LAMP 464 LAMPE clinical c\:ilu:itinn of a bactericidal lamp (Gosztonyi) Ibid., 1942-43 46: 1 166.— Westinghouse thin window lamp accept- able. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1228. ---- fluorescent. See also Illumination, fluorescent. Baumgartner, G. R. Practical photometrv of fluorescent lamps and reflectors. Ilium. Engin., Bait., 1941, 36: 1340-53.— Fahsbender, M., & Slauer, R. G. Fluorescent lamp applica- tions in the home. Ibid., 1940, 35: 669-91.—Friedman, B. A simple inexpensive lamp for fluorescence. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 27: 372.—Hays, R. F. Characteristics of low voltage fluorescent lamps at high frequencies. Ilium. Engin., Bait., 1941, 36: 570-6.—Marden, J. W., km. B. Air., El Ateneo, 1941. LANDIVAR, Roberto, -1943. For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1944, 51: 94. LANDMAN, Herman, 1906- Contribu- tion k l'etude de la periarthrite scapulo-humerale avec calcifications et ossifications. 67p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. LANDMAN, Jacob Henry. Human steriliza- tion; the history of the sexual sterilization move- ment, xviii, 341p. illust. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1932. LANDMANN, Charlotte, 1899- *Beitrag zum Erythema nodosum. 54p. 8? Lpz., K. Triltsch, 1931. LANDMANN, Elisabeth, 1909- *Beitrag zur vorzeitigen Losung der normalsitzenden Placenta. 46p. tab. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1935. LANDMANN, Friedrich, 1864- Reine Mutterschaft; Beitrage zur Ehereform. 3. Aufl. 275p. 16? Eden, Oranienburg, 1920. LANDMANN, Joachim, 1904- *Der Spitzfuss und seine Apparate bei Peroneus- lahmung [Leipzig] 16p. 21cm. [Altenb.- Thiir.] R. Hiller, 1936. LANDMARK, Johannes, 1897- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 205. LANDMARK, Lars Stub Heiberg, 1808-83. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 6. LANDOGNA Cassone, Francesco. La dia- gnosi clinica della stenosi polmonare congenita; con speciale riguardo agli elementi desunti dal flebogramma giugulare. 253p. pl. 24^cm. Roma, L. Pozzi, 1934. LANDOIS, Leonard, 1837-1902. Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Menschen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der praktischen Medizin. 7. Aufl. bearb. von R. Rosemann. xviii, 967p. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1919. Also 20. Aufl. xvi, 850p. illust. pl. portr. 1932. Also 22. Aufl. xvi, 838p. 1942. LANDOIS, Rene, 1906- *De l'influence des alterations de la vue sur Pceuvre des artistes. 61 p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1931. LANDOLF, Hermann [M. D., 1925, Basel] *Ueber Ostitis fibrosa, sieben Falle; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der gutartigen myelogenen Sarkome der Rohrenknochen [Basel] 39p. 8? Heiden, R. Weber, 1925. LANDOLT, Edmond, 1846-1926. Die Unter- suchungsmethoden. x, 81 lp. illust. pl. 8? Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1904. Forms 1. Abt., Bd 4, Handb. ges. Augenheilk. (Saemisch, T., & Hess, C.) 2. Aufl., Lpz., 1904. For obituary see Arch, opht., Par., 1926, 43: 322-5, portr. (Lapersonne, F. de) Also Rev. gen. opht., Par., 1926 40- 237-42 (Verrey, A.) For portrait see Ann. ocul.. Par., 1938, 175: front. LANDOLT, Franz, 1895- ♦Untersu- chungen iiber Paraformaldehyd als Devitali- sationsmittel der Pulpa [Basel] 22p. 8° Berl [n. p.] 1930. LANDOLT, Jacques, 1910- *La question du plomb dans l'industrie des emaux. 51 p 8° Par., E. Le Grand, 1937. LANDOLT, Marc, 1879-1928. For obituary see Koby. Rev. gen. opht., Par., 1928, 42:167. LANDOLT, Robert F., 1913- *Der Ver- lauf der Akkommodationskurve des Nerven bei Verwendung linear ansteigender Reizstrome p.99-111. tab. diagr. 23'km. Zur., O. Fiissli, 1941. Also Pflugers Arch , 1941, 245: LANDOLT, Rolf [M. D., 1941, Bern] *Oto- mikroskopische Trommelfellbeobachtungen an eineiigen Zwillingen. 30p. pl. 23cm. Bern, W Friedli, 1941. LANDON, John Fitch, 1895- See Gage, N. D., Landon, J. F. [et al.] Communicable dis- eases. 386p. 22cm. Phila., 1939. Also 4. ed. 525p. 22Wcm 1944. ---- & SMITH, Lawrence Weld. Polio- myelitis; a handbook for physicians and medical students, based on a study of the 1931 epidemic in New York City, xi, 275p. pl. diagr. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., 1934. LANDOR, Walter Savage, 1775-1864. A bibliography of the writings in prose and verse of Walter Savage Landor, by Thomas James Wise and Stephen Wheeler, xxii, 426p. portr. facs 22^cm. Lond., Blades tvc, 1919. LANDOT, Felix, L'hygiene du dentiste dans la pratique professionnelle moderne. vii, 190p. 12° Par., J. B. Bailliere, 1932. LANDOUZY, Hector, 1812-64. For biography see Guelliot, O. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1935, 29: 7-16. LANDOUZY-DEJERINE muscular dys- trophy. See Atrophy, Muscular, facio-scapulo-humeral. LANDOW, Herman I. [M. D., 1937, Basel] *Zur Frage der sogenannten Reticulo-Endo- theliosen und des Retothelsarkoms [Basel] 21p. 23^cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1937. LANDOWSKI, Emmanuel, 1906- Con- tribution k l'etude du syndrome d'hypomenorrhee associe* k l'adiposite et son traitement par l'opo- therapie ovarienne et hypophysaire [Paris] 60p. 8? Angouleme, Coquemard, 1936. LANDOWSKI, Jules, 1909- Contribu- tion k l'etude des indications et de la technique de la transfusion sanguine dite mddicale en goutte a goutte. 37p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. LANDOWSKI, Paulette, 1896- *L'etat du sang dans la diphtene. 247p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LANDREAU, Joseph Louis, 1906- *Essais cliniques sur le rapprochement etiologique de maladies d'aspect different; rhumatisme articu- laire aigu choree; encephalite epidemique; polio- myelite acrodynie. 44p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1932. LANDRE-BEAUVAIS, Augustin Jacob, 1772- 1840. Landre-Beauvais, Double et la semeiologie au debut du XIX. siecle. Progr. med., Par., 1936, Suppl., 33-7. LANDRETH, Verne S. Recommendations for developing total fitness through a program of health and physical education in elementary schools. lOp. 23cm. Sacramento, California State Dep. Educ, 1942. Repr. from California J. Element. Educ. 1942, 11: No. 4. LANDRIEU, Robert Georges, 1903- * Etude critique des differents moyens d'explora- tion de l'uterus en travail; essai de classification clinique des dystocies fonctionnelles uterines. 99p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936. LANDRUM, Albert Brewer, 1883- For biography see Centaur, Menasha, 1941-42, 203, portr. Also in Hist. Alpha Kappa Kappa (Van Antwerp, L. D.) Menasha, 1942, 203, portr. LANDRY 469 LANDSTEINER LANDRY, Arthur Bernard, 1884- For portrait see Connecticut M. J., 1940, 4:312; 1942, 7: 477. LANDRY, Jean, 1907- Comment en- visager le diagnostic des tuberculoses pulmonaires lorsque la bacilloscopie des expectorations reste negative. 88p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1931. LANDRY, Jean Baptiste Octave, 1826-65. Buck, R. W. Landry's paralysis [the eponym] N. England J M 1941 225: 797.— Remlinger. P. J. B. Octave Landry. Presse med.. 1933, 41: 227-9. LANDRY, Lucian Hyppolite, 1883- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 296. LANDRY paralysis. See Myelitis, acute ascending. LANDSBERG, Charlotte, 1899- *Herz- beschwerden, Herzbefunde, Herzkrankheiten im Kindesalter; Ergebnisse der Begutachtung herz- kranker Schulkinder [Berlin] 21p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931. LANDSBERG, Erich, 1912- *Bericht und Betrachtungen iiber zwei akut todlich ver- laufene Falle von Occlusion des Aquaeductus Sylvii infolge echter Zystenbildung des Plexus chorioideus ventriculi III [Zurich] 31p. 23cm. Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1938. LANDSBERG, Fritz, 1902- *Ueber die Wirkung des antitoxischen Scharlach-Heilserums [Berlin] 31p. 8? Offenbach a. M., W. Dohany, 1928. LANDSBERG, Julius Ferdinand. See Tugendreich, G., Landsberg, J. F., & Weinberg, W. Die Mutter- und Sauglingsfursorge. 2. Hafte, 1. & 2. Teil. p.129-455. 8! Stuttg., 1909-10. LANDSBERG, Max, 1906- *Die Technik der Radiumbehandlung von Tumoren der Mund- hohle. 30p. pl. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1932. LANDSBERG, Germany. Hilgermann. Ueber den Neubau des Preussischen Hygie- nischen Institute in Landsberg (Warthe) Zschr. Desinfekt., 1930, 23: 67-72. LANDSCHEK, Lothar, 1909- *Die Eigen- reflexe der quergestreiften Muskeln in verschie- denen Hohenlagen, nach Versuche am Patellar- reflex in der Unterdruckkammer [Berlin] p. 12- 20. 24^cm. Wiirzb., H. Stiirtz, 1938. Also Luftfahrtmedizin, 1938, 3: LANDSCHUETZ, Fritz, 1909- *Zur Kenntnis der subarachnoidalen Blutungen. 44p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1935. LAND sickness [channel fever] Bohec, J. Le mal de terre, choc psycho-colloidoclasique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 372. LANDSTEINER, Karl, 1868-1943. Die Spe- zifizitat der serologischen Reaktionen. 123p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1933. vii, 178p. tab. 8? Springf., C. C Thomas [1936] . --- [The same] The specificity of serological reactions. , . XT , , See also Bayne-Jones, S. Dr Karl Landsteiner; Nobel prize laureate in medicine, 1930. Science, 1931, 73: 599-604.- [Bibliography] J. Immun., Bait., 1944, 48: 5-16.—Merkel, H. Biography] Munch, med. Wschr., 1931 78: 66-8, portr.- Reche, O.. & Steffan, P. [Award of Nobel prize in medicine to Karl Landsteiner] Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1930-31, 3: «/, POFor obituarv see Am. J. Chn. Path., 1943, 13: 566-8, portr. (Wiener, A. S.J Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1943 36: 234 portr. Wiener A. S. Also Bull. M. Libr Ass., 1943 31:: 374 Also Current Biogr., N. Y., 1943, 4: No. 8 22. Also Irish J M. Sc, 1943, 6. ser., No. 214, 580-2 (Sachs H.) Also JAm. M Ass 1943, 122: 761. Also J. Immun., Bait., 1944^48: 1-16, portr. Also Laborat. Digest, S. Louis, 1942-43 7: No 5, 1-4 portr. (Wiener, A. S.) Also Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 110, portr.. (M., W. T. J.) Also Ibid., 144 (McCartney, J. E.) Also Medicina Mex., 1943, 23: Suppl., 192. Also Med Off Lond., 1943, 70 43. Also Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 98 (Petne, G. F.) Also Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 372 (Mom, A.) Also Science, 1943, 98: 233-5. Also Sc. Month., 1943, 57: 281-3, portr. (Wiener, A. S.) LANDT, Ulrich Friedrich Johannes, 1910- *Ueber Melanome [Greifswald] 26p. 8" Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. LANDTWING, Eduard, 1904- *Ueber einen Dicephalus bispinalis tetrabrachius biscelus beim Rind. 47p. 22^cm. Ziir., J. Hagmann, 1939 LANDULPHUS, Blasius Caesar, fl. 15. cent. De curis febrium. p.l69-183b. Pavia, Jacob de Burgofranco, 1509. In De curis aegritud. (Gatinaria, M.) Pavia, 1509. LANDWEHR, Friedrich, 1901- *Die Stickoxydul-Narkose und ihr Einfluss auf die Gerinnungsfahigkeit des Blutes. 12p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1929. LANDWUEST, Carl Otto Curt von, 1894- *Ureterocele vesicalis [Halle] 17p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1926. LANE, Clarence Guy, 1882- General considerations (on skin diseases) p.3-100. 8° N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co., 1936. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 10: See also Dr C. Guy Lane honored. Arch. Derm. Syph. Chic, 1941,43:550. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 271. LANE, Clayton Arbuthnot, 1868- Hous- ing and malaria; a critical summary of the litera- ture dealing with this subject. 43p. 4? Geneva, League of Nations, 1931. ---- Hookworm infection, xiv, 319p. illust. diagr. 8? Lond., H. Milford, 1932. LANE, Edward Binney, 1860-1941. For obituary see J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1941, 94: 661. LANE, Francis A., 1874-1927. For obituary see Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 84. LANE, Francis Charles, 1905- *The interrelation of rheumatism, tonsillitis, chorea and endocarditis [Marquette Univ.] 12p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. LANE, Frank B., 1859-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 557. LANE, James Ernest, 1857-1926. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1926, 2: 1033. Also S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926, 32: 123-5. LANE, John. Notas sobre mosquitos de Sao Paulo. 15p. pl. 8? S. Paulo, Impr. Off., 1936. Forms No. 60, Bol. Inst. hig. S. Paulo. LANE, John Edward, 1872-1933. Jean- Francois Coste, chief physician of the French expeditionary forces in the American Revolution. 30p. pl. portr. 8? N. Y., 1928. Also Americana, No. 1, v.22, ---- William Henry Carmalt, M. D. p. 163- 90. portr. 8? Hartford, 1930. Also Proc. Connecticut Med. Soc, 1930. ---- The medical books in the Yale College Library in 1742. 4p. 8? [N. Haven, Yale Univ. pr., 1932] at Also in Yale Univ. Lib. Gaz., 1932, 6: No. 4. For obituary see Blumer, G. Proc. Connecticut M. boc, 1934, 142: 305-9. LANE, Levi Cooper, 1828-1902. Dr Lane operates in new amphitheater. Stanford M. Alumni Bull., 1942, 6: 2, portr.—Rixford, E. Levi Cooper Lane. M. D.; the Lane popular lectures. California West. M.. 1933. 38: 37-9. LANE, Lowell Lefferts, 1903- See Vischer, C. V. A hand-book of pulmonary tuberculosis; with a chapter on Pulmonary tuberculosis and the cardio- vascular system, by Lowell L. Lane. 199p. 8? Colhngswood, N. J., 1931. LANE, Sir William Arbuthnot, 1856-1943. Blazing the health trail, xii, 148d. 8? Lond., Faber & Faber, 1929. LANE 47 ---- The prevention of the diseases peculiar to civilization, xiv, 99p. 8? Lond., Faber & Faber, 1<>29. Also another ed. 1931. ---- New health for everyman. 202p. Sc Lond., G. Bles [1932] ---- An apple a day. 183p. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1935] —— The new health guide. 220p. illust. 8? Lond., G. Bles [1935] ----Every woman's book of health and beautv. 191p. 8? Lond., T. Butterworth [1936] Sec also Buck. R. W. Lane's kink. N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 842. —International medical club of America; dinner in honor "f Sir WilUam Arbuthnot Lane. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 408-16. For obituarv see Brit. J. Surg., 1943-44, 31: 1-3, portr. Also Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1943, 57: 28, portr. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1299. Also Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 160, portr. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1943, 209: 64. Also Surgery, 1943, 14: 12-9, portr. (Matas, R.) For portrait see Collection in Librarv. Also Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 115,. Also Practitioner, Lond., 1943, 150: front. LANE, William Carr, 1789r1863. Twitchei.l, R. E. Historical sketch of Governor William Carr Lane, together with diary of his journev from St Louis, Mo., to Santa Fe, X. M., July 31st to September 9th, 1852. 62p. 8? New Mexico, 1917. Forms No. 4, Publ Hist. Soc. Now Mexico. LANE-CLAYPON, Janet Elizabeth, 1877- See Forber, Janet Elizabeth Lane-Claypon. LANEL, Charles, 1898- Considerations sur la valeur respective de la radioscopie et de la radiographie dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 66p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LANELONGUE, Martial, 1839-1930. For obituary see Duvergey, J. Bordeaux chir., 1931, 2: 1-6, portr. LANE medical lectures, 1939. See Rivers, T. M. Lane medical lectures: Viruses and virus diseases. 133p. 25^cm. Stanford University, 1939. LANE-ROBERTS, Cedric Sydney, SHAR- MAN, Albert [et al.] Sterility and impaired fertility; pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment. xx, 419p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 22^cm. N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1939. LANERY, Lucien Pierre, 1904- Con- tribution a l'etude des insuffisances hepatiques chez le chien [Alfort; Vet.] 146p. ch. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LANEUVILLE, Jean, 1909- Considera- tions sur la phase prodromique des d£lires aigus. 83p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LANFORD, Caroline Sherman, 1911- See Sherman, H. C, & Lanford, C. S. Essentials of nutri- tion. 418p. 22cm. N. Y., 1940. Also 2. ed. 442p. 1943. -----An introduction to foods and nutrition. 292p. 23 cm. N. V., 1943. LANFORD, John Alexander, 1881-1940. For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1940-41, 14: 562 (Knighton, J. E.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 473. LANFRANCHI, of Milan, fl. 13. cent. Cunha, F. Lanfranco; incunabula medica. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 56: 695-9.—Pisani, A. [Biographv] Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1930, 18: 61. LANFRY, Guy Georges Francois, 1915- *Quelques remarques au sujet d'un cas d'echino- coccose vertebrale [Paris] 43p. pl. 24^cm. Rouen, Wolf, 1939. LANG, Albert, 1908- *Die Berufs- krankheiten des Zahnarztes. 24p. 8? Munch [Bayer. Dr., 1933] LANG, Anczel, 1912- *Ueber die Ver- legung eines Ureters durch tuberkulose Lymph- driisen. 23p. 22^cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. LANG, Arend, 1909- *Ueber die Wohn- und Wasserverhaltnisse des Kreises Leer. 35p. 22cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1936. LANG LANG, Bartholomaus [M. D., 1932, Jena] *Ueber seltene Nasenmiss'oildungen (Proboscis lateralis und Kebocephalie) [Jena] p.93-111 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 285: LANG, Basil Thorn, 1SS0-192S. The routine examination of the eye. 156p. 8? Lond., E Arnold & co., 1925. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 162. Also Lancet Lond., 1928, 1: 211. LANG, Eduard, 1841-1916. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Deliber. Congr derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congi., 4: 152; 255; 412. LANG, Emil [M. D., 1933, Geneve] *Die Diathermie im Dienste der Zahnheilkunde unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wurzelbehand- lungen [Geneve] 42p. 8? Luzern, Kaber & cie, 1933. LANG. Emil, 1912- *Beitrage zur Kennt- nis von Haschisch [Bern] 68p. illust. 22%cm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1941. LANG, Franz Josef, 1894- Arthritis deformans und Spondylitis deformans, p.252- 376. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. Hist. (Lubarsch & Henke) 1934, 9: pt. 2. ---- Pathologie der chronischen Gelenk- leiden. viii, 136p. 22cm. Dresd., T. SteinkoDff. 1943. Forms Bd 25, Rheumatismus (Der) Joint editor of Kaufmann, Eduard. Lehrbuch der speziellen pathologischen Anatomie. 9. und 10. Aufl. p.279-326; p.1361-716. 25^cm. Berl., 1940. LANG, Frithjof, 1899- *Ueber das Wachstum der menschlichen vorderen Kiefer- partie beim Frontzahnwechsel. 20p. 8? Frankf. a. M., E. Breidenstein [1932] LANG, Fritz [M. D., 1927, Zurich] *Die Arterien des Diinndarmes mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Vasa recta. 50p. 8? Ziir., 0. Fiissli, 1927. ---- Das distale Radio-Ulnargelenk; seine Bedeutung in der Unfallmedizin; klinische, rontgenologische und patho-anatomische Studie [Zurich; Habilitationsschrift] 85p. illust. 23^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1942. Forms No. 36, Hefte Unfallh., 1942. LANG, Fritz, 1908- *Die kausale Thera- pie des Ulcus cruris varicosum [Freiburg i. B.] 23p. 8° Bayreuth, C. Giessel, 1935. LANG, Georg, 1907- *Die acuten Ver- giftungen und ihre Beziehungen zum Auge [Heidelberg] 27p. 22cm. Ludwigshafen a. R., K. & W. Faber, 1937. LANG, Georgi Fedorovich, 1875- , editor. yne6HHK BHyTpeHHnx 6ojie3Hen\ Tom 2, nacTb 2: Bojie3HH noneK, annapaTa Heftpo-aHAOKpuH- hoS peryjiHriHH h o6:ueHa BernecTB [eTn\] 431p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 25}^cm. Leningr., Narkomzdrav SSSR, 1941. See also [Fortieth anniversary of medical, scientific work] Ter. arkh., 1939, 17: No. 6, 9-12, portr. LANG, Gerhard, 1913- *Ueber die Resorption von Alkalichloridlosungen im Diinn- darm. 23p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1936. LANG, Hans, 1910- *Ueber die Blen- norrhoe der Conjunctiva. 29p. 22^cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. LANG, Hans Joachim, 1903- * Versuche iiber aktive Immunisierung gegen Mausetyphus und Milzbrand mit ultraviolett bestrahlten Bakterien [Tubingen] 16p. 8? Lauban, B. Wittig, 1927. LANG, Helmut, 1909- *Die Veranderung der Alkalireserve nach gynakologischer Radium- applikation. 20p. 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935. LANG 471 LANG LANG, Hugo. Lang's German-English dic- tionary of terms used in medicine and the allied sciences with their pronunciation; rev. and ed. by Milton K. Meyers. 4. ed. viii, 926p. 8? Phila., P. Blakiston's sons & co. [1932] LANG, Johan Robert Tobias, 1833-1902. For biography see in Portr. Sven. liik. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 62, portr. LANG, John Dunmore, 1799-1878. View of the origin and migrations of the Polynesian nation; demonstrating their ancient discovery and progressive settlement of the Continent of America, vii, 256p. 20cm. Lond., J. Cochrane & co., 1834. LANG, Joseph [M. D., 1936, Strasbourg] *Les modifications de quelques glands k secretion interne; thyroide, parathyroide et surrenale apres la derivation biliaire experimentale. 50p. pl. 24cm. Strasb., Impr. Argentoratum [1936] LANG, Konrad, 1898- *Ueber Glyko- genbildung in der Darmwand [Freiburg i. B.] p.90-4. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 200: See also Hinsberg, K., & Lang, K. Medizinische Chemie. 458p. 24^cm. Berl., 1938. Also Stuber, B., & Lang, K. Die Physiologie and Pathologie der Blutgerinnung. 91p. 8". Berl., 1930. LANG, Kurt, 1911- *Untersuchungen iiber Menstruationsstorungen nach Schwanger- schaften und ihre Ursachen. 31 p. 22}^cm. Freib. i. B., Poppen & Ortmann, 1936. LANG, Luise, 1906- *Zur Diagnose der Stirnhirntumoren. 39p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932. LANG, Martha, 1908- *Die Brustkrebs- operation bei Anwendung des Diathermiemessers und ihre Ergebnisse [Frankfurt a. M.] lip. 8? Eltville a. R., J. Edel, 1935. LANG, Otto, 1903- *Der Geburtsverlauf von in Beckenendlagen ausgetragenen Kindern. 14p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Miinch, 1927. LANG, Robert, 1902- *La sensibilite aux medicaments. 47p. 8? Par., N. L. Danzig, 1929. LANG, Rudolf, 1901- *Ueber einen Fall von primaren Tubenkarcinom mit partieller sarkomatoser Entartung des Stromas. 20p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1928. LANG, Rudolf, 1909- *Die Osteomyelitis der Schadelknochen bei Stirnhohlenempyem [Munchen] 82p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1938. LANG, Rudolf, 1911- *Der Myocardin- farkt; ein Kreislauf- und Stoffwechselproblem [Leipzig] 17p. 21cm. Wurzb., C. J. Becker, 1937. LANG, Rudolf, 1914- *Statistischer Bei- trag zur Frage der Karies-Frequenz bei der Jugend Mittelfrankens in stadtischen und land- lichen Siedlungen. 38p. tab. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1938. LANG, Theodor [M. D., 1930, Basel] *Die Gefahr der Demineralisation und Transminerali- sation unserer Nahrungsmittel. 14p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1930. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 219-23. LANG, William, 1863-1937. For obituary see Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 19: 127 (Knapp, A.) Also Brit. J. Ophth., 1937, 21: 568-72, portr. Also Brit, M. J., 1937, 2: 189-91, portr. LANG, William Henry, 1874- On the plant-remains from the Downtonian of England and Wales. p.245-91. pl. 29cm. Lond., Harrison & sons, 1937. In Philos. Tr. R. Soc. London, 1937, ser. B, 227: LANG, Wolfgang, 1903- *Ueber isolierte Ulnaverrenkung im unteren Radioulnargelenk [Munchen] 32p. 8? Freising, F. Hammerlein, 1927. LANGAKER, Theodor, 1864- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 6. LANGAN, Enrique Martinez. La inspecci6n veterinaria municipal de la C. Federal; au acci6n en profilaxis bromatol6gica. 15p. 8? B. Air., L. L6pez & cia, 1936. LANGANKE, Erich, 1905- *Ueber die Entwicklung der Herzhypertrophie bei der essentiellen Hypertonie Jugendlicher [Kiel] 20p. 8? Stettin, J. G. Priifer, 1931. LANGANKI, Heribert, 1907- *Ueber die Leistung der Interpositio uteri vesico-vaginalis mit vaginaler Plastik [Wurzburg] p.34-54. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1933. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933-34, 107: LANGBEIN, Albrecht, 1911- *Zur sen- siblen Reizung durch chemische Stoffe. 19p. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1937. LANGBEIN, Kurt, 1902- *Ein Fall von Tetanie-Cataract. 22p. 8? Wiirzb., Werkbund Druck 1932. LANGBEIN, Max, 1905- *Ueber die Sicherheit der Lokalisation bei Tastversuchen am harten Gaumen. 37p. diagr. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1930. LANGBERG, Christian Hjorth0y, 1880- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 7. LANGBERG, Johan Julius, 1818-1901. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 7, LANGBERG, Kjartan, 1855-1907. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 8. LANGBERG, Lorents Christian, 1810-57. For portrait see in Festskr. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristiania, 1911, 2:482. LANGBERG, Ludvig Christian, 1851- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 8. LANGDALE-KELHAM, Roy Dyson [M. B., 1915, R. Coll. Surgeons, London] & PERKINS, George. Amputations and artificial limbs. xii, 96p. illust. diagr. facs. 17cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1942. LANGDON, Anthony Edward. Nature's re- built teeth and health, v.l: Teeth and health rebuilt and preserved, discovered home treat- ment. 146p. 8? Papillion, Neb. [n. p.] 1928. LANGDON, Frank Warren, 1852-1933. For obituary see Kramer, S. P. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60: 219. LANGDON, Grace, 1889- Home guid- ance for young children, a parents' handbook; with an introd. by Lois Hayden Meek, xvi;, 405p. pl. 8? N. Y., J. Day co„ 1931. ---- How to get children to eat. 29p. illust. 15^cm. Little Falls, N. Y., C. Hansen's Lab., 1938. LANGDON, J. Frederick, 1882- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 297. LANGDON, James Norman. An experimental study of certain forms of manual dexterity. iv, 64p. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1932. Forms Rep. No. 66, Gt. Brit. Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc. Indust. Health Research Board. See also Henshaw, E. M., Holman, P., & Langdon, J. N. Manual dexterity; effects of training. 45p. 8? Lond., 1933. Also Wyatt, S., & Langdon, J. N. Inspection processes in industry; a preliminary report. 60p. 8? Lond., 1932. ---;— The machine and the worker; a study of machine-feeding processes. 54p. Lond., 1938. LANGDON-BROWN, Sir Walter, 1870- The integration of the endocrine system; being the fifth Horsley memorial lecture, delivered at University College Hospital Medical School. 53p. 12? Cambr., Cambridge Univ. pr., 1935. ---- Thus we are men. ix, 344p. 2234cm. Lond., K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & co. [1939] LANGDON-BROWN 472 LANGE ___ From witchcraft to chemotherapy. 60p. 18J4cm. Cambr., Cambridge Univ. pr., 1941. The Lin irre Lecture 1941. See also Mairet, P., Langdon-Brown. W. [et al.] The con- tributions of Alfred Adler. 75p. 8! Lond., VXiS. ---- & HILTON, Reginald. Physiological principles in treatment. 7. ed. ix, 308p. tab. diagr. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1936. Also S ed. viii, 323p. 22cm. Lond., Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1943. LANGE, Adolf Gunther, 1910- *Die Ollier'sche Wachstumstorung [Munster] 23p. 21cm. Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. LANGE, Alf, 1869- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 9. LANGE, Alfred, 1902- Zwei Falle von Fraktur der Tuberositas tibiae [Berlin] 15p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1935. LANGE, Arthur Fritz, 1903- lnter- suchungen iiber den NaCl-Gehalt der Lymph- knoten gesunder und tuberkuloser Rinder. 30p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1931. LANGE, Bernt Christoffer, 1849-1906. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 9. LANGE, Cornelia Catharina de, 1871- Studien iiber angeborene Lahmungen beziehungs- weise angeborene Hypotonie. 51p. 8? Upps., Almqvist & Wiksells, 1937. Forms Suppl. 3., v.20. Acta paediat,, Uprs. LANGE, Eberhard, 1908- *Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber Gewebsveranderungen durch Traubenzucker- und Adrenalinlosungen [Kiel] 18p. pl. 8? [Freiburg i. B., Der Ale- manne, 1934] LANGE, Elisabeth, 1912- *Die Facialis- lahmung [Munchen] 32p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. Harz, C. Nieft, 1938. LANGE, Emil, 1821-1904. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 10. LANGE, Ernst Berthold Oskar, 1905- *Zur Genese der Gastritis phlegmonosa (zugleich ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung chroni- scher Apomorphinapplikation auf die Magen- schleimhaut) 30p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1933. LANGE, Franz, 1907- *Ueber die differen- tialdiagnostische Abgrenzung des cystischen Adamantinoms der Kiefer zu den anderen odonto- genen Kiefergeschwtilsten an Hand eines klini- schen Falles. 19p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., O. Kummel, 1936. LANGE, Franz, 1909- *Ueber die Haufig- keit iibergrosser Kinder und iiber den Geburtsr verlauf bei denselben [Miinster] 23p. 20^cm. Loningen i. O., F. Schmucker, 1938. LANGE, Frederick William Theodor, 1866- 1927, & BERRY, William Turner, compilers. Books on the Great War; an annotated bibli- ography of literature issued during the European conflict. 4v. in 2. v. p. 8? Lond., Grafton & co., 1915-16. LANGE, Friedrich, 1848-1927. Riese, H. [Nekrolog] Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 1729. LANGE, Friedrich, 1852-1917. Ruttke, F. Doctor Friedrich Lange; ein Vorkampfer fur den Rassengedanken in schwerer Zeit. In Kultur & Rasse (Hesch-Spannaus) Berl., 1939, 176-95, portr. LANGE, Friedrich Albert, 1828-75. Ge- schichte des Materialismus und Kritik seiner Bedeutung in der Gegenwart; hrsg. und mit einem biographischen Vorwort versehen von D. A. Ellissen. 2v. 567p.; 710p. portr. 15cm. Lpz., P. Reclam jr [1905] CONTENTS v.l. Geschichte des Materialismus bis ;mf Kant. v.2. Geschichte des Materialismus .seit k:i.nt. For biographv see Ethische Kultur, 1S93, 1: 139 (Cohen H.) Also ibid., 372; 380 (Gerhard, A.) For portrait see in Gesch. Materialism (Lange, F A) 2. Aufl., Lpz., 1905, 1: front. LANGE, Fritz, 1864- Die Behandlung der habituellen Skoliose durch aktive und passive Ueberkorrektur. 69p. illust. 8? Stuttg, F. Enke, 1907. ---- Das Munchener Sonderturnen unci andere Wege zur korperlichen Ertiichtigung. 106p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1928. ---- Die epidemische Kinderlahmung. x, 322p pl. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1930. ---- Die Behandlung der Knochenbriiche durch den praktischen Arzt. 2. Aufl. 142p. illust. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1934. See also Aberle. R. von, Bade [et al.] Lehrbuch der Ortho- padie. 2. Aufl. 618p. 8? Jena, 1922. Also Spitzy, H., & Lange, F. Orthopadie im Kindesalter. 3. Aufl. 504p. 8! Lpz., 1930. For Festschrift see Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1934, 61: portr. For biography see Hohmann, G. Khn. Wschr., i934, 13: 895. Also Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1934, 61: 241-6, portr.— Pitzen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 891-4, portr. LANGE, Fritz, 1906- *Acht Jahre Chi- rurgie des chronischen Geschwiirs und Karzinoms des Magens der chirurgischen Universitatsklinik zu Leipzig [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. LANGE, Gerhard Albert Julius, 1907- *Die Cowperitis; ihre Haufigkeit, ihre Aetiologie und klinische Bedeutung. 19p. 8? Berl., F. Linke, 1933. LANGE, Gertrud, 1899- *Das preus- sische Tuberkulosegesetz und seine Kritik. 33p. 8? [Berl., n. p.] 1930. LANGE, Hans, 1911- *Der knocherne Gaumen bei Lippen-Kiefer-Gaumenspalten und seine rontgenologische Darstellbarkeit. 27p. 21cm. Gott., Gott. Handelsdr., 1937. LANGE, Heinrich, 1902- *Die Zange bei tiefem Querstand [Wiirzburg] 27p. 8? Mainz, J. D. Reuter, 1935. LANGE, Helene, 1909- *Der Absatz am Schuh; seine Entwicklung, seine Beurteilung in der Literatur und seine mechanischen Wirkun- gen auf das Gehen und Stehen [Berlin] 38p. 8? Giitersloh-W., Thiele, 1936. LANGE, Hellmut, 1912- *Ueber den Eintritt der Atmungsarrhythmie in der ersten Lebenszeit des Hundes [Vet.] 27p. pl. 22cm. Miinch. [n. p.] 1937. LANGE, Helmut, 1907- *Die zweiwur- zelige Arteria vertebralis und ihre Beziehungen zum Halssympathikus. 23p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1938. LANGE, Helmut, 1911- *Ueber Glioma retinae unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung einer Erblichkeit. 19p. pl. 21cm. Halle a. S., 0. Jung, 1938. LANGE, Herbert, 1909- *Sitz und Entstehungsursachen der Gesichts-Carcinome [Greifswald] 37p. 21cm. Zeulenroda i. T., B. Sporn, 1937. LANGE, Herbert, 1911- *Studien Uber den Verlauf des Elektrokardiogramms nach Belastung. 22p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. LANGE, Hermann, 1908- *Zur Behand- lung der habituellen Kieferluxation. 25p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1931. LANGE, Horst, 1902- *Methaemoglo- binaemie und -urie nach Abort. 37p. 8? Berl., A. Johannes, 1927. LANGE, Jack Damgaard, 1906- See also McDonald, J. J., & Lange, J. Correlative neuro- LANGE 473 LANGE anatomy. 2. ed. 124p. 28cm. Chic, 1940. Also Warkentin, J & Lange, J. Physician's handbook. 2. ed. 281p. 16J-Scm. Chic. [1942] Also 3. ed. 282p. 1944. LANGE, James A. Genetic technic. 30 1. fol. [New Albany, Ind.] J. A. Lange, 1935. Mimeographed. LANGE, Joachim Albert, 1906- *Zur Entstehung des Calcaneussporns. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. LANGE, Johan Christian Vibe, 1853- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 10. LANGE, Johann L., 1485-1565. Medicum de republica symposium. 112p. 147£cm. [n. pl.] 1554. See also Major, R. H. Johannes Lange of Heidelberg. Ann. M. Hist., 1935, 7: 133-40.—Ruhr'ah, J. A note on the history of chlorosis. Am. J. Dis. Chil., 1934, 48: 393-6. LANGE, Johannes, 1891-1938. Die Paranoia- frage. x, 358p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1927. Forms Spez. Teil, 4 Abt., 2. Halfte. Handb. d. Psychiat. ---- Heilbehandlung von Alkoholikern; das klinische Bild des Alkoholismus, die Alkohol- psychosen und die Behandlungsmassnahmen im Krankenhaus. 44p. 8? Berl., Neuland-Verl., 1929. ---- Verbrechen als Schicksal; Studien an kriminellen Zwillingen. 96p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1929. --- Die Folgen der Entmannung Erwach- sener an der Hand der Kriegserfahrungen darge- stellt. 177p. illust. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1934. Forms H. 24. Arb. Gesundh. (Martineck) ---- Psychopathie und Erbpflege. 72p. 8°. Berl., A. Metzner, 1934. ---- Kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch der Psychiatrie. 254p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1935. Also 3. Aufl. [hrsg. von A. Bostroem] 276p. 1939. Also 5. Aufl. 280p. 1940. ---- Agnosien und Apraxien. p.807-960. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 6: ---- Die Zirkulationsstorungen. p. 429-81. 25#cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. inn. Med. (G. v. Bergmann, et al.) 3. Aufl., Bd 5, T. 1. ---- Die entzundlichen Krankheiten des Gehirns und seiner Haute, p.482-558. 25^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. inn. Med. (G. v. Bergmann, et al.) 3. Aufl., Bd 5, T. 1. ---- Das zirkulare Irresein. p.873-931. 25cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. Erbbiol. Mensch. (G. Just) Bd 5, T. 2. Also editor of Sammlung psychiatrischer und neurologischer Einzeldarstellungen. 14v. 26cm. Lpz., 1931-39. See also Habel, H. Die Bedeutung des Lebenswerkes von Johannes Lange fur die Entwicklung der kriminalbiologischen Forschung. Mschr. Kriminalb., 1939, 30: 1-9. For obituary see Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1938, 109: 187-9, portr. (Rudin) Also Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 10: H. 8, p. i; 385-91, portr. (Bostroem, A.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1948. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1481, portr. (Luxenburger, H.) Also Nervenarzt, 1938, 11: 497-500; portr. (Wagner, W.) Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 413 (Wagner, W.) Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 163: H. 4, p. i-iii (Gaupp, R.) ----& KEHRER, Ferdinand Adalbert. Spe- zieller Teil. 2. T. vi, 376p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Forms 6. Bd, 2. T. of Handb. Geisteskr. (Bumke, O.) Berl., 1928. LANGE, Johannes Martin, 1911- *Zur Klinik der retroperitonealen Mischtumoren und ihrer operativen Behandlung [Konigsberg i. P.] 28p. 21cm. Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1936. LANGE, Joseph, 1904- *Untersuchungen iiber die Verteilung der Blutgruppen bei Lungen- tuberkulose. 18p. 8? Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1933. LANGE, Karl, 1903- *Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der hormonalen Sterilisierung weiblicher Tiere [Marburg] 56p. 8? Bethel-Bielefeld, Anst. Bethel, 1931. LANGE, Karl, 1904- *Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Jahreszeiten und Wachstum des Klein- kindes [Halle-Wittenberg] 17p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. Also Arch. Kinderh., 1929-30, 89: 259-72. LANGE, Karl, 1908- *Ueber den Blut- zucker im intervillosen Raum. 35p. 8? Freib. i. B., K. Henn, 1934. LANGE, Karl Wilhelm, 1909- *Spate Lahmung des Nervus ulnaris nach Frakturen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Beschaftigungsneuritis [Kiel] 23p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr., 1936. LANGE, Konrad, 1909- *Zum spontanen Lagewechsel des Kindes am Ende der normalen Schwangerschaft [Berlin] 43p. 8? Charlot- tenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1934. LANGE, Kurt, 1897- *Die primaren, gutartigen Neubildungen der Milz und ihre klinische Bedeutung. 28p. 8? Berl., Michel, 1933. LANGE, Kurt, 1905- *Wie verhalt sich bei den vegetativ Stigmatisierten und Basedo- woiden der Grundumsatz und der Arbeitsumsatz? p.27-36. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1932. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 110: LANGE, Kurt, 1911- *Ueber den Ein- fluss von Kupfer- und Mangansulfat auf die alkoholische Garung [Munster i. W.] 16p. 20Hcm. Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube, 1936. LANGE, Lorentz, 1781-1860. For portrait see in Festsk. K. Frederiks Univ., Kristiania, 1911, 2: 77. LANGE, Lucien Jacques Joseph Etienne, 1880- *La tachyphagie et son traitement chez le cheval [Alfort; Vet.] 46p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1926. LANGE, Ludwig Bodo Paul Adolf Hans Max, 1899- *Der primare Lungenherd bei der Tuberkulose der Kinder, p. 167-283. 8? [Lpz., J. Barth] 1923. Also Zschr. Tuberk., 1923, 38: LANGE, Max. 1899- Die Naht und das Nahtmaterial in der Orthopadie. 135p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1929. Forms Beil. 51, Zschr. orthop. Chir. ---- Die Muskelharten (Myogelosen) ihre Entstehung und Heilung. 194p. pl. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1931. ---- Die Wirbelgelenke; die rontgenologische Darstellbarkeit ihrer krankhaften Veranderun- gen und ihre Beziehungen zu den verschiedenen Erkrankungen der Wirbelsaule. 121p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1934. Forms Beil. 61, Zschr. orthop. Chir. ---- Erbbiologie der angeborenen Korper- fehler. 143p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1935. Forms Beil. 63, Zschr. orthop. Chir. ---- Orthopadie und Kinderheilkunde in ausgewahlten Kapiteln. 81p. 25cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1940. Forms Beih. 21, Arch. Kinderh. ---- Reumatismo muscular; transl. by Jose M. Sacristan. 90p. illust. 21 y2cm. Madr., Espasa-Calpe, 1941. ---- Kriegsorthopadie. xii, 435p. illust. tab. 24^cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1943. Also lithoprint. Ann. Arb., J. W. Edwards, 1944. LANGE, Norbert Adolph, 1892- , compiler. Handbook of chemistry; a reference volume for all requiring ready access to chemical and LANGE 474 LANGE physical data used in laboratory work and manu- facturing; appendix of mathematical tables and formulas, by Richard Stevens Burington. 2. ed. loOlp.; 249p.; 30p. tab. diagr. 8? Sandusky, O., Handbook pub., 1937. Also 3. ed. xvm, 1543p.; 249p.;34p. 1939. Also 4. ed. [1936] p. 1941. LANGE, Oswaldo [M. D., 1928, Sao Paulo] *Basedowismo frusto; contribuicao para seu estudo. 166p. 8? S. Paulo, Irmaos Ferraz, 1928. ---- 0 liquido cefalo-raquidiano em clinica. 200p. pl. tab. diagr. 23cm. S. Paulo, Com- panhia Melhoramentos de S. Paulo [1937] ---- Sifilis nervosa pr6clinica. 150p. tab. ch. 8? S. Paulo, Rev. Tribun., 1938. LANGE, Otto, 1906- *Zur Epidemiologie des Lymphogranuloma inguinale [Breslau] 39p. 21cm. Ohlau i. S., H. Eschenhagen, 1937. LANGE, Otto, 1910- *Die Erfolge der Tonsillektomie bei der Polyarthritis rheumatica acuta und chronica [Berlin] 47p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1939. LANGE, Otto Johannes, 1906- *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie septischer Erkrankungen der Haustiere. 54p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1934. LANGE, Reinhard Hermann, 1911- *Ueber Versuche zur Darstellung eines neuen Kohlensuboxydes; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Aethylentetracarbonsaureesters. 35p. 21cm. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1938. LANGE, Rolf, 1910- *Zur Pathogenese der Osteochondritis dissecans [Berlin] 20p. 8? Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1935. LANGE, Samuel Johannes de, 1870- Wilde, P. A. de [Fortieth anniversary of Dr S. J. Lange] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5604-6, portr. LANGE, Severin Martin, 1851- Portrait In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 11. LANGE, Sigurd, 1875-1903. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 11. LANGE, Teodor Stefan. Budowa i obsliga sieci telefonicznej O. P. L. 2. ed. 121p. illust. 8? Warsaw, Liga obr. pow., 1934. LANGE, Tycho Diderik Gastberg, 1823-81. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 12. LANGE, Walter [M. D., 1934, Konigsberg i. P.] *Schussverletzungen der Oberkieferhohle [Konigsberg i. P.] 50p. 8? Saalfeld Ostpr., Breitfeld, 1934. LANGE, Walter Georg, 1903- *Ueber die Methodik zur Darstellung struktureller Eigenarten im Knochen. 15p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1933. LANGE, Werner, 1900- *Ueber spontane Milzrupturen (an Hand eines Falles bei Leu- kamie) 66p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1927. LANGE, Werner, 1908- *Achtjahrige Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Prostata- hypertrophie-Behandlung mittels Pepsin-Pregl- losung [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1932. LANGE, Werner, 1909- *Ueber Aeti- ologie und Pathologie der Lippen-, Kiefer- und Gaumenspalten. 56p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1932. LANGE, Werner Adalbert Walter, 1899- *Ueber Lipamie bei Diabetes mellitus. 28p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1929. LANGE, Wilhelm, 1875 [8 Apr.]- Genie, Irrsinn und Ruhm. 498p. 8? Miinch., E. Reinhardt, 1928. LANGE, Wilhelm, 1S75 [21 Oct.]- Da« Ohr des Kindes. p.l55-Sl. 8? Munch., J. F Bergmann, 1928. In Handb. Anat. Kind. (Peter, K.) Miinch., 1929, 2: LANGE, Willem de. *Boerhaave's Elementa chemiae [Leiden] 79p. 22,'^cm. Rotterdam, Gebr. Bazendijk, 1884. LANGEARD, Noel, 1908- *L'antrosto- mie dans le traitement des sinusites maxillairea (technique de Le Mee) 37p. 8? Par., Presses modernes, 1937. LANGEARD, Pierre Frangois Desire, 1913- *Contribution k l'etude du sarcome de l'uretre feminin. 48p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LANGEBARTELS, Ernst, 1906- *Ueber den Einfluss natiirlicher C02 Koehsalzthermen auf Puis, Blutdruck und Atemfrequenz. 24p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1930. LANGE-COSACK, H. Spatschicksale atro- phischer Siiuglinge; zur Frage der Entstehung exogener Schwachsinnszustande. 69p. tab. diagr. 23^cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1939. LANGEHEINE, Wilhelm Karl Ernst, 1908- *Ueber den Gallensteinileus. 33p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1936. LANGEHEINEKEN, Herbert, 1908- *Untersuchungen iiber die Moglichkeiten der Ausheilung des Distalbisses mit mandibularer Retrusion zur Erklarung der Erscheinung des Zwangsdistalbisses [Munchen] 43p. 22^cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. LANGE-HERMSTADT, Walther, 1898- *Ueber Gewaethyl, ein neues Rauschmittel zur Erzeugung von Analgesie bei zahnarztlichen Eingriffen. 20p. 8? Heidelb., E. Levy, 1932. LANGE-HESSE, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1912- *Die Blutstillungsmittel; ihre Art und ihre Wirkung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Vivokall und des Sango-Stop bei Blutungen nach Operationen in der Mundhohle. 45p. 8? Gott., Gebr. Wurm, 1936. LANGELEZ, Albert. Les maladies profes- sionnelles donnant droit k reparation legale legislations beige et fran§aise. 312p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. For portrait see Bruxelles med., 1937-38, 18: Spec. No., 42 LANGELOTH, Otto Hellmuth, 1887- *Ueber Reduktion von organischen Korpern mittels elektrolytisch erzeugter Amalgame. [8]p. 22cm. Giessen, Nitschkowski, 1924. LANGELUEDDEKE, Albrecht, 1889- Das medizinische Gross-Hamburg; ein Fiihrer fiir Aerzte. 140p. portr. 8? Hamb., C. Behre, 1933 LANGEN, Cornelis Douwe de, 1887- For portrait see Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17: No. 15, front. ---- & LICHTENSTEIN, Adolf. Leerboek der tropische geneeskunde. xiii, 564p. pl. 8" Weltevreden, G. Kolff & co. [1923] Also 2. ed. x, 636p. 1928. ---- [The same] A clinical text-book of tropical medicine; transl. from the 3. Dutch ed, by A. H. Hamilton, xxxv, 577p. pl. ch. diagr. 8? Batavia, G. Kolff, 1936. LANGENBACH, Eberhard, 1910- "'Un- tersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Kammeran- fangsschwankung im Elektrokardiogramm bei Myokardschadigung. 16p. 21cm. Bonn, A. Brand, 1937. LANGENBACH, Hans Jiirgen, 1911- *Bildung und Verteilung von CO-Haemoglobin beim Nahschuss [Heidelberg] 12p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. LANGENBACH 475 LANGENSKIOELD LANGENBACH, Theodor, 1906- *Die Feststellung der individuellen Drehpunkte fiir die Seitwartsbewegung des Unterkiefers und ihre Bedeutung fur die Anfertigung ganzer Prothesen. 36p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorf!, 1930. LANGENBECK, Bernhard Rudolph Conrad von, 1810-87. Blech, G. M. [Biography] Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 69: 316- 26.—Gluck, T. [Biography] Chirurg, 1930, 2: 25-32.— Ktittner, J. Ein interessanter Brief Langenbecks. Zbl. Chir., 1922, 49: 826. For portrait see Collection in Library. LANGENBECK, Wolfgang, 1899- Die organischen Katalysatoren und ihre Beziehungen zu den Fermenten. v, 112p. tab. diagr. 22)£cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1935. --- Fermentmodelle. p.325-49. 24cm. Lpz., Becker & Erler, 1940. In Handb. Enzym. (Nord, F. F., & Weidenhagen, R.) 1: LANGEBECKMANN, Fritz. Die Therapie der Lungentuberkulose. p.254-308. 25cm. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939. In Tuberk. Mensch. (Alexander, H., et al.) LANGE-EICHBAUM, Wilhelm. See Lange, Wilhelm, 1875- LANGENBUCH, Ernst August Wilhelm, 1908- *Gallenblasenperforation und -Gangran [Kiel] 24p. 8? Liibeck, Gebr. Hohenschild, 1933. LANGENBUCH, Richard Dietrich Ludwig, 1893- *Ueber die Statocysten einiger Crustaceen [Kiel] p.575-622. 8? [Jena, G. Fischer] 1928. Also Zool. Jahrb., 1927-28, 44: LANGENDORF, Fritz, 1903- *Ein Bei- trag zu den Adamantinomen. 23p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Munch, 1927. LANGENFASS, Rolf, 1911- *Die Magen- Colon-Fistel; ihre Entstehung, Erkennung und Behandlung. 20p. 23Kcm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. LANGENHAGEN, Rene Robert de, 1901- *Le tetanos des moignons. 54p. 8? Par., Impr. Labor, 1927. LANGENHOVE, Fernand van, 1889- The growth of a legend; a study based upon the German accounts of francs-tireurs and atrocities in Belgium, xv, 321p. 8? N. Y., G. P. Putnam's sons, 1916. LANGE-NIELSEN, Christinus, 1887- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 206. LANGE-NIELSEN, Fredrik, 1891- D0de- ligheten blandt sanatoriebehandlede tuberkul0se, en statistisk unders0kelse av reservelaege Sofie Tillisch's materiale fra Grefsen folkesanatorium. 49p. tab. 27cm. Oslo, J. Dybwad, 1931. Forms No. 8, 1931 of Skrift. Norske Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, mat.-naturvid. Klasse. LANGENKAEMPER, Fritz, 1904- *Hy- perkeratotische Wucherungen als Spatschadi- gungen der Haut nach akuten Erfrierungen [Munster] 17p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., L. Flott- mann, 1931. LANGENKAEMPER, Wilhelm, 1901- *Ueber Unterkieferschussfrakturen und ihre Behandlung. 19p. 8? Kiel, H. Schmidt, 1934. LANGENKAMP, Heinrich, 1906- *Spat- zustande nach Wirbelbriichen. 25p. 22^cm. Miinst., H. Buschmann, 1933. LANGENKAMP, Wilhelm, 1901- *Ure- tertumoren [Bonn] 23p. 8? Essen, Fredebeul & Koenen [1937] LANGENSKIOELD, A. Component poten- tials of the submaxillary gland electrogram and their relation to innervation and secretion. 109p. diagr. 23cm. Helsin. [Mercators Trvckl 1941. Forms Suppl. 6, v.2, of Acta physiol. scand. LANGER, Amalie, 1909- *Unterbringung und Behandlung Geisteskranker in Halle vor Grundung der Anstalt Nietleben [Halle-Witten- berg] 27p. 22>£cm. Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1935 LANGER, Bernhard, 1901- *Insertio velamentosa und Placentaradhaerenz in ihren Beziehungen zu Uterusmissbildungen. 27p 8° Bresl. [n. p.] 1928. LANGER, Carl Ritter von Edenberg von, 1819-87. Lehrbuch der systematischen und topographischen Anatomie. 11. Aufl. von C Toldt. xii, 878p. pl. 8? Wien, W. Braumuller^ 1920. Also 12. Aufl. von F. Sieglbauer. xii, 865p. 1921. LANGER, Erich, 1891- Die Rontgen- diagnostik der mannlichen Harnrohre; 60 Ab- bildungen mit Erlauterungen in deutscher, englischer und franzosischer Sprache. iv, 92p 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1931. LANGER, Erich, 1898- *Infektionsver- hiitung bei manueller Plazentalosung und Nach- tastung. 15p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1933. LANGER, Eugen, 1911- *Ueber den Nachweis von Schwachpunkten der Unterkiefer und ihrem ursachlichen Zusammenhang mit den Biegungsbriichen. 22p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1934. LANGER, Heinz, 1888-1935. For obituary see Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 35: 106, portr. LANGER, Horst, 1913- *Zur Therapie der Angina pectoris bei Koronarsklerose und Myocardinfarkt [Leipzig] 52p. 23}£cm. Zeu- lenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. LANGER, Hugo Kurt, 1900- *Klinische Erfahrungen mit dem Sauerbrucharm [Leipzig] 23p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1927. LANGER, Josef, 1866-1937. For obituary see Epstein, B. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1937, 3. F. 99: 265. LANGER, Josef Anton, 1901- *Beitrag zur Frage: Lungentuberkulose bei Diabetes mellitus einschliesslich Behandlung [Bonn] 28p. 8! Bresl. [n. p.] 1927. LANGER, Joseph, 1905- *Zur Pharma- kologie der Yohimbealkaloide. 24p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932. LANGER, Kurt, 1906- *Die Behandlung genitaler Blutungen und der Dysmenorrhoe mit Polygonorm [Breslau] 30p. 8? [Diiren, Hamel, 1933. LANGER, Markus, 1902- *Colites aigues post-operatoires. 47p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1933. LANGER, Oskar, 1900- *Ueber die Stieldrehung bei Ovarialtumoren. 19p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1929. LANGER, Walter Helmut Bruno, 1911- *Ueber den Geschmackssinn in der Schwanger- schaft. 20p. 21cm. Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1936. LANGER, Werner, 1912- *Ueber die Beteiligung der Zunge bei Recklinghausen'scher Krankheit, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Vererbung der Recklinghausen'schen Krankheit [Munster] 23p. pl. 23Hcm. Berl., Hiehold & co., 1936. LANGERHANS, Paul, 1847-88. Contribu- tions to the microscopic anatomy of the pancreas [Berlin, 1869] Repr. of German original with Engl, transl. by H. Morrison. 39p. portr. 8? Bait., Johns Hopkins pr., 1937. LANGERHANS islet. See under Pancreas. LANGERON 476 LANGFELDT LANGERON, Leon Henri Marie, 1888- Les obliterations arterielles des membres; diag- nostic-traitement. 71p. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1930. ---- Les troubles vaso-moteurs des extr6mi- tes. 68p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1932. ---- Precis d'endocrinologie clinique. vii, 624p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 22^cm. Par., G. Doin & cie, 1944. ---- & DESPLATS, Rene Louis Joseph. La radioth6rapie fonctionnelle sympathique et glandulaire. 148p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie [1934] ---- Lecons cliniques sur les affections hypo- physaires; physiotherapie des affections hypo- physaires. 221p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1937. LANGERON, Leon Henri Marie, PAGET, M., & FRUCHART, G. Le fonctionnement renal chez les cardiaques. 144p. 8? Tourcoing, Georges fr. [1936?] LANGERON, Leon Henri Marie, PAGET, M., & LEDIEU, Jean Aime Augustin. Glandes endocrines, metabolisme de l'eau et diurese, les oedemes endocriniens. 276p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie 1934. LANGERON, Maurice Charles Pierre, 1874- Epidermomycoses tropicales. p.335-76. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, 2: ---- Les mycetomes. p.409-56. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, 2: ---- & RONDEAU du Noyer, Marc. Copro- logie microscopique. 132p. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1926. Also 2. ed. 180p. 1930. LANGES, Gunther, 1899- See Regele, H., & Langes, G. Der Skiarzt; arztlicher Not- helfer fiir Skilaufer. 102p. 18! Innsbruck, 1935. LANGE test. See Cerebrospinal fluid, Colloidal reactions. LANGEWISCH, Gerhard, 1910- *Unter- suchungen und Beobachtungen iiber Korper- gewichtsverschiebungen bei Schizophrenen wah- rend der Insulinschock-Behandlung. 16p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1938. LANGFELD, Hans, 1911- *Kritik der Facettenkrone, ihrer Indikation und Herstellungs- methoden. 31p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1935. LANGFELD, Herbert Sidney, 1879- See Boring, E. G., Langfeld, H. S. [et al.] A manual of psychological experiments. 198p. 8? N. Y., 1937. LANGFELD, Millard, 1872- For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 115. LANGFELDT, Einar, 1884- The partial pancreatectomy; investigations regarding experi- mental chronic pancreatic diabetes. 191p. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1920. Also Acta med. scand., 1920, 53: No. 1. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 207. LANGFELDT, Gabriel, 1895- The endo- crine glands and autonomic systems in dementia praecox; clinical and experimental investigations. 326p. 8? Bergen, J. W. Eide, 1926. ---- The prognosis in schizophrenia and the factors influencing the course of the disease; a katamnestic study, including individual re- examinations in 1936; with some considerations regarding diagnosis, pathogenesis and therapy. 228p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1937. Forms Suppl. 13, Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh. —-— The schizophreniform states; a katam- nestic study based on individual re-examinations, with special reference to diagnostic and prog- nostic clues, and with a view to presenting a standard material for comparison with the re- missions effected by shock treatment. 134n 24'^cm. Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 193!). For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927 Suppl., 208. LANGFELDT, Otto, 1865- Mallebreln und Tuberkulose; kurze Darstellung der Malle- breinliteratur und eigener Erfahrungen. 22p 8? Miinch., O. Gmelin, 1918. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915 2: 12. LANGFITT, Mazie S. *William Tuke's contribution to the humane treatment of the insane [M. A.] 88p. 28cm. Pittsburgh [n. n. 1937] Typewritten. LANGFITT, Frank Valentine, 1883- For biography see West Virginia M. J., 1941, 37: 31, portr. LANGFORD, Earl Kemmer, 1891- For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 236, portr. LANGFORD-JAMES, Richard Lloyd. The church and bodily healing. 160p. 8? Lond., C. W. Daniel co. [1929] LANGGUTH, Ferdinand [M. D., 1933, Er- langen] Neue Warmetherapie; Behandlung mit heissen Paraffinmischungen. 77p. 8? Bad Oeynhausen, Westf. Lipp. Druck [1931] LANGHAMMER, Heinrich, 1909- *Ueber Mundbodenphlegmone. 38p. 8? Kiel, H. Schmidt, 1932. LANGHANS, Alfred Karl Heinrich Martin, 1887- Wehrchemie als Dezimalklassifika- tion der Feuer-, Explosions-, Nebel-, Rauch-, Giftkampf-Momente. 475p. 8? Berl., Offene Worte [1937] LANGHANS, Ernst, 1909- *Initiale Diarrhoen der Universitats-Kinderklinik zu Ber- lin [Berlin] 45p. 8? Gutersloh-W., Thiele, 1934. LANGHANS, Theodor, 1839-1915. Wegelin, C. Theodor Langhans. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937, 30: 542-5. ---- & WEGELIN, Carl. Der Kropf der weissen Ratte; Beitrag zur vergleichenden Kropfforschung. iv, 131p. pl. 8? Bern, P. Haupt, 1919. LANGHANS cell. See under Tubercle. LANGHEIM, Hanna, 1909- *Ueber die Beteiligung der fernortlichen Schwangerschaft am Einsendegut des Pathologischen Instituts Gottingen 1928-34 [Gottingen] 13p. 21cm. Bochum-Langendreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1935. LANGHORNE, Pa. Woods Schools. Child Research Clinic. Proceedings of Institute on education and the exceptional child. Langhorne, v.2, 1935- Title varies: Proceedings of Institute on the exceptional child. CONTENTS No. 2. The contribution of the sciences. 1935. No. 3. What science offers the emotionally unstable child. 1936. No. 4. New contributions of science to the exceptional child. 1937. No. 5. Modern science and the exceptional child. 1938. No. 6. Progress of scientific research in the field of the exceptional child. 1939. No. 7. The life of an exceptional child. 1940. No. 8. The wartime adjustment of the exceptional child. 1942. No. 10. Psychotherapy for the exceptional child. 1943. ---- Meeting the challenge of the exceptional child; proceedings of the Second conference on LANGHORNE 477 LANGLOTZ education and the exceptional child. 62p. 23cm. Langhorne, Pa., Woods Sch., 1936. LANGIERI, Antonio [M. D., 1937, B. Aires] *Quiste hidatico de rifi6n en los nifios. 147p. illust. 22^cm. [B. Air.] A. Lopez [1937] LANGLADE, Paul, 1909- *Etude du venin d'abeilles; ses applications therapeutiques. 124p. pl. 24}£cm. Marseille, Impr. Ant. GED, 1936. LANGLADE, Pierre Edouard Stephane, 1904- *Le syndrome radiologique indirect de l'appendicite chronique [Paris] 71p. pl. 8? Saint-Amand-les-Eaux, Carton-Dupont, 1933. LANGLADE, Rene, 1909- *Sur les ruptures du tendon distal du biceps. 49p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LANGLAIS, Marie Anne, 1895- *Prophy- laxie du paludisme au Maroc. 175p. ch. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1929. LANGLAIS, Roger, 1912- *La mammite paraplegique chez les vaches laitieres. 61p. 25M>cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LANGLANDS, Norman Mann Smart. Experi- ments on binocular vision, viii, 69p. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat, off., 1929. Forms No. 133, Spec. Rep. Gr. Brit. Privy Counc. Med. Res. Counc. LANGLE, Irene, 1899- Contribution k l'etude des endocardites malignes; endocardite a Diplococcus crassus. 56p. 8? Par., L. Cario, 1937. LANGLET, Rene, 1886- Considerations sur quelques cas d'hypertrophie segmentaire diffuse a topographie calqu6e sur un territoire syringomyelique. 52p. 8? Par., Impr. S. E. L. A., 1926. LANGLEY, John Newport, 1852-1925. For obituary see Arch. sc. biol., Nap., 1926, 8: 513-5 (Par- sons, T. R.) Also Erg. Physiol., 1926, 25: p. xv-xix, portr. (Du Bois-Reymond, R.) Also Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1927, ser. B., 101: p. xxxiii-xli, portr. (F., W. M.) LANGLEY, Robert William, 1894- Your heart and you. 59p. pl. 8? Los Ang., Wetzel pub. co. [1928] LANGLEY, Samuel Pierpont, 1834-1906. For biography see Nature, Lond., 1934, 134: 240-2. Also Smithson. Misc. Coll., 1934, 92: 1-57, 2 pl., portr. (Abbot, C. G.) LANGLOIS, Albert, 1909- *L'ecole, centre d'hygiene d'une banlieue nouvelle. 92p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LANGLOIS, Charles Victor, 1863- Ma- nuel de bibliographie historique. T. 1. 193p. 18cm. Par., Libr. Hachette & cie, 1896. LANGLOIS, Emile, 1903- *Le bacille tuberculeux aviaire chez le cheval, le bceuf et le pore [Alfort; Vet.] 61p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LANGLOIS, Emile Louis Alfred, 1879- *Contribution k l'etude de la strongylose gastro- intestinal du mouton et de son traitement [Alfort; Vet.] 44p. 8? Par., Nos Animaux, 1928. LANGLOIS, Eustache Hyacinthe, 1777-1837. Essai sur les danses des morts. 2v. in 1. xii, 372p.; 92p.; 220p. illust. pl. 4? Rouen, A. Lebrument, 1852. LANGLOIS, Louis Charles, 1903- *Le rhumatisme psoriasique. 200p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. LANGLOIS, Yves Eugene Armand, 1910- *La pathogenie des parotidites post-operatoires. 68p. 25^cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LANGLOTZ, Hermann Ernst, 1907- *Ueber die Eigenschaften einiger Dental-Gold- Legierungen auf Grund metallographischer Un- tersuchungen. 28p. pl. 8? Erlangen, Reinhold & Limmert, 1932. LANGLOTZ, Karl, 1904- *Untersuchun- gen iiber die Feststellung der Trachtigkeit des Rindes durch den Nachweis des Ovarialhormons im Harn [Giessen] 27p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. LANGMACK, William August, 1911- *Postoperative care and management of some of the commoner complications [Marquette Univ.] 22p. 28cm. Milwaukee [n. p.] 1936. Typewritten. LANGMANN, Karl, 1903- *Neuere An- sichten iiber Trachom (Trachom in Mecklenberg) [Rostock] 31p. 8? Oberhausen, F. Wolter, 1933 LANGMEAD, Frederick Samuel, 1879- For biography see S. Mary Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1939, 45: 170. LANGMUIR, Irving, 1881- See Taylor, H. S., Lawrence, E. O., & Langmuir, I. Molec- ular films, the cyclotron and the new biology. 95p. 24cm. N. Brunswick, 1942. See also Langmuir, I. Science, common sense and decency. Science, 1943, 97: 1-7.—Whyte, A. G., & Bateman, A. J. Science, common sense and decency. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 450.—Wightman, W. P. D. Science, common sense and decency. Ibid., 589. For portrait see Hist. Chem. (Moore, F. J.) 3. ed., N. Y., 1939, 428. LANGNER, Else [M. D., 1934, Breslau] *Beitrag zur Ketonamie im Blut nach der Injektion von Hypophysenvorderlappenextrakt [Breslau] 24p. 8? Liebau i. Riesengeb., H. Hiltmann, 1934. LANGNER, Erich, 1905- *Milzdiat bei Tuberkulose [Jena] 15p. 8? Bochum-Langen- dreer, H. Poppinghaus, 1933. LANGNER, Herbert, 1900- *Ueber Ront- gengeschwursbehandlung. 27p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1927. LANGNER, Otto Karl Eberhard, 1900- *Ueber Iris-Tuberkulose [Breslau] 39p. 8? Liebau i. Schles., H. Hiltmann, 1932. LANGOU, Argina. *Estudios sobre las tecnicas de determination de glutation [Pharm.] 55p. tab. 23>£cm. B. Air. TCorletta & Castro] 1936. LANGOVOI, N. I. See Koltypin, A. A., Langovoi, N. I., & Vlasov, V. A. [Uchebnik detskikh boleznei] 3. ed. 475p. 23cm. Moskva, 1937. Also 4. ed. 460p. 1939. Also 6. ed. 406p. 1943. LANGOWSKI, Kornelius, 1892- *Sta- tistik der venerischen Erkrankungen an der Leipziger Hautklinik in den Jahren 1911-19 und ihre Beeinflussung durch den Krieg [Leipzig] 26p. 8? Lunzenau (Mulde) [n. p.] 1928. LANGRAF, Fritz, 1917- *Erfahrungen mit konserviertem Blut. 58p. tab. diagr. 22^cm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1942. LANGRALL, Claude D., 1875- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 605. LANGRE, Michel de, 1905- *Fractures du corps du calcaneum (resultats eioignes du traitement chirurgical) 194p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1934. LANGROCK, Gustav Gerhard, 1912- *Kurzwellentherapie in der Kleintierpraxis. 51p. 21cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. LANGROCK, Herta Anna Dora, 1911- *Ueber die Riickbildung der oberen seitlichen Schneidezahne und ihre Beziehung zum Zahn- bogen; Untersuchung an verschiedenen Rassen. 20p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. LANGS, Aristide, 1910- *Resultats ob- tenus dans les Sanatoria d'Aubure par le pneumo- thorax artificiel complete par la section des adherences pleurales. 70p. illust. pl. 24cm. Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1936. LANGSCH, Paul, 1898- *Ueber die Heilung unbehandelter Zahnfrakturen (nach LANGSCH 478 LANGUAGE Refunden am Hundegebiss) 18p. 8! Bresl., A. Schreiber, l''2S. LANGSDORF, Herbert Sidney, 1892-1941. For biography see Week. Bull. S. Louis M. SoCj. 193&-40. 34: 204, portr-Kane, R. E. [Panegyric] Ibid., 1940-41, 35: 220. LANGSDORF, Lotte, 1910- *Ueber die Einwirkung der Ketonkorper auf die Magen- lipa«e 16p. 8? Marb. a. L., K. Euker, 1934. LANGSDORFF, Horst von, 1906- *Pla- centa increta. 20p. 8? Miinch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1932. LANGSDORFF, Wilhelm Emil Friedrich von, 1897- *Modellversuche zur Auf klarung der Konstitution der Gallensauren [Munchen] 31p. 4? [n. p.] 1926. Typewritten. LANGSTAFF, John Brett, 1889- Doctor Bard of Hyde Park; the famous physician of revolutionary times, the man who saved Wash- ington's life. 365p. pl. portr. 22^cm. N. Y., E. P. Dutton & co., 1942. LANGSTEIN, Leo, 1877-1933. Dystrophien und Durchfallskrankheiten im Sauglingsalter; ihre Beurteilung und Behandlung mit einfachen Methoden. 207p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1926. ---- [Mutter und Kind] MaTb h jihth. 125p. 20cm. Moskva, Gosud. med. izdat., 1929. St-e also Grotjahn, A., Langstein, L., & Rott, F. Ergebnisse der sozialen Hygiene. 2v. 8? Lpz., 1929-30. For obituarv see Gesundhfurs. Kindesalt., 1933, 8: 77 (Rott F.) Also Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 305 (Engel, S.) Also Med. Klin., 1933, 29:963 (Rietschel) Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1933,55:477. For portrait see Collection in Library. ---- NOORDEN, Carl von [et al.] Enzyklo- paedie der klinischen Medizin. 7v. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1914-31. LANGSTROTH, Lovell, 1880- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 185. LANGTHIM, Frantz Hinrich, 1778-1859. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 13. LANGTON, Christofer, 1521-78. An intro- duction into physic. 96 1. 16? Lond., Edw. Whytchurch [1549?] Also photostat facs. LANGTON, Clair Van Norman, 1895- Orientation in school health, xvii, 680p. illust. tab. diagr. form. 22cm. N. Y., Harper & bros [1941] ----& ISAMINGER, Melvin P. The practice of personal hygiene, xix, 351 p. illust. pl. 8" N. Y., Harper bros [1933] LANGTON, Edward, 1886- Supernatur- al; the doctrine of spirits, angels, and demons, from the Middle Ages until the present time. 382p. 8? Lond., Rider & co. [1934] LANGTRY, Walter. Essentials of the princi- ples and practice of equine and bovine medicine and surgery; a handbook for farmers, merchants, mechanics, students and practitioners. 234p. 8? Ft Wayne, Ind. [n. p.l 1889. ---- Home treatment for the diseases of domesticated animals; a practical work for farmers, teamsters, merchants, mechanics, stu- dents and practitioners. v, 622p. 8? [Ft Wayne, Ind., 1895] LANGUAGE. See also Ideation; Literature; Printing; Read- ing; Semantics; Speech; Symbolism; Word; Writing. Boettxer, J. M. Etimologia griega y latina para el uso medico. 155p. 20cm. B. Air., 1942. Bally, C. Langue et parole. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1926,23:693-701. ------ El lenguaje v la vida [Book review by Ricardo Resta] Archeion, Santa F6, 1942, 24: 280.— Barnils, P. Els elements hereditaria en el Uenguatge. Tr Soc. biol., Barcel., 1919, 7: 109. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1919J 82: 828.—Delacroix, H. Au seuil du langiigc. J. psvchol' norm, path., Par., 1933, 30: 9-17.—DeMotto, A. Pitfalls in language. Volta Rev., 1938, 40: 690.—Klincborg. O. lan- guage. In his Social Psychol., N. V., 1940, 35-51.—I.andsberg, P. L'homme et le langage. Rev. philos. France, 1933, 115: 217-51.—MacColl, H. Linguistic misunderstandings. Mind Lond., 1910, 19: 186; 337.—Marouzeau, H. Le r61e de l'inter- locuteur dans l'expression de la pensee. J. psvchol. norm. path., Par., 1923, 20: 12-8.—Ombredane, A. Le langage Rev. philos. France, 1931, 111: 217; 424.—Patterson. S. Language and the telephone art. Bell Telephone Q., 1937, 16: 107-14.—Paulhan, F. La double fonction du language. Rev. philos. France, 1927, 104: 22-73.—Sapir, E. The history and varieties of human speech. Pop. Sc. Month., 1911, 79: 45-67.—Tullio, P., & Rizzo Borghese, C. La forma e la grafica delle lettere e delle parole. Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 44: 618-32.—Withers, A. M. Our language health. Bull. Am. Ass. Univ. Professors, 1943, 29: 392-7. ---- animal [Pseudo-language] See also Animal, Psychology; Behavior—in animals. Schwidetzky, G. Do you speak chimpanzee? an introduction to the study of the speech of animals and of primitive man. 133p. 8? Lond., 1932. Bhattacharjee, K. Articulation of some particular species of birds in India. Proc. Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 169-75.—Bierens de Haan, J. A. Animal language in its relation to that of man. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1929, 4: 249-68. ------ Langue humaine; langage animal. Scientia, Bologna, 1934, 55: 40-9.-—Evans, E. P. Studies of animal speech. Pop. Sc. Month., 1893, 43: 433-9.—Groos, K. Zum Problem der Tiersprache. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1935, 134: 225-35 — Hooton, E. The acrobatic gibbon; communication. In his Man's Poor Relations, N. Y., 1942, 157.—Klineberg, O. Language among animals. In his Social Psychol., N. Y., 1940, 28-33.—I.inguaggio umano e linguaggio animale. Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2, varia, No. 42, 2-4.—Linguaggio (II) delle scimmie. Ibid., 1940, 31: pt 1, varia, 366.—Muller, M. Ueber das Sprechen von Tieren in Wortbegriffen des Menschen; die Leutenberger Tier-Sprechschule ASRA. Deut- Schlacht- hofztg, 1943, 43: €6-8.—Revesz, G. The language of animals. J. Gen. Psychol., 1944, 30: 117-47.—Shepherd, W. T. The discrimination of articulate sounds bv raccoons. Am. J. Psychol., 1911, 22: 116-9.—Yerkes, R. M., & Nissen, H. W. Pre-linguistic sign behavior in chimpanzee. Science, 1939, 89: 585-7. ---- articulate. See Speech. ---- artificial, auxiliary, and international. Laurent, J. *La langue internationale ido (esperanto r6forme) et son application aux sciences pharmacologiques [Pharm.] 128p.;50p. 25cm. Marseille, 1935. Guilliaume, A., & Chalon, O. La langue auxiliaire inter- nationale. Rev. psychol., Brux., 1909, 2: 356-66.—Harris, E. T. International languages. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 601.—International (An) auxiliary language. Ibid., 1942, 150: 718.—Monnerot-Dumaine. Quels services l'esperanto rendra a la medecine et aux mgdecin. Gaz. hop., 1937, 110: 880-2.—Paget, R. A. S. A world language. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 80. - World (A) auxiliary language. Ibid., 89-91. ---- Center, and cerebral mechanism. See also Brain, Localization of function. Colucci, C. Contributo alia localizzazione corticale del linguaggio. Riv. psicol., 1929, 25: 173-9.—Forchhammer, J. Systematik der Sprachlaute als Grundlage eines Weltalphabets. Arch. exp. klin. Phonet., 1913-14, 1: 281-328.—Ives, E. B. Case illustrating capacity for use of symbols after destruction of the major (left) language area. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1937, 2: 36-40.—Marie, P. Existe-t-il dans le cerveau humain des centres innes ou preform£s de langage? Presse m&L, 1922, 30: 177-81. -—■---- Sur la fonction du language; rectifications a propos de l'article de M. Grasset. In his Trav. & mem., Paris, 1926, 1: 93-113. ------ Existe-t-il chez l'homme des centres preformes ou innes du langage? Ibid., 115-39.—No speech center in brain, psychiatrist declares; psychiatrists hear also that removal of frontal lobes indicates they govern abstract thought and planning. Science News Lett., 1939, 35: 310.— Orton, S. T. Some studies in the language function. Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1934, 13: 614-33.—Sonques, A. Quelques cas d'anarthrie de Pierre Marie; apercu historique eur la localisation du langage. Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: pt 2, 319-68. LANGUAGE 479 LANGUAGE ---- child. See also Child, Psychology; Child study; Play. Richter, F. Die Entwicklung der psycho- logischen Kindersprachforschung bis zum Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Kinderseelenkunde. 116p. 8? Miinst., 1927. Argelander, A. Der Einfluss des Milieus auf die kindliche Sprachleistung. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1928, 29: 34-42.— Carroll, 3. B. Determining and numerating adjectives in children's speech. Child Develop., 1939, 10: 215-29.—Cohen, M. Observations sur les dernieres persistances du langage infantin. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1933, 30: 390-9.— Dennis, W. Mr Janus on children's language. J. Genet. Psychol., 1943, 63: 183-5.—Despert, J. L. Kindersprache. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: 478.—Janus, S. O. An investigation of the relationship between children's language and their play. J. Genet. Psychol., 1943, 62: 3-61.—Lewis, M. M. The con- ceptual speech of infants: individual and social factors. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935, 435. ——— The infant's approach to the forms of adult speech. Proc. Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 158-62. -7—--- The origin and early functions of questions in a child's speech. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1937, 107: 418.—Mandell, S., & Sonneck, B. Phonographische Aufnahme und Analyse der ersten Sprachausserungen von Kindern. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1935 94: 478-500.—Nice, M. M. A child's attainment of the sentence. J. Genet. Psychol., 1933, 42: 216-24.—Norman, E. Some psychological features of babble in children. Proc. Inter- nat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 155-8 — Ombredane, A. Etudes sur le langage: sur les premieres mani- festations du langage enfantin et sur la pretendue loi de Fritz Schultze. Hyg. ment., Par., 1935, 30: 69-89.—Poshchenko, M. A. [Lalling and its role in the development of the child's speech] Sovet. psikhonevr., 1931, 7: 103.—Snyder, A. D. Notes on the talk of a 2\i year old boy. Pedag. Semin., Wor- cester, 1914, 21: 412-24.—Stalnaker, E. Language of the pre- school child. Child Develop., 1933, 4: 229-36.—Williams, L. A. Children's interest in words. Pedag. Sem., Worcester, 1902, 9: 274-95. ---- Demography. See also Culture; Ethnography; also names of countries and races. Boas, F. The classification of American languages. In his Race Language & Cult., N. Y., 1940, 211-8.—Gaby, B. Vo- cabulario e locucoes de giria usadas pelos menores delinquentes. Impr. m6d., Rio, 1943, 18: No. 350, 95-7.—Hailey, M. The classification of African languages. In his Afr. Survey, Lond., 1939, 74-8. ------ Action taken in regard to the native vernaculars in the different territories. Ibid., 81-96.—Hesse, R. Tierverbreitung und Sprachverbreitung. Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., phys. math. KL, 1936, 369-80.—Koppelmann, H. L. Rasse und Sprache. Internat. Arch. Ethnogr., Leiden, 1932-34, 32: 107-20.—Kurath, H. The Linguistic Atlas of the United States and Canada. Proc. Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 18-22.—Lowie, R. H. Native languages as ethnographic tools. Am. Anthrop., 1940, 42: 81-9.— Lowman, G. S., jr.. The linguistic geography of Pennsylvania; the linguistic geography of the WTestern Pennsylvania culture areas. Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc. (1940) 1941, 211-3.—Papp, I. Geographisch-historische Gesichtspunkte in der Sprachfor- schung. Scientia, Bologna, 1936, 59: 265; 325. Suppl., 119; 149. — Reinecke, J. E. Pidgin English in Hawaii; a local study in the sociology of language. Am. J. Sociol., 1937- 38, 43: 778-89.—Silveira, G. Dialetos e linguas especiais. Rev. Arq. mun., S. Paulo, 1941, 7: No. 77, 105-9.—Strong, R. P. Languages [of the tribes of Liberia] In his Afr. Rep. Liberia, Cambr., 1930, 1: 105-7.—Thompson, W. S. National- ity and language composition. In his Popul. Probl., N. Y., 1942, 114-8. ---- Development. See also Child, Development. LaBrant, L. L. A study of certain language developments of children in grades 4 to 12, in- clusive. p.387-491. 8? Worcester, 1933. Forms No. 5, v.14 of Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Smith, M. E. An investigation of the develop- ment of the sentence and the extent of vocabulary in young children. 92p. 23#cm. Iowa City [1926] Abrahamsen, D. The function of language and its develop- ment in early childhood, partly supported by an examination ol the function of language in a child 13 months of age. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1938, 13: 649-58.—Anderson, J. E. An evaluation of various indices of linguistic development. Child Develop., 1937, 8: 62-8.—Bateman, W. G. Papers on language development. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1917, 24: 391_g _Berry. M. F., & Eisenson, J. Language development. In their Defect. Speech, N. Y., 1942, 10-3.—Blatz, W. E., Millichamp, D. A., & Harris, A. L. Early development m spoken language of the Dionne quintuplets. In Collect. Stud. Dionne Quintuplets (Toronto. Univ.) Toronto, 1937, 238.— Bohn, W. E. First steps in verbal expression. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1914, 21: 578-95.—Brandenburg, G. C, & Branden- burg, J. Language development during the 4th year. Ibid., 1916, 23: 14-29. ------ Language development during the 4th year; the conversation. Ibid., 1919, 26: 27-40.—Biihler, K. Les lois generates devolution dans le language de l'enfant. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1926, 23: 597-607.—Davis, E. A. Mean sentence length compared with long and short sentences as a reliable measure of language development. Child Develop., 1937, 8: 69-79. ■—■—■— Developmental changes in the distri- bution of parts of speech. Ibid., 1938, 9: 309-17.—Day, E. J. The development of language in twins; a comparison of twins and single children. Ibid., 1932, 3: 179.—Despert, J. L. Emotional aspects of speech and language development. Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1941-42, 8: 155 (Abstr.)—Dczier, P. C. Development of language function in children. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 38: 1340-2.—Esper, E. A. Studies in linguistic behavior organization, characteristics of unstable verbal reactions. J. Gen. Psychol., 1933, 8: 346-81.—Foulke, K., & Stinchfield, S. M. The speech development of 4 infants under two years of age. Ibid., 1929, 36: 140-71.—Guillaume, P. Les debuts de la phrase dans le langage de l'enfant. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1927, 24:1-25.—Jersild, A. T., & Ritzman, R. Aspects of language development; the growth of loquacity and vocabulary. Child Develop., 1938, 9: 243-59.—Katz, D., & Schanck, R. L. Social stimulus patterns and the development of language. In their Social Psychol., N. Y., 1938, 331-83.— Kenyeres, E. Les premiers mots de l'enfant et l'apparition des espSces de mots dans son langage. Arch, psychol., Geneve, 1927, 20: 191-218.—Klineberg, O. Language development in the child. In his Social Psychol., N. Y., 1940, 46-9.—Kubie, L. S. Body symbolization and the development of language. Psychoanal. Q., 1934, 3: 430-44.—Lange, G., & Neuhaus, W. Der Strukturwandel der Kindersprache wahrend der Zeit vom 6. bis 9. Lebensjahr. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1934, 91: 200-28 — Nagge, J. W. The origin and development of language. In his Psychol. Child., N. Y., 1942, 274-314.—Neugebauer, H. Aus der Sprachentwicklung meines Sohnes. Zschr. angew. Psvchol., 1914-15, 9: 298-306.—Nice, M. M. The speech development of a child from 18 months to 6 years. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1917, 24: 204-43.—Noica. Comment nous arrivons a com- prendre la parole et ensuite a nous exprimer; comment nous arrivons plus tard a comprendre l'ecriture et a 6crire. J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1931, 31: 162-7.—Ragsdale, C. E. Language development in childhood. In Child Psychol. (C. E. Skinner) N. Y., 1941, 129-53.—Schafer, P. Das erste sinnvolle Wort des Kindes. Zschr. Menscbenk., 1927-28, 3: 192-4.—Schilling, R. Sprachentwicklung und inneres Sprechen. Ber. Deut. Ges. Sprach Stimmh., 1934, 4. Versamml., 94-8.—Shirley, M. Common content in the speech of preschool children. Child Develop., 1938, 9: 333-46.—Smith, M. E. A study of some factors influencing the developing of the sentence in preschool children. J. Genet. Psychol., 1935, 46: 182-212.—Valentine, C. W. The beginnings and development of language. In his Psychol. Early Childh., Lond., 1942, 392-448.—Williams, H. M., McFarland, M. L., & Little, M. F. Development of language and vocabulary in young children. Univ, Iowa Stud., 1937, 13: 9-94.—Williams, R. M., & Mattson, M. L. The effect of social groupings upon the language of preschool children. Child Develop., 1942, 13: 233-45.—Worbois, G. M. Language de- velopment of children in two different rural environments. Ibid., 175-80.—Yearsley, M. The development of speech in the normal child. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1926, 23: 1-22.—Young, F. M. Certain social indices in the language of preschool subjects. J. Gen. Psychol., 1942, 61: 109-23.—Young, K. Stages in the language development of the child. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 144-55. ---- Development: Disorder. See also Deaf, Speech; Deaf mute, Speech; Mental defective, etc.; for disorders of spoken language see under Speech. Scuri, D. II linguaggio nelFudente normale e nel sordomuto: sua genesi e suoi valori fisio- psicologici. 152p. 8? Roma, 1932. Boos, E. A. An experiment in physiological approach to language acquisition. Am. J. Ment. Dene, 1942-43, 47: 286-90.—Feyeux, A. Les retards du langage. J. mid. Lyon, 1933, 14: 655-64. ------ L'acquisition du langage et ses retards. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1934, 35: 180-2.—Fontes, V. Sur la signification fonctionelle de certaines alterations du langage. Zschr. Kinderpsychiat., Basel, 1940-41, 7: 173-6.— Geissler, G. Die Sprachentwicklung Schwachsinniger. Ber. Deut. Ges. Sprach Stimmh., 1934, 4. Versamml., 28-33.— Gilbert-Robin. L'interpr^tation neurologique de certaines formes de retard du langage chez des enfants intelligents. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1937, 56: 45-51.—Hinckley, A. C. A case of retarded speech development. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1915, 22: 121-46.—Honig, E. Psychologischea uber agrammatische Kinder. Nervenarzt, 1939, 12: 248.— Jones, J. W. The development of language in the deaf child. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1910, 50-7.—Karlin, I. W., & Kennedy, L. Delay in the development of speech. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1936, 51: 1138-49.—Kuenburg, M. von. Kunst- Iicher Sprachaufbau und Sprechmelodie; zur Pathologie der LANGUAGE 480 LANGUAGE Sprachentwicklung. Mschr. Psychiat., 1938, 98: 168-88 — Miller, M. First steps in language development. Volta Rev., 1934 36: 605.—Muggia, A. I disturbi del linguaggio nei bambini. Clin, igiene inf., 1932, 7: 280-5.—Nadoleczny, M. Hemmungen der Sprachentwicklung. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1934, 5: 458-70.—Nagge, J. W. Language development of children reared in primitive environments. In his Psychol. Child, N. Y., 1942, 278-81. ------ Factors in language retardation. Ibid., 299-303.—Nice, M. M. Ambidexterity and delayed speech development. Pedag. Semin , Worcester, 1918, 25: 141-62.—Schilling, R. Die Bedeutung des inneren Sprechens fiir die normale und gestorte Sprachentwicklung. Med. Khn., Berl., 1934, 30: 289; 599.—Seemann, M. [Con- tribution to late development of speech] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1923, 62: 1441-6.—Swing, F. U. Delayed development of speech, Lancet Chn., Cincin., 1916, 116: 331. ---- gesture, and sign. See also Deaf, Speech; Deafmute, Speech; also Gesture; Symbolism. Anderson, T. L. What of the sign language? Am. Ann. Deaf, 1938, 83: 120-30.—Bally, C. Qu'est-ce qu'un signe? J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1939, 36: 161-74.—Paget, R. The relation of the deafmute sign language to the sign lan- guages of North America and Queensland, Australia. Proc Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 28-30. ------ Sign language as a form of speech. Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1936, 29: pt 1, No. 136, 113-35, pl. Also Nature, Lond., 1936, 137: 384-8.—Sign language as a form of speech. Ibid., 1935, 136: 981.—Weiss, J. Neue Beitrage zur Zeichen- sprache in der medizinischen Diagnostik und Therapie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1448-51. ---- Grammar, and laws. Beckmann, H. Ein Beitrag zur grammatischen Entwicklung der schriftsprachlichen Darstellung im Schulalter. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1927, 28: 264-78.—Bourdon, B. Le type grammatical dans les associations verbales. C. rend. Congr. internat. psychol. (1900) 1901, 4. Congr.. 169-74—Brbndal, V. Compensation et variation, deux principes de linguistique gene- rate. Scientia, Bologna, 1940, 68: 101-9.—Guillaume, P. Le developpement des elements formels dans ie langage de i'enfant. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1927, 24: 203-29.—Meinhof, C. Ueber die Giiltigkeit der Sprachgesetze. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1939, 69: 1-10. --- Instruction. Revue de l'enseignement des langtjes vivantes. Par., v.57, No. 1-2, 1940- United States. National Federation of Modern Language Teachers. Language leaf- lets. 2 Nos. 21^cm. Wash., 1939. Barth, P. Sprachschutz und Sprachpftege in der Schule; ein Stiick padagogischer Sprachpsychologie. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1913, 14: 29-35.—Borel-Maisonny, S. Education et reeducation du langage. J. Speech Disord., 1938, 3: 13-22.— Churchman, P. H. Training courses for modern language teachers. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1923, 30: 309-29 — Decroly, O. Le principe de la globalisation appliqu^ a reeduca- tion du langage parte et ecrit. Arch, psychol., Geneve, 1927, 20: 324-46.—Emsley, B. Talking dictionaries. Q. J. Speech, 1941, 27: 274-81.—Hall, G. S. Some psychological aspects of teaching modern languages. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1914, 21: 256-63.—Henss, W. Das Problem der Zwei- und Mehr- sprachigkeit und seine Bedeutung fiir den Unterricht und die Erziehung in deutschen Grenz- und Auslandsschulen. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1927, 28: 393-414.—Holley, M. C. Develop- ing a consciousness of language. Volta Rev., 1941, 43: 660.— Hopwood, W. Lecture on the best method of teaching language. Tr. West. Liter. Inst., Cincin., 1835, 4: 255-77.—Kendall, E. P. A reading and language unit, the three bears. Ann. Am. Deaf, 1934, 79: 214-22.—Kissick, D. L. Teaching English to refugees. Volta Rev., 1941, 43: 172-4.—Scholtkowska, G. Experi- mentelle Beitrage zur Frage der direkten und indirekten Methode im neusprachlichen Unterricht. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1925, 25: 65-87.—Schorn, M. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der directen und indirekten Methode im neusprachlichen Unterricht. Zschr. pridag. Psychol., 1925, 26: 264-8.—Street, J. R. A study in language teaching. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1896-97, 4: 269-93.—Werner, H., & Lagercrantz, E. Studien iiber Strukturgesetze; experimentell- psychologische Studien uber die Struktur des Wortes. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1924, 95: 316-63. ---- Learning. Brachfeld, O. Zur Individualpsychologie des Sprachen- erlernens. Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., 1932, 10: 201-7.— Brigance, W. N. The language learning of a child. J. Appl. Psychol., 1934, 18: 143-54.—Gibson, E. J. Intra-list general- ization as a factor in verbal learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 30: 185-200.—Jensen, M. B., & Schrodt, M. Language difficulty and learning; the relative effectiveness of a series of study sheets of graded difficulty as teaching devices with children in the 6A grade. J. Gen. Psychol., 1936, 49: 451-67.— Lawson, M. F. The socialization of language study in the junior high school. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1916, 23: 76-85.—Lukens, H. T. Preliminary report on the learning of language. Ibid., 1894-96, 3: 424-00, pl.—Morgan, C. L.. & Bailey, W. L. The effect of context on learning a vocabulary J. Educ. Psychol., 1943, 34: 561-5.—Peters. H. N. The relationship between familiarity of words and their memory value. Am. J. Psychol., 1936, 48: 572-84.—Smith, S., A Powers, F. F. The relative value of vocabulary and sentence practice for language learning. J. Social Psychol., 1930, 1: 451-62.—Swift, E. J. Beginning a language; a contribution to the psychology of learning. In Stud. Philos. & Psychol., Bost., 1906, 297-313.—Wesep, H. B. van. Common sense about learning languages. Q. Bull. Rockefeller Found., 1929, 2: 379-97.—White, M. M. Some factors influencing recall of pleasant and unpleasant words. Am. J. Psychol., 1936, 48: 134-9. ---- Learning: Foreign language. United States. Library of Congress. Bibliography Division. Foreign language- English dictionaries, a selected list; compiled by Grace Hadley Fuller under the direction of Florence S. Hellman, Chief Bibliographer. 132p. 27 x 20^cm. [Wash.] 1942. Welles, S. The study of modern foreign languages. 4p. 21 ^cm. Wash., 1939. Braunshausen, N. Les ntethodes d'enseignement dea langues £trangeres; £tude experimentale. Rev. psychol., Brux., 1910, 3: 298-306.—Chatterji, S. K. Phonetics in the study of classical and sacred languages in the East. Proo. Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 175.— Crewdson, J. Speech in an imperfectly learnt foreign language. Brit. J. Psychol., 1941-42, 32: 82-99.—Davis, E. C. Army and Navy officers learn Spanish by verb approach. Science News Lett., 1941, 40: 374.—Doyle, J. H. Purpose in teaching foreign language. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1917, 24: 350- 66.—Foreign language requirements for [Navy] premedical students. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 292.—Ginneken, J. van. II y a plusieurs manieres de prononcer correctement les pho- nemes d'une langue moderne. Proc Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc. (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 65-9.—Hailey, M. The study of the African languages. In his Afr. Survey, Lond., 1939, 68- 102, map.—Henry, J. A method for learning to talk primitive languages. Am. Anthrop., 1940, 42: 635-41.—Kenyeres, A. Comment une petite hongroise de sept ans apprend le francais. Arch, psychol., Geneve, 1937-38, 26: 321-66.—Lentz, E. Zum psychologischen Problem: Fremdsprachen und Mutter- sprache. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1919, 20: 409-15.—McClen- don, J. F. Xenoglottophobia proposed as a medical term. Hahneman. Month., 1944, 79: 43-5.—Manuel, H. T., & Wright, C. E. The language difficulty of Mexican children. J. Gen. Psychol., 1929, 36: 458-68.—Post, T. M. Lecture upon the study of the Greek and Latin languages as a part in the course of a liberal education. Tr. West. Liter. Inst., Cincin., 1835, 4: 63-98.—Sahli, H. Einige Bemerkungen zum Wert des altsprachlichen Unterrichtes im Lichte der Psychologie des Denkens. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 522-5.—Schltiter, L. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Priifung der-Anschauungs- und der Uebersetzungsmethode bei der Einfiihrung in einen fremd- sprachlichen Wortschatz. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg, 1914, 68: 1. Abt., 1-114.—Seibert, L. C. An experiment in learning French vocabulary. J. Educ. Psychol., 1927, 18: 294-309.—Smith, M. E. The direction of reading and the effect of foreign-language-school attendance on learning to read. J. Gen. Psychol., 1932, 40: 422-51.—Spanish and Portuguese in medical schools. Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 455.—Stengel, E. On learning a new language. Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1939, 20: 471-9.—Stern, W. Die Erlernung und Beherrschung fremder Sprachen. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1919, 20: 104—8.— Withington, R. Xenoglottophobia. Bull. Am. Ass. Univ, Professors, 1941, 27: 568-76.—Wittenborn, J. R., & Larsen, R. P. A factorial study of achievement in college German. J. Educ. Psychol., 1944, 35: 39-48. ---- Learning ability. Baldrian, K. Anbahnung der Entwicklung des Sprachsinnee auf der Unterstufe. Eos, Wien, 1927, 19: 79-82.—Carroll, 3. B. A factor analysis of verbal abilities. Psychometrika, Cincin., 1941, 6: 279-307.—Johnson, D. M., & Reynolds, F. A factor analysis of verbal ability. Psychol. Rec, 1940-41, 4: 183-95.— Knox, H. M. An inquiry into specific linguistic factors. Brit. J. Educ. Psychol., 1941,11: 60.—Lindgren, H. C. The relation- ship between foreign-language courses of study and foreign words in current newspaper English. Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ. (1941-42) 1942, 17: 23-7.—Mills, S. R. Prognostic tests of ability in modern languages. Brit. J. Educ. Psychol., 1943, 13: 104.—Pear, T. H. Are linguistic teste adequate? Brit. J. Psychol., 1934, 25: 55-62.—Seagoe, M. V. Prediction of achievement in foreign languages. J. Appl. Psychol., 1938, 22: 632-40.—Stern, W. Zur Entwicklungspsychologie der Kindersprache. Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1928, 29: 132-43.— Valentine, C. W. Early appearance of special linguistic ability. In his Psychol. Early Childh., Lond., 1942, 12-5.—Voll, C. LANGUAGE 481 LANGUAGE Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Grundlagen der fremdsprachlichen Begabung. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1929, 110: 235-7. ---- Meaning, and thought. See also Ideation. Anfeemov, J. A. [Mind and speech] Klin, med., Moskva, 1925, 6: 14; 69.—Blaser. W. Die Bedeutungsbildung auf der Struktur Gebogen und Zusammen in der Ewe-Sprache. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1939, 103: 353-412.—Boyd, W. The develop- ment of sentence structure in childhood. Brit. J. Psychol., 1926-27, 17: Sect. Gen., 181-91.—Broendal, V. Les oppositions linguistiques. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 237-41. ----— Le concept de personne en grammaire et la nature du pronom. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1939, 36: 175-82.—Biihler, K. Ueber den Begriff der sprachlichen Darstellung. Psychol. Forsch., 1923, 3: 282-94. ----- Der dritte Hauptsatz der Sprachtheorie; Anschauune und Begriff im Sprechverkehr. Rapp. Congr. internat. psvchol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 196-203.—Busemann, A. Ueber typische und phasische Unterschiede der kategorialen Sprach- form. Zschr. piidag. Psychol., 1926, 27: 415-9.—Damourette J., & Pichon, E. Sur la signification psychologique de la nega- tion en francais. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1928, 25: 228- 54.—Franke. Der Wortsprachsinn als logisches Postulat und empirische Realitat. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 437- 45.—Froschels, E. Ueber innere Identifizierung von Worten. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933-34, 149: 638.—Granet, M. L'expression de la pensee en chinois. J. psychol. norm. path.. Par., 1928, 25: 617-56.—Griffith, I. Words, words, words. In his Lobscows, Phila., 1939, 393-5.—Guillaume, G. Dis- cernement et entendement dans les langues; mot et partie du discours. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1939, 36: 183-98.— Hennings, H. Studien zur Bedeutungsbildung im Bantu. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1938, 101: 463-533.—Heveroch, A. O predstavach slovnivh. Cas. lek. eesk., 1914, 53: 679-86.— Hjelmslev, L. La structure des oppositions dans la langue. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr.. 241 — Hoilister, R. D. T. Apparatus for recording impulse movements in a thinking-in-language process. Q. J. Speech. 1937, 23: 564-7.—Ichheiser. G. Ausdruck und Eindruck. Rapp. Congr. internat, psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 376-9.—Jordan, L. La logique et la linguistique. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1933, 30: 45-56.—Lagache, D. La signification psychologique des pronoms de la premiere personne. Ibid., 1939, 36: 267- 73.—Latif, I. The physiological basis of linguistic development and of the ontogeny of meaning. Psychol. Rev., 1934, 41: 55- 85; 153; 246. — Layton, T. B. Words and phrases; cavilling. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., 1933, 47: 341-4.—Lorent, H. L'imprecision du langage chez les ecoliers. Rev. psychol., Brux., 1910, 3: 177-87.—Meillet, A. Remarques sur la theorie de la phrase. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1921, 18: 609-16.—Nagge, J. W. The development of meanings. In his Psychol. Child, N. Y.. 1942, 287-92.—Oakeley, H. D. Epistemology and the logical syntax of language. Mind, Lond., 1940, 49: 427-44.—Pos, H. J. La notion d'opposition en linguistique. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 246.—Rojas, N. Psieologia del latero. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1934, 21: 443-57.—Ruhnke, C. Bedeutungsbildungen auf der Struktur Auseinander in der Kate-Sprache. Arch. ges. Psycho!., 1937, 99: 142-200 — Schmidt, P. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Bedeutungsbildung in den indogermanischen Sprachen; eine strukturpsychologische Untersuchung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ganz- heitsbedeutungen. Ibid., 1939, 104: 579-637.—Serrus, C. L'intention de signification. J. psychol. norm, path., Par., 1936, 33: 321-58.—Silverberg, W. V. On the psychological significance of Du and Sie. Psychoanal. Q., 1940, 9: 509-25.— Sonneck, B. Der Satz als Einheit und die Satzarten. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1935, 94: 446-77.—Spielrein, I. Die Realitat von Wortinhalten und ihre Reproduzierbarkeit. Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1927, 29: 402-4.—Stahlin, W. Zur Psychologie und Statistik der Metaphern; eine methodologische Untersuchung. Arch. ges. Psvchol., 1914, 31: 297-425.—Vigotsky, L. S. Thought and speech. Psychiatry, Bait., 1939, 2: 29-54 — Waelder, R. Kriterien der Deutung. Internat. Zschr. Psycho- anal, Wien, 1939, 24: 136-45.—White, W. A. Language and thought, judgement and reasoning of the child. Psychoanal. Rev., 1929, 16: 312-21.—Wolfle, D. L. The role of generaliza- tion in language. Brit. J. Psychol, 1934, 24: 434-44.—Young, K. The relations of language, meaning, and communication. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 188-201 — Zwirner, E. Die Sprache als Ausdruck. Fortsch. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 3: 134-42. ---- Naming of objects. See Name. ---- Origin. Berny, A. Zur Hypothese des sexuellen Ursprungs der Sprache. Imago, Wien, 1913, 2: 537-51.—Broek, A. J. P. van den [Origin of speech and writing] Geneesk. bl, 1934, 32: 289-315.—Costanzi, F. Sintesi della storia ovvero: I'idioma primitivo, il documento preistorico, la lingua universale. Umbria med., 1932, 12: 2258-66.—Delfino, V. Discours pr£liminaire sur la voix et la parole; l'origine du langage. Rev. fr. phoniat., 1938, 6: 213-29.—Gray, A. A. The evolution of 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----31 speech and speech centres. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc (1910) 1911, 80: 816.—Horn, W. Experimentalphonetik und Sprachgeschichte. Proc Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc (1935) 1936, 2. Congr., 12-8.—Koppelmann, H. L. Klima und Sprache. Anthropos, Modling, 1934, 29: 127; 679.—Langues et ecntures. Anthropologic, Par., 1934, 44: 576.—Morlaas, J. Du mimage au langage. Encephale, Par., 1935, 30: pt 1, 197-208.—Paget, R. A. S. Nature et origine du langage humain. Bull. Inst. giolo"y, S. I oiis, 1939, 436-48.—Rigg, M. G. The Internat;onal Kindergarten Union word list compared with 8 spoken vocabularies. Child Develop., 1938, 9: 363.—Rowe. E. C, & Rowe H. N. The vocabulary of a child at 4 and 6 years of age. Pedag. Sem;n., Worcester, 1913, 20: 187-208.—Sanchez, G. I. The imp'ications of a basal vocabulary to the measurement of the abilities of bilingual children. ,T. Social Psychol, 1931, 5: 315-402.—Simp-on R. G. The vocabulary sections of the cooperative English tests at the higher levels of difficultv. J. Educ. Psychol, 1943, 34: 142- 51.—Smith. B. Vocabulary buildin™. Q. J. Speech Educ, 1919, 5: 202-11.—Snith, M. K. Measurement of the size of general English vocabulary through the e'ementary grades and high school. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwestern Univ., Chic, 1940, 8: 298-300. Also Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1941, 24: 311-45.—Stalnaker, J. M. Recognition and recall in a vocabulary test. J. Gen. Psychol, 1935, 46: 463.—Stockton, M. I. Some preferences by boys and girls as shown in their choice of words. Psychol. Rev., 1911, 18: 347-73.— Thomson, G. H., & Thompson, J. R. Outlines of a method for the quantitative analysis of writing vocabularies. Brit. J. Psychol, 1915, 8: 52-69.—Tinker, M. A., Hackner, F., & Wesley, M. W. Speed and qua'ity of association as a measure of vocabulary knowledge. J. Educ. Psychol, 1940, 31: 575- 82 —Vasey. F. T. Vocabulary of grammar grade school children. Ibid., 1919, 10: 104-7.—Voelker, C. H. The vocabu- lary to teach deaf children. Am. Ann. Deaf, 1942, 87: 266-73. —---- The 1,000 most frequent spoken-words. Q. J. Speech, 1942, 28: 189-97.—Wolff. W. Tabu words in the private vocabulary. In his Express. Person., N. Y., 1943, 213-24 — Woodrow, H. The relation of verbal ability to improvement with practice in verbal tests. J. Educ. Psychol, 1939. 30: 179- 86 —Young, F. M. Development as indicated by a study of pronouns. J. Gen. Psychol, 1942, 61: 125-34.—Young, K. Vocabulary. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 155- 53—zjpf, g. K. Observations of the possible effect of mental age upon the frequency-distribution of words, from the view- point of dynamic philology. J. Psychol, Provincet., 1937, 4: 239—44. LANGUEDOC medical; revue mensuelle de medecine, de chirurgie, d'hygiene sociale et d'interets professionnels. Montpel., v.31, No. 1, 1939- LANGUILLON, Jean, 1912- *Contribu- tion a l'etude des retrecissements de l'uretere. 77p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LANGUMIER, Robert Jean Marie, 1901- *Des formes latentes des kystes hydatiques du poumon a propos de deux observations nouvelles. 65p. pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1927. LANGWORTHY, Charles Ford, 1864- , & HUNT, Caroline L. Use of corn, kafir and cow- peas in the home. 12p. 8? Wash., Gov. print. off., 1913. Forms No. 559, Farmer's Bull. U. S. Dep. Agr. LANGWORTHY, Orthello Richardson, 1897- For portrait see Collection in Library. ---- KOLB, Lawrence Coleman, & LEWIS, Lloyd Griffith. Physiology of micturition; ex- perimental and clinical studies with suggestions as to diagnosis and treatment. viii, 232p. illust. diagr. 23#cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1940. LANIER, P. E. Maxime [M. D., 1928, Lau- sanne] *Envenimation et hypoglycemic 24p. 8° Lausanne, Impr. commerc, 1928. LANIER, Sidney, 1842-81. Centenary of Sidney Lanier. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1941-42, 30: 87, illust. LANIEZ, Gabriel. Les fondements physiques et physiologiques du metabolisme de base; svnthese critique, deductions pratiques. 186p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere, 1932. LANKELMA, Herman Peter, 1896- See Gruener, H., & Lankelma, H. P. Organic chemistry. 2081. &°. Clevel, 1935. LANKES 484 LANOLIN LANKES, Elias, 1901- *Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen uber den Einfluss der Stallhaltung und Mast auf die Klauen des Schweines. 31p. pl. 8? Lpz., R. Scheffler, 1930. LANKESTER, Edwin, 1814-74. American domestic medicine and household physician. viii, 1008p. 8? Augusta, Me., True & co. [18. .] ---- Family medical guide; a complete popular dictionarv of medicine and hygiene. Am. ed. 496p. 8? N. Y., E. R. Pelton & co., 1881. LANKESTER, Sir Edwin Ray, 1847-1929. Great and small things, xi, 246p. illust. pl. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1923] For obituary see J. Marine Biol. Ass. U. Kingdom, 1929-30, 16: 365-71. Also J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1929, 49: 359-65, portr. (Heron-Aden, E.) Also Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1929, 73: pt 2, portr. . See also Goodrich, E. S. The scientific work of Edwin Ray Lankester. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1931, 74: 363-81. LANKESTERELLIDAE. See Coccidiida; Eimeriidea. LANKOFF, Radoslaw, 1903- *Ueber Streptococcus lacticus (Kruse) [Leipzig] 31p. tab. 8° [Engelsdorf-Lpz., C. & M. Vogel] 1928. LANMAN, Faith. See under Gorrell, F. L. LANNAUX, Rene, 1915- *Le dolichosig- moide non complique; 6tude anatomo-clinique et therapeutique; resection en un temps, avec anastomose subtotale extra-peritonisee. 120p. 25 ■■■'cm. Lvon, P.osc fr., 1939. LANNEGRAtE, Charles, 1904- Con- siderations sur l'efficacite therapeutique im- mediate de la saignee; ses rapports avec les 6tats d'hypertension de la circulation de retour. 249p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1933. LANNEGRACE, Monique Pariurier, 1905- *Sur quelques difficultes de diagnostic de l'ulcere duodenal. 50p. 8° Par., Vigot fr., 1932. LANNELONGUE, Odilon, 1841-1911. C, J. La maladie de O. Lannelongue. Arch. med. enf., 1938. II: 741-52. LANNES, Jean, 1769-1809. Mort de Lannes. Progr. med., Par., 1936, Suppl, 62-4, portr. LANNING, John Tate. Academic culture in the Spanish colonies, ix, 149p. 20}£cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1940. LANNOIS, Maurice, 1856- F., C. Medaille du professeur Lannois. Lyon nted., 1928, 141: 157-9, pl. LANOLIN [incl. derivatives] Calazans, S. C & Arentes, M. Antigenos adicionados de lanolina e sua aplieacao na producao de soros aglutinantes. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1942, 2: 236-44.—Danielsson, G. W. [Adeps lame; chemical composition and tests] Sven. farm, tskr., 1928, 32: 229.—Kobasi, S., & Nakanoin, T. Ueber die Veranderungen des Augapfels durch die Lanolinfiitterung. Tr. Japan. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 198-200.—Kuwata, T. Studies on wool wax; lanopalmic acid. J. Am. (him. Soc, 1938, 60: 559.—Marker, R. E., & Wittle, E. L. Steiols; lanosterol and agnosterol Ibid., 1937, 59: 2289—Mbllering, C. H. Ueber die Saurebildung im gereinigten und neutralen Wollfett Arch. Pharm., Berl, 1931, 269: 225-8.—Pagniez, P. De la production de serums cyto-toxiques au moyen de cellules enrobees dans la lanoline. C. rend. Soc biol, 1936, 122: 647-9.—Ross, A. T. Bactericidal property of an ultra-violet irradiated petrolatum-lanolin mixture. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1932, 29: 1265-7.—Rossouw, S. D. The extraction of wool grease. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1938, 10: 229-33 — Sezary, A. Intolerance cutanee a la lanoline. Presse nted., 1936, 44: 1880. ------& Horowitz, A. Intolerance cutane"e a la lanoline. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1544.— Sulzberger, M. B., & Morse, J. L. Hypersensitiveness to wool fat; report of 2 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 2099.— Twort, C. C, & Twort, J. M. The utility of lanolin as a pro- tective measure against mineral-oil and tar dermatitis and cancer. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1935, 35: 130-49.—Weinberg, M., & Kreguer, A. Preparation d'un serum antibotulique bivalent par l'injection au cheval de toxines engloWes dans la lanoline. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1938, 128: 949-51. LAN Ong, Hai-Thuong, 1725 92. Sallet. A. Un grand ntedecin d'Annam: ILii-Thuong Lnn Ong (1725-92) Bull. Soc. fr. hist, nted., Par., 1930, 24: 170-8. LANSAC, Jean [M. D., 1934, Toulouse] *St<>('kage lacunaire chez le chien dopancreate. 54p. tab. diagr. 23,2cm. [Toulouse] Lion & fils, 1934. LANSADE, Pierre, 1907- *Le mouton de Boukhara; contribution a l'etude de la laine des sujets pur sang et metis [Alfort; Vet.] 7(ip. 8? Argenton-sur-('reuse, Impr. Lemerle, 1930. LANSING, Michigan. Michigan Tuberculosis Association. Wolverine health bulletin. Lan- sing, v.3, 1928- Ser. 2, v.8, No. 7, May 1939. LANTANA. See also Verbenaceae. Louw, P. G. J. Lantanin, the active principle of Lantana camara L.; isolation and preliminary results on the determina- tion of its constitution. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1943, 18: 197-202. LANTERNO, Louis, 1911- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'hypertension art6rielle paroxys- tique; l'hypertension paroxystique dans sos rapports avec les virus neurotropes et syphili- tique. lllp. illust. 24cm. Alger, Impr. Imbert [1936] LANTERN slide. See also Photography. Bremer. J. L. A new type of slide holder for projection of serial sections. Anat. Rec, 1934, 59: 477-80.—How to make lantern slides. J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1943, 19: 287.—Levin, S. J. A simple and inexpensive method of making lantern slides of sketches and typed material. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 124.—Mtstre, L. N. Apparatus for diascopic projection. U. S.Pat. Off., 1941, No. 2,265,182.—Murray, N. A. Anelectric lantern slide pointer. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1019 — Muschat.M. T antern slides; a new technique. Ibid., 1940-41, 26: 1224-30.—Pierce. C. C, jr. An experiment in the use of kodaebrome slides. Visual Rev., 1943, 63.—Sander, F. Ein rne'.nfach verwendbares Zusatzgerat zum Lichtbildwcrfer. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1936, 97: 204-8.—Schlosbcrg. H. An inexpensive projector. Am. J. Psychol, 1942, 55: 1,14 — Wolienweber, H. L. A simple microprojector for clinicc- pathological conference. Hosp. News, Wash., 1937, 4: No. 3, 14-7, pl. LANTHANUM. See also Earth metals, rare. Aiazzi Mancini, M. • Contributo alia farmacologia delle terre rare: lantano. Arch, fisiol, Fir., 1926, 24: 162; 1927, 25: 43; 257. ------ Contributo alia farmacologia delle terre rare; lantano: Esiste un'emopatia primitiva da lantano? Ibid., 1927, 25: 373-9.—Haller, R. B-, & Selwood, P. W. Residual para- magnetism in compounds of lanthanum. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 85-8.—Jones, G., & Prendergast, L. T. The trans- ference number of lanthanum chloride as a function of the concentration. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1476-82.—Longsworth, L. G., & Maclnnes, D. A. Transference numbers of lanthanum chloride at 25° by the moving boundary method. Ibid., 1938, 60: 3070-4.—Mason, C. M., & Ernst, G. L. The activity and osmotic coefficients of aqueous solutions of lanthanum chloride at 25°. Ibid., 1936, 58: 2032.------ & Gray, R. D. The magnetic rotation of lanthanum and neodymium chlorides in aqueous solution. Ibid., 1600-4.—Moeller, T., & Krauskopf, F. C. The preparation and purification of hydrous lanthanum hydroxide sols. Ibid., 1938, 60: 726. ------ An invocation of certain properties of hydrous lanthanum hydroxide holi. J. Phys. Chem., 1939, 43: 363-78.—Nathan, C. C. Wallace, W. E., & Robinson, A. L. Heats of dilution and relative heat contents of aqueous solutions of lanthanum chloride and lanthanum sulfate at 25°. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1913, 65: 790- 4—Nowotny, H. Die Kristallstruktur von Al.la. Natur- wissenschaften, 1941, 29: 654.—Quill, L. L., & Kobey, R. F. The rare earth metals and their compounds; the binary system hexahydrated lanthanum and magnesium nitrates. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 1071.—Richet, C, & Braumann, L. Action aecelerante des sels de lanthane a dose tres faible sur la fermentation. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1929, 188: 1198. —Shed- lovsky, T., & Maclnnes, D. A. The determination of activity coefficients from the potentials of concentration cells with transference; lanthanum chloride at 25°. J. Am. Churn. Soc, 1939, 61: 200-3.—Young, R. C, & Hastings, J. L. Reaction or lanthanum oxide with ammonium iodide. Ibid., 1937, 59: 765. LANTHEAUME 485 LANZ LANTHEAUME, Francis, 1909- *Les malformations duodenales. 55p. pl. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LANTHIER, Pierre Louis, 1908- *L'ade- nome solitaire du foie; son diagnostic; son traite- ment; son pronostic. 128p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LANTHIONINE. See also Amino acids; Protid, Chemistry. Du Vigneaud, V., & Brown, G. B. The synthesis of the new sulfur-containing amino acid, lanthionine, isolated from sodium carbonate-treated wool. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 138: 151-4. ----- & Bonsnes, R. W. The formation of lanthionine on treatment of insulin with dilute alkali. Ibid., 141: 707.— Hess, W. C, & Sullivan, M. X. The quantitative determination of lanthionine. Ibid., 1942, 146: 15-8.—Horn, M. J., & Jones, D. B. The isolation of lanthionine from human hair, chicken feathers, and lactalbumin. Ibid., 1941, 139: 473. ------ & Ringel, S. J. Isolation of a new sulfur-containing amino acid, lanthionine, from sodium carbonate-treated wool. Ibid., 138: 141-9. ------ Isolation of mesolanthionine from various alkali-treated proteins. Ibid., 1942, 144: 87-91.------ Isolation of dl-lanthionine from various alkali-treated proteins. Ibid., 93-7. LANTOINE, Rene, 1890- *De la luxation du globe oculaire chez le chien [Alfort; Vet.] 59p. 8? Roubaix, Boittiaux & Delplace, 1930. LANTOS, Istvan Elemer [M. D., 1930, Basel] *Die Wochenbetts-Morbiditat bei untersuchten und nichtuntersuchten Gebarenden [Basel] 36p. 8? Laupen b. Bern, Polygr. Ges., 1930. LANTUEJOUL, Pierre Jean Baptiste [M. D., 1921, Paris] See Brindeau, A., & Lantuejoul, P. La presentation du siege; la version. 270p. 4? Par., 1937. LANTZ, Louis Noel, 1899- Contribution a l'etude des cultures de certaines bacteries en milieux synthetiques. 59p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. LANUGO. See Hair. LANUSSE, Henri Pierre Jean Augustin, 1913- *Le traitement des orchi-epididymites aigues par les injections intra-funiculaires de serum physiologique. 37p. 25cm. Bord., E. Drouillard, 1938. LANVIN, Michel, 1912- *Des ruptures uterines au cours du travail a la maternite de Beaujon-Clichy, dans les cinq dernieres ann£es [Paris] 20p. 25cm. Vanves, Francisc. Miss., 1939 LANWEHR, Bernhard, 1909- *Ueber den Einfluss von Phlorrhizin auf die Dehydrierungs- vorgange im Gewebe [Munster] 15p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. LANWER, Friederich, 1897- *Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorper- chen im Verlaufe der Lungentuberkulose bei Tebeprotinbehandlung. 32p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1929. LANWER de Haan, Martha, 1899- *Ueber Tagesschwankungen der Adrenalinwir- kung beim Menschen [Erlangen] p.534-9. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1929. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64: LANZ, Otto, 1865-1935. For biography see Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1805. For obituary see Cappellen, D. van. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1366-8, portr.—Also Sikkel. Geneesk. gids, 1935, 13: 358, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. LANZ, Titus von, 1897- , & WACHS- MUTH, Werner. Praktische Anatomie; ein Lehr- und Hilfsbuch der anatomischen Grund- lagen arztlichen Handelns. 1. Bd. 3. Teil: Arm. xii, 276p. illust. fol. Berl., J. Springer, 1935. LANZ, Werner. *Ueber komplexe Eisen- cyanide als Reagenzien zum Nachweis der Ketonkorper. 39p. 23cm. Bern, Lanz, 1942. LANZ, Willy [M. D., 1926, Lausanne] *Ueber einen Fall von Teratom der Zirbeldnise [Lau- sanne] 36p. pl. 8? Bern, E. Sieber, 1926. LANZ, Willy [M. D., 1927, Geneve] *Etude experimentale de Taction des vapeurs nitreuses [Geneve] 29p. 8? Berne, Impr. Lanz, 1927. LANZA, Anthony Joseph, 1884- , editor. Silicosis and asbestosis, by various authors. xxvi, 439p. illust. diagr. 22>/>cm. Lond., Oxford Univ. pr. [1938] ---- & GOLDBERG, Jacob A., editors. In- dustrial hygiene, by various authors, xvi, 743p. illust. tab. 24cm. N. Y., Oxford Univ. pr. [1939] LANZA, Celestino [M. D., 1915, B. Aires] Garcia Marruz, S. Homenaje al Dr Celestino Lanza. Rev. med. cubana, 1935, 46: 109-11, portr. LANZA, Vincenzo, 1784-1860. Delle nuove ed antiche terme di Torre Annunciata. 56p. plan. 21cm. Napoli, 1835. See also Pace, D. Vincenzo Lanza e i suoi tempi (1784-1860) Studium, Nap., 1931, 21: 179-90. LANZACO, Luis B., -1942. For obituary see Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 1, 619. LANZERATH, Anton, 1911- *Die Ver- wertung der Kadaver und Schlachtkonfiskate in Deutschland im Jahre 1933 [Giessen] 75p. tab. 8? Euskirchen, Volksbl. Verl., 1938. LANZILLOTTI-BUONSANTI, Nicola, 1846- 1924. For biography see Annuario vet. ital, Roma, 1934-35, 476-83. LAOUENAN, Pierre, 1906- *Les plaques muqueuses chez les syphilitiques insufnsament traites. 58p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1929. LAPACHOL. Hill, E. S. The two-step oxidation-reduction of lapachol, lomatiol and related compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 1990-4.—Hooker, S. C. Condensation of aldehydes with (3-hydroxy-a-naphthoquinone; synthesis of hydrolapachol Ibid., 1936, 58: 1163-7. ------ The constitution of lapachol and its derivatives; oxidation with potassium permanganate. Ibid., 1168-73. ------ The constitution of lapachol and its derivatives; the structure of Paternd's isolapachone. Ibid., 1190-7. LAPAGE, Geoffrey, 1888- Nematodes parasitic in animals, x, 172p. 16? Lond., Methuen & co. [1937] LAPARO ... See these terms under Abdomen; Abdominal wall. LA PAZ, Peru. Ateneo (El) de medicina do La Paz. Prensa nted., La Paz, 1943, 3: 55-8.—Pesce, H. Impresiones ntedicas de La Paz. Reforma nted., Lima, 1942, 28: 507-9. LAPCHA. See under Tibet. LAPELERIE, Jean, 1912- *La primo- infection tuberculeuse dans l'Armee. 99p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LA PENA, Alfonso de, & LA PENA, Emilio de. La prostata y sus enfermedades. 94p. illust. 241/km. Madr., Morata, 1941. La PENA, Emilio de. See La Pefia, A. de, & La Pena, E. de. La pr6stata y sus enfermedades. 94p. 24i/£cm. Madr.,'T941. LAPERSONNE, Felix de, 1853-1937. Lebensohn, J. E. Felix de Lapersonne, President of the International Society for the Prevention of Blindness. Eye Ear &c Month., 1934, 13: 232. For obituary see Ann. ottalm., 1937, 65: 556-8, portr. (Ovio, G.) Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18: 1019-21, portr, LAPERSONNE 486 LAPIDAS (Lewis, P.) Also Bull. Acad, mid., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118: 49-55, portr. (Terrien, F.) Also Presse nted., 1937, 45: 1035, portr. (Roger, H.) Also Presse med.. 1937, 45: 1035-7 (Terrien, F.) LAPEYRE, Georges [M. D., 1937, Toulouse] ♦Contribution a l'etude des contractures physio- pathiques post-traumatiques du membre sup6- rieur. lllp. 24Hem. Toulouse, Impr. Moderne, 1937. LAPEYRE, Jean, 1907- *Les nevrites optiques au cours des traitements par les ars^ni- caux pentavalents. 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. LAPEYRE, Jean, 1914- *Un cas de pseudo-tuberculose du peritoine secondaire k une perforation d'estomac. 30p. pl. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. LAPEYRE, Jean Louis, 1899- *Les cellulites ligneuses cervico-faciales; diagnostic et traitement. 108p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1929. LAPEYRE, Joseph Ferdinand, 1899- *La pression arterielle moyenne et les courbes oscillo- m^triques dans la d6mence precoce hebephrenique et hebephreno-catatonique. 44p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1931. LAPEYRE, Pierrik, 1909- *Elevage des bovins en Aubrac. 73p. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. Nouv. Lvon., 1937. LAPEYRONNIE, Francois Gigot de, 1678- 1747. Forgue, E. [Biography] Biogr. me'd., Par., 1936, 10: 289; 305, pl, portr. Also Montpellier med., 1937, 3. ser., 11: 97-120.—Stein, J. B. Francois Gigot de Lapeyronie, chief surgeon of France, of Louis XV, and chief master of surgery in Paris. Med. J. & Rec, 1029. 130: 161-3. For portrait see Ann. M. Hist., 1939, 3. ser., 1: No. 1, front. Also Ciba Symposia, 1944-15, 6: 1767. LAPHAM, Mary Emily, 1860-1936. See Knopf, S. A., & Lapham, M. E. Artificial pneumo- thorax, lip. 20Hcm. N. Y., 1913. LAPHAM, Maxwell Edward, 1899- Ma- ternity care in a rural community, Pike County, Mississippi, 1931-36. viii, 65p. tab. diagr. 19cm. N. Y., Commonwealth Fund, 1938. For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41, 18: 704, portr. LAPHAM, Roger Fulmer, 1907- Disease and the man. viii, 143p. 8? N. Y., Oxford Univ. pr. [1937] LAPICQLE, Louis, 1866- Les muscles. p. 1-156. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1929. In Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger, G. H., & Binet, L.) Par., 1929, 8: —— L'excitabilit6 iterative, pt 1. 67p. 25Hem. Par., Hermann & cie, 1936. Forms No. 416, Actual, sc. industr. ---- La chronaxie et ses applications physio- logiques, pt 1. 117p. diagr. 25^cm. Par., Hermann & cie, 1938. Forms No. 624, Actual, sc. industr.; Physiol, gen. syst. nerv., No. 5. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Proc. Internat Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., opp. p. 600. LAPIDARI, Mario, 1902- , MUCCHI, Ludovico, & PORTA, Virginio. Traurni cranici; chirurgia, neurologia, radiologia; con un capitolo sulle lesioni auricolari da trauma cranico di F. Carnevale Ricci. 430p. illust. 24Hcm. Bellu- no, Ed. C. E. L. A. S. [1938] LAPIDARY. See also Jewel; also in 3. ser., Stone, precious. Holmes, U. T. Old French csterminals, a gem stone Speculum, Cambr., 1938, 13: 78.—Nunemaker, J. H. Lapidary of Marbode and a Spanish adaptation. Ibid., 62-7. ------ The sources of the Alfonsine lapidaries. Ibid., 1939, 14: 483-9. LAPIDAS, Harry, 1909- *Ueber die Bedeutung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration, des osmotischen Druckes und der Anionen- und Kationenzusnmmensetzung einer Aufschwem- mungsflussigkeit fiir die kulturelle Bestimmung der Bakterienzahl. 21p. tab. 8? Bonn 1* Kubens, 1932. LAPIERE, S. Le mycosis fongoide; granu- lomes fongoides et sarcomes fongoides. 122p illust, 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. LAPIERRE, Jehan Marie, 1910- *i,e se>um de Jousset dans la tuberculose infantile. 97p. diagr. 25cm. Nancv, A. Tollard, 1935 LAPIERRE, Julian, 1844-1907. For obituary see Witter, W. Proc. Connecticut M Soc 1908, 308. LAPIERRE, Robert, 1913- *Les sources guerisseuses en Bourgogne (Cote-d'Or ct Sa6ne- et-Loire) 98p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LAPIERRE-ARMANDE, Victor [M. D., 1930, Paris] *Dengue et fievre jaune; rapports ct dissemblances; documents puis^s au Service de Sant<5 du Ministere des Colonies et au Labora- toire de l'lnstitut de Medecine Coloniale. 79p 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1930. LAPIN, Joseph Harris, 1898- Whooping cough, xiii, 238p. illust. tab. 23V£cm. Springf C. C Thomas, 1943. LAPIN, K. V. See Berliand, A. S., & Lapin, K. V. [The care of a patient in the home] 80p. 22 x 30^cm. Moskva, 1929. LAPINE, Eugene Genia, 1904- *Con- tribution k l'etude des fractures et contusions laryngees. 124p. pl. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1936. LAPINE, Jacques, 1905- *Etude clinique des stomatites de la leuc6mie aigue. 71p. 8? Par., M. Vign6, 1933. LAPINE, Roland, 1913- *Biopsie syno- viale et diagnostic de certaines arthropathies tuberculeuses; 6tudes clinique, anatomo-patho- logique et bacteriologique. 80p. 24J^cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LAPINI, Pietro, fl. 1400-30. Garosi, A. Documenti e notizie su Pietro Lapini medico senese. Riv. stor. sc. med., 1934, 25: 161-91. LAPIPE, Marcel, 1909- Contribution h l'etude du pronostic radiographique des frac- tures du col du femur. 88p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1938. ---- & RONDEPIERRE, Jacques. Con- tribution k l'etude physique, physiologique et clinique de l'electro-choc. xxiv, 188p. tab. diagr. 18cm. Par., Libr. Maloine, 1942. LAPIS cancrorum. See also Medicine, popular. [Hungary] [Order No. 185,237/1939. B. M. for prohibition of sale of lapis cancrorum] Nepeggszsegiigy, 1939, 20: 1138. LAPIS infernaJis. See Silver, Nitrate. LAPLACE, Juan Maria [M. D., 1937, B. Aires] *E1 indice de depuraci6n ureica de la sangre en los enfermos tuberculosos. 79p. tab. 27cm. B. Air. [Impr. Argent.] 1937. La PLACE, Pierre Simon, 1749-1827. Simon, G. A. Les origines de Laplace; sa genealogie; sea etudes. Biometrika, Cambr., 1929, 21: Sect. B, 217-30.— Smith, E. C. The tomb of Laplace. Nature, Lond., 1927,119: LAPLAGNE, Auguste Alfred, 1907- *Essai sur la fonction gastrique dans l'asthme. 88p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. LAPLANCHE, Georges, 1912- *Abces du poumon et tuberculose [Paris] 59p. 8? Tarbes, Orphelins-Apprentis, 1937. LAPLANCHE, Helene, 1911- *Les eaux de Saint-Sauveur en dehors de leur action gyneco- LAPLANCHE 487 LAPOINTE logique [Paris] 62p. 24%cm. Tarbes, Orphelins- Apprentis [1938] LAPLAND [and Lapps] Schreiner, K. E. Zur Osteologie der Lappen. 2v. 294p. 4? Oslo, 1931-35. Frazer, J. G. Lapland, Finland. In his Native Races of Asia, Lond., 1939, 319-26.—Geyer, E. Die anthropologischen Ergebnisse der mit Unterstiitzung der Akademie der Wissen- schaften in Wien veranstalteten Lapplandexpedition 1913-14. Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1932, 62: 163-209, 14 pl—Zabo- rowska, S. Les lapons. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1936, 8. ser., 6:46-59, 8 pl. --- Hygiene and medicine. Balk, N. Die Medizin der Lappen. 64p. 8? Greifswald, 1934. Qvistad, J. K. Lappische Heilkunde; mit Beitragen von K. B. Wiklund. 270p. 8? Oslo, 1932. Wallqtjist, E. Can the doctor come? transl. from the Swedish by Paula Wiking. 221p. 8? [Lond., 1936] Aerztliche Kunst bei den Lappen. Praxis, Bern, 1928, 17: jr 2, 1.—Ekvall, S. On the history and conditions of life of the West Bothnian nomad Lapps, their food and health conditions. Acta med. scand., 1940, 105: 329-59.—Kohl, L. Heilmethoden und Aberglauben bei den norwegischen Lappen. Munch, med. Wschr 1926, 73: 957-9.—Mead, K. C. H. Lappic medicine. Isis, Bruges, 1936, 26: pt 2, 415-22. LAPLANE. Jacqueline Suzanne de Seze, 1897- *De la splenopneumonie tuberculeuse dans la petite enfance. 95p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1927. LAPLANE, Robert, 1907- *Les hemor- ragies intestinales de la fievre typhoide; patho- genie; role du systeme neuro-vegetatif [Paris] lllp. 8? Cahors, A. Coueslant, 1936. La PLATA, Argentina. Director general de estadistica municipal. Boletin de la municipali- dad. La Plata, 1. 1909- La PLATA, Argentina. Sociedad de psiquia- tria y medicina legal de La Plata. Publisher of Psiquiatria y criminologia. Also Revista de psiquiatria y criminologia. LA PLATA, Argentina. Universidad nacional. Facultad de ciencias medicas. Facultad (La) de ciencias medicas de la Universidad nacional de La Plata. Libro de oro (B. Air. Fac. cienc. med.) B. Air., 1941, [46-52]—Faculty of Medicine of La Plata. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 432.—Reunion del Consejo acad<§mico de la Facultad de ciencias ntedicas de La Plata. Dfa med., B. Air., 1942, 14: 67.—Romano, N. Conferencia inaugural. In his Lecc. clin. meU, B. Air., 1936, 1: 7-14. La PLATA, Argentina. Universidad nacional. Facultad de quimica y farmacia. Revista. B. Air., v.14, 1939- La PLATA, Argentina. Universidad nacional. Instituto del Museo. Lista de las pubhcaciones peri6dicas recibidas en la biblioteca del museo por suscripci6n y canje, en los anos 1934-35. 25p. 25cm. B. Air., Coni, 1935. --- Lista de las instituciones que mantienen canje de pubhcaciones cientificas con el Museo de La Plata en sus respectivas secciones. p. 154-64. 25cm. B. Air., Coni, 1939. Also Rev. Museo La Plata, n. ser., 1938, 153-64. La PLATA, Argentina. Universidad nacional. Instituto de semiologia y clinica propedeutica medica y quirfirgica. Publisher of Boletin del Ateneo. See also Ateneo del Instituto de semiologia y clinica prope- deutica (La Plata) sesi6n del 3 de agosto de 1942. Rev. mid. lat. amer., B. Air., 1941-42, 27: 153. LAPNUS. See also Pellagra. , , ,, Dychitan, T. Contribution to the work on lapnus from the point of view of its epidemiology and history of its discovery. 5. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1930, 10: 481-7.-Lopez-Riza , L., Ylagan, M., & Firme, F. Preliminary report on an unidenti- fied disease called lapnus. Rev. fihp. med. farm., 1928, 19. 108-16. LAPOINTE, Andre, 1869-1931. For obituary see Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 2-4. LAPORTE, Antoine, 1894- *Recherches sur la circulation de l'eau dans l'organisme et son elimination. 152p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1928. LAPORTE, Bertrand Andre Marie, 1914- *De la syphilis tertiaire precoce cutaneo- muqueuse. 84p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LAPORTE, Fernand Marie, 1904- *La phlyctenotherapie appliquee au traitement de la douleur chez les cancereux. 128p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1934. LAPORTE, Germain, 1898- *L'an- esth^sie epidurale. 46p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1928. LAPORTE, Jean Joseph, 1907- *Sur la perforation intestinale typhique; diagnostic et traitement. 78p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. LAPORTE, Louis Jacques, & GAUDFERNAU, E. Atlas de microscopie generale; preparations classiques expliquees. v.l. 255p. illust. 28 x 23cm. Par., Lab. L. J. Laporte, 1937. LAPORTE, Marcel, 1906- *Typhus et pseudo-typhus; essai de classification. 99p. 24y2cm. Alger, Typo-Litho, 1934. LAPORTE, Marcel Alexandre, 1909- *Contribution k l'etude du traitement de la thrombopenie essentielle par la ligature -de 1'artere splenique. 99p. 25>^cm. Bord., Del- mas, 1933. LAPORTE, Pio H., 1877-1939. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1581. LAPORTE, Simone Marie Lucienne, 1907- *Contribution k l'etude du traitement des infections puerpe>ales. lOOp. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. La PORTE, William Ralph, 1889- Hy- giene and health; a student manual for health education courses (men and women) 3. ed., rev. 149p. illust. form. 23^cm. Los Ang., Caslon print, co., 1939. See also Clemensen, J. W., & LaPorte, W. R. Your health and safety. 587p. 22cm. N. Y., 1942. LAPORTEA. See also Urticaceae. Cleland, J. B. Laportea moroides. Med. J. Australia, 1943,2:163.—Gimlette, J. D. Jglatang. In his Malay Poisons, 3. ed., Lond., 1929, 166-8.—Imshenecky. A. [Laportea derma- titis; experimental investigation] Tr. Gosud. inst. med. znanii, 1929, No. 5, 101-8. LAPORTE du Bouchet, Marie, 1902- *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des bubons inguinaux suppures par l'electrocoagulation; le drain diathermo-coagulant. 53p. 8? Par., N. L. Danzig, 1931. LAPOSTOLE. Catalogue des remedes; dont on peut s'approvisionner pour avoir une cassette de pharmacie bien fournie ... On trouvera ces preparations de chymie & de pharmacie chez M. Lapostole, apothicaire a Amiens. 70p., xxviii p. 16cm. Par., 1784. LAPOUGE, Georges Vacher de, 1854- Count Georges Vacher de Lapouge; a great anthropologist and champion of the Nordic movement celebrates his 80th birthday. Eugen. News, 1935, 20: 4-6. LAPP, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1902- *Ueber eine Spatform chronischer Ruhr bei alten Frauen [Frankfurt a. M.] 29p. 8? [Kirchhain N.-L., Zahn & Baendel] 1927. ----• & NEUFFER, Hans. Diatetik bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen; kurzgefasste theo- retische und praktische Anleitung zur Ernahrung chirurgisch Kranker. x, 158p. illust. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1932. n w LAPP, William Henry, 1893- , & McCOL- LUM, Elmer Verner, Hygiene, feeding and LAPP management of baby chicks. 13Sp. pl. 8? Bait., E. V. McCollum [1930] LAPPA. Pa^compte, F. Contribuci6n al estudio farmacoterapico de i:i 1 :irdana. Rev. espafi. med., 1927, 10: 210-2.—Youngken, H. W .. km. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. LAREDO, Texas. Station Hospital LAAF. Publisher of Weekly (The) dispenser. Laredo, v.l, No. 4, 1943- LARGE, Ernest Charles. The advance of the fungi. 488p. illust. diagr. pl. 23^cm. N. Y., H. Holt & co., 1940. LARGE, Secord Herbert, 1872- For portrait see Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1942-43, 47: 179. LARGER, Rene, 1897- Contribution a l'etude des fractures du nez chez les infants; quelques indications de traitement. 44p. pl. 8? Par., Impr. Fac. Med., 1929. LARGET, Paul Marie Maurice, 1891- See Lamare, J. P., & Larget, P. M. M. Biotlterapie chirur- gicale anti-infectieuse. 264p. 8? Par., 1934. ---- & LAMARE, Jean Paul. La maladie des operes, maladie post-operatoire de Leriche; etude theorique et pratique. 119p. diagr. 20cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1943. LARGHERO Ybarz, P. Patogenia de la hidatidosis bi-epifisaria de las articulaciones; intervenci6n de los ligamentos intra-articulares; los ligamentos cruzados como via de propagaci6n de la infection parasitaria de una epifisis a la otra de la articulation de la rodilla. 77p. illust. 24}4cm. Montev., A. Monteverde & cfa, 1939. Also Arch. urug. med., 1939, 15: 545-617. LARGUECHE, Habib, 1909- *Kystes aeriens congenitaux du poumon. 62p, pl. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. LARGUIA, Alfredo, -1933. For obituary see Sem. mod., B. Air., 1933, 41: pt 2, 1655, LARGLTA, Alfredo E. See Garrahan, J. P., Thomas, G. F., & Larguia, A. Vitamina K en pediatria. 102p. 23cm. B. Air., 1941. LARHER, Roland, 1909- *De l'utilisa- tion therapeutique d'AIlium sativum; son emploi dans les diarrhees et ecz6ma du chien, dans les diarrh6es des gros animaux [Alfort; Vet.] 105p 8? St Maixent, Gamier & tie, 1931. LARICIN. See under Agaricus. LARINI, Giuseppe. Trattato sopra la qualita de' denti, col modo di cavargli, mantenergli, e fortificargli. 36p. 21}^cm. Firenze, P. Matini, 1740. LARISCH, Ernst, 1908- *Spontanfraktur der Tibia an der Stelle der Spanentnahme [Breslau] 31p. 8? Liebau i. Riesengeb., H. Hiltmann, 1934. LARISCH, Paul Severin, 1879- *Die Gastrophiliasis des Pferdes [Leipzig] 24p. pl. 8? Bresl., Grass, Barth & co., 1925. LARIVAILLE, Pierre. Contribution a l'etude des metanitrophenols iodes et brom6s [Pharm.] 76p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LARIX. Schopf, J. M. The embryology of Larix. 97p. 26/2cm. Urbana, 1943. LARIZZA, Pietro, 1867- L'influenza (con speciale riguardo ai caratteri clinici ed etiologici della presente pandemia estiva) con- ferenza detta al presidio militare di Reggio Cal., il 13. ottobre, 1918. 36p. 26>2cm. Reggio Calabria, 1918. LARKEY, Sanford Vincent, 1898- Editor of Du Laurens, A. A discourse of the preservation of the sight. 194p. 22J4cm. Lond., 1938. ---- & PYLES, Thomas, editors. An herbal [1525] ed. & transcribed into modern English. xxiv; 37 1.; 86p. 23/2cm. N. Y., Scholars' Facs. & Repr., 1941. LARKIN, Albert Edwin, 1871-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 524. LARKIN, Aloysius James, 1888- Radium in general practice, xiii, 304p. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1929. LARKIN, Cyril James, 1892- The therapeutic action of diamin-disulpho-ricinolargen- tum in vitro and in vivo and its relation to the reticuloendothelial system. 29p. 8? Chic, Loyola Univ. pr., 1931. LARKIN, Frederick Charles, -1940. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 885. LARKIN, Frederick George, 1847-1927. For obituary see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1927, 1: 169. Also Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 260. LARKINS, John Rodman. The Negro popula- tion of North Carolina: social and economic. 79p. diagr. 23cm. Raleigh, North Carolina State Bd Charities [1944] Forms No. 23, Spec. Bull. State Bd Charities & Pub. Welf. N. Carolina. LARKSPUR. See Delphinium. LARKWORTHY, Thomas Clover, -1942, For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 142, portr. LARMIGNAT, Rene, 1913- *Essais de traitement de la pleuresie sero-fibrineuse tubercu- leuse par la pneumo-sereuse [Paris] 32p. 24^cm. Tours, Tourangeile, 1939. LARMOLA 491 LARMOLA, Erkki [M. D., 1936, Helsinki] ♦Untersuchungen iiber Anzahl und Wachstums- geschwindigkeit der aus Sputa isoherten Tuber- kelbazillen. 135p. 8? Helsin., A. Saxen, 1936. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1936-37, 19: ser. A. LARMOR, Sir Joseph, 1857-1942. Birkhoff, G. D. Sir Joseph Larmor and modern mathe- matical physics. Science, 1943, 97: 77-9. LARMOUR, Ralph Kenneth, 1894- A comparison of hard red winter and hard red spring wheats; an examination of pertinent opinions and data. 57p. 8? Topeka, 1940. Forms Bull. No. 289, Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta. LARMURIER, Xavier, 1913- ^Troubles cardiaques et troubles vasculaires au cours des affections gastriques [Paris] 113p. 24cm. Niort, F. Soulisse-Martin, 1939. LARNAGE, Madeleine de, 1882- *L'anti- virustherapie en gynecologie. 72p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LARNED, Ezra Read, 1868- For portrait see Ther. Notes, Detr., 1941, 48: 326. LARNED, Josephus Nelson, 1836-1913. The new Larned history for ready reference, reading and research; the actual words of the world's best historians, biographers and specialists ... Donald E. Smith, ed.-in-chief. 12v. illust. portr. map. pl. 27cm. Springf., C. A. Nichols pub. co. [1922-24] LAROCAINE. See also Cocaine, Substitutes; Propanol. Blasee. L. Contribution a {'etude pharmaco- dynamique de la larocaine. 72p. 23cm. Geneve, 1937. Buhn, M. *Ueber die Anwendung des Larocain als Oberflachenanasthetikum in der Zahnheilkunde. Up. 8? Heidelb., 1932. Dietrichs, H. H. *Die lokalanasthetischen Eigenschaften des p-amino-dimethyl-amino-pro- panol-benzovl-ester (Larocain) [Halle-Witten- berg.] p.206-13. 8? Berl., 1931. Also Arch. exp. Path., Berl, 1931, 161: Gunther, H. G. *Untersuchungen uber die Anwendung von Larocain zur Lokalanasthesie mittels Elektrophorese [Leipzig] 15p. 23}£cm. Zeulenroda, 1937. Lakiszus, M. G. E. *Klinisch-expenmentelle Untersuchungen uber die lokalanasthetische Wirkung der Kombination Larokain-Praparat 2172 [Halle-Wittenberg] 18p. 8? Heydekrug, 1932. Wtjrbs, F. R. *Pharmakologische Unter- suchungen iiber das Lokalanaesthetikum Laro- kain. 48p. 8? Marburg, 1932. _ D'Asaro Biondo, M. Larocaina, nuovo anestetico locale in oftalmojatria. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1934, 3: 97-110—Fromherz, K. Larocain, ein neues Lokalanasthetikum. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 158: 368-80.—Hopstein, P. Erfahrungen mit dem Lokalanasthetikum Larocain Roche in der Oto-Rhino-Laryngo- logie. Zschr. Laryng., 1931 21: 36-8.—Kemkes, H. Larocain; ein neues Lokalanasthetikum. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 591-6. Koch, J. Klinische Versuche mit Kokain-Ersatzpraparaten; Larokain-Roche vollwertiges Oberflachenanastheticum. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk, 1931, 128: 272-7.—Larocaine hydrochloride. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1365.—Mangabeira Albernaz, P. Ainda os novos anestesicos de embebicao; a larcoaina. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 494-8.—Mayer, L. L. Larocaine, a new anesthetic. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 408-11.— Ochsenius, K. Vorsicht auch mit Larocain. Zschr. Urol., 1933, 27: 476.—Schildbach, O. Drei hundert fiinfzig Opera- tionen mit dem neuen Lokalanasthetikum Larocain Roche. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 3026-8.—Schoenlank, A. Einige Be- merkungen uber Technik und Dosierung der Laiocain-An- wendung in der Otorhinolaryngologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 715.—Stitt, H. L. Larocaine as a local anesthetic lor the nose, throat and endobronchial surgery. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 474-9.—Theodore, F. H. Hypersensitivity to larocaine. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 20: 474-6.—Tuchler, H. Larocain als Mundschleimhaut-Anaestheticum. Zscln\ btomat., 1936, 34: 108.—Vclkmann, J. Larokain in der Chirurgie. Zbl, Chir., 1931, 58: 3076-8. LAROCHE LAROCHE, Albert, 1890- For biography see Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 122, portr. LAROCHE, Guy, 1884- Opotherapie endocrinienne; les bases physiologiques; les syndromes, la posologie de l'opotherapie par les glandes a secr6tions internes. 256p. 12? Par., Masson & cie, 1925. ---- La puberte; 6tude clinique et physio- pathologique. iii, 349p. illust. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1938. ---- & MEURS-BLATTER, Lucienne. La cellulite. viii, 143p. 19cm. Par., F. Alcan, 1933. LAROCHE, Guy, & RICHET, Charles, fils. Alimentary anaphylaxis (gastro-intestinal food allergy) foreword by Charles Richet, transl. by Mildred P. Rowe and Albert H. Rowe, pref. by Albert H. Rowe. 139p. 16? Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1930. LAROCHE, Jean, 1908- *Traitement et indications therapeutiques des parotitides aigues. 47p. 8? Par., E. Le. Francois, 1933. LAROCHE, Jean Gabriel, 1898- Con- tribution a l'etude des trichophytines et des reactions qu'elles provoquent. 139p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1931. LAROCHE, Jean Octave, 1902- Con- sideration d'ordre hygienique et d'ordre psycho- logique sur la construction et la disposition interieure des 6tablissements hopitaliers. 45p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1935. La ROCHE, Nicholas de, fl. 16. century. De morbis mulierum curandis. 219 1. 32? Paris, Denys Janot, 1542. LAROCHE, Rene, 1902- *Etude histo- logique de Taction des purgatifs sur I'intestin. 77p. pl. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1927. LAROCHELLE, Stanislas A., & FINK, Charles Telesphore. Handbook of medical ethics for nurses, physicians and priests. 2. ed.; transl. from 4. French ed. by M. E. Poupore. 363p. 14cm. Montreal, Cath. Truth Soc, 1943. La ROCQUE, Charles, 1881-1932. Pariseau, L. E. La mort de Charles LaRocque. J. H6tel Dieu Montreal, 1932, 1: 63-6, portr. La ROQUE, G. Paul, 1876-1934. Professional duties and government for the care of the sick in hospitals. 44p. 8? Richmond, Va. [n. p., 1917] For obituary see Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1935, 47: 665-7. portr. LAROQUE, Pierre, 1905- *Essai sur revolution du Moi. 210p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LAROQUETTE, Miramond de, 1871-1927. For obituary see Viallet & Gaudin. Arch, eiectr. med., 1927, 38: 289. La ROSA, Gaetano. Modificazioni del paren- chima epatico sotto Tinfluenza deH'iperglicemia sperimentale. viii, 206p. pl. 8? Catania, S. di Mattei, 1915. La ROSA, Gesualdo. For portrait see Riv. san. siciJL, 1932, 20: 911. LAROSE, Adrien, -1937. For obituary see Rochette, R. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1937, 6: 1-4, portr. La ROSE, William E., editor. Youth at 70. 138p. illust. 23cm. Chic, Am. Health Serv. [1926] LAROSTIDINE. See Histidine. LAROUE, Jean, 1911- indications re- spectives de la sdrotherapie et de la vaccination antitetaniques; serovaccination et seroprophy- laxie vaccination associees, 75p. 8? Par,, A. Legrand, 1934. LAROYENNE-CHARRIN 4\Y2 LARRINAGA LAROYENNE-CHARRIN icterus. Sec Icterus, neonatal, cvanotic. LARRABEE, Ralph Clinton, 1870-1935. For obituary see Butler, P. I. N. England J. M., 1935, 212: 643. LARRAIN Bravo, Ricardo. La higiene aplicada en las construcciones (alcantarillado, agua potable, saneamiento, calefaccion, ventilaci6n, etc.) 3v. xviip. pl. plans, diagr. 29cm. Santiago, Chile, Impr. Cervantes, 1909-10. LARRALDE, Juan, 1905- Conceptions actuelles de 1'insuffisance cardiaque et son traite- ment. 43p. 8° Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LARRAYA, J. Servetti. Patogenia y trata- miento de la uricemia; contribuci6n a su estudio. 263p. 8° Montev., La Clinica, 1928. LARREGLA Nogueras, Santiago. Interpre- tation clinica de los informes del laboratorio. xii, 290p. fold, diagr. 22^cm. Madr., M. Hcrvet, 1941. LARREGLE, Bernard, 1911- *Le role de la syphilis dans l'etiologie du cancer de la langue. 35p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1937. LARREY, Alexis, 1750-1828. For obituary see Duffourc. Stance pub. Soc. mid. Toulouse, 1828, 1-12. LARREY, Felix Hippolyte, 1808-95. For biography see Fourmestraux, de. Biogr. me'd., Par., 1936, 10: 241-56, 3 portr., pl. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Opusc. sel Neerland. de arte med., Amst., 1935, 13: pl. XV, opp. p. 303. LARREY, Dominique Jean, 1766-1842. Surgi- cal memoirs of the campaigns of Russia, Germany and France; transl. from the French bv John C. Mercer. 293p. pl. 8? Phila,, Carey & Lea, 1832. See also Annan, G. L. Jean-Dominique Larrey and the Academic de New York. Bull. N. York Acad. Med., 1931, 2. ser., 7: 921-3.—Barbillon. Larrev. In his Etude crit. hist. med., Par., 1930, 228-37.—Baudet, P. M. G. J. D. Larrey, chirurgien de la Grande Armde. Arch. meel. pharm. mil, Par., 1935, 102: 283-311.—Bechet, P. E. Jean Dominique Larrey; a great military surgeon. Ann. M. Hist., 1937, 9: 428-36.— [Biography] Clin. M. & S., Chic, 1933, 40: 621, portr. Also S. Afr. Nurs. Rec, 1934-35, 22: 183.—Brown, M. W. Jean Dominique Larrey, military surgeon and humanitarian. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 154: 382-4.—Daly, J. Dominique Jean Larrey. Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 223; 282.—Delassus Dominique Larrey et la medecine militaire vers 1815. J. sc. med. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 1, 92; 110; 142; 174; 206; 222.— Djtfrup, F. Jean Dominique Larrey. Bibl lseger, 1926, 118: 445-80.— Edgar, J. D. Baron Larrey, the medical officer. Mil. Surgeon, 1926, 59: 291-307, 2 pl—Gouldner, R. M. A surgeon of Napoleon. Med. Herald, 1930, 49: 43-7.—Hindmarsh, T. A. Baron Larrey, chief surgeon to Napoleon's Army. Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz., 1926, 27: 37-52, 2 pl—Karcher, J. Einige Bemerkungen zu den Denkwilrdigkeiten von Dominique Larrey. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 146-8.—Larrey, J. Lettres patentes de noblesse imperiale. Strasbourg mid., 1934, 94: 161-3.—Latten. Jean Dominique Larrey, ein Beitrag zur Feldchirurgie der Napoleonischen Zeit. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1939, 86: 1352-6.—Le Marc'hadour. Dominique Larrey et la marine. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1938, 128: 5-20, portr.—Munroe, A. R. Baron Larrey, Surgeon General to Na- poleon's Army. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 48: 145-8.—Rouffi- andis. Quelques glanes sur les memories de Larrey. Bull. Soc fr. hist, med., 1936, 30: 326-50.—Turgon, A. La maison de Dominique Larrey au 13 du quai de Conti. Progr. mid., Par., 1936, Suppl, 32.—Two great army surgeons, Larrey & Percy. West London M. J., 1941, 46: 56-9.—Wiese, E. R. Larrey: Napoleon's chief surgeon. Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n. ser., 1, 435-49. For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1942, 9: 199. LARRIBET, Marcel, 1874- *Des exu- toires en medecine veterinaire; utilisation du seton et de l'abces de fixation dans certaines mani- festations de l'arthritisme chez les animaux [Alfort; Vet,] 51p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LARRIEU, Andre Georges Rene, 1906- *Syphilis et syndrome hepato-splenique. 50p. 251/$cm. Bord., Delmas, 1934. LARRIEU, Gisele, 1913- *L'incontinence d'urine dite essentielle de la jeune fille; son traite- ment par le resserrement du sphincter vesical ou operation de Marion. 62p. 25J^cm. Lvon, Bosc fr., 1938. LARRINAGA, Josef Pastor de, fl. ca. 1804. Objetivacion i^La) de los estudms nnat6micos en Lima enloa comienzos del siglo XIX y la obra del Protocirujano Josef Pastor de Larrinaga. Reforma mid., Lima, 1937, 23: 796. LARROQLE, Augusle, llSSS- *De la lymphangite 6pizootique en Algdrie; contribution a l'etude pratique de ses divers traitements [Alfort; Vet.] 33p. 8? Par., M. Bry, 1930 LARROQUE de Roffo, Helena, -1924. Homenaje tributado a la memoria de dona Helena Larroque de Roffo, por la Escuela do nurses Dolores Rivas Siburo de Fonso. Rev. med., Rosario, 19 10. 14: No. 7, 28-32.- Hamog F. G. XVII. aniversario del fallecimiento de Helena Larroque de Roffo. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1941, 18" 408- 11. For portrait see Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1938 15: 673. LARROUMETS, Amedee, 1902- *Etude sur les fractures isolees de l'os crochu. 35p pl 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1932. LARROUSSE, Fernand, 1888-1937. For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 521. LARRU y Fernandez, Emilio. For portrait see Sem. mid. espafi., 1943, 6: pt 2, 383. LARSELL, Olof, 1886- The development of medical education in the Pacific Northwest. 47p. pl. portr. 8? Eugene, Ore, Koke- Chapman co. [1924] ■---■ Textbook of neuro-anatomy and the sense organs, xii, 343p. illust. tab. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co. [1939] ----Anatomy of the nervous system; a textbook from the developmental and functional point of view, and atlas of the nervous system of man. xviii, 443p. illust. fold. tab. diagr. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co. [1942] ■---- The nervous system. p.854-U77. 28cm. Phila., Blakiston co., 1942. In Human Anat. (Morris, H.) 10. ed. LARSEN, Antonious Andrew, 1891- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 605. LARSEN, Berthold, 1901- *Ueber Argy- rosis corneae bei Hollensteinarbeitern [Frank- furt a. M.] p. 145-66. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Arch. Ophth., Berl, 1927, 118: LARSEN, Bp-rge, 1901- Investigations of professional deafness in shipyard and machine factory labourers. 255p. 24}^cm. Kbh., E. Munksgaard, 1939. Forms Suppl. 36, Acta otolar. LARSEN, Carl Frederik, 1830-1909. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 13. LARSEN, Einar, 1891- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl, 209. LARSEN, Georg Ingvald, 1863- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 15. LARSEN, Herman, 1875-1927. For obituary see M011er, J. S. Ugeskr. heger, 1927, 89: 178. LARSEN, Kristian, 1870-1912. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 15. LARSEN, Lars, 1868- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, 1.) Krist., 1915, 2: 16. LARSEN, Ludvig, 1861- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 17. LARSEN, Margit Rustung Vik, 1899- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.; Oslo, 1927, Suppl., 209. LARSEN, Ole Peter, 1808-76. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 17. LARSEN, Oscar O., 1877-1943. For obituary see Minnesota M., 1943, 26: 1089. LARSEN, Vilhelm Hartvig, 1857- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 18. LARSEN-NAUR, Claus Thommesen, 1839-99. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 18, LARSH 493 LARTSCHNEIDER LARSH, N. B., 1835-87. For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 79. LARSON, Christian Daa, 1874- The basic principle in healing and demonstration; how this principle determines results in all forms of metaphysical work. 72p. 19cm. Beverly Hills, Calif., C. D. Larson [1940] LARSON, E. Eric, 1890- For portrait see Cahfomia West. M., 1942, 56: 170. LARSON, Ilaine J. See Cottrell, L. An outline of neuropsychiatry for nurses and social workers; nursing procedures ... by I. J. Larson. 160 1. 28 x 23cm. S. Louis, 1943. LARSON, John Augustus, 1892- For portrait see Rev. med. forense, Habana, 1941, 1: 120. --- HANEY, George Walker, & KEELER, Leonarde. Lying and its detection; a study of deception and deception tests. xxii, 453p. illust. diagr. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [19321 LARSON, Leonard A. See McCurdy, J. H., & Larson, L. A. The physiology of exercise. 3. ed., rev. 349p. 24cm. Phila., 1939. LARSON, Mary E., & LEONARD, A. Byron. Parasitology manual. 181p. illust. 8? S. Louis, J. S. Swift co., 1936. LARSON, Milo Henry, 1901- ♦Carcino- ma of the esophagus [Marquette Univ.] 12p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1928. Typewritten. LARSON, Oscar, 1881- For biography see J. Maine M. Ass., 1943, 34: 136, portr. LARSON, Theodore Hubert, 1871- Why we are what we are; the science and art of endo- crine physiology and endocrine therapy, xxv, 347p. pl. 8? Chic, Am. Endocr. Bur. [1929] --- The inner man; as he is—so we are. xiii, 133p. illust. portr. 8? Los Ang., Chicago Coll. Endocr. Ther. [1933] --- Physicians and surgeons' text-book on endocrinology and ready reference therapy. xxx, 870p. 8°. Los Ang., Chicago Coll. Endocr. [1934] ■--- Biochemic physiology and preventive medicine. 2v. 164p.; 125p. diagr. 23^cm. Hollywood, Calif., Chicago Coll. Endocr. [1938] v.2 has title: Pathological physiology, diagnosis and correc- tive medicine. --- The road to health and the rules of the road. 80p. tab. diagr. 21cm. Pasadena, Better Health Pub. [1941] LARSON, Winford Porter, 1880- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull, 1942, 31: 47. LARSONNEUR, Jean, 1900- *Les in- jections intra-musculaires de sang citrate dans les etats de denutrition de la premiere enfance. 71p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1928. LARSSEN, Wilmar Nikolai, 1895- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl, 210. LARSSON, Sven, 1893- *Ueber den Augendruck und die vorderen intraokularen Gefasse; experimentelle Studien. 172p. pl. 8? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1930. LARTHOMAS, Jean Jacques Rene, 1911- *Contribution a l'etude de la conception actuelle des dyspepsies biliaires. 62p. 25cm. Bord., Biere 1937. LARTIGUE, Alfred, 1909- Contribution a l'etude de la cataracte dans l'oxycephalie. 79p. 25cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. LARTIGUE, Jean Joseph Marie Georges, 1906- *Le lichen plan est-il une allergide mycosique? 67p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1930. LARTSCHNEIDER, Josef. Krebs im Lichte biologischer und vergleichend anatomischer For- I schung. 1. Bd: Krebs im Ectodermgebiet. 1.92p. illust. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1934. LA RUE, Daniel Wolford, 1878- Mental hygiene, x, 443p. 8? N. Y., Macmillan co., LA RUE, George Roger, 1882- A revision of the cestode family Proteocephalidae. 350p. tab. pl. 26}£cm. Urbana, 111., Univ. Illinois pr., 1914. Forms No. 1-2, v.l, Illinois Biol. Monogr. See also Shull, A. F., Larue, G. R., & Ruthven, A. G. Princi- ples of animal biology. 3. ed. 405p. 8? N. Y., 1929. Also 5. ed. 417p. 1941. ------ Laboratory directions in Princi- ples of animal biology. 3. ed. 93p. 8? N. Y., 1929. LARUE, Maurice, 1909- *Les animaux de travail de la ferme et la motoculture. 93p. 25l/2cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LA RUSH, Florence Madell Johnson, -1937 For obituary see Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1936-37, 10: 145. LARVA. See also Caterpillar; Embryogeny; Fly; In- secta; Maggot; Nymph; see also Larvicide. Akehurst, S. C. Larva of Chaoborus crystallinus (de Geer) (Corethra plumicornis F.) J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1922, 341-72, 4 pl.—Aubel, E., & Levy, R. Dispositif permettant d injecter un liquide dans une larve d'insecte maintenue en milieu gazeux defrni. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1930, 104: 861. - De Meillon, B., & Muspratt, J. Germination of the sporangia of Coelomyces Keilin. Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 507.— Fankhauser, G. The production and development of haploid salamander larvae. J. Hered., 1937, 28: 3-15.—Frankenberger, Z. Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung der Haftorgane bei den Larven einiger niederer Vertebraten. Zool. Anz., 1926, 69: 171-80.—Heath, H. Pelagosphsera, a larval gephyrean. Biol Bull, 1910, 18: 281-4.—Keilin, D., & Tate, P. The larval stages of the celery fly (Acidia heraclei L.) and of the braconid Adelura apii (Curtis) with notes upon an associated parasitic yeast-like fungus. Parasitology, Lond., 1943, 35: 27-36.— Michelbacher, A. E. Corn earworm. Pub. Am. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1943, No. 20, 30.—Murayama, T. Ueber die Balanzier- stange bei Hynobiuslarven. Fol anat. jap., 1928, 6: 375-88.— Saint-Hilaire, K. Histo-physiologische Studien iiber die Spinn- driisen der Tenthredinidenlarven. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927, 5: 449-94.—Tate, P. The larva of Phaonia palpata Stein (Diptera, Anthomyidae) Parasitology, Lond., 1943, 35: 37-9. ---- Biology. Ashbel, R. La respirazione e 1'influenza della temperatura edell'umidita sulle larve. Arch. sc. biol, Bologna, 1932-33, 17: 293-304.—Becker, G. Untersuchungen iiber die Ernahrungs- physiologie der Hausbockkafer-Larven. Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1942, 29: 315-88.—Bonnet, M. Influence de l'£c!airement et de la temperature sur l'^closion et le developpement larvaire de Carausius morosus. Bull. biol. France, 1931, 65: 407-37.— Boyd, A. E. W. Determination of death in the larvae of the potato root eelworm. Nature, Lond., 1941, 148: 782.—Carlson, F. W. Refrigeration test of transforming codling moth larvae. J. Econ. Entom., 1942, 35: 787.—Dorier, A. Sur le passage a la vie latente des larves de gordiaees. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 492-4— Dreyfus, A., & Rocha e Silva, M. Sobre certo aspecto do hygrotropismo das larvas de Megaselia scalaris, Loew. Rev. biol, S. Paulo, 1935-36, 6: 36-8.—Fankhauser, G., & Reik, L. E. Experiments on the case-building of the caddis- fly larva, Neuronia postica Walker. Phvsiol. Zool, 1935, 8: 337-59, 2 pl—Gabler, H. Ueber die Funktionsfahigkeit der Stigmenhorner einiger Dipterenlarven und -puppen. Biol Zbl, 1935, 55: 182-7.—Garbarini, P. Rythmes de croissance des oocytes et d'incubation des larves chez Spirorbis borealis Daudin. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 157. ------ Le choix du support pour les larves de Spirorbis borealis Daudin. Ibid., 158-60.—Gilarov, M. S. On the causes of divergent evolution in soil inhabiting click-beetle (Elateridae, Col) larvae. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1942, 36: 251-3.—Grandori, R. Sullo sviluppo larvale di Centropages typicus Kroyer. Riv. biol, 1925, 7: 137-45.—Harnisch, O. Messungen zur Kennzeichnung des aeroben und anaeroben Stoffwechsels der Larva von Chironomus bathophilus K., einer Chironomus- Larve der Seentiefe. Zool. Anz., 1942-43, 142: 240-8. ------ Ein Organ fiir Ionenaufnahme bei im Wasser lebenden Insekten- larven. Naturwissenschaften, 1943, 31: 394-6.—Kalmus, H. Die Entwicklungsdauer von Drosophilapuppen bei ver- schiedener Sauerstofftension. Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1936-37, 24: 409-12.—Khouvine, Y., & Gregoire, J. Repartition du phosphore dans les larves, les pupes et les imagos de Calliphora erythrocephala. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1939, 120: 1050.—Kiefer, H. Der Einfluss von Kalte und Hunger auf die Symbionten der Anobiiden- und CerambyGiden-Larven. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1932, 86: 260-8.—Lebour, M. V. The larvae of the genus Porcellana (Crustacea, Decapoda) and related forms. J. Marine Biol. Ass. U. K., 1941-43, 25: 721-37.—Medschid. Interes- sante Varianten der Fiihlerschafthaare und Kiemen bei den Ornatus- und Echinuslarven. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, LARVA 494 LARVICIDE 33: 400.—Meyer, J. R. Aeiio direta do alho sobre bernes. Biol.'ho.o, S. Paulo, 1943, 9: 379-82.—Rudkin. G. T. The gas exchange of Drosophila larvae. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1939, 25: o94-9.—Shufeldt. R. W. Remarkable vitality in the Inrvn of an insect (Alans oculatus) Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, 97: 874.—Skwarra, E. Ueber die Ernahrungsweise der Larven von Clytra quadripunctata L. Zool. Anz., 1927, 71: 83-96.— Spurway, H. Newt larvae in brackish water. Nature, Lond., 1943, 151: 109.—Subklew, W. Reizphysiologisches Verhalten der larve von Afrnohs obseurus L. Zschr. vergl. Physiol, 1934, 21: 157-60.—Thorpe. W. H. Experiments upon respira- tion in the larvae "I ccnain parasitic Hvmenoptera. Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1932, 109: ser. B, 450-71.—Tonner, F. Schwimm- reflexe und Zentrenfunktion bei Aeschna-Larven. Zschr. vergl Physiol, 1935, 22: 517-23.—Trager, W. The relation of cell size to growth in insect larvae. J. Exp. Zool, 1935, 71: 489- 508.—Waterman, A. Ectodermization of the larva of Arbacia. Biol Bull, 1941, 81: 304.—Weidling, K. Die Beeinflussung von Eirohrenzahl und -grosse einiger Dipteren durch Hunger im Larvalstadium, mit einigen Beobachtungen iiber die Chaeto- taxis der Hungertiere und iiber den Einfluss verschiedener physikalischer und chemischer Einwirkungen auf den Entwick- lungsgang dieser Tiere (Calliphora erythrocephala, Stegomyia fasciata und Anopheles maculipennis) Zschr. angew. Entom., 1928, 14: 69-85. ---- Infestation by. See also Myiasis. BoRnALLO Prostes Pinheiro, M. M. *Do parasitismo por larvas de insectos na especie humana. 87p. 12? Lisb., 1875. Hinton, H. E. The larvae of the Lepidoptera associated with stored products. Bull. Entom. Res., Lond., 1943-44, 34: 163- 212.—Hunter, G. W., l_ seitiger Recurrensl'ihmimg. Med. Klin., Herb, 1926, 22: 1666.—Mollison, W. M. Double recurrent paralysis of the vocal cords. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Sect. Laryng., 19.—Mouisset. Anevrysme de l'aorte; paralysie double des recurrents; cedeme du cou. Bull. Soc. med. hop., Lyon, 1902, 1: 344-9.—Mygind, H. Den dobbeltsidige totale Recurrensparalyse. Kbh. med. selsk. forh., 1901-02, 17-9 Also Hospitalstidende, 1902, 4. R., 10: 249-64.- Navratil. Doppelseitige Recurrenslahmung verursacht durch me- diastinalen Tumor. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1903, 39: 505.— Pietra, R. Sobre un caso de paralisis ififiutrenci.il bilateral. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1936, 6: 26-9.—Scheicher, A. Ueber die Behandlung der doppelseitigen Kekurrenssclcidigung, Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 1606-10. -Schmicelow, E. Tre tilfselde af dobbeltsidig recurrenspnrese. Ugeskr. linger, 1914, 76: 2201-4.—Sedziak, J. Obustronne, calkowite pnr.i- zenie nerwu krtaniowego dolnego czyli wsteczne'j;o (paralysis bilateralis nervi recurrentis) Przegl. lek., 1907,46: 107; 121.— Strother, C. R. The vocal consequences of various surgical procedures for relief of bilateral recurrent nerve paralysis of the larynx. J. Speech Disord., 1940, 5: 121-6.—Velter. IL Zur Behandlung der doppelseitigen Rekurrenslahmung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 963. ---- Recurrent nerve: Paralysis: Etiology. See also such headings as Aorta, Aneurysm; Goiter; Heart valve, mitral: Stenosis; Thy- roidectomy, etc. Brunetta, G. Sopra un caso di afonia per paralesi del nervo laringeo ricorrente in donna isterica, guarita coll'elettricita. 7p. 21%cm. Bassini, 1871. Meyer, R. *Ueber Recurrenslahmung im Kindesalter. 32p. 8? Lpz., 1906. Adam, A. Nervus recurrens-Liihmung bei Mediastinitis Arch. Lar. Rhin., Berl, 1913, 27: 430-45.—Brassart & Ingel- rans. Paralysie recurrentielle mortelle chez un enfant atteint de dilatation des bronches et d'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique; hypertrophie du thymus. Bull. Soc. centr. med. nord, Lille, 1902, 282-7.—Broeckaert, J. Paralysies recurrentiellea associees a des paralysies du grand sympatliique. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1906-07, 12: 138-46.—Bryson-Oolavan, I). Les causes peripheriques de la paralysie du nerf recurrent. Ann. mal. oreille, 34: 522-35.—Das, II. N. Paralysis of the right recurrent laryngeal nerve following carcinoma of ri^ht breast with metastasis in the spine. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1930, 45: 621.—De Courcy, J. L. Recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis complicating adenomatous goiter. J. Med., Cincin., 1942-43, 23: 26-8.—Dege. Zur Aetiologie der Lahmung des Nervus laryngeus inferior. Berl klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 1446-8.— Delavan, D. B. The etiology of peripheral paralysis of the recurrent laryngeal nerves. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1908, 30: 211-25. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1908, 17: 631-44—Del earde & Hannart. Adenopathie tracheo-bronchique et paralysie recurrentielle. Echo med. nord, 1908, 12: 189-2—Delobel, P. Paralysie recurrentielle droite par compression mediastinale. J. sc. med. Lille, 1906, 1: 97-104. ------ & Delezenne. Paralysie recurrentielle droite par compression mediastinale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 21: 538-41.—Didsbury, G. De la paralysie recurrentielle unilaterale considered au point de vue etiologique et pathogenique. Ibid., 1895, 8: 72-90.— Felix, E. Les causes de la paralysie complete du nerf larynne inferieur ou recurrent. Sem. med., Par., 19)5, 25: 601-4.— Floyd, H. S., Pembleton, W. E., & Vinson, P. P. Paralysis of left recurrent laryngeal nerve following subcutaneous adminis- tration of antitetanic serum; report of a case. West Virginia M. J., 1942, 38: 253—Frankenberger, O. Paralysis n. re- currentis z casteSneho pfetnute n. vagi; hemiplegia dext. a afasia po ligature leve carotis communis. Cas. lek. desk., 1893, 32: 941; 961.—Garcin, R., & Aubry. M. Paralysie recurrentielle au cours d'une compression medullaire cervicale; fibrogliome intradural C4 C5. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 109.—Guder, E., & Dufour, R. De la pathogenie et de l'importance semeiologique de la paralysie recurrentielle a propos de 79 observations personnelles. Rev. med., Par., 1909, 29: 300-14; 387.—Guttmann, V. [Contribution to the etiology of recurrent paralysis] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1921, Is 6.5-70.—Herold, K. Transitorische Recurrenslahmung post partum. Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 621-5—Holinger, P. H. Post- thyroidectomy laryngeal paralysis, bilateral; medical and surgical aspects. South. M. J., 1944, 37: 109-75.— Huarte- Mendicoa, J. M. Consideraciones a prop6sito de uncaso de paralisis recurrencial periferica. Siglo med., 1933, 91: 457-60.— Joachim, O. A contribution to our knowledge of the causes of left recurrent laryngeal paralysis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1903, 12: 298-302.—Lavrand, A. Paralysie recurrentielle gauche post-serotherapique. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 2, 339-42.— LARYNGEAL NERVE 407 LARYNGEAL NERVE Lermoyez, M. Rapport sur les causes des paralysies recurren- tielles. Ann. mal. oreille, 1897, 23: 609-15. Also Rev. hebd. laryng., 1897, 17: 919-39. ------ Le cause des paralysies recurrentielles. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 526-33.—Leto, L. Le paralisi del ricorrente nella tubercolosi apicale. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1930, 48: 335-46—Mc fie tt, A. J. Acute laryngitis complicated by recurrens paralysis. Lancet, Lond., 1941, 2: 523.—Neffson, A. H. Recurrent paralysis of the larynx following injection of tetanus antitoxin: report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 27: 201-3.—Oliva, R. Parali- sias do recorrente de natureza indeterminada. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1939, 14: 1-12.—Ouston. T. G. Case of left recurrent laryngeal paralysis without obvious cause. Northum- berland & Durham M. J., 1905, 13: 234-8.—Ramirez Santalo, A. Tres observaciones de paralisis recurrencial total de causa periferica. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1910, 10: 129-38.— Reinhard. Die diagnostische Bedeutung der Rekurrenslah- mung. Munch, med. Wschr.., 1903, 50: 1708.— Repetto R. L.. & Mazzei, E. S. Sindrome frenico-recurrencial y obstrucci6n bronquial distal por neoplasia pu'monar; su valor diagnostlca. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 1, 302.—Rimbaud, L., Anselme- Martin, G., & Bert, J. M. Reflexions sur deux observations de paralysie recurrentielle isoiee sans etiologie appaiente. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1935-36, 17: 140-3.—Rosen- blatt. M. Zur Pathogenese der Recurrenslahmungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931, 65: 154-7.—Roure. Paralysie recurrentielle due a une collection peri-oesophagienne; diagnostic oesopha- goscopique. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Drome, 1911, 12: 225-7.— Sargr.on, A. Paralysies recurrentielles dans le cancer de l'cesophage. Arch, internat. laryng., 1928, 34: 1044-51.— Schiller. Recurrenslahmung durch einen Tumor mediastini bedingt. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 1184.—'Schwartz, H. W, The lymphatic system in relation to recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis secondary to cancer of the breast. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 221-32.—Sedziak, J. Etyologia porazari nerwow krtaniowych dolnych czyli wstecznych (nn. recurrentium) Kron. lek., Warsz., 1907, 28: 473; 497. Also German transl. Mschr. Ohrenh., Eerl, 1907, 41: 643-50. -----Przyczynek do kwestyi porazeii nerwu krtaniowego dolnego, czyli wstecznego (n. recurrentis) pochodzenia toksy- cznego. Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1907, 2: 17-29.—Simons, P. C. [Congenital struma; recurrent paralysis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1870.—Syme, W. S. Two cases of recurrent laryngeal paralysis associated with o'.d-standing tubercular disease of the apex of right lung. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1905-07, 6:333-5.—Szentlorincz, T. L. Ein Fall von Rekurrenslahmuns infektiosen Ursprunges. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 653.—Wakeley. C. P. G. Large prevertebral haematoma caus- ing paralys's of the recurrent laryngeal nerve. Brit. J. Surg.. 1934, 22: 182.—Waldapfel. R. Rekurrenslahmung bei Epi- pharynxtumor. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 908-11.— Weingartner. Ein Junger mit einer linksseitigeh Recurrens- lahmung und einer merkwiirdig schwirrenden Geschwulsl links am Halse. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1918, 55: 533.—>o!nai, S [Recurrent paralysis caused by tuberculous infiltration] Gy6gyaszat, 1927, 67: 227. ---- Recurrent nerve: Paralysis: Etiology, cardiovascular. Zimbler, A. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre der linksseitigen Rekurrenslahmung als Folge von Anomalien des Herzens und des Ductus (resp. Ligamentum) Botalli. 51p. 8? Basel, 1907. Bonardi, E. Emiparalisi laringea da compressione del nervo ricorrente di sinistra operata dall'orecchietta sinistra, dilatata ed ipertrofica, per vizio cardiaco composto; considerazione clinica e necroscopia. Atti Ist. lombard sc, 1905, 2 ser., 38:1011- 20.—Borgheggiani, G. Sopra a'cuni casi di para'.isi del ricor- rente sinistro da aneurisma. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1911) 1912, 14: pt 2, 391-6.- Claisse, P., Thibaut. D., & Gillard. H. Paralysie recurrentie'le et retrecissement mitral. Bull Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1913, 3. ser., 35: 8- 13.—Davis, E. D. Notes of a case of left recurrent laryngeal paralysis, probably due to dilatation of the left auricle. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1912-13, 6: Laryngol. Sect., 137.—Duvoir, Pollet, L. [et al] Syndrome d'Ortner; examen histologique du recurrent et du pneumo- gastrique gauches. Arch. mal. coeur, 1933, 32: 39-42.— Erlanger, H.. & Levine, S. A. Atrial septal defect; a report of 2 cases in which there was recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis. Am. Heart J., 1943, 26: 520-7.—Finder. G. Rekurrenslahmung bei Tabes und gleichzeitigem Aortenaneurysma. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1910-11, 24: 312-6.— Freystadtl B., & Stranz, J Recurrenslahmune. verursacht durch Stenosis ostii venos sinistri. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1912. 46: 557-61—Garel, J. Paralysie recurrentiel et retrecissement mitral; histoire et pathogenie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1910, 36: 315-24.----— & Gallavardin, L. Paralysie recurrentielle gauche et maladie mitrale. Province med., Par., 1913, 24: 317.—Gleitsmann, J. W. Paralysie du nerf recurrent due a des lesions circulatmres; remarques sur des mesures therapeutiques recentes. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1913, 35: 1-7.—Heuner, W. Recurrens- lahmung durch Kompression oder Entzundung bei luischem Aortenaneurysma? Zbl. allg. Path., 19.38, 70: 212-5.— Ingelrans, L. Para'ysie des nerfs larynges infeneurs et retre- cissement mitral. Echo med. nord, 1913, 17: 377-80.—IrsaJ. A. Exsudatum pericardiacum folytdn keletkezett baloldali recurrens hudes. Orv. hetil., 1901, 45: 482.—King, F. H., Hitzig, W. M., & Fishberg, A. M. Recurrent laryngeal paralysis in left ventricular failure. Am. J. M. Sc, 1934, 188: 691-7, pl—Koster, S. [Fall von Lahmung des rechten N. accessorius, des rechten N. sympathicus bei gleichzeitiger, durch Aorten- aneurysma bedingter rechtsseitiger Rekurrenslahmung. Munch mei. Wschr., 1907, 54: 1556.—Kraus, F. Ueber Recurrens- lahmung bei Mitralstenose. Verh. Congr. inn. Med., 1901, 19: 608-11, pl—Nannini, G. Epicrisi di un caso di paralisi del nervo ricorrente sinistro in vizio mitralico. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1932, 32: 3-10.—Pallasse. Paralysie recurrentielle et retrecissement mitral. Bull. Soc med. hop. Lyon, 1909, 8: 177-82.—Peltz, D. A., & Anufrieva, T. T. [Clinical-anatomical characteristics and pathogenesis of Ortner's syndrome] Ter. arkh., 1941, 19: 96-100.—Ramond, L. Syndrome d'Ortner. Presse med., 1936, 44: 241.—Revol, L. Ln cas de paralysie recurrentielle bilaterale par ectasie aortique Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: 162-6.—Rosenberg, L., & Mazur, A. [Paralysis of the recurrent nerve cause 1 by stenosis of the mitral valve] Warsz. czas. lek., 1935, 12: 756.—Salvadori, G. Doppia paralisi recurrenziale da ectasia ei aneurisma dell'aorta Valsalva, 1938, 14: 284-93 — Schrotter, H. von. Ueber eine seltene Ursache einseitiger RecurrensLihnuing, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Symptomatologie und Diagnose des offenen Ductus Botalli. Verh. Congr. inn. Med., Wiesb., 1901,19: 493-7. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1901, 43: 100-70.—Sergent, E. Suruncasde paralvsie recurrentielle gauche due a un anevrisme de 1 aorte deceli par l'examen radioscopique. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1931, 4>: 65.—SiTionovi'i?, I. [Paralysis of the left recurrent nerve in (1913) 1914, 1: 189-92.—Viii. Ectasie aortique; ictus larynge; paralvsie du recurrent. Lyon med., 1904, 102: 1286.— stenosis ostii venosi sinistri] Orv. hetil. 1939, 83: 910.— Sobcrnheim, W., & Car«>, A. Rekurrenslahmung bei Erkran- kungen des Herzens. Arch. Lar. Rhin., Berl, 1913, 27: 410-20.—Tretrop. Paralysie du recurrent gauche par in- suffisance mitrale. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10: 80.—■ Tronconi, D. Emiplegia laringea sinistra da compressione del ricorrente in un caso di vizio mitralico. Osp. maggiore, Milano," 1913, 2. ser., 1: 781-6.------Paralisi del ricorrente laringeo di sinistra da vizio mitralico. Atti Congr. ital. radiol. med. (1913) 1914, 1: 189-92— Vi 1. Ectasie aortique; ictus larynge; paralvsie du recurrent. Lvon med., 1904, 102: 1286.— Vilardosa LIubes, E. Contribucion al estudio de la paralisis recurrencial de origen aneurismatico. Ars me lica, Barcel, 1931. 7: 254.—Wallerstein, E. U. Para'ysis of the left recurrent 'aryngeal nerve in association with mitral stenosis. Virginia M. Month., 1926-27, 53: 298.—Weinberger, M. Ueber eine seltenere Ursache der rechtsseitigen Recurrenslahmung (Aneurysma der Arteria anonyma dextra nach Tuberculose derselben mit folgender allgemeiner acuter Miliartuberculose) Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1903, 37: 51-9. ---- Recurrent nerve: Paralysis: Etiology, traumatic. Barailhe. J., & Massonnaud, J. Un cas de para'ysie recur- rentielle traumatique. Arch. med. pharm. mil, 1931, 95: 49- 54.—Bert»in, R. Paralysie recurrentielle droite par traumatisme indirect. Ann. oto'ar., Par., 1937, 963-3.—Collet. Paralysie du recurrent par balle. Lyon med., 1915, 124: 188-93.— Delavan. D. B. Paralysis of the right recurrent laryngeal nerve from accidental trauma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, 82: 1028.—Duguet J. LTn cas de paralysie recurrentielle trauma- tique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 443.—Greene, E. I. Tempo- rary paralysis of the recurrent laryngeal nerves following thyroidectomy. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 1153T7.—Heiberg, S. [Trauma of the larynx with recurrent paresis] Hospitals- tidende, 1935, 78: [Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.] 75-3.—Kobrak, F. Recurrenslahmung nach Thoraxquetschung. Med. Klin., Berl, 1917, 13: 67.—Rebattu, J. Paralysie traumatique du nerf recurrent (a propos de 3 cas personnels) Ann. mal.- oreille, 1929, 48: 711-7.-----& Laverre. Paralysie trauma- tique du nerf recurrent; a. propos de 3 cas personnels. J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9: 407-10.—Simaja, N. Paralisi del ricorrente sinistro per ferita d'arma da fuoco nel torace. Gazz. osp., 1917, 38: 113-7.—^eizi >k, J. Przvczynek do kwestyi porazen nerwu krtaniowego dolnego czyli wstecznego, pochodzenia uiazowego (paralvsis n. recurrentis traumatica) Nowiny lek.,'1907, 19: 117-22.—Wood, G. B. Recurrent paralysis from traumatic compression of the vagus. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1937, 59: 52-8.—Zange. Rekurrenslahmuneen nach Schussverletzungen. Korbl. Allg. arztl. Verein. Thuringen, 1916, 45: 3. ---- Recurrent nerve: Paralysis: Physiopath- ology. See also Larynx, Stenosis. Broeckaert, J. Examen anatomo-pathologique d'un cas de paralysie recente du recurrent larynge; considerations nouvelles sur la genese des alterations des muscles, specialment du crico- aryteno'idien posterieur. Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: 105-24, 2 "pl.—Brunner. Ein histologisch untersuchter Fall von Recurrenslahmung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 200.— Burner, H. Recurrens-verlamming en recurrens-doorsnijding. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1899, 2. R., 35: d. 2, 633-707.------ Die experimentslle Recurrensparalyse und die experimentelle Post':cus-Ausschaltuner Morphologie, Patho- logie und Physiologie der Morgagnischen Tasche des Kehlkopfes und ihres Anhanges. p.330-51. 8? Bresl., 1931. Also Virchows Arch., 1931, 281: Bindi, G. Su un caso di cisti del ventricolo di Morgagni. Otorinolar. ital, 1935, 5: 212-7.—Botella, E. Cuerpo extrano, hueso, voluminoso, alojado en el vestibulo laringeo; extraction por la via natural. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1903, 3: 5-7.— Campbell, J. M. Bilateral anomaly of the laryngeal saccule. J. Anat., Lond., 1937-38, 72: 465.—Ferreri, G. Sulla impor- tanza dei ventricoli di Morgagni nella patologia laringea. Arch. ital. otol, 1905-06, 17: 282-90.—Freedman, A. O. Dis- eases of the ventricle of Morgagni with special reference to pyocele of a congenital air sac of the ventricle. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 329-43.—Frossard. H. J. Traitement des larvngites ventriculaires par la phonotherapie. C. rend. Congr. fr. med., 1922, 16. sess., 225-7.—Garel, J. Enorme lipome du larynx d'origine ventriculaire. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1908, 11: 1-8.—Grahe, K. Morgagnischer Ventrikel und Laryngitis. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1931-32, 130: 274-80.—Hadley, F. A. Case of tumour growing in the left ventricle of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1904, 2: 1636.—Howarth, W., & Chamings A. J. Cystic adenomata of the ventricles of Morgagni. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 324-5, pl—Schroder, G. Ueber die Entwicklung eines gutartigen Kehlkopfgranu- loms am linken Taschenband auf dem Boden tuberkulosen Gewebes. Zschr. Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 391.—Zbllner, F. Ueber das Kehlsackempyem. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1932, 30: 274. ■--- Eversion, and prolapse. Abraham, J. A case of traumatic laryngitis with eversion of the laryngeal ventricle. laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 86.—Brat, J. G. [Prolapse of laryngeal ventricles] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5929.—Delsaux, V. Eversion du ventricule de Morgagni. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1902, 7: 36; 1904, 9: 79-82 — Hogg, J. C. Prolapse of both ventricles of Morgagni. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 192.—Irsai, A. Prolapsus ventriculi Morgagni esete. Orr gege & ftilgyfigy., 1904, 144.—Kowler. Infiltration des bandes ventriculaires avec eversion totale de la muqueuse des ventricules de Morgagni, par infection descen- dante d une lesion atrophique nasale gauche; heliotherapie; guerison. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 1127-30.—Moiler, J. Kinige Bemerkungen uber den sogenannten Prolapsus ventriculi Morgagni. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1905, 17:- 408-14. Also Ugeskr lffiger, 1905, 5. R., 12: 961-9.—Ocampo, G. de. Pro- lapse of the laryngeal ventricle in acute myelogenous leukemia1 report of a case. laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 311-6.—Okata, K. [Pathological contributions to the so-called prolapse of the ventricle of Morgagni] Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1903, 9: 315-25.—Reardon, T. J. Acute cedematous eversion of the ventricle of Morgagni. N. York M. J., 1907, 85: 1211.—Robinson. H. B. Chronic laryngitis in a man aged 26 ?prolapse of ventricle on right side. Proc R. Soc M., Lond 1909-10, 3: Laryng. Sect., 30—Sabrazes & Lussan, A. Prolapse of the ventricle of Morgagni. Med. J. & Rec, 1924 119:296:348. ---- Surgery. Briandet, J. P. P. *Les differentes methodes de ventriculectomie (operation de WiJliams) [Alfort] 63p. 8? Par., 1929. Chambers, F. Ventricle-stripping operation in the dog. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1933, 13: 203.—Cottle, M. H. Ventriculo- cordectomy with surgical diathermy (case report) Arch. Phys. Ther., Chic, 1935, 16: 219.—Weischer. F. Beitrage zur Operation des Kehlkopfpfeifens (Ventrikel-Exzision) unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indikation und der Opera- tionstechnik. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1938, 54: 245-7. • LARYNGECTOMEE. See also Laryngectomy. Baccarani, C. Considerazioni su decorsi clinici e quadri istologici in ventitre laringectomizzati. Otorinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 294-303.—Bayer, H. G. A. Nachuntersuchungen bei Laryngektomierten. Hals &c. Arzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28: 329-39.— Caliceti, P. Considerazioni cliniche su alcuni laringectomizzati. Bull sc. med., Bologna, 1931, 103: 435.—Cheval. Quelques considerations a propos du traitement du cancer du larynx; presentation de malades laryngectomises. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 82-5.—Ehrlich, N. 'Ihe life of a laryngectomee alter his laryngectomy. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1935, 41: 519-26.— Greene, J. S. Composite postoperative therapy for the laryng- ectomized. Laryngoscope, 1943, 53: 13-6.—Heindl, A., jr. Ueber die Regio olfactoria nach Totalexstirpation des Larynx. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 931.—Schall, L. A. The psychology of laryngectomized patients. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938, 44: 175-82. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 581-4.—Symonds, C. J. A case 7 years after complete extirpation of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1905, 20: 367-9. ---- Artificial larynx. B., I. P. Ein kunstlicher Kehlkopf ermoglicht das Sprechen. Umschau, 1929, 33: 230.—Brown. R. G. Two cases of complete laryngectomyand a simple but effective artificial larynx. Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 15-7.—Burchett. G. W. Artificial larvnx. U. S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,985,013; 1936,. No. 2,058,212 — Buys. Un cas de laryngectomie pour epithelioma, sans recidive depuis 15 mois; demonstration sur le malade d'un appareil phonetique special. Presse otolar. beige, 1908, 7: 65-8.— Cowan, H. A. A case of total laryngectomy, with successful use of Tapia's artificial larynx. Practitioner, Lond., 1926, 117: 196.—Delair, L. Larynx et glotte artificiels. Tr. Internat. Dent. Congr. (1904) 1905, 3: 165-74. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: 285-95. Also Odontologie, Par., 1904, 2. ser., 19: 251-64. ------ Presentation d'un larynx artificiel; presen- tation du malade porteur de ce larynx artificiel. Bull. Soc. med. Gonme, 1907, 48: p. xv-xix. Also Odontologie, Par., 1907, 37: 495-500.—Dyakonov, P. I. Noviy pribor dlya zamleni udalyonnol gortani. Raboti hosp. khir. lin. Dya- konova, Moskva, 1904, 130-4.—Fujii, K. Leber das Gesprach der Laryngektomierten mittelst des kiinstlichen Kehlkopfes. Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1936, 9: 141.—Gluck, T. Phone- tik-Chirurgie der oberen Luft- und Speisewege und kunstlicher oder natiirlicher Stimmersatz. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 881-93.—Goldstein, M. A. Metal disks for permanent recording and reproduction of speech; modification of the artificial larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 54: 105-11.— Hanson, W. L. A new artificial larynx with an historical re- view. Illinois M. J., 1940, 78: 483-6.—Iglauer, S. Artificial larynx, with patient demonstrating its use. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1936, 19: 31. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 1176 — Kellotat, W. F. Artificial larynx. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,093,453.—McKesson, E. I. A mechanical larynx. J.Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 645.—Pont, A. Presentation d'un larynx artificiel. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., Ill: 230-6.— Riesz, R. R. Artificial larynx. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 2,024,601; 1936, No. 2,041,487; 1940, No. 2,202,467.------ Electrical artificial larvnx. Ibid., 1936, No. 2,056,295 — Sheard, C, & Porter, A. N. Artificial larynx. Ibid., 1935, No. 1,993,076. LARYNGECTOMEE 500 LARYNGECTOMEE ---- Voice. See also Voice, Phvsiology; Tracheostomy. Gutzmanx, H. * Sprache ohne Kehlkopf; kleines Lehr- und Uebungsbuch zur Erlernung der natiirlichcn Rohrstimme. 30p. 8? Lpz.. 1936. Morrisox, W. Learning the new voice after the removal of the larynx. 17 1. 4? X. \., 1934. Beck, J. Zur Phonetik der Stimme und Sprache Laryngekto- mierter. /schr. laryng., 1931, 21: 500-21.—Brighto.i. G. R. & Boone, \\. H. Roentgenographic demonstration of method of speech in cases (if complete laryngectomy. Am. J. Roentg.. 1937. 3b: 571 s3. Burger, H.. & Kaiser, L. Speech without a larvnx. Acta oto'ar., Stockh., 1925, 8: 90-116.—Caliceti & Ncri G. la rieducazione fonetica nei laringectomizzati. Lull, sc med., Pologna, 1936, 10»: 227.—Cleminson. F. J. Method of increasing audibility of speech after laryngectomy. I'roc. H. Soc. M., lond., 1928-29, 22: I arygol Sect., 24.— Denes, L. [Modified method of teaching phonation and speech to the laryngectomee] Orv. hetil, 1938, h2: 1237.—Ekrem Behcet Tezel [Automatic return of speech following laryng- ectomy] Bull. Soc turque med., 1939, 5: 31.—Flatau. T. S. Zur hlinik der Taschenhandstimme; Erfahrungen un 1 Anregun gen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1928, 62: 791-6.—Froschels, E. I eler Oesophagusatmung eines Laryngektomierten. Wien klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 553. ------ & Presser. K. Ueber Oesophagusatmung eines 1 aryngektomierten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1020, 76: 875-<.—Gatewood, F. T. Development of esophageal speech after latyngectomy. South. M. J., 1943, 36: 453--5------The mechanism of esophageal voice following laryngectomy. Virginia M. Month., 1944, 71: 9-13—Gott- stein. G. [Fall von Tota'exstirpation des Larynx mit beginnen- der Pseudostimme] Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. (1905) 1(06, 157-61.—Greene. J. S. Rehabilitating the laryngectom- ee.! patient.. Bull. Am. Soc Cancer, 1942, 24: No. 5, 3.— Guthrie. 1). Patient who unlerwent total laryngectomy two years ago and has since acquired a useful voice. Proc. R. Soc. M., I ond., 1925-20, 19: Laryngol. Sect., 65.—Gutzmann. H. Stimme und Sprache ohne Kehlkopf. Zschr. Lar. Rhin., Wurzb., 1908, 1: 221-42. ------ Sprache ohne Kehlkopf Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1933) 1934, 64: 184-6.—Hayasi. Y. Leber die Ersatzstimme. Otorhino'aryngo'otria, Tokyo, 1936 9: 641.—Jackson, C. L. The voice after direct laryngoscopic operations, laryngofssure and laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1939, 45: 148-68. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic. 1940, 31: 23-37.------The voice after laryngofissure an) laryngectomy for cancer of the larynx. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940. 70: 537-9.—Kaiser. L. Examen phonetique experimental d'un sujet prh-e de larynx. Arch, neerl physiol, 1925-26, 10: 468- 80.—Kallen, L. A. A icaiious vocal mechanisms; the anatomy, physiology and development of speech in laryinrertomized persons. Arch. Oto'ar.. Chic. 1934, 20: 400-503 — Kiister. E. Die Wiederherstellung der Stimme nach einoreifenden Keh'kopf- operationen. Teut. Zschr. Chir.. 1927, 200: 1-9.—Levin, N. M. Teaching the larynseotomized patient to ta'k. without the aid <>1 the meehanical larvnx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1910, 32: 299-314—Lindsay. J. R- Morgan R. H., & Wepman, J. M. The cricopharyiiL'i'iis inu.-e'e in esophageal speech. Laryngo- scope. 1914. ."4: 5."> 65.—Luch'inger, R. Beobachtungen und Behandlung der Stimme nach chirurgisch-iontgcnologischer Therapie des Kehikopikrel ses. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 561-4.— McCall. J. W. 1'reopei ative training for develop- ment of the esophageal voice in laryngectomized patients. Ann. Otol. Rhinol. 1913. 52: 364-76. ------ Preliminary voice trainne for larynncctomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 10-6.—McCaskev. C. H. Voice apparatus in laryngecto- mized patients. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar. (1939) 1940, 23: 44-7.—Marx. Vorstellung eines Kranken mit Pharynx- und Larynxstimme. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1139.— Morrison, W. W. The production of voice and speech following total laryngectomy; a therapy of exercise and practice for the production of the pseudo-voice. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol Soc. 1931, 37: 27-37. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 14: 413-31. ------ The physical rehabilitation of the laryngecto- mized patient. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1941, 63: 200-10. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 1101-12 [Discussion] 679-81. ------ & Fineman. S. The production of the pseudo-voice after total laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Oto'ar., 1936, 41: 631-4.—Nemai, J. Bemerkungen zum Artikel Aurel Rethis Taschenhandstimme usw. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 848-51.—Panconcelli-Calzia, G. Die Stimme ohne Kehl- kopf. Umschau, 1931, 35: 634-6. ------ Considerazioni e ricerche su:la fonazione con le labbra ventricolari. Valsalva. 1934, 10: 661-5.—Rethi, A. La voix des bandes ventricu'aires et la musculature du pharynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 556- 69. Also Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 572-96.—Roelfsema, H. L. [Speech without a larynx] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 192s. 68: 191-3.—Ron onek, P. L. Artificial and pseudo-voice fol owing complete larynrcctomy. Nebraska M. J., 1932, 17: 23s-43.—Schilling, P.. & Hinder, H. Experimentalphonetische Lntersuchungen iiber die Stimme ohne h ehlkopf. Arch. Ohr. Ac.Heilk., J920, 115:235-70.—Scripture, F. W. Case of speech without the use of the larynx. Free. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1916-17, 10: laryng. Sect., 41-3. Also J. Fhysiol, lond., 1916, 50: 397^103.—Scuri, D. Nuovo contributo alia rieducazione del linguaggio nei laringectomizzati. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 577-84. ------ Fonetica biologien: meccanismo fonctico nei laringectomizzati. Ibid., 1931, 42: 318-37. ---- La rieducazione del lincuaggio nei laringectomizzati. Ann. taring. Tor., 1932, 32: 141-3.- Scomann, M. Phonintrische He- merkunsren zur I arynRektomie. Arch. klin. Chir.. 1920, 110: 285 its. Sepre, R. la parola senza larinfe. Riforma med 1931. 50: 658.—Seiffert, A. Operatix e I'.i mnglichun* der Stimmbildung bei einem p.rcsstenteils fehlenden Kehlkopf. /schr. I aryng., 1933, 21: 289-92.- She-rd, ('. The production of speech after laryngectomy. Surg. Clin. X. America. 1932, 12: 959. Also Lye Ear Ac. Month., 1930-37, 15: 90-8 — Stern, H. Ter Mechanismus der Spreeh- und Stimmhildung bei I aryngektomierten und die bei derartigon Fallen ance- wandte I elunrstherapie. Handb. Hals Ac (IVnkerA Knh'er) Berl., 1929, 5: 494-542.------ Komi inierter Sprechmcchnnis- mus bei einem I arynrektorrierten nach vorauscorangenor partieller Magenresektion. Mschr. Ohrenh.. Wien, 1932, €6: 1173-9. ------■ Fas Tracheostoma a's stimmeebender ipparat. Zschr. TTa's Ac. Hei'k., 1934-35, 37: 3S9-95.— Stetson, B. H. Esophageal speech for any luvngectomized patient. Arch. Oto'ar., ( hie, 193V, 26: 132-12. Can all larviurcctotnized patients be taught esophageal speech? Tr. Am. I aryn». .^ss., 1937, 59: 59-71.- Simomb. ('. J. A case, 3 years and 9 months after eoinp'ete excision of the 'arynx, showing an improved method of speakine. Proc. H. Soc. M., lond., 1907-08, 1: Clin. Sect., 181. Szoker. E. The singing voice after larynx extirpation, ^cta oto'ar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 452.—Vocrhoeve. N. Per Magen a's vikariierender I uftkessel nach I.arynxexstirpation; zweckni: ssi| e Aerophapic Acta radiol, Stockh., 1920, 7: 587-91. 2 pl - Weorsn a, P. [Speech in the absence of the larynx] Ned. tschr. feneesk., 1940, 84: 3070-6.—iimanyi. Ein Fall von Stimmbildung durch die Taschenbander. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1926, 60: 465-8. LARYNGECTOMY. See also Larynx, Surgery. Alonso. J. M. A propos des 'ai \ ngectomies. Rev. larynx., Par., 1933, 834-58.—Babcock, W. W. Laryneectomy and the reconstruction of the upper air passages. Miss'ssippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 11, 28-30.—Carson, N. B. laryngectomy. Interstate M. J., 1904, 11: 409- 14.—Dbarte, I. Larinrectomk. Rev. oto'ar. S. Pau'o, 1936, 4: 1459-64, incl. pl—Gro«. J. C. I a laringectomfa en Cuba. Pol. I ipa cancer, Habana, 1937,12: 273-6.—Hartley, F. Laryngectomy. In Am. Pract. Surg. (Bryant & Puck) 1908, 5: 914-32.—Mariotti, G. La laring- ectomia. Clin, prat., Treviglio, 1906, 3: 2-14— Moure, E. J. Considerations cinicues sur la laryngectomie. Rev. hebd. laryng., 1907, 2: 673-81.—'/ inn, W. F. Laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 471-80. ---- Anesthetization. Browne, G. F. General anesthesia for total laryngectomy . Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1944, 53: 140-3.—Felderrran, L. Laryn- gectomy under local anesthesia. Eye Ear Ac Month., 192&-27, 5: 573.—bazarraga. P. Ventajas de la extirpacu'n de la hiringe por medio de la anestesia local. Libro de actus Consrr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 188-94.—McCall, .)., & Morreyer, M. E. Anesthesia for larvnuectomy. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth., 1943, 11: 23.- Vreden, R. R. K tekhnikle vilush- rheniya gortani pod mlestnim obezbolivnniycm. Kuss. vrach, 1964, 3: 356. ---- Cases. Babcock, J. W. A case of laryngectomy. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 302.—Cisneros. Dos casos de extirpaci6n de la laringo. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1907, 75: 346.—Harri- son, W. J. A case of laryngectomy. Newcastle M. J., 1926- 27, 7: 219 -22, ol ------ Two cases of laryngectomy; speci- mens shown. Proc. R. Soc. M., T ond., 1926-27. 20: laryng. Sect., 27-9.—Molinie, J. Considerations sur un cas de laryng- ectomie. Bull. lar. otol. rhin., Par.. 1904, 7: 95-9. Mou- loneuet, Pauchet & Labarriere. Trois cas de laryngectomie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1900. 21: 202-6.—Richardson, C. W. A case of laryngectomy, with specimen. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1897, 6: 155-7— Titone, M. Due laringectomie. Arch. ital. chir., 1927, 18: 99-106. ---- Complication. Buckley, R. E. Some postoperative complications of a laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1941, 63: 115.—Del Sel, J. A. Complicaciones consecutivas a las laringectomias. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1935, 5: 172-80.—Goris. Un cas d'extir- pation du larynx gueri depuis plus d'un an. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1906. 13: 28.—Imperatori, C. J. A method of closing a pharyngeal fistula following laryngectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 179-86. Jacques. Fharyngostomie acciden- telle chez une operee de laryngectomie. Rev. med. est, 1908,40: 514.—Lafite-Dupont. A propos d'aspiration des plaies infectees dans trois c»< dr1 la" neos t< tale*-. Bull. Soc m'd. chir. Bordeaux 0925) 1920, 366-70— Mints, V. M. K etiologii pozdnikh asfiksiv poslle udaleniya gortani. Russ. khir. arkh., 1907, 23: 224. Also German transl, Zbl. Chir., 1907, 34: 698. ------Zur Sp'itasphvxie nach totaler Kehlkopfexstirpation. Dout. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 1769-71. Also Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 929.—Roberts, J. Obstruction of the oesophagus by the 1 beard. Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 1074. LARYNGECTOMY 501 LARYNGECTOMY ---- Healing of wound. CoIIedge, L. An unusual complication following laryngecto- my. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1928, 43: 661-3.—Ivar issevich, O., & Ferrari, R. C. La curaoion por primera intencicn en los larin- gectomizados. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 593 ------& Viacava, E. P. La curacicn por primera intencicn en la larin- gectomfa. Ibid., 1060-70. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1943, 19: 591-603.—Jorge, J. M. La curacion por primera intenci6n en la laringectomia. Bol. Acad, argent, cir.. 1943, 27: 1100.—Leyro Diaz, J. La curacidn por primera intencicn en la laringectomia. Ibid., 1119-32. ---- Indication. See also Larynx, Cancer. Loewenheim, I. *Indikationen zur Kehlkopf- exstirpation bei malignen Tumoren. 37p. 8? Konigsb., 1932. Albrecht, P. Eine Totalexstirpation des karzinomatosen Larynx. Jahrber. Arb. Chir. Klin. Wien (1904-05) 1906, 335- 7.—Alcaino, A. Laringuectomfa por cancer; canula parlante. Bol. Soc cir. Chile, 1927, 5: 264-7.—Bedri Noyan. Laryn- gectomie totale yapilmis bir hangere carcinomu vak'asi. Anadolu klin., Istanbul, 1941, 9: 76-8.—Bogart, A. H. Total laryngec- tomy for carcinoma; report of a recent successful case. Ann Surg., 1906, 44: 193-6, 3 pl—Brandon. W. R. Advantages of one-stage laryngectomy through a straierht midline incision in cases of intrinsic cancer. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 878- 86.—Brewer, G. E. Epithelioma of the larynx: laryngectomy. Ann. Surg., 1907, 45: 961-3.—Brunschwig, A. Panlaryngec- tomy for advanced carcinoma of the larynx. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1943, 76: £90-4.—Buckley. R. E. A series of cases of total laryngectomy for cancer. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 769-75.— Buys. Un cas de laryngectomie pour epithelioma, sans recidive depuis 15 mois; demonstration sur ce malade d'un appareil phonetique construit par M. Huet. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1906-07, 12: 85-9.—Buzoianu, G. [Two new cases of total laryngectomy in cancer of the larynx] Spitalul, 1936, 56: 469- 71.—Caliceti, P. Osservazioni su 12 casi di laringectomia totale per tumori maligni. Otorinolar. ital, 1934, 4: 327-53.— Carponi Flores, J. Cancer de laringe. Rev. med. Rosario, 1927, 17: 370-2, pl—Cetra, C. M. Consideraciones sobre 140 Iaringectomias, por cancer. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1933, 10: 564-74.—Cheval. Epithelioma du larynx, laryngectomie totale suivie d'erysipele; guerison. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 86.—Cisneros, J. Extirpacion total de la laringe por carcinoma; procedimiento de Perier, modificado; euraci6n. Bob lar. otol, Madr., 1901, 1: 65-74, pl.—Colledge. L. Fourteen cases of total laryngectomy for intrinic cancer of the larynx. J. I ar. Otol, Lond., 1926, 41: 19-27, 3 pl.------ Laryngectomy for cancer of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1927, 2: 834-6.------The present position of laryngectomy for cancer of the larynx. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 1008. ------ Laryngectomv for cancer oi the larvnx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1928, 43: 161-72, 8 pl—Crowe, S. J. Carcinoma of the larynx and total laryn~ectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 464. ------ & Broyles, E. N. Carcinoma of the larynx and total laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1938, 60: 47-68. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 875-90.—De Cortes, A. Laringec- tomia totale per tumore maligno; esito felice a lunga distanza. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena. 1903. 4. ser., 15: 243-51. —---- Un operato di larincectomia totale per carcinoma laringeo (guarigione permanente dopo 4 anni) Atti Congi. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 121-3.—Equen, M. Cancer of the larynx; report of 3 cases of laryngectomy. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1934,3:293-6. ------Neuffer, F. let al] Laryngectomy for carcinoma. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1943, 32: 194-7.—Fernandes & Van Swieten. Un cas de laryngectomie pour cancer recidive. Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxe'les, 1904, 11: 30.—Ferrari, R. C., & Lentino, A. S. La laringectomia en el cancer de la laringe; tecnica de la operacicn. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 865-8.— Forero, A. Laringectomia; sus indicaciones y contraindicaciones. Cron. med. mex., 1931, 30: 263-9.—Gatewood, E. T. Papd'ary carcinoma of the larynx requiring laryngectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1930, 11: 778-80.—Gerken, N. A. Oh operativnom llechenii raka gortani, s demonstratsigcl s'.uchaya polnavo udaleniya gortani. Kazan, med. J., 1904, 4: 589-603.— Germain, H. H. Laryngectomy for cancer. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 42: 954.—Gibelli S. L. La laringectomia totale e gli interventi economici nella cura chirurgica del cancro del laringe; un caso personale di laringectomia totale. Rass. ital otorino'ar., 1930, 4: 3-33.—Gleeg, W. Extirpation of the larynx for cancer. Eirmingham M. Rev., 1904, 56: 547-55.— Hsjek, M. Diagnostische Schwierigkeit zwischen Lues und Cancer; Totalexst rpat'on des Larynx und der Zunge; Heilung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 202.—Hankins, G. T. Case of extirpation of the larynx for epithelioma. Australas. M. Gaz,, 1991, 20: 371.—Hanson, H. V. Carcinoma of the larynx; laryngectomy; artificial larynx. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1936, 13: 61-3, pl—Herczel, M. Rikos gege teljes knr- tiSsinak gy6syu!t esete. Buda.p. orvosesy. evk. (1893) 1894, 221-33; 1835, 180.—Ionne^cu, T. Laringectomia totala pentru cancer a laringelul. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1898, 2: 241- 66.—Israel, S. Cancer of the larynx and its treatment by total laryngectomy. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 911-5.—Jackson. C. Laryngectomv for malignant disease; report of a case of laryn- geal endothelioma. Pennsylvania M. J., 1906-07, 10: 662-9. ------& Wayne, B. Laryngectomy for carcinoma of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931, 11: 1237-27.— Krft-dein. Dauer- heilung nach der Exstirpation eines recidivierenden Kehlkopf- carcinoms; Beobachtungszeit 14 resp. 13 Jahre. Beitr. khn. Chir., 1903-04, 41: 178-83.—Lt ryigeetoir ie totale pour cancer larynge. Rev. med. Louvain, 1922, 173-5.—Lenart, Z. Rak miatt vfgzett teljes g'gekiirtas esete. Budapestiorvosegy. 6vk., 1905, 91-^3. Also Ungar. med. Presse. 1905, 10: 334. ---*— Infolge von Krebs ausgefiihrte Totalexstirpation des Larynx. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1906, 42: 89.- Lloyd, J. Carcinomatous larynges successfully extirpated. Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 1394.— Looper, F. A. Cancer of the larynx; laryngectomy. South. M. J., 1934, 27: 772-6.------Laryngectomy for cancer of the larynx. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1937, 64: 524-31.— Mahmoud Onsi Abdin. Complete laryngectomy for cancer of larynx. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1933, 16: 794.—Manzoii, A. Estirpazione totale della laringe per carcinoma cavitario, guarizione. Casuist. med. chir., Milano, 1905, 1: 37-41; 58.—Mark^vich. V. L. Sluchal vilushcheniya gortani po povolu raka. Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. obsh., 1906-07, 48: 540-5.—Mason, J. T., Baker, J. W., & Chase, E F. Total laryngectomy for carcinoma. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 139-49.— Menzel. Carcinoma laryngis, Totalexstirpation, Heilung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 414.—Mints V. M. Izsfecheniye gortani pri rakie. Syezd ross. khir. (1906) 1907, 6: 51-63. Also Russ. khir. arkh., 1907, 23: 77-100.—Mcure. Epithelioma du larynx; laryngectomie totale; guerison. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 25: 576.—Myerson, M. C. Laryngectomy for some extrinsic cancers of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1943, 53: 397-9.—Nasta, T.. Francu, N., & Tataru, P. R. [Two cases of total laryngectomv due to cancer] Rev. chir., Bucur., 1940, 43: 799-801.—Neil, J. H. A case of total laryngectomv for epithelioma. N. Zealand M. J., 1907, 5: 30-4, 2 pl—New, G. B. Laryngectomy for carcinoma in an aged patient: report of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 186.—Nijsi, F. Sulla laringectomia totale per cancro con particolare ri^uardo al- l'anestesia locale. Arch. ital. chir., 1934, 38: 616-38.—Nord- mann. Exstirpation des Larynx und Pharynx we en Carcinom. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 204.—Ou ton. A female patient after complete extirpation of the larynx for epithelioma. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1906, 14: 93-5.—Pagano A. Consiierazioni su dodici casi di laringectomia totale per tumori maligni. Arch. ital. laring., 1932-33, 52: 129-53.—Page, L. F. Laryngectomy for carcinoma of the larynx: report of 2 cases, specimens exhibited. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 51: 1072.— Patterson, N. Laryngectomy for carcinoma of larynx, with development or secondary gland nearlv 5 vears after original operation. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 139L— Portmann & Auzimour. Cancer du larynx et laryngectomie totale. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1938, 22: 143.—Rosenzivt, A. El post operatorio en las Iaringectomias totales por cancer de laringe. Rev. med., Rosario, 1933, 12: No. 114, 1-24.— Schall. L. A. Laryngectomy; its place in the treatment of laryngeal cancer. Pennsylvania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 261-7.— Schlumberger. Survie de 12 ans dans un cas de laryngectomie totale pour affection d'apparence maligne du larynx. Gaz, med. Strasbourg, 1908. 67: 1-3.—Simp' on, J. F. Laryngectomy for carcinoma of cricoid; closure of consequent pharvngostome. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 280.— Simpson, W. L. Laryngec- tomy for cancer of the larynx. Memphis M. J., 1943, 18: 92.— Smith, R. T. Carcinoma of the larynx with laryngectomy; case report. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1932, 85: 339-47.—Strazza, G. Due casi di laringectomia totale per carcinoma. Atti Congr. Soc. ital laring. (1908) 1910, 12: pt 11, 348.—Taptas. N. [Laryngectomie totale pour cancer] Gaz. mei. orient, 1907-08, 52: 67-70. Also Mschr. Ohrenh.. Wien, 1931, 65: 1326-31. Also Fol. otolar. orient., 1932-33, 1: 17-24.—Terry, W. I. Malignant disease of the larynx; total laryngectomy. Ann. Sura., 1904, 39: 968-76, pl. ------ Total laryngectomy for epithelioma; employment of the Gluck phonat.on apparatus. California State J.M., 1904, 2: 289.— Thenen C. F. Epi- thelioma of the larynx; total laryngectomy, including the re- moval of part of the trachea; death from pneumonia on the 13th dav. Tr. Am. Larvng. Ass., 1907, 29: 27-33. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol. 1907, 16: 345-8.— Thomp'oi, J. E. A successful case of total excision of the larvnx for epithelioma. Tr. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass. (1905) 1906, 18:426-36, 2 pl— Tvyordovski, S. I. K kazui'stikle polnavo izslecheniya gortani pri rakovikh novoobrazovanivakh. Vrach. gaz., 1906, 13i5.—Vojachek, V. E. [Extirpation of larynx in tumor] Vest, khir., 1926, 8: No. 24, 104-9.—White S. A case of total laryngectomy for recurrent epithelioma of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 70.— Winckler. Demonstration eines wegen Carcinom exstirpierten Kehlkopfes. Verh. Ver. siiddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 141-3. ---- Method [and technique] See also Larynx, Cancer: Surgery and radio- therapy. Iser, H. *Angewandte Methoden und Erfolge der Kehlkopfextirpationen der Klinik von 1907 bis 1927 [Berlin] 26p. 8? Luckenwalde, 1931. Ajkay, Z. Ueber die Behandlung der nach Laryngektomio entstandenen Pharynxfistel Hals &c. Arzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28: 109-11.—Arellano, E., & Abrl>. M. A. Molificaciones de la laringectomia que facilitan la cicatrizacion por primera in- tencion. Vida nueva, Habana, 1939, 43: 163-6, 5 pl.—Bisi, R. H. La laringectomfa con extirpaci6n del espacio pre- LARYNGECTOMY 502 LARYNGECTOMY epigl6tico. Dfa med., B. Air., 1943, 15: 1203-i. — Botey. R. Mi metodo de implantaci6n de la traquea a la piel en la lat m- gucctomta. Librode actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr.. 1912, 4. Congr., 176-80.—Brown, R. G. Some varieties of skin flaps in connection with cases of total and hemi-laryngectomies. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: laring. Sect., 66-8 — Col ledge, L. Two cases to show a method of laryngectomy by raising a large U-shaped skin-flap. Ibid., 1928-29, 22: Laryng Sect., 30.—Dahmann, H. Abnormitaten in Ursprung und Verlauf der grossen Gefasse des Brustraums und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Frage der Dauersondenernahrung nach Laryngektomie. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 88-95.—Dellepiane Rawson, R. Las Iaringectomias eeonomicas; empleo de una nueva tecnica. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933. 47: 2777-81.—Del Sel, J. A. Laringectomfa; consideraciones sobre una tecnica personal An. otorinolar. Uruguay 1940, 10: 308-17.—Demetriades, T. D. Eine Naht unter geringer Spannuns bei der Kehlkopfexstirpa- tion. Fol. otolar. orient,, 1934-35, 2: 32^.—Durante, F. Un nuovo metodo operativo per l'asportazione del laringe. Policlinico, 1904, 11: sez. chir., 1-5.—Edwards, E. V. Im- proved incision in laryngectomy. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1942-43, 19: 409.—Equen. M., & Neuffer, F. Laryngectomy drainage; an improved method. Eye Ear &c. Month., 1938-39, 17: 56.—Ferrari, R. C. El uso local de compuestos sulfamidicos en la laringectomia. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1942, 19: 303-8. ------ Laringectomia; critica y elecci6n de los distintos procedimientos operatorios. Ibid., 1943, 20: 255-73.— Gluck. La prothcse et l'autoplastie apres la laryngectomie. J. ehir., Biux., 1905, 5: 222.— Imperatori, C. J. A method of closing a pharyngeal fistula following iarvngectomv. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1937, 59: 101-11.—Irvine, R. S. Use of a tapering tube sutured in the trachea to prevent aspira- tion during and after laryngectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 69.—Jackson. C. Laryngectomy; a plea for a narrow field operation. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 70: 517-22.— Le Bee & Real. A propos de la laryngectomie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: 26-8.—Lewis, F. O. Outstanding points in laryngectomy as developed by Mackenty and some of the other ideas relating to this operation. In Mackenty Tr. (N. York Acad. Med.) 1932, 24-9. Also Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 97- 102.—Looper, E. A. Laryngectomy: improved technic. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 1165-9.—MacKenty, J. E. Laryn- gectomy in one stage. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 644-51 — Marschik. Tracheotomie oder Tracheostomie bei der Totalex- stirpation des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1922, 56: 474.— Martin, B. Einzcitige oder zweizeitige Exstirpation des Kehlkopfes.' Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 2958-63.—Mejias. S. Un caso de laringoectomfa practicada por el doctor J. Pizjuan, de Sevilla. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1902, 2: 41.—Moulonguet, A. A propos de la technique de la laryngectomie. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 892-4.—New, G. B. A two-stage laryngectomy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1928, 50: 95-113. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 826-30.—Padula, F. Laringectomia alia Durante; stato anatomico degli organi della decrlutizione quando si debba asportare anche l'osso joide. Policlinico, 1904, 11: sez. prat., 257-65.—Portmann. G. La laryngectomie totale en 3 temps, operation de securite. Presse med., 1940, 48: 633—5.—Bueda, F. Modificaciones admisihles en la tecnica actual de las laringuectomlas. Libro de actas Congr. nac otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 546-52.—Sargnon. La- ryngectomie en 3 temps, avec refection d'un pharynx cutaneo- muqueux. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 999-1001.—Scuri, D. Importanza della conservazione dell'epiglottide, nelle opera- zioni di laringectomia, per la rieducazione al linguaggio. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 42: 18-34.—Sebileau. P. Laryngecto- mie economique: laryngostomie et laryngoplastie. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 173-6.—Sercer, A. Considerations sur les differentes techniques de la laryngectomie. Rev. laryng.. Par., 1928, 49: 67-83.—Shapurov, V. V. [On the technique of the excision of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1939, No. 4, 48-51.—Sylvestre Begnis, C. Laringectomfa con vaciamiento ganglionar bilateral simultanea. Bol. Soc. cir. Rosario, 1942, 9: 288 (Abstr.)—Tarchetti. C. Dopo la larin- gectomia. Otorinolar. ital., 1937, 7: 316-23.—Tucker, G. A twin-lighted anterior commissure laryngoscope; a laryn- gectomy dressing tube; a laryngectomy tube screen. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 396-9.—Wessely, E. Ausgedehnte Pkstik eines Pharyngostoma nach Totalexstirpation des Larynx. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 1003.—Wojatschek, W. J. Ueber eine Abanderung der ublichen Methoden der Larynxexstirpation. Ibid., 1932, 66: 131-9.—Zinn, W. F. Laryngectomy; one stage. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc 1938. 44: 389-407. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 453-72. ---- partial. Duall, P. B. *Cancer endo-laryngee; laryng- ectomie partielle. 91 p. 8? Strasb., 1932. Also Strasbourg med., 1932, 92: 650; 677; 699. Ombredanne, M. *Traitement du cancer endolarynge; l'bemilaryngectomie (technique A. Hautanl) 136p. 8? Par., 1930. Tori, H. Contribution k l'etude des laryn- gectomies partielles; methode pratiquee dans le service du professeur Portmann. 78p. 25^cm. Bord., 1933. 7 Barajas, L. Hemilaringectomfa por cancer laringeo. Rev. med. cir. pia.-t., Madr., 1906, 72: 125-9.— Botella, E. Epi- telioma de la mitad izquierda de la laringe; hemilaringectomfa por el procedimiento de Gluck; curaci6n. Siglo med., 1907, 54: 117-9. Also French transl, Arch, internat. laryng., Par.j 1907, 24: 472-6. ----— Un caso de liomilaringuectomla por cdncer por el procedimiento de Cluck. Rev. espec. med., Madr., 1907, 10: 85-91.—Carcinoma of larynx; deep cervical glands; partial laryngectomy, with excision of glands, s. Thomas Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, n. ser., 34: 211- (astex, A. Laryngectomie partielle par voie latOale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908. 25: 1008.—Chars-clink. M. J. Partielle Kehlkopfresektion bei Carcinom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien 1933, 67: 1185-92.—Cott, G. F. Partial extirpation of the larynx for carcinoma. J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 40: 1411.— Dollinger, G. Feioldali gegekiirtds es a gegebeli sebhely primaer befedese a nyakr61 vett kocsAnyos h8rlebenynye). Budapesti orvosegy. evk., 1903, 35.-—Freund, P. Leber eine Pro these fiir einen Theil des Oesophagus nach partieller Exstirpation des Larynx und Pharynxresection. Arch. klin. Chir., Berl, 1904, 72: 339-46.—Graham, H. B. Window resection of the larynx for treatment of carcinoma. Tr. Am. I.ar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 458-60.—Hautant, A. Ma technique de l'hemi- laryngectomie; ses resultats. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1930, 14: 217-24. ------ Suites operatoires immediates de 1'hemilaryngectomie d'apres ma technique. Ann. otolaT., Par., 1934, 1273. ------ & Ombredanne, M. Traitement chirurgical du cancer endolarynge (1'hemilaryngectomie) Paris med., 1930, 75: 255-60.—Hofer, G. Zur Anzeigestelhmg bei der halbseitigen Exstirpation des Kehlkopfes. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 1024-6.—Klepper, J. I. Carcinoma of the larynx; modified hemilaryngectomy; case report. Laryngo- scope, 1938, 48: 246-52.—Lima, E. de. Hemilaringectornfa pela tecnica de Hautant. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1942, 10: 742.—Myerson, M. C. Application of the hemilarynsrectomy technic in laryngectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: i72-8.—Nova, R. da. Reseccao parcial do larynge em dois casos de tumor maligno intracavitario. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1935, 11: 197-207, 5 pl—Ombredanne, M. Technique de 1'hemilaryngectomie type A Hautant. Ann. otolar., Par., 1931, 1261-99. ------ Cancer sous-glottique de la com- missure anterieure; larvngectomie partielle anterieure basse. Ibid., 1939, 355-8; 395.—Panneton, P., & Latroverse, V. Un cas de cancer du larynx; hemi-laryngectomie. Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 90.—Patterson, N. A plea for the window resection method in dealing with certain types of laryngeal carcinoma, with a clinical history of 7 cases. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1932,47:81-91.—Souza Mendes, J. A hemi-laryngecto- mia secundaria. Brasil med., 1927, 41: pt 1, 949.—Stueky, J. A. Carcinoma of the larvnx; partial laryngectomy; clinical report. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1908, 13: 387-93.—Tremble, G. E. Recurrence of carcinoma of the larynx previously treated by hemilaryngectomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 1104.— Vokoun, F. J. Resection of the larynx without loss of the voice; case report. Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 69: 617.—Werner. Funk- tionelles Resultat nach Kehlkopfresection. Verh. Ver. sud- deut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 409. ---- Prognosis and mortality- Beck, J. C. Living laryngectomies (slides and photographse Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 249-56.—Capart, fils. Un cas de laryngectomie gueri depuis plus de 3 ans. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1906-07,12: 85.—Cohen, J. S. Does excision of the larynx tend to the prolongation of life? a paper read before the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, April 4, 1883. Tr. Coll. Phy- sicians Philadelphia, 1883, 6: 352-69.—Ferrari, R. C. & Flemming, E. Evaluation del riesgo operatorio y rnortalidad en la laringectomia. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1943, 27: 386-8.— Goris. Un cas d'extirpation du larynx gueri depuis phis d'un an. Bull Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10: 73.—Gros. J. C. Sobre el tratamiento de los faringostomas. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1931, 36: 65-70. —---- Revisi6n de casos operados de laringectomfa. Bol. Liga cdncer, Habana, Ed. cienc, 1941, 16: 329-32.—Jirasek. A., & Jedlicka, V. [Case of sudden d(a1h in total excision of the larynx] Cas. lek. eesk., 1930, 69: 1346-9 — Liebermann. T. [Experiences in' laryngectomy] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 280-2.—McCoy, J. A case of laryngectomy, 14 vears ago. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 298.—Mayer, O. Kehl- kopfexstirpation; Resultate. Mschr. Ohrenh , Wien, 1937, 71: 1246.—Mortality in laryngectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 369.—Orton, H. B. Laryngectomv. single stage; operative results. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 81-99. Also Apn. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 1018-29.—Schede, M. Ein Fall von endgultiger Heilung nach Wegnahme des ganzen Kehlkopfes wegen krebsiger Entartung vor mehr als vier Jahren, nebst einigen Bemerkungen uber Morell Mackenzie's Statistik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1889, 15: 61-4. ---- total. See also Laryngopharyngeal region, Surgery; Pharynx, Surgery. Laclatj-Lacrouts, H. J. J. V. ♦Considera- tions sur les indications et la technique de la laryngectomie totale. lllp. 25cm. Bord., 1938. Also Rev. laryng., Bord., 1938, 59: LARYNGECTOMY 503 LARYNGECTOMY Anzilotti. L'estirpazione della laringe col metodo Durante Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, 10: 213.—Barajas y de Vilches, J. M. Un caso de extirpaci6n total de la laringe con colgajo unico de base superior. Med. ibera, 1929, 24: pt 1, 100-3.—Bell, J. Excision of larynx and portion of pharynx and oesophagus. Montreal M. J., 1905, 34: 620-5.—Bertran. Laringuectomia total. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 540—Botella, E. Algunas reflexiones sobre la primera extirpaci6n de la laringe practicada en Valencia por el Dr Abelardo Lloret. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1904, 4: 251-60. ------ Algunas modificacibnes en la tecnica de la extirpaci6n total de la laringe. Rev. iber amer. cienc med., 1908, 20: 4-10.—Buzoianu, G. Technique de la larynrec- tomie totale pour le cancer laryngien. Techn. chir., Par., 1936, 28: 119-32.—Carson, N. B. A case of complete extirpation of the larynx. Interstate M. J., 1904, 11: 248—Cauzard, P. Reflexions sur 4 cas de laryngectomie totale. Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: pt 2, 165-70.—Cisneros, J. La laringuec- tomia total en 2 tiempos. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1907, 7: 149-63.—Crile, G. W. Research into the technique of laryngeal operations, with report of 4 successful total extirpations. Mem. Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr., 2: 11-8 — Ducuing, J. Indications et technique de la laryngectomie totale selon Tapia. Ann. otolar., Par., 1932, 241.—Durante, F. A new operative method for the total extirpation of the larynx. Internat. Clin., 1905, 15. ser., 1: 122-4, pl—Falcao, P. Dos casos de laringectomia. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo. 1937, 5: 505 (Abstr.)—Ferrari, R. C, Lentino, A., & Fleming, E. Con- sideraciones sobre laringectomia total Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1941, 25: 26-68.—Frazee.-J. R., & White, L. E. Total laryngec- tomy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934. 20: 277.—Gussio, S. Nuovo processo di laringectomia totale. Athena, Roma, 1939, 8: 455-63.—Hautant. Laryngectomie totale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1274-8.—Huet, P. C, & Escat, M. La laryngectomie totale. par la procede de Gliick-Tapia. Presse med., 1935, 43: 793-6.—Krajewski, W. H. von. Berichtigungen und Ergan- zungen zu Dr Morell Mackenzie's statistischen Angaben uber Totalexstirpationen krebsiger Kehlkopfe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1889, 15: 64.—Latraverse, V., & Godin, A. Laryngectomie totale compietce d'une pharvngectomie partielle gauche. Union med. Canada, 1944, 73: 180.—Lazarraga, P. Extir- paci6n total de la laringe en un diabetico. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 185-8.—Le Bee. Laryngectomie totale en deux temps separes. Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: 375-9.----— Nouveau cas de larvngectomie totale en deux temps. Ibio., 1906, 32: pt 2, 252.—Lloret, A. Primera estirpacion total de la laringe practicada en Valencia. Clin. mod., Zaragoza, 1903, 2: 431-6.—Lombard. Un cas de laryngec- tomie totale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 18: No. 4, Suppl, 41.—Molinie. Un cas de laryngectomie totale. Ibid., 37.—Nova, R. da. Consideracoes a respeito de um caso de laringectomia total no servico do Prof. Paula Santos. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1937, 5: [Discussion] 180-3.—Portmann, G. La laryngectomie totale par le procede de Moure-Portmann. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 935-43. —---- Apropos de quelques modifications apportees a la technique operatoire de la laryngectomie totale. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux (1925) 1926, 54-6.—Porto, G. Laringectomia total; apre- sentacao de um caso. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1933, 1: 12-5 [Discussion] 61. ------ Indicacoes e resultados da laringec- tomia total. Ibid., 1934, 2: 107-12 [Discussion] 132. ------ Dois casos de cirurgia do laringe; laringectomia total, operacSo de Saint-Clair-Thomsen. Ibid., 1937, 5: 369-74, pl. [Discus- sion] 386. ------ Oitavo laringectomia total executada no Instituto Penido Burnier. Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier, 1940-42, 6: 438 (Abstr.)—Prini, Leyro Diaz, & Nicolini, R. C. Con- sideraciones sobre laringectomfa total. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1941, 25: 137-16.—Rebattu, Gignoux & Gros. Piece de laryngectomie totale. Ann. oto'ar., Par., 1939, 612.—Rethi, A. Ueber die totale Kehlkopfexstirpation. Chirurg, 1930, 2: 601-6/—Rosciano. Contribution clinica a la extirpacidn total de laringe. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1902, 2: 47.—Salamon, J. Un point particulier de la laryngectomie totale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 1242.—Santiuste, J. Algunas observaciones sobre unos casos de extirpation total de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 251-5.— Sebileau, P. Laryngectomie totale. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1904, n. ser., 30:476. ------& Delair. Laryngectomie totale; larynx et glotte artificiels. Ibid., 781-4.—Tapia, A. G. Un caso de extirpaci6n total de la laringe en 2 tiempos; presentation del enfermo y piezas patologicas macro y microscopicas. Bol lar. otol rinol, Madr., 1908, 8: 161-71. ------ Sobre la extirpaci6n total de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr.,181-9.— Terracol, Sagols, H., & Vergues. La/yngectomie totale; presentation de piece et du malade appareil le avec une canule parlante. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1935-36, 17: 312.—Terracol, Puig, F. [et al] Laryngectomie totale; presentation de piece. Ibid., 1934-35, 16: 459-61.—Terry, W. I. Report of case of total laryngectomy and exhibition of patient. Pacific M. J., 1903, 46: 750.—Toti, E. : Considerazioni su cinque laringectomie totali; la sutura del Iembo di Langenbeck secondo Moulonguet. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1938, 56: 81-9.—Traina, S., & Simonetta, B. Considerazioni sulla laringectomia totale con faringostomia temporanea. Valsalva, 1938, 14: 277-83.—Van den Wilden- berg. La laryngectomie totale chez les jeunes et chez les vieillards. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 469.—Vasconcelos, E. Tecnica da laringectomia total para o cancer intrinseco a laringe. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1941, 18: 337 (Abstr.) —---- & Mattos Barretto, P. de. A cirurgia no tratamento do cincer da laringe; uma nova tecnica de laringectomia total, particular- men te vantajosa para os casos em que se deve extirpar tambem a loja pre-epigl6tica; laringectomia sem abertura da faringe. Rev. cir. S. Paulo, 1943-44, 9: 85-110. LARYNGISMUS stridulus. See under Glottis, Spasm. LARYNGITIS. See also Laryngotracheitis; Laryngotracheo- bronchitis; Vocal cord, Chorditis; also such terms as Common cold; Hoarseness; also under names of specific infections as Diphtheria; Syphilis; Tuberculosis, etc. Haslinger, F. Die akute und chronische Laryngitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 561-4.—Lewis. F. O. Laryngitis. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 195-7, 4 pl; 1933, 8: 293-6.—Martinet. Laryngitis. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 444. ---- acute catarrhal. Poschmann, K. A. *Die primaren akut- infektiosen Entzundungsformen des Larynx [Berlin] 19p. 20Kcm. Konigsb., 1937. Bennati, N. Due casi di laringite acuta guariti con la vacinoterapia. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1930, 89: 3.—Brenne- mann, J. Acute catarrhal laryngitis and spasmodic croup. In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 2: Chap. 44, 1-6.—Dean, L. W., jr. Acute larvngitis. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 3: 2455.—Galdiz, J. A. Larin- gitis aguda primitiva simple en los nifios. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 421-42.—Greenwood, G. J. Acute laryngitis in infants. Illinois M. J., 1939, 75: 52-7.—Hersen. Tratamento da laryngite aguda. Novid. med. pharm., Porto, 1907, 12: 215.—Labarrsgue, M. Laryngite aigue. Presse med., i934, 42: 1707.—Landry. Un traitement simple des laryngites catarrhales. Union med. nordest, 1937, 60: 65-9.—Langlois, M. Laryngite catarrhale aigue et corps etrangers. Laval med., 1941, 6: 259-61.—Laurens, G. Com- ment reconnaStre une laryngite catarrhale aigue. Clinkue, Par., 1906, 1: 470.—Laval, F. Frequence de l'intervention dans les laryngites aigues de 1'enfance en dehors de la diphterie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 19071 23: 150-4.—Le Mee, J. M. Laryngites aigups de l'enfant. In Annee med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 261-8.—Levando, A. M. [Ultra-high frequency in treat- ment of acute laryngitis] Vest, otorinolar., 1941, No. 5, 47-9.— Lomers, L. S. The treatment of acute laryngitis. Mercks Arch., 1905, 7: 69-73.—Mogilnicki, T. Ostry niezyt krtani u dzieci, symulujacv krup pierwotny. Czas. lek., L6dz, 1907, 9: 153-8. Also French transl, Rev. mal. enf., Par., 1907, 25: 241-5.—Peeler. C. N. Acute non-diphtheritic laryngitis in children, report of cases. South. M. & S., 1926, 88: 661-4 — Tardy, O. [Less frequent cases of acute laryngitis] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936, 16: 97-111.—Thompson, I. D. Report of case of acute larvngitis in which laryngo-tracheotomy was performed. Confed. States M. & S. J., 1864, 1: 212. ---- aphthous. Moure, E. J. On a case of aphthous laryngitis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc (1904) 1905, 10: 334. Also Ann. Otol. Bhinol, 1904, 13: 139.—Zuppinger, K. A. Ueber Laryngitis aphthosa. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1903) 1904, 75: 2. H., 249-51. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1904, 17: 128. ---- chronic. See also Larynx, Pachyderma. Garel, J. Les laryngites chroniques. 6tude clinique et therapeutique. p.427-559. 8? Par., [1921] Rouget, J. *Les laryngites chroniques de I'enfance. 56p. 24i/2cm. Par., 1930. Barwell. H. Chronic laryngitis. Hospital, Lond., 1908, 44: 359-62.—Boulai. Traitement local des laryngites chroniques. Clinique, Par., 1912, 7: 332-4.—Clerf, L. H. Treatment of chronic laryngitis simplex. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 384-91. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938,- 27: 261-5— Corone, A. La laryngite chronique banale dc l'adulte et son traitement hydromineral. Presse med., 1943, 51: 330 (Abstr.)—Finder, G. Der chronische Kehlkopfkatarrh. Deut. med. Wschr., 1920, 46: 660.—Grain, R. Laryngite catarrhale chronique et ionisa- tion iodee. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1932, 61-4. -----: Le traitement electrique des laryngites catarrhales chroniques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 1006-8. —---- Therapeutique de la laryngite catarrhale chronique. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1935, 446-9.—Hall, M. Chronic inflammation of the larynx, cured by laryngotomy and mercury. In Pract. Obs. & Sugges- tions (Hall. M.) Lond., 1845, 340-8.—Harris, T. J. Chronic laryngitis. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1910, 25: 523-7.—Hartung, F. Laringites cronicas; contribuicao ao seu estudo. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1938, 6: 479-81.—Horstord, C. Ihe medical treatment of chronic laryngitis. Fol. Ther., Lond., 1909, 3: LARYNGITIS 504 LARYNGITIS 109-15.—Howarth, W. Case of chronic laryngitis. Proc. R. Soc. M., 1 ond.. 1910-11, 4: I arvng. Sect., 108.—Jngals, F. F. Chronic laryngitis. Tr. Am. lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1G05) 15i06. 11: 388-403. Also laryngoscope, 1005, 15: 203-10 — Krebs, G. Die Allgemeinbehandlung des chronischen Ha's- katarrhs. Ther. IMsch.. 1909, 3: 594-7.—Larr b, 1>. «. Case of chronic inflnininatii n of larynx. Washirgton M. Ann. 1904-05, 3: 446.—I ctri rd, 7.1 . Srme rbasesof chrrrue laivrigitis. Tr. M. Soc. N. York, 1904, 98: 300-5. Also Med. Rec, N. V., 1904, 65: 174-6.—Lyon. W. D. Inhalation of iodine vapor jn treatment of chronic laryngitis in children. 1 r. Lniv. Michiran Pediat. Infect. Dis. Soc, 1929, 68.—Mayer, E. Differential diagnosis and treatment of chronic larvngitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1913, 61: 1215.—IV icgeville. R. I a larynaite chronique. Pull med., Tar., 1921, 3a: 167-70.—Nikitin, V. N. Kronicheskiy katarr gortani. Yezhtmles. ushn. gorlov. nosov. holezn., 1912, 7: 340.—Pratt, J. T. Chronic laryngitis as treated by the general practitioner. Med. Age, Letr., 1S04, 22: 601-8.— Price-Brown. Case of chronic laryngitis for diagnosis. I aryngo- scopc, 1910, 20: 1173.—Kidout, I . A. S. Case of chronic lar \ niritis of long standing. Iroc R. Soc. M., I ond., 1922-23, 16:1 aryng. Sect., 23.—holdan Verges, G. F., & Hernandez, A. I arinyitis crdnica y toxemia gastro-intestinal. Irensa med. argent., 1935, 22: 2272-5.—Kouget, J. .Laryngites chroniques chez l'enfant. Ann. otoiar., Tar., 1933, 1326.—buault, A. Pes laryngites chroniques non spdcifcques; formes cliniques; traitement. Ann. mal. oreille, 1104, i0: 4-12-68. Also English transl, Ann. Otol Rhinol, lt04, 13:327-49.----- Rapport sur les formes cliniqueset le traitement des laryngites chroniques non spetifiques. Arch, internat. laryng., lar,, 1904, 18: >o. 4, Suppl, 2-15.—Shurly, E. L. Chronic lai vntitis. Detroit M. J., 1808, 8: 245-8.—Steward, F. J. Chionic larvnpitis. Guv's Hosp. Caz., lond., 1906, 20: 28- 32.—1 anaka, H. Laryngitis chronica von Aspergyrus glaucus. Jap. .1. Derm., 1935, 37: Suppl, Urol, G9 (Abstr.)—Tcmmasi. Le inalazioni coll'acquf. madre nelle laringiti e tracheiti catarrali croniche. Atti Congr. naz. idrol climat. (1906) 1C07, 102-6.—Watson-Williams, E. Case for diagnosis; chronic laryngitis. J. lar. Otol, lond., 1939, 54: 642.—W>lie, A. Case of chronic larvngitis in an unusual form. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1913-14, 7: pt 2, Laryng. i^cct., 50. ------ & Ryland, A. Chronic unilateral laryngitis for diagnosis. Ibid., 1918-19, 12: Laryng. Sect., 104. ---- Croup. Sec Laryngitis, fibrinous. ---- Diagnosis. Hall, M. On a source of diagnosis in laryngitis. In his Pract. Ol s. & Suggestions, lond., 1845, 349.—Mollison, W. M. Case of larvngitis; for diagnosis. Proc R. Soc M., lond., 1920-27, 2C: laryng. Sect., 20.—Watson-Williams, E. I aryn- gitis; tuberculous? Ibid., 1938-39, 32: Laryng. Sect., 1236. ---- Etiology. Cultra, G. M., & Streit, A. J. Non-diphtheritic infectious laryngitis. Texas State J. M., 1930-31, 2b: 304-8.—Munger. C. K. 1 he mixed laryngeal infect on. laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 56-64.—Sevket H tit nil Taray. Pademcik ameliyati ve ilti- habinin netuesi neziflor. Askeri sihhiye nx crnnasi, 1942, 71: 69-74.—Taviani. Laryngite baciilaire et holiotlu'iapie. Arch Soc. sc. nieil linl jVlontpel'icr, 1928, 9: 24 8-55.—Vygovtky, A. P. .[Brucella infection of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1040, No. 9, 57-61—Wilson, G. W. Report of a case of acute laryngitis occurring as a conversion symptom during analysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 1934, 21: 408-14. ---- fibrinous. See also Diphtheria; Tracheotomy. Millard, A. *De la tracheotomie dans le ca? de croup. 247p. 8? Par., 1858. Vai.erani, F. II croup e la tracheotomia; annotazioni pratiche. 27p. 21cm. Tor., 1872. Volpe, M. Crup laringeo. 201p. 8? Nap., 1916. Albert, F. Consideraciones practicas sobre los estados crupales. Prensa med. argent., 1935, 22: 291-3.—Arnold, W. Laryngeale Adrenalinanwendung bei Grippecroup. Mschr. Kinderh., 1924, 28: 515-8.—Artu-i, G. Morte apparente nel croup e reviviscenza con la respirazione artihciale, previa tracheotomia. Valsalva, 1925, 1: 107-9.—Becquerel, A. Memoria intorno ai risul ati d He op razioni di laringo-trache- otomia eseguite in un c rto numero di casi di croup, neU'cspe- dale de fanciul i, td interno agli acciden i ehe possono tentr dietro a que<-ta oprrazione. GLr. prcgr. pat,., 1842, s r. 2, 2: 41-51.—belfort, F. Um caso de crupe primitivo. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1937, 5: 435-8.—Benjamin, E. L. Influenzal croup. N. \ork State J. M., 1926, 26: 747.—Bessau, G. Kritische Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von A. Schlossmann: Ueber die VermeiduiiL' operati ver Eingriffe (Tracheotomie und Intubation) bei der lelandlung des h rupps. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1209.—H< kay, J. Leber die Vermeidung operativer Eingriffe bei der Pel; ndlung des Krupps. Ibid., 1210. ------ Ueber den Zeitpunkt der Vornahme operativer Eingriffe bei Croup und meine Resultate mit der Intubation bei Kindern unter zwei Jahren. Mschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 31: 333-40.----- [Cases of larynreal croup] Crv. hetil. 1932, 76: 09 71.— Carnevile Iricii. F. I arin>_-iti psciuhmiernhranose non difturirhe, Osp. maggiore, Mi'ano, 1928, 16: 205-11, pl.—Chnn.n, K. laryngite pfeudo-mcmbianc use; tracheotomie. Presse ninl. beige, 1862-63, 16: 21-3.—< oncorso (Un) imperiaV per la guarigione del croup. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pi 2, varia, 584-6.—Crooks, J. Surgical aspects of croup in child hood. Practitioner, 1 end.. 1936, 137: 709-18.—Crup-difterile. Progr. ter., Milano, 1910. 11-27.—Fgife, H. A. [Treatment of crcup] Lediatria, JVnsl-.va, 1927, 11: 317-25.—Fmetique (L') dans le crcup. J. chim. imSd., Tar., 1869, 5. ser.. 5: .'{S5.— Ftlconi Villagorrez, J. A. Algo sobre el crup. An. Soc med quir. Cuayas, 1940, 20: 6S9-95 — Ftldftein, A. I., A- Sus-hon, F. A. [Diseases of the upper respiratory tract, simulating laryngeal croup in young children] Pediatria, Moskva, 1910, No. 11, 28-31.—Gere, M. E. A croup tent. Am. J. Nurs., 1935, 35: 107.—Gilbert, J. G.. Meyersburg, H.. & Silverbcrg, J. S. Croup; preliminary report on one year's investigation of 226 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 281 96.— Ilamon, M. Croup severe <:ueri par aspiration des fausses membranes sous controle de la larynroscopie directe. Ann. oto'ar., lar., 1936, 309.—Hezelri, S. [Diagnosis of croup in children by indirect laryngoscopy] Vest, otorino'ar., 1937, 315-28.—Jacod, M. Des laryngites aigufs a fausses membranes non diphteriinies. Sem. med., Lar., 1907, 27: 505-8.—Klotz, M. Fur und wider die operative Behandlung des F rupps. Deut. med. Wrschr., 1024, 50: 1576.—hoehn, E. Zur Frage der operativen Behand- lung des F rupps bei Sauglingen und Kleinkindern. Ibid., 1925, 51: 1119.—Kucher, L. S. Clinical course, pathogenesis and therapy of croup. Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No. 2, 41-9.— La M ee, Troncin. & Soulas, A. Du role de la laryngoscopie directe dans la therapeutique du croup. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1937, 35: 310-3.—Leunda, J. J., Luzardo, O., & Portu Pereira, E. Diarnc'stico del crup. Arch, pediat. Ururuav. 1937, 8: 18-22.—Meyer, burg, H. Croup. In Ther. Infancy, (Litchfield, H. R., et al) Lhila., 1942, 2: 1122-32—Migliori, V. Observations sur le traitement du croup dans ces quatre der- ni^res annees a la Clinique pediatrique de Bologne. Rev. fr. pediatr., 1938, 14: 224-46.—M. yC,B. De la espongia tosta en el -tratamiento homeopatico del crup. Bandera homeop. Ha- bana, 1856, 1: 53-9—Nordenskjold, H. von. Akuter Kehlkopf- krupp und Luftkorperwechsel. Arch. Kindeih., 1932-33, 98: 211-6.—Pauvers. Du traitement du croup par le perchlorure de fer liquide a l'interieur. J. chim. med. Par., 1869, 5. ser., 5: 40- 2.—Pevzner, A. D. [Certain actual questions of pathogenesis and therapy of croup] Pediatria, Moskva, 1940, No. 12, 49- 12.— Posthuma, L. L. [Croup and pseudo cioup] Ned. tschr. s-eneesk., 1932, 76: pt 2, 2493-5.—Rebattu, Gate & Parthiot. I aryngite a fausses membranes primitives a pneumobacille de Friedlander. Lyon med., 1927,139: 703-6.—Rebattu, Mounier- Kuhn & Gignoux. Laryngite k fausses membranes chez l'adulte a staphylocoques. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 441.—Rebattu & Parlhiot. I aryngite a fausses membranes primitive a pneumo- bacille de Friedlander. Rev. laryng., Far., 1927, 48: 401-5.— Reiche, F. Ueber Vermeidung operativer Eingriffe bei der Behandlung des Krupps. Med. Klin., Berl, 1925, 21: 238 — Rozlovsky, I. I. [Treatment of croup] Sovet. pediat., 1935, No. 10, 50-5.—Sangiovanni. V. Laringiti pseudomembranose. Rass. san. A. O. I., Addis Abeba, 1939, 1: No. 2, 17-29, pl— Sanson, R. D. de. Crupe, intubacao, tracheotomia. Fol med., Rio, 1937, 18: 410-6.—Schick, B. Croup. In Ther. Infancy (Litchfield, H. R., & al.) Fhila., 1942, 1: 535-42.—Schloss- mann, A. Ueber die Vermeidung operativer Eingriffe (Tracheo- tomie und Intubation) bei der Behandlung des Krupps. Deut. med. Wrschr., 1924, 50: 941-4.—Swetlow, G. Croup; its differential diagnosis and treatment. Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: p. vii-x.—Telle, D. M. Croup; an analysis of 344 cases. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39: 954-68.— Tron. Sulle laringiti pseudomembranose. Terapia, Milano, 1939, 29: 303-5.— Vacarezza, R. Croup. Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 871-3.— Volquarts. Prescriptions et formules contre l'angine couenneuse et le croup. J. chim. med., Tar., 1865, 5. ser., 1: 80-2.— Wagner, E. A. Croup. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Borlz) Phila., 1939, 4: 633-9.—Willebrand, H. von. On suction in croup. Acta padiat., Upps., 1931-32, 12: 191; 1932, 13: 499. Also Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1932, 74: 422-26. ------ Ueber Suction bei Croup mit einer einfachen Methode. Acta pa^diat., Upps., 1933, 16: 404-8. ---- hyperplastic. See Larynx, Pachyderma. ---- membranous. See also Laryngotracheobronchitis. Berry, G. Membranous laryngitis and tracheitis with staphylococcus aureus-hemolyticus infection. Tr. Am. Bron- chosc. Soc, 1928, 11: 34-7. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928, 37: 960-2.—Gittins, T. R. Membranous laryngitis and tracheo- bronchitis (nondiphtheritic) Tr. Am. Lar. Rhinol. Otol. Soc, 1926, 32: 40-57. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926, 35: 1110-29. ---- nodular. See also Larynx, Nodule; Vocal cord, Nodule. Gerber. Ueber die sogenannte Laryngitis nodulosa. Zschr. Laryng., 1908, 1: 43-9.—Salles, P. Cure sulfureuse et laryngite LARYNGITIS 505 LARYNGITIS nodulaire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 150.—Vincent, J. Traite- ment des laryngites nodulaires par la cure sulfureuse. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1927, 33: 599-607. ---- obstructive and suffocating. Fabiato, N. Contribution a l'etude des laryngites suffocantes non diphteriques de l'en- fant. 106p. 8? Par., 1938. Liatjthaud, S. *A propos des laryngites suffocantes non diphteriques chez l'enfant; etude de 16 cas de laryngites suffocantes sous- glottiques. 88p. 25'km. Lyon, 1939. Teli.ier, J. Contribution a l'6tude des laryngites suffocantes de l'enfance. 56p. 8°. Par., 1938. Bertoin & Mayoux. Deux cas de laryngite suffocante de l'enfance. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 930-3.—Coccheri, P. La terapia medica delle laringiti acute stenosanti, l'azione dei preparati adrenalinosimili, con particolare riguardo all'efedrina. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1930, 12: 1031-94.—Colarizi. A. Sull'azio- ne dei cosidetti farmaci adrenalinosimili nelle laringiti acute stenosanti. Ibid., 1933, 15: 177-209.—Colleville. Trois cas de laryngite suffocante non diphterique du nourrisson. Rev. laryng., Par., 1930, 51: 735-8.—Destefanis, P. L'intubazione e la tracheotomia nella pratica pediatrica. Prat, pediat., Milano, 1936, 14: 267-75.—Fiegoli. Acute obstructive laryn- gitis. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1941, 58: 257-9.—Gonzalez Aguirre, S., Messina, B., & Rey Sumay, R. Laringitis sofo- cante. Arch, argent, pediat., 1943, 20: 411. ------ Laringitis sofocantes en la infancia. Dia med., B. Air., 1943, 15: 801-4.— Graebner, H. Pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum in cases of acute obstructive laryngitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 446-56.—Grenet, H. Les laryngites suffocantes. In his Conf. clin. med. inf., Par., 1933, 2. ser., 131-48.— Howard, W. A. The use oi intubat.on and tracheotomy in the treatment of obstructive laryngitis in ch.ldren. J. Pediat., S. Lou s, 1938, 12: 47-57.—Janbon, Chaptal, J., & Sarran, R. La sulfamidotherapie des laryngites suffocantes (hypolaryn- gites aigues oedemateuses) chez l'enfant. Marseille med., 1941, 7h: 629-35.—Laringiti soffocanti dell'infanzia. Rinasc. med., 1940, 17: 257.—Martin, A. Algunos casos de laringitis agudas estenosantes (;,crup?) Rev. barcel. enferm. ofdo, 1905, 1: 14-8.—Mayoux, R. Le probleme de la tracheotomie dans les laryngites suffocantes de l'enfance. J. med. Lyon, 1941, 22: 421-3. ------ & Schoen. Deux cas de laryngite suffocante de l'enfance. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 929.— Platou, E. S.. & Hilleboe, H. Obstructive laryngitis; a critical analvsis of 352 cases. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Pediat., 1933, 215-34. Also Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 47: 970-87— Rosso, C. Su'.la cura delle laringiti stenosanti dell'infanzia. Lattante, 1934, 5: 346-53.—Rufhno, V. R. Laringit.s estenosante, no difterica, en el niflo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 1, 1270-4. ---- occupational. Alexander, A. Die Laryngitis sicca als Berufskrankheit Berl. klin. Wschr., 1907, 44: 971.—Barth, E. Die professionelle Laryngitis. Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1908, 22: 405-7—Kecskes, Z. Der akut trockene Kehlkopfkatarrh als Beschaftigungskrank- heit. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 343-7. Also Orv. hetil, 1938, 82: mell, 10.—Okunev, V. N. Izohrovanniy khronicheskiy katarr zadnel stienkf gortani i znacheniye evo dlya golosa plevcov. yezhemles. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1910, 5: 646-57.—Rice, C. C. The difference in causation and clinical appearance between simple catarrhal laryngit.s and the laryngit.s of singers, actors, etc. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1905, 20: 1131-48.—Tovolgyi, E. Eszrevetelek az enekesek gege- hurutjainak kezeiese altal szerzett tapasztalataimr61. Gegeszet, 1909, 16-9. ---- Pathology. Schmidt. V. *Haematologiske unders0gelser ved nogle infectionstilstande i svaelget. 198p. 8? Kbh., 1924. . , Bradford, W. L., & Leahy, A. D. Acute obstructive laryn- gitis; clinical and bacteriologic study in 66 cases. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 40: 298-304.—Courtade, A. Laryngite oedema- teuse nevropathique. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1903, 17: 1340-4 —Fro'cheU, E. |Ueber die Sine- und Sprechatmung bei akuter Laryngitis] Wien. med. Wschr.. 1927, 77: 63 — Hiibner. Ueber Falle von akut entzundlichen Larynxodemen, im besonderen uber solche mit positivem DiphtherieaDstnch. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1929, 25: 107-17.—Jones, D. H. Laryn- gitis sicca. Laryngoscope, 1920, 30: 740.—Leroux.L. Laryn- gite inhltrante sciereuse. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, o»-ou. Pardal, R., & Acevedo Sojo, J. T. Laringitis estenosante fibrosa productiva. Rev. As. med. argent., 1935, 49: 901-7.— Pollak, E. larynait.s sicca gravidarum. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 832, 897— Prada. Dos casos de inflamaci6n septica aguda de la laringe. Progr. clin., Madr., 1920, 15: 206-9—Rugani, L. Sepsi laringea consecutiva a setticemia streptococcic!,. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1908) 1910, 1-?: pt, 11, 349-51.-Rutenburg, D. M., & Orlova, E F [Epidemic septic laryngitis] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 4d0-4. Schech. Die Laryngitis exsudativa. Verh. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 187-98.—Tavani, E. Contributo clinico alio studio degli edemi infiammatori acuti e delle suppurazioni della regione sopraglottica. Valsalva, 1936, 12: 413-36. ---- phlegmonous. See also Larynx, Edema. Quiret, H. *Laryngites et perilaryngites phlegmoneuses. 83p. 8? Par., 1927. Baehr, G., & Klemperer, P. Acute phlegmonous laryngitis, mediastinitis and confluent bronchopneumonia. J. Mount Sinai Hosp., 1935-36, 2: 282.—Bianculli, H., & Mercandino, C. P. Laringitis flegmonosa gripal. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 1, 366.—Botella, E. Breves consideraciones sobre un caso de laringitis flegmonosa; flemon de la epiglotis. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 116-21.— Buev, P. D. [Phlegmon of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 340-5.—Campian, A. [Laryngeal phlegmon] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 1286-8.--Claus, H. Phlegmonen als Komplikationen entziindlicher Vorgange in den oberen Luft- wegen. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 337-9.—Delie. Phlegmon suraigu du larynx avec gangrSne gazeuse. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 4, 28-31.—Hellmann, K. Ueber metasta- tische eitrige Erkrankung des Kehlkopfes. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 295-306, pl.—Larsen, B. [Cases of phlegmonous, septic laryngitis] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: [Dansk oto-lar. selsk. forh.] 81-3.—Fierce, N. H. Laryngeal phlegmon. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1906, 49- 56.—Tetera, F. [Phlegmons of the larynx] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1935, 74: 1260-3. ---- streptococcic epidemic. Dixon, O. J. Streptococcic laryngitis simulating clinical diphtheria. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1925, 22: 14.—Hamill, S. McC. Primary streptococcal membranous laryngitis in an adult, Am. Med., 1904, 7: 1020.—Hart, V. K. Streptococcic laryngitis: report of a case with a very rare complication. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 781-5.—Ritchie, J. H., & Gardi- rer. I. V. Streptococcal laryngitis. S. Afr. M. J., 1935, 9: 46 — Seitz, R. P. Acute streptococcic laryngitis in children; report of cases. California West. M., 1929, 30: 259.—Stern & Dolgopol. Acute obstructive laryngitis (Strep, viridans) terminal tracheotomy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1939, 56: 679.— Tilley. H., & McKenzie, D. Epidemic streptococcus laryngitis. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 3-6.—Vedder, A. [Streptococci of the larynx] Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1933, 8: 172-88. ---- subglottic. See also Laryngitis, obstructive. Bazan, F., & Bortagaray, M. Laringitis subgl6tica. Arch. argent, pediat., 1943, 20: 500.—Berggren, S. Zur Frage der Behandlung schwerverlaufender Fiille von Laryngitis sub- glottica. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1929, 120: 105-9.—Blanc, E. Laringitis sub-gl6tica. Arch, gin., Barcel, 1904, 17: 168.— Carlens, E. [On the etiology of laryngitis subglottica chronica in relation to a case] Nord. med., 1940, 8: 2107.—Charachon, J. Laryngite soffocante de l'enfant a forme de laryngite sous- glottique circonscrite. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 927-9.— Citelli. S. Laringostenosi acuta recidivante per laringite ipoglottica; intubazione ripetuta con tubi leggerissimi, di sola vulcanite. Arch. ital. laring., 1905, 25: 49-57.—Conte, D. Hipolaringitis. Arch, argent, pediat., 1941, 16: 414-7.— Csillag, S. lEtiology of hypoglottic laryngitis] i Orv. hetil, 1933, 77: 676-80.—Gilse, P. H. G. van IStenosis in laryngitis subglottica] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 3556-61.— Glas. Laryngitip hypoglottica chronica hypertrophica. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1913, 47: 1036.—Kramer, R. Chronic subg'ottiditis. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 136-9.—Lange, C. de [Laryngitis subglottica in the new-born] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1938, 7: 219-23.—Mayoux, R. Existe-t-il une laryngite chronique sous-glotlique? Lyon med., 1933, 151: 670-2. ------ Laryngite chronique sous-glottique. Ann. otolar., Par 1939, 708.—Richardson, C. W. Laryngitis hypoglottica acuta. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1904) 1905, 10: 361-6. Also Am. Otol. Rhinol, 1904, 13: 106-10 [Discussion] 154.—Spira, J. ■ [Nature of chronic subglottic inflammation] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 875. Also German transl, Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 58-64. ---- submucous. Dvorkin, G. M. [Submucous (subcordal) laryngitis in children] Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 11, 117.—Fedosov, I. A. [Acute inflammation of the submucous layer of the larynx] Ibid. . No. 3, 42-52.—Ruprecht, M. Zur Kenntniss der Laryn- gitis submucosa acuta. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1905, 39: 337- 60.—Sendziak, J. Contribution to the pathology and therapy of submucous inflammation of the larynx (laryngitis submucosa acuta) J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1908, 23: 66-76. ---- toxic. Borntr'ager. Kunstdungerstaub als Ursache von todlicher Kehlkopfentzundung. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1904, 10: 50.— Proby, H. Laryngite saturnine. Lyon med., 1933, 152: 75.— Raspail, F. V. Consequences frlquentes des laryngalgies, laryngites, arsenigenes. Rev. compl. sc. appl. m6d., Par., LARYNGITIS 506 LARYNGOCELE 1S59 -60, 6: 299.—Sanchez Moreno, L. Laringitis cr6nica t6xica por gases inhalantes. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1124-6.—Soulas, A. Un cas de laryngite survenue a la suite de deux injections de novarsenobenzol. Ann. otolar., Par.. 1933, 984. ------& Parisko. A propos dun cas de laryngite aurique. Ibid., 984-6. ---- Treatment. Cassoute A- Poinso. Laryngite cedemateuse aigue a strepto- coques; tracheotomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1929, 27: 87-9.—Ffremov, M. P. [Treatment of laryngitis by phvsical mil hods] Vest, otorinolar., 1939, 694 S. Harry, P. A. Larvngitis. Prcscriber, Edinb., 1929, 23: 49-53.— Kanev. S. M. Laryngitis routed by osteopathy. Osteopath. Mag., 19-13, 30: No. 9, 27.—Lavrand, H. Laryngite cedema- teuse chez un enfant de 9 mois, tracheotomie, decanulation tardive apres ablation des tumeurs adenoides. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1906, 9: 204-9.—Oksmanas, G. [My experiences in treatment of larvngitis with basic eucupin] Medicina, Kaunas 1928, 9: 483-7.—Ormerod, F. C. The treatment of laryngitis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1939, 202: 70-3.— Peterson, F. E. [Treatment of laryngitis by d'Arsonval's currentl Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 68-70.—Rosenthal, G. Aurotherapie intratracheale de la laryngite bacillaire au debut. Clinique, Par., 1936, 31: 322.—Setien, F. Traqueotomia de urgencia en un nino en estado de muerte aparente, a conse- cuencia de una laringitis intensa primitiva. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 218-23.—Taviani. Larvngite bacillaire et heiiotherapie. Monde med., Par., 1929, 39: 503-6.—Tratamiento de la laringitis. Rev. homeop., Barcel, 1890, 1: 373-9.—Weaver, H. S. Acute and chronic inflammations of the larvnx and the homeopathic treatment. Hahneman. Month., 1934, 69: 270-6. ---- ulcerative. See also Larynx, Ulcer. Boulai, J. Note sur un cas de laryngite dothienenterique ulcero-necrosante; tracheotomie; guerison. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 18: 810-6.—Bui Iowa, J. G. M.. & Jacobi, M. Ulcerative larvngitis due to Corvnebacterium ulcerans. Am. J. Dis. Child.,1931, 41: 120-5.—Deguy & Deioi. La laryngite cricoidienne ulcereuse. Rev. mens. mal. enf., Par., 1905, 23: 25-35.—Kelson. Ulceration of the epiglottis, inter-aryta?noid fold, and both vocal chords. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-03, 95.-—Reiche, F. Larvngitis membrano-ulcerosa fusibacillaris. Munch, med. Wschr., 1907, 54: 832-4.— Tucker, G. A case of chronic hoarseness (ulcerative laryngitis) showing tuberculosis and cancer in the same lesion. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1572. ---- in animals. Cameron, H. S., & Britton, J. W. Chronic ovine laryngitis. Cornell Vet., 1943, 33: 26.5-8.— Minnie, R. G. Atypical necrotic laryngitis in a calf. Vet. Med., Chic, 1943, 38: 394.— Pernaud. Laryngite aigue; tracheotomie; guerison. J. med. vet., Lyon, 1845, 1: 540-4.—Rey. Des maladies croupales de voies respiratoires produites sur les animaux par l'action de la fumee dans les incendies. Ibid., 1850, 6: 249-67. LARYNGOCELE. See also Laryngeal ventricle. Georges, J. M. *Etude des laryngoceles; pathogenie; traitement chirurgical. 91p. 8? Par., 1930. Prause, A. *Beitrag zur Pathologie und Klinik der Laryngocelen. 48p. 8? Bresl., 1935. Abbate, L. Su un caso di voluminoso ventricolocele estra- laringeo in un bambino treenne; considerazioni sugli aeroceli laringei. Otorinolar. ital, 1939, 9: 371-85.—Allman, C. H., & Cordray, D. P. Laryngocele. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 586-91.—Bianculli, H., & Rapaport, B. Laringocele. Dfa med., B. Air., 1943, 15: 450-2.—Blewett, J. Laryngocele. Brit. J. Radiol, 1939, 12: 163-7.—Bremond & Pourtal. Laryn- gocele extra-laryngee unilaterale congenitale; cure radicale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 34: 40-4.—Della Cioppa, D. Un caso di laringocele esterno. BolL mal. orecchio, 1931, 49: 153-60.—Duerto, J.. & Revenga, F. Un nuevo caso de laringo- cele interno. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1928, 12: 123-5.—Feldmann, B. L. Ein Fall von Laryngokele. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1928, 62: 668-71, pl—Fink, A. I., & Yussfin, G. A. [Internal sympto- matic laryngocele] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 93.— Friedrich. Ein Fall von Laryngocele. Verbff. Heer. San., 1930, H. 84, 155-61.—Galli, L. A., & Monteverde, R. Laringo- cele. Rev. san. mil, B. Air., 1944, 43: 39-44.—Goufas. G. Sur un cas de laryngocele externe et inferieure post-syphilitique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 491-500.—Grunberg & Thielemann. Laryngozelen (zwei operierte Fiille, darunter ein vereiterter Divertikel) Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1929, 122: 97-107.— Gusevas, V. [Instantaneous death caused by aerocele of the larynx] Medicina, Kaunas, 1927, 8: 666-8. Also Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 1109.—Halphen. Presentation d'un malade attaint dune laryngocele. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 326.— Istomin, I. A. [Case of laryngocele] In Jubil. otorinolar. sbornik Zimin, Novosibirsk, 1933, 51-4, pl.—Kan, P. T. L. Ueber einen Fall von kongenitalen LnrynxluftsSeken bei einem Kinde von sechzehn Tagen. Zschr. Laryng., 1908, 1: 51-60, pl.- Kcrht, B. Ein Fall von Laryngokele. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 11".-— Labarre, E. Laryngocele ventriculaire. Bull. Soc bclee otol, 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 30. Also Pratique med., Par., 1906, 20: 108.—Lemaitre & Halphen. A propos de la larvngocMe. Arch, internat. laryng.. Far., 1930, 36: 1192-6.—Lindsay. J. R. Laryngocele ventriculari^. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1940, 49: 661-73 [Discussion] 810. l.othrop, <). A. Laryngopvocole; report of a case. N. En-land .1. M.. 19 13. 22!): 681.—Lund, R. [Case of true bilateral internal and external larvngocele] Nord. med.. 1939. 4: 3851. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 84.— Monchy, L. B. de [An infant with air-sacs] Ned. tschr. geneesk.. 1920. 70: pt 2, 2047.— Montoiro, A. Laringo- cele. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: ■in.'l -Moulonguet 4 Trepsat. Un cas de laryngocele. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 73-5.—Nager. Ueber Lan ngozelen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 574.—Natanson, L. N., & Raspopov. A. P. Ueber lufthaltige Geschwulste des Kehlkopfes und des liaises (Laryn- gocele vera, symptomatica, spuria) Otolar. slav., Piaha, 1931, 3: 165-202.—Neumann, H. Eine doppelseitige kombinierte aussere und innere Laryngocele. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 1548, pl.—Oppikofer, E. Stenosierende doppelseitiee intralaryngeale Laryngozele. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 362-7.—Pereira, C. A proposito de um caso de laringocele. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1940, 8: 735 58, 8 pl—Raimondo, C. LTn caso di laringocele esterno acquisito. Ann. laring.. Tor., 1927, 28: 359-67, 2 pl—Reading, P. Mucocele of the pharyn- geal ventricle, simulating a laryngocele. .1. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1941, 56: 204-6, pl.—Rendu, R. Larvngocele et anatomie comparee. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1939, 60: 501-21. incl. 2 pl.— Rollin. H. Beitrag zur Operationstechnik der Larvngozele. Hals &c Arzt, Teil 1, 1938, 29: 22-7.—Schall. L. A. Laryngo- cele. associated with cancer of the larvnx; case report. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1944, 53: 168-73.—Schlaun. B. N. [Case of laryngocele externa vera] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 445.— Simpson, W. L. Laryngocele. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc. 1938, 21: 32-9. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 1054-60 — Videbech, H. Ueber einen Fall von innammierter Laryngocele. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 123-8. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 590-2.—Watkins, A. B. K. Laryngocele in man and notes on laryngeal sacs in animals. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1935, 5: 138-54.—Zange. Neues iiber den Kehlsack beim Menschen und seine operative Behandlung. Zschr. Hala &c Heilk., 1933, 34: 379-401. LARYNGOFISSURE. See also Larynx, Cancer: Surgery. Cutter, E. Monograph thyrotomy, for the removal of laryngeal growths modified. 30p. 8? Bost., 1871. Austin, E. R. Carcinoma of the larynx; laryngo-fissure; review of the subject and report of a case. Proc. Clin. Hono- lulu, 1942, 8: 37-41.—Bianchi, F. Un caso de epitelioma de la laringe curado con la tirotomfa. Rev. Soc. med. argent., 1905, 13: 203-11.—Bremond, M., & Prevot, M. Les ligatures preventives dans l'endolaryngectomie par laryngo-fissure et dans la pharyngotomie transhyoid'ienne pour neoplasies de lY-piglotte. Ann. mal. oreille, i930, 49: 242-7.—Bruns, von. Ueber die Kadikaloperation des Kehlkopfkrebses mittels Kehkh.pfspaltung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 1521-3 — Cas.'idy, W. A. Early intrinsic cancer of the larynx; treatment bv the larvngo-fissure method; report of 2 cases. Nebraska M. .1, 1933, 18: 98-100.—Cisneros, J. La tirotomfa en el cancer larfngoo; replica al Doctor Semon. Arch. lat. rinol. laring., Baicel, 1904, 15: 109-23.—Clark, J. P.. & Harrington, F. B. Earlv diagnosis of a case of cancer of the larynx; removal of growth by thyrotomy; recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, 138: 107- 10,-Cierf, L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx; an analysis of 56 personal cases treated by laryngofissure. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1934, 40: 263-8. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 654-9.—Colledge, L. Anaesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit M. J., 1943, 1: 230.—Cornelli, G. Indagine elettroacustica delle vocali tipiche in un soggetto laringofissurato. Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 45: 651-60.—Downie, W. Two recent cases of crico-thyrotomy for the removal of intra-larvngeal new growths. Tr. Glasgow Path. Clin. Soc, 1903-04, 10: 69-73. Also Glasgow M. J., 1904, 62: 111-5.—Equen, M. The treatment of cancer of the larvnx: larvngofissure vs laryngectomy. South. M. J., 1934, 27: 776-82— Gatewood, E. T. Chondroma of the larynx; report of 2 cases in which laryngofissure was employed. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 187-97.—Harrison, W. T. A case of malignant disease of the larynx; thvro-fissure. Newcastle M. J., 1922-23, 3: 36.—Havens, F. Z. Thyrotomy in two stages for epithelioma of the larynx in an eldeilv patient. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 233.—Hewer, C. L., it West-ll, IT. M. Anaes- thesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. L, 1943, 1: 458— Hiceuet. De la thryotomie comme moyen diagnostique et therapeutique des neoplasies laryngees. Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1928, 31: 666- 74. Also hivre jubil. J. Verhoogen, Brux., 1929, 343^51. ------ Des indications de la thyrotomie dans les affections neoplasiques du larynx. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1928, 37: 963-0.—Hodge, G. E. Carcinoma of the larynx treated by laryngofissure. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 138.—Hoeven Leonhard, J. van der. De intercrico-thyreotomie volgens Botey bij dreigend stikkingsgevaar. Med. wbl., Amst., 1913-14, 20: 577-81.—Howarth, W. Some points in the technique of LARYNGOFISSURE 507 LARYNGOFISSURE laryngofissure. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1927, 42: 725-8. —— Anaesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 334.— Jackson, C. Thyrotomy vs laryngectomy: notes on the frequently malign nature of chronic hoarseness. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, 87: 1116. ------ Cancer of the larynx, its treat- ment by laryngofissure. South. Surgeon, 1932, 1: 223-9. -----Tenaculum retraction in laryngofissure. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1936, 51: 530. ■------ Laryngofissure for cancer of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 845.—Jackson, C. L. The operation of laryngofissure for cancer of the larynx; obser- vations based on a series of 50 consecutive personal cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 264-71. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 520-35.— Kahler, O. Erweiterte Thyreotomie bei Karzinom; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Ursachen der Unterbeweglichkeit der Stimmlippe bei beginnenden Kehlkopf- krebsen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1929, 122: 151-60.—Kauf- mann. De la thyrotomie dans les tumeurs malignes endo- laryngees. Anjou med., 1905, 12: 71-8.—Kiaer, G. Cancer of the larynx: laryngofissure. Laryngoscope, 1906, 16: 539-41.— Lenart, Z. Nach Laryngofission operiertes und geheiltes Kehlkopfcarcinom. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1908, 44: 1000.— Lewis, C. B. Anesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 162.—Lore, J. M. Suggested modifications of the laryngo- fissure operation. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 100-22. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 1205-23.—Miodonski. J. Ueber die endolaryngeale Laryngofissur. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 1161-6.—Molinie, J. Des indications et contre- indications de la thyrotomie dans les tumeurs malignes du larynx. Rev. hebd. laryng., 1907, 2: 417-25.—Moreno, R. Tirotomia y complicaciones tardias. Bol. Liga cdncer, Habana, 1934, 9: 225-9.—Moure, E. J. A propos de la thyrotomie dans le traitement du cancer du larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: 409-11. ------ A propos de 3 cas de thyrotomie pour cancer du larynx. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1905, 26: 307. ------ Resultat eioigne de la thyrotomie dans le cancer du larynx. Rev. hebd. laryng., 1905, 2: 439-41.------Von dem Luftrohren-Schildknorpelschnitt bei Kehlkopfkrebs. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1908, 21: 207-14.—Myerson, M. C. The technic of laryngofissure for cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 98-114. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 662-73. ------ Instruments for use in ynlargo- fissure. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1938, 409-12. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 96-8.—New, G. B. Two-stage thvrotomv in cases considered bad risks. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 395-9. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 538-42. ------ The status of thyrotomy for carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1931, 37: 241-7. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 360-6.—Newman, D., & Fullarton. Case in which a large epithelioma of the larynx was removed by thyrotomy. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow, 1902, 3: 461.— Oehngren, G. The control of hemorrhage in laryngofissure. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1933-34, 19: 452-60.—Oppel, V. A. [Laryngofissura i virlezannova opukhol] Tr. Russk. khirurg. obshch. Pirogova, 1905-00, 24: 78-80.—Orive, M. Epitelioma laringeo operado por tirotomfa. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 255-65.—Palmer, A. Laryngofissure for removal of intrinsic cancer of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 202.—Patterson, N. Anesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 395.—Patterson, W. Larvngofissure for cancer of the larynx; report of 2 eases. J. Florida M. Ass., 1934-35, 21: 434-6.—Pieniazek. La laryngo- fissure dans les cancers du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 25: 345-75.-—Pinto Fernandes, A. Cancer do laringe; tirotomia e resseccao sub-pericondral interna; recidiva e morte. Arq. brasil. med. nav., 1943, 4: 287-9.—Roy, J. N. Note preiiminaire sur un cas d'evidement partiel de I'endo-larynx pour cancer, apres laryngo-fissure; roentgentherapie consecu- tive. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 953-61. Also Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 278-85.—Sargnon, A. Cancer du larynx et laryngo- fissure. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 151-5.—Schilling. Bericht iiber den weiteren Verlauf eines von Winckler durch Laryngo- fissur operierten Falles von Kehlkopfkarzinom. Verh. Ver. stiddeut. Laryng., 1906, 279-86.—Semon, F. De la operacion radical en los neoplasmas malignos de la laringe y en particular de la tireotomia. Arch. rin. lar. otol, Barcel, i907, 18: 383.—Sterrett, J. K. Splitting of the larynx for the removal of growths. Pennsylvania M. J., 1906-07, 10: 954.—Stowell, T. E. A. Anaesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 302.—Swain, H. L. Report of a case of epithelioma of the larynx; removal by thyrotomy; no recurrence after 3J<6 years. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1907, 29: 159-63 [Discussion] 164-7. Also Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 693-6.—Thomson, St C. Laryngo- fissure for intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx; 4 cases in medical men, who are now in active practice, 2J4, 3, AVi, and 5J4 years after operation. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Laryng. Sect., 1-5. ------ Intrinsic cancer of the larynx operated through a laryngo-fissure (lantern demonstration of immediate and lasting results in 70 cases) Ibid., 94-7. ------ Intrinsic cancer of the larynx; its lasting cure by laryngofissure. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1928, 3: 341-5. ------ Intrinsic cancer of the larynx, operated on by laryngo-fissure; immediate and ultimate results. Tr. Am. Lar. Ass., 1928, 50: 53-71. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8: 377-85. Also Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 743-5. ------ Laryngofissure for epithelioma; case shown 6 years after operation. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 1, 3 pl. ------ Cancer intrinseque du larynx; guerison durable dans 76% de cas de laryngo-fissure. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 1079-88. Also Union med. Canada, 1930, 59: 5-16. Also Engl, transl. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929, 21: 4-8. ------ Zur Geschichte der Laryngofissur. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1312-23. ------ Three cases illustrating the permanency of cure and adequate voice after operation for intrinsic cancer of the larynx by the laryngofissure route. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 187. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1936, 51: 114-6.—Tilley, H. Late recurrences of cancer of the larynx following successful operations by laryngo-fissure. Ibid., 1931, 46: 241-7.—Tompkin, A. M. B. Anesthesia for laryngofissure. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 312.— Tucker, G. Laryngofissure for cancer of the larynx; report of 15 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 20-36. ------ Early intrinsic cancer of the larynx, diagnosis and treatment: obser- vations on laryngofissure as a method of treatment in a series of cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 36-51.—Van den Wildenberg, L. Un maladie de 28 ans op6re par laryngofissure d'un cancer etendu du larynx; un cas d'extirpation par voie endo-laryngee d'un cancer intrinseque du larynx. Rev. med. Louvain, 1929, 161-5.—Winckler, E. Die Laryngofissur nach Semons Vorschriften. Verh. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryng., 1905, 99-108. LARYNGOGRAPHY. See also Laryngostroboscopy; Speech; Voice. Hala, B. L'analisi oscillografica della voce laringea nel riguardo alia formazione delle vocali. Valsalva, 1938, 14, 332-45.—Hicguet, G. Sur la laryngographie. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 877-83.—Jones, D. H. Laryngograplry. Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 523.—Tomaschek, R., & Loebell, H. Ueber die Rekonstruktion der Kehlkopfbewegungen nach den Angaben des Gutzmannschen Laryngographen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1930- 31, 28: 404-21.—Ziind-Burguet, A. Exploration des organes de la parole; application de la methode graphique. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1903, 16: 382; 649. LARYNGOLOGIST. See also Laryngology; Rhinologist; Rhinology. Blegvad, N. R. [Singers, actors and throat doctors] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3892-6. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1940, 28: 601-14.—Castex, A. L'expertise medico-iegale pour le larynx. Bull. lar. otol rhinol, Par., 1904, 7: 139-43. Also Bull. Soc beige otol, 1904, 9: 230-5.—Delavan, D. B. Personal re- collections of a great laryngologist; 1836-92. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 54: 233-63.—Getselev, N. B. [Rationalization of work for the consultant laryngologist in the recruiting com- mission] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 458.—Large, S. H. Rela- tionship of the laryngologist to the public speaker and singer. Ohio M. J., 1926, 22: 35-8.—Lynch, R. C. Observations of a laryngologist. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1795.—Mangabeira Albernaz, P. Protecao contra o contagio direto do medico em rino-laringologia. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1942, 10: 269-72, 4 pl.—Martin, A. Intervenci6n del laring61ogo en las escuelas de canto. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 216-33.—Ridpath, R. F. A plea for a better understanding between the laryngologist and the vocal teacher. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Laryng. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 17-21. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 545.—Woodman, M. The throat surgeon and the law. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1933, 26: 233-7. LARYNGOLOGY. See also Bronchus; Ear, nose and throat; Esophagus; Laryngologist; Larynx; Logopedics; Phonation; Phonetics; Phoniatry; Singer; Speech; Voice, etc.; also Otorhinolaryngology. Molinie, J. Laryngologie et chant. 99p. 8? [Par., 1927] Babbitt, J. A. President's address, 1940. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 13-21.—Caliceti, P. II servizio laringologico nei sanatori. Otorinolar. ital, 1938, 8: 494-6.—Chamberlin, W. B. President's address. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1937, 59: 11-24.—Fishman, L. Z. Laryngology. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1937, serv. vol., 793-813.—Hajek, M. Errungenschaften und Ziele der Laryngologie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 633-7.—Shurly, B. R. President's address. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1936, 48: 11-5.—Sokolowsky, R. Be- ziehungen der Sprach- und Stimmheilkunde zur operativen Laryngo-Rhinologie. Ber. Deut. Ges. Sprach Stimmh., 1931, 3. Vers., 1-42.—Stout, G. C. The borderline between dentistry and laryngology. Proc. Pennsylvania State Dent. Soc. (1910) 1911, 42: 32-47.—Weleminsky, J. Diagnose und Therapie in der Laryngologie ohne spezialarztliehe Technik. Med. Klin., Berl, 1908, 4: 1523-7. ---- Congresses, institutes, and societies. American Medical Association. Section on Laryngology and Otology. Transactions. Chicago, No. 56, 1905-. Goris. Communications faites a la Societe beige de laryngologie. 12p. 24cm. [n. p.] 1900. LARYNGOLOGY 508 LARYNGOLOGY K0bexhavn, Denmark. Blegvads (X. IL) Klinik for Liggexde Patienter. Aarsbe- retning, 1931/32, Kbh., 1932- Rldaux, P. A. *Le centre statique cervical; son importance dans la chirurgie pharyngo- laryngee. "(ip. 24cm. Par., 1939. Congres international de laryngologie do Vienne en 1908. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1905, 10: 26.—Ertl. E. Pemerkenswertes aus dem neuerrichteten Ambulatorium der laryngologischen Abteilung der Wiener Allgemeinen Poliklinik. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 84-90.—Friend, H. The laboratory in laryn- gology, laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 687-92.—Guttmann, V. Zprava z c. k. Ceskeho laryngologickeho iistavu Frankenbergra za rok 1907 a 1908. Cas. lek. oesk., 1909, 48: 730; 779.— Marschik, H. Geschichte der Wiener laryngo-rhinologischen (icsollsclaft im Rahmen der Geschichte der Laryngologie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 334; 361.—Novak, F. J. Registry in oto!ar\ ngological pathology: Army Medical Museum. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 23: 733.—Wherry, W. P. The American I aryngological Association; the American Board of Otolaryngology; an integration survey. Ibid., 1940, 32: 400-2. ---- History. Arte (La) laringologica espafiola en el siglo XIN y sus em- bajadores en el mundo. Siglo med., 1932, 90: 332.—Berry. G., & Schall, Le R. A. Progress in laryngology. N. England J. M., 1930, 203: 730-8.—Bilancioni, G. la cura di alcune malattie laringee secondo un documento Etrusco. Valsalva, 1928, 4: 579-84.—Bryan. J. H. The history of laryngology and rhiiiologv and the influence of America in the development of this specialty. Ann. M. Hist., 1933, n. ser., 5: 151-70 — Clondening, L. The laryngological causes of the Great War. .1. Michigan M. Soc, 1937, 36: 131-9.—Delavan, D. B. I.aryn- gological science originated in the United States; its beginning and development. Diplomate, 1937, 9: 1-6. ------ The origin of laiyngology. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 629-32.— Goldsmith, P. G. [History of laryngology] Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1941, 46: 12-8.—Grossmann, M. Erinnerun- gen an vergangene Zeiten. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1926, 60: 1123-38.—Guerinot. A. J. Historical retrospect; laryngological. Laryngoscope, 1030, 40: 127-30.—Lannois. Saint Blaise qui pourrait etre le patron des laryngologistes. Aesculape, Par., 1037. 27: 28-39.—Mollison, W. M. Laryngology's debt to research; Semon lecture, 1938. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1939, 54: 1-22.—Moore, P. A short history of laryngeal investiga- tion. Q. J. Speech, 1937, 23: 531-64.—Schall. L. A. Progress in laryngology. N. England J. M., 1934, 211: 717-26; 1935, 213: 574-7.------& Richardson. J. R. Progress in laryn- gology. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 46: 1009-49. Also N. England J. M., 1937, 217: 732-50. ------ & Mueller, W. Progress in laryngology. Ibid., 1936, 215: 546-55. ---- Instruction. Alper, I. I. A new laryngologie phantom devised by Franz Haslinger, M. D., Vienna. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 654.—Bdkai, J. Az intubatio begyakorlasdra val6 phantom. Budap. drvosegy. evk. (1894) 1895, 134. Frank..!, B. Die Laryngologie und Rhinologie vom allgemein-medizinischen Standpunkte: Unterricht und Prufung in diesen Fachern in den verschiedenen Staaten. Verh. Internat. Lar. Rhinol. Kongr. (1908) 1909, 1: 40-6.—Garel. J. Petit laryngofantome a reaction electrochimique. Rev. laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 517-9.—Lay ton, T. B. The aims and methods of teachina in laryngology. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1940, 55: 495-502 [Dis- cussion] 517-27.—Nadoleczny, M. Was muss der Hals- Nascn-Ohrenarzt von Sprach- und Stimmheilkunde wissen? Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1938, 44: 1-75 [Discussion] 86-91.— Tonndorf. Kehlkopf-Modell. Ibid., 1928-29, 22: 464-6. ---- Instruments. See also Laryngectomy, Method; Laryngo- scope; Laryngostomy, Instruments; Larynx, Surgery: Instruments. Blegvad, N. R. Demonstration d'une nouvelle pince pour le larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926-27, 10: 584-6.—Botey, R. Mi nueva serie de inatrumentos. Arch., lat. rin., laring., Barcel, 1904,15: 97-108; 161.—Bryant, B. L. A new apparatus for treating singers and public speakers. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 393-95.—Carroll, G. G. The laryngeal microscope, and bronchoscopic and esophagoscopic telescope. Ann. Otol Rhinol., 1932, 41: 1272-4.—Chenery,. W. E. A new device for adjusting the forehead mirror. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, 157: 330.— Chimani, F. Ein flexibles Instrument fiir exakte Probeexcisionen aus dem Epipharynx unter I eitung des Auges. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1939, 73: 510; 629.—Coolidge, A., jr. A new tube forceps and a new cotton carrier. Boston M. & S. J., 1905. 152: 605.—Csok, V. [Acril in laryngology] Gy6- gyaszat, 1936, 76'. 670.—D'Ajutolo, G. Di un elevatore, dell'epiglottide. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. larimr. (1902) 1903, 6: 197.—Dellepiane Rawson. R. Espatula articulada y doble arco facial del Dr Enrique Finochietto. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 46: 3206-10.—Delsauz, V. Seringue automatique pour le traitement des affections chroniques du larynx et de la trachee, par les injections intra-tracheales. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1902, 7: 76-81. ------ Instruments larvngiens. Ibid., 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 39.—Eckert-.Mobius. Eine verbesscrto Faraffinspritze fiir endolaryngeale Injektionen. Arch. Ohr. &c I'eilk., 1925-26, 114: 190-3. liselt. J. Ein Kehlkopfpulver- 1 1; ser, aseptisch, zerlegbar. Deut. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 283-5.—Gallasch, G. B. Diagnostic instrument. U. S. Patent Off., 1935, No. 2.004,N18. Guskin. I). R. A new headlight. laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 504. (.'It-U^mann. J. W. A blunt and a cutting laryngeal dilator and a self-acting epiglottis lifter. Ibid., 1907, 17: 379 [Discussion] 397.- 'Corny, J. Praktische Aenderungen an der Rekord-hehlkopfspi itzo. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1929, 63: 320-9.—Grunwald, L. Mitteilung Uber einige Instrumente. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904. 16: LSI.— Hirsch, V. Zur Bekampfung schmerzhaftei ZuMandi- bei Ei k rank ungen des Mundes, dos Rachens und dos Kehlkopf en mit Dysphagin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1035.-- Ressner. Stirnbinde zur Befestigung von Beleuchtungsspiegeln und elektrischen I ampen, Aenderung an hirsteinscher Lampe. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1907, 41: 616-28.- Lange, V. Eine Kehlkopfzange. Ibid., 1906, 40: 555-8.—Lozanov, N. N. [Device for the reflector of the laryngeal mirror for oto-rhino- laryngological demonstrations] Vest, otorinolar., 1941, No. 5, 51-3.—Mahu, G. Application de l'abaisse langue autostatique en laryngologie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., i908, 25: 1067.— Marfan. Un mandrin flexible pour les tubes larynges. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: Sect, pediat., 736.— Mermod. Ln nouveau releveur de l'epiglotto. Ann. mal. oreille, 1906, 32: pt 2, 397-400.—Newkirk, H. I). New instru; ments: epistaxis clamp, double tonsil hemostat. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 931-4.—Noltenius, F. Ein einfacher Apparat zur indirekten Kehlkopfbestrahlung. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk. 1931-32, 130: 359.—Rodriguez Vargas. Nuevo depresor de la lengua para el examen laringeo. Arch. lat. rinol. laring., Barcel, 1904, 15: 25-7. —---- Finza laringea para laa intervenciones endolaifngeas. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1907, 7: 33-8.—Sasaki, M. A hooklike instrument for the extraction of foreign bodies from the bronchi. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 46.— Schmit, R. Ouvre-bouche avec abraisse- langue amovible. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 26: 528-31.—Seiffert, A. Akkommodationsbrille fiir direkte Untersuchungen. Arch. ital. mal. trachea, 1937, 5: 93.— Stupka, W. Instrumentarium zur endolaryngealen und endo- pharyngealon elektrisdien Untersuchung und Behandlung dea Kehlkopfes bei direkter und indirekter I aryngoskopie. Mschr, Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 597-601. Also Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1938, 1: 72.—Suarez de Mendoza, F. Nouvelle pince laryngienne antero-posterieure a, fente mediane; observation de polype laryngien enleve a l'aide de cette pince. Ann. mal. oreille, 1891, 17: 634-43.—Tretrop. Lesions terebrantes du pharvnx et du larynx a marche rapide. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1900-U7, 12: 146-50.—Trimarchi, A. Su di una modificazione al lulo per insufPazioni di polveri in laringe. Boll, mal, orecchio, 1925, 43: 53-7, pl.—Tucker, G. A forceps for measur- ing the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41.: 1270-2.—Variot, G. Un anneau metallique protege-doigt pour explorer le larynx et la pharvnx. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1905, 7: 281.— Wallace. H. A portable head rest. N. York M. J., 1903, 78: 777.—Waring, J. B. H. New instruments for throat examina- tion and treatment. Clin. M. & S., Chic, 1936, 43: 79.— Wasteels. Une canule-tampon laryngienne permettant d'eviter la tracheotomie pendant les operations dans la bouche. Bull Soc. med. Gand, 1905, 231-5.—Williams, P. W. A universal laryngeal forceps for use by the direct and indirect methods. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: laryng. Sect., 53.—Wingrave, W. An intralaryngeal syringe. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1: 97. ---- Manual. See also under Otorhinolaryngology. Harwell. H. Diseases of the larynx, including those of the trachea, large bronchi and oesopha- gus. 3. ed. 278p. 8? Lond., 1928. Blumenfei.d, F. Die Laryngologie des prak- tischen Arztes nach ihrem gegenwartigen Stande. 46p. 8° Berl., 1928. Forms H. 391-392, v.35, of Berl. Klin. Jackson, C. Endoscopic (bronchoscopie, laryngoscopie, oesophagoscopie) et chirurgie du larynx. 742p. 8? Par.. 1923. ---- & Jackson, C. L. The larynx and its diseases. 555p. 8? Phila., 1937. ---- Diseo.se? and injuries of the larynx [2. ed., rev. & reset] 633p. 24cm. X. Y., 1942. ---- Therapeutics. Canalejo, J. El radio en la terapeutica laringo!6gica. Siglo med., 1908, 55: 226.—Flurin, H., & Armengard, M. Larynx et soufre thermal. Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1938, 204-8 — Garcia Vicente, S. Sobre intul acion laringea; terapeutica endobronquial; lavado pulmonar; lioncografia; otorino- laringologia medicoescolar. Siglo med., 1936, 97: 265-74. Gradenigo, G. Die therapeutische Bedeutung der Ront- genstrahlen und des Radiums in der Laryngologie und der LARYNGOLOGY 509 LARYNGOPHARYNGEAL Rhinologie. Verh. Internat. Lar. Rhinol. Kongr. (1908) 1909, 1: 243-57.—Hubbard, T. The problem of asepsis in the routine office work of the laryngologist. Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 519-24.—Kasserruller, V. Leber Cehasolbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922, 35: 828.—Ledoux-Lebard, Wallcn & Djian, A. Necessity du controle radiologique en curietherapie intra-laryngee. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1930, 24: 650.— Lnpez Villoria, L. Consideraciones sobre el empleo de la dia- termia de tensi6n en laringologia. Arch, venezol. Soc. otorino- lar., 1940, 1: 97-104.—Portmann, G. L'action preventive des sulfamides dans la chirurgie laryngee. Praxis, Bern, 1943, 32: 179 (Abstr.)—Rar.in. Les indications de l'emploi du protoxyde d'azote en laryngologie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1032.—Rosenthal, G. La methode rhino-bronchique scuro- formee sans cocaine au service du rhinolaryngologue. Oto- rhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1936, 20: 22-5 — Suchanek, E. Cehasol in der Laryngo-Rhinologie. Mschr. O.irenh., Wien, 1922, 61: 592-4—Windeyer, B. W., Wood, G. [et al] Dis- cussion on the technique of radiotherapy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1942-43, 36: 261-70. LARYNGOPHARYNGEAL region. See also Epiglottis; Neck; Pharynx, Hypo- pharynx; Throat. Knapp, E. *Zunge, Schlundkopf und Kehl- kopf beim Kamel und Dromedar mit Beriick- sichtigung der Gesamtorganisation dieser Tiere. 39p. 8? Miinst., 1934. Colledge, L. Pharynx and larynx. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) 1939, Surveys, 90-3.—DucuLig, J., Ducuing, L. [et al] La radiographie de l'appareil pharyngo- larynge normal. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22: 415-35.—Fishman, L. Z. Laryngeal and esophageal atavism in man as indicated by the probable phylogenesis of the hypo- pharyngeal receptacle, concerned in the act of deglutition. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 139-56.—Hicquet. G., & Scherer, E. Versuche iiber Rontgendarstellung des Kehlkopfes und des Hypopharynx mit Kontrastmitteln. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1937, 56: 713-23.—Kleinschmidt. A. Die Schlund- und Kehl- organe der Gorilla. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1638, 45: 208-15 — O'Bannon, R. P. Roentgenography of the larynx and pharynx. South. M. J., 1936, 23: 154-8.—Schiirch O. Schichtauf- nahmen von Kehlkopf, Trachea und Strumektomie. Chirurg, 1939, 11: 507-15.—Ulrich, K. Kehlkopf und Hypopharynx. In Lehrb. Rontgendiag. (H. R. Schinz, et al.) Lpz., 4. Aufl., Bd 1, 1939, 899-905. --- Abscess and phlegmone. Morin, P. *Le phlegmon de la Ioge hyo- thyro-epiglottique; essai de monographic anato- mo-clinique. 64p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1934. Alglave, P. Un cas de volumineux phlegmon du cou pro- voque par un abces primitif de la loge hyo-thyro-epiglottique,, avec collection suppuree secondaire etendue a toute la hauteur du mediastin posterieur, a la faveur des espaces inter-tracheo- cesophagien et intef-aortico-oesophagien. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1906, 81: 50-3.—Arnaud, G. Abces de l'epiglotte et aspect pseudo-neoplasique d'une corde vocale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 400-2.—Girard, L. Un cas d'abces pharyngo- larynge. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 433-5.—■ Glogau, O. A typical external operation for abscesses de- scending from the upper air passages and the base of the tongue. Laryngoscope, 1922, 32: 529-57.—Hajek, M. Beitrag zur Therapie der Senkungsabszesse seitens des Larynx und Pha- rynx. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 711-3.—Lenart, Z. [Laryngeal and pharyngeal phlegmone and complications of angina] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 769-84. Also Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1933, 3: 150-62.—Revillet. Vomique par perforation de la bronche droite consecutive a un phlegmon peri-larynge. Lyon med., 1912, 119: 55375— Salvadori, G. Sopra un caso di ascesso peri-tracheo-laringeo e pioartrosi crico-aritenoidea consecutivi ad ascesso peritonsillare. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 166-76.—Terracol & Nichet. A propos d'un phlegmon circonscrit de la loge hyo-thyro-epiglottique. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 371-4 — Tommazzolli, L. Flemmone faringolaringeo per trauma. Arch. ital. laring., 1G04, 24: 115-9.—Truffert, P., & Viela, A. Les suppurations peri-laryngo-pharyngees. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 843-910.—Worms, G., & Deburge, A. Celluhte septique de la loge glosso-thyro-epiglottique. Ibid., 1933, 1397-9. ■--- Cancer. Baclesse, F. Le diagnostic radiologique des tumeurs malignes du pharynx et du larynx. 269p. 25rm. Par., 1938. Baret, G. Contribution d, l'etude dos cancers de I'isthme du gosier; cancers du voile du palais; cancers des piliers, pieds exeeptes; cancers du recessus palatin. 133p. 24cm. Toulouse, 1934. Hershson, J. Contribution k l'etude des tumeurs malignes p^diculees de I'isthme du gosier, de l'hypopharynx et du larynx. 113p. 8? Par., Zuppinger. A. Maligne Pharynx- und Larynx- tumoren. 188p. 4? Lpz., 1931. Forms Ergzbd 40, Fortsch. Rdntgenstrahl. Blondiau, J. Etude iconographique d'un cas de cancer pharyngo-larynge. Bruxelles med., 1933-34, 14: 1673-6 — Cade, S. Malignant-disease of the tonsil, the pharynx, and the larynx. In his Malign. Dis., Brist., 1940, 529-612.— Cancer of the pharynx and larynx. Annual Rep. Brit. Emp. Cancer Campaign, 1935, 12: 62-4.—Colledge, L. Malignant tumours of the pharynx and larynx. In Post-Grad. Surg. (Maingot, R.) M Y., 1937, 3: 4841-930.—Davis, E. D. D. 1 he early diagnosis of carcinoma of the oral and laryngeal pharynx. Clin. J., Lond., 1940, 69: 201-6.—Ducuing, L. Considerations cliniques sur les tumeurs malignes du tiers inferieur du carrefour aero-digestif. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 707-13. ------ & Ducuing, J. Les tumeurs malignes de la ceinture crico-pharyngee. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1936, 57: 1085-105.—Figi, F. A. Cancer of the pharynx and larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 1027-35.—Friedmann. Ein Fall von Sarkom des Pharynx und Larynx. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1905, 42: 445.—Giussani, M. Sarcoma tonsillare e carcinoma laringeo con associazione fuso-spirillare. Pensiero med., 1928, 17: 472-81.—Grant, J. D. A case of epithelioma of the epi- glottis and half of the larynx, extending on to the pharyngeal wall LAtstr.] J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1908, 23: 191.—Grivot. M., Leroux, L., & Causae, R. Evolution simultanee dun papillome d'une corde vocale en voie de degenerescence epitheiiale et d'un lymphosarcome de la base de la langue. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 171-4.—Kaikini, V. M. Experience with cancer of the larynx, pharynx and the adjoining regions. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 501-6.—Leicher. Tuberkulose der regionaren Lymphdriisen bei Carcinomen des Kehlkopfes, des Rachens und der Zunge. Zschr. Hals 4c Heilk., 1926, 15: 123-30 [Discussion] 142-57.—Lierle, D. M. Epidermoid carcinoma of the pharynx, buccal mucosa and larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 875-85.—Mathey-Cornat, R. Contribution a l'etude du radio-diagncstic des tumeurs malignes du larynx et de 1 hypo-pharynx. J. radiol. eiectr., 1934, 18: 260-3.—Meyjes, W. P. Drie zeldzame keel-tumoren; tumor carcinomatosus pharyngis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., It06, d. 1, 324.—Orton, H. B. Liagncsis and treatment of malignant conditions of the larvn- gopharynx. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 9o: 2J0-4. ------ Malig- nant disease of the laryngopharynx. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1014-30. ------ Cancer of the laryngopharynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938, 44: 164-74. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 344-54.—Port- mann, G., barraud, A., & Mougneau. Des rapports de la malignite histologique et de la malignite clinicue de l'epi- theiioma des voies aerodigestives superieures. Rev. larvng., Eord., 1935, 56: 926-47.—Stewart-Harrison, R. Malignant disease of the larynx and pharynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1932, 47: 725-55, 4 pl. ------& Sarasin. R. Malignant dis- ease of the larynx and pharynx. Ibid., 1935, 50: 233-62, pi- Thomson, St C. Ihe early diagnosis of cancer in the throat (pharynx and larynx) Cancer Rev., Lond., 1928, 3: 145-52.— /.anni, G. Sulla sintomatologia dei carcinomi dell'ipofaringe: contributo alio studio dei rapporti fra laringe e bocca dell'eso- fago. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1926, 7: 342-58.—Zuppinger. A., & Stewart-Harrison, R. Malignant disease of the larynx and pharynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 720-32. ---- Cancer: Treatment. Pasqualini. P. *Le venin de cobra dans la therapeutique des cancers pharyngo-larvnges. 79p. 8? Par., 1934. Alonso, J. M., & Chiarino, A. Tumores malignos faringeos y laringeos curados localmente por escision bi6psica. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1936, 6: 33-7.—Amersbach, K., & Kraus, L. Zur Frage der Behandlung des Larynx- und Hypopharynx- karzinoms. Med. Klin., Berl, 1934, 30: 321-4.—Arbuckle, M. F., & Stutsman, A. C. Pharyngeal and laryngopharyngeal cancer; a new combination of surgery and radiation therapy in their treatment; preliminary report of four cases. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 219-21.—Aubry, M. Considerations sur le traitement chirurgical du cancer pharyngo-larynge. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 905-8.—Barraud, A. Sur un cas de cancer du pharynx diagnostique 17 ans apr£s la cure radicale d'un cancer du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1936, 57: 725-8.—Colledge, L. Treatment of carcinoma in the pharynx and larynx and its results. Brit. M.J, 1938, 2: 167.—Dufourmentel, L. Epithelioma volumineux de la region aryteno-epiglottique; extirpation par pharyngo- tomie retro-thyroi'dienne. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 688.—Gluck, T. Le traitement chirurgical du cancer du larynx et du pharynx. Presse otolar. beige, 1908, 7: 433- 56; 481.—Gradenigo, G. Sul trattamento del carcinoma laringeo e faringeo. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 245-8 — Hali hen, Djiropoulos & Pasqualine. De l'utilisation du venin de cobra dans la therapeutique des cancers pharyngo-larynges. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 153-7. Also Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1934, 18: 111.—Howarth, W. Carcinoma of arytaeno- epiglottic fold and pyriform fossa removed by transthyroid pharyngotomy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1913-14, 7: Laryng. Sect., 209.—Kahler, O. Klinische Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung des Larynx- und Hypopharynxkarzinoms. Beitr. L ARYNGOPHARYNGEAL 510 LARYNGOPHARYNGEAL Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 497-521.—Lejeune. F. E. The utilization of suspension apparatus in malignancies of the larynx and deeper structures of the lower pharynx and esophagus. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1935, 41: 020-8.- Mackenzie. D. The treatment of cancer of the pharynx, larynx and esophagus by surgical diathoiinv. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 32-68.— Now. G. B., & Dorton. H. E. Suspension laryngoscopy in the treatment of malignant disease of the hypopharynx and larvnx Proc. Favo Clin., 1941, 16: 411-6. Also Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar. (1940) 1941, 45: 147-55. Also Surg. flvn. Obst., 1941, 72: 930-5.—New, G. B., & FL'i, F. A. Ma- lignant diseases of the mouth, pharynx and larynx; 5 year cures. Ibid., 1935, 69: 483.—Orton. H. B. Lateral trans- t.h\ roid pharyngotomy; Trotter's operation for malignant conditions of the laryngopharynx. Arch. Otol, Chic, 1930- 31, 12: 320-38. ----— The surgical treatment of malig- na in disease of the pharvnx and larynx and its results. Mis." sissippi Doctor, 1939-40, 17: 128-35. Pela.ez B. Trata- miento del cancer faiingolariimeo en el servicio. Rev. med C6rdoba, 1943, 31:31 0. Pentecost. R. S. The treatment o cancer of the larvnx and hvpopharvnx. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1935, 9: No. 3, 62- 70.- TrufTert. P. Considerations sur l'abord chirurgical du cancer du laryngo-pharynx; l'extcriori- sation du pharynx. Paris med., 1940, 115: 101-4—Van den Wildenberg. Laryngectomie totale, pharyngectonno et oesophagectomie en un temps pour cancer. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 4, 73-6.—Winslow, R. A( case of sarcoma of the hyoid bone and larynx, with excision of the tumor of the hyoid, base of the tongue, larynx and part of the pharynx, under local anesthesia. Maryland M. J., 1906, 49: 393-400. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy. Amersbach, K., & Kraus. Klinisches und Histologisches zur Frage der Rontgen-Radiumbestrahlung des hehlkopf- Rachen-Carcinoms. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.. 1935, 38: 207-12.— Berkman, A. T., Hollmann & Dessauer. F. Vorliiufige Mit- teilung iiber erste Ergebnisse bei der Bestrahlung von Larynx- nnd Pharvnx-Karzinomen mit modifiziei ten Fraktionsmethoden, insbesondere Rotationsbestrahlung. Radiol. Clin., Basel, 1939, 8: 3-12. -Borak, J. Die strahlentherapeutische Bedeutung der Kpitheliolv.se mit spczieller BerOcksichtigung der oro-phary- laryngealen Karzinome. Strahlentherapie, 1934, 51: 480-525. —---- Die rontgentherapeutische Behandlung der __ oro- iiharvlaryngealen Carcinome. Fol. otolar. orient, 1935, 2: 129-39. Also Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1108-17 — Butler. ('., & Franpella, A. C. La rontgenterapia profunda en los eaiiceres laringo-faringeos. Bol. Inst, radiol. cancer, Montev., 1937, No. 4, 3-14.—Coutard, H. Roentgen therapy of epitheliomas of the tonsillar region, hvpopharvnx and larynx from 1920 to 1020. Am. J. Roentg., 1932, 28: 313. ------ & Baclesse, F. Roentgen diagnosis during the course of roentgen therapy of epitheliomas of the larynx and hypopharynx. Ibid., 293.—Cutler, M. The present status of radiotherapy in cancer of the tonsil, pharynx and larynx. Med. Rec, S. Ant., 1934, 28: 441-3. ------ Radium dosage and technique in carcinoma of the tonsil, pharynx, and larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 690-3. ■----- Metodo concentrado de radioterapia para casos de cancer de la boca, la faringe y la laringe. Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1943, 10: 81-4.—Dollinger da Graca, yon. O que se deve saber para tratar o cancer; carcinoma da laringe e do faringe; diagnose radiologica e tratamento. Brasil cir., 1941, 3: 213-37.—Donizetti, G. II trattamento radiologico dei tumori maligni faringo-laringei. Radiol, med., Milano, 1936, 23: 417-31.—Edling, L. Primary results of teleradium treat- ment in cancer of larvnx and hypopharynx, at the Radiologh Clinic of the University of Lund, 1931-33. Radiology, 1935, 25: 267-73. Also Strahlentherapie, 1935, 52: 206-15.------ [Results of 5 year teleradium treatment of cancer of the larynx and hypopharynx at the Radiological Clinic at Lund] Nord med., 1940, 8: 2736.—Frangella, A. C. La roentgenterapia profunda en los canceres laringo-faringeos. Commun. Internat. Congr. Sc. Campaign Cancer (1936) 1937, 2. Congr., 355-60, pl.—Garland, L. H. The treatment of carcinoma of the pharynx and larynx. Radiology, 1935, 24: 261-75.—Gros, J. C. Detalles de inter6s en el diagnostico precoz y tratamiento del cancer de las vfas aero-digestivas altas con preferencia a la radioterapia en el cancer laringeo. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, Ed. cien., 1940, 15: 305-11.—Guisez, J. Quelques cas de cancers du larynx et du pharynx; radiumtherapie associee a la chirurgie. Boll otorhin., Par., 1929, n. ser., 26: 119-28.—Gyorgyi, G. [Roent- gen treatment of tumors of the pharynx and larynx] Orv. hetil, 1932, 76: 961. Also Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 320-9, 10 pl.— Hamblen-Thomas, C. Treatment of carcinoma in the pharynx and larynx by irradiation. Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 447.—Hammer, G. Ergebnisse der Rontgenbestrahlung bei Larynx- und Hvpopharvnxkarzinomen 1933 bis 1939. Strahlentherapie, 1941, 69: 319-32— Hinsberg, V. Zur Bestrahlung inoperabler Pharynx- und Larynxcarcinome nach Mayer (Wien) Beitr. klin. Chir., 1927, 139: 35 [Discussion] 50-5.—Holthusen, H. La radiotherapie des cancers du larynx et du pharynx. Arq. pat., 1939, 11: 140-61.—Imperatori, C. L. An analysis of 30 cases of carcinoma of the larynx and laryngopharynx treated with radium. Tr. Am. Larvng. Ass., 1926, 48: 235-49. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 4: 151-9.—Kadrnka, S., & Bardet, P. Tuberculose pulmonaire aigue, complication de la radio- therapie du cancer pharyngo-larynge. J. radiol. eiectr., 1936, 20: 24-31.—Kriegsmann, G. Ergebni-se der Rontgenlangzeit- bestrahlung maligner Larynx- und Pharynxtumoren. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1450-2.—Lenz, M. Roentgenotherapy of malignant neoplasms of the pharvnx and larynx. J. Am. M Ass., 1932, 99: 1840-5. Also Bol. Liga cancel. Habana 1933,8:105-12. ------ Coakloy. ('.<;..& Stout. A. P. Roent! gen therapv of epitheliomas of the pharvnx and larvnx. \in J. Roentg., 1934, 32: 500-7- MrNnttin. R. F. Carcinoma of the extrinsic larynx, carcinoma of the nasopharynx treated with divided doses of high-voltage x-radiation. Surg. Clin \' America, 1933, 13: 460-2- Martin, H. E. The fractional or divided dose method of external irridation in the treatment of cancer of the pharynx, tonsil, larvnx and paranasal sinuses Acta radiol, Stockh., 1935, 16: 1-24. ------ Radiation therapv of malignant tumors of the pharvnx and larynx Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1936-37, 40: 409 [Discussion] 453-8! ------& McNattin, R. F. The treatment of cancer of the pharynx, tonsil and extrinsic larvnx by divided doses of external, radiation. Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 32: 717-29.- Mathey-Cornet,' R. Le radiodiagnostic pharyngo-larynge; ses indications en vue du traitement roentgentherapique des epiile'limnas d'hypo, pharynx et du larynx. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1931,' 22: 09-74.—Mis^orici, A. P. Su 5 casi di tumori malhrni della faringe e delle tonsille e 2 della laringe trattati col radium o i raggi rontgen. Actinoterapia, Nap., 1930, 9: 31-53. lYliiller, R. Ergebnisse der Rontgen- und Radiumbestrahlung von Larvnx- und Hypophai vux-Karzinomen. Strahlentherapie 1938, 63: 483-95—Nager, F. R., Schinz, H. R., & /uppincer, a! Zur Radiotherapie der Larvnx- und Pharvnxkar/inonie Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 695-8.—Novak, F. J.. jr Malignant tumors of the pharvnx and larvnx. Arch. I'livs Ther., 1927, 8: 285-8. -Pfahler, G. E. The Roentgen diagnosis and treatment of carcinoma of the larynx and pharvnx. Radi- ology, 1939, 33: 42 53. Sandberg, S. M. [Roentgen therapy in malignant tumors of the larvnx and palatine glands] Vest rentg., 1928, 6: 447-53.—Schinz, H. R., & 7uppin.'er, A. Zurcher Erfahrungen der Radiotherapie von Hvpopharvnx- und Larynxkrebsen. Zschr. Hals m. laring., Tor., 1934, 34: 43-8.- Chatellier H. P. \ aleur diagnostique de la paralvsie de la corde vocale droite. Medecine, Par 1927, 8: 2uS-30i.—Clauberg. K. W. Zur Frage der mvo'pathischen Kehlkopfliihmung und zum Rosenbach-Semon- schen Gesetz. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926, 16: 299-301.— Errecart. P. L-, & Loizaga, N. Paralisis de la cuerda vocal izquienla v angina palatina aguda catarral. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 783.—Fratti, E., & Da Gradi. A. Contributo alio studio delle paralisi laringee da causa cardiaca. Gazz. med. ital.. 10118. 59: 301; 312; 321; 331.—Gaillard, R.. & Mayoux. Paralysie isoiee de la corde vocale gauche apres blessure par coup de couteau de la region parotidienne homolateral. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 97-9.—Havens. F. Z. Bilateral postoperative paralysis of the vocal cords. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1934, 14: 621-4.—Imperatori, C. J. Vocal cord paralysis caused by fibrosis of a lymph node which included the vagus. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass.,'l936, 48: 280-2.—Kelly, A. B. Neurological and mechanical factors underlving immobility of the vocal cords. Brit. M. J., 1927, 2: 678-81. ------ Immobility of the vocal cords; neurological aspect. Eye Ear &c Month., 1927-28, 6: 634-9.—LaMotte, W. O. Paralysis of the vocal cords due to focal infection. Delaware M. J., 1930, 2: 122—Lukens, R. M. Sudden bilateral paralysis of the larynx in tuberculosis, with report of two cases. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1931, 53: 218- 28.—McNerthney, J. M. Laryngeal paralysis in disease and thyroid surgery. Med. Sentinel, 1928, 36: 686-95.—Mamou, H. Sur une paralysie peu banale; la paralysie periodique. J. med. chir., Par., 1937, 108: 365-74.—Marya, B. M. Acute paralysis of speech and deglutition due to a sudden chill after exposure to the sun: rapid recovery by simple means. Indian M. Rec, 1894, 7: 206.—Menniti-Ippolito, R. Su di un caso di paralisi della corda vocale destra da aneurisma della aorta toracica. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 95-102— Mulligan, E. J. Prognosis of laryngeal paralysis following thryoidectomv. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 732-4.—Myerson, M. C. Paralysis of the laryngeal muscles due to lead poisoning, including a contradiction of Semon's law. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1934, 56: 236-45.—Pollak. E. Unfallahmung beider Stimmlippen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1398.— Proby, H. Les paralysies laryngees; essai d'interpretation pathogenique. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 1195- 9.—R., T. M. Paralysis of the left vocal cord in a woman whose left breast had been removed for carcinoma 3 vears previously. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926, 40: 162.—Roger, H., Prevot. M. [et al] Paralysies larvngees postseroth6rapiques. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934, 12: 419-24— Sainton & Quirin. Presentation d'un eas de dipiegie laryngee post-operatoire. Ibid., 518-20.—Sato, S. [A case of spasmodic paralysis of the larvnx on both sides following kakke, beriberi] Zschr. Ohrenh., Tokio, 1896, 2: 117-31. ■----- [A case of paralysis of the larvnx with growth of thyroid gland] Dai Nippon ji-bi in ko- kwa-kwai kwai ho, 1898, 4: 60-72.—Schlander, E. Weiterer Bericht iiber den in der Sitzung vom 26. Juni von J. vorgestell- ten Fall von Stimmbandlahmung die im Anschluss an Vagus- quetschung gelegentlich der Stillung einer Blutung aus dem unteren Jugularisstumpf aufgetreten war. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 754.—Seifert, O. Beitrag zur Kenntnis von den toxischen Kehlkopflahmungen. Verh. Ver. silddeutsch. Laryng., 1907, 344-50. Also Med. BL.Wien, 1907, 30: 518; 529.—Szmurlo, J. Przypadek obustronnego porazenia rozszer- zaczy krtani pochodzenia syfilitycznego. Gaz. lek., Warsz., 1904, 2. ser., 24: 456.—Terracol, J. Les paralysies laryngees peripheriques; etat neuro-laryngologique de la question. Rev. laryng., Par., 1931, 52: 231; 271. ------Puig, P., & Azemar, R. Deux cas de syndrome condylo-dechire posterieur par metastase osseuse. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934, 15: 124-9. ---- Physiopathology. Fish man, L. Z. Bilateral spastic adductor or flaccid abductor paralysis of the larynx—experimental interpretation (besoin de respirer) Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 118-20.—Grabower. Ueber die Veranderungen in gelahmten Kehlkopf muskeln; ein klinischer Beitrag. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1908, 21: 340-56.—Imperatori, C. J. Paralysis of the larynx: a suggested explanation of the so-called continued median position of the vocal cords in bilateral paralysis—a consideration of Semon's law. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 730-3.—Jeschek, J. Ueber Bewegungserseheinungen der Aryknorpel bei immobilisiertem Stimmband. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1938, 145: 315-21— Ramadier, J. A propos des paralysies laryngees (la paralysie respiratoire du larynx est bien une entite clinique et physiologi- que) Ann. mal. oreille. 1928, 47: 560-70.—Semon's law and the midline vocal cord in paralvsis of the larynx. Bull. Pract. Ophth., S. Franc, 1938, 8: 78-82.—Tobeck, A. Die Bedeutung der Luftstromungsverhaltnisse im Kehlkopf fur den Ausgleich einer einseitigen Stimmbandlahmung und bei Fehlen eines Stimmbandes. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1937, 143: 77-80. ---- Surgery. Mahuet, M. F. J. *Traitement chirurgical des troubles dyspndiquos et dysphoniques con- secutifs aux laryngoplegies. 99p. 25cm. Xancy- Laxou, 1934. Arrcrsbach, K. Neuer Vorschlng zur Behandlung der durch doppelseitige Modianstellung der Stimmbiindor bedingten Kehlkopfstenose. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1932, 132: 10'.).— Bahre, H. Die Technik der von Wittmaack angegebenen Operationsmethode zur Behcbung der Kehlkopfstenose bei doppelseitiger Medianstellung der Stimmbander. Ibid., 1930, 127: 41-8.—Bliimel. P. Die operative Behandlung der Stimm- bandlahmungen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 161: 103-6.— Citelli. S. Cordectomia per via esterna, nuovo metodo di cura delle stenosi laringee dovute a posizione mediana permanente delle due corde vocali. Atti Congr. soc. ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 192-200—Gibelli. S. L. Stenosi paralitiche della laringe trattate con la laringostomia. Valsalva, Roma, 1934, 10: 493-500.—Luchsinger R. Zur Behandlung der Kehlkopf. stenose bei doppelseitiger Medianstellung der Stimmlippen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1037, 67: 1065-8- Maxwell. J. H. Stenosis of the larynx due to paralysis of Ihe vocal cords treatment by submucous resection of the vocal cords; report of operated cases. Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 452-62.- Rethi, A. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Prof. Amersbaeh: Neuer Vorschlag zur Behandlung der durch doppelseitige Median- stellung der Stimmbander bedingten Kehlkopfstenose. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1933, 134: 22. ------ Versuch zur operativen Heilung der Internuslahmung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 137-44. ---- Treatment. Fahl, P. A. *Bcitrag zur Therapie hoi Kehlkopflahmungen. 19p. 8? Konigsb., 1927. ' Arnold, G. Ueber die- Wiederherstellung der Stimme nach postoperativer Stimmbandlahmung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 482-4.—Borg, B. Principes physiologiques du langage en vue du traitement de certaines palsies laryngees. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 16: 317-22.—Froschels, E. Ueber gunstige Erfolge der Uebungsbehandlung von Stimmband- paresen nach Strumektomien. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 207. ------ Uebungsbehandlung bei postoperativen Stimm- bandlahmungen. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 1659-62.—Weiss, D. Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Stimmlippenlahmung mit merk- wurdigem Behandlungsresultat. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931- 32, 30: 634. ------ Funktionelle Therapie der Stimm- und Atemstorungen infolge postoperativer Fixation der Stimm- lippen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1520-3. ----- Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Stimmbandlahmung wegen Atem- beschwerden nach 17^4 Jahren mit Stossiibungen behandelt. Ibid., 1938, 72: 106-9. ---- unilateral. See also subheading (associated) Antognoli, G. C. Sindrome di Longhi-Avellis e contusione oculare da ferita d'arma da fuoco. Riv. otoneur., Roma, 1928, 5: 527-33.—Belou, P. Algunas consideraciones de. indole anatomical proposito de la hemiplejia laringea. Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 645-9.—Brindel. Hemiplegie concomitante du voile du palais et du larynx chez une jeune fille porteur d'un neoplasme probable de la base du crane. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1904, 25: 90-2.—Di Lauro, E. Un caso di sindrome di Avellis pura. Gazz. internat. med. chir., 1930, 38: 753.— Januzzi, S. Raro caso di paralisi della corda vocale sinistra di origine traumatica. Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 31-42.— Laignel-Lavastine & Cocherne. Grognements en salve avec hemiplegie. Rev. neurol, Par., 1936, 66: 55.—Lovesey, B. E. Syndrome of Avellis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1944, 53: 174-9 — Luchsinger, R. Ergebnisse der Uebungsbehandlung bei Halb- seitenlahmungen des Kehlkopfes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 760-2.—Navratil, D. Zwei Falle von halbseitiger Re- currenslahmung. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1908, 44: 902.— Peabody, J. R. Unilateral vocal cord paralysis apparently due to hypertrophied tonsils. Kentucky M. J., 1927, 25: 437.— Pinson. Un syndrome d'Avellis. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1936, 57: 513-0.—Pinto de Almeida, F. Syndrome incompleta de Collet ou condylo-lac6ro-posterior de Sicard (hemiplegia glosso- palato-pharyngo-laryngea) Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 70-3.— Poll C. Due casi di emiplegia faringo-laringea associata ad altre turbe nervose. Policlinico, 1904, 11: sez. med., 80-90. ------Sulla sindrome di Avellis. Arch. ital. otol, 1905-06, 17: 215-24. Also Spanish transl, Rev. espec. med., Madr., 1906, 9: 65-72.—Portmann, Despons & Pinson. Sur un cas de syndrome d Avellis. Rev. otoneur.. Par., 1937, 15: 265.— Proby, H. Les hemiplegies laryngees curables. J. m6d. Lyon, 1926, 7: 441-5.—Simpson. W. L. Report of a case of paralysis of the left side of the larvnx from a hydropneumothoras of the right side.' Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 9.39. Sonoda. S. Experimentelle Studien uber die Paraffininjektion zur Beseiti- gung der Folgen einseitiger Stimmbandlahmung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 13: 255. Also Jap. J. M. Sc, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, Otorhinolar., 59.—Szatmari, S. [Hemiplegia alternans hypoglossica et accessorica] Orv. hetil, 1937, 81: 65.—Tapia, A. G. Un nouveau syndrome; quelques caa d'hemiparalysie du larynx et de la langue, avec ou sans paralysie du sternocieido-mastoidien et du trapeze. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., Lisb., 1906-07, 15:Sect. 12, 210-5. Also Bol. lar. otol., Madr., 1906, 6: 33-40. ------ Una observation mas de hemiparalisis de 1 a laringe de la lengua, sin paralisis del velo. Arch. rin. lar. otol., Barcel, 1910, 21: 298-300 Also Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 141-4.—Taegen, H. Halbseitige, kombinierte Kehlkopflah- LARYNGOPLEGIA 515 LARYNGOSCOPE mung als erstes Symptom eines wahren Cholesteatoms. Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 23: 432-6.—Zanolli, C. Operaci6n de Williams en la hemiplegia laringea izquierda del caballo de carrera; separador laringeo y extractor ventricular de Buenos Aires. Rev. Fac. agron. vet., B. Air., 1935-37, 8: 1-15. ---- in animals. Allen, T. Laryngeal paralysis in a dog and its surgical treatment. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1941, 99: 486.—Ballance, C, Argyle, E. P. [et al] Discussion on the results of suturing divided nerves, with special reference to the treatment of laryrv geal paralysis in horses. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1207-10.—Gratzl, E. Stimmbandlahmung beim Hund. Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1939, 26: 199-202.—Junginger. Schlund- kopflahmung. Wschr. Tierh. Viehzucht, 1908, 52: 731.— Sieger, A. Endemische Schlundkopflahmung beim Rinde. Ibid., 1905, 49: 23-5. --- in children. Bloch, A., & Lemoine, J. Apparition d'une paralysie des dilatateurs chez un nourrisson de 6 mois. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 427.—Busacca, G. Sulle paralisi dei postici nell'infanzia! Arch. ital. otol, 1929, 40: 458-73.—HUssy, A. Lahmung der Glottiserweiterer im fruhen Kindesalter. Jahrb. Kinderh. 1905, 61: 64-84. LARYNGOPTOSIS. See under Larynx, Displacement. LARYNGO-RHINOLOGY. See Otorhinolaryngology. LARYNGOSCOPE (The) S. Louis, v.l, 1896- See also Lederman, M. D., Jackson, C. [et al] Laryngoscope [50th anniversary of the journal] Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 373-84. LARYNGOSCOPE. See also Laryngoscopy. American Optical Company. The laryngo- scope. 32p. 23#cm. [n. p., 1941] Allyn, W. N. Laryngoscope. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,070,820.—Arauz, S. L., & Mercandino, C. El tubo espatula de Hasslinger; sus ventajas en las maniobras endo- sc6picas de la laringe. Rev. As. med. argent., 1935, 49: 36- 9.—Bayer, H. G. A. Zur Frage des Beschlagens der Kehlkopf- spiegel; Angabe eines neuen, elektriscli geheizten Spiegels. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1936-37, 41: 381-4.—Blegvad, N. R. [Mirror for posterior and lateral and latero-posterior examina- tion of the larynx] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: [Dansk Oto- lar. Selsk. Forh.] 61.—Briinings. Ueber die Beleuchtungs- prinzipien endoskopischer Rohre. Verh. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryng., 1908, 484-500.—Callahan, J. F. The Atkinson tracheolaryngoscope in examination and surgery of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 583-6.—Cassels, W. H. Advantages of a curved laryngoscope. Anesthesiology, 1942, 3: 580.— Dorn, E. Anwarmeapparat fiir Kehlkopfspiegel. Zschr. Tuberk., 1939, 83: 31.—Doroshenko, I. T. [Oto-rhino-laryngo- scope] Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 1176.—Downie, W. On a method by which the reflecting surface of a laryngeal mirror may be kept bright without the aid of heat. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow (1901-03) 1904, 4: 153.—Fabinyi, G. [Directo- skope] Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: mell., 91.—Flagg, P. Exposure and illumination of the pharynx and larynx by the general practitioner; a new laryngoscope designed to simplify the technic. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8: 716.—Fournie, J. J. Releveur de l'epiglotte pour l'examen laryngoscopique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: pt 2, 201-4. Also Gaz. hop., 1904, 77: 1013-5.—Henke. Demonstration eines Larynxspeculums zur direkten Laryngoskopie. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1924, 10: 382-4.—Laskiewicz, A. Nouvel appareil pour directoscopie du larynx. Bronchosc. oesophagosc, Par., 1938, 2: 8-10. Also Rev. laryng., Bord., 1939, 60: 636-41.—Macintosh, R. R. An improved laryngoscope. Brit. M- ie tracheo- bronchique de l'enfance. 91p. 8? Par., 1933. Arauz, S. L. Laringoscopia directa en los nifios. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 1, 1461-3.—Botey, R. Depresor lingual para la laringoscopia directa. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 562.—Fabinyi, G. Direct laryngo- scopy in contagious diseases. J. Med. Pract., 1936, 1: 86-8.— Guisez. La laryngoscopie directe, la tracheoscopie et l'oesopha- goscopie au service des blesses de guerre de notre specialite. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1916, 3. ser., 75: 152-4.—Hirsch, C. Ueber die Entwicklung und den heutigen Stand der neueren Methoden der direkten Besichtigung der oberen Luft- und Speisewege. Zschr. Laryng., 1924, 13: 69-75.—Jackson, C. L. Indications for direct laryngoscopy. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. LARYNGOSCOPY 516 LARYNGOSTOMY Soc, 1930. 45: 169-77. Also Ann. Otol Rhinol, 1939, 48: 1120-33.- Johnston, R. H. Direct laryngoscopy, tracheo- bronchoscopy and u s<>phagoscop\ . Bull. Med Chir. Fac. Maryland, 1908, 1:28. Miller. J. W. What is diieet laryngo- scopy? N. York State .1. M, 1931, 31: 1136- Mosher, H. P. The direct examination of the larynx and of the upper end of the esophagus by the lateral route. Boston M. & S. j., 190S, 158: 189-91, pl.— Paunz. M. [Value of direct laryngoscopy and tracheobronchoscopy, with special aspect to pediatrics and clinical medicine] Orvoskep/c's, 1935, 25: 486-98.—Pollak, E. Die indirekte Besichtigung des Kehlkopfinnenraumes und insbesondere seiner vordersten Anteile bei aus dem Munde des Untersuchten nicht hervorgestreckter Zunge. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925-20, 13: 353-00.^ Sargnon. De I'endoscopie directe et tout partieulieronient de son application en laryngo- logie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 26: 357-371; 800; 1909. 27: 72-94; 464.—Schwarzbart, A. Ueber die Anwendung der Diiektoskopie nach Haslinger. Zschr. Laryng., 1928, 17: K2 i' Tucker. G. The infant larvnx: direct laryngoscopy nhseivations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932' 99: 1899-902.—Van den Wildenberg, L. Laryngoscopie directe chez les nourrissons. Hev. med., Louvain, 1924, 234.—Zimonl. D.I. [Significance of diieet lai \ iiHo-^copv in clinical diactieel Ve-t. otorinolar.. 1938, 115-22. LARYNGOSPASM. See also Glottis, Spasm; Larynx, Myoclonus; Stridor. Acuna, M., & Vallino, M. T. Comentarios sobre aigu nos casos de estridor laringeo congenito. Rev. espec, B.' Air., 1929, 4: 721-7.—Bagg, C. Beitrage zur Aetiologie des Stridor congenitus. Mschr. Kinderh.. 1929, 45: 102-15.—Barajas, L. Histerismo laringeo de forma motora. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1902, 2: 65-74.—Davis, F. E. Laryngospasm and its relation to anesthesia. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth., 1939, 7: 155.— Delie. Une choiee du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 4, 109.—Dill, W. W. Laryngospasm and premedication. Current Res. Anesth., 1943, 22: 233-5.—Errecart, P. L., & Becco, R. V. Estridor laringeo congenito. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1934, 4: 5-12.—Hasslinger, F. Zur Pathogenese, Diagnostik und Therapie des Stridor congenitus. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21: 222-35.—Heatly, C. A. The larynx in infancy; a studv of chronic stridor. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 90-103.—Hill, F. T. Congenital laryngeal stridor. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1929, 51: 26-41.—Lemariey, A., & Sergent, H. Les aspects endoscopiques du stridor larynge congenital. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 509-25.—Meyers, E. J. [Contribu- tions to knowledge of stridor congenitus] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 2800-2.—Pacheco, M. Estridor laringeo congenito. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1926, 3. ser., 20: 157-65.—Rethi, L. La contraction pendulaire. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1908, 2: 369-72.—Rodriguez Berceruelo, S. Laringis- mo fonatorio emotional o emotividad fonatoria. Inform. med., Valladolid, 1932, 9: 24.5-9. Also Siglo med., 1932, 90: 477.-—Vallino, M. T. Estridor laringeo congenito. Prensa med. argent., 1941, 28: pt 2, 1907.------Distrofia grave; estridor laringeo congenito. Sem. med., B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 2, 301.—White, B. V. Laryngeal stridor associated with hypocalcemia in an adult; postoperative parathryoid deficiency with other contributing abnormalities. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 136. LARYNGOSTOMY. See also Laryngoplasty; Larynx, Stenosis: Surgery; Tracheotomy. Babcock, W. W. Plastic closure of laryngostomic fistulas and enlargement of the lumen of the trachea or larynx by implantation of a chondrocutaneous flap. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 585-9.—Botey, R. La laringostomfa en el cdncer larfngeo. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 500-6.—Caliceti, P. Sui metodi di dilatazione nelle laringostomie. Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 197-205. ------ Esito di alcune laringostomie. Bull, sc med., Bologna, 1935, 107: 57-60.-—Carrari, G. Due casi di plastica definitiva di laringostomia. Arch. ital. otol, u933, 44: 731-7.— Delens, A. [After-treatment of patients following larvngo-tracheostomy] Vest, khir., 1927, 11: 33; 157-60—Galebsky, A. Ueber plas- tische Laryngostomie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 557-70.—Jauquet. Presentation d'un laryngostomise gueri. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1909-10, 15: pt 2, 94.—Moro, G. Larin- gocricotracheostomia. Valsalva, 1940, 16: 26.—Nassau, C. F. Closure of laryngostomic fistulas. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1925, 1: 632-7.—Reinus, A. M. Ueber das Substratverfahren fur die Laryngostomaplastik. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1126-8.—Sargnon. Contribution a la laryngostomie. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 239-50. —:---- Contribution a l'etude de la laryngo>tomie. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1931, 49: 4-14.—Vargas Lugo, J. G. Breves consideraciones sobre laringostomia. Hosp. gen., Mex., 1926, 1: 541-55, 10 pl, diagr. ---- Instruments. See also Larynx, Intubation. Bockstein, J. [Apparatus for simplifying speech for patients with cannules] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, No. 2, 213. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 192-4.—Botey, R. Canula de laringostomia. Libro de aetas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 571. Castaneda, R. Un caso de decanulaci6n diffcil. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1902, 2: I 0. -Delsaux, V. Malade canulard larvngostomise depuis plu> d'un an. Bull Soc. beige otol., 1908-09, 14: 72. Lasskov. I. U.. & Pautov! N. A. [Laryngostomic eanule of hard rubber] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1933, 27: 81 3. -Magnotti. T. I'na nuova cannula pet i tracheolaringostomizz.-ili. Valsalva, 1933, 9: 190-3.— Martin, H. E. A new instrument for maintaining the patency of lai \ ngostonn openings. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1930, 21: 338 40. Sargnon. Canule de Lombard modifier. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 953-5.- Stubenraurh, von. Kinfaeho Tnu-heal- haken zum (lebrauche beim Kaniilenwechsel Munch, med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 1 490. LARYNGOSTROBOSCOPY. See also Singing; Stroboscope; Vocal cord; Voice. Tarneaud, J. La stroboscopie du larynx. 91p. 24cm. Par., 1937. Back, F., Wiethe, C, & Slern, H. Stroboskopische Kinema- tographie des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1389.—Berger, W. Ueber subglottische Druckmessungen bei Kaniilentragern. Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 28-38.—Dahmann, H. Zur Frage der physikalischen Grundlagen der Strobo- skopie; ein neues Laryngo-Stroboskop. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926-27, 17: 560-73.------Demonstrationsmetho- den der Wirkungsweise der Strobolaryngoskopie; die kunstlichen Kehlkopfe. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 275-83.------Strobo- scopie und allgemeine Laryngologie; Demonstration eines Universal-Stroboskops. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931, 29: 426-35.—Doniselli, C. Sull'obbiettivazione visiva de suoni vocali mediante il metodo stroboscopico. Valsalva, 1930, 6: 193-5.- -Ertl, E., it Stein, L. Zur Geschichte der motorlosen Laryngostroboskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 1463.—Flalau, T. S. Ueber eine neue Methode der Endo- stroboskopie des Kehlkopfes. Proc Internat. Congr. Phonet. Sc (1935) 1930, 2. Congr., 206-8.—Gray, G. W. A strobo- scopie disc for the study of vocal pitch. Q. J. Speech, 1927, 13: 236-43. Heymann, O. Die Stroboskopie im Dienste der Laryngoskopie. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1933, 136: 64-116 — Husson, R. Vue synthetique des principales acquisitions de physiologic et de pathologie vocales dues a la laryngostrobo- scopie. Hev. laryng., Bord., 1930, 57: 1132-45. Also J. Speech Disord., 1937, 2: 139-48.- Kallen, L. A. Laryngostro- boseopv in the practice of otolaryngology. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 16: 791-807. ------ & Polin, H. S. Ein physio- logisches Stroboskop. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 1177-81.—Loebell. Ein neues Stroboskop. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926, 15: 371 [Discussion] 378.—Maljutin, E. N. Stroboscopische Erscheinungen bei Gesangschulern. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15: 109-19. ------ Zur Frage der stroboskopischen Diagnostik. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1356-62. ------ Anatomische Eigentumlichkeiten einiger Teile des Stimmapparates und neue stroboskopische Beob- achtungen. Ibid., 1933, 67: 893-902.—Mihich, M. Einige Bemerkungen zu der von H. Stern angegebenen neuen Strobo- skopieapparatur. Ibid., 1932, 66: 1124.—Musehold. Photc- graphie und Stroboskopie des Larynx mit Demonstrationen. Verh. laryng. Ges. (1897) 1898, 8: 12-6.—Panconcelli-Calzia. Zeitlupenaufnahmen und Strobokinematographie von Vor- gangen im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 394 — Powell, L. S. The laryngo-stroboscope. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1933, 442. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 708- 10.—Segre, R. La stroboscopia laringea. Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1932, 95: 212-49.—Stein, L., & Pollak-Rudin. Ein neues handliches Laryngostroboskop (mit Demonstrationen) Ber. Kongr. internat. Ges. Logopadie (1932) 1933, 5. Kongr., 61.—Stern, H. Eine weitere Mitteilung fiber Ergebnisse bei der laryngostroboskopischen Untersuchung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 1259. ------ Huhdert Jahre Stroboskopie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 569-85; 1143. ----- Stroboskopisches im Film. Ibid., 1935, 69: 648-52. Also Ber. Kongr. Internat. Ges. Logopiid. (1934) 1935, 6. Congr., 136-41.—Tarneaud, J. La laryngo-stroboscopie; son but; ses resultats. Vie med., Par., 1932, 13: 951-7. ------ Das Stroborama. Ber. Kongr. internat. Ges. Logopiid. (1932) 1933, 5. Kongr., 60. —---- L'6tude du larynx et de la voix par la stroboscopie. Clinique, Par., 1933, 28: 337-41. ----- Laryngostroboscopie et pathologie vocale. Otorhinolar. internat., Par., 1933, 17: 259-61. ■----- La stroboscopie du larynx par le stroborama. Presse med., 1934, 42: 637.— Weiss, D. Ueber einige stroboskopische Philnomene. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 158-65 [Bemerkungen von Hugo Stern] 165-70. ------ Die Laryngostroboskopie. Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 391-418. Also Ber. Kongr. internat. Ges. Logopad. (1932) 1933, 5. Kongr., 52-60.------Zur Frage der stroboskopischen Diagnostik. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 182-4. LARYNGOTOMY. See also Larynx, Foreign body; Larynx, Ob- struction; Tracheotomy. Wagner, J. *Laryngotomie intcrcrico-thy- I roidienne et tracheotomie. 30p. 8? Par., 1929. LARYNGOTOMY 517 LARYNGOTRACHEAL Althaus. Ein Fall von Laryngotomie zur Entfernung eines Fremdkorpers bei einem 10 Monate alten Kinde. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 926.—Bond, J. W. Preliminary laryn- gotomv. Brit. M. J., 1907, 1: 7.—Castex, A. Laryngotomie; details techniques. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 3 904, 18: No. 4, Suppl, 36. ------ La laryngotomie sans canule. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1906, 9: 119-21 [Discussion] 122.------ Sur la laryngotomie. P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1906, 19: 769.— Cotton, F. J. Laryngptomy and removal of one cord for benign tumor of larynx. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, 151: 266.—Jacques. Laryngotomie pour corps etranger. C. rend. Soc. med. Nancy 1903-04, 80-2. Also Rev. med. est, 1904, 36: 344-6 Agrafe enclavee dans le larynx; extraction par laryngotomie intercricothyroidienne. Rev. laryng., Par., 1904, 1: 753- 6.—Johnston, R. H. Epithelioma of the larvnx; laryn- gectomy, death. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, 1907, 3: 135-9.—Zalewski, T. Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Laryngo- tomie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1939, 73; 756-9. LARYNGOTRACHEAL tube. See also Bronchus; Trachea; Tracheobronchial tract. Borghesan, E. Sulla capacita dell'epitelio di rivestimento rino-laringo-tracheale di assumere colori vitali acidi. Valsalva 1932, 8: 48-56.—Ghigi, C. Contributo alio studio dello sviluppo delle ghiandole della laringe, trachea, e grossi bronchi, nell'uo- mo. Otorinolar. ital, 1933, 3: 496-520.—Goppert, E. Kehl- kopf und Trachea. In Handb. vergl. Anat. (Bolk, L., et al ) Berl, 1937, 3: 797-866.—Lebedeva, N. Ueber die Ablagerung von Lipoidsubstanzen im Kehlkopf und in der Trachea Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1929-30, 25: 518-26.—MacCready, P. B. General considerations concerning the larynx and trachea. In Pract. Libr. M. , 1007. 13: 387, pl. Also Iji shinbun, 1907, 1396-408.— Schiitz. W. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Larvnxaktinomykose. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1937-38, 43: 296-300.—Videbech, H. Tilfaelde af larynxaktinomykose. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 571-3 (Abstr.)—Vogel K. Ueber paralarvngeale Aktinomy- kose. Zschr. Laryng., 1935. 26: 263-7. ------ Ein Fall von paralarvngelar Aktinonn-ko.se. Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin (1937) 19.38, T. 1, 34-7.—Waldapfel, R. Case of actinomy- cosis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond.. 1934, 49: 199. ---- Allergy. Chang, C. S. Allergv of the larvnx; with report of 2 oases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 783-9.—Frank, I). I. Angio- neurotic edema of the larvnx due to se'iMtivitv to chicle, report of a case. Arch. Otolar.. Chic, 1940. 32: 1067-70. Milslein, T. Idiopathisches Kehlkopfodem oder Allergose. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 391-9.—Miinch, W. Beitrag zum allergischen (idiosynkrasischen) Larynxodem und seiner praktischen Be- deutung in differentialrliagnostisch schwierigen Fallen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 20: 274-8 [Discussion] 291-301.------ Das allergisch (idiosynkrasische) Larynxodem nebst Bemer- kungen iiber differentialdiagnostische Schwierigkeiten und deren praktische Bedeutung bei gleichzeitigen entzundlichen Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege an Hand einer eigenen Beobachtung von Aspirin-Allegrie bei Angina. Beitr. Anat. Ohres, 1930, 28: 18-37.—Urbach, E., & Gottlieb, P. M. Al- lergic larvngeal edema (allergic laryngopathy) In their Allergy, N. Y., 1943, 648-50. ---- Amyloidosis. See also Larynx, Nodule. Rkxaid, F. Contribution a l'etude de la degenerescence amyloi'de du larynx. 73p. 8? Par.. 1934. Stienen, H. *Die lokale Amyloidose des Kehlkopfes. 34p. 8? Bonn, 1935. Balzano, I. Sulla degenerazione amiloide dei tumori laringei. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1933, 7: 151-60.—Bang, F.. & Blegvad, N. R. [Case of amyloid tumor of larynx] Hospitalsti- dende, 1931, 74: [Dansk otolar. selsk. forh.] 101-5.— Clerf, L. H. Amvloid tumor of larynx; case report. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 1150. ------ Amvloid tumor of the lar\nx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 377-80 [Discussion] 764.—Cocchiarole, G. Sui cosidetti tumori amiloidei della laringe. Ann. laring., Tor., 1936, 36: 138-52, pl. Delia Vedova, A., jr.' Un caso di amiloidosi tumorale laringea in un ragazzo di undici anni. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 808-15, pl.— Figi, F. A. Excision of amyloid tumor of the larynx and skin graft; report of case. Proc. Mavo Clin., 1942, 17: 239.— Gilse, P. H. G., van, & Hagen, J. F. Vitale Farbung von lokalem Amyloid des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1926, 60: 644—6.—Gioacchini, R. Sui tumori amiloidi della laringe. Valsalva, 1932, 8: 35^8, pl.—J0rgensen, A. [Case of local amyloid in the larynx] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk otolar. selsk. forh.) 84-8. Also Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 209-13— Kramer, R., & Som, M. L. Local tumor- like deposits of amyloid in the larynx; report of a case with a review of the literature. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 324- 34.—Kriegsmann, G. Ueber Amvloidtumoren des Kehlkopfs. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1931-32, 130: 198-205. Reuter, F. Ueber einen Fall von Amyloidtumor im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 23: 305-7.—Seiffert. Ueber Amyloid des Larynx. Verh. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryng., 1904, 50-6.— Simonetta, B. Considerazioni sulle amiloidosi e le pseudo- amiloidosi della laringe. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 403- 21.—Sotti, G. Contributo alia conoscenza della amiloidosi del laringe. Pathologica, Genova, 1928, 20: 106-18, pl.—Strazza, G. Sopra un caso di grave stenosi laringea determinata da diiTu>a degenerazione amiloidea dello spazio sottocordale. Atti Congr. Soc ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 321-8. Also Arch. ital. otol.,- 1907, 18: 457-67, 2 pl. ---- Anatomy. Mixnigerode, TV. Die Topographic des Kehlkopfgertistes. 25p. 8? Miinch., 1927. In Ohrenh. Gegenwart (O. Korner) Bd 11: Soli.er, H. L. *Ueber den Bau und die Ent- wicklung des Kehlkopfs bei Krokodiliern (Cai- man) und Marsupialiern (Didelphvs) p.f>41-93 8° Miinch., 1931. Also Morph. Jahrb., 1931, 68: Tuew.was, E. The hvoid and larynx of the Anura, p.401-527. 29cm. Lond., 1933. In Philos. Tr. R. Soc London, 1933, ser B, 222: Blume, W. Studien am Anurenlarynx. Morph. Jahrb,, 1930, 65: 307-464; 1932, 69: 455; 1933, 72: 103.—Diekmann. E. Der Kehlkopf des Lowen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner Geschlechtsunterschiede. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1932, 98: 527.— Elkner. A. Untersuchungen iiber das basophile Gallertgewebe im Larynx des Menschen; iiber die Verteilung und die Funktionsbedeutung des basophilen Gallertgewebes. Ibid., 1933, 100:90-118.—Falk, P. Ueber ortsfremde, gutartige Gewebsbildungen, Thymus- und Thyreoideagewebe im Kehl- kopf. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1936, 141: 118-32.—Kleinschmidt, A. Die Schlund- und Kehlorgane des Gorillas Bobby unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der gleichen Organe von Mensch und Orang. Morph. Jahrb., 1938, 81: 78-157.—Kurz, E. Beschreibung des Kehlkopfes einer 18jahrigcn Tigerin. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 436-47— Lamport, H. Zur Kenntnis des Platyrrhinenkehlkopfes. Moph. Jahrb., 1925-26, 55: 607-54.—Lore, J. M. Practical anatomical considerations of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 693-717.—Liicke, K. Der Kehlkopf des Hippopotamus amphibius. Anat. Anz., 1929. 67: 241-64.—Negus, V. E. The evidence of comparative anatomv on the structure of the human larynx. Proc. R. Soc. M.. bond.. 11)30-37, 30: 1394-6. Also Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1930-37, 40: 543-6 [Discussion] 552. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1937, 52: 829-33.—Nemai, J., & Kelemen. G. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Gibbonkehlkopfes. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933, 100: 512-20.—Niessing, C. Uebor das Zungenbein und den Kehlkopf von Pipa nmericana. Morph. Jahrb., 1932-33, 71: 545-70.—Stresemann, E. Svrinx. In ILmdb. vergl. Anat. (Bolk, L., et al.) Berl. 1937. 3: 867-82.—Tanzer, E., & Spottel, W. Untersuchungen am Kehlkopf von Lquiden und Equidenkreuzungen. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 84: 669-759.—Waldeyer, A. Zur Individual- und Rassenanatomie des menschlichen Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1926, 26: 68-126, tab. ---- Anatomy, functional. See also Phonation; Singing; Voice. Hofweber, TV. E. H. *Ueber die Funktion des von Wiedersheim als dorsaler Larynx gedeu- teten Gebildes bei Lepidosiren paradoxa [Miin- chen] p.95-118. 8? Jena, 1926. Also Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., 1926-27, 48: Trendelenburg, TV. Ueber die Frage der Koppelung zwischen Ansatzrohr und Windrohr beim menschlichen Stimmorgan. 25p. 29^cm. Berl., 1940. Forms No. 9, Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., math, naturwiss. Kb Bilancioni, G. II canto del cigno e il suo fondamento ana- tomico. Illust. med. ital, 1921, 3: 163-7.—Husson, R. Role de la fourniture laryngee dans la formation du timbre des voyelles parlees et chanties et genese des passages et des registres de la voix. C. rend. Acad, sc, Par., 1935, 200: 1630- 2.—Kelemen, G. Comparative anatomical studies on the junction of larynx and resonant tube. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 276-83.—Nemai, J. Der Kehlkopf als Stimm- und Atmungsorgan in der Phvlogenese. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 395-401. ------ Zur Anatomie und Physiologie des Stimmorgans. Ibid., 1937, 71: 671-80.—Pavlov, L. T. Anatomic-histologica) description of the birds' singing larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1927, 11: 285-300. ---- Anesthetization. See also Anesthetization, otorhinolaryngologi- cal; Bronchography; Larynx, Surgery. Adams, R. C, New, G. B. [et al] Intravenously induced anesthesia for operations on the larynx under direct laryngos- copy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 201.—Albesheim, L. Percain als Oberflachenanasthet'kum in der Laryngologie. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 242.—Botella, E. Nueva tecnica ideada por el Doctor Redondo para la anestesia clorof6rmica en las operaciones laringeas. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1902, 2: 33-6.—Boulay, M. AnestWsie regionale du larynx. Presse meU, Par., 1907, 15: 220.—Cauzard, P. L'anesthewe dans les examens directs des voies respiratoires et digestives superieures (larynx, trachee, bronches, pharynx, cesophage) meLhode de Killian. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1907, 2: 215-28. ------ & Chevrier, L. De l'anesthgsie regionale du larynx par co- cainisation des nerfs larynges superieur et inferieur. Bull. meU, Par., 1907, 21: 131-5.—Escat, E. De l'emploi de l'adre- naline dans les anesthesies difficiles du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 17: 813-6.—Gavrilo & Petrovitch, G. M. L'anesthesie locale et ginirale du larynx. Strasbourg med., 1926, 84: pt 2, 319; 359.—Gutman, M. V. [Anesthesia of the larynx in endolaryngeal operations] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 01. Kling, O. R. Anesthesia in peroral endoscopy and laryngeal surgery. Bull. Am. Ass. Nurse Anesth., 1943, LARYNX 521 LARYNX 11- 19-23.—Rosenstein, S. Ueber Percain als Schleimhaut- anasthetikum in der Laryngologie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55- 2010 —Ruttin, E. Eine Methode der Anasthesie des Larynx. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 655-7.—Storm, C. J., & Bor, H A [Evipan-sodium anesthesia in oral and larynx surgery] Ned.'tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2267-38, 2 pl—Viereck. Ueber die Braunsche Methode der Anasthe^ierung des Kehlkopfes durch Leitungsunterbrechung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 1495.—Watson-Williams, E. The use of cocaine in laryn- gology. Practitioner, Lond., 1938, 141: 105. --- Angina. See also Laryngitis, acute catarrhal. Eigler, G. Gehauftes Auftreten von Angina laryngis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 152-4.—Milstein, T. Ueber eine Epidemie von Angina laryngis. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1930- 31, 28: 380-96.—Portal. Tracheotomie necessitee par un cas d'angine laryngee; guerison. J. mid. veL., Lyon, 1853, 9: 217-9.—Santina, J. B., & Fontsere Marroig, J. Consideraciones sobre unos casos de angina laringea. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 2, 153-5. --- Angioma. See also subheadings (Hemangioma; Lymphan- gioma) Prosixger, K. F. A. K. *Ueber Angiom dos Larynx [Munchen] 46p. 8? Markt Grafting, 1929. Basavilbaso, J., & Bianculli, J. Angiomas laringeos. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1926, 2: 634-9.—Biaggi, C. Fibro-angioma cavernoso della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring (1904) 1905, 8: 155-9.—Collet & Carachon. Angiome du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 330-4.—Hogg, J. C. Angioma of larynx. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: Laryng. Sect., 214. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 279.— Kompanejetz, S. Ueber Angiome des Kehlkopfes. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1925-26, 114: 181-9.—Laskov, I. [Relapsing angioma of the larynx] In Jubil. otorinolar. sborn. posv. A. N. Zimin (Novosibirsk. Inst, usoversh. vrachei) Novosibirsk, 1933, 83-6, pl.—Symonds, C. J. Angioma of larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond 1905,10:337.—Zambrini, A. R. Angioma de la laringe. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 366-8. --- Angioneurosis. See also Larynx, Edema. Birch, C. Note on a case of angio-neurotic cedema of the larynx. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 1: 23.—Cooper, C. E. Laryngeal urticaria, report of a case. Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 296.— De Santi, P. R. W. [A case of angioneurotic cedema of the larynx] Westminster Hosp. Rep., Lond, (1902) 1903, 13: 284- 7 —Houghton, N. H. Angioneurotic edema of the larynx; tracheotomy. N. England M. Gaz., 1903, 38: 541-6.—Juul, A. [Case of chronic, angio-neurotic larynx edema] Nord. med., 1939 4- 3856-8. ------ A case of angioneurotic larynx edema. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 85—Katz, B. Acute angioneurotic edema of the larynx. California \\ est. Al., 1928, 28- 673-5 —Laval, F., & Viela, A. La localisation laryngee du syndrome de Quincke. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1929, 13: 93-108.—Weiss-Florentin, W. Ueber einen Fall von Oedema fugax des Larynx und Pharynx. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21: 614-22. --- artificial. See under Laryngectomee. --- Atresia, and congenital stenosis. See also Larynx, Diaphragm. Arruda Botelho, J. A. de. Estenose congenita do laringe; caso de consultorio. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1943, 11: 1^1-3-— Clerf, L. H. Congenital stenosis of the larynx; report of 3 cases Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1931, 53: 207-17 Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 770-9.-Evans, T. H. Small aditus laryngis: a function of infantile rate of respiration. Hull. JN. York M. Coll., 1939,2: 29-32.—FrankenbergerO. Angeborene Atresie des Kehlkopfes. Virchows Arch., 1905, 182: 64-91, pl—Franklin, P. Congenital stenosis of the larynx. Proc. R, Soc. M, Lond., 1925-26, 19: Larnyg. Sect., 21.—Gunn, F. D, Congenital laryngeal obstruction; with report of a case. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1926, 4: 46-9.—Hennessy, R Congenital ^rvneeal stenosis Med J. Australia, 1943, 2: 344.—Kovacs, A Y Angeborene Atresie des Kehlkopfes. mit beiderseitiger Lungenhyperplasie und Hydrops fetus universalis. Virchows Arch , 1933, 288: 243-52.-Krauland, W Zur Kenntnis des angeborenen vollstandigen Kehlkopfverschlusses. Ibid 1935, 295: 606-15—O'Kane, G. H. Congenital stenosis of larynx. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 550-4.—Rohrmann, A. Beitrag zu den Missbildungen des Kehlkopfes. Virchows Arch., 1932 283: 304-9.-Schrbder, K. Ueber drei Falle vot stenos^rende Kehlkopfmissbildung. Zschr. Hals &c. Ile.lk., 1930-31 28. 182-8 —Wilkinson, R. W. Congenital stenosis of the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1756. Bacterial flora. Calogero, G. Ricerche sulla flora batterica della laringe normale. Arch. ital. otol, 1931, 42: 158-67.—Frankenberger, O. Sur la presence des bacteries dans le larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1905, 31: 137-60; 1908, 34: 117.—Klestadt, W. Ueber den Keimgehalt des oberen Kehlkopfraumes beim Menschen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926-27, 17: 170-5.—Manolov, D. G., Tsorfas, I. L, & Ivanova, A. I. [On the finding of B. perfringens in the larynx of scarlatinal and diphtheric patients] Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 11, 44-6.—Waveren, A. G. W. van. Een geval betreffende bacteriologisch keelonderzoek. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. ser., 40: d. 2. 154.4. ---- Blastomycosis. Bellei, G., & CoIIina, M. Nuovo contributo al potere patogeno dei blastomiceti (emiaschi) laringite blastomicetica. Policlinico, 1906, 13: 129-31.—Clerf, L. H., & Bucher, C. J. Blastomycosis of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 45: 923-39.—Fuller. T. E. Report of a case of blastomycosis of the larynx complicating carcinoma. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 469. Also J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1936-37, 33: 37.—Jackson, C. Blastomycosis of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 99-107, pl.—New, G. B. Blastomycosis of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 346-52. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 240-3, 7 pl—Ribeiro dos Santos. Blastomicose primitiva da laringe; laringofissura; diatermo- carbonizacao; cura. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1940, 8: 347-9.— Sanson, R. D. de. Sobre um caso de blasto-micose das cordas vocais tratado pela eletrocoagulacao atravez de uma laringo- fissura. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 689-96. ---- Bloodvessels. Broeckaert. Contribution a l'6tude des arteres du larynx; presentation d'une piece artificielle faite par M. Tramond. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1904, 9: 45.—Cared, P. Contributo alio studio della fine vascolarizzazione della laringe umana. Oto- rinolar. ital, 1936, 6: 506-21.—Meyer, M. Eine seltene gesehwulstartige Gefassveriinderung im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 461-9, pl. ---- Bloodvessels: Vein. Ficano, G. Un caso di flebectasia laringea. Atti Accad. sc. med. Palermo (1900) 1901, 21-3.—Imperatori, C. J. Laryn- geal varices. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 420-33. Also Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 323; 382.— Larsen, S. Throm- benbildung im Plexus laryngopharyngeus (Luschka) beim Schwein. Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 86: 255-8 — Robb, J. M. Varix of the vocal cord. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 522-6. ---- Burns. See also Larynx, Injury. Flurin, H., & Magdeleine, J. Brulures du larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 1207-21.—Jones, D. H. Treatment of child following ingestion of Drano. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1939 22: 98—Riecke, H. G. Ueber Verbriihung des Kehl- kopfes im Kindesalter. Hals &c Arzt, 1. T., 1939, 30: 111-8.— Schultz. Ueber das akut entziindliche Oedem des Kehlkopfs durch Verbrennung, beziehungsweise Verbriihung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 1100.—Soukup, E. [Stenosis of the larynx, due to poisoning by lysol] Cas. lek. desk., 1930, 69: 1425-9. ---- Bursa prelaryngeal. Broeckaert, J. Contribution a l'etude des kystes pre- laryngiens. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1908, 4. ser., 22: 72V-9.—Collet. Kyste suppur6 de la bourse muqueuse pri- laryngienne. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1906-07, 12: 76. ---- Calcification. See under Larynx, Ossification. ---- Cancer. See also Laryngopharyngeal region, Cancer. Biasiolt, A. Tumori maligni della laringe. 317p. 8? Taranto, 1915. Bisi, R. H. *Cancer laringeo. 365p. 2734cm. B. Air., 1938. Canestro, C. Tumori maligni del laringe e loro cura. 199p. 8? Siena [1919] Jackson, C, & Jackson, C. L. Cancer of the larynx. 309p. 24cm. Phila., 1939. Martin, H. Cancer of the larynx, p.431-507. 26cm. N. Y., 1942. In Surg. Nose & Throat (Kernan, J. D.) O'Neill, E. J. *Cancer of the larynx [Mar- quette Univ.] 22p. 4? Milwaukee, 1930. LARYNX 522 LARYNX SCHREYER, H. des Larynx. 38p. Thomson, S. C. the larynx. 244p. *Ueber die malignen Tumoren S° Miinch., 1932. & Colledge, L. Cancer of 8? Lond., 1930. Arbuckle. M. V. Cancer of the larynx. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935, 30: 20.5-9.—Bernheimer, L. B. Carcinoma of the larvnx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol Soc. 1940, 46: 398- 105. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1910. 1->: 418-26. Also Dis. Eve &c Throat, 1942, 2: 136-9.—Biaci, C. Sul cancro della laringe. Tribuna san., Milano, 190 7, 1: 294; 328.—Buck, R. C. Malignancy in the larynx. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1929, 5: 993, 2 pl—Buckley, R. E., & Hoffman, W. J. Cancer of the larynx. Health Exam., N. Y., 1935, 5: No. 8, 24-35—Carlo, B. Sul cancro della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring., 1907, 105-30.-—Cawthorne, T. Cancer du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1935, 12: 171-9, 4 pl—Cheval. Cancer du larvnx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 41.—Citelli, S. Tumori maligni della laringe. In Tumori maligni (Vernoni, G.) Milano, 1933, 113-6.—Clerf. L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1080-8. Also West Virginia M. J., 1939, 35: 206-8.—Coakley, C. G. Cancer of the larynx. J. Florida M. Ass.. 1934, 21: 23-5.—Colas- Pelletier, i\I. Le cancer du larvnx. Gaz. me'd. France, 1939, 46: 171-6.—Curry, L. T., & Wallner, L. J. Carcinoma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934. 20: 116-8.—Delavan, D. B. Malignant disease of the larynx. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, 66: 441-6. ------ Carcinoma of the larynx. N. York State J. M., 1906, 6: 24.—Dernpsev, P. Carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland, 1903, 21: 198-206.—Equen, M., Neufler, F., & Matthews, W. B. Cancer of the larynx. South. M. J., 1943, 36: 321-4.—Fallas, A. Carcinome du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1906-07, 12: 25.—Font, J. H. Cancer de la laringe. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1933, 25: 606-9; 1943, 35: 439-46.—Furstenberg, A. C. Carcinoma of the larvnx. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931, 30: 770-6.—Gave!lo, G., & Biaggi. C. II cancro della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (i907) 1908, 62.—Gill, E. G. Cancer of the larynx. Virginia M. Month., 1941, 68: 509-12.—Harmer, W. D. Malignant disease of the larynx. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1907-08, 15: 27 — Horsford, C. Cancer of the larynx. Practitioner, Lond.. 1934, 133: 724-9.—Hutchinson, J. Malignant disease of the larynx. Hospital, Lond., 1906-07, 41: 101.—Jackson, C. Primary malignant disease of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1904) 1905, 10: 162-94. Also Laryngoscope, 1904, 14: 590-618.------& Jackson, C. L. Cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Lar. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 174-95. Also Surg. Clin. N. America, 1937, 17: 1791-5. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1986-93.—Jesberg, S. Cancer of the larynx. California West. M., 1931, 34: 246-50.—Jorge, J. M„ Cisneros, R., & Nicolini. R. C. A proposito de cancer de laringe. Rev. cir. B. Aires, 1942, 21: 290 (Abstr.)—Kahler, O. Die bosartigen Neubildungen des Kehlkopfs. Handb. Hals &o. ITeilk. (Denker & Kahler^ Berl, 1929', 5: 408-93.—Kerr, W. S. Cancer of the larynx. Clin. J., Lond., 1927, 56: 438.—KoFchier, H. Ueber Larynxkarzinom. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1906, 51: 83; 95.—Lacombe. Les nedplasmes malins du larynx. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1904, 18: 501.—Larroude, C. Cancro de la- ringe. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 21-4.—Ledoux, L. Cancers du larvnx. Cancer, Brux.. 1923, 1: 82, pfr—LeJeune, F. E. Carcinoma of the larynx. Tristate M. J., 1942-43, 15: 2807. ------ & Bayon, P. J. Cancer of the larnyx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1912, 51: 460-70. Also N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1942-43, 95: 132-7.—Lewis, F. O. Carcinoma of the larynx. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 192o, 3: 339-44; 1932, 73-6.—Loida. Ueber Carcinoma laryngis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1908, 55: 1203.—Lundon, A. E. Laryn- geal carcinoma. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 18: 708.—Lynch, R. C. Cancer of the larynx. Illinois M. J., 1928, 54: 40-4.— McCall, J. W., & Lamb, A. J. Laryngeal carcinoma. Ohio M. J., 1941, 37: 1053-5.—MacKenty, J. E. Cancer of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 205; 305.—Marschik, H. Kehlkopfkrebs. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1942, 55: 261-8.— Mosher, H. P. Carcinoma of the larynx. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, 157: 794.—Nemai, J. Tapasztalatok a gegerakrol. Budapesti orvosegy. evk., 1903, 6i-4.—New, G. B. Carcinoma of the larynx. Minnesota M., 1926, 9: 365-8.—Nicolai, V. Carcinoma primitivo della laringe. Gior. Ist. Nicolai, Milano, 1894-95, 2: 3-18.—Orton, H. B. Carcinoma of the larynx. J. M. Soc N. Jersey, 1929, 26: 191-7.—Paunz, M. [Cancer of larynx] Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 689-701.—Polednak. [Carcinoma of the larynx] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1930, 69: 108-9.— Robinson, G. A., & Lutze, F. H. Carcinoma of the larynx. Med. Times, N. Y., 1937, 65: 568.—Sanson, D. de, O cancer da laringe. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1934, 106: 746-59.— Schall, L. A. Cancer of the larynx. Internat. J. M. & S., 1933,46:283. ------ Carcinoma of the larynx. N. England J. M., 1943, 229: 574-6.—Semon, F. An address on cancer of the larynx. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 2: 1263-72. Also Med Rec, N. Y., 1904, 66: 721-34.—Silva, G. da. Cancer do laringe. Hora med., Rio, 1943, No. 69, 9-15.—Solly, S. E. Carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1905) 1906, 11: 19-29. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1905, 14: 687-97.— Thomson, S. C. Le cancer du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 513-9.—Van den Wildenberg. Le cancer du larynx Bruxelles med., 1931-32, 12: 1234.—Watson-Williams, E. Laryngeal carcinoma. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1937-38 31: 221; 1938-39, Laryng. Sect., 1236. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond 1938, 53: 194.—Weaver, D. F. Carcinoma of the Jarynx! J. Michigan M. Soc, 1943, 42: 521-5. Webster, I'. E. Larj n geal cancer. N. Zealand M.J., 1940, 39: 300 70. -Wessely, K. Der Kehlkopfkrebs. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1912, 55: 157-60.— Williams, W. H. Cancer of larvnx. Tr. Indiana M. Soc 1904, 55: 179-85.—Winckler. Ueber das Larynxkarzinom! Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng., 1906, 270-9.—Woods, K. Cancer of the larynx. Irish ,1. M. Sc, 1927, 6. ser., 261-1. -Wright, E. S. Cancer of the larynx. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 383-7.—Zambrini, A. R. Semiologia, diagn6stico y trata- miento del cancer laringeo. Rev. Circ. meel. argent., 1938, 38: 723-35.—Zinn, W. F. Cancer of the larynx. West Virginia M. J., 1932, 29: 28-31. Cancer: Associated disease. Groues, P. Cancer du larynx et tuberculose 103p. 8? Lyon, 1934. Aloin, H. Association au niveau du mfime larynx de la tuberculose, de la syphilis et du cancer. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 206-8.—Chabaud, J. Cancer du larynx et tuberculose! Rev. laryng., Par., 1927, 48: 585-93.—Chahed. Cancer du larynx et abcr>s du poumon. Tunis, mid., 1932, 26: 172.— DaflTas, J. Mycoses et cancer du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1939, 60: 522-46.—Denoyer, A. Carcinoma laringeo in leu- cemico. Ann. laring., Tor., 1936, 36: 185-91.—Klemperer, F. Ueber Tuberculose, Syphilis und Carcinom des Kehlkopfes. Deut. Klin., 1907, 4: (1. Abt.) 421-41.—Mathieu, J. E. Cancer du larynx et tuberculose. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1907, 2: 695- 703.—Motta, R. Carcinomi della laringe con limitata invasions micotica da Hormodendron cladosporioides (studio clinico e micologico) Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 515-21, pl.—Rebattu, J., & Groues, P. Cancer du larynx et tuberculose. J. med. Lyon, 1934, 15: 503-21. ------ & Mounier-Kuhn Cancer du larynx et tuberculose. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1934, 55: 1243-81.—Rebattu, J., & Perron. Cancer du laryn x chez un tuberculeux pulmonaire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1290-2.— Shellenberg, M. Cancer of the larynx and of the breast. Med. Times, N. Y., 1904, 32: 77-9.—Terracol, Girod & Azemar, R. Cancer du larynx chez un tuberculeux laryngo-pulmonaire. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934, 15: 107-17. - Wessely, E. Kehlkopftuberkulose und Kehlkopfkrebs. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 309-11. ---- Cancer: Cases and statistics. Levisohn, F. *Ueber die in den Jahren 1920 bis 1925 in der Universitats-Klinik fiir Kehlkopf-, Nasen- und Ohrenkranke zu Heidelberg zur Beobachtung gelangten Falle von Kehlkopfkrebs. 16p. 8? Heidelb., 1931. Anrooy, H. van. Over een geval van larynx-carcinoom. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. r., 40: d. 2, 337.—Campbell, A. A. Cancer of the larynx; with observations on 103 cases. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 49: 509-12.—Cancer of the larynx. In Cancer (Edinburgh Cancer Contr. Org.) Edinb., 1937, 81-3.—Del Sel, J. A., & Agra, A. Cancer laringeo en la mujer. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 50: 671-3.—Dickstein, E. A. [Cancer of the larynx based upon autopsy material for 20 years] Vest, oto- rinolar., 1941, No. 3, 79-82.—Garfin, S. W. Cancer of the larynx; a study of 202 cases with end results. N. England J. M., 1935, 213: 1109-23.— Grahe, K. Klinische und pathc- logisch-anatomische Beitrage zum Kehlkopfkarzinom. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1928, 98: 99-127.—Hammond, A. E. Diag- nosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx; with a statistical review of 15 cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 150-63. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 1-29.—Jents, E. Ein seltener Fall von Larynxcarcinom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1516.—Kernan, J. D. Malignant disease of the larynx. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 778-99.—Love, J. M. Malignant growths of the larynx [2 cases] U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull, 1927, 3: 11-22, 4 pl.— Lumsden, R. B., & Hall, I. S. Two cases of carcinoma of larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1936, 51: 189.—MacKenty, J. E. Several unusual cases of cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1928, 50: 73-94. ------ Cancer of the larynx; report of several unusual cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 585- 602. ------ Analysis of cases of laryngeal carcinoma seen since October, 1929. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 740.—McKenzie, D. A case of malignant disease of the larynx. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 131.—Martinez, E. Analisis de 250 casos de cancer de la laringe. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1934, 9: 129-^5.—Meyerson, S. [Case of cancer of the larynx observed from the beginning] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 987.—Mullin, W. V., & Darsie, L. L. Carcinoma of the larynx; a study of 133 cases. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 851-84.—Navratil, E. Falle von Carcinoma laryngis. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 681.-Page, L. F. Cancer of the larynx, with report of cases. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, 1905, 56: 201-3— Peck, W. S., Maxwell, J. H., & Lamberson, F. Car- cinoma of the larynx; a review of 170 consecutive cases. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb., 1939, 5: 44. Also Laryngoscope, 1941, 51: 97-107.—Rosenfeld. Demonstration eines Larynx- Carcinoms. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 108-10— Smith, J. W., Batten, G. A. [et al.] A case of car- cinoma of the larynx. Proc. Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass., 1939, 494-500.—Solly, S. E. A case of carcinoma of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1905, 20: 474-7.—Strubell, A. Zu Casuistik des Larynxcarcinoms. Msch r. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, LARYNX 523 LARYNX 38: 489-96.—Tucker, G. Cancer of the larynx (observations from 200 consecutive cases) Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1934, 40: 118-29. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 1-8.—Woodward, F. D. Carcinoma of the larynx; report of cases. Virginia M. Month., 1934, 60: 613-7.—Zeno, L. O. Cancer de la laringe. Rev. med. Rosario, 1927, 17: 367-9. ---- Cancer: Cases and statistics: Young people. P^rigois, Y. *Le cancer du larynx chez les jeunes. 76p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Bindi, G. Su un raro caso di carcinoma del laringe in un giovane di ventinove anni. Otorinolar. ital, 1935, 5: 328-33.— Bremond, M., & Bonnet, P. Un cas de cancer du larynx chez une fillette de 14 ans. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 1014-6.—Bruzzone, C. Epitelioma della laringe in un giovane di sedici anni. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 297-300.— Figi, F. A., & New, G. B. Carcinoma of the larynx in the young. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 350-7. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 386-91— Garel, J. Cancer du larynx chez une jeune fille de 18 ans. Ann. mal. oreille, 1903, 29: pt 2, 377-82.—Iterson, C. J. A. van. Un cas de cancer du iarynx a l'age de 13 ans. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 21-3.—Jacques. Cancer epithelial du larynx chez une jeune fille. C. rend. Soc. med. Nancy, 1906-07, 30. Also Rev. med. est, 1907, 39: 149-51.—Jones A. C. Squamous cell carcinoma, grade IV, of the larynx in a 15 year-old girl. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 22-8. ----— Carcinoma of the larynx in a girl aged 15. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 426- 30.—Kirch, W. Carcinoma of the larynx in the young; pre- sentation of a case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 345.—Korbel, V. Carcinoma laryngis bei einem 17jahrigen Madchen; konservative Behandlung; Karotisunterbindung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 555.—McKinney, R. Suspected malignant stenosis in a man 23 years of age. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1926, 48: 162-7.—Mayoux, R. Cancer du larynx chez une jeune fille de 28 ans. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 726.— Mouionguet, A. Technique de la laryngectomie totale avec lambeau cutan6 libre et intubation caoutchout^e de la trachee; cancer du larynx chez un enf ant de 15 ans. Ibid., 1938,750-3.— ■ Mounier-Kuhn, P., Charachon & Parthiot. Cancer du larynx chez une jeune fille de 22 ans. Ibid., 1939, 723-6.—Portmann, G., & Philip, R. L'epithelioma du larynx chez les jeunes. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 1-48, pl—Thomson, S. C. A case of malignant endo-laryngeal growth in a man, aged 29. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 209. --- Cancer: Complication. Balden week & Dreyfus, J. H. Heureux effet de la broncho- aspiration dans un cas d'encombrement bronchique suraigu post-ope>atoire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 721.-—Brunetti, F. Stenosi neoplastica metastatica ipoglottica. Valsalva, 1937, 13:425-9.—Mouve. Cancer du larynx et fistule oesophagienne. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1908, 29: 366.—Piser, A. L. Carcino- ma of larvnx; 2 cases with sudden death. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1942-43, 19: 221.—Reid, J. J. Anchylosis of laryn- geal articulations from cancerous infiltration; relief by intuba- tion. M. & S. Reporter, Phila., 1889, 60: 572—Thornyal, A. [Case of laryngeal cancer complicated by perichondritis and stenosis] Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: 160-3.—Wiethe, C. Perichondritis laryngis bei latentem Carcinom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 360-7. --- Cancer: Diagnosis. Klein, E. *Beitrag zur klinischen Diagnose des Kehlkopfkrebses unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der atypischen Formen. 47p. 8? Konigsb., 1927. Mitracos, D. *La biopsie dans le cancer du larynx [Strasbourg] 28p. 24^cm. Toulouse, 1938. Alonso, J. M. Sobre errores en cancer larfngeo. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: 413-26.—Aubry. M., & Leroux-Robert, J. Le diagnostic du cancer du larynx. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1173.—Baclesse, F., & Leroux-Robert, J. Le role de l'examen radiographique dans les diagnostic des cancers sous-glottiques. J. radiol. eiectr., Par., 1936, 20: 427; 645.—Brown, R. G. Some considerations in the diagnosis and operative technique of cancer of the larynx. J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1929, 2: 93-104.—Broyles, E. N. The diagnosis and treatment of carcinoma of the larynx. Progr. Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass., 1939, 369- 73.—Canfield, R. B., & Furstenberg, A. C. Clinical aspects of laryngeal cancer. In Contrib. Med. Sc. (A. S. Warthin) Ann Arb., J 927, 625-37.—Canuyt, G. La biopsie dans le cancer du larynx. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1930, 14: 21-9. ------ & Gunsett. La methode des coupes radio- graphiques; tomographic ou planigraphie appliquee au cancer du larynx. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1559-61. ------ La tomographic du larynx et le cancer du larynx; importance de la methode des coupes radiographiques. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 381-98. ------ Nouvelle serie de planigraphies du larynx non-cancereux et cancereux. Bull. Soc. electroradiol. med. France, 1938, 26: 29-38.—Daraban, E. Diagnostic et traitement du cancer du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 1009-26.—Davis, E. D. D. The diagnosis of cancer of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 421.—Delia Vedova, T. Osser- vazioni sulla diagnosi e 3ulla terapia delle neoplasie maliene laringee. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1929, 17: 295-7. Also Boll. mal. orecchio, 1930, 48: 293-302.—Dos Santos, A. Cancro da laringe; diagnostico microsc6pico. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931 49: 279-81.—Duerto, J. El valor de la biopsia en el diagn6stico del cancer de laringe. Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1931, 14: 339- 4f-~Garcia Tapia, A. El microscopio en el diagn6stico del cancer larfngeo. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, rhinolar., 195-202.—Guisez, J. De la biopsie dans le cancer du larynx et de l'cesophage. Ann. otolar., Par., 1931, 662-6.—Gunsett, A. Valeur de la radiographie en coupes ou planigraphie, pour le diagnostic et le traitement des cancers du larynx. Acta Unio internat. cancr., Brux., 1937, 2: 369-75.— Hesse. Zur Diagnose und Therapie des Kehlkopfkarzinoms. Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 185-8.—Hicguet. Diagnostic radiographique de cancer du larynx chez un tuberculeux. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 695-8.—Hirsch, C. Differential diagnosis of tuberculosis, syphilis and cancer of the larynx. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140: 91.—Home, W. J. The differential diagnosis of tuberculosis, syphilis, and malignant disease of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 561-78.—Imperatori, C. J. Biopsy in suspicious (carcinomatous) growths of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhinol. Otol. Soc, 1926, 32: 22-7. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926, 35: 1241-5.—Kaplan, J. B., & Mintz, M. M. [Roentgen diagnosis of cancer of the larynx] Vest, rentg., 1935, 14: 74-86.-—Kuperman, D. J. [Clinical aspect and biopsy as principal factors of early diagnosis of cancer of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1939, 16: 325-32.—La Soto y Lastra, R. de. Diagnostic differentiel des lesions tuberculeuses, syphilitiques et cancereuses du larynx. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 25: sect. 12, 1-10 [Discussion] 241. Also Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 95-103.—Leborgne, F. E. Cancer laringeo y tomograffa. Arch. Hosp. Pereira Rossell, 1938, 1: 139-64. ------ Tomographic study of cancer of the larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 43: 493-9.—Lemaitre, L. Radiodiagnostic du cancer du larynx. Echo med. nord, 1935, 3. ser., 3: 1-10, pl.—Lewis, F. O. Some problems in the diagnosis and treatment of laryngeal cancer. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1929, 5: 25-7, 3 pl.------ The diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1932, 1: 88-91.—Liebermann, H. Kehlkopfkrebs im Rontgenbild. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1927, 36: 25-39.— Milligan, W. Cancer of the larynx, intrinsic and extrinsic; with remarks on diagnosis and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1928, 120: 341-53.—MuIIin, W. V. The diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 7: 198-200.—Navratil. Carcinoma laryngis (?) Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1905, 41: 64.—Okada, W. Ueber Diagnose und Therapie des Kehlkopf- krebs. Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1906, 12: 9- 23.—Pinto Fernandes, A. Cancer do laringe; diagn6stico clini- co. Arq. brasil. med. nav., 1943, 4: 289-91.—Regules, P., & Caubarrere, N. L. Posibilidades radiograficas en el cancer de la laringe. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1938, 8: 85-156.—Sedziak, J. Rozpoznawanie i leczenie rakow krtani. Kron. lek., Warsz., 1904, 25: 581; 613; 649; 681; 721. ------ Beitrag zur Diagnose und Therapie des Larynxkarzinoms. Zschr. klin. Med., 1907, 62: 284-313.—Semon, F. Some points in the diagnosis and treatment of laryngeal cancer. Tr. M. Soc London, 1906-07, 30: 111-48. AL«o Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1907, 16: 99-127. Also Brit. M. J., 1907, 1: 241-8. ------ A discussion on the differential diagnosis of tuberculosis, syphilis, and malignant disease of the larynx. Ibid., 2: 952-62. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 549-61 [Discussion] 571-8.—Suarez de Mendoza. Diagnostic differentiel des lesions tuberculeuses, syphilitiques et cancereuses du larynx. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 15: Sect. 12, 151-98 [Discussion] 241. Also Arch. m6d. chir spec, Par., 1907, 8: 679-731.—Sune y Medan, E. Une radiographie du cancer du larynx. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1930, 14: 426-8.—Thomson, StC. The diagnosis of cancer of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1931, 46: 31-6.—Tucker, G. Cancer of the larynx; diagnosis and treatment. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 423-9. ------ Cancer of the larynx, diagnosis, treatment and results, with observations on the relation of benign tumors to cancer. South. Surgeon, 1941, 10: 671-9.-—Vaquero. L. Diagnostico del cancer en la laringe. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1940, 15: 281-98. Also Rev. med., Puebla, 1943, 16: No. 157, 4-28.—Watson, J. A. Carci- noma of the larynx: the present status of its diagnosis, prog- nosis, and treatment. J. Minnesota M. Ass., 1907, 27: 183- 7.—Winckler. Zur Diagnose und Therapie des Larynx- carcinoms. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 633-5.—Wright, E. S. Diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 228-49.—Zoltan, I. [Endolaryngeal biopsy, with particular respect, to laryngeal cancer] Orvoskepzes, 1934, 24: nov. kulonf. (Verebely Fest- schr.) 244-8. ---- Cancer: Diagnosis, early. Baginsky, B. Zur Friihdiagnose und Behandlung dea Kehl- kopfkrebses. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: -.09; 457.— Bulson, E. L. Peroral endoscopy; an indispensable aid in the early diagnosis of malignant disease of the larynx. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1934, 27: 200-7.—Burak, S. K voprosu o rannem raspoznavanii i llechenii raka gortani. Vrach. gaz., 1908, 15: 1443; 1479.—Castaneda, B. Cancer laringeo y su diagn6stico LARYNX 524 LARYNX precoz; laringectomfa. Sem. mid., B. Air.. 1942, 49: pt 2, 1057-9.—Clark, J. P.. & Harrington. F. B. Early diagnosis of a case of cancer of the larvnx; removal of growth by thyrotomy; recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, 13S: 107-10—Clerf, L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx; the influence of early diagnosis on treatment and end results. Pennsylvania M. J., 1936-37, 40: 626-30.------Cancer of the larynx; a ;>loa for early diag- nosis. Med. World, 1940, 58: 511-4.—Coakley, C. G. Diag- nosis of earlv cancer of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 106-9.—Dc Santi, P. R. W. The early diagnosis of malignant disease of the larynx. Med. Press, Lond., 1926, n. ser., 122: 27-9.—Haymann, L. Die Friihdiagnose des Kehlkopfkrebses. Mschr. Krebsbekiimpf., 1935, 3: 1-13.—Hollis, C. B. Notes on the recognition and treatment of early laryngeal malignancy. Hahneman. Month., 1926, 61: 281-9.—Kleyn, A. de [Difficul- ties in diagnosis and treatment of malignant tumors of the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 2040-6.—Lederer. F. L. Earlv diagnosis of laryngeal malignancy. Ann. Otol. • Rhinol, i939, 48: 244-9 [Discussion] 251-6.—MacKenty, J. E. Laryngeal cancer: earlv diagnosis and treatment. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 237-44.—Morrison, T. J. Early diagnosis of cancer of the larynx. Tr. N. Hampshire M Soc, 1931, 188- 97.—Phelps, K. A. The early diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larvnx. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 66; 128.------ Early cancer of the larynx. Minnesota M., 1939, 22: 496-500 — Rivero, F. H. Sobre diagn6stico precoz del cancer de la laringe. Arch, venezol. Soc. otorinolar., 1942, 3: 77-82.—Rugani, L. La diagnosi precoce del cancro laringeo. Gior. med. prat., 1933, 15: 260-71.—Stein, O. J. The importance of an early diagnosis of malignancy of the larvnx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1906, 206-17. Also Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 264-72.— Tremble, G. E. The early diagnosis of cancer of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 280-3.—Wylie, A. The early diagnosis of malignant disease of the larynx. Med. Press & Circ, DubL, 1933, 136: 277-9. ---- Cancer: Etiology. , See also Larynx, Pachyderma. Aboulker, H. La raretd du cancer du larynx chez les femmes indigenes. Algerie m6d., 1940, 4. ser., 44: 111.—Carnevale Ricci, F. Lesione associata luetica-tubercolare cancerigna della laringe. Arch. ital. otol, 1937, 49: 125-32.—Denker, A. Ueber Narbencarcinom im Larynx. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 21: 137-47.—Eicken, von. Larynxkarzinom nach alter Rontgenschadigung. In Sitzber. Oto-laryngologische Ges. Berlin, 1931, 87-93.—Frenyo, L. [Laryngeal cancer and syphilis] Orv. hetil, 1938, 82: 1096-8—Hunermann, T. Kehlkopfkrebs nach Gelbkreuzvergiftung; ein Beitrag zur Genese des Krebses. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 369-76 — Imperatori, C. J. A case of a malignant laryngeal growth im- planted on tissues, the deeper layers of which were infected with trichini. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1935, 57: 242.—Incidence of cancer of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1941, 1: 821.—Jackson, C, & Jackson, C. L. Cancer of the larynx; its increasing inci- dence. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar. (1940) 1941, 45: 156-75. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 45-65.—Jacques, P. Cancer du larynx chez la femme apres irradiation thyroldienne prolonged. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1935, 19: 277. Also Rev. meel. est, 1935, 63: 552-5.—Leroux-Robert. Cancer du larynx chez une basedowienne traitee anterieurement par radiotherapie. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1266.—Maxwell, J., & Hogg, J. C. The incidence of laryngeal cancer. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 1064-8.—Niehues, B. Nach Schussverletzung Kehlkopfcarcinom. Deut. Militararzt, 1939, 4: 317.—Ormerod, F. C. Carcinoma of the larynx occurring 23 years after an injury at approximately the same site. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1941, 56: 130-2, 2 pl—Portmann, G., Mougneau & Barraud. Le cancer du larynx chez le vieillard. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1169-71. ---- Cancer, extrinsic. Amblard & Deival. Cancer extrinseque du larynx. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1905, 80: 392-4.—Bisi, R. H. Importancia de la invasi6n del espacio pre-epiglotico en el cancer laringeo; su tratamiento quinirgico. In Libro de oro M. R. Castex, B. Air., 1940, 1: 165-75.—Lewis, F. O. The treatment of extrinsic cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 85-91; 1931, 37: 326-30.—New, G. B. Extrinsic epithelioma of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 84-7.—Van den Wildenberg. Cancers larynges extrinseques. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1937, 21: 199. ---- Cancer: Historical aspect. Illness (The) of the Emperor Frederick. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 916.—Pack, G. T., & Campbell, R. Historical case records of cancer; the laryngeal cancer of Frederick III of Germany. Ann. M. Hist., 1940, 3. ser., 2: 151-70.—Thomson, S. The history of cancer of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1939, 54: 61-87, 8 portr. ---- Cancer, intrinsic. See also Laryngofissure; Vocal cord, Cancer. Bruin-van Raamsdonk, W. de, & Bruin, A. C. de. [Treat- ment of the voice following convalescence from endo-laryngeal cancer] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 112-8.—Cohen, J. S. Modern procedures in excision of intrinsic malignant growths of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1907, 29: 150-5 [Dis- cussion] 161. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1907, 16: 288-93.— Diggle, F. H. The treatment of intrinsic laryngeal cancer J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1937, 52: 463-76.—Foster, j. H. Intrinsic cancer ol the larynx. Texas J. M., 1932, 28: 4 19-52.- (Jarel, J. Deux cas de cancer intrinseque du larynx gu£rjs par voie endo- laryngee sous le controle du miroir. Lyon meel., 1930, 146: 393-401.—Hodge, G. E. Diagnosis and treatment of intrinsic cancer of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1932, 27: 623-8.— Hoover, W. B., & Richter, II. J. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1938, 18: 605-8. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Campaign, 1939, 16: 200.—Johnson, W. O. Intrinsic car- cinoma of the larynx. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 11: 16-22.— McCready, J. H. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Pennsyl- vania M. J., 1934, 37: 824-7.—Meurman, Y. On the histology of intrinsic cancer of the larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1936, 24: 126-34, 5 pl.—Montalier & Nadal. Cancer intra-laryngc J. meU Bordeaux, 1908, 38: 810.—Negus, V. E. Differential diagnosis of intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 223-34.—Patel. Cancer intrinseque du larynx. Lyonm^d., 1905, 105: 185.—Pons, L. M. Cancer endolarfngeo. Rev. radiol fisioter., Chic, 1940, 7: 158-64.—Porto, G. Cancer intrinseco do larynge. Ann. paul. med. cir., S. Paulo, 1936, 31: 69.—Repass, R. E-, & McLemore, C. S. Relationship of intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx to precancerous lesions. J. Florida M. Ass., 1938-39, 25: 280-3.—Reynolds, R. Intrinsic cancer of the larynx; report of 3 cases apparently cured by operation. Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 74: 182-6.—Simont, D. Ueber besondere Wachstumsbedingungen der inneren Kehlkopf- krebse. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1929, 124: 98-105.—Sonnen- schein, R., & Pearlman, S. J. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx, with a consideration of some methods of operative approach. Illinois M. J., 1932, 62: 229.—Taylor, G. W., & Nathanson, I. T. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. In their Lymph Node Metast., N. Y., 1942, 252-4— Thomson, S. C. Intrinsic cancer of the larynx; the occurrence of impaired mobility of the affected cord and its value in diagnosis and prognosis. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 220—Tucker, G. Cancer of the larynx, intrinsic; its surgical cure. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 589. ---- Cancer: Manifestation. See also Hoarseness. Buzoianu, G. V. [Symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of cancer of the larynx] Rev. chir., Bucur., 1932, 35: 30.— Clerf, L. H. The clinical significance of hoarseness and its importance in cancer of the larynx. South. M. & S., 1940, 102:694. ------ Hoarseness and cancer of the larynx. West. J. Surg., 1941, 49: 599-602.—Legrand, H. Laryngite et cancer du larynx. J. H6tel Dieu Montreal, 1936, 5: 229-32.— Lenart, Z. Sul cancro della laringe. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 66- 78.—Malan, A. Pericondrite tiroidea suppurata segno precoce di carcinoma laringeo. Cancro, Tor., i932, 3: 74-9.—Port- mann, G., & Herson, J. L'aspect clinique du cancer du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 525-60.—Schwartz, L. Hoarse- ness, the herald symptom of laryngeal cancer. Prev. Med., N. Y., 1936, 6, 3: 9-11.—Tucker, G. Cancer of the larynx; symptomatology, diagnosis, and treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 303-8.—Waldapfel, R. Fieber beim Kehl- kopfkrebs. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 1603-5.—Woodward, F. D. The importance of hoarseness as an early symptom of laryngeal malignancy. West Virginia M. J., 1938, 34: 211-3.— Zoltan, S. Ueber die Ursachen der Fixation des Kehlkopfes bei Kehlkopfkrebs. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 319-24. ----, Cancer: Metastasis. Borghesan, E. Carcinoma primitivo della laringe con metastasi del velo palatino. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 339-43.— Collet, F. J. Metastase osseuse d'un cancer du larynx. Ann, otolar., Par., 1934, 771-3.—De Santi, P. R. W. The lymphatics of the larynx and their relation to malignant disease of that organ. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 1: 1710-3.—Dos Santos, A. Metastases de origem laringea. Arq. pat., 1930, 2: 192-237. Also Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1931, 15: 49-71.—Gottron. Hautmetastasen eines Larynxcarcinoms. Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19: 773.—Kliepera, L. Primares Karzinom des Larynx mit Metastasen im Keilbein und in der Pyramidenspitze rechter- seits. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 1258.—Neiman, B. Unusual metastases of a carcinoma of the larynx. In Path, Conf. (Jaffe\ R. H.) Chic, 1940, 1037-9.—Oldham, J. B., & McGibbon, J. E. G. Multiple subcutaneous metastases from a primary intrinsic laryngeal carcinoma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1932, 47: 633, pl.—Olivares. Carcinoma de uno de los ganglios de la regi6n carotidea, consecutivo a un pequeno epitelioma en la laringe [illustration only] Progr. clin., Madr., 1919, 14: opp., 190.—Roued, J. Et tilfaelde af cancer laryngis med levermetastaser. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 569.—Yoel, M. Un cas de cancer intrinseque du larynx avec meLastase dans le nez et les voies lacrymales. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 1017.—Zalka, O. Ueber Aspirations- (Implantations-) Metas- tasen in den Bronchien und der Lunge im Falle von Kehl- kopfkrebs. Arch. Ohr. & Heilk., 1934, 138: 164-9.----- [Bronchial and pulmonary metastases of laryngeal cancer] Orv. hetil, 1934, 78: 85. LARYNX 525 LARYNX --- Cancer, multiple. Honcamp, O. *Ueber einen Fall von multiplen Carcinomen im Kehlkopf. p.438-42. 8? Jena, 1932. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 171: Laub, L., & Zalka, O. Beitrag zur Multiplizitat der Ge- schwulste (primares Kehlkopf- und Bronchialkarzinom) Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 1089-95.—Lederer, F. L. Multiple carcinoma (pathologic specimen) Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 239.—Sikl, H. Ein Doppelkrebs des Kehl- kopfes. Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1927, 25: 473-81.—Wilbur, D. L. Multiple primary carcinomas of the larynx and esophagus; report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 154-8. --- Cancer: Pathogenesis. Rieth, M. *Ein branchiogenes Carcinom des Larynx. 16p. 8? Tub., 1927. Benjamins, C. E. Le precancer du larynx. Rev. laryng Par., 1928, 49: 612-9.—Collet, F. J., & Charachon, J. Cancer du larynx a Evolution rapide. Lyon mid., 1936, 158: 417.— Guttman. M. R. Modern conception of cancer of the larynx. Illinois M. J., 1934, 66: 553-9.—Jackson, C, Thomson, St C. [et al] Discussion on precancerous conditions of the larynx. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-31, 24: Laryng. Sect., 1-8 — Wiethe, C. Beitrag zum Studium der metastatischen Larynx- tumoren. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 21: 623-37.—Zoltan, I. Ueber pracancerose Erkrankungen des Kehlkopfes. Mschr Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 67: 597-604. Also Orvoskepz&i, 1933, 23: 313-9. --- Cancer: Pathology. Collet, G. Contribution a l'etude du cancer sous-glottique. 95p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Izard, P. *Cancers de la margelle du larynx. 109p. 2Sy2cm. [Toulouse] 1934. Karaitidis, L. *Le cancer du larynx; etude anatomopathologique. 68p. 24^cm. Strasb., 1937. Bang, F. [Histology and group classification of 25 malignant laryngeal tumors] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1246-50.— Broeckaert. Un cas de guerison spontanee de tumeur maligne, cylindrome hyalogSne, du larynx; recidive debutante. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 70-6.—Caliceti, P. Reazioni condro-pericondrali nei carcinomi della laringe. Otorinolar. ital, 1937, 7: 421-36.—Carnevale Ricci, F. L'ap- parato cartilagineo nei tumori maligni della laringe. Arch. ital. otol, 1936, 48: 581-9.—Clerf, L. H. Subglottic carcinoma of the larynx. Pennsylvania M. J., 1938-39, 42: 527-30 oar?nwi-Ann- °t0l,aiV Par- 1934' 682-91.—Thomson, StC. a* T«"J™8?0^ the larynx- Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1936- 1OT7 i^™ ip^cussion] 453-8. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1937, 52: 803-16, 7 pl —Vasiliu, D. I. [Cancer of the lower section of the larynx] Spitalul, 1935, 55: 148-9.—Voorthuysen U. G. W van Tuberkulom mit Kankroid des Kehlkopfes. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 525-31.—Waggett, E B Post-cricoid carcinoma. Tr. Internat. Congr. M. (1913) 1914' Lar., pt 2, 147-59 [Discussion] 161-4.—Zoltan', Sect. Rhin. & Crawford, B. L. Carcinoma of larynx; clinical and pathologi- cal aspects. Tr. Am. Laryng., Ass., 1932, 38: 63-71. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 16: 676-89.—Colledge, L. Post- cricoid carcinoma. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 525.—Coutard, H., & Valat, A. Considerations sur le cancer de la bande et de la cavite ventriculaires du larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 469-512, 2 pl—Delia Cioppa, D. Comparteci- pazione e reazione del tessuto pericondriale e sottomucoso nei tumori maligni della laringe. Arch. ital. laring., 1934-35, 53: 129-43.—Die, J., & Pelegrin, A. Contribucion al estudio del cancer de laringe. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 1, 629-33.—Fallas. Volumineux cancer du larynx. Presse mid. beige, 1907, 59: 425.—Frank, I., & Lev, M. Carcinosarcoma of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1940, 49: 113-29.—Graham, H. B. The pathology of carcinoma of the larynx. Ibid., 1932, 41: 453-9.— Gritti, P. Sul comportamento della ghiandola tiroide nei portatori di tumori maligni della laringe. Arch. ital. laring., 1938-39, 55: 49-72.—Hall, I. S. Post-cricoid carcinoma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1937, 52: 650.—Ibbotson, W. Specimen of carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1926-27, 50: 118.—Lascano, E. F. Sesiones anatomo-clfnicas del Hospital Ramos Mejfa. Acci6n med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 403.—Ledoux. Les cancers epithediaux de I'isthme du gosier. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931, 15: 341-62.—Leroux-Robert, J. Le cancer sous-glottique. Medecine, Par., 1937, 18: 71-6.—MacKenty, J. E. Malignant disease of the larynx; rare types, premalignant conditions and conditions simulating malignancy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 297-328.—Masip Guma, J. A. El cincer hipoglotico primitivo incipiente. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 427.—Maxwell, J. H. Metastatic hypernephroma of the larynx; report of 2 cases. Univ. Hosp. Bull, Ann Arb., 1942, 8: 29.—New, G. B. Adenocarcinoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1941, 63: 122-4. ------& Erich, J. B. Adeno- carcinoma of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 706- 14.—Okada, W. [Glandular epithelial cancer of the larynx] Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1905, 11: 172-83.— Polednak, L. Das gestielte Larynxcarcinom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 1433-6.—Schmiegelow, E. Tilfajlde af meget stort, stilket karcinom udgaaende fra h0jre Lig. aryepiglotti- cum's faryngeale flade. Ugeskr. laeger, 1900, 5. R., 7: 325-8.— Shabad, L. M., & Goriainova, R. V. [Causes of death in cancer of the larynx] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 48.—Steven- son, R. S. Early post-cricoid carcinoma. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 661.—Terracol, J., & Guibert, H. L. Le comportement du cartilage dans les neoplasies malignes du Iv, [Eosinophile cells in laryngeal cancer] Gy6gyaszat, 1932,' 7z: 600—0. ---- Cancer: Prevention and problems. Burngardner, J. S. Cancer of the larynx as a medical prob- em. Kentucky M. J., 1940, 38: 88-90.—Carcinoma of'the la/y£x' remarks on the present cancer campaign. Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1934, 36: 713-8.—Martland. H. S. The cancer prob- lem as related to laryngology. In N. York Acad. Med Mac- kenty Tr., 1932, 41-50. Also Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 110-7.—Parrel, G. de. Comment envisager la prophylaxie du cancer du larynx. J. med. Paris, 1926, 45: 11.—Tanturri, V. II problema del cancro della laringe. Rass. ital. otorinolar ' 1939, 13: 1-6. ---- Cancer: Prognosis. Clerf, L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx with special reference to end results. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America 1938, 345-7.—Eicken, C. von. Ueber die Prognose des Kehl- kopfkarzinoms. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1933) 1934, 64: 155-9 Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 130-2.—Forns. El cancer laringeo en relaci6n con las sociedades de seguros sobre la vida. Rev. espec med. otorinolar. espafi., 1904, 7: 225, pl.— Gavello, G. Cura del cancro della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc ital. laring., 1907, 131-94—Hlavacek, V. [Prognosis of cancer of the larynx based on localization and pathologico-histological facts] Cas. lek. eesk., 1935, 74: 715-9. ------ Le pronostic du cancer du larynx d'apres sa localisation et sa structure anatomo-pathologique. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935 56: 692- 708.—Judd, E. S., & Phillips, J. R. Curability of carcinoma of the larynx. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 526-8.—Lewis, F. O. Laryngeal cancer; statistical report on 5 year cures. Surg. Gyn Obst., 1933, 56: 466.—Marschik [Fall von Dauerheilung bei Larynxkarzinom] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 549.—New, G. B., & Waugh, J. M. The curability of carcinoma of the larynx. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933 177-9. Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 841-4.—Riccitelli, E. La cura del cancer de la laringe; estado actual de la cuestion Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 1, 745.—Wessely, E. Attuali vedute sulla cura dei tumori maligni laringei. Arch, radiol Nap., 1937, 13: pt 1, 76. ---- Cancer: Recurrence. See also Larynx, Treatment: Statistics. Howarth, W. Basal-celled carcinoma of larynx; recurrence after bVi years. Proc: R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Laryng. Sect., 25.—Kay ser, J. Ueber Spatrezidive bei Karzinom, besonders bei Kehlkopf karzinom. Zschr. Laryng., 1927, 16: 193-204.—Neuhof, H., & Jemerin, E. E. Recurrent carcinoma of larynx; dilatation of esophagus by Plummer dilator; perfora- tion; posterior mediastinal abscess; posterior mediastinotomy; death from pneumonia. In their Acute Infect. Mediast., Bait., 1943, 62.—Nicolai, L. Recidiva di epitelioma laringeo dopo 14 anni rontgen-radiumterapia. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 439-44. ---- Cancer: Surgery. See also Laryngectomy; Laryngofissure. Nieder, H. *Bericht uber die in den Jahren 1923-32 in der Universitats-Hals-Nasen-Ohren- klinik der Charite zu Berlin operativ behandelten Falle von Kehlkopfkrebs [Berlin] 16p. 23cym. Charlottenb., 1937. Rutsch, F. *Kocher'schen Radicalopera- tionen des Larynxcarcinoms seit 1890 [Bern] 41p. 8? Lpz., 1899. Weber, G. *Die Prognose der Radikalbe- handlung dos Kehlkopfkrebses [Freiburg] 56p. 8? Grossenhain, 1931. Alezais & Pluyette. (Esophagostomie pour cancer du larynx. Marseille med., 1906, 43: 353-7 [Discussion] 376.— Bote] la, E. Resultats du traitement chirurgical du cancer du larynx et statistique des operations pratiquees dans la clinique du Dr Cisneros. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1903, 16: 1251- 4. Also Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1903, 3: 130-4. ------ Resultados del tratamiento quirtirgico del cancer de la laringe. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, rhinolar., 202-6.—Broyles, E. N. Late results following operation for carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Lar. Otol. Rhinol, 1936, 251-64. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 475-87.—Brunetti, F. Considerazioni sulla cura chirurgica del cancro laringeo. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 20-32. ------ Chirurgia radicale e chirurgia conservatrice del cancro laringeo. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 493-503.—Burger, H. Demonstratie van LARYNX 526 LARYNX een genezen gebleven geval van radicaal geopereerd laryng- carcinoom. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. r., 40: d. 2, 333.— < ampidn, A. Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung des Kehl- kopfkrebses bei latenter Lues. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1941, 75: 205-7. Also Orv. hetil, 1941, 85: 8.------ [Operative mortality from laryngeal cancer] Orvostud. kozl, 1941, 2: 28-30.—Canuyt, G. Le traitement du cancer du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 83-94—Cetra, M. C. Cancer la- ringeo, su tratamiento quirtirgico en 200 casos. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer. B. Air., 1937, 14: 169-92.—Cheval. Quelques mots a propos du traitement du cancer du larvnx. Bull. Soc sc. med. natur. Bruxelles, 1905, 63: 184-92.------ Traitement chirurgical du cancer du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10: rapp., 1-6.-—Chiari, O. Rapport sur 11 cas de cancer du larvnx operes dans sa clinique du 1. juin 1906 au 31. mai 1907. Arch, internat. laryng.. Par., 1907, 24: 345-54. ------ Bericht iiber meine Operationen wegen Krebs des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. klin. Med., 1907, 62: 100-33. ------ Uebersicht Ober 82 Falle von Thyreotomien, partiellen und totalen Exstirpationen des Larynx wegen Carcinom. Wien. med. Wschr., 1908, 58: 843-7.—Cisneros, J. Tratamiento del cancer larfngeo. Congr. hisp. portug. ciriig., 1898, 1. Congr., 426. ------ Algunas consideraciones acerca del cdncer laringeo y de su tratamiento quirtirgico. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1908, 8: 42-5. ------ Resultados del tratamiento operatorio del cdncer larfngeo. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 177-9.—Clerf, L. H. Surgery in cancer of the larynx; an analysis of 250 cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 98-112. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 32: 484-98.—Colledge, L. Operative treatment of cancer of the larynx. Practitioner, Lond., 1930, 124: 32-40.— Delavan, D. B. A discussion on the indications for early radical treatment of malignant disease of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1895, 2: 1029-37.—Finder, G. Demonstration eines endo- laryngeal operierten Kehlkopfkrebses. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1907, 44: 972.—Frenckner, P. Some primary results in opera- tive treatment of cancer of the larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935, 21: 539-50. Also Sven. lak. tidn., 1936, 33: 1120-30. ------ [Operative treatment of cancer of the larynx] Nord. med., 1940, 8: 2645-50.—Gluck, T., & Soerensen, J. Tera- peutica quirtirgica del carcinoma laringeo. An. cienc. mid., Madr., 1912, 3. ser., 11: 22-41— Greif. [Proposed new modifi- cation of external operations in laryngeal cancer] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1927, 66: 495-8.—Hajek, M. Wandlungen in der Indikation der chirurgischen Larynxoperationen beim Kehlkopfkrebs. Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 16-21. ------ & Heindl, A. Statistik iiber die Resultate von 393 operativ behandelten Kehlkopfkrebsen ab Mai 1919 bis inklusive Juli 1934. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 385; 583.—Imperatori, C. J. Indica- tions for thyrotomy and laryngectomy in carcinoma of the larynx. N. York State J. M., 1934, 34: 51-3.—Ingals, E. F. Non-recurrent carcinoma of the larynx removed through the natural passages. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1907, 29: 150-8 [Discussion] 164-7. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1907, 16: 355-7 Also Arch, internat. laryng.. Par., 1907, 24: 543-5.—Jackson, C. Thyrotomy and laryngectomy for malignant disease of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 1478-85. ------& Jackson, C. L. Malignant disease of the larynx; its treatment by laryngofissure and laryngectomy. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 30: 3-17 The surgical treatment of malignant tumors of the larynx. In Treat. Cancer (Pack & Livingston) N. Y., 1940, 1: 534- 56.—Jackson, C. L. Surgical treatment of cancer of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 382-5. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 6: 108-14. ------ & Norris, C. M. The surgical treatment of cancer of the larynx. Pennsylvania M J., 1942-43, 46: 822-8.—Jorge, Cisneros & Nicolini. Cdncer de laringe. Bol. Acad, argent, cir., 1941, 25: 286-90.—Jurasz. Vorstellung eines Falles von endolaryngeal operiertem Carcinom des Kehlkopfes. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 203-7; 332.—Kemler, J. I. Nitrogen monoxide and oxy- gen for anesthetization in operations for malignant growths of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 707-10.—Kernan, J. D. Surgical aspects of carcinoma of the larynx. Laryngo- scope, 1942, 52: 353-61.—Koschier, H. Zur operativen Be- handlung des Larynxkarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1904, 17: 493; 533.—La Sota y Lastra, R. de. L'intervention'chirur- gicale dans toute espece de cancer larynge" et dans toutes ses phases ou penodes, est-elle convenable au point de vue medico- social? C. rend. Congr. internat. mid. (1903) 1904, 14- sect !Lhln°lar., 118-29. Also Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1903, 3i 71-84.—Laurens, G. Chirurgie du cancer du larynx. Bull Soc. beige otol 1905 10: 78.—Lenart, Z. Die Ergebnisse der chirurgischen Behandlung des Kehlkopfkrebses. Verh Ungar lo,;,, .', 19£5' 7:, 17- Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935, 22! 83-104. AlsoOrvoskepzes, 1935, 25:398-410. ------ Erfolge der operativen Behandlung des Kehlkopfkrebses. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 914. Also Orv. hetil, 1941, 85: 185-91 — Looper, E. A. The surgical treatment of cancer of the larynx. South M. J., 1938, 31: 367-74. ------ The diagnosis and 1040°%■ ^Q^f11*Iof-carcim?1ma. of ,tbe iarynx- South- Surgeon, 1940, 9: 513-21.—Lopez Villoria, L. Laringofisura y laringec- tomia total en el tratamiento del cdncer de la laringe; anotaciones 1° fiQ^9gnfi68tl,C° yj' trataP»ento. Rev. san., Caracas, 1942 n«n~^rf & 1 pl"-M«Crf.afy. •>• H. Surgical treatment o cancer of the larynx. Radiology, 1940, 34: 146-8.—Marschik H. Der gegenwartige Stand in der Chirurgie des Kehlkonf- carcinoms. Zschr. Krebsforsch 1939, 49: 250-74.-Martinez, E. M., hijo Cirugia del cdncer de la laringe. Bol. Liga cdncer tinn,*™' 1,92\4: 2&732. 2 pl.-Molinie, J. Quelques for^E tions sur la chirurgie des tumeurs malignes du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1906, 2: 309 S5. De la valeur >^.j"ff,., J^yiu., i^uu, a,. u\iw ^• ------ Thyrotomie et laryngectomie dans le cancer du arynx. Ibid., 1904, 30: 195-200.—Strubell [Fall von Kehl- kopf karzinom; operation] Jahrber. Ges. Natur. Heilk. Dresden (1903-04) 1905, 135.—Terebinski, N. N. NIekotoriya dannlya k voprosu o zlakachestvennikh vovoobrazovaniyakh gortani i operativnom llechenii ikh. Raboti hosp. Khir. klin. Dyakonova, Moskva, 1907, 10: 151-328, pl—Thornval, A. [Results of surgical treatment of cancer of the larynx] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1254-9.—TrufTert, P. Considerations sur le traite- ment chirurgical du cancer du larynx. J. med. chir., Par., 1935, 106: 540-6.—Tucker, G. Cancer of the larynx, diagnosis and surgical cure. Delaware M. J., 1936, 8: 80 2— Volkovich, N. M. K voprosu o rakle gortani i, v chastnosti. yevo operativnom llechenii. Russ. khir. arkh., 1907, 23: 51-76, tab. Also Syezd ross. khir. (1906) 1907, 6: 64-74.—Wolkowitsch, N. Zur Frage iiber den Kehlkopfkrebs und speziell desen operative Behandlung. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1907, 90: 42-86.—Worms, G. Traitement du cancer endolarynge' par le couteau k haute frequence. , Ann. mal. oreille, 1930, 49: 829- 32.—Zoltan, I. [Postoperative complications in laryngeal cancer] Gy6gydszat. 1932, 72: 267-70. ---- Cancer: Surgery and radiotherapy. Canuyt, G. Traitement du cancer du larynx par la laryngec- tomie partielle et par les rayons X ou le radium. Arch, internat. laryng Par., 1929, 35: 1153-66.—Craig, R. H. The treatment of early malignancy of the larynx by electro-desiccation and radium. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 331.—Galloway, T. C, & Lampert, M. T. Diathermy and radium in treatment of malignant growths; combined laryngofissure for cancer of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 130.—Grossmann, M. Ein Fall von Kehlkopfcarcinom, der nach endolaryngealer Exstirpation und darauffolgender Behandlung mit Rontgen- strahlen seit mehr als zwei Jahren von Rezidive freiblieb. Wien med. Wschr., 1906, 56: 2345-8. Also Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 424-7. Also Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-07,11:162-4.—Howarth, W. Cancer of the larynx treated by surgery and radium. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: Laryng. Sect., 211.—Martinez, E., hijo. Radioterapia y cirugia en el tratamiento del cdncer laringeo. Bol. Liga cdncer , LARYNX 527 LARYNX Habana, 1939, 14: 193-9.—Martino, P. J. Sobre el trata- miento quirtirgico y radioterdpico del cdncer de la laringe. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1929, 14: 323-43.—Portmann, G. The role of surgery in the modern X-ray treatment of cancer in the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1927, 49: 90-8. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 656-9, 2 pl. Also Acta otolar., Stockh.., 1928, 12: 351-8.—Waldapfel, R. Laryngektomie, 9 Monate nach Coutardscher Rontgenbestrahlung des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 233-5. / ---- Cancer: Treatment. Alonso, J. M. Sobre tratamiento del cdncer laringeo. Rev. otolar., S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 1465-72. ------ Tratamiento del cdncer laringeo. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1939, 9: 215-32. ------& Regules, E. Traitement du cancer du larynx. Acta otolaryng., Stockh., 1932, 17: 6-18.—Beck, J. C, & Guttman, M. R. Carcinoma of the larynx; some conclusions derived from personal experience. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 163-73.— Blegvad, N. R. [Treatment of cancer of the larynx] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1250-4— Bruin, A. C. de, & Bruin-van Raamsdonk, W. de. Ergebnisse der Stimmubungsbehandlung nach chirurgisch-rontgenologischer Behandlung von endo- laryngealem Krebs. Hals &c Arzt, Teil 1, 1937, 28: 112-8.— Buckley, R. E. Carcinoma of the larynx and its management. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1936, 48: 133-50.—Cisneros, J. Trata- miento endo-laringeo del cdncer de la laringe. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, rhinolar., 207-10. Also Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1903, 3: 135-8.—Cody, C. C. The treatment of cancer of the larynx. Med. Rec, Houston, 1940, 34: 530.—Colledge, L. The treatment of cancer of the larynx. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1939, 201: 48. Also in Mod. Treat. Yearb., 1940, 49-53.—Cunning, D. S. Advances in treatment of cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1943-44, 48: 231-9.—Delavan, D. B. Recent advances in treatment of malignant disease of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1904, 26: 150-70.—Despons, J. Le cancer du larynx et son traite- ment. Gaz. mid. France, 1939, 46: 471-6.—Figi, F. A. Supra- glottic tumors; methods of treatment and illustrative cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 361-74. ------ Laryngeal malignancy, conservative and radical treatment. Radiol. Rev., 1936, 58: 183-90. ------ Treatment of cancer of the larynx with emphasis on conservatism. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 723-34.—Frenckner, P. [Certain view-points on indications and technique in treatment of cancer of the larynx] Nord. med., 1939, 1: 152-6.—Gallusser, E. Zur Therapie des Larynxkarzinoms. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 539-41.— Graham, H. B. The treatment of carcinoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 455-8.—Gros, J. C. Con- sideraciones clinicas y terapeuticas sobre el cdncer laringeo. Bol. Liga cdncer, Habana, 1934, 9: 176-9.—Guyot, R. Con- tribution k l'etude du traitement des cancers du larynx. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 448-50.—Heckel, F. Conduite a tenir, en clientele, en presence d'un cancer du larynx. Rev. gen. clin. then, 1907, 21: 345; 1908, 22: 153.—Jackson, C. L. The treatment of cancer of the larynx. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 243-55.—Jesberg, S. The treatment of cancer of the larynx. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1933,21: 159-67.—Kemler, J. I. Treatment of carcinoma of the larynx with a report of cases. South. M. J., 1931, 24: 1053-7.—Kofler, K. Tanninbe- handlung von Larynxcarcinomen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 395-400.—Kramer, R. Treatment of laryngeal carcinoma. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 645-55.—Layera, J., & Mascias, F. P. Contribuci6n al tratamiento de los tumores malignos de laringe. Rev. As. meel. argent, 1935, 49:1035-41.— Lenz, M. The treatment of carcinoma of the larynx. Dutchess Co. Caduceus, 1943, 10: No. 10, 1-3.—Lewis, F. O. The treatment of laryngeal carcinoma. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 296-302.—Mackenzie, J. N. Remarks on the macroscopic diagnosis and general indications for treatment of cancer of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1906, 15: 61-72.—Marschik, H. Endolaryngeale Behandlung des Larynxkarzinoms. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1394-6.—Martin, H. E. The treatment of cancer of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: 213-68.— Meyer, E. Beitrage zur Behandlung des Carcinoma laryngis. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 24: 104-23.— Mongardi, G. Con- tributo alia cura del cancro laringeo. Rass. med., 1904, 12: No. 3, 1.—Nemai, J. Tapasztalatok a gegerdkr61. Gigiszet, 1908, 4-7.—New, G. B., & Figi, F. A. Accepted methods of treatment of carcinoma of the larynx. Col 1. Papers Mayo Clin., 1935, 27: 745-52.—Roffo, A. H., & Ferrari, R. C. El trata- miento del cdncer de la laringe en el Instituto de medicina experimental. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cdncer, B. Air., 1941, 18: 1083-132. Also J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1942, 5: 401-27 — Sanson, R. D. de. Le cancer du larynx et son traitement. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 964-85. Also Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935, 3: 197-214.—Seiffert-Kiel, A. [Treatment of carcinoma of the larynx] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.) 56-9.—Sellers, L. M. The clinical manage- ment of laryngeal carcinoma. Texas J. M., 1939-40, 35: 627-9.—Sedziack, J. Behandlung des Kehlkopfkrebses. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1907, 52: 521. Also Yezhemfes. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1907-08, 2:, 377-82.—Shanin, A. P. [Le traitement du cancer du larynx d'apres les observations cliniques de I'lnstitut d'oncologie de Leningrad] In Desiaty let deiat. Leningrad, onkol. inst. (1926-36) 1938, 141-9 — Shimizu, S. Ueber die Behandlung des Kehlkopfkrebses. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1938, 27: No. 4, 5.—Tapia, A. G. II cancro della laringe. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1931, 5: 61-82.— Teets, C. E. Malignant tumors of the larynx: or, observation. on the management and treatment of cancer of the larynx Homoeop. Eye &c. J., 1908, 14: 53-62.—Treatment of cancer of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 45.—Van den YVildenberg, L. Traitement du cancer du larynx. Rev mapie du cancer du larynx. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, cl. med., 1938, 435-43. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radiotherapy—Re- sults. Bauer, E. *Larynxkarzinom; Strahlenbe- handlung; Gehirnmetastase [Freiburg] 22d S? Kiel, 1934. H Frantzen, P. *Ueber die in den Jahren 1930- 1936 in der Erlanger Klinik nach Coutard be- strahlten Kehlkopf krebse. 41 p. 8? Erlangen, Fritz, J. G. ♦La-rocntgcnthi'rupie des cancers du larynx; historique et ('tat actuel. 9.">p. 8° Strasb., 1932. Neumann, \V. A. R *Methodik nnd Statistik der Larynxcarcinombchandhing unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kontgcntherapie. 24» 23cm. Borl., 1939. Bach, <). [Results of roentgentherapy of internal In nigral carcinoma] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1260.- -Borak, j. Durch Rontgenstrahlen geheilte Karzinome des Kclilkn|,fN Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1935, 52: 88.—Brodeur. P. Con- siderations sur le traitement des cancers endo larynges par les rayons X. Union med. Canada, 193 1, 63: 962-7.—Cornioley, C. Guerison par le radium et les IL X. combines d'un cancer inoperable du larynx. Rev. mod. Suisse rom., 1927, 47; 552-7.—Coutard, H. Cancers du larynx (resultats de la roentgentln'rapie apres 5 ans et 10 ans de controle). J radiol eiectr., 1937, 21: 402-9. Also transl, Am. J. Roentg., 1938, 40: 509-16. ------ Results obtained bv ray therapy. Tr Am' Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938, 44: 162. '------ Present concep- tion of the treatment of cancer of the larynx. Radiology, 1940 34: 136-45.—Delavan, D. B. The results of treatment of laryngeal cancer by means of the X-ray. Med. Rec, N. Y 1902, 62: 602.—Dobson, L. ('. A case of carcinoma of the larynx treated by X-rav and ihigh-frequency currents. West London M. J., 1904, 9: 46-9.—Escat, Ducuing & Rigaud. Resultats obtenus dans le traitement de 150 cancers du larynx par les radiations. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 121-6.—Garland, L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx; observations on cases treated by protracted (Coutard) roentgen therapy. California & West. M., 1934, 41: 289-96.—Grossmann, B. Auffallender Befund in einem Knoten im Subkutangewebe der Halshaut nach Coutard-Bestrahlung eines Larynxkarzinoms. Mschr Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 455.—Grossmann, F. S., Kaplan] J. B [et al] [Remote results in treatment of cancer of the larynx with Roentgen rays] Vest, rentg., 1939, 23: 5-14.— Gunsett, A. La roentgen- et la curietherapie des cancers in- trinsoques et extrinseques du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1930 7- 61-82. Also J. radiol. eiectr., 1931, 15: 113-28.----- Ueber Fernresultate beim fraktioniert bestrahlten Larynx- karzinom (1922-27) zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der pro- trahierten oder kurzeren Einzelbestrahlung. Rontgenpraxis 1932, 4: 214-22.—Hirsch, I. S., & Baura, S. M. The evaluation of the roentgen treatment of laryngeal carcinoma; report of cases. Radiology, 1935, 24: 281-93.—Holding, A. F. The treatment of cancer of the larynx, including an evaluation of radiation. Pract. Libr. M. & S., 1940, Suppl, 652-60.— Huguet. Considerations sur le traitement des cancers du larynx par les radiations. Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 107-10.—Jesberg, S. An evaluation of radiation treatment for carcinoma of the larynx (with special reference to the Coutard method) Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1935, 41: 519-25.— Joly, M. Roentgentherapie du cancer du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 95-108.—Kaplan, J. B., & Glikina. K. I. [Roent- gentherapy of cancer of the larynx; data from the polyclinic] Vest, rentg., 1939, 23: 248-5.3.—Knipers, A. A case of laryn- geal carcinoma treated by the X-ravs. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-07,11: 150.—Kozlova, I. G. [Remote results of roentgenotherapy of cancer of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1941, No. 6, 26-36.—Lambadarides, A. Einige Spatresultate bei Kehlkopfkrebsen nach Strahlenbehandlung. Strahlen- therapie, 1935, 53: 630-50.—Ledoux-Lebard, R., Piot, E., & Goubert, J. Deux observations de cancer du larynx traite par la radiotherapie penetrante. Bull. Soc radiol. med. France, 1928, 16: 25-9.—Lemaitre, L. Traitement du cancer du larynx. Echo med. nord., 1931, 35: 149.—Lenz, M. Failures in roentgen therapy of cancer of the larynx. Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 57.------Causes of failure of Roentgen therapy in cancer of the larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 46: 21-9.—Martinez, E. M., & Farinas. L. Resultados de la radioterapia en el cancer larfngeo. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1942, 17: 169-72.—Massier. Note sur un cas de cancer du iarynx traits' par les nryons de Roentgen Rev. laryng., Bord.. 1904, 1: 273-84.—Roffo, A. H., & Del Giudice, V. Radioterapia del carcinoma de la laringe; relaci6n clinica sobre 110 enfermos tratados en el Instituto de medicina experimental. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1939, 16: No. 52, 79-98, 14 tab. ------ & Farjat, F. Consideraciones sobre dos casos curados de carcinomas laringeos, tratados con rayos X, que Uevan uno y dos alios sin recidiva. Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 909. Salinger, S. Radiation therapy in carcinoma of the larynx; observations after 20 vears. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 207-84. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 32: 887-902.—Salvador!, G. Sulla roentgen terapia nel cancro della laringe (contributo clinico) Arch. ital. otol, 1926, 37: 541-56.—Simons, P. C. Good results in Coutard-irradia- tion in a case of laryngeal carcinoma. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 1286.—Svab, V. Unsere Erfahrungen mit der Rontgentherapie des Kehlkopfkarzkioms nach Coutard's Methode. Acta radiol. cancer, bohem., 1940, 3: 65-70, tab.— Wein, Z. Ueber einen durch Rontgenbehandlung seit einem Jahr geheilten Kehlkopfkrebs. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1183-7.—Wessely, E. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx ?healed by x-rays. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 192 — Zollner, F. Die Komplikationen der Rontgenbestrahlung von Kehlkopfkarzinomen durch Tumorperichondritis und Be- LARYNX 529 LARYNX strahlungsperichondritis und iiber die Frage der Strahlen- schadigung von Knochengewebe. Strahlentheranie. 1941. 70: 193-242. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Radium. Arbuckle, M. F., Cowdry, E. V., & Votaw, R. Effect of radium emanations on the laryngeal cartilage. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 249-64.—Arellano, E. R. Tratamiento del cancer laringeo. Arch. Soc. clin. Habana, 1929, 29: 162-85 — Asherson, N. Cancer of the larynx; the anchorage of radium in its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 640.—Capizzano, N. Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de 150 casos de cancer en la laringe por el radium. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1933, 10: 575-9.—Deleaux. Cancer du larynx traits par la radium-therapie. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 56.—Diggle, F. H., & Hamilton, E. S. B. Laryngeal malignant disease and radium. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1931, 46: 37-43.— Dundas- Grant, J. Carcinoma of the larynx benefited by treatment with radon seeds. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 74.—Finzi, N. S. Radium treatment of intrinsic car- cinoma of the larynx. Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1928-29, 5: 421-5. ------ & Harmer, D. Le traitement par le radium dans les cancersintrinseques du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1929, 6: 38-52. ------Die Radiumbehandlung des primaren Kehlkopf- carcinoms. Strahlentherapie, 1929, 32: 81-90.—Gault & Jacob. Sur le traitement des epitheliomas spinocellulaires endolarynges par la curietherapie. Rev. mid. est, 1932, 60: 265-8.—Graham, H. B. The treatment of carcinoma of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 898.—Halberstaedter, L., & Seiffert, A. Zur Radiumbehandlung des Kehklopfkrebses. Strahlentherapie, 1931, 41: 73-6.—Harmer, D., & Finzi, N. S. Radium treatment of intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1930, 124: 16-31.—Harris, T. J. Is radium a cure for cancer of the larynx? an inquiry based on a study of the end results. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 301-8.—Jovin, I. [Badium injections in the treatment of endolaryngeal cancer] Romania med., 1928, 6: 39-40.—Krainz, W., & Kumer, L. Zur Technik der endolaryngealen Radiumbestrahlung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1479-88.—Lang, A. Stimme von Kranken, die wegen umfangreichen Kehlkopfkarzinom mit Radium behandelt wurden. Verh. Ungar. arztl. Ges., 1937, 9: 4.—Laval, F., & Riguad, P. Technique de 1'intubation curie- therapique du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1928, 34: 1004-13.—Lederman, M., & Mayneord, W. V. The technique of radium treatment of intrinsic cancer of the larynx. Brit. J. Radiol, 1943, 16: 301-7.—Lederman, M., & Mill, W. A. The teleradium treatment of intrinsic cancer of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1942, 57: 471-88.—Levin, I. Technique of radium therapy in carcinoma of the larynx. Mississippi Valley M. J., 1940, 62: 50-3.—Liischer, E. Endolaryngeales Karzinom bei 37-jahrigem Manne (primare Heilung nach Radiumdistanz- bestrahlung) Acta radiol, Stockh., 1934, 15: 549-52 — Martinez, E. M., hijo. Notas sobre ei tratamiento del cancer de la laringe por el radium. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1927, 2: 145-50.—Modification of method of teleradium treatment. Annual Rep. Brit. Emp. Cancer Campaign, 1941, 18: 71.— Muir, J. Radio-active substances; their therapeutic uses and applications; the application of radium to laryngeal cancer. Radiology, 1927, 8: 34-8.—Nabias, S. de. Curietherapie du cancer du larynx. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932, 21: 27-36.— Ornstein, L. [Radiotherapy of cancer of the larynx] Orv. hetil, 1931, 75: 1023-5.—Palumbo, V. Curietherapie du cancer du larynx. Acta Unio internat. cancr., Par., 1939, 4: 841-5.— Patterson, M. Carcinoma of larynx treated by radon. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 73.—Proby, H., & Lapierre, V. La radiumtherapie du cancer du larynx par 1'appareil moul^ endo-buccal. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 515- 20.—Rigaud, P. Technique, accidents et resultats immediats de la curietherapie du cancer du larynx. Rev. laryng., Par., 1926,47: 354-9.—Sargnon. La radiumtherapie dans les tumeur malignes du larynx. J. radiol. eiectr., 1926, 10: 553-5.— Simpson, F. E. Intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx; a new instru- ment modeled after the Jackson bronchoscope for the intra- laryngeal application of radon. Ann. Otol Rhinol, 1939, 48: 263-7. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 599-602. Also Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 54.— Stupka, W. Ein allseitig im Kehlkopf verwendbarer Radium- trager samt Intubator. Zschr. Hals <&c Heilk., 1932, 31: 293- 301 [Discussion] 328-33.—Veits, C. Bericht uber einen mit Thorium X behandelten Fall von Larynxkarzinom. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 287-90.—Wilson, C. W. Irradiation of intrinsic carcinoma of the larynx. Brit. J. Radiol, 1943, 16: 34. ---- Cancer: Treatment: Statistics. Botella, E. Estado actual de los diferentes tratamientos empleados para la curaci6n del cancer de laringe y sus resul- tados. Bol. lar. otol, Madr., 1904, 4: 277-95.—Clerf, L. H. Carcinoma of the larynx: treatment and end results. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1936-37, 4: 39—Delavan, D B. Recent advances in the treatment of malignant disease of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1904, 26: 150-70.—Greene, D. C, jr. Review of cases of cancer of the larynx treated in the wards of the Massachusetts General Hospital since 1874. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, 156: 811-3.—Hinojar, A. Ce que Ton peut attendre aujourd'hui du traitement du cancer du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 138-44.—Holding, A. F. Treatment of cancer of the larynx, analysis of 16 patients. Albany M. Ann., 1938, 57: 137-45.—Perez Fontana, V., & Castiglioni Alonso, J. C. Estado actual del tratamiento del cancer de la laringe. Rev. med., Rosario, 1931, 6: 247-53.—Scott, R. K. Observa- tions on the treatment of laryngeal and associated malignant disease. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 287— Zambrini, A. R., Basavilbaso, J., & Becco, R. Estado actual del tratamiento del cancer de la laringe. Rev. mid. lat. amer., B. Air., 1929-30, 15: 750-62. ---- Cancer—in animals. Wilmes, H. Kehlklpfkrebs beim Pferde. Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1937-38, 52: 328-30, pl. ---- Cartilage. Blume, W. Ein Deckknochen im Bereiche des Larvnx von Rana arvalis. Morph. Jahrb., 1930-31, 65: 665-74.—Blumen- thal, A. Ueber Knorpelregeneration am Larynx. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 24: 285-312.—Buhler, E. Ueber die funktionelle Architektur der Kehlkopfknorpel. Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 135-7. ------ Ueber die funktionelle Architektur der menschlichen Kehlkopfknorpel. Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1934, 33: 227-60, 2 pl—Caponnetto, A. Intorno all'epoca di comparsa delle fibre elastiche nelle cartilagini della laringe umana. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 179. Also Monit. zool. ital, 1937, 47: Suppl, 261-7.—Donadei, G. Acerescimento puberale delle cartilagini laringee nel ratto albino. Atti Soc lombard. sc. med., 1925, 14: 232-8. ------ Acerescimento puberale delle cartilagini laringee nell'uomo. Ibid., 302-7.— Henckel, K. O. Sur la structure fonctionnelle des elements cartilagineux du larynx. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1931, 108: 648. ------ Zum funktionellen Bau der Kehlkopfknorpel; vor- laufige Mitteilung. Anat. Anz., 1933, 76: 438-51.—Reichlin, L. N. [Roentgen pictures of senile manifestations of the laryngeal cartilage] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45: 5-12. ---- Cartilage: Articulations [incl. disease] Bloch, R. Un cas d'arthrite gonococcique d'une articulation laryngee. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 26: 133.—■ Boericke, G. W. Rheumatoid arthritis with involvement of the larynx. Hahneman. Month., 1941, 76: 38-41.—Cornelli, G. Artrite crico-aritenoidea cronica reumatica. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 375 (Abstr.)—Couvert, C. Artrite gono- coccica dell'articulazione crico-aritenoidea destra. Bob. mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 190-2.—Delavan, D. B. Ankylosis of the crico-arytenoid articulation, due to acute inflammatory causes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, 63: 129-32.—Dupond, G. Arthrite crico-arytenoidienne double avec immobilisation des deux cordes vocales chez un bacillaire. Rev. laryng., Bord. 1907, 2: 249- 52.—Errecart, P. L. Artritis gonococcica de la articulacion cricoartenoidea. Rev. As. med. argent., 1935, 49: 1031-3.— Horbst, L. Zur pathologischen Histologie des Kriko-Arytae- noidgelenkes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 48-57.— Moulonguet & Perier. Deux cas d'arthrite aigue crico-aryt;*o LARYNX ---- Cartilage: Chondritis and perichondritis. Arkhipov, A. M. Sluchal pervichnavo pel lkhondrita gortannikh Khrva-hi.-hel, okonehivshi>->ya polnim vizdorov- leniyem. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1903. 60: 26",- 0. Baccarnat. C. l)n caso di pericundrite laringea tinea. Otorinolar. ital, 1035. 5: 427.— Borri. C. Contributo alia conoscenza delle condriti tilose nelli laringe. Valsalva, 1928, 4: 233-7.------ Pancondrite laringea tifosa. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1929, 47: 118-26.- Botella. E. Dos casos de pericondritis primitiva de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr.. 121-8.—Boyreau & Berny. Perichondrite primitive du larynx a sticptocoques. Toulouse med., 1905, 2. ser., 7: 170-2.- Calamida, U. Su due casi di pericondrite laringea. Arch, ital otol, 1004 05, 16: 46-55.—Day,E.W..& Jackson,C. Laryngeal stenosis from post-typhoid perichondritis, trache- otomy thyrotoim, intubation; exhibition of 2 patients. Tr. Am. 'Lar. Rhin Otol Soc. (1904) 1905 10: 371-81. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1904, 13: 24-35 [Discussion 157-9.— Froding [Case of perichondritis laryngis] Hygiea, Stockh., 1934 96: 96.—Gibb, J. A. Purulent perichondritis of the larynx. Brit. M. J.. 1927. 1: 616.—Gilse, P. H. G. van [Laryn- geal perichondiin.- without relation to the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 2402 6.— Grant, D. Case of perichondritis of the larynx. Polyclinic. Lond., 1905,9: 160.—Heiberg, S. [Case of influenza with perichondritis of the larynx] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3843. Hinsberg, V. Demonstrationen zur Perichondritis dei Kehlkopfknorpel. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1926, 136: 365-7.—Hiitteroth, R. Perichondritis des Kehlkopfes bei Grippe und bei latentem Carcinom. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.. 1940-41, 47: 367-87.—Jackson, C. Laryngeal peri- chondritis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 473-5. ------ Perichondritis of the larynx, traumatic and infective. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1938, 60: 127-43. Also in Libro de oro M. H. Castex. B. Air., 1938, 2: 678-87.—Klestadt, W. Zur Frage der eitrigen Perichondritis laryngis im Fruhstadium, zugleich Mitteilung der Heilung eines Falles eines grossen mediastinalen Senkungsabszesses. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 641-54.—Lasagna, F. Di alcune rare forme infiain- rnatorie cartilaginee laringee. Valsalva, 1927, 3: 545-57.— Lemaitre. F., & Leconte, M. Un cas de laryngo-typhus avec peiiehnndrite primitive, necrose du cartilage cricoide, necrose et elimination des cartilages arytenoides, fistules bilaterales symotriques au niveau de l'inseition posterieure des cordes vocales, le tout ayant necessite la tracheotomie Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1907, 82: 11; 717-22.—Mann. Seltene Kehl- kopferkiankung mit eigentumliehem klinischen Verlauf. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1028, 21: 369-75- Mayer, E. Primary chondritis of the larynx, and report of a case with destruction of the cartilages, tracheotomy, and death 17 months afterward. N. York Eye Ear Infirm., 1893, 1: 98-106, pl. ------ Peri- chondritis of the larynx, with report of a case. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, 64: 130-3.—Mayer, O. Beitrage zur Behandlung der Perichondritis laryngea auf Grund eigener klinischer und histologischer Untersuchungen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930-31, 28: 309-79. ------ Zur Behandlung der akuten Perichondritis der Kehlkopfknorpel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 44: 233. ------ Die Therapie der Perichondritis laryngea idiopathica auf Grund klinischer und pathologisch- anatomischer Untersuchungen. Acta otolar., Stockh., i936, 24: 166-9.—Navratil, I. Perichondritikus gogeszukuletnek tracheotomia utan spontan gyogyult esete. Orv. hetil, 1894, 38: 165.—Piquet, J., & Deiobel, P. Lesions des cartilages larynges; perichondrite. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 887.— Richter, H. Beitrag zur Klinik und Pathogenese der Chondritis laryngis. Zschr. Lar. Rhinol, Lpz., 1930-31, 20: 141-59.— Ridpath, R. F. Chronic perichondritis and chondritis of the larynx. Eye Ear &c Month., 1929-30, 9: 190-3.—Secondi, U. Su due casi di condropericondrite laringea acuta. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1939, 16: 251-9.—Seiferth, L. B. Ueber die Perichondritis und Chondritis des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 22: 102-27. ------ Weitere histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Chondritis und Perichondritis des Kehlkopfs und die Bedeutung dyspnoischer Zustiinde bei dieser Erkrankung. Ibid., 1929, 24: 555-65 [Discussion] 580-5.—Soubiron, N. von, & Podesta, R. Consideraciones sobre dos casos de pericondritis laringea. Rev. As. med. argent., 1936, 50: 978-85.—Thornval, A. [Acute laryngeal perichon- dritis due to infection caused by a foreign body in the hypo- pharynx] Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: (Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.) 71-3.—Unusual laryngitis and chondritis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942. 120: 1080. ---- Cartilage, corniculate (Santorini) Negus, V. E. Function of the cartilages of Santorini. J. Anat., Lond., 1928-29, 63: 430-3. ---- Cartilage, cricoid. Aloin. A propos d'un sequestre du cricoide ayant de- termine la mort brusque par asphyxie. Rev. laryng., Par., 1920, 41: 87-92.—Brunard, A. Laryngite cricoidienne oblite- rante. Pohchnique, Brux., 1906, 15: 198. Also Presse med. beige, 1900, 58: 590-2.—Durand & Garel, J. Les chondromes du camlage cricoide. Ann. mal. oreille, 1908, 34: 629-54.— Gollub, H. Das Procricoid der Vogel. Morph. Jahrb., 1935, /6: 148-60.—Haardt, W. Zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der Perichrondritis des Ringknorpels. Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 11,20, 16: 184-201.—Johnson, J. H., & Magner, W. Fracture of cricoid cartilage S Michael Hosp. M. Bull, Toronto, 1020-30, 4: 716. Ob.rbnrh. H. Brurh dc« Ring- knorpels mil todlichem Ausgang. Med Well, 1933.7: 1139.-- Simpson, J. F. Laryngectomy for carcinoma of cricoid; closure of resultant pharyngostome. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1031, 27: Laryng. Sect., 215.—Tonimasi, J. Intuhazione nelle ulcerazioni della cricoide. Atti Congr. Soc ital. laring. (1902) 1903, 6: 70-7. ----- Cartilage, cuneiform (Wrisberg) Elkner, A. Untersuchungen uber das basophile (iallertge- webo im Kehlkopf des Menschen; iiber den Bau des Wrixberg- schen Knorpels und einiger anderer Knoipel des Kehlkopfes, Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1934, 36: 421 58. ----- Cartilage: Disease. Altherr, F. Ueber einen Fall von s\ stematisiei tei ( hondro- malacie. Virchows Arch., 1936, 297: 445 70. Zilinskas, G. [Tumors of the cartilage of the larynx] Medicina, Kaunas, 1020, 10: 505-73. ----- Cartilage, epiglottic. See Epiglottis. ----- Cartilage: Fracture. See also Neck, Injury. Bercovich, A. Fractura de laringe. Prensa med. argent., 1936, 23: 456-8.—Buch [Case of fractura laryngis] Hos- pitalstidende, 1938, 81: [Dansk. otolar. selsk. forh.] 279. Cansancao, J. J. Sobre um caso de fractura traumatica do laringe. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 310 (Abstr.) Capecchi, E. Frattura laringea pel giuoco di foot-ball. Valsalva, 1930, 6: 442 f>2. D'Ambrosio, M. Un caso di frattura della laringe. Studium, Nap., 1926, 16: 14.—Di Lauro, E. Frattura laringea da trauma al collo; tracheotomia inferiore; guaragione. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1932, 50: 301.—Dunet, C. Fracture double du larynx. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 8.—Gardner, H. O. Fractures of the larynx with report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18: 449-57.—Giannardi, G. Considerazioni medico-legali sopra un caso di frattura indiretta della laringe. Gazz. inter- naz. med. chir., 1937, 47: 773-81. -Hill, R. Fracture of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. Amerca, 1925, 5: 1321-5.—Horbst, L. Zur Kenntnis der Ausheilungsbefunde von Kehlkopfbruchen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1932, 131: 38-48.—Jacobelli, G. Frat- tura della laringe; asfissia acuta; tracheotomia d'urgenza. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1937, 43: pt 1, 425-8.—Jacques & Grimaud. A propos d'un cas de fracture du larynx. Oto- rhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1933, 17: 440-4.- Laskiewicz, A. Contribution au tableau clinique des fractures et des luxations des cartilages larynges. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1030, 57: 719- 67.—Marschik, H. Fall von Kehlkopfbruch; Perichondritis; Laryngostomie; Heilung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 507.— Oettingen, E. N. von. Eine Kehlkopffraktur im Rontgenbild. Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 362-5.—Portmann, G. La tracheo- tomie preventive dans les fractures du larynx. Gaz. sc med. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 761-3. Also Bull. Soc med. chir. Bor- deaux (1925) 1926, 459-65.—Sharpe, W. S. Case of compound fracture of the larynx; recovery. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1927, 42: 682-4.—Uren, C. T. Fracture of the larynx with report of a case. Tr: Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 519-22. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 513-6.—Zanotti, M. Considera- zioni cliniche e medico-legali su di un caso di frattura del laringe. Gior. clin. med., 1941, 22: 140-7. ----- Cartilage, supernumerary. Bronzini, A. Intorno alia svariata configurazione delle cartilagini di Morgagni. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 219-22. Citelli, J. SuH'esistenza di una cartilagine sopracricoidea sull'uoino c sulla sua importanza morfologica. Anat. Anz., 1003 04, 24: 280-90. Favilli, N. Contributo alio studio della cosidettu cartilagine sesamoide interaritenoidea in Sus scrofa. Arch. ital. anat., 1927, 24: 189-200, 2 pl—Zannini, P. Sulla pre- senza di cartilagini sesamoidi sopraritenoidee nel cane. Nuovo ercolani, 1922, 27: 254; 273, pl. ----- Cartilage, thyroid. Bellak, L. A note about the adamsapple. Psychoanal. Rev., 1942, 29: 300-2.—Bodarwe, A. Ueber einen rontgeno- logisch diagnostizierten Fall von Fraktur der oberen Horner des Schildknorpels. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 605.—Boenning- haus, G. Ein Fall von nichteitriger seitlieher Perichondritis des Schildknorpels (zugleich ein Beitrag zui lai vngoskopisehen Diagnostik) Zschr. Laryng., 1934, 25: 18 28. Honnet-Roy, F., & La Motte, G. de. Chondrite th\-loi'dicnnc suppuree d'origine traumatique. Otorhinolar. internal., L\on. 1033, 17: 805.—Bozzolo, C. Di alcune rarissime anomalie della car- tilagine tiroide nell'uomo. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1926, 27: No. 2, 106-14.—Campian, A. Geheilte Schildknorpel- fraktur. Verh. ungar. arztl. C-es., 1929, 1: 297-9. Also Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1117--21.—Conwell, H. E. Fracture of the thyroid cartilage; report of one case. J. Bone Surg., 1029, 11: 123-5.—Hogg, J. C. Fracture of the thyroid cartilage. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Laryng. Sect., 1237 — Jungmichel, G. Ein Fall von subcutaner Langsfraktur dea Schildknorpels. Med. Klin., Berl, 1020, 25: 219.—Lynch, LARYNX 531 LARYNX R. C. Mixed tumor of the parotid type growing from the posterior aspect of the thyroid cartilage; report of a case. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1929, 12: 69. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 706-8, 5 pl.—Mayer, E. Laryngeal stenosis due to complication of the thyroid cartilages. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1900, 35: 1065-7, 3 fig.—Smithies, F. W. Dislocated thyroid cartilage of the larynx. Ibid., 1905, 45: 43.—Wiethe, C. Eine eigenartige Kehlkopf anomalie: ein fiinftes Schildknorpel- horn (Cornu medium) Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 1115. --- Chondroma. Kurzhals, R. G. *Zur Kenntnis der Chon- drome des Kehlkopfes [Leipzig] 28p. 8? [Zeulenroda, 1930] Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930, 26: 571-81. Alexander. Fall von Enchondroma laryngis. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 1638.—Birkett, H. S.,*& Hutchison, K. Chondroma of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 703- 5.—Clerf, L. H. Chondroma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng Ass., 1929, 51: 42-51.—Engelhardt, G. Zur Anatomie und Behandlung der Knorpelgeschwiilste des Kehlkopfs. Zschr Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 16: 77-85.—Equen, M., & Neuffer, F. Chondroma of the larynx requiring total laryngectomy. South M. J., 1940, 33: 274-9.—Figi, F. A. Chondroma of the larynx: report of 6 cases. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 54: 26-37. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 369-87.—Friinkel, B. Demonstration eines Chondroms des Larynx. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1904) 1905, 35: 114-6. Also Berl. klin. Wschr., 1904, 41: 400.—Gatewood, E. T. Chondroma of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 242. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: [Discussion] 761.—Graham, H. B. Chondroma of the larynx (report of 2 cases) Tr. Am. Larvng. Ass., 1934, 40: 366-71. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934, 43: 299-303.—Gross- mann, B. Zur Kenntnis der Knorpelgeschwiilste des Kehl- kopfes (zwei Falle von Chondroma laryngis) Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 1235-44.—Hartleib. Enchondrom des Larynx. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1907, 54: 1687.—Hennessy, R. A chondroma of the larynx. Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1934, 4: 75-80.—Holinger, P. H., & Matzkin, L. L. Chondroma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 640-5.—Huttner, W. Ein eigenartiger Fall von Chondromen des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1931, 21: 56-60.—McCall, J. W., Dupertuis, S. M., & Gardiner, F. S. Chondroma of the larynx; review of the literature and report of two cases. Laryngoscope, 1944, 54: 1-17.—Orton, H. B. Chondroma of the larynx; report of case. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 281-90. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 715-22.—Salomon, S. Osteom in der Luftrohre eines Pferdes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 48: 481.—Simpson, J. F. ?Endolaryngeal chondroma; case for diagnosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 756.—Tobeck, A. Die Chondrome des Kehlkopfes. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1939, 146: 79-98.—Woodburn, J. J. Enchondromata of the larynx. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 1: 645. --- Chondroosteoplasia. See also Larynx, Ossification. Haemmig, A. *Ueber Knorpel- und Knochen- bildung in der Schleimhaut des Larynx und der Trachea (Laryngo- et tracheopathia chondro- osteoplastica) 48p. 21cm. [Bern, 1941] Hopmann, E. Fibro-Chondro-Osteom des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1935, 26: 268-71.—Taylor, H. M. Ossification of the cartilages of the larynx and its possible relationship to some types of laryngeal disease. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1935, 57: 86-109. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 611-25. --- Croup. See Laryngitis, fibrinous. --- Cyst. Bouvet, M. A. A. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs kystiques perilaryngees; un cas rare: kyste branchial laterolarynge en bouton de chemise. 45p. 8? Par., 1926. Fandel, G. *Vorkommen und Therapie der Larynxcysten [Gottingen] 37p. 8? Kassel, 1931. Barmwater, K. [Multiple, multilocular cyst in the larynx] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Dansk otolar. selsk. forh.] 85-7.— Baumgarten, E. Ritka nagvsagu gegecysta esete. Orv. hetil, 1905, 49: 76.—Cody, C. C, jr. Cysts cf the larynx. Texas J. M., 1937-38, 33: 581-3.—Eidlin, D. J. Aeussere zystenformige Geschwulste des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1926, 60: 1096-106.—Equen, M. Retention cyst of the larynx; report of a case. Tr. Am. Bronchosc Soc, 1937, 20: 38-40. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 46: 757-9.—Erich, J. B. Cysts of the larynx; report of case. Proc Mayo Clin., 1940, 15: 44-7.— Fox, N., & Dinolt, R. Cvst of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 552-57.—Glas, E. Ueber Larynxcysten. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1906-7, 19: 285-305.—Greene, D. C, jr. An unusual cyst of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1907, 338-43. Also Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 800-4.—Hiickel, R. : Zur Kenntnis der Larynxzysten. Zbl. allg. Path., 1937, 68: 113-5.—Jacobi, M., & Rascoff, H. Cyst of the larynx in infancy. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 448-59.—Jauerneck. 1 Faralaryngeale Zyste. Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin (1936) 1937, 23-6.—Kallay, F. Retentionscysten des Kehlkopfes. Klin. \\ schr., 1943, 22: 397 (Abstr.)—Kaunisto, Y. [Laryngeal cysts] Duodecim, Helsin., 1940, 56: 136-58, 4 pl—Kleinfeld, L. Laryngeal cysts in the new-born. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 590-3.—Lemoine & Bloch, A. Kvste juxta-larynge. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 476.—Lichkus, M. G. K kazuistikfe kist gortani. Yezhemles. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1906-07, 1: 407-13.—Mason, W. B. Laryngeal cysts; report of cases. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1926, 32: 329-34. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926-27, 35: 873-9.—Murayama, M. [A case of large laryngeal cyst] Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 190V, 13: 427-36.—Myerson, M. C. Cysts of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 55: 71-82. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18: 281-90.—Neville, W. S. T. Cyst with displacement of the sacculus. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 127.—New, G. B. Treatment of cysts of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 087-90.—Riester, R. Kasuistische Mitteilungen uber Cysten des Kehlkopfs. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1907, 20: 153-5, pl.—Sagols, H. Les kystes du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 351-81.—Sanvenero-Rosselli, G. Cisti della lannge. Ann. taring., Tor., 1928, 29: 84-96.—Terracol, J. Les kystes du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1931, 1141-50.— Wessely, E. Eine Kehlkopf zyste. Fol. otolar. orient., 1932- 33, 1 : 317-20. ------ Cystadenoma larvngis. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 682-6.—Woodruff, G. H. Cvst of the epiglottis and other laryngeal cysts. Illinois M. J., 1934, 66: 569-73. ---- Cyst, congenital. Bellocq, G. P., & Pernot, R. Etude clinique et anatomo- pathologique des kystes larynges congenitaux du nouveau-n<5. Rev. fr. pediat., 1933, 9: 236-55. Also Arch, espafi. pediat., 1934, 17: 436-8.—Crynes, S. F., & Yinger, S. C. Congenital cyst oi the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 170-3 — Davidson, J. I. Congenital cyst of the larynx. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 2: 508.—Fischer, V. E. Congenital cyst of the larynx. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 5: 491-4.—Imperatori, C. J. Branchio- genetic cyst of larynx removed by thyrotomy. Laryngoscope, 1929, 39: 679-84.—Lorie, A. J., & Lux, P. Congenital cyst of the larynx. Ibid., 1932, 42: 957-60.—Malgeri, G. Cisti congenita mucoide della laringe. Valsalva, 1939, 15: 483-91.— Marsigli, C. Cisti congenita della fossa glosso-epiglottica destra in neonate Ibid., 1934, 10: 117-23.—Marx, H. Ange- borene Kehlkopfcvste. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 21: 376-81.—New, G. B., & Erich, J. B. Congenital cysts of the larynx; report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 943-9. ---- Dermoid. Adams, W. S. A laryngeal dermoid cyst. J. Lar. Otol. Lond., 1930, 45: 266-9, pl—Leite, S. Quisto dermoide ins61ito. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 177. ---- Development, ageing, and growth. Carnevale Ricci, F. Osservazioni istopatologiche sulla laringe nella senescenza. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1935, 6: Suppl, 385-401. Also Arch. ital. otol, 1937, 49: 1-21.—Kofler, K. Histopathologische Veriinderungen am Alterskehlkopf. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 1468-72.—Masini, V. La laringe nelle diverse tappe dello sviluppo normale e patologico. Oto- rinolar. ital, 1935, 5: 563-607.—Mizuno, B. Ueber die morphologischen Entwicklungen und die mikroskopischen Beobachtungen am menschlichen Kehlkopfe. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1936, 48: 346-8.—Negus. Observations on the evolution of man from the evidence of the larynx. Acta otolars Stockh., 1928, 12: 93-118.—Peter, K. Der Kehlkopf de. Kindes. In Handb. Anat. Kindes (Peter, Wetzel, et al.) Miinch., 1930, 1: 525-62.—Ridpath, R. F. The embryology of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1930, 35: 336- 42.—Santi, G. Sulla siringe del Gallus domesticus con parti- colare riguardo al suo sviluppo. Ann. laring., Tor., 1929, 30: 127-48, 12 pl.—Schiffers. Larynx d'enfant. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1903, 8: 32-4.—Segre, R. La laringe senile. Valsalva, 1936, 12: 15-38— Simoyama, T. Ueber die Entwicklungs- geschichte des Laryngotrachealskelettes von Anuren (besonders bei Bufo vulgaris japanicus) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 2188.—Wilmes, H. Beitrag zur Kehlkopfentwicklung bei Pferd und Rind. Anat. Anz., 1930, 69: 122-35. ---- Diaphragm [web] Beck, K. Ueber eine operative Behandlung des sogenannten Diaphragma des Keklkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1933-34, 35: 303.—Bernstein, S. Angeborene subchordale Membran des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1925-26, 14: 346-8 — Bocksttin, J. [Treatment of cicatricial membranes of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 439-42.—Fein, J. Zwei Falle von angeborenem Kehlkopfdiaphragma. Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1903, 17: 937-9.—Glas, E. Ueber kongenitale Kehlkopfdia- phragmen und Faltenbildungen. Ibid., 1908, 21: 603-6 — Hansberg. Ueber angeborene Membranbildung des Kehl- kopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1908, 1: 61-7.—Hodge, G. E. Con- genital web of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 535.— Iglauer, S. A new procedure in the treatment of webs in the larynx, with report of a case. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1935, 57: LARYNX .->:*:> LARYNX 22.s 39. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic. 1935, 22: 597 602.— i Kiair. G. Congenital diaphragm of die larynx. Laryngoscope, 1 l'.uis. 18:564-6.—Kriegsmann, G. /.ui operativen Behandlung dc- 1'iaphragiua lmvmiis eongenitum. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., i 1033 33- 218 22 Macbeth, R. G. Web stretching across < v'ocai cords. I'm,-. ];. Soc. M. Lond., 1937-38, 31: 602.— « McHugh, H. 11. & Loch, W. E. Congenital webs of the larynx. < Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 43 i.">. Mover, E. Ueber kongenitale 1 Membranen im Kehlkopf. Charite Ann., 1906, 30: 664-9.— 1 Nakayama, H. Kongenitale Meinluanbildung, an der hinteren i Wand ,U-> Larynx Prag. med. \\>chi.. 1905, 30: 287; 306. : Also Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1906, 12: 1-8.— Ottersbach. Ein Fall von Diaphragnia laryngis. Mschr. : Ohrenh.. Berl, 1908, 42: 028.—Rodriguez Vargas, A. Laringo- I estenosis por membrana sub-glotica; intubacion con traqueo- < tomla previa; curaci6n. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1901, 1: 3-8.—Tilley, H. A case of bridle formation in the larynx. I'roc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1907-18. 1: Laryng. Sect.. 16 — Tucker. G. Congenital web of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., < Chic 1935 21:172-4.—Zalewski, T. Ein Fall von angeborener ] Kehlkopfmenhran. Arch. Laryng., Berl, 1904. 16: 523. Also i Nowinv lek.. 1904, 16: 235. < : ---- Diphtheria. ; Sec Diphtheria. ---- Disease. Botey, R. Enfermedades de la laringe. Arch. rin. lar. otol, Barcel, 1907, 18: 372; 1908, 19: 18.—Buckley, R. Com- mon diseases of the larynx in adults. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. i (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1057-79. Bumgardner, J. S. ] Common lesions of the larynx. Kentucky M. J., 1942, 40: j 22-4.—Colledge, L. Larvnx diseases. In Brit. Encvcl. M. , I'ract. (Rolleston, H.) bond., 1938, 7: 612-40.—Cracovaner, \ A. J. Acute affections of the larynx. Dis. Eye &c Throat, < 1942, 2: 370-81.—Davidson, M. Diseases of the larynx. In ( his Pract. Manual Dis. Chest, 2. ed., Lond., 1941, 75-84.— - Gintrac, E. Observation et recherches sur une maladie du larynx. Observ. sc meU. 1822, 3: 97-111.—Graham, H. B. Observations of various larynx-cases. Pacific Coast M., 1941, ' 8: 30-2.—Greif |Three laryngologie cases] Cas. \ik. fesk., i 1927, 66: 234.—Gutteridge, E. Affections of the larynx. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 2: 213. Haslinger, F. The most important diseases of the larvnx from the standpoint of the - practitioner. Ars. modici, Wien, 1936, 14: 195-200.—Landgraf. Ueber Kehlkopferkrankungen in der Armee. Gedankschr. verstorb. Generalstabsarzt Armee Leuthold, 1906, 2: 747-68.— Losert, W. Zur Kasuistik der seltenen Kehlkopferkrankungen. ( Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931, 234: 764-8.—Ormerod, F. C. Some common diseases of the larynx. Practitioner, Lond., 1940, 145: 330-6.—Orton, H. B. Diseases of the larynx, material < abstracted during the vear 1938-40. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 69-101; 1940, 50: 89; 1941, 51: 115.—Ruedi, T. Varia laryngo- 1 logica. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 771-3.—Turner, A. L. j Fraser, J. S., & Maxwell, D. Analysis of the statistical tables ] for the years 1907 to 1926 inclusive, covering a period of 20 i years. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1929, 43: 105-26.—Williams, P. | W. A case of laryngeal disease. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., . 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 119-21. i ---- Disease: Diagnosis. ! See also Larynx, Radiography. Boies, L. R. The diagnosis of laryngeal disease. Minne- sota M., 1933, 16: 101-5.—Botros, G. Laryngeal case for . diagnosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Laryng. Sect., 10.—Burger, H. Fehldiagnosen des Laboratoriums. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935-36, 23: 207-13.—Jackson, C. L. ' Diagnosis and treatment of laryngeal disease. Proc Congr. Panpacific Surg. Ass., 1939, 550-3.—Jones, D. H. Differential ; diagnosis of laryngeal conditions. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 29-32.—Kernan, J. D. Differential diagnosis of diseases of the larynx. Ibid., 1933, 43: 722-9.—Molt, W. F. Differential diagnosis of the more important laryngeal diseases. Indian- apolis M. J., 1926, 29: 34-08.—Ridpath, R. F. Diagnosis and treatment of some laryngeal conditions. Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 36: 678-83.—Roy, J. N. Quelques reflexions sur le diagnostic et le traitement des affections du larynx. Union med. Canada, 1928, 57: 661-9. Also Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 51 -01.—Spicer, F. Laryngeal disease in a man, aged 40. Proc. R. So,-. M.. Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 11. ------ A case of lai \ ngeal disease for diagnosis. Ibid., 12.—Srebrny, Z. [Role of the finger in diagnosis and treatment of affections of the larynx] Warsz. czas. lek., 1936, 13: 706-8.—Vlasto, M. Laryngeal case for diagnosis; further report of case previously shown. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Laryng. Sect., 97.—Zange, J. El medico practico y los diagnosticos laringo- logicos. Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 717. ---- Disease: Etiology. See also under names of specific infectious diseases as Frambesia; Syphilis; Tuberculosis; Undulant fever, etc Altmann, F. Zur Kenntnis der Veranderungen des Kehl- kopfes und der Luftrohre bei Erkrankungen des lymphatischen Apparates. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 138-55 — Chatellier, H. P. Contribution il l'etude des complications laryngees do la rougeole et de la soarlatine. J. med. chir., Par., 1932, 103: 61S. Egidi, F. Laringopalie secondarie di morbi acuti infettivi. Boll. mal. orecchio. 1903. 21: 2M3 -97.— Goodale, R. L. A case of vitamin deficiency with hirvngeal complications. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 11)70-3.— Griebel. Beteiligung des Kehlkopfes bei dentalen Mund- bodeneiterungen. Hals Ac Arzt, 2. T., 1938, 17: 101 10.— Home, J. The larynx; a site of infection in certain diseases ol the lvmphatic glands: demount i at ion of specimens. I'roc R Soc M, Lond., 1931, 24: 1639 II. MartiiNrelli. G., & Egidi, f! Lai ingopatie secondarie di moibi acuti iufeitivi. Atti Congr Soc ital. laring. (1903) 1904, 7: 105 95. Mygind, S. H., 4 Dederling, D. [Observations on acute tonsillogenous compli- cations of the larvnx and their treatment] Hospitalstidende 1936, 79: (Dansk otolar. selsk. fori.] 14-23.-Schroder. <;! Ueber Spuochaetosis laryngis. Zschr. Laryng., 1931 32, 22: 42-.">. Shea, J. J. The laryngological aspect of hematopoietic disease. Texas J. M, 1939-40, 35: 33 8, Silvcira, R. Com- plieaeiones laringeas y las enfermedades generales. Rev. med cir. Habana, 1934, 39: 375-81.—Whelan, G. L. Observations of the larynx in diseases of the upper and lower rospiiatory Had Pennsylvania M. J., 1940-41, 44: 1588-93.- Ziegelman, E. K. Laryngeal pathology; its etiology and relation to malignant disease of the larynx. West. J. Surg., 1932, 40: 483. ---- Disease, functional. See also Aphonia; Dysphagia; Hoarseness; Phonation, Disorder; Voice, Disorder, etc. Berendes, J., & Gotzmann, K. Zur Unterscheidung zwischen funktionell und organisch bedingten Bewegungsstorungen im Kehlkopf. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1937-38, 144: 239-43.— Freudenthal, W. Laryngeal manifestations in locomotor ataxia and multiple sclerosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 1: 1966- 71.—Lloyd, M. S. Hypodynamia laryngis. Arch. Otolar., Chic. 1942, 35: 893-8.—Lohfeldt, P. Die wichtigsten l-'unk- tionsstoi ungen des Kehlkopfes und ihre Uebungsbeliandlung, Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 708-11.—Perretiere, A. La fatigue larvn- gee. Rev. laryng., Bord., 721-32.—Poli, C. I'unktionsstorun- gen des Kehlkopfes bei Halswunden. Arch. Laryng., Berl., 1900-07, 19: 209-12.—Steppetat. K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Koordinationsstorungen des Kehlkopfes. Ibid., 306-19. ---- Disease: Manifestation. See also Voice. Mackenzie, M. La raucedine, la pcrdita della voce e la respirazione stridula in rapporto colle affezioni nerveo-muscolari della laringe. 87p. 22cm. Nap., 1875. Alterazioni della voce nei processi morbosi del laringe. Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 2, 379—Causee, R. Semeiolo- gie des laryngopathies aigues (non compris de traumatismes) Presse med., 1934, 42: 1007.------Semeiologie des laryngo- pathies chroniques. Ibid., 1235.—Jackson, C. Benign laryn- geal lesions producing hoarseness: diagnosis and treatment. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 22: 775.—Raadt, de [Laryngeal cough] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2034.—Racine, W. Quelques syndromes neurologiques observes par le laryngo- logiste. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 45.5-60.—Wessely, E. Die Veranderungen der Stimme bei Larynxerkrankungen. Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1934, 8: 149-52. ---- Disease: Pathology. Di Donato, D. Compartamento istologico della laringe umana, clinicamente normale, in alcuni speciali stati morbosi. Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 298-300, pl—Kernan, J. D. Funda- mental pathology of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1937, 47: 77-91.—Layton, T. B. An unusual appearance of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 270— Lemming, R. [Case of Schaumann-like disease with changes in the larynx and transi- tion into an unusual form of tuberculosis] Nord. med., 1940, 8: 2750.—Madden, J. J. Symposium: Oto-laryngologic case reports; laryngeal conditions; vocal nodules; polypi of vocal cords; epithelioma, vocal cord; carcinoma, In vngectomy. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 569-73.—Menzel, K. M. Atypische chronische Larynxveranderungen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 118; 150; 203.—Mercandino, C. P., Divoli, I)., & Lnizaga, N. Laringo-tifus. Arch, venezol Soc. otorinolar.. 1940, 1: 127-46.—Parker, C. A case of chronic infiltration of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1909, 24: 189-91—Rocca, E. H. Atrofia laringea y tuberculosis. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 1, 437-41.—Zilinskas, S. [Cases of glandular diseases of the larynx] Medicina, Kaunas, 1929, 10: 321-32. ---- Disease: Treatment. See also Larynx, Surgery; Tracheotomy, etc Bang, S. Behandling af Larynxlidelser med Lys. Nord tskr. ter., 1906-07, 5: 193-5.—Barraud. La cura de silencio en las enfermedades de la laringe. Dia meel., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 016.—Bourgeois, H. Maladies chirurgicales du larynx. In Pieeis path, chir., 6. id., Par., 1938, 3: 131-200.—Delavan, D. B. Some recent improvements in the treatment of laryngeal disease. N. York Polyclinic, 1896, 7: 142-5.—Ebinger. Einige laryngologische Richtlinien fiir den Psychoneurologen. LARYNX 533 LARYNX Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 479-81.—Ferreri, G. Sur la phototherapie du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1905, 19: 787-91.—Glas, E. Vereinfachung medikamentoser Kehlkopfbehandlung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 275 — Hopmann. Fortschritte in der Behandlung der Kehlkopf- krankheiten. Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 952-4.—Karpilov, G. K. [Role of stomatology in the control of affections of the larynx] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1939, No. 6, 81-5.—Kekalo, A. M. [Complications after cauterization of the larynx] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 71.—Lavrand, A. Traite- ment de la dysphagie laryngee par les instillations nasales. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 2, 21; 37.—Lenz, M. Roentgen treatment of diseases of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 756-61. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 85-108 [Dis- cussion] 232-42.—Levenson, Y. I. K voprosu o svletollechenii (lampochki nakalivaniya) pri boleznyakh gortani. Tr. Obshch. Russ. vrach. Pirogova (1904) 1905, 9. meet., 2: 227-32.— Loebell, H. Vibrationsbehandlung des Kehlkopfes mit dem Otoaudion. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930-31, 28: 583-5 — Rechnitzer, L. Die. Diathermie bei Kehlkopf krankheiten. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 1473-82.—Schwahn, H. Beseitigung qualender Symptome durch Inspirol-Inhalation zur Untersttitzung kausaler Behandlung. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 463.—Steiner. Sistema d'inalazioni del Dott. Bulling. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 165-8.— Tarneaud, J. La vibration harmonique en therapeutique laryngee. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1938, 59: 860-3.—Trousseau. Sulla tracheotomia qual estremo rimedio in certe malattie croniche del laringe. Ann. clin. Osp. incurab., Nap., 1841, 7: 115-21.—Wachowski, T. J. Roentgen consideration of lesions in and about the larynx; therapy. Illinois M. J., 1939, 76: 128-30. --- Disease—in childhood. Finder, G. Kehlkopfuntersuchung und einige hauptsach- liche Kehlkopf krankheiten bei Kindern. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 1459-61.—Heatly, C. A. The management of clinical problems involving the larynx in infancy and childhood. N. York State J. M., 1941, 41: 607-12.—Higgins, T. T., Thursfield, H., & Paterson, D. Affections of the larynx. In Dis. Child. (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond., 1934, 394-402 — Wessely, E. Kehlkopferkrankungen im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 962; 997.—Wilson, A. S. Common diseases of the larynx in children. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1042-52. --- Displacement, avulsion, and ptosis. Esclauze, A. Hernie du larynx entre les deux valves du bee d'une poule. Bull. Soc. sc. v£t. Lyon, 1901, 4: 123.—Langen- beck, B. Subcutaner Abriss des Kehlkopfes mit Luxation nach unten. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1937-38, 43: 350-3 — Mulsow, J. E. Laryngoptosis. Ann. Otol. Rhincl, 1939, 48: 779-82 [Discussion] 839.—Schiirmann. Zerreissung des Halses mit Abreissen des Kehlkopfes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 1459.—Tucker, G. Laryngoptosis (case presentation) Tr. Am. Laryne. Ass., 1936, 48: 273-8. ------ Laryngoptosis; ptosis of the larynx due to downward displacement of the hyoid bone resulting from fibrosis and shortening (congenital anomaly) of the left sternohyoid and sternothyroid muscles. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 25: 389-92.—Walker, H. Partial disloca- tion of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1907, 1: 78. --- Diverticulum. See also Laryngocele. Chouke, K. S. Diverticula of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 16: 538.—Kerr, H. H., & Bradley, T. Diverticu- lum of the larynx. Surgery, 1937, 2: 598-606.—Rudd, E. T. S. Some uncommon surgical cases. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22: 156-62. --- Edema. See also Laryngitis; Larynx subheadings (Angioneurosis; Erysipelas) Barnes, W. H. Edema of the larynx. J. Nat. M. Ass., Newark, 1928, 20: 1-3.—Cazzola, A. Sopra un caso di edema acuto laringeo. Gior. med. mil, 1929, 77: 164-6.—Charles, J. Deux cas d'oedeme aigu des muqueuses. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 18: 462-7.—Dart, R. O. Acute non- diphtheritic inflammatory edema of the larynx; report of 7 cases with sudden death from asphyxia. Mil. Surgeon, 1936, 78: 287-95.—Ferreri, G. Due casi di edema cronico stenosante ehe Simula in cancro della laringe. Arch. ital. laring., 1926, 45: 129-34.—Hinricsson, H. [Two cases of acute laryngeal edema] Tskr. mil. halsov., 1929, 54: 230-3.—Husik, D. N. Acute laryngeal edema. Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 352-5. Miller, M. V. Edema of the larynx; a study of the loose areolar tissues of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 256-74.—Neffson, A. H. Supraglottic laryngeal edema; characteristic respiratory sounds as an aid in diagnosis. Ann. Otol Rhinol, 1937, 46: 1065-7.—Richez, P. De l'cedeme du larynx. Clinique, Par., 1908, 3: 663.—Skaggs, M. L. Respira- tory obstruction from sudden onset of laryngeal edema. Anesthesiology, 1943, 4: 307.—Smith, H. Case of laryngeal edema. Laryngoscope, 1906, 16: 222-32.—Spicer, S. Case of chronic oedema of the larynx in a female board school teacher, aged 24 (for diagnosis) J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 59. ---- Edema: Etiology. See also names of primary diseases as Goiter; Influenza; Iodine, Poisoning; Tonsil, Abscess, etc. Gebatjer, K. H. W. *Traumatisches Larynx- odem. 21p. 8? Berl., 1927. Ard, F. C. Oedema of the larynx: two cases associated with acute septic disease of the throat. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1906-07, 3: 84-7.—Bergis. Oedeme infectieux du larynx (?) Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 445.—Bilancioni, G., & Borghesan, E. Effetti della stasi passiva dei vasi del collo sulla laringe. Riv. pat. sper., 1931-32, 7: 1-10, 2 pl—Deguy & Detot, E. L'cedeme laryng<5 susglottique infectieux et suffocant (sa pathogenie) Ann. mid. chir. inf., 1904, 8: 203-9.— Erdelyi, E. Larynxodeme wahrend gehaufter Grippeer- krankungen der Jahre 1930-31. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 52-6.—Freudenthal, W. Sudden edema of the larynx, especially after childbirth. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 441-5. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 448-53 — Friedman, S. M. [Edema of the larynx in acute thyreoiditis] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 429-31.—Hager. Larynxodem nach Zellulosestaubinhalation. Sitzber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin (1937) 1938, T. I, 33.—Heymann, P., & Meyer, A. Zur Aetiologie des Kehlkopfodems. Zschr. klin. Med., 1907, 62: 385-98 — Kaufman, L. R., Serpico, S., & Mersheimer, W. A rare com- plication of the Miller-Abbott tube. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 57: 173-6.—Lapointe, J., & Gauthier, R. Oedeme du larynx ou laryngite oedemateuse grippalc Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine Montreal, 1941, 3: No. 4, 106-11.—Menzel, K. M. Chronisch-odematose Veranderungen der Kehlkopfschleim- haut als Folge von Kompression durch Struma. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, .Berl, 1906, 18: 53-63.—Morquio, L. Laringitis edematosa en los nifios por ingestion de agua caliente. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1902, 2: 49.—Nemours, P. R. Experi- mental edema of the larynx produced by paraphenylenediamine. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 857—Neuhof, H., & Jemerin, E. E. Sore throat; edema of larynx; scarification of larynx; death; at autopsy retrolaryngeal and mediastinal phlegmon, bilateral pleuritis and pericarditis. In their Acute Infect. Mediast.,Balt., 1943, 162-5.—Ninger, F. [Edema of the larynx in septic angina] Cas. lek. eesk., 1936, 75: 1121.—Price, J. B. Acute streptococcic edema of the larynx with secondary atelectatic pneumonitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 87-92.—Rebattu. Oedeme infectieux primitif du larynx a pneumocoques. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 466-8.—Rocha Loures, J. A. Edema infeccioso agudo do laringe. Rev. mid. Parana, 1943, 11: 157-9.—Schiffer. Trophoedeme du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 26: 347-51. ---- Edema: Treatment. See also Tracheotomy. Dean, L. W., jr. Edema of the larynx. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 3: 2457.—Doroshenko, I. T. [New method in treatment of acute, inflammatory edemas of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1937, 60-4.—Gaus, W. Ueber die Vermeidung der Tracheotomie beim akuten Larynxodem. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 610-3.—Geiger, H. Zur Therapie des Larynxoedems. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1686—Hyde, C. L, & Ruchman, J. Acute infectious edematous laryngitis in which recovery followed tracheotomy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1931, 48: 124-9.—Texier & Levesque. Un cas d'oedeme aigu primitif du larynx ayant necessity la tracheotomie. Gaz. mid. Nantes, 1908, 2. ser., 26: 297-9. ---- Endocrine relation. Lasagna, F. La laringe e le ghiandole endocrine. Athena, Roma, 1938, 7: 284-6.—Leroux-Robert. Le larynx et les glandes endocrines. Presse mid., 1936, 44: 685.—Terracol & Azemar, R. Le larynx et les glandes endocrines. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 795; 962.—Traina, S. Influence de l'epiphyse sur le larynx et sur le syrinx. Arch. ital. biol, 1933-34, 91: 20-34, 2 pl. ---- Endothelioma. VetterLein, S. *Endotheliome des Kehl- kopfes (zugleich ein Beitrag zum heutigen Stand der Lehre vom Endotheliom) 62p. 8? Wiirzb., 1932. Cherubino, M. Endotelioma della laringe Boll. mal. orecchio, 1939, 57: 241-71.—Diggle, F. H. A case of laryngeal endothelioma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1935, 50: 204-5, pi- Lynch, R. C. Endothelioma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1929, 51: 52-66. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1930, 11: 35I47.—McDougall, C. Endothelioma of the larynx. South. M. J., 1926, 19: 317-9.—Robinson, H. B. Endothelioma involving the lower part of the 'larynx and pharynx. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect.. 63. ---- Epithelioma. Leroux-Robert, J. *Les epitheliomas intra- larynges. 167p. 8? Par., 1936. Aloin. Epithelioma spino-cellulaire du larynx chez un jeune malade de 22 ans. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 452.—Arslan. Traitement chirurgical des epithediomes du larynx par la voie na- LARYNX f>34 LARYNX turcllo; deux nouveaux cas operas avec succes. Ann. mal. oreille, 1904 30: 130-4.— Aubry. M., & Leroux-Robert, J. Indications cnirurgicnlosdel'epithel'iomaintra-laryngc Commun. Internat. Congr. Sc Campaign Cancer (1936) 1937, 2. Congr., 291-5.— Baclesse, F., & Leroux-Robert, J. La radiographie des epi- theliomas intra-larynges. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 1100-23.— Barwell. H. Epithelioma of the larynx in a young man. Brit. M J, 1907, 1: 1236.—Bianchi. Epitelioma endo-larlngeo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1905, 12: 781.—Breyre, C. Presentation de malades irradies et de malades operes pour epithcliome du larynx. Liege meU, 1937, 30: 1435-7.—Carulla, V. Contribu- tion au traitement roentgentherapique de 1'epithelioma du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1930, 7: 127-37.—Chappell, W. T. Sequel of a case of epithelioma of the larynx, shown to the Association two years ago. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1905, 27: 113— 0.—Clerc, L. Remarques histopathologiquos sur quelques nedformations epitheliales du larynx. Veih. Internat. Lar. Rhin. Kongr. (1008) 1909, 1: 511.—Courmont, J. Spasme ocsophagien dans un cas d'epithelioma larynge; cancer secon- dare du cardia. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon, 1904, 3: 224-6 — Dreyfuss. Ein Praparat eines Plattenepithelkrebses des Larynx. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 110 — Gault. Sur quelques cas d'epitheliomas du larynx traites avec succes par le radium et la chirurgie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 411-3. ------ Sur la technique de la curietherapie des epitheliomas spino-cellulairesdu larynx par foyers endolarynges Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 082-5.—Hankins, G. T. Case of intrinsic epithelioma of left side of larvnx; thyrotomy of larynx. Australas. M. Gaz., 1901, 20: 532- Hartmann. Adenopathie cervicale symptomatique d'un epithelioma du larynx, chez un malade avant eu anterieurement un epithelioma de la verge. Rev. gen.'clin. ther., 1927, 41: 64 0.— Havens, F. Z. Thyrotomy for epithelioma of the larvnx in an asred patient; preseutation of case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 478.— Jacod, M. Epi- thelioma spinocellulare bilateral du larynx avec adenopathie cervicale. Ann. otolar.. Par., 1935, 349-53.------Epi- thelioma s]>i no-eel hi I aires d'un hemi-larynx. Ibid., 597-9. ------ & Gaillard. R. Epithelioma spino-cellulaire bilateral larynge. Ibid., .'itli 9.- -Jacques, P. Cancer Epithelial extrin- seque du larynx chez une jeune fille, opere et gueri. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1900, 2: 753 7.—Knight, C. H. Final history of a supposed case of vocal nodule; epithelioma of the larvnx; thyrotomy; death. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1904, 26: 171-6. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1904, 13: 197-200. Knowlton, 1). S. Basal-cell epithelioma of the larynx with apparent recovery. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1935, 4: 46.—Lack, L. Epithelioma of right arytenoid and adjacent parts, removed by lateral pharyngotomy. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1905, 20: 322.—Laval, J. de. Trois cas d'epithelioma du larynx operes et iipparemmcnt gueris. Ann. Soc med. chir. Liege, 1937, 69: 51-4.— Ledoux & Sluys. Traitement des cancers epitheliaux du larynx. Cancer, Brux., 1928, 5: 1-29.—Lenz, M. Demon- stration of microscopically proven epitheliomas of the larynx treated at the Presbyterian Hospital of New York, during 1931 and 1932. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 278.—Leroux-Robert, J. Formes anatomo-cliniques et indications therapeutiques des epitheliomas intra-larynges. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 1003-44.— Leval, J. de. Trois cas d'epithelioma du larynx operes et apparemment gueris. Liege med., 1037, 30: 682-8.— Mathers, R. P. Epithelioma of the larynx; intrinsic. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1935, 50: 281.—Moulonguet, A., & Leroux-Robert, J. Epithelioma atypique du larynx ii cellules fusiformes. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1257-64.—Roussy, G. M. Carcinome fibreux du larynx flpitheliome tubule) Bull. Soc anat. Paris, 1904, 79: 112-5.—Roy, J. N. Evidement partiel de I'endo- larynx pour epithelioma, apres thyrotomie; roentgentherapie consecutive. Union med. Canada, 1935, 64: 140-7.—Schiffers. Epithelioma du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 56; 1905 06, 11: pt 2. 53—Semon, F. Epithelioma of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1903, 2: 1043. ------ A case of epithelioma of the larynx, twice operated upon bv thyroid membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1904, 19: 102-6.—Spicer, S. A case of epithelioma of the larynx. Ibid., 1907, 22: GO.—Texier & Levesque. Epithelioma baso-cellulaire du larynx traitement radio- therapique; guerison se maintenant depuis 3 ans. Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 963; 1163-5.—Vaidie & Debain. Epithelioma du larynx chez un tuberculeux eavitaire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 354-6.—Van Nieuwenhuyse. Laryngectomie pour epithelioma spinocellulaire. J. sc. med. Lille, 1928, 46: pt 1, 91-3.—Weil. Epithelioma laryngis gutartiger Natur Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 383. ---- Erysipelas. Blum, L. Zwei Falle von primarem LarvnxeiysipeL Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 1423-5—Boonacker, A. A. |Erysipelas of the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 5701 — Drobyshev, G. I. [Erysipelatous inflammation ol the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1939, 110-2.—Jacod, M. Oedeme infectieux primitif du larynx a streptocoques; ervsipele malin du larvnx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 408-70— Porter, W. Erysipelas of the larynx. Arch. Laryng., N. Y., 1880, 1: 354-8.—Sabatier, H. L'erysipele primitif phlegmoneux du larynx. Arch. gin. mid.. Par., 1904, 1: 1545-9.—Shanov, M. S. [Treatment of erysipelas of the larynx by insufflation of powdered bicarbonate of soda] Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 9, 51-7.—Shebaev, N. V. Sluchal rozhi gortani, izllechannly trakheotomiyel. Voen. med. J., 1905, 3: Med. spec, pt, 710-5. ---- Examination. Sec also Laryngoscopy; Laryngostroboscopy; Larynx, Radiography; Vocal cord; Voice. Meillon, .1. *!)»' l'utilisation 0: 70!i 20.—Kirstein. L'ortschritte in der laryngologischen I'litci- suchung kleiner Kinder. Verh. Laryng. Ges. (1897) 1898, 8: 1.—Large, S. H. The bronchoscope and resophagoscope as valuable aids to the laryngologist and surgeon. Ohio M. J., 1906-07, 2: 356-9.—Mitrinowiczowa, A. [Functional methods of examination of the larynx] Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 177- 9.—Schaefer, H. Beit rag zur Frage der larvngealen Funktions- beeinflussung der intralaryngealen Proheoxzision. Zschr, Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 279-81.—Schenck, C. P. The un- explored larynx. Eye Far &c Month., 1941-42, 20: 265-9.— Strebel, H. Neuere phvsikalische Methoden in der Hand des Laryngologen. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1908, 20: 530-4. ---- Excision. See Laryngectomy. ---- Fibroma. See also Larynx, Nodule. Bauer, J. P. *Ueber ein grosses myxomatoses Fibroin des Kehlkopfes; Beobachtung der Er- langer Klinik fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopf- krankheiten. 15p. 8? Erlangen, 1935. Massei, S. Fibroma della laringe; asporta- zione per le vie naturali; guarigione. 4p. 21 c.cm. Firenze, 1876. Ahrent. Ein seltener Fall von odematosem Fibrom dea Kehlkopfes. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1905, 17: 147-50.- Arbuckie, M. F. Fibromyoma of the larynx in an 82 year old male. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 912— Bowers, C. H. Fibroma of the larynx with report of a case in a child of 3 years and removal Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1925, 13: 104-9.—Compaired. Broncoscopia y fibroma laringeo. An. Acad, med., Madrid, 1907, 27: 83-90. ------ Voluminoso fibroma intralaringeo; imposihle de diagnosticar por calda rlgida de la epiglotis, y puesto de manifiesto y operado mediante las pinzas levadoras de la epiglotis de Mermod, de Lausanne. Siglo med., 1907, 54: 178. Also French transl, Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 24: 886-8. ------ Fibroma intralaringeo de dificil diagnostico. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1907, 74: 354-7.—Gianni, O. Fibrotubercoloma della laringe. Valsalva, 1933, 9: 450-8, pl.—Grobstein, S. S. [Clinical aspect and morphology of fibrinoid-hyaline nodules (so-called fibromas of the larynx)] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 113-26.— Harris, T. J. Fibroma of the larynx in a child of 3 years, necessitating tracheotomy and subsequent laryngo-fissure for its removal, followed bv prolonged intubation. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1905, 27: 212-4. Also J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1905, 20: 361. ------ Fibroma of the larynx in a child of 5 years; apparent cure; recurrence as a papilloma; laryngo-fissure; cure. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1906, 17. ------ Final results of fibroma of the larynx in a child of 3 years; tracheotomy, removal bv laryngo-fissure, prolonged intubation. Ibid., 1938, 60: 104- 1. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 470.—Junca, J. Sur un cas de fibro-tuberculome du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 1228-33.—Kelson, W. H. Fibroma of larynx. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-05, 5: 143.—Monteiro.A. Fibroma do laringe. Acta med., Rio, 1941, 7: 152-4.—Navratil, O. Fibromata laryngis et tracheae; Tracheotomie; Laryngo- fissio; Heilung. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1905, 41: 711.- New, G. B. Fibroma of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1929, 9: 82-4.—Pappworth, M. H. A case of subglottic fibroma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1939, 54: 574.—Paul, F. T. Soft fibroma of the larynx and neck. Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 040.—Rousseaux, L. Fibrome volumineux du larynx; extraction par les voie* naturelles. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1902, 7: 49.- Schtetz [Fibrom des Larynx; operative Entfernung] Berl. klin. V\ schr., 1906, 43: 1435.—Sedziak, J. Wlokniak (fibroma) krtani pochodzenia urazowego; wvleczenie samoistne. Kron. lek., Warsz., 1907, 28: 553-6.—Semon, F. Soft fibroma of the larynx and neck, removed by external operation, without open- ing the cavity of the larynx. Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 6-8.— LARYNX 535 LARYNX Weaver, I). F., & Dill, J. L. Benign encapsulated fibroma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 288-90.—Weinstein, S. Myxofibroma of the larvnx; report of two cases. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 693-6.—Zalewski, T. Endolaryngeale Ausschiilung eines Larynxfibroms. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 16: 537. ---- Fistula. See also Laryngofissure; Laryngostomy; Laryn- gotomy. Compaired, C. A prop6sito de un caso de fistula congenita tiro-laringo-lingual. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 236-46.—Jones, O. C. Spontaneous fistulae of larynx; case report. Virginia M. Month., 1935-36, 62: 654-6.—Konig, E. Zum plastischen Verschluss von Luft- rohrenfisteln. Hals &c Arzt, T. 1, 1937, 28: 279-82. --- Foreign body. Hennet, H. *La mort subite par les corps etrangers du larynx. 76p. 8? Par., 1935. Persch, E. *Stomatogene Fremdkorper; Ab- scessbildung vor dem Kehlkopf [Wurzburg] p.74-9. 8? Wien, 1934. Also Zschr. Stomat., 1935, 33: Alleman, F. Foreign bodies in the larynx, with report of a case. Pennsylvania M. J., 1906-07, 10: 580-3 [Discussion] 597-603.—Balthazard & Duvoir. Suffocation accidentelle d'un nourrisson par une tetine. Ann. med. leg., 1924, 4: 45-9. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par.. 1924, 3. ser., 91: 56-62.— Bentzen, S. Corpus alienum laryngis. Hospitalstidende, 1905, 4. R., 13: 165-72.—Bergh, E. Zur Casuistik der Fremd- korper des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1905, 39: 441-6.—Chvojka [Hypopharyngeal abscess caused by injury of the larynx by a foreign body] Cas. lek. eesk., 1941, 80: 607-9.—Compaired. Cuerpo extrano en la laringe. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1904, 63: 215-7.—D'Hoore. Corps etranger du larynx. Ann. med. chir., Dour, 1905, 13: 39-41.—Emrys- Roberts, E. Sudden death from asphyxia following regurgita- tion of semi-digested food. Brit. M. J., 1921, 2: 1074.— Fein, J. Zur Notwendigkeit der laryngoskopischen Unter- suchung bei Fallen von aspirierten Fremdkorpern. Wien. med. Wschr., 1907, 57: 1225-7.—Fishman, L. Z. Mechanism in- volving foreign bodies in the postcricoid narrowing, with special reference to sharp bodies such as open safety-pins. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 17: 747-54.—Franchere, F. E. Foreign bodies in the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 1016- Furet, F. Corps etranger du larynx. Ann. mal. oreille, 1908, 34: 755-7.—Garcia Mallorca, C. Un imperdible en la laringe. Rev. med., Barranquilla, 1942, 9: No. 5, 11-7.—Gereda, E. G. Cuerpo extrano en la laringe. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1908, 81: 42-5.—Guinon. Corps etrangers du larynx, ou des bronches. Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1904, 6: 14.—Halsted, T. H Foreign body embedded in the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 1229.—Hasselt, E. H. van [Remarkable localization of a 'foreign bodv in the larynx] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 298-300.—Hodlmoser. Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Fremdkorper im Larynx. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1905, 18: 332.— Ingerscll, J. M. Two cases of bone impacted in the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1906, 24-7. ------ & Allen, D. P. Two cases of bone impacted in the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1906 16: 726-9.—Ittzes, J. [Foreign bodies in thyroid and larynx] Orvoskepzes, 1939, 29: Dec. kulonf., No. 2, 388-91.—Kompanejetz, S. Ein Fall von Aspiration einer Zahnprothese in den Kehlkopf. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925- 26, 13: 484-8.—Laskiewicz, A. Considerations sur les corps etrangers du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1936, 57: 535-48. Launois, P. E., & Leconte, M. Un dentier dans un larynx. Bull. Soc. anat. Paris, 1908, 83: 325-8.—Martinez, E. An unrecognized foreign body in the larynx. Tr Am Ear• Khin. Otol. Soc, 1908, 281-4. Also Laryngoscope, 1908, 18: 306-8. — Neto, I. Comentario sobre um caso de corpo extranho ■ da laringe, sincope inicial, morte. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 194^, 10: 342-4.—Noury, Z. Cas rare de corps etranger du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1905, 19: 766-8.—Nova, R. da. Um caso de corpo estranho de laringe. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935 3: 543, pl—Petrov, A. G. [Cases of foreign bodies in the larynx] Vest otorinolar., 1937, 93-9.—Pitruzzella, E. Sulle alterazioni dell'albero respiratorio (trachea, bronchi, polmoni) consecutive alia penetrazione dei corpi estranei in laringe. Arch. ital. laring., 1907, 27: 1-13, pl—Ranjard, h .Sur..u" cas de corps etranger du larynx (arete de poisson sur I epiglotte) Rev. laryng., Par., 1906, 2: 342-5.—Riesman, D. Speci- mens from a lioness that died of suffocation, the result of the impaction of a piece of meat in the larynx. Proc Path. >oc. Philadelphia, 1900, n. ser., 3: 70-6.-Rose, F. A. Part of the hreast-bone of a chicken, which had been impacted in the larynx for nearly 48 hours. Proc. R. &oc.M Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 5.—Rosedale, R. S., & Bozer, H. *-. A vegetable foreign body encapsulated in a vocal cord. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 415-8.—Sercer, A., & Gusic, B. Corps etranger double dans le larynx. Bronchosc oesophagosc, Par 1938 2- 110-4.—Suarez de Mendoza. Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic et du traitement des corps etrangers dans le larynx. Bull. Soc chir. Paris, 1S04 n. ser., 30: 728.- Teixeira Lopes. Corpos estranhos da larynge. Porto med., 1906, 3: 370-5.—Texier, V., & Molinie, J. Les corps etrangers du larynx chez l'enfant. Laryngoscope, Par., 1908, l:10l-itf. —Tremble, E. Foreign body in the larynx simulating lai vngoal diphtheria. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 182. -Villar Urbano. Cuerpo extrano de la laringe. Rev. espec med., Madr., 1906, 9: 453-5. Also Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr,, 232-6.—Wicart. Corps etrangers du larynx. Med. prat., Par., 1906, 71-3. ---- Foreign body: Extraction. See also Laryngofissure; Laryngotomy; Tra- cheotomy. Canepele, A. Due casi di corpi stranieri fissi del laringe; esplorazione digital' e laringofissura. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 177-9. ------ Intorno ai corpi estranei del laringe; contributo alia diagnosi e sulla cura. Boll, mal orecchio, 1907, 25: 73-82.—Cisneros-, J. Cuerpo extrano en la laringe extraldo por medio de la tirotomia. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1902, 2: 74-6.—Coussieu, H. Corps etranger du larynx enleve par les voies naturelles. Ann. mal. oreille, 1904, 30: 272-8.—D'Hoore. Corps etranger du larynx; thyrotomie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 23: 206— Downie, W. Two cases in each of which a foreign body was lodged in the larynx, with a description of a method devised for their re- moval. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow (1904-05) 1906, 5: 236-8. Also Glasgow M. J., 1905, 64: 274-6— Durand & Garel, J. Corps etranger du larynx; aiguille extraite par thyrotomie verticale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 17: 412-6.— Gaudier, H. Corps etranger metallique enclave dans le larynx; thyrotomie sans tracheotomie prealable; guerison. I-^cho med. nord, 1904, 8: 532-5.—Green, P. [Bean drawn into larynx; tracheotomy] Virginia M. Month., 1905-06, 10: 171.— Hartog, J. H., & Loran, G. J. [Foreign body (piece of wire) in the larvnx of a horse; arytaenoidectomy] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1937, 64:" 727-30.—Iglauer, S. Perforation of the larynx by a metallic foreign body removed by laryngofissure. Ann. Otol Rhinol, 1933, 42: 932-4.—Isaia, G. Corpo estraneo nella laringe di un adulto (moneta di un soldo) estratto per le vie naturali. Atti Congr. Soc ital. laring. (1902) 1903, 6: 62-5.— Jackson, C. A foreign body extractor. Laryngoscope, 1908. 18: 579.—Jacques. Corps etranger du larynx extrait par la methode de Killian. C. rend. Soc. med. Nancy. 1000 07, 38-40.—Krieg. E. Geschichte der Ausziehung eines Knocheus aus dem Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1927-28, 16: 411-3. - Mandl, H. Tracheotomie wegen Fremdkoi pels im Larynx. Wien. mod. Presse, 1906, 47: 630-2.—Myers, E. L. Impacted dental plate in larynx; removal by suspension. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1936, 29: 355.—Pelletier, E. Extraction dun corps etranger du larynx par thyrotomie. Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: 942.—Perkins, T. T. A case of foreign body in the larynx: removal: recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, 42: 606-8.— Popov, N. F. Sluchal izvlecheniya nosovovo zonda iz gortani. Yezhemfes. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1907-08, 2: 324-6.— Reydt & Joiion, E. Corps etranger du larynx chez un enfant de 22 mois; extraction par les voies naturelles apres tracheoto- mie. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1907, 2. ser., 25: 133-5.—Ricci, B. Pallottola di pistola in laringe; estrazione in laringoscopia diretta. Valsalva, 1936, 12: 442-5.—Roy J.N. Corps etran- gers du larynx enleve sous laryngoscopie directe. Union med. Canada, 1934, 63: 1200-2.—Sagarra, V. Laringo-traqueotomia practicada para extraer un cuerpo extrano alojado en la laringe. Congr. hisp. portug. cirug., 1898, 1. Congr., 167-74.—Stein, O. J. Report of a case of a pin in the larynx and its removal by an original method. Illinois M. Bull, 1903-04, 4: 11678.— Texier, V. Des procedes d'exploration et de la conduite a tenir en presence d'un corps etranger du larynx chez l'enfant. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1908, 2. ser., 26: 341-51—Wells, W. A. Safety pin in the larynx; removal by tracheotomy. Ir. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1901) 1902, 6: 12-4. Foreign body, subglottic. Downie, W. Portions of the seed-capsule of an apple which were impacted in the subglottic region of the larynx of a child 2 years old. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow (1903-04) 1905, 5: 127-9. Also Glasgow M. J., 1904, 62: 447-9.—Dumont, P. U. Corps etranger sous-glottique. Bronchosc. oesophagosc, Par., 1939, 3: 46.—Onodi, A. Ein unter der Stimmritze ein^ekeilter, necrotischer Knochen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1901 35: 493-6. Also Orv. hetil, 1901, 45: 325. Also Ungar. med. Presse, 1902, 7: 5-7.— Przedborski, L. Przypadek uwieSniecia obcego ciala w przestrzeni podglosmowej krtani. Gaz. lek., Warsz., 1894, 2. ser., 14: 931-4.—Terracol, J., & Lacroix, M. Deux cas de corps etrangers de la region sous- glottique chez un nourrisson et un enfant, extraits par laryngo- scopie directe. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1927, 33: 429. ---- Foreign body, unusual. Bodkin. H. Prolonged retention of denture in larynx. J. M Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1: 202.—Bruch. Tolerance eton- naiite du larynx d'un enfant pour un corps etranger. Arch. med. enf., Par., 1907, 10: 216—Campbell, J. T. Aphonia of unknown origin and of 6 months' duration in a 2l2-year-old child; discovery of ah open safety pm in the larynx. J. Am M. Ass 1907, 48: 949.—Compaired, C. Longue retention d un corps etranger dans le larynx d'une petite fille de 14 mois; extraction par les voies naturelles; guerison. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 18: 468-71.—Cooper, S C. Ten months sojourn of an open safety pin in a child's larynx. J. Arkansas M. Soc 1928-29 25: 176.—Dunn, J. An unusually large foreign LARYNX 536 LARYNX bodv in the larynx for 5 days: removal. Virginia M. Month., 1905-06, 10: 337.— Edwards, J. P. Plaster of Paris in throat. Kentucky M. J.. 1920, 18: 104.—Erbstein, S. M. Bolnaya u kotorol izvlechena iz gortani stalnaya igla dlinoyu v chetire santimetra YezhemTes. ushn. gorlov. nosov. bolezn., 1906, 1: 97-9. Friedberg, S. A. Foreign hody in larynx for 2)^ years. J.Am. M. Ass., 1908. 1 :3mitn, H. W. A case of hsemanaeio-endotholioma of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1930, 45: 799-802 — Monteiro A Hemangioma cavernoso do laringe. Acta med., Rio, 1940, 6: a- , ?f, a,ub' H; Haemamrioma cavernosum eines hangerkehlkopfes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 196 — Simpson, FE. Radium in the treatment of hemangioma of «ryKX; I' Am-TM- Am.. 1931, 96: 342-4.-Suehs. O. W., & Herbut, FA. Hemangioma of the larynx in infants. Arch. Otolar., Chic 1940, 32: 7*3-9.—White, H. Ein Fall von Hamangiom des Kehlkopfes, behandelt mit Laryngofissur. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1908, 21: 571. ---- Hematoma. Cavallazzi, D. Ematoma ed edema traumatico sottomiicoso del laringe. Arch, antrop. crim., Milano, 1940, 60: 136-8. - Federici, F. Ematoma traumatico della laringe. Valsalva 1928, 4: 539-46.—Tolh, A. [Laryngeal hematoma] Orv. hetil ' 1934, 78: 971. ---- Hemorrhage. Cortopassi, V. E.. A Cohen, A. G. Fatal case of acute thrombocytopenic purpura with submucosal hemonhage of the larynx as its most prominent feature. Ann. Otol. UhinoL, MM,-), 52: 902-5.—Lay ton, T. B. An unusual appearance of the larynx' Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: Laryng. Sect., 21:1 Rhodes! J. E. Hemorrhage of the larynx. .1. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43- 1284-9.—Zimmermann, E. Septische Kehlkopfblutung' mit Erstickungstod. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1357-9. ---- Hernia. See Laryngocele; Larynx, Displacement. — Herpes. See also Zoster. Bettmann. Ueber Herpes larvngis. Verh. Ver. sudden) Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 548.—Landon, H. R. Hern, s laryngis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 16-20. Leunda, J. J. Laringitis herpetica y crup. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B Air 1928, 22: 671-3. ---- Histoplasmosis. Dean, L. W. Histoplasmosis of the larynx. Arch. Otolar Chic, 1942, 36: 390-2.—Van Pernis, P. A., Benson, M. E., & Holinger, P. H. Kodachrome cinema of laryngeal histo- plasmosis. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1940-41, 13: 434. ---- Injury. See also Larynx subheadings (Cartilage: Frac- ture; Foreign body) also Neck, Injury. Georg, M. *Erkennung und Behandlung von Stimmstorungen nach Kehlkopfverlelzungen. 28p. 23cm. Marb., 1937. Lapine, E. G. *Contribution a, l'etude den fractures et contusions laryngees. 124p. 8° Par., 1936. Saxer, P. *Unfallverletzungen des Kehlkopfes und ihre Spatfolgen [Zurich] 49p. 22',em. Gossau, 1936. Schwarz, F. *Ueber eine schwere Selbstmord- Schnittverletzung des Kehlkopfes mit Ausgang in Heilung. 23p. 8? Miinch., 1935. Timm. W. *Ueber stumpfe Kehlkopfverlet- zung. 28p. 23cm. Berl., 1937. Zanker, A. *Ueber stumpfe Kehlkopfverlet- zungen [Miinchen! 15p. 8? Diisseld., 1935. Alexander, A. Fausthiebverletzung des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 996.—Alustiza, F. Enfisema trau- matico de g'otis, muerte por asfixia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1, 956-60.—Barbera, F. Dos grandes traumatis- mos de laringe; notas anat6micas. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 133-7.—Baudet, R. Plaies du larynx par instruments tranchants. Med. prat., Par., 1907, 3: 261-4.—Berard & Sargnon. Grosse plaie du larynx par coup de rasoir; suture partielle; dilatation laryngee momenta- nee; guerison sans plastique. Lyon med., 1927, 139: 41.— Berger. W. Kehlkopftrauma mit Abriss beider Stimmlippen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1930, 28: 326-33.—Briiggemann, A. Seltene Kehlkopfverletzungen. Zschr. Laryng., 1933-34, 24: 453-6.— Bruzzone, C. Traurni della laringe in infortunistica. Rass. previd. sociale, 1926, 13: No. 7, 18-35.—Burchardt. Be- merkungen uber Kontusion des Kehlkopfes. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 15: 302-5, pl—Calamida, U. Lesioni traumatiche della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1908) 1910, 12: pt 11, 351-02.—Lapps. F. C. W. Direct wound of larynx. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 683.—Conti, A. Intorno ad un caso di lesioni multiple del laringe inferte a scopo di suicidio. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1903, 1: Nos. 11-12, 7-14.—David, A.. & Didier. G. Coup de fouet laryngien. J. sc. med. Lille, 1926, 44: 326-8.—Delore. Un cas de plaie du cou et du larynx, par instrument tranchant, laissee largement ouverte et drainee; guerison rapide et com- plete sans incident. Lyon med., 1908, 111: 422.—Despons, J. Le traitement d'urgence des blessures du larynx. Rev. larvng., Bord., 1939, 60: 733-9.—Didier, G. A propos d'une observa- tion de coup de fouet laryngien. J. sc. med. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 1, 350-2.—Dore, G. Su due traumi gravi della laringe. Arch. ital. laring., 1934, 53: 39-48.—Dupond, G. Le larynx et les accidents du travail. Rev. laryng., Par., 1908. 1: 481-94.—Ferreri. Sobre los desordenes nerviosos de la laringe de causa traumatica. Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1902, 2: 20-2.—Forbes, G. An unusual injury to the larynx. Brit. LARYNX 537 LARYNX M. J., 1941, 1: 440.—Foss, E. L., & New, G. B. Traumatic stenosis of the larynx and trachea; report of case. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1943, 18: 472-6.—Garson, P. An unusual injury to the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1933, 48: 826.—Gritti, P. Atresia della laringe da trauma (ferita da taglio per tentato suicidio) Arch, ital otol, 1936, 48: 614-20.—Guida, G. Le alterazioni istologiche della laringe nella tiroidectomia sperimentale. Valsalva, 1928, 4: 348-57, pl.—Heidt, K. Zerschmetterung des Larynx mit folgender, fast volliger Ver- wachsung der Glottis; Tracheotomie, Laryngofissur, Laryngo- stoma, freie Knochenplastik, Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1933, 67: 646-8.—Heuduck. Die Verletzungen des Kehlkopfes vom gerichtsarztlichen Standpunkt. Deut. med. Ztg, 1908, 29: 1; 13; 25; 33; 45.—Hldaky, R. [Two cases of injury of the larynx] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1936, 75: 890-2.— Iglauer, S., & Molt, W. F. Severe injury to the larynx resulting from the indwelling duodenal tube (case reports) Ann. Otol. Rhino)., 1939, 48: 886-904.—Ipolyi, F. [Cut injuries of the larynx] Orvoskepzes, 1939, 29: Dec. kiilonf., No. 2, 233-9.—Jackson, C. Trauma of the larynx. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1938, 24-6. ------& Jackson, C. L. Trauma of the larynx. Indust. M., 1939, 8: 474-6 Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 413-25, 2 pl—Jackson, C. L. Trauma of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1939, 19: 1479-87— Jopson, J. H., & Stout, G. S. Recovery from self inflicted complete subhyoid laryngopharyngotomy. Tr. Philadelphia Acad. Surg., 1908, 10: 4-6.—Kernan, J. D. Injuries of the larynx; traumatic and therapeutic Laryngo- scope, 1941, 51: 292-5.—Lacaze. Les plaies du larynx. Rev. odont., Par., 1932, 53: 251-64.—Lastra, J. Herida del cuello con interesamiento de las vfas a6reas, sutura, curacidn. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1926, 52: 227-9.—Leonard, C. W. Bee sting in the larynx. Med. World, 1904, 22: 21.—Letnik, S. F. [Clinical aspect of injuries of the larynx and trachea in times of peace] Vest, otorinolar., 1937, 199-203.—Makuen, G. H. A curious laryngeal lesion. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1905) 1906, 11: 533-5.—Marter, L. E. Injuries of the larynx. Hahneman. Month., 1936, 71: 345-52.—Mauthner, O. Eine Kehlkopfverletzung durch Einwirkung stumpfer Gewalt vom Halse her mit letalem Ausgang. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 400.—Monteiro, A. Traumatismos do laringe. Hospital, Rio, 1938, 14: 37-48.—Monteiro, O. Um caso de ferida accidental do larvnge por tentativa de suicidio. Rev. med. mil, Rio, 1935, 24: 115-8.—Negus, V. E. Larynx; wounds and injuries. In Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed., Bait., 1942, 2: 806-14.—Ninger, F. [Injuries of the larynx] Cas. lek. eesk., 1937, 76: 197-200.—Okamoto, N. [Incised wound of the larynx] Gun igaku kwai zassi, 1903, 948-53.—Poli, C. Disturbi funzionali della laringe nelle ferite del collo. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 209-14.—Poos, E. E. Injuries of the larynx: the voice in rela- tion to disease. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1106-11.—Rebattu & Mounier. Contusion du larynx par contre-coup. Lyon med., 1926, 137: 95-7.—Reeves, B. Penetrating shell wound of neck involving larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1943, 58: 327-30, pl—Seifert, O. Contusion du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1908, 2: 545-8.—Stoppani, F. L'importanza dell'indagine radiologica nelle lesioni traumatiche della laringe. Valsalva, 1936, 12: 177-84.—Struycken, H. J. L. [A strange injury of the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 2800-2— Tamplin, E. C. Injury to larynx. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 30.—Vasilev, P. M. Sluchal polnol pererlezki gortani na urovnle srednel treti shchitovidnavo khryashcha. Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 652.—Wertheim, E. Ueber Larynxkontusion. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1906, 19: 132-5.—Wichert, E. Ein seltener Fall von Larynxtrauma. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1926, 115: 187-90.—Zoltan, I. [Injuries of larynx] Orv. hetil, 1937, 81: mell. 65. --- Injury, gunshot. Walbaum, J. *Ueber Schussverletzungen des Kehlkopfs und der Kehlkopfnerven. 28p. 8? Rostock, 1919. Boval. Balle de revolver ayant traverse le larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905-06, 11: pt2, 29.—Dutheillet de Lamothe. Retrecissement grave du larynx suite de blessures de guerre traite et gueri par electro-coagulation. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 660-3.—Halasz, H. Durch Schuss verursachte Kehl- kopfverletzung. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 16: 318-20 — Jones, H. B. Case of gunshot wound of the neck; injury to larynx, resulting in formation of web. 1 roc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1914-15, 8: Laryng. Sect., 71.------Case of gunshot wound of the neck, with extensive injury to larynx. Ibid., 72.— Lavrand, H. Traumatisme du larynx par une balle de revolver. J. sc. med. Lille, 1906, 2: 473-7.—Lumsden, R. B. Laryngeal injurv due to explosion; clinical records. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1942, 57: 385.—Munaba & Wakayama. [A bullet through the larynx] Iji sinsi, 1907, 2514-21, pl—Tejada A., J. R. Un caso de herida de la laringe, por arma de fuego. Juven. med. Guatemala, 1906, 8: 51-4.—Trucnev, V. Gunshot lesions of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 629-31. ---Injury: Military aspect. Briiggemann. Ueber Kriegsverletzungen des Kehlkopfes. Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 143.—Falk, P. Praktische Winke zur Behandlung der Kriegsverletzungen des Kehlkopfes. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 81-4, pl—Perwitzschky, R. Kriegsverlet- zungen des Kehlkopfes. Med. Klin., Berl, 1940, 36: 669- 72.— Stuart-Low, W. Case of shrapnel, wound of neck and larynx. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1917-18, 11: Laryng. Sect., 179. ---- Injury—by radiation. Rodriguez Docal, J. *Contribution a 1 etude de la radio-necrose tardive des larynx non cancerises. 39p. 8? Par., 1935. Winterstein, H. H. *Ueber Spatschadigun- gen des Kehlkopfes nach Rontgenbestrahlungen des Halses. 19p. 8? Tub. [1935] Alagna, G. Le lesioni laringee da raggi X. Cult. med. mod., Pal, 1929, 8: 145.—Arbuckle, M. F., Cowdry, E. V., & Votaw, R. The effect of radium emanations on the laryngeal cartilage. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1934, 56: 214-35.—Beck, K. Ueber eine eigenartige Rontgenspatschadigung des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1932, 31: 279-81 [Discussion] 290-3 — Brighton, G. R., Altmann, F., & Hagan, C, jr. Reactions of laryngeal tissues following extended fractional roentgen irradiation. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 631-58.—Chiara, G. Osservazioni istologiche sulle alterazioni delle cartilagini laringee dopo irradiazioni rontgen. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1938, 56: 201-17.—Clerf, L. H. Laryngeal complications of irradia- tion. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1927, 49: 99-112. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 6: 338-45.—Eschweiler, H. Rontgen- spatschadigung des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 189-93.—Gussow, W. Beobachtungen zur Frage der Strahlenschadigung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1926-27, 116: 89-95.—Hautant, A. A propos de la radionecrose des cartilages du larynx et de leur resection prealable. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 1198-203.—Jessen, J. Sur un cas de lesion radiotherapique tardive du larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926, 10: 263-8.—Klestadt & Fiirst. Pathologisch-anato- mischer Beitrag zur Rontgenspatschadigung des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1932, 31: 281-90 [Discussion] 290-3.— Mollison, W. M. Late x-ray reaction in the larynx. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 527.—Oppikofer, E. Radium- ulkus am freien Rande der rechten Kehldeckelhalfte. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 307.—Ruttin, E. Rontgenschadigung des Larynx in Form eines gestielten kugelformigen Oedems. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 723.—Salinger, S. Arrested development of the larynx following irradiation for recurring papillomas. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 273-81.—Trunzer. Rontgenspatschadigung des Kehlkopfes. Hals &c Arzt, T. 2, 1936, 42: 271-4.—Von der Hiitten. Kehlkopfschadigung nach Rontgenbestrahlung. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1926, 115: 271-80.—Watson-Williams, E. Cicatricial stenosis of the larynx following sarcoma of the trachea treated by radium. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 193.—Wessely, E. A. Ein Fall von Rontgenschadigung nach Bestrahlung alten Stiles. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1940, 74: 131. ---- Innervation. See also Laryngeal nerve. •Bilancioni, G. La laringe e il sistema nervoso cerebro-spinale; fisio-patologia e clinica. 463p. 8? Roma, 1919. Riccitelli, E. La laringe y el sistema nervioso cerebroespinal. 89p. 23cm. B. Air., 1928. Azemar, R. Les bases anatomo-physiologiques de l'innerva- tion vaso-motrice du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 545-98.—Barth, E. Die Innervation des Kehlkopfes nach dem gegenwartigen Stande der Forschung. Fortsch. Med., 1902, 20: 1017; 1041.—Benciolini, F. Ricerche sperimentali sulla fisiologia del simpatico laringeo. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 746-64.— Broeckaert, J. Les nerfs sympathiques du larynx; contribution a l'etude anatomique et physiologique du sympathique cervical. Mem. couron. Acad. med. Belgique, 1906-07, 19: fasc. 4-5, 1-55. ------ Etude de l'intervention du sympathique dans ('innervation motrice du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 24: 847-58. ------ Etude de l'innervation vaso- motrice du larynx. Presse otolar. beige, 1907. 6: 145-61.— Chauchard, A. B., & Dumont, P. Recherches sur l'excitabilite des voies laryngees motrices centrales et peripherique. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1932, 110: 1259.—Dumont, P. Recherches sur l'innervation motrice du larynx. Ibid., 1931, 107: 1506-8.— Exner, G. Die Innervation des Kehlkopfes. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math, naturwiss. KL, 1884, 89: 63-118, 3 pl— Grossmann, M. Ueber den angeblichen motorischen Effekt der elektrischen Reizung des Sympathicus auf die Kehlkopf- muskeln. Arch. Lar. Rhin., Berl, 1906, 16: 394-8.—Halphen, E. Loi de Semon-Rosenbach. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 361- 0.—H6don, E. Innervation vaso-motrice du larynx. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 840; 1907, 13: 174. Also C. rend. Soc. biol, 1906, 60: 952-5.—Jod, T. T. On the inner- vation of the larynx and notes on the surgical anatomy of the petrous pyramid. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937, 43: 233-41.—Kakesita, T. Kehlkopf und Sympathicus. Arch. ges. Physiol, 1926, 215: 22-31.—Konig, W. Pharmakologische Untersuchungen an der Muskulatur von Kehlkopf und Oeso- phagus (ein Beitrag zur Frage der parasympathischen Muskel- innervation)_ Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 128: 192-201 — Kure, K., Ito, T., & Siba, T. Sympathische Innervation der LARYNX 5o\S LARYNX Kehlkopfmuskeln. Arch. Ohr. A-c Heilk., 1930, 125: 248-66.— Laskiewicz, A., & Zbyszewski, L. Sur l'innervation sympa- thique du larynx. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1028, 99: 1043-5.— Lemere, F. Innervation of the larynx; innervation of laryngeal muscles. Am. J. Anat., 1932, 51: 417-37.—Manuilov, P. L. [Significance of the sympathetic nervous system in the phonetic function of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1940, 17: 67-74.—Marx, H. Untersuchungen zur Innervation des Kehlkopfes. Acta otolar., Stockh.. 1028, 12: 41-52.—Moura Campos, ('., & Moura Campos, F. Innervac:io da larvnge. Ann lac. med. S. Paulo, 1927, 2: 189-95, ch.—Miindnich. K. lntersuchungen uber den Bau der Nervenendigungen im Musculus vocalis und Musculus posticus des Kaninchen- larynx. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1936-37, 41: 235-43.— Negus, V. E. Observations on Semon's law; derived from evi- dences of comparative anatomy and physiology. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1931, 46: 1-30, 17 pl—Odati, R. Studien und Untersuchungen iiber die Ursprunge der Kehlkopfnerven- fasern. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1936, 6: Anat., 153-206, 4 pl.------ Ueber das zahlenmassige Verhaltnis zwischen den Muskel- fasern und den innervierenden Nervenfasern bei den Kehl- kopfmuskeln. Ibid., 207-17.—Onodi. A. Bemerkungen zu den Aufsatzen von P. Schultz: Beteiligung des Sympathicus an der Kehlkopfinnervation, und von M. Grossmann: Ueber den angeblichen motorischen Effekt der elektrischen Reizung des Sympathicus auf die Kehlkopfmuskeln. Arch. Lar. Rhin., Berl, 1906, 16: 399-401—Podesta, E. Ricerche sulle termina- zioni nervose motrici nella laringe del Colombo domestico. Monit. zool. ital, 1930, 41: 211^1. —r— & Fornari, G. Ricerche sulle terminazioni nervose motrici nella siringe del gallo domesiico. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 375-7.— Proby, H. Innervation double et croisee du larynx; a propos d'un syndrome du trou deohire posterieur avec paralysie laryngee bilaterale. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1930, 36: 541-8.—Rethi, A. Phvsiologie und Pathologie der Kehl- kopfinnervation. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 626-37. ------ Die physiologische und histologische Analyse des Vagus und die Kehlkopfinnervation. Ibid., 1159-69.— Rubaltelli, E. Contributo alia conoscenza dell'innervazione della laringe nell'uomo. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 556-060. Also Rev. laryng., Bord., 1933, 54: 1278-84. ------ Con- tributo istologico alia conoscenza del eomponente simpatico dell'innervazione della laringe. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1933, ser., 2, 11: 496-507.—Schultz, P. Die Beteiligung des Sympathicus an der Kehlkopfinnervation. Arch. Lar. Rhin., Berl, 1904, 16: 1-10.—Struppler, V. Zur Frage der Innerva- tion des Kehlkopfs durch Wurzelfasern des Accessorius. Zschr. Anat, Entw., 1938-39, 109: 360-73.—Sunder-Plassmann. P. Ueber den Nervenapparat des Musculus vocalis. Zschr. Hals. &c Heilk., 1932-33, 32: 493-9— Tanturri, V. Sulle termina- zioni nervose motrici nei muscoli laringei; nota preventiva. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 12. ------ Su di un caso non comune di nevrosi funzionale dei muscoli della fonazione. Valsalva, 1932, 8: 00-70.—Tarneaud, J. Laryngologie et chronaxie (etude de l'image laryngopiegique) Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 457-86.—Terracol, J. L'innervation vaso-motrice du larynx. Rev. laryng., Par., 1930, 51: 411-7. ------ L'innervation svnipathique du larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 207-27.—Trifiletti, A.. & Masini, G. Innervazione della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1902) 1903, 6: 9-52. ---- Innervation: Centers, and ganglia. See also Laryngeal nerve, Paralysis, central; Laryngoplegia; Medulla oblongata; Phonation, Center. Bellucci, L. Sulla sede del centro corticale laringeo nel cane. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 20. ------ Sull'ontogenesi del centro corticale laringeo nel cane e suoi rapporti con altri centri motori. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1931, 10. ser., 6: 411-29, 6 pl Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 656-9. ------ Determinazione sperimentale dell'epoca di comparsa funzionale del centro corticale laringeo nel cane e suoi rapporti con gli altri centri motori. Otorinolar. ital, 1934, 4: 105-27.—Bertrand, I., & Truffert. Recherches experimentales sur les centres bulbo-larynges. Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: pt 1, 61-8, 4 pl—Geronzi, G. Sulla presenza di gangli nervosi intramuscolari in alcuni muscoli intrinseci della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 135. Also Arch. ital. laring., 1904, 24: 145-56.—Grvnfeltt,E.,& Hedon, E. Recherches anatomiques sur les ganglions nerveux du larynx chez le chien. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 24: 835-46.—Prota, G. Sur les alterations du centre de Krause a la suite de la destruction d'une corde vocale. Ibid., 159-62. ---- Innervation: Reflexes. . Bronzini, A. De quelques reflexes du larynx. Arch, ital biol.,. Pisa, 1930-31, 82: 8,5-92, pl—Motta, R. Deviazioni associate della lingua protrusa e della laringe. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 408-20.—Peroni, A. Ricerche sul riflesso laringo-cardiaco. Otorinolar. ital, 1930-31, 1: 197-204.—Vicente, G. Hipotesis posible en la producci6n del fenomeno de paradoja laringea Med. ibera, 1929, 24: pt 1, 341-3. ---- Innervation, sensory. Avellis, G. Neue Fragestellung zur Symptomatologie der Sensibibtatestbrungen im Larynx. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl 1906, 18: 472-7.—Hofer, G. Zur sensiblen Innervation des menschlichen Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien. 1929. 83: 1277-92, pl—-Pathways for pain around larynx from infected tooth. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 650. ---- Intubation. See also Laryngostomy. Waxham, F. E. Intubation of the larvnx llOp. 8? Chic, 1SSS. Cassoute, E. Premieres applications de I'inlubalion en France par L. Jacques en 1887-88; la these de Jacques sur I intubation en 1888. Marseille med., 1928, 65: 743-7 Day, F. S. Intubation of lie larynx. Tr. Rhode Island M Soc, 1890, 4: 1 •11—204, pl- Garcia Vicente, S. Estudio crltico de la intul.acion laringea. Siglo med., 1928, 82: 325 34.- Gismondi, A. L'intubazione del laringe in 15 anni di pnitica ospedaliera. Prat, pediat., Milano, 1032, 10: 213 7. Imbert, L. Tubage du larynx. Montpellier med., 190.1, 17:451-4. Kuhn, F. Die perorale Intubation in der Larvngologie. Verh Ges. deut, Naturforsch. (1907) 1908, 2. T., 2. IL, 346.— Lipscomb, P. D. Intubation. Old Dominion J. M. & S 1906-07, 5: 190-4.—O'Dwyer, J. P. Intubation. Physician A Surg., 1899, 21: 88 95. Steward, F. J. Intubation of the larynx. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, 19: 4-8. ---- Intubation: Accidents and sequelae. Barlatier, Rabot & Sargnon. Reti-ecissements larynges consecutifs au tubage et a la tracheotomie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 673; 1907, 23: 99; 482; 722; 24: 118- 437; 1908, 25: 112; 468; 795—Bokay, J. KOzlomenyek az intubati6s gyakorlatbol; meg egvszor a gegebeli deeubitusok helyi kezeieseiol. Orv. hetil, 1905, 49: 795-8, 2 diagr. ----- & Plummer, E. M. Under what circumstances do pushing down pseudo-membrane and occlusion of the tube take place in O'Dwyer's intubation, and of what importance are the com- plications? Ann. Gyn. Paediat., Bost., 1898-99, 12: 209-80.— Brunard. Le tubage nasal et les echecs du tubage laryngien. Clinique, Brux, 1904, 18: 66-9.—Calderin, A. M. I'ermanencia del tubo en los intubados de laringe; consideraciones cllnicas y anatomo-patologicas. Actual, med., Granada, 1942, 18: 281. Cannaday, A. A. Retained intubation tube, with report of case. Tr. M. Soc Virginia (1903) 1904, 251-5.—Casassa, A. Sui pretesi inconvenienti dell'intubazione della laringe. Pediatria (Riv.) 1932, 40: 1197-203.—Copetti, G. Su la persistenza di laringostenosi dopo la intubazione o la tracheotomia nei bambini. Gazz. osp., 1906, 27: 405-9.—Cott, G. F. A case of prolonged intubation. J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 41: 1410 [Dis- cussion] 1412.—Deguy & Le Play. Sur le tubage prolonge. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1905, 7: 207-15.—Escat, E. L'obstruc- tion brusque dans le tubage sans surveillance; emploi de tubes ajoures. Presse med., 1905, 1: 353-6.—Fischer, L. A study of the condition of the upper air passages before and after intuba- tion of the larynx; also, an inquiry into the method of feeding employed in the cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, 21: 101- 15.—Fournier & Sargnon. Stenose laryngee chez une enfant tubarde-canularde; laryngostomie. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1908, 1: 641-52.—Giosefh, M. Stenosi cicatriziale del laringe con- secutiva alia intubazione. Riv. clin. pediat., 1908, 6: 439-43.— Glover, J. Laryngites traumatiques r.onsicutives au tubage et retrecissements laryngiens chez l'enfant. Ann. med. chir. inf., 1907, II: 629-48.—Gould, R. B. Laryngeal granu- loma following intratracheal intubation. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 499.—Hamaide. Stenose laryngee apres intubation. Bull, Soc. beige otol, 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 31-3.—Hammes, F. Zur Frage des Hautemphysems als Intubationstrauma Arch. Kinderh., 1908, 48: 207-19.—Jung. Schadigungen durch Intubation. Hals &c Arzt, T. 2, 19.36, 42: 169-72—Kuhn, F. Lungeniiberdruck mittels peroraler Intubation und kontinuier- licher Luftpuffung in dem Intubationsrohr. Zbl. Chir., 1908, 35: 788-90.—Longo, A. Sullo spasmo della glottide nella intubazione. Riv. clin. pediat., 1904, 2: 801-16.—Lugli. G. Le alterazioni delle pareti della laringe nell'intubazione pro- lungata. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 608-36, 2 pl—McCosh, A. J. A case of extraction of an intubation tube from the right bronchus; the ultimate result of a series of operations for restoration of the larynx. Presbyterian Hosp. M. & S. Hep., N. Y., 1904, 6: 327-31— Martinez Vargas. Panlaringitis obstructiva y adhesiva en un canulardo. Med. nifios, 1934, 35: 387-95.—Oppikofer, E. Narbige Fixation beider Stimmbander in Medianlinie nach Intubation; Kanvilentrager seit 30 Jahren. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 307.—Ranke, H. von. Zur Verhiitung der nach Intubation und sekundarer Tracheotomie zuweilen sich einstellenden Kehlkopfstenosen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 2009.—Rhodes, J. E. Cases of tracheal and laryngeal stenoses following intubation. Illinois M. J., 1904-05. 7: 589-91.—Sargnon, Barlatier & Rabot. Deax cas de retre- cissement sous-glottique consecutif a des intubations repeteee et traitees, l'un par la dilatation progressive, et I autre par la laringo-fissure avec dilatation. Lyon med., 1000, 107: 19- 24.—Sargnon & Fournier. Stenose laryngee chez une enfant tubarde canularde; laryngostomie. Marseille med., 1908, 45: 373-6.—Schiffers, F. Larynx d'enfant. Ann. mal. oreille, 1903, 29: pt 2, 503-5.—Schwendt. Demonstration von Instrumenten zur langsamen Dilatation von intubationstrau- matischen Stricturen des Larynx und der Trachea. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 505-8.—Taylor, F. L. A case of retained intubation tube treated bv gradual dilatation. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, 87: 537.—Throne, B. Specimen LARYNX 539 LARYNX showing rare sequelae of intubation. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-08, n.ser., 7: 114-7.—Winslow, J.R. A case of membranous synechia of the vocal chords due to intubation of the larynx; laryngo-fissure; cure. J. Eye Ear & Throat Dis., 1905, 10: 183- 6.—Wittman, B. Ein geheilter Fall narbiger Larynxstenose nach Intubation. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1907, 43: 1070.— Zuppinger, C. Zur Kenntnis des Intubationstraumas. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1906, 63: 331-64. ---- Intubation: Cases and statistics. Bokai, J. Intubati6val eiert eredmenyeim. Budap., orvosegy. evk. (1891) 1892, 158-60. ------ Intubatio erdekes esete. Ibid., (1893) 1894, 127.—Calderin, M. Mi aportaci6n personal al capltulo de la intubaci6n laringea. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1928, 12: 645-64, 3 diag.—Cott, G. F. A century of intubations. Laryngoscope, 1905, 15: 108-13.—Dupuy, H. Successes and failures in intubation; exhibition of a case. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, 1907, 12-24. Also N. Orleans M. J., 1907, 69: 642-54.—Fischer, L. Die Endresultate der Intubation des Larynx. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: Sect, rhinolar., 130-170 [145-52, tab.]—Georgiyevski, B. N. Sluchal zatrudnennol dekanyulyacii; diagnosticheskaye i liechebnoye znacheniyo pri net intubacii. Prakt. vrach, 1905, 4: 153-5.—Hohlfeld, M. Erfahrungen mit der Intubation; die Erfolge. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1933, 3. F., 88: 334-46.— Ivanova, A. I. [Case of prolonged intubation] Sovet. med., 1940, 4: No. 20, 33.—Martin Calderin. Un caso interesante de aplicacion de la intubacion directa a la cirugia endolarfngea infantil. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 1, 705.—Plummer, E. M. Intubation with an analysis of 50 cases. Ann. Gyn. Paediat., Bost., 1896-97, 10: 307-22.—Reich, P. Funfzehn Jahre Intubation. Jahrb. Kinderh., Berl, 1907, 65: 299; 457.— Richardson, C. W. A year's work in intubation. Tr. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1899) 1900, 4: 25-32.—Shurly, B. R. Intubation; including a report of some unusual cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1904, 43: 1304-7.—Tanturri, D. Quarantadue in- tubazioni della laringe in bambini ed adulti, come contributo a considerazioni cliniche e terapeutiche. Gazz. internaz. med., 1905, 8: 16-9.—Watson, W. T. Intubation experiences. Maryland M. J., 1905, 48: 119-28. ---- Intubation: Indication. See also Diphtheria, Treatment; Laryngo- plegia; Larynx, Stenosis, etc. Casassa, A. L'intubazione della laringe; indicazioni; controindicazioni. 152p. 8? Tor., 1917. Blum [Ueber die Intubation bei Larynxstenose] Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1906, 22: 186-90.—Bonnamour. Retrecissement spasmodique traite par le tubage repete. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 953.—Caraco, J. Le tubage et ses indications dans quelques affections du larynx chez l'enfant. Med. orient., Par., 1905, 9: 265-70.—Ehrhardt, O. Ueber Intubation bei narbigen Stenosen und bei erschwertem Decanulement. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1903, 32: pt 2, 449-61.—Henderson, C. H. Intubation; a supplementary measure in the treatment of laryngeal stenosis due to diphtheria and other causes. Virginia M. Month., 1932, 59: 341.—Hohlfeld, M. Erfahrungen mit der Intubation; die nicht diphtherischen Stenosen. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1933, 3. F., 91:42-5.—Knight, C. H. Intubation in acute non-diphtheritic stenosis of the larynx. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, 72: 357-60 [Discussion] 382.—Kovacs, J. Intubalhatunk-e a magan- gyakorlatban? Gy6gv.1szat, 1906, 46: 614. Also Ungar. med. Presse, 1906, 11: No." 26, 4.—Kuhn, F. Die Indikationen zur peroralen Tubage. Med. Klin., Berl, 1905, 1: 1006.------ Asphyxie (Scheintod) und Tubage. Ther. Gegenwart, 1905, 46: 442-54. ------ Wolfsrachen und perorale Tubage. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 655.—Merelli, G., & Fieri, G. Contributo alio studio dell'uso della intubazione nell tratta- mento delle stenosi acute della laringe dell'infanzia, con speciale riguardo alle stenosi di origine difterica. Arch. itaL otol, 1934, 46: 887-99.—O'Neill, J. B. Intubation for laryngeal stenosis. J.Med.&Sc, Portland, 1903-04, 10: 1-5—Perez Avendano.B. Las ventajas de la intubacion de la laringe; ?por que debe ser preferida a la traqueotomfa? An. Circ med. argent., 1902, 25: 312-6.—Riva Rocci, S. Sull'intubazione provisoria d'urgenza. Clin. med. ital, 1907, 46: 69-79.—Romito, S., & Scognamiglio, L. Quando bisogna intervenire con la tracheotomia secondaria nei portatori di tubo laringeo? Studium, Nap., 1932, 22: 295- 9.—Ryzhov, P. V. [Intubation as operative method in treat- ment of diphtheric stenosis of the larynx] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 1570-6.—Saunders, E. W. A plea for the more timely use of intubation in laryngeal stenosis, and for the use of trache- otomy in certain neglected cases. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. (1905) 1906, 17: 133-9.—Simpson, W. K. Laryngeal stenosis in the adult, successfully treated by intubation; continuous wearing of tube for 4 years. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1908, 30: 52-7.— Turner, A. J. On intubation for acute stenosis of the larynx. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australasia (1892) 1893, 3: 314-9. ---- Intubation: Methods and instruments. See also Tracheotomy. Feigen, H. *Pie Behandlung des erschwerten Dekanulements in den letzten 14 Jahren an der Universitatsklinik fiir Ohren-Nasen-Halskranke in Giessen [Giessen] 29p. 8? Limburg-Lahn, 1936. Human, J. U. The secrets of blind intubation and the signs of anesthesia. 67p. 17cm. Lond 1938. Barnes, H. Use of curare for direct oral intubation. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 478.—Belloni, G. Nuovo intubatore laringeo. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1908, 26: 189-93.—Bokay, J. A tubus- bevezetes technikaja az O'Dwyer-feie eljarasnal. Orv. hetil, 1906, 50: 562-6.—Borobio, P. Entubamiento de la laringe. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1905, 4: 1126-40.—Brunei, P. Notes sur la technique du tubage. Ann. mal. oreille, 1908, 34: 188-91.— Burmeister, H. Zur Frage uber das erschwerte Decanulement bei Kindern. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 359-61.—Calderin, A. M. La intubacion directa de la laringe. Sem. med. espafi., 1943, 6: 507-17.—Carawassilis, G. Contribution au chapitre du detubage du larynx. Ann. med. chir. inf., Par., 1905, 9: 592-4.—Castaneda, R. Empleo de la adrenalina en el entuba- miento laringeo. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: Sect, rhinolar., 19.—Citelli, S. Tubi nuovi e tubi modificati per la cura di alcune stenosi laringee acute e croniche. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1906) 1907, 204-9. Also Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 23: 137-44.—Dirk, A. Ueber die Kuhnsche Tubage. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 1626.— Dorochenko, I. T. Nouvelle methode d'intubation. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 653-7. Also Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 7-8, 98-100.—Fatj6, S. La intubacion laringea en el tratamiento del crup o laringitis difterica; nueva pinza para la introduccion y extraccion de los tubos. Med. nifios, 1903, 4: 15; 44; passim; 1904, 5: 15; 42; passim.—Garcia Vicente, S. Curso sobre intubacion laringea. Siglo med., 1934, 93: 467; 498; 557.—Gillmor, B. F. The mechanical problems of in- tubation. Med. Herald, 1903, n. ser., 22: 585-606.—Gunten, P. von. Une canule individuelle pour le traitement des stenoses laryngees permanentes et presentation de malades. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 492.—Harmer, L. Ueber eine Modi- fikation der Schornsteinkaniile zur Behandlung narbiger Kehlkopfstenosen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1908, 21: 595-62.— Hinsberg. Zur Behandlung von Larynx- und Trachealstenosen vermittelst der Mikulicz'schen Glascaniile. Jahrber. Schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult. (1904) 1905, 82: 80-3.—Kelley, I. V. Assist- ing with intubation and extubation. In her Textb. Nurs. Techn., 4. ed., Phila., 1940, 372-5.—Killian, G. T-formige Kanvilen aus Gummi zur Behandlung von laryngo-trachealen Stenosen. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng., 1906, 230.—Koltypin, A. A. [On I. T. Doroshenko's paper, New method of intubation] Pediatria, Moskva, 1938, No. 7-8, 101.—Kuhn, F. Ueber perorale Tubage. Verh. Deut. Ges. Chir., 1902, 31: pt 1, 178- 85. Also Fortsch. Med., 1902, 20: 107-11. ------ Perorale Tubagen mit und ohne Druck. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1905, 77: 148-207. ------ Die perorale Intubation mit und ohne Druck; 3. Teil: Apparat zur Lieferung des Druckes fiir die Ueberdrucknarkose. Ibid., 1906, 81: 63-70. ----.— Ein- fiihrung in die perorale Intubation. Med. Klin., Berl, 1908, 4: 1107-11.—Labbe, R. Le detubage, ses divers procedes. Rev. prat. gyn. obst. pediat., Par., 1907, 2: 335-40.—Llorente. V. Nuevo aparato de intubacion. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 569.—Longo, A. L'intu- bazione neidecanulementsdifficili. Atti Clin, otorinolar., Roma, 1905, 3: 43-52. Also Policlinico, 1906, 13: sez. prat., 1025- 31.—Marfan, A. B. Nouveau procede de detubage par ex- pression digitale. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1907, 9: 95-9. ------ Sur un nouveau procede de detubage. Ibid., 158-60.— Massot, M. La reintubation systematique. Marseille med., 1928, 65: 763-7.—Mengoni, S. Un nouvo intubatore laringeo. Otorinolar. ital, 1932, 2: 610-6.—Mori, G. Alcuni criteri di tecnica operativa e strumentale neH'intubazione laringea. Riv. clin. pediat., 1905, 3: 349-57.—Myerson, M. C. Laryngeal tubes for indirect intubation and dilation. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13: 96.—Nicolai, V. Nuovo apparecchio di intubazione laringea. Italia san., 1910, 6: 262.—Northrup, W. P. Joseph O'Dwyer M. D.; his methods of work on intubation; the measure of his success; the interest of both to young gradu- ates. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, 65: 561-4.—Oelsner. Ueber das erschwerte Decanulement. Deut. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 1348.—Pospischill, D. Ueber die Anwendung einer brauch- baren Tamponkanule beim laryngostenotischen infektions- kranken Kinde. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1908, 21: 1596-9.— Pushkin, A. F. [Intubation under control of sight] Pediatria, Moskva, 1930, 14: 410-5.—Reich, P. Intubation mit Zelluloid- tuben. Munch, med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 1245-7.—Renault, J. Detubage du tube de Froin par propulsion. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1907, 9: 145-53.—Roca, P. Tratamiento de los tubados. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 512- 8.—Rodriguez Vargas, A. Pinza introductora y extractora para la intubaci6n laringea. Ibid., 566-9.—Runge. Konservative Behandlung bei erschwertem Dekanulement der Kinder. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1929, 24: 576-80 [Discussion] 580-5 — Saillant & Senechal. Instrumentation simplifiee pour l'in- tubation du larynx. Gaz. med., 1907, 13. ser., 2: 2.—Shurly, B. R. Prolonged intubation tubes, with a method leading to their extraction. J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 41: 80-3.—Tanturri, D. Sistema razionale di nutrizione nei lattanti intubati. Pediatria, Nap., 1905, 2. ser., 3: 700-4.------Sulla fissazione dei tubi nella intubazione della laringe. Rass. ital otorinolar., 1929, 3: 145-51.—Trambusti, B. Sorveglianza dell'intubato ed estubazione. Riv. clin. pediat., 1927, 25: 267-72.—Waxham, F. E. Intubation of the larynx and intubation instruments. Denver M. Times, 1903-04, 23: 365-75. LARYNX 540 LARYNX ---- Keratosis. See Larynx, Pachyderma. ---- Leeches. See Larynx, Parasites. ---- Leuko- and lymphoblastoma. Cottenot, P. Evolution d'un lymphocytome larynge traite par la roentgenth6rapie. Arch. med. chir app. resp., Par., 1926, 1: 434 6, 2 pl.—Gilmore, G. B. Multiple myeloma with laiyngeal metastasis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 453-60 — Imperatori, C. J. Lvmphoma of the laryngopharynx. Arch. (.M>lar.. Chic, 1941, 34: 1168-70.—King, G. A lymphoid tumor of the larvnx removed bv partial larvngectomy. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. (1905) 1906, 243. Also N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1905-06, 58: 544.—Menzel, K. M. Plasmozytom des Larynx. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 999-1001. ---- Leukoplakia. See Larynx, Pachyderma. ---- Ligaments, and membranes. See also Vocal cord. Gruber, W. Monographic iiber das Cor- pusculum tritieeum und iiber die accidentelle Musculatur der Ligamenta hyo-thvreoidca la- teralia [73]p. 33/2cm. S. Petersb..^ 1876. Stjolahti, E. *Ueber die Entwicklung der Ligamente und der elastischen Membranen im menschlichen Kehlkopf; die intrauterine Ent- wieklungsperiode. 7(ip. 8? Helsin., 1926. Broyles, E. N. Anterior commissure tendon of the larynx, its significance in the laryngofissure operation; preliminary note. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1942, 70: 90. ------ The anterior commissure tendon. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 342-5.— Forster. A. Le membrane ary-epiglottique; etude d'anatomie comparee. Arch, anat., Strasb., 1928, 8: 87-128.—Laskiewicz, A. [Congenital contraction of the membrane of the larynx] Polska gaz. lek., 1926, 5: 28.—Renshaw, K. A case of fibro- sarcoma arising from the thvro-hyoid membrane. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1906, 21: 169. ---- Lipoma, and xanthoma. Birkett, H. S. Lipoma of the larynx—intrinsic in origin. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1934, 49: 733-40, 2 pl—Bruch, E. Ueber grosse Kehlkopflipome sehr seltener Form und Symptomato- logie; eines davon multipel. Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 94-7.—Calamida, U. Lipoma della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1902) 1903, 6: 132-6.—Cohen, J. Zur Kasuistik des Lipoms des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1927, 16: 208, pl.—Davis. E. D. D. A lipoma of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1933, 48: 824.—Dixon, O. J., & Helwig, F. C. Lipoma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., 1931, 14: 284-90.—Flynn, J. A. Extrinsic lipoma'of larynx. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 294-7.— Imperatori, C. J. Fibrolipoma of the larynx; report of a case. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 55: 143-8. Also Laryngoscope, 1933. 43: 940-4.—Ingals, E. F. Fibrolipomatous tumor of the pharynx and larynx. Am. Med., 1905, 9: 199.—Markon, E. 0., & Tikhomirov, S. A. [Cases of lipoma of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1939, 16: 469-72.—Meyjes, W. P. Lipoma laryngis. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1906, d. 1, 325.— Palmer, A., & Mehler, L. Recurrent lipoma-myxochondroma- fibroma of the larynx; a ease exhibiting unique features. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 653-69.—Rimar, B. Zur Kasuistik der Lipome des Kehlkopfes Zschr. Laryng., 1927, 16: 64.— Schatz, H. A. Xanthoma of larynx. Laryngoscope, 1930, 40: 300.—Tapia, A. G. Lipoma de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 173-7. ---- Lupus. Sec under Lupus. ---- Lymphangioma. See also Larynx, Angioma. Menzel, K. M. Zur Diagnose der Lymphangiome des Larynx. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 15: 178-84.—Robin- son, H. B. Case of polypoid growth (lymphangeioma) of the larynx. »Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 88.—Tweedie, A. R. Lymphangioma of larynx; (tumour and section shown) Ibid., 1927-28, 21: Laryng. Sect., 99.— Zhukov, G. J. Sluchal limfangiomi gortani. Russ. vrach 1908, 7: 298-300. --- Lymphatic tissue and vessels. Guement, M. L'appareil Iympho-ganglionnaire du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1934, 55: 828-61.—Laskiewicz, A. Con- tribution a l'etude de la disposition du tissu adenolde dans le larynx humain. Ibid., 1935, 56: 948-63, pl. ---- Lymphoepithelioma. Marx. Ueber lympho-epitheliale Geschwulste des Kehb kopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1920, 15:392-1.—Vossenberg, A. Ueber lymphoepitheliale Geschwulste, besonders des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1928. 17: 153-05. ---- Model. See Laryngology, Instruction. ---- Movement. See also Laryngography; Laryngostroboscopy; Larynx, Photography; Larynx, Radiography; Vocal cord. Blumenthal. LTeber die Zusammenhange bei den aktiven Bewegungen. In Sitzber. Otolaryngol. Ges. Berlin, 1930, 85-130.—Dessy, G. Movimenti respiratori del laringe in condizioni normali e patologiehe. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1938, 12: 791-800. Mink, P. J. Le mouvement inspira- toire du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 778-93. ----- Mouvement expiratniro du larynx et phonation. Ibid., 1935, 1170-84.— Pressman, J. The action of the larynx; notes on a cinematograph demonstration. Proc. R. Soc M Lond., 1937-38, 31: 1179-82.—Weleminsky, J. Zur Physi- ologie und Pathologie der Bewogungsvorgange am Kehlkopf, Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 16: 37-1 -107. West, R. The nature of the laryngeal vibration. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 385-93. ---- Mucosa. Glaser, J., Landau, D. B., & Heady, ('. A. Subglottic laryngeal stenosis in infancy; report of a case due to redundancy of the normal laryngeal mucous membrane. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1203-7.—Nemai, J., & Kelemen, G. Sehleim- hautpigment im Kehlkopf eines Orang-Utans. Zschr. Larvng., 1928, 17: 271-6.—Pautow, N. A. Histologische Altersveriinde- rungen an der Sehleimhaut des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1934, 37: 77-80. ---- Muscle. See also Larynx, Movement. Forster, M. *Die Kehlkopfmuskulatur beim Menschen und bei den Saugetieren unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kehlkopfbinncn- muskulatur [Munchen] 47p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1936. Bach, A. C, Lederer, F. L., & Dinolt, R. Senile changes in the laryngeal musculature. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 47-56.—Bruin, A. D. Examen de la rapidite du muscle vocal aux contractions musculaires. Arch, neerl. phonet., 1929, 4: 26-46.—Ducceschi, V. Una dimostrazione pratica sui muscoli della laringe. Arch, fisiol, Fir., 1923, 21: 533-6.—Hetherini;- ton, J. The kerato-cricoid muscle in the American white and Negro. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1934, 19: 203-12.—Imhofer, R. Ueber phonasthenieahnliche Stimmstorungen durch einseitige Erkrankung der Stimmbandmuskulatur. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 1378-90.—Kleinbock, J. J. Der M thy- reoideus transversus des Kehlkopfes bei Pferd und Esel. Anat. Anz., 1931-32, 73: 209-14.—Lesbre, F. X., & Maignow, F. Sur l'innervation motrice du muscle erico-tlivmidien. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1908, 64: 21.—Lewkowitz. Ueber den Tonus der Kehlkopfmuskeln. Zschr. Laryng., 1928, 17: 283-91 — Masucci, P. Sull'innervazione del crico-tiroideo per J. Katzen- stein. Rass. crit. internaz. mal. naso., 1802, 5: 105-10.— Menzel, K. M. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Funktion der menschlichen Kehlkopfmuskeln. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1929-30, 25: 555-68.— Roncallo, P. Ricerche sul modo di inserzione delle fibre del muscolo vocale sul legamento vocale. Arch. ital. anat., 1939, 41: 357-67, 2 pl— Sayama, M. Ueber die Varietiiten der Kehlkopfmuskulatur. J. Orient. M. 1928, 9: 85. ------ Ueber Muskelvarietaten des Kehlkopfes. bei Chinesen. Ibid., 1930, 12: 53. ------ Studien uber den Kehlkopf der Chinesen; Kehlkopfmuskulatur. Ibid., 1932, 16: 8.—Simonetta, B. Sviluppo dei muscoli crico-aritenoidci posteriori e crico-ari-ventricolari nel ratto; contributo embrio- logico alia conoscenza della filogenesi della muscolatura intrinseca laringea. Arch. ital. anat., 1929-30, 27: 481-96.— Sololowsky, R. R. Effect of the extrinsic laryngeal muscles on voice production. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 355-64.— Tavani, E. Rapporti del muscolo tiro-aritenoideo con il legamento vocale in alcune scimmie platirrine: Ateleus panisctii" e Pithecia leucocephala. Monit. zool. ital, 1935, 46: 141 H. ------ Ancora sui rapporti del m. tiroaritenoideo col lega- mento vocale; ricerche in Vampyrus glossophaga e in Mirmeco- phaga jubata. Ibid., 1937-38, 48: 231-7.—Wells, L. H., & Thomas, E. A. A note on two abnormal laryngeal muscles in a Zulu. J. Anat., Lond., 1926-27, 61: 340-3.—Zoltan, I. Leber eine schwere Entartung des Stimmbandmuskels. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1930, 64: 72. ---- Myasthenia. See Myasthenia. LARYNX 541 LARYNX ---- Mycosis. See also subheadings (Actinomycosis; Blasto- mycosis) Collinet, P. Sporotrichose du larynx. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1908, 11: 95-102.—Dutheillet de Lamothe, M. Un cas de botryomycome du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 343.—Fukasawa, S., & Kan, K. Ueber einen Fall vom Soor- granulom des Kehlkopfes. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1937, 27: 48.— Gray, A. A. Mvcosis of the larvnx, with notes of a case. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Glasgow, 1898-99, 2: 262-5.—Grimes & Lecoanet. Au sujet d'un cas de sporotrichose du larynx. Bull. Soc. path, exot., 1934, 27: 901-3.—Mazza, S., & Parodi, S. Micosis laringea con parasitos analogos a los megalosporideos de Posadas. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 909-14, 2 pl. ------ Una micosis chaquena de la laringe causada por nuevo tipo de hongo. Ibid., 1928, 4: 539-44. Micosis chaquena producida por el Pseudococcidioides Mazzai (Da Fonseca 1928) Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16: 268- 72.—Nino, F. L., Pons, L. M., & Gay, A. E. Granuloma para- coccidiofdico de localizaci6n iarlngea; estudio clinico v mico- 16gico. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1941, 17: 47-65.— Razimbaud, J. Botriomycome de la commissure anterieur du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 202. ---- Myiasis. See also Larynx, Parasites. Miller, A. H. Mviasis of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 501-3. ---- Myoclonus. Chehab Edine, B. *Les myoclonies velo- pharyngo-laryngees, syndrome de la calotte protuberantielle. 40p. 22y2em. Geneve, 1939. Barre & Kammerer, T. Spasme labio-palato-larynge; description et essai d'interpretation pathogenique; spasme refiexe sympatho-cerebro-spinaL Rev. neur., Par., 1939, 71: 725-7.—Dereux, J. Etude clinique d'un cas de myoclonies velo-pharyngo-laryngees. Ibid., 1936, 65: pt 1, 549-52.— Faure-Beaulieu & Garcin, R. Myoclonies veio-pharyngo- laryngees unilaterales du cote des lesions dans un syndrome bulbo-protuberantiel par arterite syphilitique. Ibid., 1938, 68: 867-71.—Grill, C, & Lauren, E. Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie des myoclonies iaryngo-pharvngees. Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1932-33, n. L, 38: Art. 10, 1-34.—Guillain, G., Bertrand, I., & Godet-Guillain. Etude anatomique d'un cas de myoclonies synchrones et rythmiques velo-pharyngo- laryngees. Presse med., 1943, 51: 232 (Abstr.)—Kreindler, A. Die rhythmischen und synchronen Myoklonien der Rachen- ' hohle und des Kehlkopfes; physiopathologische Untersu- chungen. Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1939, 43: 79-88 — Leshin, N. Continuous rhythmic movements of the palate, pharynx, and larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 194-201. ----- & Stone, T. T. Continuous rhythmic movements of the palate, pharynx and larynx. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 26: 1236-50.—Monteiro, A. Mioclonia velo-faringo- larlngea. Hospital, Rio, 1943, 23: 803-8.—Morsier, G. de, & Junet, R. Les myoclonies velo-pharyngo-laryngees. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 996-8.—Penta, P. L'elettromiogramma del clono palato-faringo-laringeo. Bull. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 1216.—Radermecker, J., & Helsmoortel, jr. Myo- clonies rythmiques du voile et du larynx chez un sujet jeune ne presentant, en dehors de signes nevropathiques, qu'une dissoci- ation albumino-cytologique du liquide; discussion des myo- clonies observees dans les etats dits fonctionnels. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1939, 39: 654-66.—Riley, H. A., & Brock, S. Rhythmic myoclonus of the muscles of the palate, pharynx, larynx and other regions; a clinical report of 3 cases. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1932, 58: 419-34. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1933, 29: 726-41.—Schupfer, F. Spasmi mioclonici ritmici, nistagmi, mioclonie palato-faringo-laringee. Athena, Roma, 1939, 8: 193-5.—Signorelli, E. Patogenesi del nistagmo palato-faringo-laringeo (contributo anatomo-clinico) Riv. pat. nerv., 1927, 32: 441-60. --- Myoma. Bobbio, A. Mioblastoma ad elementi granulosi (mioblasto- miomadi Abrikossoff) della laringe. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1936, 61: 583-9.—Carnevalo Ricci, F. Mioblastoma maligno della corda vocale. Arch. ital. otol, 1940, 52: 436-42— Davidov, I. Zur Frage der unausgereiften Rhabdomyome des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931-32, 30: 221-7.—Geschelin, A. I. Fall von Myoblastomyom des Kehlkopfs. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1934-35, 21: 66-70.—Iglauer, S. Myoblastoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Bronchoesoph. Ass., 1942, 25: 62-6. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 1089-93.—Imperatori, C. J. Rhabdomyoma of the larynx; report of a case. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 55: 139-42. Also Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 945-8.—Kernan, J. D., & Cracovaner, A. J. Rhabdomy- oma of the vocal cord; report of a case. Ibid., 1935, 45: 891-3.—Kleinfeld, L. Myoblastoma of the larynx; report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 551-5.—LaManna. Rezidiviertes Rhabdomyom des linken Stimmbandes. Vir- chows Arch., 1936-37, 298: 566-73. --- Myxoma. Schiffers, F. Myxome du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., 52-5 ' 512"4- Als° BulL Soc' belge oto1- 190^ 9: ---- Necrosis. See also Laryngitis; also Larynx, Cartilage: Chondritis. Kilduffe, R. A. Laryngeal necrosis as a possible complica- tion of the treatment of goiter by irradiation. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8: 185-7.—Stanzel, R. W. Necrotic, laryngitis in a calf. Vet. Med., Chic, 1941, 36: 577. ---- Neuroma and neurofibroma. Claus, H. Demonstration von Praparaten eines Neurinoms des Kehlkopfes. In Sitzber. Otolaryng. Ges. Berlin, 1930, 2-—Davidov, I. E. [Neurogenous tumors of the larynx] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1933, 26: 199-202.—Holmgren, G., & Bergstrand, H. A case of neurinoma laryngis. Acta otolaryng., Stockh., L928, 12: 514-6, pl— Malan, A. Neu- rinoma della laringe. Valsalva, 1937, 13: 417-24, pl—Smith, T. T. Solitary neurofibroma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 144-51.—Spiess, A. Ueber ein Gangliom des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 1-20.— Suchiinek. Neurinom des Kehlkopfeinganges. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1222.—Vail, H. H. Schwannoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 418-22. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 476-83.—Van Loon, E. L. Neurofibroma of the larynx; report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 1077. ------ & Diamond, S. Neurofibroma of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 122-6. ---- Neurosis. See under Laryngeal nerve. ---- Nodule. See also Larynx, Fibroma; Vocal cord. Wicart, L. *Causes et varietes des nodules vocaux; leur diagnostic. 95p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Barth, E. Zur Aetiologie und Behandlung der Sanger- knotchen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 45: 1532-5.—Cordes, H. Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Pathologie der Sangerknotchen. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 16: 215-35, 2 pl—Huebsch- mann, P. Ueber Kehlkopf knotchen mit sogenannten amyloiden Einlagerungen (fibrinoid-hyaline Knotchen) Virchows Arch, 1930, 275: 698-710. ------ Weitere Mitteilungen uber fibrinoid-hyaline Kehlkopfknotchen. Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 271-8.—Koenig, C. J. Nouveau cautere protege pour le traitement des nodules des chanteurs. BulL Soc beige otol, 1909-10, 15: pt 2, 78.—Koenig, G. Traitement des nodules des chanteurs par le £.alvanocautere; nouveau cautere protege. Ibid., 169.—Lcvbarg, J. J. Vocal therapy versus surgery for the eradication of singers' and speakers' nodules. Eye Ear &c Month., 1939-40, 18: 81—Prevot, M. Le nodule vocal chez le chanteur. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40: Annexe, p. mmdxvii- mmdxxix.—Silbiger, B. Zur Therapie der Sangerknotchen. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 966-8.—Stein, L. Ueber Sanger- knotchen und deren Behandlung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1932, 66: 1321-4. Obstruction. See also Laryngitis, obstructive; Larynx sub- headings (Edema; Foreign body) Tracheotomy. Adler, S. W. Acute laryngeal obstruction; an analysis of institutional case-handling. Minnesota M., 1926, 9: 603-10.— Andrade Pradillo, J. Conducta que debe seguirse ante una asfixia por obstrucci6n laringea. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1937-38, 12: 164-8.—Arden, F. Laryngeal obstruction in childhood. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 2: 331-6.—Backer, M. Transverse coniotomy for the relief of certain types of cases of laryngeal obstruction. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 518-24.—Baum, H. L. Tracheotomy and intubation. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 472- 6.—Bugg, C. R. Acute laryngeal obstruction in children; case reports. South. M. .1. 1931, 24: 1057-60.—Caulfield. E. An essay on the rattles. J. Pediat., S, Louis, 1936, 8: 226-33.— Codd, A. N. Obstructive laryngeal dyspnea. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 242-8.—Davis, E. D. D. Acute laryngeal obstruction. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 361-8.—Dixon, O. J. Tracheotomy in acute laryngeal obstruction. J. Mis- souri M. Ass., 1928, 25: 43-9.—Flinn, C. B. Surgical interven- tion in acute laryngeal obstruction. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1937-38, 90: 489-92.—Gonzalez Loza, M. Disnea laringea obstructiva en la infancia; diagn6stico y tratamiento. Accion med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 735-7. Also Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1941, 9: 201-10.— Kully, H. E. Tracheotomy for the relief of laryngeal obstruction in children. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 22: 317-24.—Leigh, H. Sudden death from acute"laryngeal obstruction of non-diphtheritic origin; report of cases occurring during a winter epidemic and autopsy findings. Southwest. M., 1927, 11: 210-3.—Phelps, K. A. Laryngeal emergencies in infants and children. Minnesota M., 1932, 15: 227-34 — Richards, L. Types of laryngeal obstruction and their treat- ment. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 239-59.—Richards. L. G. Acute LARYNX 542 LARYNX laryngeal obstruction. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 700 -72 — Russell, R. E., & Gardner, H. O. The diagnosis and manage- ment of laryngeal obstruction. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 206- 9.—Saw kins. F. J. T. An unusual cause of laryngeal obst mo- tion Australas. M. Gaz., 1904, 23: 116.—Shaw. Laryngeal ob- struction. Guys Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, 19: 268-73.—The- nebe, ('. L. Acute non-diphtheritic laryngeal obstruction; a re- port of 51 cases treated at the Hartford Isolation Hospital dur- ing the pa-t r, years. N. England J. M.. 1932, 207: 740.— Tillotson, R. S. Laryngeal obstruction in children; icport of case. California West. M., 1932, 36: 28-33.—Tucker. G. Obstructive laivngeal dyspnea. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 324-31. ---- Ossification. See also Larynx, Chondroosteoplasia. Block, W. *Zur Frage der Lebensprognoso- stellung auf Grund rontgenologischer Unter- suchungen des Kehlkopfes. 12p. 8? Weende- Gott.. 1935. Beau, A. Considerations sur le mode d'ossification des cartilages du larynx. Rev. med. Nancy, 1939, 67: 127-36.— Bernfeld, K. Zur Kenntnis der Kehlkopf-Knorpelverkalkung, inbesonders der Aryknorpel. Fol. otolar. orient., 1936, 3: 28-37, 2 pi.—Bonanno, G. Sulle modificazioni di struttura delle cartilagini laringee nelle diverse eta con particolareriguardi alia loro ossificazione. Kicer. Lab. anat. norm. Roma, 1907-08, 13: 223 47, 2 pl. Chamberlain. W. E., & Young, B. R. Ossifi- cation (.so-called calcification) of normal laryngeal cartilages mistaken for foreign body; a correlation of roentgen and histologic findings. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33: 441-50 — Fraenkel, E. I Feber die Verknocherung des menschlichen Kehl- kopfs. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1908, 12: 151-68, 2 pl— Sayama, M. Ueber die Verknocherung des Kehlkopfes bei Chinesen. J. Orient. M., 1931, 14: 53.—Scheier. Ueber die Architectur des ossificirten Kehlkopfes. Verh. Laryng. Ges. Berlin (1901) 1902, 12: 26.— Siegmund. Ein Fall von patho- logischer Verknocherung im Bereich der Kehlkopfknorpel beim Pferd als Beitrag zur Kasuistik komplizierter Kehlkopfer- krankungen. Zschr. Veteriniirk., 1939, 51: 75-81.—Taylor, H. M. Address of the president. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1936, 19: 7-20. ---- Osteoma. Sec under Larynx, Chordoma. ---- Pachyderma. See also Larynx, Cancer: Pathogenesis; Larynx, Papilloma. Albrecht, W. Bemerkungen iiber Pachydermia diffusa laryngis. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1908, 20: 475-9.—Cardi, G. Sopra un caso di pachidermia del laringe a sviluppo tumorale. Tumori, Milano. 1936, 22: 363-74, pl—Dundas-Grant, J., & Carnegie, W. E. Hyperkeratosis or pachydermia laryngis associated with unusual bacterial concretions around ectopic epithelial cells in the submucous coat; inspiratory stridor. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1275-8—Gleitsmann, J. W. A case of laryngotomy for chronic hyperplasia. Laryngoscope, 1906, 16: 213-7.—Gruzdev. S. Pachydermia laryngis; oslo- zhnenive rozhevn gortani. Protok. zasaid. obsh. morsk. vrach. Kronstadt., 1903-04, 41: 45-50.—Hansberg [Eine 58 Jahre alte Frau, die wegen hochgradiger hypoglottischer Hyperplasie rechterseits tracheotomiert und laryngotomiert wurde] Med. Klin., Berl, 1920, 16: 270.—Harris. Pachydermia laryngis of doubtful origin. Laryngoscope, 1905, 15: 568.—Home, J. Pachydermia laryngis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1904, 19: 464- 8.—Home, W. J. Specimens showing the pathogenesis of pachydermia laryngis verrucosa et diffusa. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 132.—Katz, B. Hyperplastic laryngitis of singers. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 764-8.— Klestadt. W. Zur Frage der Pachydermia laryngis als Vor- krankheit des Karzinoms. Zschr. Laryng., 1930, 20: 30-3.— Meeker, L. H. The relation of the epithelium to the mucosa in pachydermia laryngis (wax model) Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 496-503.—Moulonguet, A. La pachydermie apophysaire pseudo-ulcereu.se ou laryngite chronique avec fausse ulceration de I'apophyse vocale. Ann. mal oreille, 1929, 48: 675-9.— Nowotny, F. Beitrag zur Pach\dermia laryngis. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1905, 39: 185-91'.—Paterson, D. R. Pachy- dermia laryngis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 37.—Podesta, E. Laringite cronica iperplastica simulante aU'esame anatomo-istologico I'adeno-carcinoma della laringe, ed incipiente proliferazione epiteliomatosa (contributo casistico, anatomo-istologico) Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 320- 52.—Putney, F. J., & Clerf. L. H. Treatment of chronic hypertrophic laryngitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 925- 9.-—Rosemberg, A. Algunas observaciones sobre la paquidermia de la laringe. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: >ect: rhinolar., 175-80. Also Bol. lar. otol. rinol, Madr., 1903, 3: 05-70.—Smurthwaite. Pachydermia verrucosa of the larvnx. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1906, 14: 95.—Speiser, F. 7.uv kiebsigen Entartung der Pachydermia laryngis. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1931-32, 30: 391-409.—Tapia, A. G. Con- sideraciones anatomo-patoh'.gicas y clinicas acerca de algunas formas de leucokeratosis laringea, paquidermia, con motivo de 4 casos clinicos. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar.. 1910, 3. Congr., 157-69, pl- Tapia, G. Das casos de pa.iuidennia laringea. Rev. med. cir. prnct... Madr., 1008, HO: 272.— Turner, L. _Pach\ dennia of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1906, 21: 179. Zischinsky. H. Leber die Laryngitis chronica hypertrophic im Kindesalter. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938 72: 940-5. ---- Pachyderma, leukokeratodes. Baumgarten, E. Keratosis layngis ritka esete. Orrgege* fulgy6gy., 1904, 231. Also Pest. med. chir. I'resse, 1004, 40: 607.—Caliceti, P. Leucocheratosi circosciitta del laringe e stato pre-cancerigeno. Otorinolar. ital, 1932, 2: 230.— Calogero, G. Considerazioni anatomo-patologiche sulla leuco- plasia buccale e laringea. Arch. ital. otol, 1930, 41: 225-45.— Finder, G. Ueber einige seltenere Formen von pathologischen Verhornungsprozessen im Bereich der oberen Luftwege; ein Fall von diffuser Hyperkeratosis des Kehlkopfes mit todlichem Ausgang. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 19: 523-35.— Graham, H. B. Keratosis of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 735-9; 1943, 38: 531.—Gros, J. C. La leucoplasia laringea. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, ed. cien., 1939, 14: 200- 5.—Henkes, I. C. Een geval van keratosis laryngis circum- scripta. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1905, 2. r., 41: d. 2, 127.— Klestadt. Beitrag zur Frage byporkeratotischer und praekan- ceroser Bildungen im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1927- 28, 19: 500-4.—Laurens. Leucoplasie laryngee. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 25: 1009.- Menzel. K. M. Leber eine noch nicht beschiiebene Erkrankung des Larynx (Parakeratosis et Akanthosis laryngis circumscripta desquamative) Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 513-21, 4 pl—Porter, W. G. Some remarks on Keratosis laryngis circumscripta, with notes of a caso. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1908, 23: 310-4, pl- Poyet. G. l'n cas de leucoplasie laryngee. Ann. mal. oreille, 1020, 45: 510. Sousa, M. B. de. Sobre um caso de hipcrqucratose da laringe. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1943, 61: 230-2.- Turner, A. L. A case of keratosis of the larynx. Edinburgh M. J., 1906, n. ser., 19: 344-6.—Turner, L. Keratosis of the larvnx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1906, 21: 178. ---- Papilloma. Geisler, C. *Ueber Kehlkopfpapillome bei Erwachsenen [Munchen] 43p. 22cm. Wurzb., 1937. Sohollmeyer, R. F. J. *Ueber Larynx- papillome, insbesondere ihre Beziehungen zum Carcinom [Berlin] 36p. 23cm. Zeulenroda, 1936. Bajkay, T. Laryngeal papilloma in advanced age. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1939, 27: 451. Also Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 209.—Barnes, E. B. Papilloma of larynx. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Laryng. Sect., 19.—Barnhill, I. F. A case of laryngeal papilloma. M. & S. Monitor, 1904, 7: 125.— Baumgarten, E. Ein Fall von Kehlkopfpapillom. Pest. Med. chir. Presse, 1907, 43: 590.—Baxter, J. M. Papilloma of the larynx with complete aphonia of 11 years' duration. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1926, 41: 458.—Blondiau, V. Jeune femme at- teinte de papillomes suffocants du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1909-10, 15: pt 2, 93.—Boies, L. R. Papilloma of the larynx; a report of two unusual cases. Laryngoscope, 1943, 53: 101-11.—Broyles, E. N. Papilloma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1941, 63: 194-9. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 679.—Buratti, P. Papillomi laringei con particolare riguardo alia loro contagiosity e terapia. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 44-64;—Chiari, O. Contribution au diagnostic differentiel entre les papillomes durs et les proliferations gommeuses du larynx. Rev. laryng.. Bord., 1906, 305-13.—Choronshitzky, B. Eine eigenartige Degeneration eines Kehlkopfpupillomes. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Perl, 1904, 15: 357-62.—Clerc. L. Con- tributo alio studio istopatologieo dei papillomi laringee. Arch. ital. laring., 1908, 28: 57-65. Colledge, L. Papilloma of the larynx. Med. Press & Circ. I ond., 1942, 207: 358-60 — Collet, F. J. Papillome geant du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 338-43. ------ Gignoux & Pinet. Degenerescence maligne d'un papillome du larynx. Ibid., 1939, 613.—Collet, F. J., & Mayoux, R. A propos de 1'evolution du papillome du larynx. J. med. Lyon, 1931, 12: 433.—Collet, J., & Charachon, J. Transformation maligne dun papillome geant du larynx. Lyon med., 1936, 158: 416.—Culbert, W. L. Papilloma of the larvnx with report of a case of 40 years' standing. Tr. Am. Lar. « Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1904) 1905, 10: 244-53. Also Laryngoscope, 1904, 19: 096-704.—Delia Vedova, A., jr. I papillomi della laringe. Gazz. osp., 1931, 52: 1349-52.—Doctor, R. I., & Radu, I. (Laryngeal papilloma] Cluj. med., 1933, 14: 299- 304.- Frdelyi, J. [Interesting cases of papilloma of the larynx] C;v6gyaszat, 1927. 67: 352-4.—Evans, T. C. Laryngeal papil- loma deport of case) Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-04, 10: 296-8.—Farlow, J. W. Papilloma of the larvnx. Boston M. & S. J.. 1906, 155: 615— Iglauer, S. A case of papilloma of the larynx. Lancet Clinic, Cincin., 1908, 99: 465.—Isikawa, K. Klinische Beobachtungen iiber das Kehlkopfpapillom in der otorhinolaryngolof-'isehen Lniversitatsklinik zu Fukuoka. Jap. J. M.Sc, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Otorhinolar., Proc, 59. Jacod, M. Volumineux papillome villeux du larynx. Ann. otolui., I'ar., 1935, 696.—Khanamirov, A. R. [On the etiopathogenesi- of papilloma of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, LARYNX 543 LARYNX 18: 128-36.—Kuroda, A. Experimenteller Beitrag zum Studium des Beginnes des Kehlkopfpapilloms. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Otorhinolar., Proc, 60.—I.annois. Tumeur villeusedu larynx (papillome avec hypertrophic considerable du corps muqueux de Malpighi et de la couche cornee) Ann. mal. oreille, 1908, 34: 241-4.—Layton, T. B., Thomson, SIC. [et al] Papilloma producing laryngeal obstruction. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1940, 55: 227-31.—Leech. Papilloma of larynx after thyrotomy. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1905, 13: 239.—Lustig, K. [Papilloma of the larvnx] Cas. 16k. eesk., 1937, 76: 1418-22.—Menniti-Ippolito, R. A proposito della r-ontagiosita dei papillomi della laringe. Arch, ital otol, 1937, 49: 35-8.—Milone, S. Intorno al valore della biopsia per diagnosi di papillomi laringei. Cancro, Tor., 1931, 2: 61-4.— Neilson, D. F. A. Papilloma of larynx. Proc R. Soc M., Lond. 1934, 27: Laryng. Sect., 213.—Parmentier, M. Inflammation chronique ou papillome du larynx. Progr. med. beige, 1907, 9: 185-7.—Porto, G. Papiloma do laringe. Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier, 1940-42, 6: 451 (Abstr.)—Quist-Hanssen, C. [Case of papilloma of larynx] Med. rev., Bergen, 1928, 45: 501-7.— Rethi, L. Beitrage zur Entstehung der Kehlkopfpapillome. Wien. med. Wschr., 1905, 55: 2197-200.—Ridout, C. A. S. Papillomatous condition of vocal cord. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1708— Sangiovanni, V. 1 papillomi della laringe. Arch. ital. otol, 1936, 4. ser., 48: 472-518.—Scevola, P. Papillomi duri spinosi della laringe. Ibid., 1937, 49: 386- 94, pl.—Schiffers. Papillome du larynx. BulL Soc beige otol, 1905, 10: 29.—Seguin, P., & Logeais, P. Spirochetes dans les papillomes vegetants du larynx. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1926, 94: 1189-91.—Sellden, R. [Papilloma of the larynx complicated by generalised emphysema and spontaneous pneumothorax] Nord. med., 1939, 1: 452.—Smith, R. T. An unusual papilloma of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 390-2.—Specht. Papillome des Kehlkopfes. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 718.—Taylor, J. B. Papilloma of larynx; case similar to the Crown Prince's; relief. Peoria M. Month., 1887-88, 8: 165-8.—Thrasher, A. B. Papilloma of larvnx from inhalation of flames. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1906, 32. Also Laryngoscope, 1906, 16: 730.—Tobeck, A. Verhornendes Papillom (weisse Geschwulst) des Kehlkopfes. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1930, 28: 109-12, pl—Villar Urbano, A. Papilomas de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otori- nolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 195-9.—Whillis, R. Papilloma of the larynx; 5 cases. Newcastle M. J., 1927-28, 8: 162-5. ---- Papilloma, multiple. Berring, M. *Zur Klinik der Larynxpapillo- matose. 39p. 8? Konigsb., 1932. Matteucci, E. Clinica ed anatomia pato- logica dei papillomi della laringe. 84p. 8? Fir., 1916. Stroh, M. F. *Ueber diffuse Papillomatose des Kehlkopfs mit besonderer Boriicksichtigung ihrer Malignitat. 29p. 8? [Konigsb.] 1926. Ajello, L. II fenolo solfo-ricinato nella cura dei papillom' laringei. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1902) 1903, 6: 197-9 — Arnold, G. E. Die phoniatrische Nachbehandlung mehrfach operierter und bestrahlter multipler Papillome des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1939, 73: 253-0.—Baumgarten, E. Die multiplen Papillome des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. klin. Med., 1907, 62: 272-83.—Beco, L. Laryngo-traeheostomie et papil- lomes laryngo-tracheaux. Presse med. beige, 1908, 60: 797- 800.—Bisi. H., & Soubiron, N. V. Papilomas multiples de la laringe. Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 1468.—Bloch, A. Vegetations papillomateuses du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 834.—Bonne, C. [Papillomata of the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 1390-5, pl—Coakley, C. G. Removal of papillomata of the larynx by direct instrumenta- tion with the aid of Killian's tubes. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1907, 29: 126-41.—Dahmann, H. Systematische Versuche zur Therapie der Papillomatose. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 362-8.------Die Larynxpapillomatose. Ibid., 1929, 18: 383-462, pl.—Ferreri, G. Tre casi di laringofessura per papillomi. Arch. ital. otol, 1905-06, 17: 441-7.—Foster, J. H. Papillomatosis laryngis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 548-59. ----- Treatment of laryngeal papillomatosis. Tr. Am. Pronchosc. Soc, 1937, 20: 68-72. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 46: 786-9.—Glowacki, B. F. Papillomata of the larynx with case reports. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 564—Goris. Cure radicale de papillomes diffus du larynx par la thyrotomie. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 80-2.—Gripat, H. Ablation de papillomes larynges; incidents operatoires. Arch. med. Angers, 1907, 11: 105-9.—Gutzmann. Die phoniatrische Nachbehandlung mehrfach operierter multipler Papillome des Kehlkopfs. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1938, 44: 84 [Discussion] 86-91.—Hitz, H. B., & Oesterlin, E. A case of multiple papil- lomata of the larynx with aerial metastases to lungs. Am. J. Path., 1932, 8: 333-8, pl.—Imperatori, C. J. Report of a case. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 841.—Jacod, M. La diathermo- coagulation directe apres thyrotomie dans les papillomes mous du larynx chez l'adulte. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 123-8.— Jory. P. Multiple papillomata of both vocal cords. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: Laryng. Sect., 213.— Langmaid, S. W. A case of multiple papilloma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1907, 29: 243.—Lipscher, S. Papillomata laryngis esete idos emberntl. Orr gege & fulgyogy.; 1904, 146. -—— Papillomata laryngis bei einem alteren Manne. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 122.—Marshall, L. A case of laryngeal papillomata; death from asphyxia. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child. Lond., 1904-05, 5: 250.—Nasta, T. Papillomes du larynx. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 93-5.—Navratil, E. Fall von multiplen Papillomen des Kehlkopfes nach vorheriger Tracheo- tomie, Laryngofission, Transplantation eines Lappens nach Thiersch; Heilung. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 121. ------ Fall von Kehlkopfpapillomen; Laryngofission. Ibid., 1906, 42: 577.—Ouston. Case 3 years after thyrotomy for papillomata of the larynx. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1906, 14: 164.------Two cases after laryngofissure for papillomata. Ibid., 310.—Pallestrini, E. Considerazioni e proposte sulla cura chirurgica della papillomatosi laringea benigna. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 453-64.—Popp, L. [Radiotherapy in papillomatosis of the larynx] Cluj. med., 1933, 14: 11-3. Also Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 739.—Quadri, A. Un caso de papilomatosis laringea. Gac. med. sur Espafia, 1908, 26: 369-71.—Rainer. Tracheotomie superieure pour des papillomes laryngiens. Bull. Soc. chir. Bucarest, 1906-07, 9: 180.—Rauge, P. ^ propos du traitement des papillomes diffus du larynx. P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1907, 216.—Ridout, C. A. S. Multiple papillomata of larynx. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1765.—Robinson, B. A case of very extensive papillomata of larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 171, pl.—Romonek, P. L. Laryngeal papillomatosis. Nebraska M. J., 1934, 19: 130-4.—Rouget & Cottenot. Papillomes du larynx; guerison par la radiotherapie. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 485.—Runge, H. G. Zur Therapie der Kehlkopfpapillomatose. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 377-9.—Schiller, K. Multiplex circularis papilloma laryngis endolarynaealis modon mutett esete. Orr gege & fulgyogy., 1904, 232.—Segre, R. Sulla presenza di vasi intraepiteliali nei papillomi laringei. BolL mal. orecchio, 1933, 51: 453-63.—Spira, J. [Papillomae of the larynx and their treatment] Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 701-3.— Stewart, J. P. Larynx showing multiple papilloma. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1935, 50: 715.—Tarneaud, J. Papillomatose du larynx. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1935, 19: 474.—Tempea, V., & Buzoianu, G. Contribution clinique a la papillomatose layngienne. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 1112-21. Also Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928, 17: 205-17.—Vignard & Sargnon. Papillomes du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1906, 22: 187-90.—Weaver, H. S. Papillomata of the larynx. Homoeop. Eye Ear &c J., 1904, 10: 113-21. ---- Papilloma, recurrent. Broeckaert. Papillomes recidivants du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1911, 16: pt 2, C. rend., 69.—Duret & Lavrand. Tumeur papillomateuse du larynx chez un homme de 60 ans; operation, recidive et mort. J. sc. med. Lille, 1904, 2: 97- 101.—Galanakis, E. Contribution a l'etude des papillomes recidivants du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1940, 61: 78; 136; 173.—Ottoni de Rezende, M. Sobre dois casos de papilomas recidivantes do laringe tipo juvenil. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 100-6.—Richardson, C. W. A case of multiple recurring papillomata of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1906) 1907, 240-9.—Salnger, S. Arrested development of the larynx following irradiation for recurring papillomas. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 822-4.—Wessely, E. Papilloma laryngis, nach wiederholten Ausraumungen und Rezidiven spontan geheilt. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1934, 68: 371. ---- Papilloma: Treatment. Mohamed Gobarah, A. E. D. *Kehlkopf- papillome und der Wert ihrer Behandlung mit Radium und Rontgenstrahlen [Berlin] 32p. 8? Charlottenb., 1926. Beco. Resultats de la laryngo-traeheostomie dans 3 cas de papillomes suffocants. Bull." Soc beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 72- 8.—Blau, A. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Kehlkopfpapillome. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 332-6.—Caliceti, P. Papillomi soffocanti della laringe; operati con la tracheo-laringostomia. Arch. ital. laring., 1927, 46: 5-13.—Chatin, Vignard & Sargnon. Papillome du larynx; tracheotomie; ulceration grave tracheale canulaire inferieure aigue. Lyon med., 1908, 111: 506-8.— Chavanne, F. Enorme papillome du larynx; ablation par les voies naturelles. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 437/—Cohen, L. Treatment of intractable laryngeal papilloma in adults, with case report. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 621-5.—Craig, R. H. Papilloma of the larynx; high tracheotomy, thyrotomy, re- covery. Montreal M. J., 1904, 33: 634-6.—Grosse-Oetringhaus, H. Zur Technik der Aetzbehandlung der Kehlkopfpapillome mit rauchender Salpetersaure. Hals &c Arzt, T. 1, 1937, 28: 276-9.—Gruschetzkaja, M. Zur Rontgentherapie der Larynx- papillome. Strahlentherapie, 1927, 25: 420-6.—Harris, T. J. A case of sub-glottic papilloma cured by laryngo-tracheal fissure. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1908, 30: 28-31. Also Laryngo- scope, 1908, 18: 651-4.—Jacod, M. La diatermocoagulation des papillomes mous du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 326.—Jorge, J. M. A prop6sito de una laringostomia por papilomas de la laringe, despues de 22 anos. Bol. Soc cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 203.—Katz, B. Treatment of papillomas of the larynx with calcined magnesia. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 202-15.—Koch, J. Die Bedeutung der Bestrahlungstechnik und des Gewebsaufbaus fiir den Erfolg der Rontgenbestrahlung von Larynxpapillomen. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1936, 142: 83-96.—Koellreutter, W. Zur Therapie der Larynxpapillome. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1905, 39: 501-6. ------ Zur Be- LARYNX r>44 LARYNX handlung der Kehlkopfpapillome. Ibid., 1907, 41: 82 -.— Manero, J. V. Un caso de papiloma gigante de la laringe tratado poi tirotomia. An. clin. Hosp. JuArez, Mex., 1931, 1: 235-7.- Moreau, L. Un cas de papillomes du larynx traite par la radmil. lapie. BulL Soc. radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 112.—Paunz, M. Heges szukiilettel szovodott gegepapilloma operalt es gyogyult esete. Budap. orvosegy. evk., 1903, 108. ------ Operirter und geheilter Fall von Kehlkopfpapillom nut narbiger Strictur coinplicii (. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: ;>41.—Peter, J., & Reinking, T. Tratamiento del papiloma de fa laringe por rayos X. Cron. med. mex., 1925, 24: 190-2.— Pfeiffer, W. Zui Behandlung der Kehlkopfpapillome. Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 23: 280 09.—Polya, E. Ein Iall von Kehlkopf- papillom, welches durch Laryngofission entfernt wurde. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1908, 44: 854.—Ray, J. M. Papilloma of the larynx. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-05, 11: 32.— Rosti, E. La roentgen e la radiumterapia nella cura dei papillomi laringei. Radiol, med., Milano, 1938, 25: 547-54.—Schiller, von. Fall von circularem Laryngo-Papillom auf endolaryngea- lem Wege operirt. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 608.— Schmiegelow, E. Bemerkungen uber Larynxpapillome und ihre Behandlung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 1291-6 — Sellden, R. Papilloma laryngis op., with compl. general em- physema and spontaneous pneumothorax. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1940, 28: 321-4.—Solomon, I., & Blondeau, A. La roentgentherapie dans les papillomes du larynx. J. radiol. eiectr., 1926. 10: 112-4.—Spira, J. Ueber Kehlkopfpapillome und deren Behandlung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1928, 62: 396-403.—Thrane, K. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Behandlung der Larynxpapillome. Zschr. Laryng., 1928-29, 17: 384-6.— T6volgyi,E. Operierter Fall von Kehlkopfpapillom mit micro- scopischen Praeparaten. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 609.—Zoltan, I. Zur Anwendung der Radiumstarkstrahlen- Therapie bei Kehlkopfpapillomatose. Mschr. ungar. Med., 1930, 4: 108-11. ---- papilloma—in childhood. Agatstein, E. Contribution a l'etude des papillomes diffus du larvnx chez l'enfant. 50p. S? Lyon, 1937. Van Poole, G. M. A case of papillomata of the larynx in a child. 5 1. 4? Honolulu [1937] Arauz, S. L. Contribuci6n al estudio y tratamiento de los papilomas larfngeo* en los nifios. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 579-97.—Beck, J. C. Papilloma of the larynx in a child. Laryngoscope, 1907, 17: 232.—Beco, L. La stomie laryngo- tracheale dans les cas de papillomes suffocants de l'enfance. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1909-10, 15: pt 2, 170-82.—Berard. Thyrotomie et papillomes diffus du larynx chez l'enfant. Lyon med., 1900, 16: 253-60.—Bonnier, M. Considerations sur le papillome du larynx chez l'enfant. Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine Montreal, 1939, 3: No. 2, 44-52.—Broeckaert. Traitement des papillomes diffus du larynx chez les enfants. Arch, parasit., Par., 1900, 3: 289-92.—Bronner, A. Notes on an unusual case of papilloma of the larynx in a child treated by the local application of formalin. Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 1448.— Brose, L. D. Papillomatous growths occurring in the larynx of the child. J. Am. M. Ass., 1905, 44: 874.—Broyles, E. N. Treatment of laryngeal papilloma in children with estrogenic hormone. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1940, 66: 319-22. ------ Treatment of laryngeal papilloma in children. South M. J., 1941, 34: 239-42.—Bruch, E. Wann und wie schwindet kongenitale vollstandige Stimmlosigkeit nach Entfernung von Kehlkopfpapillomen? Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 23: 152.— Canalejo, J. Tratamiento de los papilomas larfngeos por el metodo directo de Killian, en nifios menores de dos afios. Siglo med., 1908, 55: 629.—Canepele. La cura dei papillomi laringei nei bambini. Atti. Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1907J 1908, 120-8.—Clark, J. P. Papilloma of the larynx in children. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1905, 27: 185-99. Also Boston M. & S. J., 1905, 153: 377-81. ------ Papilloma of the larynx in children; a further consideration of the subject. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1908, 30: 283-99. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1908, 17: 787-99.—Cottenot, Bloch, A., & Lemoine, J. A propos du traitement radiotherapie du papillome du larynx chez l'enfant. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 423-7.—Elterich, T. J. Papillomata of the larynx in an infant. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, 21: 840-3.—Erdelyi, E. Ein interessant verlaufender geheilter fall von Larynx-Papillom. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1927, 61: 522.- Ferguson, C. F., & Scott, H. W., jr. Papillomatosis of the larynx in childhood; a report of 15 cases. N. England 1. M.. 1944, 230: 477-82.—Garel, J. Papillomesdu larynx chez les enfants en bas age; deux cas traites par la methode directe de Kilhan. Ann. mal. oreille, 1906, 32: 1-11.—Gilse, P. H. G. van [Papillomata laryngis in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 3, 4499.—Gradenigo, G. Sulla patogenesi di talune forme di papillomi recidivanti della laringe nei bambini. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1903) 1904, 7: 197.—Jacques. Thyrotomie pour papillomes laryngiens. C. rend. Soc. med. Nancy, 1902-03. 83.—Jimenez. Dos casos de papilomas la- ringeo- en los nino*. Rev. med. cir. pract., Madr., 1906, 71: 180.—Kobilinski, F. L. K voprosu of operativnom llechenii mnozhe-tvemiikh papillom gortani v dletskom vozrastle; -luchal larmgofi*>nii. Russ. vrach, 1906, 5: 920-3.—Korner, O. Die Cncotomie zur Entfernung subglottischer Kehlkopf- papillome bei kleinen Kindern und die Verhiitung der Papillom- rezidive durch innerliche Gaben von Arsenik. Zschr. Ohrenh., 1908, 55: 41-7.— Lendon, A. A. On thyrotomy foi papilloma of the larynx in voung children. Ti. Inteicohm M. Congr Australasia (1892) 1893, 3: 461 0. MrCrcrry. F. N. Report of a case of papilloma of the larynx in a child. Laryngoscope 1900, 16: 488-91. Also Med. Rec. N. V.. 1906, 70: 59.— Massei, F. La cura dei papillomi liuingei nei bambini. Uo||, mal. orecchio, 1907, 25: 213 2(). Munyo. J. ('. Tratamiento de los papilomas larlngeos en el nifio. Arch. lat. amor, pediat B. Air., 192ii, 3. ,sei., 20: 7IMI 12. Neubuuer. A. Kehlkopf- papillome Lei Kindei u und deren Behandlung. Arch. Kindern., 1905, 41: 21-S. Ottoni de Rezende. M. Sobre dois caaos de papilomas do laringe em creancas. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: [Discussion] 54-0.—Paterson, D. R. The operative treat- ment of laryngeal papillomata in children. Lancet. Lond 1906, 2: 155.—Patterson, E. J. Multiple papilloma of the larynx, tiachea and left bronchus in a child. Tr. Am. Bron- chosc Soc. 1939. 22: 20-2. Sebileau & Glover. Hyoldo- thyrotomie pour des papillomes confluents du larynx cliez un enfant de 13 ans. Arch, internat. laryng.. Par., 1908, 25: 1083.—Smith, H. Multiple papilloma of the larvnx in children Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1908, 30: 64-82.—Staemmler, M Papillome des Kehlkopfes. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 240.—Tanturri, V. Sui papillomi laringei infantiIi (contributo istopatologico) Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1927, 1:99-109.—Turner, L. Larynx of a boy from a case of sudden death. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1906, 21: 177.—Van den Wildenberg, L. Deux enfants en has age traites de papillomes du larynx par la methode directe du KilHan. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1900-07, 12: 49-53. Also Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1907, 24: 818 -22. Also < 'liiiique, Brux. 1907, 21: 661-4. Also Presse otolar. beige, 1997, 6: 3111 51. ------Papillomes du larynx chez un enfant de deux ans. Hull, Soc. beige otol, 1908-09, 14: 30.------A propos des papil- lomes du larynx chez les enfant*. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1249-52.—Van Poole, G. M. A case of papillomata of the larynx in a child. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1937, No. 47, 140-4.— Zuppinger, C. Zur Therapie der Larynx-papillome im Kindes- alter. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1907, 6: Beil, 85-91. ---- Paralysis. See Laryngoplegia. ---- Parasites. See also Larynx, Myiasis; also under names of parasites as Syngamus, etc. Bruzzi, B. Laringostenosi acuta da ascaridi (nota clinica) Arch. ital. otol, 1928, 39: 683-6.—Dixey, M. B. D. A case of sudden death due to the occlusion of the larynx by two Ascaris lumbricoides. Edinburgh M. J., 1929, n. ser., 36: 111. Also West Afr. M. J., 1929-30, 3: 5-7.—Goyanes, J. Extracci6n endosc6pica de una sanguijuela clavada en la regi6n subgl6tica de la laringe. Rev. med. cir. prdct., Madr., 1907, 77: 209.— Olivieri, F. Una sanguisuga in laringe. Boll. Soc. Lancisiana osp. Roma, 1905, 25: pt 4, 29-33.—Palazzolo, N. Alcune considerazioni sopra un altro caso di sanguisuga cavallina nella laringe. Gazz. internaz. med., 1906, 9: 552-4.—Paterno, C. Intorno ad un metodo per facilitare l'estrazione delle sangui- sughe dalla laringe. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1928, 2: 201-3.— Pinto, S. Un Liiudo in laringe. Gazz. sicil. med. chir., 1903, 2: 405-7.—Puissan. Deux cas de penetration de sangsues dans le larvnx. t'adueee, 1904, 4: 132.—Radmann, C. Der Blutegel am Kehlkopf. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 2022.—Saitta, S. Casistica di sanguisuga in laringe. Rass. internaz. med. mod., 1905, 6: 1-3.—Yoel, M. Un cas de fausses hemoptysiea dues a la presence d'une sangsue dans le larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35: 1198. ---- Pemphigus. See Pemphigus. ---- Perichondritis. See Larynx, Cartilage: Chondritis and peri- chondritis. ---- Pharmacology. Fenton, R. A. Certa'n reactions of laryngeal tissues to medicinal agents. Tr. Am. Larvng. Ass.. 1940, 62: 22-8. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 194'), 32: 429-33.—Flurin, H. La- rynx; glandes endocrines et soufre thermal. Paris med., 1938, 107: 328-32. Also Presse therm, dim., 1939, 80: 297-303 — Hama, T. Experimentelle Studien uv er die Veranderungen des Kehlkopfgewebes durch pharmakologische Aetzung und Kauterisierung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1933, 9: 1030-2.— Iredell, C. L. M. The effect of alcohol on the throat and voice. Intercolon. M. J. Australasia, 1906, 11: 298-301. ---- Phlegmone. See Laryngitis, phlegmonous. ---- Photography. Sarris, C. J. *Etude radiologique du larynx de face par film intra-pharvngien. t>7p. 24cm. Par., 1939. LARYNX 545 LARYNX Brubaker, J. D., & Holinger, P. H. The larynx, bronchi and esophagus in kodachrome. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 83-91.—Cinematography of the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 397.—Clerf, L. H. Photography of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1924, 30: 103-16. Photographic study of the larynx by mirror laryngoscopy. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 378-83.—Ehrentheil, O., & Back, F. Neue Wege in der Laryngophotographie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 91-3.—Hall, A. On a new method for filming the larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935, 23: 113- 24.—Hartung, A., & Grossman, J. W. Examination of the larynx and adjacent structures with intrapharyngeal films. Am. J. Roentg., 1939, 42: 481-9.—Heatly, C. A. Motion picture studies of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1931, 53: 92-104. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 434-8, 9 pl.— He'gener, J. Die Photographie des Kehlkopfes und der oberen Luftwege. Handb. Hals &c Heilk. (Denker & Kahler) Berl, 1929, 5: 1271-80.—Holinger, P. H. Kodachrome motion pic- ture studies of pathology of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941,50:952. ------& Merideth, H. W. Simplified apparatus for laryngeal cinematography. Ibid., 1942, 51: 215-9.—Le- Jeune, F. E. Suspension cinematography of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18: 70-7. ------ Motion pictures of the human larynx. Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1935, 11: No. 11, 11. ■------ Motion picture study of laryngeal lesions. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 492-5. ------ Color motion pic- tures of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: 627. Also N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1936-37, 89: 636-40. The human larynx. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1936-37, 6: 95-8.— Lell, W. A., & Sullivan, W. J. Motion pictures of the human larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 344-51.—Lierle, D. M., & Kent, F. W. Colored photography of diseases of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 211.—Loden, B. M. The technic of direct laryngeal cinematography. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 305-7.—Marschik, H. Kehlkopf- film. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1928, 12: 131-8.—Panconcelli- Calzia, G. Die Naturfarbenkinematographie von Phonations- vorgangen, insbesondere im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1929, 18: 376.—Pressman, J. J., & Hinman, A. A simple technic for taking motion pictures of'the larynx in action. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 526-33. ------ Further advances in the technique of laryngeal photography. Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 535-46.—Segura, E. V., & Bisi, R. H. Fotografia laringea. Rev. As. med. argent., 1940, 54: 709-12.—Solo, A., Fineberg, N. L., & Levene, G. Simplified apparatus for laryngeal cine- matography. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 437-9.—Sooy, F. A. A homemade camera for kodachrome laryngeal photog- raphy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1944, 53: 163-7.—Struycken. Die photographische Aufnahme des Larynxinnern mit dem Laryngoskop nach Struycken. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 14: 618-24.—Taking photographs of the larynx. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1939, 35: 677.—Tremble, G. E. Simple technique for taking movies of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 41: 72. ----- Moving pictures of the larynx with a telephoto lens. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1939, 54: 664-8, pl—Urbach, F. Sur la photographie des cordes vocales. P. verb. Congr. internat. photogr. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 784. --- Physiology. See also Intonation; Phonation; Singing; Voice. Negus, V. E. The mechanism of the larynx. 528p. 8? Lond., 1929. Bilancioni, G. Equilibrio statico ed equilibrio dinamico della laringe. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1930, 1: 285-302.— Froeschels, E. Psychology of the laryngeal functions. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 32: 1039-44.—Harkness, G. F. Physi- ology of the larynx and phonation. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1942, 32: 537-43.—Husson, R. La mecanique phonatoire du larynx. Nature, Par., 1932, 60: pt 2, 16-9.—Mullin, W. V. Physiology of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 505-8; 1928, 34: 341-6. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 627-30.— Pressman, J. J. The action of the larynx. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 672-7. ------ Physiology of the larynx; a resume and discussion of the literature [1938, 1939, 1940] Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 239-59; 1940, 50: 277-301; 1941, 51: 479-515. --- Polypus. See also Vocal cord. Dvoretzky, J. *Etude histo-pathologique des polypes du larynx [Lyon] 91p. 8? Bourg, 1935. Aprile, V. Poliposi laringea. Valsalva, 1933, 9: 306-31, 4 pl.—Baumann, E. P. Specimen of a laryngeal polypus. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-04, 4: 296—Bozzi, E. Aspetti istologici e istogenetici di polipi giganti della laringe. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1935, 6: Suppl, 417-33.—Bruzzone, C. Polipi e noduli laringei fibrinojalini pseudoamiloidei. Ann. laring., Tor., 1932, 32: 192-200.—Caliceti, P. Sulla patogenesi di alcuni polipi della laringe. Otorinolar. ital., 1936, 6: 167- 74.—Castex, A. Polypes du larynx (observations et technique operatoire) C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect, rhinolar., 109-15. Also Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1903, 6: 267-73 —Coulet, G. Polypes du larynx et tuberculose. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 672-4.—D'Arrigo, G. I polipi laringei; anatomo-patologia. Rinasc. med., 1939, 16: 736-9.—Delarue, 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----35 J., Lallemant, M., & Leroux-Robert, J. Les polypes du larynx. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1937, 14: 757-74.—Friedberg, S. A., & Segall, W. H. The pathologic anatomy of polyps of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 783-9.—Hansemann, von. Die Anatomie der Kehlkopfpolypen. Ther. Mhefte, 1903, 17: 607-11.—Jauquet. Polypes du larynx. Clinique, Brux., 1903, 17: 933-40.—Kindler, W. Polypenbildung bei rezidi- vierender Stimmlippenblutung mit Selbstheilung. Hals &c Arzt, 1. T., 1939, 30: 106-10.—Lallemant, M., Delarue, J., & Leroux-Robert, J. Les polypes du larynx; etude anatomo- clinique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939. 9-30.—McGehee, W. H. Importance of the roentgen examination in polypoid tumors of the larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1933, 30: 464-7.—Magnoni, A. Osservazioni istologiche sulla struttura dei polipi laringei. Valsalva, 1939,15:469-82.—Mayoux, R. La genese des polypes de la glotte. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 703-7. ------ & Girard, P. Les polypes de la glotte; etude anatomique et pathogenique. Rev. laryng., Bord,, 1939, 60: 159-65.— Motta, R. La voce parlata e cantata nei polipi della laringe; osservazioni fonetiche e stroboscopiche. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 428.—Pamtaudy. Volumineux polype insere sur le repli ary-epiglottique gauche et extirpe sous la cocaine, apres tracheotomie preventive. Bull, med., Par., 1907, 21: 123.—Panigazzi, R. C. Polipo laringeo gigante. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 1078.—Parmentier, M. Polypes du larynx. Progr. med. beige, 1906, 8: 41-3.—Piquet & Boury. La degenerescence maligne des polypes du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 225-42. Also J. med. chir., Par., 1939, 110: 431 — Roy, J. N. Polype du larynx; ablation avec la pince de Wals. Union med. Canada, 1905, 34: 98-100.—Seiffert, A. Riesiger Kehlkopfpolyp (Fibroangiom) bei einem 8jahrigen Knaben. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 462, pl—Sedziak, G. Un caso di polipo della laringe d'origine traumatica, guarito spontanea- mente. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1908, 67: 110.—Setien, F. Necesidad de la laringoscopia directa en un caso de polipo laringeo. Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar., Madr., 1912, 4. Congr., 383-5. ---- Radiography. Treitel, E. Rontgenaufnahmen des normalen und erkrankten Kehlkopfs. 38p. 8? Miinch., 1916. Waldapfel, R. Methodik der Rontgen- untersuchung des Kehlkopfes. 19p. fol. Lpz., 1938. Forms Erganzbd 53, Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl. Baldenweck, V., & Gauillard, R. De quelques radiographics du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1012. ------ Recherches sur la radiographie normale et pathologique du larynx. J. Adiol. eiectr., Par., 1933, 17: 353-62. —-—-— La radiographie du larynx. Paris med., 1936, 99: 93-8, pl—Bouchet & Huet, P. C. Essai de radiographics frontales du larynx. Ann, otolar., Par., 1938, 103-12.—Carminatti, V..-& Robbio Campos, J. P. Radiografia antero-posterior de laringe. Rev. As. med. argent., 1940, 54: 182^.—Ciurlo, L., & Oliveri, A. Tecnica e risultati della radiografia del laringe in proiezione antero- posteriore. Radiol, med., Milano, 1938, 25: 834-42. ------ Sulla roentgen-laringografia in proiezione antero-posteriore; casistica clinico-radiologica. Arch. ital. otol, 1940, 52: 491- 515.—Eijkman, L. P. H. Radiographie des Kehlkopfes. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1904, 7: 196; 310, 5 pl.—Feldman, V. A., Wulfson, S. I., & Soroker, A. G. La radiographie du larynx du chanteur. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 490-506.— Genz, F. Contribution k la technique de l'examen radio- graphique du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1938, 733-40.— Gilse, P. H. G. van [Laryngological observations on Singer's method of introducing contrast fluids into the lower air- passages) Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 926-9.— Golden, R. Evaluation of roentgenology in oto-laryngology; the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 915-8.—Gosselin, J. Etude radiographique du larynx. Bull. Soc med. hop. Quebec, 1934, 23-5.—Grabov, I. V., & Dervisier, L. V. [Roentgen- diagnosis of scleroma and syphilis of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1939, 16: 340-5.—Griebel, C. R. Der gesunde und kranke Kehlkopf im Rontgenbild. Hals &c Arzt, T. 1, 1938, 29: 4; 181.—Gros, J. C. La radiografia de la laringe y su valor como auxiliar de la cirugia. Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, ed. cienc, 1938, 13: 295-303.—Hartung, A. Roentgen consideration of lesions in and about the larynx; diagnostic aspects. Illinois M. J., 1939, 76: 125-7.—Hickey, P. M. Radiography of normal larynx. Radiology, 1928, 11: 409-11. ------ The Caldwell lecture, 1928. Am. J. Roentg., 1931, 25: 177-95.—Hladky, R. [Roentgen examination of the larynx] Cas. lek. eesk., 1937, 76: 277-80.—Jacchia, P. Quanto importi l'esame radiologico della laringe nella pratica tisiatrica. Rass. clin. sc, 1934, 12: 431-7.—Jackson, C. L. The diagnosis of laryngeal disease; laryngoscopie appearances correlated with roentgenologic observations. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1322-5.—Koch, J. Beitrage zur Darstellung von Kehlkopferkrankungen im Rontgenbild. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1937, 143: 310-4.—Law, F. M. Reviewing roentgenography of the sinuses and larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 859. ------ Use of X-rays in the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1943, 52: 229-32.—Ledoux-Lebard, R., & Djian, A. La radiographie du larynx de face. Anji. otolar., Par., 1938, 567-74.—Lindgren, E. Ueber die Rontgenuntersuchung des Larynx. Fortsch. LARYNX 546 LARYNX Rontgenstrahl, 1939, 59: 273-85.— Pancoast. H. K. Roent- genology of the upper respiratory tract; with especial reference to the larynx and adjacent structures. J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1318-21.—Penna, M., & Moreno, O. Considerac5es sobre algumas radiograflas do laringe. Rev. brasil. otorinolar., 1939, 7: 247-54, 9 pl.—Stevenson, R. S. The radiological examina- tion of the larynx. Tubercle, Lond., 1938-39, 20: 497-503.— Waldapfel, R. Die rontgenologische Einzeidarstellung des Kehlkopfes. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 918-28. —;--- Zur rontgenologischen Darstellung von Kehlkopfkrankheiten. Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1937-38, 144: 148-55.—Wulfson, S., & Ginsburg, W. Die klinische Bedeutung der Rontgendiagnostik bei Kehlkopfkrankheiten. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 158-70. ---- Radiography, sectional. Greiner, G. F. *La tomographie du larynx. 90p. 24cm. Strasb., 1938. Bayer, H. G. A. Ueber Erkrankungen des Kehlkopfes und seiner Umgebung im Stereo-Rontgenbild. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1937-38, 43: 336-44, pl—Canuyt, G., & Gunsett, A. La tomographie ou planigraphie du larynx normal. Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 977-86. ------ La tomographie ou plani- graphie du larynx pathologique. Ibid., 987-94. Planigraphies de face du larynx. J. radiol. eiectr., 1939, 23: 193-202. ------ & Greiner. La methode des coupes radio- graphiques, tomographie ou planigraphie, appliquee a l'etude de la phonation. Rev. fr. phoniat., 1938, 6: 133-52.—Caulk, R. M. Tomography of the larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 46: 1-10. Also Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1942, 9: 1-10 — Dean, L. W., Cone, A. J. [et al] The use of laminagrams in laryngology. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 32: 398-400. & Moore, S. The use of laminagrams in laryngology. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 255-66.—Greineder, K. Die Schicht- untersuchung des Kehlkopfes. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1938, 58: 386-98.—Gunsett, A. La radiographie frontale en coupes (planigraphie) du larynx a l'etat normal et k l'etat pathologique. Arch, eiectr. med., 1937, 45: 241-62. ------ Ueber die An- wendungsmoglichkeit der Planigraphie bei Erkrankungen des Kehlkopfinneren, insbesondere beim Karzinom des Endo- larynx. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl, 1937, 56: 705-13. ------& Schneider. Radiographics en coupes frontales du larynx. Bull. Soc radiol. med. France, 1937, 25: 569-82.—Howes, W. E. Sectional roentgenography of the larvnx. Radiology, 1939, 33: 586-97.—Kettel, K. Larynxtomographi. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 565-7.—Layera, J., Mascias, F. P., & Bertres, C. Tomo- grafla laringea como complemento indispensable para la localizaci6n tumoral completa; principios fundamentals del metodo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 2, 1428-35.— Leborgne, F. E. Tomografla larln&ea. An. otorinolar. Uru- guay, 1938, 8: 169-88.—Lindsay, J. R. The use of liminag- raphy in studying the larynx. Proc. Lnst. M. Chicago, 1940- 41, 13: 390.—Moore, S. Review of the body section radi- ography with the laminagraph. Ibid., 390. ------ Cone, A. J. [et al] Use of laminagrams in laryngology. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 776-94.—Pagani, A. Die Rontgen- untersuchung des Kehlkopfes im Schnittbild. Rontgenpraxis, 1939, 11: 137-46.—Snegirev, A. S. [Roentgen tomography of the larynx] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1941, 18: 111-27. ------ [Significance of roentgenotomographic examination of the larynx] Vest, otorinolar., 1941, No. 3, 13-21, 4 pl.— Young, B. R. Recent advances in Roentgen examination of the neck; body section roentgenography, planigraphy, of the larynx. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 519-29. ---- Respiratory function. See also Larynx, Innervation: Reflexes; Res- piration. Aldaya, F. Le controle reflexe de la respiration par la sensi- bilite du larynx. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 1001.—Bronzini, A. Influence du larynx sur les mouvements respiratoires et sur la circulation sanguine. Arch. ital. biol, 1930-31, 82: 93-111, 4 ch.—Carhart, R. T. Air-flow through the larynx. Q. J. Speech, 1940, 26: 606-14. ---- Respiratory function: Disorder. See also Asphyxia; Dyspnea; Laryngoplegia; Larynx, Stenosis, etc. G., P. Traitement des dyspnees laryngees de l'adulte. Presse med., 1939, 47: 1447.—Liande, V. S. [New method in determining functional, respiratory efficiency of the larynx following treatment for laryngeal stenosis] J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez., 1939, 16: 51-8.—Tapia Acuiia, R. Considera- ciones sobre la disnea de tipo larfngeo y su tratamiento. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1941, 16: 194-201.—Zorraquin, G. Traitements des asphyxies laryngiennes aigues; tracheotomie valvulaire. Presse med., 1923, 31: 313-5. Also Sem. med., B. Air.. 1923 30: 937-42. ---- Reticuloendothelium. Bom, C. II sistema reticolo endoteliale nei tessuti della laringe; studio istologico in laringi di cavie con colorazione vitale. Arch. ital. otol, 1929, 40: 600-10, pl ------ II comportamento del S. R. E. della laringe di fronte a stimoli diversi. Ibid., 700-8. ---- Rupture. Moure, E. J. A propos du coup de fouet laryngien. Rev laryng., Par., 1928, 49: 41-4.—Stopler, W. [Rupture of the larynx] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2411. ---- Sarcoma. Mahkorn, H. *Larvnx-Sarkome [Erlangen] 41p. 8? "Kallmiinz, 1932. Schwartzkopff, G. *Larynxsarkom; Beob- achtungen iiber seine Entwicklung. 23p 23cm. Freib. i. B., 1935. Alessandri, R. Laringectomia totale per sarcoma. Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1906, 32: 77-84.—Arons, I. Sarcoma oUhe larynx. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 745-8.—Bento de Sousa, M. Sarcomas de la laringe; a proposito de um caso. Arq. pat., 1938, 10: 78-84.—Bilancioni, G. Un caso di sarcoma circonscrittn della laringe; laringo-fessura. Valsalva, 1934, 10: 761-4, 4 pl—Bilinkis [Sarcoma of larynx] Russ. klin., 1930, 13: 697-701.—Caboche, H., & Paisseau. Sarcome secondaire metastatique de la zone sous-glottique du larynx. Ann. mal oreille, 1903, 29: pt 2, 544-9.—Cummings, G. O. Lymphs sarcoma of the larynx: report of a case. Ann. Otol. Rhinol. 1936, 45: 578-82.—Ferguson, G. B. Sarcoma of the larynx Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 38: 265-9.—Figi, F. A. Sarcoma of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 39: 182-92. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18: 21-33.—Frank. D. I. Leio- myosarcoma of the larynx; report of a case. Ibid., 1941, 34: 493-500.—Giuffrida, E. Contributo alio studio e alia terapia del sarcoma della laringe. Valsalva, 1940, 16: 52-64.— Gray, A. M. H. Giant-cell sarcoma. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1552.—Lacaille, A. Sarcome fibroblastique du vestibule larynge. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 816.—Mercer, W. F. Primary intrinsic sarcoma of the larynx. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia (1902) 1903, 81-9.—New, G. B. Sarcoma of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 648-52.—Okubo, T. [A case of sarcoma of the larynx] Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1906, 12: 356-62; 12: 1907, 13: 436.—Pototsch- nig, G. Laringectomia totale per sarcoma. Clinica, Bologna, 1935, 1: 789-94.—Proebsting. Demonstration eines Praparates von Larynxsarkom. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. 1 (1894-1903) 1904, 26-9.—Rigby, R. G., & Holinger, P. H. ■ Fibrosarcoma of the larynx in an infant. Arch. Otolar., Chic, a 1943, 37: 425-9.—Slobodnik, M. Zur Frage der Kehlkopf- sarkome. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28, 19: 505-15.— J Van den Wildenberg. Laryngectomie totale pour sarcome du larynx. Rev. laryng., Par., 1930, 51: 617-20.—Werner. Demonstration eines Sarkoms des Kehlkopfes. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng. (1894-1903) 1904, 319-22. ---- Scleroma. See Scleroma. ---- Sexual aspect. Appel, F. W. Sex dimorphism in the syrinx of the fowl. J. Morph., 1929, 47: 497-513, 2 pl—Pagano, A. Laringe e gravidanza. Arch. ital. laring., 1935, 53: 81-96.—Piccone, L. Laringe e gravidanza. Fol. gyn., Genova, 1935, 32: 131-52, 2 pl.—Scavola, P. Osservazioni isto-patologiche sulla laringe in gravidanza. Arch, ital otol, 1938, 50: 459-84.—Valtan, O. La laringe nelle prostitute. Morgagni, 1929, 71: 765-7. ---- Spasm. See Glottis, Spasm; Laryngospasm. ---- Sphincter. See also Glottis. Pressman, J. J. Sphincter action of the larynx. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 351-77. ------ Effect of the sphinc- teric action of the Iarynx on intra-abdominal pressure and on the muscular action of the pectoral girdle. Ibid., 1944, 39: 14-42.—Templeton, F. E., & Kredel, R. A. The cricopharyn- geal sphincter; a roentgenologic study. Laryngoscope, 1943, 53: 1-12. ---- Stenosis. See also other subheadings (Atresia; Dia- phragm; Obstruction) Andreotti, A. Alcuni casi di stenosi laringee non difteriche. Med. prat., Nap., 1930, 15: 373-7.— Bentzen, S. Larynks- stenoser. Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 5. R., 11: 655-67.—Bloch, A., Lemoine, J., & Calmanas. St6nose laryngee. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 397.—Brandao, P. Un cas de stenose du larynx. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1933-34, 19: 442-61.—Capart, fils. Un cas de stenose du larynx. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10:72.— Fallas, A. Quelques cas de stenose laryngee. Ibid., 1905-06,11: pt 2, 56-67. ------ A propos d'un cas de stenose laryngee. Presse otolar. beige, 1906, 5: 145-58.—Hackett, E. V., k Creasy, R. C. Laryngeal stenosis; report of 4 interesting cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44:342-8.—Koch. Larynxstenosen. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 1: 1163.—Liston, R. Notes of a case in which the canal of the larynx, after being nearly oblit- erated, was reestablished. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: LARYNX 547 LARYNX 260.—Lynch, R. C. Stenosis of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1928, 33: 355-71.—Moure, E. J. Considera- tions cliniques sur les laryngostenoses. J. med. Bordeaux, 1907, 37: 453-5.—Myersburg, H. Laryngeal stenosis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 358-63.—Scott, C. E. Laryngeal stenosis, two cases. Edinburgh M. J., 1938, 45: Suppl, Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh, 192.—Smurthwaite, T. H. Stenosis of the larynx. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1903, 11: 181- 7.—Tsltovich, M. F. Suzheniya dikhatelnavo gorla. Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 193; 266; 339; passim.—Villar Urbano, A. Estenosis de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otori- nolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 223-32.—Woodson, J. M. Laryngea] stenosis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 438-42. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 1257-62. ---- Stenosis, chronic. Arslan, Y. Sulla cura delle stenosi croniche della laringe. Valsalva, 1930, 6: 537-41.—Brunetti, F. Sul trattamento e su alcuni postumi polmonari delle stenosi laringee croniche nei bambini. Ann. laring., Tor., 1931, 31: 3-15, 6 pl.—Calamida, U. Sulla cura operativa delle stenosi laringee croniche. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1907) 1908, 73-5. Also Arch. ital. otol, 1908, 19: 38-17.—Carrari, G. Ricerche di elettro- bronco-grafia sui bambini laringostenotici croniei con fistola tracheale. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 856-63.—Collinet, P. Retre- cissement ancien du larynx. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1903, 6: 285-8.—Delavan, D. B. Intubation in chronic stenosis of the larynx. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, 72: 360-4 [Discussion] 382.—Dunlap. A. M. Chronic laryngeal stenosis complicating kala azar and diphtheria. China M. J., 1926, 40: 409-15.— Figi, F. A. Chronic stenosis of the larynx with special con- sideration of skin grafting. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1940, 49: 394- 409.—Imperatori, C. J. Subsequent report of a patient with laryngeal stenosis first reported in 1939. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 47.—Jackson, C., & Jackson, C. L. Chronic laryngeal stenosis in children. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934,'14: 27-37.— Kispr, G. Den kroniske Larynxstenoses mekaniske Behandling. Hospitalstidende, 1897, 4. R., 5: 457-70; 481-93.—LeJune, F., & Owens, N. Chronic laryngeal stenosis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 44: 354-63.—Negus, V. E. Treatment of chronic stenosis of the larynx, with special reference to skin grafting. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1938, 60: 82-92. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 47: 891-901 .—Rogers, J. Chronic laryn- geal stenosis. Ann. Surg., 1905, 41: 458.—Sklovski, E. A. K kazuistikle khronicheskikh suzheniy dikhatelnavo gorla u dfetel. Vrach, 1893, 14: 415-7. ---- Stenosis: Complication. Baumgarten, E. Kehlkopf- und Oesophagusstenose und ihr Einfluss auf die Geschlechtsorgane. Verh. Internat. Lar. Rhinol. Kongr. (1908; 1909, 1: 286. Also Rev. laryng., Par., 1908, 2: 424-31. Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1908, 58: 1729-33.—Bruzzi, B. Su di alcune complicazioni bronco- polmonari nelle stenosi laringee croniche. Otorinolar. ital, 1932, 2: 392.—Cassaet, E. De l'allongement du pedicule car- diaque dans les stenoses laryngees et de la stimulation de la ptose du cceur. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1908, 29: 63-5.— Dei Rossi, A. Contributo alio studio delle complicanze bronco- polmonari nei tracheotomizzati, laringostenotici. Ann. laring., Tor., 1931, 31: 108-16, pl.—Kerpel-Fronius, O. [Case of true uremia with symptoms of laryngeal stenosis] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1941, 39: 37-9. ---- Stenosis, congenital. See Larynx, Atresia. ---- Stenosis: Etiology. See also under names of primary diseases as Diphtheria; Laryngitis, obstructive; Thymus, Hypertrophy; Thyrotoxicosis, etc. Friebel, E. *Die Beteiligung der Mundhohle und tieferer Abschnitte der Luftwege mit zum Teil auftretender Stenosierung des Kehlkopfes bei einigen seltenen Hautkrankheiten; chronischer Pemphigus, Lupus erythematodes, Mykosis fun- goides und Schuller-Christiansche Krankheit. 56p. 21cm. Bresl., 1938. Arbuckle, M. F. The cause and treatment of cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1930, 39: 134- 43.—Arslan, Y. Sulla laringostenosi acuta secondaria a ma- lattie infettive. . Arch. ital. otol, 1904, 11: 227-32.—Ballon, D. H. Laryngeal stenosis in a phild following laryngeal diph- theria. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 992.—Cordeiro, H. Sobre um caso de estenose cicatricial do laringe. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 113-7.—Delsaux, V. Malade laryngo- Btomise pour retrecissement cicatriciel sous-glottique, canulard depuis plus de deux ans, actuellement en voie de guerison. J. chir. ann. Soc. beige chir., 1908, 8: 66-9.—Escat, M. Stenose laryngee cicatricielle heredo-syphilitique chez une tuberculeuse pulmonaire. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 123-5.—Frohn, P. Ursache, Verlauf und Behandlung akuter Larynxstenosen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 177-80.—Jesberg, S. Post- diphtheritic laryngeal stenosis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 1000-2.—Kramer, P. H. [Stenosis of the larynx and weather influence] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932,76: pt 3, 3834.—Massione, G. Stenosi ipoglottica acuta da ascesso ossifluente cervicale. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 157-65, pl—Mayer, E. Laryngeal stenosis due to complication of the thyroid cartilages. J. Am. M. Ass., 1900, 35: 1065-7, 3 fig.—Nager, F. R. Ueber Vcr- engerungen des Kehlkopfs und der Speiserohre bei kongenitalen Dyskeratosen, spez. bei sogenannten Epidermolysis bullosa dystrophica. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1928, 21: 427-45.— Opitz, H. Diphtherische Kehlkopfstenose; Fremdkorper- stenose. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1938, 9: 518-20/—Ramadier, J., & Soulas, A. Stenose laryngee sous-glottique; discussion etiologique et therapeutique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 59- 62.—Rudder, B. de. Weitere Untersuchungen zum Problem des Stenosenwetters (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage Wetter und Krankheit) Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1929, 41: 113-5. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 44: 371-3.—Sagols, H. Section de la trachee par instrument tranchant (rasoir) laryngo- stenose consecutive traitee par la diathermo-coagulation plastique tracheale. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1934, 55: 1282-4.— Sluder, G. Posterior cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 225.—Strachan, J. G. Chronic post- diphtheritic laryngeal stenosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 29: 404-6.—Wigkovsk^, B., & Mikula, M. [Pathogenesis of acute postendoscopic subglottic laryngeal stenosis] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1925-26, 5: 650-4.—Zischinsky, H. Einige Falle seltener, nicht diphtherischer Respirationsstenosen. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1935, 3. F., 94: 191-205. ---- Stenosis: Pathology. Clerf, L. H. Cicatrical stenosis of the larynx. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1932, 333-41. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1933, 42: 1-14.—Lenart, Z. [Cicatricial stricture of the larynx] Orv. hetil, 1929, 73: 102; 130.—Strumpel, M. Larynx stenose und Glykosurie beim Kinde. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 78: 1722.—Szanto, P. Laryngostenosis hemiatrophica szarvas- marhdkban. Allatorv. lap., 1907, 30: 183. ---- Stenosis: Surgery. See also Laryngoplasty; Laryngostomy; Laryn- gotomy; Tracheotomy. Arbuckle, M. F. The treatment of cicatricial stenosis of the larynx with especial reference to the application of surgical diathermy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 54: 63-73.—Barth. Heilung einer narbigen Kehlkopfstriktur durch halbseitige Kehlkopfexstirpation und Laryngoplastik. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 2197.—Bombelli, U. La diathermie chirurgicale dans les stenoses cicatricielles du larynx. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1938, 22: 16-24.—Bourgeois, H. Sur le traitement des retrecissements du larynx; une nouvelle operation de laryngo- stomie. Progr. med., Par., 1907, 3. ser., 23: 866-8. ------ Stenose laryngee guerie par l'etincelage diathermique. Ann. mal. oreille, 1927, 46: 203-9.-—Canepele, A. La laryngostomie dans le traitement des stenoses laryngees. Rev. laryng.f Bord., 1907, 2: 616.—Charschak, M. J. Chronische Kehlkopf- stenosen und deren chirurgische Behandlung (Erfahrungen an 148 Fallen) Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1931, 65: 57-80.—Collet, F. J. Laryngostomie pour stenose laryngee; resultat eioigne. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 449-51. Also Lyon med., 1928, 141: 249.—Czirbesz, L. Mit der Rethischen Operation geheilte ankylotische Kehlkopfstenose. Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges., 1933, 5: 18.—Descos, Viannay & Mandy. Un cas de stenose laryngee traite par la laryngostomie suivie de dilatation caoutchoutee. Loire med., 1908, 27: 87-92.—Escat, M. Thyrotomie pour stenose laryngee cicatricielle heredo-syphilitique chez une tuberculeuse pulmonaire. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1939, 23: 5-10.—Figi, F. A. Chronic stenosis of the larynx with special consideration of skin grafting. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1940, 46: 406-21.—Gill-Carey, C. Traumatic laryngeal stenosis treated by skin grafting. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 661.—Gonzalez Villanueva. Traqueo- tomfa por estenosis laringea progresiva. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 503.—Ligorio, E. L'urgenza nelle stenosi ed ostruzioni delle vie aeree; stenosi laringea. Med. ital, 1906, 4: 305-13.— Looper, E. A. Use of the hyoid bone as a graft in laryngeal stenosis. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1938, 60: 108-14. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 106-11.—Massier. Stenose laryngee, chronique, d'origine tuberculeuse, traitee par la laryngofissure et la dilatation progressive. Bull. Soc beige otol, 1904, 9: 240-7.—Moore, P. M. Chronic laryngeal stenosis; report of a case treated by skin grafting. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1944, 11: 5-8.—Nasta, T. Traitement des stenoses cicatricielles du larynx par laryngotomie et autoplastie myohyoidienne. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 343-6. Also Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 1: 221-9.—Navratil, E. Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment chirurgical des stenoses laryngees. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1908, 25: 34-45. Also transl, J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1908, 23: 238-47, pl. Also Gior. ital. lar. otol. rinol, 1908, 8: No. 7-8. Also Orv. hetil, 1908. 52: 226-30. Also Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1908. 44: 469; 501.—Porto, G. A proposito de um caso de estenose cicatricial do laringe curado pela laringostomia. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935, 3: 527-32.— Rethi, A. Ueber die Therapie der narbigen Kehlkopfstenosen. Zschr. Laryng., 1927, 16: 215-24, pl—Sargnon & Barlatier. La laryngostomie dans le traitement des retrecissements cica- tricielles du larynx. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 898-902. ------ La laryngostomie dans le traitement des stenoses du larynx. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1907, 2: 145; 177.—Saunders, E. W. A LARYNX 5-48 LARYNX plea for the more timely use of intubation in laryngeal stenosis, and for the use of tracheotomy in certain neglected cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1906, 23: 90-6. Schmiegelow, E. A new method of surgical treatment of stenosis of the larynx. Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928, 3: 255-63, 4 pl, portr. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9: 473- 93. ------ The surgical treatment of chronic cicatricial stenosis of the larynx (Semon lecture 1937) J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 1-15, 8 pl.—Schwyzer, A. A simplified opera- tion for laryngostenosis. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1926) 1927, 36: 433—10. ------ Operative relief of laryngostenosis. Ann. Surg., 1927, 85: 40-3.—Sercer, A. Exenteration sous-muqueuse du larynx comme methode de therapeutique des stenoses definitives. Rev. laryng., Par.. 1927, 48: 545-58. ------ Zur operativen Therapie chronischer Kehlkopfstenosen. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 1153-8.—Sieur. Du traite- ment des stenoses du larynx par la laryngostomie et la dilatation caoutchoutee. Bull. lar. otol. rhinol. Par., 1908, 11: 229-37. Also Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1908, n. ser., 34: 763-73.—Thomson, St C. Permanent tracheostomy in stenosis of the larynx. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1931, 24: 1588-96. Also Clin. J., Lond., 1931. 60: 553-9.—Tognola. Due casi di stenosi laringea guariti con la traeheolaringostomia. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 943.—Tucker, G. Laryngeal stenosis, its relation to tracheot- omy. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1926, 48: 110-23.—Vignard & Sargnon. Laryngostomie pour stenose cicatricielle du larynx. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 449-51.—Wendel. Zur operativen Behandlung der Kehlkopfstenosen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1907. 54: 362. ---- Stenosis, traumatic. See Larynx, Injury. ---- Stenosis: Treatment. See also Laryngoplasty; Larynx, Intubation. Arbuckle, M. F. Cicatrical stenosis of the larynx; a proposed method of treatment, with report of 3 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8: 686-97.—Bari, A. A. [Acute stenosis of the 1 arynx and intubation] Vest, otorinolar., 1938,563.—Barlatier & Sargnon. Traitement des retrecissements cicatriciels du larynx. Lyon med., 1907, 108: 111-4.—Borsalino, G. II calcio nella stenosi laringea difterica. Gior. clin. med., 1931, 12: 263-71.—Clark, J. P. Rapid dilatation and the prolonged use of intubation tubes in stenosis and in cicatrical occlusion of the larynx; report of 2 cases. Laryngoscope, 1902, 12: 858- 64.—Feldman, B. [Dilatation of the larynx] Bieloruss. med., Minsk, 1925-26, 2: 145-7.—Figi, F. A. Treatment of cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1940, 15: 449-53.-— Fischer, L. Treatment of laryngeal stenosis, including intuba- tion by the dorsal method. N. York M. J., 1908, 88: 193-9 — Foa, A. Considerazioni sul trattamento delle laringostenosi difteriche. Pediat. med. prat., Tor., 1933, 8: 209-15.—Foster, J. H. The management of cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 643-8.—Grez, A. Estenosis de la laringe. Rev. med. Chile, 1941, 69: 669.—Gun ten, P. von. Considerations sur le traitement des stenoses permanentes du larynx (une canule a demeure individuelle) Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 450-3—Hassler, E. Bronchoskopie und andere Eingriffe bei schweren, unklaren Stenosen. Mschr. Kinderh., 1934-35, 61: 330-3.—Jackson, C. Stenosis of the larynx with special reference to curative treatment with core moulds. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol Soc, 1936, 42: 12-24.— Jents, E. Behandlung von Larynxstenosen und Atresien mit einer neuen Bolzenkanule. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 468- 70—Jesburg, S. Treatment of cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1937, 43: 410-3.—Johnston, R. H. Laryngeal stenosis treated by laryngoscopy. Med. Fortnightly, S. Louis, 1908, 34: 364.—Johnston, W. H. The use of electrically heated bougies in the treatment of post- diphtheritic cicatricial stenosis of the larynx. Ann, Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 1145-9.—LeMee, J. M., & Da Costa Quinta, A. Remarques sur le traitement des stenoses du larynx. Bronchosc. oesophagosc., Par., 1937, 1: 278-84.—Litvak, S. L. [Thiersch transplantation of fascia into larynx in stenosis Vest, khir., 1926, 8: No. 22, 175.—Macrl, F. Contributo alia terapia delle stenosi laringe cicatriziali. Med. inf., Roma, 1935, 6: 201-9.—Myers, E. L. Diphtheritic stenosis of larynx; complete loss of voice, cure by in-lying bouginage consisting of series of metal beads. Laryngoscope, 1938, 48: 859-64 — Rethi, A. Die Therapie der durch Postikusparese bedingten und der schweren narbigen Kehlkopfstenose. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926, 15: 315-7. Also Gy6gyaszat, 1927, 67: 206-12 — Spiess, G. Beitrag zur Behandlung verschiedenartiger Kehl- kopfstenosen. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926-27, 17: 439-42.— Zollner, F. Beitrag zur konservativen Behandlung von Kehl- kopfstenosen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1931, 29: 265-9. ---- Stenosis—in childhood. Boddin, M. Zur Kehlkopfstenosefrage im Kindesalter. Med. Klin., 1929,25: 1391.—Carpenter, E. W. Acute laryngeal stenosis in children. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1936, 32: 87-90.— Hecht, A. Zur Opiumbehandlung der Larynxstenose im Kindes- alter. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 1258.—Hinojar, D. C. Importancia de la laringoscopia en el diagnostico de las estenosis larlngeas agudas de la infancia. Pediat. espafi., 1929, 18: 93- 108—Kaiser, L. [Symptoms of laryngeal stenosis in children] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 3885-903.—Milian, O. [Laryngeal stenosis in children] Romania med., 1931, 9: 130.— Navarro Gimenez, F. Estenosis laringea aguda en el nino Actual, med., Granada, 1941, 17: 205-9.- Patterson. K. J^ Laryngeal stenosis in children with special reference to treat- ment with core molds. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 71-?.— Sargnon, Barlatier & Mastier. Traitement des stenoses aigues laryngees graves chez le tout jeune enfant par des injections de morphine. Prov. med., Par., 1908, 19: 416-8. Sargnon 4 Rome. Un nouveau cas de guerison d'une stenose laryngee aigue grave non diphteritique chez l'enfant, par les injections de morphine. Ibid., 492.—Szirmai, F. (Acute laryngeal stenosis in childhood] Orv. hetil, 1936, 80: mell, 185." ---- Subglottic region. See also Laryngotracheal tube. Vaidie, J. G. *Considerations sur l'entitc anatomique pathologique et therapeutique de l'hypolarynx. 95p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Le Mee, J. Hypolarynx. In Annee med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 216.—Menniti-Ippolito, R. Sulla struttura della regione ipoglottica nell'uomo ed in alcuni mammiferi. Arch. ital. otol. 1933, 44: 33-42. ---- Surgery. See also Laryngectomee; Laryngectomy; La- ryngofissure; Laryngopharyngeal region, Surgery; Laryngoplasty; Laryngostomy; Laryngotomy; Pharynx, Surgery. Delavan, D. B. A history of thyrotomy and laryngectomy. In N. Y. Acad. M. Mackenty Tr., 1932, 9-23. Kernan, J. D., & Cracovaner, A. J. Surgery of non-malignant conditions of the larynx, p.293- 430. 26cm. N. Y., 1942. In Surg. Nose & Throat (Kernon, J. D.) N. Y., 1942. Beatty, H. G. Some remarks on laryngeal diagnosis and surgery. Ohio M. J., 1938, 34: 30-3.—Brecher, G. Opera- tionen im Kehlkopf. Wien. med. Wschr., 1906, 16: 1293-6.— Casadessus. L'etat actuel de la chirurgie du larynx. Rev. laryng.; Par., 1932, 53: 835-67.—Clerf, L. H. Larynx and trachea. In Textb. Surg. (Christopher, F.) 3. ed., Phila., 1942, 877-83.—Delavan, D. B. A history of thyrotomy and laryn- gectomy. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 81-96.—Equen, M. Sur- gery of the larynx. South. M. & S., 1933, 2: 79-86—Ferreri, 0. Chirurgia della laringe e della trachea. In Manuale chir. (Alessandri, R.) 1934, 2: pt 1, 706-806.—Gerber, W. Ein Fall von subkutanem Emphysem nach Kauterisation des Larynx. Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1924-26, No. 112, 1.—Gluck. La chirurgie au service de la laryngologie. Rev. laryne., Bord., 1908, 2: 273-97; 305. Also Wien. med. Wschr.. 1908, 58: 2065; 214.3; 2210; passim. Also Zschr. Laryng., 1908, 1: 179-220.—Hofer, G. Ueber die ausseren Operationen am Kehlkopf. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 949-52. •----— Ueber Moglichkeiten und Indikationen der grossen Operationen am Kehlkopf. Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 381-4.—Imperatori, C. J. Resume of case reports pre- sented since 1939; results and present status. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 767-9 (Abstr.)—Kayser, R. Laryngologie und Chirurgie. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 146: 201-6.—Meyer, E. Ueber die Indikation endolaryngealer und ausserer chirurgischer Eingriffe am Kehlkopf im Kindesalter. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 156.—Orton, H. B. Surgery of the larynx. J. M. Soc N. Jersey, 1926, 23: 6-12.—Russell, H. G. B. Operations on the larynx and trachea. In Mod. Oper. Surg. (Turner, G. G.) Lond., 1934, 2: 312-40.—Sanchez Pizjuan, F. Per laringeas res, et tracheam, atque strumas forsan, laryngisque exseisiones vagabor. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 518-29. ---- Surgery: Instruments. See also Laryngology, Instruments. Chiari, O. Eine Zange zur Exstirpation harter Wucherungen des Kehlkopfes. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 15: 370. Also Illust. Mschr. arztl. Polytech., 1904, 26: 40.—Cordes, H. Neue Kehlkopfkiiretten. Arch. Lar. Rhinol, Berl, 1904, 15: 613. ------ Eine Rachenscheere. Mschr. Ohrenh., Berl, 1904, 38: 53-5.—Equen, M. Presentation of an improved laryngeal knife. Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1935, 18: 20-2. An improved electric laryngeal saw. Tr. Am. Broncho- esoph. Ass., 1942, 25: 36. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1942, 51: 1075.—Gereda, E. G. Un nuevo bisturi laringeo. Rev. iber. amer. cienc med., 1908, 20: 413-7. Also Libro de actas Conftr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 564-6.—Horsford, C. A (?) new instrument devised to facilitate intralaryngeal operations. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 24. ■------A new instrument for passing a suture through the epiglottis. Ibid., 95.—Lell, W. A. Laryngeal saw. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 745.—Lewis, G. An illuminated mouth hook for anesthesia in operations on the throat. Ibid., 1933, 18: 82.—Matis, E. J. Neue Larvnxnahzange. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1941, 29: 334-6.—Tucker, G. A knife for the treatment of web stenosis of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. LARYNX 549 LARYNX Ass., 1934, 56: 279. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1934,43: 1130. ------ Presentation of instruments. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1941, 63: 138. --- Surgery: Methods. Schmidt, C. J. H. H. *Beitrag zur operativen Chirurgie des Larynx. 32p. 8? Berl., 1891. Bajkay, T. Kehlkopfoperationen mittels direkter Laryn- goskopie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 266.—Castex, A. Laryngotomies et laryngectomies (technique operatoire) P. verb. Ass. fr. chir., 1903, 16: 269-72. Also Bull. lar. otol. rhinol, Par., 1903, 6: 275-8.—Demetriades, T. D. Die Chordektomife mittels chirurgischer Diathermie. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1939, 73: 119.—Froschels, E. Logopadische Vorschlage fiir den Fall der Amputation einer Stimmlippe. Ibid., 1935, 69: 1402.—Geronzi, G. Sulla tecnica delle cau- terizzazioni galvaniche. Arch. ital. laring., 1904, 24: 103.— Horsford, C. An original method of facilitating intra-laryngeal operations, together with 4 cases of innocent growth of the vocal cord removed. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 2: 89-92.—Kaplan, M. E. [Sterilization of hands and site of operation in laryngo- logical operations at the front] Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 10, 60-3.—Marx, H. Endolaryngeale Operationen. In Fehler chir. Oper. (Stich & Makkas) 2. ed., Jena, 1932, 221-4 — Matis, E. I. Method of suturing through an endoscopic tube. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 316.—Migray, J. [Treatment of coughing reflex after laryngological operations] Gyogyaszat, 1939, 79: 492.—New, G. B. Surgical diathermy in laryngology. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 301-4.—Petterino Patriarca, A. Sulla chirurgia conservatrice della laringe. Osp. maggiore Novara, 1934, 1: 559-67.—Pickerill, H. P. The establishment of a laryngeal by-pass. Brit. J. Surg., 1934, 22: 337-9.— Ruttin, E. Zur Frage der Deckung von Pharynxdefekten bei der Totalexstirpation des Kehlkopfes und anderen extra- laryngealen Operationen; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 159-61.—Tobey, H. G. The Harmer operation. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 20: 281.—Zimmermann, G. Hypnose als Unterstiitzung bei Larynxoperationen. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1930-31, 76: 722. --- Surgery, plastic. See Laryngoplasty. --- Tumor. See also other subheadings (Angioma; Cancer; Fibroma, etc.) Brighton, G. R., & Daly, S. Nonmalignant neoplasms of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 541-9.—Compaired [Vegeteciones larlngeas] An. Acad. nac. med., Madr., 1904, 24: 107.—Delph, J. F. Benign tumors of the larvnx. Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1940, 14: 26-30.—Equen, M., & Neuffer, F. Benign tumors of the larynx. Eve Ear &c Month., 1940-41, 19: 75-7.—Figi, F. A. Tumors of the Iarynx. Minnesota M., 1938, 21: 553-8.—Fletcher, G. W. Tumours of the larynx. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1942, 46: 474-7.—Foster, J. H. Some observations concerning laryngeal neoplasms. South. M. J., 1935, 28: 59-62.—Frese. Die gutartigen Neu- bildungen des Kehlkopfs. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 1626.—Griebel, C. R. Die Tumoren des Kehlkopfes. Hals &c. Arzt, 1. T, 1938, 29: 199-213.—Guder, E. Tumeur du larynx. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1903, 23: 841.—Patton, W. G. Tumors of the larynx. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1930, 27: 377-81.— Ray, J. M. Growths in larynx. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-05, 11: 387-9.—Thost, A. Die gutartigen Neubildungen des Kohlkopfes. Handb. Hals &c. Heilk. (Denker & Kohler) 1929, 5: 364-407.—Tucker, G. Tumors of the larynx, benign and malignant; diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment. Pennsyl- vania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 1023-5. ------ Observations on the inter-relationship, diagnosis and treatment of benign and malignant tumors of the larynx; with special reference to the prevention and cure of laryngeal cancer. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 29-34. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35:677. ------ Benign tumors of the larynx; inflammations and neoplasmas. Ibid., 36: 960. --- Tumor: Cases and statistics. Bally. Observation sur un malade en convalescence d'une gastroenterite et mort par suite d'une tumeur au larynx, recueillie dans les salles militaires de l'Hotel-Dieu de Marseille. Observ. sc. med., 1824, 7: 129-34.—Barkhorn, H. Four laryngeal tumors. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1926, 6: 1530-4.— Baumgarten, E. Neoplasma laryngis esete. Orv. hetil, 1906, 50: 585.—Castex, P. Sur un cas de tumeur du larynx. Rev. laryng., Par., 1936, 57: 107-10.—Davis, J. L. Laryngeal neoplasms in America. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., Otolar. Sect., 1907, 96-109. Also Laryngoscope, 1908, 18: 369-81. ----- A further study of laryngeal neoplasms in America. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., Otolar. Sect., 1908, 13: 292- 305.—Deelman, H. T. [Case of multiple laryngeal tumors and the story of the disease of Emperor Frederick III] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 2695-9, pl. Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1928, 12: 431-42.—Green, A. S., & Lack, H. L. A case of subglottic laryngeal tumour. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 90.—Guende, C. Presenta- tion de deux tumeurs du larynx. Rec, Com. med, Bouches du Rhone, 1887-88, 26:113-6.—Klose, W. Zwei Falle von seltner- en Kehlkopftumoren. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1938, 145: 154- 8.—Lamb, D. S. Specimens of laryngeal tumors. Tr. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1899) 1900, 4: 182.—Martuscelli, G. Statistica di alcuni tumori osservati durante l'anno scolastico 1897-98. Arch. ital. laring., 1899, 19: 13-25.—Mathieu, C. Trois cas de tumeur benigne du larynx. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1938, 7: 216-20.—Mitchell, H. E. Tumors of the larynx; a review of 105 cases. Laryngoscope, 1943, 53: 457-77.— Myles, R. C. Subglottic growths; report of cases with exhibi- tion of improved instruments. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc. (1900) 1901, 6: 21-4.—Navratil, I. Tumor laryngis esete. Orr. gege & fulgy6gy., 1904, 130.—New, G. B., & Erich, J. B. Benign tumors of the larynx; a study of 722 cases. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Lar. Otol. Rhinol, 1938, 17-96. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 841-910.— Schwarzbart, A. Beitrag zur Kasuistik gutartiger Kehlkopfgeschwiilste. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1937, 71: 385-90.—Smith, T. C. Specimen of laryngeal growth. Tr. M. Soc. District of Columbia (1899) 1900, 4: 181.—Spicer, R. S. Case of intrinsic laryngeal neo- plasm in a man, aged 75. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 81.—Tanturri, D. Rilievi clinico-topografici su 270 tumori della laringe. Rass. ital. otorhinolar., 1930, 4: 145-93.—Wingrave, W. Notes on the pathology of 50 cases of innocent laryngeal growths. J. Lar. Otol. Lond.. 1906. 21: 215-21. ---- Tumor: Complication. Gros. Presentacion de un caso de neoplasia abscedada de la laringe. Bol. liga cancer, Habana, ed. soc, 1942, 13: 147-9.— Hirsch, O. Stridor infolge grossen Larynxtumors, Stimm- bandlahmung und Herzfehler. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 990.—Hugonnier, R., & Dumarest. Un cas de neoplasme du larynx termine par gangrene tracheobroncho-pulmonaire. Lyon med., 1940, 164: 151.—Rebattu & Baret. Pigmentation curieuse et trSs ancienne de la muqueuse buccale, avec leuco- plasie chez un malade atteint de neoplasme larynge. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 536.—Zollner, F. Die Tu- morperichrondritis des Kehlkopfes und ihre Beziehung zur Rontgenbestrahlung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 53 (Abstr.) ---- Tumor: Diagnosis. Aubry, M., & Leroux-Robert, J. Deux cas de tumeurs pedicuiees de l'endolarynx: discussion histologique: fibro- granulome? sarcome fibroblastique? epithelioma atypique a cellules fusiformes? Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 207-14.— Baumgarten, E. Neoplasma laryngis? Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1906, 42: 383.—Canuyt & Gunsett. Tomographies frontales du larynx et des tumeurs laryngees. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1937, 26: 388-413.—Davis, H. J. A case of laryngeal neoplasm for diagnosis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1907, 22: 53.— Dawson, G. W. Tumour of larynx; for diagnosis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Laryng. Sect., 11.—Hirsch, I. S., & Baum, S. The roentgen diagnosis and treatment of laryngeal neoplasms. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 144-66.—Huet, P. C, & Peri, M. L'exploration radiologique des tumeurs de l'hypo- physe et du larynx. Ann. otolar., Par., 1939, 781.—Imperatori, C. J. The diagnosis of laryngeal growths. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1928, 34: 84-9.—LeJeune, F. E. Tumors of the larynx as visualized by suspension laryngoscopy. Texas J. M., 1937-38, 33: 756-9.—Pack, G. T., & Craver, L. F. Tumors of the larynx and thyroid; a roentgenographic study. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13: 658-75.—Pendergrass, E. P., & Young, B. R. Roentgenologic observations in tumors of the larynx. Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 180. ------ The roentgen diagnosis of neoplasms of the air and food passages, with particular reference to the larynx. Radiology, 194L, 36: 197-211.—Wessely, E. Kehlkopfge- schwulst von histologisch nicht eindeutigem Charakter. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1938, 72: 105. ---- Tumor: Etiology and pathogenesis. Discussion on the etiology, treatment, and prognosis of innocent laryngeal growths. Brit. M. J., 1904, 2: 1219-27.— Grant, D. The etiology, treatment and prognosis of innocent laryngeal growths. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1904, 19: 637-52.— Riecke, H. Gt Ein Beitrag zur Histogenese gutartiger Kehl- kopfgewiichse. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1930, 125: 167-74 — Rosenberg, A. The etiology, treatment, and prognosis of innocent laryngeal growths. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1904, 19: 652-60. ---- Tumor: Pathology. Boger, A. *Statistischer Beitrag zur patho- logischen Anatomie, besonders der Geschwulste des Kehlkopfes [Gottingen] 32p. 8° Neu- beckum, 1928. Citelli, S. Nota al lavoro di Martuscelli e Rossi Perche i tumori ipoglottici sono sempre localizzati a parte anteriore della laringe. Boll. mal. orecchio, 1905, 23: 130-4.—Fairen, V. Un embrioma laringeo. Arch. ital. otol, 1933, 45: 259-61.— Fernandez Velilla, F. Tumor mixto de la laringe. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 497-9.— Havens, F, Z„ & Parkhill, E. M. Tumors of the larynx other LARYNX 550 LARYNX than squamous cell epithelioma. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941. 47: 1-13. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 1113-22.- Martuscelli, G., & Rossi, G. Perche i tumori ipoglottici sono sempre localizzati nella parte anteriore della laringe. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1904) 1905, 8: 137-44. Also BolL mal. orecchio, 1905, 23: 25-33.—Massei, F. Les tumeurs geantes du larynx. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 190S, 36: 337-46, pl. Also Arch. ital. laring., 1908, 28: 149-59, pl. -Mayoux, R. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs benignes du larynx. Lyon med., 1931, 147: 209-22.—Sangiovanni, V. L'indice nucleo-nucleolare dei tumori della laringe Tumori, Milano, 1938, 24: 220-8.—Schwarzbart, A. [Hare benign tumors of the larynx] Polska gaz. lek., 1937, 16: 48-50.— Smvth, J. Intra-laryngeal tumour. Tr. Ind. M. Congr. (1894) 1895, 206.—Wessely, E. Ein Fall von Epulis laryngis. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1940, 74: 158-61. ---- Tumor: Surgery. Babcock, J. W. Tumors of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1934, 14: 301-6.—Brunetti, F. Sui criteri di opera- bilita dei blastomi laringei. Valsalva, 1935, 11: 94-101.— Coakley, C. G. Tumors of the larynx. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 295-300.—D'Ajutolo, G. Su di una laringotomia sottoioidea con resezione del margine superiore della cartilagine tiroide per asportare un voluminoso tumore ari-epiglottico. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1905) 1906, 9: 319—Equen, M. Laryngeal tumors; voice recordings before and after operation. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1941, 47: 195-200. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1941, 50: 776-82.—Erdmann, J. F. Tumors of the larynx; with reports of 2 laryngectomies, 1 hemi-laryngec- tomy and 3 thyrotomies. Am. J. Surg., 1906, 20: 353-8.— Galloway, T. C. Neoplasms of the larynx. In Textb. Surg. (Christopher, F.) 3. ed., Phila., 1942, 884-8.—LeJeune, F. E. Tumors of the larynx. South. Surgeon, 1936, 5: 243-7 — McCoy, J. A report of 3 cases of laryngeal growth removed by direct laryngoscopy. Laryngoscope, 1908, 18: 560-3.— New, G. B. Laryngectomy; laryngeal tumors. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1936, 41: 635.—Permewan, W. Three cases of removal of small laryngeal growths. Liverpool M. Chir. J., 1903, 23: 276.—Teixeira Lopes. Quatro casos de tumores benignos da larynge; extirpacao por via endolaryngea; cura. Med. mod. Porto, 1907, 14: 132-5. ---- Tumor: Treatment. Bedere, A., & Viollet, P. Un cas de neoplasme du larynx traite avec succes par les rayons de Roentgen. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1904, 18: No. 4, Suppl, 32-4.—Colbert, R. M. Removal of a benign tumor of the larynx with potassium bichromate. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8: 715.—Ferreri, G. Contributo alia cura dei tumori laringei. Arch. ital. otol, 1905-06, 17: 1-13. ------ II radium nelle affezioni neoplas- tiche laringee. Atti Congr. Soc. ital. laring. (1907) 1908, 97- 104.—Figi, F. A. Methods of treating supraglottic tumors, with illustrative cases. Tr. Am. Larvng. Ass., 1934, 56: 163-79. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 21: 123-5.—Grant, D. The galvano-cautery in the treatment of intra-laryngeal growths. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1904, 19: 294-7.—Hoover, W. B. Benign tumors of the larynx: their diagnosis and treatment. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1940, 20: 697-719.—Jackson, C. Treatment of benign tumors and tumor-like conditions of the larynx. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1937, 59: 45-51.—Labarre. Tumeur extrinseque du larynx, traitee par la methode de Mahu, ba- digeonnages a l'adrenaline. Bu)l. Soc. beige otol, 1904, 9: 87-9.—Meyer, E. Die Indikation endolaryngealer und ausserer chirurgischer Operationen bei Kehlkopfgeschwiilsten im Kindesalter. Charite Ann., 1904, 28: 362-8.—Wylie, A. Treatment of innocent laryngeal growths by the galvano- cantery. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 2: 1452-4.—Zilinskas, G. [Treatment of tumors of the larynx and bronchi] Medicina, Kaunas, 1930, 11: 487-95. ---- Ulcer. See also Laryngitis, ulcerous. Bokay, J. Neuere Beitrage zur ortlichen Behandlung der Druckgeschwure des Kehlkopfes. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1904, 59: 155-74, 2 pl. Also Arch. med. enf., 1906, 9: 65-76.—Boulai. Du traitement des ulcerations laryngees. Rennes med., 1905-06, 1: fasc. 10, 10-6.—Gerlings, P. G. Contact ulcer of the larynx (Jackson) Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1938, 1: 171-3.— Howard. R. E. Fulguration of contact ulcers of the vocal cords. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1938, 19: 564-6.—Imperatori, C. J. Contact ulcer of the larynx; report of a case. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1933, 55: 149-57. Also Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 933-9 — Jackson, C. Contact ulcer of the larynx. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928,37:227-30. ------& Jackson, C. L. Contact ulcer of the larynx. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Laryng. Otol. Rhinol, 1935, 69-88. 2 ol Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1935, 22: 1-15, 2 pl—Jackson, C. L. Etiology and treatment of contact ulcer of the larynx. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 718-21.—Jacod, M. Trois observations de sympathicectomie periarterielle pour ulcerations torpides du larynx; resultats immediats et eioignes. Rev. laryng., Par., 1926, 47: 310-5.—Kuroiwa [Some re- searches on benign ulcers of the larynx] Hokuetu ikai kaiho, 1902, No. 127, 9-15.—Monteiro, A. Ulcera de contacto do lannge. Acta med., Rio, 1943, 11: 14.—Peroni, A. Contact ulcer of the larynx; pathologic observations. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 17: 741-6.—Peterffy, P. [Laryngeal ulcers in infections] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 1012-5.—Porto, G. Ulcera de contato do laringe. Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier, 1939, 5: 322.—Rezende Barbosa, J. E. de. Ulcera de contacto do laringe. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1937, 5: 151-62, pl. [Discussion] 387.—S., V. Ulceration ol the larynx. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1906-07, 19: 554.—Schiller, K. Adatok a gegefekeiyek diagnostikajahoi es azok thorapnijnhoz. Orr. gige fillgyogy., 190-1, 47-70.— Thomas, W. ('. Contact ulcer of the larynx. West Virginia M. J., 1938, 34: 256 -60.- Tommasi. Intubazione nelle ul- cerazioni della regione cricoidea. Arch. ital. otol, 1903-04, 15: 33—12.—Williams, P. W. A case of laryngeal ulceration. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 23.—Woodruff, G. H. Contact ulcer of the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1562.—Zisenis, K. Ueber Dekubitalgeschwiire an der Hinter- flache des Larynx und an der hinteren Pharynxwand. Zschr Hals &c. Heilk., 1929, 23: 451-61. ---- Verruca. See also Larynx, Pachyderma. Calamida, U. Nuovo caso di verruca spinosa della laringe Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1929, 17: 293. -Carrari, G. G. Sopra un nuovo caso di verruca spinosa della laringe. Boll, orecchio, 1926, 44: 97-102.—Fornari, G. B. Sopra un caso di verruca spinosa della laringe. Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 45: 483-6. ---- Vertigo. Babbitt, J. A. Laryngeal epilepsy, with symptoms conform- ing to the pattern of substantiated cases reported in the litera- ture. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1940, 62: 54-6.—Borta, G. Ictua laringeo a tipo famigliare. Gazz. med. lombarda, 1933, 92: No. 12, 6; 1934, 93: No. 1, 5.—Caussade, L., & Michon, P. L'ictus larynge non tabetique. Progr. med., Par., 1933, 1225- 9.—Cavazzani, F. Contributo alia conoscenza dell'ictus larin- geo. Ann. laring., Tor., 1940, 40: 33-42.—Dalla Palma, M. Ictus laringeo in corso di laringo-tracheite spasmodica. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1931, 3: 98-110.—Fleischl, E. Ueber Ictus laryngis. Med. BL, 1906, 29: 35-7.—Gelinas, H. Ictua larynge (vertige larynge de Charcot) Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 1133-5.—Hey, A. [Case of ictus laryngis] Ugeskr. laeger, 1941, 103: 1151-3.—Jemmi, C. Contributo clinico su l'ictus laringeo. Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1939, 13: 213-29.— Lenart, Z. Az ictus laryngismi. Budapesti orv.'ujs., 1907, 5: 755-8.—Lund, R. (Ictus laryngis; hyperventilation] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 826-8.—Monteiro, A. Ictus laryngis. Hospi- tal, Rio, 1942, 22: 901-7.—Proby, H. L'ictus larynge a propos d'un cas suivi depuis 3 ans. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 982. ------ Un cas d'ictus larynge. Lyon med., 1933, 152: 413.—- Seeger, T. Ueber Larynxschwindel und Lachschlag. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1935, 69: 1397. ---- Vocal cords. See Vocal cord. • LASAGNA, F. Un nuovo apparecchio elettrico per inalazioni. 4p. 8? Parma, Tipogr. Coop. Parm., 1920. LASALLE, Charles Francis, 1871- Notes on midwifery, specially for midwives. 3. ed. xv, 170p. 16? Edinb., W. Bryce, 1927. LASBY, William Frederick, 1876- For portrait see in Proc. Dent. Centen. Celebr. (Maryland Dent. Ass.) 1940, 883. LASCALEA, Miguel Cipriano [M. D., 1938, B. Aires] *Ruido auricular. 195p. illust. tab. diagr. 27cm. [B. Air.] Ramos Mejfa, 1938. LASCANO, Eduardo Florencio [M. D., 1942, B. Aires] *Irrigaci6n normal del n6dulo de Keith y Flack, Tawara, haz de His y sus ramas; estudio previo de la distribuci6n de los gruesos vasos coronarios cardfacos. 108p. illust. 27cm. B. Air. [n. p.] 1942. LASCANO Gonzalez, Jose Maria [M. D., 1933, B. Aires] *E1 problema de las suprarrenales accesorias de la rata. 109p. illust. tab. 237km. B. Air., Amorrortu, 1933. LASCANO Gonzalez, Julio Cesar [M. D., 1931, B. Aires] *E1 tejido reticular en los carcinomas de la glandula mamaria. 89p. illust. 237km. B. Air., Amorrortu, 1931. ---- Antecedentes, tftulos y trabajos. 40p. 2272cm. -B. Air., S. de Amorrortu e hijos, 1941. LASCAZAS de Saint-Martin, Olivier, 1913- *Contribution a l'etude des anesthesies post-operatoires de la cornee; recherches cliniques [Paris] 130p. 24cm. Toulouse, Cleder, 1939. LASCELLES, Arthur Rowley William, 1830- A treatise on the nature and cultivation of coffee, with some remarks on the management LASCELLES 551 LASKY and purchase of coffee estates. 71p. 12? Lond., S. Low, son & Marston, 1865. LASCHEWITZ, Erich, 1906- ♦Beitrage zur Karies des Dentins. 23p. pl. 8? Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1930. LASCHINSKY, Gerda, 1912- ♦Ver- schmelzungen unterer Weisheitszahne mit zwei- ten Molaren mit einem odontomartigen eigenen Falle [Tubingen] 20p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1935. LASCOFF, Frederick Dudley, 1900- For biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.) N. Y., 1929, 293, portr. LASCOFF, J. Leon, 1867- For biography see in Coll. Pharm. N. York (Wimmer, C. P.) N. Y., 1929, 263, portr. Also in Biogr. Encycl. World, 2. ed. N. Y., 1942, 241, portr. LASCOMBE, Joseph, 1911- ♦Ameliora- tion de la race bovine limousine; son expansion hors de France [Alfort; Vet.] 92p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LASEGUE, Charles, 1816-83. For biography see Astruc, P. Biogr. med., Par., 1934, 8: 33, 4 pl; 49. 4 pl. LASER, Rudolf, 1905- *Zur Kenntnis der Nucleosidase; Verhalten einer Nucleosidase aus Rinderknochenmark zu einem Spaltprodukt der Thymusnucleinsaure [Freiburg i. B.] 20p. 8? Wiesbaden, L. Schellenberg, 1931. LASH, Elmer. Eradicating tuberculosis from poultry and swine. 8p. illust. 8? Wash., D. C, U. S. Gov. print, off., 1933. Forms No. 102, Leaflet U. S. Dep. Agr. LASH. See Eyelash. LASHER, Willis W., 1892- Industrial surgery; principles, problems and practice, xxv, 452p. illust. 8? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1938. Also enl. 1. ed. xxvii, 472p. [1942] LASHLEY, Karl Spencer, 1890- Brain mechanisms and intelligence; a quantitative study of injuries to the brain, xiv, 186p. pl. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1929] ---- Studies of cerebral function in learning: XI. The behavior of the rat in latch box situa- tions: the mechanism of vision. XII. Nervous structures concerned in the acquisition and re- tention of habits based on reactions to light. 79p. illust. tab. diagr. 257^cm. Bait., Johns Hopkins pr., 1935. Forms No. 52, v.ll, Comp. Psychol. Monogr. LASIOCARPINE. See also Piperonal. Chen, K. K., Harris, P. N., & Schulze, H. A. The toxicity of lasiocarpine. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1940, 68: 123-9. LASIUS, Otto James Wilhelm, 1901- *Ueber die Moglichkeit der Anregung der Bmde- gewebswucherung [Freiburg i. B.] p.233-50. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1924-25, 22: LASKEN, Herman, 1913- E™*0I™C conditions in the dental profession, 1929-d7. 34p. 4? [Wash., n. p., 1939] LASKER, Albert Davis, 1876- For portrait see Collection in Library. LASKIEWICZ, Alfred. Les abces cerebraux d'origine otique et nasale. 114p. 2472cm. Helsin. fMercator] 1939. Forms Suppl. 37, Acta otolar. LASKOWSKI, Viktor, 1898- ♦Ueber das intrauterine Absterben ubertragener Fruchte ohne manifeste Krankheitserscheinungen yon Mutter und Kind. 16p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. LASKY, Joseph. Proofreading and copy- preparation; a textbook for the graphic arts indus- trv. xvi, 656p. illust. 24>^cm. N. Y., Mentor pr., 1941. LASNER, Jack, 1911- Contribution a l'etude des nephrites azotemiques dans la fievre typhoide. 19p. 8? Geneve, Impr. Prog., 1936. LASNET, Alexandre Bernard Antoine, 1870- 1940. For obituary see Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1940, 123: 966. Also Nobecourt, P. Ibid., 1941, 3. ser., 124: 25-34. LASNITZKI, Use [M. D., 1938, Basel] ♦Ueber das Wachstum eines Rattensarkoms in vitro in drei verschiedenen Medien [Basel] 12p. 2272cm Stetten-Basel, K. Schahl, 1938. LASOWSKI, Erich, 1909- *Nachweis der Blutfaktoren M und N in angetrocknetem Blut und Blutflecken. 15p. 8? Bresl., H. Jaschkowitz, 1935. LASPEYRESIA. See Fruit, Parasite, in 5. ser. LASRY, Paul, 1914- ♦La vitamine C dans la therapeutique actuelle. 47p. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. LASS, Editha, 1905- *Intrakutane Jod- probe und Grundumsatz bei Morbus Basedow Thyreotoxikosen, vegetativ Stigmatisierten, Schilddrtisengesunden, Myxoedem und polyglan- dularen Insuffizienzen [Berlin] 74p. diagr. 8? Greifenhagen-Pom., C. Kundler & Sohn, 1932. LASS, Ernst Wilhelm, 1908- ♦Die Wir- kung des Lentins auf die motorische Tatigkeit der Vormagen gesunder und kranker Rinder. 42p. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1933. LASS, Fritz, 1909- ♦Ueber Atherome an Kopf und Hals unter Beriicksichtigung der Vererbung. 28p. 8? Kiel, C. H. Jebens, 1934. LASS, Johannes, 1906- ♦Methode zur Messung der Polarisation bei Elektronenstoss- leuchten [Kiel] p.701-20. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1929. Also Ann. Phys., Lpz., 1929, 5. F., 3: LASSABLIERE, Paul, 1878- Le lait condense, iii, 108p. 8? Par., A. Malone & fils, 1919. ---- Aliments, regimes; indications, contre- indications. viii, 696p. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1933. LASSALLE, Joseph Albert, 1872-1932. For obituary see Badeaux, G. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1932 1: 59-61, portr. Also Bousquet, P. B. Union med. Canada, 1932, 61: 73-7. For portrait see J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1942, 11: 476. LASSANCE, Vital [M. D., 1905, Paris] Hyper- tension arterielle. 308p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1931. LASSAR-COHN, pseud, [i. e., Cohn, Lassar, 1858-1922] Organic laboratory methods; author. transl. by Ralph E. Oesper. 5. ed. xi, 469p. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1928. LASSAVE, Roger, 1914- * Etude parallele de syndromes cliniques et radiologiques en tuberculose pleuro-pulmonaire [Marseille] 176p. pl. 25>^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LASSAYS, Henri, 1908- ♦Contribution k l'etude de l'occlusion intestinale au cours de la peritonite tuberculeuse; a propos de 11 cas d'occlusion observee chez l'adulte et le vieilJard 64p. 24cm. Marseille, Impr. St Lazare [1934] LASSAYS, Rene Andre Maxime, 1898- *Des ligatures et resections veineuses associees k la sympathectomie peri-art6rielle dans te traite- ment des arterites obliterates. 64p. 8. Par., L. Arnette, 1928. LASSEN 5£ LASSEN, August Edvard, 1859-97. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 19. LASSEN. Carl Elisaeus, 1858- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 19. LASSEN, Heinz Hermann Andreas Asmus, 1908- *Ueber einen Fall von Muskel- dystrophie mit Herz- und Schilddriisenver- anderungen. 13p. S? Berl., E. Ebering, 1933. LASSEN, Henrik Andreas Zetlitz, 1818-90. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 20. LASSEN, Henry Cai Alexander, 1900- Experimental studies on the course of para- typhoid infections in avitaminotic rats with special reference to vitamin A deficiency. 248p. 8? Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1931. LASSEN, Marie Therese, 1904- *Ueber klinische und soziale Erfolge der Pneumothorax- behandlung beim Friihinfiltrat [Berlin] p.335- 44. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1930. Also Zschr. Tuberk., 1930, 58: LASSEN, Wilhelm, 1909- *Zur Genese der Maculae caerulcae. 19p. 8°. Gott., E. Grosse, 1936. LASSER, Karl. See Albers-Schonberg, H. E., Seeger, F., & Lasser. K. Das Rontgenhaus des allgemeinen Krankhenhauscs. 99p. 4? Lpz., 1915. LASSERRE, Andre, 1912- ♦Etude com- paree des divers traitements de l'ankylose osseuse' temporo-maxillaire. 79p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LASSERRE, J. See also Sorel, R., Lasserre, J., & Salvador, R. Etudes sur les pneumoconioses; le talc et les silicatoses. 118p. 25}-icm. Par., 1943. LASSERRE, Jean. Saint-Pastous. Recepcflo do Prof. J. Lasserre, na abertura do curso de extensao universitaria na Faculdade de medicina de Porto Alegre. An. Fac. med. Porto Alegre. 1938-39, 1: 51-5. LASSERRE, Jean, 1910- ♦Contribution a l'etude du cancer bilateral du sein. 57p. 257->cm. Bord., Brusau fr., 1934. LASSERRE, Robert. Contribution a l'etude de la funiculite aigue de castration chez les solipedes; phlebite spermatique [Vet.] 131p. pl. 23cm. Toulouse, Lion & fils, 1934. LASSETZKI, Alex, 1892- ♦Erfahrungen mit Wurzelspitzenresektionen. 36p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1925. LASSMANN, Fritz, 1907- ♦Ueber die Entstehung von Arthritis deformans nach Frak- turen des Kniegelenks [Leipzig] 21p. 8? Eisleben, E. Schneider, 1935. LASSONE, Joseph Marie Francois de, 1717- 88. Portrait. In Collect, art. Fac. med., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 30. LASSOWSKY, Wulf [M. D., 1926, Basel] *Der Zeitverlauf der einzelnen Phasen des Elektrocardiogramms bei gesunden und herz- kranken Individuen und seine diagnostische Verwertung [Basel] p.357-77. Berl., J. Springer, 1926. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 104: LASSUS, Jean Marie, 1889- ♦Corvisart et la cardiologie [Paris] 116p. pl. 8? Limoges, Impr. Perrette, 1927. LASSUS, Pierre, 1741-1807. Portrait. In Collect, art. Fac. med., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 55. LASTERADE de Chavigny, Jean, 1910- *Sur les regents resultats therapeutiques obtenus par les applications locales d'huile de foie de morue. 59p. 25^cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LASTHAIS LASTHAl'S. Max. Die echten Cysten, p.472-557. 2">14cm. Berl., Springer Verl., 19-13. In Erg. Chir. Orthop. (Payr, E., & Kleinschmidt, O., eds) 1943, Bd 34. LASTRA Camps, Jose [M. D., 1925, Habana] For portrait [caricature] see Anuario med. social Cuba, 1938, 2: 247. ----& RODRIGUEZ Diaz, Antonio M. Sum- mary of our experience on the surgical treatment of gastroduodenal ulcer by subtotal gastrectomy. 32p. illust. 2312cm. Habana, P. Fernandez & cia, 1939. English & Spanish text. LASTRES, Juan B. Algunos estudios moder- nos sobre hip6fisis; conferencia sustentada en la Asociaci6n medica peruana, el 10 de Agosto de 1939. 21p. pl. 24^em. Lima [Rimac, 1939] ---- La obra hist6rica de Hormilio Valdizan; trabajo lefdo en la Sociedad peruana de neuro- psiquiatria el dia 23 de diciembre de 1939 com- memorando el decimo aniversario de su muerte. 24p. portr. 2172 x 17cm. Lima, Reforma med., 1940. See also Quesada, F., & Lastres, J. B. Incorporaci6n del Doctor Juan B. Lastres en la Academia nacional de medicina. Reforma med., Lima, 1942, 28: 773-84. For portrait see Reforma med., Lima, 1943, 29: 77. LASZT, Ladislaus, 1908- *Ueber den Einfluss oberflachenaktiver Stoffe auf die Diffu- sion in Gelatine [Basel] 21 p. 8? Oradea, \V. Rubinstein, 1934. LATAH. Codet, H. Psychonevroses exotiques; 1'amok et le latah des malais. Progr. med., Par., 1927, 42: 241.—Fletcher, W. Latah and amok. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, II.) j Lond., 1938, 7: 641-50.—Loon, F. H. van. Latah, a psycho- neurosis of the Malay-races. Meded. Burgerl. geneesk. dicnst Ned. Indie, 1924, pt 3, 305-20. ------ JAmok and latalij Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 2, 1561-6.—Penso, G. Ii latah nella Somalia Italiana. Arch. ital. sc. med. coL, 1934, 15: 364-7.—Sarnelli, T. Primi casi di latah osservati nell'alto Yemen (Arabia S. O.) Ibid., 750-9. LATAILLADE, Louis, 1910- *Coutumes et superstitions obstetricales en Afrique du Nord. 173p. pl. 247km. Alger, G. Charry, 1936. LATAIX, Georges, 1895- *Etude sur la pathogenie et le traitement des kystes dits synoviaux du poignet [Paris] 53p. pl. 8! Limoges, Impr. Perrette, 1927. LATAPI, Fernando, 1902- For portrait see Gac. med. Mexico, 1939, 69: opp p. 504. LATARGEZ, Henri, 1913- ♦Etude sta- tistique de 588 cas d'avortements. 87p. tab. diagr. 24cm. Lille, E. Frangois, 1938. LATARJET, Andre, 1877- Precis-atlas des travaux pratiques d'anatomie; dissection; anatomie de surface avec la collaboration de Ph. Rochet. Fasc. Ill: Cou, tete et tronc. 318p. pl. 4? Par., G. Doin, 1926. Also editor of Clavel, C, & Latarjet, M. Anatomie chirurgi- cale du crane et de l'encephale. 258p. 27cm. Par., 1938. Also Testut, J. L. Traite d'anatomie humaine. 8. 6d. 5v. 8! Par., 1928-31. Also Testut, L., & Latarjet, A. Compendio de anatomia descriptiva. 15. ed. 855p. 22cm. Barcel, 1941. See also Aguirre, C. La visita del Dr A. Latarjet. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1936, 7: Suppl, 1-7, portr. LATARJET, Michel, 1913- Traitement chirurgical des bronchiectasies. 296p. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. See also Clavel, C, & Latarjet, M. Anatomie chirurgicale du crane et de l'encephale. 258p. 27cm. Par., 1938. LATASTE, Marie Andree Michele, 1902- *Le regime des nourrissons debiles. 127p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1932. See also Ribadeau-Dumas, L., & Lataste, M. A. AL Les nourrissons debiles et prematures. 106p. 8? Par., 1935. LATCHAM, Harry E., 1879-1941. For obituary see J. Baltimore Coll. Dent. Surg., 1942, 6: 17. LATERAL COLUMN 553 LATERALITY LATERAL column. See under Spinal cord. LATERALITY. See also Growth; Handedness; Morphogene- sis; Symmetry. Baraduc, H. La dualite humaine. C. rend. Congr. internat. psychol. (1900) 1901, 4. Congr., 284-6.—Berry, M. F., & Eisen- son, J. Measuring laterality. In their Defect. Speech, N. Y., 1942, 412-5.—Bethe, A. Besteht bei jedem Menschen eine eindeutige Ueberlegenheit einer Hirnhalfte und ist die hnke Hemisphere wertvoller als die rechte? Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 148: 778-93.—Debierre, C. Le developpe- ment des membres du cote droit l'emporte-t-il originairement sur celui des membres du cote gauche? Bull. Soc. anthrop. Lyon, 1887, 6: 148-70.—Dennis, W. Laterality of function in early infancy under controlled developmental conditions. Child Develop., 1936, 6: 242-52.—Downey, J. E. Laterality of function. Psychol. BulL, 1933, 30: 109-42.—Evans, G. S. Striate bodies, their interrelations and lateral dominance studied experimentally in 127 individuals. Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 408 (Abstr.)—Frender, L. Second report concerning the special treatment process of 25 children at Edenwald School. Occup. Ther. RehabiL, 1943. 22: 71-6.—Gardner, L. P. Ex- perimental data on the problem of motor lateral dominance in feet and hands. Psychol. Rec, 1941-42, 5: 2-63. ------ Experimental data on the problem of sensory lateral dominance in feet and hands. Ibid., 66-124.—Gause, G. F., & Smaragdova, N. P. The decrease in weight and mortality in dextral-and sinistral individuals of the snail, Fruticicola lantzi. Am. Natur., 1940, 74: 568-72.—Gould, G. M. The nomenclature of dextral, sinistral and attentional organs and functions. Science, 1907, n. ser., 26: 592-5.—Hogben, E. Some observations on sided- ness in the use of eye and hand. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1930, 4: 31-4.—Jasper, H. H., & Bonvallet, M. Role de l'ecorce dans l'organisation asymetrique des chronaxies des nerfs symetriques chez les rats droitiers ou gauchers. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1934, 116: 991-4.—Jasper, H. H., & Raney, E. T. The physiology of lateral cerebral dominance. Psychol. BulL, 1937, 34: 151- 65.—Keller, R. Habitual asymmetrical attitudes and move- ments. Ciba Symposia, 1941-42, 3: 1128.—Kounin, J. S. Laterality in monkeys. J. Gen. Psychol, 1938, 52: 375-93.— Lavier, G. Sur l'existence, dans certains genres de diplomasti- gines, d'individus droits et gauches. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 122: 1274-6.—Ludwig, W. Seitenstetigkeit niederer Tiere im Ein- und Zweilichtversuch (Lymantria dispar-Raupen) Zschr. wiss. Zool, 1933, 144: 469-95.------ Bestimmung und Vererbung der Asymmetrieform (Rechts-Links-Problem) Verh. Deut. Zool. Ges., 1936, 38: 21-73.—Lynn, J. G. Mimetic smiledness as related to handedness; an indicator of basic modes of human adaptation. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1942, 95: 481-9. ------& Lynn, D. R. Face-hand lateralitv in relation to personality. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1938, 33: 291-322, pl. ----- Smile and hand dominance in relation to basic modes of adaptation. Ibid., 1943, 38: 250-76.—Mangin, L. Sur l'existence d'individus dextres et senestres chez certains peri- diniens. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1911, 153: 27-32.—Manunza, P. La costanza d'un lato e il cosidetto moto eircolare studiati nell'uomo. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1937, 57: Suppl, 477- 502.—Mazel, P., & Pechoux, R. Controle des donnees classiques relatives au developpement des membres droits et gauches. Ann. med. leg., 1935, 15: 333-43.—Paese, D. C. Echinoderm bilateral determination in chemical concentration gradients; the effects of azide, pilocarpine, pyocyanine, diamine, cysteine, glutathione, and lithium. J. Exp. Zool, 1942, 89: 329-45. ------ Echinoderm bilateral determination in chemical con- centration gradients; the effects of carbon monoxide and'other gases. Ibid., 347-56.—Peterson, G. E. Ear preference. J. Speech Disord., 1942, 7: 319-21.—Regnault, F. Quelques observations sur la droiterie. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1914, 76: 629.—Scharmer, J. Die Bedeutung der Rechts-Links-Struktur und die Orientierung bei Lithobius forficatus. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool, 1934-35, 54: 459-506.—Sieben, W. Ueber Rechts- und Linksgliedrigkeit. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1922, 73: 213-25.—Stern, G., & Schilf, E. Ueber Linksfussigkeit. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932, 139: 41-3.—Turchini, J., & Lautie, R. Des differences de potentiel tissulaires; dissymetrie laterale. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1936, No. 65, 39.—Van Riper, C. The quantitative measurement of laterality. J. Exp. Psychol, 1935, 18: 372-82.—Walsh, G., & Pool, R. M. Laterality dominance in Shakespeare's plays. South. M. & S., 1942, 104: 51-8. ------ Laterality dominance in the Four Gospels. Ibid., 317-22. ------ Laterality dominance in the Koran. Ibid., 1943, 105: 112-6.—Wolff, W. Rechts und Links. Umschau, 1934, 38: 206-11. ---- Pathological aspect. See also Stuttering. Bresler, J. Das Schuhsohlensymptom. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1919-20, 21: 284.—Campani, A. La predisposizione omolaterale alle malattie viscerali e le alternanze e corrispon- denze morbose toraco-addominali. Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1938, 12: 38-40.—Eamef, T. H. The anatomical basis of lateral dominance anomalies. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1934, 4: 524- I 8.—Nielsen, J. M. Gerstmann syndrome: finger agnosia agraphia, confusion of right and left and acalculia. Arch. Neur' Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 39: 536-60. LATERAL line organ. See also Fish, Anatomy. Bailey, S. W. An experimental study of the origin of lateral- line structures in embryonic and adult teleosts. J. Exp. Zool 1937, 76: 187-233, 5 pl—Bedell, S. G. The lateral-line organs of living amphibian larvae with special reference to orange colored granules of the sensory cells. J. Comp. Neur., 1939, 70: 231-47, incl. pl.—Charipper, H. A. Studies on the lateral-line system of Amphibia; cytology and innervation of the lateral- line organs of Necturus maculosus. Ibid., 1928, 44:' 425-41, 3 pl.—Denny, M. The lateral-line system of the teleost! Fundulus heteroclitus. Ibid., 1937-38, 68: 49-64, pl.—Olivo, O. M. Rigenerazione sperimentale degli organi della linea laterale di axolotl e azione sugli stessi organi di ferite fatte in loro vicinanza. Arch, sc med., Tor., 1932, 56: 373-408.— Speidel, C. C. Irritation and recovery of the bristles of the sensory cells of the lateral-line organs. Anat. Rec, 1941, 79: Suppl. No. 2, 79.—Stone, L. S. Further experimental studies of the development of lateral-line sense organs in amphibians observed in living DreDarations. J. ComD. Neur.. 1937 68* 83-155. LATERAL sclerosis. See Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. LATERAL sinus. See also Dural sinus; Jugular vein. Fortunato, V. Ricerche istologiche sulla labilita costitu- zionale del seno laterale. Valsalva, 1935, 11: 686-701.— Garlichs, R. W., & Griffith, J. Q., jr. Lymphatic absorption from auditory bulla of the rat with special reference to the lateral sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 36: 226-31.—Gibbs, E. L., & Gibbs, F. A. The cross section areas of the vessels that form the torcular and the manner in which flow is dis- tributed to the right and to the left lateral sinus. Anat. Rec, 1934, 59: 419-26.—Valenti, S. Valore clinico della pulsazione del seno trasverso. Boll. mal. orecchio., 1930, 48: 129-41.— Waltner, J. G. Anatomic variations of the lateral and sigmoid sinuses. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1944, 39: 307-12.—Woodhall, B. Anatomy of the cranial blood sinuses with particular reference to the lateral. Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 966-1010. ---- Abnormity. Ardouin, P. Sur un cas de procidence anormale du sinus lateral. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1935, 12: 344-9.—Hoople, G. D. Anomalies of the lateral .sinus; report of a case. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1936, 42: 185-94. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1936, 45: 1019-28.—Moewardi [Two cases of sinus transversus with a very great frontal tendency; situation of the mastoid portion of the sinus transversus in operated lndochinese patients] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2189-99, pl.— Moreaux, R. Sinus lateral ampullaire extra-cranien. Ann. mal. oreille, 1929, 48: 732-7.—Panigazzi, R. C. Anomalia del seno lateral. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 1, 966.—Wood, T. B. Anatomical variations in the lateral sinus and its tribu- taries. Med. Times, N. Y., 1939, 67: 270-8. ---- Disease. Berger, I. Cholesteatomatous exposure of the sigmoid sinus through the posterior osseous canal wall. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1943, 37: 565.—Blassingame, C. D. Perisinus abscess, developing a marked meningismus; operation and recovery. Mississippi Doctor, 1934-35, 12: No. 6, 20.—Herrmann. Experimentelle und klinische Versuche iiber kiinstliche Bildung obturierender Thrombosen zur schnellen Arretierung der Sepsiserreger; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1935, 38: 87-90 [Discussion] 108-21.—Mayfield, F. H. Intracranial edema following occlusion of one lateral sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 34: 825-8. ---- Hemorrhage. Fischee, E. *Ueber spontane Blutungen aus dem Sinus lateralis. 20p. 8? Bresl., 1934. Bazzana, E. Emorragie postoperatorie da necrosi spontanea del seno laterale. Ann. laring., Tor., 1935, 35: 88-100.— Bettin, G. G. Emorragie secondarie del seno laterale. Ibid., 1936, 36: 125-31.—Sen, S. A method of treatment of haemor- rhage from the lateral sinus. Ind. M. Gaz., 1915, 50: 338 — Suggit, S. Extradural haemorrhage in the middle fossa arising from the lateral sinus. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1943, 58: 117-9. ---- Injury. Bach, E. C. Accidental injury to the lateral sinus; with report of 2 cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1939, 48: 790-4 [Dis- cussion] 847.—Delneuville & Grenade. Blessure du sinus lateral par coup de feu; trepanation; extraction du projectile; guerison. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 2, 56-8. LATERAL SIN IS 554 LATERAL SINUS ---- Rupture. See also Otitis media, Complication. Barajas y de Vilches, J. M. Perforaci6n espontanea del seno lateral. Siglo med., 1935, 95: 580-90.—Effler, L. R. Suppurative perforation of lateral sinus with preoperative and operative hemorthaiic. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 228-31.— Kemler, J. L.. & Tiefonthal. G. Spontaneous rupture of the lateral sinus in otitis media. Hid., 1942, 52: 110-4.— Leroux- Robert, J. Les ruptures post-operatoires spontanees du sinus lateral. Ann. otolar., Par., 1940, 195-200.—Ricard, A. Des ruptures traumatiques du sinus lateral. Lyon chir., 1929, 26: 476-502. ---- Sigmoid sinus. Saxder, M. J. *Ist die Freilegung des ge- sunden Sinus sigmoideus bedenklich? [Marburg] p.97-114. 24Hcm. Lpz., 1936. Also Hals &c. Arzt, 2. T., 1936, 43: Wolf, E. G. A. *Ueber Aplasie und Hypo- plasie des Sinus sigmoideus. 28p. 8? Tub., 1935. Bach. E. Injuries to the sigmoid sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 30: 310-3.—Beck, O. Histo-pathologische Ver- anderungen am Sinus sigmoideus des Menschen hervorgerufen durch Kompression. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1928, 12: 228-37, 3 pl .■—Flynn, J. A. Spontaneous rupture of the sigmoid portion of the lateral sinus. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 65-8.—Holland, B. S. [Air embolism caused by injury of the sigmoid sinus] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, No. 2, 204.—Klicpera, L. Ueber operative Verletzungen des Sinus sigmoideus und ihre Folgen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 1059-06.—Kriegsmann. Gefahren der operativen Freilegung des gesunden Sinus sigmoideus. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1935, 38: 90-6 [Discussion] 108-21 — LafT, H. I. Unilateral absence of sigmoid sinus. Arch. Otolar.. Chic, 1930, 11: 151-7.—Polednak, L. [Abnormality of the sigmoid sinus from the radiologic viewpoint] Cas. lek. fiesk., 1931, 70: 1497.—Rijnders, H. [Absence of sigmoid sinus on one side] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 1, 3411.—Ruttin, E. Kloaken- und Blindsackbildung am Sinus sigmoideus. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926, 9: 217-20.—Sacks, P. A new sigmoid sinus plug. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 89.— Williams, H. L. Apparent unilateral absence of the sigmoid sinus noted at operation. Ibid., 1930-31, 12: 339-41. ---- Sigmoid sinus: Thrombophlebitis. Baccarani, ('. Otomastoidite, periflebite del seno sigmoide di natura tubercolare. Otorinolar. ital, 1938, 8: 420-8.— Brown, J. M. Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; surgical treatment. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 457-66.—Brownell, D. H. Unusual cases of thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1940, 31: 663-8.—Dean, L. W., Lillie, H. I. [et al] Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; panel discussion. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1037, 402-66.—Dill, J. L., & Crowe, S. J. Thrombosis of the siemoid or lateral sinus; report of 30 cases. Arch. Surg., Chic, 1934, 29: 705-22.—Dixon, O. J. Non-ligation of the internal jugular vein in the treatment of sigmoid sinus thrombo- phlebitis. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 142-52.—Fursten- berg, A. C. Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; the routes of infection of the sinus; the anatomical variations of the sinus and the effects of these variations on diagnosis and treatment. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 424-31 — Hartmann, A. F. Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; medical treatment. Ibid., 443-56. ------& Cone. A. J. Phlebitis of the lateral (sigmoid) sinus in infants and children. South. M. J., 1937, 30: 487-96.—Hastings, H. Bilateral jugular resection for bilateral sigmoid sinus thrombosis (otitic) report of cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 4: 58-69.—Hiiner- mann. T. Zur Entstehung der otogenen Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927, 19: 127-31.— Hurd, L. M. A case of mastoiditis, epidural abscess and obliter- ating sigmoid sinus phlebitis. Am. J. Surg., 1905-06, 19: 149.— Kelly, H. D. B. Sigmoid sinus thrombosis following wound of auricle. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1944, 30: 47-9.—Kopetzky, S. J. Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; the pathology; the bacteriology; immunological treatment. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 432-7.—Levy, R.. & Laff. H. I. Sigmoid sinus thrombosis; report of case. California West. M., 1932, 37: 233.—Lillie, H. I. Pulmonary complications associated with thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus. Proc Mayo Clin., 1930,5:375. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 30-3. ------ Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; papilledema, brain abscess, and meningitis complicating a septic thrombo- phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 438-42.—Maxwell, J. H. Thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 25: 184-9.—Oppenheimer, S. Mastoiditis and sigmoid sinus thrombosis in an infant. N. York M. J., 1906, 83: 658.—Polednak. L. [Radiological examination of periphlebitis of the sigmoid sinus in acute otitis media] Cas. lek. eesk., 1933, 72: 1530-2, 6 pl—Smith. S. MacC. Symposium: sigmoid sinus thrombosis; diagnosis. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1928, 50: 352-9.—Tobey, G. L., jr. Septic thrombophlebitis of the sigmoid sinus; diagnosis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1937, 404-23.— Trible, G. B. Sigmoid sinus thrombosis; case reports. Laryn- goscope, 1929, 39: 444-54. ---- Surgery. Gaillard, R. Complications septiqucs apres traumatismo operatoire de sinus lateral. Otorhinolar. internat., 1930, II: 342-8.—Halphen. Hydroplasie meningec consecutive a un double tamponnement des sinus lateraux et ayant entratne dea troubles graves de la vue. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934. 12: 107-201. ---- Thrombophlebitis. Diephitjs, B. *Thrombosis of the lateral sinus [Marquette Univ.] lOp. 1? Milwaukee, 1930. Dschang-Nai-Hua. *Klinische Untersuchun- gen iiber die otogene Sinusphlebitis und Sinus- thrombose. 44p. 22cm. Miinch.. 1936. Gignoux, M. *La thrombo-phlebito du sinus lateral; etude anatomo-clinique de 37 observations de la clinique du Professeur Collet. 166p. 25cm. Lyon, 1937. Alden, A. M. Some unusual cases of lateral sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1929, 35: 321-8. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1929, 38: 455-64.—Aronson, S. S. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1932, 54-67.— Asherson, N. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1935, 64: 149-54.—Baer, L. Report of a case of lateral sinus throm- bosis representing some interesting features. Laryngoscope, 1931, 41: 169-73.—Bentley, N. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Grace Hosp. Bull, Detr., 1929, 13: 10-3.—Blassingame, C. D. Lateral sinus thrombosis with case reports. Laryngoscope, 1942, 52: 569-76.—Cermain & Camoreyt. A propos d'un cas de thrombophiebite du sinus lateral. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1025-7.—Chase, E. F. Lateral sinus thrombosis with report of 5 cases. Tr. Pacific Coast Oto-Ophth. Soc, 1925, 13: 49-60. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926-27, 35: 791-811. Also Eye Ear &c. Month., 1926-27, 5: 213-22.—Chase, S. B. An unusual series of lateral sinus cases. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1931, 40: 274-88.—Coates, G. M., Ersner, M. S., & Persky, A. H. Lateral sinus thrombosis with a review of the literature. Ibid., 1934, 43: 419-40.—Cody, C. C, jr. Thrombosis of the lateral A sinus. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1938, 44: 362-9. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 674-80.—Colledge, L., & Crow, D. A. Discussion on lateral sinus thrombosis. Proc. R. Soc. •■ M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 897-909.------& Layton, T. B. Discussion on lateral sinus thrombosis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1938, 53: 519-37.—Cook, F. S. Thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus. Wisconsin M. J., 1934, 33: 751-8.—Craig, A. Lateral sinus thrombosis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1940, 26: 286.— Eaddy, N. O. Lateral sinus thrombosis. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1936, 32: 4-9.-—Erodi, A. [Artificial sinus thrombosis] Orv. hetil, 1940, 84: 220.—Evans, R. M. Lateral sinus throm- bosis. Hahneman. Month., 1932, 67: 168-78.—Evans, W. H. Thrombosis of the lateral sinus; a survey of current opinion and records. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 28: 959-86— Franchini, Y., & Gustavino, D. F. Consideraciones sobre un caso de tromboflebitis del seno lateral. Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 2, 391-4.—Friesner, I., Druss, J. G. [et al] Sinus throm- bosis. Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 116-30.—Gaynin, H. T. Lateral sinus thrombophlebitis, with a review of 3 cases. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1934, 27: 395-400.—Gignoux, A. Deux observations de thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral chez l'enfant. Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 1197. Also Lyon med., 1936, 158: 474-6.—Green- field, S. D. Thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus; observations in a series of 22 cases. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 25: 661-83 — Gros, J. C. Tromboflevitis del seno venoso lateral; caso clinico. Vida nueva, Habana, 1939, 44: 420-2.—Hamrick, D. W. Lateral sinus thrombosis; a review of the literature and report of 4 cases. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1929-30, 82: 130-5 — Harkness, G. F. Phlebitis and thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1940, 30: 59-65.—Hart, V.K. Lateral sinus phlebitis; report of 2 cases. South. M. & S., 1926, 88: 520-5. ------ Infective lateral sinus phlebitis; report of interesting case, with recovery. Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 230.— Hubert, L. Lateral sinus thrombosis, an unusual course. Ibid., 1940, 50: 195-7.—Jones, W. D. Acute mastoiditis with lateral sinus thrombosis, report of case. Texas J. M., 1907-08, 3: 188-90.—Keeler, J. C. Pathology, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis of lateral-sinus thrombosis. Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 318-21.—Kennon, W. G. Case of lateral sinus thrombosis. Laryngoscope, 1935, 45: 317.—Lyman, H. W. Lateral sinua thrombophlebitis: a clinical' study. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1937-38, 34: 38-41.—McLoone, J. J. Case of lateral sinus thrombosis. Southwest. M., 1928, 12: 204-6.—Mahoney, P. L. Lateral sinus thrombosis, case report. J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1928-29, 25: 175.—Mercandino, C, & Gonzalez Avila. Trom- boflebitis del seno lateral. Rev. As. med. argent., 1935, 49: 28.—Mishler, D. L. Lateral sinus thrombosis. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1938, 31: 381-4.—Moulonguet, A., & Choquard. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1161-4. Also Lyon med., 1934, 154: 682-6.—Moure. A propos de quelques cas de phiebite suppuree du sinus lateral. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905-06, 11: pt 2, 71-86.—Munyo, J. C, & Iglesias Castellanos, A. Vn caso de trombosis del seno lateral. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1937, 7: 76.—Philip, M. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral chez l'enfant. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1223-5.—Potts, J. B. Thrombosis of the LATERAL SINUS 555 LATERAL SINUS lateral sinus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98:,379-84.—Bobbins, C. E. Thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus. J. Lancet, 1932, 52: 677-85.—Robbio Campos, J., & Arpon O'Connor, F. Trombo- flebitis del seno lateral. Acci6n med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 19.— Scheer, H. M. Interesting cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, Laryngoscope, 1936, 46: 674-9. Also Eye Ear &c Month., 1938-39, 17: 50-3.—Schenck, H. P. Sinus thrombosis. Surg, Clin. N. America, 1935, 15: 183-202.—Souper, H. R. Lateral sinus thrombosis with unusual termination. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1933, 48: 338-40.—Syme, W. S. Two unusual cases of lateral sinus thrombosis. Ibid., 547-50.-—Tresidder, A. G. Case of lateral sinus thrombosis. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 543.—Trombosis del seno lateral. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1374.—Tumarkin, A. An unusual case of lateral sinus throm- bosis. J. Lar. Otol, Lond., 1937, 52: 549.—White, J. W. A study of lateral sinus thrombosis, with report of cases. Laryngo- scope, 1926, 36:96-116.—Wible, L. E..& Slotkin.H. B. Lateral sinus thrombosis, report of case. Ibid., 1934, 44: 736-40. ---- Thrombophlebitis: Complication. See also Brain abscess: Sepsis. Alden, A. M. A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus with extreme rheumatoid arthritis (Still's disease) Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1926-27, 35: 561-3.—Arana, M. A. Mastoiditis sin tromboflebitis del seno lateral y septicemia. Rev. san. mil, B. Air., 1935, 34: 481.—Baudet, G. Septicemic consecutive a une thrombophiebite latente du sinus lateral. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 970-2.—Blankstein, W. G. Die anatomischen Bahnen bei orbitalen Komplikationen der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 798-800.—Borriglione, G. B. Tromboflebite latente del seno laterale, ascesso di Citelli. Ann. laring., Tor., 1940, 40: 7-11.—Campbell, E. H. Lateral sinus thrombophlebitis, report of a case with extension of thrombosis to innominate vein, with recovery. Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1935, 4. ser., 3: 46-9.—Case (A) of lateral sinus thrombosis complicated by septicaemia and broncho-pneu- monia. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1918, 32: 210.—Collet, F. J. Thyroidite suppuree compliquant une phiebite du sinus lateral. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 673-6. ------ Thrombose suppuree du sinus lateral avec thrombose du sinus caverneux oppose; operation; guerison. J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9: 399-406. ------ & Charachon, J. Meningites de la fosse cerebelleuse. Ibid., 1936, 17: 499.—Cox, H. W. Acute suppurative mastoiditis, lateral sinus infection, terminating in lepto-meningitis. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1929, 22: 15-7.—Csillag, S. [Case of sinus thrombosis with unusual complications] Orv. hetil, 1940, 84: 354.—Dabney, V. Two cases of surgical mastoiditis with un- usual complications, including repeated rupture of the lateral sinus; recovery. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 593-6.—Fenton, R. A. Lateral sinus thrombosis with delayed metastasis. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 522-4. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1927, 36: 673-7.—Ferenczi, L. Lateral sinus thrombo- phlebitis with complications; case report. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1934, 31: 231.—Galante, E., & Robbio Campos, J. Tromboflebitis del seno lateral; dermatosis de Hunvericht. Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 1, 86-9.—Gerstley, M. J. An obscure case of sinus thrombosis with unusual complications. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 349-52.—Girard, L. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral avec septicemie a streptocoque traitee par le serum de Vincent; guerison. Otorhinolar. internat., 1933, 17: 107-11.—Goufas, G. Thrombophiebite purulente du sinus lateral droit; meningite sereuse amicrobienne; septicemie; amelioration; mort par embolie septique probablement mesen- tero-peritoneale. Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 794-801.—Green- field, S. D. Acute mastoiditis, lateral sinus thrombosis and pyemia; report of a case, with operation and recovery. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1926, 3: 444-7. ------ Lateral sinus thrombo- phlebitis with extension to the torcular; report of 2 cases; operation with recovery. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 751-61.— Guillermin, Camoret & Lemaistre. Septicemie a streptocoques consecutive a une thrombophiebite suppuree du sinus lateral. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1473. Also Lyon med., 1933, 152: 130-2.—Guillermin, Pomme & Migayron. Deux cas de trombophiebite suppuree du sinus lateral droit avec paresie du membre superieur du mfime cot6. Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 596-9.—Guthrie, D., & Middleton, D. S. Septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus in children, with report of a case complicated by metastatic infection of the hip-joint: recovery after 7 opera- tions and prolonged illness. Brit. M. J., 1931, 2: 141-4 — Hartmann, A. F., Wolff, D., & Love, F. Diagnosis and manage- ment of severe infections in infants and children; a review of experiences since the introduction of sulfonamide therapy; sepsis of lateral sinus phlebitis. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 21: 435- 74.—Jenkins. Atteinte cerebelleuse sans manifestation clinique dans un cas de thrombose du sinus lateral; guerison apr£s ablation du sinus et de da couverture duremerienne. Arch. internat. laryng., Par., 1924, 30: 948.—Just, T. H. Lateral sinus thrombosis, without otorrhoea; septicaemia; subsequent tonsillectomy; acute nephritis; recovery. Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: Otol Sect., 26.—Klein, I. J., & Lederer, M. Lateral sinus thrombosis complicating masked mastoiditis; report of a case with secondary subarachnoid hemorrhage. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 40: 1045-52.—Lillie, H. I., Mosher, H. P. [et al] Infectious thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus; intracranial complications; their diagnosis and treatment. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 499.—McDougall, C. Septic thrombo-phlebitis of the lateral sinus with metastases. Eye Ear &c Month., 1937-38, 16: 119-23—Mayerberg, E. R. Report of 5 cases of lateral sinus thrombosis with septicemia; recovery. Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 531-43.—Meller, H. Sinusthrombose und Labyrinthitis mit Meningitis; zweizeitige Operation; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 95.—Mollison, W. M. Palato-pharyngo-laryngeal paralysis as a complication of thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Proc R. Soc M., Lond. 1934, 27: 893.—Muecke, F. F. Case of lateral sinus thrombosis, with pyaemia. Ibid., 1913-14, 7: Otol. Sect., 14-6.—Nielsen, J. M., & Courville, C. B. Intracranial complications of oto- genous thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol Soc, 1937, 43: 459-83. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1937, 46: 13-38.—Ozaki, I. Ueber die Metastase der otogenen Sinus- thrombose. Jap. J. M. Sc, Otorhinolar., 1939-40, 3: No. 2, Proc, 46.—Pescetti, V. Tromboflebite dal seno laterale e della vena giugulare interna da otomastoidite purulenta acuta; setticemia con emocoltura positiva per streptococco emolitico. Valsalva, 1937, 13: 593-601.—Piazza Missorici, A. Su tre casi rari di trombosi del seno laterale con ascessi encefalici. Arch. ital. otol, 1927, 38: 335-45.—Ribeiro dos Santos, J., & Depaula Santos, H. Considerac5es em torno de um caso de otite media aguda complicada de tronboflebite do seio lateral; septicopiemia operacao e sequencia. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 527-9 (Abstr.)—Scalori, G. Tromboflebite otogena precocissima del seno laterale; setticemia ed exitus in quarta giornata. Valsalva, 1937, 13: 585-92.—Scott, S. Lateral sinus thrombosis and septicaemia. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 909.— Shwartzman, G. Immunological aspects of blood invasions with special reference to sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1939, 29: 97-110. Also Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 653-65 — Soubiron, N. von. Tromboflebitis sinuso-golfo-yugular en una otitis media cr6nica supurada colesteatomatosa. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 51: 667.—Urbantschitsch, E. Akute Mastoiditis, Sinus-Bulbusthrombose, sekundarer (fortgeleiteter) Abszess an der Schadelbasis, Lungenabszesse; Heilung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934, 68: 1126-31.—Van den Wildenberg. Thrombo- phiebites du sinus compliquees. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 953- 61. ---- Thrombophlebitis: Diagnosis. Dandy, W. E. Cerebral (ventricular) hydrodynamic test for thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 297-302.—Ersner, M. S. Otitis media and mastoiditis simulating thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus. Ibid., 1939, 29: 605-13.—Eves, C. C. The diagnosis of lateral sinus throm- bosis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1925-26, 34: 1082-8.—Hartmann, A. F., Law, F. M. [et al] Conditions simulating sinus thrombo- phlebitis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 495-8.—McDougall, C. Diagnosis and treatment of lateral sinus thrombosis. South. Surgeon, 1938, 7: 333-7.—Muecke, F. The early diagnosis of infective lateral sinus thrombosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 518-24.—Rosenwasser, H. Differential diagnosis between thrombosis of the lateral sinus and acute bacterial endocarditis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937, 26: 668- 86.—Stauffer, N. P. Difficulties in diagnosing lateral sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1928, 37: 890-5.—Swift, G. W. The differential diagnosis between septic meningitis, brain abscess and lateral sinus thrombosis complicating mastoiditis. Ibid., 1927, 36:669-74. ---- Thrombophlebitis: Etiology. See also Mastoiditis; Otitis media. Devillard, P. *Contribution a l'etude des thrombo-phlebites latentes du sinus lateral au cours des mastoidites chez les diab^tiques. 44p. 25cm. Lyon, 1939. ' Babbitt, J. A. Anatomy and etiology of lateral-sinus throm- bosis. Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 315-8.—Boies, L. R. Lateral sinus thrombosis: a review of 184 cases with special reference to the postoperative type. Ann. Otol. Rhinol, 1932, 41: 227-37.—Brunner, H. Postoperative sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 509-19.—Cornet, P. Les phiebites traumatiques du sinus lateral. Ann. mal. oreille, 46: 549-66.—Crane, C. G., Taylor, J. M., & Patrie, H. H. Thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinus complicating mastoiditis. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 823-35.—Dean, L. W., Hartmann, A. F. [et al] Infectious lateral sinus thrombophle- bitis. Laryngoscope, 1940, 50: 950-88.—Downie, W. A case of extensive septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus following influenza; operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, 1: 31.— Dunlap, A. M., & Hu, M. L. Lateral sinus thrombosis of otitic origin with report of 4 cases. China M. J., 1931, 45: 297-318, 2 pl.—Dupuy, H. Report and exhibition of a case of acute endomastoiditis, with thrombosis of the lateral sinus. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1906-07, 59: 33-6.—Gaillard, R. Thrombo- phiebite suppuree du sinus lateral chez un enfant, consecutive k une otite aigue sans perforation tympanique. Lyon med., 1926, 138: 365-7.—Girard, L., & Arnould. Thrombo-phiebite suppuree precoce du sinus lateral au cours d'une otite. Oto- rhinolar. internat., 1928, 12: 168-70.—Goldstein, H. Z. Meta- static lateral sinus thrombosis. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30: 716.—Hartmann, A. F., Law, F. M. [et al] Infectious thrombo- phlebitis of the lateral sinus. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 495-500.—Kcnnon, B. R. A case of mastoiditis complicated by thrombosis of the lateral sinus and jugular vein; operation; recovery. Tr. M. Soc. Virginia (1902) 1903, 42-4—Kriegs- mann, G. Zur Frage der postoperativen Sinusthrombose. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1932, 131: 164-79.—KuUy, H. E. Acute mastoiditis; bilateral, lateral sinus thrombosis; cerebellar LATERAL SINUS 55 abscess: operation and recovery. Nebraska M. J.. 1934, 19: 427. — McAuliffe, G. W. Case of right acute mastoiditis with lateral sinus thrombosis; septicemia (betahemolytic strepto- coccus) operation and recovery. Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 353-5-McDougall, J. C, & Wright, E. S. Lateral sinus thrombosis complicating mastoiditis. South. M. J., 1938, 31: N.iO-6.— Massa. D. Trombo-flebitis obturante del seno lateral ot6gena a timpano imperforado. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2: 283-8.—Mayer, O. Ein Fall von otogener Sinusthrombose. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1941, 54: 491-4.—Mollison, W. M. Micro- scopical section through a right temporal bone from a case of lateral sinus thrombosis, to show infection spreading through a small vessel in the bone. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1913-14, 7: Otol. Sect., 37.—Powell, L. A case of mastoiditis with perisinus abscess and lateral sinus thrombosis presenting unusual features. Ibid., 1926-27, 20: Otol. Sect., 24.— Ramadier, J. Les phiebites post-operatoires du sinus lateral Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1930, 14: 334-8.—Ribeiro dos Santos & Paula Santos, H. de. ConsideracSes em torno de un caso de otite aguda complicada de thrombo-phiebite do seio lateral e septico-pyohemia. Rev. As. paul. med., S. Paulo, 1935, 6: 29-37.—Smith, M. T. Thrombophlebitis of the lateral sinuses complicating bilateral acute mastoiditis. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 532-43 — Sutherland, J. M. Otitic sinus thrombosis. Ibid., 1938, 27: 1-34.—Taptas. Mastoidite chronique avec phiebite du sinus lateral et gangrene etendue de la dure-mere chez une femme enceinte de 7 mois; guerison sans interruption de la grossesse. Gaz. med. orient., Constant., 1906, 51: 102—Wilkinson, A. P. Brain abscess and lateral sinus thrombosis as a complication in mastoiditis; report of two cases. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1932, 31: 327-30.—Wright, R. P., & Gerrie, J. W. Bilateral acute mastoiditis with lateral sinus phlebitis complicating the course of an ethmoidal carcinoma. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30: 535. ---- Thrombophlebitis: Manifestation. Behm, W. von. *Ueber otogene Sinus-throm- bose ohne Fieber. 17p. 22cm. Erlangen-Bruck, 1935. Fervers, T. A. *Die Bedeutung von Hirner- scheinungen fiir die Diagnose der otogenen Sinusthrombose. 13p. 20^cm. Erlangen, 1937. Gtjgtjmus, F. *Ueber Hirnerscheinungen bei otogener Sinusthrombose. 15p. 21cm. Erlan- gen, 1938. Overrath, H. *Die cerebralen Symptome der unkompliziorten otogenen Sinusthrombose. 36p. 8? Bonn, 1934. Bouchet, Jourdy & Broutmann. Exophtalmie a remission au cours d'une thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1939, 23: 113.—Buys. Un cas de thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral sans fievre intermittente. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905, 10: 150. ------ Un cas de thrombophiebite apyretique du sinus lateral. Ibid., 1908-09, 14:133.—Calabresi, C. Due casi di trombosi asintomatica del seno laterale di origine otitica. Arch. ital. otol, 1939,51: 129-33.—Carnevale- Ricci, F. La tromboflebite latente del seno laterale. Ibid., 1932, 43: 513.—Collet, Carachon & Chauvire. Thrombo- phiebite latente du sinus lateral chez un diabetique. Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 585-8.—Collet, F. J., & Mayoux, R. A propos du syndrome d'Eagleton. J. med. Lyon, 1936, 17: 497.—Friesner, I., Dean, L. W. [et al] Infectious thrombo- phlebitis of the lateral sinus; papilledema, its etiology, clinical significance and treatment. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1941, 33: 499.—Fruhwald, H. E. Die Fieberbewegung bei otogener Sinusthrombose. Fol. otolar. orient., 1934-35, 2: 14-31.— Greenfield, S. D. Etiology and pathology of paralysis of the abducens nerve associated with sinus thrombophlebitis; report of a case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and bilateral paralysis of the abducens nerve; operation and recovery. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19: 336-47.—Haymann, L. Ueber Hirnherd- svmptome bei kontralateraler otogener Sinusthrombose. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1937, 42: 429-33.—Kemler, J. I. L'nrecognized and latent mastoiditis with lateral sinus throm- bosis. Laryngoscope, 19.32, 42: 101-7.—Marbaix. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus transverse et de la veine jugulaire avec mastolde silencieuse. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1912, 17: No. 4, 137-45.—Moulonguet & Perier. Un cas de thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral, a forme tetanique. Ann. mal oreille, 1020, 45: 614-7. Also Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 855-8.—Richter, H. LTeber Hirnerscheinungen bei otogener Thrombophlebitis der Gegenseite. Hals &c. Arzt, T. 2, 1938, 47: 145-51. ------ Ueber die otogene Sinusthrombose und durch sie verursachte Hirnerscheinungen. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 813-5.—Simeoni, C. Tromboflebite asintomatica del seno laterale di origine otitica. Arch. ital. otol, 1934, 46: 783-8.— Van den Wildenberg. Thrombose latente du sinus. Bull. Soc. beige otol, 1905T06, 11: pt 2, 157.—Vitale, S. Tromboflebite ed ascesso intrasinusale del seno laterale di destra e periflebite a sinistra a decor-o rapidissimo da otomastoidite purulenta n-uta bilateiale a scarsa sintomatologia. Gior. med. mil, 1939, 87: 734-47.—Williams, H. L. Sinus thrombosis with papille- dema and signs of meningeal irritation. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1036, 11: 214.—Xanthakos, G. Erfahrungen iiber latente Sinusthrombose. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1939, 73: 33-9.—Zimanyi, I. [Sinus thrombosis with unusual manifestations in a 2-weeks old infantl Gy6gyaszat, 1939, 79: 475-7. LATERAL SINUS ---- Thrombophlebitis: Pathology. See also Dural sinus, transverse. Brown, J. M., & Bowman, R. J. A case report of thrombosis of the lateral sinus; inferior petrosal sinus and the opposite lateral sinus with post mortem specimen. Tr. Am. Laryng Ass., 1933, 39: 490-4. Also Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 604-9.— Dearmin, R. M., & Sims, J. L. Thrombosis of the lateral Rinus and abscess of the temporal lobe due to Bacillus proteus. Arch Otolar., Chic, 1940, 32: 1098-101.—Dross, J. G. Thrombosis of the lateral sinus; a study of 15 eases, including histologic examination. Ibid., 1939, 29: 42-64.— Emiliani, C. M., km. Santiago de Chile, 1898-1907. Rich, O. Catalogue of a collection of manu- scripts, principally in Spanish, relating to America, in the possession of O. Rich, No. 12, Red Lion Square, London. 48p. 15}^cm. x 9cm. Lond. [after 1842] Smith, R. C. La Fundaci6n hispanica en la Biblioteca del Congreso. p.5-18. 25^cm. Wash., 1940. Wilson, C. M. Books about Middle America. 23p. 20^cm. N. Y., 1943. ---- Medical history. Pardal, R. Medicina aborigen americana. 377p. 20cm. B. Air. [1937] Corbiere, E. El mal de los siete dfas. Rev. As. med. argent., 1943, 57: 742-6.—Simpson, L. B. The medicine of the con- quistadores: an American pharmacopoea of 1536. In Osiris, 1938, 3: 142-64.—Wilson, C. M. Story of Latin-American medicine. In his Ambassadors in White, N. Y., 1942, 26-42, 4 pl, 2 map. LATINI, Brunetto, 1220-95. Carmody, F. J. Brunetto Latini's Ttesor: Latin sources on natural science. Speculum, Cambr., 1937, 12: 359-66. LATISSIMUS dorsi. See Back. LATKI, Johannes, 1899- *Ueber einen Fall von primarem Herzechinokokkus mit Cesto- denembolie. 37p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1926. LATKOWSKI, Michel, 1882-1930. For obituary see P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1932, 9. Congr., 1: 164-6. LATON, Anita Duncan Elizabeth, 1895- *The psychology of learning applied to health education through biology; an experimental application of psychology in the junior high school [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] 103p. 8? N. Y., Teachers Coll., 1929. LaTORRE, C. de, & BARTSCH, Paul. The Cuban operculate land mollusks of the family Annulariidae, exclusive of the subfamily Chondro- pominae. p. 131-385. pl. 24^cm. Wash., 1941. Forms No. 3096, v.89, Proc U. S. Nat. Mus. La TORRE, Felice, 1846-1923. For obituary see Saverio Rocchi, F. Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1923, 22: p. lii-lvi, portr. LATOUR, Bernard, 1907- Contribution k l'etude du delai d'eviction dans la diphterie. 72p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1934. LATOUR, Jean, 1908- *Etude de l'epreuve du maximum d'apnee volontaire. 48p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. La TOURETTE'S disease. Spg Neurosis LATREILLE,' Eugene, 1879-1928. For obituary see Jutras, A. Union med. Canada, 1928, 57: 703.—LeSage, A. Ibid., 695, portr—Rheaume, P. Z. Ibid., 699-702. For portrait see J. H6tel Dieu Montreal, 1942, 11: 472. LATREILLE 560 latrin: LATREILLE, Madeleine, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude des phosphatases [Marseille; Pharm.] 93p. tab. diagr. 24,^cm. Lons-le- Saunier, M. Declume, 1938. LATRINE. See also Lavatory; Water closet. Kansas, U. S. A. State Board of Health. The sanitary privy. 23p. 8? Topeka, 1934. United States. Public Health Service. The sanitary privy. 45p. 8? Wash., 1933. Allport, ti. K. An experiment in conservancy. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1904, 3: 280.—Berry, J. A latrine of Roman im- perial time. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1920-21, 14: Sect. Hist. Med., 17-20.—Bonnette. Nouvelle installation des feuiliees. Caducee, 1909, 9: 317.—C, A. Sulle cosi dette batterie sani- tarie e im generale sulle latrine multiple per comunita. Riv. ingegn. san., 1904, 25: 191-3.—Caldwell, E. I. Study of an envelope pit privy. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 264-9.—Caraway, J. A. A maintenance program for privies built during the past 4 years. Papers Health Work. Conf. Tennessee, 1937, 9: 62-5.—Censos de letrinas. In Memoria (Venezuela Min. san.) Caracas, 1937, 160-73.—Cernesson. Au sujet des latrines de nuit dans les casernes. Rev. hyg., Par., 1926, 48: 523-7.— Culbertson, W. R. The sanitary privy. South. M. J., 1927, 20: 657-62.—Gilmore, W. H. The privy program. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1943-44, 13: 374-6.—Hamilton, A. H. A demonstra- tion of the solution of local latrine problems in the District of Bantam, Java. Q. Bull. Rockefeller Found., 1931, 5: 400-2.— Heider, R. W, & Quinn, J. L., jr. Sanitary privy program terminated. Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 51.— Hoff, E. M. K0benhavnske Latrinforhold. Tskr. sundhedspl, 1894-95, 4: 87-97.—Jacocks, W. P. Sanitation conveniences in ancient Ceylon. Q. Bull. Rockefeller Found., 1931, 5: 394- 9.—Mangel, H. Die Abortanlagen unserer Schulen. Zschr. Schulgesundh., 1929, 42: 432-6.—Mazzotti, L. Letrinas sanitarias. Bol. Dep. salub. pub., Mex., 1942, 5: 53-9.— Miller, O. The school privy and its use. Month. Bull. Bd Health Indiana, 1943, 46: 208.—Operculis (De) from the Field Sanitation Department of the Army School of Hygiene. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1943, 80: 5-8.—Privy program approaching half-way mark; Hillsboro leads in number installed. Health Notes, Jacksonville, 1940, 32: 96.—Reynolds, R. Mainly concerning prehistoric privies. In his Cleanliness, Lond., 1943, 13-25.—Rump, J. LatrinvKsenet i danske Provinsbyer. Tskr. sundhedspl, 1894-95, 4: 146-64.—Sanitary (The) pit privv. Virginia Health Bull, 1929, 21: No. 7, 1-8; No. 10, 1-8; 1934, 26: 1-7, 1935, 27: 1-7 —Sanitary privy, present and future. Health Briefs, Nashville, 1934, 11: No. 12, 3.—Tisdale, E. S., & Atkins, C. H. The sanitary privy and its relation to public health. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33: 1319-22 — Williams, H. W. F. Bored-hole latrines; their use and misuse. Malay. M. J., 1933, 8: 284-6. ---- Construction, equipment and rules. Yeager, C. H. Bored-hole latrine equipment and construction. 108p. 8? Manila, 1934, Also Philippine J. Sc, 1931, 46: 681-749, 7 pl. Alexander, J. Bore-hole latrines. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1942, 17: 20.—Algunas disposiciones legales sobre letrinas. Salud & san., Bogota, 1939-40, 8: No. 91-92, 24.—Barros Barreto, J. Typos de latrinas ruraes. Ann. Congr. brasil. hyg. (1923) 1926, 1: 211-8.—Berezin, M. A. Simple hand washing set-up for straddle trench latrine. Mil Surgeon, 1942, 90: 435-7.—Herman, R. Automatic flushing latrine. Ibid., 1934, 75: 79-83.—Bruini, G. Le latrine sotterranee. Riv. ingegn. san., 1906, 2: 89.—Campbell, G. F., Drv earth closets for field use. Mil. Surgeon, 1909, 24: 50-2.—Cooper, E. M. The North Carolina sanitary privy law. South. M. J., 1927, 20: 655-7.—Corby, J. F. A modified incinerator pit latrine. Army M. Bull, 1936, 34: 62.—Decreto que reglamenta la construccion de excusados. In Leyes (Costa Rica) S. Jose, 1935, 35-7.— Dhondy, B. S. Automatic flyproof latrine seat. Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 466-8.—Fitzroy-Williams, H. W. A type of latrine for the use of naval personnel when landed. J. R. Nav. M, Serv., 1934, 20: 266.—Fort, M. A. A satisfactory sanitary privy costing a dollar and a half. South. M. J., 1930, 23: 1037.— Gilmore, W. H. The standard concrete slab and cast iron riser privy as modified for war emergency use. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942-43, 12: 287.—Harrison, L. W. An automatically fly- proof latrine seat. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1908, 11: 406-8.— Harvey, F. A new cremator latrine system. Ibid., 1909, 13: 566-74.—Hawksley, T. On the practicability of the dry earth system, to fulfil all the requirements concerned in the manage- ment and application of refuse organic matter. Pub. Health, Lond., 1868, 1: 29-32.—Hepburn, E. A. Sanitary pan closets. Health Bull, Melb., 1928, No. 13, 428-33—Herrick, F. C. A new field latrine which fulfills the requirements for troops in active service where such device is necessary. Mil. Surgeon, 1907, 20: 125-30.—History (The) and construction of under- ground conveniences. San. Rec, Lond., 1904, 33: 95; 113.— Improvement in the structure of the bucket latrine. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1941, 77: 40-2.—Instrucciones para construir el excusado de hoyo. Salud & san., Bogota, 1939-40, 8: No. 80, 2-15.—Jacocks, W. P. A note on a type of latrine suitable for use in Ceylon villages. Cevlon J. Sc, 1926-29, 2: Sect D., M. Sc, 87-9, 3 pl—Jolly, (.. G. An autoinniic fly proof latrine seat. Ind. M. Gaz., 1923, 58: 575-8.- Kondrirk, C. Bore-hole latrines. Native M. Pract., Suva, 1930, 1: 17-9.—Loesch, O., & Hiebler, F. Uoihenschwemm.ihorte fllr Massenlager. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1943, 66: 167.- Mandy, I. [Automatic seat covers for rural privies] Nepegcszsogugy, 1911, 22: 147-9.—Maplestone, P. A. The essentials of bore-holp latrine construction. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 394-0.- Murtin H. G. Latrine. U. S. Patent Off., 19-12, No. 2,279,57s.- Masson. L. Les gaieries souterraines de neeessite. Rev. hvg Par., 1900, 28: 267-79.—Mensing, P. Massenahortanlagcn Deut, Militararzt, 1940, 5: 298 (Abstr.)—Metcalfe, A. W. A form of dry privy suitable for situations not adapted for water-closets. J. R. San. Inst., 1906-07, 27: 488- Meyer. J. Underjordiske Nodtoiftsanstalter. Tskr. sundhedspl., IS94- 95, 4: 141-5.- Modelo de letrina; para tenenos especiales Salud & san., Bogota, 1937, 6: No. 60, 22.— Molloy. D. M. Construcci6n de moldes de cemento para las letrinas de con- crete empleadas en Costa Rica. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1936, 15: 1035-44.—Mookherji, B. Septic tank latrines [Bengal Bengal Pub. Health Rep. (1940) 1492, 141-5.—New (A) type of latrine. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1943, No. 09, 33.— Ordinance regarding sanitary privies upheld [Alabama] Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 75.—Philbert. Les nouvellee gaieries souterraines ile necessite. Hyg. gen. appl, Par., 1900, 1: 22-7.—Prasada, K. Bored-hole latrines in the health unit, Partabgarh. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 211-3.—Recommenda- ciones para el empleado que fiscaliza la construcci6n de letrinas. Salud & san., Bogota, 1939-40, 8: No. 91-92, 18.—Robertson, W. J. Some notes on an improved type of Otwey pit. J. It. Army M. Corps, 1941, 76: 296-9.—Standard box and can privy. Virginia Health Bull, 1929, 21: No. 12, 1-4.—Tate, R. G. H. Notes on the new field latrine. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1908, 10: 536-8.—Taylor, W. H. Cleaning device. U. S. Patent Off., 1943, No. 2,315,673.—Trambusti, B. Latrina di fortuna per malati contagiosi. Gior. med. mil, 1940, 88: 610.—Tsiang, K. Hunan Yale (Hsiang Ya) type of sanitary privy. Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 742-9.—Williams, D. M. New Mexico builds sani- tary privies. N. Mexico Health Off., 1937, 7: 21. ---- Hygiene. Lichtenberg, H. *Hygiene des latrines scolaires. 77p. 8? Par., 1933. Asphyxie dans la vidange d'une fosse d'aisances. J. chim. med., Par., 1865, 5. ser., 1: 651.—Caldwell, E. L. Pollution flow from pit latrines when an impervious stratum closely underlies the flow. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61: 270-88.----- & Parr, L. W. Ground water pollution and the bored hole latrine. Ibid., 148-83.—Cockell, W. C. Soil sanitation. J. R. San. Inst., 1937-38, 58: 325-36.—Galet, O. Quelques mots sur la viciation de Fair dans les impasses et notamment a cause des emanations des latrines et leur mauvais fonctionnement. Clinique, Brux., 1906, 20: 281-91.—Miller, H. E. The re- sponsibility of the health officer in privy sanitation. Rep. Conf. Tennessee Health Work., 1932, 5: 181-9. ------ Privy sanitation. Ibid., 200-5.—Modo de quitar el fetor de las cloaces y recamaras. Gac. lit. Mexico, 1831, 4: 428.—Pirez Velasco, A. Tres casos de letalidad stibita por intoxicaci6n siderante a causa de las emanaciones del tufo de las fosas. Villaclara med., S. Clara, 1939, 7: 213-33.—Yeast treatment of latrines. U. S. Nav. M. Bull, 1943, 41: 239. LATRODECTUS. See Arachnida; Arachnidism. LATRON, Marie Louise, 1910- in- fluence de de l'anesthesie par les barbituriques sur le metabolisme basal. 69p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LATSCH, Kurt, 1905- Osteopathia ovarica und Osteomalacie [Wurzburg] 58p. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935. LATSON, William Richard Cunningham, 1866- Common disorders with rational methods of treatment including diet, exercise, masso- therapy, baths, etc. 325p. 12? N. Y., Health Cult, co., 1904. ---- The attainment of efficiency; rational methods of developing health and personal power. viii, 93p. 19^cm. N. Y., Health Cult, co., 1910. LATTANTE (II) Parma, 1: 1930- LATTANZIO, Vito Antonio. Valore clinico dell'albuminuria neH'influenza; metodo curativo; casi clinici. 46p. 8? Barletta, G. Dellisanti, 1920. LATTE, Max, 1903- *Zur Kenntnis der transitorischen Lahmungen. 41p. 8? Wiirzb., Bavaria, 1929. LATTERI 561 LATZKE LATTERI, Francesco S. [M. D., 1940, Lau- sanne] Contribution a l'etude etiologique du pied Bot creux essentiel en rapport avec le spina bifida occulta lombo-saere. 24p. 22j»>em. Lausanne, C. Risold, 1940. LATTERMANN, Eugen Felix Hermann Erich, 1900- *Ueber Akrodermatitis continua suppurativa (Hallopeau) 39p. 8? Freib. i. B., W. Goggel, 1930. LATTES, Leone, 1887- L'individualita del sangue. 5. ed. xii, 366p. illust. tab. 8? Milan, S. A. Fratell Treves, 1934. ---- [Also German translation] Die Indi- vidualitat des Blutes in der Biologie, in der Klinik und in der gerichtlichen Medizin; nach der umgearbeiten italienischen Aufl. tibersetzt und erganzt durch einem Anhang: Die forensisch- medizinische Verwertbarkeit der Blutgruppen- diagnose nach deutschem Recht; von Dr Fritz Schiff. vi, 226p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1925. ---- [Also English translation] Individuality of the blood in biology and in clinical and forensic medicine; transl. by L. W. Howard Bertie, xiv, 413p. illust. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1932. ■—-— Methoden zur Bestimmung der Indi- vidualist des Blutes. p.719-98. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1933. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Abt. 13, Teil 2, pt 1. ----La causa violenta sovrapposta a con- dizioni professional! non indennizzabili. 27p. 8? [Pavia, L. Pezzoli, 1G36] LATTIMORE, Ralston, 1871-1938. For obituary see J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1938, 27: 207. LATTMANN, Karl Theodor Joachim, 1908- *Peripankreatische Pseudocysten. 24p. 23cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1936. LATUCYL. See under Lactuca. LATVIA. Valst statistiska parvalde. Latvijas statistiska gada gramata. Riga, 1., 1920— —— Menesa biletens. Riga, 4., 1929- LATVIA. Latvijas Universitate. Acta uni- versitatis Latviensis. Riga, v. 1-20, 1921-29. ---- Ratski. Riga, v.l, No. 1—v.2, No. 3, 1929-35. LATVIA. Latvijas Universitate. Medicinas Fakultate. Ratski. Riga, v.3, No. 1-2, 1937- LATVIA. Latvijas Universitate. Veterinar- medicinas Fakultate. Ratski. Riga, v.2, No. 1, 1938- LATVIA [and Latvians] See also names of Latvian cities. Gluschkin, J. *Organisation de l'hygiene publique en Lettonie. 31p. 8? Par., 1935. Llcis, J. Kraniologische Untersuchungen an Schadeln altlettischer Stamme. 131p. 22cm. Riga, 1939. Fedders, G. [Littoral climate of Lativia] Medicina, Kaunas, 1932, 13: 389.—Jeruma-Krastina, L. [Die Lettin vom anthropologischen Standpunkt] Latv. Lniv. rak., 1935, 2: 1-192, 18 pl. ------ [Anthropological data on Latvian school children; height, weight and circumferrance of chest] Ibid., 1937, 3: 235-72.—Vetra, N. [Investigation on the state of health of the students of the Latvian University and its relation to the constitution] Ibid., 1935, 2: 295-420, 7 pl. LATVIJAS medicinas adresu gramata. 128p. 8? Riga, Argus, 1933. Also 13. ed. 139p. 1936. LATZ, Leo John, 1903- The rhythm of sterility and fertility in women. 107p. illust. 16? Chic, L. J. Latz [1932] Also 6. rev. ed. vii, 151p. [1939] 463569—vod. 9, 4th series----3G LATZKE, Bruno, 1911- *Geschwiilste der Mundhohle,bosartige sowie gutartige [Bres- lau] 27p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lenger. Handelsdr. [1937] LAU, Alfred, editor. Das national-soziali- stische Ostpreussen. 232p. 8? Konigsb., Gebr. Kaspereit [19.34] LAU, Alfred, 1906- *Beitrag zur Bak- tencitat dei' als Wurzelfullmaterial gebrauch- lichen Zahnzemente. 20p. 8? Wurzb., Popp, 1931. LAU, Axel, 1911- *Die Behandlung der Schadelbasisfrakturen in der chirurgischen Klinik zu Konigsberg i. P., 1928-37. 24p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., 1937. LAU, Christiane Flora Ida Eva, 1908- *Ueber die Ergebnisse der operativen Behandlung von Knochenbrtichen mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Einheilung von Fremdkorpern [Leip- zig] 38p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. LAU, Kurt, 1907- *Ueber die Cystenmilz. 20p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorffs, 1931. LAUB, August, 1905- *Versuche iiber das Verhalten wasserbindender Mittel im Darm [Tubingen] 19p. 8? Marbach-N., A. Remppis, 1937. LAUBACH, George Frederick, 1853-81. For biography see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (lyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 87, portr. LAUBACH, Herbert G., 1879- Portrait. In Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 88. LAUBE, Alfred, 1904- *Totgeburten und Sauglingsfruhsterblichkeit sowie deren Bekam- pfung (unter Beriicksichtigung des Materials an der Universitats-Frauenklinik Kiel in den Jahren 1923-28 einschliesslich) [Kiel] 26p. 8! Stuttg., F. Enke, 1930. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1930, 98: LAUBE, Gertrud, 1912- *Intraorale Haemangiome [Leipzig] 28p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. LAUBENDER, Walther [M. D., 1922, Heidel- berg] Acidosestudien [Frankfurt a. M., Habi- litationsschrift] 52p. 8? Berl., F. C. W. Vogel, 1932. ---- Lokalanaesthetica. p. 1-78. 25}^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. exp. Pharm., Erganzwerk (Heffter, A., et al.) 8: LAUBENFELS, Max Walker de, 1894- A comparison of the shallow-water sponges near the Pacific end of the Panama Canal with those at the Caribbean end. p.441-66. illust. 8? Wash., 1936. Forms No. 2993, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. ----A discussion of the sponge fauna of the Dry Tortugas in particular and the West Indies in general, with material for a revision of the families and orders of the Porifera. 225p. pl. 29cm. Wash., Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1936. Forms v.30, Papers T°rtugas Lab. ---- Sponges collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. 7p. 8? Wash., 1939. Forms No. 15, v.98, Smithson. Misc. Collect. —— Life science; a survey of the various fields of biology. iv, 320p. illust. 28cm. [Pasadena, Calif., the Author, 1941] LAUBENREIMER, Kurt, 1877- Lehr- buch der Mikrophotographie und Mikropro- jektion. 2. Aufl. xii, 272p. illust. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1931. LAUBENSTEIN, Ludwig Peter, 1906- *Die Bedeutung der abdominalen Schnittent- LAIBENSTEIN 562 LAUBSCHER bindung in der Therapie der Placenta praevia bzw. des tiefen Sit/es der Placenta. 19p. 8? Lpz., W. Hientzsch. 1934. LALHKNTHAL, Josef Florin, 1903- *Ueber einige I'ragen psvehiatrischer Ehebera- tung, erlautert an Hand von Stammbaumen. 49p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1929. ---- Zur Pathologie des Raumerlebons, untor besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Sehraums [Bonn; Habilitationsschrift] p.202-32. 23cm. Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1938. Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 162: Leitfaden der Xeurologie. 3. verm. & verb. Aufl. 295p. illust. tab. diagr. 25}£cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1943. LAUBER, Hans, 1876-1936. See Kolmer, W., & Lauber, H. Haut und Sinnesorgane. 2. T. Auge. 782p. 8? Berl, 1936. Forms 3. Bd, 2. T. Handb. mikr. Anat. Mensch. (Mollen- dorff, W. v.) For biography see Pavia, L. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1931, 6: 359 For portrait see Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1936, 97: Juli H. LAUBER, Otto, 1909- *Bakteriologische Untersuchungen fiber das Sterilisationsvermogen der radioaktiven Wurzelfullung Radiolix. 16p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1934. LAUBINGER, Werner, 1912- *Zur Ver- teilung des Jods im Zentralnervensystem von Mensch und Tier unter normalen Bedingungen [Kiel] 20p. 23cm. Eisf'eld i. T., C. Beck, 1937. LAUBNER, Charlotte, 1912- *Blut- untersuchungen bei Gebarmutterkrebs [Breslau] 16p. 21cm. Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1938. LAUBRY, Charles, 1872-1941. Maladies du sang et des organes hematopoietiques. 627p. illust. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1933. Forms pt 2, v.3, Nouv. traite path. int. ---- Appareil circulatoire. 186p. illust. diagr. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. ---- Maladies du nez, du larynx, des bronches, des poumons et des plevres. 650p. illust. pl. 28cm. Par., G. Doin & cie, 1938. Forms pt 3, v.3, Nouv. traite path. int. For biography see Harvier, P. Paris med., 1933, 90: annexe, 570—Helbichova, A. Cas. lek. Cesk., 1934, 73: 532, portr. For bbituary see Brit. Heart J., 1941, 3: 145 (Bedford, D. E.) Also Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 601. ----COTTENOT, P. [et al.] Radiologie cli- nique du coeur et des gros vaisseaux. T. 1-2. 2v. 340p. [paged continuously] illust. diagr. 32cm. x 26cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. LAUBRY, Charles, MOUGEOT, Anatole, & WALSER, Jean. Les syndromes d'aortite poste- rieure (aortite thoracique, aortite abdominale) 234p. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1925. L'AUBRY, J. Ambroise, fl. 1810. Portrait. In Portr. Svenska lak. apotek. (Sjoberg, N.) Stockh., 1910, 62. LAUBRY, Pierre, 1907- *Les coronaires et le probleme de la douleur cardiaque. 232p. pl. 24cm. Par., G. Doin & cie, 1939. LAUBSCHER, Adrian Erasmus, 1901- *Ueber sieben Falle von Orbital-Eiterung. 25p. 8? Heidelb., P. Braus, 1927. LAUBSCHER, Albert, 1908- *Ueber die perniciose Anaemie; ihre Aetiologie und ihre Be- einflussbarkeit durch therapeut. Massnahmen [Heidelberg] 30p. 8? Bruchsal-Baden, J. Kruse & Sonne, 1934. LAUBSCHER, Barend Jacob Frederick, 1897- Sex, custom and psychopathology; a study of South African pagan natives, xv, 347p. pl 8? Lond., G. Routledge & sons, 1937. LAUBSCHER, Willy [M. D., 1928, Basel] ♦Leber phlegmonose Entzundung der Membrana chord [Basel] p.450-60. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Virchows Arch., 1929, 271: LAUCHE, Philipp Wilhelm Arnold, 1X90- Die Zusnmmenhangstrennungen der Knochen; die Knochenbriiche, die Bruchheilung und ihre Storungen. p.204-308. 25) km. Berl., J. Springer, 1937. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Lubarsch, O., & Henke, F.) Berl, 1937, Bd 9, T. 4. ----Die unspezifischen Entziindungen der Knochen. p. 1-80. 25'^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1939. In Handb. spez. -path. Anat. (Lubarsch, ()., & Henke, F.) Berl, 1939, Bd 9, T. 4. LAUCHERT, Friedrich, 1863- Geschichte des Phvsiologus. xiii, 3l2p. 8? Strassb., K. J. Triibner, 1889. LAUCHS, Rudolf, 1910- *Die Bedeutung exogener Faktoren fiir die Entstehung von Karzinomen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Teers und seiner Abkommlinge, dargestellt an einigen Fallen von Pechkrebs. 47p. 20J-£cm. Erlangen, K. Dores, 1938. LAUDA, Ernst. Die normale und pathologische Physiologie der Milz. viii, 280p. diagr. 8°. Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1933. LAUDAGE, Fritz, 1903- *Ergebnisse von Rontgenreihendurchleuchtungen bei der SA in Munchen in den Jahren 1934-35 [Giessen] 17p. 22^cm. Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. LAUDANINE [and derivatives] See also Morphine; Opium, Alkaloids. Paret, J. Contribution a l'etude pharma- cologique de la laudanosine [Marseille; Pharm.] 120p. 25)4cm. Lyon, 1935. Arnoldi, W. Die Wirkung des Morphiumderivates Lau- danon auf den Stoffhaushalt bei verschiedener Kost. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1929, 143: 283-309.—Delphaut, J., & Paret, J. Nouvelles observations sur Taction pharmacodynamique de la laudanosine. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1935, 119: 107-9.—Mercier, F., & Delphaut, J. Sur les convulsions produites par la lau- danosine. Ibid., 118: 168-70.—Renoldi. Ueber Laudanon- Ingelheim. Fortsch. Ther., 1927, 3: 868. LAUDANN, Walter, 1910- *Ueber das Sehen nicht storende Linsentrtibungen im Kindes- alter. 15p. 23cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. LAUDANUM. See Opium. LAUDE, Gabriel, 1905- Contribution k l'etude des torsions intravaginales du testicule chez l'adulte. 66p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1932. LAUDE, Hilmer Henry, 1887- See Swanson, A. F., & Laude, H. H. Barley production in Kansas. 27p. 8? Manhattan, Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta., 1938. LAUDER, Robert Enwraight, -1938. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 314. LAUDIEN, Hans Artur, 1913- *Ueber Knochencysten unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Osteodystrophia (Ostitis) fibrosa [Berlin] 45p. pl. 20}km. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1938. LAUE, Karl Heinrich, 1896- *Ortho- dontie und die Metallvergiitung [Munster] 31p. 8? Westerstede, E. Ries, 1934. LAUE, Max von, 1879- For biography see Friedrich, W. Strahlentherapie, 1939, 66: 369-72, portr.—Also Planck,M. Naturwissenschaften, 1929, 17:787. LAUE, Walter, 1908- *Ueber den tages- zeitlichen Beginn und das Ende dei Spontange- burt [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Mittweifla, Billig, 1933. LAUENER 563 LAUFER LAUENER, Paul [M. D., 1915, Bern] *Ueber einen durch Kuhhaare hervorgerufenen Fremd- korpertumor bei einem Melker [Bern] 18p. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1915. Also Derm. Wschr., 1915, 60: LAUENSTEIN, Hermann, 1903- *Das Katathermometer in der Gewerbehygiene mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kalibergbaus. 26p. 8? Gott., Handelsdr., 1931. LAUE pattern. See Diamond; Roentgen ray, Diffraction. LAUER, Hermann, 1905- *Ein Fall von Nierenbeckenpapillom mit Metastasenbildung im Harnleiter und in der Blase [Freiburg i. B.] 13p. 21cm. Schramberg (Schwarzwald) Gatzer & Hahn, 1936. LAUER, Hermann, 1908- *Melano- sarkom der Aderhaut bei gleichzeitig bestehendem Uteruscarcinom [Heidelberg] 17p. 8? Wert- heim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1935. LAUER, Joseph, 1907- *L'ephedrine en therapeutique et surtout dans les etats de choc. 30p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LAUER, Karl, 1906- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber die Dehnbarkeit an grossen Gefassen der menschlichen Leiche. 84p. 8°. Frankf. a, M., Voigt & Gleiber, 1934. LAUER, Karl, 1911- *Ermiidungs- und Erholungs-Erscheinungen des Stahls im Hinblick auf das arztlich-zahnarztliche Instrumentarium. 31p. 8? BomvH. Trapp, 1937. LAUERBACH, Fritz [M. D., 1935, Munchen] *Ueber Kieferzysten, besonders fiber, das gleich- zeitige Vorkommen in demselben Kiefer [Miin- chen] 8p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1935. LAUERBURG, Alfred, 1903- *Erwerbs- losenziffer und Krankenstand in ihren gegen- seitigen Beziehungen [Freiburg i. B.] 24p. 8°. [Berl., E. S. Mittler & Sohn] 1928. LAUERER, Anton, 1911- *Die Psycho- logie in der Zahnbehandlung des Kindes [Miin- chen] 16p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. LAUERMANN, Fritz, 1906- *Ueber die Blutungen der quergestreiften Muskulatur des Korpers und ihre Komplikationen, insbesondere Eiterungen, mit einem eigenen Fall [Heidelberg] 17p. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1937. LAUER-SCHMALTZ, Walter, 1912- *Vier Falle von Agranulocytose. 32p. 21cm. Miinch., Gebr. Giehrl, 1938. LAUF, Alfred, 1907- *Ueber die Ver- teilung der Blutgruppen auf die weibliche Be- volkerung von Unterfranken nach 1500 in der Wiirzburger Universitatsfrauenklinik ausgefuhr- ten Bestimmungen. 31p. 8? Wiirzb., Gebr. Memminger, 1931. LAUF, Edmund, 1908- *Ueber Nasen- steine und das Zusammentreffen von Nasenstein mit Nasenflugelkrebs. 21p. 8? Munch., Hohenhaus, 1935. LAUF, Maria, 1899- *Untersuchungen iiber die elastischen Eigenschaften von Stahl- drahten [Frankfurt a. M.] 29p. 8? [Berl., Berl. Verl., 1935] LAUFER, Berthold, 1874-1934. The reindeer and its domestication, p.91-147. 8? Lancaster, Pa., Am. Anthrop. Ass., 1917. Forms No. 2, v.4, Mem. Am.Anthrop. Ass. ---- The Chinese gateway. 7p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1922. Forms No. 1, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., 1922. ---- Use of human skulls and bones in Tibet. 16p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1923. Forms No. 10, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., ---- Tobacco and its use in Asia. 39p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1924. Forms No. 18, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., ---- The introduction of tobacco into Europe. 66p. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1924. Forms No. 19, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., ---- Ivory in China. 78p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1925. Forms No. 21, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., 1925. ---- Ostrich egg-shell cups of Mesopotamia and the ostrich in ancient and modern times. 50p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1926. Forms No. 23, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., 1926. ---- Insect-musicians and cricket champions of China. 27p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1927. Forms No. 22, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., 1927. ----The giraffe in history and art. lOOp. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1928. Forms No. 27, Leaflet Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Dep. Anthrop., 1928. —-— The prehistory of aviation, xviii, 96p. pl. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1928. Forms No. 1, Anthrop. Ser., Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. For biography see Hummel, A. W. Am. Anthrop., 1936, 38: 101-11, portr. ---- & WILBUR, C. Martin. The American plant migration. Part 1: The potato. 132p. front. 8? Chic, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 1938. Forms No. 418, Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. LAUFER, Max, 1910- *Eindrucke fiber den gegenwartigen Stand des Kurpfuschertums in Beziehung zu den Geschlechtskrankheiten [Miinchen] 18p. 8? Ergenzingen, A. Deifel, 1932. LAUFER, Mindla, 1910- *Nachunter- suchungen an hyperkinetischen Kindern. 31p. 22^cm. Berl., F. Linke, 1937. LAUFF, Erich, 1900- *Ueber chronische Wirbelsaulenversteifungen (Spondylarthritis an- cylopoetica und Spondylosis deformans) [Berlin] 35p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1926. LAUFF, Hildegard, 1901- *Erfahrungen iiber die operative Behandlung des Pylorospasmus in der Universitats-Kinderklinik Freiburg i. Br. [Freiburg i. B.] 8p. 8? Stuttg., Union Deut. Verl., 1926. LAUFFER, Use, 1910- *Neuartige Ver- fahren zur Herstellung von Jacketkronen [Miin- chen] 18p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934. LAUFHUETTE, Kurt, 1909- *Nach- priifung der Ipsenschen Regel von der Richtung der Berstungsbruche am Schadel, an Hand des Beobachtungsmaterials des gerichtsarztlichen In- stituts in Dusseldorf [Munster] 41p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. LAUFMAN, Harold, 1912- Illustrator of Lewis, P. Backache and sciatic neuritis. 745p. 24cm. Phila., 1943. LAUFS, Josef, 1906- *Beitrag zur Frage der xanthomatosen Gewebsneubildungen [Miin- ster] 19p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1936. . LAUGEL, Robert [M. D., 1937, Strasbourg] *Les icteres emotifs en medecine legale. 43p. 24^cm. [Strasb.] E. Mazel, 1937. LAUGH and grow fit, and Say 99! See Laughing Leech (The) pseud. Laugh and grow fit, and Say 991 253p. 17cm. Lond., 1935. LAUGHING GAS 504 LAUGHTER LAUGHING gas. Set- Nitrogen monoxid. LAUGHINGHOUSE, Charles O'Hagan, 1871- 1930. For biography see Rankin, \V. S. Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1931, 46: 191-3, portr. LAUGHING Leech (The) pseud. Laugh and grow fit, and Say 99! Hints for health & happi- ness; drawings by Alfred E. Taylor. 253p. illust. 17cm. Lond., Quoonsway pr. [1935?] LAUGHLEN reaction. Sec under Syphilis, Serodiagnosis. LAUGHLIN, Earl, 1907- An introduction to osteopathy. 104p. S? Kirksville, Mo., Journal print, co., 1932. LAUGHLIN, Earl Herbert. 1SS2- Quiz on the practice of osteopathy; a compendium of ready reference for the busy practitioner and advanced student. 137p. 8? Kirksville, Mo., Journal print, co., 1903. LAUGHLIN, Sam. Border line between- Mari- time law and compensation cases with specific instances and cases. 6p. 23}£cm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1930, 6p. Forms No. 436, Bull. U. S. Bur. Labor Statist. LAUGHTER. See also Emotion; Gelasma; Geloplegia; Gelotherapy; Humor; Joy; Pleasure. Aragon. L. O. la risa loca. Gac. mid. Mexico, 1926, 57: 142-6.—Betz. W. Das Lachen. Zschr. Menschenk., 1930-31, 6: 343-9.—Boudry, A. Des plantes qui provoquent le rire. Aesculape, Par., 1929, n. ser., 19: 132-6.—Grains and M-iuplcs; by Another Reader. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 338.—Hall, M. L. Educating for laughter. Tiaining School Bull, 1939 -40, 36: 16-8.—Lloyd. E. L. The respiratory mechanism in laughter. J. Gen. Psychol, 1938, 19: 179-89.—Paskind, H. A. Influence of laughter on muscle tone. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1031, 39: 93. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Ghic, 1632, 28: 623.— Three (The) laughters; Japanese, Syohaku, 1730-83; illust. In Enjoym. Art in America (Shoolman, R.) Phila., 1942, 235.— Vogt, A. Ueber das Lachen; Lob der Torheit. Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 014-7. Pathology. Caillet, M. P. L. *Le rire et le pleurer spasmodiques. 103p. 25cm. Bord., 1934. Roy, D. P. Traite medico-philosophique sur le rire; ou, Le rire considere dans ses rapports avec l'etude physique et morale de l'homme dans l'etat malade. 591p. 8? Par., 1814. Boudrv, A. Rires et grimaces normaux et pathologiques. J. meU Bordeaux, 1931, 108: 366-70.—Gilbert-Robin. Rires et sourires morbides chez l'enfant. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 614. ---- Psychology. Boyd, E. F. L/sefulness of laughter. Southwest. M., 1942, 26: 224-7.—Brumbaugh, F., & Wilson. F. T. Children's laughter. J. Gen. IsychoL, 1940, 57: 3- 29.—Cornil, L., & Psgaud, J. Considerations sur le rire automatique; le stade d'Elaboration : 397-537.— Willmann. J. M. An analysis of humor and laughter. Am J Psychol, 1940, 53: 70 85. LAUGIER, Henri, ISSN Die Chronaxia Methoden und Technik. p.719-SI0. 8? Berl.' l^rban & Schwarzenberg, 1936. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl, 1930 Bd 5, pt 5 A. LAUGIER, Paul Marie Lucien, 1910- *Contribution k l'etude de l'erythrodermie vesiculo-oedemateuse arsenicale. 95p. pl. 2-lcin Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1937. LAUMANN, Gustav, 1909- *Weber das Zusammenwirken von Morphin und Skopolamin auf die Dehvdrierungsvorgange [Miinster] 15p. 8? Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. LAUMANN, Werner Eduard Ferdinand. 1909- *Vorsorge ein Gebot des Nationalsoziali- stischen Staates! |,Iena] 31p. 8? [n. p., KKili] LAUMANNS, Max, 1909- Teber die Innen- und Hauttemperaturen bei kalten und warmen See- und Moorbadern [Rostock] 28p. 21cm. Lippstadt, C. J. Laumanns, 1936. LAUMONIER, Jean, 1861- La thera- peutique des peches capitaux: gourmandise, paresse, luxure. 2. ed. 196p. 12? Par., Le Frangois, 1931. LAUMONNIER, Henri, 1911- *Les en- dometriomes du perince; contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie des endometriomes. 69p. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1939. LAUN, Albrecht, 1911- *Die Beschwer- den nach - Entfernung der Gallenblase; ihre Ursachen und Behandlung; auf Grund einer Nachuntersuchung von 765 Cholecystektomien der chirurgischen Universitiits-Klinik Giessen aus den Jahren 1909 bis 1915. 40p. 21cm. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1935. LAUN, Heinz, 1910- *Der Kaiserschnitt bei engem Becken; Indikationsstellung und Ergebnisse [Heidelberg] 21p. 21}£cm. Wiirzb., H. Mayr, 1938. LAUN, Hermann, 1906- *Beitrag zur Baktericiditat der Albreeht-Sommer'schen Wur- zelfullung [Wurzburg] 12p. 8? Duren-Rhld., M. Danielewski, 1932. LAUN, Hugo Rudolf. Vademekum des Trup- penarztes; erste Hilfe. 276p. illust. 19}^cm. Munch., J. F. Lehmann [1939] Forms Bd 3, Taschenbucher des Truppenarztes. LAUNAY, Clement, 1901- *Contribution a, l'etude clinique et biolcgique de la maladie de Charcot et de ses formes anormales. 233p. pl. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. LAUNAY, Leon, 1901- *Plastique du pavilion dans 1'evidement p£tromastoidien; avan- tages du nouveau procede de Dieu du Mans. 42p. 8? Par., X. Maloine, 1929. LAUNDRY. See also Laundry industry; also Domestic servant; Hospital administration, Laundry. Gehrenbeck. K. Die technischen Einrichtungen der Anstaltswascherei; die Nassbehandlung der Wasche. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 19.38, 61: 629-34.------Die technischen Ein- richtungen der Anstaltswascherei; die Trocknung der Wasche. Ibid.. 656-61- Guthjahr, W. Wasche und Waschebehandlung als Schulungsaufgabe. Ibid., 1939. 62: 187-9. Also Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1939, 27-35.- Heermann, P. Die ncuzeit- liche Enzvinwascherei und ihre Hedcuiung. Ibid., 1926. 22: 431-3.—IVlartin. E. W. Cleaning and laundei nos In. 1800] In his Standard of Living in 1860, Chic, 1942, 21.".. Zakarias, L. The colloid chemistry of washing. In Colloid (hem. (Alexander, J.) N. Y., 1932, 4: 653-66. LAUNDRY 5( ---- Hygienic aspect. See also Disinfection; Sterilization. Brichant, O. *Contribution a l'etude de l'hygiene dans les»blanchisseries. 63p. 24J4cm. Lille, 1938. Sauerteig, G. *Valeur des differentes opera- tions du blanchissage dans la desinfection des linges. 44p. 8? Par., 1932. Arnold, L. A sanitary study of commercial laundrv prac- tices. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1938, 28: 839-44.—Handelsman, B. L, & Levitina, M. I. [Wet disinfection of linen] Gig. & zdorov., 1942, 7: No. 7, 35-9. Jotten, K. W., & Reploh, H. On the choice of appropriate concentrations of disinfectants for use before laundering. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 17: 483 (Abstr.)-—Reploh, H. Versuche aur Waschedesinfektion. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1131. LAUNDRY industry. See also Clothing, Cleaning and disinfection; Laundry. Smith, M. Some studies in the laundry trade. 57p. 8? Lond., 1922. Breton, J. L. Machine a laver la vaisselle. Infirm, fr 1924-25, 2: 27-31.—Burman, O. S. Laundrv tub. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,202,093.—Coordes, H. G. Laundrv tray unit or the like. Ibid., 1940, No. 2,203,323.—Eliassen, IL, & Schulhcff, H. B. Laundry waste treatment bv notation. Water Works & Sewer., 1943, 90: 418-21.—Improvised wash- ing machine for field use. Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1944, No. 75, 35.—Janssen, W. Der Wohnhausblock in der Hall- gartenstrasse zu Frankfurt a. Main. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1928, 51: 570.—Kondratieff, N. I. [Village laundrv] Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: 3; 88-92.—Montagu, M. F. A. A 17th century washing machine. Lis, Menasha, 1942-43, 34: 410.— Neumann, O. Die zukiinftige Entwicklung der Wascherei- maschinen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1927, 50: 613; 701; 731.— Rybka, K. Beitrag zur Berechnung von Dampfwaschereien. Ibid., 1926, 49: 603.—Voges. Gummitreibriemen fiir Wasche- schleudern (Zentrifugen) Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1926, 22: 498.—Weinstock, P. Zeitgemasse Betrachtungen iiber Waschereinigung und Wascheversorgung. Zschr. Krankenanst., 1918, 14: 129-35.—Weiss, E. H. Les appareils domestiques a laver le linge. Nature, Par., 1924, 52: pt 1, 166-72.—Wisckol, W. A. Laundry tub cabinet. U. S. Patent Off., 1942, No. 2,287,657. --- Worker. Blanke, I. *Schilderung einer Grosswiischerei und Reinigungsanstalt; Berufsschaden bei den Arbeiterinnen und Untersuchungen an den Zahnen [Munchen] 19p. 8? Wiirzb., 1937. Graham, W'., Bannatyne, R. R. [et al] Laundrv industry. Annual Rep. Indust. Fatigue Res. Bd., Lond. (1922) 1923, 3: 13.—Segitz, A. F. G. Leber Benzin und Tetrachlorkohlenstoff in chemischen Reinigungsanstalten. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1930, n. F., 7: 298-300.—Stallybrass, C. O. The welfare and safety of laundry and other hospital workers. J. State M., Lond., 1934, 42: 491-4. LAUNER, Horst, 1910- *Ursache, Ver- lauf und Prognose der cerebralen Komplikationen im Anschluss an Zahnerkrankungen [Erlangen] 46p. 8? Forchheim, O. Mauser, 1933. LAUNOTS, Marcel Armand, 1905- Con- tribution a l'etude de I'anemie infectieuse du cheval [Alfort; Vet.] 56p. 8? Par., M. Bry, 1931. LAUNOY, L. Notions de pharmacodynamic; lecons sur la toxicite. vii, 295p. tab. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere [1935] •--- Elements de physiologie humaine. 587p. illust. tab. diagr. 24cm. Par., Libr. Maloine, 1943. LAUPRETRE, Claude, 1904- Contri- bution k l'etude de l'aerophagie. 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LAUR, Caroline Mathilde, 1900- *Les reticulocytes et les reticulocytoses. 160p. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1932. LAUR, Georg Otto, 1905- *Ueber den negativen Ausfall der Wassermannschen Reaktion im Liquor cerebrospinalis bei Tabes dorsalis Rostock] 30p. 8? Pfullendorf, J. Maier, 1929, LAUR LAUR, Louis, 1903- *Les techniques modernes de bilirubimetrie plasmatique; leur comparaison. 48p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. LAURACEAE. See also names of genera as Cinnamomum; Sassafras, etc. Grove, W. R. Rex v. Donellan, WTarwick assizes, 1781 [laurel poisoning] Med. Leg. Crim. Rev., Lond., 1934 2- 314-39.—Robb, W., & Campbell, D. Poisoning of sheep by'the consumption of laurel leaves. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1941, 53: 93- 5. Stellfeld, C. Assuntos a discutir e a esclarecer; Peumus nomen rejiciendum; Cryptocarya norhen conservandum, Lauraceae. Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1941, 9: 35-7.—Wilson, D. R., & Gordon, W. S. Laurel poisoning in sheep. Vet. Rec. Lond., 1941, 53: 95-7. LAURE, Georges, 1908- *Le syndrome d'erethisme cardiaque des adolescents. 83p 8° Par., E. Le Francois, 1937. LAURE, Vincenzo, 1856-1925. Micheli, C. Commemorazione. Atti Soc. ital. ostet., 1927, 26: p. lix-lxv, portr., bibliography. LAUREL Hill, N. J. Hudson County Tuber- culosis Hospital and Sanatorium. Annual re- ports. Laurel Hill, 1913- LAURELL, Hugo Fredrik, 1884- Forssell, G. [Biography, and bibliography of published writings] Acta radiol, Stockh., 1931, 12: 203-11. LAURENCE, Eugene L., 1876-1933. For obituary see Texas J. M., 1933, 29: 477. LAURENCE, Jean, 1910- ""Contribution a l'etude de differents syndromes cardiaques observes au cours des anemies. 81p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936. LAURENCE-MOON-BIEDL syndrome. See under Dystrophy [adiposogenital] LAURENCIN, Roger, 1907- *Donnees modernes sur la pisciculture industrielle de la truite [Vet.] 113p. illust. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LAURENS, Andre. See under Du Laurens, Andre, 1558-1609. LAURENS, Georges, 186?- Oto-rhino- laryngologie du medecin praticien. 5. ed. 508p. 8° Par., Masson et cie, 1927. For biography see T., J. Vie mid., 1933, 14: 895, portr. - AUBRY, Maurice, & LEMARIEY, Andre. Precis d'oto-rhino-laryngologie. viii, 1223p. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. LAURENS, Henry, 1885- The physio- logical effects of radiant energy. 610p. illust. diagr. 8? N. Y., Chem. Cat: co., 1933. Forms No. 62, Monogr. Ser., Am. Chem. Soc. LAURENS, Marguerite, 1910- *Le traite- ment de la maladie de Nicolas et Favre par l'anti- moine III thiomalate de lithium (anthiomaline) 95p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LAURENT, Albert, 1905- *L'hydarthrose heredo-syphilitique. 63p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LAURENT, Charles Remy Francois Marie, 1910- ""Considerations sur les dyspepsies pancr6atiques. 69p. 25^cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LAURENT, Damien, 1906- *La phase somatique prodromique de la demence precoce. 91 p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1932. LAURENT, Edouard [M. D., 1934, Toulouse] *La guanidine; sa recherche dans le sang des cancereux. 63p. tab. 24^cm. Toulouse, Perry & Taupiac, 1934. LAURENT, Emile, 1861-1904. For obituarv see Wildeman, E. de, Ann. Soc, beige micr. 1905-06, 27: 87-112, portr. LAURENT 566 LAURENTIN LAURENT, Frederic Jean, 1899- *De l'extraction d'urgence de la dent en periode d'infection aigue. 78p. 8? Par., M. Yigml, 1930. LAI RENT, Henri, 1856- Personality, how to build it; transl. by Richard Duffy, ix, 120p. 12? X. Y., Funk & Wagnalls co., 1916. ---- Manual de higiene popular; transl. by A. Espinoza Tamayo. 141p. 18}£cm. Guaya- quil, Impr. Municipal, 1917. LAURENT, Jacques, 1900- *Plan d'or- ganisation; service dentaire aux colonies. 99p. map. 8° Par., X. Maloine, 1931. LAURENT, Jacques, 1914- Contribu- tion k l'etude du traitement des abces du sein. 46p. 24>9cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LAURENT, Jean, 1876- *La langue internationale Ido (Esperanto reforme) et son application aux sciences pharmacologiques [Pharm.] 128p.; 50p. tab. 25cm. Marseille, Impr. Soc. Petit Marseillais, 1935. LAURENT, Jean, 1909- Contribution k l'etude du diagnostic des etats subf^briles prolonged en apparence monosymptomatiques chez l'enfant. 86p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LAURENT, Jean Augustin Marie, 1915- *Contribution a l'etude de quelques therapeuti- ques actuelles en psychiatrie. 46p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1939. LAURENT, Joseph, 1907- Contribution k l'etude de l'anesthesie du plexus brachial. 48p. 8° Par., M. Vigne, 1935. LAURENT, Jules Jacques, 1910- *Fistu- les oesophago-bronchiques au cours du cancer de l'oesophage. 71p. 25>^cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. LAURENT, Louis, 1902- *Etude des applications de forceps; faites a la maternity de l'Hopital Boucicaut pendant 5 ans (1925-29) 60p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1932. LAURENT, Maurice, 1912- *Les acci- dents de l'aviation aux hautes altitudes; recherche experimentales sur les decompressions brusques par ruptures des cabines etanches. 55p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. LAURENT, Michel, 1901- Contribution a l'etude du traitement vaccinotherapique des osteo-arthrites typhiques et paratyphiques chez l'enfant. 62p. 8? Par., Presses univ. France, 1930. LAURENT, Paul, 1906- Contribution a l'etude de l'origine et des alterations des eaux thermales d'Aix-les-Bains. 192p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouvsset, 1932. LAURENT, Pierre, 1910- *Essais sur la floculation des se>ums melrtococciques en presence d'un antigene specifique [Lyon] 68p. 8? Bourg, Berthod, 1936. LAURENT, Richard, 1889- *Ueber das Vorkommen von Xematoden im Peritonealraum (zugleich Mitteilung eines Falles von Oxyuris vermicularis im Beckenperitoneum) 31p. 8? Rostock, A. Erben, 1919. LAURENT, Robert, 1911- Contribution k l'etude des abces de l'uterus. 32p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. LAURENT, Simonne, 1899- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la syphilis hereditaire au-dela de la premiere generation. 59p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. LAURENTIE, R. [M. D., 1938, Toulouse] *Etude morphologique et anatomo-pathologique de l'absence congenitale du perone. 103p. 24}km. [Toulouse] Lion & fils, 1938. LAURENTIN, Jean, 1914- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'insuffisance respiratoire dans la sclerose pulmonaire [Paris] 62p. 24}4cm. Tours, Arrault & cie, 1938. , LAURENTIUS, Andreas. See under Du Laurens, Andr6, 1558-1609. LAURENTIUS, Paul, 1909- Ceschichte der Krankenbehandlung mittels Elektrizitiit [Munster] 95p. 21]2cm. Krefeld, W. Greven. 1936. LAURET, Gaston, 1891- See Vignes, II., Lauret, G. [et al] Maladies des femmes enceintes. 2v. 8? Par., 1935. LAURET, Georges Raymond, 1904- Contribution k l'etude du fonctionnement du corps thyroide pendant la grossesse. 144p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. LAURET, Jean, 1909- Contribution h l'etude de l'urelrographie dans la pathologie uretrale. 121p. illust. pl. 25cm. Montpel., P. Rouge, 1936. » LAURIA de Toledo, Maria Teresa. *E1 foco sejotico oral [Dent.] 47p. illust. 26y2cm. B. Air., Betta hnos, 1936. LAURIAN, Paul, 1909- Contribution a l'6tude des osteomes du plancher buccal et des muscles masticateurs. 51p. 8? Par., P. Andre, 1934. LAURIAT, Charles, 1906- *Etude de certains m6tallo-sterols synioniques et de leur valeur dans le traitement des affections tubercu- leuses. 88p. 8? Par., Perroux & fils, 1933. LAURIAT, Ernest, 1907- *Fonctionne- ment du service obstetrical de la Maternite Baudelocque. 152p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1933. LAURIC acid [and derivatives] See also Acids, fatty; Fat, Chemistry; Oil. Bayliss, M. Visible action of sodium laurvl sulphate on microorganisms. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 700-4 — Bolduan, O. E. A., McBain, J. W., & Ross, S. Diffraction of X-rays by sodium laurate and sodium palmitate at higher temperatures. J. Phys. Chem., 1943, 47: 528-35.—Ekwall, P., & Lindblad, L. Zur Kenntnis der Konstitution der verdiinnten Seifenlbsungen; die Hydroxylionenaktivitat der Natrium- lauratlbsungen bei 20°. Kolloid Zschr., 1941, 94: 42-56 — Griffith, I. The pharmaceutical applications of sulfonated lauryl alcohol and kindred products. Am. J. Pharm., 1934, 106: 176.—McBain, M. F.. L. Migration data in solutions of a colloidal electrolyte, laurvlsulfonic acid. J. Phys. Chem., 1943, 47: 196-204. ------Brock, G. C. [et al] Phase rule studies of soap, the system sodium laurate/sodium chloride/water. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 1870-6.—Ravich, G. B., & Tzurinov, G. G. Investigation of the polymorphism of trilaurin. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1943, 38: 314-6.—Sullivan, W. N., & Goodhue, L. D. Synergists to aerosol insecticides. U. S. Patent Off., 1944, No. 2,345,904; No. 2,345,906.—Van Ryssel- berghe, P. Discussion and interpretation of the migration data of laurylsulfonic acid in aqueous solution. J. Phys. Chem., 1944, 48: 62-5.— Verkade, P. E., Van der Lee, J., & Holwerda. Untersuchungen iiber den IVttstoffwechsel; Versuche mit a-Lauro-0, 7-diundecylin. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 234: 21-6.—Void, R. D., & Void, M. J. Thermodynamic behavior of liquid crystalline solutions of sodium palmitate and sodium laurate in water at 90?. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 37-44. LAURIE, Alexander, 1892- , & POESCH, Gustav, H. Photoperiodism; the value of sup- plementary illumination and reduction of light on flowering plants in the greenhouse. 42p. 8? Wooster, 1932. Forms No. 512 of Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. LAURIE, Joseph, -1865. Homoeopathic domestic medicine. xi, 1034p. 8? N. Y., Boericke & Tafel, 1871. LAURIE, Thomas Forrest, 1881- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull, 1942, 31: 108. LAURIOL, Louis, 1912- *Quelques re- marques sur les maladies mentales aux Colonies. 99p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1938. LAURIOZ 567 LAUSCH LAURIOZ, Pierre, 1905- Contribution a l'etude des vins de la cote chalonnaise; les vins de Givry, leur histoire, leur fabrication, leur constitution; examen de revolution de l'acidite et des sucres du mout en cours de maturite; determination pratique de la date de vendange. 146p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LAURITZ Reyn, Axel, 1872-1935. For obituary see Hissink, A. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 2954. LAURO, Pietro, fl. 16. cent. Translator of [Estienne, C. E.] Le herbe, fiori, stirpi, ehe si piantano ne gli horti. 69p. 16! Venegia, 1545, Seminario, over plantario de gli alberi, ehe se piantano. 67p. 16? Venegia, 1545. LAUROCERASUS. See also Prunus. Herissey, H., & Laforest, J. Sur un h£te>oside extrait du laurier de Portugal, Cerasus lusitanica Lois. Bull. Soc. chim. biol, Par., 1933, 15: 350-7.—Peyreigne, P. Note sur les proprieL£s exutoires des fueilles de laurier. J. mid. Toulouse, 1865, 4. ser., 4: 44-8.—Robinson, M. E. Methods for the determination of the nitrogenous constituents of a cyanophoric plant, Prunus laurocerasus. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 1099-113. ---- Aqua Iaurocerasi. Duval, G. Contribution a, l'etude chimique des feuilles et de l'eau distillee de laurier-cerise [Pharm.] 83p. 24}km. [Strasb.] 1936. Bridel, M., & Delabriere, N. Note sur la preparation de l'eau distillee de laurier-cerise. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1915, 7. ser., 11: 110-3.—Coutinho, E. O cobre, fator de precipitacao e de conservacao; da agua destilada de louro cereja e similares. Rev. Ass. brasil. farm., 1940, 21: 141-3.—Garzya, E. Tabe per piaga di ascesso linfatico guarita coll'acqua di lauro ceraso. Filiatre sebezio, Nap., 1838, 15: 361-4.—Guillaume. A., & Duval, G. Sur la conservation de l'eau distillee de laurier- cerise et du solute1 officinal d'acide cyanhydrique a l'aide d'huile de paraffine et de vaseline officinale. Bull. sc. pharm. Par., 1935, 42: 74; 211.—Leger, E. Alterations et falsifications de l'eau distillee de laurier-cerise. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1935, 8. ser., 22: 215-21.—Leulier, A., & Tuarze, L. Resultats analytiques sur les variations saisonnieres du sue de feuilles de laurier-cerise. Ibid., 1939, 8. ser., 29: 544-9.—Pegna, C. Studi chimico-farmaceutici sull'acqua distillata di lauro ceraso. Gazz. toscana sc. med. fis., 1849, 7: 137—41. LAURONEMA. See also Nematoda. Lins de Almeida, J. Sobre um interessante parasito de insecto; Lauronema travassosi n. gen., n. sp. (Nematoda) In Livr. Jub. Prof. Travassos, Rio, 1938, 21-4, pl. LAUROTETANINE. See Litsea. LAURYL compounds. See Laurie acid. LAUS, Clark John, 1893- For portrait see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1938, 35: 232. LAUSANNE, Switz. Universite de Lausanne. Faculte de Medecine. Recueil de travaux; publics a l'occasion du quatrieme centenaire de la fondation de l'Universite, Juin, 1937. 200p. 24cm. Lausanne, F. Rouge & cie [1937] See also Lausanne University's jubilee. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 805. LAUSANNE, Switz. Amsler, M. Das neue Blatt fiir poliklinische Krankenge- schichten der Lausanner Augenklinik. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 104: 349.—Messerli, F. M. Les services d'hygiene de la ville de Lausanne. Ann. hyg., Par., 1926, n. ser., 4: 083-94. ------ Le developpement de 1'hygiene et de la technique sanitaire a Lausanne a travers les ages. Techn. san. mun., Par., 1934, 29: 293-8.—Michaud, L. La nouvelle Clinique meViicale de Lausanne. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 909-11. LAUSCH, Franz, 1908- *Ueber einen hypernephroiden Tumor der Niere [Wurzburg] 19p. 8? Wertheim a. M., E. Bechstein, 1936. LAUSCH, Richard. See Kretz, J..&Lausch, R. Die krebsfeindliche Diat nach Ernst Freund; Kochanweisungen. lOOp. 16? Linz, 1937. LAUSCHKE, Johannes Walter, 1895- *Ueber Trypanavin und seine Beziehung zum retikuloendothelialen Zellsystem (Auszug) 8p. 8? [Lpz., n. p.] 1923. LAUSMANN, Fritz, 1903- *Die Schadel- verletzungen dreier Jahre imUrban-Krankenhaus, u. s. w. [Berlin] 26p. 8? Liegnitz, O. Heinze, 1928. LAUS pediculi. p.353-68. 12? Leiden, Heger & Hack, 1638. In Script, var. diss, ludicr. LAUSSEL, Jean, 1899- devolution du typhus exanthematique en Europe depuis 1914. 67p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LAUSSINOTTE, Robert, 1912- ele- phantiasis nostras des membres inferieurs; lesions osseuses et cutanees. 76p. pl. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LAUSZUS, Eva Nickel, 1899- *Ueber die pharmakologische und ernahrungsphysiologische Bedeutung der Kieselsaure in den Nahrungs- mitteln. 33p. 22Hem. Berl., F. Linke, 1937. LAUT, Josef, 1904- *Biologische Ur- sachen fiir das Zustandekommen von Strahlen- schaden [Munchen] 32p. 8? Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1935. LAUTEN, Rudolf, 1908- *Ueber den Einfluss des Jods auf die Sauerstoffzehrung iiber- lebenden Gewebes [Munster] 15p. 21cm. Werne-Lippe, F. Grube, 1935. LAUTENBACH, Berend Broer. *Zur Aetio- logie des seuchenhaften Verwerfens der Stuten [Bern; Vet.] 34p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. Also Zbl. Bakt., Abt. 1, 1913, 71: H. 5-7. LAUTENBACH, Ernst, 1905- *Die chromoskopische Magenfunktionspriifung beim Hund mit Neutralrot. 30p. 8? Lpz., A. Edel- mann, 1930. LAUTENSCHLAEGER, Aloys Maria, 1870- 1943. For obituary see Klin. Wschr., 1943,' 22: 352. —- & KLEINSCHMIDT, Otto. Die Ein- griffe am Ohr und an der Nase im Raehen und Kehlkopf in der Luftrohre und in den Bronchien [und] Die Eingriffe in der Speiserohre und am Halse. x, 537p. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1934. Forms 3. Bd, 2. T., Allg. & spez. chir. Operationslehre (Kirschner, M.) LAUTENSCHLAEGER, Karl, 1901- *Pacchionische Granulationen und Emissaria des Schadels im Rontgenbild. 20p. 8? Frankf. a. M., H. Miinch, 1930. LAUTENSCHLAGER, Otto, 1902- Crundlagen der Aufnahmetechnik des Elektro- kardiogrammes von Pferd und Rind und ihre Ergebnisse [Leipzig] 41p. pl. 8? [Borna- Lpz., R. Noske] 1928. LAUTER, Sigismund. Hunger, Appetit und Ernahrung. 85p. tab. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. LAUTERBACH, Karl Wolfgang, 1903- *Elektrokardiographische Studien bei Ischamie des Kammerseptums [Leipzig] p.665-86. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61: LAUTERBACH, Martin, 1902- *Zur biologischen Diagnostik der aktiven Lungen- tuberkulose unter besonderer Berucksichtigung von Tebeprotin und Blutkorperchensenkungs- LAUTERBACH 568 LA VAISSIERE reaktion [Jena] p.301- S. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1927. Also Zschr. Tuberk.. 1927, 47: LAl'TERWhTN. Carl [M. D., 1935, Bonn] ♦Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Bauch- hohlenexsudates normaler und immunisierter Meerschweinchen auf intraperitoneal injizierte Tuberkelbazillen. 24p. 8? Bonn, L. Neuen- dorff, 1935. LAITMAN, Maurice Farvish, 1890- Arthritis and rheumatic disease, xxii, 177p. 8? N. Y., McGraw-Hill Bk co. [1936] LAUTNER, Peter, 1899- *Die luftelek- trischen Verhaltnisse am Zugspitzgipfel in 2960m. 19p. 4° [Mtinch., n. p.] 1929. LAUTRAITE, Robert, 1903- Contri- bution a l'etude de la phiebite puerperale sup- puree. 48p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1929. LAUTSCH, Johannes, 1909- *Die Wir- kung des Pentose-Nukleotids auf die Leukozyten unter normalen und krankhaften Bedingungen. 17p. 8° Lpz., O. Regel, 1934. LAUWERS, Emile Eugene, 1889- In- troduction a la chirurgie nerveuse. vii, 120p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. ----Introduction a la chirurgie reparatrice. viii, 77p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. ----Introduction a la chirurgie thoracique. vii, 112p. 8° Par., Masson & cie, 1935. --- Introduction a la chirurgie genito-uri- naire. vi, 197p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. ---- Introduction a la chirurgie digestive. vi, 223p. 23cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1937. LAUX, Fritz, 1914 *Unsere heutige Stellung zu Fraktur und Luxation von Zahnen durch Unfall. 49p. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1938. LAUX, Georges. Sec Delmas, J., & Laux. G. Anatomie m^dico-chirurgicale du systeme nerveux vegltatif. 266p. 4? Par., 1933. LAUX, Gustav Otto Rudolf, 1903- *Ars medicinae; ein fruhmittelalterliches Kompendium der Medizin. p.417-34. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930. Also Kyklos, 1930, 3: LAUX, Ludwig, 1890- Cntersuchungen iiber den Mechanismus und die Innervation des Apomorphin- und Kupfersulfat-Erbrechens. 76p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1926. LAUX, Wilhelm, 1906- *Ein Beitrag zu den Geschwtilsten der Vagina (iiber ein Vagi- nalmyom) [Munchen] 15p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1933. LAUZIE, Jean, 1911- *De la desarticu- lation interscapulo-thoracique dans la chirurgie du cancer du sein [Lyon] 62p. pl. 8? Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1936. LAUZIER, Jean, 1893- See Raynier, J., & Lauzier, J. La construction et 1'amenage- ment de l'hopital psychiatrique et des asiles d'alienes. 278p. 8? Par., 1935. LAVA. See under Volcano. LAVABRE, Francois, 1911- *Dents in- cluses dans le maxillaire superieur. 106p. 8° Lvon, Bosc fr., 1936. LAVABRE, Pierre, 1909- *La maladie des porchers. 116p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LAVAGE. See Irrigation; Irrigator; also under names of parts irrigated. LAVAGNE, Jacques. See Lesure, A., & Lavagne, J. Les medicaments iniectables. 5. ed. 680p. 25cm. Par., 1942. La VAISSIERE, Jules de [La pudeur instinc- tive] Modesty; a psychological study of its instinctive character; transl. bv Sidney A. Raemers. v, 163p. 8? S. Louis, B. Herder Bk co., 1937. LAVAL, Edouard, 1871- Souvenirs d'un me\iecin-major, 1914 17. 237p. 8? Par., I'avot 1932. LAVAL, Jean, 1908- Contribution a l'etude clinique et au diagnostic de l'ateleetasie pulmonaire post-hemoptoi'que. 40p. 24cm Par., M. Vigne, 1939. LAVAL, Louis Charles Auguste, 1907- Contribution a l'etude du pouvoir antiseptique de la dibromoxyrnercurifluoresceine et de ses applications en therapeutique. 83p. 8? Par L. Bellenand & fils, 1933. LAVAL, Paul, 1913- *Le syndrome d'hypertension portale au cours des eirrhoses du foie; revue critique [Marseille] 219p. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. ' LAVAL, Pierre, 1905- *Diagnostic des abces pulmonaires periscissuraux et des pleuresies interlobaires masques par un syndrome spleno- pneumonique. 77p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1930. LAVALLAZ, Georges de [M. D., 1942, Lau- sanne] *Les fausses het6rotopies de la moelle 6piniere [Lausanne] 26p. illust. pl. 24cm. Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1942. Also Arch, suiss. neui. psychiat., 1942, 49: LAVALLEE, Charles, 1907- Contri- bution k l'etude de la fievre boutonneuse et des pseudo-typhus. 142p. 241jcm. Alger, Impr. Minerva, 1935. LAVALLEE, Marcel, 1910- *L'ensilage des fourrages en Algerie. 64p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LAVALLEE, Paul, 1911- *La production porcine en Algerie. 67p. 25}^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. La VALLIERE, Franchise Louise de, 1644- 1710. Ouy-Vernazobres. La faute de la Valliere et les medecins. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1932, No. 62, 167-75. LAVAL M., Enrique. *Diagn6stico del tifus exantematico por la reacci6n de Weil-Felix. 37p. tab. 25'->cm. Santiago de Chile, Impr. univ., 1919. LAVAL university. See under Quebec, Que. LAVANDON, Rene, 1899- Contribution a l'etude des variations du pH des selles des nourrissons. 88p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1928. LAVANDULA. See also Lamiaceae. Nigrisoli, V. La lavanda. Boll. chim. farm., 1928. 67: 298- 301.—Ripert, J. Essais d'analyse des essences de lavande et autres. Ann. falsif., Par., 1937, 30: 217. Schinz, H., & Bourquin, J. Zur Kenntnis des Lavendeltils; die Konstitution des Lavandulols. Helvet. chim. acta, 1942, 25: 1591-61L— Schinz, H., & Seidel, C. Zur Kenntnis des Lavendelols; liber Lavandulol, ciiien nouen Monoterpenalkohol aus Lavendelol. Ibid., 1572-91. LAVARELLO, Aldo O. [M. D., 1939, B. Aires] *E1 acido nicotinico; su acci6n y su importancia en clinica. 46p. tab. diagr. 27cm. B. Air., A. Guidi Buffarini, 1939. LAVATER, Johann Caspar Christ, 1741-1801. The pocket Lavater; or, The science of physiog- nomy; to which is added an inquiry into the analogy existing between brute and human physiognomy; from the Italian of Porta, v, 140p. portr. 14#cm. X. Y., Van Winkle & Wiley, 1817. LAVATERA 569 LAVERGNE LAVATERA. See under Malvaceae. LAVATORY. See also Latrine; Water closet. Andersen, L. Basin unit. U. S. Patent Off., 1943, No. 2,326,914.—Army lavatory conserves critical materials and water. Engin. News Rec, 1943, 130: No. 18, 116.—Bambaren, C. A. Sanidad municipal, sobre urinarios en establecimientos que venden licores. Crcn. mid., Lima, 1941, 58: 15.—Chesney, R. M. Mounting bracket for lavatories or the like. U. S Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,258,044.—Druckenmiller, A. P. Lavatory-cabinet, Ibid., No. 2,229,060.—Gavin, G. P. Com- bination lavatory and drinking fountain. Ibid., No. 2,241,194— Hensthler, E. Lavatory device. Ibid., 1939, No. 2,167,152 — Krolcp, W. W. Lavatory. Ibid., 1940, No. 2,192,383 — Smalltn, L. J. Water control apparatus for lavatories. Ibid., 1937, No. 2,091,110.—Stromblad, P. F. Lavatory bowl. Ibid., 1941, No. 2,243,264.—Tilden, B. O. Lavatory silencer. Ibid., 1937, No. 2,091,170.—Wilson, W. M. Lavatory hair and lint collector. Ibid., 1941, No. 2,233,234. LAVAUD, Renee, 1908- *Le traitement chirurgical de la maladie de Basedow de l'enfance. 61p. 24cm. Par., R. Foulon, 1938. LAVAULT, Solange, 1903- *De la sensi- bilite uterine dans l'apres-part; valeur semeio- logique. 95p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1928. LAVEDAN, Jacques Pierre, 1909- *Le seminome du testicule des oiseaux provoque par regeneration; ses relations avec les embryomes genitaux. 124p. pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LAVEDAN de Casaubon, Armand de, 1909- Contribution a l'etude de l'equilibre acido-basique dans l'eczema, l'urticaire et l'cedeme de Quincke. 107p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. La VEGA, Jimena F. de. La herencia fisio- patologica en la especie humana. lllp. pl. diagr. 19'2cm. Madr., Espasa-Calpe, 1935. La VEGA del Marmol, Julio A. de. *Estudio del diente humano en su relacion evolutiva en la escala zoologica [Dent.] 76p. illust. tab. 25cm. B. Air. [Impr. Parroquial] 1937. LAVENANT, Albert, 1876- Hygiene de l'urinaire. 122p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1932. For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3:422-5. LAVER, Basil, -1934. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 42. LAVERAN, Charles Louis Alphonse, 1845- 1922. For biography see Clin. M. & S., 1936, 43: 571, portr. Also Disz Vazquez, D. Tijeret. malaria, Caracas, 1942, 6: 49-52. See also Achard, C. [Necrologie] Bull. Acad. mid., Par., 1929. 3. ser , 102: 596-609, pl. Also Gaz. hop., 1929, 102: 1799-804. Also Paris m<«d., 1929, 74: annexe, 601-4—Fran- chini, J. Ch. Alphonse Laveran, his life and works, read on the 50th anniversary of the malaria parasite. Ann. M. Hist. 1931, n. ser., 3: 280-8.—Hall, M. P. Alphonse Laveran, soldier and scientist, Clin. Med., 1943, 50: 229, portr.— Inauguration du Monument Laveran, 24 mai 1930. C. rend. Congr. internat. palud. (1930) 1931, 2. Congr., 2: 565-75 — Necrolegio. Arch. ital. sc. med. col, 1930, 11: 385-9.—Niclot, V. Un moment de l'histoire du paludisme et un hommage au Maitre Laveran. Paris mid., 1933, 88: annexe, 503-7.— Phisalix, M. Alphonse Laveran (1841-1922) Biogr. mid., Par., 1936, 10: 321-36, pl, portr.—Sequeira, J. H. Charles Louis Alphonse Laveran, and his work. Kenya E. Afr. M. J., 1929-30, 6: 319-30. Also Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 1145- 7.—Sergent, E. Inauguration d'un monument Laveran a Constantine, 13 octobre 1937. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1937, 15:438. For portrait see in Pasteur (Lumet, L.) 2. id., Par., 1923, 193. Also in Notice Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 1: 358. LAVERANIA. See Plasmodium. LAVERDE L., Alfredo, 1912- Con- siderations sur la pachydermie vorticellee, a propos de quatre cas nouveaux. 93p. pl. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LAVERDET, Andre Louis, 1897- *Nou- vel essai d'analg6sie obstetricale par un hypno- analgesique injectable: l'hemypnal VIII. lllp. ch. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LAVERGNE, Henri, 1907- *Pouvoir bactericide du sang et hemoculture; action du citrate de soude, de l'oxalate de soude, du poly- anethol sulfonate de soude [Paris] 75p. 25cm. Bergerac, H. Trillaud, 1939. LAVERGNE, Jean, 1907- *Les anesthe- sies prolongees en medecine interne; essai sur la narcose au tribromoethanol en particulier chez les enfants. 80p. 8? Par., Impr. Cremieu, 1935. LAVERGNE, Marie Therese Junin, 1890- *Essai sur la sterilite conjugate. 47p. 24cm. Par., L'Emancipatrice, 1939. LAVERGNE, V. de. Allergie et anergie en clinique. viii, 312p. 12? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. LAVERINE, Gabriel, 1773-1860. Arsonval, A. d', & Anfos-Martin. Le chirurgien-major de l'arm^e d'ltalie Gabriel Laverine et les premieres applications de l'electricite^ a la therapeutique. Rev, serv. san. mil., Par., 1937, 107: 679-733. LAVIAL, Pierre Louis Rene, 1910- *La maladie de Schuller-Christian. 205p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1938. LAVIALLE, Jean Rene Gabriel, 1900- *Traitement local des metrites par le mercur- ervthrosine. 56p. 8? Par., Impr. des Fauvelles, 192(i. LAVIALLE, Pierre. See Variot, G., & Lavialle, P. La pu^riculture pratique. 5. 6d. 426p. 8? Par., 1930. LAVIE, Jean, 1916- *Les manifestations nerveuses de l'intoxication par le cyanure de potassium. 32p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LAVIE, Madeleine, 1889- *Les menin- gites a staphylocoques; sur une variete speciale: la variete spinale due k, une osteite vertebrale primitive. 86p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1930. LAVIE, Maurice, 1908- Contribution a l'etude des hernies de l'appendice dans le canal inguinal gauche. 32p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LAVIEILLE, Edouard Louis Joseph, 1895- *Reflexions sur la thermometrie [Alfort; Vet.] 82p. 8? Saint-Lo, Impr. Barbaroux, 1928. LAVIER, Georges, 1892- Lecpn inaugurate de Professeur G. Lavier (11 Janvier 1934) Echo med. nord, 1934, 3. ser., 1: 321-43. LAVIGNAC, Paul, 1912- *Le traitement de la piroplasmose du chien par la quinacrine [Vet.] 61p. 24^cm. Toulouse, F. Boisseau, 1935. LAVIK, Audun, 1899- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927, Suppl, 210. LAVILLE, C. See Aubourg, P., Laville, C., & Le Go, P. La negativation electrique. 146p. 8? Par., 1934. LAVILLE, Pierre [M. D., 1937, Toulouse] indications, technique, resultats de l'arthrodese sous-astragalienne. 85p. 24}4cm. Toulouse, G. Berthoumieu, 1937. LAVINE, Louis, 1896-1940. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 369; 433. LAVINE, Max M., 1910- *Sulfapyridine in treatment of pneumococcal lobar pneumonia [Marquette Univ.] 11 1. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1939. Typewritten. LAVIN Gallego, Arturo [M. D., 1939, Chile] *Anemia perniciosa o enfermedad de Biermer [Chile] 242p. illust. tab. pl. 26^cm. [Santi- ago, Chile, Impr. Cult.] 1939. La VIOLA, Clara C, compiler. Most-used medical terms; 5,000 terms most frequently used in medical correspondence and testimony, classi- LA VIOLA 570 LAVROV fied according to frequency. iv, 75p. tab. 2Scm. x 21'-cm. N. Y., Gregg pub. co., 1943. LAVLSSE, Ernest, 1S42-1922, & ANDLER, Charles Philippe Theodore [Pratique et doc- trine allemandes de la guerre] German theory and practice of war. 48p. 8? Par., A. Colin, 1916. LAVISTA, Rafael, 1839-1900. lor biographv see Rev. As. med. mex., 192S, G: No. 11, 2-4, portr. Also in Cirug. mex. siglo XIX (Valle, R. H.) Alex., 1942, p. lxi-lxv. LAVIT, Silvia, 1903- *Etude des nephrites diphteriques. 113p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1932. LAVOINE, Rene Charles, 1906- *Re- actions pleurales au cours du pneumothorax artificiel; elements du pronostic. 153p. 8? Par., NT. Maloine, 1931. LAVOIPIERRE, Joseph, 1901- *Des recidives tardives du cancer et de leur significa- tion. 48p. 8? *Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LAVOIPIERRE, Rene, 1904- *Du de- collement traumatique de l'epiphyse inferieure du tibia. 63p. pl. 8? Par., Oilier-Henry, 1927. LAVOISIER, Antoine Laurent, 1743-94. Memoires de chimie; 6d. by Mme Lavoisier. 2v. 416p.; 413p.; 64p. tab. 20cm. [Par., the Editor, 1805?] See also: French, S. J. Torch & crucible; the life and death of Antoine Lavoisier. 285p. 23J^cm. Princeton [1941] McKie, D. Antoine Lavoisier; the father of modern chemistry. 303p. 8? Phila. [1935] See also Antoine Laurent Lavoisier. In Old Chemistries (Smith, E. F.) N. Y., 1927, 28-32, portr.—Bargalo, M. Lavoi- sier e o mundo dos quatro elementos. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 331, 144-7.—[Biography] Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern., 1943-44, 40: 75, portr.—Dujarric de la Riviere, R. Lavoisier hygieniste. Strasbourg med., 1933, 93: 199-203.—Dumas. Lavoisier; le lessivage syst^matique ou par deplacement; la distillation; l'eau de nut. J. chim. mid., Par., 1866, 5. ser., 2: 5.-—Ismael Macias, F. Lavoisier, su vida, su obra y su fin. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1934, 5: Suppl, No. 8, 3-28, portr.—Lavoisier, pioneer in medical technology. Bull. Am. Soc. Clin. Lab. Techn., 1935, 1: 128.—Lemay, P. Lavoisier; iconographie frainuise. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, mid., 1934, 28: 146-50. ------ Les habitations de Lavoisier. Ibid., 150- 60.------G»''n<':ih>gii\ blason, ex-libris, cachets de Lavoisier. Ibid., 194 8. — -Mcldrum, A. N. Lavoisier's early work in xiehce 1703-71. Isis. Bruges, 1934, 19: 330; 20: 396.—Mieli, A. Una lettem di A. L. Lavoisier a J. Black. Archeion, Santa Vi, 1943, 25: 237-9.—Ocagne, M. d'. Lavoisier, pere de la chimie moderne. Rev. sc, Par., 1938, 76: 361-6.—Partington, J. R. [Biography] Nature, Lond., 1943, 152: 207.—Pereira Forjaz, A. [Biograffa] J. farm., Lisboa, 1943, 3. ser., 2: 28-30, portr.—Polonovski, M. Lavoisier (1743-94) Presse me'd., 1944, 52: 29.—Turgon, A. Fourcroy, est-il responsable de la mort de Lavoisier? Progr. raid., Par., 1939, pt 1, Suppl, 51, portr.—Underwood, E. A. The bicentenary of the birth of Lavoisier. Brit. Al. J., 1943, 2: 275. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Hist. Chem. (Moore, F. J.) 3. ed., N. Y., 1939, 91. Also Laboratory, Pitt>b., 1941, 12: 99. Also Q. Phi Beta Pi M. Fratern., 1943- 44. 40: opp. p. 75. LAVOISIER, Marie Anne Pierrette Paulze, 1758-1836. Editor of Lavoisier, A. L. Memoires de chimie. 2v. 20cm. Par., 1805. LAVOLLAY, J. L'autoxydation des diphenols, en particulier de l'adrenaline. 138p. tab. diagr. 25I2cm. Par., Hermann & cie, 1943. LAVORERIA, Daniel Eduardo, 1872-1931. For obituary see Cron. med., Lima, 1931, 48: 93-7. LAVORO umano. Tor., v.l, Nos. 1/2, 1940- LAVOT, Paul, 1906- *Aptitude et conformation trotteuses; mesure de Tangle scapulo-humeral [Alfort; Vet.] 62p. pl. 8? Bourges, A. Lardy, 1929. LAVROFF-ZERNOFF, Militza, 1899- Contribution a l'etude du traitement tie la pyorrhee alveolaire par les rayons ultraviolets. 70p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LAVROV, B. A. KpaTKoe p.vkobojictbo no npodm.TiaKTiiKe C-aBiiTaMHH03a. 92p. tab. diaur. 20cm. Moskva, Medgiz, 19-13. LAVY, Antonin Francois Theodule, 1900- Contribution k l'etude de la physiopathologie des mouvements respiratoires chez le chien [Alfort; Vet.l 217p. 8? Par., 1927. LAW, Arthur Aver, 1872-1930. For obituary see Tr. West. Surg. Ass. (1930) 1931, 40: 533-5, portr. Also P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1932, 9. Congr., 1: 118. For biography see Beard, R. O. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 59: 242-5, portr. LAW, Edward, 1853-1930. For obituary see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1930, 1: 887. LAW, Frank William [M. B., 1926, R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond.] Ultra-violet therapy in eye disease, with a review of the action of other forms of radiant energy, x, 78p. 8? Lond., Middlesex Hosp. pr. [1934] LAW, Fred Hayes, 1876- For biography see Q. Chicago M. School, 1940-41, 1: No. 3, 28, portr. LAW, Frederick Manwaring, 1875- Mas- toids roentgenologically considered, xv, 39p. pl. 4? N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1920. Also 2. ed, xv, 42p. 1929. ---- Nasal accessory sinuses roentgenologi- callv considered, xxiv, 215p. illust. 8? X. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1933. LAW, Hartland [M. D., 1897, Hahnemann Med. Coll.] Viavi hygiene. Rev. ed. 398p. 12? S. Franc, Viavi co., 1928. LAW, James, 1838-1921. The lung plague of cattle, contagious pleuro-pneumonia. 97p. pl. 12? Ithaca, the Author, 1879. LAW, May Elizabeth Maclver. Baby care; a helpful guide for mothers on the care of infants [First-twelfth month] 12 nos. v. p. illust. 19^cm. [Phila., J. B. Lippincott co., 1938] Prelim. No. Before your baby is born (M. E. Law) 32p„ incl. with above. LAW, Samuel Bealmear. Editor of Payne, E. W. The immortal stone age. 95p. 21cm. Chic. [1938] LAW. See also Government; Group, Organization; Jurisprudence; Justice; also such headings as Advertising: Child labor; Court; Criminal law; Expert; Housing, etc.; also Lawyer. United States. Congress. House of Representatives. Committee on Revision of the Laws. United States code, 1940 ed. 4v. 6268p. 27#cm. Wash., 1941. Also Suppl. 2. lOOOp. 1943. Alfaro, H. F. Cudles son las ventajas que pueden derivarse, si fuere el caso, de que los profesionales del foro en los palses latino-americanos tengan un conocimiento general de las leyes de los Estados Unidos relativas a ciertas materias, tales eomo fideicomisos (trusts) relaciones de familia, y sucesiones. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr., 10: 365-8.—Benassi. G. Osservazioni medico-legali sul nuovo Codice Civile. Arch. antrop. crim., Milano, 1939, 59: 588-608.—Cohen, M. R. The background and development of legal philosophy in the Americas. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr., 10: 501-6.—Colvin, H. M. Participation of the United States of America with the republics of Latin America in the common heritage of Roman and civil law. Ibid., 467-91. Crowe, T. J. What regulations are necessary? method of formulating regula- tions to give them effect; method of recording and indexing regulations; publication subsequent to promulgation. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1938, 24: 205-13.—Gonseth, F. L'idee de la loi naturelle. In Kausalprobl. (Internat. Kongr. Einh. Wiss.) Lpz. (1936) 1937, 2. Kongr., 421-30.—Gregory, W. S. Ide- ology and affect regarding law and their relation to law- abidingness. Character & Personality, 1938-39, 7: 265-84.— Harrison, R. B. Nature and scope of regulations; authority for promulgation; manner of promulgation; proof of regulations in court proceedings. Fed. Bull, Chic, 1938, 24: 196-204.— Hoebel, E. A. Primitive law and modern. Tr. N. York Acad. Sc, 1942-43, ser. 2, 5: 30-41.—Hoover, J. E. La batalla en el frente interno. Policia seer, nac, Habana, 1912—43, 12: 335- LAW 571 LAWRENCE 9.—How a bill becomes a law. Am. J. Nurs., 1942, 42: 1130- 3.—Kennedy, W. B. A new school of juristic thought. Proc Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr., 10: 507-12.—Lenroot, K. F. Social justice within and among nations. Prelim. Rep. Com. Organiz. Peace, 1942, 1: 175-81.—Le Riverend Brusone, E. Las funciones del derecho. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr., 10: 607.—Meyer, H. G. Die Bedeutung der einzelnen Grundrechte in der neuen deutschen Reichsverfassung. Ausz. Diss. Jurist. Fak. Giessen, 1924, 4: 98-103.—Moffat, A. L. Social action on the legislative front. Proc Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 652-61.—Moll, W. L. The function of law. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943, 8. Congr., 10: 597- 605.—Noriega, A., jr. El origen nacional y los antecedentes hisp&nicos del juicio de amparo. Rev. univ., Guadalajara, 1943. 1: No. 2. 35^5.—Babel, E. Surveys of different systems of conflicts of laws. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1943,8. Congr., 10: 363.—Simpson, R. M. Attitude toward the Ten Com- mandments (opinions of 148 college students compaird with the opinions of 345 prisoners) J. Social Psychol, 1933, 4: 223-30.—Smith, A. D. The need for legal concepts in the formulation of administrative policies. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1941, 68: 502-12.—Timasheff, N. S. The sociological place of law. Am. J. Sociol., 1938-39, 44: 206-21. La WALL, Charles Herbert, 1871-1937. The curious lore of drugs and medicines (4,000 years of pharmacy) xv, 665p. pl. portr. facs. 8? Garden City, X. Y., Garden City pub. co. [1936] See also Remington, J. P., Cook, E. F., & LaWall, C. H. Remington's Practice of pharmacy. 2162p. 8? Phila. [1936] Also Wood. G. B., Wood, H. C, & LaWall, C. H. The dispen- satory of the L'nited States of America. Centennial (22.) ed. 1894p. 8! Phila. [1937] For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 420, portr; Decen. Suppl, 1934, 1. Suppl, 18, portr. For obituarv see Am. J. Pharm., 1938, 110: 2-4, portr. (Griffith, I.) 8-11 (Sturmer J. W.) Also Decen. Suppl. First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1942, 2. Suppl, '20, portr. Also Pennsylvania M. J., 1938, 41: 393. LAW and contemporary problems. See under Duke University. School of law. LAWES, Charles Herbert Essary, 1870-1938. For obituary see Med. J. Australia, 1939, 1: 88-90, portr. LAWFORD, John Bowring, 1858-1934. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 127. Also Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 110, portr. LAWHEAD, Hiram Davis, 1852-1934. For obituary see Woolsey, J. H. California & West. M., 1935, 42: 60. LAWICK van Pabst, Marius Herbertus van [M. D., 1924, Leiden] *Statistische gegevens over enkele vorloskundige operaties gedurende de cursus 1915/16-1922/23 in de Leidsche kliniek verricht. 53p. 8? Leiden, E. J. J. van der Linden, 1924. LAWINE. Campell, R. Aerztliche Hilfeleistung bei Lawinenver- schiittungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 131-4. LAWLER, Edward Martin, 1906- Arthri- tis; the present status of its therapy. 24p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1932. Typewritten. LAWLESS, Edward James, 1901- Sug- gestions for the retailer on compliance with the Pennsylvania fresh eggs law. 8p. illust. 23cm. Harrisb., Pennsylvania Dep. Agr., 1935. Forms No. 6, v.18, Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr. LAWLESS, Theodore Kenneth, 1892- Dermatology. p.595-685. 28cm. Chic, North- western Univ. pr., 1940. In Rev. Med. (Boshes, B.) 4. ed. LAWN. See also Grass. . Bushey, D. J. Lawn maintenance [Kev.J 4p. 23cm. Ithaca, 1941. ---- New lawns [Rev.] 4p. 23cm. Ithaca [1941] Huff, W. C, & Hoff, P. R. Diversion terraces and contour strip-cropping. 35p. 23cm. Ithaca, 1941. LAWRENCE, Charles Henry, 1882- See Shepard, K., & Lawrence, C. H. Textbook of attendant nursing. 433p. 8? N. Y., 1935. Also 2. ed. 419p. 1942. LAWRENCE, Edgar Athaleston, 1907- , & MARTLAND, Harrison Stanford. Diseases due to physical agents, p.229-301. 25cm. N. Y., D. Appleton-Century co., 1941. In Ther. Int. Dis. (G. Blumer, et al.) v.3. LAWRENCE, Edward. The hair in health and disease; a new explanation of diseases of the hair, scalp, and skin, and of barbers' diseases in particular, xvi, 181p. illust. 8? Lond., I. Pitman & sons, 1936. LAWRENCE, Ernest Orlando, 1901- See Taylor, H. S., Lawrence, E. O., & Langmuir, I. Molec- ular films, the cyclotron and the new biology. 95p. 24cm. N. Brunswick, 1942. LAWRENCE, Evelyn Mary, 1892- An investigation into the relation between intelli- gence and inheritance. 80p. 8? Cambr., Cambridge Univ. pr., 1931. Forms No. 16, Monogr. Suppl, Brit. J. Psychol. LAWRENCE, George Alired, 1869- Mili- tary lodges. 45p. 21cm. Anamosa, la., the Builder, 1918. LAWRENCE, Henry William, 1865-1942. Lawrence, G. A. [Obituary] Analyst, Lond., 1942, 67: 345. LAWRENCE, Sir James John Trevor, 1831- 1913. For portrait see Rep. Internat. Conf. Genet. (1906) 1907, 3. Conf., opp. p. 79. LAWRENCE, Jason Valentine O'Brien, 1791- 1823. Middleton, W. S. Jason Valentine O'Brien Lawrence. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1937, 5: 52-68. LAWRENCE, John Hundale, 1904- For biography see Ohio M. J., 1942, 38: 266, portr. For portrait see Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 48: opp. p. 283. LAWRENCE, Robert Daniel, 1892- The diabetic life; its control by diet and insulin; a concise practical manual for practitioners and patients. 2. ed. viii, 167p. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1926. Also 3. ed. viii, 167p. 1926. Also 4. ed. viii, 188p. 1928. Also 6. ed. viii, 213p. 1931. Also 9. ed. x, 231p. tab. diagr. 1936. Also 10. ed. x, 246p. Phila., P. Blaki- ston's son, 1937. Also 11. ed. ix, 246p. 1939. Also 12. ed. xxiv, 246p. Lond., J. & A. Church- ill, 1942. Also 13. ed. xxiii, 228p. 1944. ■—■— The diabetic A B C, a practical book for patients and nurses, vii, 55p. 8? Lond., H. K. Lewis & co., 1929. Also 5. ed. 63p. 1937. Also 7. ed. vii, 64p. tab. 1940. Also 8. ed. [with war-time supplement] vii, 69p. tab. 1944. ---- The diabetic ABC, war-time supple- ment. 2. ed. 15p. 21^cm. Lond., H. K. Lewis & co., 1942. See also McCane, R. A., & Lawrence, R. D. The carbo- hydrate content of foods. 73p. 8? Lond., 1929. LAWRENCE, Sir Thomas, 1769-1830. For portrait see Collection in Library. LAWRENCE, Thomas William Pelham, 1858- 1936. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 101. LAWRENCE, Sir William, 1783-1867. For biography see Cat. Portr. R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond., 1930, 83 See also Chance, B. Sir William Lawrence, in relation to medical education with special reference to ophthalmology in the early part of the 19th century. Ann. M. Hist., 1926, 8: 270-9. For portrait see Ann. Eugenics, Cambr., 1933, 5: front. LAWRENCE, William B., 1854-1927. For obituary see J. Arkansas M. Soc, 1927-28, 24: 76. LAWRENCE, William F. What happens to patients discharged from tuberculosis sanatoria. 28p. 8? N. Y., Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1933. Forms No. 3, of Nat. Tuberc. Ass. Social Research Ser. LAWRENCE LAWRENCE, Kansas. Wotmore, A. The IHclc Museum at the University of Kansas. Science, 1941, 94: ,»93-S. LAWRKNCE, Mass. General Hospital. Annual reports. Lawrence, v.l 49, 1875/76- 1923/24. LAWRENZ, William F. The restoration of alveolar bone following periodontal erosion. 6p. 8? [Los Aug., Electro-Ther. Prod, corp.] 1932. LAWRIE, James Macpherson. Nature hits back ISOp. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1936] LAWRYNOWICZ, Franz von [M. D., 1909, Basel] * Leber Melaena neonatorum und ihre Behandlung. 61p. 8? Basel, Brin & cie, 1909. LAWS, Hiram Adoniram, jr, 1888- For biography see J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1941, 34: 193 portr. (Jacobs, B. L.) Also Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 400, portr. LAWS, Robert, 1851-1934. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1934. 2: 334. LAWS, William George, 1861-1936. For obituary see Brit. J. Ophth., 1936, 20: 492, portr. LAWSON, George, 1831-1903. For biography see C ":it. Portr. R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond., 1930, 40. LAWSON, George Newton, 1865-1929. For obituary see Fitch, F. T. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1929, 137: 229. LAWSON, Hampden (lisby, 1904- *On the muscular activity of the colon in the dog [Ph. D.[ 15p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago, 1932. LAWSON, Huron Willis, 1873- I or portrait sec Collection in I.ibrai\. LAWSON, Robert W. Translator of Hevesy, G. v., & Paneth, F. A manual of radioactivity. 2. ed. 306p. 24cm. Lond., 1938. LAWSON, Theodore Carey, 1895- I or portrait see California West. M.. 1942, 56: 170. LAWSON, Thomas, 1789-1861. [Biographical notes ox his service ix the U. S. Navy] lp. 4? Wash., D. C, Off. Naval Rec, 1936. Typewritten. See also Phalen, J. M. [Biography] Army M. Bull, 1940, 52: 33-7. portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. LAWSONIA. See Henna. LAWSON news; pub. by Lawson General Hospital, Atlanta, Ga. Atlanta, v.4, No. 1, 1943- LAWTHER, John Dobson, 1899- Sec Davis, E. C, & Lawthc, J. D. Successful teaching in physical education. 665p. 21cm. N. Y., 1941. LAWTON, George, 1900- , editor. New goals for old age. 2. print, ix, 210p. 23J4cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr. [1944] LAWYER. See also Jurist; Law; Legal aid. Kansas, U. S. A. Supreme Court. The State of Kansas, ex rel. Clarence V. Beck, Attorney General, plaintiff, vs B. L. Gleason, Defendant. Original action in quo warranto; answer by Amicus Curiae to defendant's reply brief. 35p. 23cm. Topeka [after 1937] ---- The State of Kansas, ex rel. Clarence V. Beck, Attorney General, plaintiff, vs B. L. Gleason, Defendant. Original action in quo warranto; brief Amicus Curiae. 146p. 23cm. Topeka [after 1937] Abrahams, R. D. The Philadelphia Neighborhood Law office experiment. Marriage & Family Liv., 1943, 5: 11.— Ambulance eha>eis to be routed. Hosp. Topics, 1937, 15: 22.—Attorneys; disbarment for soliciting personal injury cases through physicians. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1499.—Barnes, LAWYER H. E., >v Teeters. N. K. The lawver and crime. In their \e« Horiz < i un., N. Y., 1913, 49 52. Gaudft, F. J.. & Riker, II. L. The lehahility of the I erson-Stoddaid law aptitude examina- tion. J. Educ. Psychol, 1911, 32: 157 til). Koerner, A. Diagnosis and treatment of legal congestion. Am. J. M. Jurispr., 1938. 1 : 34.—Mullin, L. C The lawyer and the doctor. Mori. Soc. Hep.. Scianton, 1941, 35: No. 6, 10. National conference on uniform slate laws. .). Calendar Reform, 1942, 12: 09 72. Percival. T. Indiscriminate pleadings of lawyers. In his .Moral & Lit. Diss., 2. ed.. Warrington. 1789, 324'7. - Riker, B. L., & Gaudet. F. J. the use of some tests in the prediction of legal aptitude. J. Appl. Psychol, 1941, 25: 313-22. Vallance, W. R. Second conference to the Inter- Ameiiean Bar Association. Bull. Panamer. Union, 1943, 77: 621-5. LAX, August Wilhelm Herbert, 1909- *Ueber den Verlauf und die Typenbcstimmung der crouptisen Pneumonien in den Jahren 1933- 35 [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A Oberreuter, 1935. LAX, Henrik, 1894- La valutazione diagnostica dei metodi di laboratorio nella pratica medica; traduzione con agginntc del Luigi Villa, vi, 174p. 8? [Milano] 1st. siero- ter. milan., 1930. See also Baron, J., & Lax, H. Die diagnostische Wertung. 86p. 8? Lpz., 1931. Also Ital. transl. lllp. 8? Milano, 1931. LAXATIVE. See Cathartics. LAXER, Ferdinand, 1910- *La pellagra en Roumanie. 56p. K? Par., Lipschutz, 1937. LAY, Heinrich Kaspar, 1909- *Die Beeinflussung der natiirlichen Abwerhrkriifte und des Blutchemismus durch Mineralwassergaben. 21p. 8? Marb., J. A. Koch, 1935. LAY, Paul, 1902- *Ucl>er isolierte Ver- letzungen grosser Gefasse, deren Folgen unci chirurgische Behandlung. 24p. 8? Berl., F. Linkc, 1937. LAYANI, Fernand, 1896- *Etudes sur les acrocyanoses. 276p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1929. LAYB, Arya. See Perel, Leon [i. e., Arya-Layb] 1910- LAYBOURN, Ross Leonard, 1892- The blood-clot culture as an adjunct to the Widal test, 8p. 8? Topeka, Kansas, 1936. Forms No. 1, v.14, Bull. Kansas Bd Health. LAYCOCK, Samuel Ralph, 1891- See Griffin, J. D. M., Laycock, S. R., & Line, W. Mental hygiene. 291p. 21cm. N. Y., 1940. LAYGUE, Emile. *Une renaissance en thera- peutique: Le houx, Ilex aquifolium. 42p. 24}^cm Toulouse, Impr. du Sud-Ouest, 1937. LAYMAN, John Delbert, 1904- *The avian visual system: I. Cerebral function of the domestic fowl in pattern vision [Univ. Chicago; Ph. D.] 36p. illust. tab. diagr. 26cm. Bait., Johns Hopkins pr. [1936] Forms No. 58, v.12, Comp. Psychol. Monogr. LAYTON, Frank George, 1872-1941. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1941, 2: 104, portr. Also S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1941, 39: 167. LAYTON, Thomas Bramley, 1882- On the conservation of the lymphoid tissue of the upper respiratory tract, 46p. 8? [Lond.] Ash & co. [1931] ---- An industry of health, being an exposi- tion of Assumption B. 96p. 18%cm. Lond., W. Heinemann, 1944. Compiler of London. Royal College of Surgeons of England. Museum. Catalogue of the Onodi collection. 131 p. 8. Lond., 1934. LAZANSKY, Ludwig. Der Sanitatsmann; Vortrage iiber die erste Hilfe bei Unfalien und plotzlichen Erkrankungen. vii, 126p. 8? Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1905. LAZAR 573 LAZAROVICI LAZAR, Charles. See Lazar, Karoly. LAZAR, Erwin, 1877-1932. Probleme der forensischen Jugendpsychiatrie. 7lp. 8? Wien, Holder, Pichler & Tempsky, 1927. Forms H. 5, Abh. jur. med. Grenzgeb., Wien. For obituary see Gnam, K. Eos, Wien, 1932, 24: 34-6 — Staffa, V. Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1932, 24: 42. LAZAR, Karoly. Manual of cosmetics, xii, 318p. illust. pl. 8? Lond., H. Kimpton, 1937. ----Care and preservation of beauty for the individual woman. ix, 172p. illust. 19cm. Clevel., Sherwood pr., 1940. LAZAR, Oscar. Corps medical Vaudois. 83 pl. 26cm. x 32cm. Geneve, Chene-Bougeries, 1937. Portrait album. ---- Medecins-dentistes du Canton de Vaud. T. 1. 70 pl. 26cm. x 32cm. Geneve [Chene- Bougeries, 1938] Portrait album. LAZAR, Willy, 1907- *Les pleuresies a cholesterol. 75p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1934. LAZARD, Edmond Myer, 1876- For biographv see in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.) Bost., 1942, 57, portr. LAZARD, Francis, 1907- *Les stoma- tites; etude de certaines lesions des anastomoses gastro-jejunales et du role des fils de suture dans leur pathogenie. 138p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. LAZARD, Franchise Levaillant, 1909- *Contribution -a l'etude de certaines formes trompeuses de cancers du sein. 47p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1940. LAZARD, Pierre, 1892- Considerations sur l'importance de l'azotemie en fonction de la constante d'Ambard. 79p. ch. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LAZARE, Aurele, 1909- *Contribution a, l'etude de l'hygiene sociale de l'enfance en Roumanie. 55p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LAZARELLUS, Ludovicus. See Lazzarelli, Lodovico. LAZARESCO, Lucienne, 1909- *Le granu- lome annulaire et son traitement par les injec- tions locales de sels d'or. 35p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LAZAREV, N. V. EnojiornuecKoe AeiiCTBHe ra30B noji jiaBJieHnueM. 219p. illust. tab. diagr. 22cm. Leningr., Izd. voenno-morsk. med. akad. 1941. LAZAREV, Petr Petrovich, 1878- CoBpeMeH- Hoe yueHue o cTpoeHnn MaTepnn h ero npnjio- jKeHHH b MeAHUHHe. 64p. illust. 20^cm. [Moskva] Gosud. med. izdat., 1928. LAZAREVICH, Ivan Pavlovich, 1829-1902. Skrobansky, K. [Twenty-fifth anniversary of the death of Prof. Ivan P. Lazarevich, pioneer gynecologist] J. akush., 1928, 39: 1-4. LAZAREVICH, Laza, 1851-90. For biography see Voj. san. glasnik, 1936, 7: 369, portr. LAZAREW, Moses [M. D., 1930, Basel] *Ueber Blasenmole und Chorionepitheliom [Ba- sel] 38p. 8? Mulhouse, A. Knecht, 1930. LAZAROFF, Ilia Pascho, 1905- ^Morbus Basedow und die Paradentose. 14p. 8? Lpz., H. Arnold [1935] LAZAROFF, Simeon, 1901- Contribu- tion k l'6tude des panaris (k I'exclusion des tenosynovites) 119p. pl. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1931. LAZAROFF, Trifon, 1901- *Experimen- teller Beitrag zur Inhalationstherapie [Frankfurt a. M.] 16p. pl. 8? Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel, 1927 Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1928, 118: 64-77. LAZAROVICI, Israel, 1908- *La lym- phogranulomatose maligne a forme cutanee ulcereuse. 63p. 25cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1935. LAZAROVICI, Lionel, 1907- *De l'em- ploi du ballon de Champetier de Ribes dans la therapeutique actuelle du placenta praevia. 64p. 8? Par., Lipschutz, 1934. LAZARSFELD, Sofle, 1882- Sexuelle Erziehung. 24p. 18cm. Wien, M. Perles, 1931. ---- Wie die Frau den Mann erlebt; fremde Bekenntnisse und eigene Betrachtungen. 331 p. 8? Lpz., Schnieder & co. [1931] ----The same. Rhythm of life; a guide to sexual harmony for women; transl. by Karsten and E. Pelham Stapelfeldt. xv, 329p. 8? N. Y., Greenberg [1934] ----The same. Woman's experience of the male. 322p. 25cm. Lond., F. Aldor [1940] LAZARTE, Juan. Contralor de los nacimien- tos. 4. ed. 164p. 19cm. Rosario, Libr. Ruiz, 1936. LAZARUS. For illustrative material see Angelico. Auferweckung des Lazarus. In Wunderheilungen (Rosenthal. O.) Lpz., 1925, pl. 37.—Byzantinisehes Relief: Auferweckung des Lazarus. Ibid., pl. 35.—Dore. Auferweckung des Lazarus. Ibid., pl. 38.—Giotto di Bondone. Auferweckung des Lazarus. Ibid., pl. 36.—Rembrandt. Die kleine Auferweckung des Lazarus. Ibid., pl. 40. ------ Die grosse Auferweckung des Lazarus. Ibid., pl. 41. LAZARUS, Franz, 1906- *Neue Versuche iiber die quantitative Wirkung eingeatmeter Dampfe der Chlorkohlenwasserstoffe bei ver- besserter Methodik. 17p. tab. 8? Wiirzb., C. J. Becker, 1932. LAZARUS, Hans, 1907- *Ueber den Ersatz von Substanzdefekten der Schleimhaut des Mundes durch Lappenplastik aus der aus- seren Haut. 33p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1932. LAZARUS, Hilda, 1890- For biographv see Newton, D. C. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1942, 17: 332-4. LAZARUS, Paul, 1873- editor. Hand- buch der gesamten Strahlenheilkunde, Biologie, Pathologie und Therapie. 2. Aufl. 2v. xv, 825p.; xx, 1292p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1928-31. LAZARUS-KRANKEN- und Diakonissenhaus. See under Berlin, Germany. LAZEAR, Jesse William, 1866-1900. Memorial to Dr Jesse Lazear. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 1563. For portrait see Month. BulL Bd Health Indiana, 1941, 44: 90. LAZEBNIK, Jakob [M. D., 1939, Lausanne] ^Stenoses vaginales non cicatricielles [Lausanne] 24p. 22cm. Nyon, E. Cherix, 1939. LAZENBY, Allen Deming, 1893-1939. For obituary see Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 534. Also Bull. School M. Univ. Maryland, 1939, 24: 66. LAZER, Mina, 1904- *Zur Klinik- und Differentialdiagnose des primaren Lungensar- koms. 20p. 8? Berl., Michel, 1932. LAZERME, Jean, 1902- *Hemoptysie d'alarme et caverne isolee; ou, Necessity de la radiographie au cours des h^moptysies d'alarme. 52p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LAZEROVICI, Emile, 1911- *Hygiene du camping. 68p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1938. LAZINESS. See also Behavior; Leisure; School child. Latjmonier, J. La therapeutique des peches capitaux: gourmandise, paresse, luxure. 2. ed. 196p. 12? Par., 1931. LAZINESS 574 LEAD Louohrav, J. X. Live or die; an exposition of the biologv of keeping young. 137p. 8° X. Y. [1932] Ackereon, L. Loitering; laziness; inefficiency; irresponsi- bility. In his Child. Behav. Probl, Chic, 1942, 2: 427-41 — Andress, J. M. School and health; what is laziness? Hygeia, Chic, 1939, 17: 159.—t'odet, O. La paresse chez l'enfant. I'res«e mid., 1943, 51: 253.—Gilbert-Robin. Paresse et in- -utli.-ance respiratoire. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 790-2.— Hourv. La paresse pathologique. C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. I-'iamie, 1911, 21. Congr., 344.—Meister, O. Faulheit, Arbeits- scheu, ' Arbeitsunwilligkeit und ihre industriepadagogische Behandlung. Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1937, 29: 89.—Ociosidade a fadiga. Impr. meU, Rio, 1943, 18: No. 353, 132—Tomescu. P. (Causes of laziness in children and means of combatting it] Romania med., 1934, 12: 298. LAZITCH, Anta, 1904- Contribution a l'etude de la cypho-scoliose douloureuse des adolescents. 123p. pl. 25cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1934. LAZO Arriaga, Luis, 1859- For biography see Bol. san. Guatemala, 1940, 11: 254-8, portr. LAZORTHES, Guy. Le sympathique du membre inferieure; les nerfs vasculaires, l'inner- vation des vaisseaux du bassin et du membre inferieur. 173p. pl. diagr. 25^cm. Par., N. Maloine, 1939. LAZZARELLI, Lodovico, 1450-1500. Crater Hermetis. p.32a-42a. 4? [Venezia, Johannes Hamann, ca. 1500] In Hermes Trismegistos. Pimander. Venezia, ca 1500. LEA, Arthur Sheridan, 1853-1915. Chemical basis of the animal body; an appendix to Foster's Text-book of physiology. Part V. 6. ed. 288p. 8? N. Y., Macmillan & co., 1893. LEA, Henry Charles, 1825-1909. Superstition and force; essays on the wager of law, the wager of battle, the ordeal, torture. 4. ed. xvi, 627p. 21cm. Phila., Lea bros & co., 1892. ---- Materials toward a history of witch- craft; arr. & ed. by Arthur C. Howland. 3v. 1548p. [paged continuously] 24}^cm. Phila., Univ. Pennsylvania pr., 1939. LEA, Isaac, 1792-1886. Description of a new mollusk from the red sandstone, near Potts- ville, Pa. 4p. 8? Phila., Acad. Nat. Sc, 1855. Also in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila., 1855. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 602. For portrait see Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1897) 1901, pt 2, pl. 52. LEA & FEBIGER Company, Phila. One hundred and fifty years of publishing, 1785-1935. 42p. illust. portr. 8? Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1935. LEACH, Ernest Humphrey. See Carleton, H. M., & Leach, E. H. Histological technique for normal tissues. 2. ed. 383p. 8°. Lond., 1938. LEACH, John, 1867-1927. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 90. LEACH, S. F. A literal translation of those parts of Gregory's Conspectus medicinae theo- reticae and Celsus De medicina which have been fixed upon by the Court of Apothecaries; for the examination of candidates, xxii, 332p. 16cm. Lond., S. Highley, et al., 1831. LEACH, W. James. A supplemental outline of anatomy. 61 1. illust. 8? Phila., Engineers pub. co., 1932. Rotographed. LEACH, Walter J., 1862-1935. For obituary see Tr. Indiana Acad. Ophth., 1936, 12: LEAD. See also Lead poisoning. Gaudin, A. M., Schumann, R., jr, & Schlechten, A. W. notation kinetics; the effect of size on the behavior of galena particles. .1 Phj>. Chem., 1942, 46: 902-10.—Kohlschiilter, V. Leber den Bleibaum. In Festschr. 70. Geburtst. Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 425-30, 2 pl—Smith, F. L., 2d, Rathmell, T. K., & Marcil, G. E. Lead. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 811-30.—Von Stein, P. Lead. In his Organ. Reagents, Brookl, 1942, 106-15. acetate. Baemstein, H. D., & Grand, J. A. Tic effect of lead acetate on oxygen uptake of rat liver slices. I'roc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1941, 35. Meet.. 7. Also J. Mini. Chem., 1941, 140: Proc, 7.—Davidson. A. \V., banning, W. C. & Zeller, M. M. Plumbic acetate-anhydrous acetic acid solutions. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1523-7.—Dubrisay, R., & Saint-Maxen, A. Recherches sur les acetates baslnics de plomh. C. rend Acad, sc, 1930, 203: 584-6; 1937, 205: 325 -Grillot, E. Sur l'acetochlorure de plomb. Ibid., 193-1, 199: 1049-51. ---- acetate: Therapeutic use. See also Acetic acid. Carle. Considerations historiques et thdrapeutiques sur l'eau blanche. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1930, 7. ser., 1: 950- 60.-—Combes, F. C. The role of Burow's solution in derma- tology. Bull. Nat. Formulary Com. II. S., 1942, 10: 29-37.— Emploi (De 1') de l'acdtate de plomh contre les hdmorrhagics. Gaz. san., Par., 1834, 3: 279.—Francois, M., & Seguin, M. Analyse des aedtates de plomb oflicinaux; dosage volumdtrique du plomb et de l'acide antique dans l'acdtate neutre de plomb et l'acdtate basique de plomb. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1938, 8. ser., 28: 193-9. —---- Des consequences possibles de 1'effiorescence de l'acdtate neutre de plomb officinal. Ibid., 1939, 8. ser., 29: 241-5.—Laidlaw, W. On the internal exhibi- tion of the acetate of lead. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 395-9. ------ Further remarks on the internal exhibition of the acetate of lead, chiefly with the view of determining to what extent it may be safely administered in the cure of diseases, especially in uterine haemorrhage. Ibid., 527-30.—Mayer, J. L. Tim lead content of Burow's solution. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1922, 11: 514-6.—Morton, C. Strong solution of lead subacetate. Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1932, 5: 414-20.—liaab, H., & Brown, C. E. Knochenveranderungen nach Einverlei- bung von Bleiacetat. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934, 94: 346 52. - Solution of aluminum acetate, test for lead. Bull. Nat. Formu- lary Com. U. S., 1939-40, 8: 92.—Wolpe, G. Forderung pharmakologischer Wirkungen durch Bleiazetat (Versuche an iiberlebenden Organen von Kalt- und Warmbliitern) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 117: 306-21. ---- 4-acetate. Baer, E. Oxidative cleavage of cyclic alpha-keto alcohols by means of lead tetraacetate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1416-21. ----— Grosheintz, J. M., & Fischer, H. O. L. Oxidation of 1,2-glycols or 1,2,3-polyalcohols by means of lead tetraacetate in aqueous solution. Ibid., 1939, 61: 2607- 9.—Fieser, L. F., Clapp, R. C, & Daudt, W. H. Methylation of aromatic nit-ro compounds with lead tetraacetate. Ibid., 1942, 64: 2052-60.—Hilditch, T. P., & Jasperson, H. Rates of oxidation of isomeric dihydroxy- and tetrahydroxy-stearic acids by lead tetra-acetate. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 327.— LaForge, F. B., & Acree, F., jr. Allenes; the reaction of some allenes with lead tetraacetate. J. Org. Chem., 1941, 6: 208- 15.—Oesper, R. E., & Deasy, C. L. The preparation of lead tetraacetate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 972.—Windaus, A. Nachtrag zu der Arbeit Ueber die Einwirkung von Bleitetra- acetat auf einige Sterinderivate. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1943, 276: 280. ---- Alkyls and phenyls. See also subheading (4-ethyl) Calingaert, G., Soroos, H., & Shapiro, H. The dispropor- tionate of RePb2 compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 462.—Dubrisay, R., & Saint-Maxen, A. Recherches sur les hydroxyethanoates de plomb. Bull. Soc. chim. 1'rance, 1940, 5. ser., 7: 393-401.—Foster, L. S., Dix, W. M., & Gruntfest, I. J. The preparation and reactions of some triphenyllead derivatives. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 1685-7. ------ Gruntfest, I. J., & Fluck, L. A. Amino compounds of tri- phenyllead chloride. Ibid., 1687-90.—Leighton. P. A., & Mortensen, R. A. The photolysis of lead tetramethyl and lead tetraphenyl. Ibid., 1936, 58: 448-54—Setzer, W. C, Leeper, R. W., & Gilman, H. Tetraphenyllead and diphenyllead dihalides. Ibid., 1939, 61: 1609. ---- Alloy. Haim, G., & Barnes, W. C. E. Polarographic determination of lead in lead-bearing steels. Analyst, Lond., 1943, 68: 193 (Abstr.)—Rumsey, R. B., & Gordon, H. B. Analysis of lead in steel. Chemist Analyst, 1940, 29: 62.—Sackur, O. Zur Kenntnis der Bleizinnlegierungen. Arb. Gesundhamt., Berl, 1904, 22: 187-204.—Salomon, K., & Cowgill, G. R. The possible toxicity of lead alloys; experiments on the rat with a lead-tin-antimony solder. J. Indust. Hyg., 1944, 26: 22-8.—Thompson, H. E., jr. The solubility of lead in mercury. J. Phys. Chem., 1935, 39: 655-64. arsenate. See also Arsenic, Arsenates. Carter, R. H. An investigation of solvents for the removal of lead arsenate residues from fruits. J. Econ. Entom., 1934, LEAD 575 LEAD 27: 848-53.—Dickinson, B. C, & Witman, E. D. The relative effectiveness of 2 types of arsenate of lead used to control the codling moth. Ibid., 1944, 37: 43-0.—Fairhall, L. T. The solubility of lead arsenate in body fluids. 'Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939, 54: 1636-42.—Fleming, W. E., Baker, V. E., & Koblitsky, L. Effect of lead arsenate in soil on vegetables. J. Econ. Entom., 1943, 36: 231-3.—Fluke, C. L., Dunn, E. P., & Ritcher, P. O. Silicates of soda incorporated with lead arsenate in the last regular spray an aid to residue removal. Ibid., 1935, 28: 1056-8.'— Foresti, B., & Vallesi, E. Ossidazione dell'anidride arseniosa con acido cloropiombico e preparazione dell'arseniato monoacido di piombo. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1937, 35: 85-106.—Hedenburg, O. F. Making arsenate of lead. U. S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,984,305.—Hervey, G. E. R., & Pearce, G. W. The influence of lime on the toxicity of lead arsenate to cabbage worms. J. Econ. Entom., 1942, 35: 554-8.—Muttelet, F., & Touplain, F. L'arsdniate de plomb en viticulture; recherche du plomb et de l'arsenic dans les raisins, les marcs, les vins et les lies. Ann. falsif., Par., 1912, 5: 9-16.—Pratt, B. G. Control of codling moth with arsenate of lead and certain forms of rotenone and pyrethrum. J. Econ. Entom., 1941, 34: 424-6—Souza, D. A. Algumas considers coes sobre o arseniato de chumbo. Biologico, S. Paulo, 1942, 8: 295. ---- arsenate: Poisoning. See also Arsenic, Use, agricultural. Neal, P. A., Dreessen, W. C. [et al.] A study of the effect of lead arsenate exposure on orchardists and consumers of sprayed fruit. 181p. 231/km. Wash., 1941. Cardiff, I. D. How toxic is arsenate of lead? J. Indust. Hyg., 1940, 22: 333-46.—Fairhall, L. T. The absorption and excre- tion of lead arsenate in man. Pub. Health Bull, Wash., 1938, 53: 1231-45.----— & Miller, J. W. A study of the relative toxicity of the molecular components of lead arsenate. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1610-25, 2 fig— Glotfelty, J. S. Psychosis following lead arsenate poisoning. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1041-42, 18: 334—Kilgore.H. H., & Rhoads, P. S. A case of lead arsenate poisoning with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 1125.—McCulloch, E. C, & St John, J. L. Lead-arsenate poisoning of sheep and cattle. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1940, 96: 321-6.—Posleman, J. A. Enterocolitis aguda producida por el arseniato de plomo, depositado en la corteza de los marizanos. An. Ateneo pat. clin. mdd. Hosp. Alvear, B. Air., 1935, 1: 34.—Roger, H., Paillss, J. E., & Ray- naud, M. Sur deux polyndvrites professionnelles par l'arsdniate de plomb. Marseille mdd., 1942, 79: 132-267.—St John, J. L., McCulloch, E. C. [et al] Toxicity to sheep of lead arsenate and lead arsenate sprav residues. J. Agr. Res., 1940, 60: 317-29.—Study (A) of the effect of lead arsenate exposure on orchardists and on consumers of sprayed fruit. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 129-32.—Thomas, E. F., & Shealy, A. L. Lead arsenate poisoning in chickens. J. Agr. Res., 1932, 45: 317.—VonGlahn, W. C, & Flinn, F. B. The effect of yeast on the incidence of cirrhosis produced by lead arsenate. Am. J. Path., 1939, 15: 771-81.—Webster, S. H. Twenty-four-hour output of certain urinary constituents in persons exposed to lead arsenate spray residue. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1910-9. ---- biological and physiological. See also Lead, Histochemistry. Dschou, S. H. *Beitrag zum Blei-Gehalt menschlicher Organe. 23p. 22^cm. Hamb., 1933. Wolf, H. H. *Die Lokalisation des normalen Bleis in kariosen menschlichen Zahnen. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. T J . Bagchi, K. N., Ganguly, H. D., & Sirdar, J. N. Lead in human tissues. Ind. J. M. Pes., 1938-39, 26: 935-45.— Hammett, F. S. Studies in the biology of metals; the localiza- tion of lead within the cell of the growing root. Protoplasma, Lpz., 1928-29, 5: 135-41. ------ Nature of the lead com- pound deposited in the growing root. Ibid., 547-62. Hijman, A. J. [Contents of lead in the organs, bones and serous fluids] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1604-7.—Kehoe, R. A. Lead as a normal constituent of the animal organism, ir. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 649-51.------ Thamann, F., & Cholak, J. On the normal absorption and excretion of lead; the sources of normal lead absorption. J. Indust. Hyg., 1933, 15: 290-300.—Lead in the human body. Brit M J 1934, 1: 766.—Schmidt, J. Untersuchung uber Bleigehalt im Zahnstein und Speichel und bei Arbeitern des Bleigewerbes. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1933, n. F., 10: 101^4.— Tompi-ett, S. L., & Anderson, A. B. The lead content of human tissues and excreta. Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, w. 1851-64. ---- Chemistry. Baxter, G. P., & Alter, C. M. The atomic weights of several radiogenic leads. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1935, 57: 467-71 — Baxter, G. P.. Faull, J. H., jr, & Tuemmler FE> The atomic weights of some radiogenic leads. Ibid., 1937, 59: 702-5.— Fieser, L. F., & Chang, F. C. Alkylation of alpha-naphtho- quinones with esters of tetravalent lead. Ibid., 1942, 64: 2043-52— Griswold, E., & Olson, F. V. Solubility relations in the system lead acetate/sodium acetate/acetic acid at 30°. Ibid., 1937, 59: 1894.—Hill, A. E., & Kaplan, N. Ternary systems; lead nitrate, ammonium nitrate and water at 25°. Ibid., 1936, 58: 1644.—Jowett, M. The reactions of lead compounds with serum and serum-models. Biochem. J., Lond., 1932, 26: 2108-22.—Maracineanu, S. Remarques sur la note de MM. Fabry et Dureuil, intitulde: Sur une prdtendue transformation du plomb. BulL Acad, roumaine, 1930-31, 13: 53.-—Marble, J. P. Atomic weight of lead from galena, Great Bear Lake, N. W. T., Canada. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 653-5. ------ Atomic weight of lead from a second sample of pitchblende, Great Bear Lake, N. W. T., Canada. Ibid., 1942, 64: 3047.—Nier, A. O. Variations in the relative abundances of the isotopes of common lead from various sources. Ibid., 1938, 60: 1571-6.—Rezin, P. F., & Drinker, P. Volatilization of lead below 800°C. J. Indust. Hyg., 1939, 21: 461-3 — Ricci, J. E., & Burton, M. Preparation of pellets of radio- active lead. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1938, 60: 727.—Strickler, H. S.. & Seltz, H. A thermodynamic study of the lead-bismuth system. Ibid., 1936, 58: 2084-93. ---- colloidal. Bischoff, F., & Blatherwick, N. R. An improved method for the preparation of colloidal lead. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 31: 27-34.—Ganassini, D. A proposito del piombo colloidale. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1926, n. ser., 1: 1397- 403.—Kehoe, R. A., & Thamann, F. The behavior of lead in the animal organism; colloidal lead compounds. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 19: 178-94.—Kolthoff, I. M., & Eggertsen, F. T. Studies on aging and coprecipitation; the aging of freshly precipitated lead chromate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1941, 63: 1412-8. ------ Studies on aging and coprecipitation; aging of lead chromate in the colloidal state; thermal aging. J. Phys. Chem., 1942, 46: 458-63.------ Studies on aging and copre- cipitation; mixed-crystal formation of lead molybdate with colloidal and flocculated lead chromate. Ibid., 616-20.— Neppi, B. II piombo in forma colloidale (nota preventiva) Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1926, 15: 305-7.—Penfold, W. J.. & Sutherland, J. An effect of light on Blair Bell's colloidal lead. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 739-44.—Pennycuick, S. W., & Scott, A. E. The preparation of colloidal lead. Austral. J. Exp. Biol, 1928, 5: 95-9.—Reinhard. M. C, Buchwald, K. W., & Tucker, K. L. Some further experiences with the production of colloidal lead or salts of lead. J. Cancer Res', 1928, 12: 160-5.—Stenstrcm, W., & Reinhard, M. Some experiences with production of colloidal lead. J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 69: 607-12.—Woodard, H. Q. The preparation of colloidal lead for therapeutic use. Ann. Surg., 1927, 86: 607. ------ Some properties of colloidal lead. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1928, 50:1835-40. —---- Factors influencing the precipitation of colloidal lead. J. Cancer Res., 1929, 13: 173-9. ---- colloidal: Therapeutic use. See also such headings as Cancer, Treatment. Antonioli, G. M., & Villata. G. Ricerche sperimentali e cliniche sul preparato di piombo Dezani. Arch. farm, sper., 1929-30, 50: 268; 271.—Dilling, W. J. The effect of intra- venous injections of colloidal lead upon the circulatory system. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 35: 449-62. ------& Haworth, E. F. The distribution of colloidal lead in the tissues after its intravenous injection. J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1929, 32: 753-03. 4 pl.—Ganassini, D. Sulla preparazione del piombo colloidale. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1929; 1: 3-12.—Lorenzini, G. Sur la toldrance expdrimentale au plomb .colloidal. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1928, 99: 1576-8. ------• II piombo colloidale nelle prove tossicologiche. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital, 1929, 1: 13-26.—Newman, R. K. The excretion of lead in the urine and faeces of patients injected with colloidal lead. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 781-5.—Paroni, G. Sul comportamento del piombo colloidale negli animali da esperimento. Arch. 1st. biochim. ital, 1929, 1: 227-54. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1929, n. ser., 43: 821-4.—Simon, I. Azione farmacolo- gica del piombo colloidale stabilizzato. Arch. 1st. biochim. ital. 1929, 1: 47-68. ---- Compounds. See also other subheadings. Austerweil, G., & Kourakine, B. Le chlorocarbonate de p'omb et ses applications comme intermddiaire dans la prdpara- tion des nitrates alcalins. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936, 5. ser., 3: 898-905. ------ L'application du chlorocarbonate de plomb au dessalage des eaux saumatres. Ibid., 905-9.— Austin, P. R. Studies of organic lead compounds; the use of lithium derivatives in the synthesis of lead aryls; the prepara- tion of amino compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 3726.—Calingaert, G. The organic compounds of lead. Chem. Rev., 1925-26, 2: 43-83.—Cooper, E. A., & Nicholas, S. D. Investigations on the chemistry of lead compounds. Birming- ham M. Rev., 1930, n. ser., 5: 259-66.—Crockford, H. D., & Farr, H. O., jr. The activity coefficients of lead chloride in aqueous solutions of barium nitrate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1936, 58: 87-9.—Crockford, H. D., & Loftin, J. C. The activity coefficients of lead chloride in aqueous solutions of mannitol at 25". Ibid., 1938, 60: 1607.—Garrett, A. B., Bryant, R., & LEAD 57(i LEAD Kiefer G F \etivitv coefficients of lead chloride determined from L in f. and solubility data at 25° in etlnleiie glycol- waler solutions. Ibid.. 1943. 65: 1905-7.- (iilman. H.. & Bailie J (' Relative react i\ ities of oiganonietalhc compounds; ontanolead radicals and dei natives. Ibid., 1939, 61: 731-8 — tiilman. H.. & Towne, E. B. Relative reactivities of organo- mctnl'ic c> uipounds; hydrogen chloride cleavage _iales of p-metho\y|ihen\ l-2-furyllead compounds. Ibid., 739-41.— Lesbre. Si. Complexes organiques du plomb. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1938, 206: 14S1 3.—Morpurgio, G. Sui vantaggi dell'iiso del carbon;ito di piombo nell'analisi chimica. Gior. farm., Trieste, 1897, 2: 353-6. ---- Corrosion. Sec Water pipe, Corrosion. ---- Detection. Sec also subheadings (biological; Histochem- istry) Baader. E. W. Nachweis von Blei im Blut und in den AiiKschcidungcn. Miinch. med. Wschr.. 1940, 87: 326 — Beal, G. I). Solution of aluminum acetate, test for lead. Bull. Nat. 1'ormuluiv Com. I". S.. 1938-39. 7: 75.—Borinski, P. Ein rascher und einfacher Nachweis gesundheitsschiid heher Bleiinerigcn im Wasser. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1920, 49: 296.—Ganassini, I). Contributo alia ricerca del piombo nei li
  • V Buchan, J. L. The determination of small quantities of lead, with special reference to urine and biological materials. Analyst, Lond., 1929, 54: LEAD 577 LEAD 725-35.—Fretwurst, F., & Hertz, A. Quantitative Bestimmung von Blei in Stuhl und Urin und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose der Bleivergiftung. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1930, 104: 215-25.— Froboese, V. Beitrag zur Bestimmung von Blei in organischen Substanzen besonders in Kot und Harn. Ibid., 192,"-26, 96: 289-93— Hansen, K., Wulfert, K., & Kvalhcim, E. [De- termination of lead in the organs of workers] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1937, 98: 253-9.—Hijman, A. J. Determination of lead in organs, bones and serous liquids. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. Med., 1934, 9. Congr., 1: 373-6. Also Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1935, 24: 139-41. Also Acta brevia neerl, 1934-35, 4: 1-18.—Horwitt, M. K.. & Cowgill. G. R. A titrimetric method for the quantitative estimation of lead in biological materials. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 119: 553-64.— Kaye, S. A rapid microanalytical method for lead in urine. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1171-4.—Kench, J. E. The determination of minute amounts of lead in urine. Biochem. J., Lond., 1940, 34: 1245-7.—Klostermann, M. Ueber den Nachweis kleinster Bleimengen in Organen auf ehemischem und spektrographischem Wege. Naturwissenschaften, 1926, 14: 1116-8.—Kohoe, R. A. The determination of lead in excreta and tissues. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1935, 5: 13-20.— Kraft-Strom, H., Wulfert, K., & Sydnes, O. Bleibestimmungen im Gesamtblut. Biochem. Zschr., 1937, 290: 382-93.— Laeger, H., & Schmitt, F. Quantitative Bestimmungen des Bleigehaltes von Blut und Kot bei Gesunden und Bleikranken mit Diphenylthiocarbazon. Arbeitsschutz, 1937, 154.— Lynch, G. R., Slater. R. H., & Osier, T. G. The determination of traces of lead in biological materials, with special reference to bone. Analyst, Lond., 1934, 59: 787-806.—Macheboeuf, A., Cheftel, H., & Blass, J. Dosage coloriimHrique de petites quantites de plomb introduites dans les matieres alimentaues. C. rend. Acad. sc. 1932, 195: 146.—Marriott, W. R. V. A comparison of the methods of analvsis for lead in urine. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1942, 12: 488-95.—Massione, R. Sulla determina- zione del piombo nel sangue. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 84-7.— Morton, F. The application of diphenyl thiocarbazone (dithi- zone) to the estimation of lead in urine. Analyst, Lond., 1936, 61, 724: 465-71— Parri, W., Ferrari Lelli, G., & Micheli, F. Dosaggio del piombo nei liquidi organici; proposta di modifiehe al metodo Taeger. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1938, 9: 167- 86.-—Preti, L., & Maugeri, S. Sopra un metodo semplice per la determinazione del piombo nelle urine. Med. lavoro, 1936, 27: 33-8.—Reed, G., & Gant, V. A. The rapid polarographic estimation of lead in urine; entrainment method. Indust. M., 1942, 11: 107-9.—Ross, J. R., & Lucas, C. C. A new method for the detection and estimation of minute amounts of lead in biological materials; preliminary report on recovery of lead from cases of lead poisoning. Canad. M. Ass. J., 193.3, 29: 649. ------ A new method for the determination of minute amounts of lead in urine. J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 111:285-97.— Schirokow, N. W., & Mindlina, D. S. Beitrag zur Bleibestim- mung in Fleischkonserven. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1935, 70: 245-51.—Schmitt, F., & Basse, W. Quantitative Bleibestimmung in biologischem Material; modifizierte Dithi- zon-Methode. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1938, 189: 169-71.— Shiels, D. O. A rapid simple method for the determination of lead in small quantities of urine. J. Indust. Hyg., 1938, 20: 581-8.—Smith, F. L., 2d, Rathmell, T. K., & Williams, T. L. The determination of lead in biological materials. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1941, 11: 653-68.—Sulkowitch, H. W. A rapid microchemical method for the detection of lead in biological and other organic material with N, N'-diphenylformazyl mercaptan and N, N'-diphenyldihydroformazyl mercaptan. J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: p. lxxxviii.—Taeger, H. Quantita- tive Bleibestimmung im Harn Gesunder und Bleikranker. Zbl. inn. Med., 1935, 56:695-8. ------& Schmitt, F. Quanti- tative Bestimmung des Bleigehaltes von Blut und Kot bei Gesunden und Bleikranken mit Diphenylthiocarbazon. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936-37, 100: 717-35—Tannahill, R. W. A critical survey of the methods for the determination of lead in biological material. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 1: 194-201.— Teisinger, J. [New micropolarographic method for determining the quantity of lead in the blood] Sborn. Uk., 1936, 38: 1-30. Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 520-38.------; Dosage du plomb du sang apres mobilisation en vue du diagnostic; valeur de la methode dans le diagnostic du saturnisme. Presse med., 1938, 46: 676-8.—Tompsett, S. L. The determination of lead in biological materials. Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 1231-6.—Watanabe, M. Die Anwendung der polarographi- schen Methode in der Hygiene; Errriittlung des Bleigehaltes der Organe von Kaninchen bei Bleisalzvergiftung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1938, 23: 1061-75.—Weinig, E. Die Bleibestimmung im Knochen auf polarographischem Wege. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1942, 273: 158-62.—Zotova, M. I. [Electrochemical method in determination of lead in food prod- ucts] Vopr. pitan., 1941, 10: 71-6. --- Determination, spectrographic. Blumberg, H., & Scott, T. F. McN. A 30-minute spectro- graph^ micro-method for the detection of pathological lead in peripheral blood. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 56: Suppl, 32-6. ------ The quantitative spectrographic estimation of blood lead and its value in the diagnosis of lead poisoning. Ibid., 276-93.—Foster, J. S., Langstroth, G. O., & McRae, D. R. Quantitative spectrographic analysis of bio- logical material; a method for the determination of lead in cerebrospinal fluid. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935, ser. A, 153: 141-52, pl—McMillen, J. H., & Scott, G. H. Spectrographic 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----37 studies of lead in human blood. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. N. Y., 1936-37, 35: 364. ------ The spectrographic determination of lead m blood from normal human subjects. Am. J. M, Sc, 1938 195: 622- 7.—Shipley, P. G., Scott, T. F. M., & Blumberg. H. The spectrographic detection of lead in the blood as an aid to the clinical diagnosis of plumbism. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1932, 51: 327.—Urbandt. I., & Francone, M. P. El analisis espectrografico aplicado al diagn6stico del saturnismo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1940, 47: pt 2, 141-4—Vigliani, E. C. L analisi spettrografica del piombo nel sangue. Rass. med. indust,, 1040, 11: 289-306. ------& Deaglio, R. II dosaggio spettrografico del piombo nel sangue col metodo della scintilla ad alta irequcn/a. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938) 1939, 8. Congr., 2: 1098. Also Arch. mal. profess., Par., 1939, 2: 50.—Wexler. I. B., & Sobel, A. E. Spectographic determina- tion of lead in tie blood serum. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 719-22. ---- Electric properties. See Electric cell. ---- 3-ethyl. See under Lead, 4-ethyl. ---- 4-ethyl. Bordas, F. Le plomb t<§traeLhyle comme antid^tonant. Ann. hyg., Par., 1933, n. ser., 11: 669-89—Calingaert, G., Beatty, H. A., & Hess, L. The redistribution reaction; inter- change between triethyilead chloride and radioactive tetraethyl- lead. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1939, 61: 3300.—Flotow, E. Tetra- athylblei in Treibstoffen. Pharm. Zhalle, 1943, 84: 189-92.— Kehoe, R. A., & Thamann, F. The behavior of lead in the animal organism; tetraethyl lead. Am. J. Hyg., 1931, 13: 478-98.—Mortensen, R. A." The absorption of lead tetraethyl with radioactive lead as indicator. J. Indust. Hyg., 1942, 24: 285-8.—Schwarz, F. Ueber Ethyl-Gas (Auto-Benzin mit 0,1% Bleitetraathylzusatz) In Festschr. 70. Geburtst. Her- mann Sahli, Basel, 1926, 474-7. ---- 4-ethyl: Poisoning. See also Benzine. Reznikov, A. B. [Early diagnosis and prophy- laxis of intoxication from lead containing benzene] 64p. 22^cm. Moskva, 1939. United States. Public Health Service. Proceedings of a conference to determine whether or not there is a public health question in the manufacture, distribution, or use of tetraethyl lead gasoline. 116p. 8? Wash., 1925. Forms Suppl. No. 158, Pub. Health Rep., Wash. Valentin, H. *Plomb tetra-ethyle et hygiene industrielle. lOOp. 8? Par., 1936. Benassi, G. LTn caso di avvelenamento mortale nella preparazione del piombo t-rtraetile. Rass. med. indust., 1939, 10: 390-8.—Bonnet, E. F. P. Caracteres clinicos de las in- toxicaciones producidas por el tetra-etilo de plomo. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 2924-30.—Bowman, K. M., & Howard, P. Encephalitis due to exposure to tetraethyl lead. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 34: 232-5. ------ Report of a case of lead encephalitis due to triethyl lead. N. England J. M., 1935, 213: 559-63.—Cesaris Demel, V., Corbi, D., & Costanzi, V. Ricerche sperimentali suH'avvelenamento acuto da piombo tetraetile introdotto per inalazione. Pathologica, Genova, 1933,-25: 685-90.—Changes in the regulations pro- posed for tetraethyl lead gasoline. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1928, 43: 3147-9.—Fgorovskaia, E. P. [Psychic disorders in tetra-ethyl lead poisoning] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1941, 10: No. 6, 54-9.—Engel. Bleitetraathylvergiftungen beim Umgang mit verbleitem Benzin. Arbeitsschutz, 1942, 301-8.—Ferranti. F. Intossicazione professionale de Pb tetraetile (la forma nervosa acuta dell'intossicazione saturnina) Riv. clin. med., 1937, 38: 449-61.—Flinn, F. B. Some of the potential public hazards from the use of ethyl gasoline. J. Indust. Hvg., 1926, 8: 51-66.—Heim de Bal?ac, F., Agasse-Lafont, E., & Feil, A. L'intoxication par le t£tra-6thyle de plomb antid£tonant pour automobiles. Progr. m<§d., Par., 1928, 43: 1275.—Humper- dinck, K. Bleitetraathvl und die Vergiftungsmoglichkeiten durch Bleibenzin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1942, 68: 587-9.— Ichok, G. Le t£tra-£thyle de plomb; une nouvelle source de saturnisme. Presse med., 1928, 36: 1127.—Kehoe, R. A., Thamann, F., & Cholak. J. An appraisal of the lead hazards associated with the distribution and use of gasoline containing tetraethyl lead. J. Indust. Hyg., 1934, 16: 100-28. ------ An appraisal of the lead hazards associated with the distribution and use of gasoline containing tetraethyl lead; the occupational lead exposure of filling station attendants and garage mechanics Ibid., 1936, 18: 42-68.—Kevorkian, A. A. [Clinical aspect of poisoning by tetra-ethyl lead] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1941, 10: No. 6, 45-9.—Kraut, H., & Lehmann, G. Ueber die Geffthr- lichkeit von Bleibenzin. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 17: 753 (Abstr.)—Labat, J. A. Toxicologie et hygiene industrielle; le plomb tetra-ethyle.' J. mid. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: pt 2, LEAD 578 LEAD 11-0— Laves, W. Ueber die Vergiftung mit Bleitetraathy 1 n, d ihre llehandiung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 1746-8- l.urzak, -\. ITetra-etl\l lead) Polski pi/.egl. med. lot., 1939, 8: 135 ■!■">.— Machle. \V. F. Tetra-ethyl lead intoxication anil poisoning bv related compounds of lead. .1. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: '578 S >.- Mascictta, A., it Miotti, T. Ricerche sperimentali sulla inn ssicazione da piombo tetraetile; efletti sull'apptiratogenilale femminile. Knss. med. indust., 1941, 12: 270 ( \hstr)---Morizaki, H. Zur Kenntnis der Bleitetraathyl- veiLnftung. Psvchiat. neur. jap.. 1038. 42: 40.—Mytnik, P. [Clinical aspect of poisoning with tetraethyl 'cad] In Promyshl. toksik. i Arnautov, G. D.) Moskva, 1031, 132-43. Richard, A. Etude elcctro-physiologique de l'intoxication cerebrale par le plomb tetra-ethvle. C. rend. Soc. biol, 1936, 123: 959-61.— Stoning, E. Ueber Vergiftungen mit Bleitetraathylbenzin und semen Vebrcnnungsprodukten. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., PJ3S 39, 148: 202-81. Also Samml. Vergift., 1939, 10: A, 203- 8.—Tetraethyl lead investigation. Pub. Health Rep., "Wash., i'.i2~i, 12: 37.3-S. -Vesce, C. A. Contributo alia conoscenza della' intnssicazioiie da piombo tetraetile. Fol. med., Nap., 1939. 25: SS3-0H7. ■ Waniek, H. Zur Frage der Bleigefahrdung dv.rcl'i die Peimischung von Bleitetraathyl zu Kraftstoffen als Antiklopfnnttel. Bull. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 17: 753 (Abstr.) — Wasserman, M. A. [Psychic disorders in initial stages of tetracthvl lead poisoning] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1941. 10; No. 6, 49-53. ---- Halides. Bates, R. G. The thermodynamics of bi-univalent electro- lytes; the activitv coefficients of lead bromide from 5 to 40°. J Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1136-9.—Cann. J. Y., & Taylor, A. C. Thermodynamics of lead iodide. Ibid., 1937,59: 1987- 0.—Francois, M., & Seguin, L. Analyse de l'iodure de plomb official; dosage du plomb et de 1'iode. J. pharm. chim.. Par.. 1030, 8. ser., 23: -189-94.—Lendruh. K., & Mayer, F. Ueber ein neues Jodblei-Doppelsalz de- Trigonelline. Zschr. I'n- tersuch. Lebensmitt., 1930, 6!!: 500 77,. I.eshre, M. Sur quelques derives organiques halogenes ilu plomb. C. lend. Acad, sc, 1937, 204: 1822-4.—Lewis, C. L.. Oesper. P. F., & Smyth, C. P. The dipole moments of alkvl and phenyl lead halides. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1910. 62: 3243-0.—Wachtor, A. Thermodynamic properties of solid solutions of lead chloride and lead "bromide. Ibid., 1932, 54: 2271-8. ---- Histochemistry. Dargatz, W. *Die histochemische Lokalisa- tion des normalen Bleis in Zahnen und Kiefer- knochen bei Hausschwein und Wildschwein. lop. 8? Lpz., 1937. CIerasch, R. K. A. *Der histologische Nach- weis von Normalblei in Knochen von Haustieren [Leipzig] lip. 8? Zeulenroda, 1937. Glass, M. *Die Anwendbarkeit verschiedener Fixicrungs-, Entkalkungs- und Einbettungs- verfahren fiir den histochemischen Bleinachweis im Hartgewebe. 14p. 8? Lpz., 1938. Gravexhorst, R. *Die histochemische Lo- kalisation des normalen Bleis in Zahnen und Kieferknochen des Schafes. 15p. 8? Lpz., 1937. Halssler, K. L. W. *Histochemischer Nachweis von normalen Blei in bleibenden Zahnen und Kieferknochen von Hund und Katze. 16p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. Kaden, H. A. E. *Die histochemische Lo- kalisation des normalen Bleis in Zahnen und Kieferknochen bei Hasen und Kaninchen. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. Leonhardt, K. *Histochemischer Bleinach- weis und Galle nach experimenteller Bleizufuhr [Leipzig] 14p. 23^cm. Zeulenroda, 1937. Strtjxz. H. F. *Ueber die histochemische Lokalisation des sogenannten normalen Bleis im, Pulpengewebe menschlicher Zahne. 19p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. \Vollner, K. G. *Die histochemische Lo- kalisation des normalen Bleis in Zahnen und Kieferknochen bei Reh und Hirsch. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., 1937. Danckwortt, P. W., & Hell, K. Chemische Untersuchuneen fiber das normale Vorkommen von Blei in Organen und Knochen gesunder Haustiere. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 42: 586-9.— Fairhall, L. T. The identification and localization of lead in bone tissue. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1943, 58: 209-16, 2 pl— Gerlach. W., & Gerlach, W. Der Ek mentnachweis im Gewebe; der exakte Bleinachweis im Gewebe. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1931, 2: 7-10.—Iwahasi, II. Eine lustochemische Nachweis- inethode von Bleiverbiinliiiigon im Cewebo, zugleich Ober die \blageiuii"szustande derselben. Tr. .lap. lath. Soc, 1026 16- 120. .lowett. M.. Hilling, \V. J., & Bell. W. U. Estimations of lead in tissues of lead-treated patients and animals. Lancet Lond.. 1929, 1: 126-8.- Schonlebe. H. llistocl, mischer Bleinachweis un Magendai iiibannl. Aiel. c\p. 1'aili. Horl 1030-37, 184:289-05. Siebcr, E. IIistocl,eni,,rl,er IHeinnch' wcis im Knochen. Ibid.. 1930, 181 : 273-80. Tadu. K. Ueber eine histochemische Nacliweismcthode von Itlei. Tr. Jap Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 128.—Timm, 1. Dei histochemische Nachweis des normalen Bleis in menschlichen Hart.gewehon Virchows Arch., 1936, 297: 502-7.------ Zur Histochemie einiger Schwernietalle, insbesondere des Bleis. Med. Klin Berl, 1940, 36: 422—Wood, F. C. The detection of smuli quantities of lead in the tissues. J. Cancer Pes., 1930, 14- 476-85. ---- ingested. See also Lead, Occurrence: Food; Lead poisoning. Source. Calvery, H. O., Laug, E. P., & Morris, H. J. The chronic effects on dogs of feeding diets containing lead acetate, lead arsenate, and arsenic trioxide in varying concentrations. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1938, 64: 301-87. Horwitt. M. K., & Cowgill, G. R. The effects of ingested lead on the organism- studies on the rat. Had., 1037, 61: 300-10. --- - Effects of minute amounts of lead in the diet- of the dog. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1037, 36: 744 li. ---- The effects of ingested lead on the organism; studies on the dog. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1939, 66: 289-301.--Kehoe, R. A., Cholak, J. [etal] Experimental studies on the ingestion of lead compounds. J. Indust. Hyg., 1940, 22: 381-400.—Laug, E. P.. & Morris, H. P. The effect of lead on rats fed diets containing lead arsenate and lead acetate. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1038, 64: 388-410.—Miessner, H. Fiitterungs versiidie mit ISlei. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 35: 297-301. Morris, H. P., Lain.', E. P. [et al] The growth and reproduction of rats fed diets containing lead acetate and arsenic trioxide and the lead and arsenic content of newborn and suckling rats. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1938, 64:420-45. ---- Metabolism. Aub, J. C. The biochemical behavior of lead in the body. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 87-90.—Kehoe, R. A. An experi- mental study of the ingestion of lead compounds by human subjects. Proc. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res., 1941. 14: 52 (Abstr.) ------& Thamann. F. The behavior of lead in the animal organism. Am. J. Pub. Health, 102S, 18: 555 01. ------A Cholak, J. Lead absorption and excret on in primitive life. J. Indust. Hyg., 1933, 15: 257--72.----Lead absorption and lead excretion in modern American life. Iuid., 273-89. ------ Lead absorption and excretion in infants and children. Ibid., 301-5. ------ Lead absorption and excretion in certain lead trades. Ibid., 306-19. ------ Normal absorption and excretion of lead. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 90-2.- Miyasaki, S. Zur Pharmakologie des Bleies; die Resorption des Metalls vom Magen-Darmkanal und die Moglichkeit ihrer Beein- flussung. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 150: 39-40.- Pozzato, C, & Antonioli, E. Studio sperimentale sulla velocita di assorbimento intestinale del piombo. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 14-8.—Schmid, R. Untersuchungen zur Pharmakognosie • cutan wirkender Pharmaca oder deren Grundstoffe als Medi- kament-Trager; zur Bleiresorption der menschlichen Haut aus naturlichen und kiinstlichen Fettsalben. Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 158-60.—Schmitt, F., & Basse, W. Beeinflussung des Bleispiegels im Blut und der Bleiausscheidung im Urin durch verschiedene Kalkpraparate und seine Beziehung zum Phos- phatstoffwechsel. Arch. exp. Path., Berl, 1936-37, 184: 541-6.—Shields, J. B.. & Mitchell, H. H. The effect of calcium and phosphorus on the metabolism of lead. J. Nutrit., 1941, 21: 541-52.—Tompsett, S. L. The influence of certain constitu- ents of the diet upon the absorption of lead from the alimentary tract. Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 1237-40. ----- Fur- ther studies on the absorption, mobilization and excretion of lead. Brit. J.Exp. Path., 1939, 20:512-6. ------& Chalmers, J. N. M. Studies in lead mobilization. Ibid., 408-17.— Weyrauch. F. Neuere Forschungsergebnisse iiber Aufnahme, Verteilung und Ausscheidung des Bleies. Med. Klin., Berl, 1932, 28: 1123. ---- Metabolism: Blood lead. Barobach, K-, Kehoe, R. A., & Logan, M. A. The plasma- cell partition of blood lead. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1942, 76: 326-37.—Behrens, B., & Pachur, R. Zur Pharmakologie des Bleies; die Verteilung und der Zustand kleinster Blemiengen im Blut. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927, 122: 319-37.- Bischoff, F., & Maxwell, L. C. Reaction of lead with the erythrocytes. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 28.— Chalmers, J. N. M. Lead content of human blood. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 447-50.—Maxwell, L. C. & Bischoff, F. The reaction of lead with the constituents of the erythrocytes. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929-30, 37: 413-28.- Mortensen, R. A., & Kellogg, K. E. The uptake of lead by blood cells as measured with a radioactive isotope. J. Cellul. Physiol, W«i 23: 11-20.—Teisinger. J. [Lead in the blood seruml Cas. lik. eesk., 1934. 73: 430-4. ------ Biochemische Reaktionen von Blei im Blute. Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 277: 178-80.— LEAD 579 LEAD Tompsett, S. L., & Anderson, A. B. The plasma-cell partition of blood lead. Biochem. J., Lond., 1941, 35: 48-51.—Willough- by, C. E., & Wilkins, E. S., jr. The lead content of human blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 124: 639-57. ■--- Metabolism: Distribution. Behrens, B., & Anton, G. Zur Pharmakologie des Bleis; die Verteilung des Bleis zwischen Blut und Gewebe nach intra- venoser Einspritzung. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 305-10.—Behrens, B., & Baumann, A. Zur Pharmakologie des Bleis; weitere Untersuchungen uber die Verteilung des Bleis mit Hilfe der Methode der Autohistoradiographie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 241-50.—Crawford, B. L., Stewart, H. L. [et al] Distribution of lead in the cat after intravenous injection of a colloidal lead preparation, and the effect of irradiation on this distribution. Am. J. Cancer, 1938, 33: 401-22.—Danckwortt, P. W., & Jiirgens, E. Beitrage zur Toxikologie des Bleis und seiner Verbindungen; die Verteilung des Bleis im Organismus, insbesondere in den Knochen, und die Giftigkeit von Bleilosungen fiir Fische. Arch. Pharm., Berl, 1928, 266: 492-501.—Flint, E., Gunther, P. L., & Eich- holtz. F. Wirkung von Komplexbildnern und Rontgenstrahlen auf die Verteilung von Blei in Organen und Tumoren. Arch. exp. Path., Berl, 1932-33, 169: 618-24.—Gaul, L. E., & Staud, A. H. Clinical spectroscopy; the quantitative distribu- tion of lead in the body or its physiopathologic retention as a reciprocal of the capillary system. N. York State J. M., 1935, 35: 621-3.—Lomhoit, S. [Researches on the distribution of lead in organisms by a photographic (radio-chemical) method] Hospitalstidende, 1930, 73: 713-8, 6 pl. Also Engl transl, J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 39: 235-45.—Mimura, T. Ver- teilung des Bleies in den Knochen- und den Zahngeweben sowie seine Wirkung auf dieselben. Jap. J. M. Sc, Pharm., 1934-35, 8: H. 3, 7-13.—Myers. C. N., Gustafson, F., & Throne, B. The distribution and diagnostic significance of lead in the human body. N. York State J. M., 1935, 35: 579-89.— Occurrence (The) of lead in cerebrospinal fluid. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1500.—Tompsett, S. L. The distribution of lead in human bones. Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 345.— Weyrauch, F. Verteilung des Bleies im Organismus nach intravenoser Injektion von Bleinitrat und kolloidalem Bleisul- fid. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 75: 706-9. --- Metabolism: Excretion. Bagchi, K. N., & Ganguly, H. D. Lead in urine and faeces. Ind. J. M. Res., 1937-38, 25: 147-54.—Boos, W. F. On the excretion of lead. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, 159: 860.—Bricker, F. Zur Ausscheidung des Bleies durch das Sekret der Ver- dauungsdrusen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 119: 129-39 — Fairhall, L. T., & Sayers, R. R. The significance of the excre- tion of lead in the urine. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939, 54: 2016-9.—Flinn, F. B., & Smith, A. R. The effect of viosterol on the excretion of lead. J. Indust. Hyg., 1933, 15: 156-9.— Ganguly, H. D. Lead in urine. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, 20: 75.—Horton, B. T., Powelson, M. H., & Osterberg, A. E. The incidence of lead in the urine in patients with peripheral vascular disease. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 296.—Kasahara, M., & Nosu, S. Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Lebergang von Blei in die Milch. Zschr. Kinderh., 1933, 55: 577-82.—Kehoe, R. A. The alimentary elimination of normally ingested lead. Annual Meet. Centr. Soc. Clin. Res., 1936", 9: 10 (Abstr.) ------ Edgar, G. [et al] The excretion of lead by normal persons. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 2081-4.—Kehoe, R. A., & Thamann. F. The excretion of lead. Ibid., 1929, 92: 1418-21.—Le ton off, T. V., & Kety, S. S. The effect of sodium citrate administration on excretion of lead in urine and feces. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1943, 77: 151-3. —Li tzner, S., Weyrauch, F., & Barth, E. Untersuchungen iiber Bleiausscheidung durch die Nieren und ihre Beeinflussung durch bestimmte Kostformen und Arzneirmttel beim Menschen. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1931, 2: 330; 1932, 3: 15.—Massione, R., & Zanotti, F. II comportamento del piombo ematico, orinario e fecale dopo iniezioni di calcio e di solfato di magnesio. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 25-32.—Maugeri, S. L'azione del calcio e del magnesio suH'eliminazione urinaria del piombo. Ibid., 1936, 27: 38-50.—Millet, H. The excretion of lead in urine. J. Biol Chem., 1929, 83: 265-8.—Ohmura, T. Die Ausscheidung von Blei im Harn des Menschen nach einmaliger peroraler Zufuhr. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 769-71.— Pinto, S. S., Elkins, H. B., & Ege, J. F., jr. Renal excretion of industrial chemicals; urinary-lead concentration and blood- lead clearance. J. Indust. Hyg., 1941, 23: 313-21.—Webster, S. H. Diurnal variation of urinary lead excretion. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1834-48. --- Metabolism: Storage. Barrett, F. R. Studies in the deposition of lead in bone; calcification and lead deposition. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 1: 433-5. ------ Studies in the deposition of lead in bone; calcium-phosphorus and lead-phosphorus ratios. Ibid., 2: 433-5.—Behrens, B., & Baumann, A. Die Beziehung der Bleiablagerung zum Calciumstoffwechsel Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 251-64.—Fairhall, L. T., & Miller, J. W. The deposition and removal of lead in the soft tissues (liver, kidneys, and spleen) Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1641-50------& Weaver, F. L. The effect of arsenates on the storage of lead. Ibid., 1943, 58: 955-9.—Grant, R. L., Calvery, H. O. [et al] The influence of calcium and phosphorus on the storage and toxicity of lead and arsenic. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1938, 64: 446-57.—Lederer, L. G. The effect of various levels and ratios of dietary calcium and phosphorus on the retention of lead by the growing organism. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwest. Lniv., 1939, 7: 208-12. ------& Ring, F. C. The effect of calcium and phosphorus on the retention of lead by the growing organism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2457- 61.—Murer, H. K., & Crandall, L. A., jr. Effect of pectin on the retention of dietary lead, radium D. J. Nutrit., 1942, 23: 249-58.—Rauh, F. Die Ablagerungsweise des Bleies in der Niere. Arch. exp. Path., Berl, 1933-34, 174: 352-6.—Riggs, H. E., Letonoff, T. V., & Reinhold, J. G. Tissue lead concentra- tions in disease. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1944, 14: 175-86.— Shakhnovskaya, S. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Mobilisation des Bleies unter dem Einfluss von KJ und NaHC03. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 70: 513-26.—Shields, J. B.,Mitchell,H.H.,&Ruth,W. A. The metabolism and retention of lead in growing and adult rats. J. Indust. Hyg., 1939, 21: 7-23.------The relative retention by growing rats of lead ingested in water and in food, and in soluble and insoluble forms. Ibid., 1940, 22: 199-205.—Sobel, A. E., Yuska, H. [et all The biochemical behavior of lead; influence of calcium, phosphorus, and vitamin D on lead in blood and bone. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 132: 239-65. ------& Kramer, B. Influence of calcium, phosphorus, and vitamin D on lead in blood and bone during deleading. Ibid., 1941, 140: Proc, 120. ---- Occurrence. See also Lead poisoning, Source. Bertrand, G., & Okada, Y. Sur l'existence du plomb dans la terre arable. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 51: 52-4.— Bloomfleld, J. J., & Isbell, H. S. The presence of lead dust and fumes in the air of streets, automobile repair shops, and indus- trial establishments of large cities. J. Indust. Hyg., 1933, 15: 144-9.—Giusti, G. Delia presenza di piombo nelle vetrine delle capsule e dei crogiuoli di porcellana. Atti Accad. fisiocrit. Siena, 1904, 4. ser., 16: 57. Also Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1904, 10: pt 1, 601-5.—Gronover, A., & Wohnlich, E. Leber den Bleigehalt von roten Glasuren. Zschr. Lntersuch. Lebensmitt., 1929, 57: 360-3.—McCord, C. P., Walworth, H. T. [et al] The atmospheric content of lead. Indust. M., 1937, 6: 357- 62.—Occurrence (The) of atmospheric lead resulting from use of colored blackboard crayons. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1939-10, 3: No. 8, 1-3.—Ruf, H. W., & Fluck, W. Z. The occurrence of atmospheric lead resulting from use of colored blackboard crayons. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1939, 29: 1149-53 — Tebbens, B. D. Atmospheric lead contamination from high temperature lead baths. J. Indust. Hyg., 1937, 19: 6-11. ---- Occurrence: Food, and drink. See also Drinking water. Monier-Williams, G. W. Lead in food. 51p. 8? Lond., 1938. Forms No. 88, Rep. Pub. Health. Bagchi, K. N., Ganguly, H. D., & Sirdar, J. N. Lead in food. Ind. J. M. Res., 1940, 28: 441-50.— Baldoni, A. Sulla presenza del piombo nei gelati. Riforma med., 1906, 22: 936- 8.—Calvert, H. T. Contamination of water by lead. Rep. Water Poll. Res. Bd, Lond. (1938) 1939, 10.—Gaullieur l'Hardy, A. La presence du plomb dans les glaces et les sorbets. Gaz. hop., 1906, 79: 1301.—H611, K. Ueber die Frage der Bleiaufnahme der Futterpflanzen aus bleihaltiger Ackererde. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 43: 741. ------■ Ueber die I aktoren, die bei der Bleiaufnahme des Wassers eine Rolle spielen. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1936, 58: 323-8.—Horwitt, M. K., ^cm. Lond., Theo- sophical pub. soc, 1902. LEADERSHIP. See also Crowd psychology; Employee; Execu- tive; Government; Group, Organization; Hero; Morale; Personality; Youth. Dunkerley, M. D. A statistical study of leadership among college women. 65p. 23cm. Wash. [1940] Also in Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America, 1940, 4: No. 7, 1-63. Hemm, L. Die unteren Fiihrer in der HJ [Hitlerjugend] Versuch ihrer psychologischen Ty- pengliederung. 106p. 23>^cm. Lpz., 1940. Forms H. 87, Beih. Zschr. angew. Psychol. Partridge, E. D. *Leadership among adoles- cent boys [Columbia Univ.] 109p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Rucker, W. C. Leadership; a manual on conduct and administration. 171p. 16? N. Y., 1926. Ach, N. Ueber die Determinationspsychologie und ihre Bedeutung fiir das Fuhrerproblem. Ber. Deut. Ges. Psychol. (1933) 1934, 13. Kongr., 111.—Ackerson, L. Bossy; leader; and follower. In his Child. Behav. Probl, Chic, 1942, 2: 503-13.—Baker, A. L. Democracy's urgent need, quality people. Good Health, 1941, 76: 70—Bavelas, A., & Lewin, K. Training in democratic leadership. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1942, 37: 115-9.—Beatty, W. W. Preparation of Indians for leadership. In Changing Indian (La Farge, O.) Norman, 1942, 139-43.—Bird, C. Leadership. In his Social Psychol, N. Y., 1940, 369--Do.—Broich, K. Fuhreranforderungen in der Kindergruppe. Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1929, 32: 164-212.— Coffin, T. E. A 3-component theory of leadership. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1944, 39: 63-83.—Creedy, F. Ego-ideals and leader- ship. In his Human Nature, Chapel Hill, 1939, 51-76 — Dabney, J. A volunteer's preparation for group leadership. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1936, 63: 226-33.—Fauquier, W., & Cilchrist, J. Some aspects of leadership in an institution. Child Develop., 1942, 13: 55-64.—Finch, ,F. H., & Carroll, H.A. Gifted children as high-school leaders. J. Gen. Psychol, 1932, 41: 476-81.—Frank, L. K. Dilemma of leadership. Psychiatry, Bait., 1939, 2: 343-61.—Gerth, H. The Nazi Party; its leadership and composition. Am. J. Sociol, 1939-40, 45: 517-41.—Golden, C. S. A union's experiment in training for democratic leadership. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1939, 66: 226-31.—Goldstein, H. Leader or follower; which will your child be? Hygeia, Chic, 1938, 16: 878-80.—Greulich, W. W., Day, H. G. let al] Leadership. Monogr. Soc. Res. Child Develop., 1938, 3: No. 2, 353-6.— Hallock, E. R. Service to the church through the training of leadership. J. Phys. Educ., 1941-42, 39: 60— Hanawalt, N. G., Hamilton, C. E., & Morris, M. L. Level of aspiration in college leaders and non- leaders. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1943, 38: 545-8.—Hanawalt, N. G., Richardson, H. M., & Hamilton, R. J. Leadership as related to Berreuter personality measures; an item analysis of responses of college leaders and nonleaders. J. Social Psychol, 1943, 17: 251-67.—Janney, J. E. Fad and fashion leadership among undergraduate women. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1941, 36: 275-8.—Kaminski, H. E. El culto al jeie. In his Nazismo, B. Air., 1940, 54-8.—Krats, A. H. Professional guidance for leadership. Proc. Nat. League Nurs. Educ, 1940, 46: 188-90.— Leadership in civil defence. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 95.— Leadership in a dynamic.society. Ibid., 1943, 152: 85-7.— Lehman, H. C. Chronological age and several types of leader- ship. Psychol BulL, 1938, 35: 684. ------ Optimum ages for eminent leadership. Sc. Month., 1942, 54: 162-75.— Lehmann, R. Die Herausbildung des Fuhrertums bei primi- tiven Volkern. Ber. Deut. Ges. Psychol. (1933) 1934, 13: Kongr., 148-50.—Leib, A. Vorstellungen und Urteile von Schiilern iiber Fiihrer in der Schulklasse; beschreibend-psy- chologische Untersuchung an 12-18jahrigen Schiilern und Schulerinnen. Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1928, 30: 241-346.— Lindeburgh, M. The fundamentals of professional leadership. Canad. Nurse, 1942, 38: 375-82.—Lippert, E. Zur Psychologie des Fiihrers in der alten und in der neuen deutschen Jugend- bewegung. Zschr. padag. Psychol, 1934, 35: 249-66.—Luithlen, W. F. Zur Psychologie der Initiative und der Fiihrereigen- schaften (Beitrage zu einer experimentellen Charakterologie) Zschr. angew. Psychol, 1931, 39: 56-122.—Maslow, A. H. Dominance-feeling, behavior, and status. Psychol. Rev.| 1937, 44: 404-29.—Middleton, W. C. Personality qualities pre- dominant in campus leaders. J. Social Psychol, 1941, 13: 199- 201.—Murchison, C, Pomerat, C. M., & Zarrow, M. X. The experimental measurement of a social hierarchy in Gallus domesticus; the post-mortem measurement of anatomical features. Ibid., 1935, 6: 172-81.—Murphy, A. J. A study of the leadership process. Am. Sociol. Rev., 1941, 6: 674-87.—- Nafe, R. W. A psychological description of leadership. J. Social Psychol, 1930, 1: 248-66.—Nagge, J. W. Leadership. In his Psychol. Child, N. Y., 1942, 349-51.—Page, D. P. Measurement and prediction of leadership. Am. J. Sociol, 1935-36, 41: 31-43.—Raphael, W. Sources of recruitment and methods of selection of personnel suitable for high ad- ministrative positions. C. rend. Conf. internat. psvehotechn. (1934) 1935, 8. Conf., 175-7.—Redl, F. Group emotion and leadership. Psychiatry, Bait., 1942, 5: 573-96.—Remmlein, M. K. Analysis of high-school student leadership. Psychol. BulL, 1938, 35: 669.—Responsibility (The) of being'boss. Personnel J., 1941-42, 20: 113-6.—Richardson, H. M., & Hanawalt, N. G. Leadership as related to the Bernreuter personality measures; college leadership in extracurricular activities. J. Social Psychol, 1943, 17: 237-49.—Roethlis- berger, F. J. Leadership to ensure collaboration. Personnel J., 1935-36, 14: 311-9.—Ruggles, R., & Allport, G. W. Recent applications of the A-S reaction study. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1939, 34: 518-28.—Schaefle, J. W. And the greatest of these is leadership. Oral Hyg., Pittsb., 1942, 32: 1471-5—Slo- combe, C. S. Unofficial boss. Personnel J., 1938-39, 17: 133-9.—Smith, M. Leadership; the management of social differentials. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1935-36, 30: 348-58. ------& Nystrom, W. C. A study of social participation and of leisure time of leaders and non-leaders. J. Appl. Psychol, 1937, 21: 251-9.—Street, R. F. The selection and training of leaders as a factor in industrial mental health. Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1944, 28: 41-8.—Swaim, L. T. The profession and na- tional leadership. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 982.—Tait, W. D. Psvchology leadership and democracy. J. Abnorm. Psychol, 1920-27, 22: 26-32.—Tead, O. The development of leadership power. Am. J. Nurs., 1942, 42: 867-72.—Thurn- wald, R. Fuhrerschaft und Siebung. Zschr. Volkerpsychol, 1926, 2: 1-18.—[Wavell, A.] Leadership. Nature, Lond., 1941, 147: 293.—Winkler-Hermaden, V. Ueber den Jugendfiihrer. Zschr. padag. Psychol, 1927, 28: 233-9.—Young, K. Domi- nance and leadership. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 380-5.—Zink, H. A case study of a political boss. Psychiatry, Bait., 1938, 1: 527-33.—Zulliger, H. Psycho- analyse und Fuhrerschaft in der Schule. Imago, Wien, 1930, 16; 39-50. LEADERSHIP 582 LEAD INDUSTRY ---- military. Sec also Officer. Bach, ('. A. Leadership; an address to student officers about to Le commissioned. Mil. Rev., Fort Lenvenw., 1942, 22: No. 86. 5-8—Tiling, E. Psychiatrische Hinwcise zur niilitaiischeri Liihreinuslese (unter hcsondeier Beiiicki-iehtiiriiiis rlruakterologif-cher und erbbiologischer G< sichtspunkte) Deut Militaraizt. 1942. 7: 353-63- Metzkcr. S. ('. Leader- ship. Hosp. Corps Q. 1943. 16: No. 2, 47. Obermoyer. Ged'inken 7iiv soldatiRchen Tradition; Fiiedrich der Grosse; Moltke; SchiiefTen; Seeckt. Mil. Wbl., Berl, 1942-43, 127: 6.3-6- Patch. A. M. Some thoughts on leadership. Mil. Rev.. I ort Lenvenw.. 1012-43. 23: No. 9. 5-7.—Pitkin, W. B. Psychological factors in leader-hip. Chem. Warf. Bull, 1935, 21: No. 4. 119-23.—Seelische Belastung und Verantwortlich- keit des Kompaniefiihrers im Kriege. Mil. A\ bl., Perl, 1937-38, 122: 1684-6.—Witty, P. A., & Lehman. H. C. Nervous insta- bility and genius; military and political Icadeis. J. Social Psychol, 1932, 3: 212-34. LEAD industry. See also Foundry industry; Electric cell; Lead mine; Lead poisoning, industrial; Printer, etc. Cheymol, J. Une nouvelle industrie saturnine; la metallisa- tion au plomb. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1395.—Grimaldi, S. Sulla determinazione del picmbo nelle leghe di stagno e piombo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1904, 4. ser., 16: 237-41.—Hamilton, A. The storage battery industry. J. Indust. Hyg., 1927, 9: 34ii i'.'.i - Lime, R. E. Lead burning; a report upon an ex- hausted blow pipe. Ibid., 1936, 18: 391-400. ---- Hygienic aspect. Sec also Lead poisoning, Prevention. Bennett. S. B. A visit to a white lead works. San. Rec, Lond., 1908, n. ser., 41: 275-8.—Bird, G. L. The control of lead in duluxing and metal finishing operations. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 510-5— Burkherdt. B. Oesunoheitsschutz der Blei- arbeiter im Deutschen Reiche. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1906, 2: 57.—Elkins, H. B.. Ege, J. F.. jr, & Ruotolo, B. P. Evaluation of the lead hazard; urinary vs atmospheric had. J. Indust. Hyg., 1941, 23: 256-8.—Froboese, V. Das Blei in der Atem- luft industrieller Betriebe. Zbl. Gewerbehyg.. PC'S, n. F., 5: 139; 167.—Gehrmann, G. H. Prevention of lead poisoning in industry. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1933, 23: 687-92.—Harrold, G. C. The cngingez<>sek ellen. Orv. hetil, 1907, 51: 504-6; 522. —■---- Az ipari 61ommergezesek elharitasarol altalaban. Ibid., 833-7. ---- Inspection. Buxell, J. The measurement of industrial lead exposures by air analysis. J. Indust, Hyg., 1943, 25: 35-7.—Case, L. B. Comparison of methods for sampling lead fume. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31: 359-62.—Methoden zur Nachweisung und quantitativen Bestimmung von Bleistaub und Bleidampfen Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1908, 15: 82-5.—Polarographic (The) method for detection and measurement of lead absorption. Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1940-41, 4: No. 12, 3-5.—Rivolta, C. Osservazioni sulle visite periodiche ai lavoratori del piombo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1934, 5: 145-53.—Schwarz. L. Aerztlich-hygienisehe Erfahrungen bei der Ueberwachung von Bleibetiieben. ZbL Gewerbehyg., 1928, n. F., 5: 16-22.— Seitz, A. Gewerbliche Bleidiagnostik. Prakt. Arzt, 1932, n. F., 17: 3-8.—Silverman, L.. & Ege, J. F., jr. A filter paper method for lead fume collection. J. Indust. Hyg., 1943, 25: 185-8. ---- Worker. See also Lead poisoning, Prevention. Albrecht, C. E. Ergographische Studien uber die Funktion der Handstrecker bei Arbeitern verschiedener Bleigefahrdung; zugleich ein Bei- trag zur Frage der Vergleichsmoglichkeit ergo- graphischer Untersuchungen symmetrischer Mus- kelgruppen. 62p. 8? Berl., 1928. jobs Schmidt, H. M. J. *Untcrsuchung iiber Bleigehalt im Zahnstein und Spcichel bei Ar- beitern des Bleigewerbes. Sp. 8? Lpz., 1933. United States. Children's Bcreav. Which s for young workers? No. 3: Advisory standards for lead and lead-using industries 5p. 22J,cm. [Wash.] 1942. Barnes, E. C. Possibilities of control of lead exposure by examining less than 2-1 In ui urine samples. J. Indust. Hvg 1939, 21: 464-8.—Black, 15. J. Cancer incidence among Icmi workers. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 298.- Burceri, F. Disturbi da intossicazione cronica arseniooantimoniale in operai addetti al una fonderia di piombo (Pertusola) (laz/ internaz. med. chir.. 1933, 41: 359-61.—Cholak. J.. & Bam- bach, K. Measuienieut of industrial lead exposure by analyses of blood and excreta of workmen. J. Indust. Hyg., 1943, 25: 47-54.— Ehrenwcrt, M. Bleierkrankungen in Bleihuttcn, Minium-, Glattc- und Bleiweissfabriken. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1934, 41: 35; 74.—Examination of men exposed to lead. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1075.—Excretion (The) of lead and blood changes in workers exposed to lead. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 1 : KM.—Fernbach. J., & Szinnvai, M. [Cardiovascular system in lead workers] Orv. hetil, 1939, 83: 429; 457. (Jrossmann, M. A. Common beneficient uses of poisonous metals and alkaloids; economic importance and health hazards; lead and lead alloys in industry. Proc. Annual Sympos. Northwest. Univ. M. School Dep. Indust. M., 1939, 3: 7.V 7.—Kammer. A. G. Studies of workers exposed during the production of lead bearing steel, ledloy. J. Indust. Hyg., 1941, 23: 93-9.— Kroll, F. W. Sensible Chronaxh untersuchungen an Bleiar- Leitern. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932, 141: 141.—Lane, R. E., & Lewy, F. H. Blood and chionaxiinetric examination of lead workers subjected to different degrees of exposure; a comparative study. J. Indust. Hyg.. 1935, 17: 79-92.— Lewy, F. H. Leistungsfahigkeit und Grenzen der Zeitreiz- methode (Chronaxie) und der Zahlung der basophilgettipfelten Erythrocyten fiir gewerbehygienische Untersuchungen. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1935, 6: 63-9. —---- The application of chronaximetric measurement to industrial hygiene particularly to the examination of lead workers. J. Indust. Hyg., 1935, 17: 73-8. ------ & Weisz, S. Chronaxiestudien; Chronaxie- untersuchungen an Bleiarbeitern. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 120: 385-402. ------ Chronaxieuntersuchungen an schwach- und starkgefahrdeten Bleiarbeitern. Arch. Ge- werbepath., 1930, 1: 561-8.—Makaritschewa, IL, & Glagolewa, T. Ulcers of the stomach in lead workers. J. Indust, Byg., 1934, 16: 201.—Marchmont-Robinson, S. W. Effect of vitamin G on workers exposed to lead dust. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1478-81.—Mathew, R. V. The blood of workers exposed to lead. Med. J. Australia, 1929, 1: 208-15.—Mayers, M. R. A study of the lead line, arteriosclerosis, and hypertension in 381 lead workers. J. Indust. Hyg., 1927, 9: 239-50—Melnick, J. L., & Cowgill, G. R. Lead analyses of hair as an indication of exposure to lead. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y.. 1938, 38: 899-902.—Ogg, S. A. W. Some observations regarding the special circumstances of cases of lead poisoning occurring amongst workers in white-lead factories. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 1: 23.—Sanders, L. W. Measurement of industrial lead exposure bv determination of stippling of the erythrocytes. J. Indust. Hyg., 1943, 25: 38-46.—Srhiitz, H. J. Chronaxi- metrische Untersuchungen vor und nach der Arbeit bei Blei- arbeitern und bei Bleifremden. Arch. Geweilcpath., 1938-39, 9: 198-227.—Schwarz, L., & Albrecht, C. Eigographische Untersuchungen der Streekmuskulatur der Hande bei Blei- arbeitern. Zschr. Hyg.. 1927, 108: 162-6—Serson. H. Pcri- odische Untersuclmng von Arbeitern; die regelmassige Blut- untersuchung bei Bleiarbeitern. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1932-33, 4: 465-7'.i- Teleky. Ein Beitrag zur Untersuchung von Bleiarbeitern. Zbl. Gewerbhyg., 1929, n. F., 6: 238.—Ufliand, I'. M. [Changes in the sense of taste in lead workers] Profess. pat. gig., 1928, 31-8.—Vigliani, E. C, & Olivetti, R. La velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti nei lavoratori del piombo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1932, 3: 470-3. LEAD mine. See also Lead industry. Murray, A. L. Lead poisoning in the mining of lead in Utah. 40p. 8? Wash., 1926. Edington, J. W. Sulphuretted hydrogen production by bacteria in a lead mine. J. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 38: i>s.3-7.-— Frongia, E. Sull'avvelenamento da piombo nei minatori ehe coltivano la galena. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1927, n. ser., 2: 20-31.—Frongia, G. Fenomeni genitali nelle operaie delle miniere di galena in Sardegna Ramizzini, 1907, 1: 519- 26.—Investigation of lead poisoning hazard in lead mining. Week. BulL California Dep. Pub. Health, 1941-42, 20: 57.— Karossa-Pfeiffer, J. Gesundheitliche Verhaltnisse in den Bleibergwerken im Konutaie SzatmAr. ZbL ges. Hyg., 1942- 43. 50: 709 (Abstr.)— Rambousek dc Biondi, C. A proposito della atossicita del solfuro di piombo e del satumismo nei minatori della galena. Tiamazzmi. 1907, 1: 472-9.- Shiels, D. O. The concentration of lead in the urine of workers at Mount Isa Mines Limited, Queensland, with special reference to its value in the diagnosis of lead poisoning. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 559-65.—Tannahill, R. W. The excretion of lead by mine workers at Broken Hill. Ibid., 1929, 1: 201-8. LEAD PALSY 583 LEAD POISONING LEAD palsy. See under Lead poisoning. LEAD poisoning. See also Lead, Toxicology; Metal, Poisoning. Htjtton, R. M. Lead poisoning (a compila- tion of present knowledge) 304p. 8? Toronto, 1923. Mills, O. H. Lead poison and you. 1 19p. 19cm. [Hollywood Station, 1939] Nimz, F. N. *Lead poisoning [Marquette Univ.] 19p. 4? Milwaukee, 1930. Seixas, J. A. *Breves consideracoes sobre a intoxicacao saturnina. 77p. 8? Lisb., 1877. Zimmer, C. *Intoxication par le plomb et par le plomb-tetraethyle. 125p. 23}4cm. Strasb.. 1935. Bibliogr.: p. 116-25. Aub, J. C. Lead poisoning in the individual. In Oxford Med. (.Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 1940, 4: 596 (27)-596 (42)—Blake, W. Lead poisoning. California J. M., 1906, 4: 24-7.—Boericke, G. W. Plumbism. Hahneman. Month., 1933, 68:614-6.—Bridge, J. C. Lead poisoning. In Brit. Encycl. M. Prat. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 658-63.—Brooks, A. L. Lead poisoning. Rep. Wavne Co. M. Soc, 1937-38, 8: 33-5.— Comte, L. Le saturnisme. Infirm, fr., 1926, 4: 111-22.— Du Mortier, J. J. Lead poisoning. Yale J. Biol., 1929-30, 2: 147-50.—Erkrankungen durch Blei und seine Verbindungen. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 19.—Falconer, E. H. Lead intoxication. California West. M., 1931, 34: 250-4—Gelinas, H. Le saturnisme. Union meel. Canada, 1937, 66: 164-8.—Knegtering, J. [Lead poisoning] Geneesk. gids, 1938, 16: 271-3.—Landau, A., Bauer, J., & Grochowski, A. [Lead poisonincr] In Prace klin. Oddz. chor. wewn. Szpit. Wolski, Warsz., 1932, 402-8.— Layral. A propos de l'intoxication saturnine. C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc. (1807) 1898, 26: pt 2, 959-62.—Lead poisoning. Chem. Metallurg. Engin., 1919, 20: 477.—Lead poisoning. Rep. Dep. Health Connecticut, 1933, 56: 119.—Legge, T. Lead poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 517.—Mirallie, C. Intoxication saturnine. Gaz. meel. Nantes, 1904, 2. ser., 22: 1013-24.—Morin. A propos du saturnisme. Rev. m£d., Par., 1906, 15: 859-61.—Naegeli. Ueber Bleiintoxikationen. Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte, 1905, 35:265.—Oiler, A. Importancia sanitaria del saturnismo Rev. san., Madr., 1932, 7: 990- 1030.—Orr, J. Lead poisoning. Prescribes Edinb., 1928, 22: 281-4.—Paramanov, C. [Lead poisoning] Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 923.—Reploh, H. Ueber Bleivergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 891-3.—Reznikoff, P. Lead poisoning, plumb- ism, saturnism. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 1: 1131-7. ------ Lead poisoning. Am. J. Nurs., 1942, 42: 1123-6.—Sandwith, F. M. Lead poisoning. Clin. J., Lond., 1908-09, 33: 101-8.—Saturnisme (Le) Monde med., 1907, 17: 35-42; 67.—Schmidt, P., Seiser, A., & Litzner, S. Bleivergiftung. Erg. ges. Med., 1929, 13: 321-400.—Teleky, L. [Lead and mercury poisoning] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 904-11. ------ Ueber Bleivergiftung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 273.—Treille, A. A propos du saturnisme. Rev. med., Par., 1907, 16: 163.—Uytdenhoef, A. L'intoxication par le plomb ou saturnisme. Liege med., 1937, 30: 998-1000 — Veiel, E. Ueber Bleivergiftung. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926, 36: 277-80.—Vondracek, V. [Poisoning by lead] Cas. lek. desk., 1936, 75: 69.—Wells, C. A. Modern facts on lead poisoning. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1941, 15: 15-22.—Willcocks, G. C. Lead poisoning. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 813-6.—Wolf. Ueber Bleivergiftung. Deut. Med. Ztg, 1906, 27: 1025-8. --- acute. Dauwe, O. Intoxication saturnine aigue chez l'homme. Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1906, 86: 145-84.—Elmgren, R. Kaksi akuntista Iyyjymyrkytys-tapausta. Duodecim, Helsin., 1905, 21: 204-9.—Goyet, Thiers & Flotard. Saturnism aigu grave; coliques de plomb subintrantes; ne>rite optique avec amaurose, guenson par infiltration du sympathique lombaire et ingestion de norgalite. Lyon meU, 1938, 161: 349-54.—Gray, I., & Greenfield, I. Cancer of the rectum with acute lead poisoning (industrial) N. York State J. M., 1937, 37: 649-51 — Oksmanas. G. [Acute poisoning with lead] Medicina, Kaunas, 1930, 11:639-41.—Schretzenmayr, A. Ueber den Mechanismus der Bleivergiftung; Beobachtung einer akuten Bleivergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1601-3.—Tartler, G. Die akute Bleivergiftung; ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Klarung der Frage der Giftigkeit von Bleiverbindungen in quantitativen Versuchen. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1940-41, 125: 273-92.— Wells, C. A. Remarks on acute lead poisoning; its prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 825-8. --- Blood picture and blood cell. See also Basophil; Erythrocyte, Staining: Basophilic punctation. Fuchsberger, E. *Schwankungen der Granulazahl bei bleikranken Tieren im Tages- I Iauf nebst Beitragen iiber die Haltbarkeit mensch- licher Bleiblutpraparate und iiber die Verwert- barkeit der Polychromasie zur Diagnosestellung [Wurzburg] 13p. 8? Dortmund, 1925. Kost, E. *Das Blutbild der Bleivergiftung. p.42-73. 8? Berl., 1932. Also Arch. Gewerbepath., 1932, 4: KtiNG, F. *Ueber die Untauglichkeit der Schilling'schen Farbmethode zum Nachweis der basophil granulierten Erythrocyten als Diagnosti- cum der Bleivergiftung [Zurich] 8p. 8? Sursee, 1933. McCord, C. P., Holden, F. R., & Johnston, J. The basophilic aggregation test for lead absorption and lead poisoning; 10 years after its first use. 15 1. 8? Cincin., 1935. Also Indust. M., 1935, 4: 180-5. Poppitz, W. T. E. *Ist die Blutveranderung bei Tuberkulose wichtig fiir die Bleidiagnostik? [Leipzig] 26p. 8? [Zeulenroda] 1931. Schmidt, L. *Der Blutumsatz bej chronischer Bleivergiftung [Wurzburg] 22p. 8? Munch., 1927. . Also Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1927, 98: Ziervogel, K. *Untersuchungen an Alko- holikern iiber die Bedeutung des Blutbildes, insbesondere der Basophilie in der Differential- diagnostik der Bleischadigung. p.67-89. 8? Lpz., 1932. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1932, 48: Anton, G., & Dawidson, L. Das vital gefarbte Blutbild bei akuter Bleivergiftung des Kaninchens. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 89: 622-5.—Badham, C. Basophilia and lead excretion in lead poisoning. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 816-21.— Berezin, V. [Changes in erythrocytes in lead poisoning] Omsky med. J., 1927, 2: 31-7—Bottrich. Die Bedeutung der basophil getiipfelten roten Blutkorperchen, speziell fiir dio Begutachtung von Bleikrankheiten. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1932, n. F., 9: 25-8.—Briickner, H., & Spatz, R. Ueber die Beurtei- lung des roten Blutbildes bei der Bleivergiftung unter Beriick- sichtigung verschiedener Darstellungsmethoden der polychro- maten und basophil punktierten Erythrocyten. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1926, 97: 277-98.—Caballero, S. F. Hematologia de las intoxicaciones saturnicas; diagnostico precoz. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 1067-9.—Ceresoli, A. Le alterazioni dei globuli rossi nelle forme estreme del saturnismo. Med. lavoro, 1928, 19: 254-7.—Crosetti, L. Contributo alio studio dell'ittero e del quadro ematologico neH'avvelenamento da piombo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1934, 11. ser., 2: Suppl., 169-78.—Duvoir, M., Pollet, L. [et al.] Sur la presence d'hema- ties a granulations basophiles dans la moelle sternale des saturnins. Sang, Par., 1938, 12: 906-9.—Eck, M., Boye, P., & Fonty, P. Influence du choc histaminique sur la basophile £rythiocytaire au cours du saturnisme experimental. Arch. mal. profess., Par., 1939-40, 2: 574-7.—Emden, J. E. G. van. Over de beteekenis der basophiel gekorrelde roode bloed- lichaampjes voor de diagnose der beginnende loodvergiftiging. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. R., 40: d. 1, 155. ------ & Kleerekoper, E. Over de beteekenis der basophiel gekorrelde roode bloedlichaampjes voor de vroegtijdige diagnose der loodvergiftiging. Ibid., 426-35.—Feil, A. Un signe important pour le diagnostic du saturnisme, professionnel ou accidentel; les hdmaties a granulations basophiles ou erythrocytes ponctues. Sem. hop. Paris, 1926, 3: 153-63. ------ Les hematics a ■granulations basophiles, symptome tres important du satur- nisme. Pressemed., 1035,43:211.—Fleckel, I. M., Tschernow, I. G., & Turgel, K. I. Zur Bedeutung der Veranderung der roten Blutelemente in der Friihdiagnose der Bleivergiftung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1934, n. F., 11: 34-41.—Glenn, R. A. Basophilic aggregations. Am. J. M. Techn., 1940, 6: 1-10, pl.—Gowen, G. H. Fluctuations in basophilic aggregation counts with meterologic alterations. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934-35, 14: 267.—Guareschi, G. Lo schema di Arneth in 50 tipografi; contributo alio studio delle modificazioni ematologiche nel saturnismo. Gior. clin. med., 1937, 18: 1034-51.—Haack, K. Zur Frage der Jodkaliprovokation von Bleitiipfein. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1246.—Henning, N., & Keilhack, H. Ueber den Nachweis von basophil getiipfelten Erythrozyten im Sternalpunktat von Bleivergiftungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 662 (Abstr.)—Henriques, V., & 0rskov, S. L. Unter- suchungen iiber die Schwankungen des Kationengehaltes der roten Blutkorperchen; Aenderung des Kaliumgehalts der Blutkorperchen bei Bleivergiftung. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1936, 74: 78-85.—Hyler, M. C, & Bradley. W. R. The basophilic aggregation test as an early diagnostic factor in lead absorption and incipient lead poisoning. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 184—93.—Johns, F. M. A study of punctate stippling as found in the lead poisoning of wild ducks. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 514-7.—Kasahara, M., & Nagahama, M. Das Auftreten der pathologisch granuUerten Leukocyten bei infantiler Bleiver- LEAD POISONING 584 LEAD POISONING giftung. Foi. haemat., Lpz., 1934-35,53:37-41.------ Leber das Auftreten von silberimpragnierton Erythrocyten bei infantiler Bleianiimie. Ibid., 1936, 56: 221-4. ------ Ueber das Auftreten der silberimpragnicrten Erythrocyten bei experi- menteller Bleivergiftung an Kaninchen. Ibid., 193S, 59: 209-11.—Kogan, B., & Smirnowa, L. Changes in the blood picture under the influence of lead, and their importance in the I differential diagnosis. J. Indust. Hyg., 1927, 9: 435-.>2.-- Krafka, J., jr. The effect of repeated leading on the blood picture in guinea piss. Ibid., 1935, 17: 13-7.—Lane, R. E. The role of punctate basophilia in the control of industrial plumbism. Ibid.. 1931, 13: 276-84. ------ Punctate baso- philia in the diagnosis of plumbism. Clin. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 12-4. -Lehmann. H. Neue tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Wert der basophil-granulierten Erythrozyten fur die r-'riihdiagnose der Bleivergiftung. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1925- 20, 96: 321-51. ------ Ueber das Vorkommen basophil granulierter Erythrocyten beim Menschen ohne Bleieinwirkung als Ursache. Ibid., 1929, 102: 111-23. ------ Tupfelzellen und gewcrbliche Bleivergiftung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1931, n. F., 8: 121. ------ Ueber den Wert der basophil granuherten Erythrozvten fur die Friihdiagnose der gewerblichen Bleiver- giftung. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1933, 111: 49-56.—Lenzi, L. La monoi ito--i saturnina. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1934, 5: 891- 912, 2 pl. -Lurye. A. I. Izmleneniya v Krasnikh krovyanikh Helenkh. kak lanniy priznak svincovavo otravleniya. Russ. vrach, 1904, 3: 611-3.—McCord, C. P. Basophilic aggregation test in lead poisoning. Gradwohl Lab. Digest. 1937-38, 1: No. 5, 2. ■------ Holden, F. R., & Johnston, J. Basophilic aggregation test in the lead poisoning epidemic of 193-1-35. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1935, 25: 1089-98— IWcKinney. R. A., & Rosenzweig, S. A modified stain for stipple cells m lead poison- ing. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1660.—Miiller, A. H. Leber die ersten Veranderungen dos weissen Blutbildes bei Bleigefiihr- deten. Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1183-6 —Nel is, P. Sur le rapport entre l'intoxication saturnine et les granulations baso- philes. Ann. hyg., I'ar.. 1932, u. ser., 10: 529.—Nelson, W. T., Lockwood, L., & Mackay, K. The incidence of punctate basophilia. Med. .1. Australia 1932, 2: 317.—Nicoletti, F. II comportamento dei neiitrofili eon granulazioni di Mommsen iieH'iutossictizionc da piombo. Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1936, 56: Suppl., 387-95. ------ Modificazioni leucocitarie nell'iiitossieazione da piombo. Ibid., Milano, 1940, 60: 897- 992. Nosu, S.. it Fujii, H. Ueber das Auftreten von baso- philginnulicrten Ki \ tin oevten bei mit hest.rahltem Blei ver- liifteten Kam neb, n.' Acta puediat. jap.. 1938. 44 : 55 (Abstr.)— Pesch, K. L., it l.einke, E. Fluoreszenzmiki oskopische Blut- untersuchungen bei e\]icriinenteMer Bleivergiftung. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1940-41, 10: 07 1-81.—Pieraccini, G. La morfologia del sangue nel saturnismo professionale. Clin. mod., Fir.. 1905, 11: 169 72.—Schiinauer, S. Sostanza granulo-tilainentosa e resistenza dei corpuscoli rossi nel sangue di operai esposti all'intossicazione da tjiombo. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. ■ 1038) 1939, 8.' Congr., 2: 1094-7.— Schwarz, L. Demons! lation von Blutpriipaiaten Bleikrank- heitsverdachtiger im I.euchtbild. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1926, n. F.. 3: 169-71.— Seit?., A. Ueber das Vorkommen basophil verunderter Rlutkoipeichen beim Menschen ohne Bleiein- wirkung. Arch. Hvg., Munch., 1932-33, 109: 199-210.—Shiels, D. O. The ratio of large to small lymphocytes in persons ex- posed to a lead hazard. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 847-9. ------ Comparison of punctate basophilia and ratio of large to small lymphocytes in the diagnosis and prevention of lead poisoning. Ibid., 1937, 1: 535-45.—Vasaturo, A. Sul com- portamento dei eosidetti corpi di Kurloff nell'intossicazione saturnina ed in alcuni processi anemici sperimentali; contributo alia conoscenza della naturae del significato di quest e formazioni. Fol. med., Nap., 1927, 13: 1368-96. pl.—Veenendaal, H. [Basophile granulation in the erythrocytes in lead poisoning] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1935, 62: 244-52.—Velicogna, A. Re- sistenza globulare e reversione dell'emolisi nel saturnismo sperimentale. Med. lavoro, 1933, 24: 1-6.—Vigliani, E. C. I.'eosinofilia ed i sintomi detti precoci nella diagnosi di satur- nismo. Rass. med. lavoro indust.. 1932, 3: 40-53.—Winkler, A., A- Wiesbrock, H. Basophilic nach (lenuss von bleihaltigem. Trinkwasser. Z.-chr. Hyg., 1938-39, 121: 433-7.—Winkler, U. Jodkahprovokation der Bleitupfel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 302-4. ------ Der Wert der Jodkahprovokation basophil getfipfelter Erythrozyten fur die Erkennung von Bleitragern. Ibid., 1937, 33: 637-9. ---- Cardiovascular system. See also Angina pectoris; Arteriosclerosis; Blood pressure, high. Alabin, N. D. [The effect of lead on the isolated vessels] Tr. Nauch. issledov. inst. fiziol. Saratov, 1934, 1: 538 — Barone, \ ., A- Mollo, L. Alterazioni vasali saturnine. Med. lavoro, 193".. 26: 41-64.—Bassi, M. II comportamento dei capillari nell intossicazione sub-acuta da piombo. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1933, 11. ser., 1: P. verb., 187-9. ------ II sistema vascolare periferieo neHmtossicazione sub-acuta da piombo. Clin. med. ital., 1935. 66: 109-26.--Belknap, E. L. Clinical studies on lead absnipti<,n i;, the human; blood pressure observations. J. Indust. Hyg., 1936, 18: 380-90.- Duvoir. L'hypertension paroxystique des saturnins. .1. med. fr., 1928, 17: 381.—Fontana, A., & Colapinto, F. La patologia dei capillari nel cronico avvelenamento da piombo. Clin med ital., 1932, 63: 1109-71.—Fouts, P. J., & Page, I. H.' The effect, of chronic lead poisoning on arterial blood pleasure in dogs Am. Heart J., 1942. 21: 329-31.—Gerbis. H. BhMKan-!■—I'antin Gallego, J. Los espasmos de colon en la in- toxieacion saturnina. Arch, med., Madr., 1932, 35: 453-0.— Debove. Colique saturnine; sa pathogenie. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 33-5.—Delearde & Dubois, E. L'intoxication saturnine et le traitement de la colique de plomb. Presse med., 1906, 14: 9 V—De Majo, U. La parotite saturnina. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1936, 7: 292-300.—Fabrizii. Della colica saturnina, Gior. progr. pat., Venez., 1846, ser. 2, 10: 709-35.—Fellinger, K. Ueber Leberschadigungen bei Blr-ivergiftun"on Arch Gewerbepath., 1936, 7: 414-20.—Flekel, I. M. [Diagnosis of chronic lead enterocolitis] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 703.__ Freifeld, H. Veranderungen des Xervensystems bei Blei- vergiftung; Entsteliung der Bleikoiik. Virchows Arch., 1932- 33, 287: 549-54.—Gabel, W. Zur Bewertung dos Bleisrehaltes der Leber; I ntersuchungen an bleigeschadigten Pflanzen- fressern. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1940, 195: 383-8.—Gilbert, A., & Herscher, M. Sur le syndrome hepatique de la rolique de plomb. C. rend. Soc. biol., 19(17. 63: 171-6. Criinbcri;. F. Zur Frage der Bleikoiik. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., lOL'S, 99: jigj 55.—K as par, F. Bleivergiftungen des Magen- und Darm- traktes und ihre chirurgische Heilung. Wien. mod. Wschr 1029, 79: 707-11.—Kasparian, G. Gaslrite sperimentale da piombo. Med. lavoro, 1934, 25: 325-34.- Klein. E., A Seljnuer, A. Magenerkrankung und youerhlirhe Blciveii'ift.ung. Wien med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 12 10 2. Luigncl-I.nvastine & Fouqueti J. Coliques do plomb gueries par I'nceU leholinc. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53: 360-2. Lcwin. ('. Blei- vergiftung, Ikterus und Lehcischadigung; ein Beitrag zur Pathorenese des toxischen Ikterus. Deut. mod. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1450-3.—Lupo, P. Colica saturnina. Gazz. med. Roma 1034, 60: 101-5.—Makarycheva. A. P., & Clagolevn, T. V. [Fleer of the stomach in lead workers] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 214-6.—Massa, M. La funzionalita, epatica nell'in- tossicazione saturina. Med. lavoro, 1926, 17: 16; 52.— Mirande, A. Traitement actuel de la colique de plomb. .1 meel. chir., Par., 1927, 98: 67-9.—Nisimura, T. Kxpoiinientelle Studien iiber Bleivergiftung; der Einfluss von Pleisalz auf die Darmliewegung. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kyoto, 1036, 16: 1 11)5. Orestano. G. Sulla eventuale formazione di composti piombo- fosfatidici nell'organismo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 273-5. —---• Sulla formazione di composti tra piombo e lipoidi nell'organismo; comportamento degli acidi grassi del fegato neH'avvelenamento saturnino. Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1930-31, 15: 203-15.—Otto, H., Kuhlmann, F. Ueber das Verhalten des Magen-Darmkanals, insbesondere iiber Darm- storungen bei Bleivergiftung. Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18: 1081- 4.—Paunescu-Podeanu, A., & Carangiu, O. [Diminishing of the liver in lead poisoning; saturnine hepatitis] Spitalul, 1940, 60: 338-40.—Pernice, H. Die Leber bei Blei- und Kombi- nationsvorgiftungen. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1036, 7: 538-93.— Pichezzi, L. Colica saturnina. Riv. osp., 1935, 25: 89-92.— Preti, L. Influence du plomb sur l'autolyse hepatique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 224. ------ Intossicazione da piombo con sintomatologia prevalente a carico del tubo dige- rente. Med. lavoro, 1937, 28: 1-11.—Reina. G. Le modifi- cazioni della secrezione pepsinica, cloridriea e pancreatica nell'intossicazione saturnina considerata dal punto di vista anatomo-patologico. Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1928, 17: 225-32.—Reiselman, S. D., & Govorchuk, R. I. [The curve of the secretion of gastric juice in lead poisoning] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 243-50.—Riesenfeld-Hirschberg, F. Colonspasmen als Kardinalsymptom der Bleivergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 1280-2— Riva, A. Salle alterazioni del fegato nella intossicazione cronica da piombo. Lavori Congr. med. int. (1902) 1903, 12: 326- Rohrbach, W. Zur Frage der Zusam- menhange zwischen Bleivergiftung und Magen-Darmleiden vom versicherungsmedizinischen Standpunkt. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 829-31.—Sailer, J., & Speese, J. M. Lead poisoning: a study of the gastric contents in 12 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1905,44: 1515-8—Seit/, A. Magenschleimhautaffektionenund Bleikrankheit. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 979.—Sergent, E., & Kourilskv, R. Appendicite et colique de plomb. Bull, med., Par., 1926, 40: 499-502.—Straube, G. Bleivergiftung und Magenerkrankung. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1940-41, 10: 349- 59- Taylor, H. W.. & Schram, M. Abdominal symptoms of lead poisoning in children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1936, 53: 182-6.—Villaret, M., & Wallich, R. A propos d'un cas dc coliques saturnines avec double parotidite, sans hvpertension arterielle peripherique; le role du spasme vasculaire localise. Paris med., 1931, 79: 549.—Vinaj, A. II clistere eletlrico nella colica saturnina. Lavoro, 1922, 13: 109-13.- Walko, K. Die Erkrankungen des Magens bei der chronischen Blei- vergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1907, 54: 1728-31— Wells, C. A. Differential diagnosis of abdominal findings in acute lead poisoning. Bull. Acad. M. Toronto, 1934-35, 8: 203-9 — Wilson, H. R. Enterospasm caused by lead poisoning. Brit. M. J., 1907, 1: 1054.—Zadek, E. Leberschadigungen durch chronische Bleivergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1336-8. ---- Endocrine aspect. Grall, J. *Pancreatites et saturnisme. 79p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Sorge, W. *Ultramikroskopische Beobach- tungen an der Bauchspeicheldriise bleivergifteter Meorschweinchen. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., 1936. Bajenov, V. [Influence of lead compounds on suprarenal glands of type-setters] Vrach. gaz., 1928, 37: 141.—Bernard, L., & Bigart. Suractivite fonctionnelle des glandes surrenalea dans l'intoxication saturnine experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1904, 56: 59.—Gouget. Saturnisme experimental; hypertrophic considerable des capsules surn'nales; sclerose aortique. Ibid., 1903, 55: 1659.—Nicoletii. F. Sindrome basedowiana da piombo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1935, 6: 36-42.—Peisachowitsch, I. M. Die Verandiruncen in den endokrinen Driisen bei der Bleivergiftung. Virchows Arch., 1929, 273: 276-84—Pelle, A. Pancreatite et saturnisme. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 1427-34.—Reinhart.K. Ueber Beziehungen der Bleivergiftung zur Nebenschilddruse. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1938-39, 9: 80-7.—Rosenberg, M. Bronzediabetes und Blei. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 505-7.— Vigliani, E. Sul Basedow da piombo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1934, 5: 193-224. LEAD POISONING 587 LEAD POISONING ---- Etiology, and pathogenesis. See also subheading (Source) Seifert, N. *Synergistische Versuche am uberlebendcn Gefasstreifen; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Bleivergiftung und der individu- ellen Disposition [Basel] 8p. 8? Giessen, 1925. Antonioli. E., & Pozzato, C. Sulla distribuzione del piombo nei vari distretti vascolari nel saturnismo sperimentale. Med. lavoro, 1939, 30: 241-7.—Bleyer, E. Ein hinsichtlich seiner Aetiologie eigenartiger Fall von Bleivergiftung. Prag. med. Wschr., 1906, 31: 693. ------ Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Bleivergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908. 4: 907.—Brunon, R. Ceruse, alcool et saturnisme. Rev. med., Par., 1905, 14: 744-7.—Comessatti, G. Contributo alia patologia del lavoro; individuality ed intossicazione saturnina. Clin. med. ital., 1904, 43: 830-58.—Cowles, W. N. Lead poisoning in a rural community. Med. Communic. Massachusetts M. Soc, 1907, 20: 511-23.—Devoto, L. Gli avvelenamenti da piombo nelle piu recenti osservazioni sperimentali e cliniche. Baglivi, 1936, 2: 161-75.—Gamier. Saturnisme et alcoolisme. Normandie med., 1906, 21: 53.—Gendron, A. La saturnisme a la campagne. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 1: 1685-8.—Gordon, A. On the pathogenesis of lead intoxication apropos of the patho- logic findings in a case. Am. Med., 1905, 9: 700-2.—Governa- tori, M. A., & Martini, F. Richerche farmacologiche e tossi- cologiche sull'avvelenamento da piombo. Arch. ital. sc. farm., 1936, 5: 198-215.—Kehoe, R. A. Lead absorption and lead poisoning. Med. Chn. N. America, 1942, 26: 1201-79 — Klein, F. Ueber Bleivergiftung, unter besonderer Beriicksich- tigung einer solchen nach einem Herzsteckschuss. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94: 128-44.—Krasso, H. Ueber ge- werblichen und alimentaren Saturnismus. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1413-6.—Lanza, A. J. Epidemiology of lead poison- ing. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 85-7.—Legrand. Le saturnisme dans la marine. Caducee, 1907, 7: 202.—Litzner, S., & Wey- rauch, F. Untersuchungen iiber den Bleigehalt des Blutes und Harns, seine Beziehungen zum Auftreten klinischer Krank- heitserscheinungen sowde seine diagnostische Bedeutung. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1932, 4: 74-100.------ Die Beziehun- gen des Bleigehaltes von Blut und Harn zum Auftreten klini- scher Krankheitserscheinungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 13-5.—Meniere, G. Contribution apportee a l'etude du saturnisme, par les recherches chimiques. Tribune med., Par., 1907, n. ser., 39: 421-3.—Nebuloni, A. Costituzione e saturnismo. Med. lavoro, 1930, 21: 352; 416; 463.—Nedok, M. Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Bleivergiftung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 427.—Rogde, J. Lead absorption and lead poisoning. Southwest. M., 1938, 22: 364-7; 407.—Schmidt, P. Neuere Forschungen iiber das Wesen der Bleivergiftung. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 367-9. ------• Der gegenwartige Stand der experi- mentellen und klinischen Forschung uber die Ursachen der Bleiwirkung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1927, n. F., 4: 180-2 — Scremin, L. Del saturnismo in rapporto alle costanti fisiche dei sali di piombo. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1925-26, 31: 339-49.—Sklianskaja, R. M. Ueber die kombinierte Wirkung von Blei und Nicotin. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1935, 6: 210-A.—Treille, A. Sur l'intoxication saturnine, ses causes, ses consequences. Rev. med., Par., 1907, 16: 503-9. --- experimental. See also Lead, ingested. Dauwe, O. Contribution a l'etude experimentale du sa- turnisme aigu. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1907, 17: 387-443.—Meduna, L. Untersuchungen uber die experi- mentelle Bleivergiftung beim Meerschweinchen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 571-98.—Nagao, K. Histological studies of experimental lead-poisoning. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1933, 23: 465-8. --- familial. See also such occupations as Farmer, etc. Denechau, D. Un cas de saturnisme familial, non pro- fessionnel a diagnostic particulierement malaise. Arch. med. Angers, 1938, 42: 169-71 [Discussion] 237.—Margreth, G. Avvelenamento famigliare da piombo. Gior. chn. med., 1926, 7: 21-4.—Rigot & Emerio. Plusieurs cas (l'intoxication saturnine d'origine peu commune dans un famille de culti- vateurs. Ann.'med. leg., 1927, 7: 370-3. --- Forensic aspect. Mayers, M. R. The lead hazard and com- pensation (u compend) 28p. 8? [Albany] 1926. Alcock, S. K. On the uncertainty of post-mortem evidence in suspected lead poisoning. Brit. M. .]., 1905, 1: 1371-3. Beck, H. Blut bleigehalt und Begutachtung bei Blei-Kranken. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1939, 10: 729—Chajes, B.. & Lewin C. Zur Begutachtung der beruflichen Bleierkrankung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1661.—Duvoir. Un cas de paralysie faciale attribuee a tort a l'intoxication saturnine. Ann. med. leg 1926 6-354-8 ------ A propos de 1 mdemmsation des paralysies saturnines. Ibid., 1927, 7: 107-12.—FauquezR. Une question a propos de l'intoxication saturnine. Ibid., 193b, 16: 310-4.—Fiehe, I. Bleiweiss als Vergdtungsmittel. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 8: 735-9.—[Iowa] Workmen's compensation acts; chronic lead poisoning a compensable accident; accident defined. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 257.— Kipper, F. Mord des Ehegatten durch Vergiitung mit einem Bleisalz. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 8: 740-56 — Koelsch. Beitrage zur Arbeitsmedizin; die Bleischaden der Leber und der Nieren und ihre arbeits- und versicherungs- medizinische Bedeutung. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 18: H. 9, 35-52.—Kotzing, K. Neues iiber Bleivergiftung. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1937, 43: 243-8.—Kummel, M. Medicolegal aspects of disability in industrial lead poisoning. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1931, 28: 327-4.-—Lead poisoning following short exposure to paint spray not an accidental injury. J. Am. .'M. Ass., 1940, 115: 327.- Lewin, C. Die Klinik der Bleivergiftung als Grundlage ihrer Begutachtung. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1929, 35: 286-354.—Litzner, S., & Weyrauch, F. Die Be- deutung der Bestimmung des Blutbleispiegels fiir die Begutach- tung von Bleischiidigungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 381-4.—Mayers, M. R. Lead absorption and compensation. J. Indust. Hyg., 1929, 11: 124-38.—Medical evidence as-to lead poisoning. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 154: 282.—Modi, 3. P. Lead, Shisha. In his Textb. Med. Jurispr., 6. ed., Bom- bay, 1940, 590-600.—Moore, G. A. Lead poisoning and the 18th amendment. Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 10: 32-4.— Panse, F. Zur Begutachtung der gewerblichen Bleivergiftung. Nervenarzt, 1928, 1: 675-85.—Pernice, H. Todliche Blei- vergiftung, wahrscheinlich Mord, und betrugerische Bleiselbst- vergiftung. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1934, 40: 77-85.—Poulle. Maladies professionnelles; encephalopathie saturnine; non prevue par la loi de 1919. Rec. spec, accid. trav., 1934.-34: 44-6.—Sabatini, G. Saturnismo ed ulcera duodenale; perizia giudiziaria. Rass. med. indust., 1940, 11: 6-25.—Schmidt, P. Die Ausdehnung des Unfallgesetzes auf Berufskrankheiten (12. Mai 1925) und ihre Bedeutung fiir die gewerbliche Blei- vergiftung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg , 1926, n. F., 3: 243-6. ------ Diagnose und Begutachtung Bleikranker. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 710.—Scbrader. Mobilisation aus Blei- depot einer berufiichen Bleivereiftung oder neue ausserberuf- liche Bleierkrankung? Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1936, 42: 77-9.—Schranz, D. Abformung der an Leichen gefundenen Verletzungen und ihre Anwendung im Beweisverfahren. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1937-38, 29: 254-60.—Stefan, H. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage des Zusammenhanges zwischen Bleiintoxikation und epileptischem Symptomenkomplex. Aerztl. Sachverst, Ztg, 1936, 42: 259-61.—Teleky, L. Klinik und Begutachtung der Bleivergiftung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 229-32.—Timm. Gerichtlich-chemische Mitteilun- gen. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28, 11: 185-8 — Vigdortschick, N. A. Zur Frage der arztlichen Begutachtung bei Bleivergiftung. Mschr. Unfallh., 1928, 35: 106-11.— Wehrli, S. Ein irrtiimlicher Verdacht auf absichtliche Ein- nahme von Malerfarben. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1933-34, 5: 443. ---- Geographical incidence. Aub, J. C., Fairhall, L. T. [et al.] Lead poisoning ... with a chapter on the prevalence of industrial lead posioning in the United States, by A. Hamilton. 265p. 8? Bait., 1926. Mangos, I. C. *Du saturnisme a l'Hopital Cantonal de Geneve (clinique medicale) de 1917 a 1927. 24p. 8? Geneve, 1928. Bagchi, K. N. Incidence of lead poisoning among Hindu women and children. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 23-9.—Beecher, C. H., Moat, C. P., & Soule, A. B., jr. Lead poisoning in Vermont. Bull. Mary Fletcher Hosp., 1933, 1: 1-4— Candy, R. H. A note on the prevalence of lead poisoning in India. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 136.—Chronic nephritis and lead poisoning in Queensland. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1356.— Cilento, R. W. Precis of certain aspects of the official inquiry into the chronic nephritis of Queensland, with special reference to plumbism in children. Health, Canberra, 1932, 10: 66-74.— Crutcher, J. S., jr. Lead poisoning in children in Nashville. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1933, 26: 20-3.—Davidson, L. S. P., Fullerton, H. W. [et al.] Lead poisoning in the north-east of Scotland. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 374-7.—Fanlo, F. Intoxi- caciones por el plomo en la provincia de Murcia. Bol. farm. mil., Madr., 1936, 14: 108.—Feil, A. Le saturnisme en France d'ap'res les statistiques officielles. Presse med., 1937, 45: 32.— Gibson, J. L. Notes on lead-poisoning as observed among children in Brisbane. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australas. (1892) 1893, 3: 76-83.—Lead poisoning in Czechoslovakia. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1935, 25: 353.—McCord, C. P., Minster, D K , & Kehoe, R. Lead poisoning in the United States. Ibid., 1929, 19: 631-4.—McDonald, J. M., & Kaplan, E. Incidence of lead poisoning in the city of Baltimore. J. Am. M Ass , 1942, 119: 870-2.—Mladenoff, D. Le saturnisme alimentaire a Vidin (Bulgarie) en 1923. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1019.—Nye, L. J. Further observations on chronic ne- phritis and lead poisoning in Queensland, with comments on the federal official inquiry. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 235- 49.—Plumbism and chronic nephritis in Queensland. Ibid., 1939, 2: 287-9.—Rivera, M. Estudio sobre casos de saturnismo ocurridos en Cubo del Vino, Zamora. Rev. san. hig. pub., Madr., 1933, 8: 170-91.—Wilke, R. Gewerbekrankheiten; Bleierkrankungen in den Niederlanden. Med. Reform., Berl., 1907, 15: 81-3. LEAD POISONING 588 LEAD POISONING ---- Hematopoietic system. Sec also Anemia. Albert, M. It. W. *Untersuchungon an Blut und Knochenmark von Kaninchen nach Verabreichung von Blei und Nuclcotrat. 19p. S? Lpz., 1937. Biarowsky, A. F. W. *Histochemisehe Be- funde am Knochenmark bleivergifteter Meer- schwoinchen. 15p. 8? Lpz., 1936. Aubertin, C. Reactions sanguines dans le saturnisme experimental. Arch. mal. cceur, 1908, 1: 100-6- Baz?ano, S. I c inoi la-ia iligestiva nei saturnini. Med. lavoro. 1931, 22: 58 07. C'accuri. S. Sul consumo di ossigeno del midollo osseo nella intossicazione saturnina. Fol. med., Nap., 1939, 25: 535-41.—Cadwalador, W. B. A study of the blood in lead poisoning, with a description of the bone-marrow of one fatai case. Bull. Aver Clin. Lab., 1906, No. 3, 44-9.—Colella, <'. Sull'azione delia vitamina E e dell'ormone epatico nelle altera- zioni emopoietiche indotte nei conigli dall'acetanilide e dallo acetato neutro di piombo. Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 1124- 35.—Dawson, A. B. An experimental study of hemopoiesis in Necturus; effects of lead poisoning on normal and splenecto- mized animals. J. Morph. Physiol., 1933, 55: 349-85. ------ The hemopoietic response in the catfish, Ameiurus nebulosus, to chronic lead poisoning. Biol. Bull., 1935, 68: 335-46.— Den£chau, D. In cas de saturnisme hydrique a forme ane- mique, hypochrome et a allure cachectique. Arch. med. Angers, 1937, 41: 26.—Fontana, A. La ialinosi splenica nel corso del saturnismo cronico. Minerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt 2, 813 2(1. - - — La milza saturnina. Clin. med. ital., 1935, 66: 559--95, 5 pl. ------ & Stazzi, S. Milza ed emo- poiesi iioll'avvelenaiiiento da Pb. Gior. clin. med., 1933, 14: 311 -68, 5 pl. • Fujita, K. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Blut- veninderung bei e\pei imenteller akuter Bleivergiftung. Acta derm.. Kyoto, 1927.9:58.—Galet, O. Contribution k l'etude experimentale et clinique des anemies professionnelles notam- ment de I'anemie saturnine; diagnostic precoce du saturnisme. Mem. couron Acad. med. Belgique, 1903-06, 18: fasc. 10, 1-81, pl., ch. ------ Quelques mots a propos du lisere satinnin et des lesions sanguines dans l'empoisonnement par le plomb. Clini.iue, Brux., 1904, 18: 281-94.—Gocher, T. E. P. Blood m lead poisoning. Northwest M., 1937. 36: 98. ------ Blood examinations in lead poisoning. Ibid., 1939, 38: 289- 91.---Humperdinrk. Die Bedeutung genauer Hamoglobinbe- stimmungen und genauer Liythroc\■tenzahlcn fiir die Frtih- ditignose der Hh ivergiftung. Mschi. Lnfallh., 1937, 44: 492-8.—Kasahara, M., & N'agahama, M. Die Bleianamie im Sauglings- und fruhen Kindesalter. Zschr. Kinderh., 1933, 55: 583-7.—Kench, J. E., Gillam, A. E., & Lane, R. E. Haemo- poiesis in lead poisoning. Biochem. J., Lond., 1942, 36: 384-8.—Keogh, E. V., & Garnet, J. U. The erythrocyte sedi- mentation test in lead absorption. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 7 4-4 t">.— Kin, S. S. On the spleno-hepntogenous development of lead-anaemia. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1937, 27: 243-8 — Klima, R., & Seyfried, H. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Bleianamie. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1937, 57: 283-95.—Loureau, M., Sacy, G. S. de, & Arthus, A. Stabilite de I'anemie produite dans le saturnisme experimental. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 512-4.—Maugeri, S. II ricambio emoglobinieo nell'anemia saturnina. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 97--J95.—Mayers, M. R. bead anemia. J. Indust. Hyg., 1920. 8: 222-31.—Montegrosso, G. Ricerche sul midollo osseo noll'intos-iciizioiie professional da piombo. Med. lavoro, 1939, 30: 1 8. Netter, R. Ilypo- globulie experimentale par intoxication saturnine menagee. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1091.—Pellegrini, G. Anemia perniciosiforme in soggetto con intossicazione cronica da piombo. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 589-93.—Pfeil. Die gewerbliche bleibedingte Anamie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 900.—Preti, L. L'anemia saturnina. Med. lavoro, 1938, 29: 33-42.—Seiffert, G., & Arnold, A. Zellveranderungen in Knochenmark, Blut und Milz bei experimenteller Bleiver- giftung. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1928, 99: 272-82.—Simon & Spillman, L. Alterations du sang dans l'intoxication saturnine experimentale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 60: 765.—Speransky, J., & Sklianskaja. R. Zur Frage vom Wesen der Bleivergiftung, Knochenmarkveranderungen bei experimenteller Bleivergif- tung. Fol. haemat,, Lpz., 1928, 36: 289-315.—Stabler, F. E. The action of lead on the blood. Newcastle M. J., 1928-29, 9: 177-81.—Vigliani, E. La quantita del sangue circolante nell'avvelenamento sperimentale da piombo. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1934, 5: 95-106. --- History. Colique (La) du Poitou; a propos d'une brochure de Bouvart contre dionchin. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1902, 1: 236-60, 2 porrr.- Fitz, R. A note on the history of lead poisoning in Bost..,,. X. England .1. M., 1934, 210: 802-6.—Major, R. H. Some landmarks in the history of lead poisoning. Ann. M. Hist.. 1931, n. ser., 3: 218-27.—Ranque. Colica pictonum. Month. J. Foreign Med., 1828, 1: 75.—Rutherfurd, W. J. Lead poisoning in the first century. Brit. J. Ophth., 1934, 18: 36-8, 2 pl. ---- industrial. Sec also under names of industries and occupa- tions as Brass-workers; Dyeing industry; Enam- el [ceramic] Farmer; Foundry industry; Glass industry; Metal worker; Munition industry; Painter; Potter, etc. Sander, J. *Die gewerbliche Bleivergiftung und die Thernpie ihrer stomutologisehen Svin- ptome mit Seplojod. 2fip. 8? [Berl.] 1926. ' Schoxberger, F. * Leber die gowerbliclic Bleivergiftung und ihre Krscheinungcn in der Mundhohle und an den Zahnen. 23p. 8? Kiel, 1934. Ashe, W. F. Industrial lead poisoning as a clinical syndrome, J. Indust. Hyg., 1943, 25: 55-9.—Baader, E. W. Beobachtun- gen an gewerblichen Bleivergiftungen auf dor Abteilung fur Berufskranke des Kaiserin Auguste Viktoria Krankenhauses zu Berlin-Lichtenberg. Opera Internat. Congr. indust. accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Conor., 411-6.—Badham, ('. Lead poisoning [in industry] Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales. 1937. 100. - Belknap, E. L. bead absorption and lead intoxication versus tuberculosis. In Tuhcsrc. in Industry ( L. I1. (lardner) N. V., 1942, 123-42. - Betke. Erfahrungen iiber Berufskrankheiten mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung dor Bleivergiftung. Opera Internat. Congr. indust. accid. (1928) 1929, 5. Congr., 434-7.— Hiittrich. Streifziige im Gebiet der Bleifrage. Zbl. Gewerbe- hvg., 1920, n. 1'.. 3: 57-60. ------ Kin .lahr Berufskrank- heiten. Ibid., 1927. n. F., 4: 195-8.—Chajes, H., & Lewin, C. Ccwerbearztliche Erfahrungen iiber die lieiulliche Bleikrank- heit. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928) 1929, 59: 2. T., 112 27. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 848; 88.5.- Diamond cutting in Amsterdam and lead poisoning [Edit.] Brit. M. J., 1905, 2: 1361.—Dragonetti, A. R. El problema m&lieohigicnico del albayalde. Sem. med.. B. Air., 1944, 51: 443.—Dreesen, W. C. Lead poisoning. In Man. Indust.'Hyg. (U. S. Pub. Health Serv.) Phila., 1943, 141--5.—Dupuy, J. Le saturnisme dang les professions et les villes maritimes. Hyg. gen. appl., 1908, 3: 385-98. Ehrhardt, W. Todliche subakute gewerb- liche Bleivergiftung. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1938-39, 9: 407- 13.—Gant, V. A. Lead poisoning. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 608-22.—Garcia Avila, M. Saturnismo profesional. Rev. med. cubana, 1936, 47: 228-61.—Gerbis, H. Massenvergiftung durch Bleifarben im Spritzverfahren (mangelhafter Signie- rungszwang) Zbl. Gewerhehyg., 1935, n. F., 12: 155-7.— Gray, I., & Greenfield, I. Lead poisoning in the community, from the standpoint of the industrial worker. N. York State J. M., 1937, 37: 1971-7.------Acute lead poisoning, industrial; history ami physical findings in a group of 50 patients. Indust. M., 1938, 7: 202-4. ■----- Acute lead poisoning: industrial; laboratory studies in 50 cases. Ibid., 317-21.—Grossmann, E. Ueber einige neue Quellen der gewerblichen Bleivergiftung in Wien. Wien., klin. Wschr., 1907, 20: 1395-7. Heim de Balsac, F., & Agasse-Lafonl, E. Une cause nouvelle d'intoxicatipn saturnine professionnelle; enquete dans une usine d'etirage et de ti-efilage des aciers. Progr. med., Par., 1933, 349.—Jager, L. de. Geyaar voor loodvergiftiging door zuivelfabricken. Tschr. sociale hyg., 1908, 10: 17-20.—Johnstone, R. T. Lead. In his Occup. Dis., Phila., 1941, 216-53, pl.—Jones, R. R. Symptoms in early stages of industrial plumbism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 195-200.—Jordi, A. Gewerbliche Bleigefahrdung Jugend- licher; Bericht iiber Reihenuntersuchungen (inkl. Blutbild) an Buchdrucker-, Setzer- und Malerlehrlingen; Anhang: Morbiditat und Mortalitat der Setzer und Buchdrucker in der Schweiz von 1896-1925; Beitrag zur Frage des Unterrichtes iiber Berufsrivgione an Gewerbeschulen. Helvet. med. acta, 19.39, 6: 369-91. Kagan, F. S.. & Klebaner, L. N. [Blood picture of certain groups of workmen, that come in contact with lead] Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 406 9- Kehoe. R. A. Industrial lead poisoning. Proc. Occup. Dis. Sympoa. (1937) 1938, 64-77. ------ Industrial lead poisoning and the medical control of industrial lead exposure. In Sympos, Indust. Health (M. Coll. Virginia) Richmond, 1940, 19-29. —;--- Industrial lead exposure and lead poisoning. In Principl. & Pract. Indust. M. (Wampler, F. J.) Bait., 1943, 202-40.—Koritnig, O. T. Gesundheitsgcfahren beim Ver- bleien von Behiiltern. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1937, 44: 101.— Lane, R. E. Industrial plumbism. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 206-11. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197: Suppl.. 21-6. ------ Industrial lead poisoning. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 760.—Langalez. Le saturnisme, maladie professionnelle. Bruxelles med., 1927-28, 8: 1579-86.—Lead fume hazard. Baltimore Health News, 1943, 20: 173.—Lead poisoning. Indust. M., 1934, 3: 304-6.—Lebermann, F. Ueber die Bleivergiftung der Brenner. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1334-7.—Long, E., & Roch, M. Le saturnisme dans le milieu ouvrier genevois. Bull, med., Par., 1907, 21: 363-5. Mautner, B. Ueber einen Fall gewerblieher Bleilahmung bei einer dreizehnjahrigen Fransenkniipfcrin. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1900, 51: 571; 583.—Mosnv, E., : 62.— Ewserowa, E. K. Das Nervensystem der Hunde bei experi- menteller Bleivergiftung. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 88: 752-75.—Ferraro, A., & Hernandez, R. Lead poisoning (a histopathological study of the nervous system of cats and monkeys in the acute and subacute 3tages) Psychiat. Q., 1932, 6: 121-46, 10 pl. ------ Lead poisoning (a histopatho- logical study of the nervous system of cats and monkeys in the acute and subacute stages) animals treated exclusively with intravenous injections of lead acetate. Ibid., 319-50, 2 pl.— Fetterman, J. L. Injury to the nervous system by lead. In his Mind of Injured Man, Chic, 1943, 130-2.—Foshay, L. Case of lead poisoning with onset simulating trigeminal neu- ralgia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 1688.—Friedland. I. G. [Convulsions and paresthesia in lead poisoning] Gig. bezopas. pat. truda, 1930, 8: 9-20— Groetschel. Ueber das Zustande- kommen von Schadigungen des Zentralnervensvst.cms durcli Blei. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1932, 3: 325—Griinberg, F. F. Zur Frage iiber morphologische Veranderungen im sympathi- schen Nervensystem bei experimenteller Bleivergiftung. Virchows Arch., 1930, 278: 372-82.— Hamada, I., & Nakano, M. On the morphological changes in the endings of the peripheral nerve fibres caused by experimental lead poisoning. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 491. Also Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1929, 3: 36.—Hayem. Nevropathie et saturnisme. J. med. int., Par., 1905, 9: 187-9.—Hudelo, A. Syndrome du neri du petit oblique et saturnisme. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1937, 15:484-6.—Koelsch, F. Ueber Bleineurasthenie. In Festschr. H. Zangger, Ziir., 1935, 1: 204-14.—Kubota, Y. Studies on xanthochromia of cerebrospinal fluid of saturnismus. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1934, 15: 41.—Kuroda, K. Study of chronaxie in lead-poisoned printers. Nagoya J. M. Sc, 193G, 10: 89-96.—Lehmann, K. B., Spatz, H., & Wisbaum-Neu- biirger, K. Die histologischen Veranderungen des Zentral- nervensystems bei der bleivergifteten Katze und deren Zusam- menhang mit den klinischen Erscheinungen insbesondere mit Krampfanfallen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 103: 323-60.—Leubuscher, P. Leber <.men wahrscheinlich durch Bleivergiftung entstandenen Fall von Myoklonie. Mschr. Psychiat., 1900, 19: 317-01.—Lewin. C., & Treu, R. Gibt ea spinale Erkrankungen durch Blei bei der beruflichen Blei- vergiftung? Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1587-9.—Lewy, F. H. Kann der praktische Arzt die Chronaxie bei Bleikranken selbst messen und wie? Zschr. arztl. Fortsch., 1929, 26: 324. ------ & Weiss, S. Ergebnisse einer neuen exakten Methode zum Nachweis der Bleischadigung [ Chronaxie] Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928) 1929, 59: 2. T., 213-8. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1505. —Lhermitte, J.. Kulikowsky & Trelles, J. O. Les effets de l'intoxication par la diethyl- phosphate de plomb sur le systeme nerveux. Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt 2, 622-9.—Manifestations nerveuses du saturnisme. Monde med., 1906, 16: 1123-31.—Mathon, K. [Disorders in psychomotoric functions in chronic lead poisoning] Cas. lek. eesk., 1936, 75: 751-3.—Mosny, E., & Malloisel. Saturnisme et lymphocytose rachidienne. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1904,57:211-4. ------ Saturnisme et lymphocytose cephalo- rachidienne. Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. ser., 36: 487-9.— Omaru, I. Histologische Veranderungen des Nervensystems bei der experimentellen Bleivergiftung. Fuknoka acta med., 1931, 24: 7-9.—Propper, N. I. [Effect of lead on the nervous system] Sovet. nevropat., 1933, 2: 133-41.—Reznikov, A. B. [Neurosaturnism] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2310-22.—Schmutter- mayer, F. Zur Begutachtung von Bleischiiden am Nerven- LEAD POISONING 591 LEAD POISONING system. Mschr. Unfallh., 1937, 44: 305-21.—Seghini, C. Neuralgia tossica da piombo e terapia calcica. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 241-7.—Serebrianik, B. ICases of affections of the nervous system in lead poisoning] Russ. klin., 1929, 11: 698- 708.—Spiller, W. G. The pathological changes in the nervous system in a case of lead poisoning. J. Med. Res., 1903, 10: 142-52, 7 pl.—Stroomann, G. Fragen der Bleivergiftung mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Nervensystems. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1939, 41: 498.—Ufland, U. M., & Molokov, B. M. [Effect of lead on the neuromuscular system] Gig. bezopas. pat. truda, 1929, 7: 40-50.—Vizioli, F. Aficroglia e oligodendroglia nella intossicazione sperimentale da piombo. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 35: No. 1, 183-9.—Weisz, S. Chro- naxiestudien; das Verhalten der Chronaxie bei experimenteller Bleischadigung. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 120: 403-8. --- Nervous system: Brain and spinal cord. Muller, W. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bleivergiftung unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung eines der spinalen Muskelatrophie ahnli- chen Krankheitsbildes. 13p. 8? Wiirzb., 1933. Strecker, H. L. F. *Ein Fall von Epilepsia saturnina [Jena] 24p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1936. Tiburtius, F. *Die Extensorenlahmung bei chronischer Bleivergiftung; iiber Epilepsia sa- turnina und ihr Verhaltnis zu Erkrankungen der Niere. 63p. 8? Ziir., 1876. Baonville, H., Ley, J., & Titeca, J. Meningo-encephalite saturnine. Bruxelles med., 1933-34, 14: 1057. Also Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1935, 39: 23-34.—Bezemer, F. [Case of lead encephalitis] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1376-80 — Blackman, S. S., jr. The lesions of lead encephalitis in children. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1937, 60: 1-44, 9 pl.—Duensing, F. Ueber spinale Bleischiidigungen und die Bedeutung der Liquor- Bleibestimmung fur die Erkennung der Bleischadigungen des Centralnervensystems. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1937, 143: 297-305.—Gobi, A. [The brain in lead poisoning] Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 344-6.—Hof, A. Ueber cerebrale Storungen bei Bleischadigung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1931, 117:-119: 214-25.—Holstein, E. Pyramidenbahnerkrankungen bei der Bleivergiftung. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1931, 2: 676-87 — Kobayasi, Y. Ueber die feinere Struktur der Epithelzellen des Plexus chorioideus bei bleivergifteten Affen. Psychiat. neur. jap., 1936, 40: 63.—Langen, C. D. de [Lead encephalitis and meningitis among the children in Java] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 151-8, 8 pl.—McKhann, C. F. Lead poisoning in children: the cerebral manifestations. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1931, 57: 183-93. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 27: 294-304.—Mosny, E., & Harvier, P. Meningo-encephalite aigue saturnine, suivie d'amaurose hysterique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1907, 3. ser., 24: 1344-54.—Nelson, R. L. Lead poisoning in children with special reference to lead en- cephalitis. Dallas M. J., 1934, 20: 78-81.—Netzley, R. E. Lead encephalitis; precipitated by acute infection. California West. M., 1937, 46: 306-8.—Propper, N. I. [Case of saturnine encephalo-myelitis] J, nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1929, 22: 610-9.—Roll and, D. Mielite trasversa da saturnismo pro- fessionale. Med. lavoro, 1928, 19: 342-6.—Riihl, A. Beitrag zur Apoplexiegenese an Hand eines Falles von Bleischadigung. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928) 1929, 59: 2. T., 304-10.—Sereb- rianik, B. Vom Begriff und Wesen der P.leiepiiepsie. Arch Psvchiat., Berl., 1929-30, 89: 102-12.—Staemmler, M. Ana- tomischer Befund bei Bleiepilepsie. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1210-2.—Weller, C. V. The experimental production of tolerance in respect to the meningocerebral manifestations of acute and sub-acute lead poisoning. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1926, 41: 34-47. Also Arch. Int. M., 3927, 39: 45-59 — Wilson, S. A. K. The amyotrophy of chronic lead poisoning; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis of toxic origin. Rev. Neur. Psychiat., Edinb., 1907, 5: 441-55, 2 pl. --- Nervous system: Encephalopathy. Schwarz, H. *Beitrag zur Encephalopathia saturnina. 20p. 23cm. Stetten-Basel, 1939. Zapel, E. *Uebex Bleivergiftung mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Encephalopathia saturnina [Freiburg i. B.] 40p. 8? Berl. [1929] Akelaitis, A. J. Lead encephalopathy in children and adults; a clinico-pathological study. J. Nerv. Ment., Dis., 1941, 93: 313-32.—Another case of saturnine encephalopathy. Hospital, Lond 1907 42: 684—Benard, R. L'encephalopathie satur- nine et la revision de la loi sur les maladies professionnelles. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1727-31 —Benon, R. L'encephalopathie saturnine. J. med. chir. lar., 1927, 98: 664-9.—Biemond, A., & Creveld, S. van. On the cerebellar form of saturnine encephalopathy. Acta paediat., Lpps., 19d9, 27: 51-62. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 16-23, pl.— Bortolani, A. Encephalopathia saturnina. Rev. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 501-5— Bucy, P- C, & Buchanan D. N. Ihe simula- tion of intracranial tumor by lead encephalopathy in children. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 244-o0.—Duvoir M., & Saint- Laurent, M. Le revision de 1 encephalopathy saturnine. Ann. med. leg., 1926, 6: 67-9.—Eden, K. C. A case of lead encephalopathy. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 490.—Evans, T. S. Encephalopathy due to chronic plumbism; report of a case. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 735-43.—Ferenczi, S. Encephalo- pathia saturnina. Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1904, 40: 315. Also Orv. hetil., 1903, 47: 803.—Gelinas, H. Encephalopathie saturnine. Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 677-9.—Gelman, J. Zur Klinik und Genese der Bleikrisen (Enzephalopathien) Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1929, 163: 1-13.—Geraghty, W. R. Encephalopathy from the therapeutic use of lead and opium pill. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 208. Also Samml. Vergift., 1938, 9: A, 21.—Golant, R. [Clinic of encephalopathia satur- nina] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1155-61.—Haverfield, W. T., & Elonen, A. S. Surgical treatment of lead encephalopathy, with particular reference to the prevention of sequelae. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1940, 44: 680. ------ & Bucy, P. C. The surgical treatment of lead encephalopathy with particular reference to the prevention of sequelae. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2432-7.—Hoffmann, K. J. Ueber Encephalopathia saturnina. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 115-7.—Judd, W. R. A case of lead encephalopathy. Brit. M. J., 1904, 1: 888.— Keyes, B. L., & Maharg, J. G. Lead encephalopathy with convulsions. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 193/, 37: 468.— Kclodziej, H. Ueber die isopathische Behandlung der Enze- phalopathia saturnina. Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 92.— Kowaloff, I. Lead encephalopathy; 2 cases, with a hypothesis of the biochemical pathogenesis. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1941, 61: 547-56.—Kwa, T. S. Lead encephalopathy in Chinese children. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. Med., 1934, 9: pt 2, 371-80, 4 pl.— Langen, C. D. de [Encephalopathy and meningitis due to lead- poisoning among the children in Java] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1934, 23: 111-7.—Levinson, A., & Harris, L. H. Lead encephalopathy in children. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 315-29.—Loe Ping Kian [Lead-encephalopathy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2571.—McNally, W. D. En- cephalopathy from inhaling fumes from burning storage battery boxes. J. Indust. Hyg., 1943, 25: 29.—Medearis, D. N. Lead encephalopathy. J. Kansas M. Soc, 1940. 41: 5-8.—Menetrier, P. Encephalopathie saturnine et hypertension arterielle Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1904, 3. ser., 21: 141-7.—Mosny, E., & Malloizel, L. Note sur une forme d'encephalopathie saturnine; meningo-encephalite saturnine aigue precoce. Tribune med., 1905, n. ser., 37: 277-9.—Motzfeldt, K. [En- cephalopathia saturnina] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1936, 97: 269-71.—Nussey, A. M., & Drybrough-Smith, I. Lead en- cephalopathy simulating cerebral tumour. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 379.—Ogg, T. A. W. A case of acute plumbic encephalo- pathy followed by muscular paralysis and optic neuritis. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-05, 25: 111.—Pagniez, P., Plichet, A., & Salles, P. A propos d'un cas d'encephalopathie saturnine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 636-42.—Pilon, A. Con- sideration sur deux cas d'encephalopathie saturnine simulant les tumeurs cerebrales de l'enfant. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 299-305.—Ranadive, G. K. Notes on a case of acute lead encephalopathy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 31.—Rastelli, G. Su di un caso di encefalopatia saturnina. Med. lavoro, 1940, 31: 88-93.—Rothschild, K. A case of lead encephalopathy with recovery. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75: 263-6 — Santillan, J., Soriano, F. S-, & Ongjoco, J. S. Encephalopathia saturnina; report of a case. J. Philippine M. Ass., 1941, 21: 455-61.—Schneider, A. Lead encephalopathy; report of a case. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1934, 3: 94-6.— Schwarz, H. G. Ueber Encephalopathia saturnina. Deut. med.-Wschr., 1934, 60: 1011-1.—Taeger, H. Encephalopathia saturnina mit postmortaler Temperatursteigerung. Samml. Vergift., 1938, 9: A, 23-30.—Toulouse, E., & Courtois, A. Un cas d'encephalopathie saturnine. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1930, 18: 95-9.—Tremolieres, F., & Tardieu, A. Satur- nisme et meningite tuberculeuse (contribution ou demembrement de l'encephalopathie saturnine) Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1661-71.—Tuthill, R. Neuropathology changes in a case of lead encephalopathy. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1929, 7: 15-9.—Van Buskim, L. H. Lead encephalo- pathy. Proc. Postcolleg. Clin. Assemb. Coll. M. Ohio Univ. 1938, 5: 281-3.—Verhaart, W. J. C. Encephalopathia satur- nina in Chinese infants. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. Med., 1934, 9 • pt 2, 583-92. ------ [Encephalopathia saturnina in infants] Meded. dienst. volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1935) 24: 130-8. ------■ Lead encephalopathy simulating diffuse sclerosis in a Chinese infant. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1941, 61: 1246-50. ------ [Lead encephalopathy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 2165, pl.—Williamson, C. S. A case of lead encephalopathy mimick- ing an acute abdominal condition. Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 9: 1367-73.—Winkelman, N. W., & Eckel, J. L. Lead encephalopathy; a clinico-pathological study. N. York State J. M., 1933, 33: 427-34. ---- Nervous system: Meningitis. Bernard, L., & Troisier, J. Sur un cas d'intoxication satur- nine avec meningite, anemie et ictere. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser., 25: 753-62.—Hirai, I. Meningism of sucklings in Japan from lead-poisoning. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44: 137.—Izuka, T. Serous meningitis caused by infantile lead poisoning before and after the discovery of the cause by Professor I. Hirai (Statistics of the Children's Clinic, Kyoto Imperial University) Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1928, 3: 42 —Kasahara, M. Die Klinik des Bleimeningismus im Sauglingsalter. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934, 56: 186-93.—Kato, K. Lead meningitis in infants; resume of Japanese contributions LEAD POISONING 592 LEAD POISONING on the diagnosis of lead poisoning in nurslings. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 44: 569.- Minamidc. H. Clinical and experi- mental studies of serous meningitis of infant.-. Onent. J. Dis. Inf Kyoto, 192S. 3: 47.- Mosnv, E., A- Malloizcl. La memn- Lote saturnine. Rev. mod.. Par., 1907. 27: .-.05-31: 659.- Mnsnv, E.. & Pinard. M. Meningite saturnine ainuo. Bull. S.,e mid. hop. Puns, 1908. 3. ser., 25: 484-90. Also Tribune med., Par.. 1908, n. ser., 40: 181-3. —Oetlingcr & Malloizcl. I'n cas de meningite subaigue d'origine saturnine teiminee par guerison. Ibid.. 1906, n. ser.. 38: 150-2.—Pinard. M. Etude cliniipie de la rneningite saturnine. Gaz. hop., 1008. 81: 963- 8.- Suzuki, I'.. & Kaneko, J. Serous meningitis in infants caused by lead poisoning from white powders. Polychn. Dairen, 1924-26, 2: No. 5, 1-12, ch. ---- Nervous system: Mental disorder. Curistiaxi, Y. *Psychische Storungen bei chronischer Bleivergiftung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der exogenon Schiidigungstypen [Gottingen] 24p. s? Diisseld., 1937. Byers, R. K., & Lord, E. E. Late effects of lead poisoning on mental development. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1943, 66: 471-94.— Christiani. V. Ueber drei Fiille von Blei-Vergiftung mit psychi- schen Storungen. Samml. Vergift., 1939. 10: A, 53-6.— Claude, H., & Levi-Valensi. Dipiegie braehiale polynevritique a debut apoplectiforme, avec troubles mentaux, au cours d'une intoxication saturnine chronique. Rev. neur., Par., 1908, 16: 1189-92.—Crisafulli, E. Contribuzione alio studio del sruurnismo mentale-nervoso. Ramazzini, 1908, 2: 469- 79.—Euziere, Vidal, J. [et al.] Troubles deiirants chez un M'.iuinin. Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934. 15: 581 3. - Kornyey, S. Ueber den Hirnbefund in zwei Fallen von akutem katatonem Erregungszustand bei Bleischadijiunir. Deut. Zschr. Neivenh., 1931. 122: 18-35.—Montanari. A, Sopra un caso di psieosi acuta in saturnismo. Pensiero med., 1927,16:50 3. Rawkin, I. G. Die psyehisehen Erkrankungen infolge von Blei\ ei sriftunu. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 133: 70 118. - Die neurotisehen und psychopatholo- gischen Symptom" bei Bleivergiftung. Ibid., 136: 720-81.— Ribbeling, ('. H. |( 'a.-c of psvchosis from lead poisoning] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 5076-81.—Schmitz, H. A. Ueber die psychopathologischen Symptome bei der Blei- vergiftung una ihre Bedeutung fiir den Gutachter. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1932, 19: 391.—Vallejo Nagera, A. Saturnismo y psicosis. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1933, 22: 393-6. ---—— & Comas, R. Contribuci6n al estudio de las psico- neurosis saturninas. Siglo med., 1931, 87: 249-52. ---- Nervous system: Neuritis. Rottenberg, M. Teber sensible Wurzel- neuritiden bei Bleivergiftung. 15p. 8? Basel, 1936. Allaire & Lesueur. Polynevrite saturnine; intoxication par Peau d'un puits. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1904, 2. ser., 12: 392-9 — Brown, J. E.. ji, & Smith, E. E. Peripheral neuritis due to lead. J. Pediat.. S. Louis, 1937, 10: 656-65.—Drogchina, E. A. [Toxic polyneuritis; had polyneuritis] In Izmen. nerv. sist. intoks. (Vsesoiuz. nauch. inst. gigien) Moskva, 1940, No. 1, 3-21.—Funk. W. H. A case of peripheral neuritis due to lead. F. S. Nav. M. Bull.. 1930. 34: 381.—Gibson, J. L. Plumbic neuritis. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1905) 1907;, 7: 3067-15.— Gill, J. M. Peripheral neuritis due to lead poisoning in children. Australas. M. Gaz., 1907, 26: 276-8.—Guthrie, L. G. Periph- eral neuritis and progressive muscular atrophv due to lead poisoning. Polyclinic, Lond., 1906, 10: 146.—Ludwig, H., & Rottenberg, M. Radiculitis saturnina. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 119-21.—Murray, G. A case of peripheral lead neuritis ttlth ha-matoporphyrinuria. Northumberland & Durham M. J.. 1898. fi: 9.—Villaverde, J. M. de. Ueber die Regenerations- moglirhkeiten bei der experimentellen Bleineuritis. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 146: 317-42. ---- Paralysis. See also Polyneuritis. Koch, E. K. W. *Ueber die spastische Spinalparalyse und ihre Beziehung zur Blei- vergiftung [Heidelberg] 27p. 8° Wiirzb., 1937. Lowenstein, F. *Ueber periphere Blei- lahmungen [Basel] 44p. 8? Wiirzb., 1934. Alajouanine, T., Thurel [et al.] La paralysie laryngee avec aphonie est un des sieges de predilection des paralysies satur- nines. Rev. neur., Par., 1939, 72: 75-84.—Alonso Sanudo. Paralisis por saturnismo; reeducacion ffsica. Rev. med. cir pract., Madr., 1906, 71: 456.—Alurralde, M. Un caso de paralisis saturnina. Rev. Soc. med. argent., 1902, 10: 813.— Bechtold, C. Ueber einen Fall von spastischer Spinalparalyse infolge einer Bleivergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 1648.—Bernhardt, M. Leber Bleilahmung bei Kindern. Beitr. wis-, med. Chem. 1 -e-tsehr. Ernst Salkowski, 1904, 12-6.— Binet, L., Chauchard, P.. & Perel, L. Les variations d'excita- bilite dans la paralysie saturnine experimentale du cobaye; action de l'hyposulfite de soude. C. rend. Soc biol., 1940, 133: 563-5.—CIuzet. Un cas de paralysie saturnine. Arch. med. Toulouse, 1906, 12: 202—Doleau & Petit. Para!\ sie saturnine precoce. Echo med. nord. 190-1, 8: 379.- Divry & Evrard. Paralysie saturnine par l'enu d'alimentation, ehe/ deux frert'a. Liege'med., 1936, 29: 41-52- -Gelfond, I. I. Sluchal paralicha vozoratnavo nerva s llevot storomt na pochvlo otravleniya svintsom. Russ. vrach, 1907, 6: 521. Harris, W. A ela-sirul case of lead palsy. Brit. M. J., 1935. I : 193, Howell, ('. M. H, Lead palsy presenting some unusual features. S. Baith. Hosp, Kep., Lond., 1908. 43: 76.—Jolly. Leber Blei- und Arsenik- lahmung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1893, 19: 97 9— Jiilich, W. reronousliihiiiung durch Bloiinhalal ion. Med. Klin., Herb, 1920, 22: 149:'.. Krnucher. G. Ein fall \ on Radialislahmung infolge Bh-isehiidigung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 598.— Marchal, R. A propos de deux cas de paralysie sat urnine. Rev. med., Louvain, 1931. 202. -Murray, G. Lead neuritis, with paralvsis of the flexors of the ankle-joint. Northumberland 4 Durham M. J.. 1898, 6: 146. Myerson, M. ('. Paralysis of the larynx due Lo lead poisoning; including a contradiction ol Semon's law. Arch. Otolar.. Chic, 1934, 20: 659-64.— Oliver. Case of lead paialjsis. Northumberland & Durham M. J., 1898, 6: 155. Perrin, M. Interpretation de 1I'uni- Iateralite prolongec dans un cas de paralysie saturnine nevri- tique. Mem. Soe. med. Nancy, 1907-08, 121-3. Also Rev. med. est, 1908, 40: 407-9.—Pollak [Fall von Bleiliihniung Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 1428.—Prioux, C. Paralysie oculaire primitive dans l'intoxication saturnine. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1904. 21: 403.—Raymond. La paralysie saturnine. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1904, 18: 403—ReznikofT, P., & Aub, J. C. Experimental studies of lead palsy. Arch. Neur. I'svchiat., Chic. 1927, 17: 444-05.— Schlick, A. Entspaiinungsbe- handlung bei Bleibihmung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1785.—Steiman, S. E. The action of lead on phosphocreatine in the muscular paralvsis of lead poisoning. Am. J. Physiol., 1939, 126: 261-9.—Straube, G., & Kalbitzer, H. W. Das isolierte spastische Spinalsyndrom bei Bleivergiftung. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1935, 138: 17-22.—Strotmeyer, A. Ueber Uleierkninkiingen, zugleich ein seltener Fall ausserberuflicher Bleilahniung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1931, n. F., 8: 234-8.— Tanca Marengo, .1. Dolicocolon v paralisis de origen plumbico. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas. 1936, 27: 268-75.—Vachetta, A. Zoppicatura e paralisi saturnina. Nuovo crcolani, 1907, 12: 257-9.—Zappert [Demonstration eines 5jahrigen Kindes mit Bleilahmung] Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1904, 3: 174. ---- Paralysis: Antebrachial and brachial type. Bottrich. Grundsatzliches zur Beurteilung von Bleilah- mungen. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1930, n. F., 7: 93.—Brain, W. R. Symmetrical paralysis of shoulder-girdle muscles and extensors or wrists and fingers? due to lead. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 662.—Ceballos & Cosentino. Paralisis antibraquial saturnina (en regresi6n) Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 748-50.—Duvoir, M., Descoust, P. H., & Gaultier, M. Le svndrome d'Aran-Duchenne saturnin. Bull. Soc. med. h6p, Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 1058-65.—Gerbis, H. Kombinierte Armnerveiih'ihmung bei einem Falle von Bleivergiftung. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1935, 41 : 241-4— Gordon. A. A patient with ainvotrophy of the intrinsic muscles of the hands due to lead intoxication. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1906, 33: 730. --- — Atrophy of the intrinsic muscles of the hands due to lead poisoning. N. York M. J., 1906, 83: 1125.—Gublcr. De la tumefaction du dos des mains dans la paralysie saturnine. Presse med. beige, 1867-68, 20: 349.—Klima, J., & Nistler, L. [Weakness of the extensor muscles as symptom of lead poison- ing] Cas. lek. eesk., 1935, 74: 818.—Koiransky, B. B. Strek- kerschwache bei Bleieinwirkung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1928, n. F., 5: 40-51. ------ Die Streckerschwiiche bei Saturnis- mus. Ibid., 1929, n. F., 6: 65-71.—Merklen, P.. & Guiard, H. Paralysie saturnine a type partiel Aran-Duchenne. Arch. neur., Par., 1904, 2. ser., 12: 309-15.—Minet, J., & Verhacghe, E. Paralvsie saturnine du type brachial superieur. Echo med. nord, 1908, 12: 396-8.—Raspail, F. V. De l'influenee des vapeurs de plomb sur la paralysie des membres superieurs. Rev. compl. sc appl. med., Par., 1859-60, 6: 97-100.—Richon & Kissel. Dipiegie braehiale saturnine. Rev. med. est, 1934, 62: 374.—Spota, B. B. Paralisis simetriea anti-braquial saturnina. Rev. Cfrc. med. argent., 1930, 30: 1880-90. ----- & Boisbehere, R. B. Consideraciones acerca de un caso de paralisis simetriea antibraquial saturnina. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1928, 3: 520-9.—Teleky, L. Die Streckerschwiiche. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1928, n. F., 5: 80-2. ------ Streckerlalimung bei Bleiarbeitern. Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 723.----- & Schulz, W. Die Streckerschwache bei Bleieinwirkung. Zschr. Hyg., 1926, 106: 394-420. Vigdortschick, N. A. Die Streckerschwache der Hand bei Bleivergiftung (das Symptom Teleky's) Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1927, n. F., 4: 435-40.----- Nochmals zur Frage der Streckerschwache der Hand bei Saturnismus. Ibid., 1928, n. F., 5: 274-9. ---- Paralysis, generalized. Chatin. Paralysie saturnine generalisee avec amyotrophie intense; guerison. Rev. internat. med. chir., 1908, 19: 1-3. Courtellemont. Paralysie saturnine generalisee, par intoxica- tion professionnelle, chez une ramasseuse de sacs. Nord med., 1905, 11: 53-6.—Dunlap, C. B. A case of lead poisoning probably complicated by general paralysis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1905, 32: 793-5.—Marie, A. Cerveau de paralyti9"<: general saturnin. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser., 25: 104-8. ------ & Requier. Analyse chimique du cerveau de LEAD POISONING 593 LEAD POISONING paralytique general saturnin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 62: 675-7.—Thomas, H. M. A case of generalized lead paralysis, with a review of the cases of lead palsy seen in the hospital' BulL Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1904, 15: 209-12. ---- Pathology. Hambotjrg, C. *Sur la presence des traces de plomb dans les visceres humains; contribution a l'etude du saturnisme. 42p. 8? Par., 1928. Aubertin, C. Encephalopathie convulsive, cedeme aigu du poumon, hemorragies surrenales dans le saturnisme experi- mental. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser., 25: 57-60.— Bernard, L., & Troisier, J. Sur un cas d'intoxi cations saturnine avec meningite, anemie et ictere. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. ser., 40: 319-11.—Blackman, S. S. Intranuclear inclusion bodies in the kidney and liver caused by lead poisoning Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 58: 384-400, 2 pl.—Celli, P. Su di una lezione rara da saturnismo; tumori ialino-amiloidi delle linfoghiandole del mediastino. Sperimentale, 1935, 89: 749-70.—Freifeld, H. Zur Frage der pathologisch-anatomi- schen Veranderungen bei der Bleivergiftung. Virchows Arch., 1928, 268: 456-68.—Nicolau, S., & Baffet, O. Formations simulant les inclusions a ultravirus dans le rein et dans le foie d'animaux soumis a l'intoxication saturnienne. C. rend. Soc biol., 1937, 126: 659-63.—Rabinowitch, I. M. Some of the biochemical aspects of lead poisoning. Internat. Clin., 1934 44. ser., 1: 196-201.—Uyeno, H. Ueber das Blutbild und die pathologisch-histologischen Veranderungen einiger Organe bei der experimentellen akuten Bleivergiftung des Kaninchens. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 672.—Vallery-Radot, P., Mauric, G„ & Lemant, J. fiepatonephrite aigue d'origine saturnine. Bull, med., Par., 1938, 52: 184. Also Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 76-9. --- Pharmacology. See also Lead, Toxicology. Kamm, B. *Experimentelle Beitrage zur Therapie der Bleivergiftung. 16p. 8? Frankf. a. M., 1927. Perel, L. [i. e., Arya-Layb] Contributions experimentales a l'etude du saturnisme; essai de neutralisation; remarques physio-pathologiques. 80p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Baernstein, H. D., & Grand, J. A. The relation of protein intake to lead poisoning in rats. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1942, 74: 18-24. ------& Neal, P. A. The effect of protein intake on lead poisoning. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1941, 35. Meet., 8.—Binet, L., & Perel, L. L'intoxication saturnine experimentale; essais de neutralisation. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 956. ------ & Chauchard, P. Les variations d'excitabilite dans la paralysis saturnine experimentale du cobaye; action de l'hyposulfite de soude. Gaz. hop., 1940, 113: 429.—Binet, L., Perel, L., & Glotz, G. Action de l'hyposulfite de soude sur la coproporphyrinurie saturnine experimentale chez le lapin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1«XS9, 132: 195- Capelli, F. L'azione del magnesio nell'anemia saturnina. Med. lavoro, 1938, 29: 43-52.—Croll, G. The effect of drinking water on lead poisoning in experimental animals. Med. J. Australia,, 1937, 2: 598-600.—Egorov, A., & Abramson, T. J. Zur Frage der Regeneration der Erythrocyten bei mit Blei vergifteten Kaninchen unter dem Einflusse von Schlammbadem; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1928-29, 36: 84-92.— Evans, E. E., Norwood, W. D. [et al.] The effects of ascorbic acid in relation to lead absorption. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 501-4.—Hadjioloff, C. Richtlinien fiir die Kalziumtherapie bei Bleivergiftungen; mikroanalytische Untersuchungen iiber die Kalziumwirkung auf die Bleiausscheidung unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Sauren-Basengleichgewichtes. Arch. Gewerbepath., 1940-41, 10: 360-9.—Holmes, H. N., Campbell, K., & Amberg, E. J. The effect of vitamin C on lead poisoning. J. Lab. Chn. M., 1938-39, 24: 1119-27.—Hunter, D., & Aub, J. C. The effect of the parathyroid hormone on the excretion of lead and of calcium in patients suffering from lead poisoning. Q. J. Med., 1926-27, 20: 123-40.—Kety, S. S. The lead citrate complex ion and its role in the physiology and therapy of lead poisoning. J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 142: 181-92.—Lourau, M., Sacy, G. S. de, & Arthus, A. Regenerations sanguines produites dans le saturnisme experimental par un facteur hepatique hydro- loluble; generalite de la reaction. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 642-4.—Ludwig, H. Experimentelles zur Komplexbildungs- Therapie der chronischen Blei- und Quecksilbervergiftung. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 210: 353-92.—Massione, R., & Bareggi, B. Comportamento della riserva alcalina e del pH orinario nel saturnismo prima e dopo iniezioni di Ca e di Mg. Med. lavoro, 1941, 32: 63-70.—Maugeri, S., & Capellini, A. L'influenza dell'acidosi e deH'alcalosi nel saturnismo sperimentale. Ibid., 1939, 30: 257-66.—Maugeri, S., & Mutolo, P. Ricerche sul- l'azione del magnesio nell'intossicazione de piombo; l'azione del magnesio sulla porfirinuria da piombo. Ibid., 1935, 26: 201- 9.—Maugeri, S., & Santi, C. Calcio e magnesio nella profilassi del saturnismo sperimentale. Ibid., 1938, 29: 1-14.—Schmitt, F., & Lossie, H. Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung von S- Hydril bei Bleivergiftung. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1938, 182: 200-3. ------ Beeinflussung des Mineralhaushaltes und Bleispiegels bei akuter und chronischer Bleivergiftung durch 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----38 Natriumthiosulfat; Verhalten des Blutbleispiegels und des Mineralhaushaltes bei verschiedenen Krankheiten. Ibid., 1939, 184: 405-32— Shelling, D. H. Effect of dietary calcium and phosphorus on toxicity of lead in the rat: rationale of phosphate therapy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30: 248-54.—Sobel, A. E„ Gawron, O., & Kramer, B. Influence of vitamin D in experimental lead poisoning. Ibid., 1938, 38: 433-5.—Sobel, A. E., Wexler, I. B. [et al.] Influence of dietary calcium and phosphorus upon action of vitamin D in experi- mental lead poisoning. Ibid., 435-7.—Sobel, A. E., Yuska, H. [et al.] Influence of dietary phosphorus, calcium, and vitamin D in experimental lead poisoning. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1939, 9: p. xcvi.—Trizzino, E., & Polese, I. Anemia speri- mentale da piombo: influenza della milza e dell'epatoterapia. Rass. med. indust., 1941, 12: 269 (Abstr.)— Waniek, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen neuerer Behandlungsverfahren der Bleivergiftung; Glukose-, Insulin- und Leberextraktver- abreichung. Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen, 1942-43, 12: 497 (Abstr.)—Yosida, S. Biochemical study on lead; results of activated charcoal in excreting the lead through the digestive canal of rabbit poisoned with lead given externally. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1939, 26: 9. ---- Physiopathology. Aliavdin, N. K., & Peregud, E. A. [Lead in the duodenal juice in saturnism] Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 604-9.—Bickert, F. W. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss gewerblicher Gifte auf dei Immunkorperbildung; Blei. Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1931, 106: 271-98.—Di Prisco, L. Comportamento degli anticorpi di immunizzazione in animali in stato di intossicazione cronica da piombo e de fosforo. Gior. batter, immun., 1933, 10: 1206- 13.—Emminger, E., & Battistini, G. Fluorescenzmikroskopische Untersuchungen an bleivergifteten Kaninchen mit und ohne Calciumzufuhr. Virchows Arch., 1933, 290: 492-500.— Giudici, E. La perspiratio insensibilis nel saturnismo cronico. Clin. med. ital., 1932, 63: 271-93.—Neri, F., & Miceli, A. Intossicazioni e difese immunitarie; ulteriori ricerche sulla influenza del saturnismo sperimentale sulla immunita anti- carbonchiosa. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 23: 380-5.—Seitz, A. Farbstoffadsorption im Serum Bleikranker. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 1234. ------ Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Farbstoffadsorption im Serum Bleikranker. Ibid., 1933, 12: 1864-6; 1934, 13: 20.—Semmola, L. L'influenza di alcune intossicazioni sulla produzione degli anticorpi; ricerche speri- mentali; l'intossicazione da piombo e la produzione degli anticorpi. Gior. batt. immun., 1934, 12: 225-40.—Velicogna, A. Formazione di anticorpi nell'intossicazione saturnina sperimentale. Ibid., 317-24. ---- Prevention. Dreessen, W. C, Edwards, T. I. [et al.] The control of the lead hazard in the storage battery industry. 138p. 23>^cm. Wash., 1941. Fayein, A. *Prophylaxie du saturnisme dans un atelier de carrosserie automobile; methodes et resultats. 75p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Haack, K. *Vereinheitlichung der Blutunter- suchungs-Verfahren bei Bleigefahrdeten [Ros- tock] 36p. 8? Chemnitz, 1929. Pereira Ramos d'Abretj, J. M. *Algumas consideracoes hygienicas sobre o chumbo. 66p. 8? Lisb., 1879. Badham, C. Lead poisoning. Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S Wales (1935) 1937, 93 (1936) 1938, 94.—Bauer, M. Die Verordnung zum Schutze gegen Bleivergiftung bei Anstrich- arbeiten vom 27. Mai 1930. Arbeiterschutz, 1930, 105-10.— Belknap, E. L. Control of lead poisoning in the worker. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 205-11.—Causse, H. Le plomb au point de vue chimique et hygienique. Lyon med., 1907, 109: 93-103; 133.—Chronique de l'hygiene. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1908, 24: 14-26.—Conlin, A. How to remove lead from maple sirup. Food Indust., 1940, 12: 52.—Duvoir, M., & Desoille, H. Les methodes nouvelles de depistage du sa- turnisme. In Annee med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 455.—Fordos, M. Nota sull'impiego della granaglia di ferro per rimpiazzare quella di piombo nello sciacquamento delle bottiglie. Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1874, 23: 394-6.—Gollasch. Atemschutz beim brennengestrichener Bleifarben. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1936, 43: 9-11.—Grawitz, E. Vorschlage zur personlichen Prophylaxe gegen Bleivergiftungen. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1905) 1906, 36: 225-30. Also Berl. klin. Wschr., 1905, 42: 1428-30.—Heller, I. [Prevention and treatment of lead poison- ing] Orv. hetil., 1939, 83: 639-41.—Hillig, H. Die Bleiver- giftung und ihre Verhiitungsmdglichkeit. Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1903, 10: 539-43. ------ Die Bleivergiftung und ihre Ver- hiitungsmoglichkeit; eine Entgegnung. Ibid., 1904, 11: 80-2.— Holl, K. Die Entgiftung von bleihaltigem Wasser. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 43: 339.—Kammer, A. G. Control or elimination of health hazards'in manufacture and use of ledloy. Proc. Annual Sympos. Northwest. Univ. M. School Dep. Indust. M., 1939, 3: 78-88.—Kehoe, R. A. Recognition and prevention of lead poisoning. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 66: 444-7.—Klein, C. A. The prevention of lead poisoning in industry; the India rubber industry (methods of concentration of controlled risk) LEAD POISONING 594 LEAD POISONING J. Indust. Hyg., 1926, 8: 296-9.— Koiransky, B. B. [Use of calcium as a preventive measure in lead industries] Sovet. viach. gaz.. 1932. 36: 047. Also Zbl. Gewerbehyg.. 1933, n. F.. 10: 37-40.- Lanncn, C. D. de [Lead encephalopathia and safeguarding against lead in toilet preparations] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 785, pl/—Laubry, C. I a suppression du blanc de ceruse et la conference du docteur Mosny au Tro- cadero. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. ser., 37: 705-7.—Lead poisoning. Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales (1934) 1936, 114—6.—Leclerc de Pulligny. Interdiction des boites de con- serve peintes ou vernies a l'aide de couleurs a base de plomb. Ann. hyg., Par., 1908, 10: 453-5.—Lederer, L. G.. A Bing, F. C. Proper diet may guard against accumulation of lead in body. Diplomate, 1941, 13: 159.—Letulle, M. Le saturnisme au Senat. Presse med., 1906, 14: annex, 705-7.—McKail, D. Prophylaxis in industrial lead poisoning. J. Indust. Hyg., 1926, 8: 74-7.—Oliver, T. The amelioration of a social and occupa- tional malady; lead poisoning, past and present. J. R. Inst. Pub. Health, 1941, 4: 93-9.—Panse, F. Fortschritte in der Erkennung und Bekampfung der Bleivergiftung in der Industrie und im Gewerbe; neu aufgetretene Bleivergiftungsgefahren. Verbff. Medverwalt., 1929, 29: 615-58.—Prevention (The) of lead poisoning in foundries. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1676.—Roch, M. De l'intoxication saturnine k Geneve; k propos du projet de loi en discussion au Grand Conseil. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1907, 27: 81-98.—Rogde, J. Lead absorption and lead poisoning; prophylaxis. Southwest. M., 1938, 22: 445-^7.—Taccani, G., & Minoprio, L. Valore pratico della reazione di Takata-Ara come metodo die indagine della fun- zionalita epatica nella prevenzione del saturnismo. Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed. (1938) 1939, 8. Congr., 2: 1099- 101.—Teleki, L. La proibizione della biacca di piombo in Austria. Ramazzini, 1908, 2: 337-41.—Tolman, C. P. Lead poisoning and its prevention. Proc. Nat. Safety Counc, 1919, 8: 448-58.—T6»h, I. Kuzdelem az 61ommergezes ellen. Orv. hetil., 1906, 50: 374-6. Also Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1907, 43: 261: 289; 313; passim.—Treille. Argumentation contre l'in- terdiction de l'emploi du blanc de ceruse. Bull, med., Par., 1905, 19: 985-7.—Weber, H. Ueber die bisherige Wirksam- keit der Gesetze gegen Bleivergiftung auf aussergewerblichem und gewerblichem Gebiete. Vjschr. gerichtl. Med., 1904, 3. F., 27: 116-72.—Weyrauch. F., & Necke, A. Zur Frage der Milch-, Schleimsuppen- und Fettprophylaxe bei der Bleiver- giftung. Zschr. Hygiene, 1932-33, 114: 629-36. ---- Respiratory system. Chodiko, W. Prypadek zatrucia olowiowego z zajeciem krtani; zejscie amiertelne wskatek porazenia nerwu blednego (n. vagus) Czas. lek., 1905, 7: 337-46.—Feil, A. Action du plomb sur l'appareil respiratoire. Presse med., 1937, 45: 580.— Guida, G. La laringe nelle tossicosi saturnine. Valsalva, 1929, 5: 691-7.—Lenzi, L. Le lesioni da piombo nei vasi del polmone. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1934, 5: 335-75, 7 pi.—Morenos Cobos, E., & Munuera Morosoli, L. Sur la pneumokoniose saturnine. Ann. med., Par., 1931, 30: 15-30.—Sacher, A. Die Berufskrankheiten des Gehororgans und der oberen Luftwege bei den gewerblichen Bleivergiftungen. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1927, 61: 754-75. ---- Sense organs. See also Blindness. Kurtze, G. *Chronische Bleivergiftung mit Augenhintergrundsveranderungen. 24p. 8? Berl., 1936. Missionzhnik, J. D. [Effect of industrial lead poisoning on the auditory organ] 79p. 22cm. [Kiev] 1935. Bartok, I. [Eye symptoms of lead poisoning] Orvoskepzes, 1932, 22:41-7.—Bramwell, B. A peculiar case of lead poisoning with tremors and marked loss of vision, both for white and for colours, without any changes in the fundus oculi; rapid recovery under sulphate of magnesia and iodide of potassium. Chn Stud., Edinb., 1908-09, 7: 57-61.—Bruwers, A. Verlangerung der mydriatischen Wirkung des Suprarenins durch chronische Bleivergiftung. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 217-20.— Galezowski, J. Les manifestations oculaires du saturnisme. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1906, 1: 1613-26.—Giannantoni, C. Ricerche sperimentali sull'ambliopia tossica saturnina. Boll ocul., 1933, 12: 89-128.—Gibson, J. L. Ocular plumbism in children. Brit. J. Ophth., 1931,15: 637-42.—Good, P. Choked discs in lead encephalopathy. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 794- 7.—Heyn, L. G. Optic neuritis due to lead intoxication. J. Med., Cincin., 1934, 15: 517-20.—Hirtz, E. A propos de la communication de MM. Mosny et Harvier sur I'amaurose saturnine. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser., 25: 289.— Krainz, W. Veranderungen der Labyrinthkapsel des Kanin- chens bei Bleivergiftung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 1211-6.— Lapersonne, F. de. L'ceil saturnin. Presse med., 1906, 14: 761.—Leoz, G. Un caso de ambliopia saturnina. Arch.' oft hisp. amer., 1917, 17: 442-9.—Lewin, L. Die chronische \ergiftung des Auges mit Blei. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1904, 41: 1298-300.—Lobeck, E. Zur Kenntnis der Netzhautverande- rungen bei chronischer Bleivergiftung. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1936, 135: 165-8.—Loewe, O. A case of transient lead amau- rosis. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1906, 35: 164-71.—Lyle, D. J Lead optic neuritis; case report. J. Med., Cincin., 1934, 15] 521.—Montmollin, R. de. Scotomes positifa au cours du saturnisme. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1284.— Mosny, E., «V- Hnrvier, P. I. amaurosis saturnine, trouble fonctionnei ou lesion organique. Hull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1908, 3. ser. 25: 20S 78. -Mohho, G. Emianopsia orizzontalc da saturnismo Ann. ottalm., 1920, 54: 97-9. ------ Saturnismo e complb canze oculari. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 930-7.— Pedley, F. G. The effects of lead on the vision; a case of subhyaloid' hemorrhage. J. Indust. Hyg., 1930, 12: 359-63.—Hist, E., 4 Bornait-Legueule. Amaurose saturnine et hypertension arterielle. Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1906, 3. ser., 23: 632-5.— Ros, A. Neuritis retrobulbar, por intoxication saturnina Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1929, 29: 503-7.—Sherer, J. W. Lead amblyopia with cataract from (he same source. .1. Missouri M. Ass., 1935, 32: 275-7.— Wirsing. Ueber Bleivergiftung mit Augenerkrankung. Deut. med. W.schr., 1907, 33: 1854-8. ---- Skin, mouth, and mucous membranes. Alles, L. *Kann man durch entziindliche Reize bei experimenteller Bleivergiftung die Bleisaumbildungbegiinstigen? 17p. 8? Wiirzb 1931. Lahmann, F. K. *Ursachen der Bleivergiftung und deren Erscheinungen in der Mundhohle [Berlin] 16p. 8? Giitersloh, 1935. Merit., R. *Ueber die diagnostische und prognostische Bedeutung des Bleisaumes fiir Bleivergiftung [Kiel] 17p. 8? Memmingen, 1934. Niederland, E. * Ueber Schadigungen der Mundschleimhaut, die auf gcwerblicher Grund- lage entstehen, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Veranderungen durch Bleivergiftung. 40p 8? Wurzb., 1932. Plenkers, L. *Kasuistische Beitrage zu den besonders in der Mundhohle auftretenden Sym- ptom der Bleivergiftung [Wiirzburg] 24p. 8! Lengerich, 1937. Schroder, F. K. *Gewerbeschadigungen in der Mundhohle unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Bleierkrankung und ihre unfallrechtliche Bedeutung [Munchen] 24 p. 8? Pfaffenhofen, 1936. Stettenheimer, A. *Die Bleivergiftung unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Mundhohle [Munchen] 34p. 22cm. Diisseld., 1937. Arquembourg, L., & Minet, J. Lesions trophiques dea ongles des orteils chez un saturnin. Echo med. nord, 1904, 8: 377-9. ------ Un nouveau cas de lesions trophiques des ongles des orteils chez un saturnin. Ibid., 1905, 9: 115.— Breijer, H. B. G., Lignac, G. O. E., & Veer, W. L. C. [On lead-bismuth- line and bismuth-line among the Javanese; histochemical identification] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 5041-8, pl.—Djerassi, J. Bleivergiftung. Zschr. Stomat, 1926, 24: 510-4.—Engelhardt, W., & Meerkamp, W. Gibt es isoliert auftretende Schadigungen der Haut durch Blei oder seine Verbindungen? Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 254-60.— Friedland, I. G. [Significance of lead poisoning in the etiology of certain dermatoses] Sovet. vrach. J., 1939, 43: 557-66 — Guggenheim, R. Bleiekzem als Berufskrankheit. Schweiz, med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 277-80.—Herrmann, M. Zur Lokalisie- rung des Schwefelbleiniederschlages beim Bleisaum. Vjschr. Zahnh., 1933, 49: 1-16.—Joseph, M. Glossitis saturnina. Derm. ZbL, 1907, 10: 133-5.—Klassen, P. Ueber diagnostische Fehler der Bleisaumerkennung. Mschr. Unfallh., 1931, 38: 56-9.—Liibben, H. Bleivergiftung und Zahnneischentzilndung. Veroff. Medverwalt., 1934-35, 44: 79-100.—Minker, M. A. Der Bleisaum. Deut. Mschr. Zahnh. 1928, 46: 401-12. Ramel, E., & Schenk, J. J. Scorbut provoque par intoxication au plomb; guerison par transfusion. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 364. ---- Source. See also Drinking water, Contamination; Food, canned; Injury, gunshot; Kitchen utensils; Silk; Tobacco, etc. Alexander, A. J., & Downing, R. E. Lead poisoning in children; report of an epidemic due to the burning of storage battery casings as fuel. Internat. Clin., 1941, n. ser., 2:229-42. A«b. 3. C. Lead as a hazard. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2237.—Bartleman, E. L., & Dukes, C. Chronic lead poisoning due to theatrical grease paint. Brit. M. J., 1936, 1: 528-30.— Burning old storage battery boxes still a source of lead poisoning in infants and children. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1940, 55: 1278.;—Carrieu, M., Cabannes, R. [et al.] II faut penser aux intoxications saturnines causees par les etamages. Rev. hyg., Par., 1938, 60: 454-60.—Chalmers, J. N. M. Observation! on non-industrial lead poisoning. Glasgow M. J., 1940, 134: LEAD POISONING 595 i LEAD POISONING 199-212.—Conway, N. Lead poisoning from unusual causes. Indust. M., 1940, 9: 471-7.—Emploi de la ceruse. Bull. serv. sante, Brux., 1904, 126-32.—Fairhall, L. T., & Heim, J. W. The problem of the possible health hazard of lead weighted silk fabric. J. Indust. Hyg., 1932, 14: 317-27.—Gibson, J. L. A plea for painted railings and painted walls of rooms as the source of lead poisoning amongst Queensland children. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., 1904, 23: 149-53.—Hansmann, G. H., & Perry, M. C. Lead absorption and intoxication in man un- associated with occupations or industrial hazards; absorption of lead from 11 weeks of intrauterine life to 93 years of age. Arch. Path., Chic, 1940, 30: 226-39.—Hess. Empoisonnement de plusieurs vaches par un sel de plomb. J. med. vet., Lyon, 1851, 7: 157-60.—Jephcott, C. M. Lead in certain coloured chalks and the danger to children. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1937, 28: 391-3.—Jousset, A., Darcissac, M., & Hennion. Stomatite saturnine avec intoxication generate grave, suite d'une tentative d'avortement. Rev. stomat., Par., 1933, 35: 253-6.—Lead poisoning from burning of battery casings. Baltimore Health News, 1932, 9: 73.—Leake, J. P. Lead hazards. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1105-7.—Liebermann, B. Seltenere Wege der Bleivergiftung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 746.—Manson, J. S. Poisoning by volatile lead salts. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 114.—Minot, S. A. The physio- logical effects of small amounts of lead; an evaluation of the lead hazard of the average individual. Physiol. Rev., 1938, 18: 554-77.—Morisige, S. Ueber die Bleivergiftung der Sauglinge durch das Farbstoff des Bettes. Acta paediat. jap., 1938, 44: 65.—Pagniez, P., & Lerond, L. Intoxication saturnine par couverts en metal plombifere. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris. 1926, 3. ser., 1: 1585-7.—Purjesz, B., Vass, A., & Pap, J. [Non-industrial lead poisoning] Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 161-4.-— Rathmell, T. K., & Smith, F. L., 2d. Toy dishes and acute plumbism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 242.—Rice, M. B. White-lead poisoning. Alkaloid. Clin., 1905, 12: 460-2 — Sorrentino, M. Strana intossicazione de piombo. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 450-2.—Stephens, G. A. An important factor in the causation of lead poisoning. Med. Press, Dub., 1932, 134: 430-32.—Werner, I. Bleihaltiger Sand als Ursache der Bleivergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 103.—Weyrauch, F. Ueber Plumbophagie. Ibid., 1935, 61: 348.—Wilcox, L. D. Lead poisoning from canned heat. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40: 479.—Williams, H., Schulze, W. H. [et al.] Lead poisoning from the burning of battery casings. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1485-9.—Wuerthele, H. W. Golf balls as a source of lead poisoning. Ibid., 1928, 91: 1989.—Yang, C-S., Chang, S., & Kusum Liu. Lead poisoning with special reference to some unusual sources of intoxication; a report of 13 cases. Chin. M.J, 1937,51:945-50. --- Source: Food. See also Lead, Occurrence: Food, and drink. Breton, R. Contribution a l'etude de l'influence sur l'organisme des aliments de conserve; recherche, dosage et role de plomb [Lyon] 126p. 8? Trevoux, 1935. Brouardel. L'intoxication saturnine causee par les ali- ments; modes d'absorption et d'eiimination du plomb. Med. mod., Par., 1904, 15: 25-7.—Duy, J. Ueber Bleivergiftung durch Mostgenuss. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1413-5.— Felletar, E. Olomtartalmu szilvapalinka ivasa altal okozott haldlos mergezes esetei. Gy6gyaszat, 1905, 45: 839-41.— Fourcade, J. Alliages d'etain et intoxications d'origine ali- mentaire par le plomb. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1938, 19: 220-2.—Franchetti, A. Saturnismo da farina. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 232.—Gengoux. Un cas d'intoxication alimentaire par le plomb [Discussion] Arch. med. sociale, Brux., 1939, 2: 904-6.—Knowlton, M. Lead poisoning from wine. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 1892.— Laho & Mosselman. Observation d'intoxication saturnine aigue des betes bovines; reflexion sur la nocuite de la viande provenant des betes empoisonnees. Ann. med-. vet., Brux., 1893, 42: 65; 128.—Lea, W. L-, & Fluck, W. Z. The potential lead hazard in the milk canning industry. J. Indust. Hyg., 1944, 26: 94-8.—Manceau, P., Griffon & Breton, R. Sur ['introduction du plomb dans l'organisme par quelques boissons et aliments de conserve. Ann. falsif., Par., 1936, 29: 325-41. --- Source: Medicament, dentifrice,. snuff, etc. Arneill, J. R. A case of lead-poisoning, caused by the use of lead acetate in therapeutic doses. Am. Med., 1905, 10: 665.— Bauer, W., & Ropes, M. W. A case of lead poisoning resulting from the use of snuff; lead studies. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 757-9.—Fournials, M., Bonnet, P., & Vialard-Goudou, R. Sur un cas d'intoxication par le plomb ayant entraine la mort a la suite d'ingestion de pilules anti-opium. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1939, 37: 590-604.—Gendron, A., & Auvigne, R. Une intoxication saturnine par poudre a priser. Clinique, Par., 1933, 28: 56.—Hellstern, E. P. Gesundheitsschadigungen durch bleihaltige Zahnpastentuben. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1257 — Jong, de [Tobacco as possible source of lead-poisoning] Geneesk. gids, 1941, 19: 148.—Le Fevre de Arric, M. Accidents graves de saturnisme par le tabac a priser. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1932, 5. ser., 12: 252-65.—Little, A. E. Lead poison- ing from taking diachylon. Brit. M. J., 1906, 1: 499.—Matz, M. H. Lead poisoning caused by plaster of lead oleate, diachy , Ion; report of a case occurring during the treatment of infantile eczema. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1942, 59: 805-8.—Millard. Intoxication saturnine causee par du sous-nitrate de bismuth impur. J. chim. med., Par., 1867, 5. ser., 3: 180-7.—Pepper, W. A case of lead-poisoning caused by the use of lead acetate in therapeutic doses. Am. Med., 1906, 11: 472.—Reitzel, R. J. Lead poisoning from snuff. Ann. Int. M., 1929-30, 3: 378- 85.—Sjovall, S. Ett fall of blyforgiftning genom s. k. Burows- losning. Hygiea, Stockh., 1906, 2. F., 6: 895-900.—Tranquilli. Saturnismo per causa terapeutica. Gazz. med. Roma, 1906, 32: 365-73; 393.—Uttal, J. Chronic lead poisoning from snuff; report of 3 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 288-90. ---- Source: Projectile. Fischer, W. Ueber Bleivergiftungen bei Steckschussen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937, 38: 321-30.—Futch, C. E. Lead intoxication from a bullet lodged in the sphenoid sinus and surgical removal of the nidus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 580-2.—Haagen, W. W. Ueber Bleivergiftung nach Steck- schiissen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: 39-47.—Habs. Ueber Bleivergiftung bei Steckgeschoss. Ibid., 1927, 200: 584-605, pl.—Haenisch, G. F. Ueber die Bleivergiftung bei Steckschuss. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 53: 484-9.— Londres, G. Intoxication saturnine par une balle de plomb. Presse med., 1934, 42: 465-8.—Quivogne. Empoisonnement par des plombs de chasse. J. med. vet., Lyon, 1859, 15: 71-82. —Savitsch, E. de. Un cas de saturnisme chronique tardif, suite de blessures de guerre (fragments de grenade) ayant simuie, successivement, une sclerose en plaques, puis une polynevrite avec ulcere peptique. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1938, 38: 32- 8.-—Senturia, H. R. The roentgen findings in increased lead absorption due to retained projectiles. Am. J. Roentg., 1942, 47: 381-91.—Taeger, H. Fragliche chronische Blei-Vergiftung durch eingeheilte Schrotkugeln. Samml. Vergift., 1938, 9: B, 61-8.—Von Hagen, K. O. Lead palsy resulting from frag- mented bullet. Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1942, 7: 104-6. ---- Source: Utensils. Briickmann, J. M. Untersuchung der Bleiglasierten irdenen Geschirre in sanitarer Hinsicht. Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- mitt., 1905, 9: 1-11.—Carles, P. L'intoxication plombique par la vaisselle vinaire. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1907, 28: 572. Also Rev. internat. falsific, 1907, 20: 162-4.—Garelli, F. II piombo solubile contenuto nelle stoviglie da cucina. Gior. farm., Trieste, 1899, 4: 331-5.—Giusti, G. Contributo alia ricerca del piombo sulle stoviglie di terra cotta. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1904, 10: pt 1, 724-9. ------ Contributo alia ricerca del piombo nelle stoviglie. Riv. igiene san. pubb., 1904, 15: 684-90.—Jean, A. Intoxication par des casseroles emaiiiees (observation personnelle) C. rend. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1901, 30: pt 1, 267. ------ Intoxication suraigue par l'email des casseroles. Ibid., 1902, 30: pt 2, 1082-4.—Marasuev, N. P. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bleigehaltes der Glasuren von Tongefassen des St Petersburger Marktes. Zschr. Unter- such. Nahrungsmitt., 1908, 15: 338.—Purjesz, B. [Lead poisoning from pottery] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 905.—Sein, M. Lead poisoning from the lining of copper or brass cooking utensils, with the report of a case. Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72: 595-8.—Uglov, V. A., Reberg, V. A., & Boltin, M. V. [Presence of lead in the glazing of cooking utensils in the Ukraine] Profil. med., Kharkov, 1929, 8: 1-12. Also German transl., Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1930, 59: 379-94.—Vooys, I. P. de. Het glazuur van aardewerk in verband met het gevaar voor loodvergiftiging. Volksgezondheid, Amst., 1903, 1: 35.— Yang, C. S. Lead poisoning due to prolonged use of pewter wine-pot; report of 2 cases. Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 165-71. ---- Source: Water. Canonne, M. F. G. Contribution a l'etude du saturnisme d'origine hydrique a propos de quelques observations inedites relevees en Anjou [Paris] 43p. 8? Angers, 1936. Fuchss, H., Bruns, H., & Hatjpt, H. Die Bleivergiftungsgefahr durch Leitungswasser; Bearbeitung des Materials der Leipziger Blei- vergiftungsfalle im Jahre 1930 vom juristischen, hygienischen-medizinischen und chemischen Standpunkt. 93p. 8? Dresd., 1938. Fuset, M. *Du saturnisme par les eaux potables dans la ville de Rennes. 73p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Quemar, J. *Intoxication saturnine par l'eau d'alimentation a, la campagne. 79p. 8" Par., 1926. Valleins, P. G. E. Contribution & l'etude du saturnisme hydrique; etiologie, diagnostic, prophylaxie [Paris] 50p. 8? Boulogne-sur- Mer, 1938. Altmann, O., & Nowotny, K. Ueber atypische Bleiver- giftungen durch Leitungswasser. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 613-6.—Baldwin, H. C. Two cases of lead palsy, dangers from LEAD POISONING 596 LEAD POISONING use of lead pipe in water systems. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, 155: 511-3.—Brunn. Bleivergiftungen durch Trinkwasser im allgemeinen und in Leipzig. Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1930, 5: No. 236.—Bunker, G. C. Discussion of R. S. Weston's paper; lead poisoning by water. J. N. England Water Works Ass., 1921, 35: 126-36.—Burgdorl, A. L. Lead poisoning from drinking water. Connecticut Health Bull., 1936, 50: 308-10.—Butter- field, C. E. Lead poisoning from drinking water. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 1907, 116: 109-18. Clement, R. Le saturnisme hydrique. Presse med., 1937, 45: 1509.—Denechau, I)., & Canonne, M. Le saturnisme d'origine hydrique en Anjou. Arch. med. Angers, 1936, 40: 129-35. ------ Le saturnisme hydrique. Bull, med., Par., 1936, 50: 777-81.—Divry & Evrard. Intoxication saturnine par l'eau d'alimentation; paralysie de type simulaire chez deux freres. Ibid., 231-3. ------ Para- lysie saturnine par l'eau d'alimentation chez deux freres. J. beige neur. psychiat., 1936, 36: 32-8.—Durich, J. Cinque casi di intossicazione da piombo causata da un piccolo pezzo del me- tallo in una cisterna. Rass. med. indust., 1941, 12: 270 (Abstr.)—Fortner, P. Ueber Bleivergiftungen durch eine Was- serleitung. Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1905, 54: 325-34.—Gengoux, P. A propos d'un cas de saturnisme hydrique. Arch. med. so- ciale, Brux., 1939, 2: 569-75.—Hamel Roos en Harmens, van. Loodvergiftiging door pompwater. Mbl. vervalsch., 1905-06, 22: 48.—Harmand, J. J. L. Contribution a l'etude du satur- nisme hydrique. Presse med., 1943, 51: 22 (Abstr.)—Kollath, W. Leber die aussergewerbliche Bleiaufnahme durch Trink- wasser; ihre klinische Bedeutung, bevolkerungspolitische Gefahr und ihre Verhiitung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 927-31.— Kruse. Was lehren uns die Leipziger Bleivergiftungen durch Trinkwasser? Zschr. Hyg., 1936, 118: 143-96. ------ & Fischer, M. Bleivergiftungen durch Trinkwasser im allge- meinen und in Leipzig. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1814- 8.—Lead poisoning and water supplies. Pub. Health Engin., Lond., 1903, 12: 275; 302; 331; 410; 438.—Lorraine, N. A case of severe lead poisoning from drinking water. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 1347.—Pelle, A., & Artus. Intoxication satur- nine par l'eau d'alimentation. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1935, 3. ser., 113: 54-7. ------ Intoxication saturnine par l'eau d'alimentation; influence de la desacidification et de la remi- neralisation sur la dissolution du plomb des canalisations. Ibid., 1937, 3. ser., 117: 156-60—Picard, R. Saturnisme d'origine hydrique; sa grande frequence dans les regions pauvres en calcaire; la difnculte de son diagnostic. Rev. med., Par., 1934, 51: 133—45.—Roberts, G. A. E. Lead poisoning from electrol- ysis of water pipes. Brit. M. J., 1906, 1: 139.— Sab razes, J. Saturnisme par surabondante ingestion d'eaux potables plombiferes dans le diabete. Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1907, 28: 98-101.—Thresh, J. C. A series of cases of lead poisoning due to hard water. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 2: 1033.—Triollet. Un fieau social: le saturnisme hydrique. Medecine, Par., 1937, 18: 982-94. ---- Treatment. Baader, E. W. Isopathische Behandlung der Bleivergiftung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 1708-10.—Blum, F. Medi- zinisches iiber die Bleivergiftung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1912, 38: 645-9. ------ Ueber das Schicksal des Bleis im Organis- mus nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Therapie des Saturnismus und iiber die Vermeidung der Bleigefahr. Wien. med. Wschr., 1904, 54: 537-43.—Gray, I. Recent progress in the treatment of plumbism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 200-5. ------ & Greenfield, I. Lead poisoning; newer concepts in treatment. N. York State J. M., 1938, 38: 1313-9.—Greig, J. W. A. Treatment of lead poisoning. Univ. Toronto M. J., 1930-31, 8: 93-5.—Litzner, S. Fortschritte in der Therapie der Blei- vergiftung. Fortsch. Ther., 1930, 6: 717-22.—Mayers, M. R. The treatment of lead poisoning. Med. Progr., Louisv., 1927, 43: 36.—Oliver, T. Traitement electrique de l'intoxication par le plomb. Rev. med., Par., 1905, 14:483-7.—Otto, H. Welches ist die beste und modernste Behandlung chronischer gewerb- licher Bleivergiftungen? Med. Khn., Berl., 1940, 36: 119 — Pincus. F. F. A note on the treatment of plumbism. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 463.—Pometta, D. Le traitement rationnel de l'intoxication saturnine. Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1932, 52: 276-81. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 353.—Ross, S. G. The treatment of lead poisoning. Internat. Clin., 1934, 44. ser., 1: 217-20.—Treatment of lead poisoning. N. York State J. M., 1943, 43: 2079-86. ---- Treatment: Balneo- and crenotherapy. Curie, G. *Action d'une eau sulfuree cho- Ioruree, Uriage, sur I'anemie experimentale, ane- mie saturnine. 54p. 25cm. Lyon, 1938. Baturin, A. I. [Balneotherapy and mobilization of lead in lead poisoning] Profess, pat. gig., 1929, 22-9.—Levitzky, V. A. [Balneotherapy, and parasympathetic system in lead poisoning] Ibid., 5-21.—Makarichev, A. Zur Frage der Wirkung von Schwefelbadern auf Bleivergiftung. Zbl. Gewerbehyg 1930 n. F., 7: 159-61.—Markov, A. M. [Effect of sulphurated baths on lead poisoning] Khn. med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 348- 56.—Ogg, T. A. W. The use of sulphur thermal baths and waters as an aid to the elimination of lead in the treatment of chronic plumbism. Scot. M. & S. J., 1904, 15: 406-9.__ Teisinger, J. [Effect of sulphur baths in treatment of chronic lead poisoning] Cas. lek. fiesk., 1939, 78: 790. ---- Treatment: Drugs. Dannenberg, A. M., Widerman, A. II., & Friedman, P. S. Ascorbic acid in the treatment of chronic lead poisoning; report of a case of clinical failure. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 1439.—Detoxication of lead by apples. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 835.—Fellinger, K. Gefahren der Jodthrapie bei Blei- vergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 600.- (iocher, T. E. P. Deleading. Northwest. M., 1940, 39: 291.—Hesse, E. Die Entgiftung des Bleis. Klin. Wschr., 1940, 19: 104-6.----- & Zeppmeisel, L. Bleientgiftung durch Kalkpraparate. Ibid., 1937, 16: 1027.—Kety, S. S., & Letonoff, T. V. Treat- ment of lead poisoning with sodium citrate. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 476. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1943, 205: 406-14.—Kotzing, K. Klinische Beobachtungen Uber die Spas- men losende Wirkung des Octins bei der Bleivergiftung. Ibid., 1934, 13: 592.—Linguerri, R. II tiosolfato di sodio come antidoto del piombo. Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova, 1933, ser. 2, 11: 325-7.—Ockman, D. Detoxication of lead by apples. Brit. M. J., 1940, 2: 918.—Palmer, F. W. M. Detoxication of lead by apples. Ibid., 884.—Schretzenmayr, A., & Bauer, G. Versuche iiber Calciumtherapie und -prophylaxe der Blei- vergiftung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 478-88.—Taeger, H. Calciumtherapie der Bleivergiftung. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1613-5.—Treatment of lead poisoning with sodium citrate. Practitioner, Lond., 1943, 151: 61.—Zancan, L. Un nuovo antidoto del piombo. Arch, antrop. crim., Milano, 1940, 60: 1042-8. ---- Urogenital system. Baumel, B. Contribution k l'etude des nephrites saturnines; k propos de trois cas person- nels. 77p. 8? Par., 1937. Brode, H. K. *Histo-chemische Untersu- chungen an Nieren bei experimenteller Bleiver- giftung. 15p. 8? Lpz., 1937. Fradin, R. *Nephrite aigue saturnine. 70p. 8? Par., 1936. Nye, L. J. J. Chronic nephritis and lead poisoning. 145p. 8? Sydney, 1933. Pedroso y SXnchez Villalba, R. *La nephrite saturnine aigue. 71p. 8? Par., 1936. Ratjh, F. R. K. *Die Ablagerung des Bleies in der Niere. p.352-6. 8? Lpz., 1933. Also Arch. exp. Path., 1933, 174: Achard, C. Nephrite saturnine. In Clin. med. hop. Beau- jon, 1925, 2. ser., 296-309.—Aubertin, C, & Foulon, P. Colique de plomb suivie d'uremie a evolution rapide; nephrite saturnine subaigue latente. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. Ber., 52: 88-92.—Battaglia, F. II rene saturnino (nota preliminare) Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med. biol., 1926, 15: 308-29. —---- II rene saturnino. Med. lavoro, 1926, 7: 245-58. ----- Le alterazioni renali nel trattamento col piombo (anche a proposito del rene saturnino) Morgagni, 1927, 69: 1931-7. ------ II rene saturnino, con considerazioni sulle nefrosclerosi vascolari. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 153-87.—Beintker. Nierenreizung bei frischer Bleivergiftung. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1292.—Chistovich, A. N. [Changes in kidneys in chronic lead poisoning] Vrach delo, 1926, 9: 955-8.—Ciovini, M. Vago, capsula surrenale, asfissia, nella circolazione del glicosio e dei leucociti (ricerche sperimentali) pressione arteriosa, gli- cemia, soglia renale dello zucchero, nella nefrite saturnina (ricerche cliniche) Pensiero med., 1930, 19: 763; 803; 883.— Colin, E. C. Comparison of the descendants of lead-poisoned male guinea-pigs with those from untreated animals of the same closely inbred strains. J. Exp. Zool., 1931, 60: 427-84.— Debove. Nephrite chronique uremique d'origine saturnine avec crises d'asthme. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1906, 20: 721. ------ Nephrite saturnine. Rev. internat. med. chir., 1906, 17: 242.—Eger, W. Experimentelle Bleischrumpfnieren. Virchows Arch., 1937, 299: 654-66.—Emodi, A. Az ivarszer- veknek idiilt 61ommergezeshez tarsul6 functional zavarai. Urologia, Budap., 1906, 55.—Klieneberger, K. Intoxicatio saturnina und Nephritis saturnina. Munch, med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 340-3.—Litzner, S. Ueber Erkrankungen der Niere bei der beruflichen Bleivergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 236-8.—Meillere, G., & Pettit, A. Toxicologic; elimination du plomb dans ses rapports avec l'etate du rein. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1907, 63: 337.—Micheli, F. Rene grinzo saturnino. Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1935, 6: 11-22.—Nye, L. J. 3. Saturnine renal dwarfism. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 813-6 — Parisot, P., & Caussade, L. La nephrite chez les saturnins au regard de la loi sur les maladies professionnelles. Ann. med. leg., 1929, 9: 3-10.—Patrassi, G. Rene grinzo calcificante in saturnismo cronico. Morgagni, 1928, 70: 1451-64.—Peji6, S. The nature of the primary renal lesion produced by lead. Ann. Int. M., 1927-28, 1: 577-604—Pierret. Un cas d'uremie a forme convulsive due k une intoxication saturnine et d'abord attribuee a l'absinthisme. Echo med. nord, 1908, 12: 400 — Rathery, F., & Derot, M. La nephrite saturnine aigue. Gaz. med. France, 1935, 42: 53-6. ------ & Moline. La forme bemgne de la nephrite saturnine aigue. J. med., Par., 1934, 54: 1090.—Rosendahl, C. [Some cases of lead poisoning with renal insufficiency] Med.- rev., Bergen, 1931, 48: 462-71.— LEAD POISONING 597 LEAD POISONING Selwood, J. L. Nephritis and lead poisoning. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1934, 1: 172.—Sulli, G. Sul comportamento dei tubuli seminiferi nel saturnismo sperimentale. Riv. crit. clin. med., 1904, 5: 589-93.—Teleky, L. Pathogenese der Bleivergiftung und Begutachtung der Bleiniere. In Festschr. H. Zangger, Zur., 1935, 1: 185-203.—Torelli, G. L'influenza dell'avvelena- mento cronico da piombo (saturnismo) sulla discendenza. Med. lavoro, 1930, 21: 110-21.—Tumanova, E. S. [Einfluss der akuten und chronischen Vergiftungen durch organische Bleisalze (essigsaures Triatylblei) auf den geschlechtlichen Zyklus der Maus] J. Physiol. USSR, 1935, 18: 698-706.— Vallery-Radot, P., & Derot, M. Les nephrites saturnines. Paris med., 1930, 77: 341-6.—Vallery-Radot, P., Mauric, G. [et al.l Nephrite subaigue d'origine saturnine. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 1059-64.—Vernetti Blina, L. Le alterazioni delia cute nella nefrite cronica saturnina. Med. lavoro, 1928, 19: 56-65.—Weil, M. P., & Oumansky, V. Ne- phrites saturnines aigues. Ann. med., Par., 1938, 43:195-210.— Weill-Halie, B., & Loewe-Lyon, S. Nephrite chronique; arret de developpement chez un nourrisson de trois mois; origine saturnine congenitale probable. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939 37: 312-6. ---- in animals. Bromstrtjp, H. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bleivergiftung des Rindviehes [Bern] 33p. 8? Hannover, 1911. Alleged lead poisoning of cattle; the Cow Park case. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1927, 7: 374.—Begg, H. An outbreak of plumbism in horses, due to the solvent action of a soft peaty water on lead piping. J. Comp. Path., Edinb., 1928, 41: 159-62.— Behrens, B. Ueber den Mechanismus der Bleivergiftung von Fischen. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 311-4.—Brouillard. Saturnisme aigu chez 4 bovides. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1936, 9: 121.—Chyzer, B. Olommergezesek allatokon. Allatorv. lap., 1908, 31: 561.—Costigan, S. M. Lead poisoning in guinea fowl. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1940, 97: 451.—Dammann. Eine akute Massenvergiftung von Kiihen durch Blei. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1904, 12: 2.—Danckwortt, P. W., & Gabel, W. Porphyrinuntersuchungen im tierischen Harn zum friihzeitigen Erkennen von Bleivergiftungen. Ibid., 1937, 45: 605.— Dohrmann. Ueber Bleivergiftung bei Kiihen. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1904, 69.—Gabel, W. Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Bleivergiftung bei Tieren. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1941, 49: 6-9.—Gier, C. J. de [Case of lead-poisoning in a herd] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1935, 62: 303-9.—Haltenhoff, R. Saturnismus acutus bei Rindern und Kalbern. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1932, 65: 360.—Kohn-Abrest. Recherches du plomb dans les muscles et la peau de bovides en etat de saturnisme. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1936, 9: 122.—Lead poisoning of cows. Pharm. J., Lond., 1940, 91: 129.—Lebrun. Quatre cas d'em- poisonnement par la ceruse, chez les bovides. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet.. Par., 1902, 56: 335-40.—McKelvey, D. Lead poisoning. Vet. J., Lond., 1943, 99: 25.—MacKintosh, P. G. Clinical manifestations and surgical treatment of lead poisoning in the horse. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1928-29, 74: 193-5.— Magath, T. B. Lead poisoning in wild ducks. Proc. Mayo Chn., 1931, 6: 749-52.—Mitchell, C. A. Lead poisoning of dog. Canad. J. Comp. M., 1940, 4: 170-3.—Orr, A. B. Lead poisoning of cattle from salvaged groundnut foodstuffs. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1943, 55: 72.—Otto. Bleivergiftungen bei Pferden und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Truppenveterinar. Zschr. Veteri- nark., 1938, 50: 554-68.—Peterson, L. N. Equine plumbism. North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: 25. Also Vet. Pract., Evanston, 1936,17: No. 8, 16-8.—Robb, W., & Campbell, D. Some notes on lead poisoning in a group of Aryshire heifers. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1940, 52: 39-41.—Roberts, H. L. A few notes on lead poisoning in a herd of dairy cows. Ibid., 1931, 11: 732-40.— Scott, W. Acute plumbism in cattle. Ibid., 1903-04, 16: 490.—Siebenga, J. [Three cases of lead poisoning] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1936, 63: 381.—Spuhler, V., & Siegfried, T. Ueber eine akute Bleivergiftung beim Rind. Schweiz. Arch. Tierh., 1942, 84: 111-5.—Werner, F. Ueber Mennigevergif- tungen bei Nerzriiden. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 273.—Wickware, A. B. Lead poisoning in wild ducks following ingestion of shot. Canad. J. Comp. M., 1940, 4: 201-3.— Wiemann. Bleivergiftungen in Bonkhausen. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 42: 765.—Williams, F. T. Lead poisoning of cattle from salvaged groundnut foodstuffs. Vet. Rec. Lond., 1943, 55: 98. ----in children. Gerlach, F. *Bleivergiftung bei Kindern [Berlin] 35p. 21cm. Lengerich, 1938. Anderson, D. Chronic poisoning in a child. Med. J. Australia, 1942, 2: 279.—Artz, C. P. Lead intoxication in children from the burning of battery casings; report of 2 cases. West Virginia M. J., 1941, 37: 410-4.—Bagchi, R. B. K. N. Is lead poisoning common in children? Ind. J. Pediat., 1942, 9: 69-76.-—Bagge, Anspach [et al.] Anorexia; vomiting, pain in muscles. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1943, 2: No. 11, 16-8.—Bass, M. H., & Blumenthal, S. Fatal lead poisoning in a nursing infant due to prolonged use of lead nipple shields. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1939, 15: 724-32.—Bell, M. Lead poisoning in children; a case report from Canton. China M. J., 1930, 44: 885-90.—Bruce, J. W. Lead poisoning in infancy. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1940-41, 10: 50.—Butler, C. D Lead poisoning in infancy; a case due to use of lead nipple shields Mississippi Valley M. J., 1939, 61: 96-100.—Byers, T " ML™ *T V YvFol^oUp,.study of lead Poisoning in infants. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1943, 98: 297-303.—Chesney, J. Lead poisoning Am J Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 289.—Colombe, J. ino «U6S^e plomb chez deuxenfants. Arch. med. enf., 1939, 42- lOd-o —louturat, J. Sur l'intoxication saturnine chronique des nourrissons au Japon. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1642 — Cushing H B. Lead poisoning in children. Proc. Interst. rntgrfdQ,M^AsS' ?• ^T,ca' ,i935' 39~42- Also Internat. Clim, 1934, 44. ser 1: 189-91 —Donnally. H. H., Schutz, C. A. & Nimetz, A. Chronic lead poisoning in early childhood. Radiol. Rev. & Chicago M. Rec, 1935, 57: 248-54.—Doval, J H. Lead poisoning in infancy. Washington Univ. M. Alumni Q., 1941-42, 5: 24-6.—Findlay, L. Lead poisoning in the infant and young child. Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1935 11- 25.1-5;—F»cke. [Ueber eine Moglichkeit der Bleivergiftung bei Kindern] Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 1742.—Fukusima, M., & Matumoto, H. Statistics of 298 cases of infantile lead- poisomng. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1928, 3: 27-31.—Gil,. J. M. Two cases of lead-poisoning in children. Tr. Australals M. Congr. (1905) 1907, 7: 60.—Ginandes, G. J. Lead poison- 10% ln„chlldren; a report of two cases. J. Mount Sinai Hosp., 1935-36, 2: 74-87.—Glaboff, J. J. Lead poisoning in infants and children. Kentucky M. J., 1939, 37: 577-80.—Goodwin, T. C. Lead poisoning: report of a case in a child with extensive peripheral neuritis. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1934, 55: Suppl., 347-56— Gorter, E. [Lead poisoning in an infant] Mschr. kmdergeneesk., 1934, 3: 135-44, 3 pl.—Govantes, J. Saturnismo cr6nico; observaci6n de dos casos en lactantes. Bol. Soc. cubana pediat., 1940, 12: 16-22.—Holloway, L. W. Lead poisoning in children. J. Florida M. Ass., 1926-27 13- 94-6.—Kasahara, M., & Mii, S. I. Studien uber die Blei- vergiftung im Sauglings- und Klemkindesalter; die cutane Hautreaktion mit Schwefelnatrium bei infantiler Bleivergiftung. Zschr. Kinderh., 1934, 56: 194-6.—Kowaloff, I. Lead poison- ing; report of a case, with some physicochemical considerations. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 56: 764-74.—Lead poisoning in children. Baltimore Health News, 1937, 14: 109. Also Internat. M. Digest, 1937, 30: 375-80.—Levinson, A., & Zeldes, M. Lead intoxication in children; a study of 26 cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1939, 56: 738-48.—Loe Ping Kian [Case of lead-encephalopathy in a Chinese infant] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 1667-73.—Lorenz, E. Akute Bleiin- toxikation bei einem Saugling. Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1267.— McDonald, S. F. The minor manifestations of plumbism in childhood. Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 806-10. ------ Plumbism. Ibid., 1942, 2: 429.—McKhann, C. F. Lead poisoning in children; with notes on therapy. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1926, 32: 386-92. ------ Lead poisoning. In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 1: Chap. 18, 8 p. ------& Vogt, E. C. Lead poisoning in children. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Pediat., 1933, 103-17. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1131-5.—Mitchell, H. S. Lead poisoning in children. Canada. M. Ass. J., 1932, 26: 546-9. Also Internat. Chn., 1934, 44 ser., 1: 207-16.—Nicholson, W. W. Lead poisoning in children. Kentucky M. J., 1935, 33: 180.—Nisimura, T., & Yosiya, H. Ueber die statistische Beobachtung der Bleiin- toxication im Sauglings- und Klemkindesalter. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1937, 20: 1735.—Nussbaum, S. Lead poisoning, plumbism. In Ther. Infancy (Litchfield, H. R., & al.) Phila., 1942, 1: 123-9.—Pereiras, R., & Sanchez Santiago, R. Estudio clfnico y radiol6gico de la intoxicaci6n por el plomo. Bol. Soc. cubana pediat., 1938, 10: 611-51.—Perlstein, M. A. Lead poisoning in two sets of twins. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1943, 66: 94.—Quesnel, A. Le saturnisme infantile. Ann. med. chir. Hop. S. Justine Montreal, 1938, 3: No. 1, 120-9.—Rapoport, M., & Kenney, A. S. A case of lead encephalopathy in a breast-fed infant due to the use of lead nipple shields by the mother. J, Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2040-2—Rapoport, M., & Rubin, M. I. Lead poisoning; a clinical and experimental study of the factors influencing the seasonal incidence in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1941, 61: 245-55.—Rhea, L. J. Pathology of lead poisoning with special reference to the lesions of bones and brain in children. Internat. Clin., 1934, 44 ser., 1: 202-6, 5 pl.—Rodgers, T. S., Peck, J. R. S., & Jupe, M. H. Lead poisoning in children. Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2: 129-33.— Stoop, R. Un cas de saturnisme chez un nourrisson de 4 mois. Arch. med. enf., 1935, 38: 99-101.—Tada, K. Ueber den Bleigehalt der Kopfhaare bei den an seroser Meningitis leidenden Sauglingen und ihren Miittern. Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1926, 1: 73-7.—Turner, A. J. Lead poisoning in childhood. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1908) 1909, 3: 3-9.—Vogt, E. C. Roentgenologic diagnosis of lead poisoning in infants and children. J. Am. M. Ass.,. 1932, 98: 125-9. ------ & Mc- Khann, C. F. Lead poisoning in infants and children; roent- genological findings. Radiology, 1934, 22: 87-92.—Wilcox, H. B., & Caffey, J. P. Lead poisoning in nursing infants; report of two cases due to the use of lead nipple shields. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 1514-6.—Wolfe, S. G. An unusual case of lead poisoning. Tristate M. J., 1941-42, 14: 2562.—Yasunaga, K. Sur l'intoxication saturnine chronique des nourrissons au Japon. Nourrisson, 1936, 24: 1-8. in pregnancy. Brovelli, M., & Borghetti, U. Contributo alio studio del saturnismo (alterazioni materne e fetali in un caso mortale di awelenamento subacuto da piombo metallico in gravidanza) Clin. med. ital., 1935, 66: 815-44.—Lefour, R. Intoxication LEAD POISONING 5<)S LEAF saturnine au cours de la grossesse par les papiers de tenture pour appartements. Obstetrique, Par., 1904, 9: 418-23.— Mitui, K. An experiment of the lead-poisoning in pregnancv. Jap. J. Obst., 1934, 17: 304-8, 3 pl.—Vignes. H. Influence de l'intoxication saturnine sur la gestation. Progr. med., Par., 1927, 42: 1817-21. LEADWORT. See Plumbaginaceae. LEAF, Wilbur Munro, 1905- Health can be fun. 55p. illust. 26cm. N. Y., F. A. Stokes co. [1943] LEAF. See also Plant; Tree. Anderson, E., & Hubricht, L. The histological basis of a Bpecific difference in leaf texture. Am. Natur., 1943, 77: 285- 7.—Bald, J. G. Estimation of the leaf area of potato plants for pathological studies. Phytopathology, 1943, 33: 922-32.— Baten, W. D., & Muncie, J. H. A new method for computing sugar beet leaf area. Ibid., 1071-5.—Boureau, E. Un nouveau type de faisceau annulaire dans la feuille cotyiedonaire de Libocedrus decurrens. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1943, 216: 186-8.— Denny, F. E. The twin-leaf method of studying changes in leaves. Am. J. Bot., 1930, 17: 818-41—Hanson, H. C. Leaf- structure as related to environment. Ibid., 1917, 4: 533-60.— Heijl, W. M., & Uittien, H. Some observations on the heredity of the leaf form in Chelidonium maius L. Genetica, Gravenh., 1926, 8: 380-96.—Imai, Y. On the rolled leaves and their inked characters in the Japanese morning glory (Pharbitis Nil.) Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1925-26, 40: 205-31.—Krishna- swam y, B. L. On the occurrence of sclereids in the leaf of Olea dioica. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1942, 11: 397.—Nye, E. E. Foliage leaves; their variety and importance to the plant. Australas. J. Pharm., 1940, 21: 403.—Skutch, A. F. On the development and morphology of the leaf of the banana (Musa ■apientum L.) Am. J. Bot., 1930, 17: 252-71.—Thompson, D. W. On leaf-arrangement, or phyllotaxis. In his Growth & Form, N. Y., 1942, 912-33.—Yarbrough, J. A. Anatomical and developmental studies of the foliar embryos of Bryophyllum calycinum. Am. J. Bot., 1932, 19: 443-53, 2 pl. ---- Chemistry. Origin (the) of hexenaldehyde obtained from leaves. Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1940 (1939/40) 39: 153.—Oxida- tion-reduction reactions in killed leaves. Ibid., 151.—Pirie, N. W. Green leaves as a source of proteins and other nutrients. Nature, Lond., 1942, 149: 251.—Rigg, G. B., & Cain, R. A. A physico-chemical study of the leaves of three medicinal plants in relation to evergreenness. Am. J. Bot., 1929, 16: 40-57.— Sisakian, N., & Kobiakova, A. [Action of ferments in various parts of the leaf] Biokhimia, Moskva, 1941, 6: 50-7.—State (the) of pigments in leaves. Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1940 (1939/40) 39: 152.—Strain, H. H. Problems in chroma- tography and in colloid chemistry illustrated by leaf pigments. J. Phys. Chem., 1942, 46: 1151-61.—Ziegenspeck, H. Zur physikalischen Chemie unbenetzbarer besonders bewachster Blatter. Kolloid Zschr.. 1942, 100: 401-3. ---- Disease. See also Coriaceae; Marmaraceae; Rugaceae; Virus disease. Griiss, J. Phylloseptie, die Blattfaulnis der Nvmphaea alba. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1928, 74: 214-29— Ivanoff, S. S. Guttation-salt injury on leaves of cantaloupe, pepper, and onion. Phytopathology, 1944, 34: 436.—Jenkins, A. E. Asco- chyta majalis identified on lily of the valley in the United States. Ibid., 1942, 32: 259-61. ------ Leaf spot on Termi- nalia arjuna. Ibid., 1943, 33: 404.—Kapadia, G. A. Anoma- lous leaves of Helianthus annuus Linn. n. o. Compositae. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1943, 12: 158.—Paine, S. G., & Berridge, E. M. Studies in bacteriosis; further investigation of a suggested bacteriolytic action in Proteacynaroides affected with the leafspot disease. Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1921, 8- 20-6.—Paine, S. G., & Stansfield, H. Studies in bacteriosis; a bacterial leaf-spot disease of Protea cynaroides, exhibiting a host reaction or possibly bacteriolytic nature. Ibid., 1920 6: 27-39, pl.—Valleau, W. D., Johnson, E. M., & Diachun, s! Root infection of crop plants and weeds bv tobacco leaf-spot bacteria. Phytopathology, 1944, 34: 163-74. ---- Pharmacognosy. See Drug, plant; Plant, medicinal. ---- Physiology. See also Regeneration. Beatty, A. V. Mitotic periodicity in leaves. Genetics, 1942, 27: 131.—Brown, W. H. The mechanism of movement and the duration of the effect of stimulation in the leaves of Dionaea Am. J. Bot., 1916, 3: 68-90.—Chance, H. L. The influence of various types of defoliation and leaf wounding upon the growth and yield of beans. Ibid., 1934, 21: 85-108.—Clum, H. H. The effect of transpiration and environmental factors on leal temperatures; transpiration. Ibid., 1926, 13: 194-216, —---. The effect of transpiration and environmental factors on leaf temperatures; light intensity and the relation of transpiration to the thermal death point. Ibid., L'17 .10. Dolk, H. E. The movements of the leaves of the compass-plant Lactuca scariola. Ibid., 1931, 18: 195-204.—Girfanova, IL, & Tokin, B. Shoots sent forth by a leaf of Begonia rex not severed froni parent plant. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1942, 35: 122-4.— Meyer, B. S. Seasonal variations in the physical and chemical properties of the leaves of thp pitch pine, with especial reference to cold resistance. Am. J. Bot,., l'JL'S. 15: -1411-72. Ramsay, J. A., Butler, C. G., & Sang, J. II. The humidity gradient at the surface of a transpiring leaf. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1938, 15: 255-65.—Stoppel, R. Analyse der tagesrhythmischen Blattbewegungen von Phaseolus multiflorus. Acta med. scand., 1940, Suppl. 108, 45-68.—Swanson, C. A. Transpiration in American holly in relation to leaf structure. Ohio J. Sc, I91H 43: 43-6.—Wood, J. G., Cruickshank, D. H., & Kuchcl, R. \\. The metabolism of starving leaves. Austral. J. Exp Idol 1943, 21: 37-53.—Wood, J. G., Mercer. F. V., & Pedlow, C The metabolism of starving leaves; respiration rate and metab- olism of leaves of Kikuyu grass during air-nitrogen transfers Ibid., 1944, 22: 37-43. LEAF-CURL virus. See Rugaceae. LEAF-DROP streak virus. See Marmaraceae. LEAFHOPPER. See Jassidae. LEAF-ROLL virus. See Coriaceae. LEAF-ROT. See Leaf, Disease. LEAF-SPOT. See Leaf, Disease. LEAGE, Eline, 1900- tions d'alveolyse; 6tude Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LEAGUE of Nations. Armaments year-book. 1. year. 2. ed. 844p. map. tab. 24}£cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1924. ■---- Monthly summary. Geneve, 1924- ---- Publications. Series III: Health, 1931, No. 9. See Wintz, H., & Rump, W. Protective measures against dangers resulting from the use of radium, roentgen and ultra- violet rays. 114p. 24J4 x 19cm. Geneve, 1931. ■---- Health, social questions, traffic in opium (sales catalog) 58p. 20cm. Lond., G. Allen & Unwin, 1935. ---- The problem of nutrition. 4v. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1936. CONTENTS v.l. Interim report of the Mixed Committee on the problem of nutrition. v.2. Report on the physiological bases of nutrition. v.3. Nutrition in various countries. v.4. Statistics of food production, consumption and prices. ---- Statistical year-book of the League of Nations. Geneve, 1932/33- Bellegarde, D. Ginebra y la Sociedad de naciones ameri- canas. An. Univ. Santo Domingo, 1942, 6: 110-24.—Branning, R. L. Co-operation of the United States with the League of Nations in non-political matters. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pitta- burgh, 1933, 9: 72-9.—Esktrand, E. E. Actuaci6n de la Socie- dad de las naciones. Inform. Inst. teen, salub. rural, Habana, 1939, 2: 135-5o. Fanshawe, M. League of Nations. Britan. Bk, 1942, 393.—Gemma, S. Pour la creation d'une socidte des nations. Scientia, Bologna, 1919, 25: 481-92.—Gerig, B. An appraisal of the League of Nations. Prelim. Rep. Com. Organiz. Peace, 1942, 1: 102-14.—Handbook on the League of Nations, 1920-23. League of Nations, 1923, 5: 225-332 — Loisy, A. La SocieLe' des nations et la religion de l'humanite\ Scientia, Bologna, 1919, 25: 471-80.—Nichols, C. K. The statistical work of the League of Nations in economic, financial and related fields. J. Am. Statist. Ass., 1942, 37: 336-42.— Schroeder, M. G. The Geneva Institute of International *Vingt observa- critique. 80p. 8? LEAGUE OF NATIONS 599 LEAGUE OF NATIONS Relations. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1933, 39: 295-303.—Signor, N. League of Nations publications in the present emergency Coll. & Res. Libr., 1941-42, 3: 326-32.—Sweetser, A. The non-political achievements of the League. Foreign Affairs 1940-41, 19: 179-92.—Torres Umana, C. Informe del Conse- jero cientifico de la delegaci6n colombiana ante la Sociedad de las Naciones. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1933, 14: 5-23; 176-91.— Wright, Q. Political disputes before the League of Nations }n his Study of War, Chic, 1942, 2: 1429-31. LEAGUE, of Nations. Conference for the suppression of the illicit traffic in dangerous drugs. See under [International] Conference for the suppression of the illicit traffic in dangerous drugs. LEAGUE of Nations. Conference pour la reduction et la limitation des armaments. Annuaire militaire; renseignements g6neraux et statistiques sur les armaments terrestres, navals et aeriens. 496p. 8? Geneve, Soc. des Nations 1932. LEAGUE of Nations. Convention for limiting the manufacture and regulating the distribu- tion of narcotic drugs of July 13, 1931. Evalua- tions des besoins du monde en drogues nuisibles en 1936. 78p. [3 1.] 33cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1935. ---- Estimated world requirements of danger- ous drugs in 1936; 5th supplement to the state- ment issued by the Supervisory Body under Article 5. 13p. 33cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1936. Also French edition. ---- Estimated world requirements of danger- ous drugs in 1937; statement issued by the Supervisory Body under Article 5. 61p. 33cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1936. Also French edition. ---- Estimated world requirements of danger- ous drugs in 1938; 6th supplement to the state- ment issued by the Supervisory Body under Article 5. 20p. 33cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1937. Also French edition. LEAGUE of Nations. Economic intelligence service. Wartime rationing and consumption. 87p. tab. diagr. 23J^cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1942. ---- Urban and rural housing, xxxvi, 159p. tab. 23y2cm. Geneve, League of Nations, 1943. LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. Annual epidemiological report. Geneve, No. 1, 1921- ---- Monthly epidemiological report. Ge- neve, 1923- ---- International health year-book. Ge- neve, 1.-6., 1924-30. ---- Annual report. Geneve, 1925-30. —■— Weekly epidemiological record. Geneve, No. 14, 1926- ---- Publications. No. C. H. 1054. See Wintz, H., & Rump, W. Protective measures against dangers resulting from the use of radium, roentgen and ultra- violet rays. 114p. 24^ x 19cm. Geneve, 1931. ---- Enquiry into the quinine requirements of malarial countries and the world prevalence of malaria. 89p. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1932. —*- Quarterly bulletin. Geneve, v. 1-5, 1932-36. Beginning with v.6 title changed to Bulletin of the Health Organization. ---- La mortalite infantile et la mortinatality resultats de l'enqudte poursuivie en France et dans cinq pays d'Europe sous le auspices du Comity d'Hygiene de la Society des Nations, par R. Debr£, P. Joannon, M. T. Cremieu-Alcan. v, 464p. illust. tab. ch. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. n~7~ BulleTtin of the Health Organisation. Geneve, v.6, No. 1, 1937- OrJanTs^tion32-36' ^ tHle Quarter,y bulletin of the Health ., .Annual report on the results of radio- therapy in cancer of the uterine cervix. I: State- ments of results obtained in 1930 and previous years (collated in 1936) 74p. 8? Helsin., Mercator, 1937. Forms Suppl. 1, v.17, Acta obst. gyn. scand. ,, Annual report on the results of radio- therapy in cancer of the uterine cervix. II: State- ments of results obtained in 1931 and previous years (collated in 1937) 94p. 24cm. Helsin , Mercator, 1938. Forms Suppl. 2, v.18, Acta obst. gyn. scand. . •---- Inquiry into the results of radiotherapy in cancer of the uterus. Atlas, illustrating the division of cancer of the uterine cervix into Jour stages according to the anatomo-clinical extent of the growth, v.p. illust. 12? Stockh., P. A. Norstedt & soner, 1938. ---- Chronicle. Geneve, v.l, No. 1. 1939- See also: Buxbatjm, O. *Die Hygieneorganisation des Volkerbundes [Erlangen] 72p. 8? Forchheim, iyoo. Eisenstadt, H. B. *Aufgaben und Ziele der Hygienesektion des Volkerbundes. p.388-436. 8? [Berl.] 1930. Also Erg. soz. Hyg., 1929, 1: Singapore. League of Nations. Health Organisation. Eastern Bureau. Annual re- port of the Director. Singapore (1934) 1935. ' Boudreau, F. G. Health work of the League of Nations. Milbank Mem. Fund Q., 1935, 13:1-22.—Breger, J. Veroffent- lichungen und Arbeiten der Hygieneorganisation des Volker- bundes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 2071; 1929, 55: 278- 317; 358; 1930, 56:402; 1931, 57:450; 502; 545. ------ Die neuen Arbeiten der Hygiene-Organisation des Volkerbundes. Ibid., 1928, 54: 837-9.------Arbeiten der Hygieneorganisa- tion des Volkerbundes. Ibid., 1932, 58: 60-2.—Current health activities of the League of Nations. Health, Canberra, 1939, 17: 96-8.—Decourt, F. Le Comite d'hygiene de la Societe des nations et l'enseignement de la medecine. Presse mid., 1935, 43: 263.—Eisenstadt, H. B. Aufgaben und Ziele der Hygiene- Sektion des Volkerbundes. Erg. sozial. Hyg., 1929, 1: 388- 436.—Fitzgerald, J. G. The work of the Health Organisation of the League of Nations. Canad. Pub. Health J., 1933, 24: 368-72.—Hamel, C. Die gesundheitlichen Aufgaben des Volkerbundes. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 24: 538-41.— Health work of the League. Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 72.—Heiser, V. G. The health work of the League of Nations. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1926, 65: No. 5, 1-9.—Jitta, N. M. J. [Brief survey of the fall meeting of the Committee of the Health Organization of the League of Nations] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 328- 34.-—Lutrario. L'oeuvre de l'organisation d'hygiene de la Societe' des nations. Riv. malariol., 1935, 14: Suppl. 6, 81- 98.—Madsen, T. [The League of Nation's activity in hygiene] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 421-40. ------ The scientific work of the Health Organization of the League of Nations. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1937, 13: 439-65.—Medicine and the League of Nations. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 550.—Mollers, B. Sechste Tagung des Hygienekomitees des Volkerbundes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1393.—Olsen, O. Die Hygieneorganisa- tion des Volkerbundes. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1927, 4: 1; 65.—Pirquet, C. Die Leistungen des Volkerbundes auf dem Gebiete der Hygiene. Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 340.— Rajchman, R. The Health Organization of the League of Nations and the scope of its activity. Japan M. World, 1925, 5: 349-56.—Report on the work of the Health Organisation between June 1937 and May 1938, and on its 1938 programme. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1938, 7: 622-65.—Report on the work of the Health Organisation between June 1938 and April 1939 and on its 1939 programme. Ibid., 1939, 8: 1-59 — Roesle, E. Erste Konferenz der Statistischen Kommission der Hygiene-Organisation des Volkerbundes. Arch, sozial. Hyg., 1926-27, n. F., 2: 409-12.—Sieveking, G. H. Die Hygiene- Organisation des Volkerbundes und ihre Bedeutung auch fiir das Krankenhauswesen. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1928, 24: 189.—Societe des nations, 25. session du Comity d'hygiene, Rev. hyg., Par., 1937, 59: 486-503.—Spranger, H. Die Beziehungen zwischen dem Internationalen Gesundsheitsamt und der Hygieneorganisation des Volkerbundes. Oeff. Gesundh- dienst, 1937-38, 3: A, 344-9.—Wigham, J. T. Health and the League. Irish J. M. Sc, 1938, 6. ser., No. 146, 45-54— Work of the Health Organization of the League of Nations in wartime. Canad. J. Pub. Health, 1944, 35: 39-44. LEAGUE OF NATIONS LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. Conference of directors of schools of hygiene. Report on the work of the conferences ... held in Paris, May 20 to 23, 1930, and in Dresden, July 14 to 17, 1930; with a memorandum on the teaching of hygiene in various European coun- tries, submitted to the Dresden conference by Carl Prausnitz. viii, 115p. pl. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1930. LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. Health committee. Report to the Council on the work of the 13 sessions of the Committee held in Geneva, Oct. 25-31, 1928. 46p. 33cm. [Geneve, League of Nations, 1928] LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. International commission on human trypano- somiasis. Final report. 392p. pl. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1928. LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. Malaria commission. Report on its tour of in- vestigation in certain European countries in 1924. 195p. illust. tab. diagr. 32J4cm. [Geneve, League of Nations, 1925] Text in French and English. ----The therapeutics of malaria, principles of treatment based on the results of controlled experiments; 3rd general report of the Malaria Commission. 19p. 8? Amst., Bur. for Increas- ing Use of Quinine, 1933. ---- A brief guide to the varieties of Anopheles maculipennis; being the report of the meeting of experts convened in Rome, Aug. 20-22, 1934, by the Malaria Commission. 8p. pl. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1934. Also Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nations, 1934, 3: 654-61. —— The treatment of malaria; study of synthetic drugs, as compared with quinine, in the therapeutics and prophylaxis of malaria; 4th general report of the Malaria Commission, and appendices. 558p. tab. ch. 8? Geneve, League of Nations, 1937. ---- Chart of the racial distribution of Anopheles maculipennis in Roumania. 10 1. diagr. 31 ^cm. x 19^cm. Geneve, 1939. Positive photostatic copy of a typewritten manuscript. LEAGUE of Nations. Health organisation. Technical commission on nutrition. Publisher of Bigwood, E. J. Guiding principles for studies on the nutrition of populations. 281p. 24cm. Geneve, 1939. LEAGUE of Nations.. Section of international bureaux. Bulletin of information on the work of international organisations. Geneve, v.7, No. 2, 1935- For other publications see under Paris. Institute Inter- national de Cooperation Intellectnelle. LEAGUE of Red Cross societies. See under Red Cross. League of Red Cross societies. LEAHY, Alice Mary, 1891- Nature- nurture and intelligence. p.235-308. tab. diagr. 23J^cm. Worcester, Clark Univ. pr., 1935. Forms No. 4, v.17, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. LEAHY, John Patrick Daunt, 1869-1935. For obituary see N. Zealand M. J., 1935, 34: 359. LEAHY, Michael J., & CRAIN, Maurice. The land that time forgot; adventures and dis- coveries in New Guinea, vii, 274p. pl. 8? N. Y., Funk & Wagnalls co., 1937. LEAHY, Michael Patrick [M. B., 1906, Dublin] The mind in disease, some conditions cured by suggestion. 178p. 12? Lond., W. Heinemann, 1926. Also another ed. 170p. 18J.km. 1938. LEAHY, Sylvester Richard, 1882-1936. For obituary see Goodhart, S. P., Riley, H. A., & Friedman, E. D. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937. 37: 428.—Sands, I. J. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1936, 83: 641. LEAK LEAK, Roy Lathen, 1875- For portrait see Connecticut M. J., 1942, 6: 414; 476; 492. LEAKE, Chauncey Depew, 1896 Notes on morale, burns, bombs and war gases, for physicians [6]p. 21}£cm. [Springf.] C. C Thomas, 1942. ---- Notes for civilians on morale, bombs; and gas. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, the Author 1942. ---- Suggested readings on medical aspects of war gas injury. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, the Author, 1942. Also translator of Harvey, W. Exercitatio anatomica de motu cordis et sanguinis in animalibus. 3. ed. 150p. 23cm. Springf., 1941. See also Marsh, D. F., & Leake, C. D. Mechanism of war gases. Leaflet. 28cm. S. Franc, 1942. For portrait see in Proc. Dent. Centen. Celebr. (Maryland Dent. Ass.) 1940, 343. Also Anesthesiology, 1942, 3: 291. Also Messenger, 1943, 40: No. 3, 6. LEAKE, James Payton, 1881- TJ. S. Surgeon leads fight on epidemics. Delta Upsilon Q., 1934, 52: 128, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEAKE, John, 1729-92. Jameson, E. M. John Leake and childbed fever. Ann. M Hist., 1937, 9: 211-8, portr. LEAKE, Lucien Barton, 1879-1942. For obituary see Texas J. M., 1942-43, 38: 474, portr. LEAL, Aurelino de Araujo, 1877-1924. Bio-bibliografia. Die. biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 672, portr. LEALE, Charles Augustus, 1842-1932. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEAMAN, William Gilmore, 1898- Man- agement of the cardiac patient. xx, 705p. illust. diagr. pl. 23}^cm. Phila., J. B. Lippin- cott co. [1940] LEAMING, James Rosebrugh, 1820-92. Con- tributions to the study of the heart and lungs. vi, 300p. 8? N. Y., E. B. Treat, 1887. For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 144. LEAMING, Mary Alice. See Hartsell, S. E., Learning, M. A. [et al.] The teaching of bacteriology in colleges and universities. 49p. 23cm. La- fayette, Ind., 1941. LEAMINGTON, Eng. Provident Dispensary. Annual report. Leamington, 1., 1869- LEAN, Wilfrid Scarnell. Drug atlas; for students of pharmacy and medicine. 16p. maps. 8? Lond., Longmans, Green & co., 1937. LEANDRI, Alexandre, 1898- *Contribu- tion a l'etude des arthrites suppurees des grandes articulations des membres au cours de l'infection puerperale. 49p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LEANDRI, Lucien, 1913- *Un cas d'ap- pendicite a gauche. 32p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LEANNESS. See Cachexia; Emaciation. LEAO, Francisco Eusebio Lourenco [M. D., 1890, Lisboa] *Algumas palavras sobre os parasitas do paludismo. 63p. 8? Lisb., Impr. Nac, 1890. LEAO de Aquino, Joao Pedro, -1942. For obituary see Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1942, 40: 275. Also Rev. syniatr., Rio, 1942, 35: 144. LEAO Bruno, Antonio M. [M. D., 1928, Sao Paulo] *Contribuicao ao tratamento da prenhez extra-uterin. 167p. pl. 8? S. Paulo [Irmaos Ferraz] 1928. LEAR, Tobias, 1760-1816. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEARNED, Janet. See Gesell, A., & Ilg, F. L. [et al.l Infant and child in the culture of today. 399p. 2574cm. N. Y., 1943. LEARNING 601 LEARNING LEARNING. See also Animals, Psychology; Apperception; Child, Psychology; Conditioned reflex; Diet, Effects, mental; Education; Emotion, Effect on mental faculties; Endurance; Knowledge; Mem- ory; Scholarship; Student, etc. Bills, A. G. Gaining efficiency through learning. In his Psychol. Eflieiency, N. Y., 1943, 232-49.—Carr, H. Teaching and learning. J. Geh. Psychol., 1930, 37: 189-219.—Crutch- field, R. S., Youtz, R. E. P. [et al.] Human learning. Psychol. Bull., 1940, 37: 489-94.—McGeoch, J. A. The psychology of human learning: a bibliography. Ibid., 1933, 30: 1-62.— Nagge, J. W. The importance of learning in the psychological development of the child. In his Psychol. Child, N. Y., 1942, 224-30.—Whitehead, A. N. Statesmanship and specialized learning. Proc. Am. Acad. Art. Sc, 1942-44, 75: 1-5 [Dis- cussion] 7-13. ---- Ability. See also Intelligence; Mental deficiency. Fjeld, H. A. The limits of learning ability in rhesus monkeys. 537p. 8? Worcester, 1934. Forms Nos. 5-6, v. 15, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Riess, B. F. Limits of learning ability in the white rat and the guinea pig. 368p. 8? Wor- cester, 1934. Aim, O. W., & Whitnah, C. H. The brain minerals and learning ability of albino rats. J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 51-64.—Alverdes, F. Die Marburger Untersuchungen iiber das Lernvermogen niederer Tiere. Forsch. & Fortsch., 1943, 19: 60-2.—Bagger, M. F. Ability of a child in her second and third years to learn number-groups without counting. Bull. Univ. Pittsburgh, 1935, 32: No. 1, 359.—Bock, A. Ueber das Lernvermogen bei Asseln. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1942, 29: 595-637.—Carmichael, L. Learning which modifies an animal's subsequent capacity for learning. J. Genet. Psychol., 1938, 52: 159-63.—Cruze, W. W. Maturitv and learning ability. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1938, 50: No. 5, 49-65.—Greig, A. B. Interrelationship of play, affect, and learning ability. Nerv. Child, 1942-43, 2: 263-7.—Gulliksen, H. An analysis of learning data which distinguishes between initial preference and learning ability. Psychometrika, Cincin., 1942, 7: 171- 94.—Helle, E. Untersuchung der Rechenschwache eines intelligenten lljahrigen Madchens. Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1930, 37: 525-87.—Heron, W. T. The inheritance of maze learning ability in rats. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 19: 77-89.—■ Herrmann, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den natiirlichen Lernvorgang; iiber die Fahigkeit zu selbstandigem Lernen und die natiirlichen Lernweisen zur Zeit der Volks- schulreife. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1928-29, 109: 116-90.—Hertzman. M. The specificity of correlations between initial and final abilities in learning. Psychol. Rev., 1939, 46: 163-75.—Heyde, H. C. van der. Ueber die Lernfahigkeit der Strandkrabbe (Carcinus maenas L.) Biol. ZbL, 1920, 40: 503-14.—Hunter, W. S. Learning; experimental studies of learning. In Handb. Gen. Exp. Psychol. (Murchison, C.) Worcester, 1934, 497-570.—Husband, R. W. Intercorrelations among learning abilities. J. Genet. Psychol., 1939, 55: 353-64. ------ Intercorrelations among learning abilities; effects of age and spread of intelligence upon relationships. Ibid., 1941, 58: 431-4.—Koch, A. M. The limits of learning ability in Cebus monkeys. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1935, 17: 169-234.—Learning and maturation. Ment. Health, Toronto, 1934, 4: No. 7, 1.—Lynch, J. A. The problem of learning readiness. J. Educ. Psychol., 1940, 31: 437-48.—Ruch, F. L. Adult learning. Psychol. Bull., 1933, 30: 387-414. ------ The differential decline of learning ability in the aged as a possible explanation of their conserva- tism. J. Social Psychol., 1934, 5: 329-37.—Selover, R. B., & Porter, J. P. Prediction of the scholarship of freshman men by tests of listening and learning ability. J. Appl. Psychol., 1937, 21: 583-8.—Shuey, A. M. The limits of learning ability in kittens. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1931, 10: 287-376.— Speicher, H. B. The diagnostic study of failing pupils in 9th year civics. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1931, 7: 299.— Tryon, R. C. Studies in individual differences in maze ability; the specific components of maze ability, and a, general theory of psychological components. J. Comp. Psychol., 1940, 30: 283-335. ------ Studies in individual differences in maze ability; prediction validity of the psychological components of maze ability. Ibid., 535-82.—Tuttle, W. W., & Dykshorn, S. A comparison of spontaneous activity of the albino rat with the ability to learn, with special reference to the effect of castration and ovariectomy on these processes. Univ. Iowa Stud., 1928, 3: No. 42.—Werner, H. Psychological approaches investigating deficiencies in learning. Am. J. Ment. Defic, 1941-42, 46: 233-5. ----Alternation. Andrews, R. C, & Hunter, W. S. Double alternation by a maze-bright strain of rats, with some data on brain lesions. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 87-94.—Brown, W., & Buel, J. Response tendencies and maze patterns as determiners of choice in a maze. J. Comp. Psychol., 1940, 29: 337-401.—Buel, J., & Ballachey, E. L. Choice-point expectancy in the maze running of the rat. J. Genet. Psychol., 1934, 45: 145-68—Casper, B. Ihe normal sensory control of the perfected double-alternation spatial-maze habit of the albino rat. Ibid., 1933, 43: 239-92 — irannell, C. W. The choice point behavior of rats in a multiple ?m oo ml?atlon Problem- J- Psychol., Provincet., 1942, 13: u. - vans' S- How rats !earn the simple alternation K o™, ^ a temP°ral water maze. J. Genet. Psychol., 1937 50: 243-75.—Gellermann, L. W. The double alternation problem; the behavior of monkeys in a double alternation temporal maze. Ibid., 1931, 39: 50-72. ------ The double alternation problem; the behavior of children and human adults "J a double alternation temporal maze. Ibid., 197-226. ------ The double alternation problem; the behavior of monkeys in a double alternation box-apparatus. Ibid., 359-92.—Honigmann, •' ?e alternation problem in animal psychology; experiments with fowl. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1942, 19: 141-57.—Hunter, R. R. Symbolic performance of rats in a delayed alternation problem. J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 331-57.—Hunter, W. S., & Nagge, J. W. The white rat and the double alternation temporal maze. Ibid., 1931, 39: 303-19.—Jackson, M. M. Spontaneous alternation of the white rat in running and jump- ing situations. Proc Virginia Acad. Sc, 1940, 254.—Karn, H. W. The behavior of cats on the double alternation problem in the temporal maze. J. Comp. Psychol., 1938, 26: 201-8. —-----& Malamud, H. R. The behavior of dogs on the double alternation problem in the temporal maze. Ibid., 1939, 27: 461-6— Karn, H. W., & Patton, R. A. The role of transporta- tion cues in double alternation behavior by the rat in a multiple- box apparatus. Ibid., 1941, 32: 443-6.—Keller, F. S. A new type of double alternation. J. Gen. Psychol., 1937, 51: 454- 9.—Morgan, C. L. Meaning versus repetition, recency, and effect in the determination of choices of alternative letters of a mental maze. J. Exp. Psychol., 1934, 17: 839-46.V-Porter. E. H., jr. An investigation of the alleged function of emphasis in a simple discrimination problem. Ibid., 1941, 28: 77-84.— Rey, A. Choix adapts precgdant la prise de conscience. Arch. psychol., Geneve, 1935-36, 25: 157-78.—Schlosberg, H., & Katz, A. Double alternation lever-pressing in the white rat. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 274-82.—Schlosberg, H., & Solomon, R. L. Latency of response in a choice discrimination. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 33: 22-39.—Shuey, A. M. Some experiments with kittens on the simple alternation problem. J. Genet. Psychol., 1932, 41: 393-406.—Tolman, E. C. The determiners of behavior at a choice point. Psychol. Rev., 1938, 45: 1-41.— Yoshioka, J. G. An alternation habit in rats in a simple maze. J. Genet. Psychol., 1929, 36: 257-66. ---- Analysis, apparatus, and graphs. Blackburn, J. M. The acquisition of skill; an analysis of learning curves. 92p. 8? Lond., 1936. Forrest, H. de S. Correlations between the constants in the curve of learning. 43p. 23cm. Wash. [1941] Also Stud. Psychol. Cath. Univ. America, 1941, 5: 1-39. Hegge, T. G. Zur Analyse des Lernens mit sinnvoller Verknupfung. 187p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Forms Ergzbd 13, Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt. Thurstone, L. L. The learning curve equa- tion. 51p. 8? Princeton, 1919. Billhartz, W. H. The derivation of instruments for the prediction of college success on the basis of measurements made in junior high school years. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1938, 14: 48-52.—Blair, R. V. Thurstone's method of study of the learning curve. Psychol. Rev., 1918, 25: 81-3.—Bradner, H. A new mechanical learner. J. Gen. Psychol., 1937, 17: 414-9.—Davis, R. A. Mastery of a constant task versus cumulative progress as a technique of studying learning. Ibid., 1938, 19: 205-9.—Dearborn, W. F., & Brewer, J. M. Methods and results of a class experiment in learning; the conditions of the experiment. J. Educ. Psychol., 1918, 9: 63-82.—Freeland, G. E. A year's study of the daily learning of 6 children. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1921, 28: 97-115.—Ghiselli, E. E. A comparison of methods of scoring maze and discrimination learning. J. Gen. Psychol., 1937, 17: 15-28.—Hegge; T. G. Zur Analyse der Lernens mit sinnvoller Verknupfung. Beih. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1921, No. 29, 158-71.—Husband, R. W. Analysis of methods in human maze learning. J. Genet. Psychol., 1931, 39: 258-78.—Johnson, D. M., & Rhoades, C. Measurement of a subjective aspect of learning, J. Exp. Psychol., 1941, 28: 90-2.—Langer, W. C. An experimental critique of the measures of learning. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1937, 3: 195-21.—Lyon, D. O. A rapid and accurate method of scoring nonsense syllables and words. Am. J. Psychol., 1913, 24: 525-31.—Melton, A. W. The methodology of experimental studies of human learning and retention; the functions of a methodology and the available criteria for evaluating different experimental methods. Psychol. Bull., 1936, 33: 305-94.— Mowrer, O. H., & Miller, N. E. A multi-purpose learning- demonstration apparatus. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 31: 163- 70.—Nagge, J. W. Descriptive studies of learning. In his Psychol. Child, N. Y., 1942, 246-53.—Peterson. J. Thurstone's measures of variability in learning. Psychol. Bull., 1918, 15: LEARNING 602 LEARNING 452-6.—Ross, C. C., & Henry, L. K. The relation between frequency of testing and progress in learning psychology. J. Educ. Psychol., 1939, 30: 604-11.—Ruch, F. L. The method of common points of mastery as a technique in human learning experimentation. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43: 229-34.—Smith, M. D. The reproduction of colour patterns. Hi it. .1. Psychol., 1934, 25: 63-70.—Wenger, M. A., A- Williams. H. M. Experi-. mental studies of learning in infants and preschool children. Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32: 276-305.—Wheeler, L. R. A com- parative study of the difficulty of learning the multiplication combinations. J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 180-206.— Wherry, R. J. A test by factorial analysis of Honzik's extero- ceptive data. J. Comp. Psychol., 1940, 29: 75-95.—Woolrow, H. Interrelations of measures of learning. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1940, 10: 49-73.—Zerga, J. E. A new apparatus for the study of birds' learning. Am. J. Psychol., 1940, 53: 602. ---- Code and non-sense syllable learning. Biel, W. C. Intentional and unintentional learning as they affect retention of nonsense syllables. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 498 (Abstr.) ------ & Force, R. C. Retention of nonsense syllables in intentional and incidental learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 32: 52-63.—Forster, M. Visual and visual- kinaesthetic learning in reading nonsense svllables. J. Educ. Psychol., 1941, 32: 452-8.—Glaze, J. A. The association value of non-sense syllables. J. Genet. Psychol., 1928, 35: 255-69.— Gozzano, M. Osservazioni sul reattivo di frasi assurde. Riv. psicol., 1938, 34: 3-18.—Heron, W. T. The warming-up effect in learning nonsense svllables. J. Genet. Psychol., 1928, 35: 219-28.—Jones, F. N., & Jones, M. H. Vividness as a fac- tor in learning lists of nonsense syllables. Am. J. Psychol., 1942, 55: 96-101.—Klanfer, J. Die Rolle von Intelligenz und Gewohnheit bei der Deutung unverstandener Worte. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 384.—Peak, H. Koch's method of learning code reception. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 495 (Abstr.)—Pechstein, L. A. Whole versus part methods in learning nonsensical syllables. J. Educ. Psychol., 1918, 9: 381.—Philip, B. R., & Peixotto. H. E. Generalization in the initial stages of learning nonsense syllables; partial and inadequate responses. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 33: 136-47.— Raskin, E., & Cook, S. W. The strength and direction of associations formed in the learning of nonsense syllables. Ibid., 1937, 20: 381-95.—Schmitz, F. Hemmungen beim unmittel- baren Behalten von Buchstaben und sinnlosen Silben. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1922, 43: 313-59.—Seward, J. P. An experi- mental comparison of code-learning methods. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 33: 115-29.—Shurrager, P. S., & Shurrager, H. C. Validity of averaging-out practice effect in learning nonsense syllables by the ascending-descending presentation method. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 480 (Abstr.)—Spragg, S. D. S. The relative difficulty of Morse code alphabet characters learned by the whole method. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 33: 108-14.— Stewart, I. C. Relation of length of list to number of repeti- tions required to learn to completion lists of nonsense syllables varying in length from 16 to 32. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 481 (Abstr.)—Taylor, D. W. The learning of radiotelegraphic code. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 319-53. ------ Learning telegraphic code. Psychol. Bull., 1943, 40: 461-87.—Tilton, J. W. The effect of right and wrong upon the learning of nonsense syllables in multiple choice arrangement. J. Educ Psychol., 1939, 30: 95-115.—Zeigler, T. W. Forced and optional intervals of presentation in the serial learning of nonsense material. J. Gen. Psychol., 1939, 21: 277-306. ---- conditioned. See Conditioned reflex; Incentive; Reflex. —:— configurational. Perkins, F. T., & Wheeler, R. H. Con- figurational learning in the goldfish. 50p. 251{,cm. Bait, [1930] Williams, J. A. Experiments with form perception and learning in dogs. 70p. 26j^cm Bait., 1926. Higginson, G. D. A comparative study of maze learning with and without knowledge of pattern similarity. J. Gen PsychoL, 1938. 18: 63-76.—Jones, H. E., & Dunn, D. The configural factor in children's learning. J. Genet. Psychol., 1932, 41: 3-15.—Mann, C. W., & Jewell, W. O., jr. Con- figural aspects of human learning on the electrical maze. Am. J. Psychol., 1941, 54: 536-45.—Razran, G. H. S. Studies in configural conditioning; historical and preliminary experi- mentation. J. Gen. Psychol., 1939, 21: 307-30. ---- discriminative. See also Discrimination; Judgement. Ling, B. C. Form discrimination as a learning cue in infants. 66p. 25cm. Bait., 1941. Forms No. 2, v. 17, of Comp. PsychoL Monogr. Bayroff, A. G. Air blasts as substitutes for electric shock in discrimination learning of white rats. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1940, 29: 109-18.—Bull, H. O. Sensory discrimination in fishes by conditioned response methods. Proc. Internat. Physiol. Congr. (1935) 1938, 15. Congr., 454.—Colo, L. E., Woodbury, C IL, & Philleo, C. The effect of order and rate of presentation of stimuli upon tho establishment of a conditioned discrimina- tion. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1942, 26: 35-49.—Crawford, M. P., A Spence, K. W. Observational learning of discrimination problems hy chimpanzees. .). Comp. Psychol., 1939, 27: 133-47.—Edwards, A. L., & English. H. B. Reminiscence in relation to differential difficulty. .1. Kxp. Psychol., 1939, 25: 100-8.—Finger, F. W. Quantitative studies of conflict; varia- tions in latency and strength of the rat's response in a dis- crimination-jumping situation. J. Comp. Psychol., 1941, 31: 97-127.—Gilhousen, H. C. Final goal versus sub-goal distance discrimination. Ibid., 35-42.—Grether, W. F., & Wolfle. D. L. The relative efficiency of constant and varied stimulation during learning; white rats on a brightness discrimination problem. Ibid., 1936, 22: 365-74.—Haire, M. Some factors influencing repetitive errors in discrimination learning. Ibid., 1939, 27: 79-91.------Some experimental data relevant to field and associative theories of discriminative learning. J. Gen Psychol., 1942, 26: 267-88.—Harlow, H. F. Sign differentiated responses to two attributes of a stimulus by rhesus monkeys. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 494 (Abstr.) ------ Studies in discrimination learning by monkeys; the learning of discrimina- tion series and the reversal of discrimination series. J. Gen. Psychol., 1944, 30: 3-12. ------ Studies in discrimination learning by monkeys; discrimination learning without primary reinforcement. Ibid., 13-21.—Hartmann, G. W. Learning as a function of the spatial interval between discriminanda. J. Genet. Psychol., 1936, 49: 249-53.— Hilgard, E. R., & Humphreys, L. G. The retention of conditioned discrimination in man. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1938, 19: 111-25.—Jackson, T. A. A photographic method for studying discrimination-learning in children. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1940, 26: 116-23.—Lashley, K. S. An examination of the continuity theory as applied to discriminative learning. J. Gen. Psychol., 1942, 26: 241-65.— McClelland, D. C. Reminiscence in discrimination learning. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 574. ------ Studies in serial verbal discrimination learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1942, 31: 44; 149; 1943, 32: 235; 33: 457.—McCulloch, T. L., & Nissen, H. W. Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in discrimination learning by chimpanzees; comparison with limited response. J. Comp. Psychol., 1937, 23: 365-76.—Maier, N. R. F. Quali- tative differences in the learning of rata in a discrimination situation. Ibid., 1939, 27: 289-328, 2 pl.—Nissen, H. W. Positional sequences in 2-choice discrimination problems with non-positional cues. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1939, 8: 57-62. ------ Ambivalent cues in discriminative behavior of chim- panzees. Ibid., 1942, 14: 3-33.------ & Jenkins, W. O. Reduction and rivalry of cues in the discrimination behavior of chimpanzees. J. Comp. Psychol., 1943, 35: 85-95.—Nissen, H. W., & McCulloch, T. L. Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in discrimination learning by chimpanzees; com- parison with unlimited response. Ibid., 1937, 23: 165-89. —---— _ Equated and non-equated stimulus situations in discrimination learning by chimpanzees; prepotency of response to oddity through training. Ibid., 377-81.—Nissen, H. W., Riesen, A. H., & Nowlis, V. Delayed response and discrimina- tion learning by chimpanzees. Ibid., 1938, 26: 361-86.— Riesen, A. H. Delayed reward in discrimination learning by chimpanzees. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1940, 15: No. 5, 1-54.—Rogers, R. C, & Bayroff, A. G. Response errors in conditioned discrimination. J. Comp. Psychol., 1943, 35: 317-26.—Rose, E. L. Spatial and temporal bases for the establishment by rats of contrary discrimination habits. Univ. California Pub. Psychol., 1939, 6: 189-218.—Seward, J. P. An experimental analysis of maze discrimination. J. Comp. Psychol., 1943, 35: 17-27.—Solomon, R. L. Latency of response as a measure of learning in a single-door discrimina- tion. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 422-32.—Spence, K. W. The nature of discrimination learning in animals. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43: 427-49. ------ Gradual versus sudden solu- tion of discrimination problems by chimpanzees. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1938, 25: 213-24. ------ Continuous versus non- continuous interpretations of discrimination learning. Psychol. Rev., 1940, 47: 271-88.—Stone, C. P. A multiple discrimina- tion box and its use in studying the learning ability of rata; reliability of scores. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1928, 35: 557-73. ------ & Smith, M. B. Serial discrimination by rats at the choice points of elevated mazes. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1941, 31: 79-95.—Tolman, E. C. Discrimination vs learning and the schematic sowbug. Psychol. Rev., 1941, 48: 367-82.—Ver- planck, W. S. The development of discrimination in a simple locomotor habit. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1942, 31: 441-64.— Yoshioka, J. G. A preliminary study in discrimination of maze patterns by the rat. Univ. Calif. Pub. PsychoL, 1928, 4: 1-18. ------ A further study in discrimination of maze patterns by the rat. . Ibid., 1929, 4: 135-53. ------ Weber's law in the discrimination of maze distance by the white rat. Ibid., 155-84. distributed. Cook, T. W. Distribution of practice and size of maze pattern. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1936-37, 27: 303-12.—Dore, L. R., & Hilgard, E. R. Spaced practice as a test of Snoddy's two processes in mental growth. J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 23: 359-74.—Ruch, T. C. Factors influencing the relative economy of massed and distributed practice in learning. Psychol. Rev., 1928, 35: 19-45. I LEARNING 603 LEARNING --- Factors. Vaughn, C. L. Factors in rat learning. 41p. 26cm. Bait,, 1937. Abbott, E. E. On the analysis of the factor of recall in the learning process. Psychol. Rev., 1909, Monogr. Suppl., 11: 159-77.—Aim, O. W. The effect of habit interference upon performance in maze learning. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1931,10: 379-526.—Bird, G. E. Personality factors in learning. Personnel J., 1927, 6: 56-9.—Broome, M., Spett, A., & Myers, G. C. Speed vs accuracy in learning. School & Soc, 1918, 8: 687-90.—Bruce, R. H. The effect of lessening the drive upon performance by white rats in a maze. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1938, 25:225-48. ------ An experimental analysis of social factors affecting the performance of white rats; performance in learning a simple field situation. Ibid., 1941,-31: 363-77. The effect of varying the place of the fractional anticipatory- consummatory response upon the rate of acquiring a simple learning problem. J. Genet. Psychol., 1943, 63: 165-75.— Carr, H. A. Maze studies with the white rat; blind animals. J. Anim. Behav., 1917, 7: 2777306. ------ The influence of varying amounts of initial visual control in maze learning. Psychol. Bull., 1921, 18: 76.—Carter, H. D., & Jones, H. E. A further study of affective factors in learning. J. Genet. Pscyhol., 1937, 50: 157-63.—Cook, T. W. Factors in whole and part learning a visually perceived maze. Ibid., 1936, 49: 3-32.—Cooper, J. B. The effect upon performance of intro- duction and removal of a delay within the maze. J? Comp. Psychol., 1938, 25: 457-62.—Corey, S. M. Sex differences in maze learning by white rats. Ibid., 1930, 10: 333-8.—Courts, F. A. The influence of muscular tension on pursuit learning. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 574. ------ & Waggoner, D. The effect of something happening after a response. J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 22: 383-7.—Edwards, A. L. Frames of refer- ence as a factor influencing learning and retention. Summaries Doct. Diss. Northwestern Univ., Chic. 1940, 8: 282-6.— Evans, S. The role of kinaesthesis in the establishment and control of the maze habit. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1936, 48: 177-98.—Freeman, G. L. The influence of attitude on learn- ing. Ibid., 1930, 3: 98-112.—Grossman, M. R., & Cason, H. The influence of a short preliminary examination of learning material. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1937, 21: 473-5.—Guthrie, E. R. The effect of outcome on learning. Psychol. Rev., 1939, 46: 480-4.—Harris, R. E. An analysis of the maze-learning scores of bright and dull rats with reference to motivational factors. Ibid., 1940, 4: 130-6.—Heilman, J. D. Factors determining achievement and grade location. J. Genet. Psychol., 1929, 36: 435-57.—Honzik, C. H. Exteroceptive stimuli and the relative difficulty of maze blinds. J. Comp. Psychol., 1938, 25: 355-72. ----- The role of stimulation in maze learning; specificity vs patterning. Ibid., 1939, 27: 149-64.—Hunter, W. S. The effect of inactivity produced by cold upon learning and retention in the cockroach, Blatella germanica. J. Genet. Psychol., 1932, 41: 253-66.—Husband, R. W. Certain age effects on maze performance. Ibid., 1930, 37: 325-8. Influence of knowledge and instructions on maze performance. Ibid., 1935, 46: 213-9.—Ioteyko, I. Aptitudes etenseignement; questions mises a l'etude. Rev. psychol., Brux., 1910, 3: 1 396-403.—Jenkins, W. O. A spatial factor in chimpanzee learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1943, 35: 81-4.—Katona, G. The role of the order of presentation in learning. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 573. Also Am. J. Psychol., 1942, 55: 328-53 — Koch, A. M., & Warden, C. J. The effects of various diets on maze learning in mice. Psychol. Bull., 1933, 30: 558.— Koch, H. L. The influence of mechanical guidance upon maze learning. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1923, 32: No. ' 5, 1-113—Lambert, J. F., & Ewert, P. H. The effect of verbal instructions upon stylus maze learning. J. Gen. Psychol., 1932, 6: 377-99.—Lindley, S. B. The maze-learning ability of anosmic and blind anosmic rats. J. Genet. Psychol., 1930, 37: 245-67.—Liu, S. Y. The relation of age to the learning ability of the white rat. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1928, 8: 75-85 — Loh Seng Tsai. Gradual vs abrupt withdrawal of guidance in maze learning. Ibid., 1930, 10: 325-31.—Marshall, W. Psy- chiatric evaluation of afferent stimuli and learning processes. Psychiat. Q., 1939, 13: 322-9.—Maslow, A. H. The influence of familiarization on preference. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1937, 21: 162-80.—Metzner, C. A. The influence of the affectivities upon learning. Ibid., 1939, 24: 135-42.—Meyer, M. F. Fre- quency, duration and recency vs double stimulation. Psychol. Rev., 1934, 41: 177-83.—Mowrer, O. H. Preparatory set (expectancy) a determinant in motivation and learning. Ibid., 1938, 45: 62-91.—Myers, G. C. The importance of primacy in the learning of pigs." J. Anim. Behav., 1916, 6: 64-9.—O'Brien, F. J. Qualitative investigation of the effect of mode of presentation upon the process of learning. Am. J. Psychol., 1921, 32: 249-83.—Peterson, J. Frequency and recency factors in maze learning by white rats. J. Anim. Behav., 1917, 7: 338-64.—Porter, E. H., jr. The influence of delayed instructions to learn upon human performance. J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 23: 633-40. ------ & Hall, C. S. A further investigation of the role of emphasis in learning. Ibid., 22: 377-82.—Roberts, A. D. The goal gradient in a circular tank. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1941, 32: 17-31—Ruch, F. L. The differentiative effects of age upon human learning. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1934, 11: 261-86. ------ Experimental studies of the factors influencing the difficulty of blind alleys in linear mazes; generalized-turning habits. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 20: 35-52—Scott, T. C, & Underwood, E. Sex of experi- menter and intelligence as factors in maze learning; a further ?n?1?aI1.S0SoSf maze and sex differences. J. Genet. Psychol., 1934 44: 239-46— Seagoe, M. V. The influence of degree of t'rq eneSa V*1 whole-Par* learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1936, 19: +~ rv. •? °" ExPerimentelle Untersuchungen uber den naturlichen Lernvorgang; uber die Abhangigkeitsbeziehungen zwischen Lernlust und Lernerfolg. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1928-29, 109: 191-209.—Shock, N. W.. & Scow, R. O. The effect of repeated exposures to lowered oxygen tensions on learning. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 740.— Stone, C. P. The age factor in animal learning; rats in the problem box and the maze. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1929, 5: i .'i ~^~T— '^'le age ^a°tor xn animal learning; rats on a multiple light discrimination box and a difficult maze. Ibid., jlT: 125-202. ------ Learning: the factor of maturation. In Handb. Gen. Exp. Psychol. (Murchison, C.) Worcester, 1934, 352-81.—Sturt, M. A comparison pf speed with accuracy in the learning process. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1921-22, 12: Sect. Gen., 289-300.—Sullivan, E. B. Attitude in relation to learn- ing. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1927, 36: No. 3, 1-149.— Tilton, J. W. The relative importance of success and failure in learning as related to certain individual differences. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1943, 34: 176-80.—Tryon, R. C. Studies in individual differences in maze ability; the determination of individual differences by age, weight, sex and pigmentation. J. Comp. Psychol., 1931, 12: 1-22.—Van Steenberg, N. J. F. Factors in the learning behavior of the albino rat. Psvcho- metrika, Chic, 1939, 4: 179-200.—Warden, C. J., & Cumiriings, S. B., jr. Primacy and recencv factors in animal motor learning. J. Genet. Psychol., 1929, 36: 240-56.—Wells, F. L. Effects of instruction on test performance. Ibid., 1930, 37: 314-7.— Wheeler, L. R. A comparative study of the difficulty of the 100 addition combinations. Ibid., 1939, 54: 295-312.— Williams, S. B., & Williams, E. Barrier-frustration and extinc- tion in instrumental learning. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 247-61.—Yoshioka, J. G. Pattern versus frequency and re- cency factors in maze learning. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1928, 35: 193-200.—Young, K. Various factors influencing learning. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 83-9. ---- Habit learning. See also Child, Psychology; Habit. Mattson, M. L. The relation between the complexity of the habit to be acquired and the form of the learning curve in young children. p.299-398. 8? Worcester, 1933. Forms No. 4, 13: Genet. Psychol. Monogr. Alverdes, F. Nochmals (iber Gewohnung und Lernen. Zool. Anz., 1938, 124: 2-13.—Key, C. B., White, M. R. [et al.] The process of learning to dress among nursery-school children. Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 18: 67-163.—Marquis, D. P. Learning in the neonate; the modification of behavior under three feeding schedules. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1941, 29: 263-82. ---- ideational, and associative. Cofer, C. N. A comparison of logical and verbatim learning of prose passages of different lengths. Am. J. Psychol., 1941, 54: 1-20.—Dickenson, H. F. Factor analysis of oral group rational learning ability. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 692 — Frankfurther, W., & Thiele, R. Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen Vorstellungstypus und sensorischer Lernweise. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1912, 62: 1. Abt., 96-131.— Graham, J. L. Learning to generalize. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1938, 50: No. 5, 84-115.—Guthrie, E. R. Associa- tive learning. In his Psychol. Human Conflict, N. Y., 1938, 31-46.—Lacey, J. I., & Dallenbach, K. M. Acquisition by children of the cause-effect relationship. Am. J. Psychol., 1939, 52: 103-10.—Oldfield, R. C. The learning of logically connected material. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1936, 27: 4-10 — Roslow, S. A statistical analysis of rational learning problems. J. Genet. Psychol., 1936, 48: 441-67.—Stump, N. F. A class- room experiment in logical learning. J. Appl. PsychoL, 1927-28, 11: 117-26.—Trowbridge, M. H. A study of backward and remote forward association. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1938, 22: 319-37. Incentives, motives, and stimuli. See also subheading (Reinforcement) Brenner, B. *Effect of immediate and de- layed praise and blame upon learning and recall [Columbia Univ.] 52p. 8? N. Y., 1934. Ligon, E. M. A comparative study of certain incentives in the learning of the white rat. 95p. 27cm. Bait. [1929] Schmidt, H. O. The effects of praise and blame as incentives to learning. 56p. 25cm. Evans- ton, 1941. Simmons, R. The relative effectiveness of certain incentives in animal learning. 79p. 25cm. Bait., 1923. LEARNING 604 LEARNING Thorxdike, E. L. Reward and punishment in animal learning. 65p. 26cm. Bait. [1932] Anderson, A. C. The effect of equalizing reward upon the breakdown of a discrimination habit, and its bearing upon reminiscence. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1937, 23: 421-37.—Anderson, E. E. The externalization of drive; the effect of pre-feeding on the maze performance of hungry non-rewarded rats. Ibid., 1941, 31: 349-52. ------ The externalization of drive; the effect of satiation and removal of reward at different stages in the learning process of the rat. J. Genet. Psychol., 1941, 59: 359-76.—Ballachey, E. L., & Buel, J. Food orientation as a factor determining the distribution of errors in the maze running of the rat. Ibid., 1934, 45: 358-70.—Bernard, J. A note on non-informative shock. J. Exp. Psychol., 1941, 29: 407-12. ------& Gilbert, R. W. The specificity of the effect of shock for error in maze learning with human subjects. Wbid., 28: 178-86.—Biel, W. C. The effect of early inanition upon maze learning in the albino rat. Abstr. Diss. Stanford Univ., 1936-37, 12: 149-52.—Book, W. F., & Norvell, L. The will to learn, an experimental study of incentives in learn- ing. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1922, 29: 305-62.—Brown, W. L. A study of changes in orientation resulting from changed intra-organic motivation in learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1940, 30: 111-27.—Bruce, R. H. A further study of the effect of variation of reward and drive upon the maze performance of rats. Ibid., 1935, 20: 157-82. ------ An experimental analysis of social factors affecting the performance of white rats; dominance and cooperation motivated by water and food deprivation. Ibid., 1941, 31: 395-412.—Bunch, M. E. Certain effects of electric shock in learning a stylus maze. Ibid., 1935, 20:211-42. ------& Hagman, E. P. The influence of electric shocks for errors in rational learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1937, 21: 330-41.—Bunch, M. E., & Magdsick, W. K. A study of electric shock motivation in maze learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1938, 25: 497-506.—Cole, L. W. The relation of strength of stimulus to rate of learning in the chick. J. Anim. Behav., 1911, 1: 111-24.—Cowles, J. T. Food-tokens as incentives for learn- ing by chimpanzees. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1937, 14: No. 5, 1-96.—Crespi, L. P. Quantitative variation of incentive and performance in the white rat. Am. J. PsychoL, 1942, 55: 467-517.—Drew, G. C. The function of punishment in learn- ing. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1938, 52: 257-67.—Duncker, K. Lernen und Einsicht im Dienst der Zielerreichung. Acta psychol., Hague, 1935, 1: 77-82.—Dunn, B. M. A comparison of food reward and escape from water in motivating learning in the white rat. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 19: 107-12.— Gilbert, R. W. The effect of non-informative shock upon maze learning and retention with human subjects. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1936, 19: 456-66.----— A further study of the effect of non-informative shock upon learning. Ibid., 1937, 20: 396- 407.—Gray, W. L. The effect of forced activity on the maze performance of white rats. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1937, 23: 475-512.—Gurnee, H. The effect of electric shock for right responses on maze learning in human subjects. J. Exp. Psy- choL, 1938, 22: 354-64.—Hulin, W. S.t & Katz, D. A compari- son of emphasis upon right and upon wrong responses in learn- ing. Ibid., 1935, 18: 638-42.—Leeper, R. The role of motiva- tion in learning; a study of the phenomenon of differential motivational control of the utilization of habits. J. Genet. Psychol., 1935, 46: 3^0. ------& Leeper, D. O. An experi- mental study of equivalent stimulation in human learning. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1932, 6: 344-76.—Lorge, I. Irrelevant re- wards in animai learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1936, 21: 105-28. ------& Sells, S. B. Representative factors in the rat under changed-incentive-technique. J. Genet. Psychol., 1936, 49: 479-94— McCulloch, T. L., & Bruner, J. S. The effect of electric shock upon subsequent learning in the rat. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1939, 7: 333-6.—Mann, C. W. The effect of the introduction of an inappropriate reward at differ- ent stages in maze learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1938, 26: 255-60.—Miller, J. G. The role of motivation in learning without awareness. Am. J. Psychol., 1940, 53: 229-39.— Mowrer, O. H. Motivation and learning in relation to the national emergency. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 421-31.— Muenzinger, K. F. Motivation in learning; electric shock for correct response in the visual discrimination habit. J. Comp. Psychol., 1934, 17: 267-77. ------ Bernstone, A. H., & Richards, L. Motivation in learning; equivalent amounts of electric shock for right and wrong responses in a visual dis- crimination habit. Ibid., 1938, 26: 177-86.—Muenzinger, K. F., & Newcomb, H. Motivation in learning; a bell signal compared with electric shock for right and wrong responses in the visual discrimination habit. Ibid., 1935, 20: 85-93. ------ Motivation in learning; the relative effectiveness of jumping a gap and crossing an electric grid in a visual dis- crimination habit. Ibid., 1936, 21: 95-104.—Muenzinger, K. F., & Vine, D. O. Motivation in learning; the effect of interposed obstacles in human learning. J. Exp. Psychol 1941, 29: 67-74.—Muenzinger, K. F., & Wood, A. Motivation in learning; the function of punishment as determined by its temporal relation to the act of choice in the visual discrimina- tion habit. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 20: 95-106.—Ni, C. F. The influence of punishment for errors during the learning of the first maze upon the mastery of the second maze Ibid 1934, 18: 23-8.—Nissen, H. W., & Elder, J. H. The influence" of amount of incentive on delayed response performances of chimpanzees. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1935, 47: 49-72.—Peterson, D. A. Determination of relative amounts of punishment in learning. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 453 (Abstr.)—Prentice, W. C. H. Retroactive inhibition and the motivation of learn- ing. Am. J. Psychol., 1943, 56: 283-92. Roberts. W. H. The effect of delayed feeding on white rats in a problem cage J. Genet. Psychol., 1930, 37: 35-58.- Ruch, F. L. Food- reward vs escape-from-water as conditions motivating learning in the white rat. Ibid., 38: 127-45. Seward. J. P. Reward vs cul-de-sac as factors in maze discrimination. Psvchol. Bull 1942, 39: 443 (Abstr.)—Silleck, S. B., jr, & Lapha, C. w! The relative effectiveness of emphasis upon right and wrong responses in human maze learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1937, 20: 195-201.—Smith, M. F. The establishment and extinction oi the token-reward habit in the cat. J. Gen. Psychol., 1939 20- 475-86.—Steckle, L. C, & O'Kelly, L. I. The effect of electrical shock upon later learning and regression in the rat. .1. Psychol Provincet., 1940, 9: 365-70.— Stephens, J. M., & Baer, J. a! The influence of punishment on learning when the opportunity for inner repetition is reduced. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1937, 51: 209-17.—Stone, C. P. Changes in working habits of rats in a sand-digging problem, following removal of the food incentive. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 741. ------ & Sturman-Huble, M. Food vs sex as incentives for male rats on the maze-learning problem. Am. J. PsychoL, 1927, 38: 403-8.— Studer, F. J. Invincible urge to know. Sigma Xi Q., 1937, 25: 166-8.— Unger, W. Der Einfluss der Reizstarke auf das Lernen und Behalten von Reihen tachistoskopischer Punktgruppen. Arch. ges. PsychoL, 1937, 98: 73-122.—Wallace, S. R., jr, & Edwards, E. B. Non-rewarded performance in a linear maze. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 584.—Warden, C. J. Primacy and recency as factors in cul-de-sac elimination in a stylus maze. J. Exp. Psychol., 1924, 7: 98-116. ------ & Cohen, A. A study of certain incentives applied under schoolroom conditions. J. Genet. Psychol., 1931, 39: 320-7.—Warden, C. J., & Diamond, S. A preliminary study of the effect of delayed punishment on learning in the white rat. Ibid., 455-62.—Warden, C. J., & Haas, E. L. The effect of short intervals of delay in feeding upon speed of maze learning. J. Comp. Psychol., 1927, 7: 107-16.—Waskom, H. L. An experimental analysis of in- centive and forced application and their effect upon learning. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1936, 2: 393-408.—Watson, J. B. The effect of delayed feeding upon learning. Psychobiology, 1917, 1: 51-9.—Wolfe, J. B., & Kaplon. M. D. Effect of amount of reward and consummative activity on learning in chickens. J. Comp. Psychol., 1941, 31: 353-61.—Wolfle, D. L. The relative efficiency of constant and varied stimulation during learning. Ibid., 1935, 19: 5-27. ------ The relative efficiency of constant and varied stimulation during learning; the objec- tive extent of stimulus variation. Ibid., 1936, 22: 375-81. ---- incidental. Irwin, F. W., Kauffman, K. [et al.] On learning without awareness of what is being learned. J. Exp. Psychol.. 1934 17: 823-7.—Lepley, W. M. A gradient in incidental learning Ibid., 1935, 18: 195-201. • ---- Inhibition. See also Inhibition. Robinson, E. S. Some factors determining the degree of retroactive inhibition. 57p. 8? Princeton, 1920. Shastin, N. R. [On the inhibitory action of the so-called indifferent stimuli] J. Physiol. USSR, 1941, 30: 211-4. ---- interpolated. Cooper, J. B. An attempt to measure the tension values of interpolated situations. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1942, 27: 347-51.— Thune, L. E., & Underwood, B. J. Retroactive inhibition as a function of degree of interpolated learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 32: 185-200. ---- interrupted. MacCorquodale, K. The effects of pattern interruption on maze performance. J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 33: 363-9.— Pachauri, A. R. A study of Gestalt problems in completed and interrupted tasks. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1934-35, 25: 365-81. ---- latent. Eaton, M. T. A study of latent learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1935, 18: 683-707.—Herb, F. H. Latent learning; non-reward followed by food in blinds. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1940, 29: 247- 56.—Wallace, S. R., jr, Black well, M. G., jr, & Jenkins, I. Prereward and postreward performance in the latent learning of an elevated maze. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 694. ---- maze. See under Maze. ---- Mechanism. Dunlap, J. W. The organization of learning and other traits in chickens. 55p. 25^crn. Bait. [1933] Kleemeier, R. W. Fixation and regression in the rat. 34p. 25^cm. Evanston [1942] LEARNING 605 LEARNING Sackett, L. W. The Canada porcupine: a study of the learning process. 84p. 24^cm. Cambr. [1913] Thompson, E. L. An analysis of the learning process in the snail, Physa gyrina Say. 89p. 24#cm. Cambr. [1917] Brown, C. W. Subcortical mechanisms in learning: the functional significance of subcortical nuclei in certain simple learning tasks, with a description of a program for further experimental work. Psychol. Rev., 1935, 42: 307-34 & Ghiselli, E. E. Subcortical mechanisms in learning; the maze. J. Comp. Psychol., 1938, 26: 27-44. ------ Subcortical mechanisms in learning; olfactory discrimination. Ibid., 109- 20. ------ ■ Subcortical mechanisms in learning; pattern vision discrimination. Ibid., 287-300.—Cameron, N. Cerebral destruction in its relation to maze learning. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1928, 39: No. 1, 1-67.—Chappell, M. N., & Pike, F. H. Summation of stimuli and the neural changes in learning. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43: 283-307.—Cowles, J. T. Delayed response as tested by three methods and its relation to other learning situations. J. Psychol., Provincet.. 1940, 9: 103-30.— Gemelli, A., & Paslori, H. Le processus d'apprentissage chez les animaux. Arch. ital. biol., 1934-35, 93: 98-106.—Ghiselli, E. E., & Brown, C. W. Subcortical mechanisms in learning, inclined plane discrimination. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1938, 26: 271-85. ------ Subcortical mechanisms in learning; the effect of cerebral injury upon the relative distribution of errors in a spatial maze. Ibid., 301-9.—Girden, E. Role of the response mechanism in learning and in excited emotion. Am. J. PsychoL, 1943, 56: 1-20.—Hull. C. L. Differential habitua- tion to internal stimuli in the albino rat. J. Comp. Psychol., 1933, 16: 255-73.—Humphreys, L. G., Miller, J., & Ellson, D. G. The effect of the inter-trial interval on the acquisition, extinction, and recovery of verbal expectations. J. Exp. Psychol., 1940, 27: 195-202.—Hunter, W. S. The stimulus- neural control of behavior during and after learning. Science, 1934, 79: 145-51.—Ketterlinus, E. Learning of children in adaptation to mirror reversals. Child Develop., 1931, 2: 200-23, 3 pl.—Lashley, K. S. Learning; nervous mechanisms in learning. In Handb. Gen. Exp. Psychol. (Murchison, C.) Worcester, 1934, 456-96. ------ Studies of cerebral function in learning; the behavior of the rat in latch box situations. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1935, 11: No. 2, 5-42. ------ & Wiley, L. E. Studies of cerebral function in learning; mass action in relation to the number of elements in the problem to be learned. J. Comp. Neur., 1933, 67: 3-55.—Longwell, S. G. Progressive change in simple action; a study of learning. Am, J. PsychoL, 1938, 51: 261-82.—MacPhee, H. M. Inter- relational influences of three different adjunctive stimuli in punchboard maze performance. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1941, 57: 212.—Maier, N. R. F. The specific processes consti- tuting the learning function. Psychol. Rev., 1939, 46:241-52.— Meyer, G. Temporal organization and the initial reproductive tendency. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1939, 7: 269-82.—Primoff, E. Backward and forward association as an organizing act in serial and in paired associate learning. Ibid., 1938, 5: 375- 95.—Schultze, F. E. O. Ueber Lernzeiten bei grosseren Kom- plexen. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1915, 71: 1. Abt., 138-66.—Swift, E. J., & Schuyler, W. The learning process. Psychol. Bull., 1907, 4: 307-10—Szymanski, J. S. Unter- suchungen fiber den biologisch richtigen Verlauf des Lern- vorganges bei weissen Mausen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1917, 169: 537-63.—Thurstone, L. L. The learning function. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1930, 3: 469-93.—Vickefy, K. The behavior of right and wrong responses during work and rest intervals. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1938, 50: No. 5, 66-83.—Wherry, R. J. Factorial analysis of learning dynamics in animals. J. Comp. Psychol., 1939, 28: 263-72.—Young, K. The organization of learning. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust, N. Y., 1941, 89-95. --- Method. Huisman, R. Epistolae variae ... de re scholas- tica, de formando studio ... f. llv-27v. 15^cm. Basel, 1518. --- Nonnulla opuscula. 63 numb. 1. 15^cm. [text] Basel, 1518. Isocrates. Paraenesis ad Daemonicum. f.28r-33r. 15^cm. Basel, 1518. Kahn, S. How to study. 158p. 20>^cm. Bost., 1938. Bibhogr.: p.145-54. --- How to learn and advance. 196p. 19cm. N. Y., 1942. Neumann, K. L. K. W. G. *Experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von der Oekonomie und Technik des Lernens [Kiel] 60p. 8? Gott., 1906. Peterson, J. C. The higher mental processes in learning. 121p. 8? Princeton, 1920. Albright, M. A. Ear, eye, or both. Volta Rev., 1944, 46: 11-3.—Alexander, F. Learning-habit formation. In his Our Age of Unreason, Phila., 1942, 141-4.—Bernstein, A. O. Efficiency in study. In Albion O. Bernstein Mem. Vol., N. Y. 1943, No. 11, 1-4.—Fryer, D. H. Articulation in automatic mental work. Am. J. PsychoL, 1941, 54: 504-17.—Gillespie, R. D. The art of study: its principles and their application. Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 365-8.—Gray, C. T. A comparison of two types of learning by means of a substitution test. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1918, 9: 143-58.—Lay, W. A. Ueber das Morgen- und Abendlernen; eine experimentell-padagogische Unter- suchung. Zschr. Behandl. Schwachsinn., 1912, 5: 285-92.— Meyerhardt, M. W. Economical learning. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1906, 13: 145-84.—Pace, C. R. Implications from the psychology of learning for common school practices in evaluation. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 429 (Abstr.)—Penning- ton, L. A., & Waters, R. H. The anticipation method in paired associate learning. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1938, 6: 281-3.— Rexroad, C. N. Types and methods of learning. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1936, 15: 196-205.—Strong, E. K., jr. Two factors which influence economical learning. Science, 1914, n. ser., 39: 549.—Young, A. L. The comparative efficiency of varied and constant methods in sensorimotor learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1935, 18: 133-40. ---- motor. Bell, H. M. Rest pauses in motor learning as related to Snoddy's hypothesis of mental growth. 38p. 25}^cm. Evanston, 1942. Braden, S. R. An extensive experiment in motor learning and re-learning. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1924, 15: 313-5.—Buxton, C. E. Retroaction and gains in motor learning; evaluation of results. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1940, 22: 309-20.—Freeman, M. J. A study of relationship in motor learning. J. Psychol., Pro- vincet., 1942, 14: 217-25.—Hilgard, E. R., & Smith, M. B. Distributed practice in motor learning; score changes within and between daily sessions. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1942, 30: 136-46.—Locke, E. S. Perceptual factors in motor learning. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1938, 5: 157-64.—Melcher, R. T. Children's motor learning with and without vision. Child Develop., 1934, 5: 315-50.—Travis, R. C. The convergence of cortical and subcortical patterns in motor learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1939, 25: 643-9. ---- Overlearning. Krueger, W. C. F. Further studies in overlearning. J.Exp. PsychoL, 1930, 13: 152-63.—Tolman, E. C, & Minium, E. VTE in rats; overlearning and difficulty of discrimination. J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 34: 301-6. ---- Pharmacology. Dispensa, J., & Barrett, M. E. The effect of amphetamine, benzedrine sulfate on maze performance of the albino rat. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1941, 11: 397-410.—Hull, C. L. The influence of caffeine and other factors on certain phenomena of rote learning. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1935, 13: 249-74.—Jones, M. R., & Jones, C. E. The effects of phenobarbital on learning and retention. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1943, 36: 133-42.—Lashley, K. S. The effects of strychnine and caffeine upon the rate of learning. Psychobiology, 1917-18, 1: 141-69.—Mendenhall, M. C. The effect of sodium phenobarbital on learning and reasoning in white rats. J. Comp. Pscyhol., 1940, 29: 257-76.— Mulinos, M. G., & Lieb, C. C. Pharmacology of learning. Abstr. Internat. Physiol. Congr., 1929, 13. Congr., 188.— Osada, S. Ueber den Einfluss einiger vegetative Nervengifte auf die Laufbewegung der Maus im Labyrinthgerat. Fol. endocr. jap., 1935-36, 11: 32 (Abstr.) ---- Physiology. Brown, C. H. The relation of magnitude of galvanic skin responses and resistance levels to the rate of learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1937, 20:262-78.—Bunch, M. E., Cole, A., & Frerichs, J. The influence of 24 hours of wakefulness upon the learning and retention of a maze problem in white rats. J. Comp, PsychoL, 1937, 23: 1-11.—Burnham, R. W., & Leonard, S. L. Hypophysectomy and thyroidectomy as related to learning in the rat; preliminary investigation. Ibid,, 1941, 31:233-42.— Chang, H. C, & Liu, S. Y. The influence of the ligation of the two common carotid arteries on maze performance by the white rat. Ibid., 1928, 8: 71-4.—Daniel, R. S. The distribution of muscular action potentials during maze learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 621-9.—Harlow, H. F., & Stagner, R. Effect of complete striate muscle paralysis upon the learning process. Ibid., 1933, 16: 283-94.—Ivy, A. C, & Krasno, L. R. The endocrines and the learning processes. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1940, 33: 143-8.—Lashley, K. S., McDonald, W. T., & Peters, H. N. Studies of cerebral function in learning; the effecte of dilatation of the ventricles upon maze-learning. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 104: 51-61.—Liss, E. Emotional and biological factors involved in learning processes. Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1937, 7: 483-8.—Nosaka, J., & Hirota, O. Ueber den Einfluss einiger innersekretorischen Driisen auf die Laufbewegung der Maus im Labyrinthgerat. Fol. endocr. jap., 1936-37, 12: 41 (Abstr.)—StauiTacher, J. C. The effect of induced muscular tension upon various phases of the learning process. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1937, 21: 26-46.—Telford, C. W., & Swenson, W. J. Changes in muscular tension during learning. LEARNING 606 LEARNING Ibid., 1942, 30: 236-46.—Wenrick, J. E. Some effects of partial suprarenalectomy upon the learning of white rats in a water maze. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 20: 243-62. ---- Practice. Brownell, W. A. The place of repetitive practice in one kind of meaningful learning. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 576.— Browning, M., Brown, D. E., & Washburn, M. F. The effect of the interval between repetitions of the speed of learning a series of movements. Am. J. PsychoL, 1913, 24: 580-3.— Chapman, J. C. Statistical considerations in interpreting the effect of training on individual differences. Psychol. Rev., 1925, 32: 224-34.—Cohnen, W. Einfluss der Uebung auf die Wurf- leistung von Kindern. Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1927, 28: 369- 438.—Cook, T. W. Repetitive pattern in whole and part learning the spider maze. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 530-41. ----— Repetition and learning; stimulus and response. Psychol. Rev., 1944, 51: 25-36.—Ericksen, S. C. The effect of distributed and massed practice on the nature of errors made by normal and operated rats. J. Comp. Psychol., 1941, 31: 57-68. ------ Variability of attack in massed and distributed practice. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 31: 339-45.—Garrett, H. E. Variability in learning under massed and spaced practice. Ibid., 1940, 26: 547-67.—Gates, A. I. Recitation as a factor in memorizing. School & Soc, 1917, 6: 743-9.—Heese, K. W. A general factor in improvement with practice. Psychometrika, Cincin., 1942, 7: 213-23.—Home, E. P. A composite curve for the analysis of the form of the practice function. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1942, 13: 135-40.—Klliver, H. Re-examination of implement-using behavior in a Cebus monkey after an interval of 3 years. Acta psychol., Hague, 1936-37, 2: 347-96.— Margraf, W. Der Wiederholungssatz in der Volksschule auf Grund von Schulbogen. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1927, 60: 257- 316.—Mayer, B. A., & Stone, C. P. The relative efficiency of distributed and massed practice in maze learning by young and adult albino rats. J. Genet. Psychol., 1931, 39: 28-49.— Meyer, W. Ueber Ganz- und Teillernverfahren bei vorge- schriebenem Rezitieren. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1925-26, 98: 304-41.—Reed, H. B. Repetition and association in learning. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1924, 31: 147-55.—Renshaw, S., & Schwarzbek, W. C. The dependence of the form of the pursuit-meter learning function on the length of the inter-practice rests: experimental. J. Gen. Psychol., 1938, 18: 3-16.—Ribsskog, B. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die ffir den Unterrichtserfolg gfinstigste Repetitionszeit. Zschr. angew. PsychoL, 1932, 43: 301-47.—Stijfhoorn, G. [Quantitative relations between repetition and exercise] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1928, 32: 182-9.—Taubman, R. E. The effect of practice with and without reinforcement on the judgment of auditory number. J. Exp. Psychol., 1944, 34: 143-51.—Thorndike, E. L. The influence of the repetition of a situation. Am. J. Psychol., 1934, 46:420-8. ------ Measure- ments of the influence of recency. Ibid., 1935, 47: 294-300.— Wyatt, S. An experimental study of a repetitive process. Brit. J. Psychol., 1926-27,17: Gen. Sect., 192-209.—Yarbrough, J. U. The influence of the time interval upon the rate of learn- ing in the white rat. Psychol. Bull., 1921, 18: 101.—Young, L. B. The relative efficiency of different lengths of practice periods in school learning. Brit. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1940, 10: 245-7. ---- Psychology. Bode, B. H. Conflicting psychologies of learning. 305p. 8? Bost., 1929. Colvin, S. S. The learning process. 336p. 19^cm. N. Y., 1911. Kirkwood, J. A. The learning process in young children. 107p. 23%cm. Iowa City [1926] Laton, A. D. *The psychology of learning applied to health education through biology; an experimental application of psychology in the junior high school [Columbia Univ.] 103p. 8? N. Y., 1929. McGeoch, J. A. The psychology of human learning. 633p. 21 ^cm. N. Y., 1942. Perry, W. M. *A study in the psychology of learning in geometry [Columbia Univ.] 60p. 8? N. Y., 1925. Bernstein, I. D. Psychoanalytic extensions of the S-R formula. Psychoanal. Rev., 1935, 22: 158-68.—Boggs, L. P. The psychology of the learning process. J. Philos., 1907, 4: 477-81.—Bond, E. A. The learning of children. In Child Psychol. (C. E. Skinner) N. Y., 1941, 198-215.—Brown, M. C. Learning problems in student teaching. Res. Q. Am. Ass Health, 1940, 11: No. 4, 25-32.—Chapman, J. C, & Hills, M. E. Positive acceleration in improvement in a complex function J. Exp. PsychoL, 1916, 1: 494-507.—Dorris, A. K. Certain aspects of general science causing difficulty in learning. Abstr Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1933, 9: 363.—French, T. M. A clinical study of learning in the course of a psychoanalytic treatment. Psychoanal. Q., 1936, 5: 148-94.—Greene, J. E., & Osborne, R. T. The relation of student interest and student need in educational psychology to other variables. J. Genet PsychoL, 1941, 58: 211-7.—Gurnee, H. Effect of collective learning upon the individual participants. J. Abnorm. Psychol 1939, 34: 529-32.—Hubbert, H. B., & Lashley, K. S. Retro- active association and the elimination of errors in the maze. J. Anim. Behav., 1917, 7: 130-8.—Jenkin, A. M. Imagery and learning. Brit. J. Psychol., 1935-36, 26: 149-04.— Jordan, I). The attitude of central school pupils to certain school subjects, and the correlation between attitude and attainment. Brit J. Educ. Psychol., 1941, 11: 28-44.—Judd, C. H. The psy- chology of the learning processes at the higher levels. Bull Am. Ass. Univ. Professors, 1932, 18: 109-18.—Kohler. W. Ueber eine Wirkung von Bereichsbildungen im Spurenfeld Ber. Deut. Ges. Psychol. (1933) 1934, 13. Kongr., 144.—Liss] E. Learning; its sadistic and masochistic manifestations. Am J. Orthopsychiat., 1940, 10: 123-8.—McConnell, T. R., Henry! L. K., & Morgan, C. Studies in the psychology of learning' Univ. Iowa Stud., 1934, n. ser., 9: No. 283, 1-143.—McGeoch, J. A. The acquisition of skill. Psychol. Bull., 1929, 26: 457- 98; 1931, 28: 413-66. ------ The psychology of human learning; an introduction [book rev. by I'elner, E.] J. Abnorm Psychol., 1943, 38: 409-11.—Melrose, J. A. The organismal point of view in the study of motor and mental learning. Psychol. Rev., 1922, 29: 390-405.—Meltzer, H. Mental hygiene and learning. J. Appl. Psychol., 1942, 26: 268-84.— Meng, H. Ueber die psychischen Faktoren des Lernens. Zschr, Kinderpsychiat., 1941-42, 8: 149-54.—Moore, J. H. The rdlc of determining tendencies in learning. Am. J. Psychol., 1936, 48: 559-71.-—Mowrer, O. H. Anxiety-reduction and learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1940, 27: 497-516.—Muzzey, D. M. Group progress of white and colored children in learning a rhythm pattern. Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass., 1933, 4: 62-70.— Nelson, V. L. An analytical study of child learning. Child Develop., 1936, 7: 95-114.—Norem, G. M., & Wiederaenders, M. F. Educational psychology series No. 1: studies in the psychology of learning. Univ. Iowa Stud., 1933, n. ser., 8: No. 260, 1-75.—0stlyngen, E. Zur Methodik der Unter- suchungen fiber die Beliebtheit der Schulfacher. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1939, 103: 413-45.—Palmer, A. R. Variability of the mental functions and its effect upon school achievement. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1930, 6: 134-40.—Perrin, F. A. C. Conscious analysis versus habit hierarchies in the learning process. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1921, 1: 287-308.— Radosavljevich, P. R. Efficiency in learning; a practical result of experimental pedagogy. Sc. American, 1913, 109: 179.— Roberts, K. E. Learning in preschool and orphanage children; an experimental study of ability to solve different situations according to the same plan. Univ. Iowa Stud., 1933, n. ser., 7: No. 251, 1-94.—Russell, E. S. Conation and perception in animal learning. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1932, 7: 149-79.—Smith, M. D. Periods of arrested progress in the acquisition of skill. Brit. J. Psychol., 1930-31, 21: Gen. Sect., 1-28.—Snygg, D. The relative difficulty of mechanically equivalent tasks; human learning. J. Genet. Psychol., 1935, 47: 299-320.-—Watson, G. Some simple observations on learning. Ibid., 1933, 43: 447-54.—Wolfle, D. McGeoch's psychology of human learning; a special review. Psychol. Bull., 1943, 40: 350-3.—Young, K. Pupil adjustment to the learning process in school. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 428-50. ---- Reinforcement. Bregadze, A. N. [Individual reaction of the dog to compli- cated ordinal count; negative reaction by count after four rein- forcements with food] Avtoref. Sezd fiziol. biokhim. farm., 1937, 7. Congr., 145.—Brown, J. S. A note on a temporal gradient of reinforcement. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1939, 25: 221-7.—Cowles, J. T. Discrimination learning and pre-delay reinforcement in delayed response. Psychol. Rev., 1941, 48: 225-34.—Finger, F. W. The effect of varying conditions of reinforcement upon a simple running response. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 30: 53-68. ----— Retention and subsequent extinction of a simple running response following varying conditions of reinforcement. Ibid., 31: 120-33.—Grice, G. R. An experimental study of the gradient of reinforcement in maze learning. Ibid., 30: 475- 89.—Mote, F. A., jr, & Finger, F. W. Exploratory drive and secondary reinforcement in the acquisition and extinction of a simple running response. Ibid., 31: 57-68.----— The retention of a simple running response after varying amounts of reinforcement. Ibid., 1943, 33: 317-22.—Perin, C. T. A quantitative investigation of the delay-of-reinforcement gradient. Ibid., 32: 37-51. ------ The effect of delayed reinforcement upon the differentiation of bar responses in white rats. Ibid., 95-109.—Seward, J. P. The delay-of-reinforce- ment gradient in maze learning. Ibid., 1942, 30: 464-74. ------ Reinforcement in terms of association. Psychol. Rev., 1943, 50: 187-202.—Williams, S. B. Resistance to extinction as a function of the number of reinforcements. J. Exp. Psychol., 1938, 23: 506-22. ---- Relearning. Allen, F. Learning and relearning. Brit. J. Psychol., 1935- 36, 26: 217-32.—DuUky, S. G. The effect of a change of back- ground on recall and relearning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1935, 18: 725-40.—Sones, A. M., & Stroud, J. B. Review with special reference to temporal position. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1940, 31: 665-76. LEARNING 607 LEARNING --- Retention, and recall. See also subheading (Reinforcement) also Memory. Brockbank, T. W. *Redintegration in the albino rat; a study in retention [Catholic Univ.] 66p. 8? Wash., 1918. Lee, A. L. *An experimental study of reten- tion and its relation to intelligence [Columbia Univ.] 45p. 8? Princeton, 1925. Meek, L. H. *A study of learning and reten- tion in young children [Columbia Univ.] 96p. 8? N. Y., 1925. Brockbank, T. W. Retention in the white rat. Psychol. Bull., 1917, 14: 151.—Buxton, C. E. Level of mastery and reminiscence in pursuit learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 32: 176-80.—Davis, R. A., & Moore, C. C. Methods of measuring retention. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1935, 12: 144-55.—Edgell, B. Consideration of the immediate and delayed recall of 4 tasks differing in structure. Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance Sc, 1935, 437.— Edwards, A. L. The retention of affective experiences; a criti- cism and restatement of the problem. Psychol. Rev., 1942, 49: 43-53.—English, H. B., & Edwards, A. Lj Studies in substance learning and retention; the effect of maturity level on verbatim and summary retention. J. Gen. Psychol., 1939, 21: 271-6.— Finger, F. W. Retention as a function of original reinforce- ment. Proc. Virginia Acad. Sc, 1941-42, 258 (Abstr.)— Ioteyko, I., & Kipiani, V. Experiences sur le role de l'attention et de la repetition dans le travail de memorisation. Rev. psychol., Brux., 1909, 2: 433-44.—Johnson, L. M. The relative effect of a time interval upon learning and retention. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 169-79.—Lashley, K. S. Studies on cere- bral function in learning; the relation between cerebral mass, learning, and retention. J. Comp. Neur., 1926-27, 41: 1—48, 14 pl.-—McGeoch, G. O. Reminiscence in maze learning by kindergarten children. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1937, 50: 171-86.— Magdsick, W. K. The curve of retention of an incompletely learned problem in albino rats at various age levels. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1936, 2: 25-48.—Moore, T. V. Mnemonic functions in learning and recall; an analysis based on memory curves. In his Cognit. Psychol., Chic, 1939, 429-35.—Newman, E. B.. Effect of crowding of material on curves of forgetting. Am. J. Psychol., 1939, 52: 601-9.—Port, K. Der Einpragungswert der Wahrnehmungsgebiete; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Methodologie der Gedachtnispsychologie und zur Lehre von den Vorstellungs- typen. Arch. ges. PsychoL, 1931, 82: 1-104.—Porter, J. M., jr. Extinction of an acquired response as a function of the interval between successive non-rewarded trials. J. Comp. Psychol., 1938, 26: 261-70.—Rapaport, D. Experiments on the remembering of learned material. In his Emotions & Memory, Bait., 1942, 77-94.—Sackett, R. S. The relationship between amount of symbolic rehearsal and retention of a maze habit. J. Gen. Psychol., 1935, 13: 113-30.—Scott, T. C. The retention and recognition of patterns in maze learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1930, 13: 164-207.—Stavrianos, B. K. An experimental investigation of retention when items within a list are given different amounts of practice. J. Gen. Psychol., 1943, 28: 277-95.—Tilton, J. W. The effect of forgetting upon individual differences. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1936, 47: No. 2, 173-85.—Valentine, C. W. Learning and remembering. In his Psychol. Early Childh., Lond., 1942, 378-91.—Warden, C. J., & Lubow, L. Effect of performance without reward on the retention of the maze habit in the white rat. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1942, 60: 321-8.—Word, A. H., & Davis, R. A. Acquisition and retention of factual information in seventh-grade general Bcience during a semester of 18 weeks. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1939, 30: 116-25.—Young, K. The persistence of learned materials. In his Person. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941, 95-8. --- Retroactive facilitation. Gengerelli, J. A. Similarity and retroaction. J. Exp. Psychol., 1934, 17: 680-90.—Hamilton, R. J. Retroactive facilitation as a function of degree of generalization between tasks. Ibid., 1943, 32: 363-76. --- Reversal. Berry, R. N., Verplanck, W. S., & Graham, C. H. The reversal of discrimination in a simple running habit. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1943, 32: 325-34.—McClelland, D. C. Habit reversal in serial verbal discrimination learning. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39:496 (Abstr.)------ Studies in serial verbal discrimination learning; habit reversal after two degrees of learning. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 33: 457-70.—Schwarz, G. Untersuchungen zur Handlungs- und Affektpsychologie; fiber Ruckfalligkeit bei Umgewohnung. Psychol. Forsch., 1933,18: 143-90.—Williams, S. B. Reversal learning after two degrees of training. J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 34: 353-60. ■--- Rote learning. Ward, L. B. Reminiscence and rote learning. 64p. 8? Columbus, 1937. Hertzman, M., & Neff, W. S. The development of intra- Berial relationships in rote learning. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1939, 25: 389-401.—Hovland, C. I. Experimental studies in rote- learning theory; reminiscence following learning by massed and by distributed practice. Ibid., 1938, 22: 201-24. ------ Experimental studies in rote-learning theory; reminiscence with varying speeds of syllable presentation. Ibid., 338-53. ------ Experimental studies in rote-learning theory; distribution of EacV^o ™ vapylng speeds of syllable presentation. Ibid., 7u 172-9°- ------ Experimental studies in rote-learning theory; comparison of reminiscence in serial and paired- associate learning. Ibid., 1939, 24: 466-84. ------ Experi- mental studies in rote-learning theory; comparison of distribu- tion of practice in serial and paired-associate learning. Ibid., 25: 622-33. ------ Experimental studies in rote-learning theory; comparison of retention following learning to same criterion by massed and distributed practice. Ibid., 1940, 26: 568-87. ------ Experimental studies in rote-learning theory; distribution of practice with varying lengths of list. Ibid., 27: 271-84.—Park, R. E. A memorandum on rote learning. Am. J. Sociol., 1937-38, 43: 23-36.—Patten, E. F. The influence of distribution of repetitions on certain rote learning phenomena. J. PsychoL, Provincet., 1938, 5: 359-74.—Perkins, N. L. The value of distributed repetitions in rote learning. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1913-14, 7: 253-61.—Shipley, W. C. The effect of a short rest pause on retention in rote series of different lengths. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1939, 21: 99-117. ---- Serial learning. Muenzinger, K. F., & Dove, C. C. Serial learning: gradients of uniformity and variability produced by success and failure of single responses. J. Gen. Psychol., 1937, 16: 403-13. ------ & Bernstone, A. H. Serial learning; the bi-directional goal gradient in the endless maze. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1937, 50: 229-41.—Spragg, S. D. S. Anticipatory responses in serial learning by chimpanzee. Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 13: No. 2, 1-72.—Underwood, B. J. Associative inhibition in the learning of successive paired-associate lists. J. Exp. Psychol., 1944, 34: 127-35.—Warden, C. J. A symmetrical linear maze for use in the analysis of animal serial learning. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1929, 36: 177. ---- Theory. Humphrey, G. The nature of learning in its relation to the living system. 296p. 8? Lond., 1933. Youtz, A. C. An experimental evaluation of Jost's laws. 54p. 25cm. Evanston, 1941. Boring, E. G. Communality in relation to proaction and retroaction. Am. J. Psychol., 1941, 54: 280-3.—Borovski, W. M. Ueber adaptive Oekonomie und ihre Bedeutung ffir den Lernprozess. Biol. Zbl., 1930, 50: 49-60.—Bumatay, E. F. Predictability of performance at a locus in the learning process; a dynamic theory of learning. J. Gen. Psychol., 1939, 21: 187-202.—Carmichael, L. A re-evaluation of the concepts of maturation and learning as applied to the early development of behavior. Psychol. Rev., 1936, 43: 450-70.—Carr, H. A., Tolman, E. C. [et al.] The law of effect. Ibid., 1938, 45: 191- 218.—Cason, H. Dr Kellogg on the definition of learning. Ibid., 101-5.—Chappell, M. N. The inadequacy of the Kellogg- Britt definition of learning. Ibid., 1940, 47: 90-4.—Crissman, P. The operational definition of concepts. Ibid., 1939, 46: 309-17.—Dashiell, J. F. A survey and synthesis of learning theories. Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32: 261-75.—Drever, J. I. The pre-insight period in learning. Brit. J. PsychoL, 1934, 25: 197-203.-—Gengerelli, J. A. The principle of maxima and minima in animal learning. J. Comp. Psychol., 1930, 11: 193- 236.—Gilliland, A. R. The law of effect in learning. Ibid., 1937, 24: 495-504.—Guillaume, P. Le probleme du learning d'apres E. L. Thorndike. J. psych, norm, path., Par., 1937, 33: 717-27.—Hollingworth, H. L. What is learning? Sc. Month., 1932, 35: 63-5.—Honzik, C. H., & Tolman, E. C. The percep- tion of spatial relations by the rat; a type of response not easily explained by conditioning. J. Comp. Psychol., 1936, 22: 287- 318.—Hull, C. L. The concept of the habit-family hierarchy and maze learning. Pscyhol. Rev., 1934, 41: 33-54. ■-----■ The conflicting psychologies of learning; a way out. Ibid., 1935, 42: 491-516.—Kellogg, W. N. Some objections to Professor Cason's definition of learning. Ibid., 1938, 45: 96- 100. ------ An eclectic view of some theories of learning. Ibid., 165-84. ------& Britt, S. H. Structure or function in the definition of learning? Ibid., 1939, 46: 186-98.—Kellogg, W. N., & White, R. E. A maze test of Dunlap's theory of learning. J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 19: 119-48.—Klein, D. B. Der Lernprozess: eine theoretische Erorterung. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1931, 123: 291-307.—Koffka, K. The law of effect in learning and its interpretation. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 57-68 — Lepley, W. M. A theory of serial learning and forgetting based upon conditioned effect principles. Psychol. Rev., 1932, 39: 279-88.—Line, W., & Wees, W. R. Learning as doing; some suggestions concerning the analysis of direction. Brit. J. Psychol., 1936, 27: 162-9.—Marshall, W. The immunological concept of learning. Psychol. Bull., 1938, 35: 629. Also J. Gen. Psychol., 1940, 22: 193-8.—Peak, H. Negative practice and theories of learning. Psychol. Rev., 1941, 48: 316-36.— Peterson, J. Completeness of response as an explanation principle in learning. Ibid., 1916, 23: 153-62.—Pitts, W. A general theory of learning and conditioning. Psychometrika, Colorado Springs, 1943, 8: 1; 131.—Rosett, J. A contribution LEARNING 608 LEARNING to the theory of learning. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1938, 64: 83-5.—Seward, J. P. An experimental study of Guthrie's theory of reinforcement. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1942, 30: 247-56.— Snoddy, G. S. A reply to Dore and Hilgard. Ibid., 1938, 23: 375-83.—Stagner, R. Conditioned reflex theories of learning. Psychol. Hev., 1931, 38: 42-59.—Symonds, P. M. Laws of learning. .1. Educ. PsychoL, 1927, 18: 405-13.—Trowbridge, M. H., & Cason, H. An experimental study of Thorndike's theory of learning. J. Gen. Psychol., 1932, 7: 245-60.— Waters, R. H. The principle of least effort in learning. Ibid., 1937, 16: 3-20.—White, R. K. Two basic postulates of field theory, and their experimental justification. Psychol. Bull., 1941, 38: 523. —--- The case for the Tolman-Lewin inter- pretation of learning. Psychol. Rev., 1943, 50: 157-86. ------ A correction to the case for the Tolman-Lewin interpretation of learning. Ibid., 438.—Williams, K. A. The conditioned reflex and the sign function in learning. Ibid., 1929, 36: 481- 97. ---- Transfer, and transposition. Wiltbank, R. T. Transfer of training in white rats upon various series of mazes. 65p. 25^cm. Cambr. [1919] Wylie, H. H. An experimental study of transfer of response in the white rat. 66p. 24^cm. Cambr. [1919] Britt, S. H. The relationship between transfer of learning and age of previous associations. Am. J. Psychol., 1934, 46: 113-6.—Bunch, M. E, The amount of transfer in rational learning as a function of time. J. Comp. Psychol., 1936, 22: 325-37. ------ Transfer of training in the mastery of an antagonistic habit after varying intervals of time. Ibid., 1939, 28: 189-200. ------ A comparison of retention and transfer of training from similar material after relatively long intervals of time. Ibid., 1941, 32: 217-31. ------& Lang, E. S. The amount of transfer of training from partial learning after vary- ing intervals of time. Ibid.-, 1939, 27: 449-59.—Bunch, M. E., & Rogers, M. The relationship between transfer and the length of the interval separating the mastery of the two prob- lems. Ibid., 1936, 21:37-52.—Cohen, M. A transfer in learn- ing. Q. J. Speech, 1938, 24: 443.—Crafts, L. W. Transfer as re- lated to number of common elements. J. Gen. Psychol., 1935, 13: 147-58.—Jackson, T. A. Studies in the transposition of learning by children; transpositional response as a function of the number of transposed dimensions. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 25: 116-24. ------ & Dominguez, K. Studies in the trans- position of learning by children; relative vs absolute choice with multi-dimensional stimuli. Ibid., 24: 631-9.—Jackson, T. A., & Eckhardt, M. E. Studies in the transposition of learning by children; the number of stimuli in the training series as a factor in generalization. Ibid., 1940, 27: 303-12.— Jackson, T. A., & Jerome, E. A. Studies in the transposition of learning by children; simultaneous vs successive presenta- tion of the stimuli to bright and dull children. Ibid., 1943, 33: 431-9. ------ Studies in the transposition of learning by children; a preliminary study of patternedness in discrimination learning. Ibid., 1940, 26: 432-9.—Jackson, T. A., Stonex, E. [et al.] Studies in the transposition of learning by children; relative vs absolute response as a function of amount of training. Ibid., 1938, 23: 578-600.—Karn, H. W., & Patton, R. A. The transfer of double alternation behavior acquired in a temporal maze. J. Comp. Psychol., 1939, 28: 55-61.—Langer, W. C. An investigation of the positive transfer effects in the learning of a sensori-motor task. J. Psychol., Provincet., 1937, 3: 371- 9.—McClelland, D. C. Studies in serial verbal discrimination learning; retention of responses to right and wrong words in a transfer situation. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 31: 149-62.— Milisen, R., & Van Riper, C. Differential transfer of training in a rotary activity. Ibid., 1939, 24: 640-6.—Walker, K. C. The effect of a discriminative stimulus transferred to a pre- viously unassociated response. Ibid., 1942, 31: 312-21.— Woodward, P. An experimental study of transfer of training in motor learning. Psychol. Bull., 1942, 39: 481 (Abstr.) ---- Trial and error. Hanawalt, E. M. Whole and part methods in trial and error learning. 65p. 25)^cm. Bait. [1931] Cofer, C. N. An analysis of errors made in the learning of prose materials. J. Exp. Psychol., 1943, 32: 399-410.— Ellson, D. G. A mechanical synthesis of trial-and-error learn- ing. J. Gen. Psychol., 1935, 13: 212-8.—Hull, C. L. Correc- tion vs non-correction, method of trial and error learning in * rats. Rapp. Congr. internat. psychol. (1937) 1938, 11. Congr., 373.------Simple trial-and-error learning; an empirical investigation. J. Comp. Psychol., 1939, 27: 233-58. ------& Spence, K. W. Correction vs non-correction method of trial- and-error learning in rats. Ibid., 1938, 25: 127-45.—Jackson, L. L. VTE [vicarious trial and error] on an elevated T-maze Ibid., 1943, 36: 99-107.—Muenzinger, K. F. Vicarious trial and error at a point of choice; a general survey of its relation to learning efficiency. J. Gen. PsychoL, 1938, 53: 75-86.— Rouse, R. O. The oscillation function in compound trial-and- error learning. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1943, 35: 177-86.—Scott, T. C. The one-error per trial method of maze learning; how affected by instructions. J. Exp. PsychoL, 1938, 23: 80-9.— Snoddy, G. S. Sex differences in a case of trial and error learning. Psychol. Bull., 1921, 18: 77—Tolman, E. C. Spatial angle and vicarious trial and error. J. Comp. Psychol., 1940 30: 129-35. ------ & Ritchie, B. F. Correlation between VTE's [vicarious trial and error] on maze and on a visual dis- crimination apparatus. Ibid., 1943, 36: 91-8.- Wilson, W. R. Selection in trial and error learning. Psychol. Hev., 1924, 31- 150-66. ---- Types. Bayroff, A. G. A preliminary study of imitational learning in white rats. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1941, 57: 213.— Hildreth, G. Puzzle-solving with and without understanding J. Educ. PsychoL, 1942, 33: 595-604- Jacobs. W. Ueber das Lernen mit ausserer Lokalisation. Zschr. Psychol. I'hysiol Sinnesorg., 1907, 45: 1. Abt., 44; 161.—Pechstein, L. A., & Brown, F. D. An experimental analysis of the alleged criteria of insight learning. J. Educ. Psychol., 1939, 30: 38-52.— Types of learning. Ment. Health, Toronto, 1935, 5: L— Young, K. Some general forms of learning. In his I'erson. & Probl. Adjust., N. Y., 1941. 76-83. ---- verbal. Gibson, E. J. A systematic application of the concepts of generalization and differentiation to verbal learning. Psychol. Rev., 1940, 47: 196-229.—McGeoch, J. A. Learning and re- tention of verbal materials. Psychol. Bull., 1934, 31: 381-407. ---- visual. Brandt, H. F. Ocular patterns in visual learning. Am. J. Psychol., 1941, 54: 528-35.—Gurnee, H. The effect of mild annoyance upon the learning of visual forms. J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 25: 215-20.—Hegge, T. G. Die Determinanten des Komplexumfanges beim illustrierenden Lernen. Ber. Kongr exp. Psychol. (1923) 1924, 8. Kongr., 170.—Hunter, W. S. Visually controlled learning as a function of time and intensity of stimulation. J. Exp. Psychol., 1942, 31: 423-9.—Katona, G. On different forms of learning by reading. J. Educ. Psychol., 1942, 33: 335-55.—Lashley, K. S. Studies of cerebral function in learning; a reanalysis of data on mass action in the visual cortex. J. Comp. Neur., 1932, 54: 77-84.—Muenzinger, K. F., & Fletcher, F. M. Motivation in learning; the effect of an enforced delay at the point of choice in the visual dis- crimination habit. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1937, 23: 383-92.— Wood, L., & Shulman, E. The Ellis visual designs test. J. Educ. PsychoL, 1940, 31: 591-602. ---- in animals. Ulrich, J. L. Distribution of effort in learn- ing in the white rat. 51p. 24^cm. Cambr. [1915] Craig, W. Observations on doves learning to drink. J. Anim. Behav., 1912, 2: 273-9.—Cruze, W. W. Maturation and learning in chicks. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1935, 19: 371-409.— Diebschlag, E. Ganzheitliches Verhalten und Lernen bei Echinodermen. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1937-38, 25: 612-54.— Finch, G. Delayed matching-from-sample and non-spatial delayed response in chimpanzees. J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 34: 315-9.—Galley, L. Unterrichtsversuche an einem Ele- fanten. Umschau, 1925, 29: 63; 66; 288. ------ Unterrichts- versuche mit einem Ziegenlamm. Ibid., 325-9.—Haecker, V. Ueber Lernversuche bei Axolotln. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1912, 25: 1-35.—Herbert, M. J., & Harsh, C. M. Observational learning by cats. J. Comp. Psychol., 1944, 37: 81-95.— Lambercier, M. L'experience de l'espece unique chez deux signes cynocephales. Arch, psychol., Geneve, 1935-36, 25:179- 98.—Macgregor, M., & Schinz, J. A study of learning and re- learning in mice and rats. Psychol. Stud., Lond., 1915, 1-10, 2 ch.—Munn, N. L. Learning experiments with larval frogs; a preliminary report. J. Comp. PsychoL, 1940, 29: 97-108 — Plate, L. Die zahlensprechenden Tiere als Domestikationser- scheinung in historischer Betrachtung und Renner's Index- methode. Arch. Rassenb., 1936, 30: 312-40.—Raabe, S. Zur Analyse der Assoziationsbildung bei Lumbriculus varie- gatus Mull. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1938-39, 26: 611-43.— Riesen, A. H., & Nissen, H. W. Non-spatial delayed response by the matching technique. J. Comp. Psychol., 1942, 34: 307-13.—Schneirla, T. C. Some important features of ant learning. Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1933, 19: 439-52. ----- Studies on the nature of ant learning; the characteristics of a distinctive initial period of generalized learning. J. Comp. Psychol., 1941, 32: 41-82.—Snygg, D. The relative difficulty of mechanically equivalent tasks; animal learning. J. Genet. PsychoL, 1935, 47: 321-36.—Szymanski, J. S. Lernversuche bei Hunden und Katzen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1913, 152: 307-38.—Thorpe, W. H. Types of learning in insects and other arthropods. Brit. J. Psychol., 1942-43, 33: 220-34; 1943-44, 34: 20-31.—Vicari, E. M. Mode of inheritance of reaction time and degrees of learning in mice. J. Exp. Zool., 1929, 54: 31-88.—Warner, L. H. The association span of the white rat. J. Genet. Psychol., 1932, 41: 57-90.—Woodbury, C. B. The learning of stimulus patterns by dogs. J. Comp. Psychol., 1943, 35: 29-40.—Zerga, J. E. An introductory investigation of learning behavior in birds. Ibid.. 1940, 30: 337-46. LEARN TO 609 LEATHER INDUSTRY LEARN to speak German. 97p. 32? Racine, Wis., Whitman pub. co. [1932] LEAROYD, C. G. Physicians' fare. 302p. 19cm. N. Y., Longmans, Green & co. [1939] LEARY, Herbert Fairfax, 1885- For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 3: No. 8, 27, portr. LEAS, Roscoe David, 1893- For biography see Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1941, 26: No. 7, 5, portr. LEASE, Henry Leslie Graham, -1939. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1939, 132: 195. LEATHAM, Henry Blackburn, 1857-1939. For obituary see N. Zealand M. J., 1939, 38: 426, portr. LEATHEM, Robert Rendle Louis, -1936. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 689. LEATHER. See also Dermatitis, venenata: Causes: Do- mestic articles and clothing; Glove; Hide; Leather industry; Shoe; Tanning. Fischer, P. Die Lederaustauschstoffe. 183p. Miinch., 1942. Beerman, H. Factors involved in leather dermatitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29: 671-86.—Bliimel, P. Fremd- korpergranulom durch Wildlederhandschuh. Deut. Militar- arzt, 1943, 8: 341-4.—Cannon, A. B. Generalized contact dermatitis; leather. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44: 1156.—Gawrilow, N. J., & Simskaja, A. Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der Lederchemie; Verschiebung des isoelektrischen Punktes von Kollagen nach Einwirkung von Trypsin. Bio- chem. Zschr., 1931, 238: 44-52.—Gawrilow, N. J., & Stache- jewa, E. Untersuchungen aus dem Gebiete der Lederchemie; Isolierung von einigen Dioxopiperazinen aus dem Haut- kollagen. Ibid., 53-9.—-Henly, G. A case of leather derma- titis. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1939, 51: 211-3.—Jalade. Con- tribution a l'etude du dosage du soufre libre dans les cuirs; par le procgde' Balland et Maljean. Ann. falsif., Par., 1913, 6: 435-46.—Lewis, G. M. Dermatitis venenata due to shoe leather; report of two cases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 24: 597-603.—Nicolardot, P. Dosage de l'acidite des cuirs. Ann. falsif., Par., 1914, 7: 195-202.—Niles, H. D. Dermatitis due to shoe leather. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 363-5.—Povarnin, G. [Swelling of pelts in presence of H] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1915, 47: 2064-73.—Raschke. Leder aus gebriihter Schweinehaut. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1942, 50: 358.—Rostenberg, A., & Mendelsohn, H. V. Dermatitis due to leather from tefillin (phylacteries) Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 138: 458-60.—White, S. J. Dermatitis from imitation leather. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 45: 1164.—Wilson, E. O., & Yu, S. C. The reaction between basic aluminum sulfate and hide substance. J. Phys. Chem., 1941, 45: 166-77. LEATHER dye. Barker, L. P. Leather dye dermatitis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 750.—Callan, T., & Strafford, N. The examina- tion of dyed leather in cases of alleged dermatitis. Analyst, Lond., 1931, 56: 625-35.—Costello, M. J. Dermatitis venenata due to shoe leather dye. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 155.—Suchier. Akute Dermatitis durch Lederfarbemittel. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 570. LEATHER industry. See also Leather; Shoe; Tanner. Carbiener, R. Contribution a l'etude de la pathologie professionnelle dans l'industrie du cuir. 84p. 24cm. Strasb., 1937. Krings, A. *Die Gesellen- und Gewerk- schaftsbewegung in der erzeugenden deutschen Lederindustrie [Philos.] 4p. 22cm. Giessen, 1924. United States. Department of Labor. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Earnings and hours in the leather and leather belting and packing industries, 1939. 56p. 23cm. Wash., 1941. Deutsch, A. Boripari munkasok borbetegsegeirol. B6r & bujak6rt., 1912, 15-8.—Holtzmann, F. Die Lederindustrie und ihre gesundheitlichen Gefabren. Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 671-4.—Humperdinck, K. Verwendung bleihaltiger Spritz- farben in der Leder- und Kunstlederindustrie. Arbeitsschutz, 1940, 270.—International Society of Leather Trades Chemists. Analyst, Lond., 1942, 67: 197.—ludkina, L. N. [Occupational diseases of the skin among workers of leather industries] In Jubil. sbornik Bogolepov, Novosibirsk, 1933, 49-52.— Leven, E. Les institutions de prevoyance dans les industries du cuir. Ann. hyg., Par., 1926, n. ser., 4: 608-12.—McConnell, t\l" ,Fehnel-.J-W., & Ferry, J. J. Potential health hazards ot the leather industry. J. Indust. Hyg., 1942, 24: 93-108 — Michel, M. Rontgenbehandlung von Berufskrankheiten der Schuhindustrie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1931, 44: 766-70 — TvTn' , Chemisch-technische Methode der Verwertung von VLnoc1Ir^cks^nden der Lederindustrie. Gesundh. Ingenieur, 1926, 49: 289-92.—Warren, L. H. Leather buffers' nodes. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 571. LEATHERS, Waller Smith, 1872- Editor of Vanderbilt University. School of Medicine. Report of publications, Oct. 1925-Dec 1938. 113p. 23cm. Nashville, 1940. For biography see Am. J. Pub. Health, 1939, 29: 1350, portr. Also J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1940, 15: 281, portr — Underwood, F. J., & Whitfield, R. N. In their Pub. Health Mississippi, Jackson, 1938, 113, portr.—President-elect Association of American Medical Colleges of Medicine. Missis- sippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 370, portr. For portrait see Mississippi Doctor, 1943-44, 21: 148. LEAVELL, Hugh Rodman, 1902- Teach- ing preventive medicine to medical students; with special reference to the use of health depart- ment facilities, xviii, 77p. tab. 23cm. N. Y., Commonwealth Fund, 1941. LEAVELL, Lutie C. See Stackpole, C. E., & Lea veil, L. C. Laboratory manual in anatomy and physiology. 214 numb. 1. 29cm. N. Y., 1941. LEAVEN. LEAVENWORTH, Edgar Charles Shepard, 1893- *Colloidal gold and lead therapy with X-ray in the treatment of malignancy [Marquette Univ.] 21p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. LEAVENWORTH, Kansas. Evergreen Place Hospital Company. Annual Reports. Leaven- worth, v.1-3; 1890/93-1898. LEAVERTON, Alma Thompson. Eating your way to health and success, v, 197p. 8? Chic. [the Author, 1928] LEAVITT, Cyrus Franklin, 1873- The laws of self development (formerly Mental and physical ease and supremacy) 18. ed. 389p. illust. portr. 8? Chic, C. F. Leavitt [1932] ---- Mental complexes. 43p. 12? Chic, the Author [1935] ---- Your personal problems and how to solve them. 2. ed. xxii, 334p. 22^cm. Wil- mette, 111., the Author, 1942. LEAVITT, Joseph Stevenson, 1905- *L'osteochondrite dissequante (maladie de Koe- nig) 34p. 8? Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1936. LEAVITT, Peirce Henry, 1887- For portrait see N. England J. M., 1943, 228: 587. LEAVITT, Robert Greenleaf, 1865-1942. For obituary see West, R. L. Science, 1943, 97: 195. LEAVY, Daniel A. [M. D., 1941, Lausanne] *Valeur diagnostique et therapeutique de Pin- sufnation et de Thysterosalpingographie dans la sterilite. 36p. illust. 22Jkm. Lausanne, C. Risold & fils, 1941. Le BACCON, Marguerite Marie, 1908- *Geographie medicale de la Bretagne. 79p. 8: Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LEBAHN, Werner, 1899- *Ueber zwei Falle von Speicheldrusen-Mischgeschwulsten [Konigs- berg i. P.] 19p. 8? Liebemuhl Ostpr., K. Werstat, 1929. LEBAILLY, Pierre Jean Arthur, 1896- *De l'exploration interne des organes genitaux dans les etats physiologiques et pathologiques [Alfort; Vet.] 54p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1926. LE-BA-KIM, 1907- *Les acquisitions recentes sur le probleme de la transmission de la leishmaniose viscerale. 83p. Marseille, M. Leconte [1935] 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- -39 LEBANON 61 LEBANON. Cardwell, V. E. Public health nursing in I cbanon. Pub. Health Nurs., 1943, 35: 430-4.—I.eatherdale, I). A medical backwater [Lebanon] J. R. Army Vet. Corps, 1943-44, 15: 33-5. LEBARON, Charles, jr, 1892-1943. For obituary see Phalen, J. M. Mil. Surgeon, 1943, 92: 579. Le BARON, Georges, 1905- Contribu- tion k l'6tude de la dilatation dite idiopathique de l'cesophage [Paris] 127p. 8? Angers, Impr. de l'Anjou, 1932. Le BARON, Roger, 1899- *Bismutho- therapie et cryotherapie dans le traitement du lupus ('rythemateux. 175p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1932. Le BARS, Henry Jean Louis, 1910- *Le traitement dos polynevrites par la radiotherapie. 50p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. Le BARS, Louis, 1908- *A propos de quelques interventions iteratives abdominales. 56p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1935. Le BAS, G. Z. L. See Leiper, R. T.. Williams, H. M., & Le Bas, G. Z. L. Periodicals of medicine and the allied sciences in British libraries. 193p. 24 f ..era. Lond., 1923. Le BAYON, Edouard Leon Marie, 1910- *Les varices; caractere mendeLien r6cessif. 46p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936. LEBDUSKA, Jaroslav, 1902- *Etude biologique et pharmacodynamique de la car- bamide, de la sulfo-carbamide et de l'hyposulfite de soude [Alfort; Vet.] 49p. pl. 8? Par., M. Lac, 192S. LEBEAU, Georges, 1894- *L'hypoder- mose du bceuf (Hypoderma bovis de Geer) son importance au point de vue de.l'agriculture et de l'industrie du cuir; la lutte pour sa destruction [Alfort; Vet.] 44p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1927. Le BEAU, Jacques, 1908- *L'oedeme du cerveau; son role dans devolution des tumeurs et des abces intra-craniens. 223p. 25cm. Par., J. Recht, 1938. LEBAU, Paul, 1868- , & COURTOIS, Gaston. Traite de pharmacie chimique. 2v. xvi, 858p.; 1343p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1929. Also 2. ed. 2v. in 3. 1938. Le BECQ, Paul, 1898- *Note sur la maladie de Dupuytren. 150p. 8? Par., Impr. Labor, 1928. LEBEDEFF, Gabriel A., 1894- Methoden zur Zuchtung von Drosophila melanogaster. p. 1115-82. 8? Berl., Urbaa & Schwarzenberg, 1937. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1937, Abt. 9. T. 3. 2. Halfte: LEBEDENKO, Vladimir Vladimirovich. Kjih- HHKa u onepaTHBHoe neHeHueonyxojieii cnuHHoro M03ra. 167p. illust. pl. 22'/->cm. Moskva, Moskva, Mosk. med. inst., 1937. See also Agins, J. Dr Lebedenko's visit and lecture on shock. Detroit M. News. 1943-44, 35: 12.—[American visit] J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 6: 508-11, portr. For portrait see J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1943, 6: 427. LEBEDEV, Alexander Fedorovich, 1883-1936 For obituary see Berg, L. S. Priroda, Leningr., 1936, 25: 142-5, portr. LEBEDEV, Sergei Vasilievich, 1874-1934. For obituary see Tr. Acad. mil. med. Kiroff, 1934, I: 451-3, portr. LEBEDINSKY, Georges Gaston, 1900- *Cbntribution a l'etude des adenites geniennes aigues et chroniques d'origine alveolo-dentaire. 70p. 8° Par., Impr. Publ., 1928. LEBEDKIN, Sergei J., 1886- The bio- genetic law and the theory of recapitulation. LEBEDKIN 387p. 23cm. Minsk, White-Russ. Acad. Sc 1936. Russian text; Engl, summary, p.333-73. Also Russian title page. LEBEL, Frederic Mario, 1905- *Les traumatismes du foie. 260p. 8? Par., L Arnette, 1934. LEBEL, Jean Paul, 1916- *La tubercu- lose et les maladies veneriennes du poete frangais Frangois Villon. 27p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1939. LEBEL, Joseph, 1908- *La douleur du mal de Pott. 79p. 23cm. Par., L. Hemery, 1939. LEBEN. Guigues, P. L'alimentation au Liban; le 16ben; le lebne. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1928, 35: 642-8. LEBENGARC, Johanan, 1900- *Die Anatomie und Physiologie des Herzens in Leo- nardo da Vincis anatomischen Manuskripten. p: 172-88. 8? Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1926. Also Arch. Gesch. Med., 1926. 18: LEBENSART, Benjamin, 1902- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude clinique du cancer de l'ap- pendice ileo-caecal. 42p. 8? Par., Picart, 1935. LEBENSART, Idel, 1909- *Kystes du maxillaire superieur par inclusion 6pitheliale. 51 p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LEBENSOHN, James Elzar, 1893- Near vision test charts. 2 1. 8? Chic, Northwestern Univ. M. School, 1935. For biography see Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.) Bost., 1942, 166, portr. LEBENTAL, Stephane, 1903- *La tu- berculose du premier age; elements du dia- gnostic et du pronostic. 84p. pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1929. LEBER, Ferdinand Edler, von 1727-1808. Neuburger, M. Ferdinand Edler von Leber, his services in the abolition of torture in Austria. Med. Life, 1930, 37: 416-22. LEBER, Karl, 1894- *Untersuchungen iiber den Kau- und Gelenkdruck beim Siiugling [Frankfurt a. M.] 56p. ch. tab. 8? [Wertheim a. M., Bechstein] 1933. LEBER, Marja. Contribution k l'etude de l'acide picrolonique et de son emploi comme reactif des metaux alcalins [Pharm.] 55p. 8! Strasb., C. & J. Goeller, 1932. LEBER, Theodore, 1840-1917. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEBERMANN, Ferdinand. Der Wasserversuch als Nierenfunktionsprufung; eine Zusammen- fassung fiir den Kliniker und praktischen Arzt. viii, 145p. illust. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1932. LEBERMANN, Gertrud, 1907- *Zur Gasstoffwechseluntersuchung von Paradentose- kranken [Frankfurt a. M.] 12p. tab. 8? [Berl., Berlin. Verl.] 1930. Also Paradentium, Berl., 1930, 2: 178-83. LEBERMANN, Martha, 1908- *Ueber einen Fall von Dystrophia epithelialis corneae [Wurzburg] 14p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1933. Le BERRE, Gabriel Marie, 1909- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude du traitement et de la patho- genie de la fievre vitulaire [Alfort; Vet.] 63p. 23 ^cm. Mayenne, Impr. Floch, 1935. Le BERRE, Rene, 1911- *Contribution a l'etude de Phematome extra-dural chez l'enfant. 64p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1938. LEBER'S DISEASE 611 LEBLANC LEBER'S disease. See under Optic nerve. LEBERT, M. See Chabanier, H., Lebert, M., & Lobo-Onell, C. Physio- pathologie et traitement du diabete sucre". 441p. 8? Par., 1929.------Exploration fonctionnelle des reins, xii, 569p. 8! Par., 1930. LEBETTRE, Noel, 1913- *A propos d'une observation du svndrome de Guillain- Barr6. 48p. 23^cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1939. LEBEUF, Francois [M. D., 1924, Lyon] & MOLLARD, H. Les sels d'or en dermatologie et en syphiligraphie. 148p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1932. Le BEY, Jean. Recueil des secrets admirables, inventez et mis en oeuvre par des grands et signalez philosophes, astrologues & medecins, tant de Perse que d'Ethiopie. 16p. 18? Gre- noble, Pierre Verdier, 1637. LEBHAR, Paul [M. D., 1935, Toulouse] *La dissociation auriculo-ventriculaire et la myo- cardite diphterique; contribution a l'etude du syndrome d'Adams-Stbkes post-diphterique. 159p. illust. diagr. 24%cm. Toulouse, Lion & fils, 1935. LEBIEDINSKI, Georges, 1912- Con- tribution a l'etude de la sulfamidotherapie. 35p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. Le BIGOT, Andre, 1910- *Les tumeurs beiiignes du bulbe duodenal. 32p. pl. 8? Par., Soc. Gen. Impr. & Ed., 1937. Le BIGOT, Paul Marie, 1910- Com- paraison de Taction des rayons X et des anti- syphilitiques dans le lichen plan. 61p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. Le BIGOT, Roland, 1906- *La race Maine-Anjou dans le Departement du Maine-et- Loire [Alfort; Vet.] 60p. illust. map. tab. 24/2cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LEBIGUE, Jacques, 1911- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'elephantiasis nostras acquis des membres inferieurs. 55p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. Le BIHAN, Joseph Louis Marie, 1911- *Contribution k l'etude du traitement des ulceres gastro-duodenaux perfores en peritonite libre par suture simple. 72p. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. Le BIHAN, Raymond, 1913- Contribu- tion k l'etude du syndrome paleur et hyper- thermic chez le nourrisson opere. 39p. 24cm. Par., N. Maloine, 1939. Le BIHAN, Robert Joseph, 1908- *Dia- gnostic et traitement de la maladie de Nicolas et Favre; lymphogranulome inguinal benin, pora- denite inguinale. 108p. 25>£cm. Bord., Y. Cadoret, Delmas, 1933. LEBIS, Edmond Adolphe, 1904- *Vari- celle et pemphigus [Paris] 40p. 8? Domfront, Impr. du Pub., 1927. LEBISTES. Blacher, L. J. [Material on the genetics of Lebistes reticu- laris Peters] Tr. Lab. Exp. Biol. Zoo Moscow, 1927, 3: 139- 52.—Goodrich, H. B., Harrison, R. W. [et al.] Three genes in Lebistes reticulatus. Genetics, 1943, 28: 75 (Abstr.)—Purser, G. L. Reproduction in Lebistes reticulatus. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1938-39, 81: 151-7, pl. LEBIUS, Karl Max Georg, 1900- *Ueber Echinokokkus im Kindesalter [Berlin] 43p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. LEBKUECHNER, Eberhard, 1904- *Ueber ein Paragangliom an der Aortengabel. 25p. 8? Tlib., E. Gobel, 1931. LEBLANC, Albert, 1887-1928. For obituary see Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: LEBLANC, Emil Ludwig, 1887-1931. Syn- thase des voies de conduction des centres nerveux (topographie structurale) viii, 235p. illust. tab. diagr. 27Mlcm. Par., F. Alcan, 1935. For obituary see Brauer, L. Beitr. klin. Tuberk., 1932, 80: 403, portr.—Schottmiiller. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932. 79: 350. LEBLANC, Felix Raoul [M. D., 1917, R. Coll. Physicians, Lond.] Venereal disease and its prevention. 158p. 8? Letchworth, G. W. Browne, 1920. LEBLANC, Louis, 1910- *Myopie uni- laterale et troubles de la motilite oculaire [Mar- seille] 40p. 24 '/jcm. Aix-en-Provence, P. Roubaud, 1936. LEBLANC, Louis Gaston, 1888- *Etat actuel de la vaccinotherapie staphylococcique; importance des produits solubles microbiens. 63p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1930. LEBLANC, Louis Paul, 1902- Con- siderations medicale sur l'anthropophagie. 51p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1928. LEBLANC, Marc Adolphe, 1905- *Don- nees r^centes sur la phonocardiographie; interet de cette methode dans l'etude du premier bruit normal, des dedoublement du premier bruit et du bruit de galop presystolique. 128p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1936. LEBLANC, Paul, 1906- *Recherches sur le traitement de la distomatose et de la strongylose gastro-intestinale du mouton [Alfort; Vet.] 66p. 8? Douai, Impr. Goulois, 1930. LEBLANC, Pierre, 1914- *Manifesta- 'tions nerveuses de l'hypertension arterielle; etude semeiologique [Lille] lllp. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1938. LEBLANC, Urbain, 1797-1871. Bouley. Eloge. Bull. Soc. centr. med. vit., Par., 1880, 34: 323-61. LEBLEU, Albert, 1901- *Les formes graves de la poliomyelite anterieure aigue; leur traitement par le serum antipoliomyelitique. 62p. 8? Par., Impr. Tourangelle, 1926. LEBLOIS, Charles, 1892- Contribution a l'etude des formes pulmonaires primitives de la lvmphogranulomatose maligne (maladie de Hodg- kin) 107p. pl. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LEBLOND, Charles Philippe, 1910- *Re- cherches histochimiques sur la localisation et le cycle de la vitamine C (facteur antiscorbutique) dans l'organisme [Paris] 171p. 8? Laval, Barneoud, 1934. See Giroud, A., & LeBlond, C. P. L'acide ascorbique dans les tissus et sa detection. 47p. 25J4cm. Par., 1936. LEBLOND, Paul Emile Alfred, 1898- Contribution k l'etude des gangrenes gazeuses chez les bovins [Alfort; Vet.] 44p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1929. LEBLOND-DRAMEZ, Marcelle Claire, 1892- Contribution a l'etude du torticolis congenital. 55p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1928. Le BLOUCH, Georges Albert Jean Marie, 1908- Contribution k l'etude de l'etrangle- ment de l'appendice dans une hernie crurale. 47p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LEBOFF, Marcel, 1911- *Nephrose li- poidique et pyretotherapie. 61p. 8? Par., L. Cario, 1937. LEBOIS, Fernande, 1903- Contribution k l'etude de la torsion intraabdominale de la trompe uterine saine. 73p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. ■A LE BOLLOCH 612 LE BOUTILLIER Le BOLLOCH, Albert Pierre, 1879- *La gastrotomie chez les ruminants [Alfort; Vet.] 44p. 8° Bord., A. Bares, 192X. Le BON, Jean, -15S3(?) Therapia puer- perarum. 32 1. 24? Paris, Jacques du Puys, 1577 LEBON, Jean, 1893- See Chiray, M., & Lebon, J. Les insuffisances pancr£utiques. 210p. 8! Par., 1926. Le BON, Joseph, 1765-95. Dhotel, Y. M. P. E. M. *Un hypomaniaque: Joseph Le Bon (1765-95) 202p. 8? Par., 1934. Le BONNIEC, Yves, 1901- Contribu- tion a l'etude des grossesses abdominales. 38p. 8? Par. [n. p.] 1929. Le BOSQUET, Maurice. Personal hygiene. 220p. 12? Chic, Am. School Home Econom., 1926. Le BOUC, Andre, 1908- Contribution a l'etude de l'histamine dans l'intoxication chronique ethylique. 47p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1937. LEBOUC, Georges, 1888- *Une entre- prise zootechnique en Annam; les et;ablissements d'elevage d'An-Khe [Alfort; Vet.] 36p. 8? Par., Rev. path, comp., 1930. LEBOUCHARD, Robert, 1905- Con- tribution k l'etude des causes d'erreurs en radiologie suivies de quelques cas de mauvaise interpretation. 54p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1933. LEBOUCQ, Georges [M. D., 1913, Gand] Le rapport entre le poids et la surface de l'hemis- phere cerebral chez l'homme et les singes. 56p. 4? Brux., M. Lamertin, 1929. Forms No. 9, v.10, M6m. Acad. roy. Belgique. LEBOUCQ, Hector, 1848-1934. Duesberg. Eloge acadlmique. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1940, 6. ser., 5: 171-85, portr.—Necrologie. Ibid., 1934, 5. ser., 14: 582. LEBOULANGER, Jacques, 1905- ^'ap- preciation radiologique du transit stomacal dans la pylorostenose hypertrophique du nourrisson; les erreurs possibles [Paris] 37p. pl. 8? Le Mans, P. Blanchet, 1930. Le BOURDELLES, Bernard, 1888- See Piery, M., ythropoi£se surtenale experimentale par injection r^petee de lecithine chez le cobaye. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1164-6.—Theodorescu, I. Sur Taction physiologique de la lecithine. Biol, med., Par., 1906, 4: Suppl., No. 1, 1-4.— Vorobev, A. M., & Zhuravlev, I. N. [Effect of lecithin on excitability of cerebral cortex] Vrach delo, 1928, 11: 953-7. Also Zschr'. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 66: 206-11.—Wilbur, K. M., & Collier, H. B. A comparison of the hemolytic actions of lyso- lecithin and saponin. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1943, 22: 233-49. ---- Pharmacy. Brause, G. H. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis von pharmazeutischen Lecithinpraparaten. 58p. 4? Konigsb., 1926. Acanfora, G. L'azione delle radiazioni emesse della lecitina irradiate sullo sviluppo di alcuni germi. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 1475-7.—Bracaloni, L. Sur le blanchiment de la suspension d'extrait d'oeuf, lecithine et luteine, par action de la lumiere solaire et de la chaleur. J. pharm. chim., Par., 1938, 8. ser., 28: 97-102. ------ Metodo aggiornato per la preparazione delle fiale di estratto d'uovo, lecitina e luteina, per uso endo- venoso. Gior. med. mil., 1939, 87: 838-44.—Craven, M. Le lecitine. Gior. farm, chim., Tor., 1908, 57: 49; 97; 145; 193 — Lendel. E. Die Heilwirkung des Praparats Fregalin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1942, 38: 110.—Levene, P. A., & Rolf. I. P. The preparation and purification of lecithin. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 72: 587-90.—Mossini, A., & Caliumi, V. Sulla preparazione di soluzioni iniettabili di lecitina. Boll. chim. farm., 1940,79: 177.—Pangborn, M. C. A note on the purification of lecithin. J. Biol. Chem., 1941, 137: 545-8.—Roffo, A. H., & Correa, L. M. Activacion de la lecitina por las irradaciones ultra- violetas. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cdncer, B. Air., 1936, 13: 493-7.— Sueyosi, Y. Ueber die Darstellung von Eigelblecithin. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1931, 13: 145-54. ---- Serology. Levene, P. A., Landsteiner, K., & Van der Scheer, J. Immunization experiments with lecithin. J. Exp. M., 1927, 46: 197-204.—Maier, H. Ueber die Reaktionsfahigkeit des synthetischen Lezithins und seiner Antisera. Zschr. Immun- forsch., 1933, 78: 1-21.—Neuda, P. Der Temperatureinfluss in der Lezithin-Serumlyse. Ibid., 1937, 91: 273-80.—Pirosky, I., & Modern, F. Action de la lecithine sur le fractionnement des serums antitoxiques et la transformation de la pseudo- globuline en euglobuline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 387-9. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 153-7.—Stefl, J. The flocculation of lecithin by the extracts of adrenal glands. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931, 28: 1006-8.—Weinstein, L. The effect of lecithin on streptococcal and staphylococcal hemolysin. J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 60: 209-12.—Yasui, K. Ueber den begunstigenden Einfluss des Lezithins auf Komple- mentbindungserscheinungen. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 57: 205-18. ---- Therapeutic use. Axenoff, L. W. Erfahrungen mit Helpin. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1506.—Faccenda, F., & Chieffi, T. Sulla tolleranza, sull'uso e sull'eventuale possibility terapeutica delTintroduzione di preparati lecitino-luteinici nello speco vertebrale. Rass. clin. ter., 1935, 34: 250.—Friedrich, A. Terapia lecitinica con particolare riguardo alia bioplastina Serono. Ibid., 1931, 30: 158-61, pl.—Haupt, B. Erfahrungen mit dem neuen Roborans Lecitnmin. Miinch. med. Wschr 1937, 84: 1817.—Heinrici, D. Zur Behandlung mit Lecithin' Fortsch. Ther., 1938, 14: 511; 578. llentze, G. Praktische Versuche uber einige Verwendungsmoglichkeiten von Pflanzen- lezithin (Phosphatide) Zschr. Erniihr., 1931, 1: 53-61.— Indications de la lecithine combinee a Themoglobine. Praxis, Bern, 1942, 31: p. xvi.— ltd, M. Beitrag zur speziellen Be- deutung der Lecithinsalbe fiir das Haarwaehstum. Jap. J Derm. Urol., 1937, 42: 246 (Abstr.)—Jacchia, L. Osservazioni cliniche e rilievi sopra alcuni casi di diabete trattati con insulina associata a lecitina ex ovo. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1933, 5: 3-21.—Juster, Oailliau & Huerre. Fonte d'un neoplasme cutane chez une malade traitee par injections intra-musculairea de preparations lecithinees. J. med. Paris, l!i:ir>, 55; 572.— Kanocz, D., & Laszlo, G. [Clinical use of Iccithin-chnlfsterin antagonism] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 120 2.-- Lebermann, F, Klinische Erfahrungen mit Helpin. Deut. meil. Wschr., 1927, 53: 398-400.—Lecithin in medicine. Prcscriber, Edinb., 1908,' 2: 72.—Pinelli, L., & Fanelli, G. Azione della lecitina per via endovenosa negli stati anemo-astenici. Rass. clin. ter., 1934 33: 279-88— Poletti, E. M. La terapia lecitinica nelle sue applicazioni secondo le pui moderne e personali mie vedute Ibid., 1927, 26: 307-404.—Poras, J. Ambulatorische Mast- kuren mit Helpin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1631.— Rosenberg, F. Leber eine neuartige Applikationsform dea Lecithin. Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 92.—Serono, C. Nuove applicazioni terapeutiche della lecitina-luteina; trent'anni di terapia lecitinica. Rass. clin. ter., 1926, 25: 265-7. -----■ El empleo terapeutico de la lecitina. Siglo med., 1926, 78: 167. ------ Sulle iniezioni di lecitina nell'uomo e negli animali [1897-1928] Rass. clin. ter., 1928, 27: 247-82. ----- Sulla iniezioni endovenose di lipoidi totali del tuorlo d'uovo in varie forme morbose. Ibid., 1935, 34: 241-9.—Wirth, R. Erfahrungen mit Lecitamin. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 1810. LECITHINASE. See Lecithase. LECITHIN phosphoric acid. See Phospholipid. LECITHOCHIRIUM. See also Trematoda. Acena, S. P. Preliminary notes on a trematode with two yolk reservoirs, and a new species of Lecithochirium. Philippine J. Sc, 1941, 75:285-9, 2 pl. LECITHOCLADIUM. See also Hemiuridae. Srivastava, H. D. New hemiurids, Trematoda, from Indian marine food fishes; two new parasites of the genus Lecithocladium Liihe, 1901, subfamily Dinurinae Looss, 1907. Parasitology, Lond., 1942, 34: 124-7. LECITHODENDRIIDAE. See also Trematoda. Macy, R. W. A new bat trematode, Lecithodendrium breckenridgei, with a key to the species of the genus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 136: 236. ------ A new species of trematode, Prosthodendrium travassosi, Lecithodendriidae, from a Minnesota bat. In Livr. Jub. Prof. Travassos, Rio, 1938, 291, pl. ------ A new trematode, Myotitrema asym- metrica, n. g., n. sp., (Lecithodendriidae) from the little brown bat. J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1940, 26: 83. ----— Description of three new trematodes with notes on other species of Acantha- trium (Lecithodendriidae) and a key to the genus. Ibid., 279-86, incl. 2 pl.—Skarbilovich, T. S. Contribution to the reconstruction of the taxonomy of the trematodes of the family Lecithodendriidae Odhner, 1911. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1943, 38: 223.—Skriabin, K. I. Contribution a la biologie d'un trematode Lecithodendrium chilostomum (Mehl., 1831) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1915, 78: 751-4. Also Vest, obshch. vet., 1915, 27: 409-12.—Travassos, L. Contribuicao para o co- nhecimehto dos Lecitodendriidae do Brasil. Mem. Inst. Os- waldo Cruz, 1928, 189-99, 3 pl. LECITHOPROTID. See Protid, conjugated. LECITHOVITELLIN. See Vitellin. LECKY, Prescott, 1892-1941. For obituary see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 503. LECLAINCHE, Emmanuel, 1861- His- toire de la medecine veterinaire. xv, 812p. map. 8? Toulouse, Off. du Livre, 1936. LECLAINCHE 617 LECLERCQ LECLAINCHE, Xavier Louis, 1899- ♦L'immunite transmise [Paris] 178p. 8°. Toulouse, Impr. Ouvriere, 1927. LECLAIR, Edmond. Histoire de la pharmacie a Lille de 1301 k l'an XI (1803); 6tude historique et critique. xxii, 396p. tab. pl. 25y2cm. Lille, Lefebvre-Ducrocq, 1900. ---- Documents sur les apothicaires et 6piciers lillois avant 1586. 28p. 25}£cm. Lille, Lefebvre-Ducrocq, 1901. LECLER, Gilbert Lucien, 1911- *Au sujet de quatre observations d'enc^phalite coquelu- cheuse. 35p. 24cm. Par., Presses Mod., 1939. LECLER, Manuel, 1868-1941. For obituary see Rev. med. vet., B. Air., 1941, 23: 93-5, portr. LECLER, Paulette, 1911- *Le traite- ment du syndrome toxique cholerique du nour- risson par l'instillation intra-veineuse continue; methode de Karelitz et Schick. 128p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1937. LECLERC, Andre Marie Marcel, 1910- *Les ixodides; leur importance medicale. lllp. 24^cm. Alger, V. Heintz, 1936. Le CLERC, Daniel, 1652-1728. For portrait see Collection in Library. LECLERC, Edmond, 1904- See Batta, G., Firket, J., & Leclerc, E. Les problemes de pollution de Tatmosphere. 642p. 12? Par. [1933] LECLERC, Frederic P., 1905- *Dia- gnostic du cancer du corps uterin (en particulier avec les metrites) [Lyon] 178p. 8? Dijon, Bernigaud & Privat, 1934. LECLERC, George Louis, comte de Buffon, 1707-88. Roule, L. Louis Leclerc, comte de Buffon, son oeuvre scientifiqueet son role medical. Presse med., 1925,33:361-3.— Sabrazes, J. A propos de Buffon, sa maladie et sa mort. Aesculape, Par., 1923, n. ser., 13: 230; 287.—Variot, -G. Le crane de Buffon retrouv£ dans le caveau de la chapelle seigneu- riale a Montbard. Bull. Soc. anthrop. Paris, 1928, 7. ser., 9: 2-5. Also Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 148-51; 837-55. LECLERC, Georges Claude [M. D., 1938, Lyon] *Les tumeurs malignes primitives des os; classification, etude clinique et radiographique. 194p. pl. 25ikm. Lyon, A. Rey, 1938. Also another ed. ix, 194p. Par., G. Doin & cie, 1938. LECLERC, Henri, 1870- Precis de phytotherapie; essais de therapeutique par les plantes frangaises. 2. ed. xv, 327p. 8? Par., Masson et cie, 1927. --- Le petit jardin (Hortulus) de Walabfrid Strabus; texte latin et traduction frangaise, precedes d'une etude sur la vie et sur les osuvres poetiques de l'auteur et accompagnes de com- mentaires. llOp. pl. 12? Par., A. Legrand, 1933. LECLERC, Henri, 1911- Contribution a l'etude de la paralysie du nerf phrenique dans son utilisation therapeutique contre la tubercu- lose pulmonaire. 102p. 24^cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LECLERC, Jacques, 1909- *R61e du surmenage mental dans l'£tiologie de la demence precoce. lllp. 24^cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LECLERC, Louis, 1910- Contribution a I'etoide du traitement ambulatoire des ulceres chro- niques de jambe. 94p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1937. LECLERC, Rene Marc, 1908- *De- doublement complet de I'appareil genital dans ses rapports avec la puerperalit6 [Nancy] 97p. 24cm. Strasb., Ed. Argentoratum [1934] LECLERCQ, Arthur, 1856- Les angines de poitrine et leur traitement. 192p. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1926. LECLERCQ, Charles Raymond Edmond, 1904- *Application therapeutique de vues bio- logiques nouvelles sur le brome; hormones sedatives [Lille] 112p. diagr. pl. 23^cm. Lille Tourcoing, Georges fr., 1937. LECLERCQ, Eugene, 1904- *L'occlusion intestinale de l'adulte par volvulus partiel du grele. 60p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1933. LECLERCQ, Jean Victor, 1908- Con- tribution a l'etude des stomatites; revue clinique et traitement par les colorants d'acridine. 143p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. LECLERCQ, Joseph, 1912- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'amputation transmetatarsienne. 50p. pl. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LECLERCQ, Marcel Emile, 1911- *La desensibilisation anaphylactique specifique; sa duree, ses limites, ses applications pratiques. 69p. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1935. LECLERE, Roland, 1911- *Les peri- tonites aigues g6n6ralisees a gonocoques en dehors des ruptures de pyo-salpinx. 75p. 25J^cm Marseille, M. Leconte, 1935. LECLERQ, Henri Louis Edouard, 1902- *Contribution k l'etude des exostoses osteo- geniques. 66p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1927. LECLUSE, Louis, 1711-92. Bohmecke, M. *Lecluse [Berlin] 24p. 8? Bielefeld, 1931. LECLUZE, Andre, 1911- * Valeur semi- ologique des symptomes intestinaux chez les femelles bovines en gestation [Alfort; Vet.] 40p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LECOCQ, Jean, 1906- *L'etat actuel du traitement du tetanos. 60p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. LECOCQ, Jean, 1912- *Contribution k l'etude de la prophylaxie des teignes par l'acetate de thallium. 32p. 24%cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1939. LECOCQ, Lucienne, 1899- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'hydrorrhee. 82p. 8? Par., Expans. sc. fr., 1931. LECOCQ, Robert, 1905- *Le sulfarsenol dans l'hypothrepsie du nourrisson. 56p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LECOEUR, Pierre, 1902- *Le traitement chirurgical precoce des fractures articulaires du calcaneum. 124p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. LECOEUR, Yves Jacques, 1906- Con- tribution a l'emploi du bleu de methylene en psychotherapie. 45p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1932. LECOINTE, Andre, 1912- *Le probleme du pain. 64p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1938. LECOINTE, Gabriel, 1876- *La duo- denite ulc6reuse uremique. 64p. 8? Par., H. Jouve, 1903. LECOINTRE, Pierre, 1908- Contribu- tion k l'etude des rapports de la peritonite tuber- culeuse et de la puerperalite. 70p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. LECOMPTE, Philip Medford, 1907- See Winternitz, M. C, Thomas, R. M., & LeCompte, P. M. The biology of arteriosclerosis. 142p. 23^cm. Springf. [1938] Le COMTE, Ralph Michael, 1888- Man- ual of urology, v, 317p. illust. 8? Bait., W. Wood & co., 1933. Also 2. ed. v, 295p. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1939. Also 3. ed. v, 305p. 1944. LECOMTE, Yves, 1909- *Etude statis- tique des teignes du cuir chevelu dans le departe- ment d'llle-et-Vilaine pendant 25 ans (1911-25) 62p. 24#cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LECOMTE 618 LECORVAISIER LECOMTE du Nouy, Pierre, 1SS3 Surface equilibria of biological and organic colloids; introductions bv Alexis Carrel and Robert A. Millikan. 212p. 8? N. Y., Chem. Catalog co., 1926. --- La temperature critique du scrum; viscosite et phenomenes optiques; phenomenes optiques et phenomenes ioniques; fixation d'ether- tension interfaciale et spectre d'absorption ultra- violet. 228p. ch. 8? Par., Hermann, 1936. ---- Le temps et la vie. 10. ed. 268p. diagr. 19^cm. Par., Gallimard [1936] ■----[The same] Biological time, x, 180p. illust. tab. 8? Lond., Methuen & co. [1*>36] LECONTE, Alberte, 1903- *Du bruit et de ses effets dans la vie urbaine. 48p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. LECONTE, Henri, 1901- *La prophy- laxie actuelie de la diphterie. 105p. ch. 8 Par., A. Legrand, 1928. LECONTE, Jadwiga, 1901- *L'etiologie du pityriasis rose de Gibert. 61p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1929. LECONTE, John, 1818-91. California. University. Academic Senate. Memorial of Professor John LeConte. 4p. 8? [Berkeley, 1892] See also Bassett, V. H. The medical career of John LeConte. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1940, 29: 149-00. Le CONTE, Joseph, 1823-1901. Dresslar, F. B. [Biography] J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1930, 5: 142-3. Merriam, J. C. The geological work of Professor Joseph Le Conte. In his Publ. Papers, Wash., 1938, 4: 2003- 6 For portrait see Collection in Library. LECONTE, Louis Maurice, 1900- Con- siderations sur le traitement des formes cliniques de Tannine diphterique. 84p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LECONTE, Lucien, 1905- *Etat de nos connaissances sur la tuberculose porcine [Alfort; Vet.] 103p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1931. LECONTE, Maurice, 1906- Conflits sociaux et psychoses; etude medico-sociale [Paris] 122p. tab. 24cm. Cahors, A. Coues- lant, 1938. LECONTE-LORSIGNOL, Suzanne, 1906- *Evolution des troubles de l'intelligence et du caraetere k la puberte [Paris] 90p. 24%cm. Cahors, A. Coueslant, 1938. LECOQ, Georges, 1910- *Sy.philis et formes fibreuses de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 61p. 8° Par., M. Vigne, 1936. LECOQ, Jean, 1912 [11. June]- Con- tribution a l'etude du choc traumatique. 35p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1937. LECOQ, Jean, 1912 [19. July]- *De la sarcomatose cutanee; a propos d'un cas de sarcome cutanS globocellulaire a grosses cellules rondes. 67p. pl. 24cm. Lille, E. Frangois, 1937. LECOQ, Raoul. Les aliments et la vie. 2. ed. 260p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1929. ---- Desequilibres alimentaires, nutritifs et humoraux. 2. ed. 190p. illust. tab. diagr. 23cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. Also editor of Saint-Germain-en-Laye. HopitaL Travaux Par.. 4. ser.. v.3, 1938- Le CORRE, Joseph, 1910- *Pertes de substances pathologiques du maxillaire inferieur. 75p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. Le CORRE, Yves Marie, 1905- *L'anes- th6sie regionale en chirurgie urinaire. 76p. 8° Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. Le CORROLLER, Robert, 1913- Con- tribution a l'etude des kvstes essentiels des os 65p. 25cm. Bord., Biere, 1938. LECORVAISIER, Jean Jacques, 1916- Contribution k l'etude de l'histoire de l'en- seignement de I'anatomie k Angers. 38p. 25i'-cni. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. LE( OUFFE, Maurice Jules, 1906- *Dr l'emploi du chlorure de calcium en therapeutique, sp^cialement en gyn6cologie et obstetrique; revue generate. 63p. 24cm. Lille, Huyghe, 1934. LECOUILLARD, Alexandre, 19(17 *Le traitement des sclerites par 1'ionisation. 66p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1933. LECOUNT, Edwin Raymond, 186S 1935. For obituarv see Hektoen, L. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1934-35, 10: 350-3, portr. Also Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934-35, 14: 285-S, portr. Also Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 816-9, portr. LECOURT, Raymond, 1908- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la septioite de J'hydrorrh6c uterine non gravidique. 84p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LECOURT, Theodore, 1902- Contribu- tion a l'etude des epitheliomas adamantins du maxillaire superieur. 59p. pl. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1929. Le COZ, Godefroy, 1911- Considera- tions sur quelques epid6mies de peste en Bre- tagne; etude historique, medicale et artistique. 107p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1936. LECTURE. Annual (The) Hod gen lecture. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1940-41, 35: 160.- Barkan, A. Origin and essence of the Lane medica! lectures. California West. M., 1925, 23:601-4.— Davidson (The) lecture. Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1941, 10:" 404, portr.- Floyd Wilcox MoRae memorial lecture. Bull. Fulton Co. M. Soc, 1940, 14: No. 22, 5. -McGraw, A. B. Annual report of the Lectureship Foundation Committee. De- troit M. News, 1937, 28: No. 49, 7.—Scopp, I. W. Pedagogical hints for dental essayists and clinicians. Dent. Items, 194.3, 65: 74-6. LECTURES on the biologic aspects of colloid and physiologic chemistry; a series of lectures given at the Mayo Foundation and the Uni- versities of Minnesota, Iowa, Washington (St Louis) and the Des Moines Academv of Medicine, Iowa, 1925-26. 244p. 8? Phila.," W. B. Saun- ders co. [1927] LECTURES on plant pathology and physi- ology in relation to man; a series of lectures given at the Mayo Foundation and the Universities of Minnesota, Iowa. Wisconsin, the Des Moines Academy of Medicine, Iowa, and Iowa State College, 1926-27. 207p. illust. 8? Phila., W. B. Saunders co. [1928] Le CUDONNEC, Yves Marie, 1909- Contribution pratique a l'etude des insuffisances respiratoires nasales chroniques dans l'armee. 63p. 23>km. Par., A. Lapied, 1940. LECUIRE, Jean, 1912- *Therapeutique chirurgicale de l'hypertension arterielle; a propos de 4 observations de splanchnicectomiesi bilate- rales par voie mediastinale. 164p. 25^cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1939. LECUIT, Pierre, 1904- *Torsion du grand epiploon intra-abdominale, pure. 95p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LECULIER, Pierre, 1904- *L'emploi des acides gras de l'huile de foie de morue dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 56p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LECUYER, Jean Marie, 1908- *Laryn- gite tuberculeuse et collapsotherapie pulmonaire. 94p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1933. LECYTHIDACEAE. Camargo Nogueira, C. Contribuicao ao estudo do valor nutritivo da amendoa de .-apucaia. Arq. cir. clin. exp., S. Paulo, 1942, 6; 1252-60,—De Negri, G. Olio di noce del LECYTHIDACEAE 619 LEDERER paradiso. Gior. farm., Trieste, 1898, 3: 167.—Vennepland, B., Blauch, M. B., & Saunders, F. Studies in proteins: a crystalline globulin from the paracisa nut, Lecythis zabucavo. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 174. LECZINSKY, Carl Gabriel, 1855-1940. For obituary see Bahr, E. von. Tskr. mil. halsov., 1940, 65: 201, portr. Le DANTEC, Alexandre, 1857-1932. For obituary see J. med. Bordeaux, 1932, 108: 170. Le DANTEC, Aristide [Ary] Auguste, 1877- Precis de pathologie exotique (maladies des pays chauds et des pays froids) 5. ed. 2v. xvi, 947p.; 1076p. pl. 8? Par., G. Doin, 1929. ----Les secours medicaux et alimentaires de premiere urgence k la jeunesse de France; plan general. 38p. 28cm. [n. p., after 1941] Mimeographed. LEDE, Roberto Enrique. See Pelleraro. C. A., & Lede, It. E. Curso de anatomia y fisiologia patologicas. 2. ed. 2v. 1641p. 27cm. B. Air.. 1941. LEDEBUR, Joachim Oskar Hasso von, 1902- *Ueber Pancreascysten. 28p. 8? Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1926. ----Pankreas. p.907-56. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1936. In Handb. Biochem. (Oppenheimer, C.) 2. Aufl., Jena, 1936, Erganz., 3: Le DENTU, Jean Francois Auguste, 1841- 1926. For obituary see Auvray. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 914-6.—Bar. Bull. Acad, me'd., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 96: 177.—Faure, J. L. Presse meU, 1926, 34: 1373, portr. Le DENTU, Marie Jean Emmanuel Rene, 1881- Notions d'hygiene, d'epidemiologie et de pathologie coloniales. 245p. illust. 12? Par.. E. Le Francois. 1935. LEDER, Max [M. D., 1927, Zurich] *Die Arterien des Dickdarmes mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Vasa recta. 85p. 8?' Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1927. LEDER, Max, 1912- *Katamnestische Untersuchungen bei 13 Fallen von Boeckschem Sarkoid [Zurich] p. 141-64. 24cm. Basel, S. Karger, 1939. Also Dermatologica, Basel, 1939, 80: LEDERER, Emil, & KOENIG, Julius. Die Hypermotilitat im Kindesalter. 93p. 8? Stuttg., F. Enke, 1938. Forms Beih. 16, Arch. Kinderh. LEDERER, Francis Loeffler, 1898- Dis- eases of the ear, nose and throat, xviii, 835p. illust. pl. diagr. 26>^cm. Phila., F. A. Davis co.', 1938. Also 2. rev. ed. xviii, 840p. 1939. Also 3. rev. ed. xix, 894p. 1942. Also 4. ed. xix, 894p. 1943. --- Tuberculosis of the ear, nose, accessory sinuses, pharynx and larvnx. p. 1-71. 25>^cm. Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1939. In Clin. Tuberc (B. Goldberg) 2. ed., 2: For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1941-42, 19: 462, portr. Also in Am. Jewish Physicians (Kagan, S. R.) Bost., 1942, 211, portr. For portrait see Dallas M. J., 1942, 28: 26. --- & HOLLENDER, Abraham R. Text- book of the ear, nose, and throat, xi, 595p. illust. pl. 25cm. Phila., F. A. Davis co., 1942. LEDERER, Franz, 19.02- *Ueber Schwankungen der Hauttemperaturen und der Schweissekretion unter dem Einfluss veranderter Umweltsbedingungen [Giessen] 30p. 8? Dies- sen vor Miinch., J. C. Huber, 1928. LEDERER, Johann Friedrich, 1908- *Ueber manifeste Erkrankung von Heterozygoten an recessiv-geschlechtsgebunden erblichen Au- genleiden. 55p. 8? Erlangen, M. Dores, 1937. LEDERER, Richard. Kinderheilkunde. vii, 160p. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1924. LEDERER, Wilfrid, 1910- *Resultats cbtenus dans la paralysie geneiale au centre de malanatherapie de 1'Hopital Cochin. 88p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. LEDERER'S anemia. See Anemia, hemolytic, acute. LEDERGERBER, Emil, 1904- *Ueber Todesfalle infolge Nasennebenhohlen-Eiterung. 32p. 22^cm. Zur., Buchdr. Berichthaus, 193U. LEDERLE, Maria, 1911- *Der Einfluss der Zunge auf Kiefer und Zahne. 17p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Dr. [1936] LEDERLE Antitoxin Laboratories [New York, N. Y.] [later name: Lederle Laboratories] Vaccine and serum therapy; a presentation of salient points relating to biologic therapy, for the use of practitioners. 95p. illust. 16^cm. N. Y., Lederle Antitoxin Lab., 1914. LEDERLE Laboratories [N. Y.] An advance in parenteral liver therapy; a refined and more concentrated solution of liver extract for intra- muscular injection. [12]p. 16? N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [193-] ---- Iron, liver and Vitamin Bi combined in Vi-Ferrin for the treatment of iron-deficient anemias. 4p. 28 x 21>^cm. [N. Y., Lederle Laborat., 1941] ----Liver therapy in pernicious anemia. 4p. illust. 28cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [1941] ■—— Abstracts selected from published articles on Sulfadiazine, to December, 1941. 63p. 22#cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [19421 ---- Abstracts from articles published Jan.- Sept., 1942 on sulfadiazine; a supplement to our 1941 compilation. 105p. 22cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [1942] ---- Abstracts selected from published articles on vitamin B complex and its com- ponents. 62p. 22cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [1942] ---- The factors of the Vitamin B complex, Lederle. 51p. tab. 15}^cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [1942] —— Sulfadiazine in four new forms for topical application. 4p. 28cm. [N. Y., Lederle Laborat., 1942] ---- Vi-delta vitamins, Lederle. 26p. tab. 8% x 15cm. N. Y., Lederle Laborat. [1942] See also Ratcliff, J. D. Lederle Laboratories. In his Lives & Dollars, N. Y., 1941, 79-86. LEDERMANN, Erich, 1908- *Das pri- mare Tubenkarzinom (Beschreibung vier neuer Fiille) [Berlin] 44p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932. LEDERMANN, Friedl, 1901- *Ueber intravenose Injektionen von Urotropin bei Augeninfektionen. 16p. 8? Heidelb. [n. p.] 1928. LEDGER, Florence E., LEDGER, R. F., & RICHARDSON, Sheila. Beauty and your feet. 79p. illust. 19cm. Lond., J. Gifford [1942] LEDGER, R. F. See Ledger, F. E., Ledger, R. F., & Richardson, S. Beauty and your feet. 79p. 19cm. Lond., 1942. LEDIEU, Jean Aime Augustin, 1908- *Etudes sur le role des glandes a secretion interne et principalement de la glande thyroide dans le metabolisme de l'eau a l'etat normal et patho- logique; les oedemes endocriniens [Nancy] 277p. 23cm. Tourcoing, Georges fr., 1934. See also Langeron, L., Paget, M., & Ledieu, J. Glandes endocrines, metabolisme de l'eau et diurese, les oedemes endo- criniens. 276p. 8? Par., 1934, LE DINH-THI 620 LE DUC Le DINH-THI, 1904- *Le traitement 61ectro-radiotherapique dans la maladie de Basedow. 73p. 8? Par., M. Rathery, 1934. Le DISEZ, Augustin, 1902- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la phrenicectomie dans le traite- ment de la dilatation des bronches. 52p. 8? Par. [n. p.] 1929. LEDLIE, Reginald Cyril Bell [M. B., 1921, London] See Joll, Cecil A., & Ledlie, Reginald C. B. Aids to surgery. 6. ed. 612p. 16? Lond., 1935. Also 7. ed. 654p. 1942. LEDON Pairol, Arturo, 1852-1913. For portrait see Villaclara mid., S. Clara, 1943, 11: front. LEDOS, Albert, 1901- *Les poussees temporaires de la reaction de Bordet-Wasser- mann dans la svphilis tardive. 95p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1927. Le DOUAREC, Armand, 1911- *L'H6tel- Dieu de Rennes ou l'evolution recente d'un vieil hopital de province [Paris] 56p. 24cm. Rennes, L'Ouest-Eclair, 1938. Le DOUX, Giambattista. Saggio di riflessioni ed osservazioni per servire di lume ad un trattato su i denti e malattie della bocca. 47p. 20cm. Nap., Corriere, 1809. LEDOUX, Louis. La radio et radiumtherapie dans le traitement du cancer des voies aero- digestives sup^rieures. 179p. illust. 22cm. [Bord.] Ed. Delmas [1938] Le DOUX, Lucien Amaron, 1895- A doctor's book for women, xvii, 180p. illust. 21cm. N. Orleans, Harmanson [1943] LEDOUX, Pierre, 1912- Contribution k l'etude des maladies professionnelles des soudeurs. 33p. 24cm. Strasb., Impr. St Thomas, 1937. LEDOUX, Yves Bertin, 1909- *Des societ^s en pharmacie; la fabrication et la vente en gros des produits et des sp6cialites pharma- ceutiques [Nancy] 182p. 25cm. Carvin, A. Plouvier & fils, 1934. LEDOUX-LEBARD, Guy Marcel, 1910- *L'h6patosplenographie; 6tude experimentale et clinique; essai d'une nouvelle mithode. 151p. 24i£cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LEDOUX-LEBARD, Rene, 1879- Manuel de radiodiagnostic clinique. xv, 1075p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. Le DOZE, Francis, 1910- *Le tetanos au cours de la grossesse et dans les suites de couches. 109p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1936. Le DRAN, Henri, 1657-1720. For portrait see in Collect, art. Fac. m&L, Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 38. Le DRAN, Henri Frangois, 1685-1770. For portrait see in Collect art. Fac. meel., Paris (Legrand, N.) Par., 1911, pl. 42. Le DRET, Marcel Tugdual Marie, 1898- Contribution k l'etude de l'elevage dans les C6tes-du-Nord; les conditions actuelles de la production porcine dans la region du Tregorrois [Alfort; Vet.] 71p. 8? Saint-Brieuc, Impr. Moderne, 1929. LEDRU, Jean, 1909- *Les icteres graves de la se'rotherapie. 97p. pl. 25cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LEDRU, Jean Albert, 1907- *De l'am- putation des membres dans la contiguite chez les carnivores domestiques [Alfort; Vet.] 144p. 8? Par., Presses' Mod., 1931. LEDUC, Henri, 1905- *Nouvelle con- tribution k l'etude des pleuresies contro-laterales au cours du pneumothorax artificiel. 70p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. Le DUC, Jean, 1907- Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs benignes de l'estomac. 60p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LEDUC, Jean Felix Louis, 1906- ♦Indi- cations et contre-indications du transport par avion dans les affections chirurgicales de l'ab- domen, du thorax et du crane d'apres 160 cas nouveaux et 27 publics anterieurement [Paris] 192p. 8? Saint-Quentin, Impr. Moderne, 1934. LEDUC, Paul. See Portmann, G., & Leduc, P. L'anesth^sie loco-rogionale en oto-rhino-laryngologie et en chirurgie cervico-faciale. 321p. 8? Par., 1928. LEDUC, Stephane Armand Nicolas, 1853- 1939. For obituary see Ann. hyg., Par., 1939, n. ser., 17: 273-8 (Desclaux, L.) Also Bull. Acad. med., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 121: 350; 576 (Baudouin, A.) LEDUC-HEPTIA, Germaine, 1907- Contribution k l'etude des corps etrangers tracheo-bronchiques chez l'enfant; indications de la bronchoscopie inferieure; la bronchoscopie sans bronchoscope. 63p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LEDUM. Peake, F. M. Some ledum cases. Homoeop. Rec, 1940, 55: No. 9, 15.—Roberts, H. A. Ledum palustre. Ibid., 1935, 50: 254-62.—Suzuki, H. Chemische und pharmakologische Untersuchungen uber den wirksamen Bestandteil des in Chosen vorkommenden Ledum palustre. Fol. pharm. jap., 1929-30, 9:28. LEDVINA, Jerome Paul. *A philosophy and psychology of sensation, with special reference to vision, according to the principles of St Thomas Aquinas [Ph. D.J xii, 143p. 22^cm. Wash., Cath. Univ. America pr., 1941. LEDWIDGE, Patrick Liam, 1890- For portrait see J. Michigan M. Soc, 1941, 40: 892; 1942, 41:953; 1943, 42: 906. LEE, Alfred Oughton, 1873-1938. For obituary see Conger, K. B. Bull. Hist. M., 1939, 7: 805, portr. LEE, Alfred Pyle, 1871-1940. For obituary see J. Am. Coll. Dentists, 1940, 7: 293, portr. LEE, Arthur Bolles, 1849-1927. The microt- omist's vade-mecum; a handbook of the methods of microscopic anatomv. 5. rev. ed. xiv, 432p. 22}£cm. Phila., P. Blakiston's son & co., 1903. Also 9. ed. Ed. by J. Bronte Gatenbv and E. V. Cowdry. x, 710p. illust. 1928. ' Also 10. ed. Ed. by J. Bronte Gatenby, Theophilus S. Painter [et al.] xi, 784p. 1937. LEE, Arthur George, 1889- See Newman, T. S., & Lee, A. G. Guide to national health insurance. 4. ed. 63p. 16? Lond. [1936] LEE, Benjamin, 1838-1913. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEE, Burton James, 1874-1933. For obituary see Ewing, J. Am. J. Roentg., 1934, 31: 95-7.— Gibson, C. L. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1934, 52: 561, portr. LEE, Charles Carroll, 1838-93. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEE, Charles Foster, 1906- , & NILSON, Hugo Waldemar. Study of the metabolism of naturally occurring fluorine in canned salmon and mackerel. 15p. illust. tab. 23Hcm. Wash., Gov. print, off., 1939. Forms No. 44, Invest. Rep., Bur. Fish., Dep. Commerce, LEE, Daniel R., 1856- For portrait see in Hist. M. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 606. LEE, Edmund, 1845-1929. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 623. LEE, Edward Stanley [M. B., 1931, London] Translator of Blond, K. Haemorrhoids and their treatment. 140p. 23cm. Bristol, 1940. LEE 621 LEE LEE, Edward Wallace, 1859-1927. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1076. Also in Hist. M. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 108. LEE, Eleanor. History of the School of Nursing of the Presbyterian Hospital, New York, 1892-1942. xiv, 286p. pl. portr. facs. 24}£cm. N. Y., G. P. Putnam's sons [1942] Editor of Young, H. Essentials of nursing. 609p. 21cm. N. Y., 1942. LEE, Ferdinand Christian, 1894- For biography see Q. Alumni Ass. N. York M. Coll., 1939- 40, 1: No. 3, 1, portr. LEE, Floyd James, 1898-1942. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1156. LEE, Frank Adolph, 1857-1943. For obituary see J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1943, 30: 1963, portr. Also Bull. Virginia Dent. Ass., 1943-44, 20: 17. LEE, Frederic Schiller, 1859-1939. Scientific features of modern medicine, vii, 183p. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1911. For obituary see Williams, H. B. Science, 1940, 91: 133. LEE, George Boiling, 1872- For biography see in Hist. N. York Polyclinic (W. M. Hartshorn) 1942, 201, portr. LEE, George Washington, 1820-89. For biography see in Begin. M. Educ. Chicago (Weaver, G. H.) Chic, 1925, 72. LEE, Harry, -1933. For obituary see Guy's Hosp. Gaz., 1933, 47: 116-8. LEE, Henry, 1817-98. For biography see Cat. Portr. R. Coll. Surgeons, Lond., 1930, 41. LEE, Henry Eugene, 1882- For biography see J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1941, 33: 253, portr. LEE, Hsueh-Yu, 1897- Carcinom der Gallenblase [Berlin] 24p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1927. LEE, James S., 1872(?)- The under- world of the East; being 18 years' actual experi- ences of the underworlds, drug haunts and jungles of India, China, and the Malay Archi- pelago, viii, 278p. 22}£cm. N. Y., Greenberg [1935] LEE, Kendrick. Disease in wartime, p. 103- 15. 21cm. [Wash., D. C, Edit. Res. Rep.] 1942. Photoprint of No. 6, v.l, Editorial Res. Rep. LEE, Mabel, 1886- The conduct of physical education; its organization and ad- ministration for girls and women, xxiii, 561p. illust. portr. diagr. 8? N. Y., A. S. Barnes, 1937. LEE, Paul Albert, 1895- *The surgical treatment of angina pectoris [Marquette Univ.] 13p. 28cm. [Milwaukee, n. p.] 1929. Typewritten. LEE, Porter Raymond, 1879- , & KEN- WORTHY, Marion E. Mental hygiene and social work, xi, 309p. 8? N. Y., Common- wealth Fund, 1929. LEE, Robert Cleveland, 1906- See Benedict, F. G., & Lee, R. C. Lipogenesis in the animal body. 232p. 8? Wash., 1937. LEE, Robert Edward, 1807-70. Egan,*H. E. General Lee and his horses. Vet. Bull., Wash., 1937, 31: 127-44, portr. LEE, Robert Milton, 1899- For' portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler. A. F.) Omaha ,1928, 606. LEE, Roger Irving, 1881- For portrait see Ann. Int. M., 1940-41, 14: 2320. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: opp. p. 467; 1943, 122: opp. p. 349. Also N. England J. M., 1943, 228: 586. --- JONES, Lewis Webster, & JONES, Barbara. The fundamentals of good medical care; an outline of the fundamentals of good I medical care and an estimate of the service required to supply the medical needs of the United States, xv, 308p. tab. 23^cm. Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1933] Forms No. 22, Pub. Com. Costs M. Care. LEE, Royal S., & HANSON, William A. A discussion of the forms of blood calcium, p. 13- 20. fold. ch. 24cm. Milwaukee, Lee Found. Nutrit. Res., 1942. In Rep. No. 2, Lee Found. Nutrit. Res. LEE, Royal S., & STOLZOFF, Jerome S. The special nutritional qualities of natural foods. p.37-61. 24cm. Milwaukee, Lee Found. Nutrit. Res., 1942. In No. 4 of Rep. Lee Found. Nutrit. Res. LEE, Samuel Holden Parsons, 1772-1863. Medical advice to seamen with directions for a medicine chest. 16p. 8? New London, Sam. Green, 1795. See also Hornberger, T. Samuel Lee (1625-91), a clerical channel for the flow of new ideas to 17. century New England. In Osiris, Bruges, 1936, 1: 341-55.—Labensky, A. Dr Samuel Holden Parsons Lee; his life and times. Connecticut M. J., 1941, 5: 92-6. ------ Samuel Holden Parsons Lee and yellow fever in New London. In Herit. Connecticut Med. (Thorns, H.) N. Haven, 1942, 114-20. LEE, Walter Estell, 1879- See Stewart, F. T., & Lee, W. E. A manual of surgery. 6. ed. 1307p. 8? Phila. [1931] For biography see J. Omaha Clin. Soc, 1941, 2: 111, portr. LEE, William E., 1850-1914. For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 389, portr. LEE, William George, 1873-1927. Child- birth; an outline of its essential features and the art of its management, xi, 300p. portr. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr., 1928. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 665. Also Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1928, 7: 37-9. LEE, Yee-Shang, 1903- *Beitrag zum Problem der Strahlenkatarakt und ihre Verhii- tung, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Einfiihrung radioaktiver Substanzen ins Gewebe bei Hautkrebsen der Augengegend [Berlin] 43p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann [1934] LEECH, Ernest Bosdin, 1875- Pic- turesque episodes of Manchester medical history. 44p. pl. portr. 8? Manchester, Sherratt & Hughes [1935] ---- Early medicine and quackery in Lan- cashire [The Lloyd Roberts lecture 1938] 23p. pl. portr. facsim. 8? [Liverp., S. Hill & Reader, 1938] Also Liverpool Med. Chir. J., 1938, 46: 100-23. LEECH, Frank, 1872-1942. For obituary see Am. J. Dis. Child., 1942, 63: 581. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1385. Also Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1942, 11: 122, portr. Also Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90:721. LEECH, James W., 1881-1936. For obituary see Rhode Island M. J., 1937, 20: 51. LEECH, Sir Joseph William, 1865-1940. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 955. Also Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 1065, portr. LEECH, Paul Nicholas, 1889-1941. For obituary see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1941, 2: 504. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 116: 327, portr.; 1390. LEECH, Priestley, -1936. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 509. LEECH (The) the official journal of the Stu- dents' Medical Council, University of the Wit- watersrand Medical School, Johannesburg, South Africa. Johannesb., v.14, No. 2, 1943- LEECH [and leeching] See also Annelida; Herpobdella; Hirudinea; Hirudo. Ancona, I., Batalla, M. A. [et al.] Sanguijuelas del Lago de Patzcuaro y descripcion de una nueva especie, Illinobdella LEECH 622 LEEGAARD patzcuarensis. An. Inst, biol., M^x., 1940, 11: 449-64.— Bottenberg, H. Indikationsstellung zur Blutegel- und Schropf- behandlung. Munch, med. Wschr.. 1941, 88: 312. ------ Neue Gesichtspunkte fur die Bluterelbehandlung. Deut. med. Wschr.. 1943, 69: 464 (Ahstr.)—Chin. T. Note on leech in- fection in man. Chin. M. J., 1911, 60: 2 11-3.—Cilento, R. Leeches. In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. od., Brisbane, 1942, 395.—Donee, W. A. A leech fee ling on I inula. J. Parasit., Lancastei, 1943, 29: 299.—Lehmcnsick K. Weitere Unter- suchungen iiber den bakteriellen Darmbewohner des medi- zinischen Bhitegels. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1942-13, 149: 153- 61, 2 pl- Miller. J. A. Studies in the biology of the leach; the anatomical ha.-is for certain leech behavior. Ohio J. Sc, 1943, 43: 198-200.—Nigrelli, R. F. Leeches, Ozobranchus branchiatus, on fibro-epithelial tumors of marine turtles, Chelonia mydas. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 539 (Abstr.)—Ober- heid, L. Leber Bhitegelbehandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 942-4.—Skinner, G. A. Leeches as possible disease vectors. Clin. Mel., 1944, 51: 39.—Temminck Groll, J. De bloedzuiger als toxicologisch proefdier. In Wielen Festschr., Amst., 1934, 91-8.—Walker, J. W., & Charters, A. D. A case of leech infection. East Afr. M. J. 1943, 20: 114-6. LEECHBOOK (A) or collection of medical recipes of the 15th century; the text of ms. No. 136 of the Medical Society of London, together with a transcript into modern spelling, ed. by Warren R. Dawson. 344p. 8? Lond., Mac- millan & co. 1934. LEECH-BOOK. Mayer, C. F. A medieval English leech-book and its 14th century poem on bloodletting. Bull. Inst. Hist. M., Bait., 1939, 7: pt 1, 381-91.—Patients of an Anglo-Saxon leech after being cauterised, from an Anglo-Saxon drawing of the X. century. In Anglosax. Leechcrafl (Wellcome, H. S.) Lond., 1912, 18; 20.—Spicer, D. G. I.oochcraft and cures of early England. Trained Nurse, 1940, 105: 102-5. LEECH extract. Soc- Hirudin; Thrombosis, Prevention. LEEDER, Joseph Gordon, 1916- , & HERREID, Ernest Oliver. Relation of ascorbic acid and of oxygen to oxidized flavor in milk. 12p. tab. 23cm. Burlington, Vt, Free Press print, co., 1942. Cover-title. Forms No. 481, Bull., Vermont Agr. Exp. Sta. [LEEDHAM, Charles] Laurn, 1904- The importance of adequate records of the sick and wounded in the military services in time of war, and the best methods for obtaining them. lip. 26^em. [n. p., 194-?) Typewritten. LEEDHAM-GREEN, Charles Albert, 1867- 1931. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1931, 2: 1160. LEEDS, Engl. Medical Officer of Health. Annual report. Leeds (1874) 1875- LEEDS, Engl. See also under Health organization; Hospital report. Ameuille. Inauguration de I'lnstitut pathologique de Leeds. Presse med., 1933, 41: 1244.—Hellier, F. F. The history of the General infirmary at Leeds. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1940, 203: 468-72, portr., illust.—Modern (A) private wing; the general infirmary at Leeds. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1942, 38: 72. LEE Foundation for Nutritional Research. Reports, four nos. 24!^om. Milwaukee, the Foundation, 1941-42. CONTENTS No. 1. Vitamin F in the treatment of prostatic hypertrophy Hart. J. P., & Cooper, W. LeC. 1911. No. 2. A discussion of the forms of blood calcium. Lee R. S., & Hanson, W. A. 1942. No. 3. A survey of vitamin F. Perlenfein, H. H. 1942. No. 4. The special nutritional qualities of natural foods Lee, R. S., & Stolzoff, J. S. 1942. LEEGAARD, Christopher Blom, 1851- Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 20. LEEGAARD. Fredrik Christian, 1815-88. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 21. LEEGAARD, Fredrik Christian, 1891- Researches regarding the hemodynamics in rabbits in normal condition and during experi- mental pneumonia. 333p. pl. S? Oslo, Kirstcs 1926. Forms Suppl. 17, Acta med. scand. For portrait see in Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Oslo, 1927 Suppl., 210. LEEGAARD. Frithjof, 1S74 Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 22. LEEK. Spe Allium. LEEMANN, Carl, 1911- *Beitrag zur Nebennierentuberkuloso. 37p. tab. 22Ucm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1940. LEEMING, Benjamin Christopher, 1873- Imagination, mind's dominant power, xi. 288p. 8? N. Y., M. H. Schroeder co., 1925. LEENHARDT, Etienne. 1875-1938. For obituary see Euziero, J. Presse m6d., 1938, 46: 1870. LEEPER, Robert Ward, 1904- The reliability and validity of maze experiments with white rats. p. 137-245. tab. diagr. 23}£cm. Worcester, Mass., Clark Univ. pr., 1932. Forms No. 3, v.ll, Genet. Psychol. Monogr. ---- Lewin's Topological and vector psy- chology; a digest and a critique, ix, 218p. diagr. 25^cm. Eugene, Oreg., Univ. Oregon, 1943. Forms No. 1, Stud. Psychol. Monogr. Univ. Oregon. LEERSUM, Evert Cornelis van, 1862-1938. [Levertraan, en hare bizondere genooskrachtige eigenschappen] Cod liver oil and its specific curative properties. 20p. 8? Brooklyn, Mal- tine co. [19 .. ] ---- Old physiological experiments. 42p. 8? Leiden, E. J. Brill, 1913. For obituary see Van Andel, M. A. Janus, Leiden. 1938. 43: 81-3, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEES, David, 1881-1934. Practical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of venereal dis- eases, for medical practitioners and students. With an introd. by W. Robertson, xvi, 605p. 8? Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone, 1927. Also 2. ed. xx, 634p. pl. ch. 12? 1931. Also 3. ed. [Rev. by Robert Lees] xvi, 608p. 1937. For biography see Lees, R. Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1937, 3: 153, portr. For obituary see Proc. R. Soc Edinburgh, 1933-34, 54: 206. Also Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 646. Also Edinburgh M. J., 1934, n. ser., 41: 391, portr. Also Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 765. LEES, David Bridge, 1846-1915. For biography see Ruhrah, J. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1231-3, portr. LEES, James Ferguson, 1872-1935. For obituarv see Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 180. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1935, 53: 34. LEES, Robert [M. B., 1925, Edinburgh] Editor of Lees, D. Practical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of venereal diseases. 3. ed. 608p. 12! Edinb., 1937. LEESCH, Robert, 1905- *Die Mund- und Zahnerkrankungen in ihrem Zusammen- hang mit Diabetes mellitus. 58p. 21cm. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1936. LEESER, Otto, 1888- Homoopathie und Biochemie. 72p. 16? Lpz., P. Reclam, 1932. ---- Lehrbuch der Homoopathie; spezieller Teil: Arzneimittellehre; A: die mineralischen Arzneimittel. xii, 734p. 8? Stuttg., Hippo- krates-Verl., 1933. ----[The same] Textbook of homeopathic materia medica; inorganic, medicinal substances; LEESER 623 LEEUWENHOEK transl. from the German bv Linn J. Boyd. xvi, 987p. 8? Phila., Boericke & Tafel, 1935. LEESON, Cecil. The child and the war, being notes on juvenile delinquency. 69p. 8? Westminster, P. S. King ^cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939 LEFORT, Edmond, 1909- *Contribution a l'etude de l'infection tuberculeuse du lait; recherche du bacille tuberculeux dans les laits de la Region du Nord de la France [Pharm.] 128p. tab. 24y2cm. Lille, Impr. Centrale Nord, 1938. Le FOURNIER, Andre, fl. ca 1533. La decoration d'humaine nature et adornement des dames. 56p. 24? Lyon, T. Payne, 1533. LEFRANC, Andre Emile, 1906- *De la race bovine hollandaise dans le Departement des Ardennes [Alfort; Vet.] 64p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1930. LEFRANC, C. *Contribution k l'6tude chi- mique du cafe; cafes d6cafe'in6s et cafes boissons [Strasbourg, Pharm.] llOp. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie, 1938. LEFRANC, Georges, 1909- *Le traite- ment iodotherapeutique des maladies rhumatis- males et cardio-vasculaires par les derives iodo- LEFRANC 625 LEG salicyles et iodo-phenoles de Phexamethylene tetramine. 52p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1939. LEFRANC, Jacques Edmond Marie, 1901- *Quelques points de technique de la diathermo- coagulation du pole superieur de l'amygdale palatine. 79p. 8? Par., 1930. LEFRANCOIS, Jacques, 1905- Con- tribution a l'etude clinique et diagnostique des tumeurs de la protuberance annulaire; a propos de deux cas de gliomes intra-protuberantiels. 66p. pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1931. LEFRANCOIS, Max, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la peritonite encapsulante. 44p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1937. LEFRANCOIS-BAILLIARD, Paulette, 1912- *A propos d'un mode de traitement des fractures fermees de la diaphyse humerale. 36p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1938. Le FRANCOIS de Grainville, Jean, 1907- *Inefficacite des arsenobenzenes et du bismuth dans le traitement preventif tardif de la neuro- syphilis parenchymateuse. lllp. 8? Par., Libr. Lipschutz, 1934. LEFRERE, Andre, 1913- *Autour de la meteoropathologie. 75p. 24cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1939. LEFROIS, Sister Mary Leona. *The position of the lay graduate nurse in accredited Catholic schools of nursing [Catholic Univ.; M. A.] 35p. 8? Wash., D. C. [Murray & Heister] 1936. LEFROY, Harold Maxwell, 1877-1925. Man- ual of entomology, with special reference to economic entomologv. xvi, 54 lp. pl. 8? Lond., E. Arnold & co., 1923. ---& HOWLETT, F. M. Indian insect life; a manual of the insects of the plains, xii, 786p. pl. 4? Lond., W. Thacker & co., 1909. LEFT-HANDEDNESS. See Handedness; Laterality. Le FUR, Charles, 1901- *Apologie de 1'embryotomie chez nos grandes femelles do- mestiques [Alfort; Vet.] 38p. 8? Brest., Impr. Coram., 1929. Le FUR, Rene, 1876- *Resolution des dystocies chez nos grandes femelles domestiques par 1'avulseur Le Fur [Alfort; Vet.] 32p. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1927. Le FUR, Rene Frederic, 1872-1933. Maladies des organes genito-urinaires de l'homme. 8. ed. 33p. 8? Par., J. H. Bailliere & fils, 1923. Forms No. 22 of Nouv. traite med. (Gilbert, A., & Carnot, P.) --- L'urologie en clientele; technique et pratique courantes. 580p. 12? Par., A. Ma- loine & fils, 1925. Fer obituary see Dartigues. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 13-32, portr. LEG. See also Ankle; Extremity, lower; Fibula; Knee; Knee joint; Tibia. Ksinsik, G. *Volumetrische Messungen am Unterschenkel. 25p. 8? Bresl., 1936. Vaus, P. N. The anatomy of the leg and foot, for students and practitioners of chiropody. 107p. 8? Lond., 1935. Ginsburg, V. V. [Vessels for the lymphatic outflow from the muscles of the leg] Arch. russ. anat., 1940, 24: 182-208.— Katayama, K. Der Verdrehungswinkel an den unteren Glied- massenknochen, insbesondere am "W adenbein. Morph. Jahrb., 1925-26, 55: 667-80.—Stamm, T. T. The constitution of the ligamentum cruciatum cruris. J. Anat., Lond., 1931, 66: 80-3. ---- Abnormity. Delatjnay, M. Contribution a l'etude des courbures et pseudarthroses congenitales des os de la jambe. 79p. 8? Par., 1927. Prill, F. *Ueber Spaltbildung des Unter- schenkels (Crurischisis) 15p. 8? Bresl, 1929. Blodgett, W. E. Case of congenital hvpertrophv of leg. Am. J Orthop. Surg., 1907, 4: 299-301— Luxton. J. D. Con- genital abnormality of tibia and fibula 'posterior angulation) Proc. R. Soc. M., Lend., 1932, 25: 1080-2- DeHorto, P. Alcuni cum di assenza congenita della tibia e del perone. Pediatria (Arch.) Jvap., 1927-28, 3: 219-42.—I chegiray, E. M., & I im,-,, F. J. Ausencia congenita del percne. Sem. rred., B. An., 1935, 42: 1748-52 -Hen aidez, F. Au-encia de perone e incurvacicn ccng nita de la tibia. Progr. clin., IVadr., 1933, 41: 324-7.- BuUwka, A. Fotal bedingte I nterschenkelde- forrration. Rontgenpraxis, 1935, 7: 115.—I iTii uf, H. Zur operativen Beseitigung angeborener I nterechenkeldefekte. Deut. Zschr. Chir., i930, 2/8: 281-8-Mi mini, R. Sulle malformazioni ccngenite del perone. Arch, ortop., R'ilano, 1936, 52: 281-306.—Putti, V. Cura dell'assenza congenita della tibia o del perone. Chir. org. movim., 1929, 13: 513-25.— ; Habere. Les courbures congenitales des op de la jambe et j les pseudarthroses infantiles. Gaz. bop., 1907, 80: 1203-8.— Rocher. H. L. Trois observations de courbure congenitale de la jambe a concavity anterieure. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 1318 23— Rueda, P. Atrofia congenita de la pierna y pie izquierdo. An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1942, 8: 252-4.— Sorrel, E., & Derieux, P. Absence bilaterale du tibia et du perone. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 1226-30 — THIier, R. Courbures et pseudarthroses congenitales de la jambe. Rev. orthop., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 15: 97-116. ---- Actinomycosis. Gavina Alvarado, G., & Negri, T. Actinomicosis de pierna; vacunoterapia. Prensa med. argent., 1934-35, 21: pt 2, 1273.— Linthicum, G. M. Actinomycosis bovis of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 688-91.—Ross, M. E. Actinomycosis of the leg. J. Nat. M. Ass., N. Y., 1943, 35: 199. ---- Amputation. See also Knee, Surgery; Thigh, Amputation. Binnie, J. F. Amputations of the leg. Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1914, 29-35.—Borchgrevink, O. Neue Prinzi- pien fiir die Amputation am Unterschenkel. Acta chir. scand., 1920, 53: 128-45. ■------Amputation of the leg. Ann. Surg., 1920, 71: 697-700, pl.—Chappie, W. A. Flexed knee- joints in below-the-knee stumps. Brit. M. J., 1918, 2: 543.— Durand, M. Amputations du pied et de la jambe. Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1914, 37-115.—Eneelke, O. Leber die Belastungsfahigkeit der Beinstumpfe. Zschr. Orthop., 1939-40, 70: 195-200.—Forbes, A. M. A case illustrating an amputation of the leg. Am. Physician, 1921, 26: 878-80.— Gay-Bonnet. Ecrasement de la jambe gauche par roue de tramway; amputation de la jambe au tiers superieur; gangrene gazeuse; se>um antigangreneux polyvalent; amputation de cuisse; guerison. BulL Soc. med. mil. fr., 1921, i5: 181-3.— Lebreton. Note sur quatre cas d'amputation de jambe (position ventrale de Phocas) Montpellier med., 1918, 40: 378-80.—Mee- han, A. V. War amputations of the lower limb. Med. J. Aus- tralia, 1920, 1: 571-5.—OJmsted, I. Amputations of the leg. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1918, 36: 188-95. Also Ann. Surg., 1918, 68: 235-7.—Phocas. Amputation de jambe. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 788-90.—Spalding, J. Case of an amputation of the leg, in consequence of a divided artery [1778] Yale J. Biol., 1934, 6: 60.—Toussaint, H. Moignon cutane traverse^ par la saillie du tibia et du perone. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1915, n. ser., 41: 733.—Wulff, O. [Amputatio cruris] Nord. med., 1940, 6: 1051-6.—Zur Verth. Streitfragen des Unterschenkel- stumpfes. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1935-36, 36: 527-30. ---- Amputation: Indication. Bickel, W. H. Amputations below the knee in occlusive arterial diseases. Sing. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 982-94. Ghormley, R. K. Amputations below the knee in occlusive arterial disease. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1943, 18: 362- 7.—Eisenklam, I. Unterschenkelamputation bei Spontan- gangran. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1303-6.—Frank, P. Unterschenkelamputation nach Fall bei der Arbeit; kein Betriebsunfalli sondern Folge eines Sarkoms. Mschr. Lnfallh., 1918, 25: 229-31.—Mouchet, A. Des amputations du membre inferieur en chirurgie de guerre. Paris med., 1917, 22: 529.— Patel, M. Des amputations du membre inferieur en chirurgie de guerre. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1917, 67: 472-9.—Thiriar. Fracture comminutive de la jambe gauche; amputation; pyohemie. Presse med. beige, 1870-71, 23: 197-200.—Tirifahy. Blessures graves par arme a feu; amputation de la jambe gauche par la m6thode ovalaire. Ibid., 53-5. Amputation: Method. Eissner, A. J. *Die zweckmassigste Art der Unterschenkelamputation [Leipzig] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1937. 463569—vol. 9, 4tb sbkies- -40 LEG 626 LEG KritNE, K. *Lisfranc'sche Exartikulation oder Sharp'sche Amputation. 15p. 8? Lpz., 1925. Schille, H. *Ueber Unterschonkel-Amputa- tionen und die Tragfahigkeit ihrer Stumpfe. 13p. 8? Lpz., 1937. Alsina, A. A. Amputacion de la pierna; la constiturii'n del munon y la prcHesis. Prensa med. argent., 1918-19, 5: 313- ".—-Baejor. von. Exstirpation des Fibulakopfchens bei t iiteisehenkelamputierten. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1917, 64: 70.">.—Becker J. Zur Unterschenkelamputation. Deut. med. Wschr.. 1018, 44: 717.—Berliner. B. I. [Osteoplastic method of amputation bv Kirschner's method and its modifications] Nov. khir. arkh., 1938, 41: 518-23.—Bosch Arana. Llilizacion protetica de los mufiones cortos e inservibles de la pierna por el desosamiento tibial; tecnica original. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1917, 11: 438-46.-—Calandra, E. A proposito di un mio nuovo criterio di copertura dei monconi di amputazione della gamba attribuito al Passaggi e descritto dal Prof. Macaggi. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 41: 360.—Callander, C. L. Amputation of the thigh; a new amputation in the distal portion of the lower third of the thigh. California West. M., 1930, 45: 252-5.— Camarillo. L. La amputaci6n de la pierna en el lugar de elecci6n; tecnica del Doctor Montes de Oca. Rev. med., Puebla, 1938, 11: No. 96, 6.—Champneys, F. Amputation of the leg (Briscoe) injuiy. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1943-44, 47: 223—Chaput, H. Amputation de jambe a trois lambeaux au tiers superieur. Bull. Soc. cbir. Paris, 1917, n. ser.. 43: 57.—Costantini, H. Qu('l(|cic> reflexions sur les techniques d'amputation de la jambe. Rev. chir., Par., 1933, 71: 36-51.—Dupuy de Frenelle. Nouveau proc£d6 d'amputation de jambe par section premiere des os. Paris chir., 1926, 18: 273-9.—Engelke, O. Die Wegiiiihme des Wadenbeinkopfchens bei Unterschenkel- amputation. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 739-42.—Fstor, E. L'amputa- tion de jambe au lieu d'election. Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 13: 3. ser., 503-7.—Franke, F. Die osteoplastische epiphysiire amputatio tibiae sub genu. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1916-17, 138: 35-60.—Fra?sineti, P. Su di una nuova tecnica di impiego dei muscoli nella guernitura dei monconi di amputazione della gamba. Clin, chir., Milano, 1936, 39: 352-61— Gaxiola Gandara, J. iLa tecnica de elecci6n en la amputaci6n de gierna, debe seguir siendo la de Montes de Oca? Rev. cir. [osp. Juarez, Mex., 1937, 8: 329-33.—Giirlach, R. Welche Bedeutung haben die chirurgischen Resultate der verschiedenen Beinamputationsformen fur die Prothese und fiir die Paseins- bedingungen des Prothesentragers? Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 74-7.— Hendrix, G. L'extirpation du peroni chez les amputes. Livre jubil. J. Verhoogen, Brux., 1929, 337-42.—Hoff tatter, R. Beitrage zur Amputations- und Proihesenfrage fiir die uatere Extremitat. Arch. klin. Chir., 1916, 108: 151-215—Huard, P., & Montagn6, M. Technique et appareillage des amputa- tions de la jambe au tiers superieur. Marseille med., 1931, 68: 445-84.------Resultats 61oign£s de l'amputation de jambe a grand lambeau posterieur (avec dissection de deux moignons) Ann. anat. path., Par., 1932, 9: 329-32.—Irger, U. M. [Modifi- cation of osteo-plastic amputation of the leg] Nov. khir. arkh., 1936, 36: 111-3.—Khavkin. L. S. [Myoplastic amputa- tion of the leg] Ibid., 1940-41, 48: 192-4.—Kotov, A. P. [Treatment of contractures and flexion of the leg stump] Ortop. travmat., 1936, 10: 154-6.—Lefebvre & Bertrand, F. Le procede de choix d'amputation de jambe au lieu detection. Paris chir., 1930, 22: 102-6.—Lehrrbecher, A. Die Vorteile der Fibulakopfchenexstirpation bei Unterschenkelarrputation nach personlichen Erfahrungen. Arch, orthop. Lnfallchir.. 1922, 21: 111-6. ------ Zur Frage der Fnterschenkelampu tation auf Grund personlicher Erfahrungen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 554-6. ------ Bemerkungen zu den Arbei- ten von Zur Verth: Wo darf der Unterschenkel nicht abgesetzt? und Wie darf die Absetzung des Fusses nach Pirogoff nicht gemacht werden? Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 714.—Levy, W. Zur osteoplastischen Amputation des L'nterschenkels dicht oberhalb der Knochel. Ibid., 1916, 43: 621.—Macsggi, G. B. Intorno ad un nuovo criterio di copertura dei monconi di amputazione della gamba. Arch. ital. chir., 1935, 40: 28-38.—Mathieu, P. Amputation immediate pour ecrasement total de la jambe, avec phenomenes de shock; guerison. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris 1919, 45: 1346-8.—Maurice, G. T. K. Amputation below the knee; Syme's excluded. Hospital, Lond., 1918, 64: 343.— Merello, M. Contribuci6n al estudio de la amputacion osteo- plastica a casquete cinematico, de la rodilla (procedimiento del Professor R. Dalla Vedova) Prensa med. argent., 1927, 14: 249-61.—Mermingas, K. Amputationen ohne Blutleere Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1810-2.—Mine, M. Zur Technik der Stumpfdeckung bei Unterschenkelamputation. Mitt Med Akad. Kioto, 1940, 29: 889.—Montes de Oca, F. Amputaci6n de pierna en e) lugar de eleccicn. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mix , 1937, 8: 323-7.—Nimier, H. Une maniere commode d'amputer la jambe. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1111.—Neon, C. Excision of the fibula in amputations below the knee-joint Brit. M. J.. 1923. 1: 373.—Oehlecker, F. Bildung kolbiger Bildung kolbiger I ntorsctHrikeMun.pt.• zur Befestigung kurzer Prothesen ohne Obe-rschciikelu-il. ZU. Chir., 1918,_ 45 A technic for leg amputation. Ann. Pearl, I. L 248-51.—Orr, T. G. Burg., 1921, 74:633, 5 pl.— jtic amputation through the lower thigh, Callander; modified technique. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 73: 381-7.—Phocas. Une maniere commode d'amputer la jambe Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918,44:783-5. ------ Amputation de Kicard. Ibid., 985. ------ Nouveau procede pour amputer la jambe. Paris m6d., 1918, 29: 435-7.- Ranzi. E. Potior rnterschenkelamputationen. Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1914, 117-28.—Reddingiue. 'I'. [Amputation of the loir below the thigh according to Callander] (ienecsk. tschr. Ned Indie, 1937, 77: 387-92, 2 pl.—Rees, C. K. Amputation through the lower third of the femur; a modified technique California West. M., 1940, 53: 64-6.—Rotcndo Amor. 10. Amputacion de la pierna arriba del lugar de cleccii'n. (Jac m6d. Mexico, 1920-21, 4. ser., 55: 91-7.- UosenfVld. I. Vodelle und Passteile fiir Amputation des I ntorsehenkels Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1923, 22: 8-13.— Srhrader, E. Zehnjahrige Erfahrungen bei eigener Intersehenkolampulation Ibid., 1929, 27: 544-50.—Schiirch, O. Umkipp-Plastik Helvet. med. acta, 1939-40, 6: 874.—Speck, W. IMastisehc Stumpfdeckung mittels Briickenlappens naeh Kydygier von Riidiger am linear amputierten Unterschenkel. Zbl. Chir. 1916, 43: 372.—Valls, J. Amputacitfn osteoplastics de Sabana- jeff., Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1924, 8: 505-15. - - - - Ampu- taci6n osteoplastica de Sabanajeff; contribuci6n a su studio Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt 2, 559-02. —Van (;order, U. The use of the plaster pvlon in leg amputations. China M .1 1923, 37: 1-7, 2 pl.—Walther, C. Reunion primitive retarded d'une amputation de jambe en suture plane. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1918, 44: 1555-7. ---- Angioma. Klien, R. W. *Ueber Haemangiom und einen Fall von angeborenem Cavernom des linken Beines (Auszug) 8p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Bell, G., & Inglis, K. Haemangioma of leg. Brit. J. Surg., 1925-26, 13: 696-700.—Capponago, L. Linfangiofibroma cistico della regione crurale. Gazz. osp., 1926, 47: 1157-9.— Imperati L. Su un caso di emangioma muscolare primitivo della gamba. Arch, ortop., Milano, 1936, 52: 79-103.— Kidner, F. C. Diffuse cavernous angioma of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 647-54. ---- artificial. See also Amputated, Appliances; Limb, arti- ficial. Wilson, P. Principles of design and construc- tion of artificial legs. 58p. 8? N. Y., 1918. Witenson, J. *Das Kunstbein bei Doppel- amputierten und dessen Leistungsfahigkeit. 35p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Amputee's (The) point of view. Lancet, Lond., 1942, 2: 629.—BarghauFen, L. H. Artificial leg. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,078,595, 2 pi.—Beck, C. E. Artificial limb. Ibid., 1942, No. 2,296,012.—Bohm. M. Das Kunstbein. In Orthop. Versorgung, Berl., 1926, 1. T., 7-64, 30 pl.—Buchstein, F. Artificial leg. U. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,055,066.—Carroll, T. O. Artificial leg. Ibid., No. 2,045,580.—Castrov, A. Ob iskusstvennol nogfe novavo obraztsa, predlagayemol v slu- chayakh amputatsii bedra. Vrach. gaz., 1907, 19: 1429-32.— Clack, C. F. Artificial leg. U. S. Patent Off., 1937. No. 2,083,830.—Debrunner, H. & Petri, C. Der Wert einer raschen Versorgung von Beinamputierten mit der I'cbungs- prothese und die Beschreibung einiger einfaelier Stolzcn. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 864-9.—Dew, S. J. Artificial leg. U. S. Patent Off., 1942, No. 2,273,695.—Diehl. Demon- stration eines zwciacliMgon Prothesenfussgelonkes. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1927; 1028, 22. Kongr., 358 60.—Dresser, F. A. Articulated leg brace. U. S. Patent OIL, 1939, No. 2.174,719.—Dye, E. R. Artificial leg attaching means. Ibid., 1941, No. 2,235,142- Frickson, O. H. Artificial leg. Ibid, 1942, No. 2,282,952. -Forster, G. E. Artificial leg connection. Ibid., 1940, No. 2,194,116.—Glasewald, 11. Stelz-Kunstbein auch fiir UnterschenkeLtiimpfe. eine Krganzung und Ver- besserung. Arch, orthop. Lnfallchir., 1924-25, 23: 753-7.— Gorlach, R. Das scliienenlose t'ntersclienkelkunstbein mit Kraftiibertragungsbandage nach Dr Ooilaoh-Fianke. Ibid., 1928, 26: 229-32.—Gourdon. Troubles du moignon d'amputa- tion de la jambe a la suite d'un mauvais appareillage. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 4: 401.—Greisfinger, G. Knee joint for artificial legs. U. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,046,069- Jackson, M. S. Knee joint for artificial legs. Ibid., 1942, No. 2,277,548 — Little, E. M. A new method of fitting artificial leg sockets. Brit. M. J., 1925, 2: 896.—McCann ». J. Knee joint for artificial legs. U. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,057,534.— Nastrucci, G. Protesi per amputati di gamba. Chir. org. movim., 1934, 20: 278-80—Pfeiffer, C. Eine brauchbare Hilfsprothese fiir Beinamputierte. Bull. War M., Lond., 1942-43, 3: 507 (Abstr.)—Rowley, A. T. Artificial leg. U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,007,651.—Sansbury, L. C. Artificial leg. Ibid., 1941, No. 2,249.365.—Stewart, J. H. F. Artificial leg. Ibid., 1939, No. 2,175,136.—Thompson, J. C. Artificial leg. Ibid., No. 2,181,031.—Trautman, R. Artificial leg. Ibid., 1935, No. 2,025,835.—Van ( ise, C. W. Artificial limb. Ibid., 1942, No. 2,289,154.—Walter, H. Ueber die Bereit- schaftsstellung des einach&igen Kunstbeines. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1934, 61: 394-404—Weinzweig, S. O. [Stump of the leg and the prosthesis] Tr. Centr. gosud. travmat. inst., Leningr., 1936, Sborn. 2, 347-54.—Zur Verth. Das zweck- massige Unterschenkelbein. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1935) 1936, 30. Kongr.. 449-54. LEG 627 LEG ---- Blood vessels. Kressner, A. *F6rdereinrichtungen des venosen Riickstromes in den proximalon Bein- abschnitten [Munchen] 18p. 21cm. Giinzburg, 1937. Lindblom, K. Phlebographische Untersuchung des Unter- schenkels bei Kontrastinjektion in eine subkutane Vene. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1941, 22: 288-96.—Linton, R. R. The com- municating veins of the lower leg and the operative technic for their ligation. Ann. Surg., 1938, 107: 582-93. --- Blood vessels: Disease. Brechot, A. & Pergola, J. Un cas de panvascularite aigue des membres infeneurs avec troubles du metabolisme du calcium. Presse m6d., 1932, 40: 1502.—Calas. Arterite syphilitique de la jambe gauche chez un malade ampute de la jambe droite pour la m6me affection. Marseille mid., 1922, 59: 947-50.—French, S. G. Arterial haematoma of the calf. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1943, 29: 207.—Jennings, J. E. Choked leg. Ann. Surg., 1933, 98:928-32.— Malfati, M. G. Aneurisma cirsoideo de la pierna. Rev. As. med. argent., 1943, 57: 210 (Abstr.)—Reid, M. R. & Conway, H. G. Congenital cirsoid aneurj'sm of the leg. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101 : 1391-3.— Weaver, J. B. Traumatic arteriovenous aneurysm of anomalous lateral sural vessels. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 35: 586. --- Blood vessels: Vein. See also Saphena; also Varicous vein. Astcriades, T. Phl£bite post-operatoire de la jambe gauche pour appendicectomie. Lyon chir., 1927, 24: 748.— Baastrup, C. I. Subcutaneous calcifications of a phlebolitic or phlebosclerotic chaiacter in the leg. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1932, 13: 206.—Barker, N. W., J- H. Fractures of the shaft of the tibia and fabula Minnesota M., 1935, 18: 94-6.—Montgomery, F. a. Complicated fractures of both bones of the leg and their treatment. Illinois M. J., 1933, 64: 557-60.—Nicoll, E. A. Plaster technique in fractures of the tibia and fibula. Lancet, Lond. 1943, 2: 320.—Norman, J. S., & Boyer, D. W. Fractures of both bones of the leg. Am. J. Surg., 1937, 38: 706-8.— Owen, H. R. Fractures of the »ibia and fibula treated with skeletal traction and the Braun-Boehler splint. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 72: 414-6.—Parsons, L., & Wilson, P. D. Frac- tures of the shafts of both bones of the leg. In Experience Managem. Fractures (Wilson, P. D.) Phila., 1938, 617-95 — Pascalis, G. Indications relatives a l'intervention sanglante et au traitement orthopedique des fractures des deux os de la jambe._ P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 997.—Patel, M., & de Girardier, J. Valeur de 1'osteosynthese dans le traitement des fractures diaphysaires fermees des deux os de la jambe. Presse med., 1929, 37: 1101-3.—Piatt, H. Fractures of the tibia and fibula. Practitioner, Lond., 1931, 127: 194-202.—Reinberg, G. A. [New symptom of fracture of the tibia or both bones of the leg] Sovet. khir., 1934, 6: 875.—Roques, P. Fracture complexe des deux os de la jambe. J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 253-8.— Schrock, R. D. Fractures of the tibia and fibula. J. Lancet, 1934, 54: 449-55.—Senechal, M. Indications relatives de l'intervention sanglante et du traitement orthopedique des fractures fermees des deux os de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 987-90.—Senger, W., & Norman, J. S. One thousand consecutive fractures of both bones of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 516-8.—Simon, S. Les indications du traitement operatoire et des m6thodes orthopediques daps les fractures fermees recentes des deux os de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 980.—Solcard & Badelon. Du traite- ment des fractures fermees des deux os de la jambe; a propos d'une statistique portant sur 91 cas. Rev. chir., Par., 1938, 76: 113-25.—Swart, H. A. An analysis of the treatment of 68 cases of fractures of the shafts of the tibia and fibula with the Roger Anderson splint. South. M. J., 1940, 33: 1081-5.—Uribe y Rivera, S. Fractura de ambos huesos de la pierna (aparato de Finocchietto) Rev. Ass. mid. mex., 1929, 7:4; 23.—VerbrUgge, J. Contribution a l'etude de la fixation complementaire du perone dans le traitement operatoire des fractures des deux os de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 414-6. Also Rev. techn. chir., Par., 1932, 24: 207-9.—Wardle, E. N. Frac- tures of both bones of the leg. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 146-8.— Wilson, M. J., & Cantwell, A. R. The double pin method in the treatment of fractures of the tibia and fibula. Am. J. Surg., 1942, 56: 445-7. ---- Fracture: Etiology. Barbosa Sueiro, M. B. Anotacoes anat6micas; um achado de anfiteatro: fractura consolidada no terco inferior dos ossos da perna direita. Arq. anat., 1936, 17: 193-5.—Bevilotti, V, Sulla frattura da torsione della gamba. Cult. med. mod., 1937. 18: 336-40.—Creyssel, Morel & Leclerc. Fracturenterative de jambe au ras d'un cercle de Parham place 12 ans auparavant. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 589-93.—Granzow, J. Intrauterin erworbene, komplizierte Spontanfraktur des Unterschenkels durch amniotische Strange. Zbl. Gyn., 1930, 54: 2699-702.— Howell, B. W. A case of intra-uterine fracture of the tibia and fibula. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Stud. ©is. Child., 62-5.—Kenwell, H. N. A case of congenital fracture of the leg associated with many other important anomalies. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1925, 3: 29-35.—Mendizabal.J P. Mecanismo de las fracturas de la extremidad inferior de? la pierna y su clasificacion. Cir. cirujan., Mex., 1935, 3: 63-5, 2 pl.—Muiioz P., B. Fractura de la pierna por accion de palanca de la rodilla opuesta; su meccanismo de producci6n. Bol. Soc cir. Chile, 1928, 6: 41-3.—Schulz, O. E. La fracture intra-uterine de la jambe et son traitement par implantation d'une greffe osseuse. Rev. orthop., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 13: 311— 21.—Shaar, C. M. Fractures of the lower leg with particular reference to war casualties that occur in training and combat. In Lect. Peace & War Orthop. Surg. (Am. Acad. Orthop. Surgeons) Ann Arb., 1943, 8-17. ---- Fracture: Forensic aspect. Malpractice; shortening of leg after fracture. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1573.—Malpractice; fracture of tibia and fibula; failure to make roentgenograms; absence of callus; expert testimony. Ibid., 1939, 113: 172.—Pommerol, A. Judgement du tribunal civil de Lyon du 30 novembre 1897; reduction d'une fracture a la jambe; raccourcissement; motifs legitimes de la part du medecin et interst vital du sujet; pas de responsabilite professionnelle. In his Respons. med., Lille, 1931, 157. Fracture, gunshot. Jimeno-Vidal, F. Unterschenkelschussbriiche (Erfahrungen aus dem spanischen Burgerkrieg 1936-39) Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 1544 (Abstr.)—Levitan, V. M. [Treatment of gun-shot fractures of the bones of the leg] Ortop. travmat., 1940, 14: No. 5, 79-81. LEG 630 LEG ---- Fracture: Healing. Heimxgbrxnxer, F. X. *Unterschenkel- schaftfrakturen; ihre Behandlung und Heilung unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der ver- zogcrtcn Heilung; Untersuchungen am Materia] der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik in Munchen aus den Jahren 1918 bis 1932. 24p. 8? Munch. [1934] Mennekes, H. *Ueber schlecht heilendc Unterschenkelfrakturen [Munster] 20p. 8? Bottrop, 1937. Baker, H. L. LTnunited fractures of the tibia and fibula treated by sliding bone graft and urea. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 446.—Beck, A. Zur Behandlung der verzogerten Konsolidation bei Unterschenkelbriichen. Zbl. Chir., 1929, 56: 2090 2. Hloncke, H. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage Yerzngerter Hoiking von Unterschenkelbriichen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.. 1027, 25: 314-22.—Compere, E. L. Indica- tions foi and against the leg-lengthening operation; use of the tibial bone giaft as a factor in preventing delayed union, non-union, or late fracture. J. Bone Surg., 1930, 18: 692-705, 14 pl.—Decker, P. Delais de consolidation des fractures de jambe traitds par extension continue et par apparerls platres. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 923-7.—De Gaetano, L. Autovaccinoterapia- e simpatectomia in un caso di frattura esposta suppurata della gamba con assenza di consolidazione; guarigione. Ann. ital. chir., 1927, 6: 331-"> I. Dujarier, O. Cal vicieux de fracture de jambe; interventions multiples; guerison. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 1248.—EhPlt, W. Noch einmal Verzogerung der Frakturheilung bei Unter- schenkelschaftbriichen. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 2920-3.—Fenkner. Erfolgreiche Korrektur eines schlecht geheilten Untetschenkel- bruches. Arch. klin. Chir., 1933, 174: 575—Gervis, W. H. Malunion of tibia and fibula. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond , 1938- 39, 32: Sect. Orthop., 282.—Grove, H. Inflnencia de la sim- patectomia periarterial (Leriche) sobre el proceso de reparaci6n de las fracturas (de la pierna) Bol. Sec. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 4-6.—Mallet-Guy, P. Retard de consolidation d'une fracture de jambe et ostfioporose; sympathectomie peri-femorale. Lyon med., 1933, 152: 436-9.—Nikitin, A. A. [Effect of resection of the peripheral nerves on the healing of fractures of the leg] In Sborn. trud. posv. G. I. Turner (Leningrad. Voen. med. akad. Firov) Leningr., 1938, 313-9.—Ostermann. Zur Frage der Heilungsdauer der Unterschenkelfrakturen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1934-35, 35: 114-21.—Rechtman, A. M. Per- cussion treatment for fractures of the leg with delaved union. Am. J. Surg., 1935, 29: 290-3.—Reromets T. Ueber neuer- dings beobachtete Verzogerung der Frakturheilung bei Unter- schenkelschaftbruchen. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 453—SaOIiveira. Fractura do terco inferior da perna esquerda com uma con- solidacao viciosa, produzindo accentuada deformidade; osteo- synthese; cura. Rev. med. Bahia, 1933, 1: 130-9.—Schwerdt- feger, H. Die Behandlung der schlechtheilenden Unter- schenkelbrQche durch Osteotomie des Wadenbeins; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Fremdkorperschadigung. Zbl. Chir., 1941, 68: 1047-55.—Straus, D. C. Walking splint for delayed union and non-union of fractures of tibia and both bones of the leg. Surg. Clin. N: America, 1928, 8: 577-82. ---- Fracture, open. Atjmont, J. H. M. *Sur le traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe par la suture primi- tive [Paris] 45p. 24cm. Versailles, 1939. Botjrotjllec, R. Contribution au traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. 108p. 8? Par., 1934. Chevereatj, J. *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. 54p. 8? Par., 1928. DarfettilLe, L. *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. 171p. S° Par., 1932. Jeanne, H. *Des fractures diaphysaires ouvertes de la jambe. 80p. 8? Par., 1932. Reberol, M. *Traitement des fracturas diaphvsarres ouvertes de jambe. 79p. 8? Par 1927.' StJssMANX, E. *Ueber Therapie der offenen Unterschenkelfrakturen. 23p. 8? Zur., 1926. • Arnaud, M. A propos du traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 852-5.— Balacesco, L, & Tzovaru, S. Sur le traitement chirurgical d'urgence des fractures ouvertes de jambe par la methode dite ideale. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937, 40: 285.—Barroux, R. Pro- cede personnel de traitement des fractures de jambe par qua- druple transfixion tibiale applicable aux fractures ouvertes en particulier. J. med. Bordeaux, 1939, 116: pt 1, 449 52.__ Baudet, G. A propos du traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1415-7.—Boever, P. Traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1031, 10: 587 609.—Bourde, Y. A propos dii traitement immediat de-s fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid. 811-4.—Bressol, K. Traitement immediat et resultats eioignes de 13 cas de fracture ouverte de jambe. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1080-2.—Chalier, A. L'ostedsy n t hese avec crampon extensible dans les fractures ouvertes de jamho. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir. 1931, 40: 815-8.— Charbonnel & Masse'. Traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes do jambe. Ibid., 782-7. ■-----Large resection diaphysaire, 14 cm., pour fracture ouverte infectee de jambe chez un adulte; r6gen6ration spontan'e de l'os- autoplastic cutanee; resultat. Bordeaux chir., 1934, 5: 96- 8.—Chenut, A. Le traitement chirurgical immediat des frac- tures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 818-21.- -Constant, A. Fractura expuesta del tercio inferior de la pierna derecha; intervenci6n: curaci6n. Bol. Soc cir Chile, 1927, 5: 31-7.—Creyssel, J., A- Armanet, M. A propos du traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe dans la pratique civile. Rev. chir., Par., 1931, 69: 582 92, 8 pl.—Curchod, H. Vingt-et-un fractures ouvertes de la jambe et empki de {'ex- tension au fil de Kirschner. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 770-4.—Darfeuille, L. D'une methode de contention'des fragments d'une fracture ouverte de jambe pendant la dessica- tion de I'appareil platre. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1210-3.— Descarpentrie3. Traitement chirurgical immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 844-9.— Dupuy de Frenelle. Traitement chirurgical immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid., 803-5. Also Hev techn chir., Par., 1931, 23: 169; 217.—Fidalgo, V. Fractura abierta de la pierna izquierda, in;erto 6seo y consideraciones generales Siglo med., 1929, 84: 659-64.—FoIIiasson, A. Traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Hopital, 1931, 19: 820-2.— Fredet, M. Quelques observations de reposition sanglante suivie de fermeture en cas de fractures ouvertes de jambe P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 829-32.—Gerard-Merchant] P. Quelques considerations sur le traitement de? fractures ouvertes de jambe. Medecine, Par., 1933, 14: 866-73.—Goni Moreno, I. Grave fractura expuesta infectada de la pierna- metodo de Winnet Orr. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20: 1259- 70.—Guimbellot. Sur le traitement par l'osteosvnthese dos fractures ouvertes de iambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 787-95.—Huet, P. Trente-deux cas de fractures ouvertes de jambes. J. chir., Par., 1935, 46: 202-12.—Humphries S. V. The treatment of severe open fractures of the shafts of the tibia and fibula. S. Afr. M. J., 1940, 14: 280.—Imbert, L. Traite- ment chirurgical immediat des fractures ouverte3 de iambe P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 765-9.—Imbert, R. Le traitement des fractures ou\ ertes de jambe. Rev. chir., Par., 1936, 55: 71-84.—Jimeno ViJ. 1, F. Estudio crftico del trata- miento de las fracturas abiertas de la pierna en los pueblos germanos. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1932, 4: 253-96.—Jolondz, A. On methods of treatment of open fractures of the leg. Bull War M., Lond., 1941-42, 2: 367 (Abstr.)—Judet, H. Traite- ment chirurgical immediat des fractures ouvertes. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 795.—Key, J. A. The treatment of old infected and ununited fractures of the leg. Clinics, Phila., 1943-44, 2: 1014-39.—Lambotte, A. Le tnaitement des fractures ouvertes de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 759-61.—La Puente, J. M. de. Tratamiento de las frac- turas abiertas de la pierna. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 453- 64.—Leclerc. Traitement immediat des fractures exposees de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 833-7.—Magendie & Dubourg. De la resection en marche d'escalier dans le defacement secondaire des fragments au cours du traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Bordeaux chir., 1936, 7: 186-93.—Masini, P. Statistique de 53 cas de fractures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 837-41 — Masmontelt, F. Traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid., 841-4. ------ Fracture ouverte des deux os de la jambe gauche; osteosynthese immediate; cicatrisation et consolidation normales. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1934, 26: 593-6.—Oliveira, E. de. O tratamento imediato das fraturas diafisarias abertas da perna. J. clin., Rio, 1935, 16: 54.— Patel, M. Traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 779-81.—Perdu. M. Apropos du traitement des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid., 800-8. —Petit de la Villeon. Le traitement chirurgical immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid., 806-10.—Peugniez. Traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. Ibid., 797-802.—Roux, G., & Seneque, J. Traitement chirurgical immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. P.- verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 611-73. Also J. chir., Par., 1931, 38: 515-32. Also transl., French M. Rev., Par., 1931, 1: 160- 5- Senechal M. Traitement immediat des fractures ou- vertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 822- 5- SenSque, J. Les indications operatoires dans les fractures ouvertes de jambe de la pratique civile. J. med. chir., Par., 1932, 103: 201 -6.—Skf ivanek, V. [Treatment of open fractures of the leg] Cas. lek. eesk., 1933, 72: 1584-91.— Talbot, A. Quelques considerations pratiques sur la therapeutique des fractures diaphysaires ouvertes de la jambe. Rev. chir., Par., 1934, 72: 710-22.—Tavernier. L. Traitement immediat des fractures ouvertes de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 826-9.—Tratamiento (El) quirtirgico inmediato de las fracturas expuestas de la pierna. Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32, i: 475. ---- Fracture, supramalleolar. See under Malleolus, Fracture. LEG 631 LEG --- Fracture: Treatment- See also subheading (Amputation) Bremond, L. G. M. M. *Traitement des fractures de jambes. 54p. 24cm. Bord., 1938. Brustlein, L. *Etude compared des temps de consolidation des fractures de jambe selon qu'elles sont traitees par des appareils platres ou par 1'extension continue [Lausanne] 38p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Genin, J. B. *Du traitement sanglant des fractures fermees de jambe au tiers inferieur. 114p. 8? Par., 1926. Habben, S. *Die Unterschenkelbriiche der letzten sechs Jahre (November 1925 bis Novem- ber 1931) ihre Behandlungsmethoden und ihre Ergebnisse [Kiel] 68p. 8? Koln, 1934. Nassif, A. Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment des fractures des jambes; methode de Bohler modifiee par Chatain. 31p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Wallast, M. L. J. *Over bloedige bchande- ling der beenbreuken en haar uitkomsten in vergelijking met die der onbloedige methoden. 191p. 8? Amst., 1918. Auvray, M. Resultats compares du traitement des fractures de jambe par la methode orthopedique et par la meLhode sanglante. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 933-41. Endresultate iiber die Behandlung der komplizierten Un- terschenkelfrakturen. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 119 (Abstr.— Bakushinsky, R. N. [Method of fixation of the pelvis in extension treatment of fractures of the lower extremities] Ortop. travmat., 1930, 4: 46-9.—Blanchard, G. Nouvelle methode de traitement des fractures du tibia et du perone. J. med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 445-8.—Bodmer, H. G. Spat- resultate nach operativer Behandlung von Unterschenkel- frakturen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 917-20.—Bohler, L. Indikationen und Technik der Gehverbande. Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 8-11.—Caraven, J. B. La marche directe dans les fractures de la jambe. In Oeuvre de P. Delbet, Par., 1932, 427-31.-—Carrell, W. B. Treatment of fractures in the lower third of the leg. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 1054-8.—Castanedo, A. La primera curacion en las fracturas expuestas de la pierna. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1936, 7: 841-4.—Chatterjee, P. Treatment of compound fractures of bones of the leg by skeletal traction. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 487.—Chutro, P. Para reducir fractures de pierna. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 2: 51-4.—Craig, C. Useful methods in the treatment of fractures below the knee. Med. J. Australia, 1941, 1: 644.— D'Aubigne, M. Fracture de jambe traitee par boulonnage sans decouverte du foyer de fracture. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937, 63: 890-4.—Delageriere, H. De 1 allongement du tendon d'Achille dans le traitement operatoire de la plupart des fractures de jambes irreductibles et incoercibles. J. mid. chir. Paris, 1928, 99: 229-41.—Della Mar.o, N. II trattamento delle fratture di gamba con nuovi metodi. Chir. org. movim., 1932-33, 17: 413-52.—Deuticke, P. Ueber die Lagerung frakturierter Unterschenkel in der Dauerextension. Zbl. Chir.. 1937, 64: 1417-24. ------ & Martys, F. Konservative Behandlung der Unterschenkelbriiche; Erfahrungen und Erfolge an 1,000 Fallen. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937, 38: 54-89.— Elischer, E. [Treatment of fractures of the limbs] IN'agy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1932, 2. Sess., pt 2, 267-85.—Engels, H. Ein unbehandelter, mit gutem Resultat verheilter Unter- schenkelbruch. Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 258.—Girardi, V. C. Breve educacion de los fracturados de pierna. Rev. Circ. mid. argent., 1928, 28: 728-36.—Glynn, P. Single-handed method of reducing fractures of the tibia and fibula. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 141.—Gosset, J. Traitement orthopedique des frac- tures de jambe. Techn. chir., Par., 1933, 25: 289-93. Le vissage selon la methode de Rissler dans le traitement des fractures de jambe. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 897- 903.—Guermonprez, F. Sur le traitement des fractures de jambe. J. sc. med. Lille, 1923, 41: pt 1, 37-43.—Hansen, P. N. Traitement chirurgical immediat des fractures de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 757-9.—Herrpel, C. Die Behandlung der Unterschenkelfrakturen in der Marburger Chirurgischen Klinik. Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 13-7.—Hipps, H. E. The ambulatory treatment of fractures below the knee. Texas State J. M., 1932, 28: 391.—Huber, P. Welche Unter- schenkel- und Knochelbriiche kann der Landarzt selbst be- handeln? Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 483-6.—lacobovici, I. Indications et traitement des fractures fermees de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 893-9.—Illievitz, A. B. The home treatment of fractures on the bones of the leg. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 18: 412-5.—Judet, H. Traitement des fractures de la jambe. Clinique, Par., 1930, 25: 357.— Kaufmann, C. Ergebnisse der Behandlung der subkutanen Unterschenkelbriiche in der staatlichen Unfallversicherung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 1142-4.—Kjaer, E. Fyrti og syv tilfaelde af fract. cruris behandlet a. m. Parham. Nord. med., 1941, 12: 2868 (Abstr.)—Lauber, H. J., & Becker. H. Zur konservativen Behandlung der Schriigbruche des Unter- schenkels mit dem Repositionsverfahren nach Klapp. Zbl. Chir 1939, 66: 727-3l.-Leshina, K. J. [Fractures of the legl h^dP^r' t193\3= 235-42-Levy, W. Beitrag zur Behand" r£g inLnte^heol;el- und Patellarfrakturen. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 215: 85-99.-Lichtenberg, J. [Extension and ?Qf£107ncm1y7anctures °f the le^ in war surgery] Cas. lek. desk., 1937 76: 1170-2.—Maguire, C. E. Lower leg fractures; some Sntlc,ai C^lda%ratl2?\}n treatment. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1940, 39: 779-83.—McKee, G. K. Treatment of compound fractures of the leg. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 2: 38-40; 1942 1: 118.—Mansfield, R. D. The treatment of oblique, spiral fractures of both bones of the leg; analysis of 15 cases treated by open and closed methods. J. Bone Surg., 1941 23: 910- b.—Martin, J. W. Treatment of fractures of the bones of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 1047-51.—Mauck, H. P. 1 reatment of fractures of both bones of the leg by conservative methods. South. M. J., 1943, 36: 609-13.—Miller, O. L Skeletal distraction in fractures of the tibia and fibula- report of cases. South. M. & S., 1934, 96: 408-11.—Patel. Traite- ment immediat des fractures spiroides fermees de la jambe J. m6d. Lyon, 1940, 21: 217-23.—Pinnock, D. D. Modern treatment in general practice; fractures of the leg in children Wl. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197: 29-31.—Pott=, W J Adequate immobilization of fractures of the leg. Illin >is M J 1941, 79: 434-6.—Prat, E. Tratamiento de las fracturas de los huesos de la pierna. Arch. urug. med., 1937, 10: 778-84.— Romine, C. C. Treatment of fractures of the lower leg. Inter- nat. J. Surg., 1927, 40: 121-3.—Rossbach, A. Ueber die Be- handlung der Unterschenkelbriiche unter besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Bohlerschen Methode. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1938, 39: 90-5.—Sagastume, H. Fractura grave de pierna eii una anciana; curacion. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 51: 297- 301.—Scheck, M. Treatment of fractures of the leg. Ind M Gaz., 1941, 76: 356-61.—Schemer. Ueber die Behandlung der I nterschenkelbriiche. Arch. Klin. Chir., 1926, 142: 643-5 [Discussion] 158.—Scholten, F. Frakturenbehandlung in der Aussenpraxis. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1927, 37: 15.—Snellman, V. Ueber die Heilungsresultate der Unterschenkelbriiche. Acta Soc med. Duodecim, 1928, 10: fasc. 1-2, No. 1, 1-244.— Stassen. Traitement des fractures des jambes: a) par la reduction et la mobilisation active immediate, dans la position jambes pendantes; b) par les ponctions au bistouri des parties molles traumatisms et infiltrees de sang et de lvmphe. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1925, 5. ser., 5: 642-50.—Stevenson, D. L. A method of treating fractures of the lower leg. Brit. M. J., 1938, li 71.------Fractures of the lower leg; a method of reduction and immobilization. Brit. J. Surg., 1939-40, 27: 390.—Topa, P. Considerations sur le traitement des fractures ferm6es de la jambe. P. verb. Con?r. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 915.— Traitement moderne des fractures fermees de la jambe. Clinique, Par., 1938, 33: 14l.—Treaubow, S. Die Tropfen- extension. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1929, 51: 260-3.—Vigand, A. Come si possa ottenere una immobilizzazione perfetta nella fratture della gamba; ricerche sperimentali. Chir. org. movim. 1934, 20: 587-90.—West, W. K. Skeletal traction in treatment of fractures of shaft of tibia and fibula. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 2036-8.—Winterstein, O. Ergebnisse der Behandlung der subkutanen Unterschenkelbruche in der staatlichen Unfall- versicherung. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 383.—Zucca- relli, C. Traitement des fractures de jambe. Marseille med. 1926, 63: 424-41. ---- Fracture: Treatment: Apparatus. Abadie, J. Un tour de main pour placer aisement I'appareil de marche de Delbet pour fracture de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1926, 34: 709.—Anderson, L. M. An interesting case of fracture of the leg treated with improvised splint with good result. J. Florida M. Ass., 1927-28, 14: 580.—Barnes, C. K. Local reduction of fractures of the tibia and fibula; report of 50 cases. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 13: 536-8.—Berceanu, D. [Extension apparatus in compound fractures of the leg] Rev. chir., Bucur., 1929, 21: 730-4.—Bidwell, A. M. Leg setting apparatus. U. S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,978,618.—Bittner, J. E., jr. Rotating extension splint in fractures of lower leg. Northwest M., 1934, 33: 433-5.—Block, W. Erfahrungen und Erfolge mit meinem Distraktionsapparat bei Unterschenkel- briichen. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931, 152: 235-49.—Bolibaugh, O. B. Treatment of fractures of the tibia and fibula by means Df the Roger Anderson splint. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 729.— Brubaker, R. E. The use of the walking caliper in fractures of the leg. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 635-8.—Cadenat. Appareil a extension continue pour fractures de jambe. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1940, 66: 168.—Carter, R. M. Fixed skeletal traction in fractures of the leg. J. Bone Surg., 1933, 15: 737- 42.—Clark, C. D. Walking iron for leg plasters. Brit. M. J., 1943, 2: 364.—Conwell, H. E. Treatment of severe injuries to the leg by traction with the Steinmann pin through the os calcis. J. Bone Surg., 1928, 10: 268-83.—Crossan, E. T. The Delbet apparatus and the end-results. Arch. Surg., 1929, 19: 712-24.—Dalgaard, J. [Appliance for the transportation of patients with fractures of the legs] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3055.—D'Aubigne, M. La reduction des fractures de jambe par traction m6canique sous l'ecran radiologique. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1891-4.—Dozier, H. C. Inexpensive traction irons, for Well leg counter traction, without use of bone pins. South. Surgeon, 1937, 6: 293-8.—Eckert, G. A. Tongs in the treat- ment of fractures of the tibia and fibula. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1928, 26: 911-6, 8 pl.—Farquharson, E. L. Bohler's lower leg splint in wood. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 350.—Ferre, R. L. Frac- turas de la pierna; el acroflexor de Enrique Finochietto. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 1228.—Forton, P. Presentation LEG 632 LEG d'un appareil k extension continue pour fracture de jambe. Bordeaux chir., 1933, 1: 403.- Frank. R. Eine Zugscheine fiir das Bein. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 2:\ 13-8- (Jalland. M. La marche a reculons: la reeducation des fractures de jambe. Arch. med. chir. province, 1926, 16: 119-23. Girardi. V. ('. Aparato do Finocchietto para fracturas de pierna; contribucion a mi divulgacion. Rev. Circ. med. argent., 1928, 28: 1904-11.— Goost-ene, M. J. Fixateur externe a rotules et reglable. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1931, 40: 580—Griswold, R. A. Major fractures of the tibia and fibula; an apparatus and a method of treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 900-2. —---- Fracture of both bones of the leg; treatment by a modified Boehler method with a new apparatus. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 35—40.-—Habu. K. Einige klinische Erfahrungen bei Behandlung der Unterschenkel-frakturen nach dem Delbet- schen Verfahren. Gun idan zassi, 1932, No. 228, 1.—Haggart, G. E., & Bailey, G. G. The use of unpadded casts with walking irons in fractures below the knee. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1937, 17: 921-6.—Hagman, G. L. Ambulatory treatment of fractures of the leg by the use of a plaster walking splint. China M. J., 1929, 43: 655-65, 3 pl.—Heller, E. P. Leverage forceps for fractures of the leg; a new forceps for attaining and maintaining position while applying plaster cast. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1928, 25: 578.—Johansson, S. Eine kombinierte Repositions- und Lagerungsschiene fiir Unterschenkelfrak- turen. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 205-8.—Johnson, M. A., jr. Splicing cast to correct angulation and lengthen leg. Virginia M. Month., 1935-36, 62: 207.—Jones, R. W. The treatment of fractures of the shafts of the tibia and fibula; a new tibia traction apparatus. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 591-610.— Kappis. Zur giinstigen Wirkung der Lane'schen Platten. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2817.—Karpati, O. [Splint for fracture of the leg] Gyogyaszut, 1932, 72: 511.—Lecewicz, B. [Modification in fixation of a bandage of the calf in fractures of the leg] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 79-82. — Lindgren, S. Ein modifizierter Distraktionsapparat fiir Reposition und Fixation von Schaft- frakturen des I nterschenkels. Acta chir. scand., 1936-37, 79: 566-74, 2 pl.- Lindsay, M. K., & McKeown, R. M. Skeletal traction with Steinmann pin; results obtained in 52 cases of fracture of both bones of the leg. Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1933, 56: 223-35.— Longfellow, F. E. Surgical leg splint. U. S. Patent Off., 1938, No. 2,106,151.—Magendie, J. Reduction de diastasis tibio-penmier par la broche de Merle d'Aubigne. Bordeaux chir., 1937, 8: 301-5.—Marxer, H. Ueber die Be- handlung der I'nterxhenkelbriiche durch Sohlenextension. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 239-41.—Mathieu, P. Appareil- lages pour le traitement des fractures de jambe de reduction difficile. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1934, 60: 328-30.—Matt, F. Eine zweckmassige Aenderung der Bohler'schen Schiene fiir Beinbriiche. Zbl. Chir., 1926, 53: 72-5.—M;.tthaes, G. Ein Apparat zur Cipsbehandlung von Unterschenkelfrakturen. Ibid., 1930,57: 1089-95.—Maxwell, J. A. 1 he use of an exten- sion table in the operative treatment of fractures of the leg. J. R. Nav. M. Serv.. 1929. 15: 108-16—Menegaux, G. The plaster apparatus of Delbet for the treatment of fractures of the leg; technical presentation. French AL Rev., Par., 1932, 2: 86-91.—Optzo, F. El aparato de marcha activa de Delbet en la terapeutica de las fracturas de la pierna. Bol.. Soc. cir. Chile, 1925-26, 3: 326-9—Psdovani, P., & Strohl, E. Note sur le traitement des fractures de jambe par les appareils platres en deux temps. Presse mid., 1936, 44: 1427.—Pease, ('. N. Beaded wires in closed reduction of fractures of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 75: 647-51—Petchot-Bacque. Trois frac- tures de jambe trait£es par les moyens orthopediques simples Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 72-6.—Petz, A. von. Ein neuer Distraktionsapparat und ein neues Sehienungsverfahren fiir I'nterschenkelbriiche. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 252-9.—Pygott, F. Walking plasters. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 392.—Rainey, W. Steinman pin traction for fractures of the leg. J. ^Missouri M. Ass., 1925, 22: 425-9.—Rieunau, G. Les platres a extension pour le traitement des fractures de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 1012-5.—Robert, E. An ambulatory distrac- tion splint for leg fractures. Brit. M. J., 1932, 2: 1051.— Robert, E. L. Treatment of ankle and leg fractures by the Delbet ambulatory plaster splint. Brit. J. Surg., 1927-28, 15: 414-29.—Rogge. Ein Einheitsverband fiir Beinbriiche. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1642.—Rowley, J. F. Artificial leg suspender. V. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,048,410.— Schubert, R. R. A simplified instrument for use in the treat- ment of fractures of the leg bv the two-pin method. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 1060.—Serafin, P. J. New apparatus for reduction of tibia and fibula. Am. J. Surg., 1936, 34: 394.— Shaar, C. M., Kreuz, F. P., jr, & Jones, D. T. Fractures of the tibia and fibula; treatment with the Stader reduction and fixa- tion splint. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23: 599-630.— Shaw, J. J. M. An interrupted plaster for fractures of the leg. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1 : 550.—Smillie, I. S. Simple system of splinting for lower limb. Ibid., 1941, 2: 304.—Sommer, R. Stockstiitze fur Beingeschadigte. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2842.— Uribe y Rivera, S. Fractura de ambos huesos de la pierna (aparato de Finocchietto) Rev. Ass. med. mex., 1929, 7: 4.—Vanlande, M. La methode de Delbet dans le traitement des fractures de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 982-6.—White. J. W. Experiences with Well leg traction apparatus. South. Surg., 1935, 4: 396-400. ---- Fracture: Treatment: Osteosynthesis. Mayald, J. *L'osteodese transcutanee dans les fractures spiroides de jambe et les fractures marginalcs postdrieures du tibia. 39p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Mouries, M. *Dc l'osteosynthese imm6diate en foyer ouvert dans les fraclurrs dc jambe compliquees de plaies. 63p. 25cni. Montpel., 193(1. Regner, J. A. *Du rdsultat eioigne de l'osteo- svnthese nu'tallique dans les fractures de jambe fermees. S2p. 8? Par., 1928. Alglave. Fracture oblique de jambe au tiers inferieure traitee par le procede de la ligature k fils couples. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1926, 52: 1033.- Armstrong, J. R. Hi.no- grafting in the treatment of fractured tibia and fibula. Lancet, Lond.. 1943, 2: 188-91, pl- Ballrad, E. P. de. Fractura de la pierna; tratamiento quiriirgieo por el injerto 6seo segiin la tecnica de Albee. Gac. med. Caracas, 1928, 35: 241.— Itarroux, R. Traitement des fractures de jambe par quadiuple tiarw- fixion tibiale. Rev. chir., Par., 1939. 77: 218 -28.- Hattcn. <;. B. Radiograms of fractured leg 241 -j years after being wired. Brit. J. Radiol., 1930, n. ser., 11: 502.-- Bergk. W. Zur Be- handlung schwer reponierbarer Schrag- und Spiralhriichr dea Unterschenkels mittels temporfirer percutaner Drahtfixation Chirurg, 1939, 11: 185-90.—Burmeister, R. Do.s casos ---~ Complete paralysis of the gastrocnemius and soleus; talipes calcaneus; nerve-grafting; much recovery of pov^er. Ibid., 268-70.—Welty. Fusstiitzmaschine fur Pero- neus-Tibialis-Lahmungen. Munch, med. Wschr., 1915, 62: 1068. ---- Paralysis, ischemic. Albert, M., & Mitchell, W. R. D. Volkmann's ischaemia of the leg. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 519-22.—Jones, S. G., & Cotton, F. J. Ischaemic paralysis of leg simulating Volkmann's contracture. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 659.—Straaten, J. J. van [A case of ischaemic paralysis of the leg] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 1, 2686. Pseudarthrosis. Mertens, A. *Behandlung der Tibiapseud- arthrose bei intakter oder rascher knochern konsolidierter Fibula durch Fibulaverkurzung und Resektion des Pseudarthrosengewebes [Munster] 28p. 21cm. Giitersloh, 1937. Schaich, F. *Hahnsche Operation angewandt bei Unterschenkel-Pseudarthrose; Modifikation nach Goebell [Kiel] 17p. 8? Libau, 1932. Canavero, G. Su di un caso di trapianto osseo per pseudar- trosi della gamba. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 1122-7.— Christidi, E. Zwei Pseudarthrosen nach Behandlung mit Drahtumschlingung bei spiralformigen Schragfrakturen des Unterschenkels. Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 2433-9.—Chutro, P. Seudoartrosis de los huesos de la pierna. In his Lecc. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938, 4: 209-95.—Colonna, P. C. Congenital pseud- arthrosis of the leg; 3 cases treated by massive bone graft. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,103: 2012-6.— Dujarier, C. Pseudarthrose congenitale des deux os de la jambe; bon resultat tardif (1922- 27) Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 868.—Garrido Les- tache. Un caso de pseudoartrosis fibrosa consecutiva a la frac- tura completa de una pierna. Progr. clin., Madr., 1917, 9: 206- 8.—Gilorteanu, I., Athanasiu, I., & Popesco, A. Auto-greffon centro-central par empennage pour pseudarthrose des os de la jambe. Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 201-5.—Graziano, F. Contributo alia etiopatogenesi ed alia terapia della pseudartrosi congenita della tibia e del perone. Chir. org. movim., 1929, 13: 245-58.—Guermonprez, F. Sur un traitement connu des pseudarthroses de la jambe. J. sc meel. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 1, 337-44.—Kite, J. H. Congenital pseudarthrosis of tibia and fibula; report of 15 cases. South. M. J., 1941, 34: 1021-32.— Magnant. Un cas de pseudarthrose de jambe. Bordeaux chir., 1931, 2: 286-9.—Marino, H. Seudoartrosis de pierna; injerto a la Chutro. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1675-7.— Moutier, G. Pseudarthrose congenitale de la jambe traitee par la greffe ost6operiostique de Delageniere. Rev. orthop., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 14: 339-46.—Nove-Josserand, G. Resultats eloigned des greffes osseuses dans les pseudarthroses congenitales de la jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 159-62.— Patel & Sassard. Greffe par glissement dans le traitement d'une pseudarthrose de jambe. Lyon med., 1931, 147: 48.—Platou, E. [Pseudarthrosis cruris treated with sodium bicarbonate] Norsk mag. laegevid., 1926, 87: 287-94.—Polievktov, A. I. [Congenital pseudoarthrosis of the leg] Vest, khir., 1932, 26: 137-47.—Rocher. H. L. Pseudarthrose de jambe; greffe osteoperiostique; resultat parfait. J. med. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 195.—Stenport, K. Congenital pseudarthrosis of the leg. Acta orthop. scand., 1938, 9: 181-96.—Stotz, W. Die Fibulare- sektion bei Pseudarthrosen und verzogerter Knochenbruch- heilung des Schienbeines. Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 1418-30.— Thalheimer. Pseudarthrose de jambe; sympathectomie peri- art6rielle; consolidation. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 58: 766- 9.—Valentin, B. Behandlung der Pseudarthrosen des Unter- schenkels. Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1932) 1933, 27. Kongr., 479-88. ---- Reflexes. Kaufman, W. Modification of reflex contractions of the tibialis anticus by administration of sodium sulphide and cyanide. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 89.—Mackiewicz, I. [On the crural symptom] Med. kron. lek., Warsz., 1912, 47: 957-61.—Sagin, K. Le r6flexe de la malleole externe et le phenomene de Piotrowski. Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 1, No. 3, 319-25.—Tournay. Pour que ne soit pas negligee la manoeuvre de la jambe. Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1940, 98: pt 1, 362. ---- Sarcoma. Baldor, J., & Leon, P. M. Sobre un caso de mixo-sarcoma de la region tibial anterior. Rev. med. cubana, 1929, 40: 1530- 8.—Brandt, H. Ueber ein angeborenes Weichteilsarkom des LEG 634 LEG rechten Unterschenkels. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 419-21.— Caperrhi, K. Sui lapporti fra traurni e tumori a proposito di un sarcoma primitivo del perone. Policlinico, Roma, 1928, 35: sez. chir., 014-24.—Coley, B. L. Spindle cell sarcoma of soft parts of calf; amputation; patient well 5J4 years later. Am. J. Surg., 1928, n. ser., 4: 333.-—Delfino, E. Considerazioni sopra un caso di sarcoma diffuso della gamba involgente il nervo sciatico. Morgagni, 1906, 48: 735-44.— Dudley, (.. S. Spindle- and giant-cell sarcoma of the lower end of the right tibia and fibula. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 415-20.—Fitte, M., & de Marval, L. Sarcoma traumatico de pierna. Prensa med. argent., 1931-32, 18: 1623-7.—Karrouchi, H. Ein Fall von osteoblastischem Sarkom in der Unterschenkelgegend mit einem kolossalen metastatischen Herd in der Brustwand. Jap. J. AI. Sc, 1934-30, 4: Surg., 331.—Lipsett, P. J. Sarcoma of the calf muscles in a boy aged 4 years. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 292.—Milian & Perin. Fibro-sarccme au debut de la region malleolaire interne. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 621-3.—Rippe, E. E. Sluchal sarkomt bedra, oslozhnennol mnozhestvennimi metastazami v brynshncl polosti. Voen. med. J., 1904, 2: med. spec, pt, 295-9.—Lhirisr. Osteo- sarcome de la jambe. Presse med. beige, 1870-71, 23: 125-8.— Trias, A. Sarcoma de la pierna curado con inyecciones de electro-selenio y radioterapia; ulcera trofica consecutiva; gangliectomfa lumbar: curacion. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1932, 3: 406-18.—Turner, J. P. Inoperable sarcoma of leg; report of a case. J. Nat. M. Ass., Newark, 1926, 18: 78.—Valade & Marcenac. Osteo-sarcome du jarret chez un cheval. Rev. med. vet., 1935, 111: 449-55.—Vischia, Q. II trauma nella genesi dei tumori; sarcoma della gamba consecutive a trauma. Radiol, med., Milano, 1932, 19: 551-7. ---- Surgery. See also Knee, Surgery. Moeller, U. M. B. Die Prognose der blutigen und unblutigen operativen Unterschenkel-Kor- rekturen [Berlin] 48p. 8? Charlottenb., 1934. Aberle-Horstenegg, W. Storungen der Kncchcnheilung nach Unterschenkelosteotomie. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1929, 52: 95-102.—Andina, F. Ueber den plastischen Verschluss von Gewebsdefekten im Bereich der Lnterschenkel. Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70: 682-8.—Biesenberger, H. 1 eber kosmetische Korrekturen am Unterschenkel. Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 735-8.—Boeckel, J. Greffes osseuses de la jambe. Lyon xrid., 1918, 127: 222.—Brjosowsky, A. G. Nouveau proctdl d'arthro- dese tibiotarsienne. Rev. orthop., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 15: 58-63.-—Forgue, E., & Aimes, A. Jambe. In their Les phlges chir., Par., 1939, 361-70.—Gourdet. Ecarteur pour resection du perone dans les moignons coniques de jambe. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1922, 31: 1001.—Johnston, H. A. Leg holder. U. S. Patent Off., 1941, No. 2,267,924.— Kuslik, M. I. [Iherapeutic physical culture in surgery of the legs] Tr. Centr. gosud. travmat. inst., Leningr., 1936, Sborn. 2, 291-311.—L'Heureux, M. Reparation d'une vaste plaie du mollet au moyen d un lambeau tubule preleve a la cuisse. Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 722.—Perez Zabala, M. Osteotomia de rotacidn de la pierna; tecnica personal. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1937-38, 14: 212-22.—Pineiro Sorondo, J. Vfa de acceso a la celda profunda de la region posterior de la pierna. Dia med., B. Air., 1936, 8: 1111.—Schewandin, M. Endresultate der Lexer'schen Arthrodese am Sprunggelenk. Arch. khn. Chir., 1913, 101: 1009-29.—Wynen, W. Bogenformige Osteotomie in Verbindung mit Quengelbehandlung bei winkligen Ankylosen und bogenformige Osteotomie des Femur bei Genua valga. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 199: 420-6. ---- Tumor. Bamber, G. Fibromata with atypical epithelial prolifera- tion. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 714.—Btrtsch, G. H., & Pollak, A. Traumatische Cystenbildung im Unter- hautfettgewebe des Unterschenkels. Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1931, 30: 67-70.—Curha, J. Osteomas traumaticos del crural. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1926, 11: 5-14, 4 pl.—Fischer, B. Ueber ein Embryom der Wade. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 1569-74.—Gate, J., Branche, & Dugois, P. Vaste plaie atone de la jambe de date ancienne; neoplasme volumineux recent. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 14.—King, E. S. J., & Hooper, R. S. Sweat gland tumour of the leg. Clin. Rep. Melbourne Hosp., 1935, 6: 117.—Laurent, C, & Raoul-Duval. Naevi et naevo-epitheliome achromique de la jambe. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 564-6.—Robb, J. J. Inter- muscular lipoma of the calf. Brit. M. J., 1927, 1: 325.— Tirifahy. Enchondrome du perone et des muscles de la jambe; developpement enorme. Presse med. beige, 1869-70, 22: 141-3. ---- Ulcer. See also under specific names of exulcerating diseases as Leishmaniasis; Naga sore; Ulcer, tropical; Varicous vein, etc. Audier. L'ulcere de jambe. Marseille mid., 1929, 66: 815-47.—Bang, J. [Unusual case of ulcus cruris et pedis permagna] Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 995.—Barr, J. W. Leg idcers. Atlantic M. J., 1926-27, 30: 156-9.—Cannon, A. B. Ulcer of the leg. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 957.— Friede, O. Ulcus cruris. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1301.—Fuhs, H. Ulcus cruris. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1653-7.—Cavina Alvarado, E. R. Ulceras de la pierna. Dfa med., B. Air., 1932 33, 5: 657.—Groleau. L. Les ulceres de jambe. 1'nion med. Canada, 1941. 70: 142-52.—Lenggen- hager, K. Das Problem des Ulcus ciuris. Chirurg, 1936, 8: 759-62.— Orosco, G. Ulceras de la piei ua. Dfa mid., B. Air., 1929-30, 2: 161; 167; 174—Rohi-lir, h. [Social significance of ulcus cruris] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: Dansk med. selsk. forh., 23-37.—Saegesser, M. Das Ulcus cruris. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 1409-11.- Sitterli. A. Ileus cruris: crux medici. Miinch. med. Wschr.. 1937. 84: 1213-5.— Sonntag. Unterschenkelgeschwiire. l'rakt. Arzt, 1936, n. F., 21: 395-401.—Tietzen, H. von, & Hennig. Ulcus cruris crux medici. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 381.—Valer. F. [Ulcus cruris] Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 664-9. ---- Ulcer, anemic. Chargin, L. Ulcer of the leg in a patient with sickle cell anemia. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44: 725.-- Dcutsch, H. Blutkrankheiten und Llcera cruris. Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2064.—Estape, F. Ulcus cruris y espleneetomia en la ictericia hemolitica. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1931, 1: 447-59.— Grfigcire, R., & Weil, P. E. Les ulceres de jambe des spleno- megalies. Bull. Soc. nat. chir.. Par., 1929. 55: 91-4.- I.asch, F. Ueber Beingeschwiire bei perniziusnr Anamie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 377.—Lombard, P., & Nanta. Les ulceres de jambe des splenomegalies. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 1440-5.—Nanta, A. Les ulceres de jambe des spleno- megaliques. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 946-9.— Netherton, E. W. Sickle cell anemia with ulcer of the leg. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 34: 158.—Schwartz, W. F. Sickle cell anemia associated with ulcers on the legs. Ibid., 1938, 37: 866.—Weidman, F. D. Ulcers of the leg (sickle cell anemia) hepatitis due to arsphenamine (?) Ibid., 1936, 33: 758. ---- Ulcer, chronic. Andrews, G. C. Chronic ulcer of the leg caused by micro- aerophilic hemolytic streptococci (Melenev) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 677.—Bisgaard, H. Dm statiske svgdomme med saeriigt henblik paa ulcus cruris. Nord. med., 1941, 12: 3229-36.—Cokkinis, A. J. Chronic ulcer of the leg. Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 1168-73.—Fillmore, R. S. Chronic leg ulcers. Texas J. M., 1939-40, 35: 281-6.—Fukai, M. Fall von chronischem Geschwiir mit Stauung. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 116.—Gatti, C, & Garcete, L. A. On the causes of the chronicity of ulcer of the leg. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 519-21.—Gordon, S. Chronic recurrent ulceration of the leg. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940, 42: 4-10.—Lana Martinez, F. Un curioso y raro caso de dlcera cr6nica de la pierna. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 135-7.—Lerjchc, R., & Fontaine, R. Des causes de la chronicite des ulccies de jambe et sur une methode g£nerale de traitement. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 278-92.—Maclure, F. Chronic ulcer of the leg. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 1: 29-33.—Ochsner, A. Chronic cutaneous ulceration of the lower extremities. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1932, 84: 594-607.------& Gtrside, E. Chronic leg ulcers. Texas J. M., 1929-30, 25: 587-97 — Siittcrfield, W. T. Chronic leg ulcers. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934, 27: 104-7.—Taylor, F. W. Chronic hemolytic strepto- coccus ulcers of the extremities. J. Am, M. Ass., 19-12, 118: 1190-9.—Wright, A. D. Chronic ulcers of the legs. Piacti- tioner, Lond., 1932, 128:618-30. ------ The treatment of chronic gravitational ulcers of the legs. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 189: 205-9. ---- Ulcer: Complication. Dimtza, A. Tetanusinfektion bei Ulcus cruris. Chirurg, 1930, 2: 118-21.—Guyot & Grenet. Ulcere circulaire de jambe avec oedeme elephantiasique du pied. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 661.—Hanriot & Weis. Ulcere de jambe et calci- fication totale de la veine saphdne interne; fistule consecutive. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 222-4.—Hunt, E. Ulcera- tion of the leg and ? myositis ossificans. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1631. ---- Ulcer: Diagnosis. Cannon, A. B. A case for diagnosis, erythema ab igne? ulcers of the legs. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 928.— Goodman, H. Ulcer of the leg; localization as a point of dif- ferential diagnosis. Am. J. Surg., 1926, 40: 63-5.—Massot, H. Diagnostic des ulceres de jambe; ses consequences thera- peutiques. Gaz. med. France, 1930, 480-3. —Meyer, O. Zur Differentialdiagnose des varikdsen und phlebitischen Unterschenkelgeschwiires. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 1834.—Scholtz, J. R. A case for diagnosis, tuberculous ulcer of the leg? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 1068.— Stibbens, F. H. A case for diagnosis, ulcers on the leg?. Ibid., 1943, 47: 150.—I'mansky, M. A case for diagnosis, ulcer of the leg in a syphilitic patient. Ibid., 1942, 46: 300. ---- Ulcer: Etiology and pathogenesis. Botjrggraff, R. Contribution a l'etude de la relation dos ulceres de jambes ct des defi- ciences organiques. 122p. ch. 8? Par., 1933. Baumgartner, C. Recurrent ulcers and neurologic dis- turbance of leg. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1316.—Bechet, LEG 635 LEG P. E. Ulcer of the leg with radiodermatitis. Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic, 1941, 44: 1163.—Bertwistle, A. P. Traumatic uicers of the leg. Clin. J., Lond., 1927, 56: 31.—Birger, I. Ulcus cruris; iitiologi, terapi. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 1240-7.— Cohen, M. H. Leg ulcers due to thyroid dysfunction. J.Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 283-5.—Di Fiore, F. Su di un vomito cronico cagionato dalla guarigione di due piaghe antiquate delle gambe. Ann. clin. Osp. incurab., Nap., 1841, 7: 145-52.— Gate, J., & Chanial, G. Vastes ulceres de jambes bilateraux chez une femme presentant une lesion ulcero-papillomateuse circinee et pigmentee de la joue droite remontant a 10 ans. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 816-8.—Jacobsohn, F. Siberian ulcer. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lend., 1938-39, 32- Sect. Derm., 727. Also Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1939, 51: 283- 6/—Kilbourne, N. J. Leg ulcers of unrecognized etiology J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1955-60— Lindsay, H. C. L. Chronic inflammatory ulcer of the leg; treatment with sulfanilamide ointment. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 357.—Mc- Pheeters, H. O. Ulcer ciuris; the etiology, pathogenesis, and treatment. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 469-77.— Magnus, G. Unterschenkelgeschwur und Trauma. Zbl Chir., 1934, 61: 33-6.—Ratschow, M. Entstehung unci Behandlung des Ulcus cruris von kreislauf physiologischen Gesichtspunkten aus. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 503-8.— Ricu. Ulceres de jambe d'etiologie mixte chancrello-syphilitique observes au Senegal; phagedenisme mixte tertiaire de Milian. Rev. fr. derm. vene>., 1939, 15: 255-62.—Zimmerman, L. M., & Faller, A., jr. Etiology and treatment of ulcers of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1940, 70: 792-8. ---- Ulcer, indolent [Pseudomycosis] Hamilton, J. F. Further report on pseudomycosis; indolent leg ulcer based on study of 54 patients. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 41: 1-10. ------: Pseudomycosis, indolent leg ulcer; a study of 54 patients. South. M. J., 1938, 31: 579-90. —■--- Pseudomycotic leg ulcers. J. Oklahoma M. Ass 1939, 32: 359-64.—TJllmann. K. Ueber die Ursachen und einige neuere Behandlungsmethoden hartnackiger Unter- schenkelgeschwiire. Zbl. ges. Ther., 1901, 19: 65-75; 129-49.— Walzer, A. Indolent ulceration of the leg. Arch. Derm Syph, Chic, 1940, 42: 152.—Wright, D. Indolent ulcers of the leg. Brit. M-. J., 1931, 1: 398. ---- Ulcer: Pathology. Peillon, M. Contribution a l'etude des lesions osseuses des ulceres de jambes. 64p. 8° Par., 1926. Ayres, S., jr. Multiple extensive ulcerations of the legs. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 327.—Figarella, J. In- terdependance arte>io-veineuse dans l'ulcere de jambe. Mar- seille mtd., 1935, 72: pt 2, 710-2.— Frankstein, S. I. [Histo- pathology of experimental trophic ulcers of the extremities] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 46: No. 3, 58-70.—Heller, R. E. The pathology and treatment of indolent ulcers of the leg. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1943, 76: 77-84.—Leeuwen, T. M. van. Over ulcus cruris en phlebitis nodosa. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 4, 5637^3.—Ripard, G. Ulceres de jambes et lesions osseuses. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1941, 8. ser., 1:301 (Abstr.)- Silveira Ramos, A. Contribuicao para o estudo da patologia da ulcera da perna; osteite juxta-ulcerosa. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 49: 107-12. ---- Ulcer, phagedenic. See Phagedenism. ---- Ulcer: Surgery. MaItre, R. *Les ulceres de jambe et leur traitement par les operations sympathiques combinees aux greffes cutanees; resultats eioignes de la methode [Paris] 81p. 8? Strasb. Alarccn, C J., & Genatios, T. Los injertos dermo-epider- micos en el tratamiento de las ulceras de las piernas. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 783-96.—Arias, F. Simpaticectonrfa por ulcera de la pierna. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1929, 13: 56-9.— Bancroft, F. W., Stanley-Brown, M., & Taylor, R. F. Modified Kondoleon operation for sclerosed leg with ulceration. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. (1939) 1940, 52: 210-27. Also Ann. Surg., 1940, 111: 874-91.—Bayer, C. Zur Berechtigung conservie- render Operationsversuche bei unheilbaren U nterschenkel- geschwuren. Arch, internat. chir., 1908-09,4: 28-36, 2 pl.— Brover, B. I. [Treatment of chronic wounds of the leg by grafting of stored skin by Filatov's method] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 105-10.—Brown, J. B., Blair, V. P., & Byars, L. T. A study of ulcerations of the lower extremity and their repair with thick split skin grafts. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 63: 331-40. ------ Ulceration of lower extremities and skin grafts. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 452-7.—Biittner, G. Zur Be- handlung schlecht heilender Ulcera cruris durch die Zirkumzi- sion. Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 2530.—Burstein, T. Plastic repair of leg ulcers. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1939, 150: 307.—Candille, Remy & Roby. Guerison d'une plaie atone de jambe par l'operation de Moreschi. Maroc med., 1940, 20: 65.—Corlette, C. E. On irri- table ulcer of the leg or malleolus and its cure by operation. Med. J. Austraha, 1927, 1: 782-7.—Douglas, B. _The.treatment ?l»ln f^Te H .Am- J" SurS- 1939- «: 429-51.-Dragos, A. Lttesults 01 Eenche s operation in two cases of chronic ulcers of n£ RSi ax 9t- ™edvT,Bucur- 1930, 19: 608-15.—Haase, W. nl?,t ^nf lu«f dus Ulcus cruris in der Hand des Chirurgen. ™?h«i ^ x\ Wschrv ,1941' 67: 511-3.-Hackel, W. Zur pathologisch-anatomischen Charakteristik des chronischen unterschenkegeschwiirs im Zusammenhang mit der Behand- 7nag u Neuj;0tomie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 159: 698- , V Mansen, S. [Surgical and prophylactic treatment of ulcus cruris] Hospitalstidende, 1937, SO: Dansk med. selsk. torh 13-23 —Jones, H. T. Anemic ulcer of leg treated by pedicle graft. Surg. Chn. N. America, 1929, 9: 933-5.— Kartashev, S. Ueber die Behandlung der chronischen Unter- schenkelgeschwiire mittels Verschiebung des Weichteillappens vom Fussrucken. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2472-5.—Kashkin, P. IN. [Changes in the microbic flora of chronic ulcers after neurotomy] Mikrob. J., Leningr., 1928, 7: 136-42—Le- trai cois, C. Le traitement chirurgical des ulceres de jambe par la sympathectomie periarterielle et les greffes. Union med. Canada 1936, 65: 214-9.—Leriche, R., & Fontaine, R. Re- sultats donnees par la methode combinee, sympathectomie pSnartenelle et greffes cutanees, dans le traitement des ulceres chroniques de jambe. Strasbourg med., 1928, 86: pt 2, 101-5. —— & Maitre, R. Resultats eioignes du traitement des ulceres de jambe par les operations sympathiques combinees ?u?rgre es cutan^es, d'apres 52 observations. J. chir., Par., 1935, 45: 689-710.—Martin & Perard. Sympathectomies pour ulceres de jambes. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1924, 24: 594.—Matthews, D. N. Ulcer in connexion with congenital keloid of leg, treated with abdominal tubed pedicle graft. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1939-40, 33: Chn. Sect., 418-20.—Nasarov, N. N. [Treatment of trophic ulcers of the leg by the method of moistening the arterial femoral wall with 80% of alcohol] Khn. J. Saratov, 1928, 5: 25-33.—Nobo Gelats, P. P., & Levy Boladeres, J. De la gangliectomfa simpatica lumbar en el tratamiento de las ulceras cr6nicas atonicas dolorosas de las piernas. Rev. cienc. med., Habana, 1939, 2: 229-39.—Nova- kovic, S. [Complicated surgical treatment of ulcus cruris, atonic and trophic] Cesk. derm., 1927, 8: No. 6, 156-8.— Opazo, F. Resultado lejano de la simpatectomfa de las ulceras varicosas y tr6ficas del miembro inferior. Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 87-9.—Orthner, F. Behandlung grosser Unter- schenkelgeschwiire mit Thierschscher Transplantation. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1047.—Pataro, V. Llcera de la pierna; simpaticectomfa lumbar. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1265.—Perez Weber, A. Tratamiento de las ulceras troficas de la pierna por la alcoholizacidn intrarraqufdea segun el procedimiento del Dr Dario Fernandez. Rev. med. veracruz., 1940, 20: 3114-8.—Peters, A. Die Deckung i ezidivierender U lcera cruris mittels Lappenplastik aus dem Oberschenkel des anderen Beines. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 1458-61.— Philippides, D. Die Behandlung der Extremitatengeschwiire durch temporare Ausschaltung des Svmpathikus. Munch. med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 174.—Ringrose, E. J. The treatment of large stasis ulcers by pinch skin grafts. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 175-8.—Riou, M. Nouvelle technique de pansement des greffes epidermiques; son application au traitement des ulceres de jambe. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 1296- 301.—Roegholt, M. N. [Operative treatment] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 2667-73.—Salgj, F. [Leriche's operation for crural ulcers] Bratisl lek. listy, 1928, 8: 372-6.— Shands, H. R. The Wright method of treating chronic ulcers of the leg. South. Surgeon, 1932, 1: 51-6.—Stanley-Brown, M. Modified Kondoleon operation for chronic leg ulcers. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: 617-23.—Stumpke, G. Beitrag zur Sympathikus-Chirurgie bei einem Falle von Ulcera cruris. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 249-54.—Tixier. L., & Bize, P. R. Les greffes cutanees dans le traitement des ulceres chroniques de jambe. Monde med., 1927, 37: 449-55.—Wright, J. S. Extensive ulcer of leg with successful skingraft. Brooklyn AI. J., 1905, 19: 211.—Zahumenszky, E. [Moszkowicz's operation for ulcus cruris] Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 442-5. Ulcer: Treatment. Baruch, M., Glasser, S. T., & Rosenthal, J. Ten years' experience with leg ulcers in the old age group. Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 601-7.—Borshchev, P. D. Kliecheniyu yazv goleni. Vrach, 1894, 15: 71-3.—Brossowa, J. [Crural ulcers and their treatment] Med. prakt., Poznan, 1934, 8: 247-50.—Cadenat, F. M. Les ulceres de jambe; comment envisager, a l'heure actuelle, leur traitement? Hopital, 1926, 14: 320-2.—Carnett, J. B. The treatment of chronic leg ulcers. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1928, 8: 815-25.—Duran, P. Notes on the treatment of ulcers of the legs. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 55.^-Dusan, J., Flory & Sivan. Le traitement des ulceres dq jambe. Marseille med., 1933. 70: 521-59.—Eolian, R. O. [Data on the treatment of ulcers of the lower extremities] Sovet. med., 1941, 5: 19-21/—Fischer, E. Das chronische Unterschenkelgeschwur und seine Behandlung. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 700-4.—Harttung. Ueber chronische Unter- schenkelgeschwiire und deren Behandlung. Arch. khn. Chir., 1927-28. 149: 583-92.—Heyerdale, W. W. General principles in the treatment of the common types of stasis ulcers. Am. J. Surg., 1940, 50: 691-3.—Jeanselme, E., & Fouet, A. Traite- ment des ulceres de jambe. Meclecine, Par., 1926, 8: 94-100.— Kashinsky, A. L. [On the treatment of ulcers of the leg] Vest. vener., 1939, No. 8, 62-5.—Kissmeyer, A. [Clinical and dermatological treatment of ulcus cruris] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: Dansk med. selsk. forh., 38-63, 12 pl.—Kotzoglu, P. LEG 636 LEG Die Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Chirurg, 1935, 7: 180-5.— Magg. F. Die Behandlung des Ulcus cruris in der Sprechstunde des piakiischen Arztes. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 1230- 4. Meissner, P. Leber die BchaiHllunir dei Unterschenkel- geschwiire. Deut. med. Wschr., 1032, 58: 218. Also Med. rev., Bergen, 1933, 50: 87 —Menyhard, I. [Therapv of ulcer of the leg] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1S.T—Moller, J. S. [Treat- ment of ulcus cruris] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 1203-7.— Pernyesz, 6. [Treatment of leg ulcer] Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: mell., 52.—Sezary, A. Tratamiento de las ulceras de la pierna. Dfa med., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 109.—Silveira Ramos, A. Sobre a importancia do tecido fibroso na patologia o tiatamento das lileeras dos membros inferiores; estudo baseado na observacao de 175 casos. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1931, 49: 05-72. —Slagle, T. I). Treatment of ulcers of the leg. Bol. As. mod. Puerto Rico, 1938, .30: 70-4— Tvedegaard, H. [Treatment of ulcus cruris] Ugeskr. larger, 1932, 94: 256-9—Umanski, M. Obser- vations on the treatment of chronic ulcers of the leg. Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 885.—Wagner, F. Die Behandlung des Unter- schenkelgeschwiires. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 483-5.— White,"C. J. Treatment of chronic leg ulcers. Med. Clin. N. America, 1937-38, 21: 241-55.—Wolf, M. Ueber die Therapie der Ulcera cruris am Ende des xvm. Jahrhunderts. Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 1001.—Zweige], I. The treatment of chronic leg ulcers. Clin. Med., 1940, 47: 371. ---- Ulcer: Treatment: Bandage and dressing. Galhardo Barreiros, A. *Tratamento das ulceras da perna pela ligadura de caoutchouc. 55]). 8° Lisb., 1887. AI lis, E. K. Treatment of chronic ulcer of the leg, with formula for modified Unna's paste. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1930, 6: 130.—Arnsdorf, D. Die Verwendung der Elastoplastbinde bei Unterschenkelgeschwuren. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 241.—Balius Sabater, R. Tres casos de ulcera t6rpida tratados por el procedimiento de la esponja de goma. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel., 1932, 6: 306-9.—Cutting R. A. Chronic leg ulcers; treatment with Unna's paste boot1 Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8": 743-9.—Dixon, C. F., & Smith F. L. The adhesive bandage in treatment of varicose ulcer. Minnesota M., 1931, 14: 715.—Douglas, B. Conservative and radical measures for treatment of ulcer of the leg; a critical study of healing in experimental and human wounds under elastic adhesive plaster. Arch. Surg., 1936, 32: 756-75.— Fischer, K. W. Ueber die medikamentose Behandlung des Ulcus cruris mit Granugenpaste Knoll unter dem Kompressions- verbandc Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1007.—Greentree, L. B., & Gallardo, L. F. The treatment of chronic ulcers of the legs with the use of Unna's paste boot. J. Philippine M. Ass., 1941, 21 : 31-4.—Knirsch, E. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung des Ulcus cruris mit Ulceroplast. Wien. med. Wschr., 1940, 90: 850.—Kriickeberg, B. Ueber die Behandlung der Unter- schenkelgeschwiire mit dor feuchten Kammer. Deut. med. Wschr., 1940, 66: 905-7.—Ognev, B. V. [Treatment of chronic non-specific ulcers of the lower extremities with zinc-gelatin dressings] Sovet. med., 1940, No. 8, 28-30.—Remenovsky, F. Zur Theorie und Praxis des Zinkleimverbandes bei Thrombo- phlebitis und Ulcus cruris. Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 690- 5.—Rittner, F. Beitrag zur Ulcustherapie mit Ulceroplast. Ibid., 1940, 90: 411.—Sarma, P. J. Sponge-heart treatment of varicose ulcers. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1934, 10: 135.— Saunders, T. S. Proper use of rubber sponge dressings. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 739.—Service, C. W. Treatment of leg ulcers; use of zinc oxide jelly; a modification of Unna's paste. China M. J., 1929, 43: 111-7.—Sooy, J. W. Chronic ulcer of the leg; report of 300 cases treated with a modification of the original Unna's paste bandage. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1157.—Tataru, C. [Our results with Granugen Knoll paste] Cluj. med., 1934, 15: 353-6. ---- Ulcer: Treatment: Biological products. Buisson, L. *Traitement des ulceres chroni- ques de la jambe par la vaccinotherapie. 53p. 8? Par., 1929. Beck, J. Behandlung des Ulcus cruris mit Testes-Hormonen. Mschr. ungar. Med., 1938, 12: 51-4.—Chaves, W. A ulcera da perna; acao vascular, terapeutica dos hormonios sexuais. Brasil med., 1943, 57: 439-41.—Fischer, E. Zur Insulin- therapie der Ulcera cruris. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 491-3.— Gate, J., & Barral, P. Remarques sur le traitement des ulceres de jambe par l'insuhne; a propos de 19 cas. J. med. Paris, 1930, 50: 355-7. ■—---- A propos de l'insulinotherapie dans les ulceres de jambe; constatations biologiques et considera- tions pathogeniques. C. rend. Congr. fr. mid. (1930) 1931, 21. sess., 285-91.------Ulceres de jambe et insuhne. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2: 665-83.—Gray, I., & Green- field, I. Chronic traumatic ulcer of the lower extremity; treatment with acetyl-beta-methylcholine-chloride, mecholyl; case report. Indust. M., 1939, 8: 5-7.—Griinfeld, A. Ueber die Behandlung des LTlcus cruris mit Nebenschilddriisenextrakt. Med. Khn., Berl., 1931, 27: 853—Heden, K. Ueber die Behandlung der Ulcera cruris mit Insulin Fornet-Salbe Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 916.—Kaizl, L. [Yeast in treatment of crural abscesses] Cas. lek. desk., 1939, 78: 791.— Kaplan, T. The allantoin treatment of ulcers. J. Am M Ass., 1937, 108: 968.—Khokhlov, P. P. [Treatment of chronic ulcers of the extremities with sporadrape, combined with cod- liver oil] Vest, khir., 1940, 60: 590-2. ------ [Results of application of tomato juice in treatment of obstinate, non- healing leg ulcers and infected wounds] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 273-6.—Kremer, E. I. [Treatment of chronic ulcers of the extremities b\ blood transfusion] Sovet. khir., 1934, 7: 291 7. Lehrnbechor, A. Lokale Proteinkorpertherapie bei hartnackigem Ulcus ciuris. Zbl. Chir., 1931, 5«: 533-5.— Maranon, G., & F'erroro, J. Accion del injerto testicular sobre las lileeras cr6nieas de las piernas. Hev. m6d. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 285-7.- Naide, M. Treatment of leg ulcera with blood and concentrated plasma. Am. .1. M. Sc, 1943, 205: 489-93.—Pautrier, L. M.. & Ullmo, A. Vastes ulceres de jambe datant de 1-4 ans et jjiieris en 20 jours par la poinmade a I'insuline. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 820.-----& Schmid. Ulceres de jambes chez des malades non gl\ eemiques, gueris par I'insuline employee en pommade. Ibid., 1926, 33: 544.—Petges, Aubertin, E., & Laporte. Sur quelques cas d'ulceres de jambe traites comparativenienl soil par I'insuline, soit par les extraits pancr6atiques desinsulines. C. rend. Congr. fr. med. (1930) 1931, 21. sess., 292-5.—Tzanck, A., & Neret, M. L. Ulceres de jambe traites localement par 1'huile de Fletan (vitamine A) Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 993-8, ---- Ulcer: Treatment: Methods. Jessner, S. Ambulante Behandlung der Unterschenkelgcschwiire. 5. Aufl. 5()p. 8? Lpz., 1921. Leclerc, L. Contribution a l'dtude du ' traitement ambulntoire des ulceres chroniques dc jambe. 94p. 8? Lyon, 1937. Albus, G., & Hering, H. Behandlung schlecht heilender Wunden, besonders der Beingeschwiire, mit Echinacin. Med. Klin., Berl., 1941, 37: 276-9.—Baiocchi, P. Contributo alia terapia ambulatoria dell'ulcus cruris, di alcune ulcerazioni a varia etiologia e delle piaghe in genere. Riv. chir., Nap., 1938, 4: 161-77.—Bornhofen, E. Euthagen-Puder zur Be- handlung von Ulcus cruris. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 204.—Cureleanu, T., & Florian, I. Die Novokainisierung der Art. femoralis in der Behandlung des Ulcus ciuris. Wien. med. Wschr., 1943, 93: 580-2.—Davies, J. H., & Drynan, A., E. Chronic ulcer of the leg treated by the method of Dickson Wright. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 998.—Dekeyser, L. Le traite- ment des ulceres atoniques des jambes. Rev. argent, derm., B. Air., 1932, 16: 259-66.—Deutsch, H. Zur Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 783.—Douglas, B. Conservative and radical measures in the treatment of ulcer of the leg; a study of techniques, indications, and results. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 458-70.—Dragos, A. Ulceres chroniques de la jambe trait6s par la methode de Leriche. Gaz. hop., 1930, 103: 1104-6—Frankel, W. K. Behandlung von Ulcus cruris mit Milan. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 88: 100.— Jones, O. S., & Jones, F. P. The open air treatment of chronic leg ulcers. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1939, 36: 271.- Kahn, I*. Eine einfache Methode der Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 615.—Kerb, J. Die Behand- lung des Ulcus cruris mit schwefliger Saure in Form von Sulfo- fix. Ibid., 1928, 75: 437.—Kockmann. Erfahrungen iiber eine neuartige Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4: 665.—Krause, K. Zur Therapie der Unterschenkel- geschwure. Ibid., 1935, 11: 735-9.—Krauss, H. Ueber die naturgemasse Behandlung des Unterschenkelgeschwurs. Hip- pokrates, Stuttg., 1938, 9: 555-9.—Kun, B. Zur Therapie des Ileus cruris. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 26.—Langen, H. Ueber Adiplantinsalbe bei Ulcus cruris. Med. Welt, Berl., 1936, 10: 488.—Larsen, P. [Edematous affections; ulcus cruris with phlebitis in certain cases and their treatment by Dr Bisgaard's method] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100: 373-5 — leriche, R., & Froehlich, F. Sterilisation de deux ulceres de jambe invetfires par injections intra-arterielles de novocaine. Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939, 65: 750-3.—Loben, F. Zur ambulanten Behandlung des Unterschenkelgeschwurs. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 832.—Marx, J. Beitrage zur ambu- lanten Behandlung des Unterschenkelgeschwurs. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 158: 181-6.—Mattissohn. Behandlung von Unterschenkelgeschwuren mit Philoninsalbe. Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 51.—Nagel, H. G. Zur Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937, 34: 343.—Ognev, B. V. [Treatment of ulcers of the lower extremities by Prof. Kiifer's method] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 7, 36-41.— Peters. Zur ambulanten Behandlung des Ulcera cruris. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 25.—Puiggari, H. Ulceras atonicas de la pierna; su tratamiento con el clorhidrato de emetina. Dia med., B. Air., 1940, 12: 176-9.—Rendtorff, G. [Treatment of lymph stasis and ulcer of leg] Ugeskr. hegcr, 1927, 89: 227-31.—Roller. Die Behandlung von Unter- schenkelgeschwuren und infizierten Wunden mit Schwefeldi- oxyd (Sulfofix) Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1018. Rousset, J. Le traitement ambulatoire des ulceres de jambe. J. med. chir., Par., 1933, 104: 886-91.—Sachs, B. Ueber die Behund- lung des Ulcus cruris mit Cehasol. Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 47.—Sarro Condeminas, J. Ulceres de les cames i ozono- terapia. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel., 1933, 7: 320-4. Schiller, G. A. Therapie der Unterschenkelgeschwiire. Med. Welt, Berl., 1927, 1: 550.—Sellei, J. Die Epithelintherapie, ein neues Verfahren zur Behandlung des Ulcus cruris, Dekubitua und anderer Hautulzera. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 89: 1911-6.— Shands. H. R. The Wright method of treating leg ulcers. Am. J. Surg., 1932, 18: 510-20.—Siemelink, E. J. [Unexpected LEG 637 LEG success of necessary measures in treatment of a persistent crural ulcer] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 2747-9.— Soltau. Behandlung von Unterschenkelgeschwuren mit Boro- Weidnerit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 884.—Spillman, L. Ulcere de jambe, chez une fillette de 13 ans, traite sans succes comme scrofulide; sfirologie negative; guenson rapide par les arsenobenzenes. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927, 34: 53.— Tappeiner, S. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Derm. Wschr., 1938, 106: 353-7.—Tenenwurzel, R. Be- handlung der Ulcera cruris sowie anderer nichtspezifischer Geschwure und Wunden mit Pyoctannintinktur und Pellidol- Bolussalbe. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 687.—Thurmon, F. M., & Chaimson, H. Gentian violet treatment of leg ulcers N. England J. M., 1937, 216: 11-4.—Tournay, R. A propos du traitement des ulceres chroniques de jambe par l'exposition continue a 1 air. Presse med., 1939, 47: 1600.—Tunick, I. S., & Kling, D. H. New method of treating chronic ulcer of the leg. Am. J. Surg., 1931, n. ser., 13: 524-8.—Verovitz, C. H. New treatment for chronic ulcers of the leg and foot. Ohio M. J 1935, 31: 850-4.—Wigand, B. Ueber die Behandlung des Ulcus cruris (und anderer durch Absorbentien beinflussbarer Prozesse) Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1939, 10: 1163-5—Wohlrath, T. Digitalis-Exclud-Zapfchen als Adjuvans bei der Ulcera cruris-Therapie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1929, 70: 429.—Worsaae, E. Behandlung af Ulcus cruris med Embrvonalekstrakt. Ugeskr. laeger, 1943, 105: 767-9.—Wright, A. D. The treat- ment of indolent ulcer of the leg. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1931 54: 237-51, 2 pl. Also Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 457-60. The treatment of chronic gravitational ulcers of the leg. In Postgrad. Surg. (Maingot, R.) N. Y., 1936, 2: 3299-308.— Young, J. H. The treatment of ulcers of the leg with mag- nesium sulphate. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 976.—Zamakhovsky, D. M. [Magnesial block in treatment of ulcers of the extremi- ties] Vest, vener., 1939, No. 9, 44-6.—Zur, H. Die interne Behandlung des Ulcus cruris. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 941. --- Ulcer: Treatment: Physiotherapy. Baradulin, G. I. [Diathermy in treatment of ulcer on leg] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 714-6.—Claassen, H. L. Diathermy in the treatment of leg ulcers. J. Med., Cincin., 1927-28, 8: 73-7.—Putnam, G. W. Radiant heat and light in the treat- ment of leg ulcers and allied conditions. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1928, 9: 112-4.—Schiller, A. E. Leg ulcers; their treatment by ultra violet radiation. Ibid., 1927, 8: 61-8.—Steiner, E. Leber Grenzstrahlenwirkung bei Ulcus cruris. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 1859.—Szandicz, S. Zur Diathermiebehandlung des Ulcus cruris. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 300-6.—Treacy, A. J. M. High frequency current in the treatment of indolent ulcers. Med. World, 1938, 56: 583.—Wright, A. D. Treat- ment of chronic leg ulcer. Brit. J. Phys. M., 1931, 6: 51-3. --- Ulcer: Trophic disorder. Leun. Ulcus cruris als zirkulations-mechanisches Problem. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 710.—Sseniavina, M. Wirkung der sympathischen vasomotorischen Zentren und Nerven auf die Entstehung der sogenannten trophischen Geschwure der Extremitiiten. Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 172: 42-54.—Zakaraia. E. P. [Significance of the peripheral nerves in the development of experimental, trophic ulcers of the extremities] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45: 151-68. --- unequal. Abbott, LeR. C. The operative lengthening of the tibia and fibula. J. Bone Surg., 1927, 9: 128-52. Also West. J. Surg., 1931, 39: 513-9.------& Saunders, J. B. de C. M. The operative lengthening of the tibia and fibula; a preliminary report on the further development of the principles and technic. Ann. Surg., 1939, 110: 961-91.—Alcorn, F. A. Tibia and fibula lengthening by the turnbuckle method. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 230-3.—Anopol, G. Leg lengthening with author's technique and apparatus. Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1938, 6: 51-6. ------ Leg lengthening. In Rehabil. War Injured (Doherty, W. B., & Runes, D. D.) N. Y., 1943, 381-90.— Barr, J. S., & Ober, F. R. Leg lengthening in adults. J. Bone Surg., 1933, 15: 674-8.—Baryshnikov, K., Zabelinsky, N., & Cherepenin, P. [Wooden support for orthopedic shoes in cases of shortening of the lower extremities] Ortop. travmat., 1937, 11: 151.—Brockway, A. Clinical resume of 46 leg-lengthening operations. J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 969-77. ------ Leg lengthening operation, its present status. California West. M., 1943,58:11-3. ------& Fowler, S. B. Experience with 105 leg lengthening operations. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1942, 75: 252- 6.—Brooke, J. A. Shortening of bones of leg to correct inequal- ity of length. Hahneman. Month., 1926, 61: 428-35. Also Surg. Gvn. Obst., 1927, 44: 703-6.—Carrell, W B. Leg lengthening. South. M. J., 1929, 22: 216-21.—Denslow, J. S. Comments concerning the X-ray findings in three cases of anato- mical short leg. J. Osteopathy, 1941,48: No. 3, 23r6.—Desjardins. Le grand raccourcissement du membre infeneiir. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1932, 24: 354.—Dickson. F. D., & Diveley, R. L. A new apparatus for the lengthening of legs. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 194-6.—Dunn, N. Reconstructive surgery in para- lytic deformities of the leg. Ibid., 1930, 12: 299-308.— Erlacher, P. Entfernung des Fibularestes und hohe Resektion des Nervus peronteus bei kurzen Unterschenkelstiimpfen. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1917, 30: 12-5.—Groves, E. W. H. Stature and pose; the problem of unequal legs. Brit. M. J., 1931, 2: 1~^~Hab»uls.h.' .E. J., & Finkelstein, H. Leg lengthening with new stabilizing apparatus. J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 807.— Harmon P. H. Surgical treatment of unequal leg length. Guthrie Chn. Bull., 1940-41, 10: 66-74.—Henderson, M. S. Keconstructive surgery in paralytic deformities of the leg. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 215. ■------ Reconstructive i oooeiT.ln Paral~vtic deformities of the lower leg. J. Bone Surg., 1JZJ, 11: 810-9.—Howorth, M. B. Leg-shortening operation lor equalizing leg length. Arch. Surg., 1942, 44: 543-55.— Janes, E. C. Experiences in leg lengthening. J. Am. M. Ass., 935, 105: 1419-22. Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 35: 137- 40. La Chapelle [Demonstration of lengthening the leg by means of the extension apparatus] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1454 — L'Episcopo, J. B. Leg lengthening. Tr. Ital. M. Soc, N. Y., 1931, 4. ser., 12-6.—Marottoli, O. R. Tecnica de a artrorrisis lateral del pie y del acortamiento 6steoplastico de la pierna. Relat. Congr. argent, cir. (1936) 1937, 8. Congr., 1015-26— Moore, B. H. A critical appraisal of the leg length- ening operation. Am. J. Surg., 1941, 52: 415-23.—Muller, E. Ueber die einzeitig abgesetzten kurzen Unterschenkelstiimpfe und ihre chirurgische Versorgung. Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1919, 39: 50-67.—Nes, C. P. van [On the treatment of considerable shortening of one of the legs] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 3854-9, pl.—Phalen, G. S., & Chatterton, C. C. Equalizing the lower extremities; a clinical consideration of leg lengthening versus leg shortening. Surgery, 1942, 12: 768-81.—Ritter, R. O. Technique of equalizing leg length. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 93.—Sofield, H. A. Leg lengthening. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1939, 19: 69-78.—Wilson, P. D., & Thompson, T. C. A clinical consideration of the methods of equalizing leg length. Ann. Surg., 1939, 110: 992-1015. ---— Varix. See Varicose vein. in animals. Bethke, R. M. Types of leg disorders affecting growing chicks. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1933, 82: 476-9.—Kassianenko, W. Ueber einige Eigentumlichkeiten der Reduktion der Ulna und Fibula beim Pferde. Anat. Anz., 1934-35, 79: 268-77. Le GAL, Etienne, & KLOTZ, Lucien. Nos grands savants; ce que tout francais doit con- naitre; pref. de Emile Picard. vi, 281 p. Par., Delagrave, 1926. LEGAL, Gerhard, 1901- *Die Blut- korperchensenkungsreaktion beim Oesophagus- Carcinom; kritische Betrachtung an Hand von 48 Fallen. 52p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater, 1934. LEGAL, Rene, 1913- *A propos d'un cas de lichen scrofulosorum. 48p. 24cm. Par. Jouve & cie, 1939. LEGAL, Wilhelm, 1904- *Zur Schlatter- schen Krankheit; kritische Betrachtung an Hand von 17 Fallen. 48p. 8? Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1928. LEGAL aid. See also Group, Social security: Organization; Group, Welfare. Bernardis, C. de. La crisi della professione di awocato e l'assistenza sindacale. Assist, sociale, Roma, 1937, 11: 103- 12.—Bozi, A. Soziale Gerichtshilfe. Mschr. Krim. Psychol., 1922, 13: 273-80.—Matlika, G. A. The social worker and the Legal Aid Society. Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh, 1933, 9: 601.—Mauer, H. Fragen des internationalen Fiirsorgerechts. Arch, sozial. Hyg., 1932, 7: 69-73.—Meyer, C. Die Bedeutung der sozialen Gerichtshilfe fiir Erwachsene. Mschr. Krim. Psychol., 1926, 17: 223-9.—Sagburg, E. Zweck und Methoden internationaler Rechtsfursorgearbeit (aus den praktischen Erfahrungen der Zentralstelle) Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1935, 27: 23-5. Le GALL, Andre, 1913- *Alcoolisme et alienation mentale dans le departement du Morbihan; les mesures qui s'imposent [Paris] 109p. 24cm. Montrouge, V. Hello, 1939. Le GALL, Georges Philippe, 1908- *Les tumeurs du ligament rond de l'uterus. 82p. 25^cm. Bord., Delmas, 1933. Le GALL, Jean, 1910- Contribution a l'etude du col de l'uterus [Alfort; Vet.] 72p. 8? Tours, Arrault & cie, 1934. Le GALL, Julien, 1910- *Consanguinite" et descendance. 134p. 8? Paris, M. Vigne, 1936. LE GALL 638 LEGER Le GALL, Pierre, 1911- *Erytheme margine rhumatismal [Paris] 56p. 8! Rennes, Impr. Prov. Oeust, 1937. Le GALL. Robert, 1909- Contribution k l'etude des certificats medicaux [Marseille] 56p. 251>em. Lvon, Bosc fr., 1936. Le GALL, Roger Joseph, 1906- *A propos du traitement de la grossesse interstitielle. 52p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1932. LEGAL medicine. See Forensic medicine; Health law; Juris- prudence; Malpractice; Physician, Laws and regulations; etc. LEGARDEZ, Albert, 1910- ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude de la valeur sSmeudogique du hoquet (myoclonie phreno-glottique) 42p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. Le GARREC, Louis, 1902- Contribu- tion a l'etude l'encephalomyelite de la rougeole. 63p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LEGATH, Georg, 1907- *Beitrag zui Frage der Fettablagerung im Zahnbein bei Karies. 7p. pl. Wiirzb., R. Mavr, 1936. Le GEARD, Jean, 1P01- Contribution a l'etude de l'histoire de la medecine; Montaigne hydrologue. 62p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1930. LEGEL, Christian, 1911- *Einiges iiber die Serum-Lipase bei Menschen und Meer- schweinchen [Frankfurt a. M.] 63p. 8? Darm- stadt, V. Sachs, 1937. LEGEND. See Myth. LEGENDRE, Adrien Marie, 1752-1833. Tables of the logarithms of the complete T- function to twelve figures. lOp. 4? Lond., Cambridge Univ. pr., 1921. See also Hellman, C. D. Legendre and the French reform of weights and measures. Osiris, Bruges, 1936, 1: 314-40. LEGENDRE, Edouard, 1912- *De l'enuresie; etude clinique et pathogenique de I'enuresie dans une consultation de neuro- psychi?,trie infantile. 156p. 24>km. Alger, Impr. Typo-Litho, 1938. Le GENDRE, Louis Paul, 1854-1936. For biography see Maurel, P. Biogr. mid., Par., 1935, 6: 321—36. For obituary see Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 117: 114-22 (Siredey, A.) Also Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1937, 68-70 (Brodier) Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 7. Also Med. scol., Par., 1937, 26: 47 (Dufestel, L.) Also Paris med., 1937, 104: annexe, 174 (Marfan, A. B.) Also Presse med., 1937, 45: 201, portr. (Sergent, E.) LEGENDRE, Louis Rene Marie, 1908- *Importance au point de vue de I'hygiene generate et de I'hygiene sociale de la toxicite des gas d'echappement des automobiles [Pharm.] 119p. tab. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez- Bataille, 1936. LEGENDRE, Marie Jules, 1904- *Essai sur le syndrome humoral du lymphatisme. 79p. 25^cm. Nancv, G. Thomas, 1934. LEGENDRE, Rene, 1880- See Bartow, E., & Legendre, R. La chloration; procede de sterilisation des eaux par le chlore liquide. 32p. 8". Par., 1918. LEGENDRE, Rene Jean Auguste, 1909- *Les accidents renaux dans la transfusion san- guine. lOOp. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LEGER, Andre, 1880-1935. For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 341. LEGER, Gustave, 1910- *La constitu- tion hyperemotive et ses bases organiques. 256p. 25cm. Lyon, E. Vitte, 1939. LEGER, Jacques, 1913- *La non inter- vention dans les traumatismes du crane; a propos d'une quarantaine d'observations de trauma- tismes du crane, traites h l'hdpital de Rambouillct par l'abstention. 51p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1938. LEGER, Jean Eugene, 1849-1939. For obituary see Goris, A. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 121: 194-6. LEGER, Lucien Henry, 1912- "'L'enerva- tion sinu-carotidienne; etude anatomique ct physiologique; application nu traitement de l'epilepsie. 244p. ch. 25/1-;cm. Par., L. Arnette. 1938. LEGER, Marcel, 1878-1934. See Guiart, J., Garin. C, & Leger, M. Precis dc medecine coloniale; maladies des pays chauds. 4()8p. 8? Par., 1929. For obituary see Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1934, 6: 351-7, portr. (Mesnil, F.) Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., 1934, 27: 701-3. Also Presse med., 1934, 42: 1270 (Mesnil, F.) LEGER, Marcel Noel Theodore, 1903- *Etude sur le pronostic des pneumothorax spontanes. 45p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LEGER, Maurice, 1904- Contribution au traitement des arthrites purulentes aigues a gonocoque. 51p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. LEGER, Paul Jean Marie Eutrope, 1900- *Etat actuel de la lepre en France. 76p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LEGER, Pierre, 1911- Contribution a l'etude des modifications des reactions pupillaires dans les syphilis nerveuses. 103p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1937. LEGG, Arthur Thornton, 1874-193P. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 525. Also J. Bone Surg., 1939, 21: 1054. Also N. England J. M., 1939, 221: 436-8. Also Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1939, 36: 444. portr. See also Buck, R. W. Legg-Calve-Perthes's disease [the eponym] N. England J. M., 1941, 225: 924. LEGG, Thomas Percy, 1872-1930. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 876. LEGG-CALVE-PERTHES disease. See Hip, Osteochondritis deformans. LEGGE, Robert Thomas, 1872- For portrait see Collection in Library. LEGGE, Thomas Morison, 1863-1932. In- dustrial maladies, xiii, 234p. pl. tab. diagr. 8? Lond., Oxford Univ. pr., 1934. For obituary see Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 913. Also Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 1069. LEGGE (La) dei simili. Arezzo, v.1-4, 1930-33. LEGGETT, Bernard John, 1890- The theory and practice of radiology, with a synopsis of radiography and radiotherapy. 3v. 8". Lond., Chapman & Hall, 1928. LEGHIE, Louis Francois, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude des ltematomes sous-duraux chroniques. 87p. 24^cm. Lille, G. Sautai, 1935. LEGIEHN, Herbert, 1894- *Ueber die angebliche potenzierte Wirkung bei Kombination von Wehenmitteln [Konigsberg i. P.] p.436-45. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler [1931] Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 91: LEGIEN, Hildegard, 1910- *Die habi- tuelle Schulterluxation. 27p. 22cm. Konigsb. i. P., E. Masuhr, 1936. LEGISLATION. Beal, J. H. Limitations upon political machinery as a cure for economic and social ills. Druggist Circ, N. Y., 1929, 70: 912-4.—McCutchen, D. T. The social psychology standard in comparative legislation. J. Social Psychol., 1942, 15: 281-91.—Oppenheimer, W. Reichsrat und Bundesrat. Ausz. Diss. Jurist. Fak. Giessen, 1924, 4: 9-16.—Physician (TheJ and legislation. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1942, 39: 293-5.— Thurstone, L. L. The isolation of blocs in a legislative body by the voting records of its members. J. Social Psychol., 1932,3:425-33. LEGITIMACY 639 LE GRAND LEGITIMACY. See Illegitimacy. LEGMANN, Emeric, 1912- *L'hormone parathyroidienne dans la therapeutique de l'ulcere gastro-duodenal. 67p. 8? Par., Picart, 1936. Le GO, Pierre, 1905- *De quelques phenomenes sympathiques paravertebraux spon- tanea ou provoques dans les affections viscerates. 102p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. See also Aubourg. P., Laville, C, & Le Go, P. La negativa- tion electrique. 146p. 8? Par., 1934. Also Richet, C, Surmont, J., & Le Go, P. Pyretotherapie. 195p. 25cm. Par., 1938. Le GOFF, Francois, 1909- Contribu- tion k l'etude des kystes dermoides bilateraux des ovaires. 75p. 25cm. Bord., J. Lesbats, 1934. Le GOFF, Isidore Joseph, 1912- *Essais de vaccinotherapie anti-putride dans les suppura- tions fetides broncho-pulmonaires. 63p. 25cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. Le GOFF, Jeanne, 1899- Contribution a l'etude de la mortalite des nouveau-nes dans les dix premiers heurs de la vie. 105p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. Le GOFF, Louis, 1910- *Les abces froids non tuberculeux. 76p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1937. LEGOIX, Luce. *Recherches sur les propriety physico-chimiques d'infusions de plantes a pro- prietes pharmacologiques importantes [Pharm.] 70p. 25cm. Nancy, Soc. Impr. Typpgr., 1934. Le GOUHIR y Rodas, Jose. Historia de la Repdblica del Ecuador, por J. L.R. T. 3 (1876- 1900) 550p. 21 ^cm. Quito, Clero, 1938. Le GOUPIL, Henri Pierre Albert, 1908- *L'assurance-invalidite en matiere d'assurances sociales [Paris] 55p. 23}£cm. Montrouge, V. Hello, 1939. Le GOLRIEREC, Reine, 1898- *Etude sur un cas de septicemie a pneumocoques avec apparition tardive d'une pneumonie du sommet. 66p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1926. LEGOUX, Marguerite, 1886- *Recher- ches sur la fonction articulaire apres la tumeur blanche du coude chez l'enfant. 60p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LEGRAIN, Maurice Paul, 1860-1939. La criminalite des toxicomanes. 24p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1923. ---- L'alcoolisme qui s'ignore. 79p. 8? Par., J. B. Bailliere, 1936. For obituary see Laignel-Lavastine. Ann. mid. psychol., Par., 1939, 97: pt 1, 823-5. LEGRAIN, Pierre, 1887-1932. For obituary see Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932, 39: 1318. Le GRAND, Alphonse, 1910- *Les hemor- ragies gastro-duodenales de stase [Lyon] 47p. 25^cm. Bourg, Berthod, 1933. Le GRAND, Antoine, -1699. De carentia sensus et cognitionis in brutis. [6] 206p. [5] 1. 32? Lond., J. Martyn, 1675. Le GRAND, George F., 1866-1942. For obituary see Texas J. M., 1942-43, 38: 301, portr. Le GRAND, Gilles, 1904- Contribution a l'etude d'une ntethode pratique d'ajustement des milieux de culture. 57p. 8? Par., M. VignS, 1930. Le GRAND, Henri. Guide-formulaire des produits de regime et de dietetique. vi, 935p. 12? Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1930. Le GRAND, Jules, 1900- Contribution a l'etude des osteomes de l'orbite. 61p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. Le GRAND, Louis, 1909- *Etude clinique de l'otite aigue' du nourrisson. 42p. 8? Par.. M. Vigne, 1935. Le GRAND, Marcel, 1909- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'osteopoecilie. 55p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1935. Le GRAND, Marcel, 1916- Contribu- tion a l'etude du traitement chirurgical imntediat des plaies penetrantes du poumon chez les blesses de guerre. 31p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. Le GRAND, Maurice, 1913- *Le meta- bolisme glucidique chez les tuberculeux pul- monaires. 98p. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez- Bataille, 1937. Le GRAND, Maurice Leopold Leon, 1914- *Interet clinique et epidemiologique de la cuti- r6action tuberculinique. 46p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. Le GRAND, Michel, 1909- *Etude patho- genique des accidents seriques; leur prophylaxie par l'extrait pancreatique. 73p. 24cm. Mar- seille, S. Lazare, 1934. Le GRAND, Yvonne, 1897- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la pathogenie et du traitement de 1'anteversion du col femoral dans la luxation congenitale de la hanche. 79p. pl. 8? Par. A. Legrand, 1928. LEGRAND test. See under Syphilis. LEGRAS, Auguste Marcel [M. D., 1932, Utrecht] *Psychose en kriminaliteit bij tweelin- gen. 105p. 8"? Utrecht, Kemink & son, 1932. LEGRAS, Robert Georges, 1909- *La transfusion sanguine dans la septicemic puer- perale. 88p. 8? Par., Lipschutz, 1935. LEGRIER, Yves Henri Louis, 1903- Contribution k l'etude clinique des mucines en gastro-enterologie (mucinotherapie) 78p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LEGRIS, Jean Pierre, 1912- *La syphilis gastrique biloculaire. 85p. pl. 24}£cm. Par., A. Legrand, 1938. LEGRIS, Pierre Paul Adrien, 1906- *Les troubles nerveux d'origine centrale post-hemor- ragiques. 67p. 24cm. Lille, Douriez-Bataille, 1934. Le GRO, Albert Leland, 1875- Ceramics in dentistry. 2. ed. xiv, 344p. 8? Brooklyn, Dent. Items pub. co., 1929. LEGROS, Andre, 1899- Curage digital precoce dans l'infection puerperale. 54p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1929. LEGROS, Armand, 1906- *Le signe de la contraction permanente de l'uterus comme diagnostic precoce de l'appendicite au cours de la gestation. 62p. 8? Par., Impr. Sirot, 1936. LEGROS, Franz Josef, 1910- *Die Zahnreinigung in der Geschichte der Volker und ihre Bedeutung fiir das Gebiss der zivilisierten Welt. 43p. 22cm. Bonn, J. Duckwitz, 1936. LEGROS, Gaston, 1871-1939. For obituary see Coquet, F. de. J. med. Bordeaux, 1939, 116: pt 1, 205. LEGROS, Jeanne Marie, 1908- Con- siderations sur le cancer du corps uterin et en particulier sur le traitement par hysterectomie vaginale. 63p. 25cm. Nancy, A. Tollard, 1935. LEGROS, Jenny Marie Marthe, 1910- Contribution k l'etude de Taction des anti- spasmodiques sur la contraction uterine. 60p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1937. LEGROS, Marguerite, 1904- *Le ntede- cin scolaire. 64p. 8? Par., Presses Univ. France, 1930. LE GROS 640 LEGUMINOSAE Le GROS Clark, Wilfrid E. See under Clark, Wilfrid E. Le Gros. I EGROl X, Raymond, 1910- *Essai sur Robert Louis Stevenson. 115p. 8? Par., Presses Modern., 1935. LEGRY, Pierre Joseph Andre, 1901- *L'enfant begue. 157p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. I EGRY, Theophile, 1858-1936. ]'",■ obituary see Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1936, 3. ser., 115: 477; 514-8 (Clerc. A.) Also Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 468; 1708-11, portr. (Gautier, C.) Also Presse nu'd., 1936, 44: 1083 (Courcoux, A.) Le GUAY, Jean, 1901- *Quelques com- plications de la vulvo-vaginite gonococcique des petites filles (a propos d'une observation de septicemie gonococcique avec endocardite et meningite) 53p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1930. Le GUERN, Louis Francois, 1908- *La lutte contre le charlatanisme. 45p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. Le GLERN, Olivier Yves Marie, 1911- *De 1'involution uterine jug6e par l'hystero- graphie apres roentgentherapie du fibrome uterin. 50p. 24cm. Par., E. Le Francois, 1938. LEGUEU, Felix, 1863-1939. For biography see Dartigues. Vie mid., 1933, 14: 229. For obituary see Arch. med. Angers, 1940, 44: 1-4, portr. (Fruchaud, H.) Also Bull. Acad, med.. Par., 1939, 3. ser., 122: 321-30 (Chevassu, M.) Also Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1939, 278-83, portr. (Jeanbrau, E.) Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1939, 102: pt 1, 96-8 (Chiaudano, C.) Also J. urol. med., Par., 1939- 40, 48: 281-4, portr. (Marion) Also ibid., 284-8 (Jeanbrau. E.) ----FEY, Bernard, & TRUCHOT, Pierre. La pyeloscopie. 114p. pl. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1927. LEGUEU, Felix, & PAPIN, Edmond. Precis d'urologie. 2. ed. 746p. illust. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1937. LEGUEU, Felix, & TRUCHOT, Pierre. La pyelographie et le cancer du rein; avec 32 radio- graphics diapositives au format cinematogra- phique hors texte avec schemas explicatifs. 23p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. Le GUEUT, Yves, 1907- *Etude sur la variability des especes microbiennes. 48p. 8? Par., Rover-Collard, 1934. Le GUILLANT, Louis, 1900- *La toxi- comanie barbiturique. 143p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. Le GUILLERMIC, Paul, 1898- *De la toxicite de la liqueur de Fowler chez le chien [Alfort; Vet.] 90p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LEGUME. See Leguminosae. LEGUMIN. Rakuzin, M. A., & Mashkileisson, B. E. Ueber das Legumin der siissen Mandeln. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1926, 51: 45-7.—Rakuzin, M. A., & Pekarskaia, G. F. [Legumin as analog of casein] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1916, 48: 469. ------ Ueber das Legumin der Hulsenfriichte. Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1926, 51: 43-5. LEGUMINOSAE. See also Astragalus [bot.] Bean; Cassia; Cytisus; Derris; Erythrina; also such headings as Lathyrism; Rhizobiaceae, etc. Michel, W. *Der Einfluss der Zerkleinerung bei der Ausnutzung der Leguminosen im Darm- kanal des Menschen. 29p. 20cm. Frankf. a M., 1938. Proeschel, A. Contribution k l'etude de legumineuses a principes actifs; plantes a spar- teine, plantes a rotenone [Strasbourg] 99p 25cm. Par., 1938. Zimmermanx, P. Calen; die Hulsenfriichte 20p. 23cm. Miinch., 193S. Cappelletti, C. The bacteroid-like form and immunity in leguminous plants. Proc. Internat. Congr. Plant Sc. (1926) 1929, 1: 59.—Fontenelle, J. P. As leguminosas na aliinontacflo infantil. Brasil med., 1922, 36: pt 2, 75.- Heupke, W. Zur Geschichte der Hulsenfriichte. Fortsch. Ther., 1935, 11: 556; 625.—Kiister, W., A- Umbrechl, J. Leber den Gehalt der Linsen und Erbsen an Natrium und Kalium. Zschr. physiol Chem., 1928, 179: 139-48—Magalhaes, E. de. Outras vanta- gens dos legumes herbaceos; particular cuidado com a ali- mentagao das classes armadas e dos operands. In his Ihg alim., Rio, 1U08, 1: 238-45.—Mi ege, E., Brodskis & Courtine! Sur l'aptitude (les legumineuses A la cuisson. Bull. Soc. sc hyg. aliment., Par., 1937, 25: 147-52.- Orril, A. Analisi chimica e biologica di semi di leguminose africaine; dati anali- tici sui principi immediati presenti nei semi di: Cicer amaricum, vigna Catjang e Phaseolus mugo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper 1931, 6: 1037-40.—Pal, R. K., A- Hose, N. M. The position of pulses in a diet based largely on cereals. Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78: 436-40.—Pantulu, J. V. Some unusual megaspore tetrads in the Leguminosae. Current Sc, Bangalore, 1941, 10: 175.— Rigail, A. C. Lecciones de botanica medica y farmaceuticn, systematica; leguminosas. Rev. Univ. Guayaquil, 1934, r,- 104-24.—Schanderl, H. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Stickstoffhaushalt von Leguminosen und Nichtleguminoscn Ber. Deut. bot. Ges., 1943, 61: 86-93.-- Sherman, W. C, & Salmon, W. I). Carotene content of different Vaiieties of green and mature soybeans and covpeas. food Res., 1939, 4: 371-80.- Stapler, A. P. K. There's virtue in the legumes Michigan Pub. Health, 1943, 31: 7.—Virtanen, A. I. Ueber die Kiuwirkung der Bodenaziditat auf das Wachstum und die Zusainniensetzung der Leguminosepflanzen. Biochem. Zschr, 1928, 193: 300-12. ------& Hausen, S. von. Untersuchungen iiber die Leguminose-Bakterien und Pflanzen; die Ausnutzung verschiedener Stickstoffverbindungen sowie des in Wurzel- knbllchen gesammelten Stickstoffs durch Leguminosepflanzen. Ibid., 1931, 232: 1-14.—Vita, N. Neue Untersuchungen uber die direkte Assimilierung des atmospharischen Stickstoffs durch keimende Leguminosen. Erg. Enzymforsch., 1937, 6: 209-33.—Zagami, V. Su alcuni effetti dell'alimentazione esclusiva con semi di leguminose nei ratti albini. Boll. Soc. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 269-72. Also Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1926-27, 9: 435-46. ------ Sul valore alimentare dei semi di Cicer arietinum L. Probl. aliment., Roma, 1931-32, 1: 150-64. ---- Toxicology. See also Fabism. Coeur, R. J. F. Contribution k l'etude des legumineuses toxiques pour les equides; 6tude particuliere du Cassia occidentalis L. [Alfort] 48p. 8? Orleans, 1927. Gimlette, J. D. MSrbau ayer. In his Malay Poisons, 3. ed., Lond., 1929, 175-7.—Stockman, R. The poisonous principle of Lathyrus and some other leguminous seeds. J. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 31: 550-62, pl. LEG weakness. See Perosis. Le HECHO, Guy Pierre Rene, 1909- Contribution a l'etude des hernies de la trompe. 45p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LEHEMBRE, Eugene, 1911- *Forma- tion professionnelle et deTinquance. 137p. 8? Par., N. Maloine, 1937. LEHMAN, Ann, 1897- See Peck, A. \V., Samuelson, E. E., & Lehman, A. Ears and the man. 217p. 8! Phila., 1926. LEHMAN, Harry Robert, 1909- *La diphtene chez les vaccines [Geneve] 30p. 8? Annemasse, J. Rosnoblet, 1933. LEHMAN, Robert S., 1867-1944. For obituary see J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Pract. Pharm. Ed., 1944, 5: 80, portr. LEHMANN, Alfred, 1902- *Beitrag zur Rontgen- und Radiumtherapie der Karzinome des Kopfes und der Halsorgane (unter be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Ergebnisse der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Konigsberg der Jahre 1925-30) [Konigsberg i. P.] 37p. 8? Deutsch-Eylau, O. Estner, 1931. LEHMANN, Alfred George Ludwig, 1858- 1921. Die Hauptgesetze des menschlichen Gefuhlslebens. 2. Aufl. viii, 421p. pl. 8? Lpz., 0. R. Reisland, 1914. LEHMANN 641 LEHMANN ____ [Overtro og trolddom] Aberglaube und Zauberei von den altesten Zeiten an bis die Gegenwart [Transl. from the Danish by Dr Petersen] 3. Aufl. xvi, 752p. illust. pl. 8. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1925. LEHMANN, Annemarie Charlotte, 1909- *Soziale Zahnheilkunde und ihre Zukunft. 30p. 8° Lpz., C. & E. Vogel, 1934. LEHMANN, Arthur R. H. Krankheit und Heilung auf Grund der physikalischen Chemie und der Reformheilmethoden. 310p. 8? Berl., Volksheil, 1930. LEHMANN, Carl Adolf Gerhard, 1910- *Ueber Doppelureteren. 21p. 20^cm. Konigsb. i P., J. Raabe, 1936. LEHMANN, Eberhard, 1910- *Kopf- verletzungen durch Hammerschlage und ihre diagnostische Bewertung im Strafprozess [Mun- ster] 16p. 22cm. Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1935. LEHMANN, Eduard. *Die Amoben als Krankheitsursachen bei den Haustieren [Bern; Vet ] 17p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. LEHMANN, Erich, 1878- , VOGEL, Wal- ther [et al.] Das Sandstrahlgeblase; unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Massnahmen zur Vermeidung von Schadigungen bei seiner Verwendung. v, 46p. dlust. 23cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Forms N. F. H. 21 of Schrift. Gesamtgeb. Gewerbehyg. (Deut. Ges. Gewerbehyg. Frankfurt) LEHMANN, Ernst, 1880- Selbsterilitat, Heterostylie. 43p. illust. diagr. 8? Berl., Gebr. Borntraeger, 1928. Forms H. 1 of Bd 2, Handb. Vererbungswiss. (Baur, E., & Hartmann, M.) --- Deutsches Biologen-Handbuch. 227p. 8° Miinch., 1935. Also 2. Aufl. [with O. Mar- tin] viii, 261p. 20^cm. Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1938. . T.u For portrait see Collection in Library. LEHMANN, Ernst Herbert, 1908- Ge- schichte des Konversationslexikons. 63p. pl. portr. facs. 8? Lpz., F. A. Brockhaus, 1934. LEHMANN, Friedrich, 1902- Chemi- sche und bakteriologische Studien am Scheiden- inhalt Klimakterischer. 14p. 8? Kiel [n. p.] 1927. LEHMANN, Fritz, 1891- *Rupturen aneurysmatischer Gefasse des Oberbauches als seltene Schwangerschafts-Komplikation. 19p. 8? Berl., M. Tismar, 1933. LEHMANN, Fritz, 1909- *Die Wirkung der Rontgen- und Radiumbestrahlung auf die Klebrigkeit der Leukocyten [Halle a. Saale] 23p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. Harz, C. Nieft, 1937. LEHMANN, Fritz Michael. Die Losung des Immunitatsproblems; eine Physiologie, Psy- chologie und Soziologie der Zelle. 208p. 8. Berl., S. Karger, 1924. LEHMANN, Georg, 1899- *Der Glyko- genbestand des Knorpels und seme Bedeutung [Halle-Wittenberg] 16p. 8? Halle a. S., O. Jung, 1928. , , . LEHMANN, Gerhard, 1900- Psychologie der Individualitaten; ein Beitrag zur Theorie des Charakters. 132p. 16? Berl., G. Paetel, 1928. LEHMANN, Gottfried, 1911- *Der Milchdriisenkrebs des Menschen und der bauge- tiere; ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Pathologie der Gewachse [Breslau] 63p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1936. ^_. T . . LEHMANN, Gunter, 1911- *Die Lokal- und Leitungsanasthesie ohne Zusatz von Adre- nalin bzw. Suprarenin in der zahnarztlichen 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----41 Chirurgie [Freiburg i. B.] 61p. 21cm. Schramb. (Schwarzwald) Gatzer & Hahn, 1936. LEHMANN, Gunter Werner Gerhart, 1909- *Die chirurgische Behandlung des Torti- collis spasticus [Konigsberg i. P.] 18p. 8? Hamb., P. Evert, 1936. LEHMANN, Gunther, 1897- See Atzler, E., & Lehmann, G. Anatomie und Physiologie der Arbeit. 364p. 8? Halle a. S., 1930. LEHMANN, Hans, 1891- & HELLER, A., Luft. p.487-599. 25>^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1940. In Handb. Lebensmittelchemie (A. Bomer, et al.) Bd 8, T. 2, I. LEHMANN, Hans, 1891- , & VOGT, Heinrich Wilhelm. Ortshygiene [und] Bader und Kurorte. vii, 247p. 8? Berl., C. Heymann, 1936. Forms Bd 6. Handb. offentl. Gesundheitsdienst (Giitt, A., & Moebius, E.) LEHMANN, Hans, 1893- *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Definitionsleistungen psychisch intakter und leicht schwachsinniger Kinder, p.387-419. 8? Lpz., A. Edelmann [1919] Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1919, 47: LEHMANN, Harald, 1817-73. Portrait. In Norges laeger (Kobro, I.) Krist., 1915, 2: 23. LEHMANN, Heinz, 1906- *Schadigun- gen der Haut und Mundschleimhaut durch Zahn- und Mundpflegemittel. 28p. 8? Lpz., G. Kreysing, 1934. LEHMANN, Heinz, 1911- *Ueber einen eigenartigen Entmarkungsprozess des Zentral- nervensystems [Berlin] 18p. 21cm. Hamb., H. Schimkus, 1937. LEHMANN, Heinz Edgar, 1911- *Die Krankheits- und Heilungslehre des meiningischen Hofmedicus Ferdinand Jahn. 57p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1936. Forms H. 14. Abh. Gesch. Med. & Naturwiss. (Deipgen, P.) LEHMANN, Heinz Georg, 1908- *Bei- trag zur Menschenpathogenitat des Bazillus suipestifer [Berlin] 23p. 2Sy2cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. LEHMANN, Heinz Gunther Georg, 1908- *Versuche mit Arsen. 21p. 8? Rostock, Winter- berg, 1930. __ LEHMANN, Heinz Johannes, 1906- *Die Colitis ulcerosa; ihre Aetiologie, Krankheitsbild und Therapie [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Zeulenroda i T., A. Oberreuter, 1935. LEHMANN, Helene, 1900- *Die Bauch- deckentumoren und ihre klinische Bedeutung unter Zugrundelegung eines Angioms im linken Musculus rectus [Marburg] 25p. 8? [Unna i. W., Eilert, 1926] Tr LEHMANN, Helmut. Handbuch des Kranken- versicherungsrechts. 3v. 8? Berl., Verl. Deut. Krankenkassen, 1932. ____ & MOSBACHER, Eduard. Die aerzt- liche Begutachtung in der Krankenversicherung. 376p 8° Berl., Sozialmedizin [1931] LEHMANN, Hermann [M. D., 1934, Basel] *Salzsaureproduktion im Sauglingsmagen nach Histaminreiz beobachtet mittels fraktionierter Ausheberung [Basel] 27p. 8? Berl., M. Philipsen, 1934. LEHMANN, Horst, 1911- *Biologische Gesichtspunkte in der Zahnerhaltungskunde. 29p. 21cm. Bresl. [n. p.] 1938. LEHMANN, Use [M. D., 1939, Bern] *Die Paravaginaldruse von Hemicentetes. 27p. 24cm. Bern, G. Grunau, 1939. LEHMANN, Joachim, 1901- *Zur Frage der Geschlechtsspezifitat der Keimdrusenin- LEHMANN krete; Inkretwirkung und Veranderung der Kastrationshypophvse der Ratte [Jena] p.729- 48. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1927. Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927, 216: LEHMANN, Jorgen. *Zur Kenntnis biolo- gischer Oxydations-Reduktionspotentiale; Mes- sungen im System: Succinat-Fumarat-Succino- dehydrogenase [Lund] vi, 140p. 8? Berl., W. De Gruvter & co., 1930. Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., 1929-30, 58: 173-312. LEHMANN, Johann Carl, 1885- See Hosemann, G., Schwarz, E. [et al.] Die Echinokokken- krankheit. 418p. 8". Stuttg., 1928. LEHMANN, Johannes, 1911- "Deber- sicht iiber die in den Jahren 1929 bis 1933 in der chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Leipzig beob- achteten Hirntumoren [Leipzig] 28p. 23%cm. [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1936] LEHMANN, Julius, 1901- *Das Blut- bild bei otitischen Erkrankungen. 31p. 8? [Lpz., P. Radestock] 1926. LEHMANN, Julius Edward, 1868-1934. For obituary see Hunter, C. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 227. LEHMANN, Julius Friedrich, 1864-1935. For biography see Arch. Rassenb., 1934, 28: p. i-iv, portr. (Ploetz, A.) Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1837, portr. For obituary see Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: H. 13, front, portr. Also Zschr. Rassenphysiol., 1935, 7: 97, portr. (Reche, O., & Steffan, P.) . LEHMANN, Karl Bernhard, 1858-1940. *Ueber den Einfluss des comprimirten Sauer- stoffs auf die Lebensprocesse der Kaltbluter und auf einige Oxydationen. 119p. 8? Ziir., Zurcher & Furrer, 1883. ■---- Ueber die Gesundheitsverhaltnisse der Arbeiter in der deutschen keramischen insbe- sondere der Porzellan-Industrie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Tuberkulosefrage. 55p. 8? Berl, J. Springer, 1929. ---- Frohe Lebensarbeit; Erinnerungen und Bekenntnisse eines Hygienikers und Natur- forschers. 328p. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1933. For Festschrift see Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1928, 100: portr. For biography see Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1928, n. F., 5: 258 (Curschmann, F.) Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1638- 41, portr. (Kisskalt) Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1606 (Schmidt, P.) For obituary see Arch. Gewerbepath., 1940-41, 10: 87-92, portr. (Flury, F.) Also Arch. Hvg., Munch., 1939-40, 123: 347-7, portr. — & FLURY, Ferdinand, editors. Toxiko- logie und Hygiene der technischen Losungs- mittel; im Auftrage des Aerztlichen Ausschusses der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Arbeitsschutz. ix, 295p. ch. 25^cm. Berl., J. Springer, 1938. ---- [The same] Toxicology and hygiene of industrial solvents; transl. by Eleanor King & Henry F. Smyth, jr. xiv, 378p. tab. diagr. 23y2cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1943. LEHMANN, Karl Bernhard, & NEUMANN, Rudolf Otto. Bakteriologie, insbesondere bak- teriologische Diagnostik. 7. Aufl. 2v. xx, 172p.; xi, 876p. pl. 12? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1926-27. ---- [The same] Bacteriology; especially determinative bacteriology. 7. ed., transl. by Robert S. Breed, H. H. Boysen [et al.] 2v. xx, 172p.; xii, 868p. illust. pl. 8? N. Y., G. E. Stechert & co., 1930-31. LEHMANN, Karl Heinz, 1910- *Ueber die Wirkung der Mischung von Hafereiweiss und Weizenklebereiweiss in der Nahrung auf den Ablauf des Betriebsstoffwechsels. 15p. 23cm Berl, R. Pfau, 1936. LEHMANN, Kriemhild, 1914- *Ueber die Wirkung von Medikamenten bei der Behand- •2 LEHMANN lung von Zahnfleischontziindungen [Greifswald] 27]>. 21cm. Lengerich i. W., Longer. Handelsdr. 1937. LEHMANN, Leopold. Die deutschen For- schungsstatten. 163p. 8? Berl., Verl. Kultur- politik, 1929. LEHMANN, Lisbeth, 1912- *Vacci- nationsbehandlung des Keuchhustcns [Breslau] 19p. 21cm. Ohlau i. S., H. Eschenhagen, 1937. LEHMANN, Liselotte, 1907- *Das Carci- nom der Bartholinischen Druse [Berlin] 27p, 8? [Landsberg, Warthe] 1934. LEHMANN, Marie Hildegard Sylvia, 1912- *Histochemischer Zinn-Nachweis in der Niere. 15p. 23cm. Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937. LEHMANN, Paul, 1901- *Ueber ein- seitige orthostatische Albuminuric; ihre Ursache und chirurgische Behandlung. 47p. pl. 8? Bonn, H. Trapp. 1927. LEHMANN, Paul, 1909- *Zustand der Zahne bei der schulpflichtigen Jugend in Bottrop im Westfalia unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Carieshaufigkeit; die Durchfuhrung der Arbeit erstreckt sich auf die statistischen Erhe- bungen an den Schulen unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der sozialen Lage der Eltern [Miin- ster] lip. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1934. LEHMANN, Robert, 1907- *Les atrophies gastriques dans les an6mies idiopathiques et les ntetanemies. 118p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1936. LEHMANN, Walter. *Die Bedeutung der Klitoridektomie als Behandlungsmethode bei Nymphomanie der Stute [Bern; Vet.] 35p. 8? Ziir., O. Fiissli, 1927. LEHMANN, Walter, 1878-1939. Kutscher, G. Zum Gedachtnis von Walter Lehmann; mit einer Bibliographie. Arch. Anthrop., Brnschw., 1939, n. F., 25: 140-9, portr. LEHMANN, Walter, 1888- Die Chi- rurgie der peripheren Nervenverletzungen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kriegs-Nerven- verletzungen, mit einem Geleitwort von Rudolf Stich. xii, 269p. pl. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1921. ---- Grundziige der Neurochirurgie. xii, 197p. 8? Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1930. ---- Chirurgische Therapie bei Erkrankungen und Verletzungen des Nervensystems. p.90-265. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1936. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1936, 8: LEHMANN, Walter, 1908- *Ein Beitrag zur familiaren unkomplizierten Blepharophi- mose [Munchen] 19p. pl. 22cm. Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1938. LEHMANN, Walter, 1913- *Ueber Krebsentwicklung auf dem Boden des Lupus erythematodes [Munster] 19p. 21cm. Bo- chum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, 1936. LEHMANN, Werner, 1913- *Klinischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tuberkulose und des Lymphosarkoms der Axillarlymphdrusen [Ber- lin] 39p. 8? Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937. LEHMANN, Wilhelm, 1899- *Beitrag zur Klinik und Differenzialdiagnose von Kiefer- tumoren. 29p. 8? Bresl., Bresl. Genoss. Buchdr., 1926. LEHMANN, Wolfgang, 1906- *Bestrah- lungsergebnisse bei den Fallen von Mammakar- zinom der Chirurgischen Universitatsklinik zu Bonn aus den Jahren 1916-25 im Vergleich mit den Ergebnissen der operativen Behandlung aus LEHMANN 643 LEHMER den Jahren 1908-25. 35p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1931. LEHMANN-BRAUNS, Gerhard, 1911- *Ueber therapeutische Erfolge bei Sauglings- Klumpfussen [Berlin] 27p. 8? Giitersloh i. W., Thiele, 1937. LEHMANN-FACIUS reaction. See under Cancer, Diagnosis: Flocculation tests. LEHMANN-HAUPT, Hellmut Emil, 1903- editor. Bookbinding in America; three essays. xix, 293p. pl. 24}$cm. Portland, Me., South- worth-Anthoensen pr., 1941. ---- On the reminding of old books, p. 187- 283. 24}£cm. Portland, Me., Southworth- Anthoensen pr., 1941. In his Bookbinding in America. ---- Seventy books about bookmaking; a guide to the study and appreciation of printing. [66]p. 18>^cm. N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1941. See also Ives, S. A., & Lehmann-Haupt, H. An English 13th century bestiary. 45p. 26J^cm. N. Y., 1942. For biography see Current Biogr., N. Y., 1942, 3: No. 4, 33, portr. LEHMANNS, Hans, 1891- Die Welt der Bakterien; eine allgemeinverstandliche Darstel- lung der niitzlichen und schadlichen Mikro- organismen in der Natur und im Haushalt des Menschen. xviii, 172p. illust. 8? Lpz., L. Voss, 1931. LEHMANNS medizinische Atlanten. 5. Aufl. Bd 1-7, 9, 12-13, 16. 11 v. 253km. Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1919-38. CONTENTS Bd 1. Atlas und kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch der topograph i- schen und angewandten Anatomie. Schultze, O. M. S., & Lubosch, "W. 4. Aufl. 1935. Bd 2-4. Atlas der deskriptiven Anatomie des Menschen. Sobotta, J. 9. Aufl. Teil 1-3. 1937-38. Bd 5. Atlas typischer Rontgenbilder vom normalen Men- schen. Grashey, R. 4. Aufl. 1923. Bd 6. Atlas chirurgisch-pathologischer Rontgenbilder. Grashey, R. 3. Aufl. 1931. Bd 7. Lehrbuch und Atlas der Rontgendiagnostik in der inneren Medizin. Lossen, H. 1934-38. Bd 9. Atlas und Lehrbuch der Histologie und mikro- skopischen Anatomie. Sobotta, J. 1938. Bd 12. Die Fadenpilzerkrankungen des Menschen. Stein, R. 0. 2. Aufl. 1930. Bd 13. Operationsiibungen an der menschlichen Leiche und am'Hund. Axhausen, G. 1919. Bd 16. Das Thoraxrontgenbild im friihesten Kindesalter. Saupe, E. 1925. LEHMANNS zahnarztliche Lehrbucher; hrsg. von H. H. Rebel. Bd 1-6, 9, 11. 8v. 25cm. Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1931-38. ' CONTENTS Bd 1. Normale Histologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Zahne. Meyer, W. 1932. Bd 2. Einfiihrung in die Bakteriologie. Gins, H. A. 1933. Bd 3. Pharmakologie fur Zahnarzte. Moeller, K. O. 1934. Bd 4. Lehrbuch der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde. Rebel, H. H. 1938. Bd 5. Die Anomalien, Fehlbildungen und Verstummelungen der menschhchen Zahne. Euler, H. 1939. Bd 6. Die allgemeine Chirurgie in der Zahn-, Mund- und Kieferheilkunde. Axhausen, G. 2. Aufl. 1943. Bd 9. Lehrbuch der orthodontischen Mechanik. Winkler, R. 1933. Bd 11. Chirurgie des Kopfes und Halses fiir Zahnarzte. Seifert, E. 2. Aufl. 1931. LEHMER, Agnes, 1907- *Eine Mikro- methode zur Bestimmung der Purine und Nucleoside im Serum. 16p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1935. LEHMER, Derrick Henry, 1905- Guide to tables in the theory of numbers, xiv, 177p. tab. 25^cm. Wash., Nat. Res. Counc, 1941. Forms No. 105, Bull., Nat. Res. Counc. ■ LEHMER, Hans Heinrich, 1909- *Un- tersuchungen iiber eine optimale Zusammenset- zung einer Silber-Zinn-Legierung fiir zahnarztliche Zwecke [Wurzburg] 38p. p.. 8? Heidelb., J. Horning, 1933. LEHMER, Max, 1907- *Ueber pro- thetische Behandlung ausgedehnter Unterkiefer- Resektionen. 30p. 8? Miinch. [Baumgartner & co.] 1930. LEHMEYER, Franz, 1907- *Der ge- genwartige Stand der Radiumtherapie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Zahnheilkunde. 24p. 8? Miinch. [n. p.] 1937. LEHMKUHL, Albert, 1903- *Versuche zur Prufung gonokokkenabtotender Mittel in eiweisshaltiger Umgebung [Munster] 23p. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934. LEHMKUHL, Ewald, 1904- *Tuber- kulosehaufigkeit im Sauglings- und Klemkindes- alter [Rostock] 25p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1934. LEHMKUHL, Heinrich, 1901- *Die Siedlungstypen in Buer; ihre Vorzuge und Nach- teile. 26p. map. 8? Rostock, W. H. Winter- berg, 1925. LEHN, Maurus, 1900- *Ein Fall von Akrodermatitis chronica atrophicans in Koin- zidenz mit Sklerodermie. 57p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1929. LEHNARTZ, Emil, 1898- Einfiihrung in die chemische Physiologie. viii, 420p. illust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1937. Also 6. Aufl. ix, 467p. 1943. See also Fischer, E., & Lehnartz, E. Lehrbuch der Physi- ologie fiir Studierende der Zahnheilkunde. 202p. 8? Berl., 1934. LEHNBERG, Otto, 1912- *Ueber die Beeinflussung der Wirkung korpereigener Amine durch Aldehyde und Amine. 23p. 21cm. Gott., Gott. Handelsdr., 1937. LEHNDORFF, Heinrich, 1877- Lehr- buch der Kinderkrankheiten. 3. Aufl. viii, 329p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1928. ---- Hamatologisches Nachschlagebuch fiir den praktischen Arzt. 58p. illust. 8? Wien, Ars medici, 1937. LEHNDORFF-LEINER erythema. See Erythema, annulare rheumaticum. LEHNE, Gerhard, 1909- *Ueber Schwan- gerschaftspyelitis an den in Heidelberg von 1920 bis 1932 behandelten Patieriten. 24p. 22}£cm. Heidelb., Brausdruck, 1937. LEHNER, Adolf, 1904- *Die Konstitu- tion der genuinen Epileptiker [Erlangen] 34p. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1931. LEHNER, Emerich, 1889- , & RAJKA, Edmund. Allergieerscheinungen der Haut. 228p. 8? Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1927. Forms H. 10, Samml. Derm. LEHNER, Eugen, 1906- *Zum Zusam- menhang von Portioerosion und Portiocarcinom. 63p. 8? Berl. [n. p.] 1935. LEHNER, Josef, 1882-1938. For obituary see Patzelt, V. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1938, 51: 813.—Schaffer, J. Anat. Anz., 1939, 88: 358-65, portr. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 258; 412. LEHNER, Ludwig, 1907- *Bericht uber die in der Zeit vom 1. April 1926 bis 31. Dez. 1929 in der Universitatsfrauenklinik zu Wiirz- burg ausgefiihrten Kaiserschnitte [Wurzburg] 66p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1931'. LEHNER, Sigmund. [Die Tinten-Fabrikation] The manufacture of ink. xv, 229p. 8? Phila., H. C. Baird & co., 1892. LEHNERT, Edwin. Translator of Rasmusson, L. B. Die Lebensmittel und ihre Aufbewahrung. viii, 408p. 8°. Hannover, 1931. 44 LEHRBUCH LEHNERT LKHNKRT, Paul William Werner, 1910- *Ueber die Hartsubstanzneubildung in der menschlichen Pulpa [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Groitzsch, G. Reichardt, 1935. LEHNHARDT, Hellmuth, 1911- *Die Sturzgeburt in der gerichtlichen Medizin. 36p. 21'4cm. Bonn, Kubens, 1937. LEHNHARDT, Otto Hellmut, 1908- *Beitrag zur Agglutination beim infektiosen Abortus. 23p: 8? Lpz., Gebr. Gerhardt, 1935. LEHNHARDT, Walter, 1912- *Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Schmelzhypoplasien. 19p. 22cm. Rostock, G. Neumann, 1937. LEHNHOFF, Henry John, 1871- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928, 142. LEHOCZKY, Tibor. Az ideg- es elmebeteg- segek diagnosztikaja I. p.506-66. 8? Budap., Dante, 1937. In Klin, diagn. (V. Muller) Budap., 1937, 1: Le HOUEROU, Albert, 1910- Con- tribution a l'etude des spasmes vasculaires multiples. 48p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LEHOUX, Roland, 1901- *Evolution des thyroidites aigues suppurees. 72p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. LEHR, Erich, 1909- *Ueber das Auftre- ten von Wundstorungen nach Appendektomien. 13p. 8? Lpz., Stein, 1934. LEHR, Gunther Friedrich August, 1910- *Erfahrungen mit der Kielland- und Zweifelzange. 87p. 8? Wiirzb., Drescher & Reichart, 1936. LEHR, Leo, 1907- *Beitrag zur Entste- hung der angeborenen Hohlraumbildungen in der Lunge [Erlangen] 19p. 8? Neustadt-Aisch, P. C. W. Schmidt, 1936. LEHR, Louis Charles, 1876-1930. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1009. LEHR, Ludwiga. See Blau & Lehr, L. Unser Sanitatswesen und das Rote Kreuz. 64p. 12? Lpz. [1915] LEHR, Robert, & FRAENKEL, Marta. Auf neuen Wegen zu neuen Zielen; Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Arthur Schlossman 16. De- zember 1927; mit Unterstiitzung zahlreicher Freunde und Gonner. xii, 350p. pl. fol. Diisseld., L. Schwann, 1927. LEHR, Wolfgang, 1910- Cntersuchun- gen iiber die Nebenwirkung der handelsublichen Praparate und Tinkturen, die zur Beseitigung der supragingivalen Zahnauflagerungen dienen, auf den Schmelz unserer Zahne [Berlin] 31p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. LEHRAPOTHEKE (Die) eine Sammlung wissenschaftlicher Beitrage fiir den jungen Apotheker. Hrsg. von K. H. Bauer. Bd 2-4. 22cm. Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1939-43. CONTENTS Bd 2. Massanalytische Methoden des deutschen Arznei- buches 6. Bauer, K. H. 1939. Bd 3. Pharmakognosie. T. 1. Mosig, A. 1942. Bd 4. Galenische Pharmazie. 3. Aufl. Brandrup, W. 1943. Bd 8. Grundlagen des chemischen Rechnens. Poethke, W, 1944. LEHRBUCH der homoopathischen Therapie. See under Schwabe, Wilmar. LEHRBUCH der inneren Medizin, von G. Bergmann, R. Doerr [et al.] 2v. x, 893p.; xiii, 782p. iUust. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1931. Also 3. Aufl. 2v. xi, 934p.; xiv, 846p. 1936. Also 4. Aufl. 2v. xi, 969p.; xiv, 886p. 1939. LEHRBUCH der inneren Medizin, bearb. von O. de la Camp, D. Gerhardt [et al.] hrsg. von L. Krehl. 12. Aufl. 2v. x, 728p.; x, 809p. pl. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1920. LEHRBUCH der Medizin und Zahnheilkunde, fur Studierende, Zahnarzte und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. See under Misch, J., ed. LEHRBUCH der Pflanzenphysiologie. See under Bunning, E., Mothes, K., & Wettstein, F. von. LEHRBUCH der Psychiatrie, bearb. von K, Schultze, A. Westphal, et al.; hrsg. von O. Binswater & E. Siemerling. 4. Aufl. vi, 418p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1915. LEHRBUCH der Strahlentherapie. See under Meyer, Hans. LEHRBUCH der Vdlkerkunde. See under Thurnwald, Richard. LEHRER, Fanny, 1906- *DiaKnostic medico-legate de la grossesse par les methodes biologiques. 59p. 24cm. Strasb., Ed. Argen- toratum, 1935. LEHRKE, Max, 1909- *Die Rontgen- therapie in der Zahnheilkunde. 39p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932. LEHRL, Hans, 1908- *Ueber primare Pneumokokkenperitonitis (pathologisch-anato- mische und tierexperimentelle Studie) [Erlangen] 35p. tab. 8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1935. LEHRMAN, Alexander, 1896- See Babor, J. A., Estabrooke, W. L., & Lehrman, A. Labora- tory manual in elements of general chemistry. 420p. 8! N. Y. [1931] LEHRMANN, August Heinrich Georg Kurt, 1901- *Ueber die Wasseraufnahme der Fette. 9p. 8? Giessen, A. Klein, 1927. LEHRS, Hugo, 1904- *Ueber gruppen- spezifische Eigenschaften des menschlichen Speichels [Berlin] p.175-92. ■ 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1930. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 66: LEHTINEN, Viljo [M. D., 1933, Helsinki] *Pleuraempyeemeista ja niiden hoidosta. 230p. illust. tab. 24M>cm. Helsin. [Suomal. Kirjallis. Seur. Kirjap.] 1933. LEHTOVAARA, Juuso Mainio. *Ueber die quantitative Bestimmung des Maismehles in Weizenmehl [Auszug] 7p. 22cm. Tartu, Varrak, 1939. LEHUEDE, Pierre, 1908- Contribution a l'etude de la reserve alcaline dans quelques dermatoses. 71p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. LE-HUNG-LONG, 1899- *Le traitement de l'exstrophie de la vessie par l'operation de Coffey. 78p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1933. LEIB, Georges, 1912- Contribution a l'etude de la ration vitaminee des sous-mariniers. 48p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. LEIB, Michael, 1760-1822. Patriotic speech addressed to the House of Representatives of Pennsylvania, Feb. 24, 1796. 24p. 8? New London, J. Springer, 1796. For biography see in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 609. LEIB, Rubin, 1910- *La superiorite de l'heliotherapie moderne (methode Brody) sur I'ancienne technique hehotherapique (methode Rollier) 87p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. LEIBA, Herscovici, 1908- Considera- tions sur la valeur de la pression arterielle moyenne dans le glaucome. 42p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1934. LEIBBRAND, Werner. Romantische Medizin. 210p. 8? Hamb., H. Goverts [1937] ---- Der gottliche Stab des Aeskulap; eine Metaphysik des Arztes. 512p. 21cm. Salzb., O. Miiller [1939] For review of this book see Buttersack. Von Asklepios zu uns. Med. Khn., Berl., 1940, 36: 117. LEIBEL 645 LEIBRANDT LEIBEL, Izak, 1911- *Nevrites optiques syphilitiques et les arsenicaux trivalents. 48p. 24cm. Par., L. Rodstein, 1938. LEIBENZEDER, Karl, 1911- *Beitrag zum Krankheitsbild der kindlichen Schwach- sinnszustande [Erlangen] 21p. 8? Coburg, Tagebl. Haus, 1936. LEIBER, Otto, 1907- *Ueber das ein- seitige Trachom [Wurzburg] 20p. 8? Ochsen- furt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1935. LEIBIG, Carl. Kriminaltechnik. 2. Aufl viii, 217p. illust. 8? Miinch., J. Jehle, 1937. LEIBINGER, Franz, 1903- *Die heutige Bewertung der Paradentose sowie die Mittel und Moden zu ihrer Behandlung in den letzten 10 Jahren. 39p. 8? [Tub., n. p.] 1931. LEIBLY, Frank Joseph, 1903- *The Wassermann reaction as a routine test in hospital practice [Marquette Univ.] 20p. 28cm. [Mil- waukee, n. p.] 1928. Typewritten. LEIBNITZ, Gottfried Wilhelm, 1646-1716. Anfossi, A. [Biografia y obra] Mem. Acad. nac. cienc. Antonio Alzate, 1940, 55: 9-35.—Deichert, H. Aus Leibnizens Freundeskreis; Konrad Barthold Behrens (1660-1736) ein niedersachsischer Arzt und Gelehrter. Sudhoffs Arch., 1935-36 28: 43-80.—Dohl, I. Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz als Entdecker des Unbewussten und als Psychotherapeut. Zschr. Kinder- psychiat., Basel, 1941-42, 8: 189.—Ferrari, G. M. La dottrina Leibniziana della vita e il progresso della medicina. Boll. 1st. stor. ital. san., 1934, 33: 34-7.—Leibbrand, W. Gottlose Statistik. In his Gottl. Stab d. Aeskulap, Salzb., 1939, 279.— Nason, J. W. Leibniz and the logical argument for individual substances. Mind, Lond., 1942, 51: 201-22.—Sarton, G. Allgemeiner politischer und historischer Briefwechsel, by Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz; Leipzig, 1938. Isis, Menasha, 1941-42, 33: 715.—Schrecker, P. Une bibliographie de Leibnitz. Rev. philos. France, 1938, 63: 324-46. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also in Cognit Psychol. (Moore, T. V.) Chic, 1939, 158. LEIBOFF test. See under Syphilis. LEIBOLD, Armin Anton, 1889- Translator of Miessner, H. Epizootics and their control during the war. 251p. 21cm. Chic. [1917] LEIBOVICI, David, 1906- *Sur un cas de fievre prolongee d'origine endocrinienne. 5p. 8? Par., Pascal, 1934. LEIBOVICI, David B., 1902- *Les hematuries au cours de la gestation. 43p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. LEIBOVICI, Marcel, 1906- *Les formes granuliques de la tuberculose dans le post-partum. 95p. 25cm. Nancy, G. .Thomas, 1934. LEIBOVICI, Raymond, 1901- *Etude chirurgicale des gangrenes juveniles par arterites chroniques non syphilitiques. 232p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. --- Traitement des cancers du colon gauche. p.325-67. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1936. In Techn. chir. (Gosset, A.) Par., 1936. LEIBOVICI-LEONARD, Simon, 1910- *Mye'lose aplasique infantile familiale; contribu- tion au syndrome de Fanconi. 35p. 24cm. Par., Pascal 1939 LEIBOWICZ, Mendel, 1901- *Horn- hautkriimmung und Astigmatismus [Jena] p.33-70. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Zschr. ophth. Optik, 1928, 16: LEIBOWITZ, Jessajas [M. D., 1934, Basel] *Die Beeinflussung der Resorption und der Ausscheidung des Arsens durch Adsorbentien und Opiate. 20p. 8? Basel, B. Schwabe & co., 1934. LEIBRANDT, Otto Reinhard Rudolf, 1899- *Hernia epigastrica incarcerata. 40p. 8? Bresl., W. G. Korn, 1926. LEIBRANDT, Rudolf, 1907- *Bauch- briiche nach Operationen und ihre Stellung in der Sozialversicherung. 42p. 8? Bresl., K. Klossok, 1938. LEIBSON, Eugenie Avigail, 1908- *Les auto-greffes ovariennes au cours des annex- ectomies. 53p. 25cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, LEICESTER, Engl. Biggs, J. T. Leicester: sanitation versus vaccination; its vital statistics compared with those of other towns, the Army, Navy, Japan, and England and Wales. 784p. 12? Lond. [1912] Thompson, A. H. A calendar of charters and other documents belonging to the hospital of William Wyggeston at Leicester. 660p. 8? [Leicester] 1933. LEICHENSCHAU-ORDNUNG fur das Gross- herzogthum Baden nebst Instruktion fiir die Leichenschauer. 24p. 8? Karlsruhe, Malsch & Vogel, 1851. LEICHER, Friedrich Franz, 1911- * Ueber einen malignen Sympathicus-Tumor am Halse eines Neugeborenen. 23p. 8? Miinch., A. Huber, 1936. LEICHER, Hans, 1898- Vererbung ana- tomischer Variationen der Nase ihrer Neben- hohlen und des Gehororgans. 164p. 8? Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1928. Forms H. 12, Ohrenh. d. Gegenw. (Korner, O.) LEICHNER, William, 1884-1943. For obituary see Mancoll, M. M. Connecticut M. J., 1943 7: 871-2. LEICHS, Albert. Die Behandlung und Pro- gnose der infizierten Schussbniche. 78p. illust. 25^cm. Stuttg., F. Enke, 1942. LEICHSENRING, Jane Marie, 1892- , & BIESTER, Alice. The blood picture in hemor- rhagic anemia. 120p. tab. 22^cm. [S. Paul] Univ. Minnesota Agr. Exp. Sta., 1939. LEICHTER, Helga, 1907- *Ueber Uterus- missbildungen (Symptomatik, Diagnostik und Therapie mit Berucksichtigung einschlagiger Falle der Breslauer Frauenklinik) 63p. 8? Bresl., K. Vater [1934] LEICK, Erich, 1882- Bestimmung der Transpiration und Evaporation mit Riicksicht auf die Bediirfnisse der Oekologie. p. 1573-735. 8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939. In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939, Abt. 11, T. 4, 2. Halfte: LEIDEL, Georg, 1901- *Entfernung von im Oesophagus eingeklemmten Fremdkorpern von eroffnetem Magen aus. 23p. 8? [Erlangen, n. p.] 1926. LEIDEN, Netherl. Academisch ziekenhuis. Formune, J., jr. *Verslag der heelkundige kliniek van het Rijks Academisch Ziekenhuis te Leiden, 1892-93 [Leiden] 245p. 22^cm. Tiel, 1896. Heenk, J. A. L. *Verslag der verloskundige kliniek en polikliniek van het Academisch Zie- kenhuis te Leiden, cursus 1894-95. 235p. 23cm. Leiden, 1900. Run, J. W. van. *Verslag der verloskundige kliniek en polikliniek van het Academisch Zie- kenhuis te Leiden, gedurende den cursus 1892-93 en 1893-94 [Leiden] 377p. 24cm. Utrecht, 1896. Schey, P. G. *Verslag der he.elkundige kliniek van het Rijks-Academisch Ziekenhuis te Leiden, cursus 1890-91 met een kort woord over gastro- stomie. 228p. 22^cm. Leiden, 1894. See also Jaarverslag 1939 van het Academisch Ziekenhuis te Leiden. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 4000. LEIDEN 646 LEIFHEIT LEIDEN, Netherl. Federation Internationale Pharmaceutique. Commission des Specialites. Untersuchungsmethoden fiir Arzneispezialitaten. 87p. 8? Leiden, Fed. Internat. Pharm., 1932. LEIDEN. Universitas Lugduno-Batava. Smith, R. W. I. English-speaking students of medicine at the University of Leyden. 258p. 8? Edinb., 1932. Barge, J. A. J. [Medical science in the University of Leiden in the 18. century] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 47-68, 10 pl.—Tercentenary of clinical instruction at the University of Leyden. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 1686.—Waite, F. C. Early medical schools; Leyden. Bull. Acad. M. Cleveland, 1929, 13: 7. LEIDEN, Netherl. Illustration (La grande salle dans l'ancien Hopital Ste Cecile k Leiden) In Mem. H. Boerhaave (Boerhaave Commem. Com.) Haarlem, 1939, opp. p. 113.—Illustration (Le chateau de Poelgeest a Oegstgeest pres Leiden) Ibid., opp. p. 114.— Winterhalter, A. G. The Royal Observatory, Leyden. In his Internat. Astrophotogr. Congr. (1887) 1889, 200-8. LEIDENFROST, Gotthard, 1911- *Ueber die Rolle der epileptischen Erbanlage bei der traumatischen Epilepsie (Mitteilung zweier Falle) 24p. 8? Erlangen, Hofer & Limmert, 1936. LEIDENFROST, Johann Gottlob, 1715-94. For biography see Hoffmann, K. F. Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1941, 12: 135. LEIDENIUS, Laimi Lovisa, 1877-1938. For obituary see Rauramo, M. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1939, 19: 247, portr.; 1941, 21: 304-6.— Turunen, A. Duodecim, Helsin., 1939, 55: 261, portr. Also Nord. med., 1939, 2: 1667, portr. Also Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 2333, portr. For portrait see Fin. liik. sail, hand., 1937, 80: 361. LEIDY, Joseph, 1823-91. Fairy (A) tale written for, and first read to Allie, Joseph, jr, and Clarence Leidy, at a dinner given to Prof. Joseph Leidy, M. D., President of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, September 9th, 1882, on the 59th anniversary of his birthday. 20 1. 20cm. [Phila., 1882] For biography see Am. J. Surg., 1934, 2G: 598, portr. Also in Am. Biogr. (Preston, W.) N. Y., 1940, 610. See also McFarland, J. Dr Joseph Leidy's Petrified Lady; rummaging in the Mutter Museum of the College of Phy- sicians of Philadelphia. Ann. M. Hist., 1942, 3. ser., 4: 268- 75. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Ann. M. Hist., 1942, 3. ser., 4: 270. LEIDYNEMA. See also Nematoda. Todd, A. C. An addition to the life history of Leidynema appendiculatum (Leidy, 1850) Chitwood, 1932, a nematode parasitic in cockroaches. J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1941, 27: No. 6, Suppl., 34. LEIFER, Israel, 1900- *Le traitement des sueurs des tuberculeux et en particulier par le N-oxyde d'hyoscyamine. 29p. 8? Par., Impr. Sourds-Muets, 1930. LEIFERT, Alfons, 1902- *Ueber den Einfluss von Arsenit und Arseniat auf die Sauerstoffzehrung uberlebenden Gewebes [Miin- ster] 20p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1935. LEIFERT, Aloys, 1906- *Unterzahl der Zahne in Beziehung zum Gesamtorganismus und ihre Erklarung nach neuester Auffassung [Miin- ster] 33p. pl. 8? Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1929. LEIFERT, Friedrich August Bernhard, 1907- *Die Frage des Werkstoffes bei Amputa- tionen der unteren Extremitat [Leipzig] 12p. 8° Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1934. LEIFERT, Josef, 1902- *Ueber die Mastdarmfistel [Berlin] 32p. 8? [Lippstadt, G. Thiele] 1931. LEIFERT, Paul, 1901- *Ueber die chi- rurgische Behandlung der Hydrocele im Kindes- alter [Leipzig] 14p. 8? Oschatz, C. Morgner, 1926. LEIFHEIT, Karl, 1911- *Die thera- peutische Anwendung von C-Vitaminpraparaten bei Gingivitis und Stomatitis [Hallo-Wittenberg] 27p. 8? Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft. 1936 LEIFSON, Einar, 1902- Bacteriology for students of medicine and public health, xvii, 526p. illust. tab. diagr. 24cm. N. Y., P. B. Hoeber [1942] LEIGH, Robert Devore, 1890- Federal health administration in the United States. 687p. 8? N. Y., Harper & bros [1927] LEIGH, Rufus Wood, 1884- Dental pathology of aboriginal California, p.399-440. pl. 8? Berkeley, Univ. California pr., 1928. Forms No. 10, v.23, of Univ. Cahfomia Pub. Am. Archaeol., 1928. ---- Dental morphology and pathology of prehistoric Guam. 19p. pl. 4? Honolulu, Hawaii, Bishop Mus., 1929. LEIGH, Southgate, 1864-1936. For obituary see Gwathmey, L. Tr. South. Surg. Ans., 1936, 49: 460, portr. LEIGH Fournier, Edmundo [M. D., 1939, Chile] *Tecnopatias en la industria del cemento; contribution al estudio de las enfermedades profesionales en Chile [Chile] 88p. diagr. 26y2cm. [Santiago, Chile] La Naci6n, 1939. LEIGHTON, Alexander Hamilton, 1908- For bibliography see Psychiatry, Bait., 1941, 4: 660. ---- & LEIGHTON, Dorothea Cross. The Navaho door; an introduction to Navaho life. xviii, 149p. pl. map, diagr. 24cm. Cambr., Mass., Harvard Univ. pr., 1944. LEIGHTON, Benjamin. *Ueber die Be- deutung der sogenannten Gelenkreflexe (Ldri'sches Vorderarmzeichen, Mayer'scher Fingergrundre- flex) [Basel] 14p. 8? Lorrach-Stetten, K. Schahl, 1936. LEIGHTON, Dorothea Cross, 1908- See Leighton, A. H., & Leighton, D. C. The Navaho door. 149p. 24cm. Cambr., Mass., 1944. LEIGHTON, Charles, 1899- *Stati- stisches iiber die extrauterine Schwangerschaft. 30p. 8? Miinch., P. Waizmann, 1936. LEIGHTON, Gerald Rowley, 1868- The principles and practice of meat inspection. xv, 465p. 8? Edinb., W. Hodge & co., 1927. LEIGHTON, Isaac Wellman, 1884- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1940-41, 30: 225; 1942,31:251. LEIGHTON, Joseph Alexander, 1870- The field of philosophy; an introduction to the study of philosophy. 2. ed. xxii, 485p. 8? Columbus, O., R. G. Adams & co., 1919. LEIGHTON, Morris Morgan, 1887- , & TOWNLEY, Enid. Studies in glacial sediments, 1932-1933. p.82-145. 25cm. Wash., U. S. Nat. Res. Counc.. 1935. In Bull. U. S. Nat. Res. Counc, No. 98. LEIKENSOHN, Abraham, 1908- ♦Con- siderations sur les appendicites. 16p. 8? Geneve, Impr. & Ed. Union, 1936. LEIKOLA, Erkki [M. D., 1929, Helsinki] ♦Untersuchungen zum Nachweis des Harns mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der spektrofoto- metrischen Methode [Helsinki] 880. 8? Helsin., Saxen, 1929. Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1929, 11: LEIMBACH, Hans, 1911- *Abtreibung; ihre Motive und Ursachen anhand von todlich verlaufenen Fallen [Heidelberg] 47p. 21cm. Freib. i. B., Bar & Bartosch, 1935. LEIMBACH, Martin Ernst August, 1913- *Recidive bei Lungenabszess undLungengangran; ein klinischer Beitrag zu den eitrigen und brandi- gen Einschmelzungen der Lunge [Berlin] 34p. LEIMBACH 647 LEINISCH 21cm. Bochum-Langendr., H. Poppinghaus, !938- x, x, ,. LEIMERT, Erna Luise Emma Karohne Gramkow, 1900- *Ein Fall von chronischer Strychninvergiftung. 19p. 8? [Berl., O. Strese] 1930. LEIMGRUBER, Max, 1911- ♦Erbforschun- een iiber die Drusen der Sehnervenpapille [Zurich] p.364-76. 8? Wurzb., H. Stiirtz, 1936. Also Graefes Arch. Ophth., 1936, 136: LEINBACH, F. S. Packaging of dehydrated foods, Part II: Wartime considerations, p.41-47. 23cm. N. Y., Am. Manag. Ass., 1943. In Packag. Ser. (Am. Manag. Ass.) No. 7. LEINBERGER, Karl, 1910- *Beurteilung der zellularen Veranderungen im Korper nach aseptischen Operationen, gepriift mit der Kauff- mann'schen Reaktion. 48p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. LEINBERGER, Robert, 1912- ♦Unter- suchung der Resultate der nach Polyarthritis, Nephritis und Endokarditis vorgenommenen Tonsillektomie (unter Berucksichtigung von 66 Krankheitsfallen der Erlanger Klinik fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopfkrankheiten) 20p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1936. LEINBROCK, Arthur, 1908- *Verhalten der drei Diphtheriebacillentypen Gravis, Mitis und Intermedius gegenuber erhohten Temperaturen und bei Einwirkung chemischer und biologischer Stoffe. 32p. 20cm. Bonn, Kubens, 1937. ---- Ueber den Stickstoff- und Kohlenstoff- Stoffwechsel der Bakterien der Coli-, Typhus-, Paratyphus-, Enteritis- und Ruhrgruppe. p.26- 92. 26cm. Berl., Springer Verl., 1943. In Erg. Hyg. Bakt. (Weichardt, W., ed.) Bd 25. LEINEMANN, Franz Albert, 1908- *Die Beziehungen der Basedowschen Krankheit zum Knochen- und Gelenksystem [Breslau] 34p. 8? Frankenstein i. S., Frankenst. Ztg, 1933. LEINEMANN, Franziska Karoline, 1913- *Ein Fall lokalisierter Knochen-Amyloidose [Berlin] 14p. 22^cm. Quakenbruck, C. Trute, 1939 LEINER, Carl, 1871-1930. Diphterie und Anginen. 80p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1928. For obituary see Moll. Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 47: H. 2-3, front. See also Ruhrah, J. A note on the history of erythroderma desquamativum. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1560-2, portr. LEINER, Eduard, 1910- *Ueber den Ablauf von Erkrankungen der Kiefer und der Mundschleimhaut bei Allgemeinerkrankungen und ihre Wechselbeziehungen. 12p. 8? Miinch., Bayer. Dr. [1933] LEINER, Joshua Harry, 1883- , & LEWI, Maurice J. Neurology in podiatry, vii, 120p. illust. 8? N. Y., Harriman print, co. [1932] LEINER, Michael, 1893- Die Physi- ologie der Fischatmung. 134p. tab. diagr. 25^cm. Lpz., Akad. Verl., 1938. LEINER, Walter, 1901- ♦Ueber trau- matische Zwerchfellhernien [Freiburg i. B.] 30p. 8? Bremen, D. Masserknecht, 1927. LEINER'S disease. See Erythroderma desquamativum. LEINEWEBER, Helmut Gerhard, 1911- *Differenzierung zwischen Vitaminwirkung und Reduktionswirkung; experimentelle Vitamin C, Vitamin P und Cystein. 65p. tab. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. LEINHOS, Herbert, 1912- ♦Pyridin- Reaktionen rait verschiedenen Phenolen [Jena] 32p. 8? Eisfeld i. T., C. Beck, 1937. LEINISCH, Fritz, 1902- *Die Alopecia areata; klinisches Bild, Histologie, Aetiologie und ihre Therapie mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Rontgenbestrahlung. 41p. 8? [Erlangen, n. p., 1931] LEINISCH, Wilhelm, 1907- *Ein foren- sisch bedeutsamer Fall von Schizophrenie [Er- langen] 37p. 21cm. Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1935. LEINS, Maria, 1910- *Die feineren Venen der normalen Niere. 39p. 8? Tub., Muller & Bass, 1935. LEINUNG, Werner, 1910- *Ueber die vorzeitige Losung der richtig sitzenden Plazenta [Gottingen] 40p. 23cm. Grone, A. Schonhiitte & Sohnen, 1935. LEIOGNATHUS. See Acarina. LEIOMYOMA. See also Muscle, smooth. Brain, R. T., & Muende, I. Leiomyoma cutis. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 641.—Brugger. Leiomyom. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 330.—Craig, R. A., & Doyle, L. P. Adenoleiomyomata in a cow. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1923-24, 63: 482-4.—Golden, T., & Stout, A. P. Smooth muscle tumors of the gastrointestinal tract and retroperitoneal tissues. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1941, 73: 784-810.—Hermans, E. H., & Schokking, C. P. [Multiple leiomyoma] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 4961.—Hufnagl, H. Zur Frage der Metastasierung reiner, reifer Leiomyome. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1939, 53: 256-62.— Ludy, J. B. Angiomatous leiomyoma. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 202.—Lust, F. J. Leiomyoma, a tumor with typical roentgenological appearance. Rev. Gastroenter., 1943, 10: 132.—Michel, P. J., Cuilleret, P., & Bondet, P. Dermato- leiomyome presternal. J. med. Lyon, 1941, 22: 338.—Miller, J. L. Leiomyoma. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 48: 248.— Nicoletti, G. Considerazioni su due casi di fibroleiomiomi in degenerazione sarcomatosa. Rass. ostet., 1937, 46: 175-87.— Kazumihin, V. S. [Cases of subcutaneous leiomyoma] Vest. khir., 1928, 14: 70-3.—Thomson, S. Leiomyoma; case. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1938, 50: 549.—Touraine & Solente. Fibro- leiomyomes a disposition zoniforme. Presse med., 1943, 51: 391 (Abstr.)—Traub, E. F. Leiomyoma. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 433.—Wosyka, H. Leiomyoblastoma cutis multiplex in segmentarer Anordnung. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1110-2. LEIOMYOSARCOMA. Krauskopf, H. Leiomyosarcoma; analysis of 31 recorded histories with report on an unusual case in the urinary bladder. Am. J. Surg., 1933, 22: 192-8.—Neumann, W. Ueber ein primares leiomyoplastisches Sarkom der Haut. Zbl. allg. Path., 1931-32, 52: 65.—Proper, M. S., & Simpson, B. T. Malignant leiomyomata. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1919, 29: 39-44.— Schlammadinger, J. Leiomyosarcoma cutis mit Acanthosis nigricans vergesellschaftet. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1257-61. LEIPELT, Oskar Herbert, 1908- ♦Bei- trag zum Studium der epiduralen Haematome nach Verletzung der Vasa meningea media [Leipzig] 32p. 8? Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter, 1934. LEIPER, Robert Thomson, 1881- Hel- minthological researches in the Caribbean area. p. 1-122. 8? Lond., 1924. In Res. Mem. Ser. London School Trop. M., 1924, 7: ----& INGLIS, V. A. Materials for a bibliog- raphy of the trematode infections of man. 53p. 8? Lond., Lond. Sch. Trop. Med., 1914. LEIPER, Robert Thomson, WILLIAMS, H. M., & Le BAS, G. Z. L. Periodicals of medicine and the allied sciences in British libraries, vi, 193p. 24^cm. Lond., Brit. M. Ass. [1923] LEIPNER, Siegfried, 1908- ♦Die Sero- diagnose der Gonorrhoe mittels der Meinicke- Klarungsreaktion im Zentrifugierverfahfen und der Komplementbindungsreaktion [Marburg] 16p. 8? Diisseld., G. H. Nolte, 1934. LEIPOLDT, Christian Fred Louis, 1880- Bushveld doctor. 350p. 8? Lond., J. Cape [1937] LEIPOLDT 648 LEIPZIG LEIPOLDT, Friedrich. Stimme und Sexuali- tat; das Problem der inneren Zusammenhange von Stimme und Sexualitat in gemeinverstand- licher Form dargestellt. 73p. 8? Lpz., Dorfling & Franke, 1926. LEIPRECHT, Joseph, 1910- ♦Ueber apicale Abschlussfiillungen und deren Not- wendigkeit bei chirurgischen Wurzelbehand- lungen [Munchen] 31p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. LEIPUNER, Samuel, 1885- ♦Die Be- deutung der Interferometrie fiir die klinische Diagnostik und Therapie. 21p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1930. LEIPZIG. Germany. Bibliothek des Borsen- vereins der Deutschen Buchhandler. Katalog. See Leipzig, Germany. Borsenverein der Deutschen Buch- handler. Verzeichniss der Sammlungen des Borsenvereins der Deutschen Buchhandler. Lpz., 1885-1902. LEIPZIG, Germany. Borsenverein der Deut- schen Buchhandler. Verzeichniss der Sammlun- gen des Borsenvereins der Deutschen Buch- handler. 3v. 22-22y2cva. Lpz., Borsenverein, 1885-1902. ---- Die Kriegsschuldfrage; ein Verzeichnis der Literatur des In- und Auslandes. xxii, 176p. 19cm. Lpz., 1925. LEIPZIG, Germany. Institut fiir Geschichte der Medizin. Arbeiten; hrsg. von H. E. Sigerist. 2v. 184p.;704p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1930-32. CONTENTS Bd 1. Albrecht von Haller. DTrsay, S. 1930. Bd 2. Die Embryologie im Zeitalter des Barock und des Rokoko. Bilikiewicz, T. 1932. LEIPZIG, Germany. Padagogische Zentral- bibliothek. Bericht iiber die Entwickelung der Padagogischen Zentralbibliothek (Comeniusstif- tung) zu Leipzig fiir das Jahr 1914. 2 1. 32^cm. Lpz., Grebner & Schramm, 1915. LEIPZIG, Germany. Sachsische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abdruck aus den Berichten der Mathematisch-Physischen Klasse. 5 nos. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1934-36. CONTENTS Bd 86. Wirkung grosser Mengen Traubenzucker bei intra- venoser Dauerinfusion. Bauer, E., & Kniipper, H. 1934. Bd 87. Ueber Eisenresorption bei Ileumnstelhunden. Scheunert, A., & Briiggemann, J. 1935. Bd 87. Ueber die Resorption von Vitamin B im Diinndarm. Scheunert, A., & Schieblich, M. 1935. Bd 88. Ueber die Leistungsfahigkeit der Pankreasinseln. Bauer, E. 1936. Bd 88. Stoffwechsehintersuchungen am narkotisierten Hund Strack, E., Wannschaff, G., & Bergfeld, W. 1936. LEIPZIG, Germany. Universitat. Institut fiir Versicherungswissenschaft. Vortrage der ersten Versicherungsmedizinischen Tagung. 148p 23#cm. Lpz., F. Meiner, 1938. Forms H. 2, Veroff. Inst. Versicherungswiss. Univ. LeiDzie (W. Grosse) s LEIPZIG, Germany. Universitat. Tierseu- cheninstitut. See Eber, A. Bericht uber das Tierseucheninstitut. 71d 8! Berl., 1934. LEIPZIG, Germany. Cartjs, J. V. *Conspectus rerum in nosocomio Sti Georgii Lipsiensi triennis 1846, 1847 et 1848 gestarum. 24p. Lpz., 1849. Keller, F. G. A. von. ♦Breve summarium actorum policlinicorum triennii 1841, 1842 1843 31p. Lpz., 1846. Korner, K. L. H. *Zur Geschichte des Krankenhauses St Jakob zu Leipzig [Leioziel 28p. 23#cm. [Zeulenroda] 1936. Seyfarth, C. Das Hospital zu St Georg in Leipzig durch acht Jahrhunderte, 1212-1940. Lpz., Bd 1, 1939- Bilikiewicz, T. [Institute of medical history in Leipzig] Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 828-30.- Clark. O. O ensino de clinica medica; Schittenhelm e a Univorxidade de Leipzig. Fol. med., Rio, 1926, 7: 89.— Curschmann, H. Hie Leipzigcr medizinische Fakultat um die Jahrhundertwende. Deut. med Wschr.,' 1936, 1976-8.—Deutsche Sudhoffgesellschaft fUr Geschichte der Medizin, Naturwissenschaft und Technik. Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88: 1199- HirHrhberg, H. Das neue Rontgeninstitut der Privatfrauenklinik San.-Hat Littauer, Dr Hirschberg in Leipzig. Zschr. ges. Kraiikcnhauswes., 1926, 22: 516-9.—Illustration [Entworfen nach Angaben von Professor H. Rille] Deliber. Congr. derm.' internat. (1935) 1936, 9. Congr., 4: 300.—Leipzig. Medizinische Gesellschaft, Sitzung vom 14. VII. 1942. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 120.—Loewy-Hattendorf, E. Filnfundzwanzig Jahre Leipziger Verband; die diesjahrigen Tagungen der Aerzteorganisationcn. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1925, 22: 669. — Medizinische Gesellschaft Leipzig; Sitzung vom 3 Februar 1942. Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 640.—Peter. Ein Ueberblick uber das Krankenhauswesen im Stadtbezirk Leipzig. Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1941, 37: 188-92.—Pflaume. J. G. Das neue Israelitische Krankenhaus des Herrn ( haim Eitingon in Leipzig. Ibid., 1928, 24: 651-3.—Rille, J. H. Rede zur Eroffnung der neuen Dermatologischen Klinik in Leipzig (21. Februar 1931) Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 885-8.—Winter- halter, A. G. The University Observatory, Leipsic. In his Internat. Astrophotogr. • Congr. (1887) 1889, 264-8.----- Dr Rudolf Engelmann's Observatory, Leipsic. Ibid., 268. LEIPZIGER, Henry Marcus, 1854-1917. For portrait see Collection in Library. LEIRIA, Portugal. Silva Correia, F. da. Alguns aspectos sanitarios do distrito de Leiria. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1943, 61: 292; passim. LEISCHNER, Anton. Die erblichen Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten. p. 15-32. 23cm. Te- plitz-Schonau, 1938. In [Germany] Bund Deut. Abt. Bevolkerungspolitik. 1938. LEISCHNER, Hugo, 1877- Eiselsberg, A. Herrn Professor Dr Hugo Leischner, Brunn zum 60. Geburtstage. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 242. LEISCHS, Albert, 1907- ♦Zwei Falle von Myoblastenmyomen [Munchen] 15p. 8? Bor- na-Lpz., R. Noske, 1932. LEISEN, Kaspar, 1908- ♦Das Sonden- zeichen bei Retroversio-flexio uteri [Wurzburg] 47p. 21cm. Karlstadt a. M., J. Dietz, 1937. LEISER, Jean, 1913- ♦Traitement des fractures de l'extremite inferieure du radius sous ecran. 44p. 24cm. Par., N. Maloine, 1939. LEISER, Rudolf, 1901- ♦Ueber die diatetische Erzeugung eines kurzdauernden Dia- betes mellitus beim Gesunden durch Gemiise- Fettkost (Petrensche Kost) (nebst Bemerkungen iiber einige andere Folgeerscheinungen bei dieser Kostform) 48p. 8? Bresl. [n. p.] 1929. LEISHMAN, William Boog, 1865-1926. Re- port on the blood changes following typhoid inoculation. 49p. ch. 8? Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1905. For biography see Scott, H. H. In his Hist. Trop. M., Bait., 1939, 2: 1058-62, portr. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1926, 106: 114-7. Also J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1926, 29: 515-28, portr. Also J. R. Army M. Corps, 1926, 47: 1-5, portr. Also Seuchenbekam- pfung, Wien, 1926, 3: 277 (Kraus, R.) LEISHMANIA. See also Herpetomonas; Leishmaniasis; Try- panosomidae. Franca, C. Quelques considerations sur les Leishmania. Tr. Lab. Inst. Rocha Cabral, Lisb., 1927, 1: Art. 22, 1-7.— Malamos, B. Versuche mit Leishmanien. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 416-2C.—Pavlovsky, E. Zur Ent- deckungsgeschichte der Leishmaniaparasiten. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931-32, 123: 14-9.— Peterfl, T., & Moskovski, S. Mikrurgische Versuche an Leishmanien. Arch. Protistenk., 1927-28, 60: 492-500.— Rey-Matiz. H. Observaciones sobre Leishmania. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1941-42, 10: 52-4. ---- Biology. Estrada, A. Les leishmanies peuvent se multiplier par schizogonie. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 29: 722-6.— LEISHMANIA 649 LEISHMANIA Leger, M. Liens de parente des divers Leishmania. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1925-26, 5: 439-45.—Liddo, S., & Bogliolo, L. Tentativi di filtrazione del virus leishmaniosico (Leishmania tropica e Leishmania donovani, nelle fasi flagellata ed aflagellata) Pathologica, Genova, 1935, 27: 383-6.— Lwoff, M. Le pouvoir de synthese des leishmanies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 406-8.—Nattan-Larrier. L. Sur quelques formes des leishmanias; les formes schizogoniques, les formes metacycliques et les formes pseudo-kystiques. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 377-85. ------ & Grimard, L. Les leishmanias peuvent-elles se multiplier par schizogonie? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 969-72.—Senekji. H. A., & Zebouni, N. Biochemical reactions of the genus Leishmania. Am. J. Hyg., 1941, 34: Sect. C, 67-70.—Verge, J. Les leish- manioses humaines et animales; biologie des leishmanias. Gaz. hop., 1936, 109: 8.—Wagener, E. H., & Koch, D. A. The biological relationships of Leishmania and certain herpe- tomonads. Univ. California Pub. Zool., 1926, 28: No. 20, 365-88, 4 pl. ---- Cultivation. Adler, S. Culture of leishmanias and other Ti vpanosomidae in haemoglobin-free media. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 201-4.—Archetti, I. Ein einfacher Nahrboden fur Leishmanien. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 547-9.— Berrebi, J. La culture des leihsmanies. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1936, 25: 89-141.—Bianchi, L. II latte come terreno di cultura per le leishmanie. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 235-45. Also Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 146-50.— Dubovsky, P. T. [Milk medium for culture of Leishmania] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939, 8: 339.—Hindle, E., & Patton, W. S. Resistance of Leishmania cultures to cold. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, ser. B, 100: 385.— Klingler, I. J. The cultural and serological relationship of Leishmania. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., 1925-26, 19: 330-5.—Laurinsich, A. Ricerche sull'agglutinazione di varie specie di Leishmania. Pediatria (Riv.) 1931, 39: 345-50. —— Coltivabilita del parassita di Leishman nel latte di capra. Ibid., 1937, 45: 857-66.—Mayer, M. Neuere Ergebnisse von Kultur- und Tierversuchen mit Leishmanien. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: Beih. 3, 94-7 [Discussion] 112. ------& Ray, J. C. Zuchtung und Differentialdiagnose verschiedener Leishmanien (Kala-azar, Orientbeule und brasilianische Leishmaniose) auf festen Nahrboden. Ibid., 1928, 32: 277-87. Also Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1929, 2: 53-8.—Nattan-Larrier, L.„ & . Grimard-Richard, L. Culture des Leishmania sur le milieu NNN mouille. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 656-8 — Parrot, L., & Donatien, A. Sur la culture des Leishmania en milieu NNN mouille. Ibid., 1935, 28: 39.—Ray, J. C. Cultiva- tion of various Leishmania parasites on solid medium. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, 20: 355-67.—Rey Matiz, F. Nota preliminar sobre cultivo de una cepa de Leishmania. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 11: 22.—Row, R. On a simple solidified hsemoglobinised saline agar medium suitable for surface cul- tures of Leishmania and allied flagellates. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65: 319.—Rugai, E. Cultura de leishmanias. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1941, 1: 153-9.—Zambrano, E. Coltiva- bilita del parassita di Leishman su terreno NNN con aggiunta di soluzione fisiologica clorosodica. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 22: 881-90. ---- Identification, isolation, and serology. Fonseca, F. da. On specific agglutination with Noguchi's technic as a method of distinction of flagellates of the genus Leishmania Ross, 1903. Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 453-7. ----- Differentiation of flagellates of the genus Leishmania Ross, 1903, by the lytic action of specific sera. Ibid., 1933, 13: 113-26.—Marques da Cunha, A. M. Sur l'agglutination des Leishmania; agglutination flagellaire et agglutination soma- tique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 209-11. ------ A soro-aglutinacao das leishmanias. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1942, 37: 35-76.—Mayer, M., & Malamos, B. Zur Diffe- rentialdiagnose von Leishmania donovani und tropica durch Plattenkulturen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 136: 412-8 — Mochkovski, C. Quelques observations sur la coloration vitale des Leishmania. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 1607.—Ray, J. C. Serologische Untersuchungen bei Leishmanien. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: 598-602.—Torres, O. Con- tribuicao para o estudo da identificagao das leishmanias. Pub. med., S. Paulo, 1931-32, 3: No. 12, 21-6.—Zdrodowski, P., & Voskressenski, B. Sur la serologic comparee du groupe de leishmanies d'origine humaine et canine. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1931, 24: 37-41. ---- Pathogenicity. Adler, S. Factors determining the behaviour of Leishmania sp. in sandflies. Harefuah, Tel Aviv, 1938, 14: No. 1-2, p. i. & Ashbel, R. A note on the metabohsm of tissues ■----- r>2 LEISHMANIASIS rhez le phl^botome; infection naturelle et infection experi- mentale de Phlebotomus papaiasi (.Scop.) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 9-21, 5 pl.- Sergent, E., & Parrot, L. Rapport sur la leishmaniose cutanee; agent, de transmission, reservoir de virus. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 1: 548-54.—Sergent, E., Sergent, E. [et al.] Ob- servation et iconographie dun clou de Biskra transmis par Phlebotomus papatasi (Scopoli) 6tude experimentale du virus. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 1-19, 14 pl.—Wenyon, C. M. Some remarks on the successful inoculation of Leish- mania tropica to man. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 224. ---- Type: L. tropica: Resistance. Elliott, A. M. The comparative in vitro effect of various sulfonamide drugs on Leishmania tropica. Anat. Rec, 1942, 84: 544 (Abstr.)—Row, R. On the longevity of Leishmania tropica in culture. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1935, 28: 269.— Senekji, H. A. The effect of sulfanilamide and trypaflavin on cultures of Leishmania tropica. J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 66: 111. —■----A comparison of the efficiency of certain drugs and dves in killing cultures of Leishmania tropica. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 171-6. ---- Vaccine. Buss, G. Untersuchungen mit Leishmania-Vakzine. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1929, 33: 65-83.—Dostrovsky, A. The diagnostic value of leishmania vaccine. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1935, 29: 123-30, pl.—Schwartzmann, B. E. [Culture of Leishmania and preparation of vaccine] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 1-3. ---- Vectors and reservoirs. See also Phlebotomus. Adler, S. An analysis of the Leishmania sandfly problem. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 289-300.— Blacklock, D. B., & Lourie, E. M. The demonstration of viable Leishmania in the faeces of experimentally infected bed-bugs. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1931, 25: 3.59-68.—Bogliolo, L. Studi sulle leishmaniosi; le cosl dette riserve del virus leishmaniosico. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1934, 40: pt 2, 534-48. ------ Studi sulle leishmaniosi; prime ricerche ed osservazioni sui flebotomi della Sardegna; Phi. parroti var. sardous, var. n. Ann. igiene, 1935, 44: 41-7. ------ Studi sulle leishmaniosi; prime ricerche ed osservazioni sopra i flebotomi delle Puglie. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1935, 6: 427-32, map.—Chodukin, N. J., Sofieff, M. S. [et al.] Phlebotomus als Uebertriiger von Hunde- Leishmaniose. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 424-34 — Chung, FL, & Feng, L. Further observations on natural infec- tion of Phlebotomus chinensis in Peiping with Leishmania flagellates. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 540-2— Hindle, E. The development of various strains of Leishmania in Chinese sand- flies. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1931, ser. B, 108: 366-83. ------ & Patton, W. S. The development of Chinese Leish- mania in Phlebotomus major var. chinensis and P. sergenti. Ibid., 1927, ser. B, 101: 369-90.—Shortt, H. E., Barrand, P. J., & Craighead, A. C. An account of methods employed in feeding and re-feeding sandflies, Phlebotomus argentipes, for the second and third time, on man and animals. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, Suppl. No. 25, 141. LEISHMANIASIS. See also Leishmania. Acanfora, G. Osservazioni su alcuni casi di leishmaniosi. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1935, 41: pt 2, 897-915.—Adelheim, R. Bemerkungen fiber Leishmaniosis. Deliber. Congr. derm. internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 625.—Aragao, H. Palestra sobre leishmanioses. Sciencia med., Rio, 1927, 5: 121-32, 3 pl.—Behdjet, H. Zu den Mitteilungen uber Leish- maniosen auf dem 1. Internationalen Hygienekongress der Mittelmeerlander in Marseille. Derm. Wschr., 1933, 96: 832-4.—Beobachtungen uber die Leishmaniosen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 994.—Castronuovo, G. Leishmaniosi. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1931, 4: 143; 171.—Cilento, R. Leish- maniasis. In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed., Brisbane, 1942, 192-5.—Comby, J. Les leishmaniosis. Arch. mid. enf., 1937, 40: 592-7.—Escher. Leishmanioses et boutons d'Orient Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 863-6.—Fonso Gandolfo, C, Hansen, R., & Steinberg, I. R. Leishmaniosis. In Clin. enferm. infecc. (Fonso Gandolfo, C.) 2. ed., B. Air., 1939, 2: 759-809.—Franco, E. E. Sulle varie forme di leishmaniosi e sulla opportunity di una maggior precisione della loro termino- logia. Rass. clin. sc, 1937, 15: 425; 471.—Jakimov, V. L. [Undecided questions in leishmaniasis] Priroda, Leningr., 1936, 25: 71-7.—Kaalund-J0rgensen, O. Leishmaniosis? Nord. med., 1941, 9: 834 (Abstr.)—Leishmaniasis. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1940, 19: 709.—Leishmanioses (Les) humaines et animales. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: Suppl., 2580-9.— Love, R. J. M. Leishmaniasis. In Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed., Bait,, 1942, 2: 882.—Mazza, S. Leishmaniosis tegumentaria y visceral. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 209-16, 14 pl.—Mendes de Castro. O problema social da leishmaniose. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1940, 38: 176-8.—Miihlens, P. Die Leishmaniasen. Med. Welt, 1939, 13: 1535-8.— Shevchenko, F. I. [Case of cutaneous and internal leishmaniasis] Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 669.—Strong, R. P. The leish- maniases. In Stiffs Diagn. Ac Trop. Dis., 6. ed., Phila., 1912, I: l'l".» 91.—Vigne, P. Leishmanioses. In Nouv. prat. derm. (.Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, 3: 265-31)5. -Wenyon, C. M. Some recent advances in our knowledge of leishmaniasis. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 93-S. Wilcocks. C. Leishmaniasis; summary of recent abstracts. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1939, 36: 435; passim. ------ Leishmaniasis. Ibid., 1941, 38: 297-302. ---- Complication. Bernasconi, V. Leishmaniosis y sifilis. Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet, 1: 598.—Carnevalc, A. SuH'importanza dei fenomeni interferenziali nell'associazione lue—leishmaniosi. Pediatria (Riv.) 1943, 51: 145-55.— Magarinos Torres, C. B„ & de Arfia Leao, A. E. Leishmaniose e blastomycose: observacao de um caso de associacao das duas molestias. Sciencia med., Rio, 1924, 2: 256-9. ---- Diagnosis. Balashev, M. T. [Reichenberg reaction in leishmaniasis] Med. misl., Taskkent, 1930-31, 5: '48-53. ------ [Reichen- berg's reaction in leishmaniosis; reaction in dogs] Med. parazi t., Moskva, 1935, 4: 19-22.—D'Alessandria, E. Particolare reperto ematologico in un caso di leishmaniosi. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1931, 4: 21.—Gershenovich, R. S., & Titov, K. G. [Diag- nosis of leishmaniosis in children by means of sternal bone- marrow puncture] Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 6, 61-3.—Lorando, N. La ponction sternale, me'thode de choix pour la recherche des leishmanies. Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 314-6.—Malamos, B. Diagnostische Intrakutanreaktionen bei den Leishmaniosen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 240-3.—MartilloUi, F. La ricerca del parassita di Leishman per mezzo di strisci dermici. Pediatria (Riv.) 1937, 45: 213- 5.—Montenegro, J. A cutis-reaccao na leishmaniose. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1926, 1: 323-30, 2 pl. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., 1926, n. ser., 13: 187-94.— Nattan-Larrier.L., & Grimard- Richard, L. Diagnostic des infections leishmahiennes par la formol-stibosane reaction. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 492-4.—Perretti, V. R. Criteri diagnostici differenziali nella leishmaniosi e loro valore clinico-biologico. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1930, 3: 150; 187; 231; 260; 295; 327.—Pessda, S. Fenomeno de Prausnitz-Kustner na leishmaniose; intradermoreacao na leishmaniose com antfgeno de Tripanosoma cruzi. An. paul. med. cir., 1942, 43: 79. ------& Pestana, B. R. A intradermo- reacao de Montenegro nas campanhas sanitarias contra a leishmaniose. Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 11, 123-37.— Rabelo, jr, Thiers Pinto, jr, & Tostes, J. Reacao de Witebsky na leishmaniose. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1939, 14: 217.—Ray, I. C. Intrakutanreaktion zur Diagnose der experimentellen Leishmaniosen (Kala-azar, Orientbeule) Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1928, 32: 369-76.—Rubini, F. La ricerca del parassita di Leishman nel sangue periferico dopo iniezione di adrenalina. Lattante, 1933, 4: 75-83.—Salles Gomes, L. de. A intra- dermo-reaccao de Montenegro na leishmaniose e outras pes- quizas affins. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 1079-87.—Van den Branden, F. Sur la reaction au formol-neostibosan et la reaction au sulfars^nol dans le diagnostic des infections leish- maniennes. Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1935, 15: 569-71. ---- experimental. Mayer, M., & Malamos, B. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Leishmanioseforschung. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936, 174: 225-50.—Parrot, L., Donatien, A., & Lestoquard, F. Notes exp^rimentales sur le bouton d'orient et sur la leishmaniose canine viscerale. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 5: 120-30, 4 pl.—Silva, F., & de Araujo, E. Leishmaniose experimental.. Brasil med., 1930, 44: 997-9.—Smyly, H. J. Chemotherapy of experimental leishmaniasis in hamsters. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926-27, 20: 104-10.—Zozaya, C. Das Blutbild bei der experimentellen Hamster-Leishmaniosis. Arb. Tropen- krankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927, 628-30. ---- Geographical incidence. Cheikh, G. R. *Leishmanioses k Teheran. 36p. 8? Par., 1935. Adler, S., & Theodor, O. The distribution of sandflies and Leishmaniasis in Palestine, Syria and Mesopotamia. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1929-30, 23: 269-306, pl.—Albano, V. Distribuzione delle leishmaniosi in Italia. Igiene mod., 1939, 32: 34; 65, map.—Bernasconi, V. E. Contribuci6n al estudio de la distribuci6n geografica de la leishmaniosis en la Republica Argentina. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 325-8. ------ Consideraciones sobre el censo de leishmaniosis. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 561- 73.—Buen, S. de. Le kala-azar infantile et les autres leish- manioses en Espagne. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1926, 18: 268-70.—Buenaventura Burga. Distribuci6n geo- grafica de las leishmaniasis en el departamento de Amazonas. Cr6n. mid., Lima, 1926, 43: 169-74.—Caminopetros, J. Nouvelles donnees £pidemiologiques et expenmentales sur les leishmanioses en Grece. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1934, 27: 443-50.—Colarizi, A. Osservazioni clinico-statistiche ed epidemiologiche sulla leishmaniosi in Roma. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. prat, 413-29.—Escomel, E. Leishmanosis americana y las leishmanosis en America, 1929. Actas Congr. As. med. panamer. (1928-29) 1930, 1. Congr., 380-93. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1929, 22: 35-46, 8 pl. Also Gac. med. Caracas, LEISHMANIASIS 653 LEISHMANIASIS 1929, 36: 152-6. Also Gac. med. Mexico, 1942, 72: 503-16.— Franchini, G. Leishmanioses dans les colonies italiennes de l'Afrique du Nord. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. meVliter (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 304-7. Also Arch. ital. sc. med col" 1932, 13: 703-7.—Franco, E. E. Les leishmanioses en Sardaigne. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1932, 24: 217-42. ------ & Manai, A. Nuove ricerche sulle leishmaniosi in Sardegna. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1932, 38: pt 1, 137-53, map, pl.—Giraud, P., & Bergier, P. Epidemiologie de la leishmaniose humaine a Marseille. Bull. Soc. mid. hop Paris 1939, 3. ser., 55: 588-91.—Khalil, M. Les leishmanioses en Egypte. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1934, 26: 1386- 92. Also J. Egypt M. Ass., 1935, 18: 203-6.—Kirk, R. Studies in leishmaniasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan; epidemiology and general considerations. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond 1938-39, 32: 533-44. ------ Studies in leishmaniasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan; cutaneous and mucocutaneous leish- maniasis. Ibid., 1941-42, 35: 257-70, 2 pl. ------ & Sati, M. H. Studies in leishmaniasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, a punctate rash in treated cases. Ibid., 194CMI1, 34: 213-6| pl.—Krishnan, K. V. Report on investigation in Madras' Ind. J. M. Res., 1933, 21: 167-72.—Lasnet. Sur la repartition gedgraphique des leishmanioses en Algerie. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1934, 26: 1382-5, map.—Malamos, B. Beob- achtungen iiber die Leishmaniosen auf der Insel Kreta. Med Klin., Berl., 1940, 36: 852.—Mallardi, M. La leishmaniosi in Puglia e rara. Prat, pediat., Genova, 1929, 7: 14-6.—Najera Agulo, L. Las leishmaniosis visceral y cutanea y su importancia en Espafia. Rev. mid. Barcelona, 1925, 24: 509-28.— Orsini, O. Leishmaniose em Minas Geraes. Brasil med., 1940, 54: 762-6.—Panayotatou, A. Sur les leishmanioses in M£di- terrannee. Rev. metl. hyg. trop.. Par., 1935, 27: 279-310.— Paoni, A. Osservazioni colturali con rilievi epidemiologici sulla leishmaniosi cutanea e viscerale in Sardegna. Gior. batt. immun., 1938, 20: 1159-72.—Papantonakis, E. Observa- tions on leishmaniasis in the District of Canea (Crete) Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1935, 29: 191-7. Also BulL Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1936, 28: 852-60, pl. •----— Die Leishmaniosen in der Provinz Messinia (Peloponnes, Griechen- land) Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 141-6.—Pessda, S. B. O problema da leishmaniose no Estado de S. Paulo. Rev. Ass. paul. med., 1941, 18: 59 (Abstr.)—Pestana, B. R., Pessda, S. B., & Corrfia, A. Notas sobre a leishmaniose no municipio de Marilia, Sao Paulo (Alta Paulista) Fol. med., Rio, 1939, 20: 97. Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 8, 13-8.—Pontano, T. Leishmaniosi in soggetto di 52 anni contratta in Abruzzo. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat, 1783- 7.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Sur le kala-azar aux Indes et le bouton d'Orient a Bagdad. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 637-9. ---- infantile. Auricchio, L. Considerazioni e ricerche sulla terapia della leishmaniosi infantde. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 289-300. ----- & Chiefh, A. Una nuova sensibile e rapida siero- reazione per la diagnosi di leishmaniosi infantile. Ibid., 1934, 42: 915-20.—Bignami, G. Sopra un caso di leishmaniosi infantile. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1927, n. ser., 2: 83- 93.—Bocchini, A. Osservazioni in alcuni casi atipici di leish- maniosi infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 1235-43.— Cannata, S. Leishmaniose der Kinder. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1929, 6: 84; 150; 244.—Carbone, M. Un caso di leish- maniosi infantile. Prat, pediat., Milano, 1932, 10: 215-7.— Castorina, G. Sul comportamento del tasso glicemico e della glicolisi del sangue nella leishmaniosi infantile. Bol. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 614.—Croveri, P. La leishmaniosi in- fantile in Piemonte; un nuovo caso osservato in Torino. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1931, 12:326-35.—De Capua, F. La diffusion della leishmaniosi infantile; osservazioni sulla casistica di un decennio. Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 449-6.—Esposito, G. Contributo alia sindrome colitico-dissenterica della leishmaniosi infantile. Gior. ital. mal. esot, 1934, 7: 184-8.—Gershenovich, R. S. Kombinierte Erkrankung an Hautleishmaniose, ver- bunden mit Kinderleishmaniose. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32: 25-32. ------ [Clinical forms of leishmaniosis in children in Central Asia] Sovet. pediat, 1934, Nos. 8-9, 141- 6.—Gismondi, A. Intorno ad un raro caso di leishmaniosi infantile. Prat, pediat., Genova, 1929, 7: 107-11.—Gritti, P. Sulla presenza di leishmanie nel rinofaringe di bambini affetti da leishmaniosi. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 561-7.—Jemma, R. Sulla endemia di leishmaniosi infantile in Italia. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1932, 4: 1145-9. Also Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 113-8. ------ La leishmaniosi dei bambini. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 1939-43.—Lo Presti-Seminerio, F. Considerazioni su ventuno casi di leishmaniosi infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 813-27.—Lucca, A. II primo caso accertato di leishmaniosi infantile a Torino. Ibid., 1930, 38: 1122-33.-—Marcialis, I. Contributo alia conoscenza della leishmaniosi infantile in Sardegna. Ibid., 1932, 40: 1292-9 — Mirkis, S. [Leishmaniasis in children] Feldsher, Moskva, 1938, No. 2, 58-60.—Mitra, M. Contributo alia terapia della leishmaniosi infantile. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 31-4.— Papantonakis, E. La leishmaniose infantile et cutanee. C. rend. Congr. internat. path, comp., 1936, 3. Congr., 295.— Pinelli, A. II primo caso di leishmaniosi infantile a Catanzaro. Pediatria (Riv.) 1932, 40: 147-50.—Riggio, G. Un caso atipico di leishmaniosi infantile. Med. infant, Roma, 1935, 6:286-95.—Roverio, G., & Pesante, V. Un caso di leishmaniosi infantile in Liguria. Riv. med., Milano, 1926, 34: 65-9.— Saenz de Santa Maria y Marron, R. Contribuci6n al estudio | de la leishmaniosis infantil. Siglo med., 1927, 74: 542-4.— Spiliopulos G. Beitrag zur Therapie der kindlichen Leish- maniasis. Arch. Kinderh., 1939, 117: 244-56.—Spyropoulos, N.,& Varangoulis, S. Sur 28 cas de leishmaniose infantile. Arch. med. enf., 1932, 35: 409-12.—Verde, M. II valore della terroreazione di Auricchio e Chieffi per la diagnosi della leish- maniosi infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 894-904.— Aangri, G. Contributo alia terapia della leishmaniosi infantile. S,™fjch. leishman. vise, mediter. (Soc. med. chir. Catania) l»oo, 183—b. ---- Pathology. Andrade, C. de. Interstitial and ulcerative keratitis in leishmaniasis. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941, 102: 55. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 27: 1193-8.—Carta, A. Osservazioni morfologiche su midollo osseo, linfoghiandole e fegato di cani con leishmaniosi e con leishmaniosi ed altreinfestazioni associate. Profilassi, 1939, 12: 210-6.—Chams, G. La keratite a Leish- mania. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 2: 514-6.—Chodukin. N. J. Ueber die Kinder- und Hundeleish- mamosis. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 423-9.— Chung, H. L. Localized leishmaniasis of the lymph glands. Chin. M. J. (H. C. Hou, Shanghai) 1942, 61: 19-25, 2 pl.—Fernandez Martinez, F. Las leishmaniosis pat6genas. Prensa med. argent., 1926, 13: 362; 426; 468; 665.—Higou- menakis, G. K. Beitrag zur Studie der Beziehungen zwischen Haut- und Eingeweide-Leishmaniose (Orientbeule und Kala- azar) Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 133-51.— Kardamatis, I. P. [On piroplasmosis in Greece and oriental ulcer] 'XarpiKT) jrpoogos, 1911, 16: 5-15.—Leger, M. Leish- manioses visceraes e tegumentares; identidade ou parentesco estreito das differentes Leishmania. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1928, 36: 195-204.—Llambias, J. Leishmaniose viscerale et cutanee. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop., 1932, 4: 1193- 201.—Lopez Rodriguez, C. Contribuci6n al estudio de la leishmaniosis. Arch. med. cir. espec, Madr., 1932, 35: 595.— Milio, G. Ricerche sulla velocita di sedimentazione delle emazie nella leishmaniosi e sul comportamento di essa durante la terapia specifica. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 936-44.— Moreira Spinola, C. Keratoconjunctivite de Leishmania. Congr. argent, oft (1936) 1937, 1. Congr., 1: 373-8.—Romeo, F. Quadro proteico, pressione oncotica e colesterina dal siero di sangue nella leishmaniosi cutanea e viscerale. Rass. internaz. chn. ter., 1939, 20: 836^6.—Silva, F. Leishmanioses des organes genitaux. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929, 6. ser., 10: 965-72. ---- Prevention and control. Belkhodja, H. *Prophylaxie administrative et medicale des leishmanioses en France. 59p. 8? Par., 1937. Kalalova Di Lottiova, V. [Method of immunization against leishmaniasis] Cas. lek. eesk., 1932, 71: 1186.—Nattan-Larrier, L. Les leishmanioses autochtones en France et la lutte contre leur extension. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 477-82.— Vilela Curfan, G. Contribuigao clinica ao estudo da vacinacao preventiva na leishmaniose. An. paul. med. cir., 1942, 44: 169 (Abstr.) ---- Research. Sidas, T. *Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Leishmaniosenforschung (Kalaazar und Orientbeule) in Griechenland [Leipzig] 42p. 8? [Engelsdorf-Lpz.l 1928. Houloussi-Behdjet, D. A propos des communications faites sur les leishmanioses au premier Congres international medi- terranean de I'hygiene a Marseille. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 134-7.—Pascale, H. Comissao de estudos da leish- maniose; trabalhos realizados em 1940. Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 12, 11. ---- Serology. Ajello, P. Sulle siero-reazioni del formolo, deH'ureastibamina e del peptonato di ferro nella diagnosi della leishmaniosi. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 16: 386-93.—Anderson, C, & Disdier, C. Contribution a l'etude de la methode de Nattan- Larrier pour le diagnostic serologique des leishmanioses. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1938, 27: 203-10.—Auricchio, L. Ricerche sierodiagnostiche nella leishmaniosi infantile. Pedia- tria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 745-50.—Carrieu, Rambault & Philip. La formol-leuco-gelification du serum. Arch. Soc. sc med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 236-8.—Francia Martins, A. Do diagn6stico sorologico das leishmanioses. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1940, 39: 251-64. Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 9, 33-44.—Marques da Cunha, A., & Dias, F. Sur la preparation d'un antigene stable pour la reaction de fixation du comple- ment dans les leishmanioses. Ibid., 1938, 129: 991-3. ------ Reaccao de fixacao do complemento nas leishmanioses. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 89-93.—Mesik, P. E. Sugli anticorpi in riguardo alle leishmanie. Gior. batt. immun., 1928, 3: 225- 44.—Nattan-Larrier, L., & Grimard-Richard, L. Diagnostic des infections leishmaniennes par l'acido-gelification du serum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 920-2. ------& Nougues, S. Action de I'ultrafiltration sur certaines reactions des serums leishmaniens. Ibid., 585-7. ------ Action de certaines acides LEISHMANIASIS 054 LEISHMANIASIS organiques sur les se>ums leishmaniens. Ibid., 802-5.— Rouslarroix. Ciaudo & Lumbroso. A propos des reactions s^rologiques de la leishmaniose positives en dehors de celle-ci. Marseille med., 1936, 73: pt 1, 114-8.—Row, R. Agglutination in leishmaniasis. Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 641-55, pl.— Troisier, J., & Bariety, M. La formol-opacification a Paris. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 522. ---- Therapeutic use. Senekji, H. A. Hematologic and immunologic studies on natural and induced leishmaniasis in paretics. Am. J. Trop. M., 1943, 23: 53-8. ---- Transmission. Habert, M. *Le mode de transmission des leishmanioses. 47p. 8? Par., 1929. Adler, S. Mode de transmission des protozoaires sanguicoles et particulierement des leishmanioses. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 207-24.—Beaurepaire Aragao, E. de. Trans- missao da leishmaniose pelos phlebotomos. Fol. med., Rio, 1928, 9: 13-5.—Bogliolo, L. Lo stato attuale delle conoscenze sulla trasmissione delle leishmaniosi. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1934, 40: pt 1, 139-213.—Giraud, P., & Bergier, P. Recherches sur le mode de transmission de la leishmaniose dans la region marseillaise. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 591- 3.—Levina, D. [Historical review on the transmission of leishmaniasis] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: 66-72.—Mazza, S. Consideraciones sobre flebotomos encontrados en Tabacal y el papel de estos dfpteros en la transmisi6n de las leishmaniosis. Bol. Inst. elm. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 310-7, 2 pl.—Nattan-Larrier, L., & Grimard, L. Les chiens de luxe contamines dans le midi de la France peuvent-ils repandre la leishmaniose en dehors des fovers de la maladie? Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1935, 28: 270-6.—Sergent, E., Sergent, E. [et al.] Revue historique du probleme de la trans- mission des leishmanioses. Ibid., 1933, 26: 224-48.-—Shortt, H. E. The transmission of leishmanial infections in India. Rapp. Congr. internat. path, comp., 1936, 3. Congr., 1: pt 1, 112-32.—Sorge, G. Le recenti ricerche sulla trasmissione delle leishmaniosi cutanea e viscerale. In Ricerch. leishman. vise. mediter. (Soc. med. chir. Catania) 1933, 145-70.-—Southwell, T., & Kirshner, A. On the transmission of leishmaniasis. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1938, 32: 95-102.—Wenyon, C. M. Kala-azar and oriental sore; the problem of transmission. Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 558-62. —— Transmission of leish- maniasis. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 243-5.----— The trans- mission of leishmania infections. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 25: 319-51, pl. ---- Treatment. Aguiar Pupo, J. Traitement de la leishmaniose des mu- queuses par l'eparseno (amino-arseno-phenol de Pomarer) ses possibilites d'emploi dans le traitement du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 331—5. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 212-6. ■----— Le traitement des leishmanioses par l'amino-arsenophenol. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 993.— Bernasconi, V. E. Modificaciones ventajosas en el trata- miento de la leishmaniosis por el emetico. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 393-9.—Craig, C. F. The leishmaniases. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 2: 1855-76 — Dukelsky, B. E., & Rait, T. J. [Roentgen rays in the treatment of leishmaniasis] Vest, rentg., 1932, 11: 372-85.—Fabri, G. Osservazioni sopra un caso di leishmaniosi ribelle alle cure e guarito dopo aver superato una infezione tifica. Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. prat., 563-6.—Kazakov, V. 1. [Treatment of leishmaniasis] Vest, vener., 1937, 9:-10: 976-80.—Kemal Arican [Cases of leishmaniosis treated by atebrin] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1939, 68: No. 28, 7-9.—Kirk, R., & Mac- donald, D. R. An unusual case of leishmaniasis treated with 4: 4'-diamidino-diphenoxy-pentane. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1940, 34: 131—4, pl.—Leishmania; with particular reference to treatment. Med. Bull. (Standard Oil Co.) N. Y., 1941-43, 5: 413.—Ovejero Paz, A., & Novillo Pizarro, R. Leishmaniosis: su tratamiento por el acido lactico. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 248-54.—Raetz, E. Tratamiento de la leishmaniosis por el yodobismutato de quinina. Ibid., 150.-—Soong, H. Y., & Anderson, H. H. The evaluation of drugs in experimental leishmaniasis. Am. J. Trop. M., 1941, 21: 461-7.—Timov, K. G. [Particidars in the treatment of leishmaniasis in children] J. rann. detsk. vozr., 1932, 12: 411. ---- Treatment: Antimony. Caronia, G. Terapia della leishmaniosi. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1929, 2: 327-34.—Chopra, R. N., & Das Gupta, C. R. Provocative action of organic compounds of antimony in leishmaniasis. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 565-70.—Joan- nides, N. Z. Neostibosan bei Leishmaniosis. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 92: 280.—Kikuth, W., & Schmidt, H. Neostibosan and ^olustibosan in Leishmania-infected hamsters. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 450 (Abstr.)—Schwarz, E. Risultati comparativi del trattamento della leishmaniosi infantile con il tartrate di sodio e antimonile e con un nuovo preparato di antimonia: p. ammino-fenilstibiato di dietilammina (neosti- I boranj Rinasc. med., 1932, 9: 248-50.—Siisskind, S., & Roth, J. A uote on the treatment of two cases of infantile leishmaniasis I with stilbamidine. Ann. Tmp. M. Parasit, Liverp., 1943, 37: 158-64, pl.—Titov, K. <;. [Treatment of leishmaniasis in children with neostibosan] ,1. rann. detsk. vozr., 1933, 13:363-7. ---- in animals. Cabassu, H. *Loishmaniose spontanee du chien; recherches sur les signes cliniques et le diagnostic [Alfort] 63p. 8° Par., 1933. Ajello, P. Sul valore di alcune reazioni sierologiche nella diagnosi della leishmaniosi canina. Chn. vet., Milano, 1940, 63: 248-58.—Augier, P., & Faure-Brac. La reviviscencc transitoire des lesions cutanees au cours du traitement de la leishmaniose canine par l'antimoine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1432-4.—Carrieu & Ram bau It. La leishmaniose canine dans la region de Montpellier. Arch. Soc. sc. mid. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 194-7. —---- & Roubert. La leishmaniose canine dans la region de Montpellier. Montpellier med., 1937, 3. ser., 11: 143.—Carta, A. Morphology of the bone marrow, lymph nodes and livers of dogs affected with leish- maniasis and with leishmaniasis complicated with other infec- tions. Vet. Bull., Lond., 1941, 11: 757.—Cartana, P. Leish- maniose canine; valeur de la reaction de gelification au formol et de la reaction an formol-stibosane pour le diagnostic. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 63-5.—Chetaev, N. A. [Napier reaction in leishmaniasis in dogs] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 128-32.—Chung, H. L., Hoeppli, R., & Ferg, L. ('. Histopathological observations in 12 cases of canine leish- maniasis in Peiping. Chin. M. J., 1940, 3: Suppl., 212-23, 4 pl.—Chung, H. L., Wang, C. W. [et al.] A report on the examination of 587 normal dogs in Peiping for Leishmania infection with observations on the experimental production of cutaneous lesions on a normal dog inoculated with a canine strain of Leishmania. Ibid., 1939, 56: 354-9, pl.—Corrfia Mendes, A. B. Leishmaniose nos caes de Lisboa. Arq. Inst. bact.' Camara Pestana, 1938, 7: 389-95.—De Paolis, E. La leishmaniosi delle pecore. Clin, vet., Milano, 1935, 58: 183- 91, 3 pl.—Donatien, A., & Lestoquard, F. Observations et reflexions sur la leishmaniose generale du chien. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1935, 13: 320-38. —---- Le parasitisme du poumon dans la leishmaniose generale du chien. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 28-31. ------ Sur revolution de la leishmaniose generale du chien. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1938, 16: 191-202. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1938, 31: 214-7. ------ Observation d'un cas de leishmaniose generale du chien accompagnee de neoplasies. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1938, 16: 203-9. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 217-20. ------ & Parrot, L. Parasitisme anormal dans un cas de leishmaniose du chien. Ibid., 1929, 22: 252. ------ Leishmaniose et fusospirochetose associees chez le chien. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 296, pl.—Dubois, C, & Vigouroux, M. Les quatre premiers cas autochtones de leishmaniose canine observes dans le Gard. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1937, 10: 135-40.—Dymov, D. K. [Leishmaniasis in dogs in Turkestan] Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 540-3.— Falchetti, E., & Faure Brae, G. La leishmaniose canine a Nice; etude epidemiologique. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par., 1932, 25: 1091-99.—Faure-Brac. La chimiotherapie aurait-elle vaincu la ieishmaniose? Bull. Acad, vet France, 1939, 12: 64-76.— Funaioli, G. La leishmaniosi canina in Tripolitania. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1925, 6: 12^1.— Giraud, P., & Cabassu, H. La leishmaniose canine dans la region de Marseille. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 1040-3. ------ Sur la valeur des procedes de laboratoire pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose canine naturelle. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1933, 50: 539-49. •—■---- Le diagnostic de la leishmaniose canine par la ponction ganglionnaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 958-63. ------& Bergier, P. Recherches sur l'endemie de leishmaniose canine a Marseille. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 594-6.—Giraud, P., Ciaudo, P., & Bernard, R. Sur la date d'apparition des reactions serologiques dans la leishmaniose canine experimentale. C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 1250-2.— Hagan, W. A. The leishmania. In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 388-91.—Henry, A., & Bory, L. Un cas de leishmaniose canine dans la region parisienne; question prophylactique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 928- 30.—Irr, M. G. Generalisierte Leishmaniose des Hundes; klinische Erwagungen iiber die Ergebnisse der Formolgerinnung beziiglich Diagnose und Prognose. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1939, 55: 677-81.—Jeaume, G. Un cas de leishmaniose naturelle generalisee chez le chien au Maroc Bull. Soc. path. exot, Par., 1932, 25: 225-7.—Joyeux, C, & Sautet, J. Obser- vations sur la leishmaniose canine mecliterraneenne. Ibid., 1938, 31: 487-90.—Lee, C. U. Canine leishmaniasis in Peiping. Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 951.—Lestoquard, F., & Donatien, A. Un cas autochtone de leishmaniose generale du cliien a Tou- louse. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1935, 28: 921. ----- Parasitisme de la matrice ungueale dans la leishmaniose generale du chien. Ibid., 1938, 31: 483-7.—Lucrezi, G. Reperti di leishmanie nei cani randagi di Napoli. Riv. med. trop., 1940, 4: 19-23.------ & Loriga, G. Reazioni sierologiche nella leishmaniosi canina. Policlinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat, 1500-7.— Malbrant, R. Existence de la leishmaniose canine au Congo Francais; ankylostomiase canine et formol-gelification. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1940, 33: 12-4.—Marchesi, F., Crainz, F., & Scapaticci, R. La leishmaniosi dei cani in Roma. Boll. j Accad. med. Roma, 1934, 60: 296-303. ------ Le leish- maniosi dei cani in Roma nella stagione estiva e autunnale. I Ibid., 1935, 61: 60-3. ------ Ricerche sulle variazioni sta- LEISHMANIASIS 655 LEISHMANIASIS, AMERICAN gionali della leishmaniosi dei cani in Roma. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 805-12. Also transl. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935, 38: 226-9.—Marchesi, F., & Scapaticci, R. On certain serological tests used in the diagnosis of leishmaniasis in dogs. Ibid., 225.—Metelkin, A. L. Zur Frage der diagnosti- schen Bedeutung von Keratitis und Konjunktivitis bei der Leishmaniosis der Hunde. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32: 41-3.—Mornet, P. Un cas de leishmaniose canine au Niger. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1940, 33: 253-6.—Nicolau, S., & Perard, C. Etude histo-physio-'pathologique de l'oeil et du systeme nerveux dans la leishmaniose generalisee du chien. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1936, 57: 463-86.—Pegreffi, G., & Doria, C. Osservazioni cliniche sulla leishmaniosi canina in Sardegna. Atti Soc sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1935, 37: 474-9.— Pigoury, L. Reviviscence de lesions cutanees ou ecthyma strie au cours du traitement de la leishmaniose canine par les antimoniaux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 105-8. Observation prolongee d'un cas de leishmaniose du chien; remarques sur les symptomes et le traitement par l'anthio- maline. Rec. med. vet., 1938, 114: 216-20.—Pochechuev, K. N. [Leishmaniasis in dogs in Ashkhabad] Med. parazit, Moskva, 1935, 4: 112-6.—Poursines. Y., Soulie, P., & Scanda- rani, T. Enquete sur la leishmaniose canine a Beyrouth. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1935, J8: 773-82.—Richardson, V'. F. A probable case of equine leishmaniasis. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1925-26, 19: 411—Saunie, Lafaye & Holstein. Quatre cas de leishmaniose canine dans la region parisienne. Rec. med. vet, 1938, 114: 657-9.—Simitch, Boye [et al.] Leishmaniose canine. P. verb. Com. Off. internat. hyg. pub., 1937, May, 177-9.—Tartaglia, P. La leishmaniose canine a Split. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1937, 29: 1927- 30.—Velu, H., Eyraud, E., & Petitdidier. Recherches sur la leishmaniose canine dans ia region de Casablanca, et sur la valeur de la formol-gelification comme methode de diagnostic. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 227-30.—Vlach, G. La leishmaniosi canina in Trieste e Provincia. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1936, 17: 513-41. LEISHMANIASIS, American. See also Leishmania, Type: L. brasiliensis. Synonyms: Bahia ulcer; Bauru ulcer; bosch-yaw; bouba brasiliera; bubon de Yelez; eponge; espundia; feridas bravas; forest-yaw; huecuya; jungle ulcer; pian-bois; picada de pita; qcepo; ulcera de los chicleros; uta. Hartung, F. Leishmaniose das mucosas. 52p. 27cm. B. Air., 1940. Also Rev. med. Hosp. espafi., B. Air., 1940,10: 267; passim. Benedek, T. American leishmaniasis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 1093.—Buss, G. Die amerikanische Haut- leishmaniose. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1929, 158: 202; 223; 1929-30, 159: 555-79.—Cilento, R. Espundia. In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed., Brisbane, 1942, 195.—Costa, O. G. American (mucocutaneous) leishmaniasis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 194—6.—Fox, H. American (mucocutaneous; leishmaniasis. In Clin. Trop. M. (Bercovitz, Z. T.) N. Y., 1944, 237-45.-—Freitas, O. de. Consideracoes sobre a bouba. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 477-81—Garzon, R., & Molina, R. J. A prop6sito de un caso de leishmaniosis tegumentaria ameri- cana; consideraciones clinicas, diagn6sticas y terapeuticas. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1942, 26: pt 2, 225-47 [Discussion] 407.—Gavina Alvarado, E. R., & Tyre Werngreen, E. Leish- maniosis cutaneomucosa americana. Ibid., 1932, 16: 437-46.— Gonzalez, H. E., Ontaneda, L. E., & Vidaurreta, M. Leish- maniosis cutanea no ulcerada. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet, 1: 605-13.—Iriarte, D. R. Leishmani- osis. Bol. Lab. Clin. Luis Razetti, 1942, 2: 141-5.—Mendonca, M. H. de. Beneficios do dispensario de profilaxia da lepra e das doencas venereas; algumas observacoes sobre a bouba. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1936, 31: Suppl. [1-4]—Mercandino, C. P., Salinas Vega, J. L., & Bertelli, J. Leishmaniosis nasal. Rev. As. med. argent, 1941, 55: 477-80.—Napier, L. E. South American leishmaniasis. In Brit Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 677-80.—Santori, G. Sulla leishmaniosi cutaneo-mucosa. Arch. ital. derm., 1936, 12: 140-74.— Savon Salaberry, J. Leishmaniosis tegumentaria y mucosa americana. Prensa med. argent., 1936, 23: 2427-36.—Strong, R. P., Shattuck, G. C, & Wheeler, R. E. Leishmaniasis. In Med. Rep. Hamilton Rice Exped. Amazon (Harvard Univ.) 1926, 54-62.—Vaccarezza, R. F. Leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Dfa med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 751-5— Weiss, P. La espundia es una leishmaniasis tegumentaria. Cron. med., Lima, 1928, 45: 200-10. ---Cases. Mar, S. F. Un caso probable de leishmaniosis cutanea americana. 18p. 8? Tampico, 1932. Arganaraz, C. A. Sobre un caso de leishmaniosis cutaneo- mucosa; procedente del Chaco santiaguefio. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 465-9.—Benedek, T. American leish- maniasis; report of the first autochthonous case in the United States. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1940, 43: 147; 164.—Bernas- coni, V. Casos de leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana de ins61ita localizaci6n o de raro desarrollo. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 334-8.—Covisa. Un caso de leishmani- °fa tegumantana (cu^neomucosa) Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 159. Franchini, G. Su di un caso interessante di buba Brasiliana. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. med., 27-34.—Mazza, 1 '•' v. Cornejo, A. Consideraciones sobre nuevos casos de leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region (1935) 1939, 9. meet, 3: 1855-71.—Rezende Barbosa, J. E. de. Dados estatfsticos sobre os casos de leish- maniose das mucosas observados no servico de oto-rino- laringologia da Santa Casa de Sao Paulo. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 697-714, incl. 5 ch.—Wilson, F. P., & Shrewsbury, J. F. D. A report on a case of espundia. Brit. J. Derm., 1926, 38: 231-41, 2 pl. ---- Clinical aspect. Falchi, G. Leishmaniosi cutaneo-mucosa delle cavita nasali. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1933, 74: 1109-16, pl.—Johns, F. M. Interesting clinical laboratory findings in chronic pulmonary actinomycosis and the American variety of cuta- neous leishmaniasis. Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 11: 775-8.— Pessda, S. B., & Rangel Pestana, B. Lesoes iniciais na leish- maniose tegumentar americana. Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 9, 15-20.—Puente, J. J. Formas clinicas de la leishmani- osis tegumentaria americana. Bol. Inst clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 419-41.—Yris, J. M. Historia clinica de un caso de leishmaniosis americana en el parpado. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1936-37, 11: 173-8. ---- Complication. Dusseldorp, M. Leishmaniosis cutanea americana con complicaciones oculares. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 452-9.—Franchini, G. Un nuovo caso di buba brasiliana contemporaneo ad affezione da Entamoeba histolytica, da Anchilostomum duodenalis e da Trichostrongylus. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1928, 9: 387-93.—Santos Zetina, F. Un caso de coexistencia de sifilis terciaria con leishmaniosis cutaneo- mucosa. Rev. med. Yucatan, 1930-31, 16: 166-70. ---- Diagnosis. Alcantara Madeira, J. de, & Cerruti, H. O valor diagn6stico da reaccao de Brahmachari na leishmaniose tegumentar americana. Rev. med., S. Paulo, 1927, 12: 311-9.—Berny, P. Floculation du serum dans l'eau distillee et leishmaniose cutanee americaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1937, 30: 134.—Fonseca, F. da. Importancia do isolamento da Leish- mania brasiliensis no diagnostico da leishmaniose americana; resultados obtidos com a technica de Noguchi e Lindenberg. Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1928, 3: 47-51.—Francia Martins, A. Do diagn6stico sorol6gico da leishmaniose; estudo experimental comparativo sobre algumas reacoes sorol6gicas na leishmaniose tegumentar americana. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1941, 1: 55-69.—Gasperini, G. C. Un caso di leishmaniosi delle mucose messo in evidenza dai fenomeni allergici provocati. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 430-2.—Lehmann, C. F., & Pipkin, J. L. Leishmaniasis americana? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 609.—Marques da Cunha, A. Diagnostico de leishmaniose tegumentar pelo desvio do complemento e intra- dermo reaccao. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1931, 39: 37-9.— Mazza, S. Positividad de la reaccion de Machado-Guerreiro con sueros de enfermos de leishmaniosis tegumentaria ameri- cana. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region., 1936, 1: 560-5.— Terra, F., & Araujo Filho, S. Diagnostico entre a bouba, leishmaniose, esporotrichose e blastomycose. Arch, brasil. med., 1912, 2: 344-57.—Vileila Curban, G. Fenomeno de Prausnitz-Kustner na leishmaniose tegumentar americana. An. paul. med. cir., 1941, 42: 516. ---- Epidemiology. Aguiar Pupo, J. de. Leishmaniose tegumentar: epidemi- ologia, prophylaxia e tratamento da leishmaniose americana. Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 387-409.—Gonzalez, G., & Oli- veira y Silva, M. La leishmaniosis forestal americana en la guerra del Chaco. Rev. san. mil., Asunci6n, 1937-38, 10: 513-22, 4 pl.—McCord, C. P. American leishmaniasis (jungle ulcer) a tropical occupational disease. Indust. M., 1939, 8: 269-84.-—Rabello, E. Les origines de la leishmaniose tegu- mentaire au Bresil. P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr. (1923) 1925, 2. Congr., 538-60, 6 pl.—Sal y Rosas, F. La uta y su ambiente geocosmico social. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 2, 292. ---- Geographical incidence. Castro, J. A. *Etude clinique et anatomo- pathologique de la leishmaniose tegumentaire dans l'Amerique Latine. 120p. 8? Par., 1930. Palma, R. *La uta del Peru. 104p. 8? Lima, 1908. Arce, J. Las leishmaniasis dermicas del Peru. Progr. clin., Madr., 1915, 6: 27-48.—Arganaraz, C. A., & Jimenez, J. V. Chancro espundico del menton con manifestaciones septi- cemiformes; caso autectono de la ciudad de Santiago del Estero. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 320-4.—Arias Aranda, C. Un caso autectono de leishmaniosis cutanea en la ciudad de Salta. Ibid., 1926, 2: 32276. ------ Foco familiar de leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet, 1: 590-4.—Beltran, E., & Bustamante, M. E. Datos epidemioldgicos acerca de la LEISHMANIASIS, AMERICAN 6f>6 LEISHMANIASIS, AMERK AN lilcer.'i de los chicleros, leishmaniasis americana, en Mexico. Rev Inst ^alub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1942. 3: 1-2S— Bernas- roni. V. I:.. & Paterson, G. C. Observaciones ilustrativas de I is formal- do espundia en el norte de la Republica. Bol. Inst. clin. quir K Air., 1926, 2: 327-47.—Borzone, R. A. Caso estacionai n > d < > leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana observado en Santa Fe. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930 5. meet., 1: 600-4.—Burga, B. Distribuci6n geografica de las leishmaniasis en el Departamento de Amazonas. Rev. med., Rosario, 1927, 2: 359-63.—Canal Feijoo, E. J. Particulandades clinicas de la leishmaniosis cutaneo-mucosa observadas en Santiago del Estero. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1933-34, 19: 953-70.—Estupinan M., A. La uta en el Ecuador. /Arch. Fac. cienc. med., Quito, 1933, 2: 107-18, 2 pl—Flarer, F. Probabile caso di leishmaniosi americana. Dermosifilografo, 1930, 5: 245-63.—Folquer, H. Casos autectonos de leish- maniosis en el departamento de Burruyacii (Tucumdn) Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 341-5.—Fox, H. American leishmaniasis; report of cases observed in Brazil. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 23: 480-502. ------ American leish- maniasis. Ibid., 1934, 30: 241.—Gonzalez Rincones, R. La leishmaniosis en Venezuela. Cron. med. quir. Habana, 1924, 50: 19-29.—Humphreys, R. M., & Mayne, F. S. Oral leish- maniasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 285-8, pl.—Migone, E. L. La buba en el Paraguay, leishmaniosis Americana. An. Inst. nac. parasit, Asunci6n, 1928, 1: No. 1, 255-67.—Moran (.arcia. Las leishmaniosis cutaneomucosas en Espafia; una docena de casos autectonos de leishmaniasis americana ob- servados en Asturias. Arch, med., Madr., 1935, 38: 204. Also Med. ibera, 1935, 29: pt 1, 338-41.—Nudelman, M. Distribuci6n de algunos casos de leishmaniosis tegumentaria en el Chaco. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 574-89.—Peiia Chavarria. La leishmaniosis tegumentaria en Costa Rica. Mem. Congr. med. centroamer., 1934, 2. Congr., 204-12, 6 pl. Also in Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 452-9.—Pessda, S. B. Indices de disseminacao da leishmaniose tegumental' em algumas zonas novas do Estado de Sao Paulo. Lev. biol., S. Paulo, 1940-41, 11: 1-9. ------ Dados sobre a epidemiologia da leishmaniose tegumentar em Sao Paulo. Arq. hig.. S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 11, 101-21 — Pestana, B. R., & Pessoa, S. B. Leishmaniose tegumentar autoctone no munkipio de Sao Paulo. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1939, 38: 435-42. Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 8, 25-33.------Sobre a disseminacao da leishmaniose tegu- mental no estado de S. Paulo. Ibid., 35-46. ------ Sobre a disseminacao da leishmaniose tegumentar no estado de Sao Paulo- resultado de um inquerito realizado nos Centros de Saude'.lo interior. Fol. med., Rio, 1940, 21: 20-3.—Pifano C, F. Contiilanii'.n al estudio epidemiologico y clinico de la leishmaniasis cutaneo-mucosa en el estado Yaracuy. Bol. Min. san., Caracas, 1939, 4: No. 2, 7-15.—Rotter, W., & Peiia Chavarria. Die Hautleishmaniose in Costa Rica. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 89-99.—Sanchez-Covisa, J., & Guerra, P. Las leishmaniosis tegumentarias en Venezuela; formas clinicas y anatomla patol6gica. Rev. Policlin. Caracas, 1940, 9: 3573-617.—Sarnelli, T. Presenza di leishmaniosi muco-cutanee sugli Altipiani dell'Arabia Sud-Occidentale. Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1933, 14: 227—Shattuck, G. C. The distribution of American leishmaniasis in relation to that of Phlebotomus. Am. J. Trop. M., 1936, 16: 187-205.—Villela, F. Dados estatisticos sobre a leishmaniose das mucosas em Aracatuba, S. Paulo. Fol. med., Rio, 1939, 20: 243. Also Arq. big., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 8, 19-24.—Weiss, P. Die Espundia; Beitrag zum Studium dieser Hautleishmaniasis in Peru. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 311-21. Also Span, transl. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1928, 9: 49-55. ---- Pathology. Belgeri, F., & Dusseldorp, M. Leishmaniosis cutanea americana con complicaciones oculares y naso-buco-farfngeas. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 372-81.—Carrillo, F. Leish- maniosis a forma rino-faringea. Rev. med. Rosario, 1926, 16: 458-64, 2 pl.—Cunha Motta. A reaccao giganto-cellular na leishmaniose tegumentar cutanea. Brasil med., 1928, 42: 1034-7.—Dupont, A. Un cas de bouton d'Orient a structure de sarcolde de Boeck. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1930, 7. ser., 1: 453-61.—Falcao, E. de C. O polipo da leishmaniose; em tdrno de uma nova observacao desta forma clinica. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935. 3: 357-63, 2 pl.—Llambias, J., & Mosto, D. Etude bisto-pathologique de la leishmaniose cutan6e americaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 823. ------ Leishmaniosis cutanea americana; estudio histopatologico. Rev. Soc. argent. biol., 1926, 2: 135-42.-—Marques da Cunha, A. Sur les infec- tions experimentales de leishmaniose tegumentaire americaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 211-3.—Mazza, S., & Bernasconi, V. Contribucion anatomopatologica al estudio de las leish- maniosis larlngeas. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 301-19, pl-—Mazza, S., & Cornejo, A. Existe invasion osea en la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana? Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region. (1935) 1939, 9. meet., 3: 1895r900.—Nicolle, C. Algunas consideraciones sobre la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Prensa med. argent, 1925-26, 12: 805-8. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1926, 15: 108-13.—Oliveira Ribeiro, D. de., & Guilherme Cristiano, N. P. Leishmaniose papulo- pustulosa, acneiforme e zona biottepica com fimose secundaria. An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 280-3 (Abstr.)—Pansini, L. Di uno strano caso di leishmaniosi esterna cutanea a forma pseudo-epiteliomatosa. Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 202-4, pl.— Portugal, H. Contribuci6n al estudio de la histopatologia de la leishmaniosis tegumentaria cutanea. Reun. Soc. aigent. pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 5-19-60. Also Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1929, 37:403-12, 2 pl. — Prats. F., & Rutowitsch, M. Leishmaniose tegumental-; forma nodular dermica de tipo micro-nodular lup6ide. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1943, 18: 143 52.—Rabello, fils. Structure histologique et allergic dans In leishmaniose americaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., Par., 1934, 117: 210-2.—Sagarnaga, E. Patologia tropical de la espundia. Trab. Congr. cient. panamer., 1909, 1: 5. Sect., 243-53.- Snachis Bayarri, V., & Bigng. J. Aportaciones al estudio del boten de Oriente. Med. espafi., 1942, 5: 277-99, 2 pl., map.— Weiss, P. Puede asegurarse que existe un tipo blastomicosico de espundia? Cron. m6d., Lima, 1925, 42: 144-8- Wenyon, C. M. A case of dermal leishmaniasis from S. America, with some remarks on the structure of the parasite and its culture. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 207-11. ------ A further note on a case of dermal leishmaniasis from S. America, with the results of inoculation experiments. Ibid., 1912-13, 2: 117-9.—Zelada, L. A. Relaci6n entre las formas cutaneas v mucosas en las leishmaniosis americana. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1939, 9: 183-5. ---- Prevention. Alvares Correa, M. O. Tecnica do preparo da vacina e antfgeno para a leishmaniose tegumentar americana. Rev. Inst. Adolfo Lutz, S. Paulo, 1941, 1: 389-95.—Pessda, S. B. Profilaxia da leishmaniose tegumentar no Estado de Siio Paulo. Fol. med., Rio, 1941, 22: 157-61. ------ Segunda nota s6bre a vacinacao preventiva na leishmaniose tegumentar americana com leptomonas mortas. Rev. paul. med., 1941, 19: 106-9. ------& Pestana, B. R. Ensaio sobre a vacinacao preventiva na leishmaniose tegumentar americana, com germens morts. Rev.^ biol. S. Paulo, 1939-40, 10: 112-8. Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 11, 139-47. ---- Transmission. Beaurepaire Aragao, H. de. Tegumentary leishmaniosis and its transmission by phlebotomi. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1927, 20: 177-95, pl.—Bonne, C. [Remarks on the Patatta louse in American leishmaniasis of Suriname] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1930, 70: 176-9.— Pesce, H., & Pardo G., L. Notes on cutaneous leishmaniasis and Phlebotomus in the province of Andahuaylas, Peru. Am. J. Hyg., 1943, 37: 255-8 — Pessoa, S. B., & Coutinho, J. O. Pesquiza de Leptomonas em dipteros hematofagos de uma localidade com alta incidencia de leishmaniose tegumentar. Fol. med., Rio, 1941, 22: 199.— Thiel, P. H. van [Acarus batatas of Surinam and observations on the etiology of leishmaniasis americana] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1930, 70: 47-63. ■--- Treatment. Paula Santos, H. de. Tratamento da leishmaniose da mucosa pelo Eparseno (amino- arseno-phenol 132) de Pomaret; methodo do Prof. Aguiar Pupo. 75p. 8? S. Paulo, 1926. Barretto, M. A leishmaniose nasal e o seu tratamento local pela fulguracao e pela diatermo-coagulacao superficial. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1934, 2: 295-304, pl. ------ Das formas mucosas da leishmania tegumentar americana e seu tratamento. Ibid., 1935, 3: [Discussion] 545.—Couto Esher, G. Sobre um caso de leishmaniose mucosa do nariz curada pelos raios de Bucky. An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1939, 9:112-7.—Humphreys, R. M. Two cases of oral pharyngeal leishmaniasis treated with pentamidine. Ann. Trop. WL Parasit, Liverp., 1942-43, 36: 9-11, pl.—Lozada, V. M. Anotaciones sobre la radiumterapia de la leishmaniosis de las mucosas y otras afecciones de la cara. Mem. Congr. venezol. med. (1926) 1927, 5. Congr., 2: 197-211, 6 pl.—Mazza, S. Nuevas observaciones sobre tratamiento de la leishmaniosis americana por la fuadina. Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region. (1931) 1932, 7. meet., 513-26. ------& Aranda, C. A. Fuadinversuche bei der amerikanischen Leishmaniose. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 583-91.—Mazza, S., & Bernasconi, V. Ensayos de tratamiento de la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana por el Bayer 205. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 96-9. —---- Ensayos de tratamiento de la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana por el stovarsol s6dico por via intravenosa. Ibid., 112-7.—Mazza, S., & Cornejo, A. Ensayos de atebrina en leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Prensa m6d. argent., 1940, 27: pt 2, 1734-6.— Paterson, G. Sobre m6todos modernos de tratamiento de la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B .Air., 1926, 2: 68-73. ------ Metodos modernos de trata- miento de la leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana. Prensa med. argent., 1926, 13: 177-81.—Pefia Chavarria, A., Saenz Herrera, C, & Cordero, E. El tartaro emetico por via oral en la leishmaniasis cutaneo-mucosa, especialmente fitil en el tratamiento del nino. Rev. med. Costa Rica, 1941-43, 5: 361-8.—Reyes Oribe, H. Leishmaniosis tegumentaria ameri- cana; modificaciones en el tratamiento; asociaci6n Yatren- Fuadina. Prensa m6d. argent, 1938, 25: pt 2, 2465-75. ------ Leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana; modificaciones en el tratamiento; asociaci6n vatren-fuadina, tratamiento Mazza. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1938, 38: 887-9QL—Silva, t. Vantagens e inconvenientes do tratamento da leishmaniose tegumentar pelo eparseno (amino-arsenoph6noi) Brasil med., 1932, 46: 785.— Smith, J. F. Late cutaneous recurrence of South American leishmaniasis after treatment with antimony. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1942, 54: 231-1.— Treatment of cutaneous LEISHMANIASIS, AMERICAN 657 LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS American leishmaniosis with sodium arsenite. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 982.—Vogt-M011er, P. [Case of leishmaniosis americana treated with antimony] Ugeskr. lseger, 1932, 94:469. ---- ulcero-vegetative. Balina, P. L. Un caso de leishmaniosis ulcerovegetante y mutilante, curado con emetico; ictericia transitoria al finalizar el tratamiento. Rev. derm, argent., 1923, 10: 127-32.— Borzone, R. A. Leishmaniosis tegumentaria americana vege- tante con localizaciones viscerales. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 329-33.—Cerqueira Falcao, E. de. O polypo da leishmaniose. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 835-9. Also in his Res hippocr., Santos, 1937, 26-35.—Delamare, G., Gatti, C, & Gonzalez, D. Le pied v6getant du Paraguay (leishmaniose americaine ulcero-vegetante) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 488-94, 2 pl.—Mangabeira Albernaz, P. O polypo da leishmaniose. Brasil med., 1928, 42: 729-37. Also Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 33-48. ---- in animals. Fuller, H. S., & Geiman, Q. M. South American cutaneous leishmaniasis in experimental animals. J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1942, 28: 429-31.—Giraud, P., & Cabassu, H. Sur la presence de parasites dans les lesions cutaneo-muqueuses des chiens atteints de leishmaniose spontanee. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 367-72.—Mazza, S. Existencia de la leishmaniosis cutanea en el perro en la Re- publica Argentina. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 147- £. Also Prensa med. argent, 1926, 13: 139. LEISHMANIASIS, cutaneous. Syn.: Aleppo sore; Baghdad sore; Biskra sore; Dattelkrankheit; Delhi boil; Leishmaniasis asia- tica; Leishmaniasis tropica; Llunari; Oriental sore; Salek. See also Leishmania, Type: L. tropica. Gitelson, 1.1. Die Hautleishmaniose (Orient- beule) 364p. 22^cm. Aschhabad, 1933. Higoumenakis, G. Le bouton d'Orient (leishmaniose cutanee) et son traitement mo- derne. 149p. 8? Par., 1930. Naoum Xazo. A. * Contribution k l'etude historique du bouton de Bagdad. 46p. 8°. Par., 1935. Behdjet, H. Leishmaniose cutanee ou bouton d'Orient. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. miditer. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 313-36. ------ Les leishmanioses cutanees. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 1847-9.—Camacho Alejandre, F. Las leishmaniosis cutaneas; el boten de Oriente. Progr. clin., Madr., 1914, 4:45-55. ------ Boten de Oriente. Ibid., 178, 3 pl.—Canova, F. Foruncolosi tropicale. Gior. ital. chn. trop., 1939, 3: 59-63.—Comby. Clou de Biskra. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1924-25, 4: 1102-5.—Cummins, S. L. Oriental sore. \n Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 5: 1940, 884-91.-—Danel, L. Les leishmanioses; a propos d'un cas de leishmaniose cutanee. J. sc. med. Lille, 1924, 42: pt 2, 101-11.—Dubreuilh, W. Les leishmanioses tegumentaires. J. m6d. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 53-8.—Emanuel, S. Orientbeule. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1941, 22: 476.—Evans, R. B. Cutaneous and subcutaneous leishmaniasis. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1938, 50: 17-22.—Fox, H. Cutaneous leishmaniasis. In Clin. Trop. M. (Bercovitz, Z. T.) N. Y., 1944, 233-6.— Hopkins, J. G. Oriental sore. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 43: 1033.—Hrad, O. Zur Kenntnis der Orientbeule. Med. Klin., Berl., 1942, 38: 178-80. ------ Leishmaniosis cutanea. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1942, 55: 696.—Izgi, F. Hautleishmaniose. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 108: 639; 109: 951.—Landor, H. V. Dermal leishmaniasis. S. Barth. Hosp. J. War Bull., Lond., 1939, 1: 37.—Liebner, E. [Leishmaniosis cutis] Gy6gyaszat, 1938, 78: 744.—Love, R. J. M. Oriental sore. In Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed., Bait., 1942, 2: 883.—Miro Car- bonell. Leishmaniosis cutanea. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 661-3.—Mulzer, P. Zur Klinik, Aetiologie und Therapie der Orientbeule. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 363-7.—Napier, L. E. Leishmaniasis, cutaneous. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 664-76.— Oriental sore. Annual Rep. Pub. Health Comm. India (1936) 1938, 2: 9.—Pessda, S. B., & Pestana, B. R. Leishmaniose tegumentar urbana. Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1940, 5: No. 8, 49- 55.—Rivas, D. de. Oriental sore. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol- Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 855-7.—Smith, R. O. A., & Haider, K. C. Some observations on dermal leishmaniasis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 544-50.—Strong, R. P. Cutaneous leishmaniasis. In Stitt's Diagn. &c. Trop. Dis., 6. ed., Phila., 1942, 1: 292- 320.—Vigne, P. Les leishmanioses cutanees; le bouton d'Orient. Marseille med., 1938, 75: pt 2, 93-103.—Wenyon, C. M. Some critical remarks on Capt. Patton's report on oriental sore. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12. 1: 211-4. -— Cases. Auricchio, L. Un caso di bottone d'Oriente. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 473-82.—Carrillo Casaux, D. Con motivo de dos casos de boten de Oriente. Actas derm sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 388.—Castellaneta, V. Due casi di leishmaniosi cutanea (bottone d Orient) fra militari in Liguria. Gior. med. mil., 1936, 84: 983-91.—Chiale, G. F. Tre casi di leishmaniosi cutanea. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 869. Also Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 79: 409-14, 2 pl.—Cipolla, M. Un caso non comune di bottone d'Oriente. Ibid., 1933, 74: Suppl., 231-3.—Cornel, M. Autochthone Haut-Leishmaniose. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1543.—Coppola, M. A. Osser- vazioni e studio di alcuni casi di leishmaniosi cutanea. Gior. ital. mal. esot, 1938, 11: 185-90— Doucas, C. Cent deux boutons d'Orient sur un meme malade. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1929, 36: 469-75—Galdo Villegas, A. A proposito de un caso de boten de Oriente en primera infancia. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 659-62. Also Siglo med., 1934, 93: 665-70 — Jeanselme & Burnier. Un cas de bouton d'Orient. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 479.—Kaalund-J0rgensen, O. Leishmaniasis? Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1941, 22: 477.— Leigheb, V. Sopra due casi di bottone d'Oriente. Boll. Sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm., 1936, 14: 125.—MacCormac, H. Case of Delhi boil. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1918-19, 12: Sect Derm., 70-3.—Meshchaninov, Z. C. [Cases of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 481-3.—Nicolas, J., & Chanial, G. Un cas de leishmaniose. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 709-11.—Owen, D. TJ. A case of oriental sore. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1927728, 21: 277-80, pl.—Panayotatou, A. Sur un cas de leishmaniose cutanee ou bouton d'Orient de la face. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1928, 20: 114-8 — Parounagian, M. B. Oriental sore involving brother and sister. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 531.—Pellettieri, L. Un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea osservato in un lavoratore reduce dall'A. O. I. Riforma med., 1939, 55: 800-6.—Roberts, F. W. Cutaneous leishmaniasis; report of 2 cases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 401-8.—Scarpa, A. Un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 683-9.—Tarsitano, A. Considerazioni su di un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea in individuo reduce dall'A. O. I. Riv. med. trop., 1940, 4: 59-73.—Trow, E. J. Oriental sore; report of a case. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 35: 455-9.—Vidal Juarez, H. Up nuevo caso de leishmaniosis cutanea, boten de Oriente. Medi- cina, Madr., 1942, 10: 301-7, 2 pl.— Vilanova, X., & Rubio, J. El diagn6stico de la Leishmania tropica en los cortes histol6gicos; causa frecuente y posible de error. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 524. ---- Clinical course. Barretto, M. Das formas mucosas da leishmaniose tegu- mentar americana e seu tratamento. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935, 3: 446-61, 7 pl.—Behdjet, H. Die Behandlung und die seltenen Formen der Orientbeule. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 94: 138-42. ■---—■ Deux points importants et negliges dans le tableau clinique des boutons de Wright. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1934, 41: 97-105.-7-Cabre Claramunt & Solduga Castells. Dos formas clinicas atipicas de boten de Oriente. Actas derm. sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 314-7.—Chevalier, G. Notes cliniques sur le bouton d'Alep. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1930, 22: 221-8.—Dostrovsky, A. Relapses in cutaneous leishmaniasis. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 610-7. Also Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1936, 30: 267-74, pl.—Gitelson, I. I. [Atypical forms of dermal leish- maniasis] Sovet. vest, vener., 1932, 34.—Goodall, J. Clinical study of 63 cases of oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72: 3-9, 2 pl.—Gougerot, H., & Delort. Leishmaniose cutanee lupiforme de la face. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 59.— Higoumenakis, G. Nouveau cas de bouton d'Orient a forme clinique atypique. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1934, 7. ser., 5: 568-75.—Kozhevnikov. P. V. [Combination of two types of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Med. parazit, Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 6, 75-80.—Machkilleisson, L., Neradov, L., & Rapoport. Etude clinique et histologique de la leishmaniose cutanee boutonneuse (leishmaniose lupoide) Sovet. vest, vener., 1934, 3: 1058-63. Also Ann. derm., Par., 1935, 7. ser., 6: 229-41.— Mantarro, G. Caratteristiche cliniche ed istologiche di alcuni casi di bottone d'Oriente. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 529. Also Dermosifilografo, 1936, 11: 154.—Marchionini, A. Zur Klinik, Pathogenese und Therapie einiger atypischer Formen der Hautleishmaniose. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 109: 1005-17 — Markianos, J. Un cas de bouton d'Orient datant de 5 ans. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 678.—Merklen, P., & Israel, L. Un cas de kala-azar chinois; leishmanioses cutanees de formes variees. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser:, 51: 352-8.—Muir, E., & Chatterjee, S. N. A rare type of dermal leishmaniasis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 211.-^Owen, D. U. A case of oriental sore of 17 years'duration. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp., 1928-29, 22: 43-6, pl.—Pessoa, S.' B., & Pestana, B. R. Lesoes iniciais na leishmaniose tegumentar americana. Acta med., Rio, 1939, 4: 267-71.—Rabello, E. Formes cliniques de la leishmaniose tegumentaire. P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr. (1923) 1925, 2. Congr., 561-83, 6 pl — Sezary, A., Teyssier, L., & Verne, J. P. Bouton d'Orient; forme torpide non ulcereuse. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939,. 46: 1337. Complication. Behcet, H. Blepharo-Konjunktivitis und Orientbeule.. Derm Wschr., 1937, 105: 1618.—Jeanselme, Huet, L., & Horowitz. Un cas de bouton d'Orient, accompagne de lymphan- gite sciereuse reticule de I 'avantbras. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 221-5.—Napier, L. E., Kirwan, E. O'G., & Sen, G. 463569—vol. 9, 4th series- -42 LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS 658 LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS Eye complications <>f dei mal leishmaniasis. Ind. M. Cnz., 1941, ^6: 542, 2 pl.— Nov'ucr-Y ore S. leishmaniose cutanee et lupus tuberculeux evoluant, simultnnenient chez un n erre malade. Deliler. Congr. deim. internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 617-22. ---- Diagnosis. Ebert, M. H. A case for diagnosis. Arch. Derm. Svph.. Chic'., 1942, 46: 606-8 — Ma roues da Ciinha. A. Diagnostic de la leiclimanio.se tegumentaiie par deviation du complement et intiadeimo-reaction. C. rend. Soc. lrio!.. 1931. 108: 1076- S.—Mills. E. A.. Machattie. C. & Chndwtck. C. R. The Rieekenl erg reactn n as an nid to diagnosis in chronic and aberrant npes of oriental soie. Tr. Ii. .-oc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 25: 205-8.— IV onacelli M. Di alcuni critcri clinici e hiolorici per 'a dim-nosi di leishmaniosi cutanea. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: Suppl., 73-5. ------ Atipie cliniche e diagnosi Hologica della leishmaniosi cutanea. Riforma med., 1936, 52: 707-17. ---- Epidemiology, and geography. Basmadjian, E. *Contribution a l'6tudo do la leishmaniose cutanee; le bouton d'Orient on Iraq. 108p. 8? Par.. 1930. Clarin, J. *I.a leishmaniose cutanee dc la Guyane. 62p. 8? Par., 1926. Monacelli, M. La leislirtmiosi cutanea in Italia. 158p. 8? Rrrra, 1924. Abimelech, R. L'n cas autochtone de leishmaniose cutanee a Constantinople. Ann. derm, syph., Far., 1928, 6. ser., 9: 168-74.—Agronick, M. A. Beitrii<-e zur Epidemiolorie und Kasuistik der Orientbeule. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 261-73.— Andrews, J. M. Report of a case of oriental sore in the United States. Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 221-4.—A ra pones, F. El boton de Oriente en el Priorato v campo de Tarragona. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser.. 8: 487 9.-Arias Arrnda C. Un caso autectono de leishmaniosis cutanea en la ciudad de Salta. Sem. med. B. Air., l'.<27. 34: pt 1, !i 1 ti. Perfrand, M. Ln nouveau cas de leislmianinse cutanee dans le Tell. Arch. Inst. Tasteur Algerie, 1! 20. 4: 30. pl.- lid: lit R. Lrn foyer <'e bouton d'Orient dans les oasis du Souf (Sahara eonstantinois; Ibid., 1923, 1: 164-8, 2 pl—Elanc. G., it Orr.iropc tros. J. Nouvelle enquSte sur la rgpurtith n du 1 out on d'Orient en Grdce, un fover continental en I aconie-Peloponese. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Far., 1927. 41: 1002-21. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur helien., 1! 28, 2: 14-35.----■— Sur quelques cas de touton d'Orient ol selves a Athencs. Ibid., 36-48.—Loissetu. A. Sur un cas de 1 outon d'( 'rient contiar-te dans la region de Laghouat. Arch. Inst. I asteur Algerie. 1!>20. 4: 31-4, pl.—Burhan I ma & Ihsan [Oriental boils originated in Istanbul] A si eri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1935. 64: 32. —Caraan, T. The oriental toil; an epidemiolorieal study in bale-tine. Tr. R. Pec. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 89-94. Also Eerm. Wschr., 1"930, 91: 1779-81.—Casazza, R. Venti casi di leishmaniosi cutanea osservato in Sardegna. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 362.—C6ard. L. Sur un nouveau foyer de bouton d'Orient constate dans le Sahara oianais. Arch. Inst. I asteur Algerie, 1928, 6: 465-7.—Clastrier J. Sur un cas de 1 outon d'Orient observe dans l'Aures. Ibid., 1926, 14: 135.—Cole. A. C. E. Cutaneous leishmaniasis in East Africa. East Afr. M. J., 1942- 43, 19: 199.—Color ieu L. Sur un cas de 1 outons d'Orient multiples contractus dans l'Atlas Maiotain. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1931, 9: 13, pl. ------ Au sujet du bouton d'Orient en Alrerie. Ibid., 1941, 19: 358.—Da\er M. B., & Ahmed, S. S. The occurrence of oriental sore in the Hyderabad State. Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78: 296—Dogl.o, V. £u un nuovo caso di leishmaniosi cutanea in provincia di Cagliari. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 384-6, pl.—DoUrowsky, A. A study of cutaneous leishmaniasis in Palestine. Ann. Trop. M. larasit., Iiveip., 1S26-27, 20: 385-402, 3 pl—Ework, K. G. Cutaneous leishmaniasis, oriental sore, in the United States and Canada; a suivey of the literature and report of four cases. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 45: 676-84.—Esnault P.. & Loubet, R. Sur un nouveau cas de bouton d'orient observe dans le Sud oranais. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1938, 16: 210- 2, pl.—Falcl.i, G. Leishmaniosi cutanea (uno caso autoctono in Siena) Boll. Sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm., 1930, 14: 152, pl.— Flarer, F. Brevi considerazioni sulla leismanicsi cutanea a Mtssina. D. rmos filografo, 1^31, 6: 609-20.— Fn.ili.nj de Mello & Li.ni.iirr, V. Prenier cas autochtone de boutcn d Orient a Gca. Arq. indoportug. med., 1926, 3: 295, pl.— Gelber, A. Oriental sore possibly contracted in the U. S.; report of a ca-e Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 4b: 739.— Gueidon, £'., .i Hyg., Und., 193i-3S, 31: 191-8. pl.—Hufnarel, I.. I n cas de boutcn d Orient apparu apres un sejour de 30 ans en France metropolitaine. Bull. Sec. fr. derm, syph., 1933 10: i751 3.— .'ennftln v, h. Ln cas de bout n d Oriente n trade \ Marseille. Bull. Acsd. med., 1 ar.. 1926, 3. ser., 9b: 7,6 H. .Ichl, F. P., 4 biissj, G. Nite sur l'existence du boutcn d Orient dans la ifcnn de 1 Oued Pirh (sud C< n-tant.inris) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1931, 5>:S7-!.- Jcyeux, (. Accidinl- rutan's dans les leishmanie ses; leur sk-nil eatic n epide'n rilc-i iue. Hev. prat. tral. pavs chauds, 1938. 18: 253-64. Hi il B \v. M. Perrral leishn aniasis; a studv of an enderric focus in Igvpt. Arch. Schiffs T ropc-nhyg., 1934. 3b: 417-33.- Knaii. F. Le boutcn d Orient a Pair-as. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Pur., 1930, 22: 229- 32. — I omban'o, C. Caso di hnii ne di Oriente aut( cteiu) in Tosoanu. A 11 i Soc. ital. derm. -if.. I!i3\ I: (ill. l.oren.ini, (;. La leishmaniosi cutanea nell'Ali ica Oiirntale Italinna. C,ior. ned. mil., 1940, h»: 269 76.- I.niupt. F. J. I cnx nouveaux cus de boutc n d Orient dans la regi' n du Souf (sud ('onstantineis) Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1929, 7: 79-81, 2 pl.-----Le Souf, pa-, s de leishn aniose cutanee. Ibid., 1930, 8: S5-9, pl.— M: nca Fr.sU.riro. V. I Iteriori osservazioni sulla leishmaniosi cutanea in Saidegna. Dermosif lografo, 1934, 9: 361-74.— M. ver, M., (): 1(15 70. - V ortofer, P., & Nerro, F. Dos casos de bot/n de Oriente en la regie'n Valenciana. Siglo med., 1934, 93: 378-83.—MontforU R. Pur un nouveau cas de bouton d'Orient observe a Benr Ounif (Sud Oranaisl Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1933, II: 24.—Nai ier, I . I-., A- fn ill, R. O. A. Lei mal leishmaniasis in Assam. Ind. .1. A'. Pes., 1934. 21: 557-61.—Negro Vji.sii.ue7, E. Algunos datos mrs sobre la leishiraniosis cutrnea en el I.evantc de Espana. Med. ibeia, 1935, 29: pt 2, 675.—Ottolenphi, K. Vente imo quinto e2r.° casodi leishtuai iesi cutaneaosservatain Sardegna. Atti Soc ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1017.—Pannjota- toi', A. Leishmaniose cutanee ou bouton d Orient (Salek) a A!e>.andrie d Egypte. Pev. med. hyg. trop.. Par., 1930, 22: 211-20.—Pi r^< i?c, F. La leishmaniosi cutanea del bambino a Catania; tentativi d intradermoreazione a sopo diagnostico. Pediat. rred. prat., Tor., 1934, 9: 474-90.—P. scr.l, .1. M. Sur I existence du bouton d Orient a Ouargla. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie. 1931, 9: 15.------& Bachy, J. Sur le\i-tence du boutcn d Orient au Mzab. Ibid., 1932, 10: 413-5, 2 pl.- Peli, G., & benigretti, D. Leishmaniosi cutanea autoctona nella provincia di Pesaro-TTrbino. Cior. ital. mal. esot., 1934, 7: 116-28.------EifTusir.ne della leishmaniosi cutanea autoctona nella provincia di Pesaro-Urbino. Cazz. osp., 1935, 56: 1099-101.—Periipnano, G. Nuovo caso di leishnaniosi cutanea in provincia di Cagliari. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, ): 1056-9.—PU|Uemnl, M. Le bouton d Orient aux Ouled Djellal. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1923, 1: 160-3.—Pogf i, I. II bottone d Oriente (Ghesoa) nell'Agame (Tigrai orientale) Arch. ital. sc. rred. col, 1937, 18: 131-7.------& Monti, G. EstesJ frcolaio enderrico di leishmaniosi cutanea in Provincia di Fori!. Ann. igiene, 1939, 49: 375-9.—Pons-Leychard. C hrrnique du bouton d Orient en Algerie; un cas dans l'Oranic du Nord. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 573. ----- I n 13e cas de bouton d'Orient dans le Tell oranais (le 32e en Algerie, hors des regions sahariennes) Ibid., 1928, 6: 23, pl.— Rrrres, C Sur l'existence du bouton d'Orient k Beni Abbea, Sahara oranais. Ibid.,1939, 17:4^2, pl.- Hiou, M., & Advier,, M. Leishmaniose cutanee contraetee au Senegal. Bull. Soc. path. e>ot, Par., 1933, 2C: 254 <;.- Hivellcni, G. Sopra un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea autoctona in provincia di Cagliari. Pass. rred. sarda, 1937, 39: 320-30. Sybbapb, A. K. Deux cas de bouton d'Alep observes d Damns. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1929, 22: 774-6— Sarnelli, T. Sul primo caso di leish- maniosi cutanea (bottone d Oriente) autectono dell'Italia centrale. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1934, 15: 698-705.—Sen, S. Chuharia ulcer in Mayurbhanj and other neighboring parts of Orissa. Ind. M. Caz.. 1918, 53: 437.—Sergent, E. Chronique du bouton d Orient en Algerie; un nouveau cas sur le littoral. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Alg6rie, 19^3. 1: 159.------Gueidon, E., & Page-, A. Chronique du bouton d'Orient en Alg6rie (24e, 25* et 26e cas en dehors de la region saharienne) Ibid., 1926, 4: 26-9.—Serpent, F., Serger.t, P. (et al.| Observations stalis- tiques sur le bouton d'Orient en Algerie. Ibid., 20-5, pl.— Sergent, E., & Triollet, R. Chn nicjie du bouton d Orient en Algerie; septierre cas constate hors des regions sahariennes. Ibid., 1923, 1: 612.—Shag. lov. 1. N. [Cutaneous leishmaniasis in Ashkhabad] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 6, 83- 7.—.~hiil,, M. H. Report on the epideu ic of oriental sore in Delhi. Ind. M. Gaz., 1941, 76: 4-19-57, 2 pl.—Silveiberg, M. C., 71: 519.—Ziemann, H., & Waegner, A. Ueber einen bemerkenswerten lall von Haut-Leishmaniosis aus Ostafrika. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930. 34: 345-51. ---- Etiology. See also Leishmania. Type: L. tropica. Blanc G., & Caminopetros, .1. Enquete sur le bouton d'Orient'en Crete; reflexions quelle suggere sur 1 etiologie et le mode de dispersion de cette maladie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur hell6n 1923-26, 1: 87-103.—Latyshev, N. T., & hriukova, A. p [Present views on cutaneous leishmaniasis; pluralism of the virus of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Med. parazit, Moskva, 1942, 11:74-8. ---- experimental. Caminopetros, J. Reproduction de la leishmaniose cutanee humaine chez le spermatophile Citillus citillus. C. rend. Soc. biol 1936, 122: 45-7.—Das Gupta, B. M. The experimental transmission of oriental sore (causing generalized infection) in laKory animals. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop M 1927 7. Congr., 3: 34.—Goldberg, L. Experimentelles fiber die Jericho- beule- Uebertragung auf Macacus rhesus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1916 Orig 78: 15-7.—Infection of sandflies from dermal cases. J Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935, 38: Suppl., 25.—Parja, G. The production of oriental sore in man by flagellate culture of Leishmania tropica. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 250.—Parrot, L & Donatien, A. Leishmaniose cutanee primitive experimentale de la souris blanche. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 448.— Senekji, H. A., & Beattie, C. P. Artificial infection and im- munization of man with cultures of Leishn ania tropica. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 415-9. ---- Immunology and serology. Rerherian D. A. Vaccination and immunity against oriental sore. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 33: 87-94, pl —Ciaccio, I. Contributo alia sierodiagnosi della leishmaniosi cutanea. Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. prat., 862-74.—Man i- nowsky E. 1. L immunite dans le boutcn d Orient. Bull. Soc path, exot, Par., 1928, 21: 638-41.—Monacelli, M. Ricerche su la protidemia, 1 equilibrio proteico e la sierccoagulazione al calore nella leishmaniosi cutanea. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 1079-91. ---- Incubation. Flarer F. II tempo di incubazione del bottone d'Oriente. Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 2, 85.—Gougerot, H., & Burnier, R. Bouton de Biskra d'une incubation prolongee cie plus de 11 mois. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: S03. Also Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1939, 15: 225—Mesnard, J. Un cas de leishmaniose cutanee (bouton d'Orient) incubation particulierement longue; auto-observation. Bull, hoc path. exot, Par., 1928, 21: 761-3.—Napier, L. E., & Haider, K. C. The incubation period of oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 71:723. Otorhinological aspect. Cavazzani, F. Su di un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea, bottone d'Oriente, del padiglione auricolare. Ann. laring., lor., 1939, 39:1-13.—Mantarro, G. Caratteristiche cliniche ed istologiche di alcuni casi di bottone d'Oriente. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: No. 3, Suppl., 218—Pagano, A. Su di un caso di leish- maniosi cutanea nasale. Otorinolar. ital., 1935, 5: 49-ot>. Vilanova, X. Leishmaniosis de ambos looulos de las orejas, a tipo lupoide clinico e histol6gico con numerosas formaciones pseudocomedonianas en superncie. Actas derm, sib, iVxaar., 1941-42, 33: 621-5. ---- palpebral. Busacca, A., & Maia, J. Oedeme chronique des paupi|res du a la leishmania. Fol. ophth. orient, 1932-33, 1: ^'^f D'Amico, D. II bottone d Oriente palpebrale. Ann. ottalm., 1931, 59: 347-59— Feigenbaum. Zwei F a le von Leishmaiuosis der Lidhaut. Ber. Versamml. Deut. ophth Ges., 1927, 4b. 395-8.—Rattan, M. A. El. Leishmaniasis of the eyelids and conjunctiva in Egypt. Bull. Ophth. Soc Egypt (1935) 1936 28: 12-5.—Miterstein, B. Leishmaniosis of the hd. foi. ophth. orient., 1932-33, 1: 383-91.-Shalorn E. Effects of scars of Baghdad boils of the lids. J. Egypt. M Ass., 1938, 21 678-SO.— lita, C. Su un caso di bottone d Oriente unico palpebrale; inoculazione di tessuto leishmanioso nell occnio oil cane. Arch, ottalm., 1938, 45: 86-100. ---- Pathology. Francois, J. *Anatomie pathologique du bouton d'Orient; le bouton d'Orient est-il une histiocytose? 182p. 24'/2cm. Alger, 1934. Adler, S. A note on the histopathology of a case of experi- mental cutaneous leishmaniasis Ann Trop. M. ^rasit, Liverp., 1926-27, 20: 407-10, pl—Amalfitano, G. La leisn. maniosi cutanea e gli inerenti problemi non ancora risolti. Riforma med., 1935, 51: 1351-8.—Arganaraz. C. A. Ulceras Ieishmani6ticas multiples de las piernas. Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 339.—Behdjet, H. A pi opus des boutons de Wright Deliber. Conor, derm, int-rnat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 598-605.—Cortella, E.. & Torchi, M. Bottone d'Oriente a carattere lupoide. Arch. ital. derm., 1939, 15: 511-9.—Das Gupta, B. M. A note upon experimental trans- mission of oriental sore, causing generalise 1 inf ction to labora- tory animals. Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr., 82.—De Blasio, R. Sulla struttura del bottone d'Oriente. Rass. internaz. c'in. ter., 1936, 17: 300-7.— De Muro, P., & San tori. G. Studio della monocitosi nella leishmaniosi cutanea. Athena, Roma, 1940, 9: 205-7.— Dupont, A. Leishmaniose cutanee a structure histologique du sarcoide de Boeck. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 1291-6.—Falchi G. Considerazioni c'.iniche e istopatologiche sulle leishmaniosi cutanee. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932, 73: 1485-525, 5 pl.—Gasperini, C. Allergia nel bottone d'Oriente. Ann. igiene, 1930, 40: 432-7.—Gougerot, H., Carteaud, A., & Lortat-Jacob. Leishmaniose cutanee, papulo-squameuse, lupoide, non ulcereuse. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 874.—Gougerot, H., Vernier P.. & Lortit-Jacob, E. Leish- maniose nodulaire gommeuse du bras. Ibid., 1935, 42: 1588. Joyeux, C. Travaux recents sur les leishmanioses cutanees. Rev. prat mal. pays chauds, 1928, 8: 608-19.—Knipfer, A. Un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea con rarissime lesioni ossee rilevato ai raggi X. Radiol, med., Milano, 1928, 15: 341-6.— Lane, C. G. Scar or oriental sore. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 41: 413.—Leicheb, V. Rilievi istologici sul bottone d'Oriente, con particulare riferimento alle alterazioni dell'epi- dermide ed annessi. Dermosifilografo, 1937, 12: 381-97.— MacLeod, J. M. H. The lupoid variety of cutaneous leish- maniasis. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37: 358.—Manson- Bahr. P. Oriental sore (dermal leishmaniasis) a new method of treatment with a note on its lymphatic dissemination. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 278-82.—Marmo. A. Con- tributo alia leishmaniosi esterna. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 215-23.—Mazza, S. & Luna, J. D. Sobre una forma forunculosa no comtin de leishmaniosis cutanea en dos nifios. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 595-7.—- Mercadal Peyri. J. Contribution al estudio histolOgico del boton de Oriente; leishmanias y epidermis; nidos parasitanos. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 920-3. -—— & Du- lanto, F. I as formas epiteliomatoides de la leishmaniosis cutanea. Ibid., 616-20—Monacelli, M. Sull'istopatologia della leishmaniosi cutanea. Arch. ital. derm., 1934, 10: 345;- 404. Also Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1934, bO: 73-6.—Motta, C. Histo-pathologia da leishmaniose tegumentar cutanea. Ann. Fac med. S. Paulo, 1928, 3: 101-15, 8 pl—Ottoni de Rezende, M lesoes mucosas proluzidas pela Leishmania tropica, var. americana; sumula da questao da leishmaniose americana sob c ponto de vista da contribuicao brasilena para seu estudo e tratamento e com especial referenda a leishmaniose das mucosas. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1935, 3: 425-38.—Pergola, A. Su di un caso di bottone d'Oriente della regione prelacrimale. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1939, 8: 33-46.—Sangham Lai & Dogra, J R Spread of cutaneous leishmaniasis along lymphatics. Ind M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 628.—Tampo.d, M. Contributo casis- tico alia questione dei rapporti fra leishmaniosi canina_ e leishmaniosi cutanea umana. Gior. ital. derm, sit., 193o, /b: No 3 Suppl., 324-8.—Trifild, N. Su di una rara localizzazione della 'leishmania tropica. Rass. san. AOL, Addis Abeba, 1939 1- No 3 31-4—Truffi, M. Sulla leishmaniosi cutanea. Gior.' ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 847-9,-Vigne, P. & Dusan J Double bouton d'Orient du visage. Marseille med., 1937, 74. pt 2, 202-4. Prevention. Di Lotti V K An experiment for immunization against cutaneous leishmaniasis. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp 1932, 26: 545-50.—Hitel?on. I. I.. & Daal-Berg. I. I. [Pre- vention of leishmaniasis of the skin] Sovet. vrach gaz. 1933, 37- 425-9.—Jessner. M. Lntersuchungen uber die Wirkung von Leishmaniavaccine bei experimenteller Hautleishmaniose. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1927, 153: 237-47. —— Wie sind die Aussichten einer Immunisierung gegen Hautleish- maniose und einer Therapie der Erkrankung nut Leishmania- vakzine? Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, ^ • 72-L —— Ueber Leishmania-Vacc.ne bei experimenteller Hautleish- maniose (Orientbeule) Med. Khn., Berl 1927, 23. 228. Katznellenbcen, J. Vaccination against Jericho boil Hare- fuah Te? Avfv, 912, 22: 136. Also Ann. Trop. M. Parasit, Liverp!, 1942-43, 36: 28-31.-Lavrov, A. £, & Dubovskoj, P A Ueber Schutzimpfungen gegen Hautleishmaniose. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg 1937 41h.374-9. Also Med parazit Moskva 1938 7: 228-33.—Moshkovsky, S. D. llhe law oi re-inoculation'in cutaneous leishmaniasis motion to the methods of pieventive inoculations] Ibid., 1942, XX. No. b, 6^75 -Parrot, L. Sur la vaccination contre le bouton d Orient C rend. Sc. biol., 1929, 100: 411.-So*o!ova AN., & Dubov- skv P A. [Prophylactic innovations of cutaneous leish- maniasis with live virus] Vest, vener., 1938 No. 5 72-8.- VaccfnaUo^ against Jericho boil, Aleppo boil [Palestine] J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121:614. ---- Transmission. Adler S . & Ber, M. The transmission of Leishmania tropica by the bite of Phlebotomus papatasi. Ind. J. M. Res., 1941, LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS 660 LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS 29: 803-9, pl.—Adler, S., & Theodor, <). Further observations on the transmission of cutaneous leishmaniasis to man from Phlebotomus papatasi. Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27, 20: 175-90, 5 pl. Berbertan, D. A. Successful transmission of cutaneous leishmaniasis by the bites of Sto- moxys calcitrans. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., X. Y., 1938, 38: 254-6.—Bouton d'Orient et Phlebotomus papata-ii. In Notice Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 1: 144 52. Corradetti, A. Ri- cerche sui flebotomi della zona endemica di leishmaniosi cutanea in Abruzzo. Ann. igiene, 1930, 46: 13-7.—[Cutaneous leishmaniasis] In Otchet nauch. dei at. (Ysesoiuz. inst. eksp. med.) Moskva, 1940, 108-10.—Levinson, L. B. (On the virus reservoir in cutaneous leishmaniasis] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 6, 80-3.—Parrot, L. Sur la contagion directe de bouton d'Orient. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 467.— Sergent, E., Parrot, L. [et al.] Transmission experimentale du bouton d'Orient (clou de Biskra) a l'homme par Phle- botomus papatasi (Scopoli) Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40: 411-30.—Sinton, J. A. The successful transmission of cutaneous leishmaniasis by inoculation to man from a natural lesion occurring on a dog in India. Ind. J. M. Res., 1937-38, 25: 787-9.-----Shortt, H. E., & Swaminath, The probable vector of oriental sore in the Punjab. Ibid., 1935-36, 23: 271-8. ---- Treatment. Agnello, F. Sopra due casi di bottone d'Oriente unico della regione prelacrimale e della guancia curati con diatermia chirurgica. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1937, 6: 303-25.—Amanajas Filho. Leishmaniose cutanee. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1922, 22: 138.—Anzilotti, A. Un caso di leishmaniosi cutanea trattato con raggi X. Radiol, med., Milano, 1939, 26: 264.—Avery, H. Treatment of oriental sore; a review of recent literature. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1942, 45: 121-4.—Behdjet, H. Die Behandlung der Orientbeule mit Diathermie. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 619-21.— Bertaccini, G. Bottone d'Oriente in via di guarigione; guarigione con radium-terapia. Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 313, pl.—Borodin, V. J. [Treatment of Pendje ulcer] Viaoh. gaz., 1927. 31: 46-8.—Canova, F. Trat- tamento della leishninnioi-i cutanea. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 105-8.—Cola. G. La rontgenterapia della leish- maniosi cutanea. Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1928, 8: pt 2, 241- 3.—Deviri, A. P. [Roenlgcntliernpy in dermal leishmaniasis] Sovet. vest, vener., 1932, 1: 36.—Dostrovsky, A. Zur Be- handlung der Leishmaniosis cutanea. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., 1932, 4: 1177-83. Also Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1929, 33: 417-23. ------■ X-ray treatment of dermal leishmaniasis. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 622-5.—Dubovsky, P. A. [Vaccinotherapy of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1942, 11: 69-74.—Flarer, F. Nuovo metodo di cura per la leishmaniose cutanea, bottoni d'Oriente. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1938, 17: 469-73. Also Presse med., 1938, 46: 1388.—Gomez Lopez, M., & Cazorla Romero, J. Contribution al tratamiento del boton de Oriente. Actual, med., Granada, 1941, 17: 337-9. Also Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 390-3.—Gromov, N. I. [Treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 929-32.—Holmes, F. Mass treatment of oriental sores. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 258-60 — Junquet. Leishmaniose cutanee. Bull. Soc med. mil. fr., 1928,22: 51-3.—Karamchandani, P. V. An analysis of 337 Cases of oriental sore treated by various methods. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 558.—Karlin. M. I. Zur Rontgentherapie der Pende-Beule (Orientbeule, Hautleishmaniose) Strahlenthera- pie, 1929, 33: 682-90—Kassirsky, I. A. [Ricinus seeds in treatment of leishmaniasis of the skin] Med. parazit, Moskva, 1935, 4: 67-9.—Kousa. Contribution au traitement du bouton d'Alep. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1935, 18: 564-9.—Laqueur, B. Beitrag zur Therapie der Leishmaniosis cutanea. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 489.— Lindenberg, A. Cura- bilidade e tratamento da leishmaniose ulcerosa e da blastomi- cose. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 685-8.— Lohe, H. Bei- trag zur Therapie der Hautleishmaniose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934. 30: 158-60.—Lopez Rodriguez, C. Sobre el tratamiento del bot6n de Oriente. Actual, med., Granada, 1941, 17: 431-6.—Marchionini, A. Die Behandlung der Orientbeule, Hautleishmaniose. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 1220-3.— Montesi, A. La roentgenterapia nella leishmaniosi cutanea. Arch, radiol., Nap., 1935, 11: pt 1, 185-205— Oriental sore. Prescriber, Edinb., 1935, 29: 321.—Papantonakis, E. Ueber eine einfache, schnelle und erfolgreiche Behandlung der Orient- beule. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 446-8.—Que- mener, R. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du bouton d'Alep, ou bouton d'un an, clou de Biskra de Cafsa du Nil, du Caire ou Tropical Sore par le perchlorure de fer. ReV. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1936, 28: 313-21.—Ray, J. C. Advance report on recent work on treatment of oriental sore. Conf. M. Res. Workers Calcutta, 1934, 240-3.—Ronconi, L. La rontgenterapia nella leishmaniosi cutanea. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat, 1480-2.—Sen Gupta, J. M. Caehar sore and its treatment. Ind. M. Gaz., 1921, 56: 13-5. Shulgin, K. [Treatment of Pendjdeh sore (furunculus orientalis)] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1275-7.—Sorinson, N. S. [Treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Vrach. delo, 1931, 14: 1317-24.— Timpano, P. II primo caso ch leishmaniosi esterna curata col radio. Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. prat, 260-2. ------ A proposito della terapia del bottone d'Oiionte. Ibid., 1940, 47: sez. prat., 1185.—Yeinberu-Niklas, J. J. [Operative treatment in dermal lei.-liniarnasi.-~] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 1029.------ [Course and treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1931, 8: 56 61.- Vigne, P., A- Fournier, A. Le traitement du bouton d'Orient. Hev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1928, 8: 412-9. Vilanova, X. Utilidad de los trata- mientos de orden general en determinadas formas de leish- maniosis cutanea ineditirraiiea. Aetas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 520. -Warma, J. D. Further observations on the treatment of oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 616-20. ---- Treatment: Antimony. Moacyr de Alcantara Madeira, J. *() antimonio no tratamento especilico da lei.sh- maniose tegumentar. 92p. 8? S. Paulo, 1927. Ayuiur Pupo, J. de. Tratamento da leishmaniose da mucosa pelo eparseno (amino-ars6no-ph6nol, de Pomaret) Uracil met!., 1920, 10: pt 1, 201-4. Also Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1926, 21: 80 4. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 207-11.— Iionnevie, P. Sulfanilamidbehandlung einer Orientbeule. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1941, 22: 486.—Chatterjec, R. Notes on the treatment of oriental sore with berberine acid sulphate. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 72.—Das Gupta. B. M. The treatment of oriental sore with berberine acid sulphate. Ibid., 1930, 65: 683-5. ------& Dikshit, B. B. Berberine in the treatment of oriental sore. Ibid., 1929, 64: 07-70. Efendiev, M. E., it Sadykhov, A. [Biochinol and naphthalene in treatment of dermal leish- maniasis] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 792.—Escher & Chantriot. Action de l'arsemetine sur le bouton d'Orient. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1929, 36: 1066-71.—Flarer, F. I lteriore contributo alia cura del bottone d'Oriente con atebrin. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif.. 1938, 1: 1188.—Flye Saint Marie, P. Un nouveau cas de bouton d Orient, observe dans le Nord Morocain; traitement par 1 antimoniothioimdate de lithium (anthiomaline)eninjectionsloeales. Hull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 881-5.—Grupper, C. llouton d'Orient et sulfamide. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 743-5.—Hay ward, E. W. Notes on berberine sulphate in oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 265.—Karamchandani, P. V. Oriental sore treated by berberine sulphate; an analysis of 50 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 78.— Krasniansky, M. V. [Treatment of dermal leishmaniasis with gold] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 779-84. •—----& Lavrov, A. P. Versuch einer Behandlung der Hautleishmaniose mit Gold. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 518-20.—Krichevsky, A. M., & Kessel, I. A. [Treat- ment of cutaneinis leishmaniasis by intrafocal injections of acrichine] Vrach. delo, 1939, 21: 741-6.—Lakshmi Devi, A. Uerbeiine sulphate in Oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 139.—Laqueur, li. Leber ( homo therapie der Leishmaniosis cutanea. Arch. SchilTs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 489; 1933, 37: 194.—Lavillat, F., & Cattoir, E. Un cas de bouton d'Orient dans le Tell constantinois, traitement par le neostibosane. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1932, 10: 410-2.—Lindenberg, A. Novos tratamentos antiinoniaes da leishmaniose cutanea. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1926, 17: 59.- Mercadal Peyrf, J. Bot6n de Oriente de 8 afios de evolution; tratamiento y curaci6n por la atebrina en in\cecion interstitial. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 800 -3.— Porte. La medication stibiee dans le traitement du clou de Biskra. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1938, 36: 731.—Piitzer, B. Berberine and its derivatives in the treatment of oriental sore. In Med. in Chem. Aspects (Lever- kusen) 1934,2:274-80.—Selmanowitsch, A. S. Ueber Nebener- -cheinungen einer Stibium-kalium-tartaricum-Salbe bei der Hehandlung der Hautleishmaniose. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 103: 1030-8.—isincke, G. E. Zwei erfolgreich mil dem kombinierten Arsen-Antimonpriiparat Sdt 386 B behandelte Fiille von Haut- leishmaniose. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 63-8.— SorinEon, N. S. Beitrag zur Frage der Leishmaniasis cutanea; Versuch der Behandlung mit Goldpraparaten. Ibid., 1932, 36: 53-71.—Talaat, A. Die Behandlung der Orientbeule mil 661 und 471. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 262-4.—Varma, R. L. Berberine sulphate in oriental sore. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 84.—Vilanova, X. Las formas degenerativas de la Leishmania tropica en el eurso de los tratamientos antimoniales. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 521-4. —---- Nota previa sobre el tratamiento intralesional del bot6n de Oriente con un nuevo preparado de antimonio a alta concentration. Ibid., 741-5. ---- Treatment, local. Chapon, F. U. *Sur un nouveau traitement du bouton d'Orient par l'application locale d'ex- traits v6getaux. 52p. 8? Par., 1929. Bespalov, V. N. [Local treatment of leishmaniasis with pasta plantagina] Sovet. vest, vener., 1934, 3: 1113. -Bobrov, M. V. [Treatment of leishmaniasis of the skin with blood-soake I bandages] Vrach. delo, 1940, 22: 785-8. Also Med. paia/.it., Moskva, 1942, 11: No. 3, 90-2.—Castellani, A. Treatment of oriental sore (leishmaniasis cutanea) with fuchsin paint. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 42: 33 —Di Leonardo, B. La cura del bottone d'Oriente con iniezioni locali di cloridrato di emetina. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932, 73: Suppl., 263.—Ferra- bouc, L., & Henrion, J. Traitement du bouton d Orient par les pansements a l'antimouiothiomulate de lithium. J. med. Lyon, 1941, 22: 340. Hossein-banLsadre, S. Traitement local du bouton d'Onent par le 914 en solution concentree. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 314.—Kazakov, V. I. [Treatment of dermal leishmaniosis with brilliant green] Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 1693. ------ [Can cosmetic LEISHMANIASIS, CUTANEOUS 661 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL prophylaxis be applied in dermal leishmaniosis] Vest, vener., 1938, No. 2, 37-9.—Mechin, R., & Guigon, G. Un nouveau cas de bouton d'Orient du Tell constantinois; traitement par la quinacrine locale. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1941, 19: 219, pl.—Noguer-More, S. Nuevo tratamiento del bot6n de Oriente por la atebrina en inyecciones loco dolenti; nota clinica. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 639-44.—Photinos, G. T. Die Behandlung der Orientbeule durch lokale Injektionen mit Emetinum hydrochloricum. Derm. Wschr., 1930, 91: 1219- £3.—Smorodintsev, N. A., & Shagalova, M. N. [Treatment of dermal leishmaniasis with ointment of the seeds of Ricinus communis] Vrach. delo, 1937, 19: 711-4. LEISHMANIASIS, tropical. See Leishmaniasis, American; Leishmaniasis, cutaneous. LEISHMANIASIS, visceral. Syn.: Black fever; Dumdum fever; Kala-azar. See also Leishmania, Type: L. donovani. Bengal. All-Bengal Kala-azar confer- ence. [2. Conf., Calcutta, Nov. 21-24, 1925] Report. 161p. 24^cm. Calc. [1925] Fornari, C. *Sur quelques points particuliers de l'histoire de la leishmaniose splenique. 75p. 8? Par., 1935. Hascher, H. *Le kala-Azar ou leishmaniose viscerale. 93p. 24cm. Strasb. [1939] Bibliogr.: p.79-93. Napier, L. E. Kala-azar; a handbook for students and practitioners. 203p. 8? Lond., 1927. Petrov, V. P. *Kala-azar (Leishmanioz vnutrennikh organov) 265p. 22^cm. Tash- kent, 1938. Bibliogr.: p.225-58. Abramov, G. D. Le probleme du kala-azar chez adulte. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 2201-6.—Aspland, W. H. G. Is ponos kala-azar? Brit. M. J., 1910, 1: 139 — Bercovitz, Z. T. Leishmaniasis (kala-azar) In his Clin. Trop. M., N. Y., 1914, 219-32, incl. pl.—Bose, S. Some interesting facts about kala azar. Rep. All. Bengal Kala Azar Conf., 1925, 2. Conf., 95.—Brinchmann, A. H. [Kala-azar (visceral leish- maniasis)] Nord. med., 1940, 5: 297.-—Cannata, S. Leish- maniosi viscerale. Gior. med. mil., 1934, 82: 305.—Castro- nuovo, G. Leishmaniosi. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1931, 4: 143.— Chatterjee, G. C. Second All Bengal Kala Azar Conference; foreword. Rep. All Bengal Kala Azar Conf., 1925, 2. Conf., 1-3.—Cummins, S. L. Kala Azar. In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 5: 1940, 807-84.—Fornari, C. A propos de kala-azar. Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: 424-7.—Hascher, H. Le kala-azar ou leishmaniose viscerale; etude parasitologique, diagnostic, traitement. Strasbourg med., 1939, 99: 119; 140; 156; 163.—Kala-azar. In Med. Res. in Colonies (Gr. Brit. Colon. M. Res. Com.) 1929, 104-7.—Kala-azar. The major researches at the school, 1920-1933. Annual Rep. Calcutta Sch. Trop. M., 1933, Suppl., 1934, 15-32.—Kala-azar Research Station in Tsingkiangpu. Annual Rep. Centr. Field Health Sta. [China] Nanking, (1935) 1936, 15-7, pl.—Kikuth, W. Epidemiologie, Uebertragung und Therapie der Leishmaniasis interna. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 434 (Abstr.)—Laber- nadie, V. Le kala-azar. Grand, endem. trop., 1937, 9: 129- 49.—Lahiri, K. P. A few remarks on kala-azar. Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23: 421-8.—Leishmaniose viscerale. In Notice Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1934, 1: 153-7.—Mathieson, D. R., & Watson, B. A. Kala-azar. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 308.— Mesnil, F. Sur la trop grande extension du terme kala-azar applique a toutes les leishmanioses viscerales. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 385-7.— Napier, L. E. Kala-azar. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolle- ston, H.) Lond., 1938, 7: 330-65.—Norsa, G. Sul kala-azar. Gazz. osp., 1932, 53: 1377-80.—Oelsnitz, M. d\ Le kala-azar de l'enfant et de l'adulte. Presse med., 1936, 44: 28-30.— Pennati, V. Leishmaniosi viscerale in adulto. Clinica, Bologna, 1936, 2: 1-11.—Rivas, D. de. Kala azar. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 8: 851-5.—Rogers, L. Kala-azar. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) 1939, Surveys, 147. Also in Trop. Med. (Rogers, L., & Megaw, J. W. D.) 4. ed., Lond., 1942, 66-84.—Sarradon, P. Le kala-azar. Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 1309-14.—Scaturro, A. Le leishmaniosi interna (kala-azar) Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 331-4.—Schuffner, W. [Kala-azar] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 4756-64, pl.—Scott, H. H. Leishmaniasis; kala azar. In his Hist. Trop. M., Bait., 1939, 1: 548-69.—Shortt. H. E. Travaux sur le kala-azar dans l'lnde pendant les trois dernieres annees. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 2213.—Smith, R. O. A. Report of the kala-azar research enquiry. Annual Rep. Cal cutta School Trop. M., 1933, 94 (a)-(d)------Kala-azar. Conf. Med. Res. Workers Calcutta, 1934, 31.—Snapper, I. Kala azar. In his Chin. Lessons to West. Med., N. Y., 1941, 105-32.—Williamson, G. A. Is DOnos kaln-nrnr? Rrit \X T 1909, 2: 781; 1911, 1: 229 ---- American. Castro Ferreira, L., Mangabeira Filho, O. [et al.] Notas sobre a transmissao da Leishmaniose visceral americana. Hospital, Rio, 1938, 14: 1077-87.—Chagas, A. W. Criacao de nebotomos e transmissao experimental da leishmaniose "sc™ americana. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1940, 35: 621 66, 5 pl., tab.—Chagas, E. Primeira verificacao em in- ioXr U?nV1Xo o leishmaniose visceral no Brasil. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 221-3. ------ Epidemiology and transmission of American visceral leishmaniasis. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942 8. Congr., 6: 393.------Marques da Cunha, A. [et al.] Leishmaniose visceral americana. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1937, 32:321-89, 2 ch., 2 map, 34 pl, 9 graph.------Leish- maniose visceral americana; relatorio dos trabalhos realisados pela commissao encarregada do estudo da leishmaniose visceral americana em 1937. Ibid., 1938, 33: 89-229, 40 pl., 6 tab., 12 maps.—Chagas, E., & Romana, C. Etude sur la leish- maniose viscerale en Argentine; infection des ganglions lym- phatiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 125: 170.—Fernandez Ithurrat, E. Un caso de leishmaniosis visceral autoctona. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 14.—Gatti, C, Boggino, J., & Prieto, C. Un nouveau foyer de leishmaniose viscerale en Amerique du Sud. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 602-5.—Lara G., C. Investigation de la leishmaniosis visceral e indice espienico de la Repiiblica de Guatemala. Congr. med. centroamer., 1936, 4. Congr., 3-33, map. Also Bol. san. Guatemala, 1936, 7: 3-33.— Magarinos Torres, C. Sobre as alteracoes da pele do cao no kala azar sul-americano. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1941, 36: 37-67, 12 pl. Also Rev. brasil. biol., 1941, 1: 81.—Marques da Cunha, A. Infections ex- perimentales obtenues en partant de la leishmaniose viscerale americaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 428-30. Also Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1938, 33: 581-98, 9 pl. Also Brasil med., 1938, 52: 571. ■----- & Chagas, E. Etudes sur la leishmaniose viscerale du Bresil; verification du parasite par ponction de la rate et du foie; culture et aspect morphologique; considerations d'ordre general. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 709-11.—Mayer, M. Viszerale Leishmaniose in Brasilien. Arch. _ Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 128.—Mazza, S., & Cornejo Arias, J. Premiers cas autochtones de kala-azar infantile en Argentine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 816. Also Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1926, 2: 140-4. ------ Primeros casos autoctonos de kala-azar infantil, comprobados en el norte de la Repiiblica Argentina. Cron. mid. mex., 1926, 25: 402-4. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1926, 2: 96-101 — Migone, L. E. Un caso de kala azar en Asunci6n. An. Inst. nac. parasit., Asuncion, 1928, 1: No. 1, 269-71.-—Monteiro de Barros, O., & Rosenfeld, G. Leishmaniose visceral americana; um caso da Bolivia. Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1942, 11: 91-9.— Penna, H. A. Leishmaniose visceral no Brasil. Brasil med., 1934, 48: 949-53.—Potenza, L., & Andeze, P. J. Kala-azar en el Estado Bolivar, Venezuela. Rev. Policlin. Caracas, 1942, 11: 312-7.—Praguer Froes, H. O problema da leishmaniose visceral e sua importancia para o estado de Sergipe. Brasil med., 1939, 53: 311-7.—Rosenfeld, G., & Monteiro de Barros, O. Leishmaniose visceral americana. An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 26-9 (Abstr.)—Tavares, A., & Fonte, J. da. Sobre o primeiro caso de leishmaniose visceral com verificacao para- sitologica em Pernambuco. Labor, clin., Rio, 1942, 22: 133-5.— Versiani, O. Leishmaniose visceral americana. Brasil med., 1943, 57: 268-71. ---- Blood picture. Arena, G. Contributo alio studio della patogenesi della leucopenia nel kala-azar infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 465-75.—Botzaris, A. Beitrag zur Hamatocytologie der Leishmaniosis infantum in Griechenland bei 30 Fallen, mit einigen Angaben der Symptomatologie. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1939, 62: 215-24.—Gatto, 1. Un caso di kala-azar infantile a reperto ematologico raro, seguito da guarigione spontanea. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1929, 8: 101-5. —Giraud, P.. & Poinso, R. Les signes vasculo-sanguins dans le kala-azar infantile. Presse med., 1933, 41: 72-4.—Krishnan, K. V., Lai, J. C, & Napier, L. E. Cytological studies of the blood and tissues in kala-azar and associated conditions; morphology of the leucocvtes in supra-vital preparations. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 130-5, pl.—Kuroya, M., Young, S. [et al.l Kala-azar in Pi-Hsien district, Kiangsu Province, China; the blood picture and the sedimentation rate of red blood cells in kala-azar. J. Shanghai Sc. Inst., Sect. IV, 1939, 4: 165-227.—Napier, L. E., Kirshnan, K. V., & Lai, C. Cytological studies of the blood and tissues in kala-azar and associated conditions; the large mononuclear cells in the peripheral and in the spleen blood in kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 75-80.—Sainz de los Terreros, C, Larru Fernandez, L., & Tolosa-Latour, M. de. Cuadro de leucosis provocado por un kala-azar. An. Hosp. S. Jose. Madr., 1933-34, 5: 305-15.—Shortt, H. E., & Krishnan, K. V. Changes in the leucocyte picture in kala- azar after adrenalin injection and their significance. Ind, J. M. Res., 1932, Suppl., No. 25, 23. ---- Cardiovascular system. Benhamou, E-, & Foures, R. Le coeur dans un cas de kala- azar infantile. Arch. mal. coeur, 1938, 31: 81-6.—Giraud, P., Berthier [et al.] Reactions serologiques de la leishmaniose chez LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL 662 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL un malade atteint d'endccarditc maliene. Bull. Sec. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 863-6 — Macdotta, G. Modifca- ricni della resistenza capillare nella leishmaniosi viscerale dei bambini. Riv. clin. pediat., 1933, 31: 1294-323. ---- Cases and statistics. Abrarri, P., Gregtire & Robert-Wallich. Un cas de kala- azar uutcchtcne de 1 adulte, spienectorrie, guerison. Bull. See. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47 : 1783-7.-—Aravantinos, A. Therapeutical results and clinical observations on 700 cases of visceial leishn aniasis. C. rend. Congr. internat. nu'd. trop. hvg., 1932,4: 1153 8.- Astien Tahf r, S., Eerkens, J. \V. [et al.] [Case cf kala-azai] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 10-10. 80: 347-50, pl.—Attane, Fabiar i, G., & Der.dale, R. Un cas de kala-azar de l'adulte. Paris med., 1937, 103: 93-100 — Banerjee, J. A short account, of kala azar and malarial cases treated at Khantuia Laidadpur, Cobardanga Centre from Jim.- 1923 to Mav 1925. Pep. All Bengal hala Azar Conf., 1925. 2. (.. nf., 148-61, 4 pl—Benard, R., Poumaiilci x, M., & lirincourt, J. LTn cas parisien de kala-azar traite par 1 ureastib- an ine. Lull. S. e. nuM. hop. Paris, llt.35, 3. ser., 51: 212-72.— Li. r ceial leiihrraniasis] Vrach. delo, 1930. 19: 98i'-92.—Ver'iijk Mijisfer. G. E. H. [I ala-azar >ed. t.-ehr. geneesk, 1928. 72: pi 2, 6231-7, pl— Wright. F. J. Case-of kala-azar. East Afr. M. J., 1943, 20: 19. ---- Clinical aspect. Graziaro, F. La leuhmaniosi interna negli adolescenti e negli adulti; relieve di clinica e di terapia. Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1930, 9: 221 32. ■ Lenzi, F. Rilievi cliniei e anatomo- patologici -nlla lei-lnnaniosi interna della lulto. lias*, internal. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 517 59.- McFudyen, A. A. Kala azar as a tiinic disease. China M. .)., 1931, 45: 35 111. .Monier-Vinard. Le kala azar: etude clinique et therapeutique. Rev. prat mal pays chauds, 1925-26, 5: 391-407- Oelsuitr, M. ,|\ Simili- tudes et dissemblances cliniques du kala-azar antxhtone de 1 enfant et de l'adulte. Bull. Acad. nu'd.. Par., 1935, 3. ser., 113: 667-9. ------ Ce que les praliciens doivent actuelle- ment eonnattre du kala-azar autochtone de l'enfiinl et de 1 adulte. Nourrisson, Par., 1935, 23: 303-15. Also Paris med., 193"). 95: 519 2.":. Olmer, J., Montagnier. L., & Mingurdon, G. Remarques A propos de deux nouveaux cas de kala-azar dc 1 adulte. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 6S2-5. Piecinelli, A. Leishmaniosi viscerale latente in adulto rivelatasi nel corso di una infezione tiftidea. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. prat., 997-1005. — Pieri, J. Deux cas de kala-azar de l'adulte a evolution chronique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1122-9. Also Marseille med., 11)35, 72: pt 2, 453-63.— Rathery, F., Derot, M., & Conte, M. Un cas de kala-azar chronique de l'adulte. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 33 IS.—Sala Ginabreda, J. M. Forma aguda de kala- azar. Rev. m6d. Barcelona, 1936, 25: 547. ---- Complication. Agnello, F. Neuro-retinite settica nel corso di una infezione da kala-azar. Boll, ocul., 1935, 14: 1050-9.—Aleksandrova, A. S. [Treatment of visceral leishmaniasis, complicated by noma and relapsing pneumonia] J. profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1931, 4: 76-8.—Benhamou, E. Kala-azar de l'adulte complique d'ervsipele dissequant suivi de guerison. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 1359-65.—Bhaduri. B. N. A case of opacities of the lens occurring as a sequel to an attack of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 144.—Chieffi, A. Un secondo caso di leishmaniosi infaniile osservato a Sassari (assotiazione malaria-leishmaniosi) Pediatria (Kiv) 1935. 43: 10/3-83.—Cordeiro Ferreira. Kala-azar e malaria. Lisboa med., 1934, 11: 257-66.—Fan, P. L., & Scott, A. V. A study of noma complicating kala azar in children. Chin M. J., 1934, 48: 1046-57.—Ghosh. N. An unusual complication of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 205.—Giraud, P., & Poinso, R. L in- fluence des maladies infectieuses intercurrentes sur revolution du kala-azar. Arch. med. enf., 1934, 37: 81-9.—Grimaud. L., Garipuy, A., & Darnaud, C. Kala azar de l'adulte avec palu- disme associe; troubles psychiques li6s a 1 anSmie; traitement ' par lemetiqun; guerison rapide. Prat. med. fr., 1931, 15: 140-51.—Kala-azar and malaria. Nature, Lond., 1938, 141: 379.—Oelsnitz, M. d\ Bonnet, G.. & Raybaut, A. Observation d un adolescent atteint de kala-azar et porteur de volumineusea adenites epitrcchieennes. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 70-2.—Piney, A. A chapter of accidents in a case of kala-azar. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 809.—Sanyal, C. C. Two cases of confirmed malaria followed up to the development of kala-azar, cured by injection of antimony. Calcutta M. J., 1925-27, 21: 428.—Smith, R. O. A.. & Lai, C. Peri-anal ulceration complicating kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 509.—Timpano, P. LTn caso di kala-azar complicato da poliomielite anteriore acuta con esito in guarigione spontanea. Riv. nipiol., 1928-29. 1: 27. Also Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. prat., 741.—Tobias, E. L. Two cases of severe agranulocytosis following on kala azar. East Afr. M J.. 1941-42, 18: 341-4.— Vasile, B. Contributo alia conoscenza dell'infezione associata kala-azar-malaria. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 376-80.—Zia, L. S., & Forkner, C. E. The syndrome of acute agranulocytosis and its occurrence as a complication of kala-azar. Am. J. M. Sc, 1934, 188: 624-39, 2 pl. ---- Diagnosis. See also subheading Serology. Raybaut, A. *Le kala-azar autochtone de l'adulte; diagnostics clinique et biologique; traitement. 76p. 8? Par., 1935. Adler, S. Diagnosis of kala-azar. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1941-42, 35: 290.—Andrfi, '/... & Labernadie, V. Utilisation du photometrie Vernes-Bricq-Yvon pour eviter certaines causes d erreur dans le diagnostic du kala-azar par la reaction de precipitation de Choppa et Gupta. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1930, 23: 29.—Aravantinos, A. Die Milzpunklion in der Diagnose und der Behandlung von Kalaazar. Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb., 1938, 1: 482-7.—Auricchio, L. La diagnosi della leishmaniosi interna dell'infanzia. Athena, Roma, 1935, 4:539-42.------& (Jhieffi, A. Sul meccanismo della reazione al peptonato di ferro proposta per la diagnosi della leishmaniosi interna dell infanzia. Pediatria (Riv.) 193o, 43: 745-50.— Aversa, T. Valore della reazione di Auricchio e Chieffi e della reazione al formolo-stibosan nella diagnosi della leishmaniosi interna infantile. Ibid., 1940, 48: 480-90.— Barteocas, S. Le diagnostic du kala-azar par la ponction sternale. Arch. m6d. enf., 1939, 42: 153.—Benhamou, E. Le diaenostic du kala- azar par les frottis dermiques. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1561-4. ------Le recherche des leishmanies dans le diagnostic du kala-azar. Ibid., 1938, 46: 121. ------ Faugcre, B., & Choussat, F. Le diagnostic du kala-azar par les frottis der- miques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935. 3. ser., 51: 1326-33.— Benhamou, E., & Foures, R. A propos dun nouveau cas de kala-azar verifie par les frottis dermiques ;1 asciteleishmanienne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 706-8.—Benhamou, E., LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL 663 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL & Gille, R. La reacticn de Chopra en dehors du kala-azar C. rend. See. biol., 1935, 120: 1261.—Lhattatharyya, P. The antimonv test in the early diagnosis cf kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 123-6.—Btrrier,, H. I.e diagnostic biologique du kala-azar. Rev. prat. biol. appl., Par., K35, 28: 11-5.— Cairirtfetrof. J. Sur la valeur de la reaction au sulfarsc n 1 pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose inteine. Bull. Sec. path exot., Par., H35, 28: £62-6.—Cash, J. K., : 394-400. — Clieffi, A. la reazicne al peptcnato di ferro nella diagnosi di leish- maniosi interna dell'infanzia. Med. ital., 1S.35, 16: 752-62. -----la diagnosi di leishrranicsi viscerale del bambino in regioni n alariche; ccn ccnsideiazicni sulla frequenza della malattia in Sardegna e rilievi su 13 nuovi casi oss< rvati. Zbl ges. Hyg., 1942-13, 50: 595 (Abstr.i — Chopra, R. N., & Chaud- huri, S. G. Studies on the physical properties of different blocd sera; iso-electiic points of blcod sera and their signif cance in the antimenv test fer kala-azar. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 895-E08— Choir?. R. N., & De, N. N„ The signif cance of the antimenv test in the diagnosis cf kala-azar; serum tests. Ibid 1929, 64: 661-8—Che iri, R. N.. GuLta, J. C, & Batu, N. K. Observations on the diagnostic -value of antimony test for kala-azar. Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Irop. M~, 1&27, 7. Congr., 81.------Ihe antimony test in the diagnosis of kala-azar. Ind. M. Caz., 1927, b2: 688-91. —----Diagnostic value of the antimony test in kala-azar. Tr. Far East Ass Trop. M., 7. Ccngr., 1927, 3: 89-97—Chcrra, R. N., Gipts, J. C, & David, J. C. A preliminary note on the action cf antimeny compounds on the blocd serum; a new serum test for kala- azar. Ind. M. Caz., 1927, fc2: 325-7.—Chorine. V., & Prud- homme, R. O. Mecanisrre de la reaction au pej t< nate de fer pour le kala azar. C. rend. Soc. biel., 1936, 121: 831-3.— Cochran, S. The supertcial lymph-ncdes as a source of Leishmania for the diagnosis of ka!a-aiar: with some observa- tiens on ka'a azar in China. J. London School Trop. M., 1912- 13, 2: 179-95.—Fernarcez Mtrliiei, F. Sobre diagn6stico clfnico del kala-azar infantil. Eev. mod. Fanelona, 1927, 2. ser., 7: 598-603.—Fierentino, A. Contributo alio studio dell importanza della stibosaniercreazicne nella diagnosi della leishmaniosi interna infantile. Pediatria (Piv.) 1930, S8: 137-46.—Gssperirio Gasperird, C. Sulla coltura dal sangue periferico nel kala-azar. Ann. igiene, 1:.E0, 41: 910-3.— Gatto, I. La reazicne emoclariea nella diagncsi di leishn aniosi interna. Pediatria (Eiv.) 1929, S8: 185-94.—Ger her ovith, R., & Titov. C. Sur le diagnostic pr'ccce du kala-azar infantile au moyen de la penctien medullaire cu sternum. Arch. med. enf., l934, 37: 147-50.—Gharpure, P. V. Chopra's an- timony test in a non-endemic kala-azar area. Ind. V. Caz., 1930, 65: 389.—Gillot, V. Diagnostic et traitement du kala- azar infantile. Bull, med., Par., 1932, 52: 931.—Giraud, P., Boudoures-ques [et al.] Le diagnostic du kala-azar par ponction ganglionnaire, a propos de deux nouvelles observations. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.. 19.37, 30: 6^0-4.—Girauc, P., & Ciaudo- Valeur de la reaction au sulfarse-nol (Caminopetros) pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose interne. Ibid., 1935, 28: 379-81. —---- A propos de la reaction au sulfarsenol dans la leish- maniose interne. Ibid., 706. ------ & Bernard, R. Valeur de la reaction au peptonate de fer pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose interne. Ibid., 811-7. ■——— La sero-reaction au peptonate de fer; son utilisation dans le diagnostic de la leishmaniose interne. M'arseille med., 1936, 73: pt 1, 355-71.— Giraud, P., Montus & Aucier. Valeur de la formol-rt'action pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose interne. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1933, 31: 115-22.—Giraud, P., Montus & Ciaudo. Valeur de la reaction de Chopra a l'ureastibamine pour le diagnostic de la leishmaniose interne. Bull. Sec. path, exot., Soc Par., 1933, 26: 1156-61.- Giraud, P., Mcntus [et al.] Le diagnostic du kala-azar par la ponction ganglionnaire. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 1493-7.—Giuffre, M. La reazione meiostagminica di Ascoli nella leishmanicsi interna. Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 337-49.—Gonzalez Birrio, N. Nuevas orientaciones para el descubrimiento del agente tras- misor del kala-azar infantil. Arch, espafi. pediat., 1931, 15: 266-70.—h;.rab;.rbouni', L. A. Du diagnostic du kala-azar par la recherche du parasite dans la moelle osseuse: ponction de la region diaphyso-epipln saire du tibia. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938. 36: 157-9.—Kassirs, y. J. A. Einige Bemerkungen zur Methodik der Kncelu nrraripunkticn lei der vis;eaen Leishmaniose und die heilprc ph\ iaktische Bedeuttng die er Methcdik. Aich Schiffs Tnpenh\g., 1G33, 3.: 496-9.— Labemadie, \.. & L. fhUe, N. L ne rtseive sur la valeur de la reaction de Chopra et Cupta (kala azar) Brill, f-oc. j ath. exot., Par., 1929, 22: 77-80.—Lih , P. N. Limitations of the aldehyde test in the diagnosis of kala-azar. J. Ind. M. Ass.. 1939-40, 9: 427.—Larre U Noguer.s, S. Estado actual del diagnostico de laboratorio en el kala-azar. Siglo m,d., 1033, 92: 618-21.—Lebon. J., Ma.ce^u & Farje.ux. La pone.ion rternale au cours du kala-azar mediterraneen. Sang. Par., 1939, 13:334-9.—lo Piesti-Sen ineric, F. Sul meccanismo d'azicne della reazione di Auricchio e Chieffi. Pediatria (Riv.) 1912, 50: 270-9.—Lew, G. C. The early diagnosis cf kala-azar. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927, 30: 46-8.------ An interesting case of kala-azar from the point of view of diagnosis. Tr. Roy. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 305-8.-M artinez Garcia, P. Consideraciones sobre el diagnostico clinico del kala-azar infantil. Arch. med. cir. espec., Madr., 1927, 2i: j-05-9. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 172-81 — Mayer, M Die Differentialdiagnose der Kala-azar und Uiientheule-Erregerduich Plattenkultur, serologi.che Methode ""£, ^erversuche. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., I i a V } 57Q~Me:lt' F-> ^e, & Barreto, F. Contribution a 1 etude de la valeur diagnostique de la reaction de Gate et Papaccstas et de quelques autres reactions allices. Bull. Soc. path exot., Par., 1926, 19: 127-33.—Meron, T. B.. Annamalai, «• ".. & knsnnaswairi, T. K. The value of the aldehyde and stiburea tests in the diagnosis of kala-azar. .1. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 19K6, o!i: 92-5—Naiier, L. E. A critical examination of the antimony tests for kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 687-97. ------ Jvotes on the signil cance of the antimony test m the diagnosis of kala azar. Ibid., 1929, 64: 669-73. & Das Guj.ti, C. R. The value of a provocative dose of pentavalent antimony in the diagnosis of kala-azar. Ibid., 1929-30, 17: 749-53.—Napier, L. P.. & Sen, G. N. An investi- gation to decide the most suitable dilutions for the performance of the antimeny test for kala-azar. Ibid., 1139-51.—Nattan- Laurier, L., & Grimard-Richard, L. Une methode de diagnostic de la leishmaniose visc'rale. C. rend. Sec bi L, 1933, n?: 1489-92-Nauck, E. G. Die Diagnose der h ala-Azar. Tungchi med. Mschr., 19-6-27, 2: 22-8.------Zur *ala-.->zar Diagnose. Ibid., 28-30.—Norsa. G. Pecenti progressi nella diagnosi del kala-a;ar. Gazz. osp., 1937, 58: 25-7.—Oelsnitz. M. a'. Diagnostic, traitenent et prophv la ie du kala-azar autochtone de l'adulte. Rapp. Congr. internet, hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 378-84.------. S. B., & Pestana, B. R. A inti adermo-reacao de Montenegro nas campanhas sanitaiias contia a leishnaniose. Sao Paulo m6d., 19<0, lb: pt 2, 133-51.—1 hii.of, V. G. Beitrag zur Diagnose der allgemeinen Leishmaniose (Ponos, 1 ala-Azar) Arch. Schiffs 'tropenhyg., 1932, 3b: 594-8.—Pikul, I. N. [Diasnjsis and therapy of visceral leishmaniasis (ka'.a azar)] Pediatria, Moskva, 1929, 13: 149-5/.—Ras«.in, A. I. [Differential diag- nosis of malaria and visceral leishrraniasis] Sovet. med., 1939, No. 7, 25.—Reedy, D. G., & Subramaniam. R. Sternal puncture in kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 664. Also J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lend., 1940. 43: 253.—Ribeiro, T. Diagn6sti- cos indeterminados. Arq. brasil. med. nav., 1941, 2: 653 (Abstr.)—Schreioer, G. La poncticn medullaire du sternum proc di de diagnostic pr.'c-ce du kala-azar infantile. Presse nu'd., 1934, 42: 1060.—Shortt. H. E., Craighead, A. C. [et al.] The diagnosis of kala-azar by the urea stibamine test. Ind. J. M. Res., 1929-30, 17: 907-11, tab.—Snorit, H. R., Sribas Das-, & Ch.rariji Lai, J. The f nding of parasites in the periph- eral blood of kala-azar cases by direct microscopical examina- tion. Ibid., 1927-28, 15: 529-38.—tSpickman, W. C. Diag- nostic test for kala-azar. Brit. M. J., 1943, 1: 552.—Wang, C. W. The examination of blood smears for Leislmania donovani in kala-aiar patients. Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 433-8.—Yates. T. M. Diagnosis of visceral leishmaniasis. Ibid., 1931, 45: 31-5. ---- Epidemiology. Archibald, R. G., & Mansour, H. Some observations on the epidemiologv of kala-azar in the Sudan. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 395-403 —Bensis, W. Le kala-azar en Greca; epiJjmialo'iie et c'inique. Presse med., 1931, 39: 092-6.—Bose, S. C. Tne manner in which kala azar is spreading in B- ngal as is being found out by the workers and members of Co-Operative Anti-Malaria Societv. Rep. All Bengal Kala Azar Conf., 1925, 2. Conf., 60 -3— De, R. The incubation period of kala azar. Ibid., 44.—Giraud. P. Com- ment contiacte-t-on le kala-azar? Presse med., 1932, 40: 1368. ------ & Caillul. Trois cas de kala azar observes a plusieurs annces d interva'le dans la mome fa ille. Bui'. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. sar., 52: 997-1000.—Hindle, E. Further observations en Chinese kala-azar. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1928, ser. B, 103: 59J-619. 2 pl.—Hoeppli, R. The epide niology of kala-azar in China. Chin. M. J., 1940, 57: 361-72.—hermatk, W. O., & M.Kendrick, A. G. Mathe- matical analvsis of Dr Napier s statistics of house infection in kala-azar. Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 343-50.—Mitn, A. N. Relation between progressive depopulation and intensity of prevalence of kala azar in certain tracts of the Province of Bengal. Rep. All Bengal Kala Azar Conf., 1925, 2. Conf., 14-7.—Nobecourt, P., Ducas, P., & Pretet. Un cas de kala- azar contract6 a Toulon et s'etant manifeste a Paris apres une per.ode latente de 14 mois. Arch. med. enf., 1935, 38: 283~7. LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL 664 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 88-93.—Renaud, M. Le kala-azar et son extension. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1932, 3: 369- 81.—Semcnza, C. La leishmaniosi viscerale nel suo aspetto epidemiologico, clinico e teiapeuiico. Haematologica, Pavia, 1930, 1: 211-22.- Shortt. H. 10. The incubation period of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: .07.—Trias Maxencs. A. Epidemiologfa del kala-azar. .\ied. ibera, 1930, 30: pt 2, 48.— Young, C. \V., sis of visceral leishnianiasis in children ikala-azar)] Pediatria, Moskva, lit II, No. 6, 55-61.—Fernandez Martinez, F. El kala-azar infantil en las costas gianadinas. Progr. clin., Madr., 1913, 1: 184-8.- (.Urratanp, G. Considerazioni su tre casi clinici di anf-mia splenica infantile a tipo febrile o da parassita di Leish- mann? Atti Congr. pediat. ital., 1912, 7: 597-603.—Ginandes, G. J. Kala-azar in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 1336-66.—Giraud, P. Le kala-azar infantile en France (etude 6pidemiologique et therapeutique) Arch. med. enf., 1926, 29: 185-208. ------ Le kala-azar chez l'enfant; etude clinique et diagnostic (a propos de 82 cas autochtones) Ibid., 1932, 35: 313-38. ------& Massot, M. Le kala-azar infantile en France; nouvelles considerations epidemiologiques et therapeutiques. Arch. med. enf., 1927, 30: 505-14.—Giraud, P., & Raybaud, J. Kala-azar grave chez un enfant de 2 ans. leishmaniose latente chez un chien en contact avec l'enfant. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 574-9.—Crenel. H. Le kala-azar infantile In his Conf. clin. med. inf., Par., 1933, 2. ser., 247-66.— Guerschenowitsch, R. Contribution a l'etude de la pfiriode initiale du kala-azar infantile. Arch. med. enf., 1934, 37: 531-4. ------ Le kala-azar infantile en moyenne Asie. Presse med., 1936. 44: 403- 5.—Herrero Rubio, P. Aportaciones al estudio del kala-azar infantile. Actus Congr. nac. san., Madr. (1934) 1935, 1. Congr., 4: 117-24.—Hitti, J. K. In- fantile kala azar in Syria. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1302.— Jemma, R. SuU'anemia splenica infantile da parassiti di Leishman < kala-azar?) Gazz. med. chir., 1910, 9: 117- 20. — Kirimlidis, S. D. Beobachtungen uber infantile Kala-Azar in der Provinz Argolis (Peloponnes, Griechenland) Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1143-6.—Lafuente, M., & Codard, G. A propos de deux cas de kala-azar infantile. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1942, 20: 33-8, 2 pl.—Laroussi Chahed. Un cas de kala-azar chez un enfant musulman. Tunisie m6d., 1931,25:435. I.eahv. H. F. Kala-azar. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939. 57: 10S5 (IS. -Leenhardt. E.. Chaptal, J. [et al.] Kala azar infant lie. Aid,. S,e. >e. med. biol. Montpellier, 1953, 14: 207-12.—Lcpine, P. Trois cas syriens de kala azar infantile. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 429-31.—Lesne, E., Launay, C, & Loisel, G. Sur un cas de kala azar infantile. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 671-8.—Mazzolani, D. A. La leishinanio.se viscerale infantile en Tripolitaine. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (P.I32) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 308- 12.—Napier, L. E. Indian kala-azar in a newlv-born child. Ind. M. Caz., 1928, 63: 199.—Nuzzi. P. Su un caso di leish- maniosi viscerale in un giovanetto di 15 anni. Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 339-48.—Paradiso, F. Sulla distribuzione altimetrica del kala-azar infantile in provincia di Catania e sulla eta dei piccoli ltishmaniotici. Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: €64-8.— Perri, G. Ln caso di leishmaniosi interna in una bambina di 5 anni con ittero grave. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 269.— Pianese, G. Anemia splenica infettiva della infanzia e kala- azar indiano nella vera storia delle nostre conoscenze. Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 441; 465.—Pieri, J., & Lena. D. Leishmaniose infantile; sur un cas observe en Corse. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 1402-4.—Prates. M. M. A case of kala-azar in a Portuguese child (diagnosed in Mozambique) C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., 1932, 4: 1185-92.— Itaynal, J., & Le Gac, P. Leishmaniose viscSrale infantile en phi. bo tomes k Marseille. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.. 1933, 26: 219 -51. -Redaelli, P., & Prirra, A. Problemi anatomici. istopatologici e patogenetici della leishmaniosi viscerale del bambino. Sperimentale, 1935, 89: 3-34.—Ricci, G. Su di un caso di leishmaniosi infantile. Policlinico, 19-10, 47: sez. prat., 1384.—Robinson, J. T. Notes on a case of infantile leish- maniasis in Transjordan. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1939, 72: 12- 20.—Rodriguez Sayago, M. J. Contribuci6n al estudio de un caso de kala-azar infantil. Arch. med. Madr., 1931, 34: 1041. —Scott, A. V., & Li, P. K. Kala-azar in children of North China. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1932, 7: 59-64.— Sorge, G. Leishmaniosi viscerale della seconda infanzia e della giovinezza. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 129-34.—Spyro- poulos, N. 3. Betrachtungen und Ergebnisse der Kala-Azar- Erkrankungen des kindlichen Alters. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1928, 24: 1865.—Titov, K. G. [Clinical aspect of infantile, visceral leishmaniosis] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 772-». ---- infantile: Treatment. Baldi, C. Considerazioni terapeutiche sopra un caso di leishmaniosi infantile. Prat, pediat., Genova, 1931, 9: 189- 98.—Critien. Kala-azar; treatment of infantile leishmaniasis; cases treated at the Malta War Memorial Hospital for Children. Rapp. Conzr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 275.—Gibet, V. Diagnostic et traitement du kala-azar infantile M6d. inf.. Par., 1932, 39: 33-9.—Giraud, P., & Cou lange. El tratamiento del kala-azar en el nino. Med. ibera, 1932 26- 949-54. Also Presse med., 1932, 40: 178-81.—Lacalle, E. Consideraciones sobre el kala-azar infantil, especialmente de un caso tratado en nuestra consulta. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1932-33, 4: 205-lu.--I.i»noB, A. Note sur le traitement du kala-azar infantile. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 2t>: 1043.—OelsaiU, M. d\ & Carcotino, E. Quelques notions diagnostiques et therapeutiques deduites de 13 annees d obser- LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL vation de kala-azar infantile. Bull. Soc. p'diat. Paris, 1931, 32: 636-42.- Panayotatou, A. Infantile kala-azar; a ease cured at Alexandria by a new method. Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1929, 2b: 112-5.—Paradiso, F., & I-iorcntino, A. Per un pin" eflicace e pratico metodo di cura del kala azar infantile. In Liccc. leishman. vise mediterr. (Soe. me 1. chir. Catania) 1933. 173- 9.—Sala Cinabreda, J. M., Tor-lie. lendr.:, M., & (iihert, P. Traininii nto del kala-azar en cl nino. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: pt 2, 145-51.- Scott, A. V. The treatment of kala azar in children' Arch. Pis. Childh., Lond., 1932, /: 213.- Vuudouris. C. E. Le chimisme gastrique dans le kala-azar infantile et ses modifi- cations sous l'infiuence du traitement. Rev. fr. p'diat., 1936, 12: 96-101.—iahra-Neumann, C. A report on the treatment of infantile kala-azar. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1933, 26: 383-8. ---- Liver. Smadja, F. *Forme hepatique ictdro-ascitiquc du kala-azar. 48p. 8? Par., 1936. Mamou, H. Les hepatites leishmanienncs. Gaz. h6p 1936, 109: 1769-71.—Nuzzi, P. Le forme epatiche della leishmaniosi viscerale. Gior. ital. clin. trop., 1938, 2: 135-9.— Poinso, R. La forme hepatique de kala-azar infantile. Presse med., 1931, 39: 1920-2. Also Arch. med. enf., 1932, 35: 589-97.— Rogers, L. A peculiar intralobular cirrhosis of the liver puxlueed bv the protozoal parasite of kala-azar. Ann Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1908, 2: 147-52, pl. ---- Manifestation. Davies & Wingfield, A. Agranulocytosis in kala-aZar and use of adrenalin. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1940-41, 34: 421-8.—Giraud, P. La fievre de premiere invasion du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 356-61.— Jannulis, G. E. Kala-Azar in der Oto-Rhino-barjngolotie Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 561.—Lee, C. IL, : 47.— Serger.t, E., & Adler, S>. On the diagnosis, treatment and epi- demiology of visceral leishman asis in the Mediterranean basin; epidemiology. Q. Bull. Health Org. League of Nat., 1935, 4: 805-8.—Sorge, G. Aneora sul kala-azar giov anile nostrano. ILinerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt 1, 5/0-3.—bUi.ton, A. T. La leishmaniose viscerale dans les pays mediterraneens. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1934, 26: 1369; 1935, 27: 519. ■--- Metabolism. Giraud, P., Ciaudo, P., & Bernard, R. Variations des prottines seriques au cours de la leishmaniose interne. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Far., 1935, 2»: 922-9.—-rimenez Diaz, C, & Castro Mendoza, H. Alterations of lipoidaemia in kala azar. Trop. Dis. Bull.. Lond., 1942, 39: 1/0 (Abstr.)— KrLhnf leeent kala-azar research, with special reference to India. Ind. .1. M. Res., 1928, 16: 221-37, map. ---- Prognosis. Benelli, C, Zuccarelli, J., & Sautet, J. A propos d'un cas Corse de kala-azar de l'adulte a evolution fatale. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1934, 26: 261.—Benhamou, E., Gille, R., & Nouchy, A. Kala azar de l'adulte suivi de guerison. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 884-992.—Bergonzini, M., & Li-jen Yang. L'antimontest ed il suo valore prognostico durante e dopo la terapia del kala-azar. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 1208-10.—Chopra, R. N., & Chaudhury, S. G. The prognostic value of the aldehyde reaction in kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 260-2.—Fabiani, G., & Dendale, R. Valeur de la lacto-gelification du serum sanguin comme test de guerison du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 560-2.—Napier, L. E., & Haider, K. C. The cure rate in kala- azar. Ind. J. M. Pes., 1927-28, 15: 187-96— Sala Ginabreda, J. M. El valor proni'.stieo de la puncion del bazo en el kala-azar. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1932, 16: 205-18. ---- Reticuloendothelial system. De Capua, F. Alterazioni del sistema reticolo-istiocitario nella leishmaniosi infantile; le cellule endoteliali nel sangue periferico dei bambini leishmaniotici. Pediatria (Riv.) 1929, 37: 869-80, 3 pl. ■——— Alterazioni del sistema reticolo- istiocitario nella leishmaniosi infantile; i monociti nel sangue periferico dei bambini leishmaniotici. Ibid., 1223-34.— Gandolfo, S. Reticolo-endotelio e leishmaniosi interna infantile. Chn. igiene inf., 1928, 3: 451-61.—Kurotchkin, T. J., & Chung, H. L. Kala-azar infection as a biological method of blocking the reticuloendothelial system. Nat. M. J. China, 1930, 16: 43-9.—Murano, G. Sull'interessamento del sistema reticolo- istiocitario nella leishmaniosi interna; il potere complementare nella leishmaniosi interna. Pediatria (Riv.) 1940, 48: 83-9. ------ Sull'interessamento del sistema reticolo-istiocitario nella leishmaniosi interna; la glutationemia nella leishmaniosi interna. Ibid., 452-64. ------& Vecchio, F. Sull'interessa- mento del sistema reticolo-istiocitario nella leishmaniosi interna; la produzione degli anticorpi agglutinanti nella leishmaniosi interna. Ibid., 1939, 47: 861-77.—Pittaluga, G. Die Blockie- rung des retikulo-endothelialen Systems bei viszeraler Leish- maniose (Kala-Azar) Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 340-5. ------ Bloqueo parasitario del sistema reticulo- endotelial en la leishmaniosis visceral. Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 350-2. -——— Lesione di blocco del sistema reticolo- endoteliale nella leishmaniosi viscerale (kala-azar) Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1927, 8: 236-42.—Shanks, G., & De, M. N. Studies in the histology of the spleen, bone, marrow and liver in cases with splenomegaly, with special reference to those due to kala-azar; the connective tissue and reticulum. Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 457-68, 3 pl. ---- Serology. Bernard, R. *Le serum sanguin dans la leishmaniose interne. 115p. 23}£cm. Marseille [1935] Bibliogr.: p. 101-12. Bose, A. N. *Dingnostic s6rologique du kala- azar par la melhode de Chopra modified. 31p. 8? Lausanne, 1928. Arpino, G. Su una nuova siero-reazione per la diagnosi di leishmaniosi interna dell'infanzia. Athena, Roma, 1935, 4: 475.—Auricchio, L. Nuova siero-reazione per la diagnosi della leishmaniosi interna dell'infanzia. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 352 5- Bogliolo, L., & Greco, Z. Sopra la speeificita ed il valore pratico di alcune reazioni umorali per la diagnosi della leishmaniosi viscerale. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1935, 41: pt 1, 273-85.—Boyd, T. C, & Bose, 11. K. The ultra-violet absorption spectra of sera in tropical
  • eases; kala-azar. Ind. J. M. Res., 1930, 18: 267-73, pl.—Boyd, T. C, ct Roy, A. C. A preliminary note on the decoiourisation of a solution of methyl- ene blue when left in contact with kala-azar serum. Ind. M. Gaz., 1c.il'8, 63: 568.—Caminopetros, J. Une s6ro-floculation spetifiquo de la leishmaniose interne; son utilite pour le diag- nostic de l'infection et pour le contrdle du traitement. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 910-2.—Chopra, R. N. A new serum test for kala-azar; a brief synopsis from Napier's book on kala-azar. China M. J., 1928, 42: 933. ------ & Choudhury, S. G. On the causation of formol-gel reaction in kala-azar. Ind. J. M. Res., 1928-29, 16: 925-38. ------ & De, N. N. Changes in the physical properties of kala-azar serum with treatment and its relation to the formolgel reaction. Ibid., 1931, 19: 423-30.— Chopra, R. N., Gupta, J. C, & Basu, N. K. Further observa- tions on the serum test for kala-azar with organic antimony compounds; a simple blood test for kala-azar. Ibid., 1927, 62: 434-7, pl.—Chung, H. L., & Lu, J. P. Cross complement fixa- tion reaction of the sera of kala-azar patients and the sera of dogs and rabbits infected with or immunized against Leish- mania donovani and Leishmania canis. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 301-13.—Das Gupta, C. R. The serum-formalin proportion in the aldehyde test for kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 500- 2.—Gasperini, G. C. Soppressione del fenomeno dell'inversione della flocctilazione nei sieri filtrati di soggetti colpiti da leish- maniosi interna. Ann. igiene, 1937, 47: 505.—Giraud, P., Ciaudo & Bernard, R. Le serum sanguin dans la leishmaniose interne. Presse med., 1936, 44: 876-8.—Greval, S. D. S., Sen Gupta, P. C, & Napier, L. E. Serological reactions in kala-azar; complement-fixation, false Wassermann reaction, and high anti-complementary titre. Ind. J. M. Res., 1939, 27: 181-90.— Hindle, E., Hou, P. ('., & Patton, W. S. Serological studies on Chinese kala azar. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1926-27, ser. B, 100: 368-73.-—Laurinsich, A. Sulla presenza di agglutinine nei malatidi leishmaniosi viscerale. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 358-61.—Lloyd, R. B., Napier, L. E., & Mitra, G. C. The Wassermann reaction in kala-azar. Ind. J. M. lies., 1929-30, 17: 957-9.—Lloyd, R. B., & Paul, S. N. Serum changes in kala-azar. Ibid., 1928, 16: 203-19.—Lo Presti-Seminerio, F. La sero-reaction de Gate et Papacostas dans la leishmaniose infantile (kala-azar) Arch. med. enf., 1928, 31: 407-14.— Mu, J. W., & Huie, D. Specificity of the Kahn reaction in kala-azar. Nat. M. J. China, 1929, 15: 436-9.—Nattan-Larrier, L., & Grimard-Richard, L. Sur le sero-diagnostic de la leish- maniose viscerale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 266-9. ----- Etude comparative de trois precedes destines au diagnostic s6ro- logique du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 658-65.—Niyogi, A. K., & Ray, J. C. Complement fixation test in kala-azar. Ann. Biochem. Exp. M., Calc, 1942, 2: 47-50.— Pai, H. C, & Hu, C. H. Negative findings of leucolysin in the sera of cases of kala-azar. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 334.------ Absence of leucolysin in kala-azar serum. Chin. M. J., 1938, Suppl. 2, 151-7.—Phinos, V. Die Behand- lung von Kala-azar mit Neostibosan unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Diagnosestellung mittels der Serumreaktion. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 515.—Pitruzzella, R. Ricerche sulla sireoreazione di Auricchio e Chieffi nella leish- maniosi viscerale. Pediatria (Riv.) 1936, 44: 285-95.— Sedallian, P., & Monnet, P. L'auto-agglutination des h6maties; a propos d'un cas observe dans le kala-azar. J. m6d. Lyon, 1939, 20: 361-5.—Sen Gupta, P. C. A complement-fixation test for kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78:336-9.—Zdrodovski, P., & Vosskressensky, B. Essai du serodiagnostic et de l'analyse serologique de la leishmaniose viscerale humaine et canine au moyen de la reaction de la fixation de l'alexine. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1930, 23:1028-43. ----— [Alexin fixation reaction in kala-azar and canine leishmaniasis] Vest, mikrob., 1930, 9: 529-48. — Skin. See Leishmanoid. ---- Spleen. See also subheading Reticuloendothelial sys- tem; also Splenomegaly. Kalachnikov, J. A. Sluchal anaemiae splenicae adultorum (splenomegalia idiopatica) vtzvannly parazitom Leishman- Donovan'a. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1911, 75: 631-8, pl.-* Menon, T. B. The splenic reaction in kala-azar. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 33: 75-86, 4 pl.—Struthers, E. B. Splenomegaly; the diagnosis of kala azar. China M. J-, 1929, 43:772-4. LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL 669 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL ---- Surgery. See also Splenectomy. Love, R. J. M. Kala azar. In Surg. Mod. Warfare (Bailey, H.) 2. ed., Bait., 1942, 2: 884.—Martin, R., Chorine, V., & Rouesse, G. Un cas de kala-azar de l'adulte, stibio-resistance, spienectomie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 382-9 — Oelsnitz, M. d'. La spienectomie doit-elle 6tre envisagee comme mode de traitement du kala-azar autochtone? C. rend. Congr. fr. med. (1927) 1928-29, 19. Congr., 371-3. ---- Transmission. Le-Ba-Kim. *Les acquisitions recentes sur le probleme de la transmission de la leishmaniose viscerale. 83p. 25cm. Marseille [1935] Adler, S. Attempts to transmit visceral leishmaniasis to man; remarks on the histopathology of leishmaniasis. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1939-40, 33: 419-36, 3 pl — Benhamou, E. Les conditions de la transmission du kala-azai chez ljenfant. Paris med., 1935, 97: 365-71.—Blanc, G., & Caminopetros, J. Quelques experiences sur la transmission du kala-azar par la tique du chien Rhipicephalus sanguineus. . C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1493-5.—Caminopetros, J. Sur la taune des phlebotomies de la Grece; leur distribution dansles foyers de kala-azar. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 450-5. ------ Le kala-azar; recherches epidemiologiques et experiment ales sur son mode de transmission. Rapp. Congr. internat. path, comp., 1936, 3. Congr., 1: pt 1, 133-93, 5 tab — Christophers, S. R., Shortt, H. E., & Barraud, P. J. Culicoides and kala-azar in Assam. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926, Suppl., Mem. No. 4, 111.—Forkner, C. E. Kala-azar; a case presenting certain features bearing on the mode of transmission of the disease. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1934, 44. ser., 4: 85-91. -----& Zia, L. S. Viable Leishmania donovani in nasal and oral secretions of patients with kala-azar and the bearing of the finding on the transmission of the disease. J. Exp. M., 1934, 59: 491-9. •—■—■— An outline of the development of the theories for the transmission of leishmaniasis together with further evidence to support a theory of direct transmission of kala-azar through the agency of oral and nasal secretions. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 633-56, pl.------ Further studies on kala-azar; Leishmania in nasal and oral secretions of patients and the bearing of this finding on the transmission of the disease. J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 183-203.— Hindle, E., & Patton, W. S. Transmission experiments with Chinese kala azar. Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1927, ser. B, 102: 63-71.—Hu, C. H., Huie, D., & Lee, C. U. Slapping as a factor in transmission of kala-azar by sandfies (Phlebotomus) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 280-4.—Isii, N. Studies on kala-azar; experimental studies on infection routes; transmission experiments on several animals. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1940, 18: 137-46.—Jemma, R. Sulla trasmissione della leishmaniosi interna. Rass. din. sc, 1936, 14: 443-6.—; Knowles, R. The kala-azar transmission problem and the factor of resistance. Abstr. Papeis Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr., 82-4.— Krishnan, K. V. The present position of the kala-azar transmission problem. Madras M. J., 1930, 12: 132;.241.-—Lo Presti-Seminerio, F. Sur la transmission probable de la leishmaniose infantile. Arch. med. enf., 1931, 34: 368-70.-—Malamos, B. Versuche mit Leishmanien; Versuche der Kala-Azar-LTebertragung durch Zecken (Rhipi- cephalus sanguineus) Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 22.-—Napier, L. E. An epidemiological consideration of the transmission of kala-azar in India. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926, Suppl., Mem. No. 4, 219-65. ------ The transmission of kala-azar in India. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 657-66. Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 269-72.—Nicolle, C, & Anderson, C. Recherches experimentales sur le mode de transmission du kala azar; quatrieme serie d'experiences. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1926, 15: 114-7.—Parrot, L., Donatien, A., & Plantureux, E. Sur linfection naturelle des phiebotomes par la leishmaniose generale de l'homme et du chien en Algerie. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 527 (Abstr.)—Phlebotomus chinensis Newstead as the probable vector of kala-azar. Annual Rep. Centr. Field Health Sta. [China] Nanking, (1935) 1936, 16.—Rapisardi, S. Moderne vedute sul meccanismo di trasmissione della leishmaniosi interna. Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 1021-5.—Russell, A. J. H. Role du phiebotome dans la transmission du kala- azar. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 2211.-— Shortt, H. E., Barraud, P. I., & Craighead, A. C. Conorhinus rubrofasciatus, de Geer, and Indian kala-azar. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 239-42. ------ Transmission experiments in Indian kala-azar with Phlebotomus argentipes. Ibid., 589-600.—Shortt, H. E., Craighead, A. C. [et al.] Further transmission experiments in kala-azar with Phlebotomus argentipes. Ibid., 1928, 16: 263-70. ------ & Swaminath, C. S. Preliminary transmission experiments in Indian kala- azar not involving the use of an intermediate vector. Ibid., 1929-30, 17: 915-20.—Shortt, H. E., Smith, R. O. A., & Swaminath, C. S. Transmission of kala-azar through Phle- botomus argentipes by the oral route. Ibid., 1931, 19: 351. ■----- Transmission experiments in kala-azar by contamina- tive methods. Ibid., 1932, Suppl., No. 25, 79.—Shortt, H. E., Smith, R. O. A. [et al.] Third series of transmission experi- ments in kala-azar with Phlebotomus argentipes. Ibid., 1929-30, 17: 921-7. ------ Transmission of Indian kala- azar by the bite of Phlebotomus argentipes. Ibid., 1931, 18: 1373-5.—Shortt, H. E., & Swaminath, C. S. Experiments to decide whether the bed-bug Cimex hemiptera, Fabr., can ' transmit Indian kala-azar. Ibid., 1926, Suppl., Mem. No. 4, 105-9.—Smith, R. O. A., & Ahmed, I. Further investigations on the transmission of kala-azar; an inquiry into the relation between malaria and kala-azar in a rural area. Ibid., 1941 29: 789-97. ------ & Haider, K. C. Further light on the mech- anism of sandfly transmission of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1940, 75: 67-9. —---- Further investigations on the trans- mission of kala-azar; the maintenance of sandflies P. argentipes on nutriment other than blood. Ind. J. M. Res., 1940, 28: 575-9. ------ Further investigations on the transmission of kala-azar; the phenomenon of the blocked sandfly. Ibid., 581-4. ------ Further investigations on the transmission of kala-azar; the transmission of kala-azar by the bite of the sandfly P. argentipes. Ibid., 585-91. ------ Further in- vestigations on the transmission of kala-azar; the duration of life and other observations on blocked flies. Ibid., 1941, 29: 783-7. •------ Further investigations on the transmission of kala-azar; a second series of transmission of L. donovani by P. argentipes. Ibid., 799-802.—Sun, C. J., & Wu, C. C. Notes on the study of kala-azar transmission. Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 911; 1937, 52: 665.—Swaminath, C. S., Shortt, H. E., & Anderson, L. A. P. Transmission of Indian kala-azar to man by the bites of Phlebotomus argentipes, Ann. & Brun. Ind. J. M. Res., 1942, 30: 473-7.—Transmission of kala-azar. Ibid., 479.—Vector (The) of Indian kala-azar discovered. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 122: 326.—Yao, T. Y., & Wu, C. C. The finding of Phlebotomus chinensis Newstead from Yunnan and its bearing on the transmission of kala-azar in South China; with remarks on the success in infecting Chinese hamsters with flagellates from naturally infected P. chinensis found in Tsing- kiangpu. Chin. M. J., 1941, 60: 232-40.—Young, C. W., & Hertig, M. Attempts to transmit kala azar by means of rodent lice, Haematopinus sp. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 398-402. ------ Attempts to transmit kala azar by means of bed-bugs (Cimex sp.) Ibid., 402-5. ■------ Kala azar transmission experiments with Chinese sandflies [Phle- botomus] Ibid., 1926-27, 24: 823-5. ---- Treatment. Benhamou, E. Le traitement du kala-azar. Presse med., 1938, 46: 803.—Burov, L. F. [Treatment of visceral leish- maniasis] Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 309-15.—Calvo Mada- riaga, A. Tratamiento del kala-azar en el adulto. Rev. espafi. med. cir. guerra, 1940, 4: 129-32.—Caronia, G. The therapy of internal leishmaniasis. Am. J-Trop. M., 1930, 10: 261-81.— Costantino, S. Contributo alia conoscenza ed alia terapia del kala-azar. Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 433-40.—Fara- ker, E. Kala azar; notes on the disease and its treatment. Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1926, 43: 183-90, pl.—Giraud, P., & Revol, P. Quelques donnees recentes sur le traitement du kala-azar. Presse m6d., 194b, 51: 291.—Lemierre, A. Traitement du kala-azar. In his Mal. infect., Par., 1937, 252-69.—Lesne, E., Launay, C, & Loisel, G. A propos du traitement du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 458.—Lloyd, R. B., Napier, L. E., & Paul, S. N. The serological control of treatment of kala-azar with observations on the significance of hvpoproteinsemia. Ind. J. M. Res., 1928-29, 16: 1065-98.—Martin, R., & Delaunay, A. Le traite- ment moderne du kala azar. Bull. gin. thir., 1936, 187: 337-48.—Mayer, M. Traitement et prophylaxie du kala-azar. Ibid., 349-58.—Oelsnitz, M. d'. Le traitement d'attaque du kala-azar. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 321-4.— Schmidt, H. Die Entwicklung der Kala-azar-Mittel. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 548-53.—Sen Gupta, P. C. Treatment of kala-azar; the present position. Ind. M. Gaz., 1943, 78: 201.—Yates, T. M. Treatment of kala azar; with report of 92 cases from Hope Hospital, Anhwei, China. China M. J., -1929, 43: 1053-63, 4 pl. ---- Treatment: Antimony. Haim, J. E. D. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du kala-azar autochtone par les nouveaux composes d'antimoine. 135p. 25}4cm Marseille [1935] Bibliogr.: p.119-32. Almeida, E. de, & Ramos Fontainhas, A. E. L'antimosan et le kala-azar. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., 193.2, 4: 1171-5.—Anderson, C, & Broc, R. Note sur un cas de kala azar traite par le neo-stibosan et gueri. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1930, 19: 332.—Artamonoff, A. S. Zur Frage der Verbreitung der innerlichen Leishmaniasis in Samarkand und die Heilung der Krankheit durch die Praparate des Sti- biums. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 32-7.—Ayersa, T. Prirhi tentativi di cura della leishmaniosi viscerale infantile col solustibosan; nota preventiva. Pediatria (Riv.) 1939, 47: 486-9.—Bethell, S. E. Kala-azar treated with neostibosan; report of a series of cases. China M. J., 1931, 45: 17-9.— Bose A. N., Dastidar, S. K. G., & Bagchi, B. N. Observations on the antimony (urea-stibamine) test for kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 370-2.—Brahmachari, U. Studies in kala- azar and chemotherapy of antimony; treatment of kala-azar with intramuscular injection of sodium sulphomethyl sti- banilate. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 26: 389-96. LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL 670 LEISHMANIASIS, VISCERAL ------ Note en the history of the treatment of kala-azar with urea stibamine. J. Trop. M. Fyg., Lend., 1(41, 44: 07-71.------A new organic antimoninl for the treatment of kala-azar by intramuscular injection, neostobene. Ibid., 158 60. •—----& Dap, J. Chemotherapy of antirroniol compounds in kala-azar infection; further obseivatiens en certain derivatives of p-amino-phenyl stitinie acid ei ntinucd Ind. J. M. Res., 1925-26, 13: 693.—Brahn achtri. C. N., Das Gupta, J. M. let al.] The treatment of kaki-uz.ar with intra- muscular injections of sodium N-phenvlglveincamide-4-sti- binate.Tr. R.Soc.Trop. M.Hyg., Lend., 1929-30,23:017-22 — Brahmachrri. II., Majurrc'er, A. R., & De, R. B. rI he intensive antimonial treatment of kala-.azai ; urea stibamine. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 36: 1-5 — Rrrhrracli ri, U., Sen, P. B., & Banerjca, R. Studies in kala-azar and chemotherapy of anti- mony; further observations on the antimony laden cells of spleen after intravenous injection of metallic antimony in a state of fine suspension in experimental animals. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1930-31, 24: 351—Bux6 Izaguirre, P. Kala-azar estibiorresistente. Med. ibeia, 1934, 28: pt 1, 50-8. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 182.—Chaterjee, A. C. Experience in the treatment of kala-azar with urea- stibamine. Ind. M. Rec, 1920, 46: 39-4-4—Chutterjee, C, & Bose, S. C. Control of kala-azar bv mass treatment with anti- mony. Ibid.. 1927, 47: 2G9-71.—Chaudhuri, R. N., Nar.ier, L. E., & Rai Chaudhuri, M. N. A stable solution of antimony for the treatment of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72:402-5.— Chedid, P. Leishmaniose infantile traitee par 1'emeLique de sodium ou stibyal. Bull. Soc. pediat, Paris, 1927, 25: 292-5.— Chopra, R. N., Gupta, J. C. [et al.] Urea-stibol in the treatment of kala-azar. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 252, ch.—Das Gupta, N. C. Allergic (?) symptoms in eases of kala-azar treated with antimony salts. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1938-39, 8: 237.—Deccurt, J., & Aries, C. Sur un cas de kala-azar observe a Paris chez une adulte et rnpidement gueri par la stibiotherapie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 272-9.—Drari&c, B., & Simovic [('n*o of kala-azar cured with neostibosan] Lijec. vies., 1940. 62: 233.—Drrpieic, B., & Skrivaneli, N. Ein Fall von Kala-Azar geheilt durch Neostibosan. Ann. paediat., Basel, 1940-41, 156:40 (Abstr.)—Ermen, J. Die Wirkung von 3- und 5wertigem Antimon auf das weisse Blutbil 1 bei gesunden und mit Kala-azar infizierten Harrstern. Z chr. Immunforsch., 1938, 93: 209-28.—Fabric S. Sull'azione dei preparati organici di antimonio sul siero di sangue nella leishmaniosi infantile. Pediatria (Riv.) 1928, 36: 5-14.—Far, P. L. Use of a penta- valent antimonv compound for treating kala-azar in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 52: 887-Ol- Fern ardez Castaryp, A. Eltratamientodel kala azar infantilcon el hexonato de antimonio en solucic'.n concentrada y ole >sa. Actual, med., Granada, 1943, 29: 442-4.—Flye Sr into-Marie. LTn cas de leishmaniose viscerale infantile marocaine; efficacite remarquable du traite- ment stilii'. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 183-7.— Ghose, N. L. Note-s on antimony resistant or antimonv fast kala azar eases. Pep. All Bengal Kala Azar Conf., 1925, 2. Conf., 93.—Giraud, P. Kala-azar stibio-resistant, guerison apres 2>2 ans de waitement. Bull. Soc. med. bop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 51: -11 3. ■——— Kala-azar tres grave rapidement gueri par l'ureastibamine. Ibid., 1935, 3. ser., 51: 39.----— & Haim. Les facteurs de stibio-reristance dans le traitement du kala-azar. Marseille med., 1935, 72: 210. ------ Le traitement du kala-azar par les nouveaux composes stibk's. Presse med., 1935, 43: 2102-4.—Giraud, P.. & Massot, M. Un cas de kala-azar stibio-resistant. Eull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1927, 25: 241-5.—Giraud, P., & Poins-o, R. Les traitements adjuvants de la cure stibiee dans la therapeutique olu kala-azar. Paris med., 1932, 85: 441-5.—Graziano, F. Nuovo contributo alia terapia del kala-azar. Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 359-64.— Haim, J. Le traitement du kala-azar autochtone par les nouveaux oompo.-es d'antimoine. Marseille med.. 1935, 72: 177; 217.— Iren, M. G., & Tuzhilkin, A. M. [Combined treat- ment of vi.-eeral leishmaniasis with Roentgen rays and anti- mony] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1936, 5: 785-91.—Kikuth, W., ] Vest, vener., 1937, 229- 31-—Das Gupta, ti. l\f. A note on the parasite of dermal leish- manoid. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927. 62: 11. ------ Further obser- vations upon dermal leishmanoid. Ibid., 199.—Dastidar, S. K. G. A rare tumour of the tongue; a manifestation of post-kala- azar dermal leishmaniasis. Brit. M. J., 1939, 2: 14, pl.— Dey, N. C-. A case of post-kala-azar dermal leishmaniasis. Ind. M. Caz., 1920, 64: 147.—Giraud, P., & Vigne, P. Lesions cutanees chez un enfant atteint de kala-azar. Bull. Soc path. exot., Par., 1934, 27: 655.—Kirk, R., & Sati, M. H. Studies in leishmaniasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan; the skin and lymph glands in kala-azar. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., 1939-40, 33: 501-6.—Nai.ier, L. E., & Das Gupta, C. R. A clinical study of post-kala-azar dermal leishmaniasis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 65: 249-57, 4 pl. ------ Further clinical observations on post- kala-azar dermal leishmaniasis. Ibid., 1934, 69: 121-9.— Napier, L. E., & Haldar, K. C. The treatment of post-kala- azar dermal leishmaniasis. Ibid., 1930, 65: 371-5.—Seshadri- nathan, N., & Narayanamoorthy, K. Deimal leishmanoid. Madras M. J., 1931, 13: 35-9, pl.—Shortt, H. E., D'oilva, H. A. H., & Swaminath, C. S. Note on dermal leishmanoid. Ind. J. M. Res., 192», 16: 239, pl.. LEISHMAN stain. See also Blood picture, Technic: Staining: Stain. Barrie, H. G. Wright's modification of Leishman n's blood- stain. China M. Miss. J., 1906, 20: 6-10.—Modification of Leishman s stain. Ind. M. Gaz., 1918, 53: 437.—lulloch, F. An alternative solvent for Leishman's stain. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1&04, 3: 166. LEISINGER, Fritz, 1907- *Ueber einen Fall von Morbus Basedow im Kindesalter. 25p. pl. 22M>cm. Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & co., 1936. LEISINGER, Gertrud, 1911- *Die Sterili- tat der Frau und ihre Behandlung [Heidelberg] 43p. 21cm. Karlsruhe, Malsch & Vogel, 1937. LEISK, Ronald. Nature's way to health. 128p. 12? Lond., Link House pub., 1935. LEISS, Friedrich, 1S03- *Ueber Osteo- chondritis dissecans mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der jugendlichen Falle [Marburg] 31p. 8? Homberg, Homberg. Ztg, 1932. LEISSNER, Walter, 1902- *Retinierte Zahne als Ausgangspunkt von Adamantinomen [Leipzig] 22p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Ober- reuter] 1931. LEIST, M., & Bustin, Ernst. Orthodontie des praktischen Zahnarztes. 258p. illust. 8? Wien, Aesculap-Verl., 1936. LEISTENSCHNEIDER LEISTENSCHNEIDER, Edmund, 1907- *Beitrag zur Forschung iiber die Beeinflussung des Bluteiweisskorperspiegels. 27p. 22cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1936. LEISTENSCHNEIDER, Hans, 1908- *Ueber die Symptomatologie der nervosen Folge- erscheinungen bei Turmschadel und die erbliche Verursachung desselben [Miinster] 27p. 8? Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg, 1934. LEISURE. See also Employment; Industrial worker, Recre- ation and rest periods; Play; Recreation; Rest, etc. Britton, S. W. Form and function in the sloth. Q. Rev. Biol., 1941, 16: 13; passim.-—Congreso (III.) mundial trabajo y alegria, Roma, 26 junio-3 julio 1938. Bol. Inst, internac. amer. protec inf., Montev., 1938-39, 12: 136.—Greenbie, M. L. B. The lost art of staying home. In her Art of Living in War., N. Y., 1943, 139-55.-—Group activities of local private agencies in the leisure-time field, 1940—41. Social Statist, Alb., 1940-41, 4: Suppl. No. 2, 3-11.—James, H. E. O. Ado- lescent leisure. Lancet, Lond., 1943, 1: 504. ------& Moore, F. T. Adolescent leisure in a working-class district. Occup. Psychol., Lond., 1944, 18: 24-34.—Kelley, E. P. Occupational therapy as mental hygiene for retired persons. Occup. Ther. Rehabil., 1943, 22: 143-5.—Martin, E. W. The amount of leisure time. In his Standard of Living in 1860, Chic, 1942, 343-50.—Riley, J. W., jr. Social leisure. Summaries Thes. Harvard Univ. (1937) 1938, 370-3.—Schapera, I. The em- ployment of leisure [Kgatla] In his Married Life Afr. Tribe, Lond., 1940, 166-72.—Stieglitz, F. J. Leisure in senescence. In his Geriatr. Med., Phila., 1943, 23-7.—Trow, W. C. The leisure activities of students and their instructors. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1927, 34: 406-14.—Wayman, R. M. An appraisal of the extracurricular program of the secondary school made by alumni in the light of their present community leisure- time interests. Univ. Pittsburgh Bull. School M., 1943, 39: No. 2, 464-9 (Abstr.) LEITCH, Archibald, 1878-1931. For obituary see Bril. M. J., 1931, 1: 247. Also Glasgow M. J., 1931, 115: 135-9. Also J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1931, 34: 393, portr. Also Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 328. LEITCH, John Wilson, -1935. For obituary see Glasgow M. J., 1935, 123: 305. LEITE, Augusto Cesar, 1886- Bio-bibliografia. Die biobibl. brasil., Rio, 1937, 1: 657. LEITE, Raul, -1939. Medeiros, M. de. Raul Leite; reminiscencias. Resenha med., Rio, i942, 9: 4—7.—Pela passagem do aniversario de nascimento do Dr Raul Leite; expressiva homenagem dos diretores e funcionarios da organizacao fundada pelo saudoso industrial brasileiro. Ibid., 1941, 8: 346. LEITFADEN LEITFADEN der Chirurgie und Orthopadie des Mundes und der Kiefer. See under Lindemann, A., ed. LE1TNER, August, 1907- *Franzosische und deutsche Medizin in der ersten Halfte des 19. Jahrhunderts; auf Grund von Wunderlich: Wien und Paris. 27p. 8? Miinch., L. Mossl, 1936. LEITNER, Hubert, 1911- *Verdienst und Stellung Brunner's in der Geschichte der Zahnheilkunde [Munchen] 23p. 8? Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1936. LEITNER, Ignatius, 1903- *Ileus und Schwangerschaft [Leipzig] 38p. 8? Lucka i. T., R. Berger, 1927. LEITNER, Johann, 1912- *Die Ent- wicklung der Pneumographie. 21p. 22cm. Erlangen, M. Krahl, 1937. LEITNER, Joseph, 1909- *Contribution a l'etude clinique du mycosis fungoide k type interverti. 40p. 8? Par., Presses Modern., 1935. LEITNER, Nikolaus, 1904- *Ueber die kunstliche Erzeugung von Bakteriophagen [Frankfurt a. M.] 36p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1928. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 57: 50-85. LEITNER, Otto, 1902- *Zur Kasuistik von entzundlichen Adnextumoren mit Darm- fisteln [Munchen] 19p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1935. LEITNER, Waldemar, 1908- *Ueber Nachwehen und ihre Schmerzbekampfung [Munchen] 14p. 8? Wurzb., K. Triltsch, 1934. LEITNER, Wolfgang, 1911- *Ueber den Verlauf von Spontanfrakturen bei Carcinom- metastasen [Jena] 39p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937. LEITSMANN, Walter Fritz Gunther, 1913- *Fokale Infektion und ihre Beziehungen zum Reizleitungssystem des Herzens. 47p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1935. LEITZ, Ernst, 1843-1920. Microscopes and accessory apparatus [Catalogue No. 38] 96p. illust. 8? [Lpz.] E. Leitz, 1899. See also Ernst Leitz zu seinem hundertsten Geburtstage. Optik, Weimar, 1943, 1, portr. LEITZ, Ernst, 1871- Biirker, K. Dr h. c. Ernst Leitz, Wetzlar, zum 70. Ge- burtstag. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 282, portr. LEITZ, Frank Bantley, 1896- For portrait see Kansas City M. J., 1941, 17: No. 10, 7. LEIURIS. Travassos, L. Sur le genre Leiuris Leuekart, 1850. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 1284. LEIVANT, Fanny, 1910- *Traitement du cancer du col uterin par les methodes physio- therapiques. 47p. 8? Par., L. Rodstein, 1937. LEIX, Anton, 1902- *Ueber ein Lymph- kystomfibrom des Uterus. 25p. 8? Miinch. [Salesian. Off.] 1929. LEIX, Rudolf, 1885- Grundzuge der zahnarztlichen Elektrotherapie und Rontgenolo- gic 98p. pl. 8? Berl, Berlin. Verl., 1920. ---- Einfiihrung in die zahnarztliche Ront- genologie. 78p. pl. 8? Munch., J. F. Berg- mann, 1923. ---- Zahnarztliche Lichttherapie. 2. Aufl. 79p. illust. 8? Lpz., H. Meusser, 1936. LEJA, Gerhard, 1907- *Ueber die Brauch- barkeit der alkoholischen Carvaseptlosung zur Handedesinfektion [Breslau] 30p. 8? Ohlau i. S., H. Eschenhagen, 1933. LEITE, Sarmento, -1935. Leite Filho, S. [In memoriam] Arq. rio grand, med., 1937, 16: 523-6. LEITER, Anna Hedwig, 1901- *Die Adrenalinbehandlung bei progressiver Muskel- dystrophie. p.289-327. 8? Lpz., S. Karger, 1931. Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1931, 81: LEITER, Friedrich, & HAY, Alfred. Leit- faden zur Behandlung und Bewertung von Kystoskopen und deren Optik. viii, 39p. 8: Lpz., F. Deuticke, 1923. LEITER, Karl Theodor, 1902- *Ueber den Wert der Stiickchendiagnose (Probeexcision und Probecurettage) fiir die Erkennung und weitere Behandlung des Uteruscarcinomes. 15p. 8? Lpz., Gebr. Junghanss, 1927. LEITER, Russell Graydon, 1901- , & PORTEUS, Stanley David. The Leiter inter- national performance scale. 41p. 8? Honolulu, Univ. Hawaii, 1938. Forms No. 13, Univ. Hawaii Res. Pub. LEITERMANN, Franz, 1908- *Ein Fall von Spatmetastasen nach operiertem Mam- makarzinom ohne Lokalrezidiv. 22p. 8? Miinch., Buchdr. Hobenhaus, 1935. LEITES, Vera [M. D., 1935, Basel] *Ueber Fieber bei Ulcus ventriculi und duodeni [Basel] 17p. 8? Stetten, K. Schahl, 1935. LEJARD 673 LEJOSNE LEJARD, Simone, 1908- Contribution a l'etude du courant alimentant les ampoules a ravons X. 56p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. LEJARS, Felix, 1863-1932. Traitd dc chirur- gie d'urgence. 8. 6d. 2v. lllOp. [paged consecutively] pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1921. ---- [The same] Urgent surgery. 3. ed., transl. from the 8. French ed. by William s! Dickie & Ernest Ward, xiv, 814p. pl 4° Bristol, J. Wright & Sons, 1923. ---- Exploration clinique et diagnostic chirurgical. ix, 778p. illust. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1923. Also 2. ed. xii, 91 lp. 8° 1927. ---- [The same] Clinical examination and surgical diagnosis; transl. from the French by Helen C. Scott, xi, 872p. 8? Lond., J. Cape [1931] For obituary see Bull. Acad. mid.. Par., 1932, 3. ser., 108: 1063-72 (Rouvillois, H.) Also Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par. 1934 60: 169-94 (Proust, R.) Also Gaz. hon., 1932, 105:' 1334 Also J. chir., Par., 1932, 40: 481-90 (Proust, R.) Also Paris med., 1932, 85: annexe, 248 (Gregoire, R.) Also P. verb. Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1936, 10. Congr., 1: 151-5 (Lenor- mant, C.) Also Rev. chir., Par., 1932, 70: 652, portr. (Rouvillois, H.) LEJARZA Mora, Salvador, 1900- *Uebei die geographische Verbreitung der Weilschen Krankheit [Berlin] lllp. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1938. LEJBOWICZ, David, 1903- *Pleuresie sero-fibrineuse survenant comme premier signe clinique objectif de la maladie de Hodgkin- Sternberg (a propos d'un cas personnel) 80p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1930. Le JEMBLE de la Hussaire, Hyacinthe, 1905- *Les mastoidites retro-labyrinthiques. 44p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LEJEUNE, Antoine Gilles, 1661-1713. For biography see Goulard, R. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. med.. 1930, 24: 6-16. LEJEUNE, Fernand Charles, 1909- *Parathyroides et grossesse. 103p. 8? Par., E. LeFrangois, 1934. LEJEUNE, Fritz, 1892- Die Zahnheil- kunde im dreizehnten Jahrhundert mit besonderer Berucksichtigung Guglielmo da Salicetos und Lanfranchis (nach lateinischen, italienischen und spanischen Inkunabeln) 81p. 8? Greifswald, L. Bamberg, 1923. ---- Die hinterlassenen Briefe des Leibarztes Philipps II., Francisco Herndndez; ins Deutsche iibertragen und bearbeitet. 41p. 8? Greifs- wald, L. Bamberg, 1924. --- Das Gesundheitsreglement des Palmireno vom Jahre 1569; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der spanischen Volksmedizin im XVI. Jahrhundert. 48p. 12? Greifswald, L. Bamberg, 1926. --- War Fauchard Zahnarzt? 32p. 8? Greifswald, L. Bamberg, 1931. LEJEUNE, Paul, 1909- *L'intoxication professionnelle par la manganese. 93p. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1937. LEJEUNE, Pierre, 1901- *Les abces puerperaux de l'uterus. lllp. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1932. LEJEUNE, Robert, 1901- *Fonctionne- ment de la maternite de l'Hopital Boucicaut pendant I'annde 1926. 88p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LEJEUNE, Roger Marcel, 1905- *L'anes- th^sie pe>idurale segmentaire. 124p. pl. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LEJOSNE, Lucien, 1910- *Les diver- ticules epiphroniques de l'oesophage. lllp. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LKK, G. J. van der. Editor of Brinkman's catalogus van boeken nlaat- en kaartwerken en tijdscbriften, die gedurende 1926-1930 in 119321 eQ giS het Ucht zagen- 118°P- 8? Leiden LEKANOMANCY. See also Divination; Magic. Silberer, H. Zur Charaktenstik des lekanomantischen Schauens. Zbl. Psychoanal., 1912-13, 3: 73; 129. LEKARSKY, Ivan K. [M.D., 1914, Lausanne] *Etudes sur la production d'antithrombine chez les animaux sero-anaphylactises. 19p. 12? Lausanne, Impr. Univ., 1914. LEKARZ wojskowy miesiecznik; organ oficerow korpusu sanitarnego sluzby czynnej i rezcrwy. Warszawa, v.7, 1926- _ See also Lekarz wojsnowy; Journal of the Polish Army Medical Corps. Bull. War M., Lond., 1941-42, 2: 73.—Polish medical journal published in England. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1942 119: 1519. LEKKAS, Ilias Georg, 1903- *Sauer- bruch-Hermannsdorfer-Gersonsche Diatbehand- lung und kutane Tuberkulinreaktion. 18p. 8? Giessen, O. Kindt, 1930. LELAND, Deyo S. See Beaman, A. E., & Leland, D. S. Health. 52 1. 28cm Minneap., 19-12. LELAND, George Adams, jr, 1886-1943. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., PJ43, 123: 854. LELAND, Roscoe Genung, 1885- Dis- tribution of physicians in the United States. Revised May, 1936. 83p. 8? Chic, Am. M Ass., 1936. For biography see Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 354-6, portr. LE LAY, Rene, 1912- *L'amibiase cutanee. 87p. pl. 24cm. Par., Jouve & cie. 1939 LELEMAN, Cecile Rotkiel [M. D., 1937, Basel] Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la syphilis du systeme nerveux par la methode de Vernes; traitement de la paralysie generale par 1'impaludation intracranienne [Basel] 91p 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LELEU, Lucien Jules Edmond, 1908- *Les images triangulares de la base droite. 64p. pl. 24cm. Lille, G. Sautai, 1934. LELEU, Martin Leon Joseph, 1903- *De la rupture de l'estomac dans l'indigestion gastrique du cheval [Alfort; Vet.] 81p. 8? Par., Nos Animaux, 1928. LELEUX, Jean. 1907- *Traitement et prophylaxie de la variole du pigeon et de la poule [Alfort; Vet.] 54p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1934. LELIAS, Louis, 1910- Contribution k l'etude des contusions de la rate. 42p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. LELIEVRE, Andre, 1901- Contribution k l'etude des amauroses post-hemorragiques. 107p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. Le LIEVRE, Guillaume, fl. ca 1520. Ars memorativa. 32 1. 20^cm. [Paris] Jodocus Badius Ascensius [1520] Also another ed. 30 1. illust. rov. 8? Toulouse, Joann. Faber [1523] LELIEVRE, Jacques Marie, 1911- Con- tribution k l'etude pratique de la radiologie obstetricale. 72p. pl. 25J4cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LELIEVRE, Jean, 1901- Contribution a l'etude de l'dtranglement et de la torsion du pedicule dans les hernies inguinales tubo- ovariennes chez l'enfant. 155p. 8? Par., M. Lac,. 1927. 4G35G9—vol. 9, 4tli series- -43 LELIEVRE 674 LEMA LELIEVRE, Jean, 1914- *De l'utilisation des aerosols en hygiene et en therapeutique. 62p. 24cm. Par., M. Vign6, 1939. LELL, Helmut, 1907- *Die Bedeutung der Auerkorper im Blutbild [Berlin] 31 p. 23cm. Charlottenb., K. & R. Hoffmann, 1936. LELLI, Ercole, 1700-66. For portrait see Actas Ciba, Rio, 1943, 10: 219. LELLING, Eugen, 1911- *Zum Thema der Verbindung der Extrauteringraviditat mit Missbildungen [Halle-Wittenberg] 27p. 21cm. Bleicherode a. H., C. Nieft, 1938. LELLOUCH, Alfred, 1902- *Fonctionne- ment de la maternite de I'Hopital Saint-Antoine (1930-31) 220p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. Le LOCH, Jean Louis, 1909- Contri- bution k l'etude de la gomme stercula; son appli- cation dans le traitement de la constipation et de certaines diarrhees. 96p. 8? Par., Blondel la Rougery, 1936. LELOIR, Henri, 1855-96. For biographv see Beeson, B. B. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931. 23: 532. LELONG, Marcel, 1892- Maladies du tube digestif dans la deuxieme enfance. p.903- 94. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. In Traite med. enf. (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par., 1934, 3: ---- Le traitement et la prophylaxie du cholera infantile et des etats eholeriformes. 76p. illust. 23^cm. Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1938. See also Bensaude, R., Cain, A. [et al.] Maladies de I'in- testin. Vol. 2. 494p. 8? Par., 1932. LELONG, Pierre, 1899- *Le probleme des hallucinations. 103p. 8? Par., Presses Modern., 1928. LELONG, Roger, 1913- *Les plumes du coq; morphologies, macroscopique et micro- scopique; determinisme du plumage chez le coq. 49p. 25'->cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LELORRAIN, Maurice Louis Alfred, 1910- *Les complications gastriques de la phr^nicec- tomie. 135p. pl. 254cm. Nancy, G. Thomas, 1937. Le LOUET, Georges Marie, 1881- *Or- ganisation et fonctionnement des services veteri- naires zootechniques et des epizooties de l'lndo- chine; prevention antipestique [Alfort; Vet.] 61p. 8? Quimper, Impr. Cornwaillaise, 1927. LELOUP, A. [M. D., 1900, Toulouse] Con- tribution a l'etude du diabete oxalurique; k propos d'un cas de sphacele chez un oxalurique. 46p. pl. 8? Toulouse, Impr. Saint-Cyprien, 1900. Le LOUPP, Charles, 1901- *Les acci- dents dus aux barbituriques; notions pharma- cologiques, cliniques, pathogeniques et thera- peutiques. lOOp. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. Le LOURD, Raymond Henri Marie, 1909- *Sur les troubles oculaires au cours de 1'hydro- cSphalie infantile. 75p. 25/1km. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LELOURDY, Jean, 1903- *Sur quelques debuts insolites du cancer des colons. 91p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LELU, Paule. Les correlations humorales chez les inverteLres. 81p. 21cm. x 164cm. Par , Gauthier-Villars, 1938. Le LLYER, Alexandre, 1899- Con- tribution a l'etude de la demodecie du chien; Etiologie, pathogenie et traitement [Alfort; Vet.] 59p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1926. LELYVELD, Joseph. Chiropody (podiatry) 23p. 23cm. Bost., Bellman pub. co. [1941] LEMA. See under Eyelid, Glands, Meibomian. Le MAIGNAN de Kerangat, Nelly, 1914- *Recherches sur I'hygiene infantile dans le departement dTlle-et-Viiaine. 57p. 24cm. Par, M. Vieme, 1938. LEMAIGRE, Charles Leon Henri, 1910 *Diagnostic et traitement des reins mobiles 60p. 25cm. Bord., Biere, 1937. LEMAIRE, Albert, 1875 1933. For obituary see Bruxelles med., 1932-33, 13: 346. Also Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1934, 5. ser., 14: 099-710, portr. (Govaerts, P.) Also Presse med., 1933, 41: 203 (Sergent, E.J Also Rev. med., Louvain, 1933, 33-37, portr. (Bruvnoghe, R j IbiJ., 321-36 (Maldasue, LJ LEMAIRE, Andre, 1898- *Etude clinique biologique et pathogenique des depots chole- steriniques. 103p. 8? Par., Presses modern.. 1928. ---- Le traitement des manifestations cardi- aques de la maladie de Basedow. 41 p. 23cm Par., J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1937. See also Loeper, M., & Lemaire, A. Maladies du tube di- gestif. 369p. 8? Par., 1930.------Foie, glandes endo- crines et nutrition. 377p. 8? Par., 1931. LEMAIRE, Andre Augustin Louis, 1910- *Les formes cliniques des meningocoecies pro- longees. 103p. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez- Bataille, 1935. LEMAIRE, Edmond Julien Louis, 1902- *L'application pratique sans instrumentation speciale de quelques recherches modernes de laboratoire. 158p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1929. LEMAIRE, Francois, 1894- *De la Iaparotomie en obstetrique porcine [Alfort; Vet.] 51p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1933. LEMAIRE, Henri, 1878-1930. For obituary see J. med. chir., Par., 1931, 102: 41-3 (Siredey, A.) Also Nourrisson, 1930, 18: 425 8 (Marfan, A. B.) Also Sem. hop. Paris, 1931, 7: 1 (Weill-Halle, B.) LEMAIRE, Jacques, 1912- *La dia- thermo-coagulation monopolaire en petite chi- rurgie ano-rectale. 99p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. Le MAIRE, Jean Charles, 1891- Ten- sion arterielle et diabete. 143p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1930. LEMAIRE, Joseph Jean Francois, 1752-1834. For biography see in Hist. Dent. Surg. (Koch, C. R. E.) Chic, 1909, 1: 94-7.—Thorpe. B. L. LeMaire, patriot and pioneer surgeon-dentist. In his Biogr. Pioneer Am. Dentists, Chic, 1909, 5-8, portr. Also Oral Hyg., Pittsb., 1920, 10: 680-3, portr. LEMAIRE, Robert Rene, 1908- *Pagcs de l'histoire du thermalisme; Jacques-Francois Chomel (1678-1756) 80p. pl. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1933. LEMAIRE, Suzanne, 1911- *Instabilite organique chez les jeunes enfants tuberculises. 56p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. LEMAIRE-LISANCOURT, Pierre Marie P., 1783-1841. Dorveaux, P. Lemaire-Lisancourt, pharmicien et membre de l'Academie de Medecine. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. med.. 1934, 28: 277-86. LEMAIRE phenomenon. Pierris, C. A. de. Fenomeno de Lemaire. Dia med., B. Air., 1942, 14: 220-2.------ Hipctesis sobre el fen6meno de Lemaire. Ibid., 1943, 15: 194-7. LEMAITRE, Alain, 1910- Contribution a l'etude de l'ulcus vulvae acutum, maladie de Lipschutz. 57p. 254cm. Lyon, Bosc fr., 1938. LEMAITRE, Albert Joseph Philemon, 1880- *Le sulfate neutre potassique d'oxy- quinoleine (quinosol) dans la pratique veteri- naire [Alfort; Vet.] 31 p. 8? Par., P. Johanet, 1931. LEMAITRE 675 LE MARQUAND LEMAITRE, Andre, 1904- Contribu. tion a l'etude de la vaccination antidiphterique par l'anatoxine de Ramon a propos de quelques resultats obtenus par cette methode a l'Ecole departementale de Vitry. 38p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LEMAITRE, Fernand [M. D., 1906, Paris] P., M. Remise d'une medaille au Professeur F. Lemaitre. Paris med., 1937, 104: annexe, 94. Le MAITRE, Francis, 1908- Contribu- tion k l'etude des reves normaux. 66p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1934. LEMAITRE, Yves, 1906- *Etude anato- mo-clinique des tumeurs dites cylindromes (evolution cylindromateuse de certains processus tumoraux) 187p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LEMAN, H. Service de sante militaire; cours donne k l'Ecole d'application du service de sante; Themes et conferences. xxiv, 636p. diagr. 25cm. Brux., J. Lebegue & cie [1937] LEMANCZYK, Amandus, 1907- *Die angeborene Huftgelenksluxation und die Erfolge ihrer Behandlung. 65p. 23cm. Greifswald, E. Panzig & co., 1935. LEMANISSIER,- Andre Francois, 1909- *L'absence de reactions tuberculiniques chez des sujets infectes par le bacille de Koch. 83p. 254cm. Par., Vigot fr.. 1939. LEMANN, Isaac Ivan, 1877-1937. For obituary see Musser, J. H. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1938, 53: 16. Also Tr. Am. Clin. Clim. Ass. (1937) 1939, 53: p. Ii. LEMANSKI, Withold, 1862-1927. For obituary see Cassuto, C. E. Rev. tunis. sc. mid., 1927, 21:277-85. LEMANT, Jacques Auguste Pierre, 1906- *Hyperthermie et systeme neuro-vegetatif. 119p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1937. LEMAR, Clair Leone, 1872- For portrait see in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928. 6C6. LEMARCHAND, Charles, 1912- *Un traitement des fractures de l'extremite inferieure du radius par un appareillage permettant la mobilisation precoce. 25p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1937. Le MARCHAND, Genevieve, 1907- Contribution k l'etude du traitement de I'epi- lepsie par les injections intrarachidiennes d'air. 80p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. Le MARCHAND, Rene [M. D., 1908, Paris] *Etude sur les formes localisees de la dermatite polymorphe douloureuse. 74p. 8? Par., A. Michalon, 1908. LEMARE, Pierre Alexandre, 1766-1835. Genty, M. Pierre-Alexandre Lemare (1766-1835) Progr. med., Par., 1935, Suppl., 17-21. LEMARIE, Yvonne, 1912- Contribution k l'etude de la medecine au xvne. siecle; Jean Bernier, 1627-98. 102p. portr. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LEMARIEE, Paul, 1891- *Les ondes entretenues dans le traitement des affections gynecologiques. 53p. 8? Par., E. Paillet, 1928. LEMARIEY, Andre, 1900- Contribution a l'etude de l'otite scarlatineuse et de ses com- plications chez l'enfant. 122p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1928. See also Lauren?, G., Aubry, M., & Lem<>riey, A. Precis d'oto-rhino laryngologie. 1223p. 8? Par., 1&31. Le MARINEL, Frederic, 1862-1909. For obituary see De Vauclercy. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1909, 25: 391. LEMARINIER, Andre, 1904- *Les suites operatoires apres nephrectomie pour tuberculose renale. 82p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1931. ,J.e MAI*QUAND, Horace Sharman [M. D., 1922, London] & TOZER, Frederick Wickham. Endocrine disorders in childhood and adolescence x 298p. tab. diagr. pl. 22cm. Lond., Hodder & Stoughton, 1943. Le MASLE, Robert Charles Achille Amable, 1901- *Le professeur Adrien Proust (1834- 1903) 56p. 8° Par., Lipschutz, 1935. LEMAY, Pierre. Maine de Biran et la Societe medicale de Bergerac. 227p. portr. 8? Par. Vigot fr. [1936] LEMBCKE, Werner, 1909- *Einige atypische Fiille von multipler Sclerose [Jena] 43p. 8? Giistrow, Bever & Lange, 1934. LEMBERG See Lwow. LEMBERGER, Anton, 1910- Chronische Gastritiden und ihr Verhaltnis zur essentiellen hypochromen Anaemie [Munchen] 23p. 8? Lengerich i. W., Lengerich. Handelsdr., 1935. LEMBERGER, Friedrich, 1912- *Kli- makterium und Hypertonie [Munchen] 24p. 224cm. Furth i. Wald, P. Schrott, 1938. LEMBERGER, Joseph Lyon, 1834- For biography see in First Century (Philadelphia Coll. Pharm.) Phila., 1922, 179, portr. LEMBKE, Andreas, 1911- *Biologische Untersuchungen iiber Sauermilchquark mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Oosporagruppe; die proteolytischen Enzyme verschiedener Oos- poraarten. 44p. 8? Kiel, A. C. Ehler, 1933. LEMBKE, Annelise, 1897- *Der gutartig verlaufende Spontanpneumothorax bei Lungen- emphysem mit drei Krankengeschichten [Berlin] 48p. 8? Greifswald, H. Adler, 1926. LEMBRICH, Hans, 1912- *Praktische Erfahrungen mit Neo-Hekolith und seine Kombi- nationsmoglichkeit mit Metall. 26p. 23cm. Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. LEMBRUSCHINI, Nilo S., 1910- *La cocaine et ses dangers. 46p. 8? Paris, Picart, 1936. LEMCHEN, Georg, 1902- *Ueber die Behandlung des fieberhaften Abortes. 20p. 8? Berl., E. Ebering, 1929. LEMCKE, Kurt, 1891- *Ueber gleich- zeitige Extra- und Intrauteringraviditat. 76p. 8? Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1919. Le MEE, Jacques Marie, 1880- See Wormf, G., & Le Mee, J. M. Les foyers amygdaliens. 502p. 8? [Par., 1931] Ls MEE, Joseph, 1908- influence de la meteorologie sur les recrudescences de l'appen- dicite. 59p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. Le MEHAUTE, Sylvestre, 1914- traite- ment des calculs du tiers inferieur de l'uretere par les methodes endoscopiques. 77p. 25cm. Lyon, Impr. Fac, 1938. Le MEN, Michel, 1915- Contribution k l'etude des tumeurs peripharingees. 66p. 24cm. Par., M. Vigne, 1939. Le MERDY, Hyacinthe Louis Joseph [M. D., 1917,Paris] Contribution a l'etude des paralysies oculo-traumatiques d'origine orbitaire. 107p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1917. LEMERE, Henry Bassett, 1872- For portrait =ee in Hist. Med. Nebraska (Tyler, A. F.) Omaha, 1928. 276. LEMERLE, Eugene Marie, 1914- Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement des affections douloureuses du petit bassin par la resection du nerf presacre. 47p. 254cm. Par., L. Arnette, 1939. LEMERLE 676 LEMKE LEMERLE, Frank S. Contribution a l'etude des antiseptiques urinaires. 24p. 24cm. Lau- sanne, C. Risold & fils, 1938. LEMERLE, Guy, 1903- *La reaction de Vernes k la r6sorcine; ses applications, sa valeur, ce que Ton peut demander a cettc reaction pour le diagnostic, le pronostic et la conduite du traite- ment de la tuberculose. 105p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LEMERLE, Lucien, 1852-1937. Notice sur I'histoire de l'art dentaire depuis les temps les plus reculcs jusqu'a mos jours, suivie du Cata- logue de l'Exposition retrospective de l'art den- taire ... a l'Exposition Universelle de 1900. x, 221p. illust. 8? Par., Bur. Odont., 1900. lor obituary see Roy, M. Odontologie, Par., 1937, 75: 620, portr. Le MERRE, Andre, 1909- *Les reactions h6patiques latentes dans la constipation, la choiemie des constipes. 67p. 25cm. Marseille, M. Leconte, 1935. LEMESLE, Emile, 1910- *A propos d'un monstrueux prolapsus utero-vaginal chez une femme enceinte pres du terme. 48p. 25cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1938. Le MEUR, Raymond, 1910- Contribu- tion k l'etude diabete renal. 127p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1934. LEMIERRE, Andre Alfred, 1875- Mala- dies infectieuses; lecons cliniques professees a I'Hopital Claude-Bernard. 406p. illust. diagr. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1935. Also 2. serie. 307p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1937. ---- Quelques verites premieres (ou soi-disant telles) sur les maladies infectieuses. 76p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1937. See also Couvelr.ire, A., Lemierre, A. A., & Lenormant, C Pratique mfedico-chirurgicale. 3. id. 8v. 8? Par., 1931 Also Suppl. [v.9] 1936. ---- & DESCHAMPS, Pierre Noel. Les endocardites infectieuses; diagnostic et traite- ment. 72p. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1930. LEMIERRE, Andre Alfred, & JUSTIN- BESANCOIn, Louis Eugene. Therapeutique hydro-climatologique des maladies du rein et des voies urinaires. 137p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. LEMIERRE, Jacques Henri, 1912- *Les formes curables et les formes frustes des septico- pyohemies a Bacillus funduliformis. 48p. 24cm. Par., Ed. Artistique, 1939. LEMISZ, C. G., 1908- *La lutte anti- tuberculeuse en Pologne. 40p. 8? Lyon Paquet, 1937. LEMKAU, Paul Victor, 1909- Editor and translator of Rorschach, H. Psychodiagnostics. 226p. 25cm. Berne, 1942. LEMKE, Johannes Heinrich Gustav Sieges- mund Hans, 1907- *Methoden und Erfolge bei Schadelplastiken. 25p. 23>£cm. Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1934. LEMKE, Julius Jacob Ernst, 1903- *Pathologie, Klinik und Therapie der Schleim- hautpolypen des Cervikalkanals und des Corpus uteri. 34p. 8? Kiel, A. C. Ehlers, 1929. LEMKE. Marie Margarete Anna Martha Charlotte, 1897- *Kommen bei den Astheni- kern und Tuberkulosen einzelne Blutgruppen besonders haufig vor? (zugleich eine Studie iiber den heutigen Stand der Blutgruppenforschung) [Berlin] 25p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff- mann, 1928. LEMKE, Marlen, 1912- *Ueber die Eignung der Edelmetallegierung Pedagan 11/590 zur Hcrstellung von Gussfiillungen. 28p. 8? Lpz., G. Schuhknecht, 1935. LEMKE, Rudolf, 1906- Ceschichtliche Darstellung der Theorien uber die Entstehung des Krebses [Jena] 42p. 8? [Langensalza, H. Beyer & Sonne] 1928. LEMKE, Vera, 1902- *Die Fiirsorge fiir jugendliche Psychopathen mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung des Thuringischen Erziehungs- heims zu Stadtroda [Jena] p.360-93. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1928. Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928, 85: - LEMKE, Werner, 1910- *Statistische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Interferometrie. 18p. ch. 8? Berl., R. Pfau, 1937. LEMKE, Werner, 1911- *Die Pleuritis diaphragmatica und ihre differentialdiagnostische Bedeutung fiir den Chirurgen. 28p. 23cm. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1937. LEMKIN, William. Chemistry in modern practice, x, 630p. illust. portr. tab. diagr. 20".cm. N. Y., Oxford Book co. [1943] LEMM, Hans, 1906- *Zur Indikation zur chirurgischen Entfernung von Weisheits- zahncn. 27p. 8? Bonn, A. Brand, 1935. LEMMEL, Gerhard, 1902- *Ueber den Wert der Chlorierungsanlagen von Hallen- schwimmbadern unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Untersuchungen im Konigsberger Pa- liistrabad. 51p. 8?. Konigsb. i. P., E. Rauten- berg, 1926. LEMMEL, Heinz, 1903- *Zur feineren Diagnostik des nicht mechanisch bedingten Ikterus. 39p. 8? Lpz., E. M. Loffler, 1927. LEMMENS, Alphonse, -1938. For obituary see Arch, beiges Serv. San. armee, 1938, 91: 313-6. Also Dioscorides, Brux., 1939, 2: 80; 141. LEMMER, Kenneth Elery, 1906- For portrait see Nu Sigma Nu Bull., 1942, 31: 354. LEMMERZ, August, 1908- *Erfolge der Rontgenkastration an der Universitats-Frauen- klinik Bonn (1930-33) 34p. 8? Bonn, P. Kubens, 1935. LEMMET, Charles, 1906- ^ *La perfora- tion intestinale au cours de la fievre typhoide chez l'enfant. 56p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1933. LEMMING. See Mouse; Rodentia. LEMMOCYTE. See under Nerve tissue. LEMMON, Vernon W., 1894- *The relation of reaction time to measure of intelli- gence, memory, and learning [Columbia Univ.; Ph. D.] 38p. 8? N. Y., Columbia Univ. pr., 1927. Also Arch. Psychol., N. Y., 1927, 15: No. 94. LEMMON, Waldo Nathaniel, 1872-1944. For obituary see Texas J. M., 1943-44, 39: 556. LEMNACEAE. See also Hydrobiology; Spirodela. Steinberg, R. A. LJse of Lemna for nutrition studies on green plants. J. Agr. Res., 1941, 62: 423-30. LEMNISCUS. See Brain, Fibers; Cerebellum, Connections. LEMNITZER, Gertrud, 1908- *Ueber ein Sarkom der Tranendruse unter dem Bild einer Cvste. 8p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. LEMNILS, Levin, 1505-68. [Opuscula] De astrologia; De honesto oblectamento; De praefixo LEMNIUS 677 LEMONNIER cuique vitae termino. 102 1. 12? Antwerpen, Martin Nutius, 1554. Le MOAL, Louis, 1908- *Production et utilisation du lait en Cornouailles, secteur de Callac-de-Bretagne. 47p. map. 25cm. Lyon, A. Rey, 1937. LEMOIGNE, Alessio, 1821-1900. For biography see in Annuario vet. ital., Roma, 1934-35 414-21. LEMOIGNE, Madeleine Marie Marguerite, 1907- *Formes cliniques des infections pulmonaires par aspiration chez les nourrissons [Paris] 30p. 8? Caen, Impr. Caen., 1934. LEMOINE, Andre, 1914- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic et du traitement des asthenies endocriniennes. 31p. 24%cm. Par M. Vigne, 1939. LEMOINE, Georges, 1859-1940. For obituary see Carriere, G. Presse med., 1940, 48- 1061, portr. ---- & MINET, Jean. Manuel de thera- peutique clinique. viii, 848p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1926. LEMOINE, Henri Aristide, 1905- *La cystectomie par le bistouri electrique k haute frequence; sa technique, ses resultats [Paris] 116p. 8? Brest, Impr. commerc, 1932. LEMOINE, Jacques Paul Georges, 1914- *Le regime sec dans les suppurations bronchique chroniques [Paris] 44p. 24cm. Persan (Seine- et-Oisc) L. Gautier. 1938. LEMOINE, Jean, 1911- *Des abces pelviens tardifs apres l'appendicectomie. 69p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1935. LEMOINE, Jean Gustave, 1911- Con- tribution a l'etude de la tuberculose primitive de la trachee. 96p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1938. LEMOINE, Jean Marcel, 1905- *La thrombose de 1'artere bronchique cause de dilata- tion bronchique chronique de l'adulte. 189p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1936. LEMOINE, Joseph, 1888- La diathermie en oto-rhino-laryngologie; principes generaux d'eiectricite; effets biologiques et therapeutiques. 2. ed. 391p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1935. LEMOINE, Leopold, 1914- *Quelques reflexions biologiques sur la pensee creatrice. 72p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. LEMOINE, Marcel, 1909- *Les nephrites aigues hematuriques chez les enfants (etude des syndromes urinaire et humoral) 98p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937. LEMOINE, Pierre, 1889- , & VALOIS, Georges. Elements de biomicroscopie oculaire. vii, 302p. pl. 8° Par., Masson & cie, 1931. ---- Procedes d'examen de l'oeil vivant. p.845-936. 25cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1939. In Traite opht., T. 2, LEMON, A. B. See Charters, W. W., Lemon, A. B, & Monell, L. M; Basic material for a pharmaceutical curriculum. 366p. 8? N. Y., 1927. LEMON. See Citrus, limonia. LEMON balm. Le MONIET, Sebastien, 1865- For biography see in Fasc. script. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 557-60. LEMONNIER, Jean Marie, 1912- *L'hy- pochloremie dans les stenoses du pylore [Paris] 79p. 24cm. Rouen, L. Bellanger, 1939. LEMONNIER, Louis Ceran [M. D., 1838, Paris] A synopsis of natural history; transl. from the latest French ed. with additions from the works of Cuvier, Dumaril, Lacepede, etc.; and arranged as a text book for schools, by Thomas Wyatt. v, 191p. 8? Phila., T. Wardle, 1839. LEMONNIER, Robert Louis, 1908- Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic differentiel des goitres thoraciques et des affections pul- monaires en particulier de la tuberculose apicale. 65p. 8? Par., A. Olivier, 1934. LEMONOFIDES, Themistocles, 1911- *Sechs Falle von Porokeratosis (Parakeratosis annularis) Mibelli. 23p. pl. 22>f the lemui's comb. Am. Natur., 1936, 70: 19-28.— Wood-Jones, K. The myth of the lemur's comb. Ibid., 1937, 71: 95. LENA, Andre, 1908- *Etude critique des voies d'acces posterieures sur les visceres de l'etage sus-mesocolique. 96p. pl. 24cm. Mar- seille, Typogr. Ant. GED, 1935. LENARD, Philipp, 1862- Grosse Natur- forscher; eine Geschichte der Naturforschung in Lebenschreibungen. 2. Aufl. 332p. pl. 8? Munch., J. F. Lehmann, 1930. ---- [The same] Great men of science; a history of scientific progress; transl. from the 2. German ed. by H. Stafford Hatfield, xix, 389p. portr. 8? Lond., G. Bell & sons, 1933. LENARD ray. See Cathode ray; Roentgen ray. LENART, Gyorgy [Isoagglutination and blood groups] 45p. 8? Budap., 1932. Forms Oct. kiilonf., Orvosk6p7.es, 22: LENARZ, Wilhelm, 1905- *Beitrage zur perkutanen Wirkung des gelben Phosphors. 15p. 8? Wiirzb., G. Grasser, 1929. LENAU, Nikolaus, 1802-50. Leibbrand, W. Bauernfeld besueht den geisteskranken Lenau. Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 504-6. LENAZ, Lionello, 1872-1939. For obituary see Policlinico, 1939, 46: sez. prat., 2171, portr. Also Wien klin. Wschr., 1940, 53: 132-4 (Tripold, F.) LENCASTRE, Antonio Maria de [M. D., 1881, Lisboa] *Sobre a natureza do carcinoma en- cephaloide. 55p. 8? Lisb., Diario da Manhd, 1881. LENCI, Pedro, See Estiu, M., & I.enri. P. Cuestiones sobre el rol del bazo en la inmunidad. 103p. 22\Hoft npoxoflHMOCTH. 355p. illust. pl. 22cm. Leningr., the Institute, 1942. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Leningradskii oftalmologicheskii nauchno-prakticheskii institut. TpvuH. Leningr., T.l, 1936- LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Leningradskoe obshchestvo estestvoispytatelei. See Problems of ecology and biocenology. No. 7: Collected essays. 185p. 211/4cm. Leningr., 1939. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Leningradskye vrachi za god otechestvennoi voiny. 151p. tab. 21 Hem. Leningr. [Medgiz] 1943. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Nauchno-issledo- vatelyskii nevropsikhiatricheskii institut im. V. M. Bekhtereva. Rentgenodiagnostika i rentgenoterapia nervnykh i dushevnykh zabo- levanii. 301 p. pl. 23cm. Leningrad, Gosud. izdat. biol. med. lit., 1935. German and French summaries. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Onkologicheskii i institut. JlecHTb jieT AenTejibHOCTH JleHHHrpan- CKoro oHKOJiornuecKoro HHCTHTyTa, 1926-36. 465p. illust. tab. diagr. pl. 25^cm. Leningr. Gosud. izdat. med. lit., 1938. French and English summaries. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Upravlenie vysshei shkoly Narkomprosa RSFSR. See Voprosy ekologii i biocenologii; sbornik statei. Moskva, No. 4, 1939- [LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R.] Voenno-medi- cinskaya akademia RKKA im. S. M. Kirov. CfiopHHK TpynoB. 502p. illust. tab. portr. 25'^cm. Leningr., Izd. Voenno-med. Akad., 1937. ---- C6opHHK TpyjlOB nOCBHmeHHHH 55- jieTHK) Hay^Hoii h yue6HOft AeHTejibHOCTH ... npotp. T. H. TypHepa. 422p. illust. portr. 21,2cm. Leningr., Izd. Voenno-med. Akad., 1938. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Voenno-morskaya medicinskaya akademia. Tpyflbi. Leningr., T.l, 1941- At head of title: Narodnyi komissariat voenno-morskogo flota SSSR. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R. Vsesoiuznyi institut eksperimentalnoi mediciny im. M. Gorkogo. Psikhiatricheskaya klinika akademika I.P.Pavlova. Tpyitbi. CoopHHK 2: J^jiHTe- jibHbiii HapK03 npn uiH30(hpeHHH. 243p. tab. diagr. 21cm. Leningr., VIEM, 1940. LENINGRAD, U. S. S. R- See also Health organization. • Acadeiry (The) of Sciences of the U. S. S. R. Science, 1943, 98: 357.—Baikov, A. The Academy of Sciences of the L1. S. S. R.; programme for 1943. > ature, Lend., 1943, 151: 129 — Kercheev, K. Scientif c work in Ieningiad. J. Am. M. Ass., 1913, 121: 766.—h olesr.ikov, P. Branches of the Academy of Sciences of the LSSR. Science, 1943, 98: 205, passim.—[List of scientif c works, carried out by the co-workers of the Second Leningrad Medical Institute, published after 1934] Tr. Vtor. Leningr. med. inst., 1935, No. 6, 164-7.—Merkulev, P. F. [Report of the activities of the Petrograd Obstetrico-Gynaecolop.i- cal Society for 1921] J. akush., 1922, 33: pt 1, 91-100 — Perkal, S. I. [Demographic and health statistics from Lenin- grad] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 1503-12.—Scientific institutirns and buildings of Leningrad. Science, 1944, 99: No. 2558, Suppl., 12.^—Ucke, A. Aerztliches aus dem zarischen Peters- burg. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 783-6.—Z-latovski, M. LENINGRAD 680 LENNEMANN Medical men and institutions of Petrograd in 1917 and 1922 Minnesota M., 1932. 6: 74-7. LENINGRADSKAVA oblastnaya travmato- logicheskaya konferencia. See Leningrad. Centralynyi gosudarstvennyi travmatalo- gicheskii institut im R. It. Vredena. Trudy. Sbornik 2: So vklincheiiiem materialov 1-i Leningradskoi Oblastnoi travmato- logicheskoi konferencii, 29 Maya-1 lyunya 1934 goda. 508p. 22Kcm. Leningr. 1936. LENINGRADSKII nauchno-issledovatelyskii institut okhrany materinstva i mladenchestva im. Klary Zetkin. Bonpocw jierounoro Ty6epi%yjie3a b paHHeM actckom B03pacTe. 147p. illust. tab. 25J£cm. Leningr., Biomedgiz, 1936. LENINGRADSKII nauchno-prakticheskii far- macevticheskii institut. TpyAW. T.l. 156p. tab. diagr. 26cm. Leningr., Gosud. izdat. biol. med. lit., 1935. LENINGRADSKOE akushersko - ginekologi- cheskoe obshchestvo. C6opHHK paooT hjiciiob JleHHHrpaACKoro aKymepcKornneKOJionmecKoro oSmecTBa 3aBpeMHH bohhm h 6ji0KaAbr. 123p. illust. tab. diagr. 24}£cm. Leningr., Narkomz- drav SSSR, 1943. LENIROBIN. See Chrysarobin. LENK, Ferdinandus. *Pertractans maculas. 31p. 21cm. Wien, C. Ueberreuter, 1841. LENK, Hans 1863-1938. For obituary see Freyberg, B. von. Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen (1938) 1939, 70: p. xxv-xxxvi, portr., bibliogr. LENK, Robert. Die Rontgendiagnostik der intrathorakalen Tumoren und ihre Differential- Diagnose, xiv, 457p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1929. Forms Bd 1 of Handb. theor. klin. Rontgenk. (Holz knecht, R.) Wien, 1929. ---- Rontgentherapeutisches Hilfsbuch. 5. Aufl. ix, 102p. 8? Wien, J. Springer, 1937. LENKEIT, Erich, 1899- *Die Identi- fizierung von Leichen durch das Gebiss. 87p. 8? Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1931. LENKEIT, Lothar, 1913- *Die supra- condylar Humerusfraktur bei Kindern und ihre Behandlungsergebnisse wahrend der letzten 11 Jahre an der chirurgischen Universitatsklinik Berlin, Ziegelstr. [Berlin] 39p. 21}^cm. Koln, J. Borowsky, 1937. LENKER, Jesse Luther, 1882-1942. For obituary see Ann. Int. M., 1942, 17: 381 (Bortz, E. L.) Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 119: 1521. LENNANDER, Karl Gustav, 1857-1908. Dahlgren, K. K. G. Lennander; Gedenk- worte. 7p. 27Hcm. [Uppsala, 1908] LENNARTZ, Ernst, 1896- *Die Reaktion der Capillaren auf mechanische Reize bei Nicht- schwangern, Schwangern und Wochnerinnen. [Bonn.] p.302-11. 8? Berl., J. Springer, 1921. Also Arch. ges. Physiol, 1921, 191: LENNARZ, Karola, 1909- *Ueber die Erfolge der Bestrahlungsbehandlung der gut- artigen gynaekologischen Blutungen [Munster] 24p. 8° Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube, 1935 • LENNE, Paul, 1908- *Les r6sultats eioignes du traitement chirurgical de I'ovarite scl6ro-kystique; statistique portant sur 235 interventions. 80p. tab. 24^cm. Lille, Impr. Centr. Nord, 1936. LENNEMANN, Annie, 1912- *Versuchc iiber Immunitat bei Trypanosomiasis der Ratten [Heidelberg] 15p. 20>£cm. Manne-Eickel, M. C. Wolf. 1938. LENNEMANN, Hans, 1909- *Die Be- ziehungen zwischen den kindlichen Korper- massen und der Schwangerschaftsdauer uber- tragener Kinder. 24p. ch. 8? Bonn, II. Schonershoven, 1935. LENNEP, Alexander van, -1935. For obituary see Hooft, H. A. Tegen de tuberculose, 1935, 31: 3, portr. LENNER, Anders Lennart, 1897- Tebcr Zitronensaurebestimmungen und das Vorkom- men der Zitronensaure im menschlichen Korper; Erfahrungen aus Untersuchungen an haupt- sachlich obstetrisch-gynakologischen Patienten- material, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse bei Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. 335p. ch. 8? Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1934. Also Suppl. 1, v. 14: Acta obst. gyn. scand. ---- Untersuchungen iiber die Faktoren, die die Grosse des neugeborenen Kindes beeinflussen. 120p. Helsin., Mercator, 1943. Microfilm. Forms Suppl. 1, Bd 24, Acta obst. gyn, scand. LENNER, Joseph, 1902- *Die Gelenk- beteiligung bei Bluterkrankheit. 27p. 8? Erlangen, K. Dores, 1928. LENNERTZ, Albert, 1886- *Aelterc Ansichten und Beobachtungen iiber die Inku- bationszeit des Typhus, der Cholera und der Pneumonie, 1850-1900. 31p. 8? Munch., Bayer. Druck. [1935] LENNERZ, Doris, 1912- *Ergebnisse der Leberfunktionspriifung mit Galaktose bei Lebergesunden. 12p. 8? Tub., Bolzle, 1937. LENNOX, F. G. Studies of the physiology and toxicology of blowflies. No. 8: Rate of ammonia production by larvae of Lucilia cuprina and its distribution in this insect. No. 9: The enzymes responsible for ammonia production by larvae of Lucilia cuprina. 64p. illust. tab. diagr. 24'^cm. [Melb., Counc. Sc. & Indust. Res., 1941] Forms No. 109, Pamphl. Counc. Sc. & Indust. Res. Aus- tralia. LENNOX, William Gordon, 1884- Epi- lepsy. p.893-931. 8? N. Y., D. Appleton Century, 1936. In Pract. Lib. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936. 9: ---- Science and seizures; new light on epi- lepsy and migraine. xiii, 258p. pl. diagr. 21cm. N. Y., Harper & bros [1941] For biography see Ohio M. & J. 1942, 38: 265, portr. ---- & COBB, Stanley. Epilepsy. 197p. pl. 8? Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1928. LENOIR, Georges Lucien Gaston, 1911— *La radiophotographie par la methode de Manoel de Abfeu en milieu militaire. 50p. 25J4cm. Par., E. Le Frangois, 1939. LENOIR, Jean Pierre, 1912- ♦Traite- ment des syndromes angineux par le diethylami- nomethyl-3-benzodioxan (883 f.) 75p. 25cm. Par.. Vigot fr., 1939. LENOIR, Pierre Georges, 1911- ♦Con- tribution k l'etude des injections intra-veineuses d'huile camphree. 131p. graph. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. LENOIR, Robert, 1905- *Maladie osseuse de Paget et cataracte endocrinienne; etude clinique et pathogenique [Paris] 64p. 8? Orleans, H. Tcssier, 1932. LENORMAND, Jacques, 1896- ♦Con- tribution a l'etude de l'acidose renale. 131p. 8? Par., A. Le Grand, 1929. LENORMANT, Charles, 1875- Chirurgie des plaies de la plevre et du poumon. 69p. tab. 24cm. [n. p., 1912?] LE NORMANT 6S ---- Maladies chirurgicales du cou. 130p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1938. In Precis path, chir., 6. ed., Par., 1938, 3: ---- Maladies chirurgicales du corps thyroide. p.231-339. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1938. In Precis path, chir., 6. ed.. Par., 1938, 3: ---- Maladies chirurgicales du thorax. p.445-548. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1938. In Precis path, chir., 6. ed.. Far., 1938, 3: ---- Maladies chirurgicales de la bouche et du pharynx, p.860-1009. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1938. In Precis rath, chir., 6. ed., Par., 1938, 2: See also Couvelaire, A., Lemierre, A. A., & Lenormant, C. Pratique rr.edico-chirurgicale. 3. ed. 8v. 8? Par., 1931. Also Suppl. [v.b] 9C0p. 8? Par., 1936. For biography see in Fasc. sciipt. (Dartigues, L.) Par., 1932, 3: 490-2. ---- & BROCQ, Pierre. Chirurgie de la tete et du cou. 7. ed. viii, 381p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. LENORMANT, Charles, MENEGAUX, Georges [et al.] Precis de diagnostic chirurgical. 4v. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cio, 1937. LENORMANT, Charles, & SENEQTJE, Jean. Generalites [diagnostic chirurgical] p. 1-328. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1937. In Precis diagn. chir. (Lenormant, C.) Far., 1937, 1: LENORMANT, Charles, SOUPAULT, Robert, & SOULAS, Andre. Maladies de l'oesophage. p.347-444. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1938. In Precis path, chir., 6. ed., Par., 1938, 3: LENROOT, Katherine Fredrica, 1893- For biography see An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1941, 7: 147-9, portr. ---- & LUNDBERG, Emma Octavia. Ju- venile courts at work; a study of the organization and methods of ten courts, vii, 323p. plan, tab. diagr. form. pl. 24cm. Wash., Gov. print. off., 1925. Forms No. 141, Pub. TJ. S. Children's Bur. LENS (The) pub. by the Massachusetts Civic League. Bost., v.4, No. 2, 1926- LENS [crystallina] See also Eye; Eye, Posterior chamber; Eye movement, Accommodation; Iris; Vitreous. Szilt, A. v. Linse. p.1-322. 4? Berl., 1937. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Lubarsch & Henke) Berl., 1937, 11. Bd, 3. T. Terrien, F. Semiologie oculaire; le cristallinj anatomie, physiologie, pathologie. 240p. 8? Par., 1926. Chinn, H., & Bellows, J. G. The history of the crystalline lens. Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School, 1941, 15: 174-88.— Fischer, F. P. Linse und Glaskorper; Berichtsjahr vom 1 Januar bis 31. Dezember 1938. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941, 102: 24-43.—Fortin, E. P. Reflexiones sobre el cristalino Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1942, 17: 297-310.—Gordon, B. L. Ihe problem of the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 774-88; 1936, 15: 859-89.—Mikl6s, A. Bakterienzuchtung in linsenhaltigem Nahrboden. Islin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 89: 481-8.—Petere, A. Die Anatomie und Pathologie der Linse. Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1937, 39: 417-71.—Stuhlmar, O., jr. Crystal- line lens. In his Introd. Biophysics, N. Y., 1943, 104-6. --- Abnormity and defect. See also other subheadings; also Irideremia. Bifflp, A. Influenza della forma asferica delle superhci del cristallino sull aberrazicne di sfericita dellocchio. Ann. ottalm., 1933, 61: 367-80.—Campbell, J. A. Some overlooked congenital lens defects; cases. Homoeop. Eye Ear &c. J 1909. 15: 134-9.—Collins, E. T. Developmental deformities of the crystalline lens. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 51: 1051-6.— Cordiale. Un cas de microphakie. Ann. ocul., Par., 1901, 126: 346-53.— Fischer, F. Ein Lentoid in einem menschlichen Mikrophthal- mus. Zschr. Augenh., 1929, 69: 30-7.—Friedman, B. The development of the lens; its significance in the interpretation of lenticular abnormalities. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1931, n. ser., 6: 558-77.— Gnad, F. Ueber Mikrophakie. Klin. Mbl. Augenh.. LENS 1931, 77: 33-8.—Goldmann, H. Ueber Entstehung von JJ^kontinuitatsflachen in der Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1929, 122: 198-218.—Hippel, E. von. Ringwnlst in der Kaninchen- bnse. Anat. Anz., 1905, 27: 334-6—lsakowitz, J. Ein Fall von Linsendefekt nebst Bemerkungen iiber den physiologischen Nachweis der Linsencentrierung. Arch. Augenh., 1907, 57: 291-8 pl.—Jaeger, de. Volumineuse bulle congenitale du cnstalbn. Bull. Soc. beige ophth., 1935, No. 71, 167-71.— Lijo Pavia, J. Falta bilateral de cristalino de etiologia descono- cida. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1927, 2:25-41.—Mann, L Develop- mental defects of the lens and their embryology. Glasgow M. J., 1935, 124: 49; 126.—Mitvaleky. Mikrophakie und deren klinische Bedeutung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1893, 31: 323- 33.— Nutt, A. B. Microphakia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1933, 53: 629.—Platova, S. I. [Case of peculiar, congenital modifica- tion of the lens] Vest, oft., 1941, 18: 200.—Reik, H. O. A case of microphakia. Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1900, 9: 274-6 — Salzer, F. Ueber eine bisher unbekannte Missbildung der menschlichen Linse (Linse ohne Kern) Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 84: 52-6.—Shapira, T. M. Micro- and spherophakia with glaucoma. Am. J. Ophth., 1934, 3. ser., 17: 726-35.— Vazquez Rarriere, A. Bio-microscopia de los cristalinos a doble foco. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 1131-47.—Vos, T. A. Embryonale Synechiebildung zwischen Augenbecherrand und Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1936, 96: 452-66. ---- Abscess. Rychener, R. O.. & Ellett, E. C. Abscess of the crystalline lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1943, 26: 715-20.—Yver & Barrat. A propos. d'un cas d'abces du cristalhn. Arch, opht., Par., 1935, 52: 076-80. ---- Absence. See also subheading Aplasia; for postoperative aphakia see Cataract, Surgery: Eye, aphakic. Bartels. Einseitige Aphakie, Einaugigkeit, Fusion und Doppelsehen! Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1939, 102: 854-8.—Blain, E. Correction optique de l'aphakie. Union mid. Canada, 1941, 70: 1200-2.—Cowan, A. Some factors concerned in the correction of aphakia. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1934, 100-10.—Delaney, J. H- Traumatic aphakia and the Work- men's Compensation Act. Pennsylvania M. J., 1942-43, 46: 685-8.—Erggelet, H. Die optische Korrektur des aphakischen Auges. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1938, 52: 405-13.—Gradle, H. S. Experimental glasses for reducing vision and for obtaining binocular vision in unilateral aphakia. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1933, 310.—Harned, J. W. Pseudoaphakia fibrosa; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1944, 31: 253.—Hoff- mann-Rotzel, F. W. Die Ervthropsie der Aphaken. Zschr. Augenh., 1938, 95: 323-33.—Manes, A. J. Correcci6n 6ptica del ojo afaquico. Dfa med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 713.—Re- fracting and fitting glasses for aphakic eyes. Bull. Pract. Ophth., S. Franc, 1940, 10: 75-7.—Tivy, C. B. F. Unusual visual acuity in an aphakic eye. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1939, 59: pt 1,477. ---- Absorption and autolysis. See also Cataract, Resorption, spontaneous. B, A. Phakolyse. Geneesk. courant, 1910, 64: 161.— Basseres. Un cas de resorption totale du cristalhn chez I adulte. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1908, 52: 331-5.—Lijo Pavfa, J. Reabsorci6n de las masas del cristalino transparente en la camara anterior. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 317-23.— Seggel. Ein Fall theilweiser spentaner Resorption der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1907, 58: 47-51. ---- Accommodation. See Eye movement, Accommodation. ---- Ageing. Ltissi, U. *Das Relief der menschlichen Linsenkern-Vorderflache im Alter [Basel] 23p. 8? Stuttg., 1917. Biffis, A. Forma paraboloidea delle superfici del cristallino e deviazioni dalla condizione dei seni. Ann. ottalm., 1935, 63: 192-5.—Burger, M., & Schlomka, G. Beitrage zur physio- logischen Chemie des Alterns der Gewebe; Untersuchungen an der Rinderlinse. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927-28, 58: 710-24.— Muller, H. K. Ueber das Altern der Linse. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1936, 51: 128-32 [Discussion] 135.—Von der Heydt, R. Lens changes after middle age. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 4: 188-93.------The aging lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 545. ------ Visual prognosis for the aging lens. Ibid., 1942, 25:576-8. ---- Allergy. See also subheading Endophthalmitis. Braun, R. Ueber eine primare Giftwirkung der Linsen- substanz und ihren Einfluss auf anaphylaktische Experimente. Arch. Augenh., 1932, 106: 99-144. ------ Der Einfluss primarer Giftwirkung der Linsensubstanz auf das anaphylak- tische Experiment mit Linseneiweiss. Zschr. Immunforscb., 1932. 75: 326-36. ------ Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die LENS 682 LENS primiire Giftigkeit der Linsensubstanz (Histamin und Aret\ I- cholin) Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 341-67— Burky, E. L. Productim cf lens sensitivity in rabbits by the action of staphylococcus toxin. Proc. Sec. Exp. Biol., N. V., 1934, 31: 445-7.------& Henton, H. V. Staphylococcus toxin com- bined with kns extinct as a desensitizing agent in individuals with a cutaneous sensitivity to lens extract. Am. J. Ophth., 1936, 3. ser.. 19: 782-5.—Hasirroto, H. Linsenanaphylaxie am isolierten Gefasspraparat. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 56: 276-8. ---- Anatomy. Nordenson, J. W. *Ueber die Form der Linsenflachen im menschlichen Auge [Uppsala] 69p. 8? Stockh., 1912. Capraro, V. Ricerche morfologiche e sperimentali sul cristallino (petromizonti ed anfibi) Arch. ital. anat., 1937-38, 38: 1-37.- Csttaneo, D. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zonulala- melle. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 71-7— Holloway, T. B., & Cowan, A. Concerning lamellar membranes of the anterior surface of the lens. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1930, 28: 211-21, 2 pl.—Kahmann, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Linse, die Zonula ciliaris, Refraktion und Akkommodation von Siiuge- tieren. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1930, 48: 503-88, 7 pl.— McReynolde, J. C. The crvstalline lens svstem. J. Am. M. Ass.. 1928, 90: 13-22. ■-----The crystalline lens system in man and in the lower animals. Ibid.. 1929, 93: 1132-6. ■—■---- El sistema del cristalino. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1930, 8: 107-21. Also Texas J. M.. 1930-31, 26: 816-8.—Matumoto, K. Ueber die Linsennahte des Tigers. Keijo J. M., 1935, 6: 1-5.— Molole3e. A. Considerazioni e calcoli sull'indice totale della lente cristallina. Boll, ocul., 1937, 16: 176-97. — Rochon- Duvignesud, A. Structure et forme du cristallin. Ann. ocul., Par., 1935, 172: 563-87. ---- Antigens and antibodies. Burky, E. L., Woods, A. C, & Woodhall, M. B. Organ specific properties and antigenic power in homologous species of alpha crystallin. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1933, 9: 446-9.— Finlay, G. F. The effect of different species' lens antisera on pregnant mice and rats and their progeny. Brit. J. Exp. Biol., 1923-24, 1: 201-13.—Huxley, J. S., & Carr-Saunders, A. M. Absence of prenatal effects of lens-antibodies in rabbits. Ibid., 215-48.—Rtilth, von. Zur Arbeit von Sibata: Untersuchungen uber die Frage der Auto-Antikorper der Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 514.—Sibsta. Untersuchungen uber die Frage der Auto-Antikorper der Linse. Ibid., 770-4.—Witebeky, E. Lntersuchungen iiber spezifische Antigenfunktionen von Organen; Studien uber die Augenlinse. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 58: 297-311.—Woods, A. C, Burky, E. L., & Woodhall, M. B. The organ specif c properties and antigenic power in the homologous species of alpha crystallin. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1931, 29: 168-73. ---- Aplasia. Bridgeman, G. J. O. Persistent hyaloid artery in an aphakic eye. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Ophth., 987.—Schnaudipel, O. Die Durchlochung der Pupillen- schwarten. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1909, 70: 123-9.—Toufesco, S. Note sur 1 aphakie congenitale. Ann. ocul.. Par., 1904, 132: 107-17.—W eve, H. Congenital aphakia with hyaloid artery and retinal fold. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1939, 97: 79. ---- Astigmatism. See Astigmatism. ---- Biomicroscopy. See under Lens, Examination. ---- Bloodvessels. See also Hyaloid artery; Vitreous, Bloodvessels. Vejdovsky, V. [Normal and pathological presence of blood- vessels in crystalline lens of the eye] Cas. 16k. desk., 1927, 66: 1081-7. ---- Bloodvessels: Tunica vasculosa. Bruckner, A. Ueber Persistenz von Resten der Tunica vasculosa lentis. Arch. Augenh., 1907, 56: Erganzh., 5-149, 7 pl.-—Bucklers, M. Beobachtungen iiber den \ erlauf und die Riicktildung der Tunica vasculosa lentis bei neugeborenen Javanakaken (Maeaca irus mordax Th. i:nd Wr.) Arch. Ophth, EeiL, 1635, 134: 48-61.— Ciern'ak, W. A fibrous pseudo-lens taking its origin from the ti mca vasculosa lentis. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1S09, 38: 357-71, 4 pl.—Dinger, G. Gtfasse auf der vorderen Linsenkapsel in der Pupille ohne rrerkliche Schwartenbildung. Zschr. Augenh., 1928, 65: 129- 34.—Gallemaerls, E. luniqve vasculaire du cristallin et lampe a fente. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1927, 5. ser., 7: 647-56, 7 pl. Also Ann. ocul.. Par., 1928, 165: 82-97.— Hudson, A. C. Subluxation of lens and persistent posterior vascular sheath of lens in an infant aged 2 months. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.. 1928-29, 22: Sect. Ophth., 6.—Lugli, L. Sui resti della tunica vasculosa lentis retroiridalis all'osserva- zione hinrnirrnsropica. Bass. ital. ottalm., 1933, 2: 1334-47, pl.- Meissner. Arteria hialoidea persistentc con fijacion excepcional en el cristalino. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1929, 29: 301.—Terry. T. L. Extreme prematurity and fibroblastic oveigrowth of persistent vascular sheath behind ouch crystalline lens; preliminary report. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 203. ------ Fibroblastic overgrowth of persistent tunica vasculosa lentis in infants born prematurely; studies in development and regression of hyaloid artery and tunica vasculosa lentis. Ibid., 1409-23, pl. ------ Fibroblastic overgrowth of persistent tunica vasculosa lentis in premature infants; etiologie factors. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1942, 213-29. ------ Fibro- blastic overgrowth of persistent tunica vasculosa lentis in premature infants; report of cases; clinical aspects. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 29: 36-53, pl. [Discussion] 413-5. ----- Fibroblastic overgrowth of persistent tunica vasculosa lentis in premature infants; etiologie factors. Ibid., 54-68. ----- Fibroblastic overgrowth of persistent tunica vasculosa lentis in premature infants; studies in development and involution of hyaloid artery and tunica vasculosa lentis. Ibid., 683.— Thorner. Zwei Fiille von persistierenden GUiNkorperstrangen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 993.—Tomkin, H. Persistence of the circulation in the posterior vascular sheath of the lens in the right eye of a girl aged 14 years. Brit. .1. Ophth., 1934, 18: 39.-—Trubin, A. [Various aspects of the pupillary membrane, including the persistence of the vascular coat of the lens] J. teor. prakt. med., 1926, 2: 87-93. ---- Calcification. See under Cataract. ---- Capsule. Arkhangelsky, V. N. [Transformation of the capsule of the lens] Vest, oft., 1939, 15: No. 3, 6-9.—Boehm, G. Ueber die Feinstruktur der Linsenkapsel. Klin. Mbl. Augenh , 1934, 92: 452-5, pl. ------ Berichtigung zu meiner Arbeit: Ueber die Feinstruktur der Linsenkapsel. Ibid., 93: 525.—Busacca, A. Ricerche sulla anatorria della regione equatoriale della capsula del cristallino e sulla lamella zonulare. Arch. ital. anat., 1929, 27: 276-95.—Graves, B. Change of tension on the lens capsules during accommodation and under the influence of various drugs. Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 46-50.— Schmerl, E., & Thiel, G. Ueber das Membranpotential der Linsenkapsel und das Auftreten der Natriumnitroprussidreaktion im Kammerwasser. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1929, 122: 482-7. ---- Capsule, anterior. Bedell, A. J. The anterior lens capsule; a clinical and patho- logic study. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 548-55.—Butler, T. H. The anterior capsule of the lens. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K, 1939, 59: pt 1, 3-41.—Tavignot. De l'hvdropisie de la capsule du cristallin. Ann. ocul.. Par., 1849, 22: 97-103. ---- Capsule: Exfoliation [Vogt] Argiiello, D. M., & Tosi, B. Exfoliaci6n capsular del cris- talino de Vogt, asociada a trombosis de una vena temporal y a la linea de Stahli. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1938, 13: 681-3.— Garrow, A., & Michaelson, I. C. A case of exfoliation of the lens capsule with the pathological report. Brit. J. Ophth., 1940, 24: 400-3.—Irvine, R. Further observations on the nature, etiology and significance of exfoliations of the lens capsule. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941, 102: 57.—Linn, J. G. Exfoliation of the anterior capsule of the lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1939, 21: 717.—Vogt, A. Weitere Klinik und Histologie der senilen Vorderkapselabschilferung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 101: 705-8.—Wiederkehr, W. Weiterer Beitrag zur Klinik und Histologie der senilen Vorderkapselabschilferung an Hand von 18 spaltlampen mikroskopisch und histologisch untersuchten Augen von 14 Patienten des 60. bis 101. Lebens- jahres. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1938, 139: 541-52. ---- Capsule: Fold. Busacca, A. Ueber ein neues Spaltlampenbild in der Aequa- torialregion der Linse; Anwesenheit einer Linsenkapselfalte entlang dem Aequatorrande. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 79: 518-24.—H?rmp, H. Faltenbildung in der vorderen Linsen- kapsel. Ibid., 78: 57-9. ---- Capsule: Permeability. See also subheading Swelling. Bellows, J. G., & Chinr.H. Studies in capsular permeability and lens swelling. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1941, 4b: Suppl., 35. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 27: 205-7.— Bellow?, J., & Rosner, L. Biochemistry of the lens; effect of galactose on permeabilitv of the capsule of the lens. Ibid., 1938, 20: 80-4.—Borley, W. F., & Painter, M. L. Effects of dinitrophenol on the permeability of the capsule of the lens. Digest Treat., Phila., 1937-38, 1: S0.L—Friedenwald, J. S. The permeability of the lens capsule to water, dextrose, and other sugars. Tr. Am. Ophth. Sec, 1930, 28: 195-211. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930-31, 4: 350-60.—Gilford, S. R., Lebensohn, J. E., & Puntenny, I. S. The permeability of the capsule of the lens. Arch. Ophth.. Chic, 1932, 8: 414-40. LENS 683 LENS ---- Cavity. Fischer, F. Ueber Hohlraumbildungen in der Linse mensch- licher Embryonen. Zschr. Augenh., 1929, 67: 293-305 — Kaminskair, '£. A. [Formation of cavities in the lens] Vest. oft, 1937, 10: 675. ---- Chemistry. See also Cataract, Pathogenesis: Metabolism of lens. Bakker, A. Carbonic anhydrase in normal and cataractous lenses. Nutrit. Abstr., Aberdeen, 1941-42, 11: 285.—Bellows, J. G., & Chinr, H. Biochemistry cf the lens; studies on the swelling of the isolated lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 979- 99.—Bellows', J. G., & Rosner, L. Biochemistry of the lens; preparation of glutathione from the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1936, 16: 1001^3.—Bottazzi, P., & Scalirici, N. Recherches chirrico-physiques sur la lentille cristaliine. Arch. ital. biol., 1S03, 51: 95-116.—Brown, E. V. L., & Evans-, E. I. Studies on the crystalline lens; the nature of the reducing sub- stances in the lens. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1935, 33: 220-36.— Campbell, D. R. Recent observations on the biochemistry of the lens. Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 1133-6.—Euler, H. von, & Gunther, G. Zur Kenntnis des Diaphorase-Vorkommens im Blut und in Augenlinsen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1938, 256: 229-35.—Euler, H. von, & Martius, C. Ueber den Gehalt der Augenlinsen an Sulfhydrylverbindungen und an Ascorbinsaure. Ibid., 1933, 222: 65-9.—Fischer, F. P. Wasserbindung, Dureh- sichtigkeit und Durchlassigkeit der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 80-125. ------ Weitere Untersuchungen uber die Wasserbindung der Linse. Ibid., 517-26. ------ Die reduzierenden Substanzen der Linse. Ibid., 527-43.—Flurin, H., & Molinery, R. Le soufre du cristallin. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1927, 186-SO— Givner, I., & Gannon, C. F. Magnesium content of capsulated lenses, a review of its probable import; preliminary report. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 19: 941-6.— Goncalves5. A. Recherches sur les proprietes physico-chimiques du cristallin. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1930-31, 8: 5-22.— Graber, P., & Nordmann, J. La teneur en calcium du cristallin normal et pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 1534- 6.—Gross, O. Beitrage zur Linsenchemie. Arch. Augenh., 1907, 58: 40-3; 107.—Grumer-Schmoll, G. Quantitativer Harnstoffnachweis in normalen und pathologischen Linsen. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1934, 50: 161-6 [Discussion] 184.— Halbron, P. Les caracteustiques physico-chiniques du cristal- lin normal et du cristallin pathologique. Arch, opht., Par., 1939-40, n. ser., 3: 983-1018.—Krause, A. C. The chemistry of the lens. Yale J. Biol., 1932, 5: 55. ——— Chemistry of the lens; growth and senescence. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 71-7.—Kreimer, S., & Nordmann, J. Le pH rnterieur du cristallin normal et pathologique. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 474^6.—Lebensrohn, J. E. The biochemistry cf the lens: a resume. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 784-92.—Lottrup- Andersen, C. Bestimmungen von Linsenzucker. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5: 226-52.—Liideritz, B. Ueber Schnitt- veraschung der normalen Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, 99: 75-83.—Nordmann, J. Courbes de neutralisation et courbes de coefficient-tampon du cristallin normal et pathologique. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 412-4. ------ A propos du gonflement du cristallin. Ibid., 476-8. •------Etudes physico-chirciques sur le cristallin normal et pathologique. Arch, ophth., Par., 1935, 52: 78; 170.—O'Brien, C. S., & Salit, P. W. Chemistry of the lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1933, 3. ser., 16: 863-80.—Rosner, L., Farmer, C. J., & Bellows-, J. Bio- chemistry of the lens; studies on glutathione in the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, .20: 417-26.—Salit, P. W. Biochemical investigation of the nitrogen, weight and water content of crystalline lenses. Ibid., 1931, n. ser., 5: 623-33. ----- The reaction and buffer activity of noimal ox lenses. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 413-5.—Santoni, A. Sulla fosfatasi del tessuto cristallinico. Ann. ottalm., 1938, 6b: 208-13.—Scalinci, N. Recherches physico-chimiques sur la; lentille cristaliine. Arch. ital. biol., 1908, 49: 353-61.- Soji, Y. Cysteine du cristallin. Ann. ocul., Par., 1927, 164: 344-52. Also Hukuoka ikwadaigaku zassi, 1927, 20: No. 1, 6-13.—Tassman, I. S., & Karr, W. G. Glutathione in the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1929, n. ser., 2: 431-6.— Tron, E. /. [Investigation of the chemical and physico-chemi- cal topography of the lens] Vest, oft., 1939, 14: No. 2-3, 59- 68; No. 4, 6-20.—Weinstein, P. [Cystein content of the crystalline lens and of its capsule] Orv. hetil., 1931, 75: 1086. ---- Chemistry: Protids. Boehm, G. Ueber die Form der Linsenalbumoidteilchen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 92: 347-9.—Burky, E. L., & Woods?, A. C. Lens protein; new methods for the preparation of beta crystallin. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1928, 52: 41-5. —— Lens protein; the isolation of a third (gamma) crystallin. Ibid., 404-6.—Dold, H., Hbssner, O., & Kutscher, F. Bio- logische Untersuchungen iiber die Linsen-Eiweisskorper. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 46: 50-8.—Ecker, E. E., & Piilemer, L. The specificity of oxidized and reduced proteins of the ocular lens. J. Exp. M., 1940, 71: 585-90.—Gullotta, S. II punto isoelettrico delle proteine della lente cnstallina. Arch. sc. biol., Nap 1926, 8: 48-55.—Hoflmann, H. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Fraktionen des Linseneiweisses. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931, 71: 171-87.—Jess, A. Die Eiweis- stoffe der Linse. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1938, 52: 287-300. Also Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1938, 41: 337.—Krause, A. C. Composi- tion of albuminoid and alpha crystallin. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, 8: 166. ------ Composition of beta crystallin, albumin (gamma crystallin) and capsule. Ibid., 1933, 9: 617-24. ------Autolysis of the lenticular proteins. Ibid., 10: 631-9. ------Relation of the anatomic distribution of lenticular proteins to their chemical composition. Ibid., 788-92.------ The nature of the lenticular proteins. Am. J. Ophth., 1934, 3. ser., 17: 502-14.—Kunilusa, J. Ueber die Spezifitat des Linseneiweisses unter besqnderer Berucksichtigung des Priizi- pitingehaltes. Keijo J. M., 1930, 1: 409-27.—Lenhard, O. Kurze Bemerkung zur Arbeit von Gundo Boehm: Ueber. die Form der Linsenalbumoidteilchen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 93: 200.-—Nordmann, M. J. Le pouvoir-tampon des proteines du cristallin. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1941-42, 15: No. 51, 1-3.—O'Brien, C. S., & Salit, P. W. Iso-electric point of lens protein. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1931, n. ser., 6: 870-6.—Scalini, N. II punto isoelettrico delle proteine della lente cristallina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 359-61.—Wissmann, R. Der Einfluss der kUnstlichen Verdauung auf die Spezifitat des Linseneiweisses. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1903, 71: 150-64.— Woods, A. C. Chemical and immunologic researches on lens protein. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 4: 96-105. ----— & Burky, E. L. Lens protein and its fractions; preparation, and immunologic and chemical properties. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 102-10. ---- Cholesterosis, and xanthomatosis. Georgariou, P., & Wolfe, O. Cholesterinosis lentis. Am. J. Ophth., 1944, 27: 394-7.—Sala, G. Xanthomatosis lentis (caratteristiche biomicroscopiche ed istochimiche) Boll, ocul., i935, 14: 266-81.------ Seconde contributo alia adiposi patologica del cristallino. Ibid., 1936, 15: 811-9. ---- Coloboma. Ayres, G. C. Double coloboma of the lens with report of a case. Am. J. Ophth., 1905, 23: 147.—Butler, T.H. Coloboma lentis with abnormal ciliary body. Brit. J. Ophth., 1931, 15: 648.—Isakowitz, I. Linsencolobom nach Zonulariss. Arch. Augenh., 1908, 59: 372-7.—Meisel, S. D. [Case of bilateral, isolated coloboma of the lens] Vest, oft., 1939, 15: No. 2, 96.— Poljak, G. D. Ein Fall von Kolobom der Linse. Zschr. Augenh., 1929-30, 70: 53-7.—Rones, B. Coloboma lentis. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1920, n. ser., 4: 174-9.—Van Duyse, M. Un cas de coiobome atypique du cristallin, considerations sur la pathogenie. Bull. Soc. beige ophth., 1934, No. 70, 86-92.— Wibo, M. Coiobome pur du cristallin. Ibid., 1933, 9-11. Coiobome cristallien et arachnodactylie. Ibid., 1936, No. 73, 14-6. conical. See subheadings (Lenticonus; Lentiglobus) — Crystals. Ballowitz, E. Stab- und fadenformige Krystalloide im Linscnepithel. Arch. Anat. Physiol., Lpz., 1900, 253-70 — Cowan, A. Iridescent crystals in the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 1116.—Fewell, A. G., & McNair, S. S. Iridescent crystals in the crystalline lens. Ibid., 1939, 21: 891.—Fewell, A. G., McNair, S. S. [et al.] Iridescent crystals in the crystalline lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22: 1404-6. ---- Development and growth. Alexander, L. E. An experimental study of the role of optic cup and overlying ectoderm in lens formation in the chick embryo. J. Exp. Zool., 1937, 75: 41-68, 2 pl.—Beyer, K. Lens competence in Rana pipiens. Anat. Rec, 1942, 82: 474 (Abstr.)—blechschmidl, E. Die Formentwicklung der Linse. Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1937, 107: 508-30. —---- Leber die Entwicklung der Linsennahte. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1938, 45: 188.—Capraro, V. Ricerche sul cristallino dei petromizonti. Arch. ital. anat., 1934. 32: 491-504.—Dragoiu, I., & Crisan, C. Correlation entre le developpement du cristal- lin et celui de la vesicule optique, a propos d une anomalie rculaire. Bull. Acad. mid. Roumanie, 1938, 3: 305-8 — Dragonirov, N. Leber die Faktoren der embryonalen Fnt- wicklung der Linse bei Amphibien. Arch. Entwmech., 1929, 116: T. 1, 633-68.------ Ueber die Dauer der determinie- renden Einwirkung des Augenbechers auf die Linse. Ibid., 1930, 123: 206-29.—Fazzari, I. Contributo alia conoscenza del punto presuntivo e dello sviluppo della lente in Ambly- stoma mexicanum. Ibid., 1932, 127: 411-29.—Fischer, F. Ueber die Abschniirung der Linse vom Ektoderm beim Men- schen. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1930, 124: 507-20.------ Topographie der embrvonalen Linse. Ber. Deut. ophtb. Ges., 1938, 52:374-85. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1940, 23:461 3.— Gliickmann.A. Linsentwicklung und Peridermbildung. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1930, 93: 93-106.—Gradon, J. T. The de- velopment of the crystalline lens, with special reference to two changes taking place in it during the later developmental stages. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1907, 5: 136-42.—Griinvald, F. Zur Entwicklungsmechanik der Linse bei der Forelle. Arch. Entwmech., 1934-35, 132: 220-4.—Le Cron, W. L. Experi- ments on the origin and differentiation of the lens in Arobly- stoma. Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. (1905) 1903. p. xi-xiu. Also Am. J. Anat., 1907, 6: 245-57, 5 pl.—Lehmann, F. E. Die LENS 684 LENS Linsenbildung von Rana fusca in ihrer Abhangigkeit von chemischen Einfliissen. Arch. Entwmech., 1934, 131: 333- 61.—Liedke, K. B. Lens competence in Rana pipiens. J. Exp. Zool., 1942, 90: 331-51, incl. 2 pl.—Mend, E. Neue Tatsachen zur Selbstdifferenzierung der Augenlinse. Arch. Entwmech., 1908, 25: 431-50.—Monroy, A. Osservazioni sulle correlazioni tra l'accrescimento del calice ottico e l'accrescimento della lente in Triton. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 408.— Pasquini, P. Sulla determinazione e sul differenziamento del cristallino in Kana catesbiana (Shaw) J. Exp. Zool., 1932, 61: 45-107.—Polezhaev, L. V. [Regulation of the fetal eye anlage and development of the lens from the epithelium] Biol. J., Moskva, H>.'-!('', 5: 489-502.—Reverberi, G. Sulla formazione della lente dal margine del calice ottico nell'embrione di polio. Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 15: 337-43.—Scammon, R. E., & Hesdorffer, M. B. Growth in mass and volume of the human lens in postnatal life. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 17: 104-12.— Schaper, A. Leber einige Falle atypischer Linsenentwickelung unter abnormen Bedingungen. Anat. Anz., 1903-04, 24: 305-26.—Spemann, H. Neue Tatsachen zum Linsenproblem. ZooL.Anz., 1907, 31: 379-86.—Stockurd, C. R. The embryonic history of the lens in Bdellostoma stonti in relation to recent experiments. Am. J. Anat., 1906-07, 6: 511-5.—Stone, L.S., & Dinnean, F. L. Experimental studies on the relation of the optic vesicle and cup to lens formation in Amblvstoma puncta- tum. .1. Exp. Zool., 1940, 83: 95-125. incl. 4 pl.—Lbisch, L. von. Ueber den Entwicklungsmodus der Amphibienlinsc. Ver. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1924, n. F.. 49: 23-30. ------ Beitrage zur Erforschung des Linsenproblems. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1927, 129: 213-52.—Watanabe, T. Zur Frage der Entwicklung der Anurenlinse (Untersuchungen bei Bufo vulgaris japonicus) Okayama igakkai zassi, 1934, 46: 2405.— Woerdeman, M. W. Leber die Determination der Augen- linsenstruktur bei Amphibien. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1934, 36: 600-6.—Yatabe, T. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Morphologie der Linsenniihte, nebst Bemerkungen iiber ihre Entwicklung und Regeneration. Keijo J. M., 1933, 4: 93- 246, 7 pl. ---- Disease. See also Cataract. Dtjverger, C, & Velter, E. Affections du cristallin. p.735-851. 25cm. Par., 1939. In Trait<§ ophth., T.5. Hess, C. Pathologie und Therapie des Linsensystems. 357p. 8? Lpz., 1905. In Handb. ges. Augenh. (T. Saemisch & C. Hess) 2. Aufl., 1905, Bd 5, Abt. 2. Baeh, L. Krankheiten der Linse. In Lehrb. Augenh. (Axenfeld, T.) Jena, 1909, 444-84.—Cirincione, G. Malattie del cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1931, 59: 769 803.—Fischer, F. P. Linse und Glaskorper. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1938-39, 96: 167-88.—Grochmalicki, J. Ueber die Linsendogenera- tion bei den Knochenfischen. Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1908, 89: 164-72.—Hudson, A. C. Some surgical experiences relative to disorders of the lens. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: 29-35.—Jess, A. Krankheiten der Linse. In Lehrb. Augenh. (Axenfeld, T.) Jena, 1935, 464-500.—Kirby, D. B. Diseases of the crystalline lens. In Eye and its Diseases (Berens C ) Phila., 1936, 565-99. Also in Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y.. 1937. 11: 148-79.—Marlow, F. W., & Marlow, S B. Crystalline lens; disorders. In Cyclop. Med. (Piersol-Bortz) Phila., 1939, 4: 639-47.—Muller. H. K., Sohr, H., & Briining, A. Vorbereitende Untersuchungen zur Frage der medikamentosen Linsentherapie. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1939-40, 141: 621-32.— Peters, A. Die Pathologie der Linse. Erg. allg. Path., 1933, 26: Ergzbd, 1-120. ---- Disease: Etiology. # Busacca, A. Le infezioni del cristallino da cocchi. Boll. ocul., 1933, 12: 647-70.—Chiazzaro, D. L'infection sporulaire du cristallin; Iatence et reactivation. Ann. ocul., Par., 1928, 165: 183-96.—Hildesheimer, S. Ueber den Zusammenhang endocriner Linsenerkrankungen mit dem Mineralstoffwechsel aus der Gruppe Calcium-Strontium. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr. (1937) 1938, 15. Congr., 4: Commun. 325-34.—Kunz, E. Abnorme Grosse der Linse als Ursache von jugendlichen Glau- kom. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 87: 433-41.—Morax, V. L'infection du cristalhn. Bull. Acad. mid., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 97: 96-9. ------ & Chiazzaro. Sur l'infection du cristallin; recherches cliniques et expcnmentales. Ann. ocul., Par., 1927 164: 241-58; 641.—Nida, M., & Chiazzaro, D. Note sur un cas d'infection cristallinienne a Bacillus megatherium. Ibid 1928, 165: 909-14.—Patch, E. M. Cataracts in Amblystoma, tigrinum larvae fed experimental diets. Proc. Soc. Exp Biol N. Y., 1941, 46: 205-7—Rauh, W. Linse und Hormone' Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1938, 52: 316-25.—Samuels, B. Lesions in the lens caused by purulent corneal ulcers Tr Am Ophth. Soc, 1941, 39: 66-72, 3 pl [Discussion] 79-82.— Steffan. H. Die Beziehungen der Linsenveriinderungen zu Alter, Geschlecht, Farbe und Rasse des Pferdes, ohne Beriick- sichtigung der Berlinschen Ringe. Zschr. Veterinark., 1931 ---- Disease: Pathology. Moers, C. A. H. *De lentis inflammatione purulenta. 31p. 8? Bonn, 1864. Arnold. W. Zur Frage der organspezifischen Reaktions- fahifkeit der Aug -nlinse. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1934, 82: 15-1 - ti-1.- Buba, II. Studien liber rim Colgischen Apparatinden. I.insenepithel zellen; iiber den Golgischen Apparat in den I.insenepithelzellen bei Naphthalinvergiftung, zugleich ein Beitrag zur dabei hervorgerufenen Veranderung des Apparates in den Zellen des Ziliarkorperepithels. Acta Soc. ophth. jap., 1939, 43: 57.—Bosa. F. II pH nell'acqueo e nel cristallino di animali paratireoprivi. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1938, 7: 613-20.— Bunge. E. Klinische Beitrage zur Pathologie der Linse. Zschr. Augenh., 1932-33, 79: 5-21.—Butler, T. H. Diseases of the lens; anomalies at the posterior pole of the lens. Tr. Ophth Soc. U. K, 1940, 60: 113-6.—Cahane, M. [Fluctuations of cholesterol of crystallin fluid in relation to age and certain pathological conditions (cataracts, tetany!] Cluj. med., 1932, 13: 215-7.—Fincham. E. F. An experiment on the influence of tension upon the form of the crystalline lens. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1930, 56: 138-47.—Freitag, G. Researches on the physiology and pathology of the lens. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1907, 36: 372-87.—Germani, C. Ricerche sperimentali ed anatomopatologiche sulla vitalita del cristallino. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1933, 2: 417-31.—Kreimer, S., & Nordmann, J. Cataphorese du cristalin norma! et pathologique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 83-5.—Peters. A. Weitere Beitrage zur Pathologie der Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1904, 42: 37-70, 2 pl. ------ Die Pathologie der Linse; kritischer I.iteratur- bericht uber die Jahre 1900 bis Juli 1906. Erg. allg. Path.. 1906, 10: 389-548.—Reichling, W. Pathologische Veriin- derungen in der vorderen subkapsularen Linsenzone. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1938, 52: 385-91. Also Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1938, 41: 344.—Tamponi, M., & Mecca, M. Micosi speri- mentale del cristallino. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 368-70.—Thomson, E. S. Observations on the pathology df the crystalline lens. Ann. Ophth., 1904, 13: 539-47.—Toufesco, S. Sur le cristallin pathologique. Ann. ocul., Par., 1906, 136: 1-16, pl. ---- Dislocation. See also Cataract, Complicated; Iris, Atrophy. Almeida, A. Ectopia lentis e luxacrio do cristalino na camara anterior. An. paul. med. cir., 1933, 25: 233-5.—Argiiello, D. M., & Tosi, B. Luxaci6n subconjuntival del cristalino. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1943, 18: 179-84, pl.—Atawi. M. A. el. Ectopia lentis. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt, 1936, 29: 159-63 — Ayberk, N. F. A case of luxation of the lens into the anterior chamber, tolerated for 25 years. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 632 (Abstr.)—Bellinzorta, C. Delia lussazione del cristallino sotto la congiuntiva. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1904, 240-59, pl.—Bellucci, O. Un raro caso di lussazione sottocongiuntivale del cristallino. Gazz. osp.. 1905, 26: 1054.—Best. Randwulste der normalen (luxierten) Linse. Zschr. Augenh., 1937, 91: 253.—Breisacher, C. F. Subluxation of lens. Clin. Conf. Rep, Wills Hosp., Phila., 1940, 2: No. 3, 18.—Cantonnet, A. Lea migrations secondaires du cristallin luxe sous la conjonctive. Arch, opht., Tar., 1906, 26: 761-73.'—Cail, E. F. Ectopia lentis. Clin. Conf. Rep. Wills Hosp., Phila., 1941, 3: 2.—Casini. F. Su di un caso di lussazione della lente nel vitreo. Arch, ottalm., 1938, 45:39-53.—Chang, L.W. Dislocation of the lens. China M. J., 1934, 48: 916-27, pl—Chichkarova, A. N. [Pathological anatomy of the eye in dislocation of the lens-into the aqueous body] Vest, oft., 1937, 10: 191-202.—Clarke, C. C. Ectopia lentis, a pathologic and clinical study. Arch. Ophth., 1939, 21: 124-53.—D«.irel, C. S., & Teruggi, A. Luxacion subcon- juntival del cristalino. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1941, 16: 400-3.— Fehr. [Zwei seltene Falle von Verschiebung der Linse unter die Bindehaut] Ver. Berl. ophth. Gesi. (1893-1904) 1904, 26. - Filippi-Gabardi, E. Spostamenti non traumatici (con- geniti ed acquisiti) della lente. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1932, 1: 715-62.—Fischer, F. Mitteilung iiber Luxation des reklinirten Linsenkerns in die Vorderkammer. Arch. Augenh., 1906, 56: 289.—Ganelina-Nathanson, M. S. [Displacement of the lena into the anterior chamber] Vrach. delo, 1931, 14: 453-6.— Goto |A case of ectopia lentis] Nippon gankwa gakukwai zassi, 1906, 10: 393-6.—Henoerson, E. E. Subconjunctival dislocation of lens. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1903-04, 24: 80-5.—Horner, W. D., & Maisler, S. Ectopia lentis with report of a case of total dislocation, directly downward. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1933, 120-34. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1302-4.—Just Tistornia, B. Ectopia del cristalino. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1935, 10: 251-8— Knobloch, R. [Disloca- tion of the lens] Cas. lek. eesk., 1931, 70: 1364-7.—Kramer, B. Beitrage zum Krankheitsbild der Phakokele. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1907, 67: 41 -57.— Laion, C. Luxation ancienne du cristallin dans la chambre ant6rieure. J. med. Bordeaux, 1907, 37: 361. •----- Luxation sous-conjonctivale du cristallin. Ibid., 612.—Lagrange, F. Luxation eous-conjoncti- vale du cristallin en haut et en dedans, migration dans le cul-de- sac conjonctival en bas et en dehors. Arch, opht., Par., 1909, 29: 753-5.—Lijo Pavia, J. Tolerancia del cristalino luxado en la camara anterior. Rev. espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 246-50.— Macfarlane, P. B. Two cases of dislocation of the lens. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1940.42: 171.—Marticorena, R.. & Saenz Alonso, R. Un nuevo caso de ectopia de los cristalinos. Arch, oftalm. hisp. amer., 1933, 33: 438-41.—Meyer, K. T. Ektopia lentis mit LENS 685 LENS spiiterer Luxation der Linse auf die Papille. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 104: 436-8.—Michel, von. Pathologisch- anatomische Befunde bei spontan oder traumatisch erworbenen Linsenverschiebungen. Gedankschr. verstorb. Generalstabs- arzt Armee Leuthold, Berl., 1906, 2: 617-40, 12 pl—Mura, F. Sulla lussazione sottocongiuntivale del cristallino. Atti Soc med. natur. Cagliari, 1934, 36: 584-94, 2 pl.—Parlato, M. Lussazione sotto-conginntivale del cristallino. Arch, ottalm., 1903-09, 16: 525-36.—Paula Santos, B. Un cas de cristalloide vide et \uxie dans la chambre anterieure. Fol. clin. biol S. Paulo, 1937, 9: 14.—Pittenger, B. N. Ectopia lentis. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 1051-5.—Rabinovich, G. A. Vivikh khrustalika v steklovidnoye tlelo. Vest, oft., 1903, 25: 95.—Ringelhan, O., & Elschnig, A. Ueber die Linsendisloka- tionen. Arch. Augenh., 1931, 104: 325-98.—Rogers, J. D. Luxation of the crystalline lens. Optometr. Week., 1940-41, 31: 1356.—Rowan. Case of dislocation of the lens of over 20 years' standing. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1897-98, 2: 68-73, pl—Sathaye, V. D. Ectopia lentis. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 617 (Abstr.)—Sena, J. A. Luxaci6n del cristalino en el espacio de Tenon. Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 2528-33. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2, 775-7.— Skydsgaard, H. A case of phacocele. Acta ophth., Kbh. 1937, 15: 343-9.—Terrien, E. Les subluxations du cristallin; leur diagnostic et leur traitement. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1926, 40: 97-102.—Wardale, J. D. Dislocated lens into the anterior chamber. Northumberland & Durham Al. J., 1905, 14: 97; 1907, 15: 19.—Weill, G. Ectopie des cristallins et malformations generates. Ann. ocul., Par., 1932, 169: 21-44, pl.—Zalenski, V. E. Luxatio lentis. Russ. kozhn. ven. bolezn., 1903, 17: 98-102.—Zimmerman, A. A lencse teljes ficzamodasa 16 szemeben. Allatorv. lap., 1907, 30: 435-7. Also Zschr. Tiermed.. 1903, 13:65-73. ---- Dislocation, bilateral. See also subheading Dislocation, congenital. Rubinstein, F. *Ueber zwei Falle von spon- taner Luxation beider Kristallinsen. 43p. 8? Berl.. 1927. Balogh, E. Luxatio lentis symmetrica. Orv. hetil., 1907, 51: 499.—Bossaliro, G. Lussazione spontanea bilaterale in- termittente del cristallino en camera anteriore. Boll, ocui., 1933, 12: 245-60.—Bussy & Chauvire. Deux cas de glaucome avec subluxation du cristallin. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1936, 766. —Dinger, G. Doppelseitige Ectopia lentis et pupillae als Begleiterscheinung einer Konstitutionsanomalie. Zschr. Augenh., 1927, 62: 394-8.—Driver, A. H. A case of bilateral dislocation of the lens. Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 41: 23.—Hirsch- felder, M. Complete luxation of the lens into the vitreous (bilateral) Am. J. Ophth., 1938, 3. ser., 21: 912.—Hossmann, E. Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Ektopie der Pupille und Sub- luxation der Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 193S, 90: 210-2.— Marquez, M. Caso notable de subluxacicn de ambos crista- linos y de una nueva forma de estrabismo. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1907, 7: 423-33.—Raj, H. A case of binocular sub- luxation of the lens in a child. Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 81.— Schweinitz, G. E. de. Symmetrical dislocation of the crystalline lenses into the areas. Ophth. Rec, Chic., 1903, 13: 22, pl.— Smith, J. W. Bilateral subluxation of lenses; needling of posterior capsule. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1942, 28: 1116.— Viramontes, L. S. LTn caso de subluxacicn doble del cristalino. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1925-26, 5: 41-8.—Walker, C, jr, 4 Weston, H. Bilateral subluxation of lenses. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 701.—Wardale, J. D. Double dislocated lens. Northumber- land & Durham M. J., 1901, 9: 35.—Woodruff, H. W. Report of a case of bilateral dislocation of the crystalline lenses into the anterior chambers. Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1904, 13: 296-9. ---- Dislocation: Complication. See also Glaucoma; Ophthalmia. Steitz, W. *Sympathische Ophthalmie nach subkonjunktivaler Linsenluxation [Heidelberg] 20p. 8? Giittersloh, 1935. Aliqud-Mazzei, A. Considerazioni su di un caso particolare di glaucoma secondario a lussazione spontanea nella C. A. dei cristallino catarattoso e parzialmente riassorbito. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, 10. ser., 7: 806-17.—Attlee, J. Atrophied calcareous lens dislocated into the anterior chamber. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1933, 26: 311.—Bufill, P. Dos casos de luxaci6n del cristalino en la camara anterior; glaucoma con- secutivo^ Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1930, 30: 250-3.—Bussy & Chauvire. Deux cas de glaucome avec subluxation du cristallin, Lyon med., 1936, 158: 709.—Dislocated lens adherent to optic disc. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1938, 13: 59.—Dor, L., & Paufique. Ophtalmie sympathique consecutive a une luxation traumatique du cristallin. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1932, 434.—Feher, G. Erhartva sarcoma £s lencse subluxatio esete. Orv. hetil., 1906, 50: 207.—Fuchs, E. Der Ciliarkorper bei Luxation der Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1929. 122: 86-95.— Gibson, J. L. Forward dislocation of lens; traumatic myopia; retenticn of accommodation. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australasia (1896) 1897, 4: 258.— Ischreyt, G. Ein Fall von eingeschniirtem Linsenvorfall. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1909, 47: 133-41.—Kronfeld, P. C. Separation of the zonular lamella from the ectopic lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 694.—LacroU, A Sclerectomie et glaucome secondaire a la luxation du cristal- •wo qr' I"ternat- Ophth. Congr. (1929) 1930, 13. Congr., 1,: H,Z»o.—Perera, C. A. Subconjunctival dislocation of lens ™ sympathetic ophthalmia. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 30: ui 7?nTe'. Phenomenes sympathiques consecutifs a la otq^*10*1! du /nstallin. Bull. Soc. med. chir. Drome, 1905, 6: 229-33. Also Ann ocul., Par., 1906, 135: 135-9.—Subconjunc- tival dislocation of lens with prolapse of ciliary bodv. Annual R£PV SIZf- °Pht.h-. Lab., 1938, 13: 55-7.—Terson, A. De tetat de I angle indo-corneen dans les luxations du cristallin S5n0mopag??es ^d hypertonic Arch, opht., Par., 1906, 26: 349-56. Also Belgique med.. 1906, 13: 273-6.—Werner, L. E. Case of dislocated lens with very defective zonule. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1929, 49: 510. ---- Dislocation, congenital. See also Arachnodactyly; Cataract, congenital. Henrich, L. *Ueber die Vererbung der Ektopia lentis [Giessen] 26p. 21 cm. Wiirzb., Werwie, M. *Ueber doppelseitige, spontane Luxation der Augenlinse in die Vorderkammer bei angeborener Subluxation [Miinster] 24p. 21cm. Quakenbruck, 1935. Aliqud-Maizei, A. Sulla ectopia congenita della lente (con- servazione alia lampada a fessura) Atti Accad. fisiocr, Siena, 1932, 10. ser., 7: 524-35, pl.—Allport, F. Dislocated lenses; congenital. Chicago M. Rec, 1905, 27: 853.—Becker. Linsenektopie in der I. (II.) und III. Generation; intra- kapsulare Extraktion in der I. Generation (Grossmutter und ein Zwilhngsenkelkind werden vorgestellt) Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 94: 547. Also Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 86: 245-7.— Cameron, E. P. An interesting example of hereditary disloca- tion of the lens occurring in four successive generations. Brit. J Ophth., 1926, 10: 384-6.—Castro, F. Luxaci6n congenita de ambos cristahnos. An. Hosp. S. Jose, Madr., 1931-33, 3: 87- 90.—Charami-, J. Corectopies et luxations des cristallins bila- terales et congenitales chez deux freres. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1929, 141-6.—Charles, J. W. Ectopia lentis with apparent power of accommodation. Am. J. Ophth., 1905, 22: 131-7.— Cohen, M. Luxation of the lens in the anterior chamber, of congenital origin, in two members of a family, followed by sec- ondary glaucoma; extraction of lenses. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 20: 685.—Desiderio, Z. Contributo clinico all'eziologia e alia patogenesi dello spostamento congenito del cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1909, 38: 246-57— Dinulescu, V., & Nestianu, S. [Congenital bilateral displacement of crystalline lens, associated with pupillary displacement] Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1931, 30: 452.—Dutchie, O. M. Operative treatment in a case of familial bilateral dislocation of the lens. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. 1936 56: 338.—Falls, H. F., & Cotterman, C. W. Genetic studies on ectopia lentis; a pedigree of simple ectopia of the lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 30: 610-20.—Fecht, W. Leber familiare Linsenluxation. Zschr. Augenh., 1927, 62: 162-8.—Filatov, V. P. O tryok slychayakh ectopia lentis congenita. Vest. oft., 1908, 25: 85-8.—Fledelius, M. [Origin of congenital sub- luxation of the lens, combined with constitutional anomaly] Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: [Oft. selsk. forh.] 32-5.—Fox, L. W. Congenital ectopia lentis. Am. J. Ophth., 1926, 3.'ser., 9: 257-60.—Harman, N. R. A case of congenital bilateral and symmetrical dislocation of the crystalline lenses. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-05, 5: 23-5. ------& Buxton, R. Dislocation of the lenses, with other congenital defects; secondary glaucoma. Brit. J. Ophth., 1940, 24: 135.—Helfand, B. A. [Case of familial hereditary ectopy of the crystalline lens] Vest, oft., 1939, No. 5, 72-4.—Howell, S. C. Congenital dis- location of lenses; hereditary influences. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 186.—Hubbell, A. A. Spontaneous dislocation of both crystalline lenses in 2 members of the same family. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1906, Ophth. Sect., 97- 9. Also Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1906., 15: 477-80.—Hudson, A. C. A congenital dislocation of both lenses, treated by iridotomy. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: Sect. Ophth., 7.—Knapp, A. The operative treatment of congenital subluxation of the lens. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1941, 39: 83-5 [Discussion] 91-3.— Kredbova, P. [Familial ectopy of the crystalline lens] Cas. lek. desk., 1932, 71: 871.—Kurz, O. Einige Fiille von Linsenek- topie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des konstitutionellen Moments. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 92: 193-216.—Lewis, G. G. Hereditary ectopia lentis, with reports of cases. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1904, 33: 275-86, 2 pl.—Moncrieff, W. F. Bilateral congenital ectopia lentis. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 654.—Nobecourt, P., Cathala, J., & Temerson. Luxation congenitale bilaterale du cristallin chez un premature; dolicho- stenomelie? Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 21-5.—Palin, A. Congenital dislocation of lens causing acute glaucoma. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: Sect. Ophth., 1619.—Pires, J. Ectopia congenita do crystalino. Rev. brasil. med. pharm., 1929, 5: 311.—Risley, S. D. A case of congenital dislocation of both lenses. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1906-08, 11: 245-7, pl.— Roese, H. F. Eine durch vier Generationen vererbte ange- borene Linsenektopie. Zschr. Augenh., 1933, 81: 149-55.— Rombolotii, G. Corectopia bilaterale simmetrica concomitante a ectopia lentis congenita. Special, mod., Milano, 1904, 2: 71-7.—Serr, H. Zur Kenntnis der von Vogt beschriebenen hereditaren spontanen Linsenverschiebung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 105: 368.—Shepard, C. Congenital dislocation LENS 68 of the lens. Brit. M. J., 1909, 1: 953.—Stumer, E. Seguendo le complicanze di una ectopia lentis crngenita 0O. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1907-08, 10: 87-101.—Tessier, G. Sposta- mento bilaleiale congenito dei cristallini. Lettura oft., 1930, 7: 128-44.- \iterli, A. Contributo alio studio delle ectopie congenite del cristallino. Ann. ottalm.. 1909, 38: 568-78.— Vogt, A. I islocatio lentis spontanea als erbliche Krankheit. X cataracte. Anjou med., 1904, 11: 226--S.—Castresana. B.. & Castresana, A. Rotura escleral indirecta con luxacion suh- conjuntival del cristalino en los dos ojos ocasionada por p| mismo agente traumatico. Rev. cubana otcneuroft., 1933, 2: 81-102.—Dea dy, C. Traumatic dislocation of the lens under the conjunctiva: an unique case. Homceop. Eye Ear &c. J., 1907, 13: 341-3.—Demi-tsiunos, B. Luxation complete du cristallin dans la chambre anterieure a la suite de son abaissement chirurgical dans le vitre. Ann. ocul., Par., 1935, 172: 7!t2. — Dor, L. Luxation traumatique du cristallin. Lyon med., 1904, 103: 1002.—Fornes Peris, E. I uxaci6n completa de cristalino de origen traumatico, con glaucoma secundario; extraccion a los tres afios y medio del traumatismo. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1929, 29: 669-71.—Fralick, F. B. Luxation of lens through a retinal tear into the subretinal space. Am. J. Ophth., 1937. 3. ser., 20: 795.—Grandclement, L. Deux cas de luxation traumatique du cristallin de types differents. I,von med., 1906, 106: 110.—Hardin, H. W. Traumatic dislocated lens; retinal detachment; hole in macula. Am. J. Ophth., 1943, 26: 616 (Abstr.) Mendoza Gonzalez, E. Luxaciones y sub- luxaciones traumaticas del cristalino en relaci6n con las varia- ciones del tono ocular. Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1936, 7: 891-900.—Paon. Mecanisme de la dechirure et de la luxation sous-conjonctivale du cristallin d'origine traumatique (ana- tomie pathologique et pathogenie) Ann. ocul., Par., 1901, 132: 330-40.—Pooley, T. K. Traumatic subluxation of the lens; secondary glaucoma; successful extraction, with preservation of vision. Am. J. Ophth., 1904, 21: 65-8—Possek, R. Spontane Reposition einer traumatisch subluxierten Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh.. 1906, 4: 381-0.—Ribon, V. Luxaci6n traumatica anterior y completa del cristalino izquierdo. Rev. cubana oft., 1929, 1: 337. Also Siglo med., 1929, 84: 286.—Rupp. A. Two cases of rupture of the eyeball with dislocation of the lens under the conjunctiva and ejection of the lens from the eyeball. Am. J. Ophth., 1908, 25: 295-309. ---- Dislocation: Treatment. Rossner, H. *Die Ergebnisse der Schlingen- extraktion bei Luxation und Subluxation der Linse [Wiirzburg] 20p. 21cm. Zwickau, 1935. Albertotti, G. Contribuzione alia cura della lussazione del cristal'ino nella camera anteriore. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1907, 8: 2797-805.—Brose, L. D. The treatment of some forms of lens displacement other than those of traumatic origin. J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 5t: 492-5.—Bruckner, A. Spontane Re- position der ectopischen Linse mit nachfol gender erneuter Luxation. Arch. Augenh., 1906, 54: 186.—Busacca, A. Ex- traction d'un cristallin suhluxe dans le corps vitre le luxant prealablement dans la chambre anterieure. Ann. ocul., Par., 1932, 169: 274-81.—Dieter, W. Zur Operation luxierter und subluxierter Linsen. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1928, 81: 299-303 — Dutt, K. C. Extraction of subluxated lens by the lever action intracapsular method. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1939, 22: 844-8 — Elliot, R. H. Some notes of 125 cases of posterior dislocation of the lens, as a result of operations by native couchers. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond., 1907, 5: 193-7.—Hildreth, H. R. A surgical ultraviolet lamp as an aid to the removal of dislocated lenses. Am. J. Ophth., 1934, 3. ser., 17: 414-6.—Jacobs, I. Spherophakia, luxation of lenses, and secondary glaucoma relieved by extraction of lenses. Ibid., 1937, 3. ser., 20: 1042- 4.—Jess, A. Die Extraktion luxierter Linsen mit der Hoch- frequenznadel. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1934, 50: 180-3 [Discussion] 184. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 721.— Knapp, A. Operative treatment of congenital subluxation of the lens. Ibid., 1942, 27: 158-60.—Koster, W.. & Gzn. Ver- wijdering van een bij de lensextractie in het glasvocht ge- luxeerde kern na 7 jaren. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 43: pt 2, 313-5.—Legrand, J. Traitement operatoire des luxations du cristallin dans le vitre. Arch, opht., Par., 1938, n. ser., 2: 924- 7.—Muncy, W. M. Subluxation of the lens followed by intra-capsular extraction. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1931, 24: 1177-82.—Paschkowsky, V. M. [Operative treatment of prolapse of the lens into the anterior chamher] Sovet. vest. oft., 1932, 1: 85-9.—Plitt, W. Soil man subkonjunktival luxierte Linsen entfernen? Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1909, 47: 84-7.—Pritchard, C. A case of dislocated lens; operation; good sight. Brit. Homceop. Rev., 1907, 1: 756.—Reese, W. S. The surgical treatment of dislocated lens. Pennsylvania M. J., 1939-40, 43: 1104.—Saint-Martin, R. de. Traitement opera- toire des luxations du cristallin. ln Traite opht., Par., 1939, 7: 719-22.—Schweinitz, G. E. de. Subconjunctival dis- location of the lens of 14 days' standing; removal; complete suc- cess of the operation, with restoration of vision. Philadelphia Hosp. Rep. (1908) 1909, 7: 8-10.—Stalberg, K. Fall at ectopia et coloboma lentis, behandladt med iridektomi. Hygiea, Stockh., 1909, 2. L, 9: 497-501.—Westcott, C. D. Corectopia and ectopia lentis; extraction of the opaque and dislocated lens. Ophth. Rec, Chic, 1904, 13: 114-6, pl.—Westhues, M. Die Luxatio lentis anterior beim Hunde und ihre operative Behandlung. Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 88: 121-5. LENS 687 LENS ---- Effect of various agents. See also subheading Irradiation. Lowenstein, A., & Haurowitz, F. Experimentelle LTnter- suchungen iiber das Verhalten der Rinderlinse bei Veranderung des umgebenden Mediums. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1929, 122: 654-60.—IM organ, M. W., jr, & Olmsted. J. M. D. Response of the human lens to a sudden, startling stimulus. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 42: 612.—Patch, E. M. Relation of diet to lenticular changes in larvae of Amblystoma tigrinum. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1943, 29: 69-84.—Rubino. A. Comporta- mento del cristallino in soluzioni varianti in contenuto Ca/K. Boll, ocul., 1936, 15: 279-92. ---- Endophthalmitis phacogenetica. See also subheadings (Absorption; Allergy) Straub, M. Over ontsekingen van het oog veroorzaakt dcor oplossing van lensmassa in de ooglymphe 88p. 8? Amst., 1919. Braun, R. Immunbiologische Untersuchungen zur Frage der Ueberempfindlichkeit gep-en I inseneiweiss bei Mensch und Tier (zugleich eine Kritik der Endophthalmitis phacoanaphylac- tica) Arch. Augenh., 1931, 105: 122-61.—Burky, E. L. Ex- perimental endophthalmitis phaco-anaphylactica in rabbits. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 12: 536-46.—Courtney. R. H. Endophthalmitis phacoanaphylartica with secondary glaucoma; a case report. Am. J. Ophth., 1933, 3. ser., 16: 530.—Cushman, B. Endophthalmitis phacoireni tica. Med. Woman J., 1935, 42: 321-4.—Goodman. E. L. Endophthal- mitis phaco-anaphylactica. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 90-8.—H oulton. A. C. L. Bilateral endophthalmitis of unknown origin. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K. (1942) 1943, 62: 295-8.—Lo Cascio, G., & hinaldi. S. Ricerche sulla cosidetta endoftalmite facoanafilattica. Boll, ocul., 1931, 10: 761-95.—Biehm. W. Experimentelles zum Problem der Endophthalmitis phaco- anaphylactica. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 88: 62-5—Rotth, A. On the question of phacoanaphylactic endophthalmitis. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1926, 55: 103-12.—Wille, W. A. [Treat- ment of inflammation of the eye caused by dissolution of the lens substance in the ocular fluid] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 1780. ---- Examination, and measurement. Dtjverger, C, & Velter, E. Biomicroscopie du cristallin. 187p. 8? Par., 1930. Argentino, A. Ricerche sulla struttura e la costituzione del cristallino, eseguite con il microscopio e fluoresrenza. Riforma med., 1934, 50: 578.—Balcet, C. Peso, diametri e volume del cristallino in rapporto all'et& e peso dell'animale. Boll, ocul., 1933, 12: 1135-^5.—Bedell, A. J. The crystalline lens as seen with the slit lamp. Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 53173.— Duverger & Velter. Reflexions sur la biomicroscopie du cristal- lin. Arch, opht., Par., 1930, 47: 417-27, 4 pl.—Fischer, F. Zur Gefrierungsmethode bei Untersuchung der accommodi rten Taubenlinse. Arch. Augenh., 1907, 57: 116-0.—Francois, J. Etude biornieroscopique du cristallin physiologique chez le lapin. Bruxelles mid., 1936-37, 17: 1109. Also Arch, opht., Par., 1937, n. ser., 1: 909. Also Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1937, No. 74, 69-74.—Gouldefi, C. The clinical significance of slit-lamp appearances; the lens. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 539-41.— Jiiger, A., & Vogelsang, K. Ueber Dehnungs- und Hiirte- messungen an tierischen Linsen. Arch. Augenh., 1935, 109: 103-7.—Kleefeld, G. Bio-microscopie du cristallin. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1938, No. 56, 9-13, pl.—Kreimer, S., & Nordmann, J. Le point cryoscopique du cristallin normal et pathologique. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 472-4.—Lo Cascio. G., & Bertuzzo, G. B. Ricerche spettrografiche sul cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1933, 61: 721-35, 2 pl.—McAndrews. L. F. A slit lamp study of 200 cases of young adult lenses. Pennsylvania M. .]., 1932, 35: 227-9.—Meesmann, A. Die differentialdiagnostische Bedeutung des Spaltlampenbildes der Linse. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1938, 52: 359-74.—Palomar de la Torre. Bio- microscopia del cristalino. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1932, 32: 527-33.—Vogelsang, K. Ueber elastometrische Messungen an tierischen Linsen. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 565-7.— Wols-ky, A. Lntersuchungen an Cornealinsen der Land- Isopoden in polarisiertem Lichte. Zool. Anz., 1929, 80: 56-64. ---- Explantation. Adachi, A. Ueber die Zuchtung von Linsenepithelzellen in vitro. Ar.ch. exp. Zellforsch., 1930-31, 10: 437-41—Bakker. A. Eine Methode, die Linsen erwachsener Kaninchen ausserhalb des Korpers am Leben zu erhalten. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1936, 135: 581-92.—Kirby, D. B. A study of the nutrition of the crystalline lens; the cultivation of lens epithelium. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1926, 31: 137-53. ------ The cultiva- tion of lens epithelium in vitro. J. Exp. M., 1927, 45: 1009-16, pl.------Culture in vitro pendant 7 mcis, d'une souche d'epitheiium cristallinien. Ann. ocul., Par., 1929, 166: ^OS- SOS. ------Estey, K., & Tabor, F. A further study of the cultivation of lens epithelium in vitro. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1928, 33: 146-65. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1929, n. ser., 1: 358-65—Kirby, D. B., Estey, K., & Wiener, R. V. E. A study of the effect of changes in the nutrient medium on lens, epithelium; cultivated in vitro. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1932 196-212 ------ Effect of changes in medium on cultures of lens epithelium. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1933, 10: 37-41.— Weekers, R. Cristallin en survie selon la technique de De Haan-Bakker; composition du milieu nutritif. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 140-2. -----r Cristallin en survie selon la methode de De Haan-Bakker; composition du liquide de perfusion. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1939, 97: 159-65. ---- Extract. Bietti, G. Sull'azione farmacolojrica di principii attivi di estratti di cristallino. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 980-3.—Ibsen, H. L., & Bushnell. L. D. The effects produced on parents and descendants by the injection of calf lens material directly into the rabbit parent. Genetics, 1934, 19: 293-309.— Schmerl, E. Untersuchungen an Froschlarven; uber den Einfluss verfiitterter Augenlinse auf Wachstumserscheinungen. Fol. ophth. orient., 1935-36, 2: 228-38. ---- Extraction. See Cataract, Surgery. — Fibers. Busacca, A. Formazioni fibrillari, tonofibrille, nell'epitelio del cristallino (nota preliminare) Monit. zool. ital., 11(27, 38: 271-7.—Capraro, V. Comportamento delle fibre del cristallino di Bufo vulgaris durante il periodo larvale fino alia metamorfosi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12: 162.------Sulla natura delle fibre del cristallino; ricerche sugli anfibi. Arch, ital. anat., 1938, 40: 251-67.—Gillessen, P. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage der Kontraktilitat der Linsenfasern. Arch. Ophth., Ber!., 1937-38, 138: 598-619.—Uki, S. Ueber einige merkwtirdigen histologischen Bilder der einzelnen Linsenfaser des Kaninchens. Acta Soc. ophth. jap., 1940, 44: 41. Fluorescence. Fischer, F. P. Die fluorescierenden Substanzen der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34,108: 544-52.—Koch. C. Sull'estinzione della fluorescenza del cristallino. Boll, ocul., 1933, 12: 643-6. & Fischer, F. P. Ueber das Verloschen der Fluoreszenz der Linse im kurzwelligen Lichte. Arch. Augenh., 1933, 107: 440-3.—Le Grand, Y. Sur la fluorescence du cristallin. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 207: 1128-30.—Schanz, F.. & Stock- hausen, K. Ueber die Fluoreszenz der Linse. Aich. Ophth., Lpz., 1909-10, 73: 184-7.—Vannas, M., & Wilska, A. Eine Methode zur Messung der Fluoreszenz der lebenden mensch- lichen Augenlinse und eine Untersuchung iiber ihre Abhangig- keit vom Alter. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 95: 53-64. ---- Foreign body. See also Cataract, Foreign bodies. Baquis, M. Corpi estranei magnetici del cristallino. Let- tura oft., 1932, 9:63-79.—Chaillous, F. Corps etranger magne- tique du cristallin. Gaz. med. Nantes, 1907, 2. ser., 25: 248- 52.—Deutmarin, A. Bericht iiber Heilung eines Falles von Eisensplitterveiletzung durch Magnetextraktion aus der Linse nach 40 Tagen. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 444-7.—Disler, N. N. Mnogolletneye prebivaniye v khrustalikfe oskolka rrledi. Vest, oft., 1904, 21: 746-8.—Genet, L. Eclat de pioche intracristallinien meconnu, datant de 6 ans; etat glaucomateux, enucleation. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1932, 712-4.— Hansel), H. F. Foreign body in the crystallin lens, extracted by the electric magnet. Am. Med., 1906, n. ser., 1: 144.—Havel, J. [Piece of porcelain lodged in the lens for 5 years] Brat. lek. listy, 1931, 11: 47.—Hay. P. J. Splinter of spectacle glass encapsuled in the lens, left eye. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. 1\., 1930, 50: 623.—Hippel, von. Zilie in'der Linse. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1927, 4o: 408.—Hollos, L. [Thorn in the crysta:line lens] Gyogyaszat, 1935, 75: 181.—Jeandelize, bretagne & Gault. Ln cas de corps etranger du cristallin sans cataracte. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 466.—Kazas, I. I. Sluchal izvlecheniya pistonnavo oskolka iz khrustalika s sokhraneniyem yevo prozrachnosti. Vest, oft., 1904, 21: 690-8.—Laqueur. Glass- stiickchen als Fremdkorper in der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1905, 53: 97-104. ------ Particles of glass as foreign bodies in the lens. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, 37: 176-81.—Longuet, H. Un eclat de cuivre toiere dans le cristallin depuis 17 ans. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1931, 208-10.—Luedde, W. H. Successful removal of a fragment of steel embedded in the crystalline lens, followed by linear extraction. Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1909, 3: 159.—Morax, V. Corps etranger metallique du cristallin; extracticn avec l'eiectro-aimant; guerison sans cataracte. Ann. ocul., Par., 1905, 133: 122-5.—Piekema. Verwijdering van een kopersplinter langs operatieven weg. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1909, 1: 344-6.—S^ntonoceto, O. Riten- zione di scheggia di ottone nel cristallino per 5 anni (nota clinica) Gior. ocul., 1927, 8: 122.—Sedan, J. Extraction d'un cristallin contenant un corps etranger metallique depuis 42 ans. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1938, 153-9.—Sherman, A. R. Foreign body in the lens with formation of cataract; method of extracticn. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1944, 31: 179.—V.il, 1>. T., jr. Studies in intra-lenticular foreign bodies. J. Mod., Cincin., 1926-27, 7: 647-9.—Van Lint & Vaucleroy. Examen a la lampe a fente, du trajet intracristallinien dun eclat de fer. bull. Soc. beige opht., 1928, No. 56, 14.—Vossius. Ein Fall von minim alem Eisensplitter in der Linse, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Diagnose intraokularer Eisensplitter. Ber. Oberhess. LENS 688 LENS Ges. Natur. Heilk., 1909, n. F., med. Abt., 5: 1-5.—Wickert, H. Idegen test a lencseben. Szemeszeti lap., 1905, 26. ---- Hemorrhage. Heymann. Ein Fall von subkapsuliirer Linsen-Hamorrhagie nach Elliotscher Trepanation. Zschr. Augenh., 1938, 94: 115. ---- Histology. See also subheadings (Anatomy; Fibers) Schultze, O. Mikroskopische Anatomic der Linse und des Strahlenbandchens. 30p. 23cm. [Berl., 1899] Fischer. F. Ueber Fixirung der Linsenform mittels der Cefriermethode. Arch. Augenh., 1906, 56: 342-9, 3 pl.— Mathis, J.. & Mathis, G. Bemerkungen zu Villanis Aus- fuhrungen iiber die Histologic der I inse. Anat. Anz., 1936, 82: 200-2.—Oliver, C. A. A histologic study of the crystalline lenses of a hanged criminal. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1902, 9: 490-3.—Villsri, G. Ricerche istologiche sul cristallino dei vertebrati. Ricer. morf., 1934, 14: 73-125. ---- Induction. See subheading Regeneration. ---- Injury. See also subheadings (Dislocation, traumatic; Foreign body) also Cataract, traumatic; Eye injury. Boeve, W. J. *Hct gedrag der buiten het oog gobrachtc verwonde lens in vorschillende vloei- stoffen. 64p. 8? Groningen, 1927. t'lapp, C. A. A report of an experimental study of the re- parative process of the lens capsule after injury. Tr. Am. Ophth. Sec, 1931, 29: 173-9, 5 pl.—Davidson, M. Lens lesions in contusions; a medico-legal studv. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 252-71.— Fruchte, W. Ueber Epithelimplantation in die Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1906, 44: 246-51.—Green- wood, A. Injuries and disease; the lens. In Med. Dep. U. S. Army in the World War, Wash., 1924, 11 : pt 2, 685.—Haldi- mann, C. Beitrag zur traumatischen Spiitrosette der Linse. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1942, 103: 302-7.—Hclzer, W. F. Normal vision, 9 years after the passage of a steel chip through the crystalline lens. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1929, 27: 148-53.— Inouye, Y. [Anomaly of the lens from outside injury] Nippon gankwa gakukwai zassi, 1904, 8: 453-61.—Levy, A. H. Injury of lens causing alteration of refraction. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Ophth., 13.—McReynolds, J. O. Traun'atic affections of the crystalline lens. Tr. Texas M. Ass., 1903,501-4. Also Texas J. M., 1C06-07, 2: 296-8; 1927-28 22: 336-9.—Michail. D., & Vancea, P. Influence des differents traumatismes du cristallin sur l'intensite de ses oxydations tissulaires. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 495-7. —Rolett, D. M. Unusual chanees in the lens following trauma; origin and treatment. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1940, 24: 1244-54.— Sanna, G. Contributo clinico e sperimentale alle ferite della capsula e degli strati posteriori del cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1931, 59: 543-65.—Szillinfky, R. Ein Fall von Linsenkapsel- verletzung; die Frage der Zonulalamelle. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 79: 389-93.—Vogt, A. Verlust der Linse durch Kuh- hornstoss. Med. Klin., Berl., .1906, 2: 1314.—Warschawski, J. Zur Casuistik der Linsenverletzungen durch Kupfersplitter. Ophth. Khn., Stuttg., 1904, 8: 20-2. ---- Innervation. Byrne, J. G. Paradoxical widening, flattening, of the lens, accommodation for distance, following lesions of the sympa- thetic paths; paradoxical narrowing, convexing, of the lens, accommodation for near, following lesions of the parasympa- thetic paths. In bis Stud. Physiol. Eye, Lond., 1942, 185-95. ------■ Paradoxical widening, flattening, and narrowing, convexing, of the lens as evidenced by actual measurements. Ibid., 196-9. ------ Inherent lens narrowing, convexing, tonus of the oculomotor nerve. Ibid., 200-0. ------ Inherent lens widening, flattening, tonus of the cranio-cervical sympa- thetic paths. Ibid., 207-12. ------ The effect of stimulation of the sciatic and of the cervical sympathetic nerve upon the mechanism which mediate lens widening, flattening, and narrowing, convexing. Ibid., 230-2. ------ The effect of activation of the preponderantly critical proprioceptive mechanisms which supply the orbicularis oculi upon the mechanisms which mediate reflex lens narrowing, convexing, and reflex lens widening, flattening. Ibid., 236-9.------ The effect of activation of the preponderantly critical proprio- ceptive mechanisms which supply the antigravity muscles of the leg, calf, upon the mechanisms which mediate reflex lens narrowing, convexing, and reflex lens widening, flattenin"- Ibid., 255-9.—Olmsted, J. M. D., & Morgan, M. W., jr. The influence of the cervical sympathetic nerve of the lens of the eye. Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 133: 720-3. ---- Irradiation. See also Cataract, ultrared. Bt kker, A. [Behaviour of the crystalline lens of the rabbit irradiated in vitro] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 5490-2.— Bossuet, A. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Ein- wirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf die Linse. Arch. Augenh. 1(109, 64: 277-88, 2 pl.- Clspp, ('. A. The effect of X-ray and radium radiations upon the crystalline lens. Am. j, Ophth., 1932, 3. ser., 15: 1039-44.—Duke-Elder. W. S. The pathologic action of light on the crystalline lens. Eve Mar A-c Month., 1926-27, 5: 135-40—Effect (The) of radiations «,n the developing crystalline lens in the norrral tadpole. Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Campaign, 1940, 17: 167.—Fazio, V. Ricerche sui processi deidrogenativi del cristallino dopo irradiazione con raggi infrarossi. Ann. ottalm.. 1935, 63: 370-83.—Goldstein, I., & Wexler, D. Rosette forrration in the eyes of irradiated human embryos. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., l'.^O, 35: j 10-53.—Hefs. Wirkung ultravioletten Lichtes auf die Linse. Sitzber. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1906, 52.—Hess, C. Experiments on the influence of ultra viclet light on the lens. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, 37: 307- 14, 2 pl.—Kranz, H. W. Experimentelle rntersuchungen iiber den Einfluss relativ kurzwelliger ultraroter Strahlen auf das Auge mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Ovsteinreaktion tier Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1925, 74: 56-68.—Lieben, F., & Krorfeld, P. Ueber die Wirkung der Belichtung auf die Eiweisskorper der Augenlinse. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 197: 136-40.—Lo C»scio, G. Ricerche sull'azione di alcune radi- azioni sul metabolismo del cristQllino. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1935, 6: 857-69.—Milano, A. Comportamento del contenuto in aminoacidi del cristallino dopo irradiazioni con raggi ultra- violetti. Ann. ottalm., 1939, 67: 541-9.—Nordmann, .1. La sensibilite du cristallin aux rayons X. Arch, opht., Par., 1931, 48: 560-5.—Palrrieri, L. Ricerche sui processi deidro- genativi del cristallino in rapporto all'azione dei raggi ultra- violetti. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34, 11: 99-120. ------ Azicne dei raggi ultra-violetti sull'ossidazirne di alcuni acidi organici da parte del cristallino. Boll, ocul., 1934, 13: 1482-91. Politzer, G. Ueber den Einfluss der Rontgenstrahlen auf die embryonale Linse. Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 551-5.— Rohrschneider, W. I.insensclvldigung durch ultraviolette Strahlen im Tierversuch. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1936, 135: 282-92. —---- & Glauner, R. Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die Wirkung der fraktionierten und der protrahiert- fraktionierten Rontgenbestrahlung auf die linse des Kaninchen- auges. Ibid., 1939, 140: 700-8.—Scotti, P. Alterazioni del cristallino da ragffi ultra-violetti. Ann. ottalm., 1930, 58: 963; 1931, 59: 19; 230.—Si5ji, Y. Sur la cysteine du cristallin et ses rapports avec les rayons ultraviolets. Hukuoka ikwa- daigaku zassi, 1931, 24: 9-14.—Triimpy, F. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Wirkung hochintensiven Lltra- violetts und Violetts zwischen 314 und 435,9/i/i Wellenh'nge auf das Auge unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1924-25, 115: 495-514. ---- Lenticonus. Darnel, C S., & Garbarino, A. Lenticono anterior. Arch. oft. B. Aires. 1942, 17: 363-6.—Feigenbaum, A. Lentikonus anterior. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 83: 35-7. ------ The origin of lenticonus anterior. Fol. ophth. orient., 1932-33, 1: 103-10.—Francis, L. M. An unusual congenital anomaly of the crystalline lens, atypical anterior lenticonus ('.') In Contrib. Ophth. Sc, Menasha, 1920, 112-44, pl.—Harris*. C. F. Bi- lateral anterior lenticonus with congenital discoid punctate cataiacts. Northwest M., 1940, 39: 219— Knobloch, R. [Bilateral lentikonus anterior] C'esk. oft., 1937, 3: 07-9.— Marback, H. Sinai da gota de olco na pupila; microfaquia, lenticone anterior. Arq. brasil. oft., 1943, 6: 119-24.—Moul- ton, E. C. Anterior lenticonus. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1936, 261-4. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107: 1809.—Rocha, H.. & Coscarelli, E. Lenticone anterior. Ophtalmos, Belo Horiz., 1943, 3: 219-26.—Rones, B. Anterior lenticonus. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Ophth., 1934, 175-86. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 327-30.—Schweir.itz, G. E. de. Anterior lenticonus. ln Med. Dep. U. S. Armv in the World War, Wash., 1924, 11: pt 2, 015.—Ter-Arutiuniants, S. M., Koty- lianskaia, P. I., & Chutko, M. B. [Diagnosis of lenticonus] Vest, oft., 1939, 15: No. 5, 81-3. ---- Lenticonus, posterior. Acala Lopez, A. Lenticono posterior y falso lenticono. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1935, 35: 505-14— Aitchison, H. H. Posterior lenticonus. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1936, 56: 267.— Butler, T. H. Lenticonus posterior; report of six cases. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 3: 425-36. ------ Lenticonus posticus and abnormal disc. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1932, 52: 543. ------ Lenticonus posticus. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18:1046-8. ------ Lenticonus posticus and allied anomalies at the posterior pole. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938, 57: 412- 30.—Demicheri, L. Contribucion al estudio optico del crista- lino cataratado; falso lenticono, momificaci6n v anillos de interferencia. An. oft., Mex., 1898-99, 1: 195;'219; 245 — Harmsn, N. B. Polar lens defect (?pseudo-lenticonus pos erior) Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1903-10, 30: 142.—Hollos, L. |i iag- nosis of lenticonus posterior] Gy6gya.szat, 1932, 72: 102.— Holm. E. Some cases of false lenticonus in children. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1932, 10: 327-33.—Jacobs. C. H., Spaeth. E. B. LENS 689 LENS [et al.] Posterior lenticonus. Clin. Conf. Rep. Wills Hosp., Phila , 1940, 2: No. 4, 2-5.—Krasso, I. Ueber Lenticonus posterior. Zschr. Augenh., 1931-32, 76: 278-83— Lloyd, R. I. Posterior lenticonus. Am. J. Ophth., 1930, 3. ser., 13: 968- 73,—Luo, T. H. Posterior lenticonus (report of a case) Brit. J. Ophth., 1935, 19: 210-4, pl.—Marsh, E. J. Slit-lamp study of posterior lenticonus. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1927, 56: 128-36. ------ Lenticonus posterior. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1932, 8: 804-20. Also J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1932, 29: 7G9— Odqvist, B. Tva fall av lenticonus posterior. Nord. med., 1941, 10: 2015 (Abstr.)-—Patry, A. Sur l'histologique et l'etiologie du lenticone posterieur. Rec. opht., Par., 1907, 3. ser., 29: 113-7.—Pellathy, B. [Cases of lenticonus posterior] Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 757- 63. ------ Ein Fall von Lenticonus posterior. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1927, 78: 60.—Pergens, E. Lenticonus posterior beim Menschen. Zschr. Augenh., 1902, 7: 451-8.—Porsaa, K. [Case of lenticonus posterior] Hospitalstidende, 1938, 81: Oft. selsk. forh., 4-7.—Posthumus, R. G. [Case of lenticonus posterior] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1718-21.—Reese, W. S. Posterior lenticonus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1928, 26: 339-45.—Reiser, K. A. Ueber den Lenticonus posterior. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1936, 96: 641-9.—Shemeley, W. G. jr., Bilateral posterior lenticonus. Atlantic M. J., 1926-27, 30: 425.—Tyson, H. H. Lenticonus posterior; with a report of a case studied with the slit lamp, with two drawings. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1928, 57: 38-^0, pl.—Wolfe, O. Posterior lenticonus. Am. J. Ophth., 1935, 18: 462. ---- Lentiglobus. Dybus-Jawarski, A. Lentiglobus anterior i powstawanie tegoj. Post, okul., Krak6w, 1904, 6: 376-81.—Kienecker, R. Ueber einen Fall von doppelseitigem sogenannten Lentiglobus anterior; ein Beitrag zu den symmetrischen Wolbungsanomalien der Linsenvorderflache. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 82: 55- 64.—Lorenz, R. Lentiglobus posterior. Ibid., 1940, 104: 243.—Marchesani, O. Brachydaktylie und angeborene Kugelhnse als Systemerkrankung. Ibid., 1939, 103: 392-406.— Rauh, W. Lentiglobus anterior. Zschr. Augenh., 1936, 89: 321-6.—Seefelder & Wolfrum. Ueber eine eigenartige Linsen- anomalie (Lentiglobus anterior) bei einem viermonatlichen menschhchen Fotus. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1907, 65: 320-5, pl.—Urrets Zavalia, A., & Obregon Oliva, R. Consideraciones sobre dos casos de lentiglobo anterior. Arch. oft. B. Aires, 1939, 14: 848-58, 2 pl. ---- Metabolism. Campos, R. Ricerche sulla respirazione e sulla glicolisi del cristallino. Riv. pat. sper., 1937, 19: 217-38.—Hart, W. M. The distribution of lactic acid between the blood and aqueous humor and the rate of glycolysis of the crystalline lens. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 38 (Abstr.)—Huysmans, J. H. B. M., & Fischer, F. P. Ueber den Gasstoffwechsel der Linse und des Glaskorpers. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941, 102: 275-86.— Krause, A. C. Chemistry of the lens; lipids. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 187-90. ------ Chemistry of the lens; lenticular metabolism. Ibid., 1937, 17: 468-76.—Leber, A. Untersuchungen fiber den Stoffwechsel der Krystallinse Ber. Ophth. Ges. (1905) 1906, 226-33.—Leber, A. T. Zum Stoffwechsel der Kristallinse. Arch. Ophth., Lpz., 1905, 62: 85-125.—Michail, D., & Vancea, P. Recherches sur le pouvoir glycolytique du cristallin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 317. ------ Nouvelles recherches sur le pouvoir gly- colytique du cristalhn. Ibid., 1011.—Muller, H. K. Ueber Linsenstoffwechseluntersuchungen. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1934, 50: 167-71 [Discussion] 184. ------ Ueber den Linsenstoffwechsel. In Zeitfr. Augenh. (W. Lohlin) Stuttg., 1938, 205-18. ------ Ueber die Resorption von Glucose und Askorbinsaure in die Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1939, 140: 258-68.—Schmerl, E. Zum Gaswechsel der Linse; nach Versuchen an der iiberlebenden Kaninchenlinse. Ibid., 1927, 19: 130-4.—Siillmann, H. Der Kohlehydratstoffwechsel der Linse; die Bildung von Phosphorsaureestern in der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1936-37, 110: 303-20.—Tauber, F. W., & Krause, A. C. The role of iron, copper, zinc, and manganese in the metabolism of the ocular tissues, with special reference to the lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1943, 26: 260-6.—Weekers, R. L'acide lactique du cristalhn. Arch, opht., Par., 1937, n. ser., 1: 707-17. ------ Metabolisme hydrocarbon6 du cristalhn isole. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 36-8. ------ Meta- bolisme hydrocarbon6 du cristallin; transparence de l'organe isole en presence de glucose, levulose ou galactose. Ophthal- mologica, Basel, 1939-40, 98: 142-8. ------ Metabolisme hydrocarbone du cristallin; synthese de quelques faits exp6ri- mentaux recents. Ann. ocul., Par., 1940, 177: 118-31. ------ & Siillmann, H. Beziehungen zwischen Phosphatumsatz und Milchsaurebildung in der Linse. Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege, 1938, 13:483-97. ---- Metabolism: Variation. See also subheading Irradiation. Bahr, G. v. [Effect of calcium deficiency on the lens] Nord. med., 1939, 4: 3019.—Farina, F. Contributo alio studio delle alterazioni' prodotte dalla inanizione nei principali tessuti oculari con particolare riguardo al cristallino (osservazioni Bperimentali) Lettusa oft., 1927, 4: 579-602.— Muller. H. K. Ueber die Altersabhangigkeit der leicht und schwer hydroly- nerbaren Phosphorsaureester der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1936, 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----44 11 ; }28-36- ------ Ueber die Altersveranderungen der Glykolyse in der Linse. Ibid., 206-15.—Romer, P. Stoff- wechsel der Linse und Giftwirkungen auf dieselbe. Ber. Vers. Ophth. Ges. (1906) 1907, 39-48. Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1906, 44: 275-7.—Salit. P. W. Seasonal variations in the lipid content of the crystalline lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937,18:403-10. ------ Seasonal variations in lipid content of crystalline lenses, with special reference to the influence of sunshine and humidity. Ibid., 1941, 25: 32-5. ------ Sea- sonal variations in phospholipid content of crystalline lenses, with special reference to climatologic influences. Ibid., 1942, 28: 254-7. — Opacity. See Cataract. Optical properties. Berner, I. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Absorption des Ultrarot durch Linsen von alten Pferden und Kiihen. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1927, 119: 368-73.—Bucklers, M. Spektrographische Untersuchungen iiber die Absorption des Lichtes durch die menschliche Linse. Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1930, 48: 234-6 [Discussion] 251-4. ------ Zur Adsorption des sichtbaren Spektralabschnittes durch die menschliche Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 479-97.—Campos, R. Ricerche cliniche sul potere diottrico del cristallino umano. Ann. ottalm., 1938, 66: 413-38.—Fischer, F. P. [Photolysis in the lens] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2985.—Freytag, G. Die Brechungsindices der Linse und der flussigen Augenmedien bei der Katze und beim Kaninchen; nebst Mitteilungen iiber die Indicialkurve der cataractosen menschlichen Linse und uber die Brechungsindices der Vogellinse. Arch, vergl. Ophth., 1909-10, 1: 61-72, 4 pl.-Galante, E. Modificazioni biochimiche della lente cristallina nella rifrazione dinamica provocata. Bol. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1926, 1: 608-10.—Giannantoni, C. In- fluenza della forma reale della superficie anteriore del cristallino sulla rifrazione dell'occhio. Boll, ocul., 1932, 11: 24-30.— Hallauer, O. Ueber die Absorption kurzwelliger Lichtstrahlen durch die menschliche Linse. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1909) 1910, 81: 2 T., 2. H., 215.—Heuven, J. A. van [Dis- tribution of rays in the lens] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2983-5. ------ [Distribution of light through the lens] Ibid., 1939, 83: 4184-7. ------ Scattering of light on to the ciliary body by the lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 249 (Abstr)— Lo Cascio, G. Rifrazione con incidenza obliqua nell'occhio e forma reale delle superfici del cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1932, 60: 793-5.-—Merker, E. Die Abschirmung kurzwelligen Lichtes durch die Augenlinsen der Frbsche und ihr Schutzwert. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1936, 57: 99-128, 2 pl. ------ Drei Fiille verschiedener Lichtdurchlassigkeit der Augenlinsen von Wirbeltieren. Biol. Zbl. 1939, 59: 87-98.—M011er, H. U. Ueber Hyperrefractio axialis lentis. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5: 258-66.-—Quaglio, G. Ricerche sulla rifrazione attraverso la superficie posteriore del cristallino umano. Boll, ocul., 1932, 11: 407-15.—Rinaldi, S. .Comportamento dell'indice di rifrazione del'cristallino umano durante la vita fetale. Ann. ottalm.. 1931, 59:120-9.—Vies, F., & Goncalves, A. Recherches sur les proprietes optiques du cristalhn liees au pH. Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1931-32, 9: 142-63. ---- Oxydo-reduction. Ahlgren, G. On the oxidation mechanism of the crystalline lens. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1927, 5: 1-22.—De Leonibus, F. Sulla ossidazione di alcuni acidi grassi ed esteri di acidi grassi da parte del cristallino soprawivente. Ann. ottalm., 1940, 68: 128-35.—Euler, H. von, Hellstrom, H. [et al.] Die Enzym- systeme des oxydo-reduktiven Stoffwechsels in Augenlinsen. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1939, 140: 116-28.—Euler, H. von, & Malmberg, M. Ueber die anti skorbutische Wirkung der Augenlinsen und iiber ihren Gehalt an Reduktonen und Sulfhydrylen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1934, 230: 225-30.— Kronfeld, P. [Zur Frage der Linsenatmung] Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1927, 46: 230-3 [Discussion] 243-8. ------ & Both man, L. Zur Frage der Linsenatmung. Zschr. Augenh., 1928, 65: 41-62.—Nordmann,'J. Le pouvoir tampon d'oxyda- tion-reduction du cristallin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 1515-8. ------& Reiss, P. La potentiel de platine et l'equi- libre d'oxydation-reduction du cristallin. Ibid., 112: 812-4. A propos de certains phenomenes d'oxydation-reduc- tion dans le cristallin. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 203.- Pignalosa, G. Ricerche comparative sulla respirazione e sulla glicolisi dei vari strati del cristallino. Boll, ocul., 1939, 18: 646-58.—Rauh, W. Die Plastosomen der wachsenden Linse; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zellatmung der Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1933, 130: 213-38.—Rosner, L. Studies on oxidative mechanisms in the lens. In Sum. Doct. Diss. North- western Univ., Chic, 1937, 5: 179-83.—Weinstein, P. Die Bedeutung des C-Vitamins bei den biologischen Oxydations- vorgangen der Linse. Arch. Augenh., 1935, 109: 221-4. Also Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: 874. ---- Parasite. Greeff, R. Neues fiber Parasiten der Linse. Ber^ Vera. ophth. Ges. (1905) 1906, 77-83. LENS 690 LENS — Phacomatosis. Sec Phacomatosis. — Pharmacology. Basile, G. Sull'azione di alcuni prodotti di idrogenazione della naftalina, tetralina e decalina, sul cristallino e membrane profonde oculari del coniglio; contributo sperimentale. Boll. ocul., 1939, 18: 951-7.—Muller, H. K., Sohr, H., & Bruning, A. Preliminary investigation on the question of medical treatment of the lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1942, 25: 254 (Abstr.)—Taliercio, A. L'azione del paratormone sul ricambio del cristallino. Ann. ottalm., 1939, 67: 431-62. ---- Physiology. See also Eye refraction. Alajmo, B., & Sala, G. Lo spessore del cristallino vivente in rapporto all'eta ed alio stato di refrazione oculare. Boll, ocul., 1932, 11: 130-43.—D'Angelo. Necessita del cristallino nei ver- tebrati e nell'uomo. Boll. Osp. oft. prov. Roma, 1908, 6: 17- 22.—Mielke, S. WTarmestromung in der Linse. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1940-41, 142: 474-6.—Muller, H. K. Kammerwasser und Linsenstoffwechsel; iiber die Ursachen des Methylen- blaureduktionsvermogens des Kammerwassers. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 41-79.—Sachs, M. Zur Physiologie und Patho- logie der Linse. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 362-4. ---- Pigmentation. Basile, G. Contributo alia conoscenza della genesi del- l'anello pigmentato retrolenticolare. Boll, ocul., 1936, 15: 761-76.-—Bellows, J. G. The origin of pigment in the lens. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 14: 99-107.—Bietti, G. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis des retrolentikularen Pigmentringes und zu seiner Entstehungsweise. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 93: 54-60.—Cameron, W. Krukenberg spindle associated with megalocornea and posterior pigmentation of the lens. Am. J. Ophth., 1941. 24: 687-9.—Fischer, F. P. Gelbe Farbstoffe der Linse. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1940, 105: 626. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2497.—Focosi, M. Sui depositi pigmentati della cristalloide posteriore. Boll, ocul., 1933, 12: 872-905. — Roj.Tge, A. J. Eigenartige Pigmentation der Linsen- hinterfiache. Klin. Mbl. Augenh* 1940, 105: 240.—Strebel, J. Ueber Beziehungen des Adrenalins beziehungsweise der Neben- nieren zum Farbstoff der Alterslinsen. Ibid., 1936, 96: 357- 62.—Toledo, C. Consideracoes clinicas e patogeneticas sobre o anel de Vossius. Fol. clin. biol., S. Paulo, 1942, 14: 67-72.— Zentmayer, W. Association of an annular band of pigment on posterior capsule of lens with a Krukenberg spindle. Arch. Ophth., Chic , 1938, 20: 52-7. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3. ser., 22:78. ---- Prolapse, and hernia [phacocele] See under subheading Dislocation. ---- Regeneration, and induction. Adelmann, H. B. The formation of lenses from the margin of the optic cup in eyes implanted in the belly wall of Triton and the possibility of the formation of lenses from belly ecto- derm. Arch. Entwmech., 1938, 113: 704-23.—Alexander, L. E. The capacity of the eye cup of Fundulus heteroclitus for induc- tion and regeneration of lenses as studied in lensless eyes. J. Exp. Zool., 1942, 91: 111-7.—Amano, U. Analyse der Fahigkeit zur Linsenregeneration des Auges, untersucht an Keimen und Larven von Triturus pyrrhogaster Beie. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1941, 9: Proc, Anat., 17.—Bakker, A. Die Regenera- tion der verwundeten Linsenkapsel von Kaninchenlinsen in der Durchstromungskultur. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1936, 136: 333- 40.—Broer, W., & Ubisch, L. von. Ueber die Bildung von Linsen aus Bauchhaut von Bombinator pachypus. Arch Entwmech., 1934-35, 132: 504-8.—Capraro, V. Studio sul cristallino rigenerato di Triton cristatus. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1936, 11: 111-3.—Ciaccio, G. Ricerche di morfologia causale sulla rigenerazione multipla del cristallino dei tritoni. Ibid., 1931, 6: 267-72. ------ Ricerche di morfologia causale sulla rigenerazione multipla de! cristallino dei tritoni adulti. Arch, biol., Liege, 1933, 44: 179-249. ------ Nuove ricerche e nuovi problemi sulla rigenerazione del cristallino degli anfibi urodeli adulti. Mcnit. zool. ital., 1934, 45: Suppl., 295-8. ------ Nuove ricerche sulla rigenerazione del cristallino dei tritoni adulti. Arch, biol., Liege, 1936, 47: 91-124, pl.— Deth, J. H. M. G. van [Lens induction and regeneration in chick-embryos in vitro] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 1622. ------ Induction et regeneration du cristallin chez l'embryori de la poule. Acta neerl. morph., 1940, 3: 151-69.—Filatov, D. Wie lange muss bei Rana temporaria die Augenbecheranlage'auf das Korperepithel wirken, damit sich nach Entfernung des Bechers eine freie Linse entwickle? Zool. Jahrb., 1934-35 54- Abt. allg. Zool., 224-36.—Fischel, A. Zur Frage der Linsen- regeneration. Anat. Anz., 1900, 18: 324-6. ------ Ueber die Regeneration der Linse. Anat. Heft, Abt. 1, 1900, 14: 1-256 ------ Weitere Mitteilungen uber die Regeneration der Linse. Arch. Entwmech., 1902, 15: 1-139.—Hewitt, D. C. Lens induction in ectoderm transplanted from Rana p'alustris to Amblystoma punctatum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y 1932 29: 471.—Ikeda, Y. Neue Versuche zur Analyse derWolff- schen Linsenregeneration. Arb. Anat. Inst. Univ. Sendai 1936, H. 18, 1-16, 7 pl. Beitrage zur Frage der Fahigkeit zur Linsenregeneration bei einer Art von Hynobiun (Hynobius unnangso Tago) Ibid., 17-50.-----— & Amatatu, H. Ueber den Unterschied der Erhaltungsmoglichkeit dor Linse bei zwei Urodelenarten (Triturus pyrrhogaster und Hynobius nebulosus) die sich beziiglich der Fahigkeit zur Wolffschen Linsenregeneration voneinander wesentlich ver- schieden verhalten. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940-41, 8: Anat., 205- 26, 2 pl. ------ Ueber die wechselseitige Beziehung der Erhaltungs- und Regenerationsfahigkeit der Linse. Ibid., 1941, 9: Proc, 16.—Ikeda, Y., & Kojima, T. Zur Frage der para- lysierenden Wirkung der Linse auf die auslosenden Faktoren fur die Wrolffsche Linsenregeneration. Ibid., 1940, 8: 51-73.— Kesselyak, A. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Auslosungsfaktoren der Wolffschen Linsenregeneration. Arch. Entwmech., 1936, 134: 331-47.—Kojima, T. Beitrage zur Kenntnis iiber die Regeneration der Linse und der Cornea. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1941, 9: Anat., 98 (Abstr.)-—Lazarev, N. I. Morphogenelic influence of the lens rudiment on the eve cup rudiment of amphibians. Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1939, 8: 513-6.- Lohmann, F. E. Die chemische Beeinflussbarkeit der Linsenbildung von Rana fusca bei verschiedenen Temperaturen. Arch. Entwmech., 1936, 134: 166-99.—Lenhard, O. Linsenregeneration bei Schilddriisenmangel. Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1928, 120: 496- 505.-—Lewis, W. H. Lens-formation from strange ectoderm in Ranasylvatica. Am. J. Anat., 1907-08,7: 145-69.—Manuilova, N. A. Untersuchung der linsenbildenden Fahigkeit des Augen- bechers einiger Anura in verschiedenen Entwicklungsstadien. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1936, 56: 531-52, 3 pl. ----- [Relation between the lens-forming properties of the eye-cup and the frequency of induction in amphibia] Biol. J., Moskva, 1938, 7: 737-48, pl.—Mikami, Y. Experimental analysis of the Wolffian lens-regeneration in the adult newt, Triturus pyrrhogaster. Jap. J. Zool., 1940-41, 9: 269-302.—Monroy, A. Ueber die Linsenregeneration bei Urodelen verschiedenen Alters, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Metamorphose. Arch. Entwmech., 1937-38, 137: 25-33. ------ Sulle moda- lita di acerescimento del calice ottico e della lente in Triton. Ibid., 1939, 139: 78-85.—Nikitenko, M. F. [Recurrent restora- tion of the lens in the eye of Triton] Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1939, 8: 123-5. Also Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1939, 8: 136-9.------On the role of the hypophysis in the restoration of the crystalline lens. Ibid., 1940, 9: 211-4.—Pardo. Osser- vazioni sulla rigenerazione del cristallino (nota preventiva) Boll. Osp. oft. Prov. Roma, 1908, 6: 11-4.—Pasquini, P., & Della Monica, A. La rigenerazione del cristallino in larve di anfibi anuri. Boll. Ist. zool. Roma, 1930, 8: 65-88, 2 pl.— Politzer. G. Ueber den Einfluss der Rontgenstrahlen auf die Regeneration der Linse. Arch. Entwmech., 1930, 121: 39-71. ------ Zur Kausalanalyse der Linsenregeneration. Ibid., 1936, 135: 349-58. ------ Zur Frage der Induktion von Linse durch Pigmentepithel. Ibid., 1936-37, 135: 753-61 — Popov , V. V. [Formation of lens by implantation into the eye- cup of fragments of body epithelium of the embryo of certain amphibia] Biol. J., Moskva, 1938, 7: 483-8.—Rotmann, E. Der Anted von Induktor und reagierendem Gewebe an der Entwicklung der Amphibienlinse. Arch. Entwmech., 1939, 139: 1-49.—Sato. T. Beitrage zur Analyse der Wolffschen Linsenregeneration. Ibid., 1930, 122: 451-93. ------ Ueber die Ursache der Lokalisation der Linsenregeneration. Verh. Deut. zool. Ges., 1931, 34: 166-71. ------ Beitrage zur Analyse der Wolffschen Linsenregeneration. Arch. Entwmech., 1933, 130: 19-78; 1935, 133: 323-48.—Spemann, H. Ueber Linsenbildung nach experimenteller Entfernung der primaren Linsenbildungszellen. Zool. Anz., 1904-05, 28: 419-32 — Stone, L. S. Factors controlling lens regeneration from the dor- sal iris in the adult Triturus viridescens eye. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54: 102. ------ & Chace, R. R. Experi- mental studies on the regenerating lens and the eye in adult Triturus viridescens. Anat. Rec, 1941, 79: 333-48, incl. 2 pl.— Stone, L. S., & Dinnean, F. L. Origin of the lens by induction in the salamander Amblystoma punctatum. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 183. ------ Lens induction in the salamander (Amblystoma punctatum) with special reference to conditions in experimentally produced cyclopia. Yale J. Biol., 1943-44, 16: 31-42, pl.—Stone, L. S., & Sapir, P. Ex- perimental studies on the regeneration of the lens in the eye of anurans, urodeles and fishes. J. Exp. Zool., 1940, 85: 71-101.— Szekely, J. Ueber Bildung von Linsensubstanz an abnormer Stelle ohne sichtbaren Zerfall im Kammerwasser. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1931, 87: 313-23.—Tori), E. Ueber die linsenfaser- bildende Fahigkeit der Iriszellen bei Hiihnern und Ratten auf Grund von Implantationsversuchen von Cornea- und Iris- kultureh ins linsenlose Auge. Verh. Anat. Gee., 1931, 40: 248-53, 2 pl. ------ Die Regeneration der Linse in fruhen Entwicklungsstadien bei Amblystoma mexicanum. Arch. Entwmech., 1932, 126: 185-206.—Waddington, C. H. The origin of competence for lens formation in the amphibia. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1936, 13: 86-91, 2 pl. ---- Sclerosis. See also Cataract. Salit, P. W. Water content and solids of cataractous and sclerosed human lenses. Am. J. Ophth., 1938, ser. 3, 21: 755-62.------ Nitrogen content of cataractous and sclerosed human lenses. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1939, 17: 81-8.----- Total lipid and cholesterol content of cataractous and sclerosed human lenses. Am. J. Ophth., 1941, 24: 191-5. ----- Mineral constituents of sclerosed human lenses. Arch. Ophth., LENS 691 LENS Chic, 1943, 30: 255-8.—Sulouff, D. B. Unusual case of nuclear sclerosis, each eye. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 694. ---- Serology. Krichevsky, I. L., & Shapiro, S. L. [Problem of specific ^cm. Par., A. Lapied, 1939. LEONARD, Sister Mary Placida, 1873- Fundamentals of dietetics for the hospitals of the Sisters of Charity of Emmitsburg, Maryland. 70p. 4? [Bridgeport, Conn., Brewer-Colgan co., 1928] ----History of nursing and sociology, com- piled by a Sister of Charity of Emmitsburg, Maryland. 279p. pl. 8? [Bridgeport, Conn., Brewer-Colgan co., 1929] ----Nursing notes and methods; essentials of surgery, gynecology, obstetrics, pediatrics. 487p. 8? [Bridgeport, Conn., Brewer-Colgan co., 1930] LEONARD, Olen E. See Loo mis, C. P., & Leonard, O. E. Standards of living in an Indian-Mexican village and on a reclamation project. 49p. 27cm. Wash., 1938. LEONARD, Thomas Albert, 1896 For portrait see Wisconsin M. J., 1943, 42: 1034. LEONARD, William Edwin, 1855-1935. For biography see Eckman, J. Minnesota M., 1941, 24: 1074-6. LEONARDI, Charles, 1906- Crossesse et formes anatomo-cliniques de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 202p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1935. LEONARDI, Demetrio. Analisi dell'acqua ferruginosa di Cavelonte e saggi chimici sull'ocra ferruginea deposta dalla minerale sulla materia usata in infangatura sulla sostanza salina efflo- rescente vicina alia sorgente e sopra tre acque dolci. 56p. 24cm. Trento, G. Marietti, 1857. Also another ed. 20p. 21cm. Trento, G. Marietti, 1867. ---- Sull'acqua minerale di Pozza nella valle di Fassa, Tunica nel Trentino ridrosolforosa salino-calcarea; osservazioni e sperienze fisico- chimiche. 18p. 16cm. Trento, G. B. Monauni, 1869. LEONARDI, Evelino. La crisis de la medicina. 333p. illust. 231/4cm. B. Air., J. Gil, 1941. LEONARDI, Pietro. Guida aU'esame chimico e microscopico della urina dei calcoli, del sangue, .degli essudati e trasudati, dello, sputo, delle LEONARDI 695 LEON DAILHE materie, del vomito e delle feci. 84p. pl. tab. 22^cm. Venezia, M. Fontana, 1890 LEONARDO, Richard Anthony, 1895- American surgeon abroad, xv, 235p. pl portr 23#em. N. Y., Froben pr., 1942. ---- History of surgery, xvii, 504p. pl 24cm. N. Y., Froben pr., 1943. LEONARDO, da Capua. See Da Capua, Leonardo, 1617-95. LEONARDO da Vinci, 1452-1519. See also in 1., 2., & 3. series under Vinci. Hopstock, H. Anatomen Leonardo [da Vinci] D0d 2. Mai 1519. 85p. 8? Christiania, 1919. Leonardo; commemorato nella sua terra natale. 47p. 8? Roma, 1919. Leonardo da Vinci's note-books; transl by Edward McCurdy. 289p. 8? N. Y., 1923. Muller-Walde, P. Leonardo da Vinci, Lebensskizze und Forschungen iiber sein Ver- haltniss zur florentiner Kunst und zu Rafael 80p. 30cm. Munch., 1889. See also Angelucci, A. La maniera in pittura e le leggi dei colori scoperte da Leonardo. Illust. med. ital., 1919, 1: 20-5.— Anile, A. Nel iv. centenario di Leonardo da Vinci; l'anatomia di Leonardo da Vinci. Riforma med., 1919, 35: 339-42.—• Baldacci, A. L'adolescenza di Leonardo da Vinci e il mondo verde. Mem. Accad. sc. Ist. Bologna, 1928-29, ser. 8, 6: 33-43.—Barduzzi, D. Per il quarto centenario di Leonardo da Vinci. Riv. stor. sc. med., 1918, 9: 411.—Baumgartner, L. Leonardo da Vinci as a physiologist. Ann. M. Hist., 1932, n. ser., 4: 155-71.—Bonvicini, G. Die Dokumente der Links- handigkeit des Leonardo da Vinci. Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 533-5.—Broek, A. J. P. van den. lets over het natuur- wetenschappelijk werk van Leonardo da Vinci (1452,2 Mei 1519) Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1919, 1: 1555-63.—Bucher, O. Lionardo da Vinci als Anatom. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 1130-3.—Capparoni, P. Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519) In his Profili biobibl. med., Roma, 1928, 2: 19-22, portr.— Castaldi, L. La figura umana in Leonardo da Vinci. In Scritti biologici (Castaldi, L.) Siena, 1927, 213-60.—Cooke, A.M. Leonardo Da Vinci. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., 1935, 35: 63-9.—Diamant-Berger, L. [Biographie] Bull, med., Par., 1940, 54: 161-71.—Evlachow, A. Leonard de Vinci n'etait-il un epileptoide? Arch. gen. neur. Nocera, i937, 18: 343-57.— Exhibition of the works of Leonardo da Vinci. Bull. Hist. M., 1940, 8: 848.—Favaro, G. Come scriveva Leonardo. Riv. stor. sc. med., 1930, 31:330-4.—Harnik, J. Aegyptologisches zu Leonardos Geierphantasie. Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1920, 6: 362.—Hopstock, H. Leonardo anatomista. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1919, 9. ser., 7: 143-6. ------ Leo- nardo e i manoscritti anatomici-fisiologici di Windsor. Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 1279-81.—Imperatori, C. J. Leonardo da Vinci's contribution to laryngology, rhinology and phonetics. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1941, 50: 979-94. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1942, 35: 836.—Izar. G. [Biographie] Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 408, portr.—Johnson, M. C. Leonardi de Vinci et les manuscrits d'Archim^de. Scientia, Bologna, 1933, 53: 213-7.—Lebengarc, J. Die Anatomie und Physiologie des Herzens in Leonardo da Vincis anatomischen Manuskripten. Arch. Gesch. Med., 1926, 18: 173-88.— Leonardo da Vinci. Nature, Lond., 1920-21, 105: 307; 340.—Leonardo da Vinci as an anatomist. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, 1: 356.—Leonardo e il cuore. Mal. cuore, 1919, 3: 151—4.—Mangiarotti, L. La mostra di Leonardo da Vinci e delle invenzioni italiane. Riv. Soc. ital. igiene, 1939, 61: 127.—Marcolongo, R. La dinamica di Leonardo da Vinci. Scientia, Bologna, 1930, 2. ser., 47: 1-8.—-Nicodemi, G. Leonardo anatomico. Monit. zool. ital., 1937, 47: Suppl., 298-307.—Quatercentenary of Leonardo da Vinci. Brit. M. J., 1919, 1: 662.— Quaitro (II) centenario di Leonardo da Vinci. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1919, 9. ser., 7: 141.—Quercy. L'oeil et la vision dans les carnets de Leonard de Vinci. Presse med., 1943, 51: 96 (Abstr.)—Redfield, C. L. The father of Leonardo da Vinci. Med. Life, 1924, 31: 479-82. —Sguardo (Uno) a Leonardo da Vinci scienziato. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 138-44.—Streeter, E. C. Leonardo da Vinci and the practice of dissections among the Florentine artists. Long Island M. J., 1930, 24: 144-7.—Toni, G. B. de. Una ricetta medica nel Codice atlantico di Leonardo da Vinci. Gior. med. mil., 1919, 67: 1241-3.—Vaccaro, L. Leonardo, precursor of modern medicine. Med. Life, 1932, 39: 73-80. LEONARDON, Pierre, 1912- Contri- bution a l'etude de quelques troubles humoraux (chloremie et 6quilibre acide base) dans les etats maniaques, melancoliques et anxieux. 118p. tab. 24cm. Alger, Impr. Imbert, 1938. LEON Dailhe, Mario [M. D., 1939, Chile] *Nuevos aspectos de la presi6n retiniana [Chile] 40p. 26}£cm. Santiago, Inst, geogr. mil. [1939] LEON Dailhe, Victor [M. D., 1939, Chile] JNuevos aspectos de la presi6n retiniana [Chile] P™26V2Cm- Santiago, Inst, geogr. mil., 1939. LEON de la Peiia, Carlos, & VENZOR, •xUn?' TraDa3°s emprendidos para la prepara- tion de un suero contra el envenenamiento pro- ducido por el piquete de alacr&n. 17p. 21>£cm. Durango, Tip. Aguila de Oro, 1926. LEONE, George Edward, 1904- For biography see Mississippi Doctor, 1940-41, 18: 700, portr. LEONE Bloise, Nicolas, -1943. For obituary see Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1943, 14: 131-6, portr.; 310-5. Also Rev. Soc. puericult. B. Aires, 1943, 9: 225. Also Rev. chilena pediat., 1943, 14: 152 (Baeza Goni, A.) LEONE Hebreo. See Abrabanele, Jehudah. LEONETTI, Pierre Henri Edmond, 1909- *La valeur du signe radiologique de pneumo- pentoine dans les ulceres digestifs perfores. 67p. 25cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1933. LEONHARD, Hans Joachim, 1905- *Ueber die Behandlung der perforierten Magen- und Duodenalgeschwure [Marburg] 34p. tab. 8? Siegen, J. Lemke, 1932. LEONHARD, Karl, 1904- *Ueber kapil- larmikroskopische Untersuchungen bei zirku- laren und schizophrenen Kranken und iiber die Beziehungen der Schlingenlange zu bestimmten Charakterstrukturen [Erlangen] 28p. 8? Halle a. S., Marhold, 1928. Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 487-95. ----Die defektschizophrenen Krankheits- bilder; ihre Einteilung in zwei klinisch und erb- biologisch verschiedene Gruppen und in Unter- formen vom Charakter der Systemkrankheiten. 134p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1936. Forms Bd 11, Samml. psychiat. neur. Einzeldarstel. (Bos- troem, A., & Lange, J.) ---- Involutive und idiopathische Angst- depression in Klinik und Erblichkeit. 116p. 8? Lpz., G. Thieme, 1937. ----Die Gesetze des normalen Traumens. 124p. 21cm. Lpz., G. Thieme, 1939. LEONHARD, Paul Theodor, 1872- *Das schmerzlose Zahnziehen (historische Studie) [Wurzburg] 37p. 8? Reichenbach i. Vogtl, Haun & Sohn, 1927. LEONHARDI, Heinz, 1908- *Beitrag zur Frage der Streptokokken-Immunitat. 27p. 8? Bresl., R. Nischkowsky, 1934. LEONHARDI, Rudolf, 1889- *Ueber Schmelzhypoplasien (Auszug) 8p. 8? Lpz., E. Lehmann, 1924. LEONHARDT, Annemarie, 1909- *Zur Kasuistik mit dem Darm kommunizierender eitriger Adnextumoren [Munchen] 25p. 8? Gunzb., K. Mayer, 1936. LEONHARDT, Ernst, 1910- *Studien iiber Erysipel an Hand des Materials der Chirur- gischen Universitatsklinik Munchen 1928 bis 1934 [Munchen] 32p. 8? Waldfischbach- Pfalz, G. Hornberger, 1936. LEONHARDT, Ernst Franz, 1911- *Ueber arsenfreie Devitalisationsmittel [Leip- zig] 17p. 8? Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1935. LEONHARDT, Felix Hermann Oskar Arthur, 1903- *Die typische Radiusfraktur als Unfall. 37p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1930. LEONHARDT, Gottfried Hellmuth, 1905- *Materialfragen in der Orthodontie [Leipzig] 35p. pl. 8? [Berl., Berlin. Verl.] 1932. LEONHARDT, Hans, 1909- *Ueber die Wirkung des Essigs auf menschenpathogene Keime [Berlin] 15p. 8? Charlottenb., E. Schtitt, 1936. LEONHARDT 696 LEONTIASIS OSSEA LEONHARDT, Heinz Richard, 1910- *Typische und atypische Dislokation bei Kiefer- bruchen [Leipzig] 20p. 8? Borna-Lpz., R. Noske 1934 LEONHARDT, Karl, 1911- *Histo- chemischer Bleinachweis und Leber und Galle nach experimenteller Bleizufuhr [Leipzig] 14p. 23y2cm. Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter, 1937. LEONHARDT, Rudolf, 1894- *Die Be- handlung des konischen Unterschenkel-Amputa- tionsstumpfes [Leipzig] 8p. 8? [Zeulenroda i. T., A. Oberreuter] 1925. LEONHARDT, Llrich, 1912- *Verbren- nungen und Veratzungen der Mundhohle be- ruflicher Art [Munchen] 31p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1936. LEONHARDT, Walter, 1901- *Das Blutbild bei experimentell erzeugter Rachitis und seine Beeinflussung durch Phosphor-Leber- tran- und Hohensonnen-Therapie. 15p. 8? Munch, [n. p.] 1926. LEONI, Jacques Jean Andre, 1908- Contribution a l'etude du mal de mer. 49p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1932. LEONICENO, Niccold, 1482-1524. De Plinii et plurimorum aliorum in medicina erroribus. 102 ff. sm. 4? Ferrara, Giovanni Machiochi, 1509. ---- Contra obtrectatores apologia. 35 ff. 4? Venezia, Jacobus Pentius de Leuco, 1522. ---- De tribus doctrinis ordinatis secundum Galeni sententiam. 29 ff. 4? Venezia, 1524. See also Castiglioni, A. Nicolo Leoniceno medico e umanista e la Scuola medica ferrarese del Rinascimento. Rass. clin. sc, 1937, 15: 483-91.—Cunha, F. Nicolai Leoniceni (Leonicenus) California West. M., 1933, 38: 102.—Riddel, W. R. Nicholas Leonicenus's treatment for syphilis. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 132: 195. LEONNARD, Fritz, 1908- *Rontgeno- logische Untersuchungen chronischer Appendi- citis [Kiel] 20p. 8? Birkenfeld-Nahe, H. Enke, 1934. LEONTIASIS. See Leper, Deformity; Leprid; Leprosy, Mani- festation. LEONTIASIS ossea [Virchow] See also Bone, Hypertrophy; Face, Hyper- trophy. Katj, W. *Ueber die Leontiasis ossea mit Beteiligung der Kieferknochen [Bonn] 31p. 8? Bottrop, 1934. Kochenowa, S. *Ueber Leontiasis ossea [Leipzig] 18p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1932. Reiss, M. W. *Ueber die bisher in der Literatur beschriebenen Falle von Leontiasis ossea [Wurzburg] 53p. 8? Bottrop, 1935. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1935-36, 184: 320-48. Scharff, I. *Zur Frage der Leontiasis ossea und ihrer Beziehung zur hereditaren Lues. 35p. 8? Gott., 1936. Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1936, 65: 100-4. Atkinson, F. R. B. Leontiasis ossea. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197: 158-61.—Bailey, H. Leontiasis ossea; giant alveolectomy amounting to bilateral excision of the major portion of both upper jaws. Brit. Dent. J., 1939, 66: 290-2.— Boyko, G. V. Osteofibroma of the mandible, associated with leontiasis ossea of the skull; report of a case. J. Oral Surg., 1943, 1: 100-11.—Capon, N. B. A case of leontiasis ossea (diffuse osteitic form) Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1928, 3: 285-91.—Carlotti, Oelnitz, d' & Lapouge. Un cas de leontiasis ossea avec exophtalmie, strabisme divergent et lesions re- tiniennes. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1937, 15: 609-13.—Chambers, E. R. Leontiasis ossea. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. Ophth., 70.—Chauvenet. Un cas de leontiasis ossea! Bordeaux chir., 1932, 3: 80.—Clement, R., Combes-Hamelle & Schweisguth. Leontiasis; hypertrophie hypodermjque congenitale de la face chez une fillette de 10 ans. Presse med 1943, 51: 277 (Abstr.)—Coppo, E. Sindrome nasale nella leontiasi cranio-facciale. Valsalva, 1938, 14: 76-91. — Dlde, M., & Leclerc, P. Contribution a l'dtude radiographique de la leontiasis nssea. Bull. Soc. radiol. mid. France, 19.36, 24: 56-63.—Frank, T. J. F. Leontiasis ossea. Clin. Rep. Mel- bourne lb>-j>, 1936,7: 97-101, pl.—Freedman, E. Leontiasis ossea. Radiology, 1933, 20: 8-55.—Gemmell, J. H. Leontiasis ossea: a clinical and roentgenological entity; report of a case. Ibid., 1935, 25: 723-9.—Giuffrida, E. Osteopatia iperostotica leontiasica con manifestazioni auricolari. Arch. ital. otol., 1935, 46: 81-99.—Hadley. M. N. Leontiasis ossea. Indian- apolis M. J., 1926, 29: 132-4.—Hamburger, L. P., & Narhlas, I. W. Leontiasis ossea as a manifestation of I'aget's disease. Arch. Surg., 1926, 12: 727-39.—Hodgson, H. G. Leontiasis ossea. Brit. J. Radiol., 1933, 6: 476-8, 2 pl.—Hoppe, H. H. Leontiasis ossea; acromegaly and sexual infantilism. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1912, 39: 77-91.—Ibbotson, W. A case of leonti- asis ossium. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1935, 58: 35-7.—James, J. A. Leontiasis ossium. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35. 28: 1580. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 931.—Jundell, 1. A case of leontiasis ossea (discussion) Acta paediat., Upps., 1933-34, 15: 128-31.------& Vilen. A. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Leontiasis ossea. Ibid., 438-49.—Kienbock, R. Leontiasis ossea faciei Virchow. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1940-41, 171: 25-52.— Kirkland, G. K. Leontiasis ossea. Brit. J. Surg., 1941-42, 29: 74-83.—Lachowicz, A. [Leontiasis ossea] Polski przegl. radjol., 1938, 13: 79-85, pl.—Lapeyre. J. L. Un cas de leonti- asis ossea. Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 172-8.—Larroude, C. Um caso de leontiasis ossea. Lisboa med., 1934, 11: 352-8.— Lemaitre. Garraud & Carlier. A propos d'un cas de leontiasis ossea. Rev. stomat., Par., 1936, 38: 833-43.—Marx, H. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Leontiasis ossea. Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 77: 501-24.—Massary, E. de, & Boquien, Y. Un cas de leontiasis ossea. Bull. Soc mid. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53: 717-22.—Moczir, L. Leontiasis ossea. Arch. chir. oris, Bologna, 1934, 2: 110-8.—Monti, A. La leontiasi ossea e le sue varie forme. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1936, 7: scritti, 663-91.—Paas, W. L. Doppelseitiges Glaukom bei Leontiasis ossea. Zschr. Augenh., 1937, 92: 221-30.—Pares, L., & Bert, J. M. Sur un cas de leontiasis ossea. Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1934-35, 16: 250-4.—Paul, M. A. A case of leontiasis ossea. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1928, 25: 27, pl.— Phllps, S. The ophthalmological complications of leontiasis ossea. Brit. J. Ophth., 1939, 23: 729-38.—Pilcher, R., & Hilton, G. Diffuse carcinomatous infiltration of the bones of the face and skull simulating leontiasis ossea. Brit. J. Surg., 1936,24:407-11.—Powell, L. Leontiasis ossea. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1681. Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 102.—Rubin, M. I. Leontiasis ossea. In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 4: Chap. 32, 15.—Ruppe.C. Leontiasis ossea et radiographie. Presse med., 1929, 37: 508.— Schwarz, F. Zur Frage der Leontiasis ossea. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 142: 552-63.—Staemmler, M. Leontiasis ossea. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1894.—Stokes, E. H. Leontiasis ossea. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 408.—Taylor, F. R. Leontiasis ossea. In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A., ed.) N. Y., 5: 1940, 1185-90.—Trauner, R. Leontiasis ossea. Zschr. Stomat., 1937, 35:411-3.—Wolff, H. L. Zur Frage der Leontiasis ossea faciei. Zschr. Laryng., 1931, 21: 128-39. LEONTIUS Mechanicus, fl. 6. cent. A. D. LTept 'Aparelas ii£va. LEONTODON taraxacum. fipp T fir ft VA.f*n m LEONTOVICH, Oleksandr Vasiliovich, 1869- Problemy biologii i mediciny. 696p. tab. diagr. 27cm. Moskva, Gosud. izdat. biol. med. lit., 1935. ---- CynacHa MeTOAHKa 3ajKHTTe6oro ^cm. Rio, 1940. Berti, A. Comentarios sobre resultados de biopsias de mucosa nasal praticadas em doentes de lepra candidates a alta. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 353-78, 7 pl —Chiyoto, S., & Velasco, F. Observation of 758 quiescent, or arrested, cases of leprosy re- leased from isolation. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1931, 11: 457-68, tab.—Dickson. Mesures a adopter vis-a-vis des lepreux ameliore's. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 447.—Eubanas, F. The public health aspect of the parole of negative lepers. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1935, 15: 57-65.—Fidanza, E. P., Schujman, S., & Fernandez, J. M. M. Vigilancia de los casos de lepra dados de alta, a proposito de 13 casos seguidos durante dos afios. Dia med., B. Air., 1934-35, 7: 819.—Gomez, L. B. Preliminary survey on negative lepers in the First Sanitary Division, Cebu. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., 1930, 10: 322-6.—Hasseltine, H. E. Studies upon leprosy, further statistics of leprosy in Hawaii, statistical report on cases of leprosy which have left segregation on parole. Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1922, No. 130, 1-24.— Herrera Restrepo, A. Sobre lepra. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1930, 21: 422-9.—Lagrosa, M. The leprolin (Mituda) reaction in negative lepers; observations over a period of one year. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1939, 19: 83-93.—Lara, C. B. The parole and follow-up of quiescent cases of leprosy and associated problems. J. Philippine Island M. Ass., 1932, 12: 476-85. ------ Observations on readmitted cases, with special reference to predisposing causes of relapse in leprosy; factors already operating prior to parole. Ibid., 537-58. ------The problem of the follow-up of negative lepers. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1936, 16: 39-47—Libera- cion de enfermos social mente curados en el leprocomio de Cabo Blanco. In Memoria (Venezuela Min. san.) Caracas, 1937, 734-42.—Manalang, J. Fate of Culion patients presented to the local negative examining committee from 1922 to 1938. J. Philippine M. Ass., 1940, 20: 193-202.— Morais Junior, J. de. Escarificacao nasal sistemaca nos candidatos a alta. Rev. brasil. lepr, 1940, 8: No. speec, 69-7.3.—Pineda, E. V. Studies on negative lepers; the persistence of the bacilli in deep foci. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 109-11.—Resolucion numero 8 de 1932 (Enero 19) sobre examenes de enfermos de lepra que pueden vivir fuera de los lazaretos sin peligro para la sociedad [Colombia] Rev. hig., Bogota, 1932, 13: 46-8 — Resolucion numero 13 de 1932 (Enero 26) sobre examenes medicos a las personas libertadas de los lazaretos por no ser peligrosas para la sociedad, y otras disposiciones [Colombia] Ibid., 48-50.—Rodriguez, J., Mabalay, E., & Tolentino, J. G. A medical survey of the paroled negatives living in the province of Cebu. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1935, 15: 400-9.— Samson, J. G. On the follow-up of the released negative leper. Ibid., 1936, 16: 180-6.—Souza Campos, N. As altas aos doentes de lepra, observacao de 4 annos no Departamento de prophy- laxia da lepra (Est. de S. Paulo, Brasil) Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 341-59.—Sulk, N. Vier geheilte Leprose. Derm. Wschr., 1929, 88: 99.—Wade, H. W., & Solis, F. Studies on negative lepers; the importance of nasal lesions. J. Philippine Islands, M. Ass., 1927, 7: 111-5. ---- Segregation, and isolation. Alfonso, M. F. Aislamiento y asistencia del leproso. Rev. med. cubana, 1907, 10: 247-60.—Bartholomeusz, F. E. R. Segregation of neural leprosy. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1939, 36: 61.—Biingeler, W. Wann soil der Leprakranke isoliert werden? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 1301-5—Hassel- mann, C. M. Problems of segregation and care for the arrested, negative cases of leprosy. China M. J., 1933, 47: 270-83.— Hollmann, H. T. Are our present methods of leper segregation efficient? Tr. M. Soc. Hawaii, 1930, 45-56.—Junge, W. Die Frage der zweckmassigen Isolierung Aussiitziger in Afrika. Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 421-7.—Knott, J. Compulsory segregation of leprosy; 25 years trial in Saint Croix. Internat, J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 71-4.-—Lara, C. B. Leper segrega- tion, and the present leprosy situation in the Philippines. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1926, 6: 3-10.—Paldrock, A. Das Isolieren von Leprosen. Deliber. Congr. derm, inter- nat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 596. Also Fol. neuropath. eston., 1936, 15:-16: 114.—Quevedo Baez, M. Juicios acerca del aislamiento y contagiosidad de la lepra. Bol. As. mid. Puerto Rico, 1904, 2: 261-4.—Rabello, E. Segregacao e isolamento na prophylaxia da lepra. Fol. med., Rio, 1933, 14: 254-65.—Rodriguez, J. Significance of Cordova leprosy survey with regard to the policy of compulsory segregation in the Philippines. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 18-28, ch,—Solari, E. F. El problema social de la lepra; LEPER 700 LEPER necesidad del aislamiento obligatorio. Rev. valenc. cienc. med., 1906. 8: 309-19.—Strachan, P. D. The effect of compulsory segregation of lepers in Rasutolandi S. Afr. M. .!., 1935, 9: 55-4.—Tiempo de reclusi6n en el lazareto. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1935, 7: 51-4. ---- Social position. Bejarano, J. El problema social de la lepra. 108p. 18cm. Mex. [1940] • Fernaxdes, S. O doente de lepra na sociedade. 87p. 27cm. S. Paulo, 1938. Denney, O. E. Social aspects of leprosy and leper treat- ment. Nation's Health, Chic, 1927, 9: No. 5, 21; 74.— Etcheverry, V. P. Situaci6n medico-social del enfermo de lepra tuberculoide. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 59-61.—Rodrigues de Sousa, A. Situacao social do doente de lepra tuberculoide Ibid., No. espec, 291-4. ---- Social service. See also Leprology, Congresses. Alves Camara, C. L. Os hansenianos e o servico social. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1943, 51: 193-8.—Assistencia judiciaria aos hansenianos em face do C6d. de processo civil nacional; decisao do presidente do Tribunal de apelacao de Sao Paulo. Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1941, 6: No. 13, 158.—Balina, P. L. Asis- tencia de hansenianos y ascendiente moral del meclico. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 245.—Fowler, H. Leprosv work in central China. China M. Miss. J., 1903, 17: 43-54.— Greco, N. V. El Patronato de leprosos nos llama. Sem. m£d., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 2, 1253.—Increase in beds for lepers (Japan) J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1217.—Jeanselme, E. LSpre et service social. Presse mid., 1935, 43: 93.—Joseph, J. J. Leprosy work in the Madras presidency Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 108-20.— La Salle, M. J. M. Social care for lepers. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 514.—Mackenzie, J. N. A note on leprosy work in Korea. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 215-8.—Servico nacional de lepra; numero de doentes fichados nos estados durante o primeiro trimestre de 1942. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 231.—Tragedy comes to Yeungkong; 59 lepers shot on Easter morning. Without the Camp, Lond., 1937, No. 163, 83-8. ---- Social service: Organization. American Mission to Lepers. President's report. N. Y., 1935. ---- Into the light; report of the president and treasurer, 1941. [16]p. 18J^cm. [N. Y., 1941] ---- What are the facts? N. Y., No. 1, 1942- ---- We weather a hurricane; president's report for 1942. 3 1. 28cm. [N. Y., 1942] British Empire Leprosy Relief Associa- tion. Leprosy, a key disease; report for 1938. 36p. 25cm. Lond., 1938. Weaver, E. Assistencia aos enfermos de lepra; meios praticos de realizd-la. 19p. 18}£cm. Rio, 1940. Achard, C. Mission en Guyane. Bull. Acad, meel., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 122: 401-11.—Anderson, W. H. P. The work and influence of mission leprosy institutions. China M. J., 1933, 47: 290-3. ------ Message from London. Song after Sorrow, N. Y., 1942, Winter No., 2.—British Empire Leprosy Relief Association, Indian Council; annual report 1941. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 57 (Abstr.)— Delord. Communica- tion concernant le Comity francais de secours aux lepreux. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 460.— Fajardo, J. A resume of leprosy work in the Philippine Islands. Rev. filip. med., 1931, 22: 23-42.—Greco, N. V. La obra del patronato de leprosos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 2, 1521-3. ------ Las realizaciones del patronato de leprosos. Ibid., 1935, 42: pt 2, 1430-2.—Heiser, V. G. Science and religion cooperate. Leper News, N. Y., 1936, No. 34, 1.— Muir, E., & Lowe, J. Leprosy relief in India; a review of the present situation, and a suggested policy for provincial and local authorities. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 88-92.—Pacha, Z. L'assistance publique et la lepre dans I'ancienne Byzance. Med. orient., Par., 1909, 13: 579-88.—Resolucion numero 43 de 1933 (abril 18) por la cual se dicta una disposition relacio- nada con las escuelas de los lazaretos [Colombia] Rev. hig. Bogota, 1933, 14: 154.—Theunissen, W. F. [Government care of lepers in Netherland India] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 1-5—Uzeda, V. de. O problema da assistencia aos lazaros e defesa social contra a lepra no Ceara. Fol. med., Rio, 1940, 21: 79-81.—Wu, T. C. The Chinese Mission to lepers. China M. J., 1930, 44: 746-8. ---- Syphilis. Ahuja, M. L., & Mallick, S. M. K. Serological diagnosis of syphilis in lepers. Ind. J. M. Res., 1930, 18: 707-10.— Delamare, G., & Achitouv. L^prcsyphilis probable, dactylite a bacilles acido-resistants. Presse med., 1926, 34: 979-81.— Dubois, A.. & Degotte, J. Serofloculation syphilitique chez les lfipreux (specialment antigene-Bruxellcs-noculation) Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1935, 15: 201-7.—Gajoux, Bourret & Boyer. Deux cas de 16pre dont un complique1 de manifestations hereVlo- syphilitiques. Marseille meU, 1927, 64: 384-7.—Gat6, J., Michel, P. J., & Riou, J. Lepre chez une ancienne syphilitique; impossibility de mise en evidence du bacille de Hansen. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1479-82—Golovine, S. Essais sur le traitement des cas de lepre a reaction syphilitique posi- tive. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 839-43.—Hallo- peau, H., & Railliet. Cas de lepre et de syphilis ameliores par l'anilarsinate de soude. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1907, 18: 366-72.—Hazen, H. H. The occurrence in leprosy of positive serodiagnostic tests for svphilis. Vener Dis. Inform., 1936,17: No.9,253-9.-----Cumming.H.S. [etalj Theoccur- rence in leprosy of positive serodiagnostic tests for syphilis; report of results obtained in an evaluation of sero-diagnostio tests for syphilis in the United States. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 315-23.—Hutchinson, J. Leprosy possibly coincident with syphilis; suppression of leprosy by mercurial treatment for syphilis; long persistence of patches on back. Polyclinic, Lond., 1908, 12: 65-7.—Ramble, S. T. Syphilis and leprosy. Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1936, 2: 37.—Leger, M. Importance du diagnostic de syphilis ou tuberculose concomi- tantes chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 741-3.—Lloyd, R. B., Muir, E., & Mitra, G. C. The influence of syphilis on leprosy as indicated by the Wassermann reaction. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 667-78.—Milian, G. Lepre et syphilis. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 241.—Muir, E., & Chatterjee, S. N. Co-existing leprous and syphilitic lesions. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 304.—Nodenot, L. Sur un cas d'incompatibilite' des traitements antisyphilitiques et antilepreux. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 843-5.— Plantilla, F. C. Leprosv and svphilis. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1939, 19: 465-7.—Radna, R. Sur les reactions serologiques syphilitiques chez les lepreux. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1939, 19: 413-21.—Sousa Campos, N., & Alayon, F. Lepra e sifilis. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 101-11, 3 pl.—Touraine, Duperrat & Neret. Lepre chez une here'do- syphilitique et chez son enfant (troubles de la fonction sudorale a la pilocarpine) Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1370-5.— Windsor-McLean, L. A. The Kline reaction of Nauruan lepers and non-lepers. Med. J. Australia, 1943, 2: 520-2. ---- Tuberculosis. Adant, M. La cuti-r^action a la tuberculine chez les lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 447.—Agrikoliansky, B. N. [Lep- rosy and tuberculosis] Probl. tuberk., Moskva, 1941, 54-6.— Arnold, H. L., jr. Sarcoid and tuberculosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 47: 408.—Bruynoghe, R. L'allergie a tuberculine chez les lepreux. Rev. mid., Louvain, 1931, 336.— Corpus, T., & Guerra, E. A preliminary study of the incidence and mortality from tuberculosis among the lepers in Culion. Proc. Nat. Congr. Tuberc. Manila (1926) 1927, 1: 273-7 — Cozzani, G. Tuberculosi del ginocchio e delle ghiandole linfa- tiche in un caso di lepra; lungo periodo di incubazione della lepra. Atti Soc ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 689-97.—Deyeke. Leprosy and tuberculosis. Therapist, Lond., 1909, 19: 79; 86.—Faget, G. H. Control of tuberculosis in a leprosarium. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1943, 47: 603-7.—Flandin, C, & Basset. Influence mSfaste des restrictions alimentaires actuelles sur la tuberculose chez les lepreux. Presse mid., 1943, 51: 35 (Abstr.)— Glingani, A. Associazione di lepra e tubercolosi, sopra due casi osservati. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1933, 74: Suppl., 47-51.—Leprosy and tuberculosis. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 509-12.—Lie, H. P. Tuberculosis and leprosy. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1927, 8: 21-30.— Lowe, J. Leprosy and tuberculosis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 482-7.—Marino Bechelli, L., & Godoy de Araujo, D. Associa- cao lepra-tuberculose num caso de tumor ganglionar gigante da regiao crural direita. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 303-20, incl. 4 pl.—Nakajyo, S., & Suzuki, R. Ueber die Ziichturig von Tuberkelbaziilen aus den Auswtirfen von Leprosen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1937, 31: 431-6.—Ninni, C, & Sanctis Monaldi, T. de. Formes cachees des tuberculoses dans la lepre humaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 981-3.— Oberdorffer, M. J., & Collier, D. Lupus vulgaris bei Knoten- lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1939, 43: 170-2.—Pavlov, N. F. [Leprosy and tuberculosis of the skin] Vest, vener., 1938, No. 4, 38—13.—Rabello Junior. Novas observacSes sobre a infeccao tuberculosa na lepra. Rey. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 465-79.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Lepra e tuberculose, isolamento, de escarro de leprosos, de varias amostras de Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1941, 36: 225-36, 2 pl.—Sousa Campos, N., & Rotberg, A. Casos clinicos; lepra vitiligoide de lesdes extensivas; coexisfencia de abcesso tuberculoso em doente de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 137-40, pl.—Suzue, K., Tii'ti>kt72.—Austin, C. J. Central Leper Hospital, Makogai; annual report for 1942. Annual Rep. M. Dep. Fiji (1942) 1943, 14-6.— Borrey, F. Un asile de lepreux de langue francaise en Chine du Sud: 1 Asile Saint-Joseph de Sheklung. Progr. med., Par., 1936, 44: 813.—Dehio, K. Ein Besuch des Leprosorium Audaku auf der Insel Oesel. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1906, 31: 5: 16.— Dekeyser, L. La leproserie de l'ile de Molokai (lies Hawai) J. mid. Bruxelles, 1907, 12: 613-22.—Foskett, W. Report on the Central Leper Hospital, Makogai. Annual Med. & Health Rep. Fiji, 1933, 30-4.— Fraser, N. D. The lam Tsau clinic for patients suffering from leprosy. Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 693-701.—Geill, W. M. Badetablissement te Pelantoengan; lepraverslagen over 1891. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1892, 32: 8-26. ------ Badetablissement Pelantoengan; lepra- verslag over 1892. Ibid., 1893, 33: 420-33.—Gramberg, K. P. C. A. [Observations on the future of leprosaries, and the leprosanes of the future, in Java] Ibid., 1941, 81: 917-29 — Heimburger, L F., & Wu, W. Y. Treatment of leprosy in Isinan Leper Hospital; observations on 110 patients. China t V 1?«oi44: 752-8-— Indian (An) leprosy hospital. Lancet, Lond 1937 1: 1306 — Kuhne. J. E. The Leper Asylum at Tungkun. China M. Miss. J., 1907, 21: 10-5, pl.—Leper (The) Hospital at Sheikh Othman, Aden. Without the Camp, Lond., 1934, n. ser., No. 152, 113-5.—Leproserie de Cochin- chine. Ann. hyg med. col.. Par., 1904, 7: 131— Leprosario central de Goa relatorio, 1935. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa, 1937, ser. B 1602-65, 2 tab— Lhomme. Notes sur la lepro- ln"]ec«! Pondichery. Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1904 7: 596-606—Luyssen La lepre et la leproserie de Molokai. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1911, 27: 270-84.—Oliver. B C Leprosy hospitals and homes. J. Christ. M. Ass. India 1943' 18: 72-9.—RaJan. T S. S. The Dayapuram Hospital and homes for lepers. Antiseptic, Madras, 1938, 35: 731-4 — Seiffert. G. Brief aus Malaya; eip modernes Lepraheim in Malaya. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1135.—Senn, N. Leper Asvlum at Hendala. In his Around the World, Chic, 1905, 188-90.------Leper Buddhist celebration. Ibid., 190. —---- Homeless Leper Asylum, Matunga, Bombay, Ibid., 265-7.—Stephenson, G. E. Visit to a leper home in India. Nurs. J. China, 1933, 14: 307-11.—Tisseuil. Leg leproseries partielles en Nouvelle-Cal6donie. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1929, 22: 95-114, map. ---- Report and description: Europe. Barbera, F. La leproseria de Fontilles. Rev. valenc. cienc. med., 1907, 9: 65-9.—Fabre, M. Leproserie de Valbonne. Rev. hyg., Par., 1936, 58: 758-64.—Lie. H. P. Beretning fra Pleiestiftelsen for spedalske no. 1 for 3-aaret 1902-04. Norsk mag. hegevid., 1906, 5. R., 4: 813-54.—MacLeod. J. M. H. Leprosy in Great Britain; the St Giles homes for British lepers. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 67-70, pl.—Rambaud, P. Fondation de la leproserie de Vouille. France med., 1909, 56: 337-9.—Serra, A. The antileprous fight with the aid of the leprosarium of Cagliari; prophylactic measures, results, present status of leprosy in Sardinia. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 635-44.—Sprecher, F. II nuovo lebbrosario di S. Martino dAlbaro. Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 1, 565-7.— Stein, A. A. Statistics of leprosy in the Krutyje Rutschji Leprosarium, Leningrad. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 309-20. LEPROSY. See also Leper; Leper colony; Leprid; Leprol- ogy; Leprosarium; Leprosy bacillus. Rodrigues, J. J. *Breves consideracoes sobre a lepra. 49p. 8? Lisb., 1879. Ayres, S., jr. Leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 33: 769.—Berneid, P. N., Schein, H. [et al.] La lepre. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine, 1922, Spec, 175-8.—Bhatt, J. T. Leprosy. Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1940, 9: 354-61.— Bosellini, P. L. Appunti sulla lebbra. Rass clin. sc, 1939, 17: 105-9.—Chambers, S. O. Leprosv. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29: 922.—Cooke, W. E. Leprosy. Nurs. Times, Lond., 1943, 39: 620.—Delanoe, E. Reflexions au sujet de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 323-8.—Di Poggio, E. La lebbra. Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 996-9.—Hermans, E. H. [Leprosy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2576-9. ------ & Schokking, C. P. Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 109: 1061.— Kellers berger, E. R. Leprosy today. Clinics, Phila., 1943-44, 2: 842-67.—Le Forestier, R. Notions medicales actuelles sur la lepre. Marseille med., 1932, 69: 97; 377.—Lehmann, C. F., & Pipkin, J. L. Leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 583.—Lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1941, 20: 67-72.— Loots, J. H. Leprosy. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass., 1937-38, 17: 23-30.—McKibben-Harper, M. A medical woman looks at leprosy. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1930, 36: 541- 51.—Monte, D. A. d\ Note on leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 381.—Muir, E. Lepra, diagn6stico, tratamiento y prevenci6n. Rev. Soc. med. quir. Zulia, 1930, 4: 135.------Leprosy. Conf. Med. Res. Workers Calcutta, 1934, 33. Also Carib. M. J., Trinidad, 1941, 3: Suppl., 1-25.—Neve, E. F. Leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 267.—Pfingst, A. O. The present aspect of leprosy. Kentucky M. J., 1942, 40: 56-8— Proceso, G. Something on leprosy. Rev. filip. med., 1931, 22: 49-57.—Puente, J. J. Lepra. Bol. san., B. Air., 1939, 3: 222-4.—Questions fre- quently asked about leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 371-4.—Rao, G. R. On leprosy. Anti- septic, Madras, 1934, 31: 416-27.—Ravicini, S. Note sulla lebbra. Pensiero med., 1936, 25: 357-62.—Rodriguez Fuentes, C. Lepra. Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1930, 56: 569-82, pl.— Ronga, T. La lebbra. Gior. med. mil., 1930, 78: 64-9.— Ryrie, G. A. Popular misconceptions of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 123-9.—Santalov, N. [Materials concerning leprosy] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 868-70.—Sarkar, A. K. Leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1932, 52: 17; 289.—Soetomo, R. [Some conceptions in relation to leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2129-32.—Stanziale, R. La lebbra. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 75.5-65.—Trejo, F. P. Nota sobre la lepra. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1931, 6: 239-45.—Tubingen. Ueber Lepra. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., 1932, 5: 311-4.—Tuttle, G. B. Leprosy. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1940, 37: 135-7.—Wade, H. W. Leprosy. Mil. Surgeon, 1929, 64: 81-90.—Zezza, P. La lebbra; concetti odierni etiologici, patogenetici e curativi. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1939, 12: 29-42. ---- Allergy. Ambrogio, A. Ricerche biologiche in alcuni casi di lebbra; manifestazioni allergiche della cute dei lebbrosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 6: Suppl., 7-10.—Babes, V. Au sujet de la reaction des lepreux a la tuberculine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 67: 411-3. ------ Sur la signification de la reaction des lepreux k la tubercuUne. Ibid., 641-3.—Brault, J. Note k propos de l'ophtalmo-reaction chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1907, 18: 448.—Dubois, A. La cuti-reaction k la tuberculine chez les lepreux. Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1932, 12: 1-4.—Evans, K. L. The tuberculin reaction in leprosy. Brit. J. Derm., 1930, 42: 443-5.—Gougerot, H., & Degos, R. Reactivation de lepromes aux points d'inoculation d'intradermo-reactions a la tuberculine. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, LEPROSY 713 LEPROSY syph., 1938, 45: 279-82.—Guillaumou, F. Reactions lepreuses provoquees par la vaccination jennerienne. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1939, 32: 129-34.—McKinley, E. B. The tuberculin reaction and its significance in leprosy. Am. J. Path., 19.S8, 14: 646.-—Mituda, K. Les lepreux maculo-nerveux, d'une part, les tubereux, d'autre part, se comportent differemment a la Buite d'une inoculation d'emulsion de tubercule lepreux. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 219 — Nicolle, C. Reaction a la tuberculine dans la lepre (inoculations sous-cutanee, dermique et conjonctivalej C. rend. Acad, sc, 1907, 145: 394-6.—Policaro, R. D. Sulle reazioni della cute aU'istamina, alle papule colorate e all'urea nei malati di lebbra. Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 10: 191-230.—Rotberg, A. Estudos sobre as reacoes tubercuiinicas na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 245-72. ------ Influencia dos fatores alergicos na patogenese da lepra. Ibid., 1943, 11: 143-8. ------ & Be- chelli, L. M. Considerar;6es sobre a vacinacao antivariolica e as reacoes tubercuiinicas na lepra. Ibid., 1937, 5: No. espec, 293-302.—Slatineanu, A., & Danielopolu, D. Reaction des lepreux a la tuberculine (injection souscutanee et ophtalmo- reaction) C. rend. Soc biol., 1908, 65: 528-30. ------ Sur la reaction des lepreux a la tuberculine. Ibid., 1909, 66: 149-51.—Urbach, E., & Gottlieb, P. M. Leprosy. In their Allergy, N. Y., 1943, 534.—Wade, H. W. Problems of allergy in leprosy. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 652-5. ---- Allergy, specific [Lepra reaction] See also Leprid; also Leprosy, Diagnosis. Acharyya, R. C. Reaction in leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1936, 56: 193-9.-—Amendola, F. Manifestacoes oculares nas re- accoes lepr6ticas. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 120-4.—Badenoch, A. G. Observations on the calcium content of the blood serum of 81 cases of leprosy, with special reference to lepra reaction. Abstr. Thes. Aberdeen Univ., 1934, 33.— Baptista, L. Um caso interessante de reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 27-9, 2 pl.—Bargehr, P. Kunstliche lepraspezifische Allergie und aktive Immunisierung gegen Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 49: 346-53.—Bechelli, L. M. Reaccoes leproticas determinadas por affeccoes inter- correntes. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 400.—Biingeler, W., & Fernandez, J. M. M. Estudo clinico e histopatologico das reacoes alergicas na lepra. Ibid., 1940, 8: 157; 231; 355; 19 pl.-—Biingeler, W., & Martins de Castro, A. F. Klinische und histologische Untersuchungen iiber die spontane Reaktion beim lepromatosen Aussatz. Virchows Arch., 1940, 306: 404—26. ------ & Fernandez, I. M. Untersuchungen uber den klinischen Verlauf und die histologischen Veranderungen allergischer Reaktionen bei der Lepra. Ibid., 1939-40, 305: 236; 473; 593; 1940, 306: 404.—Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Um caso nao descripto de manifestacoes leproticas numa doente com reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 51-6. ------ Disturbios cenesthesicos, especial- mente os pruriginosos nos doentes de lepra, inclusive nas phases de reaccao leprotica. Ibid., 57-77.—Cerruti, H., & Marino Bechelli, L. A infeccao leprosa congenita em face da reaccao leprotica durante a gravidez. Ibid., 199-211.— Correa de Carvalho, J. Reaccao leprotica e allergia. Ibid., 27-35.—Dubois, A., Gavrilov, W., & Van Breuseghem, R. Injection intradermique de bacilles de Kedrovski chez le lepreux et le non-lepreux. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 483-6.—Ermakova, N. I. [Histopathology of the leprous process in the reactionary phase of leprosy of the skin] Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva, 1940, 6: 105-10.—Escalona, E. La reacci6n leprosa. Medicina, Mex., 1941, 21: 365-77.—Estudo da 'reacao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941. 9: 295-7.— Fernandez, J. M. M. Bacteriologia de la reaccion leprosa; investigacion del Myobacterium leprae en las lesiones cutaneas de reacci6n leprosa. Ibid., 1936, 4: 9-23, 2 pl. —:--- El cuadro clinico de la reaccion leprosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 1392-403.—Ferrari, A. V. Reazioni allergiche e reazioni farmacodinamiche nella lebbra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 772-6. Also Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1929, 4: 305-30.— Ferreira da Rosa, A. Reacao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 1-13.—Flarer, F., & Mirone, I. Sulla possibility di produrre nel coniglio uno stato allergico con bacilli della lebbra umana. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, 215.—Green, R. Some observations on the leprous reaction (synonyms; leprotic fever; the acute exanthem of leprosy; lepra reaction, etc.) Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29, 22: 367-80, 6 pl — Guida, H. A., Maurano, F., & Souza Lima, L. de. Modalidades da reagao leprotica; tifose leprdtica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 183-5.—Hoffmann, H. Ueber eine allergische Reaktion bei der Lepra. Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1269.—Hoffmann, W. H., & Baez, P. R. Los brotes fluxio- narios de la alergiaenlalepra. J. clin., Rio, 1934,15: 197-205.— Laigret, J. Reaction des lepreux vis-a-vis de certains extraits du bacille de la lepre des rats. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 1933, 22: 509-12.—Lowe, J. Leprous reaction. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 438-41.—Marino Bechelli, L. O exame palpatorio do figado e do bago nos doentes com reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 95-108. —----- Molestias intercorrentes como causas de reacao leprotica. Ibid., 1938, 6: 451-69. Also Ann. paul. med. cir., 1939, 37: 639-706. ------& Campos Sampaio, J. de. A pesquiza do bacillo de Hansen nas lesoes cutaneas da reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 79-83.—Marino Bechelli, L., & Costa Valente.E. da. L'influence de la reaction leprotique sur la marche des lesions cutanees lepreuses. Ibid., 1937, 5: No. espec, 167-78.—Martins de Castro, A. F. Contribuicao ao estudo anatomo-clinico da reacao leprotica. Ibid., 1943, 11: 23-54, incl. 10 pl.—Mazza, M. A., & Lopez Gonzalez, J. Lepra reaccion. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1941, 40: 831-42.— Mendes, E., & Grieco, V. Interpretacao da reaccao leprotica; suas relacoes com a parallergia. Rev. brasil. lepr., 19S6, 4: No. espec, 1-25.—Morais Junior, J. de. As sulfamidas no tratamento da reacao leprotica. Ibid., 1940, 8: No. espec, 61-7.—Muir, E. The reaction in leprosy and its control. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 7. Congr. (1927) 1928, 2: 338-45.— Pereira Cassiano, T. Reaccao leprotica erysipelatoide. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 321-7.—Peschkowsky, J. W. Ueber Reaktionen bei Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1934, 38: 112-8. ------ Steigerung der fagozitaren Aktivitat der polynuklearen Leucocyten als Resultat der entzundlichen Exazerbation, und das weisse Blutbild als Ausdruck des Typus der entzundlichen Reaktion bei Lepra. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 129-38— Rotberg, A. Algumas pesquizas elementares de laboratorio na reaccao leprotica; urobilina, pigmentos biliares, diazo-reaccao, bUirubina e resistencia globu- lar. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 109.------ A reaccao de Takata-Ara na lepra e na reaccao leprotica. Ibid., 111-6. ------ Reacoes leproticas determinadas pela prova de Mantoux. Ibid., 1937, 5: 401.------The influence of allergic factors in the pathogenesis of leprosy. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 977-82.—Soetopo [Atypi- cal course of the leprosy reaction] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 553-8, 4 pl.; 1940, 80: 2801.—Souza Lima, L. de. Estudos sobre reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 37-48. ------& Maurano, F. Piano de estudo da reagao lepr6tica. Ibid., 1939, 7: No. espec, 179-82. ------ Mendonca de Barros, J., & Schujman, S. Influencia da reaccao leprotica na evolucao da lepra cutanea. Ibid., 1936, 4: No. espec, 129-31.—Stein, A. A. Ueber Leprareaktion. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., x934, 15: 314-23. ------ Lepra reaction and meteorotropism. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935,3:137-52. ------ Zur Morphologie der Leprareaktion; histologische Veranderungen bei der I. Typus von Leprare- aktionen. Ibid., 1939, 7: 149-60, 3 pl.; 341-8, 2 pl. ------ & Steperin, M. I. [Specific allergy in leprosy] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, 1934, 1: 209-18. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 860-3.—Teague, O. The cutaneous reaction in leprosy; preliminary report. Philippine J. Sc, 1909, 4: 323-7.-— Tisseuil, J. Reaction, chez l'homme, du tissu cellulaire sous- cutane et du derme, aux bacilles lepreux tues.par la chaleur. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 20-3. ------ Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'allergie et de l'anergie dans la lepre. Ibid., 1931, 24: 766-9. ------ Contribution a l'etude de la reaction lepreuse. Ibid., 1938, 31: 469-71.—Tolentino, J. G. Acute generalized exfoliative dermatitis as a manifestation of lepra reaction with report of two cases. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1936, 16: 337-43, 2 pl.—Watanabe, Y. Allergy and inoculation of lepra materials. Kitasato Arch., Tokyo, 1935, 12: 355-61. ---- Allergy, specific: Test. Rotberg, A. *Contribuicao para o estudo das cutireagoes alegricas na lepra (reacao de Mituda- Hayasi) 50p. 8? S. Paulo, 1934. Alayon, F. L., & Lima, L. de S. Sobre a histologia da reacao de Mituda em lepromatosos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 367-74, 6 pl.—Basombrio, C, Mom, A. M. [et al.] Estudios sobre reactibilidad cutanea experimental en lepra. Rev. argent. derm, sif., 1943, 27: 406-11.—Boncinelli, U. Ricerche ed osservazioni sulla reattivita cutanea dei lebbrosi alle cosidette lepromine. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 629-51, pl — Biingeler, W., & Fernandez, J. M. Untersuchungen iiber den klinischen Verlauf und die histologischen Veranderungen allergischer Reaktionen bei der Lepra; klinische und histolo- gische Untersuchungen iiber die Leprolinreaktion nach Mituda. Virchows Arch., 1939-40, 305: 236-60. ■------ Estudo clinico e histopatologico das reaccoes alergicas na lepra; investigacoes clinicas e histologicas sobre a reaccao a lepromina, reaccao de Mituda. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 157-70, 14 pl.—Burnet, E. La reaction a la leproline chez un groupe lepreux en Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1938, 27: 341-59.—Chiyuto, S. Leprolin test. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12: 300.—Cerqueira R., & Pereira, P. Contribuicao ao estudo da reacao de Bargehr; alergia e imunidade ativa contra a lepra. Arq. saude pub., Belo Horiz., 1934, 1: No. 4, 33-58, 5 pl — Cochrane, R. G., Rajagopalan, G. [et al.] A study of the lepromin reaction in children with special reference to contact. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1941, 38: 703 (Abstr.)—Cummins, S. L., & Du Pre le Roux, J. J. Intradermal tests with extract of leprous skin in cases of leprosy and in non-lepers. Tubercle, Lond., 1929-30, 11: 299-303.—Dharmendra & Lowe, J. The immunological skin tests in leprosy; the isolated protein antigen in relation to the classical Mituda reaction and the early reaction to lepromin. Ind. J. M. Res., 1942, 30: 9-15. ------ The immunological skin test in leprosy; the isolated protein antigen in relation to the antigens used by other workers. Ibid. 17-22. ------ Studies of the lepromin test; results of the Mituda test in cases of leprosy of different clinical types. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 696 (Abstr.)—Dubois, A. La reaction de Mituda. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 649-51 ------& Degotte, J. La reaction de Mituda dans la lepre. Ibid., 1934, 27: 802-5.—Esseveld, H. [Skin tests with leprosy vaccine] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 865-71. LEPROSY 714 LEPROSY 2 pl.—Fernandez. J. M. M. Valor de la inyecci6n subcutanea de leprolin en el diagn6stico de ciertas formas de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 85-90. ------ The early reaction induced by lepromin. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 1-14, 3 pl. ------& Mercau, R. Nuestro criterio de lectura de la lepro- miiiorrcnecirm. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: [Discussion] 272.- Fernandez, J. M. M., & Olmos Castro. N. La reaccion precoz provocada por la lepromina; investigaciones efectuadas con diveisos antigenos derivados del Mycobacterium leprae. Ibid., 1942. 26: 556-80.—Fielding, J. W.. & Cochrane, R. G. A plea for the standardization of the lepromin test. Med. J. Austraha, 1944, 1: 313-5.—Glynne Rocha. O test de Mituda, na lepra. Rev. med. Pernambuco, 1941, 11: 12-8.-"—Hayasi, F. Mituda's skin reaction in leprosv. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 31-8, 2 pl. ■------& Igarasi. M. Observa- tion of patients with atypical Mituda reactions, after an interval of 10 years. Ibid., 1940, 8: 457-64.— Ignacio, J. L. Observa- tions on the leprolin test in clinically active, bacteriologically positive lepers. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1939, 19: 95-105.—Kitano, H., & Inoue, T. The Mituda reaction by vaccines treated with the ultra-supersonic wave. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 29-38, pl.—Langen, C. D. de. Specific skin-reactions in case of leprosy. Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1929, 18: 113-9.—Lecheren Alayon, F. Histologia do leprolin-test nos lepromatosos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 3-26.—Lowe, J., & Dharmendra, M. B. El lepromin test. Vida, Mex., 1943, 2: No. 19, 11; passim.—Lyon. Le rat ne reagit pas a la leproline de Mituda. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 134-6.—Manalang, C. Significance of leprolin reaction in the natural and experimental transmission of leprosy. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12: 308.—Mariano, J. Resultados do emprego da lepro- lina Souza Araujo, comparativamente com o da lepromina, em hansenianos. Acta med., Rio, 1943, 11: 147-53.—Mantoux, C, & Pautrier, L. M. Intradermo-reaction a la leproline. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 28: 459-03.—Mituda. K. Reactions de guerison de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 225—Montaiies, P. La intra- dermorreaeci6n con el bacilo de Hansen. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 389-402.—Nolasco, J. O. The lepromin test in lepra reaction. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 151-8. ------ The lepromin test in lepra reaction; histology of the reaction lesions and persistence of the injected bacilli. Ibid., 285-98, 3 pl.—Olmos Castro, N., & Schreier, J. Resultado del examen clinico y alergico de los primeros 100 convivientes de leprosos observados en Tucuman. Sem. m£d., B. Air., 1944, 51: 487- 95.—Ota, M., & Nitto, S. Ueber Mitudasche Reaktion, ange- stellt mit einem Antigen aus leprosem Gewebe von mit mensch- licher Lepra infizierten Hiihnern. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1940, 18: 345-51, pl.—Ota, M., & Sato, S. Ueber den Entstehungsme- chanismus der Mituda-Ha\ asischen Reaktion bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 123.—Pan, C. S. A clinical evaluation of the lepromin test. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 792-5.—Parmakson, P. Ueber die Hautreaktion mit Leprolin bei Leprakranken und ihre klinische Verwertung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 117-23.—Pesce, H. La cu- tirreacci6n leprolfnica de Mituda en los leprosos de Apurimac, Peru. Reforma med., Lima, 1941, 27: 713-9.—Petronici, G. L'allergometria di von Groer nella lebbra. Atti Soc. ital. derm. sif., 1938, 1: 539-41.—Radna, R. Note sur la reaction de Mituda chez des sujets indemnes de lepre; de l'influence du traitement de la lepre sur la bacillemie lepreuse et sur les resultats de la reaction de Mituda. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 63-72.—Rodriguez, J. N. Observations on the leprolin (Mituda) reaction. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 389-408. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 11-32, pl.—Rotberg, A. The reading of the lepromin test. Ibid., 1939, 7: 161-6.—Schujman, S. Histopatologia de la reacci6n de Mitsuda; estudio progressivo y comparativo de las reacciones tisulares que provoca en las diversas formas clinicas de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 469-78.—Sousa Campos. N. O valor da reacao de Mituda no diagnostico de forma clinica nos casos de lesoes nervosas de lepra. An. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 201 (Abstr.) —Sousa Lima, M. de. Estudo critico do test lepromina (reacao de Mituda) Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 443-9. ------ O test de Mitsuda i reacao alergica. An. paul. med. cir., 1941, 42: 445. Also Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942. 10: 305-19, incl. pl.- Taziri, I. Ueber die Untersuchungsergebnisse der Mitudaschen Reaktion bei Leprosen in Aiseien (einer staatlichen Lepraanstalt) Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 38: Suppl., 119 (Abstr.)—Tovar Daza, J. La reacci6n de la lepro- lina Lleras. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1937-38, 2. ser., 1: 311-29.—Van Breuseghem, R. Etude de la reaction de- terminee par la leprine de Loewenstein chez le lepreux et chez l'homme sain. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 109-13.— Wade, H. W. The lepromin reaction in normal dogs; pre- liminary report. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 39-56, ch. ---- Allergy, specific: Treatment. Bittencourt Prado, P. Das manifestacoes oculares na reaccao leprotica e seu tratamento. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 125-7.— Boenjamin, R. [Clinical treatment of leprosy with special reference to omnadin injections in leprosy reaction] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78: 1311-22.— Cochrane, R. G. Differential diagnosis and treatment of acute lepra reaction. Philadelphia M., 1942-43, 38: 132-5.— Correa de Carvalho, J. Vaccinotherapia especifica na reaccao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 149-61. ------ Novo tratamento da reaccao leprotica e outras mani- festacoes da lepra; estudo sobre a accao do .soro gjycosado em doentes em periodo de reaccsio leprotica. Ibid., 189-9H. ------Tratamento da reaccao leprotica pelo soro glyrosadu hypertonico. Ibid.. 1937, 5: No. espec, 247--52. Costa Valente. E., & Marino Bechelli, L. <) mercurio chromo no tratamento das reaccoes leproticas. Ibid., 1936, 4: No. espec, 133-47.—Fernandez, J. M. M., .V Schujman, S. El empleo de las anilinas en el tratamiento de la reaccion leprosa. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935. 2: 79-85. Germond, R. ('. Treatment of lepra reaction and lepromatous ulcers by antimony and arsphenamides. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 29- 39.—Marino Bechelli, L. A vitamina C no tratamento da reacao lepr6tica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 251-5. ------& Campos Sampaio, J. de. O pyramido no tratamento da reaccao leprotica. Ibid., 1936, 4: No. espec, 175-87.— Montanes. Tratamiento de las leprorreacciones por el pira- midon. Med. ibera, Madr., 1934, 28: pt 1, 41.—Muir, E, Reaction in leprosy and its control by antimony and other metals and by adrenalin. Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr., 54.—Nicolas, C. & Delgado, L. B. The alkaline treatment of lepra reaction. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1926, 6: 373-80.—Radna, R. Sur le traitement de la reaction lepreuse. Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1939, 19: 227-33.—Rotberg, A. Tratamento da reaccao leprotica pelo carvao por via endovenosa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 163-73. ---- A reaccao leprotica na infancia e na adolescencia; influencia do sexo, forma de molestia, bacterios- copia e tratamento. Ibid., 213-23.—Roy, A. T., & Rao, G. R. Fluorescein in lepra reaction. Ind. M. Gas., 1936, 71: 25-8.— Silva Guimaraes, J. da. O estroncio na reacao leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 119-41.— Stein, A. A. [Treatment of the so-called acute aggravations in leprosv with antimony] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 442-5.—Tisseuil, J. Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement de la reaction lepreuse. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 465-8. ---- anesthetic. See Leprosy, neural. ---- animal. See also Leprosy, murine. Lobel, L. W. M. Lepra bubalorum. Internat. J. Leprosy, 1936, 4: 79-96, 24 pl.—Nagar, J. N. Deg-Nala disease in a buffalo. Ind. Vet. J., 1940-41, 17: 365-7. ---- Associated disease. See Leper, Disease; Leper, Syphilis; Leper, Tuberculosis. ---- atypical. Souza Lima, L. de, & Lecheren Alayon, F. Sobre a significacao patologica das lesoes in- caracteristicas. 302p. 26J4cm. S. Paulo, 1941. Albarracin, L. Abortive leprosy; its epidemiological signifi- cance. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 558 (Abstr.)— Bargehr, P. Abortiv verlaufende Lepraerkrankungen. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1927, 153: 295-9.—Becker, S. W., & Obermayer, M. E. Atypical lepra. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 188.—Caballero, G. M. Sobre algunos casos de lepra desconocida entre nosotros y sobre la verdadera naturaleza de la Chappa descrita en Cuba. Vida nueva, Habana, 1928, 21: 1-62.—Kartaschov, M. G. Ein Fall von Lepra frusta mit Bazillenausscheidung der gesunden Nasen- schleimhaut. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1935, 16: 465-70.— Kayser, J. D., & Houton, G. van. Deux cas de lepre abortive. Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 119-28.—Motta, J. Importancia do diagnostico na prophylaxia da lepra; formas atypicas da doenca. Arch, hyg., Rio, 1927, 1: 103-18.—Rabello, F. E. A lepra incaracterfstica na experiencia do Sanatorio Padre Bento. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 115-32.—Souza Lima, L. de, & Lecheren Alayon, F. Mutacoes de incaracteristica em lepro- matosa. Brasd med., 1941, 55: 544. Also Rev. clin. S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 139. ---- Bacillemia. Beurmann, M. de, & Vaucher, M. M. Cas de bacillemie le- preuse; constation du bacille de Hansen dans le sang circulant, au cours d'une poussee aigue de 16pre. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 26: 1274-8.----— & Laroche, G. Deux cas de bacillemie lepreuse et de generalisation viscerale. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 9: 1-18.—Dubois, A., Gavrilov, W.. & Fester, A. La bacillemie chez les lepreux comme methode de culture et comme methode de diagnostic. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 169-7.3. Franchini, G. Setticemia da bacilli di Hansen in un caso di lebbra nodulare. Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1928, 9: 643-6, pl.—Gomes, J. M. Estudos sobre a lepra; bacillemia e muco-nasal positive Brasil med., 1932, 46: 1083-8.—Gravagna. II bacillo di Hansen nel sangue circolante dei lebbrosi, prima e dopo il trattamento mercuriale; nuovi tentativi di cplture. Gazz. osp., 1907, 28: 691.—Lleras Acosta, F. Pruebas de la especificidad de un bacilo aislado de la sangre de los leprosos. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 394.— Lowe, J. Bacillaemiai a leprosy. Ind. M, Gaz., 1933, 68: LEPROSY 715 LEPROSY 503-6.—Markianos, J. La bacillemie et la fiSvre lepreuse. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1933, 7. ser., 4: 220-9.—Martins de Castro, A., & Salies Gomes, L. Bacillemie lepreuse pendant une poussee febrile au cours du traitement d'une lepre ancienne. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1929, 36: 1082-6.—Mostert, H. V. R. Bacillemia na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 81-5.— Moutoussis, K. Leber die Bazillamie bei Lepra und sonstige Befunde im Blut bei Leprakranken; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1934, 38: 487-94.—Nativelle, R. La bacillemie lepreuse. Ann. mal. vener., 1930, 25: 8-11.-— Rousseau, P., & Gaugeat, M. Culture du bacille de Hansen, a partir du sang de lepreux. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 326-32.—Saenz, A. Sur les caracteres d'un bacille acido- resistant isoh: par F. Lleras du sang de malades atteints de lepre. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 119: 579-83.— Soule, M. H. Bacteriology of leprosy; bacteremia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1200.—Watanabe, Y., & Harazawa, J. Pure cultivation and the animal experiments of acid-fast bacilli from the blood of the leprous patients. Kita- sato Arch., 1933, 10: 87-98.—Zocchio, J. B. Bacilemia na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 269-99. ---- Bacteriology. See also Leprosy bacillus. Lleras Acosta, F. Pruebas de la especi- ficidad de un bacilo aislado de la sangre de los leprosos. 199p. 24cm. Bogota, 1936. Soule, M. H., & McKinley, E. B. The bacteriology and immunology of leprosy, p.87- 96. 8? [Wash.? 1937?] Repr. from v.l, Sympos. Ser., Am. Ass. Advance. Sc. Afanador, A. Inoculation du bacille de Stefansky dans les veines de rats bloques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1260.— Balina, P. L. Sur la presence de bacilles acido-resistants pseudo- lepreux dans la peau apparemment saine. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 413-23.—Bayon, H. Acid-fast and acid-testing germs cultivated from cases of human leprosy, and their determina- tion. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 45-53. ------ The bacteriology of leprosy. Ibid., 1912-13, 2: 65-73.— Braul, J. E. [Role of secondary infection in the etiology and course of leprosy] Vrach. delo, 1929, 12: 650-2.—Chorine, V., Guilliny, R., & Montestruc, E. Inoculation in bacilles de Stefansky dans la chambre anterieure de l'oeil du rat. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1261.—Das Gupta, B. M., & Chatterjee, S. N. Experimental studies with a spirillum found in the nasal cavity of some lepers. Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 453.— Giordano, M. Ricerche culturali in casi di lebbra. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1929, 10: 8-13, pl.—Gomes, J. M. Cultura obtida de abcesso leproso. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1934, 106: 689-98.—Graaf, J. F. de [Acid-fast bacteria in the blood in leprosy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 332.—Gyubert, I. I. K bakteriologii prokazi. Russ. J. kozhn. ven. boliezn., 1903, 6: 663-98, 2 pl.—Henderson, J. M. A review of our present knowledge of the bacteriology and pathology of human leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65: 93-106. —---- Preliminary observa- tions on an acid-fast organism isolated from human leprous lesions. Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 145-53, 2 pl.—Karlinski, J. Zur Bacteriologie der Lepra. Ber. Verh. Deut. derm. Ges., 8. Kongr. (1903) 1904, 68. Also Allg. med. Zentr. Ztg, 1903, 72: 965.—Lleras Acosta, F. Pruebas de la especificidad de un bacilo aislado de la sangre do los leprosos. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1937-38, 2. ser., 1: 254-80. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 91-3.—McKinley, E. B. The bacteriology of leprosy; a review. Ibid., 1939, 7: 1; 217.—Macleod, J. M. H. A brief survey on the present state of our knowledge of the bacteriology and pathological anatomy of leprosy. Brit. J. Derm., 1909, 21: 309-23.—Madrid, S. de. Los virus filtrables en la investigacion de la lepra animal y humana. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 1889-1902.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Le phenomene de Koch ne se prcduit pas chez le rat par reinoculation de bacille de Stefansky. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 809-15.—Nekachalov, V. Y. [Streptothrix leproides] J. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 9: 273-81.—Ota, M., & Sato, S. Culture du bacille tuberculeux a partir d'un leprome typique et d'un ganglion lymphatique de lepreux. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 107: 1064.—Petraganani, G., & Daddi, G. Ricerche sull'agente etiologico della lebbra e singolari propriety sierologiche di un corinebatterio isolato nel corso di esse. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1940, 19: 367-80.—Rajewsky, A. S. Begleitinfektion bei Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 303-9.—Relova, R. N. Further studies on the unidentified organism isolated by Solis in Culion Leper Colony. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 213-9, pl.—Rodriguez de Albuquerque, A. F. Sur l'isolement d'un bacille acido-rdsistant d'un leprome. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 713-5—Salle, A. J. Acid-fast organism from leprous lesions; cultivation in tissue cultures and other mediums. J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 54: 347-59—Schujman, S., & Solari, J. Bacteriologia de la piel aparentemente sana en los enfermos de lepra. Rev. argent. derm, sif., 1943, 27: [Discussion] 273.—Smith, F. A. The bacteriology and treatment of leprosy. Therapist, Lond., 1909 19-61------& Bisset, E. The bacteriology and treat- ment of leprosy. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 295-301.— Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Attempts to cultivate ihe Myco- bacterium leprae (Coccothrix leprae Lutz, 1886) isolating an actinomyces from a leproma; the Actinomyces lepromatis, n. sp. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1928, No. 4, Suppl., 141-4, 2 pl. ------ Essais de culture du Mycobacterium leprae (Coccothrix leprae Lutz, 1886) isolement a partir d'un leprome d'un actinomyces, Actinomyces lepromatis n. sp. C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 100: 937-9. ------ Tentativas de cultura do Mycobacterium leprae (Coccothrix leprae, Lutz 1886) isola- mento de um actinomyces de um leproma; o Actinomyces lepromatis, n. sp. (amostra Hilda) Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1929, 22: 145-52, 4 pl. ------ Attempts to cultivate the Mycobacterium leprae (Coccothrix leprae, Lutz 1886) isolation of actinomyces from a leproma, the Actinomyces lepromatis n. sp. (Hilda's sample) Ibid., 153-60. ------ Pathogenicity of acid-fast bacilli isolated from human leprosy by Migone. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 209-14, 2 pl.—Vaudre- mer. A., Sezary, A., & Brun, C. Culture de germes provenant de lepromes et de rate lepreuse filtree. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 624-6.—Walker, E. L., & Sweeney, M. A. Cultiva- tion of facultative acid-fast bacteria from nitrates of leprosy. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1162. ------ Cultiva- tion of facultative acid-fast bacteria from filtrates of rat leprosy and of human leprosy. J. Infect. Dis., Chic, 1935, 56: 97- 100.—Wherry, W. B. Note on the cultivation of an acid fast bacillus from leprosy. Ibid., 1930, 46: 263-6.------ Cul- tivation of an acid-fast bacillus from leprosy. Philippine J. Sc, 1930, 43: 577-80, pl. ---- Blood chemistry. Concepcion, I., Camara, S. F., & Fulgencio, B. The blood ascorbic acid in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1939, 19: 733-40.-—Gandra, A. S. Um metodo indicado para o estudo da hematologia na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: No. espec, 217-21.-—Herrera Reyes, M. Reserva alcalina en la lepra. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 270-2. Also Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 506-9.—Ikegaki, I. Ueber den Gehalt des Karotins und des A-Vitamins im Blutserum der Leprakranken. Zschr. Vitaminforsch., Bern, 1937, 6: 206-9.— Labernadie & Andre. Recherches sur le sang des lepreux. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1928, 26: 323-8.—Leger, A. M. Contribution a l'Mmatologie de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, 1: 489-93.—Luridiana, P. Studio ematologico nella lepra. Dermosifilografo, Tor., 1926, 1: 318-23.—Marras, A. L'en- zimoreazione nella lepra. Arch, biol., Genova, 1928, 5: No. 6, 3-14.—Migliorini, G. Ricerche ematologiche in alcuni leprosi. Riv. veneta sc. med., 1905, 43: 273-87.—Morales Otero, P., & Hernandez, L. G. Studies of the blood chemistry of leprosy; analysis of findings in 50 cases. Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health, 1927-28,- 3: 507-15; 1929-30, 5: 443-51.—Negro Vazquez, E., & Herrera Reyes, M. Urea sangufnea en los leprosos. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 110.—Otsuka, H. On the sedimentation phenomena of red blood-cells and the amount of total nitrogen, non-protein nitrogen, fibrin nitrogen and sugar in the blood of lepers. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 33: 15-34.—Paras, E. M. Blood chemistry studies in leprosy; the alkali reserve. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1926, 6: 520. Also Philippine J. Sc, 1927, 33: 155-67.—Pinetti, P. Lo studio del sangue nella lepra (gruppi sanguigni; formula emoleucocitaria) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 72: 1319-35.—Pooman, A. Ueber die Blut- lipase bei Leprosen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 70- 4.—Radna, R. Sur la lipase du serum des lepreux. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 233-6; 1939, 19: 55-9.—Ross, H. Blood glutathione in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939,7:51-5. ------ Serum phosphatase in leprosy. Ibid., 1941, 9: 57-62.—Takasu, K. [Ueber den Blutbefund bei Leprakranken] Hifubyog. kiu kineokibyog. zassi, 1901, 1: 108-23.—Zaslavsky, A. V. [Lipase of the blood in leprosy] Vener. derm., Moskva, 1931, 8: 54-9. ---- Blood picture. Alezais. Eosinophilic myeloide dans la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1906, 60: 595.—Badger, L. F. Leprosy; a study of the white blood cells and their relation to clinical progress. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1931, 46: 2782-802.—Bargehr, P. Das Blutbild bei Lepra. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 152: 462-4.—Bourret. Sur la valeur semeiologique de la formule leucocytaire dans la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, 2: 22-5.—Cabral de Lima. Sur la formule hemoleucocytaire de la lepre. Arch. Inst. bact. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, 1: 69-71.—Fiessinger, N., ■& Leroy, E. L'eosinophilie comme element de diagnostic precoce dans la l£pre des indigenes. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1916, 16: 308-13.—Gonzalez Guzman, I. Nuevas contribuciones para la hematologia de la lepra. Rev. mex. biol., 1929, 9: 71-3. ------ Estudio cito-nuclear de los linfocitos sanguineos de los leprosos. Bol. Lab. estud. med., Mex., 1942, 1: 201-9. ------ Algunos datos nucleolares de los linf6citos sanguineos de los leprosos. Ibid., 241-9. ------ Estudio de los linfocitos sanguineos de los leprosos. Arch. lat. amer. card., Mex., 1943, 13: 1-24. ------ Estudio de los granulocitos sanguineos de los leprosos. Ibid., 119-38.— Labernadie, V. G. F., & Andre, Z. Recherches sur le sang des lepreux. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 346-54.—Lomholt, S., & Engelbreth-Holm, J. Ueber die eosinophilen Zellen im Blutbilde der Leprakranken. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 541.—Marval, L. de. Contribucion al estudio de la sangre en la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 1, 1034-45.—Massias, C. Formule hemo-leucocytaire de la lepre; eosinophilic dans la lepre a lesions tegumentaires pre- dominantes. C. rend. Soc biol., 1930, 104: 547.—Mituda, K. Leucocytose dans les lepres maculo-nerveuses. Commun. LEPROSY 716 LEPROSY Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 228— Molinelli, E. A. La sedimentaci6n globular en la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 337-42.- I'armakson, P. Ueber die eosinophilen Zellen im Blutbilde der Leprakranken. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 100: 285-8.—Takasu. K. Die Vermehrung der eosinophilen Zellen bei Leprakranken. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2 T., 329-34— Wanser, R. Ueber die Eosinophilic bei Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 505-8. ---- Blood sedimentation. Ambrogio, A. Agglutinine specifiche ed eteroagglutinine in rapporto al meccanismo ed alia specificity della agglutino- sedimentazione dei globuli rossi formolizzati nella lebbra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: Suppl., 186-9.—Bianchi & Turries. Recherches sur la vitesse de sedimentation des hematies dans la lepre. Marseille mid., 1926, 63: 1024-6.— Castro Gomez, B. de. Sedimentaci6n globular en la lepra. Repert. med cir., Bogota, 1937-38, 2. ser., 1: 188-211.— Gilbert, A., Tzanck, A., & Cabanis. De l'acc616ration de la sedimentation sanguine au cours de la ISpre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 837-9.------L'etude de la sedimentation sanguine au cours de la 16pre; son int^ret pronostic. P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr., 1926, 3. Congr., 123.—Guillen, M., & Abal, P. Aplicaci6n de la reacci6n de Fahraeus al diagn6stico de la lepra. Med. ibera, 1927, 21: pt 2, 337-41— Labernadie, V., & Andre, Z. Recherches sur la sedimentation globulaire chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc path, exot.. Par., 1927, 20: 839.— Landeiro, F. La vitesse de sedimentation des hematies chez les lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1261. ------ Sedi- mentation globulaire dans la lepre. Arq. Inst. bact. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1928-30, 6: 167-71, ch.—Markianos, J. Reac- tion de sedimentation des globules de mouton formoles dans la lepre. Bull. Soc. patb. exot., Par., 1929, 22: 152-5.—Molinelli, E. A. La s6dimentaci6n globular en la lepra. Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4: 425-39.—Monacelli, M. Sulla reazione di Rubino nella lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 1472-6.— Muir, E. The iodide-sedimentation test in leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1928, 16: 135-9. ------ The erythrocyte sedimentation test in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 419- 26.—Partelpoeg, W. Ueber Tagesschwankungen der Blut- korperchensenkungsgeschwindigkeit bei Leprosen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 253-9.—Paras, E. M., LaGrosa M., & Ignacio, J. Plasma lipids in leprosy, further evidence of the correlation between plasma lipids and the stage of the dis- ease with a note on the diagnostic significance of the red cor- puscle sedimentation rate. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 631-48.—Peltier, M. De la valeur technique de la methode de Rubino dans la recherche de la sedimentation globulaire chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 836-8 — Policaro, R. La velocita di sedimentazione degli eritrociti nella lebbra. Dermosifilografo, Tor., 1932, 7: 248-54.—Rivelloni, G. Osservazioni sulla velocita di sedimentazione dei globuli rossi nella lepra. Ibid., 1935, 10: 497-534.—Sakurai, S. Ueber die Senkungsgeschwindigkeit der roten Blutkorperchen bei leprosen Krankheiten. Acta derm., Kyoto, 1930 15: 475.—Salterain, G. de & Castro Paullier, V. M. La reaccion de Gilbert, Tzanck y Cabanis en la lepra. An. Fac med., Montev., 1928, 13: 703-11.—Scaldaferri, N. Hemosedimentacao na lepra. Fol. med., Rio, 1938, 19: 238. ---- Bones and joints. Acosta, V. E. Lesiones 6seas y articulares en la lepra. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1942-43, 11: 219-26 (Abstr.)—Beitzke, H. Erkrankungen der Knochen und Gelenke bei Lepra. In Handb. spez. path. Anat. Histol. (Lubarsch & Henke) 1934, 9: pt 2, 594-611.—Businco, O. Le alterazioni ossee della lepra (con- tributo clinico, radiologico e patogenetico) Arch, radiol., Nap., 1928, 4: 859-87.—Chamberlain, W. E., Wayson, N. E., & Garland, L. H. The bone and joint changes of leprosy; a roentgenologic study. Radiology, 1931, 17: 930-9.—Cooney, J. P., & Crosby, E. H. Absorptive bone changes in leprosy. Ibid., 1944, 42: 14—9.-—Deycke Pascha. Knochenveranderun- gen bei Lepra nervorum im Rontgenbilde. Fortsch. Rontgen- strahl., 1905-06, 9: 9-28, 3 pl.------Knochenveranderungen bei Lepra tuberculosa im Rontgenogramm. Ibid., 1906, 10: 279-87.—Faget, G. H., & Mayoral, A. Bone changes in leprosy; a clinical and roentgenologic study of 505 cases. Radiology, 1944, 42: 1-13.—Hirschberg, M. La lepre osseuse. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 199- 203. ------& Biehler, R. Lepra der Knochen. Derm. Zschr., 1909, 16: 415; 490.—Hopkins, R. Bone changes in leprosy. Radiology, 1928, 11: 470-3.—Kadrnka, S., & Merdjo, A. Apropos des manifestations osseuses de la lepre. Radiol. Rdsch., 1938, 7: 269-86.—Karasev, J. Aspect radiographique des manifesta- tions osteo-articulaires dans la lepre. J. radiol. eiectr., 1936, 20: 373-82, pl.—Leitner, A. J. Les osteoarthropathies lepreuses du pied. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manda, 1938, 6: 471-6, 3 pl.—Mcllhenny, P. A. Orthopedic problems in leprosy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1888-91.—Nolasco. J. O. Calcifica- tion and osteoid changes in the nerve in leprosy; report of a case. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 25-8, pl.—Rath de Sousa, P. Sobre lesoes pagetoides do tecido 6sseo na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 225-30.—Rolim, C. Aspectos radiologicos da lepra ossea. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-3-1, 1: 225-34.—Soares da Veiga. Contribuicao ao estudo das lesoes 6steo-articulares da lepra atraves das imagens radiograficas. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa, 1939, ser. A, 13: 44-60, 25 pl.— Sprecher, A. Alterazioni patologiche delle ossa nella lebbra. Pathologica, Genova, 1940, 32: 133-48. ---- Cardiovascular system. Aleixo, A. Sobre as varices e phlebites na lepra. Brasil. med., 1930, 44: 42.—Andrade, J. de. Molestia de Leo Buerger na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: No. spec, 103-16.— Argiiello Pitt, L. Estudio electrocardiografico en 50 enfermos de lepra. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 258-68.—Campana. Obliterating endarteris in the leprous process. Clin, dermosi- filopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 57.—File, G. L. The vascular lesions of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 193-202, 6 pl.—Komatsu, S. Dermatoskopische Untersuchun- gen iiber die Kapillarschlinge in der leprosen Haut. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1937, 41: 13.—Lie, H. P. [Vascular changes in leprosy] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1927, 88: 1108-20.—Miluda. [The rupture of a blood vessel in leprosy] Nippon igaku, 1906, No. 15, 3-19.—Rivelloni, G. Ricerche morfologiche e funzionali sul sistema capillare cutaneo nella lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 79: 281-305, 2 pl. ---- Cases and statistics. Alvarez Pueyo, J. Un caso de lepra. An. Hosp. S. Josi, Madr., 1931-32, 3: 244-9.—Appleton, H. L. [Leprosy?] an interesting case. Alabama M. J., 1908-09, 21: 541-4.— Azevedo Sacramento, A. Resumo estatistico sobre 10,309 casos de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 225-40.—Balina, P. L. Sobre 6 casos clinicos de lepra. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 2, 777-86.—Barrett, H. S. Leprosy, report of a case and a brief summary of certain interesting features of the disease. Rhode Island M. J., 1942, 25: 56-61.—Bronson. A case of leprosy. J. Cut. Dis. Syph., 1905, 23: 166.—Calnek, T. M. Notas sobre la lepra; casos observados. Mem. Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898, 2. Congr., 2: 1132-5.—Campos Mello, L. Estudo de 946 doentes de lepra. Fol. med., Rio, 1937, 18: 268-70.—Cannon, A. B. Leprosy; case. Arch. Perm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 38: 825.—Cornbleet, T., & Pace, E. R. Leprosy. Ibid., 1934, 30: 141.—Crocker, H. R., & Pernet, G. Two cases of elephantiasis grsncorum. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-8, 1: Derm. Sect., 530-6.—Dragos [Three cases of leprosy] Romania med., 1929, 7.8 52.—Duarte do Pateo. Um caso de lepra com aspecto clinico raro. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 153, pl.—Fischkin, E. A., & Seufert, E. C. A case of leprosy. Illinois M. J., 1907. 11: 25-35 [Discussion] 70-3.—Forman, L. Leprosy. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1941- 42, 35: 260.—Foster, H. G. Report on a case of leprosy. ' Hosp. News, Wash., 1935, 2, 9: 7-11. —Gilchrist, H. L. [Case of leprosyl Rep. Surg. Gen.U. S. Army, 1903-04, 81-4.— Greengrass, J. J., & Silverman, I. Leprosy, a case report. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1940, 37: 583-5.—Grieco, V., & Mendes de Castro, B. Estatistica de doentes portadores de lepra examinados no Ambulatorio de dermatologia e syphiligraphia, da Santa Casa de Misericordia de S. Paulo, durante o decSnnio de 1926 a 1935. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 313- 28.-—Griggs, J. F. Leprosy, with reports of a case. Med. Sentinel, 1909, 17: 217-22.—Hartigan, T. J. P. Case of leprosy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Derm. Sect., 83.—Heyns- berg, C. An analysis of 1,700 cases of leprosy treated in the Leper Asylum, Hendala. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1908, 5: 15-23.—Hopkins, R., & Denney, O. E. Leprosy in the United States; a statistical study of 700 cases in the National Lepro- sarium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 193-8.—Huizenga, L. S. Notes on leprosy. China M. J., 1927, 41: 153-6.—Hunter, T. Leprosy; some notes on its causation, symptoms, and treat- ment, based on an experience of 152 lepers in the Leper Jail of the United Provinces, India. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 1: 1333- 7.—Hyde, J. N. Two cases of leprosy. J. Cut. Dis. Syph., 1908, 26: 81.—Jordan, P. Fiinf Leprakranke. Derm. Wschr., 1941, 112: 275.—Klingmuller. Lepra. Derm. Zschr., 1936, 73: 298-308.—Kobayasi, Y., & Amagasaki, M. Statistical observations of the leprosy during 33 years at the Tokyo Imperial University. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1932, 32: 49.— Lai, D. G. Chinese leprosy cases in the U. S. National Lepro- sarium; a clinical and laboratory study of 36 patients with 7 autopsy reports. China M. J., 1933, 47: 772-84.—Laquieze, E. Un cas de lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 123.—Lieberthal, D. Leprosy [two cases] Med. Stand., 1904, 27: 573, pl.—Maldonado Romero, D. Interpretaci6n de las estadfsticas de lepra. Proc. Am. Sc. Congr. (1940) 1942, 8. Congr., 6: 211.—Martins, S. A case of leprosy. J. Cut. Dis. Syph., 1905, 23: 321.—Micic, D. Jedan slucaj lepre. Srpski arh. celok. lek., 1904, 10: 193-205.—Moiser, B. Analysis of 722 cases of leprosy and their treatment. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 423-9.—Moriyasu, I., & Fujimoto, S. Stati- stische Beobachtungen uber die Leprakranken in unserer Klinik. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1933, 23: 142.—Mukharinski, A. A. Sluchal leprt. Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. obshch., 1904-05, 41: 311- 5.—Nicolas, J., Massia, G., &Weigert, H. Deux cas de lepre. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 123-5.—Nicolas, J., & Rousset, J. Trois cas de lepre. Lyon med., 1933, 151: 480- 3.-—Nunez. Historv of leprosy cases [Matanzas] Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1904, 19: 444-6.—Park, F. R., Kitchell, J. R., & Shepherd, S. G. A case report of cutaneous leprosy with a brief discussion of the classification, treatment, and epidemiological portent. Ann. Int. M., 1943, 19: 805-8.— Pinard, M., Rabut & Abricosoff. Maladie de Hansen. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1929, 36: 372.—Poirier. Deux cas de lepre, J. med, Bruxelles, 1909, 14: 124.—Rice. M. A case of LEPROSY 717 LEPROSY leprosy. Med. Advance, 1904, 42: 686-91; 1905, 43: 714.— Rochet & Billet, J. Note sur un cas de lepre. Ann. derm. syph., 1905. 4. ser., 6: 422-31.—Rosenthal, S. K. [Case of leprosy] Belaruss. med. dumka, 1926, 2: 94-100.—Salvador, U. Profilaxia da lepra; a inexactidao dos censos. Med. con- temp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 233; 242.—Sawada, H. Statistische Beobachtungen iiber die Leprakranken aus der dermato- urologischen Klinik zu Kanazawa. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 64 (Abstr.)—Shchokin, K. P. Sluchal prokazi. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bollezn., 1904, 7: 85-93. ----- Dva bolniye prokazol. Ibid., 1908, 15: 330.—Small, W. D. D. Leprosy, a case. Edinburgh M. J., 1938, 45: Suppl., Tr. Med. Chir. Soc Edinburgh, 129.—Statistiques. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 41-98.—Thewlis, M. W. Leprosy: report of a case. Med. Times, N. Y., 1933, 61: 306 — Tribet & Dome. Deux cas de lepre. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 747-50.—Vigne, P., & Pedat. Un cas de maladie de Hansen. Ibid., 1931, 68: 268-72.—W. Wieviel Leprose etwa gibt es in der Welt. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 475.—Wells, C. E. A case of leprosy. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, 161: 251.—Zarubin, V. I. Sluchal prokazi. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bollezn., 1904, 7: 267-70. ---- Cerebrospinal fluid. Ambrogio, A. Prove biologiche sul liquido cefalo-rachidiano in alcuni casi di lebbra. Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1932-33, 8: 499-555.—Marras, A. La reazione di Matefy nella lepra. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1926, 9: 1132-43.—Molinelli, E. A., & Vaccarezza, A. J. Le liquide cephalorachidien dans la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 872. Also Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 487-95. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 1, 310-3.—Slatinearu, A., & Danielopolu, D. Presence de fixateur dans le liquide cephalo- rachidien des sujets atteints de lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 702-4. ------ Presence de fixateur dans le liquide cGphalo-rachidien des malades atteints de 16pre. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1909, 49: Orig., 288.—Stanziale, R. The value of examining the cerebro-spinal fluid in leprosy. J. Trop. M, Hyg., Lond., 1928, 31: 305. Also Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1929, 2: 364.—Tanguy, Y. La reaction au benjoin colloidal dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien des lepreux. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1939, 32: 278-80.—Weil, P. E., & Tanon. Le liquide cephalo-rachidien dans la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905, 58: 976. ---- Chemistry. See also subheading Blood chemistry. Ivanova, N. A. [Nature and formation of lipoids in leprous cells] Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva, 1939, 5: No. 2, 20-31 — Juschko, S. S. Hydrophylie des Gewebes bei Lepra. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 41-50.—Rajewski, A. S. Zur biochemischen Charakteristik der Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 651-7.—Villela, G. G. The biochemistry of leprosy; a review. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 61; 223. ------ Aspetos da bioquimica da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 27-48. ---- Classification. See subheading Types. ---- Clinical aspect. Armauer Hansen, G., & Looft, C. A lepra em seus aspectos clinicos e patol6gicos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942,10: 209; passim.— Blackburn, J. H. Leprosy with rapid progress. Med. J. Australia, 1940, 2: 440.—Du Pre le Roux, J. J. The more important clinical features of leprosy. J. Med. Ass. S. Africa, 1930, 4: 715-21.—Escalona, E. Algunas consideraciones clinicas y terapeuticas sobre enfermos lepromatosos. Medicina, Mex., 1943, 23: 97-102.—Gomes, J. M. Lepra? (consideracoes em torno de um caso clinico) Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1927-29, 1: No. 2, 81-5, pl.—Gougerot, H. Les formes attenuees localisees, fixees, curables de la lepre. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 501-9.—Hirschberg, M. Ueber konjugale, familiare Lepra und erblich leprose Entartung (Paraleprose) Derm. Zschr., 1906, 13: 250-74.—MacGowan, G. A clinical lecture on leprosy. South. California Pract., 1904, 19: 50-5.— Morrow, H. Personal experiences with leprosy. South. JY1. J., 1932, 25: 158-62.—Pardo-Castello. V.. & Tiant, F. R. Leprosy; the correlation of its clinical, pathologic, immunologic and bacteriologic aspects. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1264-9.— Rodrigues de Sousa, A. Contribuicao para o estudo clinico da splenomegalia lepr6tica. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 37-46 — Vigne. Les formes cliniques des cas de lepre observes a Mar- seille. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 169-71. ---- Contagiousness. Acrhiote P Ouelques reflexions sur la contagiosity de la leprT a rend. Cong?, internat. med (1903) 1904 14: sect. neuropath., 535-7. AlsoGaz. med. orient., 1904-05, 198-200.— Autran, H. Contagiosidade da lepra. Ann. Acad. med. Rio de Janeiro (1904-05) 1906, 7©: 43-55 -Azfia, J. «e. Contagiosidad de la lepra Rev clin. Madrid, 1909, 2: 241-6.—Bosq, P. Eliminaci6n de los bacilos de Hansen a traves de la epidermis de los enfermos de lepra. Rev. argent, derm sif. 1943 27: 423-5.—Carbonell, J. N. Algunas ideas sobre la contagiosidad de la lepra. Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1904, 2: 236-8.— Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Alguns conceitos sobre a contagiosi- dade da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 343-8.— De Cesare, G. Sulla presenza dei bacilli di Hansen sulla su- perficie della cute dei lebbrosi. Gior. med. mil., 1935, 83: 347-50. ------ La questione della contagiosity della lebbra, Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1937, 10: 11-3.—Gonzalez, J. de J. Contagiosidad de la lepra. Cr6n. mid. mex., 1899-1900, 3: 5-10.—Gyubert, I. I. K voprosu o zarazitelnosti prokazi. Vrach. gaz., 1904, 11: 170; 206; 233; 273.—Jeanselme, E. A propos de la contagiosity de la lepre. Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 204.—Jeremiah, R. Infectivity of neural leprosy. J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1939, 36: 59.—Kulescha, G. S. [Contagiousness, of leprosy] J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, No. 3-4, 17- 22 —Labernadie, V. Contribution a l'etude de la contagiosity de la lepre. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1930, 22: 114-37 — Leger. M. A lepra e sua contagiosidade. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1927, 35: 2-10—Logashkin, S. A. K voprosu o zara- zitelnosti prokazi. Voen. med. J., 1907, 219: med. spec. pt 40; 238.-—McCoy, G. W. Communicability of leprosy and application of control measures. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 169-74.—Marchoux, E. Le lepre est contagieuse. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 103-6.—Muir, E. The infectiousness of leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 620-3.— Rovirosa, G. L. La contagiosidad de la lepra. Arch. rev. hosp., Habana, 1935, 1: No 1, 9; No 2, 11; No 3, 3; No. 4. 3; No. 5, 6.—Zambaco Pacha. La contagiosii.6 de la ISpre, principale- ment dans l'Europe Centrale. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. (1903) 1904, 14: sect. derm, syph., 250-88. ------ [La contagiosity de la ISpre a Constantinople] Gaz. med. orient., 1904-05, 260-4. ---- Control. See also subheading Prevention. Brasil. Federacao das sociedades de assistencia aos lazaros e defesa contra a lepra. Manual de combate k lepra. 29p. 18cm. Rio [1939] Orgogozo, J. *Essai sur deux realisations prophylactiques dans la lutte contre la lepre. 62p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Xavier, A. M., Mangeon, G., & Mendes, P. Da propaganda contra a lepra e dos meios eficientes para realizd-la. 14p. 18J4cm. Rio, 1940. Abbott, J. E. Pour delivrer le monde de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 459.—Anderson, W. H. P. La lutte contre la lepre. Ibid., 451-8.—Araujo, A. de. Nota complementar sobre estatistica e profilaxia da lepra. Arq. indoport. med., 1927, 4: 202-9.—Balina, P. Lepra. Actas Conf. san. panamer., 1934, 291-97.—Barros, A. de. Campanha de solidariedade. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1937, 2: 42.—Basombrio, G. Sus objetivos y manera de llevarlos a la practica en la lucha antileprosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 1, 468-70.—Campana, R. Proposals for diminishing the diffusion of leprosy. Tr. Internat. Derm. Congr: (1907) 1908, 6. Congr. 1: 44-52.—Chana, P. Consideraciones de interea nacional sobre la epidemiologia de la lepra. Rev. mid. Chile, 1943, 71: 1138-40.—Christman, E. B. The epidemiology, con- trol and prevention of leprosy. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1941-42, 11: 391 —Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy; its prevention and control. J. State M., Lond., 1931, 39: 583-93.—Contreras Dueiias, F., & Tome Bona, J. M. Algunos aspectos de la lucha contra la lepra. Sem. med. espafi., 1943, 6: pt 2, 107-12.—light against leprosy. Brit. M. J., 1937, 1: 864. Also Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 943.—Greco, N. V. Combatir y veneer a la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 1, 375-7.—Heiser, V. G. Recent progress in the control of leprosy. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1932, 71: 167-71.—Hoffmann, W. H. Neue Aufgaben der Lepra- bekampfung. Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1983.—Jeanselme, E. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897, in Frankreich und Kolonien (Nachtrag) Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T, 30.—Latapi, F. Lepra y acci6n sanitaria. Gac. med 'Mexico, 1941, 71: 730-41.—Lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938 17: 521-52.—Leprosy. Med. Off., Lond., 1939, 61: 213 — Leprosy control. Lancet, Lond., 1941, 1: 733.—Loewenstein, E Die Bekampfung der Lepra auf Grund der neuesten Forschung. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1935, 48: 519-23.—Lucha antileprosa; nociones elementales para maestros, nifios y padres de familia. Salud & san., Bogota, 1939-40, 8: No. 93/94, 1-7— Luta (A) contra a lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1943, 18: No 353 134.—McCoy. Lepra. Actas Conf. san. panamer., 1936 3:'298-310.—Maxwell, J. L. The treatment of leprosy from'a public health point of view. Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 313- 24---—The task before us. Ibid., 1936, 50: 716-20.—Mello, F de. Wie soil die Lepra bekiimpft werden? Med. Welt, 1928 2- 1612.—Muir, E. The control of leprosy. Am. J. Trop' M 1937, 17: 51-8.—Netto, S. Cruzada anti-leprosa. Brasil med., 1932, 46: 751; 813; passim—Principes de la prophylaxie de la lepre. Rev hyg., Par., 1932, 54: 445-51.— Ravicini, S. Note sulla lebbra. Difesa sociale, 1936, 15: 796-802.—Rogers, L. Leprosy policy. S. Air. M. J^ 1940, 14- 165.—Schilling, C. Leprabekampfung in den Iropen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1909, 13: 725-39.—Serra, A. Lepra LEPROSY 718 LEPROSY e malaria. Rass. med. sarda, 1936, 38: 119-32.—Sitanala, P. Leprabekiimpfiing. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936, 174: 182- 9.—Solano Nelto. Cruzada anti-leprosa. Brasil med., 1932, •16: 751.—Souza Campos, N. O criterio das altas na lepra. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1933, 26: 221-6.—Titanica lucha contra la lepra una previsi6n altamente humanitaria. Libro de oro ^cm. [N. Y., 1942?] LEPROSY 720 LEPROSY Andruzzi, A. Problemi igienici dell'impero coloniale; profilassi della lebbra. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1938, 19: 19- 30.—Ashmead, A. S. Two leprosy questions of importance to the American people. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1909, 13: 149-52.—Bablet, J. La lepre, probleme scientifique, probleme so.-ial. Rev. hvg., Par., 1938, 60: 81-98.—Bailey, T. A. Indian 1. por problem. Ind. Lancet, 1903, 22: 883.— Bali na, P. L. 1 istado actual del problema de la lepra en nuestro pats. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 1381-405. ------ Consideraciones a prop6sito dei problema de la lepra en la Republica Argentina. Rev. As. mid. argent., 1929, 42: 341- 50. ------ Obstaculos que traban la implantaci6n de la lucha antileprosa en nuestro pais. Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 1453-73. ------ Consideraciones sobre el problema de la lepra en la Argentina. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 489-502.—Bargehr, P. Zur Leprafrage. Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 56.—Barros Barreto, J. de. Public health problems in Brazil; leprosy. Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1940, 55. meet., 20-2.—Benchetrit, A. El problema de la lepra en Colombia. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1933, 5: 93-108; 1935, 7: 1-18.—Cannon, T. B. Where scientists look to the missionary; the problem of leprosy in the Philippines. Linacre Q., 1941, 9: 19.—Cicchitto, E. Problemi igienici dell'impero; la lebbra. Ann. igiene, 1938, 48: 422-34.—Denney, O. E. El problema de la lepra en los Estados Unidos. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1926, 5: 466-81. Also Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1926, 41: 923-9, 2 pl.—Flores, L. El problema de la lepra en Mexico. Tr. Panamer. M. Congr. (1931) 1933, 3. Congr., 351- 9.—Gomes, J. M. O problema da lepra e a expcriencia com os ratos. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1938, 3: 47-9.—Hahn, F. The leprosy problem. Ind. Lancet, 1904, 23: 477.'—Hoffmann, W. H. El problema de la lepra bajo los aspectos modernos. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1926, 31: 119-24.—Hutchinson, J. On the present position of the leprosy question. Tr. Internat. Derm. Congr. (1907) 1908, 6. Congr., 1: 52-7.—Japan to wipe out leprosy; 30 year objective. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 186.—Jesus Castaneda, J. de. Como resolver el problema de la lepra. Rev. med., Puebla, 1941, 14: No. 130, 38-48 — Jimenez Lopez, M. En torno al problema de la lepra. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1936, 17: 48-52.—Johansen, F. A. Leprosy as a public health problem. Texas J. M., 1939-40, 35: 629-35.— Leprosy (The) problem. Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 289 — Lonkhuyzen, J. J. van [The question of leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 834-65.—Mattos, A. O problema da lepra no Maranhao. Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 336-53.— Maxwell, J. L. Leprosy; the problem of its eradication from China. China M. J., 1928, 42: 869-79.—Mello, I. F. de. Comment nous avons cherche a resoudre le probleme de la lepre dans l'lnde Portugaise. Rev. hyg., Par., 1931, 53: 321- 41.—Molesworth, E. H. The leprosy problem. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 365-81.—Nolasco, J. O. The leprosy prob- lem in the Philippines and leprosv in Norway. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., l'.)35, 15: 349-57.—Oteiza y Setien, A., & Tiant y del Rio, F. R. El grave problema de la lepra en Cuba. Vida nueva, Habana, 1935, 35: 301-70.—Patey, G. A. Le probleme de la lepre au Japon. Presse med., 1938, 46: 845-7.— Problem (The) of leprosy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 219.— Puente, J. J. El problema de la lepra en la Republica Argentina. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 1, 756-61.—Pupo, A. J. O problema da lepra no Brasil. Sciencia med., Rio, 1926, 4: 663-92.—Raadt, O. L. E. de. Das Ernahrungsproblem in der Bekampfung der Lepra und Tuberkulose. Zschr. Tuberk., 1929, 54: 492-6.—Rodriguez, J. Our leprosy problem in the Philip- pines. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1936, 16: 161-79.— Rogers, L. The leprosy problem and how to deal with it. Internat. Council Nurses, Geneve, 1929, 4: 33-8.—Rollin, L. Le probldme de la ISpre dans les etablissements francais de l'Oceanie. Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1935, 7: 63-74.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. O problema da lepra; como resolvel-o no Brasd. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1927, 35: 132-9. Also Scientia med., Rio, 1927, 5: 191-7. ------ O problema da lepra; necessidade d'uma co-operacao internacional. Ibid., 154-8. ------ Das Lepraproblem in Brasilien. Seuchenbekampfung, Wien, 1929, 6: 25-30. ------ Como resolver-se o problema da lepra em Sao Paulo. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1931, 39: 240- 7.—State (A) problem in leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1909, 2: 903.—Suarez, J. El problema de la lepra en Bolivia. Acci6n med., La Paz, 1942-43, 1: No. 2, 3-8—Velez, D. M. El problema de la lepra en Mexico. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1935, 7: 18-34.—Viton, A. El problema de la lepra en la Republica Argentina. Sem. med., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 2, 1208-14.— Watson, A. J. The challenge of leprosy in China. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1942, 207: 106-9.—World (A) health hazard. Pub. Health Nurs., 1927, 19: 404-7. Curability. See also Leper, Release. Benchetrit, A. El primer centenar de enfermos de lepra curados. 145p. 8? Boeotd 1933. ' ---- Comentarios al segundo centenar de enfermos de lepra curados. 184p. 24cm Bogota, 1938. Baudert, S. Ist Aussatz heilbar? Umschau, 1929, 33: 144—Bayet, A. Cas de lepre avec guerison apparente. Bull. Soc. beige derm, syph., 1901, 1: 85.—Bertaccini, G. Guari- buita e cura delia lebbra alio stato attuale. Rass. clin. sc. 1937, 15: 89-94.—Denny, O. E.f Hopkins, R.. ison clinique de la lepre. Ibid., 1931, 24: 272-4.—Tonkin, T. J. Leprosy a curable disease. Brit. M. J., 1904, 2: 666-9. Also J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, 7: 263. ---- Dental aspect. Gonzalez Couttin, H. *La lepra en la etiologia de los dientes distr6ficos [Colombia] 44p. 24y2 cm. Bogota, 1938. ttakura, T. The histo-pathological studies on the teeth of lepers, especially on dental pulp and gingival tissues. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 357-67. Also Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940, 5: Path., 201-20. Also Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1940, 39: 1237-9. 2 .pl — Le Bourhis. Notes sur la carie dentaire chez les lepreux du village de segregation de Nvogo-Bessi province de Yaounde (Cameroun) Rev. stomat., Par., 1937, 39: 884-92.—Mayrac, F. Contribution k l'6tude de la carie dentaire chez les lepreux. Ibid., 1939, 41: 546.—Oliver, R. T. Dental and oral lesions of leprosy. Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass., 1907, 147-58. Also Dent. Cosmos, 1908, 50: 334-43.—Prejean, B. M. Manifestations of leprosy of interest to the dentist. Dent. Surv., 1943, 19: 1152-6. ---- Diagnosis. See also subheadings (Allergy; Histology; Serodiagnosis) Aleixo, A. Methodos de exame do portador de lepra. Brasil med., 1937, 51: 121-35.—Arguello Pitt, L. Incidencias, diagn6sticas a prop6sito de un presunto caso de lepra. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1942, 26: pt 2, 409 (Abstr.)—Bechelli, L. M., & Pacheco, J. N. A simples picada com agulha como elemento subsidiario de diagn6stico das maculas lepr6ticas hipocromicas e acromicas. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 57-76, incl. 6 pl.— Benetazzo, G. Rapporti tra reazione di Rubino, velocity di sedimentazione e reazioni sierologiche nella lebbra. Dermo- sifilografo, Tor., 1933, 8: 241-56.—Biehler, R. Przyczynek do rozpoznania plam trqdu guzowatego i nerwowego. Medycvna, Warsz., 1909, 44: 924-9.—Busquet. Depistage de la lepre. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 732-8.—Cabrera Perez, L. Diagn6s- tico de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 14.—Cowdry, E. V., Heimburger, L. F., & Williams, P. S. A spectrographic study of leprous lesions. Am. J. Path., 1936, 12: 13-29, 2 pl.—Degotte, J. Application pratique des troubles de la sudation a l'etablissement de l'observation clinique des lepreux. Rec. trav. sc. med. Congo, 1942, 135, pl.—Depistage de la lepre par la dactyloscopie. Presse med., 1936, 44: 686.— Diagnosis of leprosy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 853.— Diagnostico temprano de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1937, 16: 58-62.—Diagnostico, trasmisi6n y tratamiento de la lepra. Ibid., 1943, 22: 267-9.—Doglio, V. Sul valore diagnos- tico di alcune indagini di laboratorio nella infezione leprosa. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1935, 8: 5-14.—Freitas Juliao. O., & Savoy, C. V. Eletrodiagnostico na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 273-302, incl. 2 pl.—Garcia Nunez, M. Valor diagn6stico de la punci6n ganglionar en la lepra. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1938, 19: 3-45.—Gougerot, H., & Blum, P. Lesions lepreuses invisibles relev6es par la fixation du bleu; cicatrice k tendance ainhumo'ide. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1459-61.—Guillen, M. L'albumino-reaction du mucus nasal comme signe diagnostic de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat, LEPROSY 721 LEPROSY lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 242.—Hasson, J. A new method of diagnosis and of vaccine treatment in leprosy. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1925-26, 19: 349-54, pl.—Hombria Iniguez, M. El diagn6stico de la lepra por los metodos de laboratorio. Med. ibera, 1933, 27: pt 2, 1; 41.—Hutson. Le diagnostic de la lepre a la premiere piriode de la forme anesth6- sique. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 249.—Lefrou, G., & Querangal des Essarts, J. Biopsies cutanees et histo-diagnostic de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1936, 29: 186-93.—Leger, M. Au sujet du depistage de la lepre. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1178-80 — Lowe, J. Repe- ticao dos exames dos casos de lepra com alta. Rev. lepr. S. Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 28-30.—McCoy, G. W. Leprosy; diagnosis from the public health point of view. Tristate M. J., 1941-42, 14: 2607-10.—Malinin, I. M. [Problems and methods of examination in leprosy] J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, No. 3-4, 22-6.—Manalang, C. Significance of pathologic findings in biopsy materials from lepers. Month. Bull. Philip- pine Health Serv., 1931, 11: 633-8.—Markianos, J., & Jannulis, G. E. Methylenblau als diagnostisches Mittel bei Lepra in der Otorhinolaryngologic. Mschr. Ohrenh., Wien, 1936, 70: 453.— Maurano, F. O azul de metileno como revelador de lesoes inaparentes na chamada lepra difusa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 159-63.—Mostert, H. v. R. Gland puncture; its value in the diagnosis of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 54-6.—Portugal, H. Diagnostico da lepra pelo laboratorio. Arch, hyg., Rio, 1936, 6: No. 2, 37-66a.— Pridonov, I. A. [Problem of diagnosis of leprosy] Vrach. gaz. 1929, 33: 2042-8.-—Racine, W. A propos de la lepre. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1941, 71: 936-8 [Discussion] 942.—Radna, R. La ponction ganglionnaire de sujets sains en pays d'endemie lepreuse. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 497-500.— Retamozo, B. M. Diagnostico de la lepra. Guatemala med., 1941, 6: No. 11, 20-2.-—Ribeiro, L. Um caso de lepra desco- berto pela dactyloscopia. Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16: 489-92. ------ Descoberta de um caso de lepra por meio do estudo das impressoes digitals. Arq. med. leg. ident., Rio, 1940, No. 18, 255-61, 16 pl.— Rodriguez, J. Diagnostic problems of leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1928, 8: 385-90 — Ryrie, G. A. Some difficulties in leprosy. Malay. M. J., 1933, 8: 238—43.—Shepherd, F. J. Note on a rapid method of diag- nosis in leprosy. Tr. Am. Derm. Ass., 1903, 127-9.—Silveira, F. Metodos de laboratorio para diagnostico da lepra. Bol. Soc. med. cir. S. Paulo, 1932-33, 16: 179-85.—Souza Lima, M. de. Contribuicao do laboratorio ao diagnostico da lepra; exames de rotina. Rev. lepr. S. Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 185-91.— Stevenel, L., & Berny, P. Un procede simple de biopsie cutanee chez les 16preux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 547.— Strong, R. P. Leprosy. In Stitt's Diagn. &c Trop. Dis., 6. ed., Phila., 1942, 1: 813-71.—Thambiah, S. Problems connected with the diagnosis and treatment of leprosy. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1938-39, 8: 516-8.—Van Breuseghem, R. Contribution a 1'eLude du diagnostic de la lepre; la ponction ganglionnaire, Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 375-9. ------ Con- tribution au diagnostic de la lepre; l'examen du mucus nasal. Ibid., 1938, 18: 291.—Welch, T. B. Some considerations on diagnosis in leprosy and on the treatment of lepers. E. Afr. M. J., 1934, 11: 76-83.—Zoon, J. J. Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 22. . ---- Diagnosis: Animal inoculation. Melsom, R. Experiments in inoculating guinea pigs with leprous material. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1939, 20: 451-62, pl.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Infeccao de ratos brancos com suco ganglionar de leproso, seguida do isolamento dum bacilo acidoalcool resistente de orgaos do murideo, em meio de Loewenstein. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1941, 36: 379-85, 4 pl.—Watanabe, Y. Inoculation tests with human leprosy (part I) Kitasato Arch., 1935, 12: 139-53; 1938, 15: 179-98, 2 pl. ---- Diagnosis, bacteriological. See also Leprosy bacillus. Hoffmann, W. H. Zur bakteriologischen Diagnose der Lepra, p.210-15. 27}£cm. Hamb., 1937. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937. Boentaran Mortoatmadjo [Thick-drop method in leprosy research] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 2866-76.—Brumpt, L. C. La ponction de la moelle ossertse dans la lepre; presence du bacille de Hansen et de la cellule ecumeuse de Virchow. Presse med., 1940, 48: 561.—Clouston, T. M. An investiga- tion into the thick blood-drop method of diagnosis in leprosy. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 2: 430-2.—Dubois, A., & Radna, R. Incisions multiples de la peau dans le diagnostic bacterio- scopique de la lepre; signification des bacilles acido-resistants rencontres. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 547-52 — Hagemann, P. Fluoreszenzmikroskopischer Nachweis von Leprabakterien im Nasenschleim und im Blut. Deut. med. Wschr 1937 63:514-8.—Hoffmann, W. H. On the limits of the bacteriological diagnosis of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond 1940 43: 234; passim.—Hoppe Junior, F. Consideracoes sobre'exame bacteriologico na lepra. Rev-brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 199-203; 1942, 10: 85-9—Hu, C. K., & Mu, J. W. Demon- stration of Bacillus leprae by means of cantharides plaster and carbon dioxide snow. Nat. M. J. .China, 1930, 16: 177-81.— Kairiukstis, V. [Case of leprosy with roentgenogram and bac- 463569—vol. 9, 4th series----16 tenological demonstration of the lepra bacillus] Medicina, Kaunas, 1940, 21: 383-92.—Leger, M. La lepre et son dia- gnostic bactenoscopique. Presse med., 1928, 36: 1615. ■----- Procede commode de mise en evidence des bacilles de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 546-9.—Letrou, G. La valeur de l'examen du mucus nasal et des biopsies cutanees comme procedes de diagnostic bacterioscopique de la lepre. Ibid., 1935, 28: 889- 93.— Loewenstein, E. Bacteriological diagnosis of leprosy by means of blood culture. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 39-44.—Lowe, J., & Christian, E. B. Bacteriological examination in leprosy; a study in the efficiency of the various methods in common use. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, 19: 867-72, 2 pl.—Manson-Bahr, P. Leprosy bacilli in finger blood. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 5.— Midana, A., & Piolti, M. Considerazioni diagnostiche su di un caso di lepra nervosa pura con reperto batteriologico negative Dermosifilografo, Tor., 1934, 9: 339-46.—Nair, V. G., & Pandalai, N. G. A note on the importance of a thorough bacteriological examination of all cases of clinical leprosy. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1938-39, 8: 86-90.—Pieter, H. Une nouvelle methode de demonstration dn bacille d'Hansen dans quelques lesions non ouvertes de la peau. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1935, 27: 233.—Radna, R. L'examen bactfiriologique dans le diagnostic de la lepre; notes comparatives entre la valeur de la methode de recherche directe dans le sang et les autres me- thodes usuelles; premiere note. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 555-63.—Rodriguez, J. N. Significance of the histology of bacteriologically negative lesions of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 289-93.—Sabrazes, Petges [et al.] Biopsie de nerfs peripheriques, comme element de diagnostic de nevrite lepreuse et d'affection du systeme nerveux d'autre nature; un cas d'orchite lepreuse; bacilles de Hansen dans le liquide spermatique. Bull. Soc. mid. chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 422.—Sardjito, M., & Sitinala, J. B. Die Dicktropfenmethode zum Nachweis von Leprabazillen im Blut. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 126:427-33. ------ [Further study on the presence of B. leprae in the thick blood drop taken from normal appearing skin of lepers] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 91-102.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. O exame da linfa cutanea podera servir para o diagnostico e prognostico da lepra, e mesmo para a sua classificacao clinica; metodo Lleras. Acta med., Rio, 1943, 11: 58-62. ------ O diag- n6stico da lepra pelo exame da linfa sub-cutanea; metodo Lleras, segundo o Dr H. C. de Souza-Araujo; o Prof. Salvador Mazza, da Argentina, reclama para si a prioridade do metodo. Ibid., 82-6.-—Wade, H. W. El examen bacteriol6gico en la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1935, 14: 752-7. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 54-60. ---- Diagnosis, differential. Arnold, H. L., jr. Differential diagnosis in leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44: 911.—Castellano, J. G. La profilaxia en la lepra; la enfermedad de Raynaud ies una modalidad de la lepra incluible en su profilaxia? Bol. Cons. sup. sal., S. Salvador, 1909, 8: 87-91.—Combes, F. C. A case for diagnosis (sarcoid? leprosy?) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 312.—Dojmi di Delupis, L. Lepra oder Syringomyelie. Wien. med. Wschr., 1904, 54: 1067-70—Dracoulides, N. N., & Kelemenis, R. Lupoides en placards; forme rare de la maladie de Boeck du type a gros noyaux, provoquee par un coup violent et simulant la lepre. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2: 361-6.—Epstein, N. N. A case for diagnosis; leprosy? sarcoid? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44: 1142; 1942, 45: 615.—Fanning, J. A case for diagnosis, leprosy? Ibid., 613.—Gomes, J. M. A lepra e os erros de diagnostico. Fol. med., Rio, 1926, 7: 73-5.—Gonzalez Lruena, J. El proteo de la lepra. Salubridad, Mex., 1933, 3: 473-84.— Gougerot, H. Difficultes du diagnostic de la lepre. Monde m6d., 1931, 41: 65-75.—Hume, E. V., & Corson, E. F. A case for diagnosis; leprosy? rheumatic nodules? circumscribed myxedema? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 744.— Jeanselme, E., & Giraudeau, R. Lepre et syringomyelie; etude de la secr6tion sudorale dans ces deux maladies; leur diag- nostic diff6rentiel par ionisation de pilocarpine. Ann. derm. syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2: 177-98.—Johansen, F. A. Simi- larities in the manifestations of leprosy and tuberculosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1937, 35: 609-17.—Krasniansiy, M. V. [Doubt- ful cases of leprosy] Vest, vener., 1937, 1166.—Lafferre & Rouanet. Lepre autochtone bretonne; maladie de Morvan ou syringomyelie? Bull. Soc mid. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 968-73.—Leeuwen, T. M. van [An unknown skin disease resembling leprosy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 1, 610.— Mazer, M. Leprosy simulating pulmonary tuberculosis. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1941-42, 18: 427.—Melle. Di una particolare manifestazione e localizzazione primitiva della lepra simulante la sifilide tardiva lupiforme del naso e del labbro superiore (Ciarrocchi comunica a nome di Mella) Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1909, 44: 337-40.—Moffitt, H. C. Leprosy simulating syringomyelia. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1908, 33: 249-53.—Mota, J. Nevo acromico e lepra. An. brasil. derm. sif 1942, 17: 228 (Abstr.)—Muende, I. Leprosy. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 807-9.—Niles, H. D. A case for diagnosis; leukemia? leprosy? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44- 1120 —Plantilla, F. C. Leprosy manifestations; differential diagnosis. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 77- 81.—Querangel des Essarts, J., & Lefrou, G. Note sur le diagnostic differentiel entre les nodules elementaires lepreux et> tuberculeux dans les lesions cutanees. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 706-9.—Quiroga, M. I. Consideraciones sobre LEPROSY 722 LEPROSY dos enfernms de lepra. Sem. me'd.. B. Air., 1941, 48: pt 1, 539.— Rubenstein, M. W., & Pettier, M. A case for diagnosis (lep- r G- H- The chronicity of leprosy. N. Orleans M. & S. J. 1943-44, 96: 138-40.—Fox, H. A case of leprosv of 61 years duration. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 552. ---- Endocrine system. Arantes, L- Da gynecomastia da lepra. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 511-20.—Bap lista, L. Lepra e acromegalia. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 165-70, pl.—Borzone, R. A. Inmunidad hist6- gena y sindromes pluriglandulars en lepra; ensayo de clasi- tcacicn y tratamiento etiopatogenico. Rev. med. Rosario, 1932 22: 213-21.—Muneuti. T. Kryptorchismus bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 38: Suppl., 119 (Abstr.) ----- On the leprous changes of the endocrine organs. Kitasato Arch., 1937, 14: 61-74, 6 pl.—Natali, C. Los desequilibrios endoennos en los leprosos. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 283-96.------& Caffarena, S. Sindromes pluriglandu- lars con ginecomastia en sujetos leprosos (valor morfol6gico y significado biol6gico del proceso ginecomastico) Rev. sud- amer. endocr., B. Air., 1932, 15: 1, 2 pl.; 112.—Pereira Cas- siano, T. Amenorrhea leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 399.-—Pinetti, P. Le alterazioni delle ghiandole a secrezione interna nella infezione leprosa. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: 1855-911, 3 pl.—Schaar, van der [Simmond's cachexia in leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 4020.—Suzuc, K., & Sano, A. Pathologisch-histologische Untersuchungen der Nebennieren leproser Menschen und Ratten. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1935, 25: 625-9—Teixeira Coelho, J. Infantilismo na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 19.38, 6: 135-49, pl.—Tissi, E. Le alterazioni della ghiandola mammaria musohile nella lebbra. Dermosifilografo, Tor., 1936, 11: 81-92— Wassiljev, A. A. Hodenveranderungen bei Lepra. Zschr. urol. Chir.. 1930, 30: 375-91. LEPROSY 723 LEPROSY Epidemiology. See also subheading Geography. Galand, M. *Contribution a l'etude de 1'endemicite et de la prophylaxie de la maladie de Hansen. 57p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Acuerdo sobre epidemiologia. Bol. san., B. Air., 1938, 2: 445-50.—Anderson, W. H. P. The world leprosy situation. China M. J., 1933, 47: 223-6.—Araujo, A. de. Nota comple- mentar sobre estatistica e profilaxia da lepra. Arq. indoport. med., 1927, 4: 202, 4 pl.—Ashmead, A. S. Epidemiology of leprosy. N. York M. J., 1909, 90: 346-9.—Aycock, W. L. Familial susceptibility as a factor in the propagation of leprosy in North America. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 137-50.------& McKinley, F. B. The roles of familial susceptibility and contagion in the epidemiology of leprosy. Ibid., 1938, 6: 169-84.—Burgos, C. Inquerito epidemiol6gico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: ISO. espec, 37-46, map.—Cochrane, R. G. The epidemiology and prevention of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 385-94.—Dun itresco, N. Con- tributions a l'epidemiologie de la lepre. Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1937, 3: 341-7.—Epiderriologia y control de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 695-702.—Epi- demiology (The) and control of leprosy; report of the sub- committee on epidemiology and control. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1938, 21: 163-74.—Epirierr iolcgy (Ihe) and control of leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 369-77.—Frazier, C. N. Leprosy, epidemiology and natural history. J. Am. M. Ass., 1943, 123: 466-71.—Genres, J. M. Influencia da radiacao ultra-violeta na difusao da lepra. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1932, 3: 45-67.—Kedrowsky, W. I. Modern aspects of the epidemi- ology of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 143-51.—Kirchner, M. Die Ausbreitung und Bekampfung des Aussatzes. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1906, 3: 142-8 — Lampe, P. H. J. [On the enderriology of leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 332-8; 415; 486; 522 [Motives and plans for an investigation of causes and relative conditions prevailing in regiens with numerous and few cases of leprosy] Ibid., 1936, 7 6: 2117-23.------[On the spread of leprosy and its prevention] Ibid., 1937, 77: 2651-87 — Lowe, J. Ihe epideniology of leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72: 160-6. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 161-73, pl. ------ Variations in leprosy and its epidemiology seen in different countries. Proc Pacitc Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 921-6. ------ & Ghi>tterji, S. N. Seasonal variations in leprosy in Calcutta. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1639, 7: 137-48.—Lutz, A. Entstehung, Ausbreitung und Lekanpfung der Lepra. Ann. Acad, brasil. sc, 1936, 8: 87-125.—McCty, G. W. Observations en the epidemiology of leprosy. Pub. Eealth Rep., Wash., 1942, 57: 1935-43 — Vanfclir.p, C. Epiden iclogy of leprosy. Month. Bull. Philip- pine Eealth Serv., 1932, 12: 5.—Marchoux, E. Marche de l'infection lepreuse et evolution de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 151-5. ------ La lepre; contagion et prophylaxie. Peun. Sec. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 404-7. Also Rev. hyg., Par., 1930, 52: 89-93.— MoUer, B. Leprosy after the war. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1943, 14: 65-8.—Muir, E. The epidemiology and control of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hyg., Lonci., 1937-38, 31: 377-82. Also Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 36. ------ Epidemiology of leprosy. Proc Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 953-5. ------& Chitterji, K. R. Factors influencing the spread of leprous infection. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 495-500.—Rodrigues de Albuquerque, A. F. Analyse epidemiologica de 1,110 fichas de leprosos da colonia Santa Izabel, Minas Geraes. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 1094-9.— Rodriquez, J. N. The importance of regional variations in the epidemiological features of leprosy. Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippines, 1938, No. 18, 5-21.—Rogers, L. Distribution de la lepre dans le monde et ses rapports avec I'hurmdite. Com- mun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 101-8. -——- The epidemiology of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 469-84.—Rotberg, A. Tendencias modernas no estudo da epidemiologia da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 133- 41 —S-, W. Lepers and leprosy; marked increase as the result of the war? Australas. J. Pharm., 1942, 23: 472.—Saunders, G. M. Some remarks on the epidemiology of leprosy. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 957-64—Schuj- man, S. Epidemiologia de la lepra; consideraciones sobre las teorias de Manalang. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 329-41.—Tebb, W. The spread of leprosy; a West Indian complaint; evidence from the report of the select parliamentary committee. Homoeop. World, Lond., 1889, 24: 141-3 — Thompson, J. A. Epidemiology of leprosy: a plea for accuracy. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T, 318-22. Also Australas. M. Gaz., 1904, 23: 381-4. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 114-9. ---- Etiology. Roiii r M Le nuove vedute etiologiche e la profilassi della lebbra In Lez. med. biol. (Martelli) Nap., 1930 373-8.- Bosma M J [Investigation in relation to the causes of leprosy] Bosma,M. J. Unvesus* 2163-74.—Costa Ferreira, Geneesk. tschr. Ned Indie, ™>g F , med R. 1929 10. 3u8 ll-EUolo^ W„. PConf. internat. lepre (1923) Tool Q^f 01-48—Gaucher. Etiologia e bacteriologia 1924, 3. Conf. 101 48. ua Algo mM Par.,' 1909, 13:1 ^-Gupta, «• *• Tr°Pical ^^ some observations regarding the relationship of leprosy to socio- economic conditions. Ind. M. Rec, 1933, 53: 16-20.—Hayasi, F. The age distribution curve in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 491-6.—Higgins, T. J. Leprosy, its causes and prevention. California M. J., 1905, 26: 264-6; 309; 1906, 27: 37 passim.—Hutchinson, J. The causes of leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 45.—Jadassohn, J. Etiologia geral da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 63; 171; 317; 415.—Kling- miiller. Einiges iiber Aetiologie, Pathologie und Therapie der Lepra. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1938, 59: 121.—McKinley, E. B. The etiology of leprosy. Medicine, Bait., 1934, 13: 377-504 — Manalang, C. Leprosy; etiology, transmission and the causes of slow progress in its prevention. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12: 378-86.—Marchoux, E., & Bourret, G. Enquete etiologique dans un foyer de lepre. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1908, 1: 288-92.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. La sensibilite au virus lepreux n'est pas plus grande chez les jeunes que chez les adultes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1936, 57: 583-96.-—Marino Bechelli, L. Incidencia da lepra segundo a idade. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 361-8.— Maxwell, J. L. Leprosy and climate in China. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 102.—Millf, C. A. World leprosy in relation to climatic stimulation and bodily vigor. Ibid., 1936, 4: 295-314—Muir, E. The seed and the soil in leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 257.—Neve, A. Leprosy and Chris- tianity. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1905, 8: 146.—Recio, A. Sobre la etiologia de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. benef., Habana, 1909, 2: 384-9.—Sandler, D. The causes of leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 189.—Sionuma, E., Nagai, K., & Maeda, T. The climate theory in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 315-24.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. A etiologia da lepra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1938, 46: 206; passim.—Sticker, G. Fragen zur Aetiologie der Lepra. Mhefte prakt. Derm., 1909, 49: 287-9.—Thierfelder, M. U. [Observations on the origin of leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2133-7.— Tolentino, J. G. The role of heredity in the transmission of leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 261-72.— Turner, G. The causation of leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 1: 1160.—Vishnevsky, A. A., & Chicheperin, M. I. Etude de letiologie de la lepre en clinique. Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1936, 1: 384.—Walker, E. L. Some new aspects of the etiology and endemiology of leprosy. J. Prev. M., 1929, 3: 167-95.— Zier, A. Algunos aspectos de la etiologia de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 9-12. ---- Etiology: Hygienic factors. Aykroyd, W. R., & Krishnan, B. G. A diet survey of families with leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1938-39, 26: 897-900 — badger, L. F. A discussion of the possible relation of nutrition to leprosy. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1938, i o. 48, 112-20. ------ 1 he possible relation of nutrition to leprosy. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 965-71.—Baptist;;, V. lerao as vitaminas influencia na evolucao da lepra? Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1939, 10: 19-32—Bassewitz, E. von. O factor alimentar na pathogenese e evolugao da lepra. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1265-73.—Casalis, G. A. Leprosy and fish eating. Brit. M. J., 1904, 1: 15.—Colocasia and leprosy. Trop.gDis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 701 (Abstr.)—Grrinder, E. Vitamin Bi und Lepra. Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 1346-50 — Gryuner, S. A. O bolleznyakh rib v Yakutskol oblasti i o predpolagayemikh istochnikakh zarazi prokazoyu lyudel. Vest, obshch. hig., 1911, 47 : pt 2, 202-8— Hansen, G. A. Leber Lepra und Fischgenuss. Aerztl. Rdsch., 1906, 16: 529-31. Also Scot. M. & S. J„ 1906, 19: 44-9.—Hansauer, G. A. Zu Hutchinsons Fischtheorie. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 27.—Hoff- mann, W. H. Lepra und Bananen. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 775.—Hutchinson, J. The etiology of leprosy. Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. London, 1902-03, 22: 139-50. ------ Fish- eating and leprosy in the Orkneys. Brit. M. J., 1906, 1: 948.— Jackson, J. Leprosy and fish-eating. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 255/—Kofuji, S. [Ihe relation of leprosy to the flesh of fishes] Tibo igakukwai zassi, 1899, No. 40, 41-5. — Leprosy (On) and fish eating [Edit.] Ind. M. Gaz., 1906, 41: 327-9 — Manrique, J. iCarate y lepra enfermedades de carencia? Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1932, 23: 99.—Neve, A. Some notes on the fish theory of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1905, 8: 147.—Schreiner, J. Der Taro und die Lepra. Med. Klin., Berl., 1941, 37: 265.—Skae, H. T. Fish-eating and leprosy in the Orkneys and Shetlands. Brit. M. J., 1906, 1: 1071. ---- Etiology: Predisposition. Aleixo, A. Lepra e traumatismo. Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 277-85.—Argiiello Pitt, L. Lepra y accidente del trabajo. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 168 (Abstr.)—Braul, J. E. Ueber die Rolle eines Insultes in der Aetiologie und im Verlaufe der Lepra. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl, 1929-30, 159: 308-10 — Gomes, J. M. Lepra post dermite salvarsanica. Sao Paulo med., 1930-31, 3: 95-9.—Innes, J. R. Occupation and leprosy. Med. J. Australia, 1936, 1: 815-8.—Molesworth, E. H. The influence of natural selection on the incidence of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 265-82.—Muir, E. Some factors which influence the incidence of leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 1-14, 2 maps. ------ The unknown- factor in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 269-72.—Nelson, D. C. Colocasia as a predisposing factor in leprosy; the use of diphtheria antitoxin and toxoid in leprosy. Chin. M. J., 1941, 59: 84-9—Oberdorffer, M. Untersuchungen iiber die pradisponierenden Faktoren der Lepra in Slid-Nigeria. LEPROSY 724 LEPROSY Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 307-72.—Ogasawara. N. Die Lepra und die rachitische Konstitution. Acta Derm., Kyoto, 1933, 22: 51-6. ---- Etiology: Racial incidence. Cochrane, R. A brief study of the question of racial re- sistance to leprosy with special reference to conditions in the African continent, and a plea for more extensive field research. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 649-56.—Lewis, J. H. Leprosy. In his Biol. Negro, Chic, 1942, 197.—Lowe, J. A note on racial variations in leprosy with particular reference to Indian and Burmese races. Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 591-5, 3 pl.—Molesworth, E. H. The evolution of racial resistance to leprosy and other diseases. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1932, 13: 201; 735.—Muir, E. Racial resistance to leprosy. Ibid., 224.—Oberdorffer, M. Introduction to an investigation of racial differences in the clinical picture of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 112-4.—Potter van Loon, J. [Case of leprosy in a Chinese] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 1081-3.-—Scull, R. H. Leprosy, endemic in a Negro. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1942, 46: 320. ---- Etiology: Sex incidence. Lowe, J. The sex incidence of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 57-72.—Tolentino, J. G. Sex susceptibility in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 374-7. ---- experimental. See also Leprosy, murine. Afanador, A., & Bernard, P. Evolution de la lepre des rats apres inoculations intraveineuses. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1257-9.— Beaurepaire Aragao, H. de, & Penido, J. C. Tenta- tivas da inoculacao de lepra humana em didelphideos. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 267.—Berny, P. Echec de la transmission aux lapins et aux cobayes de bacilles de la lepre des rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 717-9.—Bertaccini, G., & Boncinelli, U. Tentativi di trasmissione della lebbra. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 735-40. ------ Tentativi di trasmissione sperimentale della lebbra. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939. 14: 95.-—Bertellotti, L. Tentativi di inoculazione della lepra umana nei ratti in avitaminosi. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1936, 17: 577-609.—Bertrand. I., Bablet, J., & Bloch, F. Sur l'inoculation intracerebrale au lapin de bacilles acido-resistants isol6s chez des lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 1565.—Borzone, R. A. Transmisi6n en serie del bacilo de Hansen humano a cachorros de rata blanca. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 421-3.— Burnet, E., & Jadfard, H. Transmission de la lepre humaine au hamster par voie digestive. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 122: 383-9.—Cantacuzene, J., & Longhin, S. Trans-. mission experimentale de la lepre humaine au rat blanc. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 533.—Chaussinand, R. Contribu- tions k l'etude de la l£pre; inoculation du bacille de Hansen au singe. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 203-8, pl.— Colder, D. R. Inoculation of monkeys with leprosy following a diet of Colocasia; a preliminary report. Chin. M. J., 1940, 58: 213-7. ------ Inoculation of monkeys with leprosy, following a diet of puak, Colocasia; a preliminary report. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 135-40.—Ehara, I. Die Veranderung des mit Leprablut geimpften Kaninchenhodens. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1928, 40: 1037, pl.—Emerson, G., Anderson, H. H., & Leake, C. D. Lipolytic activity of rat tissues in experimental leprosv. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30: 160-2.—Fite, G. L. Development of a leprous process in rats at the site of inoculation with material from human leprosy. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1919-22 — Franchini, G. Ancora sulla riproduzioni sperimentale della lebbra nella scimmia. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1928, 9: 195-8, pl. ------ Reproducci6n experimental de la lepra en el mono (segunda nota) Prensa med. argent., 1928-29, 15: 1423. ------ Sulla riproduzione sperimentale della lebbra nella scimmia. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 1-4.------ & Cendali, G. Riproduzione sperimentale della lepra nella scimmia e nel ratto bianco. Ibid., 1927, 8: 3-6, 2 pl.—Greco, N. V. Ensayos sobre lepra experimental (cultivos e inocula- ciones) Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 1629-42.—Hasi- moto, T., Kinosita, S., & Yamaguti, M. Inokulationsversuch des Menschenlepragewebes auf den Affen. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 95.—Ivanov & Kedrowsky, W. Sur la bac- teriologie et la pathologie experimentale de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 124-7.—Jezierski, P. V. Versuche von Uebertragung der Lepra auf Tiere. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 639-41.—Jordan, P. Uebertragung der Lepra des Menschen auf Zuchtratten mit der Moglichkeit zum Weiterimpfen und auch als fortschreitende Krankheit; Lepra bei der Ratte, experimentell erzeugt durch einen bei menschlicher Lepra geziichteten saurefesten Saprophyten? Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 597. Also Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 92-112. ------ Demonstration aus den Ergebnissen der Forschungsstelle fur Mikrobiologie der Kaiser-Wilhelm-Gesellschaft zur For- derung der Wissenschaften in Sao Paulo, Brasilien (Vorstand: M. Ficker) zur Frace der Uebertragung der Lepra des Menschen auf Zuchtratten. Derm. Wschr., 1937, 105: 903.—Kedrovski, V. I. Opit privivki prokazi zhivotnlm. Tr. Fak. ter. klin. Imp Mo.sk. Univ. Shervinsk., 1904, 497-506. ------ Eksperi- mentalnlya izslledovaniya po voprosu o privivayemosti prokazi zhivotnlm; k bakteriologii i patologicheskol anatomii prokazi. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bollezn., 1911,21:3; 101; 209; 303; 11 pl.—Kedrowski, W. J. Experimentelle Erfahrungen iiber Lepraimpfungen bei Tieren. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1903, 35: 368-74.—Kriz, J. R. Experimental lesions induced in the rabbit with the acid-fast chromogenic bacillus (Duval) from human leprosy. Am. ,1. Trop. M., 1938, 18: 213-25. ------& Loving, W. L. Experimental production of leprosy in the rabbit with chrome acid-fast culture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 593-5.—Loving, W. L. The experimental infection of rabbits with Duval's chromogenic acid-fast bacillus from human leprosy. J. Infect. Dis., 1941, 68: 193-200. ------ Experimental infection of the rabbit with Duval's chromogenic B. leprae culture. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 293-5.—Marchoux, E., & Bourret, G. Essai d'inocu- lation de la lepre au chimpanze. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, 1: 416-20, incl. pl.—Nakamura, K., & Kobasi, S. Inokula- tionsversuche der MenschAilepra auf Hausratten. Keijo J. M., 1934, 5: 184-9, 2 pl. ------& Matumoto, I. Inokula- tionsversuche der Menschenlepra auf Hausratten. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1935, 13: 619-28, pl.—Nicolle, C. Reproduction experimentale de la lep>re chez le singe. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1905, 140: 539-42. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 160-2. ------ Recherches experimentales sur la l^pre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, 20: 389-406, pl.—Ota, M., & Sato, S. Reproduction de la lepre chez les animaux par l'inoculation de cultures du Mycobacterium leprae. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 29-32. ------ Reproduction de la lepre chez les rats blancs par l'inocu- lation de lepromes in emulsion. Ibid., 75-7. —---■ Inocula- tion experiments of human and rat lepra in the hen. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 81-5.—Pinoy, E. P., & Fabiani, G. Essai negatif d'inoculation de la lepre chez un singe spienecto- mise. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 489.—Reenstierna, J. Reproduction experimentale de la lepre chez les singes in- ferieurs. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40: 78-88, 3 pl.— Roffo, A. H. Sobre la transmisi6n de la lepra a los monos inferiores. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1927, 3: 64-91, 10 pl.—Row, R., Dalai, N. P., & Gollerkeri, G. V. On some experimental studies on leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1934, 21: 545-52, 4 pl.-—Santonastaso, A. Sulla riproduzione sperimentale delle affezioni lebbrose. Ann. ottalm., 1937, 65: 321-60, 4 pl—Schobl, O., Pineda, E. V., & Miyao, I. Clinical skin lesions in Philippine monkeys resulting from experimental inoculation' with human leprous material. Philippine J. Sc, 1930, 41: 233-45, 6 pl.—Silberschmidt, W. Experimented iiber Lepra. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1909, 44: 119-21.—Souza- Araujo, H. C. de. Sur la transmission de la lepre humaine a la souris blanche. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1337-9. Also Scientia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 373-7, 2 pl. Also Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1929, Suppl., 113-7, 6 pl. ------ Experimental leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 24: 577-98, 5 pl. ------ Infeccao de ratos brancos com suco ganglionar de leprosos, sequida do isolamento dum bacilo acido-alcool resistente de 6rgaos do murideo, em meio de Loewenstein. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1941-42, 113: No. 7, 59-65, 4 pl.— Stanziale, R. Inoculation de materiel lepreux dans la chambre anterieure de l'oeil du lapin. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 135-7.—Sugai. Experimentelle Unter- suchungen uber die Uebertragbarkeit des Lepra-Virus auf Saugetiere. Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1904, 18: 17-64, tab. ------ Nachtrag zu den gelungenen Uebertragungsversuchen mit Lepra bei Saugetieren. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 203-10.— Sugai, T. Gelungene Uebertragungsversuche mit Lepra bei Saugetieren. Ibid., 157-75.—Thiroux. Quelques tentatives d'inoculation de la lepre. Ann. hyg. mid. col., Par., 1905, 8:148-54.—Tisseuil, J. Essai d'inoculation de la lepre humaine au rat d'eievage, par injections quotidiennes pendant un mois. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 277-9. ------ Essais d'inoculation de la lepre humaine au rat d'eievage. Ibid., 1939. 32: 542-53. ------& Gillier, R. Inoculation testiculaire de la lepre humaine au rat. Ibid., 1933 26:1134. ---- Eye. Bardenat, E. *Les irido-cyclites lepreuses. 78p. 24cm. Alger, 1937. MENDONgA de Barros, J. Aspectos clinicos do compromentimento ocular da lepra. 79p. 23cm. S. Paulo, 1939. Also Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 3-12, 5 pl. Rehme, H. *Ueber einen Fall von Keratitis punctata leprosa. 13p. 8? Wurzb., 1935. Adrogue, E., & Sena, J. A. Lesiones oculares en un easo de lepra a forma nerviosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 16-9.—Agnello, F. Sulla iridite leprosa primitiva. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1934, 3: 932-55.—Amendola, F. Considerac5es sobre o tratamento das complicacies oculares na lepra. Rev. lepr. S. Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 108-14, pl.------ Reaccoes oculares; classificasao. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 117-9. ------ Contribuicao k therapeutica das affecoea oculares leproticas. Ibid., 1937, 5: No. espec, 233-8. -----■ A eletroterapia na lepra ocular. Ibid., 1940, 8: No. espec, 91- 102, incl. pl.-—Barletta, J. L. Tratamiento con la histamina intradermica en un caso de iritis y conjuntivitis leprosa. Dia med., B. Air., 1941, 13: 1135.—Bhaduri, B. Irido-cyclitis in leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 269. ------ Temporary anisocoria in a leprosy patient. Am, J. Ophth., 1927, 3. ser., LEPROSY 725 LEPROSY 10: 194.—Bittencourt Prado, P. Contribuicao para o trata- mento dos surtos agudos de irite leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 239-45. ------ Consideracoes sobre um caso de leproma da iris. Ibid., 1940, 8: No. espec, 85-8. ------ Sobre um caso de leproma da iris. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 334, 64. ------ Algias oculares na lepra e seu tratamento pela alcoolizacao ciliar. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 211-8.—Bomer, M. Ueber einen Fall von Lepra des Auges. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 88: 329-32.—Boinet & Aubaret. Un cas de 16pre avec -complications oculaires. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 743.-—Cange, A. Les grains blancs de la keratite et de l'iritis lepreuses. Arch, opht., Par., 1929, 46: 385-95; 734-7 — Charamis, J. S. Lepre oculaire. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 418-22.—Chaviia, A. R. La lepra ocular; dos signos nuevos. An. Soc mex. oft., 1940, 15: 14-39.—Colvin, C, Paton, J. T., & Dawes, S. R. Leproma of the cornea. Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1: 685.—Crebbin, A. R. Affections of the eye in leprosy. Am. J. Ophth., 1929, 3. ser., 12: 384-7.—Dupuy-Dutemps & Mawas, J. Un cas de l£pre oculaire. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1926,141.— Espino, J. M. Manifestaciones oculares de la lepra. Arch. lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 234-45.—Fava, A. Su di un'altro caso di lepra con manifestazioni oculari. Gior. ocul., 1929, 10: 49-51.—Febrier & Mastier, P. Deux enucleations chez des lepreux. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 744-6—Feron, J. Re- marques sur le traitement de la lepre oculaire au moyen des preparations de cyanure de cuivre. Rass. clin. ter., 1931, 30: 107-10.—Fiol, H., & Zambrano, J. La vitamina Bi en el tratamiento de las complicaciones oculares de la lepra. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 439-42. Also Dfa med., B. Air,, 1944, 16: 56.—Floriani, C. El Aspidosperma en el tratamiento de las manifestaciones oculares externas de la lepra. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 1, 832.—Fuchs, A. Ueber Lepra- bazillen in klinisch normal erscheinenden Augen. Khn. Mbl. Augenh., 1937, 98: 728-34.—Gabrielices, A. Etude histo- logique et microbiologique des concretions de l'6piscierite lepreuse. Ann. ocul., Par., 1934, 171: 37-44.—Gon, N. Kli- nische und pathohistologische Untersuchungen iiber die Augen- erkrankungen bei Leprosen; klinische Beobachtungen; patho- histologische Untersuchungen. Acta Soc. ophth. jap., 1939, 43: 118; 129.—Grossmann, K. A clinical study of lepra ophthal- mica, with a description of cases at the Leper Hospital in Laugarnes, Iceland, in 1901 and 1904. Lepra, Lpz., 1906, 6: 79-106, pl.—Guillery, H. Ungewohnliche histologische Be- funde am Auge eines Leprosen, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Rassenmerkmale am Auge. Arch. Augenh., 1933-34, 108: 226-40.—Gyotoku, K. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der klinischen und histologischen Befunde am leprosen Auge. Zschr. Augenh., 1927, 63: 254-81, 2 pl.—Hoffmann, W. H. Choroiditis in latent disease. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 328-30. ------ Gold treatment of eye affections in leprosy. Ibid., 1930, 33: 233-6. Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1932, 7: 383-9 — Huizenga, L. S. Eye symptoms in leprosy. J. Ophth. Otol., 1927, 31: 159-61.—Jackson, E. Leprosy of the eye. Am. J. Ophth., 1940, 3. ser., 23: 1058.—Janson, E. Beobachtungen uber die Lepra des Auges in Lettland. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1933, 91: 213-35.—King, E. F. The eye in leprosy. Brit. J. Ophth., 1936, 20: 561-9.—Kirwan, E. 0*G. The ocular com- plications of leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 1: 289-97.—Knapp, P. Sur un cas de l£pre oculaire. Rev. gin. opht., Geneve, 1925, 39: 275-7.—Kuriks, O. Die Lahmungen der Augennerven bei Lepra und ihre Folgen. Fol. neuropath. eston., 1925, 3:-4: 414-7.—Lapersonne, de, & Cuello. Quelques cas de lepre oculaire observes a la clinique ophtalmologique de l'Hdtel-Dieu de Paris. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 220-2.—Larsson, S. Electroendothermy of ocular leprosy. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1928, 6: 344-9.—Leproma of thelimbus. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., Cairo, 1933, 8: 55-7; 1938, 13: 57.—Loutfy, M., Fahmy, A. R., & Ismail, D. Ocular manifestations of leprosy. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt., 1937, 30: 181-7.—Magalhaes Brandao, A. Sobre a frequencia das lesoes oculares na lepra; estudos estatisticos dos pacientes examinados na colonia Santa Isabel. Arq. saude pub., Belo Horiz 1939, 7: No. 9, 67-9.—Marin Amat, M. Contnbucion al estudio de la lepra ocular. Siglo med., 1926, 78: 257; 284; 310.—Mendonga Barros, J. Lepra ocular; tratamento. Rev. lepr. S. Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 103-7. —---- Mais alguns aspectos do comprometimento ocular na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 13-7, 2 pl. ---— Paralelismo entre les5es oculares e cutaneas na lepra. Ibid., 19-2A pl. ------ Organizacao do servico de olhos do Sanatorio Padre Bento; sugestao para montagem na sede central. Ibid., 31-3. ------ Biomicroscopia da c6rnea leprosa. Ibid., 1939, 7: No. espec, 141-54. ------ Os diferentes metodos de dumi- nacao aplicados a biomicroscopia do olho leproso. Ibid., ]55_g------Ocular leprosy. Ophthalmologica, Basel, 1941 102: 47.—Meyerhof, M.t & Sobhy Bey, M. Leproma of the cornea. Bull. Ophth. Soc. Egypt, 1924, 60-73, pl — Minder, F. Ueber die Sichtbarkeit der leprosen Nervener- krankung in der Kornea an der Spaltlampe. Klin. Mbl, Augenh.; 1929, 82: 36-9— Moratal, A. Estudio clinico bio- microscopico de la queratitis leprosa. Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1931, 31: 234-43.—Moreira Spinola C. Manifestacoes oculares da lepra. Congr. argent, oft. (1936) 1938 1. Congr., 2: 612-8.- Mukherjee, S. K. Ocular leprosy. Ind. M. Rec 1926 46: 2R4__Naar C W. [Eye changes in leprosy] Ned. tschr. ceneesk 1927' 71 • pt I 2302-4.-Nazarov, I. I. [Paralytic lagODtthaimusin tuberculous leprosy] Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, o qhr_i9 _-—— IFungo-nodular elements of the ins in on two cases of leprosy affecting the eyes. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, 79: 245-51, 2 pl.—Pfingst, A. O. Ocular complications of leprosy. Am. J. Ophth., 1926, 3. ser., 9: 195.—Pillat, A. Leprosy bacilli in the scraping from the diseased cornea in a' leper and comments on keratitis punctata superficialis leprosa; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1930, n. ser., 3: 306-17.— Pinkerton, F. J. Leprosy of the eye; an analysis of the records of 512 cases of leprosy in the Hawaiian Islands. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1926, 1: 47-55. Also Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1927, 56: 42-51, pl. ------ Histo-patholojrv of -the leprous eye. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1928, 3: 59-63. ------ Surgery of the leprous eye. Proc Panpacific Surg. Conf., 1929, 1. Conf., 283-8. Also Am. J. Ophth., 1937, 3. ser., 20: 715-20 — Prendergast, J. J. Ocular leprosy in the United States; a study of 350 cases. Tr. Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 351-80. Also Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1940, 23: 112-37.—Rameev, R. S. [Affections of the eyes in leprosy] Vest, oft., 1937, 11: 787- 91.—Ratnakar, R. P. Eye affections in leprosy. Proc All India Ophth. Soc, 1930, 1: 60-7, 2 pl.—Riad, M. Ocular leprosy in Egypt. Bull. Ophth. Soc Egypt, 1934, 27: 79-85, 3 pl. ------ Ocular leprosy. . Ibid. (1935) 1936, 28: 16-20.— Roelen & Berneaud. Lepra maculo-anaesthetica mit Irido- cyclitis des linken Auges. Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 86: 344.— Rogers, R. M. A case of ocular leprosy. Am. J. Ophth., 1927, 3. ser., 10: 503-6.—Roorda Smit, J. A. La lepre dans 1'Argen- tine; leprome d'entree et luxation spontanee du cristallin. Rev. prat. mal. cut., Par., 1906, 5: 329-37.—Sabbadini, D. Lepra oculare; ricerche sperimentali di trasmissibilita al coniglio. Rass. ital. ottalm., 1933, 2: 921-1028, 2 pl.—San- tonastaso, A. Alterazioni oculari nella lebbra. Ann. ottalm., 1931, 59: 808; 932, pl.; 1932, 60: 21; 107; passim. ----— Considerazioni generali sulle manifestazioni cliniche oculari e sulle alterazioni istologiche della lebbra. Gior. ital. med. esot., 1937, 10: 81-4.—Shionuma, E., & Haruyama, H. Vitamin C content of the aqueous humor of leprotic eyes. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 347-52.—Silva, W. H. de. Lepra ophthalmica in Ceylon. Brit. M. J., 1907, 2: 1135.—Solares Arroyo, A. Influencia de la lepra en el sentido de la vista. Rev. med., Rosario, 1928, 3: 392-400.—Soto, M. C. Con- sideraciones clinicas sobre las complicaciones oculares de la lepra. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 412-22. ------ Algunas consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de las com- plicaciones oculares de la lepra. Ibid., 429-33.—Ticornia, B. J. Lepra ocular. Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1931-32, 17: 236- 55, 3 pl.—Trantas. Lesions ophtalmoseopiques chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc. fr. opht., 1899, 17: 275-87.—True, H. Un cas de lepre oculo-cutanee gueri, chez un non syphilitique, par des injections intraveineuses de cyanure de mercure. Ann. ocul., Par., 1909, 141: 446-50.—Two cases with leprotic lesions of the eyeball. Annual Rep. Ophth. Lab., Cairo, 1931, 6: 76, 2 pl.-—Valle, S. Prophylaxia da cegueira na lepra. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 265-75. Also Arch, opht., Par., 1937, n. ser., 1: 865- 80. ------ Expose relatif a la choroidite lepreuse precoce de Hoffmann. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 3-25. A lagoftalmia na lepra e a sua correcao cirurgica. Arq, Inst. Penido Burnier, 1939, 5: 238-64.—Van Poole, G. M. Leprosy and tuberculosis of the eye. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1934, 32: 596-626, pl.—Viallefont & Fuentes. La lepre en ophtalmologie. Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 380-90— Vilanova. Cas de lepra ab manifestacions oculars curat ab l'atoxil. An. med. Acad. Catalunya, 1909, 3: 438-44.—Villard, Bouniol [et al.] Vingt-deux cas de lepre oculaire. Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1937, 348-59.—Wilson, R. P. Leprotic keratitis. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab. (1937) 1938, 12: 57-9.—Wood, D. J. Ocular leprosy. Brit. J. Ophth., 1925, 9: 1-4, pl. ---- familial and hereditary. See also Leper, Descendants; Leprosy, infantile and juvenile. Ktjpffer, A. Ueber die Verbreitungsweise der Lepra. 46p. 8? Lpz., 1932. Forms Beih. 3, v. 36, Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. Aycock, W. L. Familial susceptibility to leprosy. Am. J. M Sc, 1941, 201: 450-66.—Balvey Bas, M. Herencia de la lepra. Bol. Col. med. Gerona, 1906, 11: 89-94. —---- L'heredite de la lepre. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 15: sect 8 406-9.—Barrosa, H. Uma endemia familial de lepra. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1934, 52: 245-8.—Djoehana [Leprosy bacilli in a placenta] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 1526.—Duarte do Pateo & Solano Pereira. Da frequencia da lepra nos focos familiares; estudo epidemiologico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 241-59. Also Brasil. med., 1936, 50: 1061-75. ------ Sobre um relatorio apresentado ao DP L. suggerindo modificac5es na seccao de communi- cantes. Ibid., 1937, 5: 373-9—Hopkins, R. Heredity in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940,,8: 71-80.—- Hurtado, F. Herencia de la lepra. Gac. med. Mexieo, 1907, 3 ser 2: 203-14 [Discussion] 180.—Keil, E. Lepra und Erbfaktoren. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1939, 43: 95-102. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 163-71— Leite Alves, O. Do contagio da lepra nos f6cos familiares; inspetona regional de Sao Carlos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 53-8.—Mariani, M. Otto casi di lebbra familiare a Suzzara. Arch. ital. sc. med. col 1931, 12: 654-85.—Montero, A. La lepra, ademas de ser contagiosa, es una enfermedad hereditaria? Arb. Tropen- krankh. (Festschr. B. Nocht) 1927, 357-60—Neff. E. A & Snodgrass, R, J, Leprosy; an unusual case of family infection. LEPROSY 726 LEPROSY J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 137. Otero. M. IVquefia contribuci6n a la histologia patol6gica, contagio > hi-ic-ncia de la lepra. Mem. Congr. med. nac. mex., 1910, 4. Congr., 296- 8 - Panayotatou, A. Contagiosit6 et heredite de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 119 — Spoto, 1., & Ruflii o, P. Contributo alio studio della lebbra familiare. Arch. ital. sc. med. col.. 1931, 12: 271-80. pl .-Steini- ger, F. Die erbliche Disposition bei der Entstehung der Lepra. ReichsgcMindhbl., 1942, 17: 600.—Tisseuil, J. Forme familiale de la lepre Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 631 3. Vigne, P.,*: Boyer, L. A propos de 1 heredite de la lepre. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr.. 1: 579- 83.—Wade, H. W. Heredity in susceptibility to leprosv. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 353-8. Watanabe, Y. Experiments on inheritance of predisposition for leprosy of rat. Kitasato Arch., 1936, 13: 66-9. ------ & Nona.ka, N. Ex- perimental studies on animals concerning leprosy; hereditary transmission of rat leprosy. Ibid., 1940, 17: 8-16.—Zarrbaco Pacha. L'heredite de la lepre. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 15: sect. 8, 48-101. ---- Genitals. Kobayasi, W. Ueber Hoden, Nebenhoden und Samenstrang bei Leprosen. 92p. 4? [Kyoto] 1928. Delia Torre, A. Contributo anatomo-paP logico alia lepra genitale masc-hile. rermosifilografo, 1926, .: 257-65.— Kinosita, J. Ueber die histopathologischen Veranderungen der weiblichen Geschlechtsorgane bei den Leprosen. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 38: Suppl., 103 (Abstr.)—Pais, L. Lepra genitale; ricerche cliniche ed anatomo-patologiche; rapporti fra attivit-' sessuale e lepra; considerazioni sulla trasmissione genitale ed ereditarieta. Arch. ital. derm. sif.,. 1926-27, 2: 297-356 — Serra, A. Localizzazioni non comuni di lepra genitale. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 375-9, pl. ---- Geography. Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy in Europe, the middle and near East and Africa. 73p. 8? Lond., 1928. Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Leprosy; survey made in 40 countries (1924-27) 400p. 4? Rio, 1929. Braddock, C. S.. jr. Some random notes on leprosy in the Far East. N. York M. J., 1908, 87: 893.—Ehlers & Verdier, F. C.eographie de la lepre. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 263-313.— Langen, C. D. de, \ . Manila, 1934, 2: 443.—Leprosy in East Africa. Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 342,—Long, C. Report to the Colonial oflicc on an investigation of the prevalence and distribution of leprosv in Basutoland. Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 232-41.- Long. E. C. Leprosy in Basutoland. Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1: 959.- MacKarlane, N. M. An enquiry into the local prevalence of lepros\ in North Basutoland. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1906, 4: 313-5.- Slackay, J. G. Leprosy in British South and S. Central Africa. Ibid., 1908. 6: 101 -3.- Martin. G. La lep re au Cameroun. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1919,12: 613-21.- Medulla, C. L'odierna nosografia della lebbra in ( irenaiea. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 163-74.— Muir, E. Leprosy in Africa. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1938-39, 33: 119-26. ------ Leprosy in East Africa. Internal. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 383-94. ------ Lep- rosy in Nyasnland. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 9-17.— Miilzer, P., & Jordan, P. Die Lepra als vordringliche Aufgabe der kolonialen Gesundheitsfuhrung in Afrika. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1942, 89: 241-3.—Narducci, F. Sulle condizioni attuali della lebbra in Cirenaica. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: Suppl., 166-70.—Nicolle, C, A- Bastide. La lepre en Tunisie. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 6: 98-133- Pinto da Fonseca, A. A. A lepra ao norte da Lunda. Bol. san., Luanda, 1940, 3: 171-82.—Ragazzi, C. A. Sulla diffusione della lebbra in Cire- naica. Dermosifilografo, 1930, 5: 469-74—Robineau. La lepre chez les bambaras; sorcellerie et medecine indigene. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 203-5.—Serra. G. La lepra fra le popolazioni indigene dell'Africa centrale. Boll. med. trent., 1934, 49: 330-9.—Sharp, L. E. S. Leprosy in Uganda. East Afr. M. J., 1934, 10: 301-5.—Strachan, P. D. Statistical evidence indicating the predominance of abortive or stationary leprosy in Basutoland. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 497-9.—Strong, R. P., & Shattuck, G. C. Leprosy and complicating infections. In Afr. Rep. Liberia (Strong, R. P.) Cambr., 1940, 1: 318-30, pl.—Talotta, G. La lebbra in Eritrea. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1932, 13: 193- 9.—Van Breuseghem, R. La lepre chez les pygmees. Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1938, 18: 135-7— Violato, A. Osser- vazioni epidemiologiche e cliniche sui casi di lebbra osservati nel territorio dei Galla e dei Sidama. Gior. med. mil., 1937, 85: 967-78.—Worthington, E. B. Leprosy [Africa] In his Science in Africa, Lond., 1938, 546-50.—Wright, E. J. Notes on leprosy in Sierra Leone with special reference to notes which appeared in the annual report for 1930; elephantiasis or leprosy. J. Trcp. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 36: Suppl. 86. ---- Geography: Algeria. Bonnette. La l£pre en Oranie. Caducee, 1904, 4: 232.— Brault, J. Les lepreux en Algerie. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1908, 12: 205-28. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1908, 13: 91-107.— Fabiani, G. Sur un cas de lepre indigene en Algerie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 276-8.—Foley, F. H., & Grenault, A. XJn cas de lepre d'origine soudanaise dans le Sud-Oranais. Ibid., 1908, 1: 173. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1908-09, 8: 53-9.—Montpellier, J. La lepre en Algerie. Commun. Conf. internat. 16pre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 91-5. ------ & Pinelli, A. La lepre chez les indigenes de l'Algerie. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6: 217-25.—Nenon, J. Un cas de lepre autochtone chez un Arabe nomade des hauts-plateaux algerois. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1927, 5: 484-8.— Raynaud, L. Extension de la lepre en Algerie depuis 1897. Bull. med. Algerie, 1904, 15: 576. ----— Rapport sur la question de la lepre en Algerie depuis 1897. J. mal. cut. syph., Par., 1904, 16: 728-33. Also Rev. med. Afrique nord, 1904, 7: 261-7.-—Sasportas, L. La lepre en Algerie. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 563-8 — Triollet, R. Sur un cas de lepre autochtone constate sur les hauts-plateaux constantinois. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1928,6:492. ---- Geography: Argentina. Schreiber, F. *Erfahrungen und Beobach- tungen iiber Lepra in Argentinien. 53p. 8? Freib. i. B., 1930. Argiiello P. H., L. Estado atual do problema da lepra em C6rdoba. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 235 (Abstr.) ■----- Discurso. Rev. med. Cordoba, 1943, 31: 279-82.—Balina, P. L. Lepra aut6ctona de la Ciudad de Buenos Aires: pro- filaxis. Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 1552-7. ----7 Sobre nuestra endemia leprosa; nociones que es necesario conocer y divulgar. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1931, 15: 127-75. ------& Basombrio, G. Constatations et donn6es sur la lepre en Argentine; d'aprSs notre observation personelle. Rev. brasil: lepr., 1938, 6: 91-111.—Carrillo, F., Fernandez, J. M. M., & Schujman, S. La lepra en Rosario. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 2, 1932-8.—Coni, E. R. La lepra en Corrientes. An. Circ. med. argent., 1898, 21: 314-8.—Fernandez, J. M. M. A proposito de la lepra en Rosario. Rev. med. Rosario, 1930, 20: 571-7.—Incidence of leprosy in Buenos Aires. J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 115: 627.—Leprosy in Argentina. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1937, 52: No. 9, 240.—Mendioroz, J. Historia V censo de la lepra en Salta. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 435-67. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 1, 291-308. ------ Estado de la lepra en Salta en 1933. Prensa med. argent., 1934, 21: 2415-23.—Piiiero Garcia, P. P. Endemiografia de la lepra en Rosario. Ibid., 1938, 25: pt 1, 2233-47.—Pont, A. B. Contribution al estudio de la lepra en Corrientes. Sem. med., B. Air., 1906, 13: 1270- 96.—Puente, J. J, Consideraciones sobre una estadistica LEPROSY 727 LEPROSY levantada entre los leprosos del hospital Mufiiz. Ibid., 1926, 33: pt 2, 1557-60.—Roorda Smit, J. A. De lepra in Argentina. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 1: 534-41.—Schujman, S. Lepra aut6ctona de la ciudad de Rosario. Rev. med. Rosario, 1933, 23: 1053-62. ---- Geography: Asia. Moussa Nourallah. *La lepre et son etat actuel en Irak. 48p. 22J4cm. Lausanne, 1941. Abol-Ghassem Khan. La lepre en Perse. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 86.—Angier. Notes sur la lepre au Cambodge. Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1904, 7: 74-84.—Ayer, I. L'etat actuel de la lepre au Siam. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 386.—Davis, C. N. Leprosy. In Brief World Hist. Lepr. (Mouritz, A. A.) Hono- lulu, 1943, 126-31—D'Hostalrich. De la contagiosite de la lepre en Annam. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1909, 6: 268-70 — Feistmantel. Lepraherde in Persien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 1022.—Gushue-Taylcr, G. Leprosy in Formosa. China M. J., 1929, 43: 6-12, 2 pl.—Jeanselme. La lepre en Cochinchine; note additionnelle concernant la lutte contre la lepre. Presse med., 1904, 2: annexe, 635.—Kamikawa, Y. The history and distribution of leprosy in Formosa. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 345-52.—Lichtwardt, H. A. Leprosy in Afghanistan. Ibid., 1934, 2: 75.—Loew. Zur Lepra in Persien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 701.—Maire G., & Pinto, D. Contribution k 1 etude de la lepre en Svrie. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1927, 19: 33.—Monier, H." M. Evolution d un foyer de lepre circonscrit dans la province de Cammon (Laos) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Far., 1932, 25: 606- 17.—Mora, A. D., & Scares, J. C. Leprosy in Macao; some comments bv the Portuguese doctors in Macao. Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 721-5. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 241-4.—Storm, W. H. Leper survey of the Arabian peninsula. Leprosv Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 5-11.—Wilson, R. M. Leprosv in Korea. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 1211.—Yu, K. Y. Indig- enous cases of leprosy in Manchuria; report of 4 cases. Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 644-51, pl. ---- Geography: Australia and Pacific Islands. Amesse, J. W. Leprosy in the Sulu Archipelago. North- west M., 1904, 2: 97-100.—Austin, C. J. The problem of leprosy in Fiji. Native M. Pract., Suva, 1935, 2: 290-2. ------ A study of leprosy in Fiji. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 55-70.—Balmann, A. de. Lepre et prostitu- tion a Tahiti et aux Hes sous le Vent. Marseille med., 1937, 74: pt 1, 185-91.—Bancroft, J. Leprosy in Queensland. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australasia (1892) 1893, 3: 622-6 — Bray, G. W. The story of leprosy at Nauru. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: Sect. Trop. Dis. Parasit., 26-30.— Cilento, R. Leprosy in Austraha and its dependencies. Inter- nat. J. Leprosv, Manila, 1937, 5: 45-52. —---- Leprosy in Queensland. Ibid., 1939, 7: 201-8. —— Leprosy (ele- phantiasis graecorum) In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed., Brisbane, 1942, 297-313. ------& North, E. A. Human and murine leprosy in tropical Australia: preliminary notes and observations. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 2: 767-75.—Clouston, T. M. Age groups of leper patients at Nauru. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 23-9.—Davis, A. P. Leprosy in Western Austraha. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 209-15.— Drapkin, S. I. La lepre a l'lle de Paques. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 575-83.—Grant, A. M. B. Leprosy at Nauru since 1928. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 305-10.—Holland, E. M. Leprosy in New Guinea. Ibid., 1936, 4: 171-6.—Lambert, S. M. Leprosy in the South Pacific. Native M. Pract., Suva, 1930, 1: 14 — Leprosy in New South WTales for the year 1902. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1904, 19: 1284.—Mason, J. M. New Zealand and the Cook Islands, leprosy past and present. Lepra, Lpz., 1904, 4: 77-82. ------ Notes on a Maori case of leprosy. Ibid., 1908, 13: 108.—Report on leprosy in New South Wales for the year ended 31st December, 1934. Rep. Dir. Pub. Health N. S. Wales (1934) 1936, 149-52.—Salter, A. E. Statistics of lepers at Friday Island and Dayman Island. Tr. Intercolon. M. Congr. Australasia (1892) 1893, 3: 630 — Thompson, A. Leprosy in New South Wales. Australas. M. Gaz., 1904, 23: 138. ---- Geography: Balkan Peninsula. Kujacic, S. Lepra u Crnoj Gori. 86p. 23}£cm. Beogr., 1925. Peteff D. *Die Lepra auf der Balkan- Halbinsel' [Leipzig] 24p. 8? Sofia, 1928. Beron La l^pre en Bulgarie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924 3. Conf., 79.—Gehr, E. Die Lepra in den Balkanlandern. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 59 (Abstr )- Gluck L Ueber die dermahge Verbreitung und Bekampfung der Lepra in Bosnien und der Herzegovina. Lepra, Lpz 1004-05 5 • 13-22 —Kujacic, J. Lepra u Crnoj Gori. Srpski aKlok lek., 1909, 15: 231; 273; 324; 345; 395-Micic D. Lenra u srezu kraiinskom. Ibid., 1905, 11: 369-80.—Prastalo, ^PLa llpre en Yougoslavie Otolar. slav 1932 4: 213-30, map.-Vukas. A. [Cases of leprosy m a village in the vicinity of Krk] Lijec. vjes., 1940, 62: 259. ---- Geography: Baltic States. Gottschalk, A. *Contribution k l'etude de la lepre dans les deux etats baltiques: la Lettonie et l'Esthonie. 45p. 8? Par., 1936. Af Hallstrom, E. lillastollisia lisi-i leprataudista suomessa. Duodecim, Helsin., 1909, 25: 449-68.—Cedercreutz, A. Lep- rosy in Finland. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 195-9. ------ Spetalskan i Finland har avtagit. Nord. med., 1941, 11: 2198.—Fagerlund, L. W. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897, in Finland. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T., 28. ------ Spetalskan i Finland. Fin. liik. sail, handl., 1904, 46: pt 2, 495-585. ------ Die Lepra in Finnland. Lepra. Lpz., 1909, 8: 402-15.—Gehr, E. Die Lepra im Kreise Memel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1940, 66: 715- 7.—Paldrock [Observations on leprosy in Estonia and its treatment] Sven. liik. sail, forh., 1928, 180-204. * Also Am. J. Trop. M., 1929, 9: 445-60. Also Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1580. ■------ Leprosy iTi Estonia and Latvia. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 201-4. ------ Bedeutender Ruckgang der Lepra in Eesti. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 439^43.— Parmakson, P. Statistic reports on leprosy in Estonia. Inter- nat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 185-98.—Prissmann, S. Zur Kasuistik und Verbreitung der Lepra in Kurland. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T., 151-5.—Raphael, A. Statistisches iiber die Lepra in Kurland. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1908, 33: 443; 446.—Schirons, J. La l£pre en Lettonie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 55-61 — Schneider, K. Einiges iiber das Memeler Lepraheim und die Lepraendemie im Kreise Memel. Deut. med. Wschr., 1942, t>8: 615-7.-—Talvik, S. La lepre en Esthonie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 61-5. ---- Geography: Barbados. Muir, E. Report on leprosy in Barbados. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1943, 14: 18-24. ---- Geography: Brazil. Maurano, F. Historia da lepra em S. Paulo. 2v. 270p.; 281p. 23^cm. S. Paulo, 1939. Agricola, E. Endemia leprosa no Brasil. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942, 21: 658.—Aleixo, A. Investigacao, epidemio- logia, estatistica de lepra; da sua importancia na prophylaxia da endemia leprosa. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 377-9.------ A lepra no municipio de Contagem. Ibid., 1937, 51: 265-7.— Alemtiia, T. de. La lepra en el Brasil; estadistica, diagn6stico v tratamiento. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 39-47.—Alvares da Silva Campos, M. O problema da lepra, sua situacao atual em Minas Gerais. Arq. saude pub., Belo Horiz., 1937, 5: No. 7, 7-11, 27 plans.—Anderson, H. H., Cerqueira, P. [et al.] Clinico- pathologic studies of leprosy in BrazU. Am. J. Trop. M., 1936, 16: 689-97.—Antunes, A. A lepra no Estado do Rio de Janeiro. Fol. med., Rio, 1931, 12: 129-31.—Araujo Lima, J. de. A planicie costeira maranhense sob o ponto de vista sanitario- social. Brasil med., 1937, 51: 612-7.—Balina, P. L. Estado actual del problema de la lepra en nuestro pais. Dia med., B. Air., 1928-29, 1: 143; 155; 176.—Burgos, C. Commentario epidemiologico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 307- 12.—Campos Mello, L. Um pouco de historia da lepra no Districto Federal. Fol. med., Rio, 1937, 18: 247-9. ------ Situacao actual da lepra no Districto Federal. Ibid., 251-5.— Campos Sampaio, J. de. Epidemiologia da lepra na zona de Itapetininga. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 5-43, pl.—Diniz, O. Notas sobre a epidemiologia da lepra familial em Minas Geraes. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 531-4. ------ O censo de lepra em Minas Gerais. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1941, 6: 12-20.— Ferreira da Rosa, A. A questao da lepra no Distrito Federal. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 243-46.—Fontenelle, J. P. A lepra no Rio de Janeiro. Fol. med., Rio, 1938, 19: 92-100. ------ A lepra no Distrito Federal. Ibid., 1939, 20: 333-40.—Gomes, J. M. A lepra no estado de S. Paulo. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1934, 28: 317-90, 7 ch. ----— O ultimo surto palustre e nossa endemia leprosa. Ann. paul. med. cir., S. Paulo, 1935, 30: 341-3.—Justa, A. A. da. A lepra no Estado do Ceara. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1933, 41: 172-96.—Leprosy. In Med. Rep. Hamilton Rice Exped. Amazon (Harvard Univ.) 1926, 63-8.—Leprosy in Brazil. J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 1236.— Matta, A. da. O censo da lepra no Amazonas e sua revisao (1922-28) Brasil med., 1929, 43: 226-8. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 106-14. ------ Escorco historico da lepra no estado do Amazonas. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 249-54. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 181-92, 4 pl.—Medeiros, L. Contribuicao a epidemiologia da lepra no Parana. Arch, hyg., Rio, 1929, 3: 265-78.—Moreira, J. Les origines plus eioignees de la lepre au Bresil. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 72-81.—Motta, J. A situacao atual do problema da lepra no Distrito Federal. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 179-98. ------ & Moura Costa, H. de. A situacao da lepra no Distrito Federal. Fol. med., Rio, 1941, 22: 112-5. ------ Anotacao e estudo sobre a distribuicao da lepra no Rio de Janeiro. Rev. med. mun., Rio, 1941, 2: 49-57.—Ortenberg, H. von. Die Verbreitung der Lepra und ihre Behandlung in den deutschbliitigen Bevolke- rungskreisen Sud-Brasiliens. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 503-5.—Rabello, E., & Barros Azevedo, S. de. Note sur la statistique de la lepre au Bresil. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 88.—Rabello Junior. Observacoes LEPROSY 728 LEPROSY recentes sobre a lepra em Sao Paulo. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1939, 14: 41-5—Rossas, T. P. Leprosy in the State of Mara- nhao. Brazil. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 167-76, pl.- Sartiago, P. E. A lepra em Santa Catarina. Rev. combate lepra. Pio, 1941, 6: 4-11.—Santiago. V. A lepra no Rio Grande do Norte. Brasil med., 1930, 44: 167-71.— Santos Neves, E. A lepra em Santos. Congr. nred. Hosp. Sta Casa Misericord. Santos, 1936, 54-6. Also Mem. Congr. med. (Brazil) 1936, 1. Congr., 345-51.—Silva, C. Situacao atual do problema da lepra no estado do.Piaui. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1937, 2: 24-31.— Sobres, J. A. Epidemiologia da lepra no Sul do Estado do Espirito Santo; analyse de algumas observacoes. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 159-91.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Con- tribuicao a epiderriologia e prophylaxia da lepra no norte do Brasil. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1933, 27: 165-337, 44 pl. ------ The origin of leprosy in Brazil and its present situation. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 12-6. ------ A lepra no Ric de Janeiro; estudo bio-estatistico de 975 casos. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1938, 3: 19-21.—Torres, O. Epidemiologia e prophvlaxia da lepra no Brasil. Brasil mee}., 1927, 41: 971-5. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1927, 5: 489-97.—Valle, R. D. do. Epidemiologia da lepra; estudo na Inspectoria regional de Campinas. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 287-306 — Vareila Santiago. Duas palavras sobre o problema da lepra no Rio Grande do Norte. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1937,2:2-6.— Weaver, E. O problema da lepra no Brasil de hoje. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942, 21: 569-74. ---- Geography: Canada. Cuphing, H. B. Leprosy in Canada. Canad. Nurse, 1938, 34: 25-7.—Heagerty, J. J. Leprosv in Canada. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 463-8.—Kelley, C. M. An account of Canadian leprosy. Montreal M. J., 1909, 38: 387-92. ---- Geography: China. Chimin Wong, J. The early history of leprosy in China. China M. J., 1930, 44: 737-43.—Gait, C. M. Leprosy in Yunnan. Ibid., 1931, 45: 867.—Huizenga, L. S. History of leprosy in China. Rep. Nat. Quarant. Serv., China, 1934, ser. 5, 89-108. ------ Leprosy problem in Matang Hsiang, Jukao Hsien, Kiangsu. Chin. M. J., 1938, 53: 287-9. —— The unchanging distribution of leprosy in China. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 947-51.—Hutchinson, J. Leprosy in China. Lancet, Lond., 1904, 2: 1808.—Maxwell, J. L. Notes on the incidence of leprosy in the less known areas. China M. J., 1931, 45:875. ------ Leprosy in China. Ibid., 1933, 47: 227-?2. —---A statistical review of 1,379 cases of leprosy in China. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 151-7.-—Mouritz, A. A. Leprosv in China. In his Brief World Hist. Lepr., Honolulu, 1943, 119-26.—Pearce, R. The distri- bution of leprosv in North West China. Leprosv Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 201-6.—Rai, S. [Leprosy in Canton; a survevj Taiwan igakkai zassi. 1941, 40: 1133-63.—Schneider, 6. Lepraerinnerungen aus Siam und China. Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hvg., 1931, 35: 145-59.—Scott, E. H. Leprosv in the Swatow district. China M. J., 1931, 45: 869-74.—Sturton, S. D. The problem of leprosy in Hangchow. Ibid., 1933, 47: 263-9.— Wu, L. T. The present status of the leprosy question in China. Rep. Nat. Quarant. Serv. China, 1932, ser. 3, 207-9. Also China M. J., 1933, 47: 294-6.—Yii, K. Y., & Taylor, H. W. Y. Notes on leprosy in the three eastern provinces. Ibid., 1931, 45: 855-67. ---- Geography: Colombia. Afanador Salgar, A. *E1 bacilo de Hansen [Colombia] 68p. 23^cm, [Bogota] 1930. Benchetrit, A. Estado actual de la lepra en Colombia. 20p. 16? Bogota, 1926. Montoya y Florez, J. B. Contribuci6n al estudio de la lepra en Colombia. 455p. 24cm. Medellfn, 1910. Bibliogr.: p.445-55. Quuano, V., J. A. *La lepre en Colombie. 55p. 8? Par., 1936. Arboleda, A. La lepra de Quesada. Rev. med. Bogota, 1936-37, 46: 03 S- -Benchetrit, A. La lepra en Colombia. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1932, 4: 113-8.—Fnciso, E. La lepra en Colombia. Ibid., 6: 65-72.—Ferreira, I. El problema de la lepra en Narifio; bosquejo epidemiol6gico. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1938, 19: No. 2, 6-16— Lepra (La) en Colombia. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1931, 3: 1-3; 1934, 5: 1-4.—Lepra (La) en Colombia; encuestas epideiriol6gicas. Rev. colomb. lepr., 1939, 1: 6- 35.—Lopez, A. Lepra. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1937, 18: No. 11, 9-20.—Manrique, J., Aparicio, J., & Uribe, J. I. Lepra. Rev. med. Bogota, 1934-35, 44: 793-8.—Riverop, A. M. La lepra en Caldas. Bol. clin., Medellin, 1941, 7: 233-45. ---- Geography: Congo. Bourguignon, G. C. Nouveau cas de l£pre diagnostique au Congo Beige chez un Europeen. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop 1934, 14: 389-92.—Degotte, J. Contribution a l'etude epid6- miologique de la lepre dans la region du Nepoko, Kibali-Ituri. Ibid., 1939, 19: 1-12, —•----& Dubois, A, Epidemiological leprosy survey in the Nepoko, Kibali-Ituri district, Belgian Congo. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 421-44.— Dupuy, L. L'endemie lepreuse au cours de l'annee 1934 dans les territoires sounds k Taction du fonds reine Elizabeth pour I assistance medicale aux indigenes du Congo Beige (Forfiami) Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 177-87.------ La situation endemique de la lepre dans le region desservie par Foreami. Ibid., 1937, 17: 323-30.—Haddad, E. Contribution k l'etude de la lepre au Kasai (Congo Beige) d'apres 127 cas observes en pratique itinerante. Ibid., 1931, 11: 311—3.—■ Van Campenhout. La lepre au Congo Beige. Commun. Conf. internat. ISpre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 96-8.—Van den Branden, F. Premier cas de lepre diagnostique au Congo Beige chez un Europeen. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1931, 11:9. ---- Geography: Cuba. G6mez-Castellano, P. L. *La lepre k Cuba. 91p. 8? Par., 1937. Laurent, E. La lepre k Cuba. J. mal. cut. syph., Par., 1905, 17: 732-5.-—Lopez Rovirosa, G. Nuevas puntos de vista sobre la contagiosidad de la lepra en Cuba. Arch. rev. hosp., Habana, 1937, 4: 187.—Primelles. La lepre k Cuba. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 91. ---- Geography: Dutch East Indies. Boenjamin, R. [Data on the occurrence of leprosy in the district of Batavia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 322-33. ------ & Soedarsono, R. M. [Epidemiological in- vestigation on leprosy in Tjigobang (Cheribon)] Ibid., 1937, 77: 2266-91.—Bussche, H.K.J, van den. Badetablissement te Pelantoengan; lepraverslag over het jaar 1893. Ibid., 1894, 34: 385-404.—Darwis, A. [Investigation on leprosv in Lamongan] Ibid., 1936, 76: 2123-8.—Fischer, I. A. [Spread of leprosy in the Karo region] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 53-64, ch.-—Haga, J. Over lepra in Nederlandsch Indie en de wijze harer bestrijding. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1909, 1: 261-72.—Kapitan, J. C. [Investigation of leprous infection on the Kei-Islands] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 72-9.—Postmus, S. [Takata-Ara's reaction in relation to the epidemiological investigation of leprosy in the Karo dis- tricts] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2154-63.— Reeling Knap, C. [Leprosv in Tobemba in South-Palopo] Ibid., 1933, 73: 866-70.—Schoute, D. [Certain diseases of the past among the population of Netherland Indies; leprosy] Bijdr. gesch. geneesk., 1935, 15: 74-91. Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 1587-604.—Simons, L. H. [Leprosy on the Island of Ambon] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1933, 22: 197-208.—Sitanala, J. B. [Certain aspects of the occurrence of leprosy in explored leprosy territories of the Netherland Indian Archipelago] Acta leiden., 1939, 14: 224-34. ------ Lepra- bestrijding in Nederlandsch-Indie. Pro Leproos, Bandoeng, 1939, 7: 185-92 (Abstr.) ------& Kodyat, R. Lepra-Unter- suchungen auf Java. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1936, 174: 143- 65.—Tesch, J. W. [Leprosy in Central Celebes and com- batting leprosy in Paloej Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2829-40.—Tumbelaka, J. F. [Investigation on the origin of leprous infection in the Regency of Grissee (East Java)] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 40-52—Wijchgel G. J. De lepra in de Oeliasers. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1896, 36: 55-67, pl. ---- Geography: Europe. Ketting, G. N. A. Bijdrage tot de geschie- denis van de lepra in Nederland. 298p. 8? s'Gravenhage, 1922. Wintrich, C. [L]. *Lepra deutscher Riick- wanderer. 35p. 23cm. Bresl., 1937. Bjarnhjedinsfon, S. The leprosy in Iceland. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 367-401.—Blaschko, A. Das Wiederaufleben der Lepra in Mitteleuropa und seine Ursachen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 2276-9.—Bonnet, E. La lepre dans les Alpes-Maritimes. Commun. Conf. internat. 16pre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 46-9.—Copanaris, P. La lepre en Grece. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1930, 22: 2131-4.—Diffusione (La) della lebbra in Europa. Minerva med.. Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 408.—Dixon, H. B. F. Clinical lecture on leprosy; with notes of 3 cases amongst Maltese troops. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1942, 79: 118-32.—Ehlers. La 16pre en Islande 1904. Lepra, Lpz., 1904-5, 5: 1-3.—Ehlers, E. Spedalskhedssp0rgsmaalet med sserligt hensyn til Island. Tskr. Sundhdspl., 1895-96, 5: 1-61.—Frohn, W. Der Aussatz in Oesterreich. Acta derm. vener., Stockh., 1934, 15: 1-24, 5 pl., map.—Gehr, E. Die gegenwartige Verbreitung der Lepra in Europa. Deut. med. Wschr., 1940, 66: 691.—Gluck, L. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897 in Bosnien und Herzegowina. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T., 1-11.—Graham, J. H. P. A case of leprosy in a European. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 2: 1175.—Kalindero, N., & Babes, V. La lepre en Roumanie. Ann. Inst. path. bact. Bucarest (1888-89) 1889, 1: 447-67, 5 pl.-—Kesteloo, H. M. De leprozen te Middelburg. Arch. Zeeuwsch. genoot. wet., 1907, 137-61.—Kirchner, M. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897, in Deutschland und dessen Schutzgebiete. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2; LEPROSY 729 LEPROSY 2. T., 12-27. Also Klin. Jahrb., 1905, 14: 111-28.—Kissmeyer, A. La lepre dans les pays scandinaves. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 331-7.—Leprosy in Malta. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 8-13.—Mendes da Costa, S. Een autochtoon geval van lepra in Nederland en een opmerking over de strijdvraag der aetiologie. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. r., 40: d. 1, 971-5, pl.—Merk, L. Zwei Leprafalle in Tirol. Wien. khn. Wschr ' 1907, 20: 562-4—Plurrert, A. Sporadische Falle von Lepra im Bereiche der osterreicbisch-ungarischen Monarchie. Arch Derm. Syph., Wien, 1903, 67: 323-36.—Reenstierna,. J. Etat actuel de la lepre en Suede. Commun. Conf. internat lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 53-5. ------ Leprosy in Sweden. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1941, 22: 257-61.—Schreuder, J. J. C. [A case of leprosy very probably acquired in the Netherlands] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 1, 1321.— Sederholm, E. History of leprosy in Sweden. Lepra, Lpz 1909, 8: 341-66, map.—Talwik, S. Die Lepra auf der Insel Oesel; eine epidemiologische Untersuchung. Ibid.. 1906 6: 211-31. ---- Geography: France and colonies. Decourt, P. *Origine de quelques cas de lepre observes k Paris; note sur la psychologie du lepreux. 90p. 8? Cahors, 1932. Filippi, P. *La lepre autochtone bretonne. 44p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Leger, P. J. M. E. *Etat actuel de la lepre en France. 70p 8? Par., 1927. Also Marseille med., 1927, 64: 569-73. Aguessy, D. Sur la frequence de la lepre au Haut-Dahomey. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 585-7.—Audibert. La lepre dans les colonies francaises; sa prophylaxie et son traite- ment. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1926. 18: 521-43.— Barbier & Bianchi. Un nouveau cas de lepre d'importation. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1023.—Blin. La lepre k Mayotte. Rev. troupes col., Par., 1907, 1: 156-66.—Breger. Lepra in Frankrei,ch. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1910.—Fay, H. M. Notes pour servir k I'histoire de la 16pre en France. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1905, 4: 208-29.—Flandin, C, & Ragu, J. Origine, mode de contagion, dur6e d'incubation de la lepre dans 95 cas dont 6 contractes dans le r6gion parisienne; traitement par les injections intraveineuses du complexe chaulmoogra-chole- sterol. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 117: 337-43.— Gate, J., Devic, A. [et al.] Un cas de lepre autochtone. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 1074.—Giacardy, P. Sur un cas de contamination lepreuse en France par lipre importee. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1928, 6. ser., 9: 695-9.------Un cas de lepre autochtone en France. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 99: 717-21.—Gouin, J. La lepre en Bretagne. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 338-44.—Gouzien. La lepre dans les colonies francaises. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 95.—Grosfillez. La lepre aux Marquises. Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1906, 9: 62-9.—Jeanselme, E. La lepre en France et dans ses colonies. Presse med., 1904, 2: 601—4.—Kermorgant, A. Notes sur la lepre dans nos diverses possessions coloniales. Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1905, 8: 25-67. ------ Historique sommaire de la lepre dans les colonies francaises. Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 87-114.—Lefrou. La lepre k la Guadeloupe. Arch. Inst, prophyl., Par., 1935, 7: 235—48.—Marchoux, E. La lepre aux colonies et I'lnstitut de Bamaco. Paris med., 1935, 96: annexe, 506-10.-—Margarot. La lepre en France. Bull. Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1932, No. 62, 130-43.—Marqueissac, H. de, & Sohier, H. Enquete sur la lepre en pays Kabre (Nord-Togo) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 474-85.—Massa], E. La lepre dans les lies Tuamotou rattachees aux Gambier (lies Reao et Puka-Ruha) Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1935, 33: 1032-38.—Milian & Fernet, P. Un cas de lepre autochtone venant du Cantal. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1908, 3. ser., 25: 280-6.—Noel, L. A. La lepre: 12 annees de pratique k l'hospice des lepreux de la Desirade (Guadaloupe) Lepra, Lpz., 1904, 4: 217-34.—Perrin, L. Cas de lepre observes a Marseille de 1892 a 1905. Marseille med., 1906, 48: 49.—Petges, G. Un cas de lepre grave, d'origine coloniale, observe en France, n'ayant evolue qu'apres une p6- riode latente de 21 annees. Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1904, 44: 228-37.—Robineau, M. Le lepre en Afrique Occidentale Francaise et sa prophylaxie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 708-16. ------ La lepre en Afrique Occidentale Francaise; etude bibliographique. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 459-62.—Spillmann, L. A propos d'un cas de lepre tuberculeuse observe dans le department de Meurthe-et-Moselle. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 98: 721-7.—Themoin. Un cas de lepre observe a I'Hopital Maritime de Brest. Arch. med. nav., Par., 1904, 82: 456-63.—Vigne. Repartition des foyers de lepre dans le Midi de la France. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 42-6. ------ La lepre a Marseille. BulL Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3. ser., 101: 438-42. ---- Geography: Great Britain and colonies. Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy in England. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 71.—Haber, H. Two cases of leprosy in Lon- don. Lancet, Lond., 1944, 1: 629.—James, S. P. La lepre en Grande-Bretagne. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf 41.—Leprosy in the British Empire today. J. Am. M. Ass 1943 123: 299.—Leprosy in the Colonial Empire. Brit. M J 1942 2:137.—Maclepd, J-M. H, Some observations op leprosy m Great Britain at the present time. Postgrad. M. J., n,°0n= \ ?33' KIPl5™----T ^Prosy in Great Britain at the piesent time. Med. Times, Lond., 1937, 65:187. Also Leprosy Rev Lond 1938, 9: 5-12.-Rattray, P. Leprosy in Scotland. Caledon. M. J 1930-31, 14: 339-54.—Rogers, L., Cook, J. H., fr^no' ?" leprosy cases in the British Isles. Brit. M. J., I «' Vi rJ7ls(\ Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 170-3.— Sutton, H. The disappearance of leprosy from Great Britain. Med. J. Australia, 1932, 2: 387. ---- Geography: Guiana. Chaia, A. Contribution k l'etude de la maladie de Hansen en Guyane Francaise. 81p. 24cm. Par., 1939. Bosma, H. Leprosy in Surinam. Am. Med., 1930, n. ser., 25: 425-30.—Carmouze. Frequence et prophylaxie de la lepre en Guyane Francaise. Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 392-4.— Floch, H. Sur l'endemie lepreuse en Guyane. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1940, 33: 310-5.—Kelly, P. J. Leprosy in British Guiana. Brit. Guiana M. Annual (1925) 1926, 24: 86-110 — Labernadie, V. Contribution a l'etude de la lepre en Guyane Francaise. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 306; 489; 623; 771.—Lampe, P. H. J., & Simons, C. [Leprosy in Surinam] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 4903-15.—Leger, M. Remarques sur la lepre a la Guyane Frangaise. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1927, 20: 311-5.—Leprosy. Rep. Dir. M. Serv. Brit. Guiana, 1938, 35-42.—Muir, E. Report of leprosy in British Guiana. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1942, 13: 22-31.— Rose, F. G. Leprosy statistics and legislation in British Guiana. Brit. Guiana M. Annual (1925) 1926, 24: 118-21. ------ Six years of leprosy work in British Guiana. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 356-61.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Frequence et prophylaxie de la lepre dans les Guyanes et a la Trinite. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 400-36.—Winkler, J. Die Arbeit an der Aussatzigen in Surinam. Aerztl. Mission, 1929, 19: 95-7. ---- Geography: Hawaii. Wayson, N. N., & Rhea, T. R. Leprosy; observations on its epidemiology in Hawaii. 32p. 8? Wash., 1934. Forms No. 212, Pub. Health Bull., Wash. Badger, L. F. Some epidemiological features of leprosy in Hawaii. Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1939, 49: 91-7, 3 ch., tab.— Chung-Hoon, E. K. Leprosy in Hawaii. Hawaii M. J.,^1941, 1:39; passim.—Crane, A. A. Some features of leprosy in the Hawaiian Islands. Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1903, 138-50.— Daland, J. Leprosy in the Hawaiian Islands. Tr. Am. Clim. Ass., 1903, 19: 244-51, 4 pl. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1903, 41: 1125-9.-—Leprosy. Annual Rep. Surg. Gen. Pub. Health Serv. U. S., 1934, 19.—Observations on the epidemiology of leprosy in Hawaii. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50: 442-4.— Senn, N. Leprosv in the Hawaiian Islands. In his Around the World, Chic, 1905, 21-8.—Sloan, N. R. Early diagnosis of leprosy as seen in Hawaii. Hawaii M. J., 1943-44, 3: 111-20.— Tuttle, G. B. Leprosy in Hawaii. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1932, 39: 166-9.—Waughop, P. R. Leprosy as seen by the Hawaiian practitioner. Northwest M., 1907, 5: 199-205; 217.—Wayson, N. E. Leprosy with tuberculosis in Hawaii. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1934, 49: 1201-12. ---- Geography: India (incl. Celebes, Ceylon) and Malaya. Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy in India; a survev. 22p. 8? Lond., [1927] Oldrieve, F. India's lepers; how to rid India of leprosy. 144p. 12? Lond., 1924. Anderson, S. Questions and answers relating to the preva- lence of leprosy in Purulia and the District of Manbhum. Ind. M. Gaz., 1909, 44: Suppl., 16.—Buitelaar, L. [Registra- tion of lepers in the district of Makale-Rante-Pao in Celebes] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 64-72.—Chandy, P. J. Leprosy in the Fyzabad district. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1941, 38: 698 (Abstr.)—Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy in Ceylon. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 17-23.—Crozier, G. G. Leprosy in the Garo Hills, Assam. Ind. M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 253-5. —---- Leprosy in Manipur State. Ibid., 1929, 64: 315 — Hume, E. H. Leprosy in India; preliminary statement. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1904, 19: 1001-3.— Lowe, J. Leprosy in India; the present outlook. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932,67:208-10. ------ Epidemiology of leprosy in Hydera- bad (Deccan) India. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 17-30.------Leprosy and anti-leprosy work in India. In Prepar. Papers Intergov. Conf. Far East. Rural Hyg., 1937, 1. Conf., C. H. 1235 (b) 103-14. ------Dharmendra & Sen, N. R. Epidemiological and clinical studies of leprosy in the Bankura District of Bengal. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 557 (Abstr.)—Maxwell, J. L. Leprosy in India. China M. J., 1930 44: 37-45, 4 pl.—Mitra, A. Leprosy with special refer- ence to Kashmir. Tr. Ind. M. Congr. (1894) 1895, 1. Congr., 322.—Mookherji, B. Leprosy [Bengal] Bengal Pub. Health Rep. (1940) 1942, 91-3.—Muir, E. Leprosy in the Bengal- Bihar border line. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 440-2. ------ LEPROSY 730 LEPROSY Factors influencing the endemiology of leprosy in India. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 25: 173-6. ------ & Santra, I. Sample surveys of leprosy in India. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, 20: 421-34.—Note (A) on leprosy in the Kangra district cf ihe Punjab. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1941, ;)8:6Mr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr., 58-62. Report of the Leprosy Survpv Sub-Committee of the Indian Research Fund Association. Ind. M. Rec, 1942, 62: 177-9.—Ritchie, D. W. Report on leprosy among the Garos of the Goalpara District of Assam. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 24-7.—Ryrie, G. A. Leprosy in Malaya. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1H34, 2: 77-80.— Santra, I. Report of leprosy survey work at Manbazar Thana, District Manbhum, Bihar and Orissa. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 442-4.—Sen, P. Leprosy. Calcutta M. J., 1941, 38: 139-43. ------ A review on the report on leprosy and its control in India. Ibid., 1942, 39: 418-20.—Tampi, K. R. Leprosv in Travancore. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 308-14.- Welch. T. B. The state and lepers in Malaya. East Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 11: 353-6. ---— Geography: Italy. Bernardo, L. Un caso di lebbra osservato nell'Ospedale Militare di Palermo con un cenno sulla diffusione della lebbra in Sicilia. Gior. med. esercito, 1904, 52: 657-63.—Bertaccini, G. La lebbra in Puglia, in Basilicata, in Calabria; dati stati- stici, clinici, epidemiologici. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 79: 617-38.—Brocchieri, G. Su un caso di lepra autoctona in provincia di Roma. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. prat., 153-8.— Catolla Cavalcsnti, E. Sopra un caso di lebbra. Riforma med., 1926, 42: 114-7.—Devoto, A. Sulla diffusione della lepra in Liguria (provincie di Genova e di Imperia) Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1927, 68: 723-30— Levi, I. Contributo alio studio della lebbra in provincia di Trieste: a proposito di un caso osservato a Trieste. Ibid., 1928, 69: 292-306, 4 pl.—Lombardo, C. La questione della lepra in rapporto con le nostre mutate condizioni coloniali. Athena, Roma, 1940, 9: 330-3.— Man- giola, M. La lebbra in provincia di Reggio Calabria. Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 35, pl.—Masucci, P. Un focolaio familiare autoctono di lebbra nel Comune di Faicchio. Morgagni, 1933, 75: 555-7.—Mibel.i, A. Sulla diffusione della lepra nelle provincie di Messina e Reggio Calabria. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1929, 70: 1243-53.—Monastra, A. Ricerche sulla lebbra in Provincia di Aosta. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16:448-55.— Palvarini, A. Osservazioni di lebbra in provincia di Mantova (considerazioni cliniehe e sociali) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1927, 68: 730-6.—Perez, A. La lepra in Avola. Gazz. med. sicil., 1906, 9: 102-6/—Serra, A. La lepra in Sardegna. Rev. sud- amer. endocr., B. Air., 1928, 11: 116; 704. ------ Alcuni rilievi sulla lotta antileprosa in Sardegna e sui risultati con- seguenti. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: No. 3, Suppl., 279-90. ■------ Variazioni epidemiologiche della lepra sarda. Ibid., 1937, 78: Suppl., 380-3. ------ Oscillazioni epidemiologiche della lepra sarda. Rass. med. sarda, 1939, 41: 23-36.— Venturi, T. Un caso di lepra contratto in Italia. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 498.—Vlach, G. Un caso autoctono di lebbra a Trieste. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 175-86. ---- Geography: Jamaica. Leprosy in Jamaica. Jamaica Pub. Health, 1935, 10: 33.— Leprosy in Jamaica. L3prosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 186-9.— Little, E. G. Leprosy in Jamaica. Brit. J. Derm., 1904, 16: 441-54.—Muir, E. Report on leprosy in Jamaica. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1943, 14: 4-17.—Neish, W. D., & Tonkin, T. J. Leprosy in Jamaica. BristoLM. & Chir. J., 1904, 22: 1-17, pl. • Geography: Japan. Dohi, K. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897, in Japan. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2 T., 32-5.— Kitasato, C. Ueber Verbreitung der Lepra in Japan. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1909, 54: 527.—Kitasato, S. Die Lepra in Japan. Zschr. Hyg., 1909, 63: 507-20.—Maeda, T. Leprosy survey in Tanegasima. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 143 (Abstr.)— Mituda, K. Le lepre au Japon. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 80-6.—Ota, M., Asami, S., & Tutida, T. An epidemiological investigation of leprosy in the Miyagi prefecture. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 459-64— Pavlov, N. F. [Leprosy in Japan] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 17-25.—Siga, K. Leprosy in Japan. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 279-81.—Yamada. [Statistical communication on the prevalence of leprosy among those subject to military service in Japan] Hifubiyog kiu hinikibivoe zassi, 1903, 3:333-7. ---- Geography: Latin America. Calnek, T. M. Copia de los documentos originales tornados en Costa Rica. Mem. Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898 2. Congr., 2: 1136-48.—Coni, E. R. La lepra en la America del Sur. An. Circ. med. argent., 1901, 24: 35-9.—Courtney, K. O. Leprosy in Panama; a study of its origin and spread Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 29-40.—Herrera, G La lepra en la Republica Dominicana. Bol. Of. san. panamer 1943, 22: 987-92.-Hurwitz, E., & Anderson, H. H. Leprosy in Panama; first 30 years of segregation. Am. J. Trop M 1936, 16: 353-69.— Leger, M. Le l£pre dans nos colonies tropicales d'Amerique. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1934, 14: 637-66.—Leprosy in South America; resume of discussions at the 10th Pan American Sanitary Conference, Bogota, Colombia, September 4-14, l'.l38. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 560-4.—Pesce, H. El hallazgo de la lepra en Andahuaylas y su importancia epidemiol6gica. Reforma med., Lima, 1937, 23: 1007-16. —---- Geograffa de la lepra y geoginfla de la alimentaci6n en el Peru. Rev. med. peru., 1941, 13: 658-66.— Vassaux, C. (h.) Algunas consideraciones sobre la lepra en Guatemala; la reacci6n de Rubino. Bol. Dir. gen. san. pub., Guatemala, 1933, 4: 727-67. ---- Geography: Loyalty Islands. Laquieze, E. Enquete sur la lepre aux ties de la Lovaute. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 479-87; 618-25.— Nicolas, C. Etat actuel de la lepre dans l'archipel des ties Loyalty. Ibid., 1909, 2: 493-7 —Tisseuil, J. La lepre aus ties de la Loyaute, Lifou. Ibid., 1929. 22: 362-7.—Tivollier, M. Les lepreux des ties Loyalty. Aesculape, 1938, 28: 212-6. ---- Geography: Madagascar. Advier, M. La 16pre a Madagascar. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 337-42.—Cros, R. Indice splenique dans la circonscription medicale de Vatomandry, Madagascar. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 813-6.—Girard, G. Sur un cas de lepre constate a Paris chez un tirailleur malgache. Ibid., 1929, 22: 408. ---- Geography: Mexico. Alba, M. de. *La lepre au Mexique. 48p. 8? Par., 1935. GonzXlez UrueRa, J. La lepra en Mexico. 809p. 24',,cm. B. Air., 1941. Gonzalez Fiibela. Frecuencia de la lepra en la Republica Mexicana ique tipos reviste mas comunmente? cuales son las medidas conducentes para evitar la propagacidn del mal? Gac. med. Mexico, 1907, 3. ser., 2: 257-61.—Gonzalez Uruena, J. Summary of the first leprosy census in the Republic of Mexico. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 329-36. ------ The leprosy census in Mexico up to 1936. Ibid., 1938, 6: 47-50.—Lepra (La) en Mexico. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 111-4.—Mazzotti, L. Existencia de la pseudolepra de Robles en Mexico. Medicina, Mex., 1941, 21: 103-7.— Ruddell, G. W. Leprosy in Mexico. S. Louis M. Rev., 1907, n. ser., 1: 215-7—Saldana, J. G. Estudio sobre la lepra en Mexico. Rev. cienc. med., M6x., 1929, 7: 372; 444. ---- Geography: Morocco. Barneaud, T. Note sur l'endemie lepreuse dans la region de Marrakech. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 327-31.— Flye Sainte Marie, P. E. La lepre au Maroc. Ibid., 315-26.— Louste, Levy-Franckel & Gadaud. Un cas de lepre erythro- maculeuse et atrophique d'origine marocaine. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1931, 38: 27-9.—Messimy, R. A propos de quelques cas de lepre, observes au Maroc, dans la region de Marrakech. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 600-18 — Rerrlinger, P. L'etat de la lepre au Maroc. Ibid., 1928, 21: 611-6.—Robineau. La question de la 16pre au Maroc. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1928, 20: 5-27. ---- Geography: New Caledonia. Bare, J. Le service de la lutte contre la lepre en Nouvelle- Caiedonie. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1939, 37: 165-200.— Kervingant. P. M., & Bare, J. La lepre en Nouvelle-Caiedonie en 1936. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 175-200.— Legrand, A. M. A propos de la lepre en Nouvelle-Caiedonie. Caducee, 1909, 9: 262.—Tisseuil, J. Sur l'origine de la l£pre en Nouvelle-Caiedonie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930. 23: 357-63. Geography: Nigeria. Briercliffe, R. Leprosy in Nigeria. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 84-9.—Brown, J. A. K. Leprosy in southern Nigeria; problems of treatment and control. West Afr. M. J., 1936-37, 9: 10-4.—Davey, T. F. Leprosy in southeastern Nigeria. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938, 9: 113-22. ------ A repeated leprosy survey in southeastern Nigeria; the progress of un- treated cases of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 77-86.—Howard, A. C. Leprosy in Nigeria. Ibid., 1936, 4: 75-8.—Langauer, L. Leprosy in Benin and Warri provinces of Nigeria. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 9(1-!).—Mayer, T. F. G. The distribution of leprosy in Nigeria, with special reference to the aetiological factors on which it depends. West Afr. M. J., 1930, 4: 11-5; 23-31.—Oberdorffer, M. Unter- suchungen fiber den Leprabefall in Sudost-Nigeria. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 310-21.—Ramsay, G. W. S. C. A study of leprosy in Southern Nigeria. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29, 22: 249-62. ---- Geography: Norway. Bermann, L. *La lutte contre la lepre en Norvege du xixe siecle a nos jours. 55p. 8? Par., 1936. LEPROSY 731 LEPROSY Norway. Statistiske CentralbyrA. De spedalske i Norge, beretning for femaret 1931-35. lip. 8? Oslo, 1937. Grtfn, K. Lepratilfadde i Kristiania i 1903. Norsk mag. lffigevid., 1904, 5. R., 2: 1385-99. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1905-06. 6: 1-13.—Hansen, G. A. Abnahme der Lepra in Norwegen. Ibid., 1904, 4: 235-40. Also Engl, transl., Scot. M. & S. J., 1905, 16: 16-23. —---- Leprosy in Norway. S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, 15: 73-9; 105.—Lie, H. P. Rapport sur le marche de la lepre en Norvege apres la IP Conference internationale de la lepre a Bergen en 1909. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 50-3. —---- Why is leprosy decreasing in Norway? Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928-29, 22: 357-66. Also Forh. Nord. derm, foren., 1929, 7: 53-64. Also An. Soc. mex. oft., 1930, 8: 195-206. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 205-16. Also Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 937. ------ La lepre en Norvege. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1931, 12: 105- 14. Also in Brief World Hist. Lepr. (Mouritz, A. A.) Honolulu, 1943, 114-9.-—Fthler, K. Die \erbreitung der Lepra in Nor- wegen in den Jahren 1856-1932. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1087.—Shively, H. L. leprosy in Norway. Am. Med., 1909, 4: 129-37.—SU wr rt. J. C. Leprosy in N orwav. Univ. Durham Coll. M. Gaz., 1906-07, 7: 87-91; 106— Lrhiem, J. L. Leprosy in Norway. Chicago M. Times, 1909, 42: 180-3. ---- Geography: Nova Goa. Gracias, F-, Araujo, A. de, & Sec.ueira Nazare, F. X. T. Subsidies para a estatistica des leprosos de Goa. Arq. indoport- med., 1927, 4: 13-140.—Mellc, i. de, & Araujo, A. de. Liste- ria da lepra na India portugueza. Ibid., 1-12.—Nazareth, S., Gracias, F., & Araujc, A. d'. Lepre dans l'lnde portugaise. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Far., 1926, 91: 928-34. ---- Geography: Palestine. Canaan, J. Leprosy in Palestine. C. rend. Congr. internat. med. trop. hyg., 1932, 5: 263-71.—Canaan, T. Die Lepra in Palastina. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 20-31. Statistisches und GeschichtUches iiber die Lepra in Palastina. Ibid., 1937, 41: 684-90.—Salzberger, M. Lie Lepra der oberen Luftwege und des Ohres in Palastina und Cypern. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1134; 1309; 1435, 3 pl.—Schroetter, H. de. Contribution a l'etude de la lepre en Palestine. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 165-9. ---- Geography: Philippine Islands. Doull, J. A., Rodriguez, J. N. [et al.] A field study of leprosy in Cebu. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 141-70, 3 pl.—Dunham, G. C. Leprosy in the Philippine Islands. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1936, 26: 27-9.—Ewing, C. B. Leprosy as seen in the Philippines. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, 70: 933-41 — Guerrero, L. E. Topographical distribution of leprosy in the Philippines. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 69-90.— Guinto, R. S., & Rodriguez, J. N. A field study of leprosy in Talisay, Cebu, Philippines. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 149-66, pl. •------ A leprosy survey of a control area, Santander, Cebu, Philippines, with a very low prevalence of leprosy. Ibid., 315-25.—Haga [Isolation and leprosy in the Philippines] Dai Nippon shiritu eisei kwai zassi, 1906, 223- 32.—Hasselmann, C. M. Zur Epidemiologie und Sozial- hygiene der Lepra, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Ver- haltnisse auf den Philippinen. Zschr. Hyg., 1938-39, 121: 649-62.—Heiser, V. G. Leprosy in the Philippine Islands. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1909, 24: 1155.— Higgins, M. E. Leprosy in the Philippines. Bull. U. S. Nav. Dep. Div. Prev. M., 1933, 31: 363-7.—Lepra (La) en las Islas Filipinas; epidemiologia de la lepra. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1931, 3: 207.—Lull, G. F. Leprosy in the Philippine Islands. Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 70: 138-44.—Plantilla, F. C. Observations on leprosy at the Cebu Skin Dispensary. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1935, 15: 3-16.—Raymundo, J. M. Presi- dential address [on leprosy in the Philippines] Ibid., 1938, 18: 93-9.—Reports received of lepers living in the various provinces of the Philippine Islands. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1906, 21: 1492.—Rodriguez, J. Leprosy in Cebu. Philippine J. Sc, 1931, 45: 459-79. ------ The epidemiology of leprosy in 3 towns on the island province of Cebu, Philip- pines. Proc. Pacific Sc Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 927- 9. ------& Guinto, R. S. Reexamination of cases of leprosy at Cordova, Cebu Province, Philippine Islands. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 285-302. Also repr— Rodriguez, J., & Plantilla, F. C. Leprosy in Cebu. Philippine J. Sc, 1934, 53: 1-46.—Romer, R. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Lepra bei den Batakstammen. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 89-94. ---- Geography: Portugal. Falcao, Z. Stand der Verbreitung und der Bekampfung der Lepra seit der ersten Leprakonferenz im Jahre 1897, in Portugal. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2:2. T., 36-9.—Leprosy in Portugal. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940 8: 227.__Pimenta, A. Demographia leprosa no districto do Porto. Porto med., 1906, 3: 172-84. Geography: Puerto Rico. rinull J A Martinez Rivera, E. [et al.] A note on leprosy in Puerto Rica Bol. As. med. Puerto Rico, 1941, 33: 217-23.- Palacios, P. G. La lepra enfermedad familiar; estudio epi- demiologico del problema en Puerto Rico. Ibid., 1927, 21: 1-45. ——— La lepra y las condiciones fisicas y climaticas- estudio epidemiol6gico del problema en Puerto Rico. Ibid.,' No. 158, 3-58, 6 maps. ------ An epidemiological study of leprosy in Porto Rico with special reference to topographic and climatic factors. Porto Rico Rev. Pub. Health, 1928, 4: 20- 45.—Valezuuez Maceo, J. La lepra en Puerto Rico. Bol As med. Puerto Rico, 1935, 27: 199-203. ---- Geography: Russia. Generopitomtsev, Y. N. Sluchai prokazt v Kaluzhskol gubernii s 1901 po 1905 g. Protok. Obshch. Karluzhsk. vrach. (1907-08) 1909, 46-55.—Ivanov, W., & Mamonov, W. La repartition geographique de la lepre en Russie. Commun. Conf. internat lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 65-79.—Kirilov, N. Prokaza, v osobennosti v Primorskol oblasti. Russ. vrach, 1904, 3: 1721; 1744.— hirsrchfeld, E. P. [Leprosy in the villages of Surkhan- Dariinsk region in Usbekistan] Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 342-9.—Erikliviy, A. Prokaza v Karachaye (Kubanskoi oblasti) Vest, obshch. hig., 1904, 971; 1071.—Nikolsky, A. Sluchal prokazt v Blagovieshtshenskle na Amurle. Lazan med. J., 1909, 9: 469.—Ornatski, V. I. O prokazhennikh v Arkhangelskol gubernii. Protok. obshch. Archangel, vrach (1902) 1904, 2: 105-22.—Prissmann, S. Die Lepra im Kreise Grobin. S. Petersb. med. WTschr., 1909, 34: 439-43.—Raevsky, A. S. [Forgotten infection in the South East of U. S. S. R. (leprosy)] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 137. — Sarrgin, V. Sem sluchayev prokazi v Staro-Vekaterininskol bolnitsle za 1903 god. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1904, 62: 141-59. Also German transl., Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 221-32.—Schwarzmann, B. Beobachtungen fiber die V erbreitung der Lepra am Kaspischen Meer. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 112: 458-60.—Sergeev, I. F. [Leprosy in the region of Kolymsk] Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 412-24. ------ [Leprosy in the Kolymsk (Siberia) region] Ibid., 490-506.—Sprawson, C. A. Leprosy in Soviet Russia. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 106-8. ---- Geography: Solomon Islands. Innes, J. R. Report of leprosy survey of the British Solomon Islands Protectorate. 70p. 33^cm. Suva, 1938. Innes, J. R. A leprosy survey in the island of Malaita, British Solomon Islands. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 501-13. ------ Leprosy survey in the British Solomon Islands, western Pacific. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938, 9: 122- 8.—Ravai, M. A leprosy survey on Malaita, Solomon Islands, and other notes. Native M. Pract., Suva, 1934-37, 2: 367. ---- Geography: South Africa. Black, R. S. Remarks on leprosy in Cape Colony. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 1: 1167-72.—Du Pre le Roux, J. J. Leprosy. Proc. Transvaal Mine M. Off. Ass., 1928-29, 8: No. 97, 6-11.— Hutchinson, J. Leprosy in Natal and Cape Colony. Med. Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, 85: 161-88.—Lepers of the Transvaal. Hospital, Lond., 1904, 37: [Nursing Section] 38-40.—Leprosy. Annual Rep. S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health, 1934-35, 26; 1941, 23. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: 63.—Leprosy in South Africa. Annual Rep. S. Africa Dep. Pub. Health, 1934, 31-44, map.—Muir. Leprosy in Northern Rhodesia. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 18-24. ■—---- Leprosy in Southern Rhodesia. Ibid., 29-36.------ Report on leprosy in the Union of South Africa. Ibid., 43-52.—Walker, P. H. Leprosy from the point of view of a district surgeon in the native territories. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1908, 6: 245-8.—Weir, J. W. Notes on leprosy in the native territories. Ibid., 1904, 2: 64. ---- Geography: Spain. Verga, A. La lepra en Espana, etc.; la lebbra in Spagna alia meta del secolo xix; sua etiologia e sua profilassi; dal Francesco- Mendez Alvaro, Madrid, 1860. 27p. 21cm. Milano, 1861. Calatraveno. La lepra en Espana. Rev. valenc cienc. med.* 1904, 6: 355-7. Also Rev. espafi. derm, sif., 1904, 6: 355-7.— Gehr, E., & Gehr, E. Die Lepra in Spanien und Portugal. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 60 (Abstr.)—Molinero Manrique, J. Datos estadisticos relativos a los enfermos de lepra existentes en el ano 1932. Rev. san., Madr., 1933, 8: 504-6.—Montan6s, P. Leprosy in Spain. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 197-200.—Palhon, F. La lepra en Espana. Rev. espafi. derm, sif., 1904, 6: 145-50.—Peyri, A. Epide- miologia de la lepra en Cataluna. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 22: 8-18.—Salvador Gallardo, J., & Conejo Mir, J. Datos epidemiol6gicos de la lepra en Andalucia occidental. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 106-13.—Vinuesa, A. La lepra en la provincia de Tarragona. Rev. san., Madr., 1933, 8: 251-7, ---- Geography: Sudan. Atkey, O. F. H. La frequence de la lepre dans le Soudan en relation avec le climat et le regime alimentaire. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1934, 26: 490-6. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 193-200.—Gillet, R. Sur un nouveau cas de lepre d'origine soudanaise observe a El Golea. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1940, 18: 471-6, pl.—Gourvil, E. La LEPROSY 732 LEPROSY lepr.- an Soudan. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 7-10 — Muir. E. Leprosv in the Southern Sudan. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 107-10.—Sowden, A. J. Report of leprosv survey in the Amadi District, Equatoria Province, S. Sudan' Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1941, 12: 41-4—Tonkin, T. J. Some general and etiological details concerning leprosy in the Sudan. Med. Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, 85: 145-60. ---- Geography: Switzerland. Htjber, O. *Der Aussatz in Basel [Basel] 50p. 23cm. Bern, 1937. Jadassohn & Bayard, A. Leber die Lepra im Kanton Wallis. Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1907, 37: 1-11; 42. ------ Ueber die Lepra im Kanton Wallis; nebst Bemerkungen iiber exotische Leprafalle in der Schweiz. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 1-16.— Leprosy in Geneva [Edit.] Brit. M. J., 1906, 2: 885.—Pfister, E. Einige Bemerkungen zur Leprafrage in der Schweiz (Im Anschluss an Dr Lardv's Aufsatz: Encore la lepre) Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1907, 37: 606-12. ---- Geography: United States. Aycock, W. L., & Hawkins, J. W. Regional racial and familial relationships in leprosv in the United States. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1324-36.—Bracken, H. M. Leprosy in Minnesota. Rep. Bd Health Minnesota (1895-96) 1898, 276-81.—Clark, T. Sur la lepre aux Etats-Unis. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1928, 20: 723-8.—Denney, O. E. Leprosy in the Southern United States; from the histories of 637 cases hospitalized in the national leprosarium. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 763-8.—Dyer, J. The origin of Louisiana leprosy; a preliminary note. Med. Libr. Hist. J., 1904, 2: 7-10.—Ford, W. W. Leprosy in the United States. Sc. Month., 1931, 32: 513-8.—Fox, H. Neural leprosy (?) in a native of North Carolina. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 877. ------ Leprosy in the United States. Song after Sorrow, N. Y., 1942, Winter No., 4-6.—Gronvold, C. Leprosy in Minnesota. Tr. Minnesota M. Soc, 1894, 2p. [cutting]—-Hasseltine, H. E., & Johansen, F. A. Leprosv in the western United States. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 931-6.—Hazel, O. G., & Hull, W. M. Leprosy in Oklahoma; case report. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1940, 33: No. 9, 3-6.—Hyde, J. N. The distribution of leprosv in North America. Tr. Congr. Am. Physicians, 1894, 3: 103-20.—Penrose, C. A. Leprosy, with special reference to the United States, our colonies and near neighbors, the Bahama Islands. N. York M. J., 1909, 90: 337-46.—Proctor, J. W. Leprosy in Massachusetts; its diagnosis and segregation. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., 1907, 17: 78- 93.—Pusey. W. A. The prevalence of leprosy in the United States and the policy to be pursued with regard to it. Illinois M. J., 1907, 11: 36-9 [Discussion] 70-3.—South, L. H. Lep- rosy in Kentucky. Kentucky M. J., 1934, 32: 283.—White, J. C. Leprosy in Massachusetts. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, 150: 550. ---- Geography: Uruguay. Brito Foresti, J. Etiologia, formas clfnicas y distribuci6n geografica de la lepra en el Uruguay. Rev. med. Uruguay, 1904, 7: 341-52. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1904, 11: 606. ------ La lepre en Uruguay, Amerique du Sud; conclusions du rapport present6 a la l*r« Conference americaine de la lepre tenue a Rio de Janeiro en octobre 1922. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 89.—Rodriguez Guerrero, G. Encuesta sobre lepra en el Uruguay; realizada bajo el patrocinio del Consejo n. de higiene, mayo 1928-abril 1929. Reun. Soc. argent, pat, region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 424-34. Also Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev., 1929, 24: 373-432. ---- Geography: Venezuela. Fernandez Vautrei, R. La lepra en Tovar, Estado Aragua. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 681-710.—Perera, G. La lepra en Venezuela; ensayo estadistico con relation al reparto. Gac. med. Caracas, 1936, 43: 292-300.—Peyri, A. El censo de la lepra en La Urbana. Rev. san., Caracas, 1941, 6: 79-105.— Plumacher. Leprosy in the State of Tachira. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., 1905, 20: 333.—Torrealba, J. F. Nota preliminar para el estudio de la lepra en Zaraza. Gac. m6d. Caracas, 1936, 43: 129-32. ---- Geography: West Indies. Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy in the West Indies. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 65-71, 2 pl. ------ Leprosy in the Leeward and Windward Islands. Ibid., 125-8.—Ehlers, E. Le lepre aux Antilles danoises. Caducee, 1904, 4: 287-9. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1904, 4: 82;.147. ------ La lepre au Danemark, dans les anciennes Antilles danoises et en Islande. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 49.—Fox, H. Leprosy in St. Croix; a study of the inmates of the leper asylum. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 321-8, pl.—Hayes, T. H. Leprosy in the Virgin Islands. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1930, 28: 292- 309.—Leprosy control in West Indies. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1943, 14: 1-3.—Muir. E. Report on leprosy in St Lucia. Ibid., 25-9. ------ Report on leprosy in St Kitts and Nevis. Ibid., 29-33.------ Report on leprosy in Antigua. Ibid., ---- Hair and scalp. Bertaccini, G. Ricerche istologiche sulla alopecia sopra- cigliare dei lebbrosi. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 371-94, 5 pl. ------ Nuove ricerche sulla alopecia sopracigliare dei lebbrosi. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 734.----- Pathogenie de l'alopetie sourciliere des 16preux. Ann. derm. syph., Par., 1939, 7. ser.. 10: 286-315.—Castro Cerqueira, G. de. LesSes leproticas localizadax no couro cabeludo. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933 34, 1: 137 45; 2.15 Convit. J., & Chavez, L. Lesiones leprosas del euero cabelludo. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 649 -53, pl.—Davison, A. R. A note on leprous lesions of the scalp. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 717.— Huizenga, L. S. Anhvdrosis and alopecia in leprosy; a report on 200 cases. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 715-20. ------ Hair and leprosy. Proc Pacific So. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 983-9.—Isizu, S. Ueber Alopecia leprosa. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 48-60. ------ Sobre a alopecia leprosa; uma investigacao histologica. Brasil med., 1937, 51: 7?0.—Marino Bechelli, L. Estudo clfnico da lepra do couro cabeludo. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 83-95, 4 pl.—Milian, G. Pseudo-pelade et lepre autochtone. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 26: 743-6.—Mituda, K., & Nagai, K. On alopecia leprosa. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 247-52, pl. Also Brasil med., 1938, 52: 119-22.—NefT, E. A., & Snodgrass, R. J. Involvement of the hairy scalp in leprosy; a report of 2 cases. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 147.—Pernet, G. Involvement of the scalp in leprosy. Brit. M. J., 1905, 2: 1280.—Toyama, I., & Isizu, S. Ueber den leprosen Haarausfall; klinische Untersuchung. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: 56-95. ---- Histology and cytology. See also Leprid. Cascos, M. A., & Llombart, A. Contribution k l'etude de 1'histopathologie de la lepre; sur le caractere macrophagique des cellules lepreuses. P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr., 1926, 3. Congr., 124-7.—Ciaccio, I. Studio citologico di essudati cutanei aspecifici ed artificialmente provocati nella lepra. Pathologica, Genova, 1937, 29: 496-502.—Cowdry, E. V. Cytology of leprosy. Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1938-39, 14: 95-117. ------ Cytological studies on globi in leprosy. Am. J. Path., 1940, 16: 103-35, 5 pl. ------ Cytology of acid-fast bacterial diseases of the leprosy group. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1940, 60: 232-9.—Fite, G. L. Leprosy from the histologic point of view. Arch. Path., Chic, 1943, 35: 611- 44.—Friedheim, E. A. H. L'origine de la cellule lepreuse etudi6e en culture de tissu. C. rend. Soc. biol., Par., 1929, 100: 163- 5.—Henderson, J. M. The presence and significance of large multinucleated cells in leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1928, 16: 7-10, 2 pl.—Koike, T. Beitrag zur Histogenese der Leprazellen. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1929, 41: 749.—Manalang, C. Signifi- cance of pathologic findings in biopsy materials from lepers. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12: 541-54.— Marino Bechelli, L., & Bartolomeu da Silva e Oliveira, A. Comentarios sobre os resultados histopatol6gicos de bi6psias praticadas em pele aparentemente sa descamante, em doentes de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 265-76.— Milasch, G. P. Ueber die Veranderung des elastischen Gewebes bei Lepra. Virchows Arch., 1934, 292: 216-9.—Mituda, K. On the Langhans giant cell in leprosy and the stellate body in nodular leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 311-4. ------ Ueber die Langhansschen Riesenzellen im Lepragewebe. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 42 (Abstr.) ------ The significance of the vacuole in the Virchow lepra cells, and the distribution of lepra cells in certain organs. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 491-508, 2 pl.—Nolasco, J. O. Histopathology of leprosy under local infiltration. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., 1929, 9: 347-57. ——— Histopathology of leprosy under local infiltration; the nature of the yellowish globules in treated lesions. Ibid., 1930, 10: 273-81.—Querangal des Essarts, J., & Lefrou, G. L'histo-diagnostic dans le depistage de la lepre en milieu endemique. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1136-8.—Rodriguez, J. N. Sobre o significado da histologta das lesoes bacteriologicamente negativas. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 503-7.—Sakurane [Beitrag zur Histologie der leprosen Haut] Hifubyog kiu hiniokibyog zassi, 1903, 3: 1-19, pl.— Tryb, A. [Histologic findings in leprosy in Czechoslovakia] Cesk. derm., 1931, 12:380-3.—Vegas, M., & Espin, J. Aspectos microsc6picos de la lepra; nota sobre una observaci6n de globia intra-epiteliales. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 635-40, pl. ---- History and folklore. See also Leprology, History; Leprosarium, History. Frohn, W. *Arzt und Lepra im Rheinlande. 32p. 8? Bonn, 1929. ---- Der Aussatz im Rheinland; sein Vor- kommen und seine Bekampfung. 31 lp. 8°. Jena, 1933. Forms Heft 11, of Arb. Gesch. Med. im Rheinland. Hatjg, R. *Lepra in Wiirttemberg; medi- zinisch-historischer Ueberblick bis zum 17, Jahrhundert. 16p. 8? Tub., 1935, LEPROSY 733 LEPROSY Mouritz, A. A. St M. A brief world history of leprosy. Rev. ed. 139p. 23}£cm. [Honolulu] 1943. Ballet, G. Lepreux et cagots du sud-ouest. Rev. sc, Par., 1909, 5. ser., 12: 420-3.—BarbGzieux, G. Notes cliniques sur la lepre. China Imp. Customs Med. Rep. (1904) 1905, 29- 45, pl.—Bayet. Rapport sur le travail manuscrit de M. Tricot- Roy er, intitule: Un point d'histoire: quelles etaient les affections qualifiees de lepreuses dans l'ancien duche de Brabant? Bull. Acad. m6d. Belgique, 1927, 5. ser., 7: 380-6—Bergstrbm, K. [Leprosy in the Middle Ages] Sven. lak. tidn., 1935, 32: 246- 51.—Bernstein, R. Leprosy through the ages. J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1943, 36: 385.—Cabral, O. R. Morfea, elephantiase ou mal de Sao Lazaro. In his Medicina, Florianop., 1942, 78- 85.-—Chala H., J. I. Apuntes para la historia de la profilaxis de la lepra. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1940-41, 9: 565-73.— Conjectures (Les) de J. Rollet sur la maladie de Job jugees par Bouchard. Aesculape, Par., 1925, n. ser., 15: 105-7.—Denney, O. E. The history of leprosy in Louisiana. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1936, 51: 1029-34. — Drogendijk, A. C. [Is the biblical leprosy a purely religious conception?] Geneesk. gids, 1938, 16: 824; 850.—Duque, M. Leprosy; address delivered at Hospital No. 1. San. & benef., Habana, 1909, 1: 384- 406.-—Ebbell, B. A contribution to the earliest history of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 257-63.— Estevez, R. La lepra en la antiguedad y en la Edad Media. Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr., 1934, 2: 393-8, 5 pl.— Faget, G. H. The story of leprosy in the United States. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1941-42, 30: 349-60.—Fay, H. M. Notes pour servir k I'histoire de la lepre en France, les cagots, gaffos et cassots. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1905, 4: 69-109. Also France med., 1905, 52: 277-81; 326. —— Notes pour servir a I'histoire de la lepre en France; les chrestiaas. Ibid., 407-9; 422. ------ Les lepreux a Plombieres. Bull. Soc. fr. hist. med., 1906, 5: 152-9. Also France m6d., 1906, 53: 277-9. ------ Autrefois; les lepreux a Plombieres. Gaz. eaux, 1906, 49: 393. ------ Quelques saints guerisseurs de la lepre dans le Sud-Ouest de la France. France med., 1907, 54: 317 — Gehr, E. Ist die Reinigung des Brotgetreides von Korn- radesamen mitbeteiligt am Erloschen der mittelalterlichen Lepra? Zschr. Hyg., 1939, 122: 238-48.—Gordon, S. Skin pathology in ancient, medieval and modern times. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 213; 231.—Gr0n, F. Lidt om lepraens historie i Norge og paa Island. Tskr. Norsk, lsegeforen., 1905, 25: 721-30. ------ Efterskrift til: Lidt om lepraens historie i Norge og paa Island. Ibid., 1906, 26: 151.—Guerra Chabau, A. Historia moderna de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 6-9.—Hallopeau. Sur un foyer breton de lepre et diverses manifestations insolites de cette maladie. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 15: sect. 8, 411-6. ------ & Roy. Sur le foyer lepreux des environs de Guingamp. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1906, 17: 244. Also Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1906, 4. ser., 7: 385.—Hansen, G. A. Die Geschichte der Lepra in Norwegen. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 314-40, 2 maps.— Hasson, J. La lepre dans I'histoire. Biol, med., Par., 1924, 14: 129-35.—Hericourt, J. La 16pre au XX. siecle. In his Frontiers de la maladie, Par., 1920, 157-60.—Hichens, W. Native magic and leprosy in Africa. Discovery, Lond., 1928, 9: 229-32.—Hicks, W. De lepra. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1929-30, 37: 230-4.—Hunter, H. G. History of leprosy. Scalpel, N. Orl., 1934, 4: 11-3.—Irons, J. C. First authentic story of the leper. West Virginia M. J., 1906, 1: 21.—Irusta T., D. La enfermedad de Hansen y su historia. Rev. san. mil., La Paz. 1939, 4: 755-8.—Jeanselme, E. La lepre dans I'histoire. Chron. med., Par., 1906, 13: 180-3. ------ La lepre a travers les ages. Progr. med., Par., 1929, 44: Suppl., No. 44, 73-80 illust. ------ Como se protegfa Europa contra la lepra en la Edad Media. Dia med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 681. Also Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1931, 25: 1-155. Also Cr6n. med. mex.. 1931, 30: 408-19. Also Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 51; 75. ----— La lepre est-elle mentionnee dans les textes sacres de l'lnde antique? Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 362.—Kay, J. A. History and eradication of leprosy. Transvaal M. J., 1908-09, 4: 55-9—Klovekorn, G. H. Der Aussatz im Rheinland. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 35: 172-81.—Kloster, R. Memento leprae. Tskr. Norsk, lsegeforen., 1909, 29: 344-6.—Labernadie, V. De l'anciennete de la lepre d'apres les Vedas. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 175.—LaignelrLavastine & Le Tessier, R. La lepre dans 1'Ain au Moyen Age. Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1932, 26! 177.—Lambie, C. G. The history of leprosy. Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1: 947-62.—Landa, E. La lepra; su interesante historia. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1930, 8: 165-9.—Lebbra e medioevo. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: varia, pt 1, 396-8.—Lie, H. P. On leprosy in the bible. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1937, 18: 524-45. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938, 9: 25; 55.—Lowe, J. Comments on the history of leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1942, 77: 680-5.—Lowry.E. W. One view of leprosy. S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1904-05, 12: 22.— MacArthur, W. P. Some notes on old-time leprosy; the case of King Robert the Bruce. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1926, 46: 321-30.—McBride, T. F. Leprosy, its interesting history. Dent. Rays, Pittsb., 1932-33, 8:No 3, 4-8-McCoy, G. W. History of leprosy in the United States. Am. J. Trop. M 1Q3S IS- 10—34—Martin, A. Beitrage zur Kulturgeschichte aes Aussatzes Fortsch. Med., 1932 50: 788.-Mousson- Lanauze. Prophylaxie de la lepre, en Pengord au Moyen Age. Paris med 1931, 79: 65-7.—Olivier, E. Le dernier cas de lepre a Vevey et la Maladiere de Burier. Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1929 49: 210-27, pl.—Romer. R. La lepre. Janus, Amst., 1904, 9: 567; 627; 1905, 10: 37; 79; 150; 205—Scena (Una) lugubre d'altri tempi. Minerva med., Tor., 1940, 31: pt 2, varia, 530-2.—Schevensteen, A. F. C. van. A propos de l'article du Dr Tricot-Royer: Un point d'histoire; quelles etaient les affections qualifiees de lepreuses dans l'ancien duche de Brabant. Janus, Leiden, 1928, 32: 221-6. ------ La lepre dans le Marquisat d'Anvers aux temps passes. M6m. Acad. med. Belgique, 1928-30, No. 3, 24: 1-125, 4 pl.— Schwartz, S. A story of leprosy. Med. Bull., N. Y., 1940-41, 6: 155-8.—Strong, R. P., Shattuck, G. C, & Wheeler, R. E. Leprosy. Med. Rep. Rice-Harvard Exped. Amazon (1924-25) 1926, No. 4, 63-8, 2 pl.—Sudhoff, K. XZiravv der Aussatz? Sudhoff's Arch., 1929, 21: 204-6.—Trenel, M. Caraath; la lepre biblique; le chapitre XIII du Le-vitique et le traite Negaiym. Paris med., 1930, 78: 471; 544; 505; 1931, 79: 85; 481, 1931, 82: 167; 1932, 83: 301; 330.—Tricot-Royer. Le nombre des lepreux dans l'ancien duche de Brabant. Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1928, 5. ser., 8: 342-9. ------ La lepre d'Anvers au 18. siede. Ibid., 913-20, ch. ------ Un point d'histoire; quelles etaient les affections qualifiees de lepreuses dans l'ancien duche de Brabant? Mem. Acad. med. Belgique, 1926-27, 23: 65-78, 3 pl. ------ Les signes distinctifs des lepreux en Belgique. Aesculape, Par., 1929, n. ser., 19: 215-26. Also Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1929, 5. ser., 9: 38-53, 2 pl.— Venter, P. J. Melaatsheid in die Kaapkolonie, 1756-1892. S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 1-5.—Walter, A. La lepra en la antiguedad. Rev. med., , Rosario, 1926, 1: 95-8.—Wayson, N. E. The history of leprosy. In Milestones in Med. (N. York Acad. Med.) N. Y., 1938, 185-231.—Weir, J. W. Leprosy in South Africa; historical notes. S. Afr. M. Rec, 1909, 7: 173; 184.—Wickersheimer, E. Eine kolnische Lepraschau vom jahre 1357. Arch. Gesch. Med., 1909, 2: 434. ------ Lepre et juifs au moyen age. Janus, Leiden, 1932, 36: 43-8. Immunity and resistance. See also subheadings (Serology; Superinfec- tion) Artorn, M. Imunidade histogena cutanea na lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: 346, 102-9. Also Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 255-70.—Borzone, R. A. Inmunidad histogena y sindromes pluriglandulares en lepra; ensayo de clasificacion y tratamiento etiopatogenico. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1932, 15: 293-7.—Hopkins, R., Denney, O. E., & Johansen, F. A. Immunity of certain anatomic regions from lesions of skin leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 20: 767-79.—Muir, E. The importance of natural resistance in leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 524-47.—Rotberg, A. Some aspects of immunity in leprosy and their importance in epi- demiology, pathogenesis and classification of forms of the disease; based on 1,529 lepromin tested cases. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 45-97, pl.—Tisseuil, J. Observation d'un sujet refractaire k la lepre, mort de cancer. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 124-7. ---- Immunization. See also Leprosy, Treatment; Leprosy bacillus, Vaccine. Deyke Pascha & Reschad Bey. Ein bakterielles Fett als immunisierende Substanz bei der Lepra; seine theoretische Bedeutung und seine praktische Verwendung. Deut. med. Wschr., 1907, 33: 89-95. Also Therapist, Lond., 1907, 17: 49; 67; 79.—Johansen, F. A., & Munday, C. P. Immediate effects of prophylactic antityphoid vaccination of lepers. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 71-5.—Maurano, F. Nota pr6via sobre focos reactogenos e immunisaciio passiva pelo soro de pacientes de lepra nervosa e tuberculoide. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 49.—Mochtar, A. [Inoculation experiments in leprosy] Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1936, 25: 6-9, pl.—Sardjito [Immunization of sheep with acid- fast bacilli, of the strain Sidik, isolated from a leprosy patient] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1940, 80: 2717-22. ---- Immunology. See also subheading Serology. Chorine, V., & Levy, G. Recherches immunochimiques sur la lepre; 6tude de l'haptene sp6cifique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 775.-—De Giorgio, A. Comparaison entre le pouvoir bactericide naturel du sang et du liquide de vesicules obtenues par l'application de vesicatoires cantharides, vis-a-vis du B. typhique et du staphylocoque dore, chez les lepreux. Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1933, 5: 38-48.—Gohar, M A. Study of the antibody contents of the serum of lepers. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 122: 516.—Henderson, H. J., Aronson, J. D., & Long, E. R. Studies in the bacteriology and immunology of leprosy. J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 41.—Hoffmann, W. H. Ueber latente Immunisierungsvorgange bei der Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 297-305.—Immunology (The) prob- lem. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 95-101—Lagou- daky, S. Self-inoculation of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937, 40: 77-9.—Rabello Junior. Novos achados e indagacoes no thema; immunobiologia da lepra. Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 349-56. ------ Faits nouveaux de l'immunologiede la lepre; consequences qui en d6coulent pour notre conception generale de la maladie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 823-7 — Rocha, G. Curso da imunologia da lepra. An. brasil. derm. LEPROSY 734 LEPROSY sif., 1943, 18: 23-39.—Soule. M. H. The bacteriology and immunology of leprosy. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 973-6. ---- incipient. Sec subheading (Stages) ---- Incubation. See subheading (Stapes) ---- infantile and juvenile. Austin, C. J. Leprosy in children (a study of 100 cases in the Central Leper Hospital, Makogai. Fiji) J. Trop. M. Hyg.. Lond., 1932, 35: 113-23.—Biingeler, VV. Gibt es eine kongeni- tale lepra'1 Klin. Wschr., 1941, 20: 1169-71.—Cerruti. H.. & Bechelli, L. M. Consideracoes em torno de um caso de lepra infantil. Hev. brasil. lepr., 1941. 9: 329.—Chaves, A. Um caso de lepra infantil. Porto med., 1904, 1: 304.—Cochrane, R. G., Simon, D. S. de, & Fernando, A. C. Preliminary observations on childhood leprosv in Cevlon. Internat. J. Leprosv, Manila, 1937, 5: 6l-5.-~Cn.izer, G. G., & Cochrane, R. G. Leprosv in an infant. Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 501.—Fichhorst, H. |Ein 7jahriger Knabe mit Lepra] Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1905, 35: 433. ------ [Ein 8jahriger Knabe mit Lepra tuberosa] Ibid., 1906, 36: 440.—Fernandez, J. M. M. Cicatriz residual da lepra tuberculide infantil. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 337-48, pl.—Gibert, M., & Durand-Viel. Un cas de lepre nerveuse chez l'enfant. Rev. med. Normandie, 1905, 4: 365- 9.—Gunche, F. F., & Iapalucci, L. Algunas consideraciones a prop6sito de un caso de lepra. Rev. As. med. argent., 1940, 54: 674-7.—Jordan, P. Befunde bei Lepra; gleiche Hautver- anderung bei Vater und Sohn; positive Blutkultur; Antigen im Irin. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934, 170: 365-77.—Lara, C. B., & De Vera, B. Clinical observations with reference to leprosv in children of lepers. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 115-29. Also Internat. .1. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 349-62.------Early leprosy in infants born of leprous parents; with report of eases. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 252-60, 4 pl.—Muir, E. Juvenile leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosv, Manila, 1936, 4: 45-8- Neff, E. A. leprosy in a 14 months old child. J. Trop. M. U\ g., Lond., 1926,29:146 — Pierini, L. E. La lepra en la infancia. Actas Congr. nac. med., B. Air. (1931) 1932, 4. Congr. 4: 271-85.—Rodrigues, D. Consideracoes sobre a patologia da lepra infantil. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 3-21.—Rodriguez, j. N. Studies in early leprosy in children of lepers. Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 31: 115- 44, 3 pl.------ Leprosv in children of lepers; re-examination of cases after 5 vears. Med. Rev. of Rev., 1932, 38: 232-47. Also Philippine J. Sc, 1032, 47: 245-58. —— Leprosy. In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 2: chap. 9, 18. — Soetcmo, R. [Leprosy in children] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935, 75: 1820.—Soule. M. H. Leprosy in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 1373.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. A lepra infantil na Colombia; sede e typos das lcs£>< s iniciaes. Brasil med., 1940, 54: 145-51.—Souza Campos, N. Fvclucao rara de dois casos de lepra na infancia; reaccao leprotica tuberculoide suppurativa. Rev. urug. derm, sif., 1938, 3: 114-25. ------ Consideracoes em torno de um caso de lepra na infancia. Rev. brasil. lepr.," 1941, 9: 411-3.—~ Vid il Sob res, T. Un caso de lepra en el Hospital de nifios pol.ro- do Barcelona. Arch, gin., Barcel., 1904, 17: 277-9 — YVirz, F. G. M. Lepra oder Aussatz. In Handb. Kinderh. il'faundlcr, M. & Schlossmann, A.) 4. Aufl., Berl., 1935, 10: ---- lazarine. See Leprid, Pemphigus. ---- Lymphatic and reticuloendothelial system. Basombrio, G. A. Estudio de las adenopatias en la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 1, 1213-34.—Marine Bechelli, L. Frequencia da esplenomegalia leprotica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 203-10.—Peshkovsky, G. V. [Functional state of the reticulo-endothelial system in leprosy] Vest, vener., 1938, No. 3, 3-10.—Schujman, S., & Vaccaro, A. Las adenopatias leprosas; estudio clfnico, histologico y bacteriologico compara- tive de los ganglios en las formas lepromatosas y neural tuber- culoides. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1942, 26: 925-40.—Tisseuil, J. Splenomegalies sub-aigues de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1930, 23: 911-3. ---- Manifestation. Rohm, W. *Ueber moderne Lepraforschung an Hand eines Falles von Leprarezidiv nach 6jahrigem erscheinungsfreien Intervall [Tubin- gen] 44p. 8? Wuppertal, 1931. Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Syndrome de Weir-Mitchell na lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 133-53. — Giordano, M. Le manifestazioni tipiehe della lebbra sono precedute da ulcerazioni cutanee, specialmente agli arti inferiori? Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 265-71.—Hallopeau, H., & Mace de Lepinay. Nouvelle poussee de nodules eryth6mateux chez une lepreuse. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1906, 4. ser., 7: 695-7. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1906, 17: 378-80.- Ihara. Y. Ucbcr einen Fall von Lepra mit rein sensiblen Syiiiptomon. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928. 151: 631 -9- Johansen, F. A. Similarities in the manifestations of leprosy and tuberculosis. Hosp. News, Wash., 1936, 3: No. 18, 5 15. -Le Gar, P. Frequence du signe de la percussion douloureuse dans la lfpre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 363-6 — Lehmann, C. F. Leprosy; a review of some of its unusual features. Aich. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 175-95.—Margarot. J., Rimbaud. P., & Ravoire, J. Erytheme noueux, manifestation initinle d'une lepre tubereuse. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 1251 1.— Marras. A. Ricerche sulle alterazioni funzionali del sistema neuro-vegetativo nella lepra; metabolismo basale; pll; riscrva d'alcali; iglicemia e curva glicemica; colesterinemia,prove farma- cologiche. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 72: 411-82.— Martinez Biiez, M. Nota preliminar sobre la histopatologia de las manifestaciones cutaneas de la forma de Lncio de la lepra, liev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex., 1941, 2: 215-56, pl. Also Cue. med. Mexico. 1942, 72: 261-72, pl.—Negro Vazquez, 10. Consideraciones sobre faeies leprosas. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 824.—Netto, S. Cruzada anti-leprosa; symptomatologia da lepra. Brasil med., 1932, 46: 751.—Penna, B. Lepra latente e sens perigos. Fol. med., Rio, 1927, 8: 14-6.—Roy, A. Relapse of active signs in burnt nut cases of leprosy. Ind. M. Caz., 1932, 67: 12.—Schropl, E. Zur Diagnose und Svmptoinato|o.;ie der Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 82: 773-80.—Tajiri. I. Fin Fall von Lepra maculosa mit Atemnot, Krankheitsverlauf sowie Obduktionsbefund. Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1938, 11: 1109, pl.—Tisseuil, J. Syndrome lepreux chez les malades contamines a l'age adulte. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 215-20.—Veerasingham. K. V. A case of congenital deformity suggestive of leprosy. Malay. M. J., 1934. 9: 209. ---- Mental condition. Ameghino, A., & Brandam, J. Confusion mental postemo- tiva (a proposito de un crimen extrano) Rev. crim., B. Air., 1929, 16: 78-82.—Beurmann, de, Roubinovitch & Gourgerol. Les troubles mentaux dans la lepre; k propos d'un cas de psvchose polynevritique chez un lepreux. Bull, med., Par., 1906, 20: 239; 254. Also Lepra, Lpz., i906, 6: 107-24; 231. ------Psychose polynevritique chez un lepreux. Rev. neur.. Par., 1906, 14: 292.—Cazennvette, L. L. Mental aspect of leprosy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1496-500.—De Lisi, L. Stato mentale e psicosi dei lebbrosi. Riv. sper. freniat., 1927- 28, 51: 360-99.—Fsser, P. H. [Psychosis in leprosy] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5554-9. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 463-80—Mereir?, J. Psychoses em leprosos. Arch, brasil. psychiat., 1906, 2: 41-57.—Serejski, M., & Frurrkin, J. P. Zur Frage iiber Psvchosen bei Lepra. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 101: 615-29.—Swerbejew, N. T. von. Psychische Veranderungen bei Lepra. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1938, 108: 572-93. ---- Metabolism. Adelheim, R. Probleme des Lipoidstoffwechsels bei Lepra. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 590-5.—Anderson, H. H., & Anderson, J. V. Iodine values and total lipids of leprous human blood sera. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1470-3.—Badenoch, A. G., & Byron, F. E. The calcium content of the blood serum in some cases of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 2S: 253-8 — Black, S. H., & Ross, H. Blood cholesterol in leprosy; a study of the total and free cholesterol, cholesterol esters. Van den Bergh reaction, and the complement fixation test. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50: 50-9.—Blum, P. Le metabolisme basal chez les lepreux. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 226-8.—Borgatti, G. La c'olesterina del sangue nei lebbrosi. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 84-6.—Eubanas, F. Notes on symptoms leading to leprous cachexia. Rev. Slip, med., 1931, 22: 43-8.—Girsrd, G. A propos de la choles- teroiemie chez les lepreux. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 769. ■------ & Woltz, H. La cholesteroiemie chez les lepreux de Madagascar. Ibid., 702.—Gomes, J. M., Pereira Leitaoff, C. A., & Wancolle, E. A. Cholesterol in the blood in cases of leprosy. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1927-29, 1: No. 2, 53.— Gomes, J. M., Pereira, C. A. [et al.] Cholesterinemia na lepra. Ibid., 39-52.—Guida, H. A. Um caso clinico. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 13.—Herrera Reyes, M. Glucosa y acido lactico en la sangre de los leprosos. Med. ibera, 1934, 28: pt 1, 626-8. Also Siglo med., 1934, 93: 612-4.-----■ La calcemia en los leprosos. Ibid., 1935, 95: 394-6.—Lai, D. G. The dextrose tolerance test in leprosv. Am. J. Trop, M., 1934, 14: 575-84.—Lee, H. S. Sodium chloride metabohsm in leprosy. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1936, 39: 38.—Lefrou, G., & Bonnet, P. Les modifications de l'equilibre proteique du s6rum sanguin comme element de diagnostic precoce de la lepre. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 111:433-5.------ L'equilibre proteique du serum sanguin des lepreux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 35-45. ------ Les modifica- tions de l'equilibre proteique du serum sanguin comme element de diagnostic precoce de la lepre. Ibid., 364-73; 491. ----- La cholesteroiemie chez les 16preux de ia Guadeloupe. Ibid., 627-30.—Lemann, I. L, Liles, R. T., & Johansen, F. A. Blood serum calcium in leprosy. Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 61-70.— Marras, A. Oscillazioni colesterinemiche nel sangue dei leprosi. Arch, biol., Genova, 1929, 6: No. 2, 3-19.—Molinelli, E. A., & Gnochi, O. F. La colesterinemia en la lepra. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 506-10.— LEPROSY 735 LEPROSY Molinelli, E. A., & Re, P. M. La aminoacidemia en la lepra. Ibid., 496-500.—Molinelli, E. A., & Royer, M. La urobilina y bilirrubina sangufnea y urinaria en la lepra. Ibid., 501-5.— Moraes Junior, J. O metabolismo basal na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 287-317.—Paras, E. M. Blood-chemistry studies in leprosv; nonprotein nitrogenous substances, sugar, and chlo- ride. Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 30: 219-34. ■ Blood plas- ma lipoids in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1931, 11: 1-9.—Rivellcr.i, G. La calcemia nei leprosi. Atti Soc. sc. med. nat. Cagliari, 1935, 37: 388-94.—Ro?s, H. Basal metabolism in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 53-9.— Schlossmann, K. Ueber Gleichgewichtsstorungen der Eiweiss- korper im Blutserum Leproser. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 68: 154-69.—Sousa Lima, M. de. L'equilibre proteique du s6rum sanguin et la lepre. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: No. espec, 129-46.-—Villeh, G. G. Blood serum calcium in leprosy. Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 391-5. —— & Castro, A. Le cholesterol et ses fractions dans le plasma des lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 433-5. ------ Estudos sobre a biochimica da lepra; cholesterol e esteres de cholesterol no plasma. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 1. —----& Anderson, J. V. D. Blocd lipid studies in leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936, 39: 126.------Lipemia na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 111-22.—Wooley, J. G. Phosphorus, total calcium, and diffusible calcium content of the blood sera of lepers and their relaticn to bone changes. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1931, 46: 641-58.----— & Ross, H. Calcium, phosphorus, and pro- tein metabolism in leprosy. Ibid., 1932, 47: 381-9. .--- Military aspect. Escartefigue, J. Frequence dans les troupes noires des cas de lepre sans bacilles decelables (a propos des cas observes k l'hopital Sainte-Anne de Toulon) J. med. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 367-76.—Harrison, G. F. A case of leprosy in a British soldier. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 194-9—Hasseltine, H. E. Leprosy in men who served in United States military service. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 501-8.— Larrb, F. H., & Turnbull, T. A. Leprosy. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1938, 24: 327-34.—Leprosy. Circ. Letter Off. Surg. Gen. U. S. War Dep., 1943, No. 180, 1-3.—Reeves, I. S. K. Leprosy. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1928, 26: 929-32. ---- Mouth and palate. Schraft, B. *Lepra der Mundhohle. 28p. 8°. Freib. i. B., 1933. Hallciesu & Teysfeiie. Plissement en crepon de cicatrices et localisation palatine chez un k'preux. Ann. derm, syph., Far., 1604, 4. ter., 5: 1107. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1904, 15: 369.— IVariarc, J. Contribuicao ao estudo das per- furacoes da abolada palatina em hansenianos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 201-7, incl. pl.—Mela, B., & Casotti, L. Sulle manifestazioni orali e rr.ascellari sulla lebbra. Stomat. ital., 1939 1: 755-63.—Prejean, B. M. Oral aspects of leprosy. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1930, 17: 1030-8.—Thomson, St G. A case of leprosv showing lesions in soft palate and pharynx. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1908, 23: 188. ---- Mucous and serous membranes. Gougerot, H., & Aubin. Elimination du bacille de Hansen par la muqueuse nasale macroscopiquement saine. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1154—Gcugerot, H., & Carteaud, A. Encore un cas d elimination de bacilles de Hansen par la muqueuse nasale saine. Ibid., 1931, 38: 1465.—Jeanselme. A propos de la communication de Gougerot et Aubin sur l'elimination de bacille de Hansen par la muqueuse nasale macroscopiquement saine. Ibid., 1930, 37: 1272—Marino Bechelli, L., & Berti, A. Lesoes lepr6ticas da mucosa bucal; estudo clinico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 187- 204 — Samson, J. G. Treatment of leprous lesions of the nasal mucosa. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 602-11.- ling Y Y. Multiple serositis in leprosy; report of a case. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 487-90. ---- Muscles and tendons. Hallopeau & Vielliard. Sur une poussee aigue de lepre dans les gaines tendineuses de l'avant-bras gauche Ann. derm. syph., Par., 1904, 4. ser., 5: 151. Also Bull Soc fr. derm. syph 1904, 15: 61.—Souza Campos, N. de, & Longo, P. W. Atrophia circunscripta aos musculos da eminencia thenar como manifestacao initial e residual da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937 5- 29-51—Vnukov, N. N. Ob izmlenenii mishts i sukh'ozhiliy pri prokazle. Vrach, S. Petersb., 1792, 13: 743. ---- Nervous system. Hesse J *Contribution a l'etude des troubles nerveux de la lepre. 168p. 8? Par., 1934. ■ ,„..,)„ v P Treatment of neural complications in Wrosv I Christ M Ass. India, 1943, 18: 259.—Aubin & Labernadie V Le refiexe oculo-cardiaque chez les lepreux. Rnll Son nath exot Par., 1930, 23: 441.-Castro Cerqueira, Bulb Soc path exot j. a , ^^ de Jepra Rey b ,_ hL 1936 T 479-88.-Chatterji, S. N Neural affections in epr., iyoo, 4. .*'?. ° is Dathology and treatment. Internat. leprosy and their diagnosis pat gy pi._Chowhan, J. S.. & ChopraTR/N The use of cobra venom In nerve leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 720-5.—Ermak6va, N. Studies on leprosy; the central, sympathetic arid peripheral nervous systems. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 325-36, pl.—Hanon, J. L. Anestesia segmentaria de origen leproso. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 2, 674-80.—Hopkins, R. Observations on the sensory changes in leprosy. Hosp. News, Wash., 1941, 8: No. 23, 23-6.-—Huizenga, L. S. Sensation disturbances in leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 102-5.—Kroll, M. Lepra. In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1935, 12: 229-52.— Lie, H. P. Om spedalskhed i rygmarv og perifere nerver. Norsk mag. laegevid., 1904, 5. R., 2: 526-56. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1905, 73: 3; 171, 7 pl.—Marchoux, E., Chorine, V., & Koechlin, D. La bacille de la lepre et, le systeme nerveux. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1937, 59: 559-76.—Maurano, F. A pesquisa das perturbacoes da sensibUidade nas lesoes in- aparentes da chamada lepra difusa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 165.—Minaev, A. V. [Sensory and motor chronaxia in leprosy] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 61: No. 2, 65- 70.-—Monrad-Krohn, G. H. Observations cliniques sur l'aspect neurologique de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 207-19. —---- Quelques observations sur 1 aspect neurologique de la 16pre au point de vue clinique. Fol. neuropath, eston., 1925, 3:-4: 251-4. ------ [Neurology of leprosy] Med. rev., Bergen, 1927, 44: 509-14. — Roger, H., Boudouresques, J., & Lombard, R. Maladie de Hansen achromique r6velee par une paralysie cubitale attribuee a un traumatisme. Marseille med., 1938, 75: pt 2, 393-6.—Tisseuil, J. De Taction de la sanedrine-renaleptine, associees, dans les nevralgies lepreuses. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 854-6.—Vilde, J. Histopathologische Lntersuchungen iiber das Zentralnervensvstem der Leprakranken. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 133: 119-36. ---- Nervous system, autonomic. Oberdoerffer, M. J. Pseudo-Raynaud's disease in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 395, pl.—Peshkovsky, G. V. [Sympathomimetic and parasympathomimetic proper- ties of the blood of lepers in relation to the type of the disease; humoral manifestations of the vegetative nervous system in leprosy] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 61: No. 2, 59-64.—Rodrigues de Souza, A. Caso grave de sindromo de Weir-Mitchell lepro- genico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 211-9.— Rosenzweig, A. M., & Gaba, G. S. [Vegetative symptoms in leprosy] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937, 6: No. 6, 109-16.— Takino, M. Die Veranderung der vegetativen Nerven bei der Lepra. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1926-31, 1: Tr. Path., 291-315, pl. & M iyake, S. Die Veranderung der vegetativen Nerven bei der Lepra, besonders bei der infiltrativen Form. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1935, 18: 85-115, 4 pl. ---- Nervous system, central. Blin, J. *Un cas de lepre mixte accompagnee de signes d'irritation pyramidale. 30p. 8? Par., 1927. Bosco, I., & Tagliavia, B. Studio seriato istologico del midollo spinale in un caso di lepra nervosa deformante a vaste lesioni periferiche. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1182.— Carr, pan a, R. Le alterazioni nel sistema nervoso centrale (cervello) nella lepra. Clin, dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma, 1908, 26: 26-9.—Freitas Juliao, O. Mielodisplasia e lepra nervosa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 319-39.—Godoy Cremer, S. de. Contribuicao ao estudo dos reflexos na lepra. Ibid., 1939, 7: 63-74.—Kure, S. LTeber die Veranderungen des Ruckenmarkes bei einem Leprafalle. Mitt. Med. Ges. Tokyo, 1906, 20: H. 14, Suppl., 4-12; 481. Also Sinkeigaku zassi, 1906-07, 5: 1-21, 3 pl.—Lie, H. P. [Pathologic findings in the central nervous system in leprosy] Med. rev., Bergen, 1929, 46: 450-2.—Milian. Lepre du Cantal a forme de syringo- myelie spasmcdique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 27: 1304-12.—Mituda, K. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie des Central-Nervensystems bei Lepra. Sinkeigaku zassi, 1907-08, 6: 295-373; 377.—Roger, H. Lepre a forme syringomyt'lique. ' Marseille med., 1931, 68: 225-31. — Stahlberg, H. Pathologisch-anatomische Verande- rungen des Gehirns bei Lepra, Leprabacillen im Gasserschen Ganglien, und iiber die Anatomie und Pathologie der Nerven- zellen des Gehirns im Allgemeinen. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1906, 41: 596; 809, pl.—Wulfften Palthe, I. van [Leprosy or syringomyelia?] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 3051-3. ---- Nervous system, peripheral. Branco Ribeiro, E. Aspectos cirurgicos da caseose dos nervos da lepra. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1934, 27: 647-87. Cirurgia da caseose dos nervos na lepra. Ibid., 1944, 47: 109-31.—Chatterji, S. N. Thickened nerves in leprosy in relation to skin lesions. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 283-92, 2 pl.—Cochrane, R. G. Nerve enlargement in leprosy. Brit. M. J., 1926, 2: 343.—Iurieva, E. T., & Eltekova. V. P. [Comparative histopathological data on the changes of the neural elements of the skin in leprosy and tuberculosis ot the skin] Arkh. biol. nauk, 1941, 61: No. 2, 71-81.—Lowe, J. Nerve abscess in leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 24. ------■ A further note on nerve abscess in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 301-4, 2 pl. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 81-4.—Marino Bechelli, L. O comprometi- mento do ciatico popliteo externo nos doentes de lepra; estudo clinico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938. 6: No. espec, 197-204, pl.— LEPROSY 736 LEPROSY Muir, E., & Chatterji, S. N. Leprous nerve lesions of the cutis and .Mihcutis. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila. 1933, 1: 129-48, 5 pl.- Nerve lesions of the skin in leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37: 25.- Ogasawaka. N., & Ninomiya, S. Ueber die leprosen Nervenals/.esse. Acta derm.. Kyoto, 1934, 24: 68.—Saijo, Y., & Takino, M. Die Nervenendapparate im leprosen Gewebe. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1929, 12: 55-62, pl.----- Die pathologischen Veranderungen der Meissnerschen Koiperchen bei Lepra. Ibid., 63-6, 2 pl.— Souza Campos, N. Calcificacao dos nervos na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 323-34, incl. 4 pl.—Stein, A. A., & Vishnevsky, A. A. [Cases of leprosy with caseous changes in the nerves] Vest, vener., 1939, No. 4, 53-5. ------ Ein Fall von Lepra mit kaseosen Veranderungen in den Nerven. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 305-8, pl.—Takeuti, Y. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen der peripheren Nerven bei Lepra. Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1926, 28: i35-42.-—Takino, M. Die pathologischen Veranderungen der Hautnerven bei Lepra. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1930, 13: 1-15, pl.—Torssujew, N. A. Morphologic changes of the cutaneous nerves in leprosv. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 467-80, 2 pl. —Ltida. M., & Mita, M. Ueber den Erfolg von Goldpraparat fiir Neuralgia leprosa. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1934, 36: Suppl., 108 (Abstr.) ---- Neural type. See also Leprid. Aberastury, M. Lepra nerviosa. An. Cfrc med. argent., 1898, 21: 370-5.—Alezais & Winkler. Un cas de lepre a forme anesthesique. Marseille med., 1906, 43: 3-10.—Assel- bergs. Cas de lepre maculeuse anesthesique. Bull. Soc. beige derm, syph., 1902-03, 3: 21-6.—Balina, P. L. Incidencias diagn6sticas en un caso de lepra nerviosa. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 8, 313-6.—Biehler, R. Przvpadek tradu nerwo- wego. Kron. lek., Warsz., 1907, 28: 601; 627.—Branco Ribeiro, E. Aspectos cirurgicos da case6se dos nervos na lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 146-84. ------ Achado cirurgico em um caso de lepra nervosa considerado extinto. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 175, pl. Also in his Estud. cirurg., S. Paulo, 1940, 3. ser., 45-7.—Carol, W. L. L. Lepra maculo- anaesthetica. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 1582.— Castro Palomino & Argiielles, D. Lepra nerviosa. Vida nueva, Habana, 1940, 45: 409 (Abstr.)—Danlos & Sourdel. Sur un cas de lepre anesthesique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1908, 19: 162.—Dekeyfer, L. Cas de lepre anesthesique mutilante. Bull. Soc. beige derm, syph., 1902-03, 2: 27-40.— Dharmendra & Mukherji, N. Seasonal variations in the activity of lesions of neuro-macular cases of leprosy. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 701 (Abstr.)—Dow, D. P., & Narayan, J. S. Treatment of nerve reaction. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 79-81, 2 pl.—Freitas Juliao, O. Sobre um caso de lepra nervosa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 77- 96.—Griitz. Lepra maculo-anaesthetica. Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1937, 56: 229.—Harrower, G. Ainhum disease and the anaes- thetic type of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 73-6, pl.—Hawkins, H. P. Anesthetic leprosy. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1908-09, 2: Clin. Sect., 125.—Jevdo- kimov, V. N. Sluchal leprae anaestheticae. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bollezn., 1905, 10: 305.—Keil, E. Ist Nervenlepra atiolo- gisch einheitlich? zur Vitamin Bi-Behandlung der Nerven- lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42:1-13. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 549-51.—Kelly, D. E. Maculo- anaesthetic leprosy; case report. Indianapolis M. J., 1930, 33: 539-41.—Kirby-Smith, J. L. Maculo-anesthetic leprosy. J. Florida M. Ass., 1929-30, 16: 107-15.—Klingmuller, V. Die Bakteriologie und pathologische Anatomie der Lepra maculo-anaesthetica. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: T. 2, 125-37.—Kumer, L. Lepra maculo-anaesthetica. Wien. klin. WTschr., 1927, 40: 1401.—Labernadie & Talec. Un cas de lepre nerveuse fruste. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1933, 25: 67.—Lie, H. P. Histologie und Bakteriologie der Lepra anaesthetica. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T., 138-42.—Lusk, T. G. Maculo-anesthetic leprosy. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1908, 23: 445-7.—Mestre, J. J., & Miyares, C. M. Lepra neural. Vida nueva, Habana, 1940, 45: 353 (Abstr.)—Montgomery, A. H. Lepra (neural type) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 40: 1045.—Morrow, H. Neural leprosy. Ibid., 1938, 38: 489.—Mota, J. Ulcus vulvae chronicum; lepra nervosa desencadeada por um tratamento especifico, simultanea com uma eritrodermia medicamentosa. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1938, 13: 64 (Abstr.)—Muir, E., & Chatterji, S. N. Les5es leproticas nervosas da cutis e sub-cutis. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 89-109, incl. 5 pl. ------ A study of nerve leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1936, 24: 119-38.— Neural leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 908.— Nicolas, J., & Petitjean. Sur un cas de lepre nerveuse. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Lyon, 1905, 4: 326-35. Also Lyon med., 1905, 105: 872-81.—Nonne, M. Der gegenwartige Stand der Lehre von der Lepra anaesthetica. Verh. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 2. T, 85-125. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1904-05, 5: 22-69, 4 pl.—Pavlov, A. N. [Cases of anesthetic leprosy] Odess. med. J., 1929, 4: 455-60.—Peiia Chavarria, A., & Barrera, F. de P. Una formula initial de la lepra; considera- ciones sobre la lepra nerviosa. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1929, 20: 284-303. Also Arch, hosp., Habana, 1936, 3: 158; 257.—Pottaucev, A. P. Sluchal anesteticheskol prokazi. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. boliezn., 1905,9:235-8.—Pupo, A. Formaa incipientes de lepra nervosa. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 198-201 (Abstr.)—Raymond. Deux cas de lepre nerveuse. Arch, neur., Par., 1904, 2. ser., 18: 97-130.—Rissom. Ein Fall von Lepra anaesthetica mit Krankenvorstellung. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 45: 1819 — Rodriguez, J. N., & Wade. H. W. The status after 5 years of neural leprosy cases studied in Cebu, Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 309-26, 4 pl.—Rosten- berg, A. Leprosy (neural typo) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1943, 47: 861.—Sass, A. von. Zwei Falle von Lepra nervorum. Deut. Arch. klin. M., 1890-91, 47: 319-28.—Sato, S. Ein Beitrag zur Histologie der Nervenlepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 122.— Schujman, S. Un nuevo signo dife- rencial entre siringomielia y lepra nerviosa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 405-10, 3 pl.—Scott, R. J. E. Anaesthetic leprosy. J. Cut. Dis. Svph., 1908, 26: 231.—Sequeira, J. H. [Anaes- thetic leprosy] Brit. J. Derm., 1906, 18: 253.—Tiant & Gonza- lez Acosta. Lepra neural. Vida nueva, Habana, 1940, 45: 192 (Abstr.)—Vedel, Puech, A., & Janbon, M. Lepre nerveuse k manifestations complexes. Bull. Soc. sc. mid. biol. Mont- pellier, 1925-26, 7: 223-33.—Vrijman, L. H. [Lepra maculo- anaesthetica in reparatione] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 2294.—White. C. J. A case of lepra anaesthetica. J. Cut. Dis. Svph., 1904, 22: 331-4, pl.—Whitehouse. Anaesthetic leprosy. Ibid., 1909, 27: 118. ---- Neural type: Neuritis. Basombrfo, G. Las neuritis leprosas del cubital. Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: pt 2, 158.—Beurmann, de & Gougerot. - Forme sensitive douloureuse de la polyn6vrite lepreuse; mode de d6but de la 16pre. Tribune med.. Par., 1906, n. ser., 38:757.—Campos, J. Sobre um caso de nevrite leprosa. Rev. med., S. Paulo, 1927, 12: 265-70.—Chew, B. Trigeminal pain due to leprosy. Brit. M. J., 1940, 1: 172.—Collier, D. R. The effects of diphtheria toxoid on painful enlarged nerves in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 177-80.— Convit, J. La vitamina E; las atrofias musculares de la mano por neuritis leprosa y el tratamiento de estas lesiones por el a tocoferol. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 641-8.—Diez, L. F. Contribuci6n al estudio del tratamiento quirtirgico de la neuritis leprosa del nervio cubital; la transposici6n pre-epitro- clear; sus fundamentos neurograffas y casos clinicos. An. cirug., Rosario, 1942, 8: 97-125.—Eubanas, F. Cocaine- adrenalin in leprous neuaitis. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1931, 11: 359-63.—Freitas Julao, O., & Couceiro, A. A prop6sito do diagn6stico diferencial da lepra nervosa; estudo de dois casos de meningo-radiculite espinhal crfinica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 97-120.—Fuertes, F., & Peruchena, J. G. Neuritis leprosa del cubital. Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2, 1995-2000.—Garzon. R., & Argiiello Pitt, L. Neuritis leprosa tuberculoide a forma de abscesos caseosos multiples (3 observaciones) Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 247-57.—Grieco, V. Estudo clinico e histologico de um caso de nevrite hanseniana tuberculoide com caseificacao e ulceracao; abcesso de nervo. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 151- 201. ------ The histological aspects of leprous neuritis. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 361-70, 6 pl.—Iglesia, R. V. Las altas dosis de vitamina Bi por vfa raqufdea en el tratamiento de las neuritis hansenianas. Sem. mid., B. Air., 1943, 50: 956-8— Jeanselme & Huet. Cas de lepre avec nevrites motrices et sensitives et hypertrophie considerable des nerfs correspondents. Rev. neur., Par., 1904, 12: 188.— Lagrosa, M., Alonso, J. M. [et ah] Treatment of acute leprous neuritis with iodized wightiana ethyl esters (with report of cases) J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 87-94.— Mariano, J. Contribuicao a terapeutica das nevrites na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 313-6.—Marino Bechelli, L. Con- sideracSes sobre um caso de polinevrite leprosa. Ibid., 1938, 6: No. espec, 179-89, pl. ------ Estudo clinico da nevrite leprotica. Ibid., 1943, 11: 263-315. ------ & Cunha, D. N. A vitamina B no tratamento das nevrites leprosas. Ibid., 1939, 7: No. espec, 257-64.—Marneffe, H. Sur deux cas de nevrite aigue du cubital au cours de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1928, 21: 735-7.—Paliard & Masson. Lepre a forme polynevritique. Lyon med., 1933, 151: 429-33.—Peyre, E. L. Syndrome de psychopolyn6vrite chez un lepreux. Ann. m6d. psychol., Par., 1926, 84: pt 1, 146-50.—Rath de Souse, P. Anatomia patol6gica das nevrites leprosas. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1943, 45: 206 (Abstr.)—Rodrigues de Souza, A. Acido osmico intravenoso nas nevrites agudas leproticas. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 93-6.—Silveira, L. M. Trata- mento cirurgico das neurites leprosas agudas. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 193-6.—Souza Campos, N. de. Tumefaction caseeuse des nerfs au cours de la l£pre; etude des nevrites nodulaires caseifiees de structure tuberculoide. Inter- nat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 1-24, 6 pl.—Tolosa, A. Les nevrites lepreuses. Rev. sudamer. med., Par., 1931, 2: 593-603.—Valledor, T., Exposito, L. [et al.] Lepra nerviosa en una nifla de 5 aflos, neuritis del cubital; estudio histo- patol6gico. Bol. Soc cubana pediat., 1942, 14: 372-86.— Vespoli, M. Contribuicao ao tratamento das nevrites na lepra; nevrite lepr6tica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: No. espec, 75-83. Also Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 333, 64-7. — nodular. See under Leprid. LEPROSY 737 LEPROSY Otorhinolaryngological aspect. Joubert, P. Contribution a l'etude de la lepre; lesions dites otorhinolaryngologiques. 78p. 8? Par., 1926. Krukover, I. M., & Goldfarb, I. V. [Upper respiratory tract and auditory organ in leprosy] 138p. 23cm. Moskva, 1936. Ptjgnaire, A. Contribution k l'etude des lesions oto-rhinolaryngologiques chez les lepreux en Oceanie Frangaise [Marseille] 61p. 24cm Par., 1934. Salzberger, M. Die Lepra der oberen Luft- wege und des Ohres in Palastina und Cypern 44p. 8? Berl., 1929. Schneider, H. *Mund-Rachenerscheinungen bei Lepra [Leipzig] 26p. 8? [Zeulenroda, 1930] Belovidov, V. P. [Otorhinolaryngological surgery in leprosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 26-32.------ Das Ver- halten der oberen Luftwege und des Gehororgans bei den Auss .tzigen des Leprosoriums Krutye Rutschji (bei Leningrad) Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930-31, 28: 532-49. Also Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 94-9. — Bergengrun, P. Zur Lepra tuberosa der oberen Luftwege. Klin. Jahrb., 1908, 19: 167-82, 4 pl.— Bondarenko, A. T. Zur Frage uber die Lepraerkrankungen der oberen Respirationswege und des Gehororgans. Otolar. slav., Praha, 1931, 3: 131-59.—Burakow, J. M. Zur Frage des Einflusses der Leprainfektion auf das Ohr des Menschen. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1936, 141: 74-85.—Cusenza, G. Con- tributo clinico alio studio della lepra delle prime vie aeree e deH'orecchio. Valsalva, 1926, 2: 212-7.—Del Rio, L. A. Contributo clinico alio studio della lepra deH'orecchio, del naso e della gola. Ann. laring., Tor., 1935, 35: 31; 101; 224; 1936, 36: 80.—Dizon, E. Y. Eye, ear, nose, and throat manifestations in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1930, 10: 211-6.— Hollrrann, H. T. Diseases of the eye, ear, nose, arid throat among persons afflicted with leprosy. N. York M. J., 1907, 86: 773-5.—Pinkerton, F. J. Leprosy of the ear, nose and throat; observations on more than 200 cases in Hawaii. Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 211-29. Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932, 16:469. ------ Leprosy of the eye, ear, nose and throat. Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 991-1001.—Rao, G. R., & Purulia, B. Leprosy as it affects the ear, nose and throat. Antiseptic, Edinb., 1931, 28: 84-96.—Riecke, H. G. Ueber einen Fall von Lepra tuberosa mit besonderer Beteiligung des Kehlkopfs und iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Leprazelle und Reticulo- endothel. Beitr. path. Anat., 1928, 80: 201-17, pl.—Schein- mann, A. Lepra der oberen Luftwege und der Mundhohle. Acta otolar., Stcckh., 1926-27, 10: 106-15.—Segre, R. La lebbra delle vie aeree superiori e deH'orecchio. Arch. ital. laring., 1931-32, 51: Suppl., 41-100.—Tajiri, I. Ein Fall von Lepra mit lautem Schnarchen. Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1939, 12: 223.—Taziri, I. Leber die leprose Perforation des Septum nasi. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 42 (Abstr.)—Thomson, St C. Case of leprosy with lesions in the nose, pharynx and larynx. Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1907-08, 1: Laryng. Sect., 74.—Valle, S. Particularidades da clinica ophtalmo-oto-rino-laryngologica de leprosario. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 151-60, pl.—Waveren, W. F. J. van [Results of an examination of the ear, rlose and throat among lepers in Dutch East India] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1928; 68: 208-34. ---- Pathogenesis. Barba Rubio, J. Concepci6n actual de la lepra. Bol. Soc. mutual, med. farm. Guadalajara, 1943, 15: 95-112.—Bassewitz, B. E. von. Problemas pathogenicos e therapeuticos da lepra, Biasil med., 1928, 42: 1370-5.—Camargo, A. T. de (f) O con- tagio da lepra; estudo epidemiologico e patogenico da infeccao leprosa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 127-56.—Gougerot, H. Marche de 1 infection lepreuse; contribution a l'etude de la pa- thologie generale de la lepre; chancre lepreux; bacillemie hanse- nienne. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. ser., 38:133-8.—Moraleza, Z. Evolution de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 51.—Natali, C. Reperti istologici e patogenesi delle seguenti alterazioni nella lepra. Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 251-324.—Oliver, J. The origin of the lepra cell. J. Exp. M., 1926, 43: 233-9, pl.—Pineda, E. V. The distribution of the organism in leprosy with special reference to foci of residual infection. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 507—Robbins, H. A. Is leprosy the 4th stage of syphilis? Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1902, 6: 61-5.—Row, R. Some experimental observations on human and rat leprosy and their significance in the patho- genesis and treatment of the disease. Tr. R. Soc Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 497-504, 2 pl. Also Rep. Haffkine Inst. Bombay (1938) 1939, 50.—Schujman, S. Coexistencia de abceso nervioso y lepra tuberculoide; algunas consideraciones sobre la patogenia destes dos processos. JRev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 277-89.—Serra, A. Ricerche biblogiche sull'infezione leprosa (etiopatogenesi e linfoghiandole) Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926 67: 1109-29, 2 ch. pl.—Spindler, A. The pathogenesis of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 265-78.— I 463569—vpL. 9, 4th sekip:s----47 Vishnevsky, A. A., & Shcheperin. M. I. [Leprosy; clinical results from investigations of its pathogenesis] In Nerv. trof. (Speransky, A. D.) Moskva, 1936, 2: 99-140 8 pl —-—- Q.e7^ahInS!i10 A1,1"0^ de sVa Patogenia. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, wJL^T xtA1s^ Gaz' cKn- S- Paul°- 1943' 41: 295; passim.— vvaketield H. Commentaries upon lues and leprosy as sub- catabohc diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, 65: 9-13. ---- Pathology. Ambrogio, A. Ricerche biologiche in alcuni casi di lebbra. Gior. ital derm, sif., 1930, 71: 1292-301.—Black, R. S. A new aspect of the pathology and treatment of leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1906, 2: 1064-6.—Boinet. Recherches anatomo- pathologiques sur la lepre. Marseille med., 1927, 64: 822-4 — rr,Togeior,^'o Allgemeine Pathologie der Lepra. Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 658. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1943, 39: 388. ------ o/a P.at'lol°S'sche Anatomie der Lepra. Virchows Arch., 1943, 310: 493; 506; 582; passim.—Cochrane, R. E. Leprosv, with special reference to its pathology. Irish J. M. Sc, 1932', ser. 6, 84: 693-702.—Denney, O. E.. & Ritter, J. The noticeable parallelism the apparent similarity and close resemblance between the two chronic diseases, tuberculosis and leprosy. Illinois M. J., 1926, 49: 318-27— Dwijkoff, P. P. Zur Frage der pathologischen Anatomie und der Pathogenese der Lepra. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1930. 40: 185-209.—Goodhue, E. S. Wax models of cases of leprosy by Francis R. Day, of Honolulu. J. Am. M. Ass., 1907, 48: 1859.—Jadassohn, J. Pathologia geral da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 103; passim.— Jeanselme, Bloch, M. [et al.] Remarques anatomo-patholo- giques au sujet de deux autopsies de 16preux. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 222-5.—Koike, T. Impf- yersuch mit Blut von mit einigen chronischen Infektions- krankheiten behafteten Patienten, unter besonderer Beruck- sichtigung des Leprablutes. Okayama igakkai zassi, 1929, 41: 2107.—Manalang, C. Significance of pathologic findings in biopsy materials from lepers. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12: 77-9. ------ Pathologic and bacteriologic survey of lepers (post mortem) Ibid., 1933, 13: 411-3- 1934 14: 335; 1935, 15: 109; 361; 391.—Marchoux, E. Leprosy in the light of comparative pathology. Proc. Pacific Sc. Congr. (1939) 1942, 6. Congr., 5: 1001-8. Also Rev. immun., Par., 1939, 5: 523-34.—Marino Bechelli, L. Consideracoes sobre alguns casos de esplenomegalias na lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 213-75, pl.—Mituda, K., & Ogawa, M. A study of 150 autopsies on cases of leprosv. Internat. J. Leprosy Manila, 1937, 5: 53-60.—Muir, E. The relationship of skin and nerve leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1934, 22: 383-92. ------ & Chatterji, S. N. The infection of stratified epithelium in leprosy. Ibid., 1932, 19: 1163, 3 pl.—Panja, G. Two cases of leprotic abscess. Calcutta M. J., 1935-36, 30: 605.—Patnologie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 151- 250.—Preguntas frecuentes acerca de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 790-2.—Host, E. R. On the pathology and treatment of leprosy. Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 294-6.—Rovirosa, G. L. La lepra es una forma de la tuberculosis. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1935, 1: No. 6, 11; 1936, 2: 7; 47; 95; 145; 239; 3: 7; 43.—Royer, B. F. Leprosy; protocol of necropsy performed on the body of Mock Sem, December 23, 1908. Rep. Com. Health Pennsylvania (1908) 1909, 3: 155-8.—Saijo, V. Studies on the anatomo-pathology and histo-pathology of human leprosy. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 457-61.—Sakurai, H. Ueber den Einfluss des leprosen Leidens auf die korperliche Entwicklung vor oder nach Eintritt der Pubertat. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1938, 44: 168 (Abstr.)—Sambuc, E. Notes sur la lepre dans la province de Bac-Lieu, Cochinchine; nic opsie de deux lepreux. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 253-60.—Stein, A. A. [Morphology of exacerbation of leprous processes] Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva, 1939, 5: 88-97.—Susviela Guarch. Anatomia pathologica da lepra. Brasil med., 1905, 19: 196.—Unna, P. G. La pathologie et la therapeutique de la lepie. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906-07, 15: sect. 8, 310-34. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1906, 6: 141-68. Also transl., Canad. Pract., 1906, 31: 560-7.—Wade, H. W. Remarks on the c nr arison of leprosy and tuberculosis. Proc. Nat. Congr. Tuberc, Manila (1926) 1927, 1: 387-98. ------ On certain patho- logical aspects of leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 258-63. ------ Notes on the pathology of leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1926, 6: 39-42. ------ Remarks on the comparison of leprosy and tuberculosis. Month. BuH. Philip- pine Health Serv., 1927, 7: 53-6.—Wodynski. Ueber Sektions- befunde bei Lepra. Verh. Deut. derm. Ges. (1903) 1904, 8. Kongr., 67. — pemphigoid. See Leprid, Pemphigus. — Pharmacology. See also subheading Treatment. Adams, R. Chaulmoogra oil and synthetics in leprosy. Clin. M. & S., 1928, 35: 747-50.—Ambrogio, A. Studii farma- cologici e clinici sopra un nuovo preparato per la cura della lebbra. Arch. Ist. biochim. ital., 1933, 5: 321-94.—Anderson, H. H., Emerson, G., & Leake, C. D. A pharmacological evalua- tion of certain antileprotic drugs. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 39-55.—Berny, P., & Mauze, J. Echec de traitement de la lepre murine par le coloncobate de soude en solution a LEPROSY 73S LEPROSY 4/100. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1940, 33: 308- 10.- Birkel. B. Are there any newer effective lemedies for leprosy? Inter- | nai. Clin., 1929,'39. ser., 2: 297- Can-.po G., J. M. La lepra j los <-Meres etilicos. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1933, 5: 68-71.— Colo, H. I. Chemistry of hi nim drugs. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 159-94.- ( ostadoni, A. Considerazioni sulla terapia della lepra; ricerche sul sangue e sulla istologia del leprome prima e doju. il trattamento. Osp. niaggioie, Milano, 1934, 22: 99-109. Dielz, H. Ein wirksames I.epra-Heilmittel gefunden? Pharm. /halle, 1943, 84: 64-9.- - Emerson, G. A. Some pharmacologic effects of the choline ester of chaulnioogric and. Inter..at. .1. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 341-5.------ A- Anderson, H. H. Toxicity of certain proposed antileprosy dyes; fluorescein, eosin, erythrosin. and others. Ibid., 1934. 2: 257-63.- Emerson, G. A., A- Salle, A. J. In vitro leprocidal activity > f some non-chaulmoogryl compounds. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 428-33.—Golovine, S. Contri- bution a l'etude du traitement de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1935, 28: 784-9.—Henderson, J. M., & Chatterji, S. P. Notes on the use of certain preparations in leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1928, 63: 620-4.—Krakower, C, Morales-Otero, P., A- Axtmayer, J. H. The effect of sulfanilamide on experi- mental leprosy. J. Infect, Dis., 1943, 72: 1-10.—Kudicke, R. Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Behandlung der Lepra. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 30-5.—Lara, C. B., & Lagrosa, M. Observations bearing on the question of whether or not the chaulmoogra-group drugs have any special action in leprosy; changes in leprotic skin lesions following intradermal injections of various cily prepaiations. J. Philippine Island M. Ass., 1932, 12: 599-603.—Leger, M. Association au chaulmoogra de divers autres medicaments pour le traitement de la lepre; la trypaflavine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 1009 — Leigheb, V. Reazioni farmacodinamiche in alcuni casi di lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1933, 74: Suppl., 29-34.—Machado, A. Sobre os acidos graxos de oleo de Carpotroches brasiliense, na lepra. Brasil med., 1926, 40: pt 1, 275-7. — Marneffe, H. Influence du traitement par les ethers ethyliques de chaul- moogra sur la desquamation des elements eruptifs de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exol la:.. 1928. 21: 831-5.—Muir, E. Some fallacies connected with the testing of drugs for their efficacy in the treatment of h-prosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 125-8.—Mukherji, S. K. Preliminary observations on experi- ments with some new dmas in cases of leprosy. Ind. M. Pec, 1926. 46: 271.—Nolasco, J. O. Studies on the local effects of in- filtration with anti-leprotic drugs. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 612-24. ------ Lymphatic absorption of only anti- leprotic drugs, given intradermally and subcutaneously; a dem- onstration. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1932, 12: 147-59.— Paget, H.,Trevan, J. W..& Attwood, A. M. P. 'I he irritant con- stituent of anti-leprotic oils. Internat. .J. Leprosy, Manila, 193-1, 2: 149-58. Also Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 8-1-8- Pottier, R. Note au sujet des medicaments derives de llmile de chaulmoogra, utilises contre la lepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1932, 12: 143-5/—Ragazzi, C. A. In nuovo preparato di olio di chaulmoogra per la cura della lebbra; lo chausol. Dermosifilografo, 1930, 5: 320-6.—Rao, G. R. Studies on serum proteins in leprosv, w ith special reference to hydnocarpus treatment. Ind. J. M. Res., 1932, 19: 993-1011. ------ A comparative study of the relative efficacy of ethyl hydnocarpate and ethyl morrhuate in leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 120-5, 2 pl. —-—-— The importance of factors other than hydnocarpus administration in the treatment of leprosv. Antiseptic, Madras, 1938, 35: 379-88.—Ryrie, G. A. The therapeutic effects of phthalic acid salts. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 201-6.- Talwik, S. Ueber die Wirkung des Oleum gynecardiae bei der Lepra. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1903, 28: 403-71.—Tarcredi, A. Ricerche sopra il sangue di lebbrosi prima e dopo la cura Simonini. Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1932, 13: 393-417. 2 pl.—Tolentino, J. G. Certain factors suppOM-d to influence the results of the treatment of leprosv. Philippine J. Sc, 1936, 59: 163-75. ------ Further studies on factors supposed to influence the result of treatment of leprosy. Month. BuU. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 55- 61.—Van Breuseghem, R. Essais therapeutiques dans la lepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936,16: 537-47.—Watanabe, Y. The effect of potassium iodide on animals inoculated with leprosy. Kitasato Arch., 1935, 12: 304-12. ---- Prevention. See also subheading Control. Baras, L. *L'etat actuel de la prophylaxie de la lepre. 38p. 8? Par., 1935. Aguiar Pupo, J. de, & Sousa Campos, N. de. A obra de preservacao da infancia na prophylaxia da lepra. Rev. brasd. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 261-75.—Anderson. H. H. The possibilities of chemo-prophylaxis in leprosv. Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 311-3.—Augusto da Matta, A. Prophylaxia da lepra. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1091-6.—Boinet. Prophylaxie de la lepre. Marseille med., 1927, 64: 817-21.—Bonnet. A propos de la prophylaxie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 352.—Buequet. Prophylaxie de la lepre. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 869-71.—Cartilla antileprosa. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1933, 44: 213-5.—Chala H., J. I. Considera- ciones generales sobre profilaxis moderna de la lepra. Rev. Fac med., Bogota, 1940-41, 9: 639-52. ------ & Barrera. F. de P. Profilaxis de la lepra. Ibid., 1938-39, 7: 257-327 — Cicero, R. E. La lepra desde el punto de vista de la higiene. Mem. Soc. Antonio Alzate, 1906-07,24: 313-26, 2 pl.—Con- rlusoos sobre a prophylaxia da lepra. Brasil med., 1910, 54: | Oil. Duarle do Pateo & Solano Pereira, N. Educacjio sanitaria e sen valor na proph\ laxia da lepra. Ibid., 1933, 47: 923 7. Kducacao sanitaria. Kcv. combate lepra, Rio, 1937, 2: 57-00.--Garciadiego, S. Profilaxis dc la lepra. Medicina, Mex., 1933, 13: 205-10.- Garzon, K. Algunas consideraciones sobre la profilaxis de la lepra. Dia med., B. Air., 1940, 12: 123 .">.- Greco, N. V. El publico, el medico y la profilaxis de la lepia. Sem. nu'd., B. Air., 1936, 43: pl 2, 757- 65. ------ 1'ioHla.Ms de la lepra. Ibid., 765; 1937, 44: pt 2, 1023-33.- James, S. P. Precautions hvgieiiiques. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (,1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 351—Jeanseln e. Projet de notice sur la 16pre. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 1(10: 1009-16.—Koch, F. Zur Prophvlaxe der tropisohen Lepra. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, 5: 394.— 1 eger, M. Cousin-rations sur la prophylaxie de la lepre. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1180-5.—Marchoux. Prophylaxie de la lepre. Rev. med. fr., 1930, 11: 357-60.—Matta, A. A. da. Prophylaxia da lepra. Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 197 508. Montel de Saigon, M. R. L. Prophylaxie et traitement de la lepre; etat, actuel de la question. In Grandes endemies tropic, Par., 1933, 5: 111-30.—Montes, J. C. Algunas notas sobre profilaxis y tratamiento de hi lepra. Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 126.— Muir, E. The treatment and prevention of leprosy. Abstr. Papers Far Last. Ass. Trop. M., 1927, 7. Congr., 51 7.— Panayotatou, A. Prophylaxie de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 437.—Pierini, L. E. Profilaxis de la lepra en la primera infancia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 2, 988-90.—Principles of the prophylaxis of leprosy. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1932, 12:. 441-61.- Profiliixia da lepra. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1940, 15: 235.- Profilaxis y tratamiento de la lepra. Bol. teen. Dir. gen. san., Madr., 1928, 3: 748-57.—Prophylaxie. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 349-448.—Rangel, M. Notas sobre a prophylaxia e a therapeutica da lepra. Rev. med. cir. Brazil, 1926, 34: 113-26.—Rogers, L. Leprosy; the bearing of improved treatment on prophylaxis. Prescriber, Edinb., 1928, 22: 225. ------ Memorandum on the present position of prophylaxis against leprosy in relation to recent improvement in treatment. China M. J., 1931, 45: 815-27.— Santiago Ramirez. Sintomatologfa al alcance de todos y precauciones para evitar la lepra. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1930, 8: 173-80.—Soetomo & Soetopo [Rational prevention of leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 1299-308; 1934, 74: 606-1 (i.—Tisseuil, J. Les injections d'ether ethylique, d'huile de chaulmoogra, intra-musculaires, et l'ingestion de savon de Gorli (Oncoba echinata) ont-elles une action preventive dana la lepre? Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 549-51.— litida, M. On a matter concerning leprosy in the instruction of the primary school. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1943, 51: 41 (Abstr.)— Velez, D. M. Precauciones y cuidados para prevenir la lepra. An. Soc. mex. oft., 1930, 8: 191-4. ---- Prognosis. See also Leper, Release; Leprosy (Curability; Duration) Cochrane, R. G. Leprosy, with special reference to prog- nosis. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1920, 47: 423-9. ------ Prog- nosis and treatment of leprosy with special reference to its pathology. J. Christ. M. Ass. India, 1942, 17: 133-42, 3 pl — Fidanza, E. O. Prognostico da lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 297-302.—Maurano, F. Do valor da reacao de velocidade de sedimentacao das hemacias em medicina; im- portancia da V. S. no tratamento e prognostico da lepra. Ibid., 1933-34, 1: 20; 84.—Muir, E. The importance of prog- nosis in leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 391; 448.—Rabello Junior. Algumas observacoes relativas ao prognostico da lepra com utilidade para a conducta do tratamento. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 27-38.—Ryrie, G. A. Plantar hyperalgesia and the prognosis and treatment of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 349-60.—Schujman, S. Evoluci6n y pro- nostico de la lepra. Prensa med. argent., 1943, 30: pt 2, 2280- 7.—Speight, A. Erythrocyte sedimentation test and prognosis in leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 505-9. ---- pseudo. Lefrou, G., & Querangual des Essarts, J. Contribution au diagnostic des faux lepreux; les macules dyschromiques d'epi- dermomycose. BuU. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 743-9.— Mazzotti, L. Existencia de la pseudolepra de Robles en Mexico. Guatemala med., 1941, 6: 160-2.—Rivas & Rodriguez De- gregorio. Un caso de seudolepra. Arch, med., Madr., 1936, 39: 361.—Robles, R. La pseudo-iepre ou punudos, maladie non classee qui s6vit au Guatemala. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 97: 776-80.------La pseudo lepra. Bol. san. Guatemala, 1938, 9: 353-6.—Smith, E. C. Pseudo leprosy. West Afr. M. J., 1928-29, 2: 91-5, 4 pl. ---- Radiography. Murdock, J. R., & Hutter, H. J. Leprosy; a roentgenological survey. Am. J. Roentg., 1932, 28: 598-621—Oberdoerffer, M. J., & Collier, D. R. Roentgenological observations in leprosy. Ibid., 1940, 44: 386-95. ---- Remission. See also Leprosy, atypical. Carrillo Casaux, D. Un caso de lepra incipiente abortada o LEPROSY 739 LEPROSY remitida? Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1941-42, 33: 394 — Lampe, P. H. J. [Has leprosy an inclination to spontaneous arrest in its development without permanent defect?] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 946.—Manalang, J. Influence of climatic changes on interruptions and relapses in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1941, 21: 119-26.—Wade, H. W., & Lira, G. B. Studies on negative lepers; the problem of relapses. Ibid., 1927, 7: 115-22. ---- Respiratory system. Sengstock, G. *Die Schleimhautlepra der oberen Luftwege mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des histologisch-pathologischen Befundes. 29p. 8? Konigsb., 1927. Arantes, S. C. A perfuracao do septo nasal na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 247-68, 4 pl.—Baltes, V. Beitrag zur Lepra der oberen Luftwege. Zschr. Laryng., 1931-32, 22: 282-86, pl.-—Baranger, A., & Pierrot, R. Au sujet de quelques cas de lesions lepreuses des muqueuses respiratoires superieui es. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1926, 32: 58-64.—Barbera, F. Lepra naso-laringea y su tratamiento. Libro de actas Congr. espafi. otorinolar., 1910, 3. Congr., 333-41.—Burakow, I. M. Ueber die taktil-schmerzhafte Empfindsamkeit der Schleim- haut der oberen Luftwege der Leprakranken. Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1937. 143: 246-50.—Chatterji, S. N. Pulmonary leprosy. Antiseptic, Madras, 1931, 28: 565-7.—Chaves, C. Um caso de lepra com sintomas pulmonares. Arq. biol., S. Paulo, 1940, 24: 142.—Dorendorf, H. Ein Beitrag zur Lepra der oberen Luftwege. Arch. Lar. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, 16: 71-101 — Dutheillet de Lamothe. Ln cas de lepre laryngee. Ann. oto- lar., Par., 1933, 1359.—Falcao, '/.. Sur la rhinite lepreuse. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1906-1.7, 15: sect. 8, 409-11.— Hager, P. Ueber die leprosen Veranderungen der oberen Atmungswege. Wien. med. Wschr., 1904, 54: 2117-21;— Huizenga, L. S. The extent of functional nasal distuibances in leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 796-9.—Kure, H. Ueber leprose Veranderungen der oberen Luftwege. Siuber. Otolar. Ges. Berlin (1937) 1938, T. 1, 47.—Ide, D. Leprosy; with special reference to the upper respiratory tract. N. York State J. M., 1939, 39: 2290-2.—Laudares da Silva, O. Trata- mento das localizacoes leprosas nas vias aereas superiores e na bocca. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 75-84, pl.—Lie H. P. Tra- cheitis and bronchitis leprosa. Internat. J. Leprosy, 1936, 4: 281-8, 2 pl.—Morikawa, K. Ein Fall von Kehlkopflepra mit Reccurenslahmung. Dai Nippon ji bi in ko kwa kwai kwai ho, 1906, 12: 13-8.—Oberdoerffer, M. J. Estudo sobre a lepra do nariz. Brasil med., 1938, 52: 31.—Pinkerton, F. J. Leprosy of the upper respiratory tract; discussion of early and moderate- ly advanced cases. Tr. Am. M. Ass., Sect. Laryng. Otol. Rhinol., 1938, 97-116. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1437-43. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 193-206, 2 pl.— Portmann, G., & Retrouvey, H. La rhinite lepieuse. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926, 10: 181-96, pl.—Rose. F. G. A new method of treatment of leprotic infection of the nasal mucosa. Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 148.—Sato, T. The histn-pathological studies on leprosy of the upper respiratory tract; leprosy of the nasal and accessory nasal cavities. Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1940, 30: 367-78. —Sechi, E., & Giunti, G. Sulla laringite leprosa. Valsalva, 1931, 7: 824-42, pl.—Souza Campos, N. de. Sobre um caso de lepra pulmonar; nota previa. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 7.—Tajiri, I. Leprotic changes in the lung. Inter- nat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 467-70, pl.—Tikhonovich, A. V. O porazhenii verkhnikh dikhatelnikh putel pri prokazle. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bollezn., 1904, 7:377; 471; 573.—Vilardosa LIuch, E. Manifestaciones nasales de la lepra; efectos de las inyecciones intramusculares de aceite de chalmoogra. Rev. barcel. enferm. oido, 1909, 5: 175-81.—Wise, K. S. Lung lesions in leprosy. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 251-6. ---- Serodiagnosis. Adant, M. La reaction de Botelho dans la lepre; technique dTtikawa et Baum. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 907 — Azua, J. de. & Covisa, J. S. Sero-diagn6stico de la lepra. Rev. clin. Madrid, 1909, 2: 321-4.—Bier, O. G. Die Phenol- ausflockung unter hypotonischen Bedingungen als Labilitats- ausserung des Lepraserums. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 25-8.—Bulkin, A. K., & Khomutov, M. V. [Muchow- Lewi reaction in leprosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 89-91.—Calatroni, R. Verification de la valeur d'une nouvelle methode pour le diagnostic de la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 264. Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1927, 3: 163-5.— Cappelli, E. La pallidareaktion di Gaehtgens sul siero di lebbrosi. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 854-6. —---- La paUidareazione di Gaehtgens sui sieri lebbrosi; contributo alio studio dell'essenza della r. Wassermann. Gior. batt. immun., 1939, 22: 425-36.—Dunscorrbe, W. K. The serum- formalin reaction in some cases of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1926-27, 20: 512.—Fabiani, G. La valeur des reactions de g'eiification serique au cours de la lepre humaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 13.—Faget, G. H., & Ross, H. Evaluation of positive Kolmer and Kahn tests in leprosy. Vener Dis Inform., 1944, 25: 133-7.—Ficker, M. Eine neue Flockungsreaktion bei Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1938, 94: 357-62__Gasperini, G. C. Considerazioni neUa lebbra sulla gelificazione e flocculazione del siero di sangue ed il com- portamento di esso dopo filtrazione di fronte alle reazioni preconizzate come specifiche. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 412-8.—Gaucher, E., & Abrami, P. Le sero-diagnostic des formes at\ piques de la lepre. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris 1908 3. ser., 25: 497-502. Also Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 152-6 — Gilbert, R. Serologic study of specimens from lepers. Annual Rep. Div. Lab. N. York State Dep. Health, 1939, 43.—Gillier, R. Formol-gehfication des serums lepreux. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1934, 27: 709-13.—Gircrd, G., & Robic, J. La reaction d'opacification de Meinicke dans la lepre. Ibid. 1928, 21: 187-90.—Gomes, J. M. Denuncia serologica da lepra latente. Brasil med., 1931, 45: 661-3. ------& Azevedo Antunes, P. C. de. La sero-reaction dans la lepre avec le Streptothrix leproides de Deycke, degraisse; sensibiUsation au moyen de 1 iodure de potassium. C. rend. Soc biol., 1930, 103: 1317.— Greval, S. D. S. Kahn, Microkahn and Wassermann in leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 683-6.—Helme, W. H. Die Ausflockungsreaktion nach Sachs-Georgi bei Lepra. Forh. Nord. derm, foren., 1925, 6: 229-35.—Lefrou, G. La valeur de la reaction de Vernes-perethynol dans la lepre. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 404-8. ------ & Bonnet, P. Sur 1'absence de relation entre la reaction de Vernes-resorcine et le desequilibre proteinique du serum sanguin dans la lepre. Ibid., 1934, 27: 631-3.—Le Gac, P. La reaction de Botelho dans la lepre suivant la technique dTtikawa et de Baum. Ibid., 1930, 23: 105.—Leger. M. Serofloculation au perethynol chez les lepreux. Ibid., 1932, 25: 128.—Lipschitz, L. A. [Costa reaction in leprosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 147- 50.—Mtrchoux, E., & Caro, J. Methode de diagnostic serolo- gique de la lepre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 542-52.— Minami, S., Kawasaki, t>., & Huzimcto, S. Ueber die sero- chemische Reaktion bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1937, 42: 37 (Abstr.)-—Mor.testruc, E. Lepre et sero-floculation de Vernes a la resorcine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 713-5.—Muneuti, T. Botelhosche Reaktion bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 38: Suppl., 119 (Abstr.)—Murata, M., & Tamiya, T. La Meinicke-reakcio per malklarigo (Meinicke- Triibungsreaktion) kaj la Murata-precipitreakcio ce lepruloj. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1927, 6: 193-5.—Paldrock, A. Zur Muchow-Lewyschen Leprareaktion. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1295-9.—Papi, L. C. La reazione di Sciarra nella lepra. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1930, 3: 285-90.—Pfeffer, G. Die klinische Verwertbarkeit der Formolgelatinierung im Blut. Klin. Wschr., Berl., 1925, 4: 1121.—Pineda, E. V., & Roxas- I ineda, E. The Kahn precipitation reaction in leprosy. Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 30: 295-302.—Putzu Doneddu, F. La reazione alia resorcina di Vernes nella diagnosi della lepra. Arch, biol., Genova, 1930, 7:.No. 3, 5-23.—Rubino, M. C. Nuevas reacciones serologicas en la lepra. Rev. Soc. argent. biol., 1926, 2: 407-16. Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 225-7. ------ Sero-diagnostic de la lepre par l'agglutino-sedimenta- tion des globules de mouton formoies. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 47: 147-72. ------ Los antigenos lipofdicos de organos en el suero-diagn6stico. Arch. Soc. biol. Montevideo, 1933, 5: 175-88. ------ Las reacciones serol6gicas en la lepra. An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1934, 14: 394-411. Also Arch. urug. med., 1934, 5: 414-31. ------ Les antigenes lipo'idiques d'organes dans le sero-diagnostic; nouvel antigene de sero-floculation dans la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 894—7.—Sanjurjo, D., & Sanjurjo, M. La reaction de Vernes chez quelques lepreux et quelques temoins. BuU. Soc. path. exot,, Par., 1932, 25: 127.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. A reaccao de Eitner na lepra. Fol. med., Rio, 1922, 3: 186.—Shirvind, S. L. [Serologic reaction in leprosy] Profil. med., Kharkov. 1928, 7: 26-40. Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1928, 59: 461- 78.—Toyama, I., & Tanaka, K. Ueber Komplementbin- dungsreaktion und Flockungs-reaktion bei der Lepra, Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933, 34: 91-5.—Van den Branden, F. Reaction de deviation du complement et reaction de floculation effectuees simultanement sur du serum de lepreux. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1935, 15: 391-6.—Wade, H. W. Nitric acid precipitation (Bruck, modified) Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 30: 59-67. ---- Serodiagnosis: Complement fixation test. Marcondos, J. R. *A reacgao de Gomes para o diagnostica precoce da lepra e seu valor prophy- lactico. 50p. 8? S. Paulo, 1929. Salminen, Y. W. * Ueber die Wassermannsche Reaktion im Serum Leproser und iiber Liquor- untersuchungen bei Lepra [Helsingfors] 84p. 8? Helsin., 1928. Also in Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1928^10: Acanfora, G. Sulla reazione di Rubino. Ann. igiene, 1939, 49: 152-9.—Adant, M. La reaction de Rubino dans la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 909-11. ------ Au sujet de la reaction de Rubino. Ibid., 1932, 110: 119.—Aoki, Y., & Murao, K. Zur Brauchbarkeit des Witebskyschen Prinzips der Tuberkulose-Komplementbindungsreaktion fur die Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 79: 365-71.—Arguelles, M. V. The Kahn test in leprosy. Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 30: 275- 86.—Assumpcao, L. de, & Fleury da Silveira, G. Contribuicao ao estudo da tixacao do complemento na lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 13-36.—Badger, L. F. Significance of positive Wassermann and Kahn reactions in leprosy. Pub. Health Rep.. Wash., 1931, 46: 957-70.—Benetazzo, G. La reazione di deviazione del complemento nella lebbra. Gior. ital. derm. sif., 1935, 76: Suppl., 51. ------ Sul comportamento della LEPROSY 740 LEPROSY reazione di Wa,ssermann nel liquido di bolla dei malati di lebbra. Ibid., 52. ------ Ricerche sulla reazione di deviazioni • lei complemento nella lebbra. Ibid., 143-69.—Besta, B., & Mariani, G. II valore pratico della reazione di Rubino per la lei.lira, tudiato in Somalia. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1936, 9: 11 4.- llier, (). G. Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Reaktions- frihigkeit des l.cpraserums mit Tuberkulose- und Lues-Antigen. Arch. Setoffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 516-9. ------ & Arnold, K. Die Spezifitat und Sensibilitat der Rubino-Reaktion; Untersuchungen iiber don Mechanismus der Reaktion. Ibid., 231 -6. ------ Komplementbindung bei Lepra mit dem Tuberkulose-Antigen von Witebsky, Klingenstein und Kuhn. Ibid.. 236-8. ——— Die serologische Differentialdiagnose zwischen Syphilis und Lepra. Ibid., 238-41.—Bier, O. G.. & Plante, N. Applicacao do processo de Witebsky ao preparo de um antigeno para fixacao do complemento na lepra com o Streptothrix leproldes (Deicke) Fol. clin. biol., S. Paulo, 1936, 8: 72-5.------Anwendung der Witebskyschen Methode zur Herste'lung eines Antigens fiir Komplementbindung bei Lepra mit Streptothrix leproides. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 56.5-7.—black, S. H., & Ross, H. The complement fixation reaction of Lleras in leprosv. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939, 54: 392-9.—Blanc, G., Joannides, G., & Pangalos, G. C. La reaction de fixation du complement appliquee au sero-diagnostic de la lepre avec un antigene methylique de hacille de Krtdrowsky. Arch. Inst. Pasteur heilen., 1928-30, 2: 315-22. Also Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1930, 23: 503-74.— Brants, J. Komplementbindungsreaktion mit dem Tuberkulose Antigen von Witebsky, Klingenstein und Kuhn bei Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1932, 95: 1688-91.—Bulkin, A. K. [Comple- ment fixation reaction with leprous antigens in leprosy] Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 36-8.—Danilova, A. N. [Rubino reaction in leprosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 150-3.— Degos. La reaction de Bordet-Wassermann dans la lepre. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 364-8.—Dharmendra. Com- plement-fixation bv leprous sera after absorption by various acid-fast bacilli. Ind. J. M. Res., 1941, 29: 523-5. ------ & Bose, R. ( 'omplement-fixation in leprosy with antigens pre- pared from various acid-fast bacilli. Ibid., 7 21.—Di Liddo, F. La reazione di Witebsky, Klingstein e Kuhn nella lebbra. Riforma med., 1938, 54: 970-2.—Ehlers, E.. & Bourret, G, Reaction de Wassermann dans la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, 2: 520-4. Also Ugeskr. laeger, 1909, 71: 1347-52 — Eitner, E. Ueber den Nachweis von Antikorpern im Serum eines Leprakranken mittels Komplementablenkung. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 1555-7. ------ Zur Frage der An- wendung der Komplementbindungsreaktion auf Lepra. Ibid., 1908, 21: 729.—Eliasberg, J. Komplementablenkung bei Lepra mit syphilitischem Antigen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 1922.—Ferrari, A. V. Reazione Wassermann e lebbra. Gior. batt. immunol., 1927, 2: 26-32.—Ficker, M. Ueber Verstarkung von Antigenen fiir die Komplementbindung bei Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1938, 94: 363-6.—Frugoni, C, & Pisani, S. Molteplici propriety fissatrici del complemento in alcuni sieri (lebbrosi) e loro importanza. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1909, 33: 315-46, ch. ------ Vielfache Bindungseigen- schaften des Komplementes einiger Sera (Leprakranker) und ihre Bedeutung. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1909, 46: 1530— Furtado, D., & Leite, S. A reaccao de Rubino e o diagnostico precoce da lepra. Lisboa med., 1932, 9: 1019-27.—Garcia Maldonado, L. La reaccidn de Kahn en la lepra. Gac. med. Caracas, 1936, 43: 9-27.—Gasperini, G. C. La specificity della reazione di Rubino- Marchoux nei lebbrosi. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 419.—Gomes, J. M. Desvio do complemento na lepra com o Streptothrix ieproide de Deycke desengordurado. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1927-29, 1: No. 1, 17-38, ch. ------ Desvio do complemento na lepra. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1223-30. Also Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1929-31, 2: 49-67. ------ The Gomez complement-fixation reaction in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 265-9. ------& Azevedo Antunes, P. C. de. Desvio do complemento na lepra com o Streptothrix Ieproide de Deycke desengordurado; sensibilisacao dos pacientes a esta reaccao pela administracao de iodeto de potassio. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1929-31, 2: 165-74. ■----— Desvio do complemento na lepra com o Streptothrix Ieproide de Deycke desengordurado. Brasil med., 1930, 44: 464-9. ------ Complement reaction in leprosv; activation by potassium iodide. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1933, 4: 100-2.—Gomes, J. M., & Duarte do Pateo, E. J., jr. Desvio do complemento na lepra. Ibid., 1927-29, 1: No. 3, 89-104.—Greval, S. D. S., Lowe, J., & Bose, R. Complement- fixation in leprosy with Witebsky, Klingenstein and Kuhn (.W. K. K.) antigen; a new technique. Ind. J. M. Res., 1938- 39, 26: 843-'.*. — Gundersen, E., & Berner, O. [Wassermann reaction in k-prosy] Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1938, 99: 353-78.— Isibasi, T. (.erlugehubei kelbazillus als wertvolles Antigen fiir die Komplementbindungsreaktion bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol.. 1935, 37: Sum>l., 118,------Beitrage zur Serologic der Lepra, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der fiir die Komple- mentbindungsreaktion bei Lepra wirksamen Antigene; nebst serologischen Untersuchungen an Seren von mit siiurefesten Bazillen immunisierten Kaninchen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1936- 37, 30: 287-314.—Jeanselme, Blum, P. [et al.] Les reactions de fixation au cours de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924. 3. Conf., 231-40.—Jundell, Almkvist, J., & Sandman, F. Wassermann's Syphilisreaktion bei Lepra. Zbl. inn. Med., 1908, 29: 1181-8.—Lai, D. G., & Chen, W. Y. The Wassermann and the Kahn reactions in leprosy. Chin. M. J., 1936, 50: 702-4.—Lai. D. G., & Lai, S. W. The Kahn reaction in leprosy; a study of 167 lepers in Swatow District. China M. J., 1928, 42: 880-3.—Landeiro, F. La reaction de Rubino-Marchoux chez les lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 174-6.—Lepinc. P.. Markiunos. J., & Papayoannou, A. Valeur pratique de la read ion de Itubino pour le serodiagnostic de la lepre. Mull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 543-6.— Lowe, J., & Greval, S. I). S. Complement-fixation in leprosy and other diseases by the Witebsky, Klingenstein and Kuhn (W. K. K.) antigen. Ind. J. M. Res., 1938-39, 26: 833-41.— Maltaner, E. A study of the sera of lepers in quantitative complement-fixation tests for syphilis and tuberculosis. Am. J. Trop. M., 1940, 20: 843-8.—Mathis, C. La reaction de Bordct-Wassermann dans la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 229-31- Melsom. R. (Observa- tions on Dr G undersoil's and Dr Berner's work: \\ ass •! niann reaction in leprosy. Norsk mag. Iicg-\ i I . I'.i.l.H. »J: 796- S.—Milian, (J. Ii-reductibilite du Wassermann dans un cas do lepre. Hev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 369- Montin6s. P La reaction de Rubino en la lepra; su valor diagnostic ». Hev. san. hig. piib.. Madr., 1932, 7: 3 25. Morales-Otero, P. The Wassermann reaction in leprosy. Porto Rico .1. Pub. Health, 1931, 7: 69-77.—Muir, E., & Roy, T. N. The significance of positive Wassermann and Kahn reactions in leprosv. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938, 9: 13-8- Murata, M., & Tamiya, T. La Wassermann kaj Murata-sifilisreakcio ci lepruloj. Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1927, 6: 185.------ Serodiagnozo de lepro per fiksado de komplemento kun oleo ginokardia. Ibid., 187-92.- Ota, M., & Isibasi, T. Complement-fixation of lepers' sera with bacillary antigens. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 413-22. ------ Ueber ein neues wirksames Antigen fiir die Komplementbindungsreaktion bei Lepra. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 37: Suppl., 64 (Abstr.)—Pasini, A. Sulla reazione della deviazione del complemento nella lepra. Osp. maggiore Milano, 1909, 4: 113-20.—Patrick, D. W., & Wolfe, D. M. Leprosy: complement fixation with Gaehtgens' spirochete antigen compared with standard Wassermann and Kahn tests. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1941, 56: 1757-9.— Pereira, P. C. R. La reaction de fixation du complement avec I'antigene de Witebsky, Klingenstein et Kuhn dans la lepre. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 207-14.------A reacao de Lleras Acosta na leprose; reacao de fixacao do com- plemento com antigeno metilico de bacilos acido-alcool-re- sistentes. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1937, 45: 494-6. Also Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 315-39.—Peyre, E. Les reactions de fixation dans la lepre. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1927, 7: 522-7.—Pimentel Imbert, M. F. Rubino's reaction in leprosy. Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1936-37, 12: 257-66, pl., 4 tab.— Pineda, E. V., & Roxas-Pineda, E. The Wassermann reaction in leprosy. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1926, 6: 295-8.------Studies on the serology of leprosy; the Wasser- mann reaction in leprosy. Philippine J. Sc, 1926, 30: 39-57.— Pisacane, C. Considerazioni sulla reazione di Rubino per la lebbra. Riv. san. sicil., 1932, 20: 785-9.—Rabello Junior & Pinto, T. Interet de la sero-r6action de Witebsky, Klingenstein et Kuhn pour la connaissance des formes de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 339-41.—Radna, R. Sur la reaction de Witebsky-Klingenstein-Kuhn dans la 16pre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1939, 19: 407-12.—Recio, A. La reacci6n de Wassermann en la lepra. San. & benef., Habana, 1909, 2: 277; 285; 292. — Sardjito [Complement fixation tests with alcohol, ether and acetone extract of acid-fast bacilli and serum of leprous patients] Acta leiden., 1939, 14: 200-10.—Serra, A. La sierodiagnosi di Wassermann nella lepra. Policlinico, 1909, 16: sez. med., 545-53.—Slatineano, A., & Danielopol, D. Reaction de fixation avec le serum et le liquide cephalo-rachi- dien des malades atteints de lepre en presence de I'antigene syphilitique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 347.----- Reaction de fixation dans la 16pre en employant la tuberculine comme antigene. Ibid., 530. •------ Fixation de l'alexine essayee avec le serum et le liquide cephalorachidien des 16preux, en presence de la lecithine comme antigene. Ibid., 1909, 66: 332-4.—Soule, M. H. The Wassermann reaction and the Kahn test in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 181-94.—Spanedda, A. Sulla reazione di Rubino nella lepra. Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1932, 15: 508-16.—Sugai, T. Zur klinisch-diagnostischen Verwertung der Komplement- bindungs methode bei Lepra. Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1909, 95: 313-20.—Trincao, C. Les reactions de Kahn et de Wasser- mann chez les lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 160.— Van den Branden, F. La reaction de Bordet-Wassermann dans la lepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1925-26, 5: 171-4.— Vigne, P., & Dusan, J. Un cas de lepre d6cel6 par la reaction de Rubino. Marseille med., 1933, 70: 515-7.—Wechselmann & Meier, G. Wassermannsche Reaktion in einem Falle von Lepra. Deut. med. Wschr., 1908, 34: 1340-2. ---- Serology. Ambrogio, A. Alcune ricerche sulla coHoidolabilita dei sieri lebbrosi; relazioni chimiche, di precipitazione e di flocculazione. Pathologica, Genova, 1932, 24: 721-9.—Babes, V., & Busila, V. L'extrait ethere de lepromes gard6s depuis des annees dans l'alcool comme antigene lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 67: 817-9.—Bejarano, J. Estudio serol6gico de la lepra. Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 207-25. ------ & Enterria, E. El antigeno leproso en el diagn6stico de la lepra; datos serol6gicos y de liquido cefalo-raquideo. Arch, med., Madr., 1929, 30: 336-41.—Bier, O. Sorologia da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 211-22.—Boncinelli, V. Ricerche sierologiche sulla lebbra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 1175-201.—Bruck, C, & Gessner, E. Ueber Serumuntersuchungen bei Lepra. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1909, 49: 589.—Bulkin, A. K. [Preparation of LEPROSY 741 LEPROSY leprous antigens and their value in diagnosis of leprosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 53-62.—Cerqueira Luz, A. Con- tribuicao ao estudo sorologico da lepra. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1526-31.—Eagle, H., Hogan, R. B. [et ah] On the reactivity of the serum and spinal fluid of leprous patients with spirochetal suspensions. Am. J. Syph., 1941, 25: 397-405.—Eichbaum, F. W. Reactivity of leprosy sera with lecithin; incidence of the lecithin reaction in Wassermann positive and negative sera of lepers and control cases. Rev. brasil. biol., 1943, 3: 225-30. ---— Reactivity of leprosy sera with lecithin; properties of the anti-lecithin reagin in leprosy sera. Ibid., 23i-6.—Fleury da Silveira, G., & Gomes, J. M. A reaccao de Kahn na lepra. Bol. Inst. hyg. Sao Paulo, 1929, 3: No. 39, 1-7.—Guimaraes Villela, G. Sur la fraction active de I'antigene de Mituda. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 1387.—Henderson, H. J. An attempt to obtain specific protein antigens from leprous spleens. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 271-83.— Henderson, J. M., & Ghosh, S. Notes on some hematological and serological investigations in leprosv. Ind. J. M. Res., 1928-29, 16: 687-94.—Juarez F., L. Serologia de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 28.—Marras, A. La reazione meiostagminica stalagmometrica e precipitante nella lepra. Biochim. ter. sper., 1928, 15: 264-77.—Najlor- Foote, A. W., & Rodrigues de Souza, A. Estudos experimentaes para a demonstracao de proteinas especificas na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 67-74.—Pais, L. Sierologia nella lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1927, 68: 84-108.— Pollio, G., & Fontana, A. Sull'emolisi nella lebbra. Gazz. osp., 1905, 26: 705.— Puente, J. J. La serologia de la lepra. Rev. argent, derm., 1932, 16: 53-8. — Rabello Junior & Villela, G. Utilisacao de uma substantia antigenica extraida do leproma no diagnos- tico da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 231. ------ & Tostes, J. Recherches sur la fraction antigenique spetifique de I'antigene lepromateux de Mituda. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 1386,— Raevsky, A. S., & Braul, Y. E. [Serology of leprosy] Vest, mikrob., 1926, 5: 139-42.— Schobl, O., & Ramirez, J. Serological analysis of lepers' sera. Philip- pine J. Sc, 1926, 29: 305-26.—Slatineanu, A., & Danielopolu. Sur la prlsence d'anticorps spetifiques dans le serum des malades atteints de lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1908, 65: 309. Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1908, 48: Orig., 480-3.—Souza Lima, L. de. A sorologia da sifilis em face do tratamento antileprotico. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 183-5.—Toyama, I., Miyosi, S., & Kubokawa, K. A contribution to the serology of leprosy. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1930, 30: 93-7.—Vilanova, X., & Catasus, J. M. Estudios sobre iepra; serologia. Gac. med. Caracas, 1927, 34: 233-6. Also Rev. med. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 7: 592-7, ch.—Wade, H. W. Nitric-acid precipi- tation (Bruck, modified) Month. BuU. Philippine Health Serv., 1927, 7: 1-5. ---- Site of affection. Bjarnhje Thinsson, S. Et lille Bidrag til Spo'rgsmaalet saakaldte sjaeldne Lokalisationer af Lepra tuberosa. Bibl laeger, 1906, 8. R., 7: 66-84.—Oberdoerffer, M. J. Study of nose leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1937, 8: 154-6.—Peiia Chavarria, A., & de P. Barrera, F. Algunas manifestaciones de lepra de localization no simetriea. Rev. med. lat. amer., 1930- 31, 16: 814-21. Also Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1931, 4: 110-4.—Plantilla, F. C. Transmission of leprosy; sites of the single leprotic lesions. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1936, 16: 137-41.—Stein, A. A. Affection of the elbows, knees, hands and soles in leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 254-7.— Tolentino, J. G. Leprosy of the palms and soles. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1934, 14: 281-7. ---- Skin. See also Leprid. Chattergi, S. T. Nervos espessados em relacao com lesoes cutaneas. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 192-203 — Correa de Carvalho, J. Ragadas na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 121-32.—Denney, O. E., Hopkins, R., & Johansen, F. A. Scleroderma-like lesions in lepers. South. M. J., 1930, 23: 1003-6.—Eubanas, F. Plantar and palmar manifestation in leprosy. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1929, 9: 358-60.—Fernandez, A. A., & Tapalucci, L. A proposito de una lesion de la piel del tobillo izquierdo, que se sospecho de lepra. Rev. As. med. argent., 1937, 50: 208-14.—Jeanselme, E., Giraudeau, R., & Bureau, Y. De l'exploration de la fonction sudorale au niveau des manifestations tegumentaires de la lepre, par la methode de l'ionisation de pilocarpine. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1929, 36: 139-48.—Lai, D. G. A bacteriological study of certain immune regions in skin leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 725-7.—Oppenheim, M. Ueber eine eigentumliche Form der Hautatrophie bei Lepra (Derma- titis atrophicans leprosa universalis) Arch. Derm. Syph., Lpz., 1904, 68: 81-100, 3 pl.—Querangal des Essarts, J., & Lefrou, G. Histo-pathologie de la lepre cutanee; les lesions des glandes sudoripares. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30 • 543-7 —Rodrigues de Souza, A. Caso mteressante ae atrophia maculosa deuteropathica. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935 2- 291-6------Nodulo doloroso da orelha em lepra maculo-anesthesica. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 233-9. —---- Lepra; poikilodermia de Petges-Jacobi com concrecoes calcdreas sub-cutaneas; sindromo de Weir-Mitchell. Ibid., 1938 6: No »,npp 161-71 pl.------Escrofulato de lepra; estudo cTnico Ibid, 1941 9: 131-62-Rotberg. A. Casos clinicos; nodulos brancos de reacao leprotica, dois cases; eritrodermia em doente de lepra poupando as lesoes maculosas; lesoes de reacao tuberculoide ao longo das pregas articulares das palmas das maos; dermatite de Duhring e lepra, dois casos. Ibid., 1938, 6: No. espec, 117-23, pl.—Serra, G. Ricerche sulle modifica- zioni del tessuto elastico della cute nella lepra. Dermosihlo- grafo, 1935, 10: 385-410.—Stein, A. A. The skin temperature in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 403-11. —---- Specific affections of the follicular apparatus of the skin in leprosy. Ibid., 1940, 8: 299-305, 2 pl.—Van Breuseg- hem, R. Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic de la lepre; les troubles de la sudation. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1937, 17:381-4, pl.—Wade, H. W. The skin lesions of neural leprosy; general introduction. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 409-30. ------ Cochrane, R. G., & Raj, M. P. The skin lesions of neural leprosy; observations in Madras, South India. Ibid., 1937, 5: 437-62, 6 pl.—Wade, H. W., & Fraser, N. D. The skin lesions of neural leprosy; observations in China. Ibid., 285-308, 6 pl.—Wade, H. W., & Rodriguez, J. N. The skin lesions of neural leprosy; observations in Cebu. Ibid., 1-30, 16 pl—Wade, H. W., de Simon, D. S., & Fernando, A. C. The skin lesions of neural leprosy; observations in Ceylon. Ibid., 1938, 6: 199-222, 5 pl., tab.—Wise, F. Leprosy with juxta-articular nodes. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 1162.—Yamada & Iwasaki. [Bacteriological examination of the nasal secretion in the leprous; the localisation of leprous skin changes] Hifuhyog. kiu hiniokihyog. zassi, 1903, 3: 337-42. ---- Stages. Grail. Presentation de 4 lepreux a des stades differents d'evolution de la maladie. Algerie med., 1941, 4. ser., 45: 72.—Marino Bechelli, L. O tempo de incubacao da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 355-60.—Pesce, H. Un simbolo individual combinado y un fndice colectivo para expresar la evolution de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1940, 19: 562-8.—Tisseuil, J. Quelle est la dur6e minima d'incubation de la lepre? Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 60-2.—Vialard, Verliac & Berge. Sur un cas de lepre mixte a incubation prolongee. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 411-4.—Wayson, N. E., & Badger, L. F. Studies upon leprosy; clinical observations of early or moderately advanced cases. Pub. Health BuU., Wash., 1929, No. 189, 1-16. ---- Stages: Initial stage. Reveraxd, P. Contribution a l'etude des algies au debut de la lepre; etude clinique. 39p. 24^cm. Par., 1939. Aleixo, A. Signaes iniciaes ou precurosores da lepra. Brasil med., 1929, 42: 1269-71.—Camargo F., A. T., & Bechelli, L. M. Natureza e sede das lesoes iniciais da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 35-48.—Chiyuto, S. Early leprotic changes in children and their bearing on the trans- mission and evolution of the disease. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1933, 13: 5; 1934, 14: 363; 1935, 15: 217.— Cochrane, R. G. The precutaneous lesion of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 104.—Diniz, O. Signal initial da lepra. Brasil med., 1935, 49: 556-60.—Fennel, E. A. Leprosy; initial lesion and surgical cure; a case report. Proc. Clinic, Honolulu, 1937, 3: No. 8, 1-8, pl.—Gandolfo, C. F.. Steinberg, I. R., & Charosky, L. Lepra a iniciaci6n aguda. Sem. med., B. Air., 1942, 49: 741-6.—Gonzalez Medina. Lepra en periodo de comienzo de la enfermedad. Actas derm. sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 657-60.—Lara, C. B. Early leprosy in children of lepers; further observations on the early, defi- nitely identifiable leprotic lesions. Month. BuU. Bur. Health, ManUa, 1938, 18: 325-55.—Lopez, B., & Aziia, L. de. Un caso de lepra incipiente. Actas derm, sif., Madr., 1940-41, 32: 384-7.—Matta, A. da. Os symptomas iniciaes das leproses; seu contagio e evolugao relativamente rapida. Brasil med., 1929, 43: 277-87. Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 233-49, 3 pl.—Montafies, P., & Negro, E. Primer sintoma objectivo en los leprosos espafioles. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 36: 268-70.—Nittis, S. Prominence of the right sterno- clavicular junction as a sign of early infection in leprosy. J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1935, 18: 403-12.—Nolasco, J. O., & Lara, C. B. Histopathology of early lesions in 14 children of lepers; analysis of previous skin blemishes in relation to sites of biopsies and other positive and probable lesions. Philippine J. Sc, 1940, 71: 321-59, 3 pl. •------ Histological study of an early case of leprosy in a young child of leprous parents; report of a case, with autopsy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 181-92 2 pl—Pierini, L. E. Manifestaciones iniciales de la lepra. 'Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 1, 167-72.—Plantilla, F C. Leprosy manifestations; the early lesions. Month. Bull Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 21-6.—Ramos e Silva, J. Lepra initial. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1942, 17: 52.—Reiss, F. The early symptoms of leprosy, with notes on differential diagnosis. China M. J., 1933, 47: 248-51.—Rodriguez, J., & Plantilla, F. C. Observations on the progress of incipient lesions of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 453-65. ---- Stages: Metaleprosy. See also subheading Nervous system. Hansen, G. A. Paraleprose. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904, 30: 1380.—Hoang-Pho. Un cas de paralysie generale d'origine lepreuse. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 721-3. LEPROSY 742 LEPROSY ---- Superinfection. See also subheading Immunity. lange, W. C. D. de. Superinfection with leprosy. Tr. Pai Last. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 499-509- Marchoux, E.. & Chorine, V. Contamination et surinfection dan.- la lepre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938, 61: 817 —Tisseuil, J. Essai d inoculation de la lepre humaine aux lepreux, par greffe heteroplastique dermo-epidermique. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 3S2-5. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 87-90- Ves-poli, M. Ensaio de pathologia da lepra; superinfeccao. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 173-84. ---- Surgery. Araujo, D. G. Cirugia geral em doentes de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 65-75.—Brugeas. Sym- pathectomie chez un lepreux. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 1011.—Carvalho. S. V. de. Contribuicao para o estudo da cirurgia do nervo cubital na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 431-41, 6 pl.— Chttlerjee, K. R. A conservative method of removing terminal phalanges in leprosv patients. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 559 (Abstr.)—Flarer, F., & Grillo, V. Ricerche sperimentali su innesti cutanei in lebbrosi. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 518-21. —■---- Esperienze di trapianti cutanei omologhi in lebbrosi. Ibid., 1936, 12: 309-25.— Godoy Araujo, D., & Berth A. Enxerto livre dos supercilios. Rey. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: No. espec, 7-13.—Osawa, Y., & Nojima, T. Sympathektomie an Leprakranken. Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 05-7.—Paul, M. Surgical measures in leprosy. Internat. .1. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 29-34.— Puente, J. J., & Fiol, H. Extirpaci6n quirtirgica de las lesiones initiates de la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 1, 117- 20.-—Rake, B. The value of surgery in leprosy. S. Louis M. & S. J., 1893, 64: 201-24.—Sloan. T. B. M., & Ebenezer. R. Skin grafts in leprosy. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lord., 1912, 39: 559 (Abstr.)—Vishnevsky, A. A., jr. Novocaine blockade in the treatment of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 477-90, pl.— Wayson, N. E. Leprosy; observations from the clinic on early and moderately advanced cases at Kalihi receiving station, Honolulu. Proc. Panpacific Surg. Conf., 1929, 1. Conf., 438. ------ Cutaneous leprosy; presumable cure by surgical removal of a lesion. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 1185. ---- Transmission, and sources. Ashmead, A. S. Fish-ponds of Hawaii as propagators of leprosy. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1904, 8: 62-75.— Camargo Filho, A. de. O contagio da lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1939, 15: 637-56.—Campana. Auflegen von Iebendem Fleisch auf verletztes I epraknoten. Clin, dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma. 1909, 27: 51.—Chatterji, S. N. Unsuspected sources of leprous infection. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 129-32, 2 pl.— Colocasia y sapotoxina en la trasmision de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942, 21: 295.—De Amicis, A. Lepra autoc- tona e contagio leproso. Riforma med., 1930, 46: 1081-4.— Etchepare. J. Sobre el contagio de la lepra: informe de la Inspection de sanidad terrestre. Bol. Cons. nac. hig., Montev., 1926, 21: 580-5.—Hamilton, G. R. Leprosy acquired in a lazaret. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 420-2.—Lachner, S. V. Acerca de la infecci6n leprosa. Rev. med., S. Jose, 1940-41, 4: 536-9.—Lagoudaky, S. Preliminary note on self-inoculation of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936, 39: 81-3.—Lutz, A. A transmissao da lepra e suas indicacoes prophvlacticas. Mem. Inst, Oswaldo Cruz, 1936, 31: 373-81; 383.—Malinin, I. M. [Local origin of leprosy in relation to latent forms and in healthy carriers of Hansen's bacilhisl Kuban, nauch. med vest., 1930, 12:13: 249-58.—Manalang. C. Transmission of leprosy. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1931, 11: 639-40; 1932, 12: 363.—Marchoux, E. Mode de contagion de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 349-51.------Un cas d'inoculation accidentelle du bacille de Hansen en pays non lepreux. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 1-6, pl.------& Bourret, G. Recherches sur la transmission de la lepre. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, 23: 513-32.—Marino Bechelli, L. Contagio conjugal na lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 349-54.—Martinez, G. Contribuci6n al estudio del mecanismo de propagaci6n de la lepra y de su reglamentaci6n sanitaria. Bol. As. mid. Puerto Rico, 1908, 6: 17-23.—Mendes Tavares. Transmissibilidade da lepra; medidas de prophylaxia tendentes a evitar a propa- pacao do mal. Rev. med. cir. Brazil, 1906, 14: 281-6 — Merqueissrac. H. de, & Sohier. H. Croyances qui se rattachent a la transmission de la lepre en pays Kabre. Bull. Soc path exot., Par., 1933. 26: 483-5.—Mituda, K. [Ueber Taetowierung und ihre Beziehungen zu Leprabacillenl Hifuhyog. kiu hiniokihyog. zassi, 1904, 4: 433.—Mugliston. T. C. On a possible mode of communication of leprosv. J. Trop M Hyg Lond., 1905. 8: 209.—Nay lor Foote. A. W. Estudos sobre a o-ainS0m'SSi? e ° contdeio da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: •V" 4_i, liolas< c: Contagion possible de la lepre par le coit. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1909, 2: 200-2.—Radna. R. Contribution au probleme de la transmission de la lepre; les formes de la lepre dans la region de Pawa et leur infectiositd; premiere note: 1 elimination du bacille de la lepre. Ann Soc beige med trop., 1939, 19: 39-50.------Contribution au probleme de la transmission de la Idpre: les formes de la lepre dans la region de Pawa et leur infectiosite; la transmission du bacille de Hansen. Ibid., 201-25.—Bobineau. Consideration* sur le mode de contagion de la lepre. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1928, 26: 305-22.—Sand-Trondjhem. (leschieht die Ansteekung der Lepra durch unmittclbare Uebertragung? Mhefte prakt. Derm., 1909, 49: 285:?.—Tisseuil. J. De la diffusion du bacille lepreux dans un milieu k l^pre rnd^miqur. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: I..S-63.- Treuherz. W. Commentaries a respeito do contamo da lepra, (oiz. clin., S. Paulo, 1926, 24: 101-3. Vedder, E. II. A discussion of the evidence concerning the transmission of leprosy. Porto Pico J. Pub. Health, 1930-31, 6: 106-21. Wolff, A. Kin Fall von Lepraansteckung. Wih. Internat, derm. Kongr. (1901) 1905, 2: 81-4.—Zerbos. S. 'II fitTa&OTiKt,TT]s t^s Xejrpas. 'XaTpm&t nmup, 1906, 6: 183. ---- Transmission, and sources: Animal vectors. Almeida, E. de. A transmissao da lepra pelo mosquito; a proposito de um caso. Fol. med., 1921, 5: 163.—Arizumi, S. On the potential transmission of B. leprae by certain insects. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: -170-2. Also Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1934, 33: 54-6.—A.sami, S. Concerning the carrying of the leprosy bacillus by insects. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 465-9.—Ashmead, A. S. Spread of leprcsy by mosquitoes and fish; theory which explains some of the facts in regard to the disease and consumption. Sei i kwai M. J., 1904, 23: 9-17. ------ Some considerations on the question of leprosv transmission by insects and fish. Pacific M. J., 1907, 50: 550; 637; 717; 767; 1908, 51: 94; 230; 292; 1909, 52: 350; 403; 481.—Bassewitz, E. von. Spiclen die Kratzmilben eine Rolle bei dor Verbreitung der Lepra? Miinch. med. Wschr., 1905, 52: 1981-3.—Borrel. A. Lepre et demodex. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1909, 148: 50.—Cabral, J. Sobre a possibilidade da transmissao da lepra pelos insectos. Arq. indoport. med., 1926, 3: 100-6.—Faries, W. R. Leprosy and pediculi. N. York M. J., 1906, 83: 1315.—Goodhue. E. S. A short history of leprosy in Hawaii from its origin to the discovery last Febru- ary by the Medical Superintendent of the Leper Settlement at Molokai, of the Bacillus leprae in the mosquito and bedbug. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1906, 10: 435; 477. ----- The Bacillus leprae (Hansen) found in the mosquito (.Culex pun-en*.-) and the bedbug. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, 154: 537. Hewlett, R. T. The fish hypothesis and the trans- mission of leprosy. Nature, Lond., 1903-04, 69: 395.—Larnborn, W. A. The passage of leprosy bacilli through the intestine of the fly, Musca sorbens Wied. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 3-4. —---- The haematophagous 'fly, Musca sorbens, Wied., in relation to the transmission of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937, 40: 37-42.—Lutz, A. A transmissao da lepra pelos mosquitos e a sua profilaxia. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1939, 34: 475-93.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Transmission de la lepre par les poux et par les laelaps. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 477-9 — Markianos, J. Le role des poux dans la transmission de la lepre. Ibid., 1929, 22: 633-5.—Mello. F. de, & Cabral, J. I es insectes sont-ils susceptibles de transmetre la lepre? Ibid., 1926. 19: 774-7 [Discussion] 778.—Minett, E. P. The question of flies as leprosv carriers. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 31-5.—Mukherji, J. K. The domestic fly; a carrier of leprosy. J. Christ, M. Ass. India, 1943, 18: 209.— Muiioz Rivas, G. Algunas observaciones relacionadas con las pulgas y la transmisi6n de la lepra. Rev. Fac med.. Bosrotrt, 1941-42, .10: 635-79, 4 pl.—Naumov-Golubova, L. Sind Insekten als Lepraverbreiter zu betrachten? Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 497-502.—Souza-Araujo. H. C. de. Podern o carrapato transmitir a lepra? Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1941, 36: 577-84, 2 pl. ------ Podera o carrapato transmitir a lepra? isolamento e cultura dum bacilo acido-alcool resistente de sedimento de Amblyomma cajennense capturado em leproso. Ibid., 1942, 37: 95-103, 3 pl. ------ Verificacao, em condic5es naturais, da infecc o de mais 3 hematofagos (anophelineos, fleb6tomos e simulfdeos) em leprosos. Ibid., 1943, 39: 167- 76. ------ Infeccao espontanea e experimental de hemato- fagos (ixodfdeos, tritomideos, culicfdeos, hirudfneos, pedi- culfdeos e cimiefdeos) em leprosos; possibilidade de serem eles vectores ou transmissores da lepra. Ibid., 38: 447-84. ----- & Noronha Miranda, R. Poderd o carrapato transmitir a lepra? mais 4 amostras de culturas de bacilos acido-alcool resistentes obtidas de carrapatos (2 de Amblyomma cajennense e 2 de Boophilus microplus) infectados em leprosos do Parana. Ibid., 1942, 37: 391-425.—Transmission of leprosy by ticks fBrazil] J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 1053.—Van Breupephem, R. Lepre et sangsues. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 237-44.—Vedder, E. B. A discussion of the etiology of leprosy, with especial reference to the possibility of the transference of leprosy bv insects, and the experimental inoculation of three men. Philippine J. Sc, 1928-29, 37: 217-43. ---- Treatment. Ftjertes, F. *Orientaciones para el trata- miento antilepr6tico [Buenos Aires] 77p. 27cm. La Plata, 1940. Argiiello. R. A. Tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. med., Rosario, 1940, 14: No. 5, 19-31.—Ashmead, A. S. State cure of leprosy in Norway as it affects the United Slates. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1909, 13: 212-7.—Azua, J. de. Trata- miento de la lepra. Rev. clin. Madrid, 1909, 2: 281-7.— Barbera, F. El tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. valenc. cienc. med., 1906, 8: 181-7.—Basombrio, G. Estado actual del LEPROSY 743 LEPROSY tratamiento de la lepra. Acci6n med., B. Air., 1940, 10: 155 — Bonnet, E. Note sur le traitement de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 261-3.—Bousfield, C. E. Notes on the treatment of leprosy. N. England J. M., 1934, 210: 1118-20.—Burgess, P. Lepers and leprosy. Inter- nal. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 269-79.—Cabral, J. Tera- peutica da lepra. Arq. indoport., 1926, 3: 144-201.—Castro- nuovo, G. Terapia e profilassi della lebbra. Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1934, 7: 85-7—Catirto, J. P. Clasificacion del trata- mientb de la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 2, 1872-4 — Chatterjee, M. L. Treatment of leprosy. Calcutta M. J., 1938, 34: 413-26.—Christian, E. B. Efficiency of institutional treatment for leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1935, 6: 130-3.— Cochrane, R. G. O moderno tratamento da lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 31-6.—Cook, C. Leprosy problems. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 801-3.—Developments in the treat- ment of leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1940, 1: 1055.—Drewe, F. The treatment of leprosy. S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 655-8.— Duque, M. The treatment of laprosy. Am. J. Derm. Ceni- tourin. Dis., 1907, 11: 530-4.—Fleming, R. B. Nova esperanca para os leprosos. Impr. med., Rio, 1943, 18: No. 351, 131-4.— Gminder, E. Die Behandlung der Lepra. Miinch. med. Wschr. 1940, 87: 959-64.—Gomez Plata, C. Tratamiento de la lepra y sus complicaciones. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1941, 22: No. 5, 96-121.—Heimburger, L. F. The treatment and prognosis cf leprosy. China M. J., 1933, 47: 252-6.—Hernandez, T. La lepra y su tratamiento. Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1909, 35: 357-60.—Hoffmann, W. H. El tratamiento precoz de la lepra. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1930, 11: 670-9. ■----- Fortschritte der Leprabehandlung. In Katholische missions- arztl. Fiirsorge, 1932, 9: 19-38.—Labernadie, V. G. F. Note sur le traitement de la lepre. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 2: 7. Congr., 315.—Langen, C. D. de. Behandeling van lepra. Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 1948-53 — Lie, H. P. Die Therapie der Lepra. Deut. med. Wschr., 1904,30:1381-4. ------ Behandlung der Lepra. In Handb. ges. Ther. (Penzoldt-Stintzing) Jena, 4. Aufl., 1909, 1: 309-17.— Lopez Rovirosa, G. Tratamiento de la lepra. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1936, 3: 245; passim.—Ludzenieks, J. Klinische Betrachtungen iiber die Lepra und deren Behandlung. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 103: 1663-5.—McCoy, G. W. Leprosy. In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 2: 1384-9 — Montel, L. R. Quelques considerations sur le traitement de La lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1932, 25: 404-11— Muir,E The treatment and prevention of leprosv. Tr. Far East. Ass Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 305-07. ——— Some notes on recent advances in the treatment of leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1930, 50: 19. ------ The treatment of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 25: 87-102. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 407-58, 2 pl. Some basic principles in leprosy treatment. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 162-9.—Netto, S. Cruzada anti-leprosa; therapeutica da lepra. Brasil med., 1932, 46: 165; 921; 1002.— Oliveira Botelho, J. Tratamento e prophylaxia da lepra. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1926, 98: 336-40— Orlandini, P. Traite- ment de la lepre. Marseille med., 1933, 70: 232-4.—Panayota- tou, A. Traitement de la ldpre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 310.— Pierini, L. E. Tratamiento de la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 1122; 1183.— Proposito (A) do tratamento da lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 347, 157.—Radna, R. Contribution a la ques- tion du traitement de la lepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 225-32.—Ribeiro, L. Treatment of leprosy. In his Brazil. M. Contrib., Rio, 1939, 88.—Rogers, L. Re- cent advance in the treatment of leprosy and its bearing on prophylaxis. Practitioner, Lond., 1928, 120: 209-19. Also Edinburgh M. J., 1930, n. ser., 37: 1-27.—Ryrie, G. A., Austin, C. J. [et al.] Tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. hig., Bogota, 1938, 19: No. 9, 22-4.—Ryrie, G. A., Rose, I. G. [et al.] Tratamiento de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. pan- amer., 1938, 17: 788-90.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Treat- ment of leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 599-612.—Summent, P. Klinische Betrachtungen iiber die Lepra und deren Behandlung. Derm. Wschr., 1935, 101: 1002-6 —Tiant, F. R. Principios generales del tratamiento de la lepra. San. & benef., Habana, 1941, 1: 84-7.—Traitement. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 253- 346.—Tratamento da lepra. Brasil med., 1936, 50: 1105.— Treatment of leprosy. Annual Rep. Fed. Malay States M. Dep., 1934, 48-9.—Treatment of leprosy. Med. J. Australia, 1934, 1: 532.—Treatment of leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 389-91.—Trillo Gomez, R. Trata- miento de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 69.—Valverde, B. Consideracoes sobre o tratamento da lepra. Rev. brasil. med. farm., 1925, 1: 25-32.—Vigne. Traitement de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 342.—Wilson, R. M. Treatment of leprosy. South. M. J.,-1926, 19: 603. ------ The management of leprosy. Clin. M. & S., 1934, 41: 465.—iingale, G. Appunti sulla lebbra. Med. nuova, 1928, 19: 745-8. ---- Treatment: Antimony. Cawston, F. G. Antimony in leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rey., 1942 46-734—Chala H., J. I- Sulfuro de antimonio coloidal en la lepra. * Rev. Fac. med., Bogota 1942-43, 11: 1-12 3 pl.—Hoffmann, W. H. Die Behandlung der Lepramit Antimon. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,. 1927 31: 139-41.— Ienacio Chala J. Sulfuro de antimonio coloidal en la lepra. Trop Dis BuU., Lond.. 1943, 40: 248 (Abstr.)-Kingsburv. J. A new antimony compound in the treatment for leprosy. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 24: 1053-7. ---- Treatment: Arsenicals. A propos du traitement de la lepre par l'eparseno. Eiol. med., Par., 1923, 13: 305-9.—Brault, J. Note compiementaire sur le traitement de la lepre par l'atoxvl. Bull. Soc. fr. derm. syph., 1909, 20: 99-101.—Hasson. Nouvelles recherches et observations cliniques sur l'emploi de l'eparseno, amino- arsenophenol, 132 de Pomaret, et- son action therapeutique dans la lepre. P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr. (1923) 1925, 2. ( ongr., 705-13.—Lepinay, M. Traitement de la lepre par I'('i ars6no. Rev. path, comp., Par., 1924, 24: 204.—Mello, F. de, & Cabral, J. Resultats d'injections d'eparseno sur deux malades de lepre mixte. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 779.—Roxas-Pineda, E. Neosalvarsan in Wassermann- and Kahn-positive lepers. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1932, 12: 264-72.—Van Heutsz, J. B. Lepra au II. C. B. (Leprarsol) Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1932, 12: 385-93. ---- Treatment: Balneotherapy and diet. Cochrane, R. G., Paulraj, M., & Salmond, M. D. The effect of wheat diet in the relief of certain painful complications and sequelae in leprosy. Ind. J. M. Res., 1939-40, 27: 963-9 — Cruz, M. C. Trial of high fat diet and fixation-abscess in lepra reaction. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 214-20 — Greco, N. V. Alcalinoterapia en la lepra y otras enfermedades; sus fundamentos. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 597- 604.—Hollrrtnn, H. T. The use of baths in the treatment of leprosy, especially the medicated bath. N. York M. J., 1907, 85: 887-9.-—Keil, E.' G. The importance of nutrition in the prevention and cure of leprosv. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 393-8, pl.—Kuznezov, V. N. [Treatment of leprosy by baths of naphthalan oil] Vest, vener., 1939, No. 4, 20-3. Experience with the naphthalan oil bath treatment of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 23-8. ---- Treatment: Biological products. Keller, I. A. *L'autohemotherapie dans la lepre. 48p. 8? Par., 1930. Davison, A. R.. Blood transfusions in the treatment of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1941, 12: 32-40.—Montel, R., Montel, G., & Le Van Phung. Essais de traitement de la lepre par la cysteine en injections intraveineuses. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1937, 29: 1061-3.—Pezzi, G. Tentativi di terapia della lebbra anestetica con iniezioni endovenose di autoliqucr.. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1933, 39: pt 1, 183-6.—Pinard, M.,'&1 Chiche. Presentation d'un lepreux; essai de traitement, par les injections intradermiques d'extrait de pancreas. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 2002-4.—Rodrigues de Souza, A. Opotherapia thyroidea em um caso de lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 97-102. ---- Treatment: Chemotherapy. Anderson, H. H., Emerson, G. A. [et al.] Chemotherapy of leprosy: clinical evaluation of anti-leprosy drugs. Univ. Cali- fornia Pub. Pharm., 1938, 1: 31-47, tab.—Biingeler, W., & Alayon, F. L. Sobre a questao das pesquisas relativas a quimio- terapia da lepra experimental. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 143-55.—Burschkies, K., & Scholl, J. Leber die Bedeutung zyklischer Sauren und Alkohole fur die Chemotherapie der Lepra. Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1941, 279: 45; 1943, 281: 328 — Callari, I. Contributo alia casuistica ed alia patogenesi della lebbra; cura mercuriale col metodo del Prof. Baccelli. Gazz. sicil. med. chir., 1903, 2: 401-5.—Dubois, A., Westerlinck, H., & Degotte, J. Essais therapeutiques dans la lepre; le manganyl. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1935, 15: 19-23.— Etcheverry, V. P. Las sales biliares en el tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 157-64.—Faget, G. H., Johansen, F. A., & Ross, H. Sulfanilamide in the treatment of leprosy. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1942, 57: 1892-9 — Filho, E. Tentativas para a possivel cura da lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 333, 40-5.—Fischl, V. Zur Chemo- therapie der Tuberkulose und Lepra. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 85: 71-6.—Irvine, C. Dagenan in leprosy. East Afr. M. J., 1942, 19: 296.—Kuznezov, V. N. [Treatment of leprosy with naphthalan naphtha] Klin, med., Moskva, 1940, 18: No. 9, 124—6.-—Lara, C. B., & Fernandez, G. Clinical trial of ethyl di-n-heptyl acetate in leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 575-601.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Traitement de la lepre par le tellure. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118: 86-93.—Marino Bechelli, L. A quinoleina no tratamento da lepra; nota previa. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: No. espec, 231-46.—Monacelli, M. Nuovi tentativi di chemioterapia della lepra. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1174.—Montel & Truong-van-Que. Essais de traitement de la lepre par les injections intraveineuses de resorcine. BuU. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 167-9.—Muir, E. The treat- ment of Wassermann-positive cases of leprosy by a new oil- soluble mercury preparation. Ind. J. M. Res., 1926-27, 14: 291 .__Paldrock, A., & Pooman, A. Die Beeinflussung der Lepraerreger durch Natriumthiosulfat. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 98-417-9—Paneth, Q. Zur Chemotherapie der Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. 1931, 35: 467-70.-RaadL O L E. de [Phenol treatment of leprosy] Geneesk. gids, 193b, 14.1013-21. ______ & parjono, R. [Prophylaxis and chemotherapy of LEPROSY 744 LEPROSY leprosv and tuberculosis] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 77: 749-60. KohtrU-on. W. Foinialin in leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond.. l'.'O-l. 7: 26.- Stiirmnle, R. Tentativi di terapia della lebbra ci 1 trllurio. Kifonna med., 102S, 44: 1652-6. ■----— Tellurium therapv in leprosv. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 33-6.—Tello, D. A. "La quimioterapia hatia el tratamiento de la lepra. Bol. Dep. hig. Prov. C6rdoba, 1941-42, 1: No. 3, 22.-YVagner-Jeuregg, T. Aufgaben und Ergebnisse der experimt ntcllen Chemotherapie der Lepra. Zbl. ges. Hyg., 1942-43, 50: 570 (Abstr.) ---- Treatment: Cryotherapy. Brln, J. F. ^Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment des lepromes cutanes par la nei go carbo- nique. 7Sp. S° Par., 1932. Jaryshev, K. [Cryotherapy in leprosy] Klin. J., 1928, 5: 43-8.— Paldrcrk, A. Pie C02-Schnee- und Solganalbchandlung der Lepra. Aich. Schiff Tropenhyg., 1927, 31: 459; 1928, 32: 335; 1929, 33: -155.------Zur C02-Schnee- und Alepolbe- handlrng der lepra. Ibid., 1931, 35: 298-302.------ Der Sektionsbefund einer mit C02-Schnee behandelten Lepro- sen. Ibid., 1933, 37: 271-6.----— Durch spezifsche Be- handlung von Lepra geheilt. Ibid., 1935, o9: 23-5.— Pccrcan, A. Zur spezifschen Leprabehandlung mit Fohlensaureschnee und Solganal B oleosum. Ibid., 1936, 40: 465-70.—Robba. G. Contributo alia cura della lebbra. Eermi sif 1< grafo, 1929, 4: 66-75.—Saliba. N. A physiotherapia no tratamento moderno da lepra; cryotherapia. Brasil med., 1937, 51: 281-6. ---- Treatment: Drugs. Kegel, A. *Zur Therapie der Lepra unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Catesans. 31 p. 8? Miinch., 1932. Dulois, A., \N esterlinck, H., & Degotte, J. Essais thera- peutiques dans la lepre: le sulfate de cuivre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1935, 15: 25-9— Faget, G. H., Pegge. II. G. [et al.] The promin treatment of leprosv; a progress report. Tub. Health Rep., Wash., 1943, 58: 1729-41.- Feron, J. Action d'un complexe cupro-cinnamique sur quelques manifestations de la lepre en Etl.k i ie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 120-7. ■-----& Li rcien, A. Asscciation du radical cin- narrique et du cuivre dans le traiten cut de la lepre. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 1S8: 6S3—Freise, F. W. Brazilian dings used in leprosy. Prescriber, Edinb., 1931, 25: 369-73.—Cicco, N. V. Alcalinoteraj ia en la lepra y otras enfein edndis; sus fundan entcs. Pev. As. med. argent., 1935. 4'J: 1381.-95.— Has le, G. Du chlorure de calcium intraveineux dans le traite- ment de la le; ie. Bull. Sec path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 11-7.— LeirGS, F. de. I itudes sobre o cantharidato de potassio na lepra. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1932-33, 104: 318-25 — Missra, J. N. t-uccinol treatment in leprosy. Antiseptic, Madias, 1929, 26: 37-41.—Pt Ic'rcck, A. Zur unspezifischen Behandlung der lepra rrit Yatren-Casein, I ipatren, Leprosan und Alepol. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1930, 34: 237-43.— Parmskson, P. Anwendung von Calcium-Sandoz in der Lepratherapie. Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 199-201.—Reiss, F. The therapeutic value of sodium thiosulphate in the treatment of leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M„ 1934, 9: pt 1, 777- 81.—Silva Araujc, O. da. Debates sobre o emprego do can- tharidato de potassio na lepra. Bol. Acad, nac med., Rio, 1932-33, 105: 355-72.—Van BreuserKem, R. Essai dun traitement de la lepre par Ihyposulfte de soude; resultat n^gatif. Ann. Sec beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 285-7. ---- Treatment: Dyes. Averbtjh, L. *Traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. 60p. 8? Par., 1937. Berthezexe, R. *Traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. 82p. 8? Lyon, 1936. Levi, W. *Le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene en injections intraveineuses. llOp. 8? Par., 1937. Ta-Van-Dtj. *Un nouveau traitement de la lepre en Indochine. 56p. 8? Par., 1937. Afanador, A. Traitement de la lepre par les injections intraveineuses de bleu de methylene. Bull. Sec. path, exot Par., 1934, 27: 805.—Almeida, 6. de, & Moura Costa, H. de! Traitement de la lepre par les hautes pressions d'oxvgene associees ab bleu de methylene. Ibid., 1938, 31: 3-16-51.— Baccaredda, A. Alcune osservazioni isto-batteri< scophirhe .-ui lepromi assuroenti in lita il blu di metilene. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia 1937, 51: 4 13-29.—Bagnoli, N. Sulla cura della lebbra col bleu di n eiikne. Arch. ital. derm., 1938, 14: 395- 7 — Benetazzo, G. 11 I Im
  • tal. derm, sif., 1935, 76: 1291-7, 2 pl.—Berg & Nodenot, L. Observation dun cas de lepre cutaneo-muqueuse traitee et ameiioree par le bleu de methylene. Bull. Sec path, exot Par., 1938, 31: 92-4.—Berry. P. Action du bl»u de methylene adrrinistre par vcie buccale Mir les douleurs des lepreux. Ibid 1936 29: 30-3.— Bertaccirii, G. Sulla cura della lebbra coi bleu di metilene. Gior. ital. deim. sif., 1936, 77: 561-76 2 pl — °5C?- h',& Nita!tr°. A- Sulla questione della colorazione di noduh di leprosi trattati con bleu di metilene. Ibid., 1937 78- No. 1, Suppl., 52-4.- Rrngn. R. Tratanionto da lepra pelo azul de methyleno. Rev. h-pr. .-ao Paulo. 1035, 2: No. espec, 7-32.—Burkitt, R. \V. ( -im- of leprosv treated bv intravenous injections of meth\ lene-1 In, . East Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 11: 356-8.—Ccicou, F. Bleu de methylene et lepre. Ann. med. haiti., 1938, 15: 81-7.—Correa de Carvalho. J. Tratamento da lepra pelo azul de methvleno no Asvlo-Colonia Avmores. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. e.-pec, 38 43.----Ensaios de tratamento da lepra; chrvstal violeta e anto-homotherapia. Ibid., 174 7- Costa Valente, I.., & Marino Bechelli, L. O azul de met In leno no tratamento das rcncc.5es leprosas. Ibid., 44-53.—Couturat, J. Le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Presse med., 1936, 44: 106.—Delanoe, FL Le bleu de methylene compris dans le traitement mixte de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 348-54.- De Loiola Pereira, O. Consequences of colouration of leprotic lesions by methylene blue. Ind. J. Vener. Dis., 1940, 6: 157 -61.—Disini, D., & Laureola, A. F. Clinical trial of methylene blue, fluores- cein, trypan blue and brilliant green in leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1939, 19: 3-14.—Dorolle, P., Ngo- Quang-Ly [et al.] Bleu de methylene et bleu de methyiene- eosine dans le traitement de la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 839-49.—Dubois, A. A propos du traitement de la lepre au bleu de methylene. Ibid., 550. —■—— Wester- linck, H., & Degotte, J. Essais therapeutiques dans la lepre; le bleu de methylene. Ibid., 63-7.—Fernandez, J. M. M., & Schujman, S. Nuestra experiencia acerca del valor de algunas anilinas en el tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: 157-68, 3 tab.—Feron. Une indication du bleu de methylene dans le traiteim nt de la lepre. Bull. Soc. exot. path., Par., 1936, 29: 646-9.—Glingani, A. L'introduzione del bleu di metilene nella lebbra a scopo terapeutico e diagnostico. Dermosihlografo, 1935, 10: 684-98.—Gonzalez Uruena, J. Le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 565-9.— Grimes, C, Cluzet & Minec. Essai du traitement de la lepre a Madagascar par le violet de gentiane. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 415.—La Scala, M. II bleu di metilene nella terapia della lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: No. 1, Suppl., 54-11. — 1 opine, P., & Markianos, J. Action directe du bleu de nu'-thj lene sur le bacille de Hansen dans l'organisme humain. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 9. •—---- Resultats obtenns dans le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 28-30.—Lombardo, C. Osservazioni sulla terapia della lepra col blu di metilene. Arch. ital. derm., 1937, 13: 430-6.—Marcloux, E., & Chorine, V. Action du bleu de methylene sur les ltpromes in vivo. Bull. Accad. med., Par., 1935, 3. ser., 113: 10-2.—Marino Bechelli, L. O azul de methyleno no tratamento das algias leprosaB. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 54-67.—Maurano, F. Os resultados do tratamento pelo azul de metileno endovenoso, segundo a tecnica de Montel sob o ponto de vista dermatologico. Ibid., 33-7.—Mercken, G. Essai de traitement de la lepre par injections intraveineuses de bleu de methylene. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 493-501.—MidEna, A. II bleu di metilene nella terapia della lebbra. Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: pt 2, 728.----■— Sulla terapia della lebbra con il bleu di metilene. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: Suppl., 8.—Milian & Gamier, G. Le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 323-30.—Montel, L. R. Traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene en injections intraveineuses. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 753-75. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 112: 208- 30. ------ Un nouveau traitement de la lepre. BuU. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 478. ■—----Poussees de lepromes furcnculoides au cours du traitement par le bleu de methylene. Ibid., 1935, 42: 352-5. ----— la chromotherapie de la lepre. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 616-26. ----- Le bleu de methylene compris dans le traitement mixte de la lepre et de la discussion de cette communication. Ibid., 695. ------Resultats obtenus dans le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Ibid., 1936, 29: 243. ------ Conference sur le traitement de la lepre par le bleu de methylene. Ibid., 361-71. ■—----Bablet [et al.] Deux cas de lepre traites par le bleu de methylene seul, d'abord, et par l'association; bleu de methylene-chaulmoogra, ensuite; action du traitement sur les symptomes cliniques, sur les tissus et sur le Mycobacterium leprae. Ibid., 560-76.—Montel, L., R., Montel, G., & Nguyen Ngoc Nhuan. Essais de traitement de la lepre par la phenol- sulfone-phtaieine. Ibid., 1064-7.—Montel, L. R., & Tran-van- Ht nh. Un cas de lepre cutanee tuberculeuse generalisee r6cente traite par le bleu de methylene; blanchiment clinique et bac- teriologique. Ibid., 1935, 28: 696-700.—Montel, L. B., & Truorg-Van Que. Le rouge neutre en injections intraveineuses dans le traitement de la lepre. Ibid., 1934, 27: 715.—Nasci- mer.to, A. Tratamento da lepra pelo azul de metileno. Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1934, 106: 322-7.—Nicolas, C. Bleu de methylene et lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 10.— Nicolas, J., Masfie, G., & Petouriud, C. Deux cas de lepre traites par les injections intraveineuses de bleu de methy- lene. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 1430-2.— Occhino, A., & Kernkamp, Y. Le bleu de methylene dans le traitement de la lepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 503-6.—Olin, T. E. Rubrophen bei Lepra tuberosa. Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1941, 22: 169-75.—Ozorio de Almeida, A., & Moura Costa, H. Treatment of lepro.-y by oxygen under high pressure associated with methylene blue. Hev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 237-65, 30 pl.—Rao, G. R., & Roy, A. T. Mercurochrome-220 soluble in leprosy work. Ind. M., Gaz., 1932, 67: 124-8.—Ribeiro Arantes, F. Acidentee obser- LEPROSY 745 LEPROSY vados no tratamento da lepra pelo azul de metileno, metodo de Montel. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 68-74 — Ryrie, G. A. A preliminary report on the action of certain dyes in leprosy. Tr. R. Soc. Lrop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 27: 85- 92. —-—■— On the use of fluorescein and phthalic acid in leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 139-47. ■------The present position of dye therapy in leprosv. Tr. Far East, Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 749-52—Schwetz, J. A propos du traitement de la lepre par la trypaflavine. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1933, 13: 43-7.—Sice, A., & Moreau, P. De la surveillance de la fonction renale au cours du traitement prolonge de certains lepreux par le bleu de methylene. Mar- seille med., 1934, 71: 637-42.—Sorley, J. T. The use of brilliant green intiavenously in the treatment of leprosy. West Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 13.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. Treatment of leprosy by methylene blue. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 471-3.-—Velds, M. [Phenol red therapy in leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 463-5. ---- Treatment, external and local. Campana, R. Osservazione sulla medicazione locale della lepra (elefantiasi dei Greci) Atti Accad. naz. Lincei, 1882-83, 3. ser., 15: 421-5, pl.—La Scala, M. Sulla terapia locale della lepra nodulare. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 787.—Muir, E. External medication in leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 61: 215-9.—Osherovski, L. Y. Sluchai prokazi izliechannoi ikhticlom. Voen. med J., 1904, 1: med. spec. pt. 579-96.— Reitz, H. The percutaneous treatment of leprosy. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., 1933, 13: 511-27.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Tratamento externo da lepra. Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 200-13. ---- Treatment: Fever therapy. Johansen, F. A., & Trautman, J. A. Fever therapy in leprosy. Hosp. News, Wash., 1939, 6: No. 6, 1-4. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 365-76.—Nocht, B. Fieberbehand- lung bei Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 2-5. ------ & Vela sco, F. Some experiences in the treatment of leprosy by artificiaUy induced fevers; preliminary report. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 602-9.—Ross, H. Pyreto- therapy in.leprosy; bicchemical changes resulting from exposure to an air-conditioned hypertherm. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6:331-50- ---- Treatment: Gold. Amies, C. R. The treatment of leprosy with solganal; a record of 8 cases. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 309-14.—Doglio, V. II fosfocrisolo nella terapia della lepra. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1934, 36: 481-510.—Dubois, A., & Ury, J. Note sur le traitement de la lepre par sels d'or. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1933, 13: 5-11.—Eiibanas, F. C, & de Vera, B. Notes on the treatment of leprosy with certain gold preparations. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 319-23.—Feldt, A. Die Goldbehandlung der Lepra; zugleich Beitrag zum Grundproblem der Chemotherapie. Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 73-7.—Hoffmann, W. H. Die Goldbehandlung der Lepra. Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 405. ------ Trata- miento por el oro, en las afecciones del ojo, en la lepra. Rev. cubana otoneuroft., 1932. 1; 17.—Khomutov, M. V. [Problem of gold potassium cyanide and krysolgan in treatment of lep- rosy] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1930, 8: 32-4.—Kirby-Smith, J. L. Gold sodium thiosulphate in maculo-anesthetic leprosy. South. M. J., 1929, 22: 637-9.—Kupffer, A. Ueber die Behand- lung der Lepra mit Krysolgan. Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 364.—Mendorca Barros, J. Crisoterapia na lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34. 1: 15-9.—Ogasawara, N. Die Behandlung der Lepra mit Goldorganosol (Horiba-Odagin) Acta derm., Kyoto 1933, 22: 145-8.—Paldrock, A. Noch eine durch spezifische Behandlung geheilte Leprcse. Arch. Schiffs Tropen- hyg., 1935, 39: 241-3. ------ & Rangel, A. Sanocrysin treatment of leprosy. Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 241-5. Also Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 372-4.—Raevsky, A. S. [Gold in the therapy of leprosv] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2408-53.—Sezary, A Derot M., & Guede, M. Sur le traitement de la lepre par les sels d'or. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1929, 36: 1071-5 — Tisseuil, J. Essai de traitement de tuberculoide de la iepre par la crisalbine. BulL Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 346-8.— Zanetti, V. Les sels d'or dans le traitement de la iepre; le neosolganal. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1940, 20: 139-48. ---- Treatment: Iodine. Dieting. Neue Beobachtungen bei der Jodoformbehandlung der Lepra. Deut. med. Wschr., 1906, 32: 919-21. ——— Nachtrag zu der Abhandlung: Neue Beobachtungen bei der Jodoformbehandlung der Lepra. Ibid., 1830—Fidanza, E. P., Fernandez, J. M., & Schujman. S. Sobre el valor del yoduro de potasio solo y asociado en el tratamiento de la lepra. Reun. Soc argent, pat. region (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 511-28. Also Sem. mfd BP Air., 1930, 37: pt 1; 193-201.-Henderson. J,M. Some ha-matological and serological aspects of the Potassium iodide treatment of leprosy. Tr. * ar East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928 7 Conor 2: 355-61— Labernadie, V. Echec du traite- ment de la Mpre par Piodure de potassium. Ann med pharm. col Par 1930 28' 54-61.—Lara, C. B., & Samson, J. O. mfppinrisla'ndSi1: Ass., 1932, !2: 485-93.-Marchoux, E., & Bourret, G. L'iodure de potassium dans la lepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, 1: 347-50.—Muir, E. The iodide treatment of leprosy, with special reference to the use of the sedimentation test. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, V. Congr., 2: 332-7. Also Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 507- 10. ----— & Landeman, E. Subsidiary uses of potassium iodide in leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 362-8.—Olpp. Die intravenose Behandlung der Lepra mit Kalium jodatum und ihre Konsequenzen. Munch. med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 13-5. Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1929, 4: 205- 11.—Siebert, C. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Jodreaktion der Leprosen. Lepra, Lpz., 1905, 5: 209-20.—Tournier, E. Le traitement de la lepre par l'iode. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 762-4.—Van Breuseghem, R. lode per os en therapeutique antilepreuse. Ann. Soc. med. beige trop., 1936, 16: 367-77. ---- Treatment: Methods, Benchetrit, A. El primer centenar de enfermos de lepra curados por el Dr A. Benche- trit. 145p. 8? Bogota, 1933. Glanz, G. G. *Les traitements modernes de la maladie de Hansen. 85p. 24cm. Marseille, 1936. Gomes, J. M. New therapeutics of leprosy. 95p. 24cm. S. Paulo, 1939. ---- Tratamento da lepra k luz de novas ideias. 189p. 23Hcm. S. Paulo, 1941. Sotjza-Aratjjo, H. C. de. Tratamento mo- derno da lepra. 30p. 8? Rio, 1928. Abreu. M. de. Tratamento antilepr6tico em Santo Angelo e seus resultado?.. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 115-51.—Alfonso, M. Los tratamientos de la lepra. Arch. Soc. clin. Habana, 1903-04, 12: 182-212.—Andrade, C. El tratamiento de la lepra. Hosp. gen. Mex., 1929, 4: 55-8.— Argos, G. El tratamiento medico actual de la lepra. Bol. Hosp. S. Juan, Quito, 1930, 5: No. 36-41, 106-16, pl.—Ben- chetrit, A. Tratamiento razonado de la lepra. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 229; 255; 287; 321; 1930, 2: 2.—Bertarelli, E. La cura della lebbra e le conquiste moderne. Igiene & vita, 1929, 12: 437.—Bory, L. Quelques essais et quelques sugges- tions sur le traitement de la iepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 340.—Brault. J. Quelques reflexions sur certains traitements actuellement usites dans la lepre. Ann. derm. syph.. Par., 1903, 4. ser., 4: 811-6.—Cambessedes, H. Rappel des notions essentielles sur l'etat actuel du traitement de la iepre. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 320-5 — Canaan. T. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 643-54.—Carrera, J. L. Dos afios de experiencia en el tratamiento de la lepra. Prensa med. argent., 1926-27, 13: 802-9.—Cochrane, R. G. The review of the present methods of treatment of leprosy. Brit. J. Derm., 1930, 42: 125-34. ------ Classification and routine treatment of leprosy. Kenya East Afr. M. J., 1930-31, 7: 100-7. ------ El moderno tratamiento de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1933, 12: 719-24.—Collier, D. New treatment for lepers. Mod. Hosp., 1941, 57: No. 2, 49.—Defillo, F. A. Le traitement de la iepre dans la Republique Dominicaine. Presse med., 1926 34:363-5.—Delanoe, E. Essai d'un traitement mixte de la lepre. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 953-7. ----— Traitement mixte de la iepre; par l'injection intraveineuse de novarsenobenzol et par les injections intramusculaires de vaccin B. C. G.; la parfaite tolerance de cette methode de traitement, la retrocession rapide des phenomenes morbides. Ibid., 1929, 22: 898-903; 1930, 23: 1005. - - A propos du traitement mixte de la lepre. Ibid., 1936, 29: 641-6. Travail d'ensemble sur le traitement mixte de la iepre 1939, 32: 937-44.—Deycke. G Ibid., . Ueber die moderne Behand- lung'der Lepra. Fortsch. Ther., 1927, 3: 353-7. Also Tungchi med. Mschr., 1927-28, 3: 18-28.—Diesing. Zur Behandlung der Lepra. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1904, 8: 564—Engel- Bey. F. Zur Therapie der Lepra, fbid., 1926, 30: Beih. 2, 1-60.—Fabre, M. Le traitement de la iepre par des injections asociees d'huile de chaulmoogra et de bleu de methylene. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 249-52.—Gajendragadkar. R. V. The mode of treatment of leprosy as followed in a few cases at Osmanabad. Antiseptic, Madras, 1926, 23: 603-5.— Gougerot, H. Etat actuel du traitement de la lepre; etude critique. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 33j_g------L'etat actuel du traitement de la lepre. Progr. med ' Par., 1930, 1854-60.—Govantes Fuertes, J. Contri- bution al tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 219-24.—Gramberg, K. P. C. A. [Observations on the methods in the treatment of leprosy in Java] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 1700-21.— Henriksen, O., & Lomholt, S. fls intravenous anti-leprous treatment dangerous, and objec- tionable?] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935 97: 148.—Hoffmann, W.H. Ueber Behandlungsversuche bei der Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1928 86- 394-402.—Hueck, O. Ueber Lepra-Behandlung in der Canton-Provinz. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 464-74.—James, S. P. Traitement de la iepre en Grande- Bretagne. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf 341 —Kupfer, A. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der T epratherapie. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1909, 34: 311; 327.—Lara; C. B. The plancha, or infiltration, method of LEPROSY 746 LEPROSY treating leprosy. J.Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1929, 9: 336- 43. ------ Progress of leprosy treatment at the Culion Leper Colony. Ibid., 1930, 10; 409-80. —---& Nicolas, C. Efficacy of the plancha, or infiltration, method of treatment in earlv cases of leprosy. Ibid., 1929, 9: 321-6.—Leprosy treat- ment in Hyderabad. Med. Times, Lond., 1939, 67: 9S.— Le Roy des Barres, A. Note sur un traitement indigene de la iepre. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1930, 22: 5-22.—Lobo Guerrero, G. Tratamiento de la lepra en el Lazareto de contrataci6n. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1925-26, 17: 194- 201.—Lombardo, C. Di alcuni nuovi metodi di terapia della lepra. Cior. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: Suppl., 250-4.—Lopez Rovirosa, G. Aplicaran en Cuba un nuevo metodo de trata- miento para la lepra. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1938, 7: 411-3.— Montel, R. LTn nouveau traitement de la iepre. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 220- 2.—Muir, E. Intranasal treat- ment in leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, 11: 173-5.— N'agelsbach, E. Ambulante Leprabehandlung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926, 30: 656-9.—Noc & Javelly. Le traitement de la iepre dans les colonies francaises. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 314-31.—Nolasco, J. O. Histologic studies on the plancha or infiltration method of leprosy treatment. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 159-74, 2 pl.—Nova esperanca para os leprosos. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 330, 133-6.—Nuevo y curioso tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. med. contemp., Madr., 1912, 34: 34-6.— Olpp. Los metodos mas modernos de la terapeutica de la lepra. Rev. med. germ, iber. amer., 1928, 1: 170-5— Paldrock, A. Meine sperifsche Leprabehandlungsmethode. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 92: 273-7. ------ Ergebnisse meiner spezifischen Lepiabehandlong in Estland in den letzten 20 Jahren. Acta med. scand.. 1941, 108: 374-86.—Parra, R. J. Tratamientos de la lepra en Agua de Dios. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1925- 26, 17: 260-6.—Pooman, A. Eine zweckmassige Uebersichts- methode der Leprabehandlung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 25-8.—Portugal, H. A orientacao do tratamento da lepra em dispensario. Arch, hyg., Rio, 1936, 6: No. 1, 75-82a.— Proposito (A) do tratamento da lepra. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 327, 145.—Rabelio, E., & Ozorio de Almeida, A. Essai de traitement de la iepre par l'oxvgene sous pression. BuU. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 810-23.—Rangel, M. A lepra e seu tratamento no hospital Sao Sebastiao. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1926, 34: 383-7.—Ropke, F. Herdbehandlung des Aussatzes. Munch, med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 1308-10 — Rogers, L. Recent advances in the treatment of leprosy. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 558-65.—Rojps, B. S. Tratamiento de la lepra en Colombia. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 248-52.—Rose, F. D. Intra- dermal injections in cutaneous leprosv. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 528-30.—Rosentahl, J. P. [New in treatment of leprosy] Vrach. delo, 1935. 18: 835-40.—Ruelle. Un traite- ment de la iepre usite au Mossi (Soudan francais) Ann. hyg. med. col., Par., 1905, 8: 473-83.—Schujman, S., & Fernandez, J. M. M. Ventajas e inconvenientes del metodo de infiltration intradermica en el tratamiento de la lepra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 790-5.—See, P. Les traitements modernes de la iepre. Clinique, Par., 1935, 28: 299-302.—Servicio especial de lepra en el hospital de Guanabacoa; se pone en practica oficial el nuevo tratamiento contra la lepra, segun^l plan del Dr G. L6pez Rovirosa. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1936* 2: 215.—Sezary, A., & Lew, G. Les traitements actuels de la iepre. Bull. gin. ther., 1936, 187: 309-22.—Sharp. N. A. D. A new treatment for the leper. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1927-28, 21: 305-8.—Souza-Araujo. F. C. de. Tratamento da lepra nas Philippinas. Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1927, 7: 113; 156. ■----- Tratamento da lepra. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1930, 38: 395- 8. ------ Le traitement moderne de la iepre dans les princi- paux centres de leprologie. Bruxelles med., 1930-31, 11: 630- 6. ------ Traitement edectique de la iepre. Ibid., 1938-39, 19: 1-13; No. spec, 74. Also Acta med., Rio, 1940, 5: 142-60, 4 pl.—Souza Lima, L. Tratamento anti-leprotico no sanatorio Padre Bento. Ann. paul. med. cir., 1933, 26: 27; 107; 399. Also Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 81-3. ------ As infiltracoes intradermicas ou plancha. Ibid., 9-12. ------ Tratamento de rotina no Sanatorio Padre Bento. Ibid., 1935, 2: No. espec, 159-66. ------ Metodo de infiltracao intra- dermica ou plancha. Ibid., 167-73.—Stein, A. A. Zur Therapie der Lepra. Derm. Zschr., 1932, 63: 393-400.—Strachan. P. D. Leprosy and leprosv treatment in Basutoland. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 431-9— Thsmbiah, S. Present treatment of leprosy. Antiseptic, Madras, 1934, 31: 191-9.— Tiant, F. R. Tratamiento moderno de la lepra. Vida nueva, Habana, 1940, 45: 165-77.—Tisseuil, J. Du traitement de la iepre par l'ionisation. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1927, 20: 57-63.—Travers, E. A. O. The treatment of leprosv at Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Trop. Dis. Parasit., 1-10.—Treatment of lepers in Australia. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 1503.—Unna, P., jr. Neuere Behnndlungsmethcden der Lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 86: 383-94.—Velasco, F. I., Alonso, J. M. [et al.] Treatment of the chief types of cutaneous lesions in leprosy by the plancha, or infiltration method. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1929, 9: 327-35.—Wade. H. W., & Lara, C. B. On the value of present methods of treating leprosv. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 597-9.—Wayson, N. E. Observations on the treatment of leprosy in Hawaii. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1929 44- 3095-110.—Wildish, G. H., & Stoute, D. G. The combined treatment of leprosy. J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1931, 5: 21.— Wise. K. S. Treatment of leprosy in British Guiana. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 63-7. ---- Treatment: Nastin. Chatterjee, G. C. Notes on three cases of leprosv being treated by nastin. Ind. M. Gaz., 1909, 44: Suppl., 15.—Chatler- jee, R. N. Nastin treatment of leprosy. Ind ,M. Hoc, 1926, 46: 274.—Davidson, J. Nastin treatment of leprosv. Ind. M. Gaz., 1909, 44: Suppl., 15.—Deycke, G. Zur Theorie und Praxis der immunisierenden Behandlung der Lepra mit Nastin. Lepra, Lpz., 1907, 7: 174-94, pl. Also Therapist, Lond., 1908, 18: 13-6. ■—■---■ Theorie und Praxis der Leprabehandlung mit Nastin. Mhefte prakt. Derm., 1909, 49: 475-85. ------ The nastin B treatment of leprosv. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 285-8, pl.—Jackson, T. Notes on the treatment of leprosy by nastin. Ibid., 293-5.—Kupffer, A. Regarding the treatment of leprosy with nastin and chaulmoogra oil. Thera- pist, Lond., 1909, 19: 25-8.—Lenz. Bericht iiber die Behand- lung Aussiitziger mit Nastin und Chaulmoograol. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 9: 19-22. — Minett, E. P. Further report on the nastin treatment of leprosy carried out at the Leper Asylum, Mahaica, British Guiana, from September 1910 to September 1911. J. London School Trop. M., 1911-12, 1: 273-81.—Much, H. Nastin, ein reaktiver Fettkorper, im Lichte der Immunitiits- wissenschaft. Munch, med. Wschr., 1909, 54: 1825-7.— Raschid, T. Nastin in the treatment of leprosv. Brit. M. J., 1909, 2: 1343.—Rodrigues, J. S. P. The treatment of leprosy bv means of nastin injections. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 301-5, pl. Also Therapist, Lond., 1909, 19: 73-7.- Teaeue, O. The nastin treatment of leprosv. Philippine J. Sc, 1909, 4: 329-31.—Williams, T. S. B. The nastin B treatment of leprosy. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 289-92. Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1909, 44: Suppl., 5-15, 3 pl.—Zeimann, H. Bericht iiber den gegenwartigen Stand der Lepra in Kamerun Westafrika, mit Beitrag zur Nastintherapie. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 9: 23-30. ---- Treatment: Physiotherapy. Bulmaro Lopez, F. Lepra: su tratamiento por la nieve carb6nica, la electro-coagulation y los rayos Poentgen, con algunas reflexiones sobre etiologia y patogenia,. Rev. As. med. mex., 1928, 7: No. 11, 14; No. 12, 27; 1929, 7: 13— Ferrier. P. Traitement phvsiologique de la lepre. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 852-60.—Gomes, J. M. Estudos sobre a lepra; su diffusao; influencia da radiacao ultra-violeta. Brasil med., 1932,46:657. ------ A lepra e a luz natural. Ibid., 1933, 47: 551-3.—Matthews, E. A. C. Treatment of leprosv with X-rays and high frequency. Ind. M. Gaz., 1908, 42: 281-3.—Pasini, A. A proposito di un caso di lepra nodulare curato con la finsen- terapia. Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1907, 42: 355-65, pl.—Saliba, N. Lepra e phvsiotherapia. Brasil med., 1938, 52: 430-5.— Vieira, J. P. Physiotherapia na lepra. Ibid., 1939, 53: 900-2. ---- Treatment: Plants, and their oils. See also names of plants as Hydnocarpus. Trtjong Cam Cong. *Etude du traitement de la lepre par le chaulmoogra. 75p. 8? Par., 1934. Aguiar Pupo, J. de. Tratamento especifico da lepra pelo oleo de chaulmoogra e seus derivados (estudo das flacourtiaceas do Brazil) Brazil med., 1926, 40: pt 2, 69; 85.—Aparicio. Le traitement de la iepre par les ethers ethyliques des acides gras de l'huile de chaulmoogra. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 293.—Balbi, E. Sulla cura della lebbra con i chaulmoograti sodici. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 623-9.—Bare. J. Sur le traitement de la iepre par les injections intraveineuses d'huile de chaulmoogra neutralisee. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 341-5.—Bartman. J. Essai de traitement de la iepre par de fortes doses des ethyls- ethers de l'huile de chaulmoogra; essai de traitement par l'iode. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1934, 14: 7-18.—Basom- brio, G. Beneficio del tratamiento chaulmo6grico intensivo en la lepra lepromatosa. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 238-40 [Discussion] 274.—Bernard, P. Deux cas de iepre traites par des injections intradermiques d'ether de chaulmoogra creosote. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 1235-7 — Berret. Le traitement par les injections intraveineuses de chaulmoogra dans la iepre. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 485-7.—Bey, E. Zur Behandlung der Lepra mit Antileprol. Mhefte prakt. Derm., 1909, 49: 290-4.—Bey, T. Die sub- cutanen Chaulmoograbl-Einspritzungen gegen die Lepra. Ibid., 1905, 40: 88-91.—Bhandari, A. D. Alepol in the treat- ment of leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 244-6.—Biryukov, I. Leeheniye prokazi maslom ginokardii i antileproznol sivoroikol. Prakt. vrach, 1903, 2: 1209; 1241.—Bloch. Le chaulmooffra dans le traitement de la iepre. Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter. (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 569-78.— Boez, P. L., Guillerm, J., & Marneffe, H. Traitement de la iepre par I es savons a base d'huile d'hydnocarpus. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 657-60, 6 pl. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine, 1930, No. 11, 27-32, 5 pl.—Bouillat. M. L'huile de chaulmoogra; son role dans le traitement de la iepre; sa fabrication a la pharmacie du gouvernement de Pondichery. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1934, 32: 17-46.—Calcagno, O. Tratamiento de la lepra por los aceites de dorado, bagre amarillo, sabalo y de pescados de agua dulce. Sem. med., LEPROSY 747 LEPROSY B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 557-62. Preparaciones chaul- mo6gricas y carpotr6chicas para el tratamiento de la lepra Ibid., 1936, 43: pt 2, 798-803.—Chatterji. N. C. Margosates in skin diseases and leprosy. Antiseptic, Madras, 1920, 17: 203.—Chaussinand, R., & Guillerm, J. Contributions & l'etude (fe la iepre; traitemen* de la iepre humaine par le krabao, Hydnocarpus anthelmintica Pierre. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 327-40, 2 pl.—Clerckx. Le traite- ment de la lepre par le chaulmoograte de diethylamine; quelques observations. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 373-6.— Cole, H. I. Iodized ethyl esters of Hydnocarpus wightiana oil of low irritant quality. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 625-30.—Danlos, H. Sur un nouveau mode d'administra- tion de l'huile de chaulmoogra. Bull. gen. ther., 1903, 145: 69.—De Jaeger, A. Resultats obtenus par l'antiieprol en injections. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1936, No. 73, 90-8 — De Vera, B. Observations on Kahn-positive lepers treated with neosalvarsan and subsequently with the mixed ethyl esters of Hydnocarpus wightiana oil. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1929, 9: 318-20. ■------ & Lara, C. B. Efficacy of ethyl chaulmoograte, ethyl hydnocarpate, and the ethyl esters of the total fatty acids of Hydnocarpus wightiana oil. Ibid., 307-17.—De Wildeir.an, E. Une plante contre la lepre? Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1937, 17: 13-5— Dikshit. B. B. Alepol in leprosy. Ind. M. Gaz., 1932, 67: 7-12.—Dimirry, T. J. The treatment of nasal passages and the eyes with chaulmoogra oil in leprosy. Am. J. Trop. M., 1931, 11:65-9.— Duque, M. Tratamiento de la lepra por el mangle rojo. Actas Congr. med. nac, Habana, 1. Congr., 1905, 1: 318-20, pl.-—Dutts, N. C. An encouraging result obtained by the use of E. C. C. O. in the early stage of leprosy—anaesthetic type. Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 688.—Eubanas, F. Chemotherapy of leprosy by the use of chaulmoogra oil and its derivatives and other synthetic preparations. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1930, 10: 203-10.—Feng, C. T., & Cheng, C. L. A preliminary report on the use of benzvlephedrine-chaulmoogra oil in the treatment of leprosy. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 741-7, 5 pl.—Fernet, P., & Pellerat, J. Lepre; traitement par les injections intraveineuses de chaulmoogra. In Ann6e med. prat., Par., 1939, 18: 268-70.—Feron, J. L'huile de chaulmoogra en solution pseudo-colloidale dans le traitement de la iepre. Progr. med., Par., 1932, 817-22.—Ferre. Prepara- tion anti-iepreuse a partir d'huiles de caloncobas du Cameroun. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1933, 31: 78-83.—Fiol, H., & Calcagro, O. Ensayo de tratamiento de la lepra con un de- rivado colcidal y timolado del acido chaulmo6grico: el timol- hidrccbaulmc6griccsol. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 426-8.—Flirdir, C, Baranger, P., & Ragu, J. Essai de traitement de la lepre par un ccmplexe nouveau de chaulmoogra et de cholesterol, permettant-l'injecticn intraveineuse a haute dose de derives chaulmoogriques. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 203: 502-4.—Floriarii, L. Os medicamentos vegetais na luta contra a lepra. Rev. flora med., Rio, 1938-39, 5: 411-7.— Foskett, W. Treatment of leprosy with plain chaulmoogra oil combined with iodine. Annual M. Health Rep. Fiji, 1933, 37.—Frenco do Amaral, S. A poda da laranjeira no trata- mento da leprose. Biologico, S. Paulo, 1941, 7: 183-6.— Garcia Bcrriga, H. Los vegetales en la terapeutica del mal de Hansen. Rev. Fac. med., Bogota, 1943-44, 12: 190-205.— Genevray, J. Essais de traitement de la iepre par les ethyl- ethers de l'huile de chaulmoogra et l'eparseno. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 441-62. ------ Tratamiento de la lepra por los eteres etiliccs de los acidos grasos del aceite de chaulmoogra. Arch. med. cir. espec, Madr., 1927, 27: 18-22.— Gcrcalves Carneiro, J. A introducao e aclimacao de plantas contra a lepra. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1941, 6: 39-42.— Gonzalez Medina, R. Tratamiento de la lepra con los etil- eteres del aceite de chaulmoogra y en particular con el anti- leprol. Arch. med. cir. espec, Madr., 1927, 27: 610-24 — Gracias, C. F. X. Sobre os hydnocarpus e outras plantas de Goa utilisaveis na terapeutica da lepra. Arq. indoport. med., 1927, 4: 141-76.—Grimes, M. Le traitement de la iepre par l'hvdrocotvle, note preiiminaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 692.—Guillerm, J., Banos, A., & Nguyen-van Lien. L'utilisation du krabao indochinois pour le traitement de la iepre. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine, 1933, 171-85.—Gupta, A. Ionic medication of sodium hydnocarpate in the treatment of leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 265.—Henriksen, O. [Intra- venous injections and anti-leprol oil treatment] Ugeskr. laeger, 1935, 97: 122.—Hernandez, J. J. El cuichunchulli; medicina contra el lazaro o elefancia. Gac. med. Caracas, 1932, 39: 167—Hollmsnn, H. T. Eucalyptus in leprosy. N. York M. J., 1909, 89: 641.—Horwitz, P. A preliminary analysis of the treatment of lepers at Palo Seco with the ethyl esters of the fatty acids of chaulmoogra oil. Proc. M. Ass. Canal Zone (1921-26) 1927, 14: 56-9.—Iswariah, V. The value of chaul- moogra as a therapeutic agent in leprosy. Antiseptic, Madras, 1931, 28: 641-5—Jdan-Fushkin, M. N., & Kuznetzov, V. N. Fatty vegetable oils in the treatment of leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 852-9.—Johansen, F. A. Benzocaine-chaul- moogra oil in the treatment of leprosy; preliminary note on the use of an oil-soluble analgesic which renders intramuscular injections of chaulmoogra oil painless. Pub. Health Rep., Wash. 1927, 42: 3005-10, 5 pl.—Keil, E. Zur Behandlung der Lepra mit Jod-Antileprol. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1935, 39: 188-99—Kinosita, T. [Lepra and leprol] Hifukwa kiu hiniokikwa zassi, 1907, 7: 515-21.—Kupffer, A. Ueber die Behandlung der Lepra mit Chaulmoograol. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1904, 29: 179-82. Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Lepra mit, Chaulmoograol und Nastin. Lepra, Lpz., 1909, 8: 144-51— Labernadie, V. Essais de traitement de lepreux I ar des injections intraveinesues d'huile de chaulmoogra. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1934, 32: 328-37. ■------ & Andre, 2. Essai de traitement de la iepre par des injections intraveineuses d'huile de chaulmoogra pure. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1933, 26: 988—LEbernadie, V., & Laffitte, N. Traitement de la lepre par l'huile d'Hydnocarpus wightiana. Ibid., 1927, 20: 710-6.—Lsra, C. B. Evaluation of the results of treatment of leprosy with the chaulmoogra derivatives. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1928, 8: 56; 263-72.—Leclerc, H. A propos dun recent ouvrage sur l'huile de chaulmoogra dans le traitement de la iepre. Presse med., 1926, 34: 1324-6.— Lenz. Bericht iiber die Behandlung Aussatziger mit Nastin und Chaulmoograol. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1909, 13: 365-70.-—Lie. Traitement de la lepre par l'huile de chaul- moogra et ses preparations. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre 11923) 1924, 3. Conf., 288-92.—Lomholt. Antileprolbehandlung in der Dermatologie. Zbl. Haut. Geschlkr., 1935-36, 52: 182.—Lowe, J., & Chatterji, S. N. Experiments in the treat- ment of the trophic lesions of leprosy by injections of hydno- carpus preparations. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 547-8.-—Lozano, L. de J. Tratamiento de la lepra. Hosp. gen., Mex., 1929-30, 4: 472-81.—McCoy, G. W. Chaul- moogra oil in the treatment of leprosy. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1942, 57: 1727-33, pl.—Marie-Suzanne. L'huile de Calophyllum dans le traitement de la iepre. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 271.—Markianos, J. L'aiepol dans le traitement de la lepre humaine. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 155.—Martins, I. T. A. Chalmoogroterapia seg- mentaria intra-arterial. Pub. med., S. Paulo, 1942-43, 14: No. 8, 33-8.—Mejia S., I. Tratamiento de la lepra por la Karwinskia latifolia. Rev. med. Yucatan, 1938-40, 20: 335-9.—Mello, F. de, & Loyola Pereira, O. Les injections intraveineuses d'huile de chaulmoogra. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 700.-—Mendes da Costa [Een geval van lepra tuberosa behandeld met chaulmograolie] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1904, 2. R., 40: d. 1, 371.—Mituda, K. Efficacite de l'huile de chaulmoogra. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 263-71.—Mochlar, A., & Sardjito, M. [Iodised chaulmoogra ethyl in therapy of leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 973-83.—Monserrat, C. Does chaul- moogra treatment influence the shifting of serologic findings in lepers as obtained by the Wassermann, Kahn, and Vernes reactions? Philippine J. Sc, 1934, 54: 343-63.—Mouat, F. J., & Tomb, J. W. Notes on native remedies; the chaulmoogra. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 219-22.—Moura Costa, H. de. As doses fortes de chaulmoogra no tratamento da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937, 5: 67-86. ------ O methodo de tratamento da lepra pelas grandes doses de chalmoogra. Ibid., 361-7.—Muir, E. Sodium hydnocarpate in leprosy, suggested improvements in administration. Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 501-5, pl. —■---- The intradermal method of injecting hydnocarpus preparations in leprosy. Ibid., 1932, 67: 121-4.—Neff, M. E. A. Ethyl esters of Calophyllum bigator; a preliminary report on results following their use at the Central Leper Hospital, Makogai, Fiji. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 241-3.—Oppenheim, M. Leprabehandlung mit Antileprol. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935- 37, 9. Congr., 2: 574.—Ota. M., Sato, S., & Masuzawa, T. A chaulmoogra preparation for intravenous use, and its thera- peutic effect. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 153-64.— Pardo-Castello, V. Tratamiento de la lepra por los esteres etilicos de los acidos grasos del aceite de chaulmoogra; relation de veinticinco casos en el curso de cuatro afios. Rev. derm. argent.. 1925-26. 11: 101-11.—Parra. R. F., & Santos. J. E. Une annee de traitement de la lepre par les ethers ethyliques des acides gras de l'huile de chaulmoogra k Agua de Dios. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 293-304 — Payan, G., & Wills, G. Tratamiento de la lepra por el mangle rojo. Rev. med. cubana, 1907, 11: 285-92.—Peirier. Les caloncoba a huiles antilepreuse du Cameroun. C. rend. Acad. sc, 1929, 18£: 471. Also Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1930, 28: 43-7. ------ Injections intraveineuses de chaulmoograte de soude. Ibid., 1931, 29: 852-00.—Pereira, L. On the effects of alepol on leprosy. Antiseptic, Madras, 1936, 33: 437-9.— Perrot, E. Le chaulmoogra et autres graines utilisables contre la lepre. Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1926, 33: annexe, 353-69. Also Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926, 2: 547-53. Also Boll. chim. farm., 1927, 66: 610-3.------Les especes chaulmoogriques et, en particulier, le krabao indochinois pour le traitement de la lepre. BulL Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., 112: 602-5.— Possolo, H. Indice de iodo e componentes do 61eo de chaul- moogra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 471.—Rabello, E., & Vernet, I. Note sur le traitement de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 305-14.—Radna, R. Contribution au traitement de la lepre; le traitement par injections endoveineuses et endodermiques de fortes doses d'huile de chaulmoogra et de ses derives. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 3939, 19: 393-405. ------ & Limbos, P. Con- tribution a la question de traitement de la iepre; l'huile de Caloncoba welwitschii (Gilg.) Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1943, 40: 316 (Abstr.)—Rangel, M. O tratamento da lepra pelas inj'eceoes endovenosas de antileprol no Hospital S. Sebastiao. Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1926, 34: 295; 1927, 35: 43-5.—Raymond, A de. Essai d'un savon total de chaulmoogra dans le traite- ment de la iepre. Bull. Soc. path. exot.. Par.. 1931. 24: 770-2. LEPROSY 748 LEPROSY ------ Le traitement des lepreux au Tonkin par injections intraveineuses d un savon total de chaulmoogra. Ibid., 780- Sat— Roca. J. M. Die Lepra und das Chaulmoogra. Verb. Internat. derm. Kongr. (1904) 1905, 2: 305 11. Rogers. L. Traitement de la iepre par injections de preparations solubles d'huile de chaulmoogra, d'huile de foie de morue et de diffe- rentes huiles; leur mode d'action. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre '1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 281 8.—Rojas B., S. El tratn- iiui-ntii curativo de la lepra; eficioncia del sistema Benchetrit. Arch, lepra, Bogota, 1929, 1: 86-90.—Saladrigas, E., A- Bo- tanrourl. Sobre e! tratamiento de la lepra por el mangle rojo. Sem. med., B. Air., 1905, 12: 594-602.—Sasporlas, L. Traite- ment des lepreux d'Orofara, Tahiti, par les ethers-ethyles des acides gras de l'huile de chaulmoogra. Biol, med., Par., 1923, 13: 295-304.—Savill, T. D. Sequel of a case of leprosy shown in May, 1900, at the Clinical Society, showing the results of treatment by Oleum gvnocardii (chaulmoogra oil) Tr. Clin. Soc. London, 1902-03, 36: 229.—Schlossberger, H. Die Behandlung der Lepra und der Tuberkulose mit Chaul- moograol. Zbl. ges. Tuberkforsch., 1935, 42: 515-70.— Schujman, S., & Vaccaro, A. Tratamiento de las formas baciliferas de lepra, cutaneas de Manila, lepromatosas de El Cairo, por las altas dosis de los derivados de chalmougra. Sem. med., B. Air., 1939, 46: pt 2, 428-37.—Schweiz, J. A propos du traitement de la lepre par les ethers ethyliques de l'huile de chaulmoogra (Hvrganol Poulenc et Graumanvl Meurieei Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1929, 9: 319-39 — Sen, M. Hydnocarpus wightiania; an ancient remedy for leprosy. Ind. M. Rec, 1926, 46: 275.—Serra, A. Brevi note sulla terapia odierna della lepra e specialmente sull'uso dell'olio di chaulmoogra. Gior. internaz. sc. med., 1905, n. ser., 27: 193-211, pl.—Sorel, M. Traitement de la iepre par injections intraveineuses d'huile de chaulmoogra neutralisee. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 117: 489-92. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 499-502.—Souchard, L. Dix-huit mois de fonctionnement d'un dispensaire antiiepreux k I'lnsti- tut Pasteur de Saigon; traitement par le savon total de krabao; considerations sur la prophylaxie de la iepre. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Indochine, 1933, 267-77, 4 pl. ------ & Ramijean. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la lfipre par les savons de krabao. Ibid., 187-265.—Souchard, L., & Roton. Observa- tion d'un cas de iepre traite par le savon total de krabao. Bull. Soc. path, exot,, Par., 1933, 26: 769-72.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Estado actual do tratamento chaulmoogrico da lepra (1930-33) Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1933, 41: 329-36. ------ Sobre o efeito dos esteres chaulmugricos injetados nos ganglios de leprosos. An. brasil. derm, sif., 1939, 14: 47.— Talec & Montglond. De l'influence de lacidite de l'huile d'Hydnocarpus wightiana dans le traitement de la iepre. Ann. med. pharm. col., Par., 1936, 34: 460-71.—Tisseuil, J. Traitement de la iepre par injections intraveineuses d'eau distillee. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 169-71. ------ Injections intra-arterielles d'huile de chaulmoogra dans le traitement de la iepre. Internat. J. Leprosv. Manila, 1940, 8: 405. ---;---Guilhaumou, F., & Rivoalen, P. Etude comparee de Taction therapeutique des huiles neutres d'ara- chides et de chaulmoogra utilisees en injection intradermique. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1938, 31: 585-7.—Tolentino, J. G. How effective is the treatment of leprosy with the chaulmoogra oil group? Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1936, 16: 48-51.—Tomb, J. W. Chaulmoogra oil and its derivatives in the treatment of leprosv. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1933, 36: 170; 186; 201.—Treatment of leprosy with derivatives of chaulmoogra oil. Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1924, No. 141, 1-11, 9 pl.—Treuherz, W. Quatro annos de experiencias no tratamento da lepra com injeccoes endovenosas de antileprol (Bayer) combinadas com solucao aquosa de tartaro emetico a" 2%. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1926, 24: 47-57. ------ Vier Jahre Erfahrungen mit intravenosen Injektionen von Anti- leprol (.Bayer) kombiniert mit 2%iger Brechweinsteinlosung intravenos gegen lepra. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 394-404.— Van Breuseghem, R. Essai du 4828a dans le traitement de la iepre. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1936, 16: 115-9, Le solganal associe aux ethyl esters de chaulmoogra dans le traitement de la iepre. Ibid., 379-86.—Venzmer, G. Neues von der Behandlung des Aussatzes. Umschau, 1926, 30: 560-2.—Zeo, A. A antilebrina no tratamento da lepra. Hora med., Rio, 1942, No. 54, 53-73. ---- Treatment: Protein. Gomez, J. A. Tratamiento de la lepra o enfermedad de Hansen por las inyecciones de leche de vaca. Dfa med. B Air 1943, 15: 180.—Lai Sarkar, S., & Madhab Bhattacharva, b! The effects of the injections of milk preparations in leprosv Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72:398-401. — Manson-Bahr, P. On two apparent recoveries from anaesthetic leprosy following protein shock treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 1111. ---- Treatment: Results. See also other subheadings (Curability; Prog- nosis) Abreu, M. de. Tratamiento anti-lepr6tico em Santo Angelo e seus resultados. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1936, 15: 534—17 — Carrera, J. L. Dos afios de experiencia en el tratamiento de la lepra. Prensa med. argent, 1926-27. 13: 802; 839; 954 — De Vera, B. A brief report on the progress of the treatment work in the Culion Leper Colony up to March, 1927. J Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 361-6.—Eccezionali esperienze e risultati di cura della lebbra. Minerva med., Tor., 1940. 31: pt 2, varia, 4-6.—Fidanza, E. P. Estado actual del tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1932, 16: 75 8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 1, 1325-36.— Kiol. H. Consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de la lepra y resultados obtenidos despues de un ano de observaci6n en el sanatorio-colonia Buenos Aires. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 434-8.—Froilano de Mello. I. Traitement et guerison de la iepre. Internat. med. W. Schweiz (1935) 1936, 1. Congr., 253-6. ------■ Traitement de la iepre d'aprea 3 ans d'experi- ence personelle. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 570-3.--Greco. N. V. La curachin de la lepra es un hecho. Sem. med., M. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 1495- 7.—Hudelo & Rirhon. De rinsullisaneo d'action therapeutique des nouvelles medications ipreconisees pour le traitement de la iepre chez cinq malades hospitalises a 1'hopital Saint-Louis. Commun. Conf. internat, iepre C1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 343-6.— Kupffer. A. Zweiunddreissig Jahre Lepratherapic Arch, Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1933, 37: 373-80.—Lara, C. B., De Vera, B., & Eubanas, F. Results of trials of sodium hydnocarpate and Bruschettini vaccine in leprosv. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1928, 8: 261-3.—Mello, F. de, & Loyola Pereira, O. de. Resultats de 5 ans de traitement dans la leproserie de Macazana, Inde Portugaise. Presse med., 1939, 47: 897.— Mohanty, L. N. Two cases of leprosy successfully treated. Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 694.—Moiser, B. Results of treatment at the Ngomohuru Leprosy Hospital over a period of 10 years, 1929-38. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 69.—Muir. E. Comments on the present position of the treatment of leprosv. Ind. M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 211-9.—Nicolas, C & Roxas-Pineda, E. Results of antileprosy treatment in children at the Culion Leper Colony. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1928, 8: 314- 7.—Olpp, G. Heilerfolge bei Lepra. Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 50-3.—Puente, J. J. Resultados favorables obtenidos en el tratamiento de la lepra. Rev. As. med. argent., 1929, 42: 351-7.—Reis, E. O euro no tratamento de lepra. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1933, 51: 69.—Robineau, M. Essais de traitement de la 16pre effectues a la leproserie de Vedjanir, Ebolowa, Cameroun. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 271-80.—Rodrigues, J. Avaliacao dos resulta- dos do tratamento da lepra incipiente. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935,2:47-9. ------ Resultados do tratamento antileprotico nos differentes periodos de idade. Ibid., 187-90.—Sakurane. [Report on the treatment of leprosy] Hifuhyog. kiu hinioki- hyog. zassi, 1903, 3: 314-33.—Souza Lima. L. de. Avaliacao dos resultados do tratamento. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 152-8.—Tietze, S. Brief notes on the results obtained from various anti-leprotic treatments in the Leper Department of the San Lazaro Hospital during the vear 1925. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1926, 6: 355-67. ----- Statistical report on the negative cases obtained in the treat- ment, of leprosv at San Lazaro Hospital (from Jan. 1, 1922 up to Feb. 8, 1925, inclusive) Rev. filip. med., 1926, 17: 86-95, 7 ch.—Treatment (The) of leprosy; report of the subcommittee on treatment, International Congress of Leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938, 9: 150-3.—Woodman, H. M. Some results of treatment of leprosy in the Southern Sudan. Tr. R. Soc. Prop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 631-8. ---- Treatment: Roentgen rays. Heiser, V. G. Preliminary notes upon a case of leprosy apparently cured with the X-rays. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, 74: 757.—Lassar, O.. Siegfried, A., & Urbanowicz. Versuche mit der Behandlung Leprakranker mit Rontgenstrahlen. Klin. Jahrb., 1905-06, 15: 1-26. ------ Bericht des Kreisarztes Urbanowicz iiber Versuche mit der Behandlung Leprakranker mit Rontgenstrahlen. Derm. Zschr., 1906, 13: 690-712.— Prudhomme, R. Action des ravons X sur les lepromes des rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 917-20.—Smidt, H. N. Rontgenbehandeling van lepra. Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1932, 72: 1690-704.—Turkhud. D. A. Treatment of leprosy with Rontgen rays. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 305-7.— Wilkinson, H. B. Leprosy in the Philippines, with an account of its treatment with the x-ray. J. Am. M. Ass., 1906, 46: 315-21. ■---- Treatment: Sera, and antibodies. Reenstierna, J. A fourth orientation on the therapeutic value of an anti-leprosy serum (in Columbia and Venezuela) 106p. 8? Helsin., 1937. Forms Suppl. 85, Acta med. scand. ---- Further therapeutic tests with an anti- leprosy serum in Netherlands East Indies and other countries. 195p. 24cm. Lund, 1941. Balina, P. L., & Basombrio, G. A. Ensayo de tratamiento de la lepra con un suero preparado por el Dr Reenstierna. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1939, 23: 335-8.—Boenjamin, R. [Applica- tion of Reenstierna's antileprosy serum in certain cases of leprosy in Batavia] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 1346-70.—Carrasquilla L., J. Un procedimiento seroterapico aplicado al tratamiento de la lepra griega. Mem. Congr. med. panamer. (1896) 1898. 2. Congr., 2: 1148-68.------Sobre el empleo de la seroterapia en la lepra. Ibid., 1168-73.— Deycke [Ueber die Entwicklung una die Grundlagen seiner spezifischen Lepratherapie]j Miinch. med. Wschr., 1907, 54: LEPROSY 749 LEPROSY 2214.—Felugo, C. L'autosieroterapia da vescicatorio nella lebbra. Arch, biol., Genova, 1926, 3: No. 4, 39-42, 4 ch — Loiola Pereira, O. Ensaios do tratamento da lepra com o soro preparado pelo Prof. J. Reenstierna da Universidade de Upsala, Suecia. Arq. Esc. med. cir. Nova Goa, 1940, ser. A, 14: 51- 70.—Malaihollo, J. F. [Brief report on the treatment of leprosy with Prof. Reenstierna's anti-leprous serum in Semarang] Ceneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 601-18.—Ota, M., Sato, S., & Isibasi, T. Contributions k la serologic et a la therapie de la iepre. Tr. Far East, Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9: pt 1, 729-40- Paldrock, A. Specific treatment of leprosy. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 859-62.—Reenstierna, J. Premiers resultats de traitement de la iepre par un serum experimental. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1933, 22: 364-6. Also C. rend. Acad. sc, Par., 1933, 197: 718-20. ------ [Therapeutic tests with an anti-leprous serum; in Sweden and Ethiopia] Sven. liik. tidn., 1935, 32: 1441-52. Also Acta med. scand., 1936, 88: 399-406. ------ Eine vierte Orientierung iiber den thera- peutischen Wert eines Anti-I.epraserums. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 480-6. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 77-90, 6 pl. ------ Reenstierna's antileprosy serum. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 103.—Tisseuil, J. Essai de traitement de lepres cutanees par le serum sanguin de lepres nerveuses. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 227-30.—Tommasi, L. II siero di Reenstierna nella cura della lebbra. Atti Soc. ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 1174. — Treatment: specific. Sera, and antibodies, non- Chala H., J. I., & Lieras Restrepo, F. Toxoide de la difteria en el tiatamiento de la lepra. Rev. Fac med., Bogota, 1943- 44, 12: 125-45, 4 pl., tab.—Chatterjee, K. R. Notes on the treatment of ieprosy with diphtheria-formol-toxoid. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1942, 39: 697 (Abstr.)—Collier, D. R. The use of diphtheria toxoid in the treatment of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 1-10, pl. Also Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 283-91. ------& McKean, J. H. The use of diph- theria antitoxin and toxoid in leprosy; a preliminary report. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1940, II: 140-6.—Davison, A. R., & Grasset, E. Diphtheria toxoid in the treatment of leprosy; clinical and immunological investigations. Ibid., 194i, 12: 68-79.—Faget, G. H., & Johansen, F. A. Diphteria toxoid treatment of leprosv; a preliminary report. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1942, 57: 2-19-53.—Fleming, R. B. Uma esperanca para o leproso. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1941, 6: 25-32.— McKean, J. H. Limitations of the diphtheria toxoid treatment of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 309^14. ------ Limitations of toxoid treatment. Ibid., 359.— Mofser, B. Report on trial treatment of leprosy with diphtheria anatoxine Ramon. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1941, 12: 54-6.— New (A) treatment for leprosy. East Afr. M. J., 1940-41, 17: 469.—Nuevo tratamiento de la lepra. C Y M, Medellfn, 1941, 1: No. 2, 20-6.—Souza Araujo, H. C. dc. A anatoxina difterica na lepra. Brasil med., 1941, 55: 750. ------ Nota sobre a acao da anatoxina difterica na lepra. Bol. Acad. nac. med.,— Rio, 1941-42, 113: No. 7, 24-7.—Trant, H. Clinical observa-* tions and notes on the treatment of early leprosy with diphtheria antitoxin. East Afr. M. J., 1942-43, 19: 147-9. ---- Treatment, symptomatic. Baptista, L. Contribuicao ao tratamento das d6res em doentes de lepra; tratamento pela histidina. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 223-32.—Cochrane, R. G. The action of ephedrine in relieving certain painful accompaniments of leprosy and lepra reaction. Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 551—DeCaires, P. F. Iron therapy in severe cutaneous leprosy. Prit. Guiana M. Annual, 1943, 132-6, ch.—Moraes Junior, J. de. Tratamento das algias em doentes de lepra. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1935, 2: No. espec, 75-92, incl. tab.—Radna, R. Sur le traitement des algies lepreuses par le cobranyl. Ann. Soc. beige mid. trop., 1938, 18: 73.—Rodrigues de Souza, A. Alcool endovenoso nas dores leproticas. Rev. lepr. Sao Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 74-80 — Roy, A. Intravenous sodium bicarbonate in cases of nerve pain in leprosv. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 195.—Sarkar, S. L., & Bhattacharyya, B. M. The action of cobra-toxyl on the nerve pain of leprosy. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1938-39, 8: 412.—Schujman, S. El tratamiento de las algias leprosas por las myecciones intradermicas de histamina. Rev. urug. derm, sif., 1938, 3: 96-104.—Tisseuil, J. Heureuse action de la yohimbine sur la laryngite des lepreux. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 634.—Venin de cobra et lepre. Arch. med. pharm. nav., 1933, 123: 601.—Wavson, J. T., & Runiecke, A. C. Studies upon leprosy; a palliative treatment for leprous rhinitis. 1 ub. Health Rep. U. S. Marine Hosp. Serv., No. 33, 15-25. ---- Treatment: Untoward effects. Cole, H. I. Causes of irritation upon injection of iodized ethyl es'ters" of" hydnocarpus-group oils. Philippine J. Sc, 1931, 46: 377-82 Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 81- 6 —Lagrosa, M., Tiong, J. O., & Disini, D. Further observa- tions on the course of the anesthesia following antileprotic intradermal injections. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15- 312-8__Vespoli, M. A. Acao dos raios infra-vermelhos nos processos' inflamatorios causados pelas infiltracoes intra- dermicas dos esteres do chaulmoogra; metodo de plancha. Rev brasil lepr., 1940, 8: No. espec, 129-31.—Wade, H. W. Complaints of patients under antileprosy treatment. Philip- pine J. Sc, 1925, 26: 21. Lara, C. B., & Nicolas, C. Complaints of patients under antileprosy treatment. Ibid., 1924, 25: 661. ---- Treatment: Vaccines. Miranda, A. *Traitement de la lepre par le vaccin anti-hansenien de Vaudremer. 80p. 8? Par., 1935. Monpere, L. *Les etapes de la vaccination antilepreuse. 48p. 8? Par., 1934. Beurmann, de, & Gougerot. Contribution a l'etude bac- teriologique de la lepre; la leproline de Rost. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1907, 3. ser., 24: 1397-411. -----■ Traitement de la iepre par la leproline. Ibid., 1411-7.—Callens, J. Traite- ment de la lepre par injection d'une leproline. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1930, 23: 909-11.—Cruz, M. C. Parenteral adminis- tration of fresh and boiled leprotic emulsions in lepers. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1935, 15: 319-23.—De Giorgio, A. II vaccino di Vaudremer nella lebbra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: Suppl., 51-4.—Devoto, A. Tentativi di cura della lebbra con vaccini preparati coi noduli leprosi (nota preventiva) Ibid., 1926, 67: 618-23.—Fernandez, J. M. M. L'injection de leprolin chez les lepreux. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 425-30, 4 pl.—Fleming, J. Treatment of leprosy in the Purulia Leper Asylum, by Rost's leprolin. Ind. M. Gaz., 1905, 40: 132-4 — Gohar, M. A. Vaccine treatment of leprosy. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1931, 34: 166-8.—Lanteri, G. Tentativi di autovaccino- terapia intradermica nella lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 1573-6.—Little, E. G. Acute nodular leprosy originating in this country and cured by vaccine treatment. Brit. M. J., 1926, 2: 1034, pl.------& Hasson, J. In England entstandener und mittels der Impfbehandlung geheilter akuter knotiger Aussatz. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1319-21.—Mello, F. de, & Pereira, O. de L. Observations resumees du traitement de quelques lepreux par le vaccin de Vaudremer. Boll. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1937, 30: 749-51.—Morris, M. Case of leprosy treated with a special vaccine. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1908-09, 2: Derm. Sect., 41-5.—Pereira, O. de L. A vacina de Vau- dremer na lepra. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1937, 55: 337-40.— Rost, E. R. Notes on the cultivation of the Bacillus leprae and the treatment of leprosy by the injections of a leprolin manu- factured from cultures. Ind. M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 167; 203, pl. ------ Further notes on the treatment of leprosy by injec- tions of leprolin. Ibid., 441-5.------ Die Behandlung der Lepra mit Leprolin. Verh. Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1907) 1908, 2. T., 2. H., 552.—Rudolf, N. S. Notes on a visit to the laboratory and hospital of Captain E. R. Rost, I. M. S., the discoverer of leprolin. Medicine, Detr., 1905, 2: 175-83.— SSzary, A., & Levy, G. Essai de vaccinotherapie antilepreuse. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1818. ------ A- Bolgert, M. L'action therapeutique du vaccin antiiepreux de Vaudremer. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1372-81.—Sezary, A., Vau- dremer & Brun. Essai de vaccinotherapie antilepreuse. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 227-9.—Spitzer. Traitement de la iepre par le vaccin de Vaudremer. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1390. ------ Le vaccin de Vaudremer et son application dans la maladie de Hansen. Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) 1935-37, 9. Congr., 2: 573.—Tebb, W. Leprosy and vaccination. J. hyg., Par., 1893, 18: 265-8.— Touraine & Ribadeau-Dumas. Lepre mixte traitee par vaccino- therapie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 229-35 — Williams, A. W. Leprosv; treatment by means of a special vaccine. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 22: 109-14.— Wood, R. S. Observations on the effect of the injection of leprolin. Ind. M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 333-6.—Woolley, P. G. The bacteriotherapy of leprosy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1906-07, 4: 121. Also Science, 1907, n. ser., 26: 410. ---- Treatment: Vaccines, non-specific. Ashmead, A. S. A new method of treating leprosy by train- ing the phagocytes to cure the disease through subcutaneous inoculations of pure yeast culture cells and dead bacilli. Am. J. Derm. Genitourin. Dis., 1908, 12: 64-6.—Bourgeois & Tsatsaronis. Sur un cas de iepre traite par la bacteriotherapie. Progr. m6d., Par., 1928, 43: 1115.—Campana, R. Raffronti dell'azione della tubercolina di Koch nei luposi e nei leprosi. Clin, dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 79.—Davison, A. R. Leprosy treatment with Grasset's tubercle endotoxoid; interim report. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1941, 12: 18-24.— Feron. Notes sur le traitement des poussees aigues de iepre par les injections intraveineuses de gonacrine. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1933, 26: 981-8. —Fischer, J. A. [Tuberculin therapy in leprosy] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2138-46, pl.—Girard, G., & Ducros. Essai de traitement de la iepre par I'antigene tuberculeux methylique. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1928, 21: 594.—Grasset, E., & Davison, A. R. Antigenic treatment of leprosy by means of a non-acid-fast variety of tubercle bacillus. S. Afr. J. M. Sc, 1942, 7: 236- 44.—Jouenne, P., & Guillet, R. Deux cas d'ameiiorations de iepre apres traitement par le B. C. G. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par 1927 20: 91.—Lavall & Pomaret. Un cas de iepre traite par'le B. C. G. Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1928, 42: 406-8.—Leprosy treated with non-acid-fast tubercle bacillus. Practitioner, Lond., 1943, 151: 60. — Novaes e Silva, S. de Tuberculino- therapia da lepra pela T. O. A. do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz (experiencias clinicas feitas) Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1927, 35: 83-98.—Pereira, O. de L. On the effects of anti-variolic vaccma- LEPROSY 750 LEPROSY tion ii lepers. Antiseptic. Madras, 1934, 31: 553-6, pl — Peyre, X'. L. Nosologic de I'untigene nuHhylique tuberculeux et son emploi dan- la lepie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 192S. 21: 14.—Pons, H . & Chastel. Essais sur Taction curathe du vacci i :intiliilx icuh-ux B. ('. G. dans la iepre. Ibid., 1920, 19: 520.- kcndinger, P., & Bailly, J. Essai de traitement de la iepre par le B. C. G.; innocuite absolue de doses ties elevees du bacille. Ibid., 1928, 21: 283-7—Roussel, J. N. Leprosy: a report of 27 cases treated \.ith anthrax vaccine. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935, 38: 133 6. Row, R. Ti raiment of leprosy bv a vaccine of autolysed tubercle bacilli. Ti. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hvg., Lond., 1925-26, 19: 407-10. pl. Also Ind. M. Rec, 1926,46:266. ------ On the curative value of the tubercle bacillary autolysate in leprosv. Tr. Far East. Ass. Tu>\,. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 317-31, 6 pl. Scuchard, L. Note sur le traitement des lepreux par le P. C. G. a l'hopital de Choquan. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Induchine, 1926, Nos. 3-4, 51-4.—Tisseuil, J., A- (.uilhaumou, F. L-sai de traitement de la iepre nerveuse par le vaccin antiiabiqtic. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1937, 30: 751-5. ---- Treatment: Vitamins. Alfon no D. A. S. P. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 332, 157.—Arantes, 8. C. Resultados nulos do tratamento da lepra pelo alfon; observagao de 2 anos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1941, 9: 179-84.—Blueth, A. Betaxin in the treatment of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 109-12.—Brown, J. A. K. Some dietetic factors in leprosy with special reference to B avitaminosis. West Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 8: No. 4, 2-7.— Dutra de Oliveira. Vitaminoterapia e lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 187-93.—Gatli, C, & Gaona, R. J. Cebion bei der Lepra-Behandlung. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1939, 43: 32.—Hou, H. C. Vitamin Bj in the treatment of leprosy; vitamin Bi excretion in urine. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 455-62.—Moura, A. M. de. O caroteno no tratamento da lepra Impr. med., Rio, 1939, 15: 1443-6.—Pinto Lippelt, A., A: Mendonga de Barros, J. O alfon no tratamento da lepra. Hev. biasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 45-51.—Ugarriza. R. G. Cebion bei dei Behandlung von leproser Septicaemie. Arch. Schiffs Tropenlng., 1939, 43: 33.- Villela, G. G. Ueber die Beein- (lus-ung der Lepra durch Vitamin Bi und C (Aneurin und Ascorbinsaure) Ibid., 127-9.—Vitamin B in leprosy. Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 204. —— Trophoneurosis. Abbaiucci. Trnphnnevroso faciale d'origine lepreuse. Caducee, 1906, 6: 215.—- Alcixo, A. Sobre o mal perfurante da lepra. Bra-il med., 1930, 44: 1-5.—Arnold, H. L., jr. Neural leprosy with mal perforans. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1944, 49: 297.—Bertaccini, G. Atrofie cutanee lebbrose in chiazze in un soggetto con lebbra maculoanestetica. Atti Soc ital. derm, sif., 1938, 1: 907-9.—Flandin, G, & Ragu, J. Mal perforant plantaire gueri en 2 mois par les injections intra- veineuses du complexe chaulmoogra-eholesterol chez une lepreuse traitee depuis 10 ans par les therapeutiques classiques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 734-7.—Guida, H. Tiatamenlo clinico do mal perfurante plantar pela acetyl- cholina e insulina, nos doentes de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1937. 5: 87-102.—Kirk, N. T. Neurotrophic changes in leprosy. Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 69: 18-25.—Marino Bechelli, L., A- Silva Guimaraes, J. da. O mal perfurante na lepra; estudo elfnico. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 207-16, pl.— Nicola^, J., & Rousset, J. Deux cas de forme trophoneurotique de la maladie de Hansen. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 326-8.—Perves. Application de l'infiltration du ganglion etoiie au traitement des troubles trophiques du membre superieur dans la iepre. Rev. sc. med. Afrique fr., Brazzaville, 1942, 1: 76-80.—Pisacane, C. Le atrofie lebbrose. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: 1261-82, 2 pl.—Radna, R. Sur le traite- ment des lesions trophiques lepreuses. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop., 1939, 19: 65-71.—Silveira, L. M. Amputagoes e mal perfurante plantar. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: No. espec, 219-25, 3 pl.—Villas-Boas, J. Um caso de mal perfurante palmar na lepra. Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1937, 26: 27-31. ---- Types. See also Leprid. Aguiar Pupo, J. Das formas clinicas de lepra; modalidades invasoras e reacionarias. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 357-90, 9 pl., ch. ■------ A proposito da classificagao. Ibid., 1940, 8: 429-32.—Azaret Moron, R. Formas clinicas de la lepra; cutaneas, nerviosa, visceral y lazarina. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 40-2.—Balina, P. L., & Basombrio, G. Classification des formes cliniques de iepre. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938 6: 225-8.—Biingeler, W. Die pathologische Anatomie der Lepra; die pathologische Histologie der Lepra; ein neues Einteilungsprinzip der verschiedenen Lepraformen auf der Grundlage des histologischen Befundes und der Im- mumtatsreaktion. Virchows Arch., 1943, 310: 493-565 — Classification (The) of leprosy; report of the Subcommittee on Classification. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 389- 97.—Classification (The) of leprosy. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 379-87.—Cuesto Almonacid & Kodrfguez Degregorio. Lepra monomorfa precoz. Med. ibera 1935, 29: pt 1 516.—Cunha Nobrega, R. Estudio clinico das classificacoes da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1942, 10: 5-66 — Germond, R. C. The modern international type classification of leprosy. S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 17-25.- Greco, N. V. Clasificacion de la lepra. Rev. biasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 301-11.— Kuznezov, V. N. The dynamic classification of the forms of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 407-18.— Larrpo, P. H. J. [Type dilTerentiation of lepers in the epi- demiological sen.-e] Geneesk. behr. Ned. Inuie, 1938, 78: 890-901. Lie. H. P. The classification of leprosv. Internat. ■I. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 4: 35-44.—Lindberg. K. Un essai de classification pratique des lepreux. Rev. nu'd. hvg. trop., Par., 1930, 22: 73-8.—Muir. E. Nomenclature de la iepre. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre (1923) 1921, 3. Conf., 157-61. ----— Resistance and the typing of leprosy skin lesions. Leprosy Key., Lond., 1939, 10: 221 -5.- Kubcllo Junii.r. Uma classificagao clinico-epidemiologica das foimas da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 375-410. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 343-56. —----& Rabello, E. l'ne classification clinico-epidemiologique des formes de la iepre. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 229-43.—Ryrie, G. A. The classifi- cation of leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1938. 9: 20-4.— Saenz, B. Sobie algunas formas de lepra poco frccuentemente obscrvadas. Vida nueva, Habana, 1930, 25: 322-9.—Salomon- Schujir.; n. A proposito do uma nueva clasificacion de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1940, 8: 111-8.—Sousa Campos, N. de. Sobre a nova classificacao de lepra proposta pela Hey ist a brasileira de leprologia. An. paul. med. cir., 1941, 42: 155. ■----— & S(.usa Lima, L. de. Classificagao. Rev. lua il. lepr., 1941, 9: 293-5.—Va.> co de Toledo, D. Consideracoes sobre a nova class if.ca?fio da lepra. Ibid., 1940, 8: No. espec, 15- 29.—Wade, H. W. A proposed revision of the Memorial Conference classification of leprosy. Am. J. Trop. M., 1937, 17: 773-801.------Impressoes preliminares em torno do problema da classificagao. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 357-72. ------Germond, R. C. [et ah] Clasificaci6n de la lepra. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 783-8; 793. ---- Types: Mixed type. Arzt, L. Lepra mixta. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 107 — Beurmann, de, & Laroche, G. Deux cas de iepre mixte avec de- faut de concordance entre les manifestations cutanees et les troubles de sensibilite de la peau. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1909, 20: 79-87.------Un cas de iepre mixte; autopsie; bacillemie terminale; cirrhose lepreuse du foie; meningite hansenienne. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1909, 3. ser., 26: 1278-92.—Beurmann, de, Roubinovitch & Gougerot. Lepre mixte; etude des ulcerations des 16preux. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1906, 4. ser., 7: 393-405. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1906, 17: 252-64.------Autopsie de iepre mixte; lesions viscerales: foie, rate et testicules lepreux; la sclerose lepreuse. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1906, 4. ser., 7: 405-12. Also Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1906, 17: 264-71.—Bloch, B. Ueber einen Fall von Lepra tuberoso-maculo-anaesthetica. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1906, 19: 303.—Bliith. Lepra mixta. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1626.—Bommer, S. Lepra mixta. Derm. Wschr., 1938, 106: 45-50.—Cassaet, E., & de Raguine, R. JJn cas de iepre mixte d'origine coloniale. Gaz. sc. nn'd. Bor- deaux, 1909, 30: 474-9.—Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Um in- teressante caso de lepra mista. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1938, 6: 341- 52, pl.—Dade, C. T. A case of leprosy; mixed form. Tr. Inter- nat. Derm. Congr. (1907) 1908, 6. Congr., 1: 344—Dorffel, J. Demonstration eines Falles von kompletter Lepra (Lepra mixta) Munch, med. Wschr., 1941, 88: 688.—Fox, H. Leprosy, mixed type. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1940, 42: 1159.— Gluck, L. Die Lepra tubero-anaesthetica, vom klinischen Standpunkte geschildert. Lepra, Lpz., 1908-09, 8: 1-52.— Guzzi, M. Considerazioni su di un caso di lebbra mista. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1939, 45: 445-9.—Hallopeau & Boudet. Sur un cas grave de iepre mixte qui va etre traite par la solution a hautes doses d'atoxyl. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1907, 18: 234-7.—Hudelo, Mouzon & Duhamel. Sur un cas de iepre nerveuse avec tremblement et symptomes de la s6rie spas- modique (iepre a forme mixte d'embiee) Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 971-5.—Jame, L., Jacob, A., & Jude, A. Lepre mixte a evolution aigue. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1932, 24: 149-53— Khundadze, Y. S. K kazuis- tikle zarazheniya prokazol; sluchal lepra? mixta?. Vrach. gaz., 1907, 14: 687-90.—Krizhevich, E. K. Lepra tuberosa et lues gummosa; lepra tuberosa et anaesthetica. Russ. J. kozhn. vener. bolezn., 1905, 9: 401-4.—Lortat-Jacob & Mcrlans. Sur un cas de iepre mixte traite par la cryotherapie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 474.—Mar ica tide, E., & Galesescu, P. Un cas de lepra mixta. Spitalul, 1904, 24: 551-6.— Meslre, J. J., & Miyares, C. M. Lepra mixta. Vida nueva, Habana, 19l0, 45: 193 (Abstr.)—Netto, S. Cruzada anti- leprosa; a lepra mista. Brasil med., 1932, 46: 884.—Ptrouna- gian, M. B. Leprosy (mixed type) improved greatly under anti-luetic treatment. J. Cut. Dis. Syph., 1909, 27: 186 — Pieri, Sardou & Battesti. Lepre mixte traitee par le bleu et l'hyrganol; presence de bacilles dans le santr peripherique. Marseille med., 1937, 74: pt 2, 209-11—Ro? ica, Nicoletti & Calicchio. Lepra mista, prevalentemente tuLeiosa. Clin. dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 62-6. Saby & Ray- mond. Sur un cas de iepre a forme mixte. Bull. Soc. fr. dei in. syph., 1934, 41: 1417-9.—Sandor, I. Un cas de iepre mixte. Rev. tunis. sc. med., 1927, 21: 219.—Silcoch, F. A. E. Leprosy (mixed nodular and anaesthetic) Pioe. K. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1459. Also Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1934, 46: 423-5.— Spiegler [Ein Fall von Lepra tubero-anaesthetica] Wien. klin. Wschr., 1904, 17: 59.—Tappeiner, S. Ueber Lepra mixta. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 570-81. LEPROSY 751 LEPROSY BACILLUS Ulcer. Berny, P., & Gippet, E. Essai de traitement des ulcera- tions lepreuses au moyen de badigeonnages quotidiens avec une solution de bleu de methylene au centieme. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1936, 29: 851-4.—Beiz, H. Zur Behandlung leproser Ulzera. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1938, 42: 468-70.— Black, K. Periarterial sympathectomy for the ulcerations of leprosy. Malay. M. J., 1933, 8: 60-2.—Bousefield, C. E. The ulcers of leprosy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1938, 6: 73.—Braga, R. Tratamento das ulceras leproticas por in- jecgoes intrarteriaes. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 447-67.— Costa Valente, E. Tratamento das ulceras de leprosos e das suas manifestagoes dolorosas. Ibid., 1937, 5: 141-58. A proposito do tratamento das ulceras de leprosos pelas in- filtragoes intradermicas. Ibid., 519-24.—Cruz, M. C, Abuel, J. I., & Samson, J. G. Periarterial sympathectomy in trophic ulcers of leprosy: preliminary report. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1931, 11: 474-6.—Diniz, O. Tratamento das ulceras leproticas pelo sulfato de magnesio. Impr. med., Rio, 1941, 17: No. 332, 58-61.—Faget, G. H. Curative action of sul- fathiazole on leprotic ulcers. Hosp. News, Wash., 1942, 9: No. 3, 6-12, 2 pL—Floriani, L., & Floriani, C. Nuevo trata- miento de la lepra, en especial de las ulceras leprosas. Prensa med. argent., 1937, 24: 1509-35.—Froilano de Mello, I., & Lobato de Faria, C. Sur l'infestation des ulceres leprotiques par des champignons levuriformes. Mycopathologia, Gravenh., 1938, 1: 201-M, pl.—Llano, L. Clasificacion de las ulceras leprosas y su tratamiento. Rev. argent, derm, sif., 1943, 27: 241.—Marty, J. La sympathectomie peri-arterielle dans le traitement des ulceres de la iepre nerveuse. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1938, 31: 199-201.—Maynard, N. H. The treat- ment of trophic ulcers in leprosy. East Afr. M. J.. 1938-39, 15: 307.—Muir, E. A note on the treatment of lepromatous ulcers. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1941, 12: 40.—Noronha Miranda, R. Ulceras fagedenicas em doentes de lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1943, 11: 151-8, incl. pl.—Oberdorffer, M. J., & Collier, D. R. Prevention and treatment of ulcers and deformities in leprosy. Leprosy Rev., Lond., 1939, 10: 151-63.—Pereira Cassiano, T. Tratamento do mal perfurante plantar de origem leprotica. Hospital, Rio, 1937, 12: 257-61.—Py, C, & Riveros M., M. Tratamiento de las ulceraciones leprosas por la simpa- tectomfa. Reun. Soc. argent, pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 408-19.—Rocha, H. Tratamento das ulceras dystrophicas da lepra pelo methodo de Dickson Wright. Rev. combate lepra, Rio, 1937, 2: 15-8.—Ryrie, G. A. On the treatment of leprotic ulcers. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1936, 4: 343-5.— Shilov, N. V. [Apphcation of Mazur's atuberculin antivirus in treatment of ulcers in the leprous] Kazan, med. J., 1939, 35: No. 5-6, 58-62.—Stein, A. A. Ueber die Lokalbehandlung der Leprageschwiire. Derm. Wschr., 1931, 93: 1345-7. Also Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 675.—Tisseuil, J. Le synthol soufre dans le traitement des ulceres ■ de la iepre nerveuse. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1937, 30: 755-7.—Vespoli, M. As ulceras leprosas, pathogenia e tratamento pelas infiltragoes intradermicas; modo de agao geral e local dos preparados chaulmoogricos. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 295-307, 5 pl — Vigne, P., Vignoli [et al.] Maladie de Hansen; cicatrisation rapide d'ulcerations trophiques par l'huile de chaulmoogra nitree. Marseille med., 1938, 75: pt 2, 385-8.—Virnicchi, T. Risultati della simpaticectomia periarteriosa nel trattamento delle ulcerazioni da lebbra nervosa. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 167. ---- Urine. Fisichella, V. Sulla tossicita dell'urina dei lebbrosi. Ri- forma med., 1893, 9: pt 3, 350; 364.—Herrera Reyes. Con- sideraciones sobre analisis de orina en los leprosos. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 212.—Lara. Un memoire relatif a la decou- verte'de deux alcaloldes veneneux retires des urines des 16preux. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1906, 3. ser., 55: 263.------& Guillemard. Sur deux ptomaines de l'urine des lepreux. Arch. gen. med., Par., 1906, 1: 842-5.—Marras, A., & Frau, A. Sulla tossicita dell'urina leprosa. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1928, 69: 1665-708, 2 ch.—Molinelli, E. A., & Royer, M. L'urobihne et la bihrubine du sang et de l'urine chez les lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 873.—Radna, R. Sur la bacillurie des lepreux. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1939, 19: 51-3. ---- visceral. Kobayasi, W. Ueber die viscerale Lepr* 207p. 4? [Kyoto] 1929. Muller, H., & Soetedjo Mertodidjojo [Causes of death and visceral changes in leprosy in Eastern Java] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 2174-84.—Stein, A. A. [Morphology of visceral leprosy] Arch. biol. nauk, 1929, 29: 135-66. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1929, 158: 450-9. LEPROSY bacillus. See also Leprosy, Bacteriology; Mycobac- Arnsta F L Resume des recherches sur le bacille de la iepre J med Lyon, 1937, 18: 335-7.—Bayon, H. Further notes' on leprosy organism. J. London School Trop M., IQll-19 1-129-31—Gomes, J..M. Estudos sobre a lepra; estase bacillar Brasil med., *I931, 45: 1061-5.—Kikuti SKepSbiShisl Ijisinbun, 1906, 1771-85.-Marchoux. E. Le bacille de la iepre (culture, inoculation, conservation) Paris med., 1931, 79: 529-32.—Reenstierna. Le bacille de la lepre. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 132-5.—Souza-Araujo, H. C. de. Os bacilos de Hansen e de Stefansky; contribuigao para a sua morfologia. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1942, 37: 11-8, 7 pl.—Vaudremer, A. La lepre et son bacille. In Quest, clin. actual., Par., 1935, 5. ser., 291-306.—Whitfield, A. [Leprosy bacilli] Brit. J. Derm., 1906, 18:255. ---- Biology. Conzemius. L'elimination de Mycobacterium leprae par desquamation cutanee phvsiologique. Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1933, 13: 1-3.—Denny, O. E., & Eddy, B. E. Leprosy; comments on in vitro behavior of lepra and certain other acid- fast micro-organisms in presence of leukocytes. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 27: 794-806.—Hoffman, W. H. Vom parasitismus des Lepraerregers. Med. parazit., Moskva, 1935, 4: 50-4.—Kedrowsky, W. J. The microbiology of leprosy bacillus. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1928, 31: 17-21. ------ Variations in the Actinomycetes, in connection with the theory of the mycotic nature of the viruses of tuberculosis and leprosy. Philippine J. Sc, 1937, 62: 439-62, 2 pl.—Kliiin, I. I. Mikro- biologiya leproznikh bacill i dieistviye ikh na zhivotnikh. Voen. med. J., 1905, 3: med. spec, pt 1, 231; 447, 3 pl — Kriz, J. R. Biological study of R and S forms of chromogenic atid-fast bacillus from human leprous lesion. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 303-6.—Lleras Acosta, F. Algunas consideraciones sobre la biologia del bacilo de Hansen. Arch. lepra, Bogota, 1933, 5: 35-43, 4 pl.—Reed, G. B. Dissociation of Myc. leprae. J. Bact, Bait., 1931, 21: 12; 1932, 24: 357, pl.—Terada, M., & Nozaki, M. Studies concerning human and rat lepra bacilli and the other acid fast organisms;biological studies on the so-called nonpathogenic acid fast bacteria. Kitasato Arch., 1937, 14: 142-64. ---- Chemistry. Anderson, R. J., & Uyei, N. The chemistry of the lipids of tubercle bacilli; the composition of the phosphatide fraction of the Bacillus leprae. J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 617.— Newman, M. S., & Anderson, R. J. Ueber die Polysaccharide der Leprabazillen. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 220: 1-L— Paldrock, A. Les microbes de la lepre contiennent des acides nucieiques libres et fixes. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 141-8. ------ Zur Chemie des Lepraerregers. Derm. Wschr., 1926, 82: 801; 1927, 84: 289. ------ On the chemistry of the leprosy organism. Am. J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 405-8.—Schlossmann, K. Vergleichende Studien iiber Lipoid- stoffe der Leprabazillen, Tuberkelbazillen und der tierischen Organe. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1929, 62: 447-63. • ---- Cultivation. Reenstierna, J. *Ueber die Kultivierbarkeit und Morphologie des Lepraerregers und die Uebertragung der Lepra auf Affen. 76p. 8? Upps., 1913. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1913, 116: 480-554. Aben-Athar, J. Saprophitismo e cultivabilidade de Myco- bacterium leprae. Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 378.—Bertac- cini, G., & Boncinelli, U. Tentativi di cultura del bacillo della lebbra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 317-20 — Betancourt, E. Cultivo del bacilo de la lepra. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 37-40.—Cabral, J. Estado actual da sciencia sobre a bacteriologia da lepra, com investigagoes pessoais sobre as culturas do bacilo de Hansen. Arq. indoport. med., 1926, 3: 107-43.—Campana. Cultura del bacillo leproso su terreni liquidi. Clin, dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 67-70.—Carvalho Lima, J. P., & Arantes, M. Cultura do bacilo da lepra. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 391-4, pl.—Chaus- sinand, P. R. Contributions k l'etude de la lepre; essais de culture du bacille de Hansen. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 69-75.—Clegg, M. T. Some experiments on the cultivation of Bacillus lepra?. Philippine J. Sc, 1909, 4: 77-9 [Discussion] 141-6. ------ The cultivation of the leprosy bacillus. Ibid., 403-14, 2 pl.—Culture of the bacillus of leprosy. J Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1283.—Cultivation of the leprosy bacillus. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18: 378 — Duval, C. W., & Holt, R. A. Failure to enhance the growth of B leprae by Wherry's caseous method (C02, 02 environment) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 453-5. ------ An improved method for in vitro cultivation of B. leprae. Ibid., 828-31.—Eddy, B. E. Attempted cultivation of Myco- bacterium leprae. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 31-43.—Evans, F. L. Clegg's amoeba culture method for growing Mycobacterium leprae. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939, 54: 301-5. ------ Attempted cultivation of Myco- bacterium leprae. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1940, 8: 481-93.—Gravagna, M. Ancora sulla coltura artificiale del baciHo di Hansen fuori dell'organismo umano. Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1930-31, 6: 202-6.—Grillo, J. Estudio sobre lepra; del cultivo del bacilo de Hansen. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1939, 2. ser., 1: 373-413.—Hanks. J. H. Behavior of leprosy bacilli in complex liquid media with highly available sources of nutrient and accessorv substances. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 275-98.—Holt, R. A. Studies with chick embryo tissue in cultivation of B. leprae. Proc. Soc. Exp. LEPROSY BACILLUS 752 LEPROSY BACILLUS Biol.. N. Y., 1934. 31: 567-9. ------ Use of livin-j chick embryos in the propagation of B. leprae. Ibid., 643-5.— Keil," E.. & I nna. P., jr. Versuche *nr Kultivierung und Kein'zuehtungdes Lepraerregers; \ oi la.ili-e Mitteilung. Derm. Wschr., 1928, 87: 1663-5.- Kikuth, W.. A: Verfiirth, D. H. Ueber den hi-utnren Stand der Leprabazillen/iiehtung. Deut. med. Wschr.. 1935. 61: 1435-8.—Klitin, I. I. Iskusstvenniya razvodki lepri./niUh bacill i dlelstviyo ikh na zluvotnikh. Tr. Obshch. Russ. vach. I'in.gova (1904) 1905. 4: 26-9. Also Russ. vrach, 1905. 4: 3.M-43.—Lepine. P., Markianos, J., Loewenstein, E. Ueber die Ziichtung des Leprabazillus; vorlaufitre Mitteilung. Wien. med. Wschr., 1934, 84: 623. ——-- The cultivation of the leprosv bacillus. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1935, 3: 43-7.—Loving, W. I.. The cultiva- tion in vitro of B. leprae with thiamin (vitamin Bi) culture medium. Am. J. Trop. M., 1943, 23: £93-6. ------& Kriz, J. R. Filtrabilitv of the chromogenic culture (Duval) obtained from human leprosy. Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. V.. 1939, 40: 293. McKinley, E. B., & de Leon, W. Mas* cultivation of Mycobacterium leprae. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 250 -65. 2 pl.—McKinley, E. B., & Soule, M. H. Studies on lepiosv experimental lesions in monkeys and cultivation of Bacillus leprae. J. Am. M. Ana., 1932, 98: 361-7.—McKinley, E B . & Verder. E. Cultivation of Mycobacterium leprae. I'roc. Soc. E\p. Biol.. N. Y., 1933, 30: 659-61. ------ Further studies on the cultivation of M\ cobacterium leprae. Ibid., 31: 295.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Cultures du bacille de la iepre. Rev. fr. derm, vener.. 1933, 9: 358-63. ------ & Markianos. J. I« bacille de la lepre a-t-il ete obtenu en cultures artificielles'.' C. rend. Soe. biol., 1931, 106: 1191-3.—Mello, F. de. & Cabral, J. Essais de culture du bacille de Hansen. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 771-4.—Muir, E. The sup- posed cultivation of the organisms of human and rat leprosy. J. Prcv. M., 1930, 4: 331-6.—Ocaria, T. Ensayos de cultivo del bacilo leproso, Mycobacterium leprae. Reun. Soc. ardent pat. region. (1931) 1932, 7. meet., 42-55, 2 pl.—Oliver, W. W., de Leon, W., & Pio de Roda. A. The attempted cultivation of Mycobacterium leprae. Philippine J. Sc, 1931, 46: 611-25, pl."—Ota, M., & Sato, S. Culture de deux varietes d'un bacille acido-resistant & partir du sang et du leprome de lepreux (Mycobacterium aurantiacum et M. album) C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1931, 107: 1062. ------ Cultivation of leprosy bacilli, and of the tubercle bacillus from leprosy tissues. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 175-92, pl.—Papaioannou, A. Recherches sur la culture et la transmission experimentale a des animaux de laboratoire du bacille lepreux humain et du bacille de Stefansky. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 582-5.—Peschkowsky, G. W., & Malinin, I. M. Ueber Prof. Kulesehas Methode der Zuchtung von Reinkulturen des Leprabaeillus. Zbl. Bakt., 1. At>t., 1932, 126: 137-45.— Pisacane, C. Tentativi di cultura del bacillo di Hansen col terreno di Hohn. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.. 1931, 6: 912-5.—Rost, E. R. The cultivation of the Bacillus lepra;. Ind. M. Gaz., 1904, 39: 167-9, pl.—Rousseau, P., & Gaugeat, M. Culture du bacille de Hansen a partir du leprome, suivant la methode de Vaudremer et Mile. Brun. Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1938, 30: 268-70.—Sardjito & Mochtar, A. |Attempt to cultivate leprosv bacilli] Antonie van Leeuwenhoek, 1937, 4: 222; 294, 3 pl. Also Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1937, 77: 1995-2065.—Schlossmann, K. Die Kultivierung des Lepraerregers. Zbl. Pakt., 1. Abt., 1933, 128: 369-81.—Schroetter, H. de. E^-ai de culture du bacille de la iepre. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 120-3.—Siga, K. Studien iiber die Kultur der Lepra- bacillen. Acta med. Keijo, 1929, 12: 72-80, 3 pl. ------ Die Cultur und die Kolonienbildung der Leprabacillen; vor- liiufige Mitteilung. J. Chosen M. Ass., 1929, 19: 541-3. ------Cultivation of lepra bacillus. Japan M. World, 1929, 9: 213-7.—Sonnenschein, C. Kultur von Leprabakterien auf Glvzerin-Ei- und Malachitgriin-Ei-Nahrboden. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930, 117: 284-6.—Soule. M. H. Cultivation of Mycobacterium leprae. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1197-9. ------ & McKinley, E. B. Cultivation of B. leprae with experimental lesions in monkeys. Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 1-36, 3 pl. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 53-80, 4 pl. ------ Further studies on experimental leprosy and cultivation of Mycobacterium leprae. Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 441-52.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Cultura do bacillo da lepra. Brazil med., 1927, 41: pt 1, 119. ------ Essais de culture du Mycobacterium lepras (Coccothrix lepras, Lutz, 1886) par la methode de Sumiyosi-Siga. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 331. Also Rev. argent, derm., 1932, 16: 335-45. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 45-7. ------ Tentativas infructiferas de culture do Mycobacterium leprae pelo methodo de Lowenstein. Brasil med., 1933, 47: 131. -—---- Cultura cromogenica dum bacilo acido-dlcool resistente isolado de pus de lesao fechada de lepra humana. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1942, 37: 29-34, 2 pl—Susviela Guarch, F. Estudios sobre el cultivo del bacilus de la lepra y desarrol'o de la enfermedad en el animal. An. san. mil., B. Air., 1903, 5: 681; 819.—Suzuki, S. Kulturversuch der Leprabazillen. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1937, 42: 36 (Abstr.) 1938, 44: 82 (Abstr.)— Tficnica seguida por el Profesor Federico Lleras Acosta para el cultivo y aislamiento del bacilo de Hansen partiendo de la sangre de leprosos; anexo a la comunicaci6n pruebas de la especificidad de un bacilo aislado de la sangre de los leprosos. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1937-38, 2. ser., 1: 296-300.— Trout, C. L. The cultivation of the lepra bacillus. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1944, 47: 1.—Turner, G. The cultivation of the Bacillus lepra*. Lancet, Lond., 1905. 2: 1138. -Vaudremer. A., & Brun, C. La culture du bacille de Hansen. Bull. Aead. med., Par., 1935, 3. ser., 113: 905-15.------Culture et cycle evolutif du bacille de Hansen. Presse med.. 1935. 43: 1812-5. ------ Essais de culture du bacille de la lepre. Hull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 1168-70.------& Siv.nry, A. Essais de cultures du bacille de Hansen du sang et des lepromes. C. rend. Soc biol., 1931, 106: 1225-8.—Weil. P. E. Essais de culture du bacille lepreux. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 1905, 19: 793-803, pl. ---- Identification and isolation. Ardenne. 1\L. & Augustin, H. Elektronenmikroskopisehe Darstellung de* Lepraerregers (Mycobacterium leprae) Klin. Wschr., 1941, 20: 753-5.—Bacigalupo, J. Biopsias de piel; metodo sencillo para realizarlas y su aplicaci6n en la investi- gaci6n del bacilo de Hansen. Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1937, 36: 307-10.—Dubois, A. I.a demonstration du bacille de Hansen dans les coupes histolosiques. Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.. 1937, 17: 291-6.—Elias y Fernandez, L. Diferenciaci6n del Myco- bacterium leprae con otros bacilos acido-alcohol resistenteH. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 29.—Henderson, H. J. A method for separating intact leprosy bacilli from leprous tissue. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.. 1942, 50: 92-4. ------ Spaulding, E. H., & Gault, E. S. Demonstration of irlobi and leprosy bacilli by fluorescence microscopy. Ibid., 91.—Markianos, J. Recherche du bacille de Hansen par le procede de la troutte epaisse. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1931, 24: 172.—Moya, J. de. Sobre una tecnica para la investigaci6n microsc6pica directa del bacilo de Hansen. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 933-5.—O'Byrne, A. Ideas sobre el posible uso de la pancreatina en la bacteriologia del bacilo de Hansen. Rev. Fac med., Bogota, 1940-41, 9: 574-81.—Salle, A. J.. & Moser. J. R. Bacteriology of leprosy; further isolation results. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 253-8.—Watanabe, Y., Harasawa, J., & Ono, I. On the isolation of acid-fast bacilli from the leprous nodules and animal experiments. Kitasato Arch., 1931, 8: 303-13. ---- Morphology. Baldor, J. F. Los virus filtrables en la tuberculosis y en la lepra. Arch, hosp., Habana, 1936, 3: 96.—Cantacuzene, J., & Longhin, S. De l'existence d'un ultra-virus ehez le bacille de la lepre humaine. C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 1003.— Cerruti, H. Os bacillos de Hansen nos tecidos; aspecto interes- sante na fixacao pelo formol. Hev. biasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 411— 6.—Denney, O. E. A microscopic study of Mycobacterium leprae. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1934, 2: 275-8, 3 pl.— Duval, C. W. Morphological and tinctorial behavior of B. leprae during its adaptation to an in vitro habitat. I'roc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 498-503.- Faure-Beaulieu. M., & Brun, C. Lepre fruste et formes granulaires du bacille de Hansen. Presse med., 1935, 43: 1003. ------ Les formes granulaires du virus lepreux dans les lesions hanseniennes, leur mutation in situ en formes bacillaiies. C. rend. Soc biol., 1938, 127: 1437-40.—Flarer. F., & Pisacane. ('. Osservazioni e ricerche sulla fine morfologia del bacillo della lepra. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 870-3.—Hoffmann, W. H. Die Kornchenformen des Leprabazillus. Krankheitsforschung, 1929, 7: 59-69. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 149-58, pl. ------ Los granulos intraeehilares del virus de la lepra. Rev. med. cir. Habana 1934 39: 709-18.—Holt, R. A. Morphological resemblance of the rod shaped pigment of the chick retina to B. leprae. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 645-8.—Klingmiiller. Ueber die granuliire Form des Lepraerregers. Med. rev., Bergen, 1927, 44: 649-53.—Lu'ati, C. V. Sulle granulazioni degenerative del bacillo della lepra nelle ghiandole sudorifere. Gazz. med. ital., 1909, 60: 421-3.— Manalang, J. The morphology of Mv. leprae during the course of treatment. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 3-10.------The morphology of My. leprae before treatment in readmitted relapsed cases. Ibid., 11—7. ------ The morphology of Mycobacterium leprae; third report. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., 1939, 19: 467-75.—Markianos, J. Lepre et virus filtrable. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1931, 46: 291-5.— Paldrock, A. Contribution k la morphologie du microbe de la iepre. Commun. Conf. internat. iepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 138-40.—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Haver a uma f6rma filtrante do Mycobacterium leprae? Brasil med., 1933, 47: 80-2. ---- Pathogenicity. Adler, S. Inoculation of human leprosy into Syrian hamster. Lancet, Lond, 1937, 2: 714.—Aleixo, A. Sobre a pesquisa dos bacillos de Hansen nas manchas. Brasil med., 1927, 41: 1337- 41.—Benewolenskaia, S. W. Ueber die in-vitro-Reaktion der embryonalen Gewebe und Leukozvten des Menschen auf Leprabazillen. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1932, 13: 37-46, pl.— Bertellotti. L. Comportamento delle cellule neviche verso i bacilli di Hansen. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 499; 1936, 12: 516. ------ Inoculazione di bacilli di Hansen in ratti con forme blastomatose. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: Supph, 347-51. ------ Inoculazioni di bacilli di Hansen in ratti in avitaminosi. Ibid., 1936, 77: Suppl., 20.—Burnet, E. Inocu- lation positive de la iepre humaine au hamster. <"'. rend. Acad. sc. 1938, 207: 690-2. Also Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1938, 27: 327-40, pl. ------ Essais d'inoculation de tissus de iepre humaine aux rongeurs; quelle est la receptivite du hamster? Ibid., 1940, 29: 155-69.—Campana. Lepra; wie sich der t LEPROSY BACILLUS 753 LEPROSY BACILLUS Leprabacillus beim Austreten aus einer Verletzung verteilt indem er sich mit normalen oder pathologischen Fliissigkeiten des menschlichen Organismus vermischt oder nicht vermischt. Clin, dermosifilopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 47-9.—Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Eliminacao do bacillo de Hansen pela via cutanea. Rev. lepr. Siio Paulo, 1935, 2: 87-93.—Cochrane, R. G., Pandit, C. G., & Menon, K. P. A preliminary note on inoculation of monkeys with human leprosy material after splenectomy. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 377- 81.—Dharmendra & Lowe, J. ^ttempts at transmission of human leprosy to Syrian hamsters. Ind. J. M. Res., 1940, 28: 61-9.—Doull, J. A., & Megrail, E. Inoculation of human leprosy into the Syrian hamster. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 509-12, 2 pl.—Drennowa, K. A. Die pathologisch- histologischen Veranderungen der inneren Organe des Meer- schweinchens bei experimentell erzeugter Lepra. Virchows Arch., 1929, 274: 247-57.—Dubois, A., & Gavrilof, W. Essais d'inoculation de la iepre humaine au hamster non spienectomise. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis. 1940, 2P: 170-3.—Gomes, J. M. Estudos sobre a lepra, estase bacilar. Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1929-31, 2: 201; 1932, 3: 13.—Hallopeau. Presence de bacilles de Hansen dans des exostoses avec periostoses craniennes. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1903, 4. ser., 4: 953. Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1903, 14: 351.—Hisamoti, Y. Early tissue reactions in the lungs of rabbits after intravenous injections of acid-fast bacilli; experiments with Dr Ota's so-called acid-fast bacilli of human lepra. J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1935, 22: 69.— Jones, E., & Thrill, W. O. Studies on acid-fast microorganisms; the reactions of the white blood cells of the rabbit following in- oculation with leprosy bacilli. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1928, 17: 522-36.—Kedrowsky. Etude sur la morphologie et la biologie du microbe lepreux et son inoculation aux animaux. Commun. Conf. internat. lepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 127-32.—Kriz, J. R. Effect of R and S forms of chromogenic acid-fast bacillus from human leprous lesion on rabbits. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936-37, 35: 546.—Laidlaw, P. Maintenance of the golden hamster. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1939, 7: 513-6.— Laigret, J. Des remarques importantes ont iti faites sur les animaux, inocuies avec le materiel lepreux, sous la peau. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 1469.—Lancelin & Seguy. A propos de la rarete du bacille de Hansen au niveau des lesions lepreuses. Marseille med., 1926, 63: 738-40.—Lepine, P., & Markianos, J. Sur la permeabilite de I'intestin du jeune rat au bacille de la iepre humaine. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 19. ------ & Bilfinger, F. Essais d'adaptation du bacille de Hansen a l'organisme du rat blanc. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1934, 27: 373-84.—Manalang, J. Non-acid-fast forms of My. leprae in leprotic lesions: preliminary report. J. Philippine Islands M Ass., 1938, 18: 135-40. ------ Non-acid-fast forms of My. leprae in leprotic lesions; 2d report. Ibid., 617-26.—Mituda. K. Destinee du bacille lepreux dans les tubercules lepreux. Commun. Conf. internat, iepre (1923) 1924, 3. Conf., 156 — Muir, E. Cellular reaction to Bacillus leprae. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.. Lond., 1935-36, 29: 547-52, 4 pl.—Nodenot, L., & Berny, P. Inoculation du bacille de Hansen dans le peritoine de rats apres blocage. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933. 26: 989.—Nonaka, N. Studies on the infection of chickens with leprosy. Kitasato Arch., 1940, 17: 175-201, 4 pl — Oberdoerffer, M. Uebertragung von Lepra auf sapotoxin- gefutterte Aden. Derm. Wschr., 1939, 109: 1407-11 — Ota, M., & Nitto, S. Durch sieben Passagen hindurch ohne Ausnahme gelungene Uebertragungen von menschlicher Lepra bei Hiihnern. Jap. J. Exp. M., 1940, 18: 327-44, 2 pl. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1941, 9: 299-304.—Peyron, A., & Marie-Suzanne. Action cancerigene d'un tissu autolyse de leprome humain sur la glande interstitielle du testicule du rat. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939, 209: 581-3.—Pineda, E. V. The presence of Mycobacterium leprae in the placenta and umbilical cord. Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M. (1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 390-3.—Querangal des Essarts, J. Elimination de bacilles de Hansen au niveau des lesions cutanees fermees de la iepre. Bull. Soc. path.-exot., Par., 1938, 31: 806-9.—Rabello, fils, & Portugal. H. Sur la presence du bacille de Hansen dans des lesions d'erytheme polymorphc, chez un lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 1088. Also Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1932, 40: 215.—Rao, G. R. On the infectivity of the M. leprae from a reacting leprous nodule and a non-reacting leprous nodule. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1933, 1: 217-9.—Rodrigues de Souza, A. Destino do bacillo de Hansen f6ra do organismo. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: No. espec, 369-74.—Sabin, F. R., Smithbum, K. C, & Thomas, R. M. Cellular reactions to waxes from Mycobacterium leprae. J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 771- 86, pl.—Sellards, A. W., & Pinkerton, H. Resume d experiences sur la propagation de la iepre murine et humaine k des animaux considers comme refractaires. Bull. Soc path, exot.. Par., 1936 29-847-51. ------ The behavior of murine and human leprosy in foreign hosts. Am. J. Path 1938, 14: 421-34.— Siga K Studies concerning the lepra bacillus; intracerebral infection with lepra bacilli. Kitasato Arch., 1936, 13: 1-8, pl—Souza Araujo, H. C. de. Inoculacao positiva da lepra humana no hamster, Cricetus cricetus, corn bacillemia. Brasil med 1940 54: 249-52. Also Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 194l' "'■ 63-8," p'.—Sugai. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber' die Uebertragbarkeit des Lepra-Virus auf Saugetiere. Mitt Med Ges. Tokyo, 1903, 17: 1017-52, 5 tab.------ Untersuchung uber die Empfiinglichkeit der Tiere fur die T»rZl Tbid 1907, 21: 111-24.—Suzuki, R. Ueber die Impfung von'Tieren mit Leprabazillen. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 10%i if- 146-52.—Tisseuil, J., & Berny, P. Inoculation du bacille de Hansen directement dans le foie des rats. Bull. Soc. 463569—vol. 9, 4th sebies-----4.8 path, exot., Par., 1933, 28: 990.—Watanabe, Y. On the influence of inoculation with heated emulsion of rat lepra tissue on the growth of rat leprosy. Kitasato Arch., 1937, 14: 125-41, pl.—Zholkevich, A. J. Experimental inoculation of mutants of Mycobact. leprae Kedrowskii to white mice made sensitive with skin extracts. C. rend. Acad. so. URSS, 1943, 39: 241-4. ---- Portal of entry. Burnet, E. Essais d'inoculation des bacilles lepreux, B. de Stephansky, B. de Hansen, sur le poumon par instillation dans les narines. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1940, 29: 174-8.— Laval ee, G. Probabilites de la contagion de la iepre par voie digestive. Coneours med., 1940, 62: 213.—Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Voies de penetration des germes de la iepre dans l'organisme. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 796-803. Koechlin, D. Infection lepreuse des rats par la voie oculaire. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1935, 55: 632-40.—Rous- seau, P. De la probabilite de la contagion de la iepre par la voie digestive. Monde med., 1938, 48: 711-5.—Sakurai. H. Ex- perimental studies on the penetration of lepra bacilli through skin and mucous membrane. Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1937, 42: 36 (Abstr.)—Vidal Sotolongo y Lynch. Patogenia de la lepra; su forma mas probable de invadir el organismo es por los conductos nasales. Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1906, 32: 343-50. Resistance. Beaudiment, R., & Tivollier, M. Destruction des bacilles de la iepre deposes sur les linges et les instruments. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 352-7.—Campana, R. Der Leprabacillus einigen Fermenten gegenuber. Clin, dermosi- filopat. Univ. Roma, 1909, 27: 45. ------ Die Leprabacillen sind dem Bindegewebe des Frosches gegenuber nicht sehr wider- standsfahig. Ibid., 52-4. ------ Comment se comporte le bacille de la iepre broye dans un mortier. Ibid., 55. Carbone. Verhalten des Leprabacillus einigen Fermenten gegenuber. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., Orig., 1909, 51:289.— Delamare, G., Gatti, C, & Battilana, A. No acido-resistencia de algunos bacilos de Hansen en el jugo ganglionar. Reun. Soc. argent. pat. region. (1929) 1930, 5. meet., 1: 420.—Manalang, J. Removal of acid-fastness from My. leprae: further observa- tions. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1938, 18: 205-9 — Marchoux, E., & Chorine, V. Appareil phagocytaire et bacille lepreux. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 283-9 — Marchoux, E., & Prudhomme, R. Le bacille de Hansen meurt en moins de 30 minutes a la temperature de 60° et par dessicca- tion. Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 120: 174-6.— Peyri, J. Vitalitat i desenrotllament dels bacillus de la lepra en els objectes inanimats. Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1916, 4: 91-9, 5 pl.—Raevsky, A. S. [Destruction of Bacillus leprae] Trop. med. vet., Moskva, 1931, 9: 243.—Rogers, L. Note on defatting of the acid-fast bacilli of leprosy and tubercle by injections of chaulmoogrates and morrhuates. Brit. M. J., 1923, 2: 11.—Salle, A. J., & Moser, J. R. Bacteriology of leprosy; influence of environment on the phenomenon of acid- fastness. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 163-74.— Sprecher, F. Resistenza alia putrefazione del bacillo della lebbra. Path. riv. quindicin., 1909-10, 2: 330.—Stanley, W. M., Coleman, G. H. [et ah] Bacteriological action of certain synthetic organic acids toward Mycobacterium leprae and other acid-fast bacteria. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 45: 121-62.—Zholkevich, A. Ueber die morphologischen und biochemischen Veranderungen des Bact. leprae Kedrowski unter dem Einfluss der Radiumemanation. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 113: 67-71.------Contribution to the problem of variation of lepra cultures subjected to x-raying. C. rend. Acad. sc. URSS, 1943, 39: 70-2. ---- Serological properties. Dharmendra. The immunological skin tests in leprosy; the isolation of a protein antigen of Mycobacterium leprae. Ind. J. M. Res., 1942, 30: 1; 1943, 31: 125.------Im- munological skin tests in leprosy; a bacillary antigen standard- ized by weight. Ibid., 1943, 31: 129-32—Henderson, H. J. A serological comparison of the proteins of various strains of supposed leprosy bacilli and other acid-fast bacteria. Internat. J. Leprosy, Manila, 1937, 5: 267-75.—Sugai, T. Ueber die Agglutination der Leprabazillen durch das Serum von Lepra- kranken. Derm. Zschr., 1909, 16: 141-7. ---- Staining. Arning, E., & Lewandowsky, F. Ueber den Nachweis nach Ziehl nicht farbbarer Leprabazillen durch Anwendung der prolongierten Gramfarbung nach Much. Deut. med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 1225.—Bertaccini, G. Sulla colorazione vitale dei bacilli della lepra. Boll. Sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm., 1936, 14: 138-40, pl.—Bosco, I., & Nicastro, A. Sua lcune propriety tintoriali e cromopessiche dei bacilli di Hansen in vivo ed in vitro. Arch. ital. derm., 1937, 13: 565-72.—Campbell, H. A stain for B. leprae and myelin sheath. J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1929, No. 12, 129.—Carpano, M. Su di una partico- lare colorazione e sulla morfologia del bacillo della lebbra. Arch. ital. anat., 1936, 7: 30-45.—Leal y Rodriguez, L. Colora- ci6n de) bacilo de Hansen. Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana, 1942, 8: 13.—Lombardo, C. Ulteriori ricerche sulla colorazione in vivo dei bacilli della lepra. Arch. ital. derm., 1935, 11: 486-8 ------ Colorazione in vivo dei bacilli della lepra. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10:255-7. ------ Dimostra- LEPROSY BACILLUS 754 LEPROSY BACILLUS, MURINE sione di preparati mircoscopici sulla colorazione in vivo col bleu di metilene dei bacilli della lepra. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 332-7.—Lowe, J. A note on the staining of Mycobacterium leprae in tissue sections. Ind. J. M. Res., 1934, 22: 313-5.—Manalang, J. Removal of acid-fastness from My. leprae. Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1937, 17: 47-54. ------ A comparison of the Cooper modification and the Culion modification of the Ziehl-Neelsen staining method for My. leprae. Ibid., 1939, 19: 2S7-92.—Moriifica- ci6n de la tecnica de Cooper para la coloration del bacilo leproso. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1942, 21: 7S. Pooman, A. Eine einfache Methode zur Farbung von 1 ,< praenogcr und Tuberkelbazillen. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 112-4.— Prudhomme, R. O. Fixation in vivo du bleu de methylene par les bacilles lepreux. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119:1326-8 — Rodriguez. J., Mabalay, E., & Tolentino, J. C. Gram positive forms of the M. leprae from leprotic lesions bacteriologically negative for acid-fast organisms: a preliminary report. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1933, 13: 377-89. Also Philip- pine .1. Sc.. 1933, 51: 617-29. Also Rev. lepr. S. Paulo, 1933-34, 1: 111-21.—Riidel, O. Zur Fiirbung der Lepra- bazillen. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 107: 357.—Salle, A. J., & Moser, J. R. Bacteriology of leprosy; growth and staining reactions cf acid fast organisms inoculated into minced animal tissues. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 727. —---- (now ih and staining reactions of organisms inoculated into minced chick embryo medium. Ibid., 725.—Spada, C. Sulla eoloiazione vitale dei bacilli della lepra col bleu di metilene. Cior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 389-91, pl.—Terada, M., A- Nozeki, M. On the acid fast fuscin. Kitasato Arch., 1936, 13: 169-74, pl.—Tick, J. Zur Farbung der Lepra- bazillen in diinnen Gewebsschnitten. S. Petersb. med. Wschr., 1907, 32: 261. ------ Leprabazillendetritus und s:\urefeste Knaueldrusenkornchen; nebst einer Bemeikung zur Farbe- technik der Leprabazillen in diinnen Gewebsschnitten. Arch. Derm. Syph., Wien, 1908, 92: 409-16.—Unna, P. G. Ueber eine neue Doppelfiirbung normaler und abgestorbener Bazillen im Lepragewebe. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1008, 55: 41-3. ------ The differentaticn of living and dead bacilli of leprosy in tissue by double staining. Tr. Bombay M. Congr., 1909, 281-5, pl. Also Arb. Unna's Klin. Hautkr. Hamburg, Berl., 1909, 57-65. Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, 5: 1159-61 — Vegas, M., & Efpin, J. Aspectos microsc6picos de la lepra; coloraci6n del bacilo de Hansen; proceder combinado de Baumgarten-Biot. Rev. san., Caracas, 1943, 8: 627-34, pl.— Weil, P. E. Les reactions colorantes du bacille de la lepre. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1905. 58: 977. ---- Vaccine. Anderson, R. J., Crowder, J. A. [ct al.] The composition of leprosin. J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 113: 637-47.—Boncinelli, U. Ricerche e osservazioni sulla reattiviC dei lebbrosi alle cosidette lepiominc Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: Suppl., 320.— Juja, G. Ueber den therapeutisehen und diagnostischen Wert ties 1 epravakzins (Lepiavactin Dostal) Wien. med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 524; 557.- Mendes. E.. & Castro Cerqueira, G. de. Estudos experimentais sobre a lepromina. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1939, 7: 245-93.-—Souza Lima, M. de. Lepromina; estudos experimentais. Ibid., No. espt-c, 27-35. — Lribe-Piedrahita, C. Estudio histopatologico de algunos tejidos inoculados con el cultivo Lleras. Repert. med. cir., Bogota, 1937-38. 2. ser., 1: 291.—Villela, G. G. Sobre uma fracao ativa do antigeno de Mituda. Acta med., Rio, 1939, 4: 272-4. LEPROSY bacillus, murine [Stefansky, 1903] See also Leprosy, murine. Chcucroun, N.. & Peltier, M. Sur l'ultravirus de la iepre murine. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 785-7— Cowdry, E. V., & Heirrburger. L. F. Moiph< logy of bacillus of rat lepro>v. Proc Sec. Exp. Biol., N. V., 1934-35, 32: 1422.—Gomes, J. M. Pesquizas sobre lepra murina; fltrabilidade do bacillo de Stefansky. Rev. brasil. lepr., 1936, 4: 423-33.—Itihara, T. Studien Lber die Lepra; iiber fltrierbare Form bei Pattenlepra Jap. J. Vet. Sc, 1939, 1: 313.—Markianos. J. Filtration du virus de la iepre des rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 410. ■—■—■— L'ultra-virus de la lepre des rats. Ibid., 896.— Prudhcirrre, R. O. Preparation d'une emulsion de bacilles de Stefans! \ a partir dun 16prome et evaluation de sa richesse. Ibid.. 1939, 32: 136-8. ---- Biology. Berny, P. Conservation de la vitalite du bacille de Stefansky chez le e< baye. Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 5-7. —----& Tanguy, Y. Conservation de la vitalite du bacille de Stefanskv chez le cobaye. Ibid., 1938, 31: 40-2.—Chorine, V. Conservation du bacille de Stefansk\ . Ibid., 1934, 222-4.— Cowdry, F. V., Ravold, A., & Packer. I). M. Physical and chemical properties of rat leprosy bacilli. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 341-5 — Coires, J. M. Ativacao dos elementos filtraveis do Mycobacterium de Stefansky pelos raios ultra-violetas. Brasil med., 1941, 55: 451-6 — Markiano<-, J. Le developpement du virus filtrant avant sa transformation en bacille de la ltpre des rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22:537.------Developpement rapide du virus filtrant de la iepre des rats apres inoculation aux jeunes rats. Ibid., 758.— Prudhomme, R. O. Conservation du bacille de la iepre du rat dans un milieu oil pousse le bacille de la fieole. Ibid.. 1938, 31:815-8. ------ Action du bacille de Stefansky sur certains acides amines, in vitro. Ibid., 1939, 32: 138-11. ---- Cultivation, identification, and staining. Chabaud, A. Evolution sur la souris de r. med. mil , 1934, 82: 927-9.—Ghon, A., A- Mittelbach. M. Leber eine besondere Form von Staphyloknkkeninfektion der Leptomcninx. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1935, 31: 1403-5.—Heim- burg, W. von. Eitrigc Leptomeningitis mit Glossopharyn- geusschadigung im (!cfc>lge tines Geburtst rauinas. Zschr. Kinderh., 1930, 49: 154-8.—Kooi, W. van der [Case of leptomeningitis in a cow] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1933, 60: 985-7.—Kooy, F. H. Chronic basal leptomeningitis. S. Afr. M. J., 1938, 12: 871-3.—Labarre. Abces du lobe temporo- sphenoidal droit; leptomeningite suppuree; hemorragie cere- brale. Bull. Soc. beige otol., 1908-09, 14: 34.—Lindblom, A. F. On the effect of lipijodol on the meninges. Acta radiol., Stockh., 1926, 5: 129-34.—Longo, V., & Rubino, A. Considerazioni su alcuni reperti dinamometrici del liquor a proposito della terapia iodica intradurale di un caso di leptomeningite cronica adesi- vocistica perimidollare. Riv. pat. nerv., 1939, 53: 121-36, tab.—Neiding, M. Die hamorrhagische Leptomeningitis (ein Beitrag zur Frage der sogenannten spontanen subarachnoidalen Blutungen) Mschr. Psychiat., 1928, 69: 34-51.—Nicolau, S. [Anatomical pathology of Borna's disease (serous leptomenin- gitis)] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928, 17: 342-90.—Ogata. S. Die Pathologie des Gehororgans bei otogener Leptominingitis. Taiwan igakkai zassi, 1927, No. 270, 8.-—Platania, S. Lepto- meningite otto-chiasmatica. Riv. neur., Nap., 1936, 9: 488- 526.-—Remezov, G. [Serous leptomeningitis] Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 1252-6.—Schreiber, F. C. Septic infections of the leptomeninges. South. M. J., 1936, 29: 721-6.—Stahr, H. Aktinomy^kose des Ganglion semilunare und aktinomykotische eitrige Leptomeningitis. Deut. med. Wschr., 1922, 48: 586.—- Top, F. H. Non-epidemic suppurative leptomeningitis. Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1932-33, 3: 55-60.—Torrini, U. L. ' Volu- minosa leptomeningite sierosa incistata dell'emisfero cerebellare sinistro a sintomatologia cerebellare completamente muta. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1930, 9: 689.—Traina, S. Lepto- meningiti purulente. Minerva med., Tor., 1941, 32: pt 1, 229 (Abstr.)—Tuci, P. Per la definizione anatomo-clinica e la patogenesi delle leptomeningiti combinate meningococcico- tubercolari. Diagnosi, 1937, 17: 99-131.—Turner, A. L., & Reynolds, F. E. A study of the paths of infection to the brain, meninges and venous blood sinuses from neighbouring periph- eral foci of inflammation; purulent basal leptomeningitis follow- ing intranasal operations upon the ethmoidal air-cells in a case of nasal polypi. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1925-26, 19: Sect. Laryng., 56-9. ------ A study of the paths of infection to the brain, meninges, and venous blood sinuses from neighbour- ing peripheral foci of inflammation; suppuration in the right posterior ethmoidal and sphenoidal sinuses; orbital abscess; cavernous sinus thrombosis; acute leptomeningitis; operation; death; autopsy. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1926, 41: 442-53. ------ A study of the paths of infection to the brain meninges and venous blood sinuses from neighbouring peripheral foci of inflammation. Ibid., 1928, 43: 34-41.—Van Derslice, J. W. Meningitis: leptomeningitis. Chicago M. Rec, 1905, 27: 657-65. ---- spinal. See also Spinal cord, Disease. Beriel, L., & Mestrallet, A. Les leptomeningites basses et le diagnostic des syndromes de la queue de cheval. J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9: 347-54.—Fry, F. R. A case of purulent, primary, spinal leptomeningitis. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1897, 23: 14-20.— Haguenau, J. Les lepto-meningites spinales chroniques; meningites sereuses circonscrites; arachnoidites diffuses. Rev. crit. path., Par., 1930, 2: 211-21.—Kortzeborn, A. Die Leptomeningitis adhaesiva chronica spinalis als Gegenstand operativer Behandlung. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 986-1001, 2 pl — Morawiecka, J. Leptomeningite spinale adhesive. Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2, 190.—Paulian, D., & Aricescu, C. [Neuro- anemic syndrome, followed by adhesive, spinal arachnitis] Spitalul, 1930, 50: 426-8.—Wade, E. M.. & O'Neil, F. H. Staphylococcus spinal leptomeningitis; report of a case cured by laminectomy. U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1937, 35: 329-31. ---- Treatment. Jean-Louis, J. *Contribution a l'etude des leptomeningites basses et de leur traitement chirurgical. 84p. 25cm. Lyon, 1939. Gastaldi, G. Leptomeningite, aracnoidite, perimidollare cronica migliorata con la terapia jodica subdurale. Cervello, 1940, 19: 38-44.—Kerrison, P. D. Treatment of otitic lepto- meningitis; plea for investigation in two directions (1) Kubie'a theory of forced drainage, and (2) direct surgical drainage. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1932, 22: 194-233. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 651-80.—Mayer, O. Zur Behandlung der diffusen eitrigen Leptomeningitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 161- 3.—Rubino, A. Terapia iodica endodurale nella leptomeningite ottochiasmatica e nell'atrofia ottica tabetica, leptomeningite otto-chiasmatica tabetica? Riv. pat. nerv., 1939, 53: 288- 319.—Temkin, J. S., & Neuman, L. V. [Chemotherapy of otogenous, suppurative leptomeningitis] Vest, otorinolar., 1940, No. 4, 10-25. LEPTOMENINX' 757 LEPTOMENINX LEPTOMENINX. See also Arachnoid; Brain ventricle, Ependyma; Cerebrospinal cavity, Hemorrhage; Leptomenin- gitis; Meninges; Pia mater. Rath, H. *Ueber Pigmentierung der weichen Hirnhaute [Leipzig] 14p. 23^cm. Zeulen- roda, 1937. Strunck, B. *Ueber die Melanin-Pigmentie- rungen der weichen Haute des Hirns und Rucken- marks mit einem in der Beziehung besonders beachtlichen Fall [Heidelberg] 23p. 8? Grotzin- gen, 1934. Ariel, M. B., & Ssolowjew, A. Zur Frage der Tuscheablage- rung in den weichen Hirn- und Riickenmarkhauten bei intra- venoser Einfiihrung. ■ Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: 608- 12.—Finlayson, A. I., & Latta, J. S. The early reaction in the leptomeninges of the rabbit to trypan blue. Anat. Rec, 1940, 78: 281-91, 2 pl— Fischmann, C. F., & Russell, D. S. The occurrence of intranuclear inclusions in cultures of foetal leptomeninges. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 50: 53-9, pl.— Hochstetter, F. Ueber die Bedeutung einiger Namen, welche Teile der weichen Hirnhaut (Leptomeninx) and des Gehirns betreffen: Tela chorioidea ventriculi tertii (superior), Tela chorioidea ventriculi quarti (inferior) und Lamina chorioidea epithelialis. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933, 101: 211-27 — Iskra, T. G. Ueber die Wirkung der lokalen thermischen Reize auf die weichen Hirnhaute (Versuche mit Vitalfarbung) Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 91: 613-21.—Scheinker, I. Beitrag zur Pathogenese und Klinik der Subarachnoidalblutungen (Lepto- meningitis haemorrhagica) Mschr. Psychiat., 1938, 100: 9-32. --- Disease. See also names of diseases as Hydrocephalus; Neurosyphilis; Torula, etc. Masorsky, P. H. C. *Ueber Cysticercus racemosus der weichen Hirnhaute. 47p. 8? Kiel, 1913. Catel, W. Pathogenese und Differentialdiagnose der Pachymeningosis und Leptomeningosis haemorrhagica interna. Mschr. Kinderh., 1939, 80: 137-56.—Dalla Torre, G. Emor- ragia della leptomeninge in giovane donna. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. prat., 904—9.—Golmann, S. W. Beitrage zur normalen und pathologischen Histologie der weichen Hirn- und Riicken- markshaute des Menschen. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 135: 323-57.—Karbacher, P. Ueber den Zusammenhang gewisser retinaler und spontaner leptomeningealer Blutungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 201-4.—Rubino, A. Cisti idatidea del IV ventricolo con leptomeningite otto-chiasmatica; studio anatomo-clinico. Riv. pat. nerv., 1939, 53: 249-88.-— Sawada. Die Veranderungen der weichen Hirnhaut bei acuten Infections-Krankheiten. Arch. path. Anat., Berl., 1901, 166: 485-513.—Schwartz, C. W. Leptomeningeal cysts; from a roentgenological viewpoint. Am. J. Roentg., 1941, 46: 160- 5.—Segers, A., Russo, A., & Diaz. M. E. Hemorragia lepto- menfngea idiopatica. Arch, argent, pediat., 1939, 11: 445-57.— Usawa, T. Pathologische Anatomie und Genese der spontanen Leptomeninxblutungen. Sei i kwai, 1930, 49: H. 3, 1-16. --- Tumor. Jacob, H. *Diffuse melanotische Geschwulst- bildungen der weichen Hirnhaute. p. 167-87. 8? Lpz., 1934. Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1933-34, 133: Maas, A. *Ueber eine primare diffuse Sarko- matose der weichen Hirnhaute mit Metastasie- rung. 23p. 22J/2cm. Wiirzb., 1937. Akelaitis, A. J. E. Primary melanosarcoma of the lepto- meninges. Am. J. Path., 1935, 11: 591-610, 6 pl.—Allen, I. M., & Mercer, J. O. Diffuse carcinomatosis of the leptomeninges without gross involvement of the brain. N. Zealand M. J., 1942, 41: 169-76, pl.—Bailey, O. T. Relation of glioma of the leptomeninges to neuroglia nests; report of a case of astrocytoma of the leptomeninges. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 21: 584-600 — Bailey, P. Intracranial sarcomatous tumors of leptomeningeal origin. Arch. Surg., 1929, 18: 1359-402.—Benedek, A. Zur Kenntnis der diffusen melanotischen Geschwulste der weichen Hirnhaut. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1937, 142: 153-61.— Brannan, D. Secondary gliomatosis of the leptomeninges. Am. J. Path., 1926, 2: 123-36, 2 pl.—Carrillo, R., & Oribe, M. Neuroblastomatosisleptomeningea; dos observaciones anatomo- clmicas. Arch, argent, neur., 1939, 20: 172-207.—Castex, M. R., Llambias, J., & Balestra, S. Sarcomatosis difusa primitiva de leptomeninge. Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1927, 1: 235-40. Also Rev. Soc. med. int., B. Air., 1927, 3: 423-31.—Connor, C. L., &Cushing, H. Diffuse tumors of the leptomeninges; two cases' in which the process was revealed only by the microscope. Arch. Path., Chic, 1927, 3: 374-92.—Evans, J. P., Romano, J. [et all Carcinomatosis of leptomeninges; adenocarcinoma of the kidneys. Dis. Nerv. Syst., 1944, 5: 26-30.-Gerstel G. Zur Kenntnis der primaren Melanosarkomatose der weichen Hirnhaut. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1938, 52: 382-91— Gomori, G. Fan 1 all yon diffuser Sarkomatose der weichen Hirnhaute. Virchows Arch., 1930, 278: 196-9.—Klein, M. Chorioideal- sarkom bei diffuser Sarkomatose der weichen Hirnhaute. Zschr. Augenh., 1935, 86: 287-99.—Kutschera-Smereker, F. Ueber Naevi der weichen Hirnhaute. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1943, 56: 603. Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1942-43, 80: 187.—Lichtenstein, B. W. Diffuse mesothelioma of the leptomeninges associated with cortical and ventricular glial hernias. Arch. Path., Chic, 1937, 24: 497-507.—Mahon, G. S. Gliomatosis of the lepto- meninges. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 35, 6: 1309- 19-'—Perthes, G. Ueber das Rankenangiom der weichen Haute des Gehirns und Riickenmarks. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 203:-204: 93-103.—Pistelli, F. Su di uno speciale reperto di pigroento melanotico delle meningi molli di una bufala. Profilassi, 1930, 3: 165.— Pitotti, P. Su di un caso di meningiomi multipli della leptomeninge spinale. Riv. pat. nerv., 1935, 45: 137-53.—Romano. N., & Hanon, J. L. Glio- matosis de la leptomeninge cerebroespinal. Actas Conf. lat. amer., 1929, 2: 536-49.—Rosenblum, M. P., & Stevenson, L. D. Sarcomatosis of the leptomeninges; report of a case. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1943, 50: 97. Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1943, 97: 468.—Schnitker, M. T., & Ayer, D. The primary melanomas of the leptomeninges: a cllnico-pathologic study with a review of the literature and the report of an additional case. Ibid., 1937, 87: 45-73.—Sergeeva, I. S. [Diffuse melanoma of the leptomeninx of brain and Spinal cord] Nevro- pat. psikhiat., 1938, 7: 102-6.—Sjogren, H. [Case for diagnosis; meningoencephalitis chronica gravis progrediens seu tumor diffusum leptomeningeale] Sven. lak. tidn.. 1937, 34: 1187- 9.—Stern, I. B., & Zlatoveroff, A. J. Zur Histopathologic und Klinik multipler und diffuser Geschwulste der weichen Hirn- haute. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928, 83: 687-705.—Willis, R. A. A diffuse leptomeningeal tumour in a child, with comments on sarcomatosis of the meninges. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 253-6, 2 pl. LEPTOMITUS. See Oomycetes; Saprolegniaceae. LEPTOMONAS. See also Leishmania; Mastigophora; Trypano- somidae. Bordas, M. Leptomonas de plantas. Bol. Inst. clin. qufr., B. Air., 1927, 3: 404-18, pl. Also Rev. Cfrc med. argent., 1928, 28: 739-57.—Happold, F. C, & Stephenson, D. The toxioity of bactericidal substances for flagellate parasites, with special reference to their application in the isolation of Leptomonas forms. Parasitology, Lond., 1935, 27: 383-93.—Lwoff, M. Remarques sur la culture de quelques Leptomonas (trypano- somides) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 447-9. ------ & Lwoff, A. Recherches sur la morphologie de Leptomonas oncopelti Noguchi et Tilden et Leptomonas fasciculata Novy, MacNeal et Torrey. Arch. zool. exp., Par., 1931-32, 71: 21-37.—Niizulescu, V. Sur le Leptomonas sp., parasite de I'intestin de Notonecta glauca L., en Roumanie. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 124.—Schouten, G. B. Leptomonas lutzi, n. sp., flagellado do latex de uma Asclepiadacea, Schubertia grandiflora Mart, et Zucc. Rev. mid. cir. Brasil, 1939, 47: 441-3. ---- anophelini. Fonseca, J. A. B. da, & Fonseca, F. da. Leptomonas anophelini, sp. n., parasita do Anopheles eiseni. Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1941, 15: 101. Also Arq. hig., S. Paulo, 1942, 7: No. 15, 9. ---- ctenocephali. Lwoff, M. Action favorisante du sang sur la culture du Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth. (flagelle trypanpsomide) C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 472-4. ------ Culture du Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth. (flagelle trypanosomide) en milieu priv6 de sang frais; les oranges sterilises. Ibid., 1133-5. Culture de Leptomonas ctenocephali Fantham var. chattoni Laveran et Franchini, en milieux prives de sang frais; milieux liquides au sang chauffe. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.. 1929, 22: 247-52. ------ Influence de degr6 d'hydrolyse des matieres proteique sur la nutrition de Leptomonas ctenocephali (Fantham) in vitro. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 240-3. Nature de la substance du sang indispensable a la nutrition de Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth. Ibid., 1932, 110: 891. ------ & Lwoff, A. L'appareil parabasal et les con- stituants cytoplasmiques de Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth. var. chattoni Laveran et Franchini (flagelle trypanosomide) Ibid., 1929, 100: 557-60. ------ Les constituants de I'appareil parabasal chez Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth.; le cycle du corps parabasal. Ibid., 1930, 103: 16-9. —---- Recherches morphologiques sur Leptomonas ctenocephali Fanth. (Trypano- somidae) remarques sur I'appareil parabasal. Bull. biol. France, 1931, 65: 170-215, pl. ----- davidi. Buch, F. L. [Discovery of Leptomonas davidi in the juice of Euphorbia virgata in the region of Kiev] J. med., Kiev, 1939, 9: 27, pl. LEPTOMONAS 758 LEPTOSPIRA ---- fasciculata. Lwoff, M. Sur la culture de Leptomonas fasciculata Novy, MacNeal et Torrev 1907, flagelle trypanosomide. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 666-8. ---- oncopelti. Lwoff, M. Un flagelle parasite heterotrophe: Leptomonas oncopelti Noguchi et Tilden (Trypanosomidae) C. rend..Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 835-7. ---- pyrrhocoris. Zotta, G., & Teodoresco, A. M. Formule leucocytaire de la chenille de Galleria mellonella infectee par le Leptomonas pyrrhocoris. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 314-6. ynsfrani. Schouten, G. B. Leptomomis ynsfrani, n. sp. protozoario de un saurio, Ophiodes intermedius Blgr. (Mb6i-pepe) Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 1, 844-6. LEPTON. See Mollusca. LEPTOPHIS. See also Reptilia. Oliver, J. A. A check list of the snakes of the genus Lep- tophis with descriptions of new forms. Occas. Papers Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool., 1942, No. 462, 1-19. LEPTOPHYLLUM. See also Plagiorchiidae; Trematoda. Byrd, E. E., & Roudabush, R. L. Leptophyllum ovahs n. so a trematode from the brown watersnake. J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1939, 25: 471-3.—Ruiz. J. M., & Leao, A. J. Notas helmintol6gicas: algumas consideracoes em torno do penero Leptophyllum Cohn, 1902 (Trematoda; Plagiorchiidae) Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1912, 16: 187-210, incl. 3 pl. LEPTOSCOPE. Waugh, D. F. A method for investigating the thickness, chemical properties, and surface stucture of thin bio'ogical objects J Optic Soc America, 1942, 32: 495-502. —— & Schmitt, F. O. Investigations of the thickness and ultra- structure of cellular membranes by the analytical leptoscope. Sympos. Quant. Biol., 1940, 8: 233-41. LEPTOSOME. See Body constitution, Types: Asthenic. LEPTOSPERMUM. See Myrtaceae. LEPTOSPIRA. See also Leptospirasis; see also Spirochaetaceae. Wolff, J. W. *Onderzoekmgen betreffende cultuur en serologic der Leptospiras 74p. 8: Amst., 1924. . Rnre Petersen, C. Leptospirenuntersuchungen in Danemark Acto Con" trop. malar, morb.. 1938, 1: 396-406.-Brown, H. C & Davis L J. The adhesion phenomenon as an aid to the differentiation of Leptospira. Brit. J. Exp. Path 1926-27, 8- 397-403—Cilenlo, R. Characteristics of Leptospirae in general. In his Trop. Dis. Australasia, 2. ed., Brisbane, 1942, 126__Inada R. A romparative study on Leptospirae. Abstr. Papers Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1927 7. Congr 65.-Kligfer I J & Ashner M. Observations on the physical and biological characteristics of Leptospira. J. Bact., Bait., 1928, 16: 79- qr__New (The) jrenus of spirochete, Leptospira. J. Am. ftl. Ass., 1918, 71: 196.—Rosenfeld, W. D., & Greene, M. R. Studies on the metabolism of Leptospira. J. Bact., Bait. 1941 42- 165-72—Schiiffner, W. A. P. [Further results of leptospira researches] Ned. tschr. geneesk 1926 70: VjiJ2- 125^-6 ------ IVleerschweinchen als lebende Scbnellfilter fur Leptospiren. Arq. Inst, biol., S Paulo, 1940, 11: 541-3 — Timmerman, W. A. [Electrical phenomena in some Lepto- spi™ ™ ed. tschr. hyg. microb., 1928-29, 3: 241-7. ---- bataviae i s. javanica) Babudieri, B. Identita serologica fra Leptospira oryzeti e Leptospira bataviae. Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper 1939 14: 294 Also Rendic. Ist. san. pubb., Roma, 1939, 2: 775 — Esseveld, H., & Mochtar, A. [Origin of a new leptospira type f cases of leptospirasis in Batavia] Geneesk tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941, 81: 11-22.—Mochtar, A., & Esseveld, H.I [On the frequency of leptospirasis in Netherlands Indies] Ibid., 1939, 79: 547-63. -Montestnic. E.. Palmas. M. de [et ah] Premiers cas de leptospiroses dia.'inostiqur^s a. la Mar- tinique. Bull. Soc. path. exot., I'ar., 1938, 31: S21-9.— Mulder, J., Bonne, C, A- Sardjito, M. [Leptospirasis observed m Dutch East India] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 1090-137, pl. tab.—Riel, L. van. La leptospirose en Afrique. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1913. 40: 462 (Abstr.)—Rimpau, W., Schlossberger, H., N7-6.">9. S? Par., Masson & cie, 193"). In Nouv. traite med. (Roger, G. IL, Widal, F. et al.) 20: LERIC, Francois Jean Henri Max, 1910— Contribution a l'etude du propionate de testo- sterone, hormone male, et son utilisation en gynecologie. 76p. 25cm. Bord., Delmas, 1937. LERICH, Norbert, 1908- *Probl6mes d'hygiene pos6s par la protection collective contre les gaz de combat. 83p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1937. Le RICHE, Harding. A health survey of African children in Alexandra Township. 16p. illust. tab. 25cm. [Johannesb., Witw atersrand Univ. pr., 1943] LERICHE, Rene, 1879- Traitement des fractures 1. Fractures articulaires. 2. ed. viii, 200p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1917. ---- Experimental and clinical researches on angina pectoris and its surgical treatment. 24p. pl. 8? Glasgow, Jackson, Wylie & co., 1935. ---- La chirurgie de la douleur. 428p. 8! Par., Masson & cie, 1937. ---- [The same] The surgery of pain; transl. & ed. by Archibald Young, xx, 512p. pl. diagr. 22cm. Bait., Williams & Wilkins co., 1939. ---- Physiologie pathologique et chirurgie des arteres; principes et methodes. v, 346p. illust. tab. diagr. 251/2cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1943. See also Beer, J. Le prof. Rene Leriche, de Strasbourg. Aesculape, Par., 1938, 28: 222; 1939, 29: 117, portr.—Inaugural lecture of Prof. Rene Leriche. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 1203.—Mayer, C. Trois conferences du Professeur Ren6 Leriche k l'UniversitS Libre de Bruxelles. Bruxelles mid., 1936-37, 17: 313-6.—Professor Leriche at Strasbourg. Brit. J. Surg., 1928-29, 16: 496-500. ---- & POLICARD, Albert. Physiologie pathologique chirurgicale; inflammations, effets des traumatismes, reparation des plaies, greffes, maladies des os, des articulations des vaisseaux et des nerfs. 212p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1930. ---- Normal and pathological physiology of bone; its problems; English transl. by Sherwood Moore and J. Albert Key. 236p. 8? S. Louis, C. V. Mosby co., 1928. ---- Physiologie generale du tissu osseux et de l'ossification. p.703-15. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1929. In Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger, G. H., & Binet, L.) Par., 1929, 8: LERICHE, Rene, & STRICKER, Pierre. L'arteriectomie dans les arterites obliterantes; etude experimentale et therapeutique.- 194p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. LERI'S disease. See Lumbarthritis. LERMER, Ludwig, 1908- *Die entzund- lichen Erkrankungen des Kiefergelenks. 22p. 8?" Miinch., Bayer. Druck, 1934. LERMOYEZ, Marcel, 1858-1929. For obituary see Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35: 131, portr. Also Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3. ser., 101: 180-6 (Claude, H.) Also Presse med., 1929, 37: 185 (Lapersonne, F. de) LERNAEOCERIDAE. See also Copepoda. Leigh-Sharpe, W. H. Lernaea [Lernaeocera] barbicola n. sp., a parasitic copepod of Barbus sp. from the Transvaal. Para- sitology, Lond., 1930, 22: 334-7.—Schuurmans Stekhoven, J- H., jr. Beobachtungen zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Lernaeocera branchialis L. und der Lernaeocera lusci Basset- Smith (Crustacea parasitica) Zschr. Parasitenk., 1935-36, LERNAEOCERIDAE 775 LE ROUX 8: 659-96. & Punt, A. Weitere Beitrage zur Morpho- logie und Phvsiologie der Lernaeocera branchialis L. Ibid., 1936-37, 9: 648-68. LERNER, Allan, 1907- *Sur les crypto- leucemies. 56p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LERNER, Hans, 1911- *Wie verhalten sich reinrassige weisse Mause und Fi-Bastarde aus der Kreuzung von reinrassiger weisser Maus mit reinrassiger grauer Hausmaus in ihrer Empfanglichkeit gegenuber Milzbrandbazillen? 16p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1933. LERNOUD, Raul. *Cirugia apical, apicec- tomia [Dent.] 47p. illust. 27cm. B. Air., S. de Amorrortu & hijos, 1939. LERNOULD, Philibert, 1887- *Hygiene et lait. 90p. 8? Par., Rev. path, comp., 1931 Le ROCHAIS, Rene Frangois, 1904- *Essai sur les dextrocardies par sclerose pul- monaire tuberculeuse. 106p. pl. 8? Par E Le Frangois, 1929. LEROLLE, Michel Edouard Alfred, 1904- *L'exode d'un peuple; etude des consequences sanitaires du depart des Grecs d'Asie-Mineure apres la guerre Greco-Turque de 1922. 126p. map. ch. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1931. LEROND, Jean, 1897- *Contribution a l'etude de l'infection des voies urinaires dans l'enfance. 78p. 8? Par., Presses Modernes, 1927.- LEROND, Paul, 1911- *Le diagnostic precoce de la grossesse par la reaction pupillaire de Bercovitz. 63p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. Le ROSSIGNOL, Augustin, 1842-1910. For obituary see Lancet, Lond., 1910, 1: 688. Le ROSSIGNOL, J. N., & HOLLIDAY, C. B. A pharmacopoeia for chiropodists. 160p. 8? Lond., Faber & Faber, 1937. LEROUGE, Jean, 1910- Contribution a l'etude du traitement des dysmenorrheas par l'anemone pulsatille. 76p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1936. LEROUSSAUD, Leon, 1876- *Le rhu- matisme tuberculeux. 99p. 8? Par., Impr. Mouysset, 1930. LEROUX, Ferdinand, 1907- *Sur quelques fractures rares de l'aile iliaque. 41p. illust. pl. 25cm. Montpel., Impr. La Presse, 1935. Le ROUX, Gabriel Yves Francois, 1906- *L'action preventive du 309 Fourneau dans les trypanosomiases animales; essai sur la preven- tion de l'infection a, Trypanosoma brucei (nagana) du bceuf [Alfort; Vet.] 31p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1930. LEROUX, Helene. Contribution a l'etude de l'attaque des glucides par la,levure [Stras- bourg; Pharm.] 70p. 24cm. Lons-Le-Saunier, M. Declume, 1938. Le ROUX, Jean Desire, 1909- *Du traitement chirurgical des pancreatites chroniques sans ictere [Lyon] 135p. 8? Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1934. LEROUX, Jean Jacques, 1749-1832. For obituary see Diar. gen. cienc. mid., Barcel., 1832, 8: 211. For portrait see Collection in Library. Also Rev. Gastro- enter., 1944, 11: 41. LEROUX, Marcel, 1905- Contribution a l'etude des carences minerales. 48p. 8? Par., M. Lac, 1932. LEROUX, Max, 1904- *Les plasmocy- tomes des voies aeriennes superieures. 60p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1936. LEROUX, Paul, 1913- *Les lesions cutanees des hydrocarbures et de leurs principaux derives. 79p. 25cm. Par,, Vigot fr., 1939, Le ROUX, Rene, 1911- Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs mixtes des formations glandulaires des levres. 43p. 25cm. Bord.. Biere, 1937. LEROUX, Robert, 1876- La haute frequence en oto-rhino-laryngologie; preface du d'Arsonval. 2. ed. xv, 216p. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1927. LEROUX, Robert, 1906- Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose d'emblee pleuro- pulmonaire a evolution grave. 88p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1936. LEROUX, Roger, 1892- See Roussy, G., Leroux, R., & Oberling, C. Precis d'ana- tomie pathologique. 2v. 8? Par., 1933. LEROUX, Simon Jean Joseph, 1908- *Contribution a l'etude des brucelloses dans la region parisienne. 73p. 8?. Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LEROUX-ROBERT, Jean, 1907- *Les epitheliomas intra-larynges. 167p. 8? Par, G. Doin & cie, 1936. Le ROUZIC, Zacharie, -1939. Collum, V. C. C. Zacharie Le Rouzic of Carnac; in me- moriam. Man, Lond., 1940, 40: 161-4, portr. LEROY, Andre, 1908- *Rhumatisme articulaire aigu tuberculeux complique de peri- cardite; guerison par la crysotherapie. 48p. 8° Par., C. Serre, 1932. Le ROY, Bernard Reamy, 1887- The pH in colonic therapy. 331p. pl. diagr. 8? Tacoma, Wash., Fidelity pub. co., 1933. Le ROY, Charles Paul Frederic, 1911- *De la tuberculose du corps de l'uterus. 95p. 25^cm. Bord., J. Biere, 1934. LEROY, Denis, 1901- *Le sulfarsenol dans les etats hypothrepsiques. 52p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1928. LEROY, Gustave, 1901- *L'ictere grave par septicemie a perfringens. 45p. pl. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1929. LEROY, Jacques, 1902- *La dermite livedoide et gangreneuse de Nicolau. 91p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. LEROY, Jean Baptiste Edouard Roger, 1900- *A propos de deux cas de pylorectomie pour ulcere perfore en peritoine libre. 102p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1931. LEROY, Louis, 1874-1944. For obituary see J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 125: 374. LEROY, Louis Joseph Auguste, 1906- *Du traitement du placenta insere sur le segment inferieur; a propos de 60 cas observes a la Ma- ternite de I'Hopital Tenon. 132p. 8? Par., Impr. Labor, 1934. LEROY, Louis Victor Pierre, 1909- Contribution a l'etude des fractures chez les syphilitiques. 134p. 24cm. Lille, Douriez- Bataille, 1934. LEROY, Paul Louis Andre Robert, 1904- *Etude zootechnique de quelques echantillons de laine provenant d'Afrique Occidentale Frangaise [Alfort; Vet.] 61p. 8°. Par., Presses Univ. France, 1928. LEROY, Raoul, 1881- , & MEDAKO- VITCH, Georges. Paralysie generale et malaria- therapie. xii, 480p. portr. 8? Par., G. Doin & cie, 1931. LEROY, Raymond Marcel, 1909- *Mani- festations menstruelles extra-genitales. 47p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. LEROY, Rene Emile Joseph, 1902- Considerations sur la cuti-reaction differentielle k la tuberculine et sur sa valeur diagnostique et LEROY 776 LESBISTES pronostique dans differentes localisations tuber- culeuses. 57p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1929. LEROY, Robert, 1905- *L'accalmie trai- tresse dans les affections chirurgicales aigues de l'abdomen. 223p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LEROY, Yves, 1899- Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'enc6phalite epid£mique par le salicylate de soude. 94p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1926. LEROY-ALLAIS, Jeanne. Comment j'ai instruit mes filles des choses de la maternite. 2. ed. viii, lllp. 18? Par., A. Maloine & fils, [1909?] Le ROY des Barres, Jane Marguerite, 1908- *Les rhumatismes de la chimiotherapie. llOp. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. Le ROYER de la Dauversiere, Jerome, 1597- Groulx, H. [Allocution] J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1941, 10: 375-8— Perrier, P. [Biographie] Ibid., 1943, 12: 1-12. [Le ROY-PELGAS, Louis] fl. 1825. Sopra il rimedio del sig. Le-Roy. [4]p. 21cm. [n. p., n. d.] ---- Disinganno sul metodo purgative 27p. 21cm. Venezia, P. Milesi, 1825. For portrait see Collection in Library. Le ROY y Cassa, Jorge, 1867-1935. For obituary see An. Acad, cienc. med. Habana, 1934, 70: 9-11, portr. Also Cr6n. med. quir. Habana, 1934, 60: 98-100 (Abascal, H.) Also Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 393-400 (Rodriguez Perez) LERRIGO, Charles Henry, 1872- For portrait see News Letter Kansas Bd Health, 1941, 9: No. 2, 1. LERRIGO, Marion Olive, 1896- Chil- dren can help themselves; the normal child's health behavior, xvi, 219p. 22cm. N. Y., Macmillan co., 1943. See also Broadhurst, J., & Lerrigo, R. O. Health horizons. 516p. 8? N. Y. [1931] Also Wood, T. D., & Lerrigo, M. O. Health behavior. 150p. 8? Bloomington, III., 1927. ----— The healthv personality. 40p. 8? Bloomington, 111. [1935] ------ & Rice, T. B. Sex education. 41p. 18Hcm. N. Y., 1937. LERSCH, Martha, 1905- *Ueber endo- metrioide Umwandlung des Peritoneum [Heidel- berg] 28p. 8? Dresd., R. Risse, 1935. LERSCH, Philipp. Der Aufbau des Charak- ters. xii, 272p. 23}km. Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1938. LESAGE, Adolph Auguste, 1862- Enfance et her6dit6. 104p. pl. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1933. LESAGE, Albert, 1907- *A propos d'un cas de pancr^atite ligneuse chez un syphilitique ayant entrain^ un syndrome d'ictere chronique par retention. 38p. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1934. LESAGE, Joseph Albert, 1869- , BOU- CHER, Romeo [et al.] Syndrome pancreatique. 276p. illust. 25^cm. Par., Masson & cie, 1934. Forms Pt 1, Rapp. Congr. fr. med., 1934, 23. Sess. See also Dube, J. E. Le Professeur [Joseph] Albert LeSage; elu membre correspondant de l'Academie de Medecine de Paris. Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 305-7. LESAGE, Robert, 1905- *L'azotemie dans le diabete. 39p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1931. Le SAGE, Robert, 1912- *Un grand chirurgien breton Jobert de Lamballe, 1799-1867 46p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1938. LESAUVAGE, Jean, 1910- *Meningites et otites a pneumococcus mucosus. 56p 8° Par., M. Vigne, 1935. LESBIANISM. See Homosexuality, female. LESBISTES. Blacher. 1.. .1. [Genetics of Lesbistes reticulatus] Tr. Lab. Exp. Biol. X,.o Mo.-ri.w, 1928, 4: 245-53. LESBOUYRIES, Gustave, 1883- ♦Re- cherches et considerations sur la tuberculose des carnivores domestiques [Alfort; Vet.] 141p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1926. LESCALLIER, Daniel, 1743-1822. Reflexions sur le sort des noirs dans nos colonies. 71p. 8? [n. p.] 1789. LESCAROUX, Andre. *Les eaux d'alimenta- tion de Chateauroux; etude chimique et bac- teriologique [Paris; Pharm.] xvi, 202p. tab. map. diagr. 24'km. Chateauroux, G. Lan- glois, 1937. LESCHE, Konrad, 1907- *Die soge- nannte Dimorphie der Colibacillen [Leipzig] p.7-13. 8? [Lpz., Spamer] 1933. Also Zschr. Hyg., 1933, 115: LESCHI, Paul Francois, 1909- *L'auto- pyotherapie dans les affections gangreneuses du poumon. lOlp. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1935. LESCHKE, Erich, 1887- Erkrankungen des vegetativen Nervensystems. p. 1019-182. Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1928. In 3. Bd, 1. Halfte, of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch.) ---- Stoffwechselkrankheiten. x, 130p. 8! Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1930. ---- Die wichtigsten Vergiftungen; Fort- schritte in deren Erkennung und Behandlung; mit einem Anhang Zur Prophylaxe der Vergif- tungen, von Franz Koelsch, und Die Erkennung von Vergiftungen an der Leiche, von Karl Meixner. viii, 308p. illust. pl. diagr. 8? Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1933. ---- Die Wechselwirkungen der Blutdriisen. viii, 71p. 8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1933. —— Clinical toxicology; modern methods in the diagnosis and treatment of poisoning; transl. by C. P. Stewart and O. Dorrer. viii, 346p. illust. diagr. 8? Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1934. LESCHKE, Friedrich Wilhelm Karl, 1894- *Die Ausnutzung der funktionellen Kraft des Unterkiefers fiir orthodontische Zwecke [Berlin] 56p. 8? Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929. LESCHLY, William, 1882- *Studier over komplement [Kobenhavn] 269p. tab. 25cm. Aarhus, Trvkt i Stiftsbogtryk., 1914. LESCHNIK, Walter, 1906- *Ueber Tu- berkelbazillentrager. 23p. 21cm. Bresl., Hille- brandt & Rabel, 1937. LESCHNITZER, Walter, 1910- ♦Nach- weis und Bedeutung der Hypophysenvorder- lappenhormone A und B unter Berucksichtigung von 100 eigenen Fallen [Breslau] 12p. 8? Stuttg., F. Krais, 1936. Also Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 112: LESCOEUR, L. Representation graphique de la caracte>istique physico-chimique de l'or- ganisme a l'etat normal et dans les 6tats patho- logiques. viii, 72p. illust. 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1934. Le SEAC'H, Charles Marie, 1908- *L'image granit6e post-hemoptoique. 141p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1936. Le SEAC'H, Georges, 1911- Contribu- tion a l'etude des manifestations nerveuses de 1'alcoolisme. 31p. 25^cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. Le SEAC'H, Jean Henri Marie, 1905- *La sterilisation testiculaire par voie chimique [Alfort; Vet.] 51p. 8? Par., 1930. LESEGRETAIN 777 LESNE LESEGRETAIN, Georges, 1904- Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement des affections broncho-pulmonaires aigues du vieillard par l'urotropine. 72p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1930. Le SEIGLE, Eugene Henri, 1914- Con- tribution a l'etude clinique des myelites. our- liennes. 55p. 25%cm. par., L. Arnette, 1939. LESENE, Guy Jean, 1907- Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'instabilitS thermique en dehors des infections. 50p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1935. LESENNE, Marie Madeleine Mechain, 1914- Contribution a l'etude des meningococ- cemies a forme pseudo-palustre. 37p. 24cm. Par., Vigot fr., 1939. LESEURE, Oscar, 1851- For portrait see Collection in Library. LESGUILLONS, Roger, 1909- *Les injections locales de sang et de novocaine dans le traitement des eczemas et des lichenifications circonscrits. 51p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1935. LESHER, Charles Byron, 1878- For portrait see in Thirty Years After (Musser, J. H.) N. Orleans, 1938, 43. LESHOV, B. A. EpromHofi THcm. [Me- nasha, Wis.] Am. Anthrop. Ass., 1943. Forms No. 62, Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass. LESSA de Carvalho, Arthur [M. D., 1884, Lisboa] *Breve estudo sobre o hematocele retro- uterine intra-peritoneal. 69p. 8? Lisb., E. Roza, 1884. LESSARD, Alphonse, 1872-1941. For obituary see Proc. Conf. Health Author. N. America, 1942, 57. meet., 277. LESSARD, Richard, 1905- *Le coeur dans la fievre typhoide (etude eJectro-cardio- graphique) 91p. pl. 8? Par., E. Le Francois, 1933 LESSELBERG, Rudolf Hermann Karl, 1908- *Beitrag zur Funktion der Lymphknoten unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der bron- chialen Lymphknoten bei der Anthrakose und Blutresorption des Hundes. 23p. pl. 8? Lpz., Ballin & Topfer, 1931. LESSER, Adolf, 1851-1926. For obituary see Fischer, H. Deut. Zschr. ges. Med., 1926, 8: p. i-iv, portr. For portrait see Collection in Library. LESSER, Ernst Josef, 1879-1928. Die innere Sckretion des Pankreas. 44p. 8? Jena, G. Fischer, 1924. For obituary seeParnas, J. K. Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 196: 1. LESSER, Milton A., & MURPHY, John R. Glycerine; its role in medicine. 16p. 8? N. Y., 1936. Beprinted from Am. Profess. Pharmacist, June, July, Aug., 1936. LESSER, Sol K. Fundamentals of procedure and analysis in optometric examination. 2. ed. ix, llOp. illust. diagr. 8? [Fort Worth, Tex., n. p., 1933] LESSERT, Benjamin de, 1773-1847. For portrait see Aesculape, Par., 1938, 28: 113; 122. LESSIG, Arthur Karl Gerhardt, 1906- *Ueber einen Fall von malignem Melanom. 23p. 8? Erlangen-Bruck, M. Krahl, 1937. LESSINES, Belgium. Masoix, H. Un vieil hopital de province; I'Hopital Notre-Dame a la Rose, de Lessines. 37p. 25cm. Brux. [after 1937] LESSING, Christian Friedrich, 1809-62. For biography see Tribuna farm., Curitiba, 1942, 10: 34. LESSING, Gotthold Ephraim, 1729-81. Ludexdorff, M. Lessings Geisteskampf und Lebenschicksal. 235p. 8? Miinch., 1937. See also Rakusin, M. A. Die Verherrlichung der exakten Wissenschaften durch Lcssing. Arch. Gesch. Math. Natur- wiss., 1928-29, 11: 247-56. LESSING, Michael Benedict, 1809-84. Para- celsus; sein Leben und Denken; Neubearbeitung des im Jahre 1839 erschiehen Werkes. viii, 270p. portr. 8? Xtirnberg, Deut. Volksgesundh., 1937. LESSIUS, Leonard, 1554-1623. The temper- ate man; or, The right way of preserving long life and health [from the Latin by Peter Gunning] [17] 168p. 12? London, J. K. for John Starkey, 1678. LESSLAR, J. E. See Fletcher, W., & Lesslar, J. E. The Weil-Felix reaction in sporadic tropical typhus. 28p. Lond., 1926. LESSNER, Sami, 1912- *L'hygiene de l'hypertendu arteriel. 55p. 8? Paris, M. Vigne, 1937. LESTCHINSKY, Alexandre. See Baudouin, C, & Lestchinsky, A. The inner discipline 229p. 19cm. Lond. [1924] LESTER. Dr Lester's encyclopedia and guide to health. 4 Jtip. 8? Chic, Harper-Adams co., 1902. LESTER, Charles Willard, 1892- Tho- racic surgery, vi, 14 lp. 22cm. N. Y., Oxford Univ. pr., 1941. LESTER, John Crego, 1856- For biography see in Hist. Long Island (Ross, P. .V.) N. Y., 1902, 2: 324, portr. ' LESTER, Henry M. See Morgan, W. I).. & Lester, H. M. Graphic graflex photography. 431p. 26cm. N. Y., 1943. LESTIENNE, Jean, 1903- *Des acci- dents labyrinthiques chez les ouvriers des chantiers de travaux a l'air comprime (maladie de daissons) 161p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1932. LESTOCQ, Hermann, 1692-1767. For portrait see Collection in Library. LESTOCQUOY, Charles, 1893- See Armand-Delille, P. F., Lestocquoy, C, it Huguenin, R. La tuberculose pulmonaire. 2v. 499p. fol. Par. [1933] LESTOQUARD, Felix, 1897-1940. For obituarv sec Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1940, 18: 363-5, portr.; 1941, 66: 405 (Bridre, J.) Also Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1940, 33: 403. LESTRADE, Andre [M. D., 1936, Toulouse] *La refection de l'uretre p6rin£o-bulbaire par l'autoplastie cutan6e, methode de Guyon. 192p. illust. 241-»cm. Toulouse, Impr. du Commerce, 1936. LESTRADE, Piet de. Formulaire pratique d'alimentation a l'usage de la troupe, en garnison, en manoeuvres et en campagne; egalement appli- cable dans les 6coles, colleges, 6tablissements hospitaliers et autre groupements. 140p. tab. 23]4cm. Angouleme, Impr. centrale, 1937. LESU. Powdermaker, H. Life in Lesu. 352p. 22^cm. N. Y. [1933] LESUEUR, Marie Therese, 1890- *La stase papillaire dans les traumatismes craniens. 67p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1927. Le SUEUR-CAPELLE, Suzanne, 1909- *Etude physiopathologique en valeur s£meiolo- gique des polypneas du nourrisson. 62p. 8? Par., A. Legrand, 1936. LESURE, Andre, & LAVAGNE, Jacques. Les medicaments injectables; preparation, sterilisa- tion, indications, posologie. 5. ed. 680p. illust. tab. diagr. 25cin. Par., E. Le Francois, 1942. LESZCZYNSKI, Helene, 1905- *Ueber ein polyzystisches Adamantinom des Oberkiefers. 18p. 8? Kiel, M. Tandler, 1931. LESZCZYNSKI, Roman, 1876- Lenartowicz, J. [Thirtyfive years of scientific activity] Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1936, 31: 303-10, portr., bibliogr. For portrait see Deliber. Congr. derm, internat. (1935) L936, 9. Congr., 4: 105; 117. LESZYNSKY, Hannah [M. D., 1939, Bern] *Die Ziegenmilchanamie [Bern] 108p. 22cm. Jerusalem, Rohald, 1939. Le TACON, Jean, 1911- Contagion, h6redit6; discussion de leur role dans la genese de l'infection tuberculeuse. 193p. 25cm. Lyon. Bosc fr., 1937. LETAILLEUR, Maurice Albert Gustave, 1910- *Her6dosyphilis et oligophrenics. 112p. 24cm. Par., M. Lavergne, 1939. Le TALLEC, Raphael, 1906- Contribu- tion a l'etude de la conservation des ovaires dans les hysterectomies. 60p. 8? Par., L. Arnette, 1930. LETAMENDI, Jose, 1828-97. For biography see Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1928, 11: 661-3, portr. (Comenge, L.) Also Siglo med., Madr., 1936, 97: 255 LETAMENDI 779 LETOURNEAU (Soriano, J.) Also Tr. Cated. hist. crit. med., Madr., 1934, 2: 345-50 (Lambola Mestres, A.) LETCHWORTH, William Pryor, 1823-1910. For portrait see Tr. Nat. Ass. Epilepsy, 1906, 4: front. Le TENSORER, Andre, 1910- *Les n6phrites au cours de la syphilis secondaire. 87p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1934. LETESSIER, Julien, 1823-74. Delaunay, P. Un m6decin auxillaire de la Marine sous le Second Empire, Julien Letessier. BuU. Soc. fr. hist, med 193*, 28: 287-97. LETH, Joachim von, 1912- *Ueber das diagnostische Versagen beim Karzinom. 35p 8? Wurzb., R. Mayr, 1936. LETHABY, William Richard, 1857-1931. Ar- chitecture; an introduction to the history and theory of the art of building. 256p. 16? N Y H. Holt & co., 1912. LETHACEAE. See also Tomato, Disease; Virosis. Best, K. J. The effect of light and temperature on the de- velopment of primary lesions of the viruses of tomato spotted wilt and tobacco mosaic. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1936, 14: 223-39. ■—---- The quantitative estimation of relative'con- centrations of the viruses of ordinary and yellow tobacco mosaics and of tomato spotted wilt by the primary lesion method. Ibid., 1937, 15: 65-79. ------ The preservative effect of some reducing systems on the virus of tomato spotted wilt. Ibid., 1939, 17: 1-17.—Grieve, B. J. Studies in the physiology of host-parasite relations; some effects of tomato spotted wilt on growth. Ibid., 1943, 21: 89-101.—Holmes, F. O. Lethaceae. In his Handb. Phytopath. Viruses, Minneap., 1941, 135-9. LETHAL gen. See Gen, lethal. LETHANE. See under Derris; Insecticide; Pediculus. LETHARGIC encephalitis. See Encephalitis, epidemic. LETHARGY. See also Coma; Hypnosis; Somnolence; Stupor. Giaja, J. LeLhargie obtenue chez le rat par la depression barometririue. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1940, 210: 80-2.—Polimanti, O. Studi sul letargo. Fisiol. med., Roma, 1935, 6: 893-904. Also Protoplasma, Lpz., 1936, 25: 461-4. LETHARIA. Santesson, C. G. Einiges iiber die giftige Fuchs- oder Wolfs- flechte (Letharia vulpina (L.) Vain.) Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1939, 45: 1-8. LETHAUS, Heinz, 1903- Cnsere Er- fahrungen mit der Pneumothoraxbehandlung [Halle-Wittenberg] 57p. 8? Halle a. S., O. Jung, 1927. LE THI HOANG, 1910- *Protection de l'enfance en Indochine; essai d'etude medico- sociale. 95p. 8? Par., J. Haumont, 1937. Le TOHIC, Joseph, 1906- *L'Institut prophylactique; ses dispensaires; ses methodes; son role social. 79p. 8? Par., M. Vigne, 1933. LETOREY, Frangoise, 1914- *Formes cliniques des complications abdominales du purpura. 119p. 25cm. Lyon, Cohendet fr., 1938. LETORT, Robert Henri, 1910- *L'anes- th6sie du chat par le tribromoethanol (avertine) [Alfort; Vet.] 79p. 8? Lyon, Bosc fr., 1932. LETOURMY, Roger Fernand Jean, 1910- *Les difficultes du radiodiagnostic entre le cancer prepylorique et les d6formations de la region prepylorique d'origine vesiculaire. 79p. illust. pl. 24cm. Lille, Impr. Douriez-Bataille, 1935. LETOURNEAU, Charles Jean Marie, 1831- ,o? Lak blol°gie- 2. ed. xi, 506p. illust. 18,'2cm. Par., C. Reinwald & cie, 1877. <~~ Tne evolution of marriage and the familv. xm, 373p. 12? N. Y., C. Scribner's sons [1891] Le TOUX, Louis Joseph Henri, 1910- Contnbution a l'etude des accidents post- operatoires. 40p. 8? Par., Jouve & cie, 1937 LETOUZE, Guy Amaury, 1911- Con- tribution a l'etude du syndrome de Fauchard- Bourdet. 53p. 8? Par., E. Le Frangois, 1936. LETRESOR, Andre, 1906- Contribution k l'etude des troubles vasculaires des membres inferieurs dans la catatonie; ischemie horizontale, rougeur cyanotique de declivite [Paris] 98p. 8? Gournay-en-Bray, A. Letresor, 1931. Le TREUST, Victor Marie, 1901- Con- tribution a l'etude de l'inversion thermique [Lille] 79p. incl. diagr. 24cm. Tourcoing, Georges fr., 1936. LETTAN, Rudolf, 1908- *Lymphogranu- lomatose und Rontgenbestrahlung. 23p. 21cm. Konigsb. i. P., J. Raabe, 1935. LETTAU, Willy [M. D., 1934, Berlin] kri- tische Betrachtungen der Reihendurchleuchtun- gen auf Lungentuberkulose, Folgerungen und neue Wege zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose. 16p. 8? Berl., P. Lehmann, 1934. LETTER. See also Graphology; Mail: Manuscript; Writing; for letters in words see Alphabet; Print- ing. Du Bois-Reymond, E., & Ludwig, K. Zwei grosse Naturforscher des 19. Jahrhunderts; ein Briefwechsel zwischen Emil du Bois-Reymond und Karl Ludwig. 240p. 8? Lpz., 1927. Letters (The) of a widowed physician to his daughter; at puberty (12% years) at maturity (18 years) at marriage, at motherhood. 63p. 8? Lond., 1920. Saint-Aubin, Mme M. Du C. de. Memoires en forme de lettres de deux jeunes personnes de qualite. 4 pts in 1. 12? La Haye, 1765. Wildermuth, A. Briefwechsel zwischen Jus- tinus Kerner und Ottilie Wildermuth, 1853-62. 261p. 8? Heilbronn, 1927. Hunters (The) and the Hamiltons: some unpublished letters. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 354-60.—Kagan, S. R. Physicians' letters. Bull. Hist. M., 1941, 9: 337-41. Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 153: 415; passim.—Scarlett, M. J. Letter to Dora Ann Sweezy. Med. Woman J., 1929, 36: 49.—Shryock, R. H. Selections from the letters of Richard D. Arnold, M. D. Medical series: 1834-75. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1928, 42: 156-84.—Silva Carvalho, A. da. Cartas de Vicente Jose de Carvalho a Antonio Pedro Cardoso [1836-38] Arq. anat 1928, 12: 5^43, portr. ---- anonymous. See also Pseudologia. Volokhine, A. *Les erreurs d'imputation dans les affaires de lettres anonymes. 31p. 24%cm. Strasb. [1936] Gross, K. Ueber anonyme Briefschreiber. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1935, 48:927. LETTERER, Erich, 1895- Ueber epi- theliale und mesodermale Schleimbildung in ihrer Beziehung zur schleimigen Metamorphose und schleimigen Degeneration; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Orthologie und Pathologie des Mesenchyms. 59p. illust. 8? Lpz., S. Hirzel, 1932. —— Ueber eine xanthose Lymphogranulo- matose mit besonderer Beteiligung des Skeletts. 34p. 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 1934. Forms H. 3"6, Bd 8, VerofL Gewerbepath. LETTERER-SIWE DISEASE LETTERER-SIWE disease. See Reticulosis. LETTERING. See also Label; Sign. Luckiesh. M., & Moss, F. K. Hand-lettering. In their Reading as Vis. Task, N. Y., 1942, 263-72.—Schmidt. L. Practical met hods of lettering. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1941-42, 10: 130-2. LETTERMAN, Jonathan, 1824-72. Bloom, R. Surgeon Jonathan Letterman, U. S. A. Army M. Bull., 1937, No. 42, 77-85.—Phalen, J. M. The life of Jonathan Letterman. Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84: 62-6.—Terris, M. From Bunker Hill to Bataan. Interne, N. Y., 1943, 9: 280-2, portr. LETTERMAN General Hospital, San Fran- cisco, Calif. See under San Francisco, Calif. Letterman General Hospi- tal, United States Army. LETTERS (The) of a widowed physician to his daughter; at puberty (12'2 years) at maturity (18 years) at marriage, at motherhood. 63p. 8? Lond., Balliere, Tindall & Cox, 1920. LETTIC language. See under Latvia. LETTLAND. See Latvia. LETTONIA. See under Latvia. LETTRE sur les aveugles a l'usage de ceux qui voyent. By ***. 220p. diagr. 17cm. Lond., 1749. LETTSOM, John Coakley, 1744-1815. His- tory of the origin of medicine; an oration, de- livered at the anniversary meeting of the Medical Society of London, January 19, 1778. viii, 168p. pl. 8? Lond., C. & E. Dilly, 1778. ---- The natural history of the tea-tree, with observations on the medical qualities of tea, and on the effects of tea-drinking, ix, lOlp. pl. 8? Lond., Charles Dilly, 1799. Also translator of Commerell, Abb6 de. An account of the culture and use of the mangel wurzel, or root of scarcity. 4. ed. 52p. 20Hcm. Lond., 1788. For biography see: Abraham, J. J. Lettsom; his life, times, friends, and descendants. 498p. 8? Lond., 1933. See also Abraham, J. J. John Coakley Lettsom, successful Quaker physician. In Brit. Masters of Med. (Power, D'A.) Bait., 1936, 52-63, portr.—[Biography] Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1934, 188: 392-6. Armour, D. Some of Lettsom's contemporaries. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1930, 53: 3-15.—Historical annotation [J. C. Lettsom] S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1933,34:150-5.—Jacob- sen V. C. John Coakley Lettsom and his relations with Jonathan Carver, explorer of the Middle West. Ann. M. Hist., 1930, n. ser., 2: 208-16.—Power, D. Lettsom and his times. Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 826.—Thomson, St C. The strenous life of a physician in the 18th century. Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n. ser., 1: 1-13. LETTUCE. See Lactuca. LETTURA oftalmologica; rivista mensile di oculistica pratica. Pistoia, v.l, 1924- LETTURE di famiglia; antologia di lettere, arti e scienze. Firenze, v.29, No. 3, Feb., 1877. LETULLE, Maurice Eleonore Joseph Lucien, 1853-1929. Mercier, M. H. *L'oeuvre anatomo-patho- logique et l'oeuvre sociale du Professeur Maurice Letulle [Paris] 91p. 8? Nevers, 1936. For obituary see Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 1 Also Gaz. hop., 1929, 102: 38 (Babonneix, L.) Also Med. J & Rec, 1930, 131: 159-61 (Knopf, S. A.) Alao Presse med., LETULLE 1929, 37: 17 (Lapersonne, F. de) Also Rev. tuberc, Par., 1929, 3. ser.. 10: 5-7 (Courcoux, A.) Also Sem. hdp. Paris, 1929, 5: 33 7 1 Jacouelin, A.) See also Roussv, G. ' L'oeuvre an.itomo-pathologique de Maurice Letulle. Presse med., 1929, 37: 369-72. ----NATTAN-LARRIER, Louis Adrien Albert [et al.] Anatomie pathologique. 3v. 2346p. [paged consecutively] 8? Par., Masson & cie, 1931. Le TYRANT, J., & CADILHON, J. P. Me- mento a l'usage des officiers d'administration du Service de sant6; Service du materiel. 42p. 12? Par., Berger-Levrault, 1935. LEU, Robert [M. D., 1935, Lausanne] ♦Con- tribution a l'etude du complexus dit variqueux. 40p. 8? Lausanne, Pache-Varidel & Bron, 1935. LEUBA, James Henry, 1868- Intuition. p.694-704. 8? N. Y., Forum Mag., 1928. Also Forum, N. Y., 1928, 79: LEUBA, John, 1884- *Les actions dynamiques du psychisme sur le physique; essai de confrontation des psychotherapies. 31p. 8? Par., Vigot fr., 1930. LEUBE, Fritz, 1905- *Narkoseversuche mit hoheren Alkoholen und Stickstoffderivaten. 14p. 8? Tub., E. Gobel, 1931. LEUBE, Hede. See Kohlrausch, W., & Leube, H. Gymnastische Fraucn- behandlung; Mcnstruationsstorungen, Schwangerschaft, Wo- chenbett. 54p. 8? Jena, 1936. LEUBE, Wilhelm Olivier von, 1842-1912. Sulla terapia delle malattie dello stomaco. 28p. 21 Hem. Nap., L. Vallardi, 1881. Forms No. 45, Raccolta conf. clin. LEUCAMIDE. See under Amides. LEUCHT, Rudolf, 1911- *Ueber die Zunahme der weiblichen Genitalhypoplasie als Spatfolge der Kriegsernahrung [Heidelberg] 16p. 21cm. Speyer a. R., Pilger, 1938. LEUCHTENBERG, Albert, 1907- *Ueber Nierentumoren. 36p. 8? Marb., K. Euker, 1934. LEUCHTER, Eljasz, 1909- *Contribu- tion a l'etude de la descendance des her6do- syphilitiques. 68p. 8? Par., Picart, 1935. LEUCHTER, Wilhelm, 1900- *Ueber Spatresultate nach Myomoperationen [Wiirz- burg] 23p. 8? Koln, Studentenburse, 1926. LEUCIC acid. See under Acids, fatty. LEUCINE. See also Amino acids; Protid, Chemistry. Abderhalden, E. Synthese des /3-Oxyleucins (a-Amino-0- oxy-isobutylessigs&ure) und des /3-Oxynorleucins (a-Amino-0- oxy-n-capronsaure) Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1938, 251: 164-70. ------ & Beckmann, S. Ueber den Nachweis von l-(+)- Isoleucin als Baustein von Proteinen des Grosshirns; Beitrag ur Trennung von Leucingemischen in ihre Anteile. Ibid., 1932, 207: 93-102.—Abderhalden, E., & Heyns, K. Nachweis von l-(+)-Norleucin als Baustein von Proteinen des Riicken- marks und ferner peripherer Nerven. Ibid., 1933, 214: 262-6 — Abderhalden, E., & Schmitz, A. Spaltung von Chloracetyl-dl- leucein in die optischen Komponenten mittels der aktiven a-Phenylathylamine. Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 158-60 — Abderhalden, E., & Schweitzer, F. Untersuchungen iiber das konfigurative Verhalten von Isoleucin bei der Waldenschcn Umkehrung. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 206: 116-24 — Barnett, H. M. Studies on leucine and dileucine hydrochloride and a new method for the isolation of leucine. J. Biol. Chem., 1933, 100: 543-50.—Berger, J., & Johnson, M. J. The occur- rence of leucylpeptidase. Ibid., 1940, 133: 157-72.—Block. R. J., Boiling, D., & Kondritzer, A. A. Microestimation of leucine, isoleucine, and valine. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45: 289-92.—Butts, J. S., Blunden, H., & Dunn, M. S. Studies in amino acid metabolism; the fate of dl-leucine, d,l- norleucine, and dl-isoleucine in the normal animal. J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 120: 289-95.— Czarnetzky, E. J., & Schmidt, C. L. A. The isolation of norleucine, with evidence for ita LEUCINE 781 LEUCOCHLORIDIUM identity, and some thermodynamic data based on the dissocia- tion pressures of the compounds which the isomeric leucines form with ammonia and hydrogen chloride. Ibid., 1932, 97: 333-43.—Fodor, A., & Frankel, M. Synthetische Methoden zur Darstellung von Aminosaureadsorbaten; die Einwirkung von Aluminiumamalgam auf dl-Formy lieu ein. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926, 159: 150-62.—Frieden, E. H., Dunn, M. S., & Coryell, C. D. Quantitative investigations of amino acids and peptides; equilibria between amino acids and formaldehyde; leucine and N-methylleucine. J. Phys. Chem., 1943, 47: 10-20.—Greenwald, I. The fate of-normal a-aminocaproic acid in the phlorhizinized dog. J. Biol. Chem., 1916, 25: 81_6.—Hammett, F. S. Synthetic 1-leucine in developmental growth of Obelia geniculata. Growth, Ithaca, 1940, 4: 81-7.— Hegsted, D. M., & Wardwell, E. D. On the purity of synthetic dl-leucine. J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 153: 167-70—Kaplansky, S., & ihitovskaia, I. Die Synthese der Aminosauren in tieri- schen Geweben; Einfluss des Leucins auf die Synthese von Alanin in Niere und Leber. Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1938, 6: 222-4.—Kinney, C. R., & Adams, R. Dideuteriovaline and dideuterioleucine. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59: 897.— Kodama, S. Studies on amino acids; on the formation of some volatile oil from leucine. J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1922, 1: 213-7.— Levene, P. A., & Kuna, M. The configurational relationship of 3-amino-heptane to that of norleucine. J. Biol. Chem., 1937-38, 122: 291-5.—Macht, D. I. A pharmacological study of leucines and cystines. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 136: 243-50.—Mueller, J. H. Methionine as an impurity in> natural leucine preparations. Science, 1935, 81: 50.—Ovakimian, G., Christman, C. C. [et ah] The reaction of the esters of dl-leucine and of 1-leucine on the Raney catalyst. J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 134: 151-61.—Rakuzin, M. A. [Optical property of leucine and leucinates of lakaline metals] J. Russ. fiz. khim. obshch., khim. ch., 1917, 49: 92.—Ryan, F. J., & Brand, E. A method for the determination of leucine in protein hydrolysates and in foodstuffs by the use of a Neurospora mutant. J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 154: 161-75.-—Sanchez, J. A. Estudio analitico funcional de la leucina. Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 1, 1345.— Stoddard, M. P., & Dunn, M. S. Quantitative investigations of amino acids and peptides; the solubility and specific rotations of l-(_)-leucine at 25 degrees. J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 142: 329-43.—Womack, M., & Rose, W. C. The relation of leucine, isoleucine, and norleucine to growth. Ibid., 1936, 116: 381-91. LEUCINODES. Fonseca, J. P. da. Broca (Leucinodes) do tomateiro. Biol6gico, S. Paulo, 1942, 8: 170-2.—Lepage, H. S. A br6ca do tomate (Leucinodes elegantalis Guen.) Ibid., 1944, 10: 42-6. LEUCK, Miriam Simons [M. A., 1923, North- western Univ.] A study of dental clinics in the United States: 1930. xi, 107p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr. [1932] -—■— A further study of dental clinics in the United States, xix, 179p. 8? Chic, Univ. Chicago pr., 1932. Forms No. 4 of Pub. Comm. Study Dent. Pract. Am. Dent. Ass. LEUCKART, Karl Georg Friedrich Rudolf, 1823-98. See: Festschrift Rudolf Letjckart. xv, 413p. pl. portr. fol. Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1892. LEUCO ... See Leuko ... LEUCO bases. See under Dye. LEUCOBRYUM. See also Musci. Rawitscher, F. Caso de um perichaetium interessante num musgo do genero Leucobryum. Arq. Inst, biol., S. Paulo, 1940, 11:427-31. LEUCOCHLORIDIUM. See also Trematoda. Byrd, E. E. Larval flukes from Tennessee; a new mother sporocyst of a Leucochloridium. J. Tennessee Acad. Sc, 1940, 15: 117-23, incl. pl.—Hsu, H. F. Studien zur Systematik und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gattung Leucochloridium Carus; iiber zwei Leucochloridium-Arten der Kurischen Neh- rung sowie uber Futterungsversuche mit grunen Sporocysten dieser Gattung. Zschr. Parasitenk., 1935-36, 8: 714-28.— Mcintosh, A. Notes on the genus Leucochloridium Carus (Trematoda) Parasitology, Lond., 1927, 19: 353-64.------ Some new species of trematode worms of the genus Leuco- chloridium Carus, parasitic in birds from Northern Michigan, with a key and notes on other species of the genus. J. Parasit., Urbana. 1932, 19: 32.—Szidat, L. Studien zur Svstematik und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gattung Leucochloridium Carus; Bemerkungen zur Arbeit von G. Witenberg (1925) Versuch einer Monographic der Trematodenunterfamilie Hormostominae Braun. Zschr. Parasitenk., 1935-36, 8: 645-53.—Woodhead, A. E. The mother sporocysts of Leuco- ehloridium. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1935, 21: 337-46. LEUCOCYTE. See Leukocyte. LEUCOCYTOGREGARINA. See also Haemogregarinidae; Hepatozoidae; see also Leucocytozoon. Adie, J. R. Note on a leucocytozoon found in Mus rattus in the Punjab. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1906, 9: 325.— Babudieri, B. Sulla presunta Leucocytogregarina bovis De Gasperi 1933. Riv. malarioh, 1934, 13: 232-4.—Bentley, C. A. Preliminary note upon a leucocytozoon of the dog. Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 988. ------ A new leucocytozoon of the dog. Ibid., 1018.—Dolfini, G., & Castelii, D. Sull'inoculazione della leucocitogregarina nei ratti splenectomizzati e colorati vitalmente. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1931, 128-33, pl. Also Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1931, 3: 313-7.— Franchini, G. Su di una leucocito-gregarina dello scoiattolo (Sciurus vulgaris) Arch. ital. sc. col., 1932, 13: 385-9.— James, S. P. A new leucocytozoon of dogs. Brit. M. J., 1905, 1: 1361.—Leucocytozoon (A; of mammals. Rep. Wellcome Res. Lab., Khartoum, 1906, 2: 110.—Mathis, C, & Leger. Presence d'un leucocytozoaire chez les chiens du Tonkin. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 63: 98-100.—Monastra-Abate, A. Leukozytengregarinenbefund in Ratten (Mus decumanus) Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1925, 29: Beih. 1, 114. LEUCOCYTOSIS. See Leukocytosis. LEUCOCYTOZOON. See also Blood, Parasites; Haemoproteidae; also Leucocytogregarina for Leucocytozoon muris. O'Roke, E. C. A malaria-like disease of ducks, caused by Leucocytozoon anatis Wick- ware. 44p. 8? Ann Arb., 1934. Bull No. 4, Sch. Forestry & Conserv. Univ. Michigan. Becker, E. R. Leucocytozoon. In Dis. Poultry (Biester, H. E., & Devries, L.) Ames, 1943, 781-3.—Berestnev, N. Ueber das Leucocytozoon danilewskyi. Arch. Protistenk., 1904, 3: 376-86, pl.—Coatney, G. R. A catalog and host- index of the genus Leucocytozoon. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1937, 23:202-12.—Hagan, W. A. The leucocytozoa. In his Infect. Dis. Domest. Animals, Ithaca, 1943, 459-63.—Hartman, E. The asexual cycle in Leucocyrtozoon anatis. J. Parasit., Ur- bana, 1928-29, 15: 178-82, 2 pl.—Huff, C. G. Schizogony and gametocyte development in Leucocytozoon simondi, and com- parisons with Plasmodium and Haemoproteus. J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 71: 18-32, 4 pl.—Ivanic, M. Zur Kenntnis der gewohn- lichen ^weiteilung und der in den Leberzellen der Hausgans (Anser domesticus L.) vorkommenden multiplen Teilung (Schizogonie) bei Leucocytozoon anseris Knuth und Magde- burg. Arch. Protistenk., 1937, 89: 16-44, pl.—Leger & Mathis, C. Leucocytozoon de la perdrix du Tonkin. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, 23: 740-3, pl. —•---- Leucocyto- zoon de la poule. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 67:470-2. ------ Recherches sur le leucocytozoon de la poule; periodicite des formes sexuees dans le sang. Ibid., 688-90.—Morello, E. Ematozoari di uccelli rapaci e notturni. Profilassi, 1938, 11: 175-8.—Porter, A. The leucocytozoa, protozoal parasites of the colourless corpuscles of the blood of vertebrates. Science Progr., Lond., 1909, 3: 248-66.—Rodhain, J. Deux leuco-. cytozoon d'oiseaux du Congo beige. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 273-6.—Sarnelli, T. Su di un leucocytozoon del Bubo bubo bubo. Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935, 16: 186-92.— Schwetz, J. Sur des Leucocytozoon trouves chez divers oiseaux de LAfrique centrale. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 818-21.— Skidmore, L. V. Leucocytozoon smithi infection in turkeys and its transmission by Simulium occidentale Townsend. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 125: 329. LEUCOL. See under Quinolein. LEUCONOSTOC. See also Lactobacteriaceae. Alford, J. A., & McCleskey, C. S. Studies on slime produc- tion by some members of the genus Leuconostoc. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 43: 24.—Bakushinskaia, O. A. [A comparative study of Leuconostoc mesenterioides and Leuconostoc agglu- tinans] Microbiology, Moskva, 1940, 9: 444-52, pl.—Hehre, E. J. Serological properties of products synthesized from sucrose by enzymes from different strains of leuconostoc LEUCONOSTOC bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54: IS. - - Comparison of dextran synthesis by leuconostoc enzyme with starch synthesis by potato phosphorylase. Ibid., 240.— Hlava, J. O podmfnkach pathogennfch vlastnostf leukonostoku lidsk6ho. Cas. lek. eesk., 1904, 43: 350-4.—Hucker. G. J., & Pederson. C. S. A study of the phvsiology and classification of the genus Leuconostoc. Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1931-32, 85: 65-114.-—Zettnow, E. Ueber Froschlaichbildungen in Saccha- rose cnthaltenden I Kij-sigkeiten. Zschr. Hyg., 1907, 57: 154-72, 6 pl. ---- mesenteroides. Evans, T. H., Hawkins, W. L., & Hibbert, H. Studies on reactions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides; antigenicity of dextran produced bv Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Exp. M., 1941, 74: 511-8.—Gaines, S., & Stahly, G. L. Nutritional requirements for growth of Leuconostoc mesente- roides. J. Bact., Bait., 1942, 44: 259. ------ The growth requirements of Leuconostoc mesenteroides and preliminary studies on its use as an assay agent for several members of the vitamin B complex. Ibid., 1943, 46: 441-9.—Hehre, E. J., & Sugg, J. Y. Serologically reactive polysaccharides produced through the action of bacterial enzymes; dextran of Leueoripstoc mesenteroides from sucrose. J. Exp. M., 1942, 75: 339-53.— Kagan, B. O. [Biochemical properties of S- and O-variants of Leuconostoc mesenteroides] Mikrobiologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 158-85, pl. Also in Minlivist mikrob. (Kiev Inst, mikrob.) 1939, 203-8. —---- Latker. S. N., & Zfasmar, E. M. I'hos- phorolysis of saccharose bv cultures of Leuconostoc mesenteri- oides. Biokhimia, Moskva, 1942, 7: 93-108.—Levi, L, Haw- king, W. L., & Hibbert, H. Studies on reactions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides; structure of the dextran svnthesized by the action of Leuconostoc mesenteroides on suriose. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1942, 64: 1959-62.—Sugg, J. Y., & Hehre, E. J. Reactions of dextrans of Leuconostoc mesenter- oides with the antiserums of Leuconostoc and of tvpes, 2,20 and 12 Pneumococcus. J. Immun., Bait., 1942, 43: 119-28. ---- viscosum. Nieto Roaro, D., & Maecke, M. Contribuci6n al estudio bacteriologico del aguamiel v del pulque; Leuconostoc visco- sum (Carbajal 1901) An. Inst, biol., Mex., 1940, 11: 1-34. LEUCOPAXILLUS. Singer, R., & Smith, A. H. A monograph on the genus Leucopaxillus Boursier. Papers Michigan Acad. Sc. (1942) 1943, 28: 85-132, 8 pl. LEUCOZOL. See in 5. ser. Chorion, Extract. LEUCYL compounds. See under Leucine. LEUDET, Lucien, fl. ca 1866-68. Les bron- chitiques goutteux aux Eaux-Bonnes. 36p. 21'km. Par., F. Leve, 1888. Also Ann. Soc. hydrol., Par., 1888, 33: LEUE, Kurt, 1907- *Ueber subkutane Leberrupturen. 19p. 8? Kiel, K. J. Rossler, 1934. LEUE, Kurt, 1912- *Ueber das Wachs- tum der Baz. putrificus, botulinus und Rausch- brand in synthetischen Nahrlosungen unter anaeroben Bedingungen. 40p. 8? Berl., F. Linke, 1938. LEUERMANN, Alois. *Zahn- und Mund- verhaltnisse bei den Volkschiilern des Kreises Ahaus [Munster] 16p. 21cm. Bielefeld, Beyer & Hausknecht, 1937. LEUKANEMIA. See Erythroleukosis; also Myelosis, leuk- anemic. LEUKARACHNION. Geitler, L. Ein neuer filarplasmodialer Organismus, Leuk- arachnion batrachospermi, und seine Lebensweise. Biol. Zbl., 1942. 62: 541-9. LEUKEMIA. See also Leukosis; Lymphadenosis; Myelosis; Monocytosis; Plasmacytosis, etc. Forkner, C. E. Leukemia and allied dis- orders. 333p. 8? X. Y., 1938. >2 LEUKEMIA Ordway, T., Gorham. L. \Y, & Beebe, R. T. Leukemia. p.681-7(>2(3K) 26,£cm. N. Y. [1933] In Oxford M., N. Y., 1943. Angel Etcheverry, M. Leucemias (atlas de hematologia comentado) Dfa med., B. Air., ed. espec, 1939, 179, pl.— Bache, W., & Shane, H. The leukemias. Bull. Guthrie Clinic, 1933, 2: 104-10.—Brown, P. Leukaemia. Homoeop. Rec, 1940, 55: No. 11, 39- 42.—Carvalho, (). de. Leucemia-. Pub. med., S. Paulo, 1942-43, 14: No. 5. 3 7.—Craver. L. F. Leu- kemia as it is known today. Trained Nurse, 1943. 110: 419- 23.—Decastello, A. Neue Ergebnisse der LeukaniiefoiM'hung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 1081-3.—DeSauielle. W. T. Leukemia. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1925-26, 18: 316-21.— Gaudet, J. A. The leukemia complex. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1934,87: 119-22.—Gloor, W. Die Leukamien. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1931, 45: 207-41.—Gram, H. C. & Nielsen. R. [Pre- vention of leukemia in Denmark] I'gcskr. laeger. 1932, 94: 437-43.—Hunter, F. T. Thrf leukemias. ('ommonhealth, Bost., 1934. 21: 271-3.—Isaacs, R. Leukemia. In Geriatr. Med. (Stieglitz, E. J.) Phila., 1943, 827-30.—Jackson, H., jr. The leukemias. N. England J. M., 1940, 222: 22-8. ----— Leukemia. Ibid., 1941, 225: 978-80.—Johnston, E. E. Leu- kaemia, a review. Canad. J. M. Techn., 1940-41, 3: 104-9.— Leube, W. von. Leukemia. In Dis. Metab. (Cabot, R. C.) N. Y., 1910, 344-09.—Leukemia. Roche Rev., Nutlev, 1938-39, 3: 267-73.—Levine, V. Leukemia. Q. Chicago M. School, 1943-44, 4: No. 2, 14; 34.—Martins Pereira, J. J. Leucemias. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1929, 47: 117-31.— Monger, R. H. Leukemia. J. Tennessee M. Ass., p.l.39, 32: 319-24.—Reid, W. J. S. The leukaemias. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1941, 206: 51-5.—Rey, M.. & Diharre. A. A. Las leucemias. Rev. med. lat. amer.. B. Air., 1937, 23: 19-66.— Watt, W. L., & Braine, J. F. C. Leukaemia. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1927, 77: 248-52. ---- acute. See Leukemia, acute. ---- aleukemic. See Leukosis, aleukemic. ---- anemic. See Myelosis, leukanemic. ---- aplastic. See Anemia, aplastic; also Myelosis, aplastic. ---- Associated disease. Bauer, H. G., & McGavack, T. H. Leukemia and diabetes mellitus; report of a case. Bull. N. York M. Coll., 1940, 3: No. 2, 7-11.—Dock, G. The influence of complicating diseases upon leukaemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1904, n. ser., 127: 563-92.— Engelbreth-Holm, J. Leukaemi og anden malign svulst hos samme patient. Nord. med., 1941, 9: 791-9.—Ferrero, A., & Gedda, L. Sull'associazione clinica dei processi neoplastici e leucemici. Cancro, Tor., 1933, 4: 76-92.—Fontana, L. Leu- cemia e malaria: osservazioni e considerazioni cliniche. Miner- va med., Tor., 1927, 7: 170-82.—Funck, C. Zum Verstandnia der Besserung der Leukamie durch intercurrente Infektionen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1906, 43: 1308-11.—Liberti, R. Cancro associato a leucemia (contributo clinico, anatomo-istologico, bibliografico) Riv. osp., 1940, 30: 367-87.—Marques, J. F. Herpes zoster generalisatus bei Leukamie. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1937-38, 176: 295-308.—Morrison, M., Feldman, F., & Samwick, A. A. Carcinoma and leukemia; report of two cases with combined lesions; review of literature. Ann. Int. M., 1944, 20: 75-84.—Oberling, C, & Guerin, M. Les rapports entre leucemie et cancer a la lumiere de recherches experi- mentales recentes. Paris med., 1934, 91: 239-45.—Penzold, H. Leukamie und Carcinom. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1937, 180: 430-8.—Schupfer, F. Ueber den Einfluss interkurrierender Infektionskrankheiten auf die Leukamie und deren thera- peutischen Wert. Berl. klin. ther. Wschr., 1904, 1200-2, Also Wien klin. ther. Wschr., 1904, 1200-2. Also Policlinico. 1905, 12: sez. med., 145-71. ---- Associated disease: Tuberculosis. Richard, C. V. *Des rapports entre la tuber- culose et la leucemie a propos dr deux cas inedits. 56p. 8? Par., 1938. Fortunato, A. Leucemia e tubercolosi; osservazioni cliniche. Gazz. osp., 1938, 59: 834-42.—Guyot, G. Sulla complicanza della leucemia con infezione tubercolare. Ibid., 1907, 38: 1092-8.—Hemmerling, H., & Schleussing, H. Leukamie und Tuberkulose. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1927, 157: 309-19, pl.— Holler, G. Krankheitsbilder, die durch das interimistisehe Auftreten einer Tuberkulose bei Leukamien entstanden sind. Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1931, 30: 24-6.—Jaffe, R. H. Tuberculosis and leukaemia. Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1933, 27: 32-46.—Margreth, G. Tubercolosi e leucemia. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt 1, 11-5.—Navarro, J. C. Estado leu- cemico y tuberculosis. Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, LEUKEMIA 783 LEUKEMIA 732-5.—Ulrich, H., & Parks, H. The relation between leu- kemia and tuberculosis; report of a case. N. England J. M., 1940, 222: 711-4. ---- atypical. See Leukemoid; aleukemic, etc. Leukosarcoma; Myelosis, Bone marrow. ----avian. See Erythroleukosis—in fowl. .--- basophil. See Myelosis, basophil. ---- Blood. Albers, D. Die Serumphosphatase bei myeloischer und lvmphatis'cher Leukamie. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1939, 105: 1*55-60 —Aubertin, C, & Gabe, M. Sedimentation globulaire et leucocvtaire dans la leucemie. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1940, 56: 461-5.—D'Agata, G. Nota sul potere battericida del siero di sangue di un leucemico in relazione a quello del siero di persona sana. Nuova riv. chn. ter., 1907, 10: 135-7, tab —Erben F. Die chemische Zusammensetzung des leuka- mischen Blutes. Zschr. klin. Med., 1908, 66: 278-301.— Fiessinger N., & Laur, C. M. Sur un corpusculin du sang des leucemies. Ann. med., Par., 1936, 40: 212-9.—Greppi, E., & Buccianti, E. La pletora plasmatica nelle leucemie; osserva- zioni sui rapporti fra splenectomia e volume del plasma. Mi- nerva med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt 1, 897-903.—Magat, I.,& Magat, M Sur le spectre ultraviolet du sang normal et leucemique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 2181-4.—Neumann, W., & Neugebauer, W. Scheinbare Blutgruppenanderung bei einem Leukamiekranken bei Unvertraglichkeit von Blut eines soge- nannten Universalspenders. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32:1067- 70 —Pfeiffer, T. Ueber den Fibrinogengehalt leukamischen Blutes. Zbl. inn. Med., 1904, 25: 809-16.—Puxeddu, E. 11 volume del sangue circolante nelle leucemie. Atti Soc. med. nat. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 199-218.—Schumm, O. Zur Chemie des leukamischen Blutes. Deut. med. Wschr., 1905, 31: 1831.—Stoenesco, P., & Nicolau, C. T. La sedimentation croisee des globules rouges chez les leucemiques irradies. Bull Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1930, 12: 229-32.—Vilter, R. W., Vilter, S. P., & Spies, T. D. A note on the blood code- hydrogenases I and II in lymphatic or myelogenous leukemia. South. M. J., 1939, 32: 619.—White, J. C. Leukosin, a new substance found in the blood of leukaemia, also a description of another crystalline body found in the vomitus. Boston M. & S. J., 1861, 65:341-3. ---- Bone, joints and muscles. Apitz, K. Ueber Knochenveranderungen bei Leukamie Virchows Arch., 1938, 302: 301-22.—Bade, H. Rontgenolo- gisch nachweisbare Knochenveranderungen bei Leukamien. Rontgenpraxis, 1940, 12: 135-8.—Baty, J. M., & Vogt, EC. Bone changes of leukemia in children. Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 34: 310-4.—Clark, J. J. Unusual bone changes in leukemia. Radiology, 1936, 26: 237-42.—Connor, C. L Clinically demonstrable bone changes in leukemia. Am. J. Cancer, 1937, 29: 20-4.—Conybeare, E. T. A case of leukaemia simulating acute rheumatism and Still's di>ease. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1936, 86: 343-9.—Craver, L. F., & Copeland, M. M. Changes of the bones in the leukemias. Arch. Surg., 193o, 30: 039- 46—Fbbehoj, K. [Several cases of roentgenologic diagnosis of changes in the bones in leucemia] Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: [Dansk radiol. selsk. forh.l 18-25.—Erb, I. H., & Brown, A. Bone changes in leukemia: pathologic findings. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 812.-Fuchs, B. Ueber Gelenker- scheinungen bei kindlicher Leukamie. Mschr. Kinderh., 1935, 63: 185-93.—Grabowski, W. [Skeletal changes in leucemia] Polski przegl. radjol., 1938, 13: 175-7.—Halbertsrna, T. leber Gelenkerscheinungen bei Leukamie. Finderarztl. Prax., 1941, 12: 105.—Krabbe, K. H. [Finger deformities (polyneuritis or periarthrosis) in leucemia] Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: [Neur. selsk. forh.] 7.—Krafft, J. Leukamische Gelenksymptome im Kindesalter. Kinderarztl. Prax. 193b 7: 295-9.—Machado Espinosa, M., Tallet Grenier, S. [et ah] Leucemia a forma artritica. Arch. med. intern., Habana, 194U, 6: 300-4.—Mendl, K., & Saxl, O. Bone changes in leukemia. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 31-6.—Merio, P. Zur Rontgen- diagnostik leukamischer Veranderungen der Schadelbasis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 1189-92.—Nisio S Uebei leukamische Veranderungen im Felsenbein. Zschr. Hals years, associated with tuberculous mesenteric glands. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1902-03, 3: 47- 50 —Cooke, J. V. Leukemia. In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J )' Hagerstown, 1937, 3: chap. 18, 1-33.—Edward. 17. G. Leu- kaemia in children. Clin. J., Lond., 1939, 68: 100-6.—Gill, J M On leukaemia and allied conditions in children. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1905) 1907, 7: 75-7.—Gittins R. Studies in the anaemias of infancy and early childhood; leu- kaemia (leucosis) in children. Arch. Dis. Childh. Lond., 1933, 8- 291-322—Hunter, W. K. Leukaemia in childhood, with notes of 22'cases. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow (1927-28) 1929 22: 51-80. Also Glasgow M. J., 1928, 109: 1-29.- Klein, E. Seltene Leukamieformen. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1938, 9. iq_2__Kranzle, P., & Rehn, H. Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Leukamie bei einem 9jahrigen Knaben. Arch. Kinderh. 1909 50: 126-33.—Lange, C. de [Leukemia in children] Ned.' tschr. geneesk., 1935 79: 1677-84.-Leimena J [Leu- cemia in children] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1941 81: 373- »4_Lenhartz [Knabe mit leukamischen Erscheinungen] Jahrb Hamburg Staatskrankenanst. (1903-04) 1905 9: 173- 5.—Mettier, S. R., & Palmer, W. Leucemia in infants and children. In Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.) N. Y., 1938, 4-. LEUKEMIA 7S 3039-48.— Oggioni. G. Contributo clinico e anatomo-pato- logico alio studio delle leucemie nell eta infantile. Arch. ital. pediat., 1933 31,2:612-52.—Orrico, J. Estados preleucemicos en la infancia. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1928, 22: 685-97.—Pierce, M. Childhood leucemia. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 66-95.—Radnay, B. Leukamien des Sauglings- und Kindesalters. Zbl. allg. Path., 1942-43, 80: 409.—Ramsay, G. W. St C. Leukaemia in infancy and earlv life. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1927, 2: 119-37.- Richardicre & Tessier. Note sur un cas de leucemie infantile. Ann. med. chir. inf., Par., 1904, 8: 313-6. Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1904, 6: 106-10.—Saxl, O. Zur Frage der Leukamie im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1937, 3. F., 100: 228-46, tab—Smith, C. H. Leucemia in childhood with onset simulating rheumatic disease. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7: 390-400.—Spigel, H. A. Leu- kemias of infancy and early childhood. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1938, 55: 7-21.—Szyfman & Kocen [Case of leucemia in a giri aged 12 with unusual course] Warsz. czas. lek., 1937, 14: 449.—Tixier, L. Les leucemies. In Traite meel. enfants (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par., 1934, 2: 844-62.—Wollstein, M. Leukemia in young children. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1932, 44:43. ---- chlorotic. See Chloroma; for chlorotic lymphoid leukemia see Chloroleukosarcoma. ---- chlorotic myeloid. See under Myelosarcomatosis. ---- chronic. Hering, E. M. *Ein Beitrag zur chronischen Leukaemie unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Erblichkeit und des Auftretens im hoheren Lebensalter. 52p. 8? Lpz., 1935. Bardachzi, F., Epstein, R., & Fiedler, E. Zur Behandlung der chronischen Leukamie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1671- 4.— Cutler, E. G. A case of chronic leukemia. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, 151: 72.—Grinschpun, S., & Raventns, E. Estudios Bobre leucemias cr6nicas; etiopatogenia, frecuencia y diagn6stico. Rev. med. Chile, 1943, 71: 645-53. ------ Estudios sobre leucemias cr6nicas; casufstica, sintomatologia, complicaciones, hematologfa, y anatomfa patol6gica. Ibid., 878-90.—Hirsch- feld, H. Ueber chronische Leukamien ohne Milz- und Lymph- knotenvergrosserung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1160.— Nystrom, B. [Chronic leukemia and its treatment] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1931, 73: 247-97.—Pascucci, L. M. Chronic leukemia; a statistical study of symptoms, duration of life, and prognosis. Radiology, 1942, 39: 75-80.—Zaitzeva, A. S, [Course and therapy of chronic leukemia] Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 2103-10. ---- Classification, and types. Ragoza, H. [Leucemia, definition and classi- fication] 36p. 12? Leningr., 1926. Bierring, W. L. Etiological classification of leukaemia. Iowa M. J., 1907-08, 14: 444-56.—Forkner, C. E. Classification and terminologv of leukemia and allied disorders. Arch. Int. M., 1937, 60: 582-=96.—Jong, J. J. de [A peculiar form of leucemia] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1940, 84: 1301-9. Also Acta med. scand., 1941, 108: 251-60.—Mallarme, J. Leucemie aigue et cryptoleucemie. Progr. med., Par., 1940, pt 1, 97- 103.—Moon, V. H. A classification of leukemic and allied conditions. Am. J. Path., 1938, 14: 668-70.—Neal, M. P. The leukemias, their nature, tvpes and diagnosis. Radiol. Rev., 1935, 57: 204-24.— Roversi, A. S., & Salaris, C. Leucemia monocitica e leucemia reticoloendoteliale. Haematologica, Pavia, 1938, 19: 735-826, 4 pl.—Rubnitz, A. S. Classification of leukemias. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1932, 2: 24.3-54.—Southwell- Sander, G. A rare type of leukaemia. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1938, 24: 342-4. ---- Clinical aspect. Issels, J. *Ueber das Krankheitsbild der Leukamie [Wurzburg] 56p. 8? Gladbach, 1933. Azzi, E., & Curci, C. Su di alcuni peculiari aspetti del quadro tenninale dei kueemici. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1937, 109: 173.—Barchasch. P. A. [Clinic of acute and chronic leukemia; 6 cases] Ru--. klin., 1927, 7: 695-715. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1927-28, 35: 229-48.—Becart. A. L'etat leucemique. Clinique, Par., 1927, 22: 129. Also Vie med., Par., 1927, 8: 641-3.—Caird, J. C. The early stages of leu- kaemia. Edinburgh M. J., 1940, 47: 264-86.—Carro, S. Estados preleucemicos. Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1931, 17: 121-3.— Costanzi, C. Contributo alio studio delle leucemie neoplasti- formi. Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1936, 7: 139-88, 3 pl.—Crawford, B. L., & Weiss, E. A consideration of leukemia, with especial reference to a subacute form. Am. J. M. Sc, 1928, 175: 622-30.—Garrote Vega, M. Algunas consideraciones sobre los estados leucemicos. Medicina, Madr., 1942, 10: pt 2, 326; 1943, 11: 149; 508.—Gordon, L. Zur Beurteilung der Leukamien durch den praktischen Arzt. Tungchi med. LEUKEMIA Mschr., 1927--28, 3: 121-33—Jugenburg. A.. & Twchotschia, K. Neue Ergebnisse zum Verstiiiidnis des Loukamioverlaufes. Strahlentherapie, 1931, 41: 86-100. Linde, C. Der Verlauf der Leukamien in Abhangigkeit vom Lebensalter. Zschr. Altersforsch., 1940, 2: 173-82.- -Mahaflcy. H. The elinieal picture of leukemia. Kentucky M. J., 1933, 31: 432. Martclli, G. Gli stati preleucemici nell'infanzia. Kinase, med., I'.i27, 4: 454--6, 2 pl.— Materna, A., & Niesner. F. Leber eine seltene Form der Leukamie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 1122 5.- Reed, E. B. Some clinical aspects of leukemia. Nebraska M. J., 1941, 26: 429-32.—Saragea, T., & Valter, V. Contribu- tions a l'etude de l'etat pieleinvmique. Sang, Par., 1934, 8: 1117-22.—Sprensen, S. T. [M\ experiences with leukemia] Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 909; 1928, 71: 6 19. Slagelschmidt, P. Zur Klinik der Leukamien. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 51: 50-65.—Weil, P. E. Sur les etats hemorragiparas terminant revolution des leucemies. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 165. ---- Complication. Ceconi, A. Leucemia e gotta. Minerva med., Tor., 1930, 21: pt 1, 53; 101.—Lo Presti-Seminerio, F. Sindrome leu- cemica cronica con ematoma (stato attuale degli studii sulla leucemia) Studium, Nap., 1926, 16: 214-7.—Meissner, R. Zur Behandlung leukamischer Folgezustande. Rontgenpraxis, 1930, 2: 414-7. ---- congenital. Giehrach, A. *Ein Beitrag zur Klinik der angeborenen und kindlichen Leukamie [Konigs- berg] 18p. 8? Wurzb., 1937. Gradenwitz, E. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Leukaemie in der Graviditat*|und der ange- borenen Leukaemie [Basel] 59p. 8? Frankf., 1935. Acuna, M., & Vallino, M. T. Leucemia embrionaria de probable origen congenito. Arch, argent, pediat., 1941, 15: 443-8.—Biingeler, W. Angeborene Leukamie. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1931, 41: 257-64.--Cleland, J. B. A case of congenital leucocythoemia. Australas. M. Gaz., 1909, 28: 303.—Cross, F. S. Congenital leucemia; report of 2 cases. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1944, 24: 191-4.—Kelsey, W. M., jr, & Andersen, D. H. Congenital leukemia. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939, 58: 1268-77.—Leschen, H. A., & Cleland, J. B. A case of congenital leukaemia. Tr. Australas. M. Congr. (1908) 1909, 1: 246-50— Rhamy, B. W. Leukemia in the new born, with death at birth from traumatic rupture of the spleen. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1938, 8: 567-72.—Stransky, E. Bemerkun- gen zur Arbeit: Angeborene Leukamie; von Walter Biingeler. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1932, 43: 173. ---- Cytology. See also subheading Leukocytes. Gunther, G. W. *Speichelkorperchen bei Leukamie. 25p. 8? Berl. [1934] Bohrod, M. G. Inclusion bodies in leucocytes in leukemia. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1931, 44: 179-83.—Claude, A., & Potter. J. S. Isolation of chromatin threads from the resting nucleus of leukemic cells. J. Exp. M., 1943, 77: 345-54, 3 pl.—Craciu- neanu, A., Calalb, G., & Bonciu, O. Sur la presence des corps d'Auer et sur un aspect anormal de la substance azurophile des leucocytes dans le sang d'une leucemique. Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1930, 3: 55-63, pl.—Du Bois, A. H., & Sciclounoff, F. Note sur les mitoses dans le sang leucemique. Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 536-9.—Fieschi, A., & Storti, E. Ricerche di cito- metria nelle leucemie. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 1676-8. Also Haematologica, Pavia, 1935, 16: 345-66, ch.— Gounelle, H. Sur la difficulte de differencier le monocyte et de certains ieucoblastes au cours des 6tats leucemiques. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937, 31: 72-4.— Groat, W. A. Leukemias showing haploid leukoblasts undergoing mitotic division in circulating blood. Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 185: 624.-9, 2 pl.— Kempner, W. The nature of leukemic blood cells as deleimined by their metabolism. J. Clin. Invest., 1939, 18: 291-300 — Lonero, G., & Quaranta, L. Intorno ai corpi di Auer nella leucemia acuta e cronica. Rinasc. med., 1929, 6: No. 1, 7-9, 2 pl.—Pappenheim, A. Ueber eigenartige Zelleinschliisse bei Leukamie. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1907) 1908, 38: 2. T., 533-40. Also Berl. klin.Wschr., 1908, 45:60-2 [Discussion] 80—Parker, F., & Rhoads, C. P. Some observations on incubated leukemic bloods. Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 167-80.—Timofejevsky, A. D., & Benevolenskaia, S. V. Neue Beobachtungen an lymphoiden Zellen der myeloiden und lymphatischen Leu- kamie in Explantations-Versuchen. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1929, 8: 1-34, 2 pl. ---- Diagnosis. Colgan, J. J. *A consideration of leukemia, with special reference to diagnosis and sympto- matology [Marquette Univ.] 15p. 4? Mil- waukee, 1930. LEUKEMIA 785 LEUKEMIA Abt, A. F. The diagnosis of leukemia in childhood. Penn- sylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 389-95. Also Med. Clin. N. America, 1937-38, 21: 89-118.—Amozurrutia, J. Uma f6rmula sencilla para el diagnostico de leucemia. Bol. Soc. mutual. med. farm. Guadalajara, 1939, 11: 25-35.—Becart. Diagnostic rapide des etats leucemiques. Bull. Soc. mid. Paris, 1935, 34-6.—Biichler, H. Diagnose und Differentialdiagnose der Leukaemien. Praxis, Bern. 1936, 25: 320-3.—Forkner, C. E. Leukemia; diagnosis and treatment. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1940) 1941, 325-9.—Gordon, L. Zur Beurteilung der Leukamien durch den praktischen Arzt. Fortsch. Med., 1927, 45: 28-31.—Gulland, C. L. Les diffi- cultes du diagnostic de la leucemie. Strasbourg med., 1926, 84: pt 1, 158-264.—Hamman, L. The diagnosis of leukemia, N. England J. M., 1942, 227: 275.—Hooft, C, & Verhoestraete, L. [Diagnostic possibilities in leucemia in children] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1939-40, 9: 279-91, 3 pl.—Hunter, F. T. The leukemias: their diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Med. Clin. N. America, 1937, 21: 349-59.—Isaacs, R. Diag- nosis of leukemia and response to therapy. Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb., 1938, 4: 129.—Jaffe, R. H. Differential diagnostic difficulties in leukemia. Mississippi Doctor, 1935-36, 13: No. 10, 22-6.—Lazeanu, E., & Valter. V. [Diagnosis and treat- ment of leukemia] Romania med., 1929, 7: 260-2.—Lightwood, R., Hawksley, J. C, & Bailey. U. M. Supravital staining in the diagnosis of the leukaemias. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934-35, 28: 405-9, 2 pl.—Moran. Las sombras de Gum- precht en el diagn6stico de las leucemias. Prensa med. argent., 1940, 27: pt 1, 1151-4.—Naegeli, O. Die Erkennung leu- kamischer Zustande durch den praktischen Arzt. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 18: H. 3, 26-33. ■------ Diagnostische und allgemeine Probleme bei Leukamien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 635-8. ------ Differentialdiagnose der Leukamien. In his Differ. Diagn. inn. Med., Lpz., 1936-37, 60-8.—Oliva, R. Um diagnostico de leucemia mascarado por dois afeccdes da garganta, difteria e angina de Vincent. Rev. otolar. S. Paulo, 1936, 4: 1259-62.—Oliver, E. A.. & Gold, M. A. A case for diagnosis. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1941, 44: 302.—Papa- fotis, G. La ponction de la rate et son importance pour l'etude etiologique des leucemies. Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: 399- 402.—Reich, C. The diagnosis of human leukemia. Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 198. Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1941, 153: 319-21.—Rosenthal, N., & Harris, W. Leukemia, its diagnosis and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 702-6.—Schteintgart, M. Metodo macrosc6pico para el diagnostico de la sangre leucfimica. Prensa mid. argent., 1927, 14: 296.—Schultze, W. H. Zur Differentialdiagnose der Leukamien. Munch, med. Wschr., 1909, 56: 167-9.— Stransky, E., & Qnintos, F. N. Differential diagnosis of leu- cemia. J. Philippine M. Ass., 1940, 20: 267-72.—Tidy, H. L Leukaemia: differential diagnosis and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1936, 136: 237-51. ---- Digestive system. Berenbrinker, B. *Ueber die Veranderungen der Mundhohle bei Leukamien. 38p. 8? Bonn, 1936. Cornely, N. *Ueber die Lokalisation der Leukaemie in der Mundhohle. 43p. 8? Bonn, 1929. Oerter, H. *Die Mundhohle bei allgemeinen Stauungszustanden, sekundaren Anamien und lymphatischer und myeloischer Leukamie. 31p. 8? Rost., 1934. Perl, M. *Leukamische Magentumoren. 23p. 8? Bresl., 1925. Rogge, E. O. P. *Munderscheinungen als diagnostische Faktoren bei Leukamien und Agranulozytose [Munchen] 31p. 8! Pfaffen- hofen, 1936. Boikan, W. S. Leukemic changes of the gastro-intestinal tract. Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 42-57.—Cupar. I. L'hyper- trophie de la gencive, symptome precoce de la leucemie. Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935, 56: 1004-8.—Davis, C. L., & Fitz-Hugh, T., jr. Achlorhydria in the leukemias. Am. J. M. Sc, 1939, 197: 763-6.—DeWan. C. H.. & Sullivan, J. F. Oral manifesta- tions of leukemia. Guthrie Chn. Bull., 1941-42, 11: 104-8 — Dobreff, M. Die Magensaftsekretion bei myelogener und lymphatischer Leukamie. Deut. Arch. khn. Med., 1937, 180: 382-5.—FitzGerald, L. M. Oral lesions in the leukemias. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1943, 33: 424-6.—Love, A. A. Leukemic lesions in stomatology. Dent. Cosmos, 1936, 78: 1011-20.— Meyer, O. O. Achlorhydria in leucemia. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24: 135-7.—OU, A. Die Beteiligung des Magen- Darmtractus bei den leukamischen und ahnlichen Erkrankun- gen des hamatopoetischen Systems. Virchows Arch., 1936, 297: 548-64.'—Resch, C. A. Oral manifestation of leucemia. Am. J. Orthodont., 1940, 26: 901-7.—Smith, E. C. Cancrum oris in a case of leukaemia. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1925-26, 19: 394-6.—Spitzer. B. Zur Patho-Histologie der Gingiva bei akuter Leukamie. Oesterr. ungar. Vjschr. Zahnh., 1908, 24: 217-38, 2 pl.—Straith, F. E. Leukemias. Dent. Digest, 1941, 47: 15-7.—Strandell, B., & Torgersruud, T. Die Magensekretion bei Leukamie. Acta med. scand., 1932, 463569—vol. 9, 4th series-----50 79: Suppl. 50, 344-9.—Uher, V. Leukamie der Speiserohre. Beitr. path. Anat., 1937-38, 100: 608-12.—Voegt, H. Magen- sekretion bei Leukamien. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1941, 187: 206-14.—Weil, P. E., & Isch-Wall, P. Les accidents bucco- pharynges des leucemies. Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48: 54-6.— Zanotto, G. Pratiche considerazioni su alcuni casi di leucemie ad inizio sintomatologico puramente ed esclusivamente gastrico. Haematologica, Pavia, 1940, 22: 25-32. ---- Endocrine aspect. Gosio, R. Sviluppo critici e concezione sperimentale intorno alia supposta componente endocrina delle leucemie croniche. Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez. med., 656-69.—Menard, O. J. Leukemia masked as hyperthyroidism. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1932, 12: 835-8.—Sciesinski, K. Ueber Geschwulste an der Stelle des Thymus und ihre Beziehungen zu leukamischen Prozessen. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, cl. mid., 1938, 73-113.-—Zelaschi, C. Risposta algi ormoni nelle leucemie. Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1934, 48: 549-67. ---- eosinophil. See under Eosinophilic. ---- erythroblastic. See Erythroblastosis. ---- Erythrocytopoiesis, and hemoglobin. Dietrich, T. *Untersuchungen iiber den Erythrocyten-Durchmesser bei Blutkrankheiten, insbesondere bei Fallen von Leukamie [Halle- Wittenberg] p.313-9. 8? Lpz., 1933. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 50: Achard, C, Ramond, L., & Foix, C. Resistance et activity des globules dans les leucemies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909, 66: 560-3.-—Bossa, G. Ricerche spettrografiche sulla emoglobina nei leucemici. Policlinico, 1940, 47: sez. prat., 1259 (Abstr.)— Hirschfeld. H. Ein bisher nicht beachtetes Blutfarbstoff- phanomen bei Leukamie. Acta med. scand., 1940, 103: 607- 9.—Jaffe, R. H. Erythropoiesis in leukemia. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 1933, 14: 91. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 49: 51-63 — Milhit, J., & Lamy, M. Les andmies preleuc6miques. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1382-90.—Morelli, A., & D'Ambrosio, L. II ricambio emoglobinico nelle leucemie. Haematologica, Pavia, 1939, 20: 253-71. ---- Etiology. Filippini, C. *Les leucemies par corps radioactifs et par rayons X. 45p. 8? Par., 1926. Geuder, H. *Ueber endogene und exogene Faktoren bei der Entstehung der Leukamie [Rostock] 15p. 8? Zeulenroda, 1933. Paschen, K. *Ueber Leukamien im Greisen- alter. 36p. 8? Rost., 1934. Allen, W. H. Leukemia; its etiology and pathology. Ken- tucky M. J., 1933, 31: 430-2.—Castellani, A. Leukemia in the tropics. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1906, 10: 555-64.—Corra- dini, G. Sulla frequenza di precedenti infettivi nei malati di leucemia e di anemia perniciosa. Riv. chn. med., 1931, 32: 173-5.—Curschmann, H. Ueber den Ausbruch akuter und chronischer Leukamien nach Entfettungskuren. Khn. Wschr., 1927, 6: 245-7.------Ueber Leukamien im Senium. Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 483.—Gedda, L., & Angeleri, C. Ricerche sperimentali sull'eziopatogenesi delle leucemie. Haematologica, Pavia, 1932, 13: 277-343, pl.—Gosio, R. Considerazioni ed impostazione sperimentale su alcuni orientamenti etio-pato- genetici delle leucemie croniche. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1935, 61:100-2.—H., M. K. Leukemia and extraction. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1942, 29: 886.—Herz, A. Infektionen mit leukamischem Blutbild. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1926, 39: 835-7.—Hiilse, W. Zur infektiosen Aetiologie der Leukamie. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931,170: 667-76.—Is leukemia a food deficiency disease? J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1936-37, 6:108.—Lazzarini, L. Leucemia da raggi Rontgen. Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 401-3.—Levy, M. Infektiose, hamorrhagische Diathese als pradisponierendes Moment fiir das Zustandekommen der Leukamie. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 50: 48-54.—Lignac, G. O. E. Die Benzol- leukamie bei Menschen und weissen Mausen. Krankheits- forschung, 1931, 9: 403-54.—Loewit. Ueber Haemamoeba leukaemiae magna. Verh. Deut. path. Ges. (1906) 1906, 40.— Lopez Fernandez, F., & Bidot Peralta, C. Sobre una observa- ci6n de leucemia aguda en el viejo. Arch, cuban. cancer, 1943, 2: 48-57. Also Rev. med. cubana, 1943, 54: 186-95.—Masetti, E.. & Rubinato, G. Sulla etiologia e patogenesi della leucemia. Bull. sc. med. Bologna, 1905, 8. ser., 5: 471-570, ch., pl.— Moorhead, T. G. A preliminary report of some investigations into the aetiology of leukaemia. Tr. R. Acad. M. Ireland, 1904, 22: 311-30, pl. Also Brit. M. J., 1904, 2: 600-5.—Nichols. J. B. The etiology of leukemia. Am. Med., 1903, 6: 102-9.— Pappenheim, A. Einige Worte zu den Ausfuhrungen im vorste- henden von Lehndorff und Zak. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1907, 4: 653.—Ramon y Cajal, P. Varios casos de leucemia. Clin. LEUKEMIA 7S(i LEUKEMIA mod., Zaragoza, 1905, 4: 1043-8.— Rusakov. A. V. [Osteo- sclerosis and leucemia] Klin, med., Moskva, 1942, 20: 32-46, pl.—Samson, J. W. Leukamie und Infektionskrankheiten, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung acuter Infektionen. Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 16: 264-9.—Schupfer. F. Studi sulle leucemie e pseudoleucemie; sull'etiologia e sulla patogenesi della leucemia. Riforma med., 1905, 21: 589; 623; 650.—Smith, A. A. Leukemia in advanced life. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, 75: 169.- Tarozzi, G. Su di una speciale varieta di blastomicete patogeno coltivato da un caso di leucemia. Sperimentale, 1903, 57: 728.—Weber, F. P. Specimens from a case of osteosclerotic anaemia or leukaemia. Tr. M. Soc. London, 1928-29, 52: 99- 103, pl.—Weil, P. E. La leucemie post-benzolique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3. ser., 48: 193-8.—Woodman, H. M. The etiology of leukaemia. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 50.—Ziemann. H. Ueber die etwaigen Beziehungen zwischen Leukamie und Malaria. Arch. Schifls Tropenhyg., 1932, 36: 249-52 ---- experimental. Balo, L. [Experimental leukemia in guinea-pig] Allatorv lap., 1935, 58: 143-6.—Bisceglie, V. Leucemie sperimentali. Athena, Roma, 1940. 9: 353-5.—Chianca. L. Tentativi di produzione sperimentale dei processi leucemici; revista sintetica. Fol. med., Nap., 1940, 26: 297-306.—Fleury Silveira, D. Leucemias experimentalmente provocadas; a prop6sito de um trabalho de Storti. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1942, 11: 67.—Gorer, P. A. Experimental studies on leukaemia and allied conditions. Guy's Hosp. (!az., Lond., 1943, 57: 166- 70.— MacDowell, E. C, Potter. J. S. [et al.] Experimental leukemia. Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Washington (1939-40) 1940, 39: 217-21.—Masetti, E., & Rubinato, G. Ricerche sulla leucemia sperimentale. Lav. Congr. med. int. (1903) 1904, 13: 401-4.—Meriini, D. Sopra la possibility di ottenere leucemie mediante iniezioni di bile. Pathologica, Genova, 1939, 31: 328-33.—Opie, E. L. The experimental production of leukemia and its significance in relation to the human disease. Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1942-43, 14: 382-92.—Richter. M. N. Experimental studies in leukemia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1934, 18: 762. ------ & MacDowell. E. C. Experiments with mammalian leukemia. Physiol. Rev., 1935, 15: 509-24.— Rozental, L. S. Eksperimentalnaya levkemiya. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1909, 72: 657-65, pl.—Storti E. Leucemias experi- mentalmente provocadas. Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo, 1941, 10: 149; passim.—Ziegler, K. Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung und das Wesen der Leukamie. Verh. Kongr. inn med., 1907, 24: 322-31. ---- Eye. Zuccoli, A. *Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie der Augenhintergrundsveranderungen bei lymphatischen und myeloischen Leukosen. 26p. 8? Muttenz-Basel. 1936. Arkhangelsky, V. N. [Intro-ocular changes in leukemias] Sovet, vest, oft., 1933, 3: 148-57.—Aylesworth. F. A. An unusual affection of the eye in leukaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1938, 38: 477.—Beauvieux & Bessiere. Troubles oculaires au cours de deux syndromes leucemiques. Arch, opht., Par., 1933, 50: 377-84.—Bonnet, P., & Paufique. L. Retinite leucemique; les modifications de l'aspect ophtalmoscopique en relation avec les phases de devolution clinique. Lyon med., 193o, 152: 211- 5.—Borgesoti, E. J., & Wagener, H. P. Changes in the eye in leukemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1929, 177: 663-76.—Fileti, A. Sulle alterazioni oculari nella leucemia (ricerche cliniche ed anatomo-patologiche) Ann. ottalm., 1928, 56: 97-116, pl.— Gibson, G. G. Clinical significance of the retinal changes in leukemia. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938, 20: 364-70.—Goldstein, I., & Wexier, D. Histologic observations on the funds in leukemia. Ibid., 1935, 13: 26-32.—Hansen, E. W. Eye lesions in leukemia. Minnesota M., 1942, 25: 580-4.—Henry, F. Le fond de l'oeil dans la leucemie. J. Hotel Dieu Montreal, 1940, 9: 169-72.—Herrick, J. B. Exophthalmos in leukemia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1906, 21: 325-30. Also Am. J. M. Sc, 1906, n. ser., 132: 873-8.—Hoeve, J. van der [Exophthal- mos in leukaemia] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 2212.— Kreibig, W. Ueber leukamische Fundusveranderungen. Zschr. Augenh.. 1931-32, 76: 358-64. ------ Ueber Bindehaut- veriinderungen bei leukamischen Erkrankungen. Ibid., 1934, 84: 120-36.—Kubik, J. Ueber leukamische Augenveranderun- gen. Arch. Augenh., 1933, 107: 142-52.—Larsson, S. Zur Kenntnis der Augenhintergrundveranderungen bei Leukamie. Acta ophth., Kbh., 1930, 8: 22-34.—Maklakov, A. A. Izmleneniya v glazu pri leukaemia. Med. obozr., Moskva, 1909, 71: 414-24, pl.—Orlov, K. Porazheniya glaz pri khronicheskol lelkemii. Kazan, med. J., 1904, 4: 604-21.—Puccioni, G. Nuovo contributo clinico ed anatomo patologico alio studio delle alterazioni leucemiche nell'occhio. Boll. Osp. oft. Roma, 1903, 1: 89-94.—Sachs. B. Eve conditions in leukemia; report of four cases. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1928, 57: 474-9.—Schultz-Zehden. Die Augenhintergrundsveranderungen bei Leukamie und ihre diagnostische Verwertlarkeit. Med. Khn., Berl., 1907, 3: 663-6.—Stock, W. Ueber Augenhintergrundsveranderungen bei Leukamie (akute und chronische Leukamie) Miinch. med Wschr., 1906, 53:333. ---- Forensic aspect. Botjsser, J. *Leucemie et traumatisme. 134p 8° Par.. 1935. Gtjrau, H. *Ueber traumatische Leukamie [Rostock] 19p. 8? Giitersloh, 1933. Kretjzer, H. *Leukamie als Unfallfolge. 19p. 8? Heildelb., 1933. Bani, U. lmportanza dei tiaumatismi neU'insorgere della leucemia. Riv. osp., 1938, 28: 448-54.—Brugnola, A. La leucemia traumatica. Med. infortuni lav., 1909, 2: 165-82.— Can trauma cause leucemia? Gradwohl Lab. Digest, 1939, 3: No. 2, 1. Conzett, D. C. Leukemia associated with trauma. J. Iowa M. Soe., 1939, 29: 458.—Diez, S. II trauma nella genesi e nel decorso delle leucemie e di altre emopatie. Poli- clinico, 1927, 34: sez. med., 401-30.—Gendreau, J. E., & Pinsonneault, G. Existe-t-il une leucemie traumatique? Union med. Canada, 1937, 66: 1119-25.—Jarmai. K. Trauma und Leukamie, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der Milz- schadigung bei der Haustieren. Beitr. path. Anat., 1933, 92: 119-26.—Leoncini, F. Trauma e leucemia. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 269-76.—Lewsen. S. C. Leukaemia fol- lowing trauma; a case and commentary. Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 288-90.------Trauma and leukaemia. Ibid., 1942, 1: 459.—Olovson, T. Trauma und Leukamie. Acta chir. scand., 1939, 82: 63-89.—Ostrouch, M. [Post-traumatic leucemia] Polsk. arch. med. wewn., 1937, 15: 1134-41.—Pellegrini, M. Sui rapporti fra trauma e leucemia. Gior. med. prat., 1932, 14: 537-48.—Sieber. Ein Fall von traumatischer Leukamie bei einem 12jahrigen Knaben. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1908, 21: 41- 5.—Weil, P. E., & Bousser, J. Leucemie et traumatisme. Ann. med., Par., 1936, 40: 220-34.—Yaguda, A.. & Rosenthal, N. The relation of trauma to leukemia. Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939, 9: 311-5. ---- Genitourinary system. See also Priapism. Georgel, H. *Le priapisme leucemique. 64p. 24cm. Par., 1938. Bjorkman, S. [Renal function in some cases of leukemia] Sven. liik. tidn., 1930, 27: 1396.—Bogaert, R. Un cas de priapisme leucemique traite par la germanine, associee k la radiotherapie. Rev. beige sc. med., 1939, 11: 36-9.—Craver, L. F. Priapism in leukemia. Surg. Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 472-7.—Dalla Favera, G. B. A proposito di un caso di pria- pismo in un leucemico. Boll. Soc med. Parma, 1908, 2. ser., 1: 104-12.—Dreyfuss, M. Pielopatia leucemica bilaterale emorragica. Gior. clin. med., 1937, 18: 1109-23.—Foged, J. [Leukemic tumors of kidney] Bibl. laeger, 1927, 119: 1-20. Also Acta chir. scand., 1928, 63: 13-33.—Friedl. Nierenver- lagerung bei leukamischer Milz. Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 930.—Gunckel, P. L. Priapism a symptom in leukemia; report of case. Am. Med., 1906, 11: 27.—Hellstrom, J. Ein Fall von Hamaturie infolge eines leukamischen Infiltrates in der Urethra. Zschr. Urol., 1934, 28: 290-2.—Kaplan, I. I. Radiotherapeu- tische Behandlung eines Falles von andauerndem Priapismus bei Leukamie. Strahlentherapie, 1930, 36: 391.-—Krause, P. Zur Rontgentherapie des leukamischen Priapismus. Ibid., 1928, 31: 125-34.—Lambin, P. Le priapisme leucemique; sa pathogenie et son traitement. In Libro de oro M. R. Castex, B. Air., 1938, 2: 783-8. ——— Priapisme leucemique traite avec succes par le moranyl. Sang, Par., 1938, 12: 898-901.— Merrill, D., & Jackson, H., jr. The renal complications of leukemia. N. England J. M., 1943, 228: 271-6.—Meyer, L. M. Pathology of the genitourinary tract in leukemia. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1941, 45: 693-5.—Prochazka, F.. & Vacek. V. [Case of leucemie, renal tumor] Cas. lek. desk., 1937, 76: 1413-5.— Reiss, W. Beobachtung einer leukamischen Infiltration des Uterus mit Ausbildung eines Portiokraters. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1941, 171: 254-9.—Rosier, O. Traumatische Leukamie und Priapismus. Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 217-9.—Stem, R. Zur Behandlung des leukamischen Priapismus. Fortsch. Ther., 1929, 5: 349.—Weintrob. M. Paint-splash cervix in leukemia. J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons, 1944, 7: 98-102, pl — Winiwarter. A. von. Priapisme leucemique, traite par une intervention chirurgicale. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, 62: 471; 485; 501. ---- Hematology. Bollettino. A., & Molteni, P. Contributo clinico ed emato- logico alio studio delle leucemie nell'infanzia. Clin, pediat., Mod., 1938, 20: 819-65, 3 pl.— Bottorff, G. S. Symposium on leukemia; leukemia, the blood picture. Kentucky M. J., 1933, 31: 427-30.—Cavalieri Ducati, C. Uno studio d'istologia e di semiologia sul sangue leucemico. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1906, 8. ser., 6: 275-322.—Drake, C. B. Leukemia with thrombo- cytosis. J.Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 105.—Filo, E. [Diagnostic difficulties in leukemia from the hematological point of view] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936, 16: 201; 258.—Gordon, K. Blood- films from leukaemia. West London M. J., 1927, 32: 88-90.— Kracke, R. R., & Carver, H. The differential diagnosis of the leukemic states with particular reference to the immature cell types. J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 697-702.—Lyakhovetski, M. I. O morfologii krovi pri lelkemii. Protok. Omsk. med. Obshch., 1902-03, 20: 105-90.—Minot.G.R., & Buckman.T. E. The blood platelets in the leukemias. Am. J. M. Sc, 1925,169: 477-85.—Richter. M. N. Leucemia. In Handb. Hemat. (Downey, H.) N. Y., 1938, 4: 2887-3035.—Sendis, C. I. Esquema hematol6gico de las leucemias. Med. cir. occid., Guadalajara, 1933, 1: No. 9, 12-5.—Voth, G. Granulocytopenic und Leukamie. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1939, 62: 184-202. LEUKEMIA 787 LEUKEMIA ---- hemocytoblastic. See Hemoblastosis. ---- hereditary and familial. Boggian, B. Considerazioni sopra due casi di leucemia familiare. Policlinico, 1938, 45: sez. prat., 472-9.—Briigger. Familiares Vorkommen von Leukamie. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 683.—Cicovacki, D. Ueber die Familienuntersu- chungen bei der Leukamie unter Berucksichtigung konstitu- tionell-endokriner Faktoren. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1940, 53: 622-5.—Curschman, H. Ueber familiare Leukamie. Klin. Wschr., Berl., 1936, 15: 185-7.—Decastello, A. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der familiaren Leukamie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 1255-7.—Gottlebe, P. Ueber familiares Vorkommen von Leukamie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 140.—Hornbacker. J. H. Chronic leukemia in 3 sisters. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 203: 322-5.—Jacques. Leucemie chez deux enfants jumelles. J. med. Bruxelles, 1905, 10: 107. Also Policlinique, Brux., 1905, 14: 89.—Laub, R. Ueber familiares Auftreten der Leukamie. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1939, 69: 71-3.—Leucemia familiare. Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 797-9.— Macciotta, G. Sulle leucemie congenite e familiari. Riv. chn. pediat., 1928, 26: 440-69, pl.—Morawitz, P. Erblichkeit und Konstitution bei Leukamien Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1201-3.—Petri, S. Ueber familiares Auftreten der Leukamie. Acta path, microb. scand., 1933,10: 330-79.—Ricchelli, L., & Ragnotti, E. Sulla leucemia famigliare. Rinasc. med., 1927, 4: 475.—Schereschewsky, E. Ueber einen Fall von Geschwisterleukamie. Zbl. inn. Med., 1926, 47: 643-5.—Steiner, F. Familiare Leukamie. Munch. med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1822.—Wullenweber, G. Ueber familiare Leukamie. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 488. --- Histology and histochemistry. Btjch, E. *Der Spermin- und Phosphorsaure- gehalt normaler und leukamischer Organe (ein Beitrag zur Natur der Charcot-Leyden-Kristalle) 16p. 8? Greifsw., 1928. Benians, T. H. C. Observations on the action of Congo red on normal and leucemie blood. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 1246-51.—Cooke, J. V. A clinical method for the study of the proteolytic leukocytic enzyme in leukemia. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1931, 43: 26. —---- Proteolytic leukocytic enzyme in leukemia; a study made by a quantitative method. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 836-45.—Coronini, C. Erklarung der histologi- schen Unterscheidungsmerkmale myeloischer und lymphatischer Leukamien in der Leber. Zbl. allg. Path., 1937, 67: 81-5.— Erben, F. Bemerkungen zu der Abhandlung von O. Schumm: Ueber ein proteolytisches Ferment im Blute bei Leukamie. Beitr. chem. Phys. Path., 1904, 5: 461.—Gougerot, H., & Varay, A. Aspect clinique de mycosis fongoide typique; formule leucemique du sang; structure histologique de leucemie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 235-9.—Tedeschi. C. Appunti per la istologia patologica delle leucemie. Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1935, 35: 373-83.—Turk, W. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen myeloidem und lymphoidem Gewebe im Verlaufe von Leukamien. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med., 1906, 23: 585-644. Also Berl. khn. Wschr., 1906, 43: 889. --- Immunology, and serology. Bernstein, A. The diagnostic importance of the heterophile antibody test in leukemia. J. Clin. Invest., 1934, 13: 677-83.— Bonanno, A. M. Leucemia e reazioni di difesa immunitaria. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan, 1937, 16: 40-4.—Chevrel. M. L., & Ranque, J. L'alexine au cours des leucemies. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 132: 526-8.—Hueper, W. C, & Russell, M. Some immunologic aspects of leukemia. Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 113-22.—Schiff, F., & Mendlowicz. L. Quantitative Unter- suchungen iiber Isoagglutinine mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Leukamie. Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 48: 1-22. --- Incidence. Tjaden, A. M. *Zur Frage der Zunahme der Leukaemie (statistische Zusammenstellung der in den Jahren 1889-1927 an der medizinischen Klinik zu Leipzig beobachteten Falle von Leu- kaemie) [Leipzig] 16p. 8? [Zeulenroda] 1927. Bethel), F. H. Leukemia; the relative incidence of its various forms, and their response to radiation therapy. Ann. Int. M., 1943, 18: 757-71—Esterline, C. M. Leucemia; comments about a blood dyscrasia whose apparent increase may be due to an improvement ih diagnosis. J. Osteopathy, 1941, 48: No. 7, 22.—Leavell, B. S. Chronic leukemia; a study of the incidence and factors influencing the duration of life. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 196: 329-40.—McNeil], C. A., jr. The incidence of leukemia. J. Bowman Gray School M., 1944, 2: 39-43.—Saleun, G., & Ceccaldi, J. Quatre cas de leucemies observes a Brazzaville. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1939, 32: 929-33.—Tompkins, E. H. Leucemia; North American reports from January 1928 to January 1932. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934, 52: 465-80.—Vollkommer, M. Die Leukamien in Sodbayern innerhalb der letzten 10 Jahre, Zahlen und Schluss- folgerungen. Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36, 129: 377-91. ---- latent. Lerner, A. *Sur les cryptoleuc6mies. 56p. 8? Par., 1936. Gwyn, N. B. An unsuspected case of leukaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 324.— Laffont, A., & Ezes, H. Crypto- leucemie avec angine necrotique au sixieme mois: avortement spontane. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1937, 26: 643.—Mitchell, D. Latent leukaemia. Irish J. M. Sc, 1940, 6. ser., No. 170 82-4.—Weil. P. E., Isch-Wall, P.. & Perles. S. Les crypto- leucemies. Presse med., 1936, 44: 41-5. ---- Leukocytopoiesis. Demmler, W. *Ueber die Verteilung der Leukocyten in den einzelnen Organen bei Leu- kamien [Berlin] p.266-76. 8? Lpz., 1935. Also Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1934-35, 53: Abels. J. C, Jones, F. L. [et ah] The metabolism of pyru- vate by normal and leukemic white cells. Cancer Res., 1944, 4: 149-52.—Bossa, G. Sul metabolismo dei leucociti leucemici. Haematologica, Pavia, 1937, 18: 653-90. ------ Sul mec- canismo della glicolisi dei leucociti leucemici. Riforma med., 1937, 53: 1198-202. ------ Sul potere deidrogenativo dei leucociti leucemici per gli acidi grassi. Ibid., 1545-9.—Boyd, E. M. The lipid composition of the white blood cells in leu- kemia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 21, 6: 739-48.—Claude, A. The constitution of mitochondria and microsomes, and the distribution of nucleic acid in the cytoplasm of a leukemic cell. J. Exp. M., 1944, 80: 19-29.—Fieschi. A.. & Bertola, A. II glicogeno dei leucociti nelle leucemie. Haematologica, Pavia, 1934, 15: 257-64.—Gedda, L. Esistono nel sangue leucemico sostanze specifiche stimolatrici della leucopoiesi? Cancro, Tor., 1931, 2: 55-60.—Glover, E. C, Daland, G. A., & Schmitz, H. L. The metabolism of normal and leukemic leukocytes. Arch Int. M., 1930, 46: 46-66.—Gosio. R. Comportamento della curva leucocitaria nelle leucemie a decorso acuto; crisi leucolitiche spontanee e potere leucolitico del siero di sangue. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. med., 346-67, 2 pl.—Hirschberg, N. Phagocytic activity in leukemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1939, 197: 706-11.—Hirschfeld, H. Zuchtungsversuche mit leukami- schem Blut. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1927, 34: 1. T., 39-49, 4 pl. ------ Kulturversuche mit leukamischen Leukocyten. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 760. Also Med. Khn., Berl., 1927, 23: 927.— Hammerer. H., & Weisshaar, M. Leukamie mit undulierender Blutleukocytenzahl; zur Genese der leukamischen Leukocyten- vermehrung im Blut. Khn. Wschr., 1938, 17: 840-3.— Litten. Ueber das Verhalten der weissen Blutkorper bei Leu- kamie. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1904) 1905, 35: 190-2. Also Berl. klin. Wschr., 1904, 41: 861. Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1904, 51: 1409.—Meyer-Bornsen, A. Ricerche sul solfo or- ganico del sangue; il solfo totale dei leucociti nelle leucemie. Biochim. ter. sper., 1937, 24: 479-82.—Nagy, G. [Leucocyte reaction in leukemia and aleukemia] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 251-4.—Pierce, M. Cultures of leukemic blood leukocytes. Arch. Path., 1922, 14: 295-322, pl. ■----- Cultivation of human leukemic leukocytes on the chorioallantoic membrane of the chicken egg. Ibid., 1942, 34: 538-45.—Rosenthal, G. Le leucocyte de la leucemie, cellule de la defense de l'organisme. Sang, Par., 1934, 8: 92-8.—Soffer, L. J., & Wintrobe, M. M. The metabolism of leucocytes from normal and leukemic blood. J. Clin. Invest., 1932, 11: 661-76.—Strumia, M. M., & Boerner, F. Phagocytic activity of circulating cells in the various types of leukemia. Am. J. Path., 1937, 13: 335-49, pl.—Tanabe, T. Die spezifische phagozytare Tatigkeit der Leukozyten bei Leukamien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 1025.—Teng. C. T., & Chung, H. L. Phagocytosis of Leishman-Donovan bodies by leukemic blood cells. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 156-9.—Vasaturo, A. La iodoreazione delle cellule del sangue nelle leucemie, con particolare riguardo agli elementi immaturi, ai megacariociti ed alle piastrine; contributo alio studio della piastrinopoiesi. Fol. med., Nap., 1926, 12: 796-816, pl. ------ Comportamento del potere fagocitario dei globuli bianchi e del potere complementare ed opsonico del siero di sangue nelle leucemie ed anemie. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1926. 31: 319-23. ---- lymphatic. See Lymphadenosis, leukemic. ---- Manifestation. Kaether, H. *Ueber pathergische Reak- tionen im Verlauf von Leukamien. 25p. 23%cm. Berl., 1937. Radziwiller, B. *Contribution a l'etude du syndrome du Mikulicz au cours des leucemies. 72p. 8? Par., 1937. Catteruccia, C. Imponente sindrome emorragica da stato pre-leucemico. Rinasc. med., 1937, 14: 552-5.—Craver, L. F. Clinical manifestations and treatment of leukemia. Am. J. Cancer, 1936, 26: 124-36.—Custer, R. P. Variations in the pathologic manifestions of leukemia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 19: 276.—Farrar, G. E., jr. The clinical manifestations of leukemia. Delaware M. J., 1940, 12: 142-6.—Ferro, A. Sindrome di Mikulicz a evoluzione leucemica. Clin, pedat., LEUKEMIA 788 LEUKEMIA Mod., 1933, 15: 257-75.—Giannoni, A. Studi sulle sindromi emorragiche; la sindrome emorragica delle leucemie. Riv. clin. med., Fir., 1935, 36: 387-429.—Isaacs, R. Leukemia; symptomatology and treatment. Med. Clin. N. America, 1943, 27: 251-7.—Jiirgens, R., & Kaether. H. Ueber fluchtige Oedeme bei Leukamie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 1167- 9.—McDonald, Canmann & Aldrich. Purpuric spots, inter- trigo, blood in stools. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1943, 2: No. 4, 8-11.—Manizade. Demonstration eines Falles von retroperitonealer Blutung bei Leukamie. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 2254—6.—Neger, M. An unusual manifestation of a leucemia. Am. J. Orthodont., 1939, 25: 481-3.—Peppard, T. A. Symptomatology of the various leukemia states. Minne- sota M., 1938, 21: 64; 410.—Pinto, J. A. Derrames leucemicos. Dfa med., B. Air., ed. espec, 1940, 7.—Reuben, M. S., & Douglas, H. Mikulicz's syndrome in leukemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47:^442-51.—Seemen, H. von. Ueber Vortau- schung chirurgischer Erkrankungen durch Leukamie. Munch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 878-81.—Tapie. J. Les hemorragies leucemiques. Prat. med. fr., 1926, 5: 387-98.—Van Gelder, Anspach [et ah] Cervical swelling; pain in knee. Case Rep. Child. Mem. Hosp. Chicago, 1942, 1: No. 10, 8-10. ------ Fever, vomiting, grunting respirations. Ibid., 1943, 2: No. 2, 3-5.—Varschavskaia, B. B. Der Stoffwechsel bei lymphati- scher und myeloider Leukamie und seine Veranderung unter dem Einfluss der Rontgenstrahlen (vorlaufige Mitteilung) Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1929, 39: 458-68.—Vlados, C, & Schukanova, S. Sur la genese de l'etat febrile chez les malades atteints de leucemie. Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 961-74.—Wintrobe, M. M., & Mitchell, D. M. Atypical manifestations of leu- kaemia. Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1940, 9: 67-90, pl. ---- megakaryocytic. See Megakaryocytosis. ---- Metabolism. Scharpegge, E. *Ueber Stoffwechselver- anderungen bei der Leukamie [Berlin] 23p. 23cm. Charlottenb., 1938. Abels, J. C, Gorham, A. T. [et al.] The measurement and metabohsm of thiamin and of a pyrimidine stimulating yeast fermentation found in the blood cells and urine of patients with leukemia. J. Chn. Invest., 1942, 21: 177-89.—Abels, J. C, Kenney, J. M. [et al.] Postirradiation changes in the levels of organic phosphorus in the blood of patients with leukemia. Cancer Res., 1941, 1: 771-5.—Amelio, F. Studio degli amino- acidi del sangue nei leucemici. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1930, 2: 73-99.—Baldridge, C. W., & Barer, A. Relationship between oxygen consumption and nitrogen metabolism in leukemia. Arch. Int. M., 1933, 51: 589-615.—Barone, V. G. Comporta- mento in vitro dell'uricemia, della glicemia e dell'aminoacide- mia, nel sangue normale, e nel sangue leucemico. Sperimentale, 1932, 86: 459-78.—Becher, E., & Herrmann, E. • Das Zu- standekommen der hohen Werte des gebundenen und freien Aminostickstoffes im enteiweissten Blut bei Leukamien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1312^.—Boyd, E. M. Blood lipids in leukaemia. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 35: 305-7.— Brogsitter, A.M., & Schmidt-Ott, A. Ueber den Eiweisstoffwech- sel bei Leukamien im Stickstoffminimumversuch. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 170: 1-23.—Dalla Volta, A. La ricerca del metabolismo basale nelle leucemie croniche quale direttiva alia terapia. Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1933, 105: 255-82.—De Lucia, P., & La Manna, N. Sul comportamento dell'acido lattico del sangue nel corso della leucemia cronica. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1942, 17: 144-6.—De Lucia, P., & Russo, P. II quadro del fosforo ematico nelle leucemie. Ibid., 1938, 13: 703.—Erf, L. A. Retention of radiophosphorus in whole and aliquot portions of tissues of patient dead of leukemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1941, 47: 287-9. ■------ Clinical studies with the aid of radiophosphorus; the retention of radiophosphorus by tissues of patients dead of leukemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1942, 203: 529-35. ------ & Lawrence, J. H. Clinical studies with the aid of radioactive phosphorus; the absorption and distribution of radiophosphorus in the blood and its excretion by normal individuals and patients with leu- kemia. J. Clin. Invest., 1941, 20: 567r75.—Fortunato, A. Comportamento del ricambio basale nei leucemici. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1929, 37: 755; 792. ------ II meta- bolismo dei nucleoproteidi nei leucemici. Studium, Nap., 1931, 21: 221-30.—Grodzienski, E. [Nitrogen metabolism and renal disorders in leucemia] Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 408-10.—Gualdi, C. Eliminazione dei corpi allossurici e rapporti di essa colla crasi sanguigna nella leucemia curata coi raggi Rontgen. Nuova riv. chn. ter., 1906, 9: 505-24. Also Gior. elettr. med., Nap., 1907, 8: 17-23; 64.—Hadley, H. G. Increased metabolic rate in leukemia. Mississippi Valley M. J., 1941, 63: 204.—Labbe. M., Petresco. M., & Fabrykant, M. Le taux du phosphore sanguin et de ses differentes formes dans les leucemies et les anemies C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1087-9.—Lawrence, J. H., Scott, K. G:, & Tuttle, L. W. Studies on leukemia with the aid of radioactive phosphorus. Internat. Clin., 1939, n. ser., 2: 3; 33-58.—Licci, P. II nucleo- istone e la nucleo-istonuria nella leucemia. Policlinico, 1906, 13: sez. med., 278-84.—Malenkova, K. M. [Glutathione contents in the blood in leucemia] Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 1007-9.—Marino, S. Ricerche biochimiche nel sangue dei eucemici; contributo alio studio delle variazioni quantitative dei lipoidi nelle leucemie. Arch. farm, sper., 1931-32, 53: 17-52.-—Mattioli, M. Le curve di glicemia da carico nei leucemici. Riforma med., 1937, 53: 1373-8.—Middleton. W. S., Meyer, O. O., & Pohle, E. A. The influence of roentgen therapv upon the basal metabolism in leukemia. Radiology, 1936, 26: 586-94, ch.—Musser. J. H.. & Edsall. D. L. A study of metabohsm in leukaemia under the influence of the X-ray; with a consideration of the manner of action of the X-ray and of some precautions desirable in its therapeutic use. Univ. Pennsylvania M. Bull., 1905-06, 18: 174-84.—Pegoraro, C. Ricerche sul glutatione ematico nelle leucemie. Riv. clin. med., 1935, 36: 93-106.—Percival, A. L. L'eliminazione deH'ammo- niaca nella leucemia. Pel giubil. Camillo Bozzolo (1879-1904) 1904, 813-9.—Pernokis, E. W., & Freeland, M. R. Blood chemistry observations in leucemias. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1940-41, 26: 1310-3.—Rosenbaum, M. Ueber die Harnsaureaus- scheidung bei einem mit Rontgenstrahlen behandelten Leu- kiimiker. Zschr. phys. diat. Ther., 1907-08, 11: 648-55.— Rosenberger, F. Ueber Aenderungen der Urinzusammenset- zung bei Leukamikern wahrend und nach der Behandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen. Zbl. inn. Med., 1905, 26: 977-9.—Rosen- stern, J. Untersuchungen fiber den Stoffwechsel bei Leukamie wahrend der Rontgenbehandlung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1906, 53: 1109; 1063.—Schmitz, H. L., & Glover, E. C. Glycolysis in leucemie blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1927, 74: 761-73.—Stodt- meister, R., & Biichmann, P. Die Bedeutung des Serumeisen- spiegels fiir die Beurteilung Leukamiekranker. Khn. Wschr., 1939, 18: 1365.—Strieck, F. Untersuchungen Uber den Gas- wechsel von Leukamiekranken. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 161: 307-12.—Turner, K. B., McAlpin, K. R., & DeLamater, A. Blood iodine in leukemia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 55.—Tuttle, L. W., Scott, K. G., & Lawrence, J. H. Phos- phorus metabolism in leukemic blood. Ibid., 1939, 41: 20-5.— Uskoff, L. I.. & Godzevich, A. F. O vliyanii X-luchel na azo- tistiy obmlen pri blelokrovii. Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 86; 118; 155.—Vaccari, L., & Bentivoglio, G. II ricambio materiale dj un leucemico sotto l'uso del cacodilato di soda e dell'anidride arseniosa. Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1904, 1: 145-65.—Vas, B. AnyagcserevizsgAlatok Rontgen-sugdrral kezelt leukae- miasokon. Orv. hetil., 1909, 53: 129; 150; 169. Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1909, 68: 121-45.—Warren, S. The distribu- tion of radioactive phosphorus administered to leukemic patients. Fed. Proc, Bait., 1942, 1: pt 2, 186 (Abstr.) ----- The retention of radioactive phosphorus in leukemic patients. Cancer Res., 1943, 3: 872-6.—Weil, P. E., & Aschkenasy, A. Le metabolisme de base dans les leucemies. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: pt 2, 1257-62.—Wiechmann, E. Ueber den Aminosaurengehalt des Blutes bei Leukamien. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1115.—Zara, E. Ricerche sulla quantita di glutation nel sangue dei leucemici. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1931, 39: 109-18. ---- mixed. Boattini, G. La linfoadenosi mielosica (contributo alio studio delle leucemie miste) Haematologica, Pavia, 1931, 12: 423-67.—Boekelman, W. A., & Hoogenhuyze, C. J. C. van. Ein Fall mischzelliger Leukamie mit Rontgenstrahlen behandelt; Einfluss dieser Strahlen auf die Zusammensetzung des Blutes und diejenige des Harris. Ther. Gegenwart, 1909, 50:469-73.— Bonardi, E. Di un caso di leucemia linfatico-lienale e della influenza del siero antistreptococcico sulla sindrome leucemica. Rendic. Ist. lombard. sc. lett., 1903, 2. ser., 36: 613-25.— Browning, C. H. A case of mixed-cell leukaemia, with a short account of recent views on atypical leukaemias. Lancet, Lond., 1905, 2: 507-10.—Cadbury, W. W., & Cummins, W. T. A case of mixed-cell leukemia. Univ. Pennsylvania M. Bull., 1907-08 20: 150-5.—Cooke, W. E. A case of mixed leukaemia. Brit. M. J., 1934, 1: 895.—Findlay, L. Case of mixed-celled leu- kaemia. Glasgow M. J., 1906, 66: 264-71.—Gandellini, A. Contributo alio studio delle leucemie miste. Haematologica, Pavia, 1939, 20: 83-120.—Herz, A. Zur Frage der gemischten Leukamie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1909, 22: 1030-2.—Hoffmann, A. Ueber Behandlung der gemischtzelligen Leukamie mit Rontgenstrahlen. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med., 1905, 20: 125-34. Also Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1905, 19: 530.—Melland. C. H. Leucocythaemia with apparent change of type from spleno- medullary to lymphatic. Tr. Path. Soc. London, 1905-06, 57: 111-21.—Storti, E. Sur un cas de leucemie myelolde sub- chronique splenomegalique avec tumefaction systematisee et transformation leucemique lymphatique des ganglions; leu- cemie mixte? Sang, Par., 1937, 11: 722-32, pl—Suci6, D. Beitrag zur Frage der gemischten Leukamie. Wien. Aroh. inn. Med., 1937, 31: 317-32.—Winstead, J. A., Smith. C. T.. & Watson, A. C. Leukemia of undetermined type suggesting mixed leukemia. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 56: 1091-6. — monocytic. See Monocytosis, leukemic. — murine. See Leukemia, murine. — myeloid. See Myelosis, leukemic. LEUKEMIA 789 LEUKEMIA ---- Nervous system. Dreyfus, A. *Ueber Gehirnblutungen bei Leukamie, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der massigen, apoplektiformen Blutungen. 27p. 24cm. Basel, 1939. Zanot, C. *Contribution a l'etude des syn- dromes neuro-leucemiques. 72p. 25}£cm. Par., 1939. Brain well, B. A remarkable lesion of the nerve-centres in leucocythaemia. Chn. Stud., Edinb., 1907-08, 6: 305-15.— Diamond. I. B. Leukemic changes in the brain; a report of 14 cases. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 32: 118-42.— Elettro, V. Le complicazioni a carico del sistema nervoso e degli organi di senso nel corso delle leucemie. Riv. clin. med., Fir., 1931, 32: 67-82.—Fried, B. M. Leukemia and the central nervous system; with a review of 30 cases from the hterature. Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 2: 23-40.—Gordin, R. Leukemia and the central nervous system. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1936, 11: 227-50.—Gorski, M. [Neurological symptoms in leucemia] Polska gaz. lek., 1939, 18: 209-13.—Hamburger, W. Beitrag zu den Gehirnveranderungen bei Leukamie (besonders iiber die Frage der Genese der Blutungen) Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933, 46: 257-73.—Hellich, I. Hirnerkrankungen bei Leukamien. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 128: 278-92.—Herrick, J. B. Multiple Hirnhamorrhagien bei Leukamie. Festschr. Hans Chiari, Wien, 1908, 317-26.—Leriche, R., & Fontaine, R. Troubles trophiques et necrotiques singuliers des doigts comme premiers signes d'une leucemie; faux syndrome de Raynaud. Presse meel., 1932, 40: 1941.—Massaroli, P. Di alcune com- plicazioni nervose nelle leucemie. Policlinico, 1937, 44: sez. med., 177-91.—Mattioli-Foggia, C. Emorragie cerebrali recenti in leucemia. Cervello, 1939, 18: 129-44.—Olmer, J., & Alliez, J. Les complications medullaires des leucdmies. Presse med., 1932, 40: 1986-8.—Paschkis, K. Fall von Leukamie mit Querschnittslasion. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1938, 32: Mitt. Ges. inn. Med., H. 5, 8.—Rocchi, F. Emorragie cere- brali multiple terminali in un caso di leucemia cronica. Poli- clinico, 1926, 33: sez. med., 541-6.—Rocha Brito, A. da. Um caso de neuroleucemia. Impr. med., Rio, 1942, 18: No. 344, 51-60.—Rosenkranz, G. Hirnblutungen bei Leukamie. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1927, 35: 359-73.—Schwab, R. S., & Weiss, S. The neurologic aspect of leukemia. Am. J. M. Sc, 1935, 189: 766-78.—Tarro, E. Lesioni encefaliche nelle leu- cemie. Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 609-14.—Tromner, E., & Wohlwill, F. Ueber Erkrankungen des Nervensystems, insbesondere der Hirnnerven, bei Leukamie. Deut. Zschr., Nervenh., 1927, 100: 233-59. ------ Periphere Nervener- krankung bei Leukamie. Zbl. inn. Med., 1927, 48: 996-8.— Weil, P. E.. Bertrand, I., & Coste, M. Les complications medullaires de la leucemie; un cas de paraplegie douloureuse. Sang, Par., 1935, 9: 577-84.—Winkler, W. Ueber neurologische Symptome bei Leukamie mit einem Beitrag zur symptomati- schen Aleukie. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 137: 385-96. ---- neutrofil. See under Myelosis, leukemic. --- Occupational aspect. See also Radiologist. Lux, H. *La leucemie des radiologistes. 48 p. 25Kcm. Par., 1939. Aubertin, C. Le leucemie des radiologistes. Gaz. med. France, 1931, 333-5.—Henshaw, P. S., Hawkins, J. W. [et al.] Incidence of leukemia in physicians. J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 1943-44, 4:339-46.—Spindler, H. von. Leukamie als Rontgen- schadigung? Khn. Wschr., 1939, 18: 1211. --- Otorhinolaryngological aspect. Alexander. Contribution a la pathologie et a l'histologie pathologique des maladies des oreilles au cours de la leucemie. Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1903, 16: 1185-9.—Aubry & Aladjemoff. Destruction totale et bilaterale des labyrinthes par leucemie. Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47: 768.—Brunner, H., & Fischer, J. Die Veranderungen der Gaumentonsillen bei Leukamien. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 137; 304.—Brunner, H., & Schnierer, J. Die zytologische Untersuchung der Gau- mentonsillen und ihre klinische Bedeutung bei Leukamie. Wien. khn. Wschr., 1937, 50: 1772-4.—Kock, A. Ein Fall von leukamischen Blutungen im inneren Ohre, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der pathologisch-anatomischen Untersuchung der Schlafenbeine. Zschr. Ohrenh., 1905, 50: 412-31.— Ku per man, D. R. [Changes in the upper respiratory tract and the ear in leukaemia] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 251- 73.—Laub, R. Zur Diagnose leukamischer Erkrankungen der Rachenorgane. Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1939, 2: 23-9.— Love, A. A. Manifestations of leukemia encountered in oto- laryngologic and stomatologic practice. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1936, 23:173-221.—Mara, H. Leucaemia cutis mit Beteiligung des Rachens und des Kehlkopfes. Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19: 207, pl.'—Mayer, O. Ueber histologische Veranderungen der Nasenschleimhaut bei Leukamie und iiber die Entstehung des Nasenblutens bei dieser Erkrankung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1908, 42: 259-69.—Menzel, K. M. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der leu- kamischen Veranderungen in der Schleimhaut der oberen Luft- und Digestionswege. Arch. Laryng., 1906, 18: 39-46.—Meyer. A. Ueber leukamische Veranderungen im Kehlkopf. Zschr. Laryng., 1908, 1: 343-9.—Rotenberg, J. G. [On leucemie angina] Vest, otorinolar., 1938, 373.—Schreiner, S. Leu- kamischer Epipharynxtumor. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1940, 74: 141.—Seelenfreund, B. Leukamische Veranderungen der oberen Luft- und Speisewege. Zschr. Laryng., 1925-26, 14: 180-8.—Vidgoff, B., & Bracher, G. J. Osteopetrosis; report of a case. Am. J. Roentg., 1940, 44: 197-202. ---- Pathogenesis. Cassebatjm, O. H. *Ueber die Charakter- anderung der Leukamie. 22p. 8? Rost., 1927. Heiberg, K. A. Die leukamischen und leukotischen Atypien und Geschwulste und das Wesen der Leukamie. 28p. 8? Kbh., 1933. Amano, S. Statistisch pathologisch-anatomische sowie hamatologische Untersuchungen fiber das Wesen der Leukamie; Hauptteil der Pathologie der Leukamie. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1940, 5: Path., 331-420.—Apitz, K. Die Leukamien als Neubildungen. Virchows Arch., 1937, 299: 1-69. ------ Die neoplastische Natur der menschlichen Leukaemien. Med. Welt, 1940, 14: 85-8.—Ardashnikov, S. N. The genetics of leukaemia in man. J. Hyg., Cambr., 1937, 37: 286-302.— Askanazy, M. Leukemia and tumor. Internat. Congr. Campaign Cancer, 1939, 3. Congr., 102.—Banti, G. Leukemia and sarcomatosis. Internat. Chn., 1906, 16. ser., 3: 286-98.— Berblinger. Zur Leukamiefrage. Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1926, 21: 375-85, pl.—Chabovitch, X., & Ignjatchev, J. Leu- cemie e tumori. Tumori, Milano, 1940, 26: 126-54, 9 pl.— Chaika, E. I. Sur les tumeurs dans la leucemie. J. m6d., Kiev, 1936, 6: 487-95.—Cone, S. M. Leukemia; a sarcoma; bone evidence; report of two cases. Arch. Surg., 1927, 14: 542-53.— Cramer, H. Die Leukamie als Tumor-Problem. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1940, 87: 1326-33.—Curschmann, H. Zur Morbiditat der Leukamien, insbesondere auch im hoheren Alter. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 285-8.—Evans, T. S. Leukemia; some evidence that leukemia may be allied to new growth. J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1938, 2: 112-8.—Ferrata, A. Leucemie e tumori; idee attuali intorno alle leucemie. Athena, Roma, 1937, 6: 399-406. ------ Leucemie e tumori; vecchie e nuove teorie. Ibid., 441-6.—Fieschi, A. Vergangene und moderne Forschun- gen iiber die Leukamien im Lichte der atiopathogenetischen Probleme. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1936, 51: 386-442.— Gomez Gonzalez. Concepto de leucemia. Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1936, 41: 1-35.—Gulland, G. L., Patterson, S. W. [et al.] Discussion on leukaemia and allied conditions. Brit. M. J., 1926, 2: 590-6.—Hirschfeld, H. Ueber neuere Kasuistik und Theorien zur Leukamiefrage. Fol. haemat., Berl., 1905, 2: 743-64.—Houzel, G. Existe-t-il une parents entre la famille zona-varicelle et la leucemie? Presse mid., 1939, 47: 227.— Israels, M. C. G. The nature of human leukaemia; evidence from the culture of bone marrow cells in vitro. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1940, 51: 235-44, 2 pl.—Lignac, G. O. E. [Leukaemia regarded as a neoplasm] Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1927,14:10-21, 2 pl.—MacDowell, E. C. What and why is leukemia?—a medico-biological study on mice. In Cooper. Res. (Carnegie Inst.) Wash., 1938, 353-67.—Miller, M. W. The nature and treatment of the leukemias. Med. Chn. N. America, 1926, 9: 1207-17.—Nature (The) of human leuchaemia. Med. J. Austraha, 1941, 1: 211.—Nicolaus, C. T. [Problem of leu- kemia] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928, 17: 998-1007.—Ortolani, M., & Longhini, W. Contributo etiopatogenetico edematologico alio studio delle leucemie. Haematologica, Pavia, 1934, 15: 265-325, 2 pl.—Pagniez, P. L'evolution du probleme de la leucemie d'apres quelques travaux recents. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1072-4.—Rathscheck. W. Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen Sarkom und Leukamie. Strahlentherapie, 1940, 67: 139-42.—Rohr, K. Zur Tumorgenese der Leukamien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1943, 69: 676. Also Khn. Wschr., 1943, 22: 351. Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1943, 73: 1125-32— Scott, S. G. On change of type in leukaemia and its significance. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 2: 1527-33.—Warthin, A. S. The neo- plasm theory of leukemia, with report of a case supporting thia view. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1904, 19: 421-32. ---- Pathology. Celli, P. Su di una rara localizzazione leucemica neoplasti forme nell'utero e nello stomaco. Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1934, 5: 397-417.—Civatte, Tzanck & Dreyfus. Contribution a l'etude histologique des tumeurs leucemiques. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 1273-9.—Cleland, J. B. Leukaemie infiltrations. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 1191-4, pl. Also Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 496—D,unn, J. S. A comparison of myelo- blastic and acute lymphatic leukaemia. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1909 14: 140.—Ebstein, W. Die Pathologie der Leukamie. C. rend. Congr. internat. med., 1909, 16. Congr., Sect. 6, med. int., 198-220. Also Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1909, 54: 537; 561; 571—Ellis, C. Leucocythaemia; disease of some of the lymphatic glands; enlargement of the heart; Uver and spleen; cavity filled with bloody fluid in left side of the chest; peculiar crystals in the blood. Boston M. & S. J.. 1860, 62: 29-35 — Fleischhacker, H., & Seyfried, H. Ueber Leukamien mit tumorartigem Wachstum. Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1937, 30: 177-86.—Foa, P. Patologia del sangue; la leucemia. Corriere san 1909 20:114.—Gorter. E. [Tumors in leukaemia] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 2410-4—Graff, U. Ueber LEUKEMIA 790 LEUKEMIA seltenere pathologisch-anatomische Veranderungen bei leu- kamischen Erkrankungen. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1938, 52: 284-302.—Hirschfeld, H. Die unitarische und die dualistische Auffassung Ober die Histopathologic der Leukamien. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1908, 6: 382-94.—Hoeve, J. van der [Tumors in leukaemial Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1927, 14: 1-9, pl. Kress, H von. Die Leukamien im Rahmen allgemein pathologischer Probleme. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1933-34, 176: 359-90 — Kretz R. Anatomische Bemerkungen zu obigem Falle von Leukamie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1908, 21: 464.—Masson, P., & Gunsett, A. Un cas de tumeurs leucemiques. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, svph., 1926, 33: 546.—Touw, 3. F., Nieuwenhuis, G., & Nauta J. H. Two cases of leukemia with tumour-formation. Acta med. scand., 1938, 97: 376-400.—Weil, P. E., & Iseh-Wall, P. Les leucemies k tumeurs. Sang, Par., 1931, 5: 513-29.— Williams, E. T. The pathology of leukemia. Am. Med., 1904, 7: 351. ---- Pharmacology. Amidon, E. L. The reaction of leucemie patients to the sulfonamides. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1942-43, 28: 1691-6—Fieschi, A. Ricerche sulle leucemie; reazione agli ormoni retroipofisarii e all'ergotamina. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 604-6. Also Boll. Soc. med. chir. Pavia, 1934, 48: 569-79.—Forconi, A., & Della Maggiore, B. Modificazioni ematologiche da adrenalina nei leucemici in fase di acme e di remissione. Poli- clinico, 1939, 46: sez. med., 356-70.—Gosio, R. Influenza della radioterapia sull'esito della leucocitosi adrenalinica nelle leucemie. Ibid., 1930, 37: sez. med., 128-60.—Livingston, K. E., & Moore, R. D. The reaction of leukemic patients to sulfapyridine administration. N. England J. M., 1940, 223: 975-7.—Plum, P., & Poulsen, J. K. [Action of sulfapyridin on certain cases of leukemia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1940, 102: 1093-5.— Szreder, W. L'action de certains agents sur la diminution de nombre des globules blancs et le traitement des leucemies. Sang, Par., 1940, 14: 88-98.—Vasaturo, A. Contributo alio studio della terapia aspecifica delle malattie dell'apparato emolinfopoietico; azione della gelatina nelle leucemie. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1927, 32: 4; 32; 54.—Warren, C. O. The effects of potassium arsenite (Fowler's solution) on the respira- tion and glycolysis of normal and leukemic tissues, with obser- vations on the action of menadione, 2-methyl-l,4 naphtho- quinone. Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 139: 719-25. ---- Physiopathology. Dreyfuss, M. Le reazioni infiammatorie dei leucemici in base alio studio della broncopolmonite in leucemia. Gior. clin. med., 1937, 18: 1311-41.—Fortunate A., & Zara, E. I poteri deidrogenativi del sangue circolante negl'individui affetti da leucemia. Studium, 1939, 29: 49-60.—Gonzalez Guzman, I. Algunas consideraciones de fisiopatologia sanguinea & prop6sito de los derrames pleuro-peritoneales de un leucemico. Arch. lat. amer. card., Mex., 1931-32, 2:105-9.—Gosio. R. Ulteriore contributo alio studio della fisiopatologia del leucemico. Poli- clinico, 1938, 45: sez. med., 42-54. ------ Nicosia, S., & Cristiani, A. Ulteriori ricerche sulla fisiopatologia leucemica. Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1939, 65: 19; 49.—Jaffe\ R. H. Morphology of the inflammatory defense reactions in leukemia. Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 14: 177-203.—Kauffmann. F. Ueber die Entziindungsbereitschaft bei lymphatischer und myeloischer Leukamie. Zschr. khn. Med., 1928, 108: 215-24.—Moretti, P. Reperti leucocitarii nei processi infiammatori dei leucemici. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 387-90.—Scholz, W. Ueber den Einfluss des leukamischen Fiebers auf den leukamischen Symptomen- komplex. Zschr. Heilk., 1906, 27: Abt. inn. Med., 459-81.— Tavernese, N. Sulle modificazioni del sangue leucemico per effetto di siero eterogeneo. Gazz. internaz.- med. chir., 1906, 9: 573- 80. ---- plasma cell. See Plasmocytosis, leukemic. ---- Prognosis. Forkner, C. E. Spontaneous remissions and reported cures of leukemia. Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 1-8.—Gordon, A. K. A note on prognosis in leukaemia. Med. Press & Circ, Dubl., 1936, 192: 13-6.—Heinild, S.. & Schiftdt, E. [Remission in the course of leukemia] Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 1135.— Henning, N. Die Prognose der Leukamien. Deut. med. Wschr., 1942, 68: 1021-4. ---- Pseudoleukemia. See Hemoblastosis, aleukemic; Leukosis, aleu- kemic. ---- Respiratory system. Seelenfretjnd, B. *Veranderungen der obe- ren Luftwege bei Leukamie. 24p. 8? Bresl., 1925. Alessio, F. Reazione leucemoide per bronco-polmonite in leucemico. Gior. med. Alto Adige, 1929, 1: No. 9, 71-85.— Ciuffini, P. Un caso di pleurite in soggetto leucemico. Ri- forma med., 1908, 24: 477-81.—Loi. L. Particolari aspetti citologici dell'essudato endoalveolare ed endobronchiale nella broncopolmonite dei leucemici. Haematologica, Pavia, 1936 17: 773-84, pl. ---- reticuloendothelial. See Reticulosis. ---- Reticuloendothelial system, and spleen. Armas Cruz, R. Esplenomegalias cr6nicas no leucdmicas. 526p. 25^cm. [Santiago de Chile] 1936. Bibliogr.: p. 503-22. Gruber, G. Ueber die Beziehung von Milz und Knochen- mark zu einander, ein Beitrag zur Bedeutung der Milz bei Leukaemie. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1908, 58: 289-317, pl.— Jaff€, R. H. Histologic study on the spleen in cases of leu- kemia. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1934-35, 14: 253-62. Also Arch. Pat., Chic, 1935, 19: 647-55.—Krumbhaar, E. B., 4 Stengel, A. The spleen in the leukemias. Ibid., 1942, 34: 117-32.—Longcope, W. T. Diseases of the spleen; leukemia. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 188-92.— Noever. Infarctus multiples de la rate dans un cas de leu- cemie. J. med. Bruxelles, 1906, 11: 75.-—Rich, A. R., Lewis, M. R., & Wintrobe, M. M. The nature of the acute splenic tumor cell, as revealed by comparative motion picture studies of cells of the spleen, lymph nodes, bone marrow and leukemic blood. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1939, 54: 188-98.—Storti, E. Das morphologische Verhalten des retikulohistiocytaren Systems beim leukaemisch gemachten Tier und insbesondere bei der Histogenese des extramedullaren leukaemischen Ge- webes. Sitzber. Internat. hamat. Tagung (1937) 1938, 1. Congr., 41-3.—Uher, V. Reticuloendotheliale Reaktion bei Sepsis und Leukamie. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1935, 48: 215- 21.—Zilahi, J. Tumor lienis leukaemicus. Budapesti K. Magy. Tud. Egyet. 2. sz. Seb. Klin, betegf. (1905) 1906, 37. ---- Schilling's type. See Monocytosis, leukemic. ---- Skin. See also Leukemid. Halle, H. *Zoster und Leukamie nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Provokation leukamischer Infiltrate in der Haut [Breslau] p.238-49. 8! Berl., 1929. Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1929-30, 159: Hesse, F. *Die Beobachtungsreihe von 92 Fallen von Haut- und Schleimhautveranderungen bei Leukaemie an der Universitatshautklinik Berlin in den Jahren 1920-35 [Berlin] 37p. 8". Wurzb., 1935. Arzt, L. Leukamische Erkrankungen der Haut. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1125-8.—Dencker, C. A case of ex- tensive leukemic infiltration of the mammary gland and skin Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-11, 8: 118-27.—Dupont, M. Les hematomes sous-cutanes dans les leucemies. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. ser., 40: 678; 696; 711.—Kreibich, C. Peroxydasenreaktion bei akuter Leukamie der Haut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 417-22.—Mazzanti, C. Reperti istologici in cute clinicamente sana d'individui leucemici. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: Suppl., 16.—Payenneville, J., & Cailliau, F. Etude d'un cas de leucemie cutanee de forme mixte avec generalisation secondaire et syndrome leucemique aigu terminal. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1930, 7. ser., 1: 844-66. ---- splenomedullary. See Myelosis, leukemic. ---- Surgery. Becker. A. Milzexstirpation bei Leukamie. Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1461-3.—Ferrate. A., & Fieschi, A. Considerazioni sulla operabilitd. dei leucemici; splenectomia. Gazz. osp., 1938, 59: 531-4.—Marval, L. de, & Bomchii, G. Esplenecto- mfa en la leucemia. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 1, 1289-91, ------& Simonetti, C. Esplenectomfa en la leucemia. Ibid., pt 2, 261-3.—Popper, H. L. Splenektomie bei Leukfimie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 615.—Rychlfk, E. Chirurgicke ledenl leukaemie. Cas. lek. desk., 1900, 47: 1501-5. ---- Toxin. Gigante, D. Tossicita di un sangue leucemico per le larve di Bufo vulgaris. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 635.— Hallauer, C. Ueber den Nachweis leukocytarer Reizstoffe im leukamischen Menschenblut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: 577-86.—Volterra, M. Ricerche sperimentali sulla pato- genesi delle leucemie; riproduzione del quadro ematico leu- cemico negli animaU con iniezione di ultrafiltrato del sangue leucemico. Riv. clin. med., 1930, 31: 253-6. LEUKEMIA 791 LEUKEMIA ---- Transmission. Hamaguti, I., Kakuhara, T., & Nagano, A. Ueber suk- zessive Impfungen der Mause mit Blut und Geweben der Menschenleukamien. Tr. Soc path, jap., 1940, 30: 97-100.— Pachioli, R. Ricerche sull'etiologia delle leucemie (primi risultati ottenuti mediante inoculazione intermidollare nel polio di midollo osseo di leucemici) Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1937, 109: 9-31.—Thiersch, J. B. Attempts to transmit leucaemia of man and of mice to the chick embryo and to the young chick by the amniotic and intravenous routes. Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1944, 22: 57-61.—Thorp, F., jr, & Graham, R. Transmission studies in leucemia. Vet. Med., Chic, 1936, 31: 82-5. ---- Treatment. Alt, H. L. The treatment of leukemia. Med. Clin. N. America, 1944, 28: 187-200.—Apitz, K. Einige Auswirkungen der Tumorauffassung der Leukamien auf das arztliche Handeln. Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 286-9.—Aubertin, C. La medica- tion leucolytique. In Thei\ mid. (Loeper, M.) Par., 1933, 6: 279-93.—Cesa-Bianchi, D. La terapia delle leucemie. Gazz. med. ital., 1940, 99: 3-12.—Doan, C. A. The leukemias, In Modern Med. Ther. (Barr, D. P.) Bait., 1940, 3: 2984- 3009.—Elliott, C. A. The leukemias; their significance and their treatment. Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1932, 298-301.—Fredricks, L. H. Leukemia and its treatment. Minnesota M., 1934, 16: 296-9.—Gloor-Meyer, W. Die Behandlung der Leukamien. Ther. Gegenwart, 1936, 77: 155-8.—Grawitz, E. Das Wesen des leukamischen Krank- heitsprozesses und die therapeutische Beeinflussung desselben. Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1908) 1909, 39: 2. T., 162-75 [Discus- sion] 1. T., 188. Also Berl. klin. Wschr., 1908, 45: 1130-4.— Grinschpun, S., & Raventos, E. Estudios sobre leucemias cr6nicas; tratamiento de las leucemias. Rev. m Ueber einen Fall von akuter Leukamie mit Exitus nach Adenotomie. Verh. Ver. suddeut. Laryng., 1907, 458-^63.—Kizoulis, C. Sur un cas de leucemie aigue avec angme ulcero-necrotique grave chez un enfant de 9 ans. Arch. med. enf., 1934, 37: 217-23.—Miller, J. L., & Hess, J. A case of acute leukemia with death due to rupture of the spleen. Am. Med., 1904, 7: 388-91.—Picard, R., Perrin, P.. & Horveno, P. Sarcomatose cervico-mediastinale avec leucemie aigue. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 923-8.—Sezary, £"\, £on*-R6aulx> P. de. Leucemie aigue et syphilis secondaire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 347-9.—Turpin, R. Coin- cidences familiales de leucemie aigue et de sclerodermic. Presse med., 1944, 52: 51. ---- Diagnosis. Berteatjx, P. *Le diagnostic des leucemies aigues. 67p. 8? Par., 1929. Agostoni, G. Contributo casistico alio studio delle leucemie acute. Boll. spec. med. chir., 1928, 2: 165-9.—Davey, J. B.. & Whitby. L. E. H. Some difficulties in theIdiap;nosis of acute leukaemia. Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 1279-83.—Jablokow, 1). D. Zur Frage des differential-diagnostischen Wertes der Charcot- Leydenschen Krystalle im Blut bei akuten leukamischen Leukosen. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1932, 173: 579.—Kaplan